Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 12, 2018

Registration No. 333-          

 

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Under

the Securities Act of 1933

 

 

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   3620   77-0565408

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

1299 Orleans Drive

Sunnyvale, California 94089

(408) 543-1500

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

KR Sridhar

Chief Executive Officer

Bloom Energy Corporation

1299 Orleans Drive

Sunnyvale, California 94089

(408) 543-1500

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Gordon K. Davidson, Esq.

Sayre E. Stevick, Esq.

Jeffrey R. Vetter, Esq.

Fenwick & West LLP

Silicon Valley Center

801 California Street

Mountain View, California 94041

(650) 988-8500

 

Shawn M. Soderberg, Esq.

Bloom Energy Corporation

1299 Orleans Drive

Sunnyvale, California 94089

(408) 543-1500

 

Alan F. Denenberg, Esq.

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

1600 El Camino Real

Menlo Park, CA 94025

(650) 752-2000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  ☐

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer”, “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer      Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer   ☒  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company  
     Emerging Growth Company  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  ☐

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of
Securities to be Registered
  Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price (1)(2)
  Amount of
Registration Fee

Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share

 

$100,000,000

  $12,450

 

 

(1)   Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(2)   Includes the aggregate offering price of additional shares the underwriters have the right to purchase from the Registrant, if any.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a) may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion, dated June 12, 2018

                SHARES

 

 

LOGO

CLASS A COMMON STOCK

 

 

This is an initial public offering of Bloom Energy Corporation’s shares of Class A common stock.

We are offering to sell              shares of our Class A common stock in this offering. We have two classes of authorized common stock, Class A common stock and Class B common stock. The rights of the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock are identical, except with respect to voting and conversion rights. Each share of Class A common stock is entitled to one vote per share. Each share of Class B common stock is entitled to ten votes per share and is convertible into one share of Class A common stock. Outstanding shares of Class B common stock will represent approximately     % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock immediately following the completion of this offering, with our directors, executive officers, and 5% stockholders, and their respective affiliates, holding approximately     %, assuming in each case no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Class A common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $             and $            .

We have applied to list the Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “BE.”

 

 

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under federal securities laws and, as such, will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. Investing in our Class A common stock involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” on page 20 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of Class A common stock.

 

     Per
Share
     Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                   $               

Underwriting discount (1)

   $      $  

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $      $  

 

(1)   See “Underwriting” for a description of the compensation payable to the underwriters.

To the extent that the underwriters sell more than                 shares of Class A common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional                 shares of Class A common stock from us at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on                     , 2018.

 

 

 

J.P. Morgan       Morgan Stanley

 

Credit Suisse

 

  

 

KeyBanc Capital Markets

 

  

 

BofA Merrill Lynch

 

Baird   Cowen   HSBC    Oppenheimer & Co.    Raymond James

Prospectus dated                     , 2018


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1  

Risk Factors

     20  

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     48  

Industry and Market Data

     49  

Use of Proceeds

     50  

Dividend Policy

     50  

Capitalization

     51  

Dilution

     55  

Letter from our Chief Financial Officer

     58  

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

     61  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     70  

Business

     134  

Management

     158  

Executive Compensation

     168  

Related Party Transactions

     178  

Principal Stockholders

     181  

Description of Capital Stock

     186  

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     197  

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations for Non-U.S. Holders

     200  

Underwriting

     205  

Experts

     216  

Legal matters

     216  

Where You Can Find More Information

     216  

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1  

 

 

We are responsible for the information contained in this prospectus and in any free writing prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with additional information or information different from that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We and the underwriters are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our Class A common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of shares of our Class A common stock.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who obtain this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of Class A common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

Through and including                     , 2018 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

i


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before buying shares of our Class A common stock in this offering. Therefore, you should read this entire prospectus carefully, including “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Unless the context requires otherwise, the words “we,” “us,” “our” and “Bloom Energy” refer to Bloom Energy Corporation and its subsidiaries.

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

Overview

Our mission is to make clean, reliable, and affordable energy for everyone in the world. To fulfill this mission, we have developed a distributed, on-site electric power solution that is redefining the $2.4 trillion electric power market and transforming how power is generated and delivered. The commercial and industrial (C&I) segments are our initial focus. Our solution, the Bloom Energy Server, is a stationary power generation platform built for the digital age and capable of delivering highly reliable, uninterrupted, 24x7 constant (or base load) power that is also clean and sustainable. The Bloom Energy Server converts standard low-pressure natural gas or biogas into electricity through an electrochemical process without combustion, resulting in very high conversion efficiencies and lower harmful emissions than conventional fossil fuel generation. A typical configuration produces 250 kilowatts of power in a footprint roughly equivalent to that of half of a standard 30 foot shipping container, or approximately 125 times more space-efficient than solar power generation. 250 kilowatts of power is roughly equivalent to the constant power requirement of a typical big box retail store. Any number of these Energy Server systems can be clustered together in various configurations to form solutions from hundreds of kilowatts to many tens of megawatts. Some of our largest customers are AT&T, Caltech, Delmarva Power & Light Company, Equinix, The Home Depot, Kaiser Permanente and The Wonderful Company. We also work actively with financing partners, such as The Southern Company, that purchase our systems that are deployed at end customers’ facilities in order to provide the electricity as a service. In 2017, our largest customers were Southern Company, which finances our Energy Servers for a large number of end customers, and Delmarva. Our customer base included 25 of the Fortune 100 companies as of March 31, 2018.

Grid power prices continue to rise in most regions where we serve customers. The traditional centralized electric grid infrastructure requires significant investment for its maintenance, upgrade and operation, which has been continually driving up the cost of grid power. The U.S. Energy Information Administration (EIA) projects that grid power prices for all classes of customers including commercial and industrial are expected to increase by over 40% through 2026 in the U.S. By contrast, in the regions where the majority of our Energy Servers are deployed, our solution typically provides a lower cost of electricity to our customers than traditional grid power. In addition, our solution provides greater cost predictability versus rising grid prices. Through a relentless focus on cost reduction, we have driven down materials cost of our Energy Servers by 75% since 2009. This cost reduction, coupled with the use of abundant, low-cost natural gas as a fuel source and very high conversion efficiencies, has allowed us to expand our market opportunity.

The traditional grid is vulnerable to natural disasters as well as cyber-attacks and physical sabotage, which have become more frequent. The topology of the centralized grid has a tendency to cascade outages rather than to contain them. Because our on-site stationary power systems are located at the point of consumption, our Energy Servers, when configured to provide uninterruptible power, largely avoid the existing electric power grid’s inherent vulnerability to outages from weather events and other threats, as well as the additional losses of efficiency associated with the transmission of power over long distances. Our Energy Servers are able to deliver this very high level of availability to our customers in part because they are modular, redundant, and can be “hot swapped,” or serviced without interruption.



 

1


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The electric grid typically delivers power generated by sources with a high carbon footprint, and there is increasing pressure to reduce resulting carbon dioxide and other harmful emissions. There is also a rising demand for clean electric power solutions that overcome the challenges of the traditional grid, and can address the requirements of the digital economy by delivering 24x7 electric power, with very high availability and quality. Our Energy Servers address these requirements and operate on-site at very high efficiencies using natural gas or biogas, offering significant emissions reductions, and, unlike prevalent renewable technologies such as wind and solar, provide a viable alternative to the constant base load electricity generated by a central power plant.

We have continuously innovated and evolved our technology over time. The latest generation Energy Server delivers five times the energy output of the first generation in a constant footprint. Similarly, we have also improved the beginning-of-life electrical efficiency (the rate at which fuel is converted into electricity) of our Energy Servers from 45% to 65% today, representing the highest delivered power efficiency of any commercially available power solution. In addition, we have expanded the range of available accessories which extend the capability and functionality of our Energy Servers to meet additional customer requirements, such as an uninterruptable power capability. Our team has decades of experience in the various specialized disciplines and systems engineering concepts unique to this technology. We had 209 issued patents in the United States and 90 issued patents internationally as of March 31, 2018.

Our solution is capable of addressing customer needs across a wide range of industry verticals. The industries we currently serve consist of banking and financial services, cloud services, technology and data centers, communications and media, consumer packaged goods and consumables, education, government, healthcare, hospitality, logistics, manufacturing, real estate, retail and utilities. We believe that, thus far we are capturing only a small percentage of our largest customers’ total energy spend, which gives us a significant opportunity for expansion and growth. Moreover, as the price of our products decreases and the price of grid power increases, more markets will become available for our products. As of March 31, 2018, we had 312 megawatts in total deployed systems, representing an average annual growth rate of approximately 25% since 2014. In addition, as of March 31, 2018, we had an additional product sales backlog of 108.2 megawatts.

Industry Background

People around the world depend upon access to reliable and affordable electric power for a healthy, functioning economy and for delivery of essential services. According to Marketline, the market for electric power is one of the largest sectors of the global economy with total revenues of $2.4 trillion in 2016, and is projected to continue to grow at a compound annual growth rate of 4.3% to $2.9 trillion in 2021. There are numerous challenges driving a transformation in how electricity is produced, delivered and consumed. We believe that this transformation will be similar to the seismic shifts seen in the computer and telecommunications industries, from centralized mainframe computing and landline telephone systems to ubiquitous and highly personalized distributed technologies. Some of the key challenges facing the electric power market are:

Increasing costs to maintain and operate the existing electric grid

The U.S. Department of Energy has described the U.S. electricity grid as “aging, inefficient, congested, and incapable of meeting the future energy needs of the information economy,” while the American Society of Civil Engineers gave the U.S. energy infrastructure a grade of D+ in 2017. The electric power grid has suffered from insufficient investment in critical infrastructure as a result of complexities surrounding the ownership, operation and regulation of grid infrastructure, compounded by the challenges of large capital costs and lack of adequate innovation. The Edison Electric Institute estimated that between 2017 and 2019, U.S. investor-owned electric utilities will need to make total capital expenditure investments of approximately $336 billion. U.S. EIA data



 

2


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

demonstrates that the average commercial and industrial electricity prices have both increased at 2.4% and 2.7% CAGR from 2000 to 2015, respectively. According to this data, the average commercial and industrial electricity prices are expected to continue to rise.

Inherent vulnerability of existing grid design

The existing electric grid architecture features centralized, monolithic power plants and mostly above-ground transmission and distribution wires. This design has numerous points of failure and limited redundancy, and the daisy-chain topology can cascade outages rather than contain them. For example, in 2003, an initial failure blamed on a tree branch in Ohio set off outages that cascaded across eight states and parts of Canada, cutting power for 50 million people. Similarly, in 2011, a dropped transmission line in Arizona cascaded and created a massive outage across Southern California.

Furthermore, the limits of this design, coupled with aging and underinvested infrastructure, leaves the grid vulnerable to natural disasters such as hurricanes, earthquakes, drought, wildfires, flooding and extreme temperatures. According to data from the U.S. Department of Energy (DOE), the United States electric grid loses power 285% more often than in 1984, when data collections on blackouts began. These outages result in an annual loss to American businesses of as much as $150 billion, with weather-related disruptions costing the most per event.

In addition to potential disruptions to the grid, there is also an increasing concern over the threat of cyber-attack and physical sabotage to the centralized grid infrastructure. In 2017, Accenture Consulting published the report “Outsmarting Grid Security Threats,” which stated that “57% of utility executives believe their countries could see interruption of electricity supply due to cyber-attacks within five years” and that “only 48% of utility executives think they are well prepared for the challenges of an interruption from cyber-attack”.

Intermittent generation sources such as wind and solar are negatively impacting grid stability

Electricity generation from wind and solar has grown dramatically over recent years and is expected to account for a greater percentage of total generation going forward. While these renewable sources help to reduce greenhouse gas emissions, they provide only intermittent power to the grid, which compromises the grid’s ability to deliver 24x7 reliable electric power. As the penetration of these resources increases, balancing real-time supply and demand becomes more challenging and costly.

Due to these challenges, solutions are needed which provide constant base load 24x7 electric power which is reliable, clean and without the shortcomings of the existing grid infrastructure or intermittent sources such as wind or solar. This need is especially acute in the C&I segments, representing 68% of global electricity consumption, according to Marketline, where cost and reliability have a direct impact on profitability and business sustainability.

Increasing focus on reducing harmful emissions

In response to rising concern over harmful emissions, the 2015 United Nations Climate Change Conference, or COP 21, climate talks resulted in a global consensus that the rate of release of carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases must be reduced with an increased sense of urgency. The electric power sector, which today produces more greenhouse gases than any other sector of the global economy, is under increasing pressure to do its part. Policy initiatives to reduce harmful emissions from power generation are widespread, including the adoption of renewable portfolio standards or mandated targets for low-or zero-carbon power generation.



 

3


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Lack of access to affordable and reliable electricity in developing countries

According to the International Energy Agency (IEA) in their 2017 World Energy Outlook, 1.1 billion people worldwide live without electricity. For developing countries to grow their economies, they must expand access to reliable and affordable electric power. Building a centralized grid system, in addition to its inherent limitations, can also be infeasible due to the lack of adequate capital for upfront investment. Moreover, in dense urban areas, the costs of building this infrastructure are compounded by a lack of urban planning. In rural areas, using the centralized model to transmit and distribute electricity to low-density populations is economically unviable. As a result, we believe these countries are likely to develop a hybrid solution consisting of both centralized and distributed electrical power infrastructure to accelerate availability of power.

Our Solution

The Bloom Energy Server delivers reliable, resilient, clean and affordable energy, particularly in areas of high electricity costs, by its advanced distributed power generation system that is customizable, always-on and a source of primary base load power.

The Bloom Energy Server is based on our proprietary solid oxide fuel cell technology, which converts fuel into electricity through an electrochemical process without combustion. The primary input to the system is standard low-pressure natural gas or biogas from local gas lines. The high-quality electrical output of the Energy Server is connected to the customer’s main electrical feed, which avoids the transmission and distribution losses associated with the centralized grid system. Each Bloom Energy Server is modular and composed of independent 50 kilowatt power modules. A typical configuration includes multiple power modules in a single Energy Server, which produces 250 kilowatts of power in a footprint roughly equivalent to that of half a standard 30 foot shipping container, or approximately 125 times more space-efficient than solar power generation. Any number of these Energy Server systems can be clustered together in various configurations to form solutions from hundreds of kilowatts to many tens of megawatts. The Bloom Energy Server parallels the example of smart phones – a single core platform that can be highly personalized to the needs of its user through the addition of any of a wide variety of applications that extend features and provide benefits to the user. Like a smart phone, the Bloom Energy Server is easily customizable and upgradeable to add new energy accessories and capabilities. The Bloom Energy Server is easily integrated into corporate environments due to its aesthetically attractive design, compact space requirement, minimal noise profile and lack of harmful emissions.

Our Value Proposition

Our value proposition has five key elements which allow us to deliver a better electron: reliability, resiliency, cost savings and predictability, sustainability and personalization. While the relative importance of these attributes can vary by customer, our ability to deliver these attributes is a significant differentiator for us in the marketplace. We provide a complete, integrated “behind-the-meter” solution including installation, equipment, service, maintenance and, in some cases, bundled fuel. The five elements of our value proposition emphasize those areas where there is a strong customer need and where we believe we can deliver superior performance.

Reliability. Our Energy Servers deliver always-on, 24x7 base load power. The output of our Energy Servers is designed to meet the requirements of the digital economy, with very high availability of power, mission-critical reliability and grid-independent capabilities. Bloom provides power quality, voltage, and current, which can be tuned to specific customer requirements. The Bloom Energy Server can be configured to eliminate the need for traditional backup power equipment such as diesel generators, batteries or uninterruptible power systems (UPS).

Resiliency. Our Energy Servers avoid the vulnerabilities of conventional transmission and distribution lines by generating power on-site, where the electricity is consumed. The system operates at very high availability due



 

4


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

to its modular and fault-tolerant design, which includes multiple independent power generation modules that can be hot swapped. Importantly, our systems utilize the natural gas infrastructure, which is a mesh network buried underground, unlike the above-ground electric grid architecture. A failure at one point in the natural gas system does not necessarily cause the same kind of cascading failure that can occur on the electrical grid.

Cost Savings and Predictability. In contrast to the rising and unpredictable cost outlook for grid electricity, we offer our customers the ability to lock in cost for electric power (other than the price of natural gas) over the long-term. In the regions where the majority of our Energy Servers are deployed, our solution typically provides a lower cost of electricity to our customers than traditional grid power. In addition, our solution provides greater cost predictability versus rising grid prices. Moreover, we provide customers with a solution that includes all of the fixed equipment and maintenance costs for the life of the contract. With the addition of an optional integrated storage solution, Bloom can also help customers to load shift and peak shave – reducing their exposure to peak power costs from the grid. We also enable our customers to scale from a few hundred kilowatts to many megawatts on a “pay-as-you-grow” basis.

Sustainability. Bloom Energy Servers provide clean power and because they are fuel-flexible, customers can choose the fuel source that best fits their needs based on availability, cost and carbon footprint. Bloom Energy Servers deployed since 2012 running on natural gas produce nearly 60% less carbon emissions compared to the average of U.S. combustion power generation. Bloom Energy Servers can also utilize renewable biogas to generate carbon-neutral electricity. As of March 31, 2018, approximately 9% of our deployed fleet of Energy Servers, by megawatts deployed, utilized biogas. In both cases, our Energy Servers emit virtually no criteria air pollutants, including NOx or SOx. Bloom Energy Servers also use virtually no water in normal operation. By comparison, to produce one megawatt per hour for a year, thermoelectric power generation for the U.S. grid withdraws approximately 156 million gallons of water more than Bloom Energy Servers.

Personalization. The Bloom Energy Server is designed as a platform which can be customized to the needs of each individual customer delivering the level of reliability, resiliency, sustainability as well as cost savings and predictability required by that customer. Analogous to a smart phone, the base Energy Server platform can easily accommodate accessories that extend capabilities and provide for customization. For example, the Energy Server can be customized with uninterruptible power components to deliver higher levels of reliability and grid independent operation, or storage can be added to reduce peak power consumption and improve the predictability of economics for the customer.

Our Market Opportunity

Economic growth and development worldwide will increasingly be powered by electricity. Global electricity demand is forecasted to rise by 60% between 2015 and 2040, accounting for 55% of the world’s energy demand growth. In addition, as the world consistently accelerates the adoption of digital technologies (i.e., widespread deployment of data centers, electric and autonomous cars, intelligent home systems, additive manufacturing), overall energy use will continue to increase. These facts offer challenges alongside opportunities, and will alter the global energy landscape. The retail electricity market represents the market for power delivered to the end-customers or the consumer of electricity. The price of retail electricity generally reflects the cost of generation, transmission and distribution. Generating power onsite (i.e., at the point of consumption, rather than centrally) eliminates the cost, complexity, interdependencies, and inefficiencies associated with electrical transmission and distribution.

According to data from MarketLine, the total addressable market (TAM) for electricity at the point of customer consumption was approximately $2.4 trillion in 2016. Of this market, MarketLine determined that 68% consisted of commercial, industrial and public services (CI&P), or $1.6 trillion.



 

5


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We believe that the current global serviceable addressable market (SAM) for Bloom is the retail electricity market for CI&P customers in the world’s ten largest electricity markets. These markets include, in order of decreasing size, the United States, India, Japan, Germany, Canada, Brazil, South Korea, France, the United Kingdom and Mexico. We do not include China or Russia in calculating our SAM due to a lack of reliable market data in these markets. Based on country-by-country generation data from the U.S. EIA and publically-available retail power prices in each of these countries, we believe that our SAM is approximately $800 billion. Bloom primarily participates in the retail market for CI&P customers, and on that basis has calculated the TAM and SAM. From time to time, Bloom also selectively participates in wholesale market opportunities which have not been incorporated into this TAM and SAM analysis.

We currently have installations or purchase orders in eleven states in the United States (California, Connecticut, Delaware, Maryland, Massachusetts, North Carolina, New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania, Utah and Virginia) as well as in Japan, India and South Korea. According to the EIA, the total size of the retail markets for C&I customers in the U.S. states is approximately $76 billion. In addition, we estimate that the combined retail market for C&I customers in Japan, the Indian state of Karnataka (the state in India where we currently have deployed our solution) and the available market for new-build fuel cell generation in South Korea is approximately $99 billion. Collectively, we estimate that the size of our current market is approximately $175 billion.

In order to assess the market opportunity for our Energy Servers in the U.S., we have used EIA data to estimate the potential addressable market. The total size of the electricity market for C&I customers in all fifty states is currently estimated to be $212 billion. Outside of the U.S., we estimate our market opportunity by focusing on the ten largest international electricity markets (Japan, Germany, United Kingdom, India, Brazil, France, South Korea, Mexico, Canada and Saudi Arabia). We exclude China and Russia from this analysis as we have no plans to enter these markets for the foreseeable future. Based on information published by IEA, as well as select energy regulatory authorities regarding C&I demand and power prices, we estimate that the market opportunity in these ten international markets is approximately $608 billion.

Our Customers

To date, the breadth, depth and scale of Bloom’s commercial customer adoption is significant for a new product in the electric power industry. As of March 31, 2018, we have installed 312 megawatts of Bloom Energy Servers at customer sites across the U.S., Japan and India.

Factors Driving Customer Adoption

Key factors that are driving the rapid adoption of our solution include:

Customers are driving a growing requirement for customized, high-quality and reliable power in the increasingly pervasive digital economy. The proliferation of cloud services and big data, and the associated rapid increase in demand for computing power, is reshaping the type and quality of power demanded by the digital economy. For providers and users of cloud services, uninterruptible, high-quality power is essential—requirements that the legacy grid is struggling to meet. Our highly available and scalable solution can replace the current patchwork of solutions, which include batteries, UPS and back-up generators.

Customers are seeking an alternative to the unpredictable and rising price of grid power. Grid costs in the United States have been rising for decades and are expected to continue to rise over the long-term. In the shorter-term, grid prices can be volatile, driven by regulatory judgments, commodity prices and the impact of external events such as weather. In contrast, we offer a complete turn-key solution, including equipment, installation, operations and maintenance that is designed to provide customers with a competitive and predictable cost for their electricity for periods of up to 20 years in the regions where the majority of our Energy Servers are



 

6


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

deployed. The only component of cost of Bloom’s solution that is not fixed at time of contracting is fuel supply—usually natural gas, which typically represents about 25% of Bloom’s delivered cost of electricity to the customer. However, even if there are significant variations in natural gas commodity prices, wholesale prices of electricity are also highly dependent on the price of natural gas and our current generation Energy Server is 14% to 31% more efficient than natural gas power plants. Customers also have the option to enter into long-term natural gas contracts at fixed prices for up to ten years, which is not an option available for grid electricity.

According to the U.S. EIA, the average commercial and industrial electricity rate increased at a 2.7% CAGR from 2000 to 2015. According to data from the EIA, the average C&I electricity prices will continue to rise. As a result, we expect Bloom’s market opportunity to continue to expand.

Our technology is proven with industry-leading customers. Our approach to innovation is evolutionary—every generation of our technology builds on a proven core and factors in lessons learned from our broadly deployed fleet. Our systems have been deployed with Fortune 500 customers since 2008 and have reached 312 megawatts in total as of March 31, 2018. The Bloom Energy Server has performed for our customers without disruption through natural disasters such as Hurricane Sandy and the 6.0 Richter scale earthquake near Napa, California in 2014.

The natural gas revolution has provided an economically attractive means for achieving carbon reduction. Natural gas is now in abundant supply at economically attractive prices. This abundance, coupled with new technologies such as our Energy Servers that convert this fuel into electricity at high efficiency, will play a major role in replacing high-carbon fuels such as coal and oil. The United States’ abundant supply of recoverable natural gas is expected to last over 80 years, according to data from the Potential Gas Committee and the U.S. EIA.

Our Growth Strategy

Our growth strategies include:

Maintain technology leadership and leverage first-mover advantage

Our technology leadership is considerable and we have a well-established track record of continuous improvement. Our priority is to continue to advance our technology and build on this leadership position.

Significant and sustained improvements in “power density.” We have continually added more generation capacity into the same footprint and expect to continue to do so with successive generations of our technology. Today’s Bloom Energy Servers are capable of delivering five times the power of our first-generation system introduced only nine years ago, while staying within approximately the same service footprint.

Continual increases in electrical efficiency . Efficiency is defined as the percentage of the energy in the fuel that is converted to electricity. The higher the efficiency, the less fuel used to generate a given unit of electric power output, resulting in lower fuel costs. Today, our Energy Servers are significantly more efficient than the average of the U.S. grid. The latest generation of our Energy Servers, which began shipping in 2015, is capable of beginning-of-life (BOL) efficiencies of 65%, and we expect to further improve the efficiency in succeeding generations. While the Bloom Energy Server is capable of operating at peak efficiency, typically efficiency of the latest generation of Energy Servers can range from 53% to 65% over the project term depending on environmental conditions and the age of the power modules. We have the flexibility to maintain efficiency at specific levels to comply with customer sustainability, regulatory compliance, or other requirements by managing the replacement cycle of the power modules in the Energy Server.



 

7


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Expanded feature sets and sizing options to address new market opportunities . The Bloom Energy Server was designed as a technology platform which can support extended capabilities from Bloom and other suppliers. The Bloom Energy Server platform provides the hardware and software building blocks that can be deployed in different configurations to provide customer-specific solutions. For example, we are now offering the option of adding a storage solution provided by PowerSecure (a unit of The Southern Company) to help customers avoid peak grid electricity power rates, and to provide greater resiliency to grid outages. We may also provide smaller or custom solutions which could allow us to address additional markets, such as powering cell sites in the mobile telephony market and franchise retail, in the future. Our current offering is well suited for multi-tenant housing, a segment that we intend to address in emerging economies as we expand to international markets. The platform components can also be configured to provide larger systems for utility or large industrial applications.

Acquire new customers and grow wallet share with existing customers

We currently target industry leading Fortune 500 companies, along with public and private organizations that are large consumers of electric power. Our success in landing industry leading customers has encouraged other new customers—companies and organizations in those industries, with similar scale and electricity demand—to follow suit. We employ a “land and expand” model through our direct sales force, which recognizes that new customers typically pilot a limited scale solution initially to gain experience with our fuel cell solutions. As we prove the value of Bloom solutions through these pilot projects, our customers will often expand their Bloom deployments by adding more capacity at existing sites and by adding new facilities from across their real estate portfolio. Our sales mix illustrates this dynamic: Since 2011, over half of our sales contracts, or the number of purchase orders signed, are with new customers, while approximately three quarters of our sales volume has been derived from repeat customers as they utilize our Energy Servers as a larger share of their energy wallet and create more value across more of their facilities over time. These repeat orders provide better visibility into our sales pipeline and also lower our cost of sales. The quality and staying power of our customers are important factors contributing to our confidence in this strategy. Since we target customers with very significant electric power spend, we view the current low penetration rate as a significant opportunity for growth.

Drive production cost reductions to expand our market

Since our initial commercial deployments eight years ago, we have continually reduced the production cost of our systems, enabling us to expand into new markets. We believe our technology innovation will drive further cost reductions as each successive generation of Bloom Energy Servers builds on the design and field experience of all previous generations. In addition, increased production volumes should lead to further cost reductions based on economies of scale, enabling market expansion and improved margins. On a per unit basis, which we measure in dollars-per-kilowatt, we have reduced our material costs by over 75% from the first generation Energy Server to our current generation Energy Server. We drove these material costs per unit down by over 50% over the life of our second generation system and by over 35% over the life of our fifth generation system to date. With each successive new generation, we have been able to reduce the material costs compared to the prior generation’s material costs.

Expand into international markets and new fast-growing segments

International . Most of our current and target customers have global footprints, which we expect will be another avenue for growth while also lowering the cost and risk of new market entry. Today, we have installations or purchase orders in the United States, Japan, India, and South Korea, and we are actively targeting additional international markets such as Ireland and Great Britain.

We also target fast-growing markets where we believe we can deliver significant value including data centers and critical facilities such as healthcare organizations and distribution centers, which cannot suffer even a momentary disruption to power without significant negative consequences.



 

8


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Data Centers . When configured to provide uninterruptible power, we can provide primary power for data centers with up to Tier III availability and reliability without reliance on traditional back up or power conditioning equipment. A customer-commissioned study by the University of Illinois, Champaign-Urbana projects that a Bloom Energy solution configured to provide mission-critical power would be significantly more reliable than a traditional topology of grid power plus uninterruptible power systems and diesel backup. According to Technavio, the total worldwide cost of power for data centers was $17.4 billion in 2016. This figure is expected to grow by 12.9% annually over the next five years. Within the U.S., the total cost of power for data centers was $3.3 billion. This cost is expected to rise by 8.0% annually over the same forecast period.

Healthcare. According to the EIA, the healthcare industry in the U.S. accounts for approximately 6% of total commercial energy consumption. Based on our estimate of the total C&I market opportunity in the U.S. ($212 billion), this implies that the healthcare industry in the U.S. spends approximately $12 billion annually on energy purchases.

Microgrids . New segments like microgrids, when powered by our Energy Servers, offer our customers the opportunity to disconnect from the traditional grid, protection from prolonged grid outages and mitigation of the rising risk of cyber-attacks against the grid. As communities and organizations look to mitigate the risk of grid power outages, there is significant and growing interest in microgrids, which combine distributed power generation and storage into a network that can be isolated from the larger grid. Our flexible architecture allows integration of our systems with other distributed generation sources and technologies, such as solar and storage, while Bloom provides the stable always-on primary power—a key requirement for a microgrid solution. According to Technavio, the global microgrid market was valued at $14.6 billion in 2017 and is expected to reach $23.1 billion by 2022, growing at a compound annual growth rate of 9.7%.

Provide innovative financing options to our customers

We intend to continue to assist our customers by providing innovative financing options to purchase our solution and grow our market opportunity. We have developed multiple options for our customers to acquire the power our Energy Servers produce. These offerings provide a range of options that enable customers to do business with us and secure power best customized to their needs. Our customers can purchase our systems outright, with operations and maintenance services contracts, or purchase the electricity that our Energy Servers produce without any upfront costs through various financing vehicles, including leases and power purchase agreements (PPAs), that combine the cost of our systems, warranty and service, financing, and in some cases fuel into monthly payments based on the electricity produced.

RISK FACTORS

Our business is subject to many risks and uncertainties, as more fully described under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. For example, you should be aware of the following before investing in our common stock:

 

    our limited operating history and our nascent industry makes evaluating our business and future prospects difficult;

 

    the distributed generation industry is an emerging market and distributed generation may not receive widespread market acceptance;

 

    we have incurred significant losses in the past and we do not expect to be profitable for the foreseeable future;

 

    our Energy Servers have significant upfront costs, and we will need to attract investors to help customers finance purchases;


 

9


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    if our Energy Servers contain manufacturing defects, our business and financial results could be harmed;

 

    if our estimates of useful life for our Energy Servers are inaccurate or we do not meet service and performance warranties and guarantees, our business and financial results could be harmed;

 

    our business currently depends on the availability of rebates, tax credits and other tax benefits, and other financial incentives. The reduction, modification, or elimination of government economic incentives could cause our revenue to decline and harm our financial results;

 

    it will be difficult for us to raise additional debt financing;

 

    we rely on tax equity financing arrangements to realize the benefits provided by investment tax credits and accelerated tax depreciation;

 

    we derive a substantial portion of our revenue and backlog from a limited number of customers, and the loss of, or a significant reduction in orders from, a large customer could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and other key metrics;

 

    our products involve a lengthy sales and installation cycle, and if we fail to close sales on a regular and timely basis it could harm our business;

 

    our business is subject to risks associated with construction, cost overruns and delays, including those related to obtaining government permits, and other contingencies that may arise in the course of completing installations;

 

    the failure of our suppliers to continue to deliver necessary raw materials or other components of our Energy Servers in a timely manner could prevent us from delivering our products within required time frames, and could cause installation delays, cancellations, penalty payments and damage to our reputation;

 

    our financial condition and results of operations and other key metrics are likely to fluctuate on a quarterly basis in future periods, which could cause our results for a particular period to fall below expectations, resulting in a severe decline in the price of our Class A common stock;

 

    we must maintain customer confidence in our liquidity and long-term business prospects in order to grow our business;

 

    a material decrease in the retail price of utility-generated electricity or an increase in the price of natural gas would affect demand for our Energy Servers; and

 

    the dual class structure of our common stock will have the effect of concentrating voting control with those stockholders who held our capital stock prior to the completion of this offering, including our directors, executive officers, and 5% stockholders holding approximately     % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock immediately following the completion of this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

Corporate Information

We were incorporated in the State of Delaware on January 18, 2001 as Ion America Corporation. On September 20, 2006, we changed our name to Bloom Energy Corporation. Our principal executive offices are located at 1299 Orleans Drive, Sunnyvale, California 94089, and our telephone number is (408) 543-1500. Our website address is www.bloomenergy.com. The information on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into, and is not part of this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

“Bloom Energy” is our registered trademark in the United States and is registered in Japan, India, Australia, the European Union and under the Madrid Protocol. Our other registered trademarks and service marks in the



 

10


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

United States include: Energy Server, Bloom Electrons, Bloomconnect, Bloomenergy, Bloom Box and BE. This prospectus also contains trademarks, service marks and trade names of other companies. We do not intend for our use or display of other companies’ trade names, trademarks or service marks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of, us by these other companies.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

As a company with less than $1.07 billion in revenue during our last completed fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These reduced reporting requirements include:

 

    an exemption from compliance with the auditor attestation requirement on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting;

 

    an exemption from compliance with any requirement that the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board may adopt regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements;

 

    reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements;

 

    an exemption from the requirements to obtain a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation or a stockholder approval of any golden parachute arrangements; and

 

    extended transition periods for complying with new or revised accounting standards.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest to occur of: (1) the end of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenue is $1.07 billion or more; (2) the end of the first fiscal year in which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer,” as defined in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act; (3) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; and (4) the end of the fiscal year during which the fifth anniversary of this offering occurs. We may choose to take advantage of some, but not all, of the available benefits under the JOBS Act. We intend to take advantage of the exemptions discussed above. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different than the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold stock.



 

11


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

THE OFFERING

 

Class A common stock offered

            shares

 

Option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock offered

            shares

 

Class A common stock outstanding after this offering

             shares (             shares if the option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full)

 

Class B common stock outstanding after this offering

            shares

 

Total Class A and Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering

            shares

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of shares of our Class A common stock that we are selling in this offering will be approximately $         million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

  We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including research and development and sales and marketing activities, general and administrative matters and capital expenditures. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Voting rights

Shares of Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share. Shares of Class B common stock are entitled to ten votes per share.

 

  Holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will generally vote together as a single class, unless otherwise required by law or our restated certificate of incorporation. Following the completion of this offering, each share of our Class B common stock will be convertible into one share of our Class A common stock at any time and will convert automatically upon certain transfers and upon the earliest to occur of (i) immediately prior to the close of business on the fifth anniversary of the closing of this offering, (ii) immediately prior to the close of business on the date on which the outstanding shares of Class B common stock represent less than five percent (5%) of the aggregate number of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock then outstanding, (iii) the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified in a written conversion election delivered by KR Sridhar, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, to our Secretary or Chairperson of our Board of Directors to so convert all shares of Class B common stock, or (iv) immediately following the date of the death of KR Sridhar.


 

12


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
  The holders of our outstanding Class B common stock will hold     % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock following this offering, with our directors, executive officers, and 5% stockholders and their respective affiliates holding     % in the aggregate. Additionally, following this offering, and after giving effect to voting agreements between KR Sridhar, our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman, and certain holders of Class B common stock, KR Sridhar will hold an aggregate of     % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock. These holders will have the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of our directors and the approval of any change of control transaction. See the sections titled “Principal Stockholders” and “Description of Capital Stock” for additional information

 

Directed share program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to     % of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus for sale, at the initial public offering price, to our directors, officers and other individuals associated with them, and our employees, to the extent permitted by local securities laws and regulations. The sales will be made at our direction by Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, an underwriter of this offering, and its affiliates through a directed share program. We do not know if these persons will choose to purchase all or any portion of these reserved shares, but any purchases they do make will reduce the number of shares available to the general public. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus. Any shares sold in the directed share program to our directors, executive officers or stockholders who have entered into lock-up agreements described in “Underwriting” shall be subject to the provisions of such lock-up agreements. Employees and family members of employees who participate in the directed share program shall be subject to substantially similar lock-up provisions with respect to any shares sold to them pursuant to the directed share program.

 

Proposed New York Stock Exchange symbol

“BE”

 

Risk factors

See “Risk Factors” and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in shares of our Class A common stock.

The number of shares of our Class A and Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on no shares of our Class A common stock and 132,249,809 shares of our Class B common stock outstanding, in each case, as of March 31, 2018, and excludes:

 

    17,317,677 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options as of March 31, 2018 with a weighted average exercise price of $17.74 per share under our 2002 Equity Incentive Plan and 2012 Equity Incentive Plan;

 

    4,720,640 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon settlement of restricted stock units (RSUs) outstanding as of March 31, 2018 under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan;


 

13


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    44,406 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon settlement of RSUs granted after March 31, 2018 under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan;

 

    50,000 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase common stock as of March 31, 2018, with an exercise price of $25.76 per share;

 

    1,141,184 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series F convertible preferred stock and Series G convertible preferred stock as of March 31, 2018, with a weighted average exercise price of $21.18 per share, which, if not exercised prior to the completion of this offering, shall convert in accordance with their terms into warrants to purchase Class B common stock;

 

    up to 216,000 shares of our Class B common stock issuable to one of our customers on the occurrence of future bookings from that customer and the achievement of certain installation milestones on those future bookings;

 

    200,000 shares of Class B common stock issuable 180 days from the date of this prospectus. These shares will be issued as part of a dispute settlement with a securities placement agent as described in “Description of Capital Stock—Securities Acquisition Agreement”;

 

                shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the conversion of our outstanding 6.0% Convertible Senior Secured PIK Notes due 2020 (6% Notes) as of March 31, 2018, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, which notes will be convertible at the option of the holders thereof following the completion of this offering (for each $1.00 increase or decrease in the public offering price per share, the number of shares issuable upon such conversion would increase or decrease, as applicable, by             shares);

 

    1,297,591 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the conversion of $33.4 million aggregate principal amount of our outstanding Subordinated Senior Convertible Promissory Note (Constellation Note), which may be converted, at the option of the holder, prior to the completion of this offering, into shares of Series G convertible preferred stock or, following the completion of this offering, into shares of Class B common stock; and

 

                shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity-based compensation plans, consisting of 8,528,008 shares of Class B common stock reserved for issuance under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan as of March 31, 2018,             shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our 2018 Equity Incentive Plan, and shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our 2018 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and excluding shares that become available under the 2018 Equity Incentive Plan and 2018 Employee Stock Purchase Plan pursuant to provisions of these plans that automatically increase the share reserves each year, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans.”

Because the conversion price of the 6% Notes will depend upon the actual initial public offering price per share in this offering, the actual number of shares issuable upon such conversion will likely differ from the number of shares set forth above. In this regard, a $1.00 increase in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share of Class A common stock, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would decrease the number of shares of our Class B common stock issuable on conversion of the 6% Notes by             shares. A $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price would increase the number of shares of our Class B common stock issuable on conversion of the 6% Notes by             shares. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Credit Facilities—Bloom Energy Indebtedness” for more information.



 

14


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes:

 

    the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible redeemable preferred stock into an aggregate of 107,610,244 shares of Class B common stock, effective upon the closing of this offering;

 

    the automatic conversion of $215.9 million aggregate principal amount of our outstanding 8% Subordinated Secured Convertible Promissory Notes (8% Notes) into shares of our Series G convertible redeemable preferred stock at a per share price of $25.76 as of March 31, 2018, and the subsequent automatic conversion of such shares of Series G convertible redeemable preferred stock into an aggregate of 8,382,757 shares of Class B common stock effective upon the closing of this offering;

 

    no issuance of shares upon the exercise or settlement of outstanding stock options, warrants or restricted stock units subsequent to March 31, 2018, except for an aggregate of 150,000 shares of Class B common stock that we expect to issue upon the exercise of outstanding warrants exercisable for shares of our Series F convertible preferred stock, which warrants would otherwise expire immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

    the issuance and exercise of warrants to purchase 469,333 shares of our Class B common stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share to certain purchasers of our 6% Notes, as described in “Description of Capital Stock—6.0% Convertible Senior Secured PIK Notes due 2020,” which warrants will automatically be deemed exercised pursuant to their terms immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

    the filing of our restated certificate of incorporation and adoption of our amended and restated bylaws immediately prior to the closing of this offering; and

 

    the underwriters will not exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock from us in this offering.


 

15


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

You should read the summary consolidated financial data set forth below in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements, the notes to our consolidated financial statements and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

The summary consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the summary consolidated statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2018 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read the following summary consolidated financial data below in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements, related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future and our results for the three months ended March 31, 2018 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full year. The selected consolidated financial data in this section are not intended to replace the consolidated financial statements and are qualified in their entirety by the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.



 

16


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Please see the section titled “Selected Consolidated Financial Data—Key Operating Metrics” for information regarding how we define our product accepted during the period, megawatts deployed, billings for product accepted in the period, billings for installation on product accepted, billings for annual maintenance services agreements, product costs of product accepted, period costs of manufacturing related expenses not included in product costs and installation costs on product accepted.

 

    Years Ended
December 31,
    Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
        2016             2017             2017             2018      
    (in thousands, except for per share data)  
                (unaudited)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations

       

Revenue

       

Product

  $ 76,478     $ 179,768     $ 27,665     $ 121,307  

Installation

    16,584       63,226       12,293       14,118  

Service

    67,622       76,904       18,591       19,907  

Electricity

    47,856       56,098       13,648       14,029  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    208,540       375,996       72,197       169,361  

Cost of revenue

       

Product

    103,283       210,773       38,855       80,355  

Installation

    17,725       59,929       13,445       10,438  

Service

    155,034       83,597       18,219       24,253  

Electricity

    35,987       39,741       10,876       10,649  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    312,029       394,040       81,395       125,695  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit (loss)

    (103,489     (18,044     (9,198     43,666  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

       

Research and development

    46,848       51,146     11,223       14,731  

Sales and marketing

    29,101       32,415       7,845       8,262  

General and administrative

    61,545       55,674       12,879       14,988  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    137,494       139,235       31,947       37,981  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit (loss) from operations

    (240,983     (157,279     (41,145     5,685  

Interest expense

    (81,190     (108,623     (24,363     (23,037

Other income (expense), net

    (379     268       119       (629

Gain (loss) on revaluation of warrant liabilities and embedded derivatives

    (13,035     (14,995     215       (4,034
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss before income taxes

    (335,587     (280,629     (65,174     (22,015

Income tax provision

    729       636       214       333  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (336,316     (281,265     (65,388     (22,348

Net loss per share attributable to noncontrolling interests and redeemable noncontrolling interests

    (56,658     (18,666     (5,856     (4,632
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (279,658   $ (262,599   $ (59,532   $ (17,716
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

  $ (18.56   $ (17.08   $ (3.91   $ (1.14
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

    15,069       15,372     15,215       15,605  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders basic and diluted (unaudited)

    $ (1.87     $ (0.13
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders basic and diluted (unaudited)

      131,754         130,805  


 

17


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Key operating metrics:

 

    Years Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended March 31,  
        2016             2017         2017     2018  

Product accepted during the period (in 100 kilowatt systems)

    687       622       119    

 

166

 

Megawatts deployed as of period end

    235       297       247       312  

 

    Years Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended March 31,  
          2016                 2017                 2017                   2018          
          (in thousands)  

Billings for product accepted in the period

  $ 522,543     $ 248,102     $ 48,105     $ 121,143  

Billings for installation on product accepted in the period

    114,680       96,452       23,027       11,896  

Billings for annual maintenance services agreements

    67,820       79,881       14,882       14,122  

Ratable value of contracts accepted in the period

    384,229       21,653       9,566       (17,140

 

    Three Months Ended  
    Mar. 31,
2016
    Jun. 30,
2016
    Sep. 30,
2016
    Dec. 31,
2016
    Mar. 31,
2017
    Jun. 30,
2017
    Sep. 30,
2017
    Dec. 31,
2017
    Mar. 31,
2018
 

Product costs of product accepted in the period (per kilowatt)

  $ 5,086     $ 4,809     $ 4,383     $ 3,826     $ 3,999     $ 3,121     $ 3,386     $ 2,944     $ 3,855  

Period costs of manufacturing related expenses not included in product costs (in thousands)

    4,302       4,586       6,869       6,143       7,397       8,713       7,152       9,174       10,785  

Installation costs on product accepted in the period (per kilowatt)

    1,280       1,481       1,056       1,170       1,974       1,306       1,263       829       526  

For a discussion of these key operating metrics, see “Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data—Key Operating Metrics” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Operating Metrics”.

Our consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2018 is presented on:

 

    an actual basis;

 

    a pro forma basis to give effect to (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 107,610,244 shares of Class B common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering, (ii) the automatic conversion of $215.9 million aggregate principal amount of our outstanding 8% Notes to Series G convertible preferred stock at a per share price of $25.76, and the conversion of such Series G convertible preferred stock into 8,382,757 shares of Class B common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, (iii) the issuance and exercise of warrants to purchase 469,333 shares of our Class B common stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share to certain purchasers of our 6% Notes, as described in “Description of Capital Stock—6.0% Convertible Senior Secured PIK Notes due 2020,” which warrants will automatically be deemed exercised pursuant to their terms immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and (iv) the effectiveness of our restated certificate of incorporation immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and

 

   

a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to (i) the pro forma adjustments set forth above, (ii) the issuance of 150,000 shares of Class B common stock that we expect to issue upon the exercise of warrants that would expire if not exercised prior to the completion of this offering, and (iii) the sale and issuance of             shares of Class A common stock by us in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range on the cover of this



 

18


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

     As of March 31, 2018  
     Actual     Pro Forma     Pro Forma As
Adjusted(1)
 
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated balance sheet data:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 88,227     $ 88,232     $                   

Working capital

     154,595       158,922    

Total assets

     1,184,634       1,184,639    

Long-term portion of debt

     925,342       713,729    

Total liabilities

     1,700,498       1,483,534    

Convertible redeemable preferred stock

     1,465,841       —    

Redeemable noncontrolling interest and noncontrolling interest

     207,935       207,935    

Stockholders’ deficit

     (2,189,640     (506,830  

 

(1)   Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share of Class A common stock, the midpoint of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, our cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and stockholders’ deficit by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares we offer, as stated on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.


 

19


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider these risk factors, together with all of the other information included in this prospectus, including the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and related notes, before you decide to purchase shares of our Class A common stock. While we believe the risks and uncertainties described below include all material risks currently known by us, it is possible that these may not be the only ones we face. If any of the risks actually occur, our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the market price of our Class A common stock could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry

Our limited operating history and our nascent industry makes evaluating our business and future prospects difficult.

From our inception in 2001 through 2008, we were focused principally on research and development activities relating to our Energy Server technology. We did not deploy our first Energy Server and did not recognize any revenue until 2008. As a result, we have a limited history operating our business at its current scale, and therefore a limited history upon which you can base an investment decision.

Our Energy Server is a new type of product in the nascent distributed energy industry. Predicting our future revenue and appropriately budgeting for our expenses is difficult, and we have limited insight into trends that may emerge and affect our business. If actual results differ from our estimates or we adjust our estimates in future periods, our operating results and financial position could be materially and adversely affected. You should consider our prospects in light of the risks and uncertainties emerging companies encounter when introducing a new product into a nascent industry.

The distributed generation industry is an emerging market and distributed generation may not receive widespread market acceptance .

The distributed generation industry is still relatively nascent, and we cannot be sure that potential customers will accept distributed generation more broadly, or our Energy Server products more specifically. Enterprises may be unwilling to adopt our solution over traditional or competing power sources for any number of reasons including the perception that our technology is unproven, lack of confidence in our business model, unavailability of back-up service providers to operate and maintain the Energy Servers, and lack of awareness of our product. Because this is an emerging industry, broad acceptance of our products and service is subject to a high level of uncertainty and risk. If the market develops more slowly than we anticipate, our business will be harmed.

Certain estimates of market opportunity and forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus may prove to be inaccurate.

This prospectus includes several estimates by us and third parties of the potential addressable market for electricity and for our products and services, both internationally and in the United States. Market opportunity estimates and growth forecasts, whether obtained from third-party sources or developed internally, are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates that may not prove to be accurate. In particular, estimates and forecasts relating to the size and expected growth of electricity demand in our target markets, the adoption of our products, our capacity to address this demand, and our pricing may prove to be inaccurate. In addition, third-party estimates of the addressable market for commercial, industrial and public services electricity reflect the opportunity available from all participants and potential participants in the market.

 

20


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Any inaccuracies or errors in third-party estimates of market opportunity may cause us to misallocate capital and other business resources, which could divert resources from more valuable alternative projects and harm our business.

The addressable market we estimate may not materialize for many years, if ever, and even if the markets in which we compete meet the size estimates and growth forecasts in this prospectus, our business could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all. Our growth is subject to many factors, including our success in implementing our business strategy, which is subject to many risks and uncertainties. Accordingly, the forecasts of market size or growth included in this prospectus should not be taken as indicative of our future growth.

We have incurred significant losses in the past and we do not expect to be profitable for the foreseeable future.

Since our inception in 2001, we have incurred significant net losses and have used significant cash in our business. As of March 31, 2018, we had an accumulated deficit of $2.3 billion. We expect to continue to expand our operations, including by investing in manufacturing, sales and marketing, research and development, staffing systems and infrastructure to support our growth. We anticipate that we will incur net losses on a GAAP basis for the foreseeable future. Our ability to achieve profitability in the future will depend on a number of factors, including:

 

    growing our sales volume;

 

    increasing sales to existing customers and attracting new customers;

 

    attracting and retaining financing partners who are willing to provide financing for sales on a timely basis and with attractive terms;

 

    continuing to improve the useful life of our fuel cell technology and reducing our warranty servicing costs;

 

    reducing the cost of producing our Energy Servers;

 

    improving the efficiency and predictability of our installation process;

 

    improving the effectiveness of our sales and marketing activities; and

 

    attracting and retaining key talent in a competitive marketplace.

Even if we do achieve profitability, we may be unable to sustain or increase our profitability in the future.

Our Energy Servers have significant upfront costs, and we will need to attract investors to help customers finance purchases.

Our Energy Servers have significant upfront costs. In order to assist our customers in obtaining financing for our products, we have leasing programs with two leasing partners who have prequalified our product and provide financing for customers through various leasing arrangements. In addition to the leasing model, we also offer power purchase agreements (PPAs) in which the cost of the Energy Server is funded by an investment entity which is financed by us and/or third-party investors (PPA entities).

We will need to grow committed financing capacity with existing partners, or attract additional partners to support our growth. Generally, at any point in time, the deployment of a portion of our backlog is contingent on securing available financing. Our ability to attract third-party financing depends on many factors that are outside of our control, including the investors’ ability to utilize tax credits and other government incentives, our perceived creditworthiness and the condition of credit markets generally. Our financing of customer purchases of our Energy Servers is subject to conditions such as the customer’s credit quality and the expected minimum internal rate of return on the customer engagement, and if these conditions are not satisfied, we may be unable to finance purchases of our Energy Servers, which would have an adverse effect on our revenue in a particular period. If we are unable to help our customers arrange financing for our Energy Servers, our business will be harmed.

 

21


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We do not currently have a committed financing partner willing to finance deployments with poor credit-quality customers. If we are unable to procure financing partners willing to finance such deployments, our ability to grow our business may be negatively impacted.

If our Energy Servers contain manufacturing defects, our business and financial results could be harmed.

Our Energy Servers are complex products, and they may contain undetected or latent errors or defects. In the past, we have experienced latent defects, only discovered once the Energy Server is deployed in the field. Changes in our supply chain or the failure of our suppliers to otherwise provide us with components or materials that meet our specifications could also introduce defects into our products. In addition, as we grow our manufacturing volume, the chance of manufacturing defects could increase. Any manufacturing defects or other failures of our Energy Servers to perform as expected could cause us to incur significant re-engineering costs, divert the attention of our engineering personnel from product development efforts and significantly and adversely affect customer satisfaction, market acceptance and our business reputation.

Furthermore, we may be unable to correct manufacturing defects or other failures of our Energy Servers in a manner satisfactory to our customers, which could adversely affect customer satisfaction, market acceptance and our business reputation.

The performance of our Energy Servers may be affected by factors outside of our control, which could result in harm to our business and financial results .

Field conditions, such as the quality of the natural gas supply and utility processes which vary by region and may be subject to seasonal fluctuations, have affected the performance of our Energy Servers and are not always possible to predict until the Energy Server is in operation. Although we believe we have designed new generations of Energy Servers to better withstand the variety of field conditions we have encountered, as we move into new geographies and deploy new service configurations, we may encounter new and unanticipated field conditions. Adverse impacts on performance may require us to incur significant re-engineering costs, divert the attention of our engineering personnel from product development efforts and significantly and adversely affect customer satisfaction, market acceptance and our business reputation. Furthermore, we may be unable to adequately address the impacts of factors outside of our control in a manner satisfactory to our customers, which could adversely affect customer satisfaction, market acceptance and our business reputation.

If our estimates of useful life for our Energy Servers are inaccurate or we do not meet service and performance warranties and guarantees, our business and financial results could be harmed.

We offer certain customers the opportunity to renew their operations and maintenance service agreements on an annual basis, for up to 20 years, at prices predetermined at the time of purchase of the Energy Server. Our pricing of these contracts and our reserves for warranty and replacement are based upon our estimates of the life of our Energy Servers and their components, including assumptions regarding improvements in useful life that may fail to materialize. We also provide performance warranties and guarantees covering the efficiency and output performance of our Energy Servers. We do not have a long history with a large number of field deployments, and our estimates may prove to be incorrect. Failure to meet these performance warranties and guarantee levels may require us to replace the Energy Servers at our expense or refund their cost to the customer, or require us to make cash payments to the customer based on actual performance, as compared to expected performance, capped at a percentage of the relevant equipment purchase prices. Early generations of our Energy Server did not have the useful life and did not perform at an output and efficiency level that we expected. As further described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” we implemented a fleet decommissioning program for our early generation Energy Servers in our PPA I program, which resulted in a significant adjustment to revenue in the quarter ended December 31, 2015, as we would otherwise have failed to meet efficiency and output warranties. As of March 31, 2018, we had a total of 58.5 megawatts in total deployed early generation servers, including our first and second generation servers, out

 

22


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

of our total installed base of 312 megawatts. We accrue for product warranty costs and recognize losses on service or performance warranties based on our estimates of costs that may be incurred and historical experience; however, actual warranty expenses have in the past been and may in the future be greater than we have assumed in our estimates, the accuracy of which may be hindered due to our limited operating history operating at our current scale. We accrue for extended warranty costs that we expect to incur under the maintenance service agreements that our customers renew for a term of typically one year. In addition, we expect that our deployed early generation Energy Servers may continue to perform at a lower output and efficiency level, and as a result the maintenance costs may exceed the contracted prices that we expect to generate in respect of those servers if our customers continue to renew their maintenance service agreements in respect of those servers.

Our business currently depends on the availability of rebates, tax credits and other financial incentives . The reduction, modification, or elimination of government economic incentives could cause our revenue to decline and harm our financial results.

The U.S. federal government and some state and local governments provide incentives to end users and purchasers of our Energy Servers in the form of rebates, tax credits and other financial incentives, such as system performance payments and payments for renewable energy credits associated with renewable energy generation. We rely on these governmental rebates, tax credits and other financial incentives to significantly lower the effective price of the Energy Servers to our customers in the United States, including by lowering the cost of capital to our customers, as our financing partners and PPA tax equity investors may take advantage of these financial incentives. However, these incentives may expire on a particular date, end when the allocated funding is exhausted, or be reduced or terminated as a matter of regulatory or legislative policy. For example, the federal ITC benefit expired on December 31, 2016 and without the availability of the ITC benefit incentive, we lowered the price of our Energy Servers to ensure the economics to our customers remain the same as it was prior to losing the ITC benefit, adversely affecting our gross profit. While the ITC was reinstated by the U.S Congress on February 9, 2018 and made retroactive to January 1, 2017, it is possible in the future that this incentive could be repealed.

Our Energy Servers have qualified for tax exemptions, incentives, or other customer incentives in many states including the states of California, Connecticut, Massachusetts, New Jersey and New York. Some states have utility procurement programs and/or renewable portfolio standards for which our technology is eligible. Our Energy Servers are currently installed in eleven U.S. states, each of which may have its own enabling policy framework. There is no guarantee that these policies will continue to exist in their current form, or at all. Such state programs may face increased opposition on the U.S. federal, state and local levels in the future. Changes in federal or state programs could reduce demand for our Energy Servers, impair sales financing and adversely impact our business results.

For example, the California Self Generation Incentive Program (SGIP) is a program administered by the California Public Utilities Commission (CPUC) which provides incentives to investor-owned utility customers that install eligible distributed energy resources. In July 2016, the CPUC modified the SGIP to provide a smaller allocation of the incentives available to generating technologies such as our Energy Servers and a larger allocation to storage technologies. As modified, the SGIP will require all eligible power generation sources consuming natural gas to use a minimum of 10% biogas to receive SGIP funds beginning in 2017, with this minimum biogas requirement increasing to 25% in 2018, 50% in 2019 and 100% in 2020. In addition, the CPUC provided a further limitation on the available allocation of funds that any one participant may claim under the SGIP. The SGIP will expire on January 21, 2021 absent extension. Our billings for product accepted derived from customers benefiting from the SGIP represented approximately 36%, 12%, and 18% of total billings for product accepted for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, and the three months ended March 31, 2018, respectively.

 

23


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We rely on tax equity financing arrangements to realize the benefits provided by investment tax credits and accelerated tax depreciation.

We expect that any Energy Server deployments through financed transactions (including our Bloom Electrons programs, our leasing programs, and any third-party PPA programs) will receive capital from financing parties who derive a significant portion of their economic returns through tax benefits (tax equity investors). Tax equity investors are generally entitled to substantially all of the project’s tax benefits, such as those provided by the ITC and MACRS depreciation, until these investors achieve their respective agreed rates of return. The number of and available capital from potential tax equity investors is limited, we compete with other energy companies eligible for these tax benefits to access such investors, and the availability of capital from tax equity investors is subject to fluctuations based on factors outside of our control such as macroeconomic trends and changes in applicable taxation regimes. Concerns regarding our limited operating history and lack of profitability have made it difficult to attract investors in the past. Our ability to obtain additional financing in the future depends on the continued confidence of banks and other financing sources in our business model, the market for our Energy Servers and the continued availability of tax benefits applicable to our Energy Servers. In addition, conditions in financial and credit markets generally may result in the contraction of available tax equity financing. If we are unable to enter into tax equity financing agreements with attractive pricing terms or at all, we may not be able to attract the capital needed to fund our financing programs or use the tax benefits provided by the ITC and MACRS depreciation, which could make it more difficult for customers to finance the purchase of our Energy Servers or require us to reduce the price at which we are able to sell our Energy Servers and therefore harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We derive a substantial portion of our revenue and backlog from a limited number of customers, and the loss of, or a significant reduction in orders from, a large customer could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and other key metrics.

In any particular period, a substantial amount of our total revenue could come from a relatively small number of customers. As an example, for the year ended December 31, 2016, approximately 89% of our revenue came from our top 20 customers, with two customers accounting for approximately 29% of our total revenue. In 2017, our top 20 customers accounted for approximately 91% of our total revenue and two customers accounted for approximately 53% of our total revenue. For the three months ended March 31, 2018, our top 20 customers accounted for 94% of our total revenue and two customers accounted for 70% of our total revenue. Since we recognize the product revenue for customer-financed purchases at the time that the Energy Server is accepted, rather than recognizing the product revenue ratably over the life of the contract, a customer that self-finances a purchase could have an outsize effect on revenue in the period in which that customer’s Energy Server is accepted.

In addition, four customers accounted for approximately one-half of our backlog as of March 31, 2018. The loss of any large customer order, or delays in installations of new Energy Servers with any large customer, could materially and adversely affect our business results.

Our products involve a lengthy sales and installation cycle, and if we fail to close sales on a regular and timely basis it could harm our business.

Our sales cycle is typically 12 to 18 months, but can vary considerably. In order to make a sale, we must typically provide a significant level of education to prospective customers regarding the use and benefits of our product and its technology. The period between initial discussions with a potential customer and the sale of even a single product typically depends on a number of factors, including the potential customer’s budget and decision as to the type of financing it chooses to use, as well as the arrangement of such financing. Prospective customers often undertake a significant evaluation process, which may further extend the sales cycle. Once a customer makes a formal decision to purchase our product, the fulfillment of the sales order by us requires a substantial amount of time. Currently, we believe the time between the entry into a sales contract with a customer and the

 

24


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

installation of our Energy Servers can range from nine to twelve months or more. This lengthy sales and installation cycle is subject to a number of significant risks over which we have little or no control. Because of both the long sales and installation cycles, we may expend significant resources without having certainty of generating a sale.

These lengthy sales and installation cycles increase the risk that our customers fail to satisfy their payment obligations or cancel orders before the completion of the transaction or delay the planned date for installation. Generally, a customer can cancel an order prior to installation, and we may be unable to recover some or all of our costs in connection with design, permitting, installation and site preparations incurred prior to cancellation. Cancellation rates can be between 10% and 20% in any given period, due to factors outside of our control including an inability to install an Energy Server at the customer’s chosen location because of permitting or other regulatory issues, unanticipated changes in the cost or availability of alternative sources of electricity available to the customer, or other reasons unique to each customer. Our operating expenses are based on anticipated sales levels, and many of our expenses are fixed. If we are unsuccessful in closing sales after expending significant resources or if we experience delays or cancellations, our business could be materially and adversely affected. Since we do not recognize revenue on the sales of our products until installation and acceptance, a small fluctuation in the timing of the completion of our sales transactions could cause operating results to vary materially from period to period.

We rely on net metering arrangements that are subject to change.

Because our Energy Servers are designed to operate at a constant output twenty-four hours a day, seven days a week and our customers’ demand for electricity typically fluctuates over the course of the day or week, there are often periods when our Energy Servers are producing more electricity than a customer may require, and such excess electricity must be exported to the local electric utility. Many, but not all, local electric utilities provide compensation to our customers for such electricity under “net metering” programs. Net metering programs are subject to changes in availability and terms. At times in the past, such changes have had the effect of significantly reducing or eliminating the benefits of such programs. Changes in the availability of, or benefits offered by, the net metering programs in place in the jurisdictions in which we operate could adversely affect the demand for our Energy Servers.

The economic benefits of our Energy Servers to our customers depends on the cost of electricity available from alternative sources including local electric utility companies, which cost structure is subject to change.

The economic benefit of our Energy Servers to our customers includes, among other things, the benefit of reducing such customer’s payments to the local utility company. The rates at which electricity is available from a customer’s local electric utility company is subject to change and any changes in such rates may affect the relative benefits of our Energy Servers. Further, the local electric utility may impose “departing load”, “standby” or other charges on our customers in connection with their acquisition of our Energy Servers, the amounts of which are outside of our control and which may have a material impact on the economic benefit of our Energy Servers to our customers. Changes in the rates offered by local electric utilities and/or in the applicability or amounts of charges and other fees imposed by such utilities on customers acquiring our Energy Servers could adversely affect the demand for our Energy Servers.

Additionally, the electricity produced by our Energy Servers is currently not cost competitive in many geographic markets, and we may be unable to reduce our costs to a level at which our Energy Servers would be competitive in such markets. As such, unless the cost of electricity in these markets rises or we are able to generate demand for our Energy Servers based on benefits other than electricity cost savings, our potential for growth may be limited.

 

25


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our business is subject to risks associated with construction, utility interconnection, cost overruns and delays, including those related to obtaining government permits, and other contingencies that may arise in the course of completing installations.

Because we do not recognize revenue on the sales of our Energy Servers until installation and acceptance, our financial results are dependent, to a large extent, on the timeliness of the installation of our Energy Servers. Furthermore, in some cases, the installation of our Energy Servers may be on a fixed price basis, which subjects us to the risk of cost overruns or other unforeseen expenses in the installation process.

Although we generally are not regulated as a utility, federal, state and local government statutes and regulations concerning electricity heavily influence the market for our product and services. These statutes and regulations often relate to electricity pricing, net metering, incentives, taxation, and the rules surrounding the interconnection of customer-owned electricity generation for specific technologies. In the United States, governments frequently modify these statutes and regulations. Governments, often acting through state utility or public service commissions, change and adopt different requirements for utilities and rates for commercial customers on a regular basis. Changes, or in some cases a lack of change, in any of the laws, regulations, ordinances or other rules that apply to our installations and new technology could make it more costly for us or our customers to install and operate our Energy Servers on particular sites, and in turn could negatively affect our ability to deliver cost savings to customers for the purchase of electricity.

The construction, installation and operation of our Energy Servers at a particular site is also generally subject to oversight and regulation in accordance with national, state and local laws and ordinances relating to building codes, safety, environmental protection and related matters, and typically requires various local and other governmental approvals and permits, including environmental approvals and permits, that vary by jurisdiction. In some cases, these approvals and permits require periodic renewal. It is difficult and costly to track the requirements of every individual authority having jurisdiction over our installations, to design our Energy Servers to comply with these varying standards, and to obtain all applicable approvals and permits. We cannot predict whether or when all permits required for a given project will be granted or whether the conditions associated with the permits will be achievable. The denial of a permit or utility connection essential to a project or the imposition of impractical conditions would impair our ability to develop the project. In addition, we cannot predict whether the permitting process will be lengthened due to complexities and appeals. Delay in the review and permitting process for a project can impair or delay our and our customers’ abilities to develop that project or increase the cost so substantially that the project is no longer attractive to us or our customers. Furthermore, unforeseen delays in the review and permitting process could delay the timing of the installation of our Energy Servers and could therefore adversely affect the timing of the recognition of revenue related to the installation, which could harm our operating results in a particular period.

In addition, the completion of many of our installations is dependent upon the availability of and timely connection to the natural gas grid and the local electric grid. In some jurisdictions, the local utility company(ies) or the municipality has denied our request for connection or required us to reduce the size of certain projects. Any delays in our ability to connect with utilities, delays in the performance of installation-related services or poor performance of installation-related services by our general contractors or sub-contractors will have a material adverse effect on our results and could cause operating results to vary materially from period to period.

Furthermore, we rely on third party general contractors to install Energy Servers at our customers’ sites. We currently work with a limited number of general contractors, which has impacted and may continue to impact our ability to make installations as planned. Our work with contractors or their sub-contractors may have the effect of us being required to comply with additional rules (including rules unique to our customers), working conditions, site remediation and other union requirements, which can add costs and complexity to an installation project. The timeliness, thoroughness and quality of the installation-related services performed by our general contractors and their sub-contractors in the past have not always met our expectations or standards and in the future may not meet our expectations and standards.

 

26


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The failure of our suppliers to continue to deliver necessary raw materials or other components of our Energy Servers in a timely manner could prevent us from delivering our products within required time frames, and could cause installation delays, cancellations, penalty payments and damage to our reputation.

We rely on a limited number of third-party suppliers for some of the raw materials and components for our Energy Servers, including certain rare earth materials and other materials that may be of limited supply. If we fail to develop or maintain our relationships with our suppliers, or if there is otherwise a shortage or lack of availability of any required raw materials or components, we may be unable to manufacture our Energy Servers or our Energy Servers may be available only at a higher cost or after a long delay. Such delays could prevent us from delivering our Energy Servers to our customers within required timeframes and cause order cancellations. We have had to create our own supply chain for some of the components and materials utilized in our fuel cells. We have made significant expenditures in the past to develop our supply chain. In many cases, we entered into contractual relationships with suppliers to jointly develop the components we needed. These activities were time and capital intensive. Accordingly, the number of suppliers we have for some of our components and materials is limited and in some cases sole sourced. Some of our suppliers use proprietary processes to manufacture components. We may be unable to obtain comparable components from alternative suppliers without considerable delay, expense or at all, as replacing these suppliers could require us either to make significant investments to bring the capability in house or to invest in a new supplier partner. Some of our suppliers are smaller, private companies, heavily dependent on us as a customer. If our suppliers face difficulties obtaining the credit or capital necessary to expand their operations when needed, they could be unable to supply necessary raw materials and components needed to support our planned sales and services operations, which would negatively impact our sales volumes and cash flows.

Moreover, we may experience unanticipated disruptions to operations or other difficulties with our supply chain or internalized supply processes due to exchange rate fluctuations, volatility in regional markets from where materials are obtained, particularly China and Taiwan, changes in the general macroeconomic outlook, political instability, expropriation or nationalization of property, civil strife, strikes, insurrections, acts of terrorism, acts of war or natural disasters. The failure by us to obtain raw materials or components in a timely manner, or to obtain raw materials or components that meet our quantity and cost requirements, could impair our ability to manufacture our Energy Servers or increase their costs or service our existing portfolio of Energy Servers under maintenance services agreements. If we cannot obtain substitute materials or components on a timely basis or on acceptable terms, we could be prevented from delivering our Energy Servers to our customers within required timeframes, which could result in sales and installation delays, cancellations, penalty payments, or damage to our reputation, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. In addition, we rely on our suppliers to meet quality standards, and the failure of our suppliers to meet or exceed those quality standards could cause delays in the delivery of our products, unanticipated servicing costs and damage to our reputation.

Our financial condition and results of operations and other key metrics are likely to fluctuate on a quarterly basis in future periods, which could cause our results for a particular period to fall below expectations, resulting in a severe decline in the price of our Class A common stock.

Our financial condition and results of operations and other key metrics have fluctuated significantly in the past and may continue to fluctuate in the future due to a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control. For example, the amount of product revenue we recognize in a given period is materially dependent on the volume of installations of our Energy Servers in that period and the type of financing used by the customer.

In addition to the other risks described in this “Risk Factors” section, the following factors could also cause our financial condition and results of operations to fluctuate on a quarterly basis:

 

    the timing of installations, which may depend on many factors such as availability of inventory, product quality or performance issues, or local permitting requirements, utility requirements, environmental, health and safety requirements, weather and customer facility construction schedules;

 

27


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    size of particular installations and number of sites involved in any particular quarter;

 

    the mix in the type of purchase or financing options used by customers in a period, and the rates of return required by financing parties in such period;

 

    whether we are able to structure our sales agreements in a manner that would allow for the product and installation revenue to be recognized up front at acceptance;

 

    delays or cancellations of Energy Server installations;

 

    fluctuations in our service costs, particularly due to unaccrued costs of servicing and maintaining Energy Servers;

 

    weaker than anticipated demand for our Energy Servers due to changes in government incentives and policies;

 

    fluctuations in our research and development expense, including periodic increases associated with the pre-production qualification of additional tools as we expand our production capacity;

 

    interruptions in our supply chain;

 

    the length of the sales and installation cycle for a particular customer;

 

    the timing and level of additional purchases by existing customers;

 

    unanticipated expenses or installation delays associated with changes in governmental regulations, permitting requirements by local authorities at particular sites, utility requirements and environmental, health and safety requirements; and

 

    disruptions in our sales, production, service or other business activities resulting from disagreements with our labor force or our inability to attract and retain qualified personnel.

Fluctuations in our operating results and cash flow could, among other things, give rise to short-term liquidity issues. In addition, our revenue, key operating metrics and other operating results in future quarters may fall short of the expectations of investors and financial analysts, which could have an adverse effect on the price of our Class A common stock.

We must maintain customer confidence in our liquidity and long-term business prospects in order to grow our business.

Currently, we are the only provider able to fully support and maintain our Energy Servers. If potential customers believe we do not have sufficient capital or liquidity to operate our business over the long-term or that we will be unable to maintain their Energy Servers and provide satisfactory support, customers may be less likely to purchase or lease our products, particularly in light of the significant financial commitment required. In addition, financing sources may be unwilling to provide financing on reasonable terms. Similarly, suppliers, financing partners and other third parties may be less likely to invest time and resources in developing business relationships with us if they have concerns about the success of our business.

Accordingly, in order to grow our business, we must maintain confidence among customers, suppliers, financing partners and other parties in our liquidity and long-term business prospects. This may be particularly complicated by factors such as:

 

    our limited operating history at a large scale;

 

    our lack of profitability;

 

    unfamiliarity with or uncertainty about our Energy Servers and the overall perception of the distributed generation market;

 

    prices for electricity or natural gas in particular markets;

 

28


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    competition from alternate sources of energy;

 

    warranty or unanticipated service issues we may experience;

 

    the environmental consciousness and perceived value of environmental programs to our customers;

 

    the size of our expansion plans in comparison to our existing capital base and the scope and history of operations;

 

    the availability and amount of tax incentives, credits, subsidies or other programs; and

 

    the other factors set forth in this section.

Several of these factors are largely outside our control, and any negative perceptions about our liquidity or long-term business prospects, even if unfounded, would likely harm our business.

A material decrease in the retail price of utility-generated electricity or an increase in the price of natural gas would affect demand for our Energy Servers.

We believe that a customer’s decision to purchase our Energy Servers is significantly influenced by the price, and price predictability of electricity generated by our Energy Servers in comparison to the retail price and future price outlook of electricity from the local utility grid and other renewable energy sources. In some states and countries, the current cost of grid electricity, even together with available subsidies, does not render our product economically attractive. Furthermore, if the retail prices of grid electricity do not increase over time at the rate that we or our customers expect, it could reduce demand for our Energy Servers and harm our business. Several factors could lead to a reduction in the price or future price outlook for grid electricity, including the impact of energy conservation initiatives that reduce electricity consumption, construction of additional power generation plants (including nuclear, coal or natural gas) and technological developments by others in the electric power industry which could result in electricity being available at costs lower than those that can be achieved from our Energy Servers.

Furthermore, an increase in the price of natural gas or curtailment of availability could make our Energy Servers less economically attractive to potential customers and reduce demand.

We currently face and will continue to face significant competition.

We compete for customers, financing partners and incentive dollars with other electric power providers. Many providers of electricity, such as traditional utilities and other companies offering distributed generation products, have longer operating histories, customer incumbency advantages, access to and influence with local and state governments, and more capital resources than we do. Significant developments in alternative technologies, such as energy storage, wind, solar or hydro power generation, or improvements in the efficiency or cost of traditional energy sources including coal, oil, natural gas used in combustion, or nuclear power, may materially and adversely affect our business and prospects in ways we cannot anticipate. We may also face new competitors who are not currently in the market. If we fail to adapt to changing market conditions and to compete successfully with grid electricity or new competitors, we will limit our growth and adversely affect our business results.

Our future success depends in part on our ability to increase our production capacity and we may not be able to do so in a cost-effective manner.

To the extent we are successful in growing our business, we may need to increase our production capacity. Our ability to plan, construct and equip additional manufacturing facilities is subject to significant risks and uncertainties, including the following:

 

   

The expansion or construction of any manufacturing facilities will be subject to the risks inherent in the development and construction of new facilities, including risks of delays and cost overruns as a result

 

29


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

of factors outside our control, such as delays in government approvals, burdensome permitting conditions, and delays in the delivery of manufacturing equipment and subsystems that we manufacture or obtain from suppliers.

 

    It may be difficult to expand our business internationally without additional manufacturing facilities located outside the United States. Adding manufacturing capacity in any international location will subject us to new laws and regulations including those pertaining to labor and employment, environmental and export import. In addition, it brings with it the risk of managing larger scale foreign operations.

 

    We may be unable to achieve the production throughput necessary to achieve our target annualized production run rate at our current and future manufacturing facilities.

 

    Manufacturing equipment may take longer and cost more to engineer and build than expected, and may not operate as required to meet our production plans.

 

    We may depend on third-party relationships in the development and operation of additional production capacity, which may subject us to the risk that such third parties do not fulfill their obligations to us under our arrangements with them.

 

    We may be unable to attract or retain qualified personnel.

If we are unable to expand our manufacturing facilities, we may be unable to further scale our business. If the demand for our Energy Servers or our production output decreases or does not rise as expected, we may not be able to spread a significant amount of our fixed costs over the production volume, thereby increasing our per unit fixed cost, which would have a negative impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

We have in some instances, entered into long-term supply agreements that could result in insufficient inventory and negatively affect our results of operations.

We have entered into long-term supply agreements with certain suppliers. Some of these supply agreements provide for fixed or inflation-adjusted pricing and substantial prepayment obligations. If our suppliers provide insufficient inventory at the level of quality required to meet customer demand, or if our suppliers are unable or unwilling to provide us with the contracted quantities, as we have limited or in some case no alternatives for supply, our results of operations could be materially and negatively impacted. Further, we face significant specific counterparty risk under long-term supply agreements when dealing with suppliers without a long, stable production and financial history. Given the uniqueness of our product, many of our suppliers do not have a long operating history and are private companies that may not have substantial capital resources. In the event any such supplier experiences financial difficulties, it may be difficult or impossible, or may require substantial time and expense, for us to recover any or all of our prepayments. We do not know whether we will be able to maintain long-term supply relationships with our critical suppliers, or secure new long-term supply agreements. Additionally, many of our parts and materials are procured from foreign suppliers, which exposes us to risks including unforeseen increases in costs or interruptions in supply arising from changes in applicable international trade regulations, such as taxes, tariffs, or quotas. Any of the foregoing could materially harm our financial condition and results of operations.

We face supply chain competition, including competition from businesses in other industries, which could result in insufficient inventory and negatively affect our results of operations .

Certain of our suppliers also supply parts and materials to other businesses, including businesses engaged in the production of consumer electronics and other industries unrelated to fuel cells. As a relatively low-volume purchaser of certain of these parts and materials, we may be unable to procure a sufficient supply of the items in the event that our suppliers fail to produce sufficient quantities to satisfy the demands of all of their customers, which could materially harm our financial condition and results of operations.

 

30


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We, and some of our suppliers, obtain capital equipment used in our manufacturing process from sole suppliers and if this equipment is damaged or otherwise unavailable, our ability to deliver our Energy Servers on time will suffer.

Some of the capital equipment used to manufacture our products and some of the capital equipment used by our suppliers have been developed and made specifically for us, are not readily available from multiple vendors, and would be difficult to repair or replace if they did not function properly. If any of these suppliers were to experience financial difficulties or go out of business, or if there were any damage to or a breakdown of our manufacturing equipment and we could not obtain replacement equipment in a timely manner, our business would suffer. In addition, a supplier’s failure to supply this equipment in a timely manner, with adequate quality, and on terms acceptable to us, could disrupt our production schedule or increase our costs of production and service.

If we are not able to continue to reduce our cost structure in the future, our ability to become profitable may be impaired.

We must continue to reduce the manufacturing costs for our Energy Servers to expand our market. Additionally, certain of our existing service contracts were entered into based on projections regarding service costs reductions that assume continued advances in our manufacturing and services processes, which we may be unable to realize. While we have been successful in reducing our manufacturing and services costs to date, the cost of components and raw materials, for example, could increase in the future. Any such increases could slow our growth and cause our financial results and operational metrics to suffer. In addition, we may face increases in our other expenses, including increases in wages or other labor costs, as well as installation, marketing, sales or related costs. We may continue to make significant investments to drive growth in the future. In order to expand into electricity markets in which the price of electricity from the grid is lower while still maintaining our current margins, we will need to continue to reduce our costs. Increases in any of these costs, or our failure to achieve projected cost reductions, could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition and harm our business and prospects. If we are unable to reduce our cost structure in the future, we may not be able to achieve profitability, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and prospects.

If we fail to manage our growth effectively, our business and operating results may suffer.

Our current growth and future growth plans may make it difficult for us to efficiently operate our business, challenging us to effectively manage our capital expenditures and control our costs while we expand our operations to increase our revenue. If we experience significant growth in orders, without improvements in automation and efficiency, we may need additional manufacturing capacity and we and some of our suppliers may need additional and capital intensive equipment. Any growth in manufacturing must include a scaling of quality control as the increase in production increases the possible impact of manufacturing defects. In addition, any growth in the volume of sales of our Energy Servers may outpace our ability to engage sufficient and experienced personnel to manage the higher number of installations and to engage contractors to complete installations on a timely basis and in accordance with our expectations and standards. Any failure to manage our growth effectively could materially and adversely affect our business, prospects, operating results and financial condition. Our future operating results depend to a large extent on our ability to manage this expansion and growth successfully.

Our failure to protect our intellectual property rights may undermine our competitive position, and litigation to protect our intellectual property rights may be costly.

Although we have taken many protective measures to protect our trade secrets, including agreements, limited access, segregation of knowledge, password protections and other measures, policing unauthorized use of proprietary technology can be difficult and expensive. For example, many of our engineers reside in California and it is not legally permissible to prevent them from working for a competitor, if and when one should exist.

 

31


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Also, litigation may be necessary to enforce our intellectual property rights, protect our trade secrets, or determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others. Such litigation may result in our intellectual property rights being challenged, limited in scope, or declared invalid or unenforceable. We cannot be certain that the outcome of any litigation will be in our favor, and an adverse determination in any such litigation could impair our intellectual property rights and may harm our business, prospects and reputation.

We rely primarily on patent, trade secret and trademark laws, and non-disclosure, confidentiality, and other types of contractual restrictions to establish, maintain, and enforce our intellectual property and proprietary rights. However, our rights under these laws and agreements afford us only limited protection and the actions we take to establish, maintain, and enforce our intellectual property rights may not be adequate. For example, our trade secrets and other confidential information could be disclosed in an unauthorized manner to third parties, our owned or licensed intellectual property rights could be challenged, invalidated, circumvented, infringed, or misappropriated or our intellectual property rights may not be sufficient to provide us with a competitive advantage, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or operating results. In addition, the laws of some countries do not protect proprietary rights as fully as do the laws of the United States. As a result, we may not be able to protect our proprietary rights adequately abroad.

Our patent applications may not result in issued patents, and our issued patents may not provide adequate protection, which may have a material adverse effect on our ability to prevent others from commercially exploiting products similar to ours.

We cannot be certain that our pending patent applications will result in issued patents or that any of our issued patents will afford protection against a competitor. The status of patents involves complex legal and factual questions, and the breadth of claims allowed is uncertain. As a result, we cannot be certain that the patent applications that we file will result in patents being issued, or that our patents and any patents that may be issued to us in the future will afford protection against competitors with similar technology. In addition, patent applications filed in foreign countries are subject to laws, rules, and procedures that differ from those of the United States, and thus we cannot be certain that foreign patent applications related to issued U.S. patents will be issued in other regions. Furthermore, even if these patent applications are accepted and the associated patents issued, some foreign countries provide significantly less effective patent enforcement than in the United States.

In addition, patents issued to us may be infringed upon or designed around by others and others may obtain patents that we need to license or design around, either of which would increase costs and may adversely affect our business, prospects, and operating results.

We may need to defend ourselves against claims that we infringe, have misappropriated or otherwise violate the intellectual property rights of others, which may be time-consuming and would cause us to incur substantial costs.

Companies, organizations, or individuals, including our competitors, may hold or obtain patents, trademarks, or other proprietary rights that they may in the future believe are infringed by our products or services. Although we are not currently subject to any claims related to intellectual property, these companies holding patents or other intellectual property rights allegedly relating to our technologies could, in the future, make claims or bring suits alleging infringement, misappropriation, or other violations of such rights, or otherwise asserting their rights and seeking licenses or injunctions. Several of the proprietary components used in our Energy Servers have been subjected to infringement challenges in the past. We also generally indemnify our customers against claims that the products we supply infringe, misappropriate, or otherwise violate third party intellectual property rights, and we may therefore be required to defend our customers against such claims. If a claim is successfully brought in the future and we or our products are determined to have infringed, misappropriated, or otherwise violated a third party’s intellectual property rights, we may be required to do one or more of the following:

 

    cease selling or using our products that incorporate the challenged intellectual property;

 

32


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    pay substantial damages (including treble damages and attorneys’ fees if our infringement is determined to be willful);

 

    obtain a license from the holder of the intellectual property right, which license may not be available on reasonable terms or at all; or

 

    redesign our products or means of production, which may not be possible or cost-effective.

Any of the foregoing could adversely affect our business, prospects, operating results and financial condition. In addition, any litigation or claims, whether or not valid, could harm our reputation, result in substantial costs, and divert resources and management attention.

We also license technology from third parties, and incorporate components supplied by third parties into our products. We may face claims that our use of such technology or components infringes or otherwise violates the rights of others, which would subject us to the risks described above. We may seek indemnification from our licensors or suppliers under our contracts with them, but our rights to indemnification or our suppliers’ resources may be unavailable or insufficient to cover our costs and losses.

If we are unable to attract and retain key employees and hire qualified management, technical, engineering, and sales personnel, our ability to compete and successfully grow our business could be harmed.

We believe that our success and our ability to reach our strategic objectives are highly dependent on the contributions of our key management, technical, engineering and sales personnel. The loss of the services of any of our key employees could disrupt our operations, delay the development and introduction of our products and services, and negatively impact our business, prospects and operating results. In particular, we are highly dependent on the services of Dr. Sridhar, our President and Chief Executive Officer, and other key employees. None of our key employees is bound by an employment agreement for any specific term. We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully attract and retain senior leadership necessary to grow our business. Furthermore, there is increasing competition for talented individuals in our field, and competition for qualified personnel is especially intense in the San Francisco Bay Area, where our principal offices are located. Our failure to attract and retain our executive officers and other key technology, sales, marketing and support personnel, could adversely impact our business, prospects, financial condition, and operating results. In addition, we do not have “key person” life insurance policies covering any of our officers or other key employees.

We are subject to various environmental laws and regulations that could impose substantial costs upon us and cause delays in building our manufacturing facilities.

We are subject to national, state, and local environmental laws and regulations as well as environmental laws in those foreign jurisdictions in which we operate. Environmental laws and regulations can be complex and may change often. These laws can give rise to liability for administrative oversight costs, cleanup costs, property damage, bodily injury, fines and penalties. Capital and operating expenses needed to comply with environmental laws and regulations can be significant, and violations may result in substantial fines and penalties or third-party damages. In addition, ensuring we are in compliance with applicable environmental laws could require significant time and management resources and could cause delays in our ability to build out, equip and operate our facilities, as well as service our fleet which would adversely impact our business, prospects, financial condition and operating results. In addition, environmental laws and regulations, such as the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act in the United States, impose liability on several grounds for the investigation and cleanup of contaminated soil and ground water, for building contamination and impacts to human health and for damages to natural resources. If, in the future, contamination is discovered at properties formerly owned or operated by us or owned or operated by us, or properties to which hazardous substances were sent by us, it could result in liability for us under environmental laws and regulations. Many of our customers who purchase our Energy Servers have high sustainability standards and any environmental noncompliance by us could harm our reputation and impact a current or potential customer’s buying decision.

 

33


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The costs of complying with environmental laws, regulations and customer requirements, and any claims concerning noncompliance, or liability with respect to contamination in the future could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or operating results.

The installation and operation of our Energy Servers are subject to environmental laws and regulations in various jurisdictions, and there is uncertainty with respect to the interpretation of certain environmental laws and regulations to our Energy Servers, especially as these regulations evolve over time.

Bloom is committed to compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations, including health and safety standards, and we continually review the operation of our Energy Servers for health, safety and compliance. Our Energy Servers, like other fuel cell technology-based products of which we are aware, produce small amounts of hazardous wastes and air pollutants, and we seek to ensure that they are handled in accordance with applicable regulatory standards.

Maintaining compliance with laws and regulations can be challenging given the changing patchwork of environmental laws and regulations that prevail at the federal, state, regional and local level. Most existing environmental laws and regulations preceded the introduction of our innovative fuel cell technology and were adopted to apply to technologies existing at the time, namely large, coal, oil or gas-fired power plants. Currently, there is generally little guidance from these agencies on how certain environmental laws and regulations may, or may not, be applied to our technology.

For example, natural gas, which is the primary fuel used in our Energy Servers, contains benzene, which is classified as a hazardous waste if it exceeds 1 milligram (mg) per liter. A small amount of benzene (equivalent to what is present in one gallon of gasoline in an automobile fuel tank which is exempt from federal regulation) found in the public pipeline natural gas is collected by gas cleaning units contained in our Energy Servers and is typically replaced once every 18 to 24 months by us from customers’ sites. From 2010 to late 2016, in the regular course of maintenance of the Energy Servers, we periodically replaced the units in our servers under a federal environmental exemption that permitted the handling of such units without manifesting the contents as containing a hazardous waste. Although we operated under the exemption upon the advice of outside legal counsel, and with the approval of two states that had adopted the federal exemption, the federal Environmental Protection Agency issued guidance for the first time in late 2016 that differed from the legal advice and state approvals we had obtained, even though we had operated under the exemption since 2010. We have complied with the new guidance. However, the EPA is seeking to collect approximately $1.0 million in fines from us for the prior period, which we are contesting.

Another example relates to the very small amounts of chromium in hexavalent form, or CR+6 which our Energy Servers emit. This occurs any time a steel super alloy is exposed to high temperatures. CR+6 is found in small concentrations in the air generally. However, exposure to high or significant concentrations over prolonged periods of time can be carcinogenic. While the small amount of chromium emitted by our Energy Servers is initially in the hexavalent form, it converts to a non-toxic trivalent form, or CR+3 rapidly after it leaves the Energy Server, and is largely converted and reaches background concentrations within 10 meters of the exhaust.

Our Energy Servers do not present any significant health hazard, based on our modeling, testing methodology and measurements. There are several supporting elements to this position including that the emissions from our Energy Servers are in very low concentrations, are emitted as nano-particles that convert to the non-hazardous form CR+3 rapidly, are quickly dispersed into the air, and are not emitted in close proximity to locations where people would be expected to have a prolonged exposure to them. In tests we have conducted, air measurements taken 10 meters from an Energy Server show that there was no detectable Cr+6 above the amounts in the ambient air.

Several states in which we currently operate, including California, require permits for emissions of hazardous air pollutants based on the quantity of emissions, most of which require permits only for quantities of emissions that are higher than those observed from our Energy Servers. Other states in which we operate, including New York, New Jersey and North Carolina, have specific exemptions for fuel cells. Some states in

 

34


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

which we operate have Cr+6 limits which are an order of magnitude over our operating range. Within California, the Bay Area Air Quality Management District, or BAAQMD, requires a permit for emissions that are more than .00051 lbs/year and other California regulations require that levels of Cr+6 be below .00005 µg/m³, which is the level required by Proposition 65, and which requires notification of the presence of Cr+6 unless it can be shown to be at levels that do not pose a significant health risk We have determined that the standards applicable in California in this regard are more stringent than those in any other state or foreign location in which we have installed Energy Servers to date.

There are generally no relevant testing methodology guidelines for a technology such as ours. The standard test method for analyzing emissions cannot be readily applied to our Energy Servers because it would require inserting a probe into an emission stack. Our servers do not have stacks; therefore, we have to construct an artificial stack on top of our server in order to conduct a test. If we used the testing methodology, similar to what the air districts have used in other large scale industrial products, it would show that we would need to reduce the emissions of CR+6 from our Energy Servers to meet the most stringent requirements. However, we employed a modified test method that is designed to capture the actual operating conditions of our Energy Servers and its distinctly different design from legacy power plants and industrial equipment. Based on our modeling, measured results and analysis, we are in compliance with State of California air regulations.

We will work with the California Air Districts and seek to obtain their agreement that we are in compliance. Should the regulators disagree, we have engineered a technology solution that provides an alternate route to compliance. This technology solution is ready to deploy and will cost less than 0.1% of our product cost and will not be material.

While we seek to comply with air quality and emission standards in every region in which we operate, it is possible that certain customers in other regions may request that we provide the new technology solution for their Energy Servers to comply with the stricter standards imposed by California even though they are not applicable and even though we are under no contractual obligation to do so. We will comply with these requests. Failure or delay in attaining regulatory approval could result in our not being able to operate in a particular local jurisdiction.

These examples illustrate that our technology is moving faster than the regulatory process in many instances. It is possible that regulators could delay or prevent us from conducting our business in some way pending agreement on, and compliance with, shifting regulatory requirements. Such actions could delay the installation of Energy Servers, result in fines, require their modification or replacement, or trigger claims of performance warranties and defaults under customer contracts that could require us to repurchase their Energy Servers, any of which could adversely affect our business, financial performance and reputation. In addition, new laws or regulations or new interpretations of existing laws or regulations could require us to upgrade or retrofit existing equipment, which could result in materially increased capital and operating expenses.

Furthermore, we have not yet determined whether our Energy Servers will satisfy regulatory requirements in the other states in the U.S. and international locations in which we do not currently sell Energy Servers, but may pursue in the future.

As a fossil fuel-based technology, we may be subject to a heightened risk of regulation, potential the loss of certain incentives to changes in our customers’ energy procurement policies.

Although the current generation of Bloom Energy Servers running on natural gas produce nearly 60% less carbon emissions compared to the average of U.S. combustion power generation, the operation of our Energy Servers does produce carbon dioxide (CO2), which has been shown to be a contributing factor to global climate change. As such, we may be negatively impacted by CO2-related changes in applicable laws, regulations, ordinances or other rules, or the requirements of the incentive programs on which we currently rely. Changes, or in some cases a lack of change, in any of the laws, regulations, ordinances or other rules that apply to our installations and new technology could make it illegal or more costly for us or our customers to install and operate our Energy Servers on particular sites, negatively affecting our ability to deliver cost savings to

 

35


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

customers, or we could be prohibited from completing new installations or continuing to operate existing projects. Certain municipalities have already banned the use of distributed generation products that utilize fossil fuel. Additionally, our customers’ and potential customers’ energy procurement policies may prohibit or limit their willingness to procure our Energy Servers. Our business prospects may be negatively impacted if we are prevented from completing new installations or our installations become more costly as a result of laws, regulations, ordinances or other rules applicable to our Energy Servers, or by our customers’ and potential customers’ energy procurement policies.

Existing regulations and changes to such regulations impacting the electric power industry may create technical, regulatory and economic barriers which could significantly reduce demand for our Energy Servers.

The market for electricity generation products is heavily influenced by U.S. federal, state, local, and foreign government regulations and policies, as well as internal policies and regulations of electric utility providers. These regulations and policies often relate to electricity pricing and technical interconnection of customer-owned electricity generation. These regulations and policies are often modified and could continue to change, and this could result in a significant reduction in demand for our Energy Servers. For example, utility companies commonly charge fees to larger, industrial customers for disconnecting from the electric grid or for having the capacity to use power from the electric grid for back-up purposes. These fees could change, increasing the cost to our customers of using our Energy Servers and making them less economically attractive. In addition, our project with Delmarva Power & Light Company (Delmarva) is subject to laws and regulations relating to electricity generation, transmission and sale, such as Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC) regulation under various federal energy regulatory laws, and requires FERC authorization to make wholesale sales of electric energy, capacity, and ancillary services. Also, several of our PPA entities are subject to regulation under FERC with respect to market-based sales of electricity, which requires us to file notices and make other periodic filings with FERC, which increases our costs, and subjects us to additional regulatory oversight.

Possible new tariffs could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our business is dependent on the availability of raw materials and components for our Energy Servers, particularly electrical components common in the semiconductor industry, specialty steel products and processing and raw materials for our Energy Servers. The United States has recently imposed tariffs on steel and aluminum imports which may increase the cost of raw materials for our Energy Servers and decrease the available supply. The United States is also considering tariffs on additional items, which could include items imported by us from China or other countries.

Although we currently maintain alternative sources for raw materials, our business is subject to the risk of price fluctuations and periodic delays in the delivery of certain raw materials, which tariffs may exacerbate. Disruptions in the supply of raw materials and components could temporarily impair our ability to manufacture our Energy Servers for our customers or require us to pay higher prices in order to obtain these raw materials or components from other sources, which could thereby affect our business and results of operations. While it is too early to predict how the recently enacted tariffs on imported steel will impact our business, the imposition of tariffs on items imported by us from China or other countries could increase our costs and could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

We may become subject to product liability claims, which could harm our financial condition and liquidity if we are not able to successfully defend or insure against such claims.

We may in the future become subject to product liability claims. Our Energy Servers are considered high energy systems because they use flammable fuels and may operate at 480 volts. Although our Energy Servers are certified to meet ANSI, IEEE, ASME and NFPA design and safety standards, if not properly handled in accordance with our servicing and handling standards and protocols, there could be a system failure and resulting liability. These claims could require us to incur significant costs to defend. Furthermore, any successful product liability claim could require us to pay a substantial monetary award. Moreover, a product liability claim could

 

36


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

generate substantial negative publicity about our company and our Energy Servers, which could harm our brand, business, prospects, and operating results. While we maintain product liability insurance, our insurance may not be sufficient to cover all potential product liability claims. Any lawsuit seeking significant monetary damages either in excess of our coverage, or outside of our coverage, may have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

Current or future litigation or administrative proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We have been and continue to be involved in legal proceedings, administrative proceedings, claims and other litigation that arise in the ordinary course of business. Purchases of our products have also been the subject of litigation. For example, in 2011, an amendment to the Delaware Renewable Energy Portfolio Statute was enacted to permit the Delaware public service utility, Delmarva, to meet its renewable energy standards using energy generated by fuel cells manufactured and operated in Delaware. This statute required Delmarva to charge a tariff to its ratepayors to pay for certain costs of providers of such energy generated by fuel cells. In 2012, plaintiffs FuelCell Energy Inc. and John A. Nichols filed suit against Delaware Governor Jack Markell and the Delaware Public Service Commission in the U.S. District Court for Delaware, claiming that the 2011 amendment to the statute discriminated against interstate fuel cell providers and subsidized us for building a manufacturing facility in Delaware to manufacture fuel cells. We were not named as a party to this lawsuit, and the litigation was ultimately settled. In addition, since our Energy Server is a new type of product in a nascent market, we have in the past needed and may in the future need to seek the amendment of existing regulations or, in some cases, the creation of new regulations, in order to operate our business in some jurisdictions. Such regulatory processes may require public hearings concerning our business, which could expose us to subsequent litigation.

Unfavorable outcomes or developments relating to proceedings to which we are a party or transactions involving our products, such as judgments for monetary damages, injunctions, or denial or revocation of permits, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. In addition, settlement of claims could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

A breach or failure of our networks or computer or data management systems could damage our operations and our reputation.

Our business is dependent on the security and efficacy of our networks and computer and data management systems. For example, all of our Energy Servers are connected to, controlled and monitored by our centralized remote monitoring service and we rely on our internal computer networks for many of the systems we use to operate our business generally. Although we take protective measures and endeavor to modify them as circumstances warrant, the security of our infrastructure, including the network that connects our Energy Servers to our remote monitoring service, may be vulnerable to breaches, unauthorized access, misuse, computer viruses or other malicious code and cyber-attacks that could have a material adverse impact on our business and our Energy Servers in the field. A breach or failure of our networks or computer or data management systems due to intentional actions such as cyber-attacks, negligence or other reasons, could seriously disrupt our operations or could affect our ability to control or to assess the performance in the field of our Energy Servers and could result in disruption to our business and potentially legal liability. These events could result in significant costs or reputational consequences.

Our headquarters and other facilities are located in an active earthquake zone, and an earthquake or other types of natural disasters or resource shortages could disrupt and harm our results of operations .

We conduct a majority of our operations in the San Francisco Bay area in an active earthquake zone and certain of our facilities are located within known flood plains. The occurrence of a natural disaster, such as an earthquake, drought, flood, localized extended outages of critical utilities or transportation systems, or any critical resource shortages, could cause a significant interruption in our business, damage or destroy our facilities, manufacturing equipment, or inventory, and cause us to incur significant costs, any of which could harm our

 

37


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

business, financial condition, and results of operations. The insurance we maintain against fires, earthquakes and other natural disasters may not be adequate to cover our losses in any particular case.

Expanding operations internationally could expose us to risks .

Although we currently primarily operate in the United States, we will seek to expand our business internationally. We currently have operations in Japan, China and India. Managing any international expansion will require additional resources and controls, including additional manufacturing and assembly facilities. Any expansion internationally could subject our business to risks associated with international operations, including:

 

    conformity with applicable business customs, including translation into foreign languages and associated expenses;

 

    lack of availability of government incentives and subsidies;

 

    challenges in arranging, and availability of, financing for our customers;

 

    potential changes to our established business model;

 

    cost of alternative power sources, which could be meaningfully lower outside the United States;

 

    availability and cost of natural gas;

 

    difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations in an environment of diverse culture, laws and customers, and the increased travel, infrastructure and legal and compliance costs associated with international operations;

 

    installation challenges which we have not encountered before, which may require the development of a unique model for each country;

 

    compliance with multiple, potentially conflicting and changing governmental laws, regulations and permitting processes, including environmental, banking, employment, tax, privacy and data protection laws and regulations, such as the EU Data Privacy Directive;

 

    compliance with U.S. and foreign anti-bribery laws, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the U.K. Anti-Bribery Act;

 

    difficulties in collecting payments in foreign currencies and associated foreign currency exposure;

 

    restrictions on repatriation of earnings;

 

    compliance with potentially conflicting and changing laws of taxing jurisdictions where we conduct business and applicable U.S. tax laws as they relate to international operations, the complexity and adverse consequences of such tax laws and potentially adverse tax consequences due to changes in such tax laws; and

 

    regional economic and political conditions.

As a result of these risks, any potential future international expansion efforts that we may undertake may not be successful.

If we discover a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting or otherwise fail to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, our ability to report our financial results on a timely and accurate basis and the market price of our Class A common stock may be adversely affected.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Sarbanes-Oxley Act) requires, among other things, that we evaluate the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures. Although we did not discover any material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting at December 31, 2017, subsequent testing by us or our independent registered public accounting firm, which has not performed an audit of our internal control over financial reporting, may reveal deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses. To comply with Section 404A, we may incur substantial cost, expend significant management time on compliance-related issues and hire additional accounting, financial

 

38


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

and internal audit staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge. Moreover, if we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404A in a timely manner or if we or our independent registered public accounting firm identify deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses, we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) or other regulatory authorities, which would require additional financial and management resources. Any failure to maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures or internal control over financial reporting could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results, and cause a decline in the price of our Class A common stock.

Our ability to use our deferred tax assets to offset future taxable income may be subject to limitations that could subject our business to higher tax liability.

We may be limited in the portion of net operating loss carryforwards that we can use in the future to offset taxable income for U.S. federal and state income tax purposes. At December 31, 2017, we had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards (NOLs) of $1.7 billion and $1.5 billion, respectively, which will expire, if unused, beginning in 2022 and 2018, respectively. A lack of future taxable income would adversely affect our ability to utilize these NOLs. In addition, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), a corporation that undergoes an “ownership change” is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its NOLs to offset future taxable income. Changes in our stock ownership, including this offering or future offerings, as well as other changes that may be outside of our control, could result in ownership changes under Section 382 of the Code, which could cause our NOLs to be subject to these limitations. Our NOLs may also be impaired under similar provisions of state law. In addition, as of December 31, 2017, we had approximately $16.1 million of federal research credit, $6.6 million of federal investment tax credit, and $12.2 million of state research credit carryforwards. Our deferred tax assets may expire unutilized or underutilized, which could prevent us from offsetting future taxable income.

Our substantial indebtedness may limit our financial and operating activities and may adversely affect our ability to incur additional debt to fund future needs .

As of March 31, 2018, we and our subsidiaries had approximately $950.5 million of total consolidated indebtedness, of which an aggregate of $593.7 million represented indebtedness that is recourse to us. Of this amount, $249.4 million represented debt under our 8% Notes, $215.9 million of which will convert automatically into Class B common stock immediately prior to completion of this offering, $4.5 million represented operating debt, $356.8 million represented debt of our PPA entities, $245.0 million represented debt under our 6% Notes which could remain outstanding following this offering and $94.8 million represented debt under our 10% Notes which also could remain outstanding following this offering. Our substantial indebtedness and any new indebtedness could:

 

    require us to dedicate a substantial portion of cash flow from operations to the payment of principal, and interest on, indebtedness, thereby reducing the funds available for other purposes, such as working capital and capital expenditures;

 

    make it more difficult for us to satisfy and comply with our obligations with respect to our indebtedness;

 

    subject us to increased sensitivity to interest rate increases;

 

    make us more vulnerable to economic downturns, adverse industry conditions or catastrophic external events;

 

    limit our ability to withstand competitive pressures;

 

    limit our ability to invest in new business subsidiaries that are not PPA-related

 

    reduce our flexibility in planning for or responding to changing business, industry and economic conditions; and/or

 

    place us at a competitive disadvantage to competitors that have relatively less debt than we have.

 

39


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In addition, our substantial level of indebtedness could limit our ability to obtain required additional financing on acceptable terms or at all for working capital, capital expenditures and general corporate purposes. Any of these risks could impact our ability to fund our operations or limit our ability to expand our business, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations. Our liquidity needs could vary significantly and may be affected by general economic conditions, industry trends, performance and many other factors not within our control.

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to meet our debt service obligations.

Our ability to generate sufficient cash to make scheduled payments on our debt obligations will depend on our future financial performance, which will be affected by a range of economic, competitive and business factors, many of which are outside of our control.

In addition, we conduct a significant volume of our operations through, and receive equity allocations from, our PPA entities, which contribute to our cash flow. These PPA entities are separate and distinct legal entities, do not guarantee our debt obligations and will have no obligation, contingent or otherwise, to pay amounts due under our debt obligations or to make any funds available to pay those amounts, whether by dividend, distribution, loan or other payments. Distributions by such PPA entities to us are precluded under these arrangements if there is an event of default or if financial covenants such as maintenance of applicable debt service coverage ratios are not met, even if there is not otherwise an event of default. Furthermore, under the terms of our equity financing arrangements for PPA Company II and certain other PPA entities, substantially all of the cash flows generated from these PPA entities in excess of debt service obligations are distributed to tax equity investors until the investors achieve a targeted internal rate of return or until a fixed date in the future, which is expected to be after a period of five or more years (the flip date), after which time we will receive substantially all of the remaining income (loss), tax and tax allocation attributable to the long-term customer payments and other incentives.

Future borrowings by our PPA entities may contain restrictions or prohibitions on the payment of dividends to us. The ability of our PPA entities to make such payments to us may be subject to applicable laws, including surplus, solvency and other limits imposed on the ability of companies to pay dividends.

If we do not generate sufficient cash to satisfy our debt obligations, including interest payments, the payment of principal at maturity or other payments that may be required from time to time under the terms of our debt instruments, we may have to undertake alternative financing plans, such as refinancing or restructuring our debt, selling assets, reducing or delaying capital investments or seeking to raise additional capital. We cannot provide assurance that any refinancing would be possible, that any assets could be sold, or, if sold, of the timing of the sales and the amount of proceeds realized from those sales, that additional financing could be obtained on acceptable terms, if at all, or that additional financing would be permitted under the terms of our various debt instruments then in effect. Furthermore, the ability to refinance indebtedness would depend upon the condition of the finance and credit markets at the time, which have in the past been, and may in the future be, volatile. Our inability to generate sufficient cash to satisfy our debt obligations, or to refinance our obligations on commercially reasonable terms or on a timely basis, would have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We may not be able to secure additional debt financing.

As of March 31, 2018, we and our subsidiaries had approximately $950.5 million of total consolidated indebtedness, including $25.1 million in short-term debt and $925.3 million in long-term debt. In addition, our 10% Notes (the “10% Notes”) contain restrictions on our ability to issue additional debt and both the 6% Notes and 10% Notes limit our ability to provide collateral for any additional debt. Given our current level of indebtedness, the restrictions on additional indebtedness contained in the 10% Notes and the fact that most of our assets serve as collateral to secure existing debt, it may be difficult for us to secure additional debt financing at an attractive cost, which may in turn impact our ability to expand our operations and product development activities and remain competitive in the market.

 

40


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Under some circumstances, we may be required to or elect to make additional payments to our PPA entities or the PPA entity investors.

Our PPA entities are structured in a manner such that other than the amount of any equity investment we have made, we do not have any further primary liability for the debts or other obligations of the PPA entities. However, we are required to guarantee the obligations of our wholly-owned subsidiary which invests alongside other investors in the PPA entities. These obligations typically include the capital contribution obligations of such subsidiary to the PPA entity as well as the representations and warranties made by and indemnification obligations of such subsidiary to other investors in the applicable PPA entity. As a result, we may be obligated to make payments on behalf of our wholly-owned subsidiary to other investors in the PPA entities in the event of a breach of these representations, warranties or covenants.

All of our PPA entities that operate Energy Servers for end customers have significant restrictions on their ability to incur increased operating costs, or could face events of default under debt or other investment agreements if end customers are not able to meet their payment obligations under power purchase agreements or Energy Servers are not deployed in accordance with the project’s schedule. If our PPA entities experience unexpected, increased costs, such as insurance costs, interest expense, or taxes or as a result of the acceleration of repayment of outstanding indebtedness, or if end customers are unable to continue to purchase power under their power purchase agreements, there could be insufficient cash generated from the project to meet the debt service obligations of the PPA entity or to meet any targeted rates of return of investors. If this were to occur, this could constitute an event of default, and entitle the lender to foreclose on the collateral securing the debt or could trigger other payment obligations of the PPA entity. To avoid this, we could choose to make additional payments to avoid an event of default, which could adversely affect our business or financial condition. Additionally, under PPA Company II’s credit agreement, PPA Company II is obligated to offer to repay all outstanding debt in the event that we obtain an investment grade credit rating unless we provide a guarantee of the debt obligations of the PPA Company II. Upon receipt of such offer, the lenders may elect to require PPA Company II to prepay all remaining amounts owed under PPA Company II’s project debt.

Restrictions imposed by the agreements governing of our and our PPA entities’ outstanding indebtedness contain covenants that significantly limit our actions.

The agreements governing our outstanding indebtedness contain, and any of our other future debt agreements may contain, covenants imposing operating and financial restrictions on our business that limit our flexibility including, among other things, to:

 

    borrow money;

 

    pay dividends or make other distributions;

 

    incur liens;

 

    make asset dispositions;

 

    make loans or investments;

 

    issue or sell share capital of our subsidiaries;

 

    issue guarantees;

 

    enter into transactions with affiliates; and

 

    merge, consolidate, or sell, lease or transfer all or substantially all of our assets.

Our debt agreements and our PPA entities’ debt agreements require the maintenance of financial ratios or the satisfaction of financial tests. Our and our PPA entities’ ability to meet these financial ratios and tests may be affected by events beyond our control and, as a result, we cannot assure you that we will be able to meet these ratios and tests. Upon the occurrence of events such as a change in control of our company, significant asset sales or mergers or similar transactions, the liquidation or dissolution of our company or the cessation of our stock exchange listing, holders of our 6% Notes have the right to cause us to repurchase for cash any or all of such

 

41


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

outstanding Notes at a repurchase price in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon. We cannot provide assurance that we would have sufficient liquidity to repurchase the Notes. Furthermore, our financing and debt agreements, such as our 6% Notes and our 8% Notes, contain events of default. If an event of default were to occur, the trustee or the lenders could, among other things, terminate their commitments and declare outstanding amounts due and payable, and our cash may become restricted. We cannot provide assurance that we would have sufficient liquidity to repay or refinance our indebtedness if such amounts were accelerated upon an event of default. Borrowings under other debt instruments that contain cross-acceleration or cross-default provisions may, as a result, be accelerated and become due and payable. We may be unable to pay these debts in such circumstances. If we were unable to repay those amounts, lenders could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure repayment of those amounts. We cannot assure you that the collateral will be sufficient to repay in full those amounts. We cannot assure you that the operating and financial restrictions and covenants in these agreements will not adversely affect our ability to finance our future operations or capital needs, or engage in other business activities that may be in our interest, or react to adverse market developments.

If our PPA entities default on their obligations under non-recourse financing agreements, we may decide to make payments to prevent such PPA entities’ creditors from foreclosing on the relevant collateral as such a foreclosure would result in our losing our ownership interest in the PPA entity or in some or all of its assets, or a material part of our assets, as the case may be. To satisfy these obligations, we may be required to use amounts distributed by our other PPA entities as well as other sources of available cash, reducing the cash available to develop our projects and to our operations. The loss of a material part of our assets, or our ownership interest in one or more of our PPA entities or some or all of their assets, or any use of our resources to support our obligations or the obligations of our PPA entities, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may have conflicts of interest with our PPA entities.

In each PPA entity, we act as the managing member and are responsible for the day-to-day administration of the project. However, we are also a major service provider for each PPA entity in its capacity as the operator of the Energy Servers under an operations and maintenance agreement. Because we are both the administrator and the manager of the PPA entities, as well as a major service provider, we face a potential conflict of interest in that we may be obligated to enforce contractual rights that a PPA entity has against us in our capacity as a service provider. By way of example, the PPA entity may have a right to payment from us under a warranty provided under the applicable operations and maintenance agreement, and we may be financially motivated to avoid or delay this liability by failing to promptly enforce this right on behalf of the PPA entity. While we do not believe that we had any conflicts of interest with our PPA entities as of March 31, 2018, conflicts of interest may arise in the future which cannot be foreseen at this time. In the event that prospective future tax equity investors and debt financing partners perceive there to exist any such conflicts, it could harm our ability to procure financing for our PPA entities in the future, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We are an “emerging growth company” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our Class A common stock less attractive to investors and may make it more difficult to compare our performance with other public companies.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies,” including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We may take advantage of these exemptions for so long as we are an “emerging growth company,” which could be as long as five years following the completion of this offering. We cannot predict if investors will find our Class A common stock less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some

 

42


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

investors find our Class A common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our Class A common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

As an “emerging growth company”, we have elected to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards under Section 102(b)(2) of the JOBS Act, that allows us to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until those standards apply to private companies. As a result of this election, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates.

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of our Class A Common Stock

There has been no prior public market for our Class A common stock, the stock price of our Class A common stock may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.

There has been no public market for our Class A common stock prior to this offering. The initial public offering price for our Class A common stock will be determined through negotiations among the underwriters and us, and may vary from the market price of our Class A common stock following this offering. The market prices of the securities of newly public companies such as us have historically been highly volatile. An active or liquid market in our Class A common stock may not develop following this offering or, if it does develop, may not be sustainable. The market price of our Class A common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control, including:

 

    overall performance of the equity markets;

 

    actual or anticipated fluctuations in our revenue and other operating results;

 

    changes in the financial projections we may provide to the public or our failure to meet these projections;

 

    failure of securities analysts to initiate or maintain coverage of us, changes in financial estimates by any securities analysts who follow our company, or our failure to meet these estimates or the expectations of investors;

 

    recruitment or departure of key personnel;

 

    the economy as a whole and market conditions in our industry;

 

    new laws, regulations or subsidies or credits or new interpretations of them applicable to our business;

 

    negative publicity related to problems in our manufacturing or the real or perceived quality of our products;

 

    rumors and market speculation involving us or other companies in our industry;

 

    announcements by us or our competitors of significant technical innovations, acquisitions, strategic partnerships, or capital commitments;

 

    lawsuits threatened or filed against us;

 

    other events or factors, including those resulting from war, incidents of terrorism, or responses to these events;

 

    the expiration of contractual lock-up or market standoff agreements; and

 

    sales or anticipated sales of shares of our Class A common stock by us or our stockholders.

In addition, the stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies. Stock prices of many companies have fluctuated in a manner unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. In the past, stockholders have instituted securities class action litigation following periods of market volatility. If we were to become involved in securities litigation, it could subject us to substantial costs, divert resources and the attention of management from our business, and adversely affect our business.

 

43


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock in the public markets, or the perception that they might occur, could cause the market price of our Class A common stock to decline.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our Class A common stock into the public market, particularly sales by our directors, executive officers, and principal stockholders, or the perception that these sales might occur, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

Substantially all of our securities outstanding prior to this offering are restricted from resale as a result of lock-up and market standoff agreements. See the section titled “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for additional information. These securities will become available to be sold 181 days after the date of this prospectus. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC may, in their discretion, permit our security holders to sell shares prior to the expiration of the restrictive provisions contained in the lock-up agreements. Shares held by directors, executive officers, and other affiliates will also be subject to volume limitations under Rule 144 under the Securities Act and various vesting agreements.

In addition, as of March 31, 2018, we had options and RSUs outstanding that, if fully exercised or settled, would result in the issuance of 22,038,317 shares of Class B common stock. Subsequent to March 31, 2018, we also issued restricted stock units that may be settled for 44,406 shares of our Class B common stock. All of the shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options or settlement of RSUs, and the shares reserved for future issuance under our equity incentive plans, will be registered for public resale under the Securities Act. Accordingly, these shares will be able to be freely sold in the public market upon issuance subject to the lock-up agreements described above, existing lock-up or market standoff agreements and applicable vesting requirements.

Immediately following this offering, the holders of             shares of our Class B common stock have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements for the public resale of the Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of such shares or to include such shares in registration statements that we may file for us or other stockholders.

The dual class structure of our common stock and the voting agreements among certain stockholders will have the effect of concentrating voting control with KR Sridhar, our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman, and also with those stockholders who held our capital stock prior to the completion of this offering, including our directors, executive officers, and 5% stockholders who collectively will hold an aggregate of     % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock following the completion of this offering, which will limit or preclude your ability to influence corporate matters, including the election of directors and the approval of any change of control transaction, and may adversely affect the trading price of our Class A common stock.

Our Class B common stock has ten votes per share, and our Class A common stock, which is the stock we are offering in this offering, has one vote per share. Following this offering, and after giving effect to voting agreements between KR Sridhar, our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman, and certain holders of Class B common stock, our directors, executive officers, 5% holders of our common stock, and their respective affiliates collectively will hold an aggregate of     % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock, including     % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock that will be held individually by KR Sridhar. Because of the ten-to-one voting ratio between our Class B and Class A common stock, the holders of our Class B common stock collectively will continue to control a majority of the combined voting power of our common stock and therefore be able to control all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval until the earliest to occur of (i) immediately prior to the close of business on the fifth anniversary of the closing of this offering, (ii) immediately prior to the close of business on the date on which the outstanding shares of Class B common stock represent less than five percent (5%) of the aggregate number of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock then outstanding, (iii) the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified in a written conversion election delivered by KR Sridhar to our Secretary or Chairman of the Board to so convert all shares of Class B common stock or (iv) immediately following the date of the death of KR Sridhar. This concentrated control will limit or preclude Class A stockholders’ ability to influence corporate matters while the dual class structure remains in effect, including the election of directors, amendments of our organizational documents, and any merger,

 

44


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of our assets, or other major corporate transaction requiring stockholder approval. In addition, this may prevent or discourage unsolicited acquisition proposals or offers for our capital stock that Class A stockholders may feel are in their best interest as one of our stockholders.

Future transfers by holders of Class B common stock will generally result in those shares converting to Class A common stock, subject to limited exceptions, such as certain transfers effected for estate planning purposes. The conversion of Class B common stock to Class A common stock will have the effect, over time, of increasing the relative voting power of those remaining holders of Class B common stock who retain their shares in the long-term. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Provisions” for additional information.

The dual class structure of our common stock may adversely affect the trading market for our Class A common stock.

S&P Dow Jones and FTSE Russell have recently announced changes to their eligibility criteria for inclusion of shares of public companies on certain indices, including the S&P 500, namely, to exclude companies with multiple classes of shares of common stock from being added to such indices. In addition, several shareholder advisory firms have announced their opposition to the use of multiple class structures. As a result, the dual class structure of our common stock may prevent the inclusion of our Class A common stock in such indices and may cause shareholder advisory firms to publish negative commentary about our corporate governance practices or otherwise seek to cause us to change our capital structure. Any such exclusion from indices could result in a less active trading market for our Class A common stock. Any actions or publications by shareholder advisory firms critical of our corporate governance practices or capital structure could also adversely affect the value of our Class A common stock.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research, or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research, about our business, the market price of our Class A common stock and trading volume could decline.

The market price for our Class A common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. Securities and industry analysts do not currently, and may never, publish research on our company. If few securities analysts commence coverage of us, or if industry analysts cease coverage of us, the trading price for our Class A common stock would be negatively affected. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our Class A common stock or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our Class A common stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our Class A common stock could decrease, which might cause our Class A common stock price and trading volume to decline.

Because the initial public offering price of our Class A common stock will be substantially higher than the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our outstanding Class A common stock following this offering, new investors will experience immediate and substantial dilution.

The initial public offering price will be substantially higher than the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our Class A common stock immediately following this offering based on the total value of our tangible assets less our total liabilities. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our Class A common stock in this offering, based on the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and the issuance of             shares of Class A common stock in this offering, you will experience immediate dilution of $         per share, the difference between the price per share you pay for our Class A common stock and its pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2018. In addition, as of March 31, 2018, options to purchase 17,317,677 shares of our Class B common stock with a weighted-average exercise price of approximately $17.74 per share were outstanding as well as 4,720,640 shares of our Class B common stock subject to RSUs. The exercise of any of these options and settlement of any of these RSUs would result in additional dilution. As a result of the dilution to investors purchasing shares in this offering, investors may receive less than the purchase price paid in this offering, if anything, in the event of our liquidation. See the section titled “Dilution” for additional information.

 

45


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We will have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds to us from this offering and may not use them effectively.

We will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds to us from this offering, including for any of the purposes described in the section titled “Use of Proceeds,” and you will not have the opportunity as part of your investment decision to assess whether the net proceeds are being used appropriately. Because of the number and variability of factors that will determine our use of the net proceeds from this offering, their ultimate use may vary substantially from their currently intended use. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could harm our business. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in investment-grade rated, interest-bearing instruments, such as money market funds, certificates of deposit, commercial paper, direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government. These investments may not yield a favorable return to our investors.

We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock and do not intend to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. We anticipate that we will retain all of our future earnings for use in the development of our business and for general corporate purposes. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors. Accordingly, investors must rely on sales of their Class A common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on their investments.

Provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of our company more difficult, limit attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management, limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or employees, and limit the market price of our Class A common stock.

Provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect immediately following the completion of this offering may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in our management. Our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws include provisions that:

 

    provide that our board of directors will be classified into three classes of directors with staggered three year terms;

 

    permit the board of directors to establish the number of directors and fill any vacancies and newly created directorships;

 

    require super-majority voting to amend some provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws;

 

    authorize the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock that our board of directors could use to implement a stockholder rights plan;

 

    provide that only the chairman of our board of directors, our chief executive officer, or a majority of our board of directors will be authorized to call a special meeting of stockholders;

 

    prohibit stockholder action by written consent, which requires all stockholder actions to be taken at a meeting of our stockholders;

 

    provide for a dual class common stock structure in which holders of our Class B common stock may have the ability to control the outcome of matters requiring stockholder approval, even if they own significantly less than a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock, including the election of directors and significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our company or substantially all of its assets;

 

    provide that the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter, or repeal our bylaws; and

 

    establish advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at annual stockholder meetings.

 

46


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In addition, our restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for: any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our restated certificate of incorporation, or our amended and restated bylaws; or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or any of our directors, officers, or other employees, which may discourage lawsuits with respect to such claims. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could harm our business, operating results, and financial condition.

Moreover, Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law may discourage, delay, or prevent a change in control of our company. Section 203 imposes certain restrictions on mergers, business combinations, and other transactions between us and holders of 15% or more of our common stock. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock” for additional information.

 

47


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws. All statements contained in this prospectus other than statements of historical fact, including statements regarding our future operating results and financial position, our business strategy and plans, and our objectives for future operations, are forward-looking statements. The words “believe,” “may,” “will,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “predict,” “intend,” “could,” “would,” “should,” “expect,” “plan” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements.

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. We have based the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus primarily on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition, operating results, and prospects. The outcome of the events described in these forward-looking statements is subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors, including those discussed in the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks and uncertainties emerge from time to time and it is not possible for us to predict all risks and uncertainties or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make in this prospectus. We cannot assure you that the results, events, and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur, and actual results, events, or circumstances could differ materially and adversely from those described or anticipated in the forward-looking statements.

The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements made in this prospectus to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus or to reflect new information or the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as required by law. We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions, or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements.

 

48


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

This prospectus contains statistical data, estimates and forecasts that are based on independent industry publications or reports or other publicly available information, as well as other information based on our internal sources. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, is subject to risks and uncertainties, and is subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed in the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.

The sources of statistical data, estimates and forecasts contained in this prospectus include the following independent industry publications or reports:

 

    United Nations Development Programme (UNDP) and Action 4 Energy, “Climate and disaster resilience, Sustainable energy,” March 2016.

 

    MarketLine, “MarketLine Industry Profile: Global Electricity Retailing,” January 2017.

 

    United States Department of Energy, “Quadrennial Energy Review: Energy Transmission, Storage, and Distribution Infrastructure,” April 2015.

 

    American Society of Civil Engineers, “2017 Report Card for America’s Infrastructure,” 2017.

 

    Edison Electric Institute, “EEI Finance Department, Company Reports, S&P Global Market Intelligence,” August 2017.

 

    Technavio, “Global Microgrid Market 2016-2020,” September 2016.

 

    Technavio, “Global Data Center Power Market 2016-2020,” April 2017.

 

    Eaton, “Blackout Tracker: United States Annual Report 2016,” 2017.

 

    United States Energy Information Administration, “Annual Energy Outlook,” July 2017.

 

    Accenture Consulting, “Outsmarting Grid Security Threats,” 2017.

 

    International Energy Agency, “Key World Energy Statistics,” September 2016.

 

    Exxon Mobile, “2017 Outlook for Energy: A View to 2040,” 2017.

 

    Potential Gas Committee, “Potential Gas Committee Reports Record Future Supply of Natural Gas,” July 2017.

 

49


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of shares of our Class A common stock that we are selling in this offering will be approximately $         million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from us is exercised in full, we estimate that our net proceeds would be approximately $         million, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase or decrease the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

The principal purposes of the offering are to invest in our business, create a public market for our securities in the United States and facilitate our access to the public equity markets.

We currently have no specific plans for the use of the net proceeds that we receive from this offering, although we may use the net proceeds that we receive from this offering for general corporate purposes, including research and development and sales and marketing activities, general and administrative matters and capital expenditures. Accordingly, we will have broad discretion in using these proceeds. Pending their use as described above, we plan to invest the net proceeds from this offering in investment-grade rated, interest-bearing instruments, such as money market funds, certificates of deposit, commercial paper, direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, cash requirements, financial condition, contractual restrictions including compliance with covenants under our credit facilities and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

 

50


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization as of March 31, 2018 on:

 

    an actual basis;

 

    a pro forma basis to give effect to (1) the redesignation of our outstanding common stock as Class B common stock in                      2018, (2) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 107,610,244 shares of Class B common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering, (3) the effectiveness of our restated certificate of incorporation immediately prior to the completion of this offering, (4) the automatic conversion of $215.9 million aggregate principal amount of our outstanding 8% Notes to Series G convertible preferred stock at a per share price of $25.76, and the conversion of such Series G convertible preferred stock into 8,382,757 shares of Class B common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering and (5) the issuance and exercise of warrants to purchase 469,333 shares of our Class B common stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share to certain purchasers of our 6% Notes, as described in “Description of Capital Stock—6.0% Convertible Senior Secured PIK Notes due 2020,” which warrants will automatically be deemed exercised pursuant to their terms immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and

 

51


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to (1) the pro forma adjustments set forth above, (2) the issuance of 150,000 shares of Class B common stock that we expect to issue upon the exercise of warrants that would expire if not exercised prior to the completion of this offering and (3) the sale and issuance of             shares of Class A common stock by us in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

     As of March 31, 2018  
     (Unaudited)  
     Actual     Pro Forma     Pro Forma,
As Adjusted (1)
 
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 88,227     $ 88,232     $  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Indebtedness (long-term):

      

6% Convertible Senior Secured PIK Notes

   $ 245,039     $ 245,039     $  

8% Subordinated Convertible Secured Promissory Notes

     245,038       —      

Other indebtedness—recourse

     97,608       97,608    

Other indebtedness—non-recourse

     337,657       337,657    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total indebtedness (long-term)

     925,342       680,304    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Warrant liabilities

     6,554       5,530    

Convertible redeemable preferred stock, $0.0001 par value: 120,692,417 shares authorized and 107,610,244 issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     1,465,841       —      

Stockholders’ deficit:

      

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value: no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 10,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     —         —      

Common stock, $0.0001 par value: 170,000,000 shares authorized, 15,637,475 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 170,000,000 shares authorized,             no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     2       —      

Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value: no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 600,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 600,000,000 shares authorized,             shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     —         —      

Class B common stock, $0.0001 par value: no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 600,000,000 shares authorized, 132,099,809 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 600,000,000 shares authorized, 132,249,809 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     —         13    

Additional paid-in capital

     158,604       1,841,403    

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     117       117    

Accumulated deficit

     (2,348,363     (2,348,363  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (2,189,640     (506,830  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Redeemable noncontrolling interest and noncontrolling interest

     207,935       207,935    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 416,032     $ 386,939     $               
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

52


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

 

(1)   Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, respectively, the amount of cash, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ deficit and total capitalization by approximately $        million, assuming the number of shares we offer, as stated on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

The preceding table is based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2018, and excludes:

 

    17,317,677 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options as of March 31, 2018 with a weighted average exercise price of $17.74 per share under our 2002 Equity Incentive Plan and 2012 Equity Incentive Plan;

 

    4,720,640 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon settlement of RSUs outstanding as of March 31, 2018 under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan;

 

    44,406 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon settlement of RSUs granted after March 31, 2018 under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan;

 

    50,000 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase common stock as of March 31, 2018, with an exercise price of $25.76 per share;

 

    1,141,184 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series F convertible preferred stock and Series G convertible preferred stock as of March 31, 2018, with a weighted average exercise price of $21.18 per share, which, if not exercised prior to the completion of this offering, shall convert in accordance with their terms into warrants to purchase common stock;

 

    up to 216,000 shares of our Class B common stock issuable to one of our customers on the occurrence of future bookings from that customer and the achievement of certain installation milestones on those future bookings;

 

    200,000 shares of Class B common stock issuable 180 days from the date of this prospectus. These shares will be issued as part of a dispute settlement with a securities placement agent, as described in “Description of Capital Stock—Securities Acquisition Agreement”;

 

                shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the conversion of our outstanding 6% Notes as of March 31, 2018, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share of Class A common stock, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, which notes will be convertible at the option of the holders thereof following the completion of this offering;

 

    1,297,591 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the conversion of our outstanding Constellation Note, which may be converted, at the option of the holder, prior to the completion of this offering, into shares of Series G convertible preferred stock or, following the completion of this offering, into shares of Class B common stock; and

 

                shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity-based compensation plans, consisting of 8,528,008 shares of Class B common stock reserved for issuance under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan as of March 31, 2018,             shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our 2018 Equity Incentive Plan and shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our 2018 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and excluding shares that become available under the 2018 Equity Incentive Plan and 2018 Employee Stock Purchase Plan pursuant to provisions of these plans that automatically increase the share reserves each year, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans.”

 

53


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Because the conversion price of the 6% Notes will depend upon the actual initial public offering price per share in this offering, the actual number of shares of Class B common stock issuable upon such conversion will likely differ from the number of shares set forth above. In this regard, a $1.00 increase in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share of Class A common stock, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would decrease the number of shares of our Class B common stock issuable on conversion of the 6% Notes by             shares. A $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price would increase the number of shares of our Class B common stock issuable on conversion of the 6% Notes by             shares. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Credit Facilities—Bloom Energy Indebtedness” for more information.

 

54


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

DILUTION

If you invest in our Class A common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the public offering price per share of our Class A common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our Class A common stock after this offering.

Our pro forma net tangible book value as of March 31, 2018 was $         million, or $             per share of common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents total tangible assets less total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2018, after giving effect to (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 107,610,244 shares of Class B common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering, (ii) the effectiveness of our restated certificate of incorporation immediately prior to the completion of this offering, (iii) the automatic conversion of $215.9 million aggregate principal amount of our outstanding 8% Notes to Series G convertible preferred stock at a per share price of $25.76, and the conversion of such Series G convertible preferred stock into 8,382,757 shares of Class B common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, (iv) the issuance of 150,000 shares of Class B common stock that we expect to issue upon the exercise of warrants that would expire if not exercised prior to the completion of this offering and (v) the issuance and exercise of warrants to purchase 469,333 shares of our Class B common stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share to certain purchasers of our 6% Notes, as described in “Description of Capital Stock—6.0% Convertible Senior Secured PIK Notes due 2020,” which warrants will automatically be deemed exercised pursuant to their terms immediately prior to the completion of this offering. Our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share gives further effect to our sale of our Class A common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and our estimated offering expenses. Our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2018 would have been $         million, or $             per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $             per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $             per share to new investors purchasing shares of Class A common stock in this offering. The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $               

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2018

   $                  

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors purchasing shares in this offering

     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering

     
     

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors in this offering

      $  
     

 

 

 

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $            , and would increase or decrease dilution per share to investors in this offering by $            , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

55


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following table illustrates, on a pro forma as adjusted basis described above, as of March 31, 2018 the differences between the number of shares of Class A common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid, and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders and new investors purchasing shares of our Class A common stock in this offering based on an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, the midpoint of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, and before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average
Price Per
Share
 
   Number      Percent     Amount      Percent    
     (dollars in millions, except per share amounts)  

Existing stockholders

     132,249,809        100.0   $ 1,670.83        100.0   $ 12.63  

New investors

            
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

        100.0        100.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in full, the percentage of shares of common stock held by existing stockholders will decrease to approximately     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, and the number of shares held by new investors will be increased to             , or approximately     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

As of March 31, 2018, there were options outstanding to purchase a total of 17,317,677 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $17.74 per share, RSUs outstanding that may be settled for 4,720,640 shares of common stock, warrants outstanding to purchase a total of 50,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $25.76 per share, and warrants outstanding to purchase a total of 1,291,184 shares of our Series F convertible preferred stock and Series G convertible preferred stock, with a weighted-average exercise price of $20.87 per share. We expect warrants to purchase 150,000 shares of common stock, which would expire if not exercised prior to completion of this offering, will be exercised prior to the completion of this offering. In addition, we will issue 200,000 shares of Class B common stock 180 days from the date of this prospectus, as part of a dispute settlement with a securities placement agent, as described in “Description of Capital Stock—Securities Acquisition Agreement,” and up to 216,000 shares of our Class B common stock to one of our customers on the occurrence of future bookings from that customer and the achievement of certain installation milestones on those future bookings. To the extent outstanding options or warrants are exercised, or restricted stock units settle, or we issue additional shares of Class B common stock in the future, there will be further dilution to new investors.

The preceding table is based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding on a pro forma basis as of March 31, 2018, and excludes:

 

    17,317,677 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options as of March 31, 2018 with a weighted average exercise price of $17.74 per share under our 2002 Equity Incentive Plan and 2012 Equity Incentive Plan;

 

    4,720,640 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon settlement of RSUs outstanding as of March 31, 2018 under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan;

 

    44,406 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon settlement of RSUs granted after March 31, 2018 under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan;

 

    50,000 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase common stock as of March 31, 2018, with an exercise price of $25.76 per share;

 

   

1,141,184 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series F convertible preferred stock and Series G convertible preferred stock as of March 31, 2018, with a weighted average exercise price of $21.18 per share, which, if not exercised prior to the

 

56


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

completion of this offering, shall convert in accordance with their terms into warrants to purchase common stock;

 

    up to 216,000 shares of our Class B common stock issuable to one of our customers on the occurrence of future bookings from that customer and the achievement of certain installation milestones on those future bookings;

 

    200,000 shares of Class B common stock issuable 180 days from the date of this prospectus. Those shares will be issued as part of a dispute settlement with a securities placement agent, as described in “Description of Capital Stock—Securities Acquisition Agreement”;

 

                shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the conversion of our outstanding 6% Notes as of March 31, 2018, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, which notes will be convertible at the option of the holders thereof following the completion of this offering;

 

    1,297,591 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the conversion of our outstanding Constellation Note, which may be converted, at the option of the holder, prior to the completion of this offering, into shares of Series G convertible preferred stock or, following the completion of this offering, into shares of Class B common stock; and

 

                shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity-based compensation plans, consisting of 8,528,008 shares of Class B common stock reserved for issuance under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan as of March 31, 2018,             shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our 2018 Equity Incentive Plan and shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2018 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and excluding shares that become available under the 2018 Equity Incentive Plan and 2018 Employee Stock Purchase Plan pursuant to provisions of these plans that automatically increase the share reserves each year, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans.”

Because the conversion price of the 6% Notes will depend upon the actual initial public offering price per share in this offering, the actual number of shares of Class B common stock issuable upon such conversion will likely differ from the number of shares set forth above. In this regard, a $1.00 increase in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share of Class A common stock, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would decrease the number of shares of our common stock issuable on conversion of the 6% Notes by             shares of Class B common stock. A $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price would increase the number of shares of our Class B common stock issuable on conversion of the 6% Notes by             shares. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Credit Facilities—Bloom Energy Indebtedness” for more information.

 

57


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LETTER FROM OUR CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

We think of Bloom Energy as a technology company that develops, manufactures, and sells a product that sits on our customers’ sites and delivers clean, reliable, and affordable energy personalized to the customer’s needs. Our product, the Bloom Energy Server, provides a distributed energy solution to our customers so that they can generate 24/7, always-on electric power on-site for their own consumption.

A typical customer contract includes our product, installation, and ongoing operations and maintenance or “service”. We measure performance in these three parts of our business:

 

    product;

 

    installation; and

 

    service.

Our product strategy is to innovate and enhance our product’s performance with each new generation, while continuously driving down the cost to manufacture our systems. Our product has consistently improved in performance and efficiency since we rolled out our first generation Energy Server in 2008. We are generally able to offer competitive pricing versus the grid in our target markets, allowing our customers to save money by deploying our Energy Servers. Based on historical trends and current regulatory and infrastructure requirements, we believe that the long-term trajectory of the cost of electricity is increasing in our target markets. In parallel, our technology improvements and cost reduction efforts should continue to reduce our cost and allow us to improve our profitability in existing markets and to expand into new markets. Furthermore, we expect that expanding into new markets should strengthen our profitability by increasing the operating leverage through economies of scale.

Our installation strategy is pretty simple—we want to break-even and continuously drive down our installation cost. Installation costs vary from site to site and are dependent on the customization required for a given customer’s set-up and size of installation. Our goal is to be margin neutral on installation across our portfolio, as we pass installation costs directly to our customers.

Our service strategy reflects our focus on investing the capital necessary to become a market pioneer and leader in distributed energy generation. In the early days of our commercial shipments, we recognized that we needed a statistically meaningful “field installed base” and real-time data from those installations to understand the performance of our Energy Servers in real-world conditions, and then use this learning to improve the reliability and robustness of our systems. This learning was also necessary to drive innovation and performance improvements throughout our entire value chain. For this reason, in the early years of shipping our product, we installed Energy Servers that had a lifespan below break-even, relative to service revenue versus service cost.

Therefore, we experienced losses, particularly during the period between 2013 and 2016, which represented the investment we were willing to make in order to execute our strategy to become the market leader in distributed energy generation. To date, we have seen progress in service financial performance driven by two primary events:

 

    “time to stack replacement” primarily driven by our fuel cell stack lives—in the early years, replacement was typically 12 to 18 months. Over the years we have made steady improvements in our fuel cell lives, and from 2017 onwards we expect to average over five years between replacements; and

 

    the cost to refurbish (which include our fuel cells) is coming down. Since 2014, we have driven this cost down by approximately 40%.

At today’s pricing, we believe we can break-even in our service business provided the time between stack replacements across all of our fleet is five years or better. Longer term, like many companies with an operation and maintenance business, our strategy is to make our service business a profitable part of our overall business, with predictable annual recurring revenue.

 

58


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We consider ourselves to be an innovative technology “product” company. Our business model to deliver our product is fairly straightforward. We book an order at the time of contract signing and at that time the order is recorded in our backlog. On a quarter-over-quarter basis, booked orders may tend to be lumpy. For example, a big-box retailer might place an order for Energy Servers for hundreds of stores at one time. However, we deploy our Energy Servers (installations, translating to revenue) in a more linear manner. Deployments might span nine to 12 months from the time the order is booked. Once we have the design completed and permits in hand, it typically takes us about three months to manufacture, install, and commission a system. This generally allows us well over six months to diligence, design, permit, and construct the site installation infrastructure necessary to deploy our systems. The product sales price and installation price is set for each system at the time of the contracted order. When an order comes out of our backlog at the time of system commissioning, we refer to it as an “acceptance.”

At Bloom Energy, we offer several customer purchase options through which we sell our Energy Servers. This is consistent with our philosophy of customizing our solution to meet our customer’s needs. In general, we sell our Energy Servers to customers through a direct sale, through a lease or managed services contract, or through one of our Bloom Electrons financing programs (where the customer pays based on the energy delivered). For some customers we sell our Energy Servers through a combination of these purchase options.

Historically, depending on the customer purchase option, the timing of revenue recognition varied significantly. Our product and installation revenue recognition varied from either recognized ratably over the contract term for some purchase options, or recognized upfront at the time of acceptance. We have increased the proportion of our product revenue that comes from acceptances that are recognized as revenue upfront, rather than on a ratable basis, and expect to continue to do so in the future. Therefore, starting in 2018, the vast majority of our revenue is recognized at the time of acceptance. Furthermore, we generally recognize service revenue ratably over each contract year.

Due to the variability that the customer purchase options can have on our revenue recognition in any given period, we believe that a useful way to understand the historical performance of our business, is to analyze our key operating metrics, including: volume (acceptances), billings (product, installation, and service), and unit level costs (product and installation). These operating metrics provide useful insight into the operational trajectory, cash generation, and cost profile of the business.

Generally, under any of our customer purchase options, we receive a certain amount of our sales price in advance, which helps us offset a portion of our working capital requirements. This may include upfront deposits and/or advanced payments prior to manufacturing and site construction. This improves our working capital position and our overall cash conversion cycle. In all customer purchase options, we generally receive 100% of the product and installation sales as cash in the form of these various milestone payments no later than within 30-days of the acceptance date. Separately, we also get paid for service contracts annually at the beginning of each service contract year. For direct sales contracts, the warranty period expires at the end of the first year, at which time our customers enter into an annual service contract with us. For managed services contracts, the service contract starts at the time of acceptance.

Earlier, I had mentioned how we view and measure the performance of our business. Now, I would like to focus on how we analyze and forecast our performance. Our P&L has three general components:

 

    product plus installation (revenue and cost);

 

    ratable (revenue and cost); and

 

    service plus electricity (revenue and cost).

The product plus installation component of the P&L has three key drivers, consisting of a volume metric (acceptances), a revenue metric (average selling price, or ASP), and a cost metric (total installed system cost, or

 

59


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

TISC). To derive our product plus installation component, simply multiply the volume metric by the ASP to approximate revenue. Next, multiply the volume metric by the TISC to approximate the cost of goods sold. The difference between these two approximates gross profit.

The ratable component of the P&L represents the amount of revenue and cost that is recognized in the current period from prior period’s deferred revenue and cost that was treated as ratable. We think of this as an annuity revenue stream. Again, this relates to our historical acceptances that recognize product revenue on a ratable basis. Given that we expect very few acceptances in the future to be recognized on a ratable basis, our revenue and cost for the ratable component should stay relatively constant.

The service plus electricity component of the P&L has two subcomponents: service revenue and cost, and electricity revenue and cost. The service subcomponent represents the actual dollar amount of the annual ongoing operations and maintenance contracts that we have in place with our customers, adjusted for fair value accounting. We expect this revenue will grow with time as our installed base grows. Likewise, we expect that service cost, which represents the cost incurred to maintain our Energy Server fleet, will grow as our installed base grows. The revenue from the electricity subcomponent represents the actual dollar amount of the electricity sales from our minority investments in Bloom Electrons, and is based on predefined tolling rates. Electricity cost represents the amortized cost of the Energy Servers that generate the electricity revenue over the life of the contracts. Like our ratable component above, we expect no additional future investment in Bloom Electrons, and thus, we expect that our Bloom Electrons electricity revenue and related costs will stay relatively constant for many years into the future.

When you look at each component of the P&L, in general, the revenue and cost for both the ratable component and the service plus electricity component should be relatively constant, with service revenue growing with the growth in our install base. As such, to understand the overall performance and trajectory of the business, it is important to focus on the product plus installation component of the P&L, which can be calculated using our three key operational metrics: Acceptances, ASP, and TISC.

In summary, we have made great progress on our technology since we started shipping our Energy Servers in 2008. The continuous innovation in the technology within our Energy Servers, as well as the technology to build them, has allowed us to reduce our costs to the point that we can offer a competitive alternative to the grid for our customers in various markets. The significant investments that we made in our early fleet deployments have provided valuable feedback to our engineering teams, and have helped us develop our next generation technologies with real-world, real-time feedback from those customers’ operating environments.

In conclusion, not only have we innovated and improved our product and manufacturing technology, but also have executed innovations and improvements in the way our customers can procure our products with multiple customer purchase options. These customer purchase options have provided a means by which our customers can procure large volumes of our Energy Servers, in a programmatic manner, to help them achieve their energy generation goals. Whether our customer’s goals are for clean, reliable, resilient, sustainable, or predictable energy, our Energy Server is a product that we believe will empower current and future customers, transform the way they consume electricity, and allow them to meet their increasing power demands into the 21 st century.

 

   Randy Furr
  

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

60


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The selected consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2016 and 2017 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the selected consolidated statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2018 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read the following selected consolidated financial data below in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements, related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future and our results for the three months ended March 31, 2018 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full year. The selected consolidated financial data in this section are not intended to replace the consolidated financial statements and are qualified in their entirety by the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

61


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Please see “—Key Operating Metrics” below for information regarding how we define our product accepted during the period, megawatts deployed, billings for product accepted in the period, billings for installation on product accepted, billings for annual maintenance services agreements, product costs of product accepted, period costs of manufacturing related expenses not included in product costs and installation costs on product accepted.

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
    Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2016     2017     2017     2018  
     (in thousands, except for per share data)  
                          

Consolidated Statements of Operations

        

Revenue

        

Product

   $ 76,478     $ 179,768     $ 27,665     $ 121,307  

Installation

     16,584       63,226       12,293       14,118  

Service

     67,622       76,904       18,591       19,907  

Electricity

     47,856       56,098       13,648       14,029  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     208,540       375,996       72,197       169,361  

Cost of revenue

        

Product

     103,283       210,773       38,855       80,355  

Installation

     17,725       59,929       13,445       10,438  

Service

     155,034       83,597       18,219       24,253  

Electricity

     35,987       39,741       10,876       10,649  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     312,029       394,040       81,395       125,695  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit (loss)

     (103,489     (18,044     (9,198     43,666  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

        

Research and development

     46,848       51,146       11,223       14,731  

Sales and marketing

     29,101       32,415       7,845       8,262  

General and administrative

     61,545       55,674       12,879       14,988  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     137,494       139,235       31,947       37,981  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit (loss) from operations

     (240,983     (157,279     (41,145     5,685  

Interest expense

     (81,190     (108,623     (24,363     (23,037

Other income (expense), net

     (379     268       119       (629

Gain (loss) on revaluation of warrant liabilities and embedded derivatives

     (13,035     (14,995     215       (4,034
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss before income taxes

     (335,587     (280,629     (65,174     (22,015

Income tax provision

     729       636       214       333  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (336,316     (281,265     (65,388     (22,348

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests and redeemable noncontrolling interests

     (56,658     (18,666     (5,856     (4,632
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (279,658   $ (262,599   $ (59,532   $ (17,716
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted:

   $ (18.56   $ (17.08   $ (3.91   $ (1.14
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

     15,069       15,372       15,215       15,605  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders basic and diluted (unaudited)

     $ (1.87     $ (0.13
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders basic and diluted (unaudited)

       131,754         130,805  

 

62


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
     As of December 31,     As of March 31,
2018
 
     2016     2017    
     (in thousands)        

Consolidated balance sheet data:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 156,577     $ 103,828     $ 88,227  

Working capital

     130,992       148,697       154,595  

Total assets

     1,204,047       1,220,987       1,184,634  

Long-term portion of debt

     773,346       921,205       925,342  

Total liabilities

     1,463,159       1,721,624       1,700,498  

Convertible redeemable preferred stock

     1,465,841       1,465,841       1,465,841  

Redeemable noncontrolling interest and noncontrolling interest

     234,988       213,526       207,935  

Stockholders’ deficit

     (1,959,941     (2,180,004     (2,189,640

Key operating metrics:

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
     Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
     2016      2017      2017      2018  

Product accepted during the period (in 100 kilowatt systems)

     687        622        119        166  

Megawatts deployed as of period end

     235        297        247        312  

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
     Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
     2016      2017      2017      2018  
     (in thousands)  

Billings for product accepted in the period

   $ 522,543      $ 248,102      $ 48,105      $ 121,143  

Billings for installation on product accepted in the period

     114,680        96,452        23,027        11,896  

Billings for annual maintenance services agreements

     67,820        79,881        14,882        14,122  

Ratable value of contracts accepted in the period

     384,229        21,653        9,566        (17,140

 

    Three Months Ended  
    Mar. 31,
2016
    Jun. 30,
2016
    Sep. 30,
2016
    Dec. 31,
2016
    Mar. 31,
2017
    Jun. 30,
2017
    Sep. 30,
2017
    Dec. 31,
2017
    Mar. 31,
2018
 

Product costs of product accepted in the period (per kilowatt)

  $ 5,086     $ 4,809     $ 4,383     $ 3,826     $ 3,999     $ 3,121     $ 3,386     $ 2,944     $ 3,855  

Period costs of manufacturing related expenses not included in product costs (in thousands)

    4,302       4,586       6,869       6,143       7,397       8,713       7,152       9,174       10,785  

Installation costs on product accepted in the period (per kilowatt)

    1,280       1,481       1,056       1,170       1,974       1,306       1,263       829       526  

 

63


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Product Accepted During the Period

Product accepted during the period is the number of customer acceptances of our Energy Servers in any period. Generally, we deem an acceptance to occur when a sold Energy Server has been installed at a customer site and running at full power. We use product accepted during the period to measure the volume of our deployment activity, and therefore, we can compare Energy Server acceptances across different time periods to gauge the operational volume and trajectory of our business. We measure each Energy Server manufactured, shipped and accepted in terms of 100 kilowatt equivalents. Product acceptances and product revenue are generally not correlated, as the timing of product revenue recognition is impacted by different customer purchase options as outlined here:

 

Customer Purchase Option

  

Typical Timing of Revenue Recognition

Direct Purchase

   Up front at acceptance

Traditional Lease

   Up front at acceptance

Managed Services

   Ratably over the life of contract starting at acceptance

PPA Financing through Bloom Electrons

   Ratably over the life of contract starting at acceptance

Product revenue is generally recognized when an acceptance is achieved. For those customers who purchase our Energy Servers through a direct sales or traditional lease arrangement, that revenue is recognized up front at acceptance as product revenue, while for customers who purchase our Energy Servers through our managed services program we recognize revenue ratably over the life of the contracts as product revenue and for customers who purchase our Energy Servers through a power purchase agreement (PPA) arrangement structured as an operating lease, we recognize revenue ratably over the life of the contracts as electricity revenue and not at acceptance. Our product revenue has fluctuated in the past and may fluctuate in the future, as it is in part dependent on the purchase option selected by the customer.

The number of product acceptances achieved in 2017 was 622 systems, a decrease of 9.5% as compared to 687 acceptances for 2016. The decline was driven by extreme weather-related seasonality on both the U.S. East Coast and West Coast, which impacted our ability to install Energy Servers at our customer sites. Our product revenue was $179.8 million in 2017, an increase of 135.1% as compared to $76.5 million in 2016. Product revenue increased for 2017 relative to 2016 even though product acceptances declined by 9.5% over that same time period as the mix in financing options with which our customers chose to deploy their systems reflected a smaller portion of managed services customer purchase options (where revenue is recognized ratably) versus direct sales (where revenue is recognized up front). The number of acceptances for 2017 where revenue was recognized ratably was approximately 21% of total acceptances, while the number of acceptances for 2016 where revenue was recognized ratably was approximately 84% of total acceptances. In 2016 and 2017, 172 and 0 respectively, of our acceptances achieved were for Energy Servers that were sold to existing customers under our PPA I decommissioning program. For more information, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Components of Results of Operations—Revenue—Product Revenue—PPA I Decommissioning”.

For the three months ended March 31, 2018, the number of acceptances achieved was 166, an increase of 39.5% as compared to 119 acceptances for the three months ended March 31, 2017. Our product revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2018 was $121.3 million, an increase of 337.9% as compared to $27.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017. The increase in product revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2018 relative to the three months ended March 31, 2017 was greater than the 39.5% increase in associated acceptances over that same time period due to the $43.9 million one-time product revenue benefit due to the retroactive ITC renewal, as well as the mix in financing options with which our customers chose to deploy their systems, which reflected a smaller portion of managed services customer purchase options (where revenue is recognized ratably) versus direct sales (where revenue is recognized up front). There were no acceptances for the three months ended March 31, 2018 where revenue was recognized ratably, while the number of acceptances for the three months ended March 31, 2017 where revenue was recognized ratably was approximately 45% of total

 

64


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

acceptances. In the three months ended March 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018, no acceptances were achieved for Energy Servers that were sold to existing customers under our PPA I decommissioning program.

Megawatts Deployed

Megawatts deployed represents the aggregate megawatt capacity of operating Energy Servers in the field on a given date that have achieved acceptance, net of systems removed from operation under the PPA I decommissioning program. We measure the electricity-generating capacity of our deployed Energy Servers in megawatt capacity. Megawatt capacity is the expected maximum output an Energy Server can produce (i.e., the nameplate capacity). Actual power production from these Energy Servers may be less or more than the megawatt capacity assigned to a particular Energy Server. Megawatts deployed also represents the size of our installed base.

Megawatts deployed increased to 297 as of December 31, 2017, an increase of 26.4% as compared to 235 as of December 31, 2016. The increase represents the additional acceptances that were achieved in 2017, which increased the number of Energy Servers in the field, since the end of 2016. As of March 31, 2018, megawatts deployed increased to 312, an increase of 26.3% as compared to March 31, 2017, of 247. The increase represents the additional acceptances that were achieved in the last nine months of 2017 and the first three months of 2018, which increased the number of Energy Servers in the field.

Billings for Product Accepted in the Period

We sign contracts with our customers and financing partners that set the terms and conditions of the equipment and services which we deliver under those contracts. Generally, these contracts outline: (1) the type, volume and price of the product (Energy Servers) to be installed, (2) the equipment and services to be used in the installation process, (3) the pricing and terms for extended maintenance (service) agreements, and (4) the details of any other equipment or service to be provided. Based on the dates and milestones that are outlined in the contract, we generate invoices and bill our customers and financing partners for each of the above outlined components. We believe that analyzing the billing and the trending of the billing for these contract components is useful to understand our business.

The billings for product accepted represents the total contracted dollar amount of the product component of all Energy Servers that are accepted in a period. We use this metric to gauge the dollar amount of our acceptances in a period and to evaluate the change in dollar amount of acceptances between periods, which also provides us insight into the billing volume and trajectory of our product sales. Across all customer purchase options (direct sales, leases, PPA and managed services), our sales contracts specify the amounts billed with respect to the product (our Energy Servers), installation, and service contract components, which will not necessarily reflect the applicable revenue to be recognized at acceptance under the agreement due to certain customer financing options where revenue is recognized ratably over the life of the contract starting at acceptance. Regardless of the customer purchase option, we generally receive 100% of the customer payments in cash for the product and installation components of our sales contracts within 30 days of achieving acceptance, including replacement servers accepted by existing customers through our PPA I decommissioning program. Billings for product accepted in the period and the change in billings for product accepted in the period will, in general, correlate with the volume and change in the volume of product accepted.

The purchase of our Energy Servers and related installation costs have historically qualified for the Federal Investment Tax Credit (ITC). Through 2016, our customers and financing partners could take advantage of ITC. They could receive a tax credit of 30% or $3,000 per kilowatt of their equipment purchase price and the installation cost on their federal tax returns. This federal tax benefit expired at the end of 2016. Accordingly, in 2017, customers no longer received the ITC benefit on purchases of our Energy Servers. In order to offset the negative economic impact of that lost benefit to our customers and financing partners, in 2017, we lowered our selling price to customers. Because many customers or financing partners would monetize the tax credit upfront, the actual impact to our selling price was generally greater than 30%.

 

65


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

As stated above, both the purchase of our Energy Servers and the installation cost of those Energy Servers qualified for the ITC in 2016. From a billings standpoint, we billed our customers for the portion of the price attributable to the ITC benefit for both the Energy Server (product) sale and the installation services as part of our product billings. Therefore, in 2017, as a result of the ITC benefit loss, the billings for product accepted was impacted to a greater extent than the billings for installation when compared to 2016. Subsequently, the ITC was reinstated by the U.S Congress on February 9, 2018 and made retroactive to January 1, 2017. The resulting benefit of the ITC renewal was recognized in the three months ending March 31, 2018.

Due to the loss of ITC in 2017, the benefit of ITC to billings for product accepted decreased $158.5 million from $159.8 million of benefit from ITC for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $1.3 million of benefit from ITC for the year ended December 31, 2017. Due to the reinstatement of ITC in 2018, the benefit of ITC to billings for product accepted increased $58.3 million, from $1.3 million of benefit from ITC for the three months ended March 31, 2017 to $59.6 million of benefit from ITC for the three months ended March 31, 2018. The $59.6 million benefit of ITC in the three months ended March 31, 2018 included $45.1 million benefit of the retroactive ITC for 2017 acceptances.

The billings for product accepted in 2017 was $248.1 million, a decrease of 52.5% compared to billings for product accepted of $522.5 million in 2016. This decrease was primarily due to the lower average selling prices to our customers in 2017, as a result of the ITC benefit to our customers ending in 2016, as well as the 9.5% decrease in product acceptances for 2017. In 2016, we had $132.2 million of billings for product accepted from existing customers through our PPA I decommissioning program. For 2017, we had no billings for product accepted from existing customers through our PPA I decommissioning program. For the three months ended March 31, 2018, billings for product accepted was $121.1 million, an increase of 151.8% compared to billings for product accepted of $48.1 million in the three months ended March 31, 2017. This increase was primarily due to the higher average selling prices to our customers in 2018 as a result of the ITC reinstatement, as well as the 39.5% increase in product acceptances for the same time period. Billings for product accepted from existing customers through our PPA I decommissioning program increased from zero in the three months ended March 31, 2017, to $5.6 million in the three months ended March 31, 2018.

Billings for Installation on Product Accepted

Billings for installation on product accepted represents the total contracted dollar amount billable with respect to the installation portion of all Energy Servers that are accepted in the period. We use this metric to gauge the dollar value of the installations of our product acceptances in a period and to evaluate the change in dollar value associated with the installation of our product acceptances between periods.

Billings for installation on product acceptances are generally driven by the complexity of the site and the size of the installation. Infrequently, Bloom may not perform the installation service for customers, and the installation may be completed by a third party as directed by the customer or by the customer themselves. For customers who have the installation performed by a third party or themselves, there will be little or no billings for installation on product accepted.

Billings for installation on product accepted in 2017 was $96.5 million, a decrease of 15.9% as compared to $114.7 million in 2016. This decrease was slightly larger than the 9.5% decrease in associated acceptances and was related to the normal mix in installation billings driven by site complexity and size. For the three months ended March 31, 2018, billings for installation on product accepted was $11.9 million, a decrease of 48.3% as compared to $23.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017. The billings for installation on product accepted decreased despite a 39.5% increase in associated acceptances due to one large customer in the three months ended March 31, 2018 where the installation was contracted with a third party, therefore, we did not have any installation billing.

When we analyze changes between 2016, 2017 and 2018, we also take into account the impact of the lower or higher average selling prices to the customers driven by the loss or reinstatement of the ITC benefit. To

 

66


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

minimize the impact to the customers in 2017, we reduced the selling price to ensure the economics to the customer remained the same as it was prior to losing the ITC benefit. Because the benefit from the ITC can be monetized up front, given the time value of money, the impact on our average selling price is greater than the nominal value of the ITC benefit.

For the three months ended March 31, 2018, the combined total for billings for product and installation accepted was $133.0 million, an increase of 87.0% from the billings for product and installation accepted combined of $71.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017. The increase was significantly greater than the 39.5% increase in associated acceptances during the same periods due to the higher average selling price to customers as a result of the reinstatement of the ITC in 2018.

Billings for Annual Maintenance Services Agreements

The billings for annual maintenance service agreements represent the dollar amount billable in respect of one-year service contracts that have been initiated or renewed during the period. Our customers enter into maintenance agreements with us to receive ongoing service of their Energy Servers. Generally, the first year of maintenance is included in the price of the product as part of the warranty. However, customers engaging in our managed services enter into annual maintenance contracts starting at time of acceptance. While the maintenance service agreements are generally contracted annually, the billings for those contracts can be monthly, quarterly or annually. As our cumulative megawatts deployed grows each year, we expect that the billings for annual maintenance services agreements should grow as well.

Billings for annual maintenance service agreements in 2017 was $79.9 million, an increase of 17.8% as compared to $67.8 million in 2016. This increase was driven both by the billing for new maintenance contract renewals and new managed service contracts over that same period. Billings for annual maintenance agreements for managed services contracts are billed monthly and start at acceptance for those contracts.

The billings for annual maintenance agreements for the year ended December 31, 2017 represents the cumulative billings for all agreements in place at that time, and therefore includes all of the billings for maintenance agreements from managed services contracts accepted between December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2017.

For the three months ended March 31, 2018, billings for annual maintenance service agreements was $14.1 million, a decrease of 5.1% compared to $14.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017. This decrease was driven primarily by the timing in which our customers renewed their annual maintenance service agreements in the period.

Ratable Value of Contracts Accepted in the Period

Depending on the customer purchase option elected by our customers, the product, installation and electricity revenue for that contract will either be recognized up front at acceptance or ratably over the life of the contract.

The ratable value of contracts accepted in the period represents product, installation and electricity revenue for the period if all contracts were recognized up front at acceptance. It also includes the value of any product and install revenue that was allocated to service revenue under our BESP allocation methodology (described in further detail below). It excludes the ratable value of past acceptances and the value allocated to service that is recognized as revenue in the current period.

The ratable value of contracts accepted in the period presents a normalized view of the impact of the different revenue recognition methodologies between up front and ratable by providing the full contract value of those acceptances that are recognized ratably over the life of the contract.

 

67


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our ratable value of contracts accepted in the period was $21.6 million in 2017, a decrease of $362.6 million as compared to $384.2 million in 2016 due to a change in customers’ preferences for the purchase option chosen, moving away from Bloom Electrons in 2016, which typically results in ratable revenue recognition, to direct purchase in 2017, which results in up front revenue recognition. The number of acceptances for 2017 where revenue was recognized ratably was approximately 21% of total acceptances, while the number of acceptances for 2016 where revenue was recognized ratably was approximately 84% of total acceptances.

Our ratable value of contracts accepted for the three months ended March 31, 2018 was a negative $17.1 million, representing a decrease of $26.7 million, as compared to $9.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017. The ratable value of contracts is negative in the three months ended March 31, 2018 as all acceptances were recognized up front during the period and therefore, the value only excludes the ratable value of past acceptances and the value allocated to services that was recognized as revenue in the period. The number of acceptances for the three months ended March 31, 2018 where revenue was recognized ratably was approximately 0% of total acceptances, while the number of acceptances for the three months ended March 31, 2017 where revenue was recognized ratably was approximately 45% of total acceptances.

Product Costs of Product Accepted (per kilowatt)

Our product costs of product accepted in the period represents the average unit product cost for the Energy Servers that are accepted in a period. We track this metric to provide a point in time estimate of our unit cost to manufacture our Energy Servers which we can use to analyze and compare product costs between periods. We use this metric to provide us insight into the trajectory of our product costs and, in particular, the effectiveness of our cost reduction activities.

We calculate it as the aggregate amount of product costs across all acceptances in a period, and we then divide that total by the number of acceptances in that period and then divide that result by 100 to get a “per kilowatt” unit measure.

Product cost includes material costs, direct labor, allocated manufacturing overhead, purchasing and manufacturing variances, freight charges and consumables used in the manufacturing of our Energy Servers.

During the nine quarters ended March 31, 2018, our product costs of products accepted declined from $5,086 per kilowatt to $3,855 per kilowatt, an overall reduction of 24.2%. The cost reduction was driven generally by our ongoing cost reduction efforts to reduce material costs, labor and overhead through improved automation of our manufacturing facilities, better facility utilization and ongoing material cost reduction programs with our vendors. A one-time impact of $567.40 per kilowatt was included in the product cost of revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2018 which was associated with supplier agreements that required us to forego previously negotiated discounts if ITC was renewed.

Period Costs of Manufacturing Related Expenses not Included in Product Costs

Period costs of manufacturing related expenses not included in product costs represent the manufacturing and related operating costs expensed in the period that are incurred to procure parts and manufacture Energy Servers that are not included as part of product costs as defined above. Any costs incurred to run our manufacturing operations that are not capitalized (i.e., absorbed) into inventory are expensed to our consolidated statement of operations in the period with which the costs are incurred. Typical costs included in this metric are unallocated overhead costs, and items used in the manufacturing process not allocated to product cost. In addition, this metric includes the costs incurred to support the Energy Server’s first year of warranty.

Period costs of manufacturing related expenses not included in product costs for the quarter ended March 31, 2018 was $10.8 million, an increase of 150.7% compared to $4.3 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2016, and an increase of 45.8% compared to $7.4 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2017. While

 

68


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

actual manufacturing spending decreased in the quarter ended March 31, 2018 relative to the quarter ended March 31, 2017 and March 31, 2016, the period costs of manufacturing related expenses not included in product costs, which represents the unabsorbed manufacturing costs to produce our Energy Servers, increased due to lower production volumes in the period.

Installation Costs on Product Accepted in the Period (per kilowatt)

Installation costs on product accepted in the period is the average unit installation cost for Energy Servers that are accepted in a given period. We incur and accumulate costs for design, permitting, construction and interconnect for the installation of our Energy Servers, which ultimately provides for the systems to meet acceptance criteria in the period and ultimately, be counted as an “acceptance.” Our installation costs are driven by the complexity of the site at which we are installing an Energy Server, as well as the size of the installation, which can cause variability in these costs quarter-to-quarter. We generally achieve economies of scale on installation costs at sites where we install more Energy Servers per site. We track this information to help ensure our installation costs are in line with our installation billings. Installation costs on product accepted in the period is calculated by aggregating the accrued and incurred installation costs for each site accepted in a period. We then divide that total by the number of acceptances in the period and then divide that result by 100 to get a “per kilowatt” unit of measure.

During the nine quarters ended March 31, 2018, installation costs on product accepted ranged from a low of $526 per kilowatt for the quarter ended March 31, 2018 to a high of $1,974 per kilowatt for the quarter ended March 31, 2017. For the quarter ended March 31, 2018, the lower installation cost of $526 per kilowatt was driven by the fact that 50.3% of the acceptances in that quarter were for a very large customer that had almost no installation cost. For the quarter-ended March 31, 2017, the higher installation cost of $1,974 per kilowatt was driven by a greater mix of more complicated sites, which included several for business continuity solutions, which requires a more difficult installation process.

 

69


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes to those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical financial information, the following discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results and timing of selected events may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including those discussed under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

We provide an advanced distributed electric power generation solution, based on our proprietary solid oxide fuel cell technology that provides our customers with a reliable, resilient, sustainable and more cost effective clean alternative to the electric grid. Our solution, the Bloom Energy Server, is an on-site stationary power generation platform, capable of delivering uninterrupted, 24x7 base load power that is fault tolerant, resilient and clean. We currently primarily target commercial and industrial customers. Our most significant deployment milestones to date include:

 

    Our first commercial deployment: 400 kilowatt deployment for a major internet company in August 2008;

 

    Our first deployment under a PPA financing: Completion of the first deployment that was financed pursuant to a PPA in October 2010;

 

    The largest commercial customer deployment of fuel cell technology in the United States: 10 megawatt deployment at a major consumer technology company’s data center completed in December 2012;

 

    The first large scale deployment of fuel cell technology to provide mission critical, primary power to a data center, without traditional backup power from diesel generators, batteries and UPS systems: 9.8 megawatt deployment in Utah in two phases completed in September 2013 and March 2015;

 

    The largest utility scale deployment of fuel cell technology in the United States: 30 megawatt deployment in Delaware for Delmarva completed in November 2013;

 

    The first international deployments: First site deployed in Japan to provide uninterruptible power completed in June 2013; first site deployed in India in the second quarter of 2016; and

 

    Major cumulative deployment milestones: Cumulative deployment of 50 megawatts by September 2012, cumulative deployment of 100 megawatts by September 2013, cumulative deployment of 200 megawatts by June 2016 and cumulative deployment of 300 megawatts by March 2018.

We market and sell our Energy Servers primarily through our direct sales organization in the United States. Recognizing that deploying our solutions requires a material financial commitment from our customers, we typically seek to engage customers that have the financial capability to either purchase our Energy Servers directly or arrange creditworthy counterparties to financing agreements. Our typical target customer has been either an investment-grade entity or a customer with investment-grade attributes such as size, assets and revenue, liquidity, geographically diverse operations and general financial stability. Given that our customers are typically large institutions with multi-level decision making processes, we generally experience a lengthy sales process.

Our solution is capable of addressing customer needs across a wide range of industry verticals. The industries we currently serve consist of banking and financial services, cloud services, technology and data

 

70


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

centers, communications and media, consumer packaged goods and consumables, education, government, healthcare, hospitality, logistics, manufacturing, real estate, retail and utilities. Our Energy Servers are deployed at customer sites across 11 states in the United States, as well as in India and Japan. Our customer base included 25 of the Fortune 100 companies as of March 31, 2018. We believe that we are currently capturing only a small percentage of our largest customers’ total energy spend, which gives us an opportunity for growth within those customers, particularly as the price of grid power increases in the areas where our existing customers have additional sites. Since the timing of revenue we recognize depends, in part, on the option chosen by the customer to finance the purchase of the Energy Server, customers that may have accounted for a significant amount of product revenue in one period may not necessarily account for similar amounts of product revenue in future periods.

In 2016, total revenue from Delmarva and Intel Corporation represented 18% and 12% of our total revenue, respectively. In 2017, total revenue from The Southern Company and Delmarva represented 43% and 10% of our total revenue, respectively. In the three months ended March 31, 2017, total revenue from Macerich and The Southern Company, represented 19% and 16% of our total revenue, respectively. In the three months ended March 31, 2018, total revenue from The Southern Company and Korea Energy represented 53% and 17% of our total revenue, respectively. To date, substantially all of our revenue has been derived from customers based in the United States. However, we have started to increase our sales efforts outside of the United States, with initial customer installations in India and Japan.

Although the size of each system deployment can vary substantially and usually exceeds 250 kilowatts, we measure and track our system deployments and customer acceptances in 100 kilowatt equivalents. As of March 31, 2018, we had installed 3,117 of such systems, which is equivalent to 312 total megawatts.

The purchase of our Energy Servers and related installation costs have historically qualified for the Federal Investment Tax Credit (ITC). Through 2016, our customers and financing partners could take advantage of ITC. They could receive a tax credit of 30% or $3,000 per kilowatt of their equipment purchase price and the installation cost on their federal tax returns. This federal tax benefit expired at the end of 2016. Accordingly, in 2017, customers no longer receive the ITC benefit on purchases of our Energy Servers. In order to offset the negative economic impact of that lost benefit to our customers and financing partners, in 2017, we lowered our selling price to customers. Because many customers or financing partners would monetize the tax credit upfront, the actual impact to our selling price is generally greater than 30%.

We manufacture our Energy Servers at our facilities in California and Delaware. Due to the intensive manufacturing process necessary to build our systems, a significant portion of our manufacturing costs is fixed. We obtain our materials and components through a variety of third parties. Components and materials, direct labor and overhead, such as facility and equipment expenses, comprise the substantial majority of the costs of our Energy Servers. As we have commercialized and introduced successive generations of our Energy Servers, we have been focused on reducing their production costs. Our product costs per system manufactured have generally declined since delivering our first commercial product. These cost declines are the result of continuous improvements and increased automation in our manufacturing processes as well as our ability to reduce the costs of our materials and components, allowing us to gain greater economies of scale with our growth.

We believe we have made significant improvements in our efficiency and the quality of our products. Our success depends in part on our ability to increase our products’ useful lives, which would significantly reduce our cost of services to maintain the Energy Servers over time.

Purchase Options

Our customers may choose to purchase our Energy Servers outright or may choose to lease them through one of our financing partners as a traditional lease or a sale-leaseback sublease arrangement, which we refer to as managed services. Our customers may also purchase electricity through Bloom Electrons, our PPA financing

 

71


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

program. Depending on the financing arrangement, either our customers or the financing provider may utilize investment tax credits and other government incentives. The timing of the product-related cash flows to Bloom is generally consistent across all the above financing options, whether direct purchase arrangements, leases or managed services.

We provide warranties and performance guarantees regarding the Energy Servers’ efficiency and output under all of our financing arrangements. Under direct purchase and traditional lease options, the warranty and guarantee is included in the price of the Energy Server for the first year. The warranty and guarantee may be renewed annually at the customer’s option as an operations and maintenance services agreement at predetermined prices for a period of up to 20 years. Historically, our customers have almost always exercised their option to renew under these operations and maintenance services agreements. Under the managed services program, the operations and maintenance performance guarantees are included in the price of the Energy Server for a fixed period of 10 years, which may be extended at the option of the parties for up to an additional 10 years with all payments made annually.

Our capacity to offer our Energy Servers through any of the financing arrangements above depends in large part on the ability of the parties involved in providing payment for the Energy Servers to monetize either the related investment tax credits, accelerated tax depreciation and other incentives, and/or the future power purchase obligations of the end customer. Interest rate fluctuations would also impact the attractiveness of any lease financing offerings for our customers. Additionally, the managed services option is limited by the creditworthiness of the customer and, as with all leases, the customer’s willingness to commit to making fixed payments regardless of the output of the system.

The portion of acceptances in the three months ended March 31, 2018 attributable to each payment option was as follows: direct purchase 100%, traditional lease 0%, managed services 0%, and Bloom Electrons 0%. The portion of revenue in the three months ended March 31, 2018 attributable to each payment option was as follows: direct purchase 83%, traditional lease 0%, managed services 4%, and Bloom Electrons 13%. The portion of acceptances in 2017 attributable to each payment option was as follows: direct purchase 72%, traditional lease 7%, managed services 21%, and Bloom Electrons 0%. The portion of revenue in 2017 attributable to each payment option was as follows: direct purchase 61%, traditional lease 7%, managed services 8%, and Bloom Electrons 24%. The portion of acceptances in 2016 attributable to each payment option was as follows: direct purchase 10%, traditional lease 6%, managed services 31%, and Bloom Electrons 53%. The portion of revenue in 2016 attributable to each payment option was as follows: direct purchase 40%, traditional lease 18%, managed services 4%, and Bloom Electrons 38%. In 2017, we observed a shift in our customers’ purchase option preferences to our direct purchase options. The portion of our backlog as of March 31, 2018 attributable to each payment option was as follows: direct purchase 98%, traditional lease 0%, managed services 2%, and Bloom Electrons 0%.

Purchase and Lease Programs

Initially, we only offered our Energy Servers on a purchase basis, in which the customer purchases the product directly from us. Included within our direct purchase option are sales we make to a third party who in turn, sells electricity through one of its PPA programs of which we have no equity interest. The sales of our Energy Servers to the third party entity have many of the same terms and conditions as a standard sale, as described above. We refer to these arrangements as Third-Party PPAs. Payment for the purchase of our product is generally broken down into multiple installments, which may include payments upon signing of the purchase agreement, within 180 days prior to shipment, upon shipment of the Energy Server, and upon acceptance of the Energy Server. Acceptance typically occurs when the Energy Server is installed and running at full power as defined in each contract. A one-year service warranty is provided with the initial sale. After the expiration of the initial one-year warranty, customers have the option to enter into annual operations and maintenance services agreements with us at a price determined at the time of purchase of the Energy Server, which may be renewed each year for up to 20 years. Pursuant to the service warranty, we warrant minimum efficiency and output levels.

 

72


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In the event that the Energy Servers fail to satisfy these warranty levels, we may be obligated to repurchase the applicable Energy Servers if we are unable to repair or replace during the applicable cure period. Across all service agreements, including purchase and lease programs, as of March 31, 2018, we have incurred no repurchase obligations pursuant to such warranties. In addition, in some cases, we guarantee minimum output and efficiency levels greater than the warranty levels and pay certain capped performance guarantee amounts if those levels are not achieved. These performance guarantees are negotiated on a case-by-case basis, but we typically provide an Output Guaranty of 95% measured annually and an Efficiency Guaranty of 52% measured cumulatively from the date the applicable Energy Server(s) are commissioned. In each case, underperformance obligates us to make a payment to the owner of the Energy Server(s). As of March 31, 2018, the fleet of Energy Servers deployed pursuant to purchase agreements performed at an average output of approximately 86% for calendar year 2018, and a lifetime average efficiency of approximately 53% through March 31, 2018. As of March 31, 2018, our obligation to make payments for underperformance on the direct purchase projects is capped at an aggregate total of approximately $35.9 million (including payments both for low output and for low efficiency). As of March 31, 2018, our aggregate remaining potential liability under this cap is approximately $23.0 million.

Third-Party PPAs

In addition to our traditional lease, managed services, and Bloom Electrons programs, we also sell Energy Servers under power purchase agreements where the owner of the Energy Servers generating the electricity delivered to the end customer is a third party in which we have no equity interests (“Third-Party PPAs”). Under these Third-Party PPAs, we identify end customers, lead the negotiations with such end customers regarding the offtake agreements, and then enter into an Energy Server sales and operations and maintenance agreement with the third-party PPA entity that will own the Energy Servers for the full term of the offtake agreement. In some cases, the applicable third-party owner assists with the identification of end customers, and the negotiation of the offtake agreements. The third-party PPA entity then enters into offtake agreements with the end customer, who purchases electricity from the third-party PPA entity. Unlike our Bloom Electrons program, we have no equity ownership in the entity that owns the Energy Servers, and thus the third-party owner receives all cash flows generated under the offtake agreement(s), all investment tax credits, all accelerated tax depreciation benefits, and any other cash flows generated by the operation of the Energy Servers. In the fourth quarter of 2016, we secured a commitment from a major utility company to finance up to 50 MW of Energy Server deployments under a Third-Party PPA; this commitment was subsequently expanded to an aggregate total of approximately 85 MW, of which we have deployed 48.0 MW as of March 31, 2018. Additionally, we have established a second Third-Party PPA with another major utility company; while this second program does not include a firm commitment as to total financing capacity, it permits the inclusion of sub-investment grade end customers.

Obligations to Third-Party Owners of Energy Servers

In each Third Party PPA, we and the applicable third-party owner enter into an O&M Agreement similar to the O&M Agreements entered into under the Bloom Electrons program, which O&M Agreement may be renewed on an annual basis at the option of the third party owner until the end of the term of the third-party owner’s offtake agreement(s) with its end customers for such project. These offtake agreements have a fifteen-year term, but in some cases the offtake agreement and related O&M Agreement may extend for up to twenty years.

Our obligations under the O&M Agreement include (i) designing, manufacturing, and installing the Energy Servers, and selling such Energy Servers to the third-party PPA entity, (ii) obtaining all necessary permits and other governmental approvals necessary for the installation and operation of the Energy Servers, and maintaining such permits and approvals throughout the term of the O&M Agreement, (iii) operating and maintaining the Energy Servers in compliance with all applicable laws, permits and regulations, (iv) satisfying the efficiency and output warranties set forth in such O&M Agreement and the offtake agreement(s) (Performance Warranties), and (v) complying with any specific requirements contained in the offtake agreement(s) with individual end-customer(s). The O&M Agreement obligates us to repurchase the Energy Servers in the event the Energy Servers

 

73


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

fail to comply with the Performance Warranties or we otherwise breach the terms of the applicable O&M Agreement and we fail to remedy such failure or breach after a cure period, or in the event that an offtake agreement terminates as a result of any failure by us to comply with the applicable O&M Agreement. In some Third-Party PPAs, our obligation to repurchase Energy Servers extends to the entire fleet of Energy Servers installed pursuant to the applicable O&M Agreement in the event such failure affects more than a specified number of Energy Servers.

In some cases, we have also agreed to pay liquidated damages to the third-party owner in the event of delays in the manufacture and installation of Energy Servers, either in the form of a cash payment or a reduction in the purchase price for the applicable Energy Server(s). Both the upfront purchase price for the Energy Servers and the ongoing fees for our operations and maintenance are paid on a fixed dollar-per-kilowatt ($/kilowatt) basis.

The O&M Agreement for each third-party PPA project generally provides for the following performance and indemnity obligations:

Efficiency Obligations: We warrant to the applicable third-party owner that each Energy Server and/or the portfolio of Energy Servers sold to such entity will operate at an average efficiency level specified in the O&M Agreement, calculated over a period specified in the O&M Agreement following the commercial operations date of such Energy Server. In some cases, we are obligated to repair and replace Energy Servers that are unable to satisfy the Efficiency Warranty, or if a repair or replacement is not feasible, to repurchase such Energy Servers at the original purchase price, subject to adjustment for depreciation (“Efficiency Warranty”). In other cases, we are obligated to make a payment to compensate for the increased costs of procuring natural gas for the applicable Energy Server(s) resulting from the underperformance as against the warranted level, which payments are capped at a level specified in the applicable O&M Agreement (“Efficiency Guaranty”).

Output Obligations : In addition, we warrant that the Energy Servers will generate a minimum amount of electricity during specified periods of time.

Under O&M Agreements, our output obligations include: (i) the generation of a minimum amount of electricity, the failure of which obligates us to repair or replace the Energy Servers that are unable to satisfy such warranty, or if such repair or replacement is not feasible, to repurchase such Energy Servers at the original purchase price, subject to adjustment for depreciation (“Output Warranty”), and (ii) the generation of a minimum amount of electricity on a cumulative basis beginning on the commercial operations date of such Energy Server, the failure of which obligates us to make a payment to the applicable third-party owner based on the volume of the shortfall below the warranted level, subject to a liability cap specified in the applicable O&M Agreement (“Output Guaranty”). Satisfaction of the Output Warranty is measured on either a cumulative basis or in each calendar month or calendar quarter, as specified in the applicable O&M Agreement. In some Third-Party PPAs, these generation obligations are aggregated across the entire fleet of Energy Servers deployed pursuant to such project; in others, each Energy Server must satisfy the minimum generation obligations measured individually.

Indemnification of Performance Warranty Expenses under offtake agreements . In addition to the efficiency and output obligations, we also have agreed to indemnify certain third-party PPA entities for any expenses it incurs to any of the end-customers resulting from failures of the applicable Energy Servers to satisfy any of the efficiency, output or other performance warranties set forth in the applicable offtake agreement(s). In addition, in the event that an offtake agreement is terminated by a customer as to any Energy Servers as a result of our failure to perform any of our obligations under the O&M Agreement, we are obligated to repurchase such Energy Server from the applicable third-party PPA owner for a repurchase price equal to the original purchase price, subject to adjustment for depreciation.

Administration of Third-Party PPA Projects . Unlike the Bloom Electrons program, we perform no administrative services in the third-party PPA projects.

 

74


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Obligations to End Customers

While the counterparty to the offtake agreements under the third-party PPA program is the third-party owner, under the O&M Agreements we are obligated to perform each of the obligations of such third-party owner set forth in each offtake agreement with the end customer. As such, our obligations to the end customers under the Third-Party PPAs are in all material respects the same as our obligations to the end customers under the Bloom Electrons program.

Our third-party PPA programs have O&M agreements that provide for Efficiency Guarantees and Output Guarantees, subject to performance guarantee caps. The performance guarantees for our existing third-party PPA agreements are capped at $45.4 million. As of March 31, 2018, we have paid $0.2 million in performance guarantee payments under these third-party PPA programs leaving potential obligations under the performance guarantees of $45.2 million. In addition, the O&M agreements with these third-party PPA agreements have minimum warranty guarantees for efficiency and output. As of March 31, 2018, no warranty claims have been made under the O&M agreements for these third-party PPA agreements.

Over time we have also developed various lease programs with our financing partners to provide alternative financing options. These programs take the form of either (1) a traditional lease agreed directly with the financing partner or (2) managed services.

Traditional Lease

 

 

LOGO

Under the traditional lease arrangement, the customer enters into a lease directly with a financing partner, which pays us for the Energy Servers pursuant to a sales agreement (a Bank Agreement, described below). We recognize product and installation revenue upon acceptance. After the initial one-year warranty period, our customers have almost always exercised the option to enter into operations and maintenance services agreements with us, under which we receive annual service payments from the customer. The price for the annual operations and maintenance services is set at the time we enter into the lease. The duration of our traditional leases ranges from 6 to 15 years.

Under a Bank Agreement, we are generally paid the full price of the Energy Servers as if sold as a purchase by the customer based on four milestones (on occasion negotiated with the customer, but in all cases equal to no less than 60% of the purchase price billed at the shipment milestone, described below). The four payment milestones are typically as follows: (i) 15% upon execution of the bank’s entry into the lease with a customer, (ii) 25% on the day that is 180 days prior to delivery of the Energy Servers, (iii) 40% upon shipment of the Energy Servers, and (iv) 20% upon acceptance of the Energy Servers. The bank receives title to the Energy

 

75


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Servers upon installation at the customer site and the customer has risk of loss while the Energy Server is in operation on the customer’s site.

The Bank Agreement provides for the installation of the Energy Servers and includes a one-year warranty, which includes the performance guarantees described below, with the warranty offered on an annually renewing basis at the discretion of the customer. The customer must provide gas for the Energy Servers to operate.

Warranty Commitments . We typically provide (i) an “Output Warranty” to operate at or above a specified baseload output of the Energy Servers on a site, and (ii) an “Efficiency Warranty” to operate at or above a specified level of fuel efficiency. Both are measured on a monthly basis. Upon the applicable financing partner or its customer making a warranty claim for a failure of any of our warranty commitments, we are then obligated to repair or replace the Energy Server, or if a repair or replacement is not feasible, to pay the customer an amount approximately equal to the net book value of the Energy Server, after which the Bank Agreement would be terminated. As of March 31, 2018, we have incurred no obligations to make payments pursuant to these warranty commitments.

Performance Guarantees . Our performance guarantees are negotiated on a case-by-case basis for projects deployed through the traditional lease program, but we typically provide an Output Guaranty of 95% measured annually and an Efficiency Guaranty of 52% measured cumulatively from the date the applicable Energy Server(s) are commissioned. In each case, underperformance obligates us to make a payment to the applicable customer. As of March 31, 2018, the fleet of Energy Servers deployed pursuant to the traditional lease programs are performing at a lifetime average output of approximately 87% and a lifetime average efficiency of approximately 55%. As of March 31, 2018, our obligation to make payments for underperformance against the performance guarantees for traditional lease projects is capped at an aggregate total of approximately $5.8 million (including payments both for low output and for low efficiency). As of March 31, 2018, our aggregate remaining potential liability under this cap is approximately $5.5 million.

Remarketing at Termination of Lease . At the end of any customer lease in the event the customer does not renew or purchase the Energy Servers, we may remarket any such Energy Servers to a third party, and any proceeds of such sale would be allocated between us and the applicable financing partner as agreed between them at the time of such sale.

Managed Services

 

 

LOGO

 

76


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Under our managed services program, we initially enter into a master lease with the financing partner, which holds title to the Energy Server. Once a customer is identified, we enter into an additional operating lease with the financing partner and a service agreement with the customer. The duration of our managed services leases is currently 10 years. We begin to recognize revenue from the sale of the equipment to the financing partner once the Energy Server has been accepted by the customer. Under the master lease, we then make operating lease payments to the financing partner. Under the service agreement with the customer, there are two payment components: a monthly equipment fee calculated based on the size of the installation, which covers the amount of our lease payment, and a service payment based on the monthly output of electric power produced by the Energy Server.

Our warranty commitments under the managed services option are substantially similar to those applicable to the traditional lease program described above. Our managed services deployments do not typically include any performance guarantees above the warranty commitments, but the customer’s payment to us includes a payment that is proportionate to the output generated by the Energy Server(s) and our pricing assumes service revenues at the 95% output level. Therefore, our service revenues are lower if output is less than 95% (and higher if output exceeds 95%). As of March 31, 2018, the fleet of Energy Servers deployed pursuant to the managed services program are performing at a lifetime average output of approximately 94%.

Bloom Electrons Financing Program

 

 

LOGO

In 2010, we began offering our Energy Servers through Bloom Electrons, our PPA financing program. This program is financed via special purpose investment entities (PPA entities), which typically are majority-owned by third-party investors and by us as a minority investor. The investors contribute cash to the PPA entity in exchange for equity interests, providing funding for the PPA entities to purchase the Energy Servers from us. As we identify end customers, the PPA entity enters into an agreement with the end customer pursuant to which the customer agrees to purchase the electric power generated by the Energy Server at a specified rate per kilowatt hour for a specified term, which can range from 10 to 21 years. Each PPA entity currently serves between one and nine customers. As with our purchase and leasing arrangements, the first year warranty and guarantees are included in the price of the product to the PPA entity. The PPA entity typically enters into an operations and

 

77


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

maintenance services agreement with us following the first year of service to extend the warranty services and performance guarantees. This service agreement has a term coincident with the term of the applicable PPA project and paid for on an annual basis by the PPA entity. The aggregate amount of extended warranty services payments we expect to receive over the duration of the PPA projects is $456.4 million as of March 31, 2018.

The mix of orders between our Bloom Electrons financing program and other purchase options is generally driven by customer preference. While we cannot predict with certainty in any given period how customers will choose to finance their purchase, we have observed that, more recently, customers tend to choose a financing option that more closely mirrors the customers’ monthly payment stream for electricity. Power purchase agreements, including our Bloom Electrons financing program, provide for payment streams as monthly payments similar to those for grid electricity payments.

Product revenue associated with the sale of the Energy Servers under the PPAs that qualify as sales-type leases is recognized at the present value of the minimum lease payments, which approximate fair value, assuming all other conditions for revenue recognition noted above have also been met. Customer purchases financed by PPA entities since 2014 have been accounted for as operating leases and the related revenue under those agreements have been recognized as electricity revenue as the electricity is produced and paid for by the customer. Under each PPA arrangement, while the end customer pays the PPA entity over the life of the contract for the electricity consumed, the timing of cash receipts to us is similar to that of an end-user directly purchasing an Energy Server from us.

Under our PPA financing arrangements, we and our PPA tax equity investors contribute funds into a limited liability company, which is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and which owns the operating entity that acquires Energy Servers. This operating entity then contracts with us to operate and service the Energy Servers. The operating entity sells the electricity produced to the end customers under power purchase agreements, or PPAs. Any debt incurred by the PPA entities is non-recourse to us. Cash generated by the electricity sales, as well as from any applicable government incentive programs, is used to pay operating expenses of the operating entity (including the operations and maintenance services we provide) and to service the non-recourse debt, with the remaining cash flows distributed to the PPA investors based on the cash distribution allocations agreed between us and the tax equity investors. For further information, see Note 14, Power Purchase Agreement Programs , to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. The PPA tax equity investors receive substantially all of the value attributable to the long-term recurring customer lease payments, investment tax credits, accelerated tax depreciation and, in some cases, other incentives until the PPA tax equity investors receive their contractual rate of return. In some cases, after the PPA tax equity investors receive their contractual rate of return, we expect to receive substantially all of the remaining value attributable to the long-term recurring customer payments and the other incentives. As of March 31, 2018, none of our customers under our PPAs have defaulted on their payment obligations.

We currently operate five distinct PPA entities. Three of these PPA entities (PPA II, PPA IIIa and PPA IIIb) are flip structures and the remaining two (PPA IV and PPA V) are strategic long-term partnerships with the tax equity investor that do not flip during the term of the PPA arrangements. Of the three PPA entity flip structures, PPA II is based on the tax equity investor reaching an agreed upon internal rate of return (IRR) and PPA IIIa and PPA IIIb are based on the flip occurring at a fixed date in the future.

Since we elected to decommission PPA I and purchased the tax equity investor’s interest for $25.0 million in convertible debt, we will receive 100% of any remaining cash flows from PPA I. Prior to the decommissioning, we received cash flows from PPA I totaling $393.6 million related to the purchase of Energy Servers, distributions of incentive receipts, annual maintenance payments and monthly administrative services payments. Since the decommissioning through March 31, 2018, we have received $12.7 million from PPA I related to customer electricity billings. With respect to PPA II, we estimate that the tax equity investor will need to receive additional cash distributions of approximately $101.0 million to reach its target IRR at which point we will receive substantially all of the remaining value attributable to the long-term customer payments and other

 

78


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

incentives. To achieve these cash distributions and the contractual internal rate of return to trigger the ownership flip, PPA II will need to generate additional aggregate revenue of approximately $393.3 million. Our PPA II contracts do not specify the date on which the flip is projected to occur; rather, the PPA II contracts set forth the conditions that will trigger the flip and define the parties’ respective rights and obligations before and after the occurrence of the flip. Based on the current contractual terms, we estimate that PPA II will flip on approximately June 30, 2028, assuming prior termination does not occur.

For PPA IIIa and PPA IIIb, the tax equity investors receive preferred distributions of 2% of their total cash investment through the flip date, a fixed date in the future, and are not dependent on additional earned amounts. In PPA IIIa and IIIb, the flip dates are January 1, 2020 and January 1, 2021, respectively, and the remaining preferred distributions to be paid through the flip dates are $1.5 million and $1.2 million, respectively. We will receive substantially all of the remaining income (loss), tax and tax allocations attributable to the long-term customer payments and other incentives after each flip date.

After the occurrence of the flip date for PPA II, PPA IIIa and PPA IIIb, we do not anticipate subsequent distributions to us from the PPA entities to be material enough to support our ongoing cash needs, and therefore we will still need to generate significant cash from product sales.

The Energy Servers purchased by the PPA entities are recorded as property, plant and equipment and included within our consolidated balance sheets. We then reduce these assets by the amounts received by the investors from U.S. Treasury grants and the associated incentive rebates. In turn, we recognize the incentive rebates and subsequent customer payments as electricity revenue over the customer lease term and amortize U.S. Treasury grants as a reduction to depreciation of the associated Energy Servers over the term of the PPA. Since our inception, government incentives have accounted for approximately 13% of the expected total cash flows for all PPA entities. As of March 31, 2018, our PPA entities had received a total of $282.2 million in government grants and rebates.

We have determined that we are the primary beneficiary in these investment entities. Accordingly, we consolidate 100% of the assets, liabilities and operating results of these entities, including the Energy Servers and lease income, in our consolidated financial statements. We recognize the investors’ share of the net assets of the investment entities as noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries in our consolidated balance sheet. We recognize the amounts that are contractually payable to these investors in each period as distributions to noncontrolling interests in our consolidated statements of convertible redeemable preferred stock and equity. Our consolidated statements of cash flows reflect cash received from these investors as proceeds from investments by noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries. Our consolidated statements of cash flows also reflect cash paid to these investors as distributions paid to noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries. We reflect any unpaid distributions to these investors as distributions payable to noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries on our consolidated balance sheets.

All five PPA entities have utilized their entire available financing capacity and completed their purchases of Energy Servers as of March 31, 2018.

Through our Bloom Electrons financing program, a total of approximately $1.1 billion in financing has been funded through March 31, 2018, including approximately $609.2 million in equity investments and an additional $448.7 million in non-recourse debt to support an aggregate deployment of approximately 106.8 megawatts of Energy Servers as of March 31, 2018. Investors in our PPA entities include banks and other large companies such as Credit Suisse, Exelon Generation Company, Intel Corporation and U.S. Bancorp. In the future, in addition to or in lieu of arranging customer financing through PPA entities, we may use debt, equity or other financing strategies to fund our operations.

We view our obligations under Bloom Electrons in four categories: first, our obligations to the relevant PPA entity formed to own the Energy Servers and sell electricity generated by such Energy Servers to the end-

 

79


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

customers; second, the Project Company’s obligations to the lenders of such Project Company, if any; third, our obligations to the PPA tax equity investors in the applicable project; and fourth, to the end-customers. We discuss these obligations in further detail below.

Obligations to PPA Entities

In each PPA project, we and the applicable PPA entity enter into two primary contracts: first, a contract for the purchase, sale, installation, operation and maintenance of the Energy Servers to be employed in such PPA project (the O&M Agreement), and second, a contract whereby we are engaged to perform administrative functions for the PPA project during the term of the PPA project (the Administrative Services Agreement, or ASA). The O&M Agreement and the ASA each have a term coincident with the term of the applicable PPA project. The aggregate amount of extended warranty services payments we expect to receive under the O&M Agreement over the remaining term of the PPA projects was $456.4 million as of March 31, 2018. The aggregate amount of ASA payments we expect to receive over the remaining term of the PPA projects is $34.5 million as of March 31, 2018.

Our obligations to the PPA entity pursuant to the O&M Agreement include: (i) designing, manufacturing, and installing the Energy Servers, and selling such Energy Servers to the PPA entity, (ii) obtaining all necessary permits and other governmental approvals necessary for the installation and operation of the Energy Servers, and maintaining such permits and approvals throughout the term of the O&M Agreement, (iii) operating and maintaining the Energy Servers in compliance with all applicable laws, permits and regulations, (iv) satisfying the efficiency and output obligations set forth in such O&M Agreement (Performance Warranties), and (v) complying with any specific requirements contained in the offtake agreements with individual end-customers. The O&M Agreement obligates us to repurchase the Energy Servers in the event the Energy Servers fail to comply with the Performance Warranties and we fail to remedy such failure after a cure period, or in the event that an offtake agreement terminates as a result of any failure by us to comply with the requirements contained therein. In some cases, we have also agreed to pay liquidated damages to the PPA entity in the event of delays in the manufacture and installation of Energy Servers. Both the upfront purchase price for the Energy Servers and the ongoing fees for our operations and maintenance are paid on a fixed dollar per kilowatt ($/kW) basis.

The O&M Agreements for each PPA entity generally provide for the following Performance Warranties and indemnity obligations:

Efficiency Warranty and Efficiency Guaranty . We warrant to the applicable PPA entity that the Energy Servers sold to such entity will operate at an average efficiency level specified in the O&M Agreement, calculated either cumulatively from the commercial operations date of each Energy Server or during each calendar month. We are obligated to repair or replace Energy Servers that are unable to satisfy the Efficiency Warranty, or if a repair or replacement is not feasible, to repurchase such Energy Servers at a price specified in the applicable O&M Agreement. In the case of PPA II, if the aggregate average efficiency falls below the specified threshold, we are also obligated to make a payment to the PPA entity equal to the increased expense resulting from such efficiency shortfall, subject to a cap on aggregate payments equivalent to the purchase price of all Energy Servers in the PPA II portfolio. During the period from September 2010 to March 31, 2018, no Energy Servers have been repurchased pursuant to any Efficiency Warranty and no payments have been made pursuant to the Efficiency Guarantees.

One-Month Output Warranty . In the case of PPA II, we also warrant that the PPA II portfolio of Energy Servers will generate a minimum amount of electricity in each calendar month, and we are obligated to repair or replace Energy Servers that fail to satisfy this warranty. If we determine that a repair or replacement is not feasible, we are obligated to repurchase such Energy Servers at the original purchase price. During the period from September 2010 to March 31, 2018, no Energy Servers have been repurchased and no payments have been made pursuant to a One-Month Output Warranty.

Quarterly Output Warranty. In the case of PPA IIIa, we also warrant that each of the applicable Energy Servers will generate a minimum amount of electricity in each calendar quarter, and we are obligated to

 

80


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

repair or replace Energy Servers that fail to satisfy this warranty. If we determine that a repair or replacement is not feasible, we are obligated to repurchase such Energy Servers at the original purchase price, subject to adjustment for depreciation. In addition, we are obligated to make a payment to the PPA IIIa entity to make the PPA IIIa entity whole for lost revenues resulting from the shortfall below the warranted level, subject to a cap on payments equal to ten percent (10%) of the purchase price of the Energy Servers in the PPA IIIa portfolio. If we fail to make any such warranty payments if and when due, then the applicable PPA entity may elect to require us to repurchase Energy Servers that fail such warranty at the original purchase price, subject to adjustment for depreciation. During the period from September 2010 to March 31, 2018, no Energy Servers have been repurchased pursuant to the Quarterly Output Warranty, and we have made payments in the aggregate amount of $0.2 million pursuant to the Quarterly Output Warranty.

Quarterly Output Guaranty. In the cases of PPA IIIb, PPA IV and PPA V, we also guarantee to the applicable PPA entity that the applicable PPA portfolio of Energy Servers will generate a minimum amount of electricity in each calendar quarter. In the event the applicable portfolio fails to satisfy this Output Guaranty, we are obligated to make a payment to the applicable PPA entity to make the PPA entity whole for lost revenues resulting from the shortfall below the guaranteed level, and such liability is uncapped. If we fail to make any such Output Guaranty payments if and when due, then the applicable PPA entity may elect to require us to repurchase Energy Servers that fail such guaranty, at a price specified in the applicable O&M Agreement and pursue other damages. During the period from September 2010 to March 31, 2018, no Energy Servers have been repurchased pursuant to a Quarterly Output Guaranty, and we have made no payments pursuant to any Quarterly Output Guaranty.

Annual Output Guaranty . We also guarantee to the applicable PPA entity that the applicable PPA portfolio of Energy Servers will generate a minimum amount of electricity in each calendar year. In the event that such portfolio fails to satisfy this Output Guaranty, we are obligated to make a payment to the applicable PPA entity to make the PPA entity whole for lost revenues resulting from the shortfall below the warranted level, subject to a liability cap equal to a portion of the purchase price of the applicable portfolio. During the period from September 2010 to March 31, 2018, we have made payments in the aggregate amount of $23.5 million pursuant to these Output Guarantees. These payments were primarily as a result of performance issues in our early generation systems deployed in our first three PPA entities (PPA I, PPA II & PPA IIIa). Of the aggregate amount of $23.5 million paid, $0.9 million was paid in the three months ended March 31, 2018, $3.7 million was paid in 2017, $4.8 million was paid in 2016, and $14.1 million was paid prior to 2016.

Indemnification of Performance Warranty Expenses under Offtake Agreements . In the cases of PPA IIIa, PPA IIIb, PPA IV and PPA V, we also have agreed to indemnify the applicable PPA entity for any expenses it incurs to any of its customers resulting from failures of the applicable PPA portfolio of Energy Servers to satisfy any of the efficiency, output or other performance commitments in the applicable offtake agreements. In addition, in the event that an offtake agreement is terminated by a customer as to any Energy Servers as a result of a default by us under the O&M Agreement, we are obligated to repurchase such Energy Server from the applicable PPA entity for a repurchase price specified in the applicable O&M Agreement. During the period from September 2010 to March 31, 2018, we have incurred no obligations for payments pursuant to these provisions under any of our PPA arrangements.

Our obligations pursuant to the ASA include performing a variety of administrative and management services necessary to conduct the business of the PPA project. These duties include: (i) invoicing and collecting amounts due from the end-customers, (ii) engaging, supervising and monitoring any third-party service providers required for the operation of the project, (iii) paying, on behalf of the PPA entity and with the PPA entity’s available funds, any amounts owed, including debt service payments on the debt incurred by the PPA entity (Project Debt), if applicable, (iv) maintaining books and records and preparing financial statements, (v) representing the PPA entity in any administrative or other public proceedings, (vi) preparing annual budgets and other reports and deliverables owed by the PPA entity under the Project Debt agreements, if applicable, and (vii) generally performing all other administrative tasks required in relation to the PPA project. We receive an annual administration fee for its services, calculated on a fixed dollar per kilowatt ($/kW) basis.

 

81


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Obligations to Lenders

Each of the PPA projects (other than the PPA I project) has incurred debt in order to finance the acquisition of Energy Servers. The lenders for these projects are a combination of banks and/or institutional investors.

In each case, the Project Debt incurred by the applicable PPA entity is secured by all of the assets comprising the project (primarily comprised of the Energy Servers owned by the PPA entity and a collateral assignment of each of the contracts to which such PPA entity is a party, including the O&M Agreement entered into with us and the offtake agreements entered into with PPA entity’s customers), and is senior to all other debt obligations of the PPA entity. As further collateral, the lenders receive a security interest in 100% of the membership interest of the PPA entity. However, as is typical in structured finance transactions of this nature, although the Project Debt is secured by all of the PPA entity’s assets, the lenders have no recourse to us or to any of the other tax equity investors in the project.

The applicable PPA entity is obligated to make quarterly principal and interest payments according to an amortization schedule agreed between us, the tax equity investors and the lenders. The debt is either a “term loan”, where the final maturity date coincides with the expiration of the offtake agreements included in the project, or a “mini-perm loan,” where the final maturity date occurs at some point prior to such expiration; in the case of these “mini-perm loans”, we expect to be able to refinance these loans on or prior to their maturity date by procuring debt from other sources and using the proceeds of such new debt to repay the existing loans.

The Project Debt documentation also includes provisions that implement a customary “payment waterfall” that dictates the priority in which the PPA entity will use its available funds to satisfy its payment obligations to us, the lenders, the tax equity investors and other third parties. These provisions generally provide that all revenues from the sale of electricity under the applicable offtake agreements and any other cash proceeds received by the PPA entity are deposited into a “revenue account”, and those funds are then distributed in the following order: first, to pay for ongoing project expenses, including amounts due to us under the O&M Agreement and the ASA, taxes, insurance premiums, and any legal, accounting and other third party service provider costs; second, to pay any fees due to collateral agents and depositary agents, if any; third, to pay interest then due on the loans; fourth, to pay principal then due on the loans; fifth, to fund any reserve accounts to the extent not fully funded; and finally, any remaining cash (Distributable Cash) may be distributed to us and the tax equity investors in the project, subject to the satisfaction of any conditions to distributions agreed with the applicable lenders, such as a minimum debt service coverage ratios, absence of defaults, and similar requirements. Additional information regarding the Project Debt for each individual PPA Project is set forth in the Liquidity and Capital Resources section below. In addition, the “Distribution Conditions” are negotiated individually for each PPA Project, but in each case include (i) absence of defaults, and (ii) satisfaction of minimum debt service coverage ratios. In the event that there is Distributable Cash remaining after the payment of all higher-priority payment obligations but the applicable Distribution Conditions are not satisfied, the applicable funds are deposited into a “Distribution Suspense Account” and remain in such account until the Distribution Conditions are subsequently satisfied. In the event that any funds have been on deposit in the Distribution Suspense Account for four (4) consecutive calendar quarters, the applicable Project Company is obligated to use such “Trapped Cash” to prepay the Project Debt.

In connection with the PPA IIIb, PPA IV and PPA V projects, we procured a Fuel Cell Energy Production Insurance Policy on behalf of the applicable PPA entity and the lenders (Production Insurance). The Production Insurance policies are intended to mitigate the risk of our failure or inability to operate and maintain the applicable portfolio of Energy Servers in accordance with the requirements of the O&M Agreement, and provides for debt service payment on the Project Debt in the event that the PPA entity’s revenues are insufficient to make such payments due to a shortfall in the electricity generated by the Energy Servers. To date, no claims have been made under any of the Production Insurance policies.

 

82


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

For additional information regarding Project Debt, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Credit Facilities—PPA Entities’ Indebtedness”.

Obligations to Investors

Each of our PPA projects has involved an investment by one or more tax equity investors, who contribute funds to the applicable PPA entity in exchange for equity interests entitling such investors to distributions of the cash and any tax credits and other tax benefits generated by the project. In each of the PPA projects, we (via a wholly-owned subsidiary) and one or more additional tax equity investors form a jointly-owned special purpose entity (each, a Holding Company), which entity in turn owns 100% of the membership interests of the applicable PPA entity. Our obligations to the other equity investors are set forth in the Holding Company limited liability company operating agreement (the Operating Agreement). We act as the managing member of each Holding Company, managing its day-to-day affairs subject to consent rights of the tax equity investors with respect to decisions agreed between us and such investors in the Operating Agreement.

As members of a Holding Company, we and the applicable tax equity investors are entitled to (i) allocations of items of income, loss, gain, deduction and credit (Tax Items) including, where applicable, the 30% investment tax credit under Section 48 of the Internal Revenue Code, and (ii) distributions of any cash held by such Holding Company in excess of amounts necessary for the ongoing operation of such Holding Company, including any Distributable Cash received from the applicable PPA entity. The members’ respective allocations of Tax Items and cash distributions are negotiated on a project-by-project basis between us and the tax equity investors in each PPA project. Distributions are made to investors (including us) on a quarterly basis in connection with PPA II, PPA IV and PPA V, and on a semi-annual basis in PPA IIIa and PPA IIIb.

In the event of a bankruptcy of a PPA entity, the assets of such PPA would be liquidated, likely at the direction of the bankruptcy trustee, if one was appointed, or according to the direction of the applicable lenders to such PPA entity. In the event of a bankruptcy or liquidation, assets would first be liquidated to repay the applicable project’s debt. If any cash remained following the repayment of debt, such cash would be distributed among us and the other equity investor(s) in the project in accordance with the applicable LLC agreement for the joint investment entity. As a general matter, cash is first applied to the payment of owed but unpaid preferred distributions to the equity investor(s) other than us, if any, with any remaining assets split between us and such equity investor(s) in accordance with the sharing percentages of distributions as set forth in the applicable LLC agreement.

The PPA projects do not permit for voluntary early termination of the arrangements by us or the applicable tax equity investors. The tax equity investors in the projects may not withdraw from the applicable PPA entity, except in connection with a permitted transfer or sale of such member’s assets in compliance with any restrictions on transfer set forth in the limited liability company agreement applicable to such project.

The following sets forth a project-by-project summary of obligations that are unique to individual projects:

PPA II. Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC (PPA Company II) is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Diamond State Generation Holdings, LLC (PPA II HoldCo), which is jointly-owned by us and a tax equity investor. As of March 31, 2018, we owned 100% of the Class A Membership Interests of PPA II HoldCo, and the tax equity investor owned 100% of the Class B Membership Interests of PPA II HoldCo. We (through our wholly-owned subsidiary Clean Technologies II, LLC), act as the managing member of PPA II HoldCo.

The economic benefits of the PPA II project are allocated between us and the tax equity investor as follows:

 

   

Other than Tax Items relating to the proceeds of any cash grant under Section 1603 of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Tax Act of 2009 (Cash Grant), Tax Items are allocated (i) 99% to the tax

 

83


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

equity investor and 1% to us until the last date of the calendar month in which the tax equity investor has achieved an internal rate of return equal to the “Target IRR” specified in the PPA II HoldCo operating agreement (Flip Date), and (ii) following the Flip Date, 5% to the tax equity investor and 95% to us.

 

    All Tax Items relating to the Cash Grant are allocated 99% to the tax equity investor and 1% to us.

 

    All cash proceeds of the Cash Grant are distributed 99% to the tax equity investor and 1% to us.

 

    All other cash available for distribution is distributed (i) 99% to the tax equity investor and 1% to us until the Flip Date, and (ii) following the Flip Date, 5% to the tax equity investor and 95% to us.

Pursuant to the PPA II HoldCo LLC agreement, we have the option, exercisable at our sole discretion, to purchase all of the tax equity investor’s membership interests in PPA II HoldCo on the eleventh anniversary of the date of the initial equity investment of the PPA II project by the tax equity investor, which will occur in June, 2023. If we were to exercise this purchase option, we would thereafter be entitled to all subsequent cash, income (loss), tax and tax allocations generated by the PPA II Project (net of payments to the PPA II lenders under the PPA II Credit Agreement) and the purchase price for the tax equity investor’s membership interests would be equal to the greater of (i) the fair market value of such equity interests at such time, or (ii) the amount that would cause the tax equity investor to realize an internal rate of return stated in the PPA II HoldCo LLC agreement. The cash consideration required to generate the required internal rate of return for the tax equity investor pursuant to this purchase option will vary based on the distributions generated by the PPA II Project thru June, 2023, and may range between approximately $71.1 million and $109.9 million. We have agreed to indemnify the tax equity investor in PPA II HoldCo from any liability related to recapture of the Cash Grant, except to the extent such recapture results from (i) a breach of applicable representations and covenants of the tax equity investor, or (ii) a prohibited transfer of the tax equity investor’s membership interests in PPA II HoldCo.

The PPA II project includes an annual Output Guaranty of 95% and a cumulative Efficiency Guaranty of 50%. In each case, underperformance obligates us to make a payment to PPA Company II. As of March 31, 2018, the PPA II project is operating at an average output of approximately 86% for calendar year 2018, and a lifetime average efficiency of approximately 51%. Our obligation to make payments for underperformance of the PPA II project is capped at an aggregate total of approximately $13.9 million under the Output Guaranty and approximately $263.6 million under the Efficiency Guaranty. As of March 31, 2018, we have no remaining liability under the Output Guaranty, and our remaining potential liability under the Efficiency Guaranty cap is approximately $263.6 million.

Obligations Under the PPA II Tariff Agreement

PPA Company II is required to declare a “Forced Outage Event” if permitted under the PPA II tariff agreement in the event that (i) the Company has reached its cap on performance warranty payments under the O&M Agreement, such that PPA Company II is not eligible for further warranty payments under such O&M Agreement, (ii) the project’s lifetime efficiency falls below the level warranted in the O&M Agreement and the Company has not reimbursed PPA Company II for the resulting excess costs of procuring natural gas resulting from such shortfall, (iii) the Energy Servers have failed to generate electricity at an average above a minimum threshold specified in the PPA II Credit Agreement (i.e., 85% of the project’s nameplate capacity during any calendar month) or (iv) the Company has suffered a bankruptcy event or the Company ceases to carry on its business. As of March 31, 2018, no “Forced Outage Event” had been declared. The PPA II project’s average output for March 2018 equaled 85.8% of the project’s nameplate capacity.

In addition, in the event that PPA Company II claims that a “Forced Outage Event” has occurred under the PPA II tariff, PPA Company II is obligated to purchase and deliver replacement RECs in an amount equal to the number of megawatt hours for which it receives compensation under the ‘forced outage’ provisions of the tariff, but only if such replacement RECs are available in sufficient quantities and can be

 

84


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

purchased for less than $45 per REC. A “Forced Outage Event” is defined under the PPA II tariff agreement as the inability of PPA II to obtain a replacement component part or a service necessary for the operation of the Energy Servers at their nameplate capacity. The PPA II tariff agreement provides for payments to PPA Company II in the event of a Forced Outage Event lasting in excess of 90 days. For the first 90 days following the occurrence of a Forced Outage Event, no payments are made under this provision of the tariff. Thereafter, PPA Company II is entitled to payments equal to 70% of the payments that would have been made under the tariff but for the occurrence of the Forced Outage Event—that is, the “Forced Outage Event” provision of the PPA II tariff agreement provides for payments to PPA Company II under the tariff equal to the amount that would be paid were PPA Company II’s Energy Servers operating at 70% of their nameplate capacity, irrespective of actual output. The PPA II tariff agreement also provides that the “Forced Outage Event” protections afforded thereunder shall automatically terminate in the event that we obtain an investment grade rating. In addition, in the event we obtain an investment grade rating, we are required to offer to repurchase the Notes from each individual noteholder unless we provide a guarantee of the debt obligations of the PPA Company II.

The tax equity investor in PPA II HoldCo has the option, exercisable on March 16, 2022, to sell 100% of its equity interests in the project to us for a sale price equal to the then-applicable fair market value of such equity interests. We guarantee the obligations of Clean Technologies II to make the payment of such purchase price in the event the tax equity investor exercises such option.

PPA IIIa . 2012 ESA Project Company, LLC (PPA Company IIIa) is a wholly-owned subsidiary of 2012 V PPA Holdco, LLC (PPA IIIa HoldCo), which is jointly-owned by us and a tax equity investor. As of March 31, 2018, we owned 100% of the Class B Membership Interests of PPA IIIa HoldCo, and the tax equity investor owned 100% of the Class A Membership Interests of PPA IIIa HoldCo. We (through our wholly-owned subsidiary Clean Technologies III, LLC), act as the managing member of PPA IIIa HoldCo.

The economic benefits of the PPA IIIa project are allocated between us and the tax equity investor as follows:

 

    Tax Items (including the ITC) are allocated (i) 99% to the tax equity investor and 1% to us.

 

    Cash available for distribution is distributed (i) until January 1, 2020, first, to the tax equity investor, a payment equal to 2% of the investor’s investment on an annual basis, and next, all remaining amounts are distributed to us; and (ii) from and after January 1, 2020, first, to the tax equity investor, a payment equal to 2% of the investor’s investment on an annual basis, and next, all remaining amounts are distributed 95.05% to us and 4.95% to the tax equity investor.

Pursuant to the PPA IIIa HoldCo LLC agreement, we have the option, exercisable at our sole discretion, to purchase all of the tax equity investor’s membership interests in PPA IIIa HoldCo, exercisable within six months following either January 1, 2020 or January 1, 2025. If we were to exercise this purchase option, we would thereafter be entitled to all subsequent cash, income (loss), tax and tax allocations generated by the PPA IIIa Project (net of payments to the PPA IIIa lenders under the PPA IIIa Credit Agreement) and the purchase price for the tax equity investor’s membership interests would be equal to the greater of (i) the fair market value of such equity interests at such time, or (ii) the sum of (x) any unpaid amounts owed to the tax equity investor pursuant to its entitlement to cash distributions equal to 2% of its investment (as described above), plus (y) approximately $2.1 million. The PPA IIIa project includes (i) an Output Guaranty of 95% measured annually, (ii) an Output Warranty of 80% measured quarterly, (iii) an Efficiency Warranty of 45% measured monthly, and (iv) an indemnity of any payments made by PPA Company IIIa regarding failure of the Energy Servers to perform in accordance with the applicable offtake agreements, which generally provide for an Efficiency Guaranty of 52% measured cumulatively over the life of the project. In the case of underperformance with respect to the Output Warranty and/or the Output Guaranty, we are obligated to make a payment to PPA Company IIIa; additionally, in the case of underperformance against the Output Warranty, we are obligated to repair or replace the applicable Energy Servers. In the case of underperformance with respect to the Efficiency Warranty, we are obligated to repair

 

85


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

or replace the applicable Energy Servers, and we are obligated to reimburse PPA Company IIIa for any payments owed to the applicable PPA customer(s). As of March 31, 2018, the PPA IIIa project is operating at an average output of approximately 85% for calendar year 2018, an average output of approximately 85% for the three months ended March 31, 2018, and a lifetime average efficiency of approximately 52%. Our obligation to make payments for underperformance of the PPA IIIa project is capped at an aggregate total of approximately $5.0 million under the annual Output Guaranty, approximately $10.0 million under the quarterly Output Warranty, and approximately $675,000 under the Efficiency Guarantees in the applicable offtake agreements. As of March 31, 2018, our aggregate remaining potential liability under these caps is approximately $2.4 million under the annual Output Guaranty, approximately $9.8 million under the quarterly Output Warranty, and approximately $675,000 under the Efficiency Guarantees.

We have agreed to indemnify the tax equity investor in PPA IIIa HoldCo from any liability related to recapture of the ITC except to the extent such recapture results from (i) a transfer of the tax equity investor’s membership interest in the project, (ii) a change in the federal income tax classification of the tax equity investor or its owners, (iii) a change in federal income tax law or (iv) adverse findings regarding the tax classification of the project.

The tax equity investor has the option, exercisable for a six month period commencing January 1, 2021, to withdraw from PPA IIIa HoldCo by notice to us. Notwithstanding the allocations of cash available for distribution set forth above, in the event that the tax equity investor exercises this withdrawal option, such investor shall receive 99% of the cash available for distribution until it has received the fair market value of its Class A Membership Interests in PPA IIIa HoldCo at such time, but in any event no more than approximately $2.0 million.

PPA IIIb . 2013B ESA Project Company, LLC (PPA Company IIIb) is a wholly-owned subsidiary of 2013B ESA Holdco, LLC (PPA IIIb HoldCo), which is jointly-owned by us and a tax equity investor. As of March 31, 2018, we owned 100% of the Class B Membership Interests of PPA IIIb HoldCo, and the tax equity investor owned 100% of the Class A Membership Interests of PPA IIIb HoldCo. We (through our wholly-owned subsidiary Clean Technologies 2013B, LLC), act as the managing member of PPA IIIb HoldCo.

The economic benefits of the PPA IIIb project are allocated between us and the tax equity investor as follows:

 

    Tax Items (including the ITC) are allocated 99% to the tax equity investor and 1% to us.

 

    Cash available for distribution is distributed (i) until January 1, 2021, first, to the tax equity investor, a payment equal to 2% of the investor’s investment on an annual basis, and next, all remaining amounts are distributed to us; and (ii) from and after January 1, 2021, first, to the tax equity investor, a payment equal to 2% of the investor’s investment on an annual basis, and next, all remaining amounts are distributed 95.05% to us and 4.95% to the investor.

Pursuant to the PPA IIIb HoldCo LLC agreement, we have the option, exercisable at our sole discretion, to purchase all of the tax equity investor’s membership interests in PPA IIIb HoldCo, exercisable within six months following either January 1, 2021 or January 1, 2026. If we were to exercise this purchase option, we would thereafter be entitled to all subsequent cash, income (loss), tax and tax allocations generated by the PPA IIIb Project (net of payments to the PPA IIIb lenders under the PPA IIIb Credit Agreement) and the purchase price for the tax equity investor’s membership interests would be equal to the greater of (i) the fair market value of such equity interests at such time, or (ii) the sum of (x) any unpaid amounts owed to the tax equity investor pursuant to its entitlement to cash distributions equal to 2% of its investment (as described above), plus (y) approximately $0.7 million. The PPA IIIb project includes (i) an Output Guaranty of 95% measured annually, (ii) an Output Guaranty of 80% measured quarterly, (iii) an Efficiency Warranty of 45% measured monthly, and (iv) an indemnity of any payments made by PPA Company IIIb regarding failure of the Energy Servers to perform in accordance with the applicable offtake agreements, which generally provide for an Efficiency Guaranty of 52% measured cumulatively over the

 

86


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

life of the project. In the case of underperformance with respect to either Output Guaranty, we are obligated to make a payment to PPA Company IIIb. In the case of underperformance with respect to the Efficiency Warranty, we are obligated to repair or replace the applicable Energy Servers, and we are obligated to reimburse PPA Company IIIb for any payments owed to the applicable PPA customer(s). As of March 31, 2018, the PPA IIIb project is operating at an average output of approximately 90% for the period ending March 31, 2018, an average output of approximately 90% for the three months ended March 31, 2018, and a lifetime average efficiency of approximately 53%. Our obligation to make payments for underperformance of the PPA IIIb project is capped at an aggregate total of approximately $2.7 million under the annual Output Guaranty, is uncapped under the quarterly Output Guaranty, and is capped at an aggregate total of approximately $1.0 million under the Efficiency Guarantees in the applicable offtake agreements. As of March 31, 2018, our aggregate remaining potential liability under these caps is approximately $2.6 million under the annual Output Guaranty and is approximately $1.0 million under the Efficiency Guarantees.

We have agreed to indemnify the tax equity investor in PPA IIIa HoldCo from any liability related to recapture of the ITC except to the extent such recapture results from (i) a transfer of the tax equity investor’s membership interest in the project, (ii) a change in the federal income tax classification of the tax equity investor or its owners, (iii) a change in federal income tax law or (iv) adverse findings regarding the tax classification of the project.

The tax equity investor has the option, exercisable for a 6-month period commencing January 1, 2022, to withdraw from PPA IIIa HoldCo by notice to us. Notwithstanding the allocations of cash available for distribution set forth above, in the event that the tax equity investor exercises this withdrawal option, the investor shall receive 99% of the cash available for distribution until it has received the fair market value of its Class A Membership Interests in PPA IIIa HoldCo at such time, but in any event no more than approximately $1.2 million.

PPA IV. 2014 ESA Project Company, LLC (PPA Company IV) is a wholly-owned subsidiary of 2014 ESA Holdco, LLC (PPA IV HoldCo), which is jointly-owned by us and a tax equity investor. As of March 31, 2018, we owned 100% of the Class B Membership Interests of PPA IV HoldCo, and the tax equity investor owned 100% of the Class A Membership Interests of PPA IV HoldCo. We (through our wholly-owned subsidiary Clean Technologies 2014, LLC), act as the managing member of PPA IV HoldCo.

The economic benefits of the PPA IV project are allocated between us and the tax equity investor as follows:

 

    Tax Items (including the ITC) are allocated 90% to the tax equity investor and 10% to us.

 

    Cash available for distribution is distributed 90% to the tax equity investor and 10% to us.

The PPA IV project includes (i) an Output Guaranty of 95% measured annually, (ii) an Output Guaranty of 80% measured quarterly, (iii) an Efficiency Warranty of 45% measured monthly, and (iv) an indemnity of any payments made by PPA Company IV regarding failure of the Energy Servers to perform in accordance with the applicable offtake agreements, which generally provide for an Efficiency Guaranty of 52% measured cumulatively over the life of the project. In the case of underperformance with respect to either Output Guaranty, we are obligated to make a payment to PPA Company IV. In the case of underperformance with respect to the Efficiency Warranty, we are obligated to repair or replace the applicable Energy Servers, and we are obligated to reimburse PPA Company IV for any payments owed to the applicable PPA customer(s). The offtake agreements generally provide for an Efficiency Guaranty of 52% measured cumulatively over the life of the project. As of March 31, 2018, the PPA IV project is operating at an average output of approximately 89% for calendar year 2018, and a lifetime average efficiency of approximately 55%. Our obligation to make payments for underperformance of the PPA IV project is capped at an aggregate total of approximately $7.2 million under the annual Output Guaranty, is uncapped under the quarterly Output Guaranty, and is capped at approximately $3.6 million under the Efficiency Guarantees in the applicable offtake agreements. As of March 31, 2018, our aggregate remaining potential liability under these caps is approximately $6.7 million under the annual Output Guaranty, and approximately $3.6 million under the Efficiency Guarantees.

 

87


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We have agreed to indemnify the tax equity investor in PPA IV HoldCo from any liability related to recapture of the ITC that results from a breach of our representations, warranties and covenants to the tax equity investor set forth in the transaction documents associated with the PPA IV project.

PPA V . 2015 ESA Project Company, LLC (PPA Company V) is a wholly-owned subsidiary of 2015 ESA HoldCo, LLC (PPA V HoldCo). PPA V HoldCo is jointly-owned by us and 2015 ESA Investco, LLC (PPA V InvestCo), which is itself a jointly-owned subsidiary of two tax equity investors. As of March 31, 2018, we owned 100% of the Class B Membership Interests of PPA V HoldCo, and PPA V InvestCo owned 100% of the Class A Membership Interests of PPA V HoldCo. We (through our wholly-owned subsidiary Clean Technologies 2015, LLC), act as the managing member of PPA V HoldCo.

The economic benefits of the PPA V project are allocated between us and PPA V InvestCo as follows:

 

    Tax Items (including the ITC) are allocated 90% to PPA V InvestCo and 10% to us.

 

    Cash available for distribution is distributed 90% to PPA V InvestCo and 10% to us.

The PPA V project includes (i) an Output Guaranty of 95% measured annually, (ii) an Output Guaranty of 80% measured quarterly, (iii) an Efficiency Warranty of 45% measured monthly, and (iv) an indemnity of any payments made by PPA Company V regarding failure of the Energy Servers to perform in accordance with the applicable offtake agreements, which generally provide for an Efficiency Guaranty of 52% measured cumulatively over the life of the project. In the case of underperformance with respect to either Output Guaranty, we are obligated to make a payment to PPA Company V. In the case of underperformance with respect to the Efficiency Warranty, we are obligated to repair or replace the applicable Energy Servers, and we are obligated to reimburse PPA Company V for any payments owed to the applicable PPA customer(s). The offtake agreements generally provide for an Efficiency Guaranty of 52% measured cumulatively over the life of the project. As of March 31, 2018, the PPA V project is operating at an average output of approximately 93% for calendar year 2018, and a lifetime average efficiency of approximately 57%. Our obligation to make payments for underperformance of the PPA V project is capped at an aggregate total of approximately $13.9 million under the annual Output Guaranty, is uncapped under the quarterly Output Guaranty, and is capped at approximately $6.8 million under the Efficiency Guarantees in the applicable offtake agreements. As of March 31, 2018, our aggregate remaining potential liability under these caps is approximately $13.9 million under the annual Output Guaranty, and approximately $6.8 million under the Efficiency Guarantees.

We have agreed to indemnify the tax equity investor in PPA V HoldCo from any liability related to recapture of the ITC that results from a breach of our representations, warranties and covenants to the tax equity investor set forth in the transaction documents associated with the PPA V project.

We have also agreed to make certain payments to our tax equity investors in the event that the average time period between receipt of the deposit payment for an Energy Server and the date on which such Energy Server achieves commercial operations exceeds specified periods. During 2016, we recorded $4.0 million within general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations for estimated delay penalties to our tax equity investors. During 2017, we revised our estimate and recorded a reduction of $0.8 million within general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations and issued a final net payment of $3.2 million for penalties to our tax equity investors. We do not expect any delay penalties as of March 31, 2018.

In addition, we have agreed to make certain partner related developer fee payments required to be made by us to the tax equity investor upon acceptance of Energy Servers sold through PPA Company V. See the section titled “—Components of Results of Operations—Partner Related Developer Fee Liabilities” for additional information.

 

88


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Obligations to End-Customers

Our obligations to the end-customers in the Bloom Electrons projects are set forth in the offtake agreement between the PPA entity and the end-customer. The offtake agreements share the following provisions:

Term; Early Termination : The offtake agreements provide for an initial term of 15 years, except that (i) the offtake agreements included in PPA I provide for an initial term of 10 years, and (ii) the offtake agreement for PPA II has a term of 21 years. The offtake agreements may be renewed by the mutual agreement of the end-customer and the applicable PPA entity for additional periods at the expiration of the initial term. In the event that the end customer desires to terminate the offtake agreement before the end of the contract term, or in the event that the offtake agreement is terminated by the applicable PPA entity due to customer default as defined in the offtake agreement, the end customer is required to pay a “termination value” payment as liquidated damages. This termination value payment is calculated to be sufficient to allow the PPA entity to repay any debt associated with the affected Energy Servers, make distributions to the equity investor(s) in the PPA project equal to their expected return on investment, pay for the removal of the Energy Servers from the project site, and cover any lost tax benefits incurred as a result of the termination (if any). In some cases, we may agree to reimburse the end-user for some or all of the termination value payments paid if we are able to successfully resell or redeploy the applicable Energy Servers following termination of the offtake agreement.

Energy Server Installation and Operation : The applicable PPA entity is responsible for the installation, operation and maintenance of the Energy Servers. In performing such services, the PPA entity is required to comply with all applicable laws and regulations, with the requirements of any permits obtained for the Energy Servers, with any requirements of the interconnection agreement entered into with the local electric utility regarding such Energy Servers, and with any requirements agreed with the applicable end-customer in the offtake agreement (such as site access procedures, black-out periods regarding routine maintenance, etc.).

Take-Or-Pay Purchase Obligation : The end-customer is required to purchase all of the electricity generated by the Energy Servers for the duration of the offtake agreement. We perform an initial credit evaluation of our customer’s ability to pay under our PPA arrangements. Subsequently, on an at least annual basis, we re-evaluate and confirm the credit worthiness of our customers. Under our existing PPA arrangements, there are four customers that represent more than 10% of the total assets of our PPA entities. The four customers include Delmarva, Home Depot, AT&T and Walmart. In the event that an end-customer is unwilling or unable to accept delivery of such electricity or fails to supply the necessary fuel to the Energy Servers (if applicable), the end-customer is required to make a payment to the PPA entity for the amount of electricity that would have been delivered had the Energy Servers continued to operate.

Fuel Supply Obligation : In PPA I, fuel supply obligations are either the obligation of the PPA entity or the end-customer, on a case-by-case basis. In PPA II, the PPA entity is responsible for providing all required fuel to the Energy Servers and is reimbursed pursuant to the Delmarva Tariff so long as the Energy Servers maintain a specified operational efficiency. In the PPA IIIa, PPA IIIb, PPA IV and PPA V projects, the end-customers are required to provide all necessary fuel for the operation of the Energy Servers.

Ownership of Energy Servers : The applicable PPA entity retains title to the Energy Servers at all times unless the end-customer elects to purchase the Energy Server(s).

Financial Incentives and Environmental Attributes : As the owner of the Energy Servers, the PPA entity retains ownership of any tax benefits associated with the installation and operation of the Energy Servers. Additional financial incentives available in connection with the offtake agreements (such as payments under state incentive programs or renewable portfolio standard programs) and any environmental benefits associated with the Energy Servers (such as carbon emissions reductions credits) are allocated to either the PPA entity or the end-customer on a case-by-case basis. In some circumstances, the PPA entity has also agreed to purchase and deliver to the end-customer renewable energy credits in connection with the offtake agreement.

 

89


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Efficiency Commitments : Where the end-customer is responsible for delivering fuel to the Energy Servers, the offtake agreement includes Energy Server efficiency commitments. Generally, these consist of (i) an “Efficiency Warranty”, where the PPA entity is obligated to repair or replace Energy Servers that fail to operate at or above a specified level of efficiency during any calendar month, and/or (ii) an “Efficiency Guaranty”, where the PPA entity is obligated to make payments to the end-customer to cover the cost of procuring excess fuel if the Energy Servers fail to operate at or above a specified level of efficiency on a cumulative basis during the term of the offtake agreement. Where an Efficiency Guaranty is provided, the PPA entity’s aggregate liability for payments is capped. In certain circumstances, we may negotiate modifications to the efficiency commitments with the end-customer, including different efficiency thresholds or providing for monetary payments under the Efficiency Warranty in lieu of or in addition to our obligation to repair or replace underperforming Energy Servers.

Output Commitments : Although our standard Bloom Electrons offering does not include a minimum output commitment to the end-user, exceptions may be negotiated on a case-by-case basis if we believe the opportunity justifies such exception. These output commitments are at an output level lesser than or equal to the level warranted by us to the PPA entity under the O&M Agreement, and provide either for a payment to the end-customer for the shortfall in electricity produced or for an end-customer termination right. In addition, where the end-user (as opposed to the PPA entity) is entitled to the benefits of an incentive program that requires a minimum output level, the PPA entity may agree to reimburse the end-customer for any decrease in incentive payments resulting from the Energy Servers’ failure to operate at such minimum output level.

Defaults; Remedies : Defaults under the offtake agreements are typically limited to (i) bankruptcy events, (ii) unexcused failure to perform material obligations, and (iii) breaches of representations and warranties. Additional defaults may be negotiated on a case-by-case basis with end-customers. The parties are generally afforded cure periods of at least 30 days to cure any such defaults. In the event of an uncured default by the PPA entity, the end-customer may terminate the offtake agreement either in whole or in part as to the Energy Server(s) affected by such default, and may seek other remedies afforded at law or in equity. In the event of an uncured default by the end-customer, the PPA entity may terminate the offtake agreement either in whole or in part as to the Energy Server(s) affected by such default, and may seek other remedies afforded at law or in equity; in addition, in the event an offtake agreement is terminated due to an end-customer default, the end-customer is obligated to make a termination value payment to the PPA entity.

For further information about our PPA entities, see Note 14, Power Purchase Agreement Programs , to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

Factors Affecting Our Future Performance

Delivery and Installation of Our Product

The timing of delivery and installations of our products have a significant impact on the timing of the recognition of product revenue. Many factors can cause a lag between the time that a customer signs a purchase order and our recognition of product revenue. These factors include the number of Energy Servers installed per site, local permitting and utility requirements, environmental, health and safety requirements, weather and customer facility construction schedules. Many of these factors are unpredictable and their resolution is often outside of our or our customers’ control. Customers may also ask us to delay an installation for reasons unrelated to the foregoing, including delays in their obtaining financing. Further, due to unexpected delays, deployments may require unanticipated expenses to expedite delivery of materials or labor to ensure the installation meets the timing objectives. These unexpected delays and expenses can be exacerbated in periods in which we deliver and install a larger number of smaller projects. In addition, if even relatively short delays occur, there may be a significant shortfall between the revenue we expect to generate in a particular period and the revenue that we are able to recognize. For our installations, revenue and cost of revenue can fluctuate significantly on a periodic basis depending on the timing of acceptance and the type of financing used by the customer.

 

90


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our product sales backlog was $742.5 million, equivalent to 1,082 systems, or 108.2 megawatts, as of March 31, 2018. The benefit of ITC in our backlog value as of March 31, 2018 is $171.4 million. Our product sales backlog was $446.7, equivalent to 774 systems, or 77.4 megawatts, as of March 31, 2017, which did not have the benefit of ITC for this period. We define product sales backlog as signed customer product sales orders received prior to the period end, but not yet accepted and less site cancellations. The timing of the deployment of our backlog depends on the factors described above. However, as a general matter, at any point in time, we expect at least 50% of our backlog to be deployed within the next 12 months.

Cost to Service Our Energy Servers

We offer customers of our purchase and lease programs the opportunity to renew their operations and maintenance service agreements on an annual basis, for up to 20 years, at prices predetermined at the time of purchase. Our pricing of these contracts and our reserves for warranty and replacement are based upon our estimates of the life of our Energy Servers and their components, particularly the fuel cell stacks. We also provide performance warranties and guarantees covering the efficiency and output performance of our Energy Servers. We do not have a long history with a large number of field deployments, and our estimates may prove to be incorrect. For example, we implemented a decommissioning program for our early generation Energy Servers in the PPA I program, and while we have no current plans to do so, we could undertake to decommission additional Energy Servers in the future. For more information, see “—Components of Results of Operations—Revenue—Product Revenue—PPA I Decommissioning”. Failure to meet these performance warranties and guarantee levels may require us to replace the Energy Servers or refund their cost to the customer, or require us to make cash payments to the customer based on actual performance, as compared to expected performance, capped at a percentage of the relevant equipment purchase prices. We accrue for extended warranty costs that we expect to incur under the maintenance service agreements that our customers renew for a term of typically one year. In addition, we expect that our deployed early generation Energy Servers may continue to perform at a lower output and efficiency level, and as a result the maintenance costs may exceed the contracted prices that we expect to generate in respect of those early generation servers if our customers continue to renew their maintenance service agreements in respect of those servers. We expect the performance of our newer generation Energy Servers to be significantly improved.

Availability of Capital and Investments for Power Purchase Agreements

We rely on access to equity and debt financing to provide attractively-priced financing for our customers. Our future success depends on our and our customers’ ability to raise capital from third parties on competitive terms to help finance the deployment of our systems. It is therefore possible that the amounts investors are willing to invest in the future would not be enough to support customer demand or could decrease from current levels, or we may be required to provide a larger allocation of customer payments to investors in any future PPA structures as a result of changes in the financing markets.

Government Incentives and Regulation

Our cost of capital, the price we can charge for electricity, the cost of our systems and the demand for particular types of energy generation are impacted by a number of federal, state and local government incentives and regulations. These include tax credits, particularly the federal ITC, tax abatements, and state incentive programs. These programs have been challenged from time to time by utilities, governmental authorities and others. For example, although it has been recently reinstated, the ITC expired on December 31, 2016 and was not available in 2017. Other incentives may also expire or decrease in the future. A reduction in such incentives could make our products less attractive relative to other alternatives and could adversely affect our results of operations, cost of capital and growth prospects.

Although we generally are not regulated as a utility, federal, state and local government statutes and regulations concerning electricity heavily influence the market for our product and services. These statutes and

 

91


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

regulations often relate to electricity pricing, net metering, incentives, taxation, competition with utilities, and the interconnection of customer-owned electricity generation. In the United States, governments continuously modify these statutes and regulations. Governments, often acting through state utility or public service commissions, change and adopt different rates for commercial customers on a regular basis. These changes can have a positive or negative impact on our ability to deliver cost savings to customers for the purchase of electricity.

Value Proposition in Current and New Markets

Our customers purchase our products to generate electricity. We expect that changes in the prices of our Energy Servers, grid electricity and natural gas, will significantly affect demand for our product. We have sold our Energy Servers to customers across 10 states in the United States, as well as in Japan and India. We have focused on these states, and the two international markets we have entered, because the utility-generated energy prices, regulatory policies and/or government incentives in these locations have provided the most compelling markets for distributed fuel cell energy. We believe that these markets remain significantly underpenetrated, and we intend to further penetrate these markets by investing, marketing and expanding our reach within these regions. We also plan to expand into additional states and international markets where we believe we can offer our Energy Servers at attractive prices to customers relative to local grid electricity and where natural gas is readily available at attractive prices. Our ability to be successful in these markets will largely depend on the level of grid prices in such markets. Our contracted electricity rates need to be competitive with the amounts charged by the local utilities at each location. Generally, higher utility rate regions are contracted and installed first, followed by lower utility rate regions if the customer continues to expand use of the Energy Servers. These decreases in electricity rates could impact our revenue per kilowatt, but given our cost reduction efforts we do not believe that this trend will have an impact on our results of operations.

Components of Results of Operations

Revenue

We primarily recognize revenue from the sale and installation of Energy Servers and by providing services under operations and maintenance services contracts.

Our total revenue is comprised of the following:

Product Revenue

All of our product revenue is generated from the sale of our Energy Servers to direct purchase, traditional lease and managed services customers. We generally begin to recognize product revenue from contracts with customers for the sales of our Energy Servers once we achieve acceptance; that is, generally when the system has been installed and running at full power as defined in each contract.

Our product offerings contain multiple elements representing a combination of revenue from Energy Servers, installation and operations and maintenance services. Upon acceptance, we allocate fair value to each of these elements, and we limit the amount of revenue recognized for delivered elements to an amount that is not contingent upon future delivery of additional products or services or meeting any specified performance conditions.

The amount of product revenue we recognize in a given period is materially dependent on the volume and size of installations of our Energy Servers in a given period and on the type of financing used by the customer. As an example, our total revenue was approximately $208.5 million and $376.0 million in 2016 and 2017, respectively. While the number of systems recognized (accepted) decreased 9.5% from 687 to 622 systems, our revenue increased 80.3% due to the higher mix of financing sales vehicles in 2017 that require revenue to be recognized up-front when installed, instead of ratably over the life of those contracts.

 

92


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

PPA I Decommissioning

During 2015, we recorded a reduction in product revenue totaling $41.8 million for the decommissioning of our PPA I Energy Servers.

Our PPA I sales arrangements qualified as sales-type leases, and therefore, product revenue was recognized upfront at acceptance and a customer financing receivable was recorded on the balance sheet. The product revenue related to these arrangements was recognized during the period from 2010 through 2012. To date, we have incurred significant costs to service and maintain these first and second generation Energy Servers deployed in these arrangements which are still in service. Our new generation Energy Servers being deployed have longer lives with lower service and maintenance costs than the earlier generation Energy Servers. In an effort to minimize the financial effect of these service costs in future periods from these legacy systems, in December 2015, we agreed to a PPA I fleet decommissioning program with our tax equity investors whereby we would seek to renegotiate our existing PPA arrangements and purchase the tax equity investors’ interests in PPA I. As of March 31, 2018, we have recognized $31.7 million in total revenue related to sales of new Energy Servers to replace Energy Servers sold through PPA I where the PPA I Energy Server had been decommissioned.

In January 2016, we issued an additional $25.0 million of our 6% Notes for the purchase of such tax equity investors’ interests. As the original sale was recognized as product revenue upfront under the assumption that the lease payments were non-cancellable, we recorded the related decommissioning charge as a reduction in product revenue on the consolidated statement of operations and a related asset impairment charge of $31.8 million related to the customer financing receivable as this receivable will not be collectible.

Additionally, for PPA I, our policy is that cash grants received under the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (ARRA) are treated as revenue when received. Charges for estimated future cash expenditures were recorded in December 2015 for the estimated loss of $10.0 million related to estimated reimbursements of such cash grants received due to recapture provisions under the grant program. The decommissioning program was completed as of December 31, 2016. In 2016, we recorded a $1.7 million reduction in our estimate of recapture refunds and paid a total of $8.3 million in recapture refunds.

Installation Revenue

All of our installation revenue is generated from the installation of our Energy Servers to direct purchase, traditional lease and managed services customers. We generally recognize installation revenue from contracts with customers for the sales of our Energy Servers once we achieve acceptance. The amount of installation revenue we recognize in a given period is materially dependent on the volume and size of installations of our Energy Servers in a given period and on the type of financing used by the customer.

Service Revenue

Service revenue is generated from operations and maintenance services agreements that extend the standard warranty service coverage beyond the initial one-year warranty for Energy Servers sold under direct purchase, traditional lease and managed services sales. Customers of our purchase and lease programs can renew their operating and maintenance services agreements on an annual basis for up to 20 years, at prices predetermined at the time of purchase of the Energy Server. Revenue is recognized from such operations and maintenance services based on the fair value allocated to such operations and maintenance services, ratably over the renewed one-year service period. We anticipate that almost all of our customers will continue to renew their operations and maintenance services agreements each year.

Electricity Revenue

Our PPA entities purchase Energy Servers from us and sell the electricity produced by these systems to customers through long-term PPAs. Customers are required to purchase all of the electricity produced by the

 

93


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Energy Servers at agreed-upon rates over the course of the PPA’s term. We generally recognize revenue from such PPA entities as the electricity is provided over the term of the agreement.

Cost of Revenue

Our total cost of revenue consists of cost of product revenue, cost of installation revenue, cost of service revenue and cost of electricity revenue. It also includes personnel costs associated with our operations and global customer support organizations consisting of salaries, benefits, bonuses, stock-based compensation and allocated facilities costs.

Cost of Product Revenue

Cost of product revenue consists of costs of Energy Servers that we sell to direct, traditional lease and managed services customers, including costs of materials, personnel costs, allocated costs, shipping costs, provisions for excess and obsolete inventory, and the depreciation costs of our equipment. Because the sale of our Energy Servers includes a one-year warranty, cost of product revenue also includes first year warranty costs. We provide warranties and performance guarantees regarding the Energy Servers’ efficiency and output during the first year warranty period. Warranty costs for customers that purchase under managed services or the Bloom Electrons program are recognized as a cost of product revenue as they are incurred. We expect our cost of product revenue to increase in absolute dollars as we deliver and install more Energy Servers and our product revenue increases. On a per unit basis, which we measure in dollars-per-kilowatt, we have reduced our material costs by over 75% from the inception of our first generation Energy Server to our current generation Energy Server. Material costs per unit came down by over 50% over the life of our second generation system and by over 35% over the life of our fifth generation system to date. With each successive new generation, we have been able to reduce the material costs compared to the prior generation’s material costs: Our second generation had material costs at the start of production that were approximately 60% lower per kilowatt than our first generation and our third generation had material costs at the start of production that were more than 30% lower per kilowatt than our second generation.

Our cost of product revenue generally consists of three components: raw material and component costs, labor and overhead for stack assembly operations cost, and labor and overhead for the final system assembly operations cost. Generally raw material and component costs comprise 80% of the total cost, stack operations cost comprises 11% and system assembly operations cost comprises 9% of the total cost. Over the past five years, total product cost per kilowatt has declined by 54%. Of the raw material and component cost reduction in the past five years, the hotbox cost, which is the cost of the assembly that holds the stack of the fuel cells, has declined by 44%; mechanical costs of our Energy Servers by 43%; and electrical costs of our Energy Servers by 33%. Stack assembly operations cost has declined by 66%, of which fixed cost has declined by 64% and variable cost has declined by 70%. System assembly operations cost has declined by 68%, of which fixed cost has declined by 64% and variable cost has declined by 70%.

Cost of Installation Revenue

Cost of installation revenue consists of the costs to install the Energy Servers that we sell to direct, traditional lease and managed services customers, including costs of materials and service providers, personnel costs, and allocated costs.

The amount of installation cost we recognize in a given period is materially dependent on the volume and size of installations of our Energy Servers in a given period and on the type of financing used by the customer. We expect our cost of installation revenue to increase in absolute dollars as we deliver and install more Energy Servers, though it will be subject to variability as a result of the foregoing.

 

94


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Cost of Service Revenue

Cost of service revenue consists of costs incurred under maintenance service contracts for all customers including direct sales, traditional lease, managed services and PPA customers. Such costs include personnel costs for our customer support organization, allocated costs, and extended maintenance-related product repair and replacement costs. After the initial included warranty period expires, customers have the opportunity to renew their operations and maintenance services agreements on an annual basis, for up to 20 years, at prices predetermined at the time of purchase of the Energy Server. We expect our cost of service revenue to increase in absolute dollars as our end-customer base of megawatts deployed grows, and we expect our cost of service revenue to fluctuate period by period depending on the timing of maintenance of Energy Servers.

Cost of Electricity Revenue

Cost of electricity revenue primarily consists of the depreciation of the cost of the Energy Servers owned by our PPA entities and the cost of gas purchased in connection with PPAs entered into by our first PPA entity. The cost of electricity revenue is generally recognized over the term of the customer’s PPA. The cost of depreciation of the Energy Servers is reduced by the amortization of any U.S. Treasury grant payment in lieu of the energy investment tax credit associated with these systems. We expect our cost of electricity revenue to increase in absolute dollars as our end-customer base of megawatts deployed grows.

Gross Profit (Loss)

Gross profit (loss) has been and will continue to be affected by a variety of factors, including the sales price of our products, manufacturing costs, the costs to maintain the systems in the field, the mix of financing options used, and the mix of revenue between product, service and electricity. We expect our gross profit to fluctuate over time depending on the factors described above.

Operating Expenses

Research and Development

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred and consist primarily of personnel costs. Research and development expense also includes prototype related expenses and allocated facilities costs. We expect research and development expense to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to invest in our future products and services, and we expect our research and development expense to fluctuate as a percentage of total revenue.

Sales and Marketing

Sales and marketing expense consists primarily of personnel costs, including commissions. We expense commission costs as earned. Sales and marketing expense also includes costs for market development programs, promotional and other marketing costs, travel costs, office equipment and software, depreciation, professional services, and allocated facilities costs. We expect sales and marketing expense to continue to increase in absolute dollars as we increase the size of our sales and marketing organizations and to expand our international presence, and we expect our sales and marketing expense to fluctuate as a percentage of total revenue.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expense consists of personnel costs, fees for professional services and allocated facilities costs. General and administrative personnel include our executive, finance, human resources, information technology, facilities, business development, and legal organizations. We expect general and administrative expense to increase in absolute dollars due to additional legal fees and costs associated with accounting, insurance, investor relations, SEC and stock exchange compliance, and other costs associated with being a public company, and we expect our general and administrative expense to fluctuate as a percentage of total revenue.

 

95


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Interest Expense

Interest expense primarily consists of interest charges associated with our secured line of credit, long-term debt facilities, financing obligations and capital lease obligations. We expect interest charges to decrease as a result of pay downs of the debt obligations over the course of the debt arrangements.

Other Income (Expense), Net

Other expense, net primarily consists of gains or losses associated with foreign currency fluctuations, net of income earned on our cash and cash equivalents holdings in interest-bearing accounts. We have historically invested our cash in money-market funds.

Gain/Loss on Revaluation of Warrant Liabilities

Warrants issued to investors and lenders that allow them to acquire our convertible preferred stock have been classified as liability instruments on our balance sheet. We record any changes in the fair value of these instruments between reporting dates as a separate line item in our statement of operations. Some of the warrants issued are mandatorily convertible to common stock and subsequent to the completion of this offering, they will no longer be recorded as a liability related to these mandatorily converted warrants.

Provision for Income Taxes

Provision for income taxes consists primarily of federal and state income taxes in the United States and income taxes in foreign jurisdictions in which we conduct business. We account for income taxes using the liability method under Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 740, “Income Taxes” (ASC 740). Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on net operating loss carryforwards, research and development credit carryforwards, and temporary differences resulting from the different treatment of items for tax and financial reporting purposes. Deferred items are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that are expected to be in effect when the differences reverse. Additionally, we assess the likelihood that deferred tax assets will be recovered as deductions from future taxable income. We have provided a full valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets because we believe it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized. At December 31, 2017, we had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of $1.7 billion and $1.5 billion, respectively, which will expire, if unused, beginning in 2022 and 2018, respectively.

We follow the accounting guidance in ASC 740-10, which requires a more-likely-than-not threshold for financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. We record a liability for the difference between the benefit recognized and measured pursuant to ASC 740-10 and the tax position taken or expected to be taken on our tax return. To the extent that the assessment of such tax positions change, the change in estimate is recorded in the period in which the determination is made. We establish reserves for tax-related uncertainties based on estimates of whether, and the extent to which, additional taxes will be due. These reserves are established when we believe that certain positions might be challenged despite our belief that the tax return positions are fully supportable. The reserves are adjusted in light of changing facts and circumstances, such as the outcome of a tax audit. The provision for income taxes includes the impact of reserve provisions and changes to reserves that are considered appropriate. We recognize interest accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits in other expense, net and penalties in operating expenses.

Partner Related Developer Fee Liabilities

The partner related developer fee liabilities represent payments required to be made by us to the tax equity investor upon installation of Energy Servers sold through PPA Company V. Since funding received by the PPA Company from the tax equity investor is used for the purchase and installation of Energy Servers, the payments

 

96


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

made back to the tax equity investor upon acceptance of an installation essentially represent a return of capital and are accounted for as a reduction to noncontrolling interests on the consolidated balance sheets. There was $6.7 million in liabilities as of the year ended December 31, 2016. We have fulfilled all of our obligations under this arrangement, and therefore, there were no remaining liabilities recorded as of December 31, 2017. Such amounts were payable to the financing partner by the tenth day of the month following the installation of the Energy Servers at customer sites.

Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests

We determine the net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by deducting from net income (loss) in a period the net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests. We allocate profits and losses to the noncontrolling interests under the hypothetical liquidation at book value (HLBV) method. HLBV is a balance sheet-oriented approach for applying the equity method of accounting when there is a complex structure, such as our investment entity structure. The determination of equity in earnings under the HLBV method requires management to determine how proceeds upon a hypothetical liquidation of the entity at book value would be allocated between its investors. However, the redeemable noncontrolling interests balance is at least equal to the redemption amount. The noncontrolling interests and redeemable noncontrolling interests balance is presented as a component of permanent equity in the consolidated balance sheets or as temporary equity in the mezzanine section of the consolidated balance sheets as redeemable noncontrolling interests when the third-parties have the right to redeem their interests in the funds for cash or other assets.

For income tax purposes, the tax equity partner, who has committed to invest in the consolidated partnerships, will receive a greater proportion of the share of losses and other income tax benefits. This includes the allocation of investment tax credits, which will be distributed to the tax equity partner and to one of our wholly-owned subsidiaries based on the allocation specified in each respective partnership agreement until the tax equity partner’s targeted rate of return under the partnership agreement is met. For some of our PPA entities, after the PPA tax equity investors receive their contractual rate of return, we receive substantially all of the remaining value attributable to the long-term recurring customer payments and the other incentives.

 

97


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth selected consolidated statements of operations data for each of the periods indicated:

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
    Three Months Ended
March 31,
 

Consolidated Statements of Operations

   2016     2017     2017     2018  
     (in thousands, except for per share data)  

Revenue

        

Product

   $ 76,478     $ 179,768     $ 27,665     $ 121,307  

Installation

     16,584       63,226       12,293       14,118  

Service

     67,622       76,904       18,591       19,907  

Electricity

     47,856       56,098       13,648       14,029  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     208,540       375,996       72,197       169,361  

Cost of revenue

        

Product

     103,283       210,773       38,855       80,355  

Installation

     17,725       59,929       13,445       10,438  

Service

     155,034       83,597       18,219       24,253  

Electricity

     35,987       39,741       10,876       10,649  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     312,029       394,040       81,395       125,695  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit (loss)

     (103,489     (18,044     (9,198     43,666  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

        

Research and development

     46,848       51,146       11,223       14,731  

Sales and marketing

     29,101       32,415       7,845       8,262  

General and administrative

     61,545       55,674       12,879       14,988  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     137,494       139,235       31,947       37,981  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit (loss) from operations

     (240,983     (157,279     (41,145     5,685  

Interest expense

     (81,190     (108,623     (24,363     (23,037

Other income (expense), net

     (379     268       119       (629

Gain (loss) on revaluation of warrant liabilities and embedded derivatives

     (13,035     (14,995     215       (4,034
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss before income taxes

     (335,587     (280,629     (65,174     (22,015

Income tax provision

     729       636       214       333  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (336,316     (281,265     (65,388     (22,348

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests and redeemable noncontrolling interests

     (56,658     (18,666     (5,856     (4,632
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (279,658   $ (262,599   $ (59,532   $ (17,716
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

98


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Includes stock-based compensation as follows:

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
     Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
     2016      2017      2017      2018  
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 6,005      $ 7,734      $ 1,758      $ 1,898  

Research and development

     4,686        5,560        1,329        1,638  

Sales and marketing

     5,600        4,684        1,241        952  

General and administrative

     11,866        12,501        2,317        3,468  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

   $ 28,157      $ 30,479      $ 6,645      $ 7,956  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Comparison of the Three Months Ended March 31, 2017 and 2018

Total Revenue

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
     Change 2018 vs. 2017  
     2017      2018        Amount        %  
     (unaudited)                
     (dollars in thousands)  

Product

   $ 27,665      $ 121,307      $ 93,642        338.5

Installation

     12,293        14,118      1,825        14.8

Service

     18,591        19,907      1,316        7.1

Electricity

     13,648        14,029        381        2.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total revenue

   $ 72,197      $ 169,361      $ 97,164        134.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total revenue increased approximately $97.2 million, or 134.6%, for the three months ended March 31, 2018, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2017. Total revenue included a one-time benefit of $45.5 million attributable to 2017 acceptances due to the retroactive ITC renewal. Product revenue increased approximately $93.6 million, or 338.5%, for the three months ended March 31, 2018, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2017. Product revenue included a one-time benefit of $43.9 million attributable to 2017 acceptances due to the retroactive ITC renewal. Product acceptances increased from 119 systems in the three months ended March 31, 2017 to 166 systems in the three months ended March 31, 2018, an increase of 39.5%; product revenue increased 338.5% due to a significantly higher mix of orders through direct sales to customers, where revenue is recognized on acceptance, compared to the Bloom Electrons and managed services financing programs where revenue is recognized over the term of the agreement (generally 10 to 21 years) as electricity revenue or product revenue, respectively. The number of acceptances in the three months ended March 31, 2017 where product revenue was recognized at acceptance was 55.0% of the total acceptances of 119, while the number of acceptances in the three months ended March 31, 2018 where product revenue was recognized at acceptance was 100.0% of the total acceptances of 166. The mix of orders between our Bloom Electrons and managed services financing programs and direct purchases is generally driven by customer preference.

Product and install revenue increased approximately $95.5 million, or 238.9% from $39.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017, to $135.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018. Product and install revenue included a one-time benefit of $45.5 million attributable to 2017 acceptances due to the retroactive ITC renewal. The ratable portion of the product and install revenue increased approximately $1.7 million from $5.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017, to $6.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018. This increase was primarily due to the increase in ratable acceptances through 2017. The upfront portion of the product and install revenue increased approximately $93.8 million from $34.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017, to $128.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018. This increase in upfront product and install revenue was primarily due to the increase in upfront acceptances from

 

99


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

65.5 in the three months ended March 31, 2017 to 166.0 in the three months ended March 31, 2018. The upfront product and install average selling price increased from $5,317 per kilowatt for the three months ended March 31, 2017 to $7,745 per kilowatt for the three months ended March 31, 2018 due to the reinstatement of ITC in 2018.

Due to the reinstatement of ITC in 2018, the average selling price to customers was higher resulting in an overall $60.0 million increase in total revenue in the three months ended March 31, 2018, as compared to three months ended March 31, 2017. The total revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2017 included $2.4 million of benefit from ITC, while the total revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2018 included $62.4 million of benefit from ITC, of which $45.5 million was retroactive for 2017 acceptances. Installation revenue increased approximately $1.8 million, or 14.8%, for the three months ended March 31, 2018, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2017. The increase in installation revenue was lower than the 39.5% increase in associated acceptances, as approximately 50% of the acceptances in the three months ended March 31, 2018 were with a customer that contracted the related installation with a third party.

Service revenue increased approximately $1.3 million, or 7.1%, for the three months ended March 31, 2018, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2017. This was primarily due to the increase in the number of annual maintenance contract renewals, driven by our expanding customer base and corresponding total megawatts deployed.

Electricity revenue increased approximately $0.4 million, or 2.8%, for the three months ended March 31, 2018, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2017.

Total Cost of Revenue and Gross Profit (Loss)

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
     Change 2018 vs. 2017  
     2017      2018      Amount      %  
     (unaudited)                
     (dollars in thousands)  

Cost of revenue:

           

Product

   $ 38,855      $ 80,355      $ 41,500        106.8

Installation

     13,445        10,438        (3,007 )      (22.4 )% 

Service

     18,219        24,253        6,034        33.1

Electricity

     10,876        10,649        (227 )      (2.1 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total cost of revenue

     81,395        125,695        44,300        54.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Gross profit (loss)

   $ (9,198    $ 43,666      $ 52,864        574.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total cost of revenue increased approximately $44.3 million, or 54.4 %, for the three months ended March 31, 2018, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2017. This increase in cost of revenue was primarily attributable to higher product cost of revenue, which was driven by a higher mix of orders through direct sales to customers in which cost of revenue is recognized on acceptance, partially offset by our ongoing cost reduction efforts. However, this increase did not increase at the same rate as the increase in total revenue primarily due to the $45.5 million one-time revenue benefit due to the ITC renewal, while the related one-time costs were only $9.4 million. The number of acceptances in the three months ended March 31, 2017 where cost of revenue was recognized at acceptance was 55.0% of the total acceptances of 119, while the number of acceptances in the three months ended March 31, 2018 where cost of revenue was recognized at acceptance was 100.0% of the total acceptances of 166. Service cost also increased in the same period by $6.0 million primarily due to a higher number of power module replacements driven by the replacement cycle of our Energy Servers.

Product and install cost of revenue increased approximately $38.5 million, or 73.6% from $52.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017, to $90.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018. The ratable

 

100


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

portion of the product and install cost of revenue increased approximately $1.9 million from $2.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017, to $4.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018. This increase was due to the increase in ratable acceptances through 2017. The product and install cost of revenue includes stock based compensation which also increased by $0.1 million from $1.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017, to $1.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018. The remaining upfront portion of the product and install cost of revenue excluding stock based compensation increased approximately $36.4 million from $47.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017, to $84.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018. This increase in upfront product and install cost of revenue was primarily due to the increase in upfront acceptances from 65.5 in the three months ended March 31, 2017 to 166.0 in the three months ended March 31, 2018. The upfront product and install average cost of revenue on a per kilowatt basis, also described as total install system cost (TISC) decreased from $7,305 per kilowatt for the three months ended March 31, 2017 to $5,074 per kilowatt for the three months ended March 31, 2018 due to the higher acceptance volume. We had a one-time cost of $9.4 million included in the product cost of revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2018 associated with supplier agreements that required us to forego previously negotiated discounts if ITC was renewed.

This increase in product and service cost of revenue was offset by $3.0 million of decreased installation costs associated with a customer that contracted the related installation with a third party; as a result, we received only an immaterial amount of installation costs. Service cost increased 33.1% period-over-period. The increase was primarily due to the growth in our installed megawatts deployed, which grew by 26.2% over the same period.

Gross profit improved $52.9 million, or 574.7%, in the three months ended March 31, 2018, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2017. This improvement was generally a result of higher product margins, due to a $60.0 million increase in revenue, primarily due to the benefit of the ITC renewal. We recognized a one-time total revenue benefit of $45.5 million attributable to 2017 acceptances due to the retroactive ITC renewal.

Operating Expenses

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
     Change 2018 vs. 2017  
     2017      2018      Amount      %  
     (unaudited)                
     (dollars in thousands)  

Research and development

   $ 11,223      $ 14,731      $ 3,508        31.3

Sales and marketing

     7,845        8,262        417        5.3

General and administrative

     12,879        14,988        2,109        16.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

   $ 31,947      $ 37,981      $ 6,034        18.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Research and development expenses increased approximately $3.5 million, or 31.3%, in the three months ended March 31, 2018, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2017. This increase was primarily due to compensation related expenses related to hiring and investments for next generation technology development.

Sales and marketing expenses increased approximately $0.4 million, or 5.3%, in the three months ended March 31, 2018, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2017. This increase was primarily due to higher legal expenses of $0.9 million and higher compensation related expenses of $0.1 million, offset by lower consulting expenses of $0.6 million.

General and administrative expenses increased approximately $2.1 million, or 16.4%, in the three months ended March 31, 2018, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2017. The increase in general and administrative expenses was primarily due to an increase in compensation related expenses.

 

101


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Other Income and Expenses

 

    Three Months Ended
March 31,
    Change 2018 vs. 2017  
    2017     2018     Amount     %  
    (unaudited)              
    (dollars in thousands)  

Interest expense

  $ (24,363   $ (23,037   $ 1,326       5.4

Other income (expense), net

    119       (629     (748     (628.6 )% 

Gain (loss) on revaluation of warrant liabilities and embedded derivatives

    215       (4,034     (4,249     (1,976.3 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total

  $ (24,029   $ (27,700   $ (3,671     (15.3 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total other expenses increased $3.7 million, or 15.3%, in the three months ended March 31, 2018, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2017. This increase was due to a $4.3 million loss on our warrant liabilities and embedded derivatives partially offset by lower interest expense of $1.3 million in the three months ended March 31, 2018.

For the three months ended March 31, 2018, the loss on revaluation of warrant liabilities and embedded derivative increased by $4.2 million. This was due to an increase in our derivative valuation adjustment of $7.6 million, offset by a decrease in our warrant valuation of $3.4 million.

Provision for Income Taxes

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
     Change 2018 vs. 2017  
     2017      2018      Amount      %  
     (unaudited)                
     (dollars in thousands)  

Income tax provision

   $ 214      $ 333      $ 119        55.6

Income tax provision increased approximately $0.1 million, or 55.6%, in the three months ended March 31, 2018, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2017 and was primarily due to fluctuations in tax on income earned by international entities due to the general growth of our business in international locations.

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2017

Total Revenue

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
     Change 2017 vs. 2016  
     2016      2017          Amount              %      
     (dollars in thousands)  

Product

   $ 76,478      $ 179,768      $ 103,290        135.1

Installation

     16,584        63,226        46,642        281.2

Service

     67,622        76,904        9,282        13.7

Electricity

     47,856        56,098        8,242        17.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total revenue

   $ 208,540      $ 375,996      $ 167,456        80.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total revenue increased approximately $167.5 million, or 80.3%, for the year ended December 31, 2017, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2016. Product revenue increased approximately $103.3 million, or 135.1%, for the year ended December 31, 2017, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2016. Despite a decrease in acceptances from 687 systems in the year ended December 31, 2016 to 622 systems in the year ended

 

102


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

December 31, 2017, a decrease of 9.5%, product revenue increased 135.1% due to a significantly higher mix of orders through direct sales to customers, where revenue is recognized on acceptance, compared to the Bloom Electrons and managed services financing programs where revenue is recognized over the term of the agreement (generally 10 to 21 years) as electricity revenue or product revenue, respectively. The number of acceptances in 2016 where product and install revenue was recognized at acceptance was 109, or 15.9% of the total acceptances of 687, while the number of acceptances in 2017 where product revenue was recognized at acceptance was 489, or 78.6% of the total acceptances of 622. The mix of orders between our Bloom Electrons and managed services financing programs and direct purchases is generally driven by customer preference.

Product and install revenue increased approximately $149.9 million, or 161.1% from $93.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, to $243.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. The ratable portion of the product and install revenue increased approximately $15.9 million from $9.1 million in 2016 to $25.0 million in 2017. This increase was due to the increase in ratable acceptances through 2017. The upfront portion of the product and install revenue increased approximately $134.0 million from $84.0 million in 2016 to $218.0 million in 2017. This increase in upfront product and install revenue was primarily due to the increase in upfront acceptances from 109 in 2016 to 489 in 2017. The upfront product and install average selling price decreased from $7,705 per kilowatt in 2016 to $4,460 per kilowatt in 2017 due to the loss of ITC in 2017.

Due to the loss of ITC in 2017, the average selling price to customers was lower causing an overall $26.3 million decrease in total revenue in 2017, as compared to 2016. The total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2016 included $35.9 million of benefit from ITC, while the total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2017 included $9.6 million of benefit from ITC.

Installation revenue increased approximately $46.6 million, or 281.2%, for the year ended December 31, 2017, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2016. This was primarily due to the higher mix of orders through our direct purchase program where revenue is recognized on acceptance.

Service revenue increased approximately $9.3 million, or 13.7%, for the year ended December 31, 2017, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2016. This increase was primarily due to the increase in the number of annual maintenance contract renewals, driven by our expanding customer base and corresponding total megawatts deployed.

Electricity revenue increased approximately $8.2 million, or 17.2%, for the year ended December 31, 2017, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2016. This increase was primarily due to the annualized impact of the 106.8 megawatts Bloom Electrons program fully deployed during 2016.

Total Cost of Revenue and Gross Profit (Loss)

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
     Change 2017 vs. 2016  
     2016      2017          Amount              %      
     (dollars in thousands)  

Cost of revenue:

           

Product

   $ 103,283      $ 210,773      $ 107,490        104.1

Installation

     17,725        59,929        42,204        238.1

Service

     155,034        83,597        (71,437      (46.1 )% 

Electricity

     35,987        39,741        3,754        10.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total cost of revenue

     312,029        394,040        82,011        26.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Gross profit (loss)

   $ (103,489    $ (18,044    $ 85,445        82.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total cost of revenue increased approximately $82.0 million, or 26.3%, for the year ended December 31, 2017, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2016. This increase in cost of revenue was primarily

 

103


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

attributable to higher product and installation cost of revenue, which was driven by a higher mix of orders through direct sales to customers in which cost of revenue is recognized on acceptance, partially offset by our ongoing cost reduction efforts. The number of acceptances in 2016 where cost of revenue was recognized at acceptance was 15.9% of the total acceptances of 687, while the number of acceptances in 2017 where cost of revenue was recognized at acceptance was 78.6% of the total acceptances of 622.

The product and install cost of revenue increased approximately $149.7 million, or 123.7% from $121.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, to $270.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. The ratable portion of the product and install cost of revenue increased approximately $11.4 million from $5.2 million in 2016 to $16.6 million in 2017. This increase was due to the increase in ratable acceptances through 2017. The product and install cost of revenue includes stock based compensation which also increased by $1.6 million from $5.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, to $7.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. The remaining upfront portion of the product and install cost of revenue excluding stock based compensation increased approximately $136.7 million from $110.4 million in 2016 to $247.1 million in 2017. This increase in upfront product and install cost of revenue was due to the increase in upfront acceptances from 109 in 2016 to 489 in 2017. The upfront product and install average cost of revenue on a per kilowatt basis, also described as total install system cost (TISC) decreased from $10,127 per kilowatt in 2016 to $5,056 per kilowatt in 2017 due to the increase in upfront acceptances.

This increase in product and installation cost of revenue was offset by $71.4 million of decreased service costs associated with ongoing operations and maintenance of deployed Energy Servers in the ordinary course of business due to a lower number of power module replacements as the life of our product continues to lengthen.

Gross loss improved $85.4 million, or 82.6%, in the year ended December 31, 2017, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2016. This improvement was generally a result of higher service margins, due to a $71.4 million reduction in service costs associated with ongoing operations and maintenance of deployed Energy Servers in the ordinary course of business due to a lower number of power module replacements as the life of our product continues to lengthen.

Operating Expenses

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
     Change 2017 vs. 2016  
     2016      2017          Amount              %      
     (dollars in thousands)  

Research and development

   $ 46,848      $ 51,146      $ 4,298        9.2

Sales and marketing

     29,101        32,415        3,314        11.4

General and administrative

     61,545        55,674        (5,871      (9.5 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

   $ 137,494      $ 139,235      $ 1,741        1.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Research and development expenses increased approximately $4.3 million, or 9.2%, in the year ended December 31, 2017, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2016. This increase was primarily due to compensation related expenses related to hiring and investments for next generation technology development.

Sales and marketing expenses increased approximately $3.3 million, or 11.4%, in the year ended December 31, 2017, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2016. Compensation related costs increased $1.6 million from the prior period due to increases in incentive compensation, stock-based compensation and bonus achievement, as well as sales development related expenses of $1.7 million.

General and administrative expenses decreased approximately $5.9 million, or 9.5%, in the year ended December 31, 2017, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2016. The decrease in general and administrative expenses was primarily due to a decrease in professional service expenses of $5.8 million related to decreased legal expenses.

 

104


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Other Income and Expenses

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
    Change 2017 vs. 2016  
     2016     2017         Amount             %      
     (dollars in thousands)  

Interest expense

   $ (81,190   $ (108,623   $ (27,433     (33.8 )% 

Other income (expense), net

     (379     268       647       170.7

Gain (loss) on revaluation of warrant liabilities and embedded derivatives

     (13,035     (14,995     (1,960     15.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total

   $ (94,604   $ (123,350   $ (28,746     (30.4 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total other expenses increased $28.7 million, or 30.4%, in the year ended December 31, 2017, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2016. This increase was due to interest expense increasing $27.4 million, or 33.8%, in the year ended December 31, 2017, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase was due to the higher balances of financing obligations and outstanding debt in 2017, compared to the prior year.

For the year ended December 31, 2017, the loss on revaluation of warrant liabilities and embedded derivative increased by $2.0 million. This was primarily due to an increase in our derivative valuation adjustment of $13.4 million, offset by a decrease in our warrant valuation of $11.4 million.

Provision for Income Taxes

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
     Change 2017 vs. 2016  
     2016      2017          Amount              %      
     (dollars in thousands)  

Income tax provision

   $ 729      $ 636      $ (93      (12.8 )% 

Income tax provision decreased approximately $0.1 million, or 12.8%, in the year ended December 31, 2017, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2016 and was primarily due to fluctuations in tax on income earned by international entities due to the general growth of our business in international locations.

 

105


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following tables set forth selected unaudited quarterly statements of operations data for each of the nine quarters ending March 31, 2018. The information for each of these quarters has been prepared on the same basis as the audited annual financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and, in the opinion of management, includes all adjustments, which includes only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of the results of operations for these periods in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. This data should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. These quarterly operating results are not necessarily indicative of our operating results for a full year or any future period.

 

    Three Months Ended  
    Mar. 31,
2016
    Jun. 30,
2016
    Sep. 30,
2016
    Dec. 31,
2016
    Mar. 31,
2017
    Jun. 30,
2017
    Sep. 30,
2017
    Dec. 31,
2017
    Mar. 31,
2018
 

Consolidated statements of operations data:

                 

Revenue

                 

Product

  $ 10,300     $ 20,429     $ 18,456     $ 27,293     $ 27,665     $ 39,935     $ 45,255     $ 66,913     $ 121,307  

Installation

    2,211       4,069       3,573       6,731       12,293       14,354       14,978       21,601       14,118  

Service

    15,790       16,606       17,247       17,979       18,591       18,875       19,511       19,927       19,907  

Electricity

    10,532       11,434       12,623       13,267       13,648       13,619       14,021       14,810       14,029  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    38,833       52,538       51,899       65,270       72,197       86,783       93,765       123,251       169,361  

Cost of revenue

                 

Product

    20,985       27,023       26,333       28,942       38,855       47,545       53,923       70,450       80,355  

Installation

    2,594       4,446       3,735       6,950       13,445       14,855       14,696       16,933       10,438  

Service

    32,293       27,765       54,572       40,404       18,219       21,308       30,058       14,012       24,253  

Electricity

    8,583       6,817       10,861       9,726       10,876       8,881       10,178       9,806       10,649  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    64,455       66,051       95,501       86,022       81,395       92,589       108,855       111,201       125,695  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit (loss)

    (25,622     (13,513     (43,602     (20,752     (9,198     (5,806     (15,090     12,050       43,666  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

                 

Research and development

    10,650       11,567       11,877       12,754       11,223       12,368       12,374       15,181       14,731  

Sales and marketing

    6,826       7,247       6,740       8,288       7,845       8,663       6,561       9,346       8,262  

General and administrative

    13,184       13,827       19,872       14,662       12,879       14,325       13,652       14,818       14,988  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    30,660       32,641       38,489       35,704       31,947       35,356       32,587       39,345       37,981  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit (loss) from operations

    (56,282     (46,154     (82,091     (56,456     (41,145     (41,162     (47,677     (27,295     5,685  

Interest expense

    (18,875     (18,650     (19,866     (23,799     (24,363     (25,554     (28,899     (29,807     (23,037

Other expense, net

    (66     (231     122       (204     119       14       (40     175       (629

Gain (loss) on revaluation of warrant liabilities and embedded derivatives

    5,380       (3,927     (5,351     (9,137     215       (668     572       (15,114     (4,034
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss before income taxes

    (69,843     (68,962     (107,186     (89,596     (65,174     (67,370     (76,044     (72,041     (22,015

Income tax provision

    204       221       228       76       214       228       314       (120     333  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (70,047     (69,183     (107,414     (89,672     (65,388     (67,598     (76,358     (71,921     (22,348

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest and redeemable noncontrolling interests

    (10,607     (17,353     (16,480     (12,218     (5,856     (4,123     (4,527     (4,160     (4,632
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (59,440   $ (51,830   $ (90,934   $ (77,454   $ (59,532   $ (63,475   $ (71,831   $ (67,761   $ (17,716
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

106


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Quarterly Revenue Trends

Product and installation revenue can vary quarter to quarter due to changes in the buying behavior of our customers as customers shift to or from managed services and Bloom Electrons orders where revenue is recognized over the term of the agreement, as opposed to purchase or lease transactions, where revenue is generally recognized up front. Since we offer these different types of purchase options and the accounting treatment for these options can differ, the timing of revenue recognition quarter by quarter could be impacted by the mix of purchase, lease and Bloom Electrons orders in a particular quarter. However, going forward, we expect most of our revenue to be recognized generally up front at acceptance. Additionally, service revenue and electricity revenue have increased over time due to the continued expansion of our deployed fleet.

In addition, quarterly revenue is likely to fluctuate based on, among other things, the factors discussed under “Factors Affecting Our Future Performance.” For example, beginning in the quarter ended December 31, 2016, large installations were accepted by customers under direct purchase arrangements, resulting in higher product revenue in those periods. In addition, for the quarter ended March 31, 2018, product revenue increased over the prior quarters due to the one-time benefit of $43.9 million attributable to 2017 acceptances due to the retroactive ITC renewal.

Quarterly Gross Profit Trends

Quarterly gross profit (loss) fluctuates with total revenue, the level of investment associated with maintaining and upgrading the deployed fleet, and to a lesser extent, the ability to achieve estimated installation cost for new site installations. Quarterly gross profit (loss) exhibited larger losses in the quarters where product revenue was lowest and investments in the deployed fleet are highest. For the three months ended March 31, 2018, gross profit had the benefit of the one-time benefit of $45.5 million attributable to 2017 acceptances due to the retroactive ITC renewal, offset by an incremental $9.4 million in supplier costs associated with the ITC renewal for a net benefit of $36.1 million to gross profit.

 

107


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Quarterly Key Operating Metrics

 

    Three Months Ended  
    Mar. 31,     Jun. 30,     Sep. 30,     Dec. 31,     Mar. 31,     Jun. 30,     Sep. 30,     Dec. 31,     Mar. 31,  
    2016     2016     2016     2016     2017     2017     2017     2017     2018  

Product accepted during the period (in 100 kilowatt systems)

    136       162       185       204       119       162       141       201       166  

Megawatts deployed as of period end

    194       208       220       235       247       263       277       297       312  
    Three Months Ended  
    Mar. 31,     Jun. 30,     Sep. 30,     Dec. 31,     Mar. 31,     Jun. 30,     Sep. 30,     Dec. 31,     Mar. 31,  
    2016     2016     2016     2016     2017     2017     2017     2017     2018  

Billings for product accepted in the period

  $ 101,975     $ 126,559     $ 142,052     $ 151,958     $ 48,105     $ 64,475     $ 56,876     $ 78,646     $ 121,143  

Billings for installation on product accepted in the period

    22,071       27,379       30,808       34,422       23,027       25,803       20,106       27,516       11,896  

Billings for annual maintenance services agreements

    9,835       14,237       22,005       21,742       14,882       18,181       23,689       23,130       14,122  

Ratable value of contracts accepted in the period

    84,845       85,525       104,733       109,126       9,566       10,903       464       720       (17,140
    Three Months Ended  
    Mar. 31,     Jun. 30,     Sep. 30,     Dec. 31,     Mar. 31,     Jun. 30,     Sep. 30,     Dec. 31,     Mar. 31,  
    2016     2016     2016     2016     2017     2017     2017     2017     2018  

Product costs of product accepted in the period (per kilowatt)

  $ 5,086     $ 4,809     $ 4,383     $ 3,826     $ 3,999     $ 3,121     $ 3,386     $ 2,944     $ 3,855  

Period costs of manufacturing related expenses not included in product costs (in thousands)

    4,302       4,586       6,869       6,143       7,397       8,713       7,152       9,174       10,785  

Installation costs on product accepted in the period (per kilowatt)

    1,280       1,481       1,056       1,170       1,974       1,306       1,263       829       526  

Quarterly Key Operating Metric Trends

Acceptance volume sequentially increased quarter-over-quarter from March 31, 2016 to December 31, 2016, from 136 systems to 204 systems as we installed more systems from backlog. However, acceptance

 

108


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

volume declined to 119 systems for the quarter ended March 31, 2017 from 204 for the quarter ended December 31, 2016. The decline was driven by extreme weather related seasonality on both the East Coast and West Coast which impacted our ability to install Energy Servers at our customer sites. Acceptance volume increased to 166 systems for the quarter ended March 31, 2018, an increase of 47 systems from the quarter ended March 31, 2017, as we were able to install more systems at customer sites from backlog. Acceptances achieved from March 31, 2016 to March 31, 2018, added to our installed base, and therefore increased our megawatts deployed from 194 megawatts to 312 megawatts, respectively.

Both the billings for product accepted in the period and the billings for installation on products accepted in the period from the quarter ended March 31, 2016 to the quarter ended March 31, 2018 were due to the changes in acceptances over these periods. For the quarter ended March 31, 2017, product accepted was 119 systems, a decrease of 41.7% from 204 systems accepted for the quarter ended December 31, 2016. Over the same period, the billings for product and installation accepted combined was $71.1 million, a decrease of 61.8% over the billings for product and installation accepted combined of $186.4 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2016. The decrease in that period was primarily due to the lower volume and the lower average selling price to customers to offset the loss of the ITC in 2017. The billings for product and installation accepted grew by 87.0% to $133.0 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2018 relative to the quarter ended March 31, 2017 as acceptance volume increased and ITC was reinstated. Our ability to achieve acceptances in any given quarter is driven by a number of factors, including customer site readiness, ability to secure appropriate permitting and a number of other factors including extreme weather conditions and various natural disasters. The billings for annual maintenance services agreements fluctuated over the period due to the timing of the anniversaries of the acceptances and annual maintenance services agreements.

For the nine quarters from March 31, 2016 to March 31, 2018, our product costs of product accepted declined from $5,086 per kilowatt to $3,855 per kilowatt, an overall reduction of 24.2%. The cost reduction was primarily due to our ongoing cost reduction efforts to reduce material costs, labor and overhead through improved automation of our factories, better factory utilization and ongoing material cost reduction programs with our vendors. Our product costs increased from $3,826 per kilowatt for the quarter ended December 31, 2016 to $3,999 per kilowatt hour for the quarter ended March 31, 2017 due to lower acceptance volume in that period, allocating more per unit fixed manufacturing costs to our product costs. Similarly, our product costs increased from $2,944 per kilowatt for the quarter ended December 31, 2017 to $3,855 per kilowatt for the quarter ended March 31, 2018 due to lower acceptance volume in that period, allocating more per unit fixed cost to our product costs.

Our period costs of manufacturing related expenses generally increased over the same period. Period costs for manufacturing related expenses not included in product costs for the quarter ended December 31, 2016 was $6.1 million, an increase of 42.8% compared to $4.3 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2016. The increase was due to one-time year-end write-offs for excess and obsolete inventory and other items. Period costs for manufacturing related expenses not included in product costs for the quarter ended March 31, 2018 was $10.8 million, an increase of 45.8% compared to $7.4 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2017. While actual manufacturing spending decreased in the quarter ended March 31, 2018 relative to the quarter ended March 31, 2017, the period costs of manufacturing related expenses not included in product costs, which represents the unabsorbed manufacturing costs to produce our Energy Servers, increased due to lower production volumes in the period.

While we are focused on reducing the cost to install our Energy Servers, our installation costs on product accepted over the eight quarter period were generally impacted by the size of the installations, as well as the complexity of the sites.

Components of Consolidated Assets and Liabilities

We are a minority shareholder in several PPA project companies for the administration of our Bloom Electrons program. Those project companies contain debt that is non-recourse to us and the project companies

 

109


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

also own Energy Server assets for which we do not have title. We do not intend to be a minority investor in any new PPA entities and believe by presenting our assets and liabilities separate from the PPA entities provides a better view of the true operations of our core business. The table below provides detail into the assets and liabilities of Bloom and the PPA entities.

 

    December 31, 2016     December 31, 2017     March 31, 2018  
    Bloom     PPA     Consolidated     Bloom     PPA     Consolidated     Bloom     PPA     Consolidated  
    (in thousands)     (in thousands)     (in thousands)  

Assets

                 

Current assets

  $ 351,934     $ 40,151     $ 392,085     $ 383,209     $ 36,772     $ 419,981     $ 360,758     $ 40,572     $ 401,330  

Long-term assets

    234,818       577,144       811,962       267,350       533,656       801,006       258,112       525,192       783,304  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

    586,752       617,295       1,204,047       650,559       570,428       1,220,987       618,870       565,764       1,184,634  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

                 

Current liabilities

    235,777       4,377       240,154       247,464       3,684       251,148       216,398       5,212       221,610  

Current portion of debt

    1,694       19,245       20,939       1,690       18,446       20,136       6,017       19,108       25,125  

Long-term liabilities

    412,626       16,094       428,720       513,367       15,768       529,135       514,809       13,612       528,421  

Long-term portion of debt

    414,936       358,410       773,346       579,155       342,050       921,205       587,685       337,657       925,342  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

  $ 1,065,033     $ 398,126     $ 1,463,159     $ 1,341,676     $ 379,948     $ 1,721,624     $ 1,324,909     $ 375,589     $ 1,700,498  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We finance our operations, including the costs of acquisition and installation of Energy Servers, mainly through a variety of financing arrangements and PPA entities, credit facilities from banks, sales of our preferred stock, debt financings and cash generated from our operations. As of March 31, 2018, we had cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments of $88.2 million and $20.1 million, respectively.

We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments will be sufficient to meet our operating cash flow, capital requirements and other cash flow needs for at least the next 12 months. Our future capital requirements may vary materially from those currently planned and will depend on many factors, including our rate of revenue growth, the timing and extent of spending on research and development efforts and other business initiatives, the rate of growth in the volume of system builds, the expansion of sales and marketing activities, market acceptance of our products, the timing of receipt by us of distributions from our PPA entities and overall economic conditions. We do not currently expect to receive significant cash distributions from our PPA entities. To the extent that current and anticipated future sources of liquidity are insufficient to fund our future business activities and requirements, we may be required to seek additional debt or equity financing. The sale of additional equity would result in additional dilution to our stockholders. The incurrence of debt financing would result in debt service obligations and the instruments governing such debt could provide for operating and financing covenants that would restrict our operations. Further, as most of our assets are collateralized in existing debt arrangements, new debt financing may be unsecured which may result in higher interest rate obligations.

Credit Facilities

Bloom Energy Indebtedness

In May 2013, we entered into a $5.0 million credit agreement and a $12.0 million financing agreement to help fund the building of a new facility in Newark, Delaware. The $5.0 million loan expired in December 2016. The $12.0 million loan bears an annual interest rate of LIBOR, plus 4%. The weighted average interest rate of these borrowings was 4.5% and 5.1% for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively. The loan requires monthly payments and is secured by the manufacturing facility. As of December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018, the outstanding debt related to these credit agreements was $4.9 million and $4.5 million, respectively. Under the terms of these credit agreements, we are required to comply with various restrictive covenants. As of December 31, 2017

 

110


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

and March 31, 2018, we were in compliance with all of the covenants. In addition, the credit agreements also include a cross-default provision which provides that the remaining balance of borrowings under the agreements will be due and payable immediately if a lien is placed on the Newark facility in the event we default on any indebtedness in excess of $100,000 individually or $300,000 in the aggregate.

Between December 2014 and June 2015, we issued $193.2 million of three-year subordinated secured convertible promissory notes (the 8% Notes) to certain investors. The 8% Notes bear a fixed annual interest rate of 8.0%, compounded monthly, and are payable in cash or in kind at the election of the investor. The 8% Notes were originally due at maturity in December 2017, but in January 2018, we amended the terms of the 8% Notes to extend the payment terms to December 2019 and December 2020. The accrued interest would be due on each anniversary of the respective original issuance date of the 8% Notes. As of December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018, the outstanding principal and accrued interest on the 8% Notes was $244.7 million and $249.4 million, respectively. The outstanding principal and accrued interest on each 8% Note, other than the Constellation Note (as defined below), will mandatorily convert into shares of our Series G convertible preferred stock at a conversion price per share of $25.76, and each such share of Series G convertible preferred stock will convert automatically into one share of our common stock, immediately prior to completion of an initial public offering. In January 2018, we entered into an amended and restated subordinated convertible promissory note with Constellation NewEnergy, Inc. (the Constellation Note), one of the existing holders of the 8% Notes, which reduced the interest rate of such note to a fixed annual interest rate of 5.0%, compounded monthly, and provided that the outstanding principal and accrued interest on such note may be converted prior to the closing of this offering, at the option of the holder, into shares of our Series G convertible preferred stock as described above, or, after the closing of this offering, into shares of our Class B common stock at a conversion price per share of $25.76.

In December 2015, we entered into two promissory note agreements with J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Canadian Pension Plan Investment Board (CPPIB) for the issuance of $160.0 million of convertible promissory notes. The notes (the 6% Notes) bear a 6.0% fixed interest rate, compounded monthly, and are due at maturity in December 2020. Interest on these notes is payable in cash or by the issuance of additional 6% Notes. As of December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018, the debt outstanding under the 6% Notes was $286.1 million and $290.4 million, respectively, including accrued interest. In January 2016, we issued an additional $25.0 million aggregate principal amount of these notes, and in September 2016 we issued an additional $75.0 million aggregate principal amount of these notes. In September 2017, J.P. Morgan’s principal and interest balance associated with the initial issuance of $160.0 million was transferred to CPPIB. Under the terms of the indenture governing the 6% Notes, we are required to comply with various restrictive covenants, including meeting reporting requirements, such as the preparation and delivery of audited consolidated financial statements, and restrictions on investments. As of December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018, we were in compliance with all of such covenants. In addition, we are required to maintain collateral which secures the 6% Notes in an amount equal to 200% of the principal amount of and accrued and unpaid interest on the outstanding notes. This minimum collateral test is not a negative covenant and does not result in a default if not met. However, the minimum collateral test does restrict us with respect to investing in non-PPA subsidiaries. If we do not meet the minimum collateral test, we cannot invest cash into any non-PPA subsidiary that is not a guarantor of the notes.

The outstanding principal and accrued interest do not mandatorily convert into common stock in the event of an initial public offering. At the election of the investors, the accrued interest and the unpaid principal can be converted into common stock at any time following an initial public offering with gross proceeds of at least $150.0 million (Qualified IPO) and prior to the maturity date. Following the Qualified IPO, the outstanding amount of the 6% Notes will be convertible into shares of Class B common stock at a conversion price per share equal to the lower of $30.91 and 75% of the offering price of our Class A common stock sold in this offering. These notes are also convertible upon a change of control prior to a Qualified IPO. The notes are also redeemable at our option, in whole or in part, in connection with a change of control or if our common stock trades at a price equal to at least 150% of the public offering price per share for this offering for a period of 20 trading days during a period of 30 consecutive trading days at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the

 

111


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

notes plus accrued but unpaid interest. The 6% Notes also include a cross-acceleration provision which provides that the holders of at least 25% of the outstanding principal amount of the 6% Notes may cause such notes to become immediately due and payable if we or any of our subsidiaries default on any indebtedness in excess of $15.0 million such that the repayment of such indebtedness is accelerated. In addition, in connection with the issuance of these additional notes, we agreed to issue to certain purchasers of the notes, upon the occurrence of certain conditions, warrants to purchase up to a maximum of 469,333 shares of our Class B common stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share. The warrants will automatically be deemed exercised pursuant to their terms immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

In June 2017, we issued $100.0 million of senior secured notes. The notes (the “10% Notes”) mature in July 2024 and bear a 10.0% fixed rate of interest, payable semi-annually. The notes have a continuing security interest in the cash flows payable to us as servicing, operations and maintenance fees, as well as administrative fees from the five active power purchase agreements in our Bloom Electrons program. As of March 31, 2018, the debt outstanding under the 10% Notes was $100.0 million. Under the terms of the indenture governing the 10% Notes, we are required to comply with various restrictive covenants, including meeting reporting requirements, such as the preparation and delivery of audited consolidated financial statements, and restrictions on investments. As of March 31, 2018, we were in compliance with all of such covenants. In addition, we are required to maintain collateral which secures the 10% Notes based on debt ratio analyses. This minimum collateral test is not a negative covenant and does not result in a default if not met. However, the minimum collateral test does restrict us with respect to investing in non-PPA subsidiaries. If we do not meet the minimum collateral test, we cannot invest cash into any non-PPA subsidiary that is not a guarantor of the notes.

PPA Entities’ Indebtedness

Bloom Electrons, our PPA financing program, is financed via special purpose investment entities (PPA entities). These entities are financed by third-party investors and us. The capitalization of a PPA entity is generally comprised of tax equity investors, debt providers and us, as a minority shareholder (generally less than 10% of the capital stock). The debt that is invested into the PPA entities is non-recourse to us.

Our PPA entities have available lines of credit with financial institutions that allow them to borrow funds for purchase and construction of equipment, additional working capital, and general corporate purposes. These credit facilities are secured by the PPA entities’ assets and subject to guaranties by Bloom. Each of such PPA entities is obligated to make quarterly principal and interest payments according to a schedule agreed between us, the tax equity investors and the debt providers. The debt is either a “term loan”, where the final maturity date coincides with the expiration of the offtake agreements included in the project, or a “mini-perm loan”, where the final maturity date occurs at some point prior to such expiration; in the case of these “mini-perm loans”, we will need to refinance these loans on or prior to their maturity date by procuring debt from other sources and using the proceeds of such new debt to repay the existing loans.

On March 20, 2013, PPA Company II entered into an agreement to refinance an existing loan. The total amount of the loan was $144.8 million, which included $28.8 million to repay outstanding principal of existing debt, $21.7 million for debt service reserves and transaction costs, and $94.3 million to fund the remaining system purchases. The loan is a fixed rate term loan that bears an annual interest rate of 5.22% payable quarterly. The loan has a fixed amortization schedule of the principal, beginning March 30, 2014, which requires repayment in full by March 30, 2025. The loan is also non-recourse and secured by all of the assets of PPA Company II. As of December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018, the debt outstanding was $91.1 million and $88.4 million, respectively. Under the terms of this credit agreement, PPA Company II is required to comply with various covenants including restrictions on indebtedness, and must also maintain a debt service coverage ratio, as defined in the loan agreement, at the end of each fiscal quarter in order to make any distributions or pay any dividends. As of December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018, PPA Company II was in compliance with all of the covenants. In addition, the loan also includes a cross-default provision which provides that holders of more than 25% of the outstanding principal amount of the loan may cause the remaining amount under the loan to be due and payable

 

112


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

immediately if PPA Company II defaults on any indebtedness in excess of $1.5 million and such default causes the repayment of such indebtedness to be accelerated.

In December 2012, PPA Company IIIa entered into a $46.8 million credit agreement to help fund the purchase and installation of our Energy Servers. The loan requires quarterly payments, is due in September 2028, and bears a fixed interest rate of 7.5% payable quarterly. The loan is secured by PPA Company IIIa’s machinery and equipment, account receivables, inventory and other assets, as well as the 100% equity interest in PPA Company IIIa held by 2012 V PPA Holdco, LLC. As of December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018, the debt outstanding was $41.9 million and $41.6 million, respectively. Under the terms of this credit agreement, PPA Company IIIa is required to comply with various covenants, including meeting reporting requirements, such as the preparation and delivery of audited consolidated financial statements, and restrictions on indebtedness. PPA Company IIIa must also maintain a debt service coverage ratio, as defined in the credit agreement, at the end of each fiscal quarter in order to make any distributions or pay any dividends. As of December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018, PPA Company IIIa was in compliance with all of the covenants. In addition, the credit agreement also includes a cross-default provision which provides that the lender will no longer be obligated to make any loan commitments and the remaining obligations under the credit agreement shall become due and payable immediately if PPA Company IIIa defaults on any indebtedness in excess of $500,000 or the repayment of any indebtedness is accelerated.

In September 2013, PPA Company IIIb entered into a credit agreement to help fund the purchase and installation of our Energy Servers. In accordance with that agreement, PPA Company IIIb issued floating rate debt based on an annual LIBOR rate, plus a margin of 5.2%. The debt requires quarterly principal payments and is due in October 2020. The weighted average interest rate of these borrowings was 6.0% and 6.5% for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively. The aggregate amount of the debt facility is $32.5 million, which includes $1.45 million to be placed in a debt service reserve account. The loan is secured by PPA Company IIIb’s machinery and equipment, account receivables, inventory and other assets, as well as the 100% equity interest in PPA Company IIIb held by 2013 ESA Holdco, LLC. As of December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018, the debt outstanding was $25.6 million and $25.4 million, respectively. Under the terms of this credit agreement, PPA Company IIIb is required to comply with various covenants, including meeting reporting requirements, such as the preparation and delivery of audited consolidated financial statements, and restrictions on indebtedness. In addition, PPA Company IIIb must also maintain a historical debt service coverage ratio, as defined in the credit agreement, and a prospective debt service coverage ratio, as defined in the credit agreement, at the end of each fiscal quarter in order to make any distributions or pay any dividends. As of December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018, PPA Company IIIb was in compliance with all of the covenants. In addition, the credit agreement also includes a cross-default provision which provides that the lender may demand that the remaining obligations under the credit agreement be due and payable immediately if PPA Company IIIb defaults in payment on any indebtedness in excess of $500,000 or the repayment of any indebtedness is accelerated.

In July 2014, PPA Company IV issued senior secured notes (PPA IV Notes) amounting to $99.0 million to third parties to help fund the purchase and installation of our Energy Servers. The PPA IV Notes bear a fixed annual interest rate of 6.1%, payable quarterly. The principal amount of the PPA IV Notes is payable quarterly starting in December 2015 and ending in March 2030. The PPA IV Notes are secured by all the assets of the PPA Company IV. As of December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018, the aggregate balance outstanding under the PPA IV Notes was $85.3 million and $84.9 million, respectively. Under the terms of the note purchase agreement, PPA Company IV is required to comply with various covenants, including meeting reporting requirements, such as the preparation and delivery of audited consolidated financial statements, and restrictions on indebtedness. In addition, PPA Company IV must also maintain a debt service coverage ratio, as defined in the loan agreement, at the end of each fiscal quarter in order to make any distributions or pay any dividends. As of December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018, PPA Company IV was in compliance with all of the covenants. In addition, the notes also include a cross-default provision which provides that holders of more than 25% of the principal amount of the notes may cause the loan to be due and payable immediately if PPA Company IV defaults on any indebtedness in excess of $1.5 million such that the repayment of such indebtedness is accelerated.

 

113


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In June 2015, PPA Company V entered into a $131.2 million credit agreement to help fund the purchase and installation of our Energy Servers. PPA Company V has issued floating rate debt with an interest rate based on LIBOR plus an applicable margin over LIBOR. The applicable margins used for calculating interest expense are 2.25% for years 1-3 following the Term Conversion Date and 2.5% thereafter. The loan was initially in the form of a “construction loan”, with a stated maturity date of February 28, 2017, and was converted into a “term loan” on February 28, 2017 (“Term Conversion Date”). The loan will mature on December 31, 2021. The weighted average interest rate of borrowings was 2.6% and 3.3% for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively. The loan requires quarterly principal payments beginning in March 2017 and is due in December 2021. The loan is secured by PPA Company V’s machinery and equipment, account receivables, inventory and other assets, as well as the 100% equity interest in PPA Company V held by 2015 ESA Holdco, LLC. As of December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018, the debt outstanding was $128.4 million and $127.7 million, respectively. Under the terms of the credit agreement, PPA Company V is required to comply with various covenants, including meeting reporting requirements, such as the preparation and delivery of audited consolidated financial statements, and restrictions on indebtedness, and must also maintain a debt service coverage ratio, as defined in the credit agreement, at the end of each fiscal quarter in order to make any distributions or pay any dividends. As of December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018, PPA Company V was in compliance with all of the covenants. In addition, the credit agreement also includes a cross-default provision which provides that lender may immediately terminate all lending commitments and request the remaining amount under the loan agreement be due and payable immediately if PPA Company V defaults on any indebtedness such that the repayment of such indebtedness is accelerated.

Pursuant to the loan documents entered into by the applicable PPA entity in connection with each applicable project company, such project company may be required to prepay some or all of the then-outstanding Project Debt associated with the applicable PPA project. The following is intended to be representative of the common pre-payment circumstances that are globally applicable. This is not an exhaustive list of possible scenarios, as individual PPA projects have individually-negotiated prepayment circumstances beyond what is presented here:

 

  Default : As a general matter, the lenders associated with each PPA project may require the immediate repayment of all outstanding debt upon the occurrence of an event of default by the PPA entity under the loan documents. Events of default are contractually negotiated on an individual basis in each project, but typically include (i) failure to pay when due any sums owed under the loan documents, (ii) the untruth or inaccuracy of material representations and warranties made by the PPA entity under the loan documents, (iii) the failure to perform any covenants of the PPA entity under the loan documents, (iv) bankruptcy events of the PPA entity and (v) loss or abandonment of project assets, including by eminent domain.

 

  Proceeds of Insurance : The Project Debt documents require that any proceeds of casualty insurance maintained with respect to the project assets be used to prepay the Project Debt unless such funds are used to repair or replace the applicable assets.

 

  Warranty Proceeds : The Project Debt documents require that any funds paid by us to the applicable PPA entity in connection with refund claims for failure to meet the Output Warranty or Efficiency Warranty set forth in the applicable O&M Agreement be used to prepay the Project Debt.

 

  Termination Value Payments : The Project Debt documents require that any funds received by the PPA entity from a PPA customer in the form of a termination value payment made in connection with such customer’s early termination of an offtake agreement be used to prepay the Project Debt.

 

  Asset Sales : The Project Debt documents require that any funds received by the PPA entity in connection with the sale of any project assets be used to prepay the Project Debt.

In addition, under PPA Company II’s credit agreement, PPA Company II is obligated to offer to repay all outstanding debt in the event that we obtain an investment grade credit rating unless we provide a guarantee of the debt obligations of the PPA Company II. Upon receipt of such offer, the lenders may elect to require PPA

 

114


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Company II to prepay all remaining amounts owed under PPA Company II’s project debt. Under PPA Company IIIa’s credit agreement, on or before February 19, 2019 PPA Company IIIa is obligated to offer its lenders an insurance policy or performance bond to mitigate the risk that we will fail to perform our obligations under our operation and maintenance obligations to PPA Company IIIa. Upon receipt of such an offer, the lenders may elect to require PPA Company IIIa to obtain such insurance policy or performance bond, at PPA Company IIIa’s expense, or elect to require PPA Company IIIa to prepay all remaining amounts owed under PPA Company IIIa’s project debt. Under PPA Company IV’s credit agreement, PPA Company IV is obligated to offer to repay all outstanding debt in the event that at any time we fail to own (directly or indirectly) at least 50.1% of the equity interest of PPA Company IV not owned by the tax equity investor(s). Upon receipt of such offer, the lenders may elect to require PPA Company IV to prepay all remaining amounts owed under PPA Company IV’s project debt.

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2016      2017      2017      2018  
     (in thousands)  
                             

Net cash provided by (used in):

           

Operating activities

   $ (282,826    $ (67,176    $ (64,047    $ (34,487

Investing activities

     (8,979      (31,933      (936      6,536  

Financing activities

     283,383        61,806        (3,204      (9,069
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

   $ (8,422    $ (37,303    $ (68,187    $ (37,020
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2016      2017      2017      2018  
     (in thousands)  
                             

Net cash used in operating activities

   $ (282,826    $ (67,176    $ (64,047    $ (34,487

Net cash provided by (used in) purchase of property, plant and equipment

     (8,979      (31,933      (936      6,536  

Net cash provided by (used in) PPA operating activities and PPA purchase of property, plant and equipment*

     (272,933      (24,797      5,393        16,614  

 

* The PPA operating cash flows, which is a subset of our consolidated cash flows used in operating activities and represents the stand alone cash flows used in operating activities of the combined PPA companies prepared in accordance with GAAP, consists principally of cash used to run the operations of the PPA companies, including the purchase of Energy Servers from Bloom, which was $217.2 million, none, and none for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 and as of March 31, 2018, respectively. PPA entities finance the purchase of Energy Servers through investment by equity investors and debt issuances, which are reflected in the consolidated cash flows from operating activities. We believe this presentation of net cash provided by (used in) PPA operating activities and PPA purchase of property, plant and equipment is useful to provide the reader the impact to consolidated cash flows of the PPA entities which we have only a minority interest.

Operating Activities

In the three months ended March 31, 2018, we used approximately $34.5 million in operating activities. This cash outflow primarily resulted from a net loss of $17.7 million, reduced by non-cash items including

 

115


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

depreciation of approximately $10.8 million and stock-based compensation of approximately $8.0 million. The cash outflow also resulted from an increase in inventory of $6.8 million, an increase in accounts receivable of $28.2 million, a decrease in deferred revenue and customer deposits of approximately $22.3 million relating to upfront milestone payments received from customers and decrease in accrued and other current liabilities of $10.0 million. These outflows were offset by a decrease in deferred cost of revenue of $16.3 million, and an increase in other long-term liabilities of $8.0 million.

In the year ended December 31, 2017, we used approximately $67.1 million in operating activities. This cash outflow primarily resulted from a net loss of $262.6 million, reduced by non-cash items including depreciation of approximately $46.1 million and stock-based compensation of approximately $30.5 million. The cash outflow also resulted from an increase in deferred cost of revenue of $71.0 million. These outflows were offset by a decrease in accounts receivable of $4.8 million, an increase in accounts payable of $7.1 million, an increase in other long-term liabilities of $43.2 million, and an increase in deferred revenue and customer deposits of approximately $91.9 million relating to upfront milestone payments received from customers.

In the year ended December 31, 2016, we used approximately $282.8 million in operating activities. This cash outflow primarily resulted from a net loss of $279.6 million, reduced by non-cash items including depreciation of approximately $43.1 million and stock-based compensation of approximately $28.1 million. The cash outflow also resulted from an increase in customer financing receivables of $211.6 million for purchases of Energy Servers by our PPA entities, an increase in inventory of $0.2 million and an increase in deferred cost of revenue of $84.7 million. This cash outflow was partially offset by an increase in accounts payable of $4.8 million, other current liabilities of $11.2 million, an increase in other long-term liabilities of $46.8 million, and an increase in deferred revenue and customer deposits of approximately $183.6 million relating to upfront milestone payments received from customers.

Cash provided by (used in) operating activities does not reflect the cash payments from our PPA entities for the Energy Servers at the time of acceptance. These cash receipts are generally included within financing activities, due to the consolidation of the PPA entities into our consolidated financial statements.

In the years ended December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018, we collected cash related to billings for product accepted of $295.1 million and $79.3 million, respectively. In the years ended December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018, we collected cash related to billings for installation costs related to product acceptances of $96.6 million and $5.7 million, respectively. Further, in the years ended December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018, we collected cash related to billings for maintenance services agreements of $62.3 million and $10.5 million, respectively.

Investing Activities

Our investing activities consist primarily from purchase of marketable securities and capital expenditures. Capital expenditures include projects by us to maintain or increase the scope of our manufacturing operations. These capital expenditures also include leasehold improvements to our office space, purchases of office equipment, IT infrastructure equipment and furniture and fixtures.

In the three months ended March 31, 2018, we generated approximately $6.5 million in investing activities. This cash inflow is primarily from net maturities of marketable securities $6.7 million offset by $0.2 million for newly purchased capital assets and an investment that improves the useful life of existing capital assets such as manufacturing, testing and tooling equipment.

In the year ended December 31, 2017, we used approximately $31.9 million in investing activities. This cash outflow is primarily used $26.8 million for net purchases of marketable securities and $5.1 million for newly purchased capital assets and an investment that improves the useful life of existing capital assets such as manufacturing, testing and tooling equipment.

 

116


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In the year ended December 31, 2016, we used approximately $9.0 million in investing activities for the acquisition of factory machinery and equipment.

Financing Activities

In the three months ended March 31, 2018, we used approximately $9.1 million from financing activities. The cash outflow is primarily from distributions paid to our PPA tax equity investors of approximately $3.8 million and repayments of $4.8 million of long-term debt and a revolving line of credit.

In the year ended December 31, 2017, we generated approximately $61.8 million from financing activities. We generated approximately $13.6 million of this amount from proceeds from financings in our PPA entities, offset by distributions paid to our PPA tax equity investors of approximately $23.6 million. We received net proceeds of approximately $93.9 million from the issuance of debt, offset by repayments of $21.4 million of long-term debt and a revolving line of credit.

In the year ended December 31, 2016, we generated approximately $283.4 million from financing activities. We generated approximately $209.9 million of this amount from proceeds from financings in our PPA entities, offset by distributions paid to our PPA tax equity investors of approximately $45.8 million. We received net proceeds of approximately $148.2 million from the issuance of debt, offset by repayments of $33.1 million of long-term debt and a revolving line of credit.

Contractual Obligations and Other Commitments

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations and the debt of our consolidated PPA entities that is non-recourse to Bloom as of December 31, 2017:

 

     Payments Due By Period  
     Total      Less than
1 Year
     1-3 Years      3-5 Years      More than
5 Years
 
     (in thousands)  

Contractual Obligations or Other Commitments:

              

Recourse debt (1)

   $ 635,786      $ 1,691      $ 534,095      $ 100,000      $ —    

Non-recourse debt (2)

     372,318        18,446        66,961        159,698        127,213  

Operating leases

     16,070        6,404        8,701        705        260  

Sale-leaseback leases from managed services

     223,041        23,535        73,606        77,494        48,406  

Other sale-leaseback related transactions

     31,781        —          31,781        —          —    

Natural gas fixed price forward contracts

     15,368        4,647        8,216        2,505        —    

Grant for Delaware facility

     10,469        —          —          10,469        —    

Interest rate swap

     5,904        —          393        —          5,511  

Preferred Series G stock liability

     5,150        —          5,150        —          —    

Supplier purchase commitments

     17,533        2,691        14,842        —          —    

Renewable energy credit obligations

     2,364        584        1,780        —          —    

Asset retirement obligations

     500        —          500        —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,336,284      $ 57,998      $ 746,025      $ 350,871      $ 181,390  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)   Our 6% Notes and our credit agreements related to the building of our facility in Newark, Delaware each contain cross-default or cross-acceleration provisions. See “—Credit Facilities—Bloom Energy Indebtedness” above for more details.
(2)   Each of the debt facilities entered into by PPA Company II, PPA Company IIIa, PPA Company IIIb, PPA Company IV and PPA Company V contain cross-default provisions. See “—Credit Facilities—PPA Entities’ Indebtedness” above for more details.

 

117


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Included within the long-term debt balances above is $244.7 million in recourse debt in the form of 8% Notes, $215.9 million of which will convert into shares of Class B common stock automatically at the completion of this offering. Further, $286.1 million of long-term recourse debt is in the form of 6% Notes, net of the $140.8 million adjustment to fair value of the underlying derivative instrument and net of a discount of $3.8 million, which will be convertible into equity as described above. The remaining $103.2 million of the long-term recourse debt is from the 10% Senior Secured Notes and Term Loan. During the year ended December 31, 2017, we generated an additional $73.4 million in sale-leaseback transactions pursuant to incremental managed services arrangements.

In March 2012, we entered into an agreement with the Delaware Economic Development Authority to provide a grant of $16.5 million to us as an incentive to establish a new manufacturing facility in Delaware and to provide employment for full time workers at the facility over a certain period of time. We have two types of milestones that we must complete to retain the entire amount of the grant proceeds. The first milestone was to provide employment for 900 full time workers in Delaware by the end of the current recapture period of September 30, 2017. The second milestone was to pay these full time workers a cumulative total of $108.0 million in compensation by September 30, 2017, the end of the first recapture period. Further, there are two additional recapture periods at which time we must continue to employ 900 full time workers and the cumulative total compensation paid by us is required to be at least $324.0 million by September 30, 2023. As of March 31, 2018, we had 277 full time workers in Delaware and had paid $74.5 million in cumulative compensation. We have so far received $12.0 million of the grant which is contingent upon our meeting the milestones through September 30, 2023. In the event that we do not meet the milestones, we may have to repay the Delaware Economic Development Authority, including up to $5.0 million on September 30, 2021 and up to an additional $2.5 million on September 30, 2023. As of December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018 we had paid $1.5 million for recapture provisions and $10.5 million in other long-term liabilities related to this agreement (see Note 12, Other Long-Term Liabilities , to our consolidated financial statements).

Our PPA entities are structured in a manner such that other than the amount of any equity investment we have made, we do not have any further liability for the debts or other obligations of the PPA entities. In some cases, we were required to guarantee obligations of the PPA entities, such as the performance and operating efficiency warranties of the Energy Servers, representations and warranties made to the other investors in the PPA entity, and the performance of covenants. As a result, we could be obligated to make payments to these PPA entities or the other investors in the event of a breach of these representations, warranties or covenants. As of December 31, 2016, PPA Company IIIb and PPA Company V had $26.3 million and $131.2 million in principal indebtedness outstanding, respectively. PPA Company IIIb’s indebtedness matures in October 2020, although it has power purchase agreements with terms through 2030. As of December 31, 2017, PPA Company IIIb and PPA Company V had $25.6 million and $128.4 million in principal indebtedness outstanding, respectively. PPA Company V’s indebtedness matures on December 31, 2021 although PPA Company V has power purchase agreements with terms through 2031. As of March 31, 2018, PPA Company IIIb and PPA Company V had $25.4 million and $127.7 million in principal indebtedness outstanding, respectively. Accordingly, this indebtedness will need to be refinanced at its maturity date. If we are unable to refinance this indebtedness on similar or more favorable economic terms, the projects could face increased costs than originally anticipated, which could result in us choosing to make additional payments to the entity to cover these additional costs. If we are unable to repay or refinance this indebtedness, the lenders could declare an event of default under the indebtedness.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We include in our consolidated financial statements all assets and liabilities and results of operations of our PPA entities that we have entered into and have substantial control. We have not entered into any other transactions that have generated relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships or special purpose entities. Accordingly, we do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

 

118


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to market risks as part of our ongoing business operations, primarily exposure to changes in interest rates and fuel prices. Our sales contracts are primarily denominated in U.S. dollars, and therefore, substantially all of our revenue is not subject to foreign currency risk. In addition, an increasing portion of our operating expenses is incurred outside the United States, is denominated in foreign currencies, and is subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. If we are not able to successfully hedge against the risks associated with currency fluctuations, our financial condition and operating results could be adversely affected.

Interest Rates

Our cash and cash equivalents are invested in money market funds. Our short-term investments are invested in U.S. Treasury bills. We believe that we do not have any material exposure to changes in fair value as a result of changes in interest rates due to the short-term nature of our cash equivalents and short-term investments. We have not been exposed to material risks on investment income due to changes in interest rates given the low levels of interest being earned on money market funds and U.S. Treasury bills.

We are exposed to interest rate risk related to our indebtedness that bears interest at floating rates based on LIBOR plus a specified margin. We generally hedge interest rate risks of floating-rate debt with interest rate swaps. Changes in interest rates are generally offset by the related hedging instruments. For fixed-rate debt, interest rate changes do not affect our earnings or cash flows. We do not believe that an increase or decrease in interest rates of a hypothetical 10% would have a material effect on our operating results or financial condition.

Commodity Price Risk

We are subject to commodity price risk arising from price movements for natural gas that we supply to customers under certain power purchase agreements to operate our Energy Servers. We manage this risk by entering into forward contracts as economic hedges of commodity price risk to control the cost of natural gas. As a result, we do not believe that a 10% change in commodity prices would have a material effect on our operating results or financial condition.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, costs and expenses and related disclosures. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Our future financial statements will be affected to the extent that our actual results materially differ from these estimates.

We believe that of our significant accounting policies, which are described in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements, the following accounting policies involve a greater degree of judgment and complexity. Accordingly, these are the policies we believe are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our consolidated financial condition and results of operations.

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. GAAP and reflect our accounts and operations and those of our subsidiaries in which we have a controlling financial interest. We use a qualitative approach in assessing the consolidation requirement for our PPA entities. This approach focuses on determining whether we have the power to direct the activities of the PPA entities that most significantly affect the PPA entities’ economic performance and whether we have the obligation to absorb losses, or the right to

 

119


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

receive benefits, that could potentially be significant to the PPAs. For all periods presented, we have determined that we are the primary beneficiary in all of our operational PPA entities because we have a majority of the voting interests of the entities, have the power to direct the activities of the PPA entities and bear the obligation to absorb losses, and the right to receive benefits that could be significant. For additional information, see Note 14, Power Purchase Agreement Programs, to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. We evaluate our relationships with the PPA entities on an ongoing basis to ensure that we continue to be the primary beneficiary. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation. Certain prior period balances have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires our management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes. Significant estimates include assumptions used to compute the best estimate of selling-prices (BESP), fair value of lease and non-lease components, such as estimated output, efficiency and residual value of the Energy Servers, estimates for inventory write-downs, estimates for future cash flows and economic useful lives of property, plant and equipment, other long-term assets, valuation of certain accrued liabilities, such as derivative valuations, accrued warranty and extended maintenance and estimates for recapture of U.S. Treasury grants, income taxes and deferred tax asset valuation allowances, warrant liabilities, stock-based compensation costs, and allocation of profit and losses to the noncontrolling interests. Actual results could differ materially from these estimates under different assumptions and conditions.

Revenue Recognition

We primarily earn revenue from the sale and installation of our Energy Servers to direct and lease customers, by providing services under our operations and maintenance services contracts, and by selling electricity to customers under PPA agreements. We offer our customers several ways to finance their purchase of an Energy Server. Customers may choose to purchase our Energy Servers outright. Customers may also lease our Energy Servers through one of our financing partners as a traditional lease or managed services agreement.

Direct Sales

We recognize revenue from contracts with customers for the sales of products and services included within these contracts in accordance with ASC 605-25 (revenue recognition for multiple-element arrangements).

Revenue from the sale and installation of Energy Servers to direct customers is recognized when all of the following criteria are met:

 

    Persuasive Evidence of an Arrangement Exists. We rely upon non-cancelable sales agreements and purchase orders to determine the existence of an arrangement.

 

    Delivery and Acceptance has Occurred. We use shipping documents and confirmation from our installations team that the deployed systems are running at full power as defined in each contract to verify delivery and acceptance.

 

    The Fee is Fixed or Determinable. We assess whether the fee is fixed or determinable based on the payment terms associated with the transaction.

 

    Collectability is Reasonably Assured. We assess collectability based on the customer’s credit analysis and payment history.

Most of our arrangements, other than renewals of maintenance, are multiple-element arrangements with a combination of Energy Servers, installation, and maintenance services. Products and services generally qualify as separate units of accounting. For multiple-element arrangements, we allocate revenue to each unit of accounting based on an estimated selling price at the arrangement inception. The estimated selling price for each element is based upon the following hierarchy: vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE) of selling price, if available;

 

120


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

third-party evidence (TPE) of selling price, if VSOE of selling price is not available; or best estimate of selling price (BESP), if neither VSOE of selling price nor TPE of selling price are available. The total arrangement consideration is allocated to each separate unit of accounting using the relative estimated selling prices of each unit based on the aforementioned selling price hierarchy. We limit the amount of revenue recognized for delivered elements to an amount that is not contingent upon future delivery of additional products or services or meeting any specified performance conditions.

We have not been able to obtain reliable evidence of the selling price. Given that we have never sold an Energy Server without a maintenance service agreement, and vice-versa, we have no evidence of selling prices for either and virtually no customers have elected to cancel their maintenance agreements and continue to operate the Energy Servers. Our objective is to determine the price at which we would transact business if the items were being sold separately. As a result, we estimate our selling price driven primarily by our expected margin on both the Energy Server and maintenance service agreement based on our respective costs or, in the case of maintenance service agreements, the estimated costs to be incurred during the service period.

Costs for Energy Servers include all direct and indirect manufacturing costs, applicable overhead costs and costs for normal production inefficiencies (i.e., variances). We then apply a margin to the Energy Servers to determine the selling price to be used in our BESP model. Costs for maintenance service arrangements are estimated over the life of the maintenance contracts and include estimated future service costs and future product costs. Product costs over the period of the service arrangement are impacted significantly by the longevity of the fuel cells themselves. After considering the total service costs, we apply a slightly lower margin to our service costs than to our Energy Servers because we intend to transact separate service sales at margins slightly below Energy Server margins.

The determination of BESP is made through consultation with and approval by our management. As our business offerings and eligibility for the ITC evolve over time, we may be required to modify our estimated selling prices in subsequent periods, and our revenue could be adversely affected.

We do not offer extended payment terms or rights of return for our products. Upon shipment of the product, we defer the product’s revenue until the acceptance criteria have been met. Such amounts are recorded within deferred revenue in the consolidated balance sheets. The related cost of such product is also deferred as a component of deferred cost in the consolidated balance sheets until customer acceptance. Prior to shipment of the product, any prepayment made by the customer is recorded as customer deposits. Customer deposits were $29.5 million and $10.2 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively, and were included in deferred revenue and customer deposits in the consolidated balance sheets.

Traditional Leases

Under this financing option, we sell our Energy Servers through a direct sale to a financing partner, who in turn leases the Energy Servers to the customer under a lease agreement between the customer and the financing partner. In addition, we contract with the customer to provide extended maintenance services from the end of the standard one-year warranty period until the remaining duration of the lease term.

Payments received are recorded within deferred revenue and customer deposits in the consolidated balance sheets until the acceptance criteria, as defined within the customer contract, are met. The related cost of such product is also deferred as a component of deferred cost in the consolidated balance sheets, until acceptance.

We also sell extended maintenance services to our customers that effectively extend the standard warranty coverage. Payments from customers for the extended maintenance contracts are received at the beginning of each service year. Accordingly, the customer payment received is recorded as deferred revenue, and revenue is recognized ratably over the extended maintenance contract.

 

121


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

As discussed within the “direct sales” section above, our arrangements with our traditional lease customers are multiple-element arrangements as they include a combination of Energy Servers, installation and extended maintenance services. Accordingly, we recognize revenue from contracts with customers for the sales of products and services included within these contracts in accordance with ASC 605-25 (revenue recognition for multiple-element arrangements).

Operations and Maintenance Services

We typically provide a standard one-year warranty against manufacturing or performance defects and a performance guarantee to our direct sales and traditional lease customers. The performance guarantee has not resulted in any material obligations to date. We also sell to these customers operations and maintenance services that effectively extend the standard warranty coverage under maintenance agreements for up to twenty additional years. These customers generally have an option to renew or cancel the operations and maintenance services on an annual basis. Revenue is recognized from such operations and maintenance services ratably over the term of the service (or annual renewal period).

Managed Services

We are a party to master lease agreements that provide for the sale of Energy Servers to third-parties and the simultaneous leaseback of the systems, which we then sublease to our customers through our managed services program. In sale-leaseback sublease arrangements, we first determine whether the Energy Servers under the sale-leaseback arrangement are “integral equipment.” An Energy Server is determined to be integral equipment when the cost to remove the system from its existing location, including the shipping costs of the Energy Server at the new site, including any diminution in fair value, exceeds 10% of the fair value of the Energy Server at the time of its original installation.

As the Energy Servers are determined not to be integral equipment, we determine if the leaseback is classified as a capital lease or an operating lease. The Company’s managed services arrangements are classified as operating leases. As operating leases, we recognize a portion of the revenue and the associated cost of sale and defer the portion of revenue and cost of sale that represents the gross profit that is equal to the present value of the future minimum lease payments over the master leaseback term. For both capital and operating leasebacks, we record the deferred gross profit in our consolidated balance sheet as deferred income and amortize the deferred income over the leaseback term as a reduction to the leaseback rental expense included in operating leases. To date, our managed services has been classified as operating leases.

PPA Sales

Sales-type Leases. Certain arrangements entered into by Bloom Energy 2009 PPA Project Company, LLC (PPA I), PPA Company IIIa and PPA Company IIIb, our affiliates, qualify as sales-type leases in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 840, Leases (ASC 840). A sale is typically recognized when an Energy Server begins generating electricity and has been accepted. We are responsible for the installation, operation and maintenance of the Energy Servers at the customer’s sites, including running the Energy Servers during the term of the PPAs ranging from 10 to 21 years.

The elements included as part of recurring payments from customers are allocated to revenue using the relative fair value method to both the lease and non-lease elements, including service revenue, which is considered an executory cost, fuel revenue, and interest revenue. Revenue and costs related to such elements are generally recognized over the term of the PPA. The customer has the option to purchase the Energy Servers at the then fair market value at the end of the term of the PPA. Service revenue related to sales-type leases of $6.7 million and $4.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively, and service revenue related to sales-type leases of $1.0 million and $0.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively, is included in service revenue in the consolidated statements of operations. Fuel revenue of

 

122


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

$1.9 million and $1.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively, and fuel revenue of $0.3 million and $0.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively, is included in electricity revenue in the consolidated statements of operations. The interest component of the leased asset is deferred as unearned income and is recognized over the life of the lease term as a component of electricity revenue. Interest revenue of $1.8 million and $1.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, and 2017, respectively, and interest revenue of $0.5 million and $0.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively, is included in electricity revenue in the consolidated statements of operations. We make estimates and judgments about the present value of the minimum lease payments which are based on assumptions that are consistent with our plans and estimates. The amount of our minimum lease payments could be materially affected should the actual amounts differ from our estimates.

Product revenue associated with the sale of the Energy Servers under the PPAs that qualify as sales-type leases is recognized at the present value of the minimum lease payments, which approximate fair value, assuming all other conditions for revenue recognition noted above have also been met.

Operating Leases . PPA arrangements entered into by PPA Company IIIa, PPA Company IIIb, PPA Company IV, and PPA Company V that are, in substance, leases but do not meet the criteria of sales-type leases or direct financing leases in accordance with ASC 840 are accounted for as operating leases. Revenue under these arrangements is recognized as electricity sales and service revenue and provided to the customer at rates specified under the contracts. During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, revenue from electricity sales amounted to $21.2 million and $29.9 million, respectively. During the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, revenue from electricity sales amounted to $7.1 million and $7.7 million, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, service revenue amounted to $10.8 million and $15.6 million, respectively. During the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, service revenue amounted to $3.9 million and $3.8 million, respectively.

Tariff Agreements . PPA Company II entered into an arrangement with Delmarva, PJM Interconnection regional transmission organization (PJM), and the State of Delaware under which PPA Company II provides the energy generated from its Energy Servers to PJM, and receives a certain tariff as collected by Delmarva.

Revenue at the tariff rate is recognized as electricity sales and service revenue as it is generated over the term of the tariff. Revenue relating to power generation at the Delmarva sites of $23.0 million and $23.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively, and revenue relating to power generation at the Delmarva sites of $5.8 million and $5.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively, is included in electricity sales in the consolidated statements of operations. Revenue relating to power generation at the Delmarva sites of $13.7 million and $13.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively, and revenue relating to power generation at the Delmarva sites of $3.5 million and $3.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively is included in service revenue in the consolidated statements of operations.

See Note 14, Power Purchase Agreement Programs , in our consolidated financial statements for further information.

Incentives and Grants

Self-Generation Incentive Program (SGIP)

Our PPA entities receive payments under the SGIP which is a program specific to the State of California that provides financial incentives for the installation of new, qualifying self-generation equipment that we own. The SGIP funds are assigned to the PPA entities by the customers and are recorded as other current assets and other long-term assets until received. For sales-type leases, the benefit of the SGIP is recorded as deferred revenue and is recognized as revenue when the Energy Server is accepted. For operating leases, the benefit of the

 

123


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SGIP funds are recorded as deferred revenue and is amortized on a straight-line basis over the PPA contract period. The SGIP issues 50% of the fully anticipated amount in the first year the equipment is placed into service. The remaining incentive is then paid based on the size of the equipment (i.e., nameplate kilowatt capacity) over the subsequent five years. On July 1, 2016, the CPUC announced that fuel cells will continue to benefit from the incentives provided by the SGIP; however, the SGIP has been modified to provide a greater portion of the incentives for storage technology rather than power generation technology, such as our fuel cells, and has further limited the available allocation of incentives that any participant may claim under the SGIP. In addition, the SGIP will require all eligible power generation sources consuming natural gas to use a minimum of 10% biogas to receive SGIP funds beginning in 2017, with this minimum biogas requirement increasing to 25% in 2018, 50% in 2019 and 100% in 2020. The SGIP is currently scheduled to expire on January 21, 2021 absent extension.

We received $3.3 million and $2.7 million of SGIP funds for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively. We received $0.6 million and $0.3 million of SGIP funds for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively. The SGIP has operational criteria primarily related to fuel mixture and minimum output for the first five years after the qualified equipment is placed in service. If the operational criteria are not fulfilled, it could result in a partial refund of incentives received. There have been no reductions or refunds of SGIP funds as of March 31, 2018 and while $14.1 million is potentially subject to recapture or refund as of March 31, 2018, we do not expect any recaptures or refunds in the future.

For certain PPA entities, we make SGIP reservations on behalf of the PPA entity. The PPA entity receives the SGIP funds directly from the program and, therefore, bears the risk of loss if these funds are not paid.

U.S. Treasury Grants

We are eligible for U.S. Treasury grants on eligible property as defined under Section 1603 of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009. However, to be eligible for the U.S. Treasury grants, a fuel cell system must have commenced construction in 2011 either physically or through the occurrence of sufficient project costs. For fuel cell systems under PPA arrangements, U.S. Treasury grants are considered a component of minimum lease payments. For fuel cell systems deployed under tariff legislation, we record the fuel cell systems net of the U.S. Treasury grants. U.S. Treasury grant receivables are classified as other current assets in our consolidated balance sheets. For operating leases, the benefit of the U.S. Treasury grant is recorded as deferred revenue and is amortized on a straight-line basis over the PPA contract period. We placed in service the last property eligible for U.S. Treasury grants in November of 2013 and collected all of its outstanding remaining U.S. Treasury cash grants during 2014 totaling $54.6 million.

The U.S. Treasury grant program has operational criteria for the first five years after the qualified equipment is placed in service. The criteria includes cash grant recapture provisions if the applicant disposes of the property to a disqualified person or the property ceases to qualify as a specified energy property. If the operational criteria are not fulfilled, it could result in a partial refund of incentives received. Due to the restructuring of our first PPA entity, as discussed in Note 15, PPA I Decommissioning , we indemnified the tax equity investor from any adverse grant recapture consequences. As a result, we accrued $10.0 million in estimated recapture refunds in 2015. In 2016, we recorded a $1.7 million reduction in our estimate of recapture refunds and paid a total of $8.3 million in recapture refunds. As of March 31, 2018, an additional total of $0.1 million in U.S. Treasury grants are potentially subject to recapture or refund under the PPA arrangements for sites that have not been decommissioned to date. None of this amount was paid during the three months ended March 31, 2018.

Investment Tax Credits (ITC)

Our fuel cell systems are eligible for federal investment tax credits, or ITCs, that accrue to eligible property under Internal Revenue Code Section 48. Under PPA arrangements, ITCs are primarily passed through to tax equity investors. Approximately 1% to 10% of the incentives were received by us, with the balance distributed to

 

124


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

the remaining investors of the PPA entity. These incentives were accounted for under the flow-through method. Although this federal tax benefit was recently reinstated, it expired at December 31, 2016 and was not available during 2017.

The ITC program has operational criteria for the first five years after the qualified equipment is placed in service. If the qualified energy property is disposed of, or otherwise ceases to be investment credit property before the close of the five year recapture period is fulfilled, it could result in a partial reduction of the incentives. No ITC recapture has occurred as of December 31, 2016 and 2017, and while $18.2 million is potentially subject to recapture as of March 31, 2018, we do not expect any recaptures in the future.

Renewable Energy Credits (RECs)

RECs, which are tradeable energy credits that represent 1 megawatt hour of electricity generated from an eligible renewable energy resource generated in the U.S. are primarily ‘held for use’ and are presented as part of other current assets in the consolidated balance sheets until the RECs are sold and accounted for as revenue. We account for such RECs as output from the facility where they originate. We value these RECs at the lower of cost or market at the end of each reporting period.

To the extent the PPA entities do not produce enough RECs to satisfy the requirements under our PPA entities’ power purchase agreements, we also acquire RECs under stand-alone purchase agreements with third parties to satisfy these REC obligations. Under power purchase agreements with some customers, our PPA entities are required to deliver a specified quantity of biogas RECs or WECC (Western Electricity Coordinating Council) RECs. In order to meet these obligations, our PPA entities enter into REC purchase agreements with third parties to purchase a fixed quantity of the relevant RECs at a fixed price and on a fixed schedule. The PPA entities utilize the Western Renewable Energy Information System (WREGIS), an independent tracking system for the region covered by the WECC, which allows the PPA entities to manage RECs purchased and deliver the RECs to satisfy the customer obligation. Purchased RECs used to satisfy customer obligations are recorded at cost and are presented as part of other current assets and other long-term assets in the consolidated balance sheets. Costs of RECs purchased are expensed as our obligation to provide such RECs to customers occurs.

We estimate the number of excess RECs we will ultimately acquire under the non-cancelable purchase contracts over the number required to satisfy our obligations to our customers. We record a purchase commitment loss if the fair value of RECs is less than the fixed purchase price amount. The purchase commitment loss is recorded on the consolidated balance sheets as a component of other long-term liabilities.

Customer Financing Receivables

Leases are classified as either operating or sales-type leases in accordance with the relevant accounting guidelines. Customer financing receivables are generated by Energy Servers leased to PPA entities’ customers in leasing arrangements that qualify as sales-type leases. Financing receivables represents the gross minimum lease payments to be received from customers and the system’s estimated residual value, net of unearned income and allowance for estimated losses. Initial direct costs for sales-type leases are recognized as cost of revenue when the Energy Servers are placed in service.

We review our customer financing receivables by aging category to identify significant customer balances with known disputes or collection issues. In determining the allowance, we make judgments about the creditworthiness of a majority of our customers based on ongoing credit evaluations. We also consider our historical level of credit losses and current economic trends that might impact the level of future credit losses. We write off customer financing receivables when they are deemed uncollectible. We have not had to maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts to reserve for potentially uncollectible customer financing receivables as historically, all of our receivables have been paid and we expect our current receivables on the consolidated balance sheets to be paid in full. For additional information, see Note 15 to our consolidated financial statements, PPA I Decommissioning .

 

125


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable primarily represents trade receivables from sales to customers recorded at net realizable value. As we do for our customer financing receivables, we review our accounts receivable by aging category to identify significant customer balances with known disputes or collection issues. In determining the allowance, we make judgments about the creditworthiness of a majority of its customers based on ongoing credit evaluations. We also consider our historical level of credit losses and current economic trends that might impact the level of future credit losses. We write off accounts receivable when they are deemed uncollectible. We have not had to maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts to reserve for potentially uncollectible accounts receivable as historically, all of our receivables have been paid and we expect our current receivables on the consolidated balance sheets to be paid in full.

Inventories

Inventories consist principally of raw materials, work-in-process and finished goods and are stated on a first-in, first-out basis at the lower of cost or market value.

We record inventory excess and obsolescence provisions for estimated obsolete or unsellable inventory equal to the difference between the cost of inventory and estimated net realizable value based upon assumptions about market conditions and future demand for product, including product needed to fulfill our warranty obligations. If actual future demand for our products is less than currently forecasted, additional inventory provisions may be required. Once a provision is recorded, it is maintained until the product to which it relates to is sold or otherwise disposed of.

Long-Lived Assets

Our long-lived assets include property, plant and equipment. The carrying amounts of our long-lived assets are periodically reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of these assets may not be recoverable or that the useful life is shorter than originally estimated. Factors that we consider in deciding when to perform an impairment review would include significant negative industry or economic trends and significant changes or planned changes in our use of the assets. Recoverability of these assets is measured by comparison of the carrying amount of each asset to the future undiscounted cash flows the asset is expected to generate over its remaining life. If the asset is considered to be impaired, the amount of any impairment is measured as the difference between the carrying value and the fair value of the impaired asset and we would recognize an impairment loss. If the useful life is shorter than originally estimated, we amortize the remaining carrying value over the new shorter useful life. No material impairment of any long-lived assets was identified in the years ended December 31, 2016 or 2017, or in the three months ended March 31, 2018. When assets are retired or disposed of, the assets and related accumulated depreciation and amortization are removed from our general ledger, and the resulting gain or loss is reflected in the consolidated statements of operations.

Warranty Costs

We generally warrant our products sold to our direct customers for one year following the date of acceptance of the products (“standard product warranty”). As part of both our standard warranty and maintenance service agreements (“MSA”), we provide output and efficiency guarantees (collectively “performance guarantees”) to our customers when systems operate below contractually specified levels of efficiency and output. Such amounts have not been material to date.

As part of our standard product warranty and MSA obligations, we control the operations of the underlying systems, including their efficiency and output levels. The performance guarantee payments represent our maintenance decisions and are accounted for as costs of goods sold. To estimate the warranty costs, we continuously monitor product returns for warranty failures and maintain the reserve for the related warranty

 

126


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

expense based on various factors including historical warranty claims, field monitoring, and results of lab testing. Our obligations under our standard warranty and MSA agreements are generally in the form of product replacement, repair or reimbursement for higher customer electricity costs (also refer to Note 18, Commitments and Contingencies). Further, if the Energy Servers run at a lower efficiency or power output than what we committed under our performance guarantee, then we will reimburse the customer for this underperformance. Our obligation includes ensuring the customer’s equipment operates at least at the efficiency and power output levels set forth in the customer agreement. Our aggregate reimbursement obligation for this performance guarantee for each order is capped at a portion of the purchase price.

Standard Product Warranty

The standard product warranty covers defects in materials and workmanship under normal use and service conditions, and against manufacturing or performance defects. Our warranty accrual represents our best estimate of the amount necessary to settle future and existing claims during the warranty period as of the balance sheet date. We accrue for warranty costs based on estimated costs that may be incurred under our standard obligations including material costs, labor costs, and higher customer electricity costs, should the units not work for extended periods. Estimated costs associated with standard product warranty, including the performance guarantee payments, are recorded at the time of sale as a component of costs of goods sold.

Maintenance Services Agreements

We also sell MSAs to our customers, which are renewable each year, at the option of the customer. The annual MSAs sold to direct customers and the services offered under our Bloom Electrons and managed services arrangements are executory contracts, in which the related maintenance costs, including the costs of performance guarantees are recognized as they are incurred as a component of costs of goods sold.

Prior to fiscal year 2014, certain MSAs with direct customers were accounted for as separately-priced warranty contracts under ASC 605-20-25 Separately Priced Extended Warranty and Product Maintenance Contracts (formerly FTB 90-1), in which we recorded an accrual for any expected costs that exceed the contracted revenues for that one-year service renewal arrangement, and is included as a component of the accrued warranty liability. The related liability was $15.8 million, $9.2 million and $8.5 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2017, and as of March 31, 2018, respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation

We account for stock options and restricted stock units (RSUs) awarded to employees and non-employee directors under the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, “Compensation Stock Compensation,” (ASC 718) using the Black-Scholes valuation model to estimate fair value. The Black-Scholes valuation model requires us to make estimates and assumptions regarding the underlying stock’s fair value. Determining the fair value of stock-based awards at the grant date requires judgment. The determination of the grant date fair value of options using the Black-Scholes model is affected by our estimated common stock fair value as well as assumptions regarding a number of other complex and subjective variables. These variables include the fair value of our common stock, our expected stock price volatility over the expected term of the options, risk-free interest rates and expected dividends that are estimated as follows:

 

    Fair Value of Common Stock. Our board of directors considers numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of our common stock at each meeting at which awards were approved, as discussed in “Common and Redeemable Preferred Stock Valuations” below.

 

   

Volatility. We determine the price volatility factor based on the historical volatilities of our peer group as we do not have a sufficient trading history for our common stock. Industry peers consist of several public companies in the technology industry that are similar to us in size, stage of life cycle, and

 

127


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

financial leverage. We intend to continue to consistently apply this process using the same or similar public companies until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own Class A common stock share price becomes available, or unless circumstances change such that the identified companies are no longer similar to us, in which case, more suitable companies whose share prices are publicly available would be utilized in the calculation.

 

    Expected Term. The expected term represents the period that our stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. We determined the expected term assumption based on our historical exercise behavior combined with estimates of the post-vesting holding period.

 

    Risk-Free Interest Rate. We base the risk-free interest rate used in the Black-Scholes valuation model on the implied yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with an equivalent remaining term of the options for each option group.

 

    Dividend Yield. The expected dividend assumption is based on our current expectations about our anticipated dividend policy.

In developing estimates used to calculate assumptions, we establish the expected term for employee options and RSUs, as well as expected forfeiture rates, based on the historical settlement experience and after giving consideration to vesting schedules. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from initial estimates. Stock-based compensation expense is recorded net of estimated forfeitures such that expense is recorded only for those stock-based awards that are expected to vest. Previously recognized expense is reversed for the portion of awards forfeited prior to vesting as and when forfeitures occurred. We typically record stock-based compensation expense under the straight-line attribution method over the vest term, which is generally five years and record stock-based compensation expense for performance-based awards using the graded-vesting method. Stock-based compensation expense is recorded in the consolidated statements of operations based on the employees’ respective function.

Stock-based compensation cost for RSUs is measured based on the fair value of the underlying shares on the date of grant. RSUs are subject to a time-based vesting condition and a performance-based vesting condition, both of which must be satisfied before the RSUs are vested and settled for shares of common stock. The performance-based condition is tied to a liquidity event, such as a sale event or the completion of our initial public offering. The time-based condition ranges between six months to one year from the end of the lock-up period post a liquidity event. No expense related to these awards will be recognized unless the performance condition is satisfied.

Compensation expense for equity instruments granted to non-employees is measured on the date of performance at the fair value of the consideration received or the fair value of the equity instruments issued, whichever is more reliably measured. Compensation expense for equity instruments granted to non-employees is periodically remeasured as the underlying instruments vest. The fair value of the equity instruments is charged to earnings over the term of the service agreement.

We record deferred tax assets for awards that result in deductions on our income tax returns, unless we cannot realize the deduction (i.e., we are in a net operating loss (NOL) position), based on the amount of compensation cost recognized and our statutory tax rate. Prior to December 31, 2016, differences between the deferred tax assets recognized for financial reporting purposes and the actual tax deduction reported on our income tax return are recorded in additional paid-in capital if the tax deduction exceeds the deferred tax asset (excess tax benefit) or in the consolidated statements of operations if the deferred tax asset exceeds the tax deduction and no additional excess tax benefit exists from previous awards. Beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2017, with the adoption of ASU 2016-09 on a prospective basis, stock-based compensation excess tax benefits or deficiencies are reflected in the consolidated statements of operations as a component of the provision for income taxes. No tax benefit or expense for stock-based compensation has been recorded during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, since we remain in an NOL position.

 

128


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

During the years ended December 31, 2016, and 2017, we recognized $28.2 million and $30.5 million of employee and non-employee stock-based compensation expense, respectively. During the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, we recognized $6.6 million and $7.9 million of employee and non-employee stock-based compensation expense, respectively. The compensation expense is allocated on a departmental basis, based on the classification of the option holder.

No income tax benefits have been recognized in the consolidated statement of operations for stock-based compensation arrangements, and no stock-based compensation costs have been capitalized in the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, or in the three months ended March 31, 2018.

The following table summarizes the assumptions relating to our stock options and RSUs as follows:

 

    Years Ended December 31,   Three Months Ended March 31,
    2016   2017             2017                       2018          

Risk-free interest rate

  1.23%—1.69%   1.95%—2.08%   2.02%   2.49%

Expected term (in years)

  6.00—6.54   6.08—6.62   6.08—6.55   6.18—6.48

Expected dividend yield

  —     —     —     —  

Expected volatility

  59.3%—60.9%   55.6%—61.0%   61.0%   55.1%

Weighted average grant date fair value

  $15.96   $13.50   $14.59   $12.29

Refer to Note 25, Stock Option Plan , of our consolidated financial statements for further discussion of our stock-based compensation arrangements.

Common and Redeemable Preferred Stock Valuations

Prior to this offering, the fair value of the common and redeemable preferred stock underlying our stock options, RSUs, and warrants was determined by our board of directors. The valuations of our common and redeemable preferred stock were determined in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Accounting and Valuation Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation. The assumptions used in the valuation models were based on future expectations combined with management judgment. Members of our board of directors and management team have extensive business, financial, and investing experience. Because there had been no public market for our common or redeemable preferred stock, the board of directors with input from management exercised significant judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of common and redeemable preferred stock as of the date of each option, RSU, and warrant, including the following factors:

 

    contemporaneous valuations performed by unrelated third-party specialists;

 

    the prices, rights, preferences, and privileges of our convertible preferred stock relative to those of our common stock;

 

    our actual operating and financial performance;

 

    our current business conditions and projections;

 

    secondary transactions;

 

    our hiring of key personnel and the experience of our management;

 

    our history and the timing of the introduction of new products and services;

 

    our stage of development;

 

    our likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or a merger or acquisition of our company, given prevailing market conditions;

 

    the lack of marketability involving securities in a private company;

 

129


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    the market performance of comparable publicly traded companies; and

 

    the U.S. and global capital markets conditions.

In valuing our common and redeemable preferred stock, our board of directors utilized the probability-weighted expected return method, or PWERM. Under the PWERM, the value of the common and redeemable preferred stock is estimated based on analysis of future values for the common and redeemable preferred stock assuming relevant events and expected future exit scenarios. The exit scenarios consisted of initial public offering scenarios and a merger and acquisition scenario. The enterprise value derived under each scenario was based primarily on the income approach and our probability weighted expected exit values under each scenario. Additionally, we applied a discount for lack of marketability. Further, we applied certain weights to the PWERM conclusion described above as well as to the weighted average common share price from secondary transactions occurring in the period leading up to the valuation date to conclude the fair value of the common and redeemable preferred stock.

Following this offering, valuation models, including the estimates and assumptions used in such models, will not be necessary to determine the fair value of our Class A common and redeemable preferred stock, as shares of our common stock will be traded in the public market and the redeemable preferred stock will be redeemed to Class B common stock.

Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the aggregate intrinsic value of stock options, RSUs, and warrants outstanding as of March 31, 2018 was $             million, with $             related to vested stock options. In addition, we issued RSUs that may be settled for              shares of our Class B common stock subsequent to March 31, 2018 with a grant date fair value of $             .

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes using the liability method under Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 740, “Income Taxes,” (ASC 740). Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on net operating loss carryforwards, research and development credit carryforwards, and temporary differences resulting from the different treatment of items for tax and financial reporting purposes. Deferred items are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that are expected to be in effect when the differences reverse. Additionally, we must assess the likelihood that deferred tax assets will be recovered as deductions from future taxable income. We have provided a full valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets because we believe it is more likely than not that its deferred tax assets will not be realized.

We record a liability for the difference between the benefit recognized and measured pursuant to ASC 740-10 and the tax position taken or expected to be taken on our tax return. To the extent that the assessment of such tax positions change, the change in estimate is recorded in the period in which the determination is made. We establish reserves for tax-related uncertainties based on estimates of whether, and the extent to which, additional taxes will be due. These reserves are established when we believe that certain positions might be challenged despite our belief that the tax return positions are fully supportable. The reserves are adjusted in light of changing facts and circumstances, such as the outcome of a tax audit. The provision for income taxes includes the impact of reserve provisions and changes to reserves that are considered appropriate, as well as applicable interest and penalties accrued on these reserve positions.

The valuation allowance is determined in accordance with the provisions of ASC 740, which requires an assessment of both negative and positive evidence when measuring the need for a valuation allowance. We make estimates and judgments about our future taxable income that are based on assumptions that are consistent with our plans and estimates. The amount of our valuation allowance could be materially affected should the actual amounts differ from our estimates. Any adjustment to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance would be recorded in the statement of operations in the periods when the adjustment is determined to be required.

 

130


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB issued guidance which will replace numerous requirements in GAAP, including industry-specific requirements, and provide companies with a single revenue recognition model for recognizing revenue from contracts with customers. The core principle of the new standard is that a company should recognize revenue to show the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. In August 2015, the FASB deferred the effective date by one year to December 15, 2018 for annual reporting periods beginning after that date. The FASB also permitted early adoption of the standard, but not before the original effective date of December 15, 2016. During 2016, the FASB issued several amendments to the standard, including clarification to the guidance on reporting revenues as a principal versus an agent, identifying performance obligations, accounting for intellectual property licenses, assessing collectability, presentation of sales taxes, impairment testing for contract costs and disclosure of performance obligations.

The two permitted transition methods under the new standard are (1) the full retrospective method, in which case the standard would be applied to each prior reporting period presented, and the cumulative effect of applying the standard would be recognized at the earliest period shown, or (2) the modified retrospective method, in which case the cumulative effect of applying the standard would be recognized at the date of initial application. We are in the process of assessing the impact on our consolidated financial statements and whether we will adopt the full retrospective or modified retrospective approach.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-13, Consolidation—Measuring the Financial Assets and the Financial Liabilities of a Consolidated Collateralized Financial Entity (Topic 810). The update requires a reporting entity that consolidates a collateralized financing entity and measures the financial assets and the financial liabilities using the measurement alternative shall disclose the fair value measurement on financial instruments for the financial assets and the financial liabilities of the consolidated collateralized financing entity. The amendments in this Update were effective for us for fiscal year 2017. The adoption of this standard had no material impact our consolidated financial statements.

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-11, Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory (Topic 330), to specify that inventory should be subsequently measured at the lower of cost or net realizable value, which is the ordinary selling price less any completion, transportation and disposal costs. However, the ASU does not apply to inventory measured using the last-in-first-out or retail methods. We early adopted the ASU prospectively in January 2017, and the adoption had no material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), which will replace most existing lease accounting guidance in U.S. GAAP. The core principle of the ASU is that an entity should recognize the rights and obligations resulting from leases as assets and liabilities. ASU 2016-02 requires qualitative and specific quantitative disclosures to supplement the amounts recorded in the financial statements so that users can understand more about the nature of an entity’s leasing activities, including significant judgments and changes in judgments. ASU 2016-02 will be effective for us beginning in fiscal 2020, and requires the modified retrospective method of adoption. We are evaluating the impact of this guidance on our consolidated financial statements and disclosures.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-06, Contingent Put and Call Options in Debt Instruments (Topic 815), to clarify when a contingent put or call option to accelerate the repayment of debt is an embedded derivative. This ASU is effective for the year ending December 31, 2018, and interim periods within the year ending December 31, 2019, with early adoption permitted. We adopted the ASU in January 2017, and the adoption had no material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-07, Investments—Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323), simplifying the transition to the equity method of accounting. The amendments require that the

 

131


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

equity method investor add the cost of acquiring the additional interest in the investee to the current basis of the investor’s previously held interest and adopt the equity method of accounting as of the date the investment becomes qualified for equity method accounting. The amendments are effective for all entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2016. The amendments should be applied prospectively upon their effective date to increases in the level of ownership interest or degree of influence that result in the adoption of the equity method. Early adoption is permitted. We adopted the ASU prospectively in January 2017, and the adoption had no material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Compensation-Stock Compensation: Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Account (Topic 718), which simplifies several aspects of the accounting for the share based payments, including immediate recognition of all excess tax benefits and deficiencies in the income statement, changing the threshold to qualify for equity classification up to employees maximum statutory tax rates, allowing an entity-wide accounting policy election to either estimate the number of awards that are expected to vest or account for forfeitures as they occur, and clarifying the classification on the statement of cash flows for the excess tax benefit and employee taxes paid when an employer withholds shares for tax-withholding purposes. The amendments in this ASU are effective for public business entities for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016 and for the interim periods therein, and for all other entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption is permitted in any interim or annual period that has not been issued or made available for issuance, provided all the amendments within the ASU are adopted. We adopted the standard prospectively in January 2017. We elected to continue to estimate forfeitures expected to occur to determine the amount of compensation cost to be recognized in each period. Since we remain in a net operating loss position and there are no excess tax benefits in the year ended December 31, 2017, the adoption had no material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326). The pronouncement was issued to provide more decision-useful information about the expected credit losses on financial instruments and changes the loss impairment methodology. This pronouncement will be effective from fiscal year 2021. A prospective transition approach is required for debt securities for which an other-than-temporary impairment had been recognized before the effective date. We are currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this update on our consolidated financial statements.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments (Topic 230), which clarifies the classification of the activity in the consolidated statements of cash flows and how the predominant principle should be applied when cash receipts and cash payments have more than one class of cash flows. This pronouncement is effective from fiscal year 2019, with early adoption permitted. Adoption will be applied retrospectively to all periods presented. We are currently evaluating the impact this guidance will have on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-16, Income Taxes: Intra-Entity Transfers of Assets Other Than Inventory (Topic 740), which requires that the entities recognize the income tax consequences of an intra-entity transfer of an asset, other than inventory, when the transfer occurs. The amendments in this ASU are effective for public business entities in annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017 and for the interim periods therein, and for all other entities in annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim reporting periods in annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted only at the beginning of an annual period for which no financial statements (interim or annual) have already been issued or made available for issuance. We are currently evaluating the impact of our adoption of this standard on our consolidated financial statements.

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows—Restricted Cash (Topic 230), related to the presentation of restricted cash in the statement of cash flows. The pronouncement requires that a statement of cash flows explain the change during the period in cash, cash equivalents, and amounts generally described as restricted cash. Amounts generally described as restricted cash should be included with

 

132


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts. This guidance is effective for the fiscal year 2019. We elected to early adopt the updated guidance in January 2017 resulting in the application of its requirements to all applicable periods presented. The adoption of this guidance did not have an effect on our results of operations, financial position or liquidity, other than the presentation of restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents in the statements of cash flows.

 

133


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

BUSINESS

Overview

Our mission is to make clean, reliable, and affordable energy for everyone in the world. To fulfill this mission, we have developed a distributed, on-site electric power solution that is redefining the $2.4 trillion electric power market and transforming how power is generated and delivered. The commercial and industrial (C&I) segments are our initial focus. Our solution, the Bloom Energy Server, is a stationary power generation platform built for the digital age and capable of delivering highly reliable, uninterrupted, 24x7 constant (or base load) power that is also clean and sustainable. The Bloom Energy Server converts standard low-pressure natural gas or biogas into electricity through an electrochemical process without combustion, resulting in very high conversion efficiencies and lower harmful emissions than conventional fossil fuel generation. A typical configuration produces 250 kilowatts of power in a footprint roughly equivalent to that of half of a standard 30 foot shipping container, or approximately 125 times more space-efficient than solar power generation. 250 kilowatts of power is roughly equivalent to the constant power requirement of a typical big box retail store. Any number of these Energy Server systems can be clustered together in various configurations to form solutions from hundreds of kilowatts to many tens of megawatts. Some of our largest customers are AT&T, Caltech, Delmarva Power & Light Company, Equinix, The Home Depot, Kaiser Permanente and The Wonderful Company. We also work actively with financing partners, such as The Southern Company, that purchase our systems that are deployed at end customers’ facilities in order to provide the electricity as a service. In 2017, our largest customers were The Southern Company, which finances our Energy Servers for a large number of end customers, and Delmarva. Our customer base included 25 of the Fortune 100 companies as of March 31, 2018. Grid power prices continue to rise in most regions where we serve customers. The traditional centralized electric grid infrastructure requires significant investment for its maintenance, upgrade and operation, which has been continually driving up the cost of grid power. The U.S. Energy Information Administration (EIA) projects that grid power prices for all classes of customers including commercial and industrial, are expected to increase by over 40% through 2026 in the U.S. By contrast, in the regions where the majority of our Energy Servers are deployed, our solution typically provides a lower cost of electricity to our customers than traditional grid power. In addition, our solution provides greater cost predictability versus rising grid prices. Through a relentless focus on cost reduction, we have driven down materials cost of our Energy Servers by 75% since 2009. We expect to continue this historical rate of cost reduction into the foreseeable future to realize the service costs assumed in our contracts and to expand further into markets with lower electricity costs. This cost reduction, coupled with the use of abundant, low-cost natural gas as a fuel source and very high conversion efficiencies, has allowed us to expand our market opportunity.

The traditional grid is vulnerable to natural disasters as well as cyber-attacks and physical sabotage, which have become more frequent. The topology of the centralized grid has a tendency to cascade outages rather than to contain them. Because our on-site stationary power systems are located at the point of consumption, our Energy Servers, when configured to provide uninterruptible power, largely avoid the existing electric power grid’s inherent vulnerability to outages from weather events and other threats, as well as the additional losses of efficiency associated with the transmission of power over long distances. Our Energy Servers are able to deliver this very high level of availability to our customers in part because they are modular, redundant, and can be “hot swapped,” or serviced without interruption.

The electric grid typically delivers power generated by sources with a high carbon footprint, and there is increasing pressure to reduce resulting carbon dioxide and other harmful emissions. There is also a rising demand for clean electric power solutions that overcome the challenges of the traditional grid, and can address the requirements of the digital economy by delivering 24x7 electric power, with very high availability and quality. Our Energy Servers address these requirements and operate on-site at very high efficiencies using natural gas or biogas, offering significant emissions reductions, and, unlike prevalent renewable technologies such as wind and solar, provide a viable alternative to the constant base load electricity generated by a central power plant.

We have continuously innovated and evolved our technology over time. The latest generation Energy Server delivers five times the energy output of the first generation in a constant footprint. Similarly, we have also

 

134


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

improved the beginning-of-life electrical efficiency (the rate at which fuel is converted into electricity) of our Energy Servers from 45% to 65% today, representing the highest delivered power efficiency of any commercially available power solution. In addition, we have expanded the range of available accessories which extend the capability and functionality of our Energy Servers to meet additional customer requirements, such as an uninterruptable power capability. Our team has decades of experience in the various specialized disciplines and systems engineering concepts unique to this technology. We had 209 issued patents in the United States and 90 issued patents internationally as of March 31, 2018.

Our solution is capable of addressing customer needs across a wide range of industry verticals. The industries we currently serve consist of banking and financial services, cloud services, technology and data centers, communications and media, consumer packaged goods and consumables, education, government, healthcare, hospitality, logistics, manufacturing, real estate, retail and utilities. We believe that, thus far we are capturing only a small percentage of our largest customers’ total energy spend, which gives us a significant opportunity for expansion and growth. Moreover, as the price of our products decreases and the price of grid power increases, more markets will become available for our products. As of December 31, 2017, we had 297 megawatts in total deployed systems, representing an average annual growth rate of approximately 25% since 2014.

Bloom Cumulative Acceptances (megawatts)

 

 

LOGO

Industry Background

People around the world depend upon access to reliable and affordable electric power for a healthy, functioning economy and for delivery of essential services. According to Marketline, the market for electric power is one of the largest sectors of the global economy with total revenues of $2.4 trillion in 2016, and is projected to continue to grow at a compound annual growth rate of 4.3% to $2.9 trillion in 2021.

There are numerous challenges driving a transformation in how electricity is produced, delivered and consumed. We believe that this transformation will be similar to the seismic shifts seen in the computer and telecommunications industries, from centralized mainframe computing and landline telephone systems to ubiquitous and highly personalized distributed technologies.

Some of the key challenges facing the electric power market are:

Increasing costs to maintain and operate the existing electric grid

The U.S. Department of Energy has described the U.S. electricity grid as “aging, inefficient, congested, and incapable of meeting the future energy needs of the information economy,” while the American Society of Civil Engineers gave the U.S. energy infrastructure a grade of D+ in 2017. The electric power grid has suffered from insufficient investment in critical infrastructure as a result of complexities surrounding the ownership, operation and regulation of grid infrastructure, compounded by the challenges of large capital costs and lack of adequate innovation. The Edison Electric Institute estimated that between 2017 and 2019, U.S. investor-owned electric utilities will need to make total capital expenditure investments of approximately $336 billion.

 

135


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

U.S. EIA data demonstrates that the average commercial and industrial electricity prices have both increased at 2.4% and 2.7% CAGR from 2000 to 2015, respectively. According to this data, the average commercial and industrial electricity prices are expected to continue to rise.

Average U.S. Commercial and Industrial Cost of Electricity (cents/KWh)

 

 

LOGO

Source: U.S. Energy Information Administration

Inherent vulnerability of existing grid design

The existing electric grid architecture features centralized, monolithic power plants and mostly above-ground transmission and distribution wires. This design has numerous points of failure and limited redundancy, and the daisy-chain topology can cascade outages rather than contain them. For example, in 2003, an initial failure blamed on a tree branch in Ohio set off outages that cascaded across eight states and parts of Canada, cutting power for 50 million people. Similarly, in 2011, a dropped transmission line in Arizona cascaded and created a massive outage across Southern California.

Furthermore, the limits of this design, coupled with aging and underinvested infrastructure, leaves the grid vulnerable to natural disasters such as hurricanes, earthquakes, drought, wildfires, flooding and extreme temperatures. For example, Hurricane Sandy knocked out power to 8.5 million customers from North Carolina to Maine, and as far west as Illinois and Michigan. According to data from the U.S. Department of Energy (DOE), the United States electric grid loses power 285% more often than in 1984, when data collections on blackouts began. These outages result in an annual loss to American businesses of as much as $150 billion, with weather-related disruptions costing the most per event. More recently, September 2017 was the most active month on record for Atlantic Hurricanes, according to the ACE index. Reuters has reported that at its peak, Hurricane Irma caused power outages for over 7.4 million people in Florida and the surrounding states (Georgia, South Carolina and Alabama). Finally, in the wake of Hurricane Maria, Puerto Rico experienced the greatest electricity failure in U.S. history according to the Rhodium Group, with a loss of over 1.25 billion hours of electricity capacity and counting. The increasing frequency and severity of natural disasters will likely increase the cost of grid-supplied power to customers.

Power Outages in the United States

 

LOGO

 

136


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Source: Eaton Black Out Tracker United States 2016

In addition to potential disruptions to the grid, there is also an increasing concern over the threat of cyber-attack and physical sabotage to the centralized grid infrastructure. In 2017, Accenture Consulting published the report “Outsmarting Grid Security Threats,” which stated that “57% of utility executives believe their countries could see interruption of electricity supply due to cyber-attacks within five years” and that “only 48% of utility executives think they are well prepared for the challenges of an interruption from cyber-attack”.

Intermittent generation sources such as wind and solar are negatively impacting grid stability

Electricity generation from wind and solar has grown dramatically over recent years and is expected to account for a greater percentage of total generation going forward. While these renewable sources help to reduce greenhouse gas emissions, they provide only intermittent power to the grid, which compromises the grid’s ability to deliver 24x7 reliable electric power. As the penetration of these resources increases, balancing real-time supply and demand becomes more challenging and costly.

Due to these challenges, solutions are needed which provide constant base load 24x7 electric power which is reliable, clean and without the shortcomings of the existing grid infrastructure or intermittent sources such as wind or solar. This need is especially acute in the C&I segments, representing 68% of global electricity consumption, according to Marketline, where cost and reliability have a direct impact on profitability and business sustainability.

Commercial and Industrial Market Size (2016)

 

 

LOGO

Source: Marketline; U.S. Energy Information Administration

Increasing focus on reducing harmful emissions

In response to rising concern over harmful emissions, the 2015 United Nations Climate Change Conference, or COP 21, climate talks resulted in a global consensus that the rate of release of carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases must be reduced with an increased sense of urgency. The electric power sector, which today produces more greenhouse gases than any other sector of the global economy, is under increasing pressure to do its part. Policy initiatives to reduce harmful emissions from power generation are widespread, including the adoption of renewable portfolio standards or mandated targets for low-or zero-carbon power generation.

Lack of access to affordable and reliable electricity in developing countries

According to the International Energy Agency (IEA) in their 2017 World Energy Outlook, 1.1 billion people worldwide live without electricity. For developing countries to grow their economies, they must expand access to reliable and affordable electric power. Building a centralized grid system, in addition to its inherent limitations, can

 

137


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

also be infeasible due to the lack of adequate capital for upfront investment. Moreover, in dense urban areas, the costs of building this infrastructure are compounded by a lack of urban planning. In rural areas, using the centralized model to transmit and distribute electricity to low-density populations is economically unviable. As a result, we believe these countries are likely to develop a hybrid solution consisting of both centralized and distributed electrical power infrastructure to accelerate availability of power.

Our Solution

The Bloom Energy Server delivers reliable, resilient, clean and affordable energy, particularly in areas of high electricity costs, by its advanced distributed power generation system that is customizable, always-on and a source of primary base load power.

The Bloom Energy Server is based on our proprietary solid oxide fuel cell technology, which converts fuel into electricity through an electrochemical process without combustion. The primary input to the system is standard low-pressure natural gas or biogas from local gas lines. The high-quality electrical output of the Energy Server is connected to the customer’s main electrical feed, which avoids the transmission and distribution losses associated with the centralized grid system. Each Bloom Energy Server is modular and composed of independent 50 kilowatt power modules. A typical configuration includes multiple power modules in a single Energy Server, which produces 250 kilowatts of power in a footprint roughly equivalent to that of half a standard 30 foot shipping container, or approximately 125 times more space-efficient than solar power generation. Any number of these Energy Server systems can be clustered together in various configurations to form solutions from hundreds of kilowatts to many tens of megawatts. The Bloom Energy Server parallels the example of smart phones—a single core platform that can be highly personalized to the needs of its user through the addition of any of a wide variety of applications that extend features and provide benefits to the user. Like a smart phone, the Bloom Energy Server is easily customizable and upgradeable to add new energy accessories and capabilities. The Bloom Energy Server is easily integrated into corporate environments due to its aesthetically attractive design, compact space requirement, minimal noise profile and lack of harmful emissions.

 

 

LOGO

Our Value Proposition

Our value proposition has five key elements which allow us to deliver a better electron: reliability, resiliency, cost savings and predictability, sustainability and personalization. While the relative importance of these attributes can vary by customer, our ability to deliver these attributes is a significant differentiator for us in the marketplace. We provide a complete, integrated “behind-the-meter” solution including installation, equipment, service, maintenance and, in some cases, bundled fuel. The five elements of our value proposition emphasize those areas where there is a strong customer need and where we believe we can deliver superior performance.

Reliability. Our Energy Servers deliver always-on, 24x7 base load power. The output of our Energy Servers is designed to meet the requirements of the digital economy, with very high availability of power, mission-critical reliability and grid-independent capabilities. Bloom provides power quality, voltage, and current, which can be tuned to specific customer requirements. The Bloom Energy Server can be configured to eliminate the

 

138


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

need for traditional backup power equipment such as diesel generators, batteries or uninterruptible power systems (UPS).

Resiliency. Our Energy Servers avoid the vulnerabilities of conventional transmission and distribution lines by generating power on-site, where the electricity is consumed. The system operates at very high availability due to its modular and fault-tolerant design, which includes multiple independent power generation modules that can be hot swapped. Importantly, our systems utilize the natural gas infrastructure, which is a mesh network buried underground, unlike the above-ground electric grid architecture. A failure at one point in the natural gas system does not necessarily cause the same kind of cascading failure that can occur on the electrical grid.

 

Electrical Grid—Radial Design    Natural Gas Grid—Network Design

 

 

LOGO

  

 

 

LOGO

Cost Savings and Predictability. In contrast to the rising and unpredictable cost outlook for grid electricity, we offer our customers the ability to lock in cost for electric power (other than the price of natural gas) over the long-term. In the regions where the majority of our Energy Servers are deployed, our solution typically provides a lower cost of electricity to our customers than traditional grid power. In addition, our solution provides greater cost predictability versus rising grid prices. Moreover, we provide customers with a solution that includes all of the fixed equipment and maintenance costs for the life of the contract. With the addition of an optional integrated storage solution, Bloom can also help customers to load shift and peak shave—reducing their exposure to peak power costs from the grid. We also enable our customers to scale from a few hundred kilowatts to many megawatts on a “pay-as-you-grow” basis.

Sustainability. Bloom Energy Servers provide clean power and because they are fuel-flexible, customers can choose the fuel source that best fits their needs based on availability, cost and carbon footprint. The current generation of Bloom Energy Servers running on natural gas produce nearly 60% less carbon emissions compared to the average of U.S. combustion power generation. Bloom Energy Servers can also utilize renewable biogas to generate carbon-neutral electricity. As of March 31, 2018, approximately 9% of our deployed fleet of Energy Servers, by megawatts deployed, utilized biogas. In both cases, our Energy Servers emit virtually no criteria air pollutants, including NOx or SOx.

Bloom Energy Servers also use virtually no water in normal operation. By comparison, to produce one megawatt per hour for a year, thermoelectric power generation for the U.S. grid withdraws approximately 156 million gallons of water more than Bloom Energy Servers.

Personalization. The Bloom Energy Server is designed as a platform which can be customized to the needs of each individual customer delivering the level of reliability, resiliency, sustainability, cost savings and predictability required by that customer. Analogous to a smart phone, the base Energy Server platform can easily accommodate accessories that extend capabilities and provide for customization. For example, the Energy Server can be customized with uninterruptible power components to deliver higher levels of reliability and grid independent operation, or storage can be added to reduce peak power consumption and improve the predictability of economics for the customer.

 

139


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The Bloom Energy Server: Platform for Customized, Personalized Power

 

 

LOGO

Our Market Opportunity

Economic growth and development worldwide will increasingly be powered by electricity. The International Energy Agency (IEA) forecasts that global electricity demand to rise by 60% between 2015 and 2040, accounting for 55% of the world’s energy demand growth. In addition, as the world consistently accelerates the adoption of digital technologies (i.e., widespread deployment of data centers, intelligent home systems, additive manufacturing), overall energy use will continue to increase. These facts offer challenges alongside opportunities, and will alter the global energy landscape.

The retail electricity market represents the market for power delivered to the end-customers or the consumer of electricity. The price of retail electricity generally reflects the cost of generation, transmission and distribution. Generating power onsite (i.e., at the point of consumption, rather than centrally) eliminates the cost, complexity, interdependencies, and inefficiencies associated with electrical transmission and distribution.

According to data from MarketLine, the total addressable market (TAM) for electricity at the point of customer consumption was approximately $2.4 trillion in 2016. Of this market, MarketLine determined that 68% consisted of commercial, industrial and public services (CI&P), or $1.6 trillion.

We believe that the current global serviceable addressable market (SAM) for Bloom is the retail electricity market for CI&P customers in the world’s ten largest electricity markets. These markets include, in order of decreasing size, the United States, India, Japan, Germany, Canada, Brazil, South Korea, France, the United Kingdom and Mexico. We do not include China or Russia in calculating our SAM due to a lack of reliable market data in these markets. Based on country-by-country generation data from the U.S. EIA and publically-available retail power prices in each of these countries, we believe that our SAM is approximately $800 billion. Bloom primarily participates in the retail market for CI&P customers, and on that basis has calculated the TAM and SAM. From time to time, Bloom also selectively participates in wholesale market opportunities which have not been incorporated into this TAM and SAM analysis.

We currently have installations or purchase orders in eleven states in the United States (California, Connecticut, Delaware, Maryland, Massachusetts, North Carolina, New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania, Utah and Virginia) as well as in Japan, India and South Korea. According to the EIA, the total size of the retail markets for C&I customers in these U.S. states is approximately $76 billion. In addition, we estimate that the combined retail market for C&I customers in Japan, the Indian state of Karnataka (the state in India where we currently have deployed our solution) and the available market for new-build fuel cell generation in South Korea

 

140


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

is approximately $99 billion. Collectively, we estimate that the size of our current market is approximately $175 billion.

In order to assess the market opportunity for our Energy Servers in the U.S., we have used EIA data to estimate the potential addressable market. The total size of the electricity market for C&I customers in all fifty states is currently estimated to be $212 billion. Outside of the U.S., we estimate our market opportunity by focusing on the ten largest international electricity markets (Japan, Germany, United Kingdom, India, Brazil, France, South Korea, Mexico, Canada and Saudi Arabia). We exclude China and Russia from this analysis as we have no plans to enter these markets for the foreseeable future. Based on information published by IEA, as well as select energy regulatory authorities regarding C&I demand and power prices, we estimate that the market opportunity in these ten international markets is approximately $608 billion.

Select Market Opportunity Capture

In an effort to put our market opportunity into perspective, we have looked at select market segments. In each segment, we looked at the market opportunity of a few select sub-segments in which we currently compete. The segments are based on the following: our select industry verticals; our select domestic markets; our select international markets; our select Energy Server application markets; and, our select existing customers.

 

    Select industry verticals. The aggregate U.S. market opportunity for data centers, healthcare and retail represents an estimated market opportunity of approximately $58 billion. According to Technavio, within the U.S., the total cost of power for data centers was $3.3 billion in 2016. According to the EIA, the total C&I market opportunity in the U.S. is currently estimated to be $212 billion, which implies that the healthcare industry (~6% of energy consumption) and retail industry (~20% of energy consumption) spend approximately $12 billion and $42 billion annually on energy purchases, respectively.

 

    Select domestic markets. In California and New York we looked at EIA’s C&I electricity market revenue and estimated an aggregate market opportunity of $38 billion.

 

    Select international markets. In India and South Korea we looked at information published by IEA and select energy regulatory authorities regarding C&I demand and power prices and estimated an aggregate market opportunity of $244 billion.

 

    Select Energy Server application markets. In the uninterruptible power and energy storage system markets we looked at reports from Technavio and Frost & Sullivan to an estimated aggregate market opportunity of $5.8 billion.

 

    Select existing customer markets. Based on the publicly available sustainability reports from The Home Depot, Walmart and Equinix, we determined that their aggregate annual generation requirements are approximately 16,125 GWh.

Our Customers

To date, the breadth, depth and scale of Bloom’s commercial customer adoption is significant for a new product in the electric power industry. As of March 31, 2018, we have installed 312 megawatts of Bloom Energy Servers at customer sites across the U.S., Japan and India. The following list demonstrates the diversification across key industries represented in our customer base:

 

    Banking and financial services –Credit Suisse, Franklin Templeton, Morgan Stanley

 

    Cloud services, technology and data centers –Apple, Equinix, Intel

 

    Communications and media –AT&T, Cox Communications, The Walt Disney Company

 

    Consumer packed goods and consumables –Kellogg’s, Taylor Farms, The Wonderful Company

 

141


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    Education –California Institute of Technology, San Diego Community College, University of San Diego

 

    Government –AC Transit, City of Hartford, NASA

 

    Healthcare –Kaiser Permanente, Medtronic, Prime Healthcare

 

    Hospitality –AEG Staples Center, Anaheim Ducks, Shark’s Sports and Entertainment

 

    Logistics –FedEx, Americold

 

    Manufacturing –Flex, Lockheed Martin, Maxim Integrated

 

    Real estate –Hines, Macerich, The Ratkovich Company

 

    Retail –Costco, The Home Depot, Walmart

 

    Utilities –Baltimore Gas and Electric, Delmarva Power, Pacific Gas and Electric

Customer Case Studies

The following are representative examples of how some of our customers have benefited from typical deployments of the multiple applications of our Bloom Energy Server and services. The case studies selected represent leading customers in the Cloud services, technology and data centers, Communications and media, Retail, and Utilities industries. These customers are among our top ten as ranked by kilowatts deployed. The case studies highlight the typical benefits of reliability, resiliency, cost savings, sustainability, and personalization received by these customers:

AT&T

Situation: AT&T is a leading provider of wireless, high-speed internet, voice and cloud-based services. With more than 100 million customers, the reliability and quality of their extensive communications network is a business critical imperative. AT&T has committed to reduce electricity consumption relative to data growth and to expand alternative energy deployment.

Solution and Benefit: Bloom provides reliable, on-site, high quality power to help AT&T meet the growing demand and quality requirements of their network, including uninterruptible mission critical power for those facilities that require this level of reliability. AT&T has over 85 facilities where Bloom systems are contracted or deployed, representing approximately 47 MWs across the U.S. Bloom’s solutions power AT&T’s central offices, data centers, and other facilities at predictable rates while providing a positive sustainability impact. Bloom has been recognized by AT&T with its “Supplier Sustainability Award” in the Alternative Energy category.

The Home Depot

Situation: The Home Depot is the world’s largest home improvement retailer with over 2,200 stores nationwide. The Home Depot has a growing clean energy portfolio to support sustainability initiatives including energy conservation, sustainable forestry and clean water. In addition to sustainability, The Home Depot also has a goal to ensure that stores remain available to the community as a resource in the event of a natural disaster or grid power failure.

Solution and Benefit: Bloom provides The Home Depot with cost saving, clean power and at select locations, power resilient to grid outages. Bloom’s installed base at Home Depot has grown to 178 locations, providing over 34 MWs of power. The Home Depot is one of the first customers to participate in a strategic alliance between Bloom Energy and The Southern Company, through its PowerSecure subsidiary, to implement an integrated solution combining Bloom Energy Servers with PowerSecure energy storage which is expected to help stores to become more resilient to power outages and to reduce high priced peak power consumption. Bloom solutions are projected to enable Home Depot to drive down its electricity costs over time and have already cut carbon dioxide emissions by over 100 million pounds through 2017.

 

142


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Intel

Situation: Intel has facilities in Bangalore, India. As their campus grew, Intel required an increase in electric supply infrastructure that created potential timing challenges.

Solution and Benefit: To meet its growth needs, Intel introduced an alternative electric power supply option using cleaner, Bloom Energy Servers. This initial 3.5 MW deployment integrated with their smart and green building design providing reduced carbon dioxide emissions, a higher power quality, and a reliable solution for the campus electric supply. Carbon dioxide emissions levels were reduced by nearly 65%, as compared to the displaced grid generation supply and previously required back-up diesel generation, supporting Intel’s aggressive sustainability program.

Walmart

Situation: Walmart has recognized the business opportunities and benefits of utilizing renewable energy. The deployment of cost-effective, on-site clean energy generation is a key element of Walmart’s operational and sustainability strategy.

Solution and Benefit: A customer since 2009, Bloom has worked with Walmart as it seeks to accomplish some of its energy and sustainability commitments. These efforts include lowering and controlling the retailer’s electricity costs while also aiming to enhance the efficiency of their operations. Bloom has also helped Walmart by equipping certain stores with uninterruptable power capability, helping to ensure those stores remain a resource to the community in the event of a grid power outage. As of March 31, 2018, Walmart has contracted or deployed Bloom systems at over 60 stores, supplying over 16 MW of power.

Delmarva Power

Situation: Delmarva Power, a subsidiary of Exelon Corporation, is an investor-owned utility that provides electricity and natural gas to customers in the Mid-Atlantic States. Delmarva is committed to diversifying its energy portfolio, with the goal of sourcing 25% of the company’s electricity supply from clean resources by 2025.

Solution and Benefit: Beginning in 2012, Delmarva Power deployed 30 MWs of Bloom Energy Servers, enough to power over 2,000 homes. This deployment represents the largest utility-scale deployment of fuel cell technology in the United States to date. Through this solution, Delmarva Power enhances its renewable portfolio with clean and reliable base load power generation. At the same time Delmarva Power is able to relieve congestion in targeted areas of the grid at a competitive cost. In 2012, Hurricane Sandy passed directly over one of the sites powered by our Energy Servers. While the storm caused power outages throughout the region to customers using other means of power generation, our Energy Servers continued to power the surrounding commercial and residential community without interruption, despite being fully exposed to the elements.

Factors Driving Customer Adoption

Key factors that are driving the rapid adoption of our solution include:

Customers are driving a growing requirement for customized, high-quality and reliable power in the increasingly pervasive digital economy. The proliferation of cloud services and big data, and the associated rapid increase in demand for computing power, is reshaping the type and quality of power demanded by the digital economy. For providers and users of cloud services, uninterruptible, high-quality power is essential—requirements that the legacy grid is struggling to meet. Our highly available and scalable solution can replace the current patchwork of solutions, which include batteries, UPS and back-up generators.

Customers are seeking an alternative to the unpredictable and rising price of grid power. As illustrated in the table below, grid costs in the United States have been rising for decades and are expected to continue to rise

 

143


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

over the long-term. In the shorter-term, grid prices can be volatile, driven by regulatory judgments, commodity prices and the impact of external events such as weather. In contrast, we offer a complete turn-key solution, including equipment, installation, operations and maintenance, that is designed to provide customers with a competitive and predictable cost for periods of up to 20 years for their electricity in the regions where the majority of our Energy Servers are deployed. The only component of cost of Bloom’s solution that is not fixed at time of contracting is fuel supply – usually natural gas, which typically represents about 25% of Bloom’s delivered cost of electricity to the customer. However, even if there are significant variations in natural gas commodity prices, wholesale prices of electricity are also highly dependent on the price of natural gas and our current generation Energy Server is 14% to 31% more efficient than natural gas power plants. Customers also have the option to enter into long-term natural gas contracts at fixed prices for up to ten years, which is not an option available for grid electricity.

According to the U.S. EIA, the average commercial and industrial electricity rate increased at a 2.7% CAGR from 2000 to 2015. According to data from the EIA, the average C&I electricity prices will continue to rise. As a result, we expect Bloom’s market opportunity to continue to expand.

Average Cost of Commercial and Industrial Electricity Rates in Bloom’s Current States (cents / kWh)

 

LOGO

Source: U.S. Energy Information Administration, July 2017

Our technology is proven with industry-leading customers. Our approach to innovation is evolutionary – every generation of our technology builds on a proven core and factors in lessons learned from our broadly deployed fleet. Our systems have been deployed with Fortune 500 customers since 2008 and have reached 312 megawatts in total as of March 31, 2018. The Bloom Energy Server has performed for our customers without disruption through natural disasters such as Hurricane Sandy and the 6.0 Richter scale earthquake near Napa, California in 2014.

The natural gas revolution has provided an economically attractive means for achieving carbon reduction. Natural gas is now in abundant supply at economically attractive prices. This abundance, coupled with new technologies such as our Energy Servers that convert this fuel into electricity at high efficiency, will play a major role in replacing high-carbon fuels such as coal and oil. The United States’ abundant supply of recoverable natural gas is expected to last over 80 years, according to data from the Potential Gas Committee and the U.S. EIA.

 

144


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our Growth Strategy

Our growth strategies include:

Maintain technology leadership and leverage first-mover advantage

Our technology leadership is considerable and we have a well-established track record of continuous improvement. Our priority is to continue to advance our technology and build on this leadership position.

Significant and sustained improvements in “power density.” We have continually added more generation capacity into the same footprint and expect to continue to do so with successive generations of our technology. Today’s Bloom Energy Servers are capable of delivering five times the power of our first-generation system introduced only nine years ago, while staying within approximately the same service footprint.

Bloom Energy Server “Power Density” Improvements

 

 

LOGO

 

145


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our power density is also an increasingly powerful differentiator versus other solutions such as solar, which requires at least 125 times more space–which is often unavailable–to deliver the same amount of power as one Bloom Energy Server does today. For example, a single 200 kW Bloom Energy Server can be utilized to provide 95% of the customer load for an average supermarket facility. As an alternative, to provide the same amount of electricity 24/7 using solar and energy storage, over 1.1 MW of solar and 4.3 MWh of storage capacity covering over 5 acres would be required. However, a typical supermarket has available roof space of only 45,000 square feet. To fit this typical roof space, a maximum solar capacity is limited to approximately 187 kW. Thus, the limited capacity can only produce approximately 17% of the supermarket’s load requirement.

Bloom Energy Server versus Solar Photovoltaic Footprint Comparison

 

 

LOGO

Installed Capacity, including Service Area, Footprint Comparison: 1 megawatt Solar PV (22,257 m 2 ) vs. 1 megawatt Bloom Energy (107m 2 )

 

146


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Continual increases in electrical efficiency . Efficiency is defined as the percentage of the energy in the fuel that is converted to electricity. The higher the efficiency, the less fuel used to generate a given unit of electric power output, resulting in lower fuel costs and fewer emissions. Today, our Energy Servers are significantly more efficient than the average power generation of the U.S. grid. The latest generation of our Energy Servers, which began shipping in 2015, is capable of beginning-of-life (BOL) efficiencies of 65%, and we expect to further improve the efficiency in succeeding generations. While the Bloom Energy Server is capable of operating at peak efficiency, typically efficiency of the latest generation of Energy Servers can range from 53% to 65% over the project term depending on environmental conditions and the age of the power modules. We have the flexibility to maintain efficiency at specific levels to comply with customer sustainability, regulatory compliance, or other requirements by managing the replacement cycle of the power modules in the Energy Server.

Electrical Efficiency Trends (BOL System Efficiency, Lower Heating Value, %)

 

 

LOGO

Expanded feature sets and sizing options to address new market opportunities . The Bloom Energy Server was designed as a technology platform which can support extended capabilities from Bloom and other suppliers. The Bloom Energy Server platform provides the hardware and software building blocks that can be deployed in different configurations to provide customer-specific solutions. For example, we are now offering the option of adding a storage solution provided by PowerSecure (a unit of The Southern Company) to help customers avoid peak grid electricity power rates, and to provide greater resiliency to grid outages. We may also provide smaller or custom solutions which could allow us to address additional markets, such as powering cell sites in the mobile telephony market and franchise retail, in the future. Our current offering is well suited for multi-tenant housing, a segment that we intend to address in emerging economies as we expand to international markets. The platform components can also be configured to provide larger systems for utility or large industrial applications.

Acquire new customers and grow wallet share with existing customers

We currently target industry leading Fortune 500 companies, along with public and private organizations that are large consumers of electric power. Our success in landing industry leading customers has encouraged other new customers—companies and organizations in those industries, with similar scale and electricity

 

147


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

demand—to follow suit. We employ a “land and expand” model through our direct sales force, which recognizes that new customers typically pilot a limited scale solution initially to gain experience with our fuel cell solutions. As we prove the value of Bloom solutions through these pilot projects, our customers will often expand their Bloom deployments by adding more capacity at existing sites and by adding new facilities from across their real estate portfolio. Our sales mix illustrates this dynamic: Since 2011, over half of our sales contracts, or the number of purchase orders signed, are with new customers, while approximately three quarters of our sales volume has been derived from repeat customers as they utilize our Energy Servers as a larger share of their energy wallet and create more value across more of their facilities over time. These repeat orders provide better visibility into our sales pipeline and also lower our cost of sales. The quality and staying power of our customers are important factors contributing to our confidence in this strategy. Since we target customers with very significant electric power spend, we view the current low penetration rate as a significant opportunity for growth.

In order to illustrate our growth with our customer base, we have selected the top ten customers by total megawatts under contract as of March 31, 2018.

Top 10 Customer Growth (megawatts as of March 31, 2018)

 

 

LOGO

Drive production cost reductions to expand our market

Since our initial commercial deployments eight years ago, we have continually reduced the production cost of our systems, enabling us to expand into new markets. We believe our technology innovation will drive further cost reductions as each successive generation of Bloom Energy Servers builds on the design and field experience of all previous generations.

In addition, increased production volumes should lead to further cost reductions based on economies of scale, enabling market expansion and improved margins. On a per unit basis, which we measure in dollars-per-kilowatt, we have reduced our material costs by over 75% from the first generation Energy Server to our current generation Energy Server. We drove these material costs per unit down by over 50% over the life of our second generation system and by over 35% over the life of our fifth generation system to date. With each successive new generation, we have been able to reduce the material costs compared to the prior generation’s material costs.

 

148


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Material Cost by Generation

 

 

LOGO

Expand into international markets and new fast-growing segments

International. Most of our current and target customers have global footprints, which we expect will be another avenue for growth while also lowering the cost and risk of new market entry. Today, we have installations or purchase orders in the United States, Japan, India and South Korea and we are actively targeting additional international markets such as Ireland and Great Britain.

We also target fast-growing markets where we believe we can deliver significant value, including data centers and critical facilities such as healthcare organizations and distribution centers, which cannot suffer even a momentary disruption to power without significant negative consequences.

Data Centers. When configured to provide uninterruptible power, we can provide primary power for data centers with up to Tier III availability and reliability without reliance on traditional back up or power conditioning equipment. A customer-commissioned study by the University of Illinois, Champaign-Urbana projects that a Bloom Energy solution configured to provide mission-critical power would be significantly more reliable than a traditional topology of grid power plus uninterruptible power systems and diesel backup. According to Technavio, the total worldwide cost of power for data centers was $17.4 billion in 2016. This figure is expected to grow by 12.9% annually over the next five years. Within the U.S., the total cost of power for data centers was $3.3 billion in 2016. This cost is expected to rise by 8.0% annually over the same forecast period.

Healthcare. According to the EIA, the healthcare industry in the U.S. accounts for approximately 6% of total commercial energy consumption. Based on our estimate of the total C&I market opportunity in the U.S. ($212 billion), this implies that the healthcare industry in the U.S. spends approximately $12 billion annually on energy purchases.

Microgrids. New segments like microgrids, when powered by our Energy Servers, offer our customers the opportunity to disconnect from the traditional grid, protection from prolonged grid outages and mitigation of the rising risk of cyber-attacks against the grid. As communities and organizations look to mitigate the risk of grid power outages, there is significant and growing interest in microgrids, which combine distributed power generation and storage into a network that can be isolated from the larger grid. Our flexible architecture allows integration of our systems with other distributed generation sources and technologies, such as solar and storage,

 

149


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

while Bloom provides the stable always-on primary power—a key requirement for a microgrid solution. According to Technavio, the global microgrid market was valued at $14.6 billion in 2017 and is expected to reach $23.1 billion by 2022, growing at a compound annual growth rate of 9.7%.

Provide innovative financing options to our customers

We intend to continue to assist our customers by providing innovative financing options to purchase our solution and grow our market opportunity. We have developed multiple options for our customers to acquire the power our Energy Servers produce. These offerings provide a range of options that enable customers to do business with us and secure power best customized to their needs. Our customers can purchase our systems outright, with operations and maintenance services contracts, or purchase the electricity that our Energy Servers produce without any upfront costs through various financing vehicles, including leases and power purchase agreements (PPAs), that combine the cost of our systems, warranty and service, financing, and in some cases fuel into monthly payments based on the electricity produced.

Technology

The fuel cells in our Energy Servers convert fuel, such as natural gas or biogas, into electricity through an electrochemical reaction without burning the fuel. Each individual fuel cell is composed of three layers: an electrolyte sandwiched between a cathode and an anode. The electrolyte is a solid ceramic material, and the anode and cathode are made from inks that coat the electrolyte. Unlike other types of fuel cells, no precious metals, corrosive acids or molten materials are required.

To fuel the electrochemical reaction, natural gas enters the anode side, where it mixes with steam to produce reformed fuel. As the reformed fuel crosses the anode, it attracts oxygen ions from the air on the cathode side. The oxygen ions combine with the reformed fuel to produce electricity, water, heat and carbon dioxide. The water and heat get recycled to produce the steam needed to reform the fuel. This enables a highly efficient electrochemical reaction to produce electricity without any requirement for water, other than to start the system. This efficiency also results in less than half the carbon dioxide emissions for the current generation of our Energy Servers compared to the average of U.S. combustion power generation.

How Does the Bloom Energy Server Work?

 

 

LOGO

These fuel cells are the foundational building block of the Bloom Energy Server. We combine a number of the fuel cells into a stack, and then combine a number of the stacks to form 50 kilowatt power modules (depending upon the generation required by the customer). Each module contains hundreds of individual fuel cells that produce direct current (DC) power. A complete Bloom Energy Server combines the power modules with a fuel processing module and an alternating current (AC) module that contains DC-to-AC converters and transformers. Each power module in a Bloom Energy Server operates independently and can be hot swapped, or decommissioned, replaced or serviced without shutting down the entire system. This modular approach leads to high availability as well as upgradability. In addition, every new generation of our fuel cell technology is designed to be backward compatible for power module replacement and upgrades. This allows us to maintain the

 

150


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

existing Bloom Energy Server fleet with the latest generation of technology, while simplifying our manufacturing.

 

 

LOGO   LOGO

Any number of these Energy Server systems can be arranged in various configurations to form solutions from hundreds of kilowatts to many tens of megawatts. Regardless of the starting size of a solution, further scaling can be accomplished after the initial solution deployment, creating on-going flexibility and scalability for the customer. This feature allows a customer to “pay as they grow,” conserving on current spending without constraining a future local expansion.

In a basic configuration, the Bloom Energy Server is interconnected to the customer’s electric grid connection. By regulation, the Bloom Energy Server must stop exporting power in case of a grid outage. However, Energy Servers can be upgraded with uninterruptable power solutions as add-on options at any point in time to enable continuous operation in the event of grid interruption. When in an uninterruptable configuration, the Energy Server continually powers critical loads while the grid serves as a backup. Should there be a disruption to grid power, the critical load, which is already receiving primary power from the Energy Server, experiences no disruption. The combination of primary power from the Energy Server, utilizing the natural gas infrastructure, and secondary feed from the independent electric grid results in a very highly available and reliable solution.

Energy Servers in an uninterruptible configuration supply the customer’s most critical energy needs (or “mission-critical power”) and are connected directly to the customer’s load. Mission-critical reliability is provided through the power output of a modular and redundant set of inverters in the Bloom Energy Server that draw power from the power modules of the Energy Server. The input for the Bloom Energy power generation is the highly reliable and robust natural gas infrastructure. While this is the primary means of providing power to the critical load, the utility grid is available through a fast-activating switch (such as a static switch) to provide power in the event of failure of the full Energy Server.

As of March 31, 2018, approximately 11% of our installed systems, by megawatts deployed, are configured to provide uninterruptable power. However, all Energy Server products installed after 2012 may be retrofitted with the addition of uninterruptible power components.

Competition

We primarily compete against the utility grid based on superior reliability, resiliency, cost savings, predictability and sustainability, all of which can be customized to the needs of individual customers. The customer has no single alternative solution that provides all of these important attributes in one platform. As we are able to drive our costs down, we expect our economic value proposition to continue to improve relative to grid power in additional markets.

Other sources of competition include:

 

   

Intermittent solar power. Solar power is intermittent and best suited for addressing peak power requirements, while Bloom provides stable base load generation. Storage technology is intended to

 

151


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

address the intermittency of solar, but the low power density and efficiency of solar technology makes the combined solution impractical for most C&I customers. As a point of comparison, our Energy Servers provide the same power output in 1/125th of the footprint of solar, allowing us to serve far more of a customer’s energy requirements based on a customer’s available space.

 

    Intermittent wind power. Power from wind turbines is intermittent, similar to solar power. Typically wind power is deployed for utility-side, grid-scale applications in remote locations but not as a customer-side, distributed power alternative due to prohibitive space requirements and permitting issues. Remote wind farms feeding into the grid are dependent upon the vulnerable transmission and distribution infrastructure to transport power to the point of consumption.

 

    Traditional co-generation systems. These systems deliver a combination of electric power and heat. We believe that we compete favorably because of our superior electrical efficiencies, significantly less complex deployment (avoiding heating systems integration), better performance on emissions and noise, superior availability, aesthetic appeal and reliability.

 

    Traditional backup equipment. As our Energy Servers deliver always-on power, they can obviate the need for traditional backup equipment such as diesel generators. We generally compete by offering a better integrated, more reliable and cost-effective solution versus these grid-plus-backup systems.

 

    Other commercially available fuel cells. Basic fuel cell technology is over 100 years old. The Bloom Energy Server uses advanced solid oxide fuel cell technology which produces electricity directly from oxidizing a fuel. The solid oxide fuel cell has a solid oxide or ceramic electrolyte. The advantages of this technology include high efficiency, long-term stability, elimination of the need for an external fuel reformer, ability to use biogas or natural gas as a fuel, low emissions and relatively low cost. There are a variety of fuel cell technologies, characterized by their electrolyte material, including:

 

    Proton exchange membrane fuel cells (PEM). PEM fuel cells typically are used in on-board transportation applications, such as powering forklifts, because of their compactness and ability for quick starts and stops. However, PEM technology requires an expensive platinum catalyst which is susceptible to poisoning by trace amounts of impurities in the fuel or exhaust products. These fuel cells require hydrogen as an input source of energy or an external fuel reformer, which adds to the cost, complexity and electrical inefficiency of the product. As a result, they are not an economically viable option for stationary base load power generation.

 

    Molten carbonate fuel cells (MCFC). MCFCs are high-temperature fuel cells that use an electrolyte composed of a molten carbonate salt mixture suspended in a porous, chemically inert ceramic matrix of beta-alumina solid electrolyte. The primary disadvantages of current MCFC technology are durability and lower electrical efficiency compared to solid oxide fuel cells. Current versions of the product are built for 300 kilowatts, and they are monolithic. Smaller sizes are not economically viable. In many applications where the heat produced by these fuel cells is not useable continuously, getting rid of the heat also becomes a liability.

 

    Phosphoric acid fuel cells (PAFC). PAFCs are a type of fuel cell that uses liquid phosphoric acid as an electrolyte. Developed in the mid-1960s and field-tested since the 1970s, they were the first fuel cells to be commercialized. PAFCs have been used for stationary power generators with output in the 100 kilowatt to 400 kilowatt range. PAFCs are best suited to combined heat and power applications which require carefully matching power and heat requirements, often making the technology difficult to implement. Further disadvantages include low power density and stability.

While solid oxide fuel cell technology offered the best prospects for base load power generation, the challenges associated with fundamental and applied materials and packaging served as a roadblock to commercializing this technology. Bloom has overcome these roadblocks, and our advanced solid oxide fuel cell

 

152


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

technology enables both low cost and very high levels of reliability, paving the way for broad commercial application. Compared with legacy fuel cell alternatives, Bloom Energy Servers feature significant advantages:

 

    Highest electrical efficiency. The latest generation of our Energy Servers has greater than 65% BOL electrical efficiency, approximately 40% to 60% higher than that of legacy fuel cells, improving both cost and reducing harmful emissions.

 

    Greater reliability and availability. Our Energy Servers have high reliability and availability of up to 99.99% in mission critical configurations, which is superior to legacy systems.

 

    Greater flexibility and simplicity. Our Energy Servers can use natural gas or biogas as a fuel with no modification to their fuel cell chemistry. It is the only fuel cell product that does not require an external fuel reformer. No complex heating/cooling integration is required as waste heat is used internally to maximize efficiency, making Bloom Energy Servers easy to deploy.

 

    Appealing design. Our Energy Servers’ pleasing aesthetics and minimal noise are better suited for corporate campuses and increase customer options for siting.

 

    No water needed for continuous operation. Bloom Energy Servers require no water during normal operation after initial start-up. The system is air-cooled and operates over a wide range of ambient temperatures.

Manufacturing and Supply Chain

We believe our tightly integrated in-house research and development, engineering, manufacturing capabilities, and facilities provide us with a significant competitive advantage. We developed our manufacturing technology and capability to take advantage of the best aspects of other industries’ manufacturing processes, but with the goal of doing so in a cost effective manner. For example, our current stack manufacturing plant in Sunnyvale, California deploys significant automation and inspection process steps, drawing many of these paradigms from highly automated semiconductor and data storage manufacturing factories, but without the need for a clean room environment. In both our Sunnyvale and Delaware factories, we utilize lean manufacturing concepts drawn from automotive production and quality systems. Given that, our current manufacturing footprint is one that, relative to other industries, doesn’t require extremely expensive tool sets or constant retooling at technology node changes.

Manufacturing Expertise. We design most of our key equipment and build some of the significant equipment in-house. Our manufacturing team has experience with leading companies in the automotive and semiconductor manufacturing industries, which are known for high-volume production, continual, sustained cost reduction and the highest-quality output. Our teams have implemented lean manufacturing processes to systematically eliminate waste and inefficiency throughout our manufacturing and supply chain operations.

Facilities. Our current manufacturing processes reflect a rapid rate of learning and adoption of new ideas from our decade of manufacturing experience. Our primary manufacturing locations for the fuel cells and system assembly are in Sunnyvale, California and Newark, Delaware. The 178,400 square foot manufacturing facility in Newark is the first purpose-built Bloom manufacturing center and was designed specifically for copy-exact duplication as we expand, which we believe will help us scale more efficiently. We believe our current manufacturing facilities are adequate to support our business for the next few years. Our Newark facility includes an additional 50 acres available for factory expansion and/or the co-location of supplier plants. Both of our two principal manufacturing facilities are powered by Bloom Energy Servers.

Manufacturing Scalability. Because of the expertise that we have developed over the past decade, the significant amount of automation that we deploy in our manufacturing process steps, and the general lack of need to retool as we move from one technology node to the next, we have the ability to quickly scale to support increased demand requirements. We do not need greenfield factories to manufacture our systems and can retrofit

 

153


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

existing buildings to accommodate our requirements. Because of the high degree of automation in our stack manufacturing process, we do not have to manufacture in low cost labor regions, which opens up our opportunity set for site location. While our manufacturing process tools are customized for Bloom’s use, the components and parts required for our process tools are generally not hard to acquire allowing for shorter lead times to procure. All of these dynamics combine to allow Bloom’s manufacturing capability to scale rapidly to meet demand requirements.

Supply Chain. We have multiple sources for most of the critical raw materials, capital equipment and components necessary to build our systems. Many of the key components and materials, including a large percentage of power electronics and controls system components, are commercially available.

In some cases we have entered into long-term supply agreements with suppliers based on our forecasted inventory demand pursuant to which these suppliers are contractually obligated to purchase the forecasted inventory, and we maintain the right to cancel such orders at a minimum of 90 days prior to delivery. All of our suppliers must undergo a rigorous qualification process, and we continually evaluate suppliers.

Services

We offer operations and maintenance services agreements for our Energy Servers, which are renewed on an annual basis. The customer agrees to pay an on-going service fee and in return Bloom monitors, maintains and operates the systems on their behalf.

Our in-house service organization has 107 dedicated field service personnel in 14 locations. Standard customer contracts include service covering all on-going system operation, maintenance—including periodic refresh of power modules—and 24x7 remote monitoring and control of the systems.

Each Bloom Energy Server includes a secure connection to redundant Remote Monitoring and Control Center (RMCC) facilities that are geographically well separated. Together these RMCC facilities provide constant monitoring of over 500 system performance parameters and predictive factors. Using proprietary, internally developed software, the RMCC Operators can optimize fleet performance remotely from either RMCC facility. As needed, the operators can dispatch field services to the site to locally restore and enhance performance. The RMCC facilities communicate through a secure network, and can operate together or independently to provide full services for the fleet.

We currently service and maintain all of our Energy Servers; however we may engage third-party service organizations to provide routine field maintenance domestically, such as replacing air filters. Internationally, we intend to create strategic partnerships for local service and support of customer installations.

Sales, Marketing and Partnerships

We market our Energy Servers primarily through a national direct sales organization, supported by project finance, business development, government affairs and marketing teams. In addition to our internal resources, we also work with multiple partners to generate customer leads and develop projects. Most recently, we announced an alliance with The Southern Company, one of the largest utility companies in the United States, in August 2016. This alliance includes a development agreement between Bloom and Southern’s PowerSecure affiliate for the development of a combined fuel cell and storage offering, the financing of 50 megawatts of Energy Servers for customers (completed in the second quarter of 2017), and a co-marketing agreement. For project financing, we work with partners such as Key Bank, Wells Fargo, Credit Suisse, Constellation Energy, a subsidiary of Exelon Corporation, and WGL Energy.

Research and Development

Our research and development organization has addressed complex applied materials, processing and packaging challenges through the invention of many proprietary advanced material science solutions. Over a

 

154


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

decade, Bloom has built a world-class team of solid oxide fuel cell scientists and technology experts. Our team comprises technologists with degrees in Materials Science, Electrical Engineering, Chemical Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, Civil Engineering and Nuclear Engineering, and includes more than 48 PhDs. This team has continued to develop innovative technology improvements for our Energy Servers, achieving increased power density and electrical efficiency, reduced cost and improved reliability.

Intellectual Property

Intellectual property is an essential differentiator for our business, and we seek protection for our intellectual property whenever possible. We rely upon a combination of patents, copyrights, trade secrets, and trademark laws, along with employee and third party non-disclosure agreements and other contractual restrictions to establish and protect our proprietary rights.

We have developed a significant patent portfolio to protect elements of our proprietary technology. As of March 31, 2018, we had 209 issued patents and 86 patent applications pending in the United States and we had an international patent portfolio comprised of 90 issued patents and 63 patent applications pending with filings in 16 countries under two multinational conventions, which are generally counterparts of the U.S. patents and patent applications. Our U.S. patents are expected to expire between 2023 and 2036.

We continually review our development efforts to assess the existence and patentability of new intellectual property. We pursue the registration of our domain names and trademarks and service marks in the United States and in some locations abroad. In an effort to protect our brand, as of March 31, 2018, we had ten registered trademarks in the United States, 26 registered trademarks in Australia, the European Union, United Kingdom, Japan and India, and we had 11 pending applications in China, India, South Korea, and Taiwan. We have six trademarks registered with the World Intellectual Property Organization as International Registrations.

Sustainability

The largest environmental impact we can provide is to maximize the deployment of Bloom systems, which reduce carbon emissions and save water compared to traditional power generation systems. Thus, our primary sustainability goal is to maximize sales of Bloom systems and provide the longest and most economically sustainable life cycle possible for the Bloom fuel cells through reliability enhancement programs.

We also seek to minimize our environmental footprint and extend system operating life while reducing consumption of new material in our Energy Servers. We have an end-to-end recycling approach to recover components from end-of-life units for maximum reuse or recycling. We have dedicated facilities in our manufacturing locations in Delaware and California to inspect and dismantle end-of-life Energy Servers and components removed during scheduled maintenance. We have an audit program to identify improvement opportunities at suppliers and also work with them to reduce one-way packaging to minimize materials going to landfills.

These strategies in combination provide a robust and comprehensive sustainment strategy that looks both at our external impact on the wider environment and internally on responsible design, cradle-to-cradle materials management and recycling.

Permits and Approvals

Each Bloom Energy installation must be designed, constructed and operated in compliance with applicable federal, state and local regulations, codes, standards, guidelines, policies and laws. To install and operate our systems, we, our customers or our partners are required to obtain applicable permits and approvals from local authorities having jurisdiction to install the Bloom Energy Servers and to interconnect the systems with the local electrical utility.

 

155


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Bloom Energy Servers generate electricity without combustion and are certified by the California Air Resources Board (CARB) to meet its stringent emissions standards for NOx, CO and VOCs, and therefore are exempt from certain permit requirements of air pollution control and air quality management districts.

Government Policies

There are varying policy frameworks across the United States and abroad designed to support and accelerate the adoption of clean and/or reliable distributed generation technologies such as Bloom Energy Servers. These policy initiatives come in the form of tax incentives, cash grants, performance incentives and/or specific gas or electric tariffs.

The U.S. federal government provided businesses with a 30% ITC available under Section 48 of the Internal Revenue Code, available to the owner of our Energy Server for systems purchased and placed into service by December 31, 2016. The credit was equal to 30% of expenditures for capital equipment and installation, and the credit for fuel cells was capped at $1,500 per 0.5 kilowatt of capacity. This federal tax benefit expired on December 31, 2016, although it was reinstated on February 9, 2018. For more information on the ITC, please see the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”.

Our Energy Servers are currently installed in eleven states in the United States, each of which has its own enabling policy framework. Some states have utility procurement programs and/or renewable portfolio standards for which our technology is eligible. Our Energy Servers currently qualify for tax exemptions, incentives or other customer incentives in many states, including the states of California, New Jersey, Connecticut and New York. These policy provisions are subject to change.

Although we generally are not regulated as a utility, federal, state, and local government statutes and regulations concerning electricity heavily influence the market for our product and services. These statutes and regulations often relate to electricity pricing, net metering, incentives, taxation, competition with utilities, and the interconnection of customer-owned electricity generation. In the United States, governments continuously modify these statutes and regulations. Governments, often acting through state utility or public service commissions, change and adopt different rates for commercial customers on a regular basis. These changes can have a positive or negative impact on our ability to deliver cost savings to customers for the purchase of electricity.

To operate our systems we obtain interconnection agreements from the applicable local primary electricity and gas utilities. In almost all cases, interconnection agreements are standard form agreements that have been pre-approved by the local public utility commission or other regulatory body with jurisdiction over interconnection agreements. As such, no additional regulatory approvals are typically required once interconnection agreements are signed.

Our operations are subject to stringent and complex federal, state and local laws and regulations governing the occupational health and safety of our employees and wage regulations. For example, we are subject to the requirements of the federal Occupational Safety and Health Act, as amended, or OSHA, and comparable state laws that protect and regulate employee health and safety.

Product safety standards for stationary fuel cell generators have been established by the American National Standards Institute (ANSI). These standards are known as ANSI/CSA “FC-1”. Our products are designed to meet this standard. Further, we utilize UL to certify compliance with the standard.

Energy Server installation guidance is provided by NFPA 853: Standard for the Installation of Stationary Fuel Cell Power Systems. Installations at sites are carried out to meet the requirements of this standard.

 

156


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Employees

As of March 31, 2018, we had 1,409 global employees and contractors. We have not experienced any work stoppages and we consider our relationship with our employees to be good.

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters is located in Sunnyvale, California. This facility comprises approximately 31,000 square feet of space. Our current lease, entered into in September 2010, expires in December 2018. On April 9, 2018, the Company signed a new lease for 103,742 square feet of space for our corporate headquarters in San Jose, California. The lease term begins in January 2019 and expires in 2029. We also lease manufacturing facilities in Sunnyvale and Moffett Field, California. These plants together comprise approximately 74,000 square feet of space. Our current lease for our Sunnyvale manufacturing facilities, entered into in April 2005, expires in 2020, and our current lease for our manufacturing facilities at Moffett Field, entered into in December 2011, expires in December 2018. We also own a manufacturing facility in Newark, Delaware comprising approximately 178,400 square feet of space, and lease additional office space around the world, including in the United States, India, China and Taiwan. We believe our facilities are adequate to support our business for at least the next twelve months.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we are involved in various legal proceedings or subject to claims arising in the ordinary course of our business. Although the results of legal proceedings and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, we are not currently party to any legal proceedings the outcome of which, in the opinion of our management, if determined adversely to us, would individually or taken together have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition or cash flows.

 

157


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers, Other Key Employees and Directors

The following table sets forth certain information concerning our executive officers, directors and other key employees as of March 31, 2018:

 

Name

   Age     

Position(s)

Executive Officers and Other Key Employees:

     

KR Sridhar (1)

     57      Founder, President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Randy Furr

     63      Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Bill Kurtz

     60      Executive Vice President and Chief Commercial Officer

Susan Brennan

     55      Executive Vice President and Chief Operations Officer

Swaminathan Venkataraman

     57      Executive Vice President of Engineering and Chief Technology Officer

Matt Ross

     57      Executive Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer

William Thayer

     57      Executive Vice President of Sales

Shawn Soderberg

     57      Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Glen Griffiths

     55      Executive Vice President of Quality, Reliability and Sustainability

Non-Employee Directors:

     

Kelly A. Ayotte (5)

     49      Director

Mary K. Bush (3)

     70      Director

L. John Doerr (2)(6)

     66      Director

Colin L. Powell (6)(8)

     80      Director

Scott Sandell (4)(8)

     53      Director

Peter Teti

     50      Director

Eddy Zervigon (7)

     49      Director

 

(1)   Chairman of the board of directors
(2)   Lead Independent Director
(3)   Chair of the audit committee
(4)   Chair of the compensation and organization development committee
(5) Chair of the nominating and corporate governance committee
(6)   Member of the compensation and organization development committee
(7)   Member of the audit committee
(8)   Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee

Executive Officers and Other Key Employees

KR Sridhar is our founder and has served as a member of our board of directors since January 2001 and as our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board since April 2002. Prior to founding Bloom Energy, Mr. Sridhar was director of the Space Technologies Laboratory at the University of Arizona where he was also a professor of Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering. Mr. Sridhar has served as an advisor to NASA and has led major consortia of industry, academia, and national labs. Mr. Sridhar also serves as a strategic limited partner at Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers, a venture capital firm, and as a special advisor to New Enterprise Associates, a venture capital firm. He has also served on many technical committees, panels and advisory boards and has several publications and patents. Mr. Sridhar received a B.S. in Mechanical Engineering from the National Institute of Technology, Tiruchirappali, India, as well as a M.S. in Nuclear Engineering and Ph.D. in Mechanical Engineering from the University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign. Mr. Sridhar was selected to serve as a member

 

158


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

of our board of directors due to the perspective and experience he brings as our founder and Chief Executive Officer.

Randy Furr has served as our Chief Financial Officer since April 2015. Prior to joining Bloom Energy, Mr. Furr served as Corporate Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer for Spansion, Inc., a manufacturer of flash memory semiconductors, from June 2009 to March 2015. Mr. Furr held senior executive positions as executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer at Magellan Navigation, Inc., a portable GPS navigation consumer electronics company, from August 2008 to June 2009, and as Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer at Aliph, Inc., a consumer Bluetooth telephony device company, from April 2008 to August 2008. Prior to that, Mr. Furr was at Adobe Systems, Inc., a computer software company, where he served as a Senior Vice President from May 2007 to January 2008, interim Chief Information Officer from November 2006 to May 2007, and as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from May 2006 to November 2006. Before joining Adobe Systems, Inc., Mr. Furr spent 13 years at Sanmina-SCI Corporation, an electronics manufacturing services provider, where he served as President and Chief Operating Officer from 1996 to 2005 and as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from 1992 to 1996. Mr. Furr served as a Director of Sanmina-SCI Corporation from 1998 until 2005. Mr. Furr has served as a member of the board of directors of SMART Global Holdings, Inc. since September 2017. Mr. Furr holds a bachelor’s degree in Business Administration from the University of Oklahoma and is a Certified Public Accountant.

Bill Kurtz has served as our Chief Commercial Officer since April 2015 and served as our Chief Financial Officer from March 2008 to April 2015. Previously, Mr. Kurtz served in the roles of Chief Operations Officer or Chief Financial Officer of several technology companies, including Scient Corporation, a provider of professional services, 3PARdata, Inc., a data storage company, and Novellus Systems, Inc., a global semiconductor equipment company, and also held senior financial management positions at AT&T Inc., a telecommunications company. Mr. Kurtz was a member of the board of directors of PMC-Sierra Inc., including as the chair of the audit committee, until it was acquired by Microsemi Corporation in January 2016. Mr. Kurtz holds a bachelor’s degree in Commerce from Rider University and a M.S. in Management Sciences from Stanford University.

Susan Brennan has served as our Chief Operations Officer since November 2013. Prior to joining Bloom Energy, Ms. Brennan served as Vice President of Manufacturing – Smyrna and Decherd at Nissan North America, Inc., an automobile company, from October 2008 to November 2013. She also previously served as Director of Global Manufacturing at Ford Motor Company, an automobile company, and in other corporate and manufacturing management roles at Ford Motor Company, Visteon Corporation, a global automotive electronics supplier, and Douglas & Lomason Company, an automotive parts supplier. Ms. Brennan has served as a member of the board of directors of Senior PLC since January 2016. Ms. Brennan holds a B.S. in Microbiology from the University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign and an M.B.A. from the University of Nebraska, Omaha.

Swaminathan Venkataraman has served as our Executive Vice President of Engineering and Chief Technology Officer since December 2003. He has authored or co-authored several patents in the areas of solid oxide fuel cell technology, fuel processing and heat integration and control systems. Prior to joining Bloom Energy, Mr. Venkataraman was a Principal Technologist at Aspen Technology, Inc., a provider of supply chain management software and professional services, from 1987 to 2003, where he led the commercial development of high end design, simulation and optimization software for the chemical and petrochemical industries. Mr. Venkataraman holds a bachelor’s degree in Chemical Engineering from the National Institute of Technology, Tiruchirappali and a Ph.D. in Chemical Engineering from Clarkson University.

Matt Ross has served as our Chief Marketing Officer since October 2011. He previously served in various executive roles at several global marketing services providers. These include McCann Worldgroup, where he served as chief executive officer of Global Microsoft Brands and president of McCann Worldgroup San Francisco, and Ogilvy & Mather Worldwide, where he held roles including chief operating officer and managing director of IBM Brand Services. Mr. Ross holds a B.S. in Business Administration from San Francisco State University.

 

159


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

William Thayer has served as our Executive Vice President of Sales since September 2005. Before joining Bloom Energy, Mr. Thayer served as the Vice President, Sales North America at American Power Conversion Corporation, a provider of end-to-end Network Critical Physical Infrastructure (NCPI). Prior to this role, Mr. Thayer served in a variety of senior leadership, management and sales roles at American Power Conversion Corporation, including Vice President and General Manager of Asia Pacific. Mr. Thayer graduated from the U.S. Naval Academy with a B.S. in General Engineering and served for ten years as a Surface Warfare Officer in the U.S. Navy before being assigned to the Naval War College. He also holds an M.B.A. from the University of Rhode Island.

Shawn Soderberg has served as our Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since January 2016. Before joining us, Ms. Soderberg was the Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of Bio-Rad Laboratories, a global medical technology provider for the life science and clinical diagnostics industries from 2013 to 2016. Prior to that, Ms. Soderberg was the Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of Aricent Group, a global design and software engineering services and product company, from 2006 to 2013; Managing Director and General Counsel of H&Q Asia Pacific, a private equity firm, from 2000 to 2006; Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of Oak Technology, a semiconductor and embedded solutions provider for the optical storage and the digital home entertainment market, from 1996 to 2000; and General Counsel of Microtec Research, Inc., a software provider for embedded systems, from 1994 to 1996. Prior to Ms. Soderberg’s General Counsel experience, she practiced in a law firm environment. Ms. Soderberg holds a B.S. in Accounting from the University of Santa Clara, a J.D. from Seattle University School of Law and an LL.M. in Taxation from New York University.

Glen Griffiths has served as our Executive Vice President of Quality, Reliability and Sustainability since December 2014. Before joining Bloom Energy, Mr. Griffiths served as the Chief Quality Officer of Hewlett Packard, a technology company specializing in printing, personal computing, software, services and IT infrastructure, from December 2011 until December 2014 and as the Vice President of Global Engineering from December 2008 to December 2011. He holds a B.Sc. in Engineering from UK Open University, a M.Sc. in Reliability, Maintainability and Supportability Engineering from Exeter University and an M.B.A. from UK Open University.

Non-Employee Directors

Kelly Ayotte has served as a member of our board since November 2017. She was in the United States Senate from 2011 to 2016, where she chaired the Armed Services Subcommittee on Readiness and the Commerce Subcommittee on Aviation Operations. She also served on the Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs, Small Business and Entrepreneurship, and Aging Committees. Senator Ayotte served as the “Sherpa” for Justice Neil Gorsuch, leading the effort to secure his confirmation to the United States Supreme Court. From 2004 to 2009, Senator Ayotte served as New Hampshire’s first female Attorney General. Prior to that, she served as the Deputy Attorney General, Chief of the Homicide Prosecution Unit and as Legal Counsel to Governor Craig Benson. She began her career as a law clerk to the New Hampshire Supreme Court and as an associate at McLane Middleton. Senator Ayotte serves on the boards of Caterpillar, News Corp and BAE Systems and the advisory boards of Microsoft, Blink Health, Chubb Insurance, Revision Military and Cirtronics. She is a Senior Advisor for Citizens for Responsible Energy Solutions. She also serves on the non-profit boards of the One Campaign, the International Republican Institute, the McCain Institute and NH Veteran’s Count. Senator Ayotte graduated with honors in 1990 from the Pennsylvania State University and earned a Juris Doctor degree in 1993 from the Villanova University School of Law.

Mary K. Bush has served as a member of our board since January 2017. The Honorable Mary K. Bush has served as President of Bush International, LLC, an advisor to U.S. corporations and foreign governments on international capital markets, strategic business and economic matters, since 1991. She has held several Presidential appointments including the U.S. Government’s representative on the IMF Board and Director of

 

160


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Sallie Mae. She also was head of the Federal Home Loan Bank System during the aftermath of the Savings and Loan crisis and was advisor to the Deputy Secretary of the U.S. Treasury Department. Earlier in her career, she managed global banking and corporate finance relationships at New York money center banks including Citibank, Banker’s Trust, and Chase. In 2006, President Bush appointed her Chair of the congressionally-chartered HELP Commission on reforming foreign aid. In 2007, she was appointed by the Secretary of the Treasury to the U.S. Treasury Advisory Committee on the Auditing Profession. She is a member of the board of directors of Discover Financial Services, ManTech International Corporation, Marriott International, Inc., and T. Rowe Price Group, Inc. Ms. Bush also was a director of Briggs & Stratton, Inc. from 2004 to April 2009, of United Airlines from 2006 to 2010 and of the Pioneer Family of Mutual Funds from 1997 to 2012. She also serves on the Kennedy Center’s Community Advisory Board and she is Chairman of the Capital Partners for Education, a not-for-profit organization that mentors young people through high school and college. Ms. Bush was chosen to serve as a member of our board of directors due to her extensive and wide ranging experience in finance, audit and the global financial markets.

L. John Doerr has served as a member of our board of directors since May 2002. Mr. Doerr has been a General Partner of Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers, a venture capital firm, since August 1980. Mr. Doerr has also served as a member of the board of directors of Alphabet, Inc., a global technology company, since May 1999, and Amyris, Inc., a renewable products company, since May 2006. Mr. Doerr was previously a director of Amazon.com, Inc., an e-commerce company, from 1996 to 2010. Mr. Doerr holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering and an M.S. in Electrical Engineering and Computer Science from Rice University and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. Mr. Doerr was selected to serve as a member of our board of directors due to his extensive experience with technology companies.

General Colin L. Powell, USA (Retired) has served a member of our board of directors since January 2009. General Powell served as the 65 th U.S. Secretary of State from January 2001 to January 2005. He served 35 years in the U.S. Army, rising to the rank of Four-Star General and from 1989 to 1993 served as the 12 th Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff. General Powell has also been a member of the board of directors of Salesforce.com, Inc., a global cloud computing company, since January 2015. He is Chairman of the Board of Visitors of the Colin Powell School at the City College of New York. He is also the Founder and Chairman Emeritus of the America’s Promise Alliance, a nonprofit organization advocating for the strength and well-being of America’s children and youth. General Powell was selected to serve as a member of our board of directors due to his extensive leadership experience.

Scott Sandell has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2003. Mr. Sandell is Managing General Partner at global venture capital firm New Enterprise Associates, Inc., or NEA. A General Partner since 2000, and Co-Managing General Partner from 2015–2017, Mr. Sandell served as head of the firm’s technology investing practice for 10 years and has led NEA’s China investing activities for over a decade. Prior to joining NEA in 1996, Mr. Sandell worked as a Product Manager for Windows 95 at Microsoft Corporation. Mr. Sandell started his career at the Boston Consulting Group, a global management consulting firm, and later joined C-ATS Software, Inc., a software development company. Mr. Sandell currently serves on the boards of various private companies. He previously served on the boards of Data Domain, Fusion-io, Neoteris, NetIQ, Playdom, Spreadtrum Communications, Tableau Software, WebEx, and Workday. Mr. Sandell also currently serves on the Board of Advisors for the Thayer School of Engineering at Dartmouth, and is a former Chairman of the National Venture Capital Association (NVCA), a trade organization for venture capital and private equity firms. Mr. Sandell holds an A.B. from Dartmouth College and an M.B.A. from Stanford University. Mr. Sandell was chosen to serve as a member of our board of directors due to his extensive experience with a wide range of technology companies in the venture capital industry.

Peter Teti has served as a member of our board of directors since November 2015. Mr. Teti was nominated to serve on our board by Alberta Investment Management Corporation, an institutional investment fund management company, where he is the Senior Vice President of Private Equity and Relationship Investing. Prior to joining Alberta Investment Management Corporation in 2012, Mr. Teti served as Managing Director,

 

161


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Investment Banking at N.M. Rothschild & Sons, an investment banking company, from 2002 to 2012. Mr. Teti holds a Bachelor of Commerce from Queen’s University and is a Chartered Accountant. Mr. Teti was chosen to serve as a member of our board of directors due to his extensive experience with a wide range of technology companies and his experience in private equity.

Eddy Zervigon has served as a member of our board of directors since October 2007. Since 2012, Mr. Zervigon has been a Special Advisor at Riverside Management Group, a boutique merchant bank. Previously, he was a Managing Director in the Principal Investments Group at Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, a global financial services firm, from 1997-2012. Prior to joining Morgan Stanley, Mr. Zervigon was a Certified Public Accountant at Coopers & Lybrand (now PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP), a public accounting firm. He previously served as a director of DigitalGlobe, Inc., a builder and operator of satellites for digital imaging, where he served as a member of the audit and compensation committees from 2004 to 2017. In addition, he has previously served as a board member of MMCinemas, Impsat Fiber Networks, Inc., TVN Entertainment Corporation and Stadium Capital. Mr. Zervigon has a B.A. in accounting and a master’s degree in taxation from Florida International University and an M.B.A. from the Amos Tuck School of Business at Dartmouth College. Mr. Zervigon was chosen to serve on our board of directors because he brings significant institutional knowledge regarding our company and significant financial and transactional experience.

Election of Officers

Our executive officers are elected by, and serve at the discretion of, our board of directors. There are no familial relationships among our directors and executive officers.

Board of Directors Composition

Current Board of Directors

Our board of directors has set the authorized number of directors as eight. Our board of directors currently consists of eight members with no vacancies.

Pursuant to our certificate of incorporation as in effect prior to the completion of this offering and our eighth amended and restated voting agreement dated as of June 30, 2011, Messrs. Doerr, Sandell, Zervigon, Powell, Teti, Sridhar, Ms. Ayotte and Ms. Bush have been designated to serve as members of our board of directors. Pursuant to our restated certificate of incorporation and our eighth amended and restated voting agreement, Mr. Doerr was designated as the representative of our Series A preferred stock, Mr. Sandell was designated as the representative of our Series B preferred stock, Mr. Zervigon was designated as the representative of our Series E preferred stock, Mr. Teti was designated as the representative of our Series G preferred stock, Mr. Sridhar was designated as the person currently serving as our Chief Executive Officer, and Mr. Powell was designated by agreement of the director representatives of our Series A and Series B preferred stock as an independent industry representative. The eighth amended and restated voting agreement will terminate in connection with this offering and there will be no contractual obligations regarding the election of our directors.

After this offering, the number of directors will be fixed by our board of directors, subject to the terms of our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering. Currently serving members of our board of directors will continue to serve as directors until their death, resignation, or removal or until their successors are duly elected by the holders of our common stock.

Classified Board of Directors

Our restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect immediately prior to the completion of this offering provides that, immediately after the completion of this offering, our board of directors will be divided

 

162


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Upon expiration of the term of a class of directors, directors for that class will be elected for three-year terms at the annual meeting of stockholders in the year in which that term expires. As a result, only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Each director’s term will continue until the election and qualification of his or her successor, or his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Our current directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

    the Class I directors will be KR Sridhar, Scott Sandell and General Colin L. Powell, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2019;

 

    the Class II directors will be Mary K. Bush, Eddy Zervigon and Peter Teti, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2020; and

 

    the Class III directors will be Senator Kelly A. Ayotte and John Doerr, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2021.

Our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering provide that only our board of directors may fill vacancies on our board. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the total number of directors.

The classification of our board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in our control or management. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Provisions—Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws Provisions” for additional information.

Director Independence

The listing rules of the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) generally require that a majority of the members of a listed company’s board of directors be independent within specified periods following the closing of an initial public offering. In addition, the listing rules generally require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation, and nominating and corporate governance committees be independent.

With the exception of General Powell (Retired), our board of directors has determined that none of our non-employee directors has a material relationship with us and that each of these directors is “independent” as that term is defined under the rules of the NYSE. In making this determination, our board of directors considered the relationships that each non-employee director has with us and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director, and the transactions described in the section titled “Related-Party Transactions.”

Lead Independent Director

Our board of directors has appointed L. John Doerr to serve as our lead independent director upon the completion of this offering. As lead independent director, Mr. Doerr will preside over periodic meetings of our independent directors, serve as a liaison between the chairperson of our board of directors and the independent directors, and perform such additional duties as our board of directors may otherwise determine and delegate.

Committees of Our Board of Directors

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation and organization development committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. The composition and responsibilities of each committee are described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignations or until otherwise

 

163


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

determined by our board of directors. Prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will adopt a charter for each of these committees. Following the completion of this offering, copies of the charters for each committee will be available without charge on the Investor Relations portion of our website.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee is comprised of the Honorable Mary K. Bush, who is the chair of the audit committee, and Mr. Zervigon. We intend to appoint an additional independent member of the audit committee in the near future. Each member of our audit committee is independent under the current and SEC rules and regulations and we intend to comply with the requirement to have a minimum of three members on our audit committee within the applicable transition period. Each member of our audit committee is financially literate as required by current NYSE listing standards. In addition, our board of directors has determined that Ms. Bush is an audit committee financial expert within the meaning of Item 407(d) of Regulation S-K promulgated under the Securities Act. Our audit committee will, among other things:

 

    select a qualified firm to serve as the independent registered public accounting firm to audit our financial statements;

 

    help to ensure the independence and performance of the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    discuss the scope and results of the audit with the independent registered public accounting firm, and review, with management and the independent accountants, our interim and year-end operating results;

 

    develop procedures for employees to submit concerns anonymously about questionable accounting or audit matters;

 

    review our policies on risk assessment and risk management;

 

    obtain and review a report by the independent registered public accounting firm at least annually, that describes our internal quality-control procedures, any material issues with such procedures, and any steps taken to deal with such issues;

 

    approve (or, as permitted, pre-approve) all audit and all permissible non-audit services, other than de minimis non-audit services, to be performed by the independent registered public accounting firm; and

 

    review related-party transactions and proposed waivers of our code of conduct.

Compensation and Organization Development Committee

Our compensation and organization development committee is comprised of Mr. Scott Sandell, who is the chair of the compensation and organization development committee, Mr. Doerr and General Powell. The composition of our compensation and organization development committee meets the requirements for independence under current NYSE and SEC rules and regulations. Each member of this committee is also a non-employee director, as defined pursuant to Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (the Exchange Act). The purpose of our compensation and organization development committee is to discharge the responsibilities of our board of directors relating to compensation of our executive officers and evaluation of the performance of our senior leadership team. Our compensation and organization development committee will, among other things:

 

    evaluate the performance of our executive officers, including the chief executive officer;

 

    periodically review and make recommendations regarding the reporting structure within our executive officer team, and the effectiveness and efficiency of the team;

 

    determine, or make recommendations to our board of directors regarding, the compensation of our executive officers;

 

    administer our stock and equity incentive plans;

 

164


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    make recommendations to our board of directors regarding incentive compensation and equity plans; and

 

    review general policies relating to compensation and benefits of our employees.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

The nominating and corporate governance committee is comprised of Kelly A. Ayotte, who is the chair of the nominating and corporate governance committee, General Powell and Mr. Sandell. The composition of our nominating and corporate governance committee meets the requirements for independence under current NYSE rules and regulations. Our nominating and corporate governance committee will, among other things:

 

    identify, evaluate, select and make recommendations to our board of directors regarding nominees for election to our board of directors and its committees;

 

    evaluate the performance of our board of directors and of individual directors;

 

    consider and make recommendations to our board of directors regarding the composition of our board of directors and its committees;

 

    review developments in corporate governance practices;

 

    evaluate the adequacy of our corporate governance practices and reporting; and

 

    develop and make recommendations to our board of directors regarding corporate governance guidelines and matters.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that is applicable to all of our employees, officers and directors, and we have also adopted a code of ethics for principal executives and senior financial officers.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of our compensation and organization development committee is or has been an officer or employee of our company. None of our executive officers has served as a member of the board of directors, or as a member of the compensation or similar committee, of any entity that has one or more executive officers who served on our board of directors or compensation and organization development committee during 2016 and 2017, or in the three months ended March 31, 2018.

 

165


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Non-Employee Director Compensation

Fiscal 2017 Director Compensation Table

The following table provides information for all compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to each person who served as a non-employee director in the fiscal year ending December 31, 2017.

 

Name and

Principal Position

   Fees
Earned
or Paid
in Cash
($)
     Stock
Awards
($) (1)
     Option
Awards
($)
     Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
     Change in
Pension Value
and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings
     All Other
Compensation
($)
    Total
($)
 

Kelly A. Ayotte

     18,750        412,800        —          —          —          —         431,550  

Mary K. Bush

     100,000        —          —          —          —          —         100,000  

L. John Doerr

     —          —          —          —          —          —   (3)       —    

Colin L. Powell

     75,000        154,800        —          —          —          125,000 (2)       354,800  

T.J. Rodgers (4)

     —          154,800        —          —          —          —         154,800  

Scott Sandell

     —          —          —          —          —          —   (3)       —    

Peter Teti

     —          —          —          —          —          —   (3)       —    

Eddy Zervigon

     —          —          —          —          —          —   (3)       —    

 

(1) The amounts reported represent the aggregate grant date fair value of RSUs granted during 2017 as computed in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification ASC 718. The grant date fair value of the RSUs is set forth in Note 25 to our consolidated financial statements. Note that the amounts reported in this column reflect the accounting cost for these RSUs and do not correspond to the actual economic value that our board members may receive from the RSUs.
(2) For the year ended December 31, 2017, General Colin L. Powell received $75,000 of compensation for his service on the board of directors and $125,000 pursuant to a consulting agreement with the Company.
(3) No compensation was paid to this board member in 2017.
(4) Mr. Rodgers resigned from the board in January 2018.

Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy

In January 2017, our board of directors adopted a new non-employee director compensation policy. Pursuant to the policy, each non-employee director will be granted an award of restricted stock units, or RSUs, and cash compensation based on their board and committee services as follows:

 

     Compensation  
General Board Service    Cash (1)      Equity Shares  

Board service

   $ 60,000        20,000 (2)  

Ongoing annual grant

     —          7,500 (3)  

Lead independent director

     20,000     

Committee Awards

     

Audit committee

     

Chair

     30,000     

Member

     15,000     

Compensation committee

     

Chair

     20,000     

Member

     10,000     

Nominating and corporate governance committee

     

Chair

     15,000     

Member

     5,000     

 

166


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

 

(1) Annual cash retainer of $60,000 for service on the Board for each qualifying director, except for employee directors and members designated to serve on the Board by investors pursuant to contractual rights. Annual board fees are paid pro rata on a quarterly basis.
(2) Annual RSU grant for 20,000 shares to each qualifying director elected beginning January 2017 with such grant to vest pro rata on an annual basis after the date of election.
(3) Annual RSU grant for 7,500 shares to each qualifying director, effective as of January 2017 with such grant to vest pro rata on an annual basis.

 

167


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Summary Compensation Table

The following table presents summary information regarding the total compensation awarded to, earned by, and paid to our principal executive officer and each of our named executive officers during fiscal years 2017 and 2016. These individuals are our named executive officers for both years:

 

Name and Principal

Position

  Fiscal
Year
    Salary (1)
($)
    Bonus (2)
($)
    Stock
Awards (3)
($)
    Option
Awards (4)
($)
    All Other
Compensation ( 5 )
($)
    Total ($)  

KR Sridhar,

    2017       524,039       419,833       13,138,908       16,099,208       26,477       30,208,465  

Founder and Chief

Executive Officer

    2016       500,000       722,600       6,672,825       —         25,092       7,920,517  

Susan Brennan,

    2017       344,616       146,652       —         352,977       26,477       870,722  

Chief Operations Officer

    2016       335,000       230,768       —         908,160       24,012       1,497,940  

Glen Griffiths,

    2017       312,212       110,685       —         235,318       13,077       671,292  

Executive Vice President of
Quality, Reliability and Sustainability

    2016       305,000       166,805       880,537       356,499       12,684       1,721,525  

 

(1)   The amounts reported in the Salary column include regular salary and retroactive pay for salary increases during the year.
(2)   The amounts reported represent the amount earned and payable under the annual bonus plan based on each named executive officer’s target bonus opportunity and pro-rated for the number of days he or she is employed with us. These amounts were partially paid in the year listed with the remaining amount paid in the following calendar year.
(3)   The amounts reported represent the aggregate grant date fair value of RSUs granted to the named executive officer during 2016 and 2017 as computed in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification ASC 718. The grant date fair value of the RSUs is set forth in Note 25 to our consolidated financial statements. Note that the amounts reported in this column reflect the accounting cost for these RSUs, and do not correspond to the actual economic value that our named executive officers may receive from the RSUs.
(4)   The amounts reported represent the aggregate grant date fair value of the stock options granted to our named executive officers during 2016 and 2017 as computed in accordance with ASC 718. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the stock options reported in this column are set forth in Note 25 to our consolidated financial statements. Note that the amounts reported in this column reflect the accounting cost for these stock options, and do not correspond to the actual economic value that our named executive officers may receive from the options.
(5)   Represents group term life insurance premiums and cost of employer sponsored health coverage.

Offer Letters and Employment Arrangements

All of our named executive officers are employed on an at-will basis, with no fixed term of employment. The initial terms and conditions of employment for each of our named executive officers are set forth in written offer letters. Each of our named executive officers has also executed our standard form of confidential information, arbitration and invention assignment agreement. In addition, certain of our named executive officers have been granted awards under our 2002 Equity Incentive Plan and 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, which provide for certain accelerated vesting in connection with a change of control. Such accelerated vesting is described in greater detail in “—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control” and “—Employee Benefit Plans”.

 

168


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

Under the terms of employment agreement with Randy Furr, if his employment is terminated without cause or by him for good reason within 12 months following a change of control, any unvested equity incentive awards at such time shall immediately accelerate and vest for an additional 12 months, unless additional acceleration is provided in the change in control agreement.

2017 Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End Table

The following table presents, for each of our named executive officers, information regarding outstanding equity awards held as of December 31, 2017.

 

          Option Awards     Stock Awards  

Name

  Grant Date     Option Awards—
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
    Option Awards—
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
    Option
Awards—
Option
Exercise
Price ($)
    Option
Awards—

Option
Expiration
Date
    Stock
Awards—

Number
of
Unearned
Shares
That
Have
Not
Vested
(#)
    Stock
Awards—

Market or
Payout
Value
of

Unearned
Shares
That
Have Not
Vested ($)
 

KR Sridhar

    6/25/2008 (1)       771,663       —         1.45       6/24/2018       —         —    
    6/2/2011 (1)       350,000       —         13.70       6/2/2021       —         —    
    8/2/2012 (1)       1,100,000       —         20.23       8/2/2022       —         —    
    9/11/2015 (2)       400,000       —         20.59       9/10/2025       —         —    
    1/14/2016 (4)       —         —         —         —         3,805       78,345  
    5/5/2016 (6)       —         —         —         —         319,500       6,594,480  
    5/11/2017 (8)       —         —         —         —         636,575       13,138,908  
    5/11/2017 (9)       —         1,326,763       20.64       5/10/2027       —         —    

Susan Brennan

    11/7/2013 (3)       163,333       36,667       20.54       11/6/2023       —         —    
    2/12/2015 (4)       —         —         —         —         1,505       30,913  
    9/11/2015 (1)       9,666       10,334       20.59       9/10/2025       —         —    
    9/11/2015 (5)       —         —         —         —         20,000       411,800  
    5/5/2016 (6)       —         —         —         —         44,000       908,160  
    7/21/2017 (10)       6,875       23,125       20.64       7/20/2027       —         —    

Glen Griffiths

    2/12/2015 (3)       99,000       66,000       20.54       2/11/2025       —         —    
    2/12/2015 (4)       —         —         —         —         35,000       722,400  
    1/14/2016 (4)       —         —         —         —         954       19,691  
    5/5/2016 (6)       —         —         —         —         11,710       241,694  
    10/3/2016 (7)       10,200       19,800       20.64       10/02/2026       —         —    
    10/3/2016 (6)       —         —         —         —         30,000       619,200  
    7/21/2017 (10)       4,583       15,417       20.64       7/20/2027       —         —    

 

(1)   These stock options vest evenly over a five-year period with 1/60th of the shares of Class B common stock underlying the options vesting each month from the vesting commencement date, subject to continuous service to us.
(2)   These stock options vest evenly over a two-year period with 1/24 of the total shares of Class B common stock underlying the option vesting each month from the vesting commencement date, subject to continuous service to us.
(3)   These stock options vest over a five-year period as follows: 20% of the shares of Class B common stock underlying the options vest on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and 1/60th of the shares of Class B common stock underlying the options vest monthly thereafter, subject to continuous service to us.

 

169


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
(4)   The shares are represented by restricted stock units pursuant to which 100% of the units vest upon the earlier of the six-month anniversary of our initial public offering or the closing of a sale event, subject to continuous service to us.
(5)   The shares are represented by restricted stock units pursuant to which 50% of the units vest upon the earlier of the six-month anniversary of our initial public offering or the closing of a sale event, 25% of the units vest on the one year anniversary, and the remaining 25% of the units vest on the second anniversary of the initial vesting event, subject to continuous service to us.
(6)   The shares are represented by restricted stock units pursuant to which 1/3 rd of the units vest upon the earlier of the six-month anniversary of our initial public offering or the closing of a sale event, 1/3rd of the units vest on the one year anniversary, and the remaining 1/3 rd of the units vest on the second anniversary of the initial vesting event, subject to continuous service to us.
(7)   These stock options vest over three years with 1/3rd of the options vesting on the first, second and third anniversary of the vesting commencement, subject to continuous service to us.
(8) The shares are represented by restricted stock units pursuant to which 50% of the units vest upon the one-year anniversary of our initial public offering or the closing of a sale event, and 50% of the units vest on the second year anniversary, subject to continuous service to us.
(9) These stock options vest monthly over two years from the vesting commencement date of January 1, 2018, subject to continuous service to us.
(10) These stock options vest monthly over four years from the vesting commencement date of January 1, 2017, subject to continuous service to us.

Employee Benefit Plans

2002 Stock Plan

Our board of directors adopted and the stockholders approved our 2002 Stock Plan (the 2002 Plan) in April 2002. The 2002 Plan was amended in June 2011. No additional awards were granted under the 2002 Plan after our adoption of the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (2012 Plan).

The 2002 Plan provides for the grant of both incentive stock options, which qualify for favorable tax treatment to their recipients under Section 422 of the Code, and non-statutory stock options, as well as for the issuance of restricted stock. We may grant incentive stock options only to our employees. We may grant non-statutory stock options, as well as issue shares of restricted stock, to our employees, officers, directors and consultants.

The exercise price of each incentive stock option must be at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Options granted under the 2002 Plan generally may be exercised for a period of thirty days after the termination of the optionee’s service to us or, in the case of death or disability, six months. The maximum permitted term of options granted under our 2002 Plan is ten years.

In the event we are a party to a merger or consolidation or we sell all or substantially all of our assets, the 2002 Plan provides that (i) if the surviving entity agrees to assume or substitute the outstanding awards under the 2002 Plan, such awards shall be so assumed or substituted, provided that any outstanding award which remains entirely unvested shall be partially accelerated and vested, and (ii) if the surviving entity declines to assume or substitute the outstanding awards under the 2002 Plan, all such outstanding awards shall be accelerated in full and fully vested and exercisable.

In August 2012, in connection with our adoption of the 2012 Plan, shares authorized for issuance under the 2002 Plan were cancelled (except for those shares reserved for issuance upon exercise of outstanding stock options). As of March 31, 2018, options to purchase 4,831,801 shares of our common stock were outstanding under the 2002 Plan and no shares were available for future grant. As of March 31, 2018, the weighted average exercise price of outstanding options under the 2002 Plan was $10.44 per share. Any outstanding stock options granted under the 2002 Plan will remain outstanding, subject to the terms of our 2002 Plan and applicable award

 

170


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

agreements, until such shares are issued under those awards (by exercise of stock options) or until the awards terminate or expire by their terms.

2012 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan in August 2012. Our stockholders approved the 2012 Plan in July 2013.

The 2012 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, non-statutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, RSUs and stock appreciation rights, all of which may be granted to employees, including officers, and to non-employee directors and consultants. We may grant incentive stock options only to our employees. We may grant non-statutory stock options, RSUs and stock appreciation rights, as well as issue shares of restricted stock, to our employees (including our officers), directors and consultants.

The exercise price of each stock option must be at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. However, the exercise price of incentive stock options granted to 10% stockholders must be at least equal to 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Options granted under our 2012 Plan generally may be exercised for a period of three months after the termination of the optionee’s service to us (or such period not less than thirty days) but not longer than five years as the administrator may provide), or, in the case of death or disability, twelve months (or such shorter period (but not less than six months) as the administrator may provide). The maximum permitted term of options granted under our 2012 Plan is ten years. However, the maximum permitted term of options granted to 10% stockholders is five years.

A restricted stock award is an offer by us to sell shares of our common stock subject to restrictions, which may vest based on time or achievement of performance conditions. The price, if any, of a restricted stock award will be determined by the plan administrator. Unless otherwise determined by the plan administrator at the time of award, vesting will cease on the date the holder no longer provides services to us and unvested shares will be forfeited to or repurchased by us.

RSUs are awards representing the right to receive shares of our common stock at a specified date in the future, subject to forfeiture of that right because of a termination of employment or service or failure to achieve certain performance conditions.

Stock appreciation rights provide for a payment, or payments, in cash or shares of our common stock, to the holder based upon the difference between the fair market value of our common stock on the date of exercise and the stated exercise price at grant up to a maximum amount of cash or number of shares. Stock appreciation rights may vest based on time or achievement of performance conditions.

In the event we are subject to an “acquisition” or “other combination” (as such terms are defined in the 2012 Plan), the 2012 Plan provides that awards may be continued, assumed, substituted, settled by payment (in cash, cash equivalents, or securities of the surviving corporation or its parent) of the full value of the stock awards, accelerated in full, or canceled without consideration, and awards will terminate upon the consummation of the acquisition or other combination unless they are continued, assumed, or substituted.

The following shares of our Class B common stock will be available for grant and issuance under the 2012 Plan: (i) shares that are subject to stock options or other awards granted the 2002 Plan that cease to be subject to such awards by forfeiture or otherwise, (ii) any shares issued under the 2002 Plan after the effective date of the 2012 Plan pursuant to the exercise of stock options that are, after the effective date of the 2012 Plan, forfeited, (iii) any shares issued under the 2002 Plan that are repurchased by us at the original issue price and (iv) any shares that are subject to stock options or other awards under the 2002 Plan that are used to pay the exercise price of an option or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to any award. The maximum number of shares that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of incentive stock options under the 2012 Plan is 30,000,000 shares.

 

171


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

As of March 31, 2018, we had reserved 25,860,989 shares of our common stock for issuance under our 2012 Plan. As of March 31, 2018, options to purchase 17,317,677 shares of our common stock and restricted stock units settleable for 4,720,640 shares of common stock remained outstanding under the 2012 Plan. The stock options outstanding had a weighted average exercise price of $17.74 per share. As of March 31, 2018, 8,525,008 shares remained available for future grant. Subsequent to March 31, 2018, we issued restricted stock units that may be settled for 44,406 shares of our Class B common stock, granted pursuant to our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan.

We will cease issuing awards under our 2012 Plan upon the effectiveness of the 2018 Plan, which is described below. Instead, we will grant equity awards under our 2018 Plan. However, any outstanding awards granted under the 2012 Plan will remain outstanding, subject to the terms of our 2012 Plan and applicable award agreements, until they are exercised or settled or until they terminate or expire by their terms.

2018 Equity Incentive Plan

In May    , 2018, our board of directors adopted and our stockholders approved our 2018 Equity Incentive Plan (2018 Plan). The 2018 Plan will become effective on first trading day immediately following the date on which this registration statement is declared effective and will serve as the successor to our 2012 Plan. We reserved shares of our Class A common stock to be issued under our 2018 Plan. We initially reserved 20,000,000 shares of our Class A common stock to be issued under our 2018 Plan. The number of shares reserved for issuance under our 2018 Plan will increase automatically on the first day of January of each of 2019 through 2028 by the number of shares of Class A common stock equal to 4% of the total outstanding shares of our common stock and common stock equivalents as of the immediately preceding December 31 (rounded to the nearest whole share). However, our board of directors may reduce the amount of the increase in any particular year. In addition, the following shares of our Class A common stock will be available for grant and issuance under our 2018 Plan:

 

    shares subject to awards granted under our 2018 Plan that cease to be subject to the awards for any reason other than exercises of stock options or stock appreciation rights;

 

    shares subject to awards granted under our 2018 Plan that are subsequently forfeited or repurchased by us at the original issue price;

 

    shares surrendered, cancelled, or exchanged for cash or a different award (or combination thereof);

 

    shares subject to awards under our 2018 Plan that are used to pay the exercise price of an award or withheld to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to any award;

 

    shares reserved but not issued or subject to outstanding awards under our 2012 Plan on the effective of our 2018 Plan;

 

    shares subject to awards under our 2012 Plan that are used to pay the exercise price of a stock option or withheld to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to any award;

 

    shares that are subject to stock options or other awards granted under the 2012 Plan that cease to be subject to such stock options or other awards, by forfeiture or otherwise, after the effective date of the 2018 Plan;

 

    shares issued under the 2012 Plan before or after the effective date of the 2018 Plan pursuant to the exercise of stock options that are forfeited after the effective date of the 2018 Plan; and

 

    shares issued under the 2012 Plan that are repurchased by us at the original issue price.

Our 2018 Plan authorizes the award of stock options, restricted stock awards, stock appreciation rights, RSUs, performance awards and stock bonuses. No more than 40,000,000 shares of our Class A common stock will be issued pursuant to the exercise of incentive stock options. No non-employee director may receive awards

 

172


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

under the 2018 Plan that, when combined with cash compensation received for service as a non-employee director, exceeds $750,000 in a calendar year, increased to $1,250,000 in the calendar year of his or her initial services as a non-employee director.

Our 2018 Plan will be administered by our compensation and organization development committee, all of the members of which are outside directors as defined under applicable federal tax laws, or by our board of directors acting in place of our compensation and organization development committee. The compensation and organization development committee will have the authority to construe and interpret our 2018 Plan, grant awards and make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the plan.

Our 2018 Plan will provide for the grant of awards to our employees, directors, consultants, independent contractors and advisors, provided the consultants, independent contractors, directors and advisors are natural persons who render services not in connection with the offer and sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction. The exercise price of stock options must be at least equal to the fair market value of our Class A common stock on the date of grant.

We anticipate that in general, stock options will vest over a four-year period. Stock options may vest based on time or achievement of performance conditions. Our compensation and organization development committee may provide for stock options to be exercised only as they vest or to be immediately exercisable with any shares issued on exercise being subject to our right of repurchase that lapses as the shares vest. The maximum term of stock options granted under our 2018 Plan is ten years.

A restricted stock award is an offer by us to sell shares of our common stock subject to restrictions, which may vest based on time or achievement of performance conditions. The price, if any, of a restricted stock award will be determined by the compensation and organization development committee. Unless otherwise determined by the compensation and organization development committee at the time of award, vesting will cease on the date the holder no longer provides services to us and unvested shares will be forfeited to or repurchased by us.

Stock appreciation rights provide for a payment, or payments, in cash or shares of our Class A common stock, to the holder based upon the difference between the fair market value of our common stock on the date of exercise and the stated exercise price at grant up to a maximum amount of cash or number of shares. Stock appreciation rights may vest based on time or achievement of performance conditions.

RSUs represent the right to receive shares of our common stock at a specified date in the future, subject to forfeiture of that right because of termination of employment or failure to achieve certain performance conditions. If a RSU has not been forfeited, then on the date specified in the RSU agreement, we will deliver to the holder of the RSU whole shares of our common stock (which may be subject to additional restrictions), cash or a combination of our common stock and cash.

Performance awards cover a number of shares of our common stock that may be settled upon achievement of the pre-established performance conditions in cash or by issuance of the underlying shares. These awards are subject to forfeiture prior to settlement due to termination of employment or failure to achieve the performance conditions.

Stock bonuses may be granted as additional compensation for service or performance, and therefore, may not be issued in exchange for cash.

In the event there is a specified type of change in our capital structure without our receipt of consideration, such as a stock split, appropriate adjustments will be made to the number and class of shares reserved under our 2018 Plan, the maximum number and class of shares that can be granted in a calendar year and the number and class of shares and exercise price, if applicable, of all outstanding awards under our 2018 Plan.

 

173


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Awards granted under our 2018 Plan may not be transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or as determined by our compensation and organization development committee. Unless otherwise permitted by our compensation and organization development committee, stock options may be exercised during the lifetime of the optionee only by the optionee or the optionee’s guardian or legal representative. Stock options granted under our 2018 Plan may be exercised for a period of three months after the termination of the optionee’s service to us, or for a period of 12 months in the case of death, or disability, or such shorter or longer period as our compensation and organization development committee may provide. Stock options generally terminate immediately upon termination of employment for cause.

Our 2018 Plan provides that, in the event of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets or specified types of mergers or consolidations, or other specified corporate transactions, outstanding awards under our 2018 Plan may be continued; outstanding awards may be assumed by any surviving or acquiring corporation; the surviving or acquiring corporation may substitute similar awards for those outstanding under our 2018 Plan; outstanding awards may have their exercisability (as applicable) or vesting accelerated in full or in part; outstanding awards may be settled for the full value of such outstanding award (whether or not then vested or exercisable) in cash, cash equivalents or securities of the successor entity with payment deferred until the date or dates the award would have become exercisable or vested; or outstanding awards may be terminated for no consideration. The 2018 Plan administrator has the discretion to provide that a stock award under our 2018 Plan will immediately vest as to all or any portion of the shares subject to the stock award at the time of a corporate transaction or in the event a participant’s service with us or a successor entity is terminated actually or constructively within a designated period following the occurrence of the transaction. Stock awards held by participants under our 2018 Plan will not vest automatically on such an accelerated basis unless specifically provided in the participant’s applicable award agreement. In the event of a corporate transaction, the vesting of all awards granted to non-employee directors shall accelerate and such awards shall become exercisable (as applicable) in full upon the consummation of the corporate transaction.

Our 2018 Plan will terminate ten years from the date our board of directors approves the plan, unless it is terminated earlier by our board of directors. Our board of directors may amend or terminate our 2018 Plan at any time. If our board of directors amends our 2018 Plan, it does not need to ask for stockholder approval of the amendment unless required by applicable law.

2018 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

In May    , 2018, our board of directors adopted and our stockholders approved our 2018 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP). The ESPP will become effective on the date this registration statement is declared effective. The purpose of the ESPP is to enable eligible employees to purchase shares of our Class A common stock at a discount following the date of this offering. Purchases will be accomplished through participation in discrete offering periods. Our ESPP is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code. We initially reserved 5,000,000 shares of our Class A common stock for issuance under our ESPP. The number of shares reserved for issuance under our ESPP will increase automatically on the 1st day of January of each of the first nine years following the first offering date by the number of shares equal to 1% of the total outstanding shares of our common stock and common stock equivalents as of the immediately preceding December 31 (rounded to the nearest whole share). However, our board of directors may reduce the amount of the increase in any particular year. The aggregate number of shares issued over the term of our ESPP will not exceed 50,000,000 shares of our Class A common stock.

Our compensation and organization development committee will administer our ESPP. Our employees generally are eligible to participate in our ESPP if they are employed by us; we may exclude employees from participation if they do not work at least 20 hours per week and more than five months in a calendar year. Employees who are 5% stockholders, or would become 5% stockholders as a result of their participation in our ESPP, are ineligible to participate. We may impose additional restrictions on eligibility. Under our ESPP, eligible employees will be able to acquire shares of our Class A common stock through payroll deductions between 1%

 

174


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

and 15% of their base compensation. We will also have the right to amend or terminate our ESPP at any time. Our ESPP will terminate on the tenth anniversary of the last day of the first purchase period, unless terminated earlier by our board of directors.

When an initial offering period commences, eligible employees, who participate in the offering period, will automatically be granted a non-transferable option to purchase shares in that offering period. For subsequent offering periods, new participants will be required to enroll in a timely manner. Once an employee is enrolled, participation will be automatic in subsequent offering periods. An employee’s participation automatically ends upon termination of employment for any reason.

Except for the first offering period, each offering period will run for no more than 24 months, with purchases occurring every six months. The first offering period will begin upon the effective date of our ESPP and will end approximately two years following the date of this prospectus. Except for the first purchase period, each purchase period will be for six months. An employee’s participation automatically ends upon termination of employment for any reason.

No participant will have the right to purchase shares of our Class A common stock in an amount, when aggregated with purchase rights under all our employee stock purchase plans that are also in effect in the same calendar year, that have a fair market value of more than $25,000, determined as of the first day of the applicable purchase period, for each calendar year in which that right is outstanding. In addition, no participant will be permitted to purchase more than 2,500 shares of our Class A common stock during any one purchase period or a lesser amount determined by our compensation and organization development committee. The purchase price for shares of our Class A common stock purchased under our ESPP will be 15% of the lesser of the fair market value of our Class A common stock on (i) the first trading day of the applicable offering period and (ii) the last trading day of each purchase period in the applicable offering period.

If we experience a change in control transaction, any offering period that commenced prior to the closing of the proposed change in control transaction will be shortened and terminated on a new purchase date. The new purchase date will occur prior to the closing of the proposed change in control transaction, and our ESPP will then terminate on the closing of the proposed change in control.

401(k) Plan

We maintain a tax-qualified 401(k) retirement plan for all employees who satisfy certain eligibility requirements, including requirements relating to age. Under our 401(k) plan, employees may elect to defer up to 60% of eligible compensation, subject to applicable annual Code limits. We do not match any contributions made by our employees, including executives, but have the discretion to do so. We intend for our 401(k) plan to qualify under Section 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code so that contributions by employees to our 401(k) plan, and income earned on those contributions, are not taxable to employees until withdrawn from our 401(k) plan.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

Our restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, contains provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except for liability:

 

    for any breach of their duty of loyalty to our company or our stockholders;

 

    for any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

    unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

    for any transaction from which they derived an improper personal benefit.

 

175


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Any amendment to or repeal of these provisions will not eliminate or reduce the effect of these provisions in respect of any act, omission, or claim that occurred or arose prior to that amendment or repeal. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to provide for further limitations on the personal liability of directors of corporations, then the personal liability of our directors will be further limited to the greatest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Our amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, provide that we will indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit, or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was one of our directors or officers or is or was serving at our request as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise. Our amended and restated bylaws provide that we may indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit, or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was one of our employees or agents or is or was serving at our request as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise. Our amended and restated bylaws also provide that we must advance expenses incurred by or on behalf of a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, subject to very limited exceptions.

We have also entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that are broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law. These indemnification agreements require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and executive officers against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service. These indemnification agreements also require us to advance all expenses incurred by the directors and executive officers in investigating or defending any such action, suit, or proceeding. We believe that these agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors and executive officers.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws or in these indemnification agreements may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, we are not aware of any pending litigation or proceeding involving any person who is or was one of our directors, officers, employees, or other agents or is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

We have obtained insurance policies under which, subject to the limitations of the policies, coverage is provided to our directors and officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of fiduciary duty or other wrongful acts as a director or officer, including claims relating to public securities matters, and to us with respect to payments that may be made by us to these officers and directors pursuant to our indemnification obligations or otherwise as a matter of law.

Certain of our non-employee directors may, through their relationships with their employers, be insured or indemnified against certain liabilities incurred in their capacity as members of our board of directors.

The underwriting agreement will provide for indemnification by the underwriters of us and our officers, directors, and employees for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act or otherwise.

 

176


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers, or persons controlling our company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

177


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In addition to the director and executive compensation arrangements discussed above under “Executive Compensation,” the following is a description of those transactions since January 1, 2015, that we have participated in where the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000 and in which any of our directors, executive officers, beneficial holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or any member of the immediate family of or entities affiliated with any of the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Private Placements

Debt and Convertible Promissory Note Financing

For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, we issued $25.0 million and zero, respectively, in debt and convertible notes to investors that are members of our board of directors or their affiliates or holders of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock.

Over the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, we obtained $36.7 million and $8.2 million, respectively, in term loans due September 2028 from Alberta Investment Management Corporation to fund the purchase and installation of Energy Servers related to PPA IIIa. The loan bears a fixed interest rate of 8%.

In September 2016 we issued $12.5 million in principal amount of our 6% Notes to KPCB Holdings, Inc. and $12.5 million in principal amount of our 6% Notes to New Enterprise Associates pursuant to a note purchase agreement. For further information of our 6% Notes, see “Description of Capital Stock—6.0% Convertible Senior Secured Notes due 2020”.

We paid $1.0 million, $0.9 million, and $0.3 million of outstanding debt principal to Alberta Investment Management Corporation in 2016, 2017 and the three months ended March 31, 2018, respectively. We recorded $8.3 million in accrued interest for the 8% Notes and the 6% Notes to KPCB Holdings, Inc. and New Enterprise Associates and $3.8 million in accrued interest to Alberta Investment Management Corporation. The paid-in-kind interest was converted to debt principal in each of the respective years. As of March 31, 2018, the total debt balance was $54.7 million for Alberta Investment Management Corporation, $26.6 million for KPCB Holdings, Inc., and $26.6 million for New Enterprise Associates.

Registration Rights Agreement

We have entered into an amended and restated registration rights agreement with certain holders of our preferred stock, including entities affiliated with KPCB Holdings, Inc., New Enterprise Associates, Kuwait Investment Authority, Alberta Investment Management Corporation and Advanced Equities Financial Corp. L. John Doerr, Scott Sandell and Peter Teti, members of our board of directors, are affiliated with KPCB Holdings, Inc., New Enterprise Associates and Alberta Investment Management Corporation, respectively. These stockholders are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares following this offering. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for additional information.

Indemnification Agreements

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. The indemnification agreements and our amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, will require us to indemnify our directors to the fullest extent not prohibited by Delaware law. Subject to certain limitations, our amended and restated bylaws also require us to advance expenses incurred by our directors and officers. See the section titled “Executive Compensation—Limitation of Liability and Indemnification” for additional information.

 

178


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Consulting Arrangement

In January 2009, we entered into a consulting agreement with General Colin L. Powell (Retired), a member of our board of directors, pursuant to which General Powell performs certain strategic planning and advisory services for us. Pursuant to this consulting agreement, General Powell receives compensation of $125,000 per year and reimbursement for reasonable expenses.

Directed Share Program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to     % of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus for sale, at the initial public offering price, to our directors, officers and other individuals associated with them, and our employees, to the extent permitted by local securities laws and regulations. Any shares sold in the directed share program to our directors, executive officers or stockholders who have entered into lock-up agreements described in “Underwriting” shall be subject to the provisions of such lock-up agreements. Employees and family members of employees who participate in the directed share program shall be subject to substantially similar lock-up provisions with respect to any shares sold to them pursuant to the directed share program.

Review, Approval, or Ratification of Transactions with Related Parties

Our related-person transactions policy adopted by our board of directors and the charter of our audit committee to be adopted by our board of directors and in effect immediately prior to the completion of this offering require that any transaction with a related person that must be reported under applicable rules of the SEC must be reviewed and approved or ratified by our audit committee, unless the related person is, or is associated with, a member of that committee, in which event the transaction must be reviewed and approved by our nominating and corporate governance committee.

Our related-person transactions policy will apply to transactions, arrangements or relationships in which we are a participant, in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and in which a related person has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. A related person is: (i) any of our directors, nominees for director or executive officers, (ii) any immediate family member of a director, nominee for director or executive officer, and (iii) any person, and his or her immediate family members, or entity that is known by us to be a beneficial owner of 5% or more of any of our outstanding equity securities at the time the transaction occurred or existed.

In the course of its review and approval of related party transactions, our audit committee will consider the relevant facts and circumstances to decide whether to approve such transactions. Our audit committee will approve only those related-person transactions that it determines, in light of known circumstances, are in, or not inconsistent with, our best interests and the best interests of our stockholders, as the audit committee determines in the good faith exercise of its discretion.

For the purposes of our related-person transactions policy, our audit committee has determined that, in the absence of facts or circumstances indicating special or unusual benefits to the related person, a related person does not have a direct or indirect material interest in the following categories of transactions, and therefore such following categories of transactions need not be approved by the audit committee under the related-person transactions policy:

 

    our employment of any executive officer, if the compensation related to such executive officer’s employment is required to be reported in our proxy statement under Item 402 of the SEC’s compensation disclosure requirements, or if such executive officer is not an immediate family member of another of our executive officers or directors and our nomination and corporate governance committee approved such compensation;

 

    any compensation paid to a director if the compensation is required to be reported in our proxy statement under Item 402 Regulation SK;

 

179


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    any transaction with another company at which a related person’s only relationship is as an employee (other than as an executive officer), director or beneficial owner of less than 10% of that company’s shares or as a limited partner holding interests of less than 10% in the limited partnership (or similar interests in an alternative form of entity), if the aggregate amount involved does not exceed the greater of $1,000,000, or 2% of that company’s (or other entity’s) total annual revenues, provided that if the related person is such only because of the ownership of more than 5% of our outstanding voting securities, then such person shall not be deemed to have an indirect material interest in the transaction if such person’s relationship with the other company is the ownership of less than a majority of such other company’s outstanding voting shares;

 

    any transaction where the related person’s interest arises solely from the ownership of our common stock and all holders of our common stock received the same benefit on a pro rata basis ( e . g . dividends);

 

    any transaction with a related person where the rates or charges involved are determined by competitive bids;

 

    any transaction involving the rendering of services as a common or contract carrier, or public utility, at rates or charges fixed in conformity with law or governmental authority; or

 

    any transaction involving services as a bank depositary of funds, transfer agent, registrar, trustee under a trust indenture or similar services.

Prior to the adoption of our related-person transactions policy, we had no formal, written policy or procedure for the review and approval of related-person transactions. However, our practice has been to have all related-person transactions reviewed and approved by a majority of the disinterested members of our board of directors, including the transactions described above.

 

180


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table presents information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of March 31, 2018, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of the common stock by us in this offering assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, by:

 

    each stockholder known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding shares of common stock;

 

    each of our directors;

 

    each of our named executive officers; and

 

    all of our current directors and executive officers as a group.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, to our knowledge, based on the information furnished to us, the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock that they beneficially own, subject to applicable community property laws. We have deemed shares of our common stock subject to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2018 to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding the option for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person but have not treated them as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

We have based percentage ownership of our common stock before this offering on 132,249,809 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2018. Percentage ownership of our common stock after this offering also assumes the sale by us of              shares of common stock in this offering. An asterisk (*) below denotes beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

 

181


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each of the individuals and entities named below is: c/o Bloom Energy Corporation, 1299 Orleans Drive, Sunnyvale, California 94089.

 

    Beneficial
Ownership
Prior to This
Offering Class B
    % Total
Voting
Power
Before this
Offering (1)
    Beneficial Ownership After
to This Offering
    % Total
Voting
Power
After this
Offering (1)
 
      Class A     Class B    

Beneficial Owner

  Shares     %       Shares     %     Shares     %    

Named Executive Officers and Directors

               

KR Sridhar (2)

    4,906,739       3.63            

Shares subject to voting proxy (3)

               

Total (3) (5)

               

Susan Brennan (4)

    201,332       *              

Matt Ross (5)

    260,732       *              

Randy Furr (6)

    423,801       *              

Kelly A. Ayotte (7)

    —         *              

Mary K. Bush (8)

    31,250       *              

L. John Doerr (9)

    20,967,725       15.85              

Colin Powell (10)

    232,500       *              

Scott Sandell (11)

    11,610,753       8.78              

Peter Teti (12)

    10,015,756       7.53              

Eddy Zervigon (13)

    54,445       *              

All current executive officers and directors as a group (17 persons) (14)

    51,047,282       38.47              

Other 5% Stockholders:

               

Entities affiliated with Alberta Investment Management Corporation (15)

    10,005,921       7.53              

Entities affiliated with Advanced Equities Financial
Corp. (16)

    8,664,429       6.55              

KPCB Holdings, Inc. as nominee (17)

    20,967,725       15.85              

Entities affiliated with Kuwait Investment Authority (18)

    14,184,383       10.73              

Entities affiliated with New Enterprise Associates (19)

    11,610,753       8.78              

 

(*)   Less than one percent (1%).
(1)   Percentage of total voting power represents voting power with respect to all shares of our Class A and Class B common stock, as a single class. The holders of our Class B common stock are entitled to ten votes per share, and holders of our Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Common Stock” for more information about the voting rights of our Class A and Class B common stock.
(2)   Represents (i) 2,064,249 shares held by of Class B common stock Mr. Sridhar; (ii) 49,704 shares of Class B common stock held by KR Sridhar, as Trustee of the KR Sridhar 2008 Annuity Trust AS dated December 18, 2008, (iii) 49,704 shares of Class B common stock held by KR Sridhar, as Trustee of the KR Sridhar 2008 Annuity Trust KS dated December 18, 2008, (iv) 83,445 shares of Class B common stock held by KR Sridhar, as Trustee of the KR Sridhar 2010 Annuity Trust AS dated April 27, 2010, (v) 83,445 shares of Class B common stock held by KR Sridhar, as Trustee of the KR Sridhar 2010 Annuity Trust KS dated April 27, 2010, (vi) 488,280 shares of Class B common stock held by The KR Sridhar and Sudha Sarma 2012 Irrevocable Trust and (vii) 2,842,490 shares of Class B common stock underlying stock options exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2018 held by Mr. Sridhar. By virtue of the relationship Mr. Sridhar has with each Trust above in this footnote, Mr. Sridhar is deemed to have voting and dispositive power of these shares. Additionally, this amount includes             shares of Class B common stock held by other stockholders over which, except under limited circumstances, Mr. Sridhar holds an irrevocable proxy, pursuant to voting agreements between Mr. Sridhar, us and such stockholders, including certain of our directors and holders of more than 5% of our capital stock with respect to certain matters, as indicated in the footnotes below. We do not believe that the parties to these voting agreements constitute a “group” under Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as Mr. Sridhar exercises voting control over these shares. For more information about the voting agreements, see “Description of Capital Stock—Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock—Voting Rights.”

 

182


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
(3)   Consists of shares of our Class A and Class B common stock held by other stockholders over which, except under limited circumstances, Mr. Sridhar holds an irrevocable proxy, pursuant to voting agreements between Mr. Sridhar and such stockholders, including certain of our directors and holders of more than 5% of our capital stock with respect to certain matters, as indicated in the footnotes below. We do not believe that the parties to these voting agreements constitute a “group” under Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as Mr. Sridhar exercises voting control over these shares. For more information about the voting agreements, see “Description of Capital Stock—Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock—Voting Rights.”
(4)   Represents 201,332 shares of Class B common stock underlying stock options exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2018 held by Ms. Brennan.
(5)   Represents 260,732 shares of Class B common stock underlying stock options exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2018 held by Mr. Ross.
(6)   Represents 423,801 shares of Class B common stock underlying stock options exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2018 held by Mr. Furr.
(7) Ms. Ayotte joined the Company in November 2017, and she has no shares underlying stock options exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2018.
( 8 )   Represents 31,250 shares of Class B common stock underlying stock options exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2018 held by Ms. Bush.
( 9 )   Consists of the shares of common stock referenced in footnote (16) below.
( 10 )   Represents (i) 42,225 shares of Class B common stock held by Mr. Powell, (ii) 10,258 shares of Class B common stock held by The CLP 6-Year GRAT u/a dtd 9/28/2012, Colin L. Powell, Trustee, (iii) 55,017 shares of Class B common stock held by The CLP 4-Year GRAT u/a dtd 10/16/2016, Colin L. Powell, Trustee; and (iv) 125,000 shares of Class B common stock underlying stock options exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2018 held by Mr. Powell. By virtue of the relationship Mr. Powell has with each Trust described in this footnote, Mr. Powell is deemed to have voting and dispositive power of these shares.
(11)   Consists of the shares of common stock referenced in footnote (18) below.
(12 )   Consists of the shares of common stock referenced in footnote (14) below.
(13)   Represents (i) 45,445 shares of Class B common stock held by Mr. Zervigon and (ii) 9,000 shares of Class B common stock held by Eddy Zervigon IRA Account.
( 14 )   Represents (i) 43,449,217 shares, (ii) 5,377,791 shares underlying stock options exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2018, (iii) 702,823 shares of Class B common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2018 and (iv) 1,517,451 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon conversion of the outstanding principal and interest accrued as of March 31, 2018 on 8% Notes held by our executive officers and directors as a group.
( 15 )   Represents (i) 3,161,986 shares of Class B common stock held by 1536053 Alberta Ltd., (ii) 5,645,779 shares of Class B common stock held by 1536057 Alberta Ltd., (iii) 330,749 shares of Class B common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2018 held by PE 12GVVC (US Direct) Ltd., (iv) 372,074 shares of Class B common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2018 held by PE 12PXVC (US Direct) Ltd., (v) 237,732 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon conversion of the outstanding principal and interest accrued as of March 31, 2018 on 8% Notes held by PE 12GVVC (US Direct) Ltd. and (vi) 267,436 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon conversion of the outstanding principal and interest accrued as of March 31, 2018 on 8% Notes held by PE 12PXVC (US Direct) Ltd. (collectively, the AIMCo Funds). Each of the AIMCo Funds is an affiliate of Alberta Investment Management Corporation, which is empowered by the Alberta Investment Management Corporation Act to act on behalf of Her Majesty the Queen in Right of Alberta as its agent. The Alberta Investment Management Corporation exercises sole voting and investment power over the securities in the above table. The voting and investment decisions of Alberta Investment Management Corporation with respect to the securities are made by Dale MacMaster, Chief Investment Officer and Peter Teti, one of our directors and the Senior Vice President of Private Equity and Relationship Investing of Alberta Investment Management Corporation. Each of the foregoing persons disclaims beneficial ownership of the securities in the table above except to the extent Alberta Investment Management Corporation may be

 

183


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
  deemed to indirectly beneficially own such, but disclaims beneficial ownership except to the extent of its pecuniary interest therein. The address for Alberta Investment Management Corporation is 1100-10830 Jasper Avenue, Edmonton, Alberta T5J 2B3, Canada.
( 16 )   Represents (i) 909,080 shares of Class B common stock held by Advanced Equities GreenTech Investments I, LLC, (ii) 743,225 shares of Class B common stock held by Advanced Equities GreenTech Investments II, LLC, (iii) 348,213 shares of Class B common stock held by Advanced Equities GreenTech Investments III, LLC, (iv) 139,651 shares of Class B common stock held by Advanced Equities GreenTech Investments III-2, LLC, (v) 3,599,322 shares of Class B common stock held by Advanced Equities GreenTech Investments IV, LLC, (vi) 247,240 shares of Class B common stock held by AEI 2006 Venture Investments I, LLC, (vii) 715,860 shares of Class B common stock held by AEI 2006 Venture Investments II, LLC, (viii) 82,729 shares of Class B common stock held by AEI 2010 CleanTech Ventures I, LLC, (ix) 4,929 shares of Class B common stock held by AEI 2010 CleanTech Ventures I-2, LLC, (x) 174,172 shares of Class B common stock held by AEI 2010 CleanTech Ventures II, LLC, (xi) 446,948 shares of Class B common stock held by AEI Bloom Secondary II, LLC, (xii) 64,212 shares held by AEI Bloom Secondary, LLC, (xiii) 112,879 shares of Class B common stock held by AEI Bloom X, LLC, (xiv) (xiv) 439,456 shares of Class B common stock held by AEI GreenTech Investments V, LLC, (xv) 194,079 shares of Class B common stock held by AEI GreenTech Investments VII, LLC, (xvi) 346,773 shares of Class B common stock held by AEI Project X, LLC, and (xvii) 95,661 shares of Class B common stock held by AEI Trilogy Fund I, LLC (collectively, the AEI Funds). Spruce Direct Investment Fund I, LP is the sole managing member of the AEI Funds, and the Individual General Partners are John C. Bailey, Scott Ogur, and Robert Bastone. Scott Ogur is the Managing Director of Spruce Investment Advisors, LLC, and is deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the shares owned by Spruce Direct Investment Fund I, LP. The address of these entities is 311 S. Wacker Drive, Suite 1650, Chicago, IL 60606.
( 17 )   Consists of (i) 7,953,418 shares of Class B common stock held by Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers IX-A, L.P., or KPCB IX-A, (ii) 245,539 shares of Class B common stock held by Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers IX-B, L.P., or KPCB IX-B, (iii) 7,000,929 shares Class B of common stock held by Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers X-A, L.P., or KPCB X-A, (iv) 197,455 shares Class B of common stock held by Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers X-B, L.P., or KPCB X-B, (v) 5,064,242 shares of Class B common stock held by individuals and entities associated with Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers, including 987,074 shares of Class B common stock held directly by L. John Doerr, a director of the issuer and (vi) 506,142 shares Class B common stock issuable upon conversion of the outstanding principal and interest accrued as of March 31, 2018 on 8% Notes held by KPCB Holdings, Inc., as nominee. All shares are held for convenience in the name of KPCB Holdings, Inc., as nominee, for the accounts of such individuals and entities who each exercise their own voting and dispositive control over such shares. KPCB IX Associates, LLC, or KPCB IX Associates, is the general partner of KPCB IX-A and KPCB IX-B. KPCB X Associates, LLC, or KPCB X Associates, is the general partner of KPCB X-A and KPCB X-B. Brook H. Byers, L. John Doerr, Kevin Compton, Doug Mackenzie, Raymond J. Lane and Theodore E. Schlein, the managers of KPCB IX Associates, share voting and dispositive control over the shares held by KPCB IX-A and KPCB IX-B. Brook H. Byers, L. John Doerr, Kevin Compton, Doug Mackenzie, Raymond J. Lane and Theodore E. Schlein, the managers of KPCB X Associates, share voting and dispositive control over the shares held by KPCB X-A and KPCB X-B. Each manager of KPCB IX Associates and KPCB X Associates disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by KPCB IX-A, KPCB IX-B, KPCB X-A and KPCB X-B. The address for the funds affiliated with Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers is 2750 Sand Hill Road, Menlo Park, CA 94025. Prior to our initial public offering,             shares of Class B common stock are, and after our initial public offering,             shares of Class B common stock will be, subject to a voting agreement in favor of Mr. Sridhar referred to in footnote (2) above.
( 18 )  

Represents (i) 6,017,378 shares of Class B common stock held by Kuwait Investment Authority, a Kuwaiti public authority established under Kuwaiti Law No. 47/1982 for the purpose of managing, in the name and for the account of the Government of the State of Kuwait, the investments of the State of Kuwait (KIA), (ii) 3,105,589 shares of Class B common stock held by Kuwait Investment Office (being the London office) of the Kuwait Investment Authority of the Government of the State of Kuwait and (iii) 5,061,416 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon conversion of the outstanding principal and interest accrued as of

 

184


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
  March 31, 2018 on 8% Notes held by KIA (collectively, the KIA Funds). Mr. Farouk A. Bastaki is the Managing Director of Kuwait Investment Authority and of the Kuwait Investment Office, and therefore, has voting and dispositive power over the shares held by the KIA Funds. The address for the registered office for Kuwait Investment Authority is Block No. 3, Ministries Complex, City of Kuwait, Kuwait (KIA). Prior to our initial public offering,             shares of Class B common stock are, and after our initial public offering,             shares of Class B common stock will be, subject to a voting agreement in favor of Mr. Sridhar referred to in footnote (2) above.
( 19 )   Represents (i) 29,508 shares of Class B common stock held by NEA Ventures 2003, LP, (ii) 11,075,103 shares of Class B common stock held by New Enterprise Associates 10, LP and (iii) 506,142 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon conversion of the outstanding principal and interest accrued as of March 31, 2018 on 8% Notes held by New Enterprise Associates 10, LP (collectively, the NEA Funds). The shares directly held by New Enterprise Associates 10, Limited Partnership (NEA 10), are indirectly held by NEA Partners 10, Limited Partnership (Partners 10), which is the sole general partner of NEA 10; and each of the individual general partners of Partners 10. The individual general partners of Partners 10 (the “Individual General Partners”) are M. James Barrett, Peter J. Barris, and Scott D. Sandell (one of our Directors). Partners 10 and the Individual General Partners share voting and dispositive power with regard to the shares owned directly by NEA 10. J. Daniel Moore shares voting and dispositive power with regard to the shares owned directly by NEA Ventures 2003, L.P. All indirect holders of the above referenced shares disclaim beneficial ownership of all applicable shares except to the extent of their actual pecuniary interest therein. The address for these entities is 1954 Greenspring Drive, Suite 600, Timonium, MD 21093. Prior to our initial public offering,              shares of Class B common stock are, and after our initial public offering,              shares of Class B common stock will be, subject to a voting agreement in favor of Mr. Sridhar referred to in footnote (2) above.

 

185


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

Upon completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 600,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, 600,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and 10,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share. The following description summarizes the terms of our capital stock. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. We expect to adopt a restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and this description summarizes provisions that are expected to be included in these documents. For a complete description, you should refer to our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and to the applicable provisions of Delaware law.

Pursuant to the provisions of our certificate of incorporation all of the outstanding convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into Class B common stock in connection with the completion of this offering. Assuming effectiveness of this conversion, the automatic conversion of our 8% Notes into Class B common stock effective upon the completion of this offering and the exercise of warrants for an aggregate of 619,333 shares of our Class B common stock on or prior to the completion of this offering, as of March 31, 2018, there were 132,249,809 shares of our common stock issued, held by approximately 715 stockholders of record, and no shares of our preferred stock outstanding. Our board of directors is authorized, without stockholder approval, to issue additional shares of our capital stock.

Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock

Dividend Rights

Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends out of funds legally available if our board of directors, in its discretion, determines to issue dividends and then only at the times and in the amounts that our board of directors may determine. See “Dividend Policy” for more information.

Voting Rights

Holders of our Class A common stock are entitled to one vote for each share of Class A common stock held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders and holders of our Class B common stock are entitled to ten votes for each share of Class B common stock held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Holders of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock vote together as a single class on all matters (including the election of directors) submitted to a vote of stockholders, unless otherwise required by Delaware law or our restated certificate of incorporation. Delaware law could require either holders of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock to vote separately as a single class in the following circumstances:

 

    if we were to seek to amend our restated certificate of incorporation to increase or decrease the par value of a class of our capital stock, then that class would be required to vote separately to approve the proposed amendment; and

 

    if we were to seek to amend our restated certificate of incorporation in a manner that alters or changes the powers, preferences, or special rights of a class of our capital stock in a manner that affected its holders adversely, then that class would be required to vote separately to approve the proposed amendment.

Our restated certificate of incorporation does not provide for cumulative voting for the election of directors. As a result, the holders of a majority of our voting shares can elect all of the directors then standing for election.

 

186


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our restated certificate of incorporation establishes a classified board of directors, to be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms.

KR Sridhar, our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman, has entered into voting agreements with certain of our stockholders who hold Class B common stock, which voting agreements will remain in effect after the completion of this offering. These voting agreements will represent approximately     % of the outstanding voting power of our capital stock after the completion of this offering.

Under the voting agreement (a form of which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part), stockholders agreed to vote all of their shares as directed by, and granted an irrevocable proxy to, Mr. Sridhar at his discretion on all matters to be voted upon by stockholders. Each of the voting agreements will automatically terminate:

 

  (i) upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our business operations;

 

  (ii) upon the execution by us of a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or the appointment of a receiver or trustee to take possession of our property and assets;

 

  (iii) following the closing of this offering, as to (a) any shares of Class B common stock that are converted to Class A common stock pursuant to our restated certificate of incorporation and (b) the Class A common stock resulting from such conversion (but such voting agreement shall remain effective as to any Class B common stock not so converted);

 

  (iv) from and after the third anniversary of closing of this offering, at any time upon such resolution by our board of directors;

 

  (v) upon the fifth anniversary of the closing of this offering;

 

  (vi) upon the date that is 60 days following the date on which KR Sridhar, or his successor under the voting agreement, ceases to provide services to us as one of our officers, unless a majority of the five largest holders of our capital stock as of the closing of this offering that entered into voting agreements designate such a successor on or before such date (provided that if any of the five holders disposes of greater than 75% of the shares of our capital stock that it holds as of the closing of this offering, then only a majority of the remaining holders is needed to designate a successor to KR Sridhar under the voting agreement);

 

  (vii) upon such date as of which none of the parties, other than KR Sridhar or his successor, to the then-outstanding voting agreements, was one of the five largest holders of our capital stock (which entered into a voting agreement) as of the closing of this offering; or

 

  (viii) at such time following the closing of this offering when there is no Class B common stock outstanding.

No Preemptive or Similar Rights

Our common stock is not entitled to preemptive rights, and is not subject to redemption or sinking fund provisions.

Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions

Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders would be distributable ratably among the holders of our common stock and any participating preferred stock outstanding at that time, subject to prior satisfaction of all outstanding debt and liabilities and the preferential rights of and the payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding shares of preferred stock.

 

187


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Change of Control Transactions

In the case of any distribution or payment in respect of the shares of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock upon a merger or consolidation with or into any other entity, or other substantially similar transaction, the holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be treated equally and identically with respect to shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock owned by them, unless the only difference in the per share distribution to the holders of the Class A common stock and Class B common stock is that any securities distributed to the holder of a share of Class B common stock have ten times the voting power of any securities distributed to the holder of a share of Class A common stock, or, if there are other differences, then such merger, consolidation, or other transaction is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock and 80% of the outstanding shares of Class B common stock, each voting as a separate class.

Subdivisions and Combinations

If we subdivide or combine in any manner outstanding shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock, the outstanding shares of the other class will be subdivided or combined in the same manner, unless different treatment of the shares of each class is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock and 80% of the outstanding shares of Class B common stock, each voting as a separate class.

Conversion

Each outstanding share of Class B common stock is convertible at any time at the option of the holder into one share of Class A common stock. In addition, each share of Class B common stock will convert automatically into one share of Class A common stock upon any transfer, whether or not for value, which occurs after the closing of this offering, except for certain permitted transfers described in our restated certificate of incorporation, including transfers to family members, trusts solely for the benefit of the stockholder or their family members, and partnerships, corporations, and other entities exclusively owned by the stockholder or their family members.

In addition, partnerships or limited liability companies that hold shares of Class B common stock as of the closing of this offering may distribute their Class B common stock to their respective partners or members (who may further distribute the Class B common stock to their respective partners or members) without triggering a conversion to Class A common stock. Such distributions must be conducted in accordance with the ownership interests of such partners or members and the terms of any agreements binding the partnership or limited liability company.

All the outstanding shares of our Class B common stock will convert automatically into shares of our Class A common stock upon the date that is the earliest to occur of (i) immediately prior to the close of business on the fifth anniversary of the closing of this Offering, (ii) immediately prior to the close of business on the date on which the outstanding shares of Class B common stock represent less than five percent (5%) of the aggregate number of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock then outstanding, (iii) the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified in a written conversion election delivered by KR Sridhar to our Secretary or Chairman of the Board to so convert all shares of Class B common stock or (iv) immediately following the date of the death of KR Sridhar. Following such conversion, each share of Class A common stock will have one vote per share and the rights of the holders of all outstanding common stock will be identical.

Once converted or transferred and converted into Class A common stock, the Class B common stock may not be reissued.

 

188


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Preferred Stock

Pursuant to the provisions of our certificate of incorporation all of the outstanding convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into Class B common stock in connection with the completion of this offering. Following this offering, no shares of convertible preferred stock will be outstanding.

Following the completion of this offering, our board of directors will be authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by Delaware law, to issue preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each series and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of each series and any of its qualifications, limitations or restrictions, in each case without further vote or action by our stockholders. Our board of directors can also increase or decrease the number of shares of any series of preferred stock, but not below the number of shares of that series then outstanding, without any further vote or action by our stockholders. Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of our common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company and might adversely affect the market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock. We have no current plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Options

As of March 31, 2018, we had outstanding options to purchase 17,317,677 shares of our Class B common stock, with a weighted average exercise price of $17.74, granted pursuant to our 2002 Equity Incentive Plan and our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan.

Restricted Stock Units

As of March 31, 2018, we had outstanding restricted stock units that may be settled for 4,720,640 shares of our Class B common stock, granted pursuant to our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. Subsequent to March 31, 2018, we issued restricted stock units that may be settled for 44,406 shares of our Class B common stock, granted pursuant to our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan.

Warrants

As of March 31, 2018, we had outstanding the following warrants to purchase shares of our capital stock:

 

Type of Capital Stock

   Total Number of
Shares of Class B

Common Stock
Subject to
Warrants
     Exercise Price
Per Share
     Expiration
Dates
 

Common Stock

     50,000      $ 25.76        6/27/2019  

Common Stock

     469,333        —        8/31/2022 (1)(3)  

Series F convertible preferred stock

     18,951        18.52        12/31/2020 (2)  

Series F convertible preferred stock

     702,823        18.52        7/01/2021 (2)  

Series F convertible preferred stock

     150,000        18.52        7/19/2023 (1)(3)  

Series G convertible preferred stock

     400,000        25.76        6/26/2019 (2)  

Series G convertible preferred stock

     11,646        25.76        9/27/2022 (2)  

Series G convertible preferred stock

     7,764        25.76        12/31/2022 (2)  

 

(1)   Unless exercised earlier, all of these warrants automatically expire in accordance with their terms immediately prior to the completion of this offering.
(2)  

Unless exercised earlier and after the completion of this offering, all of these warrants will become exercisable to purchase such number shares of our Class B common stock into which such number of Series

 

189


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
  F convertible preferred stock or Series G convertible preferred stock, as applicable, subject to the purchase rights under the warrants would have been converted immediately prior to the completion of this offering as a result of the automatic conversion of our outstanding preferred stock. The exercise prices of these warrants may be paid either in cash or by surrendering the right to receive shares of our Class B common stock having a value equal to the exercise price.
(3)   We expect these warrants will be exercised prior to the completion of this offering.

Securities Acquisition Agreement

In June 2014, we entered into a securities acquisition agreement as part of a dispute settlement with a securities placement agent pursuant to which a total of 200,000 shares of our Class B common stock will be issued 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

8.0% Subordinated Secured Convertible Promissory Notes

Between December 2014 and June 2015, we issued $193.2 million aggregate principal amount of 8.0% Subordinated Secured Convertible Promissory Notes (8% Notes) pursuant to a note purchase agreement with certain accredited investors and qualified institutional buyers. The 8% Notes are secured by our working capital, fixed assets, intellectual property and other assets, subject to limited exceptions. The 8% Notes bear a fixed interest rate of 8.0%, compounded monthly, are due at maturity or at the election of the investor, the accrued interest may become due in December of each year. As of December 31, 2016 and 2017, the total amount outstanding was $226.0 million and $244.7 million, respectively, including accrued interest. At the election of the investor, the accrued interest can be paid in December of each year. Holders of 8% notes have the right to convert the unpaid principal and accrued interest to Series G convertible preferred stock at any time at the price of $25.76. The principal balances and interest accrued were originally due upon maturity in December 2017, but in January 2018, the 8% Notes were amended to mature on December 2019 and December 2020. In June 2015 we entered into an additional promissory note agreement for $27.0 million, the principal and interest accrued of which are due upon maturity in June 2018. Upon the completion of this offering, the outstanding 8% Notes, other than the Constellation Note (as defined below), will mandatorily convert into Series G convertible preferred stock.

In January 2018, we entered into an amended and restated subordinated convertible promissory note with Constellation NewEnergy, Inc. (the Constellation Note), one of the existing holders of a 8% Note, which reduced the interest rate of such note to a fixed annual interest rate of 5.0%, compounded monthly, and provided that the outstanding principal and accrued interest on such note may be converted prior to the closing of this offering, at the option of the holder, into shares of our Series G convertible preferred stock as described above, or, after the closing of this offering, into shares of our common stock at a conversion price per share of $25.76.

Common Stock Award Agreement

In September 2015, we entered into a common stock award agreement with one of our customers pursuant to which up to a total of 400,000 shares of our Class B common stock will be issued to such customer on the occurrence of certain installation milestones. The share issuances are recorded as a reduction of product revenue when the milestones are achieved and are recorded as additional paid-in capital when the shares are issued. As of March 31, 2018, 184,000 shares of our Class B common stock had been issued to such customer pursuant to this agreement.

6.0% Convertible Senior Secured PIK Notes due 2020

On December 15, 2015, we issued $160.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 6.0% Convertible Senior Secured PIK Notes due 2020 (6% Notes) pursuant to a note purchase agreement with certain accredited investors and qualified institutional buyers and pursuant to an indenture dated as of December 15, 2015. The 6%

 

190


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Notes are secured by our working capital, fixed assets, intellectual property and other assets, subject to limited exceptions. The 6% Notes bear a fixed interest rate of 6.0%, compounded monthly and payable in cash or in kind at our election, and are due on December 1, 2020. Under the terms of the indenture, we are required to comply with various restrictive covenants, including meeting reporting requirements, such as the preparation and delivery of audited consolidated financial statements, and restrictions on investments. In addition, we are required to maintain collateral which secures the 6% Notes in an amount equal to 200% of the principal amount of and accrued and unpaid interest on the outstanding 6% Notes. As of December 31, 2016, December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018, the outstanding principal and accrued interest on the 6% Notes was $270.8 million, $286.1 million and $290.4 million, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2017, we executed an indenture for up to $150.0 million that can be drawn upon through June 29, 2018. On the issue date of June 27, 2017, we issued to certain investors $100.0 million of secured notes. The notes (the “10% Notes”) bear a 10.0% fixed interest rate, compounded monthly, and are due biannually until maturity in July 2024. The 10% Notes securitize the operations and maintenance (O&M) payments from the PPA entities. The O&M payments were collateral for the 6% Notes. Due to the restructuring of the collateral for the 6% Notes, a 1.0% interest increase was negotiated for the 6% Notes from 5% to 6% effective July 1, 2017.

Following the completion of this offering, the outstanding principal and accrued interest on the 6% Notes will be convertible at any time at the option of the holders thereof into shares of our Class B common stock at an initial conversion price equal to the lower of $30.91 and 75% of the initial public offering price of our Class A common stock sold in this offering, or $             per share based on the midpoint of the price range on the cover of this prospectus. The initial conversion price applicable to the 6% Notes following the completion of this offering may be adjusted from time to time on the occurrence of any stock split or combination of shares affecting our Class A common stock, any dividends or distributions on shares of our Class A common stock, issuances of rights, options or warrants, or payments by us with respect to tender or exchange offers for our Class A common stock.

On or after the date that is two years following the consummation of this offering, if the closing price of our Class A common stock is equal to or greater than 150% of the initial public offering price of our Class A common stock sold in this offering for at least 20 trading days out of a period of 30 consecutive trading days, we may at our election redeem all or part of the 6% Notes at a redemption price payable in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 6% Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued but unpaid interest. Upon any such election, any holder of the 6% Notes may elect to convert such holder’s 6% Notes into shares of our common stock at an adjusted ‘make whole’ conversion rate, as determined pursuant to the indenture. The adjusted “make whole” conversion rate will be equal to the conversion rate in effect at the time of such election, as adjusted based on (i) the average of the last reported sale prices of our common stock over the five trading day period ending on, and including, the trading day immediately preceding the date of notice of our election to redeem the notes, and (ii) make-whole provisions, as determined in good faith by Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC in a commercially reasonable manner, consistent in all material respects with make-whole provisions that are customary for indentures governing convertible notes issued in market registered offerings, and consistent with the following methodology and inputs: maturity, coupon, conversion premium (as calculated using the relationship between the IPO price and the adjusted conversion price), assuming LIBOR plus 600 bps credit spread, 1.75% 5-year swap rate, 40% volatility and 0.25% borrowing cost in the Kynex convertible bond model.

The value of the make-whole shares is intended to be equal to the loss of value to the holder’s convertible bond’s embedded option resulting from the reduced volatility and value, if any, of the underlying asset.

 

191


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In addition, any holder of the 6% Notes may require us to repurchase for cash any or all of such holder’s 6% Notes at a repurchase price in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, or alternatively may elect to convert any or all of such holder’s 6% Notes into shares of our Class B common stock at an adjusted ‘make whole’ conversion rate, as determined pursuant to the indenture, upon the occurrence of any of the following events following the consummation of this offering:

 

  (i) a “person” or “group” within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, other than us, our direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries and the employee benefit plans thereof, files a Schedule TO or any schedule, form or report under the Exchange Act disclosing that such person or group has become the direct or indirect “beneficial owner”, as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, of our common equity representing more than 50% of the voting power of our common equity;

 

  (ii) the consummation of (a) any recapitalization, reclassification or change of our common stock as a result of which our common stock would be converted into, or exchanged for, stock or other securities, other property or assets, (b) any share exchange, consolidation, merger or similar transaction involving us pursuant to which our common stock will be converted into cash, securities or other property or assets; or (iii) any sale, conveyance, lease or other transfer or similar transaction in one transaction or a series of transactions of all or substantially all of our consolidated assets and our subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any person other than one or more of our direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries;

 

  (iii) our stockholders approve any plan or proposal for our liquidation or dissolution; or

 

  (iv) our common stock ceases to be listed or quoted on the NYSE.

In connection with a holder’s election to convert such holder’s 6% notes following one of the above events, the adjusted “make whole” conversion rate described above will apply.

In addition, in connection with the issuance of the 6% Notes, we agreed to issue to certain purchasers of the 6% Notes, upon the occurrence of certain conditions, warrants to purchase up to a maximum of 469,333 shares of our Class B common stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share (the Note Warrants). The Note Warrants were issued on August 31, 2017 and will automatically be deemed exercised immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

Registration Rights

Following the completion of this offering, the holders of              shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon conversion of our convertible preferred stock or their permitted transferees are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. In addition, holders of our 6% Notes and holders of our warrants exercisable for Series F convertible preferred stock and Series G convertible preferred stock will also be entitled to rights with respect to registration of shares issuable upon the conversion of the 6% Notes or the exercise of such warrants, respectively, under the Securities Act. These rights are provided under the terms of our eighth amended and restated registration rights agreement, as amended, (the Rights Agreement) between us and the holders of these shares, which was entered into in connection with our convertible preferred stock financings, and include demand, Form S-3 and piggyback registration rights. In any registration made pursuant to such Rights Agreement, all fees, costs, and expenses of underwritten registrations will be borne by us and all selling expenses, including underwriting discounts and selling commissions, will be borne by the holders of the shares being registered.

The registration rights terminate five years following the completion of this offering, or, with respect to any particular stockholder, at such time as we have completed this offering and such stockholder can sell all of its shares during any three month period pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act.

Demand Registration Rights

Under the terms of our Rights Agreement, we will be required, upon the written request of holders of at least 33% of the shares that are entitled to registration rights under the Rights Agreement, to register, as soon as

 

192


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

practicable, all or a portion of these shares for public resale, if the amount of registrable securities to be registered has an anticipated aggregate offering price of at least $10 million.

We are required to effect only two registrations pursuant to this provision of our Rights Agreement. We may postpone the filing of a registration statement no more than once in a 12-month period for up to 120 days and once for up to 90 days if our board of directors determines that the filing would be seriously detrimental to us and our stockholders. We are not required to effect a demand registration under certain additional circumstances specified in our Rights Agreement, including at any time earlier than 180 days after the effective date of this offering.

Form S-3 Registration Rights

The holders of shares of our Class B common stock having registration rights or their permitted transferees are also entitled to short-form registration rights. Such holders can request that we register all or part of their shares on Form S-3 if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3 and if the aggregate price to the public of the shares offered is at least $3.0 million. Such holders may require us to effect no more than three registration statements on Form S-3 within a 12-month period. We may postpone the filing of a registration statement on Form S-3 no more than once during any 12-month period for up to 120 days and once for up to 90 days if our board of directors determines that the filing would be seriously detrimental to us and our stockholders. We are not required to effect a registration statement on Form S-3 under certain additional circumstances specified in our Rights Agreement.

Piggyback Registration Rights

If we register any of our securities for public sale, holders of shares of our Class B common stock having registration rights or their permitted transferees will have the right to include their shares in the registration statement. However, this right does not apply to a registration relating to employee benefit plans, a registration relating to a corporate reorganization, a shelf registration statement on Form S-3 for the primary issuance of securities by us pursuant to Rule 15 of the Securities Act or a registration related to stock issued upon conversion of debt securities. The underwriters of any underwritten offering will have the right to limit the number of shares registered by these holders if they determine in good faith that marketing factors require limitation, in which case the number of shares to be registered will be apportioned, first, to us for our own account and, second, pro rata among these holders, according to the total amount of securities each holder is entitled to include. However, the number of shares to be registered by these holders cannot be reduced below 30% of the total shares covered by the registration statement.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

The provisions of Delaware law, our restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws as we expect they will be in effect upon the completion of this offering could have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another person from acquiring control of our company. These provisions, which are summarized below, may have the effect of discouraging takeover bids. They are designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Delaware Law

We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law regulating corporate takeovers. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging in a

 

193


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the person became an interested stockholder unless:

 

    prior to the date of the transaction, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

    the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder, (1) shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers and (2) shares owned by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

    at or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by the board of directors of the corporation and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Generally, a business combination includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction or series of transactions together resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An interested stockholder is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, did own 15% or more of a corporation’s outstanding voting stock. We expect the existence of this provision to have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions our board of directors does not approve in advance. We anticipate that Section 203 may also discourage attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of Class A common stock held by stockholders.

Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws Provisions

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, each as will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, include a number of provisions that could deter hostile takeovers or delay or prevent changes in control of our company, including the following:

 

    Dual Class Common Stock . As described above in the section titled “—Common Stock—Voting Rights,” our restated certificate of incorporation will provide for a dual class common stock structure pursuant to which holders of our Class B common stock will have the ability to control the outcome of matters requiring stockholder approval, even if they own significantly less than a majority of the shares of our outstanding Class A and Class B common stock, including the election of directors and significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our company or substantially all of its assets. Current investors, executives, and employees will have the ability to exercise significant influence over those matters.

 

    Board of directors vacancies . Our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will authorize only our board of directors to fill vacant directorships, including newly created seats. In addition, the number of directors constituting our board of directors is permitted to be set only by a resolution adopted by a majority vote of our entire board of directors. These provisions would prevent a stockholder from increasing the size of our board of directors and then gaining control of our board of directors by filling the resulting vacancies with its own nominees. This makes it more difficult to change the composition of our board of directors but promotes continuity of management.

 

    Classified board. Our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that our board is classified into three classes of directors, each with staggered three year terms. A third party may be discouraged from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us as it is more difficult and time-consuming for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors on a classified board of directors. See “Management—Classified Board of Directors.”

 

194


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    Stockholder action; special meetings of stockholders. Our restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our stockholders may not take action by written consent, but may only take action at annual or special meetings of our stockholders. As a result, a holder controlling a majority of our capital stock would not be able to amend our amended and restated bylaws or remove directors without holding a meeting of our stockholders called in accordance with our amended and restated bylaws. Further, our amended and restated bylaws will provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by a majority of our board of directors, the chairman of our board of directors, our Chief Executive Officer or our Lead Independent Director, thus prohibiting a stockholder from calling a special meeting. These provisions might delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or for stockholders controlling a majority of our capital stock to take any action, including the removal of directors.

 

    Advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and director nominations. Our amended and restated bylaws will provide advance notice procedures for stockholders seeking to bring business before our annual meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at our annual meeting of stockholders. Our amended and restated bylaws also will specify certain requirements regarding the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. These provisions might preclude our stockholders from bringing matters before our annual meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at our annual meeting of stockholders if the proper procedures are not followed. We expect that these provisions might also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

 

    No cumulative voting . The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that stockholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless a corporation’s certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will not provide for cumulative voting.

 

    Directors removed only for cause . Our restated certificate of incorporation will provide that stockholders may remove directors only for cause.

 

    Amendment of charter provisions . Any amendment of the above expected provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation would require approval by holders of at least two-thirds of our outstanding common stock.

 

    Issuance of undesignated preferred stock . Our board of directors has the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock with rights and preferences, including voting rights, designated from time to time by our board of directors. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock would enable our board of directors to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or other means.

 

    Choice of forum . Our restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws; or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Upon the completion of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC. The transfer agent’s address is 6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, New York 11219.

 

195


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Exchange Listing

We have applied to list our Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “BE.”

 

196


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has not been any public market for our Class A common stock, and we make no prediction as to the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of common stock or the availability of shares of common stock for sale will have on the market price of Class A common stock prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of Class A common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of common stock and could impair our future ability to raise capital through the sale of equity securities.

When this offering is complete, we will have an aggregate of              shares of Class A common stock outstanding, assuming (1) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 107,610,244 shares of Class B common stock effective upon the closing of this offering, (2) the automatic conversion of all of our outstanding 8% Notes into shares of our Series G convertible preferred stock and the subsequent automatic conversion of such shares of Series G convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 8,382,757 shares of Class B common stock effective upon the closing of this offering, (3) the issuance and exercise of warrants to purchase 469,333 shares of our Class B common stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share to certain purchasers of our 6% Notes, as described in “Description of Capital Stock—6.0% Convertible Senior Secured PIK Notes due 2020”, which warrants will automatically be deemed exercised pursuant to their terms immediately prior to the completion of this offering, (4) the issuance of 200,000 shares of Class B common stock 180 days from the date of this prospectus as part of a dispute settlement with a securities placement agent, as described in “Description of Capital Stock—Securities Acquisition Agreement”, (5) no exercise of outstanding warrants, except for an aggregate of 150,000 shares of Class B common stock that we expect to issue upon the exercise of outstanding warrants exercisable for shares of our Series F convertible preferred stock, which warrants would otherwise expire immediately prior to the completion of this offering, (6) no exercise of outstanding options to purchase Class B common stock, (7) no settlements of outstanding RSUs, (8) no issuance of the total of 216,000 shares of our Class B common stock issuable to one of our customers upon the occurrence of future bookings from that customer and the achievement of certain installation milestones on those future bookings, and (9) the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares from us.

Of the outstanding shares, all of the          shares of Class A common stock sold in this offering, plus any additional shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from us, will be freely tradable, except that any shares purchased by “affiliates” (as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act) may only be sold in compliance with the limitations described below. The remaining         outstanding shares of Class A and Class B common stock will be deemed “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701, promulgated under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below.

As a result of the contractual restrictions described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, the restricted shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

    no shares will be eligible for sale when this offering is complete;

 

    shares will be eligible for sale upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements with the underwriters or market standoff provisions in agreements with us, as described below, beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus; and

 

    shares will be eligible for sale upon the exercise of vested options 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to extension in certain circumstances.

In addition, of the 17,317,677 shares of our Class B common stock that were subject to stock options outstanding as of March 31, 2018, options to purchase 11,718,020 shares of Class B common stock were vested as of March 31, 2018 and will be eligible for sale 180 days following the effective date of this offering, subject to extension as described in the section entitled “Underwriting.”

 

197


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Lock-Up Agreements and Obligations

All of our directors, executive officers, and the holders of substantially all of our outstanding equity securities are subject to lock-up agreements with the underwriters or market standoff provisions in agreements with us that, subject to certain exceptions, prohibit them from offering for sale, selling, contracting to sell, granting any option for the sale of, transferring, or otherwise disposing of any shares of our common stock, options, or warrants to acquire shares of our common stock, or any security or instrument related to this common stock, option, or warrant for a period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, or us, as the case may be. We have agreed with the underwriters not to release any security holder from market standoff provisions in agreements with us without the consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC. See the section titled “Underwriting” for additional information.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to public company reporting requirements for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell such shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then such person is entitled to sell such shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell upon expiration of the lock-up agreements described above, within any three-month period beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

    1% of the number of shares of Class A common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately shares immediately after this offering; or

 

    the average weekly trading volume of the Class A common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation, or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling such shares pursuant to Rule 701.

Stock Options

We intend to file registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering all of the shares of our common stock subject to options outstanding or reserved for issuance under our stock plans, 2018 Employee

 

198


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Stock Purchase Plan and shares of our common stock issued upon the exercise of options by employees. We expect to file this registration statement as soon as permitted under the Securities Act. Shares covered by this registration statement will be eligible for sale in the public market, upon the expiration or release from the terms of the lock-up agreements, and subject to vesting of such shares.

Registration Rights

When this offering is complete, the holders of an aggregate of          shares of our Class B common stock, or their transferees, will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act. In addition, holders of our 6% Notes and holders of our warrants exercisable for Series F convertible preferred stock and Series G convertible preferred stock will also be entitled to rights with respect to registration of shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the conversion of the 6% Notes or the exercise of such warrants, respectively, under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming freely tradeable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of such registration. For a further description of these rights, see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

 

199


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations of the ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock sold pursuant to this offering to non-U.S. holders, as defined below, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating thereto. This summary is based upon the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. These authorities may be changed, possibly retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those set forth below.

This summary does not address the tax considerations arising under the laws of any non-U.S., state or local jurisdiction or under U.S. federal gift and estate tax laws. In addition, this discussion does not address tax considerations applicable to an investor’s particular circumstances or to investors that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:

 

    banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions;

 

    partnerships or entities or arrangements treated as partnerships or other pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes (or investors in such entities);

 

    persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;

 

    pension funds;

 

    real estate investment trusts;

 

    regulated investment companies;

 

    tax-qualified retirement plans;

 

    tax-exempt organizations;

 

    persons who acquired our Class A common stock through exercise of compensatory stock options or otherwise as compensation for services;

 

    controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

    dealers in securities or currencies;

 

    traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings;

 

    persons that own, or are deemed to own, more than five percent of our capital stock, except to the extent specifically set forth below;

 

    certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

    persons who hold our Class A common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle,” “conversion transaction” or other risk reduction transaction;

 

    persons who do not hold our Class A common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code (generally, for investment purposes); or

 

    persons deemed to sell our Class A common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Internal Revenue Code.

If a partnership, including any entity or arrangement classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, holds our Class A common stock, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Accordingly, partnerships that hold our Class A common stock, and partners in such partnerships, should consult their tax advisors with respect to the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock.

 

200


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

YOU ARE URGED TO CONSULT YOUR TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO YOUR PARTICULAR SITUATION, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX RULES OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE TAX TREATY.

Non-U.S. Holder Defined

For purposes of this discussion, you are a “non-U.S. holder” if you are a beneficial owner of our Class A common stock, other than a partnership or entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, that is not:

 

    an individual citizen or resident of the United States;

 

    a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof;

 

    an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

    a trust (x) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more U.S. persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (y) which has made an election to be treated as a U.S. person.

If you are a non-U.S. citizen who is an individual, you may, in many cases, be treated as a U.S. resident by virtue of being present in the United States for at least 31 days in the calendar year and for an aggregate of at least 183 days during a three-year period ending in the current calendar year. For these purposes, all the days you are present in the current year, one-third of the days you were present in the immediately preceding year, and one-sixth of the days you were present in the second preceding year are counted. If you are a U.S. resident, you will be subject to U.S. federal income tax in the same manner as U.S. citizens, and this discussion will not apply to you. You should consult your tax advisor if you are unsure whether you are a U.S. resident, and regarding the U.S. federal income tax considerations of the ownership or disposition of our Class A common stock.

Distributions

We have not made any distributions on our Class A common stock and we do not plan to make any distributions for the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions on our Class A common stock, those payments will constitute dividends for U.S. tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, they will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce your basis in our Class A common stock, but not below zero, and then, to the extent they exceed your basis, will be treated as gain from the sale of stock (see “—Gain on Disposition of Class A Common Stock,” below).

Any dividend paid to you generally will be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. In order to receive a reduced treaty rate of withholding tax, you must provide us with a valid and properly completed IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E or other appropriate version of IRS Form W-8 (or successor of such forms), including a U.S. taxpayer identification number and certifying qualification for the reduced rate. A non-U.S. holder of shares of our Class A common stock eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the Internal Revenue Service. If the non-U.S. holder holds the stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the non-U.S. holder’s behalf, the non-U.S. holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, which then will be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries.

 

201


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Dividends you receive that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business, are generally exempt from such withholding tax. In order to obtain this exemption, you must provide us with a valid and properly completed IRS Form W-8ECI (or successor form) or other applicable IRS Form W-8 properly certifying such exemption. Although not subject to withholding tax, dividends you receive that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if an income tax treaty applies, are attributable to a permanent establishment you maintain in the United States) generally are taxed at the same graduated rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits. In addition, if you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, dividends you receive that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30%, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

Gain on Disposition of Class A Common Stock

You generally will not be required to pay U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock unless:

 

    the gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business, and, if an income tax treaty applies, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment you maintain in the United States;

 

    you are an individual who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met; or

 

    our Class A common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest by reason of our status as a “United States real property holding corporation” (USRPHC), for U.S. federal income tax purposes, at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition or your holding period for our Class A common stock.

We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, however, as long as our Class A common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, our Class A common stock will be treated as a U.S. real property interest only if you actually or constructively hold more than five percent of such Class A common stock at any time during the applicable period described above. There can be no assurance that our Class A common stock will be (or will continue to be) regularly traded on an established securities market.

If you are a non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above, you will generally be required to pay tax on the gain derived from the sale, net of certain deductions or credits, under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates. Corporate non-U.S. holders described in the first bullet above may also be subject to branch profits tax at a 30% rate, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are an individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet above, you will be required to pay a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale even though you are not considered a resident of the United States. The gain so described may be offset by certain U.S. source capital losses. You should consult your tax advisor to determine whether you meet the conditions of this tax, and whether any applicable income tax or other treaties provide for different rules.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

The Internal Revenue Code and the U.S. Treasury regulations require those who make specified payments to report the payments to the Internal Revenue Service. Among the specified payments are dividends and proceeds from stock dispositions paid by brokers to their customers. The required information returns enable the Internal Revenue Service to determine whether the recipient properly included the payments in income. This reporting

 

202


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

regime is reinforced by “backup withholding” rules. These rules require the payers to withhold tax from payments subject to information reporting if the recipient fails to cooperate with the reporting regime by failing to provide his taxpayer identification number to the payer, by furnishing an incorrect identification number, or by failing to report interest or dividends on his returns. The backup withholding tax rate is currently 24%. The backup withholding rules generally do not apply to payments to corporations.

Payments to non-U.S. holders of dividends on Class A common stock generally will not be subject to backup withholding, and payments of proceeds made to non-U.S. holders by a broker upon a sale of Class A common stock will not be subject to information reporting or backup withholding, in each case so long as the non-U.S. holder certifies its non-U.S. status or otherwise establishes an exemption (and we or our paying agent do not have actual knowledge or reason to know the holder is a U.S. person or that the conditions of any other exemption are not, in fact, satisfied). The certification procedures to claim treaty benefits described under “Distributions,” above, will generally satisfy the certification requirements necessary to avoid the backup withholding tax. We must report annually to the Internal Revenue Service any dividends paid to each non-U.S. holder and the tax withheld, if any, with respect to these dividends. Copies of these reports may be made available to tax authorities in the country where the non-U.S. holder resides.

Under the U.S. Treasury regulations, the payment of proceeds from the disposition of shares of our Class A common stock by a non-U.S. holder made to or through a U.S. office of a broker generally will be subject to information reporting and backup withholding unless the beneficial owner certifies, under penalties of perjury, among other things, its status as a non-U.S. holder or otherwise establishes an exemption (and the broker does not have actual knowledge or reason to know the holder is a U.S. person or that the conditions of any other exemption are not, in fact, satisfied). The payment of proceeds from the disposition of shares of our Class A common stock by a non-U.S. holder made to or through a non-U.S. office of a broker generally will not be subject to backup withholding and information reporting, except as noted below. Information reporting, but not backup withholding, will apply to a payment of proceeds, even if that payment is made outside of the United States, if you sell our Class A common stock through a non-U.S. office of a broker that is:

 

    a U.S. person (including a foreign branch or office of such person);

 

    a “controlled foreign corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

    a foreign person 50% or more of whose gross income from certain periods is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business; or

 

    a foreign partnership if at any time during its tax year (a) one or more of its partners are U.S. persons who, in the aggregate, hold more than 50% of the income or capital interests of the partnership or (b) the foreign partnership is engaged in a U.S. trade or business;

unless the broker has documentary evidence that the beneficial owner is a non-U.S. holder and certain other conditions are satisfied, or the beneficial owner otherwise establishes an exemption (and the broker has no actual knowledge or reason to know to the contrary).

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld from a payment to a holder of Class A common stock under the backup withholding rules can be credited against any U.S. federal income tax liability of the holder and may entitle the holder to a refund, provided that the required information is furnished to the Internal Revenue Service in a timely manner.

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act

Pursuant to the “Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act” (FATCA), a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% may apply to dividends and the gross proceeds of a sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock paid to a “foreign financial institution,” as specially defined under these rules, unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax

 

203


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution, which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners. Pursuant to FATCA, a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% will also apply to dividends and the gross proceeds of a sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock paid to a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity provides the withholding agent with either a certification that it does not have any substantial direct or indirect U.S. owners or provides information regarding all such direct and indirect U.S. owners. The withholding taxes described above will not apply if the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from the rules. The 30% federal withholding tax described in this paragraph generally cannot be reduced under existing tax treaties with the United States, although under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. In addition, an intergovernmental agreement between the U.S. and an applicable foreign country may modify the requirements described in this paragraph.

Withholding under FATCA (i) generally applies to payments of dividends on our Class A common stock and (ii) will apply to payments of gross proceeds from the sale or disposition of our Class A common stock occurring on or after January 1, 2019.

Prospective investors are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of FATCA on their investment in our Class A common stock.

THE PRECEDING DISCUSSION OF U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY. IT IS NOT TAX ADVICE. EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING THE CONSEQUENCES OF ANY PROPOSED CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAWS.

 

204


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

UNDERWRITING

We are offering the shares of Class A common stock described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC are acting as joint book-running managers of the offering and as representatives of the underwriters. We have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of Class A common stock listed next to its name in the following table:

 

                           Name    Number of
Shares
 

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

  

KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc.

  

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                      Incorporated

  

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

  

Cowen and Company, LLC

  

HSBC Securities (USA) Inc.

  

Oppenheimer & Co. Inc.

  

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

  
  

 

 

 
                    Total   
  

 

 

 

The underwriters are committed to purchase all the shares of Class A common stock offered by us if they purchase any shares. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or the offering may be terminated.

The underwriters propose to offer the shares of Class A common stock directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $         per share. Any such dealers may resell shares to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $         per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial public offering of the shares, the offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the underwriters. Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.

The underwriters have an option to buy up to         additional shares of Class A common stock from us to cover sales of shares by the underwriters which exceed the number of shares specified in the table above. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option. If any shares are purchased with this option, the underwriters will purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional shares of Class A common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.

 

205


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The underwriting fee is equal to the public offering price per share of Class A common stock less the amount paid by the underwriters to us per share of Class A common stock. The underwriting fee is $         per share. The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

     Paid by us  
     Without
option
exercise
     With full
option
exercise
 

Per Share

   $                   $               

Total

   $      $  

We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $            . We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for expenses of $         relating to the clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more underwriters or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

We have agreed that we will not (i) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers all or a portion of the economic consequences associated with the ownership of any shares of common stock or any such other securities (regardless of whether any of these transactions are to be settled by the delivery of shares of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise), in each case without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, other than the shares of our common stock to be sold hereunder and any shares of our common stock issued upon the exercise of options granted under our existing stock-based compensation plans.

Our directors, executive officers and holders of substantially all of our common stock and securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each of these persons or entities, with limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, may not, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, (1) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock (including, without limitation, common stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such directors, executive officers and stockholders in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant), (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock or such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or (3) make any demand for or

 

206


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock.

The restrictions in the immediately preceding paragraph shall not apply to:

 

    the sale of shares of our common stock pursuant to the underwriting agreement;

 

    transfers of shares of our common stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of this offering;

 

    transfers of shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock (i) as a bona fide gift, or gifts, or for bona fide estate planning purposes, (ii) upon death or by will, testamentary document or intestate succession, (iii) to an immediate family member of the locked-up party or to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the locked-up party or one or more immediate family members of the locked-up party, (iv) not involving a change in beneficial ownership, or (v) if the locked-up party is a trust, to any trustee or beneficiary of the locked-up party or the estate of any such trustee or beneficiary;

 

    transfers or distributions of shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock by a stockholder that is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity (i) to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity that controls, is controlled by or managed by or is under common control with such stockholder or (ii) as part of a transfer or distribution to an equity holder of such stockholder or to the estate of any such equity holder;

 

    the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 promulgated under the Exchange Act, provided that (i) such plan does not provide for the transfer of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock during the 180-day restricted period and (ii) no public announcement or filing is required of or voluntarily made by or on behalf of the locked-up party or us regarding the establishment of such plan;

 

    (i) the receipt by the locked-up party from us of shares of our common stock upon (A) the exercise or settlement of options or restricted stock units granted under a stock incentive plan or other equity award plan, which plan is described in this prospectus or (B) the exercise of warrants or conversion of convertible notes outstanding and which are described in this prospectus, or (ii) the transfer of shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into our common stock to us upon a vesting or settlement event of our securities or upon the exercise of options or warrants to purchase our securities on a “cashless” or “net exercise” basis to the extent permitted by the instruments representing such options or warrants (and any transfer to us necessary to generate such amount of cash needed for the payment of taxes, including estimated taxes, due as a result of such vesting or exercise whether by means of a “net settlement” or otherwise) so long as such “cashless exercise” or “net exercise” is effected solely by the surrender of outstanding options or warrants (or our common stock issuable upon the exercise thereof) to us and our cancellation of all or a portion thereof to pay the exercise price and/or withholding tax and remittance obligations, provided that in the case of (i), the shares received upon exercise or settlement of the option, restricted stock unit, or warrant or conversion of convertible notes are subject to the restrictions above;

 

    the transfer of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock that occurs pursuant to a qualified domestic order in connection with a divorce settlement or other court order;

 

    the conversion of our outstanding preferred stock into shares of our common stock in connection with the closing of this offering, provided that such shares of common stock shall remain subject to the restrictions above;

 

   

any transfer of our common stock to us pursuant to arrangements under which we have (i) the option to repurchase such shares or securities at the lower of cost or fair market value in connection with the

 

207


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

termination of employment or service of the locked-up party with us or (ii) a right of first refusal with respect to transfers of such shares or securities;

 

    the transfer of shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction that is approved by our board of directors, made to all holders of our common stock involving the transfer (whether by tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to a person or group of affiliated persons (other than an underwriter pursuant to this offering), of our voting securities if, after such transfer, such person or group of affiliated persons would hold more than 50% of our outstanding voting securities (or the surviving entity), after the completion of this offering, provided that in the event such transfer, tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction is not completed, such shares shall remain subject to the restrictions above; or

 

    the sale of shares of our common stock by certain holders, provided that the amount of shares of common stock transferred by all holders pursuant to this bullet point shall not exceed 200,000 shares in the aggregate;

provided that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to the third, fourth or seventh bullet points above, each transferee, donee or distributee shall sign and deliver a lock-up agreement with the same restrictions as set forth above; and

provided, further, that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to the second, third, fourth, ninth or eleventh bullet points above, no filing by any party (donor, donee, transferor or transferee) under the Exchange Act or other public announcement shall be required or shall be made voluntarily in connection with such transfer or distribution (other than a filing on a Form 5 made after the expiration of the 180-day restricted period); and

provided, further, that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to the sixth bullet point above, no filing by any party (transferor or transferee) under the Exchange Act or other public announcement shall be required or shall be made voluntarily in connection with such transfer or distribution (other than a filing on a Form 5 made after the expiration of the 180-day restricted period) within 90 days after the date of this prospectus, and after such 90th day, if the locked-up party is required to file a report under Section 16 of the Exchange Act reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of common stock, the locked-up party shall include a statement in such report to the effect that the purpose of such transfer was either (i) to cover tax withholding obligations of the locked-up party or remittance payments due in connection with such vesting, settlement or exercise or (ii) in connection with a cashless or net exercise of options or warrants to purchase shares of common stock for purposes of exercising such options or warrants; and

provided, further, that in the case of any transfer pursuant to the seventh bullet point above, any filing under the Exchange Act shall state that such transfer is pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement and that such common stock or such security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock, as applicable, remains subject to the restrictions above. If the locked-up party is one of our officers or directors, the locked-up party further agrees that the foregoing provisions shall be equally applicable to any company-directed securities that such person may purchase in this offering.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

We have applied to have our Class A common stock approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “BE”.

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involves making bids for, purchasing and selling shares of Class A common stock in the open market for the purpose of

 

208


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the Class A common stock while this offering is in progress. These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of the Class A common stock, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing shares of Class A common stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be “covered” shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares referred to above, or may be “naked” shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their option to purchase additional shares from us, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which the underwriters may purchase shares through the option. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the Class A common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase shares in the open market to cover the position.

The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M of the Securities Act of 1933, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the Class A common stock, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the representatives of the underwriters purchase Class A common stock in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representatives can require the underwriters that sold those shares as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discount received by them.

These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the Class A common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the Class A common stock, and, as a result, the price of the Class A common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on the                         , in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. In determining the initial public offering price, we and the representatives of the underwriters expect to consider a number of factors including:

 

    the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives;

 

    our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

 

    an assessment of our management;

 

    our prospects for future earnings;

 

    the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering;

 

    the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and

 

    other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.

Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our Class A common stock, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC acted as joint placement agents in connection with the private placement of $160.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 6% Notes which had its first closing in December of 2015. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC purchased $75.0 million of such 6% Notes. In August

 

209


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

2017, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC was issued 220,000 warrants to purchase shares of our Class B common stock when it sold its 6% Notes, together with all accumulated interest, and assigned its warrants to the Canadian Pension Plan Investment Board (CPPIB). For more information, see Recourse Debt Facilities. In June 2014, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC arranged a $99.0 million principal amount of privately placed project financing for us, and in March 2013, J.P. Morgan Securities acted as lead placement agent of $144.8 million principal amount of our senior secured notes. Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC acted in an advisory role in our fundraising for PPA IV and PPA V. An affiliate of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC invested $100.0 million in PPA I and $140.0 million in PPA II. We repurchased the interest of the affiliate of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC in PPA I in January 2016 for $25.0 million principal amount of our 6% Notes. For more information, see “Description of Capital Stock—6.0% Convertible Senior Secured PIK Notes due 2020.” Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. or their respective affiliates are holders of our convertible preferred stock. An affiliate of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated has a vendor finance program with us, which has financed more than $107.7 million of customer purchases as of December 31, 2017 and is not committed to financing additional purchases as of December 31, 2017. An affiliate of KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc. has a vendor finance program with us, which has financed more than $309.8 million of customer purchases as of March 31, 2018. In addition, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC have ordinary course customer relationships with us in connection with installations of our products.

The underwriters and their affiliates may continue to provide from time to time commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services to us and our affiliates for which they may continue to receive customary fees and commissions.

In addition, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future.

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to     % of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus for sale, at the initial public offering price, to our directors, officers and other individuals associated with them, and our employees, to the extent permitted by local securities laws and regulations. The sales will be made at our direction by Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, an underwriter of this offering, and its affiliates through a directed share program. We do not know if these persons will choose to purchase all or any portion of these reserved shares, but any purchases they do make will reduce the number of shares available to the general public. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus. Any shares sold in the directed share program to our directors, executive officers or stockholders who have entered into lock-up agreements described in this section shall be subject to the provisions of such lock-up agreements. Employees and family members of employees who participate in the directed share program shall be subject to substantially similar lock-up provisions with respect to any shares sold to them pursuant to the directed share program.

Selling Restrictions

General

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an

 

210


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (each, a “Relevant Member State”), no offer of shares may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State other than:

 

  A. to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

  B. to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives; or

 

  C. in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of shares shall require us or the representatives to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

Each person in a Relevant Member State who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive. In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

We, the representatives and their affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, acknowledgements and agreements.

This prospectus has been prepared on the basis that any offer of shares in any Relevant Member State will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Prospectus Directive from the requirement to publish a prospectus for offers of shares. Accordingly any person making or intending to make an offer in that Relevant Member State of shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated in this prospectus may only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for us or any of the underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive in relation to such offer. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of shares in circumstances in which an obligation arises for us or the underwriters to publish a prospectus for such offer.

For the purpose of the above provisions, the expression “an offer to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in the Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in the Relevant Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member States) and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

 

211


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

(a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (“FSMA”)) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

(b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares of our common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (SIX) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document does not constitute a prospectus within the meaning of, and has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, us or the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (CISA). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre (DIFC)

This document relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Markets Rules 2012 of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (DFSA). This document is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Markets Rules 2012 of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus supplement nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for this document. The securities to which this document relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered should conduct their own due diligence on the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this document you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, or ASIC, in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001, or the Corporations Act, and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons, or the Exempt Investors, who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

 

212


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of twelve months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

This prospectus contains general information only and does not take into account the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate for their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (SFA), (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275, of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

 

  (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

  (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

 

  (a) to an institutional investor or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

 

213


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
  (b) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

 

  (c) where the transfer is by operation of law;

 

  (d) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or

 

  (e) as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

The shares have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act. Accordingly, the shares may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Notice to Prospective Investors in New Zealand

This prospectus has not been registered with the office of the Registrar of Companies in New Zealand and is not a registered prospectus or investment statement for the purposes of New Zealand law.

The provision of this prospectus to any person in New Zealand does not constitute an offer of the shares of our common stock to that person or an invitation to that person to subscribe for the shares of our common stock other than (i) to any or all of the following persons only (A) to persons whose principal business is the investment of money or who, in the course of and for the purposes of their business, habitually invest money, and/or (B) persons who are each required to pay a minimum subscription price of at least NZ$500,000 for the shares of our common stock, and/or (C) any other person who in all the circumstances can properly be regarded as having been selected other than as members of the public; or (ii) to eligible persons only in accordance with section 5(2CB) of the Securities Act 1978 (New Zealand).

No investor shall subscribe for, offer, sell or deliver any shares of our common stock or distribute this prospectus or any advertisement relating to the shares of our common stock in breach of the Securities Act 1978 and, in particular, no investor shall offer for sale shares of our common stock to any member of the public in New Zealand in breach of the Securities Act 1978. By subscribing for the shares of our common stock, each investor: (a) warrants it is a person described in paragraph (i) or (ii) above and (b) undertakes to comply with the above selling restrictions.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Chile

The shares are not registered in the Securities Registry (Registro de Valores) or subject to the control of the Chilean Securities and Exchange Commission (Superintendencia de Valores y Seguros de Chile). This prospectus and other offering materials relating to the offer of the shares do not constitute a public offer of, or an invitation to subscribe for or purchase, the shares in the Republic of Chile, other than to individually identified purchasers pursuant to a private offering within the meaning of Article 4 of the Chilean Securities Market Act (Ley de Mercado de Valores) (an offer that is not “addressed to the public at large or to a certain sector or specific group of the public”).

Notice to Prospective Investors in Canada

The shares may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of

 

214


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 (or, in the case of securities issued or guaranteed by the government of a non-Canadian jurisdiction, section 3A.4) of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

 

215


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

EXPERTS

The financial statements as of December 31, 2016 and 2017, and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2017, included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of our Class A common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Fenwick & West LLP, Mountain View, California. Davis Polk  & Wardwell LLP, Menlo Park, California, is acting as counsel to the underwriters.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to this offering of our Class A common stock. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some items of which are contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our Class A common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits and the financial statements and notes filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. A copy of the registration statement, including the exhibits and the consolidated financial statements and related notes filed as a part of the registration statement, may be inspected without charge at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, and copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained from the SEC upon the payment of fees prescribed by it. You may call the SEC at (800) SEC-0330 for more information on the operation of the public reference facilities. The SEC maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding companies that file electronically with it.

As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.bloomenergy.com. Upon the completion of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into, and is not a part of this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

 

216


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-4  

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

     F-5  

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

     F-6  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-7  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-8  

 

F-1


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Bloom Energy Corporation

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Bloom Energy Corporation and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, and the related consolidated statements of operations, of comprehensive loss, of convertible redeemable preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit, and of cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2017, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2017 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Jose, California

March 7, 2018

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2009.

 

F-2


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Bloom Energy Corporation

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

    December 31,     March 31,  
    2016     2017     2018  
                (unaudited)  

Assets

 

 

Current assets

     

Cash and cash equivalents ($13,319, $9,549 and $12,294, respectively)

  $ 156,577     $ 103,828     $ 88,227  

Restricted cash ($5,901, $7,969 and $11,582, respectively)

    19,867       44,387       22,998  

Short-term investments

    —         26,816       20,138  

Accounts receivable ($7,462, $7,680 and $7,550, respectively)

    35,166       30,317       58,520  

Inventories, net

    83,155       90,260       97,079  

Deferred cost of revenue

    69,059       92,488       81,229  

Customer financing receivable ($4,841, $5,209 and $5,303, respectively)

    4,841       5,209       5,303  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets ($8,628, $6,365 and $3,843, respectively)

    23,420       26,676       27,836  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

    392,085       419,981       401,330  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net ($462,825, $430,464 and $422,471, respectively)

    538,445       497,789       487,169  

Customer financing receivable, non-current ($77,886, $72,677 and $71,337, respectively)

    77,886       72,677       71,337  

Restricted cash ($30,764, $26,748 and $27,330, respectively)

    41,471       32,397       32,367  

Deferred cost of revenue, non-current

    113,132       160,683       155,658  

Other long-term assets ($5,669, $3,767 and $4,054, respectively)

    41,028       37,460       36,773  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 1,204,047     $ 1,220,987     $ 1,184,634  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities, Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

     

Current liabilities

     

Accounts payable ($356, $520 and $519, respectively)

  $ 41,505     $ 48,582     $ 47,755  

Accrued warranty

    23,857       16,811       16,723  

Accrued other current liabilities ($3,235, $2,378 and $3,907, respectively)

    75,871       67,649       57,683  

Deferred revenue and customer deposits ($786, $786 and $786, respectively)

    98,921       118,106       99,449  

Current portion of debt ($18,333, $17,057 and $17,583, respectively)

    20,027       18,747       23,600  

Current portion of debt from related parties ($912, $1,389 and $1,525, respectively)

    912       1,389       1,525  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    261,093       271,284       246,735  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Preferred stock warrant liabilities

    12,885       9,825       6,554  

Derivative liabilities ($5,183, $5,060 and $2,954, respectively)

    135,715       156,552       163,854  

Deferred revenue and customer deposits ($10,267, $9,482 and $9,288, respectively)

    237,135       309,843       306,153  

Long-term portion of debt ($322,222, $306,499 and $302,345, respectively)

    670,923       815,555       819,828  

Long-term portion of debt from related parties, net ($36,188, $35,551 and $35,312, respectively)

    102,423       105,650       105,514  

Other long-term liabilities ($644, $1,226 and $1,370, respectively)

    42,985       52,915       51,860  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

    1,463,159       1,721,624       1,700,498  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 18)

     

Redeemable noncontrolling interest

    59,320       58,154       58,176  

Convertible redeemable preferred stock: 120,692,417 shares authorized at December 31, 2016 and 2017, and at March 31, 2018; and 107,610,244 107,610,244 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2016 and 2017, and at March 31, 2018. Aggregate liquidation preference of $1,441,757 at December 31, 2016 and 2017, and at March 31, 2018.

    1,465,841       1,465,841       1,465,841  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ deficit

     

Common stock: $0.0001 par value; and 170,000,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2016 and 2017, and at March 31, 2018; and 15,198,330, 15,529,904 and 15,637,475 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2016 and 2017, and at March 31, 2018, respectively

    2       2       2  

Additional paid-in capital

    108,647       150,803       158,604  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (542     (162     117  

Accumulated deficit

    (2,068,048     (2,330,647     (2,348,363
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

    (1,959,941     (2,180,004     (2,189,640

Noncontrolling interest

    175,668       155,372       149,759  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deficit

    (1,724,953     (1,966,478     (1,981,705
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, convertible redeemable preferred stock and deficit

  $ 1,204,047     $ 1,220,987     $ 1,184,634  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Asset and liability amounts in parentheses represent the portion of the consolidated balance attributable to the variable interest entities.

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Bloom Energy Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in thousands, except for per share data)

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
    Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2016     2017     2017     2018  
                 (unaudited)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations

        

Revenue

        

Product

   $ 76,478     $ 179,768     $ 27,665     $ 121,307  

Installation

     16,584       63,226       12,293       14,118  

Service

     67,622       76,904       18,591       19,907  

Electricity

     47,856       56,098       13,648       14,029  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     208,540       375,996       72,197       169,361  

Cost of revenue

        

Product

     103,283       210,773       38,855       80,355  

Installation

     17,725       59,929       13,445       10,438  

Service

     155,034       83,597       18,219       24,253  

Electricity

     35,987       39,741       10,876       10,649  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     312,029       394,040       81,395       125,695  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit (loss)

     (103,489     (18,044     (9,198     43,666  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

        

Research and development

     46,848       51,146     11,223       14,731  

Sales and marketing

     29,101       32,415       7,845       8,262  

General and administrative

     61,545       55,674       12,879       14,988  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     137,494       139,235       31,947       37,981  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit (loss) from operations

     (240,983     (157,279     (41,145     5,685  

Interest expense

     (81,190     (108,623     (24,363     (23,037

Other income (expense), net

     (379     268       119       (629

Gain (loss) on revaluation of warrant liabilities and embedded derivatives

     (13,035     (14,995     215       (4,034
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss before income taxes

     (335,587     (280,629     (65,174     (22,015

Income tax provision

     729       636       214       333  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (336,316     (281,265     (65,388     (22,348

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests and redeemable noncontrolling interests

     (56,658     (18,666     (5,856     (4,632
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (279,658   $ (262,599   $ (59,532   $ (17,716
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted:

   $ (18.56   $ (17.08   $ (3.91   $ (1.14
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

     15,069       15,372       15,215       15,605  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders basic and diluted (unaudited)

     $ (1.87     $ (0.13
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders basic and diluted (unaudited)

       131,754         130,805  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Bloom Energy Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

(in thousands)

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
    Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2016     2017     2017     2018  
                 (unaudited)  

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (279,658   $ (262,599   $ (59,532   $ (17,716
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive loss, net of taxes

        

Unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities

     —         (13     —         (9

Change in effective portion of interest rate swap

     (418     894       619       2,867  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive loss

     (418     881       619       2,858  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

     (280,076     (261,718     (58,913     (14,858
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests and redeemable noncontrolling interests

     720       (501     (501     (2,579
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (279,356   $ (262,219   $ (59,414   $ (17,437
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Bloom Energy Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

(dollars in thousands, except for share data)

 

    Convertible
Redeemable

Preferred Stock
    Redeemable  
Noncontrolling  
Interest  
          Common Stock     Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Noncontrolling
Interest
    Total
Deficit
 
    Shares     Amount         Shares     Amount            

Balances at December 31, 2015

    107,425,783     $ 1,459,506     $ 62,419           14,907,904     $ 1     $ 102,449     $ (844   $ (1,788,390   $ 70,708     $ (1,553,657
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Contributions from noncontrolling interests

    —       —         —             —         —         —         —         —         209,860       209,860  

Exercise of Series F preferred warrants for preferred stock

    68,002       3,335       —             —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Issuance of shares of Series G convertible preferred stock

    116,459       3,000       —             —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Issuance of Common Stock

    —         —         —             88,000       —         1,816       —         —         —         1,816  

Exercise of stock options

    —         —         —             188,092       1       1,237       —         —         —         1,238  

Issuance of restricted stock awards

    —         —         —             14,334       —         280       —         —         —         280  

Stock-based compensation expense

    —         —         —             —         —         27,865       —         —         —         27,865  

Excess fair value of consideration paid over the noncontrolling interest reduction

    —         —         —             —         —         (25,000     —         —         —         (25,000

Change in effective portion of interest rate swap agreement

    —         —         4           —         —         —         302       —         (724     (418

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

    —         —         (4,614         —         —         —         —         —         (46,007     (50,621

Net income (loss)

    —         —         1,511           —         —         —         —         (279,658     (58,169     (336,316
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2016

    107,610,244     $ 1,465,841     $ 59,320           15,198,330     $ 2     $ 108,647     $ (542   $ (2,068,048   $ 175,668     $ (1,724,953
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Contributions from noncontrolling interests

    —         —         —             —         —         —         —         —         13,652       13,652  

Issuance of Common Stock warrant

    —         —         —             —         —         9,410       —         —         —         9,410  

Issuance of Common Stock

    —         —         —             96,000       —         1,981       —         —         —         1,981  

Exercise of stock options

    —         —         —             184,730       —         432       —         —         —         432  

Issuance of restricted stock awards

    —         —         —             50,844       —         1,253       —         —         —         1,253  

Stock-based compensation expense

    —         —         —             —         —         29,080       —         —         —         29,080  

Unrealized loss on available for sale securities

    —         —         —             —         —         —         (13     —         —         (13

Change in effective portion of interest rate swap agreement

    —         —         1           —         —         —         393       —         500       894  

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

    —         —         (5,104         —         —         —         —         —         (11,845     (16,949

Net income (loss)

    —         —         3,937           —         —         —         —         (262,599     (22,603     (281,265
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2017

    107,610,244     $ 1,465,841     $ 58,154           15,529,904     $ 2     $ 150,803     $ (162   $ (2,330,647   $ 155,372     $ (1,966,478
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Exercise of stock options

                    102,148           120                   120  

Issuance of restricted stock awards

                    5,423           67                   67  

Stock-based compensation expense

                              7,614                   7,614  

Unrealized loss on available for sale securities

                                  (9             (9

Change in effective portion of interest rate swap agreement

            3                         288           2,576       2,867  

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

            (1,472                               (2,066     (3,538

Net income (loss)

            1,491                             (17,716     (6,123     (22,348
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at March 31, 2018 (unaudited)

    107,610,244     $ 1,465,841     $ 58,176           15,637,475     $ 2     $ 158,604     $ 117     $ (2,348,363   $ 149,759     $ (1,981,705
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Bloom Energy Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
    Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2016     2017     2017     2018  
                 (unaudited)  

Cash flows from operating activities:

        

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (279,658   $ (262,599   $ (59,532   $ (17,716

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

        

Loss attributable to noncontrolling and redeemable noncontrolling interests

     (56,659     (18,666     (5,856     (4,632

Depreciation

     43,100       46,105       11,902       10,847  

Write off of property, plant and equipment, net

     140       48       5       —    

Impairment of assets, net

     2,092       —         —         —    

PPA I decommissioning, net

     617       —         —         —    

Revaluation of derivative contracts

     1,343       14,754       3,186       7,157  

Stock-based compensation

     28,157       30,479       6,645       7,956  

Loss on long-term REC purchase contract

     124       (70     —         12  

Revaluation of preferred stock warrants

     (807     (3,060     —         (3,271

Common stock warrant valuation

     9,180       85       —         (100

Amortization of interest expense from preferred stock warrants

     1,083       1,060       267       261  

Amortization of debt issuance cost

     2,802       3,263       664       969  

Amortization of debt discount from embedded derivatives

     28,925       42,989       10,054       5,938  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

        

Accounts receivable

     (701     4,849       (6,607     (28,203

Inventories, net

     (209     (7,105     (29,086     (6,818

Deferred cost of revenue

     (84,660     (70,979     (10,818     16,282  

Customer financing receivable and others

     (211,659     5,459       1,471       1,306  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (8,433     (2,175     203       (446

Other long-term assets

     (1,020     4,625       932       1,266  

Accounts payable

     4,807       7,076       (2,378     (827

Accrued warranty

     (2,986     (7,045     (4,938     (87

Accrued other current liabilities

     11,258       8,599       (1,696     (10,083

Deferred revenue and customer deposits

     183,564       91,893       11,833       (22,347

Other long-term liabilities

     46,774       43,239       9,702       8,049  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (282,826     (67,176     (64,047     (34,487
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

        

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

     (8,979     (5,140     (936     (223

Purchase of marketable securities

     —         (29,043     —         (8,991

Maturities of marketable securities

     —         2,250       —         15,750  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     (8,979     (31,933     (936     6,536  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

        

Borrowings from issuance of debt

     123,489       100,000       —         —    

Borrowings from issuance of debt to related parties

     25,000       —         —         —    

Repayment of debt

     (32,192     (20,507     (7,914     (4,489

Repayment of debt to related parties

     (966     (912     (198     (290

Debt issuance costs

     (218     (6,108     —         —    

Proceeds from noncontrolling and redeemable noncontrolling interests

     209,860       13,652       13,652       —    

Distributions to noncontrolling and redeemable noncontrolling interests

     (45,828     (23,659     (8,277     (3,832

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

     1,238       432       33       120  

Proceeds from issuance of convertible preferred stock

     3,000       —         —         —    

Payments of initial public offering issuance costs

     —         (1,092     (500     (578
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     283,383       61,806       (3,204     (9,069
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash

     (8,422     (37,303     (68,187     (37,020

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash:

        

Beginning of period

     226,337       217,915       217,915       180,612  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

End of period

   $ 217,915     $ 180,612     $ 149,728     $ 143,592  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

        

Cash paid during the period for interest

   $ 20,549     $ 21,948     $ 5,497     $ 11,216  

Cash paid during the period for taxes

     635       616       121       401  

Transfer of inventory to Energy Servers

     217,205       —       —         —    

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

        

Liabilities recorded for property, plant and equipment

     992       975       26       65  

Liabilities recorded for intangible assets

     —         2,138       —         362  

Exercise of warrants

     3,336       —         —         —    

Issuance of common stock warrant

     —         9,410     —         —    

Issuance of common stock

     1,816       1,981       991       —    

Issuance of restricted stock

     —         1,253       33       242  

Accrued distributions to tax equity investors

     7,287       576       282       282  

Accrued interest and issuance for notes

     23,987       29,705       6,876       7,808  

Accrued interest and issuance for notes to related parties

     3,856       4,368       1,021       1,165  

Issuance of 6% convertible promissory notes

     25,000       —       —         —    

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Bloom Energy Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited as of March 31, 2018 and for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018)

 

1. Nature of Business and Management’s Plans Regarding the Financing of Future Development Efforts

Nature of Business

Bloom Energy Corporation (together with its subsidiaries, the Company or Bloom Energy) designs, manufactures and sells solid-oxide fuel cell systems, or Energy Servers, for on-site power generation. The Company’s power generators or Energy Servers utilize an innovative fuel cell technology. The Energy Servers provide efficient energy generation with reduced operating costs and lower greenhouse gas emissions. By generating power where it is consumed, the systems offer increased electrical reliability and improved energy security while providing a path to energy independence. The Company was originally incorporated in Delaware under the name of Ion America Corporation on January 18, 2001 and was renamed on September 16, 2006 to Bloom Energy Corporation. To date, substantially all of the Company’s revenue has been derived from customers based in the United States. However, the Company intends to increase its sales efforts outside of the United States, with initial customer installations in India, Japan and South Korea.

As of March 31, 2018, the Company has completed several rounds of private financing with gross proceeds totaling approximately $1.5 billion. The Company has incurred operating losses and negative cash flows from operations since its inception. The Company’s ability to achieve its long-term business objectives is dependent upon, among other things, raising additional capital, dependence on the acceptance of its products, and attaining future profitability. Management believes that the Company will be successful in raising additional financing from its stockholders or from other sources, expanding operations and gaining market share. However, there can be no assurance that in the event the Company requires additional financing, such financing will be available on terms which are favorable or at all.

 

2. Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (U.S. GAAP) and reflect the accounts and operations of the Company and those of its subsidiaries in which the Company has a controlling financial interest. The Company uses a qualitative approach in assessing the consolidation requirement for its variable interest entities, which the Company refers to as power purchase agreements (PPAs). This approach focuses on determining whether the Company has the power to direct the activities of the PPAs that most significantly affect the PPAs’ economic performance and whether the Company has the obligation to absorb losses, or the right to receive benefits, that could potentially be significant to the PPAs. For all periods presented, the Company has determined that it is the primary beneficiary in all of its operational PPAs. For additional information, see Note 14, Power Purchase Agreement Programs . The Company evaluates its relationships with the PPAs on an ongoing basis to ensure that it continues to be the primary beneficiary. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Prior to September 30, 2017, the Company had not allocated any revenue or costs of revenue from PPA customers to service revenue. As a result of an assessment in the three month period ending September 30, 2017, management determined that revenue and costs of revenue relating to maintenance services for PPA customers should be reclassified from electricity to service to better reflect the economic performance of its maintenance services and its PPA operations. Accordingly, the Company’s prior period consolidated statements of operations amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation. For the year ended December 31, 2016, approximately $24.5 million was allocated from electricity revenue to service revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2017, the comparable value of allocated service revenue

 

F-8


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

was $29.4 million. For the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, the comparable value of allocated service revenue was $7.3 million and $7.3 million, respectively. For each period presented, the amounts of costs of revenue that were reclassified were not material.

Unaudited Interim Consolidated Financial Statements

The accompanying interim consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2018, the interim consolidated statements of operations, the interim consolidated statements of comprehensive loss, and the interim consolidated statements of cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018 and the interim consolidated statements of convertible redeemable preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit for the three months ended March 31, 2018 are unaudited. The unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements, and in management’s opinion, includes all adjustments, consisting of only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair statement of the Company’s financial position as of March 31, 2018 and its results of operations and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018. The financial data and the other financial information disclosed in the notes to these consolidated financial statements related to the three month periods are also unaudited. The results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2018 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full fiscal year or any other period.

Components of Revenue and Cost of Revenue

Revenue

The Company primarily recognizes revenue from the sale and installation of Energy Servers, sales of electricity, and by providing services under extended operations and maintenance services contracts. These operations and maintenance services contracts are what the Company refers to as maintenance service agreements.

The Company’s total revenue is comprised of the following:

Product Revenue

All of the Company’s product revenue is generated from the sale of our Energy Servers to direct purchase and lease customers. The Company generally begins to recognize product revenue from contracts with customers for the sales of its Energy Servers once the Company achieves acceptance; that is, generally when the system has been installed and running at full power as defined in each contract.

All of the Company’s product arrangements contain multiple elements representing a combination of revenue from Energy Servers, installation and maintenance services. Upon acceptance, the Company allocates fair value to each of these elements, and the Company limits the amount of revenue recognized for delivered elements up to an amount that is not contingent upon future delivery of additional products or services or meeting any specified performance conditions. The sale of the Company’s Energy Servers also includes a one-year warranty, which is recorded as a component of cost of product revenue.

Installation Revenue

All of the Company’s installation revenue is generated from the sale and installation of our Energy Servers to direct purchase and lease customers. The Company generally begins to recognize installation revenue from contracts with customers for the sales of its Energy Servers once the Company achieves acceptance; that is, generally when the system has been installed and running at full power.

 

F-9


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Service Revenue

Service revenue is generated from operations and maintenance services agreements that extend the standard warranty service coverage beyond the initial first year’s warranty for Energy Servers sold under direct purchase, traditional lease and managed services sales. Customers can renew these agreements on an annual basis. Revenue is recognized from such operations and maintenance services ratably over the term of the renewed one-year service period. The Company anticipates that almost all of its customers will continue to renew their maintenance services agreement each year.

Electricity Revenue

The Company’s PPA entities purchase Energy Servers from the Company and sell the electricity produced by these systems to customers through long-term PPA agreements. Customers are required to purchase all of the electricity produced by the Energy Servers at agreed-upon rates over the course of the PPA agreements’ contractual term. The Company recognizes revenue from such PPA entities as the electricity is provided over the term of the agreement.

Cost of Product Revenue

Cost of product revenue consists of costs of Energy Servers that the Company sells to direct and lease customers, including costs paid to the Company’s materials suppliers, personnel costs, certain allocated costs, shipping costs, provisions for excess and obsolete inventory, and the depreciation costs of the Company’s equipment. Because the sale of the Company’s Energy Servers includes a one-year service warranty, cost of product revenue also includes first year warranty costs. The Company provides certain warranties and performance guarantees regarding the Energy Servers’ efficiency and output during the first year warranty period.

Cost of Installation Revenue

Cost of installation revenue consists of the costs to install the Energy Servers that the Company sells to direct and lease customers, including costs paid to the Company’s materials and service providers, personnel costs, and allocated costs.

Cost of Service Revenue

Cost of service revenue consists of costs incurred under maintenance service contracts for all customers including direct sales, lease and PPA customers, including personnel costs for the Company’s customer support organization, certain allocated costs, and extended maintenance-related product repair and replacement costs. After the initial included warranty period expires, customers have the opportunity to renew warranty services under maintenance agreements for additional annual periods.

Cost of Electricity Revenue

Cost of electricity revenue primarily consists of the depreciation of the cost of the Energy Servers owned by the Company’s PPA entities and the cost of gas purchased in connection with PPAs entered into by the Company’s first PPA entity. The cost of electricity revenue is generally recognized over the term of the customer’s PPA. The cost of depreciation of the Energy Servers is reduced by the amortization of any U.S. Treasury Department grant payment in lieu of the energy investment tax credit associated with these systems.

 

F-10


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Management Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes. Significant estimates include assumptions used to compute the best estimate of selling-prices (BESP), fair value of lease and non-lease components, such as estimated output, efficiency and residual value of the Energy Servers, estimates for inventory write-downs, estimates for future cash flows and economic useful lives of property, plant and equipment, other long-term assets, valuation of certain accrued liabilities, such as derivative valuations, accrued warranty and extended maintenance and estimates for recapture of U.S. Treasury grants, income taxes and deferred tax asset valuation allowances, warrant liabilities, stock-based compensation costs, and allocation of profit and losses to the noncontrolling interests. Actual results could differ materially from these estimates under different assumptions and conditions.

Foreign Currency Transactions

The functional currency of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar since they are considered financially and operationally integrated. Foreign currency monetary assets and liabilities are remeasured into U.S. dollars at end-of-period exchange rates. Nonmonetary assets and liabilities such as property, plant and equipment, and equity are remeasured at historical exchange rates. Revenue and expenses are remeasured at average exchange rates in effect during each period, except for those expenses related to the previously noted balance sheet amounts, which are remeasured at historical exchange rates. Transaction gains and losses are included as a component of other expense, net in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and have not been significant for all periods presented.

Cash, Cash Equivalents, Investments and Restricted Cash

The Company considers highly liquid short-term investments with original maturities of 90 days or less at the date of purchase as cash equivalents.

Restricted cash is held as collateral to provide financial assurance that the Company will fulfill commitments related to its power purchase agreement financings, debt service reserves, maintenance service reserves and facility lease agreements. Restricted cash that is expected to be used within one year of the balance sheet date is classified as a current asset and that which is expected to be used more than a year from the balance sheet date is classified as a non-current asset. In fiscal year 2017, the Company adopted ASU 2016-18 Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash, resulting in the inclusion of restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents within cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts for all periods shown on the statement of cash flows. This guidance did not have an effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or liquidity.

As of December 31, 2016 and 2017, and March 31, 2018, the Company had restricted cash of $61.3 million, $76.8 million, and $55.4 million, respectively.

The Company considers highly liquid investments with original maturities of greater than 90 days at the date of purchase as short-term investments. Short-term investments are reported at fair value, with unrealized gains or losses, net of tax, recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). The specific identification method is used to determine the cost of any securities disposed of, with any realized gains or losses recognized as income or expense in condensed consolidated statements of operations. Short-term investments are anticipated to be used for current operations and are, therefore, classified as available-for-sale in current assets even though their maturities may extend beyond one year. The Company periodically reviews short-term investments for impairment. In the event a decline in value is determined to be other-than-temporary, an impairment loss is recognized. When determining if a decline in value is other-than-temporary, the Company takes into consideration the current market conditions and the duration and severity of and the reason for the decline, as well as the likelihood that it would need to sell the security prior to a recovery of par value.

 

F-11


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

As of March 31, 2018, short-term investments were comprised of $20.1 million of U.S. Treasury bills. The costs of these securities approximated their fair values, and there were no material gross realized or unrealized gains, gross realized or unrealized losses or impairment for the year ended March 31, 2018. As of March 31, 2018, all investments were scheduled to mature within the next twelve months.

Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company enters into derivative forward contracts to manage its exposure relating to the fluctuating price of fuel under certain of its power purchase agreements entered in connection with the Bloom Electrons program (refer to Note 14, Power Purchase Agreement Programs , for more information). In addition, the Company enters into fixed forward swap arrangements to convert variable interest rates on debt to a fixed rate. The Company also issued derivative financial instruments embedded in its 6% Notes to provide additional incentive to investors. The Company used these derivative financial instruments in order to obtain a lower cost cash-source of funds.

Derivative transactions are governed by procedures covering areas such as authorization, counterparty exposure and hedging practices. Positions are monitored based on changes in the spot price in the commodity market and their impact on the market value of derivatives. Credit risk on derivatives arises from the potential for counterparties to default on their contractual obligations to the Company. The Company limits its credit risk by dealing with counterparties that are considered to be of high credit quality. The Company does not enter into derivative transactions for trading or speculative purposes.

The Company accounts for its derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities and carries them at fair value on the consolidated balance sheets. Changes in the fair value of the derivatives that qualify and are designated as cash flow hedges are recorded in other comprehensive loss on the consolidated balance sheets and for those that do not qualify for hedge accounting or are not designated as hedges are recorded through earnings in the consolidated statements of operations.

While the Company hedges certain of its natural gas requirements under its power purchase agreements, it has not designated these forward contracts as hedges for accounting purposes. Therefore, the Company records the change in the fair value of its forward contracts in cost of revenue on the consolidated statements of operations. The fair value of the forward contracts is recorded on the consolidated balance sheets as a component of accrued other current liabilities and derivative liabilities. As the forward contracts are considered economic hedges, the changes in the fair value of the forward contracts are classified as operating activities within the statement of cash flows, which is consistent with the classification of the cash flows of the hedged item.

The Company’s interest rate swap arrangements qualify as cash flow hedges for accounting purposes as they effectively convert variable rate obligations into fixed rate obligations. The Company evaluates and calculates the effectiveness of the hedge at each reporting date. The effective change is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss and will be recognized as interest expense on settlement. Ineffectiveness is recorded in other expense, net. If a cash flow hedge is discontinued due to changes in the forecasted hedged transactions, hedge accounting is discontinued prospectively and unrealized gain or loss on the related derivative is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss and reclassified into earnings in the same period during which the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings. The fair value of the swap arrangement is recorded on the consolidated balance sheets as a component of accrued other current liabilities and derivative liabilities. The changes in fair value of swap agreement are classified as operating activities within the statement of cash flows, which is consistent with the classification of the cash flows of the hedged item.

The Company issued convertible notes with conversion features. These embedded derivatives were evaluated under ASC topic 815-40 and were bifurcated from the debt and are classified as liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. The Company records these derivative liabilities at fair value and adjusts the carrying value to their estimated fair value at each reporting date with the increases or decreases in the fair value recorded as a gain (loss) on revaluation of warrant liabilities and embedded derivatives in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

F-12


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Fair Value Measurement

Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” (ASC 820), defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value under U.S. GAAP and enhances disclosures about fair value measurements. Fair value is defined under ASC 820 as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value under ASC 820 must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The guidance describes a fair value hierarchy based on three levels of inputs, of which the first two are considered observable and the last unobservable, that may be used to measure fair value which are the following:

 

Level 1    Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Financial assets utilizing Level 1 inputs typically include money market securities and U.S. Treasury securities.
Level 2    Inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. Financial instruments utilizing Level 2 inputs include interest rate swaps.
Level 3    Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Financial liabilities utilizing Level 3 inputs include natural gas fixed price forward contract derivatives, warrants issued to purchase the Company’s preferred stock and embedded derivatives bifurcated from convertible notes. Derivative liability valuations are performed based on a binomial lattice model and adjusted for illiquidity and/or nontransferability, and such adjustments are generally based on available market evidence.

Incentives and Grants

Self-Generation Incentive Program (SGIP)

The Company’s PPA entities’ customers receive payments under the SGIP which is a program specific to the State of California that provides financial incentives for the installation of new, qualifying self-generation equipment that the Company owns. The SGIP funds are assigned to the PPA entities by the customers and are recorded as other current assets and other long-term assets until received. For sales-type leases, the benefit of the SGIP funds are recorded as deferred revenue and is recognized as revenue when the Energy Server is accepted. For operating leases, the benefit of the SGIP funds are recorded as deferred revenue and is amortized on a straight-line basis over the PPA contract period. The SGIP program issues 50% of the fully anticipated amount in the first year the equipment is placed into service. The remaining incentive is then paid based on the size of the equipment (i.e., nameplate kilowatt capacity) over the subsequent five years. The SGIP program will expire on January 1, 2021.

The Company received $3.3 million and $2.7 million of SGIP funds for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively, and $0.6 million and $0.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively. The SGIP program has operational criteria primarily related to fuel mixture and minimum output for the first five years after the qualified equipment is placed in service. If the operational criteria are not fulfilled, it could result in a partial refund of funds received. There were no reductions or refunds of SGIP funds during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, and the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, and no accrual has been made for a refund of any incentives.

For certain PPA entities, the Company makes SGIP reservations on behalf of the PPA entity. The PPA entity receives the SGIP funds directly from the program and, therefore, bears the risk of loss if these funds are not paid.

 

F-13


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

U.S. Treasury Grants

The Company is eligible for U.S. Treasury grants on eligible property as defined under Section 1603 of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009. However, to be eligible for the U.S. Treasury grants, a fuel cell system must have commenced construction in 2011 either physically or through the occurrence of sufficient project costs. For fuel cell systems under PPA arrangements, U.S. Treasury grants are considered a component of minimum lease payments. For fuel cell systems deployed under tariff legislation, the Company recorded the fuel cell systems net of the U.S. Treasury grants. U.S. Treasury grant receivables are classified as other current assets in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. For operating leases, the benefit of the U.S. Treasury grant is recorded as deferred revenue and is amortized on a straight-line basis over the PPA contract period. The Company placed in service the last property eligible for U.S. Treasury grants in November of 2013 and collected all of its outstanding remaining Treasury cash grants during 2014.

The U.S. Treasury grant program has operational criteria for the first five years after the qualified equipment is placed in service. The criteria includes cash grant recapture provisions if the applicant disposes of the property to a disqualified person or the property ceases to qualify as a specified energy. If the operational criteria are not fulfilled, it could result in a partial refund of incentives received. Due to the restructuring of the Company’s first PPA entity, as discussed in Note 14, Power Purchase Agreement Programs , the Company accrued $10.0 million in estimated recapture refunds in 2015. In 2016, the Company recorded a $1.7 million reduction in its estimate of recapture refunds and paid a total of $8.3 million in recapture refunds. No additional recapture refunds have been accrued or paid in the period ended March 31, 2018.

Investment Tax Credits (ITC)

Through December 31, 2016, the Company’s fuel cell systems had been eligible for federal investment tax credits, or ITCs, that accrued to eligible property under Internal Revenue Code Section 48 for its Energy Servers. Under PPA arrangements, ITCs are primarily passed through to tax equity investors. Approximately 1% to 10% of the incentives are received by the Company, with the balance distributed to the remaining investors of the PPA entity. These incentives are accounted for under the flow-through method. Subsequently, on February 9, 2018, the U.S. Congress passed legislation to extend the federal investment tax credits for fuel cell systems retroactive to January 1, 2017. Due to the reinstatement of ITC in 2018, the benefit of ITC to total revenue for product accepted was a $45.5 million benefit in the three months ended March 31, 2018, including a $43.9 million product revenue benefit due to the retroactive ITC for 2017 acceptances.

The ITC program has operational criteria for the first five years after the qualified equipment is placed in service. If the qualified energy property is disposed of, or otherwise ceases to be investment credit property before the close of the five year recapture period is fulfilled, it could result in a partial reduction of the incentives. No ITC recapture has occurred during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, and the three months ended March 31, 2018.

Renewable Energy Credits (RECs)

RECs, which are tradeable energy credits that represent 1 megawatt hour of electricity generated from an eligible renewable energy resource generated in the U.S, are primarily ‘held for use’ and are presented as part of other current assets and other long-term assets in the consolidated balance sheets until the RECs are sold and accounted for as revenue. The Company accounts for such RECs as output from the facility where they originate. The Company values these RECs at the lower of cost or market at the end of each reporting period.

To the extent the PPA entities do not produce enough RECs to satisfy the requirements under certain of the Company’s PPA entities’ power purchase agreements, the Company may also acquire RECs under stand-alone purchase agreements with third parties to satisfy these REC obligations. Under power purchase agreements with certain customers, the Company’s PPA entities are required to deliver a specified quantity of biogas RECs or WECC (Western Electricity Coordinating Council) RECs. In order to meet these

 

F-14


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

obligations, the Company’s PPA entities may enter into REC purchase agreements with third parties to purchase a fixed quantity of the relevant RECs at a fixed price and on a fixed schedule. The PPA entities utilize the Western Renewable Energy Information System (WREGIS), an independent tracking system for the region covered by the WECC, which allows the PPA entities to manage RECs purchased and deliver the RECs to satisfy the customer obligation. Purchased RECs used to satisfy customer obligations are recorded at cost and are presented as part of other current assets and other long-term assets in the consolidated balance sheets. Costs of RECs purchased are expensed as the Company’s obligation to provide such RECs to customers occurs.

The Company estimates the number of excess RECs it will ultimately acquire under the non-cancelable purchase contracts over the number required to satisfy its obligations to its customers. The Company records a purchase commitment loss if the fair value of RECs is less than the fixed purchase price amount. The purchase commitment loss is recorded on the consolidated balance sheets as a component of other current liabilities and other long-term liabilities.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to a concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivables, and customer financing lease receivables. The Company conducts periodic evaluations of the creditworthiness of its customers and the collectability of its accounts receivable and financing leases receivable. The Company provides an allowance for potential credit losses as necessary based on historical experience. The Company has not experienced credit losses to date and has not provided an allowance for uncollectible accounts at December 31, 2016 and 2017, and at March 31, 2018.

Concentrations of Customer and Geographic Risk

In the year ended December 31, 2016, total revenue from Delmarva Power & Light Company (Delmarva) and Intel Corporation represented 18% and 12% of the Company’s total revenue, respectively. In the year ended December 31, 2017, total revenue from The Southern Company and Delmarva represented 43% and 10% of the Company’s total revenue, respectively. In the three months ended March 31, 2017, total revenue from Macerich and The Southern Company, represented 19% and 16% of the Company’s total revenue, respectively. In the three months ended March 31, 2018, total revenue from The Southern Company and Korea Energy represented 53% and 17% of our total revenue, respectively. The Southern Company has deployed the Company’s products primarily to Kaiser Permanente. To date, substantially all of the Company’s revenue has been derived from customers based in the United States.

Concentrations of Supply Risk

The Company’s products are manufactured using a rare earth mineral. The suppliers for this raw material are primarily located in Asia. A significant disruption in the operations of one or more of these suppliers could impact the production of the Company’s products which could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations.

Customer Financing Receivables

Leases are classified as either operating or sales-type leases in accordance with the relevant accounting guidelines. Customer financing receivables are generated by Energy Servers leased to PPA entities’ customers in leasing arrangements that qualify as sales-type leases. Financing receivables represents the gross minimum lease payments to be received from customers and the system’s estimated residual value, net of unearned income and allowance for estimated losses. Initial direct costs for sales-type leases are recognized as cost of revenue when the Energy Servers are placed in service.

 

F-15


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The Company reviews its customer financing receivables by aging category to identify significant customer balances with known disputes or collection issues. In determining the allowance, the Company makes judgments about the creditworthiness of a majority of its customers based on ongoing credit evaluations. The Company also considers its historical level of credit losses and current economic trends that might impact the level of future credit losses. The Company writes off customer financing receivables when they are deemed uncollectible. The Company has not had to maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts to reserve for potentially uncollectible customer financing receivables as historically, all of its receivables have been paid and it expects its current receivables on the consolidated balance sheets to be paid in full. For additional information, see Note 15, PPA I Decommissioning .

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable primarily represents trade receivables from sales to customers recorded at net realizable value. As the Company does for its customer financing receivables, the Company reviews its accounts receivable by aging category to identify significant customer balances with known disputes or collection issues. In determining the allowance, the Company makes judgments about the creditworthiness of a majority of its customers based on ongoing credit evaluations. The Company also considers its historical level of credit losses and current economic trends that might impact the level of future credit losses. The Company writes off accounts receivable when they are deemed uncollectible. The Company has not had to maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts to reserve for potentially uncollectible accounts receivable as historically, all of its receivables have been paid and it expects its current receivables on the consolidated balance sheets to be paid in full.

Inventories

Inventories consist principally of raw materials, work-in-process and finished goods and are stated on a first-in, first-out basis at the lower of cost or market value.

The Company records inventory excess and obsolescence provisions for estimated obsolete or unsellable inventory, including inventory from purchase commitments, equal to the difference between the cost of inventory and estimated net realizable value based upon assumptions about market conditions and future demand for product generally expected to be utilized over the next 12 to 24 months, including product needed to fulfill the company’s warranty obligations. If actual future demand for the Company’s products is less than currently forecasted, additional inventory provisions may be required. Once a provision is recorded, it is maintained until the product to which it relates to is sold or otherwise disposed of. The inventory reserves were $12.6 million, $15.7 million and $15.3 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2017 and as of March 31, 2018, respectively.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment, including leasehold improvements, are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term or their estimated depreciable lives, currently five years. Buildings are amortized over the shorter of the lease or property term or their estimated depreciable lives, currently 35 years. Energy Servers are depreciated to their residual values over the terms of the power purchase and tariff agreements.

 

F-16


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated depreciable lives of the respective assets as follows:

 

     Depreciable Lives

Energy Servers

   15-21 years

Computers, software and hardware

   3-5 years

Machinery and equipment

   5-10 years

Furniture and fixtures

   3-5 years

Leasehold improvements

   1-5 years

Buildings

   35 years

Long-Lived Assets

The Company’s long-lived assets include property, plant and equipment. The carrying amounts of the Company’s long-lived assets are periodically reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of these assets may not be recoverable or that the useful life is shorter than originally estimated. Factors that the Company considers in deciding when to perform an impairment review would include significant negative industry or economic trends and significant changes or planned changes in the Company’s use of the assets. Recoverability of these assets is measured by comparison of the carrying amount of each asset to the future undiscounted cash flows the asset is expected to generate over its remaining life. If the asset is considered to be impaired, the amount of any impairment is measured as the difference between the carrying value and the fair value of the impaired asset and the Company would recognize an impairment loss. If the useful life is shorter than originally estimated, the Company amortizes the remaining carrying value over the new shorter useful life. No material impairment of any long-lived assets was identified in the years ended December 31, 2016 or 2017 or for the three months ended March 31, 2018. When assets are retired or disposed of, the assets and related accumulated depreciation and amortization are removed from our general ledger, and the resulting gain or loss is reflected in the consolidated statements of operations.

Revenue Recognition

The Company primarily earns revenue from the sale and installation of its Energy Servers to direct and lease customers, by providing services under its operations and maintenance services contracts, and by selling electricity to customers under PPA agreements. The Company offers its customers several ways to finance their purchase of a Bloom Energy Server. Customers may choose to purchase the Company’s Energy Servers outright. Customers may also lease the Company’s Energy Servers through one of the Company’s financing partners via the Company’s managed services program or as a traditional lease. Finally, customers may purchase electricity through the Company’s PPA financing arrangements.

Direct Sales

To date, the Company has never sold an Energy Server without a maintenance service agreement, or vice-versa, nor does it have plans to in the near future. As a result, the Company recognizes revenue from contracts with customers for the sales of products and services included within these contracts in accordance with ASC 605-25 (revenue recognition for multiple-element arrangements).

Revenue from the sale and installation of Energy Servers to direct customers is recognized when all of the following criteria are met:

 

    Persuasive Evidence of an Arrangement Exists. The Company relies upon non-cancelable sales agreements and purchase orders to determine the existence of an arrangement.

 

    Delivery and Acceptance has Occurred. The Company uses shipping documents and confirmation from the Company’s installations team that the deployed systems are running at full power, as defined in each contract, to verify delivery and acceptance.

 

F-17


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    The Fee is Fixed or Determinable. The Company assesses whether the fee is fixed or determinable based on the payment terms associated with the transaction.

 

    Collectability is Reasonably Assured. The Company assesses collectability based on the customer’s credit analysis and payment history.

Most of the Company’s arrangements are multiple-element arrangements with a combination of Energy Servers, installation, and maintenance services. Products, including installation, and services generally qualify as separate units of accounting. For multiple-element arrangements, the Company allocates revenue to each unit of accounting based on an estimated selling price at the arrangement inception. The estimated selling price for each element is based upon the following hierarchy: vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE) of selling price, if available; third-party evidence (TPE) of selling price, if VSOE of selling price is not available; or best estimate of selling price (BESP), if neither VSOE of selling price nor TPE of selling price are available. The total arrangement consideration is allocated to each separate unit of accounting using the relative estimated selling prices of each unit based on the aforementioned selling price hierarchy. The Company limits the amount of revenue recognized for delivered elements to an amount that is not contingent upon future delivery of additional products or services or meeting any specified performance conditions.

The Company has not been able to obtain reliable evidence of the selling price. Given that the Company has never sold an Energy Server without a maintenance service agreement, and vice-versa, the Company has no evidence of selling prices for either and virtually no customers have elected to cancel their maintenance agreements and continue to operate the Energy Servers. The Company’s objective is to determine the price at which they would transact business if the items were being sold separately. As a result, the Company estimates its selling price driven primarily by its expected margin on both the Energy Server and maintenance service agreement based on their respective costs or, in the case of maintenance service agreements, the estimated costs to be incurred during the service period.

Costs for Energy Servers include all direct and indirect manufacturing costs, applicable overhead costs and costs for normal production inefficiencies (i.e., variances). The Company then applies a margin to the Energy Servers to determine the selling price to be used in its BESP model. Costs for maintenance service arrangements are estimated over the life of the maintenance contracts and include estimated future service costs and future product costs. Product costs over the period of the service arrangement are impacted significantly by the longevity of the fuel cells themselves. After considering the total service costs, the Company applies a slightly lower margin to its service costs than to its Energy Servers because this best reflects the Company’s long-term service margin expectations.

As the Company’s business offerings and eligibility for the ITC evolve over time, the Company may be required to modify its estimated selling prices in subsequent periods, and the Company’s revenue could be adversely affected.

The Company does not offer extended payment terms or rights of return for its products. Upon shipment of the product, the Company defers the product’s revenue until the acceptance criteria have been met. Such amounts are recorded within deferred revenue in the consolidated balance sheets. The related cost of such product is also deferred as a component of deferred cost in the consolidated balance sheets until customer acceptance. Prior to shipment of the product, any prepayment made by the customer is recorded as customer deposits. Customer deposits were $29.5 million, $10.2 million, and $10.1 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2017 and as of March 31, 2018, respectively, and were included in deferred revenue and customer deposits in the consolidated balance sheets.

Traditional Leases

Under this financing option, the Company sells its Energy Servers through a direct sale to a financing partner, who in turn leases the Energy Servers to the customer under a lease agreement between the customer and the financing partner. In addition, the Company contracts with the customer to provide

 

F-18


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

extended maintenance services from the end of the standard one-year warranty period until the remaining duration of the lease term.

Payments received are recorded within deferred revenue in the consolidated balance sheets until the acceptance criteria, as defined within the customer contract, are met. The related cost of such product is also deferred as a component of deferred cost in the consolidated balance sheets, until acceptance.

The Company also sells extended maintenance services to its customers that effectively extend the standard warranty coverage. Payments from customers for the extended maintenance contracts are received at the beginning of each service year. Accordingly, the customer payment received is recorded as deferred revenue, and revenue is recognized ratably over the extended maintenance contract.

As discussed within the “direct sales” section above, the Company’s arrangements with its traditional lease customers are multiple-element arrangements as they include a combination of Energy Servers, installation and extended maintenance services. Accordingly, the Company recognizes revenue from contracts with customers for the sales of products and services included within these contracts in accordance with ASC 605-25 (revenue recognition for multiple-element arrangements).

Extended Maintenance Services

The Company typically provides a standard one-year warranty against manufacturing or performance defects to its direct sales customers. The Company also sells to these customers extended maintenance services that effectively extend the standard warranty coverage at the customer’s option. These customers generally have an option to renew or cancel the extended maintenance services on an annual basis. Revenue is recognized from such extended maintenance services ratably over the term of the service (or annual renewal period) using the estimates of value, as discussed above.

Sale-Leaseback (Managed Services)

The Company is a party to master lease agreements that provide for the sale of Energy Servers to third-parties and the simultaneous leaseback of the systems, which the Company then subleases to its customers. In sale-leaseback sublease arrangements (also referred to as managed services), the Company first determines whether the Energy Servers under the sale-leaseback arrangement are “integral equipment.” An Energy Server is determined to be integral equipment when the cost to remove the system from its existing location, including the shipping costs of the Energy Server at the new site, including any diminution in fair value, exceeds 10% of the fair value of the Energy Server at the time of its original installation.

As the Energy Servers are determined not to be integral equipment, the Company determines if the leaseback is classified as a capital lease or an operating lease. The Company’s managed services arrangements are classified as operating leases. As operating leases, the Company recognizes a portion of the net revenue, net of any commitments made to the customer to cover liabilities associated with insurance, property taxes and/or incentives recorded as managed service liabilities, and the associated cost of sale and defers the portion of net revenue and cost of sale that represents the gross profit that is equal to the present value of the future minimum lease payments over the master leaseback term. For both capital and operating leasebacks, the Company records the net deferred gross profit in its consolidated balance sheet as deferred income and amortizes the deferred income over the leaseback term as a reduction to the leaseback rental expense included in operating leases.

In connection with the Company’s common stock award agreement with a managed services customer, the share issuances are recorded as a reduction of product revenue when the installation milestones are achieved and are recorded as additional paid-in capital when the shares are issued.

 

F-19


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

PPA Sales (also refer to Note 14, Power Purchase Agreement Programs )

In 2010, the Company began offering its Energy Servers through its Bloom Electrons financing program. This program is financed via special purpose investment entities referred to as PPA entities and are owned partly by the Company and partly by third-party investors. The investors contribute cash to the PPA entity in exchange for their equity interest, which allows the PPA entities to purchase the Energy Server from the Company. The cash contributions are classified as short-term or long-term restricted cash according to the terms of the PPA agreements. As the Company identifies end customers, the PPA entity enters into an agreement with the end customer pursuant to which the customer agrees to purchase the power generated by the Energy Server at a specified rate per kilowatt hour for a specified term, which can range from 10 to 21 years. The PPA entity typically enters into a maintenance services agreement with the Company following the first year of service to extend the warranty service and performance guarantees. This intercompany arrangement is eliminated in consolidation. Those PPA agreements that qualify as leases are classified as either sales-type leases or operating leases and for those that do not qualify as leases are tariff agreements. For both operating leases and tariff arrangements, income is recognized as contractual amounts are due when the electricity is generated.

Sales-type Leases

Certain arrangements entered into by certain PPA entities, including Bloom Energy 2009 PPA Project Company, LLC (PPA I), 2012 ESA Project Company, LLC (PPA Company IIIa) and 2013B ESA Project Company, LLC (PPA Company IIIb), qualify as sales-type leases in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 840, Leases (ASC 840). The Company is responsible for the installation, operation and maintenance of the Energy Servers at the customer’s sites, including running the Energy Servers during the term of the power purchase agreements ranging from 10 to 15 years. Based on the terms of the customer contracts, the Company may also be obligated to supply fuel for the Energy Servers. The amount billed for the delivery of the electricity to PPA I’s customers primarily consists of returns on the amounts financed, including interest revenue, service revenue and fuel revenue for certain arrangements.

The Company is obligated to supply fuel to the Energy Servers that deliver electricity under the PPA I arrangements. Based on the customer offtake agreements, the customers pay an all-inclusive rate per kWh of electricity produced by the Energy Servers. The consideration received under the PPA I arrangements primarily consists of returns on the amounts financed, including interest revenue, service revenue and fuel revenue.

As the power purchase agreements contain a lease, the consideration received is allocated between the lease (lease of property and related executory costs) and non-lease (other products and services, excluding any derivatives) elements based on relative fair value, in accordance with ASC 605-25-13A (b). Lease elements include the leased system and the related executory costs (i.e. installation of the system, electricity generated by the system, maintenance costs). Non-lease elements include service, fuel, and interest related to the leased systems.

Service revenue and fuel revenue are recognized over the term of the power purchase agreement as electricity is generated and the interest component related to the leased system is recognized as interest revenue over the life of the lease term.

The customer has the option to purchase the Energy Servers at the then fair market value at the end of the term of the power purchase agreement. Service revenue related to sales-type leases of $6.7 million and $4.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively, and service revenue related to sales-type leases of $1.0 million and $0.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively, is included in electricity revenue in the consolidated statements of operations. Fuel revenue of $1.9 million and $1.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively, and fuel revenue of $0.3 million and $0.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively, is included in electricity revenue in the consolidated statements of operations. Interest revenue of $1.8 million and $1.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively, and interest

 

F-20


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

revenue related to sales-type leases of $0.5 million and $0.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively, is included in electricity revenue in the consolidated statements of operations.

Product revenue associated with the sale of the Energy Servers under the power purchase agreements that qualify as sales-type leases is recognized at the present value of the minimum lease payments, which approximates fair value, assuming all other conditions for revenue recognition noted above have also been met. A sale is typically recognized as revenue when an Energy Server begins generating electricity and has been accepted, which is consistent across all purchase options in that acceptance generally occurs after the Energy Server has been installed and running at full power as defined in each contract. There was no product revenue recognized under sales-type leases during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 and for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018.

Operating Leases

Certain PPA arrangements entered into by PPA Company IIIa, PPA Company IIIb, 2014 ESA Holdco, LLC (PPA Company IV) and 2015 ESA Holdco, LLC. (PPA Company V) that are, in substance, leases but do not meet the criteria of sales-type leases or direct financing leases in accordance with ASC 840 are accounted for as operating leases. Revenue under these arrangements is recognized as electricity sales and service revenue and is provided to the customer at rates specified under the contracts. During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, revenue from electricity sales amounted to $21.2 million and $29.9 million, respectively. During the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, revenue from electricity sales amounted to $7.1 million and $7.7 million, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, service revenue amounted to $10.8 million and $15.6 million, respectively. During the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, service revenue amounted to $3.9 million and $3.8 million, respectively.

Tariff Agreement

PPA Company II entered into an arrangement with Delmarva, PJM Interconnection, (PJM), a regional transmission organization, and the State of Delaware, under which PPA Company II provides the energy generated from its Energy Servers to PJM, and receives a tariff as collected by Delmarva.

Revenue at the tariff rate is recognized as electricity sales and service revenue as it is generated over the term of the arrangement. Revenue relating to power generation at the Delmarva site of $23.0 million and $23.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively, and revenue relating to power generation at the Delmarva sites of $5.8 million and $5.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively, is included in electricity sales in the consolidated statements of operations. Revenue relating to power generation at the Delmarva site of $13.7 million and $13.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively, and revenue relating to power generation at the Delmarva sites of $3.5 million and $3.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively, is included in service revenue in the consolidated statements of operations.

Warranty Costs

The Company generally warrants its products sold to its direct customers for one year following the date of acceptance of the products (“standard product warranty”). As part of both its standard warranty and maintenance service agreements (“MSA”), the Company provides output and efficiency guarantees (collectively “performance guarantees”) to its customers when systems operate below contractually specified levels of efficiency and output. Such amounts have not been material to date.

As part of its standard product warranty and MSA obligations, the Company monitors the operations of the underlying systems, including their efficiency and output levels. The performance guarantee payments represent maintenance decisions made by the Company and are accounted for as costs of goods sold. To estimate the warranty costs, the Company continuously monitors product returns for warranty failures and

 

F-21


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

maintains the reserve for the related warranty expense based on various factors including historical warranty claims, field monitoring, and results of lab testing. The Company’s obligations under its standard warranty and MSA agreements are generally in the form of product replacement, repair or reimbursement for higher customer electricity costs (also refer to Note 18, Commitments and Contingencies). Further, if the Energy Servers run at a lower efficiency or power output than the Company committed under its performance guarantee, then the Company will reimburse the customer for this underperformance. The Company’s obligation includes ensuring the customer’s equipment operates at least at the efficiency and power output levels set forth in the customer agreement. The Company’s aggregate reimbursement obligation for this performance guarantee for each order is capped at a portion of the purchase price.

Standard Product Warranty

The standard product warranty covers defects in materials and workmanship under normal use and service conditions, and against manufacturing or performance defects. The Company’s warranty accrual represents its best estimate of the amount necessary to settle future and existing claims during the warranty period as of the balance sheet date. The Company accrues for warranty costs based on estimated costs that may be incurred under its standard obligations including material costs, labor costs, and higher customer electricity costs, should the units not work for extended periods. Estimated costs associated with standard product warranty, including the performance guarantee payments, are recorded at the time of sale as a component of costs of goods sold.

Maintenance Services Agreements (MSAs)

The Company also sells MSAs to its customers, which are renewable each year, at the option of the customer. The annual MSAs sold to direct customers and the services offered under the Company’s Bloom Electrons and managed services arrangements are executory contracts, in which the related maintenance costs, including the costs of performance guarantee, are recognized as they are incurred as a component of costs of goods sold. The warranty liability was $8.1 million, $7.7 million and $8.2 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2017 and as of March 31, 2018, respectively, and is classified within accrued warranty in the consolidated balance sheets.

Prior to fiscal year 2014, certain MSAs with direct customers were accounted for as separately-priced warranty contracts under ASC 605-20-25 Separately Priced Extended Warranty and Product Maintenance Contracts (formerly FTB 90-1), in which the Company recorded an accrual for any expected costs that exceed the contracted revenues for that one-year service renewal arrangement. Over time, as the Company’s service offering evolved and the Company began managing the Energy Servers taking into consideration individual customer arrangements as well as the Company’s Energy Server fleet management objectives, the Company’s service offering evolved to the point that our services changed, becoming a more strategic offering for both the Company and its customers. Additionally, virtually all of the Company’s sales arrangements included bundled sales of maintenance service agreements along with the Energy Servers. The result is that the Company allocates a certain portion of the contractual revenue related to the Energy Servers to the MSAs based on the Company’s BESP compared to the stated amount in the service contracts. See further discussion of BESP in Note 2. The loss accrual is included as a component of the accrued warranty liability. The related liability was $15.8 million, $9.2 million, and $8.5 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2017 and as of March 31, 2018, respectively.

Shipping and Handling Costs

The Company records costs related to shipping and handling in cost of revenue.

Sales and Utility Taxes

The Company recognizes revenue on a net basis for taxes charged to its customers and collected on behalf of the taxing authorities.

 

F-22


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Advertising and Promotion Costs

Expenses related to advertising and promotion of products is charged to sales and marketing expense as incurred. The Company did not incur any material advertising or promotion expenses during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 and for the three months ended March 31, 2018.

Research and Development

The Company conducts internally funded research and development activities to improve anticipated product performance and reduce product life-cycle costs. Research and development costs are expensed as incurred and include salaries and expenses related to employees conducting research and development.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for stock options and restricted stock units (RSUs) awarded to employees and non-employee directors under the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, “Compensation-Stock Compensation,” (ASC 718) using the Black-Scholes valuation model to estimate fair value. The Black-Scholes valuation model requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions regarding the underlying stock’s fair value, the expected life of the option and RSU, the risk-free interest rate, the expected volatility of its common stock price and the expected dividend yield. In developing estimates used to calculate assumptions, the Company establishes the expected term for employee options and RSUs, as well as expected forfeiture rates, based on the historical settlement experience and after giving consideration to vesting schedules. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from initial estimates. Stock-based compensation expense is recorded net of estimated forfeitures such that expense is recorded only for those stock-based awards that are expected to vest. Previously recognized expense is reversed for the portion of awards forfeited prior to vesting as and when forfeitures occurred. The Company typically records stock-based compensation expense under the straight-line attribution method over the vesting term, which is generally five years, and records stock-based compensation expense for performance based awards using the graded-vesting method. Stock-based compensation expense is recorded in the consolidated statements of operations based on the employees’ respective function.

Stock-based compensation cost for RSUs is measured based on the fair value of the underlying shares on the date of grant. RSUs are subject to a time-based vesting condition and a performance-based vesting condition, both of which must be satisfied before the RSUs are vested and settled for shares of common stock. The performance-based condition is tied to a liquidity event, such as a sale event or the completion of the Company’s initial public offering. The time-based condition ranges between six months to two years from the end of the lock-up period after a liquidity event. No expense related to these awards will be recognized unless the performance condition is satisfied.

Compensation expense for equity instruments granted to non-employees is measured on the date of performance at the fair value of the consideration received or the fair value of the equity instruments issued, whichever is more reliably measured. Compensation expense for equity instruments granted to non-employees is periodically remeasured as the underlying instruments vest. The fair value of the equity instruments is charged to earnings over the term of the service agreement.

The Company records deferred tax assets for awards that result in deductions on the Company’s income tax returns, unless the Company cannot realize the deduction (i.e., the Company is in a net operating loss (NOL) position), based on the amount of compensation cost recognized and the Company’s statutory tax rate. Prior to December 31, 2016, differences between the deferred tax assets recognized for financial reporting purposes and the actual tax deduction reported on the Company’s income tax return are recorded in additional paid-in capital if the tax deduction exceeds the deferred tax asset (excess tax benefit) or in the consolidated statements of operations if the deferred tax asset exceeds the tax deduction and no additional excess tax benefit exists from previous awards. Beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2017, with the

 

F-23


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

adoption of ASU 2016-09 on a prospective basis, stock-based compensation excess tax benefits or deficiencies are reflected in the consolidated statements of operations as a component of the provision for income taxes. No tax benefit or expense for stock-based compensation has been recorded during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 and for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, since the Company remains in an NOL position.

Refer to Note 25, Stock Option Plan , for further discussion of the Company’s stock-based compensation arrangements.

Freestanding Convertible Preferred Stock Warrants

The Company accounts for freestanding warrants to purchase shares of its convertible preferred stock as liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value upon issuance. The convertible preferred stock warrants are recorded as a liability because the underlying shares of convertible preferred stock are contingently redeemable which, therefore, may obligate the Company to transfer assets at some point in the future. The warrants are subject to remeasurement to fair value at each balance sheet date or immediately before exercise of the warrants and any change in fair value is recognized in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company’s convertible preferred stock warrants will continue to be remeasured until the earlier of the exercise or expiration of warrants, the completion of a deemed liquidation event, the conversion of convertible preferred stock into common stock, or until the convertible preferred stock can no longer trigger a deemed liquidation event. At that time, the convertible preferred stock warrant liability will be reclassified to convertible preferred stock or additional paid-in capital, as applicable. These warrants were valued on the date of issuance, using the Probability-Weighted Expected Return Model (PWERM). In accordance with ASC 480 “ Distinguish Liability from Equity ” (ASC 480), these warrants are classified within warrant liability in the consolidated balance sheets.

Partner Related Developer Fee Liabilities

The partner related developer fee liabilities represent payments required to be made by the Company to the tax equity investor upon acceptance of Energy Servers sold through PPA Company V. Since funding received by the PPA Company from the tax equity investor is used for the purchase and installation of Energy Servers the payments made back to the tax equity investor upon completion of an installation essentially represent a return of capital and are accounted for as a reduction to noncontrolling interests on the consolidated balance sheets. There was $6.7 million in current liabilities as of December 31, 2016. These liabilities have all been paid and the Company has fulfilled all of its obligations under this arrangement, therefore, there are no liabilities recorded as of March 31, 2018. Such amounts were payable to the financing partner by the tenth day of the month following the installation of the Energy Servers at customer sites.

Allocation of Profits and Losses of Consolidated Partnerships to Noncontrolling Interests

The Company generally allocates profits and losses to noncontrolling interests under the hypothetical liquidation at book value (HLBV) method. HLBV is a balance sheet-oriented approach for applying the equity method of accounting when there is a complex structure, such as a flip structure. The determination of equity in earnings under the HLBV method requires management to determine how proceeds upon a hypothetical liquidation of the entity at book value would be allocated between its investors. The noncontrolling interests balance is presented as a component of permanent equity in the consolidated balance sheets. Noncontrolling interests with redemption features, such as put options, that are not solely within the Company’s control are considered redeemable noncontrolling interests. Exercisability of put options are solely dependent upon the passage of time, and hence, such put options are considered to be probable of becoming exercisable. The Company elected to accrete changes in the redemption value over the period from the date it becomes probable that the instrument will become redeemable to the earliest redemption date of the instrument using an interest method. The balance of redeemable noncontrolling

 

F-24


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

interests is reported at the greater of its carrying value or its maximum redemption value at each reporting date. The redeemable noncontrolling interests are in the temporary equity section in the mezzanine section of the consolidated balance sheets as redeemable noncontrolling interests. Refer to Note 14 “Power Purchase Agreement Programs” for more information.

For income tax purposes, the tax equity partner, who has committed to invest in the consolidated partnerships, will receive a greater proportion of the share of losses and other income tax benefits. This includes the allocation of investment tax credits, which will be distributed to the tax equity partner and to a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company based on the allocation specified in each respective partnership agreement until the tax equity partner’s targeted rate of return under the partnership agreement is met. In some cases, after the PPA tax equity investors receive their contractual rate of return, the Company receives substantially all of the remaining value attributable to the long-term recurring customer payments and the other incentives.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes using the liability method under Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 740, “Income Taxes,” (ASC 740). Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on net operating loss carryforwards, research and development credit carryforwards, and temporary differences resulting from the different treatment of items for tax and financial reporting purposes. Deferred items are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that are expected to be in effect when the differences reverse. Additionally, the Company must assess the likelihood that deferred tax assets will be recovered as deductions from future taxable income. The Company has provided a full valuation allowance on its deferred tax assets because it believes it is more likely than not that its deferred tax assets will not be realized.

The Company follows the accounting guidance in ASC 740-10, which requires a more-likely-than-not threshold for financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The Company records a liability for the difference between the benefit recognized and measured pursuant to ASC 740-10 and the tax position taken or expected to be taken on the Company’s tax return. To the extent that the assessment of such tax positions change, the change in estimate is recorded in the period in which the determination is made. The Company establishes reserves for tax-related uncertainties based on estimates of whether, and the extent to which, additional taxes will be due. These reserves are established when the Company believes that certain positions might be challenged despite the Company’s belief that the tax return positions are fully supportable. The reserves are adjusted in light of changing facts and circumstances, such as the outcome of a tax audit. The provision for income taxes includes the impact of reserve provisions and changes to reserves that are considered appropriate. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense.

Comprehensive Loss

The Company’s comprehensive loss is comprised of the Company’s net loss and unrealized gains (losses) on the remeasurement of the effective portion of the Company’s interest rate swap agreements to fair value and on the Company’s available for sale securities.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB issued guidance which will replace numerous requirements in GAAP, including industry-specific requirements, and provide companies with a single revenue recognition model for recognizing revenue from contracts with customers. The core principle of the new standard is that a company should recognize revenue to show the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. In August 2015, the FASB deferred the effective date by one year to December 15, 2018

 

F-25


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

for annual reporting periods beginning after that date. The FASB also permitted early adoption of the standard, but not before the original effective date of December 15, 2016. During 2016, the FASB issued several amendments to the standard, including clarification to the guidance on reporting revenues as a principal versus an agent, identifying performance obligations, accounting for intellectual property licenses, assessing collectability, presentation of sales taxes, impairment testing for contract costs and disclosure of performance obligations.

The two permitted transition methods under the new standard are (1) the full retrospective method, in which case the standard would be applied to each prior reporting period presented, and the cumulative effect of applying the standard would be recognized at the earliest period shown, or (2) the modified retrospective method, in which case the cumulative effect of applying the standard would be recognized at the date of initial application. The Company is in the process of assessing the impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and whether it will adopt the full retrospective or modified retrospective approach.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-13, Consolidation—Measuring the Financial Assets and the Financial Liabilities of a Consolidated Collateralized Financial Entity (Topic 810). The update requires a reporting entity that consolidates a collateralized financing entity and measures the financial assets and the financial liabilities using the measurement alternative shall disclose the fair value measurement on financial instruments for the financial assets and the financial liabilities of the consolidated collateralized financing entity. The amendments in this update were effective for the company for fiscal year 2017. The adoption of this standard had no material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-11, Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory (Topic 330), to specify that inventory should be subsequently measured at the lower of cost or net realizable value, which is the ordinary selling price less any completion, transportation and disposal costs. However, the ASU does not apply to inventory measured using the last-in-first-out or retail methods. The Company early adopted the ASU prospectively in January 2017, and the adoption had no material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), which will replace most existing lease accounting guidance in U.S. GAAP. The core principle of the ASU is that an entity should recognize the rights and obligations resulting from leases as assets and liabilities. ASU 2016-02 requires qualitative and specific quantitative disclosures to supplement the amounts recorded in the financial statements so that users can understand more about the nature of an entity’s leasing activities, including significant judgments and changes in judgments. ASU 2016-02 will be effective for the Company beginning in fiscal 2020, and requires the modified retrospective method of adoption. The Company is evaluating the impact of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements and disclosures.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-06, Contingent Put and Call Options in Debt Instruments (Topic 815), to clarify when a contingent put or call option to accelerate the repayment of debt is an embedded derivative. This ASU will be effective for the Company for the year ending December 31, 2018, and interim periods within the year ending December 31, 2019, with early adoption permitted. The Company early adopted the ASU prospectively in January 2017, and the adoption had no material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-07, Investments—Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323), amendments for simplifying the transition to the equity method of accounting. The amendments require that the equity method investor add the cost of acquiring the additional interest in the investee to the current basis of the investor’s previously held interest and adopt the equity method of accounting as of the date the investment becomes qualified for equity method accounting. The amendments are effective for all entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2016. The amendments should be applied prospectively upon their effective date to increases in the level of ownership interest or degree of influence that result in the adoption of the equity method. Early adoption is permitted. The Company adopted the ASU prospectively in January 2017, and the adoption had no material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

F-26


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Compensation-Stock Compensation—Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Account (Topic 718), which simplifies several aspects of the accounting for the share based payments, including immediate recognition of all excess tax benefits and deficiencies in the income statement, changing the threshold to qualify for equity classification up to employees maximum statutory tax rates, allowing an entity-wide accounting policy election to either estimate the number of awards that are expected to vest or account for forfeitures as they occur, and clarifying the classification on the statement of cash flows for the excess tax benefit and employee taxes paid when an employer withholds shares for tax-withholding purposes. The amendments in this ASU are effective for public business entities for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016 and for the interim periods therein, and for all other entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption is permitted in any interim or annual period that has not been issued or made available for issuance, provided all the amendments within the ASU are adopted. The Company adopted the standard prospectively in January 2017. The Company has elected to continue to estimate forfeitures expected to occur to determine the amount of compensation cost to be recognized in each period. Since the Company remains in a net operating loss position and there are no excess tax benefits in the year ended December 31, 2017, the adoption had no material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326). The pronouncement was issued to provide more decision-useful information about the expected credit losses on financial instruments and changes the loss impairment methodology. This pronouncement will be effective for the Company from fiscal year 2021. A prospective transition approach is required for debt securities for which an other-than-temporary impairment had been recognized before the effective date. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this update on its financial statements.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments (Topic 230), which clarifies the classification of the activity in the consolidated statements of cash flows and how the predominant principle should be applied when cash receipts and cash payments have more than one class of cash flows. This pronouncement will be effective for the Company from fiscal year 2019, with early adoption permitted. Adoption will be applied retrospectively to all periods presented. The Company is currently evaluating the impact this guidance will have on the consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-16, Income Taxes—Intra-Entity Transfers of Assets Other Than Inventory (Topic 740), which requires that the entities recognize the income tax consequences of an intra-entity transfer of an asset, other than inventory, when the transfer occurs. The amendments in this ASU are effective for public business entities in annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017 and for the interim periods therein, and for all other entities in annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim reporting periods in annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted only at the beginning of an annual period for which no financial statements (interim or annual) have already been issued or made available for issuance. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of its pending adoption of this standard on its consolidated financials.

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows—Restricted Cash (Topic 230), related to the presentation of restricted cash in the statement of cash flows. The pronouncement requires that a statement of cash flows explain the change during the period in cash, cash equivalents, and amounts generally described as restricted cash. Amounts generally described as restricted cash are included with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts. Refer to Note 3 “Cash, Cash Equivalents, Investments and Restricted Cash” for more information. The Company elected to early adopt the updated guidance in January 2017 resulting in the application of its requirements to all applicable periods presented. The adoption of this guidance did not have an effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or liquidity, other than the presentation of restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents in the statements of cash flows. The Company elected to early adopt the updated guidance in January 2017 resulting in the application of its requirements to all applicable periods presented. The adoption of this guidance did not have an effect on the Company’s results of operations,

 

F-27


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

financial position or liquidity, other than the presentation of restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents in the statements of cash flows.

 

 

3. Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash

The Company classifies any marketable securities as available-for-sale with original maturities of 90 days or less as cash equivalents.

As of December 31, 2016 and 2017, and as of March 31, 2018, the Company had restricted cash of $61.3 million, $76.8 million, and $55.4 million, respectively, as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      March 31,  
     2016      2017      2018  
                   (unaudited)  

Restricted cash related to PPA entities

   $ 5,901      $ 7,969      $  11,582  

Restricted cash

     13,966        36,418      11,416  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Restricted cash, current

     19,867        44,387      22,998  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Restricted cash related to PPA entities

     30,764        26,748      27,330  

Restricted cash

     10,707        5,649      5,037  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Restricted cash, non-current

     41,471        32,397      32,367  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total restricted cash

   $ 61,338      $ 76,784      $ 55,365  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      March 31,  
     2016      2017      2018  
                                 (unaudited)  
     Amortized
Cost
     Estimated
Fair Value
     Amortized
Cost
     Estimated
Fair Value
     Amortized
Cost
     Estimated
Fair Value
 
                                           

Cash

   $ 178,546      $ 178,546      $ 101,356      $ 101,356      $ 64,193      $ 64,193  

Money market funds

     39,369        39,369        79,256        79,256        79,399        79,399  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 217,915      $ 217,915      $ 180,612      $ 180,612      $ 143,592      $ 143,592  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As reported

                 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 156,577      $ 156,577      $ 103,828      $ 103,828      $ 88,227      $ 88,227  

Restricted cash

     61,338        61,338        76,784        76,784        55,365        55,365  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 217,915      $ 217,915      $ 180,612      $ 180,612      $ 143,592      $ 143,592  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

4. Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable primarily represents trade receivables from sales to customers recorded at net realizable value. Two customers accounted for 21.4% and 10.1% of accounts receivable at December 31, 2017 and one customer accounted for 26.2% of accounts receivable at December 31, 2016. Two customers accounted for 51.0% and 16.9% of accounts receivable at March 31, 2018. At December 31, 2016 and 2017 and March 31, 2018, the Company did not maintain any allowances for doubtful accounts as it deemed all of its receivables fully collectible.

 

F-28


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
5. Inventories, Net

The components of inventory consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      March 31,  
     2016      2017      2018  
                   (unaudited)  

Raw materials

   $ 40,345      $ 49,963      $ 50,676  

Work-in-progress

     24,147        19,998        19,137  

Finished goods

     18,663        20,299        27,266  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 83,155      $ 90,260      $ 97,079  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

6. Short-Term Investments

The Company classifies any marketable securities as available-for-sale with original maturities greater than 90 days at the date of purchase as short-term investments. Accordingly, it would record them at fair value and accounts for net unrealized gains and losses as part of other comprehensive loss until realized. The Company records realized gains and losses on the sale of its marketable securities in other expense, net in the consolidated statements of operations. The cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method.

As of December 31, 2016, the Company did not have any short-term investments. As of December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018, the Company had short-term investments in U.S. Treasury bills of $26.8 million and $20.1 million, respectively.

 

7. Prepaid Expense and Other Current Assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      March 31,  
     2016      2017      2018  
                   (unaudited)  

Government incentives receivable

   $ 5,975      $ 1,836      $ 1,607  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     17,445        24,840        26,229  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 23,420      $ 26,676      $ 27,836  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

8. Property, Plant and Equipment, Net

Property, plant and equipment, net consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      March 31,  
     2016      2017      2018  
                   (unaudited)  

Energy Servers

   $ 511,771      $ 511,153      $ 511,092  

Computers, software and hardware

     19,965        19,384        19,621  

Machinery and equipment

     96,565        97,158        97,515  

Furniture and fixtures

     4,821        4,679        4,686  

Leasehold improvements

     23,316        22,799        22,916  

Building

     40,512        40,512        40,512  

Construction in progress

     9,167        9,898        9,373  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     706,117        705,583        705,715  

Less: Accumulated depreciation

     (167,672      (207,794      (218,546
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 538,445      $ 497,789      $ 487,169  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-29


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The Company’s property, plant and equipment under operating leases by its PPA entities was $397.8 million and $397.0 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively, and $397.1 million as of March 31, 2018. The accumulated depreciation for these assets was $26.4 million and $51.9 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively, and $58.3 million as of March 31, 2018. Depreciation expense related to property, plant and equipment was $43.1 million and $46.1 million during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively, and $6.4 million and $6.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively.

 

9. Other Long-Term Assets

Other long-term assets consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      March 31,  
     2016      2017      2018  
                   (unaudited)  

Prepaid and other long-term assets

   $ 33,930      $ 31,446      $ 30,812  

Equity-method investments

     6,125        5,014        4,986  

Long-term deposits

     973        1,000        975  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 41,028      $ 37,460      $ 36,773  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

10. Accrued Warranty

Accrued warranty liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      March 31,  
     2016      2017      2018  
                   (unaudited)  

Product warranty

   $ 8,104      $ 7,661      $ 8,228  

Operations and maintenance services agreements

     15,753        9,150        8,495  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 23,857      $ 16,811      $  16,723  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Changes in the standard product warranty liability were as follows (in thousands):

 

Balances at December 31, 2015

   $ 8,707  
  

 

 

 

Accrued warranty, net

     4,727  

Warranty expenditures during period

     (5,330
  

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2016

   $ 8,104  
  

 

 

 

Accrued warranty, net

     7,058  

Warranty expenditures during period

     (7,501
  

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2017

   $ 7,661  
  

 

 

 

Accrued warranty, net (unaudited)

     1,529  

Warranty expenditures during period (unaudited)

     (962
  

 

 

 

Balances at March 31, 2018 (unaudited)

   $ 8,228  
  

 

 

 

 

F-30


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
11. Accrued Other Current Liabilities

Accrued other current liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      March 31,  
     2016      2017      2018  
                   (unaudited)  

Compensation and benefits

   $ 12,887      $ 13,121      $ 13,832  

Current portion of derivative liabilities

     5,639        5,492        5,129  

Partner related developer fee liabilities

     6,713        —          —    

Managed services liabilities

     2,913        3,678        4,169  

Common stock warrant liability

     9,180        —          —    

Accrued installation

     5,794        3,348        3,064  

Sales tax liabilities

     3,115        5,524        4,090  

Interest payable

     535        5,520        2,172  

Other

     29,095        30,966        25,227  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 75,871      $ 67,649      $ 57,683  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

12. Other Long-Term Liabilities

Accrued other long-term liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      March 31,  
     2016      2017      2018  
                   (unaudited)  

Delaware grant

   $ 10,476      $ 10,469      $ 10,469  

Managed services liabilities

     22,402        31,087        30,105  

Other

     10,107        11,359        11,286  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 42,985      $ 52,915      $ 51,860  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In March 2012, the Company entered into an agreement with the Delaware Economic Development Authority to provide a grant of $16.5 million to the Company as an incentive to establish a new manufacturing facility in Delaware and to provide employment for full time workers at the facility over a certain period of time. The Company has so far received $12.0 million of the grant which is contingent upon the Company meeting certain milestones related to the construction of the manufacturing facility and the employment of full time workers at the facility through September 30, 2023. In the event that the Company does not meet the milestones, the Company may have to repay the Delaware Economic Development Authority based on recapture provisions defined in the grant agreement. As of March 31, 2018, the Company had paid $1.5 million for recapture provisions and had $10.5 million in other long-term liabilities related to this agreement.

The Company has entered into managed services agreements that provide for the payment of property taxes and insurance premiums on behalf of the customer. These obligations are included in each agreement’s contract value and are recorded as short-term or long-term liabilities, based on the estimated payment dates. The long-term managed services liabilities accrued were $22.4 million, $31.1 million, and $30.1 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2017 and as of March 31, 2018, respectively.

 

F-31


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
13. Fair Value Measurement

The table below sets forth, by level, the Company’s financial assets that were accounted for at fair value for the respective periods. The table does not include assets and liabilities that are measured at historical cost or any basis other than fair value (in thousands):

 

     Fair Value Measured at Reporting Date Using  
March 31, 2018 (unaudited)    Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Assets

           

Cash equivalents

           

Money market funds

   $ 79,399      $ —        $ —        $ 79,399  

Short-term investments

     20,138        —          —          20,138  

Bank loan swap agreement

     —          65        —          65  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 99,537      $ 65      $ —        $ 99,602  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Derivatives

           

Natural gas fixed price forward contracts

   $ —        $ —        $ 15,121      $ 15,121  

Embedded derivative on 6% promissory Notes

     —          —          150,503        150,503  

Bank loan swap agreement

     —          3,359        —          3,359  

Stock warrants

           

Preferred stock warrants

     —          —          6,554        6,554  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ —        $ 3,359      $ 172,178      $ 175,537  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Fair Value Measured at Reporting Date Using  
December 31, 2017    Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Assets

           

Cash equivalents

           

Money market funds

   $ 79,256      $ —        $ —        $ 79,256  

Short-term investments

     26,816        —          —          26,816  

Bank loan swap agreement

     —          52        —          52  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 106,072      $ 52      $ —        $ 106,124  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Derivatives

           

Natural gas fixed price forward contracts

   $ —        $ —        $ 15,368      $ 15,368  

Embedded derivative on 6% promissory Notes

     —          —          140,771        140,771  

Bank loan swap agreement

     —          5,904        —          5,904  

Stock warrants

           

Preferred stock warrants

     —          —          9,825        9,825  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ —        $ 5,904      $ 165,964      $ 171,868  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-32


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
     Fair Value Measured at Reporting Date Using  
December 31, 2016    Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Assets

           

Cash equivalents

           

Money market funds

   $ 39,369      $ —        $ —        $ 39,369  

Bank loan swap agreement

     —          24        —          24  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 39,369      $ 24      $ —        $ 39,393  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Derivatives

           

Natural gas fixed price forward contracts

   $ —        $ —        $ 18,585      $ 18,585  

Embedded derivative on 6% promissory Notes

     —          —          115,807        115,807  

Bank loan swap agreement

     —          6,961        —          6,961  

Stock warrants

           

Preferred stock warrants

     —          —          12,885        12,885  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ —        $ 6,961      $ 147,277      $ 154,238  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Money Market Funds

Cash and cash equivalents, which are comprised primarily of money market funds, are classified as Level 1 financial assets because they are valued using quoted market prices for identical securities.

Short-Term Investments

Short-term investments, which are comprised of U.S. Treasury bills with maturities of 12 months or less, are classified as Level 1 financial assets because they are valued using quoted market prices for identical securities.

Bank Loan Swap Agreements

The Company enters into interest rate swap agreements to swap variable interest payments on certain debt for fixed interest payments, as required by the lenders. These interest rate swaps are designed as hedging instruments and are recognized as fair value on our consolidated balance sheets. As of March 31, 2018, $0.2 million of the loss on the interest rate swaps accumulated in other comprehensive loss is expected to be reclassified into earnings in the next twelve months.

Natural Gas Fixed Price Forward Contracts

The Company enters into fixed price natural gas forward contracts. For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 and for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, the Company marked-to-market the fair value of its fixed price natural gas forward contract and recorded a loss of $1.6 million, a loss of $1.0 million, a loss of $1.6 million and a loss of $0.9 million, respectively, and recorded gains on the settlement of these contracts of $4.7 million, $4.2 million, $1.1 million and $1.1 million, respectively, in cost of revenue on the consolidated statement of operations.

Embedded Derivative on 6% Convertible Promissory Notes

On December 15, 2015, the Company issued $160.0 million of 6% Convertible Senior Secured Paid In Kind Notes (6% Notes) that mature in December 2020. In addition, on January 29, 2016 and September 20, 2016, the Company issued $25.0 million and $75.0 million, respectively, of the 6% Notes. The 6% Notes are convertible at the option of the holders at a conversion price per share equal to the lower of $30.91 and 75% of the offering price of the Company’s common stock sold in an initial public offering. The conversion feature was classified within Level 3 because it was valued using the binomial lattice method, which utilizes significant inputs that are unobservable in the market.

 

F-33


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Fair value was determined by estimated event dates from May 31, 2018 to June 30, 2019, estimated probabilities of likely events under the scenario which is based upon facts existing at March 31, 2018: ITC tax credit renewed in February 2018, assumed event dates ranging from 5.0% to 35.0%, estimated maturity dates on December 1, 2020, estimated volatility of 40% to 50%, estimated common stock prices at estimated event dates ranging from $15 to $26, and risk free discount rates ranging from 1.68% to 2.35%.

Significant changes in any of those inputs in isolation can result in a significant change in the fair value measurement. Generally, an increase in the market price of the Company’s shares of common stock, an increase in the volatility of the Company’s shares of common stock, and an increase in the remaining term of the conversion feature would each result in a directionally similar change in the estimated fair value of the Company’s derivative liability. Such changes would increase the associated liability while decreases in these assumptions would decrease the associated liability. An increase in the risk-free interest rate or a decrease in the market price of the Company’s shares of common stock would result in a decrease in the estimated fair value measurement and thus a decrease in the associated liability.

Preferred Stock Warrants

Refer to Note 23, Preferred Stock Warrants , for further discussion regarding the Company’s valuation method used to determine the fair value of preferred stock warrants issued to purchase the Company’s preferred stock. Refer to Note 19, Derivative Financial Instruments for further discussion regarding the Company’s valuation method used to determine the fair value of its derivative liabilities.

Changes in the Level 3 financial assets were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Natural
Gas
Fixed Price
Forward
Contracts
    Preferred
Stock
Warrants
    Derivative
Liability
     Total  

Balances at December 31, 2015

   $ 21,725     $ 17,027     $ 64,675      $ 103,427  

Settlement of natural gas fixed price forward contracts

     (4,734     —         —          (4,734

Embedded derivative on notes

     —         —         46,460        46,460  

Exercises of preferred stock warrants

     —         (3,336     —          (3,336

Changes in fair value

     1,594       (806     4,672        5,460  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2016

   $ 18,585     $ 12,885     $ 115,807      $ 147,277  

Settlement of natural gas fixed price forward contracts (unaudited)

     (4,248     —         —          (4,248

Embedded derivative on notes

     —         —         6,804        6,804  

Changes in fair value

     1,031       (3,060     18,160        16,131  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2017

   $ 15,368     $ 9,825     $ 140,771      $ 165,964  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Settlement of natural gas fixed price forward contracts (unaudited)

     (1,102     —         —          (1,102

Embedded derivative on notes (unaudited)

     —         —         2,235        2,235  

Changes in fair value (unaudited)

     855       (3,271     7,497        5,081  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balances at March 31, 2018 (unaudited)

   $ 15,121     $ 6,554     $ 150,503      $ 172,178  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-34


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Fair Value Disclosure

The carrying values of lines of credit approximated their fair values due to the fact that they were short-term in nature at December 31, 2016 and 2017, (Level 1). The Company has estimated the fair values of its customer financing receivables, senior secured notes, term loans and the estimated fair value of convertible promissory notes based on rates currently being offered for instruments with similar maturities and terms (Level 3).

The following table presents the estimated fair values and carrying values of customer receivables and debt instruments (in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2016      December 31, 2017      March 31, 2018  
     Carrying
Value
     Fair Value      Carrying
Value
     Fair Value      Carrying
Value
     Fair Value  
                                 (unaudited)  

Customer receivables:

                 

Customer financing receivables

   $ 82,727      $ 56,290      $ 77,885      $ 55,255      $ 76,640      $ 53,560  

Debt instruments:

                 

5.22% senior secured notes

   $ 103,085      $ 108,338      $ 89,564      $ 95,114      $ 86,944      $ 90,843  

Term loan due September 2028

     37,101        45,939        36,940        46,713        36,837        45,533  

Term loan due October 2020

     24,644        27,652        24,364        27,206        24,248        26,965  

6.07% senior secured notes

     85,149        91,991        84,032        93,264        83,652        90,676  

Term loan due December 2021

     127,677        131,493        125,596        131,817        125,086        130,453  

Term loan due November 2020

     6,557        6,847        4,888        5,148        4,469        4,695  

8% & 5% convertible promissory notes

     225,962        248,867        244,717        211,000        249,365        191,978  

6% convertible promissory notes and embedded derivatives

     299,918        325,776        377,496        359,865        395,542        354,384  

10% notes

     —          —          94,517        106,124        94,829        102,703  

 

14. Power Purchase Agreement Programs

In mid-2010, the Company began offering its Energy Servers through its Bloom Electrons program, financed via investment entities, referred to as power purchase agreements. Under these arrangements, a special purpose entity financed by third-party financing sources purchases the Energy Server from the Company, and the end customer enters into a power purchase agreement (PPA) to purchase the power generated by the Energy Server at a specified rate per kilowatt hour for a specified term, which can range from 10 to 21 years. Similar to sales and leases, the first year warranty and guarantees are included in the price of the product. The special purpose entity also enters into a maintenance services agreement with the Company following the first year of service to extend the warranty services and guarantees over the term of the PPA agreement. The product revenue from PPAs entered into with the Company’s first PPA entity was considered a sales-type lease and the product revenue from that agreement was recognized up front in the same manner as purchase and lease transactions. Substantially all of the Company’s subsequent PPAs have been accounted for as operating leases and the related revenue under those agreements is recognized as electricity revenue as the electricity is produced and paid for by the customer. The Company recognizes the cost of revenue, primarily product costs, over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the Energy Server or the term of the PPA, which ranges from 10 to 21 years.

The Company and third-party investors contribute funds into an investment entity that owns the operating entity that acquires Energy Servers and enters into an arrangement with the Company to operate and service the Energy Servers. The contributed funds are restricted for use by the operating entity to purchase Energy Servers manufactured by the Company in its normal course of operations. Energy Servers purchased by the operating entity from the Company are recorded as property, plant and equipment on the

 

F-35


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

operating entity’s books. In the consolidated financial statements, the sale of Energy Servers by the Company to the operating entity are treated as intercompany transactions, and after the elimination of intercompany balances, the Energy Servers are recorded within property, plant and equipment, at cost, within the consolidated financial statements. The acquisition of Energy Servers by the PPA entities is accounted for as a non-cash reclass from inventory to Energy Servers within property, plant and equipment, net on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The operating entity sells the electricity produced to the end customers under PPAs. Cash generated by the electricity sales, as well as from any applicable government incentive programs, is used to pay operating expenses (including the operations and maintenance services the Company provides) and to service the non-recourse debt, with the remaining cash flows distributed to the equity investors. Equity investors also receive investment tax credits and accelerated tax depreciation benefits.

The Company has established six different investment entities to date. All six investment entities had utilized their entire available financing capacity and completed its purchase of Energy Servers as of March 31, 2018. Any debt incurred by these entities is non-recourse to the Company. Under PPA structures, the Company and its PPA tax equity investors contribute funds into a limited liability company, which is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. This entity is the parent entity of a project limited liability company which acquires Energy Servers from the Company for cash payments that are made on a similar schedule as if the project limited liability company were a customer purchasing an Energy Server from the Company outright. The investors make significant upfront cash payments for the purchase of the Energy Servers that the Company records on its consolidated balance sheets within property, plant and equipment. The Company reduces these assets by amounts received by the investors from U.S. Treasury Department grants and the associated incentive rebates. The Company recognizes the incentive rebates and subsequent customer payments as electricity revenue over the customer lease term and amortizes U.S. Treasury Department grants as a reduction to depreciation of the associated Energy Servers over the term of the PPA.

The Company has determined that the PPA entities are variable interest entities (“VIEs”) and it is the primary beneficiary of these VIEs by reference to the power and benefits criterion under ASC 810, Consolidations. The Company has considered the provisions within the contractual agreements, which grant it power to manage and make decisions that affect the operations of these VIEs. The Company considers that the rights granted to the tax equity investors under the contractual agreements are more protective in nature rather than participating.

As the primary beneficiary of these VIEs, the Company consolidates in its financial statements the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of these VIEs, and all intercompany balances and transactions between the Company and these VIEs are eliminated in the consolidated financial statements.

Upon sale or liquidation of a PPA Company, distributions would occur in the order of priority specified in the contractual agreements.

 

F-36


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The table below shows the details of the investment entities from inception to the periods indicated (dollars in thousands):

 

    PPA I     PPA
Company II
    PPA
Company IIIa
    PPA
Company IIIb
    PPA
Company IV
    PPA
Company V
 

Maximum size of installation (in megawatts)

    25       30       10       6       21       40  

Term of power purchase agreements (years)

    10       21       15       15       15       15  

First system installed

    Sep-10       Jun-12       Feb-13       Aug-13       Sep-14       Jun-15  

Last system installed

    Mar-13       Nov-13       Jun-14       Jun-15       Mar-16       Dec-16  

Income (loss) and tax benefits allocation to tax equity investor (%)

    99%       99%       99%       99%       90%       99%  

Cash allocation to tax equity investor (%)

    80%       99%       99%       99%       90%       90%  

Income (loss), tax and cash allocations to tax equity investor after the flip date (%)

    22%       5%       5%       5%       No flip       No flip  

Tax equity investor (1)

    Credit Suisse       Credit Suisse       US Bank       US Bank      
Exelon
Corporation

 
   
Exelon
Corporation

 

Put option date (2)

   


10 th  anniversary

of initial
funding date

 


 

   

10 th  anniversary
of initial
funding date
 

 
   
1 st  anniversary
of flip point
 
 
   
1 st  anniversary
of flip point
 
 
    N/A       N/A  

Activity as of March 31, 2018 (dollars in thousands):

 

Installed size (in megawatts) (unaudited)

    5       30       10       5       19       37  

Company cash contributions (unaudited)

  $ 180,699     $ 22,442     $ 32,223     $ 22,658     $ 11,669     $ 27,932  

Company non-cash contributions (3) (unaudited)

    —         —         8,655       2,082       —         —    

Tax equity investor cash contributions (unaudited)

    100,000       139,993       36,967       20,152       84,782       227,344  

Distributions to tax equity investor (4) (unaudited)

    (81,016     (112,487     (3,506     (1,504     (3,195     (61,722

Debt financing (unaudited)

    —         144,813       44,968       28,676       99,000       131,237  

Debt repayment—principal (unaudited)

  $ —     $ (56,448   $ (3,331   $ (3,301   $ (14,115   $ (3,530

Activity as of December 31, 2017 (dollars in thousands):

           

Installed size (in megawatts)

    5       30       10       5       19       37  

Company cash contributions

  $ 180,699     $ 22,442     $ 32,223     $ 22,658     $ 11,669     $ 27,932  

Company non-cash contributions (3)

    —       —       8,655       2,082       —       —  

Tax equity investor cash contributions

    100,000       139,993       36,967       20,152       84,782       227,344  

Distributions to tax equity investor (4)

    (81,016     (111,296     (3,324     (1,404     (2,565     (60,286

Debt financing

    —       144,813       44,968       28,676       99,000       131,237  

Debt repayment—principal

  $ —       $ (53,726   $ (3,041   $ (3,077   $ (13,697   $ (2,834

Activity as of December 31, 2016 (dollars in thousands):

           

Installed size (in megawatts)

    5       30       10       5       19       37  

Company cash contributions

  $ 180,699     $ 22,442     $ 32,223     $ 22,658     $ 11,669     $ 27,932  

Company non-cash contributions (3)

    —         —         8,655       2,082       —         —    

Tax equity investor cash contributions

    100,000       139,993       36,967       20,152       84,782       213,692  

Distributions to tax equity investor (4)

    (81,016     (107,336     (2,584     (1,002     (180     (50,827

Debt financing

    —         144,813       44,968       28,676       99,000       131,237  

Debt repayment—principal

  $ —       $ (39,759   $ (2,129   $ (2,356   $ (12,426   $ —    

 

(1)   Investor name represents ultimate parent of subsidiary financing the project.
(2)   Investor right on the certain date, upon giving the Company advance written notice, to sell the membership interests to the Company or resign or withdraw from the Company.
(3)   These non-cash contributions to PPA Company IIIa and PPA Company IIIb consisted of warrants that were issued by the Company to respective lenders to each PPA entity, as required by such entity’s credit agreements. The corresponding values are being amortized using the effective interest method over the debt term.

 

F-37


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
(4)   These distributions to the tax equity investor includes partner related developer fee payments made to the tax equity investor related only to PPA Company V, see Note 2, Significant Accounting Policies .

The flip structure exists where the equity income and allocation distributions differ from the capital percentage funded at the formation of the partnership. The change in allocations to tax equity investors occurs based on a specified future date or once the tax equity investor reaches its targeted rate of return. For PPA entities with a specified future date, the flip should occur January 1 of the calendar year immediately following the year that includes the fifth anniversary of the date the last site achieves commercial operation.

The noncontrolling interests in PPA Company II, PPA Company IIIa and PPA Company IIIb are redeemable as a result of the put option held by tax equity investors. The redemption value is the put amount. At December 31, 2016 and 2017, and March 31, 2018. the carrying value of redeemable noncontrolling interests of $59.3 million $58.2 million and $58.2 million, respectively, exceeded the maximum redemption value.

PPA Entities’ Aggregate Assets and Liabilities

Generally, PPA assets can be used to settle only the PPA obligations and PPA creditors do not have recourse to the Company. The aggregate carrying values of the PPA’s assets and liabilities, after eliminations of intercompany transactions and balances, in the consolidated balance sheets were as follows:

 

     December 31,      March 31,  
     2016      2017      2018  
                   (unaudited)  

Assets

        

Current Assets

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 13,319      $ 9,549      $ 12,294  

Restricted cash

     5,901        7,969        11,582  

Accounts receivable

     7,462        7,680        7,550  

Customer financing receivable

     4,841        5,209        5,303  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     8,628        6,365        3,843  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     40,151        36,772        40,572  

Property and equipment, net

     462,825        430,464        422,471  

Customer financing receivable, non-current

     77,886        72,677        71,337  

Restricted cash

     30,764        26,748        27,330  

Other long-term assets

     5,669        3,767        4,054  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 617,295      $ 570,428      $  565,764  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

        

Current liabilities

        

Accounts payable

   $ 356      $ 520      $ 519  

Accrued other current liabilities

     3,235        2,378        3,907  

Deferred revenue and customer deposits

     786        786        786  

Current portion of debt

     19,245        18,446        19,108  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     23,622        22,130        24,320  

Derivative liabilities

     5,183        5,060        2,954  

Deferred revenue

     10,267        9,482        9,288  

Long-term portion of debt

     358,410        342,050        337,657  

Other long-term liabilities

     644        1,226        1,370  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 398,126      $ 379,948      $  375,589  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-38


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
15. PPA I Decommissioning

During 2015, the Company recorded a reduction in product revenue totaling $41.8 million for the decommissioning of its PPA I Energy Servers.

The Company’s PPA I sales arrangements qualified as sales-type leases and therefore, product revenue was recognized upfront at acceptance and a customer financing receivable was recorded on the balance sheet. The product revenue related to these arrangements was recognized in 2010 through 2012. To date, the Company has incurred significant costs to service and maintain these first and second generation Energy Servers deployed in these arrangements that are still in service, primarily because it has had to frequently replace expensive components within these systems. The Company’s new generation Energy Servers being deployed have longer lives with lower service and maintenance costs than the earlier generation Energy Servers. Each of PPA I’s power purchase agreements with its customers has a 10 year contract term, with the last service site not ending until 2021. In an effort to minimize the financial effect of these service costs in future periods from these legacy systems, in December 2015, the Company initiated a PPA I fleet decommissioning program, in agreement with its tax equity investor whereby it would seek to renegotiate its existing PPA arrangements and purchase the tax equity investor’s interest in PPA I. In January 2016, the Company issued an additional $25.0 million of the Company’s 6% Notes for the purchase of such tax equity investor’s interest. The issuance was recorded as a reduction in the Company’s Stockholders’ Deficit at the net fair value of the notes. The difference between the fair value of the notes and the noncontrolling interest reduction has been recognized in stockholders’ equity in the first quarter of 2016, in accordance with ASC 810-10-45-23. ASC 810-10-45-23 states that changes in a parent’s ownership interest while the parent retains its controlling financial interest in its subsidiary shall be accounted for as equity transactions and no gain or loss shall be recognized in consolidated net income or comprehensive income. The Company’s purchase of the tax equity investor’s interest in PPA I resulted in a change in the Company’s ownership interest in PPA I while the Company continued to hold the controlling financial interest in PPA I. Accordingly, the difference between the fair value of the notes, issued to purchase the tax equity investor’s interest in PPA I, and the noncontrolling interest reduction has been recognized in stockholders’ equity. Since the underlying assets under the arrangement were replaced (i.e., new generation Energy Servers were installed in place of the decommissioned older generation Energy Servers), the decommissioning of Energy Servers under the program did not constitute a lease modification, and was accounted for as a lease termination. Through December 31, 2017, the Company has replaced 196 Energy Servers with new generation Energy Servers sold as part of a new sales arrangement. As the original sale was recognized as product revenue upfront under the assumption that the lease payments were non-cancellable, the Company recorded the related decommissioning charge as a reduction in product revenue on the consolidated statement of operations, including a related asset impairment charge of $31.8 million related to the customer financing receivable, in accordance with the guidance on the accounting for impairment of financing receivables within ASC 310, Receivables . The amount of impairment is based on the remaining estimated amount of receivable that the Company expects to collect under the PPA I arrangements until the planned dates of decommissioning of systems at customers’ sites, and the estimated output levels of these systems based on their current output levels.

Additionally, the Company’s policy is that cash grants received under the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (ARRA) are treated as revenue when received. In accordance with the guidance on accounting for loss contingencies under ASC, Contingencies, charges for estimated future cash expenditures were recorded in December 2015 for the estimated loss of $10.0 million related to estimated reimbursements of such cash grants received due to certain recapture provisions under the grant program. As the amount previously received under the grant program was recognized as product revenue, the Company recorded the related loss as a reduction in product revenue on the consolidated statements of operations. The estimated amount of the reimbursement is based on the planned dates of decommissioning of the systems which determine the proportionate amount of grant recapture based on the date of installation of the system and the date of its decommissioning. The decommissioning program was completed as of December 31, 2016. In 2016, the Company recorded a $1.7 million reduction in its estimate of recapture refunds and paid all remaining liabilities totaling $8.3 million in recapture refunds.

 

F-39


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
16. Customer Financing Leases, Receivable

Net Investment in Sales-Type Financing Leases

The components of investment in sales-type financing leases consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
    March 31,  
     2016     2017     2018  
                 (unaudited)  

Total minimum lease payments to be received

   $ 117,734     $ 109,431     $ 107,328  

Less: Amounts representing estimated executing costs

     (30,454     (27,815     (27,155
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net present value of minimum lease payments to be received

     87,280       81,616       80,173  

Estimated residual value of leased assets

     1,050       1,050       1,050  

Less: Unearned income

     (5,603     (4,781     (4,583
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net investment in sales-type financing leases

     82,727       77,885       76,640  

Less: Current portion

     (4,841     (5,209     (5,303
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current portion of investment in sales-type financing leases

   $ 77,886     $ 72,676     $ 71,337  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The future scheduled customer payments from sales-type financing leases were as follows (in thousands) as of March 31, 2018:

 

     March 31,  
     (unaudited)  
     2018      2019      2020      2021      2022      Beyond
2022
 

Future minimum lease payments, less interest

   $ 3,964      $ 5,594      $ 6,022      $ 6,415      $ 6,853      $ 46,742  

The future scheduled customer payments from sales-type financing leases were as follows (in thousands) as of December 31, 2017:

 

     December 31,  
     2018      2019      2020      2021      2022      Beyond
2022
 

Future minimum lease payments, less interest

   $ 5,209      $ 5,594      $ 6,022      $ 6,415      $ 6,853      $ 46,742  

 

17. Income Taxes

The following table presents domestic and foreign components of income (loss) before income taxes for the periods presented (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,      March 31,  
     2016      2017      2018  
                   (unaudited)  

United States

   $ (337,449    $ (283,710    $ (14,581

Foreign

     1,862        3,081        53  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ (335,587    $ (280,629    $ (14,528
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-40


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The income tax expense is composed of the following (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,      March 31,  
         2016              2017          2018  
            (unaudited)  

Current

     

Federal

   $ —        $ —        $ —    

State

     42        25        34  

Foreign

     702        621        299  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current

   $ 744      $ 646      $ 333  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred

        

Federal

   $ —        $ —        $ —    

State

     —          —          —    

Foreign

     (15      (10      —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred

     (15      (10      —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total income tax expense

   $ 729      $ 636      $ 333  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The reconciliation of the Company’s effective taxes to the statutory federal income taxes is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2016      2017  

Tax at federal statutory rate

   $ (114,100    $ (95,414

State taxes, net of federal effect

     42        25  

Impact on noncontrolling interest

     19,264        6,347  

Non-US tax effect

     54        (437

Nondeductible expenses

     4,426        5,698  

Stock-based compensation

     4,243        4,854  

U.S. Tax reform impact

     —          239,117  

Change in valuation allowance

     86,800        (159,554
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

   $ 729      $ 636  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company recorded an expense for income taxes of $0.6 million on a pre-tax loss of $280.6 million, for an effective tax rate of (0.2)%. For the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company recorded an expense for income taxes of $0.7 million on a pre-tax loss of $335.6 million, for an effective tax rate of (0.2)%. The effective tax rate for both 2016 and 2017 is lower than the statutory federal tax rate primarily due to a full valuation allowance against U.S. deferred tax assets.

 

F-41


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2016      2017  

Tax credits and NOLs

   $ 586,798      $ 457,718  

Depreciation and amortization

     17,881        10,811  

Deferred revenue

     39,760        27,195  

Accruals and reserves

     24,369        17,163  

Stock-based compensation

     20,901        18,956  

Derivative liability

     37,356        33,200  

Other items

     22,937        16,218  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax assets

     750,002        581,261  

Valuation allowance

     (683,739      (542,409
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

     66,263        38,852  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Investment in PPA entities

     (39,938      (25,252

Debt issuance cost

     (25,622      (12,827
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax liabilities

     (65,560      (38,079
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

   $ 703      $ 773  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income taxes are recorded using the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income (or loss) in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

A valuation allowance is provided for the amount of deferred tax assets that, based on available evidence, is not more-likely-than-not to be realized. Management believes that, based on available evidences, both positive and negative, it is more likely than not that the U.S. deferred tax assets will not be utilized, such that a full valuation allowance has been recorded.

The valuation allowance for deferred tax assets was $683.7 million and $542.4 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively. The net change in the total valuation allowance for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 was a decrease of $87.7 million and $141.3 million, respectively. There were no releases from the valuation allowance in either period.

At December 31, 2017, the Company had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of $1.7 billion and $1.5 billion, respectively, which will expire, if unused, beginning in 2022 and 2018, respectively. In addition, the Company had approximately $16.1 million of federal research credit, $6.6 million of federal investment tax credit, and $12.2 million of state research credit carryforwards. The federal tax credit carryforwards begin to expire in 2022. The state credit carryforwards may be carried forward indefinitely. The Company has not reflected deferred tax assets for the federal and state research credit carryforwards as the entire amount of the carryforwards represent unrecognized tax benefits.

Internal Revenue Code Section 382 (“Section 382”) limits the use of net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards in certain situations in which changes occur in the capital stock ownership of the Company. Any annual limitation may result in the expiration of net operating losses and credits before utilization. If the Company should have an ownership change, as defined by the tax law, utilization of the net operating loss and carryforwards could be significantly reduced. The Company completed a Section 382 analysis through December 31, 2015. Based on this analysis, Section 382 limitations will not have a material impact on the Company’s net operating loss and credit carryforwards related to any ownership changes which occurred during the period covered by the analysis.

 

F-42


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

During the year ended December 31, 2017, the amount of uncertain tax positions increased by $2.8 million. The Company has not recorded any uncertain tax liabilities associated with its tax positions.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of unrecognized tax benefits were as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2016      2017  

Unrecognized tax benefits beginning balance

   $ 26,165      $ 27,136  

Gross decrease for tax positions of prior year

     —          —    

Gross increase for tax positions of current year

     971        1,195  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unrecognized tax benefits end balance

   $ 27,136      $ 28,331  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

If fully recognized in the future, there would be no impact to the effective tax rate, and $25.8 million would result in adjustments to the valuation allowance. The Company does not have any tax positions that are expected to significantly increase or decrease within the next 12 months.

Interest and penalties, to the extent there are any, are included in income tax expense and there was no interest or penalties accrued during or for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017.

The Company is subject to taxation in the United States and various states and foreign jurisdictions. With the exception of the PPA I entity, the Company currently does not have any tax examinations in progress nor has it had any tax examinations since its inception. All of the Company’s tax years will remain open for examination by federal and state authorities for three and four years from the date of utilization of any net operating losses and tax credits. PPA I had a federal tax audit for the years ended December 31, 2010 through 2012 and the state statutes of limitations have expired for the years ended December 31, 2010 through 2012.

On December 22, 2017 the President signed into U.S. law H.R.1, commonly referred as to the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (“The Act” or “Tax Reform”). ASC Topic 740, Accounting for Income Taxes, requires companies to recognize the effect of tax law changes in the period of enactment even though the effective date for most provisions is for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, or in the case of certain other provisions of the law, January 1, 2018.

Given the significance of the legislation, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (SAB 118), which allows registrants to record provisional amounts during a one year “measurement period”. However, the measurement period is deemed to have ended earlier when the registrant has obtained, prepared, and analyzed the information necessary to finalize its accounting. During the measurement period, impacts of the law are expected to be recorded at the time a reasonable estimate for all or a portion of the effects can be made, and provisional amounts can be recognized and adjusted as information becomes available, prepared, or analyzed.

As a result of Tax Reform, the U.S. statutory tax rate was lowered from 34 percent to 21 percent, effective on January 1, 2018. We are required to remeasure our U.S. deferred tax assets and liabilities to the new tax rate. The U.S. operation is in a net deferred tax asset position, offset by a full valuation allowance. We reduced our net deferred tax assets and the corresponding valuation allowance by $238.9 million.

The Tax Reform includes a one-time mandatory repatriation transition tax on the net accumulated earnings and profits of a U.S. taxpayer’s foreign subsidiaries. We have performed an earnings and profits analysis, and as a result of foreign tax credits and net operating losses available to fully offset the anticipated transition tax, there will be no income tax effect in the current period.

However, several provisions, including the repatriation provisions, of the Tax Reform have significant impact on our U.S. tax attributes, generally consisting of credits, loss carry-forwards, and deferred interest deductions. Our tax attributes are generally subject to a full valuation allowance in the U.S. and thus, any adjustments to the attributes will not impact the tax provision. Although we have made a reasonable

 

F-43


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

estimate of the gross amounts of the attributes disclosed, a final determination of the Tax Reform’s impact on the attributes and related valuation allowance requirements remain provisional pending a full analysis of the provisions and their interpretations.

The Act also includes provisions for certain foreign-sourced earnings referred to as Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income (“GILTI”), which impose a tax on foreign income in excess of a deemed return on tangible assets of foreign corporations. FASB guidance issued in January 2018 allows companies to make an accounting policy election to either (i) account for GILTI as a component of tax expense in the period in which the tax is incurred (the “period cost method”), or (ii) account for GILTI in the measurement of deferred taxes (the “deferred method”). Because of the complexity of the new provisions, we are continuing to evaluate the accounting impact under GAAP and will make an election once this analysis has been completed.

As of December 31, 2017, we had accumulated undistributed foreign earnings that are subject to deemed one-time mandatory repatriation under the Act for US tax purposes. Based on the Company’s provisional analysis, the one-time transition tax is expected to be immaterial. No additional income taxes have been provided for any remaining undistributed foreign earnings not subject to the transition tax, or any additional outside basis difference inherent in these entities, as these amounts continue to be indefinitely reinvested in foreign operations. If the Company were to make actual distributions of some or all of these earnings, the Company would incur no additional US income tax but could incur US state income tax and foreign withholding taxes. The Company has not accrued for these potential US state income tax and foreign withholding taxes because the Company intends to permanently reinvest its foreign earnings in its international operations. Additional income tax associated with the distribution of these earnings is immaterial.

 

18. Commitments and Contingencies

Indemnification Agreements

The Company enters into standard indemnification agreements with its customers and certain other business partners in the ordinary course of business. The Company’s exposure under these agreements is unknown because it involves future claims that may be made against the Company in the future, but have not yet been made. To date, the Company has not paid any claims or been required to defend any action related to its indemnification obligations. However, the Company may record charges in the future as a result of these indemnification obligations.

Leases

The Company leases its facilities, office buildings and equipment under operating leases that expire at various dates through December 2020. The Company’s headquarters are used for corporate administration, research and development, sales and marketing, and manufacturing and currently occupy approximately 31,000 square feet of office space in Sunnyvale, California under lease through December 2018. Rent expense for all office facilities was $5.1 million, $5.2 million, $1.4 million and $1.4 million during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, and for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018. respectively.

Beginning in December 2015, the Company is a party to master lease agreements that provide for the sale of Energy Servers to third parties and the simultaneous leaseback of the systems, which the Company then subleases to its customers. The lease agreements expire on various dates through 2025 and there was no rent expense during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 and for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018.

 

F-44


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

At March 31, 2018, future minimum lease payments under operating leases were as follows (in thousands) (unaudited):

 

2018

   $ 28,357  

2019

     28,003  

2020

     27,887  

2021

     26,512  

2022

     26,215  

Thereafter

     100,650  
  

 

 

 
   $ 237,624  
  

 

 

 

At December 31, 2017, future minimum lease payments under operating leases were as follows (in thousands):

 

2018

   $ 29,939  

2019

     27,961  

2020

     27,842  

2021

     26,504  

2022

     26,215  

Thereafter

     100,650  
  

 

 

 
   $ 239,111  
  

 

 

 

At December 31, 2016, future minimum lease payments under operating leases were as follows (in thousands):

 

2017

   $ 19,550  

2018

     19,205  

2019

     17,411  

2020

     17,244  

2021

     15,770  

Thereafter

     74,665  
  

 

 

 
   $ 163,845  
  

 

 

 

Purchase Commitments with Suppliers and Contract Manufacturers

In order to reduce manufacturing lead-times and ensure an adequate supply of inventories, the Company has agreements with its component suppliers and contract manufacturers to allow them to procure long lead-time component inventory based on a rolling production forecast. The Company is contractually obligated to purchase long lead-time component inventory procured by certain manufacturers in accordance with its forecasts. The Company can generally give notice of order cancellation at least 90 days prior to the delivery date. However, the Company issues purchase orders to its component suppliers and third-party manufacturers that may not be cancellable. As of March 31, 2018, the Company had no material open purchase orders with its component suppliers and third-party manufacturers that are not cancellable.

Power Purchase Agreement Program

Under the terms of the Bloom Electrons program (Refer to Note 14, Power Purchase Agreement Programs ), customers agree to purchase power from the Company’s Energy Servers at negotiated rates, generally for periods of up to twenty one years. The Company is responsible for all operating costs necessary to maintain, monitor and repair the Energy Servers, sometimes including fuel necessary to operate the systems.

 

F-45


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The PPA entities guarantee the performance of Energy Servers at certain levels of output and efficiency to its customers over the contractual term. The PPA entities monitor the need for any accruals arising from such guarantees, which are calculated as the difference between committed and actual power output or between natural gas consumption at warranted efficiency levels and actual consumption, multiplied by the contractual rates with the customer. Amounts payable under these guarantees are accrued in periods when the guarantees are not met and recorded in cost of service revenue in the consolidated statements of operations. The PPA entities did not have any such payments or liabilities during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 and for the three months ended March 31, 2018.

The related fuel supply contracts are carried at fair value. Should actual results differ from the Company’s estimates, the Company’s results of operations could be negatively impacted.

Legal Matters

From time to time, the Company is involved in disputes, claims, litigation, investigations, proceedings and/or other legal actions, consisting of commercial, securities, and employment matters that arise in the ordinary course of business. The Company reviews all legal matters at least quarterly and assesses whether an accrual for loss contingencies needs to be recorded. The assessment reflects the impact of negotiations, settlements, rulings, advice of legal counsel, and other information and events pertaining to a particular situation. The Company records an accrual for loss contingencies when management believes that it is both probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Legal matters are subject to uncertainties and are inherently unpredictable, so the actual liability in any such matters may be materially different from the Company’s estimates. If an unfavorable resolution were to occur, there exists the possibility of a material adverse impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows for the period in which the resolution occurs or on future periods.

 

19. Derivative Financial Instruments

On September 1, 2011, the Company entered into a fixed price fixed quantity fuel forward contract with a gas supplier. This fuel forward contract is used as part of the Company’s program to manage the risk for controlling the overall cost of natural gas. The fuel forward contract meets the definition of a derivative under U.S. GAAP. The Company has elected not to designate this contract as a hedge and accordingly, any changes in its fair value is recorded within cost of revenue in the statements of operations. The fair value of the contract is determined using a combination of factors including the Company’s credit rate and future natural gas prices.

For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 and for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, the Company marked-to-market the fair value of its fixed price natural gas forward contract and recorded a loss of $1.6 million, a loss of $1.0 million, a loss of $1.6 million and a loss of $0.9 million, respectively, and recorded gains on the settlement of these contracts of $4.7 million, $4.2 million, $1.1 million and $1.1 million, respectively, in cost of revenue on the consolidated statement of operations.

The following table provides the fair value of the Company’s natural gas fixed price contracts:

 

     December 31,      March 31,  
     2016      2017      2018  
     Number of
Contracts
(MMBTU) (2)
     Fair
Value
     Number of
Contracts
(MMBTU) (2)
     Fair
Value
     Number of
Contracts

(MMBTU) (2)
     Fair
Value
 
                                 (unaudited)  

Liabilities (1)

                 

Natural gas fixed price forward contracts (not under hedging relationships)

     5,503      $ 18,585        4,332      $ 15,368        4,044      $ 15,121  

 

(1)   Recorded in other current liabilities and derivative liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.
(2)   One MMBTU is a traditional unit of energy used to describe the heat value (energy content) of fuels.

 

F-46


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In September 2013, PPA Company IIIb entered into an interest rate swap arrangement to convert a variable interest rate on debt to a fixed rate. The Company designated and documented its interest rate swap arrangement as a cash flow hedge. The swap’s term ends on October 1, 2020 concurrent with the final maturity of the debt floating interest rates reset on a quarterly basis. The Company evaluates and calculates the effectiveness of the hedge at each reporting date. The effective change was recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss and was recognized as interest expense on settlement. The notional amounts of the swap were $26.3 million, $25.6 million and $25.4 million as of December 31, 2016, 2017 and as of March 31, 2018. respectively. By entering into the swap, the Company minimizes the impact of fluctuations from interest rate changes on its outstanding debt where LIBOR is applied. The Company measures the swap at fair value on a recurring basis. Fair value is determined by discounting future cash flows using LIBOR rates with appropriate adjustment for credit risk. The Company recorded a loss of $57,000 and a loss of $64,000 during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively, due to the change in swap’s fair value included in other expense, net in the consolidated statement of operations. The Company recorded a loss of $16,000 and a loss of $37,000 during the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively, due to the change in swap’s fair value included in other expense, net in the consolidated statement of operations.

In July 2015, PPA Company V entered into nine interest rate swap agreements to convert its floating-rate loan into a fixed-rate loan. The loss on the swaps prior to designation was recorded in current-period earnings. In July 2015, the Company designated and documented its interest rate swap arrangements as cash flow hedges. Three of these swaps matured in 2016, three will mature on December 21, 2021 and the remaining three will mature on September 30, 2031. The Company evaluates and calculates the effectiveness of the hedge at each reporting date. The effective change was recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss and was recognized as interest expense on settlement. The notional amounts of the swaps were $189.9 million, $188.5 million and $188.1 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2017 and March 31, 2018, respectively. By entering into the swaps, the Company minimizes the impact of fluctuations from interest rate changes on its outstanding loan where LIBOR is applied. The Company measures the swaps at fair value on a recurring basis. Fair value is determined by discounting future cash flows using LIBOR rates with appropriate adjustment for credit risk. The company recorded a gain of $72,000 and $126,000 during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively, due to the change in swaps’ fair value included in other expense, net in the consolidated statement of operations. Amounts of hedge ineffectiveness were immaterial for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively. The Company recorded a gain of $32,000 and a gain of $54,000 due to the change in valuation during the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018.

The fair value of the derivatives as of December 31, 2016 and 2017 and as of March 31, 2018, were as follows:

 

     December 31,      March 31,  
     2016      2017      2018  
                   (unaudited)  

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments

        

Other long-term assets

   $ 24      $ 52      $ 450  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

     24        52      $ 450  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest rate swap

        

Accrued other current liabilities

   $ 1,778      $ 845      $ 405  

Derivative liabilities

     5,183        5,060        2,954  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 6,961      $ 5,905      $ 3,359  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-47


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The changes in fair value of the derivative contracts designated as cash flow hedges and the amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss and in earnings for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, and in the three months ended March 31, 2018, were as follows:

 

Balances at December 31, 2015

   $ 6,648  

Loss recognized in other comprehensive loss

     1,038  
  

 

 

 

Amounts reclassified from other comprehensive loss to earnings

     (620
  

 

 

 

Net loss recognized in other comprehensive loss

     418  

Loss recognized in earnings

     (129
  

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2016

   $ 6,937  
  

 

 

 

Loss recognized in other comprehensive loss

     669  

Amounts reclassified from other comprehensive loss to earnings

     (1,563
  

 

 

 

Net gain recognized in other comprehensive loss

     (894

Gain recognized in earnings

     (190
  

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2017

   $ 5,853  
  

 

 

 

Gain recognized in other comprehensive loss (unaudited)

     (2,640

Amounts reclassified from other comprehensive loss to earnings (unaudited)

     (212
  

 

 

 

Net gain recognized in other comprehensive loss (unaudited)

     (2,852

Gain recognized in earnings (unaudited)

     (92
  

 

 

 

Balances at March 31, 2018 (unaudited)

   $ 2,909  
  

 

 

 

On December 15, 2015, January 29, 2016, and September 10, 2016, the Company issued $160.0 million, $25.0 million, and $75.0 million, respectively, of 6% Convertible Senior Secured PIK Notes that mature in December 2020. The 6% Notes are convertible at the option of the holders at a conversion price per share equal to the lower of $30.91 and 75% of the offering price of the Company’s common stock sold in an initial public offering. The valuation of this embedded put feature is recorded as a derivative liability in the consolidated balance sheet. The notes were initially recorded net of a discount of $6.3 million and the fair value of the embedded derivatives within the notes was $115.8 million. Fair value was determined using the binomial lattice method. The debt discount is being amortized through interest expense on the consolidated statements of operations over an accelerated three year amortization period based on when the Notes become puttable. The Company measures the fair value of the derivatives at each reporting date and the Company recorded a loss of $4.6 million, a loss of $18.2 million, a gain of $0.2 million, and a loss of $7.5 million due to the change in valuation, for the years ended December 31, 2016, and 2017, and for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively.

 

F-48


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

20. Bank Loans and Security Agreements

The following is a summary of the Company’s debt as of March 31, 2018 (in thousands) (unaudited):

 

    Unpaid
Principal
Balance
    Net Carrying Value     Unused
Borrowing
Capacity
    Interest
Rate
    Maturity Dates     Entity     Recourse  
      Current     Long-
Term
    Total            

5.22% senior secured notes

  $ 88,364     $ 11,537     $ 75,407     $ 86,944     $ —       5.2%       March 2025       PPA II       No  

Term loan

    41,637       1,525       35,312       36,837       —       7.5%       September 2028       PPA IIIa       No  

Term loan

    25,375       936       23,310       24,246       —      

LIBOR

plus margin

 

 

    October 2020       PPA IIIb       No  

6.07% senior secured notes

    84,885       1,996       81,656       83,652       —       6.1%       March 2030       PPA IV       No  

Term loan

    127,706       3,114       121,972       125,086       —      
LIBOR plus
margin
 
 
    December 2021       PPA V       No  

Letters of Credit

    —       —       —       —       1,604       2.25%       December 2021       PPA V       No  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

Total non-recourse debt

    367,967       19,108       337,657       356,765       1,604          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

Term loan

    4,571       1,690       2,779       4,469       —      

LIBOR

plus margin

 

 

    November 2020       Company       Yes  

8%/5% convertible promissory notes

    249,365       4,327       245,038       249,365       —       8.0%/5.0%      
December 2019 &
December 2020
 
 
    Company       Yes  

6% convertible promissory notes

    290,382       —       245,039       245,039       —       5.0%/6.0%       December 2020       Company       Yes  

10% notes

    100,000       —       94,829       94,829       —       10.0%       July 2024       Company       Yes  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

Total recourse debt

    644,318       6,017       587,685       593,702       —          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

Total debt

  $ 1,012,285     $ 25,125     $ 925,342     $ 950,467     $ 1,604          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

The following is a summary of the Company’s debt as of December 31, 2017 (in thousands):

 

    Unpaid
Principal
Balance
    Net Carrying Value     Unused
Borrowing
Capacity
    Interest
Rate
    Maturity
Dates
    Entity     Recourse  
      Current     Long-
Term
    Total            

5.22% senior secured notes

  $ 91,086     $ 11,389     $ 78,175     $ 89,564     $ —       5.2%       March 2025       PPA II       No  

Term loan

    41,927       1,389       35,551       36,940       —       7.5%       September 2028       PPA IIIa       No  

Term loan

    25,599       876       23,488       24,364       —      

LIBOR

plus margin

 

 

    October 2020       PPA IIIb       No  

6.07% senior secured notes

    85,303       1,846       82,186       84,032       —       6.1%       March 2030       PPA IV       No  

Term loan

    128,403       2,946       122,650       125,596       —      
LIBOR plus
margin
 
 
    December 2021       PPA V       No  

Letters of Credit

    —       —       —       —       1,784       2.25%       December 2021       PPA V       No  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

Total non-recourse debt

    372,318       18,446       342,050       360,496       1,784          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

Term loan

    5,000       1,691       3,197       4,888       —      

LIBOR

plus margin

 

 

    November 2020       Company       Yes  

8% convertible promissory notes

    244,717       —       244,717       244,717       —       8.0%      
December 2019 &
December 2020
 
 
    Company       Yes  

6% convertible promissory notes

    286,069       —       236,724       236,724       —       5.0%/6.0%       December 2020       Company       Yes  

10% notes

    100,000       —       94,517       94,517       —       10.0%       July 2024       Company       Yes  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

Total recourse debt

    635,786       1,691       579,155       580,846       —          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

Total debt

  $ 1,008,104     $ 20,137     $ 921,205     $ 941,342     $ 1,784          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

F-49


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following is a summary of the Company’s debt as of December 31, 2016 (in thousands):

 

    Unpaid
Principal
Balance
    Net Carrying Value     Unused
Borrowing
Capacity
    Interest
Rate
    Maturity
Dates
    Entity     Recourse  
      Current     Long-
Term
    Total            

5.22% senior secured notes

  $ 105,053     $ 13,967     $ 89,118     $ 103,085     $ —       5.2%       March 2025       PPA II       No  

Term loan

    42,839       912       36,189       37,101       —       7.5%       September 2028       PPA IIIa       No  

Term loan

    26,320       721       23,923       24,644       —      


LIBOR

plus
margin

 

 
 

    October 2020       PPA IIIb       No  

6.07% senior secured notes

    86,574       1,271       83,878       85,149       —       6.1%       March 2030       PPA IV       No  

Term loan

    131,237       2,374       125,303       127,677       —      


LIBOR

plus
margin

 

 
 

    December 2021       PPA V       No  

Letters of credit

    —       —       —       —       6,439      


LIBOR

plus
margin

 

 
 

    December 2021       PPA V       No  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

Total non-recourse debt

    392,023       19,245       358,411       377,656       6,439          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

Term loan

    6,714       1,694       4,863       6,557       —      


LIBOR

plus
margin

 

 
 

    November 2020       Company       Yes  

8% convertible promissory notes

    225,962       —       225,962       225,962       —       8.0%      
December 2019 &
December 2020
 
 
    Company       Yes  

6% convertible promissory notes

    270,794       —       184,111       184,111       —       5.0%/6.0%       December 2020       Company       Yes  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

Total recourse debt

    503,470       1,694       414,936       416,630       —          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

Total debt

  $ 895,493     $ 20,939     $ 773,347     $ 794,286     $ 6,439          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

Recourse debt refers to debt that is recourse to the Company’s general assets. Non-recourse debt refers to debt that is recourse to only specified assets or subsidiaries of the Company. The differences between the unpaid principal balances and the net carrying values are due to debt discounts and deferred financing costs. The Company was in compliance with all financial covenants as of December 31, 2016 and 2017 and as of March 31, 2018. The Company’s debt is described further below.

Non-recourse Debt Facilities

5.22% Senior Secured Notes

In March 2013, PPA Company II refinanced its existing debt by issuing 5.22% Senior Secured Notes (PPA II Notes) due March 30, 2025. The total amount of the loan proceeds was $144.8 million, including $28.8 million to repay outstanding principal of existing debt, $21.7 million for debt service reserves and transaction costs, and $94.3 million to fund the remaining system purchases. The loan is a fixed rate term loan that bears an annual interest rate of 5.22% payable quarterly. The loan has a fixed amortization schedule of the principal, payable quarterly, which began March 30, 2014 that requires repayment in full by March 30, 2025. The Note Purchase Agreement requires the Company to maintain a debt service reserve, the balance of which was $11.3 million, $11.3 million and $11.2 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2017 and as of March 31, 2018, respectively, and was included as part of long-term restricted cash in the consolidated balance sheets. The PPA II Notes are secured by all the assets of PPA II. The Company was in compliance with all financial covenants as of December 31, 2016 and 2017 and as of March 31, 2018.

Term Loan due September 2028

In December 2012 and later amended in August 2013, PPA IIIa entered into a $46.8 million credit agreement to help fund the purchase and installation of Bloom Energy Servers. The loan bears a fixed interest rate of 7.5% payable quarterly. The loan requires quarterly principal payments which began in March 2014. The credit agreement requires the Company to maintain a debt service reserve for all funded

 

F-50


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

systems, the balance of which was $3.6 million and $3.7 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively, and $3.7 million as of March 31, 2018, and was included as part of long-term restricted cash in the consolidated balance sheets. The loan is secured by all assets of PPA IIIa. The Company was in compliance with all financial covenants as of December 31, 2016 and 2017 and as of March 31, 2018.

Term Loan due October 2020

In September 2013, PPA IIIb entered into a credit agreement to help fund the purchase and installation of Bloom Energy Servers. In accordance with that agreement, PPA IIIb issued floating rate debt based on LIBOR plus a margin of 5.2%, paid quarterly. The aggregate amount of the debt facility is $32.5 million. The credit agreement requires the Company to maintain a debt service reserve for all funded systems, the balance of which was $1.7 million and $1.7 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively, and $1.7 million as of March 31, 2018, and was included as part of long-term restricted cash in the consolidated balance sheets. The loan is secured by all assets of PPA IIIb and requires quarterly principal payments starting in July 2014. The Company was in compliance with all financial covenants as of December 31, 2016 and 2017 and as of March 31, 2018.

In connection with the floating-rate credit agreement, in September 2013, PPA IIIb entered into pay-fixed, receive-float interest rate swap agreement to convert its floating-rate loan into a fixed-rate loan.

6.07% Senior Secured Notes

In July 2014, PPA IV issued senior secured notes (PPA IV Notes) amounting to $99.0 million to third parties to help fund the purchase and installation of Bloom Energy Servers. The PPA IV Notes bear a fixed interest rate of 6.07% payable quarterly. The principal amount of the PPA IV Notes is payable quarterly starting in December 2015 and ending in March 2030. In March 2015, the Note Purchase Agreement was amended to extend the date certain to March 31, 2016. As of December 31, 2015, PPA IV had estimated it would only reach a system capacity of 18.95 megawatts and therefore anticipated a prepayment of the notes in the amount of $14.6 million would be required. The anticipated prepayment was classified as part of short-term debt in the consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2016, PPA IV reached a system capacity of 19.25 megawatts and was required to make a prepayment of the notes in the amount of $11.7 million in April 2016. The Note Purchase Agreement requires the Company to maintain a debt service reserve, the balance of which was $6.5 million and $7.0 million, as of December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively, and $7.1 million as of March 31, 2018, and was included as part of long-term restricted cash in the consolidated balance sheets. The PPA IV Notes are secured by all the assets of the PPA IV. The Company was in compliance with all financial covenants as of December 31, 2016 and 2017 and as of March 31, 2018.

Term Loan due December 2021 and Letters of Credit due December 2021

In June 2015, PPA V entered into a $131.2 million credit agreement to fund the purchase and installation of Bloom Energy Servers. The lenders are a group of five financial institutions. In addition, the lenders further had commitments to the Letter of Credit (LC) facility with the aggregate principal amount of $6.4 million. The LC facility is to fund the Debt Service Reserve Account. The loan was initially advanced as a construction loan during the development of the PPA V Project, and converted into a term loan on February 28, 2017 (“Term Conversion Date”). As part of the term loan’s conversion, the LC facility commitments were adjusted down to total of $6.2 million. As of December 31, 2017, the lenders have issued a total of $4.4 million in LCs to the Company, leaving $1.8 million as unused borrowing capacity.

In accordance with the credit agreement, PPA V was issued a floating rate debt based on LIBOR plus a margin, paid quarterly. The applicable margins used for calculating interest expense are 2.25% for years 1-3 following the Term Conversion Date and 2.5% thereafter. For the Lenders’ commitments to the loan, and the commitments to the LC loan, the PPA V also pays commitment fees at 0.50% per annum over the outstanding commitments, paid quarterly. The loan is secured by all the assets of the PPA V and requires

 

F-51


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

quarterly principal payments beginning in March 2017. The Company was in compliance with all financial covenants as of December 31, 2016 and 2017 and as of March 31, 2018.

In connection with the floating-rate credit agreement, in July 2015, PPA V entered into pay-fixed, receive-float interest rate swap agreements to convert its floating-rate loan into a fixed-rate loan.

Production insurance policies are in place to protect lenders of PPA IIIb, PPA IV and PPA V in the event that cash flows are insufficient to meet debt service obligations due to Energy Server underperformance. Amounts paid for production insurance are recorded in prepaid and other current assets and in other long-term assets in the consolidated balance sheets and are amortized over the expected terms of the loans.

Recourse Debt Facilities

Line of Credit

On December 31, 2012, the Company entered into a $5.0 million equipment line of credit with a financial institution. At December 31, 2012, the Company utilized the entire $5.0 million of the equipment line of credit with terms of 42 months, payable monthly, at an annual rate equal to 2.70% which matured in July 2016. As of December 31, 2015, the debt outstanding was $1.12 million. On July 1, 2016, the Company paid the remaining balance of $0.5 million. The Company was in compliance with all covenants as of December 31, 2016.

Term Loan due November 2020

On May 22, 2013, the Company entered into a $12.0 million financing agreement with a financial institution. The loan has a term of 90 months, payable monthly at a variable rate equal to one-month LIBOR plus the applicable margin. As of December 31, 2016 and 2017 and as of March 31, 2018, the debt outstanding was $6.6 million, $4.9 million, and $4.5 million, respectively. The Company was in compliance with all covenants as of December 31, 2016 and 2017 and as of March 31, 2018.

Term Equipment Loan due November 2016

On May 22, 2013, the Company entered into a $5.0 million equipment loan with a financial institution. During 2013, the Company utilized $5.0 million of the equipment loan with terms of 39 months, payable monthly at a variable rate equal to one-month LIBOR plus the applicable margin. The final payment of principal and interest was made on November 1, 2016 upon the maturity date. The Company was in compliance with all covenants as of December 31, 2016.

8% and 5% Convertible Promissory Notes

In December 2014, the Company entered into a three year $132.2 million convertible promissory note agreements with certain investors, including $10.0 million each from three related parties. The related parties consisted of Independent Board Members of the Company from Alberta Investment Management Corporation, KPCB Holdings, Inc. and New Enterprise Associates. The principal balances and interest accrued were originally due upon maturity in December 2017, but on June 11, 2017, the notes were amended to mature on December 2018.

As part of the December 2014, convertible promissory note agreements with certain investors, the Company entered into two more promissory note agreements in January and February 2015 for an additional $34.0 million. In June 2015 the Company entered into an additional promissory note agreement for $27.0 million. The principal and interest accrued of the June 2015 note are due upon maturity in June 2018. The loans, which bear a fixed interest rate of 8.0%, compounded monthly, are due at maturity or at the election of the investor, the accrued interest would be due in December of each year. As of December 31, 2016 and

 

F-52


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

2017 and the three months ended March 31, 2018, the total amount outstanding was $226.0 million, $244.7 million, and $249.4 million, respectively, including accrued interest. At the election of the investor, the accrued interest can be paid in December of each year. Investors have the right to convert the unpaid principal and accrued interest to Series G convertible preferred stock at any time at the price of $25.76. If an initial public offering occurs prior to the payment in full, the outstanding principal and accrued interest will mandatorily convert into Series G convertible preferred stock. The principal balances and interest accrued were originally due upon maturity in December 2017, but on June 11, 2017, was amended to mature on December 2018. As the Company had the intent and ability to extend the maturity of the debt from December 2018 to December 2020 for the note held by Constellation NewEnergy, Inc. (the Constellation Note) and from December 2018 to December 2019 for all other 8% Notes, as evidenced by the completion of the amendment of the debt terms in January 2018, $244.7 million of the debt was classified as noncurrent as of December 31, 2017. The Company was in compliance with all covenants as of December 31, 2016 and 2017 and as of March 31, 2018.

On January 18, 2018, amendments were finalized to extend the maturity dates for all 8% Notes. The Constellation Note was extended to December 2020 and all other 8% Notes were extended to December 2019. Additionally, the Constellation Note interest rate decreased from 8% to 5% as part of the amendment.

6% Convertible Promissory Notes

In December 2015, January 2016 and September 2016 the Company entered into six promissory note agreements with J.P. Morgan, Canadian Pension Plan Investment Board (CPPIB), Mehetia Inc., New Enterprise Associates, and KPCB Holdings, Inc. The total value of the promissory notes is $260.0 million and originally bore a 5% fixed interest rate, compounded monthly, are entirely due at maturity. Due to a reduction of collateral as a result of the issuance of 10% Secure Notes in June 2017 (see the disclosures in later paragraphs headed “10% Notes”), a 1% interest increase was negotiated between the Company and 5% Notes investors to change the interest rate from 5% to 6% effective July 1, 2017. The notes were referred to as the 5% Notes and are now referred to as 6% Notes.

In connection with the issuance of the 6% Notes, the Company agreed to issue to J.P. Morgan and CPPIB, upon the occurrence of certain conditions, warrants to purchase the Company’s common stock up to a maximum of 220,000 shares and 249,333 shares, respectively. On August 31, 2017, J.P. Morgan assigned their warrants to CPPIB and all 469,333 shares of warrants were issued to CPPIB.

As of December 31, 2016, 2017 and three months ending March 31, 2018, the debt outstanding was $270.8 million, $286.1 million, and $290.4 million, respectively, including accrued interest. The outstanding principal and accrued interest do not mandatorily convert into common stock in the event of an initial public offering. At the election of the investors, the accrued interest and the unpaid principal can be converted into common stock at any time. In certain circumstances, the notes are also redeemable at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, in connection with a Change of Control or at a qualified IPO at a redemption price. In January 2018, the Company amended the terms of the 6% Notes to extend the convertible put option dates to December 2019. The Company was in compliance with all covenants as of December 31, 2016 and 2017 and as of March 31, 2018.

On January 18, 2018, the agreement terms were amended to extend the convertible put option for the 6% notes from December 2018 to December 2019.

10% Notes

In June 2017, the Company issued $100.0 million of senior secured notes. The notes (the “10% Notes”) mature in July 2024 and bear a 10.0% fixed rate of interest, payable semi-annually. The notes have a continuing security interest in the cash flows payable to the Company as servicing, operations and maintenance fees, as well as administrative fees from the five active power purchase agreements in the Company’s Bloom Electrons program. Under the terms of the indenture governing the 10% Notes, the

 

F-53


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Company is required to comply with various restrictive covenants, including meeting reporting requirements, such as the preparation and delivery of audited consolidated financial statements, and restrictions on investments. As of March 31, 2018, the Company was in compliance with all of the covenants.

Equipment Line of Credit, Due December 2015, March 2015, and June 2015

On December 31, 2010, the Company entered into a $20.0 million equipment line of credit with a financial institution. During 2011, the Company utilized $10.0 million of the equipment line of credit with terms ranging from 30 months to 48 months, payable monthly, at an annual rate equal to 6.75% to 7.50%, respectively. During 2012, the Company utilized the remaining $10.0 million of the equipment line of credit with terms of 30 months, payable monthly, at an annual rate equal to 6.75%. The final payment of principal and interest was made on December 1, 2015 upon the maturity date. As part of the equipment line of credit, the Company paid a fee of $1.7 million as final payment of principal and interest when the loans were due. The fee was accreted as incremental interest expense over the loans’ repayment periods.

Revolving Line of Credit

On March 30, 2012, the Company entered into a $35.0 million revolving line of credit with a financial institution. The line of credit was secured by certain assets and was subject to certain guaranties by the Company. On December 15, 2015, the Company paid the remaining balance of $22.4 million, which included the principal amount of all advances, the unpaid interest thereon, and other obligations relating to the revolving line of credit.

The following table presents detail of the Company’s entire outstanding loan principal repayment schedule as of March 31, 2018 (in thousands) (unaudited):

 

For the Years Ending December 31,       

Remaining nine months of fiscal 2018

   $ 19,708  

2019

     241,136  

2020

     385,531  

2021

     153,639  

2022

     40,059  

Thereafter

     172,212  
  

 

 

 
   $ 1,012,285  
  

 

 

 

Interest expense of $51.2 million, $61.3 million, $14.0 million and $16.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 and for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively, was recorded in interest expense on the consolidated statements of operations.

 

21. Stockholders’ Deficit

Common Stock

The Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, authorizes the Company to issue 170,000,000 shares of $0.0001 par value common stock. Each share of common stock is entitled to one vote. The holders of common stock are also entitled to receive dividends whenever funds are legally available and when and if declared by the Board of Directors, subject to the prior rights of holders of all classes of stock outstanding. As of March 31, 2018, no dividends had been declared or paid since inception.

On November 26, 2014, the Company filed an amendment to the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation to increase the number of authorized shares of common stock by 22,035,434 to a total of 161,000,000.

 

F-54


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

On December 7, 2015, the Company filed an amendment to the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation to increase the number of authorized shares of common stock by 9,000,000 shares to a total of 170,000,000 shares.

 

22. Convertible Preferred Stock

On November 26, 2014, the Company filed an amendment to the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation to increase the number of authorized shares of preferred stock by 9,609,694 shares to a total of 120,692,417 shares.

On July 1, 2015, the Company issued 100,000 shares of Series G convertible preferred stock at $25.76 per share as part of a dispute settlement with a securities placement agent, who is also an investor and who executed a related agency agreement in early 2009. These Series G preferred shares have substantially similar terms and conditions as the currently outstanding preferred shares.

On June 17, 2016, the Company issued 116,459 shares of Series G convertible preferred stock at $25.76 per share. Proceeds from the issuance of the Series G convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs, was $3.0 million. These Series G preferred shares have substantially similar terms and conditions as the currently outstanding preferred shares.

The following table summarizes the Company’s convertible preferred stock (in thousands, except share data):

 

     Shares
Authorized
     Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
     Carrying
Value at
March 31,
2018
     Liquidation
Preference
 
                   (unaudited)         

Series A preferred

     14,061,152        14,061,152      $ 8,956      $ 4,689  

Series B preferred

     11,803,284        11,803,284        11,941        11,998  

Series C preferred

     8,968,604        8,968,604        44,928        45,000  

Series D preferred

     9,665,746        9,665,746        102,648        103,907  

Series E preferred

     14,229,597        14,229,597        198,264        167,767  

Series F preferred

     21,895,873        20,828,840        376,962        385,750  

Series G preferred

     40,068,161        28,053,021        722,142        722,646  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     120,692,417        107,610,244      $ 1,465,841      $ 1,441,757  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions for the convertible preferred stock are as follows:

Dividends

The holders of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E, Series F and Series G convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive annual dividends payable, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on the common stock at a rate of 10% of the original issuance price, as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends or distributions, recapitalizations, and similar events with respect to such Series of preferred, of the applicable series. Such dividends shall be payable only when and if declared by the Company’s board of directors and shall not be cumulative. After payment of such dividends to the holders of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E, Series F and Series G convertible preferred stock, any additional dividends declared shall be distributed among all holders of preferred stock and common stock on an as-converted basis. No dividends on preferred stock or common stock have been declared by the Board of Directors through March 31, 2018.

 

F-55


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Liquidation Preference

The holders of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E, Series F and Series G convertible preferred stock have liquidation preferences prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets or surplus funds of the Company or consideration received in any liquidation to the holders of the common stock, equal to the original issue price of $0.33, $1.02, $5.02, $10.75, $11.79, $18.52 and $25.76, per share, respectively, as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends or distributions, recapitalizations, and similar events with respect to such series of preferred, and, in addition, an amount equal to all declared but unpaid dividends, if any, on such preferred stock. If the assets, funds or consideration thus distributed among the holders of the preferred stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full liquidation preference, then the entire assets and funds of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed pro rata among the holders of the preferred based on the amounts that would otherwise be distributable.

Any of the following shall be treated as a liquidation of the Company: (i) any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation or other entity or person, or any other corporate reorganization, in which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such combination transaction, own less than 50% of the voting power of the surviving or successor entity or its parent immediately after such combination transaction; (ii) any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is a party in which in excess of 50% of the Company’s voting power is transferred; or (iii) any sale, lease, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no transaction or series of related transactions principally for bona fide equity financing purposes in which cash is received by the Company or indebtedness of the Company is cancelled or converted, or a combination thereof, nor the transfer by any stockholder of shares of the Company’s capital stock to any third party in a transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is not a party, shall be deemed a liquidation of the Company.

Redemption

The Company’s Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E, Series F and Series G convertible preferred stock are considered redeemable for accounting purposes. The Company initially recorded the Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E, Series F and Series G convertible preferred stock at their fair values on the dates of issuance, net of issuance costs. A deemed liquidation event could occur as a result of the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or any acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of a merger or consolidation in which the stockholders of the Company do not hold at least 50% of the voting power of the surviving entity or its parent. Because the deemed redemption event is outside the control of the Company, all preferred shares have been presented outside of permanent equity. Further, the Company has not adjusted the carrying values of the Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E, Series F and Series G convertible preferred stock to the redemption value of such shares, because it is uncertain whether or when a redemption event will occur. Subsequent adjustments to increase the carrying values to the redemption values will be made when it becomes probable that such redemption will occur.

Right to Convert

The holders of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E, Series F and Series G convertible preferred stock may convert their shares into common stock at any time following the date of issuance at the then applicable conversion rate. The current conversion rate for all series of preferred stock is 1:1.

Automatic Conversion

Each share of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E, Series F and Series G convertible preferred stock will convert automatically into common stock (at the then applicable conversion rate)

 

F-56


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

immediately upon the sale of the Company’s common stock in a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with total gross offering proceeds of at least $75,000,000.

Voting

The holders of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E, Series F and Series G convertible preferred stock are entitled to one vote for each share of common stock into which such preferred stock could then be converted, on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders of the Company.

 

23. Preferred Stock Warrants

The Company accounts for its issuance of warrants at fair value. The Company has issued warrants to purchase Series F and Series G preferred stock and warrants to purchase common stock. The fair value of warrants issued and outstanding was $12.9 million, $9.8 million, and $6.6 million at December 31, 2016 and 2017 and at March 31, 2018, respectively.

The following table summarizes the Company’s preferred stock warrant activity (in thousands):

 

Balances at December 31, 2015

   $ 17,027  

Issuances

    

Exercises

     (3,336

Changes in fair value

     (806
  

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2016

   $ 12,885  
  

 

 

 

Issuances

    

Exercises

    

Changes in fair value

     (3,060
  

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2017

   $ 9,825  
  

 

 

 

Issuances (unaudited)

      

Exercises (unaudited)

      

Changes in fair value (unaudited)

     (3,271
  

 

 

 

Balances at March 31, 2018 (unaudited)

   $ 6,554  
  

 

 

 

During 2009, in connection with the issuance of Series F convertible preferred stock, the Company issued warrants to purchase 263,261 shares of the Company’s Series F convertible preferred stock at $18.52 per share. The warrants’ fair value of $3.0 million, on the date of the transaction, was recorded as a warrant liability on the accompanying balance sheet. The valuation of the warrants results in a corresponding discount to the value assigned to Series F convertible preferred stock upon issuance. The warrants are immediately exercisable and expire seven years from the date of issuance. These warrants were exercised in March 2016.

During 2010, in connection with a loan agreement with a financial institution, which provided an equipment lease line of an initial aggregate principal amount of up to $20.0 million, which was utilized in its entirety, the Company issued warrants to purchase 16,198 shares of the Company’s Series F convertible preferred stock at $18.52 per share. On the date of issuance, the warrants’ fair value of $0.2 million was recorded as a warrant liability on the accompanying balance sheet. The warrants are immediately exercisable and expire ten years from the date of issuance. The debt discount was amortized to interest expense over the loan’s repayment period.

During 2012, in connection with loan agreements with a financial institution, which provided an equipment lease line of an initial aggregate principal amount of up to $15.0 million, the Company issued warrants to purchase 19,410 shares of the Company’s Series G convertible preferred stock at $25.76 per

 

F-57


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

share. On the date of issuance, the warrants’ fair value of $0.2 million was recorded as a warrant liability on the accompanying balance sheet. The warrants are immediately exercisable and expire ten years from the date of issuance. The debt discount was amortized to interest expense over the loan’s repayment period.

During 2013, the Company issued warrants to purchase an additional 2,753 shares of the Company’s Series F convertible preferred stock at $18.52 per share in connection with a loan agreement with a financial institution, which provided an equipment lease line and to which the Company issued a warrant in 2010. On the date of issuance, the warrants’ fair value of $0.04 million was recorded as a warrant liability on the accompanying balance sheet. The warrants are immediately exercisable and expire ten years from the date of issuance. The debt discount was amortized to interest expense over the loan’s repayment period.

During 2013, in connection with the formation of PPA Company IIIb, the Company issued warrants to purchase 150,000 shares of the Company’s Series F convertible preferred stock at $18.52 per share. On the date of issuance, the warrants’ fair value of $2.1 million was recorded as a warrant liability on the accompanying balance sheet. The warrants are immediately exercisable and expire ten years from the date of issuance. The debt discount is being amortized to interest expense over the loan’s repayment period.

During 2014, in connection with the formation of PPA Company IIIa in 2013 and completion of the related debt financing, the Company issued warrants to purchase 702,823 shares of the Company’s Series F convertible preferred stock at $18.52 per share. On the date of issuance, the warrants’ fair value of $8.7 million was recorded as a warrant liability on the accompanying balance sheet. The warrants are immediately exercisable and expire seven years from the date of issuance. The debt discount is being amortized to interest expense over the loan’s repayment period.

During 2014, in connection with a dispute settlement with a securities placement agent, who is also an investor and who executed a related agency agreement in early 2009, the Company issued warrants to purchase 400,000 shares of the Company’s Series G convertible preferred stock at $25.76 per share. On the date of issuance, the Series G convertible preferred stock warrants fair value of $3.3 million was recorded as warrant liability on the accompanying balance sheet. The warrants are immediately exercisable and expire five years from the date of issuance.

The following table summarizes the warrants outstanding, together with their respective fair values (in thousands, except warrants outstanding):

 

 

     December 31, 2016      December 31, 2017      March 31, 2018  
     Warrants
Outstanding
     Fair
Value of
Warrants
     Warrants
Outstanding
     Fair
Value of
Warrants
     Warrants
Outstanding
     Fair
Value of
Warrants
 
                                 (unaudited)  

Series F

     871,774      $ 10,217        871,774      $ 8,378        871,774      $ 5,954  

Series G

     419,410        2,668        419,410        1,447        419,410        600  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1,291,184      $ 12,885        1,291,184      $ 9,825        1,291,184      $ 6,554  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company estimates the fair value of the preferred stock warrants using a probability-weighted expected return model which considers various potential liquidity outcomes and assigned probabilities to each to arrive at the weighted equity value and the changes in fair value are recorded in gain (loss) on revaluation of warrant liabilities in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

24. Common Stock Warrants

During 2014, in connection with a dispute settlement with the principals of a securities placement agent, who are also investors, and who executed a related agency agreement in early 2009, the Company issued warrants to purchase 50,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at $25.76 per share. The fair value of $3.3 million was recorded as expense in the consolidated statements of operations in 2013 when the

 

F-58


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

obligation became probable. The common stock warrants are immediately exercisable and expire five years from the date of issuance.

During 2016, in connection with the 6% convertible promissory notes entered in December 2015 and September 2016, the Company recorded a $9.2 million warrant expense for convertible redeemable common stock warrants to be issued to J.P. Morgan and CPPIB, to purchase the Company’s common stock up to a maximum of 220,000 shares and 249,333 shares, respectively. During 2017, the fair value of the right to common stock warrants was re-measured and $0.2 million in warrant expenses was charged to the consolidated statement of operations, and on August 31, 2017, J.P. Morgan assigned their warrants to CPPIB and all 469,333 warrant shares were issued to CPPIB, and the Company reclassified the $9.4 million of accrued warrant liabilities to additional paid in capital, which is not subject to further remeasurement in the fair value.

 

25. Stock Option Plan

Under the Company’s 2012 Plan, the Company may grant incentive stock options to employees and nonqualified stock options to employees, directors and consultants. At March 31, 2018, the Company has reserved 42,504,323 shares of common stock for issuance under the Company’s 2002 and 2012 Plans.

Under the 2012 Plan, incentive and nonqualified stock options may be granted at a price not less than fair value and 85% of the fair value of common stock, respectively, (110% of fair value to holders of 10% or more of voting stock). Fair value of common stock is determined by the Board of Directors. Options are exercisable over periods not to exceed ten years (five years for incentive stock options granted to holders of 10% or more of the voting stock) from the date of grant. Generally, options to employees vest with a one-year cliff and then monthly thereafter over four years.

During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 and the three months ended March 31, 2018, the Company recognized $27.2 million, $29.3 million and $7.7 million of employee stock-based compensation expense, respectively. No stock-based compensation costs have been capitalized in the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 and in the three months ended March 31, 2018.

The Company recorded $1.0 million and $1.1 million of non-employee stock-based compensation expense during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017. For the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, the Company recorded $0.1 million and $0.2 million of non-employee stock-based compensation expense, respectively.

The following table summarizes the components of employee and non-employee stock-based compensation expense (in thousands):

 

    

Years Ended December 31,

    

Three Months Ended March 31,

 
     2016      2017      2017      2018  
                   (unaudited)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 6,005      $ 7,734      $ 1,758      $ 1,898  

Research and development

     4,686        5,560        1,329        1,638  

Sales and marketing

     5,600        4,684        1,241        952  

General and administrative

     11,866        12,501        2,317        3,468  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

   $ 28,157      $ 30,479      $ 6,645      $ 7,956  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of March 31, 2018, the Company’s total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested stock option to employees was $56.2 million. This expense will be recognized over the remaining weighted-average period of 2.2 years. Prior to December 31, 2016, cash flows resulting from the tax benefits for tax deductions resulting from the exercise of stock options in excess of the compensation expense recorded for those options (excess tax benefits) were classified as cash from financing activities. Beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2017, with the adoption of ASU 2016-09 on a prospective basis, the Company’s

 

F-59


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

consolidated statements of cash flows present excess tax benefits as an operating activity. The Company had no excess tax benefits in the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 and in the three months ended March 31, 2018.

Since 2015, the Company granted restricted stock unit awards under the 2012 Plan. Restricted stock unit award shares will vest at the end of the lock-up period following the completion of a liquidity event, or initial public offering, and the remaining shares will vest on the first and second anniversary date of such date. The estimated fair value of restricted stock awards is based on the fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. The total fair value of the awards granted during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 and in the three months ended March 31, 2018, was $71.9 million, $17.1 million, and $0.4 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 and for the three months ended March 31, 2018, $82.6 million, $97.2 million, and $97.4 million, respectively, of total unrecognized stock-based compensation cost related to nonvested restricted stock awards is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.1 years, 1.6 years and 1.4 years, respectively.

A summary of the Company’s restricted stock unit activity and related information is as follows:

 

     Number of
Awards
Outstanding
    Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair
Value
 

Unvested Balance at December 31, 2015

     556,303     $ 20.55  

Granted

     3,485,197       20.64  

Vested

     (14,334     20.64  

Forfeited

     (27,495     20.60  
  

 

 

   

Unvested Balance at December 31, 2016

     3,999,671       20.63  
  

 

 

   

Granted

     828,722       20.64  

Vested

     (50,844     20.64  

Forfeited

     (66,680     20.63  
  

 

 

   

Unvested Balance at December 31, 2017

     4,710,869       20.63  
  

 

 

   

Granted (unaudited)

     17,464       20.64  

Vested (unaudited)

     (5,423     20.64  

Forfeited (unaudited)

     (2,270     20.64  
  

 

 

   

Unvested Balance at March 31, 2018 (unaudited)

     4,720,640     $ 20.63  
  

 

 

   

Valuation Assumptions

Determining the amount of stock-based compensation to be recorded requires the Company to develop estimates for the inputs used in the Black-Scholes valuation model to calculate the grant-date fair value of stock options. The Black-Scholes model requires the Company to make estimates of the following assumptions on expected volatility, expected option term and the risk-free interest rate. The estimated stock price volatility was derived based on historical volatility of the Company’s peer group, which represents the Company’s best estimate of expected volatility. The Company’s estimate of an expected option life was calculated based on the Company’s historical share option exercise data. The risk free interest rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury zero coupon issues in effect at the grant date for periods corresponding with the expected term of option.

The amount of stock-based compensation recognized during a period is based on the value of the portion of the awards that are ultimately expected to vest. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The term “forfeitures” is distinct from “cancellations” or “expirations” and represents only the unvested portion of the surrendered option. The Company reviews historical forfeiture data and determine the appropriate forfeiture

 

F-60


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

rate based on that data. The Company reevaluates this analysis periodically and adjusts the forfeiture rate as necessary and ultimately recognizes the actual expense over the vesting period only for the shares that vest.

The fair value of each stock option is calculated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes model with the following weighted average assumptions used:

 

     Years Ended December 31,      Three Months Ended March 31,  
     2016      2017      2017      2018  
                   (unaudited)  

Risk-free interest rate

     1.23%—1.69%        1.95%—2.08%        2.02%        2.49%  

Expected term (in years)

     6.00—6.54        6.08—6.62        6.08—6.55        6.18—6.48  

Expected dividend yield

                           

Expected volatility

     59.3%—60.9%        55.6%—61.0%        61.0%        55.1%  

Weighted average grant date fair value

     $15.96        $13.50        $14.59        $12.29  

Stock option and RSU activity under the plan is as follows:

 

           Outstanding Options/RSUs        
     Options/
RSUs
Available
for Grant
    Number of
Shares
    Outstanding
Options
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
    Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)
    Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 
                             (in thousands)  

Balances at December 31, 2015

     1,419,954       13,216,942     $ 14.38       6.01     $ 78,634  

Added to plan

     9,628,804              

Granted

     (7,325,566     7,325,566       20.64      

Exercised

           (202,426     6.64      

Cancelled

     583,287       (583,287     16.36      

Expired

     (153,804            
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

Balances at December 31, 2016

     4,152,675       19,756,795     $ 15.90       6.11     $ 74,717  

Added to plan

     970,739              

Granted

     (4,047,891     4,047,891       20.64      

Exercised

           (235,574     1.84      

Cancelled

     1,451,641       (1,451,641     4.96      

Expired

     (970,739            
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

Balances at December 31, 2017

     1,556,425       22,117,471     $ 17.61       6.19     $ 52,703  

Added to plan (unaudited)

     7,037,176              

Granted (unaudited)

     (164,914     164,914       18.45      

Exercised (unaudited)

           (110,802     1.68      

Cancelled (unaudited)

     133,266       (133,266     17.20      

Expired (unaudited)

     (33,945            
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

Balances at March 31, 2018 (unaudited)

     8,528,008       22,038,317     $ 17.74       5.97     $ 50,303  
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

Vested and expected to vest at March 31, 2018 (unaudited)

       17,142,692     $ 17.71       5.94     $ 50,302  

Exercisable at March 31, 2018 (unaudited)

       11,718,020     $ 16.35       4.72     $ 50,231  

During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 and for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, the intrinsic value of options exercised was $2.6 million, $3.4 million, $0.3 million and 2.0 million, respectively.

In connection with its grant of options to non-employees, the Company recognized stock-based compensation of $1.0 million, $1.1 million, and $0.2 million, during the years ended December 31, 2016

 

F-61


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

and 2017 and for the three months ended March 31, 2018, respectively, on an accelerated basis over the vesting period of the individual options. The Company granted 60,952 options, 39,153 options and 5,423 options, to non-employees during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 and for the three months ended March 31, 2018, respectively. The Company’s valuations for non-employee grants are made using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.

 

26. Net Loss per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

The following table sets forth the computation of the Company’s basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2016     2017     2017     2018  
                 (unaudited)  

Numerator:

        

Net loss

   $ (279,658   $ (262,599   $ (59,532   $ (17,716

Less: noncumulative dividends to preferred stockholders

                    

Less: undistributed earnings to participating securities

                    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders-basic

     (279,658     (262,599     (59,532     (17,716

Add: adjustments to undistributed earnings to participating securities

                    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders-diluted

   $ (279,658   $ (262,599   $ (59,532   $ (17,716
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

        

Weighted average shares of common stock-basic

     15,069       15,372       15,215       15,605  

Effect of potentially dilutive stock options

                        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares of common stock-diluted

     15,069       15,372       15,215       15,605  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders:

        

Basic

   $ (18.56   $ (17.08   $ (3.91   $ (1.14
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ (18.56   $ (17.08   $ (3.91   $ (1.14
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following common stock equivalents (in thousands) were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share for the periods presented because including them would have been antidilutive:

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2016      2017      2017      2018  
                   (unaudited)  

Convertible and non-convertible redeemable preferred stock

     126,826        128,215        127,200        128,563  

Stock options to purchase common stock

     4,002        4,425        4,684        4,766  

Convertible redeemable preferred stock warrants

     89        90        90        90  

Convertible redeemable common stock warrants

     469        469        469        469  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     131,386        133,199        132,443        133,888  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-62


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss per Share

The following table sets forth the computation of the Company’s unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2017 and for the three months ended March 31, 2018, (in thousands, except per share amounts) assuming the automatic conversion of the redeemable convertible preferred stock and convertible promissory notes and the automatic conversion of the preferred stock warrants into common stock warrants and the remeasurement and the assumed reclassification to equity upon consummation of a qualified IPO as if it had occurred as of January 1, 2017.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended  
     2017     March 31, 2018  

Numerator:

    

Net loss

   $ (262,599   $ (17,716

Add: change in fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $ (2,975   $ (3,271

Add: interest on convertible promissory notes

   $ 15,817     $ 3,566  

Add: interest on convertible promissory notes — related parties

   $ 2,937     $ 761  

Less: Provision/(benefit) for income taxes (1)

   $ 0     $ 0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unaudited pro forma net income attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted

   $ (246,820   $ (16,660
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

    

Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding

     15,372       15,605  

Pro forma adjustments to reflect assumed conversion of

    redeemable convertible preferred stock

     107,610       107,610  

Pro forma adjustments to reflect assumed

    conversion of convertible promissory notes

     8,772       7,590  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average shares of common stock-basic

     131,754       130,805  

Effect of potentially dilutive:

    

Stock options

     —          

Common stock warrants

     —          

Preferred stock warrants

     —          
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average shares of common stock-diluted

     131,754       130,805  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted

   $ (1.87   $ (0.13
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1)   The tax rate used in calculating the tax provision related to the interest expense for the convertible debt is 0% as the Company has a full valuation allowance on its US deferred tax asset.

 

27. Employee Benefit Plan

The Company sponsors the Bloom Energy 401(k) and Profit Sharing Plan (the Plan). All employees are eligible to participate in the Plan after meeting certain eligibility requirements. Participants may elect to have a portion of their salary deferred and contributed to the Plan up to the limit allowed by applicable income tax regulations. Company contributions to the Plan are discretionary and no such Company contributions have been made since the inception of the Plan.

 

F-63


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
28. Related Party Transactions

The Company’s operations included the following related party transactions (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,      Three Months Ended March 31,  
             2016                      2017                      2017                      2018          
                   (unaudited)  

Interest paid or payable to related parties (included in interest expense)

   $ 8,781      $ 13,328      $ 7,516      $ 12,062  

Consulting expenses paid to related parties (included in general and administrative expense)

     206        206        53        51  

Related party balances were comprised of the following (in thousands):

 

    

 

     Years Ended December 31,      Three Months Ended
March 31, 2018
 
    

 

             2016                      2017             
                          (unaudited)  

Debt from related parties

      $ 103,335      $ 107,039      $ 107,913  

6% and 8% Convertible Promissory Notes and Term Loan

As of March 31, 2018, the Company had $107.9 million in debt and convertible notes from investors considered to be related parties. In 2014, the Company obtained a $4.1 million term loan from Alberta Investment Management Corporation to fund the purchase and installation of Energy Servers related to PPA IIIa due September 2028. Further, between December 2014 and June 2015, the Company issued and sold $193.2 million aggregate principal amount of our 8% Notes to certain investors at a purchase price of 100% of the aggregate principal amount thereon, including $10.0 million aggregate principal amount, issued in 2014, each to Alberta Investment Management Corporation, KPCB Holdings, Inc. and New Enterprise Associates. The 8% Notes bear a fixed interest rate of 8.0%, compounded monthly, and are due at maturity or, at the election of the investor, the accrued interest would be due on each anniversary of the respective original issuance date of the notes. As of December 31, 2017, the outstanding principal and accrued interest on the 8% Notes was $244.7 million. The outstanding principal and accrued interest on each 8% Note other than the Constellation Note (as defined below) will mandatorily convert into shares of our Series G convertible preferred stock at a conversion price per share of $25.76, and each such share of Series G convertible preferred stock will convert automatically into one share of our common stock, immediately prior to completion of this offering. In addition, in September 2016, the Company entered into two promissory note purchase agreements with New Enterprise Associates and KPCB Holdings, Inc. for $12.5 million each. Effective July 1, 2017, the Notes will have a 6% fixed interest rate, compounded monthly and are entirely due at maturity.

In January 2018, the Company entered into an amended and restated subordinated convertible promissory note with Constellation NewEnergy, Inc. (the Constellation Note), one of the existing holders of the 8% Notes, which reduced the interest rate of such note to a fixed annual interest rate of 5.0%, compounded monthly, and provided that the outstanding principal and accrued interest on such note may be converted prior to the closing of this offering, at the option of the holder, into shares of our Series G convertible preferred stock as described above, or, after the closing of this offering, into shares of our Class B common stock at a conversion price per share of $25.76.

The Company repaid $1.0 million, $0.9 million, and $0.3 million of outstanding debt to Alberta Investment Management Corporation in 2016 and 2017 and the three months ended March 31, 2018, respectively. Furthermore, the Company paid $3.3 million, $3.2 million, and $0.8 million of interest to Alberta Investment Management Corporation in 2016 and 2017 and in the three months ended March 31, 2018, respectively.

 

F-64


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Consulting Arrangement

In January 2009, the Company entered into a consulting agreement with General Colin L. Powell, a member of the Company’s board of directors, pursuant to which General Powell performs certain strategic planning and advisory services for the Company. Pursuant to this consulting agreement, General Powell receives compensation of $125,000 per year and reimbursement for reasonable expenses.

 

29. Segments

The Company’s chief operating decision makers (CODMs), the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, review financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance. The CODMs allocate resources and make operational decisions based on direct involvement with the Company’s operations and product development efforts. The Company is managed under a functionally-based organizational structure, with the head of each function reporting to the Chief Executive Officer. The CODMs assess performance, including incentive compensation, based upon consolidated operations performance and financial results, on a consolidated basis. As such, the Company has a single reporting segment and operating unit structure. In addition, substantially all of the Company’s revenue and long-lived assets are attributable to operations in the United States for all the periods presented.

 

30. Subsequent Events

On April 9, 2018, the Company signed a new lease for 103,742 square feet of space for our new corporate headquarters in San Jose, California. The lease term begins in January 2019 and expires in 2029. (unaudited)

 

F-65


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

 

 

            SHARES

 

 

LOGO

CLASS A COMMON STOCK

 

 

Prospectus

 

 

 

J.P. Morgan       Morgan Stanley

 

Credit Suisse    KeyBanc Capital Markets    BofA Merrill Lynch

 

Baird    Cowen    HSBC    Oppenheimer & Co.    Raymond James

 

 

Prospectus dated                     , 2018

 

 

 


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Part II

Information Not Required in Prospectus

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table presents the costs and expenses we will pay, other than estimated underwriting discounts and commissions, in connection with this offering. All amounts are estimates except the SEC registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, filing fees and the New York Stock Exchange listing fee.

 

SEC registration fee

   $ 12,450  

FINRA filing fee

     15,500  

New York Stock Exchange listing fee

             *  

Printing and engraving expenses

             *  

Legal fees and expenses

             *  

Accounting fees and expenses

             *  

Blue sky fees and expenses

             *  

Custodian and transfer agent fees

             *  

Miscellaneous fees and expenses

             *  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $         *  
  

 

 

 

 

* To be completed by amendment

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to award, or a corporation’s board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers under certain circumstances and subject to certain limitations. The terms of Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law are sufficiently broad to permit indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement of expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or Securities Act.

Our restated certificate of incorporation, which will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, contains provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

    any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

    any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

    unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

    any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Our restated certificate of incorporation also provides that if Delaware law is amended after the approval by our stockholders of the certificate of incorporation to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.

Our amended and restated bylaws provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as it now exists or may in the future be amended, against all expenses and

 

II-1


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

liabilities reasonably incurred for their service for or on our behalf. Our amended and restated bylaws provide that we shall advance the expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of an action or proceeding. The amended and restated bylaws also authorize us to indemnify any of our employees or agents and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or agent for any liability arising out of his or her action in that capacity, whether or not Delaware law would otherwise permit indemnification.

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers and other key employees, a form of which is attached as Exhibit 10.1. The form of agreement provides that we will indemnify each of our directors, executive officers and such other key employees against any and all expenses incurred by that director, executive officer or other key employee because of his or her status as one of our directors, executive officers or other key employees, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, our restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws (except in a proceeding initiated by such person without board approval). In addition, the form agreement provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, we will advance all expenses incurred by our directors, executive officers and other key employees for a legal proceeding.

Reference is made to Section              of the underwriting agreement contained in Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement, indemnifying our directors and officers against limited liabilities. In addition, Section 12 of our eighth amended and restated registration rights agreement, as amended, contained in Exhibit 4.2 to this registration statement provides for indemnification of certain of our stockholders against liabilities described therein.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

Since January 1, 2015, we have issued the following securities that were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended:

(1) Issuances of Capital Stock

On each of June 27, 2014 and July 1, 2015, we issued 100,000 shares of Series G convertible preferred stock as part of a dispute settlement with a securities placement agent, who is also an investor and who executed a related agency agreement in early 2009. These shares of Series G convertible preferred stock have substantially similar terms and conditions as the currently outstanding shares of Series G convertible preferred stock.

In September 2015, we entered into a common stock award agreement with one of our customers pursuant to which up to a total of 400,000 shares of our Class B common stock will be issued to such customer on the occurrence of certain installation milestones. The share issuances are recorded as a reduction of product revenue when the milestones are achieved and are recorded as additional paid-in capital when the shares are issued. As of May 1, 2018, 184,000 shares of our Class B common stock have been issued to such customer pursuant to this agreement.

On June 17, 2016, we issued 116,459 shares of Series G convertible preferred stock at $25.76 per share. These shares of Series G convertible preferred stock have substantially similar terms and conditions as the currently outstanding shares of Series G convertible preferred stock.

(2) Subordinated Secured Convertible Promissory Notes

Between December 2014 and June 2015, we issued $193.2 million aggregate principal amount in three-year 8% Notes to convertible promissory note purchase agreements with certain accredited investors. The 8% Notes bear a fixed interest rate of 8.0%, compounded monthly, and are due at maturity or, at the election of the investor, the accrued interest during each annual period would be due on each anniversary of the respective original issuance date of the notes. As of December 31, 2016 and 2017 and as of March 31, 2018, the outstanding principal and accrued interest on the 8% Notes was $226.0 million, $244.7 million, and $249.4 million,

 

II-2


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

respectively. The outstanding principal and accrued interest on each 8% Note, other than the Constellation Note (as defined below), will mandatorily convert into shares of our Series G convertible preferred stock at a conversion price per share of $25.76, and each such share of Series G convertible preferred stock will convert automatically into one share of our Class B common stock, immediately prior to completion of this offering. In January 2018, we entered into an amended and restated subordinated convertible promissory note with Constellation NewEnergy, Inc. (the Constellation Note), one of the existing holders of the 8% Notes, which reduced the interest rate of such note to a fixed annual interest rate of 5.0%, compounded monthly, and provided that the outstanding principal and accrued interest on such note may be converted prior to the closing of this offering, at the option of the holder, into shares of our Series G convertible preferred stock as described above, or, after the closing of this offering, into shares of our Class B common stock at a conversion price per share of $25.76.

(3) 6% Convertible Senior Secured PIK Notes due 2020

On December 15, 2015, we issued $160.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 6% Convertible Senior Secured PIK Notes due 2020 (the 6% Notes) pursuant to a note purchase agreement with certain accredited investors and qualified institutional buyers and pursuant to an indenture dated as of December 15, 2015. In January 2016, we issued an additional $25.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 6% Notes in connection with our repurchase of an interest in PPA I. In addition, in September 2016 we issued an additional $75.0 million aggregate principal amount of these notes pursuant to a note purchase agreement with accredited investors. Due to a reduction of collateral as a result of the issuance of 10% Senior Secured Notes (“10% Notes”) in June 2017, a 1% interest increase was negotiated between the Company and 5% Notes investors to change the interest rate from 5% to 6% effective July 1, 2017. The notes are referred to as 6% Notes. The 6% Notes are secured by our working capital, fixed assets, intellectual property and other assets, subject to limited exceptions. The 6% Notes had a fixed interest rate of 5% until July 2017 when the rate was increased to 6% compounded monthly and payable in cash or in kind at our election, and are due on December 1, 2020. As of December 31, 2016, and 2017 and as of March 31, 2018, the outstanding principal and accrued interest on the 6% Notes was $270.8 million, $286.1 million, and $290.4 million, respectively. Following the completion of this offering, the 6% Notes will be convertible at the option of the holders thereof into shares of our Class B common stock at an initial conversion price per share equal to the lower of $30.91 and 75% of the offering price of our Class A common stock sold in this offering. In addition, following completion of this offering, the 6% Notes will be redeemable by us under certain circumstances at a redemption price payable in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 6% Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued but unpaid interest.

In addition, in connection with the issuance of the 6% Notes, we agreed to issue to certain purchasers of the 6% Notes, upon the occurrence of certain conditions, warrants to purchase up to a maximum of 469,333 shares of our Class B common stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share (the Note Warrants). The Note Warrants were issued on August 31, 2017, and will automatically be deemed exercised immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

4) 10% Senior Secured Notes due 2024

On June 30, 2017, we issued $100.0 million aggregate principal amount of 10% Notes pursuant to a note purchase agreement with certain accredited investors and qualified institutional buyers. The notes mature in July 2024 and bear interest at a fixed rate of 10% payable semi-annually. The notes have a continuing security interest in the cash flows payable to us as servicing, operations and maintenance fees, as well as administrative fees from the five active power purchase agreements in our Bloom Electrons program.

(5) Warrant Issuances

 

    On August 31, 2017, in connection with the issuance of the 6% Notes, we issued a warrant to purchase 469,333 shares of our Class B common stock at $0.01 per share. The warrant is immediately exercisable and expires five years from the date of issuance.

 

II-3


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

(6) Options Issuances

 

    From January 1, 2015 through May 1, 2018, we issued and sold an aggregate of 1,223,697 shares of Class B common stock upon the exercise of options issued to certain officers, directors, employees and consultants of the registrant under our 2002 Equity Incentive Plan and 2012 Equity Incentive Plan at exercise prices per share ranging from $0.50 to $20.64, for an aggregate consideration of approximately $3.1 million. In addition, we issued 71,601 shares of Class B common stock upon the exercise of restricted stock unit awards to consultants of the registrant under our 2002 Equity Incentive Plan and 2012 Equity Incentive Plan with an average grant date fair value of $20.64 per share.

 

    From January 1, 2015 through May 1, 2018, we granted direct issuances or stock options to purchase an aggregate of 9,697,458 shares of our Class B common stock at exercise prices per share ranging from $20.54 to $20.64 share to employees, consultants, directors and other service providers under our 2002 Equity Incentive Plan and 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. In addition, we granted restricted stock unit awards for 4,582,802 shares of Class B common stock to certain officers, directors, employees and consultants of the registrant under our 2002 Equity Incentive Plan and 2012 Equity Incentive Plan with an average grant date fair value of $20.64 per share.

Except as set forth above, none of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering, and the registrant believes the transactions were exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(a)(2) thereof, with respect to items (1), (2), (3), (4) and (5) above, and Rule 701 thereunder, with respect to items (5) and (6) above, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering or transactions pursuant to compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under such Rule 701.

 

II-4


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

D. Exhibits.

 

Exhibit

Number

  

Description

  1.1†    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1†    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be effective upon closing of this offering
  3.2†    Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective upon the closing of this offering
  3.3    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as amended and currently in effect
  3.4    Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect
  4.1†    Form of Common Stock Certificate of the Registrant
  4.2    Eighth Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement by and among the Registrant and certain stockholders of the Registrant, dated June 30, 2011
  4.3    Amendment No. 1 to Eighth Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement by and among the Registrant and certain stockholders of the Registrant, dated December 14, 2015
  4.4    Indenture by and among the Registrant, certain guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, dated as of December 15, 2015
  4.5    Form of 6% Convertible Senior Secured PIK Note due 2020 (included in Exhibit 4.4)
  4.6    Security Agreement by and among the Registrant, certain guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association, as collateral agent, dated as of December 15, 2015
  4.7    Agreement and Warrant to Purchase Common Stock by and between Keith Daubenspeck and the Registrant, dated June 27, 2014
  4.8    Agreement and Warrant to Purchase Common Stock by and between Dwight Badger and the Registrant, dated June 27, 2014
  4.9    Plain English Warrant Agreement by and between Triplepoint Capital LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and the Registrant, dated December 31, 2010
  4.10    Amended and Restated Plain English Warrant Agreement by and between Triplepoint Capital LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and the Registrant, dated December 15, 2011
  4.11    Agreement and Warrant to Purchase Series F Preferred Stock by and between PE12GVVC (US Direct) Ltd. and the Registrant, dated July 1, 2014
  4.12    Agreement and Warrant to Purchase Series F Preferred Stock by and between PE12PXVC (US Direct) Ltd. and the Registrant, dated July 1, 2014
  4.13    Warrant to Purchase Preferred Stock by and between Atel Ventures, Inc., in its capacity as Trustee for its assignee affiliated funds, and the Registrant, dated December 31, 2012
  4.14    Plain English Warrant Agreement by and between Triplepoint Capital LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and the Registrant, dated September 27, 2012
  4.15    Agreement and Warrant to Purchase Series G Preferred Stock by and between Keith Daubenspeck and the Registrant, dated June 27, 2014
  4.16    Agreement and Warrant to Purchase Series G Preferred Stock by and between Dwight Badger and the Registrant, dated June 27, 2014

 

II-5


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Exhibit

Number

  

Description

  4.17    Amendment No. 2 to Eighth Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement by and among the Registrant and certain stockholders of the Registrant, dated August 4, 2016
  4.18    Amendment No. 3 to Eighth Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement by and among the Registrant and certain stockholders of the Registrant, dated September 20, 2016
  4.19    First Supplemental Indenture by and among Registrant, certain guarantor party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, dated as of September 20, 2016
  4.20    Indenture by and among the Registrant, certain guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, dated as of June 29, 2017
  4.21    Form of 10% Senior Secured Note due 2024 (included in Exhibit 4.20)
  4.22    Security Agreement by and among the Registrant, U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee and U.S. Bank National Association, as collateral agent, dated as of June 29, 2017
  4.23    Common Stock Purchase Warrant by and between Canada Pension Plan Investment Board and the Registrant, dated August 31, 2017
  4.24    Second Supplemental Indenture, Omnibus Amendment to Notes and Limited Waiver by and among the Registrant, certain guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, dated as of June 29, 2017
  4.25    Third Supplemental Indenture and Omnibus Amendment to Notes by and among the Registrant, certain guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, dated as of January 18, 2018
  4.26†    Form of Holder Voting Agreement, between KR Sridhar and certain parties thereto
  4.27    Form of 8.0% Subordinated Senior Secured Convertible Promissory Note
  4.28    Amended and Restated Subordinated Secured Convertible Promissory Note by and between the Registrant and Constellation NewEnergy, Inc., dated as of January 18, 2018
  5.1†    Opinion of Fenwick & West LLP
10.1†    Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and executive officers
10.2    2002 Equity Incentive Plan and form of agreements used thereunder
10.3    2012 Equity Incentive Plan and form of agreements used thereunder
10.4†    2018 Equity Incentive Plan and form of agreements used thereunder
10.5†    2018 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and form of agreements used thereunder
10.6    NASA Ames Research Center Enhanced Use Lease dated December 5, 2011 by and between the Registrant and National Aeronautics and Space Administration, as amended as of November 1, 2012, August  25, 2014, August 17, 2016 and September 12, 2017
10.7    Standard Industrial Lease dated April 5, 2005 by and between the Registrant and The Realty Associates Fund III, L.P., as amended as of April 22, 2005, January 12, 2010, April  30, 2015 and December 7, 2015
10.8    Ground Lease by and between 1743 Holdings, LLC and the Registrant dated as of March 2012
10.9    Offer Letter by and between the Registrant and KR Sridhar, dated April 1, 2002
10.10    Offer Letter by and between the Registrant and Randy Furr, dated April 9, 2015
10.11    Offer Letter by and between the Registrant and Susan Brennan, dated October 3, 2013

 

II-6


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Exhibit

Number

  

Description

10.12*    Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Diamond State Generation Holdings, LLC, dated as of March 20, 2013 (PPA II)
10.13*    Guaranty by the Registrant, dated as of March 16, 2012 (PPA II)
10.14*    Master Operation and Maintenance Agreement by and between Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC and the Registrant, dated as of April 13, 2012 (PPA II)
10.15    Equity Contribution Agreement by and among the Registrant, Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, dated as of March 20, 2013 (PPA II)
10.16*    Note Purchase Agreement by and between Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC and the Purchasers thereunder, dated as of March 20, 2013 (PPA II)
10.17*    Master Energy Server Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC, dated as of April 13, 2012 (PPA II)
10.18    Omnibus First Amendment to MESPA, MOMA and ASA by and among the Registrant, Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC and Diamond State Generation Holdings, LLC, dated as of March 20, 2013 (PPA II)
10.19*    Equity Capital Contribution Agreement with respect to Diamond State Generation Holdings, LLC, by and among Clean-Technologies II, LLC, Diamond State Generation Holdings, LLC, Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC, and Mehetia Inc., dated as of March 16, 2012 (PPA II)
10.20*    First Amendment to the Equity Capital Contribution Agreement with respect to Diamond State Generation Holdings, LLC dated as of April 13, 2012 (PPA II)
10.21*    Administrative Services Agreement by and between Registrant, Diamond State Generation Holdings, LLC, and Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC, dated as of April 13, 2012 (PPA II)
10.22*    Depositary Agreement among Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, dated as of March 20, 2013 (PPA II)
10.23*    First Amended and Restated Purchase, Use and Maintenance Agreement by and among Registrant and 2016 ESA Project Company, dated as of June 26, 2017 (Southern)
10.24*    Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Purchase, Use and Maintenance Agreement by and between Registrant and 2016 ESA Project Company, LLC, dated as of September 11, 2017 (Southern)
10.25    Amendment No. 1 to Depository Agreement by and among Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, dated as of March  21, 2017 (PPA II)
10.26    First Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Diamond State Generation Holdings, LLC, dated as of September 25, 2013 (PPA II)
10.27    Consent, Authorization, Waiver and First Amendment to Note Purchase Agreement by and between Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC and the holders, dated as of June 24, 2013 (PPA II)
10.28    Second Amendment to Note Purchase Agreement by and among Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC and the Holders thereto, dated March 13, 2018 (PPA II)
10.29    Net Lease Agreement, dated as of April 4, 2018, by and between the Registrant and 237 North First Street Holdings, LLC
10.30    Offer letter by and between the Registrant and Glen Griffiths, dated as of October 17, 2014

 

II-7


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Exhibit

Number

  

Description

10.31    Consulting Agreement between the Registrant and Colin L. Powell, dated as of January 29, 2009
10.32    Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment and Arbitration Agreement between Ion America Corporation and KR Sridhar, dated April 1, 2002
10.33    Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment and Arbitration Agreement between the Registrant and Susan Brennan, dated November 7, 2013
10.34    Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment and Arbitration Agreement between the Registrant and Glen Griffiths, dated December 1, 2014
21.1†    List of Subsidiaries
23.1   

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm

23.2†    Consent of Fenwick & West LLP (See Exhibit 5.1)
24.1   

Power of Attorney (see page II-9 to this registration statement)

99.1    Grant Agreement by and between the Delaware Economic Development Authority and the Registrant, dated March 1, 2012

 

To be filed by amendment.
* Confidential treatment requested with respect to portions of this exhibit.

(b) Financial Statements Schedules. All schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act), may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-8


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Sunnyvale, State of California, on the 12th day of June, 2018.

 

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

By:

 

/s/ KR Sridhar

  KR Sridhar
  Founder, President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Power of Attorney

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints KR Sridhar and Randy Furr, and each of them, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of each to act alone, with full powers of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place or stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the registration statement filed herewith and any and all amendments to said registration statement (including post-effective amendments and any registration statement for the same offering covered by said registration statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all post-effective amendments thereto), and file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of each to act alone, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his or her or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done hereby by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this amendment to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ KR Sridhar

KR Sridhar

  

Founder, President, Chief

Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

June 12, 2018

/s/ Randy Furr

Randy Furr

  

Chief Financial Officer (Principal

Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

June 12, 2018

/s/ Kelly A. Ayotte

Kelly A. Ayotte

  

Director

 

June 12, 2018

/s/ Mary K. Bush

Mary K. Bush

  

Director

 

June 12, 2018

/s/ John Doerr

John Doerr

  

Director

 

June 12, 2018

/s/ Colin L. Powell

Colin L. Powell

  

Director

 

June 12, 2018

 

II-9


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Scott Sandell

Scott Sandell

  

Director

 

June 12, 2018

/s/ Peter Teti

Peter Teti

  

Director

 

June 12, 2018

/s/ Eddy Zervigon

Eddy Zervigon

  

Director

 

June 12, 2018

 

II-10

Exhibit 3.3

 

State of Delaware

Secretary of State

Division of Corporations

Delivered 07:59 PM 06/29/2011

FILED 07:53 PM 06/29/2011

SRV 110778914 - 3345681 FILE

     

TENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

Bloom Energy Corporation, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

A. The name of the corporation is Bloom Energy Corporation. The corporation was originally incorporated under the name of Ion America Corporation. The original Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on January 18, 2001.

B. This Tenth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware by the Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) and the stockholders of the corporation.

C. Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and with the approval of the corporation’s stockholders having been given by written consent without a meeting in accordance with Section 228 thereof, this Tenth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation restates, integrates and amends the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation as currently in effect.

D. The text of the Certificate of Incorporation as currently in effect is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

ARTICLE I

The name of the corporation is Bloom Energy Corporation (the “ Company ”).

ARTICLE II

The address of the Company’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE III

The purpose of the Company is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE IV

The Company is authorized to issue two classes of stock, designated “ Common Stock ” and “ Preferred Stock ,” respectively. The total number of shares that the Company is authorized to issue is 207,594,000 shares, $0.0001 par value. The number of shares of Common Stock (“ Common ”)


that the Company is authorized to issue is 116,272,000 shares, and the number of shares of Preferred Stock (“ Preferred ”) that the Company is authorized to issue is 91,322,000 shares. Of the authorized shares of Preferred, 14,100,000 shares shall be designated “ Series A Preferred ,” 12,150,000 shares shall be designated “ Series B Preferred ,” 9,000,000 shall be designated “ Series C Preferred ,” 10,700,000 shares shall be designated “ Series D Preferred ,” 16,500,000 shares shall be designated “ Series E Preferred, ” 21,108,000 shares shall be designated “ Series F Preferred ” and 7,764,000 shares shall be designated “ Series G Preferred .”

The relative rights, powers, preferences, privileges, and restrictions granted to or imposed on the respective classes of the shares of capital stock or the holders thereof are as follows; provided , however , that (i) except as prohibited by law and except as restricted by Section 5 hereof, the holders of an aggregate of at least 51% of the then-outstanding shares of Preferred may waive any of the following rights, powers, preferences, or privileges applicable to all shares of Preferred in any given instance without prejudice to such rights, powers, preferences, or privileges in any other instance (provided that any such waiver shall not be exercised to adversely affect the rights, powers, preferences, or privileges of one or more series of Preferred and in a manner not so affecting the entire class of Preferred) and (ii) any such waiver shall be binding on all future holders of Preferred.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a reduction in Liquidation Preference (directly or indirectly, by merger, reclassification or otherwise) that is effected in connection with and not earlier than 60 days prior to the Company’s entering into an agreement for any combination transaction as set forth in Section 2(b) of this Article IV in which the gross proceeds (inclusive of amounts subject to escrow or other contingency arrangements to support the accuracy of representations of the Company or its stockholders, whether or not such amounts are ultimately received by the stockholders of the Company) payable (i) with respect to the Series D Preferred is less than the Liquidation Preference for the Series D Preferred, such reduction of Liquidation Preference shall also require written consent of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of the Series D Preferred, voting together as a separate class, (ii) with respect to the Series E Preferred is less than the Liquidation Preference for the Series E Preferred, such reduction of Liquidation Preference shall also require written consent of the holders of a majority of the then- outstanding shares of the Series E Preferred, voting together as a separate class, (iii) with respect to the Series F Preferred is less than the Liquidation Preference for the Series F Preferred, such reduction of Liquidation Preference shall also require written consent of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of the Series F Preferred, voting together as a separate class or (iv) with respect to the Series G Preferred is less than the Liquidation Preference for the Series G Preferred, such reduction of Liquidation Preference shall also require written consent of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of the Series G Preferred, voting together as a separate class.

1. Dividends . The holders of Preferred shall be entitled to receive annual dividends payable out of funds legally available therefor, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on the Common Stock, at the respective rates of $0.03335 per share of Series A Preferred, $0.10 per share of Series B Preferred, $0.50175 per share of Series C Preferred, $1.075 per share of Series D Preferred, $1.179 per share of Series E Preferred, $1.852 per share of Series F Preferred and $2.576 per share of Series G Preferred (in each case, as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends or distributions, recapitalizations, and similar events with respect to such series of Preferred). Such dividends shall be payable only when, as, and if declared by the Board and shall

 

-2-


not be cumulative. No dividends or distributions shall be made with respect to the Common Stock, other than dividends payable solely in Common Stock, unless at the same time an equivalent dividend with respect to the Preferred (based on the number of shares of Common Stock into which the Preferred is then convertible) has been paid or set apart for payment.

2. Liquidation Preference . In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company (a “ Liquidation ”), either voluntary or involuntary, distributions to the stockholders of the Company shall be made in the following manner:

(a) (i) The holders of the Preferred shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets or surplus funds of the Company or consideration received in such Liquidation to the holders of the Common Stock by reason of their ownership of such stock, the amounts of $0.3335, $1.0165, $5.0175, $10.75, $11.79, $18.52 and $25.76 for each share of Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred, Series D Preferred, Series E Preferred, Series F Preferred or Series G Preferred, respectively, then held by them (in each case as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends or distributions, recapitalizations, and similar events with respect to such series of Preferred) and, in addition, an amount equal to all declared but unpaid dividends, if any, on such Preferred, as the case may require (the “ Liquidation Preference ”). If the assets, funds or consideration thus distributed among the holders of the Preferred shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full Liquidation Preference, then the entire assets and funds of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed pro-rata among the holders of the Preferred in proportion to the full amount each such holder would otherwise be entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 2(a)(i).

(ii) After giving effect to the provisions of Section 2(a)(i), all of the assets of the Company and consideration received in the Liquidation shall be distributed to the holders of Common Stock pro rata based on the number of shares of Common Stock held by each such holder.

(b) For purposes of this Section 2, any of the following shall be treated as a Liquidation: (i) any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation or other entity or person (but excluding any merger effected solely for the purpose of reincorporating into another state), or any other corporate reorganization (any of such transactions or series of such transactions, a “ combination transaction ”), in which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such combination transaction, own less than 50% of the voting power of the surviving or successor entity or its parent immediately after such combination transaction; (ii) any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is a party in which in excess of 50% of the Company’s voting power is transferred; or (iii) any sale, lease, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no transaction or series of related transactions principally for bona fide equity financing purposes in which cash is received by the Company or indebtedness of the Company is cancelled or converted, or a combination thereof, nor the transfer by any shareholder of shares of the Company’s capital stock to any third party in a transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is not a party, shall be deemed a Liquidation for purposes of this Section 2.

 

-3-


(c) Any securities to be delivered pursuant to Section 2(b) above shall be valued as follows:

(i) securities not subject to investment letter or other similar restrictions on free marketability:

(A) if traded on a nationally recognized securities exchange or on the Nasdaq National Market, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing sale prices of the securities on such exchange over the 30-day period ending three (3) days prior to the closing of the relevant transaction;

(B) if actively traded over-the-counter or through an automated dealer quotation system (other than the Nasdaq National Market), the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid or sale prices (whichever are applicable) over the 30-day period ending three (3) days prior to the closing; and

(C) if there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined by the Board in good faith.

(ii) The method of valuation of securities subject to investment letter or other restrictions on free marketability (other than restrictions arising solely by virtue of a stockholder’s status as an affiliate or former affiliate) shall be to make an appropriate discount from the market value determined as above in subparagraphs 2(c)(i)(A), (B), or (C) to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof, as determined by the Board in good faith.

(d) Consent to Certain Distributions . So long as the Company is subject to the provisions of Section 2115(b) of the California Corporations Code, and as authorized by Section 402.5(c) of the California Corporations Code, Sections 502, 503 and 506 of the California Corporations Code shall not apply with respect to payments made by the Company in connection with (i) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company or its subsidiaries upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements providing for the right of said repurchase, (ii) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company or its subsidiaries pursuant to rights of first refusal contained in agreements providing for such right, (iii) repurchase of capital stock of the Company in connection with the settlement of disputes with any stockholder, (iv) any other repurchase or redemption of capital stock of the Company approved by the holders of Preferred Stock of the Company pursuant to Section 5; provided , however , that the foregoing shall not apply unless the Company is subject to the provisions of Section 2115(b) of the California Corporations Code; provided , further , that the provisions of this Section 2(d) shall in no manner limit the provisions of Section 5 hereof.

3. Redemption . The Company shall not have the right to call or redeem at any time all or any shares of Preferred.

 

-4-


4. Conversion . The holders of the Preferred shall have conversion rights as follows:

(a) Right to Convert . Subject to Section 4(b) below, each share of Series A Preferred shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share at the office of the Company or any transfer agent for the Series A Preferred, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing $0.3335 by the Series A Conversion Price, determined as hereinafter provided, in effect at the time of conversion (the “ Series A Conversion Rate ”). The “ Series A Conversion Price ” shall initially be $0.3335 per share of Common Stock. The Series A Conversion Price and the Series A Conversion Rate shall be subject to further adjustment as hereinafter provided.

Subject to Section 4(b) below, each share of Series B Preferred shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share at the office of the Company or any transfer agent for the Series B Preferred, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing $1.0165 by the Series B Conversion Price, determined as hereinafter provided, in effect at the time of conversion (the “ Series B Conversion Rate ”). The “ Series B Conversion Price ” shall initially be $1.0165 per share of Common Stock. The Series B Conversion Price and the Series B Conversion Rate shall be subject to further adjustment as hereinafter provided.

Subject to Section 4(b) below, each share of Series C Preferred shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share at the office of the Company or any transfer agent for the Series C Preferred, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing $5.0175 by the Series C Conversion Price, determined as hereinafter provided, in effect at the time of conversion (the “ Series C Conversion Rate ”). The “ Series C Conversion Price ” shall initially be $5.0175 per share of Common Stock. The Series C Conversion Price and the Series C Conversion Rate shall be subject to further adjustment as hereinafter provided.

Subject to Section 4(b) below, each share of Series D Preferred shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share at the office of the Company or any transfer agent for the Series D Preferred, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing $10.75 by the Series D Conversion Price, determined as hereinafter provided, in effect at the time of conversion (the “ Series D Conversion Rate ”). The “ Series D Conversion Price ” shall initially be $10.75 per share of Common Stock. The Series D Conversion Price and the Series D Conversion Rate shall be subject to further adjustment as hereinafter provided.

Subject to Section 4(b) below, each share of Series E Preferred shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share at the office of the Company or any transfer agent for the Series E Preferred, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing $11.79 by the Series E Conversion Price, determined as hereinafter provided, in effect at the time of conversion (the “ Series E Conversion Rate ”). The “ Series E Conversion Price ” shall initially be $11.79 per share of Common Stock. The Series E Conversion Price and the Series E Conversion Rate shall be subject to further adjustment as hereinafter provided.

 

-5-


Subject to Section 4(b) below, each share of Series F Preferred shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share at the office of the Company or any transfer agent for the Series F Preferred, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing $18.52 by the Series F Conversion Price, determined as hereinafter provided, in effect at the time of conversion (the “ Series F Conversion Rate ”). The “ Series F Conversion Price ” shall initially be $18.52 per share of Common Stock. The Series F Conversion Price and the Series F Conversion Rate shall be subject to further adjustment as hereinafter provided.

Subject to Section 4(b) below, each share of Series G Preferred shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share at the office of the Company or any transfer agent for the Series G Preferred, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing $25.76 by the Series G Conversion Price, determined as hereinafter provided, in effect at the time of conversion (the “ Series G Conversion Rate ”). The “ Series G Conversion Price ” shall initially be $25.76 per share of Common Stock. The Series G Conversion Price and the Series G Conversion Rate shall be subject to further adjustment as hereinafter provided.

(b) Automatic Conversion .

(i) Each share of Preferred shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock at its then effective respective Conversion Rate upon the date of the closing (the “ Public Offering Closing Date ”) of a firm commitment underwritten public offering (the “ Public Offering ”) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale to the public of Common Stock for the account of the Company with aggregate gross proceeds to the Company of at least $75,000,000.

(ii) In addition, each share of Preferred (other than any shares of Series E Preferred) shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock at its then-effective respective Conversion Rate upon the written consent of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding Preferred (but excluding outstanding shares of Series E Preferred in the calculation of such majority), voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis; provided, however, in the event of an automatic conversion that is effected pursuant to Section 4(b)(ii) in connection with and not earlier than 60 days prior to the Company’s entering into an agreement for any combination transaction as set forth in Section 2(b) of this Article IV, (A) in which the gross proceeds (inclusive of amounts subject to escrow or other contingency arrangements to support the accuracy of representations of the Company or its stockholders, whether or not such amounts are ultimately received by the stockholders of the Company) payable with respect to the Series D Preferred is less than the Liquidation Preference for the Series D Preferred, such automatic conversion shall also require the written consent of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of the Series D Preferred, voting together as a separate class, on an as-converted basis, (B) in which the gross proceeds (inclusive of amounts subject to escrow or other contingency arrangements to support the accuracy of representations of the Company or its stockholders, whether or not such amounts are ultimately received by the stockholders of the Company) payable with respect to the Series F Preferred is less than the Liquidation Preference for the Series F Preferred, such automatic conversion shall also require the written consent of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding

 

-6-


shares of the Series F Preferred, voting together as a separate class, on an as-converted basis and (C) in which the gross proceeds (inclusive of amounts subject to escrow or other contingency arrangements to support the accuracy of representations of the Company or its stockholders, whether or not such amounts are ultimately received by the stockholders of the Company) payable with respect to the Series G Preferred is less than the Liquidation Preference for the Series G Preferred, such automatic conversion shall also require the written consent of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of the Series G Preferred, voting together as a separate class, on an as-converted basis.

(iii) In addition, each share of Series E Preferred shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock at its then-effective Conversion Rate upon the written consent of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding Series E Preferred voting together as a separate class on an as-converted basis.

(c) Mechanics of Conversion . No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of the Preferred. All shares of Common Stock (including fractions thereof) issuable upon conversion of more than one share of Preferred by a holder thereof shall be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Company shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of one share of Common Stock (as determined by the Board) on the date of conversion. Before any holder of Preferred shall be entitled to convert the same into full shares of Common Stock and to receive certificates therefor, such holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Company or of any transfer agent for the Preferred, and shall give written notice to the Company at such office that such holder elects to convert the same; provided , however , that in the event of an automatic conversion pursuant to Section 4(b), the outstanding shares of Preferred shall be converted automatically without any further action by the holder of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the Company or its transfer agent, and provided further that the Company shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such automatic conversion unless the certificates evidencing such shares of Preferred are either delivered to the Company or its transfer agent as provided above, or the holder notifies the Company or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen, or destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Company to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with the loss and replacement of such certificates. The Company shall, as soon as practicable after such delivery, or such agreement and indemnification in the case of a lost certificate, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Preferred, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder shall be entitled as aforesaid and a check payable to the holder in the amount of any cash amounts payable as the result of a conversion into fractional shares of Common Stock plus any declared and unpaid dividends. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the shares of the Preferred to be converted, or in the case of automatic conversion, on the Public Offering Closing Date or the effective date of such written consent, as the case may be, and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock on such date.

 

-7-


(d) Adjustments To Conversion Price or Conversion Ratio .

(i) Original Issue Date . For purposes of this Section 4(d), “ Original Issue Date ” shall mean the date on which the first share of Series G Preferred was first issued.

(ii) Adjustments for Subdivisions or Combinations of or Stock Dividends on Common Stock . In the event the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be subdivided (by stock split or otherwise), into a greater number of shares of Common Stock without a corresponding subdivision of Preferred Stock, or the Company at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date shall declare or pay any dividend on the Common Stock payable in Common Stock without a corresponding dividend on the Preferred Stock, the applicable Conversion Rate then in effect for each outstanding series of Preferred shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision or stock dividend, be proportionately increased (by virtue of an appropriate decrease in the applicable Conversion Price) based on the ratio of (A) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such subdivision or stock dividend to (B) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such subdivision or stock dividend. If the Company fixes a record date to determine which holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive such dividend or subdivision, the Conversion Rate (and the Conversion Price) shall be fixed as of the close of business on such record date and the number of shares of Common Stock shall be calculated immediately prior to the close of business on such date. If such record date is fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such subdivision is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, the Conversion Rate (and Conversion Price) shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter the Conversion Rate (and Conversion Price) shall be adjusted pursuant to this Section 4(d)(ii) to reflect the actual payment of such dividend or completion of such subdivision. In the event the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares of Common Stock without a corresponding combination of Preferred Stock, the applicable Conversion Rate then in effect for each outstanding series of Preferred shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination or consolidation, be proportionately decreased (by virtue of an appropriate increase in the applicable Conversion Price) on the same basis.

(iii) Adjustments for Other Distributions . In the event the Company at any time or from time to time makes, or fixes a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, any distribution payable in (A) securities of the Company or other entities (other than shares of Common Stock and other than as otherwise adjusted in this Section 4 or as otherwise provided in Section 1), (B) evidences of indebtedness issued by the Company or other persons, or (C) assets (excluding cash dividends) or options to purchase or rights to subscribe for Common Stock, or securities by their terms convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, then and in each such event provision shall be made so that the holders of each series of Preferred shall receive upon conversion thereof, in addition to the number of shares of Common Stock receivable thereupon, the amount of such distribution which they would have received had their Preferred been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event and had they thereafter, during the period from the date of such event to and including the date of conversion, retained such securities receivable by them as aforesaid during such period, subject to all other applicable adjustments called for during such period under this Section 4 with respect to the rights of the holders of each series of Preferred.

 

-8-


(iv) Adjustments for Recapitalization, Reclassification, Exchange and Substitution . If at any time or from time to time the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred shall be changed into the same or a different number of shares of any other class or classes of stock, whether by recapitalization, capital reorganization, reclassification or otherwise (other than a subdivision, combination of shares or merger or sale of assets transaction provided for above or in Section 2(b)), the Conversion Rate of any series of Preferred then in effect shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such recapitalization, reorganization or reclassification, be proportionately adjusted (by virtue of a proportionate adjustment of the applicable Conversion Price) such that such series of Preferred shall be convertible into, in lieu of the number of shares of Common Stock which the holders thereof would otherwise have been entitled to receive, a number of shares of such other class or classes of stock equivalent to the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been subject to receipt by the holders upon conversion of such series of Preferred immediately before that change. In addition, to the extent applicable in any reorganization or recapitalization, provision shall be made so that the holders of any series of Preferred shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon conversion of such series of Preferred the number of shares of stock or other securities or property of the Company or otherwise, to which a holder of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion would have been entitled on such reorganization or recapitalization.

(e) No Impairment . The Company will not, by amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation or through any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Company, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Section 4 and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the conversion rights of the holders of the Preferred against impairment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 4(e) shall prohibit the Company from amending its Certificate of Incorporation with the requisite consent of its stockholders and the board of directors.

(f) Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price or Conversion Rate of any series of Preferred pursuant to this Section 4, the Company at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of Preferred a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Company shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of Preferred, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (i) such adjustments and readjustments, (ii) the applicable Conversion Price(s) and the Conversion Rate(s) at the time in effect with respect to the shares of Preferred held by such holder, and (iii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property that at the time would be received upon the conversion of the Preferred held by such holder.

(g) Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion . The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Preferred such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Preferred; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then-outstanding shares of the Preferred,

 

-9-


in addition to such other remedies as shall be available to the holder of such Preferred, the Company will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes.

(h) Notices of Record Date . In the event that the Company shall propose at any time:

(i) to declare any dividend or distribution upon its Common Stock, whether in cash, property, stock or other securities, whether or not a regular cash dividend and whether or not out of earnings or earned surplus;

(ii) to offer for subscription pro rata to the holders of any class or series of its stock any additional shares of stock of any class or series or other rights;

(iii) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of its Common Stock outstanding involving a change in the Common Stock; or

(iv) to merge or consolidate with or into any other corporation, or sell, lease or convey all or substantially all its property or business, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall send to the holders of the Preferred:

(A) in the case of the matters referred to in (i) and (ii) above, at least 10 days’ prior written notice of the date on which a record shall be taken for such dividend, distribution or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled thereto and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right); and

(B) in the case of the matters referred to in (iii) and (iv) above, at least 10 days’ prior written notice of the date when the same shall take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to exchange their Common Stock for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event or the record date for the determination of such holders if such record date is earlier, and notice shall be provided prior to such record date).

Each such written notice shall be delivered personally or given by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the holders of the Preferred at the address for each such holder as shown on the books of the Company.

5. Covenants .

(a) In addition to any other rights provided by law, so long as any shares of the Preferred shall be outstanding, the Company shall not (directly or indirectly, by merger, reclassification or otherwise), without first obtaining the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of not less than 51% of the then-outstanding shares of Preferred (such Preferred voting or acting by written consent as a single class on an as-converted basis):

(i) amend or repeal any provision of, or add any provision to, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation if such action would (i) alter or change the preferences, rights, privileges, or powers of, or the restrictions provided for the benefit of, any series of Preferred; or (ii) increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of any series of Preferred or Common Stock.

 

-10-


(ii) create or issue any security having any preferences, rights, powers, or restrictions provided for its benefit that are senior to, or on parity with, the preferences, rights, or powers of, or restrictions provided for the benefit of, any class or series of the Preferred;

(iii) amend or repeal any provision of, or add any provision to, the Company’s Bylaws;

(iv) pay or declare any dividend on any shares of Common Stock or apply any of its assets to the redemption, retirement, purchase or acquisition directly or indirectly, through subsidiaries or otherwise, of any shares of capital stock or other securities, except for repurchases of Common Stock from employees, directors, or consultants of the Company upon termination of employment or association pursuant to the terms of agreements providing for the repurchase of such shares at cost entered into with such employees, directors, or consultants, provided that such agreements have been approved by the Board;

(v) enter into any transaction involving the offer of the right to acquire securities of the Company to all, but not less than all, of the security holders of the Company or grant preemptive rights to any party to acquire the Company’s securities;

(vi) enter into any transaction involving the transfer of Company assets to its stockholders based on their status as stockholders;

(vii) liquidate or dissolve;

(viii) enter into any transaction or series of related transactions (i) deemed to be a Liquidation, as defined in Section 2(b), or (ii) that otherwise results in a change in voting control of the Company; or

(ix) increase or decrease the number of authorized directors of the Company.

(b) In addition to any other rights provided by law, so long as any shares of the Series D Preferred shall be outstanding, the Company shall not (directly or indirectly, by merger, reclassification or otherwise) amend or repeal the proviso set forth in Section 4(b)(ii) in a manner that adversely affects the Series D Preferred without the prior written consent of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of the Series D Preferred, voting together as a separate class, in addition to the written consent of the then-outstanding Preferred otherwise required pursuant to Section 5(a)(i).

(c) In addition to any other rights provided by law, so long as any shares of the Series E Preferred shall be outstanding, the Company shall not (directly or indirectly, by merger,

 

-11-


reclassification or otherwise) amend or repeal Section 4(b)(iii) without the prior written consent of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of the Series E Preferred, voting together as a separate class, in addition to the written consent of the then-outstanding Preferred otherwise required pursuant to Section 5(a)(i).

(d) In addition to any other rights provided by law, so long as any shares of the Series F Preferred shall be outstanding, the Company shall not (directly or indirectly, by merger, reclassification or otherwise) amend or repeal the proviso set forth in Section 4(b)(ii) in a manner that adversely affects the Series F Preferred without the prior written consent of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of the Series F Preferred, voting together as a separate class, in addition to the written consent of the then-outstanding Preferred otherwise required pursuant to Section 5(a)(i).

(e) In addition to any other rights provided by law, so long as any shares of the Series G Preferred shall be outstanding, the Company shall not (directly or indirectly, by merger, reclassification or otherwise) amend or repeal the proviso set forth in Section 4(b)(ii) in a manner that adversely affects the Series G Preferred without the prior written consent of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of the Series G Preferred, voting together as a separate class, in addition to the written consent of the then-outstanding Preferred otherwise required pursuant to Section 5(a)(i).

(f) In addition to any other rights provided by law, so long as any shares of Preferred shall be outstanding, the Company shall not, without first obtaining the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the shares of the adversely affected series of Preferred (the “ Series Protective Vote ”):

(i) effect any amendment to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation that would change the rights, preferences and privileges of the shares of one or more series of Preferred so as to adversely affect them but that would not so affect the entire class; provided, that any change to the dividend preference, Liquidation Preference, Conversion Price or Conversion Rate that adversely affects each series of Preferred on a pro rata basis in proportion to their respective per share dividend preference, Liquidation Preference, Conversion Price or Conversion Rate shall be deemed to “so affect the entire class” and shall only require a vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the shares of all Preferred, voting as one class, and any such change that is not pro rata as to all series of Preferred shall be deemed to not “so affect the entire class” and shall require the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the shares of each such adversely affected series separately (by way of non-exclusive example only, a reduction of 10% of the per share Liquidation Preference for each series of Preferred shall be deemed to “so affect the entire class” and shall only require a vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of all Preferred, voting together as a single class; and a $0.25 reduction of the Liquidation Preference of each series of Preferred, because it is not a pro rata reduction, shall be deemed to not “so affect the entire class” and shall require the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the shares of each such series separately);

(ii) effect any amendment to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation that would effect any change to the rights, preferences and privileges of any other class or series of

 

-12-


the Company’s capital stock that is adverse to the unchanged series of Preferred (by way of nonexclusive example only, a pro rata increase in the Liquidation Preference of the Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred, Series D Preferred, Series E Preferred and Series F Preferred without a corresponding pro rata increase in the Liquidation Preference of the Series G Preferred shall be deemed “adverse” with respect to the Series G Preferred); or

(iii) redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire one or more shares of any series of Preferred in a manner that is not pro rata with all of the Preferred (based on the respective Liquidation Preferences for each outstanding series).

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5(f) and to the fullest extent permitted by law, MLC Investments Limited as trustee for the MLC Vintage Year Trust 2009 (“ MLC ”) and any affiliate of MLC shall, for so long as it or they remain holders of shares of Series F Preferred, not have any consent right or voting right with respect to a Series Protective Vote contemplated by subsection (i) or (ii) above, unless the proposed amendment contemplated by subsection (i) or (ii) would significantly and adversely affect the rights, preferences and privileges of the Series F Preferred. The foregoing sentence shall apply to any and all assignees and transferees of shares held by MLC and any and all assignees and transferees of shares held by any affiliate of MLC and their subsequent assignees and transferees.

6. Voting Rights .

(a) General . Holders of the Preferred shall have full voting rights and shall be entitled to vote, together with the holders of Common Stock, with respect to any questions upon which holders of Common Stock have the right to vote. Except as otherwise required by law or by Section 5 hereof, the holder of each share of Common Stock issued and outstanding shall have one vote, and the holder of each share of Preferred shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which such share of Preferred could be converted at the record date for determination of the stockholders entitled to vote on such matters, or, if no such record date is established, at the date such vote is taken or any written consent of stockholders is solicited, such votes to be counted together with all other shares of stock of the Company having general voting power and not separately as a class. Fractional votes by the holders of the Preferred shall not, however, be permitted and any fractional voting rights shall (after aggregating all shares into which shares of Preferred held by each holder could be converted) be rounded to the nearest whole number. Holders of Common Stock and Preferred shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the Company.

(b) Board of Directors .

(i) Series A Representative . For so long as at least 4,500,000 shares (subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends or distributions, recapitalizations, and similar events with respect to the Series A Preferred) of Series A Preferred remain outstanding, the holders of the Series A Preferred shall be entitled, voting as a separate class, to elect a single director at each meeting for the election of directors or by written consent without a meeting for this purpose.

 

-13-


(ii) Series B Representative . For so long as at least 4,500,000 shares (subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends or distributions, recapitalizations, and similar events with respect to the Series B Preferred) of Series B Preferred remain outstanding, the holders of the Series B Preferred shall be entitled, voting as a separate class, to elect a single director at each meeting for the election of directors or by written consent without a meeting for this purpose.

(iii) Series E Representative . For so long as at least 3,180,662 shares (subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends or distributions, recapitalizations, and similar events with respect to the Series E Preferred) of Series E Preferred remain outstanding, the holders of the Series E Preferred shall be entitled, voting as a separate class, to elect a single director at each meeting for the election of directors or by written consent without a meeting for this purpose.

(iv) Series G Representative . For so long as at least 2,900,000 shares (subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends or distributions, recapitalizations, and similar events with respect to the Series G Preferred) of Series G Preferred remain outstanding, the holders of the Series G Preferred shall be entitled, voting as a separate class, to elect a single director at each meeting for the election of directors or by written consent without a meeting for this purpose.

(v) Mutual Directors . The holders of the Common Stock and the Preferred voting together as a single class shall be entitled to elect two directors at each meeting for the election of directors or by written consent without a meeting for this purpose; provided , however , that each director elected pursuant to this section must receive the affirmative vote of at least (A) a majority of the holders of the Common Stock and (B) a majority of the holders of the Preferred.

(vi) Remaining Directors . The remaining director(s), if any, shall be elected by the holders of the Preferred and the Common Stock, voting together as a single class at each meeting for the election of directors or by written consent without a meeting for this purpose.

(vii) Quorum; Required Vote .

(A) Quorum . At any meeting held for the purpose of electing directors, the presence in person or by proxy (A) of the holders of a majority of the shares of the Series A Preferred then outstanding shall constitute a quorum for the election of the director to be elected solely by the holders of the Series A Preferred; (B) of the holders of a majority of the shares of the Series B Preferred then outstanding shall constitute a quorum for the election of the director to be elected solely by the holders of the Series B Preferred; (C) of the holders of a majority of the shares of the Series E Preferred then outstanding shall constitute a quorum for the election of the director to be elected solely by the holders of the Series E Preferred; (D) of the holders of a majority of the shares of the Series G Preferred then outstanding shall constitute a quorum for the election of the director to be elected solely by the holders of the Series G Preferred; and (E) of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of Preferred and of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock shall constitute a quorum for the election of the directors to be elected jointly by the holders of the Preferred Stock and the Common Stock.

(B) Required Vote . With respect to the election of any director or directors by the holders of the outstanding shares of a specified series, class or classes of stock given

 

-14-


the right to elect such director or directors pursuant to Section 6(b)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v) or (vi) above (the “ Specified Stock ”), that candidate or those candidates (as applicable) shall be elected who either: (i) in the case of any such vote conducted at a meeting of the holders of such Specified Stock, receive the highest number of affirmative votes (on an as-converted basis) of the outstanding shares of such Specified Stock, up to the number of directors to be elected by such Specified Stock; or (ii) in the case of any such vote taken by written consent without a meeting, are elected by the written consent of the holders of a majority of outstanding shares of such Specified Stock.

(C) Vacancy . If there shall be any vacancy in the office of a director elected or to be elected by the holders of any Specified Stock, then a director to hold office for the unexpired term of such directorship shall be elected by the required vote of the holders of the shares of such Specified Stock specified in Section 6(b)(vii)(B) above that are entitled to elect such director.

(D) Removal . Subject to Section 141 (k) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, any director who shall have been elected to the Board by the holders of any Specified Stock, or by any director or directors elected by holders of any Specified Stock as provided in Section 6(b)(vii)(C), may be removed during his or her term of office, without cause, by, and only by, the affirmative vote of shares representing a majority of the voting power, on an as-converted basis, of all the outstanding shares of such Specified Stock entitled to vote, given either at a meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders without a meeting, and any vacancy created by such removal may be filled only in the manner provided in Section 6(b)(vii)(C).

(E) Procedures . Any meeting of the holders of any Specified Stock, and any action taken by the holders of any Specified Stock by written consent without a meeting, in order to elect or remove a director under this Section 6(b), shall be held in accordance with the procedures and provisions of the Corporation’s Bylaws, the Delaware General Corporation Law and applicable law regarding stockholder meetings and stockholder actions by written consent, as such are then in effect (including but not limited to procedures and provisions for determining the record date for shares entitled to vote).

7. No Reissuance of Preferred Stock . No share or shares of Preferred Stock acquired by the Company by reason of redemption, repurchase, conversion or otherwise shall be reissued, and all such shares shall be cancelled, retired and eliminated from the shares that the Corporation shall be authorized to issue.

ARTICLE V

The Company is to have perpetual existence.

ARTICLE VI

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless a stockholder demands election by written ballot at the meeting and before voting begins or unless the Bylaws of the Company shall so provide.

 

-15-


ARTICLE VII

Subject to Section 5 of Article IV, the number of directors that constitute the whole Board of the Company shall be designated in the Bylaws of the Company.

ARTICLE VIII

Subject to Section 5 of Article IV, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Company.

ARTICLE IX

1. To the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended, a director of the Company shall not be personally liable to the Company or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.

2. The Company may indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any person made or threatened to be made a party to an action or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he, his testator or intestate is or was a director, officer or employee of the Company or any predecessor of the Company, or serves or served at any other enterprise as a director, officer or employee at the request of the Company or any predecessor to the Company.

3. Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article IX, nor the adoption of any provision of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article IX, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article IX, in respect of any matter occurring, or any action or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this Article IX, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

ARTICLE X

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws may provide. The books of the Company may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the statutes) outside of the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Company.

ARTICLE XI

Advance notice of new business and stockholder nominations for the election of directors shall be given in the manner and to the extent provided in the Bylaws of the Company.

ARTICLE XII

Stockholders shall be entitled to cumulative voting rights in the election of directors as set forth in this Article XII and the Bylaws of the Company, but only if and to the extent cumulative

 

-16-


voting rights are required under Section 2115(b) of the California Corporations Code. Subject to such limitation, at all elections of directors of the Company, each holder of stock or of any class or classes or of a series or series thereof shall be entitled to as many votes as shall equal the number of votes which (except for this provision as to cumulative voting) such stockholder would be entitled to cast for the election of directors with respect to such stockholder’s shares of stock multiplied by the number of directors to be elected, and such stockholder may cast all of such votes for a single director or may distribute them among the number of directors to be voted for, or for any two or more of them as such stockholder may see fit. At such time as cumulative voting rights are not required under Section 2115 of the California Corporations Code, this Article XII shall no longer be effective and may be deleted herefrom upon any restatement of this Certificate of Incorporation.

ARTICLE XIII

Except as specifically provided herein, the Company reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

-17-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Tenth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by an authorized officer of the Company, effective as of June 29, 2011.

 

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ K.R. Sridhar

  K.R. Sridhar, President

 

-18-


 

Delaware

   PAGE    1
  The First State   

I, JEFFREY W. BULLOCK, SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, DO HEREBY CERTIFY THE ATTACHED IS A TRUE AND CORRECT COPY OF THE CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF “BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION”, FILED IN THIS OFFICE ON THE SEVENTH DAY OF MAY, A.D. 2012, AT 1:44 O’CLOCK P.M.

A FILED COPY OF THIS CERTIFICATE HAS BEEN FORWARDED TO THE NEW CASTLE COUNTY RECORDER OF DEEDS.

 

   LOGO    LOGO
     

 

3345681    8100

 

120520774

     

Jeffrey W. Bullock, Secretary of State

AUTHENTICATION: 9554071

 

DATE: 05-07-12      

You may verify this certificate online

at corp.delaware.gov/authver.shtml


     

State of Delaware

Secretary of State

Division of Corporations

Delivered 01:49 PM 05/07/2012

FILED 01:44 PM 05/07/2012

SRV 120520774 - 3345681 FILE

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT TO THE

TENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

Bloom Energy Corporation, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

1. The name of the corporation is Bloom Energy Corporation. The corporation was originally incorporated under the name of Ion America Corporation. The original Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on January 18, 2001.

2. This Certificate of Amendment to the Tenth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 242 and Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware by the Board of Directors and the stockholders of the corporation.

3. Pursuant to Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, this Certificate of Amendment amends the provisions of the corporation’s Tenth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation as set forth herein.

4. The first paragraph of Article IV of the corporation’s Tenth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

The Company is authorized to issue two classes of stock, designated “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock,” respectively. The total number of shares that the Company is authorized to issue is 209,662,175 shares, $0.0001 par value. The number of shares of Common Stock (“Common”) that the Company is authorized to issue is 116,272,000 shares, and the number of shares of Preferred Stock (“Preferred”) that the Company is authorized to issue is 93,390,175 shares. Of the authorized shares of Preferred, 14,061,152 shares shall be designated “Series A Preferred,” 11,803,284 shares shall be designated “Series B Preferred,” 8,968,604 shall be designated “Series C Preferred,” 9,665,746 shares shall be designated “Series D Preferred,” 15,811,034 shares shall be designated “Series E Preferred,” 21,040,297 shares shall be designated “Series F Preferred” and 12,040,058 shares shall be designated “Series G Preferred.”

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the corporation has caused this Certificate of Amendment to be signed by K.R. Sridhar, its President, effective as of May 7, 2012.

 

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ K.R. Sridhar

  Name:   K.R. Sridhar
  Title:   President

 

1


     

State of Delaware

Secretary of State

Division of Corporations

Delivered 03:27 PM 03/07/2013

FILED 03:24 PM 03/07/2013

SRV 130288220 - 3345681 FILE

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF TENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

Bloom Energy Corporation, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

1. The name of the corporation is Bloom Energy Corporation. The corporation was originally incorporated under the name of Ion America Corporation. The original Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on January 18, 2001.

2. This Certificate of Amendment of Tenth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 242 and Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware by the Board of Directors and the stockholders of the corporation.

3. Pursuant to Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, this Certificate of Amendment amends the provisions of the corporation’s Tenth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation as set forth herein.

4. The first paragraph of Article IV of the corporation’s Tenth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

“The Company is authorized to issue two classes of stock, designated “ Common Stock ” and “ Preferred Stock ,” respectively. The total number of shares that the Company is authorized to issue is 223,308,157 shares, $0.0001 par value. The number of shares of Common Stock (“ Common ”) that the Company is authorized to issue is 123,095,000 shares, and the number of shares of Preferred Stock (“ Preferred ”) that the Company is authorized to issue is 100,213,157 shares. Of the authorized shares of Preferred, 14,061,152 shares shall be designated “ Series A Preferred ,” 11,803,284 shares shall be designated “ Series B Preferred ,” 8,968,604 shall be designated “ Series C Preferred ,” 9,665,746 shares shall be designated “ Series D Preferred ,” 15,811,034 shares shall be designated “ Series E Preferred ,” and 22,040,297 shares shall be designated “ Series F Preferred ,” and 17,863,040 shares shall be designated “ Series G Preferred .”

*   *   *   *   *   *


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the corporation has caused this Certificate of Amendment to be signed by K.R. Sridhar, its President, effective as of March 7, 2013.

 

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ K.R. Sridhar

  K.R. Sridhar, President


 

Delaware

   PAGE    1
  The First State   

I, JEFFREY W. BULLOCK, SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, DO HEREBY CERTIFY THE ATTACHED IS A TRUE AND CORRECT COPY OF THE CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF “BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION”, FILED IN THIS OFFICE ON THE TWENTIETH DAY OF MAY, A.D. 2013, AT 8 O’CLOCK A.M.

A FILED COPY OF THIS CERTIFICATE HAS BEEN FORWARDED TO THE NEW CASTLE COUNTY RECORDER OF DEEDS.

 

   LOGO    LOGO
     

 

3345681    8100

 

130609396

     

Jeffrey W. Bullock, Secretary of State

AUTHENTICATION: 0443508

 

DATE: 05-20-13      

You may verify this certificate online

at corp.delaware.gov/authver.shtml


State of Delaware

Secretary of State

Division of Corporations

Delivered 07:59 AM 05/20/2013

FILED 08:00 AM 05/20/2013

SRV 130609396 - 3345681 FILE

     

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF TENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

Bloom Energy Corporation, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

1. The name of the corporation is Bloom Energy Corporation. The corporation was originally incorporated under the name of Ion America Corporation. The original Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on January 18, 2001.

2. This Certificate of Amendment of Tenth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 242 and Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware by the Board of Directors and the stockholders of the corporation.

3. Pursuant to Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, this Certificate of Amendment amends the provisions of the corporation’s Tenth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation as set forth herein.

4. The first paragraph of Article IV of the corporation’s Tenth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

“The Company is authorized to issue two classes of stock, designated “ Common Stock ” and “ Preferred Stock ,” respectively. The total number of shares that the Company is authorized to issue is 238,401,325 shares, $0.0001 par value. The number of shares of Common Stock (“ Common ”) that the Company is authorized to issue is 133,141,584 shares, and the number of shares of Preferred Stock (“ Preferred ”) that the Company is authorized to issue is 105,259,741 shares. Of the authorized shares of Preferred, 14,061,152 shares shall be designated “ Series A Preferred ,” 11,803,284 shares shall be designated “ Series B Preferred ,” 8,968,604 shall be designated “ Series C Preferred ,” 9,665,746 shares shall be designated “ Series D Preferred ,” 15,811,034 shares shall be designated “ Series E Preferred ,” and 22,040,297 shares shall be designated “ Series F Preferred ,” and 22,909,624 shares shall be designated “ Series G Preferred .”

*   *   *   *   *   *


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the corporation has caused this Certificate of Amendment to be signed by K.R. Sridhar, its President, effective as of May 20, 2013.

 

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ K.R. Sridhar

  K.R. Sridhar, President


     

State of Delaware

Secretary of State

Division of Corporations

Delivered 03:45 PM 12/18/2013

FILED 03:29 PM 12/18/2013

SRV 131445590 - 3345681 FILE

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF TENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

Bloom Energy Corporation, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

1. The name of the corporation is Bloom Energy Corporation. The corporation was originally incorporated under the name of Ion America Corporation. The original Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on January 18, 2001.

2. This Certificate of Amendment of Tenth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 242 and Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware by the Board of Directors and the stockholders of the corporation.

3. Pursuant to Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, this Certificate of Amendment amends the provisions of the corporation’s Tenth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation as set forth herein.

4. The first paragraph of Article IV of the corporation’s Tenth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

“The Company is authorized to issue two classes of stock, designated “ Common Stock ” and “ Preferred Stock ,” respectively. The total number of shares that the Company is authorized to issue is 250,047,289 shares, $0.0001 par value. The number of shares of Common Stock (“ Common ”) that the Company is authorized to issue is 138,964,566 shares, and the number of shares of Preferred Stock (“ Preferred ”) that the Company is authorized to issue is 111,082,723 shares. Of the authorized shares of Preferred, 14,061,152 shares shall be designated “ Series A Preferred ,” 11,803,284 shares shall be designated “ Series B Preferred ,” 8,968,604 shall be designated “ Series C Preferred ,” 9,665,746 shares shall be designated “ Series D Preferred ,” 15,811,034 shares shall be designated “ Series E Preferred ,” and 22,040,297 shares shall be designated “ Series F Preferred ,” and 28,732,606 shares shall be designated “ Series G Preferred .”

*   *   *   *   *   *


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the corporation has caused this Certificate of Amendment to be signed by K.R. Sridhar, its President, effective as of December 18, 2013.

 

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ K.R. Sridhar

  K.R. Sridhar, President


 

Delaware

   PAGE    1
  The First State   

I, JEFFREY W. BULLOCK, SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, DO HEREBY CERTIFY THE ATTACHED IS A TRUE AND CORRECT COPY OF THE CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF “BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION”, FILED IN THIS OFFICE ON THE TWENTY-SIXTH DAY OF NOVEMBER, A.D. 2014, AT 2:26 O’CLOCK P.M.

A FILED COPY OF THIS CERTIFICATE HAS BEEN FORWARDED TO THE NEW CASTLE COUNTY RECORDER OF DEEDS.

 

 

LOGO

   LOGO
    

 

3345681    8100

 

141462124

    

Jeffrey W. Bullock, Secretary of State

AUTHENTICATION: 1904040

 

DATE: 11-26-14      

    
    
    

You may verify this certificate online

at corp.delaware.gov/authver.shtml

    


     

State of Delaware

Secretary of State

Division of Corporations

Delivered 02:26 PM 11/26/2014

FILED 02:26 PM 11/26/2014

SRV 141462124 - 3345681 FILE

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF TENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

Bloom Energy Corporation, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

1. The name of the corporation is Bloom Energy Corporation. The corporation was originally incorporated under the name of Ion America Corporation. The original Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on January 18, 2001.

2. This Certificate of Amendment of Tenth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 242 and Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware by the Board of Directors and the stockholders of the corporation.

3. Pursuant to Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, this Certificate of Amendment amends the provisions of the corporation’s Tenth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation as set forth herein.

4. The first paragraph of Article IV of the corporation’s Tenth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

“The Company is authorized to issue two classes of stock, designated “ Common Stock ” and “ Preferred Stock, ” respectively. The total number of shares that the Company is authorized to issue is 281,692,417 shares, $0.0001 par value. The number of shares of Common Stock (“ Common ”) that the Company is authorized to issue is 161,000,000 shares, and the number of shares of Preferred Stock (“ Preferred ”) that the Company is authorized to issue is 120,692,417 shares. Of the authorized shares of Preferred, 14,061,152 shares shall be designated “ Series A Preferred ,” 11,803,284 shares shall be designated “ Series B Preferred ,” 8,968,604 shall be designated “ Series C Preferred ,” 9,665,746 shares shall be designated “ Series D Preferred ,” 14,229,597 shares shall be designated “ Series E Preferred ,” and 21,895,873 shares shall be designated “ Series F Preferred ,” and 40,068,161 shares shall be designated “ Series G Preferred .”

* - * - * - * - * - *


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the corporation has caused this Certificate of Amendment to be signed by K.R. Sridhar, its President, effective as of November 26 , 2014.

 

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION
By:   /s/ K.R. Sridhar
 

 

  K.R. Sridhar, President


  Delaware    Page 1
  The First State   

I, JEFFREY W. BULLOCK, SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, DO HEREBY CERTIFY THE ATTACHED IS A TRUE AND CORRECT COPY OF THE CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF “BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION”, FILED IN THIS OFFICE ON THE SEVENTH DAY OF DECEMBER, A.D. 2015, AT 6:02 O’CLOCK P.M.

A FILED COPY OF THIS CERTIFICATE HAS BEEN FORWARDED TO THE NEW CASTLE COUNTY RECORDER OF DEEDS.

 

  

LOGO

 

  
      LOGO
     

 

      Jeffrey W. Bullock, Secretary of State
     
     
     
3345681    8100       Authentication: 10564375

SR# 20151233633

 

     

Date: 12-07-15

 

You may verify this certificate online at corp.delaware.gov/authver.shtml   


     

State of Delaware

Secretary of State

Division of Corporations

Delivered 06:02 PM 12/07/2015

FILED 06:02 PM 12/07/2015

SR 20151233633 - File Number 3345681

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF TENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

Bloom Energy Corporation, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

1. The name of the corporation is Bloom Energy Corporation. The corporation was originally incorporated under the name of Ion America Corporation. The original Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on January 18, 2001.

2. This Certificate of Amendment of Tenth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 242 and Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware by the Board of Directors and the stockholders of the corporation.

3. Pursuant to Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, this Certificate of Amendment amends the provisions of the corporation’s Tenth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation as set forth herein.

4. The first paragraph of Article IV of the corporation’s Tenth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

“The Company is authorized to issue two classes of stock, designated “ Common Stock ” and “ Preferred Stock ,” respectively. The total number of shares that the Company is authorized to issue is 290,692,417 shares, $0.0001 par value. The number of shares of Common Stock (“ Common ”) that the Company is authorized to issue is 170,000,000 shares, and the number of shares of Preferred Stock (“ Preferred ”) that the Company is authorized to issue is 120,692,417 shares. Of the authorized shares of Preferred, 14,061,152 shares shall be designated “ Series A Preferred ,” 11,803,284 shares shall be designated “ Series B Preferred ,” 8,968,604 shall be designated “ Series C Preferred ,” 9,665,746 shares shall be designated “ Series D Preferred ,” 14,229,597 shares shall be designated “ Series E Preferred ,” and 21,895,873 shares shall be designated “ Series F Preferred ,” and 40,068,161 shares shall be designated “ Series G Preferred ,”

*   *   *   *   *   *


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the corporation has caused this Certificate of Amendment to be signed by K.R. Sridhar, its President, effective as of December 7, 2015.

 

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ K.R. Sridhar

  K.R. Sridhar, President

Exhibit 3.4

BYLAWS

OF

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

(a Delaware corporation)


BYLAWS

OF

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

(a Delaware corporation)

ARTICLE I

CORPORATE OFFICES

 

  1.1 REGISTERED OFFICE

The registered office of the corporation shall be fixed in the Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation.

 

  1.2 OTHER OFFICES

The board of directors may at any time establish branch or subordinate offices at any place or places where the corporation is qualified to do business.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

  2.1 PLACE OF MEETINGS

Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place within or outside the State of Delaware designated by the board of directors. In the absence of any such designation, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the registered office of the corporation.

 

  2.2 ANNUAL MEETING

(a) The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held each year on a date and at a time designated by the board of directors. At the meeting, directors shall be elected, and any other proper business may be transacted.

(b) At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be: (A) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, (B) otherwise properly brought before the


meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or (C) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder. For business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the corporation not less than one hundred twenty (120) calendar days in advance of the date specified in the corporation’s proxy statement released to stockholders in connection with the previous year’s annual meeting of stockholders; provided, however, that in the event that no annual meeting was held in the previous year or the date of the annual meeting has been changed by more than thirty (30) days from the date contemplated at the time of the previous year’s proxy statement, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so received a reasonable time before the solicitation is made. A stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth as to each matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting: (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (ii) the name and address, as they appear on the corporation’s books, of the stockholder proposing such business, (iii) the class and number of shares of the corporation which are beneficially owned by the stockholder, (iv) any material interest of the stockholder in such business and (v) any other information that is required to be provided by the stockholder pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”), in his capacity as a proponent to a stockholder proposal. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in order to include information with respect to a stockholder proposal in the proxy statement and form of proxy for a stockholder’s meeting, stockholders must provide notice as required by the regulations promulgated under the 1934 Act. Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at any annual meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this paragraph (b). The chairman of the annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the meeting that business was not properly brought before the meeting and in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph (b), and, if he should so determine, he shall so declare at the meeting that any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.

(c) Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this paragraph (c) shall be eligible for election as Directors. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the corporation may be made at a meeting of stockholders by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or by any stockholder of the corporation entitled to vote in the election of Directors at the meeting who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this paragraph (c). Such nominations, other than those made by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, shall be made pursuant to timely notice in writing to the Secretary of the corporation in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (b) of this Section 2.2. Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth (i) as to each person, if any, whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a Director: (A) the name, age, business address and residence address of such person, (B) the principal occupation or employment of such person, (C) the class and number of shares of the corporation which are beneficially owned by such person, (D) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the stockholder and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nominations are to be made by the stockholder, and (E) any other information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of

 

-2-


proxies for elections of Directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the 1934 Act (including without limitation such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement, if any, as a nominee and to serving as a Director if elected); and (ii) as to such stockholder giving notice, the information required to be provided pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 2.2. At the request of the Board of Directors, any person nominated by a stockholder for election as a Director shall furnish to the Secretary of the corporation that information required to be set forth in the stockholder’s notice of nomination which pertains to the nominee. No person shall be eligible for election as a Director of the corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this paragraph (c). The chairman of the meeting shall, if the facts warrants, determine and declare at the meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed by these Bylaws, and if he should so determine, he shall so declare at the meeting, and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

 

  2.3 SPECIAL MEETING

A special meeting of the stockholders may be called at any time by the Board of Directors, or by the chairman of the board, or in the absence of the chairman of the board by the chief executive officer, or by one or more shareholders holding shares in the aggregate entitled to cast not less than ten percent (10%) of the votes at that meeting, but such special meetings may not be called by any other person or persons.

If a special meeting is called by any person or persons other than the board of directors, the request shall be in writing, specifying the time of such meeting and the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted, and shall be delivered personally or sent by registered mail or by telegraphic or other facsimile transmission to the chairman of the board, the president, chief executive officer, or the secretary of the corporation. No business may be transacted at such special meeting otherwise than specified in such notice. The officer receiving the request shall cause notice to be promptly given to the stockholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Sections 2.4 and 2.5, that a meeting will be held at the time requested by the person or persons who called the meeting, not less than thirty-five (35) nor more than sixty (60) days after the receipt of the request. If the notice is not given within twenty (20) days after the receipt of the request, the person or persons requesting the meeting may give the notice. Nothing contained in this paragraph of this Section 2.3 shall be construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the board of directors may be held.

 

  2.4 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Except as set forth in Section 2.3, all notices of meetings of stockholders shall be sent or otherwise given in accordance with Section 2.5 of these bylaws not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting. The notice shall specify the place, date, and hour of the meeting and (i) in the case of a special meeting, the general nature of the business to be transacted (no business other than that specified in the notice may be transacted) or (ii) in the case of the annual meeting, those matters which the board of directors, at the time of giving the notice, intends to present for action by the stockholders (but any proper matter may be presented at the meeting for such action). The notice of any meeting at which directors are to be elected shall include the name of any nominee or nominees who, at the time of the notice, the board intends to present for election.

 

-3-


  2.5 MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE; AFFIDAVIT OF NOTICE

Written notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given either personally or by first-class mail or by telegraphic or other written communication. Notices not personally delivered shall be sent charges prepaid and shall be addressed to the stockholder at the address of that stockholder appearing on the books of the corporation or given by the shareholder to the corporation for the purpose of notice. If no such address appears on the corporation’s books or is given, notice shall be deemed to have been given if sent to that stockholder by mail or telegraphic or other written communication to the corporation’s principal executive office, or if published at least once in a newspaper of general circulation in the county where that office is located. Notice shall be deemed to have been given at the time when delivered personally or deposited in the mail or sent by telegram or other means of written communication.

If any notice addressed to a stockholder at the address of that stockholder appearing on the books of the corporation is returned to the corporation by the United States Postal Service marked to indicate that the United States Postal Service is unable to deliver the notice to the stockholder at that address, then all future notices or reports shall be deemed to have been duly given without further mailing if the same shall be available to the stockholder on written demand of the stockholder at the principal executive office of the corporation for a period of one (1) year from the date of the giving of the notice.

An affidavit of the mailing or other means of giving any notice of any stockholders’ meeting, executed by the secretary, assistant secretary or any transfer agent of the corporation giving the notice, shall be prima facie evidence of the giving of such notice.

 

  2.6 QUORUM

The presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote thereat constitutes a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of stockholders. The stockholders present at a duly called or held meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to do business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum, if any action taken (other than adjournment) is approved by at least a majority of the shares required to constitute a quorum.

 

  2.7 ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

Any stockholders’ meeting, annual or special, whether or not a quorum is present, may be adjourned from time to time by the vote of the majority of the shares represented at that meeting, either in person or by proxy. In the absence of a quorum, no other business may be transacted at that meeting except as provided in Section 2.6 of these bylaws.

 

-4-


When any meeting of stockholders, either annual or special, is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. However, if a new record date for the adjourned meeting is fixed or if the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days from the date set for the original meeting, then notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given. Notice of any such adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting in accordance with the provisions of Sections 2.4 and 2.5 of these bylaws. At any adjourned meeting the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.

 

  2.8 VOTING

The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.11 of these bylaws, subject to the provisions of Sections 217 and 218 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners, and to voting trusts and other voting agreements).

Except as may be otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, each outstanding share, regardless of class, shall be entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a vote of the stockholders. Any stockholder entitled to vote on any matter may vote part of the shares in favor of the proposal and refrain from voting the remaining shares or, except when the matter is the election of directors, may vote them against the proposal; but, if the stockholder fails to specify the number of shares which the stockholder is voting affirmatively, it will be conclusively presumed that the stockholder’s approving vote is with respect to all shares which the stockholder is entitled to vote.

If a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of the majority of the shares represented and voting at a duly held meeting (which shares voting affirmatively also constitute at least a majority of the required quorum) shall be the act of the stockholders, unless the vote of a greater number or a vote by classes is required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

  2.9 VALIDATION OF MEETINGS; WAIVER OF NOTICE; CONSENT

The transactions of any meeting of stockholders, either annual or special, however called and noticed, and wherever held, shall be as valid as though they had been taken at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum be present either in person or by proxy, and if, either before or after the meeting, each person entitled to vote, who was not present in person or by proxy, signs a written waiver of notice or a consent to the holding of the meeting or an approval of the minutes thereof. The waiver of notice or consent or approval need not specify either the business to be transacted or the purpose of any annual or special meeting of stockholders. All such waivers, consents, and approvals shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

Attendance by a person at a meeting shall also constitute a waiver of notice of and presence at that meeting, except when the person objects at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Attendance at a meeting is not a waiver of any right to object to the consideration of matters required by law to be included in the notice of the meeting but not so included, if that objection is expressly made at the meeting.

 

-5-


  2.10 STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting and without prior notice, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding shares having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take that action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote on that action were present and voted.

Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing. If the action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under any section of the General Corporation Law of Delaware if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, then the certificate filed under such section shall state, in lieu of any statement required by such section concerning any vote of stockholders, that written notice and written consent have been given as provided in Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective upon the registration of any class of securities of the Corporation pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the stockholders of the Corporation may not take action by written consent without a meeting but must take any such actions at a duly called annual or special meeting.

 

  2.11 RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDER NOTICE; VOTING; GIVING CONSENTS

For purposes of determining the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting or to vote thereat or entitled to give consent to corporate action without a meeting, the board of directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) days nor less than ten (10) days before the date of any such meeting nor more than sixty (60) days before any such action without a meeting, and in such event only stockholders of record on the date so fixed are entitled to notice and to vote or to give consents, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any shares on the books of the corporation after the record date.

If the board of directors does not so fix a record date:

(a) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held; and

(b) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to give consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, (i) when no prior action by the board has been taken, shall be the day on which the first written consent is given, or (ii) when prior action by the board has been taken, shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board adopts the resolution relating to that action.

 

-6-


The record date for any other purpose shall be as provided in Article VIII of these bylaws.

 

  2.12 PROXIES

Every person entitled to vote for directors, or on any other matter, shall have the right to do so either in person or by one or more agents authorized by a written proxy signed by the person and filed with the secretary of the corporation, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three (3) years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A proxy shall be deemed signed if the stockholder’s name is placed on the proxy (whether by manual signature, typewriting, telegraphic transmission or otherwise) by the stockholder or the stockholder’s attorney-in-fact. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212(c) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

  2.13 INSPECTORS OF ELECTION

Before any meeting of stockholders, the board of directors may appoint an inspector or inspectors of election to act at the meeting or its adjournment. If no inspector of election is so appointed, then the chairman of the meeting may, and on the request of any stockholder or a stockholder’s proxy shall, appoint an inspector or inspectors of election to act at the meeting. The number of inspectors shall be either one (1) or three (3). If inspectors are appointed at a meeting pursuant to the request of one (1) or more stockholders or proxies, then the holders of a majority of shares or their proxies present at the meeting shall determine whether one (1) or three (3) inspectors are to be appointed. If any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, then the chairman of the meeting may, and upon the request of any stockholder or a stockholder’s proxy shall, appoint a person to fill that vacancy.

Such inspectors shall:

(a) determine the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, the number of shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, and the authenticity, validity, and effect of proxies;

(b) receive votes, ballots or consents;

(c) hear and determine all challenges and questions in any way arising in connection with the right to vote;

(d) count and tabulate all votes or consents;

 

-7-


(e) determine when the polls shall close;

(f) determine the result; and

(g) do any other acts that may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders.

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

 

  3.1 POWERS

Subject to the provisions of the General Corporation Law of Delaware and to any limitations in the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws relating to action required to be approved by the stockholders or by the outstanding shares, the business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the direction of the board of directors.

 

  3.2 NUMBER

The Board of Directors shall consist of one or more members, the number thereof to be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors. Directors need not be stockholders.

 

  3.3 ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS

Except as provided in Section 3.4 of these Bylaws, at each annual meeting of stockholders, directors of the Corporation shall be elected to hold office until the expiration of the term for which they are elected, and until their successors have been duly elected and qualified; except that if any such election shall not be so held, such election shall take place at a stockholders’ meeting called and held in accordance with the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, wherein other qualifications for directors may be prescribed.

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article, each Director shall serve until his successor is duly elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

-8-


  3.4 RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES

Any director may resign effective on giving written notice to the chairman of the board, the president, the secretary or the board of directors, unless the notice specifies a later time for that resignation to become effective. If the resignation of a director is effective at a future time, the board of directors may elect a successor to take office when the resignation becomes effective.

Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, vacancies in the board of directors may be filled by a majority of the remaining directors, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director; however, a vacancy created by the removal of a director by the vote or written consent of the stockholders or by court order may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares represented and voting at a duly held meeting at which a quorum is present (which shares voting affirmatively also constitute a majority of the required quorum), or by the unanimous written consent of all shares entitled to vote thereon. Each director so elected shall hold office until the next annual meeting of the stockholders and until a successor has been elected and qualified.

Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws:

(i) Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.

(ii) Whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series may be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected.

If at any time, by reason of death or resignation or other cause, the corporation should have no directors in office, then any officer or any stockholder or an executor, administrator, trustee or guardian of a stockholder, or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of a stockholder, may call a special meeting of stockholders in accordance with the provisions of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, or may apply to the Court of Chancery for a decree summarily ordering an election as provided in Section 211 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office constitute less than a majority of the whole board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), then the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least ten (10) percent of the total number of the shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware as far as applicable.

 

-9-


  3.5 REMOVAL

Subject to any limitations imposed by law, and unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors, or any individual Director, may be removed from office at any time by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of the capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote at an election of Directors.

 

  3.6 PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE

Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held at any place within or outside the State of Delaware that has been designated from time to time by resolution of the board. In the absence of such a designation, regular meetings shall be held at the principal executive office of the corporation. Special meetings of the board may be held at any place within or outside the State of Delaware that has been designated in the notice of the meeting or, if not stated in the notice or if there is no notice, at the principal executive office of the corporation.

Any meeting, regular or special, may be held by conference telephone or similar communication equipment, so long as all directors participating in the meeting can hear one another; and all such directors shall be deemed to be present in person at the meeting.

 

  3.7 FIRST MEETINGS

The first meeting of each newly elected board of directors shall be held at such time and place as shall be fixed by the vote of the stockholders at the annual meeting and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present. In the event of the failure of the stockholders to fix the time or place of such first meeting of the newly elected board of directors, or in the event such meeting is not held at the time and place so fixed by the stockholders, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the board of directors, or as shall be specified in a written waiver signed by all of the directors.

 

  3.8 REGULAR MEETINGS

Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held without notice if the times of such meetings are fixed by the board of directors.

 

  3.9 SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE

Special meetings of the board of directors for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairman of the board, or in the absence of the chairman of the board by the chief executive officer or any three directors.

 

-10-


Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be delivered personally or by telephone to each director or sent by first-class mail or telegram, charges prepaid, addressed to each director at that director’s address as it is shown on the records of the corporation. If the notice is mailed, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four (4) days before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is delivered personally or by telephone or telegram, it shall be delivered personally or by telephone or to the telegraph company at least forty-eight (48) hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice given personally or by telephone may be communicated either to the director or to a person at the office of the director who the person giving the notice has reason to believe will promptly communicate it to the director. The notice need not specify the purpose or the place of the meeting, if the meeting is to be held at the principal executive office of the corporation.

 

  3.10 QUORUM

A majority of the authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, except to adjourn as provided in Section 3.10 of these bylaws. Every act or decision done or made by a majority of the directors present at a duly held meeting at which a quorum is present shall be regarded as the act of the board of directors, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law.

A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.

 

  3.11 WAIVER OF NOTICE

Notice of a meeting need not be given to any director (i) who signs a waiver of notice or a consent to holding the meeting or an approval of the minutes thereof, whether before or after the meeting, or (ii) who attends the meeting without protesting, prior thereto or at its commencement, the lack of notice to such directors. All such waivers, consents, and approvals shall be filed with the corporate records or made part of the minutes of the meeting. A waiver of notice need not specify the purpose of any regular or special meeting of the board of directors.

 

  3.12 ADJOURNMENT

A majority of the directors present, whether or not constituting a quorum, may adjourn any meeting to another time and place.

 

  3.13 NOTICE OF ADJOURNMENT

Notice of the time and place of holding an adjourned meeting need not be given unless the meeting is adjourned for more than twenty-four (24) hours. If the meeting is adjourned for more than twenty-four (24) hours, then notice of the time and place of the adjourned meeting shall be given before the adjourned meeting takes place, in the manner specified in Section 3.8 of these bylaws, to the directors who were not present at the time of the adjournment.

 

-11-


  3.14 BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

Any action required or permitted to be taken by the board of directors may be taken without a meeting, provided that all members of the board individually or collectively consent in writing to that action. Such action by written consent shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote of the board of directors. Such written consent and any counterparts thereof shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the board.

 

  3.15 FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

Directors and members of committees may receive such compensation, if any, for their services and such reimbursement of expenses as may be fixed or determined by resolution of the board of directors. This Section 3.15 shall not be construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee or otherwise and receiving compensation for those services.

 

  3.16 APPROVAL OF LOANS TO OFFICERS

The corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiary, including any officer or employee who is a director of the corporation or its subsidiary, whenever, in the judgment of the directors, such loan, guaranty or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guaranty or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the board of directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation. Nothing contained in this section shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.

 

-12-


ARTICLE IV

COMMITTEES

 

  4.1 COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

The board of directors may, by resolution adopted by a majority of the authorized number of directors, designate one (1) or more committees, each consisting of two or more directors, to serve at the pleasure of the board. The board may designate one (1) or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent member at any meeting of the committee. The appointment of members or alternate members of a committee requires the vote of a majority of the authorized number of directors. Any committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the board, shall have all the authority of the board, but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) amend the Certificate of Incorporation (except that a committee may, to the extent authorized in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of shares of stock adopted by the board of directors as provided in Section 151(a) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, fix any of the preferences or rights of such shares relating to dividends, redemption, dissolution, any distribution of assets of the corporation or the conversion into, or the exchange of such shares for, shares of any other class or classes or any other series of the same or any other class or classes of stock of the corporation), (ii) adopt an agreement of merger or consolidation under Sections 251 or 252 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, (iii) recommend to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the corporation’s property and assets, (iv) recommend to the stockholders a dissolution of the corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, or (v) amend the bylaws of the corporation; and, unless the board resolution establishing the committee, the bylaws or the Certificate of Incorporation expressly so provide, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend, to authorize the issuance of stock, or to adopt a certificate of ownership and merger pursuant to Section 253 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

  4.2 MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES

Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of Article III of these bylaws, Section 3. (place of meetings), Section 3.8 (regular meetings), Section 3.9 (special meetings and notice), Section 3.10 (quorum), Section 3.11 (waiver of notice), Section 3.11 (adjournment), Section 3.12 (notice of adjournment), and Section 3.14 (action without meeting), with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the board of directors and its members; provided, however, that the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the board of directors or by resolution of the committee, that special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the board of directors, and that notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The board of directors may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.

 

-13-


ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

 

  5.1 OFFICERS

The officers of the corporation shall be a chairman of the board, a chief executive officer, a secretary and a chief financial officer. The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the board of directors, a president, one or more vice presidents, one or more assistant secretaries, one or more assistant treasurers, and such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

  5.2 ELECTION OF OFFICERS

The officers of the corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 or Section 5.5 of these bylaws, shall be chosen by the board, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment.

 

  5.3 SUBORDINATE OFFICERS

The board of directors may appoint, or may empower the president to appoint, such other officers as the business of the corporation may require, each of whom shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the board of directors may from time to time determine.

 

  5.4 REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS

Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by the board of directors at any regular or special meeting of the board or, except in case of an officer chosen by the board of directors, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the board of directors.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the corporation. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice; and, unless otherwise specified in that notice, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

 

  5.5 VACANCIES IN OFFICES

A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled in the manner prescribed in these bylaws for regular appointments to that office.

 

-14-


  5.6 CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD

The chairman of the board, if such an officer be elected, shall serve as the corporation’s general manager, and shall have general supervision, direction and control of the corporation’s business and its officers, and, if present, preside at meetings of the stockholders and the board of directors and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may from time to time be assigned to him by the board of directors or as may be prescribed by these bylaws. If there is no chief executive officer, then the chairman of the board shall also be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall have the powers and duties prescribed in Section 5.7 of these bylaws. The chairman of the board shall report to the board of directors.

 

  5.7 CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

Subject to such powers, if any, as may be given by the board of directors to the chairman of the board, if there be such an officer, the chief executive officer shall, subject to the control of the chairman of the board, or the board of directors if there is no chairman of the board, have general supervision, direction, and control of the business and the officers of the corporation. He or she shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the board of directors, in the absence or nonexistence of a chairman of the board. He or she shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of president of a corporation, and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or these bylaws.

 

  5.8 VICE PRESIDENTS

In the absence or disability of the president, the vice presidents, if any, in order of their rank as fixed by the board of directors or, if not ranked, a vice president designated by the board of directors, shall perform all the duties of the president and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the president. The vice presidents shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them respectively by the board of directors, these bylaws, the president or the chairman of the board.

 

  5.9 SECRETARY

The secretary shall keep or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the corporation or such other place as the board of directors may direct, a book of minutes of all meetings and actions of directors, committees of directors and stockholders. The minutes shall show the time and place of each meeting, whether regular or special (and, if special, how authorized and the notice given), the names of those present at directors’ meetings or committee meetings, the number of shares present or represented at stockholders’ meetings, and the proceedings thereof.

The secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the corporation or at the office of the corporation’s transfer agent or registrar, as determined by resolution of the board of directors, a share register, or a duplicate share register, showing the names of all stockholders and their addresses, the number and classes of shares held by each, the number and date of certificates evidencing such shares, and the number and date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation.

 

-15-


The secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and of the board of directors required to be given by law or by these bylaws. He or she shall keep the seal of the corporation, if one be adopted, in safe custody and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or by these bylaws.

 

  5.10 CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

The chief financial officer shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct books and records of accounts of the properties and business transactions of the corporation, including accounts of its assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses, capital, retained earnings and shares. The books of account shall at all reasonable times be open to inspection by any director.

The chief financial officer shall deposit all money and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the corporation with such depositaries as may be designated by the board of directors. He or she shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the board of directors, shall render to the president and directors, whenever they request it, an account of all of his or her transactions as chief financial officer and of the financial condition of the corporation, and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or these bylaws.

ARTICLE VI

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND OTHER AGENTS

 

  6.1 INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

The corporation shall, to the maximum extent and in the manner permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware, indemnify each of its directors and officers against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any proceeding, arising by reason of the fact that such person is or was an agent of the corporation. For purposes of this Section 6.1, a “director” or “officer” of the corporation includes any person (i) who is or was a director or officer of the corporation, (ii) who is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or (iii) who was a director or officer of a corporation which was a predecessor corporation of the corporation or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation.

 

-16-


  6.2 INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS

The corporation shall have the power, to the maximum extent and in the manner permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware, to indemnify each of its employees and agents (other than directors and officers) against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any proceeding, arising by reason of the fact that such person is or was an agent of the corporation. For purposes of this Section 6.2, an “employee” or “agent” of the corporation (other than a director or officer) includes any person (i) who is or was an employee or agent of the corporation, (ii) who is or was serving at the request of the corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or (iii) who was an employee or agent of a corporation which was a predecessor corporation of the corporation or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation.

 

  6.3 INSURANCE

The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

ARTICLE VII

RECORDS AND REPORTS

 

  7.1 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF RECORDS

The corporation shall, either at its principal executive office or at such place or places as designated by the board of directors, keep a record of its stockholders listing their names and addresses and the number and class of shares held by each stockholder, a copy of these bylaws as amended to date, accounting books and other records.

Any stockholder of record, in person or by attorney or other agent, shall, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, have the right during the usual hours for business to inspect for any proper purpose the corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records and to make copies or extracts therefrom. A proper purpose shall mean a purpose reasonably related to such person’s interest as a stockholder. In every instance where an attorney or other agent is the person who seeks the right to inspection, the demand under oath shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or such other writing that authorizes the attorney or other agent to so act on behalf of the stockholder. The demand under oath shall be directed to the corporation at its registered office in Delaware or at its principal place of business.

 

-17-


The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of a corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

 

  7.2 INSPECTION BY DIRECTORS

Any director shall have the right to examine the corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders and its other books and records for a purpose reasonably related to his or her position as a director. The Court of Chancery is hereby vested with the exclusive jurisdiction to determine whether a director is entitled to the inspection sought. The Court may summarily order the corporation to permit the director to inspect any and all books and records, the stock ledger, and the stock list and to make copies or extracts therefrom. The Court may, in its discretion, prescribe any limitations or conditions with reference to the inspection, or award such other and further relief as the Court may deem just and proper.

 

  7.3 ANNUAL STATEMENT TO STOCKHOLDERS

The board of directors shall present at each annual meeting, and at any special meeting of the stockholders when called for by vote of the stockholders, a full and clear statement of the business and condition of the corporation.

 

  7.4 REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS

The chairman of the board, the president, any vice president, the chief financial officer, the secretary or assistant secretary of this corporation, or any other person authorized by the board of directors or the president or a vice president, is authorized to vote, represent, and exercise on behalf of this corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of this corporation. The authority herein granted may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

 

-18-


ARTICLE VIII

GENERAL MATTERS

 

  8.1 RECORD DATE FOR PURPOSES OTHER THAN NOTICE AND VOTING

For purposes of determining the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any other lawful action (other than action by stockholders by written consent without a meeting), the board of directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) days before any such action. In that case, only stockholders of record at the close of business on the date so fixed are entitled to receive the dividend, distribution or allotment of rights, or to exercise such rights, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any shares on the books of the corporation after the record date so fixed, except as otherwise provided by law.

If the board of directors does not so fix a record date, then the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board adopts the applicable resolution or the sixtieth (60th) day before the date of that action, whichever is later.

 

  8.2 CHECKS; DRAFTS; EVIDENCES OF INDEBTEDNESS

From time to time, the board of directors shall determine by resolution which person or persons may sign or endorse all checks, drafts, other orders for payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness that are issued in the name of or payable to the corporation, and only the persons so authorized shall sign or endorse those instruments.

 

  8.3 CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS: HOW EXECUTED

The board of directors, except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the board of directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

 

  8.4 STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES

The shares of a corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the board of directors of the corporation may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the corporation. Notwithstanding the adoption of such a resolution by the board of directors, every holder of stock

 

-19-


represented by certificates and upon request every holder of uncertificated shares shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by, the chairman or vice-chairman of the board of directors, or the president or vice-president, and by the chief financial officer, the secretary or an assistant secretary of such corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

The corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly paid shares, upon the books and records of the corporation in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully paid shares, the corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

 

  8.5 SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES

If the corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, however, that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

 

  8.6 LOST CERTIFICATES

Except as provided in this Section 8.6, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the corporation and canceled at the same time. The board of directors may, in case any share certificate or certificate for any other security is lost, stolen or destroyed, authorize the issuance of replacement certificates on such terms and conditions as the board may require; the board may require indemnification of the corporation secured by a bond or other adequate security sufficient to protect the corporation against any claim that may be made against it, including any expense or liability, on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of the certificate or the issuance of the replacement certificate.

 

-20-


  8.7 CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the General Corporation Law of Delaware shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “person” includes both a corporation and a natural person.

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENTS

The original or other bylaws of the corporation may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote; provided, however, that the corporation may, in its Certificate of Incorporation, confer the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws upon the directors. The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the directors shall not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.

ARTICLE X

DISSOLUTION

If it should be deemed advisable in the judgment of the board of directors of the corporation that the corporation should be dissolved, the board, after the adoption of a resolution to that effect by a majority of the whole board at any meeting called for that purpose, shall cause notice to be mailed to each stockholder entitled to vote thereon of the adoption of the resolution and of a meeting of stockholders to take action upon the resolution.

At the meeting a vote shall be taken for and against the proposed dissolution. If a majority of the outstanding stock of the corporation entitled to vote thereon votes for the proposed dissolution, then a certificate stating that the dissolution has been authorized in accordance with the provisions of Section 275 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware and setting forth the names and residences of the directors and officers shall be executed, acknowledged, and filed and shall become effective in accordance with Section 103 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware. Upon such certificate’s becoming effective in accordance with Section 103 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, the corporation shall be dissolved.

Whenever all the stockholders entitled to vote on a dissolution consent in writing, either in person or by duly authorized attorney, to a dissolution, no meeting of directors or stockholders shall be necessary. The consent shall be filed and shall become effective in accordance with Section 103 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware. Upon such consent’s becoming effective in accordance with Section 103 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, the corporation shall be dissolved. If

 

-21-


the consent is signed by an attorney, then the original power of attorney or a photocopy thereof shall be attached to and filed with the consent. The consent filed with the Secretary of State shall have attached to it the affidavit of the secretary or some other officer of the corporation stating that the consent has been signed by or on behalf of all the stockholders entitled to vote on a dissolution; in addition, there shall be attached to the consent a certification by the secretary or some other officer of the corporation setting forth the names and residences of the directors and officers of the corporation.

ARTICLE XI

CUSTODIAN

 

  11.1 APPOINTMENT OF A CUSTODIAN IN CERTAIN CASES

The Court of Chancery, upon application of any stockholder, may appoint one or more persons to be custodians and, if the corporation is insolvent, to be receivers, of and for the corporation when:

(i) at any meeting held for the election of directors the stockholders are so divided that they have failed to elect successors to directors whose terms have expired or would have expired upon qualification of their successors; or

(ii) the business of the corporation is suffering or is threatened with irreparable injury because the directors are so divided respecting the management of the affairs of the corporation that the required vote for action by the board of directors cannot be obtained and the stockholders are unable to terminate this division; or

(iii) the corporation has abandoned its business and has failed within a reasonable time to take steps to dissolve, liquidate or distribute its assets.

 

  11.2 DUTIES OF CUSTODIAN

The custodian shall have all the powers and title of a receiver appointed under Section 291 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, but the authority of the custodian shall be to continue the business of the corporation and not to liquidate its affairs and distribute its assets, except when the Court of Chancery otherwise orders and except in cases arising under Sections 226(a)(3) or 352(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

-22-


CERTIFICATE OF ADOPTION OF BYLAWS

OF

ION AMERICA CORPORATION

ADOPTION BY INCORPORATOR

The undersigned person appointed in the Certificate of Incorporation to act as the Incorporator of ION AMERICA CORPORATION. hereby adopts the foregoing bylaws, comprising twenty-two (22) pages, as the Bylaws of the corporation.

Executed this 18 th day of January 2001.

 

/s/ Rachelle N. Robles

 

Rachelle N. Robles, Incorporator

Certificate by Secretary of Adoption by Incorporator

The undersigned hereby certifies that he is the duly elected, qualified, and acting Secretary of ION AMERICA CORPORATION. and that the foregoing Bylaws, comprising twenty-two (22) pages, were adopted as the Bylaws of the corporation on January 18, 2001, by the person appointed in the Certificate of Incorporation to act as the Incorporator of the corporation.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand and affixed the corporate seal this 18th day of January, 2001.

 

/s/ K.R. Sridhar

 

K.R. Sridhar, Secretary

 

-23-

Exhibit 4.2

 

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

 

 

EIGHTH AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

 

June 30, 2011

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  
1.    Certain Definitions      2  
2.    Restrictions on Transferability      3  
3.    Notice of Proposed Transfers      3  
4.    Requested Registration      4  
5.    Company Registration      6  
6.    Registration on Form S-3      8  
7.    Expenses of Registration      9  
8.    Registration Procedures      9  
9.    Termination of Registration Rights      10  
10.    Lock-up Agreement      10  
11.    Restrictive Legend      11  
12.    Indemnification      12  
13.    Information by Holder      14  
14.    Rule 144 Reporting      14  
15.    Transfer of Rights      15  
16.    Governing Law      15  
17.    Entire Agreement      15  
18.    Notices      15  
19.    Amendment      15  
20.    Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights      16  
21.    Aggregation      17  
22.    Counterparts      17  
23.    Telecopy Execution and Delivery      17  
24.    Jurisdiction; Venue      17  
25.    Waiver of Potential Conflicts of Interest      17  
26.    Adjustments for Stock Splits, Etc      17  
27.    Costs And Attorneys’ Fees      18  
28.    Amendment and Restatement      18  

 

- i -


BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

EIGHTH AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Eighth Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of June 30, 2011, by and among Bloom Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and each of the persons and entities who have purchased shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock or Series G Preferred Stock pursuant to stock purchase agreements between such purchasers and the Company.

This Agreement amends and restates in its entirety the Seventh Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated as of October 29, 2010 (the “ Prior Registration Agreement ”).

Recitals

WHEREAS, the Company proposes to sell and issue shares of its Series G Preferred Stock to certain investors pursuant to a Series G Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated on or after the date herewith;

WHEREAS, such investors have required, as a condition to their purchase of such Series G Preferred Stock, that the Company grant registration rights on the terms and conditions set forth herein such that the purchasers of the Series G Preferred Stock shall enjoy registration rights that are pari passu with those held by the holders of currently outstanding Registrable Securities (the “ Current Rights Holders ”);

WHEREAS, Section 20 of the Prior Registration Agreement prevents the grant of registration rights by the Company unless such rights are subordinate to those held by the Current Rights Holders;

WHEREAS, Section 19 of the Prior Registration Agreement permits the amendment of the Prior Registration Agreement with the written consent of the Company and holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Registrable Securities; and

WHEREAS, the Company and holders of at least a majority of the currently outstanding Registrable Securities who are party to the Prior Registration Agreement wish to amend and restate the Prior Registration Agreement on the terms and conditions set forth herein in order to grant pari passu registration rights to the purchasers of the Company’s Series G Preferred Stock;


Agreement

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the parties agree as follows:

1. Certain Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

Commission ” shall mean the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor agency.

Common Stock ” shall mean shares of the Company’s Common Stock.

Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Holder ” shall mean each Purchaser, and any transferee of Registrable Securities who pursuant to Section 15 below is entitled to registration rights hereunder.

Preferred ” shall mean any series of Preferred Stock of the Company (a) issued and sold by the Company pursuant to a stock purchase agreement approved by the Board or (b) issued upon exercise of any outstanding security exercisable for shares of any series of the Company’s Preferred Stock, if the issuance of such security was approved by the Board.

Purchaser ” shall mean each person or entity who has (a) acquired shares of Preferred and who is a signatory to this Agreement, or (b) acquires securities of the Company in the future pursuant to an agreement with the Company and becomes a party to this Agreement pursuant to Section 20(b) hereof.

Registrable Securities ” shall mean (a) shares of the Common Stock issued or issuable upon the conversion of the Preferred; (b) any Common Stock issued or issuable in respect of shares of the Preferred; (c) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon any conversion of the Preferred upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization or similar event; (d) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon the exercise of the Series E Warrants; and (e) any shares of Common Stock and any shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion or exercise of any convertible security for which subsequent registration rights are granted in accordance with Section 20(b) below; provided , however , that Registrable Securities shall not include any securities that have been (i) sold to or through a broker or dealer or underwriter in a public distribution or public securities transaction, (ii) sold in a transaction exempt from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act under Section 4(1) thereof so that all transfer restrictions and restrictive legends with respect thereto, if any, are removed upon the consummation of such sale, or (iii) sold by a person in a transaction in which rights under this Agreement are not assigned.

The terms “ register ,” “ registered ” and “ registration ” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act and the declaration or ordering of the effectiveness of such registration statement.

 

-2-


Registration   Expenses ” shall mean all expenses incurred by the Company in complying with Sections 4, 5, and 6 hereof, including, without limitation, all registration, qualification and filing fees, printing expenses, escrow fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, reasonable fees and disbursements of one special counsel to the Holders, blue sky fees and expenses, and the expense of any special audits incident to or required by any such registration, but excluding all Selling Expenses.

Restricted Securities ” shall mean the securities of the Company required to bear the legend set forth in Section 11 hereof (or any similar legend).

Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Selling Expenses ” shall mean all underwriting discounts, selling commissions, and stock transfer taxes applicable to the securities registered by the Holders and any fees of counsel to any Holder (other than as allowed as a Registration Expense).

Series E Warrants ” shall mean the warrants issued pursuant to the Series E Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated November 2, 2007, by and among the Company and the investors listed on Exhibits A-1 and A-2 attached thereto.

2. Restrictions on Transferability . The Restricted Securities shall not be transferable except upon the conditions specified in this Agreement, which conditions are intended to ensure compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act. Each Holder of Restricted Securities will cause any proposed transferee of the Restricted Securities held by such Holder to agree to take and hold such Restricted Securities subject to the provisions and upon the conditions specified in this Agreement.

3. Notice of Proposed Transfers . The Holder of each certificate representing Restricted Securities by acceptance thereof agrees to comply in all respects with the provisions of this Section 3. Prior to any proposed transfer of any Restricted Securities, unless there is in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the proposed transfer, the Holder thereof shall give written notice to the Company of such Holder’s intention to effect such transfer. Each such notice shall describe the manner and circumstances of the proposed transfer in sufficient detail, and shall, if the Company so reasonably requests, be accompanied by either (a) a written opinion of legal counsel, who shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company, addressed to the Company and reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company’s counsel, to the effect that the proposed transfer of the Restricted Securities may be effected without registration under the Securities Act, or (b) a “no action” letter from the Commission to the effect that the transfer of such securities without registration will not result in a recommendation by the staff of the Commission that action be taken with respect thereto, whereupon the Holder of such Restricted Securities shall be entitled to transfer such Restricted Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered by such Holder to the Company; provided , however , that (i) no opinion or “no action” letter shall be required in connection with any transfer pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, except for such customary legal opinions as may be required by the Company’s transfer agent and (ii) no opinion or “no action” letter need be obtained with respect to a transfer if no consideration is paid in connection to such transfer and the transfer is to (i) an “Affiliate” of a Holder of Restricted

 

-3-


Securities (as such term is defined in Rule 144(a) promulgated under the Securities Act (which for purposes of this Agreement shall be deemed to include a partner, active or retired, of a Holder and shall include any investment entity under common management with a Holder), (ii) the estate of any such Holder, (iii) the spouse, children, grandchildren or spouse of such children or grandchildren of any Holder or to trusts for the benefit of any Holder or such persons, (iv) to the partners or retired partners of a Holder that is a partnership in accordance with partnership interests, (v) to the shareholders, officers, directors or employees of a Holder that is a corporation in accordance with the terms of their employment or their interest in such corporation, (vi) to the members or former members of a Holder that is a limited liability company in accordance with their interest in such limited liability company. Each certificate evidencing the Restricted Securities transferred as above provided shall bear the appropriate restrictive legends described in Section 11 hereof, except that such certificate shall not bear any such restrictive legend if in the reasonable opinion of counsel for the Company such legend is not required.

4. Requested Registration . Request for Registration . If, at any time after the first to occur of (i) June      , 2016, or (ii) the expiration of six months following the Company’s initial registered public offering, the Company shall receive from any Holder or group of Holders of Registrable Securities representing not less than 33% of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, a written request that the Company effect any registration, qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities, the anticipated gross offering price of which would exceed $10,000,000, the Company will:

(x) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration, qualification, or compliance to all other Holders; and

(y) as soon as practicable, use its best efforts to effect within 120 days of the receipt of such request such registration, qualification or compliance (including, without limitation, the execution of an undertaking to file post-effective amendments, appropriate qualification under applicable blue sky or other state securities laws, and appropriate compliance with applicable regulations issued under the Securities Act and any other governmental requirements or regulations) as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or any such portion of such Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or any such portion of the Registrable Securities of any Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request received by the Company within 20 days after receipt of such written notice from the Company; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to take any action to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to this Section 4:

(A) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;

 

-4-


(B) prior to 60 days immediately following the effective date of any registration statement pertaining to securities of the Company (other than a registration of securities pursuant to Rule 145 promulgated under the Securities Act or with respect to an employee benefit plan); provided , however , that with respect to the Company’s initial registered public offering, such period will be the market stand-off period specified in the agreements contemplated by Section 10 below;

(C) prior to the time the Company abandons its efforts to effect its initial registered public offering if the Company has delivered written notice to the Holders within 30 days of receiving a registration request under this Section 4 that the Company intends to effect such an initial registered public offering and intends to file for such offering within 90 days; provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith all commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; or

(D) after the Company has effected two such registrations pursuant to this Section 4, and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective.

The Company shall not be required to maintain and keep any such registration under this Section 4 effective after the earlier to occur of (i) 90 days from the date of effectiveness of such registration statement or (ii) such date as the disposition of the Registrable Securities subject to such registration has been completed.

Subject to the foregoing clauses, the Company shall file a registration statement covering the Registrable Securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable after receipt of the request or requests of any Holder or Holders. If, however, the Company shall furnish to the Holder or Holders requesting a registration statement pursuant to this Section 4 a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that, in the good faith judgment of the Board, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be filed and it is therefore essential to defer the filing of such registration statement, the Company shall have the right to defer such filing within any 12-month period, once for a period of not more than one hundred-twenty (120) days and once for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request of the Holders initiating registration under this Section 4; provided , however , that the Company may not exercise its second right to defer such filing unless thirty days have elapsed after the end of the Company’s first such deferral and the registration statement so deferred has been filed.

(b) Underwriting . If the Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request and the Company shall include such information in its written notice to the other Holders. The right of any Holder to registration pursuant to this Section 4 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein.

The Company shall (together with all Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the managing underwriter selected for such underwriting by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities proposed by such Holders to be distributed through such underwriting. Notwithstanding any other

 

-5-


provision of this Section 4, if the managing underwriter advises the Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, then, subject to the provisions of Section 4(a) above, the Company shall so advise all Holders and the number of shares of Registrable Securities that may be included in the registration and underwriting shall be allocated among all Holders requesting inclusion in the registration in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective amounts of Registrable Securities originally requested by such Holders to be included in the Registration Statement. No Registrable Securities excluded from the underwriting by reason of the managing underwriter’s marketing limitation shall be included in such registration.

If the managing underwriter has not limited the number of Registrable Securities to be underwritten, the Company may include securities for its own account or for the account of others in such registration if the underwriter so agrees and if the number of Registrable Securities which would otherwise have been included in such registration and underwriting will not thereby be limited, and provided that the Company or the other selling stockholders shall bear an equitable share of the Registration Expenses in connection with such registration and underwriting.

If any Holder of Registrable Securities disapproves of the terms of the underwriting, such Holder may, subject to Section 7 hereof, elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company, the managing underwriter and the other Holders. The Registrable Securities and/or other securities so withdrawn shall also be withdrawn from registration; provided , however , that if by the withdrawal of such Registrable Securities a greater number of Registrable Securities held by other Holders may be included in such registration (up to the maximum of any limitation imposed by the underwriters), then the Company shall offer to all Holders who have included Registrable Securities in the registration the right to include additional Registrable Securities in the same proportion used in determining the underwriter limitation in this Section 4(b).

5. Company Registration .

(a) Notice of Registration . If the Company shall determine to register any of its securities, either for its own account or the account of a security holder or holders exercising their respective demand registration rights (other than under Section 4 hereof), other than: (i) a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans; (ii) a registration relating to the offer and sale of debt securities; (iii) a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or other transaction on Form S-4; or (iv) a shelf registration statement on Form S-3 for the primary issuance of securities by the Company pursuant to Rule 415 of the Securities Act, the Company will:

(A) promptly give to each Holder written notice thereof; and

(B) include in such registration (and any related qualification under blue sky laws or other compliance), and in any underwriting involved therein, all the Registrable Securities specified in a written request or requests, made within 15 days after receipt of such written notice from the Company, by any Holder or Holders (a “piggyback” registration).

(b) Cut-Back and Allocation . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 5, if the managing underwriter determines that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, the managing underwriter may limit the number of Registrable

 

-6-


Securities to be included in the registration and underwriting; provided , however , that any such limitation shall be restricted so as (i) not to prevent the Holders of Registrable Securities requesting to be included in such registration from including Registrable Securities representing up to 30% of the total number of shares registered thereby, except for a registration relating to the Company’s initial public offering of its Common Stock or if the registration was initiated by selling stockholders other than Holders of Registrable Securities pursuant to a registration rights agreement with the Company (which shall, in all cases, be subject to Section 20(a) hereof), in which cases all Registrable Securities may be excluded (as described in the following subsection) (it being understood that other than in the circumstances described in clauses (ii)(A) and (B) below and the Company’s initial public offering of its Common Stock, in no case shall the number of securities requested to be included in the registration by the Holders of Registrable Securities be excluded without first excluding shares requested to be included by any other party); and (ii) (A) if the registration was initiated by selling stockholders other than Holders of Registrable Securities pursuant to a registration rights agreement with the Company (which shall, in all cases, be subject to Section 20(a) hereof) then (1) all securities requested to be included by the Holders and all other selling stockholders other than the parties to such registration rights agreement shall be excluded pro rata from the registration ( provided , however , that the Registrable Securities requested to be registered by the Holders shall not represent less than 30% of the total number of shares registered thereby unless all shares to be issued by the Company and registered thereby have first been excluded), (2) thereafter if additional shares must be excluded from such registration, shares to be issued by the Company shall be excluded and (3) thereafter, if additional shares must be excluded from such registration, all selling stockholders party to such registration rights agreement shall share pro rata in the number of shares to be excluded from such registration pursuant to this clause (ii)(A)(3), such sharing to be based on the respective numbers of shares owned by such holders; and (B) if the registration was initiated by the Company then, (1) all securities requested to be included by selling stockholders other than Holders of Registrable Securities shall share pro rata in the number of shares to be excluded from such registration, such sharing to be based on the respective numbers of shares owned by each stockholder, (2) thereafter if additional shares must be excluded from such registration, all securities requested to be included by Holders of Registrable Securities shall share pro rata in the number of shares to be excluded from such registration, such sharing to be based on the respective number of shares owned by each Holder of Registrable Securities who has elected to participate in such registration, and (3) thereafter if additional shares must be excluded from such registration, shares to be issued by the Company shall be excluded. In such event, the Company shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities which would otherwise be registered and underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of shares of Registrable Securities that may be included in the registration and underwriting shall be allocated among the Holders in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective amounts of Registrable Securities requested by such Holders. If any Holder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, such Holder may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company and the managing underwriter. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from such registration.

(c) Right to Terminate Registration . The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 5 prior to the effectiveness of such registration whether or not any Holder has elected to include securities in such registration.

 

-7-


6. Registration on Form S-3 . The Company shall use its best efforts to qualify for registration on Form S-3, and to that end, the Company shall comply with the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. After the Company has qualified for the use of Form S-3, any Holder or group of Holders of Registrable Securities shall have the right to request that the Company register such Holder’s shares of Registrable Securities on Form S-3 (such requests shall be in writing and shall state the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be disposed of and the intended method of disposition of such shares by each such Holder), subject to the following limitations:

(a) the Company shall not be obligated to cause a registration on Form S-3 to become effective prior to 60 days following the effective date of a Company-initiated registration (other than a registration effected solely to qualify an employee benefit plan or to effect a business combination pursuant to Rule 145);

(b) the Company shall not be obligated to cause a registration on Form S-3 to become effective prior to expiration of 90 days following the effective date of the most recent registration pursuant to a request under Section 4 of this Agreement or pursuant to a request by a holder of registration rights under any other agreement of the Company granting Form S-3 demand registration rights that has been approved in accordance with Section 20(a) hereof;

(c) the Company shall not be required to effect more than three (3) registrations on Form S-3 pursuant to this Section 6 during any 12-month period;

(d) the Company shall not be required to effect a registration on Form S-3 unless the Holder or Holders requesting registration propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities having an aggregate anticipated gross offering price to the public (before deduction of underwriting discounts and expenses of sale) of at least $3,000,000;

(e) the Company shall not be required to maintain and keep any such registration on Form S-3 effective after the earlier to occur of (A) 90 days from the date of effectiveness of such registration statement or (B) such date as the disposition of the Registrable Securities subject to such registration has been completed; and

(f) if the Company shall furnish to the Holder or Holders requesting a registration statement pursuant to this Section 6 a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that, in the good faith judgment of the Board, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be filed, and it is therefore essential to defer the filing of such registration statement, the Company shall have the right to defer such filing within any 12-month period, once for a period of not more than one hundred-twenty (120) days and once for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request of the Holders initiating registration under this Section 6; provided , however , that the Company may not exercise its second right to defer such filing unless thirty days have elapsed after the end of the Company’s first such deferral and the registration statement so deferred has been filed.

The Company shall give notice to all Holders of the receipt of a request for registration pursuant to this Section 6 and shall provide a reasonable opportunity for all such other Holders to participate in the registration. Subject to the foregoing, the Company will use its best efforts to effect promptly the registration of all shares of Registrable Securities on Form S-3 to the extent requested by the Holder or Holders thereof for purposes of disposition.

 

-8-


7. Expenses of Registration . All Registration Expenses incurred in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to Sections 4, 5, or 6 hereof shall be borne by the Company. All Selling Expenses relating to securities registered by the Holders shall be borne by the Holders of such securities pro rata on the basis of the number of shares so registered. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to pay for Registration Expenses pursuant to Section 4 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (which Holders shall bear such expenses), unless the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered agree to forfeit one demand registration right pursuant to Section 4; provided , however , that if at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business or prospects of the Company from that known to the Holders at the time of their request, then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such Registration Expenses and shall not forfeit their right to one demand registration pursuant to Section 4. If the Company shall withdraw a registration initiated under Section 5, the expenses of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company.

8. Registration Procedures . In the case of each registration, qualification, or compliance effected by the Company pursuant to this Agreement, the Company will keep each Holder advised in writing as to the initiation of each registration, qualification, and compliance and as to the completion thereof. In connection with any registration effected pursuant to this Agreement, the Company will prepare and file such amendments and supplements to its registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement. At its expense the Company will furnish such number of prospectuses and other documents incident thereto as a Holder from time to time may reasonably request. In connection with any registration effected pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall also (to the extent not otherwise expressly required pursuant to this Agreement):

(a) Prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective;

(b) Use its commercially reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto, to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions; and

(c) Notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing. The Company will use reasonable efforts to amend or supplement such prospectus in order to cause such prospectus not to include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing.

 

-9-


(d) Furnish to the Holders such number of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them.

(e) In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter(s) of such offering. Each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement.

(f) Use its reasonable efforts to furnish, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale, if such securities are being sold through underwriters, (i) an opinion, dated as of such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and (ii) a letter, dated as of such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering addressed to the underwriters.

9. Termination of Registration Rights . The registration rights granted pursuant to this Agreement shall terminate five years after the close of the Company’s initial public offering or, as to any Holder, at such time after the Company’s initial public offering as the Registrable Securities held by such Holder may be sold within any three-month period without restriction pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, at which time, the Registrable Securities held by such Holder will not be considered “then outstanding shares of Registrable Securities” and the consent of such Holder shall not be counted for purposes of obtaining the majority consent required for purposes of amending this Agreement pursuant to Section 19.

10. Lock-up Agreement . In consideration for the Company agreeing to its obligations under this Agreement, each Holder of Registrable Securities and each transferee pursuant to Section 15 hereof agrees, in connection with the first registration of the Company’s securities under the Securities Act, upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing any underwritten offering of the Company’s securities, not to (a) lend, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock (whether such shares or any such securities are then owned by the Holder or are thereafter acquired) or (b) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (a) or (b) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days or such other period as may be

 

-10-


requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto) from the effective date of such registration as the Company or the underwriters may specify; provided , however , that all (x) officers and directors of the Company and (y) stockholders of the Company holding three percent (3%) or more of the total outstanding Common Stock of the Company (treating all convertible, exercisable and exchangeable Company securities on an as-if converted to Common Stock basis) are bound by agreements that are no less restrictive. The underwriters in connection with the Company’s initial public offering are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 10 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. Each Holder agrees that the Company may instruct its transfer agent to place stop-transfer notations in its records to enforce the provisions of this Section 10 until the end of such period. This Section 10 shall supersede any conflicting provision of Section 4 or Section 6 above.

11. Restrictive Legend . Each certificate representing (a) the Preferred, (b) shares of the Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Preferred, (c) any security for which subsequent registration rights are granted in accordance with Section 20(b) of the Agreement, and (d) any other securities issued in respect of any shares described in clauses (a), (b), and (c) above upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, or similar event, shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of Section 3 above) be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws):

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”). THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR TRANSFERRED UNLESS (I) THERE IS AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT COVERING SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER OR (II) THERE IS AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, THAT AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT FOR SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER IS AVAILABLE. COPIES OF THE AGREEMENTS COVERING THE PURCHASE OF THESE SECURITIES AND RESTRICTING THEIR TRANSFER MAY BE OBTAINED AT NO COST BY WRITTEN REQUEST MADE BY THE HOLDER OF RECORD OF THIS CERTIFICATE TO THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY AT ITS PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES.

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A LOCK-UP PERIOD OF UP TO 180 DAYS FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF A REGISTRATION STATEMENT OF THE COMPANY FILED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AS SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY. SUCH LOCK-UP PERIOD IS BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SECURITIES.

 

-11-


Each Purchaser and Holder consents to the Company making a notation on its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent of the Preferred or the Common Stock in order to implement the restrictions on transfer established in this Section.

12. Indemnification .

(a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify each Holder, each of its officers, directors and partners and such Holder’s legal counsel and independent accountants, and each person controlling such Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, with respect to which registration, qualification or compliance has been effected pursuant to this Agreement, and each underwriter, if any, and each person who controls any underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, against all expenses, claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), including any of the foregoing incurred in settlement of any litigation, commenced or threatened, arising out of or based on any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any registration statement, prospectus, offering circular or other document, or any amendment or supplement thereto, incident to any such registration, qualification or compliance, or based on any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading, or any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act or the securities laws of any state or any rule or regulation thereunder, and relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection with any such registration, qualification or compliance, and will reimburse each such Holder, each of its officers, directors and partners and such Holder’s legal counsel and independent accountants, and each person controlling such Holder, each such underwriter and each person who controls any such underwriter, for any legal and any other expenses reasonably as incurred in connection with investigating, preparing or defending any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action; provided , however , that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such claim, loss, damage, liability or expense arises out of or is based on any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission, made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by an instrument duly executed by such Holder or underwriter and stated to be specifically for use therein; and provided further , that the Company will not be liable to any such person or entity with respect to any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in any preliminary prospectus that is corrected in the final prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) promulgated under the Securities Act (or any amendment or supplement to such prospectus) if the person asserting any such loss, claim, damage or liability purchased securities but was not sent or given a copy of the prospectus (as amended or supplemented) at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of such securities to such person in any case where such delivery of the prospectus (as amended or supplemented) is required by the Securities Act, unless such failure to deliver the prospectus (as amended or supplemented) was a result of the Company’s failure to provide such prospectus (as amended or supplemented).

 

-12-


(b) To the extent permitted by law, each Holder will, severally and not jointly, if Registrable Securities held by such Holder are included in the securities as to which such registration, qualification or compliance is being effected, indemnify the Company, each of its directors and officers and its legal counsel and independent accountants, each underwriter, if any, of the Company’s securities covered by such a registration statement, each person who controls the Company or such underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, and each other such Holder, each of its officers, directors and partners and each person controlling such Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, against all claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arising out of or based on any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any such registration statement, prospectus, offering circular or other document, or any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse the Company, such other Holders, such directors, officers, legal counsel, independent accountants, underwriters or control persons for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) or omission (or alleged omission) is made in such registration statement, prospectus, offering circular or other document in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by an instrument duly executed by such Holder and stated to be specifically for use therein; provided , however , that the obligations of such Holders hereunder shall be limited to an amount equal to the proceeds, net of underwriting discounts and commissions but not expenses, to each such Holder of Registrable Securities sold as contemplated herein.

(c) Each party entitled to indemnification under this Section 12 (the “ Indemnified Party ”) shall give notice to the party required to provide indemnification (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) promptly after such Indemnified Party has actual knowledge of any claim as to which indemnity may be sought, and shall permit the Indemnifying Party to assume the defense of any such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom; provided , however , that counsel for the Indemnifying Party, who shall conduct the defense of such claim or litigation, shall be approved by the Indemnified Party (whose approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) and the Indemnified Party may participate in such defense at such Indemnified Party’s expense; and provided further , that the failure of any Indemnified Party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations under this Agreement, except to the extent, but only to the extent, that the Indemnifying Party’s ability to defend against such claim or litigation is impaired as a result of such failure to give notice. No Indemnifying Party in the defense of any such claim or litigation shall, except with the consent of each Indemnified Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 12 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an Indemnified Party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense referred to therein, then the Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party on the one hand and of the Indemnified Party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense as well as any other relevant equitable considerations,

 

-13-


provided , however , that the obligations of such Holders hereunder shall be limited to an amount equal to the proceeds, net of underwriting discounts and commissions but not expenses, to each such Holder of Registrable Securities sold as contemplated herein. The relative fault of the Indemnifying Party and of the Indemnified Party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Indemnifying Party or by the Indemnified Party and the Parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with an underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.

(f) The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 12 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement under this Agreement and the termination of this Agreement.

13. Information by Holder . The Holder or Holders of Registrable Securities included in any registration shall furnish to the Company such information regarding such Holder or Holders and the distribution proposed by such Holder or Holders as the Company may request in writing and as shall be required in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance referred to in this Agreement.

14. Rule 144 Reporting . With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the Commission which may at any time permit the sale of the Restricted Securities to the public without registration, after such time as a public market exists for the Common Stock, the Company agrees to use its best efforts to:

(a) make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, at all times after the effective date of the first registration under the Securities Act filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public;

(b) file with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements); and

(c) furnish to Holders upon request a written statement as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 (at any time after 90 days after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public), and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company, and such other reports and documents of the Company as a Holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the Commission allowing such Holder to sell any such securities without registration.

 

-14-


15. Transfer of Rights . The rights granted hereunder to cause the Company to register securities may be assigned to (a) a transferee or assignee of Purchaser who acquires at least 200,000 shares of Common Stock and/or shares of the Company’s Preferred Stock convertible into such number of shares of Common Stock, and (b) any Affiliate of a Purchaser, provided that, in either case, (i) the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned; (ii) such transferee or assignee agrees in writing to be bound by and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the provisions of Section 10 hereof; and (iii) such assignment shall be effective only if immediately following such transfer the further disposition of such securities by the transferee or assignee is restricted under the Securities Act.

16. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California, as applied to agreement entered and to be performed entirely within California.

17. Entire Agreement . This Agreement and any other agreement entered into by the Company and any other party hereto in connection herewith constitute the full and entire understanding among the parties regarding the subject matter herein. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors, and administrators of the parties hereto.

18. Notices . All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or otherwise delivered by hand or by messenger, addressed (a) if to a Holder, to such Holder’s address as set forth in the books and records of the Company or to such other address as such Holder shall have furnished to the Company in writing; (b) if to any other person or entity who may become a Holder pursuant to this Agreement, to such address as such person or entity shall have furnished the Company in writing, or, until any such purchaser or entity so furnishes an address to the Company, then to the address of the last holder of such Registrable Securities who has so furnished an address to the Company; (c) if to the Company, to its principal executive offices, located at 1252 Orleans Drive, Sunnyvale, California 94089, and addressed to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer, or to such other address as the Company shall have furnished to the other parties hereto.

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Agreement be treated as effective or having been given when delivered if delivered personally, or, if sent by mail, at the earlier of its receipt or 72 hours after the same has been deposited in a regularly maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid.

19. Amendment . Any provision of this Agreement may be amended, waived or modified upon the written consent of (a) the Company and (b) holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Registrable Securities held by the original signatories (and their permitted transferees and assignees) of this Agreement; provided , however , that investors purchasing shares of the Company’s Series G Preferred Stock in a closing that occurs on or subsequent to the date hereof may become parties to this Agreement by executing a counterpart of this Agreement without any amendment of this Agreement pursuant to this paragraph or any consent or approval of any other Holder; provided ,

 

-15-


further , the foregoing notwithstanding, the rights of any individual holder of Registrable Securities shall not be amended or waived without the prior written consent of such holder if such amendment or waiver (a) is adverse to such holder in a manner that differs from how similarly situated holders of Registrable Securities are affected or (b) reduces or alters the rights of any Holder vis-à-vis any other Holder. Any Holder may waive any of his or her rights or the Company’s obligations hereunder without obtaining the consent of any other Holder.

20. Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights .

(a) From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not enter into any agreement granting any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company registration rights with respect to such securities without the prior written consent of the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding unless (i) such new registration rights are piggyback registration rights that are subordinate in all respects to those granted to the original signatories to this Agreement pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement, and (ii) such holder or prospective holder agrees to a standoff obligations provision no less restrictive than the one set forth in Section 10 hereof.

(b) Where the Company determines to grant any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company piggyback registration rights (in connection with the original issuance of the securities to which such rights relate) that are subordinate in all respects to those of the original signatories to this Agreement hereunder and determines that the grant of such rights shall be made pursuant to this Agreement, then such grant shall be evidenced by the execution of an additional signature page to this Agreement by the Company and such holder, without any requirement on the part of the Company to seek any consent or approval of the Holders and the shares of the Company’s Common Stock issued or issuable to such holder shall be deemed Registrable Securities hereunder and such holder shall be deemed a Purchaser for purposes of this Agreement.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, each of the Holders acknowledges and agrees that the Company has granted certain registration rights to Venture Lending & Leasing III, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ VL&L ”), pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of May 3, 2002, as amended pursuant to Amendment No. 1 thereto dated as of September 13, 2002 (the “ First Amendment ”) and Amendment No. 2 thereto dated as of April 18, 2003 (the “ Second Amendment ”). In accordance with the First Amendment and the Second Amendment, each of the Holders agrees that VL&L shall be deemed a “Holder” for all purposes of this Agreement with respect to the Registrable Securities issuable upon exercise of the Warrants (as each individual “Warrant” is defined in the First Amendment and the Second Amendment); provided , however , (i) VL&L shall have no rights under Section 4 of this Agreement and (ii) Section 15 of this Agreement, which sets forth restrictions on the transfer of the rights set forth herein, shall not apply to VL&L.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, each of the Holders acknowledges and agrees that the Company has granted certain registration rights to TriplePoint Capital LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ TriplePoint ”), pursuant to Amendment No. 1 to the Seventh Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated as of October 29, 2010 (the “ First Amendment ”).

 

-16-


In accordance with the First Amendment, each of the Holders agrees that TriplePoint shall be deemed a “Holder” for all purposes of this Agreement with respect to the Registrable Securities issuable upon exercise of the TriplePoint Warrant(s) (as defined in the First Amendment); provided, however, that TriplePoint shall have no rights under Section 4 of this Agreement.

21. Aggregation . For the purposes of this Agreement, the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by a Holder shall include the holdings of its Affiliates, and such holdings shall be aggregated together.

22. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

23. Telecopy Execution and Delivery . A facsimile, telecopy or other reproduction of this Agreement may be executed by one or more parties hereto, and an executed copy of this Agreement may be delivered by one or more parties hereto by facsimile or similar electronic transmission device pursuant to which the signature of or on behalf of such party can be seen, and such execution and delivery shall be considered valid, binding and effective for all purposes. At the request of any party hereto, all parties hereto agree to execute an original of this Agreement as well as any facsimile, telecopy or other reproduction hereof.

24. Jurisdiction; Venue . With respect to any disputes arising out of or related to this Agreement, the parties consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of, and venue in, the state courts in Santa Clara County in the State of California (or in the event of exclusive federal jurisdiction, the courts of the Northern District of California).

25. Waiver of Potential Conflicts of Interest . Each of the Holders and the Company acknowledges that Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (“ WSGR ”) may have represented and may currently represent such Holder and other Holders in matters unrelated to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. In the course of such representation, WSGR may have come into possession of confidential information relating to such Holders. Each of the Holders and the Company acknowledges that WSGR is representing only the Company in this transaction. Each of the Holders and the Company understands that an affiliate of WSGR is a Holder under this Agreement. Pursuant to Rule 3-310 of the Rules of Professional Conduct promulgated by the State Bar of California, an attorney must avoid representations in which the attorney has or had a relationship with another party interested in the representation without the informed written consent of all parties affected. By executing this Agreement, each of the Holders and the Company hereby waives any actual or potential conflict of interest that may arise in this financing as a result of WSGR’s representation of such persons or entities in the financing, WSGR’s possession of such confidential information and the rights of WSGR’s affiliate as a Holder under this Agreement. Each of the Holders and the Company represents that it has had the opportunity to consult with independent counsel concerning the giving of this waiver.

26. Adjustments for Stock Splits, Etc . Wherever in this Agreement there is a reference to a specific number of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock of the Corporation of any class or series, then, upon the occurrence of any subdivision, combination or stock dividend of such class or series of stock, the specific number of shares so referenced in this Agreement shall automatically be proportionately adjusted to reflect the affect on the outstanding shares of such class or series of stock by such subdivision, combination or stock dividend.

 

-17-


27. Costs And Attorneys’ Fees . In the event that any action, suit or other proceeding is instituted concerning or arising out of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereunder, the prevailing party shall recover all of such party’s costs and attorneys’ fees incurred in each such action, suit or other proceeding, including any and all appeals or petitions therefrom.

28. Amendment and Restatement . This Agreement amends and restates in its entirety the Prior Registration Agreement. In accordance with Section 19 of the Prior Registration Agreement, this Agreement shall be effective when executed by the Company and holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Registrable Securities held by the original signatories (and their permitted transferees and assignees) of the Prior Registration Agreement.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

-18-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Eighth Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement as of the date set forth above.

 

“COMPANY”     BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION
    a Delaware corporation
    By:   /s/ K.R. Sridhar
     

 

      K.R. Sridhar
      President and Chief Executive Officer
“PURCHASERS”     K.R. SRIDHAR
    Signature:   /s/ K.R. Sridhar
     

 

    Address:  

18351 Overlook Road

Los Gatos, CA 95030

 

[Signature Page to Bloom Energy Eighth Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Eighth Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement as of the date set forth above.

 

“PURCHASERS”   1536057 ALBERTA LTD.
  By:   /s/ Jagdeep Singh Bachher
   

 

  Name:   Jagdeep Singh Bachher
  Title:   Director
  1536053 ALBERTA LTD.
  By:   /s/ Jagdeep Singh Bachher
   

 

  Name:   Jagdeep Singh Bachher
  Title:   Director

 

[Signature Page to Bloom Energy Eighth Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Eighth Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement as of the date set forth above.

 

“PURCHASERS”     KPCB HOLDINGS, INC., as nominee
    By:   /s/ John Doerr
     

 

    Name:   John Doerr
    Title:   President
    Address:  

2750 Sand Hill Road

Menlo Park, CA 94025

 

[Signature Page to Bloom Energy Eighth Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Eighth Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement as of the date set forth above.

 

“PURCHASERS”    

NEW ENTERPRISE ASSOCIATES 10,

LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

    By:  

NEA Partners 10, Limited Partnership

its General Partner

    By:   /s/ Louis S. Citron
     

 

      Chief Legal Officer
    Name:   Louis S. Citron
    Address:  

1954 Greenspring Dr,

Suite 600

      Timonium, MD 21093
     
    NEA VENTURES 2003, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
    By:   /s/ Louis S. Citron
     

 

      Chief Legal Officer
    Name:   Louis S. Citron
    Address:  

1954 Greenspring Dr,

Suite 600

Timonium, MD 21093

 

[Signature Page to Bloom Energy Eighth Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Eighth Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement as of the date set forth above.

 

“PURCHASERS”     MORGAN STANLEY PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT, INC.
    By:  

/s/ Thomas E. Doster IV

 

    Name:   Thomas E. Doster IV
    Title:   Managing Director
    Address:  

1585 Broadway

NY, NY 10036

 

 

[Signature Page to Bloom Energy Eighth Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Eighth Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement as of the date set forth above.

 

“PURCHASERS”     MOBIUS TECHNOLOGY VENTURES VI L.P.
      SOFTBANK U.S. VENTURES VI L.P.
     

MOBIUS TECHNOLOGY VENTURES

    ADVISORS FUND VI L.P.

     

MOBIUS TECHNOLOGY VENTURES

    SIDE FUND VI L.P.

      By: Mobius VI LLC, General Partner
      By:   /s/ Jason A. Mendelson
       

 

      Name:   Jason A. Mendelson
      Title:   Managing Director
      Address:   1050 Walnut Street, Suite 210
        Boulder, CO 80302

 

[Signature Page to Bloom Energy Eighth Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Eighth Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement as of the date set forth above.

 

“PURCHASERS”     TJ RODGERS
    By:  

/s/ TJ RODGERS

 

 

[Signature Page to Bloom Energy Eighth Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement]

Exhibit 4.3

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO

EIGHTH AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Amendment No. 1 (the “ Amendment ”) to that certain Eighth Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated as of June 30, 2011 by and among Bloom Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the Holders named therein (the “ Rights Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of December 14, 2015 by and among the Company and the undersigned Holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Registrable Securities (the “ Majority Holders ”). Capitalized terms used in this Amendment that are not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings assigned to them in the Rights Agreement.

Recitals

WHEREAS, the Company proposes to issue and sell $165,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of its 5.0% Convertible Senior Secured PIK Notes due 2020 (the “ Notes ”) to the Investors (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) pursuant to (i) the indenture of even date herewith entered into by and among the Company, the Guarantors (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), and U.S. Bank National Association (the “ Indenture ”) and (ii) the Note Purchase Agreement of even date herewith (the “ Purchase Agreement ”) entered into by and among the Company, the Guarantors (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), and the Investors;

WHEREAS, as an inducement to the Investors to purchase the Notes, the Company and the Majority Holders wish to make the Investors a party to the Rights Agreement on the terms set forth herein;

WHEREAS, Section 20(a) of the Rights Agreement provides that the Company shall not enter into any agreement granting any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company registration rights with respect to such securities without the prior written consent of the Majority Holders unless (i) such new registration rights are piggyback registration rights that are subordinate in all respects to those granted to the original signatories to the Rights Agreement pursuant to Section 5 of the Rights Agreement, and (ii) such holder or prospective holder agrees to a standoff obligations provision no less restrictive than the one set forth in Section 10 of the Rights Agreement;

WHEREAS, Section 19 of the Rights Agreement permits the amendment of the Rights Agreement with the written consent of the Company and Majority Holders; and

WHEREAS, this Amendment shall constitute addendum signature pages for purposes of making the Investors party to the Rights Agreement.


Agreement

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1. The Majority Holders hereby consent to the grant to the Investors of registration rights pursuant to the Rights Agreement on the terms set forth herein.

2. Each of the Investors purchasing Notes at the Closing (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) or any subsequent closings shall be deemed a party to the Rights Agreement and a “Purchaser” thereunder; provided , however , that the restrictions set forth in Sections 2 and 3 of the Rights Agreement, the lockup agreement set forth in Section 10 of the Rights Agreement and the restrictive legends set forth in Section 11 of the Rights Agreement shall not be applicable to the Investors. The comparable obligations of the Investors shall be as set forth in the Restriction Agreement of even date herewith among the Company and each of the Investors (the “ Restriction Agreement ”) and Section 2.05(d) of the Indenture.

3. Except as expressly set forth in this Amendment, the Rights Agreement shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

4. To the extent that any terms of this Amendment or the Rights Agreement conflict with the terms of the Indenture or the Restriction Agreement, the terms of the Indenture or Restriction Agreement, as applicable, shall prevail.

5. This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Amendment shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without reference to the conflict of laws provisions thereof.

[ REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK ]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE EIGHTH AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

“COMPANY”    

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

a Delaware corporation

      By:   /s/ K.R. Sridhar
      Name:    
      Title:    

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to Registration Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE EIGHTH AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

“HOLDERS”     NEW ENTERPRISE ASSOCIATES 10, LP
     

By: NEA Partners 10, Limited Partnership

       its General Partner

      By:   /s/ Louis S. Citron
        Chief Legal Officer, Attorney-in-Fact
      Print Name: Louis S. Citron
      NEA VENTURES 2003,
      LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
      By:   /s/ Louis S. Citron
        Vice President
      Print Name: Louis S. Citron


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE EIGHTH AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

“HOLDERS”     KPCB HOLDINGS, INC.
    as nominee
    By:   /s/ Paul M. Vronsky
    Name:   Paul M. Vronsky
    Title:   General Counsel
     


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE EIGHTH AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

“HOLDERS”     MORGAN STANLEY PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS, INC.
      By:   /s/ Holly Neiweem
      Name:   Holly Neiweem
      Title:   Vice President


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE EIGHTH AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT to be executed as of the date first above written.

“HOLDERS”

 

Date:                                  DAG VENTURES LLC
      By:   /s/ John Cadeddu
      Name:   John Cadeddu
      Title:    

 

Date:                                  DAG VENTURES HOLDINGS LLC
      By:   DAG Ventures LLC, its Manager
      By:   /s/ John Cadeddu
      Name:   John Cadeddu
      Title:    

 

Date:                                  DAG VENTURES QP, L.P.
      By:   DAG Ventures Management LLC, its General Partner
      By:   /s/ John Cadeddu
      Name:   John Cadeddu
      Title:    

 

Date:                                  DAG VENTURES, L.P.
      By:   DAG Ventures Management LLC, its General Partner
      By:   /s/ John Cadeddu
      Name:   John Cadeddu
      Title:    

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to Registration Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE EIGHTH AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT to be executed as of the date first above written.

“HOLDERS”

 

Date:                                  DAG VENTURES GP FUND, LLC
    By: DAG Ventures Management LLC, its Managing Member
    By:   /s/ John Cadeddu
    Name:   John Cadeddu
    Title:    
Date:                                  DAG VENTURES COINVESTMENT FUND – AM, LLC
    By: DAG Ventures Management LLC, its Managing Member
    By:   /s/ John Cadeddu
    Name:   John Cadeddu
    Title:    
Date:                                  DAG VENTURES COINVESTMENT FUND – ARMSTRONG EQUITY PARTNERS L.P. AND ARMSTRONG EQUITY ADVISORS L.P.
    By: DAG Ventures Management LLC, its General Partner
    By:   /s/ John Cadeddu
    Name:   John Cadeddu
    Title:    

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to Registration Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE EIGHTH AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT to be executed as of the date first above written.

“HOLDERS”

 

Date:                                  DAG VENTURES PARTNERS COINVESTMENT FUND, LLC
    By: DAG Ventures Management LLC, its Managing Member
    By:   /s/ John Cadeddu
    Name:   John Cadeddu
    Title:    
Date:                                  DAG VENTURES COINVESTMENT FUND – IA, L.P.
    By: DAG Ventures Management LLC, its General Partner
    By:   /s/ John Cadeddu
    Name:   John Cadeddu
    Title:    
Date:                                  DAG COINVESTMENT FUND II-D, LLC
    By: DAG Ventures Management LLC, its Managing Member
    By:   /s/ John Cadeddu
    Name:   John Cadeddu
    Title:    

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to Registration Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE EIGHTH AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT to be executed as of the date first above written.

“HOLDERS”

 

Date:                                  DAG VENTURES COINVESTMENT FUND – QUINN RIVER II, LLC
    By: DAG Ventures Management LLC, its Managing Member
    By:   /s/ John Cadeddu
    Name:   John Cadeddu
    Title:    

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to Registration Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE EIGHTH AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT to be executed as of the date first above written.

“HOLDERS”

 

(Individual):     (Entity):
      1536053 Alberta Ltd.
      (Print/type name of entity)
      By:   /s/ Caroline Kowall
(Signature)     (Signature)
Name:         Name:   Caroline Kowall
(Please print or type full name)     (Please print or type full name)
Date:         Date:   December 14, 2015


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE EIGHTH AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT to be executed as of the date first above written.

“HOLDERS”

 

(Individual):     (Entity):

 

 

 

    1536057 Alberta Ltd.
      (Print/type name of entity)
      By:    /s/ Caroline Kowall
(Signature)     (Signature)
Name:         Name:    Caroline Kowall
(Please print or type full name)     (Please print or type full name)
Date:         Date:    December 14, 2015


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE EIGHTH AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT to be executed as of the date first above written.

“HOLDERS”

 

(Individual):     (Entity):

 

 

 

    NCD, SWIB OPPS LP
      (Print/type name of entity)
      By:    /s/ Thomas Vardell
(Signature)     (Signature)
Name:         Name:    Thomas Vardell, Managing Member
(Please print or type full name)     (Please print or type full name)
Date:         Date:    12-14-15


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE EIGHTH AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT to be executed as of the date first above written.

“HOLDERS”

 

(Individual):     (Entity):

 

 

 

    NCD Investors, A Delaware Multiple Series LLC
      (Print/type name of entity)
 

 

    By:    /s/ Thomas Vardell
(Signature)     (Signature)
Name:         Name:    Thomas Vardell, Managing Member
(Please print or type full name)     (Please print or type full name)
Date:         Date:    12/14/15


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE EIGHTH AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT to be executed as of the date first above written.

“HOLDERS”

 

(Individual):     (Entity):

 

 

 

    HSBC Investment Bank Holdings Ltd (was plc)
      (Print/type name of entity)
 

 

    By:    /s/ Michael James Kershaw
(Signature)     (Signature)
Name:         Name:    Michael James Kershaw
(Please print or type full name)     (Please print or type full name)
Date:         Date:    14/12/15


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE EIGHTH AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT to be executed as of the date first above written.

“INVESTORS”

 

(Individual):     (Entity):

 

 

 

     
      (Print/type name of entity)
 

 

    By:     

 

(Signature)     (Signature)
Name:         Name:     
(Please print or type full name)     (Please print or type full name)
Date:         Date:     

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to Registration Rights Agreement]

Exhibit 4.4

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO,

as Guarantors

AND

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee and Collateral Agent

INDENTURE

Dated as of December 15, 2015

5.0% Convertible Senior Secured PIK Notes due 2020

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE 1

 

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01

  Definitions.      1

Section 1.02

  References to Interest.      27

ARTICLE 2

 

ISSUE, DESCRIPTION, EXECUTION, REGISTRATION AND EXCHANGE OF NOTES

Section 2.01

  Designation and Amount .      27

Section 2.02

  Form of Notes.      27

Section 2.03

  Date and Denomination of Notes; Payments of Interest and Defaulted Amounts.      28

Section 2.04

  Execution, Authentication and Delivery of Notes .      31

Section 2.05

  Exchange and Registration of Transfer of Notes; Restrictions on Transfer; Depositary.      32

Section 2.06

  Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes.      40

Section 2.07

  Temporary Notes .      41

Section 2.08

  Cancellation of Notes Paid, Converted, Etc.      41

Section 2.09

  CUSIP Numbers.      42

Section 2.10

  Additional Notes; Repurchases.      42

ARTICLE 3

 

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

Section 3.01

  Satisfaction and Discharge.      42

ARTICLE 4

 

PARTICULAR COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY AND THE GUARANTORS

Section 4.01

  Payment of Principal and Interest .      43

Section 4.02

  Maintenance of Office or Agency.      43

Section 4.03

  Appointments to Fill Vacancies in Trustee’s Capacity.      44

Section 4.04

  Provisions as to Paying Agent.      44

Section 4.05

  Existence .      46

Section 4.06

  Quarterly and Annual Reports and Rule 144A Information Requirement.      46

Section 4.07

  Stay, Extension and Usury Laws .      48

 

1


Section 4.08

  Compliance Certificate; Statements as to Defaults.      48

Section 4.09

  Further Instruments and Acts.      49

Section 4.10

  Restrictive Legend.      49

Section 4.11

  Qualified IPO.      50

Section 4.12

  Lock-up Release Date.      50

Section 4.13

  Limitation on Investments.      50

Section 4.14

  Maintenance of Collateral.      50

Section 4.15

  Adjustment to Conversion Rate.      50

Section 4.16

  Mortgages.      51

Section 4.17

  Additional Guarantors.      52

Section 4.18

  Further Assurances.      52

Section 4.19

  Intercreditor Agreement.      52

ARTICLE 5

 

LISTS OF HOLDERS AND REPORTS BY THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE

Section 5.01

  Lists of Holders.      52

Section 5.02

  Preservation and Disclosure of Lists.      53

ARTICLE 6

 

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

Section 6.01

  Events of Default .      53

Section 6.02

  Acceleration; Rescission and Annulment.      55

Section 6.03

  Payments of Notes on Default; Suit Therefor.      56

Section 6.04

  Additional Interest.      57

Section 6.05

  Application of Monies Collected by Trustee .      58

Section 6.06

  Proceedings by Holders .      59

Section 6.07

  Proceedings by Trustee .      60

Section 6.08

  Remedies Cumulative and Continuing.      60

Section 6.09

  Direction of Proceedings and Waiver of Defaults by Holders.      60

Section 6.10

  Notice of Defaults.      61

Section 6.11

  Undertaking to Pay Costs.      61

ARTICLE 7

 

CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE

Section 7.01

  Duties and Responsibilities of Trustee .      62

Section 7.02

  Reliance on Documents, Opinions, Etc.      64

Section 7.03

  No Responsibility for Recitals, Etc.      65

 

2


Section 7.04

  Trustee, Paying Agents, Conversion Agents, Collateral Agent or Note Registrar May Own Notes.      65

Section 7.05

  Monies to Be Held in Trust.      65

Section 7.06

  Compensation and Expenses of Trustee.      66

Section 7.07

  Officer’s Certificate as Evidence .      67

Section 7.08

  Eligibility of Trustee.      67

Section 7.09

  Resignation or Removal of Trustee.      67

Section 7.10

  Acceptance by Successor Trustee.      68

Section 7.11

  Succession by Merger, Etc.      69

Section 7.12

  Trustee’s Application for Instructions from the Company .      69

ARTICLE 8

 

CONCERNING THE HOLDERS

Section 8.01

  Action by Holders .      70

Section 8.02

  Proof of Execution by Holders .      70

Section 8.03

  Who Are Deemed Absolute Owners.      70

Section 8.04

  Company-Owned Notes Disregarded.      71

Section 8.05

  Revocation of Consents; Future Holders Bound.      71

ARTICLE 9

 

HOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Section 9.01

  Purpose of Meetings .      71

Section 9.02

  Call of Meetings by Trustee.      72

Section 9.03

  Call of Meetings by Company or Holders .      72

Section 9.04

  Qualifications for Voting .      72

Section 9.05

  Regulations .      72

Section 9.06

  Voting .      73

Section 9.07

  No Delay of Rights by Meeting .      73

ARTICLE 10

 

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

Section 10.01

  Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders .      74

Section 10.02

  Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders .      75

Section 10.03

  Effect of Amendments, Supplements Or Waivers.      76

Section 10.04

  Notation on Notes.      77

Section 10.05

  Evidence of Compliance of Amendment, Supplement Or Waiver to Be Furnished Trustee .      77

 

3


  ARTICLE 11   
  CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE, CONVEYANCE AND LEASE   

Section 11.01

  Company May Consolidate, Etc. on Certain Terms .      77

Section 11.02

  Successor Corporation to Be Substituted.      78
  ARTICLE 12   
  IMMUNITY OF INCORPORATORS, STOCKHOLDERS, OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS   

Section 12.01

  Indenture and Notes Solely Corporate Obligations .      78
  ARTICLE 13   
  OPTIONAL REDEMPTION   

Section 13.01

  Provisional Redemption.      79

Section 13.02

  Change of Control Redemption .      79

Section 13.03

  Redemption Procedures.      80

Section 13.04

  No Sinking Fund.      81
  ARTICLE 14   
  CONVERSION OF NOTES   

Section 14.01

  Conversion upon Change of Control prior to the Qualified IPO .      81

Section 14.02

  Conversion on or after the earlier to occur of the Qualified IPO and September 1, 2020 .      82

Section 14.03

  Conversion Procedure; Settlement Upon Conversion.      82

Section 14.04

 

Adjustment to Conversion Rate upon Conversion upon a Make-Whole Fundamental Change on or after the Qualified IPO or a Provisional Redemption.

     85

Section 14.05

  Adjustment of Conversion Rate.      87

Section 14.06

  Adjustments of Prices.      100

Section 14.07

  Shares to Be Reserved .      100

Section 14.08

  Effect of Recapitalizations, Reclassifications and Changes of the Common Stock.      100

Section 14.09

  Certain Covenants.      102

Section 14.10

  Responsibility of Trustee .      102

Section 14.11

  Notice to Holders Prior to Certain Actions.      103

Section 14.12

  Shareholder Rights Plans.      103

 

4


ARTICLE 15

 

REPURCHASE OF NOTES AT OPTION OF HOLDERS

Section 15.01

  Repurchase at the Option of Holders on the Specified Repurchase Date.      104

Section 15.02

  Repurchase at Option of Holders Upon a Fundamental Change on or after the Qualified IPO.      105

Section 15.03

  Repurchase at Option of Holders Upon a Change of Control Prior to the Qualified IPO.      106

Section 15.04

 

Withdrawal of Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice, Specified Repurchase Date Notice or Change of Control Repurchase Notice.

     108

Section 15.05

 

Deposit of Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, Specified Repurchase Date Price and Change of Control Repurchase Price.

     108

Section 15.06

  Covenant to Comply with Applicable Laws Upon Repurchase of Notes.      109

Section 15.07

  Repurchase Procedures.      110

ARTICLE 16

 

GUARANTEES

Section 16.01

  Note Guarantees.      112

Section 16.02

  Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee.      113

Section 16.03

  Guarantors may Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms.      113

Section 16.04

  Release of Note Guarantees.      114

Section 16.05

  Limitation on Guarantor Liability.      114

Section 16.06

  “Trustee” to Include Paying Agent.      115

ARTICLE 17

 

COLLATERAL AND SECURITY

Section 17.01

  Security Documents.      115

Section 17.02

  Recording and Opinions.      115

Section 17.03

  Release of Collateral.      117

Section 17.04

  Specified Releases of Collateral.      117

Section 17.05

  Release upon Satisfaction and Discharge or Amendment.      118

Section 17.06

  Form and Sufficiency of Release and Subordination .      118

Section 17.07

  Purchaser Protected.      119

Section 17.08

  Authorization of Actions to be Taken by the Collateral Agent Under the Security Documents.      119

Section 17.09

  Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Trustee Under the Security Documents.      120

Section 17.10

  Action by the Collateral Agent.      120

 

5


Section 17.11

  Compensation and Indemnity.      121

Section 17.12

  Post-Closing Collateral .      122

ARTICLE 18

 

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

Section 18.01

  Provisions Binding on Company’s Successors.      123

Section 18.02

  Official Acts by Successor Corporation .      123

Section 18.03

  Addresses for Notices, Etc.      123

Section 18.04

  Governing Law; Jurisdiction.      124

Section 18.05

  Evidence of Compliance with Conditions Precedent; Certificates and Opinions of Counsel to Trustee.      124

Section 18.06

  Legal Holidays .      125

Section 18.07

  Intercreditor Agreement.      125

Section 18.08

  Benefits of Indenture.      125

Section 18.09

  Table of Contents, Headings, Etc.      125

Section 18.10

  Authenticating Agent .      125

Section 18.11

  Execution in Counterparts.      126

Section 18.12

  Severability.      126

Section 18.13

  Waiver of Jury Trial.      126

Section 18.14

  Force Majeure.      127

Section 18.15

  Calculations.      127

Section 18.16

  USA PATRIOT Act.      127

EXHIBITS

 

EXHIBIT A

  FORM OF FACE OF NOTE      A-1  

EXHIBIT B

  FORM OF RESTRICTION AGREEMENT      B-1  

EXHIBIT C

  FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE      C-1  

EXHIBIT D

  FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE      D-1  

EXHIBIT E

  FORM OF INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT      E-1  

 

6


INDENTURE dated as of December 15, 2015, among BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION, INC., a Delaware corporation, as issuer (the “ Company ,” as more fully set forth in Section 1.01), the Guarantors (as defined herein) from time to time party hereto and U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ,” as more fully set forth in Section 1.01) and as collateral agent (in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ,” as more fully set forth in Section 1.01).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, for its lawful corporate purposes, the Company has duly authorized the issuance of its 5.0% Convertible Senior Secured PIK Notes due 2020 (the “ Notes ”), initially in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $160,000,000, and in order to provide the terms and conditions upon which the Notes are to be authenticated, issued and delivered, the Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture;

WHEREAS, the Form of Note, the certificate of authentication to be borne by each Note, the Form of Notice of Conversion, the Form of Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice, Form of Specified Repurchase Date Notice, Form of Change of Control Repurchase Notice and the Form of Assignment and Transfer to be borne by the Notes are to be substantially in the forms hereinafter provided; and

WHEREAS, all acts and things necessary to make the Notes, when executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee or a duly authorized authenticating agent, as in this Indenture provided, the valid, binding and legal obligations of the Company, and this Indenture a valid agreement according to its terms, have been done and performed, and the execution of this Indenture and the issuance hereunder of the Notes have in all respects been duly authorized.

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

That in order to declare the terms and conditions upon which the Notes are, and are to be, authenticated, issued and delivered, and in consideration of the premises and of the purchase and acceptance of the Notes by the Holders thereof, the Company and the Guarantors, if any, covenant and agree with the Trustee and the Collateral Agent for the equal and proportionate benefit of the respective Holders from time to time of the Notes (except as otherwise provided below), as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01 Definitions . The terms defined in this Section 1.01 (except as herein otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires) for all purposes of this Indenture and of any indenture supplemental hereto shall have the respective meanings specified in this Section 1.01. The words “herein,” “hereof,” “hereunder” and words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision. The terms defined in this Article include the plural as well as the singular.

 

1


Acquisition ” means (i) any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation or other entity or person (but excluding any merger effected solely for the purpose of reincorporating into another state), or any other corporate reorganization (any of such transactions or series of such transactions, a “combination transaction”), in which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such combination transaction, own less than 50% of the voting power of the surviving or successor entity or its parent immediately after such combination transaction, (ii) any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is a party in which in excess of 50% of the Company’s voting power is transferred (excluding any such transaction to the extent it does not also involve the transfer of the economic rights associated with a majority of the Common Stock on a fully-diluted basis) or (iii) any sale, lease, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no transaction or series of related transactions principally for bona fide equity financing purposes in which cash is received by the Company or indebtedness of the Company is cancelled or converted, or a combination thereof, nor the transfer by any shareholder of shares of the Company’s capital stock to any third party in a transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is not a party, shall be deemed an Acquisition.

Additional Interest ” means all amounts, if any, payable pursuant to Section 4.10 and Section 6.04, as applicable.

Additional Notes ” means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes) issued under this Indenture in accordance with Section 2.10 hereof, as part of the same series as the Notes issued as Initial Notes.

Additional Shares ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.04(a).

Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control,” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Available Eligible Assets ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.14.

Bankruptcy Code ” means Title 11 of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy,” as now and hereinafter in effect, or any successor statute.

Bankruptcy Law ” means the Bankruptcy Code and any other federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law.

Board of Directors ” means the board of directors of the Company or a committee of such board duly authorized to act for it hereunder.

Board Resolution ” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors, and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee.

 

2


Book Value ” with respect to any asset or liability of a Person on any date shall mean the net value of such asset or liability that would be reflected on a balance sheet of such Person on such date prepared in accordance with GAAP, net of deductions and contra-asset and contra- liability accounts that would be properly reflected in accordance with GAAP.

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in New York City or, with respect to any payment on a Note, the place of payment, are authorized or required by law, regulation or executive order to close or remain closed.

Calculation Period ” shall have the meaning specified in the definition of “Transaction Price.”

Capital Lease Obligation ” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP; and, for the purposes of this Indenture, the amount of such obligations at any time shall be the capitalized amount thereof at such time determined in accordance with GAAP.

Capital Stock ” means, for any entity, any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) stock, limited liability company interests or other equity interests issued by that entity, but shall not include any debt securities convertible into or exchangeable for any securities otherwise constituting Capital Stock pursuant to this definition.

Cash Interest ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.03(c)(i).

Change of Control ” means (i) any combination transaction in which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such combination transaction, own less than 50% of the voting power of the surviving or successor entity or its parent immediately after such combination transaction, (ii) any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is a party in which in excess of 50% of the Company’s voting power is transferred or (iii) any sale, lease, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no transaction or series of related transactions principally for bona fide equity financing purposes in which cash is received by the Company or indebtedness of the Company is cancelled or converted, or a combination thereof, nor the transfer by any shareholder of shares of the Company’s capital stock to any third party in a transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is not a party, shall be deemed a Change of Control.

Change of Control Company Notice ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 15.03(b).

Change of Control Conversion Obligation ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.01.

Change of Control Conversion Rate ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.01.

 

3


Change of Control Effective Date ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.01.

Change of Control Maximum Conversion Price ” means $1,000 divided by the Change of Control Maximum Conversion Rate (taken out to eight decimal places).

Change of Control Maximum Conversion Rate ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.05.

Change of Control Redemption ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 13.02.

Change of Control Redemption Notice ”, with respect to a Change of Control Redemption Right Event, shall mean the Company’s notice to all Holders of Notes, the Trustee, the Conversion Agent (if other than the Trustee) and the Paying Agent (in the case of a Paying Agent other than the Trustee) specifying whether the Company elects to make, or irrevocably elects not to make, a Change of Control Redemption in connection with such Change of Control Redemption Right Event. If the Company elects to make a Change of Control Redemption in connection with such Change of Control Redemption Right Event, such notice shall also state the Change of Control Redemption Price.

Change of Control Redemption Price ” means per $1,000 principal amount of Notes (i) in the event that the shares of Series G Preferred Stock remain outstanding following the Change of Control Redemption Right Event, a number of shares of a new series of preferred stock of the Company or the surviving company in such Change of Control Redemption Right Event, as applicable, equal to the then-applicable Change of Control Maximum Conversion Rate with terms identical to the terms of the Series G Preferred Stock (other than (a) the conversion rate for the conversion of such new series of preferred stock into Common Stock, which shall be initially on a one-to-one basis, and (b) liquidation preference, which shall be equal to the Change of Control Maximum Conversion Price for such Change of Control Redemption Right Event) and/or (ii) in the event that the shares of Series G Preferred Stock are converted into consideration consisting of cash, securities or property in connection with such Change of Control Redemption Right Event, the same amount and mix of such consideration issuable upon conversion of such Series G Preferred Stock (for this purpose assuming that each $1,000 principal amount of the Notes converts into a number of shares of Series G Preferred Stock equal to $1,000 multiplied by the quotient equal to (x) the then-applicable Change of Control Maximum Conversion Rate (expressed as a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock issuable at such Change of Control Maximum Conversion Rate and denominator of which is $1,000 in principal amount of Notes) divided by (y) the then-applicable number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of each share of Series G Preferred Stock), as determined by the Company in a good faith and commercially reasonable manner.

Change of Control Redemption Right Event ” means the occurrence or effectiveness prior to the Qualified IPO of a Change of Control that constitutes a bona fide business transaction to which the Company is a party involving an Acquisition that is not effected for the principal purpose of raising capital or causing a change in the Company’s capital structure.

Change of Control Repurchase Date ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 15.03(a).

 

4


Change of Control Repurchase Expiration Time ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 15.07(a)(i).

Change of Control Repurchase Notice ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 15.07(a)(i).

Change of Control Repurchase Price ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 15.03(a).

Clause A Distribution ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.05(c).

Clause B Distribution ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.05(c).

Clause C Distribution ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.05(c).

close of business ” means 5:00 p.m. (New York City time).

Collateral ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Security Documents.

Collateral Agent ” means U.S. Bank National Association in its capacity as collateral agent under the Security Documents, together with its successors in such capacity.

Collateral Value ”, as of a date, means the sum, without duplication, as reasonably determined by the Company in a good faith manner, of (i) the Book Value of the Eligible Assets owned by the Company (excluding the equity interests of Pledged Foreign Subsidiaries and Guarantors) that secure the Notes pursuant to a perfected (under U.S. law) first priority Lien for the benefit of the Holders, (ii) the Book Value of Eligible Assets owned by Guarantors (excluding the equity interests of Pledged Foreign Subsidiaries and other Guarantors) that secure the Notes pursuant to a perfected first priority Lien for the benefit of the Holders, (iii) 65% of the Book Value of the assets of the Pledged Foreign Subsidiaries, net of the liabilities of the Pledged Foreign Subsidiaries (provided that there shall be excluded from such calculation any Pledged Foreign Subsidiary with a net Book Value on such date that is less than zero) and (iv) the deemed Book Value (determined as hereinafter provided) of the portion of Eligible Assets consisting of Intellectual Property owned by the Company or any Subsidiary that secure the Notes pursuant to a perfected (under U.S. law) first priority Lien for the benefit of the Holders (subject to any Intercreditor Agreement in respect thereof entered into in compliance with the Indenture Documents). For purposes of the foregoing, the Book Value of Eligible Assets consisting of Intellectual Property owned by the Company on the Issue Date shall be deemed to be $200 million. After the Issue Date, the deemed Book Value of assets consisting of Intellectual Property owned by the Company or any Subsidiary shall be, as reasonably determined by the Company in a good faith manner, deemed to be (a) decreased by the fair market value of any such Intellectual Property or rights in such Intellectual Property that are assigned, exclusively licensed, licensed outside the ordinary course of business, sold, conveyed or otherwise transferred to another party by the Company or such Subsidiary, as applicable, (b) increased by the fair market value of any such Intellectual Property or rights in such Intellectual Property that are assigned, exclusively licensed, licensed outside the ordinary course of business, sold, conveyed or otherwise transferred to the Company or such Subsidiary, as applicable, by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company, as the case may be, and (c) decreased by the Book Value of any Indebtedness secured by a Lien on Intellectual Property that is not for the benefit of the Holders in their capacities as such.

 

5


combination transaction ” shall have the meaning specified in the definition of Acquisition.

Commission ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Common Equity ” of any Person means Capital Stock of such Person that is generally entitled (a) to vote in the election of directors of such Person or (b) if such Person is not a corporation, to vote or otherwise participate in the selection of the governing body, partners, managers or others that will control the management or policies of such Person.

Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share, at the Issue Date, subject to Section 14.08.

Company ” shall have the meaning specified in the first paragraph of this Indenture, and subject to the provisions of Article 11, shall include its successors and assigns.

Company Order ” means a written order of the Company, signed by one of its Officers and delivered to the Trustee.

Competitor ” means a competitor of the Company, as reasonably determined by the Company within five (5) Business Days after any request by a Holder for such determination to be made.

Conversion Agent ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.02.

Conversion Date ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.03(c).

Conversion Obligation ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.02.

Conversion Price ” means as of any time, $1,000, divided by the Conversion Rate as of such time.

Conversion Rate ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.02.

Corporate Trust Office ” means the designated office of the Trustee at which at any time its corporate trust business shall be administered for purposes of this Indenture, which office at the Issue Date is located at 633 West Fifth Street, Los Angeles, CA 90071, Attn: B. Scarbrough (Bloom Energy Corporation Convertible Senior Secured PIK Notes due 2020), or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor trustee (or such other address as such successor trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company).

 

6


Custodian ” means the Trustee, as custodian for The Depository Trust Company, with respect to the Global Notes, or any successor entity appointed by the Company as custodian for the Depositary under this Indenture.

Default ” means any event that is, or after notice or passage of time, or both, would be, an Event of Default.

Defaulted Amounts ” means any amounts on any Note (including, without limitation, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, Specified Repurchase Date Price, Change of Control Repurchase Price, Provisional Redemption Price, principal and interest) that are payable but are not punctually paid or duly provided for.

Delaware Property ” means the land, building and other improvements located at 200 Christina Parkway, Newark, Delaware 19713 and subject to that certain Ground Lease by and between 1743 Holdings, LLC, as landlord, and Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC, as tenant.

Deposit Account Control Agreement ” has the meaning specified in the Security Agreement.

Depositary ” means, with respect to each Global Note, the Person specified in Section 2.05(c) as the Depositary with respect to such Notes, until a successor shall have been appointed and become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter, “ Depositary ” shall mean or include such successor.

Determination Date ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Permitted Investments”.

Disputing Holders ” shall have the meaning specified in the definition of Transaction Price.

Distributed Property ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.05(c).

DTC ” shall mean The Depository Trust Company, a New York corporation.

Effective Date ” means the first date on which shares of the Common Stock trade on the applicable exchange, in the applicable market or otherwise, regular way, reflecting the relevant share split or share combination, as applicable.

Eligible Assets ” means all assets of the Company and the Guarantors (whether currently owned or acquired after the date of this Indenture) excluding (a) property as to which Liens are outstanding on the Issue Date to holders of debt for borrowed money, capital lease obligations or purchase money indebtedness (other than (i) Silicon Valley Bank, including pursuant to the Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 30, 2012, by and between Silicon Valley Bank and Bloom Energy Corporation and (ii) Liens arising under the Security Documents) so long as such Liens are in effect, (b) any Capital Stock outstanding on the Issue Date and pledged to holders of debt for borrowed money, capital lease obligations or purchase money indebtedness (other than Silicon Valley Bank, including pursuant to the Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 30,

 

7


2012, by and between Silicon Valley Bank and Bloom Energy Corporation and (ii) Liens arising under the Security Documents) so long as such Liens are in effect, (c) Capital Stock in PPA Companies, (d) any Capital Stock in any Foreign Subsidiary of the Company to the extent that the pledge of such Capital Stock would cause the amount of Capital Stock of such Foreign Subsidiary pledged to secure obligations of the Company to exceed 65% of the outstanding combined voting power of all classes of voting equity interests in such Foreign Subsidiary, (e) any Capital Stock in any Project Entities, (f) following the Qualified IPO and release of the security interest of the Collateral Agent therein pursuant to Section 17.04(a)(v), Intellectual Property and (g) Excluded Assets (as defined in the Security Agreement).

Event of Default ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.01.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Ex-Dividend Date ” means the first date on which shares of the Common Stock trade on the applicable exchange, in the applicable market or otherwise, regular way, without the right to receive the issuance, dividend or distribution in question, from the Company or, if applicable, from the seller of Common Stock on such exchange, market or otherwise (in the form of due bills or otherwise) as determined by such exchange, market or otherwise.

Existing Preferred Stock ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.15.

Extraordinary Transaction ” shall mean (i) any transfer of Eligible Assets outside the ordinary course of business and (ii) any material loss or destruction of Eligible Assets from fire, hazard or other calamity to the extent that the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company does not have the benefit of insurance to cover such loss. For the avoidance of doubt, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, one or more dispositions of inventory to customers or dispositions of obsolete or worn-out equipment, in each case, consistent with the Company’s past practice, shall not constitute an Extraordinary Transaction.

Financial Statement Availability Date ” with respect to any fiscal quarter, shall mean (i) prior to a Qualified IPO, the 45th calendar day following the end of such fiscal quarter and (ii) after a Qualified IPO, the date on which a 10-Q or 10-K containing financial statements for such fiscal quarter is first filed with the Commission.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, (a) any direct or indirect Subsidiary of such Person that is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia and is a “controlled foreign corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (b) any direct or indirect Subsidiary of such Person if substantially all of its assets consists of Capital Stock of one or more direct or indirect Subsidiaries described in clause (a) of this definition or of such Capital Stock and intercompany obligations of such Subsidiaries described in clause (a) of this definition or (c) any Subsidiary of a Subsidiary described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition.

Form of Assignment and Transfer ” means the “Form of Assignment and Transfer” attached as Attachment 5 to the Form of Note attached hereto as Exhibit A .

 

8


Form of Change of Control Repurchase Notice ” means the “Form of Change of Control Repurchase Notice” attached as Attachment 4 to the Form of Note attached hereto as Exhibit A .

Form of Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice ” means the “Form of Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice” attached as Attachment 2 to the Form of Note attached hereto as Exhibit A .

Form of Note ” means the “Form of Note” attached hereto as Exhibit A.

Form of Notice of Conversion ” means the “Form of Notice of Conversion” attached as Attachment 1 to the Form of Note attached hereto as Exhibit A .

Form of Specified Repurchase Date Notice ” means the “Form of Specified Repurchase Date Notice” attached as Attachment 3 to the Form of Note attached hereto as Exhibit A .

Fundamental Change ” shall be deemed to have occurred if any of the following occurs on or after the Qualified IPO and prior to the Maturity Date:

(a) other than as described in clause (b) below, a “person” or “group” within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, other than the Company, its direct or indirect Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries and the employee benefit plans of the Company and its direct or indirect Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries, files a Schedule TO or any schedule, form or report under the Exchange Act disclosing that such person or group has become the direct or indirect “beneficial owner,” as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, of the Company’s Common Equity representing more than 50% of the voting power of the Company’s Common Equity;

(b) the consummation of (i) any recapitalization, reclassification or change of the Common Stock (other than changes resulting from a subdivision or combination) as a result of which the Common Stock would be converted into, or exchanged for, stock, other securities, other property or assets; (ii) any share exchange, consolidation, merger or similar transaction involving the Company pursuant to which the Common Stock will be converted into cash, securities or other property or assets; or (iii) any sale, conveyance, lease or other transfer or similar transaction in one transaction or a series of transactions of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than one or more of the Company’s direct or indirect Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries; provided, however , that a transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) in which the holders of all classes of the Company’s Common Equity immediately prior to such transaction own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of all classes of Common Equity of the continuing or surviving corporation or transferee or the parent thereof immediately after such transaction in substantially the same proportions as such ownership immediately prior to such transaction shall not be a Fundamental Change pursuant to this clause (b);

(c) the stockholders of the Company approve any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or

(d) the Common Stock (or other common stock underlying the Notes) ceases to be listed or quoted on any Permitted Exchange;

 

9


provided , however , that a transaction or transactions described in clause (b) above shall not constitute a Fundamental Change, if at least 90% of the consideration received or to be received by holders of the Common Stock, excluding cash payments for fractional shares and cash payments made in respect of statutory appraisal rights, in connection with such transaction or transactions consists of shares of common stock that are listed or quoted on any Permitted Exchange or will be so listed or quoted when issued or exchanged in connection with such transaction or transactions and as a result of such transaction or transactions such consideration becomes Reference Property for the Notes, excluding cash payments for fractional shares and cash payments made pursuant to statutory appraisal rights (subject to the provisions set forth under Section 14.03).

If any transaction occurs in which the Common Stock is converted into, or exchanged for, Reference Property consisting of Common Equity of another entity, following completion of the related Make-Whole Fundamental Change Period, if any, references to the Company in the definition of “Fundamental Change” above shall instead be references to such other entity.

Fundamental Change Company Notice ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 15.02(b).

Fundamental Change Repurchase Expiration Time ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 15.07(a)(i).

Fundamental Change Repurchase Date ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 15.02(a).

Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 15.07(a)(i).

Fundamental Change Repurchase Price ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 15.02(a).

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect from time to time, including, without limitation, those set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of determining compliance with any provision herein, the determination of whether a lease is to be treated as an operating lease or capital lease shall be made without giving effect to any change in accounting for leases pursuant to GAAP resulting from the implementation of proposed Accounting Standards Update (ASU) Leases (Topic 840) issued August 17, 2010, or any successor proposal.

Global Note ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.05(b).

 

10


Guarantee ” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person and any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person:

(a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise); or

(b) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part);

provided , however, that the term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

Guarantor ” means (a) each Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Foreign Subsidiary and that executes and delivers this Indenture on the Issue Date, and (b) each Subsidiary of the Company that (i) executes a supplemental indenture with the Company and the Trustee substantially in the form of Exhibit C attached hereto and delivers it to the Trustee, pursuant to which such Subsidiary shall unconditionally Guarantee, on a senior secured basis, all of the Company’s Obligations under the Indenture Documents on the terms set forth in this Indenture and the Security Documents until the Note Guarantee of such Person has been released in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and (ii) that takes such actions as are necessary to grant to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Holders a first priority perfected security interest, subject to Permitted Priority Liens and the Intercreditor Agreement, in the assets of such Subsidiary, only to the extent such assets would be required to be pledged as Collateral assuming such Subsidiary were a Grantor (as defined in the Security Agreement) under the Security Agreement ( provided however , that for the avoidance of doubt, such Subsidiary shall not be a Guarantor for purposes of the definition of Permitted Investment if prohibitions imposed by such Subsidiary’s organizational documents or governing documents, including such Subsidiary’s agreements with stockholders, partnership agreements, limited liability company agreements or similar instruments, materially restrict the ability of such Subsidiary to pledge such Collateral that would, absent such prohibition, be pledged pursuant to the Security Agreement), including the filing of financing statements in such jurisdictions as may be required by the Security Documents or by law and, in each case, their respective successors and assigns.

Hedging Obligations ” means, with respect to any specified Person, the obligations of such Person under:

(a) interest rate swap agreements (whether from fixed to floating or from floating to fixed), interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements;

(b) other agreements or arrangements designed to manage interest rates or interest rate risk; and

(c) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange rates or commodity prices.

 

11


Holder ,” as applied to any Note, or other similar terms (but excluding the term “beneficial holder”), means any Person in whose name at the time a particular Note is registered on the Note Register.

Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination (without duplication):

(a) the principal (or, with respect to such Indebtedness issued with original issue discount, the accreted value) in respect of (A) indebtedness of such Person for money borrowed and (B) indebtedness evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or other similar instruments for the payment of which such Person is responsible or liable, including, in each case, any premium on such indebtedness to the extent such premium has become due and payable;

(b) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person;

(c) the principal component of all obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property due more than one year after such property is acquired, all conditional sale obligations of such Person and all obligations of such Person under any title retention agreement to the extent of the value of such property (but excluding any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business);

(d) all obligations of such Person for the reimbursement of any obligor on any letter of credit, bankers’ acceptance or similar credit transaction (other than obligations with respect to letters of credit securing obligations (other than obligations described in clauses (a) through (c) above) entered into in the ordinary course of business of such Person to the extent such letters of credit are not drawn upon or, if and to the extent drawn upon, such drawing is reimbursed no later than the 30th day following payment on the letter of credit);

(e) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, Hedging Obligations of such Person;

(f) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (a) through (e) of other Persons and all dividends of other Persons for the payment of which, in either case, such Person is responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, including by means of any Guarantee; and

(g) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (a) through (f) of other Persons secured by any Lien on any property or asset of such Person (whether or not such obligation is assumed by such Person), the amount of such obligation being deemed to be the lesser of the fair market value of such property or assets and the amount of the obligation so secured;

if, and to the extent, with respect to clauses (a), (b), (c) and (e) only, any of the preceding items referred to in clauses (a), (b), (c) and (e) would appear as a liability upon the balance sheet of the specified Person in accordance with GAAP; provided that Indebtedness shall not include deemed Indebtedness pursuant to Accounting Standards Codification 825 or 480 (formerly SFAS Nos. 133 or 150, respectively).

 

12


Indenture ” means this instrument as originally executed or, if amended or supplemented as herein provided, as so amended or supplemented.

Indenture Documents ” means this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees and the Security Documents.

Indenture Obligations ” means all Obligations in respect of the Notes or arising under the Indenture Documents. Indenture Obligations shall include all interest accrued (or which would, absent the commencement of an insolvency or liquidation proceeding, accrue) after the commencement of an insolvency or liquidation proceeding in accordance with and at the rate specified in the relevant Indenture Document whether or not the claim for such interest is allowed as a claim in such insolvency or liquidation proceeding.

Initial Notes ” the first $160,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture on the Issue Date.

Intercreditor Agreement ” means an intercreditor agreement in the form attached as Exhibit E to this Indenture.

Interest Payment Date ” means each January 1, February 1, March 1, April 1, May 1, June 1, July 1, August 1, September 1, October 1, November 1 and December 1 of each year, beginning on February 1, 2016.

Interest Period ” means the period commencing on and including an Interest Payment Date and ending on and including the day immediately preceding the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, with the exception that the first Interest Period shall commence on and include the Issue Date (the Interest Payment Date for any Interest Period shall be the Interest Payment Date occurring on the day immediately following the last day of such Interest Period).

Intellectual Property ” means, with respect to any Person, all patents, patent applications and like protections, including improvements divisions, continuation, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations in part of the same, trademarks, trade names, trade styles, trade dress, service marks, logos and other business identifiers and, to the extent permitted under applicable law, any applications therefor, whether registered or not, and the goodwill of the business of such Person connected with and symbolized thereby, copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work of authorship and derivative works, whether published or unpublished, technology, know-how and processes, operating manuals, trade secrets, computer hardware and software, rights to unpatented inventions and all applications and licenses therefor, used in or necessary for the conduct of business by such Person and all claims for damages by way of any past, present or future infringement of any of the foregoing.

Investment ” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including Guarantees or other obligations) and advances (other than loans, Guarantees, obligations and advances to the extent

 

13


that they both (i) are due within 60 days from the date made or incurred and (ii) do not exceed $10,000,000 in the aggregate outstanding at any time of determination), capital contributions, purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Capital Stock or other securities. For purposes of the third parenthetical in the immediately preceding sentence, in the event that one or more loans, Guarantees, obligations or advances excluded from the definition of Investment pursuant to such parenthetical is not repaid within 60 days from the date made or incurred, such loans, Guarantees obligations or advances not so repaid shall be deemed to be Investments as of the date originally made or incurred. Except as otherwise provided in this Indenture, the amount of an Investment will be determined at the time the Investment is made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value. The amount of all Investments (other than cash) will be the fair market value on the date of the transfer or issuance of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, pursuant to the Investment.

Investment Collateral Value ”, as of a Determination Date with respect to an Investment, means the sum, without duplication, as reasonably determined by the Company in a good faith manner, of (i) the Book Value of the Eligible Assets owned by the Company (excluding the equity interests of Pledged Foreign Subsidiaries and Guarantors) that secure the Notes pursuant to a perfected (under U.S. law) first priority Lien for the benefit of the Holders, the Book Value of Eligible Assets owned by Guarantors (excluding the equity interests of Pledged Foreign Subsidiaries and other Guarantors) that secure the Notes pursuant a perfected (under U.S. law) first priority Lien for the benefit of the Holders, (iii) 65% of the Book Value of the assets of the Pledged Foreign Subsidiaries, net of the liabilities of the Pledged Foreign Subsidiaries, in each case on a pro forma basis as of such Determination Date after giving effect to (x) such Investment and (y) any other investments and any Extraordinary Transactions following the latest Determination Date with respect to such Investment and prior to the time such Investment is consummated; provided that there shall be excluded from clause (iii) any Pledged Foreign Subsidiary with a pro forma net Book Value on the relevant Determination Date that is less than zero, and (iv) the deemed Book Value (determined as hereinafter provided) of the portion of Eligible Assets consisting of Intellectual Property owned by the Company or any Subsidiary that secure the Notes pursuant to a perfected first priority Lien for the benefit of the Holders (subject to any Intercreditor Agreement in respect thereof entered into in compliance with the Indenture Documents). For purposes of the foregoing, the Book Value of Eligible Assets consisting of Intellectual Property owned by the Company on the Issue Date shall be, as reasonably determined by the Company in a good faith manner, deemed to be $200 million. After the Issue Date, the deemed Book Value of assets consisting of Intellectual Property owned by the Company or any Subsidiary shall be deemed to be (a) decreased by the fair market value of any such Intellectual Property or rights in such Intellectual Property that are assigned, exclusively licensed, licensed outside the ordinary course of business, sold, conveyed or otherwise transferred to another party by the Company or such Subsidiary, as applicable, (b) increased by the fair market value of any such Intellectual Property or rights in such Intellectual Property that are assigned, exclusively licensed, licensed outside the ordinary course of business, sold, conveyed or otherwise transferred to the Company or such Subsidiary, as applicable, by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company, as the case may be, and (c) decreased by the Book Value of any Indebtedness secured by a Lien on Intellectual Property that is not for the benefit of the Holders in their capacities as such.

 

14


Issue Date ” means December 15, 2015.

Last Reported Sale Price ” of the Common Stock or any other security on any date means the closing sale price per share (or if no closing sale price is reported, the average of the bid and ask prices or, if more than one in either case, the average of the average bid and the average ask prices) on that date as reported in composite transactions for the Relevant Stock Exchange on which the Common Stock (or such other security) is then listed or admitted for trading. If the Common Stock or such other security is not listed for trading on a Relevant Stock Exchange on the relevant date, the “ Last Reported Sale Price ” shall be the average of the last quoted bid and ask prices for the Common Stock or such other security in the over-the-counter market on the relevant date as reported by OTC Markets Group Inc. or a similar organization. If the Common Stock or such other security is not so quoted, the “ Last Reported Sale Price ” shall be the average of the mid-point of the last bid and ask prices for the Common Stock or such other security on the relevant date from each of at least three nationally recognized independent investment banking firms selected by the Company for this purpose. The “ Last Reported Sale Price ” shall be determined without regard to after-hours trading or any other trading outside of regular trading session hours. None of the Trustee, Collateral Agent, Paying Agent or Conversion Agent shall be responsible for monitoring the Last Reported Sale Price.

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, encumbrance, charge or security interest in or on such asset, and (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset.

Lock-up Agreements ” shall have the meaning specified in the definition of Lock-up Release Date.

Lock-up Release Date ” means the day that is the earliest of (i) the day that is 180 days following the date of the final prospectus for the Qualified IPO, (ii) if all executive officers, directors and shareholders of more than 1% of the Common Equity of the Company enter into customary lock-up agreements (the “ Lock-up Agreements ”) with the applicable underwriters in connection with the Qualified IPO, the earliest day on which any such lock-up agreements expire, if less than all executive officers, directors and shareholders of more than 1% of the Common Equity of the Company enter into Lock-up Agreements with the applicable underwriters in connection with the Qualified IPO, the day that the Qualified IPO is consummated and (iv) such date on which the Lock-up Agreements otherwise terminate or expire.

Make-Whole Fundamental Change ” means any transaction or event that constitutes a Fundamental Change (as defined above and determined after giving effect to any exceptions to or exclusions from such definition, but without regard to the proviso in clause (b) of the definition thereof).

Make-Whole Fundamental Change Effective Date ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.04(c).

 

15


Make-Whole Fundamental Change Period ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.04(a).

Make-Whole Provisions ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.04(d).

Make-Whole Table ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.04(d).

Material Pledged Foreign Subsidiary ” means any Pledged Foreign Subsidiary having assets with a book value in excess of $10,000,000.

Maturity Date ” means December 1, 2020.

Maximum Initial Conversion Rate ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.05.

Minimum Principal Amount ” means at least 60% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.

Mortgages ” means a collective reference to each mortgage, deed of trust or deed to secure debt under which any Lien on the Premises or any other Collateral secured by and described in such mortgages, deeds of trust or deeds to secure debt is granted to secure any Indenture Obligations.

Non-Material Real Property ” means any fee interest in any real property with a fair market value (together with improvements thereof) as reasonably determined by the Company not exceeding $2.0 million and any leasehold, easement or licensed interest in real property (together with improvements located thereon not owned by the Company but subject to such lease, easement or license). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Delaware Property shall constitute Non-Material Real Property so long as such property is encumbered by a mortgage in favor of a party other than the Collateral Agent.

Note ” or “ Notes ” shall have the meaning specified in the first paragraph of the recitals of this Indenture. Any Initial Notes, any PIK Notes (and any increases in Global Notes reflecting a PIK Payment) and any Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, including, without limitation, waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase. Unless the context otherwise requires, (a) all references to the “Notes” include any Initial Notes, any PIK Notes (and any increases in Global Notes reflecting a PIK Payment) and any Additional Notes and (b) all references to “principal amount” of Notes include any increase in the principal amount of outstanding Notes (including PIK Notes) as a result of a PIK Payment.

Note Guarantee ” means any Guarantee of payment of the Notes pursuant to the terms of this Indenture and any supplemental indenture thereto and, collectively, all such Note Guarantees.

Note Register ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.05(a).

Note Registrar ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.05(a).

Notice of Conversion ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.03(b).

 

16


Notice of Redemption ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 13.03(a).

Officer ” means, with respect to the Company, the President, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Accounting Officer, the Treasurer, the Secretary, any Executive or Senior Vice President or any Vice President (whether or not designated by a number or numbers or word or words added before or after the title “Vice President”).

Obligations ” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

Officer’s Certificate ,” when used with respect to the Company or a Guarantor, means a certificate that is signed by any Officer of the Company or a Guarantor, as the case may be. Each such certificate shall include the statements provided for in Section 18.05 if and to the extent required by the provisions of such Section. The Officer giving an Officer’s Certificate pursuant to Section 4.08 shall be the principal executive, financial or accounting officer of the Company.

open of business ” means 9:00 a.m. (New York City time).

Opinion of Counsel ” means an opinion in writing signed by legal counsel, who may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, or other counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee and/or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, which opinion may contain customary exceptions and qualifications as to the matters set forth therein. Each such opinion shall include the statements provided for in Section 18.05 if and to the extent required by the provisions of such Section.

outstanding ,” when used with reference to Notes, shall, subject to the provisions of Section 8.04, mean, as of any particular time, all Notes authenticated and delivered by the Trustee under this Indenture, except:

(a) Notes theretofore canceled by the Trustee or accepted by the Trustee for cancellation;

(b) Notes, or portions thereof, that have become due and payable and in respect of which monies in the necessary amount shall have been deposited in trust with the Trustee or with any Paying Agent (other than the Company) or shall have been set aside and segregated in trust by the Company (if the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent);

(c) Notes that have been paid pursuant to Section 2.06 or Notes in lieu of which, or in substitution for which, other Notes shall have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to the terms of Section 2.06 unless proof satisfactory to the Trustee is presented that any such Notes are held by protected purchasers in due course;

(d) Notes converted pursuant to Article 14 and required to be cancelled pursuant to Section 2.08; and

(e) Notes repurchased or redeemed by the Company.

 

17


Pari Passu Obligations ” means all Indebtedness and other obligations in an amount not to exceed $150,000,000 in aggregate principal amount that is secured by Intellectual Property and the proceeds thereof; provided that any Liens securing such Indebtedness shall be subject to the Intercreditor Agreement.

Paying Agent ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.02.

Permitted Exchange ” means any of The New York Stock Exchange, The NASDAQ Global Select Market or The NASDAQ Global Market (or any of their respective successors).

(a) “Permitted Investment” means:

(b) any Investment in a PPA Company;

(c) any Investment in a Guarantor;

(d) any Investment in a Pledged Foreign Subsidiary; and any Investment in a Subsidiary of the Company; provided that, on the date of such Investment (the “ Calculation Date ”), the Investment Collateral Value on the last day of each of the four most recently ended fiscal quarters (with the last of such four fiscal quarters being the most recent quarter for which the Financial Statement Availability Date has occurred) (each such last day, a “ Determination Date ”) preceding the Calculation Date exceeds the Threshold Amount as of the Calculation Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Investment Collateral Value as of September 30, 2015, June 30, 2015, March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 will be deemed to be $381,849,290, $373,456,340, $395,047,730 and $397,697,733, respectively.

Permitted Liens ” means:

(a) Liens on Intellectual Property and the proceeds thereof securing Pari Passu Obligations;

(b) Liens to secure Capital Lease Obligations and purchase money debt (and other Obligations related thereto), provided that, in each case, any such Lien may not extend to any Property of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, other than the Property acquired, constructed, improved or leased with the proceeds of such Indebtedness and any additions, parts, attachments, fixtures, leasehold improvements, proceeds, improvements or accessions related thereto;

(c) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies on the Property of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company if the same shall not at the time be delinquent for more than 30 days or thereafter can be paid without penalty, or are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings, provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision that shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor, such contest has the effect of preventing forfeiture or sale of the property or assets subject to any such lien;

 

18


(d) Liens imposed by law or arising by operation of law, including without limitation, landlords’, mailmen’s, suppliers’, vendors’, carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens and other similar Liens, Liens for master’s and crew’s wages and other similar laws, on the Property of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company arising in the ordinary course of business and for payment obligations that are not more than 60 days past due or are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings;

(e) Liens on the Property of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company incurred in the ordinary course of business to secure performance of obligations with respect to letters of credit, bank guarantees, statutory or regulatory requirements, performance or return-of-money bonds, surety or appeal bonds, or other obligations of a like nature and Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(f) Liens on Property at the time the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company acquired such Property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; provided, however, that any such Lien may not extend to any other Property of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; provided further, however, that such Liens shall not have been incurred in anticipation of or in connection with the transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which such Property was acquired by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company;

(g) Liens on the Property of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Company; provided, however, that any such Lien may not extend to any other Property of the Company or any other Subsidiary that is not a direct Subsidiary of such Person; provided further, however, that any such Lien was not Incurred in anticipation of or in connection with the transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which such Person became a Subsidiary of the Company;

(h) Liens Incurred or pledges or deposits made by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary is party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of the Company, or deposits for the payment of rent, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(i) easements, building restrictions, zoning restrictions, minor survey exceptions, easements or reservations of rights of others for licenses, rights of way and similar purposes and such other encumbrances or charges against real Property as do not materially interfere with the Company’s use of the real Property;

(j) Liens existing on the Issue Date;

(k) Liens on the Property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to secure any Refinancing, in whole or in part, of any Debt secured by Liens referred to in clauses (f), (g) and (j) of this definition; provided, however, that any such Lien shall be

 

19


limited to all or part of the same Property that secured the original Lien (together with improvements and accessions to such Property) and the aggregate principal amount of 0Indebtedness that is secured by such Lien shall not be increased to an amount greater than the sum of:

(1) the outstanding principal amount, or, if greater, the committed amount, of the Indebtedness secured by Liens; and

(2) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums and defeasance costs, incurred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such Refinancing;

(l) judgment Liens with respect to judgments, decrees or orders not giving rise to a Default or Event of Default so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been initiated for the review of such judgments, decrees or orders shall not have been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated shall not have expired;

(m) Liens upon specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or banker’s acceptances issued or credited for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or goods;

(n) Liens securing obligations of the Company under Hedging Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(o) Liens arising under consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods in the ordinary course of business;

(p) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;

(q) Liens securing other Indebtedness or other obligations not exceeding $10.0 million at any time outstanding;

(r) Liens securing the Indenture Obligations in respect of the Notes and Notes Guarantees;

(s) (i) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) any interest or title of a lessor under any leases or subleases entered into by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) any interest of co-sponsors, co- owners or co-developers of intellectual property;

(t) Liens (i) of a collection bank on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts in the ordinary course of business, (iii) in favor of banking institutions by law or contract encumbering deposits which are customary in the banking industry and (iv) Liens securing cash management obligations arising in the ordinary course of business;

 

20


(u) customary Liens in favor of trustees, collateral agents and escrow agents securing obligations owing to such Persons in such capacities;

(v) options, put and call arrangements, rights of first refusal and similar rights relating to investments in joint ventures;

(w) Liens arising from UCC financing statements regarding operating leases entered into by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(x) Liens arising by law or contract on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof to secure premiums thereunder;

(y) deposits as security and liens securing surety and appeal bonds, letters of credit and similar obligations in connection with contested taxes or contested import or customs duties; and

(z) Liens on the Delaware Property securing Indebtedness or other obligations.

Permitted Priority Liens ” means (i) Liens that are not for the benefit of the Holders in their capacities as such and that are pari passu with the Liens granted pursuant to the Security Documents and (ii) Liens incurred pursuant to clauses (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g), (h), (j) (other than Liens pursuant to the Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 30, 2012, by and between Silicon Valley Bank and Bloom Energy Corporation), (k), (l), (m), (p), (x) or (y) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” to the extent such Liens have priority over the Liens granted pursuant to the Security Agreement by operation of law.

Person ” means an individual, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a partnership, a joint venture, a joint stock company, a trust, an unincorporated organization or a government or an agency or a political subdivision thereof.

Physical Notes ” means permanent certificated Notes in registered form issued in minimum denominations of $1,000 principal amount and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof; provided that after a PIK Payment, Physical Notes means permanent certificated Notes in registered form issued in minimum denominations of $1.00 principal amount and integral multiples of $1.00 in excess thereof.

PIK Interest ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.03(c)(i).

PIK Notes ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.03(c)(ii).

PIK Payment ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.03(c)(ii).

Pledged Foreign Subsidiary ” means a (i) Foreign Subsidiary of the Company (which Foreign Subsidiary is not owned directly or indirectly by another Foreign Subsidiary of the Company) or (ii) Foreign Subsidiary of any Guarantor (which Foreign Subsidiary is not owned

 

21


directly or indirectly by another Foreign Subsidiary of the Company), in each case with respect to which 65% of each class of its voting equity interests and all of its non-voting equity interests is pledged pursuant to the Security Documents.

PPA Company ” means (i) an Affiliate of the Company that is the project entity in a bona fide power purchase agreement program involving one or more third party investors and having a structure that is materially consistent with that used in the Company’s past practice (as the same may be modified in good faith by the Company to take into account changes in tax law or industry practice) (a “ Project Entity ”) and (ii) a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Company whose assets consist solely of the Capital Stock of one or more PPA Companies.

Predecessor Note ” of any particular Note means every previous Note evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Note; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Note authenticated and delivered under Section 2.06 in lieu of or in exchange for a mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Note shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Note that it replaces.

Premises ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.16.

Qualified IPO ” means the first firmly underwritten registered public offering of Common Stock that results in aggregate gross proceeds to the Company of at least $150.0 million, and after which the Common Stock is listed for trading or quoted on The New York Stock Exchange, The NASDAQ Global Select Market or The NASDAQ Global Market (or any of the respective successors).

Qualified IPO Price ” means the price per share at which the shares of Common Stock are sold to the public pursuant to the Qualified IPO.

Property ” means, with respect to any Person, any interest of such Person in any kind of property or asset, whether real, personal or mixed, or tangible or intangible, including Capital Stock in, and other securities of, any other Person.

Provisional Redemption ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 13.01.

Provisional Redemption Date ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 13.01.

Provisional Redemption Price ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 13.01.

Record Date ” means, with respect to any dividend, distribution or other transaction or event in which the holders of Common Stock (or other applicable security) have the right to receive any cash, securities or other property or in which the Common Stock (or such other security) is exchanged for or converted into any combination of cash, securities or other property, the date fixed for determination of holders of the Common Stock (or such other security) entitled to receive such cash, securities or other property (whether such date is fixed by the Board of Directors, by statute, by contract or otherwise).

Redemption Conversion Period ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.04(a).

 

22


Redemption Date ” shall mean a Provisional Redemption Date or a Change of Control Redemption Date, as the case may be.

Redemption Notice Date ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 13.03(a).

Redemption Price ” shall mean the Provisional Redemption Price or the Change of Control Redemption Price, as the case may be.

Reference Property ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.08(a).

Refinance ” means, in respect of any Indebtedness, to refinance, extend, renew, defease, amend, modify, supplement, restructure, replace, refund or repay, or to issue other Indebtedness, in exchange or replacement for, such Indebtedness. “ Refinanced ” and “ Refinancing ” shall have correlative meanings.

Registration Rights Agreement ” means the Eighth Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2011, by and between the Company and the investors listed on the signature pages thereto, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

Regular Record Date ,” with respect to any Interest Payment Date, means the December 15, January 15, February 15, March 15, April 15, May 15, June 15, July 15, August 15, September 15, October 15 and November 15 (whether or not such day is a Business Day) immediately preceding the applicable January 1, February 1, March 1, April 1, May 1, June 1, July 1, August 1, September 1, October 1, November 1 or December 1 Interest Payment Date, respectively.

Relevant Stock Exchange ”, with respect to the Common Stock (or any other security for which a closing sale price must be determined) means The New York Stock Exchange, The NASDAQ Global Select Market or The NASDAQ Global Market, or if the Common Stock (or such other security) is not then listed or admitted for trading on any of The New York Stock Exchange, The NASDAQ Global Select Market or The NASDAQ Global Market, the principal other U.S. national or regional securities exchange on which the Common Stock (or such other security) is then listed or admitted for trading.

Resale Restriction Termination Date ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.05(c).

Responsible Officer ” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or any other officer of the Trustee to whom any corporate trust matter relating to this Indenture is referred because of such person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and, in each case, who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

 

23


Restricted Investment ” means an Investment by the Company in any of its Affiliates other than a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Securities ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.05(c).

Restriction Agreement ” means a restriction agreement in the form of Exhibit B hereto that is executed by each Holder on the Issue Date and that must be executed by a transferee of Notes and delivered to the Company prior to taking possession of Notes if possession of Notes is to occur prior to the Lock-up Release Date.

Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 as promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A as promulgated under the Securities Act.

Scheduled Trading Day ” means a day that is scheduled to be a Trading Day on the Relevant Stock Exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed or admitted for trading. If the Common Stock is not listed or admitted for trading on a Relevant Stock Exchange, “ Scheduled Trading Day ” means a Business Day.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Security Agreement ” means that certain security agreement, dated as of the Issue Date, by and among the Company, the other grantors from time to time party thereto and the Collateral Agent, as amended, supplemented, modified or replaced in accordance with this Indenture and its terms.

Security Documents ” means all security agreements (including the Security Agreement), intercreditor agreements (including the Intercreditor Agreement), pledge agreements, collateral assignments, Mortgages, collateral agency agreements, debentures, Deposit Account Control Agreements or other grants or transfers for security executed and delivered by the Company or any Guarantor creating (or purporting to create) a Lien upon Collateral for the benefit of the Holders to secure the Indenture Obligations, in each case, as amended, supplemented, modified, renewed, restated or replaced, in whole or in part, from time to time, in accordance with its terms and the terms of this Indenture.

Series G Preferred Stock ” means the Company’s Series G Preferred Stock.

Significant Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary of the Company that meets the definition of “significant subsidiary” in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X under the Exchange Act; provided that, in the case of a Subsidiary of the Company that meets the criteria of clause (3) of the definition thereof but not clause (1) or (2) of the definition thereof, such Subsidiary shall not be a Significant Subsidiary unless the Subsidiary’s income or loss from continuing operations before income taxes, extraordinary items and cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle exclusive of amounts attributable to any non-controlling interests for the last completed fiscal year prior to the date of such determination exceeds $5.0 million.

 

24


Significant Investment ” means an Investment or series of related Investments, taken together, valued at more than 50% of the Collateral Value that is in excess of the then-applicable Threshold Amount.

Specified Corporate Event ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.08(a).

Specified Repurchase Date ” shall mean shall have the meaning specified in Section 15.01(a).

Specified Repurchase Date Notice ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 15.07(a)(i).

Specified Repurchase Date Price ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 15.01(a).

Specified Repurchase Date Right Notice ” shall mean shall have the meaning specified in Section 15.01(b).

Spin-Off ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.05(c).

Stated Maturity ” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the documentation governing such Indebtedness as of the first date it was incurred in compliance with the terms of this Indenture, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

Stock Price ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.04(c).

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, association, partnership or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock or other interests (including partnership interests) entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers, general partners or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by (i) such Person; (ii) such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person; or (iii) one or more Subsidiaries of such Person.

Successor Company ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 11.01(a).

Threshold Amount ” means, as of any date of determination, 200% of the principal amount of and accrued and unpaid interest on the outstanding Notes.

Trading Day ” means a day on which (i) trading in the Common Stock (or any other security for which a closing sale price must be determined) generally occurs on a Relevant Stock Exchange and (ii) a Last Reported Sale Price for the Common Stock (or closing sale price for such other security) is available on such securities exchange or market; provided that if the Common Stock (or such other security) is not so listed or traded, “ Trading Day ” means a Business Day.

 

25


Transaction Price ” means the per share amount of consideration received by the holders of Common Stock in a Change of Control. If the consideration is paid in property other than in cash, the value of such consideration, on a per share basis, shall be the fair market value of such property, determined as follows:

(a) for securities not subject to investment letters or similar restrictions on free marketability,

(1) if traded on a securities exchange, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange or market over the thirty (30) day period ending three (3) days prior to the closing of such transaction;

(2) if actively traded over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid prices over the thirty (30) day period ending three (3) days prior to the closing of such transaction; or

(3) if there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as reasonably determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company; and

(b) for securities subject to investment letters or other similar restrictions on free marketability (other than restrictions arising solely by virtue of a stockholder’s status as an affiliate or former affiliate), the valuation methodology shall take into account an appropriate discount (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company) from the market value as determined pursuant to clause (a) above so as to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof.

Within two Business Days after the “Change of Control Effective Date,” the Company shall deliver to Holders, the Trustee and the Conversion Agent (if other than the Trustee) the Transaction Price and a schedule and reasonable explanation of the calculation thereof (the “ Transaction Price Notice ”). To the extent Holders of at least the Minimum Principal Amount of the Notes then outstanding (such holders, the “ Disputing Holders ”) dispute the Transaction Price calculation in writing to the Company (with a copy to the Trustee and the Conversion Agent (if other than the Trustee)) on or before the 20th Business Day after receipt of the Transaction Price Notice, the Transaction Price shall be mutually determined by the Company and the Disputing Holders, and if the Company and the Disputing Holders are unable to reach agreement, the Transaction Price shall be determined by an independent nationally recognized investment bank selected by the Company and the Disputing Holders and delivered to the Trustee and the Conversion Agent on or prior to the 40th Business Day following the Change of Control Effective Date.

Transaction Price Notice ” shall have the meaning specified in the definition of Transaction Price.

transfer ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.05(c).

Trigger Event ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.05(c).

 

26


Trust Indenture Act ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, as it was in force at the date of execution of this Indenture; provided , however , that in the event the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 is amended after the Issue Date, the term “Trust Indenture Act” shall mean, to the extent required by such amendment, the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as so amended.

Trustee ” means the Person named as the “ Trustee ” in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor trustee shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “ Trustee ” shall mean or include each Person who is then a Trustee hereunder.

unit of Reference Property ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.08(a).

Valuation Period ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.05(c).

Wholly-Owned Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the Capital Stock of which is owned by such Person (other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares required by applicable law to be held by third persons).

Section 1.02 References to Interest. Unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to interest on, or in respect of, any Note in this Indenture shall be deemed to include Additional Interest if, in such context, Additional Interest is, was or would be payable pursuant to any of Section 4.10 and Section 6.04 and PIK Interest if, in such context, PIK Interest is, was or would be payable pursuant to Section 2.03(c). Unless the context otherwise requires, any express mention of Additional Interest or PIK Interest, as applicable, in any provision hereof shall not be construed as excluding Additional Interest or PIK Interest, as applicable, in those provisions hereof where such express mention is not made.

ARTICLE 2

ISSUE, DESCRIPTION, EXECUTION, REGISTRATION AND EXCHANGE OF NOTES

Section 2.01 Designation and Amount . The Notes shall be designated as the “5.0% Convertible Senior Secured PIK Notes due 2020.” The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is initially limited to $160,000,000, subject to any PIK Payments permitted by this Indenture that are made pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(i)(A) and Section 2.10 and except for Notes authenticated and delivered upon registration or transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of other Notes to the extent expressly permitted hereunder.

Section 2.02 Form of Notes. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication to be borne by such Notes shall be substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A, the terms and provisions of which shall constitute, and are hereby expressly incorporated in and made a part of this Indenture. To the extent applicable, the Company, the Guarantors, if any, and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture (or, with respect to the Guarantors, if any, a supplemental indenture to this Indenture substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto), expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby.

Any Global Note may be endorsed with or have incorporated in the text thereof such legends or recitals or changes not inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture as may be

 

27


required by the Custodian or the Depositary, or as may be required to comply with any applicable law or any regulation thereunder or with the rules and regulations of any securities exchange or automated quotation system upon which the Notes may be listed or traded or designated for issuance or to conform with any usage with respect thereto, or to indicate any special limitations or restrictions to which any particular Notes are subject pursuant to this Indenture or any applicable law.

Any of the Notes may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such notations, legends or endorsements as any Officer executing the same may approve (execution thereof to be conclusive evidence of such approval) and as are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture, or as may be required to comply with any law or with any rule or regulation made pursuant thereto or with any rule or regulation of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Notes may be listed or designated for issuance, or to conform to usage or to indicate any special limitations or restrictions to which any particular Notes are subject pursuant to this Indenture or any applicable law.

Each Global Note shall represent such principal amount of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified therein and shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be increased or reduced to reflect repurchases, cancellations, conversions, transfers, exchanges or issuances of any Additional Notes (to the extent such issuances are fungible with the Notes represented by such Global Note for U.S. federal income tax and securities law purposes) or any PIK Notes or PIK Payments permitted hereby. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in such manner and upon written instructions given by the Holder of such Notes or the Company in accordance with this Indenture. Payment of principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, Specified Repurchase Date Price, Change of Control Repurchase Price and redemption price, if applicable) of, and accrued and unpaid Cash Interest on, a Global Note shall be made to the Holder of such Note on the date of payment, unless a record date or other means of determining Holders eligible to receive payment is provided for herein.

Section 2.03 Date and Denomination of Notes; Payments of Interest and Defaulted Amounts.

(a) The Notes shall be issuable in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 principal amount and integral multiples thereof; provided that after a PIK Payment, the Notes shall be in minimum denominations of $1.00 and any integral multiple of $1.00 in excess thereof. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication and shall bear interest from the date specified on the face of such Note. Accrued interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year composed of twelve 30-day months or, in the case of a partial month, the number of days elapsed over a 30-day month and shall be compounded monthly on the last day of each month. The Company shall pay cash amounts in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

 

28


(b) The Person in whose name any Note (or its Predecessor Note) is registered on the Note Register at the close of business on any Regular Record Date with respect to any Interest Payment Date shall be entitled to receive the interest payable on such Interest Payment Date. The principal amount of any Note (x) in the case of any Physical Note, shall be payable at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purposes in the continental United States of America, which shall initially be the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee and (y) in the case of any Global Note, shall be payable by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account of the Depositary or its nominee. The Company through the Paying Agent, shall pay Cash Interest (i) on any Physical Notes (A) to Holders holding Physical Notes having an aggregate principal amount of $5,000,000 or less, by check mailed to the Holders of these Notes at their address as it appears in the Note Register and (B) to Holders holding Physical Notes having an aggregate principal amount of more than $5,000,000, either by check mailed to each such Holder or, upon application by such a Holder to the Note Registrar not later than the relevant Regular Record Date, by wire transfer in immediately available funds to that Holder’s account within the United States, which application shall remain in effect until the Holder notifies, in writing, the Note Registrar to the contrary or (ii) on any Global Note by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account of the Depositary or its nominee.

(c)

(i) Interest will be payable, at the Company’s election (made by delivering a notice to the Trustee and the Holders prior to the beginning of the related Interest Period), (1) entirely in cash (“ Cash Interest ”) or (2) entirely in kind (“ PIK Interest ”). In the absence of an interest payment election as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence, interest on the Notes will be payable in PIK Interest in the manner described in clause (2)(A) of the immediately preceding sentence. The interest payment on the Notes to be made on January 1, 2016 will be payable in the form of PIK Interest.

(ii) At all times, PIK Interest on the Notes will be payable (1) with respect to Physical Notes, by issuing additional Notes under this Indenture on the same terms and conditions as the Notes, except interest will accrue on such additional Notes from the applicable Interest Payment Date that such additional Notes are required to be issued under this Indenture (the “ PIK Notes ”) (each payment of PIK Interest pursuant to clause (1) or (2) of this Section 2.03(c)(ii), a “ PIK Payment ”), in certificated form in an aggregate principal amount equal to the amount of PIK Interest for the applicable Interest Period (rounded to the nearest whole dollar, with amounts of $0.50 or more being rounded up), and the Trustee will, upon receipt of a Company Order, authenticate and deliver such PIK Notes in certificated form for original issuance to the Holders on the relevant Regular Record Date, as shown in the register of the Note Registrar (2) with respect to Notes represented by one or more Global Notes registered in the name of or held by DTC or its nominee on the relevant Regular Record Date, by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding Global Note or Notes (or by issuing a new Global Note, if required pursuant to the applicable procedures of the Depositary) by an amount equal to the amount of PIK Interest for the applicable Interest Period (rounded to the nearest whole dollar, with amounts of $0.50 or more being rounded up) as provided in a Company Order by the Company to the Trustee, and the Trustee, at the Company’s written direction, shall record such increase in such Global Note or Notes. Following an increase in the principal

 

29


amount of any outstanding Global Notes as a result of a PIK Payment, such Global Note will bear interest on such increased principal amount from and after the date of such PIK Payment. Any PIK Notes issued in certificated form will be dated as of the applicable Interest Payment Date and will bear interest from and after such date. All PIK Notes issued pursuant to a PIK Payment will be governed by, and subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of, this Indenture and will have the same rights and benefits as the Initial Notes. Any certificated PIK Note will be issued with the description “PIK” on the face of such PIK Note.

(iii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.03(c), the payment of accrued interest shall be made solely in cash, (A) in connection with any redemption or repurchase of Notes as described under Section 13.01, Section 13.02, Section 15.01, Section 15.02 and Section 15.03, (1) with respect to all Notes, if the related redemption date, Specified Repurchase Date, Fundamental Change Repurchase Date or Change of Control Repurchase Date, as applicable, is after a Regular Record Date and on or prior to the Scheduled Trading Day immediately following the date on which the corresponding interest payment is made or (2) solely with respect to the Notes to be repurchased or redeemed, if the related Redemption Date, Specified Repurchase Date, Fundamental Change Repurchase Date or Change of Control Repurchase Date, as applicable, is on any other date, (B) with respect to all Notes, if any Notes are surrendered for conversion after the close of business on a Regular Record Date for the payment of interest and on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date and (C) on the final Interest Payment Date.

(d) Any Defaulted Amounts shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on the relevant payment date but shall accrue interest per annum at the rate borne by the Notes, subject to the enforceability thereof under applicable law, from, and including, such relevant payment date, and such Defaulted Amounts together with such interest thereon shall be paid by the Company, at its election in each case, as provided in clause (i) or (ii) below:

(i) The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Amounts to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective Predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on a special record date for the payment of such Defaulted Amounts, which shall be fixed in the following manner. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of the Defaulted Amounts proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment (which shall be not less than 25 calendar days after the receipt by the Trustee of such notice, unless the Trustee shall consent to an earlier date), and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Amounts or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit on or prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Amounts as in this clause provided. Thereupon the Company shall fix a special record date for the payment of such Defaulted Amounts which shall be not more than 15 calendar days and not less than 10 calendar days prior to the date of the proposed payment, and not less than 10 calendar days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of such special record date and in such notice, instruct the Trustee, in

 

30


the name and at the expense of the Company, to deliver notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Amounts and the special record date therefor to each Holder not less than 10 calendar days prior to such special record date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Amounts and the special record date therefor having been so delivered, such Defaulted Amounts shall be paid to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective Predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on such special record date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following clause (ii) of this Section 2.03(d).

(ii) The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Amounts in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Notes may be listed or designated for issuance, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange or automated quotation system, if, after written notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

(iii) The Trustee shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holder to determine the Defaulted Amounts, or with respect to the nature, extent, or calculation of the amount of the Defaulted Amounts owed, or with respect to the method employed in such calculation of the Defaulted Amounts.

Section 2.04 Execution, Authentication and Delivery of Notes . The Notes shall be signed in the name and on behalf of the Company by the manual or facsimile signature of any Officer.

At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Company may deliver Notes executed by the Company to the Trustee for authentication, together with a Company Order for the authentication and delivery of such Notes, and the Trustee in accordance with such Company Order shall authenticate and deliver such Notes.

Only such Notes as shall bear thereon a certificate of authentication substantially in the form set forth on the Form of Note attached as Exhibit A hereto, executed manually by an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent appointed by the Trustee as provided by Section 18.10), shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose. Such certificate by the Trustee (or such an authenticating agent) upon any Note executed by the Company shall be conclusive evidence that the Note so authenticated has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder and that the Holder is entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.

In case any Officer of the Company who shall have signed any of the Notes shall cease to be such Officer before the Notes so signed shall have been authenticated and delivered by the Trustee, or disposed of by the Company, such Notes nevertheless may be authenticated and delivered or disposed of as though the person who signed such Notes had not ceased to be such Officer of the Company; and any Note may be signed on behalf of the Company by such persons as, at the actual date of the execution of such Note, shall be the Officers of the Company, although at the date of the execution of this Indenture any such person was not such an Officer.

 

31


Section 2.05 Exchange and Registration of Transfer of Notes; Restrictions on Transfer; Depositary.

(a) The Company shall cause to be kept at the Corporate Trust Office a register (the register maintained in such office or in any other office or agency of the Company designated pursuant to Section 4.02, the “ Note Register ”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company shall provide for the registration of Notes and of transfers of Notes. Such register shall be in written form or in any form capable of being converted into written form within a reasonable period of time. The Trustee is hereby initially appointed the “ Note Registrar ” for the purpose of registering Notes and transfers of Notes as herein provided. The Company may appoint one or more co-Note Registrars in accordance with Section 4.02.

Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note to the Note Registrar or any co- Note Registrar, and satisfaction of the requirements for such transfer set forth in this Section 2.05, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee, upon receipt of any items required to be delivered hereunder, shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Notes of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount and bearing such restrictive legends as may be required by this Indenture.

Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at any such office or agency maintained by the Company pursuant to Section 4.02. Whenever any Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Notes that the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive, bearing registration numbers not contemporaneously outstanding.

All Notes presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange, repurchase or conversion (other than in connection with a Change of Control prior to the Qualified IPO) shall (if so required by the Company, the Trustee, the Note Registrar or any co-Note Registrar) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee and duly executed, by the Holder thereof or its attorney-in-fact duly authorized in writing.

No service charge shall be imposed on the Holder by the Company, the Trustee, the Note Registrar, any co-Note Registrar or the Paying Agent for any exchange or registration of transfer of Notes, but the Company may require a Holder to pay a sum sufficient to cover any documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer tax required in connection therewith as a result of the name of the Holder of new Notes issued upon such exchange or registration of transfer being different from the name of the Holder of the old Notes surrendered for exchange or registration of transfer.

None of the Company, the Trustee, the Note Registrar or any co-Note Registrar shall be required to exchange or register a transfer of (i) any Notes surrendered for conversion or, if a portion of any Note is surrendered for conversion, such portion thereof surrendered for conversion (in each case, other than in connection with a Change of Control prior to the Qualified IPO), (ii) any Notes, or a portion of any Note, surrendered for repurchase (and not withdrawn) in accordance with Article 15 or (iii) any Notes entitled to be redeemed by the Company in accordance with Article 13 (except in the case of Notes to be redeemed in part, the portion thereof not to be redeemed).

 

32


All Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes in accordance with this Indenture shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

(b) The Notes shall be initially issued as Physical Notes registered in the name of each Holder (or nominee thereof), and each such Note shall be issued in the aggregate principal amount specified in the Company Order that is delivered to the Trustee on the Issue Date. The Company and the Guarantors shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Notes to be eligible for book-entry settlement with the Depositary and deposit one or more registered global notes representing the Notes in global form without interest coupons (each, a “ Global Note ”) registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary as promptly as practicable following the Lock-up Release Date, including effecting the placement of notations of guarantee in the form of Exhibit D attached hereto on each Note entitled to the benefits of one or more Note Guarantees. The Company shall notify the Holders and the Trustee in writing promptly following such eligibility and deposit, and after such time Physical Notes may be presented to the Trustee by Holders thereof in exchange for a beneficial interest representing an equivalent principal amount in a Global Note as described below. Each Global Note shall bear the legend required on a Global Note set forth in Exhibit A hereto. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in a Global Note that does not involve the issuance of a Physical Note shall be effected through the Depositary in accordance with this Indenture (including the restrictions on transfer set forth herein) and the procedures of the Depositary therefor. At such time as any Physical Note has been converted, repurchased, exchanged or transferred (and, in the case of a transfer, another Note has been issued to the transferee or the transferee has received a beneficial interest in a Global Note), other than a conversion, repurchase, exchange or transfer in part, such Physical Note shall be, upon receipt thereof, cancelled by the Trustee in accordance with its applicable procedures. The exchange of a Physical Note for a Global Note shall follow the procedures set forth in the penultimate paragraph of Section 2.05(c). In the case of any such exchange, if a Global Note is outstanding prior to such exchange, the aggregate principal amount of such Global Note will be increased, pursuant to standing procedures between the Trustee and the Depositary, by an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Physical Notes so exchanged. If no Global Note is outstanding prior to such exchange, the Company will execute and deliver to the Trustee or any authenticating agent a Global Note representing an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Physical Notes so exchanged and bearing a restrictive legend if required under Section 2.05(c), together with a Company Order for authentication thereof and delivery to the Depositary or the Custodian, and any Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel regarding such authentication and delivery required by the Trustee under Section 18.05, and upon receipt of such documents, the Trustee will promptly authenticate the Global Note and deliver it to the Depositary or the Custodian. The Company agrees to make any non-substantive changes to the terms of the Notes reasonably requested or required by the Trustee or the Depositary such that the Notes will be eligible for settlement through the Depositary. With respect to any Global Notes, any transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in such Global Note that does not involve the issuance of a Physical Note shall be effected through the Depositary in accordance with this Indenture (including the restrictions on transfer set forth herein) and the procedures of the Depositary therefor.

 

33


(c) Every Note that bears or is required under this Section 2.05(c) to bear the legend set forth in this Section 2.05(c) (together with any Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Notes that is required to bear the legend set forth in Section 2.05(d), collectively, the “ Restricted Securities ”) shall be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Section 2.05(c) (including those contained in the legend set forth below), unless such restrictions on transfer shall be eliminated or otherwise waived by written consent of the Company, and the Holder of each such Restricted Security, by such Holder’s acceptance thereof, agrees to be bound by all such restrictions on transfer. As used in this Section 2.05(c) and Section 2.05(d), the term “ transfer ” encompasses any sale, pledge, transfer or other disposition whatsoever of any Restricted Security.

(i) Until the date (the “ Resale Restriction Termination Date ”) that is the later of (1) the date that is one year after the last date of original issuance of the Notes, or such shorter period of time as permitted by Rule 144 or any successor provision thereto, and (2) such other date as may be required by applicable law, any certificate evidencing such Note (and all securities issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof, other than Common Stock, if any, issued upon conversion thereof, which shall bear the legend set forth in Section 2.05(d), if applicable) shall bear a legend in substantially the following form (unless such Notes have been transferred pursuant to a registration statement that has become or been declared effective under the Securities Act and that continues to be effective at the time of such transfer, or sold pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 or any similar provision then in force under the Securities Act, or unless otherwise agreed by the Company in writing, with notice thereof to the Trustee):

THE SALE OF THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ SECURITIES ACT ”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, PRIOR TO THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE (AS DEFINED BELOW), THIS NOTE AND ANY SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION OF THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE OFFERED, RESOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, EXCEPT:

(A) TO BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION (THE “ COMPANY ”) OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF;

(B) PURSUANT TO, AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH, A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT IS EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AT THE TIME OF SUCH TRANSFER;

(C) TO A PERSON THAT YOU REASONABLY BELIEVE TO BE A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR TO A PERSON THAT YOU REASONABLY BELIEVE TO BE AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(A) OF REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT; OR

(D) UNDER ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (INCLUDING, IF AVAILABLE, THE EXEMPTION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT).

 

34


THE “ RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE ” MEANS THE LATER OF: (1) THE DATE THAT IS ONE YEAR AFTER THE LAST DATE OF ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THE NOTES OR SUCH SHORTER PERIOD OF TIME PERMITTED BY RULE 144 OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION THERETO; AND (2) SUCH OTHER DATE AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW.

WITH RESPECT TO ANY TRANSFER PURSUANT TO THE FOREGOING CLAUSE WITH RESPECT TO AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR AND CLAUSE (D), IN EACH CASE PRIOR TO THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE, THE COMPANY AND THE NOTE REGISTRAR RESERVE THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF SUCH CERTIFICATIONS, LEGAL OPINIONS OR OTHER INFORMATION AS THEY MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE AND MAY RELY UPON TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

No transfer of any Note prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date will be registered by the Note Registrar unless the applicable box on the Form of Assignment and Transfer has been checked.

Any Note (or security issued in exchange or substitution therefor) (i) as to which such restrictions on transfer shall have expired in accordance with their terms such that they may be transferred without volume or manner of sale limits under Rule 144 and any applicable state securities laws, (ii) that has been transferred pursuant to, and in accordance with, a registration statement that has become effective or been declared effective under the Securities Act and that continues to be effective at the time of such transfer or (iii) that has been sold pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 or any similar provision then in force under the Securities Act, and such that such Note is no longer a “restricted security” as defined under Rule 144 may, upon surrender of such Note for exchange to the Note Registrar in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.05, be exchanged for a new Note or Notes, of like tenor and aggregate principal amount, which shall not bear the restrictive legend required by this Section 2.05(c) and shall not be assigned a restricted CUSIP number. The Company shall be entitled to instruct the Custodian in writing to so surrender any Global Note as to which any of the conditions set forth in clause (i) through (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence have been satisfied, and, upon such instruction, the Custodian shall so surrender such Global Note for exchange; and any new Global Note so exchanged therefor shall not bear the restrictive legend specified in this Section 2.05(c) and shall not be assigned a restricted CUSIP number. If the Holder of a Physical Note that bears such a restrictive legend and is no longer required to bear such restrictive legend under this Section 2.05(c) surrenders such Note to the Note Registrar for exchange, the Note Registrar shall promptly so notify the Company in writing, and the Company shall promptly execute a Physical Note in the name of such Holder that does not bear such a restrictive legend, of like tenor and aggregate principal amount, and shall deliver such executed Physical Note to the Trustee, along

 

35


with a Company Order and an Opinion of Counsel and an Officer’s Certificate, for authentication and delivery of such Physical Note, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate such Physical Note and deliver it to such Holder or otherwise in accordance with such Holder’s instructions, and the Trustee shall promptly thereafter cancel the Physical Note bearing such restrictive legend. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee upon the occurrence of the Resale Restriction Termination Date and promptly after a registration statement, if any, with respect to the Notes or any Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Notes has been declared effective under the Securities Act. The Company shall complete any exchange process for the removal of a restrictive legend required by this Section 2.05(c) in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, the applicable procedures of the Depositary (in the case of a Global Note) and applicable securities laws.

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture (other than the provisions set forth in this Section 2.05(c)), a Global Note may not be transferred as a whole or in part except (i) by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or another nominee of the Depositary or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary and (ii) for exchange of a Global Note or a portion thereof for one or more Physical Notes in accordance with the second immediately succeeding paragraph.

The Depositary shall be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act. The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company to act as Depositary with respect to each Global Note, if any. Unless the Depositary is unwilling or unable to act as depositary for any issued and authenticated Global Note, any issued and authenticated Global Note shall be issued to the Depositary, registered in the name of Cede & Co., as the nominee of the Depositary, and deposited with the Trustee as Custodian. The Trustee shall have no liability or responsibility for the action or inaction of the Depositary or any other clearing agency.

If after the issuance and authentication of a Global Note (i) the Depositary notifies the Company that the Depositary is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for the Global Notes and a successor depositary is not appointed within 90 calendar days, (ii) the Depositary ceases to be registered as a clearing agency under the Exchange Act and a successor depositary is not appointed within 90 calendar days or (iii) an Event of Default with respect to the Notes has occurred and is continuing and a beneficial owner of any Note requests that its beneficial interest therein be exchanged for a Physical Note, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Officer’s Certificate, an Opinion of Counsel and a Company Order for the authentication and delivery of Notes, shall authenticate and deliver (x) in the case of clause (iii), a Physical Note to such beneficial owner in a principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Note corresponding to such beneficial owner’s beneficial interest and (y) in the case of clause (i) or (ii), Physical Notes to each beneficial owner of the related Global Notes (or a portion thereof) in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of such Global Notes in exchange for such Global Notes, and upon delivery of the Global Notes to the Trustee such Global Notes shall be canceled.

Physical Notes issued in exchange for all or a part of the Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.05(c) shall be registered in such names and in such authorized denominations as the Depositary, pursuant to instructions from its direct or indirect participants or otherwise, shall instruct the Trustee in writing. Upon execution and authentication, the Trustee shall deliver such Physical Notes to the Persons in whose names such Physical Notes are so registered.

 

36


At such time as all interests in a Global Note have been converted, canceled, repurchased or transferred, such Global Note shall be, upon receipt thereof, canceled by the Trustee in accordance with standing procedures and existing instructions between the Depositary and the Custodian. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any interest in a Global Note is exchanged for Physical Notes, converted, canceled, repurchased or transferred to a transferee who receives Physical Notes therefor or any Physical Note is exchanged or transferred for part of such Global Note, the principal amount of such Global Note shall, in accordance with the standing procedures and instructions existing between the Depositary and the Custodian, be appropriately reduced or increased, as the case may be, and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note, by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, to reflect such reduction or increase.

None of the Company, the Trustee, the Collateral Agent, the Paying Agent or any agent of the Company, the Trustee, the Collateral Agent or the Paying Agent shall have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests of a Global Note or maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture (other than the provisions set forth in this Section 2.05(c)), when Physical Notes are presented to the Note Registrar with a written request: (x) to register the transfer of such Physical Notes; or (y) to exchange such Physical Notes for an equal principal amount of Physical Notes of other authorized denominations or for an equal principal amount of a Global Note, the Note Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its reasonable requirements for such transaction are met; provided , however , that the Physical Notes surrendered for transfer or exchange: (i) shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Note Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or its attorney duly authorized in writing; and (ii) so long as such Notes bear a restrictive legend, such Notes may only be transferred or exchanged in accordance with such restrictive legend and the Form of Assignment and Transfer, and if such Physical Notes are being transferred pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act, (1) a certification to that effect (in the Form of Assignment and Transfer, if applicable) and (2) if the Company or the Trustee so requests and to the extent contemplated by such restrictive legend, an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company as to the compliance with the restrictions set forth in the legend thereon. In addition, prior to the Lock-up Release Date, in addition to the other requirements described herein, each transferee of Notes shall execute and deliver to the Company a Restriction Agreement prior to taking possession of the Notes. Neither the Trustee nor the Conversion agent shall have any duty to determine whether the Lock-Up Release Date has occurred or whether any transferee of the Notes has delivered a Restriction Agreement to the Company.

The Trustee and the Collateral Agent shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among participants of the Depositary or beneficial owners of

 

37


interests in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

Neither the Trustee nor any agent of the Trustee shall have any responsibility or liability for any action taken or not taken by the Depositary.

(d) Legends on the Common Stock:

(i) Until the Resale Restriction Termination Date, any stock certificate representing Common Stock issued upon conversion of a Note that bears the legend set forth in Section 2.05(c) shall bear a legend in substantially the following form (unless such Common Stock has been transferred pursuant to, and in accordance with, a registration statement that has become effective or been declared effective under the Securities Act and that continues to be effective at the time of such transfer, or pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 or any similar provision then in force under the Securities Act, or such Common Stock has been issued upon conversion of a Note that has transferred pursuant to, and in accordance with, a registration statement that has become effective or been declared effective under the Securities Act and that continues to be effective at the time of such transfer, or pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 or any similar provision then in force under the Securities Act, or unless otherwise agreed by the Company with written notice thereof to the Trustee and any transfer agent for the Common Stock):

THE SALE OF THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ SECURITIES ACT ”), AND ACCORDINGLY, PRIOR TO THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE (AS DEFINED BELOW), THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, RESOLD, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, EXCEPT:

(A) TO BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION (THE “ COMPANY ”) OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF;

(B) PURSUANT TO, AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH, A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT IS EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AT THE TIME OF SUCH TRANSFER;

(C) TO A PERSON THAT YOU REASONABLY BELIEVE TO BE A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A (IF AVAILABLE) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR TO A PERSON THAT YOU REASONABLY BELIEVE TO BE AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(A) OF REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT; OR

(D) UNDER ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (INCLUDING, IF AVAILABLE, THE EXEMPTION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT).

 

38


THE “ RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE ” MEANS THE LATER OF: THE DATE THAT IS ONE YEAR AFTER THE LAST DATE OF ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THE COMPANY’S 5.0% CONVERTIBLE SENIOR SECURED PIK NOTES DUE 2020 OR SUCH SHORTER PERIOD OF TIME PERMITTED BY RULE 144 OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION THERETO; AND (2) SUCH OTHER DATE AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW.

WITH RESPECT TO ANY TRANSFER PURSUANT TO THE FOREGOING CLAUSE (C) WITH RESPECT TO AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR AND CLAUSE (D), IN EACH CASE PRIOR TO THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE, THE COMPANY AND THE COMPANY’S TRANSFER AGENT RESERVE THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF SUCH CERTIFICATIONS, LEGAL OPINIONS OR OTHER INFORMATION AS THEY MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE AND MAY RELY UPON TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

(ii) Any such Common Stock (i) as to which such restrictions on transfer shall have expired in accordance with their terms, (ii) that has been transferred pursuant to, and in accordance with, a registration statement that has become effective or been declared effective under the Securities Act and that continues to be effective at the time of such transfer or (iii) that has been sold pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 or any similar provision then in force under the Securities Act, may, upon surrender of the certificates representing such shares of Common Stock for exchange in accordance with the procedures of the transfer agent for the Common Stock, be exchanged for a new certificate or certificates for a like aggregate number of shares of Common Stock, which shall not bear the restrictive legend required by this Section 2.05(d).

(iii) Until the Lock-up Release Date, any stock certificate representing Common Stock issued upon conversion of a Note (other than in connection with a Change of Control prior to the Qualified IPO) shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF PRIOR TO THE DAY THAT IS ON OR AFTER THE EARLIEST TO OCCUR OF (1) THE DAY THAT IS 180 DAYS FOLLOWING THE DATE OF THE FINAL PROSPECTUS FOR THE QUALIFIED IPO, (2) IF ALL EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS AND SHAREHOLDERS OF MORE THAN 1% OF THE COMMON EQUITY OF THE COMPANY ENTER INTO CUSTOMARY LOCK-UP AGREEMENTS WITH THE APPLICABLE UNDERWRITERS IN CONNECTION WITH THE QUALIFIED IPO, THE EARLIEST DAY ON WHICH ANY SUCH LOCK-UP AGREEMENTS EXPIRE, (3) IF LESS THAN ALL EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS AND SHAREHOLDERS OF MORE THAN 1% OF THE COMMON EQUITY OF THE COMPANY ENTER INTO CUSTOMARY LOCK-UP AGREEMENTS WITH THE APPLICABLE UNDERWRITERS IN CONNECTION WITH THE QUALIFIED IPO, THE DAY THAT THE QUALIFIED IPO IS CONSUMMATED AND (4)

 

39


SUCH DATE ON WHICH THE LOCK-UP AGREEMENTS OTHERWISE TERMINATE OR EXPIRE. “QUALIFIED IPO” MEANS A FIRMLY UNDERWRITTEN REGISTERED PUBLIC OFFERING OF COMMON STOCK, PAR VALUE $0.0001 PER SHARE, OF THE COMPANY (THE “COMMON STOCK”) THAT RESULTS IN AGGREGATE GROSS PROCEEDS TO THE COMPANY OF AT LEAST $150.0 MILLION, AND AFTER WHICH THE COMMON STOCK IS LISTED FOR TRADING OR QUOTED ON THE NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE, THE NASDAQ GLOBAL SELECT MARKET OR THE NASDAQ GLOBAL MARKET (OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE SUCCESSORS).

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall, upon a Holder’s request, remove the foregoing legend on any stock certificate representing Common Stock issued upon conversion of a Note prior to the Lock-up Release Date to the extent contemplated in the lock-up agreement, if any, such Holder enters into pursuant to its Restriction Agreement. Any Note or Common Stock issued upon the conversion or exchange of a Note that is repurchased or owned by any Affiliate of the Company (or any Person who was an Affiliate of the Company at any time during the three months preceding) may not be resold by such Affiliate (or such Person, as the case may be) unless registered under the Securities Act or resold pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in a transaction that results in such Note or Common Stock, as the case may be, no longer being a “restricted security” (as defined under Rule 144). The Company shall cause any Note that is repurchased or owned by it to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation in accordance with Section 2.08.

Section 2.06 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes. In case any Note shall become mutilated or be destroyed, lost or stolen, the Company in its discretion may execute, and upon receipt of a Company Order the Trustee or an authenticating agent appointed by the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, a new Note, bearing a registration number not contemporaneously outstanding, in exchange and substitution for the mutilated Note, or in lieu of and in substitution for the Note so destroyed, lost or stolen. In every case the applicant for a substituted Note shall furnish to the Company, to the Trustee and, if applicable, to such authenticating agent such security or indemnity as may be required by them to hold each of them harmless from any loss, liability, cost or expense caused by or connected with such substitution, and, in every case of destruction, loss or theft, the applicant shall also furnish to the Company, to the Trustee and, if applicable, to such authenticating agent evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of such Note and of the ownership thereof.

The Trustee or such authenticating agent may authenticate any such substituted Note and deliver the same upon the receipt of such security or indemnity as the Trustee, the Company and, if applicable, such authenticating agent may require. No service charge shall be imposed on the Holder by the Company, the Trustee, the Note Registrar, any co-Note Registrar or the Paying Agent upon the issuance of any substitute Note, but the Company may require a Holder to pay a sum sufficient to cover any documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer tax required in connection therewith as a result of the name of the Holder of the new substitute Note being different from the name of the Holder of the old Note that became mutilated or was destroyed, lost or stolen. In case any Note that has matured or is about to mature or has been surrendered for repurchase in accordance with Article 15 or redemption in accordance with Article 13 or is about to be converted in accordance with Article 14 shall become mutilated or be destroyed, lost or stolen, the Company may, in its sole discretion, instead of issuing a substitute Note, pay or

 

40


authorize the payment of or convert or authorize the conversion of the same (without surrender thereof except in the case of a mutilated Note), as the case may be, if the applicant for such payment or conversion shall furnish to the Company, to the Trustee and, if applicable, to such authenticating agent such security or indemnity as may be required by them to hold each of them harmless for any loss, liability, cost or expense caused by or connected with such substitution, and, in every case of destruction, loss or theft, evidence satisfactory to the Company, the Trustee and, if applicable, any Paying Agent or Conversion Agent evidence of their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of such Note and of the ownership thereof.

Every substitute Note issued pursuant to the provisions of this Section 2.06 by virtue of the fact that any Note is destroyed, lost or stolen shall constitute an additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be found at any time, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of (but shall be subject to all the limitations set forth in) this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Notes duly issued hereunder. To the extent permitted by law, all Notes shall be held and owned upon the express condition that the foregoing provisions are exclusive with respect to the replacement, payment, conversion or repurchase of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and shall preclude any and all other rights or remedies notwithstanding any law or statute existing or hereafter enacted to the contrary with respect to the replacement, payment, conversion or repurchase of negotiable instruments or other securities without their surrender.

Section 2.07 Temporary Notes. Pending the preparation of Physical Notes, the Company may execute and the Trustee or an authenticating agent appointed by the Trustee shall, upon receipt of a Company Order, authenticate and deliver temporary Notes (printed or lithographed). Temporary Notes shall be issuable in any authorized denomination, and substantially in the form of the Physical Notes but with such omissions, insertions and variations as may be appropriate for temporary Notes, all as may be determined by the Company. Every such temporary Note shall be executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee or such authenticating agent upon the same conditions and in substantially the same manner, and with the same effect, as the Physical Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall execute and deliver to the Trustee or such authenticating agent Physical Notes (other than any Global Note) and thereupon any or all temporary Notes (other than any Global Note) may be surrendered in exchange therefor, at each office or agency maintained by the Company pursuant to Section 4.02 and the Trustee or such authenticating agent shall, upon receipt of a Company Order, authenticate and deliver in exchange for such temporary Notes an equal aggregate principal amount of Physical Notes. Such exchange shall be made by the Company at its own expense and without any charge therefor. Until so exchanged, the temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits and subject to the same limitations under this Indenture as Physical Notes authenticated and delivered hereunder.

Section 2.08 Cancellation of Notes Paid, Converted, Etc. The Company shall cause all Notes surrendered for the purpose of payment, redemption, repurchase, registration of transfer or exchange or conversion, if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee (including any of the Company’s agents, Subsidiaries or Affiliates), to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation. All Notes delivered to the Trustee shall be canceled promptly by it in accordance with its customary procedures, and, except for Notes surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange, no Notes shall be authenticated in exchange thereof except as expressly permitted by any of the

 

41


provisions of this Indenture. The Trustee shall dispose of canceled Notes in accordance with its customary procedures and, after such cancellation, shall deliver a certificate of such cancellation to the Company, at the Company’s written request in a Company Order.

Section 2.09 CUSIP Numbers. The Company in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” numbers in all notices issued to Holders as a convenience to such Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or on such notice and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the “CUSIP” numbers.

Section 2.10 Additional Notes; Repurchases. The Company may, without the consent of the Holders and notwithstanding Section 2.01, reopen this Indenture and issue Additional Notes hereunder with the same terms as the Notes initially issued hereunder (except for any differences in issue date, issue price and interest accrued, if any) in an aggregate principal amount that, when taken together with the Initial Notes and all other Additional Notes (for the avoidance of doubt, not including any PIK Notes), in each case, then outstanding, does not exceed $235,000,000; provided that if any such Additional Notes are not fungible with the Notes initially issued hereunder for U.S. federal income tax and securities law purposes, such Additional Notes shall have a separate CUSIP number (if any) to the extent any Notes initially issued hereunder in the form of a Physical Note have been exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.05(b). Prior to the issuance of any such Additional Notes, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee a Company Order, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, such Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel to provide, in addition to those matters required by Section 18.05, that the Additional Notes have been duly authorized by the Company and are enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms, subject to customary exceptions, including for bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws of general application affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and to general principles of equity (including, without limitation, concepts of materiality, reasonableness, good faith, fair dealing and unconscionability), regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or law, and such other items as the Trustee may reasonably request. In addition, the Company may, to the extent permitted by law, and directly or indirectly (regardless of whether such Notes are surrendered to the Company), repurchase Notes in the open market or otherwise, whether by the Company or its Subsidiaries or through a private or public tender or exchange offer or through counterparties to private agreements, including by cash-settled swaps or other derivatives. The Company shall cause any Notes so repurchased (other than Notes repurchased pursuant to cash-settled swaps or other derivatives) to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation in accordance with Section 2.08, and such Notes shall no longer be considered outstanding hereunder upon their repurchase.

ARTICLE 3

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

Section 3.01 Satisfaction and Discharge. This Indenture and the Notes and the Note Guarantees, shall upon request of the Company contained in an Officer’s Certificate cease to be of further effect, and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall execute such instruments

 

42


reasonably requested by the Company acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and the Notes and the Note Guarantees, when (a) (i) all outstanding Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (x) Notes which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which have been replaced, paid or converted as provided in Section 2.06 and (y) Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 4.04(d)) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or (ii) the Company has deposited with the Trustee or delivered to Holders, as applicable, after the Notes have become due and payable, whether on the Maturity Date, any Redemption Date, any Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, any Specified Repurchase Date, any Change of Control Repurchase Date, upon conversion or otherwise, cash or, solely to satisfy the Company’s Conversion Obligation or Change of Control Conversion Obligation, as the case may be, shares of Common Stock and cash in lieu of fractional shares sufficient to pay all of the outstanding Notes or satisfy all outstanding conversions, as the case may be, and pay all other sums due and payable under this Indenture by the Company (for the avoidance of doubt, the Company will deliver any shares of common stock to be paid with respect to satisfying outstanding conversions directly to the applicable Holders); and (b) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with. Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the obligations of the Company to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent under Section 7.06 and Section 17.11 shall survive.

ARTICLE 4

PARTICULAR COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY AND THE GUARANTORS

Section 4.01 Payment of Principal and Interest . The Company covenants and agrees that it will pay or cause to be paid the principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, Specified Repurchase Date Price, Change of Control Repurchase Price, Provisional Redemption Price and Change of Control Redemption Price, if applicable) of, and accrued and unpaid interest (whether Cash Interest or PIK Interest) on, each of the Notes at the places, at the respective times and in the manner provided herein and in the Notes. PIK Interest will be considered paid on the date due if on such date (1) in the case of Physical Notes, PIK Notes in certificated form have been issued and authenticated in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and (2) in the case of Global Notes, the Company has directed the Trustee to increase the principal amount of the Notes then authenticated by the required amount (or, if required pursuant to the applicable procedures of the Depositary, authenticated additional Global Notes) in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Company will maintain in the United States of America an office or agency where the Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange or for presentation for payment or repurchase (“ Paying Agent ”) or for conversion (“ Conversion Agent ”) and where notices in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be delivered. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made at or delivered to the Corporate Trust Office or the office or agency of the Trustee in the United States of America so designated by the Trustee as a place where Notes may be presented for payment or for registration or transfer.

 

43


The Company may also from time to time designate as co-Note Registrars one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the United States of America for such purposes. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. The terms “ Paying Agent ” and “ Conversion Agent ” include any such additional or other offices or agencies, as applicable.

The Company hereby initially designates the Trustee as the Paying Agent, Note Registrar, Custodian and Conversion Agent and the Corporate Trust Office as the office or agency in the United States of America where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange or for presentation for payment or repurchase or for conversion and where notices and demands in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be delivered.

Section 4.03 Appointments to Fill Vacancies in Trustee’s Capacity. The Company, whenever necessary to avoid or fill a vacancy in the capacity of Trustee, will appoint, in the manner provided in Section 7.09, a Trustee, so that there shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder.

Section 4.04 Provisions as to Paying Agent.

(a) If the Company shall appoint a Paying Agent other than the Trustee, the Company will cause such Paying Agent to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section 4.04(a):

(i) that it will hold all sums held by it as such agent for the payment of the principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, Specified Repurchase Date Price, Change of Control Repurchase Price, Change of Control Redemption Price and Provisional Redemption Price, if applicable) of, and accrued and unpaid Cash Interest on, the Notes in trust for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes;

(ii) that it will give the Trustee prompt written notice of any failure by the Company to make any payment of the principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, Specified Repurchase Date Price, Change of Control Repurchase Price, Change of Control Redemption Price and Provisional Redemption Price, if applicable) of, and accrued and unpaid Cash Interest on, the Notes when the same shall be due and payable; and

(iii) that at any time during the continuance of an Event of Default, upon request of the Trustee, it will forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust.

The Company shall, on or before each due date of the principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, Specified Repurchase Date Price, Change of Control Repurchase Price, Change of Control Redemption Price and Provisional Redemption Price, if applicable) of, or accrued and unpaid Cash Interest on, the Notes, deposit with the Paying Agent a

 

44


sum sufficient to pay such principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, Specified Repurchase Date Price, Change of Control Repurchase Price, Change of Control Redemption Price and Provisional Redemption Price, if applicable) or accrued and unpaid Cash Interest, and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any failure to take such action; provided that if such deposit is made on the due date, such deposit must be received by the Paying Agent by 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on such date.

(b) If the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent, it will, on or before each due date of the principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, Specified Repurchase Date Price, Change of Control Repurchase Price, Change of Control Redemption Price and Provisional Redemption Price, if applicable) of, and accrued and unpaid Cash Interest on, the Notes, set aside, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes a sum sufficient to pay such principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, Specified Repurchase Date Price, Change of Control Repurchase Price, Change of Control Redemption Price and Provisional Redemption Price, if applicable) and accrued and unpaid Cash Interest so becoming due and will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any failure to take such action and of any failure by the Company to make any payment of the principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, Specified Repurchase Date Price, Change of Control Repurchase Price, Change of Control Redemption Price and Provisional Redemption Price, if applicable) of, or accrued and unpaid Cash Interest on, the Notes when the same shall become due and payable.

(c) Anything in Section 4.04(a) to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company may, at any time, for the purpose of obtaining a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, or for any other reason, pay, cause to be paid or deliver to the Trustee all sums or amounts held in trust by the Company or any Paying Agent hereunder as required by Section 4.04(a), such sums or amounts to be held by the Trustee upon the trusts herein contained and upon such payment or delivery by the Company or any Paying Agent to the Trustee, the Company or such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability but only with respect to such sums or amounts.

(d) Any money or property deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, Specified Repurchase Date Price, Change of Control Repurchase Price, Change of Control Redemption Price and Provisional Redemption Price, if applicable) of, accrued and unpaid Cash Interest on and the consideration due upon conversion of any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, Specified Repurchase Date Price, Change of Control Repurchase Price, Change of Control Redemption Price and Provisional Redemption Price, if applicable), Cash Interest or consideration due upon conversion has become due and payable shall, subject to applicable abandoned property laws, be paid to the Company on request of the Company contained in an Officer’s Certificate, or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease.

 

45


(e) Upon any Event of Default pursuant to Section 6.01(h) or Section 6.01(i), the Trustee shall automatically be the Paying Agent.

(f) In the event that the Paying Agent receives funds in advance of any due date hereunder, the Paying Agent shall be entitled to invest such funds in the U.S. Bank Money Market Deposit Account or any substantially similar successor account, any earnings on which shall be for the account of the Company.

Section 4.05 Existence. Subject to Article 11, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence and, subject to Article 16, the Company and the Guarantors shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect the corporate, partnership or other existence of the Guarantors.

Section 4.06 Quarterly and Annual Reports and Rule 144A Information Requirement.

(a) Prior to the consummation of the Qualified IPO, the Company shall prepare and deliver to the Trustee and the Holders of Notes the following information:

(i) within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company:

(A) annual consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto (which shall be audited if the Company prepares audited annual financial statements) of the Company in respect of its most recently completed fiscal year, which annual consolidated financial statements and notes thereto will include the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as at the end of such fiscal year and its consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and changes in cash flow of the Company for such fiscal year, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (and certified by independent public accountants if such financial statements and notes thereto are audited); and

(B) the Company’s then-current consolidated capitalization table as of the end of such fiscal year; and

(ii) within 45 days after the end of each of the Company’s first three fiscal quarters of each of the Company’s fiscal years beginning with the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2016, unaudited consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto of the Company in respect of its most recently completed fiscal quarter, which consolidated financial statements and notes thereto will include an unaudited consolidated balance sheet as at the end of such fiscal quarter and an unaudited consolidated statement of income for such fiscal quarter, each prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, and an unaudited consolidated statement of changes in cash flow for such fiscal quarter, which the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to prepare in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.

By receiving such information, each Holder shall be deemed to agree that as a condition to receiving such information that such information is confidential and may not be used, reproduced,

 

46


disclosed or disseminated to any other Person (other than its directors, members, partners, officers, employees, accountants, attorneys and other agents having a need to know the contents of such information and who are bound by confidentiality obligations at least as restrictive as those set forth in this paragraph) unless such information (1) has been made available to the public generally by the Company, (2) was in the Holder’s possession before receipt of such information pursuant to this Section 4.06(a), (3) is or becomes a matter of public knowledge through no action or inaction of such Holder that is prohibited by this paragraph, (4) is disclosed by the Company to a third party without a duty of confidentiality on such third party, (5) is required to be disclosed by such Holder (or its directors, members, partners, officers, employees, accountants, attorneys or other agents) under compulsion of law (whether by oral question, interrogatory, subpoena, civil investigative demand or otherwise) or by order or request of any court or governmental or regulatory body to whose supervisory authority such Holder, its directors, members, partners, officers, employees, accountants, attorneys or other agents, as the case may be, is subject; provided that, to the extent such Holder is subject to such compulsion of law or order and to the extent lawfully permitted to do so and other than in respect of any disclosure of such information made to any banking, financial, securities or similar supervisory or regulatory or governmental authority exercising its supervisory, examination or audit functions over such Holder, prior to providing such information, such Holder promptly provides the Company with written notice and, if the Company fail to obtain a protective order or other appropriate remedy with respect to the disclosure of such information, such Holder will furnish only that portion of the information that is so required to be disclosed, (6) is disclosed to a court, tribunal or any other applicable administrative agency or judicial authority in connection with the enforcement of such Holder’s rights under this indenture or (7) is disclosed by such Holder with the Company’s prior written consent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Holders of Notes shall be permitted to share any information that the Company delivers pursuant to this Section 4.06(a) with prospective purchasers of the Notes so long as any such prospective purchaser (1) is not a Competitor of the Company, as reasonably determined by the Company, and (2) agrees in writing to the Company to abide by the confidentiality provisions described in this Section 4.06(a).

(b) If, at any time, the Company is not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company shall, so long as any of the Notes or any shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof shall, at such time, constitute “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act, upon the written request of any Holder, beneficial owner or prospective purchaser of Notes or any shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of the Notes, promptly furnish such Holder, beneficial owner or prospective purchaser the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act to facilitate the resale of the Notes or such shares of Common Stock pursuant to Rule 144A, as such rule may be amended from time to time. The Company shall take such further action as any Holder or beneficial owner of the Notes or any shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes may reasonably request to the extent from time to time required to enable such Holder or beneficial owner to sell the Notes or any shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes in accordance with Rule 144A, as such rule may be amended from time to time.

(c) On and after the consummation of the Company’s first firmly underwritten registered public offering of Common Stock, the Company shall file with the Trustee, within 15 calendar days after the same are required to be filed with the Commission (giving effect to any

 

47


grace period provided by Rule 12b-25 under the Exchange Act or any successor rule under the Exchange Act), copies of any documents or reports that the Company is required to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any documents or reports (or portions thereof) that are subject to confidential treatment and any correspondence with the Commission). Any such document or report that the Company files with the Commission via the Commission’s EDGAR system (or any successor thereto) shall be deemed to be delivered and filed with the Trustee for purposes of this Section 4.06(c) at the time such documents are filed via the EDGAR system (or any successor thereto); provided , however, that the Trustee shall have no obligation whatsoever to determine whether or not such information, documents or reports have been filed pursuant to EDGAR (or its successor).

(d) Delivery of reports, information and documents to the Trustee under this Indenture is for informational purposes only and the information and the Trustee’s receipt of the foregoing shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein, or determinable from information contained therein including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants thereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on an Officer’s Certificate).

(e) Within ten (10) Business Days following the Financial Statement Availability Date for a fiscal quarter, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee, and the Trustee shall provide to Holders upon request, a statement setting forth in reasonable detail the Company’s calculation of Collateral Value as of the last day of such fiscal quarter. In addition, the Company shall deliver to each Holder of the Notes a statement setting forth in reasonable detail the Company’s calculation of Investment Collateral Value with respect to a Significant Investment (or one or more Investments, which taken together would constitute a Significant Investment, that were not previously reported pursuant to this Section 4.06(e)) no later than ten (10) Business Days following the Calculation Date for such Significant Investment.

Section 4.07 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. Each of the Company and the Guarantors, if any, covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law or other law that would prohibit or forgive the Company or any Guarantor from paying all or any portion of the principal of or interest on the Notes as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, or that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and each of the Company and the Guarantors, if any, to the extent it may lawfully do so, hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

Section 4.08 Compliance Certificate; Statements as to Defaults. The Company shall deliver to the Trustee within 120 calendar days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company (beginning with the fiscal year ending on December 31, 2015) an Officer’s Certificate stating whether the signer thereof knows of any Default or Event of Default that occurred during the previous fiscal year and, if so, specifying each such Default or Event of Default, its status and what actions the Company is taking or proposing to take with respect thereto.

 

48


In addition, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee, as soon as possible, and in any event within 30 calendar days after becoming aware of any Event of Default or Default, written notice of such Event of Default or Default, its status and the action that the Company is taking or proposing to take in respect thereof.

Section 4.09 Further Instruments and Acts. Upon request of the Trustee, the Company will execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purposes of this Indenture.

Section 4.10 Restrictive Legend.

(a) Promptly following the Resale Restriction Termination Date, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to remove the restrictive legend on the Notes and assign an unrestricted CUSIP number to the Notes.

(b) If, and for so long as, the restrictive legend on the Notes has not been removed, the Notes are assigned a restricted CUSIP number or the Notes are not eligible for resale under Rule 144 under the Securities Act (without restrictions pursuant to U.S. securities laws or the terms of this Indenture or the Notes) by Holders other than Affiliates of the Company or Holders that were Affiliates of the Company at any time during the three months preceding as of the later of (i) the 375th day after the Issue Date and (ii) 5 Business Days following the consummation of the Company’s first firmly underwritten registered public offering of common stock, the Company shall pay Additional Interest on the Notes at a rate equal to 0.50% per annum of the principal amount of Notes outstanding until the restrictive legend has been removed from the Notes, the Notes are assigned an unrestricted CUSIP number and the Notes are eligible for resale under Rule 144 under the Securities Act (without restrictions pursuant to U.S. securities laws or the terms of this Indenture or the Notes) as described above by Holders other than Affiliates of the Company (or Holders that were Affiliates of the Company at any time during the three months preceding).

(c) Additional Interest pursuant to Section 4.10(b) above will be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date following accrual in the same manner and to the same persons as regular interest on the Notes.

(d) Subject to the immediately succeeding sentence, Additional Interest that is payable in accordance with Section 4.10(b) shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any Additional Interest that may be payable as a result of the Company’s election pursuant to Section 6.04. However, in no event shall any Additional Interest (including any Additional Interest that may accrue as a result of the Company’s election pursuant to Section 6.04) accrue at a rate per year in excess of 0.50% per annum, regardless of the number of events or circumstances giving rise to the requirement to pay such Additional Interest.

(e) If Additional Interest is payable by the Company pursuant to Section 4.06 or Section 4.10(b), the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate to that effect stating (i) the amount of such Additional Interest that is payable and (ii) the date on which such Additional Interest is payable. Unless and until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee receives at the Corporate Trust Office such a certificate, the Trustee may assume without inquiry that no such Additional Interest is payable, and the Trustee shall have no duty to verify the Company’s

 

49


calculation of Additional Interest. If the Company has paid Additional Interest directly to the Persons entitled to it, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the particulars of such payment.

Section 4.11 Qualified IPO. The Company shall provide notice to Holders, the Trustee and the Conversion Agent (if other than the Trustee) of the consummation of the Qualified IPO no later than two Business Days following the consummation of the Qualified IPO.

Section 4.12 Lock-up Release Date. The Company shall notify Holders of the Notes (and use its commercially reasonable efforts to notify any person who previously received shares of Common Stock upon conversion of the notes other than in connection with a Change of Control prior to the Qualified IPO), the Trustee and the Conversion Agent (if other than the Trustee) of the occurrence of the Lock-up Release Date no later than two Business Days following the Lock-up Release Date.

Section 4.13 Limitation on Investments. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor shall, directly or indirectly, make any Restricted Investment.

Section 4.14 Maintenance of Collateral. If, as of the last day of any fiscal quarter of the Company, the Collateral Value does not equal or exceed the Threshold Amount as of such date, then the Company shall, solely to the extent assets not already pledged to secure the Notes are owned by one or more of its Subsidiaries that are not PPA Companies, Guarantors, Pledged Foreign Subsidiaries or Foreign Subsidiaries, and which assets would constitute Eligible Assets if such Subsidiary or Subsidiaries were Guarantors (“ Available Eligible Assets ”), promptly after the Financial Statement Availability Date in respect of such fiscal quarter, cause to be pledged to secure the Notes such Available Eligible Assets with a Book Value at least equal to the lesser of the Book Value of all Available Eligible Assets and (ii) the amount sufficient to cause the Collateral Value to equal the Threshold Amount. The Company shall promptly provide written notice to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent if the Available Eligible Assets to be pledged require the entry into Deposit Account Control Agreements pursuant to Section 4.04(b) of the Security Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral Value as of September 30, 2015 will be deemed to be $381,849,290.

Section 4.15 Adjustment to Conversion Rate. Prior to the Qualified IPO, to the extent the Company (or any Subsidiary thereof) includes any price-based anti-dilution adjustment in an instrument governing convertible debt or preferred stock (“ Other Instrument ”) of the Company (or exchangeable debt of a Subsidiary of the Company that is exchangeable into Common Stock) issued in a bona fide financing transaction for the purpose of raising capital that results in an adjustment to the conversion price or conversion rate of such Other Instrument as a result of issuances of Capital Stock below the conversion price or conversion rate of such Other Instrument that is in any material respect more favorable to the holder of such instrument than the price-based anti-dilution adjustments included in Section 14.05 hereof are to the Holders, the Company shall promptly after the effectiveness of such instrument prepare a supplement to this Indenture granting any such price-based anti-dilution adjustment to the Holders of Notes; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, no adjustment shall be made on account of any anti- dilution adjustment applicable to the Company’s preferred stock outstanding on the Issue Date (the “ Existing Preferred Stock ”) or any anti-dilution adjustments applicable to future series of

 

50


preferred stock that is substantially similar to the anti-dilution provisions applicable to the Existing Preferred Stock, in each case, as such provisions of the Existing Preferred Stock exist on the Issue Date.

Section 4.16 Mortgages. With respect to any real property (other than Non-Material Real Property) that is owned in fee simple by the Company or any Guarantor (collectively, the “ Premises ”), the Company or such Guarantor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to, within 180 days of the later of (x) the Issue Date and (y) the acquisition thereof, as applicable:

(a) deliver to the Collateral Agent, as mortgagee, for the benefit of the Holders, fully executed counterparts of Mortgages, duly executed by the Company or the applicable Guarantor, as the case may be, and corresponding Uniform Commercial Code (or similar) fixture filings, together with evidence of the completion (or satisfactory arrangements for the completion) of all recordings and filings of such Mortgages and corresponding Uniform Commercial Code (or similar) fixture filings as may be necessary to create a valid, perfected Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent, subject to Permitted Liens, against the Premises purported to be covered thereby;

(b) deliver to the Collateral Agent, (i) mortgagee’s title insurance policies in favor of the Collateral Agent in an amount equal to 100% of the fair market value of the Premises purported to be covered by the related Mortgages, insuring that title to such property is marketable and that the interests created by the Mortgage constitute valid Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent thereon free and clear of all Liens, defects and encumbrances other than Permitted Liens, and such policies shall also include, to the extent available and issued at ordinary rates, customary endorsements or such endorsements as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request (excluding endorsements related to mechanics lien coverage, creditors’ rights, environmental liens and survey matters (unless a satisfactory survey is made available) and shall be accompanied by evidence of the payment in full (or satisfactory arrangements for the payment in full) of all premiums thereon and (ii) such affidavits, certificates, instruments of indemnification and other items (including a so-called “gap” indemnification) as shall be reasonably required to induce the title insurer to issue the title insurance policies and endorsements referenced herein with respect to each of the Premises;

(c) deliver to the Collateral Agent current (other than the Delaware Property) and future real property surveys of such Premises;

(d) deliver Opinions of Counsel to the Collateral Agent in the jurisdictions where such Premises are located that such Mortgage has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company or such Guarantor, constitutes a legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligation of the Company or such Guarantor and creates a valid perfected Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent, subject to Permitted Liens, against the Premises purported to be covered thereby; and

(e) such other information, documentation, and certifications as may be reasonably required by the Collateral Agent or necessary in order to create valid, perfected and subsisting Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent, subject to Permitted Liens, against the Premises covered by the Mortgages.

 

51


Section 4.17 Additional Guarantors. The Company will cause each Subsidiary, other than any PPA Company or any Foreign Subsidiary, to, substantially concurrently with the pledge by such Subsidiary pursuant to Section 4.14, execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture substantially in the form of Exhibit C attached hereto pursuant to which such Subsidiary shall unconditionally Guarantee, on a senior secured basis, all of the Company’s Obligations under the Indenture Documents on the terms set forth in this Indenture and the Security Documents until the Note Guarantee of such Person has been released in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

Section 4.18 Further Assurances. Subject to the limitations set forth herein and in the Security Documents, the Company and the Guarantors shall execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be necessary, desirable or proper, or that the Trustee or Collateral Agent may reasonably request, to carry out more effectively the provisions of this Indenture.

The Company shall, and shall cause each Guarantor to, at their sole cost and expense, (i) execute and deliver all such agreements and instruments as shall be necessary or as the Collateral Agent shall reasonably request to more fully or accurately describe the property intended to be Collateral or the Obligations intended to be secured by the Security Documents and (ii) file any such notice filings, financing statements or other agreements or instruments as may be necessary, proper or desirable, or that the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, to attach and perfect (and maintain the attachment, perfection and priority) the Liens created by the Security Documents, subject to Permitted Liens and the Intercreditor Agreement, in each case subject to the terms of, and to the extent required by, the Security Documents.

Section 4.19 Intercreditor Agreement. Upon the incurrence by the Company of any Pari Passu Obligations, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent a written request that the Collateral Agent execute and deliver the Intercreditor Agreement in the form set forth as Exhibit E, accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the covenants and conditions precedent in this Indenture relating to the incurrence of such Pari Passu Obligations and the execution and delivery of the Intercreditor Agreement have been satisfied and upon receipt of such document, the Collateral Agent shall execute and deliver such Intercreditor Agreement.

ARTICLE 5

LISTS OF HOLDERS AND REPORTS BY THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE

Section 5.01 Lists of Holders. The Company covenants and agrees that it will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee and the Paying Agent, semi-annually, not more than 15 calendar days after each June 1 and December 1 in each year beginning with May 1, 2016, and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within 30 calendar days after receipt by the Company of any such request (or such lesser time as the Trustee may reasonably request in order to enable it to timely provide any notice to be provided by it hereunder), a list in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders as of a date not more than 15 calendar days (or such other date as the Trustee may reasonably request in order to so provide any such notices) prior to the time such information is furnished, except that no such list need be furnished so long as the Trustee is acting as Note Registrar.

 

52


Section 5.02 Preservation and Disclosure of Lists. The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, all information as to the names and addresses of the Holders contained in the most recent list furnished to it as provided in Section 5.01 or maintained by the Trustee in its capacity as Note Registrar, if so acting. The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in Section 5.01 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.

ARTICLE 6

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

Section 6.01 Events of Default. Each of the following events shall be an “ Event of Default ” with respect to the Notes:

(a) default in any payment of interest on any Note when due and payable, and the default continues for a period of 30 calendar days;

(b) default in the payment of principal of any Note when due and payable on the Maturity Date, upon any Redemption Date, any Specified Repurchase Date, any Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, any Change of Control Repurchase Date, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise;

(c) failure by the Company to comply with its obligation to convert the Notes in accordance with this Indenture upon exercise of a Holder’s conversion right where such failure continues for a period of three Business Days;

(d) failure by the Company to issue a Notice of Redemption in accordance with Section 13.03, a notice of a Change of Control in accordance with Section 14.01, a Fundamental Change Company Notice, a Specified Repurchase Date Right Notice or a Change of Control Company Notice in accordance with Section 15.01(b), Section 15.02(b) or Section 15.03(b), notice of a Make-Whole Fundamental Change in accordance with Section 14.04(b), notice of the consummation of the Qualified IPO in accordance with Section 4.11, notice of the occurrence of the Lock-up Release Date in accordance with Section 4.12 or notice of the Make-Whole Provisions in accordance with Section 14.04(d), in each case, when due, and such failure continues for two Business Days after the due date for such notice;

(e) failure by the Company to comply with its obligations under Article 11;

(f) failure by the Company or any Guarantor for 60 calendar days after written notice from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding has been received by the Company to comply with any other covenants and obligations of the Company or any Guarantor contained in the Indenture Documents;

(g) default by the Company, any Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary with respect to any mortgage, agreement or other instrument under which there may be outstanding, or by which there may be secured or evidenced, any indebtedness for money borrowed of $15.0 million (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof) or more in the aggregate of the Company and/or any such Guarantor or Significant Subsidiary, whether such indebtedness now exists or shall hereafter be created (i) resulting in such indebtedness becoming or being declared due and payable, (ii) constituting a failure to pay the principal of any such indebtedness when due and payable at its

 

53


stated maturity, upon required repurchase, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise and in the cases of clauses (i) and (ii) such acceleration shall not have been rescinded or annulled or such failure to pay or default shall not have been cured or waived, or such indebtedness is not paid or discharged, as the case may be, within 30 calendar days after written notice to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding determined in accordance with Section 18.03 has been received, or (iii) prior to the consummation of the Qualified IPO, entitling any creditor or creditors of the Company, any Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary after expiration of any applicable cure period to accelerate such indebtedness;

(h) the Company, any Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary shall commence a voluntary case or other proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to the Company or any such Guarantor or Significant Subsidiary or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official of the Company or any such Guarantor or Significant Subsidiary or any substantial part of its property, or shall consent to any such relief or to the appointment of or taking possession by any such official in an involuntary case or other proceeding commenced against it, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors;

(i) an involuntary case or other proceeding shall be commenced against the Company or any Guarantor or Significant Subsidiary seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to the Company or such Guarantor or Significant Subsidiary or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official of the Company or such Guarantor or Significant Subsidiary or any substantial part of its property, and such involuntary case or other proceeding shall remain undismissed and unstayed for a period of 60 consecutive calendar days;

(j) any of the Guarantees by a Guarantor ceases to be in full force and effect or any of such Guarantees is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be null and void and unenforceable or any of such Guarantees is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or any Guarantor denies its liability under its Guarantee (other than by reason of release of a Guarantor in accordance with the terms of this Indenture) and such event continues for ten (10) Business Days;

(k) (A) failure by the Company or any Guarantor to comply with any of its covenants or other obligations under any of the Security Documents for 15 calendar days after written notice from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding has been received by the Company, (B) any of the Security Documents shall cease for any reason to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with its terms or the terms of this Indenture), or the Company or a Guarantor, in each case that is a party to any of the Security Documents shall so assert in writing, or (C) the Lien created by any of the Security Documents, shall cease to be, or shall be asserted in writing by the Company or any Guarantor not to be, perfected (to the extent required by this Indenture or the Security Agreement) and enforceable in accordance with its terms or of the same effect as to perfection and priority purported to be created thereby with respect to any significant portion of the Collateral (other than in connection with any termination of such Lien in respect of any Collateral as permitted by this Indenture or by any of the Security Documents); or

(l) any failure by the Company or any Guarantor to comply with any of the covenants set forth in Section 4.13.

 

54


Section 6.02 Acceleration; Rescission and Annulment. If one or more Events of Default shall have occurred and be continuing (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body), then, and in each and every such case (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(h) or Section 6.01(i) with respect to the Company), unless the principal of all of the Notes shall have already become due and payable, either the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding determined in accordance with Section 8.04, in each case, by notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Holders), may declare 100% of the principal amount of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all the Notes to be due and payable in cash immediately, and upon any such declaration the same shall become and shall automatically be immediately due and payable, anything contained in this Indenture or in the Notes to the contrary notwithstanding. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(h) or Section 6.01(i) with respect to the Company occurs and is continuing, 100% of the principal amount of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on, all Notes shall automatically become and be immediately due and payable in cash without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder.

The immediately preceding paragraph, however, is subject to the conditions that if, at any time after the principal of the Notes shall have been so declared due and payable (or have become immediately due and payable), and before any judgment or decree for the payment of the monies due shall have been obtained or entered as hereinafter provided, if (1) the Company shall have paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay all matured installments of accrued and unpaid interest upon the Notes and the principal of any and all Notes that shall have become due otherwise than by acceleration (with interest on such principal and, to the extent that such payment is enforceable under applicable law, on overdue installments of accrued and unpaid interest, at the rate borne by the Notes at such time) and amounts due to the Trustee pursuant to Section 7.06, (2) rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (3) any and all existing Events of Default under this Indenture, other than the nonpayment of the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on Notes that shall not have become due by their terms, shall have been remedied or waived pursuant to Section 6.09, then and in every such case (except as provided in the immediately succeeding sentence) the Holders of the Minimum Principal Amount of the Notes then outstanding, by written notice to the Company and to the Trustee, may waive all Defaults or Events of Default with respect to the Notes and rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences and such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver or rescission and annulment shall extend to or shall affect any subsequent Default or Event of Default, or shall impair any right consequent thereon. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no such waiver or rescission and annulment shall extend to or shall affect any Default or Event of Default resulting from (i) the nonpayment of the principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, Specified Repurchase Date Price,

 

55


Change of Control Repurchase Price and Redemption Price, if applicable) of, or accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on, any Notes, (ii) a failure to repurchase any Notes when required under this Indenture, or (iii) a failure to pay or deliver, as the case may be, the consideration due upon conversion of the Notes.

Section 6.03 Payments of Notes on Default; Suit Therefor . If an Event of Default described in clause (a) or (b) of Section 6.01 shall have occurred, the Company shall, upon demand of the Trustee, pay to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, the whole amount then due and payable on the Notes for principal and interest, if any, with interest on any overdue principal and interest, if any, at the rate borne by the Notes at such time, and, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover any amounts due to the Trustee hereunder. If the Company shall fail to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may institute a judicial proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, may prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree and may enforce the same against the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes and collect the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes, wherever situated.

In the event there shall be pending proceedings for the bankruptcy or for the reorganization of the Company or any other obligor on the Notes under Title 11 of the United States Code, or any other applicable law, or in case a receiver, assignee or trustee in bankruptcy or reorganization, liquidator, sequestrator or similar official shall have been appointed for or taken possession of the Company or such other obligor, the property of the Company or such other obligor, or in the event of any other judicial proceedings relative to the Company or such other obligor upon the Notes, or to the creditors or property of the Company or such other obligor, the Trustee, irrespective of whether the principal of the Notes shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand pursuant to the provisions of this Section 6.03, shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceedings or otherwise, to file and prove a claim or claims for the whole amount of principal and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, in respect of the Notes, and, in case of any judicial proceedings, to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents and to take such other actions as it may deem necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and of the Holders allowed in such judicial proceedings relative to the Company or any other obligor on the Notes, its or their creditors, or its or their property, and to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims, and to distribute the same after the deduction of any amounts due to the Trustee hereunder; and any receiver, assignee or trustee in bankruptcy or reorganization, liquidator, custodian or similar official is hereby authorized by each of the Holders to make such payments to the Trustee, as administrative expenses, and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for reasonable compensation, reasonable expenses, advances and disbursements, including agents and counsel fees, and including any other amounts due to the Trustee hereunder, incurred by it up to the date of such distribution. To the extent that such payment of reasonable compensation, reasonable expenses, advances and disbursements out of the estate in any such proceedings shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, monies, securities and other property that the Holders of the Notes may be entitled to receive in such proceedings, whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise.

 

56


Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting such Holder or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. All rights of action and of asserting claims under this Indenture, or under any of the Notes, may be enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Notes, or the production thereof at any trial or other proceeding relative thereto, and any such suit or proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes.

In any proceedings brought by the Trustee (and in any proceedings involving the interpretation of any provision of this Indenture to which the Trustee shall be a party) the Trustee shall be held to represent all the Holders of the Notes, and it shall not be necessary to make any Holders of the Notes parties to any such proceedings.

In case the Trustee shall have proceeded to enforce any right under this Indenture and such proceedings shall have been discontinued or abandoned because of any waiver pursuant to Section 6.09 or any rescission and annulment pursuant to Section 6.02 or for any other reason or shall have been determined adversely to the Trustee, then and in every such case the Company, the Holders and the Trustee shall, subject to any determination in such proceeding, be restored respectively to their several positions and rights hereunder, and all rights, remedies and powers of the Company, the Holders and the Trustee shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

Section 6.04 Additional Interest. Notwithstanding anything in this Indenture or in the Notes to the contrary, to the extent the Company elects, the sole remedy for an Event of Default relating to the Company’s failure to comply with its obligations as set forth in Section 4.06 shall (i) for the first 90 calendar days after the occurrence of such an Event of Default, consist exclusively of the right to receive Additional Interest on the Notes at a rate equal to 0.25% per annum of the principal amount of the Notes outstanding for each day during such 90-calendar day period on which such an Event of Default is continuing and (ii) for the period from, and including, the 91st calendar day after the occurrence of such an Event of Default to, and including, the 180th calendar day after the occurrence of such an Event of Default, consist exclusively of the right to receive Additional Interest on the Notes at a rate equal to 0.50% per annum of the principal amount of Notes outstanding for each day during such additional 90- calendar day period on which such an Event of Default is continuing. Subject to the last paragraph of this Section 6.04, Additional Interest payable pursuant to this Section 6.04 shall be in addition to, not in lieu of, any Additional Interest payable pursuant to Section 4.10. If the Company so elects, such Additional Interest shall be payable in the same manner and on the same dates as the stated interest payable on the Notes. On the 181st calendar day after such Event of Default (if the Event of Default relating to the Company’s failure to comply with its obligations as set forth in Section 4.06 is not cured or waived prior to such 181st calendar day), the Notes shall be immediately subject to acceleration as provided in Section 6.02. The provisions of this Section 6.04 will not affect the

 

57


rights of Holders of Notes in the event of the occurrence of any other Event of Default. In the event the Company does not elect to pay Additional Interest following an Event of Default in accordance with this Section 6.04 or the Company elected to make such payment but does not pay the Additional Interest when due, the Notes shall be immediately subject to acceleration as provided in Section 6.02.

In order to elect to pay Additional Interest as the sole remedy during the first 180 calendar days after the occurrence of any Event of Default relating to the Company’s failure to comply with its obligations as set forth in Section 4.06 described in the immediately preceding paragraph, the Company must notify all Holders of the Notes, the Trustee and the Paying Agent (if other than the Trustee) of such election prior to the beginning of such 180-calendar day period. Upon the failure to timely give such notice, the Notes shall be immediately subject to acceleration as provided in Section 6.02. Neither the Trustee nor the Paying Agent shall at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holder to determine the Additional Interest, or with respect to the nature, extent, or calculation of the amount of Additional Interest owed, or with respect to the method employed in such calculation of the Additional Interest.

In no event shall Additional Interest payable in the event the Company elects to pay Additional Interest in respect of an Event of Default relating to its failure to comply with its obligations under Section 4.06 as set forth in this Section 6.04 (together with Additional Interest payable under Section 4.10(b)) accrue at a rate in excess of 0.50% per annum, regardless of the number of events or circumstances giving rise to the requirement to pay such Additional Interest.

Section 6.05 Application of Monies Collected by Trustee . Subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, any monies or property collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article 6 or by the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Security Documents, or any money or other property distributable in respect of the Company’s or the Guarantors’ obligations under the Indenture Documents after an Event of Default shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee for the distribution of such monies or property, upon presentation of the several Notes, and stamping thereon the payment, if only partially paid, and upon surrender thereof, if fully paid:

First , to the payment of all amounts due the Trustee (in any capacity), the Collateral Agent and their respective agents hereunder;

Second , in case the principal of the outstanding Notes shall not have become due and be unpaid, to the payment of interest on, and any cash due upon conversion of, the Notes in default in the order of the date due of the payments of such interest and cash due upon conversion, as the case may be, with interest (to the extent that such interest has been collected by the Trustee) upon such overdue payments at the rate borne by the Notes at such time, such payments to be made ratably to the Persons entitled thereto;

Third , in case the principal of the outstanding Notes shall have become due, by declaration or otherwise, and be unpaid to the payment of the whole amount (including, if applicable, the payment of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, Specified Repurchase Date Price, Change of Control Repurchase Price, Redemption Price and any cash due upon conversion) then owing and unpaid upon the Notes for principal and interest, if any, with interest on the

 

58


overdue principal and, to the extent that such interest has been collected by the Trustee, upon overdue installments of interest at the rate borne by the Notes at such time, and in case such monies shall be insufficient to pay in full the whole amounts so due and unpaid upon the Notes, then to the payment of such principal (including, if applicable, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, Specified Repurchase Date Price, Change of Control Repurchase Price and Redemption Price and any cash due upon conversion) and interest without preference or priority of principal over interest, or of interest over principal or of any installment of interest over any other installment of interest, or of any Note over any other Note, ratably to the aggregate of such principal (including, if applicable, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, Specified Repurchase Date Price, Change of Control Repurchase Price and Redemption Price and any cash due upon conversion) and accrued and unpaid interest; and

Fourth , to the payment of the remainder, if any, to the Company or the applicable Guarantor, as the case may be.

Section 6.06 Proceedings by Holders . Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal (including, if applicable, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, Specified Repurchase Date Price, Change of Control Repurchase Price and redemption price) or interest when due, or the right to receive payment or delivery of the consideration due upon conversion, no Holder shall have any right by virtue of or by availing of any provision of this Indenture to institute any suit, action or proceeding in equity or at law upon or under or with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator, custodian or other similar official, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless:

(a) such Holder previously shall have given to the Trustee notice of an Event of Default and of the continuance thereof, as herein provided;

(b) Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding shall have made written request upon the Trustee to institute such action, suit or proceeding in its own name as Trustee hereunder;

(c) such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee such security or indemnity, in each case, satisfactory to the Trustee against all losses, liabilities and expenses to be incurred therein or thereby;

(d) the Trustee for 60 calendar days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of such security or indemnity, shall have neglected or refused to institute any such action, suit or proceeding; and

(e) no direction that is inconsistent with such written request shall have been given to the Trustee by the Holders of the Minimum Principal Amount of the Notes then outstanding within such 60-calendar day period pursuant to Section 6.09,

it being understood and intended, and being expressly covenanted by the taker and Holder of every Note with every other taker and Holder and the Trustee that no one or more Holders shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of or by availing of any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other Holder, or to obtain or seek to obtain priority over or preference to any other such Holder, or to enforce any right under this

 

59


Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal, ratable and common benefit of all Holders (except as otherwise provided herein); it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are unduly prejudicial to such Holders. For the protection and enforcement of this Section 6.06, each and every Holder and the Trustee shall be entitled to such relief as can be given either at law or in equity.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture and any provision of any Note, the right of any Holder to receive payment or delivery, as the case may be, of (x) the principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, Specified Repurchase Date Price, Change of Control Repurchase Price and Redemption Price, if applicable) of, (y) accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on, and (z) the consideration due upon conversion of, such Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed or provided for in such Note or in this Indenture, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment or delivery, as the case may be, on or after such respective dates against the Company shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

Section 6.07 Proceedings by Trustee . In case of an Event of Default, the Trustee may proceed to protect and enforce the rights vested in it by this Indenture by such appropriate judicial proceedings as are necessary to protect and enforce any of such rights, either by suit in equity or by action at law or by proceeding in bankruptcy or otherwise, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement contained in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted in this Indenture, or to enforce any other legal or equitable right vested in the Trustee by this Indenture or by law.

Section 6.08 Remedies Cumulative and Continuing. Except as provided in the last paragraph of Section 2.06, all powers and remedies given by this Article 6 to the Trustee or to the Holders shall, to the extent permitted by law, be deemed cumulative and not exclusive of any thereof or of any other powers and remedies available to the Trustee or the Holders of the Notes, by judicial proceedings or otherwise, to enforce the performance or observance of the covenants and agreements contained in this Indenture, and no delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any of the Notes to exercise any right or power accruing upon any Default or Event of Default shall impair any such right or power, or shall be construed to be a waiver of any such Default or Event of Default or any acquiescence therein; and, subject to the provisions of Section 6.06, every power and remedy given by this Article 6 or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as shall be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders.

Section 6.09 Direction of Proceedings and Waiver of Defaults by Holders. Subject to the Trustee’s right to receive indemnity or security satisfactory to it from the relevant Holders as described herein, the Holders of the Minimum Principal Amount of the Notes at the time outstanding determined in accordance with Section 8.04 shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to the Notes; provided , however, that (a) such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture, and (b) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction. The Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that it

 

60


determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such directions are unduly prejudicial to such Holder) or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability. The Holders of the Minimum Principal Amount of the Notes at the time outstanding determined in accordance with Section 8.04, by notice to the Trustee, may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any past Default or Event of Default hereunder and its consequences except (1) a default in the payment of accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on, or the principal (including any Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, any Specified Repurchase Date Price, Change of Control Repurchase Price and Redemption Price) of, the Notes when due that has not been cured pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.01, (2) a failure by the Company to pay or deliver, as the case may be, the consideration due upon conversion of the Notes, (3) a failure by the Company to repurchase any Notes when required under this Indenture, (4) a default in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under Article 10 cannot be modified or amended without the consent of each Holder of an outstanding Note affected or (5) a failure by the Company to redeem any Notes upon redemption of any Notes. Upon any such waiver the Company, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon. Whenever any Default or Event of Default hereunder shall have been waived as permitted by this Section 6.09, said Default or Event of Default shall for all purposes of the Notes and this Indenture be deemed to have been cured and to be not continuing; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

Section 6.10 Notice of Defaults. The Trustee shall, within 90 calendar days after it receives notice of the occurrence and continuance of a Default of which a Responsible Officer has actual knowledge, mail (or send electronically) to each Holder notice of all Defaults known to a Responsible Officer, unless such Defaults shall have been cured or waived before the giving of such notice; provided that, except in the case of a Default in the payment of the principal of (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, Specified Repurchase Date Price, Change of Control Repurchase Price and Redemption Price, if applicable), or accrued and unpaid interest on, any of the Notes or a Default in the payment or delivery of the consideration due upon conversion, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as the Trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interests of the Holders.

Section 6.11 Undertaking to Pay Costs. All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Holder of any Note by its acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may, in its discretion, require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith ofthe claims or defenses made by such party litigant; provided that the provisions of this Section (to the extent permitted by law) shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Holder, or group of Holders, holding in the aggregate more than 10% in principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding determined in accordance with Section 8.04, or to any suit instituted by any Holder for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of or accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on any Note (including, but not limited to, the Fundamental

 

61


Change Repurchase Price, Specified Repurchase Date Price, Change of Control Repurchase Price and Redemption Price, if applicable) on or after the due date expressed or provided for in such Note or to any suit for the enforcement of the right to convert any Note, or receive the consideration due upon conversion, in accordance with the provisions of Article 14.

ARTICLE 7

CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE

Section 7.01 Duties and Responsibilities of Trustee . The Trustee, prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default and after the curing or waiver of all Events of Default that may have occurred, undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee. In the event an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs; provided that if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against all losses, liabilities and expenses that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction. Prior to taking any action hereunder at the Company’s instruction, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification by the Company satisfactory to the Trustee against all losses, liabilities and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.

No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own grossly negligent action, its own grossly negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(a) prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default and after the curing or waiving of all Events of Default that may have occurred:

(i) the duties and obligations of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture, and the Trustee shall not be liable except for the performance of such duties and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

(ii) in the absence of bad faith and willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but, in the case of any such certificates or opinions that by any provisions hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of any mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein);

 

62


(b) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was grossly negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

(c) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of not less than the Minimum Principal Amount of the Notes at the time outstanding determined as provided in Section 8.04 relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture;

(d) whether or not therein provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of, or affording protection to, the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section;

(e) the Trustee shall not be liable in respect of any payment (as to the correctness of amount, entitlement to receive or any other matters relating to payment) or notice effected by the Company or any Paying Agent or any records maintained by any co-Note Registrar with respect to the Notes;

(f) if any party fails to deliver a notice relating to an event the fact of which, pursuant to this Indenture, requires notice to be sent to the Trustee, the Trustee may conclusively rely on its failure to receive such notice as reason to act as if no such event occurred, unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee had actual knowledge of such event;

(g) in the absence of written investment direction from the Company, all cash received by the Trustee shall be placed in a non-interest bearing trust account, and in no event shall the Trustee be liable for the selection of investments or for investment losses incurred thereon or for losses incurred as a result of the liquidation of any such investment prior to its maturity date or the failure of the party directing such investments prior to its maturity date or the failure of the party directing such investment to provide timely written investment direction, and the Trustee shall have no obligation to invest or reinvest any amounts held hereunder in the absence of such written investment direction from the Company;

(h) in the event that the Trustee is also acting as Custodian, Note Registrar, Paying Agent, Conversion Agent, Collateral Agent or transfer agent hereunder, the rights, privileges, immunities, benefits and protections (including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified) afforded to the Trustee pursuant to this Article 7 shall also be afforded to such Custodian, Note Registrar, Paying Agent, Conversion Agent, Collateral Agent or transfer agent;

(i) the Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder;

(j) the Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered, or omitted to be taken by it in good faith and reasonably believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture;

 

63


(k) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against all losses, liabilities and expenses which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction;

(l) the Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of the Notes;

(m) the Trustee is not accountable for the Company’s use or application of the proceeds from the Notes or for any funds received and disbursed in accordance with the Indenture;

(n) the Trustee shall not be liable for the obligations evidenced by the Notes;

(o) the Trustee, in its capacity as Trustee or Collateral Agent, as applicable, is hereby authorized and directed to execute and deliver each Indenture Document or Security Document to which it is a party, binding the Holders to the terms thereof; and

(p) the Trustee is not responsible for any statement in the Notes other than its certificate of authentication.

None of the provisions contained in this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur personal financial liability in the performance of any of its duties or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers.

Section 7.02 Reliance on Documents, Opinions, Etc. Except as otherwise provided in Section 7. 01:

(a) the Trustee and the Collateral Agent may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, note, coupon, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document believed by it in good faith to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;

(b) any request, direction, order or demand of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed); and any Board Resolution may be evidenced to the Trustee by a copy thereof certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company;

(c) the Trustee and Collateral Agent may consult with counsel of its selection and require an Opinion of Counsel and any advice of such counsel or Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with such advice or Opinion of Counsel;

(d) the Trustee and Collateral Agent shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee and Collateral Agent may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee and Collateral Agent

 

64


shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company and the Guarantors, personally or by agent or attorney at the expense of the Company and the Guarantors and shall incur no liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation;

(e) the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents, custodians, nominees or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent, custodian, nominee or attorney appointed by it with due care hereunder;

(f) the Trustee and Collateral Agent may request that the Company and the Guarantors deliver a certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture; and

(g) the permissive rights of the Trustee and Collateral Agent enumerated herein shall not be construed as duties.

In no event shall the Trustee and Collateral Agent be liable for any consequential, special, indirect or punitive loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to lost profits), even if the Trustee and Collateral Agent has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action. The Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes, unless either (1) a Responsible Officer shall have actual knowledge of such Default or Event of Default or (2) written notice of such Default or Event of Default shall have been given to the Trustee by the Company or by any Holder of the Notes at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture.

Section 7.03 No Responsibility for Recitals, Etc. The recitals contained herein and in the Notes (except in the Trustee’s certificate of authentication) shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and the Trustee and Collateral Agent assume no responsibility for the correctness of the same. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Notes. The Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Company of any Notes or the proceeds of any Notes authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture.

Section 7.04 Trustee, Paying Agents, Conversion Agents, Collateral Agent or Note Registrar May Own Notes. The Trustee, any Paying Agent, any Conversion Agent, Collateral Agent or Note Registrar, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes with the same rights it would have if it were not the Trustee, Paying Agent, Conversion Agent, Collateral Agent or Note Registrar.

Section 7.05 Monies to Be Held in Trust. All monies received by the Trustee shall, until used or applied as herein provided, be held in trust for the purposes for which they were received. Money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as may be agreed in writing from time to time by the Company and the Trustee.

 

65


Section 7.06 Compensation and Expenses of Trustee. The Company covenants and agrees to pay to the Trustee from time to time, and the Trustee shall be entitled to, compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder in any capacity (which shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust) as mutually agreed to in writing between the Trustee and the Company, and the Company will pay or reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any of the provisions of this Indenture in any capacity thereunder (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel and of all Persons not regularly in its employ) except any such expense, disbursement or advance as shall have been caused by its gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith (in each case, as determined by a final order of a court of competent jurisdiction not subject to further appeal). The Company and the Guarantors also, jointly and severally, covenant to indemnify the Trustee (or any predecessor Trustee) in any capacity under this Indenture and any other document or transaction entered into in connection herewith and its agents and any authenticating agent for, and to hold them harmless against, any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense, including taxes (other than taxes based upon, measured by or determined by the income of the Trustee) incurred without gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith on the part of the Trustee, its officers, directors, agents or employees, or such agent or authenticating agent, as the case may be (in each case, as determined by a final order of a court of competent jurisdiction not subject to further appeal), and arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this Indenture or in any other capacity hereunder, including the costs and expenses of defending themselves against any claim or liability (whether asserted by the Company, or any Holder or any other Person). The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Section 7.06 to compensate or indemnify the Trustee and to pay or reimburse the Trustee for expenses, disbursements and advances shall be secured by a senior claim to which the Notes are hereby made subordinate on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except, subject to the effect of Section 6.04, funds held in trust herewith for the benefit of the Holders of particular Notes. The Trustee’s right to receive payment of any amounts due under this Section 7.06 shall not be subordinate to any other liability or indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor. The obligation of the Company and the Guarantors under this Section 7.06 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and the earlier resignation or removal or the Trustee. The Company and the Guarantors need not pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The indemnification provided in this Section 7.06 shall extend to the officers, directors, agents and employees of the Trustee.

Without prejudice to any other rights available to the Trustee under applicable law, when the Trustee and its agents and any authenticating agent incur expenses or render services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(h) or Section 6.01(i) occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws.

The provisions of this Section 7.06 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge or termination of this Indenture and the resignation or removal of the Trustee. “Trustee” for the purposes of this Section 7.06 shall include any predecessor Trustee and the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder and each agent, custodian and other person employed to act hereunder; provided , however , that the gross negligence or willful misconduct of any Trustee hereunder shall not affect the rights of any other Trustee hereunder.

 

66


Section 7.07 Officer’s Certificate as Evidence . Whenever in the administration of the provisions of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it necessary or desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking or omitting any action hereunder, such matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of gross negligence, willful misconduct and bad faith (in each case, as determined by a final order of a court of competent jurisdiction not subject to further appeal) on the part of the Trustee, be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee, and such Officer’s Certificate, in the absence of gross negligence, willful misconduct and bad faith on the part of the Trustee, shall be full warrant to the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it under the provisions of this Indenture upon the faith thereof.

Section 7.08 Eligibility of Trustee. There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder which shall be a Person that is eligible pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act (as if the Trust Indenture Act were applicable hereto) to act as such and has a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000. If such Person publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of any supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such Person shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article.

Section 7.09 Resignation or Removal of Trustee.

(a) The Trustee may at any time resign by giving written notice of such resignation to the Company and by delivering notice thereof to the Holders. Upon receiving such notice of resignation, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, executed by order of the Board of Directors, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the resigning Trustee and one copy to the successor trustee. If no successor trustee shall have been so appointed and have accepted appointment within 60 calendar days after the delivery of such notice of resignation to the Holders, the resigning Trustee may, at the Company’s expense petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor trustee, or any Holder who has been a bona fide holder of a Note or Notes for at least six months (or since the Issue Date) may, subject to the provisions of Section 6.11, on behalf of himself or herself and all others similarly situated, petition any such court for the appointment of a successor trustee. Such court may thereupon, after such notice, if any, as it may deem proper and prescribe, appoint a successor trustee.

(b) In case at any time any of the following shall occur:

(i) the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.08 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Company or by any such Holder, or

(ii) the Trustee shall become incapable of acting, or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed, or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation,

 

67


then, in either case, the Company may by a Board Resolution remove the Trustee and appoint a successor trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, executed by order of the Board of Directors, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the Trustee so removed and one copy to the successor trustee, or, subject to the provisions of Section 6.11, any Holder who has been a bona fide holder of a Note or Notes for at least six months (or since the Issue Date) may, on behalf of himself or herself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor trustee. Such court may thereupon, after such notice, if any, as it may deem proper and prescribe, remove the Trustee and appoint a successor trustee. If no successor trustee shall have been so appointed and have accepted appointment within 60 calendar days after the delivery of such notice of resignation to the Holders, the resigning Trustee may, at the Company’s expense, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor trustee.

(c) The Holders of the Minimum Principal Amount of the Notes at the time outstanding, as determined in accordance with Section 8.04, may at any time remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing not less than 30 days prior to the effective date of such removal and nominate a successor trustee that shall be deemed appointed as successor trustee unless within ten calendar days after notice to the Company of such nomination the Company objects thereto, in which case the Trustee so removed or any Holder, upon the terms and conditions and otherwise as in Section 7.09(a) provided at the expense of the Company, may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for an appointment of a successor trustee.

(d) Any resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor trustee pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section 7.09 shall become effective upon acceptance of appointment by the successor trustee as provided in Section 7.10. The Trustee shall have no liability or responsibility for the action or inaction of any successor trustee.

Section 7.10 Acceptance by Successor Trustee . Any successor trustee appointed as provided in Section 7.09 shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to its predecessor trustee an instrument accepting such appointment hereunder, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the predecessor trustee shall become effective and such successor trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, duties and obligations of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as Trustee herein; but, nevertheless, on the written request of the Company or of the successor trustee, the trustee ceasing to act shall, upon payment of any amounts then due it pursuant to the provisions of Section 7.06, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor trustee all the rights and powers of the trustee so ceasing to act. Upon request of any such successor trustee, the Company shall execute any and all instruments in writing for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor trustee all such rights and powers. Any trustee ceasing to act shall, nevertheless, retain a senior claim to which the Notes are hereby made subordinate on all money or property held or collected by such trustee as such, except for funds held in trust for the benefit of Holders of particular Notes, to secure any amounts then due it pursuant to the provisions of Section 7.06.

 

68


No successor trustee shall accept appointment as provided in this Section 7.10 unless at the time of such acceptance such successor trustee shall be eligible under the provisions of Section 7.08.

Upon acceptance of appointment by a successor trustee as provided in this Section 7.10, each of the Company and the successor trustee, at the written direction and at the expense of the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered notice of the succession of such trustee hereunder to the Holders. If the Company fails to deliver such notice (or cause such notice to be delivered) within ten calendar days after acceptance of appointment by the successor trustee, the successor trustee shall cause such notice to be delivered at the expense of the Company.

Section 7.11 Succession by Merger, Etc. Any corporation or other entity into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation or other entity resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation or other entity succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee (including the administration of this Indenture), shall be the successor to the Trustee hereunder without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto; provided that in the case of any corporation or other entity succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee such corporation or other entity shall be eligible under the provisions of Section 7.08.

In case at the time such successor to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture, any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee or authenticating agent appointed by such predecessor trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee or an authenticating agent appointed by such successor trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor trustee hereunder or in the name of the successor trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Notes or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have; provided , however , that the right to adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee or to authenticate Notes in the name of any predecessor trustee shall apply only to its successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation.

Section 7.12 Trustee’s Application for Instructions from the Company . Any application by the Trustee for written instructions from the Company or any Guarantor (other than with regard to any action proposed to be taken or omitted to be taken by the Trustee that affects the rights of the Holders of the Notes under this Indenture) may, at the option of the Trustee, set forth in writing any action proposed to be taken or omitted by the Trustee under this Indenture and the date on and/or after which such action shall be taken or such omission shall be effective. The Trustee shall not be liable to the Company for any action taken by, or omission of, the Trustee in accordance with a proposal included in such application on or after the date specified in such application (which date shall not be less than three Business Days after the date any officer that the Company or any Guarantor has indicated to the Trustee should receive such application

 

69


actually receives such application, unless any such officer shall have consented in writing to any earlier date), unless, prior to taking any such action (or the effective date in the case of any omission), the Trustee shall have received written instructions in accordance with this Indenture in response to such application specifying the action to be taken or omitted.

ARTICLE 8

CONCERNING THE HOLDERS

Section 8.01 Action by Holders . Whenever in this Indenture it is provided that the Holders of a specified percentage of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes may take any action (including the making of any demand or request, the giving of any notice, consent or waiver or the taking of any other action), the fact that at the time of taking any such action, the Holders of such specified percentage have joined therein may be evidenced (a) by any instrument or any number of instruments of similar tenor executed by Holders in person or by agent or proxy appointed in writing, or (b) by the record of the Holders voting in favor thereof at any meeting of Holders duly called and held in accordance with the provisions of Article 9, or (c) by a combination of such instrument or instruments and any such record of such a meeting of Holders. Whenever the Company or the Trustee solicits the taking of any action by the Holders of the Notes, the Company or the Trustee may, but shall not be required to, fix in advance of such solicitation, a date as the record date for determining Holders entitled to take such action. The record date if one is selected shall be not more than fifteen calendar days prior to the date of commencement of solicitation of such action.

Section 8.02 Proof of Execution by Holders . Subject to the provisions of Section 7.01, Section 7.02 and Section 9.05, proof of the execution of any instrument by a Holder or its agent or proxy shall be sufficient if made in accordance with such reasonable rules and regulations as may be prescribed by the Trustee or in such manner as shall be satisfactory to the Trustee. The holding of Notes shall be proved by the Note Register or by a certificate of the Note Registrar. The record of any Holders’ meeting shall be proved in the manner provided in Section 9.06.

Section 8.03 Who Are Deemed Absolute Owners . The Company, the Trustee, any authenticating agent, any Paying Agent, any Conversion Agent and any Note Registrar may deem the Person in whose name a Note shall be registered upon the Note Register to be, and may treat it as, the absolute owner of such Note (whether or not such Note shall be overdue and notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing thereon made by any Person other than the Company or any Note Registrar) for the purpose of receiving payment of or on account of the principal of and (subject to Section 2.03) accrued and unpaid interest on such Note, for conversion of such Note and for all other purposes; and neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any Paying Agent nor any Conversion Agent nor any Note Registrar shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. All such payments or deliveries so made to any Holder for the time being, or upon its order, shall be valid, and, to the extent of the sums so paid or delivered, effectual to satisfy and discharge the liability for monies payable or shares deliverable upon any such Note. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture or the Notes following an Event of Default, any Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note may directly enforce against the Company, without the consent, solicitation, proxy, authorization or any other action of the Depositary or any other Person, such Holder’s right to exchange such beneficial interest for a Note in certificated form in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

 

70


Section 8.04 Company-Owned Notes Disregarded. In determining whether the Holders of the requisite aggregate principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, consent, waiver or other action under this Indenture, Notes that are owned by the Company, any Guarantor, by any Subsidiary thereof or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company or any Guarantor or any Subsidiary thereof shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding for the purpose of any such determination; provided that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, consent, waiver or other action only Notes that a Responsible Officer actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned that have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as outstanding for the purposes of this Section if the pledgee shall establish the pledgee’s right to so act with respect to such Notes and that the pledgee is not the Company, any Guarantor, a Subsidiary thereof or a Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company or a Subsidiary thereof. In the case of a dispute as to such right, any decision by the Trustee taken upon the advice of counsel shall be full protection to the Trustee. Upon request of the Trustee, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee promptly an Officer’s Certificate listing and identifying all Notes, if any, known by the Company to be owned or held by or for the account of any of the above described Persons; and, subject to Section 7.01, the Trustee shall be entitled to accept such Officer’s Certificate as conclusive evidence of the facts therein set forth and of the fact that all Notes not listed therein are outstanding for the purpose of any such determination.

Section 8.05 Revocation of Consents; Future Holders Bound. At any time prior to (but not after) the evidencing to the Trustee, as provided in Section 8.01, of the taking of any action by the Holders of the percentage of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes specified in this Indenture in connection with such action, any Holder of a Note that is shown by the evidence to be included in the Notes the Holders of which have consented to such action may, by filing written notice with the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office and upon proof of holding as provided in Section 8.02, revoke such action so far as concerns such Note. Except as aforesaid, any such action taken by the Holder of any Note shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders and owners of such Note and of any Notes issued in exchange or substitution therefor or upon registration of transfer thereof, irrespective of whether any notation in regard thereto is made upon such Note or any Note issued in exchange or substitution therefor or upon registration of transfer thereof.

ARTICLE 9

HOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Section 9.01 Purpose of Meetings . A meeting of Holders may be called at any time and from time to time pursuant to the provisions of this Article 9 for any of the following purposes:

(a) to give any notice to the Company or to the Trustee or to give any directions to the Trustee permitted under this Indenture, or to consent to the waiving of any Default or Event of Default hereunder (in each case, as permitted under this Indenture) and its consequences, or to take any other action authorized to be taken by Holders pursuant to any of the provisions of Article 6;

 

71


(b) to remove the Trustee and nominate a successor trustee pursuant to the provisions of Article 7;

(c) to consent to the execution of an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.02; or

(d) to take any other action authorized to be taken by or on behalf of the Holders of any specified aggregate principal amount of the Notes under any other provision of this Indenture or under applicable law.

Section 9.02 Call of Meetings by Trustee . The Trustee may at any time call a meeting of Holders to take any action specified in Section 9.01, to be held at such time and at such place as the Trustee shall determine in consultation with the Company or the Holders, as the case may be. Notice of every meeting of the Holders, setting forth the time and the place of such meeting and in general terms the action proposed to be taken at such meeting and the establishment of any record date pursuant to Section 8.01, shall be delivered to Holders of such Notes. Such notice shall also be mailed to the Company. Such notices shall be delivered or mailed, as the case may be, not less than 20 nor more than 90 calendar days prior to the date fixed for the meeting.

Any meeting of Holders shall be valid without notice if the Holders of all Notes then outstanding are present in person or by proxy or if notice is waived before or after the meeting by the Holders of all Notes then outstanding, and if the Company and the Trustee are either present by duly authorized representatives or have, before or after the meeting, waived notice.

Section 9.03 Call of Meetings by Company or Holders . In case at any time the Company, pursuant to a Board Resolution, or the Holders of at least 10% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, shall have requested the Trustee to call a meeting of Holders, by written request setting forth in reasonable detail the action proposed to be taken at the meeting, and the Trustee shall not have mailed or delivered, as the case may be, the notice of such meeting within 20 calendar days after receipt of such request, then the Company or such Holders may determine the time and the place for such meeting and may call such meeting to take any action authorized in Section 9.01, by mailing or delivering, as the case may be, notice thereof as provided in Section 9.02.

Section 9.04 Qualifications for Voting . To be entitled to vote at any meeting of Holders a Person shall (a) be a Holder of one or more Notes on the record date pertaining to such meeting or (b) be a Person appointed by an instrument in writing as proxy by a Holder of one or more Notes on the record date pertaining to such meeting. The only Persons who shall be entitled to be present or to speak at any meeting of Holders shall be the Persons entitled to vote at such meeting and their counsel and any representatives of the Trustee and its counsel and any representatives of the Company and its counsel.

Section 9.05 Regulations . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee may make such reasonable regulations as it may deem advisable for any meeting of Holders, in regard to proof of the holding of Notes and of the appointment of proxies, and in regard to the appointment and duties of inspectors of votes, the submission and examination of proxies, certificates and other evidence of the right to vote, and such other matters concerning the conduct of the meeting as it shall think fit.

 

72


The Trustee may, by an instrument in writing, appoint a temporary chairman of the meeting, unless the meeting shall have been called by the Company or by Holders as provided in Section 9.03, in which case the Company or the Holders calling the meeting, as the case may be, shall in like manner appoint a temporary chairman. A permanent chairman and a permanent secretary of the meeting shall be elected by vote of the Holders of the Minimum Principal Amount of the Notes represented at the meeting and entitled to vote at the meeting.

Subject to the provisions of Section 8.04, at any meeting of Holders each Holder or proxyholder shall be entitled to one vote for each $1,000 principal amount of Notes held or represented by him or her; provided , however , that no vote shall be cast or counted at any meeting in respect of any Note challenged as not outstanding and ruled by the chairman of the meeting to be not outstanding. The chairman of the meeting shall have no right to vote other than by virtue of Notes held by it or instruments in writing as aforesaid duly designating it as the proxy to vote on behalf of other Holders. Any meeting of Holders duly called pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.02 or Section 9.03 may be adjourned from time to time by the Holders of the Minimum Principal Amount of Notes represented at the meeting, whether or not constituting a quorum, and the meeting may be held as so adjourned without further notice.

Section 9.06 Voting . The vote upon any resolution submitted to any meeting of Holders shall be by written ballot on which shall be subscribed the signatures of the Holders or of their representatives by proxy and the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Notes held or represented by them. The permanent chairman of the meeting shall appoint two inspectors of votes who shall count all votes cast at the meeting for or against any resolution and who shall make and file with the secretary of the meeting their verified written reports in duplicate of all votes cast at the meeting. A record in duplicate of the proceedings of each meeting of Holders shall be prepared by the secretary of the meeting and there shall be attached to said record the original reports of the inspectors of votes on any vote by ballot taken thereat and affidavits by one or more Persons having knowledge of the facts setting forth a copy of the notice of the meeting and showing that said notice was mailed or delivered, as the case may be, as provided in Section 9.02. The record shall show the aggregate principal amount of the Notes voting in favor of or against any resolution. The record shall be signed and verified by the affidavits of the permanent chairman and secretary of the meeting and one of the duplicates shall be delivered to the Company and the other to the Trustee to be preserved by the Trustee, the latter to have attached thereto the ballots voted at the meeting.

Any record so signed and verified shall be conclusive evidence of the matters therein stated.

Section 9.07 No Delay of Rights by Meeting . Nothing contained in this Article 9 shall be deemed or construed to authorize or permit, by reason of any call of a meeting of Holders or any rights expressly or impliedly conferred hereunder to make such call, any hindrance or delay in the exercise of any right or rights conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders under any of the provisions of this Indenture or of the Notes.

 

73


Nothing contained in this Article 9 shall be deemed or construed to limit any Holder actions pursuant to the applicable procedures of the Depositary so long as the Notes are Global Notes.

ARTICLE 10

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

Section 10.01 Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders . The Company and the Trustee and/or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, at the Company’s expense, may from time to time and at any time amend, supplement or waive any provision of the Indenture Documents without the consent of any Holder for one or more of the following purposes:

(a) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency in a manner that does not adversely affect holders of the Notes;

(b) to provide for the assumption by a Successor Company of the obligations of the Company under this Indenture and the Notes pursuant to Article 11 or to provide for the assumption by a successor entity of the obligations of a Guarantor under this Indenture and its Note Guarantee pursuant to Article 16;

(c) to add guarantees with respect to the Notes;

(d) to release any Guarantor from its obligations under its Note Guarantee or this Indenture in accordance with the terms of the Indenture Documents;

(e) to add additional assets as Collateral or to enter into additional or supplemental Security Documents;

(f) to release Collateral in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and the Security Documents;

(g) to make, complete or confirm any grant of Collateral permitted or required by this Indenture or any of the Security Documents or any release of Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent in the Collateral in accordance with the terms of this Indenture or the Security Documents;

(h) to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture and/or a Note Guarantee with respect to the Notes;

(i) to add to the covenants or Events of Default of the Company for the benefit of the Holders or surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company under the Indenture;

(j) to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder;

(k) to adjust the Conversion Rate as provided in Article 14;

(l) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes and PIK Payments in accordance with the limitations set forth in this Indenture;

 

74


(m) to provide for the acceptance or appointment by a successor trustee or facilitate the administration of the trusts under this Indenture by more than one trustee;

(n) in connection with any Specified Corporate Event, to provide that the Notes are convertible into Reference Property, and make such related changes to the terms of the Notes to the extent expressly required by Section 14.08;

(o) amend the provisions of this Indenture solely to facilitate (a) the deposit of one or more registered notes in global form with DTC, (b) the qualification of one or more Global Notes for settlement through the facilities of DTC and / or (c) the exchange of Physical Notes for beneficial interests representing an equivalent principal amount in a Global Note, registered in the name of DTC, or its nominee, in each case, in a manner that does not adversely affect Holders of the Notes; or

(p) to supplement the Indenture in accordance with Section 4.15.

Upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee and/or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, is hereby authorized to, and shall join with the Company in the execution of any such document reflecting the amendment, supplement or waiver to the applicable Indenture Document, to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, except that the Trustee and/or the Collateral Agent shall not be obligated to, but may enter into any such amendment, supplement or waiver that affects the Trustee’s and/or Collateral Agent’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

Any such document reflecting the amendment, supplement or waiver to the applicable Indenture Document authorized by the provisions of this Section 10.01 may be executed by the Company and the Trustee without the consent of the Holders of any of the Notes at the time outstanding, notwithstanding any of the provisions of Section 10.02.

Section 10.02 Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders . With the consent (evidenced as provided in Article 8) of the Holders of at least the Minimum Principal Amount of the Notes then outstanding (determined in accordance with Article 8 and including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a repurchase of, or tender or exchange offer for, Notes), the Company and the Trustee and/or Collateral Agent, as the case may be, at the Company’s expense, may from time to time and at any time enter into amendments, supplements or waivers to the Indenture Documents for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner, waiving or eliminating any of the provisions of the Indenture Documents or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders; provided , however , that, without the consent of each Holder of an outstanding Note affected, no such amendment, supplement or waiver shall:

(a) reduce the consideration due upon conversion of the Notes;

(b) reduce the rate of or extend the stated time for payment of interest on any Note;

(c) reduce the principal of or change the Maturity Date of any Note;

(d) except as set forth in Section 14.08, make any change that adversely affects the conversion rights of any Notes;

 

75


(e) reduce the Redemption Price, Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, Specified Repurchase Date Price or Change of Control Repurchase Price of any Note or amend or modify in any manner adverse to the Holders the Company’s obligation to make such payments, whether through an amendment or waiver of provisions in the covenants, definitions or otherwise;

(f) make any Note payable in currency other than that stated in the Note and in this Indenture;

(g) change the ranking of the Notes in a manner adverse to Holders;

(h) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal and interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes;

(i) to release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Note Guarantee or this Indenture, except in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; or

(j) make any change in this Article 10 that requires each Holder’s consent or in the waiver provisions in Section 6.02 or Section 6.09.

Upon the written request of the Company, and upon the filing with the Trustee and/or Collateral Agent, as the case may be, of evidence of the consent of Holders as aforesaid and subject to Section 10.05, the Trustee and/or the Collateral Agent shall join with the Company in the execution of such amendment, supplement or waiver to the Indenture Documents unless such amendment, supplement or waiver affects the Trustee’s and/or the Collateral Agent’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee and/or the Collateral Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amendment, supplement or waiver.

Holders do not need under this Section 10.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver. It shall be sufficient if such Holders approve the substance thereof. After any such amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, the Company shall mail (or send electronically) to the Holders (with a copy to the Trustee) a notice briefly describing such amendment, supplement or waiver. However, the failure to give such notice to all the Holders, or any defect in the notice, will not impair or affect the validity of the amendment, supplement or waiver.

Section 10.03 Effect of Amendments, Supplements Or Waivers . Upon the execution of any amendment, supplement or waiver pursuant to the provisions of this Article 10, the applicable Indenture Document shall be and be deemed to be modified and amended in accordance therewith and the respective rights, limitation of rights, obligations, duties and immunities under the Indenture Documents of the Trustee, the Collateral Agent, the Company, the Guarantors and the Holders shall thereafter be determined, exercised and enforced hereunder subject in all respects to such modifications and amendments and all the terms and conditions of any such amendment, supplement or waiver shall be and be deemed to be part of the terms and conditions of the applicable Indenture Document for any and all purposes.

 

76


Section 10.04 Notation on Notes. Notes authenticated and delivered after the execution of any amendment, supplement or waiver pursuant to the provisions of this Article 10 may, at the Company’s expense, bear a notation as to any matter provided for in such amendment, supplement or waiver. If the Company shall so determine, new Notes so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Board of Directors, to any modification of an Indenture Document contained in any such amendment, supplement or waiver may, at the Company’s expense, be prepared and executed by the Company, authenticated by the Trustee (or an authenticating agent duly appointed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 18.10) and delivered in exchange for the Notes then outstanding, upon surrender of such Notes then outstanding.

Section 10.05 Evidence of Compliance of Amendment, Supplement Or Waiver to Be Furnished Trustee . In addition to the documents required by Section 18.05, the Trustee shall receive an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that any amendment, supplement or waiver executed pursuant hereto complies with the requirements of this Article 10, is permitted or authorized by this Indenture and is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms.

ARTICLE 11

CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE, CONVEYANCE AND LEASE

Section 11.01 Company May Consolidate, Etc. on Certain Terms . Subject to the provisions of Section 11.02, the Company shall not consolidate with or merge with or into, or sell, convey, assign, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the consolidated properties or assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in one transaction or any series of transactions, to another Person, unless:

(a) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (if other than the Company) (the “Successor Company ) shall be a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia;

(b) the Successor Company unconditionally assumes all of the Company’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the obligation to pay Additional Interest pursuant to Section 4.10) and applicable Security Documents pursuant to a supplemental indenture in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee and/or the Collateral Agent;

(c) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing under this Indenture; and

(d) in any transaction where the Company is not the surviving or transferee Person, the Company, the Successor Company or the transferee Person, as applicable, shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel, each stating that the consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, assignment, transfer, lease or other disposition and such supplemental indenture complies with this Indenture and all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.

For purposes of this Section 11.01, the sale, conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Subsidiaries of the Company to

 

77


another Person that is not the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company, which properties and assets, if held by the Company instead of such Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the consolidated properties and assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, shall be deemed to be the sale, conveyance, transfer or lease by the Company of all or substantially all of its consolidated properties and assets to another Person.

Section 11.02 Successor Corporation to Be Substituted . In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, assignment, transfer, lease or other disposition and upon the assumption by the Successor Company, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee, of the due and punctual payment of the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest on all of the Notes, the due and punctual delivery or payment, as the case may be, of any consideration due upon conversion of the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by the Company, such Successor Company (if not the Company) shall succeed to and, except in the case of a lease of all or substantially all of the consolidated properties or assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, shall be substituted for the Company, with the same effect as if it had been named herein as the party of the first part. Such Successor Company thereupon may cause to be signed, and may issue either in its own name or in the name of the Company any or all of the Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee; and, upon the order of such Successor Company instead of the Company and subject to all the terms, conditions and limitations in this Indenture prescribed, the Trustee shall authenticate and shall deliver, or cause to be authenticated and delivered, any Notes that previously shall have been signed and delivered by the Officers of the Company to the Trustee for authentication, and any Notes that such Successor Company thereafter shall cause to be signed and delivered to the Trustee for that purpose. All the Notes so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Notes theretofore or thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Notes had been issued at the Issue Date. In the event of any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, assignment, transfer or other disposition (but not in the case of a lease), upon compliance with this Article 11 the Person named as the “Company” in the first paragraph of this Indenture (or any successor that shall thereafter have become such in the manner prescribed in this Article 11) may be dissolved, wound up and liquidated at any time thereafter and, except in the case of a lease, such Person shall be released from its liabilities as obligor and maker of the Notes and from its obligations under this Indenture and the Notes.

In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, assignment, transfer, lease or other disposition, such changes in phraseology and form (but not in substance) may be made in the Notes thereafter to be issued as may be appropriate.

ARTICLE 12

IMMUNITY OF INCORPORATORS, STOCKHOLDERS, OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

Section 12.01 Indenture and Notes Solely Corporate Obligations . No recourse for the payment of the principal of or accrued and unpaid interest on any Note, nor for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof, and no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of the Company or any Guarantor in this Indenture or in any supplemental indenture or in any Note or in any Note Guarantee, nor because of the creation of any indebtedness represented

 

78


thereby, shall be had against any incorporator, stockholder, employee, agent, Officer or director or Subsidiary, as such, past, present or future, of the Company, any Guarantor or of any successor entity of the Company or any Guarantor, either directly or through the Company, any Guarantor or any successor entity of the Company or any Guarantor, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise; it being expressly understood that all such liability is hereby expressly waived and released as a condition of, and as a consideration for, the execution of this Indenture and the issue of the Notes and the Note Guarantees.

ARTICLE 13

OPTIONAL REDEMPTION

Section 13.01 Provisional Redemption . Except as provided in this Section 13.01 and Section 13.02, the Notes are not subject to redemption at the Company’s option. On or after the date that is two calendar years after the consummation of the Qualified IPO, the Company may redeem, at its option, all or part of the Notes if the Last Reported Sale Price of the Common Stock has been at least 150% of the Qualified IPO Price then in effect for at least 20 Trading Days (whether or not consecutive) during a period of 30 consecutive Trading Days ending within three Trading Days immediately preceding the date on which the Company provides written notice of redemption (a “ Provisional Redemption ”) to the Holders of Notes on the redemption date specified in the Notice of Redemption in accordance with Section 13.03 (the “ Provisional Redemption Date ”). The Company shall redeem the Notes pursuant to a Provisional Redemption, if any, at a redemption price payable in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the Provisional Redemption Date (the “ Provisional Redemption Price ”). Neither the Trustee nor the Paying Agent shall have any responsibility to determine whether or not the condition to calling Notes for Provisional Redemption has been satisfied.

Section 13.02 Change of Control Redemption . On or before the second Business Day after the effectiveness of a Change of Control Redemption Right Event, the Company shall provide the Change of Control Redemption Notice. In the case of Physical Notes, such notice shall be by first class mail or, in the case of Global Notes, such notice shall be delivered in accordance with the applicable procedures of the Depositary. If the Company elects to effect a Change of Control Redemption in such Change of Control Redemption Notice, subject to Holders’ rights pursuant to Section 14.01 and Section 15.03, the Company may redeem on a date that is no earlier than the later to occur of (i) the 36th Business Day following the Change of Control Effective Date and (ii) the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, at its option, all or part of the Notes as to which the Holders have not made an election to (a) convert such Notes pursuant to Section 14.01 and 14.03 or (b) tender such Notes for repurchase pursuant to Sections 15.01 or 15.03 and Section 15.07 (a “ Change of Control Redemption ”) on a redemption date specified in the Notice of Redemption in accordance with Section 13.03 (the “ Change of Control Redemption Date ”). The Company shall redeem the Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Redemption at the Change of Control Redemption Price. Neither the Trustee nor the Paying Agent shall have any responsibility to determine whether or not the conditions to calling Notes for a Change of Control Redemption has been satisfied. For the avoidance of doubt, no Change of Control Redemption shall be effected with respect to any Holder’s Notes if such Holder has elected to convert such Notes in accordance with Section 14.01 or to tender such Notes for repurchase in accordance with Section 15.01 or 15.03.

 

79


Section 13.03 Redemption Procedures.

(a) The Company shall provide not less than 30 nor more than 60 calendar days’ written notice before a Redemption Date relating to a Provisional Redemption under Section 13.01 or a Change of Control Redemption under Section 13.02 to the Trustee, the Conversion Agent (if other than the Trustee), the Paying Agent (if other than the Trustee) and each Holder (each, a “ Notice of Redemption ” and the date of any such Notice of Redemption, the “ Redemption Notice Date ”) (in each case, with written notice to the Trustee no less than five calendar days (or such shorter period as agreed by the Trustee) prior to the sending of such redemption notice in the event the Trustee is engaged by the Company to send such notice or cause such notice to be sent, in each case, in the Company’s name and at the Company’s expense). The Redemption Date for a Provisional Redemption under Section 13.01 or a Change of Control Redemption under Section 13.02 must be a Business Day. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company sets a Redemption Date between a Regular Record Date and the corresponding Interest Payment date, the Company will not pay accrued interest to any Holder of Notes to be redeemed, and will instead pay the full amount of the relevant interest payment in Cash Interest on such Interest Payment Date to the Holder of record on such a Regular Record Date.

(b) The Notice of Redemption shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:

(i) the Redemption Date;

(ii) the Provisional Redemption Price or Change of Control Redemption Price, as the case may be;

(iii) the current Conversion Rate;

(iv) the name and address of the Paying Agent and Conversion Agent;

(v) that Holders who want to convert Notes must satisfy the requirements set forth in the Notes and Article 14 of this Indenture;

(vi) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent in order to collect the Redemption Price therefor, together with accrued but unpaid interest thereon;

(vii) if fewer than all the outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the certificate numbers, if any, and principal amounts of the particular Notes to be redeemed;

(viii) that, unless the Company defaults in paying the Redemption Price, interest on Notes called for redemption will cease to accrue on and after the Redemption Date and the Notes called for redemption will cease to be outstanding; and

(ix) the CUSIP number of the Notes called for redemption.

 

80


(c) If, in the case of a Provisional Redemption or Change of Control Redemption, the Company decides to redeem fewer than all of the outstanding Notes, the Notes to be redeemed will be selected according to DTC’s applicable procedures, in the case of Notes represented by a Global Note, or, in the case of Physical Notes, the Trustee shall select Notes to be redeemed in whole or in part, pro rata, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate. If the Trustee selects a portion of a Holder’s Notes for partial redemption and such Holder converts a portion of such Notes, the converted portion will be deemed to be from the portion selected for redemption. In the event of any redemption in part, the Company shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Note so selected for redemption, in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any such Note being redeemed in part.

(d) No Notes may be redeemed if the principal amount of the Notes has been accelerated, and such acceleration has not been rescinded, on or prior to the Redemption Date (except in the case of an acceleration resulting from a default by the Company in the payment of the redemption price with respect to such Notes).

Section 13.04 No Sinking Fund. The Company is not required to make sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

ARTICLE 14

CONVERSION OF NOTES

Section 14.01 Conversion upon Change of Control prior to the Qualified IPO . Prior to the Qualified IPO, each Holder of a Note shall have the right, at such Holder’s option, to convert all or any portion (if the portion to be converted is $1,000 principal amount or an integral multiple thereof (or, if a PIK Payment has been made, if the portion to be converted is $1.00 principal amount or an integral multiple thereof )) of such Note on or after the time that is ten (10) Business Days prior to the anticipated effective date of a Change of Control until the close of business on the 35th Business Day following the actual date such Change of Control becomes effective (the “ Change of Control Effective Date ”), into shares of Common Stock (or, if such Holder exercises such conversion right following the effective date of such Change of Control, such Reference Property pursuant to Section 14.08 in lieu of such Common Stock), together with a cash payment in lieu of delivering any fractional share as set forth below under Section 14.03(c), at a conversion rate equal to (a), if no PIK Payment has been made, the greater of (i) the Change of Control Maximum Conversion Rate and (ii) the quotient (rounded to eight decimal places) of (A) $1,000 and (B) 80% of the Transaction Price per share of Common Stock in such transaction (such greater rate, the “ Change of Control Conversion Rate ”) per $1,000 principal amount of Notes or (b), if a PIK Payment has been made, the quotient of (i) the Change of Control Conversion Rate and (ii) $1,000, per $1.00 principal amount of Notes (subject, in each case, to, and in accordance with, the settlement provisions of Section 14.03, the “ Change of Control Conversion Obligation ”). The Company shall notify the Holders, the Trustee and the Conversion Agent (if other than the Trustee) in writing of any Change of Control prior to the Qualified IPO no later than fifteen (15) Business Days prior to the anticipated effective date of a Change of Control (or if such anticipated effective date is not known prior to such date, promptly following knowledge of such anticipated effective date but in any event no later than two (2) Business Days after the Change of Control Effective Date). In the case of Physical Notes, such notice shall be by first class mail or, in the case of Global Notes, such notice shall be delivered in accordance with the

 

81


applicable procedures of the Depositary. No failure of the Company to give the foregoing notice and no defect therein shall limit the Holders’ conversion rights or affect the validity of the proceedings for the conversion of the Notes pursuant to this Section 14.01. In the event such Change of Control is a Change of Control Redemption Right Event, the right of the Holders to elect to convert their Notes pursuant to this Section 14.01 shall continue until the later of (i) the applicable Change of Control Effective Date and (ii) the 10th Business Day after Holders receive the Change of Control Redemption Notice.

Section 14.02 Conversion on or after the earlier to occur of the Qualified IPO and September 1, 2020 . Prior to the earlier of the Qualified IPO and September 1, 2020, the Notes may not be converted other than as provided above in Section 14.01 upon the occurrence of a Change of Control. Subject to and upon compliance with the provisions of this Article 14, each Holder of a Note shall have the right, at such Holder’s option, to convert all or any portion (if the portion to be converted is $1,000 principal amount or an integral multiple thereof (or, if a PIK Payment has been made, if the portion to be converted is $1.00 or an integral multiple thereof)) of such Note on or after the earlier to occur of the Qualified IPO and September 1, 2020 until the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Maturity Date at an initial conversion rate of (a), if no PIK Payment has been made, 32.35200000 (subject to adjustment as provided in this Article 14, the “ Conversion Rate ”) shares of Common Stock per $1,000 principal amount of Notes or (b), if a PIK Payment has been made, the quotient of (i) the Conversion Rate and (ii) $1,000, per $1.00 principal amount of Notes (subject, in each case, to, and in accordance with, the settlement provisions of Section 14.03, the “ Conversion Obligation ”); provided that if a Change of Control Effective Date occurs on or after September 1, 2020 and prior to the Qualified IPO, Holders’ option to convert their Notes on or after such Change of Control Effective Date and until the earlier to occur of the Qualified IPO and the close of business on the 35th Business Day after such Change of Control Effective Date shall be pursuant to Section 14.01 and not this Section 14.02.

Section 14.03 Conversion Procedure; Settlement Upon Conversion.

(a) Subject to Section 14.01, Section 14.02, this Section 14.03, Section 14.04(b) and Section 14.08(a), upon conversion of any Note pursuant to (i) Section 14.01, the Company shall deliver to the converting Holder shares of Common Stock, together with a cash payment in lieu of delivering any fractional share as set forth below under Section 14.03(c), at a conversion rate in accordance with Section 14.01 (as adjusted pursuant to Section 14.05, as applicable); or (ii) Section 14.02 (subject to the final proviso thereto), the Company shall deliver to the converting Holder shares of Common Stock, together with a cash payment in lieu of delivering any fractional share as set forth below under Section 14.03(c), at a conversion rate in accordance with Section 14.02 (as adjusted pursuant to Section 14.05, as applicable), in each case (i) and (ii), on the third Business Day following the relevant Conversion Date. A Holder may convert fewer than all of such Holder’s Notes.

(b) Before any Holder of a Note shall be entitled to convert a Note as set forth above, such Holder shall (i) in the case of a Global Note, comply with the procedures of the Depositary in effect at that time (allowing for sufficient time to comply) and, if required, (1) pay funds to the Conversion Agent equal to interest payable on the next Interest Payment Date to which such Holder is not entitled as set forth in Section 14.03(h) and (2) pay all transfer and similar taxes as

 

82


set forth in Section 14.03(d) and Section 14.03(e); and (ii) in the case of a Physical Note, (1) complete, manually sign and deliver an irrevocable notice to the Conversion Agent as set forth in the Form of Notice of Conversion (or a facsimile thereof) (a “ Notice of Conversion ”) at the office of the Conversion Agent and state in writing therein the principal amount of Notes to be converted and the name or names (with addresses) in which such Holder wishes the certificate or certificates for any shares of Common Stock to be delivered upon settlement of the Conversion Obligation or the Change of Control Conversion Obligation, as the case may be, to be registered, (2) surrender such Notes, duly endorsed to the Company or in blank (and accompanied by appropriate endorsement and transfer documents), at the office of the Conversion Agent, (3) if required, furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents, (4) if required, pay all transfer and similar taxes as set forth in Section 14.03(d) and Section 14.03(e) and (5) if required, pay funds to the Conversion Agent equal to interest payable on the next Interest Payment Date to which such Holder is not entitled as set forth in Section 14.03(h). The Trustee (and if different, the Conversion Agent) shall notify the Company of any conversion pursuant to this Article 14 on the Conversion Date for such conversion. No Notice of Conversion with respect to any Notes may be surrendered by a Holder thereof if such Holder has also delivered a Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice, a Specified Repurchase Date Notice or a Change of Control Repurchase Notice to the Company in respect of such Notes and has not validly withdrawn such Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice, Specified Repurchase Date Notice or Change of Control Repurchase Notice in accordance with Section 15.04.

If more than one Note shall be surrendered for conversion at one time by the same Holder, the Conversion Obligation or the Change of Control Conversion Obligation, as the case may be, with respect to such Notes shall be computed on the basis of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes (or specified portions thereof to the extent permitted thereby) so surrendered.

(c) A Note shall be deemed to have been converted immediately prior to the close of business on the date (the “ Conversion Date ”) that the Holder has complied with the requirements set forth in subsection (b) above. On the third (3rd) Business Day immediately following the relevant Conversion Date, the Company shall issue or cause to be issued, and deliver to such Holder, or such Holder’s nominee or nominees, certificates or a book-entry transfer through the Depositary for the full number of shares of Common Stock to which such Holder shall be entitled in satisfaction of the Company’s Conversion Obligation or the Change of Control Conversion Obligation, as the case may be.

(d) In case any Physical Note shall be surrendered for partial conversion, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to or upon the written order of the Holder of the Note so surrendered a new Note or Notes in authorized denominations in an aggregate principal amount equal to the unconverted portion of the surrendered Note, without payment of any service charge by the converting Holder but, if required by the Company or Trustee, with payment of a sum sufficient to cover any documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer tax or similar governmental charge required by law or that may be imposed in connection therewith as a result of the name of the Holder of the new Notes issued upon such conversion being different from the name of the Holder of the old Notes surrendered for such conversion.

(e) If a Holder submits a Note for conversion, the Company shall pay any documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer tax due on the issue of any shares of Common

 

83


Stock upon conversion, unless the tax is due because the Holder requests any such shares to be issued in a name other than the Holder’s name, in which case the Holder must pay that tax. The Conversion Agent may refuse to deliver the certificates representing the shares of Common Stock being issued in a name other than the Holder’s name until the Trustee receives a sum sufficient to pay any tax that is due by such Holder in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence.

(f) Except as provided in Section 14.05, no adjustment shall be made for dividends on any shares of Common Stock issued upon the conversion of any Note as provided in this Article 14.

(g) Upon the conversion of an interest in a Global Note, the Trustee, or the Custodian at the direction of the Trustee, shall make a notation on such Global Note as to the reduction in the principal amount represented thereby. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of any conversion of Notes effected through any Conversion Agent other than the Trustee.

(h) Subject to Sections 14.01 and 14.02, upon conversion, a Holder shall not receive any separate cash payment for accrued and unpaid interest, if any, except as set forth below. The Company’s settlement of the full Conversion Obligation or Change of Control Conversion Obligation, as applicable, shall be deemed to satisfy in full its obligation to pay the principal amount of the Note and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the relevant Conversion Date. As a result, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the relevant Conversion Date shall be deemed to be paid in full rather than cancelled, extinguished or forfeited. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Notes are converted after the close of business on a Regular Record Date, Holders of such Notes as of the close of business on such Regular Record Date will receive the full amount of interest payable on such Notes on the corresponding Interest Payment Date notwithstanding the conversion. Notes surrendered for conversion during the period beginning after the close of business on any Regular Record Date and ending at the open of business on the immediately following Interest Payment Date must be accompanied by cash funds equal to the amount of interest payable on the Notes so converted; provided that no such payment shall be required (1) for Notes surrendered for conversion after the close of business on the Regular Record Date immediately preceding the Maturity Date; (2) if the Company has specified a Redemption Date that is after a Regular Record Date and on or prior to the Business Day immediately following the date on which the corresponding interest payment is made; (3) if the Company has specified a Fundamental Change Repurchase Date that is after a Regular Record Date and on or prior to the Business Day immediately following the corresponding Interest Payment Date; (4) if the Company has specified a Change of Control Repurchase Date that is after a Regular Record Date and on or prior to the Business Day immediately following the corresponding Interest Payment Date; (5) to the extent of any Defaulted Amounts, if any Defaulted Amounts exists at the time of conversion with respect to such Note; or (6) if the Specified Repurchase Date is after a Regular Record Date and on or prior to the Business Day immediately following the corresponding Interest Payment Date. Therefore, for the avoidance of doubt, all Holders of record on the Regular Record Date immediately preceding the Maturity Date, any Specified Repurchase Date, any Fundamental Change Repurchase Date described in clause (3), any Change of Control Repurchase Date described in clause (4) and any Redemption Date described in clause (2) of the immediately preceding sentence shall receive the full interest payment due on the Maturity Date or other applicable Interest Payment Date regardless of whether their Notes have been converted or repurchased, as applicable, following such Regular Record Date.

 

84


(i) The Person in whose name the shares of Common Stock shall be issuable upon a conversion of Notes shall be treated as a stockholder of record as of the close of business on the relevant Conversion Date. Upon a conversion of Notes, such Person shall no longer be a Holder of such Notes surrendered for conversion.

(j) The Company shall not issue any fractional share of Common Stock upon conversion of the Notes and shall instead pay cash in lieu of delivering any fractional share of Common Stock issuable upon a conversion based on (A) if the Conversion Date occurs prior to the consummation of a Qualified IPO, the fair market value on the relevant Conversion Date of one share of Common Stock (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors after consultation with a reputable independent investment bank, independent valuation firm or other qualified financial institution selected by the Company, except that to the extent Disputing Holders dispute such fair market values in writing to the Company (with a copy to the Trustee and the Conversion Agent (if other than the Trustee)) on or before the 20 th Business Day after receipt of such good faith determination of the Board of Directors, such fair market values shall be mutually determined by the Company and the Disputing Holders, and if the Company and the Disputing Holders are unable to reach agreement, such fair market values shall be determined by an independent nationally recognized investment bank selected by the Company and the Disputing Holders and delivered to the Trustee and the Conversion Agent (if other than the Trustee) within 30 Business Days following such Conversion Date) and (B) otherwise, the Last Reported Sale Price of the Common Stock on the relevant Conversion Date. The Company shall pay such cash amount on or before the third (3rd) Business Day following the Conversion Date, or, if the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock is in dispute pursuant to clause (A) of this Section 14.03(j), then the Company shall pay such cash amount to the applicable Holders on or before the third (3rd) Business Day following determination of such fair market value.

Section 14.04 Adjustment to Conversion Rate upon Conversion upon a Make-Whole Fundamental Change on or after the Qualified IPO or a Provisional Redemption.

(a) If, (i) on or after the Qualified IPO and prior to the Maturity Date, a Make-Whole Fundamental Change Effective Date occurs, or (ii) the Company calls the Notes for Provisional Redemption pursuant to Section 13.01, and a Holder elects to convert its Notes in connection with such Make-Whole Fundamental Change or Provisional Redemption, the Company shall, under the circumstances described below, increase the Conversion Rate for the Notes so surrendered for conversion by a number of additional shares of Common Stock (the “ Additional Shares ”), as described in this Section 14.04. A conversion of Notes shall be deemed for these purposes to be “in connection with” (x) such Make-Whole Fundamental Change if the relevant Notice of Conversion for such Notes is received by the Conversion Agent from, and including, the Make-Whole Fundamental Change Effective Date up to, and including, the Business Day immediately prior to the related Fundamental Change Repurchase Date (or, in the case of a Make-Whole Fundamental Change that would have been a Fundamental Change but for the proviso in clause (b) of the definition thereof, the close of business on the 35th Trading Day immediately following the Make-Whole Fundamental Change Effective Date) or (y) such Provisional Redemption if the relevant Notice of Conversion for such Notes is received by the Conversion Agent on or after the

 

85


date the Company sends a Notice of Redemption pursuant to Section 13.03 in respect of such Provisional Redemption and prior to the close of business on the Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the related Redemption Date (the “ Redemption Conversion Period ”) (any such period referred to in clause (x) or (y), the “ Make-Whole Fundamental Change Period ”).

(b) Upon surrender of Notes for conversion in connection with a Make-Whole Fundamental Change on or after the Qualified IPO and prior to the Maturity Date or a Provisional Redemption pursuant to Section 13.01, the Company shall deliver shares of Common Stock, including the Additional Shares, in accordance with Section 14.03; provided , however , that if, at the effective time of a Make-Whole Fundamental Change described in clause (b) of the definition of Fundamental Change, the Reference Property following such Make-Whole Fundamental Change is composed entirely of cash, for any conversion of Notes following the Make-Whole Fundamental Change Effective Date, the Conversion Obligation shall be calculated based solely on the Stock Price for the transaction and shall be deemed to be an amount of cash per $1,000 (or if a PIK Payment has been made, $1.00) principal amount of converted Notes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which $1,000 (or if a PIK Payment has been made, $1.00) principal amount of the Notes would be convertible at the Conversion Rate (including any adjustment as described in this Section 14.04) (or if a PIK Payment has been made, the quotient of (1) the Conversion Rate (including any adjustment as described in this Section 14.04) and (2) $1,000), multiplied by such Stock Price. The Company shall notify the Holders, the Trustee and the Conversion Agent (if other than the Trustee) in writing of any Make-Whole Fundamental Change Effective Date and issue a press release announcing such effective date no later than five Business Days after such Make-Whole Fundamental Change Effective Date. No failure of the Company to give the foregoing notice and no defect therein shall limit the Holders’ conversion rights or affect the validity of the Make-Whole Fundamental Change Effective Date pursuant to this Section 14.04(b).

(c) The number of Additional Shares, if any, by which the Conversion Rate shall be increased shall be determined by reference to the Make-Whole Table (as defined below), based on the date on which the Make-Whole Fundamental Change occurs or becomes effective (the “ Make-Whole Fundamental Change Effective Date ”) or the Redemption Notice Date, as applicable, and the price paid (or deemed to be paid) per share of the Common Stock in the Make-Whole Fundamental Change or on the stock price on the Redemption Notice Date, as applicable (the “ Stock Price ”). If the holders of the Common Stock receive in exchange for their Common Stock only cash in a Make-Whole Fundamental Change described in clause (b) of the definition of Fundamental Change, the Stock Price shall be the cash amount paid per share. In the case of any other Make-Whole Fundamental Change, the Stock Price shall be the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the five Trading Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the Make-Whole Fundamental Change Effective Date. The Stock Price in connection with a Provisional Redemption shall be the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the five Trading Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the Redemption Notice Date. In the event that a conversion in connection with a Provisional Redemption would also be deemed to be in connection with a Make-Whole Fundamental Change, a Holder of the Notes to be converted shall be entitled to a single increase to the Conversion Rate with respect to the first to occur of the applicable Redemption Notice Date or the Make-Whole Fundamental Change

 

86


Effective Date of the applicable Make-Whole Fundamental Change, and the later event will be deemed not to have occurred for purposes of this Section 14.04. The Board of Directors shall make appropriate adjustments to the Stock Price, in its good faith determination, to account for any adjustment to the Conversion Rate that becomes effective, or any event requiring an adjustment to the Conversion Rate where the Ex-Dividend Date, Effective Date or expiration date of the event occurs during such five consecutive Trading Day period.

(d) Within two Business Days following the consummation of the Qualified IPO, the Company shall deliver an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee and a notice to the Holders setting forth the “Make-Whole Table” (the “ Make-Whole Table ”) and related provisions (collectively with the Make-Whole Table, the “ Make-Whole Provisions ”). The Make-Whole Provisions will be consistent in all material respects with make-whole provisions that are customary for indentures governing convertible notes issued in market registered offerings as of the Issue Date, as determined in good faith by Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC in a commercially reasonable manner. Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC shall determine the Make-Whole Table consistent with the following methodology and inputs: maturity, coupon, conversion premium (as calculated using the relationship between the Qualified IPO Price and the adjusted conversion price), assuming L + 600 bps credit spread, 1.75% 5-year swap rate, 40% volatility and 0.25% borrow cost in the Kynex convertible bond model.

(e) Nothing in this Section 14.04 shall prevent an adjustment to the Conversion Rate pursuant to Section 14.05 in respect of a Make-Whole Fundamental Change.

Section 14.05 Adjustment of Conversion Rate . The Conversion Rate shall be adjusted from time to time by the Company if any of the following events occurs, except that the Company shall not make any adjustments to the Conversion Rate if Holders of the Notes participate (other than in the case of (x) a share split or share combination, (y) a tender or exchange offer or (z) Qualified IPO, in each case, that would result in an adjustment to the Conversion Rate pursuant to Section 14.05(a), Section 14.05(e) below or Section 14.05(f) below), at the same time and upon the same terms as holders of the Common Stock and solely as a result of holding the Notes, in any of the transactions described in this Section 14.05, without having to convert their Notes, as if they held a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Conversion Rate, multiplied by the principal amount (expressed in thousands) of Notes held by such Holder. The Conversion Rate, as adjusted pursuant to this Section 14.05, in effect immediately prior to the Qualified IPO is referred to as the “ Maximum Initial Conversion Rate ”. The Conversion Rate, as adjusted pursuant to this Section 14.05, in effect immediately prior to a Change of Control Effective Date is referred to as the “ Change of Control Maximum Conversion Rate ” in respect of any conversions that take place on or after such Change of Control Effective Date until the close of business on the 35th Business Day following such Change of Control Effective Date (for the avoidance of doubt, each Change of Control may have a different Change of Control Maximum Conversion Rate associated with it).

 

87


(a) If the Company exclusively issues shares of Common Stock as a dividend or distribution on shares of the Common Stock, or if the Company effects a share split or share combination, the Conversion Rate shall be adjusted based on the following formula:

 

LOGO

where,

 

CR 0    =    the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the open of business on the Ex-Dividend Date of such dividend or distribution, or immediately prior to the open of business on the Effective Date of such share split or share combination, as applicable;
CR'    =    the Conversion Rate in effect immediately after the open of business on such Ex-Dividend Date or Effective Date, as applicable;
OS 0    =    the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the open of business on such Ex-Dividend Date or Effective Date, as applicable; and
OS'    =    the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to such dividend, distribution, share split or share combination.

Any adjustment made under this Section 14.05(a) shall become effective immediately after the open of business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such dividend or distribution, or immediately after the open of business on the Effective Date for such share split or share combination, as applicable. If any dividend or distribution of the type described in this Section 14.05(a) is declared but not so paid or made, the Conversion Rate shall be immediately readjusted, effective as of the date the Board of Directors determines not to pay such dividend or distribution, to the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared.

(b) If the Company issues to all or substantially all holders of the Common Stock any rights, options or warrants entitling them, for a period of not more than 45 calendar days after the announcement date of such issuance, to subscribe for or purchase shares of the Common Stock at a price per share that is less than (i) with respect to an issuance for which the announcement of such issuance occurs on or before the 10th Trading Day immediately following the Qualified IPO, the average of the fair market value on each applicable Trading Day of one share of Common Stock (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors after consultation with a reputable independent investment bank, independent valuation firm or other qualified financial institution selected by the Company, except that to the extent Disputing Holders dispute such fair market values in writing to the Company (with a copy to the Trustee and the Conversion Agent (if other than the Trustee)) on or before the 20th Business Day after receipt of such good faith determination of the Board of Directors, such fair market values shall be mutually determined by the Company and the Disputing Holders, and if the Company and the Disputing Holders are unable to reach agreement, such fair market values shall be determined by an independent nationally recognized investment bank selected by the Company and the Disputing Holders and delivered to the Trustee and the Conversion Agent (if other than the Trustee) within 30 Business Days following such issuance) for the 10 consecutive Trading Day period ending on, and including the Trading Day immediately preceding the date of announcement of such issuance or with respect to an issuance for which the announcement of such issuance occurs after the 10th Trading Day immediately following the Qualified IPO, the average of the Last Reported Sale

 

88


Prices of the Common Stock for the 10 consecutive Trading Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the date of announcement of such issuance, the Conversion Rate shall be increased based on the following formula:

 

LOGO

where,

 

CR 0    =    the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the open of business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such issuance;
CR'    =    the Conversion Rate in effect immediately after the open of business on such Ex-Dividend Date;
OS 0    =    the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the open of business on such Ex-Dividend Date;
X    =    the total number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to such rights, options or warrants; and
Y    =    the number of shares of Common Stock equal to the aggregate price payable to exercise such rights, options or warrants, divided by (i) with respect to an issuance for which the announcement of such issuance occurs on or before the 10th Trading Day immediately following the Qualified IPO, the average of the fair market value on each applicable Trading Day of one share of Common Stock (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors after consultation with a reputable independent investment bank, independent valuation firm or other qualified financial institution selected by the Company, except that to the extent Disputing Holders dispute such fair market values in writing to the Company (with a copy to the Trustee and the Conversion Agent (if other than the Trustee)) on or before the 20th Business Day after receipt of such good faith determination of the Board of Directors, such fair market values shall be mutually determined by the Company and the Disputing Holders, and if the Company and the Disputing Holders are unable to reach agreement, such fair market values shall be determined by an independent nationally recognized investment bank selected by the Company and the Disputing Holders and delivered to the Trustee and the Conversion Agent (if other than the Trustee) within 30 Business Days following such issuance) over the 10 consecutive Trading Day period ending on, and including the Trading Day immediately preceding the date of announcement of such issuance and (ii) with respect to an issuance for which the announcement of such issuance occurs after the 10th Trading Day immediately following the Qualified IPO, the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the 10 consecutive Trading Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the date of announcement of the issuance of such rights, options or warrants.

 

89


Any increase made under this Section 14.05(b) shall be made successively whenever any such rights, options or warrants are issued and shall become effective immediately after the open of business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such issuance. To the extent that shares of the Common Stock are not delivered after the expiration of such rights, options or warrants, the Conversion Rate shall be decreased to the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect had the increase with respect to the issuance of such rights, options or warrants been made on the basis of delivery of only the number of shares of Common Stock actually delivered. If such rights, options or warrants are not so issued, the Conversion Rate shall be decreased to the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if such Ex-Dividend Date for such issuance had not occurred.

For purposes of this Section 14.05(b), in determining whether any rights, options or warrants entitle the holders to subscribe for or purchase shares of the Common Stock at a price per share that is less than such average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the 10 consecutive Trading Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the date of announcement of such issuance or such average of the fair market value on each applicable Trading Day of one share of Common Stock over the 10 consecutive Trading Day period ending on, and including the Trading Day immediately preceding the date of announcement of such issuance, as the case may be, and in determining the aggregate offering price of such shares of Common Stock, there shall be taken into account any consideration received by the Company for such rights, options or warrants and any amount payable on exercise or conversion thereof, the value of such consideration, if other than cash, to be determined by the Board of Directors.

(c) If the Company distributes shares of its Capital Stock, evidences of its indebtedness, other assets or property of the Company or rights, options or warrants to acquire shares of its Capital Stock or other securities, to all or substantially all holders of the Common Stock, excluding (i) dividends, distributions or issuances as to which an adjustment was effected pursuant to Section 14.05(a), Section 14.05(b) or Section 14.05(e), (ii) dividends or distributions paid exclusively in cash as to which an adjustment was effected pursuant to Section 14.05(d), (iii) any dividends or distributions of Reference Property in exchange for Common Stock in connection with any transaction described in Section 14.08, (iv) except as otherwise provided in Section 14.12, rights issued pursuant to a shareholder rights plan adopted by the Company and (v) Spin-Offs as to which the provisions set forth below in this Section 14.05(c) shall apply (any of such shares of Capital Stock, evidences of indebtedness, other assets or property or rights, options or warrants to acquire shares of Capital Stock or other securities, the “ Distributed Property ”), then the Conversion Rate shall be increased based on the following formula:

 

LOGO

where,

 

CR 0   =    the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the open of business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution;
CR'   =    the Conversion Rate in effect immediately after the open of business on such Ex-Dividend Date;

 

90


SP 0    =    (i) with respect to a distribution that has an Ex-Dividend Date that occurs on or before the 10th Trading Day immediately succeeding the Qualified IPO, the average of the fair market value on each applicable Trading Day of one share of Common Stock (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors after consultation with a reputable independent investment bank, independent valuation firm or other qualified financial institution selected by the Company, except that to the extent Disputing Holders dispute such fair market values in writing to the Company (with a copy to the Trustee and the Conversion Agent (if other than the Trustee)) on or before the 20th Business Day after receipt of such good faith determination of the Board of Directors, such fair market values shall be mutually determined by the Company and the Disputing Holders, and if the Company and the Disputing Holders are unable to reach agreement, such fair market values shall be determined by an independent nationally recognized investment bank selected by the Company and the Disputing Holders and delivered to the Trustee and the Conversion Agent (if other than the Trustee) within 30 Business Days following such issuance) over the 10 consecutive Trading Day period ending on, and including the Trading Day immediately preceding the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution or (ii) with respect to a distribution that has an Ex-Dividend Date that occurs after the 10th Trading Day immediately succeeding the Qualified IPO, the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the 10 consecutive Trading Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution; and
FMV    =    the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors) of the Distributed Property with respect to each outstanding share of the Common Stock on the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution.

Any increase made under the portion of this Section 14.05(c) above shall become effective immediately after the open of business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution. If such distribution is not so paid or made, the Conversion Rate shall be decreased to be the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if such distribution had not been declared.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if “FMV” (as defined above) is equal to or greater than “SP 0 ” (as defined above), in lieu of the foregoing increase, each Holder of a Note shall receive, in respect of each $1,000 (or if a PIK Payment has been made, $1.00) principal amount thereof, at the same time and upon the same terms as holders of the Common Stock receive the Distributed Property, the amount and kind of Distributed Property such Holder would have received if such Holder owned a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Conversion Rate in effect on the Record Date for the distribution (or if a PIK Payment has been made, the quotient of (1) the Conversion Rate then in effect on the Record Date for such distribution and (2) 1,000). If the Board of Directors determines the “FMV” (as defined above) of any distribution for purposes of this Section 14.05(c) by reference to the actual or when-issued trading market for any securities, it shall in doing so consider the prices in such market over the same period used in computing the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the 10 consecutive Trading Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution.

 

91


With respect to an adjustment pursuant to this Section 14.05(c) where there has been a payment of a dividend or other distribution on the Common Stock of shares of Capital Stock of any class or series, or similar equity interest, of or relating to a Subsidiary or other business unit of the Company, that are, or, when issued, will be, listed or admitted for trading on a U.S. national securities exchange (a “ Spin-Off ”), the Conversion Rate shall be increased based on the following formula:

 

LOGO

where,

 

CR 0    =    the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the open of business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such Spin-Off;
CR '    =    the Conversion Rate in effect immediately after the open of business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such Spin-Off;
FMV 0    =    the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the shares of Capital Stock or similar equity interest distributed to holders of the Common Stock applicable to one share of the Common Stock (determined by reference to the definition of Last Reported Sale Price as set forth in Section 1.01 as if references therein to Common Stock were to such Capital Stock or similar equity interest) over the first 10 consecutive Trading Day period after, and including, the Ex-Dividend Date of the Spin-Off (the “ Valuation Period ”); and
MP 0    =    (i) with respect to a distribution that has an Ex-Dividend Date that occurs before the Qualified IPO, the average of the fair market value on each applicable Trading Day of one share of Common Stock (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors after consultation with a reputable independent investment bank, independent valuation firm or other qualified financial institution selected by the Company, except that to the extent Disputing Holders dispute such fair market values in writing to the Company (with a copy to the Trustee and the Conversion Agent (if other than the Trustee)) on or before the 20th Business Day after receipt of such good faith determination of the Board of Directors, such fair market values shall be mutually determined by the Company and the Disputing Holders, and if the Company and the Disputing Holders are unable to reach agreement, such fair market values shall be determined by an independent nationally recognized investment bank selected by the Company and the Disputing Holders and delivered to the Trustee and the Conversion Agent (if other than the Trustee) within 30 Business Days following such issuance) over the Valuation Period or (ii) with respect to a distribution that has an Ex-Dividend Date that occurs on or after the Qualified IPO, the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the Valuation Period.

The increase to the Conversion Rate under the preceding paragraph shall be determined by the Company on the last Trading Day of the Valuation Period, but shall be given effect at the open

 

92


of business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such Spin-Off. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in respect of any conversion of Notes during the Valuation Period, references in the portion of this Section 14.05(c) related to Spin-Offs with respect to 10 consecutive Trading Days shall be deemed to be replaced with such lesser number of Trading Days as have elapsed from, and including, the Ex-Dividend Date of such Spin-Off to, but excluding, the Conversion Date in determining the Conversion Rate. If the Ex-Dividend Date for the Spin-Off is less than 10 Trading Days prior to, and including, the end of the Observation Period in respect of any conversion of Notes, references in the preceding paragraph to 10 consecutive Trading Days will be deemed to be replaced, solely in respect of that conversion of Notes, with such lesser number of Trading Days as have elapsed from, and including, the Ex-Dividend Date for the Spin-Off to, and including, the last Trading Day of such Observation Period. If such Spin-Off does not occur, the Conversion Rate shall be decreased to be the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if such distribution had not been declared, effective as of the date on which the Board of Directors determines not to consummate such Spin-Off.

For purposes of this Section 14.05(c) (and subject in all respects to Section 14.12), rights, options or warrants distributed by the Company to all holders of the Common Stock entitling them to subscribe for or purchase shares of the Company’s Capital Stock, including Common Stock (either initially or under certain circumstances), which rights, options or warrants, until the occurrence of a specified event or events (“ Trigger Event ”): (i) are deemed to be transferred with such shares of the Common Stock; (ii) are not exercisable; and (iii) are also issued in respect of future issuances of the Common Stock, shall be deemed not to have been distributed for purposes of this Section 14.05(c) (and no adjustment to the Conversion Rate under this Section 14.05(c) will be required) until the occurrence of the earliest Trigger Event, whereupon such rights, options or warrants shall be deemed to have been distributed and an appropriate adjustment (if any is required) to the Conversion Rate shall be made under this Section 14.05(c). If any such right, option or warrant, including any such existing rights, options or warrants distributed prior to the Issue Date, are subject to events, upon the occurrence of which such rights, options or warrants become exercisable to purchase different securities, evidences of indebtedness or other assets, then the date of the occurrence of any and each such event shall be deemed to be the date of distribution and Ex-Dividend Date with respect to new rights, options or warrants with such rights (in which case the existing rights, options or warrants shall be deemed to terminate and expire on such date without exercise by any of the holders thereof). In addition, in the event of any distribution (or deemed distribution) of rights, options or warrants, or any Trigger Event or other event (of the type described in the immediately preceding sentence) with respect thereto that was counted for purposes of calculating a distribution amount for which an adjustment to the Conversion Rate under this Section 14.05(c) was made, (1) in the case of any such rights, options or warrants that shall all have been redeemed or purchased without exercise by any holders thereof, upon such final redemption or purchase (x) the Conversion Rate shall be readjusted as if such rights, options or warrants had not been issued and (y) the Conversion Rate shall then again be readjusted to give effect to such distribution, deemed distribution or Trigger Event, as the case may be, as though it were a cash distribution, equal to the per share redemption or purchase price received by a holder or holders of Common Stock with respect to such rights, options or warrants (assuming such holder had retained such rights, options or warrants), made to all holders of Common Stock as of the date of such redemption or purchase, and (2) in the case of such rights, options or warrants that shall have expired or been terminated (or deemed to have expired or been terminated pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence) without exercise by any holders

 

93


thereof, the Conversion Rate shall be readjusted as if such rights, options and warrants had not been issued (to the extent any adjustment to the Conversion Rate was made in connection with such issuance).

For purposes of Section 14.05(a), Section 14.05(b) and this Section 14.05(c), if any dividend or distribution to which this Section 14.05(c) is applicable also includes one or both of:

(A) a dividend or distribution of shares of Common Stock to which Section 14.05(a) is applicable (the “ Clause A Distribution ”); or

(B) a dividend or distribution of rights, options or warrants to which Section 14.05(b) is applicable (the “ Clause B Distribution ”),

then, in either case, (1) such dividend or distribution, other than the Clause A Distribution and the Clause B Distribution, shall be deemed to be a dividend or distribution to which this Section 14.05(c) is applicable (the “ Clause C Distribution ”) and any Conversion Rate adjustment required by this Section 14.05(c) with respect to such Clause C Distribution shall then be made, and (2) the Clause A Distribution and Clause B Distribution shall be deemed to immediately follow the Clause C Distribution and any Conversion Rate adjustment required by Section 14.05(a) and Section 14.05(b) with respect thereto shall then be made, except that, if determined by the Company (I) the “Ex-Dividend Date” of the Clause A Distribution and the Clause B Distribution shall be deemed to be the Ex-Dividend Date of the Clause C Distribution and (II) any shares of Common Stock included in the Clause A Distribution or Clause B Distribution shall be deemed not to be “outstanding immediately prior to the open of business on such Ex-Dividend Date or Effective Date” within the meaning of Section 14.05(a) or “outstanding immediately prior to the open of business on such Ex-Dividend Date” within the meaning of Section 14.05(b).

(d) If the Company makes any cash dividend or distribution to all or substantially all holders of the Common Stock, the Conversion Rate shall be adjusted based on the following formula:

 

LOGO

where,

 

CR 0   =    the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the open of business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such dividend or distribution;
CR'   =    the Conversion Rate in effect immediately after the open of business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such dividend or distribution;
SP 0   =    (i) with respect to a dividend or distribution that has an Ex-Dividend Date on or prior to the Qualified IPO, the fair market value of one share of Common Stock (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors after consultation with a reputable independent investment bank, independent valuation firm or other qualified financial institution selected by the Company, except that to the extent Disputing Holders dispute such fair market values in writing to the Company (with

 

94


      a copy to the Trustee and the Conversion Agent (if other than the Trustee)) on or before the 20th Business Day after receipt of such good faith determination of the Board of Directors, such fair market values shall be mutually determined by the Company and the Disputing Holders, and if the Company and the Disputing Holders are unable to reach agreement, such fair market values shall be determined by an independent nationally recognized investment bank selected by the Company and the Disputing Holders and delivered to the Trustee and the Conversion Agent (if other than the Trustee) within 30 Business Days following such issuance) on the Trading Day immediately preceding the Ex-Dividend Date for such dividend or distribution or (ii) with respect to a dividend or distribution that has an Ex-Dividend Date after the Qualified IPO, the Last Reported Sale Price of the Common Stock on the Trading Day immediately preceding the Ex-Dividend Date for such dividend or distribution; and
C    =    the amount in cash per share the Company distributes to all or substantially all holders of the Common Stock.

Any increase made under this Section 14.05(d) shall become effective immediately after the open of business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such dividend or distribution. If such dividend or distribution is not so paid, the Conversion Rate shall be decreased, effective as of the date the Board of Directors determines not to make or pay such dividend or distribution, to be the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if “C” (as defined above) is equal to or greater than “SP 0 ” (as defined above), in lieu of the foregoing increase, each Holder of a Note shall receive, for each $1,000 (or if a PIK Payment has been made, $1.00) principal amount of Notes, at the same time and upon the same terms as holders of shares of the Common Stock, the amount of cash that such Holder would have received if such Holder owned a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Conversion Rate on the Record Date for such cash dividend or distribution (or if a PIK Payment has been made, the quotient of (1) the Conversion Rate in effect on the Record Date for such cash dividend or distribution and (2) 1,000).

(e) If the Company or any of its Subsidiaries make a payment in respect of a tender or exchange offer for the Common Stock, other than an odd lot tender offer, to the extent that the cash and value of any other consideration included in the payment per share of the Common Stock exceeds (i) with respect to a tender or exchange offer for which the last date on which tenders or exchanges may be made occurs prior to the Trading Day immediately preceding the Qualified IPO, the fair market value of one share of Common Stock (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors after consultation with a reputable independent investment bank, independent valuation firm or other qualified financial institution selected by the Company, except that to the extent Disputing Holders dispute such fair market values in writing to the Company (with a copy to the Trustee and the Conversion Agent (if other than the Trustee)) on or before the 20th Business Day after receipt of such good faith determination of the Board of Directors, such fair market values shall be mutually determined by the Company and the Disputing Holders, and if the Company and the Disputing Holders are unable to reach agreement, such fair market values shall be determined by an independent nationally recognized investment bank selected by the Company and the Disputing Holders and delivered to the Trustee and the Conversion Agent (if other than the Trustee) within 30 Business Days following such issuance)

 

95


on the Trading Day next succeeding the last date on which tenders or exchanges may be made pursuant to such tender or exchange offer or (ii) with respect to a tender or exchange offer for which the last date on which tenders of exchanges may be made occurs on or after the Trading Day immediately preceding the Qualified IPO, the Last Reported Sale Price of the Common Stock on the Trading Day next succeeding the last date on which tenders or exchanges may be made pursuant to such tender or exchange offer, the Conversion Rate shall be increased based on the following formula:

 

LOGO

where,

 

CR 0    =    the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the open of business on the Trading Day next succeeding the date such tender or exchange offer expires;
CR'    =    the Conversion Rate in effect immediately after the open of business on the Trading Day next succeeding the date such tender or exchange offer expires;
AC    =    the aggregate value of all cash and any other consideration (as determined by the Board of Directors) paid or payable for shares of Common Stock purchased in such tender or exchange offer;
OS 0    =    the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the open of business on the date such tender or exchange offer is consummated (prior to giving effect to the purchase of all shares of Common Stock accepted for purchase or exchange in such tender or exchange offer);
OS'    =    the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after the open of business on the date such tender or exchange offer is consummated (after giving effect to the purchase of all shares of Common Stock accepted for purchase or exchange in such tender or exchange offer); and
SP'    =    (i) with respect to a tender or exchange offer for which the last date on which tenders or exchanges may be made occurs prior to the Trading Day immediately preceding the Qualified IPO, the average of the fair market value of one share of Common Stock (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors after consultation with a reputable independent investment bank, independent valuation firm or other qualified financial institution selected by the Company, except that to the extent Disputing Holders dispute such fair market values in writing to the Company (with a copy to the Trustee and the Conversion Agent (if other than the Trustee)) on or before the 20th Business Day after receipt of such good faith determination of the Board of Directors, such fair market values shall be mutually determined by the Company and the Disputing Holders, and if the Company and the Disputing Holders are unable to reach agreement, such fair market values shall be determined by an independent nationally recognized investment bank selected by the Company and the Disputing Holders and delivered to the Trustee and the

 

96


         Conversion Agent (if other than the Trustee) within 30 Business Days following such issuance) over the 10 consecutive Trading Day period ending on, and including on the 10 consecutive Trading Day period commencing on, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the date such tender or exchange offer expires or (ii) with respect to a tender or exchange offer for which the last date on which tenders of exchanges may be made occurs on or after the Trading Day immediately preceding the Qualified IPO, the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the 10 consecutive Trading Day period commencing on, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the date such tender or exchange offer expires.

The increase to the Conversion Rate under this Section 14.05(e) shall be determined at the close of business on the 10th Trading Day immediately following, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the date such tender or exchange offer expires, but shall be given effect at the open of business on the Trading Day next succeeding the date such tender or exchange offer expires. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in respect of any conversion of Notes within the 10 Trading Days immediately following, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the expiration date of any tender or exchange offer, references in this Section 14.05(e) with respect to “10 consecutive Trading Days” shall be deemed replaced with such lesser number of Trading Days as have elapsed between the expiration date of such tender or exchange offer and the Conversion Date in determining the Conversion Rate. In addition, if the Trading Day next succeeding the expiration date for such tender or exchange offer is less than 10 Trading Days prior to, and including, the end of the Observation Period (if applicable) in respect of any conversion of Notes, references in the preceding paragraph to “10 consecutive Trading Days” shall be deemed to be replaced, solely in respect of that conversion of Notes, with such lesser number of Trading Days as have elapsed from, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the expiration date for such tender or exchange offer to, and including, the last Trading Day of such Observation Period. For the avoidance of doubt, no adjustment pursuant to this Section 14.05(e) shall be made if such adjustment would result in a decrease in the Conversion Rate.

If the Company is obligated to purchase shares of the Common Stock pursuant to any such tender or exchange offer described in this Section 14.05(e) but is permanently prevented by applicable law from effecting any such purchase or all such purchases are rescinded, the applicable Conversion Rate shall be readjusted to be the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if such tender or exchange offer had not been made or had been made only in respect of the purchases that have been effected.

(f) Upon completion of the Qualified IPO, the Conversion Rate will be equal to the greater of (a) the Maximum Initial Conversion Rate and (b) the quotient (rounded to eight decimal places) of (i) $1,000 and (ii) a percentage of the Qualified IPO Price, calculated as follows:

 

    If the Qualified IPO occurs prior to June 15, 2017, 90% of the Qualified IPO Price.

 

    If the Qualified IPO occurs on or after June 15, 2017 but prior to December 15, 2017, 85% of the Qualified IPO Price.

 

97


    If the Qualified IPO occurs on or after December 15, 2017 but prior to December 15, 2018, 75% of the Qualified IPO Price.

 

    If the Qualified IPO occurs on or after December 15, 2018, 65% of the Qualified IPO Price.

For the avoidance of doubt, upon the completion of the Qualified IPO, the Conversion Rate will continue to be subject to adjustment pursuant to the other provisions of this Article 14.

(g) Notwithstanding this Section 14.05 or any other provision of this Indenture or the Notes, if a Conversion Rate adjustment becomes effective on any Ex-Dividend Date, and a Holder that has converted its Notes on or after such Ex-Dividend Date and on or prior to the related Record Date would be treated as the record holder of the shares of Common Stock as of the related Conversion Date as described under Section 14.03(i) based on an adjusted Conversion Rate for such Ex-Dividend Date, then, notwithstanding the Conversion Rate adjustment provisions in this Section 14.05, the Conversion Rate adjustment relating to such Ex-Dividend Date shall not be made for such converting Holder. Instead, such Holder shall be treated as if such Holder were the record owner of the shares of Common Stock on an unadjusted basis and participate in the related dividend, distribution or other event giving rise to such adjustment.

(h) Except as stated herein, the Company shall not adjust the Conversion Rate for the issuance of shares of the Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of the Common Stock or the right to purchase shares of the Common Stock or such convertible or exchangeable securities.

(i) In addition to those adjustments required by clauses (a), (b), (c), (d), (e) and (f) of this Section 14.05, and to the extent permitted by applicable law and subject to the applicable listing standards of the Relevant Stock Exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed or admitted for trading, the Company from time to time may increase the Conversion Rate by any amount for a period of at least 20 Business Days if the Board of Directors determines that such increase would be in the Company’s best interest. In addition, to the extent permitted by applicable law and subject to the applicable listing standards of the Relevant Stock Exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed or admitted for trading, the Company may (but is not required to) increase the Conversion Rate to avoid or diminish any income tax to holders of Common Stock or rights to purchase shares of Common Stock in connection with a dividend or distribution of shares of Common Stock (or rights to acquire shares of Common Stock) or similar event. Whenever the Conversion Rate is increased pursuant to either of the preceding two sentences, the Company shall deliver to the Holder of each Note a notice of the increase at least 15 calendar days prior to the date the increased Conversion Rate takes effect, and such notice shall state the increased Conversion Rate and the period during which it will be in effect.

(j) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article 14, the Conversion Rate shall not be adjusted:

(i) upon the issuance of any shares of Common Stock pursuant to any present or future plan providing for the reinvestment of dividends or interest payable on the Company’s securities and the investment of additional optional amounts in shares of Common Stock under any plan;

 

98


(ii) upon the issuance of any shares of Common Stock or options or rights to purchase those shares pursuant to any present or future employee, director or consultant benefit plan or program of or assumed by the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries;

(iii) except as set forth in Section 14.05(b) or Section 14.05(c), upon the issuance of any shares of the Common Stock pursuant to any option, warrant, right or exercisable, exchangeable or convertible security not described in clause (ii) of this subsection;

(iv) solely for a change in the par value (or lack of par value) of the Common Stock;

(v) upon the repurchase of any shares of the Common Stock pursuant to an open-market share repurchase program or other buy-back transaction that is not a tender offer or exchange offer of the kind described in Section 14.05(e); or

(vi) for accrued and unpaid interest, if any.

All calculations and other determinations under this Article 14 shall be made by the Company and shall be made to the nearest one-ten thousandth (1/10,000th) of a share.

(k) Notwithstanding anything in this Article 14 to the contrary, the Company shall not be required to adjust the Conversion Rate unless the adjustment would result in a change of at least 1% in the then effective Conversion Rate. However, the Company shall carry forward any adjustments to the Conversion Rate that are less than 1% of the Conversion Rate and make all such carried-forward adjustments (i) when the cumulative net effect of all adjustments not yet made will result in a change of at least 1% of the Conversion Rate or (ii) regardless of whether the adjustment (or such cumulative net effect) is less than 1%, (a) on the Conversion Date for any Notes, (b) upon the occurrence of any Change of Control that occurs prior to the Qualified IPO, (c) upon the occurrence of any Make-Whole Fundamental Change or Fundamental Change that occurs on or after the Qualified IPO or (d) upon the Company’s issuance of any Notice of Redemption.

(l) Whenever the Conversion Rate is adjusted as herein provided, the Company shall promptly file with the Trustee (and the Conversion Agent if not the Trustee) an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the Conversion Rate after such adjustment and setting forth a brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment. Unless and until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall have received such Officer’s Certificate, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any adjustment of the Conversion Rate and may assume without inquiry that the last Conversion Rate of which it has knowledge is still in effect. Promptly after delivery of such certificate, the Company shall prepare a notice of such adjustment of the Conversion Rate setting forth the adjusted Conversion Rate and the date on which each adjustment becomes effective and shall deliver such notice of such adjustment of the Conversion Rate to each Holder. Failure to deliver such notice shall not affect the legality or validity of any such adjustment.

(m) For purposes of this Section 14.05, the number of shares of Common Stock at any time outstanding shall not include shares of Common Stock held in the treasury of the Company so long as the Company does not pay any dividend or make any distribution on shares of Common Stock held in the treasury of the Company, but shall include shares of Common Stock issuable in respect of scrip certificates issued in lieu of fractions of shares of Common Stock.

 

99


Section 14.06 Adjustments of Prices. Whenever any provision of this Indenture requires the Company to calculate the Last Reported Sale Prices or the Transaction Price over a span of multiple days (including, if applicable, the period for determining the Stock Price for purposes of a Make-Whole Fundamental Change), the Board of Directors shall make appropriate adjustments (to the extent no corresponding adjustment is otherwise made pursuant to Section 14.05) to each to account for any adjustment to the Conversion Rate that becomes effective, or any event requiring an adjustment to the Conversion Rate where the Ex-Dividend Date, Effective Date, Record Date or expiration date, as the case may be, of the event occurs, at any time during the period when the Last Reported Sale Prices or the Transaction Price are to be calculated.

Section 14.07 Shares to Be Reserved . The Company shall provide, free from preemptive rights, out of its authorized but unissued shares or shares held in treasury, sufficient shares of Common Stock to provide for conversion of the Notes from time to time as such Notes are presented for conversion (assuming that at the time of computation of such number of shares, all such Notes would be converted by a single Holder).

Section 14.08 Effect of Recapitalizations, Reclassifications and Changes of the Common Stock.

(a) Subject to Section 13.02, Section 14.01, Section 15.01, Section 15.02 and Section 15.03, in the case of:

(i) any recapitalization, reclassification or change of the Common Stock (other than changes resulting from a subdivision or combination),

(ii) any consolidation, merger, combination or similar transaction involving the Company,

(iii) any sale, lease or other transfer to a third party of the consolidated assets of the Company and the Company’s Subsidiaries substantially as an entirety, or

(iv) any statutory share exchange,

in each case, as a result of which the Common Stock would be converted into, or exchanged for, stock, other securities, other property or assets (including cash or any combination thereof) (each, a “ Specified Corporate Event ”), then the Company or the Successor Company, as the case may be, shall execute with the Trustee a supplemental indenture permitted under Section 10.01(n) without the consent of the Holders providing that, at and after the effective time of such Specified Corporate Event, the right to convert each $1,000 principal amount of Notes (or if a PIK Payment has been made, each $1.00 principal amount of Notes) shall be changed into a right to convert such principal amount of Notes into the kind and amount of shares of stock, other securities or other property or assets (including cash or any combination thereof) that a holder of a number of

 

100


shares of Common Stock into which $1,000 (or if a PIK Payment has been made, $1.00) principal amount of the Notes is convertible at the Conversion Rate immediately prior to such Specified Corporate Event (which will be the applicable Change of Control Maximum Conversion Rate if such Specified Corporate Event is also a Change of Control) (or if a PIK Payment has been made, the quotient of (1) the Conversion Rate (which will be the applicable Change of Control Maximum Conversion Rate if such Specified Corporate Event is also a Change of Control) immediately prior to such Specified Corporate Event and (2) 1,000) would have owned or been entitled to receive (the “ Reference Property ,” with each “ unit of Reference Property ” meaning the kind and amount of Reference Property that a holder of one share of Common Stock is entitled to receive) upon the occurrence of such Specified Corporate Event.

If the Specified Corporate Event causes the Common Stock to be converted into, or exchanged for, the right to receive more than a single type of consideration (determined based in part upon any form of shareholder election), then (i) the Reference Property into which the Notes will be convertible shall be deemed to be (x) the weighted average of the types and amounts of consideration received by the holders of Common Stock that affirmatively make such an election or (y) if no holders of Common Stock affirmatively make such an election, the types and amounts of consideration actually received by the holders of Common Stock, and (ii) the unit of Reference Property for purposes of the immediately preceding paragraph shall refer to the consideration referred to in clause (i) attributable to one share of Common Stock. If the holders of the Common Stock receive only cash in such Specified Corporate Event, then for all conversions for which the relevant Conversion Date occurs after the effective date of such Specified Corporate Event (A) the consideration due upon conversion of each $1,000 principal amount of Notes (or if a PIK Payment has been made, the consideration due upon conversion of each $1.00 principal amount of Notes) shall be solely cash in an amount equal to (1) if no PIK Payment has been made, the Conversion Rate in effect on the Conversion Date (as may be increased by any Additional Shares pursuant to Section 14.04) or (2) if a PIK Payment has been made, the quotient of (a) the Conversion Rate in effect on the Conversion Date (as may be increased by any Additional Shares pursuant to Section 14.04) and (b) 1,000, in each case, multiplied by the price paid per share of Common Stock in such Specified Corporate Event and ) the Company shall satisfy the Conversion Obligation by paying such cash amount to converting Holders on the third Business Day immediately following the relevant Conversion Date. The Company shall notify Holders, the Trustee and the Conversion Agent (if other than the Trustee) of such weighted average as soon as practicable after such determination is made.

If the Reference Property in respect of any such transaction includes shares of Common Equity, such supplemental indenture described in the second immediately preceding paragraph providing that the Notes will be convertible into reference property shall provide for anti-dilution and other adjustments that shall be as nearly equivalent as practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 14. If, in the case of any Specified Corporate Event, the Reference Property includes shares of stock, securities or other property or assets (other than cash and/or cash equivalents) of a Person that is a party to the transaction other than the Company or the Successor Company, as the case may be, in such Specified Corporate Event, then such supplemental indenture shall also be executed by such other Person and shall contain such additional provisions to protect the interests of the Holders of the Notes as the Board of Directors shall reasonably consider necessary by reason of the foregoing, including the provisions providing for the repurchase rights set forth in Article 15.

 

101


(b) When the Company executes a supplemental indenture pursuant to subsection (a) of this Section 14.08, the Company shall promptly file with the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate briefly stating the reasons therefor, the kind or amount of cash, securities or property or asset that will comprise a unit of Reference Property after any such Specified Corporate Event, any adjustment to be made with respect thereto and that all conditions precedent have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent to the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture have been complied with, and shall promptly deliver notice thereof to all Holders. The Company shall cause notice of the execution of such supplemental indenture to be delivered to each Holder within 20 calendar days after execution thereof. Failure to deliver such notice shall not affect the legality or validity of such supplemental indenture.

(c) None of the foregoing provisions shall affect the right of a Holder to convert its Notes into shares of Common Stock, as set forth in Section 14.01, Section 14.02 and Section 14.03, prior to the effective date of such Specified Corporate Event.

(d) The above provisions of this Section shall similarly apply to successive Specified Corporate Events.

Section 14.09 Certain Covenants.

(a) The Company covenants that all shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of Notes will be fully paid and non-assessable by the Company and free from all taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issue thereof.

(b) The Company covenants that, if any shares of Common Stock to be provided for the purpose of conversion of Notes hereunder require registration with or approval of any governmental authority under any federal or state law before such shares of Common Stock may be validly issued upon conversion, the Company will, to the extent then permitted by the rules and interpretations of the Commission, secure such registration or approval, as the case may be.

(c) The Company further covenants that if at any time the Common Stock shall be listed on any national securities exchange or automated quotation system the Company will list and keep listed, so long as the Common Stock shall be so listed on such exchange or automated quotation system, any Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes.

Section 14.10 Responsibility of Trustee . The Trustee and any other Conversion Agent shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holder to determine the Conversion Rate (or any adjustment thereto) or whether any facts exist that may require any adjustment (including any increase) of the Conversion Rate, or with respect to the nature or extent or calculation of any such adjustment when made, or with respect to the method employed, or herein or in any supplemental indenture provided to be employed, in making the same. The Trustee and any other Conversion Agent shall not be accountable with respect to the validity or value (or the kind or amount) of any shares of Common Stock, or of any securities, property or cash that may at any time be issued or delivered upon the conversion of any Note; and the Trustee and any other Conversion Agent make no representations with respect thereto. Neither the Trustee nor any Conversion Agent shall be responsible for any failure of the Company to issue, transfer or deliver any shares of Common Stock or stock certificates or other securities or property

 

102


or cash upon the surrender of any Note for the purpose of conversion or to comply with any of the duties, responsibilities or covenants of the Company contained herein. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, neither the Trustee nor any Conversion Agent shall be under any responsibility to determine the correctness of any provisions contained in any supplemental indenture entered into pursuant to Section 14.08 relating either to the kind or amount of shares of stock or securities or property (including cash) receivable by Holders upon the conversion of their Notes after any event referred to in such Section 14.08 or to any adjustment to be made with respect thereto, but, subject to the provisions of Section 7.01, may accept (without any independent investigation) as conclusive evidence of the correctness of any such provisions, and shall be protected in relying upon, the Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which the Company shall be obligated to file with the Trustee prior to the execution of any such supplemental indenture) with respect thereto. Neither the Trustee nor the Conversion Agent shall be responsible for determining whether any event contemplated by Section 14.01 or 14.02 has occurred that makes the Notes eligible for conversion until the Company has delivered to the Trustee and the Conversion Agent the notices referred to in Section 14.01 or 14.02 or 14.11, as the case may be, with respect to the commencement of such conversion rights, on which notices the Trustee and the Conversion Agent may conclusively rely, and the Company agrees to deliver such notices to the Trustee and the Conversion Agent immediately after the occurrence of any such event or at such other times as shall be provided for in Section 14.01, Section 14.02 and Section 14.11.

Section 14.11 Notice to Holders Prior to Certain Actions. In case of any:

(a) action by the Company or one of its Subsidiaries that would require an adjustment in the Conversion Rate pursuant to Section 14.05 or Section 14.12;

(b) Specified Corporate Event; or

(c) voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Company;

then, in each case (unless notice of such event is otherwise required pursuant to another provision of this Indenture) and to the extent applicable, the Company shall cause to be filed with the Trustee and the Conversion Agent (if other than the Trustee) and to be delivered to each Holder, a notice stating the date on which a record is to be taken for the purpose of such action by the Company or one of its Subsidiaries or, if a record is not to be taken, the date as of which the holders of Common Stock of record are to be determined for the purposes of such action by the Company no later than the earlier of the date notice of such date is required to be provided under Rule 10b-17 of the Exchange Act or applicable rules of the Relevant Stock Exchange and such date is publicly announced by the Company. Failure to give such notice, or any defect therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of such action by the Company or one of its Subsidiaries, Specified Corporate Event, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up.

Section 14.12 Shareholder Rights Plans. If the Company has a shareholder rights plan in effect upon conversion of the Notes, each share of Common Stock, if any, issued upon such conversion shall be entitled to receive the appropriate number of rights, if any, and the certificates representing the Common Stock issued upon such conversion shall bear such legends, if any, in each case as may be provided by the terms of any such shareholder rights plan, as the same may

 

103


be amended from time to time. However, if, prior to any conversion of Notes, the rights have separated from the shares of Common Stock in accordance with the provisions of the applicable shareholder rights plan, the Conversion Rate shall be adjusted at the time of separation as if the Company distributed to all or substantially all holders of the Common Stock Distributed Property as provided in Section 14.05(c), subject to readjustment in the event of the expiration, termination or redemption of such rights.

ARTICLE 15

REPURCHASE OF NOTES AT OPTION OF HOLDERS

Section 15.01 Repurchase at the Option of Holders on the Specified Repurchase Date.

(a) If the Qualified IPO has not occurred before December 15, 2018, each Holder will have the right, at such Holder’s option, after such date to require the Company to repurchase for cash all of such Holder’s Notes, or any portion thereof so long as the amount of such Holder’s Notes submitted for repurchase equals $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 (or if a PIK Payment has been made, $1.00 or an integral multiple of $1.00) in excess thereof, on the 90th calendar day (or earlier, if the Company and such Holder agree) (any such date of required repurchase, a “ Specified Repurchase Date ”) after such Holder has properly delivered and not withdrawn a Specified Repurchase Date Notice, at a repurchase price to be paid in cash in an amount equal to 110% of the principal amount of the Notes being repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the Specified Repurchase Date (the “ Specified Repurchase Date Price ”). If the Specified Repurchase Date Price with respect to a Note for which a Holder has properly delivered and not withdrawn a Specified Repurchase Date Notice is not paid on the related Specified Repurchase Date, interest shall accrue on the principal amount of, and interest on, such Note at an interest rate of 8.00% per year. For the avoidance of doubt, the occurrence of any transaction described in Section 14.08, a result of which the Notes become convertible into shares of common stock that are listed or quoted on any Permitted Exchange or will be listed or quoted on any Permitted Exchange following such transaction, shall not affect any Holder’s right to have the Company repurchase for cash such Holder’s Notes pursuant to this Section 15.01.

(b) On or before November 15, 2018, the Company shall provide to all Holders of Notes, the Trustee, the Paying Agent (in the case of a Paying Agent other than the Trustee) and to beneficial owners of Notes as required by applicable law, a written notice (the “ Specified Repurchase Date Right Notice ”) of the repurchase right of the Holders that will arise under Section 15.01(a) if the Qualified IPO is not consummated on or before December 15, 2018. The Specified Repurchase Date Right Notice shall:

(i) describe the repurchase right of the Holders under Section 15.01(a) of this Indenture;

(ii) explain that such repurchase right will not arise until after December 15, 2018 and only if the Qualified IPO has not been consummated by such date;

(iii) the Specified Repurchase Date Price;

(iv) the name and address of the Paying Agent; and

(v) the procedures that Holders must follow to require the Company to repurchase their Notes.

 

104


No failure of the Company to give the foregoing notices and no defect therein shall limit the Holders’ repurchase rights or affect the validity of the proceedings for the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to this Section 15.01.

At the Company’s written request (with written notice to the Trustee no less than five (5) calendar days (or such shorter period as agreed by the Trustee) prior to the sending of such notice), the Trustee shall give such notice in the Company’s name and at the Company’s expense; provided , however , that, in all cases, the text of such Specified Repurchase Date Right Notice shall be prepared by the Company.

Section 15.02 Repurchase at Option of Holders Upon a Fundamental Change on or after the Qualified IPO.

(a) If a Fundamental Change occurs at any time on or after the Qualified IPO and prior to the Maturity Date, each Holder shall have the right, at such Holder’s option, to require the Company to repurchase for cash all of such Holder’s Notes, or any portion of the principal amount thereof that is equal to $1,000 (or if a PIK Payment has been made, $1.00) or an integral multiple thereof, on the date (the “Fundamental Change Repurchase Date ”) specified by the Company that is not less than 20 Business Days or more than 35 Business Days following the date of the Fundamental Change Company Notice at a repurchase price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to, but excluding, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date (the “Fundamental Change Repurchase Price ”) , unless the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date falls after a Regular Record Date but on or prior to the Interest Payment Date to which such Regular Record Date relates, in which case the Company shall instead pay the full amount of accrued and unpaid interest to Holders of record as of such Regular Record Date, and the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price shall be paid in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount of Notes to be repurchased pursuant to this Section 15.02.

(b) On or before the 20th calendar day after the occurrence of the effective date of a Fundamental Change, the Company shall provide to all Holders of Notes, the Trustee and the Conversion Agent (if other than the Trustee) and the Paying Agent (in the case of a Paying Agent other than the Trustee) a notice (the “Fundamental Change Company Notice ”) of the occurrence of the Fundamental Change and of the repurchase right at the option of the Holders arising as a result thereof. In the case of Physical Notes, such notice shall be by first class mail or, in the case of Global Notes, such notice shall be delivered in accordance with the applicable procedures of the Depositary. Each Fundamental Change Company Notice shall specify:

(i) the events causing the Fundamental Change;

(ii) the date of the Fundamental Change;

(iii) the last date on which a Holder may exercise the repurchase right pursuant to this Article 15;

 

105


(iv) the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price;

(v) the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date;

(vi) the name and address of the Paying Agent and the Conversion Agent, if applicable;

(vii) if applicable, the Conversion Rate and any adjustments to the Conversion Rate;

(viii) that the Notes with respect to which a Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice has been delivered by a Holder may be converted only if the Holder withdraws the Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; and

(ix) the procedures that Holders must follow to require the Company to repurchase their Notes.

No failure of the Company to give the foregoing notices and no defect therein shall limit the Holders’ repurchase rights or affect the validity of the proceedings for the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to this Section 15.02.

At the Company’s written request delivered at least five (5) Business Days (or such shorter time as the Trustee may agree) prior to the date of the sending of such notice, the Trustee shall give such notice in the Company’s name and at the Company’s expense; provided, however, that, in all cases, the text of such Fundamental Change Company Notice shall be prepared by the Company.

Simultaneously with providing such notice, the Company shall publish the information on the Company’s website or through such other public medium as the Company may use at that time.

Section 15.03 Repurchase at Option of Holders Upon a Change of Control Prior to the Qualified IPO.

(a) If a Change of Control occurs at any time prior to the Qualified IPO, each Holder shall have the right, at such Holder’s option, to require the Company to repurchase for cash all of such Holder’s Notes, or any portion of the principal amount thereof that is equal to $1,000 (or if a PIK Payment has been made, $1.00) or an integral multiple thereof, on the date (the “ Change of Control Repurchase Date ”) that is the later of the Change of Control Effective Date and the 10th Business Day after such Holder receives the Change of Control Company Notice at a repurchase price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to, but excluding, the Change of Control Repurchase Date (the “ Change of Control Repurchase Price ”), unless the Change of Control Repurchase Date falls after a Regular Record Date but on or prior to the Interest Payment Date to which such Regular Record Date relates, in which case the Company shall instead pay the full amount of accrued and unpaid interest to Holders of record as of such Regular Record Date, and the Change of Control Repurchase Price shall be paid in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount of

 

106


Notes to be repurchased pursuant to this Section 15.03; provided that in the event such Change of Control is a Change of Control Redemption Right Event, (i) the right of each Holder to elect to require the Company to repurchase such Holder’s Notes pursuant to this Section 15.03 shall continue until the later of (A) the applicable Change of Control Effective Date and (B) the 10th Business Day after Holders receive the Change of Control Redemption Notice, and (ii) the Change of Control Repurchase Date shall be the later of the applicable Change of Control Effective Date and the 10th Business Day after such Holder receives the Change of Control Redemption Notice, if such Holder elects to require the Company to effect a repurchase pursuant to this Section 15.03; provided further that the Company may postpone the Change of Control Repurchase Date by one (1) Business Day if such Holder’s written election to require the Company to effect a repurchase pursuant to this Section 15.03 is made less than one Business Day before such Change of Control Repurchase Date without giving effect to such postponement.

(b) On or before the second Business Day after the effectiveness of a Change of Control prior to the Qualified IPO, the Company shall provide to all Holders of Notes, the Trustee and the Conversion Agent (if other than the Trustee) and the Paying Agent (in the case of a Paying Agent other than the Trustee) a notice (the “ Change of Control Company Notice ”) of the occurrence of the Change of Control and of the repurchase right at the option of the Holders arising as a result thereof. In the case of Physical Notes, such notice shall be by first class mail or, in the case of Global Notes, such notice shall be delivered in accordance with the applicable procedures of the Depositary. Each Change of Control Company Notice shall specify:

(i) the events causing the Change of Control;

(ii) the date of the Change of Control;

(iii) the last date on which a Holder may exercise the repurchase right pursuant to this Article 15;

(iv) the Change of Control Repurchase Price;

(v) the Change of Control Repurchase Date;

(vi) whether or not the Change of Control constitutes a Change of Control Redemption Right Event affording the Company a redemption right pursuant to Section 13.02;

(vii) the name and address of the Paying Agent and the Conversion Agent, if applicable;

(viii) the Change of Control Conversion Rate and the date until which Holders may convert their Notes pursuant to Section 14.01;

(ix) the Transaction Price Notice;

(x) that the Notes with respect to which a Change of Control Repurchase Notice has been delivered by a Holder may be converted only if the Holder withdraws the Change of Control Repurchase Notice in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; and

(xi) the procedures that Holders must follow to require the Company to repurchase their Notes.

 

107


No failure of the Company to give the foregoing notices and no defect therein shall limit the Holders’ repurchase rights or affect the validity of the proceedings for the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to this Section 15.02.

At the Company’s written request delivered at least five (5) Business Days (or such shorter time as the Trustee may agree) prior to the date of the sending of such notice, the Trustee shall give such notice in the Company’s name and at the Company’s expense; provided , however , that, in all cases, the text of such Change of Control Company Notice shall be prepared by the Company.

Simultaneously with providing such notice, the Company shall publish the information on the Company’s website or through such other public medium as the Company may use at that time.

Section 15.04 Withdrawal of Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice, Specified Repurchase Date Notice or Change of Control Repurchase Notice. (a) Holders of Physical Notes may withdraw (in whole or in part) a Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice, a Specified Repurchase Date Notice or Change of Control Repurchase Notice by means of a written notice of withdrawal delivered to the Corporate Trust Office of the Paying Agent in accordance with this Section 15.04 at any time prior to the Fundamental Change Repurchase Expiration Time, the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Specified Repurchase Date that relates to such Specified Repurchase Date Notice, or the Change of Control Repurchase Expiration Time, as applicable, specifying:

(i) the principal amount of the Notes with respect to which such notice of withdrawal is being submitted,

(ii) if Physical Notes have been issued, the certificate number(s) of the Note(s) in respect of which such notice of withdrawal is being submitted, and

(iii) the principal amount, if any, of such Note that remains subject to the original Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice, Specified Repurchase Date Notice or the Change of Control Repurchase Notice, as the case may be, which portion must be in principal amounts of $1,000 (or if a PIK Payment has been made, $1.00) or an integral multiple thereof;

If the Notes are Global Notes, Holders must withdraw the Notes they have elected to require the Company to repurchase in accordance with appropriate procedures of the Depositary.

Section 15.05 Deposit of Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, Specified Repurchase Date Price and Change of Control Repurchase Price.

(a) The Company will deposit with the Trustee (or other Paying Agent appointed by the Company, or if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, set aside, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 4.04(a)) on or prior to 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the

 

108


Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, Specified Repurchase Date or Change of Control Repurchase Date, as applicable, an amount of money sufficient to repurchase all of the Notes to be repurchased at the appropriate Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, Specified Repurchase Date Price or Change of Control Repurchase Price, as applicable. Subject to receipt of funds and/or Notes by the Trustee (or other Paying Agent appointed by the Company), payment for Notes surrendered for repurchase (and not validly withdrawn in accordance with Section 15.04) will be made on the later of (i) the Specified Repurchase Date ( provided the Holder has satisfied the conditions in Section 15.01), the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date ( provided the Holder has satisfied the conditions in Section 15.02) or the Change of Control Repurchase Date ( provided the Holder has satisfied the conditions in Section 15.03), as applicable, and (ii) the delivery of such Notes to the Trustee (or other Paying Agent appointed by the Company) by the Holder thereof or the time of book-entry transfer, in the manner required by Section 15.07 by mailing checks for the amount payable to the Holders of such Notes entitled thereto as they shall appear in the Note Register; provided , however , that payments to the Depositary shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account of the Depositary or its nominee. The Trustee shall, promptly after such payment and upon written demand by the Company, return to the Company any funds in excess of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, the Specified Repurchase Date Price or Change of Control Repurchase Price, as applicable.

(b) If by 11:00 a.m. New York City time, on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, the Specified Repurchase Date or Change of Control Repurchase Date, as applicable, the Trustee (or other Paying Agent appointed by the Company) holds money sufficient to make payment on all the Notes or portions thereof that are to be repurchased on such Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, such Specified Repurchase Date or such Change of Control Repurchase Date, as applicable, then, with respect to the Notes that have been properly surrendered for repurchase and not validly withdrawn in accordance with Section 15.04, (i) such Notes will cease to be outstanding, (ii) interest will cease to accrue on such Notes (whether or not book-entry transfer of the Notes has been made or the Notes have been delivered to the Trustee or Paying Agent) and (iii) all other rights of the Holders of such Notes will terminate (other than the right to receive the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, the Specified Repurchase Date Price and the Change of Control Repurchase Price (and default interest specified in this Indenture on overdue amounts, if any), as the case may be, and, if the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, the Specified Repurchase Date or Change of Control Repurchase Date falls after a Regular Record Date but on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date, the right of the Holder of record on such Regular Record Date to receive the related interest payment).

(c) Upon surrender of a Physical Note that is to be repurchased in part pursuant to Section 15.01, Section 15.02 or Section 15.03, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder a new Note in an authorized denomination equal in principal amount to the unrepurchased portion of the Note surrendered.

Section 15.06 Covenant to Comply with Applicable Laws Upon Repurchase of Notes. In connection with any repurchase offer pursuant to a Fundamental Change Repurchase Company Notice, a Specified Repurchase Date Right Notice or Change of Control Repurchase Company Notice, as applicable, the Company will, if required:

(a) comply with any tender offer rules under the Exchange Act that may then be applicable;

 

109


(b) file a Schedule TO or any other required schedule under the Exchange Act; and

(c) otherwise comply with all federal and state securities laws in connection with any offer by the Company to repurchase the Notes;

in each case, so as to permit the rights and obligations under this Article 15 to be exercised in the time and in the manner specified in this Article 15; provided that to the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture relating to the Company’s obligations to purchase the Notes upon a Fundamental Change, on a Specified Repurchase Date or upon a Change of Control, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under such provisions of this Indenture by virtue of such conflict.

Section 15.07 Repurchase Procedures.

(a) Repurchases of Notes under Sections 15.01, 15.02 and 15.03, as applicable, shall be made, at the option of the Holder thereof, upon:

(i) delivery to the Paying Agent by a Holder of (x) a duly completed notice substantially in the form of the Form of Specified Repurchase Date Notice (the “ Specified Repurchase Date Notice ”), (y) a duly completed notice substantially in the form of the Form of Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice (the “ Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice ”) or (z) a duly completed notice substantially in the form of the Form of Change of Control Repurchase Notice (the “ Change of Control Repurchase Notice ”), if the Notes are Physical Notes, or in compliance with the Depositary’s procedures for surrendering interests in Global Notes, if the Notes are Global Notes, in each case, on or before the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding (x) with respect to a repurchase pursuant to Section 15.01, the consummation of the Qualified IPO, (y) with respect to a repurchase pursuant to Section 15.02, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date (the “ Fundamental Change Repurchase Expiration Time ”) or (z) with respect to a repurchase pursuant to Section 15.03, the Change of Control Repurchase Date (the “ Change of Control Repurchase Expiration Time ”), as applicable; and

(ii) delivery of the Notes, with respect to a repurchase pursuant to Section 15.01, prior to the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Qualified IPO, with respect to a repurchase pursuant to Section 15.02, prior to the Fundamental Change Repurchase Expiration Time or, with respect to a repurchase pursuant to Section 15.03, prior to the Change of Control Repurchase Expiration Time, as applicable, (x) if the Notes are Physical Notes, by physical delivery to the Paying Agent at any time after delivery of the Specified Repurchase Date Notice, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice or the Change of Control Repurchase Notice, as the case may be, (together with all necessary endorsements for transfer) at the Corporate Trust Office of the Paying Agent, or (y) if the Notes are Global Notes, by book-entry transfer of the Notes in compliance with the procedures of the Depositary, in each case such delivery being a

 

110


condition to receipt by the Holder of the Specified Repurchase Date Price, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price or the Change of Control Repurchase Price, as applicable, therefor.

(b) The Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice, the Specified Repurchase Date Notice or the Change of Control Repurchase Notice, as applicable, in respect of any Notes to be repurchased shall state:

(i) in the case of Physical Notes, the certificate numbers of the Notes to be delivered for repurchase;

(ii) the portion of the principal amount of Notes to be repurchased, which must be $1,000 (or if a PIK Payment has been made, $1.00) or an integral multiple thereof; and

(iii) that the Notes are to be repurchased by the Company pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Notes and this Indenture.

If the Notes are Global Notes, Holders must tender their Notes in accordance with appropriate Depositary procedures.

(c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any Holder electing to require the Company to repurchase for cash all of such Holder’s Notes, or any portion of the principal amount thereof, as contemplated by this Article 15, shall have the right to withdraw, in whole or in part, such notice at any time prior to, with respect to a repurchase pursuant to Section 15.01, the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the related Specified Repurchase Date, with respect to a repurchase pursuant to Section 15.02, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Expiration Time or, with respect to a purchase pursuant to Section 15.03, the Change of Control Repurchase Expiration Time, by delivery of a written notice of withdrawal to the Paying Agent in accordance with Section 15.04 hereof, in the case of Physical Notes, and in accordance with appropriate Depositary procedures, in the case of Global Notes.

(d) The Paying Agent shall promptly notify the Company of the receipt by it of any Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice, Specified Repurchase Date Notice, Change of Control Repurchase Notice or notice of withdrawal thereof.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Notes may be repurchased by the Company on any date at the option of the Holders upon a Fundamental Change, Change of Control or on the Specified Repurchase Date, as applicable, if the principal amount of the Notes has been accelerated, and such acceleration has not been rescinded, on or prior to such date (except in the case of an acceleration resulting from a Default by the Company in the payment of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, Change of Control Repurchase Price or Specified Repurchase Date Price, as the case may be, with respect to such Notes). The Paying Agent will promptly return to the respective Holders thereof any Physical Notes held by it during the acceleration of the Notes (except in the case of an acceleration resulting from a Default by the Company in the payment of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, Change of Control Repurchase Price or Specified Repurchase Date Price, as the case may be, with respect to such Notes), or any instructions for book-entry transfer of the Notes in compliance with the procedures of the Depositary shall be deemed to have been cancelled, and, upon such return or cancellation,

 

111


as the case may be, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice, Change of Control Repurchase Price or Specified Repurchase Date Notice with respect thereto shall be deemed to have been withdrawn.

ARTICLE 16

GUARANTEES

Section 16.01 Note Guarantees. Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 16.05, the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally and irrevocably Guarantee, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, to each Holder, the Trustee, the Collateral Agent and their respective successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the Obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that: (a) the principal of and premium, if any, and interest, if any, on the Notes (including interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceedings), shall be promptly paid in full when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration, redemption, required purchase or repurchase or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on premium, if any, and interest, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent hereunder or thereunder shall be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration, redemption, required purchase or repurchase or otherwise. Failing payment when due, subject to any applicable grace period, of any amount so Guaranteed or any performance so Guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, legality, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company or any Guarantor, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company or another Guarantor, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenant that the Note Guarantees shall not be discharged except by payment in full or conversion in full of the Notes in accordance with this Indenture. If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company or any of the Guarantors, or any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or any of the Guarantors, any amount paid either to the Trustee or to such Holder, the Note Guarantees, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect. Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations Guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations Guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations Guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 for the purposes of the Note Guarantees, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration

 

112


in respect of the obligations Guaranteed hereby and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of the Note Guarantees. The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Trustee or the Holders under the Note Guarantees.

Section 16.02 Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee. Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its execution and delivery of this Indenture or, if applicable, any supplemental indenture substantially in the form of Exhibit C shall evidence its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 16.01 without the need for notation on the Notes.

Section 16.03 Guarantors may Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms. Except as otherwise provided in Section 16.04, no Guarantor (other than a Guarantor whose Note Guarantee is to be released in accordance with Section 16.04) may sell, convey, assign, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets, in one transaction or any series of transactions to, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person) another Person unless:

(a) the Successor Company shall be a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia;

(b) immediately after giving effect to that transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing under this Indenture;

(c) the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Guarantor) unconditionally assumes all the Obligations of that Guarantor under its Note Guarantee and the Indenture Documents pursuant to a supplemental indenture and applicable Security Documents in form satisfactory to the Trustee and/or the Collateral Agent; and

(d) in any transaction where such Guarantor is not the surviving or transferee Person, the Company, the Successor Company or the transferee Person, as applicable, shall have delivered to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel, each stating that the consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, assignment, transfer, lease or other disposition and such supplemental indenture complies with this Indenture and all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.

For purposes of this Section 16.03, the sale, conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Subsidiaries of a Guarantor to another Person that is not such Guarantor or a Subsidiary of such Guarantor, which properties and assets, if held by such Guarantor instead of such Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the consolidated properties and assets of such Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, shall be deemed to be the sale, conveyance, transfer or lease by such Guarantor of all or substantially all of its consolidated properties and assets to another Person.

In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and, if required by this Indenture, upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and

 

113


delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Note Guarantee and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by the Guarantor, such successor Person will succeed to and be substituted for such Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor. All the Note Guarantees so evidenced will in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Note Guarantees theretofore and thereafter executed in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Note Guarantees had been executed at the Issue Date.

Except as set forth in Articles 4 and 11, and notwithstanding Section 16.03(b), nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes will prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Company or another Guarantor, or will prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Company or another Guarantor.

Section 16.04 Release of Note Guarantees. In the event of:

(a) the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture in accordance with Article 3;

(b) a sale, disposition or other transfer of all or a portion of the Capital Stock of a Guarantor, including by way of merger, consolidation, amalgamation or otherwise, to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) the Company or a Guarantor; or

(c) the liquidation or dissolution of any Guarantor,

such Guarantor (and any of its Subsidiaries that are Guarantors) shall be automatically and unconditionally released and relieved of any obligations under its Note Guarantee and the Indenture Documents. In the event that any Guarantor is not required to remain as a Guarantor for the Company to be in compliance with its obligations under Section 4.13 (treating for this purpose such release as an Investment) and Section 4.14 (on a pro forma basis to give effect to such release), such Guarantor shall be released upon delivery by the Company of an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee to that effect. Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent of an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such satisfaction and discharge or such sale or other disposition, transfer (including by way of merger, consolidation, amalgamation or otherwise), liquidation or dissolution (in each case, to the extent applicable) permitted by this Indenture has occurred, or such Guarantor is not required to remain as a Guarantor for the Company to be in compliance with its obligations under Section 4.13 (treating for this purpose such release as an Investment) and Section 4.14 (on a pro forma basis to give effect to such release), the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, shall execute any documents reasonably requested by the Company in order to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its obligations under its Note Guarantee and the Indenture Documents.

Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Note Guarantee shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of, premium, if any, and interest, if any, on the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under the Indenture Documents as provided in this Article 16.

Section 16.05 Limitation on Guarantor Liability. For purposes hereof, each Guarantor’s liability shall be that amount from time to time equal to the aggregate liability of such Guarantor

 

114


under its Note Guarantee, but shall be limited to the lesser of (a) the aggregate amount of the Obligations of the Company under the Indenture Documents and (b) the amount, if any, which would not have (A) rendered such Guarantor “insolvent” (as such term is defined in the federal Bankruptcy Law and in the Debtor and Creditor Law of the State of New York), (B) left it with unreasonably small capital at the time its Note Guarantee was entered into, or at the time such Guarantor incurred liability thereunder, after giving effect to the incurrence of existing Indebtedness immediately prior to such time or (C) left such Guarantor with debts beyond such Guarantor’s ability to pay as such debts mature; provided that, it shall be a presumption in any lawsuit or other proceeding in which such Guarantor is a party that the amount Guaranteed pursuant to its Note Guarantee is the amount set forth in subsection (a) above unless any creditor, or representative of creditors of such Guarantor, or debtor in possession or trustee in bankruptcy of such Guarantor, otherwise proves in such a lawsuit or other proceeding that the aggregate liability of such Guarantor is limited to the amount set forth in subsection (b) above. In making any determination as to the solvency or sufficiency of capital of a Guarantor in accordance with the previous sentence, the right of such Guarantor to contribution from other Guarantors and any other rights such Guarantor may have, contractual or otherwise, shall be taken into account.

Section 16.06 “Trustee” to Include Paying Agent. In case at any time any Paying Agent other than the Trustee shall have been appointed by the Company and be then acting hereunder, the term “Trustee” as used in this Article 16 shall in such case (unless the context shall otherwise require) be construed as extending to and including such Paying Agent within its meaning as fully and for all intents and purposes as if such Paying Agent were named in this Article 16 in place of the Trustee.

ARTICLE 17

COLLATERAL AND SECURITY

Section 17.01 Security Documents. The due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and amounts due hereunder and under the Note Guarantees when and as the same shall be due and payable, subject to any applicable grace period, whether on an interest payment date, by acceleration, purchase, repurchase, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and the performance of all other Obligations of the Company and the Guarantors to the Holders, the Collateral Agent or the Trustee under the Indenture Documents shall be secured by the Security Documents. The Security Documents shall provide for the grant by the Company and the Guarantors party thereto to the Collateral Agent of security interests in the Collateral subject to Permitted Liens and the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement.

Section 17.02 Recording and Opinions.

(a) The Company shall, and shall cause each of the Guarantors to, at its sole cost and expense, take or cause to be taken such actions as may be required by the Security Documents, to perfect, maintain (with the priority required under the Security Documents), preserve and protect the valid and enforceable, perfected (except as expressly provided herein or therein) security interests in and on all the Collateral granted by the Security Documents in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Holders as security for the Obligations contained in this Indenture, the Notes, any Note Guarantees and the Security Documents, superior to and prior to the rights of all

 

115


third Persons (other than Permitted Priority Liens, third Persons holding Liens securing Pari Passu Obligations and as set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement), and subject to no other Liens (other than Permitted Liens); provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary under this Indenture, the Security Agreement or any Indenture Document, the Company and the Guarantors shall not be required (A) to perfect the Security Interests and/or Liens granted by the Security Documents by any means other than by (1) filings pursuant to the Uniform Commercial Code in the office of the secretary of state (or similar filing office) of the jurisdiction of incorporation or formation of the Company or such Guarantor, (2) filings in United States government offices with respect to registered and applied for United States Intellectual Property owned by the Company or any Guarantor, (3) delivery to the Collateral Agent to be held in its possession of all Collateral consisting of certificated securities, Chattel Paper, promissory notes or Instruments as required by the Security Agreement, (4) if, as of the last day of any fiscal quarter of the Company, after taking into account any pledge of Available Eligible Assets pursuant to Section 4.14 of the Indenture, the Collateral Value does not equal or exceed the Threshold Amount as of such date, entry into Deposit Account Control Agreements (as defined in the Security Agreement) and securities account control agreements (other than with respect to Excluded Deposit Accounts (as defined in the Security Agreement)) in accordance with Section 4.09 of the Security Agreement, and (5) entry into the Mortgages contemplated by Section 4.16 of this Indenture, (B) to perfect the security interest granted under the Security Documents in Letter-of-Credit Rights (as defined in the Security Agreement) other than pursuant to the filings under the Uniform Commercial Code and (C) to complete any filings or other action with respect to the perfection of the security interests, including of any Intellectual Property, created under the Security Documents in any jurisdiction outside of the United States other than the use of commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a perfected security interest in respect of any Capital Stock of a Material Pledged Foreign Subsidiary constituting Collateral in the jurisdiction of formation of such Material Pledged Foreign Subsidiary in accordance with Section 4.10 of the Security Agreement. The Company shall from time to time promptly pay all financing and continuation statement recording and/or filing fees, charges and recording and similar taxes relating to this Indenture, the Security Documents and any amendments hereto or thereto and any other instruments of further assurance required pursuant hereto or thereto.

(b) The Company shall furnish to the Collateral Agent, at such times as would be required by Section 314(b) of the Trust Indenture Act if this Indenture were qualified thereunder, commencing December 15, 2016, an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that, either (i) other than actions that have been taken, no further action was necessary to maintain the perfection of the security interest in the Collateral described in both the applicable UCC-1 financing statement and the Security Agreement and for which perfection under the UCC of the Company’s or applicable Guarantor’s jurisdiction of organization may occur by the filing of a UCC-1 financing statement with the appropriate filing office of the applicable party’s jurisdiction of organization or (ii) if any actions are so required to be taken, to specify such actions.

(c) The Company will deliver to the Trustee copies of all documents delivered to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Security Documents, and the Company will, and will cause each Guarantor to, do or cause to be done all such acts and things as may be required by the provisions of the Security Documents to assure and confirm to the Trustee that the Collateral Agent holds for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders duly created, enforceable and perfected Liens to the extent required by this Indenture and the Security Documents, as from time to time constituted.

 

116


Section 17.03 Release of Collateral.

(a) Subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, the Liens of the Collateral Agent created by the Security Documents shall not at any time be released on all or any portion of the Collateral from the Liens created by the Security Documents unless such release is in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the applicable Security Documents.

(b) The release of any Collateral from the Liens created by the Security Documents shall not be deemed to impair the security under this Indenture in contravention of the provisions hereof if and to the extent the Collateral is released pursuant to this Indenture, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement. The Company and the Guarantors shall not be required to comply with Section 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act in connection with any release of Collateral. For the avoidance of doubt, the automatic release of any current assets constituting Collateral in connection with the sale, lease or other similar disposition of such inventory of the Company and the Guarantors in the ordinary course of business shall not require delivery of any reports, certificates, opinions or other formal documentation.

Section 17.04 Specified Releases of Collateral.

(a) Collateral shall be released from the Liens created by the Security Documents at any time or from time to time in accordance with the provisions of the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement or as provided in this Indenture. The Liens securing the Collateral shall be automatically released without the need for further action by any Person under any one or more of the following circumstances:

(i) in part, as to any property that is sold, transferred, disbursed or otherwise disposed of by the Company or any Guarantor (other than to the Company or any Guarantor) in a transaction not prohibited by this Indenture at the time of such sale, transfer, disbursement or disposition;

(ii) in whole or in part, with the consent of the Holders of the requisite percentage of Notes in accordance with the provisions in Section 10.02;

(iii) in whole with respect to the Collateral of any Guarantor, upon the release of the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor in accordance with this Indenture;

(iv) in whole or in part, as applicable, as to all or any portion of the Collateral which has been taken by eminent domain, condemnation or similar circumstances;

(v) upon the request of the Company pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate at any time following the consummation of a Qualified IPO, all Intellectual Property constituting Collateral; and

(vi) in part, in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Security Documents.

(b) Upon the request of the Company pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel confirming that all conditions precedent hereunder and under the Security Documents,

 

117


if any, have been met, and any instruments of termination, satisfaction or release prepared by the Company or the Guarantors, as the case may be, the Collateral Agent, without the consent of any Holder or the Trustee and at the expense of the Company or the Guarantors, shall execute, deliver or acknowledge such instruments or releases (in form reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent) reasonably requested by the Company in order to evidence the release from the Liens created by the Security Documents of any Collateral permitted to be released pursuant to this Indenture, the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement, any such release to be made without any recourse, representation or warranty of the Collateral Agent.

Section 17.05 Release upon Satisfaction and Discharge or Amendment.

(a) The Liens on all Collateral that secure the Notes and the Note Guarantees shall be automatically terminated and released without the need for further action by any Person:

(i) upon the full and final payment and performance of the Company’s and the Guarantors’ respective Obligations under this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees (other than contingent obligations that have yet to accrue);

(ii) upon satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture as described under Section 3.01; or

(iii) with the written consent of at least 66-2/3% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes.

(b) Upon the request of the Company contained in an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel confirming that all conditions precedent hereunder and under the Security Documents have been met, any instruments of termination, satisfaction or release prepared by the Company or the Guarantors, as the case may be, the Collateral Agent, without the consent of any Holder or the Trustee and at the expense of the Company or the Guarantors, shall execute, deliver or acknowledge such instruments or releases to evidence the release from the Liens created by the Security Documents of any Collateral permitted to be released pursuant to this Indenture, or the Security Documents, any such release to be made without any recourse, representation or warranty of the Collateral Agent and to be in a form reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent.

Section 17.06 Form and Sufficiency of Release and Subordination . In the event that the Company or any Guarantor has sold, exchanged, or otherwise disposed of or proposes to sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of any portion of the Collateral that may be sold, exchanged or otherwise disposed of by the Company or such Guarantor to any Person other than the Company or a Guarantor, and the Company or such Guarantor requests, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel confirming that all conditions precedent hereunder and under the Security Documents to the release of such Collateral have been met, that (a) the Trustee or Collateral Agent furnish a written disclaimer, release or quit-claim of any interest in such property under this Indenture and the Security Documents, or, (b) to the extent applicable to such Collateral, take all action that is necessary or reasonably requested by the Company in writing (in each case at the expense of the Company) to release and reconvey to the Company or such Guarantor, without recourse, such Collateral or deliver such Collateral in its possession to the Company or such

 

118


Guarantor, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent, as applicable, shall execute, acknowledge (without any recourse, representation and warranty) and deliver to the Company or such Guarantor (in the form prepared by the Company at the Company’s sole expense) such an instrument (in form reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent) promptly or take such other action so requested after satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein for delivery of any such release.

Section 17.07 Purchaser Protected. No purchaser or grantee of any property or rights purported to have been released from the Lien of this Indenture or of the Security Documents shall be bound to ascertain the authority of the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, to execute the release or to inquire as to the existence of any conditions herein prescribed for the exercise of such authority; nor shall any purchaser or grantee of any property or rights permitted by this Indenture to be sold or otherwise disposed of by the Company be under any obligation to ascertain or inquire into the authority of the Company to make such sale or other disposition.

Section 17.08 Authorization of Actions to be Taken by the Collateral Agent Under the Security Documents. (a) Subject to the provisions of the applicable Security Documents, each Holder, by acceptance of the Notes, appoints U.S. Bank National Association as Collateral Agent consents to the terms of and agrees that the Collateral Agent shall, and the Collateral Agent is hereby authorized and directed to, execute and deliver the Security Documents to which it is a party and all agreements, documents and instruments incidental thereto, binding the Holders to the terms thereof, and act in accordance with the terms thereof. For the avoidance of doubt, the Collateral Agent shall have no discretion under this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or the Security Documents and whenever reference is made in this Indenture to any action by, consent, designation, specification, requirement or approval of, notice, request or other communication from, or other direction given or action to be undertaken or to be (or not to be) suffered or omitted by the Collateral Agent or to any election, decision, opinion, acceptance, use of judgment, expression or satisfaction or other exercise of discretion, rights or remedies to be made (or not to be made) by the Collateral Agent, it is understood in all cases that the Collateral Agent shall not be required to make or give and shall be fully protected in not making or giving any determination, consent, approval, request or direction without the written direction of the Holders of the Minimum Principal Amount of the then outstanding Notes, the Trustee or the Company, as applicable. This provision is intended solely for the benefit of the Collateral Agent and its successors and permitted assigns and is not intended to and will not entitle the other parties hereto to any defense, claim or counterclaim, or confer any rights or benefits on any party hereto. Further, the Collateral Agent shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any Holders, unless such Holder shall have offered to the Collateral Agent security and indemnity satisfactory to the Collateral Agent against any loss, cost, liability or expense which might be incurred by the Collateral Agent in compliance with such direction or request and then only to the extent required by the terms of this Indenture.

(b) No provision of the Indenture Documents shall require the Collateral Agent to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or thereunder or to take or omit to take any action hereunder or thereunder or take any action at the request or direction of Holders or the Trustee if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds is not assured to it. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Indenture Documents, in the event the Collateral Agent is entitled

 

119


or required to commence an action to foreclose or otherwise exercise its remedies to acquire control or possession of the Collateral, the Collateral Agent shall not be required to commence any such action or exercise any remedy or take any such other action if the Collateral Agent has determined that the Collateral Agent may incur personal liability as a result of the presence at, or release on or from, the Collateral or such property, of any hazardous substances unless the Collateral Agent has received security or indemnity from the Holders in an amount and in a form satisfactory to the Collateral Agent in its sole discretion, protecting the Collateral Agent from all such liability. The Collateral Agent shall at any time be entitled to cease taking any action described in this clause if it no longer reasonably deems any indemnity, security or undertaking from the Company or the Holders to be sufficient.

(c) So long as an Event of Default is not continuing, the Company may direct the Collateral Agent in writing in connection with any action required or permitted by this Indenture, the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement. During the continuance of an Event of Default, the Trustee, or the requisite Holders pursuant to Section 6.09, may, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, direct the Collateral Agent in connection with any action required or permitted by this Indenture, the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement.

(d) The Collateral Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, unless the Collateral Agent shall have received written notice from the Trustee, a Holder or the Company referring to this Indenture, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default.” The Collateral Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as may be requested by the Trustee or the Holders of the Minimum Principal Amount of the Notes subject to this Article 17.

Section 17.09 Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Trustee Under the Security Documents. The Collateral Agent is authorized to receive any funds for the benefit of itself, the Trustee and the Holders distributed under the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement and, to the extent not prohibited under the Intercreditor Agreement, to make further distributions of such funds to itself, the Trustee and the Holders in accordance with the provisions of Section and the other provisions of this Indenture. Such funds shall be held on deposit by the Trustee without investment (unless otherwise provided in this Indenture), and the Trustee shall have no liability for interest or other compensation thereon.

Section 17.10 Action by the Collateral Agent. Beyond the exercise of reasonable care in the custody thereof, the Collateral Agent shall have no duty as to any Collateral in its possession or control or in the possession or control of any agent or bailee or any income thereon or as to preservation of rights against prior parties or any other rights pertaining thereto. The Collateral Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody of the Collateral in its possession if the Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which the Collateral Agent accords its own property and shall not be liable or responsible for any loss or diminution in the value of any of the Collateral, by reason of the act or omission of any carrier, forwarding agency or other agent or bailee selected by the Collateral Agent in good faith and with reasonable care.

 

120


Neither the Trustee nor Collateral Agent shall be responsible for (i) the existence, genuineness or value of any of the Collateral; (ii) the validity, perfection, priority or enforceability of the Liens intended to be created by this Indenture or the Security Documents in any of the Collateral, whether impaired by operation of law or by reason of any action or omission to act on its part hereunder (except to the extent such action or omission constitutes gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Collateral Agent (as determined by a final non-appealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction not subject to appeal)); (iii) the sufficiency of the Collateral; (iv) the validity of the title of the Company and the Guarantors to any of the Collateral; (v) insuring the Collateral; (vi) any action taken or omitted to be taken by it under or in connection with this Indenture or the transactions contemplated hereby (except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a final nonappealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction) or (vii) any recital, statement, representation, warranty, covenant or agreement made by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company, or any officer or Affiliate thereof, contained in the Indenture Documents or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by the Collateral Agent under or in connection with, the Indenture Documents. The Company and the Guarantors shall be responsible for the maintenance of the Collateral and for the payment of taxes, charges or assessments upon the Collateral. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing herein shall require the Collateral Agent or the Trustee to file financing statements or continuation statements, or be responsible for maintaining the security interests purported to be created and described herein (except for the safe custody of any Collateral in its possession and the accounting for moneys actually received by it hereunder or under any other Indenture Document) and such responsibility shall be solely that of the Company. The Collateral Agent shall not be under any obligation to the Trustee or any Holder to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, the Indenture Documents or to inspect the properties, books, or records of the Company or any of its Affiliates.

Section 17.11 Compensation and Indemnity.

(a) The Company shall pay to the Collateral Agent from time to time compensation as shall be agreed to in writing by the Company and the Collateral Agent for its acceptance of this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement, the Security Documents and services hereunder. The Company shall reimburse the Collateral Agent promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred or made by it in connection with Collateral Agent’s duties under the Indenture Documents, including the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Collateral Agent’s agents and counsel, except any disbursement, advance or expense as may be attributable to the Collateral Agent’s willful misconduct or gross negligence.

(b) The Company and the Guarantors shall, jointly and severally, indemnify the Collateral Agent and any predecessor Collateral Agent and each of their agents, employees, officers and directors for, and hold them harmless against, any and all losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses (including the fees and expenses of counsel to the Collateral Agent and any environmental liabilities) incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Documents, including, without limitation (i) any claim relating to the grant to the Collateral Agent of any Lien in any property or assets of the Company or the Guarantors and (ii) the costs and

 

121


expenses of enforcing this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Documents against the Company and the Guarantors (including this Section 17.11) and defending itself against or investigating any claim (whether asserted by the Company, the Guarantors, any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder or thereunder, except to the extent any such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense shall have been determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to have been attributable to its willful misconduct or gross negligence. The Collateral Agent shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Collateral Agent to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company or the Guarantors of their obligations hereunder, except to the extent the Company or the Guarantors are materially prejudiced thereby. At the Collateral Agent’s sole discretion, the Company and the Guarantors shall defend any claim or threatened claim asserted against the Collateral Agent, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, and the Collateral Agent shall cooperate in the defense at the Company’s and the Guarantors’ expense. The Collateral Agent may have one separate U.S. counsel (and one separate foreign counsel in each applicable non-U.S. jurisdiction) and the Company and the Guarantors shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. The Company and the Guarantors need not pay for any settlement made without their consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

(c) The Collateral Agent shall be entitled to all rights, privileges, immunities and protections of the Trustee set forth in this Indenture whether or not expressly stated therein, including but not limited to the right to be compensated, reimbursed and indemnified under Section 7.06, in the acceptance, execution, delivery and performance of the Security Documents as though fully set forth therein. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained elsewhere in the Indenture Documents, the Collateral Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth in the Indenture Documents to which the Collateral Agent is a party, nor shall the Collateral Agent have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with the Trustee, any Holder or the Company, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into the Indenture Documents or otherwise exist against the Collateral Agent. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, the use of the term “agent” in this Indenture with reference to the Collateral Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable law. Instead, such term is used merely as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between independent contracting parties.

(d) The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Section 17.11 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and the resignation, removal or replacement of the Collateral Agent.

Section 17.12 Post-Closing Collateral . To the extent the Company and the Guarantors are not able to execute and deliver all Security Documents required in connection with the creation and perfection of the Liens of the Collateral Agent on the Collateral (to the extent required by the Indenture Documents) on or prior to the Issue Date, the Company and the Guarantors will use their commercially reasonable efforts to have all security interests in the Collateral duly created and enforceable and perfected, to the extent required by the Indenture Documents, within the time period required by the Security Agreement.

 

122


ARTICLE 18

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

Section 18.01 Provisions Binding on Company’s Successors . All the covenants, stipulations, promises and agreements of the Company contained in this Indenture shall bind its successors and assigns whether so expressed or not.

Section 18.02 Official Acts by Successor Corporation . Any act or proceeding by any provision of this Indenture authorized or required to be done or performed by any board, committee or Officer of the Company shall and may be done and performed with like force and effect by the like board, committee or officer of any corporation or other entity that shall at the time be the lawful sole successor of the Company.

Section 18.03 Addresses for Notices, Etc. Any notice or demand that by any provision of this Indenture is required or permitted to be given or served by the Trustee or by the Holders on the Company or any Guarantor shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes if given or served by being deposited postage prepaid by registered or certified mail in a post office letter box addressed (until another address is filed by the Company with the Trustee) to Bloom Energy Corporation, 1299 Orleans Drive, Sunnyvale, California 94089, Attention: General Counsel, or send electronically in . pdf format. Any notice, direction, request or demand hereunder to or upon the Trustee or Collateral Agent shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, if given or served by being deposited postage prepaid by registered or certified mail in a post office letter box addressed to the Corporate Trust Office, or sent electronically in .pdf format, whether sent by mail or electronically, upon actual receipt by the Trustee.

The Trustee and Collateral Agent, by notice to the Company, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

Any notice or communication delivered or to be delivered to a Holder of Physical Notes shall be mailed to it by first class mail, postage prepaid, at its address as it appears on the Note Register and shall be sufficiently given to it if so mailed within the time prescribed. Any notice or communication delivered or to be delivered to a Holder of Global Notes shall be delivered in accordance with the applicable procedures of the Depositary and shall be sufficiently given to it if so delivered within the time prescribed.

Failure to mail or deliver a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication is mailed or delivered, as the case may be, in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or any Note, where this Indenture or any Note provides for notice of any event (including any notice of repurchase) to a Holder (whether by mail or otherwise), such notice shall be sufficiently given (in the case of a Global Note) if given to the Depositary (or its designee) pursuant to the standing instructions from the Depositary or its designee, including by electronic mail in accordance with accepted practices or procedures at the Depositary.

 

123


Section 18.04 Governing Law; Jurisdiction . THIS INDENTURE AND EACH NOTE, AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE ARISING UNDER OR RELATED TO THIS INDENTURE AND EACH NOTE, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

Each of the Company and the Guarantors, if any, irrevocably consents and agrees, for the benefit of the Holders from time to time of the Notes and the Trustee, that any legal action, suit or proceeding against it with respect to obligations, liabilities or any other matter arising out of or in connection with this Indenture or the Notes may be brought in the courts of the State of New York or the courts of the United States located in the Borough of Manhattan, New York City, New York and, until amounts due and to become due in respect of the Notes have been paid, hereby irrevocably consents and submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of each such court in personam , generally and unconditionally with respect to any action, suit or proceeding for itself in respect of its properties, assets and revenues.

Each of the Company and the Guarantors, if any, irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any of the aforesaid actions, suits or proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Indenture brought in the courts of the State of New York or the courts of the United States located in the Borough of Manhattan, New York City, New York and hereby further irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to plead or claim in any such court that any such action, suit or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

Section 18.05 Evidence of Compliance with Conditions Precedent; Certificates and Opinions of Counsel to Trustee . Upon any application or demand by the Company to the Trustee or the Collateral Agent to take any action under any of the provisions of this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel stating that the conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to such action have been satisfied.

Each Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel, provided for, by or on behalf of the Company in this Indenture and delivered to the Trustee or Collateral Agent with respect to compliance with this Indenture (other than the Officer’s Certificates provided for in Section 4.08) shall include (i) a statement that the person signing such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition precedent and is familiar with the requested action and this Indenture; (ii) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statement contained in such certificate or opinion is based; (iii) a statement that, in the judgment of such person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed judgment as to whether or not the covenants and conditions precedent to such action have been satisfied; and (iv) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such person, such covenants and conditions precedent have been satisfied.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 18.05, if any provision in this Indenture specifically provides that the Trustee or the Collateral Agent shall or may receive an Opinion of Counsel in connection with any action to be taken by the Trustee, the Collateral Agent or the Company hereunder, the Trustee or Collateral Agent, as the case may be, shall be entitled to such Opinion of Counsel.

 

124


Section 18.06 Legal Holidays . In any case where any Interest Payment Date, Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, Change of Control Repurchase Date, Specified Repurchase Date or Maturity Date is not a Business Day, then any action to be taken on such date need not be taken on such date, but may be taken on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if taken on such date, and no interest shall accrue or be paid in respect of the delay.

Section 18.07 Intercreditor Agreement. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the lien and security interest granted pursuant to the Indenture Documents and the exercise of any right or remedy thereunder are subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, and the Indenture Documents, the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement shall govern and control.

If any conflict or inconsistency exists between this Indenture, the Notes, and any Security Document (other than the Intercreditor Agreement), this Indenture shall govern.

Section 18.08 Benefits of Indenture . Nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes, expressed or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the Holders, the parties hereto, any Paying Agent, any Conversion Agent, any authenticating agent, any Note Registrar and their successors hereunder, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.

Section 18.09 Table of Contents, Headings, Etc. The table of contents and the titles and headings of the articles and sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof, and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

Section 18.10 Authenticating Agent . The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent that shall be authorized to act on its behalf and subject to its direction in the authentication and delivery of Notes in connection with the original issuance thereof and transfers and exchanges of Notes hereunder, including under Section 2.04, Section 2.05, Section 2.06, Section 2.07, Section and Section 15.05 as fully to all intents and purposes as though the authenticating agent had been expressly authorized by this Indenture and those Sections to authenticate and deliver Notes. For all purposes of this Indenture, the authentication and delivery of Notes by the authenticating agent shall be deemed to be authentication and delivery of such Notes “by the Trustee” and a certificate of authentication executed on behalf of the Trustee by an authenticating agent shall be deemed to satisfy any requirement hereunder or in the Notes for the Trustee’s certificate of authentication. Such authenticating agent shall at all times be a Person eligible to serve as trustee hereunder pursuant to Section 7.08.

Any corporation or other entity into which any authenticating agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation or other entity resulting from any merger, consolidation or conversion to which any authenticating agent shall be a party, or any corporation or other entity succeeding to the corporate trust business of any authenticating agent, shall be the successor of the authenticating agent hereunder, if such successor corporation or other

 

125


entity is otherwise eligible under this Section 18.10, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the parties hereto or the authenticating agent or such successor corporation or other entity.

Any authenticating agent may at any time resign by giving written notice of resignation to the Trustee and to the Company. The Trustee may at any time terminate the agency of any authenticating agent by giving written notice of termination to such authenticating agent and to the Company. Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time any authenticating agent shall cease to be eligible under this Section, the Trustee may appoint a successor authenticating agent (which may be the Trustee), shall give written notice of such appointment to the Company and shall mail notice of such appointment to all Holders as the names and addresses of such Holders appear on the Note Register.

The Company agrees to pay to the authenticating agent from time to time reasonable compensation for its services although the Company may terminate the authenticating agent, if it determines such authenticating agent’s fees to be unreasonable.

The provisions of Section 7.02, Section 7.03, Section 7.04, Section 7.06, Section 8.03 and this Section 18.10 shall be applicable to any authenticating agent.

If an authenticating agent is appointed pursuant to this Section 18.10, the Notes may have endorsed thereon, in addition to the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, an alternative certificate of authentication in the following form:

 

                                         ,
as Authenticating Agent, certifies that this is one of the Notes described in the within-named Indenture.
By:  

 

Authorized Signatory

Section 18.11 Execution in Counterparts. This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

Section 18.12 Severability. In the event any provision of this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, then (to the extent permitted by law) the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired.

Section 18.13 Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE COMPANY, THE GUARANTORS, IF ANY, THE TRUSTEE AND THE COLLATERAL AGENT HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

126


Section 18.14 Force Majeure. In no event shall the Trustee or Collateral Agent be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts that are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

Section 18.15 Calculations. The Company shall be responsible for making all calculations called for under the Notes and the Trustee (acting in any capacity) shall have no liability or responsibility for any calculation hereunder or any bid, quotation, data or information in connection therewith. These calculations include, but are not limited to, determinations of the Stock Price, Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock, the Transaction Price, accrued interest payable on the Notes, determination of how whether interest shall be payable as PIK Interest or Cash Interest, Additional Interest, Book Value, the Collateral Value, the Investment Collateral Value, the Threshold Amount and the Conversion Rate (including the Change of Control Conversion Rate and the Maximum Initial Conversion Rate) of the Notes. The Company shall make all these calculations in good faith and, absent manifest error, the Company’s calculations shall be final and binding on Holders of Notes. The Company shall provide a schedule of its calculations to each of the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Conversion Agent, and each of the Trustee, the Paying Agent and Conversion Agent is entitled to rely conclusively upon the accuracy of the Company’s calculations without independent verification. The Trustee will forward the Company’s calculations to any Holder upon the written request of that Holder at the sole cost and expense of the Company.

Section 18.16 USA PATRIOT Act . The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the USA PATRIOT Act, the Trustee, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Trustee. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information as it may request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act.

[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank ]

 

127


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Randy Furr

Name:  

Randy Furr

Title:  

Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

 

RYE CREEK LLC, as Guarantor
By:   Bloom Energy Corporation, its sole members
By:  

/s/ Randy Furr

Name:  

Randy Furr

Title:  

Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

[Bloom Energy -Signature Page to Indenture]

 

128


U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION as Trustee and Collateral Agent
By:  

/s/ Bradley E. Scarbrough

Name:  

Bradley E. Scarbrough

Title:  

Vice President

[Bloom Energy - Signature Page to Indenture]

 

129


EXHIBIT A

[FORM OF FACE OF NOTE]

[INCLUDE FOLLOWING LEGEND IF A GLOBAL NOTE]

[UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE, OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREUNDER IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE, OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.]

[INCLUDE FOLLOWING LEGEND IF A RESTRICTED SECURITY]

[THE SALE OF THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, PRIOR TO THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE (AS DEFINED BELOW), THIS NOTE AND ANY SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION OF THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE OFFERED, RESOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, EXCEPT:

(A) TO BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION (THE “COMPANY”) OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF;

(B) PURSUANT TO, AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH, A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT IS EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AT THE TIME OF SUCH TRANSFER;

(C) TO A PERSON THAT YOU REASONABLY BELIEVE TO BE A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR TO A PERSON THAT YOU REASONABLY BELIEVE TO BE AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(A) OF REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT; OR

(D) UNDER ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (INCLUDING, IF AVAILABLE, THE EXEMPTION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT).

THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE” MEANS THE LATER OF: (1) THE DATE THAT IS ONE YEAR AFTER THE LAST DATE OF ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THE NOTES OR SUCH SHORTER PERIOD OF TIME PERMITTED BY RULE 144 OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION THERETO; AND (2) SUCH OTHER DATE AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW.

 

A-1


WITH RESPECT TO ANY TRANSFER PURSUANT TO THE FOREGOING CLAUSE (C), WITH RESPECT TO AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR AND CLAUSE (D), IN EACH CASE PRIOR TO THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE, THE COMPANY AND THE NOTE REGISTRAR RESERVE THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF SUCH CERTIFICATIONS, LEGAL OPINIONS OR OTHER INFORMATION AS THEY MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE AND MAY RELY UPON TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.]

 

A-2


Bloom Energy Corporation

[PIK] 1

 

No. [        ]       [Initially] 2 $[        ]

CUSIP No. [                    ]

Bloom Energy Corporation, a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Company ,” which term includes any successor corporation or other entity under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof), for value received hereby promises to pay to [CEDE & CO.] 3 [                     ] 4 , or registered assigns, the principal sum [as setforth in the “Schedule of Exchanges of Notes” attached hereto] 5 [of $[         ]] 6 , which amount, taken together with the principal amounts of all other outstanding Notes, shall not, unless permitted by the Indenture, exceed $1[        ],000,000 in aggregate at any time, [in accordance with the rules and procedures of the Depositary,] on December 1, 2020, and interest thereon as set forth below.

This Note shall bear interest at the rate of 5.0% per year from [            ], 2015, or from the most recent date to which interest had been paid or provided for to, but excluding, the next scheduled Interest Payment Date until December 1, 2020. Interest is payable monthly in arrears on each January 1, February 1, March 1, April 1, May 1, June 1, July 1, August 1, September 1, October 1, November 1 and December 1, commencing on [                     ], to Holders of record at the close of business on the preceding December 15, January 15, February 15, March 15, April 15, May 15, June 15, July 15, August 15, September 15, October 15 and November 15 (whether or not such day is a Business Day), respectively. Accrued interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year composed of twelve 30-day months or, in the case of a partial month, the number of days elapsed over a 30-day month and shall be compounded monthly on the last day of each month. Additional Interest will be payable as set forth in Section 4.10 and Section 6.04 of the within-mentioned Indenture, and any reference to interest on, or in respect of, any Note therein shall be deemed to include Additional Interest if, in such context, Additional Interest is, was or would be payable pursuant to Section 4.10 and Section 6.04, and any express mention of the payment of Additional Interest in any provision therein shall not be construed as excluding Additional Interest in those provisions thereof where such express mention is not made.

Interest will be payable, at the election of the Company (made by delivering a notice to the Trustee prior to the beginning of the related Interest Period), (1) entirely in Cash Interest or entirely in PIK Interest. In the absence of an interest payment election, interest on the Notes will be payable in PIK Interest. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the payment of accrued

 

1   Insert on any certificated PIK Notes.
2   Include if a Global Note.
3   Include if a Global Note.
4   Include if a Physical Note.
5   Include if a Global Note.
6  

Include if a Physical Note.

 

A-3


interest shall be made solely in cash, (A) in connection with any redemption or repurchase of Notes as described under Section 13.01, Section 13.02, Section 15.01, Section 15.02 and Section 15.03 of the Indenture, (1) with respect to all Notes, if the related Redemption Date, Specified Repurchase Date, Fundamental Change Repurchase Date or Change of Control Repurchase Date, as applicable, is after a Regular Record Date and on or prior to the Scheduled Trading Day immediately following the date on which the corresponding interest payment is made or (2) solely with respect to the Notes to be repurchased or redeemed, if the related Redemption Date, Specified Repurchase Date, Fundamental Change Repurchase Date or Change of Control Repurchase Date, as applicable, is on any other date, (B) with respect to all Notes, if any Notes are surrendered for conversion after the close of business on a Regular Record Date for the payment of interest and on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date and (C) on the final Interest Payment Date.

Following an increase in the principal amount of any outstanding Global Notes as a result of a PIK Payment, such Global Note will bear interest on such increased principal amount from and after the date of such PIK Payment. Any PIK Notes issued in certificated form will be dated as of the applicable Interest Payment Date and will bear interest from and after such date. All PIK Notes issued pursuant to a PIK Payment will be governed by, and subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of, the Indenture and shall have the same rights and benefits as the Notes issued on the Issue Date.

Any Defaulted Amounts shall accrue interest per annum at the rate borne by the Notes, subject to the enforceability thereof under applicable law, from, and including, the relevant payment date to, but excluding, the date on which such Defaulted Amounts shall have been paid by the Company, at its election, in accordance with Section 2.03(d) of the Indenture.

The Company shall pay the principal of and interest (other than PIK Interest) on this Note, if and so long as such Note is a Global Note, in immediately available funds to the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, as the registered Holder of such Note. As provided in and subject to the provisions of the Indenture, the Company shall pay the principal of any Notes (other than Notes that are Global Notes) at the office or agency designated by the Company for that purpose. The Company has initially designated the Trustee as its Paying Agent and Note Registrar in respect of the Notes and its agency in the continental United States of America as a place where Notes may be presented for payment or for registration of transfer and exchange.

At all times, PIK Interest on the Notes will be payable (x) with respect to Notes represented by one or more Global Notes registered in the name of, or held by, DTC or its nominee on the relevant Regular Record Date, by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding Global Note by an amount equal to the amount of PIK Interest for the applicable Interest Period (rounded to the nearest whole dollar, with amounts of $0.50 or more being rounded up), or by issuing a new Global Note, if required pursuant to the applicable procedures of the Depositary, in each case, as provided in writing by the Company to the Trustee, and the Trustee, at the written request of the Company, will record such increase in such Global Note and (y) with respect to Notes represented by Physical Notes, by issuing PIK Notes in certificated form in an aggregate principal amount equal to the amount of PIK Interest for the applicable Interest Period (rounded to the nearest whole dollar, with amounts of $0.50 or more being rounded up), and the Trustee will, at the written request of the Company in a Company Order, authenticate and deliver such PIK Notes in certificated form for original issuance to the Holders on the relevant Regular Record Date, as shown in the register of the Note Registrar.

 

A-4


Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, including, without limitation, provisions giving the Holder of this Note the right to convert this Note into shares of Common Stock on the terms and subject to the limitations set forth in the Indenture. Such further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as though fully set forth at this place.

This Note, and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Note, shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York.

In the case of any conflict between this Note and the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall control and govern.

This Note shall not be valid or become obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication hereon shall have been signed manually by the Trustee or a duly authorized authenticating agent under the Indenture.

[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank ]

 

A-5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be duly executed.

 

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

as Trustee, certifies that this is one of the Notes described in the within-named Indenture.

By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory
Dated:  

 

A-6


[FORM OF REVERSE OF NOTE]

Bloom Energy Corporation

5.0% Convertible Senior Secured PIK Note due 2020

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Company, designated as its 5.0% Convertible Senior Secured PIK Notes due 2020 (the “ Notes ”), initially limited to the aggregate principal amount of $160,000,000 all issued or to be issued under and pursuant to an Indenture dated as of December 15, 2015 (the “ Indenture ”), between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”) and collateral agent (the “ Collateral Agent ”), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a description of the rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities thereunder of the Trustee, the Company and the Holders of the Notes. Additional Notes may be issued subject to certain conditions specified in the Indenture. Capitalized terms used in this Note and not defined in this Note shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Indenture.

In case certain Events of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the principal of, and interest on, all Notes may be declared, by either the Trustee or Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding, and upon said declaration shall become, due and payable, in the manner, with the effect and subject to the conditions and certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture.

Subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture, the Company will make all payments and deliveries in respect of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, Change of Control Repurchase Price or the Specified Repurchase Date Price on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, Change of Control Repurchase Date or the Specified Repurchase Date, as applicable, and the principal amount on the Maturity Date, as the case may be, to the Holder who surrenders a Note to a Paying Agent to collect such payments in respect of the Note. The Company will pay cash amounts in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

The Indenture contains provisions permitting the Company, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent in certain circumstances, without the consent of the Holders of the Notes, and in certain other circumstances, with the consent of the Holders of not less than the Minimum Principal Amount of the Notes at the time outstanding, evidenced as in the Indenture provided, to execute supplemental indentures modifying the terms of the Indenture and the Notes as described therein. It is also provided in the Indenture that, subject to certain exceptions, the Holders of the Minimum Principal Amount of the Notes at the time outstanding may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any past Default or Event of Default under the Indenture and its consequences.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay or deliver, as the case may be, the principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, Change of Control Repurchase Price or the Specified Repurchase Date Price, if applicable) of, accrued and unpaid interest on, and the consideration due upon conversion of, this Note at the place, at the respective times, at the rate and in the lawful money or shares of Common Stock, as the case may be, herein prescribed.

 

A-7


The Notes are issuable in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 principal amount and integral multiples thereof; provided that after a PIK Payment, the Notes shall be in minimum denominations of $1.00 and any integral multiple of $1.00 in excess thereof. At the office or agency of the Company referred to on the face hereof, and in the manner and subject to the limitations provided in the Indenture, Notes may be exchanged for a like aggregate principal amount of Notes of other authorized denominations, without payment of any service charge but, if required by the Company or Trustee, with payment of a sum sufficient to cover any documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer tax or similar governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith as a result of the name of the Holder of the new Notes issued upon such exchange of Notes being different from the name of the Holder of the old Notes surrendered for such exchange.

The Notes are subject to redemption at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, on or after the date that is two calendar years after the consummation of the Qualified IPO if the Last Reported Sale Price of the Common Stock has been at least 150% of the Qualified IPO Price then in effect for at least 20 Trading Days (whether or not consecutive) during a period of 30 consecutive Trading Days ending within three Trading Days immediately preceding the date on which the Company provides written notice of redemption. The Notes are not subject to any sinking fund. In certain circumstances, the Notes are also redeemable at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, in connection with a Change of Control at the Change of Control Redemption Price.

On or after a Qualified IPO, and upon the occurrence of a Fundamental Change, the Holder has the right, at such Holder’s option and subject to the provisions of the Indenture, to require the Company to repurchase for cash all of such Holder’s Notes or any portion thereof (in principal amounts of $1,000 (or, if a PIK Payment has been made, in principal amounts of $1.00) or integral multiples thereof) on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date at a price equal to the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price.

If the Qualified IPO has not occurred before December 15, 2018, the Holder has the right, at such Holder’s option and subject to the provisions of the Indenture, to require the Company to repurchase for cash all of such Holder’s Notes or any portion thereof (in principal amounts of $1,000 (or, if a PIK Payment has been made, in principal amounts of $1.00) or integral multiples thereof) on the Specified Repurchase Date at a price equal to the Specified Repurchase Date Price.

If a Change of Control occurs at any time prior to the Qualified IPO, the Holder has the right, at such Holder’s option and subject to the provisions of the Indenture, to require the Company to repurchase for cash all of such Holder’s Notes or any portion thereof (in principal amounts of $1,000 (or, if a PIK Payment has been made, in principal amounts of $1.00) or integral multiples thereof) on the Change of Control Repurchase Date at a price equal to the Change of Control Repurchase Price.

 

A-8


The Notes are convertible into Common Stock in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

The payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest, if any, on the Notes, is unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by the Guarantors, if any, to the extent set forth in and subject to the provisions of the Indenture.

Subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, if any, the Obligations of the Company and the Guarantors, if any, under the Notes and the Note Guarantees, if any, are secured by Liens on the Collateral pursuant to the terms of the Security Documents.

 

A-9


ABBREVIATIONS

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription of the face of this Note, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

TEN COM = as tenants in common

UNIF GIFT MIN ACT = Uniform Gifts to Minors Act

CUST = Custodian

TEN ENT = as tenants by the entireties

JT TEN = joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

 

A-10


SCHEDULE A 7

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF NOTES

Bloom Energy Corporation

5.0% Convertible Senior Secured PIK Notes due 2020

The initial principal amount of this Global Note is DOLLARS ($[        ]). The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made:

 

Date of exchange      Amount of
decrease in
principal amount
of this Global Note
     Amount of
increase in
principal amount
of this Global Note
     Principal amount
of this Global Note
following such
decrease or
increase
     Signature of
authorized
signatory of
Trustee or
Custodian
 
           

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
           

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
           

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
           

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
           

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
           

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
           

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
           

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
           

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
           

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
           

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
           

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
           

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
           

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

7   Include if a Global Note.

 

A-11


ATTACHMENT 1

[FORM OF NOTICE OF CONVERSION]

Bloom Energy Corporation

5.0% Convertible Senior Secured PIK Notes due 2020

 

To:    Bloom Energy Corporation
   1299 Orleans Drive
   Sunnyvale, California 94089
   U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
   633 West Fifth Street, 24th Floor
   Los Angeles, CA 90071
   Attention: Bloom Energy Corporation Convertible Senior Secured PIK Notes due 2020

The undersigned registered owner of this Note hereby exercises the option to convert this Note, or the portion hereof (that is $1,000 principal amount (or if a PIK Payment has been made,

$1.00 principal amount) or an integral multiple thereof) below designated pursuant to:

☐  Section 14.01 [Only permitted prior to a Qualified IPO and for a period after a Change of Control specified in the Indenture]; or

☐  Section 14.02 [Only permitted on or after the earlier to occur of a Qualified IPO and September 1, 2020],

in accordance with the terms of the Indenture referred to in this Note, and directs that any cash payable and any shares of Common Stock issuable and deliverable upon such conversion, together with any cash for any fractional share, and any Notes representing any unconverted principal amount hereof, be issued and delivered to the registered Holder hereof unless a different name has been indicated below. If any shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, or any portion of this Note not converted are to be issued in the name of a Person other than the undersigned, the undersigned will pay all documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer taxes, if any in accordance with Section 14.03(d) and Section 14.03(e) of the Indenture. Any amount required to be paid to the undersigned on account of interest accompanies this Note. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Indenture.

 

Dated:  

 

     

 

       

 

        Signature(s)

 

1


 

Signature Guarantee
Signature(s) must be guaranteed by an eligible Guarantor Institution (banks, stock brokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions) with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program pursuant to Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 17Ad-15 if shares of Common Stock are to be issued, or Notes are to be delivered, other than to and in the name of the registered holder.
Fill in for registration of shares if to be issued, and Notes if to be delivered, other than to and in the name of the registered holder:

 

(Name)

 

(Street Address)

 

(City, State and Zip Code)

Plesae print name and address

 

Principal amount to be converted (if less than all): $        ,000
NOTICE: The above signature(s) of the Holder(s) hereof must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the Note in every particular without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.

 

Social Security or Other Taxpayer Identification Number

 

2


ATTACHMENT 2

[FORM OF FUNDAMENTAL CHANGE REPURCHASE NOTICE]

Bloom Energy Corporation

5.0% Convertible Senior Secured PIK Notes due 2020

 

To:    Bloom Energy Corporation
   1299 Orleans Drive
   Sunnyvale, California 94089
   U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
   633 West Fifth Street, 24th Floor
   Los Angeles, CA 90071
   Attention: Bloom Energy Corporation Convertible Senior Secured PIK Notes due 2020

The undersigned registered owner of this Note hereby acknowledges receipt of a notice from Bloom Energy Corporation (the “ Company ”) as to the occurrence of a Fundamental Change with respect to the Company and specifying the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date and requests and instructs the Company to pay to the registered holder hereof in accordance with Section 15.02 of the Indenture referred to in this Note (1) the entire principal amount of this Note, or the portion thereof (that is $1,000 principal amount (or if a PIK Payment has been made, $1.00 principal amount) or an integral multiple thereof) below designated, and (2) if such Fundamental Change Repurchase Date does not fall during the period after a Regular Record Date and on or prior to the Scheduled Trading Day immediately following the corresponding Interest Payment Date, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to, but excluding, such Fundamental Change Repurchase Date. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Indenture.

In the case of Physical Notes, the certificate numbers of the Notes to be repurchased are as set forth below:

 

Dated:  

 

 

 

Signature(s)

 

Social Security or Other Taxpayer Identification Number
Principal amount to be repaid (if less than all): $         ,000
NOTICE: The above signature(s) of the Holder(s) hereof must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the Note in every particular without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.

 

1


ATTACHMENT 3

[FORM OF SPECIFIED REPURCHASE DATE NOTICE]

 

To:    Bloom Energy Corporation
   1299 Orleans Drive
   Sunnyvale, California 94089
To:    U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
   633 West Fifth Street, 24th Floor
   Los Angeles, CA 90071
   Attention: Bloom Energy Corporation Convertible Senior Secured PIK Notes due 2020

The undersigned registered owner of this Note hereby acknowledges receipt of a Specified Repurchase Date Company Notice from Bloom Energy Corporation (the “ Company ”) and specifying the Specified Repurchase Date and requests and instructs the Company to pay to the registered holder hereof in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture referred to in this Note the entire principal amount of this Note, or the portion thereof (that is $1,000 principal amount (or if a PIK Payment has been made, $1.00 principal amount) or an integral multiple thereof) below designated and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to, but excluding, such Specified Repurchase Date. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Indenture.

In the case of Physical Notes, the certificate numbers of the Notes to be repurchased are as set forth below:

 

Dated:  

 

 

 

Signature(s)

 

Social Security or Other Taxpayer Identification Number
Principal amount to be repaid (if less than all): $        ,000

NOTICE: The above signature(s) of the Holder(s) hereof must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the Note in every particular without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.


ATTACHMENT 4

[FORM OF CHANGE OF CONTROL REPURCHASE NOTICE]

Bloom Energy Corporation

5.0% Convertible Senior Secured PIK Notes due 2020

 

To:    Bloom Energy Corporation
   1299 Orleans Drive
   Sunnyvale, California 94089
   BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
   633 West Fifth Street, 24th Floor
   Los Angeles, CA 90071
   Attention: Bloom Energy Corporation Convertible Senior Secured PIK Notes due 2020

The undersigned registered owner of this Note hereby acknowledges receipt of a notice from Bloom Energy Corporation (the “ Company ”) as to the occurrence of a Change of Control with respect to the Company and specifying the Change of Control Repurchase Date and requests and instructs the Company to pay to the registered holder hereof in accordance with

Section 15.03 of the Indenture referred to in this Note (1) the entire principal amount of this Note, or the portion thereof (that is $1,000 principal amount (or if a PIK Payment has been made,

$1.00 principal amount) or an integral multiple thereof) below designated, and (2) if such Change of Control Repurchase Date does not fall during the period after a Regular Record Date and on or prior to the Scheduled Trading Day immediately following the corresponding Interest Payment Date, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to, but excluding, such Change of Control Repurchase Date. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Indenture.

In the case of Physical Notes, the certificate numbers of the Notes to be repurchased are as set forth below:

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

Signature(s)

 

Social Security or Other Taxpayer Identification Number
Principal amount to be repaid (if less than all): $        ,000
NOTICE: The above signature(s) of the Holder(s) hereof must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the Note in every particular without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.

 

1


ATTACHMENT 5

[FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AND TRANSFER]

Bloom Energy Corporation

5.0% Convertible Senior Secured PIK Notes due 2020

For value received                     hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto                     (Please insert social security or Taxpayer Identification Number of assignee) the within Note, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints                     attorney to transfer the said Note on the books of the Company, with full power of substitution in the premises.

In connection with any transfer of the within Note occurring prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, as defined in the Indenture governing such Note, the undersigned confirms that such Note is being transferred:

☐   To Bloom Energy Corporation or a subsidiary thereof; or

☐   Pursuant to, and in accordance with, a registration statement that has become or been declared effective under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; or

☐   Pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; or

☐   Pursuant to any other available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (including, if available, the exemption provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended).

 

1


Dated:  

 

 

Signature(s)

 

Signature Guarantee
Signature(s) must be guaranteed by an eligible Guarantor Institution (banks, stock brokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions) with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program pursuant to Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 17Ad-15 if Notes are to be delivered, other than to and in the name of the registered holder.

NOTICE: The signature on the assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the Note in every particular without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.

 

2


EXHIBIT B

[FORM OF RESTRICTION AGREEMENT]

[DATE]

Via Facsimile: [●]

Bloom Energy Corporation

1299 Orleans Drive

Sunnyvale, California 94089

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In connection with the receipt by the undersigned (the “ Investor ”) of $[●] principal amount of 5.0% Convertible Senior Secured PIK Notes due 2020 (the “ Notes ”) issued by Bloom Energy Corporation (the “ Company ”) pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, dated December [●], 2015 (the “ Indenture ”), by and among the Company, the guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank, National Association, as trustee and collateral agent, the Investor hereby acknowledges and agrees that, if all of the Company’s executive officers, directors and shareholders of more than 1% of the Common Equity of the Company enter into lock-up agreements (the “ Lock-up Agreements ”) with the applicable underwriters in connection with the filing of a registration statement including a prospectus setting forth an estimated offering price range with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) that is reasonably anticipated at the time of such filing to result in a Qualified IPO, upon the Company’s request, it will enter into a lock-up agreement with the underwriters of such Qualified IPO and upon such underwriters’ request, it will agree, effective no later than one week prior to the distribution of a preliminary prospectus in connection with the commencement of marketing activities in respect of such contemplated Qualified IPO, not to (a) lend, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Equity of the Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Equity of the Company (whether such shares or any such securities are then owned by the Investor or are thereafter acquired) or (b) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Equity of the Company, whether any such transaction described in clause (a) or (b) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Equity or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be; provided that such lock-up agreement shall not restrict the ability of such Holder of Notes to convert such Notes pursuant to the Indenture, is not more restrictive in any material respect than the Lock-up Agreements, and includes provisions for the pro rata release from such lock-up agreement entered into by the Investor of shares of Common Equity or other securities subject thereto upon the release of such shares or other securities from the Lock-up Agreements and contains provisions otherwise at least as favorable to such Investor as those contained in the Lock-up Agreements, in each case no less favorable than the lock-up provisions included in the Registration Rights Agreement as it exists on the Issue Date; provided , further that, (1) the pro rata release provision shall not apply (a) unless the underwriters have first waived more than 1%, in the aggregate, of the Common Equity of the Company from such

 

B-1


prohibitions or (b)(i) if the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (ii) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this letter agreement, and (2) if the release or waiver is granted solely to allow a holder of Common Equity of the Company to participate as a selling stockholder in a follow-on public offering of such Common Equity of the Company pursuant to a registration statement that is filed with the SEC, the pro rata release provision shall apply only to the extent necessary to allow an Investor to participate in such follow-on offering with respect to securities sold by the Investor in such offering. The underwriters in connection with the Company’s Qualified IPO are intended third party beneficiaries of this letter agreement and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. Each Investor agrees that the Company may instruct its transfer agent to place stop-transfer notations in its records to enforce the provisions of this letter agreement until the end of lock-up period.

Defined terms used but not defined herein have the meaning assigned to them in the Indenture.

 

Sincerely,

[Investor]

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

[For any Investor requiring a second signature line]

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

B-2


EXHIBIT C

[FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE]

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”), dated as of [                     ], between (the “ New Guarantor ”), a direct or indirect subsidiary of Bloom Energy Corporation (or its successor), a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the Company, and [             ], as trustee and collateral agent under the Indenture referred to below (the “ Trustee ”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the Company and the Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture) have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (as amended or supplemented, the “ Indenture ”), dated as of December 15, 2015, providing for the issuance of 5.0% Convertible Senior Secured PIK Notes due 2020 (the “ Notes ”);

WHEREAS, the Company may cause the New Guarantor to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the New Guarantor shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s obligations under the Indenture Documents pursuant to a Note Guarantee on the terms and conditions set forth herein; and

WHEREAS, Section 10.01(h) of the Indenture provides, among other things, that the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture Documents without the consent of any Holder to add Note Guarantees with respect to the Notes.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the New Guarantor, the Company and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders as follows:

1. CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

2. AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE. The New Guarantor hereby agrees, jointly and severally with all other Guarantors, to guarantee the Company’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article 16 of the Indenture and to be bound by all other applicable provisions of the Indenture.

3. EFFECTIVENESS. This Supplemental Indenture shall be effective upon execution by the parties hereto. Upon effectiveness of this Supplemental Indenture, the New Guarantor will be a Guarantor under the Indenture.

4. RECITALS. The recitals contained herein shall be taken as the statements of the Company and the Guarantors and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity of this Supplemental Indenture.

 

C-1


5. NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE.

6. COUNTERPARTS. The parties hereto may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture (including by electronic transmission). Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. The exchange of copies of this Supplemental Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or portable document format transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Supplemental Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or portable document format shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

7. EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

8. ACCEPTANCE BY THE TRUSTEE. The Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness of the recitals contained herein, which shall be taken as the statements of the Company and the New Guarantor and the Trustee shall not be responsible or accountable in any way whatsoever for or with respect to the validity, execution or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture and make no representation with respect thereto.

9. SEVERABILITY. In case any provision in this Supplemental Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability.

10. RATIFICATION OF INDENTURE; SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES PART OF INDENTURE. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.

(signature pages follow)

 

C-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
[Insert Name of New Guarantor]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee and Collateral Agent
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

C-3


EXHIBIT D

[Form of Notation of Guarantee]

Each Guarantor (capitalized terms used herein have the meanings given such terms in the Indenture referred to in the Note upon which this notation is endorsed) signing below hereby unconditionally, jointly and severally, guarantees (such guarantee being referred to herein as the “ Guarantee ”), to the extent set forth in the Indenture and subject to the provisions in the Indenture, the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest (if such Note provides for the payment of interest) on the Notes to which this notation is affixed and all other amounts due and payable under the Indenture and the Notes to which this notation is affixed by the Company.

The terms of the Guarantee evidenced by this Notation of Guarantee include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code Sections 77aaa-77bbbb), as amended. For the avoidance of doubt, the terms of Article 16 of the Indenture are incorporated by reference into this Notation of Guarantee as if set forth herein.

The Guarantee evidenced by this Notation of Guarantee shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication on the Notes upon which this Notation of Guarantee is noted shall have been executed by the Trustee under the Indenture by the manual signature of one of its authorized officers.

The Guarantee evidenced by this Notation of Guarantee shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

The Guarantee evidenced by this Notation of Guarantee is subject to release upon the terms set forth in the Indenture.

 

[                     ]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

D-1


EXHIBIT E

[FORM OF INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT]

INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT, dated as of             , 20     (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “ Agreement ”), is made by and among U.S. Bank National Association, in its capacity as collateral agent pursuant to the Indenture (as hereinafter defined) (in such capacity and together with any successors in such capacity, the “ Notes Collateral Agent ”), [            ] (“ Credit Collateral Agent ”), and Bloom Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the other Grantors party hereto in respect of the acknowledgement hereto.

RECITALS

Reference is made to that certain Indenture, dated as of December     , 2015 (as amended, modified, supplemented or restated and in effect from time to time, the “ Indenture ”, which term shall also include and refer to any additional issuance of notes under the Indenture) by and among the Company, each Notes Guarantor, U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (together with its successors in such capacity, the “ Trustee ”) and the Notes Collateral Agent, pursuant to which the Company issued $        ,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 5.0% Convertible Senior Secured PIK Notes due 2020 (together with any additional notes issued under the Indenture, the “ Senior Secured Notes ”).

Reference is made to that certain Security Agreement, dated as of December     , 2015 (as amended, modified, supplemented or restated and in effect from time to time, the “ Notes Security Agreement ”), among the Company, the Notes Guarantors from time to time party thereto and the Notes Collateral Agent pursuant to which the Company and such Notes Guarantors granted a security interest in their assets described therein to secure the Senior Secured Notes and the other Notes Obligations (as defined below).

Reference is made to that certain [Credit Agreement], dated as of                     (as amended, modified, supplemented or restated and in effect from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among the Company, the lenders from time to time party thereto (the “ Lenders ”) and the Credit Collateral Agent pursuant to which the Lenders have made extensions of credit to the Company.

Reference is made to that certain [Security] Agreement, dated as of                     (as amended, modified, supplemented or restated and in effect from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement Security Agreement ”), among the Company [, the other Grantors from time to time party thereto] and the Credit Collateral Agent pursuant to which the Company [and such Grantors] granted a security interest in the Credit Agreement Collateral described therein to secure the Credit Obligations (as defined below).

Each of the Credit Collateral Agent (on behalf of the Credit Agreement Secured Parties) and the Notes Collateral Agent (on behalf of the Notes Secured Parties) and, by their acknowledgment hereof, the Grantors, desire to agree to the relative priority of Liens on the Common Collateral and certain other rights, priorities and interests as provided herein.

 

E-1


AGREEMENT

NOW THEREFORE, or good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, he parties hereto agree as follows:

 

E-2


ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.01 Certain Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

Agreement ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble hereto.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to a specified Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries Controls, is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.

Bailee Secured Party ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.01(a).

Bankruptcy Code ” means Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended.

Bankruptcy Law ” means the Bankruptcy Code and any similar Federal, state or foreign law for the relief of debtors.

Capital Stock ” means, as to any Person that is a corporation, the authorized shares of such Person’s capital stock, including all classes of common, preferred, voting and nonvoting capital stock, and, as to any Person that is not a corporation or an individual, the membership or other ownership interests in such Person, including the right to share in profits and losses, the right to receive distributions of cash and other property, and the right to receive allocations of items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit and similar items from such Person, whether or not such interests include voting or similar rights entitling the holder thereof to exercise Control over such Person, collectively with, in any such case, all warrants, options and other rights to purchase or otherwise acquire, and all other instruments convertible into or exchangeable for, any of the foregoing.

Collateral ” shall mean all property now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor, whether real, personal or mixed, which constitutes Credit Agreement Collateral or Notes Collateral.

Collateral Agent ” shall mean the Credit Collateral Agent and the Notes Collateral Agent.

Common Collateral ” means, at any time, Intellectual Property (and proceeds (as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code) thereof) that constitutes Collateral in which a Lien is granted or purported to be granted both Secured Parties (including as a result of the agreements set forth in Section 4.01).

Company ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble hereto.

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power (a) to vote more than 50% of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors (or any similar governing body) of a Person, or (b) to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power or by contract. The terms “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.

 

E-3


Credit Agreement ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Recitals hereto.

Credit Agreement Collateral ” means all “Collateral” as defined in the Credit Agreement Security Agreement as in effect on the date hereof.

Credit Agreement Secured Parties ” means the Credit Collateral Agent and the Lenders [and any Affiliate of a Lender that has provided [Bank Products (as defined in the Credit Agreement) or Cash Management Services (as defined in the Credit Agreement).]

Credit Agreement Security Agreement ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Recitals hereto.

Credit Collateral Agent ” has the meaning assigned to that term in the preamble to this Agreement and shall include any successor thereto.

Credit Collateral Documents ” means all “Security Documents” as defined in the Credit Agreement, and all other security agreements and other collateral documents executed and delivered in connection with the Credit Agreement, in each case as the same may be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

Credit Documents ” means the Credit Agreement, the Credit Collateral Documents and all other agreements, instruments, documents and certificates, now or hereafter executed by or on behalf of any Grantor or any of its respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates, and delivered to the Credit Collateral Agent in connection with any of the foregoing or the Credit Agreement, in each case as the same may be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

Credit Obligations ” means all obligations of every nature of each Grantor from time to time owed to any Credit Agreement Secured Party under any Credit Document [or under any agreement in respect of Bank Products or Cash Management Services], whether for principal, interest (including interest, fees and expenses which, but for the filing of a petition in bankruptcy with respect to such Grantor, would have accrued on any Credit Agreement Obligation, whether or not a claim is allowed against such Grantor for such interest, fees or expenses in the related bankruptcy proceeding), reimbursement of amounts drawn under letters of credit, fees, expenses, indemnification or otherwise, and all other amounts owing or due under the terms of the Credit Agreement Documents [or under any agreement in respect of Bank Products or Cash Management Services], as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof and including, in any event, all “Obligations” (as defined in the Credit Agreement as in effect on the date hereof).

Discharge ” means, with respect to any Obligations, (a) payment in full in cash of the principal of and interest on (including interest accruing during the pendency of any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding), and premium, if any, on, all Obligations outstanding under the

 

E-4


applicable Secured Credit Documents, and payment in full of all other Obligations that are due and payable or otherwise accrued and owing at or prior to the time such principal and interest are paid.

Excess Credit Obligations ” means any and all Credit Obligations that are in excess of $150.0 million.

Grantors ” means, at any time, the Company and each Subsidiary of the Company that, at such time, pursuant to the Credit Documents or the Notes Documents, as applicable, have granted a Lien on any of its assets to secure any Obligations.

Impairment ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.02.

Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding ” means:

(a) any case commenced by or against any Grantor under any Bankruptcy Law, any other proceeding for the reorganization, receivership, recapitalization or adjustment or marshalling of the assets or liabilities of any Grantor, any receivership or assignment for the benefit of creditors relating to any Grantor or its assets or any similar case or proceeding relative to the Company or its creditors or its assets, as such, in each case whether or not voluntary;

(b) any liquidation, dissolution, marshalling of assets or liabilities, assignment for the benefit of creditors or other winding up of or relating to any Grantor or its assets, in each case whether or not voluntary and whether or not involving bankruptcy or insolvency and whether or not in a court supervised proceeding; or

(c) any other proceeding of any type or nature in which substantially all claims of creditors of any Grantor are determined and any payment or distribution is or may be made on account of such claims.

Intellectual Property ” means, with respect to any Person, all patents, patent applications and like protections, including improvements divisions, continuation, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations in part of the same, trademarks, trade names, trade styles, trade dress, service marks, logos and other business identifiers and, to the extent permitted under applicable law, any applications therefor, whether registered or not, and the goodwill of the business of such Person connected with and symbolized thereby, copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work of authorship and derivative works, whether published or unpublished, technology, know-how and processes, operating manuals, trade secrets, computer hardware and software, rights to unpatented inventions and all applications and licenses therefor, used in or necessary for the conduct of business by such Person and all claims for damages by way of any past, present or future infringement of any of the foregoing.

Intervening Creditor ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.02.

Intervening Lien ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.02.

 

E-5


Lenders ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Recitals to this Agreement and shall include any successor thereto.

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, collateral assignment, charge or security interest in, on or of such asset and (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset.

Notes Collateral ” means all of the assets and property of any Notes Credit Party, whether real, personal or mixed, with respect to which a Lien is granted (or purported to be granted) as security for any Notes Obligations.

Notes Collateral Agent ” has the meaning assigned to that term in the preamble to this Agreement and shall include any successor thereto as well as any Person designated as the “Notes Collateral Agent” or “Collateral Agent” under the Indenture.

Notes Credit Parties ” means the Company and each Notes Guarantor.

Notes Documents ” means the Indenture, the Senior Secured Notes, the Notes Security Documents and those other ancillary agreements as to which the Notes Collateral Agent or any other Notes Secured Party is a party or a beneficiary (including any intercreditor or joinder agreements) and all other agreements, instruments, documents and certificates, now or hereafter executed by or on behalf of any Notes Credit Party or any of its respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates, and delivered to the Notes Collateral Agent or the Trustee, in connection with any of the foregoing or any Notes Document, in each case as the same may be amended, supplemented, restated, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

Notes Guarantor ” has the meaning set forth in the Indenture.

Notes Obligations ” means all obligations outstanding under the Senior Secured Notes and the other Notes Documents, and shall, in any event, include all “Secured Obligations” (as defined in the Notes Security Agreement as in effect on the date hereof). “Notes Obligations” shall include all obligations of every nature of each Notes Credit Party from time to time owed to the Notes Collateral Agent, the Notes Secured Parties or any of them under any Notes Document, whether for principal, interest (including interest, fees and expenses which, but for the filing of a petition in bankruptcy with respect to such Notes Credit Party, would have accrued on any Notes Obligation, whether or not a claim is allowed against such Notes Credit Partyfor such interest, fees or expenses in the related bankruptcy proceeding), fees, expenses, indemnification or otherwise, and all other amounts owing or due under the terms of any Notes Documents, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

Notes Secured Parties ” means (i) so long as the Senior Secured Notes are outstanding, the Trustee and the holders of the Senior Secured Notes (including any additional Senior Secured Notes subsequently issued under and in compliance with the terms of the Indenture), (ii) the Notes Collateral Agent and (iii) the holders from time to time of any other Notes Obligations.

 

E-6


Notes Security Agreement ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Recitals hereto.

Notes Security Documents ” means the Notes Security Agreement and all other “Security Documents” as defined in the Indenture and all other security agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust and other collateral documents executed and delivered in connection with the Indenture, in each case as the same may be amended, supplemented, restated, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

Obligations ” means the Credit Obligations and/or the Notes Obligations, as applicable.

Person ” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, governmental authority or other entity.

Proceeds ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01(b).

Secured Parties ” means, collectively, the Notes Secured Parties and the Credit Secured Parties.

Subsidiary ” means with respect to any Person (the “ parent ”) at any date, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity (a) of which Capital Stock representing more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or, in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, as of such date, owned, Controlled or held, or (b) that is, as of such date, otherwise Controlled, by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent.

SECTION 1.02 Terms Generally . The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”. The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”. Unless the context requires otherwise, any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument, other document, statute or regulation herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument, other document, statute or regulation as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, (b) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, but shall not be deemed to include the subsidiaries of such Person unless express reference is made to such subsidiaries, (c) the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder”, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (d) all references herein to Articles and Sections shall be construed to refer to Articles, and Sections of this Agreement and (e) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.

 

E-7


ARTICLE II

LIEN PRIORITIES; PROCEEDS

SECTION 2.01 Relative Priorities .

(a) Notwithstanding (i) the date, time, method, manner, or order of grant, attachment, or perfection (including any defect or deficiency or alleged defect or deficiency in any of the foregoing) of any Liens granted to the Credit Collateral Agent or the Lenders in respect of all or any portion of the Collateral or of any Liens granted to the Notes Collateral Agent or the other Notes Secured Parties in respect of all or any portion of the Collateral and regardless of how any such Lien was acquired (whether by grant, statute, operation of law, subrogation or otherwise), (ii) the order or time of filing or recordation of any document or instrument for perfecting the Liens in favor of the Credit Collateral Agent or the Notes Collateral Agent (or Lenders or Notes Secured Parties) in any Collateral, (iii) any provision of the Uniform Commercial Code, the Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable law, or of the Credit Documents or the Notes Documents, (iv) whether the Credit Collateral Agent or the Notes Collateral Agent, in each case, either directly or through agents, holds possession of, or has control over, all or any part of the Collateral, (v) the fact that any such Liens in favor of the Credit Collateral Agent or the Lenders or the Notes Collateral Agent or the Notes Secured Parties securing any of the Credit Agreement Obligations or Notes Obligations, respectively, are (x) subordinated to any Lien securing any obligation of any Grantor other than the Notes Obligations or the Credit Obligations, respectively, or (y) otherwise subordinated, voided, avoided, invalidated or lapsed, or (vi) any other circumstance of any kind or nature whatsoever (but, in each case, subject to Section 2.01(b) and Section 2.02), each Secured Party agrees that Liens on any Common Collateral securing the Credit Obligations and the Notes Obligations shall be of equal priority.

(b) Each Secured Party agrees that, notwithstanding (x) any provision of any Credit Document or Notes Document to the contrary (but subject to Section 2.02) and (y) the date, time, method, manner or order of grant, attachment or perfection of any Lien on any Common Collateral securing any Credit Obligation or Notes Obligation, and notwithstanding any provision of the Uniform Commercial Code of any jurisdiction, any other applicable law or any Credit Document or Notes Document, or any other circumstance whatsoever (but, in each case, subject to Section 2.02), if (i) such Secured Party takes any action to enforce rights or exercise remedies in respect of any Common Collateral (including any such action referred to in Section 3.01(a)), or (ii) any distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) is made in respect of any Common Collateral in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding of the Company or any other Grantor, then the proceeds of any sale, collection or other liquidation of any Common Collateral obtained by such Secured Party on account of such enforcement of rights or exercise of remedies, and any such distributions or payments received by such Secured Party (all such proceeds, distributions and payments being collectively referred to as “ Proceeds ”), shall be applied as follows:

(i) FIRST, to the payment of reasonable costs and expenses, including all amounts expended to preserve the value of the Common Collateral, of foreclosure or suit, if any, and of such sale and the exercise of any other rights or remedies, and of all proper fees, expenses, liability and advances, including reasonable legal expenses and attorneys’ fees, incurred or made under any Credit Document or Notes Document by any Secured Party;

(ii) SECOND, subject to Section 2.02, to the payment in full of all other Credit Obligations (other than Excess Credit Obligations) and Notes Obligations secured by a Lien on

 

E-8


such Common Collateral at the time due and payable (the amounts so applied to be distributed, as among such Credit Obligations and Notes Obligations ratably in accordance with the amounts of the Credit Obligations (other than Excess Credit Obligations) and Notes Obligations outstanding on the date of such application);

(iii) THIRD, after payment in full of the Credit Obligations (other than Excess Credit Obligations) and Notes Obligations, to the payment in full of the Excess Credit Obligations in accordance with the applicable Credit Documents;

(iv) FOURTH, after payment in full of all the Excess Credit Obligations, to the Company or its successors or assigns, as their interests may appear, or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.

(c) It is acknowledged that the Credit Obligations and the Notes Obligations may, subject to the limitations set forth in the then extant Credit Documents or Notes Documents, as applicable, be increased, extended, renewed, replaced, restated, supplemented, restructured, repaid, refunded, refinanced or otherwise amended or modified from time to time, all without affecting the priorities set forth in Section 2.01(b) or the provisions of this Agreement defining the relative rights of the Secured Parties.

(d) Neither Collateral Agent shall be required to marshal any present or future collateral security (including, but not limited to, the Common Collateral) for, or other assurances of payment of, the Credit Obligations or the Notes Obligations, as applicable, or any of them or to resort to such collateral security or other assurances of payment in any particular order. To the extent it may lawfully do so, each Grantor agrees that it will not invoke any law relating to the marshaling of collateral which might cause delay in or impede the enforcement of any Secured Party’s rights and remedies under any Secured Credit Document, and to the extent it lawfully may, each Grantor hereby irrevocably waives the benefit of such laws.

(e) The Credit Collateral Agent, for and on behalf of itself and the Lenders, acknowledges and agrees that, prior hereto, Notes Collateral Agent, for the benefit of itself and the Notes Secured Parties, has been granted Liens upon all of the Common Collateral in which the Credit Collateral Agent has also been granted Liens and the Credit Collateral Agent hereby consents thereto. The Notes Collateral Agent, for and on behalf of itself and the Notes Secured Parties, acknowledges and agrees that, concurrently herewith, the Credit Collateral Agent, for the benefit of itself and the Credit Secured Parties, has been granted Liens upon all of the Common Collateral in which the Notes Collateral Agent has been granted Liens and the Notes Collateral Agent hereby consents thereto.

SECTION 2.02 Impairments . It is the intention of the parties hereto that each Secured Party bears the risk of any determination by a court of competent jurisdiction that (i) any Obligations held by such Secured Party are unenforceable under applicable law or are subordinated to any other obligations, (ii) such Secured Party does not have a Lien on any of the Common Collateral and/or (iii) any Person (other than any Secured Party) has a Lien on any Common Collateral that is senior in priority to the Lien of such Secured Party on such Common Collateral, but junior to the Lien of the other Secured Party on such Common Collateral (any such Lien being referred to as an “ Intervening Lien ”, and any such Person being referred to as an

 

E-9


Intervening Creditor ”) (any condition with respect to Obligations of such Secured Party being referred to as an “ Impairment ”). In the event an Impairment exists with respect to the Obligations of any Secured Party, the results of such Impairment shall be borne solely by such Secured Party, and the rights of such Secured Party (including the right to receive distributions in respect of Obligations pursuant to Section 2.01(b)) set forth herein shall be modified to the extent necessary so that the results of such Impairment are borne solely by such Secured Party. In furtherance of the foregoing, in the event Obligations of any Secured Party shall be subject to an Impairment in the form of an Intervening Lien of any Intervening Creditor, the value of any Common Collateral or Proceeds that are allocated to such Intervening Creditor shall be deducted solely from the Common Collateral or Proceeds to be distributed in respect of Obligations owing to such Secured Party.

SECTION 2.03 Payment Over . Each Secured Party agrees that if such Secured Party shall at any time obtain possession of any Common Collateral or receive any Proceeds (other than as a result of any application of Proceeds pursuant to Section 2.01(b)), (i) such Secured Party shall promptly inform the other Secured Parties thereof, (ii) such Secured Party shall hold such Common Collateral or Proceeds for the benefit of the other Secured Parties pursuant to Section 2.01(b) and (iii) in the case of any such Proceeds, such Proceeds shall be applied in accordance with Section 2.01(b) as promptly as practicable.

SECTION 2.04 Determinations with Respect to Amounts of Obligations and Liens . Whenever any Collateral Agent shall be required, in connection with the exercise of its rights or the performance of its obligations hereunder, to determine the existence or amount of any Obligations, or the Common Collateral subject to any Lien securing the Obligations (and whether such Lien constitutes a valid and perfected Lien), it may request that such information be furnished to it in writing by the other Collateral Agent and shall be entitled to make such determination on the basis of the information so furnished; provided that if, notwithstanding the request of any Collateral Agent, the other Collateral Agent shall fail or refuse reasonably promptly to provide the requested information, such Collateral Agent shall be entitled to make any such determination by such method as it may, in the exercise of its good faith judgment, determine, including by reliance upon a certificate of an officer of the Company. Each Collateral Agent may rely conclusively, and shall be fully protected in so relying, on any determination made by it in accordance with the provisions of the preceding sentence (or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction) and shall have no liability to the Company, any Collateral Agent or any other Person as a result of such determination or any action taken or not taken pursuant thereto.

SECTION 2.05 Exculpatory Provisions . No Collateral Agent shall be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by such Collateral Agent with respect to any Common Collateral in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

E-10


ARTICLE III

RIGHTS AND REMEDIES; MATTERS RELATING TO COMMON COLLATERAL

SECTION 3.01 Exercise of Rights and Remedies .

(a) Subject to paragraph (b) of this Section, Section 2.01(b) and Section 4.01(a), nothing in this Agreement shall affect the ability of any Secured Party (i) to enforce any rights and exercise any remedies with respect to any Common Collateral available under any Credit Document, any Notes Document or applicable law, including any right of set-off and any determinations regarding the release of Liens on, or any sale, transfer or other disposition of, any Common Collateral, or any other rights or remedies available to a secured creditor under the Uniform Commercial Code of any jurisdiction, the Bankruptcy Code or any other Bankruptcy Law or (ii) to commence any action or proceeding with respect to such rights or remedies (including any foreclosure action or proceeding or any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding). Subject to paragraph (b) of this Section and Section 4.01(a), any such exercise of rights and remedies by any Secured Party may be made in such order and in such manner as such Secured Party may, subject to the provisions of the applicable Credit Documents or Notes Documents, determine in its sole discretion. In addition, (A) in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding commenced by or against any Grantor, each Secured Party may file a proof of claim or statement of interest with respect to the applicable obligations thereto, (B) in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding commenced by or against any Grantor, each Secured Party may file any necessary or appropriate responsive pleadings in opposition to any motion, adversary proceeding or other pleading filed by any Person objecting to or otherwise seeking disallowance of the claim or Lien of Secured Party, (C) each Secured Party may file any pleadings, objections, motions, or agreements which assert rights available to unsecured creditors of any Grantor arising under any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding or applicable nonbankruptcy law, and (D) each Secured Party may vote on any plan of reorganization in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding of any Grantor, in each case (A) through (D) above to the extent such action is not inconsistent with, or could not result in a resolution inconsistent with, the terms of this Agreement.

(b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this Section:

(i) each Collateral Agent shall remain subject to, and bound by, all covenants or agreements made herein by such Collateral Agent;

(ii) each Collateral Agent agrees that, prior to the commencement of any enforcement of rights or any exercise of remedies with respect to any Common Collateral by such Collateral Agent, such Collateral Agent shall provide prior written notice thereof to the other Collateral Agent, such notice to be provided as far in advance of such commencement as reasonably practicable, and shall regularly inform the other Collateral Agent of developments in connection with such enforcement or exercise; and

(iii) subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable Credit Documents or Notes Documents, each Collateral Agent agrees that it shall cooperate in a commercially reasonable manner with the other Collateral Agent in any enforcement of rights or any exercise of remedies with respect to any Common Collateral.

SECTION 3.02 Prohibition on Contesting Liens . Each Secured Party agrees that it will not, and each Secured Party hereby waives any right to, contest or support any other Person in contesting, in any proceeding (including any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding), the perfection, priority, validity, attachment or enforceability of a Lien held by or on behalf of any other Secured Party in all or any part of the Common Collateral; provided that nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to prevent or impair the rights of any Secured Party to enforce this Agreement.

 

E-11


SECTION 3.03 Prohibition on Challenging this Agreement . Each Collateral Agent agrees that it will not attempt, directly or indirectly, whether by judicial proceedings or otherwise, to challenge the enforceability of any provision of this Agreement; provided that nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to prevent or impair the rights of any Collateral Agent to enforce this Agreement.

SECTION 3.04 Release of Liens . The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that the release of Liens on any Common Collateral securing Obligations, whether in connection with a sale, transfer or other disposition of such Common Collateral or otherwise, shall be governed by and subject to the Credit Documents or the Notes Documents, as applicable, and that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to amend or affect the terms of the Credit Documents or the Notes Documents with respect thereto; provided that if, at any time any Common Collateral is transferred to a third party or otherwise disposed of, in each case, in connection with any enforcement by the applicable Collateral Agent in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, then (whether or not any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding is pending at the time) the Liens in favor of the other Collateral Agent upon such Common Collateral will automatically be released and discharged upon final conclusion of foreclosure proceeding as and when, but only to the extent, such Liens on the Common Collateral of the Collateral Agent enforcing its remedies in connection with such foreclosure are released and discharged; provided that any proceeds of any Common Collateral realized therefrom shall be applied pursuant to Section 2.01(b) hereof. Each Collateral Agent agrees to execute and deliver (at the sole cost and expense of the Company) all such authorizations and other instruments as shall reasonably be requested by the other Collateral Agent to evidence and confirm any release of Common Collateral provided for in this Section.

ARTICLE IV

COLLATERAL

SECTION 4.01 Bailment for Perfection of Security Interests .

(a) Each Collateral Agent agrees that if it shall at any time hold a Lien on any Common Collateral that can be perfected by the possession or control of such Common Collateral or of any deposit, securities or other account in which such Common Collateral is held, and if such Common Collateral or any such account is in fact in the possession or under the control of such Collateral Agent, or of agents or bailees of such Collateral Agent (such Common Collateral being referred to herein as the “ Controlled Common Collateral ”), such Collateral Agent shall, solely for the purpose of perfecting the Liens of the other Collateral Agent granted on such Common Collateral under the Credit Documents or the Notes Documents, as applicable, and subject to the terms and conditions of this Article, also hold such Controlled Common Collateral as gratuitous bailee for the other Collateral Agent (any Collateral Agent that shall be holding any Controlled Common Collateral as gratuitous bailee being referred to herein as the “ Bailee Secured Party ”). In furtherance of the foregoing, each Collateral Agent appoints each Bailee Secured Party as such Collateral Agent’s gratuitous bailee hereunder with respect to any Controlled Common Collateral that such Bailee Secured Party possesses or controls at any time solely for the purpose of perfecting a Lien on such Controlled Common Collateral.

 

E-12


(b) In furtherance of the foregoing, the Company hereby grants a security interest in the Controlled Common Collateral to each Collateral Agent that possesses or controls Controlled Common Collateral as permitted in Section 4.01(a) for the benefit of the other Collateral Agent.

(c) The obligations and responsibilities of any Bailee Secured Party to the other Collateral Agent under this Article shall be limited solely to holding or controlling the applicable Controlled Common Collateral as gratuitous bailee and sub-agent in accordance with this Article.

ARTICLE V

OTHER AGREEMENTS

SECTION 5.01 Reinstatement . If, in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding or otherwise, all or part of any payment with respect to the Obligations previously made shall be rescinded for any reason whatsoever (including an order or judgment for disgorgement of a preference or other avoidance action under the Bankruptcy Code, or any similar law), then the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be fully applicable thereto until all the Obligations shall again have been satisfied in full.

SECTION 5.02 Notice of Acceptance and Other Waivers .

(a) All Credit Obligations at any time made or incurred by any Grantor shall be deemed to have been made or incurred in reliance upon this Agreement, and the Notes Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the Notes Secured Parties, hereby waives notice of acceptance, or proof of reliance by the Credit Collateral Agent or any Lender of this Agreement, and notice of the existence, increase, renewal, extension, accrual, creation, or non-payment of all or any part of the Credit Obligations. All Notes Obligations at any time made or incurred by any Grantor shall be deemed to have been made or incurred in reliance upon this Agreement, and the Credit Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the Lenders, hereby waives notice of acceptance, or proof of reliance, by the Notes Collateral Agent or any other Notes Secured Party of this Agreement, and notice of the existence, increase, renewal, extension, accrual, creation, or non-payment of all or any part of the Notes Obligations.

(b) None of the Credit Collateral Agent, any Lender, or any of their respective Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, or agents shall be liable to the Notes Collateral Agent, any other Notes Secured Party, or any of their respective Affiliates for failure to demand, collect, or realize upon any of the Collateral or any Proceeds, or for any delay in doing so, or shall be under any obligation to sell or otherwise dispose of any Collateral or Proceeds thereof or to take any other action whatsoever with regard to the Collateral or any part or Proceeds thereof, except as specifically provided in this Agreement. If the Credit Collateral Agent or any Lender honors (or fails to honor) a request by the Company for an extension of credit pursuant to the Credit Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents, whether the Credit Collateral Agent or any Lender has knowledge that the honoring of (or failure to honor) any such request would constitute a default under the terms of the Indenture or any other Notes Document (but not a default under this Agreement) or an act, condition, or event that, with the giving of notice or the passage of

 

E-13


time, or both, would constitute such a default, or if the Credit Collateral Agent or any Lender otherwise should exercise any of its contractual rights or remedies under any Credit Documents (subject to the express terms and conditions hereof), neither the Credit Collateral Agent nor any Lender shall have any liability whatsoever to the Notes Collateral Agent or any other Notes Secured Party as a result of such action, omission, or exercise (so long as any such exercise does not breach the express terms and provisions of this Agreement). The Credit Collateral Agent and the Lenders shall be entitled to manage and supervise their loans and extensions of credit under the Credit Agreement and any of the other Credit Documents as they may, in their sole discretion, deem appropriate, and may manage their loans and extensions of credit without regard to any rights or interests that the Notes Collateral Agent or any of the Notes Secured Parties have in the Collateral, except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement. The Notes Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the Notes Secured Parties, agrees that neither the Credit Collateral Agent nor any Lender shall incur any liability as a result of a sale, lease, license, application, or other disposition of all or any portion of the Collateral or any Proceeds thereof, pursuant to the Credit Documents, so long as such disposition is conducted in accordance with mandatory provisions of applicable law and does not breach the provisions of this Agreement.

(c) None of the Notes Collateral Agent, any other Notes Secured Party or any of their respective Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, or agents shall be liable to the Credit Collateral Agent, any Lender, or any of their respective Affiliates for failure to demand, collect, or realize upon any of the Collateral or any Proceeds, or for any delay in doing so, or shall be under any obligation to sell or otherwise dispose of any Collateral or Proceeds thereof or to take any other action whatsoever with regard to the Collateral or any part or Proceeds thereof, except as specifically provided in this Agreement. If the Notes Collateral Agent or any other Notes Secured Party honors (or fails to honor) a request by any Grantor for an extension of credit pursuant to the Indenture or any of the other Notes Documents, whether the Notes Collateral Agent or any other Notes Secured Party has knowledge that the honoring of (or failure to honor) any such request would constitute a default under the terms of the Credit Agreement or any other Credit Document (but not a default under this Agreement) or an act, condition, or event that, with the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both, would constitute such a default, or if the Notes Collateral Agent or any other Notes Secured Party otherwise should exercise any of its contractual rights or remedies under the Notes Documents (subject to the express terms and conditions hereof), neither the Notes Collateral Agent nor any other Notes Secured Party shall have any liability whatsoever to the Credit Collateral Agent or any Lender as a result of such action, omission, or exercise (so long as any such exercise does not breach the express terms and provisions of this Agreement). The Notes Collateral Agent and the other Notes Secured Parties shall be entitled to manage and supervise their loans and extensions of credit under the Notes Documents as they may, in their sole discretion, deem appropriate, and may manage their loans and extensions of credit without regard to any rights or interests that the Credit Collateral Agent or any Lender has in the Collateral, except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement. The Credit Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the Lenders, agrees that none of the Notes Collateral Agent or the other Notes Secured Parties shall incur any liability as a result of a sale, lease, license, application, or other disposition of all or any portion of the Collateral or any Proceeds thereof, pursuant to the Notes Documents, so long as such disposition is conducted in accordance with mandatory provisions of applicable law and does not breach the provisions of this Agreement.

 

E-14


SECTION 5.03 Modifications to Credit Documents and Notes Documents .

(a) The Notes Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the other Notes Secured Parties, hereby agrees that, without affecting the obligations of the Notes Collateral Agent and the other Notes Secured Parties hereunder, the Credit Collateral Agent and the Lenders may, at any time and from time to time, in their sole discretion without the consent of or notice to the Notes Collateral Agent or any other Notes Secured Party (except to the extent such notice or consent is required pursuant to the express provisions of this Agreement), and without incurring any liability to the Notes Collateral Agent or any other Notes Secured Party or impairing or releasing the subordination provided for herein, amend, restate, supplement, replace, refinance, extend, consolidate, restructure, or otherwise modify any of the Credit Documents in any manner whatsoever (other than in a manner which would have the effect of contravening the terms of this Agreement) including, without limitation, to:

(i) change the manner, place, time, or terms of payment or renew, alter or increase, all or any of the Credit Obligations or otherwise amend, restate, supplement, or otherwise modify in any manner, or grant any waiver or release with respect to, all or any part of the Credit Obligations or any of the Credit Documents;

(ii) retain or obtain a Lien on any property of any Person to secure any of the Credit Obligations, and in connection therewith to enter into any additional Credit Documents;

(iii) amend, or grant any waiver, compromise, or release with respect to, or consent to any departure from, any guaranty or other obligations of any Person obligated in any manner under or in respect of the Credit Obligations;

(iv) release its Lien on any Collateral or other property;

(v) exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against any Grantor, or any other Person;

(vi) retain or obtain the primary or secondary obligation of any other Person with respect to any of the Credit Obligations; and

(vii) otherwise manage and supervise the Credit Obligations as the Credit Collateral Agent shall deem appropriate.

(b) The Credit Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the Lenders, hereby agrees that, without affecting the obligations of the Credit Collateral Agent and the Lenders hereunder, the Notes Collateral Agent and the Notes Secured Parties may, at any time and from time to time, in their sole discretion without the consent of or notice to the Credit Collateral Agent or any Lender (except to the extent such notice or consent is required pursuant to the express provisions of this Agreement), and without incurring any liability to the Credit Collateral Agent or any Lender or impairing or releasing the subordination provided for herein, amend, restate, supplement, replace, refinance, extend, consolidate, restructure, or otherwise modify any of the Notes Documents in any manner whatsoever (other than in a manner which would have the effect of contravening the terms of this Agreement), including, without limitation, to:

(i) change the manner, place, time, or terms of payment or renew, alter or increase, all or any of the Notes Obligations or otherwise amend, restate, supplement, or otherwise modify in any manner, or grant any waiver or release with respect to, all or any part of the Notes Obligations or any of the Notes Documents;

 

E-15


(ii) retain or obtain a Lien on any property of any Person to secure any of the Notes Obligations, and in connection therewith to enter into any additional Notes Documents;

(iii) amend, or grant any waiver, compromise, or release with respect to, or consent to any departure from, any guaranty or other obligations of any Person obligated in any manner under or in respect of the Notes Obligations;

(iv) release its Lien on any Collateral or other property;

(v) exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against any Grantor, or any other Person;

(vi) retain or obtain the primary or secondary obligation of any other Person with respect to any of the Notes Obligations; and

(vii) otherwise manage and supervise the Notes Obligations as the Notes Collateral Agent shall deem appropriate.

SECTION 5.04 Reorganization Modifications . In the event the Obligations are modified pursuant to applicable law, including Section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code, any reference to the Obligations or the Credit Documents or Notes Documents, as applicable, shall refer to such obligations or such documents as so modified.

SECTION 5.05. Further Assurances . Each Collateral Agent agrees that it will execute, or will cause to be executed, such reasonable further documents, agreements and instruments, and take all such reasonable further actions, as may be required under any applicable law, or which any Collateral Agent may reasonably request, to effectuate the terms of this Agreement.

ARTICLE VI

NO RELIANCE; NO LIABILITY

SECTION 6.01 No Warranties or Liability .

(a) Each Collateral Agent acknowledges and agrees that the other Collateral Agent has not made any express or implied representation or warranty, including with respect to the execution, validity, legality, completeness, collectability or enforceability of any of the Credit Documents or Notes Documents, the ownership of any Common Collateral or the perfection or priority of any Liens thereon. Each Collateral Agent will be entitled to manage and supervise their loans and other extensions of credit in the manner set forth in their Credit Documents or Notes Documents, as applicable. No Collateral Agent shall, by reason of this Agreement, any Credit Document, any Notes Document or any other document, have a fiduciary relationship or other implied duties in respect of any other Collateral Agent.

(b) No Collateral Agent shall have any express or implied duty to the other Collateral Agent to act or refrain from acting in a manner that allows, or results in, the occurrence or continuance of a default or an Event of Default under any Secured Credit Document (other than, in each case, this Agreement), regardless of any knowledge thereof that they may have or be charged with.

 

E-16


ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 7.01 Notices . Except as otherwise provided herein, all notices, requests, demands, consents, instructions or other communications to or upon Company or any Collateral Agent under this Agreement shall be in writing and faxed, mailed or delivered to such party to the facsimile number or its address set forth below (or to such other facsimile number or address as the recipient of any notice shall have notified the other in writing). All such notices and communications shall be effective when sent by Federal Express or other overnight service of recognized standing, upon receipt; when mailed, by registered or certified mail, first class postage prepaid and addressed as aforesaid through the United States Postal Service, upon receipt; (c) when delivered by hand, upon delivery; and when faxed, upon confirmation of receipt:

 

  (a) if to the Company at:

Bloom Energy Corporation

1299 Orleans Drive

Sunnyvale, California 94089

Attention: General Counsel

Telephone:

Facsimile:

 

  (b) if to the Credit Collateral Agent, to it at:

[Name]

[address]

[address]

Attn:

Telephone:

Facsimile:

 

  (c) if to the Notes Collateral Agent, to it at:

U.S. Bank National Association

633 West Fifth Street, 24th Floor

Los Angeles, CA 90071

Attn: Bradley Scarbrough

Facsimile: (213) 615-6197

Email: bradley.scarbrough@usbank.com

 

E-17


Any party hereto may change its address or facsimile number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto.

SECTION 7.02 Waivers; Amendment .

(a) No failure or delay on the part of any party hereto in exercising any right or power hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power.

(b) Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or otherwise modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by each Collateral Agent, and, only if the rights or duties of any Grantor are directly affected thereby, the Grantors.

SECTION 7.03 Assignments . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

SECTION 7.04 Effectiveness; Survival . This Agreement shall become effective when executed and delivered by the parties hereto. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by any party in this Agreement shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement. This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding the commencement of any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding against the Company or any other Grantor, and the parties hereto acknowledge that this Agreement is intended to be and shall be enforceable as a “subordination” agreement under Bankruptcy Code Section 510(a). All references herein to the Company shall apply to any trustee for such Person and such Person as a debtor-in-possession.

SECTION 7.05 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.

SECTION 7.06 Severability . If at any time any provision of this Agreement is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under the law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction shall in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

SECTION 7.07 Governing Law; Jurisdiction . (a) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

(b) Each Collateral Agent and the Company hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York sitting in the City of New York, Borough of Manhattan, and of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or for recognition or

 

E-18


enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect any right that either Collateral Agent may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Credit Document or Notes Document against any Grantor or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

(c) Each Collateral Agent and each Grantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

SECTION 7.08 Construction . This Agreement is the result of negotiations among, and has been reviewed by, Secured Parties and their respective counsel. Accordingly, this Agreement shall be deemed to be the product of all parties hereto, and no ambiguity shall be construed in favor of or against any Collateral Agent.

SECTION 7.09 Provisions Solely to Define Relative Rights . The provisions of this Agreement are and are intended solely for the purpose of defining the relative rights of the Secured Parties in relation to one another. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, none of the Company or any other creditor of any of the foregoing shall have any rights or obligations hereunder, and the Company may not rely on the terms hereof. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to or shall impair the obligations of the Company, which are absolute and unconditional, to pay the Obligations as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with their terms.

SECTION 7.10 Specific Performance . Each Collateral Agent may demand specific performance of this Agreement. Each Collateral Agent hereby irrevocably waives any defense based on the adequacy of a remedy at law and any other defense that might be asserted to bar the remedy of specific performance in any action which may be brought by the other Collateral Agent.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

E-19


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, in its capacity as Notes Collateral Agent and not in any individual capacity
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
[                    ], as Credit Collateral Agent
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


ACKNOWLEDGMENT

Each Grantor hereby acknowledges that it has received a copy of this Agreement and consents thereto, agrees to recognize all rights granted thereby to the Credit Collateral Agent, the Lenders, the Notes Collateral Agent, and the Notes Secured Parties and will not do any act or perform any obligation which is not in accordance with the agreements set forth in this Agreement. Each Grantor further acknowledges and agrees that it is not an intended beneficiary or third party beneficiary under this Agreement and that the Credit Documents and Notes Documents remain in full force and effect as written. Without limitation to the foregoing, each Grantor agrees to take such further action and shall execute and deliver such additional documents and instruments (in recordable form, if requested) as the Credit Collateral Agent or the Notes Collateral Agent (or any of their respective agents or representatives) may reasonably request to effectuate the terms of and the lien priorities contemplated by the Intercreditor Agreement, including to cause any Person that becomes a Grantor after the date of the Intercreditor Agreement to execute and deliver to the Credit Collateral Agent and the Notes Collateral an acknowledgement in the form of this Acknowledgement on the date that such Person becomes a Grantor.

 

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
[name]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Exhibit 4.6

SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT (as amended, modified, supplemented or restated and in effect from time to time, this “ Agreement ”), dated as of December 15, 2015, is made by and among Bloom Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the Guarantors from time to time party hereto (the “ Guarantors ” and together with the Company, each a “ Grantor ” and collectively, the “ Grantors ”), and U.S. Bank National Association, in its capacity as collateral agent pursuant to the Indenture (as hereinafter defined) (in such capacity and together with any successors in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”) for its own benefit and the benefit of the other Secured Parties.

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, reference is made to that certain Indenture, dated as of December 15, 2015 (as amended, modified, supplemented or restated and in effect from time to time, the “ Indenture ”, which term shall also include and refer to any additional issuance of notes under the Indenture), by and among, the Company, each Guarantor, U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (together with its successors in such capacity, the “ Trustee ”), and the Collateral Agent, pursuant to which the Company is issuing its 5.0% Convertible Senior Secured PIK Notes due 2020 (together with any additional notes issued under the Indenture, the “ Senior Secured Notes ”).

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Indenture the Holders have appointed the Collateral Agent to act as its agent hereunder and the Collateral Agent has accepted such appointment.

WHEREAS, it is a condition to the issuance of the Senior Secured Notes that each Grantor executes and delivers this Agreement.

WHEREAS, this Agreement is made by the Grantors in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties to secure the payment and performance in full when due of the Secured Obligations.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual conditions and agreements set forth in this Agreement, and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Grantors and the Collateral Agent, on its own behalf and on behalf of the other Secured Parties (and each of their respective successors or permitted assigns), hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

Definitions

SECTION 1.01 Generally . All references herein to the UCC shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York; provided , however , that if a term is defined in Article 9 of the UCC differently than in another Article thereof, the term shall have the meaning set forth in Article 9; provided , further , that, if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, perfection, or the effect of perfection or non-perfection, of the Security Interest in any Collateral or the availability of any remedy hereunder is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than New York, “ UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection or effect of perfection or non-perfection or availability of such remedy, as the case may be.


SECTION 1.02 Definition of Certain Terms Used Herein . Unless the context otherwise requires, all capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Indenture. In addition, as used herein, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Accessions ” shall have the meaning given that term in the UCC.

Account Debtor ” shall have the meaning given that term in the UCC.

Account(s) ” shall mean “accounts”, as defined in the UCC, and shall also mean a right to payment of a monetary obligation, whether or not earned by performance, (i) for property that has been or is to be sold, leased, licensed, assigned, or otherwise disposed of, (ii) for services rendered or to be rendered, or (iii) arising out of the use of a credit or charge card or information contained on or for use with the card.

Blue Sky Laws ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.01 of this Agreement.

Chattel Paper ” shall have the meaning given that term in the UCC.

Collateral ” shall mean all personal property of each Grantor, including, without limitation: all (a) Accounts, (b) Chattel Paper, (c) Commercial Tort Claims, (d) Deposit Accounts, (e) Documents, (f) Equipment, (g) General Intangibles (including Payment Intangibles and IP Collateral), (h) Goods, (i) Instruments, (j) Inventory, (k) Investment Property, (l) Software, (m) letters of credit, Letter-of-Credit Rights and Supporting Obligations, (n) money, policies and certificates of insurance, deposits, cash, or other property, (o) all books, records, and information relating to any of the foregoing ((a) through (n)) and/or to the operation of any Grantor’s business, and all rights of access to such books, records, and information, and all property in which such books, records, and information are stored, recorded and maintained (including customer lists, files, correspondence, tapes, computer programs, print-outs and computer records), (p) all accessions to, substitutions for, and all replacements, products, and cash and non-cash proceeds of the foregoing (including Stock Rights and proceeds of and unearned premiums with respect to insurance policies, and claims against any Person for loss, damage or destruction of any of the foregoing ((a) through (o)) or otherwise), (q) all liens, guaranties, rights, remedies, and privileges pertaining to any of the foregoing ((a) through (p)), including the right of stoppage in transit, and (s) any of the foregoing, whether now owned or now due, or in which any Grantor has an interest, or hereafter acquired, arising, or to become due, or in which any Grantor obtains an interest, and all products, Proceeds, substitutions, and Accessions of or to any of the foregoing; provided , however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral shall not include any Excluded Assets.

Collateral Agent ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble of this Agreement.

Collateral Agent’s Rights and Remedies ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.08.

Commercial Tort Claims ” shall have the meaning given that term in the UCC and shall include, without limitation, the Commercial Tort Claims listed on Schedule II (as such schedule may be supplemented from time in accordance with Section 3.08).

Commodity Account ” shall have the meaning given that term in the UCC.

Company ” has the meaning given to that term in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

2


Control ” shall have the meaning given that term in the UCC.

Copyright Licenses ” shall mean all agreements, whether written or oral, providing for the grant by or to any Grantor of any right under any Copyright.

Copyright Office ” shall mean the United States Copyright Office or any other federal governmental agency which may hereafter perform its functions.

Copyrights ” shall mean all copyrights and like protections in each work of authorship or derivative work thereof, whether registered or unregistered and whether published or unpublished, including, without limitation, the copyright registrations and copyright applications listed on Exhibit A annexed hereto and made a part hereof, together with all registrations and recordings thereof and all applications in connection therewith.

Deposit Account ” shall have the meaning given that term in the UCC and shall also include all demand, time, savings, passbook, or similar accounts maintained with a bank or other financial institution.

Deposit Account Control Agreement ” means an agreement reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent ( provided that an agreement that exposes the Collateral Agent to individual liability cannot be reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent) among any Grantor, a banking institution holding such Grantor’s funds, and the Collateral Agent with respect to collection and control of all deposits and balances held in a deposit account maintained by any Grantor with such banking institution granting Control over such deposit account to the Collateral Agent.

Documents ” shall have the meaning given that term in the UCC.

Equipment ” shall mean “equipment,” as defined in the UCC, and shall also mean all furniture, machinery, office equipment, plant equipment, tools, dies, molds, and other goods, property, and assets which are used and/or were purchased for use in the operation or furtherance of a Grantor’s business, and any and all Accessions or additions thereto, and substitutions therefor.

Excluded Assets ” means (1) any interests in real property held by a Grantor as a lessee under a lease and any owned real property or fixtures; (2) any lease, license, permit, contract or agreement to which a Grantor is party if the grant of security interest therein to the Collateral Agent shall constitute or result in a breach, termination or default under such lease, license, permit, contract or agreement, other than to the extent that any such term would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the Uniform Commercial Code (or any successor provision or provisions) of any relevant jurisdiction or any other applicable law (including the Bankruptcy Code) or principles of equity; (3) any intent to use trademark application filed pursuant to Section 1(b) of the Lanham Act to the extent and until a statement of use or amendment to allege use is filed in connection therewith and accepted by the PTO and only if inclusion of such intent to use application in the Collateral prior to such time would result in the cancellation or invalidation of the alleged trademark; (4) any voting Capital Stock the pledge of which would cause more than 65% of the outstanding voting Capital Stock of any Foreign Subsidiary to be pledged; (5) any motor vehicles and other assets subject to certificates of title; (6) assets and personal property for which a pledge thereof or a security interest therein is prohibited by applicable laws (including any legally effective requirement to obtain the consent of any governmental authority) after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code of any applicable jurisdiction; (7) any specific assets that are subject to a Lien permitted by clause (b), (e), (f), (g), (m), (n) (solely in case of cash and cash equivalents pledged as cash collateral for any Hedging Obligations), (o), (t)(iv) or (y) of the definition of Permitted Liens to the extent that a Lien on such assets to secure the Secured

 

3


Obligations is prohibited by or requires consent under the documentation relating to the obligations secured by such Lien, (8) property as to which Liens are outstanding on the Issue Date to holders of debt for borrowed money, capital lease obligations or purchase money indebtedness (other than (i) Silicon Valley Bank, including pursuant to the Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 30, 2012, by and between Silicon Valley Bank and Bloom Energy Corporation and (ii) Liens arising under the Security Documents) so long as such Liens are in effect, (9) any Capital Stock outstanding on the Issue Date and pledged to holders of debt for borrowed money, capital lease obligations or purchase money indebtedness (other than (i) Silicon Valley Bank, including pursuant to the Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 30, 2012, by and between Silicon Valley Bank and Bloom Energy Corporation and (ii) Liens arising under the Security Documents) so long as such Liens are in effect, (10) Capital Stock in PPA Companies, (11) any Capital Stock in any Project Entities, (12) upon release pursuant to Section 17.04(a)(v) of the Indenture, Intellectual Property, and (13) any Capital Stock of Bloom Energy Japan Limited, a company formed under the laws of Japan, so long as the grant of a security interest therein is prohibited by Joint Venture Agreement, dated May 1, 2013, by and among Eco Production Preparatory Corporation, Bloom Energy Corporation, Appli Production Preparatory Corporation, and solely for certain provisions thereof, SoftBank Corp.

Excluded Deposit Account ” means, collectively, (a) all Deposit Accounts established or held (including sub-accounts) for the exclusive purpose of (and only containing funds for) funding payroll, payroll or employment taxes or employee benefits, or a “zero balance account”, (b) all accounts at any depository institution and its affiliates so long as the aggregate amount on deposit at such depository institution and its affiliates does not exceed in the aggregate $5.0 million at any time and (c) any Deposit Account located outside of the United States of America.

Financing Statement ” shall have the meaning given that term in the UCC.

Fixtures ” shall have the meaning given that term in the UCC.

General Intangibles ” shall have the meaning given that term in the UCC, and shall also include, without limitation, all: Payment Intangibles; rights to payment for credit extended; deposits; amounts due to any Grantor; credit memoranda in favor of any Grantor; warranty claims; tax refunds and abatements; insurance refunds and premium rebates; all means and vehicles of investment or hedging, including, without limitation, options, warrants, and futures contracts; records; customer lists; telephone numbers; goodwill; causes of action; judgments; rights to collect payments under any settlement or other agreement; rights of admission; licenses; franchises; rental contracts, including all rights of any Grantor to enforce same; permits, certificates of convenience and necessity, and similar rights granted by any governmental authority; and IP Collateral.

Goods ” shall have the meaning given that term in the UCC.

Grantors ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble of this Agreement.

Guarantors ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble of this Agreement.

Indenture ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals of this Agreement.

Instruments ” shall have the meaning given that term in the UCC.

Intellectual Property ” shall mean all worldwide rights in and to the following: Patents, Copyrights, Trademarks, Licenses, trade secrets, know-how, technology, inventions (whether patent or not), rights in software, databases and data and other proprietary information, industrial design applications and registered industrial designs, and all other forms of intellectual property throughout the world.

 

4


Inventory ” shall have the meaning given that term in the UCC, and shall also include, without limitation, all: (a) Goods which (i) are leased by a Person as lessor, (ii) are held by a Person for sale or lease or to be furnished under a contract of service, (iii) are furnished by a Person under a contract of service, or (iv) consist of raw materials, work in process, or materials used or consumed in a business; (b) Goods of said description in transit; (c) Goods of said description which are returned, repossessed or rejected; and (d) packaging, advertising, and shipping materials related to any of the foregoing.

Investment Property ” shall have the meaning given that term in the UCC.

IP Collateral ” shall mean all Copyrights, Patents, Trademarks, and all other Intellectual Property, all Licenses and all income, royalties, damages and payments now hereafter due and/or payable under and with respect to any of the foregoing, the right to sue for past, present and future infringements, misappropriations and dilutions of any of the foregoing, and all of the Grantors’ rights therein throughout the world.

Issue Date ” shall mean December 15, 2015.

Letter-of-Credit Rights ” shall have the meaning given that term in the UCC.

Licenses ” shall mean, collectively, the Copyright Licenses, Patent Licenses, Trademark Licenses, and any other license of Intellectual Property providing for the grant by or to any Grantor of any right to use Intellectual Property as such term is defined herein.

Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean any event, facts, or circumstances, which has a material adverse effect on (i) the business, assets, or financial condition of the Grantors and their subsidiaries taken as a whole, (ii) the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or the other Security Documents or the rights or remedies of the Secured Parties hereunder or thereunder or (iii) the attachment or, to the extent required hereby, perfection or priority of the Liens or security interests intended to be created hereunder, taken as a whole.

Patent Licenses ” shall mean all agreements, whether written or oral, providing for the grant by or to any Grantor of any right under any Patent.

Patents ” shall mean all patents and applications for patents, and the inventions, discoveries, designs and improvements therein disclosed or claimed, and any and all divisions, reissues and continuations, continuations-in-part, extensions, and reexaminations of said patents including, without limitation, the patents and patent applications listed on Exhibit B annexed hereto and made a part hereof.

Payment Intangible ” shall have the meaning given that term in the UCC and shall also mean any General Intangible under which the Account Debtor’s primary obligation is a monetary obligation.

Pledged Collateral ” means all Instruments, Securities and other Investment Property of the Grantors, whether or not physically delivered to the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Agreement.

Proceeds ” shall mean “proceeds,” as defined in the UCC, and shall also include each type of property described in the definition of Collateral.

 

5


PTO ” shall mean the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any other federal governmental agency which may hereafter perform its functions.

Responsible Officer ” shall mean any officer of Collateral Agent with direct responsibility for the administration of the Indenture and this Agreement and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter related to the Indenture or this Agreement, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

Secured Obligations ” shall mean, collectively, any principal, premium, interest (including any interest and fees accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest or fees is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under any of the Indenture, the Senior Secured Notes, the Notes Guarantees and the Security Documents.

Secured Parties ” shall mean the collective reference to the Holders, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent and any other holders of Secured Obligations.

Securities Act ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.01 of this Agreement.

Security ” shall have the meaning given that term in the UCC.

Security Interest ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01 of this Agreement.

Software ” shall have the meaning given that term in the UCC.

Stock Rights ” means all dividends, instruments or other distributions and any other right or property which the Grantors shall receive or shall become entitled to receive for any reason whatsoever with respect to, in substitution for or in exchange for any Capital Stock constituting Collateral, any right to receive Capital Stock and any right to receive earnings, in which the Grantors now have or hereafter acquire any right, issued by an issuer of such Capital Stock.

Supporting Obligation ” shall have the meaning given that term in the UCC and shall also refer to a secondary obligation that supports the payment or performance of an Account, Chattel Paper, a Document, a General Intangible, an Instrument, or Investment Property.

Trademark Licenses ” shall mean all agreements, whether written or oral, providing for the grant by or to any Grantor of any right under any Trademark.

Trademarks ” shall mean all trademarks, trade names, corporate names, company names, Internet domain names, business names, fictitious business names, trade dress, trade styles, service marks, brand names, designs, logos and other source or business identifiers, whether registered or unregistered, including, without limitation, the trademark registrations and trademark applications listed on Exhibit C annexed hereto and made a part hereof, together with all registrations thereof, all applications in connection therewith, all renewals or extensions thereof and all goodwill of the business connected with, and symbolized by, any of the foregoing.

Trustee ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals of this Agreement.

 

6


ARTICLE 2

Grant of Security Interest

SECTION 2.01 Security Interest . As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Secured Obligations, each Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, its successors and permitted assigns, for its own benefit and the benefit of the other Secured Parties, a security interest in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Collateral whether now existing or hereafter arising (the “ Security Interest ”). Without limiting the foregoing, each Grantor hereby designates the Collateral Agent as such Grantor’s true and lawful attorney, exercisable by the Collateral Agent whether or not an Event of Default exists, with full power of substitution, at the Collateral Agent’s option, to file or cause to be filed one or more Financing Statements, continuation statements, or to sign other documents for the purpose of perfecting, confirming, continuing, or protecting the Security Interest granted by each Grantor, without the signature of any Grantor (each Grantor hereby appointing the Collateral Agent as such Person’s attorney to sign such Person’s name to any such instrument or document, whether or not an Event of Default exists), and naming any Grantor or the Grantors, as debtors, and the Collateral Agent, as secured party. Any such financing statement may indicate the Collateral as “all assets of the Grantor”, “all personal property of the debtor” or words of similar effect, regardless of whether any particular asset comprised in the Collateral falls within the scope of Article 9 of the UCC. Anything to the contrary herein notwithstanding, the Collateral Agent shall not be required to make any filings of Financing Statements, filings with the PTO, the Copyright Office or otherwise.

SECTION 2.02 No Assumption of Liability . The Security Interest is granted as security only and shall not subject the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to, or in any way alter or modify, any obligation or liability of any Grantor with respect to or arising out of the Collateral.

ARTICLE 3

Representations and Warranties

The Grantors jointly and severally represent and warrant to the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties that:

SECTION 3.01 Title and Authority . Each Grantor has good and valid rights in, and title to, the Collateral with respect to which it has purported to grant a Security Interest or Lien under the Security Documents and has full power and authority to grant to the Collateral Agent the Security Interest and/or Lien in such Collateral pursuant to the Security Documents and to execute, deliver and perform its obligations in accordance with the terms of the Security Documents, without the consent or approval of any other Person, other than any consent or approval which has been obtained.

SECTION 3.02 Filings . UCC Financing Statements in each Grantor’s jurisdiction of organization and other appropriate filings, recordings or registrations with the PTO and the Copyright Office containing a description of the Collateral have been or will be timely filed by the Grantors to protect the validity of and to establish a legal, valid and perfected security interest and/or Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent (for its own benefit and the benefit of the other Secured Parties) in respect of all Collateral in which the Security Interest and/or Liens may be perfected by such filing, recording or registration and no further or subsequent filing, re-filing, recording, rerecording, registration or re-registration is necessary in respect of such UCC Financing Statements or such filing with the PTO or the Copyright Office, except as provided under applicable law with respect to the filing of continuation statements or as a result of any change in a Grantor’s name or jurisdiction of incorporation or formation or under any other circumstances under which, pursuant to the UCC, filings previously made have become misleading or ineffective in whole or in part, or filings with the PTO or the Copyright Office in respect of IP Collateral acquired after the date hereof which filings are required hereunder to be made by Grantors.

 

7


SECTION 3.03 Validity and Priority of Security Interest . The Security Interest constitutes (a) a legal and valid security interest in all of the Collateral securing the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations, (b) subject to the making of the filings described in Section 3.02 above within the time periods prescribed by applicable law, a perfected security interest in that portion of the Collateral to the extent perfection in the Collateral can be accomplished by such filing and (c) subject to the obtaining of Control by the Collateral Agent, a perfected security interest in such Collateral to the extent perfection in the Collateral can be accomplished by Control and perfection of the Security Interest in such Collateral is required by the terms hereof or of the Indenture. The Security Interest is and shall be prior to any other Lien on any of the Collateral, subject to Permitted Priority Liens.

SECTION 3.04 Grantors’ Names, Location, Etc . Each Grantor’s exact legal name is set forth on Schedule I attached hereto or as otherwise set forth in a written notice given to the Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 4.01(a) below. Each Grantor was formed under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or formation as set forth on Schedule I attached hereto or as otherwise set forth in a written notice given to the Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 4.01(a) below. Each Grantor’s chief executive office, principal place of business, and the place where each Grantor maintains records concerning the Collateral as of the Issue Date are set forth on Schedule I attached hereto or as otherwise set forth in a written notice given to the Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 4.01(a) below.

SECTION 3.05 Intellectual Property . Each Grantor represents and warrants that: (i)  Exhibit A is a true, correct and complete list of all United States Copyright registrations and applications for the registration of Copyrights owned by such Grantor as of the date hereof; (ii)  Exhibit B is a true, correct and complete list of all United States Patents and Patent applications owned by such Grantor as of the date hereof; and (iii)  Exhibit C is a true, correct and complete list of all United States Trademark registrations and applications owned by such Grantor as of the date hereof. In the event any party discovers that any item that should have been part of either Exhibit A , B , or C was omitted, the omitted item shall be deemed part of the corresponding Exhibit and the Collateral Agent shall have the right to amend the Exhibit.

SECTION 3.06 Commercial Tort Claims . Schedule II (as supplemented from time to time by the Grantors in a supplement delivered pursuant to this Section) sets forth, as of the Issue Date and as of each date by which this Section requires any supplement to be delivered by the Grantors, all Commercial Tort Claims of each Grantor with a reasonably expected value in excess of $5,000,000 for such Commercial Tort Claim. Each Grantor shall supplement Schedule II within forty-five (45) days after the end of each fiscal quarter of the Company if such Grantor has acquired any Commercial Tort Claim with a reasonably expected value in excess of $5,000,000 during such fiscal quarter and such Grantor shall grant to the Collateral Agent in writing a security interest in such Commercial Tort Claims and in the Proceeds thereof.

SECTION 3.07 Deposit Accounts . All of such Grantor’s Deposit Accounts on the date hereof are listed on Schedule III.

SECTION 3.08 Pledged Collateral . Schedule IV sets forth a complete and accurate list of all Pledged Collateral owned by such Grantor. Such Grantor is the direct, sole beneficial owner and sole holder of record of the Pledged Collateral listed on Schedule IV as being owned by it, free and clear of any Liens, except for Permitted Liens. Such Grantor further represents and warrants that (a) all Pledged Collateral owned by it constituting Capital Stock has been (to the extent such concepts are relevant with respect to such Pledged Collateral) duly authorized, validly issued, and, to the extent applicable, is fully

 

8


paid and non-assessable; (b) if it is a limited partnership or a limited liability company, the membership or partnership interests of such Grantor are not certificated and the documents relating to such membership or partnership interests do not expressly state that such interests are governed by Article 8 of the UCC; (c) such Grantor (i) has the power and authority to pledge the Pledged Collateral in the manner hereby done or contemplated and (ii) will defend its title or interest thereto or therein against any and all Liens (other than Permitted Liens and the Lien created by this Agreement or the other Security Documents), however arising, of all Persons whomsoever; (d) by virtue of the execution and delivery by such Grantor of this Agreement, and (i) the delivery by such Grantor to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, of the stock certificates or other certificates or documents representing or evidencing such Pledged Collateral accompanied by stock powers or endorsements, as applicable, executed in blank in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or (ii) the filing of a Financing Statement if such Pledged Collateral is a partnership interest in a limited partnership or membership interest in a limited liability company, the Collateral Agent will obtain a valid and perfected Lien upon, and security interest in, such Pledged Collateral as security for the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations; and (e) no consent of any Person including any general or limited partner, any other member of a limited liability company, any other shareholder or any other trust beneficiary is necessary in connection with the creation, perfection or first priority status of the security interest of the Collateral Agent in any Pledged Collateral or the exercise by the Collateral Agent of the voting or other rights provided for in this Agreement or the exercise of remedies in respect thereof, in each case except as have been obtained.

Except as set forth in Schedule IV , such Grantor owns 100% of the issued and outstanding Capital Stock which constitute Pledged Collateral owned by it (except as otherwise provided in the definition of Excluded Assets).

ARTICLE 4

Covenants

SECTION 4.01 Change of Name; Location of Collateral; Records; Place of Business .

(a) Each Grantor will furnish to the Collateral Agent and the Trustee prompt written notice of any change in (which in any event shall be furnished within 10 days): (i) such Grantor’s name; (ii) the location of such Grantor’s chief executive office or its principal place of business; (iii) such Grantor’s type of legal entity or jurisdiction of incorporation or formation; or (iv) such Grantor’s Federal Taxpayer Identification Number or organizational identification number, if any, assigned to it by its jurisdiction of organization. Each Grantor agrees not to effect or permit any change referred to in the preceding sentence unless all filings, publications and registrations have been made under the UCC that are required in order for the Collateral Agent to continue at all times following such change to have a valid, legal and perfected first priority security interest in all the Collateral (subject to Permitted Priority Liens) to the extent such security interest may be perfected by the filing of a Financing Statement under the UCC for its own benefit and the benefit of the other Secured Parties. The Collateral Agent shall have no duty to inquire about any of the changes described in this clause (a), the parties acknowledging and agreeing that each Grantor is solely responsible to take all action described in the immediately preceding sentence.

(b) Each Grantor agrees (i) to maintain, at its own cost and expense, records with respect to the Collateral owned by it which are complete and accurate in all material respects and which are consistent with its current practices or in accordance with such prudent and standard practices used in industries that are the same as, or similar to, those in which such Grantor is engaged, but in any event to include accounting records which are complete in all material respects indicating all payments and proceeds received with respect to any part of the Collateral, and (ii) at such time or times as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, promptly to prepare and deliver to the Collateral Agent a duly certified schedule or schedules in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent showing the identity, amount and location of any and all Collateral.

 

9


SECTION 4.02 Protection of Security . Each Grantor shall, at its own cost and expense, take any and all actions reasonably necessary or reasonably desirable to defend title to the Collateral against all Persons and to defend the Security Interest and Liens of the Collateral Agent in the Collateral and the priority thereof against any Lien (other than Permitted Liens).

SECTION 4.03 Protection of Intellectual Property by Grantors . Except as set forth below in this Section 4.03, each of the Grantors shall use commercially reasonable efforts to undertake the following with respect to each material item of Intellectual Property used or useful to the conduct of the business of such Grantor:

(a) Pay all renewal fees and other fees and costs associated with maintaining and prosecuting issuances, registrations and applications relating to such Intellectual Property and take all other customary and reasonably necessary steps to maintain each registration of such Intellectual Property.

(b) Take all actions reasonably necessary to prevent any of such Intellectual Property from becoming forfeited, abandoned, dedicated to the public (other than at the expiration of any non-renewable statutory term), or invalidated.

(c) At the Grantors’ sole cost and expense, pursue the registration of each application and registration in such Intellectual Property that is the subject of the security interest created herein and not abandon any such application or registration.

(d) At the Grantors’ sole cost and expense take any and all action that the Grantors reasonably deem appropriate under the circumstances to protect such Intellectual Property from infringement, misappropriation or dilution, including, without limitation, the prosecution and defense of infringement actions.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and no Material Adverse Effect would result therefrom, no Grantor shall have any obligation to take any of the actions described in Sections 4.03 (a), (b), (c) and (d) above with respect to any Intellectual Property (i) that relates solely to any of the Grantor’s products or services that have been discontinued, abandoned or terminated, so long as such Grantor has no intention of using such Intellectual Property in the future, or (ii) that has been replaced with Intellectual Property substantially similar to the Intellectual Property that may be abandoned or otherwise become invalid, so long as the failure to take such actions with respect to such Intellectual Property does not materially adversely affect the validity of such replacement Intellectual Property and so long as such replacement Intellectual Property is subject to the security interest created by this Agreement, or (iii) that otherwise is no longer used in or useful to the business of any Grantor, so long as such Grantor has no intention of using it in the future.

SECTION 4.04 Further Assurances .

(a) Each Grantor agrees, at its own expense, to execute, acknowledge, deliver and cause to be duly filed all such further documents, Financing Statements, agreements and instruments and take all such further actions as may be required or as the Collateral Agent may from time to time reasonably request to better assure, preserve, protect and perfect the Security Interest and Liens of the Collateral Agent in the Collateral and the rights and remedies created by the Security Documents or the validity or priority of such Security Interest and Liens, including the payment of any fees and taxes required in connection

 

10


with the execution and delivery of the Security Documents, the granting of the Security Interest and Liens of the Collateral Agent in the Collateral and the filing of any Financing Statements or other documents in connection herewith or therewith. Without limiting the foregoing, each Grantor agrees, at its own expense, to execute, acknowledge, deliver and cause to be duly filed all such further documents, Financing Statements, agreements and instruments, including the filing with the PTO or the Copyright Office of short form security agreements substantially in the form of such agreements executed and delivered on the Issue Date to the extent, and within the time periods, required by Section 4.07, and take all such further actions as may be required or as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request to perfect the Collateral Agent’s Security Interest and Liens in all Collateral (including causing the Collateral Agent to have Control of any such Collateral to the extent required under the Security Documents or the Indenture and to the extent perfection in such Collateral can be accomplished by Control).

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Indenture or any Indenture Document, the Grantors shall not be required under this Section 4.04 or otherwise under this Agreement, the Indenture or any Indenture Document, to (A) to perfect the Security Interests and/or Liens granted by this Agreement by any means other than by (1) filings pursuant to the Uniform Commercial Code in the office of the secretary of state (or similar filing office) of the jurisdiction of incorporation or formation of the Company or such Guarantor, (2) filings in United States government offices with respect to registered and applied for United States Intellectual Property owned by the Company or any Guarantor, (3) delivery to the Collateral Agent to be held in its possession of all Collateral consisting of certificated securities, Chattel Paper, promissory notes or Instruments as required by this Agreement, and (4) if, as of the last day of any fiscal quarter of the Company, after taking into account any pledge of Available Eligible Assets pursuant to Section 4.14 of the Indenture, the Collateral Value does not equal or exceed the Threshold Amount as of such date, entry into Deposit Account Control Agreements and securities account control agreements (other than with respect to Excluded Deposit Accounts) in accordance with Section 4.09, (B) to perfect the security interest granted under the Security Documents in Letter-of-Credit Rights other than pursuant to the filings under the Uniform Commercial Code and (C) to complete any filings or other action with respect to the perfection of the security interests, including of any Intellectual Property, created under the Security Documents in any jurisdiction outside of the United States other than the use of commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a perfected security interest in respect of any Capital Stock of a Material Pledged Foreign Subsidiary constituting Collateral in the jurisdiction of formation of such Material Pledged Foreign Subsidiary in accordance with Section 4.10. The Company shall from time to time promptly pay all financing and continuation statement recording and/or filing fees, charges and recording and similar taxes relating to this Indenture, the Security Documents and any amendments hereto or thereto and any other instruments of further assurance required pursuant hereto or thereto.

SECTION 4.05 Taxes; Encumbrances . At its option and upon reasonable prior notice to the Grantors (which notice shall not be required at any time that an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing) the Collateral Agent may discharge past due taxes, assessments, charges, fees, Liens, security interests or other encumbrances at any time levied or placed on the Collateral (other than Permitted Liens), and may take any other action which the Collateral Agent may reasonably deem necessary or desirable to repair, maintain or preserve any of the Collateral to the extent any Grantor fails to do so as required by the Indenture, and each Grantor jointly and severally agrees to reimburse the Collateral Agent for any payment made or any expense incurred by the Collateral Agent pursuant to the foregoing authorization within thirty (30) days after receipt of an invoice therefor setting forth such expenses; provided , however , that the Collateral Agent shall not have any obligation to undertake any of the foregoing and shall have no liability on account of any action so undertaken except where there is a specific finding in a judicial proceeding (in which the Collateral Agent has had an opportunity to be heard), from which finding no further appeal is available, that the Collateral Agent had engaged in willful misconduct or acted in

 

11


a grossly negligent manner; provided , further , that the making of any such payments or the taking of any such action by the Collateral Agent shall not be deemed to constitute a waiver of any Event of Default arising from the Grantor’s failure to have made such payments or taken such action.

SECTION 4.06 Insurance . Each Grantor hereby irrevocably makes, constitutes and appoints the Collateral Agent (and all officers, employees or agents designated by the Collateral Agent) as such Grantor’s true and lawful agent (and attorney-in-fact), exercisable only after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, for the purpose of making, settling and adjusting claims in respect of Collateral under any Security Document under policies of insurance, endorsing the name of such Grantor on any check, draft, instrument or other item of payment for the proceeds of such policies of insurance and for making all determinations and decisions with respect thereto. The Grantors shall use commercially reasonable efforts to have the Collateral Agent named as an additional insured or loss payee, as applicable, under liability, property and business interruption insurance policies maintained by Grantors. Unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Grantors shall be entitled to receive, retain and use the proceeds of any claims paid under any policies of insurance and to make all determinations and decisions with respect to such policies of insurance and any claims thereunder.

SECTION 4.07 Intellectual Property . (a) Each Grantor shall give the Collateral Agent written notice (with reasonable detail), within thirty (30) days after the last day of each fiscal quarter of the Company of the occurrence of any of the following since the Issue Date or, after the date of the first notice delivered pursuant to this Section 4.07, since the date of the most recent notice delivered pursuant to this Section 4.07:

(i) Such Grantor’s filing applications for registrations of, being issued a registration in or receiving an issuance of any U.S. Copyright, Patent or Trademark, or otherwise acquiring ownership of any registered or applied for U.S. Copyright, Patent or Trademark (other than the acquisition by such Grantor of the right to sell products containing the trademarks of others in the ordinary course of such Grantor’s business); or

(ii) The filing and acceptance of a statement of use or an amendment to allege use in connection with any of such Grantor’s intent-to-use Trademark applications.

(b) The provisions of this Agreement shall automatically apply to any such additional property or rights described in subsection (a) of this Section 4.07, all of which shall be deemed to be and treated as “Intellectual Property” as applicable, within the meaning of this Agreement.

(c) Each of the Grantors shall execute and deliver, and have recorded, any and all agreements, instruments, documents and papers as may be reasonably necessary or required or as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request including but not limited to notices of security interests substantially in the form of Exhibit D (Notice of Security Interest in Trademarks and Patents) or Exhibit E (Notice of Security Interest in Copyrights), as applicable, attached hereto, to evidence the Collateral Agent’s security interest in any Intellectual Property in the United States, including with respect to any Intellectual Property described in subsection (a) of this Section 4.07 at the time of delivery of the notice specified in subsection (a) of this Section 4.07, (including, without limitation, filings with the PTO, the Copyright Office or any similar government office, as applicable), and each of the Grantors hereby appoints the Collateral Agent as its attorney-in-fact for the sole purpose of executing and filing all such writings for the foregoing purposes, all such acts of such attorney being hereby ratified and confirmed; provided , however , the Collateral Agent’s taking of such action shall not be a condition to the creation or perfection of the security interest created hereby.

 

12


SECTION 4.08 Registration of Pledged Collateral; Voting; Dividends .

(a) Registration of Pledged Collateral . If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing and the Collateral Agent has given notice of its intent to exercise such rights to the relevant Grantor or Grantors, at the option of the Collateral Agent, such Grantor will permit any registerable Pledged Collateral owned by it to be registered in the name of the Collateral Agent or its nominee at any time.

(b) Exercise of Rights in Pledged Collateral . (i) Without in any way limiting the foregoing and subject to clause (ii) below, each Grantor shall have the right to exercise all voting rights or other rights relating to the Pledged Collateral owned by it for all purposes not inconsistent with this Security Agreement, the Indenture or any other Security Document.

(ii) Each Grantor will permit the Collateral Agent or its nominee at any time during the existence of an Event of Default, without notice, to exercise all voting rights or other rights relating to the Pledged Collateral owned by it, including, without limitation, exchange, subscription or any other rights, privileges, or options pertaining to any Capital Stock or Investment Property constituting such Pledged Collateral as if it were the absolute owner thereof, subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement.

(iii) Subject to clause (iv) below, such Grantor shall be entitled to collect and receive for its own use all dividends and interest paid in respect of the Pledged Collateral owned by it.

(iv) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, if the Collateral Agent has given notice to the relevant Grantor that such Grantor’s right to receive distributions in respect of any Pledged Collateral is terminated, any distributions in respect of any Pledged Collateral owned by such Grantor, whenever paid or made, shall be delivered to the Collateral Agent to hold as Pledged Collateral and shall, if received by such Grantor, be received in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Agent, be segregated from the other property or funds of such Grantor, and be forthwith delivered to the Collateral Agent as Pledged Collateral in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement).

SECTION 4.09 Deposit Account Control Agreements and Securities Account Control Agreement . Each Grantor will use its commercially reasonable efforts to provide to the Collateral Agent, within 60 days after the applicable Financial Statement Availability Date (or, in the case of any new deposit account (other than an Excluded Deposit Account) opened after such Financial Statement Availability Date and prior to the next Financial Statement Availability Date, within 45 days after such deposit account is opened), a Deposit Account Control Agreement duly executed on behalf of each financial institution holding a deposit account (other than an Excluded Deposit Account) of such Grantor and a control agreement duly executed on behalf of each financial institution holding a securities account of such Grantor if, as of the last day of the most recent quarter for which the Financial Statement Availability Date has occurred, after taking into account any pledge of Available Eligible Assets pursuant to Section 4.14 of the Indenture, the Collateral Value does not equal or exceed the Threshold Amount.

SECTION 4.10 Material Pledged Foreign Subsidiaries . Each Grantor will use its commercially reasonable efforts to execute or cause to be executed, by no later than 90 days after the date on which any Foreign Subsidiary would qualify as a Material Pledged Foreign Subsidiary, a pledge agreement (or comparable document to effectuate a perfected pledge of the Capital Stock of such Material Pledged Foreign Subsidiary) governed by the laws of the jurisdiction of formation of such Material Pledged Foreign Subsidiary in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties with respect to the outstanding Capital Stock of such Material Pledged Foreign Subsidiary constituting Collateral and take all such further actions as may be necessary under such laws or as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request to perfect the Collateral Agent’s Security Interest and Lien in such Capital Stock. Each Grantor further agrees to deliver to the Collateral Agent the stock certificates (if any) representing the Capital Stock subject to such pledge, stock powers with respect thereto executed in blank, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.

 

13


SECTION 4.11 Pledged Partnership or Limited Liability Company Interests . Each Grantor agrees that with respect to any interest in any limited liability company or limited partnership owned by such Grantor and constituting Collateral hereunder that is not a “security” within the meaning of Article 8 of the UCC, such Grantor shall at no time elect to treat any such interest as a “security” within the meaning of Article 8 of the UCC, nor shall such interest be represented by a certificate. Each Grantor shall cause each partnership or limited liability company that is a Subsidiary of such Grantor the Capital Stock of which is included in the Pledged Collateral to amend its partnership agreement or limited liability company agreement as requested by the Collateral Agent to provide that, in connection with the valid exercise of the Collateral Agent’s Rights and Remedies, the Collateral Agent may (i) sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or part of such interests (including through a sale, transfer or disposition in connection with any foreclosure) without any further consent from any partner or member or (ii) acquire such interests and become a partner or member or be substituted for a partner or member under the partnership agreement or limited liability company agreement, as applicable, without the consent of any partner or member, in each case, without having to comply with any of the restrictions on the sale, transfer or other disposition of the interests set forth in the partnership agreement or limited liability company agreement. Each Grantor shall deliver to the Collateral Agent, to be held in the Collateral Agent’s possession, all Collateral consisting of certificated securities or other certificated Capital Stock in accordance with Section 7.03.

ARTICLE 5

SECTION 5.01 Power of Attorney . Each Grantor irrevocably makes, constitutes and appoints the Collateral Agent (and all officers, employees or agents designated by the Collateral Agent) as such Grantor’s true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact, and in such capacity the Collateral Agent shall have the right, with power of substitution for each Grantor and in each Grantor’s name or otherwise, for the use and benefit of the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties, (a) at any time, whether or not an Event of Default has occurred, to take actions required to be taken by the Grantors under Section 2.01 of this Agreement, and (b) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, (i) to demand, collect, receive payment of, give receipt for and give discharges and releases of all or any of the Collateral; (ii) to sign the name of any Grantor on any invoices, schedules of Collateral, freight or express receipts, or bills of lading storage receipts, warehouse receipts or other documents of title relating to any of the Collateral; (iii) to sign the name of any Grantor on any notice to such Grantor’s Account Debtors; (iv) to sign the name of any Grantor on any proof of claim in bankruptcy against Account Debtors, and on notices of lien, claims of mechanic’s liens, or assignments or releases of mechanic’s liens securing the Accounts; (v) to receive and open each Grantor’s mail, remove any Proceeds of Collateral therefrom and turn over the balance of such mail either to the Company or to any trustee in bankruptcy or receiver of a Grantor, or other legal representative of a Grantor whom the Collateral Agent may reasonably determine to be the appropriate person to whom to so turn over such mail; (vi) to commence and prosecute any and all suits, actions or proceedings at law or in equity (including any action for past, present, and future infringement of any IP Collateral) in any court of competent jurisdiction to collect or otherwise realize on all or any of the Collateral or to enforce any rights in respect of any Collateral; (vii) to settle, compromise, compound, adjust or defend any actions, suits or proceedings relating to all or any of the Collateral; (viii) to take all such action as may be reasonably necessary to obtain the payment of any letter of credit and/or banker’s acceptance of which any Grantor is a beneficiary; (ix) to repair, manufacture, assemble, complete, package, deliver, alter or supply goods, if any, necessary to fulfill in whole or in part the purchase order of any customer of any Grantor; (x) to use, license, assign or transfer or otherwise dispose of any or all General Intangibles of any Grantor, subject to those restrictions to which such Grantor is subject under

 

14


applicable law and by contract, and any person may conclusively rely upon a statement of a Responsible Officer of the Collateral Agent that an Event of Default has occurred and that the Collateral Agent is authorized to exercise such rights and remedies; (xi) to supplement and amend from time to time Exhibits A , B and C of this Agreement to include any newly developed, applied for, registered, or acquired Intellectual Property of such Grantor and any intent-to-use Trademark applications for which a statement of use or an amendment to allege use has been filed and accepted by the PTO; and (xii) to use, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal with all or any of the Collateral, and to do all other acts and things as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes of this Agreement, as fully and completely as though the Collateral Agent was the absolute owner of the Collateral for all purposes; provided , however , that nothing herein contained shall be construed as requiring or obligating the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to make any commitment or to make any inquiry as to the nature or sufficiency of any payment received by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party, or to present or file any claim or notice. It is understood and agreed that the appointment of the Collateral Agent as the agent and attorney-in-fact of the Grantors for the purposes set forth above is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable. The appointment of the Collateral Agent as the agent and attorney-in-fact of the Grantors for the purposes set forth above shall terminate upon the full and final payment of the Company’s and the Guarantors’ respective Obligations under the Indenture, the Notes and the Notes Guarantees (other than contingent obligations which have yet to accrue).

SECTION 5.02 Pledged Collateral . Each Grantor hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Collateral Agent as its proxy and attorney-in-fact, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, with respect to its Pledged Collateral, including the right to vote any of the Pledged Collateral, with full power of substitution to do so. In addition to the right to vote any of the Pledged Collateral, the appointment of the Collateral Agent as proxy and attorney-in-fact shall include the right, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to exercise all other rights, powers, privileges and remedies to which a holder of any of the Pledged Collateral would be entitled (including giving or withholding written consents of shareholders, calling special meetings of shareholders and voting at such meetings). Such proxy and attorney-in-fact shall be effective, automatically and without the necessity of any action (including any transfer of any of the Pledged Collateral on the record books of the issuer thereof) by any Person (including the issuer of the Pledged Collateral or any officer or agent thereof), upon the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default.

SECTION 5.03 No Obligation to Act . The Collateral Agent shall not be obligated to do any of the acts or to exercise any of the powers authorized by Section 5.01, but if the Collateral Agent elects to do any such act or to exercise any of such powers, it shall not be accountable for more than it actually receives as a result of such exercise of power, and shall not be responsible to any Grantor for any act or omission to act except for any act or omission to act as to which there is a final determination not subject to appeal made in a judicial proceeding by a court of competent jurisdiction (in which proceeding the Collateral Agent has had an opportunity to be heard) which determination includes a specific finding that the subject act or omission to act constitutes gross negligence or willful misconduct. The provisions of Section 5.01 shall in no event relieve any Grantor of any of its obligations hereunder or under any other Security Document with respect to the Collateral or any part thereof or impose any obligation on the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to proceed in any particular manner with respect to the Collateral or any part thereof, or in any way limit the exercise by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party of any other or further right which it may have on the date of this Agreement or hereafter, whether hereunder, under any other Security Document, by applicable law or otherwise.

SECTION 5.04 Limitation on Duty of Collateral Agent in Respect of Collateral .

(a) Beyond the exercise of reasonable care in the custody thereof, the Collateral Agent shall have no duty as to any Collateral in its possession or control or in the possession or control of any agent

 

15


or bailee or any income thereon or as to preservation of rights against prior parties or any other rights pertaining thereto and the Collateral Agent shall not be responsible for filing any financing or continuation statements or recording any documents or instruments in any public office at any time or times or otherwise perfecting or maintaining the perfection of any security interest in the Collateral. The Collateral Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody of the Collateral in its possession if the Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which it accords its own property and shall not be liable or responsible for any loss or diminution in the value of any of the Collateral, by reason of the act or omission of any carrier, forwarding agency or other agent or bailee selected by the Collateral Agent in good faith.

(b) The Collateral Agent shall not be responsible for the existence, genuineness or value of any of the Collateral or for the validity, perfection, priority or enforceability of the Liens in any of the Collateral, whether impaired by operation of law or by reason of any action or omission to act on its part hereunder, except to the extent such action or omission constitutes gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Collateral Agent (as determined by a final nonappealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction), for the validity or sufficiency of the Collateral or any agreement or assignment contained therein, for the validity of the title of the Company to the Collateral, for insuring the Collateral or for the payment of taxes, charges, assessments or Liens upon the Collateral or otherwise as to the maintenance of the Collateral.

(c) Each Grantor shall remain liable to observe and perform in all material respects all of the conditions and obligations to be observed and performed by it under each contract, agreement or instrument constituting Collateral, and each Grantor jointly and severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties from and against any and all liability for such performance.

ARTICLE 6

Remedies

SECTION 6.01 Remedies upon Default . Subject to the Intercreditor Agreement (if any), after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Collateral Agent shall have in any jurisdiction in which enforcement hereof is sought, in addition to all other rights and remedies, the rights and remedies of a secured party under the UCC or other applicable law. The rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default shall include, without limitation, the right to take any or all of the following actions at the same or different times, in each case, subject to the Intercreditor Agreement:

(a) With respect to any Collateral consisting of Accounts, General Intangibles (including Payment Intangibles), Instruments, Chattel Paper, Documents, and Investment Property, the Collateral Agent may collect the Collateral with or without the taking of possession of any of the Collateral.

(b) With respect to any Collateral consisting of Accounts, the Collateral Agent may: (i) demand, collect and receive any amounts relating thereto, as the Collateral Agent may determine; (ii) commence and prosecute any actions in any court for the purposes of collecting any such Accounts and enforcing any other rights in respect thereof; (iii) defend, settle or compromise any action brought and, in connection therewith, give such discharges or releases as the Collateral Agent may reasonably deem appropriate; (iv) without limiting the Collateral Agent’s rights set forth in Section 5.01 hereof, receive, open and dispose of mail addressed to any Grantor and endorse checks, notes, drafts, acceptances, money orders, bills of lading, warehouse receipts or other

 

16


instruments or documents evidencing payment, shipment or storage of the goods giving rise to such Accounts or securing or relating to such Accounts, on behalf of and in the name of such Grantor; and (v) sell, assign, transfer, make any agreement in respect of, or otherwise deal with or exercise rights in respect of, any such Accounts or the goods or services which have given rise thereto, as fully and completely as though the Collateral Agent was the absolute owner thereof for all purposes.

(c) With respect to any Collateral consisting of Pledged Collateral, the Collateral Agent may (i) exercise all rights of any Grantor with respect thereto, including without limitation, the right to exercise all voting and corporate rights at any meeting of the shareholders of the issuer of any Pledged Collateral and to exercise any and all rights of conversion, exchange, subscription or any other rights, privileges or options pertaining to any Pledged Collateral as if the Collateral Agent was the absolute owner thereof, including the right to exchange, at its discretion, any and all of any Pledged Collateral upon the merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or other readjustment of the issuer thereof, all without liability; (ii) transfer such Collateral at any time to itself, or to its nominee, and receive the income thereon and hold the same as Collateral hereunder or apply it to the Secured Obligations; and (iii) demand, sue for, collect or make any compromise or settlement it deems desirable. The Grantors recognize that (w) the Collateral Agent may be unable to effect a public sale of all or a part of the Pledged Collateral by reason of certain prohibitions contained in the Securities Act of 1933, 15 U.S.C. § 77 (as amended and in effect, the “ Securities Act ”), or the securities laws of various states (the “ Blue Sky Laws ”), but may be compelled to resort to one or more private sales to a restricted group of purchasers who will be obliged to agree, among other things, to acquire the Pledged Collateral for their own account, for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof, (x) that private sales so made may be at prices and upon other terms less favorable to the seller than if the Pledged Collateral were sold at public sales, (y) that neither the Collateral Agent nor any other Secured Party has any obligation to delay sale of any of the Pledged Collateral for the period of time necessary to permit the Pledged Collateral to be registered for public sale under the Securities Act or the Blue Sky Laws, and (z) that private sales made under the foregoing circumstances shall be deemed to have been made in a commercially reasonable manner. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no Grantor shall be required to register, or cause the registration of, any Pledged Collateral under the Securities Act or any Blue Sky Laws.

(d) With respect to any Collateral consisting of Inventory, Goods, and Equipment, the Collateral Agent may conduct one or more going out of business sales, in the Collateral Agent’s own right or by one or more agents and contractors. Such sale(s) may be conducted upon any premises owned, leased, or occupied by any Grantor. The Collateral Agent and any such agent or contractor, in conjunction with any such sale, may augment the Inventory with other goods (all of which other goods shall remain the sole property of the Collateral Agent or such agent or contractor). Any amounts realized from the sale of such goods which constitute augmentations to the Inventory (net of an allocable share of the costs and expenses incurred in their disposition) shall be the sole property of the Collateral Agent or such agent or contractor and neither any Grantor nor any Person claiming under or in right of any Grantor shall have any interest therein. Each purchaser at any such going out of business sale shall hold the property sold absolutely, free from any claim or right on the part of any Grantor.

(e) With or without legal process and with or without prior notice or demand for performance, the Collateral Agent may peaceably enter upon, occupy, and use any premises owned or occupied by each Grantor, and may exclude the Grantors from such premises or portion thereof as may have been so entered upon, occupied, or used by the Collateral Agent to the extent the

 

17


Collateral Agent deems such exclusion reasonably necessary to preserve and protect the Collateral. The Collateral Agent shall not be required to remove any of the Collateral from any such premises upon the Collateral Agent’s taking possession thereof, and may render any Collateral unusable to the Grantors. In no event shall the Collateral Agent be liable to any Grantor for use or occupancy by the Collateral Agent of any premises pursuant to this Section 6.01, nor for any charge (such as wages for the Grantors’ employees and utilities) incurred in connection with the Collateral Agent’s exercise of the Collateral Agent’s Rights and Remedies (as defined herein) hereunder.

(f) The Collateral Agent may require any Grantor to assemble the Collateral and make it available to the Collateral Agent at the Grantor’s sole risk and expense at a place or places which are reasonably convenient to both the Collateral Agent and such Grantor.

(g) Each Grantor agrees that the Collateral Agent shall have the right, subject to applicable law, to sell or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the Collateral, at public or private sale, for cash, upon credit or for future delivery as the Collateral Agent shall deem appropriate. Each purchaser at any such sale shall hold the property sold absolutely, free from any claim or right on the part of any Grantor.

(h) Unless the Collateral is perishable or threatens to decline speedily in value, or is of a type customarily sold on a recognized market (in which event the Collateral Agent shall provide the Grantors such notice as may be practicable under the circumstances), the Collateral Agent shall give the Grantors at least ten (10) days’ prior written notice, by authenticated record, of the date, time and place of any proposed public sale, and of the date after which any private sale or other disposition of the Collateral may be made. Each Grantor agrees that such written notice shall satisfy all requirements for notice to that Grantor which are imposed under the UCC or other applicable law with respect to the exercise of the Collateral Agent’s Rights and Remedies upon default. The Collateral Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale or other disposition of any Collateral if it shall determine not to do so, regardless of the fact that notice of sale or other disposition of such Collateral shall have been given. The Collateral Agent may, without notice or publication, adjourn any public or private sale or cause the same to be adjourned from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed for sale, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which the same was so adjourned.

(i) Any public sale shall be held at such time or times within ordinary business hours and at such place or places as the Collateral Agent may fix and state in the notice of such sale. At any sale or other disposition, the Collateral, or portion thereof, to be sold may be sold in one lot as an entirety or in separate parcels, as the Collateral Agent may (in its sole and absolute discretion) determine. If any of the Collateral is sold, leased, or otherwise disposed of by the Collateral Agent on credit, the Secured Obligations shall not be deemed to have been reduced as a result thereof unless and until payment in full is received thereon by the Collateral Agent.

(j) At any public or private sale made pursuant to this Section 6.01, the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party may bid for or purchase, free (to the extent permitted by applicable law) from any right of redemption, stay, valuation or appraisal on the part of any Grantor, the Collateral or any part thereof offered for sale and may make payment on account thereof by using any claim then due and payable to the Collateral Agent or such other Secured Party from any Grantor on account of the Secured Obligations as a credit against the purchase price, and the Collateral Agent or such other Secured Party may, upon compliance with the terms of sale, hold, retain and dispose of such property without further accountability to any Grantor therefor.

 

18


(k) For purposes hereof, a written agreement to purchase the Collateral or any portion thereof shall be treated as a sale thereof. The Collateral Agent shall be free to carry out such sale pursuant to such agreement and no Grantor shall be entitled to the return of the Collateral or any portion thereof subject thereto, notwithstanding the fact that after the Collateral Agent shall have entered into such an agreement all Events of Default shall have been remedied and the Secured Obligations paid in full. Any such sale will be deemed to have been made at a commercially reasonable price.

(l) As an alternative to exercising the power of sale herein conferred upon it, the Collateral Agent may proceed by a suit or suits at law or in equity to foreclose upon the Collateral and to sell the Collateral or any portion thereof pursuant to a judgment or decree of a court or courts having competent jurisdiction or pursuant to a proceeding by a court-appointed receiver.

(m) To the extent permitted by applicable law, each Grantor hereby waives all rights of redemption, stay, valuation and appraisal which such Grantor now has or may at any time in the future have under any rule of law or statute now existing or hereafter enacted.

(n) Give notice of sole control or any other instruction under any Deposit Account Control Agreement or any other control agreement with any securities intermediary and take any action therein with respect to such Collateral.

With respect to exercise of right and remedies hereunder, including any enforcement matters, the Collateral Agent will be permitted to exercise such enforcement actions upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default only at the direction of the Trustee or the requisite Holders pursuant to the Indenture.

SECTION 6.02 Application of Proceeds .

(a) Subject to the Intercreditor Agreement (if any), after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Collateral Agent shall apply the proceeds of any collection or sale of the Collateral, as well as any Collateral consisting of cash, or any Collateral granted under any other of the Security Documents, in the following order of priority:

(i) first , to amounts owing to the Collateral Agent or the Trustee in their respective capacity as such in accordance with the terms of the Indenture;

(ii) second , to the payment in full of the Secured Obligations (the amounts so applied to be distributed among the Secured Parties pro rata in accordance with the respective principal amounts of the Secured Obligations) owed to them on the date of any such distribution; and

(iii) third , to the payment to the Company or to whosoever may be lawfully entitled to receive the same or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.

(b) If, despite the provisions of this Agreement, any Secured Party shall receive any payment or other recovery in excess of its portion of payments on account of the Secured Obligations to which it is then entitled in accordance with this Agreement, such Secured Party shall hold such payment or other recovery in trust for the benefit of all Secured Parties hereunder for distribution in accordance with this Section 6.02.

(c) In making the determinations and allocations required by this Section 6.02, the Collateral Agent may conclusively rely upon information supplied by the Trustee as to the amounts of unpaid principal

 

19


and interest and other amounts outstanding with respect to the Secured Obligations, and the Collateral Agent shall have no liability to any of the Secured Parties for actions taken in reliance on such information, provided that nothing in this sentence shall prevent any Grantor from contesting any amounts claimed by any Secured Party in any information so supplied. All distributions made by the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Section 6.02 shall be (subject to any decree of any court of competent jurisdiction) final (absent manifest error).

(d) The Collateral Agent shall have absolute discretion as to the time of application of any such proceeds, moneys or balances in accordance with this Agreement and the Indenture. Upon any sale or other disposition of the Collateral by the Collateral Agent (including pursuant to a power of sale granted by statute or under a judicial proceeding), the receipt of the purchase money by the Collateral Agent or of the officer making the sale or other disposition shall be a sufficient discharge to the purchaser or purchasers of the Collateral so sold or otherwise disposed of and such purchaser or purchasers shall not be obligated to see to the application of any part of the purchase money paid over to the Collateral Agent or such officer or be answerable in any way for the misapplication thereof.

ARTICLE 7

Perfection of Security Interest

SECTION 7.01 Perfection by Filing . This Agreement constitutes an authenticated record, and each Grantor hereby authorizes the Collateral Agent, pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.01, although it has no duty under this Agreement to do so, to file or cause to be filed one or more financing or continuation statements, and amendments thereto, relative to all or any part of the Collateral, in such filing offices as the Collateral Agent shall reasonably deem necessary or desirable, and the Grantors shall pay the Collateral Agent’s reasonable costs and out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection therewith; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, the Grantors agree that they shall be obligated to make any and all filings of Financing Statements or continuation statements, and amendments thereto, relative to all or any part of the Collateral, that are necessary or otherwise required to perfect the Security Interest of the Collateral Agent.

SECTION 7.02 Intellectual Property . A notice of security interest, substantially in the form of Exhibit D or Exhibit E , as applicable, attached hereto, will be executed and delivered by the Grantors to the Collateral Agent contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement for the purpose of recording the grant of the security interest of the Collateral Agent in the IP Collateral with the PTO or the Copyright Office, as applicable.

SECTION 7.03 Perfection by Delivery . With respect to any certificated securities or other certificated Capital Stock included in the Collateral, each Grantor shall deliver to the Collateral Agent the stock certificates or other certificates or documents representing or evidencing such certificated securities or certificated Capital Stock accompanied by stock powers or endorsements, as applicable, executed in blank; provided that certificates representing shares of Capital Stock of Bloom Energy (India) Pvt. Ltd. constituting Collateral shall be delivered by the Company to the Collateral Agent as promptly as practicable after the date hereof. With respect to any Instruments (including Instruments representing intercompany indebtedness) or Chattel Paper included in the Collateral and having a face amount exceeding $5,000,000 individually or $5,000,000 in the aggregate, each Grantor shall deliver to the Collateral Agent all such Instruments (including Instruments representing intercompany indebtedness) or Chattel Paper to the Collateral Agent duly indorsed in blank.

SECTION 7.04 Savings Clause . Nothing contained in this Article 7 shall be construed to narrow the scope of the Collateral Agent’s Security Interest in any of the Collateral or the perfection or priority thereof or to impair or otherwise limit any of the Collateral Agent’s Rights and Remedies hereunder except (and then only to the extent) as mandated by the UCC.

 

20


ARTICLE 8

Miscellaneous

SECTION 8.01 Notices . All communications and notices hereunder shall (except as otherwise expressly permitted herein) be in writing and given as provided in Section 18.03 of the Indenture.

SECTION 8.02 Grant of Non-Exclusive License . Without limiting the provision of Section 6.01 hereof or any other rights of the Collateral Agent as the holder of a Lien on any IP Collateral, each Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent a royalty free, non-exclusive, irrevocable license (subject, in the case of Trademarks, to sufficient rights to quality control and inspection in favor of such Grantor to avoid the risk of invalidation of such Trademark and, in the case of trade secrets, to an obligation of the Collateral Agent to take reasonable steps under the circumstances to keep such trade secrets confidential to avoid the risk of invalidation of such trade secrets), to use, apply, and affix any and all Intellectual Property and IP Collateral in which any Grantor now or hereafter has rights, such license to be effective upon the Collateral Agent’s exercise of the Collateral Agent’s Rights and Remedies hereunder including, without limitation, in connection with any completion of the manufacture of Inventory or any sale or other disposition of Inventory.

SECTION 8.03 Security Interest Absolute . All rights of the Collateral Agent hereunder, the Security Interest and all obligations of the Grantors hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of (a) any lack of validity or enforceability of the Indenture, any other Security Document or any other Indenture Document, (b) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Secured Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to any departure from the Indenture, any other Security Document, or any other Indenture Document, (c) any exchange, release or non-perfection of any Lien on other collateral, or any guarantee, securing or guaranteeing all or any of the Secured Obligations, or (d) any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Grantor in respect of the Secured Obligations or this Agreement (other than circumstances under which all Secured Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations as to which no claims have been asserted) shall have been paid in full).

SECTION 8.04 Survival of Agreement . All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Grantors herein and in any other Security Document and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Security Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Security Documents and the issuance of the Senior Secured Notes or any other Secured Obligations, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended under the Indenture, and shall continue in full force and effect unless terminated in accordance with Section 8.14 hereof. The provisions of Section 8.06(b) shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the repayment of the Secured Obligations or the termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

SECTION 8.05 Binding Effect; Several Agreement; Assignments . Whenever in this Agreement any of the parties hereto is referred to, such reference shall be deemed to include the successors and permitted assigns of such party, and all covenants, promises and agreements by or on behalf of the Grantors that are contained in this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of each Grantor and its respective

 

21


successors and permitted assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon each Grantor and the Collateral Agent and their respective successors and permitted assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of each Grantor, the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns, except that no Grantor shall have the right to assign or transfer its rights or obligations hereunder or any interest herein or in the Collateral (and any such attempted assignment or transfer shall be void) except as expressly permitted by this Agreement or the Indenture. This Agreement shall be construed as a separate agreement with respect to each Grantor and may be amended, modified, supplemented, waived or released with respect to any Grantor without the approval of any other Grantor and without affecting the obligations of any other Grantor hereunder.

SECTION 8.06 Collateral Agent’s Fees and Expenses; Indemnification .

(a) Without limiting or duplicating any of their obligations under the Indenture or the other Security Documents, the Grantors jointly and severally agree to pay, in accordance with Section 17.11 of the Indenture, all reasonable expenses incurred by the Collateral Agent, its respective successors, assigns, officers, directors, employees, consultants and advisors, in connection with (i) the administration of this Agreement, (ii) the custody or preservation of, or the sale of, collection from or other realization upon any of the Collateral, (iii) the exercise, enforcement or protection of any of the Collateral Agent’s Rights and Remedies hereunder or (iv) the failure of any Grantor to perform or observe any of the provisions hereof.

(b) Any such amounts payable as provided hereunder shall be additional Secured Obligations secured hereby and by the other Security Documents and shall survive the termination of this Agreement. All amounts due under this Section 8.06 shall be payable in accordance with Section 17.11 of the Indenture.

SECTION 8.07 Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

SECTION 8.08 Waivers; Amendment .

(a) The rights, remedies, powers, privileges, and discretions of the Collateral Agent hereunder (herein, the “ Collateral Agent’s Rights and Remedies ”) shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies which it would otherwise have. No delay or omission by the Collateral Agent in exercising or enforcing any of the Collateral Agent’s Rights and Remedies shall operate as, or constitute, a waiver thereof. No waiver by the Collateral Agent of any Event of Default or of any Default under any other agreement shall operate as a waiver of any other Event of Default or other Default hereunder or under any other agreement. No single or partial exercise of any of the Collateral Agent’s Rights or Remedies, and no express or implied agreement or transaction of whatever nature entered into between the Collateral Agent and any Person, at any time, shall preclude the other or further exercise of the Collateral Agent’s Rights and Remedies. No waiver by the Collateral Agent of any of the Collateral Agent’s Rights and Remedies on any one occasion shall be deemed a waiver on any subsequent occasion, nor shall it be deemed a continuing waiver. The Collateral Agent’s Rights and Remedies may be exercised at such time or times and in such order of preference as the Collateral Agent may determine. The Collateral Agent’s Rights and Remedies may be exercised without resort or regard to any other source of satisfaction of the Secured Obligations. No waiver of any provisions of this Agreement or any other Security Document or consent to any departure by any Grantor therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) below, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice to or demand on any Grantor in any case shall entitle such Grantor or any other Grantor to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

(b) Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to a written agreement entered into between the Collateral Agent and the Grantor or Grantors with respect to whom such waiver, amendment or modification is to apply, subject to any consent required in accordance with Sections 10.01 and 10.02 of the Indenture.

 

22


SECTION 8.09 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER SECURITY DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY) AND WAIVES DUE DILIGENCE, DEMAND, PRESENTMENT AND PROTEST AND ANY NOTICES THEREOF AS WELL AS NOTICE OF NONPAYMENT. EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVERS, AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 8.09.

SECTION 8.10 Severability . Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.

SECTION 8.11 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy, .pdf or e-mail shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

SECTION 8.12 Headings . Article and Section headings used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

SECTION 8.13 Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process .

(a) Each of the Grantors agrees that any suit for the enforcement of this Agreement or any other Security Document may be brought in the courts of the State of New York sitting in the Borough of Manhattan or any federal court sitting therein, as the Collateral Agent may elect in its sole discretion, and consents to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such courts. Each party to this Agreement hereby waives any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such suit or any such court or that such suit is brought in an inconvenient forum and agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect any right that the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement against a Grantor or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

(b) Each of the Grantors agrees that any action commenced by any Grantor asserting any claim or counterclaim arising under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Security Document shall be brought solely in a court of the State of New York sitting in the Borough of Manhattan or any federal court sitting therein, as the Collateral Agent may elect in its sole discretion, and consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts with respect to any such action.

(c) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 8.01. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Security Document will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

 

23


SECTION 8.14 Termination; Release of Collateral .

(a) Subject to Section 8.03 above, the Liens securing the Senior Secured Notes will be released, in whole or in part, as provided in Section 17.05 of the Indenture.

(b) Upon such release or any release of Collateral or any part thereof in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture, the Collateral Agent shall, upon payment of its charges hereunder and upon the written request and at the sole cost and expense of the Grantors, assign, transfer and deliver to the Grantors, against receipt and without recourse to or warranty by the Collateral Agent, such of the Collateral or any part thereof to be released (in the case of a release) as may be in possession of the Collateral Agent and as shall not have been sold or otherwise applied pursuant to the terms hereof, and, with respect to any other Collateral, documents and instruments reasonably requested by any Grantor (including UCC-3 termination financing statements or releases) acknowledging the termination hereof or the release of such Collateral, as the case may be; provided , however , that such Grantor shall have delivered to the Collateral Agent, together with such written request for release, a form of release satisfactory to the Collateral Agent for execution by the Collateral Agent, an Officer’s Certificate of the Company to the effect that the transaction is in compliance with the Security Documents (on which the Collateral Agent may conclusively rely) and such other supporting documentation as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request.

SECTION 8.15 Additional Grantors . If, after the date hereof, pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Indenture, any Grantor desires to cause any Subsidiary to become a party hereto or any Person is required by the Indenture to become a party hereto, such Grantor shall cause such Person to execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent a Joinder Agreement in the form of Exhibit G and such Person shall thereafter for all purposes be a party hereto and have the same rights, benefits and obligations as a Grantor party hereto and shall be deemed to have granted to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, the security interest described in such Joinder Agreement and Article 2 hereof.

SECTION 8.16 Intercreditor Agreement . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) the liens and security interests granted to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to this Agreement and (ii) the exercise of any right or remedy by the Collateral Agent hereunder or the application of proceeds (including insurance proceeds and condemnation proceeds) of any Collateral, are subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, if any. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and the terms of this Agreement, the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement shall govern.

SECTION 8.17 Incorporation by Reference . It is expressly understood and agreed that U.S. Bank National Association is entering into this Agreement solely in its capacity as Collateral Agent as appointed pursuant to the Indenture, and shall be entitled to all of the rights, privileges, immunities and protections under the Indenture as if such rights, privileges, immunities and protections were set forth herein.

SECTION 8.18 Authority of Agent . The Grantors acknowledge that the rights and responsibilities of the Collateral Agent under this Agreement with respect to any action taken by the Collateral Agent

 

24


or the exercise or non-exercise by the Collateral Agent of any option, voting right, request, judgment, discretion or other right or remedy provided for herein or resulting or arising out of this Agreement shall, as between the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties, be governed by the Indenture and by such other agreements with respect thereto as may exist from time to time among them, but, as between the Collateral Agent and the Grantors, the Collateral Agent shall be conclusively presumed to be acting as agent for the Secured Parties with full and valid authority so to act or refrain from acting, and the Grantors.

[ SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW ]

 

25


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

GRANTORS :
COMPANY:
BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Randy Furr
 

 

Name:   Randy Furr
Title:   Chief Financial Officer and Secretary
GUARANTOR:
RYE CREEK LLC,
By:   Bloom Energy Corporation, its sole member
By:   /s/ Randy Furr
 

 

Name:   Randy Furr
Title:   Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

[Signature Page to Security Agreement]


COLLATERAL AGENT:
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not in its individual capacity but solely as Collateral Agent
By:   /s/ Bradley E. Scarbrough
 

 

  Name:   Bradley E. Scarbrough
  Title:   Vice President

[ Signature Page to Security Agreement ]


SCHEDULE I

LEGAL NAME; JURISDICTION OF FORMATION; BOOKS AND RECORDS; LOCATION OF COLLATERAL

 

Legal Name

 

Jurisdiction of
Formation

 

Chief Executive Office;

Principal Place of

Business; Location of

Books and Records

 

Other Collateral Locations

Bloom Energy Corporation

  Delaware  

1299 Orleans Drive

Sunnyvale, CA 94089

 

1252 Orleans Drive

Sunnyvale, CA 95118

 

     

1395 Borregas Ave.

Sunnyvale, CA 94089

 

     

NASA Research Park

Building 543

P.O. Box 97

Moffett Field, CA 94035

 

     

374 West Caribbean Dr.

Sunnyvale, CA 94089

 

     

1368 Bordeaux Dr.

Sunnyvale, CA 94089

 

     

200 Christina Parkway

Newark, DE 19713

 

     

611 Interchange Blvd.

Newark, DE 19711

 

Rye Creek LLC

  Delaware  

1299 Orleans Drive

Sunnyvale, CA 94089

 

Water Street

Darby, MT 59829

(Mine is actually on an

unmarked road 50-yards from

Water Street)


SCHEDULE II

COMMERCIAL TORT CLAIMS

None


SCHEDULE III

(See Section 3.09 of Security Agreement)

DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS


SCHEDULE IV

LIST OF PLEDGED COLLATERAL, SECURITIES AND OTHER INVESTMENT PROPERTY

STOCKS

 

Name of Grantor

  

Issuer

   Certificate
Number(s)
    Number of
Shares
     Class of
Stock
   Percentage of
Outstanding
Shares
    Percentage
Ownership
Interest
Pledged
 

Bloom Energy Corporation

  

Bloom Energy (India)

Pvt. Ltd.

     01 and 03     899,999      Equity
shares
     99.99     65

Bloom Energy Corporation

   Yellow Jacket Energy, LLC      1       1,000      Membership
Interest
Units
     100     100

 

* Certificate number(s) representing the pledged shares of Bloom Energy (India) Pvt. Ltd. will change to reflect the 65% pledge.

BONDS OR PROMISSORY NOTES

None.

SECURITIES ACCOUNTS OR OTHER INVESTMENT PROPERTY

(CERTIFICATED AND UNCERTIFICATED)

 

Name of Grantor

  

Issuer

  

Description of Collateral

  

Percentage Ownership

Interest Pledged

Bloom Energy Corporation    Bloom Energy International (Asia) Ltd.    Capital Stock    65% of voting Capital Stock
Bloom Energy Corporation    Rye Creek LLC    Membership Interest    100% of membership interest


EXHIBIT A

List of Copyrights

United States Copyright Registrations and Applications

None.


EXHIBIT B

List of Patents

United States Patents and Patent Applications

Grantor: Bloom Energy Corporation

 

Geography

  

Serial No.

  

Filing

Date

  

Patent
Number

  

Patent

Date

  

Title

US    60/357,636    2/20/2002          Solid Oxide Fuel Cell and System
US    60/377,199    5/3/2002          Solid Oxide Regenerative Fuel Cell for Airplane Power Generation and Storage
US    10/369,103    2/20/2003          A Temperature Sensitive Absorption Oxygen Enrichment System
US    10/300,021    11/20/2002    7,067,208    6/27/2006    A Load Matched Power Generation System Including A Solid Oxide Fuel Cell and A Heat Pump and An Optional Turbine
US    10/368,425    2/20/2003          A Fuel Water Vapor Replenishment System For A Fuel Cell
US    10/299,863    11/20/2002    6,854,688    2/15/2005    Solid Oxide Regenerative Fuel Cell for Airplane Power Generation and Storage
US    10/394,203    3/24/2003    6,924,053    8/2/2005    Solid Oxide Fuel Cell with Enhanced Fuel Processing
US    60/420,259    10/23/2002          Solid Oxide Regenerative Fuel Cell
US    10/394,202    3/24/2003    7,045,238    5/16/2006    SORFC Power and Oxygen Generation Method and System
US    10/368,493    2/20/2003    7,045,237    5/16/2006    Textured Electrolyte for a Solid Oxide Fuel Cell
US    10/368,348    2/20/2003    7,255,956    8/14/2007    Environmentally Tolerant Anode Catalyst for a Solid Oxide Fuel Cell
US    10/369,322    2/20/2003    7,144,651    12/5/2006    High-temperature Compliant Compression Seal
US    10/369,133    2/20/2003    7,135,248    11/14/2006    Metal Felt Current Conductor and Gas Flow Distributor
PCT    PCT /US03/04989    2/20/2003          Solid Oxide Fuel Cell and System
PCT    PCT /US03/04808    2/20/2003          Solid Oxide Fuel Cell and System
US    10/822,707    4/13/2004          Offset Interconnect for a Solid Oxide Fuel Cell and Method of Making Same
US    60/461,190    4/9/2003          Co-production of Hydrogen and Electricity with Valuable Byproducts in a Solid Oxide Electrochemical System

 

1


Geography

  

Serial No.

  

Filing

Date

  

Patent
Number

  

Patent

Date

  

Title

PCT    PCT /US03/13151    4/29/2003          Solid Oxide Regenerative Fuel Cell for Airplane Power Generation and Storage
US    10/446,704    5/29/2003    7,482,078    1/27/2009    Co-production of Hydrogen and Electricity in a High Temperature Electrochemical System
US    10/428,804    5/5/2003    6,908,702    6/21/2005    Fuel Cell For Airship Power Generation And Heating
US    10/465,636    6/20/2003    7,201,979    4/10/2007    SORFC System and Method with an Exothermic Net Electrolysis Reaction
US    10/635,446    8/7/2003    6,821,663    11/23/2004    Solid Oxide Regenerative Fuel Cell
US    10/658,275    9/10/2003    7,150,927    12/19/2006    SORFC System with Non-Noble Metal Electrode Compositions
US    10/653,240    9/3/2003    7,364,810    4/29/2008    Combined Energy Storage and Fuel Generation with Reversible Fuel Cell
PCT    PCT/ US03/29127    10/15/2003          Solid Oxide Regenerative Fuel Cell
US    60/537,899    1/22/2004          High Temperature Fuel Cell System And Method Of Operating Same
PCT    PCT -US04/08741    3/23/2004          Solid Oxide Regenerative Fuel Cell with Selective Anode Tail Gas Circulation
PCT    PCT – US04/08742    3/23/2004          SORFC Power and Oxygen Generation Method and System
US    60/552,202    3/12/2004          High Temperature Fuel Cell System with Improved Balance of Plant Efficiency
US    10/866,238    6/14/2004    7,575,822    8/18/2009    Optimizing Efficiency and/or Cost of Generated Fuel in Combined Entergy Storage and Fuel Generation with Reversible Fuel Cell
PCT    PCT – US04/08745    3/23/2004          SORFC System and Method With an Exothermic Net Electrolysis Reaction
PCT    PCT – US04/10818    4/7/2004          Co-production of Hydrogen and Electricity in a High Temperature Electrochemical System
US    10/853,194    5/26/2004          Fuel Cell For Airship Power Generation And Heating
PCT    PCT – US04/13895    5/5/2004          Fuel Cell For Airship Power Generation And Heating
US    60/602,891    8/20/2004          Nanostructured Fuel Cell Electrode
US    60/608,902    9/13/2004          Hydrocarbon Gas Carbon Nanotube Storage Media

 

2


Geography

  

Serial No.

  

Filing

Date

  

Patent
Number

  

Patent

Date

  

Title

PCT    PCT- US2004/027347    8/24/2004          Combined Energy Storage and Fuel Generation with Reversible Fuel Cell
US    11/124,120    5/9/2005          High temperature fuel cell system with integrated heat exchanger network
US    11/095,552    4/1/2005    7,514,166    4/7/2009    Periodic reduction of SOFC anodes to extend stack lifetime
PCT    PCT- US04/29458    9/10/2004          SORFC System with Non-Noble Metal Electrode Compositions
PCT    PCT- US04/41082    12/9/2004          High Temperature Fuel Cell System And Method Of Operating Same
US    11/002,681    12/3/2004    7,422,810    9/9/2008    High Temperature Fuel Cell System And Method Of Operating Same
US    11/125,267    5/10/2005    7,700,210    4/20/2010    Increasing Thermal Dissipation of Fuel Cell Stacks under Partial Electrical Load
US    60/664,294    3/23/2005          Perovskite Materials with Combined Pr, La, Sr, “A” Site Doping for Improved Cathode Durability
US    60/792,614    4/18/2006          Compliant Cathode Contact Materials
US    60/698,468    7/13/2005          Dense Cermet Interconnection Material
US    60/660,515    3/10/2005          Fuel Cell Stack With Internal Fuel Manifold Configuration
US    60/666,304    3/30/2005          Solid Oxide Fuel Cell with Improved Electrode Composition
US    11/100,489    4/7/2005    7,524,572    4/28/2009    Integrated Reformer-Combustor-Stack unit containing catalyst coated corrugated foil for a solid oxide fuel cell system
US    11/076,102    3/9/2005          Geometric feature driven flow equalization in fuel cell stack gas flow separator
US    11/236,737    9/28/2005    7,785,744    8/31/2010    Fuel Cell Water Purification System and Method
US    11/028,506    1/4/2005          Fuel cell system with independent reformer temperature control
US    11/188,118    7/25/2005          Gas separation method and apparatus using partial pressure swing adsorption
PCT    PCT/US05/ 06164    2/25/2005          Offset Interconnect for a Solid Oxide Fuel Cell and Method of Making Same
PCT    PCT/US05/ 10671    3/31/2005          Optimizing Efficiency and/or Cost of Generated Fuel in Combined Entergy Storage and Fuel Generation with Reversible Fuel Cell

 

3


Geography

  

Serial No.

  

Filing

Date

  

Patent
Number

  

Patent

Date

  

Title

US    11/207,018    8/19/2005          Nanostructured fuel cell electrode
PCT    PCT/US05/ 029747    8/19/2005          Nanostructured fuel cell electrode
US    11/138,292    5/27/2005          Solid Oxide Fuel Cell with Enhanced Fuel Processing
US    11/274,928    11/16/2005    8,097,374    1/17/2012    Cascaded fuel cell reactants
US    11/188,123    7/25/2005    7,520,916    4/21/2009    Partial pressure swing adsorption system for providing hydrogen to a vehicle fuel cell
US    60/701,976    7/25/2005          Fuel cell system with partial recycling of anode exhaust
US    60/701,977    7/25/2005          Fuel cell system with electrochemical anode exhaust recycling
US    11/188,120    7/25/2005    7,591,880    9/22/2009    Fuel cell anode exhaust fuel recovery by adsorption
PCT    PCT/US05/32138    9/9/2005          Hydrocarbon gas carbon nanotube storage media
US    11/221,983    9/9/2005          Hydrocarbon gas carbon nanotube storage media
US    60/809,395    5/31/2006          Dense cermet interconnection material
US    11/326,400    1/6/2006          Solid oxide fuel cell system for aircraft power, heat, water, and oxygen generation
US    11/641,942    12/20/2006    7,393,603    7/1/2008    Methods for Fuel Cell System Optimization
US    11/404,760    4/17/2006    7,599,760    10/6/2009    Online Configurable Control System for Fuel Cells
US    60/808,113    5/25/2006          Deactivation of SOFC Anode Substrate For Direct Internal Reforming
US    11/524,241    9/21/2006    7,846,600    12/7/2010    Adaptive Purge Control to Prevent Electrode Redox Cycles in Fuel Cell Systems
US    60/816,878    6/27/2006          Preoxidation of Metallic Interconnects
US    60/760,933    1/23/2006          Modular fuel cell system
US    11/433,582    5/15/2006    7,781,912    8/24/2010    Fuel Cell Start-Up from a Non-Powered Up Condition
US    11/436,537    5/19/2006          Hermetic High Temperature Dielectric and Thermal Expansion Compensator
US    60/842,361    9/6/2006          Flexible Fuel Cell System Configuration to Handle Multiple Fuels
US    60/861,708    11/30/2006          Integrated stack reformer/combustor fuel manifold plate

 

4


Geography

  

Serial No.

  

Filing

Date

  

Patent
Number

  

Patent

Date

  

Title

US    60/853,443    10/23/2006          Dual Function Heat Exchanger for Start-Up Humidification and Facility Heating in SOFC System
US    11/276,717    3/10/2006    7,713,649    5/11/2010    Fuel Cell Stack with Internal Fuel Manifold Configuration
US    11/389,282    3/27/2006          Solid Oxide Reversible Fuel Cell with Improved Electrode Composition
US    11/384,426    3/21/2006          Perovskite Materials with Combined Pr, La, Sr, “A” Site Doping for Improved Cathode Durability
PCT    PCT/US2006/017655    5/8/2006          High temperature fuel cell system with integrated heat exchanger network
US    60/782,268    3/15/2006          Low pressure hydrogen powered vehicle and fuel cell system for generating hydrogen for the vehicle
US    11/432,503    5/12/2006    7,572,530    8/11/2009    SORFC Power and Oxygen Generation Method and System
US    60/788,044    4/3/2006          Fuel cell system and balance of plant configuration
US    60/788,043    4/3/2006          Fuel cell stack components and materials
US    11/717,774    3/14/2007    7,878,280    2/1/2011    Low pressure hydrogen powered vehicle and fuel cell system for generating hydrogen for the vehicle
US    12/889,776    9/24/2010          Low Pressure Hydrogen Fueled Vehicle and Method of Operating Same
US    60/788,042    4/3/2006          Ship-board fuel cell integration
US    11/522,976    9/19/2006    8,273,487    9/25/2012    High temperature fuel cell system for operation with low purity ethanol
US    13/591,934    8/22/2012    8,445,146    5/21/2013    High temperature fuel cell system for operation with low purity ethanol
US    11/526,029    9/25/2006    7,968,245    6/28/2011    High utilization stack
US    60/861,444    11/29/2006          FUEL CELL SYSTEMS WITH FUEL UTILIZATION AND OXIDATION MONITORING
US    11/457,016    7/12/2006          Cermet and Ceramic Interconnect for a Solid Oxide Fuel Cell
US    11/491,487    7/24/2006          Fuel cell system with partial recycling of anode exhaust
PCT    PCT/US2006/028613    7/24/2006          Fuel cell system with partial recycling of anode exhaust
US    11/491,488    7/24/2006    8,101,307    1/24/2012    Fuel cell system with electrochemical anode exhaust recycling

 

5


Geography

  

Serial No.

  

Filing

Date

  

Patent
Number

  

Patent

Date

  

Title

PCT    PCT/US2006/028614    7/24/2006          Fuel cell system with electrochemical anode exhaust recycling
PCT    PCT/US2006/028612    7/24/2006          Partial pressure swing adsorption system for providing hydrogen to a vehicle fuel cell
PCT    PCT/US2006/028615    7/24/2006          Gas separation method and apparatus using partial pressure swing adsorption
US    60/875,825    12/20/2006          Model Based Real Time Optimization of Fuel Cell Clusters
US    60/935,471    8/15/2007          Fuel Cell System Components
PCT    PCT/US2006/037459    9/27/2006          Fuel Cell Water Purification System and Method
US    11/656,445    1/23/2007    8,071,248    12/6/2011    Structure and method for optimizing system efficiency when operating an SOFC system with alcohol fuels
US    11/797,708    5/7/2007    7,705,490    4/27/2010    Integral Stack Columns
US    11/797,707    5/7/2007    7,974,106    7/5/2011    Ripple Cancellation
US    13/154,888    6/7/2011    8,289,730    10/16/2012    Ripple Cancellation
US    60/907,524    4/5/2007          Solid Oxide fuel Cell System with Internal Reformation
US    60/852,396    10/18/2006          Anode with remarkable stability under conditions of extreme fuel starvation
US    11/594,797    11/9/2006    7,887,971    2/15/2011    SORFC System with Non-Noble Metal Electrode Compositions
US    12/986,291    1/7/2011    8,053,136    11/8/2011    SORFC System with Non-Noble Metal Electrode Compositions
US    60/924,874    6/4/2007          Structure for high temperature fuel cell system start up
US    60/887,398    1/31/2007          Fuel cell stack components
US    11/703,152    2/7/2007          Venturi catalytic reactor inlet fuel mixer
US    60/907,706    4/13/2007          Heterogenous ceramic composite (HZ2C) for SOFC application
US    11/711,625    2/28/2007          Flexible current collector
US    11/707,070    2/16/2007          SOFC Interconnect
US    11/656,006    1/22/2007    9,190,693    11/17/2015    Modular fuel cell system
US    14/881,685    10/13/2015          Modular fuel cell system

 

6


Geography

  

Serial No.

  

Filing

Date

  

Patent
Number

  

Patent

Date

  

Title

PCT    PCT/US 2007/001584    1/22/2007          Modular fuel cell system
US    11/656,563    1/23/2007          Integrated Solid Oxide Fuel Cell and Fuel Processor
PCT    PCT/US 2007/001779    1/23/2007          Integrated Solid Oxide Fuel Cell and Fuel Processor
US    60/929,161    6/15/2007          Dot pattern contact layer
US    11/785,034    4/13/2007          Composite Anode Showing Little Performance Loss With Time
US    60/901,638    2/16/2007          Building/Campus Instantaneous Energy Consumption and Cleanliness Display System
US    12/268,585    11/11/2008    8,986,905    3/24/2015    Fuel Cell Interconnect
US    14/601,708    1/21/2015          Fuel Cell Interconnect
PCT    PCT/US 2007/006373    3/14/2007          Low pressure hydrogen powered vehicle and fuel cell system for generating hydrogen for the vehicle
PCT    PCT/US07/08225    4/2/2007          Fuel cell system and balance of plant configuration
US    11/730,541    4/2/2006    7,883,813    2/8/2011    FUEL CELL SYSTEM VENTILATION SCHEME
US    11/730,529    4/2/2006    7,704,617    4/27/2010    HYBRID REFORMER FOR FUEL FLEXIBILITY
US    11/730,540    4/2/2006    8,822,094    9/2/2014    FUEL CELL SYSTEM OPERATED ON LIQUID FUELS
US    14/469,781    8/27/2014          FUEL CELL SYSTEM OPERATED ON LIQUID FUELS
PCT    PCT/US07/08224    4/2/2007          Fuel cell stack components and materials
US    11/730,255    3/30/2007    7,833,668    11/16/2010    SOFC system with 100 percent fuel utilization
US    11/730,555    4/2/2006    7,951,509    5/31/2010    Compliant Cathode Contact Materials
US    11/730,256    3/20/2007    7,883,803    2/8/2011    SOFC System Producing Reduced Atmospheric Carbon Dioxide Using a Molten Carbonate Carbon Dioxide Pump
US    11/802,006    5/18/2007          Deactivation of SOFC Anode Substrate For Direct Internal Reforming
US    11/798,673    5/16/2007    8,652,691    2/18/2014    Preoxidation of Metallic Interconnects
US    11/905,477    10/1/2007          INTEGRATED FUEL LINE TO SUPPORT CPOX AND SMR REACTIONS IN SOFC SYSTEMS

 

7


Geography

  

Serial No.

  

Filing

Date

  

Patent
Number

  

Patent

Date

  

Title

US    13/414,354    3/7/2012          CPOX Reactor Design for Liquid Fuel and Liquid Water
US    11/905,051    9/27/2007    8,920,997    12/30/2014    HYBRID FUEL HEAT EXCHANGER - PRE-REFORMER IN SOFC SYSTEMS
US    61/000,891    10/30/2007          SOFC ELECTRODE SINTERING BY MICROWAVE HEATING
US    12/149,488    5/2/2008    8,232,676    7/31/2012    UNINTERRUPTIBLE FUEL CELL SYSTEM
US    11/898,065    9/7/2007          PROCESSING OF POWDERS OF A REFACTORY METAL BASED ALLOY FOR HIGH DENSIFICATION
US    60/996,352    11/13/2007          MIXED SUPPORT FUEL CELL DESIGN
US    60/935,092    7/26/2007          HOT BOX DESIGN WITH A MULTI-STEAM HEAT EXCHANGER AND SINGLE AIR CONTROL
PCT    PCT/US2007/ 019887    9/13/2007          Adaptive Purge Control to Prevent Electrode Redox Cycles in Fuel Cell Systems
US    11/896,487    8/31/2007          Flexible Fuel Cell System Configuration to Handle Multiple Fuels
PCT    PCT/US 2007/019155    8/31/2007          Flexible Fuel Cell System Configuration to Handle Multiple Fuels
PCT    PCT/US 2007/19156    8/31/2007          High temperature fuel cell system for operation with low purity ethanol
PCT    PCT/US2007/ 019888    9/13/2007          High utilization stack
US    11/984,605    11/20/2007    8,293,412    10/23/2012    Enhanced efficiency of a combined SORFC energy storage and fuel generation system
US    11/907,204    10/10/2007    8,748,056    6/10/2014    Anode with remarkable stability under conditions of extreme fuel starvation
US    14/270,686    5/6/2014          Anode with Remarkable Stability Under Conditions of Extreme Fuel Starvation
PCT    PCT/US2007/ 021630    10/10/2007          Anode with remarkable stability under conditions of extreme fuel starvation
US    11/907,205    10/10/2007    8,435,689    5/7/2013    Dual Function Heat Exchanger for Start-Up Humidification and Facility Heating in SOFC System
PCT    PCT/US2007/ 021597    10/10/2007          Dual Function Heat Exchanger for Start-Up Humidification and Facility Heating in SOFC System

 

8


Geography

  

Serial No.

  

Filing

Date

  

Patent
Number

  

Patent

Date

  

Title

US    61/064,143    2/19/2008          FUEL CELL SYSTEM FOR CHARGING ELECTRIC VEHICLES
US    12/379,618    2/25/2009    8,652,697    2/18/2014    METHOD OF MEASURING AND CHARACTERIZING INDIVIDUAL CELL OPERATING PROPERTIES…
US    14/096,616    12/4/2013    8,986,900    3/24/2015    Method of Controlling a Fuel Cell System Using Impedance Determination
US    14/627,681    2/20/2015    9,190,681    11/17/2015    Fuel Cell Monitoring and Control System
US    12/458,356    7/8/2009    8,288,891    10/16/2012    INTEGRATED FUEL CELL SYSTEM WITH AUXILIARY POWER DELIVERY
US    13/618,701    9/14/2012          INTEGRATED FUEL CELL SYSTEM WITH AUXILIARY POWER DELIVERY
PCT    PCT/US10/41221    7/7/2010          INTEGRATED FUEL CELL SYSTEM WITH AUXILIARY POWER DELIVERY
US    11/987,220    11/28/2007    8,197,978    6/12/2012    FUEL CELL SYSTEMS WITH FUEL UTILIZATION AND OXIDATION MONITORING
PCT    PCT/US2007/024457    11/28/2007          FUEL CELL SYSTEMS WITH FUEL UTILIZATION AND OXIDATION MONITORING
US    12/005,344    12/27/2007    7,781,112    8/24/2010    Combined Energy Storage and Fuel Generation with Reversible Fuel Cell
US    12/000,924    12/18/2007    7,951,496    5/31/2011    Model Based Real Time Optimization of Fuel Cell Clusters
PCT    PCT/US2007/025785    12/18/2007          Model Based Real Time Optimization of Fuel Cell Clusters
PCT    PCT/US2007/025727    12/17/2007          Methods for Fuel Cell System Optimization
PCT    PCT/US2008 /000413    1/11/2008          Structure and method for optimizing system efficiency when operating an SOFC system with alcohol fuels
US    61/129,620    7/8/2008          Method of independent power control of alternative energy systems for power sharing and parallel operation

 

9


Geography

  

Serial No.

  

Filing

Date

  

Patent
Number

  

Patent

Date

  

Title

US    12/078,926    4/8/2008          Method and system for reducing carbon dioxide emissions and tracking said reductions through the use of financial incentives
US    61/129,622    7/8/2008          Method of startup of FCS system
US    61/136,091    8/12/2008          Grooved alumina dielectric
US    61/129,838    7/23/2008          OPERATION OF FUEL CELL SYSTEMS WITH REDUCED CARBON FORMATION AND ANODE LEADING EDGE DAMAGE
US    12/149,816    5/8/2008    8,211,583    7/3/2012    Parameterized control for flexible fuel operation
US    13/525,663    6/18/2012    8,685,583    4/1/2014    Derivation of Control Parameters of Fuel Cell Systems for Flexible Fuel Operation
US    14/182,551    2/18/2014    8,968,955    3/3/2015    Derivation of Control Parameters of Fuel Cell Systems for Flexible Fuel Operation
US    14/603,788    1/23/2015          Derivation of Control Parameters of Fuel Cell Systems for Flexible Fuel Operation
US    12/149,984    5/12/2008    8,142,943    3/27/2012    SOFC column temperature equalization by internal reforming and fuel cascading
US    12/071,396    2/20/2008          SOFC electrochemical anode tail gas oxidizer
US    12/222,295    8/6/2008    9,059,434    6/16/2015    Structure and method for SOFC operation with failed cell diode bypass
US    61/064,566    3/12/2008          Multi-material fuel cell seals and composite high temperature seal
US    61/064,144    2/19/2008          HB SMR and ATO design
US    12/010,884    1/30/2008    8,110,319    2/7/2012    Fuel cell stack components
US    13/339,860    12/29/2011    8,268,502    9/18/2012    Fuel cell stack components
US    13/591,820    8/22/2012    8,445,157    5/21/2013    Fuel cell stack components
PCT    PCT/US2008/ 001162    1/30/2008          Fuel cell stack components
PCT    PCT/US2008/ 001367    2/1/2008          Venturi catalytic reactor inlet fuel mixer
PCT    PCT/US2008/ 01814    2/12/2008          SOFC Interconnect

 

10


Geography

  

Serial No.

  

Filing

Date

  

Patent
Number

  

Patent

Date

  

Title

PCT    PCT/US2008/ 002114    2/19/2008          Current collector for fuel cell systems
PCT    PCT/US08 /02410    2/25/2008          SOFC system with 100 percent fuel utilization
PCT    PCT/US2008/ 002411    2/25/2008          SOFC System Producing Reduced Atmospheric Carbon Dioxide Using a Molten Carbonate Carbon Dioxide Pump
US    12/222,294    8/6/2008          Fuel cell system with increased floor density
US    61/129,759    7/17/2008          Electrolyte supported cell designed for longer life and higher power
PCT    PCT/US2008/ 004216    4/1/2008          Solid Oxide Fuel Cell System with Internal Reformation
US    12/081124    4/10/2008          HETEROGENEOUS CERAMIC COMPOSITE SOFC ELECTROLYTE
PCT    PCT/US2008/ 004600    4/10/2008          HETEROGENEOUS CERAMIC COMPOSITE SOFC ELECTROLYTE
PCT    PCT/US2008/ 004710    4/11/2008          Composite Anode Showing Little Performance Loss With Time
PCT    PCT/US2008/ 005517    4/30/2008          Integral Stack Columns
PCT    PCT/US2008/ 005516    4/30/2008          Ripple Cancellation
US    12/458,342    7/8/2009    8,445,150    5/21/2013    GRID FREQUENCY-RESPONSIVE SOLID OXIDE FUEL CELL SYSTEM
PCT    PCT/US2010/41179    7/7/2010          GRID FREQUENCY-RESPONSIVE SOLID OXIDE FUEL CELL SYSTEM
US    61/129,623    7/8/2008          Automated Fuel Cell Load Reduction Controller
US    61/193,596    12/9/2008          Air Protected Hermetic Anode Side Seal
US    61/129,882    7/25/2008          Electrolyte Hole Support
US    61/129,621    7/8/2008          HEAT EXCHANGER WITH FLOW ROTATION CONTROL
US    12/222,712    8/14/2008    7,704,618    4/27/2010    HIGH TEMPERATURE FUEL CELL SYSTEM AND METHOD OF OPERATING SAME

 

11


Geography

  

Serial No.

  

Filing

Date

  

Patent
Number

  

Patent

Date

  

Title

US    12/155,367    6/3/2008    7,846,599    12/7/2010    STRUCTURE FOR HIGH TEMPERATURE FUEL CELL SYSTEM START UP AND SHUTDOWN
PCT    PCT/US2008/ 006993    6/3/2008          STRUCTURE FOR HIGH TEMPERATURE FUEL CELL SYSTEM START UP AND SHUTDOWN
US    12/213,088    6/13/2008          DOT PATTERN CONTACT LAYER
US    13/863,809    4/16/2013          DOT PATTERN CONTACT LAYER
PCT    PCT/US2008/ 007360    6/13/2008          DOT PATTERN CONTACT LAYER
US    12/292,078    11/12/2008    8,691,470    4/8/2014    SEAL COMPOSITIONS, METHODS, AND STRUCTURES FOR PLANAR SOLID OXIDE FUEL CELLS
US    14/243,588    4/2/2014          SEAL COMPOSITIONS, METHODS, AND STRUCTURES FOR PLANAR SOLID OXIDE FUEL CELLS
US                SEAL COMPOSITIONS, METHODS, AND STRUCTURES FOR PLANAR SOLID OXIDE FUEL CELLS
US    61/202,639    3/20/2009          Crack Free Electrolyte
PCT    PCT/US2008 /008951    7/24/2008          HYBRID FUEL HEAT EXCHANGER - PRE-REFORMER IN SOFC SYSTEMS
US    12/219,684    7/25/2008    8,137,855    3/20/2012    HOT BOX DESIGN WITH A MULTI-STEAM HEAT EXCHANGER AND SINGLE AIR CONTROL
US    13/415,427    3/8/2012    9,166,240    10/20/2015    HOT BOX DESIGN WITH A MULTI-STEAM HEAT EXCHANGER AND SINGLE AIR CONTROL
PCT    PCT/US2008 /009069    7/25/2008          HOT BOX DESIGN WITH A MULTI-STEAM HEAT EXCHANGER AND SINGLE AIR CONTROL
US    12/222,736    8/14/2008    8,852,820    10/7/2014    Fuel Cell System Components
US    14/476,851    9/4/2014          Fuel Cell System Components
US    12/230,486    8/29/2008    8,071,241    12/6/2011    Co-production of Hydrogen and Electricity in a High Temperature Electrochemical System

 

12


Geography

  

Serial No.

  

Filing

Date

  

Patent
Number

  

Patent

Date

  

Title

US    12/225,915    4/2/2007    8,691,474    4/8/2014    Fuel cell stack components and materials
US    12/289,510    10/29/2008          SOFC ELECTRODE SINTERING BY MICROWAVE HEATING
US    12/29,2151    11/12/2008    8,067,129    11/29/2011    ELECTROLYTE SUPPORTED CELL DESIGNED FOR LONGER LIFE AND HIGHER POWER
US    13/268,233    10/7/2011    8,999,601    4/7/2015    ELECTROLYTE SUPPORTED CELL DESIGNED FOR LONGER LIFE AND HIGHER POWER
US    13/269,006    10/7/2011    8,333,919    12/18/2012    ELECTROLYTE SUPPORTED CELL DESIGNED FOR LONGER LIFE AND HIGHER POWER
PCT    PCT/US2008/012671    11/12/2008          ELECTROLYTE SUPPORTED CELL DESIGNED FOR LONGER LIFE AND HIGHER POWER
PCT    PCT/US2008/ 084027    11/19/2008          Enhanced efficiency for a combined SORFC energy storage and fuel generation system
US    61/193377    11/21/2008          Coating Process for Production of Fuel Cell Components
US    61/202,876    4/15/2009          FUEL CELL SYSTEM WITH ELECTROCHEMICAL HYDROGEN PUMP AND METHOD OF OPERATING SAME
US    12/402,423    3/11/2009    8,097,378    1/17/2012    STACK SEAL INTERFACE ADAPTER
US    61/202,683    3/26/2009          FUEL CELL SYSTEM WITH INTERRUPTION CONTROL
US    12/379,310    2/18/2009    8,624,549    1/7/2014    FUEL CELL SYSTEM FOR CHARGING AN ELECTRIC VEHICLE
US    14/064,783    10/28/2013          FUEL CELL SYSTEM FOR CHARGING AN ELECTRIC VEHICLE
PCT    PCT/US2009 /034367    2/18/2009          FUEL CELL SYSTEM FOR CHARGING AN ELECTRIC VEHICLE
US    12/379,299    2/18/2009    8,288,041    10/16/2012    FUEL CELL SYSTEM CONTAINING ANODE TAIL GAS OXIDIZER AND HYBRID HEAT EXCHANGER / REFORMER
US    13/619,289    9/14/2012    8,535,839    9/17/2013    FUEL CELL SYSTEM CONTAINING ANODE TAIL GAS OXIDIZER AND HYBRID HEAT EXCHANGER / REFORMER

 

13


Geography

  

Serial No.

  

Filing

Date

  

Patent
Number

  

Patent

Date

  

Title

US    14/018,963    9/5/2013    9,105,894    8/11/2015    FUEL CELL SYSTEM CONTAINING ANODE TAIL GAS OXIDIZER AND HYBRID HEAT EXCHANGER / REFORMER
PCT    PCT/US2009 /000991    2/18/2009          FUEL CELL SYSTEM CONTAINING ANODE TAIL GAS OXIDIZER AND HYBRID HEAT EXCHANGER / REFORMER
US    12/382,173    3/10/2009    7,931,997    4/26/2011    MULTI-MATERIAL HIGH TEMPERATURE FUEL CELL SEALS
US    61/272,056    8/12/2009          INTERNAL REFORMING ANODE FOR SOLID OXIDE FUEL CELL
US    12/850,885    8/5/2010    8,617,763    12/31/2013    INTERNAL REFORMING ANODE FOR SOLID OXIDE FUEL CELL
PCT    PCT/US10/ 45182    8/11/2010          Internal Reforming Anode for Solid Oxide Fuel Cells
US    12/458,355    7/8/2009    8,535,836    9/17/2013    FUEL CELL SYSTEM WITH QUICK CONNECT COMPONENTS
US    14/019,702    9/6/2013          FUEL CELL SYSTEM WITH QUICK CONNECT COMPONENTS
PCT    PCT/US2010/41238    7/7/2010          FUEL CELL SYSTEM WITH QUICK CONNECT COMPONENTS
US    11/124,817    5/9/2005    7,858,256    12/28/2010    HIGH TEMPERATURE FUEL CELL SYSTEM WITH INTEGRATED HEAT EXCHANGER NETWORK
US    61/272,227    9/2/2009          CONFIGURATION FOR MULTISTREAM HEAT EXCHANGER FOR AN SOFC SYSTEM
US    12/873,935    9/1/2010    8,445,156    5/21/2013    Multi-Stream Heat Exchanger for a Fuel Cell System
US    13/850,365    3/26/2013          Multi-Stream Heat Exchanger for a Fuel Cell System
PCT    PCT/US10/ 47540    9/1/2010          Multi-Stream Heat Exchanger for a Fuel Cell System
US    12/535,971    8/5/2009          SOLID OXIDE REVERSIBLE FUEL CELL WITH IMPROVED ELECTRODE COMPOSITION
US    12/458,341    7/8/2009    8,071,246    12/6/2011    METHOD OF OPTIMIZING OPERATING EFFICIENCY OF FUEL CELLS
US    13/286,749    11/1/2011    8,277,992    10/2/2012    METHOD OF OPTIMIZING OPERATING EFFICIENCY OF FUEL CELLS

 

14


Geography

  

Serial No.

  

Filing

Date

  

Patent
Number

  

Patent

Date

  

Title

US    13/590,625    8/21/2012    8,663,859    3/4/2014    METHOD OF OPTIMIZING OPERATING EFFICIENCY OF FUEL CELLS
US    12/458,172    7/2/2009    8,872,392    10/28/2014    FUEL CELL CONTROL SYSTEM
US    12/458,173    7/2/2009    8,263,276    9/11/2012    STARTUP POWER CONTROL IN A FUEL CELL CONTROL SYSTEM
US    12/457,982    6/26/2009    9,142,847    9/22/2015    FUEL CELL LOAD CONTROLLER
US    12/458,171    7/2/2009    8,968,958    3/3/2015    Voltage Lead Jumper Connected Fuel Cell Columns
US    14/597,650    1/15/2015          Voltage Lead Jumper Connected Fuel Cell Columns
US    12/507,670    7/22/2009          OPERATION OF FUEL CELL SYSTEMS WITH REDUCED CARBON FORMATION AND ANODE LEADING EDGE DAMAGE
PCT    PCT/US10/ 42316    7/16/2010          OPERATION OF FUEL CELL SYSTEMS WITH REDUCED CARBON FORMATION AND ANODE LEADING EDGE DAMAGE
US    12/461,413    8/11/2009    8,404,398    3/26/2013    HERMETIC HIGH TEMPERATURE DIELECTRIC WITH GROOVE AND THERMAL EXPANSION COMPENSATOR
US    12/585,627    9/21/2009    8,185,214    5/22/2012    AN ONLINE CONFIGURABLE CONTROL SYSTEM FOR FUEL CELLS
US    61/272,494    9/30/2009          FUEL CELL STACK COMPRESSION DEVICES AND METHODS
US    12/892,582    9/28/2010    8,785,074    7/22/2014    FUEL CELL STACK COMPRESSION DEVICES AND METHODS
US    14/271,158    5/6/2014          FUEL CELL STACK COMPRESSION DEVICES AND METHODS
PCT    PCT/US10/ 50577    9/28/2010          FUEL CELL STACK COMPRESSION DEVICES AND METHODS
US    61/282528    2/25/2010          METHOD OF PROGRAMMING PROCESSORS THROUGH CAN INTERFACE WITHOUT CHANGING THE BOOT MODE SELECT PINS
US    13/033,990    2/24/2011    8,826,261    9/2/2014    PROGRAMMING PROCESSORS THROUGH CAN INTERFACE WITHOUT CHANGING THE BOOT MODE SELECT PINS

 

15


Geography

  

Serial No.

  

Filing

Date

  

Patent
Number

  

Patent

Date

  

Title

US    12/591,464    11/20/2009          COATING PROCESS FOR PRODUCTION OF FUEL CELL COMPONENTS
PCT    PCT/US2009/ 065095    11/19/2009          COATING PROCESS FOR PRODUCTION OF FUEL CELL COMPONENTS
US    12/591,986    12/7/2009    8,623,569    1/7/2014    FUEL CELL SEALS
US    12/591,872    12/3/2009    8,685,579    4/1/2014    INCREASING THERMAL DISSIPATION OF FUEL CELL STACKS UNDER PARTIAL ELECTRICAL LOAD
US    14/187,546    2/24/2014    9,166,246    10/20/2015    INCREASING THERMAL DISSIPATION OF FUEL CELL STACKS UNDER PARTIAL ELECTRICAL LOAD
US    61/298,468    1/26/2010          PHASE STABLE DOPED ZIRCONIA ELECTROLYTE COMPOSITIONS WITH LOW DEGRADATION
US    13/009,085    1/19/2011    8,580,456    11/12/2013    PHASE STABLE DOPED ZIRCONIA ELECTROLYTE COMPOSITIONS WITH LOW DEGRADATION
US    14/055,557    10/16/2013          PHASE STABLE DOPED ZIRCONIA ELECTROLYTE COMPOSITIONS WITH LOW DEGRADATION
WO    PCT/US11/21664    1/19/2011          PHASE STABLE DOPED ZIRCONIA ELECTROLYTE COMPOSITIONS WITH LOW DEGRADATION
US    61/374,424    8/17/2010          METHOD FOR SOFC CELL FABRICATION
US    13/211,903    8/17/2011    8,449,702    5/28/2013    Method for Solid Oxide Fuel Cell Fabrication
US    13/869,244    4/24/2013    8,940,112    1/27/2015    Method for Solid Oxide Fuel Cell Fabrication
US    14/477,035    9/4/2014          Method for Solid Oxide Fuel Cell Fabrication
PCT    PCT/US11/47976    8/16/2011          Method for Solid Oxide Fuel Cell Fabrication
US    12/659,742    3/19/2010    8,663,869    3/4/2014    CRACK FREE SOFC ELECTROLYTE
PCT    PCT/US2010/027899    3/19/2010          CRACK FREE SOFC ELECTROLYTE
US    12/659,899    3/24/2010    8,802,308    8/12/2014    FUEL CELL SYSTEM WITH INTERRUPTION CONTROL
US    12/759395    4/13/2010          FUEL CELL SYSTEM WITH ELECTROCHEMICAL HYDROGEN PUMP AND METHOD OF OPERATING SAME

 

16


Geography

  

Serial No.

  

Filing

Date

  

Patent
Number

  

Patent

Date

  

Title

US    12/765,732    4/22/2010    7,901,814    3/8/2011    HIGH TEMPERATURE FUEL CELL SYSTEM AND METHOD OF OPERATING SAME
US    13/020,598    2/3/2011          HIGH TEMPERATURE FUEL CELL SYSTEM AND METHOD OF OPERATING SAME
US    12/766,711    4/23/2010    8,182,956    5/22/2012    FUEL CELL STACK WITH INTERNAL FUEL MANIFOLD CONFIGURATION
US    12/765,208    4/22/2010          INTEGRAL STACK COLUMNS
US    12/765213    4/22/2010    8,057,944    11/15/2011    HYBRID REFORMER FOR FUEL FLEXIBILITY
US    61/386,257    9/24/2010          FUEL CELL MECHANICAL COMPONENTS
US    13/242,194    9/23/2011    8,440,362    5/14/2013    FUEL CELL MECHANICAL COMPONENTS
US    13/845,685    3/18/2013    8,822,101    9/2/2014    FUEL CELL MECHANICAL COMPONENTS
US    14/447,944    7/31/2014          FUEL CELL MECHANICAL COMPONENTS
US    11/124,810    5/9/2005    8,691,462    4/8/2014    HIGH TEMPERATURE FUEL CELL SYSTEM WITH INTEGRATED HEAT EXCHANGER NETWORK
US    14/196,342    3/4/2014          HIGH TEMPERATURE FUEL CELL SYSTEM WITH INTEGRATED HEAT EXCHANGER NETWORK
US    61/430,255    1/6/2011          Fuel Cell Hot Box Components
US    13/344,077    1/5/2012    8,563,180    10/22/2013    SOFC Hot Box Components
US    14/054,960    10/16/2013          SOFC Hot Box Components
US    13/344,232    1/5/2012    8,968,943    3/3/2015    SOFC Hot Box Components
US    14/600,450    1/20/2015          SOFC Hot Box Components
US    13/344,304    1/5/2012    8,877,399    11/4/2014    SOFC Hot Box Components
US    14/516,156    10/16/2014          SOFC Hot Box Components
US    13/344,364    1/5/2012    9,190,673    11/17/2015    SOFC Hot Box Components
US    14/938,019    11/11/2015          SOFC Hot Box Components
PCT    PCT/US12/ 20356    1/5/2012          SOFC Hot Box Components
US    61/478,697    4/25/2011          High-yield, low cost refurbishment process for SOFC stack components

 

17


Geography

  

Serial No.

  

Filing

Date

  

Patent
Number

  

Patent

Date

  

Title

US    13/454,536    4/24/2012    8,535,841    9/17/2013    Methods of Refurbishing Components of a Fuel Cell Stack
US    14/019,038    9/5/2013    9,059,455    6/16/2015    Methods of Refurbishing Components of a Fuel Cell Stack
US    61/467,444    3/25/2011          Rapid Thermal Processing for SOFC Manufacturing
US    13/428,653    3/23/2012    9,059,449    6/16/2015    Rapid Thermal Processing for SOFC Manufacturing
PCT    PCT/US12/30320    3/23/2012          Rapid Thermal Processing for SOFC Manufacturing
US    61/406,265    10/25/2010          Fuel Cell Control Device and Method
PCT    PCT/US11/ 57440    10/24/2011          Fuel Cell Control Device and Method
US    61/413,629    11/15/2010          Structure for Fuel Cell System with Grid Independent Operation with DC Micro-Grid Capability
US    13/295,527    11/14/2011    9,106,098    8/11/2015    Structure for Fuel Cell System with Grid Independent Operation with DC Micro-Grid Capability
US    14/790,253    7/2/2015          Fuel Cell System with Grid Independent Operation and DC Microgrid Capability
PCT    PCT/US11/ 60604    11/14/2011          Structure for Fuel Cell System with Grid Independent Operation with DC Micro-Grid Capability
US    61/494,397    6/9/2011          Fuel Cell Bypass Diode Structures and Attachment Methods
US    13/492,351    6/8/2012    8,785,012    7/22/2014    Fuel Cell Bypass Diode Structures and Attachment Methods
US    14/182,511    2/18/2014    8,802,250    8/12/2014    Fuel Cell Bypass Diode Structures and Attachment Methods
PCT    PCT/US12/ 41594    6/8/2012          Fuel Cell Bypass Diode Structures and Attachment Methods
US    61/418,088    11/30/2010          Reduction of Chromium Oxide in a Hydrogen Containing Atmosphere to Produce Chromium Powder for Powder Metallurgy Applications with Improved Properties

 

18


Geography

  

Serial No.

  

Filing

Date

  

Patent
Number

  

Patent

Date

  

Title

US    61/504,478    7/5/2011          Iron Coated Chromium Powder and SOFC IC Made Therefrom
US    13/301,151    11/21/2011    8,840,833    9/23/2014    Iron Coated Chromium Powder and SOFC IC Made Therefrom
US    14/483,858    9/11/2014          Iron Coated Chromium Powder and SOFC IC Made Therefrom
US    61/418,043    11/30/2010          High Resolution Density Measurement for Powdered Metals
US    13/306,511    11/28/2011    8,802,331    8/12/2014    Non-Destructive Testing Methods for Fuel Cell Interconnect Manufacturing
PCT    PCT/US11/ 62328    11/29/2011          Non-Destructive Testing Methods for Fuel Cell Interconnect Manufacturing
US    13/282,899    10/27/2011    9,190,685    11/17/2015    SOFC System with Selective CO2 and Water Removal
US    14/886,991    10/19/2015          SOFC System with Selective CO2 and Water Removal
US    13/626,560    9/25/2012    9,141,923    9/22/2015    Fuel Cell Fleet Optimization
WO    PCT/US13/61230    9/23/2013          Fuel Cell Fleet Optimization
US    61/496,143    6/13/2011          Fuel Cell Stack Compression Devices and Methods
US    61/560,893    11/17/2011          Multi-Layered Coating Providing Corrosion Resistance to Zirconia Based Electrolytes
US    13/677,836    11/15/2012    8,852,825    10/7/2014    Multi-Layered Coating Providing Corrosion Resistance to Zirconia Based Electrolytes
US    14/476,963    9/4/2014          Multi-Layered Coating Providing Corrosion Resistance to Zirconia Based Electrolytes
WO    PCT/US12/65213    10/15/2012          Multi-Layered Coating Providing Corrosion Resistance to Zirconia Based Electrolytes
US    61/539,045    9/26/2011          Electrolyte Supported Cell Designed for Longer Life and Higher Power

 

19


Geography

  

Serial No.

  

Filing

Date

  

Patent
Number

  

Patent

Date

  

Title

US    13/409,629    3/1/2012          Coatings for Metallic Interconnects to Reduce SOFC Degradation
US    14/870,579    9/30/2015          Coatings for Metallic Interconnects to Reduce SOFC Degradation
WO    PCT/US13/27895    2/27/2013          Coatings for Metallic Interconnects to Reduce SOFC Degradation
US    61/501,599    6/27/2011          Convergent Energized IT Apparatus for Commercial Use
US    13/533,070    6/26/2012          Convergent Energized IT Apparatus for Commercial Use
US    61/501,610    6/27/2011          Convergent Energized IT Apparatus for Residential Use
US    13/533,456    6/26/2012    9,059,600    6/16/2015    Convergent Energized IT Apparatus for Residential Use
US    13/533,755    6/26/2012    9,019,700    4/28/2015    Method of Operating an Energy Center
US    61/501,367    6/27/2011          Fuel Cell Power Generation System With Multiple DC Outputs
US    13/533,331    6/26/2012          Fuel Cell Power Generation System with Isolated and Non-Isolated Buses
US    61/501,607    6/27/2011          Energy Center
US    13/533,731    6/26/2012    9,089,077    7/21/2015    Energy Center
US    61/501,382    6/27/2011          B-Side Feed for Critical Power Applications
US    13/533,496    6/26/2012          B-Side Feed for Critical Power Applications
US    14/955,584    12/1/2015          B-Side Feed for Critical Power Applications
PCT    PCT/US12/ 44214    6/26/2012          B-Side Feed for Critical Power Applications
US    61/501,604    6/27/2011          DC Micro-Grid
US    13/533,593    6/26/2012    8,970,176    3/3/2015    DC Micro-Grid
US    14/600,571    1/20/2015          DC Micro-Grid
US    61/501,613    6/27/2011          Electric Vehicle Charging Using Fuel Cell System
US    13/533,216    6/26/2012          Electric Vehicle Charging Using Fuel Cell System
PCT    PCT/US12/ 44195    6/26/2012          Electric Vehicle Charging Using Fuel Cell System
US    61/511,305    7/25/2011          A Measurement Device for Measuring Voltages Along a Linear Array of Voltage Sources

 

20


Geography

  

Serial No.

  

Filing

Date

  

Patent
Number

  

Patent

Date

  

Title

US    13/556,794    7/24/2012    8,993,191    3/31/2015    A Measurement Device for Measuring Voltages Along a Linear Array of Voltage Sources
US    14/627,290    2/20/2015          Measurement Device for Measuring Voltages Along a Linear Array of Voltage Sources
US    61/714,928    10/17/2012          Interconnect For Fuel Cell Stack
US    61/673,548    7/19/2012          Thermal Processing of Interconnects
US    61/600,171    2/17/2012          Methods and Systems for Fuel Cell Stack Sintering and Conditioning
US    13/768,307    2/15/2013    9,065,127    6/23/2015    Methods and Systems for Fuel Cell Stack Sintering and Conditioning
US    14/715,890    5/19/2015          Methods and Systems for Fuel Cell Stack Sintering and Conditioning
WO    PCT/US13/26328    2/15/2013          Methods and Systems for Fuel Cell Stack Sintering and Conditioning
US    61/623,841    4/13/2012          Flaw Detection Method and Apparatus For Fuel Cell Components
US    61/749,984    1/8/2013          Flaw Detection Method and Apparatus For Fuel Cell Components
US    13/859,829    4/10/2013          Flaw Detection Method and Apparatus For Fuel Cell Components
US    13/859,892    4/10/2013    9,164,064    10/20/2015    Flaw Detection Method and Apparatus For Fuel Cell Components
WO    PCT/US13/35895    4/10/2013          Flaw Detection Method and Apparatus For Fuel Cell Components
US    61/535,121    9/15/2011          Crack Detection in Ceramics Using Electrical Conductors
US    13/531,631    6/25/2012    9,176,085    11/3/2015    Crack Detection in Ceramics Using Electrical Conductors
US    14/873,686    10/2/2015          Crack Detection in Ceramics Using Electrical Conductors

 

21


Geography

  

Serial No.

  

Filing

Date

  

Patent
Number

  

Patent

Date

  

Title

US    61/600,102    2/17/2012          Solid Oxide Fuel Cell Stack Heat Treatment Methods and Apparatus
US    13/768,218    2/15/2013    9,142,845    9/22/2015    Solid Oxide Fuel Cell Stack Heat Treatment Methods and Apparatus
WO    PCT/US13/26387    2/15/2013          Solid Oxide Fuel Cell Stack Heat Treatment Methods and Apparatus
US    61/561,344    11/18/2011          Fuel Cell Interconnects and Methods of Fabrication
US    13/678,709    11/16/2012    8,962,219    2/24/2015    Fuel Cell Interconnects and Methods of Fabrication
US    13/678,981    11/16/2012    9,196,909    11/24/2015    Fuel Cell Interconnect Heat Treatment Method
US    14/886,893    10/19/2015          Fuel Cell Interconnect
WO    PCT/US12/65508    11/16/2012          Fuel Cell Interconnects and Methods of Fabrication
US    61/605,309    3/1/2012          Coatings for SOFC Metallic Interconnects
US    61/702,397    9/18/2012          Coatings for SOFC Metallic Interconnects
US    13/781,206    2/28/2013          Coatings for SOFC Metallic Interconnects
US    61/714,302    10/16/2012          Energy Load Management System
US    14/054,010    10/15/2013          Energy Load Management System
WO    PCT/US13/65012    10/15/2013          Energy Load Management System
US    13/606,765    9/7/2012    8,916,300    12/23/2014    Ammonia Fueled SOFC System

 

22


Geography

  

Serial No.

  

Filing

Date

  

Patent
Number

  

Patent

Date

  

Title

US    13/603,581    9/5/2012          Ammonia or Hydrazine Injection into Fuel Cell Systems
US    61/600,132    2/17/2012          Continuous Furnace for Efficient Air and Energy Use
US    61/728,290    11/20/2012          Fuel Cell System Hot Box Insulation
US    14/082,651    11/18/2013          Fuel Cell System Hot Box Insulation
WO    PCT/US13/70505    11/18/2013          Fuel Cell System Hot Box Insulation
US    61/703,832    9/21/2012          Systems and Methods for Bypassing Fuel Cells
US    14/029,178    9/17/2013          Systems and Methods for Bypassing Fuel Cells
WO    PCT/US13/60145    9/17/2013          Systems and Methods for Bypassing Fuel Cells
US    61/730,595    11/28/2012          Hermetic High Temperature Dielectric Conduit Assemblies
US    14/090,104    11/26/2013    8,921,001    12/30/2014    Hermetic High Temperature Dielectric Conduit Assemblies
WO    PCT/US13/71823    11/26/2013          Hermetic High Temperature Dielectric Conduit Assemblies
US    61/691,360    8/21/2012          Systems and Methods for Suppressing Chromium Poisoning in Fuel Cells
US    61/788,661    3/15/2013          Systems and Methods for Suppressing Chromium Poisoning in Fuel Cells
US    13/971,064    8/20/2013          Systems and Methods for Suppressing Chromium Poisoning in Fuel Cells
WO    PCT/US13/55765    8/20/2013          Systems and Methods for Suppressing Chromium Poisoning in Fuel Cells
US    61/613,851    3/21/2012          Fuel Cell Power for Data Center Uses
US    61/789,343    3/15/2013          Fuel Cell Power for Data Center Uses
US    13/845,942    3/18/2013          Fuel Cell Power for Data Center Uses

 

23


Geography

  

Serial No.

  

Filing

Date

  

Patent
Number

  

Patent

Date

  

Title

WO    PCT/US13/33080    3/20/2013          Fuel Cell Power for Data Center Uses
US    61/750,867    1/10/2013          Methods of Recovering Scandium from Titanium Residue Streams
US    14/151,177    1/9/2014    9,102,999    8/11/2015    Methods of Recovering Scandium from Titanium Residue Streams
WO    PCT/US14/10803    1/9/2014          Methods of Recovering Scandium from Titanium Residue Streams
US    61/700,135    9/12/2012          Oxidation Process for Interconnects and End Plates
US    61/700,194    9/12/2012          Oxidation Process for Interconnects and End Plates Using Nitrous Oxide
US    61/669,494    7/9/2012          Fuel Cell Power for Site Specific Applications
US    61/669,494    7/9/2012          Fuel Cell System With Variable Frequency Drive For Support Equipment
US    61/694,337    8/29/2012          Interconnect for Fuel Cell Stack
US    14/011,804    8/28/2013          Interconnect for Fuel Cell Stack
WO    PCT/US13/56949    8/28/2013          Interconnect for Fuel Cell Stack
US    61/728,270    11/20/2012          Doped Scandia Stabilized Zirconia Electrolyte Compositions
US    61/792,699    3/15/2013          Doped Scandia Stabilized Zirconia Electrolyte Compositions
US    14/083,708    11/19/2013          Doped Scandia Stabilized Zirconia Electrolyte Compositions
WO    PCT/US13/70783    11/19/2013          Doped Scandia Stabilized Zirconia Electrolyte Compositions
US    61/679,201    8/3/2012          Powdered Metal Preparation and Compaction for Low Permeability Interconnects
US    13/679,092    11/16/2012          Powdered Metal Preparation and Compaction for Low Permeability Interconnects

 

24


Geography

  

Serial No.

  

Filing

Date

  

Patent
Number

  

Patent

Date

  

Title

US    14/687,365    4/15/2015          Method of Making Fuel Cell Interconnect Using Powder Metallurgy
WO    PCT/US12/65531    11/16/2012          Powdered Metal Preparation and Compaction for Low Permeability Interconnects
US    61/702,375    9/18/2012          Air Dryer for a SOFC System
US    61/787,111    3/15/2013          Abrasion Resistant Solid Oxide Fuel Cell Electrode Ink
US    14/201,149    3/7/2014          Abrasion Resistant Solid Oxide Fuel Cell Electrode Ink
WO    PCT/US14/21676    3/7/2014          Abrasion Resistant Solid Oxide Fuel Cell Electrode Ink
US    13/890,555    5/9/2013    8,968,509    3/3/2015    Methods and Devices for Printing Seals for Fuel Cell Stacks
US    61/723,992    11/8/2012          Fuel Cell Interconnects and Methods of Fabrication
US    61/723,066    11/6/2012          Interconnect Design to Improve Stack Yield by Mitigating Cell Stresses Caused by Stack to Stack Interface Seals in Stack Manufacturing and Hotbox Assembly
US    14/072,375    11/5/2013          Improved Interconnect and End Plate Design for Fuel Cell Stack
US    14/072,499    11/5/2013          Improved Interconnect and End Plate Design for Fuel Cell Stack
US    14/072,381    11/5/2013          Improved Interconnect and End Plate Design for Fuel Cell Stack
WO    PCT/US13/68405    11/5/2013          Improved Interconnect and End Plate Design for Fuel Cell Stack
US    61/894,485    10/23/2013          Pre-Reformer For Selective Reformation of Higher Hydrocarbons
US    14/519,560    10/21/2014          Pre-Reformer For Selective Reformation of Higher Hydrocarbons

 

25


Geography

  

Serial No.

  

Filing

Date

  

Patent
Number

  

Patent
Date

  

Title

US                Pre-Reformer For Selective Reformation of Higher Hydrocarbons
WO    PCT/US14/61511    10/21/2014          Pre-Reformer For Selective Reformation of Higher Hydrocarbons
US    61/787,310    3/15/2013          Fuel Cell Mechanical Components
US    14/208,190    3/13/2014          Fuel Cell Mechanical Components
US    61/750,179    1/8/2013          Serialization of Fuel Cell Components
US    14/149,187    1/7/2014          Serialization of Fuel Cell Components
US    61/750,136    1/8/2013          Optical Measurement Method and Apparatus for Fuel Cell Components
US    14/147,785    1/6/2014          Optical Measurement Method and Apparatus for Fuel Cell Components
US    61/739,989    12/20/2012          End Plates and Interconnects with Different CTE Values for Fuel Cell Stack
US    61/923,886    1/6/2014          Structure and Method for Indication of Fuel Cell Poisons in Fuel Stream and of Bed Breakthrough
US    14/589,403    1/5/2015          Structure and Method for Indicating Undesirable Constituents in a Fuel Cell System
WO    PCT/US15/10137    1/5/2015          Structure and Method for Indication of Fuel Cell Poisons in Fuel Stream and of Bed Breakthrough
US    61/885,048    10/1/2013          Pre-Formed Powder Delivery to Powder Press Machine
US    14/501,572    9/30/2014          Pre-Formed Powder Delivery to Powder Press Machine
WO    PCT/US14/58251    9/30/2014          Pre-Formed Powder Delivery to Powder Press Machine
US    61/912,931    12/6/2013          Method of Measurement and Estimation of the Coefficient of Thermal Expansion in Components
US    14/559,214    12/3/2014          Method of Measurement and Estimation of the Coefficient of Thermal Expansion in Components

 

26


Geography

  

Serial No.

  

Filing

Date

  

Patent
Number

  

Patent
Date

  

Title

US    61/938,827    2/12/2014          Structure and Method for Fuel Cell System Where Multiple Fuel Cells and Power Electronics Feed Loads in Parallel Allowing for Integrated Electrochemical Impedance Spectroscopy (“EIS”)
US    14/619,779    2/11/2015          Structure and Method for Fuel Cell System Where Multiple Fuel Cells and Power Electronics Feed Loads in Parallel Allowing for Integrated Electrochemical Impedance Spectroscopy (“EIS”)
WO    PCT/US15/15425    2/11/2015          Structure and Method for Fuel Cell System Where Multiple Fuel Cells and Power Electronics Feed Loads in Parallel Allowing for Integrated Electrochemical Impedance Spectroscopy (“EIS”)
US    14/246,716    4/7/2014          Parallel Control of Multiple Uninterruptable Power Modules (“UPMs”)
US    61/824,025    5/16/2013          Corrosion Resistant Barrier Layer for a Solid Oxide Fuel Cell Stack and Method of Making Thereof
US    14/265,544    4/30/2014          Corrosion Resistant Barrier Layer for a Solid Oxide Fuel Cell Stack and Method of Making Thereof
WO    PCT/US14/35996    4/30/2014          Corrosion Resistant Barrier Layer for a Solid Oxide Fuel Cell Stack and Method of Making Thereof
US    13/905,383    5/30/2013          Measurement Device for Testing a Fuel Cell Stack
US    14/186,642    2/21/2014          Electrochemical Impedance Spectroscopy (“EIS”) Analyzer and Method of Using Thereof
US    62/067,867    10/23/2014          Contact Mesh for Fuel Cell Stacks
US    62/078,596    11/12/2014          SOFC Cathode Compositions with Improved Resistance to SOFC Degradation
US    62/185,261    6/26/2015          SOFC Cathode Compositions with Improved Resistance to SOFC Degradation
US    14/936,250    11/9/2015          SOFC Cathode Compositions with Improved Resistance to SOFC Degradation
WO    PCT/US15/59754    11/9/2015          SOFC Cathode Compositions with Improved Resistance to SOFC Degradation

 

27


Geography

  

Serial No.

  

Filing

Date

  

Patent
Number

  

Patent
Date

  

Title

US    62/022,942    7/10/2014          Methods and Systems for Detecting Defects in a Fuel Cell Stack
US    14/792,923    7/7/2015          Methods and Systems for Detecting Defects in a Fuel Cell Stack
US    61/925,340    1/9/2014          Duplex Coating for SOFC Interconnect
US    14/567,158    12/11/2014          Duplex Coating for SOFC Interconnect
US    62/188,858    7/6/2015          Real Time Monitoring and Automated Intervention Platform for Long Term Operability of Fuel Cells
US    62/133,723    3/9/2015          Methods and Systems for Detecting Defects in a Component of a Fuel Cell Stack
US    61/925,383    1/9/2014          Improved Method of Fabricating an Interconnect for a Fuel Cell Stack
US    14/566,267    12/10/2014          Overvoltage Snubber for Grid Tie Inverter
US    61/909,426    11/27/2013          Fuel Cell Interconnect with Reduced Voltage Degradation over Time
US    14/543,095    11/17/2014          Fuel Cell Interconnect with Reduced Voltage Degradation over Time
WO    PCT/US14/65877    11/17/2014          Fuel Cell Interconnect with Reduced Voltage Degradation over Time
US    62/132,003    3/12/2015          Fuel Cell Interconnects with Nitride Layer and Methods of Making Thereof
US    62/222,348    9/23/2015          Fuel Cell Interconnects with Nitride Layer and Methods of Making Thereof
US    62/109,227    1/29/2015          Fuel Cell Stack Assembly and Method of Operating the Same
US    62/007,645    6/4/2014          Hermetic Seal High Temperature Dielectric with Improved Manufacturability
US    14/725,414    5/29/2015          Hermetic High Temperature Dielectric Conduit Assemblies

 

28


Geography

  

Serial No.

  

Filing

Date

  

Patent
Number

  

Patent
Date

  

Title

WO    PCT/US15/33645    6/2/2015          Hermetic High Temperature Dielectric Conduit Assemblies
US    62/115,714    2/13/2015          Containerized Portable Fuel Cell System and Transportation Method
US    62/128,910    3/5/2015          Knock Sensor and Passive Pressure Relief Components for Detecting and Correcting Fuel Cell System Operational Conditions
US    62/111,875    2/4/2015          Carbon Dioxide Separator, Fuel Cell System Including Same, and Method of Operating the Fuel Cell System
US    62/241,261    10/14/2015          Leak Detection Method for Solid Oxide Fuel Cells Using Hydrogen or Other Detectable Gases
US    61/944,381    2/25/2014          Composition and Processing of Metallic Interconnects for SOFC
US    14/629,807    2/24/2015          Composition and Processing of Metallic Interconnects for SOFC Stacks
WO    PCT/US15/17226    2/24/2015          Composition and Processing of Metallic Interconnects for SOFC Stacks
US    61/971,700    3/28/2014          Packaging Design and Method of Packing/Unpacking Fuel Cell Components in a Recyclable Package Safe for Shipping, Transport, and Automation
US    14/671,156    3/27/2015          Fuel Cell Package and Method of Packing and Unpacking Fuel Cell Components
WO    PCT/US15/23013    3/27/2015          Fuel Cell Package and Method of Packing and Unpacking Fuel Cell Components
US    62/153,271    4/27/2015          Carbon Dioxide Separator Membrane Structure, Method of Manufacturing Same, and Carbon Dioxide Separator Including Same
US    61/975,233    4/4/2014          Fuel Cell System Glow Plug Assembly Seal
US    14/666,495    3/24/2015          Fuel Cell System Glow Plug and Method of Forming Same
WO    PCT/US15/22122    3/24/2015          Fuel Cell System Glow Plug and Method of Forming Same
US    61/975,233    4/24/2014          Anode Contact Ink for Improved SOFC Stack Life

 

29


Geography

  

Serial No.

  

Filing

Date

  

Patent
Number

  

Patent

Date

  

Title

US    14/689,243    4/17/2015          Fuel Cell Interconnect with Reduced Voltage Degradation Over Time
US    62/215,285    9/8/2015          Fuel Cell Ventilation System
US    62/137,433    3/24/2015          Perimeter Electrolyte Reinforcement Layer Composition for Solid Oxide Fuel Cell Electrolytes
US    62/091,821    12/15/2014          High Temperature Air Purge of Solid Oxide Fuel Cell Anode Electrodes
US    62/050,424    9/15/2014          Air Cooled Fuel Cell System
US    14/850,044    9/10/2015          Air Cooled Fuel Cell System
US    13/062,643    5/12/2011          Recuperative Heat Exchanger, Fuel Cell System Including Recuperative Heat Exchanger, And Method Of Operating Same
US    62/086,938    12/3/2014          Inspection Method for the Effect of Composition on the Bond Strength of a Metallized Alumina Ceramic
US    14/872,365    10/1/2015          Inspection Method for the Effect of Composition on the Bond Strength of a Metallized Alumina Ceramic
US    12/689,726    1/19/2010    8,026,013    9/27/2011    Annular or Ring Shaped Fuel Cell Unit
US    62/129,509    3/6/2015          Modular Pad for a Fuel Cell System
US    62/238,351    10/7/2015          Fuel Cell Stack Column Including Stress-Relief Components
US    62/171,145    6/4/2015          Methods of Battery Integration
US    14/853,030    9/14/2015          Electrochemical Impedance Spectroscopy (“EIS”) Analyzer and Method of Using Thereof
US    62/237,711    10/6/2015          Sorbent Bed Assembly and Fuel Cell System Including Same

 

30


EXHIBIT C

List of Trademarks

U.S. Federal Trademark Registrations and Applications

 

Grantor

  

Trademark

  

Application No.

  

Application Date

  

Registration No.

  

Registration Date

Bloom Energy Corporation    BE    77388058    2/4/08    4272466    1/8/13
Bloom Energy Corporation    BLOOM BOX    86379783    8/28/14      
Bloom Energy Corporation    BLOOM ELECTRONS    85266176    3/14/11    4246657    11/20/12
Bloom Energy Corporation    BLOOM ENERGY    77005327    9/22/06    3673390    8/25/09
Bloom Energy Corporation    BLOOM ENERGY    77950803    3/4/10    4122292    4/3/12
Bloom Energy Corporation    BLOOM ENERGY MY ENERGY    85546532    2/17/12      
Bloom Energy Corporation    BLOOMCONNECT    86215135    3/7/14      
Bloom Energy Corporation    BLOOMENERGY    77005348    9/22/06    3362904    1/1/08
Bloom Energy Corporation    ENERGY SERVER    78905859    6/12/06    3677943    9/1/09
Bloom Energy Corporation    GRID TO GO    78825024    2/28/06    3532547    11/11/08
Bloom Energy Corporation    ION AMERICA    86017104    7/23/13      
Bloom Energy Corporation    POWDER TO POWER    77298195    10/08/07    3620161    5/12/09
Bloom Energy Corporation    THE BLOOM ENERGY FOUNDATION    85546526    2/17/12      
Bloom Energy Corporation    THE BLOOM FOUNDATION    85546516    2/17/12      

U.S. State Trademark Registrations

None


EXHIBIT D

Form of Notice of Security Interest in Trademarks and Patents

NOTICE OF SECURITY INTEREST IN TRADEMARKS AND PATENTS

This NOTICE OF SECURITY INTEREST IN TRADEMARKS AND PATENTS, effective as of [            ], 20[    ] (“ Notice ”) is made by [            ], a [        ] Corporation (the “ Grantor ”), in favor of U.S. Bank National Association, not in its individual capacity but solely as Collateral Agent (the “ Collateral Agent ”) for its own benefit and the benefit of the other Secured Parties (as defined in the Security Agreement referred to below), in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and benefits to be derived herefrom.

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, Grantor is a party to a Security Agreement, dated as of December 15, 2015, by and among Bloom Energy Corporation, the Guarantors from time to time party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association for the benefit of the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties (as amended, modified, supplemented or restated and in effect from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Security Agreement, Grantor has executed and delivered this Notice for the purpose of recording and confirming the grant of the security interest of the Collateral Agent in the Trademark Collateral and Patent Collateral (each as defined below) with the United States Patent and Trademark Office;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual conditions and agreements set forth herein and in the Security Agreement, and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Grantor and the Collateral Agent, on its own behalf and on behalf of the other Secured Parties (and each of their respective successors or assigns), hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1 Defined Terms . Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Security Agreement and used herein have the meaning given to them in the Security Agreement.

SECTION 2 Grant of Security Interest . In furtherance and as confirmation of the Security Interest granted by the Grantor to the Collateral Agent (for its own benefit and the benefit of the other Secured Parties) under the Security Agreement, and as further security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Secured Obligations, the Grantor hereby ratifies such Security Interest and grants to the Collateral Agent (for its own benefit and the benefit of the other Secured Parties) a continuing security interest, in all of the present and future right, title and interest of the Grantor in, to and under the following property, and each item thereof, whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising, together with all products, proceeds, substitutions, and accessions of or to any of the following property (collectively, the “ Trademark and Patent Collateral ”):

(a) All Trademarks, including, without limitation, the trademark registrations and trademark applications set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto (collectively, “ Trademarks ”);

(b) All Patents, including, without limitation, the patents and patent applications set forth on Exhibit B attached hereto (collectively, “ Patents ”);

(c) All Patent Licenses and Trademark Licenses (collectively, “ Licenses ”) and all income, royalties, damages and payments now and hereafter due and/or payable under and with


respect to the Trademarks and Patents, including, without limitation, payments under all Licenses entered into in connection therewith and damages and payments for past or future infringements, misappropriations or dilutions thereof;

(d) The right to sue for past, present and future infringements, misappropriations and dilutions of any of the Trademarks and Patents; and

(e) All of the Grantor’s rights corresponding to any of the foregoing throughout the world.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) no Trademark shall be included in the Trademark and Patent Collateral to the extent that the grant of a security interest in such Trademark would result in, permit or provide grounds for the cancellation or invalidation of such Trademark and (ii) in no event shall the Trademark and Patent Collateral include any Excluded Assets.

SECTION 3 Intent . This Notice is being executed and delivered by the Grantor for the purpose of recording and confirming the grant of the security interest of the Collateral Agent in the Trademark and Patent Collateral with the United States Patent and Trademark Office. It is intended that the security interest granted pursuant to this Notice is granted in conjunction with, and not in addition to or limitation of, the Security Interest granted to the Collateral Agent, for its own benefit and the benefit of the other Secured Parties, under the Security Agreement. All provisions of the Security Agreement shall apply to the Trademark and Patent Collateral, and such provisions are hereby incorporated herein by reference. The Collateral Agent shall have the same rights, remedies, powers, privileges and discretions with respect to the security interests created in the Trademark and Patent Collateral as in all other Collateral. In the event of a conflict between this Notice and the Security Agreement, the terms of the Security Agreement shall control.

SECTION 4. Recordation . The Grantor authorizes and requests that the Commissioner for Patents and the Commissioner for Trademarks and any other applicable government officer record this Notice.

SECTION 5. Governing Law . THIS NOTICE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

SECTION 6. Termination; Release of Trademark and Patent Collateral . Upon termination of the Security Interest in the Trademark and Patent Collateral in accordance with the Security Agreement, the Collateral Agent shall execute, acknowledge, and deliver to the Grantor, an instrument in writing in recordable form releasing the collateral pledge, grant, lien and security interest in the Trademark and Patent Collateral under this Notice. Any execution and delivery of termination statements, releases or other documents pursuant to this Section 5 shall be without recourse to, or warranty by, the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party.

SECTION 7. Concerning the Collateral Agent . It is expressly understood and agreed that U.S. Bank National Association is executing this Notice solely in its capacity as Collateral Agent as appointed pursuant to the Indenture, and shall be entitled to all of the rights, privileges, immunities and protections under the Indenture as if such rights, privileges, immunities and protections were set forth herein.

[ SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS ]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Grantors and the Collateral Agent have caused this Notice to be executed by their duly authorized officers as of the date first above written.

 

GRANTOR[S]:       [                                         ]
      By:  

 

        Name:  

 

        Title:  

 


COLLATERAL AGENT:       U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not in its individual capacity but solely as Collateral Agent
      By:  

 

        Name:  

 

        Title:  

 


EXHIBIT A

Trademark Registrations and Applications

U.S. Federal Trademark Registrations and Applications

 

Trademark

  

Status

  

App/Reg. No.

  

App/Reg. Date

        
        
        


EXHIBIT B

Patents and Patent Applications

 

Patent

  

App/Reg. No.

  

App/Reg. Date

     
     
     


EXHIBIT E

Form of Notice of Security Interest in Copyrights

NOTICE OF SECURITY INTEREST IN COPYRIGHTS

This NOTICE OF SECURITY INTEREST IN COPYRIGHTS, effective as of [            ], 20[    ] (“ Notice ”) is made by [            ], a [        ] Corporation (the “ Grantor ”), in favor of U.S. Bank National Association, not in its individual capacity but solely as Collateral Agent (the “ Collateral Agent ”) for its own benefit and the benefit of the other Secured Parties (as defined in the Security Agreement referred to below), in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and benefits to be derived herefrom.

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, Grantor is a party to a Security Agreement, dated as of December 15, 2015, by and among Bloom Energy Corporation, the Guarantors and U.S. Bank National Association for the benefit of the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties (as amended, modified, supplemented or restated and in effect from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Security Agreement, the Grantor has executed and delivered this Notice for the purpose of recording and confirming the grant of the security interest of the Collateral Agent in the Copyright Collateral (as defined below) with the United States Copyright Office;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual conditions and agreements set forth herein and in the Security Agreement, and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Grantor and the Collateral Agent, on its own behalf and on behalf of the other Secured Parties (and each of their respective successors or assigns), hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1. Defined Terms . Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Security Agreement and used herein have the meaning given to them in the Security Agreement.

SECTION 2. Grant of Security Interest . In furtherance and as confirmation of the Security Interest granted by the Grantor to the Collateral Agent (for its own benefit and the benefit of the other Secured Parties) under the Security Agreement, and as further security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Secured Obligations, the Grantor hereby ratifies such Security Interest and grants to the Collateral Agent (for its own benefit and the benefit of the other Secured Parties) a continuing security interest, in all of the present and future right, title and interest of such Grantor in, to and under the following property, and each item thereof, whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising, together with all products, proceeds, substitutions, and accessions of or to any of the following property (collectively, the “ Copyright Collateral ”):

(a) All Copyrights, including without limitation the registrations and applications set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto, and all renewals thereof (collectively, “ Copyrights ”);

(b) All Copyright Licenses (collectively, “ Licenses ”) and all income, royalties, damages and payments now and hereafter due and/or payable under and with respect to the Copyrights, including, without limitation, payments under all Licenses entered into in connection therewith and damages and payments for past or future infringements thereof;


(c) The right to sue for past, present and future infringements of any of the Copyrights; and

(d) All of the Grantor’s rights corresponding to any of the foregoing throughout the world.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Copyright Collateral include any Excluded Assets.

SECTION 3. Intent . This Notice is being executed and delivered by the Grantors for the purpose of recording and confirming the grant of the security interest of the Collateral Agent in the Copyright Collateral with the United States Copyright Office. It is intended that the security interest granted pursuant to this Notice is granted in conjunction with, and not in addition to or limitation of, the Security Interest granted to the Collateral Agent, for its own benefit and the benefit of the other Secured Parties, under the Security Agreement. All provisions of the Security Agreement shall apply to the Copyright Collateral, and such provisions are hereby incorporated herein by reference. The Collateral Agent shall have the same rights, remedies, powers, privileges and discretions with respect to the security interests created in the Copyright Collateral as in all other Collateral. In the event of a conflict between this Notice and the Security Agreement, the terms of the Security Agreement shall control.

SECTION 4. Recordation . The Grantor authorizes and requests that the Register of Copyrights and any other applicable government officer record this Notice.

SECTION 5. Governing Law . THIS NOTICE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

SECTION 6. Termination; Release of Copyright Collateral . Upon termination of the Security Interest in the Copyright Collateral in accordance with the Security Agreement, the Collateral Agent shall execute, acknowledge, and deliver to the Grantor, an instrument in writing in recordable form releasing the collateral pledge, grant, lien and security interest in the Copyright Collateral under this Notice. Any execution and delivery of termination statements, releases or other documents pursuant to this Section 5 shall be without recourse to, or warranty by, the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party.

SECTION 7. Concerning the Collateral Agent . It is expressly understood and agreed that U.S. Bank National Association is executing this Notice solely in its capacity as Collateral Agent as appointed pursuant to the Indenture, and shall be entitled to all of the rights, privileges, immunities and protections under the Indenture as if such rights, privileges, immunities and protections were set forth herein.

[ SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS ]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Grantor and the Collateral Agent have caused this Notice to be executed by their duly authorized officers as of the date first above written.

 

GRANTOR[S]:       [                                         ]
         By:   

 

         Name:   

 

         Title:   

 


COLLATERAL AGENT:     U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , not in its individual capacity but solely as Collateral Agent
      By:  

 

        Name:  

 

        Title:  

 


Exhibit A

List of Copyrights

United States Copyright Registrations and Applications

 

Copyright

  

Status

  

App/Reg. No.

  

App/Reg. Date

        
        
        


EXHIBIT G

ADDITIONAL GRANTOR JOINDER AGREEMENT

This J OINDER A GREEMENT , dated as of             ,         , is delivered pursuant to (a)  Section 8.15 of the Security Agreement, dated as of December 15, 2015 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”), among Bloom Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the Guarantors from time to time party thereto (the “ Guarantors ” and together the Company, each a “ Grantor ” and collectively, the “ Grantors ”) and U.S. Bank National Association, in its capacity as Collateral Agent pursuant to the Indenture (as hereinafter defined) (in such capacity and together with any successors in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”). Capitalized terms used herein but not defined herein are used herein with the meaning given them in the Security Agreement.

By executing and delivering this Joinder Agreement, the undersigned hereby becomes a party to and Grantor under the Security Agreement with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Grantor therein and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, as security for the full, prompt, complete and final payment when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) and prompt performance and observance of all the Secured Obligations, the undersigned hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, for itself and for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in and to all of the undersigned’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Collateral, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by the undersigned or in which the undersigned now holds or hereafter acquires any interest and expressly assumes all obligations and liabilities of a Grantor thereunder. From and after the date hereof, the undersigned shall for all purposes be a party to the Security Agreement and shall have the same rights, benefits and obligations as a Grantor party thereto.

The information set forth in Annex I is hereby added to the information set forth in Schedules I , II , III and IV and Exhibits A , B , and C to the Security Agreement.

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that each of the representations and warranties contained in the Security Agreement, made with respect to the undersigned and giving effect to this Joinder Agreement, is true and correct in all material respects on and as the date hereof as if made on and as of such date, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects on and as of such earlier date; provided that, if a representation and warranty is qualified as to materiality, the materiality qualifier shall be disregarded with respect to such representation and warranty.

This Joinder Agreement shall be governed by, construed and enforced in accordance with, the internal law of the State of New York without reference to conflicts of law rules other than Section 5-1401 of the General Obligations Law of the State of New York except that matters concerning the validity and perfection of a security interest shall be governed by the conflict of law rules set forth in the UCC. The undersigned hereby consents to the application of New York civil law to the construction, interpretation and enforcement of this Joinder Agreement, and to the application of New York civil law to the procedural aspects of any suit, action or proceeding relating thereto, including, but not limited to, legal process, execution of judgments and other legal remedies.


This Joinder Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, any set of which signed by all the parties hereto shall be deemed to constitute a complete, executed original for all purposes. Transmission by facsimile, “PDF” or similar electronic format of an executed counterpart of this Joinder Agreement shall be deemed to constitute due and sufficient delivery of such counterpart.

[This Space Intentionally Left Blank]


I N WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has caused this Joinder Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

  [A DDITIONAL G RANTOR ]
  By:  

 

    Name:  
    Title:  

ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED

as of the date of this Joinder Agreement

first above written.

 

U.S. B ANK N ATIONAL A SSOCIATION , not in its individual capacity but solely as Collateral Agent
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  


ANNEX I

[New Grantor to complete as appropriate]


SCHEDULE I

LEGAL NAME; JURISDICTION OF FORMATION; BOOKS AND RECORDS; LOCATION OF COLLATERAL

 

Legal Name

  

Jurisdiction

of Formation

  

Chief Executive Office; Principal
Place of

Business; Location of Books

and Records

  

Other Collateral Locations

        
        
        
        
        
        
        


SCHEDULE II

COMMERCIAL TORT CLAIMS

[Company to provide]


SCHEDULE III

(See Section 3.09 of Security Agreement)

DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS

 

Name of Grantor

  

Name of Institution

  

Account Number

  

Check here if Deposit
Account is a Collateral
Deposit Account

  

Description of Deposit
Account if not a

Collateral Deposit

Account

           
           
           
           
           
           
           


SCHEDULE IV

LIST OF PLEDGED COLLATERAL, SECURITIES AND OTHER INVESTMENT PROPERTY

STOCKS

 

Name of Grantor

   Issuer    Certificate
Number(s)
   Number of
Shares
   Class of Stock    Percentage of
Outstanding

Shares
              
              
              

BONDS

 

Name of Grantor

   Issuer    Number    Face Amount    Coupon Rate    Maturity
              
              
              

GOVERNMENT SECURITIES

 

Name of Grantor

   Issuer      Number      Type      Face Amount      Coupon Rate      Maturity  
                 
                 
                 

OTHER SECURITIES OR OTHER INVESTMENT PROPERTY

(CERTIFICATED AND UNCERTIFICATED)

 

Name of Grantor

   Issuer      Description of Collateral      Percentage Ownership
Interest
 
        
        
        

Exhibit 4.7

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE OR INSTRUMENT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT AND QUALIFIED OR EXEMPTED FROM QUALIFICATION UNDER ALL APPLICABLE BLUE SKY LAWS, OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE OR INSTRUMENT ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SECURITIES.

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE OR INSTRUMENT ARE SUBJECT TO A LOCK-UP PERIOD OF UP TO 180 DAYS FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF A REGISTRATION STATEMENT OF THE COMPANY FILED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AS SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SECURITIES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY. SUCH LOCK-UP PERIOD IS BINDING ON THE TRANSFEREES OF THESE SECURITIES.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE OR INSTRUMENT ARE SECURITY FOR CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS OBLIGATIONS OF THE HOLDER PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF A NOTE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE HOLDER AND THE ISSUER. THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THE AFOREMENTIONED AGREEMENTS. A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENTS MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE COMPANY.

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE OR INSTRUMENT ARE SECURITY FOR CERTAIN INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS OF THE HOLDER ON THE TERMS SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE HOLDER AND THE ISSUER. THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THE AFOREMENTIONED AGREEMENT. A COPY OF THE AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE COMPANY.

THE HOLDER OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE OR INSTRUMENT HAS AGREED TO WAIVE ANY RIGHTS TO OBTAIN INFORMATION CONCERNING THE ISSUER, INCLUDING PURSUANT TO SECTION 220 OF THE DELAWARE GENERAL COPORATION LAW. SUCH WAIVER IS BINDING UPON ANY TRANSFEREE OF THESE SECURITIES AND A CONDITION TO TRANSFER OF THESE SECURITIES IS THE TRANSFEREE’S AGREEMENT TO SUCH WAIVER. A COPY OF THE AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE COMPANY.


THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT ARE SUBJECT TO FURTHER RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AS SET FORTH HEREIN.

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

AGREEMENT AND WARRANT TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK

Effective Date: June 27, 2014

Void After: June 26, 2019

This Agreement and Warrant to Purchase Common Stock (this “ Agreement ” or “ Warrant ”) certifies that, for value received, Keith Daubenspeck (the “ Holder ”), is entitled, subject to the terms set forth below, to purchase from Bloom Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the Warrant Shares upon surrender of this Warrant, at the principal office of the Company referred to below, with the subscription form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Notice of Exercise ”) duly executed, and simultaneous payment therefor in lawful money of the United States (or otherwise as hereinafter provided) of the aggregate Exercise Price (as defined below). The Exercise Price and the number of Warrant Shares purchasable hereunder are subject to adjustment as provided herein.

This Warrant has been issued pursuant to that certain Securities Acquisition Agreement, dated as of as of the Effective Date set forth above, by and between the Company, Holder, and certain other parties (the “ Confidential Agreement ”) and that certain Securities Acquisition Agreement, dated as of the Effective Date, by and between the Company, the Holder, and certain other parties (the “ Securities Acquisition Agreement ”) and this Warrant is subject to the Transfer Restrictions, the Indemnification Obligations, and the Security Obligations (each as defined in the Securities Acquisition Agreement) and the other terms and conditions found in the Confidential Agreement and the Securities Acquisition Agreement. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall be given the meaning assigned to such term in the Securities Acquisition Agreement. This Warrant and the Warrant Shares have been pledged as collateral for the payment and performance of certain obligations of the Holder under that certain Security Agreement of even date with the Confidential Agreement (the “ Security Agreement ”).

1. Number of Shares . This Warrant may be exercised, in whole or in part, for up to 25,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “ Warrant Shares ”).

2. Exercise Price . The per share purchase price of the Warrant Shares (the “ Exercise Price ”) for which this Warrant may be exercised shall be $25.76.

3. Exercise of Warrant .

3.1 Time of Exercise . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, this Warrant shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time prior to 5:00 p.m. (Pacific Standard Time) on June 26, 2019 (the “ Expiration Date ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Warrant shall terminate immediately prior to the consummation of a Liquidation (as defined in the Securities Acquisition Agreement). The Company shall provide the Holder with the same notice of a Liquidation that the Company provides to its stockholders generally.

 

2


3.2 Method of Exercise . The exercise shall only be effected by (a) the surrender of the original copy of this Warrant to the Company at the principal office of the Company as set forth in Section 11.4 (or such other office or agency of the Company as may be designated by notice in writing to the Holder at the address of the Holder appearing on the books of the Company), (b) delivery of a notarized and executed Notice of Exercise and (c) unless payment of the Exercise Price is made pursuant to a “net exercise” as provided under Section 4 below, payment of the Exercise Price in cash or by check acceptable to the Company.

3.3 Effect of Exercise . This Warrant (or the portion thereof exercised) shall be deemed to have been exercised immediately prior to the close of business on the date of its surrender for exercise as provided above, and the person entitled to receive the shares of Warrant Shares issuable upon such exercise shall be treated for all purposes as the holder of record of such shares as of the close of business on such date. Subject to the terms of the Securities Acquisition Agreement, the Company, at its expense, shall, within five (5) business days after exercise, issue and deliver to the person or persons entitled to receive the same a certificate or certificates for the number of shares issuable upon such exercise and, unless this Warrant shall have expired, a new warrant representing the right to acquire the number of shares of Warrant Shares represented by the surrendered Warrant, if any, that shall not have been exercised shall also be delivered to the Holder.

3.4 Duty to Deliver . Subject to the terms of the Securities Acquisition Agreement, each stock certificate issued upon exercise of this Warrant (or issued upon conversion thereof), and issued in connection with adjustments under Section 10 hereof with respect to such shares, shall be immediately delivered to the Company and be held in escrow by the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 4 of the Securities Acquisition Agreement and pursuant to the provisions of Section 3 of the Security Agreement. Furthermore, any new, additional or different securities that may now or hereafter become distributable with respect to any securities issued upon exercise of this Warrant by reason of any adjustment required by Section 10 of hereof or otherwise shall, upon receipt by the Holder, be promptly delivered to and deposited with the Company unless otherwise deposited immediately into escrow by the Company according to the Securities Acquisition Agreement. The Holder shall provide with respect to each such certificate representing such securities one or more stock powers properly executed in blank in the form attached to the Securities Acquisition Agreement.

3.5 Limitation on Exercise . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company’s obligation to issue Warrant Shares hereunder is subject to additional limitations set forth in Section 10 of the Confidential Agreement pursuant to which the Warrant Shares, if issued, stand as security for certain indemnity obligations of the initial Holder, and pursuant to which the Company’s obligations to issue Warrant Shares hereunder may be cancelled in satisfaction of such obligations.

4. Net Exercise .

4.1 Net Issue Exercise . In lieu of exercising this Warrant via cash payment, the Holder may elect to receive shares equal to the value of this Warrant (or the portion thereof being canceled) by surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company together with the completed Notice of Exercise indicating the Holder’s election to exercise this Warrant by means of a “net exercise,” in which event the Company shall issue to the Holder a number of shares of Common Stock computed using the following formula:

 

X = Y (A - B)

             A

 

Where    X    =    the number of Warrant Shares to be issued to the Holder.

 

3


   Y    =    the number of Warrant Shares purchasable under this Warrant or, if only a portion of the Warrant is being exercised, the portion of the Warrant being cancelled (at the date of such calculation).
   A    =    the fair market value (as determined below) of one Warrant Share (at the date of such calculation).
   B    =    the Exercise Price (as adjusted to the date of such calculation).

If the above calculation results in a negative number, then no shares of Warrant Shares shall be issued or issuable upon conversion of this Warrant.

4.2 Fair Market Value . For purposes of this Section 4, the fair market value of one Warrant Share shall be determined by the Company’s Board of Directors in good faith; provided, however, that where there exists a public market for the Warrant Shares at the time of such exercise, the fair market value per Warrant Share shall be the average of the closing bid and asked prices of the Warrant Shares quoted in the Over-The-Counter Market Summary or the average of the high and low prices as reported by The Nasdaq National Market, the Nasdaq Small Cap Market or on any exchange on which the Warrant Shares is listed, whichever is applicable, for the five (5) trading days prior to the date of the delivery of the Net Exercise Notice.

5. No Fractional Shares or Scrip . No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant. In lieu of any fractional share to which the Holder would otherwise be entitled, the Company shall make a cash payment equal to the Exercise Price multiplied by such fraction computed to the nearest whole cent.

6. No Rights as Stockholder . The Holder shall not be entitled to vote or receive dividends or be deemed the holder of Warrant Shares or any other securities of the Company that may at any time be issuable on the exercise hereof for any purpose, nor shall anything contained herein be construed to confer upon the Holder, as such, any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action or to receive notice of meetings, or to receive dividends or subscription rights or otherwise, until the Warrant shall have been exercised as provided herein.

7. Transfer of Warrant .

7.1 Transferability of Warrant . Holder agrees that this Warrant and the securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant may not be offered, sold, transferred or disposed of in any other way without the prior written consent of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Warrant and the securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant may be transferred to the heirs of the Holder provided that such heirs assume all of the obligations of the Holder that are set forth in the Settlement Agreements (as defined in the Securities Acquisition Agreement).

7.2 Shares Issued Upon Exercise Subject to Transfer Restrictions . The securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be subject to the Transfer Restrictions, the Indemnification Obligations, and the Security Obligations, as well as any other limitations set forth in the Securities Acquisition Agreement, and each transferee of this Warrant or the securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant, shall agree as a condition to any offer, sale, transfer, or disposition that this Warrant and/or any securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Transfer Restrictions, the Indemnification Obligations, and the Security Obligations, as well as such other limitations.

 

4


7.3 Transfer Procedures . Subject to the foregoing limitations and requirements, if Holder desires to offer, sell, transfer or dispose of in any other way this Warrant or the securities issuable upon exercise of the Warrant, Holder shall comply with the procedures set forth in Section 3.1(b) of the Securities Acquisition Agreement. Prior to a permitted transfer, the Company shall treat the Holder hereof as the owner and Holder of this Warrant and Company shall not be affected by notice to the contrary.

7.4 Register . The Company will maintain a register (the “ Warrant Register ”) containing the name and address of the Holder. The Holder of this Warrant may change its address as shown on the Warrant Register by written notice to the Company requesting such change. Any notice or written communication required or permitted to be given to the Holder may be delivered or given by mail to the Holder as shown on the Warrant Register and at the address shown on the Warrant Register.

8. Representations and Warranties of the Holder and Restrictions on Transfer Imposed .

8.1 Representations and Warranties by the Holder . In order to induce the Company to issue this Warrant to the original Holder, the original Holder has made representations and warranties to the Company as set forth in the Securities Acquisition Agreement, which are incorporated herein by reference.

8.2 Legends . The Holder agrees that it will not offer, sell or otherwise dispose of this Warrant or any Warrant Shares to be issued upon exercise hereof except under circumstances which will not result in a violation of the Securities Act or any state securities law. This Warrant and all Warrant Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant shall be stamped or imprinted with legends in substantially the forms set forth at the top of this Warrant.

9. Lost Documents . Upon receipt by the Company of evidence and indemnity satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of, and upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, if mutilated, the Company will make and deliver to the Holder, in lieu of this Warrant, a new Warrant of the same series and of like tenor of this Warrant.

10. Adjustments . The number of shares purchasable hereunder are subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:

10.1 Reorganization, Reclassification. Merger or Conveyance . If any capital reorganization or reclassification or merger or conveyance of the capital stock of the Company shall be effected in such a way that holders of Warrant Shares shall be entitled to receive stock, securities or assets with respect to or in exchange for Warrant Shares, then, as a condition of such reorganization, reclassification, merger or conveyance, lawful and adequate provisions shall be made whereby the Holder of the Warrant shall thereafter have the right to receive upon the basis and upon the terms and conditions specified herein and in lieu of the shares of Warrant Shares immediately theretofore receivable upon the exercise of the Warrant, such shares of stock, securities or assets (including cash) as may be issued or payable with respect to or in exchange for a number of outstanding shares of such Warrant Shares equal to the number of shares of such stock immediately theretofore so receivable, had such reorganization, reclassification, merger or conveyance not taken place, and in any such case appropriate provision shall be made with respect to the rights and interests of such holder to the end that the provisions hereof (including, without limitation, provisions for adjustments of the Exercise Price) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as may be, in relation to any shares of stock, securities or assets thereafter deliverable upon the exercise of such exercise rights.

 

5


10.2 Split, Subdivision or Combination of Shares . If the Company at any time while this Warrant, or any portion thereof, remains outstanding and unexpired shall split, subdivide or combine the securities as to which purchase rights under this Warrant exist, into a different number of securities of the same class, the Exercise Price for such securities shall be proportionately decreased in the case of a split or subdivision or proportionately increased in the case of a combination and the number of the securities as to which purchaser rights under this Warrant exist shall be increased or decreased proportionately in accordance with such split subdivision or combination.

10.3 Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment pursuant to this Section 10, the Company at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to the Secretary of the Company for filing in the Company’s records and to the Holder a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Company shall, upon the written request, at any time, of the Holder, furnish or cause to be furnished to the Holder a like certificate setting forth: (a) such adjustments and readjustments; (b) the Exercise Price at the time in effect; and (c) the number of shares and the amount, if any, of other property that at the time would be received upon the exercise of the Warrant. No such adjustment or change shall compel immediate exercise of this Warrant or otherwise affect the Expiration Date of this Warrant. Irrespective of any adjustment or other changes made hereunder, this Warrant (or any other warrant issued in exchange therefor) may continue to express the same number and kind of Warrant Shares (except to the extent exercised) and the same Exercise Price as are initially stated herein.

11. General Provisions .

11.1 Governing Law . The validity, interpretation, performance, and enforcement of this Warrant, as well as any other rights, obligations or liabilities otherwise related to the subject matter of this Warrant, shall be governed by and construed under the internal laws of the State of California as applied to agreements among California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within California, without reference to principles of conflict of laws or choice of laws.

11.2 Survival . The representations, warranties, covenants and agreements made herein shall survive the execution of this Agreement and the exercise of this Warrant.

11.3 Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties hereto. The Company may assign any of its rights and obligations under this Warrant. Except as set forth in Section 7.1, the Holder may not assign, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, any of its rights and obligations under this Warrant, unless the Company provides prior written consent.

11.4 Notices, etc . Any and all notices required or permitted to be given to a party pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement will be in writing and will be effective and deemed to provide such party sufficient notice under this Agreement on the earliest of the following: (a) at the time of personal delivery, if delivery is in person; (b) one (1) business day after deposit with an express overnight courier for United States deliveries, or two (2) business days after such deposit for deliveries outside of the United States; or (c) three (3) business days after deposit in the United States mail by certified mail (return receipt requested) for United States deliveries. All notices for delivery outside the United States will be sent by express courier. All notices not delivered personally will be sent with postage and/or other charges prepaid and properly addressed to the party to be notified at the address set forth below the signature lines of this Agreement or at such other address as such other party may designate by one of the indicated means of notice herein to the other party hereto. A “business day” shall be a day, other than Saturday or Sunday, when the banks in the city of San Francisco are open for business.

 

6


11.5 Amendments . This Warrant may be amended and the observance of any term of this Warrant may be waived only with the written consent of the Company and the Holder. No delay or failure to require performance of any provision of this Warrant shall constitute a waiver of that provision as to that or any other instance. No waiver granted under this Warrant as to any one provision herein shall constitute a subsequent waiver of such provision or of any other provision herein, nor shall it constitute the waiver of any performance other than the actual performance specifically waived.

11.6 Arbitration . Any dispute or controversy of any kind between the parties hereto, whether arising out of, relating to or concerning any interpretation, construction, performance or breach of this Agreement, or otherwise, shall be settled by confidential arbitration to be held in Santa Clara, California in accordance with the commercial dispute rules then in effect of the American Arbitration Association. The Arbitrator may grant injunctions or other relief in such dispute or controversy. Judgment may be entered on the Arbitrator’s decision in any court having jurisdiction. The Company and the Holder shall each be responsible for one half of the costs and expenses of such arbitration, and each shall separately pay its counsel fees and expenses; provided, however, in the event of a determination by the Arbitrator which is adverse to the Company or the Holder, as the case may be, the non-prevailing party shall be responsible for all of the costs and expenses of such arbitration, and for all of the counsel fees and expenses of the Company or the Holder relating thereto. For purposes of any action arising out of the application, interpretation or alleged breach of this Agreement, each of the parties hereto waives any statutory or common law principle, and any judicial interpretation of this Agreement, which would create a presumption against any party hereto as a result of such party having drafted any provision of this Agreement. Counsel for the respective parties have reviewed and revised this Agreement, and there shall not be applied any rule construing ambiguities against the drafting party.

11.7 Severability . If any provision of this Warrant is determined by any court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such provision will be enforced to the maximum extent possible given the intent of the parties hereto. If such clause or provision cannot be so enforced, such provision shall be stricken from this Warrant and the remainder shall be enforced as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable clause or provision had (to the extent not enforceable) never been contained in such agreement.

11.8 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument. This Warrant may be executed and delivered by facsimile or other means of electronic delivery and upon such delivery the signature will be deemed to have the same effect as if the original signature had been delivered to the other party.

***

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company and the Holder have caused the Warrant to be executed by a duly authorized officer thereof as of the effective date of this Warrant set forth above.

 

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION
By:   /s/ William H. Kurtz
 

 

  Name:   William H. Kurtz
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

 

AGREED AND ACCEPTED:
KEITH DAUBENSPECK
By:   /s/ KEITH DAUBENSPECK
 

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO COMMON STOCK WARRANT]


EXHIBIT A

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

To: BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

We refer to that certain Agreement and Warrant to Purchase Common Stock (the “ Warrant ”). Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall be given the meaning assigned to such term in the Warrant.

(1) Cash Exercise : The undersigned hereby elects to purchase                  shares of Common Stock (“ Warrant Shares ”) of Bloom Energy Corporation pursuant to the terms of the Warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the Exercise Price for such shares in full at the price per share provided in the Warrant and the attached signed and Stock Power and Assignment Separate from Stock Certificate.

Net Exercise Election : The undersigned hereby elects to convert the Warrant into shares of Common Stock (“ Warrant Shares ”) by net exercise election pursuant to the terms of the Warrant and tenders herewith the attached signed and Stock Power and Assignment Separate from Stock Certificate. This conversion is exercised with respect to                              of the Warrant Shares covered by the Warrant.

(2) The undersigned hereby confirms and acknowledges that

 

  a. The representations and warranties set forth in Section 2 of the Securities Acquisition Agreement as they apply to the undersigned Holder continue to be true and complete as of this date with the same effect as when they were made on and as of the Effective Date (as defined in the Securities Acquisition Agreement).

 

  b. The undersigned Holder has performed and complied with, and has not breached any of, the terms, agreements, obligations and conditions of the Settlement Agreements (as defined in the Securities Acquisition Agreement).

 

  c. The undersigned Holder hereby agrees, confirms, and acknowledge that the Warrant Shares being issued to me on the date hereof is subject to the Transfer Restrictions, the Indemnification Obligations, the Security Obligations, the other restrictions set forth in the Securities Acquisition Agreement the terms of the Note and Security Agreement, and applicable law.

(4) Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares of Warrant Shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below, with the understanding that such certificate shall be withheld by the Company in accordance with Section 4 of the Securities Acquisition Agreement.

 

KEITH DAUBENSPECK

 

Print Name

 

Signature

 

Date


Stock Power And Assignment

Separate From Stock Certificate

FOR VALUE RECEIVED and pursuant to that certain Warrant to Purchase Common Stock, dated as of                      (the “ Agreement ”), the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto                             ,                  shares of the Common Stock of Bloom Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), standing in the undersigned’s name on the books of the Company represented by Certificate No(s).              delivered herewith, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint the Secretary of the Company as the undersigned’s attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution, to transfer said stock on the books of the Company. THIS ASSIGNMENT MAY ONLY BE USED AS AUTHORIZED BY THE AGREEMENT AND ANY EXHIBITS THERETO .

 

Dated:  

 

/s/ Keith Daubenspeck

 

(Signature)

Keith Daubenspeck

(Please Print Name)

Instruction : Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line. The purpose of this Stock Power and Assignment is to enable the Company and/or its assignee(s) to acquire the shares upon exercise of its rights under applicable agreements between the Company and Holder without requiring additional signatures on the part of Holder.

Exhibit 4.8

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE OR INSTRUMENT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT AND QUALIFIED OR EXEMPTED FROM QUALIFICATION UNDER ALL APPLICABLE BLUE SKY LAWS, OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE OR INSTRUMENT ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SECURITIES.

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE OR INSTRUMENT ARE SUBJECT TO A LOCK-UP PERIOD OF UP TO 180 DAYS FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF A REGISTRATION STATEMENT OF THE COMPANY FILED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AS SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SECURITIES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY. SUCH LOCK-UP PERIOD IS BINDING ON THE TRANSFEREES OF THESE SECURITIES.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE OR INSTRUMENT ARE SECURITY FOR CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS OBLIGATIONS OF THE HOLDER PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF A NOTE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE HOLDER AND THE ISSUER. THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THE AFOREMENTIONED AGREEMENTS. A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENTS MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE COMPANY.

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE OR INSTRUMENT ARE SECURITY FOR CERTAIN INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS OF THE HOLDER ON THE TERMS SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE HOLDER AND THE ISSUER. THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THE AFOREMENTIONED AGREEMENT. A COPY OF THE AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE COMPANY.

THE HOLDER OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE OR INSTRUMENT HAS AGREED TO WAIVE ANY RIGHTS TO OBTAIN INFORMATION CONCERNING THE ISSUER, INCLUDING PURSUANT TO SECTION 220 OF THE DELAWARE GENERAL COPORATION LAW. SUCH WAIVER IS BINDING UPON ANY TRANSFEREE OF THESE SECURITIES AND A CONDITION TO TRANSFER OF THESE SECURITIES IS THE TRANSFEREE’S AGREEMENT TO SUCH WAIVER. A COPY OF THE AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE COMPANY.


THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT ARE SUBJECT TO FURTHER RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AS SET FORTH HEREIN.

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

AGREEMENT AND WARRANT TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK

Effective Date: June 27, 2014

Void After: June 26, 2019

This Agreement and Warrant to Purchase Common Stock (this “ Agreement ” or “ Warrant ”) certifies that, for value received, Dwight Badger (the “ Holder ”), is entitled, subject to the terms set forth below, to purchase from Bloom Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the Warrant Shares upon surrender of this Warrant, at the principal office of the Company referred to below, with the subscription form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Notice of Exercise ”) duly executed, and simultaneous payment therefor in lawful money of the United States (or otherwise as hereinafter provided) of the aggregate Exercise Price (as defined below). The Exercise Price and the number of Warrant Shares purchasable hereunder are subject to adjustment as provided herein.

This Warrant has been issued pursuant to that certain Securities Acquisition Agreement, dated as of as of the Effective Date set forth above, by and between the Company, Holder, and certain other parties (the “ Confidential Agreement ”) and that certain Securities Acquisition Agreement, dated as of the Effective Date, by and between the Company, the Holder, and certain other parties (the “ Securities Acquisition Agreement ”) and this Warrant is subject to the Transfer Restrictions, the Indemnification Obligations, and the Security Obligations (each as defined in the Securities Acquisition Agreement) and the other terms and conditions found in the Confidential Agreement and the Securities Acquisition Agreement. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall be given the meaning assigned to such term in the Securities Acquisition Agreement. This Warrant and the Warrant Shares have been pledged as collateral for the payment and performance of certain obligations of the Holder under that certain Security Agreement of even date with the Confidential Agreement (the “ Security Agreement ”).

1. Number of Shares . This Warrant may be exercised, in whole or in part, for up to 25,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “ Warrant Shares ”).

2. Exercise Price . The per share purchase price of the Warrant Shares (the “ Exercise Price ”) for which this Warrant may be exercised shall be $25.76.

3. Exercise of Warrant .

3.1 Time of Exercise . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, this Warrant shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time prior to 5:00 p.m. (Pacific Standard Time) on June 26, 2019 (the “ Expiration Date ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Warrant shall terminate immediately prior to the consummation of a Liquidation (as defined in the Securities Acquisition Agreement). The Company shall provide the Holder with the same notice of a Liquidation that the Company provides to its stockholders generally.

 

2


3.2 Method of Exercise . The exercise shall only be effected by (a) the surrender of the original copy of this Warrant to the Company at the principal office of the Company as set forth in Section 11.4 (or such other office or agency of the Company as may be designated by notice in writing to the Holder at the address of the Holder appearing on the books of the Company), (b) delivery of a notarized and executed Notice of Exercise and (c) unless payment of the Exercise Price is made pursuant to a “net exercise” as provided under Section 4 below, payment of the Exercise Price in cash or by check acceptable to the Company.

3.3 Effect of Exercise . This Warrant (or the portion thereof exercised) shall be deemed to have been exercised immediately prior to the close of business on the date of its surrender for exercise as provided above, and the person entitled to receive the shares of Warrant Shares issuable upon such exercise shall be treated for all purposes as the holder of record of such shares as of the close of business on such date. Subject to the terms of the Securities Acquisition Agreement, the Company, at its expense, shall, within five (5) business days after exercise, issue and deliver to the person or persons entitled to receive the same a certificate or certificates for the number of shares issuable upon such exercise and, unless this Warrant shall have expired, a new warrant representing the right to acquire the number of shares of Warrant Shares represented by the surrendered Warrant, if any, that shall not have been exercised shall also be delivered to the Holder.

3.4 Duty to Deliver . Subject to the terms of the Securities Acquisition Agreement, each stock certificate issued upon exercise of this Warrant (or issued upon conversion thereof), and issued in connection with adjustments under Section 10 hereof with respect to such shares, shall be immediately delivered to the Company and be held in escrow by the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 4 of the Securities Acquisition Agreement and pursuant to the provisions of Section 3 of the Security Agreement. Furthermore, any new, additional or different securities that may now or hereafter become distributable with respect to any securities issued upon exercise of this Warrant by reason of any adjustment required by Section 10 of hereof or otherwise shall, upon receipt by the Holder, be promptly delivered to and deposited with the Company unless otherwise deposited immediately into escrow by the Company according to the Securities Acquisition Agreement. The Holder shall provide with respect to each such certificate representing such securities one or more stock powers properly executed in blank in the form attached to the Securities Acquisition Agreement.

3.5 Limitation on Exercise . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company’s obligation to issue Warrant Shares hereunder is subject to additional limitations set forth in Section 10 of the Confidential Agreement pursuant to which the Warrant Shares, if issued, stand as security for certain indemnity obligations of the initial Holder, and pursuant to which the Company’s obligations to issue Warrant Shares hereunder may be cancelled in satisfaction of such obligations.

4. Net Exercise .

4.1 Net Issue Exercise . In lieu of exercising this Warrant via cash payment, the Holder may elect to receive shares equal to the value of this Warrant (or the portion thereof being canceled) by surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company together with the completed Notice of Exercise indicating the Holder’s election to exercise this Warrant by means of a “net exercise,” in which event the Company shall issue to the Holder a number of shares of Common Stock computed using the following formula:

 

X = Y (A - B)
             A

 

Where    X    =    the number of Warrant Shares to be issued to the Holder.

 

3


   Y    =    the number of Warrant Shares purchasable under this Warrant or, if only a portion of the Warrant is being exercised, the portion of the Warrant being cancelled (at the date of such calculation).
   A    =    the fair market value (as determined below) of one Warrant Share (at the date of such calculation).
   B    =    the Exercise Price (as adjusted to the date of such calculation).

If the above calculation results in a negative number, then no shares of Warrant Shares shall be issued or issuable upon conversion of this Warrant.

4.2 Fair Market Value . For purposes of this Section 4, the fair market value of one Warrant Share shall be determined by the Company’s Board of Directors in good faith; provided, however, that where there exists a public market for the Warrant Shares at the time of such exercise, the fair market value per Warrant Share shall be the average of the closing bid and asked prices of the Warrant Shares quoted in the Over-The-Counter Market Summary or the average of the high and low prices as reported by The Nasdaq National Market, the Nasdaq Small Cap Market or on any exchange on which the Warrant Shares is listed, whichever is applicable, for the five (5) trading days prior to the date of the delivery of the Net Exercise Notice.

5. No Fractional Shares or Scrip . No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant. In lieu of any fractional share to which the Holder would otherwise be entitled, the Company shall make a cash payment equal to the Exercise Price multiplied by such fraction computed to the nearest whole cent.

6. No Rights as Stockholder . The Holder shall not be entitled to vote or receive dividends or be deemed the holder of Warrant Shares or any other securities of the Company that may at any time be issuable on the exercise hereof for any purpose, nor shall anything contained herein be construed to confer upon the Holder, as such, any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action or to receive notice of meetings, or to receive dividends or subscription rights or otherwise, until the Warrant shall have been exercised as provided herein.

7. Transfer of Warrant .

7.1 Transferability of Warrant . Holder agrees that this Warrant and the securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant may not be offered, sold, transferred or disposed of in any other way without the prior written consent of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Warrant and the securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant may be transferred to the heirs of the Holder provided that such heirs assume all of the obligations of the Holder that are set forth in the Settlement Agreements (as defined in the Securities Acquisition Agreement).

7.2 Shares Issued Upon Exercise Subject to Transfer Restrictions . The securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be subject to the Transfer Restrictions, the Indemnification Obligations, and the Security Obligations, as well as any other limitations set forth in the Securities Acquisition Agreement, and each transferee of this Warrant or the securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant, shall agree as a condition to any offer, sale, transfer, or disposition that this Warrant and/or any securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Transfer Restrictions, the Indemnification Obligations, and the Security Obligations, as well as such other limitations.

 

4


7.3 Transfer Procedures . Subject to the foregoing limitations and requirements, if Holder desires to offer, sell, transfer or dispose of in any other way this Warrant or the securities issuable upon exercise of the Warrant, Holder shall comply with the procedures set forth in Section 3.1(b) of the Securities Acquisition Agreement. Prior to a permitted transfer, the Company shall treat the Holder hereof as the owner and Holder of this Warrant and Company shall not be affected by notice to the contrary.

7.4 Register . The Company will maintain a register (the “ Warrant Register ”) containing the name and address of the Holder. The Holder of this Warrant may change its address as shown on the Warrant Register by written notice to the Company requesting such change. Any notice or written communication required or permitted to be given to the Holder may be delivered or given by mail to the Holder as shown on the Warrant Register and at the address shown on the Warrant Register.

8. Representations and Warranties of the Holder and Restrictions on Transfer Imposed .

8.1 Representations and Warranties by the Holder . In order to induce the Company to issue this Warrant to the original Holder, the original Holder has made representations and warranties to the Company as set forth in the Securities Acquisition Agreement, which are incorporated herein by reference.

8.2 Legends . The Holder agrees that it will not offer, sell or otherwise dispose of this Warrant or any Warrant Shares to be issued upon exercise hereof except under circumstances which will not result in a violation of the Securities Act or any state securities law. This Warrant and all Warrant Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant shall be stamped or imprinted with legends in substantially the forms set forth at the top of this Warrant.    

9. Lost Documents . Upon receipt by the Company of evidence and indemnity satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of, and upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, if mutilated, the Company will make and deliver to the Holder, in lieu of this Warrant, a new Warrant of the same series and of like tenor of this Warrant.

10. Adjustments . The number of shares purchasable hereunder are subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:

10.1 Reorganization, Reclassification. Merger or Conveyance . If any capital reorganization or reclassification or merger or conveyance of the capital stock of the Company shall be effected in such a way that holders of Warrant Shares shall be entitled to receive stock, securities or assets with respect to or in exchange for Warrant Shares, then, as a condition of such reorganization, reclassification, merger or conveyance, lawful and adequate provisions shall be made whereby the Holder of the Warrant shall thereafter have the right to receive upon the basis and upon the terms and conditions specified herein and in lieu of the shares of Warrant Shares immediately theretofore receivable upon the exercise of the Warrant, such shares of stock, securities or assets (including cash) as may be issued or payable with respect to or in exchange for a number of outstanding shares of such Warrant Shares equal to the number of shares of such stock immediately theretofore so receivable, had such reorganization, reclassification, merger or conveyance not taken place, and in any such case appropriate provision shall be made with respect to the rights and interests of such holder to the end that the provisions hereof (including, without limitation, provisions for adjustments of the Exercise Price) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as may be, in relation to any shares of stock, securities or assets thereafter deliverable upon the exercise of such exercise rights.

 

5


10.2 Split, Subdivision or Combination of Shares . If the Company at any time while this Warrant, or any portion thereof, remains outstanding and unexpired shall split, subdivide or combine the securities as to which purchase rights under this Warrant exist, into a different number of securities of the same class, the Exercise Price for such securities shall be proportionately decreased in the case of a split or subdivision or proportionately increased in the case of a combination and the number of the securities as to which purchaser rights under this Warrant exist shall be increased or decreased proportionately in accordance with such split subdivision or combination.

10.3 Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment pursuant to this Section 10, the Company at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to the Secretary of the Company for filing in the Company’s records and to the Holder a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Company shall, upon the written request, at any time, of the Holder, furnish or cause to be furnished to the Holder a like certificate setting forth: (a) such adjustments and readjustments; (b) the Exercise Price at the time in effect; and (c) the number of shares and the amount, if any, of other property that at the time would be received upon the exercise of the Warrant. No such adjustment or change shall compel immediate exercise of this Warrant or otherwise affect the Expiration Date of this Warrant. Irrespective of any adjustment or other changes made hereunder, this Warrant (or any other warrant issued in exchange therefor) may continue to express the same number and kind of Warrant Shares (except to the extent exercised) and the same Exercise Price as are initially stated herein.

11. General Provisions .

11.1 Governing Law . The validity, interpretation, performance, and enforcement of this Warrant, as well as any other rights, obligations or liabilities otherwise related to the subject matter of this Warrant, shall be governed by and construed under the internal laws of the State of California as applied to agreements among California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within California, without reference to principles of conflict of laws or choice of laws.

11.2 Survival . The representations, warranties, covenants and agreements made herein shall survive the execution of this Agreement and the exercise of this Warrant.

11.3 Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties hereto. The Company may assign any of its rights and obligations under this Warrant. Except as set forth in Section 7.1, the Holder may not assign, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, any of its rights and obligations under this Warrant, unless the Company provides prior written consent.

11.4 Notices, etc . Any and all notices required or permitted to be given to a party pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement will be in writing and will be effective and deemed to provide such party sufficient notice under this Agreement on the earliest of the following: (a) at the time of personal delivery, if delivery is in person; (b) one (1) business day after deposit with an express overnight courier for United States deliveries, or two (2) business days after such deposit for deliveries outside of the United States; or (c) three (3) business days after deposit in the United States mail by certified mail (return receipt requested) for United States deliveries. All notices for delivery outside the United States will be sent by express courier. All notices not delivered personally will be sent with postage and/or other charges prepaid and properly addressed to the party to be notified at the address set forth below the signature lines of this Agreement or at such other address as such other party may designate by one of the indicated means of notice herein to the other party hereto. A “business day” shall be a day, other than Saturday or Sunday, when the banks in the city of San Francisco are open for business.

 

6


11.5 Amendments . This Warrant may be amended and the observance of any term of this Warrant may be waived only with the written consent of the Company and the Holder. No delay or failure to require performance of any provision of this Warrant shall constitute a waiver of that provision as to that or any other instance. No waiver granted under this Warrant as to any one provision herein shall constitute a subsequent waiver of such provision or of any other provision herein, nor shall it constitute the waiver of any performance other than the actual performance specifically waived.

11.6 Arbitration . Any dispute or controversy of any kind between the parties hereto, whether arising out of, relating to or concerning any interpretation, construction, performance or breach of this Agreement, or otherwise, shall be settled by confidential arbitration to be held in Santa Clara, California in accordance with the commercial dispute rules then in effect of the American Arbitration Association. The Arbitrator may grant injunctions or other relief in such dispute or controversy. Judgment may be entered on the Arbitrator’s decision in any court having jurisdiction. The Company and the Holder shall each be responsible for one half of the costs and expenses of such arbitration, and each shall separately pay its counsel fees and expenses; provided, however, in the event of a determination by the Arbitrator which is adverse to the Company or the Holder, as the case may be, the non-prevailing party shall be responsible for all of the costs and expenses of such arbitration, and for all of the counsel fees and expenses of the Company or the Holder relating thereto. For purposes of any action arising out of the application, interpretation or alleged breach of this Agreement, each of the parties hereto waives any statutory or common law principle, and any judicial interpretation of this Agreement, which would create a presumption against any party hereto as a result of such party having drafted any provision of this Agreement. Counsel for the respective parties have reviewed and revised this Agreement, and there shall not be applied any rule construing ambiguities against the drafting party.

11.7 Severability . If any provision of this Warrant is determined by any court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such provision will be enforced to the maximum extent possible given the intent of the parties hereto. If such clause or provision cannot be so enforced, such provision shall be stricken from this Warrant and the remainder shall be enforced as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable clause or provision had (to the extent not enforceable) never been contained in such agreement.

11.8 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument. This Warrant may be executed and delivered by facsimile or other means of electronic delivery and upon such delivery the signature will be deemed to have the same effect as if the original signature had been delivered to the other party.

***

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company and the Holder have caused the Warrant to be executed by a duly authorized officer thereof as of the effective date of this Warrant set forth above.

 

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION
By:   /s/ William H. Kurtz
 

 

  Name:   William H. Kurtz
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

 

AGREED AND ACCEPTED:
DWIGHT BADGER
By:   /s/ Dwight O. Badger
 

 

Name:  

Dwight O. Badger

Title:  

 

Address:  

     

 

     

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO COMMON STOCK WARRANT]


EXHIBIT A

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

To: BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

We refer to that certain Agreement and Warrant to Purchase Common Stock (the “ Warrant ”). Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall be given the meaning assigned to such term in the Warrant.

(1) Cash Exercise : The undersigned hereby elects to purchase                shares of Common Stock (“ Warrant Shares ”) of Bloom Energy Corporation pursuant to the terms of the Warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the Exercise Price for such shares in full at the price per share provided in the Warrant and the attached signed and Stock Power and Assignment Separate from Stock Certificate.

Net Exercise Election : The undersigned hereby elects to convert the Warrant into shares of Common Stock (“ Warrant Shares ”) by net exercise election pursuant to the terms of the Warrant and tenders herewith the attached signed and Stock Power and Assignment Separate from Stock Certificate. This conversion is exercised with respect to                of the Warrant Shares covered by the Warrant.

(2) The undersigned hereby confirms and acknowledges that

 

  a. The representations and warranties set forth in Section 2 of the Securities Acquisition Agreement as they apply to the undersigned Holder continue to be true and complete as of this date with the same effect as when they were made on and as of the Effective Date (as defined in the Securities Acquisition Agreement).

 

  b. The undersigned Holder has performed and complied with, and has not breached any of, the terms, agreements, obligations and conditions of the Settlement Agreements (as defined in the Securities Acquisition Agreement).

 

  c. The undersigned Holder hereby agrees, confirms, and acknowledge that the Warrant Shares being issued to me on the date hereof is subject to the Transfer Restrictions, the Indemnification Obligations, the Security Obligations, the other restrictions set forth in the Securities Acquisition Agreement the terms of the Note and Security Agreement, and applicable law.

(4) Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares of Warrant Shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below, with the understanding that such certificate shall be withheld by the Company in accordance with Section 4 of the Securities Acquisition Agreement.

 

DWIGHT BADGER

 

Print Name

 

Signature

 

Date


Stock Power And Assignment

Separate From Stock Certificate

FOR VALUE RECEIVED and pursuant to that certain Warrant to Purchase Common Stock, dated as of                    (the “ Agreement ”), the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto                                         ,                shares of the Common Stock of Bloom Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), standing in the undersigned’s name on the books of the Company represented by Certificate No(s).        delivered herewith, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint the Secretary of the Company as the undersigned’s attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution, to transfer said stock on the books of the Company. THIS ASSIGNMENT MAY ONLY BE USED AS AUTHORIZED BY THE AGREEMENT AND ANY EXHIBITS THERETO.

 

Dated:  

 

/s/ Dwight Badger

 

(Signature)

Dwight Badger

(Please Print Name)

Instruction : Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line. The purpose of this Stock Power and Assignment is to enable the Company and/or its assignee(s) to acquire the shares upon exercise of its rights under applicable agreements between the Company and Holder without requiring additional signatures on the part of Holder.

Exhibit 4.9

 

LOGO

THIS WARRANT AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AS AMENDED (the “1933 ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THEY MAY NOT BE SOLD. OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED, OR HYPOTHECATED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO YOU THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE 1933 ACT. OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

PLAIN ENGLISH WARRANT AGREEMENT

This is a PLAIN ENGLISH WARRANT AGREEMENT dated December 31, 2010 by and between BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation, and TRIPLEPOINT CAPITAL LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

The words “We”, “Us”, or “Our” refer to the warrant holder, which is TRIPLEPOINT CAPITAL LLC. The words “You” or “Your” refers to the issuer, which is BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION, and not to any individual. The words “the Parties” refers to both TRIPLEPOINT CAPITAL LLC and BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION. This Plain English Warrant Agreement may be referred to as the “Warrant Agreement”.

The Parties have entered into a Plain English Master Lease Agreement dated as of December 31, 2010, and related Software or Hardware Facility Schedules and Summary Schedules which are collectively referred to in this Warrant Agreement as the “Lease Agreement”.

In consideration of such Lease Agreement, the Parties agree to the following mutual agreements and conditions set forth below:

 

W ARRANT I NFORMATION
Effective Date    Warrant Number    Lease Facility Schedules
December 31, 2010    0674-W-01    0674-LE-01H/-01S

 

Warrant Coverage

  

Number of Shares

  

Price Per Share

  

Type of Stock

$300,000 (3% of $10,000,000); additional warrant coverage as set forth in Section 1.

  

16,198; plus additional shares as set forth in Section 1. The Number of Shares is subject to adjustment as set forth in this Warrant Agreement.

  

$18.52 subject to adjustment as set forth in this Warrant Agreement

  

Series F Preferred Stock; subject to the provisions of Section 1.

 

   O UR C ONTACT I NFORMATION   

Name

  

Address For Notices

  

Contact Person

TriplePoint Capital LLC

  

2755 Sand Hill Road, Ste. 150

Menlo Park, CA 94025

Tel: (650) 854-2090

Fax: (650) 854-1850

  

Sajal Srivastava, COO

Tel: (650) 233-2102

Fax: (650) 854-1850

email: legal@triplepointcapital.com

   Y OUR C ONTACT I NFORMATION   

Customer Name

  

Address For Notices

  

Contact Person

Bloom Energy Corporation

  

1252 Orleans Drive

Sunnyvale, CA 94089

  

William Kurtz, CFO

Tel: (408) 543-1550

Fax: (408) 543-1501

email: wkurtz@bloomenergy.com

 

1


1. WHAT YOU AGREE TO GRANT US

You grant to Us and We are entitled, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Warrant Agreement, to purchase from You, at a price per share equal to the Exercise Price, that number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Your Warrant Stock equal to Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000), divided by the Exercise Price (rounded down to the nearest whole share).

In addition, You grant to Us and We are entitled, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Warrant Agreement, to purchase from You, at a price per share equal to the Exercise Price, an additional number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Your Warrant Stock (rounded down to the nearest whole share) equal to:

 

  Þ   one-half percent (0.5%) of any amounts leased under Part 1 of the Lease Agreement, divided by the Exercise Price, if You choose Option B for such leased Equipment; or

 

  Þ   one percent (1.0%) of any amounts leased under Part 1 of the Lease Agreement, divided by the Exercise Price, if You choose Option C for such leased Equipment.

The number of shares of Warrant Stock and the Exercise Price of such Warrant Stock are subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4 hereof.

For purposes of this Warrant Agreement, the following capitalized terms have the meanings given below:

“Exercise Price” means the lower of (a) $18.52 and (b) the lowest per share price for which Your preferred stock is sold in the Next Round.

“Next Round” means the next bona fide round of equity financing in which You issue and sell shares of your preferred stock for aggregate gross cash proceeds of at least $1,000,000 (excluding any amounts received upon conversion or cancellation of indebtedness) subsequent to the Effective Date.

“Warrant Stock” means (a) the class and series of Your preferred stock issued in the Next Round, if the lowest per share price for which such preferred stock is sold in the Next Round is less than $18.52, or (b) in all other cases, Your Series F Preferred Stock. For avoidance of doubt, if this Warrant Agreement is exercised prior to the Next Round then this Warrant Agreement shall be exercisable for Your Series F Preferred Stock.

The Parties agree that this Warrant Agreement to purchase the Warrant Stock has a fair market value equal to $100 and that $100 of the issue price is included as part of the leased value and will be allocable to the Warrant Agreement and the original issue discount on the Lease Agreement shall be considered to be zero.

 

2. WHEN ARE WE ENTITLED TO PURCHASE YOUR WARRANT STOCK.

The term of this Warrant Agreement and our right to purchase Warrant Stock will begin on the Effective Date, and shall be available for a period of ten (10) years up to and including December 31, 2020.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Our right to purchase the Warrant Stock shall be automatically and fully exercised via the net issuance method described below (without surrender of the Warrant Agreement) upon the occurrence of a Merger Event, as defined below, with a Person that is not one of Your affiliates, in which Your common stock is exchanged for cash and/or stock that is traded on a recognized public exchange or on the NASDAQ National Market, provided that, upon consummation of the Merger Event, the consideration payable to Us pursuant to such exercise and on account of the Warrant Stock consists of (i) cash or (ii) stock that is traded on a recognized public exchange or on the NASDAQ National Market. No less than ten (10) business days prior to any Merger Event, You shall provide Us with written notice of the proposed Merger Event together with a copy of the executed merger agreement, or other definitive documentation (and all schedules and exhibits thereto) and information concerning Your expected capitalization immediately prior to the Merger Event. Upon consummation of the Merger Event, You shall promptly provide Us with (a) a copy of any modifications or amendments to the executed merger agreement, (b) any other documents in connection therewith, (c) updated information, if any, concerning Your capitalization immediately prior to the Merger Event, and, (d) upon request, by Us any other information reasonably necessary to an informed evaluation of Our rights under this Agreement.

 

2


3. HOW WE MAY PURCHASE YOUR WARRANT STOCK.

We may exercise Our purchase rights, in whole or in part, at any time, or from time to time, prior to the expiration of the term of this Warrant Agreement, by giving You a completed and executed Notice of Exercise in the form attached as Exhibit I. Promptly upon receipt of the Notice of Exercise and in any event no later than twenty-one (21) days after you have received Our Notice of Exercise and payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the shares purchased, You will issue to Us a certificate for the number of shares of Warrant Stock that We have purchased and You will execute the Acknowledgment of Exercise in the form attached hereto as Exhibit II indicating the number of shares which will be available to Us for future purchases, if any.

We may pay for the Warrant Stock by either (i) cash or check, or (ii) by the net issuance method as determined below. If We elect the Net Issuance method, You will issue Warrant Stock using the following formula:

 

X    =   Y(A-B)
         A

 

Where :   X =    the number of shares of Warrant Stock to be issued to Us.
Y =    the number of shares of Warrant Stock We request to be exercised under this Warrant Agreement.
A =    the fair market value of one share of Warrant Stock.
B =    the Exercise Price.

For purposes of the above calculation, current fair market value of Warrant Stock shall mean with respect to each share of Warrant Stock:

If the exercise is in connection with the initial public offering of Your Common Stock, and if Your registration statement relating to such public offering has been declared effective by the SEC, then the fair market value per share shall be the product of (x) the initial “Price to Public” specified in the final prospectus of the offering and (y) the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Warrant Stock is convertible at the time of such exercise;

If this Warrant Agreement is exercised after, and not in connection with Your initial public offering, and:

 

Þ   if traded on a securities exchange, the fair market value shall be the product of (x) the average of the closing prices over a five (5) day period ending three (3) days before the day the current fair market value of the securities is being determined and (y) the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Warrant Stock is convertible at the time of such exercise; or

 

Þ   if actively traded over-the-counter, the fair market value shall be the product of (x) the average of the closing bid and asked prices quoted on the NASDAQ system (or similar system) over the five (5) day period ending three (3) days before the day the current fair market value of the securities is being determined and (y) the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Warrant Stock is convertible at the time of such exercise.

If this Warrant Agreement is exercised prior to or after Your initial public offering, and:

 

Þ   Your Common Stock is not listed on any securities exchange or the over-the-counter market, the current fair market value of Warrant Stock shall be the product of (x) the fair market value of a share of Your Common Stock (the highest price per share which You could obtain from a willing buyer (not a current employee or director) for shares of Common Stock sold, from authorized but unissued shares), as determined in good faith by Your Board of Directors and (y) the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Warrant Stock is convertible at the time of such exercise, unless You shall become subject to a merger, acquisition or other consolidation pursuant to which You are not the surviving party, in which case the fair market value of Warrant Stock shall be deemed to be the value received by the holders of Your Warrant Stock on a common equivalent basis pursuant to such merger or acquisition or other consolidation.

 

3


During the term of this Warrant Agreement, You will at all times from and after the Effective Date have authorized and reserved a sufficient number of shares of (a) Warrant Stock to provide for the exercise of our rights to purchase Warrant Stock, and (b) Common Stock to provide for the conversion of the Warrant Stock.

If We elect to exercise part of the Warrant Agreement, You will promptly issue to Us an amended Warrant Agreement stating the remaining number of shares that are available. All other terms and conditions of that amended Warrant Agreement shall be identical to those contained in this Warrant Agreement.

If at the end of the term of this Warrant Agreement, the fair market value of one share of Warrant Stock (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance herewith is greater than the Exercise Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant Agreement shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be converted pursuant hereto as to all shares of Warrant Stock (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised or converted, and You shall promptly deliver a certificate representing the shares of Warrant Stock (or such other securities) issued upon such conversion to Us.

 

4. WHEN WILL THE NUMBER OF SHARES AND EXERCISE PRICE CHANGE.

 

Þ   If You are Acquired. If at any time: (i) there is a reorganization of Your stock (other than a reclassification, exchange or subdivision of Your stock otherwise provided for in this Warrant Agreement); (ii) You merge or consolidate with or into another entity, whether or not You are the surviving entity; or (iii) there occurs any transaction or series of related transactions that result in the transfer of fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding voting power of the capital stock of You (each of the foregoing events are referred to as a “Merger Event”), then, as a part of such Merger Event, lawful provision shall be made so that We shall thereafter be entitled to receive, upon exercise of Our rights under this Warrant Agreement, the number of shares of preferred stock or other securities of the successor or surviving person resulting from such Merger Event, equal in value to that which would have been issuable if We had exercised Our rights under this Warrant Agreement immediately prior to the Merger Event. In any such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by Your Board of Directors) shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Warrant Agreement with respect to Our rights and interest after the Merger Event so that the provisions of this Warrant Agreement (including adjustments of the Exercise Price and number of shares of Warrant Stock purchasable) shall be applicable to the greatest extent possible.

 

Þ   If You Reclassify Your Stock. If at any time You combine, reclassify (including by conversion of outstanding preferred stock), exchange or subdivide Your securities or otherwise, change any of the securities as to which purchase rights under this Warrant Agreement exist into the same or a different number of securities of any other class or classes, this Warrant Agreement will thereafter represent the right to acquire such number and kind of securities as would have been issuable as the result of such change with respect to the securities which were subject to the purchase rights under this Warrant Agreement immediately prior to such combination, reclassification, exchange, subdivision or other change.

 

Þ   If You Subdivide or Combine Your Shares. If at any time You combine or subdivide the Warrant Stock, the Exercise Price will be proportionately decreased in the case of a subdivision, or proportionately increased in the case of a combination.

 

Þ   If You Pay Stock Dividends. If at any time You pay a dividend payable in, or make any other distribution (except any distribution specifically provided for in the above paragraphs) of the Warrant Stock, then the Exercise Price shall be adjusted, from and after the record date of such dividend or distribution, to that price determined by multiplying the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such record date by a fraction (i) the numerator of which shall be the total number of all shares of the Warrant Stock outstanding immediately prior to such dividend or distribution, and (ii) the denominator of which shall be the total number of all shares of the Warrant Stock outstanding immediately after such dividend or distribution. We will thereafter be entitled to purchase, at the Exercise Price resulting from such adjustment, the number of shares of Warrant Stock (rounded down to the nearest whole share) obtained by multiplying the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment by the number of shares of Warrant Stock issuable upon the exercise hereof immediately prior to such adjustment and dividing the product thereof by the Exercise Price resulting from such adjustment.

 

Þ  

If You Change the Antidilution Rights of the Warrant Stock or Issue New Preferred or Convertible Stock. All antidilution rights applicable to the Warrant Stock purchasable under this Warrant Agreement are as set forth in Your

 

4


 

Certificate of Incorporation, as amended through the Effective Date. You will promptly provide Us with any restatement, amendment, modification of or waiver of any right related to the Warrant Stock under Your Certificate of Incorporation. You will provide Us with written notice of any issuance of Your stock or other equity security to occur after the Effective Date (other than issuances of stock or equity securities pursuant to customary employee stock plans) that triggers the antidilution rights applicable to the Warrant Stock, which notice shall include (a) the price at which such stock or security was sold, (b) the number of shares issued, and (c) such other information as necessary for Us to determine that a dilutive event has occurred as a result of such issuance.

 

Þ   If You Lease More Than the Commitment Amounts Under the Lease Agreement. If the total cost of equipment leased pursuant to the Lease Facility Schedules exceeds $10,000,000 under the Part 1 Commitment Amount, We will have the right to purchase from You, at the Exercise Price (adjusted as set forth herein), an additional number of shares of Warrant Stock, which number shall be determined by (i) multiplying the amount by which the equipment cost financed under the Lease Facility Schedules exceeds $10,000,000 under the Part 1 Commitment Amount by 3% for Option A, 3.5% for Option B or 4.0% for Option C and (ii) dividing the product by the Exercise Price per share referenced in Section I above. For the avoidance of doubt, We will not be entitled to purchase Warrant Stock from You as a result of any amounts leased under Part II of the Lease Agreement, except as set forth in a separate warrant agreement that is executed by both Parties.

 

5. WE CAN TRANSFER THIS PLAIN ENGLISH WARRANT AGREEMENT.

Subject to the terms and conditions contained in Section 7, We (or any successor transferee) may transfer in whole or in part this Warrant Agreement and all its rights. We agree not to transfer this Warrant Agreement to a competitor of You as determined in good faith by Your board of directors. You will record the transfer on Your books when You receive Our Notice of Transfer in the form attached hereto as Exhibit III, and Our payment of all transfer taxes and other governmental charges involved in such transfer.

 

6. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, AND COVENANTS FROM YOU.

 

Þ   Reservation of Warrant Stock. The Warrant Stock issuable upon exercise of Our rights under this Warrant Agreement will be duly and validly reserved and when issued in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant Agreement will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and will be free of any taxes, liens, charges or encumbrances of any nature whatsoever; provided, however, that the Warrant Stock issuable pursuant to this Warrant Agreement may be subject to restrictions on transfer under state and/or Federal securities laws or the Registration Rights Agreement. Upon Our exercise, You will issue to Us certificates for shares of Warrant Stock without charging Us any tax (except as may be required by applicable law), or other cost incurred by You in connection with such exercise and the related issuance of shares of Warrant Stock. You will not be required to pay any tax, which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved and the issuance and delivery of any certificate in a name other than TriplePoint Capital LLC.

 

Þ   Due Authority. Your execution and delivery of this Warrant Agreement and the performance of Your obligations hereunder, including the issuance to Us of the right to acquire the shares of Warrant Stock, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on Your part and this Warrant Agreement is not inconsistent with Your Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, does not contravene any law or governmental rule, regulation or order applicable to it, do not and will not contravene any provision of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, contract or other instrument to which You are a party or by which You are bound, and this Warrant Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement, enforceable in accordance with its respective terms, subject to laws of general application relating to bankruptcy, insolvency and the relief of debtors and the rules of law or principles at equity governing specific performance, injunctive relief and other equitable remedies.

 

5


Þ   Consents and Approvals. No consent or approval of, giving of notice to, registration with, or taking of any other action in respect of any state, Federal or other governmental authority or agency is required with respect to execution, delivery and Your performance of Your obligations under this Warrant Agreement, except for the filing of any required notices pursuant to Federal and state securities laws, which filings will be effective by the times required thereby.

 

Þ   Issued Securities. All of Your issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock, Warrant Stock or any other securities have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable. All outstanding shares of Common Stock and Warrant Stock were issued in full compliance with all Federal and state securities laws. In addition as of the Effective Date:

Your authorized capital consists of (i) 105,608,000 shares of Common Stock, of which 12,027,455 shares of Common Stock are issued and outstanding, (ii) 14,100,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, of which 13,650,000 shares are issued and outstanding, (iii) 12,150,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, of which 11,803,284 shares are issued and outstanding, (iv) 9,000,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock, of which 8,968,604 shares are issued and outstanding, (v) 10,700,000 shares of Series D Preferred Stock, of which 9,481,998 shares are issued and outstanding, (vi) 16,500,000 shares of Series E Preferred Stock, of which 11,342,180 shares are issued and outstanding, and (vii) 19,908,000 shares of Series F Preferred Stock, of which 18,061,055 shares are issued and outstanding.

You have reserved 14,493,334 shares of Common Stock for issuance under Your Stock Incentive Plan, under which 7,264,503 options have been granted and are currently outstanding. You have warrants outstanding to purchase up to 424,342 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, 183,748 shares of Series D Preferred Stock, 4,468,854 shares of Series E Preferred Stock and 263,261 shares of Series F Preferred Stock. Except as otherwise provided in this Warrant Agreement and as noted above, there are no other options, warrants, conversion privileges or other rights presently outstanding to purchase or otherwise acquire any authorized but unissued shares of Your capital stock or other of Your securities.

Except as set forth in Your Eighth Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Rights Agreement dated as of October 29, 2010 (the “Stockholders’ Agreement”), a true, correct and complete copy of which has been delivered to Us prior to the issuance of this Warrant, Your stockholders do not have preemptive rights to purchase new issuances of Your capital stock.

 

Þ   Other Commitments to Register Securities. Except as set forth in this Warrant Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement, You are not, pursuant to the terms of any other agreement currently in existence, under any obligation to register under the 1933 Act any of Your presently outstanding securities or any of Your securities which may hereafter be issued.

 

Þ   Exempt Transaction. Subject to the accuracy of Our representations in Section 7 hereof, the issuance of the Warrant Stock upon exercise of this Warrant Agreement will constitute a transaction exempt from (i) the registration requirements of Section 5 of the 1933 Act, in reliance upon Section 4(2) thereof, and (ii) the qualification requirements of the applicable state securities laws.

 

Þ   Compliance with Rule 144. We may sell the Warrant Stock issuable hereunder in compliance with Rule 144 promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission, subject to the lock-up agreement in Section 7 and the satisfaction of the requirements of Rule 144. Beginning on the expiration of the lock-up agreement in Section 7 and so long as You remain subject to the periodic reporting requirements under Section 13 or 15(d) of the 1933 Act, within ten (10) days of Our request, You agree to furnish Us, a written statement confirming Your compliance with the filing requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission as set forth in such Rule 144, as may be amended.

 

Þ   No Impairment. You agree not to, by amendment of Your Certificate of Incorporation or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant by You, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out of all the provisions of this Warrant and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Our rights under this Warrant against impairment. However, You shall not be deemed to have impaired Our rights if You amend Your Certificate of Incorporation, or the holders of Your preferred stock waive their rights thereunder, in a manner that does not (individually or when considered in the context of any other actions being taken in connection with such amendments or waivers) affect Us in a manner different from the effect that such amendments or waivers have on the rights of other holders of the same series and class as the Warrant Stock.

 

6


7. OUR REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS TO YOU.

 

Þ   Investment Purpose. The right to acquire Warrant Stock or the Warrant Stock issuable upon exercise of Our rights contained herein and the Common Stock issuable upon conversion will be acquired for investment purposes and not with a view to the sale or distribution of any part thereof, and We have no present intention of selling or engaging in any public distribution of the same in violation of the 1933 Act.

 

Þ   Private Issue. We understand (i) that this Warrant Agreement, the Warrant Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant Agreement and the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Warrant Stock are not registered under the 1933 Act or qualified under applicable state securities laws on the ground that the issuance contemplated by this Warrant Agreement will be exempt from the registration and qualifications requirements thereof, and (ii) that Your reliance on such exemption is predicated on the representations set forth in this Section 7.

 

Þ   Disposition of Our Rights. In no event will We make a disposition of any of Our rights to acquire Warrant Stock or Warrant Stock issuable upon exercise of such rights or the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Warrant Stock unless and until (i) We shall have notified You in writing of the proposed disposition, and (ii) the transferee agrees to be bound in writing to the applicable terms and conditions of this Warrant Agreement, and (iii) if You request, We shall have furnished You with an opinion of counsel satisfactory to You and Your counsel to the effect that (A) appropriate action necessary for compliance with the 1933 Act has been taken, or (B) an exemption from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act is available. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the restrictions imposed upon the transferability of any of Our rights to acquire Warrant Stock or Warrant Stock issuable on the exercise of such rights or the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Warrant Stock do not apply to transfers from the beneficial owner of any of the aforementioned securities to its nominee or from such nominee to its beneficial owner, and shall terminate as to any particular share of Warrant Stock when (1) such security shall have been effectively registered under the 1933 Act and sold by the holder thereof in accordance with such registration or (2) such security shall have been sold without registration in compliance with Rule 144 under the 1933 Act, or (3) a letter shall have been issued to You at Our request by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission or a ruling shall have been issued to the You at Our request by such Commission stating that no action shall be recommended by such staff or taken by such Commission, as the case may be, if such security is transferred without registration under the 1933 Act in accordance with the conditions set forth in such letter or ruling and such letter or ruling specifies that no subsequent restrictions on transfer are required. Whenever the restrictions imposed hereunder shall terminate, as hereinabove provided, the holder of a share of Warrant Stock then outstanding as to which such restrictions have terminated shall be entitled to receive from You, without expense to such holder, one or more new certificates for the Warrant or for such shares of Warrant Stock not bearing any restrictive legend referring to 1933 Act registration or exemption.

 

Þ   Financial Risk. We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and knowledge of Your business affairs and financial condition as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of Our investment, and have the ability to bear the economic risks of Our investment.

 

Þ   Risk of No Registration. We understand that if You do not register with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 12 of the 1934 Act (the “1934 Act”), or file reports pursuant to Section 15(d), of the 1934 Act, or if a registration statement covering the securities under the 1933 Act is not in effect when We desire to sell (i) the rights to purchase Warrant Stock pursuant to this Warrant Agreement, or (ii) the Warrant Stock issuable upon exercise of the right to purchase, or (iii) the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Warrant Stock, We may be required to hold such securities for an indefinite period. We also understand that any sale of Our right to purchase Warrant Stock or Warrant Stock or Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Warrant Stock, which might be made by it in reliance upon Rule 144 under the 1933 Act may be made only in accordance with the terms and conditions of that Rule.

 

Þ   Accredited Investor. We are an “accredited investor” within the meaning of the Securities and Exchange Rule 501 of Regulation D of the 1933 Act, as presently in effect.

 

Þ   Domicile. Our domicile for purposes of state securities laws is in the State of California.

 

Þ  

Lock-Up Agreement. In consideration for You agreeing to Your obligations under this Warrant Agreement, We and each of Our transferees agrees, in connection with the first registration of Your securities under the 1933 Act, upon Your request or the request of the underwriters managing any underwritten offering of Your securities, not to (a) lend,

 

7


 

offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock (whether such shares or any such securities are then owned by Us or are thereafter acquired) or (b) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (a) or (b) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, without Your prior written consent or the prior written consent of such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days or such other period as may be requested by You or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto) from the effective date of such registration as You or the underwriters may specify; provided, however, that all (x) Your officers and directors and (y) Your stockholders holding three percent (3%) or more of Your total outstanding Common Stock (treating all Your convertible, exercisable and exchangeable securities on an as-if converted to Common Stock basis) are bound by agreements that are no less restrictive. The underwriters in connection with Your initial public offering are intended third party beneficiaries of this Lock-Up Agreement and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. We agree that You may instruct Your transfer agent to place stop-transfer notations in its records to enforce the provisions of this Lock-Up Agreement until the end of such period.

 

8. NOTICES YOU AGREE TO PROVIDE US.

You agree to give Us at least twenty (20) days prior written notice of the following events:

 

Þ   If You Pay a Dividend or distribution declaration upon your stock.

 

Þ   If You offer for subscription pro-rata to the existing shareholders additional stock or other rights (except for an offering made pursuant to Your Stockholders’ Agreement

 

Þ   If You consummate a Merger Event.

 

Þ   If You have an IPO.

 

Þ   If You dissolve or liquidate.

All notices in this Section must set forth details of the event, how the event adjusts either Our number of shares or Our Exercise Price and the method used for such adjustment.

Timely Notice . Your failure to timely provide such notice required above shall entitle Us to retain the benefit of the applicable notice period notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any insufficient notice received by Us.

 

9. DOCUMENTS YOU WILL PROVIDE US.

Upon signing this Agreement You will provide Us with:

 

Þ   Executed originals of this Agreement, and all other documents and instruments that We may reasonably require

 

Þ   Secretary’s certificate of incumbency and authority

 

Þ   Certified copy of resolutions of Your board of directors approving this Warrant Agreement

 

Þ   Certified copy of Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws as amended through the Effective Date

 

Þ   Current Registration Rights Agreement

So long as this Warrant Agreement is in effect, You shall provide Us with the following:

 

  Þ   You shall submit to Us information that We may reasonably request from time to time in order to satisfy the reasonable requests of our independent accounting firm in connection with the audit of the fair market value of this Warrant Agreement recorded in Our books and records, including but not limited to a written certification by the Company or its advisors of the current fair market value of the Warrant Stock or Your capital stock and shall include information supporting the reasonableness of the fair market value indicated by such certification.

 

Þ   You shall submit to Us any documents and information that We may reasonably request from time to time and are necessary to implement the provisions and purposes of this Warrant Agreement.

 

8


10. REGISTRATION RIGHTS UNDER THE 1933 ACT.

The shares of Your common stock into which the Warrant Stock is convertible shall have “piggyback” and “Form S-3” registration rights as set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 29, 2010 (as amended, the “Registration Rights Agreement”).

 

11. OTHER LEGAL PROVISIONS THE PARTIES WILL ABIDE BY.

Effective Date. This Warrant Agreement shall be construed and shall be given effect in all respects as if it had been executed and delivered by the Parties on the date hereof. This Warrant Agreement shall be binding upon any of the successors or assigns of the Parties.

Attorney’s Fees. In any litigation, arbitration or court proceeding between the Parties relating to this Warrant Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to attorneys’ fees and expenses and all costs of proceedings incurred in enforcing this Warrant Agreement.

Governing Law. This Warrant Agreement shall be governed by and construed for all purposes under and in accordance with the laws of the State of California without giving effect to that body of law pertaining to conflicts of laws.

Consent to Jurisdiction and Venue. All judicial proceedings arising in or under or related to this Warrant Agreement may be brought in any state or federal court of competent jurisdiction located in the State of California. By execution and delivery of this Warrant Agreement, each party hereto generally and unconditionally: (a) consents to personal jurisdiction in San Mateo County, State of California; (b) waives any objection as to jurisdiction or venue in San Mateo County, State of California; (c) agrees not to assert any defense based on lack of jurisdiction or venue in the aforesaid courts; and (d) irrevocably agrees to be bound by any judgment rendered thereby in connection with this Warrant Agreement. Service of process on any party hereto in any action arising out of or relating to this agreement shall be effective if given in accordance with the requirements for notice set forth in this Section, and shall be deemed effective and received as set forth therein. Nothing herein shall affect the right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right of either party to bring proceedings in the courts of any other jurisdiction.

Mutual Waiver of Jury Trial; Judicial Reference. Because disputes arising in connection with complex financial transactions are most quickly and economically resolved by an experienced and expert person and the Parties wish applicable state and federal laws to apply (rather than arbitration rules), The Parties desire that their disputes be resolved by a judge applying such applicable laws. EACH OF THE PARTIES SPECIFICALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT THEY MAY HAVE TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CAUSE OF ACTION, CLAIM, CROSS-CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM, THIRD PARTY CLAIM OR ANY OTHER CLAIM (COLLECTIVELY, “ CLAIMS ”) ASSERTED BY YOU AGAINST US OR OUR ASSIGNEE OR BY US OR OUR ASSIGNEE AGAINST YOU. IN THE EVENT THAT THE FOREGOING JURY TRIAL WAIVER IS NOT ENFORCEABLE, ALL CLAIMS, INCLUDING ANY AND ALL QUESTIONS OF LAW OR FACT RELATING THERETO, SHALL, AT THE WRITTEN REQUEST OF ANY PARTY, BE DETERMINED BY JUDICIAL REFERENCE PURSUANT TO THE CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE (“REFERENCE”), THE PARTIES SHALL SELECT A SINGLE NEUTRAL REFEREE, WHO SHALL BE A RETIRED STATE OR FEDERAL JUDGE. IN THE EVENT THAT THE PARTIES CANNOT AGREE UPON A REFEREE, THE REFEREE SHALL BE APPOINTED BY THE COURT. THE REFEREE SHALL REPORT A STATEMENT OF DECISION TO THE COURT. NOTHING IN THIS SECTION SHALL LIMIT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY AT ANY TIME TO EXERCISE LAWFUL SELF-HELP REMEDIES, FORECLOSE AGAINST COLLATERAL OR OBTAIN PROVISIONAL REMEDIES. THE PARTIES SHALL BEAR THE FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE REFEREE EQUALLY UNLESS THE REFEREE ORDERS OTHERWISE. THE REFEREE SHALL ALSO DETERMINE ALL ISSUES RELATING TO THE APPLICABILITY, INTERPRETATION, AND ENFORCEABILITY OF THIS SECTION. THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE CLAIMS WILL NOT BE ADJUDICATED BY A JURY. This waiver extends to all such Claims, including Claims that involve Persons other than You and Us; Claims that arise out of or are in any way connected to the relationship between You and Us; and any Claims for damages, breach of contract, specific performance, or any equitable or legal relief of any kind, arising out of this Warrant Agreement.

 

9


Counterparts. This Warrant Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Notices. Any notice required or permitted under this Warrant Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon the earlier of (1) actual receipt or 3 days after mailing if mailed postage prepaid by regular or airmail to Us or You or (2) one day after it is sent by overnight mail via nationally recognized courier or (3) on the same day as sent via confirmed facsimile transmission, provided that the original is sent by personal delivery or mail by the sending party.

Remedies. In the event of any default hereunder, the non-defaulting party may proceed to protect and enforce its rights either by suit in equity and/or by action at law, including but not limited to an action for damages as a result of any such default, and/or an action for specific performance for any default where such party will not have an adequate remedy at law and where damages will not be readily ascertainable. Each party expressly acknowledges and agrees that there is no adequate remedy at law for any breach of this Warrant Agreement and that in the event of any breach of this Agreement, the injured party shall be entitled to specific performance of any or all provisions hereof or an injunction prohibiting the other party from continuing to commit any such breach of this Agreement.

Survival. The representations, warranties, covenants, and conditions of the Parties contained herein or made pursuant to this Warrant Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery of this Warrant Agreement.

Severability. In the event any one or more of the provisions of this Warrant Agreement shall for any reason be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the remaining provisions of this Warrant Agreement shall be unimpaired, and the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision shall be replaced by a mutually acceptable valid, legal and enforceable provision, which comes closest to the intention of the Parties underlying the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision.

Entire Agreement. This Warrant Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties pertaining to the subject matter contained in it and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, representations and undertakings of the Parties, whether oral or written, with respect to such subject matter.

Amendments. Any provision of this Warrant Agreement may only be amended by a written instrument signed by the Parties.

Lost Warrants or Stock Certificates. You covenant to Us that, upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to Us of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant Agreement or any stock certificate and, in the case of any such loss, theft or destruction, upon receipt of an indemnity reasonably satisfactory to You, or in the case of any such mutilation upon surrender and cancellation of such Warrant Agreement or stock certificate, You will make and deliver a new Warrant Agreement or stock certificate, of like tenor, in lieu of the lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Warrant Agreement or stock certificate.

Rights as Stockholders. We shall not, as a party to this Warrant Agreement, be entitled to vote or receive dividends or be deemed the holder of the Warrant Stock or any of Your other securities which may at any time be issuable upon the exercise hereof for any purpose, nor shall anything contained herein be construed to confer upon Us any of the rights of one of Your stockholders or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to receive dividends or subscription rights or otherwise until this Warrant Agreement is exercised and the shares purchasable upon the exercise hereof shall have become deliverable, as provided herein.

Facsimile Signatures. This Warrant Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile and upon such delivery the facsimile signature will be deemed to have the same effect as if the original signature had been delivered to the other party.

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Parties have caused this Warrant Agreement to be executed by its officers who are duly authorized as of the Effective Date.

 

You:   BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION
Signature:   /s/ William H. Kurtz
 

 

Print Name:  

William H. Kurtz

Title:  

CFO

Us:   TRIPLEPOINT CAPITAL LLC
Signature:   /s/ Sajal Srivastava
 

 

Print Name:  

Sajal Srivastava

Title:  

Chief Operating Officer

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO WARRANT AGREEMENT 0674-W-01]


EXHIBIT I

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

To: [                    ]

 

1. We hereby elect to purchase [                ] shares of the Series [                ] Preferred Stock of [                ], pursuant to the terms of the Plain English Warrant Agreement dated the [    ] day of [            ], [200    ] (the “Plain English Warrant Agreement”) between You and Us, We hereby tender here payment of the purchase price for such shares in full, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

 

2. Method of Exercise (Please initial the applicable blank)

 

  a.                  The undersigned elects to exercise the Plain English Warrant Agreement by means of a cash payment, and gives You full payment for the purchase price of the shares being purchased, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

 

  b.                  The undersigned elects to exercise the Plain English Warrant Agreement by means of the Net Issuance Exercise method of Section 3 of the Plain English Warrant Agreement.

 

3. In exercising Our rights to purchase the Series [                ] Preferred Stock of [                    ], We hereby confirm and acknowledge the investment representations, warranties and covenants made in Section 7 of the Plain English Warrant Agreement.

Please issue a certificate or certificates representing these purchased shares of Series [                ] Preferred Stock in Our name or in such other name as is specified below.

 

 

(Name)

 

(Address)
US:   TRIPLEPOINT CAPITAL LLC
By:  

 

Title:  

 

Date:  

 

 

12


EXHIBIT II

ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF EXERCISE

[                                         ], hereby acknowledges receipt of the “Notice of Exercise” from TRIPLEPOINT CAPITAL LLC, to purchase [                ] shares of the Series [                ] Preferred Stock of [                    ], pursuant to the terms of the Plain English Warrant Agreement, and further acknowledges that [                ] shares remain subject to purchase under the terms of the Plain English Warrant Agreement.

 

YOU:

   

        

   

By:

 

 

   

Title:

 

 

   

Date:

 

 

 

13


EXHIBIT III

TRANSFER NOTICE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED , the foregoing Plain English Warrant Agreement and all rights evidenced thereby are hereby transferred and assigned to

 

 

 
(Please Print)    
Whose address is  

 

 

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

Holder’s Signature:

 

 

 

Holder’s Address:

 

 

 

Transferee’s Signature:

 

 

 

Transferee’s Address:

 

 

 

Signature Guaranteed:

 

 

 

NOTE: The signature to this Transfer Notice must correspond with the name as it appears on the face of the Plain English Warrant Agreement, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever. Officers of corporations and those acting in a fiduciary or other representative capacity should file proper evidence of authority to assign the foregoing Plain English Warrant Agreement.

 

14

Exhibit 4.10

THIS WARRANT AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AS AMENDED (the “1933 ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THEY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED, OR HYPOTHECATED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO YOU THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE 1933 ACT, OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

AMENDED AND RESTATED PLAIN ENGLISH WARRANT AGREEMENT

This is a AMENDED AND RESTATED PLAIN ENGLISH WARRANT AGREEMENT dated December 15, 2011 by and between BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation, and TRIPLEPOINT CAPITAL LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

The words “We”, “Us”, or “Our” refer to the warrant holder, which is TRIPLEPOINT CAPITAL LLC. The words “You” or “Your” refers to the issuer, which is BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION, and not to any individual. The words “the Parties” refers to both TRIPLEPOINT CAPITAL LLC and BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION. This Amended and Restated Plain English Warrant Agreement may be referred to as the “Warrant Agreement”.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Parties have entered into a Plain English Warrant Agreement (0674-W-01) dated as of December 31, 2010 (the “Original Warrant”);

WHEREAS, the Parties have entered into a Plain English Master Lease Agreement dated as of December 31, 2010, and related Software or Hardware Facility Schedules and Summary Schedules which are collectively referred to in this Warrant Agreement as the “Lease Agreement”.

WHEREAS, the Parties have agreed to transfer the commitment amounts under the Lease Agreement to an equipment loan agreement (the “Transfer”) as set forth in that certain Plain English Equipment Loan and Security Agreement dated as of December 15, 2011 by and between the Parties (the “Loan Agreement”)

WHEREAS, in accordance with Section 11 of the Original Warrant, any provision of the Original Warrant may be amended by a written instrument signed by the Parties; and

WHEREAS, the Parties hereby desire to amend and restated the Original Warrant to give effect to the Transfer and wish to do so on the terms and conditions set forth herin.

In consideration of the Parties continuing performance and obligations under the Loan Agreement and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree to the following mutual agreements and conditions set forth below:

 

W ARRANT I NFORMATION

 

Effective Date

December 31,2010

  

Warrant Number

0674-W-01

  

Lease Facility Schedules

0674-LE-01H/-01S

 

   1   


Warrant Coverage

  

Number of Shares

  

Price Per Share

  

Type of Stock

$300,000 (3% of $10,000,000); additional warrant coverage as set forth in Section 1.   

16,198; plus additional shares as set forth in Section 1. The Number of

Shares is subject to adjustment as set forth in this Warrant Agreement.

   $18.52 subject to
adjustment as set forth in
this Warrant Agreement
   Series F Preferred Stock;
subject to the provisions of
Section 1.

 

O UR C ONTACT I NFORMATION

Name

TriplePoint Capital LLC

  

Address For Notices

2755 Sand Hill Road, Ste. 150

Menlo Park, CA 94025

Tel: (650) 854-2090

Fax: (650) 854-1850

   Contact Person

Sajal Srivastava, COO

Tel: (650) 233-2102

Fax: (650) 854-1850
email:  legal@triplepointcapital.com

 

Y OUR C ONTACT I NFORMATION

Customer Name

Bloom Energy Corporation

  

Address For Notices

1252 Orleans Drive

Sunnyvale, CA 94089

   Contact Person

William Kurtz, CFO

Tel: (408) 543-1550

Fax: (408) 543-1501

email: wkurtz@bloomenergy.com

 

1. WHAT YOU AGREE TO GRANT US

You grant to Us and We are entitled, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Warrant Agreement, to purchase from You, at a price per share equal to the Exercise Price, that number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Your Warrant Stock equal to Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000), divided by the Exercise Price (rounded down to the nearest whole share).

In addition, You grant to Us and We are entitled, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Warrant Agreement, to purchase from You, at a price per share equal to the Exercise Price, an additional number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Your Warrant Stock (rounded down to the nearest whole share) equal to:

 

  Þ one-half percent (0.5%) of any amounts advanced under Part 1 of the Loan Agreement, divided by the Exercise Price, if You choose Option B for such Advance under the Loan Agreement; or

 

  Þ one percent (1.0%) of any amounts advanced under Part 1 of the Loan Agreement, divided by the Exercise Price, if You choose Option C for such Advance under the Loan Agreement.

The number of shares of Warrant Stock and the Exercise Price of such Warrant Stock are subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4 hereof.

For purposes of this Warrant Agreement, the following capitalized terms have the meanings given below:

“Exercise Price” means the lower of (a) $18.52 and (b) the lowest per share price for which Your preferred stock is sold in the Next Round.

“Next Round” means the next bona fide round of equity financing in which You issue and sell shares of your preferred stock for aggregate gross cash proceeds of at least $1,000,000 (excluding any amounts received upon conversion or cancellation of indebtedness) subsequent to the Effective Date.

“Warrant Stock” means (a) the class and series of Your preferred stock issued in the Next Round, if the lowest per share price for which such preferred stock is sold in the Next Round is less than $18.52, or (b) in all other cases, Your Series F Preferred Stock. For avoidance of doubt, if this Warrant Agreement is exercised prior to the Next Round then this Warrant Agreement shall be exercisable for Your Series F Preferred Stock.

The Parties agree that this Warrant Agreement to purchase the Warrant Stock has a fair market value equal to $100 and that $100 of the issue price of the investment will be allocable to the Warrant Agreement and the balance shall be allocable to the Loan Agreement for income tax purposes and the original issue discount on the Loan Agreement shall be considered to be zero.

 

   2   


2. WHEN ARE WE ENTITLED TO PURCHASE YOUR WARRANT STOCK.

The term of this Warrant Agreement and our right to purchase Warrant Stock will begin on the Effective Date, and shall be available for a period often (10) years up to and including December 31, 2020.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Our right to purchase the Warrant Stock shall be automatically and fully exercised via the net issuance method described below (without surrender of the Warrant Agreement) upon the occurrence of a Merger Event, as defined below, with a Person that is not one of Your affiliates, in which Your common stock is exchanged for cash and/or stock that is traded on a recognized public exchange or on the NASDAQ National Market, provided that, upon consummation of the Merger Event, the consideration payable to Us pursuant to such exercise and on account of the Warrant Stock consists of (i) cash or (ii) stock that is traded on a recognized public exchange or on the NASDAQ National Market. No less than ten (10) business days prior to any Merger Event, You shall provide Us with written notice of the proposed Merger Event together with a copy of the executed merger agreement, or other definitive documentation (and all schedules and exhibits thereto) and information concerning Your expected capitalization immediately prior to the Merger Event. Upon consummation of the Merger Event, You shall promptly provide Us with (a) a copy of any modifications or amendments to the executed merger agreement, (b) any other documents in connection therewith, (c) updated information, if any, concerning Your capitalization immediately prior to the Merger Event, and, (d) upon request, by Us any other information reasonably necessary to an informed evaluation of Our rights under this Agreement.

 

3. HOW WE MAY PURCHASE YOUR WARRANT STOCK.

We may exercise Our purchase rights, in whole or in part, at any time, or from time to time, prior to the expiration of the term of this Warrant Agreement, by giving You a completed and executed Notice of Exercise in the form attached as Exhibit I. Promptly upon receipt of the Notice of Exercise and in any event no later than twenty-one (21) days after you have received Our Notice of Exercise and payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the shares purchased, You will issue to Us a certificate for the number of shares of Warrant Stock that We have purchased and You will execute the Acknowledgment of Exercise in the form attached hereto as Exhibit II indicating the number of shares which will be available to Us for future purchases, if any.

We may pay for the Warrant Stock by either (i) cash or check, or (ii) by the net issuance method as determined below. If We elect the Net Issuance method, You will issue Warrant Stock using the following formula:

X = Y(A-B)

A

 

Where:

   X =    the number of shares of Warrant Stock to be issued to Us.
   Y =    the number of shares of Warrant Stock We request to be exercised under this Warrant Agreement.
   A =    the fair market value of one share of Warrant Stock.
   B =    the Exercise Price.

For purposes of the above calculation, current fair market value of Warrant Stock shall mean with respect to each share of Warrant Stock:

If the exercise is in connection with the initial public offering of Your Common Stock, and if Your registration statement relating to such public offering has been declared effective by the SEC, then the fair market value per share shall be the product of (x) the initial “Price to Public” specified in the final prospectus of the offering and (y) the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Warrant Stock is convertible at the time of such exercise;

If this Warrant Agreement is exercised after, and not in connection with Your initial public offering, and:

 

Þ if traded on a securities exchange, the fair market value shall be the product of (x) the average of the closing prices over a five (5) day period ending three (3) days before the day the current fair market value of the securities is being determined and (y) the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Warrant Stock is convertible at the time of such exercise; or

 

   3   


Þ if actively traded over-the-counter, the fair market value shall be the product of (x) the average of the closing bid and asked prices quoted on the NASDAQ system (or similar system) over the five (5) day period ending three (3) days before the day the current fair market value of the securities is being determined and (y) the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Warrant Stock is convertible at the time of such exercise.

If this Warrant Agreement is exercised prior to or after Your initial public offering, and:

 

Þ Your Common Stock is not listed on any securities exchange or the over-the-counter market, the current fair market value of Warrant Stock shall be the product of (x) the fair market value of a share of Your Common Stock (the highest price per share which You could obtain from a willing buyer (not a current employee or director) for shares of Common Stock sold, from authorized but unissued shares), as determined in good faith by Your Board of Directors and (y) the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Warrant Stock is convertible at the time of such exercise, unless You shall become subject to a merger, acquisition or other consolidation pursuant to which You are not the surviving party, in which case the fair market value of Warrant Stock shall be deemed to be the value received by the holders of Your Warrant Stock on a common equivalent basis pursuant to such merger or acquisition or other consolidation.

During the term of this Warrant Agreement, You will at all times from and after the Effective Date have authorized and reserved a sufficient number of shares of (a) Warrant Stock to provide for the exercise of our rights to purchase Warrant Stock, and (b) Common Stock to provide for the conversion of the Warrant Stock.

If We elect to exercise part of the Warrant Agreement, You will promptly issue to Us an amended Warrant Agreement stating the remaining number of shares that are available. All other terms and conditions of that amended Warrant Agreement shall be identical to those contained in this Warrant Agreement.

If at the end of the term of this Warrant Agreement, the fair market value of one share of Warrant Stock (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance herewith is greater than the Exercise Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant Agreement shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be converted pursuant hereto as to all shares of Warrant Stock (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised or converted, and You shall promptly deliver a certificate representing the shares of Warrant Stock (or such other securities) issued upon such conversion to Us.

 

4. WHEN WILL THE NUMBER OF SHARES AND EXERCISE PRICE CHANGE.

 

Þ If You are Acquired. If at any time: (i) there is a reorganization of Your stock (other than a reclassification, exchange or subdivision of Your stock otherwise provided for in this Warrant Agreement); (ii) You merge or consolidate with or into another entity, whether or not You are the surviving entity; or (iii) there occurs any transaction or series of related transactions that result in the transfer of fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding voting power of the capital stock of You (each of the foregoing events are referred to as a “Merger Event”), then, as a part of such Merger Event, lawful provision shall be made so that We shall thereafter be entitled to receive, upon exercise of Our rights under this Warrant Agreement, the number of shares of preferred stock or other securities of the successor or surviving person resulting from such Merger Event, equal in value to that which would have been issuable if We had exercised Our rights under this Warrant Agreement immediately prior to the Merger Event. In any such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by Your Board of Directors) shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Warrant Agreement with respect to Our rights and interest after the Merger Event so that the provisions of this Warrant Agreement (including adjustments of the Exercise Price and number of shares of Warrant Stock purchasable) shall be applicable to the greatest extent possible.

 

Þ If You Reclassify Your Stock. If at any time You combine, reclassify (including by conversion of outstanding preferred stock), exchange or subdivide Your securities or otherwise, change any of the securities as to which purchase rights under this Warrant Agreement exist into the same or a different number of securities of any other class or classes, this Warrant Agreement will thereafter represent the right to acquire such number and kind of securities as would have been issuable as the result of such change with respect to the securities which were subject to the purchase rights under this Warrant Agreement immediately prior to such combination, reclassification, exchange, subdivision or other change.

 

   4   


Þ If You Subdivide or Combine Your Shares. If at any time You combine or subdivide the Warrant Stock, the Exercise Price will be proportionately decreased in the case of a subdivision, or proportionately increased in the case of a combination.

 

Þ If You Pay Stock Dividends. If at any time You pay a dividend payable in, or make any other distribution (except any distribution specifically provided for in the above paragraphs) of the Warrant Stock, then the Exercise Price shall be adjusted, from and after the record date of such dividend or distribution, to that price determined by multiplying the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such record date by a fraction (i) the numerator of which shall be the total number of all shares of the Warrant Stock outstanding immediately prior to such dividend or distribution, and (ii) the denominator of which shall be the total number of all shares of the Warrant Stock outstanding immediately after such dividend or distribution. We will thereafter be entitled to purchase, at the Exercise Price resulting from such adjustment, the number of shares of Warrant Stock (rounded down to the nearest whole share) obtained by multiplying the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment by the number of shares of Warrant Stock issuable upon the exercise hereof immediately prior to such adjustment and dividing the product thereof by the Exercise Price resulting from such adjustment.

 

Þ If You Change the Antidilution Rights of the Warrant Stock or Issue New Preferred or Convertible Stock. All antidilution rights applicable to the Warrant Stock purchasable under this Warrant Agreement are as set forth in Your Certificate of Incorporation, as amended through the Effective Date. You will promptly provide Us with any restatement, amendment, modification of or waiver of any right related to the Warrant Stock under Your Certificate of Incorporation. You will provide Us with written notice of any issuance of Your stock or other equity security to occur after the Effective Date (other than issuances of stock or equity securities pursuant to customary employee stock plans) that triggers the antidilution rights applicable to the Warrant Stock, which notice shall include (a) the price at which such stock or security was sold, (b) the number of shares issued, and (c) such other information as necessary for Us to determine that a dilutive event has occurred as a result of such issuance.

 

5. WE CAN TRANSFER THIS PLAIN ENGLISH WARRANT AGREEMENT.

Subject to the terms and conditions contained in Section 7, We (or any successor transferee) may transfer in whole or in part this Warrant Agreement and all its rights. We agree not to transfer this Warrant Agreement to a competitor of You as determined in good faith by Your board of directors. You will record the transfer on Your books when You receive Our Notice of Transfer in the form attached hereto as Exhibit III, and Our payment of all transfer taxes and other governmental charges involved in such transfer.

 

6. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, AND COVENANTS FROM YOU.

 

Þ Reservation of Warrant Stock . The Warrant Stock issuable upon exercise of Our rights under this Warrant Agreement will be duly and validly reserved and when issued in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant Agreement will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and will be free of any taxes, liens, charges or encumbrances of any nature whatsoever; provided, however, that the Warrant Stock issuable pursuant to this Warrant Agreement may be subject to restrictions on transfer under state and/or Federal securities laws or the Registration Rights Agreement. Upon Our exercise, You will issue to Us certificates for shares of Warrant Stock without charging Us any tax (except as may be required by applicable law), or other cost incurred by You in connection with such exercise and the related issuance of shares of Warrant Stock. You will not be required to pay any tax, which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved and the issuance and delivery of any certificate in a name other than TriplePoint Capital LLC.

 

Þ Due Authority . Your execution and delivery of this Warrant Agreement and the performance of Your obligations hereunder, including the issuance to Us of the right to acquire the shares of Warrant Stock, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on Your part and this Warrant Agreement is not inconsistent with Your Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, does not contravene any law or governmental rule, regulation or order applicable to it, do not and will not contravene any provision of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, contract or other instrument to which You are a party or by which You are bound, and this Warrant Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement, enforceable in accordance with its respective terms, subject to laws of general application relating to bankruptcy, insolvency and the relief of debtors and the rules of law or principles at equity governing specific performance, injunctive relief and other equitable remedies.

 

   5   


Þ Consents and Approvals. No consent or approval of, giving of notice to, registration with, or taking of any other action in respect of any state, Federal or other governmental authority or agency is required with respect to execution, delivery and Your performance of Your obligations under this Warrant Agreement, except for the filing of any required notices pursuant to Federal and state securities laws, which filings will be effective by the times required thereby.

 

Þ Issued Securities. All of Your issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock, Warrant Stock or any other securities have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable. All outstanding shares of Common Stock and Warrant Stock were issued in full compliance with all Federal and state securities laws. In addition as of the Effective Date:

Your authorized capital consists of (i) 105,608,000 shares of Common Stock, of which 12,027,455 shares of Common Stock are issued and outstanding, (ii) 14,100,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, of which 13,650,000 shares are issued and outstanding, (iii) 12,150,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, of which 11,803,284 shares are issued and outstanding, (iv) 9,000,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock, of which 8,968,604 shares are issued and outstanding, (v) 10,700,000 shares of Series D Preferred Stock, of which 9,481,998 shares are issued and outstanding, (vi) 16,500,000 shares of Series E Preferred Stock, of which 11,342,180 shares are issued and outstanding, and (vii) 19,908,000 shares of Series F Preferred Stock, of which 18,061,055 shares are issued and outstanding.

You have reserved 14,493,334 shares of Common Stock for issuance under Your Stock Incentive Plan, under which 7,264,503 options have been granted and are currently outstanding. You have warrants outstanding to purchase up to 424,342 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, 183,748 shares of Series D Preferred Stock, 4,468,854 shares of Series E Preferred Stock and 263,261 shares of Series F Preferred Stock. Except as otherwise provided in this Warrant Agreement and as noted above, there are no other options, warrants, conversion privileges or other rights presently outstanding to purchase or otherwise acquire any authorized but unissued shares of Your capital stock or other of Your securities.

Except as set forth in Your Eighth Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Rights Agreement dated as of October 29, 2010 (the “Stockholders’ Agreement”), a true, correct and complete copy of which has been delivered to Us prior to the issuance of this Warrant, Your stockholders do not have preemptive rights to purchase new issuances of Your capital stock.

 

Þ Other Commitments to Register Securities. Except as set forth in this Warrant Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement, You are not, pursuant to the terms of any other agreement currently in existence, under any obligation to register under the 1933 Act any of Your presently outstanding securities or any of Your securities which may hereafter be issued.

 

Þ Exempt Transaction. Subject to the accuracy of Our representations in Section 7 hereof, the issuance of the Warrant Stock upon exercise of this Warrant Agreement will constitute a transaction exempt from (i) the registration requirements of Section 5 of the 1933 Act, in reliance upon Section 4(2) thereof, and (ii)the qualification requirements of the applicable state securities laws.

 

Þ Compliance with Rule 144. We may sell the Warrant Stock issuable hereunder in compliance with Rule 144 promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission, subject to the lock-up agreement in Section 7 and the satisfaction of the requirements of Rule 144. Beginning on the expiration of the lock-up agreement in Section 7 and so long as You remain subject to the periodic reporting requirements under Section 13 or 15(d) of the 1933 Act, within ten (10) days of Our request, You agree to furnish Us, a written statement confirming Your compliance with the filing requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission as set forth in such Rule 144, as may be amended.

 

Þ No Impairment. You agree not to, by amendment of Your Certificate of Incorporation or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant by You, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out of all the provisions of this Warrant and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Our rights under this Warrant against impairment. However, You shall not be deemed to have impaired Our rights if You amend Your Certificate of Incorporation, or the holders of Your preferred stock waive their rights thereunder, in a manner that does not (individually or when considered in the context of any other actions being taken in connection with such amendments or waivers) affect Us in a manner different from the effect that such amendments or waivers have on the rights of other holders of the same series and class as the Warrant Stock.

 

   6   


7. OUR REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS TO YOU.

 

Þ Investment Purpose. The right to acquire Warrant Stock or the Warrant Stock issuable upon exercise of Our rights contained herein and the Common Stock issuable upon conversion will be acquired for investment purposes and not with a view to the sale or distribution of any part thereof, and We have no present intention of selling or engaging in any public distribution of the same in violation of the 1933 Act.

 

Þ Private Issue. We understand (i) that this Warrant Agreement, the Warrant Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant Agreement and the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Warrant Stock are not registered under the 1933 Act or qualified under applicable state securities laws on the ground that the issuance contemplated by this Warrant Agreement will be exempt from the registration and qualifications requirements thereof, and (ii) that Your reliance on such exemption is predicated on the representations set forth in this Section 7.

 

Þ Disposition of Our Rights. In no event will We make a disposition of any of Our rights to acquire Warrant Stock or Warrant Stock issuable upon exercise of such rights or the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Warrant Stock unless and until (i) We shall have notified You in writing of the proposed disposition, and (ii) the transferee agrees to be bound in writing to the applicable terms and conditions of this Warrant Agreement, and (iii) if You request, We shall have furnished You with an opinion of counsel satisfactory to You and Your counsel to the effect that (A) appropriate action necessary for compliance with the 1933 Act has been taken, or (B) an exemption from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act is available. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the restrictions imposed upon the transferability of any of Our rights to acquire Warrant Stock or Warrant Stock issuable on the exercise of such rights or the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Warrant Stock do not apply to transfers from the beneficial owner of any of the aforementioned securities to its nominee or from such nominee to its beneficial owner, and shall terminate as to any particular share of Warrant Stock when (1) such security shall have been effectively registered under the 1933 Act and sold by the holder thereof in accordance with such registration or (2) such security shall have been sold without registration in compliance with Rule 144 under the 1933 Act, or (3) a letter shall have been issued to You at Our request by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission or a ruling shall have been issued to the You at Our request by such Commission stating that no action shall be recommended by such staff or taken by such Commission, as the case may be, if such security is transferred without registration under the 1933 Act in accordance with the conditions set forth in such letter or ruling and such letter or ruling specifies that no subsequent restrictions on transfer are required. Whenever the restrictions imposed hereunder shall terminate, as hereinabove provided, the holder of a share of Warrant Stock then outstanding as to which such restrictions have terminated shall be entitled to receive from You, without expense to such holder, one or more new certificates for the Warrant or for such shares of Warrant Stock not bearing any restrictive legend referring to 1933 Act registration or exemption.

 

Þ Financial Risk. We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and knowledge of Your business affairs and financial condition as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of Our investment, and have the ability to bear the economic risks of Our investment.

 

Þ Risk of No Registration. We understand that if You do not register with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 12 of the 1934 Act (the “1934 Act”), or file reports pursuant to Section 15(d), of the 1934 Act, or if a registration statement covering the securities under the 1933 Act is not in effect when We desire to sell (i) the rights to purchase Warrant Stock pursuant to this Warrant Agreement, or (ii) the Warrant Stock issuable upon exercise of the right to purchase, or (iii) the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Warrant Stock, We may be required to hold such securities for an indefinite period. We also understand that any sale of Our right to purchase Warrant Stock or Warrant Stock or Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Warrant Stock, which might be made by it in reliance upon Rule 144 under the 1933 Act may be made only in accordance with the terms and conditions of that Rule.

 

Þ Accredited Investor. We are an “accredited investor” within the meaning of the Securities and Exchange Rule 501 of Regulation D of the 1933 Act, as presently in effect.

 

Þ Domicile. Our domicile for purposes of state securities laws is in the State of California.

 

   7   


Þ Lock-Up Agreement. In consideration for You agreeing to Your obligations under this Warrant Agreement, We and each of Our transferees agrees, in connection with the first registration of Your securities under the 1933 Act, upon Your request or the request of the underwriters managing any underwritten offering of Your securities, not to (a) lend, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock (whether such shares or any such securities are then owned by Us or are thereafter acquired) or (b) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (a) or (b) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, without Your prior written consent or the prior written consent of such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days or such other period as may be requested by You or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto) from the effective date of such registration as You or the underwriters may specify; provided, however, that all (x) Your officers and directors and (y) Your stockholders holding three percent (3%) or more of Your total outstanding Common Stock (treating all Your convertible, exercisable and exchangeable securities on an as-if converted to Common Stock basis) are bound by agreements that are no less restrictive. The underwriters in connection with Your initial public offering are intended third party beneficiaries of this Lock-Up Agreement and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. We agree that You may instruct Your transfer agent to place stop-transfer notations in its records to enforce the provisions of this Lock-Up Agreement until the end of such period.

 

8. NOTICES YOU AGREE TO PROVIDE US.

You agree to give Us at least twenty (20) days prior written notice of the following events:

 

Þ If You Pay a Dividend or distribution declaration upon your stock.

 

Þ If You offer for subscription pro-rata to the existing shareholders additional stock or other rights (except for an offering made pursuant to Your Stockholders’ Agreement

 

Þ If You consummate a Merger Event.

 

Þ If You have an IPO.

 

Þ If You dissolve or liquidate.

All notices in this Section must set forth details of the event, how the event adjusts either Our number of shares or Our Exercise Price and the method used for such adjustment.

Timely Notice. Your failure to timely provide such notice required above shall entitle Us to retain the benefit of the applicable notice period notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any insufficient notice received by Us.

 

9. DOCUMENTS YOU WILL PROVIDE US.

Upon signing this Agreement You will provide Us with:

 

Þ Executed originals of this Agreement, and all other documents and instruments that We may reasonably require

 

Þ Secretary’s certificate of incumbency and authority

 

Þ Certified copy of resolutions of Your board of directors approving this Warrant Agreement

 

Þ Certified copy of Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws as amended through the Effective Date

 

Þ Current Registration Rights Agreement

So long as this Warrant Agreement is in effect, You shall provide Us with the following:

 

  Þ You shall submit to Us information that We may reasonably request from time to time in order to satisfy the reasonable requests of our independent accounting firm in connection with the audit of the fair market value of this Warrant Agreement recorded in Our books and records, including but not limited to a written certification by the Company or its advisors of the current fair market value of the Warrant Stock or Your capital stock and shall include information supporting the reasonableness of the fair market value indicated by such certification.

 

   8   


Þ You shall submit to Us any documents and information that We may reasonably request from time to time and are necessary to implement the provisions and purposes of this Warrant Agreement.

 

10. REGISTRATION RIGHTS UNDER THE 1933 ACT.

The shares of Your common stock into which the Warrant Stock is convertible shall have “piggyback” and “Form S-3” registration rights as set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 29, 2010 (as amended, the “Registration Rights Agreement”).

 

11. OTHER LEGAL PROVISIONS THE PARTIES WILL ABIDE BY.

Effective Date. This Warrant Agreement shall be construed and shall be given effect in all respects as if it had been executed and delivered by the Parties on the date hereof. This Warrant Agreement shall be binding upon any of the successors or assigns of the Parties.

Attorney’s Fees. In any litigation, arbitration or court proceeding between the Parties relating to this Warrant Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to attorneys’ fees and expenses and all costs of proceedings incurred in enforcing this Warrant Agreement.

Governing Law. This Warrant Agreement shall be governed by and construed for all purposes under and in accordance with the laws of the State of California without giving effect to that body of law pertaining to conflicts of laws.

Consent to Jurisdiction and Venue. All judicial proceedings arising in or under or related to this Warrant Agreement may be brought in any state or federal court of competent jurisdiction located in the State of California. By execution and delivery of this Warrant Agreement, each party hereto generally and unconditionally: (a) consents to personal jurisdiction in San Mateo County, State of California; (b) waives any objection as to jurisdiction or venue in San Mateo County, State of California; (c) agrees not to assert any defense based on lack of jurisdiction or venue in the aforesaid courts; and (d) irrevocably agrees to be bound by any judgment rendered thereby in connection with this Warrant Agreement. Service of process on any party hereto in any action arising out of or relating to this agreement shall be effective if given in accordance with the requirements for notice set forth in this Section, and shall be deemed effective and received as set forth therein. Nothing herein shall affect the right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right of either party to bring proceedings in the courts of any other jurisdiction.

Mutual Waiver of Jury Trial; Judicial Reference. Because disputes arising in connection with complex financial transactions are most quickly and economically resolved by an experienced and expert person and the Parties wish applicable state and federal laws to apply (rather than arbitration rules), The Parties desire that their disputes be resolved by a judge applying such applicable laws. EACH OF THE PARTIES SPECIFICALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT THEY MAY HAVE TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CAUSE OF ACTION, CLAIM, CROSS-CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM, THIRD PARTY CLAIM OR ANY OTHER CLAIM (COLLECTIVELY, “ CLAIMS ”) ASSERTED BY YOU AGAINST US OR OUR ASSIGNEE OR BY US OR OUR ASSIGNEE AGAINST YOU. IN THE EVENT THAT THE FOREGOING JURY TRIAL WAIVER IS NOT ENFORCEABLE, ALL CLAIMS, INCLUDING ANY AND ALL QUESTIONS OF LAW OR FACT RELATING THERETO, SHALL, AT THE WRITTEN REQUEST OF ANY PARTY, BE DETERMINED BY JUDICIAL REFERENCE PURSUANT TO THE CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE (“REFERENCE”). THE PARTIES SHALL SELECT A SINGLE NEUTRAL REFEREE, WHO SHALL BE A RETIRED STATE OR FEDERAL JUDGE. IN THE EVENT THAT THE PARTIES CANNOT AGREE UPON A REFEREE, THE REFEREE SHALL BE APPOINTED BY THE COURT. THE REFEREE SHALL REPORT A STATEMENT OF DECISION TO THE COURT. NOTHING IN THIS SECTION SHALL LIMIT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY AT ANY TIME TO EXERCISE LAWFUL SELF-HELP REMEDIES, FORECLOSE AGAINST COLLATERAL OR OBTAIN PROVISIONAL REMEDIES. THE PARTIES SHALL BEAR THE FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE REFEREE EQUALLY UNLESS THE REFEREE ORDERS OTHERWISE. THE REFEREE SHALL ALSO DETERMINE ALL ISSUES RELATING TO THE APPLICABILITY, INTERPRETATION, AND ENFORCEABILITY OF THIS SECTION. THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE CLAIMS WILL NOT BE ADJUDICATED BY A JURY. This waiver extends to all such Claims, including Claims that involve Persons other than You and Us; Claims that arise out of or are in any way connected to the relationship between You and Us; and any Claims for damages, breach of contract, specific performance, or any equitable or legal relief of any kind, arising out of this Warrant Agreement.

 

   9   


Counterparts. This Warrant Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Notices. Any notice required or permitted under this Warrant Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon the earlier of (1) actual receipt or 3 days after mailing if mailed postage prepaid by regular or airmail to Us or You or (2) one day after it is sent by overnight mail via nationally recognized courier or (3) on the same day as sent via confirmed facsimile transmission, provided that the original is sent by personal delivery or mail by the sending party.

Remedies. In the event of any default hereunder, the non-defaulting party may proceed to protect and enforce its rights either by suit in equity and/or by action at law, including but not limited to an action for damages as a result of any such default, and/or an action for specific performance for any default where such party will not have an adequate remedy at law and where damages will not be readily ascertainable. Each party expressly acknowledges and agrees that there is no adequate remedy at law for any breach of this Warrant Agreement and that in the event of any breach of this Agreement, the injured party shall be entitled to specific performance of any or all provisions hereof or an injunction prohibiting the other party from continuing to commit any such breach of this Agreement.

Survival. The representations, warranties, covenants, and conditions of the Parties contained herein or made pursuant to this Warrant Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery of this Warrant Agreement.

Severability. In the event any one or more of the provisions of this Warrant Agreement shall for any reason be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the remaining provisions of this Warrant Agreement shall be unimpaired, and the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision shall be replaced by a mutually acceptable valid, legal and enforceable provision, which comes closest to the intention of the Parties underlying the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision.

Entire Agreement. This Warrant Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties pertaining to the subject matter contained in it and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, representations and undertakings of the Parties, whether oral or written, with respect to such subject matter.

Amendments. Any provision of this Warrant Agreement may only be amended by a written instrument signed by the Parties.

Lost Warrants or Stock Certificates. You covenant to Us that, upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to Us of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant Agreement or any stock certificate and, in the case of any such loss, theft or destruction, upon receipt of an indemnity reasonably satisfactory to You, or in the case of any such mutilation upon surrender and cancellation of such Warrant Agreement or stock certificate, You will make and deliver a new Warrant Agreement or stock certificate, of like tenor, in lieu of the lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Warrant Agreement or stock certificate.

Rights as Stockholders. We shall not, as a party to this Warrant Agreement, be entitled to vote or receive dividends or be deemed the holder of the Warrant Stock or any of Your other securities which may at any time be issuable upon the exercise hereof for any purpose, nor shall anything contained herein be construed to confer upon Us any of the rights of one of Your stockholders or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to receive dividends or subscription rights or otherwise until this Warrant Agreement is exercised and the shares purchasable upon the exercise hereof shall have become deliverable, as provided herein.

Facsimile Signatures. This Warrant Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile and upon such delivery the facsimile signature will be deemed to have the same effect as if the original signature had been delivered to the other party.

 

   10   


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Parties have caused this Warrant Agreement to be executed by its officers who are duly authorized as of the Effective Date.

 

You: BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION
Signature:    
Print Name:    
Title:    

 

Us: TRIPLEPOINT CAPITAL LLC
Signature:    
Print Name:    
Title:    

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED PLAIN ENGLISH

WARRANT AGREEMENT 0674-W-01]

 

   11   


EXHIBIT I

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

To: [                                          ]

 

1. We hereby elect to purchase [              ] shares of the Series [              ] Preferred Stock of [              ], pursuant to the terms of the Plain English Warrant Agreement dated the [              ] day of [              ], [200      ] (the “Plain English Warrant Agreement”) between You and Us, We hereby tender here payment of the purchase price for such shares in full, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

 

2. Method of Exercise (Please initial the applicable blank)

 

  a.              The undersigned elects to exercise the Plain English Warrant Agreement by means of a cash payment, and gives You full payment for the purchase price of the shares being purchased, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

 

  b.              The undersigned elects to exercise the Plain English Warrant Agreement by means of the Net Issuance Exercise method of Section 3 of the Plain English Warrant Agreement.

 

3. In exercising Our rights to purchase the Series [              ] Preferred Stock of [                      ], We hereby confirm and acknowledge the investment representations, warranties and covenants made in Section 7 of the Plain English Warrant Agreement.

Please issue a certificate or certificates representing these purchased shares of Series [              ] Preferred Stock in Our name or in such other name as is specified below.

 

 

(Name)
 

 

(Address)

 

US: TRIPLEPOINT CAPITAL LLC
By:    
Title:    
Date:    

 

   12   


EXHIBIT II

ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF EXERCISE

[                                                       ], hereby acknowledges receipt of the “Notice of Exercise” from TRIPLEPOINT CAPITAL LLC, to purchase [              ] shares of the Series [              ] Preferred Stock of [                      ], pursuant to the terms of the Plain English Warrant Agreement, and further acknowledges that [              ] shares remain subject to purchase under the terms of the Plain English Warrant Agreement.

 

        YOU:      
    By:    
    Title:    
    Date:    

 

   13   


EXHIBIT III

TRANSFER NOTICE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the foregoing Plain English Warrant Agreement and all rights evidenced thereby are hereby transferred and assigned to

 

 

(Please Print)        

 

Whose address is        
         
Dated:        
Holder’s Signature:        
Holder’s Address:        
Transferee’s Signature:        
Transferee’s Address:        
Signature Guaranteed:        

NOTE: The signature to this Transfer Notice must correspond with the name as it appears on the face of the Plain English Warrant Agreement, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever. Officers of corporations and those acting in a fiduciary or other representative capacity should file proper evidence of authority to assign the foregoing Plain English Warrant Agreement.

 

   14   

Exhibit 4.11

THIS WARRANT AND THE SECURITIES THAT MAY BE PURCHASED PURSUANT TO THE EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED. SUCH SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SAID ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

AGREEMENT AND WARRANT TO PURCHASE SERIES F PREFERRED STOCK

Effective Date: July 1, 2014

Void After: July 1, 2021

This Agreement and Warrant to Purchase Series F Preferred Stock (this “Agreement” or “Warrant”) certifies that, for value received, PE12GVVC (US DIRECT) LTD., or any permitted transferee (the “Holder”), is entitled, subject to the terms set forth below, to purchase from Bloom Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), up to 330,749 shares of Series F Preferred Stock of the Company (“Series F Preferred Stock”), upon surrender of this Warrant, at the principal office of the Company referred to below, with the subscription form attached hereto duly executed, and simultaneous payment therefor, as hereinafter provided, of the aggregate Exercise Price (as defined below). The Exercise Price and the number of shares of Series F Preferred Stock purchasable hereunder are subject to adjustment as provided herein.

1. Number of Shares . Subject to any adjustments pursuant to Section 11 herein, this Warrant may be exercised, in whole or in part, for up to 330,749 shares of Series F Preferred Stock (the “Warrant Shares”).

2. Exercise Price . Subject to any adjustments pursuant to Section 11 herein, the per share purchase price of the Series F Preferred Stock (the “Exercise Price”) for which this Warrant may be exercised shall be $18.52.

3. Exercise of Warrant .

3.1 Time of Exercise . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, this Warrant shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time prior to 5:00 p.m. (Pacific Standard Time) on July 1, 2021 (the “Expiration Date”).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless the Holder provides the Company with prior written notice to the contrary, this Warrant shall terminate immediately prior to the closing of (i) a merger, consolidation, amalgamation or similar transaction of the Company with or into any other corporation or corporations in which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such transaction shall own, immediately thereafter, less than fifty percent (50%) of the voting securities of the surviving corporation or its parent or (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (each a “Change of Control Event”). The Company shall give the Holder written notice of a Change of Control Event not later than thirty (30) days prior to the closing of such Change of Control Event.

 

   -1-   


3.2 Method of Exercise . The exercise shall be effected by (a) the surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company as set forth in Section 12.6 (or such other office or agency of the Company as may be designated by notice in writing to the Holder at the address of the Holder appearing on the books of the Company), (b) delivery of the Notice of Exercise attached hereto as Exhibit A (unless the Holder is exercising by means of a “net exercise” as provided for in Section 4 below, in which case the Holder shall deliver the Net Exercise Notice attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “Net Exercise Notice”)), and (c) unless payment of the Exercise Price is made pursuant to a “net exercise” as provided under Section 4 below, payment of the Exercise Price in cash, check or wire transfer of immediately available funds.

3.3 Effect of Exercise . This Warrant (or the portion thereof exercised) shall be deemed to have been exercised immediately prior to the close of business on the date of its surrender for exercise as provided above, and the Holder shall be treated for all purposes as the holder of record of such Warrant Shares as of the close of business on such date. The Company, at its expense, shall, within three (3) business days after exercise, issue and deliver to the Holder (i) a certificate or certificates for the number of Warrant Shares issuable upon such exercise and, (ii) unless this Warrant shall have expired or been exercised in full, a new warrant representing the right to acquire the number of Warrant Shares represented by the surrendered Warrant, if any, that shall not have been exercised.

4. Net Exercise .

4.1 Net Issue Exercise . In lieu of exercising this Warrant via payment by cash, check or wire transfer, the Holder may elect to receive shares equal to the value of this Warrant (or the portion thereof being exercised) by surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company together with the completed Net Exercise Notice indicating the Holder’s election to exercise this Warrant by means of a “net exercise,” in which event the Company shall issue to the Holder a number of shares of Common Stock computed using the following formula:

X = Y (A - B)

A

 

Where    X    =    the number of Warrant Shares to be issued to the Holder.
        
   Y    =    the number of Warrant Shares purchasable under this Warrant or, if only a portion of the Warrant is being exercised, the portion of the Warrant being exercised (at the date of such calculation).
        
   A    =    the fair market value (as determined below) of one Warrant Share (at the date of such calculation).
        
   B    =    the Exercise Price (as adjusted to the date of such calculation).

If the above calculation results in a negative number, then no shares of Common Stock shall be issued or issuable upon exercise of this Warrant.

 

   -2-   


4.2 Fair Market Value . For purposes of this Section 4, the “fair market value” of one Warrant Share shall be determined by the Company’s Board of Directors in good faith which determination shall take in account any factors that the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) deems relevant, including, without limitation, any independent third party valuation but, for the avoidance of doubt, without giving effect to lack of control or lack of marketability; provided however, that if the time of exercise coincides with the Company’s underwritten initial public offering, the “fair market value” shall be the price at which the Company’s Common Stock are sold at such public offering, and further provided, that where there exists a public market for the Warrant Shares at the time of such exercise, the “fair market value” per Warrant Share shall be the average of the closing prices of the Warrant Shares on any such exchange on which the Warrant Shares is listed, whichever is applicable, for the twenty-one (21) trading days prior to the date of the delivery of the Net Exercise Notice.

5. No Fractional Shares or Scrip . No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant. In lieu of any fractional share to which the Holder would otherwise be entitled, the Company shall, within three (3) business days after exercise, make a payment to the Holder, via cash, check or wire transfer of immediately available funds, equal to the Exercise Price multiplied by such fraction computed to the nearest whole cent less the prorated Exercise Price for such fractional share.

6. No Rights as Stockholder . Until the Warrant shall have been exercised as provided herein, solely by virtue of this Warrant, the Holder shall not be entitled to vote or receive dividends or be deemed the holder of Series F Preferred Stock or any other securities of the Company that may at any time be issuable on the exercise hereof for any purpose, nor shall anything contained herein be construed to confer upon the Holder, as such, any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action, or to receive dividends or subscription rights or otherwise. Nothing contained in this Warrant shall be construed as imposing any liabilities on the Holder to purchase any securities (upon exercise of this Warrant or otherwise) or as a stockholder of the Company, whether such liabilities are asserted by the Company or creditors of the Company.

7. Transfer of Warrant; Registration Rights .

7.1 Transferability of Warrant . Subject to Section 7.2, this Warrant and all rights hereunder are transferable, in whole or in part, upon the books of the Company by the Holder in person or by duly authorized attorney, and a new warrant shall be made and delivered by the Company, of the same tenor and date as this Warrant but registered in the name of one or more transferees, upon surrender of this Warrant, duly endorsed, to the office or agency of the Company described in Section 3.2. All expenses (other than stock transfer taxes) and other charges payable in connection with the preparation, execution and delivery of the new warrants pursuant to this Section 7.1 shall be paid by the Company.

7.2 Company Consent to Transfers . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in Section 7.1, Holder may not transfer this Warrant, or any rights hereunder, prior to an initial public offering of the Company’s common stock without the prior written consent of the Company, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

   -3-   


Notwithstanding the foregoing, the written consent of the Company will not be required and the Holder shall only be required to provide the Company with prior written notice of any sale, transfer or other disposition of this Warrant prior to an initial public offering of the Company’s Common Stock if the sale, transfer or other disposition is to (i) an “Affiliate” (as such term is defined in Rule 144(a) promulgated under the Securities Act, which for purposes of this Agreement shall be deemed to include any direct or indirect partner or other equityholder of the Holder and shall include any investment entity under common management with the Holder) of the Holder, (ii) to the direct or indirect partners or retired partners of the Holder, if the Holder is a partnership, (iii) to the direct or indirect shareholders of the Holder, if the Holder is a corporation, or (iv) to the direct or indirect members of the Holder, if the Holder is a limited liability company.

7.3 Register . The Company will maintain a register (the “Warrant Register”) containing the name and address of the Holder. The Holder of this Warrant may change its address as shown on the Warrant Register by written notice to the Company requesting such change. Any notice or written communication required or permitted to be given to the Holder may be delivered or given by mail to the Holder as shown on the Warrant Register and at the address shown on the Warrant Register.

8. Representations and Warranties of the Holder and Restrictions on Transfer Imposed by the Securities Act .

8.1 Representations and Warranties by the Holder . The Holder hereby represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

(a) The Holder has full legal capacity, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. This Agreement is a valid and binding obligation of the Holder, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity.

(b) The Warrant and the Warrant Shares are being acquired for the Holder’s own account, for investment and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution or public offering thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act or any state Blue Sky laws.

(c) The Holder understands that the Warrant and the Warrant Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of their issuance in a transaction exempt from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(2) thereof, that the Company has no present intention of registering the Warrant or the Warrant Shares, that the Warrant and the Warrant Shares must be held by the Holder indefinitely, and that the Holder must therefor bear the economic risk of such investment indefinitely, unless a subsequent disposition thereof is registered under the Securities Act or is exempt from registration.

 

   -4-   


(d) The Holder agrees that it will not offer, sell or otherwise dispose of this Warrant or any Warrant Shares to be issued upon exercise hereof except under circumstances which will not result in a violation of the Securities Act or any state securities law. This Warrant and all Warrant Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant shall be stamped or imprinted with legends in substantially the following form:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”) OR REGISTERED OR QUALIFIED UNDER ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR TRANSFERRED UNLESS (I) THERE IS AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT COVERING SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER OR (II) THERE IS AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, THAT EXEMPTIONS FROM THE REGISTRATION, QUALIFICATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND OF ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS FOR SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER ARE AVAILABLE.

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A LOCK-UP PERIOD FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE COMPANY’S INITIAL UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.

(e) During the negotiation of the transactions contemplated herein, the Holder and its representatives and legal counsel have been afforded full and free access to corporate books, financial statements, records, contracts, documents, and other information concerning the Company and to its offices and facilities, have been afforded an opportunity to ask such questions of the Company’s officers, employees, agents, accountants and representatives concerning the Company’s business, operations, financial condition, assets, liabilities and other relevant matters as they have deemed necessary or desirable, and have been given all such information as has been requested, in order to evaluate the merits and risks of the prospective investments contemplated herein.

(f) The Holder and its representatives have been solely responsible for the Holder’s own “due diligence” investigation of the Company and the Company’s management and business, for its own analysis of the merits and risks of this investment, and for its own analysis of the fairness and desirability of the terms of the investment. In taking any action or performing any role relative to the arranging of the proposed investment, the Holder has acted solely in its own interest, and the Holder (or any of its agents or employees) has not acted as an agent of the Company. The Holder has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that the Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the purchase of the Warrant pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and of protecting the Holder’s interests in connection therewith.

 

   -5-   


(g) The Holder is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501 of the Securities Act.

(h) The Holder understands that it has had the opportunity to review with its own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. It understands that it (and not the Company) shall be responsible for its own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

9. [Reserved] .

10. Lost Documents . Upon receipt by the Company of evidence of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of, and upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, if mutilated, the Company will make and deliver to the Holder, in lieu of this Warrant, a new Warrant of the same series and of like tenor of this Warrant.

11. Adjustments . The number of shares purchasable hereunder are subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:

11.1 Reorganization, Reclassification, Merger or Conveyance . If any capital reorganization or reclassification of the capital stock of the Company shall be effected in such a way that holders of Series F Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive stock, securities or assets with respect to or in exchange for Series F Preferred Stock (including, for the avoidance of doubt, in the event of an initial public offering of the Company’s common stock), or in the event the Company (or any such other corporation) merges with or into another corporation or conveys all or substantially all of its assets to another corporation and this Warrant does not terminate in accordance with the, provisions of Section 3.1 above, then, as a condition of such reorganization, reclassification, merger or conveyance, lawful and adequate provisions shall be made whereby this Warrant shall remain outstanding upon the terms and conditions specified herein and shall thereafter be automatically (and without further action) exercisable for (in lieu of the Warrant Shares immediately theretofore receivable upon the exercise of the Warrant) such shares of stock, securities or assets (including cash) as may be issued or payable with respect to or in exchange for the number of Warrant Shares immediately theretofore so receivable, in connection with such reorganization, reclassification, merger or conveyance. In any such case, the Company should ensure that the rights and interests of the Holder hereunder will not be disproportionately adversely affected relative to the other holders of the Company’s Series F Preferred Stock.

11.2 Split, Subdivision or Combination of Shares . If the Company at any time while this Warrant, or any portion thereof, remains outstanding and unexpired shall split, subdivide or combine the securities as to which purchase rights under this Warrant exist, into a different number of securities of the same class, the Exercise Price for such securities shall be proportionately decreased in the case of a split or subdivision or proportionately increased in the case of a combination and the number of the securities as to which purchaser rights under this Warrant exist shall be increased or decreased proportionately in accordance with such split subdivision or combination, in each case such that, following any such split subdivision or combination, Holder shall be entitled to purchase the number of Common Stock which Holder would have owned or otherwise been entitled to receive in respect of shares of Common Stock subject to this Warrant after such date, had this Warrant been exercised immediately prior to such date.

 

   -6-   


11.3 Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment pursuant to this Section 11, the Company at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to the Secretary of the Company for filing in the Company’s records and to the Holder a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Company shall, upon the written request, at any time, of the Holder, furnish or cause to be furnished to the Holder a like certificate setting forth: (a) such adjustments and readjustments; (b) the Exercise Price at the time in effect; and (c) the number of shares and the amount, if any, of other property that at the time would be received upon the exercise of the Warrant. No such adjustment or change shall compel immediate exercise of this Warrant or otherwise affect the Expiration Date of this Warrant.

11.4 Other Adjustments (No Impairment) . If any change in the Warrant Shares or any other event occurs as to which the other provisions of this Section 11 are not strictly applicable or if strictly applicable would not fairly protect the purchase rights of the Holder in accordance with such provisions, then the Company shall make an adjustment in the number and class of shares available under the Warrant, the Exercise Price or the application of such provisions, so as to protect such purchase rights as aforesaid.

12. General Provisions .

12.1 Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware, excluding that body of law relating to conflict of laws.

12.2 Consent to Jurisdiction . Each of the parties hereto irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or, if such Court of Chancery shall lack subject matter jurisdiction, the Federal courts of the United States of America located in the County of New Castle, Delaware, for the purposes of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of this Agreement or any of the Transactions. Each of the parties hereto further agrees that service of any process, summons, notice or document by U.S. registered mail to such party’s respective address set forth in Section 12.6 shall be effective service of process for any action, suit or proceeding in Delaware with respect to any matters to which it has submitted to jurisdiction as set forth above in the immediately preceding sentence. Each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection to the laying of venue of any action, suit or proceeding arising out of this Agreement or the Transactions in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the Federal courts of the United States of America located in the County of New Castle, Delaware, and hereby further irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to plead or claim in any such court that any such action, suit or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

12.3 Waiver of Jury Trial . THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER SOUNDING IN

 

   -7-   


CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE. THE PARTIES AGREE THAT ANY OF THEM MAY FILE A COPY OF THIS SECTION 12.3 WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE KNOWING, VOLUNTARY AND BARGAINED-FOR AGREEMENT AMONG THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY TO WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY AND THAT ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING WHATSOEVER AMONG THEM RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY SHALL INSTEAD BE TRIED IN A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION BY A JUDGE SITTING WITHOUT A JURY.

12.4 Survival . The representations, warranties, covenants and agreements made herein shall survive the execution of this Agreement and the exercise of this Warrant.

12.5 Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties hereto.

12.6 Notices, etc . All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be sent via facsimile, overnight courier service or mailed by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed or sent (a) if to the Holder, at the address or facsimile number of the Holder set forth below such party’s name on the signature page hereto, or at such other address or number as the Holder shall have furnished to the Company in writing, or (b) if to the Company, at 1299 Orleans Dr., Sunnyvale, CA 94089, facsimile: (408) 543-1501, attention: Chief Executive Officer or at such other address or number as the Company shall have furnished to the Holder in writing.

All such notices and communications shall be effective (a) when sent by Federal Express or other overnight service of recognized standing, on the business day following the deposit with such service; (b) when mailed, by registered or certified mail, first class postage prepaid and addressed as aforesaid through the United States Postal Service or Canada Post, four days after being deposited in the mail; (c) when delivered by hand, upon delivery; and (d) when faxed, upon confirmation of receipt.

12.7 Amendments . This Warrant may be amended and the observance of any term of this Warrant may be waived only with the written consent of the Company and the Holder.

12.8 Severability . In case any provision of this Agreement shall be declared invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the Transactions are consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

12.9 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

   -8-   


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company and the Holder have caused the Warrant to be executed as of the effective date of this Warrant set forth above.

 

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION
By:   /s/ William H. Kurtz
  Name:   William H. Kurtz
  Title:   Chief Financial and Commercial Officer

 

AGREED AND ACCEPTED:

 

PE12GVVC (US DIRECT) LTD.

By:   /s/ David Goerz
Name:   David Goerz
Title:   Director
Address:   # 1100 – 10830 Jasper Avenue Edmonton, AB T5J 2B3

 

     


EXHIBIT A

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

To: BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

(1) The undersigned hereby elects to purchase                      shares of Series F Preferred Stock (“Series F Preferred Stock”) of Bloom Energy Corporation pursuant to the terms of the attached Agreement and Warrant to Purchase Series F Preferred Stock (the “Warrant”) for an aggregate Exercise Price of                      , and tenders herewith payment of the Exercise Price for such shares in full in the following manner:                              .

(2) The undersigned hereby confirms and acknowledges that the representations and warranties set forth in Section 8 of the Warrant remain true and correct concerning the Holder as of the date hereof, that the shares of Series F Preferred Stock are being acquired solely for the account of the undersigned and not as a nominee for any other party, and for investment, and that the undersigned will not offer, sell, or otherwise dispose of any such shares of Series F Preferred Stock except under circumstances that will not result in a violation of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any state securities laws.

(3) Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares of Series F Preferred Stock in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below. A new warrant evidencing the remaining shares of Warrant Shares covered by the Warrant, but not yet subscribed for and purchased, if any, should be issued in the name set forth below.

 

PE12GVVC (US DIRECT) LTD.
   
 

Print Name

 

 

Signature

 

 

Title

 

 

Date

 

 

     


EXHIBIT B

NET EXERCISE NOTICE

To: BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

(1) The undersigned hereby elects to convert the attached Warrant into                      shares of Series F Preferred Stock (“Series F Preferred Stock”) of Bloom Energy Corporation pursuant to the terms of the attached Agreement and Warrant to Purchase Series F Preferred Stock (the “Warrant”) for an aggregate Exercise Price of                      , in the form of a cashless exercise in accordance with Section 4 of the Warrant.

(2) In converting such Warrant, the undersigned hereby confirms and acknowledges that the representations and warranties set forth in Section 8 of the Warrant remain true and correct concerning the Holder as of the date hereof, that the shares of Series F Preferred Stock are being acquired solely for the account of the undersigned and not as a nominee for any other party, and for investment, and that the undersigned will not offer, sell, or otherwise dispose of any such shares of Series F Preferred Stock except under circumstances that will not result in a violation of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any state securities laws.

(3) Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares of Series F Preferred Stock in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below. A new warrant evidencing the remaining shares of Warrant Shares covered by the Warrant, but not yet subscribed for and purchased, if any, should be issued in the name set forth below.

 

PE12GVVC (US DIRECT) LTD.
   
 

Print Name

 

 

Signature

 

 

Title

 

  Date

 

     

Exhibit 4.12

THIS WARRANT AND THE SECURITIES THAT MAY BE PURCHASED PURSUANT TO THE EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED. SUCH SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SAID ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

AGREEMENT AND WARRANT TO PURCHASE SERIES F PREFERRED STOCK

Effective Date: July 1, 2014

Void After: July 1, 2021

This Agreement and Warrant to Purchase Series F Preferred Stock (this “Agreement” or “Warrant”) certifies that, for value received, PE12PXVC (US DIRECT) LTD., or any permitted transferee (the “Holder”), is entitled, subject to the terms set forth below, to purchase from Bloom Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), up to 372,074 shares of Series F Preferred Stock of the Company (“Series F Preferred Stock”), upon surrender of this Warrant, at the principal office of the Company referred to below, with the subscription form attached hereto duly executed, and simultaneous payment therefor, as hereinafter provided, of the aggregate Exercise Price (as defined below). The Exercise Price and the number of shares of Series F Preferred Stock purchasable hereunder are subject to adjustment as provided herein.

1. Number of Shares . Subject to any adjustments pursuant to Section 11 herein, this Warrant may be exercised, in whole or in part, for up to 372,074 shares of Series F Preferred Stock (the “Warrant Shares”).

2. Exercise Price . Subject to any adjustments pursuant to Section 11 herein, the per share purchase price of the Series F Preferred Stock (the “Exercise Price”) for which this Warrant may be exercised shall be $18.52.

3. Exercise of Warrant .

3.1 Time of Exercise . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, this Warrant shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time prior to 5:00 p.m. (Pacific Standard Time) on July 1, 2021 (the “Expiration Date”).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless the Holder provides the Company with prior written notice to the contrary, this Warrant shall terminate immediately prior to the closing of (i) a merger, consolidation, amalgamation or similar transaction of the Company with or into any other corporation or corporations in which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such transaction shall own, immediately thereafter, less than fifty percent (50%) of the voting securities of the surviving corporation or its parent or (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (each a “Change of Control Event”). The Company shall give the Holder written notice of a Change of Control Event not later than thirty (30) days prior to the closing of such Change of Control Event.

 

     


3.2 Method of Exercise . The exercise shall be effected by (a) the surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company as set forth in Section 12.6 (or such other office or agency of the Company as may be designated by notice in writing to the Holder at the address of the Holder appearing on the books of the Company), (b) delivery of the Notice of Exercise attached hereto as Exhibit A (unless the Holder is exercising by means of a “net exercise” as provided for in Section 4 below, in which case the Holder shall deliver the Net Exercise Notice attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “Net Exercise Notice”)), and (c) unless payment of the Exercise Price is made pursuant to a “net exercise” as provided under Section 4 below, payment of the Exercise Price in cash, check or wire transfer of immediately available funds.

3.3 Effect of Exercise . This Warrant (or the portion thereof exercised) shall be deemed to have been exercised immediately prior to the close of business on the date of its surrender for exercise as provided above, and the Holder shall be treated for all purposes as the holder of record of such Warrant Shares as of the close of business on such date. The Company, at its expense, shall, within three (3) business days after exercise, issue and deliver to the Holder (i) a certificate or certificates for the number of Warrant Shares issuable upon such exercise and, (ii) unless this Warrant shall have expired or been exercised in full, a new warrant representing the right to acquire the number of Warrant Shares represented by the surrendered Warrant, if any, that shall not have been exercised.

4. Net Exercise .

4.1 Net Issue Exercise . In lieu of exercising this Warrant via payment by cash, check or wire transfer, the Holder may elect to receive shares equal to the value of this Warrant (or the portion thereof being exercised) by surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company together with the completed Net Exercise Notice indicating the Holder’s election to exercise this Warrant by means of a “net exercise,” in which event the Company shall issue to the Holder a number of shares of Common Stock computed using the following formula:

X = Y (A - B)

A

 

Where    X            =    the number of Warrant Shares to be issued to the Holder.
   Y    =    the number of Warrant Shares purchasable under this Warrant or, if only a portion of the Warrant is being exercised, the portion of the Warrant being exercised (at the date of such calculation).
   A    =    the fair market value (as determined below) of one Warrant Share (at the date of such calculation).
   B    =    the Exercise Price (as adjusted to the date of such calculation).

If the above calculation results in a negative number, then no shares of Common Stock shall be issued or issuable upon exercise of this Warrant.

 

   -2-   


4.2 Fair Market Value . For purposes of this Section 4, the “fair market value” of one Warrant Share shall be determined by the Company’s Board of Directors in good faith which determination shall take in account any factors that the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) deems relevant, including, without limitation, any independent third party valuation but, for the avoidance of doubt, without giving effect to lack of control or lack of marketability; provided however, that if the time of exercise coincides with the Company’s underwritten initial public offering, the “fair market value” shall be the price at which the Company’s Common Stock are sold at such public offering, and further provided, that where there exists a public market for the Warrant Shares at the time of such exercise, the “fair market value” per Warrant Share shall be the average of the closing prices of the Warrant Shares on any such exchange on which the Warrant Shares is listed, whichever is applicable, for the twenty-one (21) trading days prior to the date of the delivery of the Net Exercise Notice.

5. No Fractional Shares or Scrip . No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant. In lieu of any fractional share to which the Holder would otherwise be entitled, the Company shall, within three (3) business days after exercise, make a payment to the Holder, via cash, check or wire transfer of immediately available funds, equal to the Exercise Price multiplied by such fraction computed to the nearest whole cent less the prorated Exercise Price for such fractional share.

6. No Rights as Stockholder . Until the Warrant shall have been exercised as provided herein, solely by virtue of this Warrant, the Holder shall not be entitled to vote or receive dividends or be deemed the holder of Series F Preferred Stock or any other securities of the Company that may at any time be issuable on the exercise hereof for any purpose, nor shall anything contained herein be construed to confer upon the Holder, as such, any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action, or to receive dividends or subscription rights or otherwise. Nothing contained in this Warrant shall be construed as imposing any liabilities on the Holder to purchase any securities (upon exercise of this Warrant or otherwise) or as a stockholder of the Company, whether such liabilities are asserted by the Company or creditors of the Company.

7. Transfer of Warrant; Registration Rights .

7.1 Transferability of Warrant . Subject to Section 7.2, this Warrant and all rights hereunder are transferable, in whole or in part, upon the books of the Company by the Holder in person or by duly authorized attorney, and a new warrant shall be made and delivered by the Company, of the same tenor and date as this Warrant but registered in the name of one or more transferees, upon surrender of this Warrant, duly endorsed, to the office or agency of the Company described in Section 3.2. All expenses (other than stock transfer taxes) and other charges payable in connection with the preparation, execution and delivery of the new warrants pursuant to this Section 7.1 shall be paid by the Company.

7.2 Company Consent to Transfers . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in Section 7.1, Holder may not transfer this Warrant, or any rights hereunder, prior to an initial public offering of the Company’s common stock without the prior written consent of the Company, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

   -3-   


Notwithstanding the foregoing, the written consent of the Company will not be required and the Holder shall only be required to provide the Company with prior written notice of any sale, transfer or other disposition of this Warrant prior to an initial public offering of the Company’s Common Stock if the sale, transfer or other disposition is to (i) an “Affiliate” (as such term is defined in Rule 144(a) promulgated under the Securities Act, which for purposes of this Agreement shall be deemed to include any direct or indirect partner or other equityholder of the Holder and shall include any investment entity under common management with the Holder) of the Holder, (ii) to the direct or indirect partners or retired partners of the Holder, if the Holder is a partnership, (iii) to the direct or indirect shareholders of the Holder, if the Holder is a corporation, or (iv) to the direct or indirect members of the Holder, if the Holder is a limited liability company.

7.3 Register . The Company will maintain a register (the “Warrant Register”) containing the name and address of the Holder. The Holder of this Warrant may change its address as shown on the Warrant Register by written notice to the Company requesting such change. Any notice or written communication required or permitted to be given to the Holder may be delivered or given by mail to the Holder as shown on the Warrant Register and at the address shown on the Warrant Register.

8. Representations and Warranties of the Holder and Restrictions on Transfer Imposed by the Securities Act .

8.1 Representations and Warranties by the Holder . The Holder hereby represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

(a) The Holder has full legal capacity, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. This Agreement is a valid and binding obligation of the Holder, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity.

(b) The Warrant and the Warrant Shares are being acquired for the Holder’s own account, for investment and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution or public offering thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act or any state Blue Sky laws.

(c) The Holder understands that the Warrant and the Warrant Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of their issuance in a transaction exempt from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(2) thereof, that the Company has no present intention of registering the Warrant or the Warrant Shares, that the Warrant and the Warrant Shares must be held by the Holder indefinitely, and that the Holder must therefor bear the economic risk of such investment indefinitely, unless a subsequent disposition thereof is registered under the Securities Act or is exempt from registration.

 

   -4-   


(d) The Holder agrees that it will not offer, sell or otherwise dispose of this Warrant or any Warrant Shares to be issued upon exercise hereof except under circumstances which will not result in a violation of the Securities Act or any state securities law. This Warrant and all Warrant Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant shall be stamped or imprinted with legends in substantially the following form:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”) OR REGISTERED OR QUALIFIED UNDER ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR TRANSFERRED UNLESS (I) THERE IS AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT COVERING SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER OR (II) THERE IS AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, THAT EXEMPTIONS FROM THE REGISTRATION, QUALIFICATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND OF ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS FOR SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER ARE AVAILABLE.

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A LOCK-UP PERIOD FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE COMPANY’S INITIAL UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.

(e) During the negotiation of the transactions contemplated herein, the Holder and its representatives and legal counsel have been afforded full and free access to corporate books, financial statements, records, contracts, documents, and other information concerning the Company and to its offices and facilities, have been afforded an opportunity to ask such questions of the Company’s officers, employees, agents, accountants and representatives concerning the Company’s business, operations, financial condition, assets, liabilities and other relevant matters as they have deemed necessary or desirable, and have been given all such information as has been requested, in order to evaluate the merits and risks of the prospective investments contemplated herein.

(f) The Holder and its representatives have been solely responsible for the Holder’s own “due diligence” investigation of the Company and the Company’s management and business, for its own analysis of the merits and risks of this investment, and for its own analysis of the fairness and desirability of the terms of the investment. In taking any action or performing any role relative to the arranging of the proposed investment, the Holder has acted solely in its own interest, and the Holder (or any of its agents or employees) has not acted as an agent of the Company. The Holder has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that the Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the purchase of the Warrant pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and of protecting the Holder’s interests in connection therewith.

 

   -5-   


(g) The Holder is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501 of the Securities Act.

(h) The Holder understands that it has had the opportunity to review with its own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. It understands that it (and not the Company) shall be responsible for its own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

9. [Reserved] .

10. Lost Documents . Upon receipt by the Company of evidence of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of, and upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, if mutilated, the Company will make and deliver to the Holder, in lieu of this Warrant, a new Warrant of the same series and of like tenor of this Warrant.

11. Adjustments . The number of shares purchasable hereunder are subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:

11.1 Reorganization, Reclassification, Merger or Conveyance . If any capital reorganization or reclassification of the capital stock of the Company shall be effected in such a way that holders of Series F Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive stock, securities or assets with respect to or in exchange for Series F Preferred Stock (including, for the avoidance of doubt, in the event of an initial public offering of the Company’s common stock), or in the event the Company (or any such other corporation) merges with or into another corporation or conveys all or substantially all of its assets to another corporation and this Warrant does not terminate in accordance with the, provisions of Section 3.1 above, then, as a condition of such reorganization, reclassification, merger or conveyance, lawful and adequate provisions shall be made whereby this Warrant shall remain outstanding upon the terms and conditions specified herein and shall thereafter be automatically (and without further action) exercisable for (in lieu of the Warrant Shares immediately theretofore receivable upon the exercise of the Warrant) such shares of stock, securities or assets (including cash) as may be issued or payable with respect to or in exchange for the number of Warrant Shares immediately theretofore so receivable, in connection with such reorganization, reclassification, merger or conveyance. In any such case, the Company should ensure that the rights and interests of the Holder hereunder will not be disproportionately adversely affected relative to the other holders of the Company’s Series F Preferred Stock.

11.2 Split, Subdivision or Combination of Shares . If the Company at any time while this Warrant, or any portion thereof, remains outstanding and unexpired shall split, subdivide or combine the securities as to which purchase rights under this Warrant exist, into a different number of securities of the same class, the Exercise Price for such securities shall be proportionately decreased in the case of a split or subdivision or proportionately increased in the case of a combination and the number of the securities as to which purchaser rights under this Warrant exist shall be increased or decreased proportionately in accordance with such split subdivision or combination, in each case such that, following any such split subdivision or combination, Holder shall be entitled to purchase the number of Common Stock which Holder would have owned or otherwise been entitled to receive in respect of shares of Common Stock subject to this Warrant after such date, had this Warrant been exercised immediately prior to such date.

 

   -6-   


11.3 Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment pursuant to this Section 11, the Company at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to the Secretary of the Company for filing in the Company’s records and to the Holder a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Company shall, upon the written request, at any time, of the Holder, furnish or cause to be furnished to the Holder a like certificate setting forth: (a) such adjustments and readjustments; (b) the Exercise Price at the time in effect; and (c) the number of shares and the amount, if any, of other property that at the time would be received upon the exercise of the Warrant. No such adjustment or change shall compel immediate exercise of this Warrant or otherwise affect the Expiration Date of this Warrant.

11.4 Other Adjustments (No Impairment) . If any change in the Warrant Shares or any other event occurs as to which the other provisions of this Section 11 are not strictly applicable or if strictly applicable would not fairly protect the purchase rights of the Holder in accordance with such provisions, then the Company shall make an adjustment in the number and class of shares available under the Warrant, the Exercise Price or the application of such provisions, so as to protect such purchase rights as aforesaid.

12. General Provisions .

12.1 Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware, excluding that body of law relating to conflict of laws.

12.2 Consent to Jurisdiction . Each of the parties hereto irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or, if such Court of Chancery shall lack subject matter jurisdiction, the Federal courts of the United States of America located in the County of New Castle, Delaware, for the purposes of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of this Agreement or any of the Transactions. Each of the parties hereto further agrees that service of any process, summons, notice or document by U.S. registered mail to such party’s respective address set forth in Section 12.6 shall be effective service of process for any action, suit or proceeding in Delaware with respect to any matters to which it has submitted to jurisdiction as set forth above in the immediately preceding sentence. Each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection to the laying of venue of any action, suit or proceeding arising out of this Agreement or the Transactions in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the Federal courts of the United States of America located in the County of New Castle, Delaware, and hereby further irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to plead or claim in any such court that any such action, suit or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

12.3 Waiver of Jury Trial . THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER SOUNDING IN

 

   -7-   


CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE. THE PARTIES AGREE THAT ANY OF THEM MAY FILE A COPY OF THIS SECTION 12.3 WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE KNOWING, VOLUNTARY AND BARGAINED-FOR AGREEMENT AMONG THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY TO WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY AND THAT ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING WHATSOEVER AMONG THEM RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY SHALL INSTEAD BE TRIED IN A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION BY A JUDGE SITTING WITHOUT A JURY.

12.4 S urvival . The representations, warranties, covenants and agreements made herein shall survive the execution of this Agreement and the exercise of this Warrant.

12.5 Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties hereto.

12.6 Notices, etc . All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be sent via facsimile, overnight courier service or mailed by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed or sent (a) if to the Holder, at the address or facsimile number of the Holder set forth below such party’s name on the signature page hereto, or at such other address or number as the Holder shall have furnished to the Company in writing, or (b) if to the Company, at 1299 Orleans Dr., Sunnyvale, CA 94089, facsimile: (408) 543-1501, attention: Chief Executive Officer or at such other address or number as the Company shall have furnished to the Holder in writing.

All such notices and communications shall be effective (a) when sent by Federal Express or other overnight service of recognized standing, on the business day following the deposit with such service; (b) when mailed, by registered or certified mail, first class postage prepaid and addressed as aforesaid through the United States Postal Service or Canada Post, four days after being deposited in the mail; (c) when delivered by hand, upon delivery; and (d) when faxed, upon confirmation of receipt.

12.7 Amendments . This Warrant may be amended and the observance of any term of this Warrant may be waived only with the written consent of the Company and the Holder.

12.8 Severability . In case any provision of this Agreement shall be declared invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the Transactions are consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

12.9 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

   -8-   


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Holder have caused the Warrant to be executed as of the effective date of this Warrant set forth above.

 

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION
By:   /s/ William H. Kurtz
  Name: William H. Kurtz
  Title: Chief Financial and Commercial Officer

 

AGREED AND ACCEPTED:

 

PE12PXVC (US DIRECT) LTD.
By:   /s/ David Goerz
Name:   David Goerz
Title:   Director
Address:  

#1100 – 10830 Jasper Avenue

Edmonton, AB T5J 2B3

 

     


EXHIBIT A

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

To: BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

(1) The undersigned hereby elects to purchase              shares of Series F Preferred Stock (“Series F Preferred Stock”) of Bloom Energy Corporation pursuant to the terms of the attached Agreement and Warrant to Purchase Series F Preferred Stock (the “Warrant”) for an aggregate Exercise Price of              , and tenders herewith payment of the Exercise Price for such shares in full in the following manner:                      .

(2) The undersigned hereby confirms and acknowledges that the representations and warranties set forth in Section 8 of the Warrant remain true and correct concerning the Holder as of the date hereof, that the shares of Series F Preferred Stock are being acquired solely for the account of the undersigned and not as a nominee for any other party, and for investment, and that the undersigned will not offer, sell, or otherwise dispose of any such shares of Series F Preferred Stock except under circumstances that will not result in a violation of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any state securities laws.

(3) Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares of Series F Preferred Stock in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below. A new warrant evidencing the remaining shares of Warrant Shares covered by the Warrant, but not yet subscribed for and purchased, if any, should be issued in the name set forth below.

 

PE12PXVC (US DIRECT) LTD.
 

 

Print Name

 

 

 

Signature

 

 

 

Title

 

 

 

Date

 

     


EXHIBIT B

NET EXERCISE NOTICE

To: BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

(1) The undersigned hereby elects to convert the attached Warrant into              shares of Series F Preferred Stock (“Series F Preferred Stock”) of Bloom Energy Corporation pursuant to the terms of the attached Agreement and Warrant to Purchase Series F Preferred Stock (the “Warrant”) for an aggregate Exercise Price of              , in the form of a cashless exercise in accordance with Section 4 of the Warrant.

(2) In converting such Warrant, the undersigned hereby confirms and acknowledges that the representations and warranties set forth in Section 8 of the Warrant remain true and correct concerning the Holder as of the date hereof, that the shares of Series F Preferred Stock are being acquired solely for the account of the undersigned and not as a nominee for any other party, and for investment, and that the undersigned will not offer, sell, or otherwise dispose of any such shares of Series F Preferred Stock except under circumstances that will not result in a violation of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any state securities laws.

(3) Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares of Series F Preferred Stock in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below. A new warrant evidencing the remaining shares of Warrant Shares covered by the Warrant, but not yet subscribed for and purchased, if any, should be issued in the name set forth below.

 

PE12PXVC (US DIRECT) LTD.
 

 

Print Name

 

 

 

Signature

 

 

 

Title

 

 

 

Date

 

     

Exhibit 4.13

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE CORPORATION AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE PREFERRED STOCK

Issuer:                        BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation

Number of Shares:    7,764 Shares (or as otherwise determined in Section 1 below)

Class of Stock:          Series G Preferred Stock, $ .0001 par value

Exercise Price:          $25.76 per Share

Issue Date:                December 31, 2012

Expiration Date:       The tenth anniversary of the Issue Date.

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for the agreed upon value of $1.00 and for other good and valuable consideration, including the execution and delivery of that certain Master Loan and Security Agreement No. BLOOX, dated as of December 31 , 2012, (the “Loan Agreement” and each loan thereunder, a “Loan”), this Warrant is issued to ATEL VENTURES, INC., in its capacity as Trustee for its assignee affiliated funds identified in that certain Amendment and Restatement of Inter-Company Trust Agreement for Warrants dated as of January 1,2007, as amended by Amendment No. 1 dated as of March 15,2010, and as may be further amended and restated from time to time, and deemed effective as of July 20,2004 (“Holder”), by BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”).

1. ISSUANCE.

Subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, the Holder is entitled upon surrender of this Warrant and the duly executed subscription form annexed hereto as Appendix 1, at the office of the Company, 1299 Orleans Drive, Sunnyvale, CA 94089, or such other office as the Company shall notify the Holder of in writing, to purchase from the Company up to 7,764 shares of fully paid and non-assessable shares (the “Shares”) of the Company’s Series G Preferred Stock, $.0001 par value per share (the “Series G Preferred Stock”), at a purchase price per Share of $25.76 (the “Exercise Price”). This Warrant may be exercised in whole or in part at any time and from time to time until 5:00 PM, Pacific time, on the Expiration Date set forth above, and shall be void thereafter. Until such time as this Warrant is exercised in full or expires, the Exercise Price and the Shares are subject to adjustment from time to time as hereinafter provided.

2. EXERCISE

(a) Method of Exercise . Holder may exercise this Warrant by delivering this Warrant, together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix 1 hereto, to the principal office of the Company. Unless Holder is exercising the conversion right set forth in Section 2(b), Holder shall also deliver to the Company a check for the aggregate Exercise Price for the Shares being purchased.

 

1


(b) Conversion Right . In lieu of exercising this Warrant as specified in Section 2(a), Holder may from time to time convert this Warrant, in whole or in part, into a number of Shares determined as follows:

 

X= Y (A-B)     

A

where:

   X = the number of Shares to be issued to the Holder.
   Y= the number of Shares with respect to which this
      Warrant is being exercised.
  

A= the Fair Market Value (as determined pursuant to

      Section 2 (c) below) of one Share.

   B= the Exercise Price.

(c) Fair Market Value.

(i) If shares of Common Stock are traded on a nationally recognized securities exchange or over the counter market, the fair market value of one Share shall be the average closing price of a share of Common Stock over the five day trading period immediately preceding the date of Holder’s Notice of Exercise to the Company (or such lesser number of trading days as the stock has been publicly traded). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event this Warrant is exercised in connection with the Company’s initial public offering of Common Stock, the fair market value per share shall be the product of (i) the per share offering price to the public of the Company’s initial public offering, and (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Series G Preferred Stock is convertible at the time of exercise.

(ii) If shares of Common Stock are not traded on a nationally recognized securities exchange or over the counter market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine the fair market value of a share of Common Stock in its reasonable good faith judgment. The foregoing notwithstanding, if Holder advises the Board of Directors in writing that Holder disagrees with such determination, then the Company and Holder shall promptly agree upon a reputable investment banking firm to undertake such valuation. If the valuation of such investment banking firm is greater than that determined by the Board of Directors by five percent (5%) or more, then all fees and expenses of such investment banking firm shall be paid by the Company. In all other circumstances, such fees and expenses shall be paid by Holder. The determination of any such investment banking firm shall be conclusive in any event.

(d) Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Promptly after Holder exercises or converts this Warrant, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised or converted and has not expired, a new Warrant representing the right to purchase the Shares not so acquired.

 

2


(e) Replacement of Warrants. On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company at its expense shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.

(f) Assumption on Sale, Merger, or Consolidation of the Company.

(i) “Acquisition” . For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means any sale, transfer, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or any acquisition, reorganization, consolidation or merger of the Company where the holders of the Company’s outstanding voting equity securities immediately prior to the transaction beneficially own less than 50.01% of the outstanding voting equity securities of the surviving or successor entity immediately following the transaction, or a reverse triangular merger in which the Company survives as a wholly owned subsidiary of the acquiring company and the holders of the Company’s outstanding voting equity securities prior to the reverse triangular merger remain the same.

(ii) Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition.

(A) Holder agrees that, in the event of an Acquisition in which the sole consideration is cash, either (1) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition, or (2) if Holder elects not to exercise this Warrant, this Warrant will expire upon the consummation of such Acquisition. The Company shall provide the Holder with written notice of its request relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable information as the Holder may request in connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed Acquisition. In the event that, on the date of the Acquisition described in this Section 2(f)(ii)(A) the Fair Market Value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 2( c) above is greater than the Exercise Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be converted pursuant to Section 2(b) above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised or converted, and the Company shall promptly deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such conversion to the Holder.

(B) Holder agrees that, in the event of an Acquisition that is a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (and only its assets) (an “Asset Sale”), either (1) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition or (2) if Holder elects not to exercise this Warrant, this Warrant will continue until the Expiration Date if the Company continues as a going concern following the closing of such Asset Sale. The Company shall provide the Holder with written notice of its request relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable information as the Holder may request in connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed Asset Sale.

 

3


(C) Holder agrees that upon the closing of any Acquisition (other than those described in (A) and (B) of this Section 2(f)(ii), including Acquisitions in which the sole consideration is shares of a class or series of stock of a company that is privately or publicly traded, or any combination of cash or such shares of stock, the Company shall either:

(1) cause the successor entity to assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall be exercisable for the same securities and property as would be payable for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition and its subsequent closing (in such instance, the Warrant Price and/or numbers of Shares shall be adjusted accordingly), or

(2) purchase this Warrant on the closing date of the Acquisition for an amount in cash equal to the greater of (i) the product of (A) the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant, multiplied by (B) the excess (if any) of the Fair Market Value of a Warrant Share over the Exercise Price or (ii) three times (3x) the Exercise Price less the Exercise Price. The Fair Market Value of a Warrant share shall be determined as set forth in Section 2(c).

(g) Conversion or Redemption of Series G Preferred Stock . Should all of the Company’s Series G Preferred Stock be, or if outstanding would be, at any time prior to the expiration of this Warrant or any portion thereof, redeemed or converted into shares of the Company’s Common Stock in accordance with Section 4 of the Charter, then this Warrant shall become immediately exercisable prior to such event for that number of shares of the Common Stock that would have been received if this Warrant had been exercised in full and the Series G Preferred Stock received thereupon had been simultaneously converted immediately prior to such event, and the Exercise Price shall immediately be adjusted to equal the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the aggregate Exercise Price of the maximum number of shares of Series G Preferred Stock for which this Warrant was exercisable immediately prior to such conversion or redemption, by (y) the number of shares of Common Stock for which this Warrant is exercisable immediately after such conversion or redemption. For purposes of the forgoing, the “Charter” shall mean the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation as amended and /or restated and effective immediately prior to the redemption or conversion of all of the Company’s Series G Preferred Stock.

3. ADJUSTMENTS.

(a) Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend on the outstanding shares of Series G Preferred Stock, payable in Common Stock or other securities, then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend occurred. If the outstanding Series G Preferred Stock is subdivided into a greater number of shares, the Exercise Price shall be proportionately decreased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately increased.

(b) Reclassification, Exchange or Substitution . Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this Warrant had been exercised immediately before

 

4


such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event. The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder a new Warrant for such new securities or other property. The new Warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Section 3 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Exercise Price and to the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new Warrant. The provisions of this Section 3(b) shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or other events.

(c) Adjustments for Combinations, Etc . If the outstanding shares of Series G Preferred Stock are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Exercise Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

(d) No Impairment . The Company shall not, by amendment of the Charter or Bylaws, or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out of all the provisions of this Section 3 and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Holder’s rights under this Article against impairment.

(e) Fractional Shares . No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional Share interest arises upon any exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional Share interest by paying Holder an amount computed by multiplying such fractional interest by the Fair Market Value (determined in accordance with Section 2(c) above) of one Share.

(f) Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Exercise Price, number of Shares or class of security for which this Warrant is exercisable, the Company, at its expense, shall promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate of its chief financial officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Exercise Price, number of Shares class of security for which this Warrant is exercisable in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Exercise Price, number of Shares and class of security.

4. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY .

(a) Representations and Warranties. The Company hereby represents and warrants to Holder as follows:

(i) All Shares which may be issued upon the due exercise of this Warrant shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.

 

5


(ii) The Company covenants that it shall at all times cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued shares such number of shares of its Preferred Stock and other securities as will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of this Warrant and the conversion or exchange of such Preferred Stock into or for such other securities.

(iii) The execution and delivery by the Company of this Warrant and the performance of all obligations of the Company hereunder, including the issuance to Holder of the right to acquire the shares of Preferred Stock, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company, and the Loan Agreement and this Warrant are not inconsistent with the Company’s Charter or Bylaws, do not contravene any law or governmental rule, regulation or order applicable to it, do not and will not contravene any provision of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, contract or other instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound, and the Loan Agreement and this Warrant constitute legal, valid and binding agreements of the Company, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms.

(iv) No consent or approval of, giving of notice to, registration with, or taking of any other action in respect of any state, Federal or other governmental authority or agency is required with respect to the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of its obligations under this Warrant, except for the filing of notices pursuant to Regulation D under the 1933 Act and any filing required by applicable state securities law, which filings will be effective by the time required thereby.

(b) Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon its Common Stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to offer for subscription pro rata to the holders of Common Stock any additional shares of stock of any class or series or other rights; (c) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of its Common Stock; (d) to merge or consolidate with or into any other corporation, or sell, lease, license, or convey all or substantially all of its assets, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or (e) offer holders of registration rights the opportunity to participate in an underwritten public offering of the company’s securities for cash, then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder (1) at least 20 days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of securities of the Company shall be entitled to receive such dividend, distribution or rights) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above; (2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least 20 days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of securities of the Company will be entitled to exchange their securities of the Company for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and (3) in the case of the matter referred to in (e) above, the same notice as is given to the holders of such registration rights.

(c) Information Rights . So long as the Holder holds this Warrant and/or any of the Shares, the Company shall deliver to the Holder (i) promptly after mailing, copies of all notices or other written communications to the stockholders of the Company, (ii) if the subject Loan(s) under the Loan Agreement no longer are outstanding, then upon Holder’s request, within one hundred and eighty (180) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, the annual audited financial statements of the Company certified by independent public accountants of recognized standing and (iii) if the subject Loan(s) under the Loan

 

6


Agreement no longer are outstanding, then upon Holder’s request, within forty five (45) days after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year, the Company’s quarterly, unaudited financial statements; provided, however, that the Company shall have no obligation to provide financial statements pursuant to (iii) above at any time when the per share purchase price of the equity securities sold in the Company’s latest bona fide equity financing with the purpose of raising capital is equal to or greater than two times the Exercise Price (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends or the like). Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, no Holder by reason of this Agreement shall have access to any trade secrets or classified information of the Company. The Company shall not be required to comply with any information rights of hereunder in respect of any Holder whom the Company reasonably determines to be a competitor or an officer, employee, director or holder of more than ten percent (10%) of a competitor. Holder acknowledges that the information received by them pursuant to this Warrant may be confidential and for its use only, and it will not use such confidential information in violation of the Exchange Act or reproduce, disclose or disseminate such information to any other person (other than its employees or agents having a need to know the contents of such information, and its attorneys).

(d) Registration Under Securities Act of 1933, as Amended . The Company agrees that the Shares shall be entitled to certain registration rights (“Registration Rights”), as set forth in that certain Eighth Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated as of June 30, 2011, among the Company and the Company’s stockholders named therein, (as may be amended, the “Registration Rights Agreement”). The Company agrees to amend the Registration Rights Agreement to make Holder a party thereto for such purpose. Failure to provide such Registration Rights to Holder within ninety (90) days of the date of the first Loan under the Loan Agreement, shall, at Holder’s option, be an Event of Default under the Loan Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Registration Rights Agreement, such registration rights shall be pari passu with the rights of all other Holders, as defined therein, and the Company shall obtain the requisite prior written consent of the Holders to ensure Holder receives such pari passu registration rights. Upon becoming a party to the Registration Rights Agreement, Holder agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions thereof. The Company represents and warrants to Holder that the Company’s execution, delivery and performance of the Registration Rights Agreement (a) has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action of the Company’s Board of Directors and stockholders, (b) does not and will not violate the Company’s Charter or Bylaws, each as amended, (c) does not and will not violate or cause a breach or default (or an event which with the passage oftime or the giving of notice or both, would constitute a breach or default) under any agreement, instrument, mortgage, deed of trust or other arrangement to which the Company is a party or to or by which it or any of its assets is subject or bound, and (d) does not require the approval, consent or waiver of or by any shareholder, registration rights holder or other third party which approval, consent or waiver has not been obtained as of the date of issuance of this Warrant.

(e) Termination of Covenants . The covenants set forth in Sections 4(b) and 4(c) shall terminate and be of no further force and effect after the closing of the Company’s first public offering of the Company’s Common Stock registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or an Acquisition.

 

7


5. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF HOLDER.

(a) Representations and Warranties . Holder hereby represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

(i) The right to acquire Shares and the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares will be acquired for investment purposes and not with a view to the sale or distribution of any part thereof, and Holder has no present intention of selling or engaging in any public distribution of the same in violation of the 1933 Act.

(ii) Holder understands (A) that this Warrant, the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares are not registered under the 1933 Act or qualified under applicable state securities laws on the ground that the issuance contemplated by this Warrant will be exempt from the registration and qualifications requirements thereof, and (B) that the Company’s reliance on such exemption is predicated on the representations set forth in this Section 5.

(iii) In no event will Holder make a disposition of any of Holder’s rights to acquire Shares or Shares issuable upon exercise of such rights or the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares unless and until (i) Holder shall have notified the Company in writing of the proposed disposition, and (ii) the transferee agrees to be bound in writing to the applicable terms and conditions of this Warrant, and (iii) if the Company request, Holder shall have furnished the Company with an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company and the Company’s counsel to the effect that (A) appropriate action necessary for compliance with the 1933 Act has been taken, or (B) an exemption from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act is available. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the restrictions imposed upon the transferability of any of Holder’s rights to acquire Shares or Shares issuable on the exercise of such rights or the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares do not apply to transfers from the beneficial owner of any of the aforementioned securities to its nominee or from such nominee to its beneficial owner, and shall terminate as to any particular share of Shares when (1) such security shall have been effectively registered under the 1933 Act and sold by the holder thereof in accordance with such registration or (2) such security shall have been sold without registration in compliance with Rule 144 under the 1933 Act, or (3) a letter shall have been issued to the Company at Holder’s request by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission or a ruling shall have been issued to the Company at Holder’s request by such Commission stating that no action shall be recommended by such staff or taken by such Commission, as the case may be, if such security is transferred without registration under the 1933 Act in accordance with the conditions set forth in such letter or ruling and such letter or ruling specifies that no subsequent restrictions on transfer are required. Whenever the restrictions imposed hereunder shall terminate, as hereinabove provided, the holder of a share of Shares then outstanding as to which such restrictions have terminated shall be entitled to receive from the Company, without expense to such holder, one or more new certificates for the Warrant or for such shares of Shares not bearing any restrictive legend referring to 1933 Act registration or exemption.

(iv) Holder has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and knowledge of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of Holder’s investment, and have the ability to bear the economic risks of Holder’s investment.

(v) Holder understands that if the Company does not register with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 12 of the 1934 Act (the “1934 Act”), or file reports pursuant to Section 15(d), of the 1934 Act, or if a registration statement covering the securities under the 1933 Act is not in effect when Holder desire to sell (i)

 

8


the rights to purchase Shares pursuant to this Warrant, or (ii) the Shares issuable upon exercise of the right to purchase, or (iii) the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares, Holder may be required to hold such securities for an indefinite period. Holder also understand that any sale of Holder’s right to purchase Shares or Shares or Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares, which might be made by it in reliance upon Rule 144 under the 1933 Act may be made only in accordance with the terms and conditions of that Rule.

(vi) Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of the Securities and Exchange Rule 501 of Regulation D of the 1933 Act, as presently in effect.

(vii) Holder’s domicile for purposes of state securities laws is in the State of California.

(b) Lockup . Holder and each of Holder’s transferees agrees, in connection with the first registration of the Company’s securities under the 1933 Act, upon the Company’s request or the request of the underwriters managing any underwritten offering of the Company’s securities, not to (a) lend, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock (whether such shares or any such securities are then owned by Us or are thereafter acquired) or (b) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (a) or (b) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, without the Company’s prior written consent or the prior written consent of such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto) from the effective date of such registration as the Company or the underwriters may specify; provided, however, that all (x) the Company’s officers and directors and (y) the Company’s stockholders holding three percent (3%) or more of the Company’s total outstanding Common Stock (treating all the Company’s convertible, exercisable and exchangeable securities on an as-if converted to Common Stock basis) are bound by agreements that are no less restrictive. The underwriters in connection with the Company’s initial public offering are intended third party beneficiaries of this Lock-Up Agreement and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. Holder agrees that the Company may instruct the Company’s transfer agent to place stop-transfer notations in its records to enforce the provisions of this Lock-Up Agreement until the end of such period.

5. MISCELLANEOUS .

(a) Automatic Conversion upon Expiration . In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the Fair Market Value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 2( c) above is greater than the Exercise Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be converted pursuant to Section 2(b) above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised or converted, and the Company shall promptly deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such conversion to the Holder.

 

9


(b) Legends . This Warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”) OR REGISTERED OR QUALIFIED UNDER ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR TRANSFERRED UNLESS (I) THERE IS AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT COVERING SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER OR (II) THERE IS AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, THAT EXEMPTIONS FROM THE REGISTRATION, QUALIFICATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND OF ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS FOR SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER ARE AVAILABLE.

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A LOCK-UP PERIOD FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE COMPANY’S INITIAL UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.

(c) Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters). The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to an affiliate of Holder or if (a) there is no material question as to the availability of current information as referenced in Rule 144(c), (b) Holder represents that it has complied with Rule 144( d) and (e) in reasonable detail, (c) the selling broker represents that it has complied with Rule 144(f), and (d) the Company is provided with a copy of Holder’s notice of proposed sale.

(d) Transfer Procedure . Subject to the provisions of Section 5(d), Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant and/or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) at any time to any affiliate of Holder, or to any other transferee by giving the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred setting forth the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and surrendering this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable). Holder agrees not to transfer this Warrant to a competitor of the Company as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors.

(e) Notices . All notices and other communications from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or sent by electronic facsimile transmission, express overnight courier service, or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or the Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such holder from time to time, but in all cases, unless instructed in writing otherwise, the Company shall deliver a copy of all notices to Holder at 600 Montgomery Street, 9 th Floor, San Francisco CA 94111, Attention: Associate General Counsel.

 

10


(f) Waiver . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

(g) Remedies . In the event of any default hereunder, the non-defaulting party may proceed to protect and enforce its rights either by suit in equity and/or by action at law, including, but not limited to, an action for damages as a result of any such default, and/or an action for specific performance for any default where the non-defaulting party will not have an adequate remedy at law and where damages will not be readily ascertainable. The defaulting party expressly agrees that it shall not oppose an application by the non-defaulting party or any other person entitled to the benefit of this Warrant requiring specific performance of any or all provisions hereof or enjoining the defaulting party from continuing to commit any such breach of this Warrant.

(h) Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

(i) Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

(j) Venue . All judicial proceedings arising in or under or related to this Warrant may be brought in any state or federal court of competent jurisdiction located in the State of California. By execution and delivery of this Warrant, each party hereto generally and unconditionally: (i) consents to personal jurisdiction in San Mateo County, State of California; (ii) waives any objection as to jurisdiction or venue in San Mateo County, State of California; (iii) agrees not to assert any defense based on lack of jurisdiction or venue in the aforesaid courts; and (iv) irrevocably agrees to be bound by any judgment rendered thereby in connection with this Warrant. Service of process on any party hereto in any action arising out of or relating to this agreement shall be effective if given in accordance with the requirements for notice set forth in this Section, and shall be deemed effective and received as set forth therein. Nothing herein shall affect the right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right of either party to bring proceedings in the courts of any other jurisdiction.

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant to Purchase Preferred Stock to be executed by its duly authorized representative as of the date first above written.

 

COMPANY

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

By:   /s/ Martin J Collins
Name:   Martin J Collins
Title:   VP Corp Dev

 

HOLDER

ATEL VENTURES, INC., Trustee

By:   /s/ Paritosh K. Choksi
Name:   Paritosh K. Choksi
Title:   Executive Vice President

ATEL LEGAL DEPARTMENT

APPROVED

AS TO FORM

 

   BY:    LOGO   

 

12


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. The undersigned hereby elects to purchase              shares of the                      stock of BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION pursuant to Section 2(a) of the attached Warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the Exercise Price of such shares in full.

1. The undersigned hereby elects to convert the attached Warrant into Shares in the manner specified in Section 2(b) of the attached Warrant. This conversion is exercised with respect to                  shares of the                      Stock of BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION.

[Strike paragraph that does not apply.]

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

 

      
  

(Name)

 
      
      
  

(Address)

 

3. The undersigned represents it is acquiring the shares solely for its own account and not as a nominee for any other party and not with a view toward the resale or distribution thereof except in compliance with applicable securities laws.

 

         
(Date)       (Signature)
(Signature)      

 

13

Exhibit 4.14

THIS WARRANT AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AS AMENDED (the “1933 ACT”). OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THEY MAY NOT BE SOLD. OFFERED FOR SALE PLEDGED. OR HYPOTHECATED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO YOU THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE 1933 ACT. OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

PLAIN ENGLISH WARRANT AGREEMENT

This is a PLAIN ENGLISH WARRANT AGREEMENT dated September 27, 2012 by and between BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation, and TRIPLEPOINT CAPITAL LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

The words “We”, “Us”, or “Our” refer to the warrant holder, which is TRIPLEPOINT CAPITAL LLC. The words “You” or “Your” refers to the issuer, which is BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION, and not to any individual. The words “the Parties” refers to both TRIPLEPOINT CAPITAL LLC and BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION. This Amended and Restated Plain English Warrant Agreement may be referred to as the “Warrant Agreement”.

The Parties have entered into a Plain English Equipment Loan and Security Agreement dated as of December 15, 2011 and a First Amendment to Plain English Equipment Loan and Security Agreement dated as of September 27, 2012 (collectively, the “Loan Agreement”).

In consideration of such Loan Agreement, the Parties agree to the following mutual agreements and conditions set forth below:

 

W ARRANT I NFORMATION

Effective Date

 

September 27, 2012

  

Warrant Number

 

0674-W-02

  

Loan Facility

 

0674-LO-02H/-02S

Warrant Coverage

 

$300,000 (3% of $10,000,000); additional warrant coverage as set forth in Section 1.

  

Number of Shares

 

11,646 plus additional shares as set forth in Section 1. The Number of Shares is subject to adjustment as set forth in this Warrant Agreement.

  

Price Per Share

 

$25.76 subject to adjustment as set forth in this Warrant Agreement

  

Type of Stock

 

Series G Preferred Stock: subject to the provisions of Section 1.

 

O UR C ONTACT I NFORMATION

Name

 

TriplePoint Capital LLC

  

Address For Notices

 

2755 Sand Hill Road, Ste. 150

Menlo Park, CA 94025

Tel: (650) 854-2090

Fax: (650) 854-1850

  

Contact Person

 

Sajal Srivastava, COO

Tel: (650) 233-2102

Fax: (650) 854-1850

email: legal@triplepointcapital.com

Y OUR C ONTACT I NFORMATION

Customer Name

 

Bloom Energy Corporation

  

Address For Notices

 

1252 Orleans Drive

Sunnyvale. CA 94089

  

Contact Person

 

William Kurtz, CFO

Tel: (408) 543-1550

Fax: (408) 543-1501

email: wkurtz@bloomenergy.com

 

   1   


1. WHAT YOU AGREE TO GRANT US

You grant to Us and We are entitled, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Warrant Agreement, to purchase from You, at a price per share equal to the Exercise Price, that number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Your Warrant Stock equal to Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000), divided by the Exercise Price (rounded down to the nearest whole share).

In addition, You grant to Us and We are entitled, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Warrant Agreement, to purchase from You, at a price per share equal to the Exercise Price, an additional number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Your Warrant Stock (rounded down to the nearest whole share) equal to:

 

  Þ one-half percent (0.5%) of any amounts advanced under Part 2 of the Loan Agreement, divided by the Exercise Price, if You choose Option B for such Advance under the Loan Agreement; or

 

  Þ one percent (1.0%) of any amounts advanced under Part 2 of the Loan Agreement, divided by the Exercise Price, if You choose Option C for such Advance under the Loan Agreement.

The number of shares of Warrant Stock and the Exercise Price of such Warrant Stock are subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4 hereof.

For purposes of this Warrant Agreement, the following capitalized terms have the meanings given below:

“Exercise Price” means the lower of (a) $25.76 and (b) the lowest per share price for which Your preferred stock is sold in the Next Round.

“Next Round” means the next bona fide round of equity financing in which You issue and sell shares of your preferred stock for aggregate gross cash proceeds of at least $1,000,000 (excluding any amounts received upon conversion or cancellation of indebtedness) subsequent to the Effective Date.

“Warrant Stock” means (a) the class and series of Your preferred stock issued in the Next Round, if the lowest per share price for which such preferred stock is sold in the Next Round is less than $25.76 or (b) in all other cases, Your Series G Preferred Stock. For avoidance of doubt, if this Warrant Agreement is exercised prior to the Next Round then this Warrant Agreement shall be exercisable for Your Series G Preferred Stock.

The Parties agree that this Warrant Agreement to purchase the Warrant Stock has a fair market value equal to $100 and that $100 of the issue price of the investment will be allocable to the Warrant Agreement and the balance shall be allocable to the Loan Agreement for income tax purposes and the original issue discount on the Loan Agreement shall be considered to be zero.

 

2. WHEN ARE WE ENTITLED TO PURCHASE YOUR WARRANT STOCK.

The term of this Warrant Agreement and our right to purchase Warrant Stock will begin on the Effective Date, and shall be available for a period of ten (10) years up to and including September 27, 2022.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Our right to purchase the Warrant Stock shall be automatically and fully exercised via the net issuance method described below (without surrender of the Warrant Agreement) upon the occurrence of a Merger Event, as defined below, with a Person that is not one of Your affiliates, in which Your common stock is exchanged for cash and/or stock that is traded on a recognized public exchange or on the NASDAQ National Market, provided that, upon consummation of the Merger Event, the consideration payable to Us pursuant to such exercise and on account of the Warrant Stock consists of (i) cash or (ii) stock that is traded on a recognized public exchange or on the NASDAQ National Market. No less than ten (10) business days prior to any Merger Event, You shall provide Us with written notice of the proposed Merger Event together with a copy of the executed merger agreement, or other definitive documentation (and all schedules and exhibits thereto) and information concerning Your expected capitalization immediately prior to the Merger Event. Upon consummation of the Merger Event, You shall promptly provide Us with (a) a copy of any modifications or amendments to the executed merger agreement, (b) any other documents in connection therewith, (c) updated information, if any, concerning Your capitalization immediately prior to the Merger Event, and, (d) upon request, by Us any other information reasonably necessary to an informed evaluation of Our rights under this Agreement.

 

   2   


3. HOW WE MAY PURCHASE YOUR WARRANT STOCK.

We may exercise Our purchase rights, in whole or in part, at any time, or from time to time, prior to the expiration of the term of this Warrant Agreement, by giving You a completed and executed Notice of Exercise in the form attached as Exhibit 1. Promptly upon receipt of the Notice of Exercise and in any event no later than twenty-one (21) days after you have received Our Notice of Exercise and payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the shares purchased, You will issue to Us a certificate for the number of shares of Warrant Stock that We have purchased and You will execute the Acknowledgment of Exercise in the form attached hereto as Exhibit II indicating the number of shares which will be available to Us for future purchases, if any.

We may pay for the Warrant Stock by either (i) cash or check, or (ii) by the net issuance method as determined below. If We elect the Net Issuance method, You will issue Warrant Stock using the following formula:

 

      X = Y(A-B)
                  A
   Where : X =    the number of shares of Warrant Stock to be issued to Us.
   Y =    the number of shares of Warrant Stock We request to be exercised under this Warrant Agreement.
   A =    the fair market value of one share of Warrant Stock.
   B =    the Exercise Price.

For purposes of the above calculation, current fair market value of Warrant Stock shall mean with respect to each share of Warrant Stock:

If the exercise is in connection with the initial public offering of Your Common Stock, and if Your registration statement relating to such public offering has been declared effective by the SEC, then the fair market value per share shall be the product of (x) the initial “Price to Public” specified in the final prospectus of the offering and (y) the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Warrant Stock is convertible at the time of such exercise;

If this Warrant Agreement is exercised after, and not in connection with Your initial public offering, and:

 

Þ if traded on a securities exchange, the fair market value shall be the product of (x) the average of the closing prices over a five (5) day period ending three (3) days before the day the current fair market value of the securities is being determined and (y) the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Warrant Stock is convertible at the time of such exercise; or

 

Þ if actively traded over-the-counter, the fair market value shall be the product of (x) the average of the closing bid and asked prices quoted on the NASDAQ system (or similar system) over the five (5) day period ending three (3) days before the day the current fair market value of the securities is being determined and (y) the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Warrant Stock is convertible at the time of such exercise.

If this Warrant Agreement is exercised prior to or after Your initial public offering, and:

 

Þ Your Common Stock is not listed on any securities exchange or the over-the-counter market, the current fair market value of Warrant Stock shall be the product of (x) the fair market value of a share of Your Common Stock (the highest price per share which You could obtain from a willing buyer (not a current employee or director) for shares of Common Stock sold, from authorized but unissued shares), as determined in good faith by Your Board of Directors and (y) the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Warrant Stock is convertible at the time of such exercise, unless You shall become subject to a merger, acquisition or other consolidation pursuant to which You are not the surviving party, in which case the fair market value of Warrant Stock shall be deemed to be the value received by the holders of Your Warrant Stock on a common equivalent basis pursuant to such merger or acquisition or other consolidation.

During the term of this Warrant Agreement, You will at all times from and after the Effective Date have authorized and reserved a sufficient number of shares of (a) Warrant Stock to provide for the exercise of our rights to purchase Warrant Stock, and (b) Common Stock to provide for the conversion of the Warrant Stock.

 

   3   


If We elect to exercise part of the Warrant Agreement, You will promptly issue to Us an amended Warrant Agreement stating the remaining number of shares that are available. All other terms and conditions of that amended Warrant Agreement shall be identical to those contained in this Warrant Agreement.

If at the end of the term of this Warrant Agreement, the fair market value of one share of Warrant Stock (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance herewith is greater than the Exercise Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant Agreement shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be converted pursuant hereto as to all shares of Warrant Stock (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised or converted, and You shall promptly deliver a certificate representing the shares of Warrant Stock (or such other securities) issued upon such conversion to Us.

 

4. WHEN WILL THE NUMBER OF SHARKS AND EXERCISE PRICE CHANGE.

 

Þ If You are Acquired. If at any time: (i) there is a reorganization of Your stock (other than a reclassification, exchange or subdivision of Your stock otherwise provided for in this Warrant Agreement); (ii) You merge or consolidate with or into another entity, whether or not You are the surviving entity; or (iii) there occurs any transaction or series of related transactions that result in the transfer of fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding voting power of the capital stock of You (each of the foregoing events are referred to as a “Merger Event”), then, as a part of such Merger Event, lawful provision shall be made so that We shall thereafter be entitled to receive, upon exercise of Our rights under this Warrant Agreement, the number of shares of preferred stock or other securities of the successor or surviving person resulting from such Merger Event, equal in value to that which would have been issuable if We had exercised Our rights under this Warrant Agreement immediately prior to the Merger Event. In any such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by Your Board of Directors) shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Warrant Agreement with respect to Our rights and interest after the Merger Event so that the provisions of this Warrant Agreement (including adjustments of the Exercise Price and number of shares of Warrant Stock purchasable) shall be applicable to the greatest extent possible.

 

Þ If You Reclassify Your Stock. If at any time You combine, reclassify (including by conversion of outstanding preferred stock), exchange or subdivide Your securities or otherwise, change any of the securities as to which purchase rights under this Warrant Agreement exist into the same or a different number of securities of any other class or classes, this Warrant Agreement will thereafter represent the right to acquire such number and kind of securities as would have been issuable as the result of such change with respect to the securities which were subject to the purchase rights under this Warrant Agreement immediately prior to such combination, reclassification, exchange, subdivision or other change.

 

Þ If You Subdivide or Combine Your Shares. If at any time You combine or subdivide the Warrant Stock, the Exercise Price will be proportionately decreased in the case of a subdivision, or proportionately increased in the case of a combination.

 

Þ If You Pay Stock Dividends. If at any time You pay a dividend payable in, or make any other distribution (except any distribution specifically provided for in the above paragraphs) of the Warrant Stock, then the Exercise Price shall be adjusted, from and after the record date of such dividend or distribution, to that price determined by multiplying the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such record date by a fraction (i) the numerator of which shall be the total number of all shares of the Warrant Stock outstanding immediately prior to such dividend or distribution, and (ii) the denominator of which shall be the total number of all shares of the Warrant Stock outstanding immediately after such dividend or distribution. We will thereafter be entitled to purchase, at the Exercise Price resulting from such adjustment, the number of shares of Warrant Stock (rounded down to the nearest whole share) obtained by multiplying the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment by the number of shares of Warrant Stock issuable upon the exercise hereof immediately prior to such adjustment and dividing the product thereof by the Exercise Price resulting from such adjustment.

 

Þ If You Change the Antidilution Rights of the Warrant Stock or Issue New Preferred or Convertible Stock. All antidilution rights applicable to the Warrant Stock purchasable under this Warrant Agreement are as set forth in Your Certificate of Incorporation, as amended through the Effective Date. You will promptly provide Us with any restatement, amendment, modification of or waiver of any right related to the Warrant Stock under Your Certificate of Incorporation. You will provide Us with written notice of any issuance of Your stock or other equity security to occur after the Effective Date (other than issuances of stock or equity securities pursuant to customary employee stock plans) that triggers the antidilution rights applicable to the Warrant Stock, which notice shall include (a) the price at which such stock or security was sold, (b) the number of shares issued, and (c) such other information as necessary for Us to determine that a dilutive event has occurred as a result of such issuance.

 

   4   


5. WE CAN TRANSFER THIS PLAIN ENGLISH WARRANT AGREEMENT.

Subject to the terms and conditions contained in Section 7. We (or any successor transferee) may transfer in whole or in part this Warrant Agreement and all its rights. We agree not to transfer this Warrant Agreement to a competitor of You as determined in good faith by Your board of directors. You will record the transfer on Your books when You receive Our Notice of Transfer in the form attached hereto as Exhibit III, and Our payment of all transfer taxes and other governmental charges involved in such transfer.

 

6. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, AND COVENANTS FROM YOU.

 

Þ Reservation of Warrant Stock. The Warrant Stock issuable upon exercise of Our rights under this Warrant Agreement will be duly and validly reserved and when issued in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant Agreement will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and will be free of any taxes, liens, charges or encumbrances of any nature whatsoever; provided, however, that the Warrant Stock issuable pursuant to this Warrant Agreement may be subject to restrictions on transfer under state and/or Federal securities laws or the Registration Rights Agreement. Upon Our exercise, You will issue to Us certificates for shares of Warrant Stock without charging Us any tax (except as may be required by applicable law), or other cost incurred by You in connection with such exercise and the related issuance of shares of Warrant Stock. You will not be required to pay any tax, which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved and the issuance and delivery of any certificate in a name other than TriplePoint Capital LLC.

 

Þ Due Authority. Your execution and delivery of this Warrant Agreement and the performance of Your obligations hereunder, including the issuance to Us of the right to acquire the shares of Warrant Stock, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on Your part and this Warrant Agreement is not inconsistent with Your Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, does not contravene any law or governmental rule, regulation or order applicable to it, do not and will not contravene any provision of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, contract or other instrument to which You are a party or by which You are bound, and this Warrant Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement, enforceable in accordance with its respective terms, subject to laws of general application relating to bankruptcy, insolvency and the relief of debtors and the rules of law or principles at equity governing specific performance, injunctive relief and other equitable remedies.

 

Þ Consents and Approvals. No consent or approval of, giving of notice to, registration with, or taking of any other action in respect of any state, Federal or other governmental authority or agency is required with respect to execution, delivery and Your performance of Your obligations under this Warrant Agreement, except for the filing of any required notices pursuant to Federal and state securities laws, which filings will be effective by the times required thereby.

 

Þ Issued Securities. All of Your issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock, Warrant Stock or any other securities have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable. All outstanding shares of Common Stock and Warrant Stock were issued in full compliance with all Federal and state securities laws. In addition as of the Effective Date:

Your authorized capital consists of (i) 116,272,000 shares of Common Stock, of which 13,089,277 shares of Common Stock are issued and outstanding, (ii) 14,100,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, of which 14,061,152 shares are issued and outstanding, (iii) 12,150,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, of which 11,803,284 shares are issued and outstanding, (iv) 9,000,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock, of which 8,968,604 shares are issued and outstanding, (v) 10,700,000 shares of Series D Preferred Stock, of which 9,665,746 shares are issued and outstanding, (vi) 16,500,000 shares of Series E Preferred Stock, of which 11,342,180 shares are issued and outstanding, (vii) 21,108,000 shares of Series F Preferred Stock, of which 20,760,838 shares are issued and outstanding, and (viii) 12,040,058 shares of Series G Preferred Stock, of which 11,684,548 shares are issued and outstanding.

 

   5   


You have reserved 19,193,334 shares of Common Stock for issuance under Your Stock Incentive Plans, under which 10,936,265 options have been granted and are currently outstanding. You have warrants outstanding to purchase up to 4,468,854 shares of Series E Preferred Stock and 279,459 shares of Series F Preferred Stock. Except as otherwise provided in this Warrant Agreement and as noted above, there are no other options, warrants, conversion privileges or other rights presently outstanding to purchase or otherwise acquire any authorized but unissued shares of Your capital stock or other of Your securities.

Except as set forth in Your Ninth Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Rights Agreement dated as of June 30, 2011 (the “Stockholders’ Agreement”), a true, correct and complete copy of which has been delivered to Us prior to the issuance of this Warrant, Your stockholders do not have preemptive rights to purchase new issuances of Your capital stock.

 

Þ Other Commitments to Register Securities. Except as set forth in this Warrant Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement, You are not, pursuant to the terms of any other agreement currently in existence, under any obligation to register under the 1933 Act any of Your presently outstanding securities or any of Your securities which may hereafter be issued.

 

Þ Exempt Transaction. Subject to the accuracy of Our representations in Section 7 hereof, the issuance of the Warrant Stock upon exercise of this Warrant Agreement will constitute a transaction exempt from (i)  the registration requirements of Section 5 of the 1933 Act, in reliance upon Section 4(2) thereof, and (ii) the qualification requirements of the applicable state securities laws.

 

Þ Compliance with Rule 144. We may sell the Warrant Stock issuable hereunder in compliance with Rule 144 promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission, subject to the lock-up agreement in Section 7 and the satisfaction of the requirements of Rule 144. Beginning on the expiration of the lock-up agreement in Section 7 and so long as You remain subject to the periodic reporting requirements under Section 13 or 15(d) of the 1933 Act, within ten (10) days of Our request, You agree to furnish Us, a written statement confirming Your compliance with the filing requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission as set forth in such Rule 144, as may be amended.

 

Þ No Impairment. You agree not to, by amendment of Your Certificate of Incorporation or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant by You, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out of all the provisions of this Warrant and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Our rights under this Warrant against impairment. However, You shall not be deemed to have impaired Our rights if You amend Your Certificate of Incorporation, or the holders of Your preferred stock waive their rights thereunder, in a manner that does not (individually or when considered in the context of any other actions being taken in connection with such amendments or waivers) affect Us in a manner different from the effect that such amendments or waivers have on the rights of other holders of the same series and class as the Warrant Stock.

 

7. OUR REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS TO YOU.

 

Þ Investment Purpose. The right to acquire Warrant Stock or the Warrant Stock issuable upon exercise of Our rights contained herein and the Common Stock issuable upon conversion will be acquired for investment purposes and not with a view to the sale or distribution of any part thereof, and We have no present intention of selling or engaging in any public distribution of the same in violation of the 1933 Act.

 

Þ Private Issue. We understand (i) that this Warrant Agreement, the Warrant Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant Agreement and the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Warrant Stock are not registered under the 1933 Act or qualified under applicable state securities laws on the ground that the issuance contemplated by this Warrant Agreement will be exempt from the registration and qualifications requirements thereof, and (ii) that Your reliance on such exemption is predicated on the representations set forth in this Section 7.

 

Þ

Disposition of Our Rights. In no event will We make a disposition of any of Our rights to acquire Warrant Stock or Warrant Stock issuable upon exercise of such rights or the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Warrant Stock unless and until (i) We shall have notified You in writing of the proposed disposition, and (ii) the transferee agrees to be bound in writing to the applicable terms and conditions of this Warrant Agreement, and (iii) if You request, We shall have furnished You with an opinion of counsel satisfactory to You and Your counsel to the effect

 

   6   


  that (A) appropriate action necessary for compliance with the 1933 Act has been taken, or (B) an exemption from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act is available. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the restrictions imposed upon the transferability of any of Our rights to acquire Warrant Stock or Warrant Stock issuable on the exercise of such rights or the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Warrant Stock do not apply to transfers from the beneficial owner of any of the aforementioned securities to its nominee or from such nominee to its beneficial owner, and shall terminate as to any particular share of Warrant Stock when (1) such security shall have been effectively registered under the 1933 Act and sold by the holder thereof in accordance with such registration or (2) such security shall have been sold without registration in compliance with Rule 144 under the 1933 Act, or (3) a letter shall have been issued to You at Our request by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission or a ruling shall have been issued to the You at Our request by such Commission stating that no action shall be recommended by such staff or taken by such Commission, as the case may be, if such security is transferred without registration under the 1933 Act in accordance with the conditions set forth in such letter or ruling and such letter or ruling specifies that no subsequent restrictions on transfer are required. Whenever the restrictions imposed hereunder shall terminate, as hereinabove provided, the holder of a share of Warrant Stock then outstanding as to which such restrictions have terminated shall be entitled to receive from You, without expense to such holder, one or more new certificates for the Warrant or for such shares of Warrant Stock not bearing any restrictive legend referring to 1933 Act registration or exemption.

 

Þ Financial Risk. We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and knowledge of Your business affairs and financial condition as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of Our investment, and have the ability to bear the economic risks of Our investment.

 

Þ Risk of No Registration. We understand that if You do not register with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 12 of the 1934 Act (the “1934 Act”), or file reports pursuant to Section 15(d), of the 1934 Act, or if a registration statement covering the securities under the 1933 Act is not in effect when We desire to sell (i) the rights to purchase Warrant Stock pursuant to this Warrant Agreement, or (ii) the Warrant Stock issuable upon exercise of the right to purchase, or (iii) the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Warrant Stock, We may be required to hold such securities for an indefinite period. We also understand that any sale of Our right to purchase Warrant Stock or Warrant Stock or Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Warrant Stock, which might be made by it in reliance upon Rule 144 under the 1933 Act may be made only in accordance with the terms and conditions of that Rule.

 

Þ Accredited Investor. We are an “accredited investor” within the meaning of the Securities and Exchange Rule 501 of Regulation D of the 1933 Act, as presently in effect.

 

Þ Domicile. Our domicile for purposes of state securities laws is in the State of California.

 

Þ Lock-Up Agreement. In consideration for You agreeing to Your obligations under this Warrant Agreement, We and each of Our transferees agrees, in connection with the first registration of Your securities under the 1933 Act, upon Your request or the request of the underwriters managing any underwritten offering of Your securities, not to (a) lend, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock (whether such shares or any such securities are then owned by Us or are thereafter acquired) or (b) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (a) or (b) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, without Your prior written consent or the prior written consent of such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days or such other period as may be requested by You or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto) from the effective date of such registration as You or the underwriters may specify; provided, however, that all (x) Your officers and directors and (y) Your stockholders holding three percent (3%) or more of Your total outstanding Common Stock (treating all Your convertible, exercisable and exchangeable securities on an as-if converted to Common Stock basis) are bound by agreements that are no less restrictive. The underwriters in connection with Your initial public offering are intended third party beneficiaries of this Lock-Up Agreement and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. We agree that You may instruct Your transfer agent to place stop-transfer notations in its records to enforce the provisions of this Lock-Up Agreement until the end of such period.

 

   7   


8. NOTICES YOU AGREE TO PROVIDE US.

You agree to give Us at least twenty (20) days prior written notice of the following events:

 

Þ If You Pay a Dividend or distribution declaration upon your stock.

 

Þ If You offer for subscription pro-rata to the existing shareholders additional stock or other rights (except for an offering made pursuant to Your Stockholders’ Agreement

 

Þ If You consummate a Merger Event.

 

Þ If You have an IPO.

 

Þ If You dissolve or liquidate.

All notices in this Section must set forth details of the event, how the event adjusts either Our number of shares or Our Exercise Price and the method used for such adjustment.

Timely Notice. Your failure to timely provide such notice required above shall entitle Us to retain the benefit of the applicable notice period notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any insufficient notice received by Us.

9. DOCUMENTS YOU WILL PROVIDE US.

Upon signing this Agreement You will provide Us with:

 

Þ Executed originals of this Agreement, and all other documents and instruments that We may reasonably require

 

Þ Secretary’s certificate of incumbency and authority

 

Þ Certified copy of resolutions of Your board of directors approving this Warrant Agreement

 

Þ Certified copy of Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws as amended through the Effective Date

 

Þ Current Registration Rights Agreement

So long as this Warrant Agreement is in effect, You shall provide Us with the following:

 

  Þ You shall submit to Us information that We may reasonably request from time to time in order to satisfy the reasonable requests of our independent accounting firm in connection with the audit of the fair market value of this Warrant Agreement recorded in Our books and records, including but not limited to a written certification by the Company or its advisors of the current fair market value of the Warrant Stock or Your capital stock and shall include information supporting the reasonableness of the fair market value indicated by such certification.

 

Þ You shall submit to Us any documents and information that We may reasonably request from time to time and are necessary to implement the provisions and purposes of this Warrant Agreement.

 

10. REGISTRATION RIGHTS UNDER THE 1933 ACT.

The shares of Your common stock into which the Warrant Stock is convertible shall have “piggyback” and “Form S-3” registration rights as set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 29, 2010 (as amended, the “Registration Rights Agreement”).

 

   8   


11. OTHER LEGAL PROVISIONS THE PARTIES WILL ABIDE BY.

Effective Date. This Warrant Agreement shall be construed and shall be given effect in all respects as if it had been executed and delivered by the Parties on the date hereof. This Warrant Agreement shall be binding upon any of the successors or assigns of the Parties.

Attorney’s Fees. In any litigation, arbitration or court proceeding between the Parties relating to this Warrant Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to attorneys’ fees and expenses and all costs of proceedings incurred in enforcing this Warrant Agreement.

Governing Law. This Warrant Agreement shall be governed by and construed for all purposes under and in accordance with the laws of the State of California without giving effect to that body of law pertaining to conflicts of laws.

Consent to Jurisdiction and Venue. All judicial proceedings arising in or under or related to this Warrant Agreement may be brought in any state or federal court of competent jurisdiction located in the State of California. By execution and delivery of this Warrant Agreement, each party hereto generally and unconditionally: (a) consents to personal jurisdiction in San Mateo County, State of California; (b) waives any objection as to jurisdiction or venue in San Mateo County, State of California; (c) agrees not to assert any defense based on lack of jurisdiction or venue in the aforesaid courts; and (d) irrevocably agrees to be bound by any judgment rendered thereby in connection with this Warrant Agreement. Service of process on any party hereto in any action arising out of or relating to this agreement shall be effective if given in accordance with the requirements for notice set forth in this Section, and shall be deemed effective and received as set forth therein. Nothing herein shall affect the right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right of either party to bring proceedings in the courts of any other jurisdiction.

Mutual Waiver of Jury Trial; Judicial Reference. Because disputes arising in connection with complex financial transactions are most quickly and economically resolved by an experienced and expert person and the Parties wish applicable state and federal laws to apply (rather than arbitration rules), The Parties desire that their disputes be resolved by a judge applying such applicable laws. EACH OF THE PARTIES SPECIFICALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT THEY MAY HAVE TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CAUSE OF ACTION, CLAIM, CROSS-CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM, THIRD PARTY CLAIM OR ANY OTHER CLAIM (COLLECTIVELY, “ CLAIMS ”) ASSERTED BY YOU AGAINST US OR OUR ASSIGNEE OR BY US OR OUR ASSIGNEE AGAINST YOU. IN THE EVENT THAT THE FOREGOING JURY TRIAL WAIVER IS NOT ENFORCEABLE, ALL CLAIMS, INCLUDING ANY AND ALL QUESTIONS OF LAW OR FACT RELATING THERETO, SHALL, AT THE WRITTEN REQUEST OF ANY PARTY, BE DETERMINED BY JUDICIAL REFERENCE PURSUANT TO THE CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE (“REFERENCE”). THE PARTIES SHALL SELECT A SINGLE NEUTRAL REFEREE, WHO SHALL BE A RETIRED STATE OR FEDERAL JUDGE. IN THE EVENT THAT THE PARTIES CANNOT AGREE UPON A REFEREE, THE REFEREE SHALL BE APPOINTED BY THE COURT. THE REFEREE SHALL REPORT A STATEMENT OF DECISION TO THE COURT. NOTHING IN THIS SECTION SHALL LIMIT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY AT ANY TIME TO EXERCISE LAWFUL SELF-HELP REMEDIES, FORECLOSE AGAINST COLLATERAL OR OBTAIN PROVISIONAL REMEDIES. THE PARTIES SHALL BEAR THE FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE REFEREE EQUALLY UNLESS THE REFEREE ORDERS OTHERWISE. THE REFEREE SHALL ALSO DETERMINE ALL ISSUES RELATING TO THE APPLICABILITY, INTERPRETATION, AND ENFORCEABILITY OF THIS SECTION. THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE CLAIMS WILL NOT BE ADJUDICATED BY A JURY. This waiver extends to all such Claims, including Claims that involve Persons other than You and Us; Claims that arise out of or are in any way connected to the relationship between You and Us; and any Claims for damages, breach of contract, specific performance, or any equitable or legal relief of any kind, arising out of this Warrant Agreement.

Counterparts. This Warrant Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Notices. Any notice required or permitted under this Warrant Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon the earlier of (1) actual receipt or 3 days after mailing if mailed postage prepaid by regular or airmail to Us or You or (2) one day after it is sent by overnight mail via nationally recognized courier or (3) on the same day as sent via confirmed facsimile transmission, provided that the original is sent by personal delivery or mail by the sending party.

 

   9   


Remedies. In the event of any default hereunder, the non-defaulting party may proceed to protect and enforce its rights either by suit in equity and/or by action at law, including but not limited to an action for damages as a result of any such default, and/or an action for specific performance for any default where such party will not have an adequate remedy at law and where damages will not be readily ascertainable. Each party expressly acknowledges and agrees that there is no adequate remedy at law for any breach of this Warrant Agreement and that in the event of any breach of this Agreement, the injured party shall be entitled to specific performance of any or all provisions hereof or an injunction prohibiting the other party from continuing to commit any such breach of this Agreement.

Survival. The representations, warranties, covenants, and conditions of the Parties contained herein or made pursuant to this Warrant Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery of this Warrant Agreement.

Severability . In the event any one or more of the provisions of this Warrant Agreement shall for any reason be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the remaining provisions of this Warrant Agreement shall be unimpaired, and the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision shall be replaced by a mutually acceptable valid, legal and enforceable provision, which comes closest to the intention of the Parties underlying the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision.

Entire Agreement. This Warrant Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties pertaining to the subject matter contained in it and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, representations and undertakings of the Parties, whether oral or written, with respect to such subject matter.

Amendments. Any provision of this Warrant Agreement may only be amended by a written instrument signed by the Parties.

Lost Warrants or Stock Certificates. You covenant to Us that, upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to Us of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant Agreement or any stock certificate and, in the case of any such loss, theft or destruction, upon receipt of an indemnity reasonably satisfactory to You, or in the case of any such mutilation upon surrender and cancellation of such Warrant Agreement or stock certificate, You will make and deliver a new Warrant Agreement or stock certificate, of like tenor, in lieu of the lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Warrant Agreement or stock certificate.

Rights as Stockholders. We shall not, as a party to this Warrant Agreement, be entitled to vote or receive dividends or be deemed the holder of the Warrant Stock or any of Your other securities which may at any time be issuable upon the exercise hereof for any purpose, nor shall anything contained herein be construed to confer upon Us any of the rights of one of Your stockholders or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to receive dividends or subscription rights or otherwise until this Warrant Agreement is exercised and the shares purchasable upon the exercise hereof shall have become deliverable, as provided herein.

Facsimile Signatures. This Warrant Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile and upon such delivery the facsimile signature will be deemed to have the same effect as if the original signature had been delivered to the other party.

[Signature Page to Follow]

 

   10   


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Parties have caused this Warrant Agreement to be executed by its officers who are duly authorized as of the Effective Date.

 

You: BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION
Signature:   /s/ William H. Kurtz
Print Name:   William H. Kurtz
Title:   CFO & CCO

 

Us: TRIPLEPOINT CAPITAL LLC
Signature:   /s/ Sajal Srivastava
Print Name:   Sajal Srivastava
Title:   COO

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO PLAIN ENGLISH WARRANT AGREEMENT 0674-W-02]

 

   11   


EXHIBIT I

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

To: [                                  ]

 

1. We hereby elect to purchase [              ] shares of the Series [              ] Preferred Stock of [                      ], pursuant to the terms of the Plain English Warrant Agreement dated the [          ] day of [          ], [200      ] (the “Plain English Warrant Agreement”) between You and Us, We hereby tender here payment of the purchase price for such shares in full, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

 

2. Method of Exercise (Please initial the applicable blank)

 

  a.              The undersigned elects to exercise the Plain English Warrant Agreement by means of a cash payment, and gives You full payment for the purchase price of the shares being purchased, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

 

  b.              The undersigned elects to exercise the Plain English Warrant Agreement by means of the Net Issuance Exercise method of Section 3 of the Plain English Warrant Agreement.

 

3. In exercising Our rights to purchase the Series [          ] Preferred Stock of [                      ], We hereby confirm and acknowledge the investment representations, warranties and covenants made in Section 7 of the Plain English Warrant Agreement.

Please issue a certificate or certificates representing these purchased shares of Series [          ] Preferred Stock in Our name or in such other name as is specified below.

 

 

 

(Name)
 

 

(Address)

 

US: TRIPLEPOINT CAPITAL LLC
By:    
Title:     
Date:     

 

   12   


EXHIBIT II

ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF EXERCISE

[                                                   ], hereby acknowledges receipt of the “Notice of Exercise” from TRIPLEPOINT CAPITAL LLC, to purchase [          ] shares of the Series [          ] Preferred Stock of [                              ], pursuant to the terms of the Plain English Warrant Agreement, and further acknowledges that [          ] shares remain subject to purchase under the terms of the Plain English Warrant Agreement.

 

  YOU:      
      By:    
      Title:     
      Date:     

 

   13   


EXHIBIT III

TRANSFER NOTICE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED , the foregoing Plain English Warrant Agreement and all rights evidenced thereby are hereby transferred and assigned to

 

 

 

(Please Print)

 

Whose address is

    
 
Dated:    
Holder’s Signature:    
Holder’s Address:    
Transferee’s Signature:    
Transferee’s Address:    
Signature Guaranteed:    

NOTE: The signature to this Transfer Notice must correspond with the name as it appears on the face of the Plain English Warrant Agreement, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever. Officers of corporations and those acting in a fiduciary or other representative capacity should file proper evidence of authority to assign the foregoing Plain English Warrant Agreement.

 

   14   

Exhibit 4.15

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE OR INSTRUMENT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT AND QUALIFIED OR EXEMPTED FROM QUALIFICATION UNDER ALL APPLICABLE BLUE SKY LAWS, OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE OR INSTRUMENT ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SECURITIES.

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE OR INSTRUMENT ARE SUBJECT TO A LOCK-UP PERIOD OF UP TO 180 DAYS FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF A REGISTRATION STATEMENT OF THE COMPANY FILED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AS SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SECURITIES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY. SUCH LOCK-UP PERIOD IS BINDING ON THE TRANSFEREES OF THESE SECURITIES.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE OR INSTRUMENT ARE SECURITY FOR CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS OBLIGATIONS OF THE HOLDER PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF A NOTE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE HOLDER AND THE ISSUER. THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THE AFOREMENTIONED AGREEMENTS. A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENTS MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE COMPANY.

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE OR INSTRUMENT ARE SECURITY FOR CERTAIN INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS OF THE HOLDER ON THE TERMS SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE HOLDER AND THE ISSUER. THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THE AFOREMENTIONED AGREEMENT. A COPY OF THE AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE COMPANY.

THE HOLDER OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE OR INSTRUMENT HAS AGREED TO WAIVE ANY RIGHTS TO OBTAIN INFORMATION CONCERNING THE ISSUER, INCLUDING PURSUANT TO SECTION 220 OF THE DELAWARE GENERAL COPORATION LAW. SUCH WAIVER IS BINDING UPON ANY TRANSFEREE OF THESE SECURITIES AND A CONDITION TO TRANSFER OF THESE SECURITIES IS THE TRANSFEREE’S AGREEMENT TO SUCH WAIVER. A COPY OF THE AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE COMPANY.


THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT ARE SUBJECT TO FURTHER RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AS SET FORTH HEREIN.

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

AGREEMENT AND WARRANT TO PURCHASE SERIES G PREFERRED STOCK

Effective Date: June 27, 2014

Void After: June 26, 2019

This Agreement and Warrant to Purchase Series G Preferred Stock (this “ Agreement ” or “ Warrant ”) certifies that, for value received, Keith Daubenspeck (the “ Holder ”), is entitled, subject to the terms set forth below, to purchase from Bloom Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the Warrant Shares upon surrender of this Warrant, at the principal office of the Company referred to below, with the subscription form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Notice of Exercise ”) duly executed, and simultaneous payment therefor in lawful money of the United States (or otherwise as hereinafter provided) of the aggregate Exercise Price (as defined below). The Exercise Price and the number of Warrant Shares purchasable hereunder are subject to adjustment as provided herein.

This Warrant has been issued pursuant to that certain Securities Acquisition Agreement, dated as of as of the Effective Date set forth above, by and between the Company, Holder, and certain other parties (the “ Confidential Agreement ”) and that certain Securities Acquisition Agreement, dated as of the Effective Date, by and between the Company, the Holder, and certain other parties (the “ Securities Acquisition Agreement ”) and this Warrant is subject to the Transfer Restrictions, the Indemnification Obligations, and the Security Obligations (each as defined in the Securities Acquisition Agreement) and the other terms and conditions found in the Confidential Agreement and the Securities Acquisition Agreement. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall be given the meaning assigned to such term in the Securities Acquisition Agreement. This Warrant and the Warrant Shares have been pledged as collateral for the payment and performance of certain obligations of the Holder under that certain Security Agreement of even date with the Confidential Agreement (the “ Security Agreement ”).

1. Number of Shares . This Warrant may be exercised, in whole or in part, for up to 200,000 shares of the Company’s Series G PreferredStock (the “ Warrant Shares ”).

2. Exercise Price . The per share purchase price of the Warrant Shares (the “ Exercise Price ”) for which this Warrant may be exercised shall be $25.76.

3. Exercise of Warrant .

3.1 Time of Exercise . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, this Warrant shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time prior to 5:00 p.m. (Pacific Standard Time) on June 26, 2019 (the “ Expiration Date ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Warrant shall terminate immediately prior to the consummation of a Liquidation (as defined in the Securities Acquisition Agreement). The Company shall provide the Holder with the same notice of a Liquidation that the Company provides to its stockholders generally.

 

2


3.2 Method of Exercise . The exercise shall only be effected by (a) the surrender of the original copy of this Warrant to the Company at the principal office of the Company as set forth in Section 11.4 (or such other office or agency of the Company as may be designated by notice in writing to the Holder at the address of the Holder appearing on the books of the Company), (b) delivery of a notarized and executed Notice of Exercise and (c) unless payment of the Exercise Price is made pursuant to a “net exercise” as provided under Section 4 below, payment of the Exercise Price in cash or by check acceptable to the Company.

3.3 Effect of Exercise . This Warrant (or the portion thereof exercised) shall be deemed to have been exercised immediately prior to the close of business on the date of its surrender for exercise as provided above, and the person entitled to receive the shares of Warrant Shares issuable upon such exercise shall be treated for all purposes as the holder of record of such shares as of the close of business on such date. Subject to the terms of the Securities Acquisition Agreement, the Company, at its expense, shall, within five (5) business days after exercise, issue and deliver to the person or persons entitled to receive the same a certificate or certificates for the number of shares issuable upon such exercise and, unless this Warrant shall have expired, a new warrant representing the right to acquire the number of shares of Warrant Shares represented by the surrendered Warrant, if any, that shall not have been exercised shall also be delivered to the Holder.

3.4 Duty to Deliver . Subject to the terms of the Securities Acquisition Agreement, each stock certificate issued upon exercise of this Warrant (or issued upon conversion thereof), and issued in connection with adjustments under Section 10 hereof with respect to such shares, shall be immediately delivered to the Company and be held in escrow by the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 4 of the Securities Acquisition Agreement and pursuant to the provisions of Section 3 of the Security Agreement. Furthermore, any new, additional or different securities that may now or hereafter become distributable with respect to any securities issued upon exercise of this Warrant by reason of any adjustment required by Section 10 of hereof or otherwise shall, upon receipt by the Holder, be promptly delivered to and deposited with the Company unless otherwise deposited immediately into escrow by the Company according to the Securities Acquisition Agreement. The Holder shall provide with respect to each such certificate representing such securities one or more stock powers properly executed in blank in the form attached to the Securities Acquisition Agreement.

3.5 Limitation on Exercise . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company’s obligation to issue Warrant Shares hereunder is subject to additional limitations set forth in Section 10 of the Confidential Agreement pursuant to which the Warrant Shares, if issued, stand as security for certain indemnity obligations of the initial Holder, and pursuant to which the Company’s obligations to issue Warrant Shares hereunder may be cancelled in satisfaction of such obligations.

4. Net Exercise .

4.1 Net Issue Exercise . In lieu of exercising this Warrant via cash payment, the Holder may elect to receive shares equal to the value of this Warrant (or the portion thereof being canceled) by surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company together with the completed Notice of Exercise indicating the Holder’s election to exercise this Warrant by means of a “net exercise,” in which event the Company shall issue to the Holder a number of shares of Common Stock computed using the following formula:

 

      X = Y (A - B)
            A      
Where    X    =    the number of Warrant Shares to be issued to the Holder.

 

3


   Y    =    the number of Warrant Shares purchasable under this Warrant or, if only a portion of the Warrant is being exercised, the portion of the Warrant being cancelled (at the date of such calculation).
   A    =    the fair market value (as determined below) of one Warrant Share (at the date of such calculation).
   B    =    the Exercise Price (as adjusted to the date of such calculation).

If the above calculation results in a negative number, then no shares of Warrant Shares shall be issued or issuable upon conversion of this Warrant.

4.2 Fair Market Value . For purposes of this Section 4, the fair market value of one Warrant Share shall be determined by the Company’s Board of Directors in good faith; provided, however, that where there exists a public market for the Warrant Shares at the time of such exercise, the fair market value per Warrant Share shall be the average of the closing bid and asked prices of the Warrant Shares quoted in the Over-The-Counter Market Summary or the average of the high and low prices as reported by The Nasdaq National Market, the Nasdaq Small Cap Market or on any exchange on which the Warrant Shares is listed, whichever is applicable, for the five (5) trading days prior to the date of the delivery of the Net Exercise Notice.

5. No Fractional Shares or Scrip . No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant. In lieu of any fractional share to which the Holder would otherwise be entitled, the Company shall make a cash payment equal to the Exercise Price multiplied by such fraction computed to the nearest whole cent.

6. No Rights as Stockholder . The Holder shall not be entitled to vote or receive dividends or be deemed the holder of Warrant Shares or any other securities of the Company that may at any time be issuable on the exercise hereof for any purpose, nor shall anything contained herein be construed to confer upon the Holder, as such, any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action or to receive notice of meetings, or to receive dividends or subscription rights or otherwise, until the Warrant shall have been exercised as provided herein.

7. Transfer of Warrant .

7.1 Transferability of Warrant . Holder agrees that this Warrant and the securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant may not be offered, sold, transferred or disposed of in any other way without the prior written consent of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Warrant and the securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant may be transferred to the heirs of the Holder provided that such heirs assume all of the obligations of the Holder that are set forth in the Settlement Agreements (as defined in the Securities Acquisition Agreement).

7.2 Shares Issued Upon Exercise Subject to Transfer Restrictions . The securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be subject to the Transfer Restrictions, the Indemnification Obligations, and the Security Obligations, as well as any other limitations set forth in the Securities Acquisition Agreement, and each transferee of this Warrant or the securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant, shall agree as a condition to any offer, sale, transfer, or disposition that this Warrant and/or any securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Transfer Restrictions, the Indemnification Obligations, and the Security Obligations, as well as such other limitations.

 

4


7.3 Transfer Procedures . Subject to the foregoing limitations and requirements, if Holder desires to offer, sell, transfer or dispose of in any other way this Warrant or the securities issuable upon exercise of the Warrant, Holder shall comply with the procedures set forth in Section 3.1(b) of the Securities Acquisition Agreement. Prior to a permitted transfer, the Company shall treat the Holder hereof as the owner and Holder of this Warrant and Company shall not be affected by notice to the contrary.

7.4 Register . The Company will maintain a register (the “ Warrant Register ”) containing the name and address of the Holder. The Holder of this Warrant may change its address as shown on the Warrant Register by written notice to the Company requesting such change. Any notice or written communication required or permitted to be given to the Holder may be delivered or given by mail to the Holder as shown on the Warrant Register and at the address shown on the Warrant Register.

8 . Representations and Warranties of the Holder and Restrictions on Transfer Imposed .

8.1 Representations and Warranties by the Holder . In order to induce the Company to issue this Warrant to the original Holder, the original Holder has made representations and warranties to the Company as set forth in the Securities Acquisition Agreement, which are incorporated herein by reference.

8.2 Legends . The Holder agrees that it will not offer, sell or otherwise dispose of this Warrant or any Warrant Shares to be issued upon exercise hereof except under circumstances which will not result in a violation of the Securities Act or any state securities law. This Warrant and all Warrant Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant shall be stamped or imprinted with legends in substantially the forms set forth at the top of this Warrant.

9. Lost Documents . Upon receipt by the Company of evidence and indemnity satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of, and upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, if mutilated, the Company will make and deliver to the Holder, in lieu of this Warrant, a new Warrant of the same series and of like tenor of this Warrant.

10. Adjustments . The number of shares purchasable hereunder are subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:

10.1 Reorganization, Reclassification. Merger or Conveyance . If any capital reorganization or reclassification or merger or conveyance of the capital stock of the Company shall be effected in such a way that holders of Warrant Shares shall be entitled to receive stock, securities or assets with respect to or in exchange for Warrant Shares, then, as a condition of such reorganization, reclassification, merger or conveyance, lawful and adequate provisions shall be made whereby the Holder of the Warrant shall thereafter have the right to receive upon the basis and upon the terms and conditions specified herein and in lieu of the shares of Warrant Shares immediately theretofore receivable upon the exercise of the Warrant, such shares of stock, securities or assets (including cash) as may be issued or payable with respect to or in exchange for a number of outstanding shares of such Warrant Shares equal to the number of shares of such stock immediately theretofore so receivable, had such reorganization, reclassification, merger or conveyance not taken place, and in any such case appropriate provision shall be made with respect to the rights and interests of such holder to the end that the provisions hereof (including, without limitation, provisions for adjustments of the Exercise Price) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as may be, in relation to any shares of stock, securities or assets thereafter deliverable upon the exercise of such exercise rights.

 

5


10.2 Split, Subdivision or Combination of Shares . If the Company at any time while this Warrant, or any portion thereof, remains outstanding and unexpired shall split, subdivide or combine the securities as to which purchase rights under this Warrant exist, into a different number of securities of the same class, the Exercise Price for such securities shall be proportionately decreased in the case of a split or subdivision or proportionately increased in the case of a combination and the number of the securities as to which purchaser rights under this Warrant exist shall be increased or decreased proportionately in accordance with such split subdivision or combination.

10.3 Conversion of Stock . In case all (a) the Series G Preferred Stock is converted into Common Stock or other securities or property, or (b) the Series G Preferred Stock otherwise ceases to exist or to be authorized by the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation (each, a “ Stock Event ”), then the Holder, at the time of exercise of this Warrant at any time after such Stock Event, shall receive, in lieu of the number of shares of Warrant Shares, as applicable, that would have been issuable upon exercise of this Warrant immediately prior to such Stock Event, the stock and other securities and property that the Holder would have been entitled to receive upon the Stock Event, if, immediately prior to such Stock Event, the Holder had completed such exercise of this Warrant.

10.4 Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment pursuant to this Section 10, the Company at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to the Secretary of the Company for filing in the Company’s records and to the Holder a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Company shall, upon the written request, at any time, of the Holder, furnish or cause to be furnished to the Holder a like certificate setting forth: (a) such adjustments and readjustments; (b) the Exercise Price at the time in effect; and (c) the number of shares and the amount, if any, of other property that at the time would be received upon the exercise of the Warrant. No such adjustment or change shall compel immediate exercise of this Warrant or otherwise affect the Expiration Date of this Warrant. Irrespective of any adjustment or other changes made hereunder, this Warrant (or any other warrant issued in exchange therefor) may continue to express the same number and kind of Warrant Shares (except to the extent exercised) and the same Exercise Price as are initially stated herein.

11. General Provisions .

11.1 Governing Law . The validity, interpretation, performance, and enforcement of this Warrant, as well as any other rights, obligations or liabilities otherwise related to the subject matter of this Warrant, shall be governed by and construed under the internal laws of the State of California as applied to agreements among California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within California, without reference to principles of conflict of laws or choice of laws.

11.2 Survival . The representations, warranties, covenants and agreements made herein shall survive the execution of this Agreement and the exercise of this Warrant.

11.3 Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties hereto. The Company may assign any of its rights and obligations under this Warrant. Except as set forth in Section 7.1, the Holder may not assign, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, any of its rights and obligations under this Warrant, unless the Company provides prior written consent.

11.4 Notices, etc . Any and all notices required or permitted to be given to a party pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement will be in writing and will be effective and deemed to

 

6


provide such party sufficient notice under this Agreement on the earliest of the following: (a) at the time of personal delivery, if delivery is in person; (b) one (1) business day after deposit with an express overnight courier for United States deliveries, or two (2) business days after such deposit for deliveries outside of the United States; or (c) three (3) business days after deposit in the United States mail by certified mail (return receipt requested) for United States deliveries. All notices for delivery outside the United States will be sent by express courier. All notices not delivered personally will be sent with postage and/or other charges prepaid and properly addressed to the party to be notified at the address set forth below the signature lines of this Agreement or at such other address as such other party may designate by one of the indicated means of notice herein to the other party hereto. A “business day” shall be a day, other than Saturday or Sunday, when the banks in the city of San Francisco are open for business.

11.5 Amendments . This Warrant may be amended and the observance of any term of this Warrant may be waived only with the written consent of the Company and the Holder. No delay or failure to require performance of any provision of this Warrant shall constitute a waiver of that provision as to that or any other instance. No waiver granted under this Warrant as to any one provision herein shall constitute a subsequent waiver of such provision or of any other provision herein, nor shall it constitute the waiver of any performance other than the actual performance specifically waived.

11.6 Arbitration . Any dispute or controversy of any kind between the parties hereto, whether arising out of, relating to or concerning any interpretation, construction, performance or breach of this Agreement, or otherwise, shall be settled by confidential arbitration to be held in Santa Clara, California in accordance with the commercial dispute rules then in effect of the American Arbitration Association. The Arbitrator may grant injunctions or other relief in such dispute or controversy. Judgment may be entered on the Arbitrator’s decision in any court having jurisdiction. The Company and the Holder shall each be responsible for one half of the costs and expenses of such arbitration, and each shall separately pay its counsel fees and expenses; provided, however, in the event of a determination by the Arbitrator which is adverse to the Company or the Holder, as the case may be, the non-prevailing party shall be responsible for all of the costs and expenses of such arbitration, and for all of the counsel fees and expenses of the Company or the Holder relating thereto. For purposes of any action arising out of the application, interpretation or alleged breach of this Agreement, each of the parties hereto waives any statutory or common law principle, and any judicial interpretation of this Agreement, which would create a presumption against any party hereto as a result of such party having drafted any provision of this Agreement. Counsel for the respective parties have reviewed and revised this Agreement, and there shall not be applied any rule construing ambiguities against the drafting party.

11.7 Severability . If any provision of this Warrant is determined by any court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such provision will be enforced to the maximum extent possible given the intent of the parties hereto. If such clause or provision cannot be so enforced, such provision shall be stricken from this Warrant and the remainder shall be enforced as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable clause or provision had (to the extent not enforceable) never been contained in such agreement.

11.8 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument. This Warrant may be executed and delivered by facsimile or other means of electronic delivery and upon such delivery the signature will be deemed to have the same effect as if the original signature had been delivered to the other party.

***

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company and the Holder have caused the Warrant to be executed by a duly authorized officer thereof as of the effective date of this Warrant set forth above.

 

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

By:

 

/s/ William H. Kurtz

    Name:   William H. Kurtz
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

AGREED AND ACCEPTED:

KEITH DAUBENSPECK

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SERIES G PREFERRED STOCK WARRANT]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company and the Holder have caused the Warrant to be executed by a duly authorized officer thereof as of the effective date of this Warrant set forth above.

 

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

By:

 

 

    Name:   William H. Kurtz
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

AGREED AND ACCEPTED:

KEITH DAUBENSPECK

 

By:  

/s/ KEITH DAUBENSPECK

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SERIES G PREFERRED STOCK WARRANT]


EXHIBIT A

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

To: BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

We refer to that certain Agreement and Warrant to Purchase Series G Preferred Stock (the “ Warrant ”). Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall be given the meaning assigned to such term in the Warrant.

(1) Cash Exercise : The undersigned hereby elects to purchase              shares of Series G Preferred Stock (“ Warrant Shares ”) of Bloom Energy Corporation pursuant to the terms of the Warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the Exercise Price for such shares in full at the price per share provided in the Warrant and the attached signed and Stock Power and Assignment Separate from Stock Certificate.

Net Exercise Election : The undersigned hereby elects to convert the Warrant into shares of Series G Preferred Stock (“ Warrant Shares ”) by net exercise election pursuant to the terms of the Warrant and tenders herewith the attached signed and Stock Power and Assignment Separate from Stock Certificate. This conversion is exercised with respect to              of the Warrant Shares covered by the Warrant.

(2) The undersigned hereby confirms and acknowledges that

 

  a. The representations and warranties set forth in Section 2 of the Securities Acquisition Agreement as they apply to the undersigned Holder continue to be true and complete as of this date with the same effect as when they were made on and as of the Effective Date (as defined in the Securities Acquisition Agreement).

 

  b. The undersigned Holder has performed and complied with, and has not breached any of, the terms, agreements, obligations and conditions of the Settlement Agreements (as defined in the Securities Acquisition Agreement).

 

  c. The undersigned Holder hereby agrees, confirms, and acknowledge that the Warrant Shares being issued to me on the date hereof is subject to the Transfer Restrictions, the Indemnification Obligations, the Security Obligations, the other restrictions set forth in the Securities Acquisition Agreement the terms of the Note and Security Agreement, and applicable law.

(4) Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares of Warrant Shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below, with the understanding that such certificate shall be withheld by the Company in accordance with Section 4 of the Securities Acquisition Agreement.

 

KEITH DAUBENSPECK

 

Print Name

 

Signature

 

Date


Stock Power And Assignment

Separate From Stock Certificate

FOR VALUE RECEIVED and pursuant to that certain Warrant to Purchase Series G Preferred Stock, dated as of              (the “ Agreement ”), the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto              ,              shares of the Series G Preferred Stock of Bloom Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), standing in the undersigned’s name on the books of the Company represented by Certificate No(s).              delivered herewith, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint the Secretary of the Company as the undersigned’s attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution, to transfer said stock on the books of the Company. THIS ASSIGNMENT MAY ONLY BE USED AS AUTHORIZED BY THE AGREEMENT AND ANY EXHIBITS THERETO.

 

Dated:                     

/s/ Keith Daubenspeck

(Signature)

Keith Daubenspeck

(Please Print Name)

Instruction : Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line. The purpose of this Stock Power and Assignment is to enable the Company and/or its assignee(s) to acquire the shares upon exercise of its rights under applicable agreements between the Company and Holder without requiring additional signatures on the part of Holder.

Exhibit 4.16

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE OR INSTRUMENT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT AND QUALIFIED OR EXEMPTED FROM QUALIFICATION UNDER ALL APPLICABLE BLUE SKY LAWS, OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE OR INSTRUMENT ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SECURITIES.

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE OR INSTRUMENT ARE SUBJECT TO A LOCK-UP PERIOD OF UP TO 180 DAYS FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF A REGISTRATION STATEMENT OF THE COMPANY FILED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AS SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SECURITIES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY. SUCH LOCK-UP PERIOD IS BINDING ON THE TRANSFEREES OF THESE SECURITIES. THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE OR INSTRUMENT ARE SECURITY FOR CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS OBLIGATIONS OF THE HOLDER PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF A NOTE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE HOLDER AND THE ISSUER. THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THE AFOREMENTIONED AGREEMENTS. A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENTS MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE COMPANY.

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE OR INSTRUMENT ARE SECURITY FOR CERTAIN INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS OF THE HOLDER ON THE TERMS SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE HOLDER AND THE ISSUER. THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THE AFOREMENTIONED AGREEMENT. A COPY OF THE AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE COMPANY.

THE HOLDER OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE OR INSTRUMENT HAS AGREED TO WAIVE ANY RIGHTS TO OBTAIN INFORMATION CONCERNING THE ISSUER, INCLUDING PURSUANT TO SECTION 220 OF THE DELAWARE GENERAL COPORATION LAW. SUCH WAIVER IS BINDING UPON ANY TRANSFEREE OF THESE SECURITIES AND A CONDITION TO TRANSFER OF THESE SECURITIES IS THE TRANSFEREE’S AGREEMENT TO SUCH WAIVER. A COPY OF THE AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE COMPANY.


THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT ARE SUBJECT TO FURTHER RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AS SET FORTH HEREIN.

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

AGREEMENT AND WARRANT TO PURCHASE SERIES G PREFERRED STOCK

Effective Date: June 27, 2014

Void After: June 26, 2019

This Agreement and Warrant to Purchase Series G Preferred Stock (this “ Agreement ” or “ Warrant ”) certifies that, for value received, Dwight Badger (the “ Holder ”), is entitled, subject to the terms set forth below, to purchase from Bloom Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the Warrant Shares upon surrender of this Warrant, at the principal office of the Company referred to below, with the subscription form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Notice of Exercise ”) duly executed, and simultaneous payment therefor in lawful money of the United States (or otherwise as hereinafter provided) of the aggregate Exercise Price (as defined below). The Exercise Price and the number of Warrant Shares purchasable hereunder are subject to adjustment as provided herein.

This Warrant has been issued pursuant to that certain Securities Acquisition Agreement, dated as of as of the Effective Date set forth above, by and between the Company, Holder, and certain other parties (the “ Confidential Agreement ”) and that certain Securities Acquisition Agreement, dated as of the Effective Date, by and between the Company, the Holder, and certain other parties (the “ Securities Acquisition Agreement ”) and this Warrant is subject to the Transfer Restrictions, the Indemnification Obligations, and the Security Obligations (each as defined in the Securities Acquisition Agreement) and the other terms and conditions found in the Confidential Agreement and the Securities Acquisition Agreement. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall be given the meaning assigned to such term in the Securities Acquisition Agreement. This Warrant and the Warrant Shares have been pledged as collateral for the payment and performance of certain obligations of the Holder under that certain Security Agreement of even date with the Confidential Agreement (the “ Security Agreement ”).

1. Number of Shares . This Warrant may be exercised, in whole or in part, for up to 200,000 shares of the Company’s Series G Preferred Stock (the “ Warrant Shares ”).

2. Exercise Price . The per share purchase price of the Warrant Shares (the “ Exercise Price ”) for which this Warrant may be exercised shall be $25.76.

3. Exercise of Warrant .

3.1 Time of Exercise . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, this Warrant shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time prior to 5:00 p.m. (Pacific Standard Time) on June 26, 2019 (the “ Expiration Date ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Warrant shall terminate immediately prior to the consummation of a Liquidation (as defined in the Securities Acquisition Agreement). The Company shall provide the Holder with the same notice of a Liquidation that the Company provides to its stockholders generally.

 

2


3.2 Method of Exercise . The exercise shall only be effected by (a) the surrender of the original copy of this Warrant to the Company at the principal office of the Company as set forth in Section 11.4 (or such other office or agency of the Company as may be designated by notice in writing to the Holder at the address of the Holder appearing on the books of the Company), (b) delivery of a notarized and executed Notice of Exercise and (c) unless payment of the Exercise Price is made pursuant to a “net exercise” as provided under Section 4 below, payment of the Exercise Price in cash or by check acceptable to the Company.

3.3 Effect of Exercise . This Warrant (or the portion thereof exercised) shall be deemed to have been exercised immediately prior to the close of business on the date of its surrender for exercise as provided above, and the person entitled to receive the shares of Warrant Shares issuable upon such exercise shall be treated for all purposes as the holder of record of such shares as of the close of business on such date. Subject to the terms of the Securities Acquisition Agreement, the Company, at its expense, shall, within five (5) business days after exercise, issue and deliver to the person or persons entitled to receive the same a certificate or certificates for the number of shares issuable upon such exercise and, unless this Warrant shall have expired, a new warrant representing the right to acquire the number of shares of Warrant Shares represented by the surrendered Warrant, if any, that shall not have been exercised shall also be delivered to the Holder.

3.4 Duty to Deliver . Subject to the terms of the Securities Acquisition Agreement, each stock certificate issued upon exercise of this Warrant (or issued upon conversion thereof), and issued in connection with adjustments under Section 10 hereof with respect to such shares, shall be immediately delivered to the Company and be held in escrow by the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 4 of the Securities Acquisition Agreement and pursuant to the provisions of Section 3 of the Security Agreement. Furthermore, any new, additional or different securities that may now or hereafter become distributable with respect to any securities issued upon exercise of this Warrant by reason of any adjustment required by Section 10 of hereof or otherwise shall, upon receipt by the Holder, be promptly delivered to and deposited with the Company unless otherwise deposited immediately into escrow by the Company according to the Securities Acquisition Agreement. The Holder shall provide with respect to each such certificate representing such securities one or more stock powers properly executed in blank in the form attached to the Securities Acquisition Agreement.

3.5 Limitation on Exercise . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company’s obligation to issue Warrant Shares hereunder is subject to additional limitations set forth in Section 10 of the Confidential Agreement pursuant to which the Warrant Shares, if issued, stand as security for certain indemnity obligations of the initial Holder, and pursuant to which the Company’s obligations to issue Warrant Shares hereunder may be cancelled in satisfaction of such obligations.

4. Net Exercise .

4.1 Net Issue Exercise . In lieu of exercising this Warrant via cash payment, the Holder may elect to receive shares equal to the value of this Warrant (or the portion thereof being canceled) by surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company together with the completed Notice of Exercise indicating the Holder’s election to exercise this Warrant by means of a “net exercise,” in which event the Company shall issue to the Holder a number of shares of Common Stock computed using the following formula:

 

    X = Y (A - B)
      

A

Where

  X   =    the number of Warrant Shares to be issued to the Holder.

 

3


Y

     =      the number of Warrant Shares purchasable under this Warrant or, if only
      a portion of the Warrant is being exercised, the portion of the Warrant
      being cancelled (at the date of such calculation).

A

     =      the fair market value (as determined below) of one Warrant Share (at the
      date of such calculation).

B

     =      the Exercise Price (as adjusted to the date of such calculation).

If the above calculation results in a negative number, then no shares of Warrant Shares shall be issued or issuable upon conversion of this Warrant.

4.2 Fair Market Value . For purposes of this Section 4, the fair market value of one Warrant Share shall be determined by the Company’s Board of Directors in good faith; provided, however, that where there exists a public market for the Warrant Shares at the time of such exercise, the fair market value per Warrant Share shall be the average of the closing bid and asked prices of the Warrant Shares quoted in the Over-The-Counter Market Summary or the average of the high and low prices as reported by The Nasdaq National Market, the Nasdaq Small Cap Market or on any exchange on which the Warrant Shares is listed, whichever is applicable, for the five (5) trading days prior to the date of the delivery of the Net Exercise Notice.

5. No Fractional Shares or Scrip . No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant. In lieu of any fractional share to which the Holder would otherwise be entitled, the Company shall make a cash payment equal to the Exercise Price multiplied by such fraction computed to the nearest whole cent.

6. No Rights as Stockholder . The Holder shall not be entitled to vote or receive dividends or be deemed the holder of Warrant Shares or any other securities of the Company that may at any time be issuable on the exercise hereof for any purpose, nor shall anything contained herein be construed to confer upon the Holder, as such, any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action or to receive notice of meetings, or to receive dividends or subscription rights or otherwise, until the Warrant shall have been exercised as provided herein.

7. Transfer of Warrant .

7.1 Transferability of Warrant . Holder agrees that this Warrant and the securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant may not be offered, sold, transferred or disposed of in any other way without the prior written consent of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Warrant and the securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant may be transferred to the heirs of the Holder provided that such heirs assume all of the obligations of the Holder that are set forth in the Settlement Agreements (as defined in the Securities Acquisition Agreement).

7.2 Shares Issued Upon Exercise Subject to Transfer Restrictions . The securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be subject to the Transfer Restrictions, the Indemnification Obligations, and the Security Obligations, as well as any other limitations set forth in the Securities Acquisition Agreement, and each transferee of this Warrant or the securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant, shall agree as a condition to any offer, sale, transfer, or disposition that this Warrant and/or any securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Transfer Restrictions, the Indemnification Obligations, and the Security Obligations, as well as such other limitations.

 

4


7.3 Transfer Procedures . Subject to the foregoing limitations and requirements, if Holder desires to offer, sell, transfer or dispose of in any other way this Warrant or the securities issuable upon exercise of the Warrant, Holder shall comply with the procedures set forth in Section 3.1(b) of the Securities Acquisition Agreement. Prior to a permitted transfer, the Company shall treat the Holder hereof as the owner and Holder of this Warrant and Company shall not be affected by notice to the contrary.

7.4 Register . The Company will maintain a register (the “ Warrant Register ”) containing the name and address of the Holder. The Holder of this Warrant may change its address as shown on the Warrant Register by written notice to the Company requesting such change. Any notice or written communication required or permitted to be given to the Holder may be delivered or given by mail to the Holder as shown on the Warrant Register and at the address shown on the Warrant Register.

8 . Representations and Warranties of the Holder and Restrictions on Transfer Imposed .

8.1 Representations and Warranties by the Holder . In order to induce the Company to issue this Warrant to the original Holder, the original Holder has made representations and warranties to the Company as set forth in the Securities Acquisition Agreement, which are incorporated herein by reference.

8.2 Legends . The Holder agrees that it will not offer, sell or otherwise dispose of this Warrant or any Warrant Shares to be issued upon exercise hereof except under circumstances which will not result in a violation of the Securities Act or any state securities law. This Warrant and all Warrant Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant shall be stamped or imprinted with legends in substantially the forms set forth at the top of this Warrant.

9. Lost Documents . Upon receipt by the Company of evidence and indemnity satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of, and upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, if mutilated, the Company will make and deliver to the Holder, in lieu of this Warrant, a new Warrant of the same series and of like tenor of this Warrant.

10. Adjustments . The number of shares purchasable hereunder are subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:

10.1 Reorganization, Reclassification. Merger or Conveyance . If any capital reorganization or reclassification or merger or conveyance of the capital stock of the Company shall be effected in such a way that holders of Warrant Shares shall be entitled to receive stock, securities or assets with respect to or in exchange for Warrant Shares, then, as a condition of such reorganization, reclassification, merger or conveyance, lawful and adequate provisions shall be made whereby the Holder of the Warrant shall thereafter have the right to receive upon the basis and upon the terms and conditions specified herein and in lieu of the shares of Warrant Shares immediately theretofore receivable upon the exercise of the Warrant, such shares of stock, securities or assets (including cash) as may be issued or payable with respect to or in exchange for a number of outstanding shares of such Warrant Shares equal to the number of shares of such stock immediately theretofore so receivable, had such reorganization, reclassification, merger or conveyance not taken place, and in any such case appropriate provision shall be made with respect to the rights and interests of such holder to the end that the provisions hereof (including, without limitation, provisions for adjustments of the Exercise Price) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as may be, in relation to any shares of stock, securities or assets thereafter deliverable upon the exercise of such exercise rights.

 

5


10.2 Split, Subdivision or Combination of Shares . If the Company at any time while this Warrant, or any portion thereof, remains outstanding and unexpired shall split, subdivide or combine the securities as to which purchase rights under this Warrant exist, into a different number of securities of the same class, the Exercise Price for such securities shall be proportionately decreased in the case of a split or subdivision or proportionately increased in the case of a combination and the number of the securities as to which purchaser rights under this Warrant exist shall be increased or decreased proportionately in accordance with such split subdivision or combination.

10.3 Conversion of Stock . In case all (a) the Series G Preferred Stock is converted into Common Stock or other securities or property, or (b) the Series G Preferred Stock otherwise ceases to exist or to be authorized by the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation (each, a “ Stock Event ”), then the Holder, at the time of exercise of this Warrant at any time after such Stock Event, shall receive, in lieu of the number of shares of Warrant Shares, as applicable, that would have been issuable upon exercise of this Warrant immediately prior to such Stock Event, the stock and other securities and property that the Holder would have been entitled to receive upon the Stock Event, if, immediately prior to such Stock Event, the Holder had completed such exercise of this Warrant.]

10.4 Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment pursuant to this Section 10, the Company at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to the Secretary of the Company for filing in the Company’s records and to the Holder a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Company shall, upon the written request, at any time, of the Holder, furnish or cause to be furnished to the Holder a like certificate setting forth: (a) such adjustments and readjustments; (b) the Exercise Price at the time in effect; and (c) the number of shares and the amount, if any, of other property that at the time would be received upon the exercise of the Warrant. No such adjustment or change shall compel immediate exercise of this Warrant or otherwise affect the Expiration Date of this Warrant. Irrespective of any adjustment or other changes made hereunder, this Warrant (or any other warrant issued in exchange therefor) may continue to express the same number and kind of Warrant Shares (except to the extent exercised) and the same Exercise Price as are initially stated herein.

11. General Provisions .

11.1 Governing Law . The validity, interpretation, performance, and enforcement of this Warrant, as well as any other rights, obligations or liabilities otherwise related to the subject matter of this Warrant, shall be governed by and construed under the internal laws of the State of California as applied to agreements among California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within California, without reference to principles of conflict of laws or choice of laws.

11.2 Survival . The representations, warranties, covenants and agreements made herein shall survive the execution of this Agreement and the exercise of this Warrant.

11.3 Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties hereto. The Company may assign any of its rights and obligations under this Warrant. Except as set forth in Section 7.1, the Holder may not assign, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, any of its rights and obligations under this Warrant, unless the Company provides prior written consent.

11.4 Notices, etc . Any and all notices required or permitted to be given to a party pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement will be in writing and will be effective and deemed to

 

6


provide such party sufficient notice under this Agreement on the earliest of the following: (a) at the time of personal delivery, if delivery is in person; (b) one (1) business day after deposit with an express overnight courier for United States deliveries, or two (2) business days after such deposit for deliveries outside of the United States; or (c) three (3) business days after deposit in the United States mail by certified mail (return receipt requested) for United States deliveries. All notices for delivery outside the United States will be sent by express courier. All notices not delivered personally will be sent with postage and/or other charges prepaid and properly addressed to the party to be notified at the address set forth below the signature lines of this Agreement or at such other address as such other party may designate by one of the indicated means of notice herein to the other party hereto. A “business day” shall be a day, other than Saturday or Sunday, when the banks in the city of San Francisco are open for business.

11.5 Amendments . This Warrant may be amended and the observance of any term of this Warrant may be waived only with the written consent of the Company and the Holder. No delay or failure to require performance of any provision of this Warrant shall constitute a waiver of that provision as to that or any other instance. No waiver granted under this Warrant as to any one provision herein shall constitute a subsequent waiver of such provision or of any other provision herein, nor shall it constitute the waiver of any performance other than the actual performance specifically waived.

11.6 Arbitration . Any dispute or controversy of any kind between the parties hereto, whether arising out of, relating to or concerning any interpretation, construction, performance or breach of this Agreement, or otherwise, shall be settled by confidential arbitration to be held in Santa Clara, California in accordance with the commercial dispute rules then in effect of the American Arbitration Association. The Arbitrator may grant injunctions or other relief in such dispute or controversy. Judgment may be entered on the Arbitrator’s decision in any court having jurisdiction. The Company and the Holder shall each be responsible for one half of the costs and expenses of such arbitration, and each shall separately pay its counsel fees and expenses; provided, however, in the event of a determination by the Arbitrator which is adverse to the Company or the Holder, as the case may be, the non-prevailing party shall be responsible for all of the costs and expenses of such arbitration, and for all of the counsel fees and expenses of the Company or the Holder relating thereto. For purposes of any action arising out of the application, interpretation or alleged breach of this Agreement, each of the parties hereto waives any statutory or common law principle, and any judicial interpretation of this Agreement, which would create a presumption against any party hereto as a result of such party having drafted any provision of this Agreement. Counsel for the respective parties have reviewed and revised this Agreement, and there shall not be applied any rule construing ambiguities against the drafting party.

11.7 Severability . If any provision of this Warrant is determined by any court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such provision will be enforced to the maximum extent possible given the intent of the parties hereto. If such clause or provision cannot be so enforced, such provision shall be stricken from this Warrant and the remainder shall be enforced as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable clause or provision had (to the extent not enforceable) never been contained in such agreement.

11.8 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument. This Warrant may be executed and delivered by facsimile or other means of electronic delivery and upon such delivery the signature will be deemed to have the same effect as if the original signature had been delivered to the other party.

***

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company and the Holder have caused the Warrant to be executed by a duly authorized officer thereof as of the effective date of this Warrant set forth above.

 

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ William H. Kurtz

  Name:   William H. Kurtz
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

AGREED AND ACCEPTED:

DWIGHT BADGER

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SERIES G PREFERRED STOCK WARRANT]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company and the Holder have caused the Warrant to be executed by a duly authorized officer thereof as of the effective date of this Warrant set forth above.

 

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION
By:  

 

 

Name:

  William H. Kurtz
 

Title:

  Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

AGREED AND ACCEPTED:

DWIGHT BADGER

 

By:  

/s/ DWIGHT BADGER

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SERIES G PREFERRED STOCK WARRANT]


EXHIBIT A

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

To: BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

We refer to that certain Agreement and Warrant to Purchase Series G Preferred Stock (the “ Warrant ”). Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall be given the meaning assigned to such term in the Warrant.

(1) Cash Exercise : The undersigned hereby elects to purchase              shares of Series G Preferred Stock (“ Warrant Shares ”) of Bloom Energy Corporation pursuant to the terms of the Warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the Exercise Price for such shares in full at the price per share provided in the Warrant and the attached signed and Stock Power and Assignment Separate from Stock Certificate.

Net Exercise Election : The undersigned hereby elects to convert the Warrant into shares of Series G Preferred Stock (“ Warrant Shares ”) by net exercise election pursuant to the terms of the Warrant and tenders herewith the attached signed and Stock Power and Assignment Separate from Stock Certificate. This conversion is exercised with respect to              of the Warrant Shares covered by the Warrant.

 

  (2) The undersigned hereby confirms and acknowledges that

 

  a. The representations and warranties set forth in Section 2 of the Securities Acquisition Agreement as they apply to the undersigned Holder continue to be true and complete as of this date with the same effect as when they were made on and as of the Effective Date (as defined in the Securities Acquisition Agreement).

 

  b. The undersigned Holder has performed and complied with, and has not breached any of, the terms, agreements, obligations and conditions of the Settlement Agreements (as defined in the Securities Acquisition Agreement).

 

  c. The undersigned Holder hereby agrees, confirms, and acknowledge that the Warrant Shares being issued to me on the date hereof is subject to the Transfer Restrictions, the Indemnification Obligations, the Security Obligations, the other restrictions set forth in the Securities Acquisition Agreement the terms of the Note and Security Agreement, and applicable law.

(4) Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares of Warrant Shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below, with the understanding that such certificate shall be withheld by the Company in accordance with Section 4 of the Securities Acquisition Agreement.

 

  DWIGHT BADGER

 

  Print Name

 

  Signature

 

  Date


Stock Power And Assignment

Separate From Stock Certificate

FOR VALUE RECEIVED and pursuant to that certain Warrant to Purchase Series G Preferred Stock, dated as of              (the “ Agreement ”), the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto              ,              shares of the Series G Preferred Stock of Bloom Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), standing in the undersigned’s name on the books of the Company represented by Certificate No(s).              delivered herewith, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint the Secretary of the Company as the undersigned’s attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution, to transfer said stock on the books of the Company. THIS ASSIGNMENT MAY ONLY BE USED AS AUTHORIZED BY THE AGREEMENT AND ANY EXHIBITS THERETO.

 

Dated:                     

 

/s/ Dwight Badger

(Signature)

/s/ Dwight Badger

(Please Print Name)

Instruction : Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line. The purpose of this Stock Power and Assignment is to enable the Company and/or its assignee(s) to acquire the shares upon exercise of its rights under applicable agreements between the Company and Holder without requiring additional signatures on the part of Holder.

Exhibit 4.17

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

AMENDMENT NO. 2 AND JOINDER TO

EIGHTH AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Amendment No. 2 and Joinder (the “ Amendment ”) to that certain Eighth Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated as of June 30, 2011 by and among Bloom Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the Holders named therein, and amended pursuant to that certain Amendment No. 1 to Eighth Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement (“ Amendment No. 1 ”), dated December 14, 2015 (the “ Rights Agreement ”), is made and entered into as of August 4, 2016 by and among the Company and the undersigned Holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Registrable Securities (the “ Majority Holders ”). Capitalized terms used in this Amendment that are not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings assigned to them in the Rights Agreement.

Recitals

WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of that certain Securities Acquisition Agreement (the “ Securities Acquisition Agreement ”), dated June 27, 2014, the Company has issued to the Acquirers (as defined in the Securities Acquisition Agreement) an aggregate of 200,000 shares (“ Initial Series G Shares ”) of the Company’s Series G Preferred Stock (“ Series G Preferred Stock ”), warrants to purchase up to 400,000 shares of Series G Preferred Stock, and warrants to purchase up to 50,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock (“ Common Stock ”), and the Company has promised to issue to the Acquirers an additional 200,000 shares of Series G Preferred Stock upon the occurrence of certain conditions described in the Securities Acquisition Agreement.

WHEREAS, the Acquirers have transferred the Initial Series G Shares to certain persons (such persons, the “ Transferees ”).

WHEREAS, the Company has agreed to add the Acquirers as parties to the Rights Agreement for the limited purpose of allowing the Acquirers to participate in the piggyback registration rights provided therein with respect to the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the shares of Series G Preferred Stock acquired by the Acquirers under the Securities Acquisition Agreement.

WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Note Purchase Agreement (the “ 2014 NPA ”), dated December 2, 2014, by and between the Company and the “Investors” named therein (the “ 2014 NPA Investors ”), the Company has issued and sold to the 2014 NPA Investors an aggregate of $165,150,000 in principal of subordinated secured convertible promissory notes (the “ 2014 Notes ”).

WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Note Purchase Agreement (the “ 2015 NPA ”), dated June 30, 2015, by and between the Company and the “Investor” named therein (the “ 2015 NPA Investor ”), the Company has issued and sold to the 2015 NPA Investor an aggregate of $27,000,000 in principal of a subordinated secured convertible promissory note (the “ 2015 Note ”).


WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Note Purchase Agreement (the “ Indenture NPA ”), dated December 11, 2015, by and between the Company, the “Guarantors” named therein, and the “Investors” named therein (the “ NPA Investors ”) and that certain Purchase and Sale of Membership Interests Agreement, dated January 29, 2016, by and between the Company and Mehetia Inc. (“ Mehetia ” and, with the NPA Investors, the “ Current Indenture Investors ”), the Company has issued and sold to the Current Indenture Investors an aggregate of $185,000,000 in principal of 5.0% Convertible Senior Secured PIK Notes due 2020 (the “ Sold Indenture Notes ”), and, pursuant to Section 2.10 of that certain Indenture, dated December 15, 2015, by and among the Company, the guarantors party thereto, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee and collateral agent, the Company may sell additional 5.0% Convertible Senior Secured PIK Notes due 2020 in an aggregate principal amount of up to $50,000,000 (the “ Future Indenture Notes ” and, together with the Sold Indenture Notes, the “ Indenture Notes ”) to future investors (such investors, the “ Future Indenture Investors ” and, together with the Current Indenture Investors, the “ Indenture Investors ”).

WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend the Rights Agreement to (i) permit certain employees of the Company, as approved by the Company’s Board of Directors, to transfer up to 800,000 shares of Common Stock in connection with the first registration of the Company’s securities under the Securities Act (as defined in the Rights Agreement), (ii) give the Acquirers and the Transferees piggyback registration rights in accordance with the Securities Acquisition Agreement, (iii) join each of the Acquirers, the Transferees, the 2014 NPA Investors, the 2015 NPA Investor, and the Indenture Investors as parties to the Rights Agreement and to have such persons, and the “Registrable Securities” (as defined below in Section 2) held by them (or that may be issued to them by operation of any convertible securities held by them) be bound by the terms, conditions, and restrictions of the Rights Agreement, and, for the avoidance of any future doubt, (iv) amend Section 15 to clarify the requirements that must be satisfied to transfer the rights of a “Holder” under the Rights Agreement, and (v) amend Section 19 to clarify the requirements for amendments to the Rights Agreement.

WHEREAS, Section 20(a) of the Rights Agreement provides that the Company shall not enter into any agreement granting any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company registration rights with respect to such securities without the prior written consent of the Majority Holders;

WHEREAS, with respect to the other amendments contemplated by this Amendment, Section 19 of the Rights Agreement permits the amendment of the Rights Agreement with the written consent of the Company and the Majority Holders.

Agreement

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1.     Joinder and Agreement to Be Bound . Each of the Acquirers, the Transferees, the 2014 NPA Investors, the 2015 NPA Investor, and the Current Indenture Investors (each, a “ Joining Party ”) (a) acknowledges that he, she, or it has received and reviewed a copy of the Rights Agreement and (b) agrees that upon execution of this Amendment, each shall become a party to the Rights Agreement as a “Holder” thereunder and shall be fully bound by, and subject

 

2


to, the Rights Agreement as though it were a party thereto. Future Indenture Investors may become a party to the Rights Agreement as a “Holder” and “Purchaser” thereunder, without any requirement on the part of the Company to seek any consent or approval of the Holders, by executing and delivering a signature page to the Rights Agreement to the Company.

 

  2. Amendments .

a.    The defined term “ Preferred ” appearing in Section 1 of the Rights Agreement shall be amended and replaced in its entirety with the following:

““ Preferred ” shall mean any series of Preferred Stock of the Company (a) issued and sold by the Company pursuant to a stock purchase agreement approved by the Board, (b) issued upon exercise of any outstanding security exercisable for shares of any series of the Company’s Preferred Stock, if the issuance of such security was approved by the Board, (c) issued pursuant to that certain Securities Acquisition Agreement (the “ Settlement Agreement ”), dated June 27, 2014, by and between the Company and the “Acquirers” named therein (such persons, the “ Acquirers ” and, such shares of Preferred Stock, the “ Settlement Securities ”), (d) issued upon conversion of the Notes (as defined in that certain Note Purchase Agreement, dated December 2, 2014, by and between the Company and the “Investors” named therein, as amended (the “ 2014 NPA ”)) (the “ 2014 Notes ”), and (e) issued upon conversion of the Notes (as defined in that certain Note Purchase Agreement, dated June 30, 2015, by and between the Company and the “Investors” named therein, as amended (the “ 2015 NPA ”)) (the “ 2015 Notes ”).”

b.    The defined term “ Purchaser ” appearing in Section 1 of the Rights Agreement shall be amended and replaced in its entirety with the following:

““ Purchaser ” shall mean (a) each person or entity who (i) has acquired shares of Preferred and who is a signatory to this Agreement, or (ii) acquires securities of the Company in the future pursuant to an agreement with the Company and becomes a party to this Agreement pursuant to Section 20(b) hereof, (b) each of the Acquirers, (c) each of the Investors (as defined in the 2014 NPA), (d) the Investor (as defined in the 2015 NPA), (e) the Seller (as defined in that certain Purchase and Sale of Membership Interests Agreement, dated January 29, 2016, by and between the Company and Mehetia Inc., (f) the Investors (as defined in that certain Note Purchase Agreement, dated December 11, 2015, by and between the Company and the “Investors” and “Guarantors” named therein (as amended, the “ Indenture NPA ”)), (g) future investors that purchase Additional Notes (as defined in that certain Indenture, dated December 15, 2015, by and among the Company, the guarantors party thereto, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee and collateral agent (as amended, the “ Indenture ”)) to be sold pursuant to Section 2.10 of the Indenture, and (h) any transferees of the holders listed in subsections (b) through (g) hereof for (y) transfers effective on or before August 4, 2016 of any Settlement Securities, or (z) transfers effective at any time of the 2014 Notes, 2015 Notes, the Additional Notes, or the Notes (as defined in the Indenture NPA, which, together with the Additional Notes are referred to herein as the “ Indenture Notes ”), provided that, for this subsection (h) to apply to such persons that are not already party to this Agreement, such persons must execute a joinder agreeing to become a party to the Agreement as a “Holder” hereunder and be fully bound by, and subject to, the Agreement as though it were a party thereto (each such transferee, a “ Permitted Transferee ”).”

 

3


c.    The defined term “ Registrable Securities ” appearing in Section 1 of the Rights Agreement shall be amended and replaced in its entirety with the following:

““ Registrable Securities ” shall mean (a) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon the conversion of the Preferred; (b) any Common Stock issued or issuable in respect of shares of the Preferred; (c) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon any conversion of the Preferred upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization or similar event; (d) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon the exercise of the Series E Warrants; (e) shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Indenture Notes, and (f) any shares of Common Stock and any shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion or exercise of any convertible security for which subsequent registration rights are granted in accordance with Section 20(b) below; provided , however , that Registrable Securities shall not include any securities that have been (i) sold to or through a broker or dealer or underwriter in a public distribution or public securities transaction, (ii) sold in a transaction exempt from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act under Section 4(1) thereof so that all transfer restrictions and restrictive legends with respect thereto, if any, are removed upon the consummation of such sale, or (iii) sold by a person in a transaction in which rights under this Agreement are not assigned; provided , further , however , that the Settlement Securities shall not be “Registrable Securities” for purposes of Sections 4 and 6 hereof.”

 

  d. The following parenthetical appearing in Section 5(b) of the Rights Agreement:

“(it being understood that other than in the circumstances described in clauses (ii)(A) and (B) below and the Company’s initial public offering of its Common Stock, in no case shall the number of securities requested to be included in the registration by the Holders of Registrable Securities be excluded without first excluding shares requested to be included by any other party)”

shall be amended and replaced in its entirety with the following:

“(it being understood that other than in the circumstances described in clauses (ii)(A) and (B) below and the Company’s initial public offering of its Common Stock, in no case shall the number of securities requested to be included in the registration by the Holders of Registrable Securities be excluded without first excluding shares requested to be included by any other party (except for Company securities held by employees of the Company approved by the Board (such persons, the “ Permitted Parties ”) in an aggregate amount not in excess of 800,000 shares of the Company’s capital stock (the “ Permitted Shares ”)))”

e.    Section 10 of the Rights Agreement shall be amended and replaced in its entirety with the following:

f.    “ Lock-up Agreement . In consideration for the Company agreeing to its obligations under this Agreement, each Holder of Registrable Securities and each transferee pursuant to Section 15 hereof agrees, in connection with the first registration of the Company’s securities under the Securities Act, upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing any underwritten offering of the Company’s securities, not to (a) lend, offer, pledge, sell,

 

4


contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock (whether such shares or any such securities are then owned by the Holder or are thereafter acquired) or (b) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (a) or (b) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto) from the effective date of such registration as the Company or the underwriters may specify; provided, however, that all (x) officers and directors of the Company and (y) stockholders of the Company holding three percent (3%) or more of the total outstanding Common Stock of the Company (treating all convertible, exercisable and exchangeable Company securities on an as-if converted to Common Stock basis) are bound by agreements that are no less restrictive, except with respect to the Permitted Shares to be sold by the Permitted Parties in the first registration of the Company’s securities under the Securities Act. The underwriters in connection with the Company’s initial public offering are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 10 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. Each Holder agrees that the Company may instruct its transfer agent to place stop-transfer notations in its records to enforce the provisions of this Section 10 until the end of such period. This Section 10 shall supersede any conflicting provision of Section 4 or Section 6 above.”

g.    Section 15 of the Rights Agreement shall be amended and replaced in its entirety with the following:

Transfer of Rights . The rights granted hereunder to cause the Company to register securities may be assigned to (a) a transferee or assignee of a Purchaser who acquires at least 200,000 shares of Common Stock and/or shares of the Company’s Preferred Stock convertible into such number of shares of Common Stock unless such transferee or assignee is a Permitted Transferee, in which case the rights granted hereunder shall be assigned, (b) a transferee or assignee who acquires (i) at least $5,152,000 of principal value of a 2014 Note or 2015 Note, or (ii) Indenture Notes having at least a principal value that when such principal amount (as expressed in thousands) is multiplied by the Conversion Rate or the Change of Control Conversion Rate, as applicable (in each case, as defined in the Indenture, and provided that during any period in which the Change of Control Conversion Rate applies but has not been finally determined, the Conversion Rate will continue to apply), the resulting number of shares of Common Stock is at least 200,000 shares of Common Stock , or (c) any Affiliate of a Purchaser, provided that, in each case, (i) the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned; (ii) such transferee or assignee agrees in writing to be bound by and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the provisions of Section 10 hereof; and (iii) such

 

5


assignment shall be effective only if immediately following such transfer the further disposition of such securities by the transferee or assignee is restricted under the Securities Act.”

 

  h. The following sentence shall be added as the final sentence of Section 19:

“For purposes of determining the number of Registrable Securities “then outstanding” (or for any purpose under this Agreement requiring the consent of the holders thereof), and for purposes of, Section 4, this Section 19, and Section 20 hereof, (a) each of the 2014 Notes and 2015 Note shall be deemed to represent a number of Registrable Securities equal to an amount determined by dividing the original principal amount of such 2014 Note or 2015 Note by the original issuance price of the Series G Preferred Stock (as provided for in Article IV, Section 2(a)(i) of the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as the same may be amended from time to time) and (b) each of the Indenture Notes shall be deemed to represent a number of Registrable Securities equal to an amount determined by multiplying the original principal amount (as expressed in thousands) of such Indenture Note by the Conversion Rate or the Change of Control Conversion Rate, as applicable (in each case, as defined in the Indenture, and provided that during any period in which the Change of Control Conversion Rate applies but has not been finally determined, the Conversion Rate will continue to apply).”

3.    For the avoidance of any doubt, the restrictions set forth in Sections 2 and 3 of the Rights Agreement, the lockup agreement set forth in Section 10 of the Rights Agreement and the restrictive legends set forth in Section 11 of the Rights Agreement shall not be applicable to the Indenture Investors (or their transferees or assignees). The comparable obligations of the Indenture Investors shall be (i) for any Indenture Investors other than Mehetia (and its transferees or assignees) as set forth in the Restriction Agreement (as defined in Amendment No. 1) and (ii) for Mehetia (and its transferees or assignees) as set forth in the Restriction Agreement executed by Mehetia on January 29, 2016 (the “ Mehetia Restriction Agreement ”).

4.    Except as expressly set forth in this Amendment, the Rights Agreement, as amended by Amendment No. 1, shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

5.    To the extent that any terms of this Amendment or the Rights Agreement conflict with the terms of the Indenture (as defined in Amendment No. 1), the Restriction Agreement (as defined in Amendment No. 1) or the Mehetia Restriction Agreement, the terms of the Indenture, Restriction Agreement or Mehetia Restriction Agreement, as applicable, shall prevail.

6.    This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Amendment shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without reference to the conflict of laws provisions thereof.

7.    Each party hereto represents and warrants that: (i) it has all necessary power and authority to enter into and perform this Amendment and, in the case of a Joining Party, to become bound by the Rights Agreement, and (ii) this Amendment, and the Rights Agreement, constitute a valid and binding obligation which is enforceable against each party hereto in

 

6


accordance with its terms (subject to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to equitable principles of general application).

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this AMENDMENT NO. 2 AND JOINDER TO THE EIGHTH AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

“COMPANY”     BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION
a Delaware corporation
    By:  

/s/ Randy Furr

    Name:  

Randy Furr

    Title:  

Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

    Dated:  

August 4, 2016


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this AMENDMENT NO. 2 AND JOINDER TO THE EIGHTH AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

“HOLDERS”     NEW ENTERPRISE ASSOCIATES 10, LP
    By:   NEA Partners 10, Limited Partnership
    By:  

/s/ Louis S. Citron

    Print Name:  

Louis S. Citron

    Print Title:  

Chief Legal Officer/Attorney-in-Fact

    Dated:  

 

    NEA VENTURES 2003, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
    By:  

/s/ Louis S. Citron

      Vice President, Attorney-in-Fact
    Print Name:  

Louis S. Citron

    Dated:  

 

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this AMENDMENT NO. 2 AND JOINDER TO THE EIGHTH AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

“HOLDERS”     KPCB HOLDINGS, INC.
as nominee
    By:  

/s/ Paul M. Vronsky

    Print Name:  

Paul M. Vronsky

    Print Title:  

General Counsel

    Dated:  

July 15, 2016


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this AMENDMENT NO. 2 AND JOINDER TO THE EIGHTH AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

“HOLDERS”     MORGAN STANLEY PRINCIPAL
INVESTMENTS, INC.
    By:  

/s/ Ismail Bhaimia

    Print Name:  

Ismail Bhaimia

    Print Title:  

Managing Director


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this AMENDMENT NO. 2 AND JOINDER TO THE EIGHTH AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

“HOLDERS”      
Date: 7/12/16     DAG VENTURES GP GROUP
    By:   DAG Ventures Management LLC, its Managing Member
    By:  

/s/ John Caddedu

    Name:  

John Caddedu

    Title:  

Managing Director

Date: 7/12/16     DAG VENTURES COINVESTMENT FUND – AM, L.P.
    By:   DAG Ventures Management LLC, its Managing Member
    By:  

/s/ John Caddedu

    Name:  

John Caddedu

    Title:  

Managing Director

Date: 7/12/16     DAG VENTURES COINVESTMENT FUND – ARMSTRONG EQUITY PARTNERS, L.P. AND ARMSTRONG EQUITY ADVISORS L.P.
    By:   DAG Ventures Management LLC, its General Partner
    By:  

/s/ John Caddedu

    Name:  

John Caddedu

    Title:  

Managing Director


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this AMENDMENT NO. 2 AND JOINDER TO THE EIGHTH AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

“HOLDERS”      
Date: 7/12/16     DAG VENTURES LLC
    By:  

/s/ John Caddedu

    Name:  

John Caddedu

    Title:  

Managing Director

Date: 7/12/16     DAG VENTURES HOLDINGS LLC
    By:   DAG Ventures LLC, its Manager
    By:  

/s/ John Caddedu

    Name:  

John Caddedu

    Title:  

Managing Director

Date: 7/12/16     DAG VENTURES QP, L.P.
    By:   DAG Ventures Management LLC, its General Partner
    By:  

/s/ John Caddedu

    Name:  

John Caddedu

    Title:  

Managing Director

Date: 7/12/16     DAG VENTURES, L.P.
    By:   DAG Ventures Management LLC, its General Partner
    By:  

/s/ John Caddedu

    Name:  

John Caddedu

    Title:  

Managing Director

 

13


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this AMENDMENT NO. 2 AND JOINDER TO THE EIGHTH AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

“HOLDERS”      
Date: 7/12/16     DAG VENTURES PARTNERS COINVESTMENT FUND
    By:   DAG Ventures Management LLC, its
Managing Member
    By:  

/s/ John Caddedu

    Name:  

John Caddedu

    Title:  

Managing Director

Date: 7/12/16     DAG VENTURES COINVESTMENT FUND – IA, L.P.
    By:   DAG Ventures Management LLC, its
General Partner
    By:  

/s/ John Caddedu

    Name:  

John Caddedu

    Title:  

Managing Director

Date: 7/12/16     DAG VENTURES COINVESTMENT FUND – II-D, L.P.
    By:   DAG Ventures Management LLC, its
Managing Member
    By:  

/s/ John Caddedu

    Name:  

John Caddedu

    Title:  

Managing Director


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this AMENDMENT NO. 2 AND JOINDER TO THE EIGHTH AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

“HOLDERS”      
Date: 7/12/16     DAG VENTURES COINVESTMENT FUND – QUINN RIVER II, LLC
    By:   DAG Ventures Management LLC, its
Managing Member
    By:  

/s/ John Caddedu

    Name:  

John Caddedu

    Title:  

Managing Director


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this AMENDMENT NO. 2 AND JOINDER TO THE EIGHTH AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

“HOLDERS”      
    1536057 ALBERTA LTD.
    By:  

/s/ Peter Teti

    Name:  

Peter Teti

    Title:  

Director

    Dated:  

July 22, 2016

    1536053 ALBERTA LTD.
    By:  

/s/ Peter Teti

    Name:  

Peter Teti

    Title:  

Director

    Dated:  

July 22, 2016


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO THE EIGHTH AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT to be executed as of the date first above written.

HOLDERS

 

EIGHT BAR FINANCIAL PARTNERS I, L.P.
By:  

/s/ Holly Neiweem

Name:  

Holly Neiweem

Title:  

Managing Director

Date:  

8/5/2016


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO THE EIGHTH AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT to be executed as of the date first above written.

HOLDERS

 

THE KUWAIT INVESTMENT OFFICE

(BEING THE LONDON OFFICE) OF THE KUWAIT INVESTMENT AUTHORITY OF THE GOVERNMENT OF THE STATE KUWAIT

By:  

/s/ Osama Al-Ayouis

Name:  

Osama Al-Ayouis

Title:  

President & CEO

Date:  

July 19, 2016


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO THE EIGHTH AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT to be executed as of the date first above written.

HOLDERS

 

KUWAIT INVESTMENT AUTHORITY, a

Kuwaiti public authority established under

Kuwaiti Law No. 47/1982 for the purpose of

managing, in the name and for the account of

the Government of the State of Kuwait, the

investments of the State of Kuwait, and having

its registered office at Block No. 3, Ministries

Complex, City of Kuwait, Kuwait (KIA)

By:  

/s/ Bader M. Al-Saad

Name:  

Bader M. Al-Saad

Title:  

Managing Director

Date:  

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO THE EIGHTH AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT to be executed as of the date first above written.

HOLDERS

 

MADRONE PARTNERS, LP
By:  

/s/ Jameson McJunkin

Name:  

Jameson McJunkin

Title:  

Managing Member

Date:  

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO THE EIGHTH AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT to be executed as of the date first above written.

HOLDERS

Date: August 4, 2016

 

EXECUTED on behalf of THE )

NORTHER N TRUST COMP ANY ) (ABN 62

126 279 918), a company)

incorporated in the State of Illinois in the )

United States of America, in its capacity as)

custodian for Future Fund Board of

Guardians, by

 

/s/ Rowena Lee

being a person who, in accordance with the

laws of that territory, is acting under the )

authority of the company in the presence of:

/s/ Stephen Dyason

Stephen Dyason

Name of witness (block letters) )
Level 42, 120 Collins St.
Melbourne, VIC, 3000

 

Address of Witness

 

 

/s/ Rowena Lee

By executing this Amendment No. 2

and Joinder the signatory warrants that

the signatory is duly authorized to

execute this Amendment No. 2 and

Joinder on behalf of THE

NORTHERN TRUST COMPANY

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO THE EIGHTH AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT to be executed as of the date first above written.

JOINING PARTY

Date: August 4, 2016

 

EXECUTED on behalf of THE)

NORTHER N TRUST COMP ANY ) (ABN 62

126 279 918), a company)

incorporated in the State of Illinois in the )

United States of America, in its capacity as)

custodian for Future Fund Investment Company

No. 5 Pty Ltd, by

 

/s/ Rowena Lee

being a person who, in accordance with the

laws of that territory, is acting under the )

authority of the company in the presence of:

/s/ Stephen Dyason

Stephen Dyason

Name of witness (block letters) )
Level 42, 120 Collins St.
Melbourne, VIC, 3000

 

Address of Witness

 

 

 

/s/ Rowena Lee

By executing this Amendment No. 2

and Joinder the signatory warrants that

the signatory is duly authorized to

execute this Amendment No. 2 and

Joinder on behalf of THE

NORTHERN TRUST COMPANY

 

Exhibit 4.18

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO

EIGHTH AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Amendment No. 3 (the “ Amendment ”) to that certain Eighth Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated as of June 30, 2011 by and among Bloom Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the Holders named therein, and amended pursuant to that certain Amendment No. 1 to Eighth Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement (“Amendment No.  1” ), dated December 14, 2015 and that certain Amendment No. 2 and Joinder to Eighth Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement (“Amendment No.   2” and, together with Amendment No. 1, the “ Amendments ”), dated August 4, 2016 (the “ Rights Agreement ”), is made and entered into as of September 20, 2016 by and among the Company and the undersigned Holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Registrable Securities (the “ Majority Holders ”). Capitalized terms used in this Amendment that are not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings assigned to them in the Rights Agreement.

Recitals

WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend the Rights Agreement to amend the definition of “Purchaser” set forth therein.

WHEREAS, with respect to the amendments contemplated by this Amendment, Section 19 of the Rights Agreement permits the amendment of the Rights Agreement with the written consent of the Company and the Majority Holders.

Agreement

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1. Amendments .

a. The defined term “ Purchaser ” appearing in Section 1 of the Rights Agreement shall be amended and replaced in its entirety with the following:

““ Purchaser ” shall mean (a) each person or entity who (i) has acquired shares of Preferred and who is a signatory to this Agreement, or (ii) acquires securities of the Company in the future pursuant to an agreement with the Company and becomes a party to this Agreement pursuant to Section 20(b) hereof, (b) each of the Acquirers, (c) each of the Investors (as defined in the 2014 NPA), (d) the Investor (as defined in the 2015 NPA), (e) the Seller (as defined in that certain Purchase and Sale of Membership Interests Agreement, dated January 29, 2016, by and between the Company and Mehetia Inc., (f) the Investors (as defined in that certain Note Purchase Agreement, dated December 11, 2015, by and between the Company and the “Investors” and “Guarantors” named therein (as amended, the “ Indenture NPA ”)), (g) future investors that purchase Additional Notes (as defined in that certain Indenture, dated December 15, 2015, by and among the Company, the guarantors party thereto, and U.S. Bank National


Association, as trustee and collateral agent, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (the “ Indenture ”)) to be sold pursuant to Section 2.10 of the Indenture, and (h) any transferees of the holders listed in subsections (b) through (g) hereof for (y) transfers effective on or before August 4, 2016 of any Settlement Securities, or (z) transfers effective at any time of the 2014 Notes, 2015 Notes, the Additional Notes, or the Notes (as defined in the Indenture NPA, which, together with the Additional Notes are referred to herein as the “ Indenture Notes ”), provided that, for this subsection (h) to apply to such persons that are not already party to this Agreement, such persons must execute a joinder agreeing to become a party to the Agreement as a “Holder” hereunder and be fully bound by, and subject to, the Agreement as though it were a party thereto (each such transferee, a “ Permitted Transferee ”).”

2. Except as expressly set forth in this Amendment, the Rights Agreement, as amended by the Amendments, shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

3. This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Amendment shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without reference to the conflict of laws provisions thereof.

4. Each party hereto represents and warrants that: (i) it has all necessary power and authority to enter into and perform this Amendment and (ii) this Amendment, and the Rights Agreement, constitute a valid and binding obligation which is enforceable against each party hereto in accordance with its terms (subject to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to equitable principles of general application).

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO THE EIGHTH AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

“COMPANY”     BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION
    a Delaware corporation
    By:  

/s/ Randy Furr

    Name:   Randy Furr
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer and Secretary
    Dated:   September 20, 2016

(Signature Page to the Amendment No. 3 to the 8 th AR Registration Rights Agreement)


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO THE EIGHTH AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

“HOLDERS”    
    CANADA PENSION PLAN
Date: September 20, 2016     INVESTMENT BOARD
    By:  

/s/ Scott Lawrence

    Name:   Scott Lawrence
    Title:   Managing Director, Head of Relationship Investments


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO THE EIGHTH AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

“HOLDERS”    
    1536057 ALBERTA LTD.
    By:  

/s/ Peter Teti

    Name:   Peter Teti
    Title:   SVP, Private Equity
    Dated:   Sept. 14, 2016
    1536053 ALBERTA LTD.
    By:  

/s/ Peter Teti

    Name:   Peter Teti
    Title:   SVP, Private Equity
    Dated:   Sept. 14, 2016

(Signature Page to the Amendment No. 3 to the 8 th AR Registration Rights Agreement)


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO THE EIGHTH AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT to be executed as of the date first above written.

“HOLDERS”

 

Date: 9.16.16       DAG VENTURES GP GROUP
      By:    DAG Ventures Management LLC, its Managing Member
      By:   

/s/ John Cadeddu

      Name:    John Cadeddu
      Title:   

 

Date: 9.16.16      

DAG VENTURES COINVESTMENT FUND –

AM, L.P.

      By:    DAG Ventures Management LLC, its Managing Member
      By:   

/s/ John Cadeddu

      Name:    John Cadeddu
      Title:   

 

Date: 9.16.16       DAG VENTURES COINVESTMENT FUND –ARMSTRONG EQUITY PARTNERS, L.P. AND ARMSTRONG EQUITY ADVISORS L.P.
      By:   

DAG Ventures Management LLC, its General Partner

      By:   

/s/ John Cadeddu

      Name:    John Cadeddu
      Title:   

 

(Signature Page to the Amendment No. 3 to the 8 th AR Registration Rights Agreement)


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO THE EIGHTH AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT to be executed as of the date first above written.

‘‘HOLDERS”

 

Date: 9.16.16       DAG VENTURES LLC
      By:   

/s/ John Cadeddu

      Name:    John Cadeddu
      Title:   

 

Date: 9.16.16       DAG VENTURES HOLDINGS LLC
      By:    DAG Ventures LLC, its Manager
      By:   

/s/ John Cadeddu

      Name:    John Cadeddu
      Title:   

 

Date: 9.16.16       DAG VENTURES QP, L.P.
      By:   

DAG Ventures Management LLC, its General Partner

      By:   

/s/ John Cadeddu

      Name:    John Cadeddu
      Title:   

 

Date: 9.16.16       DAG VENTURES L.P.
      By:   

DAG Ventures Management LLC, its General Partner

      By:   

/s/ John Cadeddu

      Name:    John Cadeddu
      Title:   

 

(Signature Page to the Amendment No. 3 to the 8 th AR Registration Rights Agreement)


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO THE EIGHTH AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT to be executed as of the date first above written.

‘‘HOLDERS”

 

Date: 9.16.16      

DAG VENTURES PARTNERS

COINVESTMENT FUND

      By:    DAG Ventures Management LLC, its Managing Member
      By:   

/s/ John Cadeddu

      Name:    John Cadeddu
      Title:   

 

Date: 9.16.16      

DAG VENTURES COINVESTMENT FUND –

IA, L.P.

      By:    DAG Ventures Management LLC, its General Partner
      By:   

/s/ John Cadeddu

      Name:    John Cadeddu
      Title:   

 

Date: 9.16.16       DAG VENTURES COINVESTMENT FUND–II-D, L.P.
      By:    DAG Ventures Management LLC, its Managing Member
      By:   

/s/ John Cadeddu

      Name:    John Cadeddu
      Title:   

 

(Signature Page to the Amendment No. 3 to the 8 th AR Registration Rights Agreement)


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO THE EIGHTH AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT to be executed as of the date first above written.

‘‘HOLDERS”

 

Date: 9.16.16      

DAG VENTURES COINVESTMENT FUND –

QUINN RIVER II, LLC

      By:    DAG Ventures Management LLC, its Managing Member
      By:   

/s/ John Cadeddu

      Name:    John Cadeddu
      Title:   

 

(Signature Page to the Amendment No. 3 to the 8 th AR Registration Rights Agreement)


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO THE EIGHTH AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

“HOLDERS”       EIGHT BAR FINANCIAL PARTNERS I, LP
      By:   

/s/ Holly Neiweem

      Print Name: Holly Neiweem
      Print Title:   Managing Director
      Dated: 9.14.16

(Signature Page to the Amendment No. 3 to the 8 th AR Registration Rights Agreement)


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO THE EIGHTH AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

“HOLDERS”       HSBC INVESTMENT BANK HOLDINGS, PLC
      By:   

/s/ Michael James Kershaw

      Print Name: Michael James Kershaw
      Print Title:   Attorney
      Dated: 18/9/16

(Signature Page to the Amendment No. 3 to the 8 lh AR Registration Rights Agreement)


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO THE EIGHTH AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

“HOLDERS”      
     

KPCB HOLDINGS, INC.

as nominee

      By:   

/s/ Paul M. Vronsky

      Print Name: Paul M. Vronsky
      Print Title:   General Counsel
      Dated: September 20, 2016

(Signature Page to the Amendment No. 3 to the 8 th AR Registration Rights Agreement)


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO THE EIGHTH AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

“HOLDERS”      

MEHETIA INC.,

a Delaware corporation

      By:   

/s/ Peter Cross

      Name: Peter Cross
      Title:   Vice President

(Signature Page to Amendment No. 3 to the 8 th AR Registration Rights Agreement)


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO THE EIGHTH AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

“HOLDERS”       MORGAN STANLEY PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS INC.
      By:   

/s/ Ismail Bhaimia

      Print Name: Ismail Bhaimia
      Print Title:   Managing Director
      Dated: 9/15/16

(Signature Page to the Amendment No. 3 to the 8 th AR Registration Rights Agreement)


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO THE EIGHTH AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

“HOLDERS”       NEW ENTERPRISE ASSOCIATES 10, LP
      By:   

NEA Partners 10, Limited Partnership

its General Partner

      By:   

/s/ Louis S. Citron

      Print Name: Louis S. Citron
      Print Title:   Chief Legal Officer/Attorney-in-Fact
      Dated: September 20, 2016
     

NEA VENTURES 2003,

LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

      By:   

/s/ Louis S. Citron

         Vice President
      Print Name: Louis S. Citron
      Dated: September 20, 2016

(Signature Page to the Amendment No. 3 to the 8 th AR Registration Rights Agreement)

Exhibit 4.19

FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”), dated as of September September 20, 2016, by and among Bloom Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), as issuer, Rye Creek LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Guarantor ”), as guarantor, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”) and collateral agent (the “Collateral Agent”) under the Indenture referred to below.

WHEREAS, Company and Guarantor previously executed and delivered to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent an Indenture (the “ Indenture ”), dated as of December 15, 2015, providing for the issuance of 5.0% Convertible Senior Secured PIK Notes due 2020 (the “ Notes ”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 10.02 of the Indenture, the Company and the Trustee may, with the consent of Holders of at least the Minimum Principal Amount of Notes (the “ Required Holders ”) then outstanding, from time to time amend or supplement the Indenture to change the provisions thereof; and

WHEREAS, the Company has obtained the consent of the Required Holders to change the provisions of the Indenture as set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Trustee agree as follows:

1. Capitalized Terms . Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

2. Modification .

 

  a. Section 1.01 shall be amended by deleting the definition of “Minimum Principal Amount” and replacing it with the following:

““ Minimum Principal Amount ” means (a) from September 20, 2016 through March 31, 2017, at least 75% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding and (b) on and after April 1, 2017, (i) if no one Holder (or if the Notes are held in global form, an owner of a beneficial interest in the Global Note) owns more than 50% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes, then at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding and (ii) in all other cases, at least 60% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.”

 

  b. Section 2.10 is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

Additional Notes; Repurchases . The Company may, without the consent of the Holders and notwithstanding Section 2.01, reopen this Indenture and issue Additional Notes hereunder with the same terms as the Notes initially issued hereunder (except for any differences in issue date, issue price and interest accrued, if any) in an aggregate principal amount that, when taken together with the Initial Notes and all other Additional Notes (for the avoidance of doubt, not including any PIK Notes), in each case, then outstanding, does not exceed $260,000,000; provided that if any such Additional Notes are not fungible with the Notes initially issued hereunder for U.S. federal income tax and securities law purposes, such Additional Notes shall have a separate CUSIP number (if any) to the extent any Notes initially issued hereunder in the form of a Physical Note have been exchanged for a beneficial


interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.05(b). Prior to the issuance of any such Additional Notes, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee a Company Order, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, such Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel to provide, in addition to those matters required by Section 18.05, that the Additional Notes have been duly authorized by the Company and are enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms, subject to customary exceptions, including for bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws of general application affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and to general principles of equity (including, without limitation, concepts of materiality, reasonableness, good faith, fair dealing and unconscionability), regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or law, and such other items as the Trustee may reasonably request. In addition, the Company may, to the extent permitted by law, and directly or indirectly (regardless of whether such Notes are surrendered to the Company), repurchase Notes in the open market or otherwise, whether by the Company or its Subsidiaries or through a private or public tender or exchange offer or through counterparties to private agreements, including by cash-settled swaps or other derivatives. The Company shall cause any Notes so repurchased (other than Notes repurchased pursuant to cash-settled swaps or other derivatives) to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation in accordance with Section 2.08, and such Notes shall no longer be considered outstanding hereunder upon their repurchase.”

 

  c. Section 4.10(b) is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“(b) If, and for so long as, the restrictive legend on any Notes has not been removed, such Notes are assigned a restricted CUSIP number or such Notes are not eligible for resale under Rule 144 under the Securities Act (without restrictions pursuant to U.S. securities laws or the terms of this Indenture or the Notes) by Holders other than Affiliates of the Company or Holders that were Affiliates of the Company at any time during the three months preceding as of the later of (i) the 375th day after the last date of original issuance of such Notes (with any PIK Notes deemed to have been issued on the date the underlying Note was originally issued) and (ii) 5 Business Days following the consummation of the Company’s first firmly underwritten registered public offering of common stock, the Company shall pay Additional Interest on such Notes at a rate equal to 0.50% per annum of the principal amount of such Notes outstanding until the restrictive legend has been removed from such Notes, such Notes are assigned an unrestricted CUSIP number and such Notes are eligible for resale under Rule 144 under the Securities Act (without restrictions pursuant to U.S. securities laws or the terms of this Indenture or the Notes) as described above by Holders other than Affiliates of the Company (or Holders that were Affiliates of the Company at any time during the three months preceding).”

 

  d. Section 17.05(a) is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

(a) The Liens on all Collateral that secure the Notes and the Note Guarantees shall be automatically terminated and released without the need for further action by any Person:

(i) upon the full and final payment and performance of the Company’s and the Guarantors’ respective Obligations under this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees (other than contingent obligations that have yet to accrue);

(ii) upon satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture as described under Section 3.01; or

 

2


(iii) with the written consent of Holders at least (x) from September 20, 2016 through March 31, 2017, at least 75% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes and (y) on and after April 1, 2017, at least 66-2/3% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes.

3. Effect of Supplemental Indenture . Upon the execution of this Supplemental Indenture, the Indenture shall be supplemented in accordance herewith, and this Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered under the Indenture shall be bound thereby. The exchange of copies of this Supplemental Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or .pdf transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture as to the parties hereto. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or .pdf shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

4. Indenture . Except as is amended by this Supplemental Indenture, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed, and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect.

5. Governing Law . THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

6. Counterparts . This Supplemental Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be original; but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

7. Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

8. The Trustee . The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Company.

9. Enforceability . Each of the Company and the Guarantor hereby represents and warrants that this Supplemental Indenture is its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.

[Signature page follows]

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this First Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed and attested, all as of the date first above written.

 

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Randy Furr

 

Name: Randy Furr

Title:   Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

RYE CREEK LLC, as Guarantor

    By: Bloom Energy Corporation, its sole member

By:  

/s/ Randy Furr

 

Name: Randy Furr

Title:   Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

    as Trustee and Collateral Agent

By:  

/s/ Bradley E. Scarbrough

 

Name: Bradley E. Scarbrough

Title:   Vice President

[Signature Page to First Supplemental Indenture – 5.0% Convertible Senior Secured PIK Notes due 2020]

Exhibit 4.20

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION,

as Issuer,

the Guarantor party hereto as of the date hereof

and any Guarantor that becomes party hereto pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof

10% Senior Secured Notes due 2024

INDENTURE

Dated as of June 29, 2017

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee and as Collateral Agent


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE      1  

SECTION 1.01.

  Definitions      1  

SECTION 1.02.

  Other Definitions      41  

SECTION 1.03.

  Rules of Construction      42  
ARTICLE 2 THE SECURITIES      44  

SECTION 2.01.

  Amount of Securities      44  

SECTION 2.02.

  Form and Dating      44  

SECTION 2.03.

  Execution and Authentication      45  

SECTION 2.04.

  Registrar and Paying Agent      45  

SECTION 2.05.

  Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust      46  

SECTION 2.06.

  Holder Lists      47  

SECTION 2.07.

  Transfer and Exchange      47  

SECTION 2.08.

  Replacement Securities      48  

SECTION 2.09.

  Outstanding Securities      48  

SECTION 2.10.

  Temporary Securities      49  

SECTION 2.11.

  Cancellation      49  

SECTION 2.12.

  Defaulted Interest      49  

SECTION 2.13.

  CUSIP Numbers, ISINs, etc.      49  

SECTION 2.14.

  Calculation of Principal Amount of Securities      50  

SECTION 2.15.

  Statement to Holders      50  
ARTICLE 3 REDEMPTION      50  

SECTION 3.01.

  Redemption      50  

SECTION 3.02.

  Applicability of Article      50  

SECTION 3.03.

  Notices to Trustee      50  

SECTION 3.04.

  Selection of Securities to Be Redeemed      51  

SECTION 3.05.

  Notice of Optional Redemption      51  

SECTION 3.06.

  Effect of Notice of Redemption      52  

SECTION 3.07.

  Deposit of Redemption Price      52  

SECTION 3.08.

  Securities Redeemed in Part      53  
ARTICLE 4 COVENANTS      53  

SECTION 4.01.

  Payment of Securities      53  

SECTION 4.02.

  Reports and Other Information      54  

 

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

SECTION 4.03.

  Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock      58  

SECTION 4.04.

  Limitation on Restricted Payments      65  

SECTION 4.05.

  Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries      71  

SECTION 4.06.

  Asset Sales      73  

SECTION 4.07.

  Transactions with Affiliates      77  

SECTION 4.08.

  Change of Control      79  

SECTION 4.09.

  Further Instruments and Acts      81  

SECTION 4.10.

  Future Guarantors      81  

SECTION 4.11.

  Liens      82  

SECTION 4.12.

  Liens on Notes Collateral      82  

SECTION 4.13.

  Administration of the Collection Account      82  

SECTION 4.14.

  Servicing Agreements and Servicing Payments      85  

SECTION 4.15.

  Maintenance of Office or Agency      86  

SECTION 4.16.

  Line of Business      86  

SECTION 4.17.

  Use of Proceeds      86  

SECTION 4.18.

  Existence      86  

SECTION 4.19.

  Rating      86  

SECTION 4.20.

  Covenant Suspension      87  
ARTICLE 5 SUCCESSOR COMPANY      88  

SECTION 5.01.

  When Issuer May Merge or Transfer Assets      88  

SECTION 5.02.

  When Guarantors May Merge or Transfer Assets      89  
ARTICLE 6 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES      90  

SECTION 6.01.

  Events of Default      90  

SECTION 6.02.

  Acceleration      92  

SECTION 6.03.

  Other Remedies      94  

SECTION 6.04.

  Waiver of Past Defaults      94  

SECTION 6.05.

  Control by Majority      94  

SECTION 6.06.

  Limitation on Suits      94  

SECTION 6.07.

  Rights of the Holders to Receive Payment      95  

 

ii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

SECTION 6.08.

  Collection Suit by Trustee      95  

SECTION 6.09.

  Trustee May File Proofs of Claim      95  

SECTION 6.10.

  Priorities      96  

SECTION 6.11.

  Undertaking for Costs      96  

SECTION 6.12.

  Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws      96  

SECTION 6.13.

  Visitation      96  
ARTICLE 7 TRUSTEE      97  

SECTION 7.01.

  Duties of Trustee      97  

SECTION 7.02.

  Rights of Trustee      98  

SECTION 7.03.

  Individual Rights of Trustee      99  

SECTION 7.04.

  Trustee’s Disclaimer      100  

SECTION 7.05.

  Notice of Defaults      100  

SECTION 7.06.

  Compensation and Indemnity      100  

SECTION 7.07.

  Replacement of Trustee      101  

SECTION 7.08.

  Successor Trustee by Merger      102  

SECTION 7.09.

  Eligibility; Disqualification      102  

SECTION 7.10.

  Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer      102  

SECTION 7.11.

  Confidential Information      103  
ARTICLE 8 DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE      104  

SECTION 8.01.

  Discharge of Liability on Securities; Defeasance      104  

SECTION 8.02.

  Conditions to Defeasance      105  

SECTION 8.03.

  Application of Trust Money      106  

SECTION 8.04.

  Repayment to Issuer      106  

SECTION 8.05.

  Indemnity for Government Obligations      107  

SECTION 8.06.

  Reinstatement      107  
ARTICLE 9 AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS      107  

SECTION 9.01.

  Without Consent of the Holders      107  

SECTION 9.02.

  With Consent of the Holders      109  

SECTION 9.03.

  Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers      110  

SECTION 9.04.

  Notation on or Exchange of Securities      110  

SECTION 9.05.

  Trustee to Sign Amendments      111  

 

iii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

SECTION 9.06.

  Payment for Consent      111  

SECTION 9.07.

  Additional Voting Terms; Calculation of Principal Amount      111  
ARTICLE 10 GUARANTEES      111  

SECTION 10.01.

  Guarantees      111  

SECTION 10.02.

  Limitation on Liability      114  

SECTION 10.03.

  Successors and Assigns      114  

SECTION 10.04.

  No Waiver      115  

SECTION 10.05.

  Execution of Supplemental Indenture for Future Guarantors      115  

SECTION 10.06.

  No Impairment      115  
ARTICLE 11 SECURITY DOCUMENTS      115  

SECTION 11.01.

  Collateral and Security Documents      115  

SECTION 11.02.

  Recordings and Opinions      116  

SECTION 11.03.

  Release of Collateral      116  

SECTION 11.04.

  Permitted Releases Not To Impair Lien      117  

SECTION 11.05.

  Suits To Protect the Collateral      117  

SECTION 11.06.

  Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Trustee Under the Security Documents      118  

SECTION 11.07.

  Purchaser Protected      118  

SECTION 11.08.

  Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Trustee      118  

SECTION 11.09.

  Collateral Agent      118  
ARTICLE 12 MISCELLANEOUS      121  

SECTION 12.01.

  Notices      121  

SECTION 12.02.

  Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent      122  

SECTION 12.03.

  Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion      122  

SECTION 12.04.

  When Securities Disregarded      123  

SECTION 12.05.

  Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar      123  

SECTION 12.06.

  Legal Holidays      123  

SECTION 12.07.

  GOVERNING LAW; SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; WAIVER OF IMMUNITY      123  

SECTION 12.08.

  No Recourse Against Others      124  

SECTION 12.09.

  Successors      124  

 

iv


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

SECTION 12.10.

  Multiple Originals      124  

SECTION 12.11.

  Table of Contents; Headings      124  

SECTION 12.12.

  Indenture Controls      124  

SECTION 12.13.

  Severability      124  

SECTION 12.14.

  Currency of Account; Conversion of Currency; Currency Exchange Restrictions      124  

SECTION 12.15.

  Tax Matters.      126  

SECTION 12.16.

  USA PATRIOT Act      126  

SECTION 12.17.

  WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY      127  

SECTION 12.18.

  Limited Incorporation of the TIA      127  

 

Appendix A    -      Provisions Relating to Securities    A-1

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit A    -     Form of Security and Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication    A-1
Exhibit B    -     Form of Transferee Letter of Representation    B-1
Exhibit C    -     Form of Supplemental Indenture    C-1
Exhibit D    -     Form of Confidentiality Agreement    D-1
Exhibit E    -     Payment Subordination Terms    E-1
Exhibit F    -     Form of Calculation Report    F-1

 

 

v


INDENTURE dated as of June 29, 2017 among Bloom Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation with an address at 1299 Orleans Drive, Sunnyvale, California 94089 (the “Issuer”), the Guarantor party hereto as of the date hereof, any other Guarantor that becomes party hereto pursuant to Section 4.10, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (as more fully defined in Section 1.01, the “Trustee”) and as collateral agent (as more fully defined in Section 1.01, the “Collateral Agent”).

Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Issuer’s 10% Senior Secured Notes due 2024 (as more fully defined in Section 1.01, the “Securities”).

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

SECTION 1.01. Definitions .

“5% Convertible Notes” means the Issuer’s 5.0% Convertible Senior Secured PIK Notes due 2020 issued prior to the Issue Date and any 5.0% Convertible Senior Secured PIK Notes due 2020 issued after the Issue Date in lieu of any interest payment required to be made thereunder.

“8% Convertible Notes” means the Issuer’s 8% Subordinated Convertible Secured Promissory Notes issued prior to the Issue Date.

“Accredited Investors” means “accredited investors” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3) or (a)(7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act.

“Acquired Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging, consolidating or amalgamating with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person; and

(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

“Adjusted EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus, without duplication, to the extent the same was deducted (or otherwise not included) in calculating Consolidated Net Income:

(1) Consolidated Taxes; plus

(2) Consolidated Interest Expense plus all cash dividend payments (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on a series of Preferred Stock or

 


Disqualified Stock of such Person and its Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries; plus

(3) Consolidated Non-cash Charges; plus

(4) any expenses, fees or charges related to any issuance of Equity Interests, Investment, Restricted Payment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by this Indenture (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful and including any such transaction consummated prior to the Issue Date), including such fees, expenses or charges related to (i) the offering of the Securities and the Bank Indebtedness and (ii) any amendment or other modification of the Securities or other Indebtedness; plus

(5) extraordinary, unusual, or non-recurring charges or expenses; plus

(6) restructuring charges, reserves or expenses (including any write offs or write downs), carve-out costs, severance costs, integration costs, retention, recruiting, relocation, signing bonuses and expenses, stock option and other equity-based compensation expenses, accruals or reserves (including restructuring costs related to Asset Acquisitions and other Permitted Investments and adjustments to existing reserves), expense relating to enhanced accounting function, the closure and/or consolidation of facilities and existing lines of business and optimization expense (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include the costs related to severance or relocation, facility openings or closures, facility consolidations, retention, contract terminations, project start-up costs, costs incurred in connection with an acquisition, acquisition integration costs and excess pension charges); plus

(7) Consolidated Net Income attributable to, or adding to the losses attributable to, the minority equity interests of third parties in any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of such Person, except to the extent of dividends declared or paid with respect to such period or any prior period on the shares of Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary held by such third parties; plus

(8) any ordinary course dividend, distribution or other payment paid in cash and received from any Person in excess of amounts included in clause (7) of the definition of Consolidated Net Income; plus

(9) any costs or expenses incurred pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such costs or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interests of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation of the Cumulative Credit; plus

(10) charges, losses, expenses and payments that are covered by indemnification, reimbursement, guaranty, purchase price adjustment or other similar provisions in favor of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries in any agreement entered

 

2


into by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent such expenses and payments have been reimbursed pursuant to the applicable indemnity, guaranty or acquisition agreement in such period (or are reasonably expected to be so paid or reimbursed within one year after the end of such period to the extent not accrued) or an earlier period if not added back to Adjusted EBITDA in such earlier period; plus

(11) Insurance Loss Addbacks; plus

(12) net realized losses from Hedging Obligations or embedded derivatives that require similar accounting treatment; plus

(13) any net loss from disposed, abandoned, transferred, closed or discontinued operations (excluding held for sale discontinued operations until actually disposed of); plus

(14) the unamortized fees, costs and expenses paid in cash in connection with the repayment of Indebtedness to Persons that are not Affiliates of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; plus

(15) letter of credit fees; plus

(16) costs associated with, or incurred in anticipation of, or preparation for, compliance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith and Public Company Costs;

less, without duplication,

(17) only to the extent (and in the same proportion) added in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period and without duplication, non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period (excluding the recognition of deferred revenue or any items that represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges that reduced Adjusted EBITDA in any prior period and any items for which cash was received in a prior period).

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling”, “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise; provided , for the avoidance of doubt, that the term “Affiliate” in respect of the Issuer shall not include any PPA Company to the extent that the Issuer does not own any Equity Interests in such PPA Company or control such PPA Company.

“Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Security (or portion thereof) to be redeemed on any Redemption Date, the greater of (x) 1.0% of the amount of principal of such Security to be redeemed and (y) the amount, if any, by which (a) the present value at such Redemption Date of (i) the redemption price of the amount of principal of such Security to be

 

3


redeemed on the First Call Date (such redemption price being set forth in the table immediately following the second paragraph under Paragraph 5 of the form of Security set forth in Exhibit A), plus (ii) all required interest payments due on the amount of principal of such Security to be redeemed through the First Call Date (excluding accrued but unpaid interest, if any, to the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate in respect of such Redemption Date plus 100 basis points, exceeds (b) the amount of principal of such Security to be redeemed. The Trustee shall have no duty to calculate or verify the calculation of the Applicable Premium.

“Asset Acquisition” means (1) an Investment by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in any other Person pursuant to which such Person shall become a Restricted Subsidiary or shall be consolidated, amalgamated or merged with the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or (2) the acquisition by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of all or substantially all assets of (or all or substantially all of the assets constituting a business unit, division, product line or line of business of) any Person.

“Asset Sale” means:

(1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions that are part of a common plan) of property or assets (including by way of a Sale/Leaseback Transaction) of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer outside the ordinary course of business (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”); or

(2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests (other than directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals or other third parties to the extent required by applicable law) of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary issued in compliance with Section 4.03) (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions),

in each case other than:

(a) a disposition of (i) Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities, (ii) obsolete, damaged or worn-out or surplus property or equipment or assets in the ordinary course of business (including the abandonment or other disposition of Intellectual Property that is, in the reasonable judgment of the Issuer, no longer economically practicable or commercially reasonable to maintain or useful in any material respect, taken as a whole, in the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole), (iii) Inventory (as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code), property or goods (or other assets) held for sale in the ordinary course of business (including dispositions of Inventory to any PPA Company, leasing company, or financing company) or (iv) equipment, property or other assets as part of a trade-in for replacement equipment;

 

 

4


(b) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in a manner permitted pursuant to Section 5.01 or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control;

(c) any Restricted Payment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 4.04 or any Permitted Investment;

(d) any disposition of property or assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary, which assets or Equity Interests so disposed or issued have an aggregate Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of less than $5,000,000;

(e) any disposition of property or assets, or the issuance of securities, by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer to the Issuer or by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer (or to an entity that contemporaneously therewith becomes a Restricted Subsidiary);

(f) any exchange of property or assets (including a combination of assets, property and Cash Equivalents) (other than Intellectual Property) for property or assets related to a Permitted Business of comparable or greater market value or usefulness to the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as a whole, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, which in the event of an exchange of property or assets with a Fair Market Value in excess of $1,000,000 shall be evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate;

(g) foreclosures, condemnations, seizures or any similar action on, or any loss, destruction, or damage of, property or assets of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(h) any sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(i) the lease, assignment or sublease of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

(j) any license, sublicense, cross-license, collaboration agreement, strategic alliance or similar arrangement providing for the licensing of Intellectual Property or the development or commercialization of Intellectual Property that, at the time of such license, sublicense, cross-license, collaboration agreement, strategic alliance or similar arrangement, does not materially and adversely affect the Issuer’s business or condition (financial or otherwise), immediately prior to the granting of such license, sublicense, strategic alliance or similar agreement;

(k) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement of, release of, recovery on or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind;

(l) any swap of assets, or lease, assignment or sublease of any real or personal property, in each case, other than Intellectual Property, in exchange for services (including in connection with any outsourcing arrangements) of comparable or greater

 

 

5


value or usefulness to the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, as determined in good faith by the Issuer;

(m) any financing transaction with respect to (i) the Delaware Property, including any sale or other disposition of the Delaware Property in connection with a Sale/Leaseback Transaction or (ii) property built or acquired by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date, including any Sale/Leaseback Transaction, permitted by this Indenture, so long as any net cash proceeds from such Sale/Leaseback Transaction or other financing transaction (other than a Sale/Leaseback Transaction or other financing transaction entered into within 180 days of the acquisition of such property) are treated as Net Proceeds of an Asset Sale under this Indenture;

(n) the creation, incurrence and disposition of Permitted Liens;

(o) any disposition of Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement or other obligation with or to a Person (other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer) from whom such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired or from whom such Restricted Subsidiary acquired its business and assets (having been newly formed in connection with such acquisition), made as part of such acquisition and in each case comprising all or a portion of the consideration in respect of such sale or acquisition;

(p) (i) dispositions or discounting of receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings and exclusive of factoring or similar arrangements and

(ii) the settlement, write-off, discount, forgiveness, or cancellation of any Indebtedness owing by any present or former consultants, directors, officers or employees of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their successors or assigns;

(q) the issuance of Disqualified Stock pursuant to Section 4.03;

(r) the transfer, sale or other disposition resulting from any involuntary loss of title or damage to, involuntary loss or destruction of, or condemnation or other taking of, any property or assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(s) the transfer of improvements, additions or alterations in connection with the lease of any property;

(t) the unwinding of any Hedging Obligations or obligations in respect of Cash Management Services; and

(u) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of Receivables Program Assets, or participations or interests therein, or other transactions in connection with any Receivables Program.

“Bank Indebtedness” means any and all amounts payable under or in respect of any Credit Agreement and the other Credit Agreement Documents, as amended, restated, supplemented, waived, replaced, restructured, repaid, refunded, refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time (including after termination of such Credit Agreement), including principal,

 

6


premium (if any), interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Issuer whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings), fees, charges, expenses, reimbursement obligations, guarantees and all other amounts payable thereunder or in respect thereof.

“Bloom Energy Server” means the Issuer’s energy servers or similar products or platforms branded as a “Bloom Energy Server”.

“Board of Directors” means, as to any Person, the board of directors, board of managers or similar governing body, as applicable, of such Person (or, if such Person is a partnership, the board of directors or other governing body of the general partner of such Person) or any duly authorized committee thereof. References in this Indenture to directors (on a Board of Directors) shall also be deemed to refer to managers (on a Board of Managers).

“Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which the Federal Reserve Bank of New York or the place of payment on the Securities is authorized or required by law or executive order to close or be closed.

“Capital Stock” means:

(1) in the case of a corporation or company, corporate stock or shares;

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership interests (whether general or limited) and membership interests; and

(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person;

in each case to the extent treated as equity in accordance with GAAP and excluding any debt securities convertible into any of the foregoing, cash or any combination thereof.

“Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP; provided , that all leases of a Person that are or would be characterized as operating leases in accordance with GAAP immediately prior to the Issue Date (without giving effect to ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842)), whether or not such operating leases were in effect on such date, shall continue to be accounted for as operating leases (and not capital leases) for purposes of this Indenture (other than for purposes of preparing any reports or financial statements required pursuant to Section 4.02) regardless of any change in GAAP or the application of GAAP by the Issuer following the Issue Date that would otherwise require such leases to be recharacterized as capital leases; provided , further , that the term “Capitalized Lease

 

7


Obligation” shall not include any obligations in respect of property leased in connection with financing vehicles entered into by the Issuer and any Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with commercial transactions with customers that would otherwise be classified as capital leases so long as such obligations are non-recourse to the Issuer and any Restricted Subsidiaries.

“Cash Contribution Amount” means the aggregate amount of cash contributions made to the capital of the Issuer used for purposes of calculating the amount of Indebtedness that may be Incurred as “Contribution Indebtedness” as described in the definition of “Contribution Indebtedness”; provided that such cash contributions shall cease to be treated as the Cash Contribution Amount to the extent the related Contribution Indebtedness has been reclassified in accordance with Section 4.03.

“Cash Equivalents” means:

(1) U.S. Dollars, Canadian dollars, pounds sterling, euros or the national currency of any member state in the European Union, or any other currencies held from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government, Canada, the United Kingdom or any country that is a member of the European Union or any agency or instrumentality thereof, in each case maturing not more than two years from the date of acquisition;

(3) certificates of deposit, demand deposits, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $250,000,000 and whose long-term debt is rated “A” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized rating agency);

(4) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

(5) commercial paper issued by a Person (other than an Affiliate of the Issuer) rated at least “A-1” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized rating agency), and in each case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition;

(6) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least “A-2” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized rating agency) and in each case maturing within two years after the date of acquisition;

(7) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision thereof having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent

 

 

8


ratings of another internationally recognized rating agency), in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition;

(8) Indebtedness issued by Persons (other than an Affiliate of the Issuer) with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A-2” or higher from Moody’s (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized rating agency), in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition;

(9) investment funds investing at least 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (8) above;

(10) Investments with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s;

(11) time deposits, certificates of deposit and money market deposits not otherwise permitted hereby in an aggregate face amount not in excess of 0.5% of the Total Assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of the Issuer’s most recently completed fiscal year;

(12) substantially similar Investments, of comparable credit quality, denominated in the currency of any jurisdiction in which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries conduct business; and

(13) Investments that are consistent with the investment policy of the Issuer that has been adopted by the Issuer’s Board of Directors as in effect on the Issue Date, together with any amendments thereto.

“Cash Management Agreement” means any agreement or arrangement to provide Cash Management Services.

“Cash Management Services” means any one or more of the following types of services or facilities: (i) commercial credit cards, merchant card services, purchase or debit cards, including non-card e-payables services, or electronic funds transfer services, (ii) treasury management services (including controlled disbursement, overdraft automatic clearing house fund transfer services, return items, and interstate depository network services), (iii) any other demand deposit or operating account relationships or other cash management services, and (iv) other services related, ancillary or complementary to the foregoing.

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) any combination transaction in which the stockholders of the Issuer immediately prior to such combination transaction own less than 50% of the voting power of the surviving or successor entity (or its parent, as applicable) immediately after such combination transaction;

 

 

9


(ii) any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Issuer is a party in which more than 50% of the Issuer’s voting power is transferred;

(iii) any sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole other than to a Restricted Subsidiary; or

(iv) the adoption of a plan by the Issuer’s shareholders relating to the Issuer’s dissolution or liquidation in accordance with the Issuer’s organizational documents.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no transaction or series of related transactions principally for bona fide equity financing purposes in which cash is received by the Issuer or indebtedness of the Issuer is cancelled or converted, or a combination thereof, or the transfer by any stockholder of shares of the Issuer’s capital stock to any third party in a transaction or series of related transactions to which the Issuer is not a party, shall be deemed a Change of Control.

“Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. “Collateral Agent” means U.S. Bank National Association in its capacity as

“Collateral Agent” under this Indenture and under the Security Documents and any successor thereto in such capacity.

“Confidentiality Agreement” means a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit D.

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

(1) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted and not added back in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount, (b) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, (c) net payments pursuant to Hedging Obligations (including amortization of fees), (d) amortization of deferred financing fees, (e) debt discount and debt issuance costs (including commitment fees), commissions, fees and expenses, (f) non-cash interest expense, (g) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit, bank guarantees, bankers acceptances or similar instruments and (h) expensing of any bridge, commitment or other financing fees); plus

(2) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; minus

(3) interest income for such period.

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by the Issuer to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

 

10


“Consolidated Leverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person, at any date (the “Consolidated Leverage Calculation Date”), the ratio of (i) Indebtedness of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the Consolidated Leverage Calculation Date (determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP) less the amount of Cash Equivalents in excess of any Restricted Cash that is stated on the balance sheet of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries and held by such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such Consolidated Leverage Calculation Date to (ii) Adjusted EBITDA of such Person for the most recent four full fiscal quarters ended on the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding such Consolidated Leverage Calculation Date. In the event that the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries Incurs, repays, repurchases, defeases or redeems any Indebtedness subsequent to such last day but prior to the Consolidated Leverage Calculation Date, then the Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence, repayment, repurchase, defeasance or redemption of Indebtedness as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period; provided that the Issuer may elect pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee to treat all or any portion of the commitment under any agreement evidencing Indebtedness as being Incurred on the first day of the applicable four-quarter measurement period, in which case any subsequent Incurrence of Indebtedness under such commitment shall not be deemed, for purposes of this calculation, to be an Incurrence at such subsequent time; provided , further , that any Cash Equivalent proceeds received in connection with or as a result of such Incurrence or other transaction for which the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is being calculated shall not be subtracted from Indebtedness for purposes of calculating the Consolidated Leverage Ratio.

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Asset Sales or Asset Acquisitions, in each case, in an amount in excess of $50,000,000 per transaction, that the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has determined to make or made during the applicable four- quarter measurement period or subsequent to such measurement period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Consolidated Leverage Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Asset Sales and Asset Acquisitions (and the change of any associated Indebtedness and the change in Adjusted EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the applicable four-quarter measurement period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period shall have made any Asset Sale or Asset Acquisition, in each case, in an amount in excess of $50,000,000 and with respect to a business, a division or an operating unit of a business, as applicable, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Asset Sale or Asset Acquisition had occurred on the first day of the applicable four-quarter measurement period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any calculation under this definition, the pro forma calculations shall be (x) made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer (and may include, for the avoidance of doubt, cost savings and operating expense reductions resulting from such Asset Sale or Asset Acquisition which is being given pro forma effect that have been or are expected to be realized within twelve (12) months after the date of such Asset Sale or Asset Acquisition as the result of specified actions taken or to be taken within six (6) months after such date) and (y) after consummation of a Qualified IPO, determined in accordance with Regulation S-X.

 

11


For purposes of this definition, any amount in a currency other than U.S. Dollars will be converted to U.S. Dollars based on the average exchange rate for such currency for the most recent four full fiscal quarters immediately prior to the date of determination in a manner consistent with that used in calculating Adjusted EBITDA for the applicable period.

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis; provided , however , that:

(1) any after-tax effect of (a) extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (including all fees and expenses relating thereto), (b) any facility shutdown expenses, severance (including payroll, retention bonus and benefit expense relating to employees who have been notified they are being severed, following such notification), relocation costs, restructuring-related consulting and travel costs, and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans and (c) any other amounts (in an amount not to exceed $1,000,000 in any four fiscal quarter reference period) recorded in the “Restructuring and other charges, net” line item (or other similar line item) of such Person’s consolidated statement of operations for such period prepared in accordance with GAAP, shall be excluded;

(2) effects of purchase accounting adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to such Person and such Subsidiaries) in amounts required or permitted by GAAP, resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded;

(3) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period;

(4) any net after-tax income or loss from disposed, abandoned, transferred, closed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned, transferred, closed or discontinued operations shall be excluded;

(5) any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to business dispositions or asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) shall be excluded;

(6) any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to the early extinguishment of indebtedness, and any unrealized gains and losses relating to Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments, shall be excluded;

(7) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary of such Person, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period;

 

 

12


(8) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (1) of the definition of “Cumulative Credit”, the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination with respect to such Restricted Payment permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders or equityholders, unless such restrictions with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions have been legally waived; provided that the Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or converted into cash) by any such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person, to the extent not already included therein;

(9) any impairment charges or asset write-offs, in each case pursuant to GAAP, and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded;

(10) any non-cash expense realized or resulting from stock option plans, employee benefit plans or post-employment benefit plans, or grants or sales of stock, stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock, preferred stock or other rights shall be excluded;

(11) any one-time non-cash compensation charges shall be excluded;

(12) accruals and reserves that are established or adjusted within 12 months after the Issue Date and that are so required to be established or adjusted in accordance with GAAP or as a result of adoption or modification of accounting policies shall be excluded;

(13) non-cash gains, losses, income and expenses resulting from fair value accounting required by the applicable standard under GAAP and related interpretations shall be excluded;

(14) any currency translation gains and losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness, and any net loss or gain resulting from Hedging Obligations, shall be excluded;

(15) solely for the purposes of calculating Restricted Payments, if positive, any permanent difference (but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any temporary difference the Issuer reasonably expects to be paid in cash in any future tax period) of (A) the Consolidated Taxes of the Issuer calculated in accordance with GAAP over (B) the actual Consolidated Taxes paid in cash by the Issuer during such period shall be excluded;

(16) any non-cash interest expense and beneficial conversion features resulting from the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 470-20 “Debt — Debt With Conversion and Other Options” shall be excluded;

 

 

13


(17) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as such Person has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (a) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing and (b) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within 365 days), such loss or expense amounts as are so reimbursed, or reimbursable, by insurance providers in respect of liability or casualty events or business interruption shall be excluded;

(18) to the extent covered by fees, costs, expenses and losses that are, or (without duplication) are required to be, covered by contractual indemnities, guaranty obligations, purchase price adjustments, insurance policies or other contractual reimbursement obligations of third parties, to the extent actually indemnified or reimbursed or with respect to which the Issuer has determined that a reasonable basis exists for indemnification or reimbursement, but only to the extent that such amount is actually indemnified or reimbursed within 365 days of such determination (with a deduction in the applicable future period of any amount so added back to the extent not so indemnified or reimbursed within such 365 days), shall be excluded;

(19) the effects of adjustments in property and equipment, inventory, software and other intangible assets, revenue and cost of revenue line items in such Person’s consolidated financial statements pursuant to GAAP resulting from the application of business combination or asset acquisition accounting, shall be excluded;

(20) any fees, costs, expenses and contingent payments incurred during such period, or any amortization or fair value adjustments thereof for such period (including non-cash accretion of deferred or contingent purchase price of an acquisition), in connection with any acquisition, Investment, Asset Sale, intellectual property collaboration agreement in the nature of an asset purchase, issuance or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non- recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction, shall be excluded; and

(21) Consolidated Net Income shall be calculated to give effect to adjustments to revenues and cost of goods sold to remove ratable revenue recognition in connection with financing arrangements.

In calculating the after-tax effect of any item set forth above that is being excluded from Consolidated Net Income, such after-tax effects shall be calculated only after taking into account any cash tax effect.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 4.04 only, there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any dividends, repayments of loans or advances or other transfers of assets from Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer to the extent such dividends, repayments or transfers increase the amount of Restricted

 

14


Payments permitted under Section 4.04 pursuant to clauses (5) and (6) of the definition of “Cumulative Credit”.

“Consolidated Non-cash Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate depreciation, amortization and other non-cash items, expenses or charges of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries reducing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP, but excluding any such charge to the extent it consists of or requires an accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges for any future period.

“Consolidated Taxes” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the provision for taxes for such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries based on income, profits or capital, including U.S. federal, state, franchise, property and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes (including penalties and interest related to such taxes or arising from tax examinations) utilized in computing Consolidated Net Income.

“Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent:

(1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor;

(2) to advance or supply funds:

(a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation; or

(b) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor; or

(3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term Contingent Obligations shall not include (i) endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business or (ii) customary indemnification obligations.

“Contribution Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount not greater than the aggregate amount of cash contributions (other than Excluded Contributions) made to the capital of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date; provided that:

(1) such cash contributions have not been used to make a Restricted Payment or a Permitted Investment in any Person other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; and

 

 

15


(2) such Contribution Indebtedness (a) is Incurred within 360 days after the making of such cash contributions and (b) is so designated as Contribution Indebtedness pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate on the Incurrence date thereof.

“Convertible Indebtedness” means unsecured Indebtedness of the Issuer that is convertible into shares of common stock of the Issuer (or other securities or property following a merger event or other change of the common stock of the Issuer) (and cash in lieu of fractional shares), cash (in an amount determined by reference to the price of such common stock or such other securities) or a combination thereof.

“Corporate Trust Office” means the address of the Trustee specified in Section 12.1 or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Holders and the Issuer.

“Credit Agreement” means (i) any revolving credit facility, term loan, receivables or inventory financing facility, line of credit or other Indebtedness or similar agreements, as amended, restated, supplemented, waived, replaced (whether or not upon termination, and whether with the original lenders or otherwise), restructured, repaid, refunded, refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time, including any agreement or instrument extending the maturity thereof, refinancing, replacing or otherwise restructuring all or any portion of the Indebtedness under such agreement or instrument or any successor or replacement agreement or agreements or instrument or instruments or increasing the amount loaned or issued thereunder or altering the maturity thereof and (ii) whether or not the agreements or instruments referred to in clause (i) remain outstanding, one or more (A) debt facilities, commercial paper facilities or other financing arrangements, providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from lenders against such receivables), letters of credit or other long-term indebtedness, or (B) debt securities, notes, debentures, indentures or other forms of debt financing (including convertible or exchangeable debt instruments or bank guarantees or bankers’ acceptances or similar instruments), in each case, with the same or different borrowers or issuers and, in each case, as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, restructured, renewed, refinanced, restated, replaced or refunded in whole or in part from time to time.

“Credit Agreement Documents” means any Credit Agreement, any notes issued pursuant thereto and the guarantees thereof, and the collateral documents relating thereto, and any other agreements, documents or instruments entered into in connection with any Credit Agreement, in each case, as amended, supplemented, restated, renewed, refunded, replaced, restructured, repaid, refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Cumulative Credit” means the sum of (without duplication):

(1) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income for the period (taken as one accounting period, the “Reference Period”) from July 1, 2017 to the end of the Issuer’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such Reference Period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit); plus

 

 

16


(2) 100% of the aggregate net proceeds, including cash and the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of property other than cash, received by the Issuer after July 1, 2017 from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Issuer (excluding Refunding Interests, Designated Preferred Stock, Excluded Contributions, Disqualified Stock and the Cash Contribution Amount), including Equity Interests issued upon conversion of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or upon exercise of warrants or options (other than an issuance or sale to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or to an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries); plus

(3) 100% of the aggregate amount of contributions to the capital of the Issuer received in cash and the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of property other than cash after the Issue Date (other than Excluded Contributions); plus

(4) the principal amount of any Indebtedness, or the liquidation preference or maximum fixed repurchase price, as the case may be, of any Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof issued after the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock issued to a Restricted Subsidiary) that has been converted into or exchanged for Equity Interests in the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer ( provided in the case of any such parent, such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock is retired or extinguished); plus

(5) 100% of the aggregate amount received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date in cash and the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of property other than cash received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date from:

(A) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer) of Restricted Investments made by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries and from repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries by any Person (other than the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) and from repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, that constituted Restricted Investments (other than in each case to the extent that the Restricted Investment was made pursuant to clause (vii) or (x) of Section 4.04(b));

(B) the sale (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer) of the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary; or

(C) a distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary; plus

(6) in the event any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Issuer has been redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary or has been merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of the Investment of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in such Unrestricted

 

 

17


Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation, combination or transfer (or of the assets transferred or conveyed, as applicable), after taking into account any Indebtedness associated with the Unrestricted Subsidiary so designated or combined or any Indebtedness associated with the assets so transferred or conveyed (other than in each case to the extent that the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made pursuant to clause (vii) or (x) of Section 4.04(b) or constituted a Permitted Investment), which Fair Market Value shall not exceed the amount invested in such Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

“Default” means any event that is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

“Delaware Property” means the land, building and other improvements located at 200 Christina Parkway, Newark, Delaware 19713 and subject to that certain Ground Lease by and between 1743 Holdings, LLC, and Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC, as tenant.

“Designated Non-cash Consideration” means the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of non-cash consideration received by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non- cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of such Designated Non-cash Consideration.

“Designated Preferred Stock” means Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, as applicable (other than Disqualified Stock), that is issued for cash (other than to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, on the issuance date thereof.

“Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is redeemable or exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event:

(1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale; provided that the relevant asset sale or change of control provisions, taken as a whole, are no more favorable in any material respect to holders of such Capital Stock (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) than the provisions of Sections 4.06 and 4.08 (as applicable) and any purchase requirement triggered thereby may not become operative until after compliance with the provisions of Sections 4.06 and 4.08 (as applicable) (including the purchase of any Securities tendered pursuant thereto));

(2) is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of such Person; or

(3) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale),

 

 

18


in each case prior to 91 days after the earlier of the Stated Maturity of the Securities and the date the Securities are no longer outstanding; provided , however , that only the portion of Capital Stock that so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date shall be deemed to be Disqualified Stock; provided , further , however , that if such Capital Stock is issued to any employee or to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Issuer in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of such employee’s termination, death or disability; provided , further , that any class of Capital Stock of such Person that by its terms authorizes such Person to satisfy its obligations thereunder by delivery of Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Stock shall not be deemed to be Disqualified Stock.

“Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any Convertible Indebtedness, the 5% Convertible Notes, the 8% Convertible Notes, and Permitted Bond Hedge Transactions).

“Exchange Act” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

“Excluded Contributions” means the Cash Equivalents or other assets (valued at their Fair Market Value as determined in good faith by the Issuer) received by the Issuer after the Issue Date from:

(1) contributions to its common equity capital; and

(2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Issuer or to any Subsidiary management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Issuer or any Subsidiary) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of the Issuer,

in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate on or after the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Capital Stock is sold, as the case may be.

“Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any asset or property, the price (after taking into account any liabilities related to such asset or property) that could be negotiated in an arm’s-length transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction.

“Financial Officer” of any Person shall mean the Chief Financial Officer, principal accounting officer, Treasurer, Assistant Treasurer or Controller of such Person.

“First Amortization Date” means, with respect to any security or Indebtedness, the date specified in such security or document governing such Indebtedness as the fixed date on which the first payment of principal of such security is due and payable.

“Fitch” means Fitch, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

 

19


“Foreign Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, (a) any direct or indirect Subsidiary of such Person that is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia and is a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code, (b) any direct or indirect Subsidiary of such Person if substantially all of its assets consists of Capital Stock of one or more direct or indirect Subsidiaries described in clause (a) of this definition or of such Capital Stock and intercompany obligations of such Subsidiaries described in clause (a) of this definition or (c) any Subsidiary of a Subsidiary described in clause (a) or (b) of this definition.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the amount of any Indebtedness with respect to any Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be determined in accordance with the definition of Capitalized Lease Obligation.

“Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States or any other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

“guarantee” means a guarantee or other provision of credit support (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business and customary indemnity obligations), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations, including by providing security therefor or by becoming a co-obligor with respect thereto. The term “guarantee”, when used as a verb, shall mean to provide a guarantee.

“Guarantee” means any guarantee of the obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Securities by any Person in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

“Guarantor” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer party to this Indenture on the Issue Date as a guarantor and any other Person that Incurs a Guarantee pursuant to Section 4.10; provided , however , that upon the release or discharge of such Person from its Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture, such Person ceases to be a Guarantor.

“Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under:

(1) currency exchange, interest rate or commodity swap agreements, currency exchange, interest rate or commodity cap agreements and currency exchange, interest rate or commodity collar agreements; and

 

 

20


(2) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange, interest rates or commodity prices or to otherwise manage interest rate risk or currency exchange risk.

“Holder” means the Person in whose name a Security is registered on the Registrar’s books.

“Immaterial Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer (i) whose total assets as of any date of determination are less than $100,000 and whose total revenues for the most recently ended twelve-month period are less than $50,000 and (ii) who is formed for the purpose of (A) bidding on potential transactions and, if secured, financing, developing and/or operating such transactions in a fashion similar to the Issuer’s power purchase agreement program or (B) bidding on awards under federal, state or local incentive programs and passing the benefits of such programs on to the Issuer or the owner or offtaker of the applicable fuel cell assets.

“Incur” means issue, assume, guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for; provided , however , that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary (whether by merger, amalgamation, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Person at the time it becomes a Subsidiary; and “Incurrence” has a correlative meaning.

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person:

(1) the principal and premium (if any) of any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent, (a) in respect of borrowed money, (b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), (c) representing the deferred and unpaid purchase price of any property (except (i) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor Incurred in the ordinary course of business and (ii) any liabilities accrued in the ordinary course of business), which purchase price is due more than six months after the date of placing the property in service or taking delivery and title thereto, (d) in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations or (e) representing any Hedging Obligations, if and to the extent that any of the foregoing indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(2) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation of such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the Indebtedness of another Person (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business); and

(3) to the extent not otherwise included, Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person); provided , however , that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of: (a) the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer)

 

 

21


of such asset at such date of determination; and (b) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Person;

provided , however , that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include: (1) Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business and not in respect of borrowed money; (2) deferred or prepaid revenues; (3) purchase price holdbacks in respect of a portion of the purchase price of an asset to satisfy warranty or other unperformed obligations of the respective seller; (4) any earn-out obligations, purchase price adjustments, deferred purchase money amounts, milestone or bonus payments (whether performance or time-based), and royalty, licensing, revenue or profit sharing arrangements, in each case, characterized as such and arising expressly out of purchase and sale contracts, development arrangements or licensing arrangements; (5) any obligations in respect of a lease property classified as an operating lease in accordance with GAAP (without giving effect to ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842)); (6) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes; (7) any customer deposits or advance payments received in the ordinary course of business; or (8) any derivative liabilities or warrant liabilities.

The amount of Indebtedness of any Person will be deemed to be:

(A) with respect to contingent obligations, the maximum liability upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation;

(B) with respect to Indebtedness secured by a Lien on an asset of such Person but not otherwise the obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person, the lesser of (x) the fair market value of such asset on the date the Lien attached and (y) the amount of such Indebtedness;

(C) with respect to any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount, the face amount of such Indebtedness less the remaining unamortized portion of the original issue discount of such Indebtedness;

(D) with respect to any Hedging Obligations, the net amount payable of such Hedging Obligation;

(E) with respect to any capital lease, the Capitalized Lease Obligations in respect thereof; and

(F) otherwise, the outstanding principal amount thereof.

Notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, Indebtedness shall not include, and shall be calculated without giving effect to, the effects of Accounting Standards Codification section 815 and related interpretations to the extent such effects would otherwise increase or decrease the amount of Indebtedness deemed outstanding for purposes of this Indenture (so that such outstanding amount differs from the principal amount of such Indebtedness payable at maturity) as a result of accounting for any embedded derivatives created by the terms of such Indebtedness; and any such amounts that would have constituted Indebtedness under this Indenture but for the application of this sentence shall not be deemed an Incurrence of Indebtedness under this Indenture.

 

22


“Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended, restated or supplemented from time to time.

“Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm or consultant, in each case of recognized standing in the United States, that is, in the good faith determination of the Issuer, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

“Initial Public Offering” means the first firmly underwritten registered public offering of common stock of the Issuer after which the common stock of the Issuer is listed for trading or quoted on the New York Stock Exchange, The NASDAQ Global Select Market or the NASDAQ Global Market (or any of their respective successors).

“Insurance Loss Addback” shall mean, with respect to any calculation period, the amount of any loss, costs or expenses incurred during such period for which there is insurance, indemnity or reimbursement coverage and for which a related insurance, indemnity or reimbursement recovery is not recorded in accordance with GAAP, but for which such insurance, indemnity or reimbursement recovery is reasonably expected to be received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a subsequent calculation period and within one year of the date of the underlying loss.

“Intellectual Property” means, with respect to any Person, all patents, patent applications and like protections, including improvements, divisions, continuation, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations in part of the same, trademarks, trade names, trade styles, trade dress, service marks, logos and other business identifiers and, to the extent permitted under applicable law, any applications therefor, whether registered or not, and the goodwill of the business of such Person connected with and symbolized thereby, copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work of authorship and derivative works, whether published or unpublished, technology, know-how and processes, operating manuals, trade secrets, computer hardware and software, rights to unpatented inventions and all applications and licenses therefor, used in or necessary for the conduct of business by such Person and all claims for damages by way of any past, present or future infringement of any of the foregoing.

“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s or BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P or an equivalent rating by any other Required Rating Agency.

“Investment Grade Securities” means:

(1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);

(2) securities that have a rating equal to or higher than “Baa3” (or equivalent) by Moody’s or “BBB-” (or equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency, but excluding any debt securities or loans or advances between and among the Issuer and its Subsidiaries;

 

 

23


(3) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2), which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and

(4) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments and in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition.

“Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit and advances to customers and commission, travel and similar advances to officers, employees and consultants made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding footnotes) of the Issuer in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. Except as otherwise provided in this Indenture, the outstanding amount of any Investment shall be deemed to be the initial cost of such Investment when made, purchased or acquired (without giving effect to any adjustments for subsequent increases or decreases in value), but giving effect to any repayments, interest, returns, profits, dividends, distributions, proceeds, fees, income and other amounts actually received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer in respect of such Investment. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 4.04:

(1) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Issuer at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary or ceases to be a Subsidiary (to the extent the Issuer retains an Investment in such Person); and

(2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer.

“IRS” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Service. “Issue Date” means June 29, 2017.

“Issuer” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereof but, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include any of its Subsidiaries.

“KBRA” means Kroll Bond Rating Agency, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law (including any conditional sale or other

 

24


title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell, or give a security interest in, such asset and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes of any jurisdiction)); provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

“Morningstar” means Morningstar Credit Ratings, LLC or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

“Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person and its Subsidiaries, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.

“Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including any cash received in respect of or upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale and any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received, but excluding the assumption by the acquiring Person of Indebtedness relating to the disposed assets or other consideration received in any other non-cash form), net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions), and any relocation expenses Incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements to the extent related thereto), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium (if any) and interest on Indebtedness required (other than pursuant to Section 4.06(b)(i)) to be paid as a result of such transaction, and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Issuer as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Issuer after such sale or other disposition thereof, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.

“Notes Collateral” means all property subject, or purported to be subject from time to time, to a Lien under any Security Documents, including the Collection Account; provided , however , that any funds released by the Trustee or other Paying Agent, as applicable, from the Collection Account in accordance with Section 4.13 shall not constitute “Notes Collateral” and shall be expressly excluded from the definition thereof.

“Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances), damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

 

25


“Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Issuer.

“Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Issuer by an Officer of the Issuer.

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee and may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer.

“Original Securities” means the Issuer’s 10% Senior Secured Notes due 2024 that are issued on the Issue Date pursuant to Section 2.01(b).

“Pari Passu Indebtedness” means the Securities and any Indebtedness that (i) ranks equally in right of payment to the Securities and (ii) is secured by Liens on the Notes Collateral that rank equally as to Lien priority with the Liens on the Notes Collateral securing the Securities.

“Permitted Bond Hedge Transaction” means any call option or capped call option (or substantively equivalent derivative transaction) relating to or referencing the Issuer’s common stock (or other securities or property following a merger event or other change of the common stock of the Issuer) purchased by the Issuer in connection with the issuance of any Convertible Indebtedness; provided , that the purchase price for such Permitted Bond Hedge Transaction, less the proceeds received by the Issuer from the sale of any related Permitted Warrant Transaction, does not exceed the net proceeds received by the Issuer from the sale of such Convertible Indebtedness issued in connection with such Permitted Bond Hedge Transaction.

“Permitted Business” means a business that is reasonably similar or complementary or supportive to the business activities of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries or a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof or ancillary or complementary thereto.

“Permitted Investments” means:

(1) any Investment in the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or that constitute Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities at the time such Investment was made;

(3) any Investment by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer in a Person if as a result of such Investment (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or (b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transac tions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer and, in each case, any Investments held by such Person ( provided

 

 

26


that such Investments were not acquired or made by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transfer);

(4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.06 or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

(5) any Investment existing on, or made pursuant to binding commitments existing on, the Issue Date or an Investment consisting of any extension, modification or renewal of any Investment existing on the Issue Date or an Investment purchased or received in exchange for any such Investment; provided that the amount of any such Investment may be increased as required by the terms of such Investment as in existence on the Issue Date;

(6) advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, employees and consultants not in excess of $500,000 outstanding at any one time in the aggregate and advances of payroll payments, sales commissions and expenses to employees and consultants in the ordinary course of business;

(7) any Investment acquired by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries

(a) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable, (b) as a result of a foreclosure by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default, or (c) in connection with the resolution of disputes with, or judgments against, another Person;

(8) Hedging Obligations permitted under Section 4.03(b)(x);

(9) Investments by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (9) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $15,000,000 or 1.5% of Total Assets (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided , however , that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (9) is made in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (9) for so long as such Person continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary;

(10) loans and advances to officers, directors, employees and consultants for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or to fund

 

 

27


such person’s purchase of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer;

(11) Investments the payment for which consists of, or the net cash proceeds from the issuance and sale of, Equity Interests of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, as applicable; provided , however , that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3) of the definition of “Cumulative Credit”;

(12) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted by and made in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.07(b) (except transactions described in clauses (ii), (iv), (v) and (viii)(B) of such Section);

(13) Investments consisting of the licensing or contribution of Intellectual Property or collaboration agreements, strategic alliances or similar arrangements in respect of Intellectual Property;

(14) (i) guarantees issued in accordance with Sections 4.03 and 4.10, including any guarantee or other obligation issued or incurred under any Credit Agreement in connection with any letter of credit issued for the account of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries (including with respect to the issuance of, or payments in respect of drawings under, such letters of credit) and (ii) guarantees of operating leases entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(15) Investments consisting of or to finance purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, materials, services, Intellectual Property, or equipment or purchases of contract rights or licenses or leases of Intellectual Property, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(16) Investments of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer acquired after the Issue Date or of an entity merged into, amalgamated with, or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer in a transaction that is not prohibited by Article 5 after the Issue Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation;

(17) any Investment in connection with a Sale/Leaseback Transaction not prohibited by this Indenture;

(18) Investments in PPA Companies;

(19) security deposits, prepaid expenses and negotiable instruments held for collection in the ordinary course of business;

(20) lease, utility, workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance, performance and other deposits made in the ordinary course of business and other Investments resulting from pledges or deposits constituting Permitted Liens;

 

 

28


(21) extensions of credit to, or on behalf of, and prepayments and other credits to, customers, distributors and suppliers in the ordinary course of business;

(22) Indebtedness owed by officers or employees of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer in connection with any such Person’s acquisition of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer so long as no cash or other property is (or will be or is committed to be) actually advanced by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary to any Person in connection therewith;

(23) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of Uniform Commercial Code Article 3 endorsements for collection or deposit and Uniform Commercial Code Article 4 customary trade arrangements with customers;

(24) (a) Investments relating to a Receivables Subsidiary that, in the good faith determination of the Issuer, are necessary or advisable to effect any Receivables Program or any repurchase in connection therewith and (b) obligations under or in respect of any Receivables Program;

(25) any Investment in any joint venture in connection with intercompany cash management arrangements or related activities arising in the ordinary course of business; and

(26) Investments made in connection with any Permitted Bond Hedge Transaction or Permitted Warrant Transaction.

In the event that any Investment (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Investments described in clauses (1) through

(26) above, or is entitled to be Incurred or made pursuant to Section 4.04, the Issuer shall, in its sole discretion, classify or reclassify, or later divide, classify or reclassify, such Investment (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with such categories above or Section 4.04. In addition, at the time of Incurrence or making of any Investment, the Issuer shall be entitled to divide and classify such Investment in more than one of the categories of Permitted Investments described above or described in Section 4.04.

“Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person:

(1) pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(2) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, landlord’s, materialmen’s, repairmen’s, construction and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not overdue for a period of more than 30 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with

 

 

29


respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review;

(3) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges or levies not overdue for a period of more than 10 days or not subject to penalties for nonpayment or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

(4) Liens in favor of issuers of performance and surety bonds or bid bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business, and any Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(b)(v) and Section 4.03(b)(xi), and pledges or deposits to secure letters of credit, bank guarantees and similar instruments obtained in the ordinary course of business;

(5) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, special assessments, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties that were not Incurred in connection with Indebtedness and that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

(6) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(b)(iv), Section 4.03(b)(xv) and Section 4.03(b)(xxviii) ( provided that in the case of Section 4.03(b)(xv) such Lien applies solely to acquired property or assets of the acquired entity, as the case may be, together with improvements, additions, parts, attachments, fixtures, leasehold improvements and accessions thereto and the proceeds thereof);

(7) (A) Liens existing on the Issue Date, (B) Liens securing the Securities, including Liens arising under or relating to the Security Documents, (C) the Lien securing the Issuer’s compensation and indemnity obligations to the Trustee under Section 7.06 and (D) Liens securing the 5% Convertible Notes and the 8% Convertible Notes to the extent not covered by clause (A);

(8) Liens on assets, property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided , however , that such Liens are not created or Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided , further , however , that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer;

(9) Liens on assets or property at the time the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer acquired the assets or property, including any acquisition by means of a merger, amalgamation or consolidation with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer; provided , however , that such Liens are not created or Incurred in

 

 

30


connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided , further , however , that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer;

(10) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be Incurred in accordance with Section 4.03;

(11) Liens securing Hedging Obligations not incurred in violation of this Indenture; provided that with respect to Hedging Obligations relating to Indebtedness, such Lien extends only to the property securing such Indebtedness;

(12) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds thereof and related documents of title of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees, bankers’ acceptances or similar instruments issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

(13) leases and subleases of real property that do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of business of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(14) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(15) Liens in favor of the Issuer or any Guarantor;

(16) deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers;

(17) Liens on the Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(18) (i) any license, collaboration agreement, strategic alliance or similar arrangement providing for the licensing of Intellectual Property or the development or commercialization of Intellectual Property in the ordinary course of business that, at the time of such grant, does not materially and adversely affect the Issuer’s business, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects or the value of the Notes Collateral taken as a whole, and (ii) any interest of co-sponsors, co-owners or co-developers of Intellectual Property;

(19) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancings, refundings, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness (“Refinancing Secured Indebtedness”) secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (6) (in the case of Liens to secure any Refinancing Secured Indebtedness under such clause (6), such Liens shall be deemed to have also been incurred under such clause (6), and not this clause (19), for purposes of determining amounts outstanding under such clause (6)), (7), (8) and (9); provided , however , that (w) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same

 

 

31


property that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which the original Lien arose, could secure) the Lien then securing such Indebtedness being refinanced, refunded, extended, renewed or replaced (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds, dividends or distributions in respect thereof), (x) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (A) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (6), (7), (8) and (9) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under this Indenture, and (B) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement, (y) any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancings, refundings, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clause 7(B) shall, at the election of the Issuer, be secured by and entitled to the benefits of the Security Documents and rank pari passu with the Indebtedness that is refinanced, refunded, extended, renewed or replaced and (z) any Lien securing the Refinancing Secured Indebtedness shall have a priority relative to the Liens securing the Securities that is not greater than the relative priority of the Lien securing the Indebtedness that is refinanced, refunded, extended, renewed or replaced;

(20) Liens on equipment of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary granted in the ordinary course of business to the Issuer’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s client at which such equipment is located;

(21) judgment and attachment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default and notices of lis pendens and associated rights related to litigation being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been made to the extent required by GAAP;

(22) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(23) Liens incurred to secure cash management services or to implement cash pooling arrangements in the ordinary course of business that do not, individually or in the aggregate, materially impair the value of the Notes Collateral;

(24) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements, rights of first refusal and the like) with respect to Capital Stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement; provided , however , that this clause (24) shall not apply to any Liens securing Indebtedness;

(25) customary Liens in favor of trustees for Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and escrow agents acting on behalf of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries ( provided that in no case shall any such Liens secure (either directly or indirectly) the repayment of any Indebtedness);

(26) Liens arising by virtue of any statutory or common law provisions relating to banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts

 

 

32


(as defined in Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code) or other funds maintained with a depository or financial institution;

(27) Liens on property subject to any Sale/Leaseback Transactions not prohibited under this Indenture;

(28) other Liens that secure Indebtedness and other obligations in an aggregate amount not to exceed $7,500,000 at any one time outstanding;

(29) any interest of title of a lessor under any lease of real or personal property;

(30) Liens on Intellectual Property securing Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(a), Section 4.03(b)(xii) or Section 4.03(b)(xxiv) not to exceed $150,000,000;

(31) Liens on the identifiable proceeds of any property or asset subject to a Lien otherwise constituting a Permitted Lien;

(32) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;

(33) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under Section 4.03; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;

(34) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(35) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(36) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under a Credit Agreement, including any letter of credit facility relating thereto, that was incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(b)(i);

(37) Liens incurred to secure Obligations in respect of any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(a); provided that, with respect to Liens securing Obligations permitted under this clause (37), at the time of incurrence and after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio would be no greater than 2.0 to 1.0;

(38) Liens on assets pursuant to merger agreements, stock or asset purchase agreements and similar agreements in respect of the disposition of assets subject thereto and Liens on any cash earnest money deposits in connection therewith or any letter of intent;

 

 

33


(39) Liens on the Delaware Property securing Indebtedness or other obligations; and

(40) Liens securing obligations of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of a Receivables Program, provided that any such Lien will be limited to the Receivables Program Assets under such Receivables Program.

“Permitted Warrant Transaction” means any call option, warrant or right to purchase (or substantively equivalent derivative transaction) relating to or referencing the Issuer’s common stock (or other securities or property following a merger event or other change of the common stock of the Issuer) and/or cash (in an amount determined by reference to the price of such common stock) sold by the Issuer substantially concurrently with any purchase by the Issuer of a Permitted Bond Hedge Transaction.

“Person” means any individual, corporation, company, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

“PPA Company” means (i) an Affiliate of the Issuer that is the project entity (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any parent company of such project entity whose assets consist solely of 100% of the Capital Stock of such project entity) in a bona fide power purchase agreement program involving one or more third party investors and having a structure (including capital structure) that is materially consistent with that used in the Issuer’s past practice (as the same may be modified in good faith by the Issuer to take into account changes in tax law or industry practice), including the Incurrence of only Indebtedness that is non-recourse to the assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries and is secured only by the assets of such project entity, or (ii) a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Issuer whose assets consist solely of the Capital Stock of one or more project entities described in clause (i) above; provided , for the avoidance of doubt, that each of the following shall constitute a “PPA Company”: (a) Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC, (b) 2012 ESA Project Company, LLC, (c) 2013B ESA Project Company, LLC, (d) 2014 ESA Project Company, LLC and (e) 2015 ESA Project Company, LLC.

“Preferred Stock” means any Equity Interest with preferential right of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up.

“Property” means, with respect to any Person, any interest of such Person in any kind of property or asset, whether real, personal or mixed, or tangible or intangible, including Capital Stock in, and other securities of, any other Person. For purposes of any calculation required pursuant to this Indenture, the value of any Property shall be its fair market value.

“Public Company Costs” means costs relating to compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, as applicable to companies with equity or debt securities held by the public, and the rules of national securities exchange companies with listed equity or debt securities, including directors’ or managers’ compensation, fees and expense reimbursement, costs relating to investor relations, shareholder meetings and reports to

 

34


shareholders or debtholders, directors’ and officers’ insurance and other executive costs, legal and other professional fees and listing fees.

“Qualified IPO” means the first firmly underwritten registered public offering of common stock of the Issuer that results in aggregate gross proceeds to the Issuer of at least

$75,000,000, and after which the common stock of the Issuer is listed for trading or quoted on the New York Stock Exchange, The NASDAQ Global Select Market or the NASDAQ Global Market (or any of the respective successors).

“Rating Agency” means (1) Moody’s, (2) S&P, (3) KBRA, (4) Fitch, (5) Morningstar or (6) any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” within the meaning of Section 3(a)(62) of the Exchange Act selected by the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer as a replacement agency for Moody’s, S&P, KBRA, Fitch or Morningstar, as the case may be.

“Receivables Fees” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any Receivables Program Assets or participation or rights therein issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person in connection with, any Receivables Program.

“Receivables Program” means, with respect to any Person, an agreement or other arrangement or program providing for the advance of funds to such Person against the pledge, contribution, sale or other transfer or encumbrances of Receivables Program Assets of such Person or such Person and/or one or more of its Subsidiaries.

“Receivables Program Assets” means all of the following Property and interests in Property (except for any Property constituting Notes Collateral), including any undivided interest in any pool of any such Property or interests, whether now existing or existing in the future or hereafter arising or acquired:

(1) accounts (as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code or any similar or equivalent legislation as in effect in any applicable jurisdiction);

(2) accounts receivable, general intangibles, instruments, contract rights, documents and chattel paper (including all rights to payment created by or arising from sales of goods, leases of goods or the rendition of services, no matter how evidenced, whether or not earned by performance);

(3) all unpaid sellers’ or lessors’ rights (including rescission, replevin, reclamation and stoppage in transit) relating to any of the foregoing or arising therefrom;

(4) all rights to any goods or merchandise represented by any of the foregoing;

(5) all reserves and credit balances with respect to any such accounts receivable or account debtors;

(6) all letters of credit, security or guarantees of any of the foregoing;

 

35


(7) all insurance policies or reports relating to any of the foregoing;

(8) all collection or deposit accounts relating to any of the foregoing;

(9) all books and records relating to any of the foregoing; and

(10) all proceeds of any of the foregoing.

“Receivables Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary formed for the purpose of engaging, and that solely engages only in, one or more Receivables Programs and other activities reasonably related thereto.

“Redemption Date” means any date of redemption of all or part of the Securities.

“Required Debt Service Coverage Ratio” means, for each applicable Payment Date, the ratio set forth below corresponding to such Payment Date:

 

Payment Date

   Ratio  

January 31, 2018

     1.35  

July 31, 2018

     1.35  

January 31, 2019

     1.35  

July 31, 2019

     1.00  

January 31, 2020

     1.27  

July 31, 2020

     1.18  

January 31, 2021

     1.35  

July 31, 2021

     1.06  

January 31, 2022

     1.33  

July 31, 2022

     1.13  

January 31, 2023

     1.35  

July 31, 2023

     1.03  

January 31, 2024

     1.32  

“Required Rating Agencies” means two “nationally recognized statistical rating organizations” within the meaning of Section 3(a)(62) of the Exchange Act making a rating on the Securities publicly available.

“Restricted Cash” means Cash Equivalents held by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries that are contractually restricted from being distributed to, or used by, the Issuer.

“Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment. “Restricted Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Subsidiary of such

Person other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary of such Person. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no PPA Company shall be a Restricted Subsidiary. Unless otherwise indicated in this Indenture, all references to Restricted Subsidiaries shall mean Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer.

 

36


“S&P” means S&P Global Ratings or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

“Sale/Leaseback Transaction” means an arrangement relating to property now owned or acquired after the Issue Date by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary whereby the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary transfers such property to a Person and the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary leases it from such Person, other than leases between the Issuer and a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or between Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer.

“SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor thereto.

“Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness secured by a Lien. “Securities” means the Original Securities and any Additional Securities.

“Securities Act” means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

“Security Agreement” means the Security Agreement dated as of the date hereof among the Issuer, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent, as may be amended, extended, renewed, restated, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Security Documents” means the security agreements, pledge agreements, mortgages, collateral assignments and related agreements, as amended, supplemented, restated, renewed, refunded, replaced, restructured, repaid, refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time, creating, perfecting or otherwise evidencing the security interests granted by the Issuer in favor of the Collateral Agent in the Notes Collateral as contemplated by this Indenture, including the Security Agreement.

“Servicing Agreements” means the following agreements (including any and all amendments thereto and any and all replacements thereof): (a) Master Operation and Maintenance Agreement dated as of April 13, 2012, between the Issuer and Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC; (b) Amended & Restated Master Operation and Maintenance Agreement dated as of December 21, 2012, between the Issuer and 2012 ESA Project Company, LLC (f/k/a 2012 V PPA Project Company, LLC); (c) Amended and Restated Master Energy Server Purchase and Services Agreement dated as of September 25, 2013, between the Issuer and 2013B ESA Project Company, LLC; (d) Amended and Restated Purchase, Use and Maintenance Agreement dated as of July 18, 2014, between the Issuer and 2014 ESA Project Company, LLC; (e) Amended and Restated Purchase, Use and Maintenance Agreement dated as of June 25, 2015, between the Issuer and 2015 ESA Project Company, LLC; (f) Purchase, Use and Maintenance Agreement dated as of October 24, 2016, between the Issuer and 2016 ESA Project Company, LLC; (g) Administrative Services Agreement dated as of April 13, 2012, among the Issuer, Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC and Diamond State Generation Holdings, LLC; (h) Administrative Services Agreement dated as of December 21, 2012, among the Issuer, 2012 ESA Project Company, LLC (f/k/a 2012 V PPA Project Company, LLC) and 2012 V PPA Holdco, LLC; (i) Amended and Restated Administrative Services Agreement dated as of September 25, 2013, among the Issuer, 2013B ESA Project Company, LLC and 2013B ESA

 

 

37


Holdco, LLC; (j) Administrative Services Agreement dated as of July 18, 2014, among the Issuer, 2014 ESA Project Company, LLC and 2014 ESA Holdco, LLC; (k) Administrative Services Agreement dated as of June 25, 2015 between the Issuer and 2015 ESA Holdco, LLC; and (l) Administrative Services Agreement dated as of June 25, 2015 between the Issuer and 2015 ESA Project Company, LLC.

“Servicing Payments” means the cash flows payable as servicing or operations and maintenance (or similar) fees and administrative service (or similar) fees under the Servicing Agreements.

“Significant Subsidiary” means a subsidiary that is a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC; provided that, in the case of a subsidiary that meets the criteria of clause (3) of the definition thereof but not clause (1) or (2) thereof, such subsidiary shall not be deemed to be a significant subsidiary unless the subsidiary’s income from continuing operations before income taxes, extraordinary items and cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle exclusive of amounts attributable to any non-controlling interests for the last completed fiscal year prior to the date of such determination exceeds $5,000,000.

“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any security or Indebtedness, the date specified in such security or Indebtedness as the fixed date on which the final payment of principal of such security or Indebtedness is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase of such security or mandatory prepayment of Indebtedness at the option of the holder thereof upon the happening of any contingency beyond the control of the issuer unless such contingency has occurred).

“Subordinated Indebtedness” means (a) with respect to the Issuer, any Indebtedness of the Issuer that is unsecured and by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Securities or (b) with respect to any Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor that is unsecured and by its terms subordinated in right of payment to its Guarantee. For the avoidance of doubt, Subordinated Indebtedness shall be deemed to include any Indebtedness reflecting the payment subordination terms set forth in Exhibit E.

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, (a) any corporation, association or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, and (b) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which (x) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general and limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership interests or otherwise, and (y) such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity. For purposes of clarity, a

 

38


Subsidiary of a Person shall not include any Person that is under common control with the first Person solely by virtue of having directors, managers or trustees in common and shall not include any Person that is solely under common control with the first Person (i.e., a sister company with a common parent).

“TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. Sections 77aaa-77bbbb) as interpreted and in effect on the Issue Date; provided , however , that in the event the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 is amended or there is a change in its interpretation after the Issue Date, the term “TIA” shall mean, to the extent required by such amendment or such change in interpretation, the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as so amended or interpreted. It is acknowledged that this Indenture will not be qualified under the TIA.

“Total Assets” means the total assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Issuer or such other Person or such other period as may be expressly stated.

“Treasury Rate” means, in respect of any Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to such Redemption Date (or, if such Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from such Redemption Date to the First Call Date; provided , that if the period from such Redemption Date to the First Call Date is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

“Trust Officer” means:

(1) any officer within the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee to whom any corporate trust matter relating to this Indenture is referred because of such Person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject; and

(2) who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

“Trustee” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and, thereafter, means such successor.

“Uniform Commercial Code” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York.

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means:

(1) any Subsidiary of the Issuer that at the time of determination shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Issuer in the manner provided below;

 

 

39


(2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary; and

(3) any PPA Company.

The Issuer may designate any Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary of the Issuer) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of the Issuer that is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated; provided , however , that the Subsidiary to be so designated and its Subsidiaries (i) do not at the time of designation have and do not thereafter Incur any Indebtedness that is guaranteed by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or that otherwise has recourse to the property or assets of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) and (ii) do not at the time of designation and do not thereafter guarantee any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided , further , however , that either:

(a) the Subsidiary to be so designated has total consolidated assets of $1,000 or less; or

(b) if such Subsidiary has consolidated assets greater than $1,000, then such designation would be permitted under Section 4.04.

The Issuer may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that immediately after giving effect to such designation: (1) the Issuer could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Leverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.03(a); or (2) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be less than such ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation, in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation.

Any such designation by the Issuer shall be evidenced to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer or any committee thereof giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

“U.S. Government Obligations” means securities that are:

(1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or

(2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America, the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America,

which, in each case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act) as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Obligations or a specific payment of

 

40


principal of or interest on any such U.S. Government Obligations held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligations or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the U.S. Government Obligations evidenced by such depository receipt.

“Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

“Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment, by (2) the sum of all such payments.

“Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary” means any Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary.

“Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

SECTION 1.02. Other Definitions .

 

Term

   Defined in Section

“Acceleration”

   6.02

“Actual Debt Service Coverage Ratio”

   4.13(e)

“Additional Securities”

   2.01(c)

“Affiliate Transaction”

   4.07(a)

“Asset Sale Offer”

   4.06(c)

“Available Amounts”

   4.13(d)

“Bankruptcy Law”

   6.01

“Base Currency”

   12.14(b)(i)

“Calculation Report”

   4.13(f)

“Change of Control Offer”

   4.08(b)

“Change of Control Repurchase Date”

   4.08(b)(iii)

“Collection Account”

   4.13(a)

“Confidential Information”

   7.11

“Confidential Parties”

   7.11

“Consolidated Leverage Calculation Date”

   “Consolidated Leverage Ratio” definition

“covenant defeasance option”

   8.01(e)

“Covenant Suspension Event”

   4.20(a)

“Custodian”

   6.01

 

41


Term

  

Defined in Section

“Definitive Security”    Appendix A
“Depository”    Appendix A
“Event of Default”    6.01
“Excess Proceeds”    4.06(c)
“First Call Date”    Exhibit A
“Global Security”    Appendix A
“Guaranteed Obligation”    10.01(a)
“Increased Amount”    4.11
“Judgment Currency”    12.14(b)(i)
“legal defeasance option”    8.01(e)
“Offer Period”    4.06(f)
“Paying Agent”    2.04(a)
“Payment Date”    Exhibit A
“primary obligations”    “Contingent Obligations” definition
“primary obligor”    “Contingent Obligations” definition
“protected purchaser”    2.08
“QIB”    Appendix A
“rate(s) of exchange”    12.14(d)
“Record Date”    Exhibit A
“Reference Period”    “Cumulative Credit” definition
“Refinancing Indebtedness”    4.03(b)(xiv)
“Refinancing Secured Indebtedness”    “Permitted Liens” definition
“Refunding Interests”    4.04(b)(ii)
“Registrar”    2.04(a)
“Relevant Calculation Period”    4.13(d)
“Restricted Payments”    4.04(a)
“Retired Interests”    4.04(b)(ii)
“Reversion Date”    4.20(c)
“Second Commitment”    4.06(b)
“Securities”    Preamble
“Securities Custodian”    Appendix A
“Security Document Order”    11.09(i)
“Successor Company”    5.01(a)(i)
“Successor Guarantor”    5.02(a)(i)
“Suspended Covenants”    4.20(a)
“Suspension Period”    4.20(d)

SECTION 1.03. Rules of Construction . Unless the context otherwise requires:

(a) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

(b) except as otherwise set forth in this Indenture, all accounting terms used herein shall be interpreted, all accounting determinations hereunder shall be made, and all financial statements required to be delivered hereunder shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP as defined herein, and an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP as defined herein;

 

42


(c) the word “or” is not exclusive;

(d) the word “including” means including without limitation, and any item or list of items set forth following the word “including”, “include” or “includes” in this Indenture is set forth only for the purpose of indicating that, regardless of whatever other items are in the category in which such item or items are “included”, such item or items are in such category and shall not be construed as indicating the items in the category in which such item or items are “included” are limited to such item or items similar to such items;

(e) all references in this Indenture to any designated “Article”, “Section”, “Appendix”, “Exhibit”, definition and other subdivision are to the designated Article, Section, Appendix, Exhibit, definition and other subdivision, respectively, of this Indenture;

(f) all references in this Indenture to (i) the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section, Appendix, Exhibit and other subdivision, respectively, and (ii) the term “this Indenture” means this Indenture as a whole, including the Appendix and Exhibits;

(g) words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular;

(h) unsecured Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be subordinate or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely by virtue of its nature as unsecured Indebtedness;

(i) the principal amount of any non-interest bearing or other discount security at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the issuer dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP as defined herein;

(j) the principal amount of any Preferred Stock shall be (i) the maximum liquidation value of such Preferred Stock or (ii) the maximum mandatory redemption or mandatory repurchase price with respect to such Preferred Stock, whichever is greater;

(k) “$” and “U.S. Dollars” each refers to United States dollars, or such other money of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts;

(l) the words “asset” or “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights;

(m) unless otherwise specified, all references to an agreement or other document include references to such agreement or document as from time to time amended, restated, reformed, supplemented or otherwise modified in accordance with the terms thereof (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, restatements, reformations, supplements or modifications set forth herein);

 

 

43


(n) all references to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and permitted assigns (subject to any restrictions on assignment, transfer or delegation set forth herein), and any reference to a Person in a particular capacity excludes such Person in other capacities; and

(o) the word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”.

ARTICLE 2

THE SECURITIES

SECTION 2.01. Amount of Securities .

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 2.01, the aggregate principal amount of Securities that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is limited to $150,000,000.

(b) On the Issue Date, the Issuer shall issue and deliver, in accordance with this Article 2, Original Securities in an aggregate principal amount of $100,000,000.

(c) As long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, at any time and from time to time on or prior to June 29, 2018, the Issuer may issue and deliver, in accordance with this Section 2.01(c), upon five Business Days’ written notice to the Trustee (but, in any case, not during the period between the day immediately after the relevant Record Date immediately preceding the next related Payment Date and such Payment Date) and subject to the substantially concurrent receipt of payment therefor, additional Securities in an aggregate principal amount up to $50,000,000 (“Additional Securities”) without the consent of any Holder or holder of beneficial interests in the Original Securities. Such Additional Securities shall have the same terms as the Original Securities, except that the issue date, the initial Payment Date and the initial date from which interest shall accrue may vary. Any Additional Securities must be issued with the same issue price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount for this purpose) as the Original Securities (except for any adjustment required to reflect the intended allocation of interest payable on such Additional Securities on the next Payment Date in accordance with customary market practice). If the Issuer determines that any such Additional Securities are not fungible for U.S. federal income tax purposes with the Original Securities or any other Additional Securities, such Additional Securities will be required to have a CUSIP number that is different than the CUSIP number of the Original Securities or such other Additional Securities, as the case may be.

(d) The Securities, including any Additional Securities, shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, including directions provided to the Trustee pursuant to Section 6.05, waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase, and shall rank on a parity basis in right of payment and security.

SECTION 2.02. Form and Dating . Provisions relating to the Securities are set forth in Appendix A hereto, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Securities and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall each be

 

44


substantially in the form of Exhibit A, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Securities may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule, agreements to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is subject, if any, or usage ( provided that any such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form acceptable to the Issuer). Each Security shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Securities shall be issued in the form of one or more registered notes, without interest coupons, and in minimum denominations of $250,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

SECTION 2.03. Execution and Authentication . The Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery upon a written order of the Issuer signed by one Officer (a) Original Securities for original issue on the Issue Date in an aggregate principal amount of $100,000,000 and (b) subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Section 2.01(c), Additional Securities for original issue at any time and from time to time on or prior to June 29, 2018 in an aggregate principal amount up to $50,000,000. Such order shall specify the amount of the Securities to be authenticated, the form in which the Securities are to be authenticated and the date on which the original issue of Securities is to be authenticated.

One Officer shall sign the Securities for the Issuer by manual or facsimile signature.

If an Officer whose signature is on a Security no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Security, the Security shall be valid nevertheless.

A Security shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication on the Security. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Security has been authenticated under this Indenture.

The Trustee may appoint one or more authenticating agents reasonably acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate the Securities. Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument signed by a Trust Officer, a copy of which shall be furnished to the Issuer. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Securities whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as any Registrar, Paying Agent or agent for service of notices and demands.

SECTION 2.04. Registrar and Paying Agent .

(a) The Issuer shall maintain (i) an office or agency where Securities may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the “Registrar”) and (ii) an office or agency where Securities may be presented for payment (the “Paying Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Securities and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuer may have one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrars. The term “Paying Agent” includes the Paying Agent and any additional paying agents. The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar, Paying Agent and the Securities Custodian with respect to the Global Securities and as Registrar and Paying Agent with respect to the Definitive Securities.

 

45


(b) The Issuer may enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar or Paying Agent not a party to this Indenture. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of any such agent. If the Issuer fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 7.06. The Issuer or any of its domestically organized Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default as described in Section 6.01(e) or Section 6.01(f), the Trustee shall automatically be the Paying Agent.

(c) The Issuer may remove any Registrar or Paying Agent upon written notice to such Registrar or Paying Agent and to the Trustee; provided , however , that no such removal shall become effective until (i) if applicable, acceptance of an appointment by a successor as evidenced by an appropriate agreement entered into by the Issuer and such successor Registrar or Paying Agent, as the case may be, and delivered to the Trustee or (ii) notification to the Trustee that the Trustee shall serve as Registrar or Paying Agent until the appointment of a successor in accordance with clause (i) above. The Registrar or Paying Agent may resign at any time upon written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee; provided , however , that the Trustee may resign as Paying Agent or Registrar only if the Trustee also resigns as Trustee in accordance with Section 7.07.

(d) The Issuer shall promptly deliver to the Trustee (and any Holder upon written request) following the end of each calendar year a written notice specifying the amount of original issue discount, if any, accrued on the outstanding Securities for the previous calendar year, including daily rates and accrual periods, and such other information relating to original issue discount as may be required under the Code and applicable regulations, as amended from time to time.

SECTION 2.05. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust . On or prior to each due date of the principal of and interest on any Security, the Issuer shall deposit with each Paying Agent (or if the Issuer or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary is acting as Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto) a sum sufficient to pay such principal and interest when so becoming due. The Issuer shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that a Paying Agent shall act as an agent for or representative of the Trustee, and act solely as directed by the Trustee, in the administration of any Collection Account and hold in trust for the benefit of the Secured Parties (as defined in the Security Agreement) all money held by a Paying Agent or in any Collection Account for the payment of principal of and interest on the Securities or other Obligations under this Indenture, and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Issuer in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. If the Issuer or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Issuer, the Trustee will serve as Paying Agent if not otherwise so acting. Subject to compliance with the applicable terms and conditions of Section 4.13, the Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds

 

46


disbursed by such Paying Agent. Upon complying with this Section 2.05, a Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee.

SECTION 2.06. Holder Lists . The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Holders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish, or cause the Registrar to furnish, to the Trustee, in writing at least five Business Days before each Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Holders. The Issuer shall also maintain a copy of such list of the names and addresses of Holders at its registered office.

SECTION 2.07. Transfer and Exchange . The Securities shall be issued in the form of one or more registered notes and shall be transferable only upon the surrender of a Security for registration of transfer and in compliance with Appendix A. When a Security is presented to the Registrar with a request to register a transfer, the Registrar shall register the transfer as requested if its requirements therefor are met. When Securities are presented to the Registrar with a request to exchange them for an equal principal amount of Securities of other denominations, the Registrar shall make the exchange as requested if the same requirements are met. To permit registration of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Securities at the Registrar’s request. No service charge will be imposed by the Issuer, the Trustee or the Registrar for any registration of transfer or exchange of the Securities, but the Issuer may require payment from the Holder of a sum sufficient to pay all taxes (including transfer taxes), assessments or other governmental charges or duties in connection with any transfer or exchange pursuant to this Section 2.07. Upon any transfer or exchange, the Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents. The Issuer shall not be required to make, and the Registrar need not register, transfers or exchanges of Securities selected for redemption (except, in the case of Securities to be redeemed in part, the portion thereof not to be redeemed) or of any Securities for a period of 15 days prior to a selection of Securities to be redeemed.

Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Security, the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Registrar may deem and treat the Person in whose name a Security is registered as the absolute owner of such Security for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest, if any, on such Security and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Security is overdue, and none of the Issuer, any Guarantor, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

Any holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Security shall, by acceptance of such beneficial interest, agree that transfers of beneficial interests in such Global Security may be effected only through a book-entry system maintained by (a) the Holder of such Global Security (or its agent) or (b) any holder of a beneficial interest in such Global Security, and that ownership of a beneficial interest in such Global Security shall be required to be reflected in a book entry.

All Securities issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Securities surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

 

47


SECTION 2.08. Replacement Securities . If a mutilated Security is surrendered to the Registrar or if the Holder of a Security claims that the Security has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Security if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code are met, such that the Holder (a) satisfies the Issuer or the Trustee within a reasonable time after such Holder has notice of such loss, destruction or wrongful taking and the Registrar does not register a transfer prior to receiving such notification, (b) makes such request to the Issuer or the Trustee prior to the Security being acquired by a protected purchaser as defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code (a “protected purchaser”) and (c) satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Issuer and the Trustee. If required by the Trustee or the Issuer, such Holder shall furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee to protect the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Registrar (if the Registrar also serves as the Paying Agent) and of the Issuer to protect the Issuer, each Guarantor, the Paying Agent and the Registrar (if the Trustee is not serving in the role of Paying Agent or Registrar, as the case may be) from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Security is replaced. The Issuer and the Trustee may charge the Holder for their expenses in replacing a Security (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements in replacing such Security). In the event any such mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Security has become or is about to become due and payable, the Issuer in its discretion may pay such Security instead of issuing a new Security in replacement thereof.

Every replacement Security is an additional obligation of the Issuer and will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Securities duly issued hereunder.

The provisions of this Section 2.08 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Securities.

SECTION 2.09. Outstanding Securities . Securities outstanding at any time are all Securities authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section 2.09 as not outstanding. Subject to Section 12.04, a Security does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer holds the Security.

If a Security is replaced pursuant to Section 2.08 (other than a mutilated Security surrendered for replacement), it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee and the Issuer receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Security is held by a protected purchaser. A mutilated Security ceases to be outstanding upon surrender of such Security and replacement thereof pursuant to Section 2.08.

If the principal amount of any Securities (or portions thereof) is considered paid under Section 4.01, such Securities (or portions thereof) cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.

If a Paying Agent segregates and holds in trust, in accordance with this Indenture, on a Redemption Date or Stated Maturity in respect of the Securities money sufficient to pay all principal and interest payable on that date with respect to the Securities (or portions thereof) to

 

48


be redeemed or maturing, as the case may be, and no Paying Agent is prohibited from paying such money to the Holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, then on and after that date such Securities (or portions thereof) cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.

SECTION 2.10. Temporary Securities . In the event that Definitive Securities are to be issued under the terms of this Indenture, until such Definitive Securities are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Securities. Temporary Securities shall be substantially in the form of Definitive Securities but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Securities. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Securities and make them available for delivery in exchange for temporary Securities upon surrender of such temporary Securities at the office or agency of the Issuer, without charge to the Holder. Until such exchange, temporary Securities shall be entitled to the same rights, benefits and privileges as Definitive Securities under this Indenture.

SECTION 2.11. Cancellation . The Issuer at any time may deliver Securities to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and each Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Securities surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Securities surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation and shall dispose of canceled Securities in accordance with its customary procedures. Certification of the destruction of all cancelled Securities shall be delivered to the Issuer. The Issuer may not issue new Securities to replace Securities it has redeemed, paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. The Trustee shall not authenticate Securities in place of canceled Securities other than pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

SECTION 2.12. Defaulted Interest . If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Securities, the Issuer shall pay the defaulted interest then borne by the Securities (plus interest on such defaulted interest to the extent lawful) in any lawful manner. The Issuer may pay the defaulted interest to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date. The Issuer shall fix or cause to be fixed any such special record date and payment date and shall promptly provide or cause to be provided to each affected Holder a written notice that states the special record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest to be paid. The special record date for the payment of such defaulted interest shall not be more than 15 days and shall not be less than 10 days prior to the proposed payment date and shall not be less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment.

SECTION 2.13. CUSIP Numbers, ISINs, etc. The Issuer in issuing the Securities may use CUSIP numbers, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP numbers, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers in notices (including notices of redemption) as a convenience to Holders; provided , however , that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers, either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Securities and that any such notice shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Issuer shall advise the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP numbers, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers.

 

49


SECTION 2.14. Calculation of Principal Amount of Securities . The aggregate principal amount of the Securities, at any date of determination, shall be the aggregate principal amount of the Securities outstanding at such date of determination. With respect to any matter requiring consent, waiver, approval or other action of the Holders of a specified percentage of the principal amount of all the Securities, such percentage shall be calculated, on the relevant date of determination, by dividing (a) the principal amount, as of such date of determination, of Securities, the Holders of which have so consented, waived, approved or taken other action by (b) the aggregate principal amount, as of such date of determination, of the Securities then outstanding, in each case, as determined in accordance with the preceding sentence, Section 2.09 and Section 12.04. Any such calculation made pursuant to this Section 2.14 shall be made by the Issuer and delivered to the Trustee pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate. The Issuer and the Trustee agree that any action of the Holders may be evidenced by the Depository applicable procedures or by such other procedures as the Issuer and Trustee may agree.

SECTION 2.15. Statement to Holders . After the end of each calendar year but not later than the latest date permitted by applicable law, the Trustee shall (or shall instruct any Paying Agent to) furnish to each Person who at any time during such calendar year was a Holder a statement (for example, a Form 1099 or any other means required by applicable law) prepared by the Trustee containing the interest and original issue discount paid (based solely upon information provided by the Issuer) with respect to the Securities for such calendar year or, in the event such Person was a Holder during only a portion of such calendar year, for the applicable portion of such calendar year, and such other items as may be (a) required pursuant to the then- applicable regulations under the Code or (b) readily available to the Trustee and that a Holder shall reasonably request as necessary for the purpose of such Holder’s preparation of its U.S. federal income or other tax returns. In the event that any such information has been provided by any Paying Agent directly to such Person through other tax-related reports or otherwise, the Trustee in its capacity as Paying Agent shall not be obligated to comply with such request for information.

ARTICLE 3

REDEMPTION

SECTION 3.01. Redemption . The Securities may be redeemed by the Issuer at its option, in whole, or from time to time in part, on any Business Day specified by the Issuer, subject to the conditions and at the redemption prices set forth in Paragraph 5 of the form of Security set forth in Exhibit A, which is hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Indenture, together with accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date.

SECTION 3.02. Applicability of Article . Redemption of Securities at the election of the Issuer or otherwise, as permitted or required by any provision of this Indenture, shall be made in accordance with such provision and this Article 3.

SECTION 3.03. Notices to Trustee . If the Issuer elects to redeem Securities pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Paragraph 5 of the Security, it shall notify the Trustee and the Holders in writing of (i) the Section of this Indenture and the Paragraph of the Security (if any) pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the Redemption Date, (iii) the

 

50


principal amount of Securities to be redeemed and (iv) the redemption price (if then ascertainable).

The Issuer shall provide written notice to the Trustee provided for in this Section 3.3 at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date if the redemption is pursuant to Paragraph 5 of the Security. If fewer than all the Securities are to be redeemed, the record date relating to such redemption shall be selected by the Issuer and given to the Trustee, which record date shall be not fewer than 15 days after the date of notice to the Trustee. Any such notice may be canceled at any time prior to written notice of such redemption being provided to any Holder and shall thereby be void and of no effect.

SECTION 3.04. Selection of Securities to Be Redeemed . In the case of any partial redemption, and if the Securities are Global Securities held by the Depository, the particular Securities or portions thereof to be redeemed shall be allocated on a pro rata pass- through distribution of principal basis in accordance with Depository procedures; provided, that, so long as the Securities are held in book-entry form, the selection for redemption of such Securities shall be made in accordance with the operational arrangements of the Depository then in effect, and if the Depository operational arrangements do not allow for redemption on a pro rata pass-through distribution of principal basis, the Securities will be selected for redemption, in accordance with Depository procedures, by lot. If the Securities are not Global Securities held by the Depository, selection of the Securities for redemption will be made by the Trustee on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable or such other method the Trustee deems fair and appropriate; provided that no Securities of $250,000 or less shall be redeemed in part. The Trustee shall make the selection from outstanding Securities not previously called for redemption. The Trustee may select for redemption portions of the principal of Securities that have denominations larger than $250,000. Securities and portions of them the Trustee selects shall be in amounts of $250,000 or any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to Securities called for redemption also apply to portions of Securities called for redemption. The Trustee shall notify the Issuer promptly of the Securities or portions of Securities to be redeemed and the principal amount thereof.

SECTION 3.05. Notice of Optional Redemption .

(a) At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date pursuant to Paragraph 5 of the Security, the Issuer shall provide or cause to be provided a written notice of redemption to each Holder whose Securities are to be redeemed (with a copy to the Trustee).

Any such notice shall identify the Securities to be redeemed and shall state:

(i) the Redemption Date;

(ii) the redemption price (or manner of calculation thereof if not then known) and the amount of accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date;

(iii) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

 

51


(iv) that Securities called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price, plus accrued and unpaid interest;

(v) that all outstanding Securities are to be redeemed or, if fewer than all the outstanding Securities are to be redeemed, the certificate numbers and principal amounts of the particular Securities to be redeemed, the aggregate principal amount of Securities to be redeemed and the aggregate principal amount of Securities to be outstanding after such partial redemption;

(vi) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment or the Paying Agent is prohibited from making such payment pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, interest on Securities (or portion thereof) called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the Redemption Date;

(vii) the CUSIP number, ISIN or “Common Code” number, if any, printed on the Securities being redeemed;

(viii) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number or ISIN or “Common Code” number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Securities; and

(ix) such other matters as the Issuer deems desirable or appropriate.

Notice of any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.05 may, at the Issuer’s direction, be revocable and be subject to one or more conditions precedent.

(b) At the Issuer’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at the Issuer’s expense. In such event, the Issuer shall provide the Trustee a notice containing the information required by this Section 3.05 at least five Business Days (unless the Trustee consents to a shorter period) prior to the date such notice is to be provided to Holders and such notice may not be canceled but may be subject to such conditions precedent as shall be set forth in such notice.

SECTION 3.06. Effect of Notice of Redemption . Once written notice of redemption is provided in accordance with Section 3.05, Securities called for redemption become due and payable on the Redemption Date and at the redemption price stated in the notice, subject to the satisfaction or waiver of any conditions precedent in the notice of redemption. Upon surrender to the Paying Agent, such Securities shall be paid at the redemption price stated in the notice, plus accrued and unpaid interest, to, but not including, the Redemption Date; provided , however , that if the Redemption Date is after a Record Date and on or prior to the related Payment Date, the accrued and unpaid interest shall be payable to the Holder of the redeemed Securities registered on such Record Date. Failure to give notice or any defect in the notice to any Holder shall not affect the validity of the notice to any other Holder.

SECTION 3.07. Deposit of Redemption Price . With respect to any Securities, prior to 12:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Redemption Date ( provided that the Issuer shall have confirmed in writing to the Trustee the satisfaction or waiver of all conditions to such redemption pursuant to Section 3.05(a)), the Issuer shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or, if the

 

52


Issuer or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary is the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust) money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Securities or portions thereof to be redeemed on that date other than Securities or portions of Securities called for redemption that have been delivered by the Issuer to the Trustee for cancellation. On and after the Redemption Date, interest shall cease to accrue on Securities or portions thereof called for redemption so long as the Issuer has deposited with the Paying Agent funds sufficient to pay the principal of, and premium (if any), plus accrued and unpaid interest on, the Securities to be redeemed, unless the Paying Agent is prohibited from making such payment pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. Upon redemption of any Securities by the Issuer, such redeemed Securities will be cancelled.

SECTION 3.08. Securities Redeemed in Part . Upon surrender of a Security that is redeemed in part, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder (at the Issuer’s expense) a new Security equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Security surrendered.

ARTICLE 4

COVENANTS

SECTION 4.01. Payment of Securities .

(a) The Issuer shall promptly pay the principal of and interest on the Securities on the dates and in the manner provided in the Securities and in this Indenture. An installment of principal or interest shall be considered paid on the date due if on such date the Trustee or the Paying Agent holds as of 12:00 p.m. New York City time money sufficient to pay all principal and interest then due and the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate specified therefor in the Securities, and the Issuer shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate borne by the Securities to the extent lawful.

(b) On each Payment Date, commencing on July 31, 2019, or on the succeeding Business Day if any such date is not a Business Day, the Issuer shall pay an installment of principal of the Securities in accordance with the table below corresponding to the applicable Payment Date, where the applicable percentage is the percentage of (i) the initial aggregate principal amount of Securities issued on the Issue Date plus (ii) the initial aggregate principal amount of any Additional Securities issued on their date(s) of issuance, subject to any reduction in the event of any partial redemption or repurchase of the Securities in the manner described below:

 

Payment Date

   Percentage  

July 31, 2019

     7

January 31, 2020

     7

July 31, 2020

     7

January 31, 2021

     7

 

53


July 31, 2021

     9

January 31, 2022

     9

July 31, 2022

     9

January 31, 2023

     9

July 31, 2023

     11

January 31, 2024

     11

July 31, 2024

    
All remaining outstanding principal
of the Securities at such date
 
 

All installment payments of principal of the Securities calculated from the principal installment percentages set forth above shall be rounded to two decimal places.

In the event that there shall have been any partial redemption or repurchase of the Securities, the initial aggregate principal amounts of Securities used to calculate each installment of principal using the percentages set forth in the table above (as they may have been previously reduced) subsequent to such partial redemption or repurchase shall be reduced by an amount equal to the amount of Securities so redeemed or repurchased. Any such reduction shall be made on a pro rata distribution of principal basis, as nearly as practicable, among the Holders (subject, however, to the applicable procedures of the Depository).

SECTION 4.02. Reports and Other Information .

(a) Annual Financials .

(i) The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, as soon as available, but in any event within 120 days (or such earlier date on which the Issuer is required to file a Form 10-K under the Exchange Act, if applicable) after the end of each fiscal year of the Issuer, beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2017, a consolidated balance sheet of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of income, cash flows and stockholders’ equity for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all prepared in accordance with GAAP, with such consolidated financial statements to be audited and accompanied by (i) a report and opinion of the Issuer’s independent certified public accounting firm of recognized standing in the United States (which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP), stating that such financial statements fairly present, in all material respects, the consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Issuer as of the dates and for the periods specified in accordance with GAAP, and (ii) (if and only if the Issuer is required to comply with the internal control provisions pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 requiring an attestation report of such independent certified public accounting firm) an attestation report of such independent certified public accounting firm as to the Issuer’s internal controls pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 attesting that such internal controls meet the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002; provided , however , that the Issuer shall be deemed to have made such delivery of

 

54


such consolidated financial statements if such consolidated financial statements shall have been made available for free within the time period specified above with the SEC via the EDGAR system (or any successor system adopted by the SEC); provided , further , however , that the Trustee shall have no obligation whatsoever to determine whether or not such information, documents or reports have been filed pursuant to EDGAR (or its successor). Such consolidated financial statements shall be certified by a Financial Officer as, to his or her knowledge, fairly presenting, in all material respects, the consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries as of the dates and for the periods specified in accordance with GAAP consistently applied.

(ii) The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, as soon as available, but in any event within 120 days (or such earlier date on which the Issuer is required to file a Form 10-K under the Exchange Act, if applicable) after the end of each fiscal year of the Issuer, beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2017, historical data as to production, capacity and efficiency performance by the Issuer with respect to each PPA Company and 2016 ESA Project Company, LLC and pursuant to each applicable Servicing Agreement, including any liability on the part of the Issuer for any warranty, claim or set-off thereunder, including an explanatory note and a proposed resolution time frame for any such liability, for the preceding fiscal year and the quarter ending such fiscal year.

(b) Quarterly Financials .

(i) The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, as soon as available, but in any event within 45 days (or such earlier date on which the Issuer is required to file a Form 10-Q under the Exchange Act (after giving effect to any extension provided by Rule 12b-25 under the Exchange Act or any successor rule under the Exchange Act), if applicable) after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Issuer, beginning with the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2017, a consolidated balance sheet of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal quarter, and the related consolidated statements of income and cash flows for such fiscal quarter and (in respect of the second and third fiscal quarters of such fiscal year) for the then-elapsed portion of the Issuer’s fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the comparable period or periods in the previous fiscal year (which prior period figures will not reflect any later adjustments or year-end audit adjustments) for, all prepared in accordance with GAAP; provided , however , that the Issuer shall be deemed to have made such delivery of such consolidated financial statements if such consolidated financial statements shall have been made available for free within the time period specified above with the SEC via the EDGAR system (or any successor system adopted by the SEC); provided , further , however , that the Trustee shall have no obligation whatsoever to determine whether or not such information, documents or reports have been filed pursuant to EDGAR (or its successor). Such consolidated financial statements shall be certified by a Financial Officer as, to his or her knowledge, fairly presenting, in all material respects, the consolidated

 

55


financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries as of the dates and for the periods specified in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, and on a basis consistent with the audited consolidated financial statements referred to under Section 4.02(a), subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries have made an acquisition, the financial statements with respect to an acquired entity need not be included in the consolidated quarterly financial statements required to be delivered pursuant to this Section 4.02(b) until the first date upon which such quarterly financial statements are required to be so delivered that is at least 90 days after the date such acquisition is consummated.

(ii) The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, as soon as available, but in any event within 45 days (or such earlier date on which the Issuer is required to file a Form 10-Q under the Exchange Act (after giving effect to any extension provided by Rule 12b-25 under the Exchange Act or any successor rule under the Exchange Act), if applicable) after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Issuer, beginning with the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2017, historical data as to production, capacity and efficiency performance by the Issuer with respect to each PPA Company and 2016 ESA Project Company, LLC and pursuant to each applicable Servicing Agreement, including any liability on the part of the Issuer for any warranty, claim or set-off thereunder, including an explanatory note and a proposed resolution time frame for any such liability, for the preceding quarter.

(c) Compliance with Indenture . The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Issuer, commencing with respect to the fiscal year ending December 31, 2017, an Officer’s Certificate certifying that to such Officer’s knowledge there is no Default or Event of Default that has occurred and is continuing or, if such Officer does know of any such Default or Event of Default, such Officer shall include in such certificate a description of such Default or Event of Default and its status with particularity.

(d) Information During Event of Default . The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee and the Holders, promptly, such additional information regarding the business or financial affairs of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, or compliance with the terms of this Indenture, as the Trustee, any Holder or any holder of beneficial interests in the Securities may from time to time reasonably request during the existence of any Event of Default (subject to reasonable requirements of confidentiality, including requirements imposed by law or contract; and provided that the Issuer shall not be obligated to disclose any information that is reasonably subject to the assertion of attorney-client privilege).

(e) Information Filed with SEC or Exchanges . The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, promptly after the same are filed with the SEC (giving effect to any extension provided by Rule 12b-25 under the Exchange Act or any successor rule under the Exchange Act), copies of any periodic and other reports, registration statements and other materials filed by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries with the SEC and not otherwise required to be delivered to the Trustee pursuant to this Indenture (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any documents or reports (or

 

56


portions thereof) that are subject to confidential treatment and any correspondence with the SEC); provided , however , that the Issuer shall be deemed to have made such delivery of such reports or other materials if such reports or other materials shall have been filed or furnished within the time period specified above with the SEC on the EDGAR system (or any successor system adopted by the SEC); provided , further , however , that the Trustee shall have no obligation whatsoever to determine whether or not such reports or other materials have been filed pursuant to EDGAR (or its successor).

(f) Rule 144A Information . So long as the Issuer is not subject to either Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Issuer shall, so long as any Securities shall constitute “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act, upon the written request of any Holder of Securities or beneficial owner or prospective purchaser of Securities, deliver to such Holder, beneficial owner or prospective purchaser of the Securities, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time.

(g) Annual Non-GAAP Financial Statements . Prior to the consummation of an Initial Public Offering, the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, as soon as available, but in any event within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Issuer, beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2017, (i) a non-GAAP consolidated balance sheet of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statement of income of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries for such fiscal year, in each case, consistent with the presentation of the consolidated balance sheet and consolidated statement of income of Issuer and its Subsidiaries that were provided to potential investors in connection with the marketing of the Securities by the Issuer and (ii) a reconciliation of such non-GAAP consolidated balance sheet and consolidated statement of income of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries to the consolidated balance sheet and consolidated statement of income of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries prepared in accordance with GAAP for the same period.

(h) Shareholders Meetings . The Issuer shall invite the Holders (and holders of beneficial interests in the Securities) no later than 30 calendar days prior to, and permit them to attend and participate in, each annual meeting of the Issuer’s shareholders occurring prior to the consummation of an Initial Public Offering.

(i) Communication of Information . Prior to the consummation of a Qualified IPO, the Issuer shall make available to the Holders (and holders of beneficial interests in the Securities), who shall have executed and delivered a Confidentiality Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, the information required to be delivered under this Section 4.02 by posting such information on IntraLinks or another similar electronic system (including encrypted electronic mail), and the Issuer shall administer and maintain IntraLinks or such other similar electronic system for the Holders (and holders of beneficial interests in the Securities). Access by a Holder (or holder of beneficial interests in the Securities) to IntraLinks or such other similar electronic system shall be subject to the condition that such Holder (or such holder of beneficial interests in the Securities) shall have executed and delivered a Confidentiality Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. The Issuer shall maintain all such information posted on IntraLinks or such other similar electronic system for as long as the Securities are outstanding.

 

57


(j) Limitations . In no event shall any of the reports or financial statements required to be delivered by this Section 4.02 be required to contain separate financial statements for Guarantors that would be required under Section 3-10 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC or any financial statements required by Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC.

(k) Trustee Matters . Delivery of information under this Section 4.02 to the Trustee shall be for informational purposes only, and the Trustee’s receipt thereof shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from any information contained therein, including compliance by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officer’s Certificates or certificates or statements delivered to the Trustee pursuant to Section 4.02(c)). Neither the Issuer nor the Guarantors shall be obligated to deliver any confidential reports or other confidential information to any Holder (or any holder of beneficial interests in the Securities) who has not executed a Confidentiality Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. The Issuer shall provide the Trustee with a list of such Holders (or holders of beneficial interests in the Securities) and shall update such list after the execution and delivery to the Issuer of a Confidentiality Agreement by any Person not already party to such a Confidentiality Agreement with the Issuer. The Trustee shall have no duty to monitor the IntraLinks site.

SECTION 4.03. Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock .

(a) (i) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue any shares of Disqualified Stock; and (ii) the Issuer shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of Preferred Stock; provided , however , that the Issuer and any Restricted Subsidiary may Incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and any Restricted Subsidiary may issue shares of Preferred Stock, in each case if the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of the Issuer would have been less than or equal to 4.0 to 1.0 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been Incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of the period for which the Adjusted EBITDA component of the Consolidated Leverage Ratio calculation is being measured.

(b) The limitations set forth in Section 4.03(a) shall not apply to:

(i) the Incurrence by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness under a Credit Agreement and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances or similar instruments thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances or similar instruments being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof) in the aggregate principal amount outstanding at any one time not to exceed $25,000,000;

 

58


(ii) the Incurrence by any of the Issuer and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Securities and the Guarantees;

(iii) (a) Indebtedness existing on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 4.03(b)) and (b) the 5% Convertible Notes and the 8% Convertible Notes to the extent not covered by clause (a);

(iv) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) Incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, and Disqualified Stock issued by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or Preferred Stock issued by any Restricted Subsidiary, (1) to finance (whether prior to or within 365 days after) the acquisition, lease, construction, repair, replacement, installation, or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets) or (2) consisting of the deferred purchase price of property, conditional sale obligations, obligations under any title retention agreement, other purchase money obligations and obligations in respect of industrial revenue bonds, in each case where the maturity of such Indebtedness does not exceed the anticipated useful life of the property being financed, in each case, that (A) is secured, if at all, only by the assets so acquired, leased, constructed, repaired, replaced, installed or improved together with additions, accessions, improvements, parts and attachments thereto and the proceeds thereof and (B) is in an aggregate principal amount that, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding that was Incurred pursuant to this clause (iv), does not exceed the greater of $10,000,000 and 1.0% of Total Assets;

(v) Indebtedness Incurred by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments issued or indemnification obligations incurred, in each case in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit, bank guarantees, or similar instruments in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other benefits to employees or former employees or their families or property, casualty or liability insurance or self- insurance, letters of credit in support of customer leasing obligations or any residual lease interest of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, and letters of credit in connection with the maintenance of, or pursuant to the requirements of, environmental or other permits or licenses from Governmental Authorities, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims, employee benefits or requirements of Governmental Authorities;

(vi) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earn-outs, or similar obligations, in each case, Incurred or assumed in connection with any acquisition or disposition of any business or any assets of the Issuer or any business, assets or Capital Stock of a Subsidiary of the Issuer in accordance with

 

59


the terms of this Indenture, other than guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition;

(vii) Indebtedness of the Issuer to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any such Indebtedness owed to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations of the Issuer under the Securities (it being understood that such subordination need not include payment blockage rights prior to a bankruptcy of the Issuer or a Guarantor); provided , further, that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event that results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary or any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (vii);

(viii) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event that results in any such other Restricted Subsidiary that holds such shares of Preferred Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an issuance of shares of Preferred Stock not permitted by this clause (viii);

(ix) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided , that any such Indebtedness owed to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations of the Issuer under the Securities or the Guarantors under the Guarantees (it being understood that such subordination need not include payment blockage rights prior to a bankruptcy of the Issuer or a Guarantor); provided , further, that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event that results in any such Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer holding such Indebtedness ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (ix);

(x) Hedging Obligations of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary entered into in the ordinary course of business that are not incurred for speculative purposes but: (1) for the purpose of fixing or hedging interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness that is permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be outstanding; (2) for the purpose of fixing or hedging currency exchange rate risk with respect to any currency exchanges; or (3) for the purpose of fixing or hedging commodity price risk with respect to any commodity purchases or sales;

 

60


(xi) obligations (including reimbursement obligations with respect to any related letters of credit, banker’s acceptances, bank guarantees or similar instruments) in respect of self-insurance, performance, bid, appeal, surety bonds and similar bonds, security deposits, and completion guarantees and similar obligations provided by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or industry practice;

(xii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted under this Indenture in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, which when aggregated with the principal amount or liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and Incurred pursuant to this clause (xii), does not exceed the greater of $10,000,000 and 1.0% of Total Assets at any one time outstanding (it being understood that any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (xii) shall cease to be deemed Incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (xii) but shall be deemed Incurred for purposes of Section 4.03(a) from and after the first date on which the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, could have Incurred such Indebtedness under Section 4.03(a) without reliance upon this clause (xii));

(xiii) any guarantee by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of a guarantee of Indebtedness, the Incurrence of such Indebtedness Incurred by the Issuer or such other Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Indenture;

(xiv) the Incurrence by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness, Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that serves to refund, refinance, replace, renew or defease any Indebtedness Incurred or Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock issued as permitted under Section 4.03(a) and clauses (ii), (iii), (iv), (xii), (xiv), (xv), (xviii), (xx) and (xxviii) of this Section 4.03(b) or any Indebtedness, Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock Incurred to so refund, refinance, replace or renew such Indebtedness, Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock, including any additional Indebtedness, Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock Incurred to pay premiums (including tender premiums and paid-in-kind interest), fees, expenses and defeasance costs in connection therewith (subject to the following proviso, “Refinancing Indebtedness”) prior to its respective maturity; provided that such Refinancing Indebtedness:

(1) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred that is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock being refunded, refinanced, replaced, renewed or defeased;

(2) has a Stated Maturity that is not earlier than the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refunded, refinanced, replaced or renewed;

 

61


(3) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refunds, refinances or defeases (a) Indebtedness by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Securities or a Guarantee, as applicable, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated by its express terms in right of payment to the Securities or a Guarantee to substantially the same extent as such Indebtedness being refunded, refinanced, replaced, renewed or defeased, as applicable (as determined by the Issuer in good faith), or (b) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness is Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, respectively;

(4) is Incurred in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding of the Indebtedness being refunded, refinanced, replaced, renewed or defeased plus accrued and unpaid interest, premiums (including tender premiums and paid-in-kind interest), fees, expenses and defeasance costs Incurred in connection with such refinancing;

(5) shall not include Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that refunds, refinances, replaces, renews or defeases Indebtedness of an Unrestricted Subsidiary; and

(6) in the case of any Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refund, refinance, replace, renew or defease Indebtedness outstanding under clause (iv), (xii), (xviii) or (xx) of this Section 4.03(b), shall be deemed to have been Incurred and to be outstanding under such clause (iv), (xii), (xviii) or (xx) of this Section 4.03(b), as applicable, and not this clause (xiv) for purposes of determining amounts outstanding under such clause (iv), (xii), (xviii) or (xx) of this Section 4.03(b);

(xv) Indebtedness, Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock of (x) the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred to finance an acquisition of any property or assets or (y) Persons that are acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; provided that, in each case, immediately after giving effect to such acquisition or merger, consolidation or amalgamation:

(1) the Issuer would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Leverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.03(a); or

(2) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio would be less than immediately prior to such acquisition or merger, consolidation or amalgamation;

(xvi) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument, including electronic transfers, wire transfers and commercial card payments, in each case, drawn against

 

62


insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within ten Business Days after its Incurrence;

(xvii) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary supported by a letter of credit, bank guarantee or similar instrument issued pursuant to a Credit Agreement, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit, bank guarantee or similar instrument to the extent such letter of credit, bank guarantee or similar instrument issued pursuant to such Credit Agreement is otherwise permitted by this Section 4.03;

(xviii) Contribution Indebtedness;

(xix) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of (x) the financing of insurance premiums or (y) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

(xx) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurred in connection with an Investment in, or representing guarantees of Indebtedness of, joint ventures of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount, at any one time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $10,000,000 or 1.0% of Total Assets at the time of Incurrence;

(xxi) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary issued to

(x) any joint venture (regardless of the form of legal entity) that is not a Subsidiary or (y) any Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the treasury cash management operations (including with respect to intercompany self-insurance arrangements) of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(xxii) Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor with a Stated Maturity and, if applicable, a First Amortization Date no earlier than 91 days following the Stated Maturity of the Securities;

(xxiii) Capitalized Lease Obligations Incurred by the Issuer in connection with a Sale/Leaseback Transaction in respect of a Bloom Energy Server entered into with a third party investor or financing partner under the Issuer’s managed services (or equivalent) program having a structure that is materially consistent with that used in the Issuer’s past practice;

(xxiv) Indebtedness Incurred by the Issuer that is convertible into Equity Interests of the Issuer with a Stated Maturity and, if applicable, a First Amortization Date no earlier than 91 days following the Stated Maturity of the Securities, in an aggregate principal amount, at any time outstanding, not to exceed $150,000,000 at the time of Incurrence;

(xxv) Indebtedness owed on a short-term basis of no longer than 30 days to banks and other financial institutions Incurred in the ordinary course of

 

63


business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries with such banks or financial institutions that arises in connection with Cash Management Services provided to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(xxvi) guarantees to suppliers or licensors (other than guarantees of Indebtedness) in the ordinary course of business;

(xxvii) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent that the net proceeds thereof are promptly deposited to defease the Securities as set forth in Article 8; and

(xxviii) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Issuer incurred not to exceed at any one time outstanding, and together with any other Indebtedness incurred under this clause (xxviii), the greater of $10,000,000 and 2.5% of the Total Assets of the Foreign Subsidiaries.

(c) For purposes of determining compliance with, and the outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness incurred pursuant to and in compliance with, this Section 4.03:

(i) in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness described in clauses (i) through (xxviii) of Section 4.03(b) or is entitled to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(a), the Issuer shall, in its sole discretion, classify or reclassify, or later divide, classify or reclassify, such item of Indebtedness, Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this Section 4.03 and shall only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness once;

(ii) Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit relating to, Indebtedness that is otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included;

(iii) if obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments are Incurred pursuant to a Credit Agreement and are being treated as Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(b)(i) and the letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments relate to other Indebtedness, then such other Indebtedness shall not be included;

(iv) the principal amount of any Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, will be equal to the greater of the maximum mandatory redemption or repurchase price (not including, in either case, any redemption or repurchase premium) or the liquidation preference thereof; and

(v) the amount of Indebtedness issued at a price that is less than the principal amount thereof will be equal to the amount of the liability in respect thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

64


(d) Accrual of interest, accrual of dividends, the accretion of accreted value or the amortization of debt discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness and the payment of dividends in the form of additional shares of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock are deemed not to constitute an Incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 4.03 and shall not be included in the determination of the amount of such Indebtedness. The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall be (i) in the case of the guarantee by a specified Person of Indebtedness of another Person, the maximum liability to which the specified Person may be subject upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation and (ii) in the case of Indebtedness of others guaranteed solely by means of a Lien on any asset or property of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (and not to their other assets or properties generally), the lesser of (x) the Fair Market Value of such asset or property on the date on which such Indebtedness is Incurred and (y) the amount of the Indebtedness so secured. For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a non-U.S. currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was Incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed or first Incurred (whichever yields the higher U.S. dollar equivalent), in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced plus the amount of any reasonable premium (including reasonable tender premiums), defeasance costs and any reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness.

(e) Unsecured Indebtedness shall not be treated as subordinated or junior to secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured, and senior Indebtedness shall not be treated as subordinated or junior to any other senior Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral.

(f) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.03, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer may incur pursuant to this Section 4.03 shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in exchange rates or currency values following the incurrence of such Indebtedness.

SECTION 4.04. Limitation on Restricted Payments .

(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to:

(i) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on account of the Issuer’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any payment made in connection with any merger, amalgamation or consolidation involving the Issuer (other than (A) dividends or distributions by the Issuer payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or

 

65


in options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Equity Interests of the Issuer or (B) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary, provided that, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities);

(ii) purchase or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer held by Persons other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(iii) purchase or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer held by Persons other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(iv) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, in each case prior to any scheduled repayment or scheduled maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of such payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition or retirement); or

(v) make any Restricted Investment

(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (i) through (v) above (other than any exception thereto) being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment:

(1) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;

(2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Issuer could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 4.03(a); and

(3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (including Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (i), (iv), (v) (to the extent such dividends did not reduce Consolidated Net Income) and (xiv) of Section 4.04(b), but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.04(b)), is less than the amount equal to the Cumulative Credit (with the amount of any Restricted Payment made under this Section 4.04 in any property other than cash being equal to the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of such property at the time such Restricted Payment is made).

 

66


(b) The provisions of Section 4.04(a) shall not prohibit:

(i) the payment of any dividend or distribution within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture;

(ii) (A) the redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition of any Equity Interests, Disqualified Stock or Subordinated Indebtedness (“Retired Interests”) of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of, the substantially concurrent sale of, Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer or contributions to the equity capital of the Issuer (other than any Disqualified Stock or any Equity Interests sold to a Subsidiary of the Issuer) (collectively, including any such contributions, “Refunding Interests”); and (B) the declaration and payment of accrued dividends on the Retired Interests out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Issuer or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) of Refunding Interests;

(iii) the redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that is Incurred in accordance with Section 4.03 so long as:

(A) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable), plus any accrued and unpaid interest, of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired for value (plus the amount of any premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired, plus any paid-in-kind interest, any tender premiums or any defeasance costs, fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith), plus any reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness;

(B) such new Indebtedness by its terms is unsecured and subordinated to the Securities or the related Guarantee, as the case may be, in right of payment, at least to the same extent (as determined by the Issuer in good faith) as such Subordinated Indebtedness so purchased, exchanged, redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired for value;

(C) such new Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity and, if applicable, a First Amortization Date equal to or later than the earlier of (x) the Stated Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired and (y) 91 days following the Stated Maturity of any Securities then outstanding; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, any provision of

 

67


Convertible Indebtedness providing for a put right upon a change of control or termination of trading shall not cause the Convertible Indebtedness to fail to satisfy the provisions of this Section 4.04(b)(iii)(C); and

(D) such Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time Incurred that is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired;

(iv) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition (or dividends to any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer to finance any such redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition) for value of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant (or their beneficiaries or estates) of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer pursuant to any management or employee equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or other agreement or arrangement; provided that the aggregate amounts paid under this clause (iv) do not exceed $5,000,000 in any calendar year (with unused amounts in any calendar year being permitted to be carried over for the two succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum payment (without giving effect to the following proviso) of $10,000,000 in any calendar year); provided , further , that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

(A) the cash proceeds received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer (to the extent contributed to the Issuer) to employees, directors or consultants of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer that occurs after the Issue Date ( provided that the amount of such cash proceeds utilized for any such repurchase, retirement, other acquisition or dividend shall not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3) of Section 4.04(a)); plus

(B) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer (to the extent contributed to the Issuer) or the Issuer’s Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date;

provided that the Issuer may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (A) and (B) above in any one or more calendar years; and provided , further , that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary from any present or former employees, directors, officers or consultants (or their beneficiaries or estates) of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Section 4.04 or any other provision of this Indenture;

(v) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any of its

 

68


Restricted Subsidiaries or any class of Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case, issued or incurred in accordance with Section 4.03;

(vi) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued by the Issuer after the Issue Date and to any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer and the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Interests that are Preferred Stock in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to Section 4.04(b)(ii); provided , however , that, (A) immediately after giving effect to such declaration (and the payment of dividends or distributions) on a pro forma basis, the Issuer would be able to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.03(a) and (B) the aggregate amount of dividends declared and paid pursuant to this clause (vi) does not exceed the net cash proceeds actually received by the Issuer from any such sale of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Issue Date;

(vii) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer), taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (vii) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $10,000,000 and 1.0% of Total Assets in any calendar year (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

(viii) payments or distributions to dissenting stockholders or equityholders pursuant to applicable law in connection with a consolidation, amalgamation or merger by, or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(ix) other Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions;

(x) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of $10,000,000 and 1.0% of Total Assets;

(xi) the distribution, as a dividend or otherwise, of (i) shares of Capital Stock of, or (ii) Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries the primary assets of which are Cash Equivalents);

(xii) repurchases or acquisitions of Equity Interests of the Issuer in connection with the exercise of stock options or warrants or stock appreciation rights by way of cashless exercise or the vesting of restricted stock or restricted units, or in connection with the satisfaction of withholding tax obligations;

(xiii) (a) the payment of cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares upon the exercise of options or warrants or upon the conversion or exchange of Capital Stock or Convertible Indebtedness of any such Person, (b) the purchase of

 

69


fractional shares of Capital Stock of the Issuer arising out of stock dividends, splits or combinations or in connection with issuances of Capital Stock of the Issuer pursuant to mergers, consolidations or other acquisitions, and (c) the issuance of Capital Stock upon conversion of Convertible Indebtedness or the exercise of stock options or warrants;

(xiv) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to the provisions similar to those described under Sections 4.06 and 4.08; provided that all Securities tendered by Holders in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value;

(xv) in connection with any merger, consolidation or other acquisition by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, the receipt or acceptance by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Capital Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary constituting a portion of the purchase price consideration in settlement of indemnification claims or as a result of a purchase price adjustment (including earn-outs and similar obligations), without any payment of cash or other consideration by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(xvi) the distribution of rights pursuant to a customary shareholder rights plan or the redemption of such rights in accordance with the terms of any such shareholder rights plan;

(xvii) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition for value of Equity Interests of the Issuer held by any competitor of the Issuer to the extent that the Issuer determines in good faith that the failure to do so would have a material adverse effect on its business;

(xviii) distributions or payments of Receivables Fees; and

(xix) the payment of premiums in respect of, exercise of, or performance of any obligations under, any Permitted Bond Hedge Transaction or Permitted Warrant Transaction;

provided , that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clause (vii) or (x) of this Section 4.04(b), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

(c) As of the Issue Date, all of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries (excluding any PPA Company) will be Restricted Subsidiaries. For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated shall be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “Investments”. Such designation shall only be permitted if a Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment in such amount would be permitted at such time and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary”.

 

70


(d) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.04, in the event that a Restricted Payment (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories described in Section 4.04(b) or is entitled to be made pursuant to Section 4.04(a), the Issuer may, in its sole discretion, classify or reclassify, or later divide, classify or reclassify, such Restricted Payment (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this Section 4.04.

SECTION 4.05. Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries . The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted

Subsidiaries to, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:

(a) (i) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (1) on its Capital Stock or (2) with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits or (ii) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(b) make loans or advances to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

(c) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (it being understood that such sale, lease or transfer shall not include any type of sale, lease or transfer described in Section 4.05(a) or Section 4.05(b)),

except in each case for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(1) contractual encumbrances or restrictions (i) in effect on the Issue Date or (ii) under any Credit Agreement permitted under Section 4.03(b)(i);

(2) this Indenture, the Guarantees, the Securities or the Security Documents;

(3) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation, order, approval, license, permit, grant or similar restriction;

(4) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in existence at the time of such acquisition or at the time it merges, consolidates or amalgamates with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person (but, in each case, not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired;

(5) contracts or agreements for the sale of assets, including any restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the sale or disposition of the Capital Stock or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary pending the closing of such sale or disposition;

 

71


(6) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth under agreements, instruments or contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(7) customary provisions in joint venture agreements, partnership agreements, stock sale agreements, asset sale agreements, collaboration agreements, intellectual property licenses and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(8) restrictions contained in contracts or agreements related to purchase money obligations for property acquired and Capitalized Lease Obligations in the ordinary course of business;

(9) customary provisions contained in leases, subleases, licenses, sublicenses and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(10) other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (a) of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer that is a Guarantor or (b) of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor so long as such encumbrances and restrictions contained in any agreement or instrument will not materially affect the Issuer’s ability to make anticipated principal or interest payments on the Securities (as determined in good faith by the Issuer), provided that in the case of each of clauses (a) and (b), such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is permitted to be Incurred subsequent to the Issue Date under Section 4.03;

(11) any Permitted Investment (to the extent such encumbrance or restriction was not made in contemplation of such Permitted Investment and was in existence on the date of such Permitted Investment);

(12) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (a), (b) and (c) above imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (11) above; provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, no more restrictive with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in the dividend or other payment restrictions prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing;

(13) customary restrictions and conditions contained in any document related to any Permitted Lien so long as such restrictions or conditions relate only to the assets subject to such Lien;

(14) any encumbrances or restrictions existing with respect to any Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time it is designated or deemed to become a Restricted Subsidiary (other than restrictions incurred in contemplation of such designation);

 

72


(15) only with respect to Section 4.05(c): (i) customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of leases or customary provisions in licenses or other agreements that restrict assignment of such agreements or rights thereunder; (ii) customary provisions restricting the sale or other disposition of property contained in agreements limiting the transfer of property pending the closing of such sale; and (iii) restrictions on the sale or other disposition of property acquired, constructed, improved or leased (and any additions, parts, attachments, fixtures, leasehold improvements, proceeds, improvements or accessions related thereto) in whole or in part under any agreement, instrument or contract relating to Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred under clause (6) of the definition of Permitted Lien; and

(16) customary provisions under any agreements, instruments or contracts relating to any Receivables Program.

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.05, (i) the priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on other Capital Stock shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make distributions on Capital Stock and (ii) the subordination of loans or advances made to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer to other Indebtedness Incurred by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make loans or advances.

SECTION 4.06. Asset Sales .

(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make an Asset Sale, unless (x) the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, receives consideration in connection with such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer as of the date of contractually agreeing to such Asset Sale) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of, and (y) at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of Cash Equivalents; provided that the amount of:

(i) any liabilities (as shown on the Issuer’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the notes thereto or, if incurred or accrued subsequent to the date of such balance sheet, such liabilities that would have been shown on the Issuer’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto if such accrual had taken place on or prior to the date of such balance sheet, as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer (other than liabilities (A) that are by their terms subordinated to the Securities or any Guarantee or (B) that are owed to the Issuer, a Subsidiary thereof or any Affiliate thereof) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets or that are otherwise cancelled or terminated in connection with the transaction with such transferee;

(ii) any notes or other obligations or other securities or assets received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer from such transferee that are converted by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer into Cash

 

73


Equivalents within 180 days of the receipt thereof (to the extent of the Cash Equivalents received); and

(iii) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale having an aggregate Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer), taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (iii) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed $5,000,000 (with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value)

shall be deemed to be Cash Equivalents for the purposes of this Section 4.06(a). The Issuer shall determine the Fair Market Value of any consideration from such Asset Sale that is not Cash Equivalents.

(b) Within 365 days after the Issuer’s or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer’s receipt of the Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale, at its option:

(i) to permanently reduce any Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Indebtedness) of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (excluding any Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary) ( provided that if the Issuer shall so reduce such Indebtedness, the Issuer will reduce Indebtedness under the Securities as provided under the optional redemption provisions of Paragraph 5 of the Security, through open-market purchases ( provided that such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders to purchase at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, the pro rata principal amount of Securities, in each case other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer);

(ii) to make an Investment in any one or more businesses ( provided that if such Investment is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock of a Person, such acquisition results in such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or, if such Person is a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, in an increase in the percentage ownership of such Person by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer) or capital expenditures, or to acquire assets or property, in each case (A) used or useful in a Permitted Business or (B) that replace the properties and assets in all material respects that are the subject of such Asset Sale; or

(iii) any combination of Section 4.06(b)(i) and Section 4.06(b)(ii).

In the case of Section 4.06(b)(i) and Section 4.06(b)(ii), a binding commitment shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the date of such commitment so long as the Issuer or such other Restricted Subsidiary enters into such commitment with the

 

74


good faith expectation that such Net Proceeds will be applied to satisfy such commitment within 180 days of such commitment; provided that in the event such binding commitment is later canceled or terminated for any reason before such Net Proceeds are so applied, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into another binding commitment (a “Second Commitment”) within six months of such cancellation or termination of the prior binding commitment; provided , further , that if any Second Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before such Net Proceeds are so applied, then such Net Proceeds shall constitute Excess Proceeds.

(c) Any Net Proceeds from any Asset Sale that are not applied as provided and within the time period set forth in Section 4.06(b) (it being understood that any portion of such Net Proceeds used to make an offer to purchase Securities, as described in Section 4.06(b)(i), shall be deemed to have been invested whether or not such offer is accepted) will be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds”. When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $15,000,000, the Issuer shall make an offer to all Holders of Securities (and, if required by the terms of any Pari Passu Indebtedness, to holders of any Pari Passu Indebtedness) (an “Asset Sale Offer”) to purchase the maximum principal amount of Securities (and such Pari Passu Indebtedness) that is at least $1,000 and an integral multiple of $1,000 that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal balance thereof (or, in the event such Pari Passu Indebtedness was issued with significant original issue discount, 100% of the accreted value thereof), plus accrued and unpaid interest (or, in respect of such Pari Passu Indebtedness, such lesser price, if any, as may be provided for by the terms of such Pari Passu Indebtedness), to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 4.06 (or other instrument governing such Pari Passu Indebtedness). The Issuer will commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within twenty Business Days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceed $15,000,000 or at the option of the Issuer at any earlier time after receipt of Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, by providing the written notice required pursuant to Section 4.06(h) (or other instrument governing such Pari Passu Indebtedness), with a copy to the Trustee. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Securities (and such Pari Passu Indebtedness) tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for any purpose that is not prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Securities (and such Pari Passu Indebtedness) surrendered by Holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Securities to be purchased in the manner described in Section 4.06(g). Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero. For the avoidance of doubt, any Asset Sale Offer shall not be construed to be an optional redemption of the type described in Paragraph 5 of the Security and no premium shall be paid by the Issuer in connection with the repurchase of the Securities.

(d) Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds pursuant to this Section 4.06, the holder of such Net Proceeds may apply such Net Proceeds temporarily to reduce Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving credit facility, if any, or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture.

(e) The Issuer shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Securities pursuant to an Asset Sale

 

75


Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Indenture by virtue thereof.

(f) Not later than the date upon which written notice of an Asset Sale Offer is delivered to the Trustee as provided above, the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate as to (i) the amount of the Excess Proceeds, (ii) the application of the Net Proceeds from the Asset Sales pursuant to which such Asset Sale Offer is being made and (iii) the compliance of such application with the provisions of Section 4.06(b). On the specified date of purchase, the Issuer shall also irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Issuer or a domestically organized Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary is acting as the Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust) an amount equal to the Excess Proceeds to be invested in Cash Equivalents, as directed in writing by the Issuer, and to be held for payment in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.06. Upon the expiration of the period for which the Asset Sale Offer remains open (the “Offer Period”), the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee for cancellation the Securities or portions thereof that have been properly tendered to and are to be accepted by the Issuer, along with a written payment and cancellation order. The Trustee (or the Paying Agent, if not the Trustee) shall, on the date of purchase, mail or deliver payment to each tendering Holder in the amount of the purchase price as determined by the Issuer and stated in the written payment and cancellation order. In the event that the Excess Proceeds delivered by the Issuer to the Trustee are greater than the purchase price of the Securities tendered, the Trustee shall deliver the excess to the Issuer immediately after the expiration of the Offer Period for application in accordance with Section 4.06.

(g) Holders electing to have a Security purchased shall be required to surrender the Security, with an appropriate form duly completed, to the Issuer at the address specified in the notice at least three Business Days prior to the purchase date. Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Issuer receives not later than one Business Day prior to the purchase date a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Security that was delivered by the Holder for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing such Holder’s election to have such Security purchased. If at the end of the Offer Period more Securities (and such Pari Passu Indebtedness, as applicable) are tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer than the Issuer is required to purchase, and if the Securities are Global Securities held by the Depository, the particular Securities or portions thereof to be redeemed shall be allocated on a pro rata pass-through distribution of principal basis in accordance with Depository procedures; provided , that, so long as the Securities are held in book-entry form, the selection for redemption of such Securities shall be made in accordance with the operational arrangements of the Depository then in effect, and if the Depository operational arrangements do not allow for redemption on a pro rata pass-through distribution of principal basis, the Securities will be selected for redemption, in accordance with Depository procedures, by lot. If the Securities are not Global Securities held by the Depository, selection of such Securities for purchase shall be made by the Trustee on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable or such other method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate (and in such manner as complies with applicable legal requirements); provided that no Securities of $250,000 or less shall be purchased in part. Selection of such Pari Passu Indebtedness, as applicable, shall be made pursuant to the terms of such Pari Passu Indebtedness; provided that

 

76


any purchase by the Issuer of Pari Passu Indebtedness and Securities tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer shall otherwise be made on a pro rata basis, as nearly as practicable. In connection with an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer shall deliver an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee certifying as to the principal amount of Pari Passu Indebtedness, to the extent applicable.

(h) Written notices of an Asset Sale Offer shall be provided at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the purchase date to each Holder of Securities at such Holder’s registered address (or electronically pursuant to the Depository’s applicable procedures). If any Security is to be purchased in part only, any notice of purchase that relates to such Security shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof that has been or is to be purchased. Holders of certificated Securities whose Securities are purchased only in part shall be issued new Securities equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Securities surrendered. If the Securities are Global Securities held by the Depository, then the applicable operational procedures of the Depository for tendering and withdrawing securities will apply.

SECTION 4.07. Transactions with Affiliates .

(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction or series of transactions, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Issuer (each of the foregoing, an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate consideration in excess of $1,000,000, unless:

(i) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that could have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and

(ii) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $10,000,000, the Issuer delivers to the Trustee a resolution adopted by the majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer, approving such Affiliate Transaction, evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (i) above.

(b) The provisions of Section 4.07(a) shall not apply to the following:

(i) any transaction or series of transactions between or among any of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (or an entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction), including any payment to, or sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of any properties or assets to, or purchase of any property or assets from, or any contract, agreement, amendment, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (or an entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction);

 

77


(ii) Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.04 and Permitted Investments (without giving effect to clause (12) of the definition of “Permitted Investments”);

(iii) the payment of reasonable and customary compensation, benefits, fees and reimbursement of expenses paid to, and indemnity (including directors and officers insurance), contribution and insurance provided on behalf of, officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(iv) transactions in which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or meets the requirements of Section 4.07(a)(i);

(v) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer and employment agreements, stock option plans and other similar arrangements with such officers, directors, employees or consultants that, in each case, are approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith;

(vi) any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date or any amendment thereto (so long as any such agreement together with all amendments thereto, taken as a whole, is not more disadvantageous to the Holders of the Securities in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Issue Date) or any transaction contemplated thereby as determined in good faith by the Issuer;

(vii) the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders or equityholders agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date and any amendment thereto (or amendment and restatement thereof) or similar transactions, agreements or arrangements that it may enter into thereafter; provided that the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under, any future amendment to any such existing transaction, agreement or arrangement shall only be permitted by this clause (vii) to the extent that the terms of any such existing transaction, agreement or arrangement together with all amendments thereto (or amendment and restatement thereof), taken as a whole, are not otherwise more disadvantageous to the Holders of the Securities in any material respect than the original transaction, agreement or arrangement as in effect on the Issue Date (as determined in good faith by the Issuer);

(viii) (A) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, or transactions otherwise relating to the purchase or

 

78


sale of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and not otherwise prohibited by the terms of this Indenture, which are fair to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors or the senior management of the Issuer, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party or (B) transactions with joint ventures or Unrestricted Subsidiaries entered into in the ordinary course of business that are not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture;

(ix) the issuance or transfer of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer to any Person;

(x) the issuance of securities or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment arrangements, stock option and stock ownership plans or similar employee, consultant or director benefit plans approved by the Board of Directors of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer or of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, as appropriate, in good faith;

(xi) any contribution to the capital of the Issuer;

(xii) transactions permitted by, and complying with, Article 5;

(xiii) pledges of Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(xiv) intercompany transactions undertaken in good faith for the purpose of improving the consolidated tax efficiency of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries and not for the purpose of circumventing compliance with any covenant set forth in this Indenture;

(xv) the formation and maintenance of any consolidated group or subgroup for tax, accounting or cash pooling or management purposes in the ordinary course of business;

(xvi) transactions between the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any PPA Company, on the other hand;

(xvii) any subscription agreement or similar agreement pertaining to the repurchase of Equity Interests pursuant to put/call rights or similar rights with employees, officers, directors and consultants; and

(xviii) commercial product sales in the ordinary course of business.

SECTION 4.08. Change of Control .

(a) Upon a Change of Control, each Holder shall have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase all or any part (in integral multiples of $1,000 but so long as no Security of an unauthorized denomination less than $250,000 remains outstanding) of such Holder’s then

 

79


outstanding Securities at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the Change of Control Repurchase Date (subject to the right of the Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the related Payment Date, with no interest then to be payable to Holders whose Securities will be subject to repurchase by the Issuer), in accordance with the terms contemplated in this Section 4.08; provided , however , that notwithstanding the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Issuer shall not be obligated to repurchase any Securities pursuant to this Section 4.08 in the event that it has exercised (i) its unconditional right to redeem such Securities in accordance with Article 3 or (ii) its legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance option in accordance with Article 8.

(b) Within 30 days following any Change of Control, except to the extent that the Issuer has exercised (x) its unconditional right to redeem the Securities by delivery of a notice of redemption in accordance with Article 3 or (y) its legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance option in accordance with Article 8, the Issuer shall provide a written notice (a “Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder with a copy to the Trustee stating:

(i) that a Change of Control has occurred and that such Holder has the right to require the Issuer to repurchase such Holder’s Securities at a repurchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal balance thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the Change of Control Repurchase Date (subject to the right of the Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest on the related Payment Date, with no interest then to be payable to Holders whose Securities will be subject to repurchase by the Issuer);

(ii) the events causing such Change of Control;

(iii) the repurchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such written notice is provided) (such repurchase date, the “Change of Control Repurchase Date”); and

(iv) the instructions determined by the Issuer, consistent with this Section 4.08, that a Holder must follow in order to have its Securities repurchased.

(c) Holders electing to have a Security repurchased shall be required to surrender the Security, with an appropriate form duly completed, to the Issuer at the address specified in the Change of Control Offer (or otherwise in accordance with the applicable procedures of the Depository) at least three Business Days prior to the repurchase date. The Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Issuer receives not later than one Business Day prior to the repurchase date a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Security that was delivered for purchase by the Holder and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its election to have such Security repurchased. Holders of certificated Securities whose Securities are repurchased only in part shall be issued new Securities equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Securities surrendered. If the Securities are Global Securities held by the Depository, then the applicable operational procedures of the Depository for tendering and withdrawing securities will apply.

 

80


(d) On the repurchase date, all Securities repurchased by the Issuer under this Section 4.08 shall be delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Issuer shall pay the purchase price plus accrued and unpaid interest to the Holders entitled thereto.

(e) A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, and conditioned upon the occurrence of such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer.

(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.08, the Issuer shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer (which may be conditioned upon the occurrence of such Change of Control) in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.08 applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Securities validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.

(g) Securities repurchased by the Issuer pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will have the status of Securities issued but not outstanding or will be retired and canceled at the option of the Issuer. Securities purchased by a third party pursuant to Section 4.08(f) will have the status of Securities issued and outstanding.

(h) At the time the Issuer delivers (or causes to be delivered) Securities to the Trustee that are to be accepted for repurchase, the Issuer shall also deliver an Officer’s Certificate stating that such Securities are to be accepted by the Issuer pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Section 4.08 and confirming whether the Securities will be considered issued but not outstanding, or include orders to cancel the repurchased Securities. A Security shall be deemed to have been accepted for repurchase at the time the Trustee, directly or through an agent, provides payment therefor upon receipt from or on behalf of the Issuer to the surrendering Holder.

(i) The Issuer shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Securities pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Indenture by virtue thereof.

SECTION 4.09. Further Instruments and Acts . Upon the reasonable request of the Trustee or the Collateral Agent or as otherwise required by the Indenture and the Security Documents, the Issuer shall execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture.

SECTION 4.10. Future Guarantors . The Issuer shall cause each Subsidiary, within 30 days of becoming a Subsidiary, to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture substantially in the form of Exhibit C pursuant to which such Subsidiary shall

 

81


guarantee the Issuer’s Obligations under the Securities and this Indenture; provided , however , that none of any Foreign Subsidiary, any PPA Company, Yellow Jacket Energy, LLC, any Immaterial Subsidiary or any Receivables Subsidiary shall be required to become a Guarantor.

SECTION 4.11. Liens . The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, Incur or suffer to exist any Lien (except Permitted Liens) on any asset or property of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary securing Indebtedness, unless:

(a) in the case of Liens (other than Permitted Liens) securing Subordinated Indebtedness, the Securities are secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens; or

(b) in the case of all other Liens (other than Permitted Liens), the Securities are equally and ratably secured.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Lien securing the Securities granted pursuant to this Section 4.11 shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon (i) the release by the holders of the Indebtedness described above of their Lien on the property or assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (including any deemed release upon payment in full of all obligations under such Indebtedness), (ii) any sale, exchange, disposition or transfer to any Person other than the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the property or assets secured by such Lien so long as such disposition is permitted by the terms of this Indenture, (iii) payment in full of the principal of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on, the Securities, or (iv) a defeasance or discharge of the Securities in accordance with the procedures described in Article 8.

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.11, in the event that a Lien securing an item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Liens described in the foregoing paragraph or in clauses (1) through (40) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”, then the Issuer shall, in its sole discretion, classify or reclassify, or later divide, classify or reclassify, such Lien securing an item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this Section 4.11.

With respect to any Lien securing Indebtedness that was permitted to secure such Indebtedness at the time of the Incurrence of such Indebtedness, such Lien shall also be permitted to secure any Increased Amount of such Indebtedness. The “Increased Amount” of any Indebtedness shall mean any increase in the amount of such Indebtedness in connection with any accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness, amortization of original issue discount and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies, in each case in respect of such Indebtedness.

SECTION 4.12. Liens on Notes Collateral . The Issuer shall not create, Incur or suffer to exist any Lien on the Notes Collateral except for the Liens contemplated by clauses (3), 7(B), 7(C), (26) and (35) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”.

SECTION 4.13. Administration of the Collection Account .

 

82


(a) The Issuer shall establish and maintain a segregated account held with U.S. Bank National Association (or another segregated account in replacement thereof held with another U.S. federally insured depositary financial institution that is acting as the Trustee or other Paying Agent) in the name of the Trustee or other Paying Agent (acting in either case as an agent for or representative of the Collateral Agent), or in the name of the Issuer, in each case, subject to the Liens established under the Security Agreement and the other Security Documents (such account, the “Collection Account”). The Collection Account shall be established and maintained so as to create, perfect and establish the priority of the Liens established under the Security Agreement and the other Security Documents in such Collection Account and all funds and other assets or property from time to time deposited therein or credited thereto and otherwise to effectuate the Liens under the Security Documents. The Collection Account shall bear a designation clearly indicating that the funds and other assets or property deposited therein or credited thereto are held for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

(b) The Trustee or other Paying Agent, as applicable, shall have sole dominion and control over the Collection Account (including, among other things, the sole power to direct withdrawals or transfers from the Collection Account). The Trustee or other Paying Agent, as applicable, shall make withdrawals and transfers from the Collection Account in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. Each of the Issuer and the Trustee, any other Paying Agent and the Collateral Agent acknowledges and agrees that the Collection Account is a “securities account” within the meaning of Section 8-501 of the Uniform Commercial Code and that the Trustee or other Paying Agent, as applicable, has “control”, for purposes of Section 9- 314 of the Uniform Commercial Code, of the Collection Account that is maintained with the Trustee or other Paying Agent. The Trustee hereby confirms that it has established account number 241925001 in the name of the Issuer for the benefit of the Secured Parties as the Collection Account. The Issuer and the Trustee, any other Paying Agent and the Collateral Agent further agree that the jurisdiction of the Trustee, such other Paying Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, for purposes of the Uniform Commercial Code shall be the State of New York. The crediting by the Trustee or other Paying Agent, as applicable, to the Collection Account of any asset or property that is not otherwise a financial asset by virtue of Section 8- 102(a)(9)(i) of the Uniform Commercial Code or Section 8-102(a)(9)(ii) of the Uniform Commercial Code, including cash, shall constitute the “express agreement” of the Trustee or such other Paying Agent, as applicable, under Section 8-102(a)(9)(iii) of the Uniform Commercial Code that such property is a financial asset under such Section 8-102(a)(9)(iii) of the Uniform Commercial Code.

(c) The Issuer will deposit, or cause to be deposited, all Servicing Payments received on or after July 1, 2017 into the Collection Account pursuant to an irrevocable written direction from the Issuer to each counterparty or other payor under each Servicing Agreement. Funds may not be withdrawn from the Collection Account except as set forth in this Section 4.13 or, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, at the direction of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities as further described in Article 6. Funds in the Collection Account may be invested in Cash Equivalents available to the Trustee or other Paying Agent, as applicable, by the Trustee or such Paying Agent at the written direction of the Issuer absent the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default. Promptly following the occurrence of an Event of Default and during the continuation thereof, the Trustee or other Paying Agent, as applicable (acting as an agent for or representative of the Collateral Agent)

 

83


shall direct such funds to be invested pursuant to the direction of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities that are available to the Trustee or other Paying Agent, as applicable. In the absence of written instructions, such funds may be invested in the U.S. Bank National Association Money Market Deposit Account.

(d) Payments of accrued and unpaid interest due and owing pursuant to the terms of this Indenture on each Payment Date will be paid first from any Servicing Payments deposited in the Collection Account, calculated for the period from and including six Business Days before the previous Payment Date (or from and including July 1, 2017 if no Payment Date has yet occurred) to and excluding six Business Days before the upcoming Payment Date (including the Stated Maturity in respect of the Securities) (the “Relevant Calculation Period”), including any investment income earned during such Relevant Calculation Period (the “Available Amounts”) (plus any other funds then on deposit in the Collection Account). Payments of outstanding principal due and owing pursuant to the terms of this Indenture on each Payment Date, commencing July 31, 2019, will be paid from the Available Amounts in respect of the Relevant Calculation Period (plus any other funds then on deposit in the Collection Account) less any portion of the Available Amounts (and any other such funds then on deposit in the Collection Account) used to pay the required interest amount on the Securities on such Payment Date. Payments of principal and interest will, on each Payment Date, be made in an amount calculated in accordance with Section 4.01. For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent the Available Amounts in respect of the Relevant Calculation Period (plus any other funds then on deposit in the Collection Account) are insufficient to pay the required interest amount on the Securities or the required principal amount of the Securities on the applicable Payment Date, the Issuer will be required to pay the deficiency from other funds (and, if it is unable to do so within the applicable grace periods, it will be an Event of Default in respect of the Securities to the extent provided, and subject to the terms set forth, under Article 6).

(e) As long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any remaining balance of the Available Amounts in respect of the Relevant Calculation Period (plus any other funds then on deposit in the Collection Account) on the applicable Payment Date (after payment of the required interest amount on the Securities and the required principal amount of the Securities on such Payment Date) shall be released, free and clear of all Liens securing the Securities, from the Collection Account by the Trustee or other Paying Agent, as applicable, to an account directed in writing by the Issuer, which shall initially be: Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., 420 Montgomery Street, San Francisco, California 94104, ABA number 121000248, account name Bloom Energy Corporation Operating Account, account number 4391338282; provided , however , that if the quotient obtained by dividing the Available Amounts in respect of the Relevant Calculation Period for any Payment Date (except the Stated Maturity in respect of the Securities) (excluding any investment income earned during such Relevant Calculation Period) by the total amount of principal and interest required to be paid in respect of the Securities pursuant to the terms of this Indenture on such Payment Date (the “Actual Debt Service Coverage Ratio”) is less than the Required Debt Service Coverage Ratio in respect of such Payment Date, as set forth on the relevant Calculation Report, any such remaining balance shall not be released from the Collection Account on such Payment Date.

(f) The Issuer will provide the Trustee with a calculation report in the form of Exhibit F (the “Calculation Report”) in respect of the Available Amounts for each Relevant

 

84


Calculation Period (plus any other funds then on deposit in the Collection Account), the distributions to be paid from the Collection Account by the Trustee and the calculation of the Actual Debt Service Coverage Ratio no later than 11:00 a.m. New York City time three Business Days prior to the applicable Payment Date consistent with this Section 4.13. The Trustee shall conclusively rely on information set forth in the Calculation Report.

SECTION 4.14. Servicing Agreements and Servicing Payments .

(a) The Issuer shall (i) perform and comply with its material duties and obligations under the Servicing Agreements, (ii) not forgive, release or compromise any amount owed to or becoming owing to it under the Servicing Agreements and (iii) notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture, not sell, assign, transfer, dispose of, amend, modify, supplement, restate, waive, cancel or terminate (or consent to any of the foregoing with respect to), in whole or in part, any of the Servicing Agreements or any provisions of such Servicing Agreements relating to the right to receive the Servicing Payments, in each case, except (y) to the extent that such action or inaction would not reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect on (A) the ability of the Issuer to comply with its payment obligations set forth in Section 4.01, (B) the enforceability of the Securities, this Indenture or the Security Documents or (C) the value of the Notes Collateral taken as a whole or (z) with respect to clauses (ii) and (iii), to the extent that the Issuer has, prior to or contemporaneously with the taking of any such action, entered into a new Servicing Agreement on terms and conditions that are, taken as a whole, not materially less favorable to the Issuer in any respect.

(b) The Issuer shall at all times use its commercially reasonable efforts to exercise and enforce its rights and remedies under the Servicing Agreements, in each case, in a timely and commercially reasonable manner, except to the extent that any failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect on (A) the ability of the Issuer to comply with its payment obligations set forth in Section 4.01, (B) the enforceability of the Securities, this Indenture or the Security Documents or (C) the value of the Notes Collateral taken as a whole.

(c) The Issuer shall provide to the Trustee and the Holders of Securities, promptly and in any event no later than five Business Days after an Officer of the Issuer becomes aware of the occurrence thereof, (i) written notice of any material default or alleged material default by any party to any Servicing Agreement and (ii) copies of (x) any forgiveness, release or compromise of any material amount owed to or becoming owing to the Issuer under the Servicing Agreements, (y) any sale, assignment, transfer, disposition, cancellation or termination of (or any consent to any of the foregoing with respect to) any Servicing Agreement or any provisions of such Servicing Agreement relating to the right to receive the Servicing Payments, and (z) any amendment, modification, supplement, restatement or waiver (solely to the extent that any such amendment, modification, supplement, restatement, or waiver is adverse to the interests of Holders of the Securities) of any Servicing Agreement or any provisions of such Servicing Agreement relating to the right to receive the Servicing Payments.

 

85


SECTION 4.15. Maintenance of Office or Agency .

(a) The Issuer shall maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an Affiliate of the Trustee or Registrar) where Securities may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Securities and this Indenture may be made. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations and surrenders may be made at the corporate trust place of payment and notices and demands may be made at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as set forth in Section 12.01.

(b) The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Securities may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided , however , that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Issuer of its obligation to maintain an office or agency for such purposes. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

(c) The Issuer hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee or its agent as such office or agency of the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.04.

SECTION 4.16. Line of Business . The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, engage in any line of business other than a Permitted Business.

SECTION 4.17. Use of Proceeds . The Issuer shall use, or will cause its Restricted Subsidiaries to use, the net proceeds from the issuance and sale of the Securities for general corporate purposes and to pay fees, costs and expenses arising in connection with the issuance of the Securities.

SECTION 4.18. Existence . Subject to Article 5, the Issuer will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence and the Issuer and each Guarantor will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect the corporate, partnership or other existence of each Guarantor.

SECTION 4.19. Rating . The Issuer shall use commercially reasonable efforts to (a) ) cause a Rating Agency to provide a rating on the Securities on or before September 30, 2017 (at no particular rating category) or, if not achieved by such date, as soon as commercially practicable thereafter, and (b) once such rating is obtained, maintain a current rating (at no particular rating category) and deliver to the Trustee and the Holders of the Securities (and holders of beneficial interests in the Securities), within 90 days after each anniversary of the Issue Date, a ratings letter (or similar evidence) from any Rating Agency then rating the Securities indicating the then current rating on the Securities of such Rating Agency.

 

86


SECTION 4.20. Covenant Suspension .

(a) If, on any date following the Issue Date, (i) the Securities have received an Investment Grade Rating from the Required Rating Agencies, (ii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, and (iii) the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate certifying as to the events specified in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) through (iii) being referred to collectively as a “Covenant Suspension Event”), the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to Section 4.03, Section 4.04, Section 4.05, Section 4.06, Section 4.07, Section 4.10 and Section 5.01(a)(iii) (collectively, the “Suspended Covenants”).

(b) Upon the occurrence of a Covenant Suspension Event, the amount of Excess Proceeds from Net Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

(c) In the event that the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants under this Indenture for any period of time as a result of Section 4.20(a), and on any subsequent date (the “Reversion Date”) (i) one or both of the Required Rating Agencies withdraws its Investment Grade Rating or downgrades the ratings assigned to the Securities below an Investment Grade Rating such that the Securities do not have an Investment Grade Rating from either of the Required Rating Agencies or (ii) the Issuer or any of its Affiliates enters into an agreement to effect a transaction that would result in a Change of Control and one or both of the Required Rating Agencies indicates that, if consummated, such transaction (alone or together with any related recapitalization or refinancing transactions) would cause such Required Rating Agencies to withdraw their Investment Grade Ratings or downgrade the ratings assigned to the Securities below an Investment Grade Rating such that the Securities do not have an Investment Grade Rating from both of the Required Rating Agencies, then the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants under this Indenture with respect to future events, including a proposed transaction described in clause (ii) above.

(d) The period of time between the Covenant Suspension Event and the Reversion Date is referred to as the “Suspension Period”. In the event of any reinstatement following a Reversion Date, neither any action taken or omitted to be taken by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to a Suspended Covenant prior to such reinstatement, nor the performance of obligations incurred during the Suspension Period (which were permitted to be incurred at such time), will give rise to a Default or Event of Default under this Indenture with respect to the Securities; provided that (i) with respect to Restricted Payments made after any such reinstatement, the amount of Restricted Payments made will be calculated as though Section 4.04 had been in effect prior to, but not during, the Suspension Period, provided that any Subsidiaries designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries during the Suspension Period shall automatically become Restricted Subsidiaries on the Reversion Date (subject to the Issuer’s right to subsequently designate them as Unrestricted Subsidiaries in compliance with this Indenture) and (ii) all Indebtedness incurred, or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued, during the Suspension Period will be deemed to have been outstanding on the Issue Date, so that it is classified as permitted under Section 4.03(b)(iii).

 

 

87


(e) The Trustee shall have no duty to monitor the ratings of the Securities and shall not be deemed to have any knowledge of the ratings of the Securities. The Issuer shall provide an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee indicating the occurrence of a Covenant Suspension Event or any Reversion Date. The Trustee shall have no obligation to independently determine or verify if such events have occurred or notify the Holders of Securities of any Suspension Period or Reversion Date. The Trustee may provide a copy of such Officer’s Certificate upon request to any Holder (or such holder of beneficial interests in the Securities) who shall have executed and delivered a Confidentiality Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

ARTICLE 5

SUCCESSOR COMPANY

SECTION 5.01. When Issuer May Merge or Transfer Assets .

(a) The Issuer shall not consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or into or wind up or convert into (whether or not the Issuer is the surviving Person), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions to, any Person unless:

(i) (x) the Issuer is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, winding up or conversion (if other than the Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia (the Issuer or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Company”); and (y) the Successor Company (if other than the Issuer) expressly assumes all the obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture, the Securities and the Security Documents pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

(ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the Successor Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Company or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(iii) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction, as if such transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period (and treating any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the Successor Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Company or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), either:

 

88


(A) the Successor Company would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.03(a); or

(B) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio for the Successor Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be less than such ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction;

(iv) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under this Indenture and the Securities; and

(v) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee (A) an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, stating (to the extent applicable with respect to such Opinion of Counsel) that such transaction complies with this Article 5 and such supplemental indentures (if any) comply with this Indenture and (B) an Officer’s Certificate stating that any necessary actions required under this Indenture have been taken or will be taken promptly, and in any event no later than 30 days following such transaction.

(b) The Successor Company (if other than the Issuer) shall succeed to, and be substituted for, the Issuer under this Indenture, the Securities and the Security Documents, and in such event the Issuer will automatically be released and discharged from its obligations under this Indenture, the Securities and the Security Documents. This Article 5 will not apply to a sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of property or assets between or among any of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding Sections 5.01(a)(iii) and 5.01(a)(iv), (i) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with or merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer, and (ii) the Issuer may merge with an Affiliate of the Issuer solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Issuer in any state of the United States, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.

SECTION 5.02. When Guarantors May Merge or Transfer Assets .

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 10.02(b) (which govern the release of a Guarantee upon the sale, disposition, exchange or other transfer of the Capital Stock of a Guarantor), none of the Guarantors shall, and the Issuer shall not permit any Guarantor to, consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or into or wind up or convert into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions to, any Person unless:

(i) either (A) such Guarantor is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, winding up or conversion (if other than such Guarantor or another Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company organized or

 

89


existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Guarantor”) and the Successor Guarantor (if other than such Guarantor or another Guarantor) expressly assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor under this Indenture and, if applicable, such Guarantors’ Guarantee pursuant to a supplemental indenture or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee or (B) (x) such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, winding up, conversion, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or disposition is made to or with a Person that is not the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary and is not in violation of Section 4.06 and (y) after giving effect to such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, winding up, conversion, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or disposition, such Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary; and

(ii) the Successor Guarantor (if other than such Guarantor or another Guarantor) or the Issuer shall have delivered or caused to be delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, winding up, conversion, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or disposition and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture.

(b) Except as otherwise provided in this Indenture, the Successor Guarantor (if other than such Guarantor) will succeed to, and be substituted for, such Guarantor under this Indenture and such Guarantor’s Guarantee, and in such event such Guarantor will automatically be released and discharged from its obligations under this Indenture and such Guarantor’s Guarantee.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing and without the need to deliver any Opinion of Counsel in connection therewith, any Guarantor may (i) consolidate, amalgamate, merge with or into or wind up or convert into, or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets to, the Issuer or any other Guarantor or (ii) convert into a corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability corporation or trust organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of such Guarantor.

ARTICLE 6

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

SECTION 6.01. Events of Default . An “Event of Default” occurs if:

(a) there is a default in any payment of interest on any Security when the same becomes due and payable and such default continues for a period of 30 days;

(b) there is a default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, on any Security (i) upon scheduled payment thereof (including pursuant to Section 4.01(b)) and such default continues for a period of three Business Days or (ii) upon optional redemption, upon

 

90


required repurchase, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise (except as set forth in clause (i) above);

(c) (i) the failure by the Issuer to (A) provide a Change of Control Offer as described in Section 4.08 and such failure continues for two Business Days after the due date for such notice or (B) comply with Article 5 or (ii) the failure by the Issuer or any Guarantor to comply with any of its agreements in the Securities or this Indenture (other than those referred to in clause (a) or (b) above) and such failure in the case of this clause (ii) continues for 30 days;

(d) default by the Issuer, any Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary of the Issuer with respect to any mortgage, agreement or other instrument under which there may be outstanding, or by which there may be secured or evidenced, any indebtedness for money borrowed in excess of $15,000,000 (or its foreign currency equivalent at the time) in the aggregate of the Issuer and/or any such Guarantor or Significant Subsidiary, whether such indebtedness now exists or shall hereafter be created (i) resulting in such indebtedness becoming or being declared due and payable or (ii) constituting a failure to pay the principal of any such indebtedness when due and payable at its Stated Maturity, upon redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise, and, in the cases of clauses (i) and (ii), such acceleration shall not, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, have been rescinded or annulled or such failure to pay or default shall not have been cured or waived, or such indebtedness is not paid or discharged, as the case may be, within 30 days after receipt by the Issuer of the notice specified below;

(e) the Issuer, any Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary of the Issuer shall commence a voluntary case or other proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to the Issuer or any such Guarantor or Significant Subsidiary or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official of the Issuer or any such Guarantor or Significant Subsidiary of the Issuer or any substantial part of its property, or shall consent to any such relief or to the appointment of or taking possession by any such official in an involuntary case or other proceeding commenced against it, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors;

(f) an involuntary case or other proceeding shall be commenced against the Issuer, any Guarantor or a Significant Subsidiary of Issuer seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to the Issuer or such Guarantor or Significant Subsidiary or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official of the Issuer or such Guarantor or Significant Subsidiary or any substantial part of its property, and such involuntary case or other proceeding shall remain undismissed and unstayed for a period of 60 consecutive calendar days;

(g) any Guarantee ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms thereof in accordance with this Indenture) or any Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under this Indenture or any Guarantee and such Default continues for ten Business Days; and

 

91


(h) the Issuer fails to comply for 15 calendar days after the notice specified below with its obligations contained in the Security Documents, except for a failure with respect to assets or property with an aggregate value of less than $1,000,000.

The foregoing shall constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body.

The term “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, United States Code, or any similar U.S. federal or state law for the relief of debtors (or their non-U.S. equivalents). The term “Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

A Default under clause (d) or (h) above shall not constitute an Event of Default until the Issuer has received from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Securities prior written notice (which such notice shall also be received by the Trustee if given by the Holders) of the Default. Such notice must specify the Default, demand that it be remedied and state that such notice is a “Notice of Default”. The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee within 20 days after obtaining knowledge thereof, written notice in the form of an Officer’s Certificate of any event that is, or with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default, its status and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take in respect thereof.

SECTION 6.02. Acceleration . If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(e) or 6.01(f) with respect to the Issuer) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Issuer, or the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Securities by written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee, may declare the principal of, and the premium, if any, and accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on, all then outstanding Securities to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, shall be due and payable immediately. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(e) or 6.01(f) with respect to the Issuer, the principal of, and the premium, if any, and accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on, all the then outstanding Securities shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable, without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities by notice to the Trustee may rescind an acceleration and its consequences if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default (except nonpayment of principal, interest or premium that has become due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived.

If the principal of, or premium, if any, or accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on, the Securities becomes due and payable as provided above (an “Acceleration”), the principal of, and the premium, if any, and accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on, the Securities that becomes due and payable shall equal the optional redemption price in effect on the date of such declaration (or the date set forth in the third sentence of this Section 6.02), as if such Acceleration were an optional redemption of the Securities affected thereby on such date of declaration (or the date set forth in the third sentence of this Section 6.02). The amounts

 

92


described in the preceding sentence are intended to be liquidated damages and not unmatured interest or a penalty.

In the event of any Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(d), such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding, however, any resulting payment default) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders of the Securities, if within 30 days after such Event of Default arose the Issuer delivers an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that (x) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged, (y) the Holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default or (z) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured, it being understood that in no event shall an acceleration of the principal amount of the Securities as described above be annulled, waived or rescinded upon the happening of any such events.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent the Issuer elects, the sole remedy for an Event of Default under Section 6.01(c)(ii) relating to the Issuer’s failure to comply with Section 4.02 will (i) for the first 90 calendar days after the occurrence of such an Event of Default (beginning on, and including, the date on which such an Event of Default first occurs), consist exclusively of the right to receive additional interest on the Securities equal to 0.25% per annum of the principal amount of such Securities outstanding for each day during such 90 calendar day period on which such Event of Default is continuing and (ii) for the period from, and including, the 91st calendar day after the occurrence of such an Event of Default to, and including, the 180th calendar day after the occurrence of such an Event of Default, consist exclusively of the right to receive additional interest on the Securities equal to 0.50% per annum of the principal amount of Securities outstanding for each day during such additional 90 calendar day period on which such Event of Default is continuing. On the 181st calendar day after the date on which such Event of Default occurred (if such Event of Default has not been cured or waived prior to such 181st day), the Securities will be subject to acceleration as provided above. This paragraph will not affect the rights of Holders of Securities in the event of the occurrence of any other Event of Default. In the event the Issuer does not elect to pay additional interest following an Event of Default in accordance with this paragraph or the Issuer elects to make such payment but does not pay the additional interest when due, the Securities will be subject to acceleration upon an Event of Default with regard thereto as provided above. With regard to any violation specified in this paragraph, no additional interest shall accrue, and no right to declare the principal or other amounts due and payable in respect of the Securities shall exist, after such violation has been cured.

In order to elect to pay the additional interest as the sole remedy during the first 180 days after the occurrence of an Event of Default relating to the failure to comply with the reporting obligations in accordance with the immediately preceding paragraph, the Issuer must notify all Holders of Securities, the Trustee and the Paying Agent of such election prior to the beginning of such 180 day period. Upon the Issuer’s failure to timely give such notice, the Securities will be immediately subject to acceleration as provided above.

Additional interest that is payable pursuant to the foregoing provisions will be payable in arrears on each Payment Date following accrual in the same manner as regular interest on the Securities.

 

93


In no event shall additional interest payable at the Issuer’s election for failure to comply with its reporting obligations pursuant to Section 6.01 accrue at a rate in excess of 0.50% per annum pursuant to this Indenture, regardless of the number of events or circumstances giving rise to the requirement to pay such additional interest. All references to interest in this Indenture shall include such additional interest unless expressly set forth.

SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies . If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may, but only at the written direction of Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Securities, pursue any available remedy at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of or interest on the Securities or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Securities or this Indenture.

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Securities or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. To the extent required by law, all available remedies are cumulative.

SECTION 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults . Provided the Securities are not then due and payable by reason of a declaration of acceleration, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Securities by written notice to the Trustee may waive an existing Default and its consequences except (a) a Default in the payment of the principal of or interest on a Security, (b) a Default arising from the failure to redeem or purchase any Security when required pursuant to the terms of this Indenture or (c) a Default in respect of a provision that under Section 9.02 cannot be amended without the consent of each Holder affected. When a Default is waived, it is deemed cured and the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders will be restored to their former positions and rights under this Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any consequent right. Any past Default or compliance with any provisions may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities then outstanding.

SECTION 6.05. Control by Majority . The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Securities may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or, subject to Section 7.01, that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability. Prior to taking any action under this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.

SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits .

(a) Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no Holder may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Securities unless:

 

94


(i) the Holder gives the Trustee written notice stating that an Event of Default is continuing;

(ii) the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Securities make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

(iii) such Holder or Holders offer to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense;

(iv) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and

(v) the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Securities do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request during such 60-day period.

(b) A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder.

SECTION 6.07. Rights of the Holders to Receive Payment . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on the Securities held by such Holder, on or after the respective due dates expressed or provided for in this Indenture or in the Securities, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

SECTION 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee . If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a) or Section 6.01(b) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer or any other obligor on the Securities for the whole amount then due and owing (together with interest on overdue principal and (to the extent lawful) on any unpaid interest at the rate provided for in the Securities) and the amounts provided for in Section 7.06.

SECTION 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim . The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for reasonable compensation, expenses disbursements and advances of the Trustee (including counsel, accountants, experts or such other professionals as the Trustee deems necessary, advisable or appropriate)) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer or any Guarantor, their creditors or their property, shall be entitled to participate as a member, voting or otherwise, of any official committee of creditors appointed in such matters and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, may vote on behalf of the Holders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other Person performing similar functions and be a member of a creditors’ or other similar committee, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.06.

 

95


SECTION 6.10. Priorities . If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article 6 or any Security Document, the Trustee (after giving effect to Section 5.2 of the Security Agreement) shall pay out the money or property in the following order:

FIRST: to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.06;

SECOND: to the Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Securities for principal, premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Securities for principal, premium, if any, and interest, respectively; and

THIRD: to the Issuer or, to the extent the Trustee collects any amount for any Guarantor, to such Guarantor.

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to the Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10. At least 15 days before such record date, the Trustee shall provide to each Holder and the Issuer a written notice that states the record date, the payment date and amount to be paid.

SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs . In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07 or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the Securities.

SECTION 6.12. Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws . Neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor (to the extent it may lawfully do so) shall at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Issuer and each Guarantor (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waive all benefit or advantage of any such law, and shall not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

SECTION 6.13. Visitation . The Issuer shall permit the representatives of any Holder (or any holder of beneficial interests in the Securities), if a Default or Event of Default then exists, at the expense of the Issuer, to visit any of the offices or properties of the Issuer and to discuss their affairs, finances and accounts with their officers, in each case, no more than once per calendar year and all during normal business hours and upon reasonable notice.

 

96


ARTICLE 7

TRUSTEE

SECTION 7.01. Duties of Trustee .

(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs, except with respect to the obligation to exercise rights and remedies following an Event of Default, which right and remedies shall be performed by the Trustee acting solely upon the direction of Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities in accordance with Section 6.03 and Section 6.05.

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(i) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee (it being agreed that the permissive right of the Trustee to do things enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as a duty); and

(ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. The Trustee shall be under no duty to make any investigation as to any statement contained in any such instance, but may accept the same as conclusive evidence of the truth and accuracy of such statement or the correctness of such opinions. However, in the case of certificates or opinions required by any provision hereof to be provided to it, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of Section 7.01(b);

(ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

(iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05; and

 

97


(iv) no provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers.

(d) Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.01.

(e) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer.

(f) Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

(g) The Trustee shall not be liable to any Person for special, punitive, indirect, consequential or incidental loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including lost profits), even if the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage.

(h) Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 7.1 and, to the extent made expressly applicable by the terms of this Indenture, to the provisions of the TIA.

SECTION 7.02. Rights of Trustee .

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely on any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on the Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.

(c) The Trustee may act through agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care.

(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers; provided , however , that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute willful misconduct or negligence.

(e) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its own selection and the advice or opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this Indenture and the Securities or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel or Opinion of Counsel.

(f) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond, debenture, note or other paper or document unless

 

98


requested in writing to do so by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities at the time outstanding, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or attorney, at the expense of the Issuer and shall incur no liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

(g) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee in its sole discretion against the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

(h) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including its right to be compensated, reimbursed and indemnified as provided in Section 7.06, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder (including as Collateral Agent), and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

(i) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith at the direction of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities as to the time, method and place of conducting any proceedings for any remedy available to the Trustee or the exercising of any power conferred by this Indenture.

(j) Any action taken, or omitted to be taken, by the Trustee in good faith pursuant to this Indenture upon the request or authority or consent of any person who, at the time of making such request or giving such authority or consent, is the Holder of any Security shall be conclusive and binding upon future Holders of Securities and upon Securities executed and delivered in exchange therefor or in place thereof.

(k) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts that are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee . The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. The Trustee and its Affiliates have engaged, currently are engaged and may in the future engage in financial or other transactions with the Issuer and its Affiliates in the ordinary course of their respective businesses. Any Paying Agent or Registrar may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Sections 7.09 and 7.10.

 

99


SECTION 7.04. Trustee s Disclaimer . The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture, any Guarantee, the Securities or any Security Documents, it shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Securities, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the Issuer or any Guarantor in this Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the Securities or in the Securities other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication. The Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any Default or Event of Default under Section 6.01(c), 6.01(d), 6.01(e), 6.01(f), 6.01(g) or 6.01(h) unless either (a) a Trust Officer shall have actual knowledge thereof or (b) the Trustee shall have received written notice thereof in accordance with Section 12.01 from the Issuer, any Guarantor or any Holder.

SECTION 7.05. Notice of Defaults . If a Default occurs and is continuing and if it is actually known to a responsible officer of the Trustee, the Trustee shall provide to each Holder written notice of the Default within 30 days after it is actually known to a Trust Officer or written notice referring to this Indenture, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default”, is received by the Trustee in accordance with Section 12.01. Except in the case of a Default in the payment of principal of or premium (if any) or interest on any Security, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as the Trustee in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders.

SECTION 7.06. Compensation and Indemnity . The Issuer shall pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its services, as agreed between the Issuer and the Trustee. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred or made by it, including costs of collection, in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable and documented compensation and expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee’s agents, counsel, accountants and experts. The Issuer and each Guarantor, jointly and severally, shall indemnify the Trustee against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage or expense (including reasonable and documented attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture or a Guarantee against the Issuer or a Guarantor (including this Section 7.06) and defending itself against or investigating any claim (whether asserted by the Issuer, any Guarantor, any Holder or any other Person). The obligation to pay such amounts shall survive the discharge of this Indenture, the payment in full or defeasance of the Securities or the removal or resignation of the Trustee. The Trustee shall notify the Issuer of any claim for which it may seek indemnity promptly upon obtaining actual knowledge thereof; provided , however , that any failure so to notify the Issuer shall not relieve the Issuer or any Guarantor of its indemnity obligations hereunder. The Issuer shall defend the claim and the indemnified party shall provide reasonable cooperation at the Issuer’s expense in the defense. Such indemnified parties may have separate counsel and the Issuer and the Guarantors, as applicable, shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel; provided , however , that the Issuer shall not be required to pay such fees and expenses if it assumes such indemnified parties’ defense and, in such indemnified parties’ reasonable judgment, there is no conflict of interest between the Issuer and the Guarantors, as applicable, and such parties in connection with such defense. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by an

 

100


indemnified party through such party’s own willful misconduct or gross negligence (as determined by a final, non-appealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction).

To secure the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section 7.06, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Securities on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee other than money or property held in trust to pay principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, particular Securities.

The Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ payment obligations pursuant to this Section 7.6 shall survive the satisfaction or discharge of this Indenture, any rejection or termination of this Indenture under any bankruptcy law or the resignation or removal of the Trustee. Without prejudice to any other rights available to the Trustee under applicable law, when the Trustee incurs expenses after the occurrence of a Default specified in Section 6.01(e) or Section 6.01(f) with respect to the Issuer, the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration under the Bankruptcy Law.

No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not assured to its satisfaction.

SECTION 7.07. Replacement of Trustee .

(a) The Trustee may resign in writing at any time upon 30 days prior notice to the Issuer by so notifying the Issuer. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and may appoint a successor Trustee. The Issuer shall remove the Trustee if:

(i) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.09;

(ii) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

(iii) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

(iv) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting.

(b) If the Trustee resigns or is removed by the Issuer or by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities and such Holders do not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee, or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.

(c) A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall provide a written notice of

 

101


its succession to the Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.06.

(d) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or the Holders of 10% in principal amount of the Securities may petition at the expense of the Issuer any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

(e) If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.09, unless the Trustee’s duty to resign is stayed as provided in Section 310(b) of the TIA, any Holder who has been a bona fide holder of a Security for at least six months may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

(f) Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.07, the obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under Section 7.06 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

SECTION 7.08. Successor Trustee by Merger . If the Trustee consolidates with, merges with or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation or banking association without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.

In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture any of the Securities shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver such Securities so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Securities shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Securities either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force that it is anywhere in the Securities or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have.

SECTION 7.09. Eligibility; Disqualification . The Trustee shall at all times satisfy the requirements of Section 310(a) of the TIA. The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $100,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply with Section 310(b) of the TIA, subject to its right to apply for a stay of its duty to resign under the penultimate paragraph of Section 310(b) of the TIA; provided , however , that there shall be excluded from the operation of Section 310(b)(1) of the TIA any series of securities issued under this Indenture and any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Issuer is outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in Section 310(b)(1) of the TIA are met.

SECTION 7.10. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer . The Trustee shall comply with Section 311(a) of the TIA, excluding any creditor relationship listed in Section 311(b) of the TIA. A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Section 311(a) of the TIA to the extent indicated.

 

102


SECTION 7.11. Confidential Information . The Trustee, in its individual capacity and as Trustee, agrees and acknowledges that all confidential information provided to the Trustee by the Issuer or any Subsidiary (or any direct or indirect equityholder of the Issuer or such Subsidiary) or any Holder (or holder of a beneficial interest in the Securities) that is expressly identified as relating to the Indenture and the Security Documents (“Confidential Information”) shall be considered to be proprietary and confidential information; provided, that any information provided to the Trustee that is not so identified, or that is provided to U.S. Bank National Association in its capacity as trustee or collateral agent for the 5% Convertible Notes, shall not be considered Confidential Information. The Trustee agrees to take reasonable precautions to keep Confidential Information confidential, which precautions shall be no less stringent than those that the Trustee employs to protect its own confidential information. The Trustee shall not disclose to any third party other than as set forth herein, and shall not use for any purpose other than the exercise of the Trustee’s rights and the performance of its obligations under this Indenture, any Confidential Information without the prior written consent of the Issuer or such Holder (or such holder of a beneficial interest in the Securities), as applicable. The Trustee shall limit access to Confidential Information received hereunder to (a) its directors, officers, managers and employees and (b) its legal advisors, to each of whom disclosure of Confidential Information is necessary for the purposes described above; provided , however , that in each case such party has expressly agreed to maintain such information in confidence under terms and conditions substantially identical to the terms of this Section 7.11.

The Trustee agrees that the Issuer or any Holder (or any holder of a beneficial interest in the Securities), as applicable, does not have any responsibility whatsoever for any reliance on Confidential Information by the Trustee or by any Person to whom such information is disclosed in connection with this Indenture, whether related to the purposes described above or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Trustee agrees that the Issuer or any Holder (or any holder of a beneficial interest in the Securities), as applicable, makes no representation or warranty whatsoever to it with respect to Confidential Information or its suitability for such purposes. The Trustee further agrees that it shall not acquire any rights against the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or any employee, officer, director, manager, representative or agent of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or any Holder (or any holder of a beneficial interest in the Securities), as applicable (together with the Issuer, “Confidential Parties”) as a result of the disclosure of Confidential Information to the Trustee and that no Confidential Party has any duty, responsibility, liability or obligation to any Person as a result of any such disclosure.

In the event the Trustee is required to disclose any Confidential Information received hereunder in order to comply with any laws, regulations or court orders, it may disclose such information only to the extent necessary for such compliance; provided , however , that it shall give the Issuer reasonable advance written notice of any court proceeding in which such disclosure may be required pursuant to a court order so as to afford the Issuer full and fair opportunity to oppose the issuance of such order and to appeal therefrom and shall cooperate reasonably with the Issuer in opposing such court order and in securing confidential treatment of any such information to be disclosed or obtaining a protective order narrowing the scope of such disclosure (in each case, at the Issuer’s sole cost and expense and to the extent permitted pursuant to such applicable law, regulation or court order).

 

103


Each of the Paying Agent and the Registrar agrees to be bound by this Section 7.11 to the same extent as the Trustee.

ARTICLE 8

DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE

SECTION 8.01. Discharge of Liability on Securities; Defeasance . This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect (except as to surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of Securities and certain rights of the Trustee, as expressly provided for in this Indenture) as to all outstanding Securities, and the Guarantees will be terminated, when:

(a) either (i) all the Securities theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than Securities pursuant to Section 2.08 that have been replaced or paid and Securities for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Issuer and thereafter repaid by the Issuer or discharged from such trust) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation or (ii) all of the Securities not theretofore delivered for cancellation (a) have become due and payable, (b) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year or (c) if redeemable at the option of the Issuer, are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer, and the Issuer has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee funds in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Securities not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, the Securities to the date of deposit, together with amounts sufficient to pay all other Obligations under this Indenture that are then due and payable and for which demand for payment has been made upon the Issuer and irrevocable instructions from the Issuer directing the Trustee to apply such funds to the payment thereof at maturity or redemption, as the case may be;

(b) the Issuer or the Guarantors have paid or caused to be paid all other sums due and payable under this Indenture; and

(c) the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent under this Indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with.

(d) Notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b) above, the Issuer’s obligations in Sections 2.04, 2.05, 2.06, 2.07, 2.08, 2.09, 6.07, 7.06 and 7.07 and in this Article 8 shall survive until the Securities have been paid in full. Thereafter, the Issuer’s obligations in Sections 7.06, 8.05 and 8.06 shall survive such satisfaction and discharge.

(e) Subject to Section 8.01(d) and Section 8.02, the Issuer at any time may terminate (i) all its obligations under the Securities and this Indenture (with respect to such Securities) (“legal defeasance option”) or (ii) its obligations under Sections 4.02, 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.16, 4.17, 4.18 and 4.19 and the operation of Section 4.08, Article 5 and Sections 6.01(c), 6.01(d), 6.01(e) (with respect to Restricted

 

104


Subsidiaries of the Issuer only), 6.01(f) (with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer only), 6.01(g) and 6.01(h) (“covenant defeasance option”). The Issuer may exercise its legal defeasance option notwithstanding its prior exercise of its covenant defeasance option. In the event that the Issuer terminates all of its obligations under the Securities and this Indenture (with respect to such Securities) by exercising its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option, the obligations of each Guarantor under its Guarantee of such Securities shall be terminated simultaneously with the termination of such obligations.

If the Issuer exercises its legal defeasance option, payment of the Securities so defeased may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default. If the Issuer exercises its covenant defeasance option, payment of the Securities so defeased may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(c), 6.01(d), 6.01(e) (to the extent such Section 6.01(e) applies to Subsidiaries), 6.01(f) (to the extent such Section 6.01(f) applies to Subsidiaries), 6.01(g) or 6.01(h) or because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with Article 5.

Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein and upon request of the Issuer, the Trustee shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of those obligations that the Issuer terminates.

SECTION 8.02. Conditions to Defeasance .

(a) The Issuer may exercise its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option only if:

(i) the Issuer irrevocably deposits in trust with the Trustee cash in

U.S. Dollars, U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof in an amount sufficient, or U.S. Government Obligations, the principal of and the interest on which will be sufficient, or a combination thereof sufficient, to pay the principal of and premium (if any) and interest on the Securities when due at maturity or redemption, as the case may be, including interest thereon to maturity or such Redemption Date;

(ii) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee a certificate from a firm of independent accountants expressing its opinion that the payments of principal and interest when due and without reinvestment on the deposited U.S. Government Obligations plus any deposited money without investment will provide cash at such times and in such amounts as will be sufficient to pay principal, premium, if any, and interest when due on all the Securities to maturity or redemption, as the case may be;

(iii) 123 days pass after the deposit is made and during the 123-day period no Default specified in Section 6.01(e) or Section 6.01(f) with respect to the Issuer occurs that is continuing at the end of the period;

(iv) the deposit does not constitute a default under any other agreement binding on the Issuer;

 

105


(v) in the case of the legal defeasance option, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of tax counsel of recognized standing in the United States stating that (1) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the IRS a ruling, or (2) since the date of this Indenture there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion of tax counsel of recognized standing in the United States shall confirm that, the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred;

(vi) in the case of the covenant defeasance option, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of tax counsel of recognized standing in the United States to the effect that the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred;

(vii) the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, such Holder’s Securities on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Securities shall not be impaired; and

(viii) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent to the defeasance and discharge of the Securities to be so defeased and discharged as contemplated by this Article 8 have been complied with.

(b) Before or after a deposit, the Issuer may make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the redemption of such Securities at a future date in accordance with Article 3.

SECTION 8.03. Application of Trust Money . The Trustee shall hold in trust money or U.S. Government Obligations (including proceeds thereof) deposited with it pursuant to this Article 8. It shall apply the deposited money and the money from U.S. Government Obligations through each Paying Agent and in accordance with this Indenture to the payment of principal of and interest on the Securities so discharged or defeased.

SECTION 8.04. Repayment to Issuer . Each of the Trustee and each Paying Agent shall promptly turn over to the Issuer upon request any money or U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in this Article 8 that, in the written opinion of a firm of independent public accountants recognized in the United States delivered to the Trustee (which delivery shall only be required if U.S. Government Obligations have been so deposited), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent discharge or defeasance in accordance with this Article 8.

 

106


Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, the Trustee and each Paying Agent shall pay to the Issuer upon written request any money held by them for the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years, and, thereafter, Holders entitled to the money must look to the Issuer for payment as general creditors, and the Trustee and each Paying Agent shall have no further liability with respect to such monies.

SECTION 8.05. Indemnity for Government Obligations . The Issuer shall pay and shall indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against deposited U.S. Government Obligations or the principal and interest received on such U.S. Government Obligations.

SECTION 8.06. Reinstatement . If the Trustee or any Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Article 8 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any Governmental Authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture and the Securities so discharged or defeased shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article 8 until such time as the Trustee or any Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Article 8; provided , however , that, if the Issuer has made any payment of principal of or interest on any such Securities because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Securities to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or any Paying Agent.

ARTICLE 9

AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

SECTION 9.01. Without Consent of the Holders . Notwithstanding Section 9.02, the Issuer, the Collateral Agent, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Securities or the Security Documents, and may waive any provision thereof, without notice to or consent of any Holder:

(i) to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency;

(ii) to provide for the assumption by a Successor Company of the obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Securities in accordance with the terms of this Indenture or otherwise to comply with Article 5;

(iii) to provide for the assumption by a Successor Guarantor of the obligations of a Guarantor under this Indenture and its Guarantee;

(iv) to provide for uncertificated Securities in addition to or in place of certificated Securities; provided , however , that the uncertificated Securities are issued in registered form for purposes of Sections 871(h)(2)(B) and 881(c)(2)(B) of the Code and United States Treasury Regulation Section 5f.103-1(c);

(v) to add additional Guarantees with respect to the Securities in accordance with the terms of this Indenture or to evidence the release, termination

 

107


or discharge of any Guarantee when such release, termination or discharge is permitted or required by this Indenture;

(vi) to add to the covenants of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred herein upon the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;

(vii) to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with qualifying or maintaining the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA (to the extent any such qualification is required);

(viii) to make any change that would provide additional rights or benefits to the Holders or to make any change that does not adversely affect the legal rights of any Holder;

(ix) to add additional assets as Notes Collateral to secure the Securities;

(x) to release Notes Collateral from the Lien pursuant to Section 11.03 or Section 8.12 of the Security Agreement;

(xi) to modify the Security Documents to accommodate and implement the Liens contemplated by clause (19)(z) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”;

(xii) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under this Indenture of a successor Trustee hereunder pursuant to the requirements hereof;

(xiii) to provide for or confirm the issuance of Additional Securities; or

(xiv) to make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Securities as permitted by this Indenture, including, to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Securities; provided , however , that (A) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in Securities being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (B) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Securities.

Upon the request of the Issuer, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 9.05, the Trustee shall join with the Issuer in the execution of any amended or supplemental Indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into such modified or amended indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. After an amendment under this Section 9.01 becomes effective, the Issuer shall provide to the Holders and the Trustee a written notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all Holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section 9.01.

 

108


SECTION 9.02. With Consent of the Holders .

(a) The Issuer, the Collateral Agent, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Securities and the Security Documents, and may waive any provision thereof (including the provisions of Section 4.08 and, subject to Section 6.04, any past Default), with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities then outstanding voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange for the Securities). However, without the consent of each Holder of an outstanding Security affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver may not:

(i) reduce the principal amount of Securities whose Holders must consent to an amendment;

(ii) reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest on any Security;

(iii) reduce the principal of or change the Stated Maturity of any Security (or reduce the amount of any payment of any installment of principal or change the due date in respect of the payment of any installment of principal);

(iv) reduce the premium payable upon the redemption of any Security or change the time at which any Security may be redeemed in accordance with Article 3;

(v) make any Security payable in currency other than that stated in such Security;

(vi) expressly subordinate the Securities or any Guarantees in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor or adversely affect the priority of any Liens securing the Securities;

(vii) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of or premium, if any, and interest on such Holder’s Securities on or after the due dates (or the due date in respect of the payment of any installment of principal) therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Securities;

(viii) make any change in Section 6.04 or the second sentence of this Section 9.02; or

(ix) except as expressly permitted by this Indenture, modify any Guarantee in any manner adverse to the Holders.

Without the consent of the Holders of at least two-thirds in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding, no amendment, supplement or waiver may release all or substantially all of the Notes Collateral from the Lien provided under this Indenture and the Security Documents with respect to the Securities or revise the proviso in Section 4.13(e) or the definition of “Required Debt Service Coverage Ratio”. Notwithstanding the foregoing (including

 

109


Section 9.02(a)(vii)), and for the avoidance of doubt, only the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding shall be required to approve any amendment, supplement or waiver to release any portion of the Notes Collateral that is less than all or substantially all of the Notes Collateral from the Lien provided under this Indenture and the Security Documents with respect to the Securities.

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

(b) After an amendment under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuer shall provide to the Holders a written notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all Holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section 9.02.

SECTION 9.03. Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers .

(a) A consent to an amendment, supplement or a waiver by a Holder of a Security shall bind the Holder and every subsequent Holder of that Security or portion of the Security that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Security, even if notation of the consent, supplement or waiver is not made on the Security. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent, supplement or waiver as to such Holder’s Security or portion of the Security if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date on which the Trustee receives an Officer’s Certificate from the Issuer certifying that the requisite principal amount of Securities have consented. After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Holder. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective upon the (i) receipt by the Issuer or the Trustee of consents by the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Securities, (ii) satisfaction of conditions to effectiveness as set forth in this Indenture and any indenture supplemental hereto containing such amendment, supplement or waiver, (iii) execution of such amendment or waiver (or supplemental indenture) by the Issuer, each Guarantor party hereto at such time, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent (if applicable) and (iv) delivery to the Trustee of the Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel required under Article 12.

(b) The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to give their consent or take any other action described above or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding Section 9.03(a), those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent previously given or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date.

SECTION 9.04. Notation on or Exchange of Securities . If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Security, the Issuer may require the Holder of the Security to deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the Security regarding the changed terms and return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Issuer or

 

110


the Trustee so determines, the Issuer in exchange for the Security shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Security that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or to issue a new Security shall not affect the validity of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

SECTION 9.05. Trustee to Sign Amendments . The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may but need not sign it. In signing such amendment, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive indemnity satisfactory to it and shall be provided with, and (subject to Section 7.01) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such amendment, supplement or waiver is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer and the Guarantors, enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.03).

SECTION 9.06. Payment for Consent . Neither the Issuer nor any Affiliate of the Issuer shall, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to any Holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Securities unless such consideration is offered to be paid to all Holders that so consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

SECTION 9.07. Additional Voting Terms; Calculation of Principal Amount . All Securities issued under this Indenture shall vote and consent together on all matters (as to which any of such Securities may vote) as one class. Determinations as to whether Holders of the requisite aggregate principal amount of Securities have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent shall be made in accordance with this Article 9 and Section 2.14.

ARTICLE 10

GUARANTEES

SECTION 10.01. Guarantees .

(a) Each Guarantor hereby jointly and severally with each other Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety on a senior unsecured basis to each Holder, the Trustee, the Collateral Agent and their respective successors and assigns (i) the full and punctual payment when due, whether on a Payment Date, at Stated Maturity, by acceleration, repurchase, or redemption or otherwise, of all obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture (including obligations to the Trustee) and the Securities, whether for payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on, the Securities and all other monetary obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture, the Securities and the Security Documents, and (ii) the full and punctual performance within applicable grace periods of all other obligations of the Issuer, whether for fees, expenses, indemnification or other amounts provided for under this Indenture, the Securities and the Security Documents (all the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the “Guaranteed Obligation”).

 

111


(b) Each Guarantor further agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from each such Guarantor, and that each such Guarantor shall remain bound under this Article 10 notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guaranteed Obligation.

(c) Each Guarantor waives to the extent permitted by applicable law presentation to, demand of payment from and protest to the Issuer of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and also waives to the extent permitted by applicable law notice of protest for nonpayment. Each Guarantor waives to the extent permitted by applicable law notice of any default under the Securities or the Guaranteed Obligations. The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected by (i) the failure of any Holder, the Trustee or the Collateral Agent to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Issuer or any other Person under this Indenture, the Securities, any Security Document, or any other agreement or otherwise; (ii) any extension or renewal of this Indenture, the Securities, any Security Document or any other agreement; (iii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Securities, any Security Document or any other agreement; (iv) the release of any security held by any Holder, the Trustee or the Collateral Agent for the Guaranteed Obligations or any Guarantor; (v) the failure of any Holder, the Trustee or the Collateral Agent to exercise any right or remedy against any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations; or (vi) any change in the ownership of such Guarantor, except as provided in Section 10.02(b).

(d) Each Guarantor hereby waives to the extent permitted by applicable law any right to which it may be entitled to have its obligations hereunder divided among the Guarantors, such that such Guarantor’s obligations would be less than the full amount claimed. Each Guarantor hereby waives to the extent permitted by applicable law any right to which it may be entitled to have the assets of the Issuer or any other Guarantor first be used and depleted as payment of the Issuer’s or such Guarantor’s obligations hereunder prior to any amounts being claimed from or paid by such Guarantor hereunder. Each Guarantor hereby waives to the extent permitted by applicable law any right to which it may be entitled to require that the Issuer be sued prior to an action being initiated against such Guarantor.

(e) Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein constitutes a guarantee of payment, performance and compliance when due (and not a guarantee of collection) and waives to the extent permitted by applicable law any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder, the Trustee or the Collateral Agent to any security held for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations.

(f) Except as expressly set forth in Sections 8.01 and 10.02, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each Guarantor herein shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by the failure of any Holder, the Trustee or the Collateral Agent to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under this Indenture, the Securities, any Security Document or any other

 

112


agreement, by any waiver or modification of any thereof, by any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the obligations, or by any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing that may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor or would otherwise operate as a discharge of any Guarantor as a matter of law or equity.

(g) Except as expressly set forth in Sections 8.01 and 10.02, each Guarantor agrees that its Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect until payment in full of its Guaranteed Obligations (other than Contingent Obligations for which no claim has been made). Except as expressly set forth in Sections 8.01 and 10.02, each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Holder or the Trustee upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Issuer or otherwise.

(h) In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right that any Holder, the Trustee or the Collateral Agent has at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Issuer to pay the principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, or to perform or comply with any other Guaranteed Obligation, each Guarantor hereby promises to and shall, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee in accordance with this Indenture, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Holders, the Trustee or the Collateral Agent an amount equal to the sum of (i) the unpaid principal amount of such Guaranteed Obligations, (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on such Guaranteed Obligations (but only to the extent not prohibited by applicable law) and (iii) all other monetary obligations of the Issuer then due to the Holders, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations.

(i) Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to exercise or assert any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all Guaranteed Obligations (other than Contingent Obligations for which no claim has been made). Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between it, on the one hand, and the Holders, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent, on the other hand, (i) the maturity of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 for the purposes of any Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby, and (ii) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such Guaranteed Obligations as provided in Article 6, such Guaranteed Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by such Guarantor for the purposes of this Section 10.01.

(j) Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable and documented attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee, the Collateral Agent or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section 10.01.

(k) Each Guarantor shall execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as the Trustee may reasonably request that may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture.

 

113


SECTION 10.02. Limitation on Liability .

(a) Any term or provision of this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum aggregate amount of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereunder by any Guarantor shall not exceed the maximum amount that, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under its Guarantee or pursuant to its contribution obligations under this Indenture, can be guaranteed hereby without rendering the Guarantee, as it relates to such Guarantor, void or voidable under applicable laws relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

(b) Notwithstanding Section 10.01, a Guarantee as to any Guarantor shall terminate and be of no further force or effect and such Guarantor shall be deemed to be automatically and without any further action released from all obligations under this Article 10 upon:

(i) the sale, disposition, exchange or other transfer (including through merger, consolidation, amalgamation or otherwise) of the Capital Stock of the applicable Guarantor if (x) such sale, disposition, exchange or other transfer is made to a Person that is not the Issuer in a manner not in violation of this Indenture and (y) after giving effect to such sale, disposition, exchange or other transfer, such Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary;

(ii) the Issuer designating such Guarantor to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the provisions set forth in Section 4.04 and the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary”;

(iii) the Issuer’s exercise of the Issuer’s legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance option in accordance with Section 8.01 or if the obligations of the Issuer and such Guarantor under this Indenture are discharged in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;

(iv) the liquidation or dissolution of a Guarantor if permitted by the terms of this Indenture (other than in connection with any insolvency or bankruptcy of such Guarantor); or

(v) such Guarantor becoming a Foreign Subsidiary, Receivables Subsidiary or PPA Company.

SECTION 10.03. Successors and Assigns . This Article 10 shall be binding upon each Guarantor and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the Trustee, the Collateral Agent and the Holders and their successors and assigns and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any Holder, the Collateral Agent or the Trustee, the rights and privileges conferred upon that party in this Indenture and in the Securities shall automatically extend to and be vested in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions of this Indenture.

 

114


SECTION 10.04. No Waiver . Neither a failure nor a delay on the part of the Trustee, the Collateral Agent or the Holders in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Article 10 shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise of any right, power or privilege. The rights, remedies and benefits of the Trustee, the Collateral Agent and the Holders herein expressly specified are cumulative and not exclusive of any other rights, remedies or benefits that any of them may have under this Article 10 at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise.

SECTION 10.05. Execution of Supplemental Indenture for Future Guarantors . Each Person that is required to become a Guarantor after the Issue Date pursuant to Section 4.10 shall promptly execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture in the form of Exhibit C pursuant to which such Person shall become a Guarantor under this Article 10 and shall guarantee the Guaranteed Obligations. Concurrently with the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture, the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel and an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that such supplemental indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Person and that, subject to the application of Bankruptcy Laws and to the principles of equity, whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity, and other customary exceptions or qualifications, the Guarantee of such Guarantor is a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Guarantor, enforceable against such Guarantor in accordance with its terms.

SECTION 10.06. No Impairment . The failure to endorse a Guarantee on any Security shall not affect or impair the validity thereof. If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture or the notation of Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Securities, the Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless.

ARTICLE 11

SECURITY DOCUMENTS

SECTION 11.01. Collateral and Security Documents . The full and punctual payment of the principal of and interest on the Securities when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether on a Payment Date, at Stated Maturity, or by acceleration, repurchase, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Securities and performance of all other obligations of the Issuer to the Holders, the Trustee or the Collateral Agent under this Indenture, the Securities and the Security Documents, according to the terms hereunder or thereunder, shall be secured as provided in the Security Documents. The Trustee and the Issuer hereby acknowledge and agree that the Collateral Agent holds the Notes Collateral in trust for the benefit of itself, the Trustee and the Holders, in each case pursuant to the terms of the Security Documents. Each Holder, by accepting a Security, appoints U.S. Bank National Association as Collateral Agent and consents and agrees to the terms of the Security Documents (including the provisions providing for the possession, use, release and foreclosure of Notes Collateral) as the same may be in effect or may be amended from time to time in accordance with their respective terms and this Indenture, and authorizes and directs the Trustee to enter into the Security Documents and to bind the Holders to the terms thereof and to perform its obligations and exercise its rights thereunder in accordance therewith. The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee (if it is not then also appointed and serving as Collateral Agent) copies of all

 

115


documents delivered to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Security Documents, and will do or cause to be done all such acts and things as may be reasonably required by the next sentence of this Section 11.01, to assure and confirm to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent the Liens on the Notes Collateral contemplated hereby, by the Security Documents or by any part thereof, as from time to time constituted, so as to render the same available for the security and benefit of this Indenture and of the Securities secured hereby, according to the intent and purposes herein expressed. The Issuer shall take any and all actions specified herein or in the Security Documents and reasonably required to cause the Security Documents to create and maintain at all times, as security for the Obligations of the Issuer, a valid and enforceable perfected Lien on all of the Notes Collateral (subject to the terms of the Security Documents), in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of itself, the Trustee and the Holders under the Security Documents. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture or any Security Document, in no event shall the Collateral Agent be responsible for, or have any duty or obligation with respect to, the recording, filing, registering, perfection, protection or maintenance of the security interests or other Liens intended to be created by this Indenture or the Security Documents (including the filing or continuation of any Uniform Commercial Code financing or continuation statements or similar documents or instruments), nor shall the Collateral Agent be responsible for, and the Collateral Agent makes no representation regarding, the validity, effectiveness or priority of any of the Security Documents or the security interests or other Liens intended to be created thereby.

SECTION 11.02. Recordings and Opinions . The Issuer shall furnish to the Collateral Agent and the Trustee on or before the time when the Issuer is required to provide annual financials pursuant to Section 4.02 with respect to the preceding fiscal year an Opinion of Counsel:

(i) stating substantially to the effect that, in the opinion of such counsel, other than actions that have been taken, no further action was necessary to maintain the perfection of the security interest in the collateral described in both the applicable UCC-1 financing statement and the Security Agreement and for which perfection under the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of Delaware may occur by the filing of a UCC-1 financing statement with the appropriate filing office of the State of Delaware; or

(ii) to the effect that, in the opinion of such counsel, no such action is necessary to maintain such Lien under this Indenture and the Security Documents.

SECTION 11.03. Release of Collateral .

(a) Subject to Sections 11.03(b) and 11.04, the Notes Collateral securing the Securities will automatically and without the need for any further action be released:

(1) in whole, upon payment in full of the principal of, together with premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on, the Securities and all other Obligations (other than Contingent Obligations for which no demand has been made to the Issuer) under this Indenture, the Guarantees and the Security Documents that are due and payable at or prior to the time such principal, together with accrued and unpaid interest, are paid

 

116


(including pursuant to a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture in accordance with Article 8);

(2) in whole, upon a legal defeasance or covenant defeasance under this Indenture in accordance with Article 8;

(3) in part, as to any property that is sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by the Issuer in a transaction that is not prohibited by this Indenture at the time of such sale, transfer or disposition;

(4) in part, in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Security Documents; and

(5) as provided in Section 4.13.

Upon receipt of an Officer’s Certificate certifying that all conditions precedent under this Indenture and the Security Documents, if any, to such release have been met and any necessary or proper (as determined by the Issuer) instruments of termination, satisfaction or release have been prepared by the Issuer, the Collateral Agent shall execute, deliver or acknowledge (at the Issuer’s expense) such instruments or releases to evidence the release of any Notes Collateral permitted to be released pursuant to this Indenture or the Security Documents and shall be deemed not to hold a Lien in the applicable Notes Collateral on behalf of the Trustee and shall do or cause to be done all further acts reasonably requested by the Issuer to release such Lien as soon as is reasonably practicable, any such release to be made without any recourse, representation or warranty of the Collateral Agent.

(b) At any time when a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the maturity of the Securities has been accelerated (whether by declaration or otherwise) and the Trustee (if not then also appointed and serving as Collateral Agent) has delivered a notice of acceleration to the Collateral Agent, no release of Notes Collateral pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture or the Security Documents will be effective as against the Holders.

SECTION 11.04. Permitted Releases Not To Impair Lien . The release of any Notes Collateral from the terms hereof and of the Security Documents or the release of, in whole or in part, the Liens created by the Security Documents, will not be deemed to impair the security under this Indenture in contravention of the provisions hereof if and to the extent the Notes Collateral or Liens are released pursuant to the applicable Security Documents and the terms of this Article 11. Each of the Holders acknowledges that a release of Notes Collateral or a Lien in accordance with the terms of the Security Documents and of this Article 11 will not be deemed for any purpose to be in contravention of the terms of this Indenture. The Issuer and the Guarantors will not be required to comply with Section 314(d) of the TIA in connection with any release of Notes Collateral.

SECTION 11.05. Suits To Protect the Collateral . Subject to the provisions of Article 7, the Trustee in its sole discretion and without the consent of the Holders, on behalf of the Holders, may or may direct the Collateral Agent to take all actions it deems necessary or appropriate in order to:

 

117


(a) enforce any of the terms of the Security Documents; and

(b) collect and receive any and all amounts payable in respect of the obligations of the Issuer hereunder or under any Securities or the Security Documents.

Subject to the provisions of the Security Documents, the Trustee shall have the power (but not the obligation) to institute and to maintain such suits and proceedings as it may deem expedient to prevent any impairment of the Notes Collateral by any acts that may be unlawful or in violation of any of the Security Documents or this Indenture, and such suits and proceedings as the Trustee, in its sole discretion, may deem expedient to preserve or protect its interests and the interests of the Holders in the Notes Collateral (including the power to institute and maintain suits or proceedings to restrain the enforcement of or compliance with any legislative or other governmental enactment, rule or order that may be unconstitutional or otherwise invalid if the enforcement of, or compliance with, such enactment, rule or order would impair the Lien on the Notes Collateral or be prejudicial to the interests of the Holders or the Trustee).

SECTION 11.06. Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Trustee Under the Security Documents . The Trustee is authorized (a) to receive any funds for the benefit of the Holders distributed under the Security Documents and (b) to make further distributions of such funds to the Holders according to the provisions of this Indenture.

SECTION 11.07. Purchaser Protected . In no event shall any purchaser in good faith of any property purported to be released hereunder be bound to ascertain the authority of the Collateral Agent or the Trustee to execute the release or to inquire as to the satisfaction of any conditions required by the provisions hereof for the exercise of such authority or to see to the application of any consideration given by such purchaser or other transferee; nor shall any purchaser or other transferee of any property or rights permitted by this Article 11 to be sold be under any obligation to ascertain or inquire into the authority of the Issuer to make any such sale or other transfer.

SECTION 11.08. Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Trustee . In case the Notes Collateral shall be in the possession of a receiver or trustee, lawfully appointed, the powers conferred in this Article 11 upon the Issuer with respect to the release, sale or other disposition of such property may be exercised by such receiver or trustee, and an instrument signed by such receiver or trustee shall be deemed the equivalent of any similar instrument of the Issuer or of any officer or officers thereof required by the provisions of this Article 11; and if the Trustee shall be in the possession of the Notes Collateral under any provision of this Indenture, then such powers may be exercised by the Trustee.

SECTION 11.09. Collateral Agent .

(a) U.S. Bank National Association shall initially act as Collateral Agent and shall be authorized to appoint co-Collateral Agents as necessary in its sole discretion. Except as otherwise explicitly provided herein or in the Security Documents, neither the Collateral Agent nor any of its officers, directors, employees or agents shall be liable for failure to demand, collect or realize upon any of the Notes Collateral or for any delay in doing so or shall be under any

 

118


obligation to sell or otherwise dispose of any Notes Collateral upon the request of any other Person or to take any other action whatsoever with regard to the Notes Collateral or any part thereof. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Indenture or the Security Documents, the duties of the Collateral Agent shall be ministerial and administrative in nature, and the Collateral Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth in this Indenture and in the Security Documents to which the Collateral Agent is a party, nor shall the Collateral Agent have or be deemed to have any trust or other fiduciary relationship with the Trustee, any Holder, the Issuer or any Guarantor, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Indenture or the Security Documents or shall otherwise exist against the Collateral Agent. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, the use of the term “agent” or “Agent” in this Indenture and the Security Documents with reference to the Collateral Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable law. Instead, such term is used merely as a matter of market custom and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between independent contracting parties. The Collateral Agent shall be accountable only for amounts that it actually receives as a result of the exercise of such powers, and neither the Collateral Agent nor any of its officers, directors, employees or agents shall be responsible for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for its own willful misconduct or gross negligence (as determined by a final, non-appealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction).

(b) The Collateral Agent is authorized and directed to (i) enter into the Security Documents, (ii) bind the Holders on the terms as set forth in the Security Documents and (iii) perform and observe its obligations under the Security Documents.

(c) The Collateral Agent shall act pursuant to the instructions of the Holders and the Trustee with respect to the Security Documents and the Notes Collateral. For the avoidance of doubt, the Collateral Agent shall have no discretion under this Indenture or the Security Documents and shall not be required to make or give any determination, consent, approval, request or direction without the written direction of the requisite Holders or the Trustee, as applicable. After the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Trustee may direct the Collateral Agent in connection with any action required or permitted by this Indenture or the Security Documents.

(d) The Collateral Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, unless the Collateral Agent shall have received written notice from the Trustee, a Holder or the Issuer referring to this Indenture, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default”. The Collateral Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as may be requested by the Trustee or the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities subject to this Article 11.

(e) No provision of this Indenture or any Security Document shall require the Collateral Agent (or the Trustee) to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or thereunder or to take or omit to take any action hereunder or thereunder or take any action at the request or direction of Holders (or the Trustee in the case of the Collateral Agent) if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing

 

119


that repayment of such funds is not assured to it. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture or the Security Documents, in the event the Collateral Agent is entitled or required to commence an action to foreclose or otherwise exercise its remedies to acquire control or possession of the Notes Collateral, the Collateral Agent shall not be required to commence any such action, exercise any remedy, inspect or conduct any studies of any property or take any such other action if the Collateral Agent has determined that the Collateral Agent may incur personal liability as a result of the presence at, or release on or from, the Notes Collateral or such property of any hazardous substances unless the Collateral Agent has received security or indemnity from the Holders in an amount and in a form all satisfactory to the Collateral Agent in its sole discretion, protecting the Collateral Agent from all such liability. The Collateral Agent shall at any time be entitled to cease taking any action described in this Section 11.09(e) if it no longer reasonably deems any indemnity, security or undertaking from the Issuer or the Holders to be sufficient.

(f) The Collateral Agent shall not be responsible in any manner to any of the Trustee or any Holder for the validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Indenture or the Security Documents or for any failure of the Issuer, any Guarantor or any other party to this Indenture or the Security Documents to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. The Collateral Agent shall not be under any obligation to the Trustee or any Holder to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Indenture or the Security Documents or to inspect the properties, books or records of the Issuer.

(g) The parties hereto and the Holders hereby agree and acknowledge that the Collateral Agent shall not assume, be responsible for or otherwise be obligated for any liabilities, claims, causes of action, suits, losses, allegations, requests, demands, penalties, fines, settlements, damages (including foreseeable and unforeseeable), judgments, expenses and costs (including any remediation, corrective action, response, removal or remedial action, or investigation, operations and maintenance or monitoring costs, for personal injury or property damages, real or personal) of any kind whatsoever, pursuant to any environmental law as a result of this Indenture or the Security Documents or any actions taken pursuant hereto or thereto. Further, the parties hereto and the Holders hereby agree and acknowledge that, in the exercise of its rights under this Indenture and the Security Documents, the Collateral Agent may hold or obtain indicia of ownership primarily to protect the security interest of the Collateral Agent in the Notes Collateral and that any such actions taken by the Collateral Agent shall not be construed as or otherwise constitute any participation in the management of such Notes Collateral.

(h) Upon the receipt by the Collateral Agent of a written request of the Issuer signed by two Officers pursuant to this Section 11.09(i) (a “Security Document Order”), the Collateral Agent is hereby authorized to execute and enter into, and shall execute and enter into, without the further consent of any Holder or the Trustee, any Security Document to be executed after the Issue Date. Such Security Document Order shall (i) state that it is being delivered to the Collateral Agent pursuant to, and is a Security Document Order referred to in, this Section 11.09(i) and (ii) instruct the Collateral Agent to execute and enter into such Security Document. Any such execution of a Security Document shall be at the direction and expense of the Issuer, upon delivery to the Collateral Agent of an Officer’s Certificate stating that all conditions

 

120


precedent to the execution and delivery of such Security Document have been satisfied. The Holders, by their acceptance of the Securities, hereby authorize and direct the Collateral Agent to execute such Security Documents.

(i) The Collateral Agent’s resignation or removal shall be governed by provisions equivalent to Section 7.07(a), Section 7.07(b), Section 7.07(c), Section 7.07(d) and Section 7.07(f).

(j) The Collateral Agent shall be entitled to all of the protections, immunities, indemnities, rights and privileges of the Trustee set forth in this Indenture, and all such protections, immunities, indemnities, rights and privileges shall apply to the Collateral Agent in its roles under any Security Document, whether or not expressly stated therein.

ARTICLE 12

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 12.01. Notices .

(a) Any notice or communication required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and delivered in person, via facsimile, via overnight courier or via first-class mail addressed as follows:

if to the Issuer or a Guarantor:

Bloom Energy Corporation

1299 Orleans Drive

Sunnyvale, California 94089

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: (408) 543-1004

if to the Trustee or to the Collateral Agent:

U.S. Bank National Association

Global Corporate Trust Services

633 West Fifth Street, 24th Floor

Los Angeles, California 90071

Attention: Bradley Scarbrough (Bloom Energy 2017

Indenture)

Facsimile: (213) 615-6197

The Issuer or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. Any notice, direction, request or demand hereunder to or upon the Trustee or the Collateral Agent shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, upon actual receipt by the Trustee or the Collateral Agent if given or served by being deposited postage prepaid by registered or certified mail in a post office letter box addressed to the Corporate Trust Office or sent electronically in PDF format.

 

121


(b) Any notice or communication mailed to a Holder shall be mailed, first- class mail, or may be sent via overnight courier, to the Holder at the Holder’s address as it appears on the registration books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given if so mailed or deposited with the overnight courier within the time prescribed. Any notice or communication to be delivered to a Holder of Global Securities shall be delivered in accordance with the applicable procedures of the Depository and shall be sufficiently given to such Holder if so delivered to the Depository within the time prescribed.

(c) Failure to provide a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given and provided, whether or not the addressee receives it, except that notices to the Trustee are effective only if received.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or any Security, where this Indenture or any Security provides for notice of any event (including any notice of repurchase) to a Holder (whether by mail or otherwise), such notice shall be sufficiently given (in the case of a Global Security) if given to the Depository (or its designee) pursuant to the standing instructions from the Depository or its designee, including by electronic mail in accordance with accepted practices or procedures at the Depository.

SECTION 12.02. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent . Upon any request or application by the Issuer to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at the request of the Trustee:

(a) an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

(b) an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with.

SECTION 12.03. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion . Each Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture (other than pursuant to Section 4.02(c)) shall include:

(a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

(b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

 

122


(d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such covenant or condition has been complied with; provided , however , that with respect to matters of fact an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate or certificates of public officials.

SECTION 12.04. When Securities Disregarded . In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Securities have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Securities owned by the Issuer, any Guarantor or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Issuer or any Guarantor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Securities that the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Subject to the foregoing, only Securities outstanding at the time shall be considered in any such determination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any such Person or Persons owns 100% of the Securities, such Securities shall not be so disregarded as aforesaid.

SECTION 12.05. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar . The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or a meeting of the Holders. The Registrar and a Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions.

SECTION 12.06. Legal Holidays . If a Payment Date, Stated Maturity in respect of the Securities, Change of Control Repurchase Date or Redemption Date is not a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, and no interest shall accrue on any amount that would have been otherwise payable on such initial date if it were a Business Day for the intervening period. If a Record Date is not a Business Day, the Record Date shall not be affected.

SECTION 12.07. GOVERNING LAW; SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; WAIVER OF IMMUNITY . THIS INDENTURE, THE SECURITIES AND THE SECURITY DOCUMENTS SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW (OTHER THAN SECTIONS 5- 1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW) EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THAT LOCAL LAW GOVERNS THE CREATION, PERFECTION, PRIORITY OR ENFORCEMENT OF SECURITY INTERESTS. The Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee and, by its acceptance of a Security, each Holder (and holder of beneficial interests in a Security) hereby submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the federal and state courts of competent jurisdiction in the Borough of Manhattan in The City of New York in any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Indenture or the transactions contemplated hereby. To the extent that the Issuer or any Guarantor may in any jurisdiction claim for itself or its assets immunity (to the extent such immunity may now or hereafter exist, whether on the grounds of sovereign immunity or otherwise) from suit, execution, attachment (whether in aid of execution, before judgment or otherwise) or other legal process (whether through service of notice or otherwise), and to the extent that in any such jurisdiction there may be attributed to itself or its assets such immunity (whether or not claimed), such Issuer or Guarantor, as applicable, irrevocably agrees with respect to any matter arising under this Indenture for the benefit of the Holders not to claim, and irrevocably waives, such immunity to the full extent permitted by the laws of such jurisdiction.

 

123


SECTION 12.08. No Recourse Against Others . No director, officer, employee, manager, incorporator or holder of any Equity Interests in the Issuer or in any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the Securities, this Indenture or the Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Securities by accepting a Security waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Securities.

SECTION 12.09. Successors . All agreements of the Issuer and each Guarantor in this Indenture and the Securities shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.

SECTION 12.10. Multiple Originals . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. One signed copy is enough to prove this Indenture. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

SECTION 12.11. Table of Contents; Headings . The table of contents and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

SECTION 12.12. Indenture Controls . If and to the extent that any provision of the Securities limits, qualifies or conflicts with a provision of this Indenture, such provision of this Indenture shall control.

SECTION 12.13. Severability . In case any provision in this Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability.

SECTION 12.14. Currency of Account; Conversion of Currency; Currency Exchange Restrictions .

(a) U.S. Dollars are the sole currency of account and payment for all sums payable by the Issuer and the Guarantors under or in connection with the Securities, the Guarantees and this Indenture, including damages related thereto. Any amount received or recovered in a currency other than U.S. Dollars by a Holder (whether as a result of, or as a result of the enforcement of, a judgment or order of a court of any jurisdiction, in the winding-up or dissolution of the Issuer or otherwise) in respect of any sum expressed to be due to it from the Issuer or a Guarantor shall only constitute a discharge to the Issuer or any such Guarantor to the extent of the U.S. Dollar amount, which the recipient is able to purchase with the amount so received or recovered in that other currency on the date of that receipt or recovery (or, if it is not practicable to make that purchase on that date, on the first date on which it is practicable to do

 

124


so). If that U.S. Dollar amount is less than the U.S. Dollar amount expressed to be due to the recipient under the applicable Securities, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall indemnify it against any loss sustained by it as a result as set forth in Section 12.14(b). In any event, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall indemnify the recipient against the cost of making any such purchase. For the purposes of this Section 12.14, it will be sufficient for the Holder of a Security to certify in a satisfactory manner (indicating sources of information used) that it would have suffered a loss had an actual purchase of U.S. Dollars been made with the amount so received in that other currency on the date of receipt or recovery (or, if a purchase of U.S. Dollars on such date had not been practicable, on the first date on which it would have been practicable, it being required that the need for a change of date be certified in the manner mentioned above).

(b) The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, covenant and agree that the following provisions shall apply to conversion of currency in the case of the Securities, the Guarantees and this Indenture:

(i) if for the purpose of obtaining judgment in, or enforcing the judgment of, any court in any country, it becomes necessary to convert into a currency (the “Judgment Currency”) an amount due in any other currency (the “Base Currency”), then the conversion shall be made at the rate of exchange prevailing on the Business Day before the day on which the judgment is given or the order of enforcement is made, as the case may be (unless a court shall otherwise determine);

(ii) if there is a change in the rate of exchange prevailing between the Business Day before the day on which the judgment is given or an order of enforcement is made, as the case may be (or such other date as a court shall determine), and the date of receipt of the amount due, the Issuer and the Guarantors will pay such additional (or, as the case may be, such lesser) amount, if any, as may be necessary so that the amount paid in the Judgment Currency when converted at the rate of exchange prevailing on the date of receipt will produce the amount in the Base Currency originally due; and

(iii) in the event of the winding-up of the Issuer or any Guarantor at any time while any amount or damages owing under the Securities, the Guarantees and this Indenture, or any judgment or order rendered in respect thereof, shall remain outstanding, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall indemnify and hold the Holders and the Trustee harmless against any deficiency arising or resulting from any variation in rates of exchange between (A) the date as of which the non-U.S. currency equivalent of the amount due or contingently due under the Securities, the Guarantees and this Indenture (other than under this subsection (b)(iii)) is calculated for the purposes of such winding-up and (B) the final date for the filing of proofs of claim in such winding-up (which shall be the date fixed by the liquidator or otherwise in accordance with the relevant provisions of applicable law as being the latest practicable date as at which liabilities of the Issuer or such Guarantor may be ascertained for such winding-up prior to payment by the liquidator or otherwise in respect thereof).

 

125


(c) The obligations contained in this Section 12.14 shall constitute separate and independent obligations from the other obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under this Indenture, shall give rise to separate and independent causes of action against the Issuer and the Guarantors, shall apply irrespective of any waiver or extension granted by any Holder or the Trustee or either of them from time to time and shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any judgment or order or the filing of any proof of claim in the winding-up of the Issuer or any Guarantor for a liquidated sum in respect of amounts due hereunder (other than under subsection (b)(iii) above) or under any such judgment or order. Any such deficiency as aforesaid shall be deemed to constitute a loss suffered by the Holders or the Trustee, as the case may be, and no proof or evidence of any actual loss shall be required by the Issuer or any Guarantor or the liquidator or otherwise or any of them. In the case of subsection (b)(iii) above, the amount of such deficiency shall not be deemed to be reduced by any variation in rates of exchange occurring between the said final date and the date of any liquidating distribution.

(d) For purposes of this Section 12.14, the term “rate(s) of exchange” shall mean the rate of exchange quoted by Reuters at 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) for spot purchases of the Base Currency with the Judgment Currency and includes any premiums and costs of exchange payable.

SECTION 12.15. Tax Matters .

(a) The Issuer has entered into this Indenture, and the Securities will be issued, with the intention that, for all tax purposes, the Securities will qualify as indebtedness. The Issuer, by entering into this Indenture, and each Holder and beneficial owner of Securities, agree to treat the Securities as indebtedness for all tax purposes.

(b) If Definitive Securities are issued, (i) if any withholding tax is imposed on the Issuer’s payment under the Securities to any Holder or beneficial holder of Securities, such tax shall reduce the amount otherwise distributable to such Holder or beneficial holder, as the case may be, (ii) the Trustee is hereby authorized and directed to retain from amounts otherwise distributable to any Holder or beneficial holder of Securities sufficient funds for the payment of any withholding tax that is legally owed by the Issuer (but such authorization shall not prevent the Trustee from contesting any such withholding tax in appropriate proceedings and withholding payment of such tax, if permitted by applicable law, pending the outcome of such proceedings) and (iii) the amount of any withholding tax imposed with respect to any Holder or beneficial holder of Securities shall be treated as cash distributed to such Holder or beneficial holder, as the case may be, at the time it is withheld by the Trustee and remitted to the appropriate taxing authority. If there is a possibility that withholding tax is payable with respect to a payment under the Securities, the Trustee may (but shall have no obligation to) withhold such amounts in accordance with this Section 12.15. Nothing herein shall impose an obligation on the part of the Trustee to determine the amount of any tax or withholding obligation on the part of the Issuer or in respect of the Securities.

SECTION 12.16. USA PATRIOT Act . The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the USA PATRIOT Act, the Trustee, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Person that establishes a relationship

 

126


or opens an account with the Trustee. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information as it may request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act.

SECTION 12.17. WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY . EACH OF THE ISSUER, EACH GUARANTOR, THE TRUSTEE AND THE COLLATERAL AGENT HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE SECURITIES OR THE TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

SECTION 12.18. Limited Incorporation of the TIA . This Indenture is not subject to the mandatory provisions of the TIA. The provisions of the TIA are not incorporated by reference in or made part of this Indenture unless specifically provided herein.

{Remainder of page intentionally left blank}

 

127


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION
a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ Randy Furr

Name:   Randy Furr
Title:   Chief Financial Officer and Secretary
RYE CREEK LLC
a Delaware limited liability company
By: Bloom Energy Corporation, its sole member
By:  

/s/ Randy Furr

  Name:   Randy Furr
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

{Signature Page to the Indenture}


U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee

By:  

/s/ Bradley E. Scarbrough

Name:   Bradley E. Scarbrough
Title:   Vice President

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Collateral Agent

By:  

/s/ Bradley E. Scarbrough

Name:   Bradley E. Scarbrough
Title:   Vice President

{Signature Page to the Indenture}


APPENDIX A

PROVISIONS RELATING TO SECURITIES

1. Definitions .

1.1 Definitions .

For the purposes of this Appendix A, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated below (and if not defined in this Appendix A, capitalized terms used herein shall have the meaning set forth in this Indenture):

“Accredited Investor” means an “accredited investor” as defined in subclause (1), (2), (3) or (7) of Rule 501 that is not (i) a QIB or (ii) a Person other than a U.S. Person that acquires Securities in reliance on Regulation S.

“Definitive Security” means a certificated Security (bearing the Restricted Securities Legend or the Regulation S Legend if the transfer of such Security is restricted by applicable law) that does not include the Global Securities Legend.

“Depository” means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and their respective successors.

“Global Securities Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.2(f)(i)(C) herein.

“Global Security” means a certificated Security (bearing the Restricted Securities Legend or the Regulation S Legend if the transfer of such Security is restricted by applicable law) that includes the Global Securities Legend. The term “Global Securities” includes Rule 144A Global Securities and Regulation S Global Securities.

“Purchase Agreement” means the Note Purchase Agreement dated June 29, 2017, among the Issuer, the guarantor party thereto and the investors party thereto.

“QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

“Regulation S” means Regulation S under the Securities Act.

“Regulation S Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.2(f)(i)(B) herein.

“Regulation S Securities” means all Securities offered and sold outside the United States in reliance on Regulation S.

“Restricted Period”, with respect to any Regulation S Securities, means the period of 40 consecutive days beginning on and including the later of (a) the day on which such Securities are first offered to persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S) in reliance on Regulation S, notice of which day shall be promptly given by the Issuer to the Trustee, and (b) the date of issuance of such Securities.

 

A-1


“Restricted Securities Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.2(f)(i)(A) herein.

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

“Rule 144A Securities” means all Securities privately placed with QIBs. “Rule 501” means Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act.

“Rule 506” means Rule 506 under the Securities Act.

“Securities Custodian” means the custodian with respect to a Global Security (as appointed by the Depository) or any successor person thereto, who shall initially be the Trustee.

“Transfer Restricted Definitive Securities” means Definitive Securities that bear or are required to bear or are subject to the Restricted Securities Legend or the Regulation S Legend.

“Transfer Restricted Global Securities” means Global Securities that bear or are required to bear or are subject to the Restricted Securities Legend or the Regulation S Legend.

“Unrestricted Definitive Securities” means Definitive Securities that are not required to bear, and are not subject to, the Restricted Securities Legend or the Regulation S Legend.

“Unrestricted Global Securities” means Global Securities that are not required to bear, and are not subject to, the Restricted Securities Legend or the Regulation S Legend.

“U.S. Person” means a “U.S. person” as defined in Regulation S.

 

A-2


1.2 Other Definitions .

 

Term:

   Defined in Section:  

Agent Members

     2.1 (b) 

Regulation S Global Securities

     2.1 (b) 

Rule 144A Global Securities

     2.1 (b) 

2. The Securities .

2.1 Form and Dating; Global Securities .

(a) Issuance and Transfers . The Securities issued by the Issuer will be (i) privately placed by the Issuer pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and (ii) sold initially only to (1) QIBs, (2) Persons other than U.S. Persons in reliance on Regulation S and (3) Accredited Investors. Such Securities may thereafter be transferred to, among others, QIBs, purchasers in reliance on Regulation S and Accredited Investors.

(b) Global Securities. (i) Except as provided in clause (c) below, Rule 144A Securities initially shall be represented by one or more Securities in definitive, fully registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, the “Rule 144A Global Securities”).

Regulation S Securities initially shall be represented by one or more Securities in fully registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, the “Regulation S Global Securities”), which shall be registered in the name of the Depository for the accounts of designated agents.

The Global Securities shall bear the Global Securities Legend. The Global Securities initially shall (i) be registered in the name of the Depository, in each case for credit to an account of an Agent Member, (ii) be delivered to the Securities Custodian, (iii) bear the Restricted Securities Legend and (iv) if applicable, bear the Regulation S Legend.

Members of, or direct or indirect participants in, the Depository (collectively, the “Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Security held on their behalf by the Depository, or the Trustee as its custodian, or under the Global Securities. The Depository may be treated by the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee as the absolute owner of the Global Securities for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuer, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depository, or impair, as between the Depository and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of any Security.

The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices, Confidentiality Agreements and other written communications received pursuant to this Section 2.1 or Section 2.2 herein. The Issuer, at its sole cost and expense, shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all

 

A-3


such letters, notices, Confidentiality Agreements or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable written notice to the Registrar.

(ii) Transfers of Global Securities shall be limited to transfer in whole, but not in part, to the Depository. Interests of beneficial owners in the Global Securities may be transferred or exchanged for Definitive Securities only in accordance with the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository and the provisions of Section 2.2 herein. In addition, a Global Security shall be exchangeable for Definitive Securities if (x) the Depository (1) notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depository for such Global Security and the Issuer thereupon fails to appoint a successor depository or (2) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act or (y) there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default with respect to such Global Security. In all cases, Definitive Securities delivered in exchange for any Global Security or beneficial interests therein shall be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the Depository in accordance with its customary procedures.

(iii) In connection with the transfer of a Global Security as an entirety to beneficial owners pursuant to Section 2.1(b)(ii) herein, such Global Security shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, to each beneficial owner identified by the Depository in writing in exchange for its beneficial interest in such Global Security, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Securities of authorized denominations.

(iv) Any Transfer Restricted Definitive Security delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Security pursuant to Section 2.2 herein shall, except as otherwise provided in Section 2.2 herein, bear the Restricted Securities Legend and, if applicable, the Regulation S Legend.

(v) The Holder of any Global Security may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action that a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Securities.

(c) Definitive Securities. To the extent that the purchaser of a Security is an Accredited Investor or otherwise cannot or opts not to hold a beneficial interest in a Global Security, then such Security shall be represented by one or more Definitive Securities.

2.2 Transfer and Exchange .

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Securities. A Global Security may not be transferred as a whole except as set forth in Section 2.1(b) herein. Global Securities will not be exchanged by the Issuer for Definitive Securities except under the circumstances described in Section 2.1(b)(ii) herein. Global Securities also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.08 and 2.10 of this Indenture. Beneficial interests in a Global Security may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.2(b) herein or Section 2.2(g) herein.

 

A-4


(b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Global Securities . The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Securities shall be effected through the Depository, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository. Beneficial interests in Transfer Restricted Global Securities shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests in the Global Securities also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:

(i) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Security . Beneficial interests in any Transfer Restricted Global Security may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Transfer Restricted Global Security in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Restricted Securities Legend and the Regulation S Legend, as applicable; provided , however , that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in a Regulation S Global Security may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than to a QIB in reliance on Rule 144A). A beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Security may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Security. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.2(b)(i).

(ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Securities . In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests in any Global Security that is not subject to Section 2.2(b)(i) herein, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar (1) a written order from an Agent Member given to the Depository in accordance with the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository directing the Depository to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Security in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository containing information regarding the Agent Member account to be credited with such increase. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Securities contained in this Indenture and the Securities or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Security pursuant to Section 2.2(g) herein.

(iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Transfer Restricted Global Security . A beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Security may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Transfer Restricted Global Security if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.2(b)(ii) herein and the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Security, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Security; and

 

A-5


(B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Security, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Security.

(iv) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Transfer Restricted Global Security for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Security . A beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Security may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Security or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Security if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.2(b)(ii) herein and the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Security proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Security, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Security; or

(B) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Security proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Security, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Security,

and, in each such case, if the Issuer or the Registrar so requests or if the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuer and the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Restricted Securities Legend and the Regulation S Legend, as applicable, are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. If any such transfer or exchange is effected pursuant to this subparagraph (iv) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Security has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of a written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officer’s Certificate, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Securities in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred or exchanged pursuant to this subparagraph (iv).

(v) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Security for Beneficial Interests in a Transfer Restricted Global Security . Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Security cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Security.

(c) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Global Securities for Definitive Securities. A beneficial interest in a Global Security may not be exchanged for a Definitive Security except under the circumstances described in Section 2.1(b)(ii) herein. A beneficial interest in a Global Security may not be transferred to a Person who

 

A-6


takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Security except under the circumstances described in Section 2.1(b)(ii) herein or Section 2.1(c) herein.

(d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Securities for Beneficial Interests in Global Securities. Transfers and exchanges of Definitive Securities for beneficial interests in Global Securities also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) below, as applicable:

(i) Transfer Restricted Definitive Securities to Beneficial Interests in Transfer Restricted Global Securities . If any Holder of a Transfer Restricted Definitive Security proposes to exchange such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security for a beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Security or to transfer such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Security, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A) if the Holder of such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security proposes to exchange such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security for a beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Security, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Security;

(B) if such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Security;

(C) if such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security is being transferred to a Person that is not a U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Security; and

(D) if such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security is being transferred to the Issuer or a Subsidiary thereof, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Security;

the Trustee shall cancel the Transfer Restricted Definitive Security, and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the appropriate Transfer Restricted Global Security. A Transfer Restricted Definitive Security cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Security if such Person is an Accredited Investor.

(ii) Transfer Restricted Definitive Securities to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Securities . A Holder of a Transfer Restricted Definitive Security may exchange such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Security or transfer such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Security only if the Registrar receives the following:

 

A-7


(A) if the Holder of such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security proposes to exchange such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Security, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Security; or

(B) if the Holder of such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security proposes to transfer such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Security, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Security,

and, in each such case, if the Issuer or the Registrar so requests or if the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Restricted Securities Legend and the Regulation S Legend, as applicable, are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon satisfaction of the conditions of this subparagraph (ii), the Trustee shall cancel the Transfer Restricted Definitive Securities and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Security. If any such transfer or exchange is effected pursuant to this subparagraph (ii) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Security has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officer’s Certificate, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Securities in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Transfer Restricted Definitive Securities transferred or exchanged pursuant to this subparagraph (ii).

(iii) Unrestricted Definitive Securities to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Securities . A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Security may exchange such Unrestricted Definitive Security for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Security or transfer such Unrestricted Definitive Security to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Security at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Security and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Securities. If any such transfer or exchange is effected pursuant to this subparagraph (iii) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Security has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of a written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officer’s Certificate, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Securities in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Unrestricted Definitive Securities transferred or exchanged pursuant to this subparagraph (iii).

(iv) Unrestricted Definitive Securities to Beneficial Interests in Transfer Restricted Global Securities . An Unrestricted Definitive Security cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Security.

 

A-8


(e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Securities for Definitive Securities. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Securities and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.2(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Securities. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Securities duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.2(e):

(i) Transfer Restricted Definitive Securities to Transfer Restricted Definitive Securities . A Transfer Restricted Definitive Security may be transferred to and registered in the name of a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Transfer Restricted Definitive Security if the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Security;

(B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Security;

(C) if the transfer will be made to an Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (A) and (B) above, a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Security and a Transferee Letter of Representation in the form of Exhibit B to this Indenture; and

(D) if such transfer will be made to the Issuer or a Subsidiary thereof, a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Security.

(ii) Transfer Restricted Definitive Securities to Unrestricted Definitive Securities . Any Transfer Restricted Definitive Security may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Security or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Security if the Registrar receives the following:

(1) if the Holder of such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security proposes to exchange such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security for an Unrestricted Definitive Security, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Security; or

(2) if the Holder of such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security proposes to transfer such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Security, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Security,

and, in each such case, if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuer to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in

 

A-9


compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Restricted Securities Legend and the Regulation S Legend, as applicable, are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(iii) Unrestricted Definitive Securities to Unrestricted Definitive Securities . A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Security may transfer such Unrestricted Definitive Security to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Security at any time. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Securities pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.

(iv) Unrestricted Definitive Securities to Transfer Restricted Definitive Securities . An Unrestricted Definitive Security cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of, a Transfer Restricted Definitive Security.

At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Security have been exchanged for Definitive Securities or a particular Global Security has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Security shall be retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 of this Indenture. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Security is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Security or for Definitive Securities, the principal amount of Securities represented by such Global Security shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Security by the Trustee or by the Depository at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Security, such other Global Security shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Security by the Trustee or by the Depository at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

(f) Legends.

(i) (A) Each Security certificate evidencing the Global Securities and the Definitive Securities (and all Securities issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof) shall bear a legend in substantially the following form (each defined term in the legend being defined as such for purposes of the legend only):

NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST HEREIN HAS BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION, NOR IS SUCH REGISTRATION CONTEMPLATED. NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST HEREIN MAY BE ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED, SOLD OR OFFERED FOR SALE OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EXEMPTION FROM SUCH REGISTRATION THEREUNDER AND ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAW REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS. EACH PERSON OR ENTITY THAT ACQUIRES OR ACCEPTS THIS NOTE OR AN

 

A-10


INTEREST HEREIN BY SUCH ACQUISITION OR ACCEPTANCE (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND, IF SUBSEQUENT TO THE INITIAL ACQUISITION HEREOF, IS PURCHASING THIS NOTE IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 903 OR 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (C) IT IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR AS DEFINED IN SUBPARAGRAPH (a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3) or (a)(7) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR”), HAS SUFFICIENT KNOWLEDGE AND EXPERIENCE IN FINANCIAL AND BUSINESS MATTERS TO BE CAPABLE OF EVALUATING THE MERITS AND RISKS OF THE PURCHASE OF THIS NOTE AND IS ABLE AND PREPARED TO BEAR THE ECONOMIC RISK OF INVESTING IN AND HOLDING THIS NOTE, (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST HEREIN, EXCEPT (A) TO THE ISSUER OR A SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) FOR SO LONG AS THIS NOTE IS ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO AN ENTITY IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER, TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) TO PERSONS OR ENTITIES OTHER THAN U.S. PERSONS, INCLUDING DEALERS OR OTHER PROFESSIONAL FIDUCIARIES IN THE UNITED STATES ACTING ON A DISCRETIONARY BASIS FOR NON-U.S. BENEFICIAL OWNERS (OTHER THAN AN ESTATE OR TRUST), IN OFFSHORE TRANSACTIONS IN RELIANCE UPON, AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH, REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (D) TO AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR THAT IS PURCHASING THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST HEREIN, AS THE CASE MAY BE, FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON OR ENTITY TO WHOM THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST HEREIN IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND; PROVIDED, THAT THE ISSUER AND THE TRUSTEE SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (2)(D) OF THIS PARAGRAPH TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION”, “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE RESPECTIVE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREINAFTER CONTAINS A PROVISION REQUIRING THE REGISTRAR APPOINTED THEREUNDER TO REFUSE TO REGISTER ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN VIOLATION OF THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE RESOLD OR TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREINAFTER, AND, IN ADDITION, EACH PERSON OR ENTITY THAT ACQUIRES OR ACCEPTS THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST HEREIN BY

 

A-11


SUCH ACQUISITION OR ACCEPTANCE AGREES TO COMPLY WITH THE TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN SUCH INDENTURE, AND FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES TO THE PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN SUCH INDENTURE.

(B) Except as permitted by Section 2.2(f)(i)(C) herein, each Security certificate evidencing the Global Securities (and all Securities issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof), in the case of Securities offered in reliance on Regulation S, shall bear a legend in substantially the following form (each defined term in the legend being defined as such for purposes of the legend only):

THIS NOTE IS A TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREINAFTER AND IS SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON THE TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE THEREOF AND ON THE PAYMENT OF INTEREST THEREON AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREINAFTER.

(C) Each Global Security shall bear the following legend:

UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION, TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON OR ENTITY IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

TRANSFERS OF THIS NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF CEDE & CO. OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREINAFTER.

(ii) Upon a sale or transfer after the expiration of the Restricted Period of any Security acquired pursuant to Regulation S, all requirements that such Security bear the Regulation S Legend shall cease to apply and the requirements requiring any such Initial Security be issued in global form shall continue to apply.

(g) Cancellation or Adjustment of Global Security. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Security have been exchanged for Definitive Securities or a particular Global Security has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Security shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 of this Indenture. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Security is exchanged for

 

A-12


or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Security or for Definitive Securities, the principal amount of Securities represented by such Global Security shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Security by the Trustee or by the Depository at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Security, such other Global Security shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Security by the Trustee or by the Depository at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

(h) Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Securities.

(i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate, Definitive Securities and Global Securities at the Registrar’s request.

(ii) No service charge shall be imposed by the Issuer, the Trustee or the Registrar for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessments, or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or similar governmental charge or duty payable upon exchanges pursuant to Sections 3.06, 4.06, 4.08 and 9.04 of this Indenture).

(iii) Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Security, the Issuer, the Trustee, a Paying Agent or the Registrar may deem and treat the Person in whose name a Security is registered as the absolute owner of such Security for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Security and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Security is overdue, and none of the Issuer, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

(iv) All Securities issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Securities surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

(i) No Obligation of the Trustee.

(i) The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Security, a member of, or a participant in, the Depository or any other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depository or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Securities or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depository) of any notice (including any notice of redemption or repurchase) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Securities. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to the Holders under the Securities shall be given or made to the registered Holders (which shall be the Depository in the case of a Global Security). Except as may be otherwise permitted pursuant to Section 2.14 of this Indenture, the rights of beneficial owners in any Global Security shall be exercised only through the Depository subject to the

 

A-13


applicable rules and procedures of the Depository. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depository with respect to its members, its participants and any beneficial owners.

(ii) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Security (including any transfers between or among Depository participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Security) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

 

A-14


EXHIBIT A

{FORM OF SECURITY}

NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST HEREIN HAS BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION, NOR IS SUCH REGISTRATION CONTEMPLATED. NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST HEREIN MAY BE ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED, SOLD OR OFFERED FOR SALE OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EXEMPTION FROM SUCH REGISTRATION THEREUNDER AND ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAW REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS. EACH PERSON OR ENTITY THAT ACQUIRES OR ACCEPTS THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST HEREIN BY SUCH ACQUISITION OR ACCEPTANCE (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND, IF SUBSEQUENT TO THE INITIAL ACQUISITION HEREOF, IS PURCHASING THIS NOTE IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 903 OR 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (C) IT IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR AS DEFINED IN SUBPARAGRAPH (a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3) or (a)(7) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR”), HAS SUFFICIENT KNOWLEDGE AND EXPERIENCE IN FINANCIAL AND BUSINESS MATTERS TO BE CAPABLE OF EVALUATING THE MERITS AND RISKS OF THE PURCHASE OF THIS NOTE AND IS ABLE AND PREPARED TO BEAR THE ECONOMIC RISK OF INVESTING IN AND HOLDING THIS NOTE, (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST HEREIN, EXCEPT (A) TO THE ISSUER OR A SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) FOR SO LONG AS THIS NOTE IS ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO AN ENTITY IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER, TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) TO PERSONS OR ENTITIES OTHER THAN U.S. PERSONS, INCLUDING DEALERS OR OTHER PROFESSIONAL FIDUCIARIES IN THE UNITED STATES ACTING ON A DISCRETIONARY BASIS FOR NON-U.S. BENEFICIAL OWNERS (OTHER THAN AN ESTATE OR TRUST), IN OFFSHORE TRANSACTIONS IN RELIANCE UPON, AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH, REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (D) TO AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR THAT IS PURCHASING THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST HEREIN, AS THE CASE MAY BE, FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON OR ENTITY TO WHOM THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST HEREIN IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND; PROVIDED, THAT THE ISSUER AND THE TRUSTEE SHALL HAVE THE

 

A-1


RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (2)(D) OF THIS PARAGRAPH TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION”, “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE RESPECTIVE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREINAFTER CONTAINS A PROVISION REQUIRING THE REGISTRAR APPOINTED THEREUNDER TO REFUSE TO REGISTER ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN VIOLATION OF THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE RESOLD OR TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREINAFTER, AND, IN ADDITION, EACH PERSON OR ENTITY THAT ACQUIRES OR ACCEPTS THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST HEREIN BY SUCH ACQUISITION OR ACCEPTANCE AGREES TO COMPLY WITH THE TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN SUCH INDENTURE, AND FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES TO THE PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN SUCH INDENTURE.

{Global Securities Legend}

UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION, TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON OR ENTITY IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

TRANSFERS OF THIS NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF CEDE & CO. OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREINAFTER.

{Restricted Securities Legend for Global Securities Offered in Reliance on Regulation S}

THIS NOTE IS A TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREINAFTER AND IS SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON THE TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE THEREOF AND ON THE PAYMENT OF INTEREST THEREON AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREINAFTER.

 

A-2


{FORM OF SECURITY}

 

No.                 $                     

10% Senior Secured Note due 2024

CUSIP No.             

ISIN No.                

Bloom Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), promises to pay to {Cede & Co.}{                    }, or its registered assigns, the principal sum {of $                    Dollars} {listed on the Schedule of Increases or Decreases in Global Security attached hereto}1 on or before July 31, 2024 as set forth in this Security.

Payment Dates: January 31 and July 31 (each, a “Payment Date”)

Record Dates: January 15 and July 15 (each, a “Record Date”)

Additional provisions of this Security are set forth on the following pages of this Security.

1 Use the Schedule of Increases or Decreases language if Security is in Global Form.

 

A-3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Instrument to be duly executed.

 

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION
By:                                                                                                   
      Name:
      Title:

 

A-4


TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF     AUTHENTICATION

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee, certifies that this is

one of the Securities

referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory
Date:  

 

A-5


10% Senior Secured Note due 2024

1. Interest and Payments of Principal

(a) Bloom Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), shall pay interest on the outstanding principal amount of this Security at the rate per annum shown above.

(b) The Issuer shall pay interest semi-annually in arrears on each Payment Date, commencing on {January 31, 2018}, or on the immediately succeeding Business Day if any such date is not a Business Day. Interest on this Security shall accrue on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid or duly provided for, from {June 29, 2017} until the principal hereof is paid or duly provided for. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year composed of twelve 30-day months and, for partial months, on the basis of the number of days actually elapsed in a 30-day month. The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate borne by the Securities and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful.

(c) Absent any earlier repurchase or redemption, the Securities will mature on July 31, 2024.

(d) This Security is one of a series of Securities. On each Payment Date, commencing on July 31, 2019, or on the succeeding Business Day if any such date is not a Business Day, the Issuer shall pay an installment of principal of the Securities in accordance with the table below corresponding to the applicable Payment Date, where the applicable percentage is the percentage of (i) the initial aggregate principal amount of Securities issued on the Issue Date plus (ii) the initial aggregate principal amount of any Additional Securities issued on their date(s) of issuance, subject to any reduction in the event of any partial redemption or repurchase of the Securities in the manner described below:

 

Payment Date

  

Percentage

July 31, 2019

   7%

January 31, 2020

   7%

July 31, 2020

   7%

January 31, 2021

   7%

July 31, 2021

   9%

January 31, 2022

   9%

July 31, 2022

   9%

January 31, 2023

   9%

July 31, 2023

   11%

January 31, 2024

   11%

July 31, 2024

   All remaining outstanding principal of the Securities at such date

 

A-6


All installment payments of principal of the Securities calculated from the principal installment percentages set forth above shall be rounded to two decimal places.

In the event that there shall have been any partial redemption or repurchase of the Securities, the initial aggregate principal amounts of Securities used to calculate each installment of principal using the percentages set forth in the table above (as they may have been previously reduced) subsequent to such partial redemption or repurchase shall be reduced by an amount equal to the amount of Securities so redeemed or repurchased. Any such reduction shall be made on a pro rata distribution of principal basis, as nearly as practicable, among the Holders (subject, however, to the applicable procedures of the Depository).

2. Method of Payment

The Issuer shall pay interest on the Securities (except defaulted interest) and payments of installments of principal to the Persons who are registered Holders at the close of business on the Record Date immediately preceding the related Payment Date even if Securities are canceled after such Record Date and on or before such Payment Date (whether or not a Business Day). Holders must surrender Securities to the Paying Agent to collect principal payments (other than payments of installments of principal). The Issuer shall pay principal, premium, if any, and interest in money of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. {Payments in respect of the Securities (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by The Depository Trust Company or any successor depositary.}2 {The Issuer shall make all payments in respect of the Securities (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) at the office of the Paying Agent, except that, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest may be made by mailing a check to the registered address of each Holder thereof; provided , however , that payments on the Securities may also be made, in the case of a Holder of at least $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Securities, by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 30 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion).}3

3. Paying Agent and Registrar

Initially, U.S. Bank National Association (the “Trustee”) will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuer or any of its domestically organized Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

 

2   Include in a Global Security.
3   Include in a Definitive Security.

 

A-7


4. Indenture

The Issuer issued the Securities under the Indenture dated as of June 29, 2017 (the “Indenture”) among the Issuer, the guarantors that may be party thereto from time to time, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent. The terms of the Securities include those stated in the Indenture. Terms defined in the Indenture and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Securities are subject to all terms and provisions of the Indenture, and the Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of such terms and provisions. If and to the extent that any provision of the Securities limits, qualifies or conflicts with a provision of the Indenture, such provision of the Indenture shall control.

The Securities are senior secured obligations of the Issuer. This Security is one of the Securities referred to in the Indenture. The Securities are treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries to, among other things, make certain Investments and other Restricted Payments, pay dividends and other distributions, incur Indebtedness, enter into consensual restrictions upon the payment of certain dividends and distributions by such Restricted Subsidiaries, issue or sell shares of capital stock of the Issuer and such Restricted Subsidiaries, enter into or permit certain transactions with Affiliates, create or incur Liens and make Asset Sales, as set forth in the Indenture for the Securities and subject to the exceptions set forth in the Indenture for the Securities. The Indenture also imposes limitations on the ability of the Issuer and each Guarantor to consolidate or merge with or into any other Person or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of their property.

To guarantee the full and punctual payment of the principal of and interest on the Securities and all other amounts payable by the Issuer under the Indenture, the Securities and the Security Documents when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether on a Payment Date, at maturity, by acceleration or redemption or otherwise, according to the terms of the Securities, the Indenture and the Security Documents, the Guarantors have, jointly and severally, irrevocably and unconditionally guaranteed the Guaranteed Obligations on a senior unsecured basis pursuant to the terms of the Indenture.

5. Optional Redemption

The Issuer may redeem the Securities at its option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, on any Business Day specified by the Issuer prior to June 29, 2019 (the “First Call Date”), on not less than 30 days’ nor more than 60 days’ prior written notice delivered to the Holders with a copy to the Trustee, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Securities being redeemed plus the Applicable Premium, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Payment Date, with no interest then to be payable to Holders whose Securities will be subject to redemption by the Issuer).

The Issuer may redeem the Securities at its option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, on any Business Day specified by the Issuer on or after the First Call Date, on not less than 30 days’ nor more than 60 days’ prior written notice delivered to the Holders with a copy to the Trustee, at the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of the

 

A-8


outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Securities being redeemed), plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Payment Date, with no interest then to be payable to Holders whose Securities will be subject to redemption by the Issuer), for the following periods:

 

Period

   Redemption Price  

From and including the First Call Date to and including June 28, 2020

     108.00

From and including June 29, 2020 to and including June 28, 2021

     104.00

From and including June 29, 2021 to and including June 28, 2022

     102.00

From and including June 29, 2022 and thereafter

     100.00

“Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Security (or portion thereof) to be redeemed on any Redemption Date, the greater of (x) 1.0% of the amount of principal of such Security to be redeemed and (y) the amount, if any, by which (a) the present value at such Redemption Date of (i) the redemption price of the amount of principal of such Security to be redeemed on the First Call Date (such redemption price being set forth in the table above), plus (ii) all required interest payments due on the amount of principal of such Security to be redeemed through the First Call Date (excluding accrued but unpaid interest, if any, to the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate in respect of such Redemption Date plus 100 basis points, exceeds (b) the amount of principal of such Security to be redeemed. The Trustee shall have no duty to calculate or verify the calculation of the Applicable Premium.

“Treasury Rate” means, in respect of any Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to such Redemption Date (or, if such Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from such Redemption Date to the First Call Date; provided , that if the period from such Redemption Date to the First Call Date is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

Notice of any redemption may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be revocable and be subject to one or more conditions precedent.

6. Notice of Redemption

Written notice of redemption pursuant to paragraph 5 will be provided at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed. Securities in denominations larger than $250,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000. If money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Securities (or portions thereof) to be redeemed on the Redemption Date is deposited with a Paying Agent on or before the Redemption Date and certain other conditions are satisfied, on and after such date, interest ceases to accrue on such Securities (or such portions thereof) called for redemption.

 

A-9


7. Sinking Fund

The Securities are not subject to any sinking fund.

8. Repurchase of Securities at the Option of the Holders upon Change of Control and Asset Sales

Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder shall have the right, subject to certain conditions specified in the Indenture, to cause the Issuer to repurchase all or any part of such Holder’s Securities at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal balance thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of the Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the related Payment Date), as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture.

In accordance with, and subject to the terms of, Section 4.06 of the Indenture, the Issuer will be required to offer to purchase Securities upon the occurrence of certain Asset Sale events.

9. Security

The Securities will be secured by the Notes Collateral on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Indenture and the Security Documents. The Collateral Agent holds the Notes Collateral in trust for the benefit of itself, the Trustee and the Holders, in each case pursuant to the Security Documents. Each Holder, by accepting this Security, consents and agrees to the terms of the Security Documents (including the provisions providing for the foreclosure and release of Notes Collateral) as the same may be in effect or may be amended from time to time in accordance with their terms and the Indenture and authorizes and directs each of the Trustee and the Collateral Agent to enter into the Security Documents, and to perform its obligations and exercise its rights thereunder in accordance therewith.

10. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange

The Securities are in the form of one or more registered notes, without interest coupons, in denominations of $250,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. The registration of transfer of or exchange of Securities shall be done in accordance with the Indenture. Upon any registration of transfer or exchange, the Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay any taxes required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any Securities selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Security to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Security not to be redeemed) or to transfer or exchange any Securities for a period of 15 days prior to a selection of Securities to be redeemed.

11. Persons Deemed Owners

Subject to Section 2.14 of the Indenture, the registered Holder of this Security shall be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

 

A-10


12. Unclaimed Money

If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee and a Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Issuer at its written request unless an abandoned property law designates another Person. After any such payment, the Holders entitled to the money must look to the Issuer for payment as general creditors and the Trustee and Paying Agent shall have no further liability with respect to such monies.

13. Discharge and Defeasance

Subject to certain conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Issuer at any time may terminate some of or all its obligations under the Securities and the Indenture if the Issuer deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal and interest on the Securities to redemption or maturity, as the case may be.

14. Amendment; Waiver

Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, (x) the Indenture, the Securities or any Security Document may be amended or supplemented, with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities then outstanding (voting as a single class) and (y) any past default or compliance with any provisions may be waived with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities then outstanding. Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder, the Issuer, the Collateral Agent, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend the Indenture, the Securities or any Security Document (i) to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency; (ii) to provide for the assumption by a Successor Company of the obligations of the Issuer under the Indenture and the Securities in accordance with the terms of the Indenture or otherwise to comply with Article 5 of the Indenture; (iii) to provide for the assumption by a Successor Guarantor of the obligations of a Guarantor under the Indenture and its Guarantee; (iv) to provide for uncertificated Securities in addition to or in place of certificated Securities provided however that the uncertificated Securities are issued in registered form for purposes of Sections 871(h)(2)(B) and 881(c)(2)(B) of the Code and United States Treasury Regulation Section 5f.103-1(c); (v) to add additional Guarantees with respect to the Securities in accordance with the terms of the Indenture or to evidence the release, termination or discharge of any Guarantee when such release, termination or discharge is permitted or required by the Indenture; (vi) to add to the covenants of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred in the Indenture upon the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; (vii) to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with qualifying or maintaining the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA (to the extent any such qualification is required); (viii) to make any change that would provide additional rights or benefits to the Holders or to make any change that does not adversely affect the legal rights of any Holder; (ix) to add additional assets as Notes Collateral to secure the Securities; (x) to release Notes Collateral from the Lien pursuant to Section 11.03 of the Indenture or Section 8.12 of the Security Agreement; (xi) to modify the Security Documents to accommodate and implement the Liens contemplated by clause (19)(z) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”; (xii) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under the Indenture of a successor Trustee thereunder pursuant to the requirements

 

A-11


thereof; (xiii) to provide for or confirm the issuance of Additional Securities; or (xiv) to make any amendment to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Securities as permitted by the Indenture, including, to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Securities; provided , however , that (A) compliance with the Indenture as so amended would not result in Securities being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (B) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Securities.

15. Defaults and Remedies

If an Event of Default (other than a bankruptcy default with respect to the Issuer) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Issuer, or the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Securities by written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee, may declare the principal of, and the premium, if any, and accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on, all then outstanding Securities to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, shall be due and payable immediately. Upon the occurrence of a bankruptcy default with respect to the Issuer, the principal of, and the premium, if any, and accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on, all the then outstanding Securities shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable, without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. Under certain circumstances, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Securities and its consequences.

Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no Holder may pursue any remedy with respect to the Indenture or the Securities unless (i) such Holder gives the Trustee written notice stating that an Event of Default is continuing, (ii) the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Securities make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy, (iii) such Holder or Holders offer to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense, (iv) the Trustee does not comply with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity and (v) the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Securities do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request during such 60-day period. Subject to certain restrictions set forth in the Indenture, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture or, subject to the Indenture, that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability. Prior to taking any action under the Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.

16. Trustee Dealings with the Issuer

Subject to certain limitations imposed by the Indenture, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Securities

 

A-12


and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

17. No Recourse Against Others

No director, officer, employee, manager, incorporator or holder of any Equity Interests in the Issuer or in any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the Securities or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Securities by accepting a Security waives and releases all such liability.

18. Authentication

This Security shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent) manually signs the certificate of authentication on this Security.

19. Abbreviations

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act).

20. Governing Law

THIS SECURITY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW (OTHER THAN SECTIONS 5- 1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW).

21. CUSIP Numbers; ISINs

The Issuer has caused CUSIP numbers and ISINs to be printed on the Securities and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers and ISINs in notices (including notices of redemption) as a convenience to the Holders. No representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

The Issuer will furnish to any Holder of Securities upon written request and without charge to the Holder a copy of the Indenture, which has in it the text of this Security.

 

A-13


ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Security, fill in the form below:

I or we assign and transfer this Security to:

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.)

and irrevocably appoint                     agent to transfer this Security on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him or her.

Date:                      Your Signature:                                     

Sign exactly as your name appears on this Security.

Signature Guarantee:                                                                                                                           

 

Date:                                                                                                                            

 

Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee    Signature of Signature Guarantee

 

A-14


CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR

REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER OF RESTRICTED SECURITIES

This certificate relates to $                     principal amount of Securities held in (check applicable space)             book-entry or             definitive form by the undersigned.

The undersigned (check one box below):

 

has requested the Trustee by written order to deliver in exchange for its beneficial interest in the Global Security held by the Depository a Security or Securities in definitive, registered form of authorized denominations and an aggregate principal amount equal to its beneficial interest in such Global Security (or the portion thereof indicated above);

 

has requested the Trustee by written order to exchange or register the transfer of a Security or Securities.

In connection with any transfer of any of the Securities evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the expiration of the period referred to in Rule 144(d)(1) under the Securities Act, the undersigned confirms that such Securities are being transferred in accordance with its terms:

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW

 

(1)      to the Issuer or a Subsidiary thereof; or
(2)      to the Registrar for registration in the name of the Holder, without transfer; or
(3)      pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; or
(4)      inside the United States to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on such Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933; or
(5)      outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act of 1933; or
(6)      to an “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933) that has furnished to the Trustee a signed letter containing certain representations and agreements and, if applicable, an Opinion of Counsel; or

 

A-15


(7)      pursuant to another available exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933.

Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Securities evidenced by this certificate in the name of any Person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided , however , that if box (5), (6) or (7) is checked, the Issuer or the Trustee may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Securities, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Issuer or the Trustee have reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933.

Date:                              Your Signature:                                     

Signature Guarantee:                                                                  

 

Date:                                                                                                                            
Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee    Signature of Signature Guarantee

 

A-16


TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (4) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Security for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on such Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuer as the undersigned has requested pursuant to such Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by such Rule 144A.

Dated:                              

NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer

 

A-17


{TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL SECURITIES}

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY

The initial principal amount of this Global Security is $                    . The following increases or decreases in this Global Security have been made:

 

Date

  

Amount of decrease in
Principal Amount of this
Global Security

  

Amount of increase in
Principal Amount of this
Global Security

  

Principal amount of this
Global Security following
such decrease or increase

  

Signature of authorized
signatory of Trustee or
Securities Custodian

 

A-18


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Security purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.06 (Asset Sale) or 4.08 (Change of Control) of the Indenture, check the box:

 

Asset Sale  

  

Change of Control  

If you want to elect to have only part of this Security purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.06 (Asset Sale) or 4.08 (Change of Control) of the Indenture, state the amount (which must be in integral multiples of $1,000 so long as, if repurchased in part, at least $250,000 remains outstanding):

$

Date:                               Your Signature:                                      

(Sign exactly as your name

appears on this Security)

Signature Guarantee:                                                                      

Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a

recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other

signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the

Trustee

 

A-19


EXHIBIT B

{FORM OF}

TRANSFEREE LETTER OF REPRESENTATION

Bloom Energy Corporation

1299 Orleans Drive

Sunnyvale, California 94089

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: (408) 543-1004

U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”)

Global Corporate Trust Services

633 West Fifth Street, 24th Floor

Los Angeles, California 90071

Attention: Bradley Scarbrough (Bloom Energy 2017 Indenture)

Facsimile: (213) 615-6197

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This certificate is delivered to request a transfer of $              principal amount of the 10% Senior Secured Notes due 2024 (the “Securities”) of Bloom Energy Corporation (the “Issuer”)

Upon transfer, the Securities would be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as follows:

Name:                                                      

Address:                                                  

Taxpayer ID Number:                             

The undersigned represents and warrants to you that:

1. We are an “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”)), purchasing for our own account or for the account of such an “accredited investor” for investment purposes at least $250,000 principal amount of the Securities, and we are acquiring the Securities not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act. We have sufficient knowledge and experience in financial and business matters to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Securities, and we invest in or purchase securities similar to the Securities in the normal course of our business. We, and any accounts for which we are acting, are each able and prepared to bear the economic risk of our or its investment.

2. We understand that the Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act and, unless so registered, may not be sold except as permitted in the following

 

B-1


sentence. We agree on our own behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing Securities to offer, sell or otherwise transfer such Securities only (a) to an entity that we reasonably believe is a qualified institutional buyer (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act) in a transaction meeting the requirements of such Rule 144A, (b) outside the United States in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (c) to the Issuer or any of its subsidiaries or (d) to an “accredited investor” in the case of each of clauses (a) through (d) in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States. In addition, we will, and each subsequent holder is required to, notify any purchaser of the Securities of the resale restrictions set forth above. If any resale or other transfer of the Securities is proposed to be made pursuant to clause (d) above prior to the date that is one year after the later of the date of original issue and the last date on which either the Issuer or any affiliate of the Issuer was the owner of the Securities (the “Resale Restriction Termination Date”), the transferor shall deliver a letter from the transferee substantially in the form of this letter to the Issuer and the Trustee, which shall provide, among other things, that the transferee is an “accredited investor” and that it is acquiring such Securities for investment purposes and not for distribution in violation of the Securities Act. Each purchaser acknowledges that the Issuer and the Trustee reserve the right prior to the offer, sale or other transfer prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date of the Securities pursuant to clause (b) or (d) above to require the delivery of an Opinion of Counsel, certifications or other information satisfactory to the Issuer and the Trustee.

Dated:                                     

TRANSFEREE:                                       ,

By:

 

B-2


EXHIBIT C

{FORM OF}

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

This SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”) dated as of             , 20         is among {GUARANTOR} (the “New Guarantor”), a subsidiary of Bloom Energy Corporation (the “Issuer”), the Issuer, {the existing guarantors (the “Existing Guarantors”) under the Indenture referred to below,} and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”) and as collateral agent (the “Collateral Agent”) under such Indenture.

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS the Issuer {and the Existing Guarantors} {has}{have} heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent an indenture (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “Indenture”) dated as of June 29, 2017, providing for the issuance of the Issuer’s 10% Senior Secured Notes due 2024 (the “Securities”);

WHEREAS Section 4.10 of the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Issuer is required to cause the New Guarantor to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the New Guarantor shall guarantee the Issuer’s Obligations under the Securities and the Indenture pursuant to a Guarantee on the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Indenture; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01(v) of the Indenture, the Trustee, the Issuer {and the Existing Guarantors} {is}{are} authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture without notice to or consent of any Holder.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the New Guarantor, the Issuer{, the Existing Guarantors} and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders as follows:

1. Defined Terms . As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the recitals hereto are used herein as therein defined, except that the term “Holders” in this Supplemental Indenture shall refer to the term “Holders” as defined in the Indenture and the Trustee acting on behalf of and for the benefit of such Holders. The words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular section hereof.

2. Agreement to Guarantee . The New Guarantor hereby{, jointly and severally, with each Existing Guarantor,} irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety on a senior basis to each Holder and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns the Guaranteed Obligations, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture, and agrees to be bound by all other applicable provisions of the Indenture and the Securities and to perform all of the obligations and agreements of a Guarantor under the Indenture.

 

C-1


3. Notices . All notices or other communications to the New Guarantor shall be given as provided in Section 12.01 of the Indenture.

4. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture . Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder shall be bound hereby.

5. Governing Law . THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW (OTHER THAN SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW).

6. Trustee Makes No Representation . The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture.

7. Counterparts . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. The exchange of copies of this Supplemental Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Supplemental Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

8. Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the construction thereof.

 

C-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

{NEW GUARANTOR}
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

{EXISTING GUARANTORS:}

 

{ANY EXISTING GUARANTORS}
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title

:

 

C-3


U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, AS TRUSTEE
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, AS COLLATERAL AGENT
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

C-4


EXHIBIT D

{FORM OF CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT}

Bloom Energy Corporation

1299 Orleans Drive

Sunnyvale, California 94089

CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT

For the purpose of evaluating our possible interest in the purchase of senior secured notes (the “ Notes ”) of Bloom Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) (the “ Transaction ”), and for thereafter entering into, monitoring or enforcing the Transaction, we may request that you or your directors, officers, managers, members, partners, employees, affiliates, assigns, representatives (including, without limitation, financial advisors, attorneys and accountants), investors, agents or similar persons or entities (collectively, “ your Representatives ”) furnish us or our directors, officers, managers, members, partners, employees, affiliates, assigns, representatives (including, without limitation, financial advisors, attorneys and accountants), investors, agents or similar persons or entities (collectively, “ our Representatives ”) with certain information relating to the Company and its affiliates and the Transaction. All such information (whether written, visual or oral, and whether tangible or electronic) furnished on or after the date hereof by you or your Representatives (including any such information provided in a dataroom via IntraLinks or otherwise) to us or our Representatives, including any materials containing, based on or derived from any such information (including, without limitation, any financial models or other analyses, compilations, forecasts, studies or other documents based thereon) prepared by us or our Representatives in connection with our or our Representatives’ review of, or our interest in, the Transaction is hereinafter referred to as the “ Information ”. The term Information will not, however, include information that (i) is already known by us at the time that such information is disclosed (unless such information was disclosed to us under a confidentiality agreement with you), (ii) is or thereafter becomes available in the public domain, other than by breach by us or our Representatives of our obligations hereunder, (iii) is obtained by us from another source without, to our knowledge after reasonable investigation, breach of such source’s obligations of confidentiality to you or (iv) is independently developed by our Representatives who have not had access to such information.

As a condition to receiving the Information, we hereby agree as follows:

1. We hereby agree, and agree to cause our Representatives, (i) to keep the Information confidential, (ii) to use the Information solely for the purpose of evaluating, entering into, monitoring or enforcing the Transaction and (iii) not to, without your prior written consent, disclose any Information in any manner whatsoever; provided , however , that we may reveal the Information to (a) our Representatives who need to know the Information for the purpose of evaluating, entering into, monitoring or enforcing the Transaction or (b) third parties in order to comply with any applicable law, rule, regulation or legal process or pursuant to requests of governmental authorities or regulatory agencies having oversight over us or our Representatives, and only after compliance with paragraph 3 below, provided , that all of such persons and entities

 

D-1


listed in clause (a) above shall agree to keep such Information confidential, and only to use such Information, on terms that are substantially the same as the terms we are subject to herein, and, provided , further , that we shall be wholly responsible for the full compliance of such confidentiality agreement by any of the persons or entities listed in clause (a) above to which we disclosed Information. Notwithstanding and without limitation of the foregoing, we and our Representatives agree not to reveal Information to advisors who are principally engaged in the business of investment banking, capital markets or securitization of financial assets without the prior written consent of your Representative, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (“ Morgan Stanley ”).

2. We hereby agree, and agree to cause our Representatives, whether or not the Transaction is consummated, not to (except as required by applicable law, rule, regulation or legal process or pursuant to requests of governmental authorities or regulatory agencies having oversight over us or our Representatives, and only after compliance with paragraph 3 below), without your prior written consent, disclose to any person or entity the fact that the Information or the Transaction exists or has been made available, that we are considering the Transaction, that (if prior to consummation of the Transaction) you are considering the Transaction, or that discussions or negotiations are taking or have taken place concerning the Transaction or any term, condition or other fact relating to the Transaction or such discussions or negotiations, including, without limitation, the status thereof.

3. In the event that we or any of our Representatives are required by applicable law, rule, regulation or legal process or pursuant to requests of governmental authorities or regulatory agencies having oversight over us or our Representatives to disclose any of the Information, we agree to notify you promptly (unless such notice is not permitted by applicable law, rule or regulation) so that you may seek, at your own expense, a protective order or other appropriate remedy or, in your sole discretion, waive compliance with the terms of this Confidentiality Agreement. In the event that no such protective order or other remedy is obtained, or that you do not waive compliance with the terms of this Confidentiality Agreement, we agree to furnish only that portion of the Information that we are advised by counsel (which may be internal counsel) is legally required and will exercise all commercially reasonable efforts to obtain reliable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded the Information.

4. If we determine not to proceed with the Transaction or we cease to have an interest arising from the Transaction, we will promptly inform you of that decision or event and, in that case, and at any time upon your request or the request of any of your Representatives, we and our Representatives agree to (i) promptly deliver to you all copies of the Information in our possession (except as described in the following proviso), (ii) promptly destroy all copies of any written Information (whether in tangible or electronic form, or otherwise) that we and our Representatives have created, including, without limitation, any notes we have taken on any discussions with you or your Representatives, and upon your request such destruction shall be certified in writing (including, without limitation, via email) to you by an authorized officer supervising such destruction (provided in each case that an appropriate person within our organization may retain one copy of the Information, subject to the provisions of this Confidentiality Agreement, if required to comply with internal record retention policies or regulatory considerations, in which case, regardless of paragraph 15 below, the confidentiality provisions of this Confidentiality Agreement will continue to apply to such Information for so long as it is retained by such person or any other of our Representatives) and (iii) certify that

 

D-2


clauses (i) and (ii) above have been complied with. Any visual, oral or other Information not returned to you or destroyed in accordance with the preceding sentence will continue to be subject to the terms of this Confidentiality Agreement, regardless of paragraph 15 below.

5. We acknowledge that neither you nor any of your Representatives, nor any of your or their respective officers, directors, managers, members, partners, employees, agents or controlling persons within the meaning of Section 20 of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, makes any express or implied representation or warranty as to the accuracy or completeness of the Information, and we agree that no such person or entity will have any liability relating to the Information or for any errors therein or omissions therefrom. We further agree that we are not entitled to rely on the accuracy or completeness of the Information.

6. We acknowledge that we are aware of the restrictions imposed by the United States securities laws on the purchase or sale of securities of an issuer or an affiliate or controlling person of the issuer while in possession of material, non-public information and on the communication of such information to any other person or entity. We represent that we maintain effective internal procedures with respect to maintaining the confidentiality and use of the Information and that we will not use the Information for any purpose in violation of United States securities laws or any other applicable laws. We further represent that we are (i) a qualified institutional buyer (as defined in Rule 144A under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”)), (ii) a non-U.S. person within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act or (iii) to the extent clause (i) above or clause (ii) above does not apply, an institutional accredited investor (as defined in subparagraph (a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Rule 501 under the Securities Act).

7. We agree that, at any time prior to your consummation of the Transaction, (i) you reserve the right, in your sole discretion, to change the terms of the Transaction at any time without prior notice to us or any other person or entity, to reject any and all proposals or offers made by us or any of our Representatives with regard to the Transaction, and to terminate discussions and negotiations with us at any time and for any reason, and (ii) you will not have any liability to us with respect to the Transaction, whether by virtue of this Confidentiality Agreement, any other written or oral expression with respect to the Transaction or otherwise.

8. We acknowledge that remedies at law may be inadequate to protect you against any actual or threatened breach of this Confidentiality Agreement by us or our Representatives, and, without prejudice to any other rights and remedies otherwise available to you, we agree to permit you to seek the granting of injunctive relief in your favor without proof of actual damages.

9. We acknowledge and agree that Morgan Stanley is a third party beneficiary of this Confidentiality Agreement and shall have the right to enforce any provision of this Confidentiality Agreement.

10. We acknowledge and agree that neither this Confidentiality Agreement nor any disclosure of Information made hereunder by you shall be construed, deemed or interpreted, by implication or otherwise, to vest in us or our Representatives any license or other ownership

 

D-3


rights in, to or under any of such Information or other copyrights, intellectual property, know- how, moral rights, trade secrets, trademark rights or other proprietary rights whatsoever.

11. We agree that no failure or delay by you in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder will operate as a waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder.

12. This Confidentiality Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

13. This Confidentiality Agreement shall be governed by, and construed, interpreted and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of law thereof (other than the provisions of Section 5-1401 of the General Obligations Law of the State of New York).

14. This Confidentiality Agreement contains the entire agreement between you and us, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, whether written or oral, between you and us, concerning the confidentiality of the Information, and no modifications of this Confidentiality Agreement or waiver of the terms and conditions hereof will be binding upon you or us, unless approved in writing by each of you and us.

15. This Confidentiality Agreement will terminate upon the later of (i) five (5) years after the date hereof, and (ii) if we do proceed with the Transaction, 24 months from the date we cease to have an interest arising from the Transaction, whether through a sale of our interest, the maturity or repayment of our interest or otherwise.

16. If we propose to purchase, transfer, sell or otherwise dispose of any of our interest at any time, we agree to (i) abide by any transfer restrictions relating to the Notes, (ii) inform any proposed transferee of such interest of any such transfer restrictions, including, without limitation, any requirement that such proposed transferee execute a confidentiality agreement, and (iii) not furnish any Information to such proposed transferee. We acknowledge that you shall be responsible for the delivery of all Information to any such prospective transferee following execution by such prospective transferee of an appropriate confidentiality agreement.

17. This Confidentiality Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts by the parties hereto and delivered by electronic means (including in Portable Document Format (.PDF)), and each such counterpart shall be considered an original and all such counterparts shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

D-4


Very truly yours,
{Please insert prospective purchaser’s name on line above}
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
  Address:
  Date:

 

Accepted and agreed as of the date set forth in the signature block to the counterparty:
BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

D-5


EXHIBIT E

PAYMENT SUBORDINATION TERMS

SECTION 1.01. Subordination of Liabilities. {                     } 1 (the “Debtor”), for itself, and its successors and assigns, covenants and agrees, and {                     } 2 (the “Creditor”) covenants and agrees, that the payment of the principal of, interest on, and all other amounts owing in respect of, the {                     } 3 (the “Subordinated Indebtedness”) is hereby expressly subordinated, to the extent and in the manner hereinafter set forth, to the prior payment in full in cash of Senior Indebtedness (as defined in Section 1.07 of this Exhibit).

SECTION 1.02. Debtor Not to Make Payments with Respect to Subordinated Indebtedness in Certain Circumstances.

(a) Upon the maturity of any applicable Senior Indebtedness (including interest thereon, premium, if any, or fees or any other amounts owing in respect thereof), whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, all Obligations (as defined in Section

1.07 of this Exhibit) (other than Contingent Obligations for which no demand has been made to the Issuer) owing in respect thereof shall first be paid in full in cash, before any payment (whether in cash, property, securities or otherwise) is made on account of the Subordinated Indebtedness.

(b) The Debtor may not, directly or indirectly, make any payment of any Subordinated Indebtedness or acquire any Subordinated Indebtedness for cash or property until all applicable Senior Indebtedness (other than Contingent Obligations for which no demand has been made to the Issuer) has been paid in full in cash if any default or Event of Default under such Senior Indebtedness is then in existence or would result therefrom. Each Creditor hereby agrees that, so long as any such default or Event of Default exists, it will not ask, demand, sue for, or otherwise take, accept or receive, any amounts owing in respect of the Subordinated Indebtedness.

(c) In the event that, notwithstanding the provisions of the preceding subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 1.02, the Debtor shall make a payment on account of (or any Creditor receives any payment on account of) the Subordinated Indebtedness at a time when payment is not permitted by said subsection (a) or (b), such payment shall be held by such Creditor, in trust for the benefit of, and shall be paid forthwith over and delivered, to the applicable {Agent(s)}4 for application pro rata to the payment of all such applicable Senior Indebtedness (after giving effect to the relative priorities of such Senior

1 Reference issuer, guarantor, borrower, payor, maker or other obligor/debtor, as applicable.

2 Reference note holder, lender, payee or other obligee/creditor, as applicable.

3 Reference the subordinated indebtedness

4 Reference administrative agent, trustee, paying agent or other agent/representative of the Senior Indebtedness, as applicable

 

E-1


Indebtedness) remaining unpaid to the extent necessary to pay all such Senior Indebtedness (other than Contingent Obligations for which no demand has been made to the Issuer) in full in cash in accordance with the terms of such Senior Indebtedness, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to or for the holders of such Senior Indebtedness.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 1.02, the Subordinated Indebtedness may be converted into Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Capital Stock) of the Debtor and cash in lieu of fractional shares may by paid by the Debtor in connection with such conversion.

SECTION 1.03. Subordination to Prior Payment of Senior Indebtedness, Dissolution, Liquidation or Reorganization of Debtor. Upon any distribution of assets of the Debtor upon dissolution, winding up, liquidation or reorganization of the Debtor in bankruptcy, insolvency or receivership proceedings or upon an assignment for the benefit of creditors:

(a) the holders of all Senior Indebtedness shall first be entitled to receive payment in full in cash of all Senior Indebtedness (including, without limitation, post-petition interest at the rate provided in the documentation with respect to the Senior Indebtedness whether or not such post-petition interest is an allowed claim against the debtor in any bankruptcy or similar proceeding) before any Creditor is entitled to receive any payment of any kind or character on account of the Subordinated Indebtedness; and

(b) in the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.03, any payment or distribution of assets of the Debtor of any kind or character, whether they be cash, property or securities, shall be received by the Creditor on account of Subordinated Indebtedness before all Senior Indebtedness is paid in full in cash, such payment or distribution shall be received and held in trust for and shall forthwith be paid over to the holders of the applicable Senior Indebtedness (after giving effect to the relative priorities of such Senior Indebtedness) remaining unpaid or unprovided for or their representative(s) or to the applicable {Agent(s)}, for application to the payment of such Senior Indebtedness until all such Senior Indebtedness shall have been paid in full in cash, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness.

SECTION 1.04. Subrogation. Subject to the prior payment in full in cash of all applicable Senior Indebtedness (other than Contingent Obligations for which no demand has been made to the Issuer), each Creditor shall be subrogated to the rights of the holders of such Senior Indebtedness to receive payments or distributions of assets of the Debtor applicable to such Senior Indebtedness until all amounts owing on the Subordinated Indebtedness shall be paid in full, and for the purpose of such subrogation no payments or distributions to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness by or on behalf of the Debtor or by or on behalf of any Creditor by virtue of this Exhibit that otherwise would have been made to a Creditor shall, as between the Debtor, its creditors other than the holders of such Senior Indebtedness, and the Creditor, be deemed to be payment by such Debtor to or on account of such Senior Indebtedness, it being understood that the provisions of this Exhibit are and are intended solely for the purpose of

 

E-2


defining the relative rights of the Creditor, on the one hand, and the holders of such Senior Indebtedness, on the other hand.

SECTION 1.05. Obligation of the Debtor Unconditional. Nothing contained in this Exhibit is intended to or shall impair, as between the Debtor and the Creditor, the obligation of the Debtor, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay to the Creditor the principal of and interest on the Subordinated Indebtedness as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with its terms, or is intended to or shall affect the relative rights of the Creditor and other creditors of the Debtor other than the holders of the Senior Indebtedness, nor, except as specifically provided herein, shall anything herein or therein prevent the Creditor from exercising all remedies otherwise permitted by applicable law upon an event of default under the Subordinated Indebtedness, subject to the rights, if any, under this Exhibit of the holders of Senior Indebtedness in respect of cash, property, or securities of the Debtor received upon the exercise of any such remedy. Upon any distribution of assets of the Debtor, each Creditor shall be entitled to rely upon any order or decree made by any court of competent jurisdiction in which such dissolution, winding up, liquidation or reorganization proceedings are pending, or a certificate of the liquidating trustee or agent or other person making any distribution to the Creditor, for the purpose of ascertaining the persons entitled to participate in such distribution, the holders of the Senior Indebtedness and other indebtedness of the Debtor, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Exhibit.

SECTION 1.06. Subordination Rights Not Impaired by Acts or Omissions of the Debtor or Creditor of Senior Indebtedness. No right of any present or future holders of any Senior Indebtedness to enforce subordination as herein provided shall at any time in any way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of the Debtor or by any act or failure to act in good faith by any such holder, or by any noncompliance by the Debtor with the terms and provisions of the Subordinated Indebtedness, regardless of any knowledge thereof that any such holder may have or be otherwise charged with.

SECTION 1.07. Senior Indebtedness. The term “Senior Indebtedness” shall mean (i) the Obligations of the Debtor under the Indenture for the 10% Senior Secured Notes due 2024 by and among Bloom Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation, as issuer, and U.S. Bank National Association, as indenture trustee (the “Trustee”), among others, and any amendment, renewal, extension, restatement, refinancing or refunding (in whole or in part) thereof (the “Indenture”) and (ii) {reference senior unsecured Indebtedness to which the Subordinated Indebtedness is intended to be subordinated in right of payment}. As used herein, the term “Obligation” shall mean all principal, interest, premium, reimbursement obligations, penalties, fees, expenses, indemnities and other liabilities and obligations (including any guaranties of the foregoing liabilities and obligations) payable under the documentation governing any Senior Indebtedness (including interest after the commencement of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding at the rate provided in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim against the debtor in any such proceeding). Any capitalized term used but not defined herein shall have the meaning given to it in the Indenture.

SECTION 1.08. Miscellaneous. If, at any time, all or part of any payment with respect to Senior Indebtedness theretofore made by the Debtor or any other person is rescinded

 

E-3


or must otherwise be returned by the holders of Senior Indebtedness for any reason whatsoever (including, without limitation, the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the Debtor or such other persons), the subordination provisions set forth herein shall continue to be effective and be reinstated, as the case may be, all as though such payment had not been made.

 

E-4


EXHIBIT F

FORM OF CALCULATION REPORT

Bloom Energy Corporation

Calculation Report for

{          } Payment Date

 

Applicable Payment Date    {          }     
Relevant Calculation Period =    {          } – {          }     
Report Dist. Date =    {          }    No later than three Business Days prior to applicable Payment Date, by 11:00 a.m. New York City time

Per Section 4.13(f) of the Indenture, dated as of June 29, 2017 (as amended, the “Indenture”; capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture), among Bloom Energy Corporation (the “Issuer”), the Guarantors from time to time party thereto, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”) and as collateral agent, the following is the Calculation Report for the above-referenced Payment Date:

 

i.    Balance of the funds on deposit in the Collection Account on first day of Relevant Calculation Period    ${        }
ii.    Aggregate amount of Servicing Payments received during Relevant Calculation Period        ${        }
iii.    Sum of Lines (i) and (ii) (Amount of funds on deposit in Collection Account at end of Relevant Calculation Period)    ${        }
iv.    Accrued and unpaid interest due and owing as of applicable Payment Date set forth above    ${        }
v.    Outstanding principal due and owing as of applicable Payment Date set forth above    ${        }
vi.    Sum of Lines (iv) and (v)    ${        }
vii.    Excess of Line (vi) over Line (iii), if any, to be paid by Issuer to the Trustee on the applicable Payment Date set forth above    ${        }
viii.    Excess of Line (iii) over Line (vi), if any    ${        }
ix.    Required Debt Service Coverage Ratio    {        }
x.    Actual Debt Service Coverage Ratio    {        }
xi.    Trustee fees and expenses due and owing as of the Payment Date set forth above pursuant to Section 7.06 of the Indenture    ${        }
xii.    Amount, if any, distributable to the Issuer on applicable Payment Date set forth above    ${        }

 

Issuer wire instructions:
{Insert}

Dated as of {                      },

 

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

By:  

                                              

Name:
Title:

 

F-1

Exhibit 4.22

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

 

SECURITY AGREEMENT

DATED AS OF JUNE 29, 2017

AMONG

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION,

as Issuer,

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee,

and

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Collateral Agent

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

     1  

Section 1.1

  

Terms Defined in the Indenture

     1  

Section 1.2

  

Terms Defined in UCC

     2  

Section 1.3

  

Definitions of Certain Terms Used Herein

     2  

Section 1.4

  

Construction; Certain Defined Terms

     5  

ARTICLE II GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST

     6  

ARTICLE III REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     6  

Section 3.1

  

Validity and Priority of Security Interest

     7  

Section 3.2

  

Location of Issuer and Collateral

     7  

Section 3.3

  

Names

     7  

Section 3.4

  

Accounts and Chattel Paper

     7  

Section 3.5

  

Documents, Instruments, and Chattel Paper

     7  

Section 3.6

  

No Financing Statements, Security Agreements

     8  

Section 3.7

  

Collection Account

     8  

ARTICLE IV COVENANTS

     8  

Section 4.1

  

General

     8  

Section 4.2

  

Collection Account

     9  

Section 4.3

  

Securities Account Investment Property

     9  

Section 4.4

  

Certificated Securities

     9  

Section 4.5

  

Uncertificated Securities

     9  

Section 4.6

  

Electronic Chattel Paper

     9  

Section 4.7

  

Receivables

     10  

Section 4.8

  

Further Assurances

     10  

ARTICLE V REMEDIES

     11  

Section 5.1

  

Remedies

     11  

Section 5.2

  

Application of Proceeds

     13  

Section 5.3

  

Retention of Rights

     14  

ARTICLE VI CONCERNING THE COLLATERAL AGENT

     14  

Section 6.1

  

Reliance by Collateral Agent; Indemnity Against Liabilities, etc

     14  

Section 6.2

  

Exercise of Remedies

     15  

Section 6.3

  

Authorized Investments

     15  

Section 6.4

  

Bankruptcy Proceedings

     15  

ARTICLE VII COLLATERAL AGENT AND TRUSTEE RIGHTS, DUTIES AND LIABILITIES; ATTORNEY IN FACT; PROXY

     16  

Section 7.1

  

The Collateral Agent’s and the Trustee’s Rights, Duties, and Liabilities

     16  

Section 7.2

  

Right to Cure

     16  

Section 7.3

  

Confidentiality

     17  

Section 7.4

  

Power of Attorney

     18  

 

i


Section 7.5

  

NATURE OF APPOINTMENT; LIMITATION OF DUTY

     18  

Section 7.6

  

Additional Matters Relating to the Collateral Agent

     18  

Section 7.7

  

Appointment of Co-Collateral Agent

     21  

Section 7.8

  

Collection Account

     21  

ARTICLE VIII GENERAL PROVISIONS

     22  

Section 8.1

  

Notice

     22  

Section 8.2

  

Waiver of Notices

     23  

Section 8.3

  

Limitation on Collateral Agent’s and Secured Party’s Duty with Respect to the Collateral

     23  

Section 8.4

  

Compromises and Collection of Collateral

     24  

Section 8.5

  

Specific Performance of Certain Covenants

     24  

Section 8.6

  

Cumulative Remedies; No Prior Recourse to Collateral

     24  

Section 8.7

  

Limitation by Law; Severability of Provisions

     24  

Section 8.8

  

Reinstatement

     25  

Section 8.9

  

Binding Effect

     25  

Section 8.10

  

Survival of Representations

     25  

Section 8.11

  

Captions

     25  

Section 8.12

  

Termination and Release

     25  

Section 8.13

  

Entire Agreement

     26  

Section 8.14

  

Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process

     26  

Section 8.15

  

Waiver of Jury Trial

     26  

Section 8.16

  

Indemnity

     26  

Section 8.17

  

Limitation of Liability

     27  

Section 8.18

  

Counterparts

     27  

Section 8.19

  

Amendments

     28  

Section 8.20

  

Incorporation by Reference

     28  

Section 8.21

  

English Language

     28  

 

SCHEDULE 3.2

   Location of Issuer and Collateral

SCHEDULE 3.3

   Names

 

 

ii


SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT (as amended, extended, renewed, restated, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of June 29, 2017, by and among BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “ Issuer ”); U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, in its capacity as trustee (and its successors under the Indenture (as defined below), in such capacity, the “ Trustee ”); and U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, in its capacity as collateral agent for the Secured Parties (as defined below) (and its successors under the Indenture, in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”).

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT

WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms, conditions and provisions of (a) the Indenture dated as of the date hereof (as amended, extended, renewed, restated, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Indenture ”), among the Issuer, the Guarantor (as defined therein), the Trustee and the Collateral Agent; and (b) the Note Purchase Agreement dated the date hereof (the “ Note Purchase Agreement ”), among the Issuer, the Guarantor (as defined therein) and each Investor (as defined therein) party thereto (collectively, the “ Investors ”), the Issuer is issuing the Securities, which will be guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by the Guarantor (as defined in the Indenture);

WHEREAS, the initial aggregate principal amount of the Securities will be $100,000,000;

WHEREAS, additional Securities in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $50,000,000 may be issued pursuant to the terms of the Indenture;

WHEREAS, the Issuer is executing and delivering this Agreement pursuant to the terms of the Indenture to induce the Trustee to enter into the Indenture and, pursuant to the terms of the Note Purchase Agreement, to induce the Investors to purchase the Securities; and

WHEREAS, the Issuer has duly authorized the execution, delivery and performance by it of this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises, and of the mutual covenants herein contained, and in order to induce the Trustee and the Collateral Agent to enter into the Indenture and the Investors to purchase the Securities, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and each Secured Party (and each of their respective successors or assigns), hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1     Terms Defined in the Indenture . All capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Indenture.

 

1


Section 1.2     Terms Defined in UCC . Terms defined in the UCC that are not otherwise defined in this Agreement are used herein as defined in the UCC.

Section 1.3     Definitions of Certain Terms Used Herein . As used in this Agreement, in addition to the terms defined in the preamble and Preliminary Statement above, the following terms have the following meanings:

Account ” means, with respect to a Person, any of such Person’s now owned and hereafter acquired or arising “accounts”, as defined in the UCC, including any rights to payment for the sale or lease of goods or rendition of services, whether or not they have been earned by performance, and “ Accounts ” means, with respect to any such Person, all of the foregoing.

Account Debtor ” means each Person obligated on an Account, Chattel Paper or General Intangible.

Bankruptcy Proceeding ” means, with respect to any Person, a general assignment by such Person for the benefit of its creditors, or the institution by or against such Person of any proceeding seeking relief as debtor, or seeking to adjudicate such Person as bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of such Person or its debts, under any law or regulation relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for such Person or for any substantial part of its property.

Chattel Paper ” means any “chattel paper”, as such term is defined in the UCC, now owned or hereafter acquired by any Person and, in any event, shall include, all Electronic Chattel Paper and Tangible Chattel Paper.

Co-Collateral Agent ” means a financial institution appointed by the Collateral Agent in accordance with Sections 7.6(a) and 7.7 hereto to act as co-collateral agent for the Secured Parties.

Collateral ” has the meaning specified in Article  II .

Collateral Agent’s Liens ” means the Liens in the Collateral granted to the Collateral Agent (or any Co-Collateral Agent), for the benefit of the Secured Parties, pursuant to this Agreement and the other Indenture Documents.

Collection Account ” means the account held at U.S. Bank National Association in the name of the Trustee or other Paying Agent, as applicable, or in the name of the Issuer, in each case for the benefit of the Secured Parties with account number 241925001, and any permitted account in replacement thereof with a successor trustee or successor paying agent, as applicable.

Control ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Article 8 of the UCC or, if applicable, in Section 9-104, 9-105, 9-106 or 9-107 of Article 9 of the UCC.

Direct Agreements ” means the following agreements (including any and all amendments thereto and any and all replacements thereof): (a) each Direct Agreement, dated as

 

2


of March 20, 2013, among the Issuer, Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas; (b) Consent and Agreement, dated as of July 19, 2013, among the Issuer, 2013B ESA Project Company, LLC and Silicon Valley Bank; (c) Consent and Agreement, dated as of July 18, 2014, among the Issuer, 2014 ESA Project Company, LLC and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas; and (d) Consent and Agreement, dated as of June 25, 2015, among the Issuer, 2015 ESA Project Company, LLC, and Wilmington Trust, National Association.

Effective Date ” means the date of this Agreement.

Electronic Chattel Paper ” means any “electronic chattel paper”, as such term is defined in the UCC, now owned or hereafter acquired by any Person.

Filing Office ” means Delaware and, if applicable, any other appropriate office of the state where the Issuer is “located” (as such term is used in Article 9-307 of the UCC).

Financial Assets ” means any “financial asset”, as such term is defined in the UCC, now owned or hereafter acquired by any Person.

Indenture Documents ” means (a) the Indenture and the Securities, (b) each Security Document, including this Agreement and (c) any other related documents or instruments executed and delivered by the Issuer or any Guarantor pursuant to the Indenture or any other Indenture Document, in each case, as such agreements may be amended, extended, renewed, restated, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.

Instrument ” means any “instrument”, as such term is defined in the UCC, now owned or hereafter acquired by any Person.

Majority Holders ” means, at any time, the Holders of at least a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding.

Obligations ” means all obligations of every nature of the Issuer under the Indenture Documents from time to time owed to the Trustee, any Holder, the Collateral Agent and any other Secured Party, whether for principal, interest (including interest which, but for the filing of a petition in any Bankruptcy Proceeding with respect to the Issuer, would have accrued on any Obligation, whether or not a claim is allowed or allowable against the Issuer for such interest in such proceeding), premium, fees, expenses, indemnification, performance or otherwise.

Payment Intangible ” means any “payment intangible”, as such term is defined in the UCC, now owned or hereafter acquired by any Person.

Permitted Liens ” means (a) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges or levies not overdue for a period of more than 10 days or not subject to penalties for nonpayment or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP; (b) Liens securing the Securities, including Liens arising under or relating to the Security Documents; (c) the Lien securing the Issuer’s compensation and indemnity obligations to the

 

3


Trustee under the Indenture; (d) Liens arising by virtue of any statutory or common law provisions relating to banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts (as defined in Article 9 of the UCC) or other funds maintained with a depository or financial institution; and (e) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business.

Proceeds ” means any “proceeds”, as such term is defined in the UCC, now owned or hereafter acquired by any Person.

Receivables ” means, with respect to the Servicing Agreements and Servicing Payments (as applicable), all (i) Accounts, (ii) Chattel Paper, (iii) Payment Intangibles, (iv) Instruments, (v) General Intangibles, and (vi) to the extent not otherwise included in the foregoing, all other rights to payment, whether or not earned by performance or for services rendered or to be rendered, regardless of how classified under the UCC, in each case with respect to the foregoing clauses (i) through (vi), to the extent representing or evidencing Servicing Payments or the contractual right to receive Servicing Payments.

Related Person ” means, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates, and the respective officers, directors, employees, agents and attorneys-in-fact of such Person and its Affiliates.

Requirement of Law ” means, as to any Person, any law (statutory or common), treaty, rule, or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or of a Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon the Person or any of its property or to which the Person or any of its property is subject.

Secured Parties ” means (a) the Collateral Agent (including any Co-Collateral Agents), (b) each Holder, (c) the Trustee and (d) the successors and permitted assigns of each of the foregoing.

Securities Account Investment Property ” means, with respect to a Person, all of such Person’s right, title, and interest in and to any and all “investment property”, as defined in the UCC, including, all (a) securities, whether certificated or uncertificated, (b) security entitlements and (c) securities accounts; together with all other units, rights, or other equivalent evidences of ownership (howsoever designated) issued by any Person.

Servicing Agreements ” means the following agreements (including any and all amendments thereto and any and all replacements thereof): (a) Master Operation and Maintenance Agreement dated as of April 13, 2012, between the Issuer and Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC; (b) Amended & Restated Master Operation and Maintenance Agreement dated as of December 21, 2012, between the Issuer and 2012 ESA Project Company, LLC (f/k/a 2012 V PPA Project Company, LLC); (c) Amended and Restated Master Energy Server Purchase and Services Agreement dated as of September 25, 2013, between the Issuer and 2013B ESA Project Company, LLC; (d) Amended and Restated Purchase, Use and Maintenance Agreement dated as of July 18, 2014, between the Issuer and 2014 ESA Project Company, LLC; (e) Amended and Restated Purchase, Use and Maintenance Agreement dated as of June 25,

 

4


2015, between the Issuer and 2015 ESA Project Company, LLC; (f) First Amended and Restated Purchase, Use and Maintenance Agreement dated as of October 24, 2016, and amended and restated as of June 26, 2017, between the Issuer and 2016 ESA Project Company, LLC; (g) Administrative Services Agreement dated as of April 13, 2012, among the Issuer, Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC and Diamond State Generation Holdings, LLC; (h) Administrative Services Agreement dated as of December 21, 2012, among the Issuer, 2012 ESA Project Company, LLC (f/k/a 2012 V PPA Project Company, LLC) and 2012 V PPA Holdco, LLC; (i) Amended and Restated Administrative Services Agreement dated as of September 25, 2013, among the Issuer, 2013B ESA Project Company, LLC and 2013B ESA Holdco, LLC; (j) Administrative Services Agreement dated as of July 18, 2014, among the Issuer, 2014 ESA Project Company, LLC and 2014 ESA Holdco, LLC; (k) Administrative Services Agreement dated as of June 25, 2015 between the Issuer and 2015 ESA Holdco, LLC; and (l) Administrative Services Agreement dated as of June 25, 2015 between the Issuer and 2015 ESA Project Company, LLC.

Servicing Payments ” means any and all cash flows payable as servicing or operations and maintenance (or similar) fees and administrative service (or similar) fees under the Servicing Agreements on or after July 1, 2017.

Tangible Chattel Paper ” means any “tangible chattel paper”, as such term is defined in the UCC, now owned or hereafter acquired by any Person.

UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code (or any successor statute), as in effect from time to time, of the State of New York or of any other state the laws of which are required as a result thereof to be applied in connection with the issue or perfection of security interests.

Section 1.4     Construction; Certain Defined Terms . The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”. The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”. Unless the context requires otherwise, (i) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument, other document, statute or regulation herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument, other document, statute or regulation as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, (ii) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and permitted assigns, but shall not be deemed to include the Subsidiaries of such person unless express reference is made to such Subsidiaries, (iii) the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder”, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (iv) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Schedules and Exhibits shall be construed to refer to Articles, Sections, Schedules and Exhibits of this Agreement, (v) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights and (vi) the term “or” is not exclusive. The Issuer and the Collateral Agent and the Trustee, on behalf of the Secured Parties, hereby acknowledge and agree that the representations

 

5


and warranties set forth in Article III and the covenants contained in Article IV of this Agreement shall apply only to assets and property of the Issuer that constitute Collateral.

ARTICLE II

GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST

As security for the Obligations, the Issuer hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a continuing security interest in and lien on, the Issuer’s right, title and interest in and to all of the following property and assets of the Issuer, whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising, regardless of where located:

(a)    the Collection Account;

(b)    any and all money, cash, checks, funds, Financial Assets, Securities Account Investment Property or other property or assets on deposit in or credited to the Collection Account;

(c)    the Servicing Payments;

(d)    any and all of the contractual rights of the Issuer under each Servicing Agreement to receive the Servicing Payments thereunder, including any and all Receivables, except to the extent that the grant of the security interest hereunder in such contractual rights requires a consent that has not been obtained under such Servicing Agreement (or related Direct Agreement), or would result in a breach or default under, or a termination of (or a right to terminate) such Servicing Agreement (or a breach or default under the related Direct Agreement); provided, however, that the foregoing exception shall not apply to the extent the relevant term that requires such consent or would result in such breach, default or termination (or right to terminate) is rendered ineffective pursuant to Section 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the UCC or any other applicable law; and

(e)    all Proceeds of the foregoing.

All of the foregoing are herein collectively referred to as the “ Collateral ”; provided in the case of each of clauses (c) and (d), solely to the extent that such Servicing Payments or contractual rights, as applicable, relate to Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC, Diamond State Generation Holdings, LLC, 2012 ESA Project Company, LLC, 2012 V PPA Holdco, LLC, 2013B ESA Project Company, LLC, 2013B ESA Holdco, LLC, 2014 ESA Project Company LLC, 2014 ESA Holdco, LLC, 2015 ESA Project Company, LLC, 2015 ESA Holdco, LLC, or 2016 ESA Project Company, LLC (or any successor to any of the foregoing, including any lender thereof (or agent or designee thereof)); provided , further , that any of the funds released by the Trustee or other Paying Agent, as applicable, from the Collection Account in accordance with Section 4.13 of the Indenture shall be excluded from the Collateral.

ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

The Issuer represents and warrants to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, that as of the Effective Date:

 

6


Section 3.1     Validity and Priority of Security Interest . This Agreement is effective to create in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in the Collateral and the proceeds thereof and when (a) financing statements in appropriate form are filed in the Filing Offices, the Lien created under this Agreement and the applicable Security Documents will constitute a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Issuer in such Collateral in which a security interest can be perfected by filing a financing statement (subject to Permitted Liens), in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person with respect to such perfection, and (b) when the Indenture has been executed and delivered by the parties thereto, the Lien created under this Agreement will constitute a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Issuer in such Collateral in which a security interest can be perfected by Control (subject to Permitted Liens), in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person with respect to such perfection.

Section 3.2     Location of Issuer and Collateral . Schedule 3.2 correctly and completely identifies the Issuer’s jurisdiction of incorporation, where the Issuer is “located” (as such term is used in Article 9-307 of the UCC), the Issuer’s chief executive office, the location of its books and records, and the locations of the Collateral.

Section 3.3     Names .

(a)    The name in which the Issuer has executed this Agreement is the exact name as it appears in the Issuer’s organizational documents, as filed with the Issuer’s jurisdiction of incorporation. Since January 1, 2012, the Issuer has not been known by or used any other corporate or fictitious name, or been a party to any merger or consolidation, or acquired all or substantially all of the assets of any Person.

(b)    All trade names, business names or corporate names under which the Issuer creates Accounts that constitute Collateral, or to which Instruments in payment of such Accounts are made payable, are listed on Schedule 3.3.

Section 3.4     Accounts and Chattel Paper . The names of the obligors, amounts owing, due dates and other information with respect to the Issuer’s Accounts and Chattel Paper that are Collateral are correctly stated, in all material respects, at the time furnished, in all records of the Issuer relating thereto.

Section 3.5     Documents, Instruments, and Chattel Paper . All documents, Instruments, and Chattel Paper of the Issuer evidencing or constituting Collateral, and all signatures and endorsements thereon, are and will be complete, valid, and genuine in all material respects are and will be owned by the Issuer free and clear of all Liens (subject to Permitted Liens). If the Issuer retains possession of any Chattel Paper or other Instruments, at the Collateral Agent’s request upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, such Chattel Paper or instruments shall be marked with the following legend: “This writing and the obligations evidenced or served hereby are subject to the security interest of U.S. Bank National Association, as Collateral Agent, for the benefit of Collateral Agent and certain Secured Parties.”

 

7


Section 3.6     No Financing Statements, Security Agreements . No financing statement or security agreement describing all or any portion of the Collateral that has not lapsed or been terminated naming the Issuer as debtor has been filed or is of record in any jurisdiction except for (a) financing statements or security agreements naming the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties as the secured party, (b) financing statements in connection with Permitted Liens, (c) those that are no longer effective, (d) the financing statement filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on December 15, 2015, naming U.S. Bank National Association as Collateral Agent (UCC initial filing number 2015 6037427), and the related Security Agreement, dated as of December 15, 2015 (as amended by the First Amendment to Security Agreement, dated on or about the date hereof), among the Issuer, the guarantors from time to time party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association, as collateral agent, and (e) the financing statement amendment to be filed on or about the date hereof restating the description of collateral contained in the financing statement described in clause (d) of this Section 3.6.

Section 3.7     Collection Account . The Issuer has provided irrevocable instructions to each Account Debtor under the Servicing Agreements to pay any and all Servicing Payments into the Collection Account.

ARTICLE IV

COVENANTS

From the date hereof, and thereafter until this Agreement is terminated, the Issuer agrees that:

Section 4.1     General .

(a)     Collateral Records. The Issuer shall maintain at all times reasonably detailed, accurate (in all material respects) and updated books and records pertaining to the Collateral and promptly furnish to the Collateral Agent such information relating to the Collateral as the Collateral Agent shall from time to time reasonably request.

(b)     Authorization to File Financing Statements; Ratification. The Collateral Agent may, and the Issuer hereby authorizes the Collateral Agent to, at any time and from time to time, file financing statements, continuation statements, and amendments thereto that describe the Collateral as described herein and which contain any other information required pursuant to Article 9 of the UCC for the sufficiency of filing office acceptance of any such financing statement, continuation statement, or amendment, and the Issuer agrees to furnish any such information to the Collateral Agent promptly upon request. The Collateral Agent shall inform the Issuer of any such filing either prior to, or reasonably promptly after, such filing and will provide a copy of such filing to Issuer promptly following such filing, though the Collateral Agent shall incur no liability for failing to so notify the Issuer or provide such copy. The Issuer acknowledges that it is not authorized to file any financing statement covering the Collateral or amendment or termination statement with respect to any financing statement covering the Collateral without the prior written consent of the Collateral Agent and agrees that it will not do so without such consent, subject to the Issuer’s rights under Section 9-509(d)(2) of Article 9 of the UCC.

 

8


(c)     Change of Name, Etc. The Issuer agrees to furnish to the Collateral Agent prompt written notice of any change in: (A) the Issuer’s name; (B) the Issuer’s state or other place of organization or form of organization, in each case at least thirty (30) days prior thereto; or (C) the Issuer’s Federal Taxpayer Identification Number or organizational identification number assigned to it by its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation. The Issuer agrees not to effect or permit any change referred to in the preceding sentence unless all filings are promptly made under the UCC that are required in order for the Collateral Agent to continue at all times following such change to have a valid, legal and perfected, security interest in the Collateral for its benefit and the benefit of the other Secured Parties to the extent such security interest may be perfected by the filing of a financing statement under the UCC.

Section 4.2     Collection Account . The Issuer shall maintain the Collection Account at U.S. Bank National Association (or any successor by merger or consolidation or any successor to the corporate trust business thereof), and such Collection Account shall remain in the name of the Trustee or Paying Agent, as applicable, or a successor trustee or successor paying agent, as applicable or in the name of the Issuer, in each case for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

Section 4.3     Securities Account Investment Property . The Issuer shall, at any time and from time to time take such steps as are necessary or as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request (i) for the Collateral Agent to obtain Control of any Securities Account Investment Property, deposit accounts, securities accounts, letter-of-credit rights, or Electronic Chattel Paper constituting Collateral with any agreements establishing Control to be in form reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent and (ii) to otherwise ensure the continued perfection and priority (subject to Permitted Liens) of the Collateral Agent’s security interest in any of the Collateral (to the extent required hereunder) and of the preservation of its rights therein.

Section 4.4     Certificated Securities . If the Issuer shall at any time hold or acquire any certificated securities constituting Collateral, the Issuer shall (i) if the Collection Account is a securities account and such certificated securities are of a type that may be held in such account, promptly deliver such securities into the Collection Account or (ii) otherwise promptly deliver the same to the Collateral Agent, accompanied by such undated instruments of transfer or assignment duly executed in blank, all in form reasonably satisfactory to transfer such securities to the Collateral Agent.

Section 4.5     Uncertificated Securities . If any securities now or hereafter acquired by the Issuer constituting Collateral are uncertificated and are issued to the Issuer or its nominee directly by the issuer thereof, the Issuer shall promptly notify the Collateral Agent thereof and, pursuant to an agreement in favor of the Collateral Agent sufficient to either (i) cause a Security Entitlement with respect to such uncertificated security to be held in the Collection Account (if the Collection Account is a securities account), (ii) arrange for the Collateral Agent to become the registered owner of such securities or (iii) cause the issuer of such uncertificated securities to agree to comply with instructions from the Collateral Agent as to such securities, without further consent of the Issuer or such nominee.

Section 4.6     Electronic Chattel Paper . If the Issuer at any time holds or acquires an interest in any Collateral comprised of Electronic Chattel Paper or any “transferable record”, as that term is defined in Section 201 of the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National

 

9


Commerce Act, or in Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act as in effect in any relevant jurisdiction, the Issuer shall promptly notify the Collateral Agent thereof and shall take such action as is necessary to vest in the Collateral Agent Control under UCC Section 9-105 of such Electronic Chattel Paper or control (to the extent the meaning of “control” has not been clearly established under such provisions, “control” in this Section 4.6 to have such meaning as the Collateral Agent shall reasonably specify in writing after consultation with the Issuer) under Section 201 of the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act or, as the case may be, Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, as so in effect in such jurisdiction, of such transferable record. The Collateral Agent agrees with the Issuer that the Collateral Agent will arrange, pursuant to procedures reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent and so long as such procedures will not result in the Collateral Agent’s loss of Control or control, as applicable, which may be established to the satisfaction of the Collateral Agent pursuant to the delivery to it by the Issuer of an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel, for the Issuer to make alterations to the Electronic Chattel Paper or transferable record permitted under UCC Section 9-105 or, as the case may be, Section 201 of the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act or Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act for a party in Control to allow without loss of Control or control, as applicable, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur after taking into account any action by the Issuer with respect to such Electronic Chattel Paper or transferable record.

Section 4.7     Receivables . The Issuer shall keep and maintain at its own cost and expense complete records of each Receivable, including records of all payments received, all credits granted thereon and all other documentation relating thereto. The Issuer shall, at the Issuer’s sole cost and expense, upon the Collateral Agent’s demand made at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, deliver copies of all tangible evidence of Receivables, including copies of all documents evidencing Receivables and any books and records relating thereto to the Collateral Agent or to its representatives. The Issuer shall legend, at the request of the Collateral Agent made at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, and in form and manner satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, the Receivables and the other books, records and documents of the Issuer evidencing or pertaining to the Receivables with an appropriate reference to the fact that the Receivables have been pledged to the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties and that the Collateral Agent has a security interest therein.

Section 4.8     Further Assurances .

(a)     Perfection and Protection . The Issuer shall, at its expense, perform all steps as may be required or as reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent (at the direction of the Majority Holders) at any time to perfect, maintain, protect, and enforce the Collateral Agent’s Liens, including (i) delivering to the Collateral Agent the originals of all Instruments, documents, Chattel Paper and all other Collateral of which the Collateral Agent is required to have or reasonably requests to have physical possession of in order to perfect and protect the Collateral Agent’s security interest therein, duly pledged, endorsed, or assigned to the Collateral Agent as provided herein, and (ii) execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, to the Collateral Agent and/or the Trustee such documents and agreements as the Collateral Agent and/or the Trustee may, from time to time, reasonably request to carry out the terms and

 

10


conditions of this Agreement and the other Indenture Documents. To the extent permitted by any Requirement of Law, the Collateral Agent may file, without the Issuer’s signature, one or more financing statements disclosing the Collateral Agent’s Liens.

(b)     Replacement Servicing Agreements . Upon the entry into any Servicing Agreement by the Issuer that puts in place a new Servicing Agreement to provide for servicing or operations and maintenance services (or similar) by the Issuer or administrative services (or similar) by the Issuer, between the Issuer on the one hand and any PPA Company or 2016 ESA Project Company, LLC, on the other hand, in each case in replacement of any existing Servicing Agreement (such new agreement, the “ Replacement Servicing Agreement ”), the Issuer shall execute and deliver such security instruments, financing statements and certificates as shall be reasonably necessary to vest in the Collateral Agent a perfected security interest or other Lien in such Replacement Servicing Agreement (subject to Permitted Liens) and to have such Replacement Servicing Agreement added to the Collateral, and thereupon all provisions of this Agreement relating to the Collateral, shall be deemed to relate to such Replacement Servicing Agreement to the same extent and with the same force and effect. Such security interests and Liens will be created under security agreements and other instruments and documents in form reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, and the Issuer shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Collateral Agent and the Trustee all such instruments and documents as are necessary or that the Collateral Agent shall reasonably request to evidence compliance with this Section 4.8(b).

ARTICLE V

REMEDIES

Section 5.1     Remedies .

(a)    If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing:

(i)    the Collateral Agent shall have, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, in addition to all other rights of the Collateral Agent and the Trustee, the rights and remedies of a secured party under the UCC (whether or not the UCC applies to the affected Collateral) or under any other applicable law when a debtor is in default under a security agreement;

(ii)    the Collateral Agent may, at any time, take possession of the Collateral and keep it on the Issuer’s premises, at no cost to the Collateral Agent, the Trustee or any other Secured Party or remove any part of it to such other place or places as the Collateral Agent may desire, or the Issuer shall, upon the Collateral Agent’s demand, at the Issuer’s cost, assemble the Collateral and make it available to the Collateral Agent at a place reasonably convenient to the Collateral Agent;

(iii)    the Collateral Agent may sell and deliver any Collateral at public or private sales, for cash, upon credit, or otherwise, at such prices and upon such terms as the Collateral Agent deems advisable, in its sole discretion, and may, if the Collateral Agent deems it reasonable, postpone or adjourn any sale of the Collateral by an announcement at the time and place of sale or of such postponed or adjourned sale

 

11


without giving a new notice of sale; provided that in connection with any such sale of Collateral, the Collateral Agent shall use its reasonable commercial efforts to maintain the confidentiality of any proprietary information of the Issuer (consistent with the confidentiality obligations of the Holders as required by the Indenture Documents);

(iv)    the Collateral Agent may give any instruction to the Trustee or Paying Agent, as applicable, with respect to the Collection Account, including notice of sole control or may exercise the rights and remedies provided therein and take any action as provided therein with respect to the Collection Account; and

(v)    the Collateral Agent may, concurrently with or following written notice to the Issuer, transfer and register in its name or in the name of its nominee the whole or any part of the Securities Account Investment Property constituting Collateral, exchange certificates or instruments representing or evidencing Securities Account Investment Property constituting Collateral for certificates or instruments of smaller or larger denominations, exercise all rights as a holder with respect thereto, collect and receive all cash dividends, interest, principal and other distributions made thereon and otherwise act with respect to the Securities Account Investment Property constituting Collateral as though the Collateral Agent was the outright owner thereof.

(b)    Without in any way requiring notice to be given in the following manner, the Issuer agrees that any notice by the Collateral Agent of any sale, disposition, or other intended action hereunder or in connection herewith, whether required by the UCC or otherwise, shall constitute reasonable notice to the Issuer if such notice is mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or is delivered personally against receipt, at least ten (10) Business Days prior to such action to the Issuer’s address specified in or pursuant to Section 8.1 unless a longer period is required by Requirement of Law.

(c)    If any Collateral is sold on terms other than payment in full at the time of sale, no credit shall be given against the Obligations until the Collateral Agent receives payment, and if the buyer defaults in payment, credit shall be limited to amounts actually received and retained by the Collateral Agent in connection with such sale; in such event, the Collateral Agent shall use commercially reasonable efforts to retake possession of any Collateral sold to the defaulting buyer for which payment was not made.

(d)    In the event the Collateral Agent seeks to take possession of all or any portion of the Collateral by judicial process, the Issuer irrevocably waives to the extent permitted by applicable law: (i) the posting of any bond, surety, or security with respect thereto which might otherwise be required; (ii) any demand for possession prior to the commencement of any suit or action to recover the Collateral; and (iii) any requirement that the Collateral Agent retain possession and not dispose of any Collateral until after trial or final judgment.

(e)    If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Issuer hereby waives, to the extent permitted by applicable law, all rights to a hearing prior to the exercise by the Collateral Agent of the Collateral Agent’s rights to repossess the Collateral without judicial process or to replevy, attach, or levy upon the Collateral.

 

12


(f)    The Issuer acknowledges and agrees that the Collateral Agent has no obligation to preserve rights to the Collateral or marshal any Collateral for the benefit of any Person.

(g)    The Issuer acknowledges and agrees that the compliance by the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, with any applicable state or federal law requirements may be required in connection with a disposition of the Collateral and such compliance will not be considered to adversely affect the commercial reasonableness of any sale of the Collateral.

(h)    The Collateral Agent shall have the right upon any public sale or sales and, to the extent permitted by law, upon any private sale or sales, to purchase for the benefit of the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties, the whole or any part of the Collateral so sold, free of any right of equity redemption, which equity redemption the Issuer hereby expressly releases.

(i)    Until the Collateral Agent is able to effect a sale, transfer or other disposition of Collateral, the Collateral Agent shall have the right, but no duty or obligation, to hold or use Collateral, or any part thereof, to the extent that it deems appropriate for the purpose of preserving Collateral or the value of the Collateral, or for any other purpose deemed appropriate by the Collateral Agent. The Collateral Agent may, if it so elects, but shall have no obligation to, seek the appointment of a receiver or keeper to take possession of Collateral and to enforce any of the Collateral Agent’s remedies (for the benefit of the Collateral Agent and Secured Parties), with respect to such appointment without prior notice or hearing as to such appointment.

(j)    Any remedy or enforcement action to be taken hereunder by the Collateral Agent with respect to the Collateral shall be at the written direction of the Trustee (acting pursuant to the direction of the Majority Holders pursuant to the Indenture).

Section 5.2     Application of Proceeds . The Collateral Agent shall apply the proceeds of any foreclosure or other realization upon any Collateral, as well as any Collateral consisting of cash, as follows:

FIRST, to the payment of all reasonable and documented costs and expenses incurred by the Collateral Agent (in its capacity as such hereunder or under the Indenture or any other Indenture Document) and the Trustee in connection with such collection, sale, foreclosure or realization or reasonable costs, expenses, claims or liabilities of the Collateral Agent or the Trustee otherwise relating to or arising in connection with this Agreement, the Indenture or any other Indenture Document or any of the Obligations, including all court costs and the reasonable and documented fees and expenses of its agents and legal counsel, the repayment of all advances made by the Collateral Agent or the Trustee hereunder or under the Indenture or any other Indenture Document on behalf of the Issuer, any other reasonable and documented costs or expenses incurred by the Collateral Agent or the Trustee in connection with the exercise of any remedy hereunder or under the Indenture or any other Indenture Document, and any indemnification of the Collateral Agent and the Trustee required by the terms hereunder, under the Indenture or any other Indenture Document;

 

13


SECOND, to the Trustee for distribution in accordance with the priorities set forth in Section 6.10 of the Indenture.

Except as otherwise provided herein, the Collateral Agent shall have absolute discretion as to the time of application of any such proceeds, moneys or balances in accordance with this Agreement. Upon any sale of Collateral by the Collateral Agent (including pursuant to a power of sale granted by statute or under a judicial proceeding), the receipt of the Collateral Agent or of the officer making the sale shall be a sufficient discharge to the purchaser or purchasers of the Collateral so sold and such purchaser or purchasers shall not be obligated to see to the application of any part of the purchase money paid over to the Collateral Agent or such officer or be answerable in any way for the misapplication thereof.

Section 5.3     Retention of Rights . So long as the Collateral Agent has not exercised remedies under this Agreement with respect to any Collateral upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, the Issuer reserves all rights with respect to Collateral of the sort described in clause (d) of Article II (except as limited by the Indenture Documents), including all rights to use, apply, modify, dispose of or otherwise deal with such Collateral (except as limited by the Indenture Documents).

ARTICLE VI

CONCERNING THE COLLATERAL AGENT

Section 6.1     Reliance by Collateral Agent; Indemnity Against Liabilities, etc .

(a)    Whenever in the performance of its duties under this Agreement or any other Indenture Document, the Collateral Agent shall deem it necessary or desirable that a matter be proved or established with respect to the Issuer or any other Person in connection with the taking, suffering or omitting of any action hereunder by the Collateral Agent, such matter may be conclusively deemed to be proved or established by a certificate executed by an Officer of such Person, including an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel, and the Collateral Agent shall have no liability with respect to any action taken, suffered or omitted in reliance thereon. The Collateral Agent may at any time solicit written confirmatory instructions, including a direction of the Trustee, the Issuer or an order of a court of competent jurisdiction as to any action that it may be requested or required to take or that it may propose to take in the performance of any of its obligations under this Agreement or any other Indenture Document and shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to act hereunder or under any Indenture Document until it shall have received such requisite instruction.

(b)    The Collateral Agent shall be fully protected in relying upon any note, writing, affidavit, electronic communication, fax, resolution, statement, certificate, instrument, opinion, report, notice (including any notice of an Event of Default or of the cure or waiver thereof), request, consent, order or other paper or document or oral conversation (including, telephone conversations) which it in good faith believes to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, presented or made by the proper party. The Collateral Agent may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any notice, certificate or opinion furnished to the Collateral Agent in connection with this Agreement or any other Indenture Document and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including

 

14


counsel to the Issuer or the Issuer, independent accountants and other agents consulted by the Collateral Agent).

Section 6.2     Exercise of Remedies . The remedies of the Collateral Agent hereunder and under the other Security Documents shall include, but not be limited to, the disposition of the Collateral by foreclosure or other sale and the exercising of all remedies of a secured lender under the UCC, bankruptcy laws or similar laws of any applicable jurisdiction.

Section 6.3     Authorized Investments .

(a)    So long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any and all funds held by the Collateral Agent in its capacity as Collateral Agent, whether pursuant to any provision hereof or of any other Security Document or otherwise, shall, to the extent reasonably practicable following receipt by the Collateral Agent from the Issuer of specific written instructions in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent delivered to the Collateral Agent at least three (3) Business Days prior to the proposed investment, be invested by the Collateral Agent within a reasonable time in the Cash Equivalents identified in such written instructions. In the absence of written instructions or so long as any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, such funds may be invested in the U.S. Bank National Association Money Market Deposit Account to the extent such investment is available to the Collateral Agent; provided that the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.3(a) shall not apply to the extent funds are invested pursuant to Section 4.13 of the Indenture.

(b)    The Collateral Agent shall not be responsible for any investment losses in respect of any funds invested in accordance with this Section 6.3. The Collateral Agent shall have no duty or obligation regarding the reinvestment of any such funds in the absence of updated written instructions from the Issuer in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.

Section 6.4     Bankruptcy Proceedings . The following provisions shall apply during any Bankruptcy Proceeding of the Issuer:

(a)    The Collateral Agent shall represent all Secured Parties in connection with all matters directly relating to the Collateral, including, any use or sale of Collateral, use of cash collateral, request for relief from the automatic stay and request for adequate protection.

(b)    Each Secured Party shall be free to act independently on any issue not affecting the Collateral. Each Secured Party shall give prior notice to the Collateral Agent of any such action that could materially affect the rights or interests of the Collateral Agent or the other Secured Parties to the extent that such notice is reasonably practicable. If such prior notice is not given, such Secured Party shall give prompt notice following any action taken hereunder.

(c)    Any proceeds of the Collateral received by any Secured Party as a result of, or during, any Bankruptcy Proceeding will be delivered promptly to the Collateral Agent for distribution in accordance with Section 5.2.

 

15


ARTICLE VII

COLLATERAL AGENT AND TRUSTEE RIGHTS, DUTIES AND

LIABILITIES; ATTORNEY IN FACT; PROXY

Section 7.1     The Collateral Agent s and the Trustee s Rights, Duties, and Liabilities .

(a)    The Issuer assumes all responsibility and liability arising from or relating to the use, sale, collection, foreclosure, realization on, conveyance or other disposition of or involving the Collateral. The Obligations shall not be affected by any failure of the Issuer, the Collateral Agent or the Trustee to take any steps to perfect the Collateral Agent’s Liens or to collect or realize upon the Collateral, nor shall loss of or damage to the Collateral release the Issuer from any of the Obligations. Following the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, the Collateral Agent may (but shall not be required to), and at the direction of the Trustee (acting in accordance with the instructions of the Majority Holders pursuant to the Indenture) shall, subject to the terms of the Indenture, without notice to or consent from the Issuer sue upon or otherwise collect, extend the time for payment of, modify or amend the terms of, compromise or settle for cash, credit, or otherwise upon any terms, grant other indulgences, extensions, renewals, compositions, or releases, and take or omit to take any other action with respect to the Collateral, any security therefor, any agreement relating thereto, or any Person liable directly or indirectly in connection with any of the foregoing, without discharging or otherwise affecting the liability of the Issuer for the Obligations or under the Indenture, any other Indenture Document or any other agreement now or hereafter existing between any Secured Party and the Issuer.

(b)    It is expressly agreed by the Issuer that nothing in this Agreement shall release the Issuer from its obligations and liabilities under each of its contracts and each of its licenses to observe and perform all the conditions and obligations to be observed and performed by it thereunder. The Collateral Agent and the Trustee shall not have any obligation or liability under any contract or license by reason of or arising out of this Agreement or the granting herein of a Lien thereon or the receipt by the Collateral Agent or the Trustee of any payment relating to any contract or license pursuant hereto that is applied as required herein. The Collateral Agent and the Trustee shall not be required or obligated in any manner to perform or fulfill any of the obligations of the Issuer under or pursuant to any contract or license, or to make any payment, or to make any inquiry as to the nature or the sufficiency of any payment received by it or the sufficiency of any performance by any party under any contract or license, or to present or file any claims, or to take any action to collect or enforce any performance or the payment of any amounts which may have been assigned to it or to which it may be entitled at any time or times.

Section 7.2     Right to Cure . The Collateral Agent may (but shall not be required to), in its reasonable discretion, pay any reasonable amount or do any reasonable act required of the Issuer hereunder or under any other Indenture Document in order to preserve, protect, maintain, or enforce the Obligations, the Collateral or the Collateral Agent’s Liens therein, and which the Issuer fails to timely pay or do, including payment of any judgment against the Issuer, any insurance premium, any warehouse charge, any finishing or processing charge, any landlord’s or bailee’s claim, and any other Lien upon or with respect to the Collateral. All payments that the Collateral Agent makes under this Section 7.2 and all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses that the Collateral Agent pays or incurs in connection with any action taken

 

16


by it hereunder shall be promptly reimbursed by the Issuer. Any payment made or other action taken by the Collateral Agent under this Section 7.2 shall be without prejudice to any right to assert an Event of Default hereunder and to proceed thereafter as herein provided.

Section 7.3     Confidentiality .

(a)    The Collateral Agent, in its individual capacity and as Collateral Agent, and the Trustee, in its individual capacity and as Trustee, agree and acknowledge that all information provided to the Collateral Agent or the Trustee by the Issuer or any Subsidiary (or any holder or indirect equityholder of the Issuer or such Subsidiary) that is expressly identified as relating to the Indenture Documents (“ Confidential Information ”) shall be considered to be proprietary and confidential information; provided that any information provided to the Collateral Agent or the Trustee by the Issuer or any Subsidiary (or any holder or indirect equityholder of the Issuer or such Subsidiary) that is not so identified, or that is provided to U.S. Bank National Association in its capacity as trustee or collateral agent for the 5% Convertible Notes, shall not be considered Confidential Information. Each of the Trustee and the Collateral Agent agrees to take all reasonable precautions necessary to keep such Confidential Information confidential, which precautions shall be no less stringent than those that the Collateral Agent and the Trustee, as applicable, employs to protect its own confidential information. Each of the Collateral Agent and the Trustee shall not disclose to any third party other than as set forth herein, and shall not use for any purpose other than the exercise of the Collateral Agent’s and the Trustee’s rights and the performance of its respective obligations under this Agreement, any such information without the prior written consent of the Issuer. Each of the Collateral Agent and the Trustee shall limit access to such information received hereunder to (a) its directors, officers, managers and employees and (b) its legal advisors, to each of whom disclosure of such information is necessary for the purposes described above; provided, however , that in each case such party has expressly agreed to maintain such information in confidence under terms and conditions substantially identical to the terms of this Section 7.3.

(b)    Each of the Collateral Agent and the Trustee agree that, unless otherwise provided hereunder or under the Indenture, the Issuer does not have any responsibility whatsoever for any reliance on Confidential Information by the Collateral Agent or the Trustee or by any Person to whom such information is disclosed in connection with this Agreement, whether related to the purposes described above or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each of the Collateral Agent and the Trustee agrees that the Issuer makes no representation or warranty whatsoever to it with respect to Confidential Information or its suitability for such purposes. Each of the Collateral Agent and the Trustee further agrees that it shall not acquire any rights against the Issuer or any employee, officer, director, manager, representative or agent of the Issuer (together with the Issuer and any employee, officer, director, manager, representative or agent of the Issuer, “ Confidential Parties ”) as a result of the disclosure of Confidential Information to the Trustee and that no Confidential Party has any duty, responsibility, liability or obligation to any Person as a result of any such disclosure.

(c)    In the event the Collateral Agent or the Trustee is required to disclose any Confidential Information received hereunder in order to comply with any applicable laws, regulations or court orders, it may disclose Confidential Information only to the extent necessary for such compliance; provided, however , that it shall give the Issuer, reasonable advance written

 

17


notice of any such court proceeding in which such disclosure may be required pursuant to a court order so as to afford the Issuer full and fair opportunity to oppose the issuance of such order and to appeal therefrom and shall cooperate reasonably with the Issuer, as applicable, in opposing such order and in securing confidential treatment of any Confidential Information to be disclosed and/or obtaining a protective order narrowing the scope of such disclosure (in each case at the Issuer’s sole cost and expense and to the extent permitted pursuant to such applicable law, regulation or court order).

Section 7.4     Power of Attorney . The Issuer hereby appoints the Collateral Agent and the Collateral Agent’s designee as the Issuer’s attorney, with power upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default: (a) to endorse the Issuer’s name on any checks, notes, acceptances, money orders, or other forms of payment or security that come into the Collateral Agent’s or any Secured Party’s possession; (b) to sign the Issuer’s name on any drafts against customers, on assignments of Accounts, on notices of assignment, financing statements, and other public records and to file any such financing statements by electronic means with or without a signature as authorized or required by applicable law or filing procedure; (c) to send requests for verification of Accounts to customers or Account Debtors; and (d) to do all things the Collateral Agent reasonably determines are necessary to carry out the security interest provisions of the Indenture and the provisions of this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or any Indenture Document to the contrary, none of the Trustee, the Collateral Agent, nor their attorneys, employees or Affiliates will be liable for any acts or omissions or for any error of judgment or mistake of fact or law other than any such liability arising from any such Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction.

Section 7.5     NATURE OF APPOINTMENT; LIMITATION OF DUTY . THE APPOINTMENT OF THE COLLATERAL AGENT AS ATTORNEY-IN-FACT IN THIS ARTICLE VII IS COUPLED WITH AN INTEREST AND SHALL BE IRREVOCABLE UNTIL THE DATE ON WHICH THIS AGREEMENT IS TERMINATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8.12. NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING CONTAINED IN THIS AGREEMENT OR IN ANY INDENTURE DOCUMENT, NEITHER THE COLLATERAL AGENT, NOR ANY SECURED PARTY, NOR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES, OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES SHALL HAVE ANY DUTY TO EXERCISE ANY RIGHT OR POWER GRANTED HEREUNDER OR OTHERWISE OR TO PRESERVE THE SAME AND SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY FAILURE TO DO SO OR FOR ANY DELAY IN DOING SO, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT SUCH DAMAGES ARE ATTRIBUTABLE TO THEIR OWN GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT AS FINALLY DETERMINED BY A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION; PROVIDED THAT, IN NO EVENT SHALL THEY BE LIABLE FOR ANY PUNITIVE, EXEMPLARY, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.

Section 7.6     Additional Matters Relating to the Collateral Agent .

(a)     The Collateral Agent. U.S. Bank National Association shall initially act as Collateral Agent for the Secured Parties and shall be authorized to appoint co-collateral agents as necessary in its sole discretion. U.S. Bank National Association, as Collateral Agent, is authorized and directed to (i) enter into the Indenture Documents, (ii) bind the Secured Parties on

 

18


the terms as set forth in the Indenture Documents and (iii) perform and observe its obligations under the Indenture Documents.

(b)     Role of the Collateral Agent . The rights, duties, liabilities and immunities of the Collateral Agent and its appointment, resignation and replacement hereunder and under the Indenture and the other Indenture Documents shall be governed by this Agreement, Article 11 of the Indenture and the relevant provisions contained in the other Indenture Documents. Without limiting the foregoing, the rights, privileges, protections and benefits given to the Collateral Agent under the Indenture are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Collateral Agent in connection with the execution, delivery and administration of this Agreement and the other Indenture Documents and any action taken or omitted to be taken by the Collateral Agent in connection with its appointment and performance under this Agreement and the other Indenture Documents to which it is a party.

(c)     Absence of Fiduciary Relation . The Collateral Agent undertakes to perform or to observe only such of its agreements and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Agreement, the Indenture and the other Indenture Documents, and no implied agreements, covenants or obligations with respect to the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer, any Secured Party or any other party shall be read into this Agreement against the Collateral Agent. The Collateral Agent in its capacity as such is not a fiduciary of and shall not owe or be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the Issuer or any Related Person of the Issuer.

(d)     Exculpatory Provisions .

(i)    None of the Collateral Agent, the Trustee or any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Related Persons shall be responsible or liable in any manner (A) to the Issuer or any of its Related Persons for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it under or in connection with this Agreement in compliance herewith, (B) to any Secured Party or any other Person for any recitals, statements, representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement or in any Indenture Document or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by the Collateral Agent under or in connection with, this Agreement or any Indenture Document, (C) to any Secured Party or any other Person for the validity, effectiveness, adequacy, genuineness or enforceability of this Agreement or any Indenture Document, or any Lien purported to be created hereunder or under any Indenture Document, (D) to any Secured Party or any other Person for the validity or sufficiency of the Collateral or for the payment of taxes, charges, assessments or Liens upon the Collateral or otherwise as to the maintenance of the Collateral or (E) to any Secured Party or other Person for any failure of the Issuer to perform its obligations hereunder or of the Issuer to perform any of the Obligations.

(ii)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, (A) in no event shall the Trustee or the Collateral Agent be responsible for or have any obligation, duty or liability with respect to the creation, perfection, priority, maintenance, protection or enforcement of any Lien on, security interest in, pledge or other encumbrance involving or relating to the Collateral or any other assets, properties or rights of the Issuer, (B) none of the Trustee or the Collateral Agent shall be responsible

 

19


for filing any financing or continuation statements or recording any documents or instruments in any public office at any time or times or otherwise perfecting or maintaining the perfection of any Liens in the Collateral and (C) none of the Trustee or the Collateral Agent shall be under any obligation to any Person to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or to inspect the properties or records of the Issuer. The permissive rights of the Collateral Agent to do things enumerated in this Agreement shall not be construed as a duty or obligation. The Collateral Agent may rely conclusively on any Opinions of Counsel rendered to the Collateral Agent under the Indenture in determining any necessary or desirable actions under this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Collateral Agent’s sole duty with respect to the custody, safekeeping and physical preservation of the Collateral in its possession, under the UCC or otherwise, shall be to deal with it in the same manner as the Collateral Agent deals with similar property for its own account and the Collateral Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of the Collateral in its possession if the Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which comparable secured parties accord comparable collateral. None of the Collateral Agent or the Trustee shall be liable for failure to demand, collect or realize upon any of the Collateral or for any delay in doing so or shall be under any obligation to sell or otherwise dispose of any Collateral upon the request of the Issuer or any other Person or to take any other action whatsoever with regard to the Collateral or any part thereof.

(iii)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, none of the Collateral Agent, the Trustee or any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact, or Related Persons shall be exonerated from any liability arising from its or their own gross negligence or willful misconduct, as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction.

(e)     Fees and Expenses . The Issuer agrees that it shall upon demand pay to the Collateral Agent and any Secured Party the amount of any and all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees, costs and expenses (including the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees and expenses of their respective counsel, any special consultants reasonably engaged (and, unless an Event of Default exists, such special consultants engaged only with the consent of the Issuer) by the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party, as the case may be, in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby) that the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party, as the case may be, may incur in connection with (i) any Event of Default, including the sale or other disposition of, collection from, or other realization upon, any of the Collateral pursuant to the exercise or enforcement of any of their respective rights hereunder, (ii) the exercise of their respective rights under this Agreement or under any Indenture Document, including the custody, preservation, use or operation of, or the sale of, any of the Collateral, (iii) performance by the Collateral Agent of any obligations of the Issuer that the Issuer has failed or refused to perform with respect to the Collateral, (iv) bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, foreclosure, winding up or liquidation proceedings and defending or asserting rights and claims of the Collateral Agent in respect thereof, by litigation or otherwise, or (v) the execution and delivery and administration of this Agreement and the other Indenture Documents and, any agreement supplemental hereto or thereto, and any instruments of amendment, waiver, further assurance, release or termination,

 

20


including with respect to the termination and/or release of any or all of the Liens in the Collateral provided for in this Agreement and the other Security Documents.

(f)     Filing Fees, Taxes, etc . The Issuer shall pay on demand all filing, registration and recording fees or re-filing, re-registration, and re-recording fees, and all federal, state, county, and municipal stamp taxes and other similar taxes, duties, imposts, assessments, and charges arising out of or in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Indenture, the other Indenture Documents, and any agreement supplemental hereto or thereto and any instruments of further assurance or termination.

(g)     Security Against Costs . The Collateral Agent shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Agreement or any other Indenture Document at the request, order or direction of any Secured Party pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture or any Indenture Document, unless such Secured Party shall have offered to the Collateral Agent security or indemnity satisfactory to the Collateral Agent against the costs, expenses and liabilities which may be incurred by it in compliance with such request, order or direction.

(h)     No Responsibility for Investments . In no event shall the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party be liable or responsible for any funds or investments of funds held by the Issuer or any Affiliates thereof.

Section 7.7     Appointment of Co-Collateral Agent . In the event that the Collateral Agent appoints a Co-Collateral Agent, or Co-Collateral Agents, in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.6(a) of this Agreement, such Co-Collateral Agent(s) shall enter into a Co-Collateral Agent Appointment Agreement in a form satisfactory to the Collateral Agent and such Co-Collateral Agent, and upon acceptance of the appointment, such Co-Collateral Agent shall be entitled to all of the rights, privileges, limitations on liability and immunities afforded to and subject to all the duties of the Collateral Agent hereunder, and shall be deemed to be a party to this Agreement for all purposes provided in this Section 7.7, in each case, subject to the specific rights and duties vested in the Co-Collateral Agent pursuant to the Co-Collateral Agent Appointment Agreement and related Security Documents. It is accepted and acknowledged by the parties hereto that any Co-Collateral Agent appointed in accordance with Section 7.6(a) and this Section 7.7 shall be entitled to the payment of its fees and expenses as agreed to by the Issuer, and without limitation of any of the other provisions of this Agreement, shall be deemed to be an indemnified party under Section 8.16 of this Agreement with respect to any liability arising under this Agreement or the other Indenture Documents without need for further act by the Issuer.

Section 7.8     Collection Account . Unless an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Trustee or other Paying Agent, as applicable, shall administer the Collection Account pursuant to Section 4.13 of the Indenture. The Trustee shall, and shall direct any other Paying Agent to, (i) act as the agent for and representative of the Collateral Agent for purposes of perfecting the security interest granted hereunder in the Collection Account and the funds on deposit therein and (ii) follow the directions of the Collateral Agent with respect to the Collection Account and the funds on deposit therein in the exercise of remedies permitted

 

21


hereunder or under any Security Document upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default.

ARTICLE VIII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 8.1     Notice . All notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by fax, as follows:

 

  (a) if to the Collateral Agent, to it at

U.S. Bank National Association

Global Corporate Trust Services

633 West Fifth Street, 24 th Floor

Los Angeles, California 90071

Attention: Bradley Scarbrough (Bloom Energy 2017 Indenture)

Facsimile: (213) 615-6197

 

  (b) if to the Trustee, to it at

U.S. Bank National Association

Global Corporate Trust Services

633 West Fifth Street, 24 th Floor

Los Angeles, California 90071

Attention: Bradley Scarbrough (Bloom Energy 2017 Indenture)

Facsimile: (213) 615-6197

 

  (c) if to the Issuer, at

Bloom Energy Corporation

1299 Orleans Drive

Sunnyvale, California 94089

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: (408) 543-1504

Any party hereto may change its address or facsimile number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. All notices and other communications given to any party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt if delivered by hand or overnight courier service or sent by facsimile or on the date five (5) Business Days after dispatch by certified or registered mail if mailed, in each case delivered, sent or mailed (properly addressed) to such party as provided in this Section 8.1 or in accordance with the latest unrevoked direction from such party given in accordance with this Section 8.1. Notwithstanding the foregoing, notices to the Collateral Agent shall only be effective upon actual receipt.

 

22


Section 8.2     Waiver of Notices . Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, the Issuer hereby waives (to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law) presentment, demand, protest or any notice of any kind in connection with this Agreement or any Collateral.

Section 8.3     Limitation on Collateral Agent s and Secured Party s Duty with Respect to the Collateral . The Collateral Agent shall have no obligation to prepare the Collateral for sale. The Collateral Agent and each Secured Party shall use reasonable care with respect to the Collateral in its possession or under its control. Neither the Collateral Agent nor any Secured Party shall have any other duty as to any Collateral in its possession or control or in the possession or control of any agent or nominee of the Collateral Agent or such Secured Party, or any income thereon (other than to account for proceeds therefrom) or as to the preservation of rights against prior parties or any other rights pertaining thereto. To the extent that applicable law imposes duties on the Collateral Agent to exercise remedies in a commercially reasonable manner, and to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Issuer acknowledges and agrees that it would be commercially reasonable for the Collateral Agent (i) to fail to incur expenses deemed significant by the Collateral Agent to prepare Collateral for disposition, (ii) to the extent permitted by applicable law, to fail to obtain third party consents for access to Collateral to be disposed of, or to obtain or, if not required by other law, to fail to obtain governmental or third party consents for the collection or disposition of Collateral to be collected or disposed of, (iii) to fail to exercise collection remedies against Account Debtors or other Persons obligated on Collateral or to remove Liens on or any adverse claims against Collateral, (iv) to exercise collection remedies against Account Debtors and other Persons obligated on Collateral directly or through the use of collection agencies and other collection specialists, (v) to advertise dispositions of Collateral through publications or media of general circulation, whether or not the Collateral is of a specialized nature, (vi) to contact other Persons, whether or not in the same business as the Issuer, for expressions of interest in acquiring all or any portion of such Collateral, (vii) to hire one or more professional auctioneers to assist in the disposition of Collateral, whether or not the Collateral is of a specialized nature, (viii) to dispose of Collateral by utilizing internet sites that provide for the auction of assets of the types included in the Collateral or that have the reasonable capacity of doing so, or that match buyers and sellers of assets, (ix) to dispose of assets in wholesale rather than retail markets, (x) to disclaim disposition warranties, such as title, possession or quiet enjoyment, (xi) to purchase insurance or credit enhancements to insure the Collateral Agent against risks of loss, collection or disposition of Collateral or to provide to the Collateral Agent a guaranteed return from the collection or disposition of Collateral, or (xii) to the extent deemed appropriate by the Collateral Agent, to obtain the services of other brokers, investment bankers, consultants and other professionals to assist the Collateral Agent in the collection or disposition of any of the Collateral. The Issuer acknowledges that the purpose of this Section 8.3 is to provide non-exhaustive indications of what actions or omissions by the Collateral Agent would be commercially reasonable in the Collateral Agent’s exercise of remedies against the Collateral and that other actions or omissions by the Collateral Agent shall not be deemed commercially unreasonable solely on account of not being indicated in this Section 8.3. Without limitation upon the foregoing, nothing contained in this Section 8.3 shall be construed to grant any rights to the Issuer or to impose any duties on the Collateral Agent that would not have been granted or imposed by this Agreement or by applicable law in the absence of this Section 8.3.

 

23


Section 8.4     Compromises and Collection of Collateral . The Issuer and the Collateral Agent recognize that setoffs, counterclaims, defenses and other claims may be asserted by obligors with respect to certain of the Accounts, that certain of the Accounts may be or become uncollectible in whole or in part and that the expense and probability of success in litigating a disputed Account may exceed the amount that reasonably may be expected to be recovered with respect to an Account. In view of the foregoing, the Issuer agrees that the Collateral Agent may at any time and from time to time if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, compromise with the obligor on any Account, accept in full payment of any Account such amount as the Collateral Agent in its sole discretion shall determine or abandon any Account, and any such action by the Collateral Agent shall be commercially reasonable so long as the Collateral Agent acts in good faith based on information known to it at the time it takes any such action.

Section 8.5     Specific Performance of Certain Covenants . The Issuer acknowledges and agrees that a breach of any of the covenants contained in Section 4.8, 7.6, 8.16 and 8.17, will cause irreparable injury to the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties, that the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties have no adequate remedy at law in respect of such breaches and therefore agrees, without limiting the right of the Collateral Agent or the other Secured Parties to seek and obtain specific performance of other obligations of the Issuer contained in this Agreement, that the covenants of the Issuer contained in the Sections referred to in this Section 8.5 shall be specifically enforceable against the Issuer.

Section 8.6     Cumulative Remedies; No Prior Recourse to Collateral . The enumeration herein of the Collateral Agent’s and the Trustee’s rights and remedies is not intended to be exclusive, and such rights and remedies are in addition to and not by way of limitation of any other rights or remedies that the Collateral Agent and the Trustee may have under the UCC, other applicable law or the Indenture Documents. The Collateral Agent and the Trustee shall have the right, in their sole discretion, to determine which rights and remedies are to be exercised and in which order. The exercise of one right or remedy shall not preclude the exercise of any others, all of which shall be cumulative. The Collateral Agent and the Trustee may, without limitation, proceed directly against any Person liable therefor to collect the Obligations without any prior recourse to the Collateral. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Collateral Agent or the Trustee, any right, remedy, power, or privilege hereunder, shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power, or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power, or privilege.

Section 8.7     Limitation by Law; Severability of Provisions . All rights, remedies and powers provided in this Agreement may be exercised only to the extent that the exercise thereof does not violate any applicable provision of law, and all the provisions of this Agreement are intended to be subject to all applicable mandatory provisions of law that may be controlling and to be limited to the extent necessary so that they shall not render this Agreement invalid, unenforceable or not entitled to be recorded or registered, in whole or in part. The illegality or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement or any instrument or agreement required hereunder shall not in any way affect or impair the legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement or any instrument or agreement required hereunder.

 

24


Section 8.8     Reinstatement . This Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Issuer for liquidation or reorganization, should the Issuer become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of any creditor or creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Issuer’s assets. This Agreement shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Obligations, or any part thereof, is, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee of the Obligations, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent conveyance,” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any such payment, or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Obligations shall be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

Section 8.9     Binding Effect . The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the respective representatives, successors, and permitted assigns of the parties hereto; provided, however , the Issuer shall not assign or delegate any of its rights or duties hereunder without the prior written consent of the Collateral Agent and the Trustee (other than pursuant to a transaction permitted under the Indenture), and any attempted assignment without such consent shall be null and void. The rights and benefits of the Collateral Agent and the Trustee hereunder shall, if such Persons so agree, inure to any party acquiring any interest in the Obligations or any part thereof in accordance with the terms hereof or of the Indenture.

Section 8.10     Survival of Representations . All representations and warranties made by the Issuer in the Indenture Documents and in the certificates or other instruments prepared or delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Indenture Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the Secured Parties and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Indenture Documents and the purchase of the Securities by the Investors, regardless of any investigation made by any Secured Party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Collateral Agent, the Trustee or any other Secured Party may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, the provisions of Sections 7.6(e), 8.16 and 8.17 shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of the Securities or the termination of this Agreement or any other Indenture Document.

Section 8.11     Captions . The captions contained in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, are without substantive meaning and should not be construed to modify, enlarge, or restrict any provision.

Section 8.12     Termination and Release . This Agreement and the security interests granted hereby shall terminate in accordance with the Indenture. The Collateral Agent shall, from time to time upon the Issuer’s written request in accordance with Section 11.03 of the Indenture, execute and deliver to the Issuer such documents as the Issuer shall reasonably request to evidence the termination of the security interest granted herein as to any funds released by the Trustee from the Collateral Account in accordance with Section 4.13 of the Indenture.

 

25


Section 8.13     Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with the other Indenture Documents embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the Issuer and the Collateral Agent relating to the Collateral and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the Issuer and the Collateral Agent relating to the Collateral.

Section 8.14     Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process .

(a)    THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW (OTHER THAN SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW), EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THAT LOCAL LAW GOVERNS THE CREATION, PERFECTION, PRIORITY OR ENFORCEMENT OF SECURITY INTERESTS.

(b)    EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY SUBMITS TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE FEDERAL AND STATE COURTS OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK IN ANY SUIT OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN SECTION 8.1. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW.

Section 8.15     Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

Section 8.16     Indemnity . THE ISSUER AGREES TO DEFEND, INDEMNIFY, AND HOLD THE COLLATERAL AGENT, THE TRUSTEE AND EACH OF THEIR RELATED PERSONS (EACH, AN “ INDEMNIFIED PERSON ”) HARMLESS FROM AND AGAINST ANY AND ALL LIABILITIES, OBLIGATIONS, LOSSES, DAMAGES, PENALTIES, ACTIONS, JUDGMENTS, SUITS, COSTS, CHARGES, EXPENSES, AND DISBURSEMENTS (INCLUDING REASONABLE ATTORNEY COSTS) OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER WHICH MAY AT ANY TIME (INCLUDING AT ANY TIME FOLLOWING THE TERMINATION, RESIGNATION, OR REPLACEMENT OF THE COLLATERAL AGENT OR THE TRUSTEE) BE IMPOSED ON, INCURRED BY, OR ASSERTED AGAINST ANY SUCH PERSON IN ANY WAY RELATING TO OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE INDENTURE OR ANY OTHER INDENTURE

 

26


DOCUMENT OR ANY DOCUMENT CONTEMPLATED BY OR REFERRED TO HEREIN OR THEREIN, OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY, OR ANY ACTION TAKEN OR OMITTED BY ANY SUCH PERSON UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH ANY OF THE FOREGOING, INCLUDING WITH RESPECT TO ANY INVESTIGATION, LITIGATION, OR PROCEEDING (INCLUDING ANY INSOLVENCY PROCEEDING OR APPELLATE PROCEEDING) RELATED TO OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE INDENTURE, ANY OTHER INDENTURE DOCUMENT, OR THE SECURITIES OR THE USE OF THE PROCEEDS THEREOF, WHETHER OR NOT ANY INDEMNIFIED PERSON IS A PARTY THERETO INCLUDING ANY SUCH LIABILITIES, OBLIGATIONS, LOSSES, DAMAGES, PENALTIES, ACTIONS, JUDGMENTS, SUITS, COSTS, CHARGES, EXPENSES AND REIMBURSEMENTS RESULTING FROM THE NEGLIGENCE OF SUCH INDEMNIFIED PERSON (ALL THE FOREGOING, COLLECTIVELY, THE “ INDEMNIFIED LIABILITIES ”); PROVIDED THAT THE ISSUER SHALL HAVE NO OBLIGATION HEREUNDER TO ANY INDEMNIFIED PERSON WITH RESPECT TO INDEMNIFIED LIABILITIES TO THE EXTENT SUCH INDEMNIFIED LIABILITIES RESULT FROM THE GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OF SUCH INDEMNIFIED PERSON OR ITS RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES, AS FINALLY DETERMINED BY A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION. THE AGREEMENTS IN THIS SECTION 8.16 SHALL SURVIVE PAYMENT OF ALL OTHER OBLIGATIONS AND ANY TERMINATION OR EXPIRATION OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER INDENTURE DOCUMENT.

Section 8.17     Limitation of Liability . NO CLAIM MAY BE MADE BY THE ISSUER OR OTHER PERSON AGAINST THE COLLATERAL AGENT, THE TRUSTEE, OR THE AFFILIATES, DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, OR AGENTS OR THEIR RESPECTIVE RELATED PERSONS OF ANY OF THEM FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM FOR BREACH OF CONTRACT OR ANY OTHER THEORY OF LIABILITY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT, THE INDENTURE OR ANY OTHER INDENTURE DOCUMENT, OR ANY ACT, OMISSION, OR EVENT OCCURRING IN CONNECTION THEREWITH, AND THE ISSUER HEREBY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, RELEASES, AND AGREES NOT TO SUE UPON OR BRING IN ANY JUDICIAL, ARBITRAL OR ADMINISTRATIVE FORUM ANY CLAIM FOR SUCH DAMAGES, WHETHER OR NOT ACCRUED AND WHETHER OR NOT KNOWN OR SUSPECTED TO EXIST IN ITS FAVOR. THE AGREEMENTS IN THIS SECTION 8.17 SHALL SURVIVE PAYMENT OF ALL OTHER OBLIGATIONS AND ANY TERMINATION OR EXPIRATION OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER INDENTURE DOCUMENT.

Section 8.18     Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same Agreement. Any counterpart may be executed by facsimile or other electronic transmission, and such facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be deemed an original.

 

27


Section 8.19     Amendments . Other than as permitted pursuant to the Indenture, neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Collateral Agent, the Trustee and the Issuer with respect to which such waiver, amendment or modification is to apply, subject to any consent that may be required in accordance with Section 9.02 of the Indenture.

Section 8.20     Incorporation by Reference . It is expressly understood and agreed that U.S. Bank National Association is entering into this Agreement solely in its capacity as Collateral Agent and as Trustee as appointed pursuant to the Indenture, and shall be entitled to all of the rights, privileges, immunities and protections under the Indenture as if such rights, privileges, immunities and protections were set forth herein.

Section 8.21     English Language . This Agreement and each other Indenture Document has been negotiated and executed in English. All certificates, reports, notices and other documents and communications given or delivered by any party hereto pursuant to this Agreement or any other Indenture Document shall be in English or, if not in English, accompanied by a certified English translation thereof. The English version of any such document shall control the meaning of the matters set forth herein.

[Signature pages follow]

 

28


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Randy Furr

Name:   Randy Furr
Title:   Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

{Signature Page to Security Agreement}


U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , as Collateral Agent
By:  

/s/ Bradley E. Scarbrough

Name:   Bradley E. Scarbrough
Title:   Vice President

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , as Trustee
By:  

/s/ Bradley E. Scarbrough

Name:   Bradley E. Scarbrough
Title:   Vice President

{Signature Page to Security Agreement}


SCHEDULE 3.2

LOCATION OF ISSUER AND COLLATERAL

 

Issuer’s Jurisdiction of Incorporation:    Delaware
Issuer’s Location (UCC 9-307):    Delaware
Issuer’s Chief Executive Office:    1299 Orleans Drive, Sunnyvale, CA 94089
Location of Issuer’s Books and Records:    1299 Orleans Drive, Sunnyvale, CA 94089
Locations of the Collateral:    Collections Account
   1299 Orleans Drive, Sunnyvale, CA 94089


SCHEDULE 3.3

NAMES

None.

Exhibit 4.23

NEITHER THIS WARRANT NOR ANY SECURITIES THAT MAY BE ISSUED UPON EXERCISE HEREOF HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR REGISTERED OR QUALIFIED UNDER ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THIS WARRANT HAS BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO ITS DISTRIBUTION OR RESALE, AND THIS WARRANT AND ANY SUCH SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FOR THIS WARRANT OR SUCH SECURITIES UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE CORPORATION TO THE EFFECT THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

 

   Number of Shares: 469,333
Date of Issuance: August 31, 2017    WARRANT No. C-005

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

COMMON STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT

(VOID AFTER AUGUST 31, 2022)

Bloom Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), for value received, hereby certifies that Canada Pension Plan Investment Board (“ CPPIB ”), or its registered assigns (the “ Registered Holder ”), is entitled, subject to the terms and conditions set forth below, to purchase from the Company, at any time or from time to time on or after the date hereof and on or before 5:00 p.m. (Eastern time) on August 31, 2022 1 (the “ Exercise Period ”), up to 469,333 shares of Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share, of the Company (“ Common Stock ”), at a purchase price of one cent ($0.01) per share. The shares purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant, and the purchase price per share, each as adjusted from time to time pursuant to the provisions of this Warrant, are hereinafter referred to as the “ Warrant Shares ” and the “ Purchase Price ,” respectively. This Warrant is one of a series of Warrants originally issued by the Company to Canada Pension Plan Investment Board of like tenor, except as to the number of shares of Common Stock subject thereto (the Warrants of such series being herein collectively referred to as the “Company Warrants”). The Warrants and Common Stock are referred to herein as the “ Securities ”.

1. Exercise .

(a) Exercise Procedure . The Registered Holder may, at its option, elect to exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, by surrendering this Warrant at the principal office of the Company, or at such other office or agency as the Company may designate, with the purchase form appended hereto as Exhibit I (the “ Purchase Form ”) duly executed by or on behalf of the Registered Holder, accompanied by payment in full, in lawful money of the United States, of the Purchase Price payable in respect of the number of Warrant Shares purchased upon such exercise

 

1  

Maturity will be 5 years after the issue date.


(a “ Cash Exercise ”). In lieu of a Cash Exercise of this Warrant, the Registered Holder may elect to receive upon exercise of this Warrant such number of Warrant Shares determined according to the following formula (a “ Cashless Exercise ”):

 

         Y (A - B)   
   X    =    A   

Where

X — The number of Warrant Shares to be issued to the holder of this Warrant.

Y — The number of Warrant Shares purchasable under this Warrant.

A — The Fair Market Value (as determined in Section 2(c) below) of one Warrant Share.

B — The Exercise Price (as adjusted to the date of such calculations).

A facsimile signature of the Registered Holder on the Purchase Form shall be sufficient for purposes of exercising this Warrant.

(b) Exercise Date . Each exercise of this Warrant shall be deemed to have been effected immediately prior to the close of business on the business day on which this Warrant, the completed and executed Purchase Form, and the Purchase Price (either in cash in a Cash Exercise or in the relinquishment of the right to acquire the appropriate number of shares of Common Stock in a Cashless Exercise) shall have been surrendered to the Company as provided in subsection 1(a) above (the “ Exercise Date ”). At such time, the Person or Persons in whose name or names any certificates for Warrant Shares shall be issuable upon such exercise as provided in subsection 1(c) below shall be deemed to have become the holder or holders of record of the Warrant Shares represented by such certificates.

(c) Issuance of Certificates . As soon as practicable after the exercise of this Warrant in whole or in part, the Company, at its expense, will cause to be issued in the name of, and delivered to, the Registered Holder, or as the Registered Holder (upon payment by the Registered Holder of any applicable transfer taxes) may direct:

(i) a certificate for the number of full Warrant Shares to which the Registered Holder shall be entitled upon such exercise plus, in lieu of any fractional share to which the Registered Holder would otherwise be entitled, cash in an amount determined pursuant to Section 3 hereof; and

(ii) in case such exercise is in part only, a new warrant or warrants (dated the date hereof) of like tenor, calling in the aggregate on the face or faces thereof for the number of Warrant Shares equal (without giving effect to any adjustment therein) to the number of such Warrant Shares called for on the face of this Warrant minus the number of Warrant Shares for which this Warrant was so exercised.

 

2


(d) Provisions Related to Non-US Persons .

(i) Each Registered Holder who is a direct or indirect transferee of the initial Registered Holder and is not a US Person (“ US Person ”) as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act is required to give:

(A) Written certification that it is not a US Person and the Warrant is not being exercised on behalf of a US Person; or

(B) A written opinion of counsel to the effect that the Warrant and the securities delivered upon exercise thereof have been registered under the Securities Act or are exempt from registration thereunder.

(ii) If a Registered Holder who is a direct or indirect transferee of the initial Registered Holder is not a US Person, procedures shall be implemented by the Company to ensure that the Warrant may not be exercised within the United States, and that the Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrant may not be delivered within the United States upon exercise, other than in offerings deemed to meet the definition of “offshore transaction” pursuant to Rule 902(h) under the Securities Act, unless registered under the Securities Act or unless an exemption from such registration is available.

(e) Exercise in Connection with a Qualified IPO . If the Company proposes at any time to effect a Qualified IPO, the Company shall give Holder at least ten (10) days advance written notice (“ Transaction Notice ”) of the anticipated closing date for such Qualified IPO. This Warrant shall automatically be deemed exercised via a Cashless Exercise in the absence of any different action by Holder immediately prior to the effective date of a Qualified IPO. Holder may, in response to the Transaction Notice, elect at its option, to exercise this Warrant in full in accordance with Section  1 hereof, conditioned upon the completion of such transaction.

2. Adjustments .

(a) Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations . If the Company shall at any time or from time to time after the date on which this Warrant was first issued (or, if this Warrant was issued upon partial exercise of, or in replacement of, another warrant of like tenor, then the date on which such original warrant was first issued) (the “ Original Issue Date ”) effect a subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock or a dividend in respect of the Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, the Purchase Price then in effect immediately before that subdivision shall be proportionately decreased and the number of Warrant Shares shall be proportionately increased. If the Company shall at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the Purchase Price then in effect immediately before the combination shall be proportionately increased and the number of Warrant Shares shall be proportionately decreased. Any adjustment under this paragraph shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

(b) Adjustment for Reorganization . In case at any time or from time to time prior to the exercise of this Warrant, the Company (i) effects a capital reorganization, reclassification, or recapitalization, (ii) consolidates with or merges with or into any other person or entity, or (iii)

 

3


transfers all or substantially all of its properties or assets to any other person or entity under any plan or arrangement contemplating the dissolution of the Company, then in each such case, the registered Holder of this Warrant, upon exercise hereof at any time after or simultaneously with the consummation of such reorganization, recapitalization, consolidation, or merger or the effective date of such dissolution, as the case may be, will receive, in lieu of the Warrant Shares issuable upon such exercise before such consummation or effective date, the other securities, cash, and/or property to which such Holder would have been entitled upon such consummation or in connection with such dissolution, as the case may be, if such Holder had exercised this Warrant immediately prior thereto, all subject to further adjustment thereafter as provided herein.

(c) Fair Market Value . The Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock shall be determined as follows:

(i) If traded on a securities exchange, the Nasdaq Capital Market or the Nasdaq Global Market, the Fair Market Value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the capital stock of the Company of the Company on such exchange or market over the ten (10) business days ending immediately prior to the applicable date of valuation;

(ii) If actively traded over-the-counter, the Fair Market Value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid prices over the thirty (30) day period ending immediately prior to the applicable date of valuation; and

(iii) If there is no active public market, the Fair Market Value shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company upon a review of relevant factors; and

(iv) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Warrant is exercised in connection with the Company’s initial public offering of Common Stock, the Fair Market Value per share shall be the product of (i) the per share offering price to the public of the Company’s initial public offering, and (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock into which one Warrant Share is convertible at the time of such exercise.

(d) Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Purchase Price pursuant to this Section 2, the Company at its expense shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable but in any event not later than ten (10) days thereafter, compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to the Registered Holder a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment (including the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property for which this Warrant shall be exercisable and the Purchase Price) and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Company shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable after the written request at any time of the Registered Holder (but in any event not later than ten (10) days thereafter), furnish or cause to be furnished to the Registered Holder a certificate setting forth (i) the Purchase Price then in effect and (ii) the number of Warrant Shares and the amount, if any, of other securities, cash or property which then would be received upon the exercise of this Warrant.

 

4


3. No Fractional Shares . The Company shall not be required upon the exercise of this Warrant to issue any fractional shares of Common Stock, but shall pay the value thereof to the Registered Holder in cash on the basis of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock, as determined pursuant to Section 2(c) above.

4. Transfers, etc .

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, this Warrant and the Warrant Shares shall not be sold or transferred (“ Transfer ”) unless either (i) they first shall have been registered under the Securities Act, or (ii) such sale or transfer shall be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and the Company shall have been furnished with an opinion of legal counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such sale or transfer is exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and any proposed subsequent transferee in such Transfer prior to a Qualified IPO will execute the Restriction Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit III and deliver such Restriction Agreement to the Company as a condition to such Transfer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no registration or opinion of counsel shall be required for (i) a transfer by a Registered Holder which is an entity to a wholly owned subsidiary of such entity, a transfer by a Registered Holder which is a partnership to a partner of such partnership or a retired partner of such partnership or to the estate of any such partner or retired partner, or a transfer by a Registered Holder which is a limited liability company to a member of such limited liability company or a retired member or to the estate of any such member or retired member, provided that the transferee in each case agrees in writing to be subject to the terms of this Section 4, or (ii) a transfer made in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

(b) Any certificate that may be issued representing Warrant Shares shall bear a legend substantially in the following form, in addition to any other legends:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND NEITHER THE SECURITIES NOR ANY INTEREST THEREIN MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION, WHICH, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO COUNSEL FOR THIS CORPORATION, IS AVAILABLE.

The foregoing legend shall be removed from the certificates representing any Warrant Shares, at the request of the holder thereof, following any sale of such Warrant Shares pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act (and the holder thereof has submitted a written request for removal of the legend indicating that the holder has complied with the applicable provisions of Rule 144) or at such time as the Warrant Shares are sold or transferred in accordance with the requirements of a registration statement of the Company on such form as may then be in effect.

(c) In addition to the legend set forth on Section 4(b), the Registered Holder understands that any Warrant Shares issued prior to the Lock-up Release Date will bear a legend substantially to the following effect (subject to appropriate modification to reflect changes to the terms of the restrictions applicable to the Warrant Shares pursuant to the Restriction Agreement):

 

5


THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF PRIOR TO THE DAY THAT IS ON OR AFTER THE EARLIEST TO OCCUR OF (1) THE DAY THAT IS 180 DAYS FOLLOWING

THE DATE OF THE FINAL PROSPECTUS FOR THE QUALIFIED IPO, (2) IF ALL EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS AND STOCKHOLDERS OF MORE THAN 1% OF THE COMMON EQUITY OF THE COMPANY ENTER INTO CUSTOMARY LOCK-UP AGREEMENTS WITH THE APPLICABLE UNDERWRITERS IN CONNECTION WITH THE QUALIFIED IPO, THE EARLIEST DAY ON WHICH ANY SUCH LOCK-UP AGREEMENTS EXPIRE, (3) IF LESS THAN ALL EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS AND STOCKHOLDERS OF MORE THAN 1% OF THE COMMON EQUITY OF THE COMPANY ENTER INTO CUSTOMARY LOCK-UP AGREEMENTS WITH THE APPLICABLE UNDERWRITERS IN CONNECTION WITH THE QUALIFIED IPO, THE DAY THAT THE QUALIFIED IPO IS CONSUMMATED AND (4) SUCH DATE ON WHICH THE LOCK-UP AGREEMENTS OTHERWISE TERMINATE OR EXPIRE. “QUALIFIED IPO” MEANS A FIRMLY UNDERWRITTEN REGISTERED PUBLIC OFFERING OF COMMON STOCK, PAR VALUE $0.0001 PER SHARE, OF THE COMPANY (THE “COMMON STOCK”) THAT RESULTS IN AGGREGATE GROSS PROCEEDS TO THE COMPANY OF AT LEAST $150.0 MILLION, AND AFTER WHICH THE COMMON STOCK IS LISTED FOR TRADING OR QUOTED ON THE NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE, THE NASDAQ GLOBAL SELECT MARKET OR THE NASDAQ GLOBAL MARKET (OR ANY OF THE RESPECTIVE SUCCESSORS).

(d) The Company will maintain a register containing the name and address of the Registered Holder of this Warrant. The Registered Holder may change its address as shown on the warrant register by written notice to the Company requesting such change.

(e) Subject to the provisions of this Section 4 hereof, this Warrant and all rights hereunder are transferable, in whole or in part, upon surrender of this Warrant with a properly executed assignment (in the form of Exhibit II hereto) at the principal office of the Company (or, if another office or agency has been designated by the Company for such purpose, then at such other office or agency).

5. Representations; Warranties and Certain Agreements of Registered Holder . Registered Holder hereby represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Company, that:

(a) Purchase for Own Account . The Securities will be acquired not with a view to the public resale or distribution thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act, and Registered Holder has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the Securities in violation of the Securities Act.

 

6


(b) Disclosure of Information . Registered Holder has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the Securities. Registered Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of the Securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Registered Holder or to which Registered Holder had access.

(c) Investment Experience . Registered Holder understands that the purchase of the Securities involves substantial risk. Registered Holder (a) has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Registered Holder is able to fend for itself, can bear the economic risk of Registered Holder’s investment in the Securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Registered Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of this investment in the Securities and protecting its own interests in connection with this investment and/or (b) has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling Persons of a nature and duration that enables such Registered Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such Persons.

(d) Accredited Investor Status . Such Registered Holder is familiar with the definition of, and qualifies as, an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

(e) Restricted Securities . Registered Holder understands that the Securities are characterized as “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and Rule 144 promulgated thereunder inasmuch as they are being acquired from the Company in a transaction not involving a public offering, and that under the Securities Act and applicable regulations thereunder such securities may be resold without registration under the Securities Act only in certain limited circumstances. In this connection, Registered Holder is familiar with Rule 144, as presently in effect, and understands the resale limitations imposed thereby and by the Securities Act. Registered Holder understands that the Company is under no obligation to register any of the securities sold hereunder. Registered Holder understands that no public market now exists for any of the Securities and that it is uncertain whether a public market will ever exist for the Securities.

(f) No Solicitation . At no time was Registered Holder presented with or solicited by any publicly issued or circulated newspaper, mail, radio, television or other form of general advertising or solicitation in connection with the offer, sale and purchase of the Securities.

6. Notices of Record Date, Etc . In the event:

(a) the Company shall take a record of the holders of its shares of Common Stock (or other securities at the time deliverable upon the exercise of this Warrant) for the purpose of entitling or enabling them to receive any dividend or other distribution, or to receive any right to subscribe for or purchase any other securities, or to receive any other right; or

 

7


(b) of any capital reorganization of the Company, any reclassification of the shares of Common Stock of the Company, any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into another corporation, or any transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or

(c) of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Company,

then, and in each such above case, the Company will send or cause to be sent to the Registered Holder a notice specifying, as the case may be, (i) the record date for such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right, or (ii) the effective date on which such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is to take place, and the time, if any is to be fixed, as of which the holders of record of shares of Common Stock (or such other securities at the time deliverable upon the exercise of this Warrant) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock (or such other securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up. Such notice shall be sent at least ten (10) days prior to the record date or effective date for the event specified in such notice.

7. Reservation of Stock . The Company will at all times reserve and keep available, solely for issuance and delivery upon the exercise of this Warrant, such number of shares of Common Stock and other securities, cash and/or property, as from time to time shall be issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant.

8. Exchange or Replacement of Warrants .

(a) Upon the surrender by the Registered Holder, properly endorsed, to the Company at the principal office of the Company, the Company will, subject to the provisions of Section 4 hereof, issue and deliver to or upon the order of the Registered Holder, at the Company’s expense, a new warrant or warrants of like tenor, in the name of the Registered Holder or as the Registered Holder (upon payment by the Registered Holder of any applicable transfer taxes) may direct, calling in the aggregate on the face or faces thereof for the number of Warrant Shares (or other securities, cash and/or property) then issuable upon exercise of this Warrant.

(b) Upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and (in the case of loss, theft or destruction) upon delivery of an indemnity agreement (with surety if reasonably required) in an amount reasonably satisfactory to the Company, or (in the case of mutilation) upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company will issue, in lieu thereof, a new warrant of like tenor.

9. Notices . All notices and other communications from the Company to the Registered Holder in connection herewith shall be mailed by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, or sent via a reputable nationwide overnight courier service guaranteeing next business day delivery, to the address last furnished to the Company in writing by the Registered Holder. All notices and other communications from the Registered Holder to the Company in connection

 

8


herewith shall be mailed by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, or sent via a reputable nationwide overnight delivery service guaranteeing next business day delivery, to the Company at its principal office set forth below. If the Company should at any time change the location of its principal office to a place other than as set forth below, it shall give prompt written notice to the Registered Holder and thereafter all references in this Warrant to the location of its principal office at the particular time shall be as so specified in such notice. All such notices and communications shall be deemed delivered one business day after being sent via a reputable international overnight courier service guaranteeing next business day delivery.

10. No Rights or Liabilities as Stockholder . This Warrant does not by itself entitle Registered Holder to any voting rights or other rights as a stockholder of the Company. In the absence of affirmative action by Registered Holder to purchase Warrant Shares by exercise of this Warrant, no provisions of this Warrant, and no enumeration herein of the rights or privileges of Registered Holder, shall cause Registered Holder to be a stockholder of the Company for any purpose.

11. Amendment or Waiver . Any term of this Warrant may be amended or waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) with the written consent of the Company and the holders of Company Warrants representing at least a majority of the number of shares of Common Stock then subject to outstanding Company Warrants.

12. Section Headings . The section headings in this Warrant are for the convenience of the parties and in no way alter, modify, amend, limit or restrict the contractual obligations of the parties.

13. Governing Law . This Warrant will be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware (without reference to the conflicts of law provisions thereof).

14. Facsimile Signatures . This Warrant may be executed by facsimile signature.

15. Certain Definitions . The following definitions shall apply for purposes of this Warrant:

Common Equity ” of any Person means capital stock of such Person that is generally entitled to (a) vote in the election of directors of such Person or (b) if such Person is not a corporation, to vote or otherwise participate in the selection of the governing body, partners, managers or others that will control the management or policies of such Person.

Lock-up Agreements ” shall have the meaning specified in the definition of Lock-up Release Date.

Lock-up Release Date ” means the day that is the earliest of (i) the day that is 180 days following the date of the final prospectus for the Qualified IPO, (ii) if all executive officers, directors and stockholders of more than 1% of the Common Equity of the Company enter into customary lock-up agreements (the “ Lock-up Agreements ”) with the applicable underwriters in connection with the Qualified IPO, the earliest day on which any such lock-up agreements expire, (iii) if less than all executive officers, directors and stockholders of more than 1% of the Common Equity of the Company enter into Lock-up Agreements with the applicable underwriters in connection with the Qualified IPO, the day that the Qualified IPO is consummated and (iv) such date on which the Lock-up Agreements otherwise terminate or expire.

 

9


Person ” means an individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, joint venture or other entity or any governmental authority.

Qualified IPO ” means the first firmly underwritten registered public offering of Common stock that results in aggregate gross proceeds to the Company of at least $150.0 million, and after which the Common Stock is listed for trading or quoted on The New York Stock Exchange, The NASDAQ Global Select Market or The NASDAQ Global Market (or any of the respective successors).

Registration Rights Agreement ” means the Eighth Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2011, by and between the Company and the investors listed on the signature pages thereto, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

Restriction Agreement ” means a restriction agreement in the form of Exhibit III hereto that is executed by each Registered Holder on the issue date of the Warrant and that must be executed by a transferee of Warrants and delivered to the Company prior to taking possession of Warrants if possession of Warrants is to occur prior to the Lock-up Release Date.

SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

[Signature Page to Follow]

 

10


EXECUTED as of the Date of Issuance indicated above.

 

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Randy Furr

  Name:   Randy Furr
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer
  Address:   1299 Orleans Drive
    Sunnyvale, CA 94089
CANADA PENSON PLAN INVESTMENT BOARD
By:  

/s/ Eric Wetlaufer

  Name:   Eric Wetlaufer
  Title:   Senior Managing Director
    & Global Head of Public Market Investments
  Address:   1 Queen Street East, Suite 2500
    Toronto, ON MSC 2W5 Canada
By:  

/s/ Scott Lawrence

  Name:   Scott Lawrence
  Title:   Managing Director
    & Head of Fundamental Equities
  Address:   1 Queen Street East, Suite 2500
    Toronto, ON MSC 2W5 Canada


EXHIBIT I

PURCHASE FORM

 

To: Bloom Energy Corporation    Dated:                 

The undersigned, pursuant to the provisions set forth in the attached Warrant (No. C-005), hereby irrevocably elects to purchase                         shares of Common Stock of Bloom Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation, covered by such Warrant.

The undersigned intends that payment of the Purchase Price shall be made as:

        a Cash Exercise with respect to                              Warrant Shares;

and/or

        a Cashless Exercise with respect to                                  Warrant Shares.

This exercise ☐ IS ☐ IS NOT conditioned upon the completion of the Qualified IPO that has been described in a Transaction Notice, dated                                    , delivered by the Company to Holder pursuant to Section  1 of the Warrant.

The undersigned hereby confirms the representations and warranties in Section 5 of the Warrant as they apply to the undersigned are true and complete as of this date.

The undersigned herewith makes payment of the full Purchase Price for such shares of Common Stock at the price per share provided for in such Warrant.

 

Canada Pension Plan Investment Board
Signature:                                                                  

Address:                                                                     

                                                                                    


EXHIBIT II

ASSIGNMENT FORM

FOR VALUE RECEIVED,                                          hereby sells, assigns and transfers all of the rights of the undersigned under the attached Warrant (No. C-005) with respect to the number of shares of Common Stock of Bloom Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation, covered thereby set forth below, unto:

 

Name of Assignee    Address    No. of Shares

The undersigned hereby agrees that it will not sell, assign or transfer the right, title and interest in and to the Warrant unless applicable federal and state securities laws have been complied with.

 

  Dated:    
  Signature:    
  By:    

Canada Pension Plan Investment Board


EXHIBIT III

RESTRICTION AGREEMENT

[______________], [_____]

Via Facsimile: 408-543-1160

Bloom Energy Corporation

1299 Orleans Drive

Sunnyvale, California 94089

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In connection with the receipt by the undersigned (the “ Investor ”) of a Warrant to purchase 469,333 shares of Warrant Shares issued by Bloom Energy Corporation (the “ Company ”) pursuant to the terms of that certain Common Stock Purchase Warrant, dated August 31, 2017, the Investor hereby acknowledges and agrees that, if all of the Company’s executive officers, directors and stockholders of more than 1% of the Common Equity (as defined in the Warrant) of the Company enter into lock-up agreements (the “ Lock-up Agreements ”) with the applicable underwriters in connection with the filing of a registration statement including a prospectus setting forth an estimated offering price range with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) that is reasonably anticipated at the time of such filing to result in a Qualified IPO, upon the Company’s request, it will enter into a lock-up agreement with the underwriters of such Qualified IPO and upon such underwriters request, it will agree, effective no later than one week prior to the distribution of a preliminary prospectus in connection with the commencement of marketing activities in respect of such contemplated Qualified IPO, not to (a) lend, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Equity of the Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Equity of the Company (whether such shares or any such securities are then owned by the Investor or are thereafter acquired) or (b) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Equity of the Company, whether any such transaction described in clause (a) or (b) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Equity or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be; provided that such lock-up agreement shall not restrict the ability of such Registered Holder of Warrants to exercise such Warrants, is not more restrictive in any material respect than the Lock-up Agreements, and includes provisions for the pro rata release from such lock-up agreement entered into by the Investor of shares of Common Equity or other securities subject thereto upon the release of such shares or other securities from the Lock-up Agreements and contains provisions otherwise at least as favorable to such Investor as those contained in the Lock-up Agreements, in each case no less favorable than the lock-up provisions included in the Registration Rights Agreement as it exists on the Issue Date; provided, further that, (1) the pro rata release provision shall not apply (a) unless the underwriters have first waived more than 1%, in the aggregate, of the Common Equity of the Company from such prohibitions or (b)(i) if the release or waiver is effected solely


to permit a transfer not for consideration and (ii) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this letter agreement, and (2) if the release or waiver is granted solely to allow a holder of Common Equity of the Company to participate as a selling stockholder in a follow-on public offering of such Common Equity of the Company pursuant to a registration statement that is filed with the SEC, the pro rata release provision shall apply only to the extent necessary to allow an Investor to participate in such follow-on offering with respect to securities sold by the Investor in such offering.

The underwriters in connection with the Company’s Qualified IPO are intended third party beneficiaries of this letter agreement and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. Each Investor agrees that the Company may instruct its transfer agent to place stop-transfer notations in its records to enforce the provisions of this letter agreement until the end of lock-up period.

Defined terms used but not defined herein have the meaning assigned to them in the Warrant.    

 

Sincerely,
CANADA PENSION PLAN INVESTMENT BOARD
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
[ For any Investor requiring a second signature line ]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Exhibit 4.24

EXECUTION VERSION

SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, OMNIBUS AMENDMENT TO NOTES AND LIMITED WAIVER

SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, OMNIBUS AMENDMENT TO NOTES AND LIMITED WAIVER (this “ Supplemental Indenture, Omnibus Amendment and Limited Waiver ”), dated as of June 29, 2017, by and among Bloom Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), as issuer, Rye Creek LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as guarantor (the “ Guarantor ”), and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”) and collateral agent (the “ Collateral Agent ”) under the Indenture referred to below.

WHEREAS, the Company and the Guarantor previously executed and delivered to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent an Indenture (as amended by the First Supplemental Indenture, the “ Indenture ”), dated as of December 15, 2015, providing for the issuance of 5.0% Convertible Senior Secured PIK Notes due 2020 (the “ Notes ”);

WHEREAS, the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee previously amended the Indenture pursuant to a First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 20, 2016 (the “ First Supplemental Indenture ”), to, among other things, provide for the issuance of Notes (exclusive of PIK Notes) up to an aggregate principal amount of $260,000,000;

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 10.02 of the Indenture, the Company and the Trustee may, with the consent of Holders of at least the Minimum Principal Amount of Notes then outstanding (the “ Required Holders ”), from time to time amend or supplement the Indenture Documents (including, without limitation, the Indenture and the Notes) to amend the provisions thereof or enter into waivers that waive any of the provisions of the Indenture Documents; and

WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend the provisions of the Indenture and the Notes and enter into the limited waiver as set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Capitalized Terms . Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

2. Amendment of Indenture .

 

  a. Section 1.01 of the Indenture shall be amended by adding the following defined term in proper alphabetical order:

““ Applicable Rate ” means (a) if the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Revenue Notes is greater than or equal to $67.0 million, 6.0% per year, (b) if the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Revenue Notes is less than $67.0 million and greater than or equal to $33.0 million, 5.67% per year, (c) if the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Revenue Notes is less than $33.0 million and greater than $0.0, 5.5% per year, and (d) otherwise 5.0% per year.”

Qualified Capital Raise ” means the first firmly underwritten registered public offering of Common Stock the net proceeds (after deduction of underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses) to the Company from which, when aggregated with the net proceeds (after deduction of underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses) to the Company from any and all prior firmly underwritten registered public offerings of Common Stock, exceed $250.0 million.


Revenue Notes ” means up to $150 million in aggregate principal amount of senior secured notes, if any, to be issued by the Company on or following the date hereof pursuant to that certain Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2017, by and among the Company, the guarantors party thereto and the investors listed on Schedule II thereto.

Second Supplemental Indenture Date ” means June 29, 2017.

 

  b. Section 1.01 of the Indenture shall be amended by amending and restating the definition of “PPA Company” in its entirety as follows:

PPA Company ” means (i) an Affiliate of the Company that is the project entity (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any parent company of such project entity whose assets consist solely of 100% of the Capital Stock of such project entity) in a bona fide power purchase agreement program involving one or more third party investors and having a structure (including capital structure) that is materially consistent with that used in the Company’s past practice (as the same may be modified in good faith by the Company to take into account changes in tax law or industry practice), including the incurrence of only Indebtedness that is non-recourse to the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and is secured only by the assets of such project entity, (ii) a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Company whose assets consist solely of the Capital Stock of one or more project entities described in clause (i) above, or (iii) a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Company whose total assets as of any date of determination are less than $100,000 and whose total revenues for the most recently ended twelve-month period do not exceed $50,000 and who are formed for the purpose of (A) bidding on potential transactions and, if secured, financing, developing and/or operating such transactions in a fashion similar to the Company’s other power purchase agreement projects, or (B) bidding on awards under federal, state or local incentive programs and passing the benefits of such programs on to the Company or the owner or offtaker of the applicable fuel cell assets.

 

  c. Section 1.01 of the Indenture shall be amended by amending and restating the definition of “Permitted Investment” in its entirety as follows:

““ Permitted Investment ” means:

 

  (a) any Investment in a PPA Company; provided that, with respect to any such Investment made on or after the Second Supplemental Indenture Date and prior to the Qualified Capital Raise the amount of such Investment, when aggregated with all other Investments in PPA Companies during such period, shall not exceed $25,000,000 in the aggregate unless the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes shall have consented thereto in writing;

 

  (b) any Investment in a Guarantor;

 

  (c)

any Investment in a Pledged Foreign Subsidiary; provided that, with respect to any such Investment made on or after the Second Supplemental Indenture Date and prior to the Qualified Capital Raise the amount of such Investment, when

 

2


  aggregated with all other Investments in Pledged Foreign Subsidiaries during such period, shall not exceed $25,000,000 in the aggregate unless the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes shall have consented thereto in writing;

 

  (d) any Investment in any Subsidiary of the Company made (i) at any time following the Qualified Capital Raise; provided that, on the date of such Investment (the “ Calculation Date ”), the Investment Collateral Value on the last day of each of the four most recently ended fiscal quarters (with the last of such four fiscal quarters being the most recent quarter for which the Financial Statement Availability Date has occurred) (each such last day, a “ Determination Date ”) preceding the Calculation Date exceeds the Threshold Amount as of the Calculation Date, or (ii) with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes.

The Holders hereby agree that they will not charge the Company any fee in connection with providing consent to any Investment as contemplated by this definition.”

 

  d. Section 1.01 of the Indenture shall be amended by amending and restating the definition of “Qualified IPO” in its entirety as follows:

““ Qualified IPO ” means the first firmly underwritten registered public offering of Common Stock that results in aggregate gross proceeds to the Company of at least $75.0 million, and after which the Common Stock is listed for trading or quoted on The New York Stock Exchange, The NASDAQ Global Select Market or The NASDAQ Global Market (or any of their respective successors).”

 

  e. Section 1.01 of the Indenture shall be amended by amending and restating the definition of “Change of Control” in its entirety as follows:

““ Change of Control ” means (i) any combination transaction in which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such combination transaction, own less than 50% of the voting power of the surviving or successor entity or its parent immediately after such combination transaction, (ii) any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is a party in which in excess of 50% of the Company’s voting power is transferred, (iii) any sale, lease, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or (iv) the adoption of a plan by the Company’s shareholders relating to the Company’s dissolution or liquidation in accordance with the Company’s organizational documents. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no transaction or series of related transactions principally for bona fide equity financing purposes in which cash is received by the Company or indebtedness of the Company is cancelled or converted, or a combination thereof, nor the transfer by any shareholder of shares of the Company’s capital stock to any third party in a transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is not a party, shall be deemed a Change of Control.”

 

  f. Section 1.01 of the Indenture shall be amended by amending and restating clause (f) of the definition of “Eligible Assets” as follows:

“(f) following the release of the security interest of the Collateral Agent therein pursuant to Section 17.04(a)(v), Intellectual Property”

 

3


  g. Section 4.14 of the Indenture shall be amended by deleting the second-to-last sentence of that section.

 

  h. Section 4.17 of the Indenture shall be amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“Section 4.17 Additional Guarantors . The Company will cause each Subsidiary, other than any PPA Company or any Foreign Subsidiary, to, substantially concurrently with (i) the pledge by such Subsidiary pursuant to Section 4.14 or (ii) the guarantee by such Subsidiary of the Revenue Notes, execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture substantially in the form of Exhibit C attached hereto pursuant to which such Subsidiary shall unconditionally Guarantee, on a senior secured basis, all of the Company’s Obligations under the Indenture Documents on the terms set forth in this Indenture and the Security Documents until the Note Guarantee of such Person has been released in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.”

 

  i. The following new Section 4.20 shall be added immediately following Section 4.19 of the Indenture:

“Section 4.20. Use of Proceeds of Revenue Notes . The Company shall not use, directly or indirectly, any of the net cash proceeds received by the Company from the issuance and sale of the Revenue Notes to make any Investment in any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor. All of the net cash proceeds received by the Company from the issuance and sale of the Revenue Notes shall be deposited into a deposit account that is subject to a Deposit Account Control Agreement at the time of deposit upon or promptly after receipt thereof.”

 

  j. Clause (4) of Section 17.02(a) of the Indenture shall be amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(4) entry into Deposit Account Control Agreements (as defined in the Security Agreement) and securities account control agreements (in each case other than with respect to Excluded Deposit Accounts (as defined in the Security Agreement)) in accordance with Section 4.09 of the Security Agreement,”

 

  k. Clause (v) of Section 17.04(a) of the Indenture shall be amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(v) upon the request of the Company pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate at any time after the Qualified Capital Raise, all Intellectual Property constituting Collateral; and”

 

  l. Exhibit A to the Indenture shall be amended by deleting Exhibit A in its entirety and replacing it with Exhibit A hereto.

3. Amendment of Notes .

 

  a. Each of the Notes issued on or prior to the date hereof shall be deemed amended by deleting the stricken text (indicated in the same manner as the following example: stricken text ) and adding the double-underlined text (indicated in the same manner as the following example: double-underlined text ) by making the following amendments:

“This Note shall bear interest at the rate of 5.0% Applicable Rate from [                ], or from the most recent date to which interest had been paid or provided for to, but excluding, the next

 

4


scheduled Interest Payment Date until December 1, 2020. The Applicable Rate for any Interest Period shall be determined as of the first day of such Interest Period by the Company and notice of the Applicable Rate shall be delivered by the Company to the Trustee promptly after the first day of such Interest Period. Interest is payable monthly in arrears on each January 1, February 1, March 1, April 1, May 1, June 1, July 1, August 1, September 1, October 1, November 1 and December 1, commencing on [                ], to Holders of record at the close of business on the preceding December 15, January 15, February 15, March 15, April 15, May 15, June 15, July 15, August 15, September 15, October 15 and November 15 (whether or not such day is a Business Day), respectively. Accrued interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year composed of twelve 30-day months or, in the case of a partial month, the number of days elapsed over a 30-day month. Additional Interest will be payable as set forth in Section 4.10 and Section 6.04 of the within-mentioned Indenture, and any reference to interest on, or in respect of, any Note therein shall be deemed to include Additional Interest if, in such context, Additional Interest is, was or would be payable pursuant to Section 4.10 and Section 6.04, and any express mention of the payment of Additional Interest in any provision therein shall not be construed as excluding Additional Interest in those provisions thereof where such express mention is not made.”

 

  4. Limited Waiver; Representations and Warranties of the Company.

 

  a. The Company represents and warrants as follows for the benefit of the Holders, and to induce the Holders to consent to the limited waiver contained in this Section 4:

The Company has formed each of the following Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries (collectively, the “ Financing Entities” ) in the State of Delaware for the purpose of financing future fuel cell installations in connection with power purchase agreements the Company has entered into or intends to enter into in the future:

 

    Energy Server Use Contracting Company, LLC;

 

    2017 ESA Project Company, LLC;

 

    2017 ESA HoldCo, LLC;

 

    Clean Technologies 2017, LLC;

 

    2017 Fuel Cell Operating Company I, LLC; and

 

    2017 Fuel Cell Operating Company II, LLC.

The Company has formed each of the following Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries (collectively, the “ Bidding Entities ”) in the State of Delaware for the purpose of bidding into state incentive programs and/or responding to requests for proposals for fuel cell installations the Company has entered into or intends to enter into in the future:

 

    Bloom Energy NYC Grid Side, LLC;

 

    Bloom Connecticut Clean Energy Company, LLC;

 

    Clean Technologies A, LLC;

 

5


    Clean Technologies W, LLC; and

 

    Bloom Clean Energy Infrastructure, LLC

The Financing Entities and the Bidding Entities (together, the “ Enumerated Entities ”) have collectively at all times since their formation owned assets with an aggregate value not in excess of $100,000.00.

 

  b. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, and in reliance on the representations and warranties of the Company herein contained, compliance by the Company prior to the Second Supplemental Indenture Date with the provisions of Section 4.13 of the Indenture in connection the formation of the Enumerated Entities and the Investment by the Company prior to the Second Supplemental Indenture Date in the Enumerated Entities in an aggregate amount for all Enumerated Entities not in excess of $100,000.00 is hereby waived.

 

  c. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, and in reliance on the representations and warranties of the Company herein contained, compliance by the Company prior to the Second Supplemental Indenture Date with the provisions of Section 4.14 of the Indenture with respect to the requirement to cause to be pledged assets of the Enumerated Entities is hereby waived.

 

  d. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, and in reliance on the representations and warranties of the Company herein contained, compliance by the Company prior to the Second Supplemental Indenture Date with the provisions of Section 4.17 of the Indenture with respect to the requirement to cause the Enumerated Entities to become Guarantors is hereby waived.

 

  e. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, and in reliance on the representations and warranties of the Company herein contained, any Default or Event of Default that may be deemed to have arisen as a result of any failure by the Company to comply with the covenants in Section 4.13, 4.14 or 4.17 of the Indenture, but solely to the extent waived in paragraphs b, c and d of this Section 4, is hereby waived.

 

  f. Nothing in this Section 4 shall be deemed to waive (i) compliance by the Company with the provisions of Section 4.13, 4.14 or 4.17 of the Indenture, except to the limited extent set forth in paragraphs b, c and d of this Section 4, (ii) compliance on or after the Second Supplemental Indenture Date with the provisions of Sections 4.13, 4.14 and 4.17 of the Indenture, after giving effect to the amendments to the Indenture effected by this Supplemental Indenture, Omnibus Amendment and Limited Waiver, (iii) any Default or Event of Default that may be deemed to have arisen or that may arise as a result of any event other than the events expressly waived pursuant to paragraphs b, c, d and e of this Section 4 or (iv) any other provision of this Indenture, except as expressly set forth herein. Nothing in this Section 4 shall limit any right, power or remedy of the Trustee or the Holders under the Indenture, except to the extent expressly set forth herein. The limited waiver set forth in this Section 4 shall not entitle the Company to any future waiver.

5. Effect of Supplemental Indenture, Omnibus Amendment and Limited Waiver . Upon the execution of this Supplemental Indenture, Omnibus Amendment and Limited Waiver, (A) the Indenture and the Notes shall be supplemented and/or amended in accordance herewith, and the amendments effected by this Supplemental Indenture, Omnibus Amendment and Limited Waiver shall form a part of the Indenture and the Notes, as applicable, for all purposes, (B) the limited waiver effected hereby shall

 

6


be effective and (C) every Holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered under the Indenture shall be bound by such supplements, amendments and limited waiver. The exchange of copies of this Supplemental Indenture, Omnibus Amendment and Limited Waiver and of signature pages by facsimile or .pdf transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture, Omnibus Amendment and Limited Waiver as to the parties hereto. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or .pdf shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

6. Indenture . Except as is amended or waived by this Supplemental Indenture, Omnibus Amendment and Limited Waiver, the Indenture and the Notes are in all respects ratified and confirmed, and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect.

7. Governing Law . THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, OMNIBUS AMENDMENT AND LIMITED WAIVER WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

8. Counterparts . This Supplemental Indenture, Omnibus Amendment and Limited Waiver may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original; but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

9. Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

10. The Trustee . The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture, Omnibus Amendment and Limited Waiver or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Company.

11. Enforceability . Each of the Company and the Guarantor hereby represents and warrants that this Supplemental Indenture, Omnibus Amendment and Limited Waiver is its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.

[Signature page follows]

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture, Omnibus Amendment and Limited Waiver to be duly executed and attested, all as of the date first above written.

 

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Randy Furr
  Name: Randy Furr
  Title: Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

 

RYE CREEK LLC
By:   BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION, its sole member

 

By:   /s/ Randy Furr
  Name: Randy Furr
  Title: Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee

By:    
  Name:
  Title:

[Signature Page to Second Supplemental Indenture, Omnibus Amendment to Notes and Limited Waiver – 5.0%

Convertible Senior Secured PIK Notes due 2020]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture, Omnibus Amendment and Limited Waiver to be duly executed and attested, all as of the date first above written.

 

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION
By:    
  Name: Randy Furr
  Title: Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

 

RYE CREEK LLC
By:   BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION, its sole member

 

By:    
  Name: Randy Furr
  Title: Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee

By:   /s/ Bradley E. Scarbrough
  Name: Bradley E. Scarbrough
  Title: Vice President

 

2


EXHIBIT A

[FORM OF FACE OF NOTE]

[INCLUDE FOLLOWING LEGEND IF A GLOBAL NOTE]

[UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE, OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREUNDER IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE, OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.]

[INCLUDE FOLLOWING LEGEND IF A RESTRICTED SECURITY]

[THE SALE OF THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, PRIOR TO THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE (AS DEFINED BELOW), THIS NOTE AND ANY SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION OF THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE OFFERED, RESOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, EXCEPT:

(A) TO BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION (THE “COMPANY”) OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF;

(B) PURSUANT TO, AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH, A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT IS EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AT THE TIME OF SUCH TRANSFER;

(C) TO A PERSON THAT YOU REASONABLY BELIEVE TO BE A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR TO A PERSON THAT YOU REASONABLY BELIEVE TO BE AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT; OR

(D) UNDER ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (INCLUDING, IF AVAILABLE, THE EXEMPTION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT).

 

A-1


THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE” MEANS THE LATER OF: (1) THE DATE THAT IS ONE YEAR AFTER THE LAST DATE OF ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THE NOTES OR SUCH SHORTER PERIOD OF TIME PERMITTED BY RULE 144 OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION THERETO; AND (2) SUCH OTHER DATE AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW.

WITH RESPECT TO ANY TRANSFER PURSUANT TO THE FOREGOING CLAUSE (D), PRIOR TO THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE, THE COMPANY AND THE NOTE REGISTRAR RESERVE THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF SUCH CERTIFICATIONS, LEGAL OPINIONS OR OTHER INFORMATION AS THEY MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE AND MAY RELY UPON TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.]

 

A-2


Bloom Energy Corporation

5.0% Convertible Senior Secured PIK Note due 2020

[PIK] 1

 

No. [_____]                                                                                                                               [Initially] 2 $[_________]

CUSIP No. [_________]    

Bloom Energy Corporation, a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Company ,” which term includes any successor corporation or other entity under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof), for value received hereby promises to pay to [CEDE & CO.] 3 [_______] 4 , or registered assigns, the principal sum [as set forth in the “Schedule of Exchanges of Notes” attached hereto] 5 [of $[_______]] 6 , which amount, taken together with the principal amounts of all other outstanding Notes, shall not, unless permitted by the Indenture, exceed $1[__],000,000 in aggregate at any time, [in accordance with the rules and procedures of the Depositary,] on December 1, 2020, and interest thereon as set forth below.

This Note shall bear interest at the Applicable Rate from [                ], 2015, or from the most recent date to which interest had been paid or provided for to, but excluding, the next scheduled Interest Payment Date until December 1, 2020. The Applicable Rate for any Interest Period shall be determined as of the first day of such Interest Period by the Company and notice of the Applicable Rate shall be delivered by the Company to the Trustee promptly after the first day of such Interest Period. Interest is payable monthly in arrears on each January 1, February 1, March 1, April 1, May 1, June 1, July 1, August 1, September 1, October 1, November 1 and December 1, commencing on [                ], to Holders of record at the close of business on the preceding December 15, January 15, February 15, March 15, April 15, May 15, June 15, July 15, August 15, September 15, October 15 and November 15 (whether or not such day is a Business Day), respectively. Accrued interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year composed of twelve 30-day months or, in the case of a partial month, the number of days elapsed over a 30-day month and shall be compounded monthly on the last day of each month. Additional Interest will be payable as set forth in Section 4.10 and Section 6.04 of the within-mentioned Indenture, and any reference to interest on, or in respect of, any Note therein shall be deemed to include Additional Interest if, in such context, Additional Interest is, was or would be payable pursuant to Section 4.10 and Section 6.04, and any express mention of the payment of Additional Interest in any provision therein shall not be construed as excluding Additional Interest in those provisions thereof where such express mention is not made.

 

1   Insert on any certificated PIK Notes.
2   Include if a Global Note.
3   Include if a Global Note.
4   Include if a Physical Note.
5   Include if a Global Note.
6   Include if a Physical Note.

 

A-3


Interest will be payable, at the election of the Company (made by delivering a notice to the Trustee prior to the beginning of the related Interest Period), (1) entirely in Cash Interest or (2) entirely in PIK Interest. In the absence of an interest payment election, interest on the Notes will be payable in PIK Interest. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the payment of accrued interest shall be made solely in cash, (A) in connection with any redemption or repurchase of Notes as described under Section 13.01, Section 13.02, Section 15.01, Section 15.02 and Section 15.03 of the Indenture, (1) with respect to all Notes, if the related Redemption Date, Specified Repurchase Date, Fundamental Change Repurchase Date or Change of Control Repurchase Date, as applicable, is after a Regular Record Date and on or prior to the Scheduled Trading Day immediately following the date on which the corresponding interest payment is made or (2) solely with respect to the Notes to be repurchased or redeemed, if the related Redemption Date, Specified Repurchase Date, Fundamental Change Repurchase Date or Change of Control Repurchase Date, as applicable, is on any other date, (B) with respect to all Notes, if any Notes are surrendered for conversion after the close of business on a Regular Record Date for the payment of interest and on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date and (C) on the final Interest Payment Date.

Following an increase in the principal amount of any outstanding Global Notes as a result of a PIK Payment, such Global Note will bear interest on such increased principal amount from and after the date of such PIK Payment. Any PIK Notes issued in certificated form will be dated as of the applicable Interest Payment Date and will bear interest from and after such date. All PIK Notes issued pursuant to a PIK Payment will be governed by, and subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of, the Indenture and shall have the same rights and benefits as the Notes issued on the Issue Date.

Any Defaulted Amounts shall accrue interest per annum at the rate borne by the Notes, subject to the enforceability thereof under applicable law, from, and including, the relevant payment date to, but excluding, the date on which such Defaulted Amounts shall have been paid by the Company, at its election, in accordance with Section 2.03(d) of the Indenture.

The Company shall pay the principal of and interest (other than PIK Interest) on this Note, if and so long as such Note is a Global Note, in immediately available funds to the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, as the registered Holder of such Note. As provided in and subject to the provisions of the Indenture, the Company shall pay the principal of any Notes (other than Notes that are Global Notes) at the office or agency designated by the Company for that purpose. The Company has initially designated the Trustee as its Paying Agent, Note Registrar, Custodian and Conversion Agent in respect of the Notes and its agency in the continental United States of America as a place where Notes may be presented for payment, repurchase, or conversion or for registration of transfer and exchange.

At all times, PIK Interest on the Notes will be payable (x) with respect to Notes represented by one or more Global Notes registered in the name of, or held by, DTC or its nominee on the relevant Regular Record Date, by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding Global Note by an amount equal to the amount of PIK Interest for the applicable Interest Period (rounded to the nearest whole dollar, with amounts of $0.50 or more being rounded up), or by issuing a new Global Note, if required pursuant to the applicable procedures of the Depositary, in each case, as provided in writing by the Company in a Company Order to

 

A-4


the Trustee, and the Trustee, at the written request of the Company, will record such increase in such Global Note and (y) with respect to Notes represented by Physical Notes, by issuing PIK Notes in certificated form in an aggregate principal amount equal to the amount of PIK Interest for the applicable Interest Period (rounded to the nearest whole dollar, with amounts of $0.50 or more being rounded up), and the Trustee will, at the written request of the Company in a Company Order, authenticate and deliver such PIK Notes in certificated form for original issuance to the Holders on the relevant Regular Record Date, as shown in the register of the Note Registrar.

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, including, without limitation, provisions giving the Holder of this Note the right to convert this Note into shares of Common Stock on the terms and subject to the limitations set forth in the Indenture. Such further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as though fully set forth at this place.

This Note, and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Note, shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York.

In the case of any conflict between this Note and the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall control and govern.

This Note shall not be valid or become obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication hereon shall have been signed manually by the Trustee or a duly authorized authenticating agent under the Indenture.

[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank ]

 

A-5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be duly executed.

 

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Trustee, certifies that this is one of the Notes described in the within-named Indenture.
By:    
  Authorized Signatory

Dated:

 

A-6


[FORM OF REVERSE OF NOTE]

Bloom Energy Corporation

5.0% Convertible Senior Secured PIK Note due 2020

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Company, designated as its 5.0% Convertible Senior Secured PIK Notes due 2020 (the “ Notes ”), limited to the aggregate principal amount of $260,000,000 all issued or to be issued under and pursuant to an Indenture dated as of December 15, 2015 (the “ Indenture ”), between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”) and collateral agent (the “ Collateral Agent ”), as amended by (i) the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 20, 2016 (the “ First Supplemental Indenture ”), between the Company, Rye Creek LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and the Trustee and Collateral Agent and (ii) the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 29, 2017 (the “ Second Supplemental Indenture ”), between the Company, Rye Creek LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and the Trustee and Collateral Agent, to which Indenture, First Supplement Indenture, Second Supplemental Indenture, and all other indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a description of the rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities thereunder of the Trustee, the Company and the Holders of the Notes. Additional Notes may be issued subject to certain conditions specified in the Indenture. Capitalized terms used in this Note and not defined in this Note shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Indenture.

In case certain Events of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the principal of, and interest on, all Notes may be declared, by either the Trustee or Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding, and upon said declaration shall become, due and payable, in the manner, with the effect and subject to the conditions and certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture.

Subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture, the Company will make all payments and deliveries in respect of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, Change of Control Repurchase Price or the Specified Repurchase Date Price on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, Change of Control Repurchase Date or the Specified Repurchase Date, as applicable, and the principal amount on the Maturity Date, as the case may be, to the Holder who surrenders a Note to a Paying Agent to collect such payments in respect of the Note. The Company will pay cash amounts in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

The Indenture contains provisions permitting the Company, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent in certain circumstances, without the consent of the Holders of the Notes, and in certain other circumstances, with the consent of the Holders of not less than the Minimum Principal Amount of the Notes at the time outstanding, evidenced as in the Indenture provided, to execute supplemental indentures modifying the terms of the Indenture and the Notes as described therein. It is also provided in the Indenture that, subject to certain exceptions, the Holders of the Minimum Principal Amount of the Notes at the time outstanding may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any past Default or Event of Default under the Indenture and its consequences.

 

A-7


No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay or deliver, as the case may be, the principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, Change of Control Repurchase Price or the Specified Repurchase Date Price, if applicable) of, accrued and unpaid interest on, and the consideration due upon conversion of, this Note at the place, at the respective times, at the rate and in the lawful money or shares of Common Stock, as the case may be, herein prescribed.

The Notes are issuable in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 principal amount and integral multiples thereof; provided that after a PIK Payment, the Notes shall be in minimum denominations of $1.00 and any integral multiple of $1.00 in excess thereof. At the office or agency of the Company referred to on the face hereof, and in the manner and subject to the limitations provided in the Indenture, Notes may be exchanged for a like aggregate principal amount of Notes of other authorized denominations, without payment of any service charge but, if required by the Company or Trustee, with payment of a sum sufficient to cover any documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer tax or similar governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith as a result of the name of the Holder of the new Notes issued upon such exchange of Notes being different from the name of the Holder of the old Notes surrendered for such exchange.

The Notes are subject to redemption at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, on or after the date that is two calendar years after the consummation of the Qualified IPO if the Last Reported Sale Price of the Common Stock has been at least 150% of the Qualified IPO Price then in effect for at least 20 Trading Days (whether or not consecutive) during a period of 30 consecutive Trading Days ending within three Trading Days immediately preceding the date on which the Company provides written notice of redemption. The Notes are not subject to any sinking fund. In certain circumstances, the Notes are also redeemable at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, in connection with a Change of Control at the Change of Control Redemption Price.

On or after a Qualified IPO, and upon the occurrence of a Fundamental Change, the Holder has the right, at such Holder’s option and subject to the provisions of the Indenture, to require the Company to repurchase for cash all of such Holder’s Notes or any portion thereof (in principal amounts of $1,000 (or, if a PIK Payment has been made, in principal amounts of $1.00) or integral multiples thereof) on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date at a price equal to the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price.

If the Qualified IPO has not occurred before December 15, 2018, the Holder has the right, at such Holder’s option and subject to the provisions of the Indenture, to require the Company to repurchase for cash all of such Holder’s Notes or any portion thereof (in principal amounts of $1,000 (or, if a PIK Payment has been made, in principal amounts of $1.00) or integral multiples thereof) on the Specified Repurchase Date at a price equal to the Specified Repurchase Date Price.

If a Change of Control occurs at any time prior to the Qualified IPO, the Holder has the right, at such Holder’s option and subject to the provisions of the Indenture, to require the Company to repurchase for cash all of such Holder’s Notes or any portion thereof (in principal amounts of $1,000 (or, if a PIK Payment has been made, in principal amounts of $1.00) or integral multiples thereof) on the Change of Control Repurchase Date at a price equal to the Change of Control Repurchase Price.

 

A-8


The Notes are convertible into Common Stock in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

The payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest, if any, on the Notes, is unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by the Guarantors, if any, to the extent set forth in and subject to the provisions of the Indenture.

Subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, if any, the Obligations of the Company and the Guarantors, if any, under the Notes and the Note Guarantees, if any, are secured by Liens on the Collateral pursuant to the terms of the Security Documents.

 

A-9


ABBREVIATIONS

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription of the face of this Note, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

TEN COM = as tenants in common

UNIF GIFT MIN ACT = Uniform Gifts to Minors Act

CUST = Custodian

TEN ENT = as tenants by the entireties

JT TEN = joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

 

A-10


SCHEDULE A 7

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF NOTES

Bloom Energy Corporation

5.0% Convertible Senior Secured PIK Notes due 2020

The initial principal amount of this Global Note is              DOLLARS ($[                  ]). The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made:

 

Date of

exchange

  

Amount of

decrease in

principal

amount of this

Global Note

  

Amount of

increase in

principal

amount of this

Global Note

  

Principal

amount of this

Global Note

following

such decrease

or increase

  

Signature of

authorized

signatory of

Trustee or

Custodian

           

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

           

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

           

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

           

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

           

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

           

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

           

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

           

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

           

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

           

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

           

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

           

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

           

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

           

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

           

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

           

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

           

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

           

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

           

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

           

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

           

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

           

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

7   Include if a Global Note.

 

A-11


ATTACHMENT 1

[FORM OF NOTICE OF CONVERSION]

Bloom Energy Corporation

5.0% Convertible Senior Secured PIK Notes due 2020

 

To: Bloom Energy Corporation

1299 Orleans Drive

Sunnyvale, California 94089

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

633 West Fifth Street, 24th Floor

Los Angeles, CA 90071

Attention: Bloom Energy Corporation Convertible Senior Secured PIK Notes due 2020

The undersigned registered owner of this Note hereby exercises the option to convert this Note, or the portion hereof (that is $1,000 principal amount (or if a PIK Payment has been made, $1.00 principal amount) or an integral multiple thereof) below designated pursuant to:

☐ Section 14.01 [Only permitted prior to a Qualified IPO and for a period after a Change of Control specified in the Indenture]; or

☐ Section 14.02 [Only permitted on or after the earlier to occur of a Qualified IPO and September 1, 2020],

in accordance with the terms of the Indenture referred to in this Note, and directs that any cash payable and any shares of Common Stock issuable and deliverable upon such conversion, together with any cash for any fractional share, and any Notes representing any unconverted principal amount hereof, be issued and delivered to the registered Holder hereof unless a different name has been indicated below. If any shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, or any portion of this Note not converted are to be issued in the name of a Person other than the undersigned, the undersigned will pay all documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer taxes, if any in accordance with Section 14.03(d) and Section 14.03(e) of the Indenture. Any amount required to be paid to the undersigned on account of interest accompanies this Note. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Indenture.

 

Dated:          

 

 

 

     

 

      Signature(s)

 

1


 

 

Signature Guarantee

Signature(s) must be guaranteed by an eligible Guarantor Institution (banks, stock brokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions) with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program pursuant to Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 17Ad-15 if shares of Common Stock are to be issued, or Notes are to be delivered, other than to and in the name of the registered holder.

 

Fill in for registration of shares if to be issued, and Notes if to be delivered, other than to and in the name of the registered holder:

 
(Name)
 
(Street Address)
 
(City, State and Zip Code)

Please print name and address

 

 

Principal amount to be converted (if less than all): $              , 000

 

NOTICE: The above signature(s) of the Holder(s) hereof must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the Note in every particular without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.

 

 

Social Security or Other Taxpayer

Identification Number

 

2


ATTACHMENT 2

[FORM OF FUNDAMENTAL CHANGE REPURCHASE NOTICE]

Bloom Energy Corporation

5.0% Convertible Senior Secured PIK Notes due 2020

 

To: Bloom Energy Corporation

1299 Orleans Drive

Sunnyvale, California 94089

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

633 West Fifth Street, 24th Floor

Los Angeles, CA 90071

Attention: Bloom Energy Corporation Convertible Senior Secured PIK Notes due 2020

The undersigned registered owner of this Note hereby acknowledges receipt of a notice from Bloom Energy Corporation (the “ Company ”) as to the occurrence of a Fundamental Change with respect to the Company and specifying the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date and requests and instructs the Company to pay to the registered holder hereof in accordance with Section 15.02 of the Indenture referred to in this Note (1) the entire principal amount of this Note, or the portion thereof (that is $1,000 principal amount (or if a PIK Payment has been made, $1.00 principal amount) or an integral multiple thereof) below designated, and (2) if such Fundamental Change Repurchase Date does not fall during the period after a Regular Record Date and on or prior to the Scheduled Trading Day immediately following the corresponding Interest Payment Date, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to, but excluding, such Fundamental Change Repurchase Date. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Indenture.

In the case of Physical Notes, the certificate numbers of the Notes to be repurchased are as set forth below:

Dated:                                      

 

 

 

Signature(s)
 
Social Security or Other Taxpayer Identification Number
Principal amount to be repaid (if less than all): $              , 000

 

1


NOTICE: The above signature(s) of the Holder(s) hereof must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the Note in every particular without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.

 

2


ATTACHMENT 3

[FORM OF SPECIFIED REPURCHASE DATE NOTICE]

 

To: Bloom Energy Corporation

1299 Orleans Drive

Sunnyvale, California 94089

 

To: U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

633 West Fifth Street, 24th Floor

Los Angeles, CA 90071

Attention: Bloom Energy Corporation Convertible Senior Secured PIK Notes due 2020

The undersigned registered owner of this Note hereby acknowledges receipt of a Specified Repurchase Date Company Notice from Bloom Energy Corporation (the “ Company ”) and specifying the Specified Repurchase Date and requests and instructs the Company to pay to the registered holder hereof in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture referred to in this Note the entire principal amount of this Note, or the portion thereof (that is $1,000 principal amount (or if a PIK Payment has been made, $1.00 principal amount) or an integral multiple thereof) below designated and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to, but excluding, such Specified Repurchase Date. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Indenture.

In the case of Physical Notes, the certificate numbers of the Notes to be repurchased are as set forth below:

Dated:                                  

 

 

 

Signature(s)
 
Social Security or Other Taxpayer Identification Number
Principal amount to be repurchased by the Company (if less than all): $              ,000

NOTICE: The above signature(s) of the Holder(s) hereof must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the Note in every particular without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.


ATTACHMENT 4

[FORM OF CHANGE OF CONTROL REPURCHASE NOTICE]

Bloom Energy Corporation

5.0% Convertible Senior Secured PIK Notes due 2020

 

To: Bloom Energy Corporation
  1299 Orleans Drive
  Sunnyvale, California 94089

 

  U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
  633 West Fifth Street, 24th Floor
  Los Angeles, CA 90071
  Attention: Bloom Energy Corporation Convertible Senior Secured PIK Notes due 2020

The undersigned registered owner of this Note hereby acknowledges receipt of a notice from Bloom Energy Corporation (the “ Company ”) as to the occurrence of a Change of Control with respect to the Company and specifying the Change of Control Repurchase Date and requests and instructs the Company to pay to the registered holder hereof in accordance with Section 15.03 of the Indenture referred to in this Note (1) the entire principal amount of this Note, or the portion thereof (that is $1,000 principal amount (or if a PIK Payment has been made, $1.00 principal amount) or an integral multiple thereof) below designated, and (2) if such Change of Control Repurchase Date does not fall during the period after a Regular Record Date and on or prior to the Scheduled Trading Day immediately following the corresponding Interest Payment Date, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to, but excluding, such Change of Control Repurchase Date. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Indenture.

In the case of Physical Notes, the certificate numbers of the Notes to be repurchased are as set forth below:

Dated:                                 

 

 

 

Signature(s)
 

 

Social Security or Other Taxpayer
Identification Number
Principal amount to be repaid (if less than all):
$              ,000
NOTICE: The above signature(s) of the Holder(s) hereof must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the Note in every particular without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.


ATTACHMENT 5

[FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AND TRANSFER]

Bloom Energy Corporation

5.0% Convertible Senior Secured PIK Notes due 2020

For value received                                                                   hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto                                                   (Please insert social security or Taxpayer Identification Number of assignee) the within Note, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints                                               attorney to transfer the said Note on the books of the Company, with full power of substitution in the premises.

In connection with any transfer of the within Note occurring prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, as defined in the Indenture governing such Note, the undersigned confirms that such Note is being transferred:

 

To Bloom Energy Corporation or a subsidiary thereof; or

 

Pursuant to, and in accordance with, a registration statement that has become or been declared effective under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; or

 

Pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; or

 

Pursuant to any other available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (including, if available, the exemption provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended).


Dated:                                 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature(s)
 

 

Signature Guarantee
Signature(s) must be guaranteed by an eligible Guarantor Institution (banks, stock brokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions) with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program pursuant to Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 17Ad-15 if Notes are to be delivered, other than to and in the name of the registered holder.

NOTICE: The signature on the assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the Note in every particular without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.

 

2

Exhibit 4.25

THIRD SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE AND OMNIBUS AMENDMENT TO NOTES

THIRD SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE AND OMNIBUS AMENDMENT TO NOTES (this “ Supplemental Indenture and Omnibus Amendment ”), dated as of January 18, 2018, by and among Bloom Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), as issuer, Rye Creek LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as guarantor (the “ Guarantor ”), and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”) and collateral agent (the “ Collateral Agent ”) under the Indenture referred to below.

WHEREAS, the Company and the Guarantor previously executed and delivered to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent an Indenture (as amended by the First Supplemental Indenture and the Second Supplemental Indenture (each, as defined below), the “ Indenture ”), dated as of December 15, 2015, providing for the Company’s issuance of 5.0% Convertible Senior Secured PIK Notes due 2020 (the “ Notes ”);

WHEREAS, the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee previously amended the Indenture pursuant to (a) a First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 20, 2016 (the “ First Supplemental Indenture ”) and (b) a Second Supplemental Indenture, Omnibus Amendment to Notes and Limited Waiver, dated as of June 29, 2017 (the “ Second Supplemental Indenture ”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 10.02 of the Indenture, the Company and the Trustee may, with the consent of each Holder of an outstanding Note (the “ Required Holders ”), from time to time amend or supplement the Indenture Documents (including, without limitation, the Indenture and the Notes) to amend the provisions thereof;

WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend the provisions of the Indenture and the Notes as set forth herein; and

WHEREAS, the Company has obtained the consent of the Required Holders to amend the provisions of the Indenture and the Notes as set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Capitalized Terms . Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

2. Amendment of Indenture .

 

  (a) Section 15.01 of the Indenture is hereby amended by (a) replacing all references to the date of “December 15, 2018” contained therein with the date “December 15, 2019” and (b) replacing all references to the date of “November 15, 2018” contained therein with the date “November 15, 2019”.

 

  (b) Exhibits A-1 and A-2 to the Indenture shall be amended by replacing all references to the date “December 15, 2018” contained therein with the date “December 15, 2019”.


3. Amendment of Notes . Each of the Notes issued on or prior to the date hereof shall be deemed amended by deleting the stricken text (indicated in the same manner as the following example: stricken text ) and adding the double-underlined text (indicated in the same manner as the following example: double-underlined text ) by making the following amendments:

“If the Qualified IPO has not occurred before December 15, 2018 2019 , the Holder has the right, at such Holder’s option and subject to the provisions of the Indenture, to require the Company to repurchase for cash all of such Holder’s Notes or any portion thereof (in principal amounts of $1,000 (or, if a PIK Payment has been made, in principal amounts of $1.00) or integral multiples thereof) on the Specified Repurchase Date at a price equal to the Specified Repurchase Date Price.”

4. Effect of Supplemental Indenture and Omnibus Amendment . Upon the execution of this Supplemental Indenture and Omnibus Amendment, (A) the Indenture and the Notes shall be supplemented and/or amended in accordance herewith, and the amendments effected by this Supplemental Indenture and Omnibus Amendment shall form a part of the Indenture and the Notes, as applicable, for all purposes and (B) every Holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered under the Indenture shall be bound by such supplements and amendments. The exchange of copies of this Supplemental Indenture and Omnibus Amendment and of signature pages by facsimile or .pdf transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture and Omnibus Amendment as to the parties hereto. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or .pdf shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

5. Indenture . Except as is amended or waived by this Supplemental Indenture and Omnibus Amendment, the Indenture and the Notes are in all respects ratified and confirmed, and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect.

6. Governing Law . THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE AND OMNIBUS AMENDMENT WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

7. Counterparts . This Supplemental Indenture and Omnibus Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original; but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

8. Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

9. The Trustee . The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture and Omnibus Amendment or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Company.

10. Enforceability . Each of the Company and the Guarantor hereby represents and warrants that this Supplemental Indenture and Omnibus Amendment is its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.

[Signature page follows]

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture and Omnibus Amendment to be duly executed and attested, all as of the date first above written.

 

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Randy Furr
  Name: Randy Furr
  Title: Chief Financial Officer and Secretary
RYE CREEK LLC
By:   BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION, its sole member
By:   /s/ Randy Furr
  Name: Randy Furr
  Title: Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee

By:    
  Name:
  Title:

[Signature Page to Third Supplemental Indenture and Omnibus Amendment to Notes – 5.0% Convertible Senior

Secured PIK Notes due 2020]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture and Omnibus Amendment to be duly executed and attested, all as of the date first above written.

 

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION
By:    
  Name: Randy Furr
  Title: Chief Financial Officer and Secretary
RYE CREEK LLC
By:   BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION, its sole member
By:    
  Name: Randy Furr
  Title: Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee

By:   /s/ Bradley E. Scarbrough
  Name: Bradley E. Scarbrough
  Title: Vice President

 

2

Exhibit 4.27

THIS NOTE AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON THE CONVERSION HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

THIS NOTE IS SUBJECT TO THE TERMS OF THAT CERTAIN SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT (THE “ SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT ”) BY AND AMONG THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE, OTHER INVESTORS, THE COMPANY AND SILICON VALLEY BANK.

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

SUBORDINATED SECURED CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$[Insert Amount]   December [    ], 2014

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Bloom Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), promises to pay to                      (“ Investor ”), or its registered assigns, in lawful money of the United States of America the principal sum of [Insert Amount] ($[Insert Amount]), or such lesser amount as shall equal the outstanding principal amount hereof, together with interest from the date of this Subordinated Secured Convertible Promissory Note (this “ Note ”) on the unpaid principal balance at a rate equal to eight percent (8%) per annum, compounded monthly, computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 365 days. All unpaid principal, together with any then unpaid and accrued interest and other amounts payable hereunder, shall be due and payable on the earlier of (i) December 2, 2017 or (ii) when, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, such amounts are declared due and payable by Investor or made automatically due and payable, in each case, in accordance with the terms hereof. This Note is one of the “Notes” issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.

THE OBLIGATIONS DUE UNDER THIS NOTE ARE SECURED BY A SECURITY AGREEMENT (THE “ SECURITY AGREEMENT ”) DATED AS OF DECEMBER 2, 2014, AND EXECUTED BY THE COMPANY FOR THE BENEFIT OF INVESTOR. ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF INVESTOR ARE SET FORTH IN THE SECURITY AGREEMENT.

The following is a statement of the rights of Investor and the conditions to which this Note is subject, and to which Investor, by the acceptance of this Note, agrees:


1.     Payments .

(a)     Interest. Accrued interest on this Note shall be payable at maturity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and subject to any condition on payment set forth in the Subordination Agreement, interest accrued on this Note during each corresponding annual period shall be payable on December 2 of each of 2015, 2016 and 2017 at the election of Investor made at least thirty (30) days before each such date.

(b)     Voluntary Prepayment . This Note may not be prepaid, without the written consent of a Majority in Interest of Investors.

(c)     Withholding Taxes . Any and all payments to the Investor pursuant to this Note shall be made without deduction or withholding of any taxes except as required by applicable law. The Company shall not be required to withhold amounts with respect to U.S. federal income tax if the Investor has provided the Company (before the date of the first payment and thereafter as reasonably requested by the Company) a validly executed IRS Form W-8EXP (or any successor form).

2.     Events of Default . The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an “ Event of Default ” under this Note and the other Transaction Documents:

(a)     Failure to Pay . The Company shall fail to pay (i) when due any principal payment on the due date hereunder or (ii) any interest payment or other payment required under the terms of this Note or any other Transaction Document on the date due and such payment shall not have been made within five (5) business days of the Company’s receipt of written notice to the Company of such failure to pay; or

(b)     Breaches of Covenants . The Company shall fail to observe or perform any other material covenant, obligation, condition or agreement contained in this Note or the other Transaction Documents (other than those specified in Section  2(a) ) and such failure shall continue for twenty (20) business days after the Company’s receipt of written notice to the Company of such failure; or

(c)     Voluntary Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings. The Company shall (i) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of itself or of all or a substantial part of its property, (ii) admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they mature, (iii) make a general assignment for the benefit of its or any of its creditors, (iv) be dissolved or liquidated, (v) commence a voluntary case or other proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to itself or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or consent to any such relief or to the appointment of or taking possession of its property by any official in an involuntary case or other proceeding commenced against it, or (vi) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; or

(d)     Involuntary Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings. Proceedings for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of the Company, or of all or a substantial part of the property thereof, or an involuntary case or other proceedings seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, if any, or the debts thereof under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect shall be commenced and an order for relief entered or such proceeding shall not be dismissed or discharged within forty-five (45) days of commencement; or

(e)     Judgments. A final judgment or order for the payment of money in excess of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) (exclusive of amounts covered by insurance) shall be rendered against the Company and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of thirty (30) days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed, or any judgment, writ, assessment, warrant of attachment, or execution or similar process shall be issued or levied against a substantial part of the property of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, if any, and such judgment, writ or similar process shall not be released, stayed, vacated or otherwise dismissed within thirty (30) days after issue or levy.

 

-2-


3.     Rights of Investor upon Default . Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in Sections  2(c) or 2(d) ) and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such Event of Default, Investor may, with the written consent of a Majority in Interest of Investors, by written notice to the Company, declare all outstanding Obligations payable by the Company hereunder to be immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, anything contained herein or in the other Transaction Documents to the contrary notwithstanding. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in Sections  2(c) and 2(d) , immediately and without notice, all outstanding Obligations payable by the Company hereunder shall automatically become immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, anything contained herein or in the other Transaction Documents to the contrary notwithstanding. In addition to the foregoing remedies, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Investor may, with the written consent of a Majority in Interest of Investors, exercise any other right, power or remedy granted to it by the Transaction Documents or otherwise permitted to it by law, either by suit in equity or by action at law, or both.

4.     Conversion .

(a)     Voluntary Conversion . The Investor has the right, at the Investor’s option, at any time prior to payment in full of the principal amount of this Note and prior to the automatic conversion of this Note in accordance with Section 4(b), to convert the outstanding principal amount of this Note and all accrued and unpaid interest on this Note into fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Company’s Series G Preferred Stock at a price per share equal to $25.76 (subject to appropriate adjustment from time to time for any stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification or other similar event) (the “ Conversion Price ”). For the avoidance of doubt, the Company shall afford the Investor to exercise its conversion rights under this Section 4(a), and any conversion rights in respect of the Series G Preferred Stock, prior to the consummation of a Change of Control.

(b)     Conversion upon an Initial Public Offering. If an Initial Public Offering occurs prior to the payment in full of the principal amount of this Note, then the outstanding principal amount of this Note and all accrued and unpaid interest on this Note shall automatically convert into fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Company’s Series G Preferred Stock at the Conversion Price.

(c)     Conversion Procedure.

(i)     Conversion Pursuant to Section  4(a) or  4(a) . Before Investor shall be entitled to convert this Note into shares of Series G Preferred in accordance with Section 4(a), it shall surrender this Note (or a notice to the effect that the original Note has been lost, stolen or destroyed and an agreement acceptable to the Company whereby the holder agrees to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with this Note) and give written notice to the Company at its principal corporate office of the election to convert the same pursuant to Section 4(a), and shall state therein the amount of the unpaid principal amount of this Note to be converted, together with all accrued and unpaid interest. If this Note is to be automatically converted in accordance with Section 4(b), written notice shall be delivered to Investor at the address last shown on the records of the Company for Investor or given by Investor to the Company for the purpose of notice, notifying Investor of the conversion to be effected, specifying the Conversion Price, the principal amount of the Note to be converted, together with all accrued and unpaid interest, the date on which such conversion is expected to occur and calling upon such Investor to surrender to the Company, in the manner and at the place designated, the Note. Upon such conversion of this Note, Investor hereby agrees to execute and

 

-3-


deliver to the Company all transaction documents entered into by other purchasers of the relevant securities (as may be amended), including any purchase agreement, investor rights agreement and other ancillary agreements, as applicable, with customary representations and warranties and transfer restrictions (including, without limitation, a 180-day lock-up agreement in connection with an initial public offering). Investor also agrees to deliver the original of this Note (or a notice to the effect that the original Note has been lost, stolen or destroyed and an agreement acceptable to the Company whereby the holder agrees to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with this Note) for cancellation; provided, however , this Note shall be deemed converted and of no further force and effect, whether or not it is delivered for cancellation as set forth in this sentence. The Company shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver to such Investor a certificate or certificates for the number of shares to which Investor shall be entitled upon such conversion, including a check payable to Investor for any cash amounts payable as described in Section  4(c)(ii) . Any conversion of this Note pursuant to Section  4(a) shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the conversion of all of the Company’s share of preferred stock into Common Stock in connection with the Initial Public Offering.

(ii)     Fractional Shares; Interest; Effect of Conversion . No fractional shares shall be issued upon conversion of this Note. In lieu of the Company issuing any fractional shares to Investor upon the conversion of this Note, the Company shall pay to Investor an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying the applicable conversion price by the fraction of a share not issued pursuant to the previous sentence. In addition, to the extent not converted into shares of capital stock, the Company shall pay to Investor any interest accrued on the amount converted and on the amount to be paid by the Company pursuant to the previous sentence. Upon conversion of this Note in full and the payment of the amounts specified in this paragraph, the Company shall be forever released from all its obligations and liabilities under this Note and this Note shall be deemed of no further force or effect, whether or not the original of this Note has been delivered to the Company for cancellation.

(d)     Conversion of Preferred Stock . Should all of the Company’s Series G Preferred Stock be, at any time prior to full payment of this Note, redeemed or converted into shares of Company’s Common Stock in accordance with the Company’s certificate of incorporation, then this Note shall immediately become convertible into that number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of shares of the Common Stock that would have been received if this Note had been converted in full and the Series G Preferred Stock received thereupon had been simultaneously converted into Common Stock immediately prior to such event in accordance with the Company’s certificate of incorporation.

(e)     Notices of Record Date . In the event of:

(i)    Any taking by the Company of a record of the holders of any class of securities of the Company for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend or other distribution or any right to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of stock of any class or any other securities or property, or to receive any other right; or

(ii)    Any capital reorganization of the Company, any reclassification or recapitalization of the capital stock of the Company or any transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to any other Person or any consolidation or merger involving the Company; or

(iii)    Any voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Company,

the Company will mail to Investor at least ten (10) days prior to the earliest date specified therein, a notice specifying (A) the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution or right and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right; or (B) the date on which any such

 

-4-


reorganization, reclassification, recapitalization, transfer, consolidation, merger, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is expected to become effective and the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote thereon.

(f)     Change of Control Notice . In the event that the Company contemplates a Change of Control prior to the payment in full of the principal amount of this Note, then the Company shall notify the Investor in writing of such potential Change of Control at least twenty (20) days prior to the earliest contemplated consummation date of the Change of Control and keep the Investor reasonably apprised of any material developments with respect to such potential Change of Control.

(g)     Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion . The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Series G Preferred Stock and Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of this Note, such number of its shares of Series G Preferred Stock (and shares of its Common Stock for issuance on conversion of such Series G Preferred Stock) as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of the Note; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Series G Preferred Stock (and shares of its Common Stock for issuance on conversion of such Series G Preferred Stock) shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of the entire outstanding principal amount of this Note, without limitation of such other remedies as shall be available to the holder of this Note, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Series G Preferred Stock (and shares of its Common Stock for issuance on conversion of such Series G Preferred Stock) to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes.

5.     Subordination . The Obligations evidenced by this Note are hereby expressly subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all of the Company’s Senior Indebtedness and any Liens on property of the Company in favor of Investor are hereby expressly subordinated in priority to any Liens on the Company’s property in favor of any holder of Senior Indebtedness. By acceptance of this Note, Investor agrees to execute and deliver customary forms of subordination agreement requested from time to time by holders of Senior Indebtedness, and as a condition to Investor’s rights hereunder, the Company may require that Investor execute such forms of subordination agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Investor shall be entitled to receive (i) equity securities of the Company from the conversion of all or any part of the Obligations and payments of cash in lieu of issuing fractional shares in connection with any such conversions, (ii) any note, instrument or other evidence of indebtedness which may be issued by the Company in exchange for or in substitution of this Note, provided that such note, instrument or other evidence of indebtedness is subordinated to the Senior Indebtedness on the same terms and conditions as set forth in this Section  5 and (iii) other payments consented to in writing by holders of Senior Indebtedness.

6.     Definitions . As used in this Note, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

“Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Conversion Price ” has the meaning given in Section  4(a) hereof.

Change of Control shall mean (i) any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 193, as amended), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Company having the right to vote for the election of members of the Board of Director, (ii) any reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company, other than a transaction or series of related transactions in which the holders of the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions retain, immediately after such

 

-5-


transaction or series of related transactions, at least a majority of the total voting power represented by the outstanding voting securities of the Company or such other surviving or resulting entity or (iii) a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

Event of Default ” has the meaning given in Section  2 hereof.

Initial Public Offering ” shall mean the closing of the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten initial public offering of the Company’s Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act in which all outstanding shares of the Company’s preferred stock automatically converts into Common Stock.

Investor ” shall mean the Person specified in the introductory paragraph of this Note or any Person who shall at the time be the registered holder of this Note.

Investors ” shall mean the investors that have purchased Notes.

Lien ” shall mean, with respect to any property, any security interest, mortgage, pledge, lien, claim, charge or other encumbrance.

Majority in Interest of Investors ” shall mean Investors holding more than 50% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes.

“Notes” shall mean the subordinated secured convertible promissory notes issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.

Obligations ” shall mean and include all loans, advances, debts, liabilities and obligations, howsoever arising, owed by the Company to Investor of every kind and description, now existing or hereafter arising under or pursuant to the terms of this Note and the other Transaction Documents, including, all interest, fees, charges, expenses, attorneys’ fees and costs and accountants’ fees and costs chargeable to and payable by the Company hereunder and thereunder, in each case, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, and whether or not arising after the commencement of a proceeding under Title 11 of the United States Code (11 U. S. C. Section 101 et seq .), as amended from time to time (including post-petition interest) and whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in any such proceeding.

Person ” shall mean and include an individual, a partnership, a corporation (including a business trust), a joint stock company, a limited liability company, an unincorporated association, a joint venture or other entity or a governmental authority.

Purchase Agreement ” shall mean the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (as amended, modified or supplemented), by and among the Company and the Investors (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) party thereto.

Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Security Agreement ” has the meaning given in the introductory paragraphs to this Note.

Senior Indebtedness ” shall mean, unless expressly subordinated to or made on a parity with the amounts due under this Note, the principal of (and premium, if any), unpaid interest on and amounts reimbursable, fees, expenses, costs of enforcement and other amounts due in connection with, (i) indebtedness for borrowed money of the Company, to banks, commercial finance lenders or other lending institutions

 

-6-


regularly engaged in the business of lending money (excluding (A) any indebtedness convertible into equity securities of the Company and (B) indebtedness in connection with capital leases or operating leases used solely for the purchase, finance or acquisition of equipment and where such indebtedness is secured solely by such equipment), and (ii) any extension, refinance, renewal, replacement, defeasance or refunding of any indebtedness described in clause (i); provided , however , that no indebtedness incurred by the Company which causes the aggregate principal amount of such indebtedness outstanding to exceed $75,000,000 (but only to the extent of such excess) shall be Senior Indebtedness.

Transaction Documents ” shall mean this Note, the Purchase Agreement, the Subordination Agreement and the Security Agreement.

7.     Miscellaneous .

(a)     Successors and Assigns; Transfer of this Note or Securities Issuable on Conversion Hereof; No Transfers to Bad Actors; Notice of Bad Actor Status .

(i)    Subject to the restrictions on transfer described in this Section  7(a) , the rights and obligations of the Company and Investor shall be binding upon and benefit the successors, assigns, heirs, administrators and transferees of the parties.

(ii)    With respect to any offer, sale or other disposition of this Note or securities into which such Note may be converted, Investor will give written notice to the Company prior thereto, describing briefly the manner thereof, together with a written opinion of Investor’s counsel, or other evidence if reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such offer, sale or other distribution may be effected without registration or qualification (under any federal or state law then in effect). Upon receiving such written notice and reasonably satisfactory opinion, if so requested, or other evidence, the Company, as promptly as practicable, shall notify Investor that Investor may sell or otherwise dispose of this Note or such securities, all in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered to the Company. If a determination has been made pursuant to this Section  7 (a) that the opinion of counsel for Investor, or other evidence, is not reasonably satisfactory to the Company, the Company shall so notify Investor promptly after such determination has been made. Each Note thus transferred and each certificate representing the securities thus transferred shall bear a legend as to the applicable restrictions on transferability in order to ensure compliance with the Securities Act, unless in the opinion of counsel for the Company such legend is not required in order to ensure compliance with the Securities Act. The Company may issue stop transfer instructions to its transfer agent in connection with such restrictions.

(iii)    Subject to Section  7 (a)(ii) , transfers of this Note shall be registered upon registration books maintained for such purpose by or on behalf of the Company as provided in the Purchase Agreement. Prior to presentation of this Note for registration of transfer, the Company shall treat the registered holder hereof as the owner and holder of this Note for the purpose of receiving all payments of principal and interest hereon and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not this Note shall be overdue and the Company shall not be affected by notice to the contrary.

(iv)    Neither this Note nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder may be assigned, by operation of law or otherwise, in whole or in part, by the Company without the prior written consent of Investor.

(b)     Waiver and Amendment. Any provision of this Note may be amended, waived or modified upon the written consent of the Company and a Majority in Interest of Investors.

 

-7-


(c)     Notices. All notices, requests, demands, consents, instructions or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and faxed, mailed or delivered to each party at the respective addresses of the parties as set forth in the Purchase Agreement, or at such other address or facsimile number as the Company shall have furnished to Investor in writing. All such notices and communications will be deemed effectively given the earlier of (i) when received, (ii) when delivered personally, (iii) one (1) business day after being delivered by facsimile (with receipt of appropriate confirmation), (iv) one (1) business day after being deposited with an overnight courier service of recognized standing or (v) four (4) days after being deposited in the U.S. mail, first class with postage prepaid. Subject to the limitations set forth in Delaware General Corporation Law §232(e), Investor consents to the delivery of any notice to stockholders given by the Company under the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws by (i) facsimile telecommunication to any facsimile number for Investor in the Company’s records, (ii) electronic mail to any electronic mail address for Investor in the Company’s records, (iii) posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to Investor of such specific posting or (iv) any other form of electronic transmission (as defined in the Delaware General Corporation Law) directed to Investor. This consent may be revoked by Investor by written notice to the Company and may be deemed revoked in the circumstances specified in Delaware General Corporation Law §232.

(d)     Pari Passu Notes. Investor acknowledges and agrees that the payment of all or any portion of the outstanding principal amount of this Note and all interest hereon shall be pari passu in right of payment and in all other respects to any other Notes. In the event Investor receives payments in excess of its pro rata share of the Company’s payments to the holders of all of the Notes, then Investor shall hold in trust all such excess payments for the benefit of the holders of the other Notes and shall pay such amounts held in trust to such other holders upon demand by such holders.

(e)     Payment. Unless converted into the Company’s equity securities pursuant to the terms hereof, payment shall be made in lawful tender of the United States.

(f)     Default Rate; Usury. During any period in which an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Company shall pay interest on the unpaid principal balance hereof at a rate per annum equal to the rate otherwise applicable hereunder plus five percent (5%). In the event any interest is paid on this Note which is deemed to be in excess of the then legal maximum rate, then that portion of the interest payment representing an amount in excess of the then legal maximum rate shall be deemed a payment of principal and applied against the principal of this Note.

(g)     Expenses; Waivers. If action is instituted to collect this Note, the Company promises to pay all costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, incurred in connection with such action. The Company hereby waives notice of default, presentment or demand for payment, protest or notice of nonpayment or dishonor and all other notices or demands relative to this instrument.

(h)     Governing Law. This Note and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of Delaware, or of any other state.

(i)     Jurisdiction and Venue; Waiver of Jury Trial. Each of Investor and the Company irrevocably consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of, and venue in, the state courts in Santa Clara County in the State of California (or in the event of exclusive federal jurisdiction, the courts of the Northern District of California), in connection with any matter based upon or arising out of this Note or the matters contemplated herein, and agrees that process may be served upon them in any manner authorized by the laws of the State of California for such persons. By acceptance of this Note, Investor hereby agrees and the Company hereby agrees to waive their respective rights to a jury trial of any claim or cause of action based upon or arising out of this Note of any of the Transaction Documents.

 

-8-


(j)     Counterparts. This Note may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Note.

( Signature Page Follows )

 

-9-


The Company has caused this Note to be issued as of the date first written above.

 

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

a Delaware corporation

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

[Investor]
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Exhibit 4.28

THIS NOTE AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON THE CONVERSION HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

THIS NOTE IS SUBJECT TO THE TERMS OF THAT CERTAIN SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT (THE “ SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT ”) BY AND AMONG THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE, THE COMPANY AND SILICON VALLEY BANK.

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED SUBORDINATED

SECURED CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$33,104,013.71

   January 18, 2018

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Bloom Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), promises to pay to Constellation NewEnergy, Inc. (“ Investor ”), or its registered assigns, in lawful money of the United States of America the principal sum of Thirty Three Million One Hundred and Four Thousand and Thirteen Dollars and Seventy-One Cents ($33,104,013.71), or such lesser amount as shall equal the outstanding principal amount hereof, together with interest from the date of this Amended and Restated Subordinated Secured Convertible Promissory Note (this “Note”) on the unpaid principal balance at a rate equal to five percent (5%) per annum, compounded monthly, computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 365 days, subject to Section 8(e). All unpaid principal, together with any then unpaid and accrued interest and other amounts payable hereunder, shall be due and payable on the earlier of (i) December 31, 2020 or (ii) when, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, such amounts are declared due and payable by Investor or made automatically due and payable, in each case, in accordance with the terms hereof (such earlier date, the “ Maturity Date ”).

This Note amends, restates, and supersedes in its entirety, that certain Subordinated Secured Convertible Promissory Note, dated June 30, 2015, executed by the Company in favor of Investor in the original principal amount of Twenty Seven Million Dollars ($27,000,000) (the “Original Note”). The Original Note was issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and all references to the “Note” in the Purchase Agreement, and in any other Transaction Document, shall be deemed to refer to this Note, subject to the terms set forth herein. Nothing herein shall amend, modify, supersede or constitute a waiver of any of the terms and conditions of the Purchase Agreement, or any other Transaction Document, except as expressly set forth in this Note. Furthermore, the Company acknowledges and agrees that, for purposes of any requirements pursuant to Rule 144 under the Act, the holding period of this Note, and any Conversion Shares issued upon conversion of this Note, commenced on June 30, 2015.

THE OBLIGATIONS DUE UNDER THIS NOTE ARE SECURED BY A SECURITY AGREEMENT (THE “ SECURITY AGREEMENT ”) DATED AS OF JUNE 30, 2015, AND EXECUTED


BY THE COMPANY FOR THE BENEFIT OF INVESTOR. ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF INVESTOR ARE SET FORTH IN THE SECURITY AGREEMENT.

The following is a statement of the rights of Investor and the conditions to which this Note is subject, and to which Investor, by the acceptance of this Note, agrees:

1. Payments .

(a) Interest . Accrued interest on this Note shall be payable on the Maturity Date.

(b) Voluntary Prepayment . This Note may not be prepaid, without the written consent of Investor.

(c) Withholding Taxes . Any and all payments to the Investor pursuant to this Note shall be made without deduction or withholding of any taxes except as required by applicable law. The Company shall not be required to withhold amounts with respect to U.S. federal income tax if the Investor has provided the Company (before the date of the first payment and thereafter as reasonably requested by the Company) a validly executed IRS Form W-8EXP (or any successor form).

2. Events of Default . The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default” under this Note and the other Transaction Documents:

(a) Failure to Pay . The Company shall fail to pay (i) when due any principal payment on the due date hereunder or (ii) any interest payment or other payment required under the terms of this Note or any other Transaction Document on the date due and such payment shall not have been made within five (5) business days of the Company’s receipt of written notice to the Company of such failure to pay; or

(b) Breaches of Covenants . The Company shall fail to observe or perform any other material covenant, obligation, condition or agreement contained in this Note or the other Transaction Documents (other than those specified in Section 2(a)) and such failure shall continue for twenty (20) business days after the Company’s receipt of written notice to the Company of such failure; or

(c) Voluntary Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings . The Company shall (i) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of itself or of all or a substantial part of its property, (ii) admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they mature, (iii) make a general assignment for the benefit of its or any of its creditors, (iv) be dissolved or liquidated, (v) commence a voluntary case or other proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to itself or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or consent to any such relief or to the appointment of or taking possession of its property by any official in an involuntary case or other proceeding commenced against it, or (vi) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; or

(d) Involuntary Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings . Proceedings for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of the Company, or of all or a substantial part of the property thereof, or an involuntary case or other proceedings seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, if any, or the debts thereof under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect shall be commenced and an order for relief entered or such proceeding shall not be dismissed or discharged within forty-five (45) days of commencement; or

 

2


(e) Judgments . A final judgment or order for the payment of money in excess of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) (exclusive of amounts covered by insurance) shall be rendered against the Company and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of thirty (30) days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed, or any judgment, writ, assessment, warrant of attachment, or execution or similar process shall be issued or levied against a substantial part of the property of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, if any, and such judgment, writ or similar process shall not be released, stayed, vacated or otherwise dismissed within thirty (30) days after issue or levy; or

(f) Cross-Default . Prior to the occurrence of an Initial Public Offering, the occurrence of any event or circumstance that constitutes, or with notice, would constitute, an event of default by the Company with respect to any indebtedness for borrowed money in an aggregate principal amount in excess of $5,000,000; provided that such event or circumstance (i) has resulted in such indebtedness becoming or being declared due and payable or (ii) constitutes a failure to pay the principal of any such indebtedness when due and payable, and, in each case, such acceleration shall not, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, have been rescinded or annulled or such failure to pay or default shall not have been cured or waived, or such indebtedness shall not have been paid or discharged, as the case may be, within 30 days after written notice to the Company by Investor.

3. Rights of Investor upon Default . Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in Sections 2(c) or 2(d) ) and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such Event of Default, Investor may, by written notice to the Company, declare all outstanding Obligations payable by the Company hereunder to be immediately due and payable without Presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, anything contained herein or in the other Transaction Documents to the contrary notwithstanding. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in Sections 2(c) and 2(d), immediately and without notice, all outstanding Obligations payable by the Company hereunder shall automatically become immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, anything contained herein or in the other Transaction Documents to the contrary notwithstanding. In addition to the foregoing remedies, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Investor may, exercise any other right, power or remedy granted to it by the Transaction Documents or otherwise permitted to it by law, either by suit in equity or by action at law, or both.

4. Conversion .

(a) Voluntary Conversion—Pre-IPO . The Investor has the right, at the Investor’s option, at any time prior to the earlier of an Initial Public Offering or the payment in full of the principal amount of this Note in accordance with its terms, to convert the outstanding principal amount of this Note, and all accrued and unpaid interest on this Note, into fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Company’s Series G Preferred Stock at a price per share equal to the Conversion Price.

(b) Voluntary Conversion—Post-IPO . If an Initial Public Offering occurs prior to the payment in full of the principal amount of this Note in accordance with its terms, then the Investor shall have the right, at the Investor’s option, at any time prior to the payment in full of the principal amount of this Note in accordance with its terms, to convert the outstanding principal amount of this Note, and all accrued and unpaid interest on this Note, into fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Company’s Common Stock at a price per share equal to the Conversion Price.

 

3


(c) Conversion Procedure .

(i) Conversion Pursuant to Section  4(a) or 4(b) . Investor may exercise its right to convert this Note into Conversion Shares at the Conversion Price pursuant to either Section  4(a) or Section  4(b) , as applicable, by delivering written notice of exercise (in each case, a “ Conversion Notice ”) to the Company at the Company’s principal corporate office (the date of delivery of a Conversion Notice is referred to herein as the “ Conversion Date ”) and shall state therein the unpaid principal amount of this Note and all accrued and unpaid interest to be converted. If such Conversion Notice is delivered pursuant to Section  4(a) , the Company shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver to Investor a certificate or certificates for the number of Conversion Shares to which Investor shall be entitled upon such conversion, along with a check payable to Investor for any cash amounts payable as described in Section  4(c)(ii) . If such Conversion Notice is delivered pursuant to Section  4(b) , the Company (x) shall promptly instruct the Company’s designated transfer agent (the “ Transfer Agent ”) to process such Conversion Notice in accordance with the terms herein, (y) on or before the third (3rd) Trading Day following the Conversion Date (or, if earlier, the end of the standard settlement period for U.S. broker-dealer securities transactions) (the “ Share Delivery Date ”), credit such aggregate number of Conversion Shares to which Investor shall be entitled to Investor’s or its designee’s balance account with The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) through its Deposit/Withdrawal at Custodian (“ DWAC ”) system, for the number of Conversion Shares to which Investor shall be entitled, and (z) shall deliver to Investor via check or wire transfer any cash amounts payable as described in Section  4(c)(ii) .

(ii) Fractional Shares; Interest; Effect of Conversion . No fractional shares shall be issued upon conversion of this Note. In lieu of the Company issuing any fractional shares to Investor upon the conversion of this Note, the Company shall pay to Investor an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying the applicable conversion price by the fraction of a share not issued pursuant to the previous sentence. Upon conversion of this Note in full and the payment of the amounts specified in this paragraph, the Company shall be forever released from all its obligations and liabilities under this Note and this Note shall be deemed of no further force or effect, whether or not the original of this Note has been delivered to the Company for cancellation.

(d) Company’s Failure to Timely Convert . In connection with a conversion of this Note pursuant Section  4(b) , if on or prior to the Share Delivery Date, the Company shall have failed to issue the Conversion Shares and deliver a certificate to Investor for, or credit Investor’s or its designee’s balance account with DTC with, the number of Conversion Shares (provided any of the Unrestricted Conditions are satisfied, free of any restrictive legend) (a “ Delivery Failure ”), then, in lieu of any amount payable pursuant to Section  8(e) , but in addition to any other remedies available to Investor, Investor may, at the written election of Investor made in Investor’s sole discretion, either:

(i) require Company to pay additional damages to Investor for each day after the Share Delivery Date such conversion is not timely effected in an amount equal to two percent (2%) of the product of (I) the number of Conversion Shares not issued to Investor or its designee on or prior to the Share Delivery Date and to which Investor is entitled and (II) the Volume Weighted Average Price of the Common Stock on the Share Delivery Date (such product is referred to herein as the “ Share Product Amount ”); or

(ii) if, on or after the applicable Conversion Date, Investor purchases (in an open market transaction or otherwise) shares of Common Stock to deliver in satisfaction of a sale by Investor of Conversion Shares that Investor anticipated receiving from the Company (such purchased shares, “ Buy-In Shares ”; provided, for the avoidance of doubt, that the number of Buy-In Shares shall not exceed the number of Conversion Shares Investor was entitled to receive but did not receive on the Share Delivery Date), the

 

4


Company shall be obligated to promptly pay to Investor, 100% of the amount by which (A) Investor’s total purchase price (including brokerage commissions, if any) for such Buy-In Shares exceeds (B) the net proceeds received by Investor from the sale of the Buy-In Shares. If the Company fails to pay the additional damages set forth in this Section 4(d) within five (5) business days of the date incurred, then Investor shall have the right at any time, so long as the Company continues to fail to make such payments, to require the Company, upon written notice, to immediately issue, in lieu of such cash damages, the number of Shares equal to the quotient of (X) the aggregate amount of the damages payments described herein divided by (Y) the Conversion Price specified by Investor in the Conversion Notice.

(e) Notices of Record Date . In the event of:

(i) Any taking by the Company of a record of the holders of any class of securities of the Company for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend or other distribution or any right to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of stock of any class or any other securities or property, or to receive any other right; or

(ii) Any capital reorganization of the Company, any reclassification or recapitalization of the capital stock of the Company or any transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to any other Person or any consolidation or merger involving the Company; or

(iii) Any voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Company,

the Company will notify Investor in writing at least ten (10) days prior to the earliest date specified therein, a notice specifying (A) the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution or right and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right; or (B) the date on which any such reorganization, reclassification, recapitalization, transfer, consolidation, merger, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is expected to become effective and the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote thereon.

(f) Change of Control Notice . In the event that the Company contemplates a Change of Control prior to the payment in full of the principal amount of this Note, then the Company shall notify the Investor in writing of such potential Change of Control at least twenty (20) days prior to the earliest contemplated consummation date of the Change of Control and keep the Investor reasonably apprised of any material developments with respect to such potential Change of Control.

(g) Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion . The Company has reserved and kept available, and at all times shall reserve and keep available, out of its authorized but unissued shares of Series G Preferred Stock and Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of this Note, such number of its shares of Series G Preferred Stock (and shares of its Common Stock for issuance on conversion of such Series G Preferred Stock) or Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of this Note; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Series G Preferred Stock (and shares of its Common Stock for issuance on conversion of such Series G Preferred Stock) or Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of the entire outstanding principal amount of this Note, without limitation of such other remedies as shall be available to the holder of this Note, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Series G Preferred Stock (and shares of its Common Stock for issuance on conversion of such Series G Preferred Stock) or Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes.

 

5


(h) Lock-Up Agreement and Legends .

(i) Lock-Up Agreement . In connection with the issuance of this Note, Investor hereby acknowledges and agrees that, if all of the Company’s executive officers, directors and 80% or more of all shareholders individually holding more than 1% of the Common Stock of the Company enter into lock-up agreements (the “ Lock-Up Agreements ”) with the applicable underwriters in connection with the filing of a registration statement including a prospectus setting forth an estimated offering price range with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) that is reasonably anticipated at the time of such filing to result in an Initial Public Offering, upon the Company’s request, Investor will enter into a lock-up agreement with the underwriters of such Initial Public Offering and upon such underwriters’ request, it will agree, effective no later than one week prior to the distribution of a preliminary prospectus in connection with the commencement of marketing activities in respect of such contemplated Initial Public Offering, not to (a) lend, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock of the Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock of the Company (whether such shares or any such securities are then owned by the Investor or are thereafter acquired) or (b) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock of the Company, whether any such transaction described in clause (a) or (b) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be; provided that such lock-up agreement shall not restrict the ability of such holder of this Note to convert this Note pursuant to Section  4 , is not more restrictive in any material respect than any of the Lock-up Agreements, and includes provisions for the pro rata release from such lock-up agreement entered into by the Investor of shares of Common Stock or other securities subject thereto upon the release of such shares or other securities from any of the Lock-up Agreements and contains provisions otherwise at least as favorable to Investor as those contained in any of the Lock-up Agreements; provided, further that, (1) the pro rata release provision shall not apply (a) unless the underwriters have first waived more than 1%, in the aggregate, of the Common Stock of the Company from such prohibitions or (b)(i) if the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (ii) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this letter agreement, and (2) if the release or waiver is granted solely to allow a holder of Common Stock of the Company to participate as a selling stockholder in a follow-on public offering of such Common Stock of the Company pursuant to a registration statement that is filed with the SEC, the pro rata release provision shall apply only to the extent necessary to allow Investor to participate in such follow-on offering with respect to securities sold by the Investor in such offering.

(ii)     Legend . Any certificate that may be issued representing Conversion Shares shall bear a legend substantially in the following form, in addition to any other legends:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND NEITHER THE SECURITIES NOR ANY INTEREST THEREIN MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION, WHICH, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO COUNSEL FOR THE COMPANY, IS AVAILABLE.

 

6


The foregoing legend shall be removed from the certificates representing any Conversion Shares, at the request of the holder thereof, (i) following any sale of such Conversion Shares pursuant to Rule 144 under the Act (and the holder thereof has submitted a written request for removal of the legend indicating that the holder has complied with the applicable provisions of Rule 144), (ii) at such time as the Conversion Shares are sold or transferred in accordance with the requirements of a registration statement of the Company on such form as may then be in effect, or (iii) if such Conversion Shares are eligible otherwise for sale under Rule 144(b)(1) and Investor is not, and has not been during the preceding three months, an affiliate (as such term is defined for purposes of Rule 144 under the Securities Act) (the “ Unrestricted Conditions ”). Promptly following the date on which any of the Unrestricted Conditions has been satisfied, the Company shall instruct the Transfer Agent, and use commercially reasonable efforts, to effect the issuance of the Conversion Shares without such restrictive legend or, in the case of Conversion Shares that have previously been issued, the removal of such legend thereunder. If either of the Unrestricted Conditions are met at the time of issuance of the Conversion Shares, then the Conversion Shares shall be issued free of the foregoing legend.

In addition to the legend set forth in the first paragraph of this Section  4(h)(ii) , Investor understands that any Conversion Shares issued prior to the earliest of (i) the day that is 180 days following the date of the final prospectus for the Initial Public Offering, (ii) if all executive officers, directors and 80% or more of all stockholders individually holding more than 1% of the Common Stock of the Company enter into Lock-Up Agreements with the applicable underwriters in connection with the Initial Public Offering, the earliest day on which any such Lock-Up Agreements expire, (iii) if less than all executive officers, directors and 80% or more of all stockholders individually holding more than 1% of the Common Stock of the Company enter into Lock-up Agreements with the applicable underwriters in connection with the Initial Public Offering, the day that the Initial Public Offering is consummated and (iv) such date on which any of the Lock-up Agreements otherwise terminate or expire (such earlier date, the “ Lock-up Release Date ”) will bear a legend substantially to the following effect (subject to appropriate modification to reflect changes to the terms of the restrictions applicable to the Conversion Shares pursuant to the Lock-Up Agreement):

THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF PRIOR TO THE DAY THAT IS ON OR AFTER THE EARLIEST TO OCCUR OF (1) THE DAY THAT IS 180 DAYS FOLLOWING THE DATE OF THE FINAL PROSPECTUS FOR THE INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING, (2) IF ALL EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS AND 80% OR MORE OF ALL STOCKHOLDERS INDIVIDUALLY HOLDING MORE THAN 1% OF THE COMMON STOCK OF THE COMPANY ENTER INTO CUSTOMARY LOCK-UP AGREEMENTS WITH THE APPLICABLE UNDERWRITERS IN CONNECTION WITH THE INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING, THE EARLIEST DAY ON WHICH ANY SUCH LOCK-UP AGREEMENTS EXPIRE, (3) IF LESS THAN ALL EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS AND 80% OR MORE OF ALL STOCKHOLDERS INDIVIDUALLY HOLDING MORE THAN 1% OF THE COMMON STOCK OF THE COMPANY ENTER INTO CUSTOMARY LOCK-UP AGREEMENTS WITH THE APPLICABLE UNDERWRITERS IN CONNECTION WITH THE INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING, THE DAY THAT THE INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING IS CONSUMMATED AND (4) SUCH DATE ON WHICH THE LOCK-UP AGREEMENTS OTHERWISE TERMINATE OR EXPIRE. “INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING” MEANS THE COMPANY’S FIRST FIRM COMMITMENT UNDERWRITTEN INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S COMMON STOCK PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

7


(i) Company Representations . As an inducement to Investor to enter into this Note, the Company represents and warrants to Investor as follows:

(i) no event of default or material breach of any covenant set forth in any of the Transaction Documents has occurred other than any such event of default or material breach as to which the Company has delivered written notice thereof to Investor and such event of default or material breach has been cured,

(ii) the representations and warranties made in the Purchase Agreement were true and correct in all material respects as of the date of the Purchase Agreement,

(iii) the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Note and the actions contemplated hereby are within the power of the Company and have been duly authorized by all necessary actions on the part of the Company,

(iv) the Note constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with the terms of this Note, except as limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity,

(v) the execution and delivery by the Company of this Note and the performance and consummation of the actions contemplated hereby do not violate (I) the certificate of incorporation of the Company; (II) any material judgment, order, writ, decree, statute, rule or regulation applicable to, the Company, except, in each case, to the extent that any such violation would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, or results of operations; (III) violate any provision of, or result in the breach or the acceleration of, or entitle any other person to accelerate (whether after the giving of notice or lapse of time or both), any material mortgage, indenture, agreement, instrument or other agreement for borrowed money to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound; or (IV) result in the creation or imposition of any lien upon any property, asset or revenue of the Company (other than any lien arising under the Security Agreement) or the suspension, revocation, impairment, forfeiture, or nonrenewal of any material permit, license, authorization or approval applicable to the Company, its business or operations, or any of its assets or properties, and

(vi) all Senior Indebtedness (other than the L/C Obligations) has been paid in full, as evidenced by that certain payoff letter, dated as of December 11, 2015, executed by Silicon Valley Bank (“ SVB ”), a true, correct and complete copy of which has been delivered to Investor, and the only remaining Senior Indebtedness as of the date hereof, and therefore, the only remaining obligations subject to the subordination provision set forth below in Section 5, are letters of credit issued by SVB prior to December 11, 2015, for which the Company maintains cash deposit accounts that, in the aggregate, as of the date hereof, contain cash balances of not less than 103% of the aggregate face amounts of such outstanding letters of credit (the “ L/C Obligations ”).

5. Subordination . The Obligations evidenced by this Note are hereby expressly subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all of the Company’s Senior Indebtedness and any Liens on property of the Company in favor of Investor, other than the Excluded Collateral (as such term is defined in

 

8


the Subordination Agreement), are hereby expressly subordinated in priority to any Liens on the Company’s property in favor of any holder of Senior Indebtedness. By acceptance of this Note, Investor agrees to execute and deliver customary forms of subordination agreement requested from time to time by holders of Senior Indebtedness, and as a condition to Investor’s rights hereunder, the Company may require that Investor execute such forms of subordination agreement, provided that the terms and conditions thereof are not materially less favorable to Investor, when taken as a whole, than the terms and conditions contained in the Subordination Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Investor shall be entitled to receive (i) equity securities of the Company from the conversion of all or any part of the Obligations and payments of cash in lieu of issuing fractional shares in connection with any such conversions, (ii) any note, instrument or other evidence of indebtedness which may be issued by the Company in exchange for or in substitution of this Note, provided that such note, instrument or other evidence of indebtedness is subordinated to the Senior Indebtedness on the same terms and conditions as set forth in this Section 5 and (iii) other payments consented to in writing by holders of Senior Indebtedness.

6. Reaffirmation . The Company, as debtor, grantor, pledgor, guarantor, assignor or in any other similar capacity in which the Company has granted liens or security interests in its property or otherwise has acted as an accommodation party or guarantor, as the case may be, in each case, pursuant to any Transaction Document, hereby (a) ratifies and reaffirms all of its payment and performance obligations, contingent or otherwise, under the Purchase Agreement, this Note and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party (after giving effect hereto) and (ii) to the extent the Company granted liens on or security interests in any of its property pursuant to the Security Agreement as security for, or otherwise guaranteed, the Obligations under or with respect to any of the Transaction Documents, ratifies and reaffirms such guarantee and grant of security interests and liens and confirms and agrees that such security interests and liens hereafter secure all of the Obligations as amended hereby. The Company hereby consents to this Note and acknowledges that the Note, as amended hereby, the Purchase Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents (other than the Original Note) remains in full force and effect and is hereby ratified and reaffirmed. Except as expressly set forth herein, the execution of this Note shall not operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of Investor, constitute a waiver of any provision of the Note, the Purchaser Agreement or any other Transaction Document or serve to effect a novation of any of the Obligations (except to the extent expressly set forth herein).

7. Definitions . As used in this Note, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Change of Control ” shall mean (i) any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 193, as amended), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Company having the right to vote for the election of members of the Board of Director, (ii) any reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company, other than a transaction or series of related transactions in which the holders of the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions retain, immediately after such transaction or series of related transactions, at least a majority of the total voting power represented by the outstanding voting securities of the Company or such other surviving or resulting entity or (iii) a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.

 

9


Conversion Price ” means, whether with respect to shares of Series G Preferred Stock or shares of Common Stock, a price per share equal to $25.76, subject in each case, to appropriate adjustment from time to time for any stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification or other similar event.

Conversion Shares ” means, in a conversion of this Note pursuant to Section  4(a) , shares of Series G Preferred Stock, and in a conversion of this Note pursuant to Section  4(b) , shares of Common Stock; provided that, if at any time prior to an Initial Public Offering, all of the outstanding shares of Series G Preferred Stock shall have been redeemed or converted into shares of Common Stock in accordance with the Company’s certificate of incorporation, then the term “Conversion Shares” shall mean shares of Common Stock and Investor’s right to convert this Note pursuant to Section  4(a) shall be deemed to be the right to convert this Note into the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been received if this Note had been converted in full and the shares of Series G Preferred Stock received thereupon had been simultaneously converted into shares of Common Stock immediately prior to such event in accordance with the Company’s certificate of incorporation.

Event of Default ” has the meaning given in Section 2 hereof.

Initial Public Offering ” shall mean the closing of the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten initial public offering of the Company’s Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Act in connection with which all outstanding shares of the Company’s Series G Preferred Stock automatically convert into shares of Common Stock.

Investor ” shall mean the Person specified in the introductory paragraph of this Note or any Person who shall at the time be the registered holder of this Note.

Lien ” shall mean, with respect to any property, any security interest, mortgage, pledge, lien, claim, charge or other encumbrance.

Obligations ” shall mean and include all loans, advances, debts, liabilities and obligations, howsoever arising, owed by the Company to Investor of every kind and description, now existing or hereafter arising under or pursuant to the terms of this Note and the other Transaction Documents, including, all interest, fees, charges, expenses, attorneys’ fees and costs and accountants’ fees and costs chargeable to and payable by the Company hereunder and thereunder, in each case, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, and whether or not arising after the commencement of a proceeding under Title 11 of the United States Code (11 U. S. C. Section 101 et seq.), as amended from time to time (including post-petition interest) and whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in any such proceeding.

Person ” shall mean and include an individual, a partnership, a corporation (including a business trust), a joint stock company, a limited liability company, an unincorporated association, a joint venture or other entity or a governmental authority.

Principal Market ” shall mean any of the New York Stock Exchange, the NYSE MKT, the NASDAQ Global Select Market, the NASDAQ Global Market or the NASDAQ Capital Market.

Purchase Agreement ” shall mean the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (as amended, modified or supplemented), by and among the Company and the Investor (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) party thereto.

 

10


Security Agreement ” has the meaning given in the introductory paragraphs to this Note. “Senior Indebtedness” shall mean, the principal of (and premium, if any), unpaid interest on and amounts reimbursable, fees, expenses, costs of enforcement and other amounts due in connection with, (i) indebtedness for borrowed money of the Company, to Silicon Valley Bank, a California corporation, and its permitted successors and assigns (excluding (A) any indebtedness convertible into equity securities of the Company and (B) indebtedness in connection with capital leases or operating leases used solely for the purchase, finance or acquisition of equipment and where such indebtedness is secured solely by such equipment), and (ii) any extension, refinance, renewal, replacement, defeasance or refunding of any indebtedness described in clause (i); provided , however , that no indebtedness incurred by the Company which causes the aggregate principal amount of such indebtedness outstanding to exceed $75,000,000 (but only to the extent of such excess) shall be Senior Indebtedness.

Series G Preferred Stock ” means the Series G Preferred Stock of the Company, as designated in the Company’s certificate of incorporation as of the date of this Note.

Transaction Documents ” shall mean this Note, the Purchase Agreement, the Subordination Agreement and the Security Agreement.

Trading Day ” means any day on which the Common Stock is traded for any period on the Principal Market.

Volume Weighted Average Price ” for any security as of any Trading Day means (a) the volume weighted average sale price of such security on the Principal Market on which such security is traded as reported by Bloomberg Financial Markets or an equivalent, reliable reporting service (“ Bloomberg ”) or (b), if no volume weighted average sale price is reported for such security, then the closing price per share of such security, or, if no closing price per share is reported for such security by Bloomberg, the average of the last bid and last ask price (or if more than one in either case, the average of the average last bid and average last ask prices) on such Trading Day as reported in the composite transactions for the Principal Mark on which such security is traded. If the security is not listed for trading on a Principal Market on the relevant Trading Day, then the Volume Weighted Average Price will be the average of the mid-point of the last bid and last ask prices of the security in the over-the-counter market on the relevant Trading Day as reported by the OTC Markets Group, Inc. or similar organization. If the Volume Weighted Average Price cannot be calculated for such security on such date in the manner provided above, the Volume Weighted Average Price shall be the fair market value as mutually determined by the Company and Investor. The Volume Weighted Average Price will be determined without regard to after-hours trading or any other trading outside of the regular trading hours.

8. Miscellaneous .

(a) Successors and Assigns; Transfer of this Note or Securities Issuable on Conversion Hereof .

(i) Subject to the restrictions on transfer described in this Section 8(a), the rights and obligations of the Company and Investor shall be binding upon and benefit the successors, assigns, heirs, administrators and transferees of the parties.

(ii) With respect to any offer, sale or other disposition of this Note or securities into which such Note may be converted, Investor will give written notice to the Company prior thereto, describing briefly the manner thereof, together with a written opinion of Investor’s counsel, or other evidence

 

11


if reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such offer, sale or other distribution may be effected without registration or qualification (under any federal or state law then in effect) and any proposed subsequent transferee in such offer, sale or other disposition prior to an Initial Public Offering shall have executed an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company agreeing to be bound by the provisions contained in Section  4(h) of this Note. Upon receiving such written notice and reasonably satisfactory opinion, if so requested, or other evidence, the Company, as promptly as practicable, shall notify Investor that Investor may sell or otherwise dispose of this Note or such securities, all in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered to the Company. If a determination has been made pursuant to this Section  8(a) that the opinion of counsel for Investor, or other evidence, is not reasonably satisfactory to the Company, the Company shall so notify Investor promptly after such determination has been made. Each Note thus transferred and each certificate representing the securities thus transferred shall bear a legend as to the applicable restrictions on transferability in order to ensure compliance with the Act, unless in the opinion of counsel for the Company such legend is not required in order to ensure compliance with the Act. The Company may issue stop transfer instructions to its transfer agent in connection with such restrictions.

(iii) Subject to Section  8(a)(ii) , transfers of this Note shall be registered upon registration books maintained for such purpose by or on behalf of the Company as provided in the Purchase Agreement. Prior to presentation of this Note for registration of transfer, the Company shall treat the registered holder hereof as the owner and holder of this Note for the purpose of receiving all payments of principal and interest hereon and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not this Note shall be overdue and the Company shall not be affected by notice to the contrary.

(iv) Neither this Note nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder may be assigned, by operation of law or otherwise, in whole or in part, by the Company without the prior written consent of Investor.

(b) Waiver and Amendment . Any provision of this Note may be amended, waived or modified upon the written consent of the Company and Investor.

(c) Notices . All notices, requests, demands, consents, instructions or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and faxed, mailed or delivered to each party at the respective addresses of the parties as set forth in the Purchase Agreement, or at such other address or facsimile number as the Company shall have furnished to Investor in writing. All such notices and communications will be deemed effectively given the earlier of (i) when received, (ii) when delivered personally, (iii) one (1) business day after being delivered by facsimile (with receipt of appropriate confirmation), (iv) one (1) business day after being deposited with an overnight courier service of recognized standing or (v) four (4) days after being deposited in the U.S. mail, first class with postage prepaid. Subject to the limitations set forth in Delaware General Corporation Law §232(e), Investor consents to the delivery of any notice to stockholders given by the Company under the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws by (i) facsimile telecommunication to any facsimile number for Investor in the Company’s records, (ii) electronic mail to any electronic mail address for Investor in the Company’s records, (iii) posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to Investor of such specific posting or (iv) any other form of electronic transmission (as defined in the Delaware General Corporation Law) directed to Investor. This consent may be revoked by Investor by written notice to the Company and may be deemed revoked in the circumstances specified in Delaware General Corporation Law §232.

 

12


(d) Payment . Unless converted into the Company’s equity securities pursuant to the terms hereof, payment shall be made in lawful tender of the United States.

(e) Default Rate; Usury . During any period in which an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, this Note shall accrue interest on the unpaid principal balance hereof at a rate per annum equal to the rate otherwise applicable hereunder plus five percent (5%). In the event any interest is paid on this Note which is deemed to be in excess of the then legal maximum rate, then that portion of the interest payment representing an amount in excess of the then legal maximum rate shall be deemed a payment of principal and applied against the principal of this Note.

(f) Expenses; Waivers . If action is instituted to collect this Note, the Company promises to pay all costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, incurred in connection with such action. The Company hereby waives notice of default, presentment or demand for payment, protest or notice of nonpayment or dishonor and all other notices or demands relative to this instrument.

(g) Governing Law . This Note and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of Delaware, or of any other state.

(h) Jurisdiction and Venue; Waiver of Jury Trial . Each of Investor and the Company irrevocably consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of, and venue in, the state courts in Santa Clara County in the State of California (or in the event of exclusive federal jurisdiction, the courts of the Northern District of California), in connection with any matter based upon or arising out of this Note or the matters contemplated herein, and agrees that process may be served upon them in any manner authorized by the laws of the State of California for such persons. By acceptance of this Note, Investor hereby agrees and the Company hereby agrees to waive their respective rights to a jury trial of any claim or cause of action based upon or arising out of this Note of any of the Transaction Documents.

(i) Counterparts . This Note may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Note.

( Signature Page Follows )

 

13


The Company has caused this Note to be issued as of the date first written above.

 

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION a Delaware corporation
By:   /s/ Randy Furr
Name:   Randy Furr
Title:   CFO

 

CONSTELLATION NEWENERGY, INC.
By:   /s/ Michael Smith
Name:  

Michael Smith

Title:   SVP

Exhibit 10.2

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

2002 STOCK PLAN

(amended June 2011)

1. Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of this 2002 Stock Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants, and to promote the success of the Company’s business. Options granted under the Plan may be Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options, as determined by the Administrator at the time of grant. Stock Purchase Rights may also be granted under the Plan.

2. Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) “ Administrator ” means the Board or any of its Committees as shall be administering the Plan in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

(b) “ Applicable Laws ” means the requirements relating to the administration of stock option plans under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any other country or jurisdiction where Options or Stock Purchase Rights are granted under the Plan.

(c) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(d) “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of either of the following events:

(i) The consummation of the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; or

(ii) The consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or its parent) at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity or its parent outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation.

(e) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(f) “ Committee ” means a committee of Directors appointed by the Board in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

(g) “ Common Stock ” means the Common Stock of the Company.


(h) “ Company ” means Bloom Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

(i) “ Consultant ” means any natural person who is engaged by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary to render consulting or advisory services to such entity and who satisfies the requirements of subsection (c)(1) of Rule 701 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(j) “ Director ” means a member of the Board of Directors of the Company.

(k) “ Disability ” means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

(l) “ Employee ” means any person, including Officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. A Service Provider shall not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between or among the Company and its Parent, any Subsidiary, or any successor. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed ninety days, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, on the 181st day of such leave any Incentive Stock Option held by the Optionee shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company shall be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

(m) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(n) “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the Nasdaq National Market or The Nasdaq SmallCap Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system for the last market trading day prior to the time of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(ii) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, its Fair Market Value shall be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the last market trading day prior to the day of determination; or

(iii) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value thereof shall be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

(o) “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

 

2


(p) “ Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(q) “ Officer ” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(r) “ Option ” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(s) “ Option Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and an Optionee evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Option grant. The Option Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(t) “ Option Exchange Program ” means a program whereby outstanding Options are exchanged for Options with a lower exercise price.

(u) “ Optioned Stock ” means the Common Stock subject to an Option or a Stock Purchase Right.

(v) “ Optionee ” means the holder of an outstanding Option or Stock Purchase Right granted under the Plan.

(w) “ Parent ” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(x) “ Plan ” means this 2002 Stock Plan.

(y) “ Restricted Stock ” means shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to a grant of a Stock Purchase Right under Section 11 below.

(z) “ Service Provider ” means an Employee, Director, or Consultant.

(aa) “ Share ” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 12 below.

(bb) “ Stock Purchase Right ” means a right to purchase Common Stock pursuant to Section 11 below.

(cc) “ Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

3. Stock Subject to the Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 12 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be subject to option and sold under the Plan is 16,193,334 Shares. The Shares may be authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock.

 

3


If an Option or Stock Purchase Right expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, or is surrendered pursuant to an Option Exchange Program, the unpurchased Shares which were subject thereto shall become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). However, Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan, upon exercise of either an Option or Stock Purchase Right, shall not be returned to the Plan and shall not become available for future distribution under the Plan, except that if Shares of Restricted Stock are repurchased by the Company at their original purchase price, such Shares shall become available for future grant under the Plan.

4. Administration of the Plan .

(a) Administrator . The Plan shall be administered by the Board or a Committee appointed by the Board, which Committee shall be constituted to comply with Applicable Laws.

(b)  Powers of the Administrator . Subject to the provisions of the Plan and, in the case of a Committee, the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, and subject to the approval of any relevant authorities, the Administrator shall have the authority in its discretion:

(i) to determine the Fair Market Value;

(ii) to select the Service Providers to whom Options and Stock Purchase Rights may from time to time be granted hereunder;

(iii) to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each such award granted hereunder;

(iv) to approve forms of agreement for use under the Plan;

(v) to determine the terms and conditions, of any Option or Stock Purchase Right granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Options or Stock Purchase Rights may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Option or Stock Purchase Right or the Common Stock relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine;

(vi) to determine whether and under what circumstances an Option may be settled in cash under subsection 9(e) instead of Common Stock;

(vii) to reduce the exercise price of any Option to the then current Fair Market Value if the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock covered by such Option has declined since the date the Option was granted;

(viii) to initiate an Option Exchange Program;

 

4


(ix) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of qualifying for preferred tax treatment under foreign tax laws;

(x) to allow Optionees to satisfy withholding tax obligations by electing to have the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right that number of Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount required to be withheld. The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld shall be determined on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined. All elections by Optionees to have Shares withheld for this purpose shall be made in such form and under such conditions as the Administrator may deem necessary or advisable; and

(xi) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and awards granted pursuant to the Plan.

(c) Effect of Administrator’s Decision . All decisions, determinations and interpretations of the Administrator shall be final and binding on all Optionees.

5. Eligibility .

(a) Nonstatutory Stock Options and Stock Purchase Rights may be granted to Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.

(b) Each Option shall be designated in the Option Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. However, notwithstanding such designation, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Optionee during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 5(b), Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted. The Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted.

(c) Neither the Plan nor any Option or Stock Purchase Right shall confer upon any Optionee any right with respect to continuing the Optionee’s relationship as a Service Provider with the Company, nor shall it interfere in any way with his or her right or the Company’s right to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause.

6. Term of Plan . The Plan shall become effective upon its adoption by the Board. It shall continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years unless sooner terminated under Section 14 of the Plan.

7. Term of Option . The term of each Option shall be stated in the Option Agreement; provided , however , that the term shall be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Optionee who, at the time the Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Option shall be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement.

 

5


8. Option Exercise Price and Consideration .

(a) The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option shall be such price as is determined by the Administrator, but shall be subject to the following:

(i) In the case of an Incentive Stock Option

(1) granted to an Employee who, at the time of grant of such Option, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(2) granted to any other Employee, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(ii) In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option

(1) granted to a Service Provider who, at the time of grant of such Option, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(2) granted to any other Service Provider, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 85% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price other than as required above pursuant to a merger or other corporate transaction provided that such grant is approved by the Board.

(b) The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option, including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Administrator (and, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, shall be determined at the time of grant). Such consideration may consist of (1) cash; (2) check; (3) promissory note; (4) other Shares which (x) in the case of Shares acquired upon exercise of an Option, have been owned by the Optionee for more than six months on the date of surrender, and (y) have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option shall be exercised; (5) consideration received by the Company under a cashless exercise program implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan; or (6) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment. In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator shall consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company.

 

6


9. Exercise of Option .

(a) Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder . Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable according to the terms hereof at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Option Agreement. Except in the case of Options granted to Officers, Directors, and Consultants, Options shall become exercisable at a rate of no less than 20% per year over five (5) years from the date the Options are granted. Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, vesting of Options granted hereunder to Officers and Directors shall be tolled during any unpaid leave of absence. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

An Option shall be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (i) written notice of exercise (in accordance with the Option Agreement) from the person entitled to exercise the Option and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised. Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Option Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option shall be issued in the name of the Optionee or, if requested by the Optionee, in the name of the Optionee and his or her spouse. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Shares, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 12.

Exercise of an Option in any manner shall result in a decrease in the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

(b) Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider . If an Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider, such Optionee may exercise his or her Option within thirty (30) days of termination, or such longer period of time as is specified in the Option Agreement, to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement). If, on the date of termination, the Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. If, after termination, the Optionee does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

(c) Disability of Optionee . If an Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Optionee’s Disability, the Optionee may exercise his or her Option within six (6) months of termination, or such longer period of time as is specified in the Option Agreement, to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement). If, on the date of termination, the Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. If, after termination, the Optionee does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

 

7


(d) Death of Optionee . If an Optionee dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised within six (6) months of termination, or such longer period of time as is specified in the Option Agreement, to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement) by the Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquires the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance. If, at the time of death, the Optionee is not vested as to the entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall immediately revert to the Plan. If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

(e) Buyout Provisions . The Administrator may at any time offer to buy out for a payment in cash or Shares, an Option previously granted, based on such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall establish and communicate to the Optionee at the time that such offer is made.

10. Non-Transferability of Options and Stock Purchase Rights . Options and Stock Purchase Rights may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by laws of descent and distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Optionee, only by the Optionee. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing prohibition against assignment and transfer applies to an Option and, prior to exercise, the shares to be issued on exercise of an Option, and pursuant to the foregoing sentence shall be understood to include, without limitation, a prohibition against any pledge, hypothecation, or other transfer, including any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (in each case, as defined in Rule 16a-1 promulgated under the Exchange Act).

11. Stock Purchase Rights .

(a) Rights to Purchase . Stock Purchase Rights may be issued either alone, in addition to, or in tandem with other awards granted under the Plan and/or cash awards made outside of the Plan. After the Administrator determines that it will offer Stock Purchase Rights under the Plan, it shall advise the offeree in writing of the terms, conditions, and restrictions related to the offer, including the number of Shares that such person shall be entitled to purchase, the price to be paid, and the time within which such person must accept such offer. The terms of the offer shall comply in all respects with Section 260.140.42 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations. The offer shall be accepted by execution of a Restricted Stock purchase agreement in the form determined by the Administrator.

(b) Repurchase Option . Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Restricted Stock purchase agreement shall grant the Company a repurchase option exercisable upon the voluntary or involuntary termination of the purchaser’s service with the Company for any reason (including death or disability). The purchase price for Shares repurchased pursuant to the Restricted Stock purchase agreement shall be the original price paid by the purchaser and may be paid by cancellation of any indebtedness of the purchaser to the Company. The repurchase option shall lapse at such rate as the Administrator may determine. Except with respect to Shares purchased by Officers, Directors, and Consultants, the repurchase option shall in no case lapse at a rate of less than 20% per year over five (5) years from the date of purchase.

 

8


(c) Other Provisions . The Restricted Stock purchase agreement shall contain such other terms, provisions, and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

(d) Rights as a Stockholder . Once the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, the purchaser shall have rights equivalent to those of a stockholder and shall be a stockholder when his or her purchase is entered upon the records of the duly authorized transfer agent of the Company. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, except as provided in Section 12 of the Plan.

12. Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization, Merger or Asset Sale .

(a) Changes in Capitalization . Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company, the number of shares of Common Stock covered by each outstanding Option or Stock Purchase Right, and the number of shares of Common Stock which have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but as to which no Options or Stock Purchase Rights have yet been granted or which have been returned to the Plan upon cancellation or expiration of an Option or Stock Purchase Right, as well as the price per share of Common Stock covered by each such outstanding Option or Stock Purchase Right, shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the Common Stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company. The conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration.” Such adjustment shall be made by the Board, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding, and conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option or Stock Purchase Right.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator shall notify each Optionee as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. The Administrator in its discretion may provide for an Optionee to have the right to exercise his or her Option or Stock Purchase Right until fifteen (15) days prior to such transaction as to all of the Optioned Stock covered thereby, including Shares as to which the Option or Stock Purchase Right would not otherwise be exercisable. In addition, the Administrator may provide that any Company repurchase option applicable to any Shares purchased upon exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right shall lapse as to all such Shares, provided the proposed dissolution or liquidation takes place at the time and in the manner contemplated. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Option or Stock Purchase Right will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

 

9


(c) Merger or Asset Sale . In the event of a Change of Control, each outstanding Option and Stock Purchase Right shall be assumed or an equivalent option or right substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation; provided , however , that any outstanding Option or Stock Purchase Right for which an initial “cliff” vesting period has not expired shall be deemed vested with respect to that number of shares determined by multiplying (i) the aggregate number of shares issuable upon exercise of the Option or Stock Purchase Right by (ii) the amount calculated by dividing (A) the total number of calendar months elapsed since the vesting commencement date of such Option or Stock Purchase Right by (B) the total number of calendar months from the vesting commencement date until the date such Option or Stock Purchase Right would otherwise be fully vested. In the event that the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the Option or Stock Purchase Right, the Optionee shall fully vest in and have the right to exercise the Option or Stock Purchase Right as to all of the Optioned Stock, including Shares as to which it would not otherwise be vested or exercisable. If an Option or Stock Purchase Right becomes fully vested and exercisable in lieu of assumption or substitution in the event of a merger or sale of assets, the Administrator shall notify the Optionee in writing or electronically that the Option or Stock Purchase Right shall be fully exercisable for a period of fifteen (15) days from the date of such notice, and the Option or Stock Purchase Right shall terminate upon the expiration of such period. For the purposes of this paragraph, the Option or Stock Purchase Right shall be considered assumed if, following the merger or consolidation or Change of Control, the option or right confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share of Optioned Stock subject to the Option or Stock Purchase Right immediately prior to the merger or consolidation or Change of Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger or consolidation or Change of Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided , however , that if such consideration received in the merger or consolidation or Change of Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Option or Stock Purchase Right, for each Share of Optioned Stock subject to the Option or Stock Purchase Right, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the merger or consolidation or Change of Control.

13. Time of Granting Options and Stock Purchase Rights . The date of grant of an Option or Stock Purchase Right shall, for all purposes, be the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Option or Stock Purchase Right, or such other date as is determined by the Administrator.

14. Amendment and Termination of the Plan .

(a) Amendment and Termination . The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend, or terminate the Plan.

(b) Stockholder Approval . The Board shall obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.

 

10


(c) Effect of Amendment or Termination . No amendment, alteration, suspension, or termination of the Plan shall impair the rights of any Optionee, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Optionee and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Optionee and the Company. Termination of the Plan shall not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Options granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

15. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares .

(a) Legal Compliance . Shares shall not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless the exercise of such Option and the issuance and delivery of such Shares shall comply with Applicable Laws and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

(b) Investment Representations . As a condition to the exercise of an Option, the Administrator may require the person exercising such Option to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

16. Inability to Obtain Authority . The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

17. Reservation of Shares . The Company, during the term of this Plan, shall at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

18. Stockholder Approval . The Plan shall be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted. Such stockholder approval shall be obtained in the degree and manner required under Applicable Laws.

19. Information to Optionees and Purchasers . If the Company is relying on the exemption from registration under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act pursuant to Rule 12h-1(f)(1) promulgated under the Exchange Act, then the Company shall provide the Required Information (as defined below) in the manner required by Rule 12h-1(f)(1) to all Optionees every six months until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or is no longer relying on the exemption pursuant to Rule 12h-1(f)(1); provided , that , prior to receiving access to the Required Information the Optionee must agree to keep the Required Information confidential pursuant to a written agreement in the form provided by the Company. For purposes of this Section 5.10, “ Required Information ” means the information described in Rules 701(e)(3), (4) and (5) under the Securities Act, with the financial statements being not more than 180 days old.

***

 

11


BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

GLOBAL STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Issued Pursuant to the

2002 STOCK PLAN

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2002 Stock Plan (the “Plan”) shall have the same defined meanings in this Option Agreement.

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

 

Name:

 

  «FirstName» «LastName»

     

The undersigned Optionee has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:

 

Date of Grant:    «Option_Date»
Vesting Commencement Date:    «Vest_Base_Date»
Exercise Price per Share:    «Option_Price»
Total Number of Shares Granted:    «Shares»
Total Exercise Price:    «Total_Price»
Type of Option:    «Type_Long»
Term/Expiration Date:    «ExpireDate»

Vesting Schedule :

This Option shall vest and become exercisable, in whole or in part, according to the following vesting schedule:

20% of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest and become exercisable on the one (1)   year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, and 1/60th of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest and become exercisable each month thereafter, subject to Optionee’s continuing to be a Service Provider on such dates.

Code Section 409A :

Under Code Section 409A (which applies to U.S. taxpayers), an option that vests after December 31, 2004 that was granted with a per share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the fair market value of a Share of Common Stock on the date of grant (a “discount option”) is considered “deferred compensation”. An option that is a “discount option” may result in (i) income recognition by the Optionee prior to the exercise of the option (when the option vests), (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) income tax, and (iii) potential interest charges. Optionee acknowledges that the Company cannot guarantee and has not guaranteed that the IRS will determine that the per share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the fair market value of a Share of Common Stock on the date of grant. Optionee agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per share exercise price that was less than the fair market value of a Share of Common Stock on the date of grant, Optionee will be solely responsible for any costs related to such a determination.

Termination Period:

This Option shall be exercisable for three months after Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider for reasons other than death and Disability. Upon Optionee’s death or Disability, this Option may be exercised for one year after Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider. For further information on when Optionee will be considered to cease being a Service Provider, please see Section 11(k) of the Option Agreement. In no event may Optionee exercise this Option after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above.

 

1


AGREEMENT

(a) Grant of Option . The Company hereby grants to the Optionee named in the attached paper or electronic representation of the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “ Notice of Grant ”) an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “ Exercise Price ”). Grant of the Option shall be subject to the terms, definitions, provisions, and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 14(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement (which includes the country-specific-provisions set forth in Exhibit D ), the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

If designated in the Notice of Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ ISO ”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code. Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Option shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“ NSO ”).

(b) Exercise of Option .

(i) Right to Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Grant and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.

(ii) Method of Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable by delivery of a completed and executed exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit   A or an electronic representation of the form attached as Exhibit A (the “ Exercise Notice ”) which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all exercised Shares. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price and the satisfaction of any obligations with regard to Tax-Related Items (as defined in Section 9).

No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise complies with Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to the Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares, unless the Company determines for an Optionee subject to tax laws in a non-U.S. jurisdiction that a different date is prescribed.

(c) Optionee’s Representations . In the event the Shares have not been registered under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), at the time this Option is exercised, the Optionee shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or her executed Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit   B .

(d) Method of Payment . Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be made by any of the following, or a combination thereof:

(i) cash or check;

(ii) consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan, if applicable; or

(iii) surrender of other Shares which, (i) in the case of Shares acquired upon exercise of an option, have been owned by the Optionee for more than six (6) months on the date of surrender, and (ii) have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Exercised Shares, provided , however , that if Optionee resides outside of the United States, the use of this method of payment shall be subject to the approval of the Administrator.

(e) Lock-Up Period . In consideration for the Company’s agreement to grant this Option, the undersigned agrees, in connection with the first registration of the Company’s securities under the Securities Act, upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing any such underwritten offering of the Company’s securities, not to (a) lend, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock (whether such shares or any such securities are then owned by the undersigned or are thereafter acquired) or (b) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to

 

2


another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (a) or (b) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days) from the effective date of such registration as the Company or the underwriters may specify. The underwriters in connection with the Company’s initial public offering are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 5 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. The undersigned agrees that the Company may instruct its transfer agent to place stop-transfer notations in its records to enforce the provisions of this Section 5.

(f) Restrictions on Exercise . This Option may not be exercised if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Law.

(g) Non-Transferability of Option . This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the Optionee.

(h) Term of Option . This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option.

(i) Tax Consequences .

(i) Optionee acknowledges that, regardless of any action taken by the Company or, if different, Optionee’s employer (the “ Employer ”), the ultimate liability for all income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, fringe benefits tax, payment on account or other tax-related items related to Optionee’s participation in the Plan and legally applicable to Optionee (“ Tax-Related Items ”) is and remains Optionee’s responsibility and may exceed the amount actually withheld by the Company or the Employer. Optionee further acknowledges that the Company and/or the Employer (i) make no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of the Option, including, but not limited to, the grant, vesting or exercise of the Option, the subsequent sale or other disposition of the Shares acquired pursuant to such exercise and the receipt of any dividends; and (ii) do not commit to and are under no obligation to structure the terms of the grant or any aspect of the Option to reduce or eliminate Optionee’s liability for Tax-Related Items or achieve any particular tax result. Further, if Optionee is subject to Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction between the date of grant and the date of any relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, Optionee acknowledges that the Company and/or the Employer (or former employer, as applicable) may be required to withhold or account for Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction.

(ii) Prior to the relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, Optionee agrees to make adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company and/or the Employer to satisfy all Tax-Related Items. In this regard, Optionee authorizes the Company and/or the Employer, or their respective agents, at their discretion, to satisfy the obligations with regard to all Tax-Related Items by one or a combination of the following:

 

  (i) withholding from Optionee’s wages or other cash compensation paid to Optionee by the Company and/or the Employer; or

 

  (ii) withholding from proceeds of the sale of Shares acquired at exercise of the Option either through a voluntary sale or through a mandatory sale arranged by the Company (on Optionee’s behalf pursuant to this authorization) without further consent.

(iii) Finally, Optionee agrees to pay to the Company or the Employer any amount of Tax-Related Items that the Company or the Employer may be required to withhold or account for as a result of Optionee’s participation in the Plan that cannot be satisfied by the means previously described. The Company may refuse to issue or deliver the shares or the proceeds of the sale of Shares, if Optionee fails to comply with his or her obligations in connection with the Tax-Related Items.

(iv) Set forth in Exhibit C a brief summary, as of the date of this Option, of some of the U.S. federal tax consequences of exercise of this Option and disposition of the Shares.

 

3


(j) No Advice Regarding Grant.  The Company is not providing any tax, legal or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations regarding Optionee’s participation in the Plan, or Optionee’s acquisition or sale or other disposition of the underlying Shares. Optionee is hereby advised to consult with his or her own personal tax, legal and financial advisors regarding his or her participation in the Plan before taking any action related to the Plan.

(k) Nature of Grant.  In accepting the Option, Optionee acknowledges, understands and agrees that:

(i) the Plan is established voluntarily by the Company, it is discretionary in nature, and may be amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time, to the extent permitted by the Plan;

(ii) the grant of the Option is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of options, or benefits in lieu of options, even if options have been granted in the past;

(iii) all decisions with respect to future Option or other grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company;

(iv) Optionee is voluntarily participating in the Plan;

(v) the Option and any Shares acquired under the Plan are not intended to replace any pension rights or compensation

(vi) the Option and any Shares acquired under the Plan and the income and value of same, are not part of normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement or welfare benefits or similar payments;

(vii) the future value of the Shares underlying the Option is unknown, indeterminable, and cannot be predicted with certainty;

(viii) if the underlying Shares do not increase in value, the Option will have no value;

(ix) if Optionee exercises the Option and acquires Shares, the value of such Shares may increase or decrease, even below the Exercise Price;

(x) no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from forfeiture of the Option resulting from Optionee ceasing to provide employment or other services to the Company or the Employer (for any reason whatsoever, whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Optionee is employed or the terms of Optionee’s employment agreement, if any), and in consideration of the grant of the Option to which Optionee is otherwise not entitled, Optionee irrevocably agrees never to institute any claim against the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or the Employer, waives his or her ability, if any, to bring any such claim, and releases the Company, its Subsidiaries and the Employer from any such claim; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is allowed by a court of competent jurisdiction, then, by participating in the Plan, Optionee shall be deemed irrevocably to have agreed not to pursue such claim and agree to execute any and all documents necessary to request dismissal or withdrawal of such claim;

(xi) for purposes of the Option, Optionee will no longer be considered a Service Provider as of the date Optionee ceases to actively provide services to the Company or a Subsidiary (the “Termination Date”); further, in the event Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider (for any reason whatsoever, whether or not such reason is later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Optionee is employed or the terms of Optionee’s employment agreement, if any), Optionee’s right to vest in the Option, if any, will terminate effective as of the Termination Date and will not be extended by any notice period ( e.g. , active service would not include any contractual notice period or any period of “garden leave” or similar period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where Optionee is employed or the terms of Optionee’s employment agreement, if any); furthermore, the period of time during which Optionee has the right to exercise the Option after Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider, if any, will be measured from the Termination Date and will not be extended by any notice period; the Administrator shall have the exclusive discretion to determine when Optionee no longer actively providing services for purposes of the Option (including whether Optionee may still be considered to be actively providing services while on a leave of absence); and

 

4


(xii) the following provisions apply only if Optionee is providing services outside the United States:

 

  (i) the Option and the Shares subject to the Option are not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purpose; and

 

  (ii) Optionee acknowledges and agrees that neither the Company, the Employer nor any Subsidiary shall be liable for any foreign exchange rate fluctuation between Optionee’s local currency and the United States Dollar that may affect the value of the Option or of any amounts due to Optionee pursuant to the exercise of the Option or the subsequent sale of any Shares acquired upon exercise.

(l) Electronic Delivery and Participation.  The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to current or future participation in the Plan by electronic means. Optionee hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company.

(m) Language.  If Optionee has received this Option Agreement, or any other document related to the Option and/or the Plan translated into a language other than English and if the meaning of the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control.

(n) Severability.  The provisions of this Option Agreement are severable and if any one or more provisions are determined to be illegal or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remaining provisions shall nevertheless be binding and enforceable.

(o) Exhibit D. Notwithstanding any provision in this Option Agreement, the Option grant shall be subject to any special terms and conditions set forth in Exhibit D to this Option Agreement for Optionee’s country. Moreover, if Optionee relocates to one of the countries included in Exhibit D, the special terms and conditions for such country will apply to Optionee, to the extent the Company determines that the application of such terms and conditions is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons. Exhibit D constitutes part of this Option Agreement.

(p) Imposition of Other Requirements. The Company reserves the right to impose other requirements on Optionee’s participation in the Plan, on the Option and on any Shares purchased upon exercise of the Option, to the extent the Company determines it is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons, and to require Optionee to sign any additional agreements or undertakings that may be necessary to accomplish the foregoing.

(q) Waiver.  Optionee acknowledges that a waiver by the Company of breach of any provision of this Option Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other optionees under the Plan.

(r) Entire Agreement; Governing Law and Choice of Venue. The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee. This Option Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of the State of California. For purposes of any action, lawsuit or other proceedings brought to enforce this Option Agreement, relating to it, or arising from it, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the sole and exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of Santa Clara County, California, or the federal courts for the United States for the Northern District of California, and no other courts, where this grant is made and/or to be performed.

 

5


Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Optionee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

OPTIONEE     BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

 

    By:  

 

Signature       Signature

«FirstName» «LastName»

     

WILLIAM H. KURTZ

Print Name       Print Name
Residence Address:      

Chief Financial Officer and Chief Commercial Officer

      Print Title

«Address1»

«Address2»

«Address3»

«City», «State» «Zip»

«Country»

 

6


EXHIBIT A

2002 STOCK PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

Bloom Energy Corporation

1299 Orleans Drive

Sunnyvale, CA 94089

1. Exercise of Option . Effective as of today,             , 20    , the undersigned (“ Optionee ”) hereby elects to exercise Optionee’s option to purchase                  shares of the Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) of Bloom Energy Corporation (the “ Company ”) under and pursuant to the 2002 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated             , 20     (the “ Option Agreement ”).

2. Delivery of Payment . Purchaser herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement.

3. Representations of Optionee . Optionee acknowledges that Optionee has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

4. Rights as Shareholder . Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Stock, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares shall be issued to the Optionee as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Section 12 of the Plan.

5. Company’s Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Optionee or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “ Holder ”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).

(a) Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice ”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“ Proposed Transferee ”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “ Offered Price ”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).

(b) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

(c) Purchase Price . The purchase price (“ Purchase Price ”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

 

A- 1


(d) Payment . Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within 30 days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(e) Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within 120 days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(f) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Optionee’s lifetime or on the Optionee’s death by will or intestacy to the Optionee’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the Optionee’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section. “ Immediate Family ” as used herein shall mean spouse (including a qualified domestic partner), lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section and Section 8 below, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section.

(g) Termination of Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the first firm commitment underwritten sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

6. Tax Consultation . Optionee understands that Optionee may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Optionee’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Optionee represents that Optionee has consulted with any tax consultants Optionee deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Optionee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

7. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

(a) Legends . Optionee understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COMPANY COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE

 

A- 2


ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices . Optionee agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

8. Lock-Up Period . The undersigned agrees, in connection with the first registration of the Company’s securities under the Securities Act, upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing any such underwritten offering of the Company’s securities, not to (a) lend, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock (whether such shares or any such securities are then owned by the undersigned or are thereafter acquired) or (b) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (a) or (b) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days) from the effective date of such registration as the Company or the underwriters may specify. The underwriters in connection with the Company’s initial public offering are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 8 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. The undersigned agrees that the Company may instruct its transfer agent to place stop-transfer notations in its records to enforce the provisions of this Section 8. Any transferee of the Shares shall be bound by the provisions of this Section 8.

9. Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon Optionee and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

10. Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by Optionee or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.

11. Governing Law; Severability . This Exercise Notice is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of the State of California.

12. Entire Agreement . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

A- 3


Submitted by:     Accepted by:
OPTIONEE     BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

 

   

 

Signature     By:

 

   

 

Print Name     Title
Address:  

 

    Address:  

Bloom Energy Corporation

 

 

     

1299 Orleans Drive

 

 

     

Sunnyvale, California 94089

      Date Received:  

 

[Signature Page to Exercise Notice]

 

A- 4


EXHIBIT B

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

OPTIONEE   :   

 

COMPANY   :    BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION   
SECURITY   :    COMMON STOCK   
AMOUNT   :   

SHARES

  
DATE   :   

 

  

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Optionee represents to the Company the following:

(a) Optionee is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Optionee is acquiring these Securities for investment for Optionee’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”).

(b) Optionee acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Optionee’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Optionee understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Optionee’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one year or any other fixed period in the future. Optionee further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Optionee further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Optionee understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the Securities unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company and any other legend required under applicable state securities laws.

(c) Optionee is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to the Optionee, the exercise will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of certain of the conditions specified by Rule 144, including: (1) the resale being made through a broker in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction” or in transactions directly with a market maker (as said term is defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934); and, in the case of an affiliate, (2) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (3) the amount of Securities being sold during any three month period not exceeding the limitations specified in Rule 144(e), and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which requires the

 

B - 1


resale to occur not less than one year after the later of the date the Securities were sold by the Company or the date the Securities were sold by an affiliate of the Company, within the meaning of Rule 144; and, in the case of acquisition of the Securities by an affiliate, or by a non-affiliate who subsequently holds the Securities less than two years, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (1), (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

(d) Optionee further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Optionee understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption will be available in such event.

(e) The undersigned agrees, in connection with the first registration of the Company’s securities under the Securities Act, upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing any such underwritten offering of the Company’s securities, not to (a) lend, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock (whether such shares or any such securities are then owned by the undersigned or are thereafter acquired) or (b) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (a) or (b) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days) from the effective date of such registration as the Company or the underwriters may specify. The underwriters in connection with the Company’s initial public offering are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section (e) and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. The undersigned agrees that the Company may instruct its transfer agent to place stop-transfer notations in its records to enforce the provisions of this Section (e).

 

 

Signature of Optionee

 

Print Name

 

Date

 

B - 2

Exhibit 10.3

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

2012 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

As Adopted on August 2, 2012

Amended May 29, 2014

1. PURPOSE .  The purpose of this Plan is to provide incentives to attract, retain and motivate eligible persons whose present and potential contributions are important to the success of the Company, its Parent and Subsidiaries by offering eligible persons an opportunity to participate in the Company’s future performance through the grant of Awards covering Shares. Capitalized terms not defined in the text are defined in Section 14 hereof. Although this Plan is intended to be a written compensatory benefit plan within the meaning of Rule 701, grants may be made pursuant to this Plan that do not qualify for exemption under Rule 701 or Section 25102(o). Any requirement of this Plan that is required in law only because of Section 25102(o) need not apply if the Committee so provides.

2. SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN .

2.1 Number of Shares Available . Subject to Sections 2.2 and 11 hereof, the total number of Shares reserved and available for grant and issuance pursuant to this Plan will be 7,000,000 Shares plus (i) shares that are subject to stock options or other awards granted under the Company’s 2002 Stock Plan (the “ Prior Plan ”) that cease to be subject to such stock options or other awards by forfeiture or otherwise after the Effective Date, (ii) shares issued under the Prior Plan after the Effective Date pursuant to the exercise of stock options that are, after the Effective Date, forfeited, (iii) shares issued under the Prior Plan that are repurchased by the Company at the original issue price and (iv) shares that are subject to stock options or other awards under the Prior Plan that are used to pay the exercise price of an option or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to any award. Subject to Sections 2.2 and 11 hereof, Shares subject to Awards that are cancelled, forfeited, settled in cash or that expire by their terms at any time will again be available for grant and issuance in connection with other Awards. In the event that Shares previously issued under the Plan are reacquired by the Company pursuant to a forfeiture provision, right of repurchase or right of first refusal, such Shares shall be added to the number of Shares then available for issuance under the Plan. At all times the Company will reserve and keep available a sufficient number of Shares as will be required to satisfy the requirements of all Awards granted and outstanding under this Plan. In no event shall the total number of Shares issued (counting each reissuance of a Share that was previously issued and then forfeited or repurchased by the Company as a separate issuance) under the Plan upon exercise of ISOs exceed 70,000,000 Shares (adjusted in proportion to any adjustments under Section 2.2 hereof) over the term of the Plan (the “ ISO Limit ”). Subject to Sections 2.2 and 11 hereof, in the event that the number of Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan is increased, the ISO Limit shall be automatically increased by such number of Shares such that the ISO Limit equals (a) ten (10) multiplied by (b) the number of Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan.

2.2 Adjustment of Shares . In the event that the number of outstanding shares of the Company’s Common Stock is changed by a stock dividend, recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, subdivision, combination, reclassification or similar change in the capital structure of the Company without consideration, then (a) the number of Shares reserved for issuance under this Plan, (b) the Exercise Prices of and number of Shares subject to outstanding Options and SARS, and (c) the Purchase Prices of and/or number of Shares subject to other outstanding Awards will be proportionately adjusted, subject to any required action by the Board or the stockholders of the Company and compliance with applicable securities laws; provided , however , that fractions of a Share will not be issued but will either be paid in cash at the Fair Market Value of such fraction of a Share or will be rounded down to the nearest whole Share, as determined by the Committee.

 

1


3. PLAN FOR BENEFIT OF SERVICE PROVIDERS

3.1 Eligibility .  The Committee will have the authority to select persons to receive Awards. ISOs (as defined in Section 4 hereof) may be granted only to employees (including officers and directors who are also employees) of the Company or of a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. NQSOs (as defined in Section 4 hereof) and all other types of Awards may be granted to employees, officers, directors and consultants of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company; provided such consultants render bona fide services not in connection with the offer and sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction when Rule 701 is to apply to the Award granted for such services. A person may be granted more than one Award under this Plan.

3.2 No Obligation to Employ . Nothing in this Plan or any Award granted under this Plan will confer or be deemed to confer on any Participant any right to continue in the employ of, or to continue any other relationship with, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary to terminate Participant’s employment or other relationship at any time, with or without Cause.

4. OPTIONS . The Committee may grant Options to eligible persons described in Section 3 hereof and will determine whether such Options will be Incentive Stock Options within the meaning of the Code (“ ISOs ”) or Nonqualified Stock Options (“ NQSOs ”), the number of Shares subject to the Option, the Exercise Price of the Option, the period during which the Option may be exercised, and all other terms and conditions of the Option, subject to the following.

4.1 Form of Option Grant . Each Option granted under this Plan will be evidenced by an Award Agreement which will expressly identify the Option as an ISO or an NQSO (“ Stock Option Agreement ”), and will be in such form and contain such provisions (which need not be the same for each Participant) as the Committee may from time to time approve, and which will comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan.

4.2 Date of Grant . The date of grant of an Option will be the date on which the Committee makes the determination to grant such Option, unless a later date is otherwise specified by the Committee. The Stock Option Agreement and a copy of this Plan will be delivered to the Participant within a reasonable time after the granting of the Option.

4.3 Exercise Period . Options may be exercisable immediately but subject to repurchase pursuant to Section 10 hereof or may be exercisable within the times or upon the events determined by the Committee as set forth in the Stock Option Agreement governing such Option; provided , however , that (a) no Option will be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date the Option is granted; and (b) no ISO granted to a person who directly or by attribution owns more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of any Parent or Subsidiary (“ Ten Percent Shareholder ”) will be exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from the date the ISO is granted. The Committee also may provide for Options to become exercisable at one time or from time to time, periodically or otherwise, in such number of Shares or percentage of Shares as the Committee determines.

4.4 Exercise Price . The Exercise Price of an Option will be determined by the Committee when the Option is granted and shall not be less than the Fair Market Value per Share unless expressly determined in writing by the Committee on the Option’s date of grant; provided that the

 

2


Exercise Price of an ISO granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder will not be less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of grant. Payment for the Shares purchased must be made in accordance with Section 8 hereof.

4.5 Method of Exercise . Options may be exercised only by delivery to the Company of a written stock option exercise agreement (the “ Exercise Agreement ”) in a form approved by the Committee (which need not be the same for each Participant). The Exercise Agreement will state (a) the number of Shares being purchased, (b) the restrictions imposed on the Shares purchased under such Exercise Agreement, if any, and (c) such representations and agreements regarding Participant’s investment intent and access to information and other matters, if any, as may be required or desirable by the Company to comply with applicable securities laws. Each Participant’s Exercise Agreement may be modified by (i) agreement of Participant and the Company or (ii) substitution by the Company, upon becoming a public company, in order to add the payment terms set forth in Section 8.1 that apply to a public company and such other terms as shall be necessary or advisable in order to exercise a public company option. Upon exercise of an Option, Participant shall execute and deliver to the Company the Exercise Agreement then in effect, together with payment in full of the Exercise Price for the number of Shares being purchased and payment of any applicable taxes.

4.6 Termination . Subject to earlier termination pursuant to Sections 11 and 13.1 hereof and notwithstanding the exercise periods set forth in the Stock Option Agreement, exercise of an Option will always be subject to the following terms and conditions.

4.6.1 Other than Death or Disability or for Cause . If the Participant is Terminated for any reason other than death, Disability or for Cause, then the Participant may exercise such Participant’s Options only to the extent that such Options are exercisable as to Vested Shares upon the Termination Date or as otherwise determined by the Committee. Such Options must be exercised by the Participant, if at all, as to all or some of the Vested Shares calculated as of the Termination Date or such other date determined by the Committee, within three (3) months after the Termination Date (or within such shorter time period, not less than thirty (30) days, or within such longer time period, not exceeding five (5) years, after the Termination Date as may be determined by the Committee, with any exercise beyond three (3) months after the Termination Date deemed to be an NQSO) but in any event, no later than the expiration date of the Options.

4.6.2 Death or Disability . If the Participant is Terminated because of Participant’s death or Disability (or the Participant dies within three (3) months after a Termination other than for Cause), then Participant’s Options may be exercised only to the extent that such Options are exercisable as to Vested Shares by Participant on the Termination Date or as otherwise determined by the Committee. Such options must be exercised by Participant (or Participant’s legal representative or authorized assignee), if at all, as to all or some of the Vested Shares calculated as of the Termination Date or such other date determined by the Committee, within twelve (12) months after the Termination Date (or within such shorter time period, not less than six (6) months, or within such longer time period, after the Termination Date as may be determined by the Committee, with any exercise beyond (a) three (3) months after the Termination Date when the Termination is for any reason other than the Participant’s death or disability, within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, or (b) twelve (12) months after the Termination Date when the Termination is for Participant’s disability, within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, deemed to be an NQSO) but in any event no later than the expiration date of the Options.

4.6.3 For Cause . If the Participant is terminated for Cause, the Participant may exercise such Participant’s Options, but not to an extent greater than such Options are exercisable as to Vested Shares upon the Termination Date and Participant’s Options shall expire on such Participant’s Termination Date, or at such later time and on such conditions as are determined by the Committee.

 

3


4.7 Limitations on Exercise . The Committee may specify a reasonable minimum number of Shares that may be purchased on any exercise of an Option, provided that such minimum number will not prevent Participant from exercising the Option for the full number of Shares for which it is then exercisable.

4.8 Limitations on ISOs . The aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the date of grant) of Shares with respect to which ISOs are exercisable for the first time by a Participant during any calendar year (under this Plan or under any other incentive stock option plan of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company) will not exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000). If the Fair Market Value of Shares on the date of grant with respect to which ISOs are exercisable for the first time by a Participant during any calendar year exceeds One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), then the Options for the first One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) worth of Shares to become exercisable in such calendar year will be ISOs and the Options for the amount in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) that become exercisable in that calendar year will be NQSOs. In the event that the Code or the regulations promulgated thereunder are amended after the Effective Date (as defined in Section 13.1 hereof) to provide for a different limit on the Fair Market Value of Shares permitted to be subject to ISOs, then such different limit will be automatically incorporated herein and will apply to any Options granted after the effective date of such amendment.

4.9 Modification, Extension or Renewal . The Committee may modify, extend or renew outstanding Options and authorize the grant of new Options in substitution therefor, provided that any such action may not, without the written consent of a Participant, impair any of such Participant’s rights under any Option previously granted. Any outstanding ISO that is modified, extended, renewed or otherwise altered will be treated in accordance with Section 424(h) of the Code. Subject to Section 4.10 hereof, the Committee may reduce the Exercise Price of outstanding Options without the consent of Participants by a written notice to them; provided , however , that the Exercise Price may not be reduced below the minimum Exercise Price that would be permitted under Section 4.4 hereof for Options granted on the date the action is taken to reduce the Exercise Price; provided , further , that the Exercise Price will not be reduced below the par value of the Shares, if any.

4.10 No Disqualification . Notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan, no term of this Plan relating to ISOs will be interpreted, amended or altered, nor will any discretion or authority granted under this Plan be exercised, so as to disqualify this Plan under Section 422 of the Code or, without the consent of the Participant, to disqualify any Participant’s ISO under Section 422 of the Code.

4.11 Information to Optionees .  If the Company is relying on the exemption from registration under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act pursuant to Rule 12h-1(f)(1) promulgated under the Exchange Act, then the Company shall provide the Required Information (as defined below) in the manner required by Rule 12h-1(f)(1) to all optionees every six months until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or is no longer relying on the exemption pursuant to Rule 12h-1(f)(1); provided , that , prior to receiving access to the Required Information the optionee must agree to keep the Required Information confidential pursuant to a written agreement in the form provided by the Company. For purposes of this Section 4.11, “ Required Information ” means the information described in Rules 701(e)(3), (4) and (5) under the Securities Act, with the financial statements being not more than 180 days old before the sale of securities to which it relates.

 

4


5. RESTRICTED STOCK .  A Restricted Stock Award is an offer by the Company to sell to an eligible person Shares that are subject to certain specified restrictions. The Committee will determine to whom an offer will be made, the number of Shares the person may purchase, the Purchase Price, the restrictions to which the Shares will be subject, and all other terms and conditions of the Restricted Stock Award, subject to the following terms and conditions.

5.1 Form of Restricted Stock Award . All purchases under a Restricted Stock Award made pursuant to this Plan will be evidenced by an Award Agreement (“ Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement ”) that will be in such form (which need not be the same for each Participant) as the Committee will from time to time approve, and will comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan. The Restricted Stock Award will be accepted by the Participant’s execution and delivery of the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement and full payment for the Shares to the Company within thirty (30) days from the date the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement is delivered to the person. If such person does not execute and deliver the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement along with full payment for the Shares to the Company within such thirty (30) days, then the offer will terminate, unless otherwise determined by the Committee.

5.2 Purchase Price . The Purchase Price of Shares sold pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award will be determined by the Committee on the date the Restricted Stock Award is granted or at the time the purchase is consummated. Payment of the Purchase Price must be made in accordance with Section 8 hereof.

5.3 Restrictions . Restricted Stock Awards may be subject to the restrictions set forth in Sections 9 and 10 hereof or, with respect to a Restricted Stock Award to which Section 25102(o) is to apply, such other restrictions not inconsistent with Section 25102(o).

6. RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS .

6.1 Awards of Restricted Stock Units . A Restricted Stock Unit (“ RSU ”) is an Award covering a number of Shares that may be settled in cash, or by issuance of those Shares at a date in the future. No Purchase Price shall apply to an RSU settled in Shares other than the payment of the aggregate par value of all Shares issuable upon such settlement. All grants of Restricted Stock Units will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will be in such form (which need not be the same for each Participant) as the Committee will from time to time approve, and will comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan.

6.2 Form and Timing of Settlement . To the extent permissible under applicable law, the Committee may permit a Participant to defer payment under a RSU to a date or dates after the RSU is earned, provided that the terms of the RSU and any deferral satisfy the requirements of Section 409A of the Code (or any successor) and any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder. Payment may be made in the form of cash or whole Shares or a combination thereof, all as the Committee determines.

7. STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS .

7.1 Awards of SARs . Stock Appreciation Rights (“ SARs ”) may be settled in cash, or Shares (which may consist of Restricted Stock or RSUs), having a value equal to the value determined by multiplying the difference between the Fair Market Value on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price and the number of Shares with respect to which the SAR is being settled. All grants of SARs made pursuant to this Plan will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will be in such form (which need not be the same for each Participant) as the Committee will from time to time approve, and will comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan.

 

5


7.2 Exercise Period and Expiration Date . A SAR will be exercisable within the times or upon the occurrence of events determined by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement governing such SAR. The Award Agreement shall set forth the Expiration Date; provided that no SAR will be exercisable after the expiration of ten years from the date the SAR is granted.

7.3 Exercise Price . The Committee will determine the Exercise Price of the SAR when the SAR is granted, and which may not be less than the Fair Market Value on the date of grant and may be settled in cash or in Shares.

7.4 Termination . Subject to earlier termination pursuant to Sections 11 and 13.1 hereof and notwithstanding the exercise periods set forth in the Award Agreement, exercise of SARs will always be subject to the following terms and conditions.

7.4.1 Other than Death or Disability or for Cause . If the Participant is Terminated for any reason other than death, Disability or for Cause, then the Participant may exercise such Participant’s SARs only to the extent that such SARs are exercisable as to vested Shares upon the Termination Date or as otherwise determined by the Committee. SARs must be exercised by the Participant, if at all, as to all or some of the vested Shares calculated as of the Termination Date or such other date determined by the Committee, within three (3) months after the Termination Date (or within such shorter time period, not less than thirty (30) days, or within such longer time period, not exceeding five (5) years, after the Termination Date as may be determined by the Committee) but in any event, no later than the expiration date of the SARs.

7.4.2 Death or Disability . If the Participant is Terminated because of Participant’s death or Disability (or the Participant dies within three (3) months after a Termination other than for Cause), then Participant’s SARs may be exercised only to the extent that such SARs are exercisable as to vested Shares by Participant on the Termination Date or as otherwise determined by the Committee. Such SARs must be exercised by Participant (or Participant’s legal representative or authorized assignee), if at all, as to all or some of the vested Shares calculated as of the Termination Date or such other date determined by the Committee, within twelve (12) months after the Termination Date (or within such shorter time period, not less than six (6) months, or within such longer time period, not exceeding five (5) years, after the Termination Date as may be determined by the Committee) but in any event no later than the expiration date of the SARs.

7.4.3 For Cause . If the Participant is terminated for Cause, the Participant may exercise such Participant’s SARs, but not to an extent greater than such SARs are exercisable as to vested Shares upon the Termination Date and Participant’s SARs shall expire on such Participant’s Termination Date, or at such later time and on such conditions as are determined by the Committee.

8. PAYMENT FOR PURCHASES AND EXERCISES .

8.1 Payment in General . Payment for Shares acquired pursuant to this Plan may be made in cash (or cash equivalent acceptable to the Company) or, where expressly approved for the Participant by the Committee and where permitted by law:

(a) by cancellation of indebtedness of the Company owed to the Participant;

 

6


(b) by surrender of shares of the Company that are clear of all liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests and: (i) for which the Company has received “full payment of the purchase price” within the meaning of SEC Rule 144 (and, if such shares were purchased from the Company by use of a promissory note, such note has been fully paid with respect to such shares) or (ii) that were obtained by Participant in the public market;

(c) by tender of a full recourse promissory note having such terms as may be approved by the Committee and bearing interest at a rate sufficient to avoid imputation of income under Sections 483 and 1274 of the Code; provided , however , that Participants who are not employees or directors of the Company will not be entitled to purchase Shares with a promissory note unless the note is adequately secured by collateral other than the Shares; provided , further , that the portion of the Exercise Price or Purchase Price, as the case may be, equal to the par value of the Shares must be paid in cash or other legal consideration permitted by the laws under which the Company is then incorporated or organized;

(d) by waiver of compensation due or accrued to the Participant from the Company for services rendered;

(e) by participating in a formal cashless exercise program implemented by the Committee in connection with the Plan;

(f) subject to compliance with applicable law and solely in the discretion of the Committee, by exercising as set forth below, provided that a public market for the Company’s Common Stock exists:

(i) through a “same day sale” commitment from the Participant and a broker-dealer whereby the Participant irrevocably elects to exercise the Award and to sell a portion of the Shares so purchased sufficient to pay the total Exercise Price or Purchase Price, and whereby the broker-dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such Shares to forward the total Exercise Price or Purchase Price directly to the Company; or

(g) by any combination of the foregoing or any other method of payment approved by the Committee.

8.2 Withholding Taxes .

8.2.1 Withholding Generally . Whenever Shares are to be issued in satisfaction of Awards granted under this Plan, the Company may require the Participant to remit to the Company an amount sufficient to satisfy applicable tax withholding requirements prior to the delivery of any certificate or certificates for such Shares. Applicable tax withholding requirements may be satisfied in the manner set forth in the applicable Award Agreement. Whenever, under this Plan, payments in satisfaction of Awards are to be made in cash by the Company, such payment will be net of an amount sufficient to satisfy applicable tax withholding requirements.

8.2.2 Stock Withholding . When, under applicable tax laws, a Participant incurs tax liability in connection with the exercise or vesting of any Award that is subject to tax withholding and the Participant is obligated to pay the Company the amount required to be withheld, the Committee may in its sole discretion allow the Participant to satisfy the minimum tax withholding obligation by electing to have the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued up to the minimum number of Shares having a Fair Market Value on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined that is not more than the minimum amount to be withheld; but in no event will the Company

 

7


withhold Shares if such withholding would result in adverse accounting consequences to the Company. Any elections by a Participant to have Shares withheld for this purpose will be made in accordance with the requirements established by the Committee for such elections and be in writing in a form acceptable to the Committee.

9. RESTRICTIONS ON AWARDS .

9.1 Transferability .  Except as permitted by the Committee, Awards granted under this Plan, and any interest therein, will not be transferable or assignable by Participant, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and, with respect to NQSOs, by instrument to an inter vivos or testamentary trust in which the NQSOs are to be passed to beneficiaries upon the death of the trustor (settlor), or by gift to “family member” as that term is defined in Rule 701, and may not be made subject to execution, attachment or similar process. For the avoidance of doubt, the prohibition against assignment and transfer applies to a stock option and, prior to exercise, the shares to be issued on exercise of a stock option, and pursuant to the foregoing sentence shall be understood to include, without limitation, a prohibition against any pledge, hypothecation, or other transfer, including any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (in each case, as defined in Rule 16a-1 promulgated under the Exchange Act. During the lifetime of the Participant an Award will be exercisable only by the Participant or Participant’s legal representative and any elections with respect to an Award may be made only by the Participant or Participant’s legal representative. The terms of an Option shall be binding upon the executor, administrator, successors and assigns of the Participant who is a party thereto.

9.2 Securities Law and Other Regulatory Compliance .  Although this Plan is intended to be a written compensatory benefit plan within the meaning of Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, grants may be made pursuant to this Plan that do not qualify for exemption under Rule 701 or Section 25102(o). Any requirement of this Plan which is required in law only because of Section 25102(o) need not apply with respect to a particular Award to which Section 25102(o) will not apply. An Award will not be effective unless such Award is in compliance with all applicable U.S. Federal and state securities laws, rules and regulations of any governmental body, and the requirements of any stock exchange or automated quotation system upon which the Shares may then be listed or quoted, as they are in effect on the date of grant of the Award and also on the date of exercise or other issuance. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan, the Company will have no obligation to issue or deliver certificates for Shares under this Plan prior to (a) obtaining any approvals from governmental agencies that the Company determines are necessary or advisable, and/or (b) compliance with any exemption, completion of any registration or other qualification of such Shares under any state or U.S. Federal law or ruling of any governmental body that the Company determines to be necessary or advisable. The Company will be under no obligation to register the Shares with the SEC or to effect compliance with the exemption, registration, qualification or listing requirements of any state securities laws, stock exchange or automated quotation system, and the Company will have no liability for any inability or failure so do.

9.3 Exchange and Buyout of Awards .  The Committee may, at any time or from time to time, authorize the Company, with the consent of the respective Participants, to issue new Awards in exchange for the surrender and cancellation of any or all outstanding Awards. The Committee may at any time buy from a Participant an Award previously granted with payment in cash, Shares (including Restricted Stock) or other consideration, based on such terms and conditions as the Committee and the Participant may agree.

10. RESTRICTIONS ON SHARES .

10.1 Privileges of Stock Ownership .  No Participant will have any of the rights of a stockholder with respect to any Shares until such Shares are issued to the Participant. After Shares are

 

8


issued to the Participant, the Participant will be a stockholder and have all the rights of a stockholder with respect to such Shares, including the right to vote and receive all dividends or other distributions made or paid with respect to such Shares; provided , that if such Shares are Restricted Stock, then any new, additional or different securities the Participant may become entitled to receive with respect to such Shares by virtue of a stock dividend, stock split or any other change in the corporate or capital structure of the Company will be subject to the same restrictions as the Restricted Stock. The Participant will have no right to retain such stock dividends or stock distributions with respect to Unvested Shares that are repurchased as described in this Section 10.

10.2 Rights of First Refusal and Repurchase .  At the discretion of the Committee, the Company may reserve to itself and/or its assignee(s) in the Award Agreement (a) a right of first refusal to purchase all Shares that a Participant (or a subsequent transferee) may propose to transfer to a third party, provided that such right of first refusal terminates upon the Company’s initial public offering of Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act and (b) a right to repurchase Unvested Shares held by a Participant for cash and/or cancellation of purchase money indebtedness owed to the Company by the Participant following such Participant’s Termination at any time.

10.3 Escrow; Pledge of Shares . To enforce any restrictions on a Participant’s Shares, the Committee may require the Participant to deposit all certificates representing Shares, together with stock powers or other instruments of transfer approved by the Committee, appropriately endorsed in blank, with the Company or an agent designated by the Company to hold in escrow until such restrictions have lapsed or terminated. The Committee may cause a legend or legends referencing such restrictions to be placed on the certificate. Any Participant who is permitted to execute a promissory note as partial or full consideration for the purchase of Shares under this Plan will be required to pledge and deposit with the Company all or part of the Shares so purchased as collateral to secure the payment of Participant’s obligation to the Company under the promissory note; provided , however , that the Committee may require or accept other or additional forms of collateral to secure the payment of such obligation and, in any event, the Company will have full recourse against the Participant under the promissory note notwithstanding any pledge of the Participant’s Shares or other collateral. In connection with any pledge of the Shares, Participant will be required to execute and deliver a written pledge agreement in such form as the Committee will from time to time approve. The Shares purchased with the promissory note may be released from the pledge on a pro rata basis as the promissory note is paid.

10.4 Securities Law Restrictions .  All certificates for Shares or other securities delivered under this Plan will be subject to such stock transfer orders, legends and other restrictions as the Committee may deem necessary or advisable, including restrictions under any applicable U.S. Federal, state or foreign securities law, or any rules, regulations and other requirements of the SEC or any stock exchange or automated quotation system upon which the Shares may be listed or quoted.

11. CORPORATE TRANSACTIONS .

11.1 Acquisitions or Other Combinations . In the event that the Company is subject to an Acquisition or Other Combination, outstanding Awards acquired under the Plan shall be subject to the agreement evidencing the Acquisition or Other Combination, which need not treat all outstanding Awards in an identical manner. Such agreement, without the Participant’s consent, shall provide for one or more of the following with respect to all outstanding Awards as of the effective date of such Acquisition or Other Combination:

(a) The continuation of such outstanding Awards by the Company (if the Company is the successor entity).

 

9


(b) The assumption of outstanding Awards by the successor or acquiring entity (if any) of such Acquisition or Other Combination (or by any of its Parents, if any), which assumption, will be binding on all Participants; provided that the exercise price and the number and nature of shares issuable upon exercise of any such option or stock appreciation right, or any award that is subject to Section 409A of the Code, will be adjusted appropriately pursuant to Section 424(a) of the Code.

(c) The substitution by the successor or acquiring entity in such Acquisition or Other Combination (or by any of its Parents, if any) of equivalent awards with substantially the same terms for such outstanding Awards (except that the exercise price and the number and nature of shares issuable upon exercise of any such option or stock appreciation right, or any award that is subject to Section 409A of the Code, will be adjusted appropriately pursuant to Section 424(a) of the Code).

(d) The full exercisability or vesting and accelerated expiration of outstanding Awards.

(e) The settlement of the full value of such outstanding Award (whether or not then vested or exercisable) in cash, cash equivalents, or securities of the successor entity (or its Parent, if any) with a Fair Market Value equal to the required amount, followed by the cancellation of such Awards; provided however, that such Award may be cancelled if such Award has no value, as determined by the Committee, in its discretion. Subject to Section 409A of the Code, such payment may be made in installments and may be deferred until the date or dates when the Award would have become exercisable or vested. Such payment may be subject to vesting based on the Participant’s continued service, provided that the vesting schedule shall not be less favorable to the Participant than the schedule under which the Award would have become vested or exercisable. For purposes of this Section 11.1(e), the Fair Market value of any security shall be determined without regard to any vesting conditions that may apply to such security.

(f) The cancellation of outstanding Awards in exchange for no consideration.

Immediately following an Acquisition or Other Combination, outstanding Awards shall terminate and cease to be outstanding, except to the extent such Awards, have been continued, assumed or substituted, as described in Sections 11.1(a), (b) and/or (c).

11.2 Assumption of Awards by the Company . The Company, from time to time, also may substitute or assume outstanding awards granted by another entity, whether in connection with an acquisition of such other entity or otherwise, by either (a) granting an Award under this Plan in substitution of such other entity’s award or (b) assuming and/or converting such award as if it had been granted under this Plan if the terms of such assumed award could be applied to an Award granted under this Plan. Such substitution or assumption will be permissible if the holder of the substituted or assumed award would have been eligible to be granted an Award under this Plan if the other entity had applied the rules of this Plan to such grant. In the event the Company assumes an award granted by another entity, the terms and conditions of such award will remain unchanged (except that the exercise price and the number and nature of shares issuable upon exercise of any such option or stock appreciation right, or any award that is subject to Section 409A of the Code, will be adjusted appropriately pursuant to Section 424(a) of the Code). In the event the Company elects to grant a new Option or SAR rather than assuming an existing option or stock appreciation right, such new Option or SAR may be granted with a similarly adjusted Exercise Price.

 

10


12. ADMINISTRATION .

12.1 Committee Authority .  This Plan will be administered by the Committee or the Board if no Committee is created by the Board. Subject to the general purposes, terms and conditions of this Plan, and to the direction of the Board, the Committee will have full power to implement and carry out this Plan. Without limitation, the Committee will have the authority to:

(a) construe and interpret this Plan, any Award Agreement and any other agreement or document executed pursuant to this Plan;

(b) prescribe, amend, expand, modify and rescind or terminate rules and regulations relating to this Plan;

(c) approve persons to receive Awards;

(d) determine the form and terms of Awards;

(e) determine the number of Shares or other consideration subject to Awards granted under this Plan;

(f) determine whether Awards will be granted singly, in combination with, in tandem with, in replacement of, or as alternatives to, other Awards under this Plan or awards under any other incentive or compensation plan of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company;

(g) grant waivers of any conditions of this Plan or any Award;

(h) determine the terms of vesting, exercisability and payment of Awards to be granted pursuant to this Plan;

(i) correct any defect, supply any omission, or reconcile any inconsistency in this Plan, any Award, any Award Agreement, any Exercise Agreement or any Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement;

(j) determine whether an Award has been earned;

(k) extend the vesting period beyond a Participant’s Termination Date; and

(l) make all other determinations necessary or advisable in connection with the administration of this Plan.

12.2 Committee Composition and Discretion .  The Board may delegate full administrative authority over the Plan and Awards to a Committee consisting of at least one member of the Board (or such greater number as may then be required by applicable law). Unless in contravention of any express terms of this Plan or Award, any determination made by the Committee with respect to any Award will be made in its sole discretion either (a) at the time of grant of the Award, or (b) subject to Section 4.9 hereof, at any later time. Any such determination will be final and binding on the Company and on all persons having an interest in any Award under this Plan. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Committee may delegate to one or more officers of the Company the authority to grant an Award under this Plan, provided that each such officer is a member of the Board.

12.3 Nonexclusivity of the Plan .  Neither the adoption of this Plan by the Board, the submission of this Plan to the stockholders of the Company for approval, nor any provision of this Plan will be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such additional compensation arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock options and other equity awards otherwise than under this Plan, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

 

11


12.4 Governing Law .   This Plan and all agreements hereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to that body of laws pertaining to conflict of laws.

13. EFFECTIVENESS, AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN .

13.1 Adoption and Stockholder Approval . This Plan will become effective on the date that it is adopted by the Board (the “ Effective Date ”). This Plan will be approved by the stockholders of the Company (excluding Shares issued pursuant to this Plan), consistent with applicable laws, within twelve (12) months before or after the Effective Date. Upon the Effective Date, the Board may grant Awards pursuant to this Plan; provided , however , that: (a) no Option or SAR may be exercised prior to initial stockholder approval of this Plan; (b) no Option or SAR granted pursuant to an increase in the number of Shares approved by the Board shall be exercised prior to the time such increase has been approved by the stockholders of the Company; (c) in the event that initial stockholder approval is not obtained within the time period provided herein, all Awards for which only the exemption from California’s securities qualification requirements provided by Section 25102(o) can apply shall be canceled, any Shares issued pursuant to any such Award shall be canceled and any purchase of such Shares issued hereunder shall be rescinded; and (d) Awards (to which only the exemption from California’s securities qualification requirements provided by Section 25102(o) can apply) granted pursuant to an increase in the number of Shares approved by the Board which increase is not approved by stockholders within the time then required under Section 25102(o) shall be canceled, any Shares issued pursuant to any such Awards shall be canceled, and any purchase of Shares subject to any such Award shall be rescinded.

13.2 Term of Plan .  Unless earlier terminated as provided herein, this Plan will automatically terminate ten (10) years after the later of (i) the Effective Date, or (ii) the most recent increase in the number of Shares reserved under Section 2 that was approved by stockholders.

13.3 Amendment or Termination of Plan . Subject to Section 4.9 hereof, the Board may at any time (a) terminate or amend this Plan in any respect, including without limitation amendment of any form of Award Agreement or instrument to be executed pursuant to this Plan and (b) terminate any and all outstanding Options or SARs upon a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, followed by the payment of creditors and the distribution of any remaining funds to the Company’s stockholders; provided , however , that the Board will not, without the approval of the stockholders of the Company, amend this Plan in any manner that requires such stockholder approval pursuant to Section 25102(o) or pursuant to the Code or the regulations promulgated under the Code as such provisions apply to ISO plans. The termination of the Plan, or any amendment thereof, shall not affect any Share previously issued or any Award previously granted under the Plan.

14. DEFINITIONS .  For all purposes of this Plan, the following terms will have the following meanings.

Acquisition ,” for purposes of Section 11, means:

(a) any consolidation or merger in which the Company is a constituent entity or is a party in which the voting stock and other voting securities of the Company that are outstanding immediately prior to the consummation of such consolidation or merger represent, or are converted into, securities of the surviving entity of such consolidation or merger (or of any Parent of such surviving entity) that, immediately after the consummation of such consolidation or merger, together possess less than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of all voting securities of such surviving entity (or of any of its Parents, if any) that are outstanding immediately after the consummation of such consolidation or merger;

 

12


(b) a sale or other transfer by the holders thereof of outstanding voting stock and/or other voting securities of the Company possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of all outstanding voting securities of the Company, whether in one transaction or in a series of related transactions, pursuant to an agreement or agreements to which the Company is a party and that has been approved by the Board, and pursuant to which such outstanding voting securities are sold or transferred to a single person or entity, to one or more persons or entities who are Affiliates of each other, or to one or more persons or entities acting in concert; or

(c) the sale, lease, transfer or other disposition, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by the Company and/or any Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Company, of all or substantially all the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (or, if substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole are held by one or more Subsidiaries, the sale or disposition (whether by consolidation, merger, conversion or otherwise) of such Subsidiaries of the Company), except where such sale, lease, transfer or other disposition is made to the Company or one or more wholly owned Subsidiaries of the Company (an “ Acquisition by Sale of Assets ”).

“Affiliate” of a specified person means a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the person specified (where, for purposes of this definition, the term “ control (including the terms controlling, controlled by and under common control with ) means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.

“Award” means any award pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Plan, including any Option, Restricted Stock Unit, Stock Appreciation Right or Restricted Stock Award.

Award Agreement” means, with respect to each Award, the signed written agreement between the Company and the Participant setting forth the terms and conditions of the Award as approved by the Committee.

“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

“Cause” means Termination because of (a) Participant’s unauthorized misuse of the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company’s trade secrets or proprietary information, (b) Participant’s conviction of or plea of nolo contendere to a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude, (c) Participant’s committing an act of fraud against the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company or (d) Participant’s gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of his or her duties that has had or will have a material adverse effect on the Company or Parent or Subsidiary of the Company’ reputation or business.

“Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

“Committee” means the committee created and appointed by the Board to administer this Plan, or if no committee is created and appointed, the Board.

“Company” means Bloom Energy Corporation, or any successor corporation.

 

13


“Disability” means a disability, whether temporary or permanent, partial or total, as determined by the Committee.

“Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Exercise Price” means the price per Share at which a holder of an Option may purchase Shares issuable upon exercise of the Option.

“Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of a share of the Company’s Common Stock determined as follows:

(a) if such Common Stock is then publicly traded on a national securities exchange, its closing price on the date of determination on the principal national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading as reported in The Wall Street Journal ;

(b) if such Common Stock is publicly traded but is not listed or admitted to trading on a national securities exchange, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on the date of determination as reported by The Wall Street Journal (or, if not so reported, as otherwise reported by any newspaper or other source as the Committee may determine); or

(c) if none of the foregoing is applicable to the valuation in question, by the Committee in good faith.

“Option” means an award of an option to purchase Shares pursuant to Section 4 of this Plan.

“Other Combination” for purposes of Section 11 means any (a) consolidation or merger in which the Company is a constituent entity and is not the surviving entity of such consolidation or merger or (b) any conversion of the Company into another form of entity; provided that such consolidation, merger or conversion does not constitute an Acquisition.

“Parent” of a specified entity means, any entity that, either directly or indirectly, owns or controls such specified entity, where for this purpose, “ control ” means the ownership of stock, securities or other interests that possess at least a majority of the voting power of such specified entity (including indirect ownership or control of such stock, securities or other interests).

“Participant” means a person who receives an Award under this Plan.

“Plan” means this 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

“Purchase Price” means the price at which a Participant may purchase Restricted Stock pursuant to this Plan.

“Restricted Stock” means Shares purchased pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award under this Plan.

“Restricted Stock Award” means an award of Shares pursuant to Section 5 hereof.

“Restricted Stock Unit” or “ RSU ” means an award made pursuant to Section 6 hereof.

“Rule 701” means Rule 701 et seq promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.

“SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

14


“Section 25102(o) ” means Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code.

“Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

“Shares” means shares of the Company’s Common Stock, $0.0001, par value per share, reserved for issuance under this Plan, as adjusted pursuant to Sections 2.2 and 11 hereof, and any successor security.

“Stock Appreciation Right” or “SAR” means an award granted pursuant to Section 7 hereof.

“Subsidiary” means any entity (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of entities beginning with the Company if each of the entities other than the last entity in the unbroken chain owns stock or other equity securities representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock or other equity securities in one of the other entities in such chain.

“Termination” or “Terminated” means, for purposes of this Plan with respect to a Participant, that the Participant has for any reason ceased to provide services as an employee, officer, director or consultant to the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. A Participant will not be deemed to have ceased to provide services in the case of sick leave, military leave, or any other leave of absence approved by the Committee; provided that such leave is for a period of not more than ninety (90) days (a) unless reinstatement (or, in the case of an employee with an ISO, reemployment) upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or statute, or (b) unless provided otherwise pursuant to formal policy adopted from time to time by the Company’s Board and issued and promulgated in writing. In the case of any Participant on sick leave, military leave or an approved leave of absence, the Committee may make such provisions respecting suspension of vesting of the Award while on leave from the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company as it may deem appropriate, except that in no event may an Option be exercised after the expiration of the term set forth in the Stock Option Agreement. The Committee will have sole discretion to determine whether a Participant has ceased to provide services and the effective date on which the Participant ceased to provide services (the “Termination Date”) .

“Unvested Shares” means “Unvested Shares” as defined in the Award Agreement for an Award.

“Vested Shares” means “Vested Shares” as defined in the Award Agreement.

* * * * * * * * * * *

 

15


BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

2012 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

You (the “ Participant ”) have been granted an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase shares of Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) of Bloom Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), pursuant to the Company’s 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time (the “ Plan ”) on the terms, and subject to the conditions, described below.

 

Participant:                                                                                   
Number of Shares:                                                                                   
Exercise Price Per Share:   US$                                                                          
Date of Grant:                                                                                   
Vesting Commencement Date:                                                                                   
Expiration Date:   The date ten (10) years after the Date of Grant, with earlier expiration in the event of termination of service as provided in Section 3 of the Stock Option Agreement.
Tax Status of Option:   ☐ Incentive Stock Option              ☐ Nonqualified Stock Option
(Check One)     

Vesting Schedule :  Provided Participant continues to provide services to the Company or any Subsidiary or Parent of the Company, the Option will become vested as to portions of the Shares as follows: (a) the Option will not be vested with respect to any of the Shares prior to the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date; (b) the Option will become vested as to 20% of the Shares on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date; and (c) the Option will become vested and exercisable as to 1/60 th of the Shares monthly thereafter until 100% of the Shares are vested.

Exercise Schedule: ☐ Same as Vesting Schedule

Additional Terms: ☐ If this boxed is checked, the additional terms and conditions set forth on Attachment 1 hereto (which must be executed by the Company and the Participant) are applicable and are incorporated herein by reference. (No document need be attached as Attachment 1 if the box is not checked.)

General :   By their signatures below, Participant and the Company agree that the Option is granted under and governed by this Notice and by the provisions of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit I. The Plan and the Stock Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Plan or in the Stock Option Agreement, as applicable. Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, represents that Participant has carefully read and is familiar with their provisions, and hereby accepts the Option subject to all of their terms and conditions. Participant acknowledges that there may be adverse tax consequences upon exercise of the Option or disposition of the Shares and that Participant should consult a tax adviser prior to such exercise or disposition.


This Notice may be executed and delivered by facsimile and upon such delivery the facsimile signature will be deemed to have the same effect as if the original signature had been delivered to the other party. Additionally, this Notice may be executed and delivered electronically whether via the Company’s intranet or the Internet site of a third party or via email or such other means of electronic delivery specified by the Company.

By Participant’s acceptance hereof (whether written, electronic or otherwise), Participant agrees, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that in lieu of receiving documents in paper format, Participant accepts the electronic delivery of any documents the Company, or any third party involved in administering the Plan which the Company may designate, may deliver in connection with this grant (including the Plan, the Notice of Grant, this Stock Option Agreement, the 701 Disclosures, account statements, or other communications or information) whether via the Company’s intranet or the Internet site of such third party or via email or such other means of electronic delivery specified by the Company.

Furthermore, by Participant’s acceptance hereof (whether written, elective or otherwise), Participant agrees to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company.

 

Bloom Energy Corporation       Participant
Signature:                                                                                      Signature:                                                                      
Typed Name:                                                                       
Title:                                                                                    
A TTACHMENT : Exhibit I – Stock Option Agreement      


EXHIBIT I

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

2012 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

This Stock Option Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of the date of grant (the “ Date of Grant ”) set forth on the notice of stock option grant attached as the facing page hereto (the “ Grant Notice ”) by and between Bloom Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the participant named on the Grant Notice (the “ Participant ”). Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Company’s 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time (the “ Plan ”), or in the Grant Notice, as applicable.

1. GRANT OF OPTION . The Company hereby grants to Participant an option (this “ Option ”) to purchase the total number of shares of Common Stock of the Company (the “ Common Stock ”) set forth in the Grant Notice as Number of Shares (the “ Shares ”) at the Exercise Price Per Share set forth in the Grant Notice (the “ Exercise Price ”), subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement (including the country-specific terms and conditions for non-U.S. Participants set forth in Exhibit   A ) and the Plan. If designated as an Incentive Stock Option in the Grant Notice, the Option is intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” (the “ ISO ”) within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), except that if on the date of grant the Participant is not subject to U.S. income tax, then this Option shall be a NQSO.

2. EXERCISE PERIOD .

2.1 Exercise Period of Option . This Option will become vested during its term as to portions of the Shares in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Grant Notice. Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan or this Agreement to the contrary, Options for Unvested Shares will not be exercisable on or after Participant’s Termination Date.

2.2 Vesting of Options . Shares that are vested pursuant to the schedule set forth in Section 2.1 are “ Vested Shares .  Shares that are not vested pursuant to the schedule set forth in Section 2.1 are Unvested Shares .

2.3 Expiration . The Option shall expire on the Expiration Date set forth above or earlier as provided in Section 3 below or pursuant to Section 4.6 of the Plan.

3. TERMINATION .

3.1 Termination for Any Reason Except Death, Disability or Cause . If Participant is Terminated for any reason, except death, Disability or for Cause, the Option, to the extent (and only to the extent) that it would have been exercisable by Participant on the Termination Date, may be exercised by Participant no later than three (3) months after the Termination Date, but in any event no later than the Expiration Date.

3.2 Termination Because of Death or Disability . If Participant is Terminated because of death or Disability of Participant (or Participant dies within three (3) months of Termination when Termination is for any reason other than Participant’s Disability or for Cause), the Option, to the extent that it is exercisable by Participant on the Termination Date, may be exercised by Participant (or Participant’s legal representative) no later than twelve (12) months after the Termination Date, but in any


event no later than the Expiration Date. Any exercise beyond (i) three (3) months after the Termination Date when the Termination is for any reason other than the Participant’s death or disability, within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code; or (ii) twelve (12) months after the Termination Date when the termination is for Participant’s disability, within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, is deemed to be an NQSO.

3.3 Termination for Cause . If the Participant is terminated for Cause, the Participant may exercise such Participant’s Options, but not to an extent greater than such Options are exercisable as to Vested Shares upon the Termination Date and Participant’s Options shall expire on such Participant’s Termination Date, or at such later time and on such conditions as are determined by the Committee.

3.4 No Obligation to Employ . Nothing in the Plan or this Agreement shall confer on Participant any right to continue in the employ of, or other relationship with, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company to terminate Participant’s employment or other relationship at any time, with or without Cause.

4. MANNER OF EXERCISE .

4.1 Stock Option Exercise Agreement . To exercise this Option, Participant (or in the case of exercise after Participant’s death or incapacity, Participant’s executor, administrator, heir or legatee, as the case may be) must deliver to the Company an executed stock option exercise agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit   C , or in such other form as may be approved by the Committee from time to time (the “ Exercise Agreement ”), which shall set forth, inter alia , (i) Participant’s election to exercise the Option, (ii) the number of Shares being purchased, (iii) any restrictions imposed on the Shares and (iv) any representations, warranties and agreements regarding Participant’s investment intent and access to information as may be required by the Company to comply with applicable securities laws. If someone other than Participant exercises the Option, then such person must submit documentation reasonably acceptable to the Company verifying that such person has the legal right to exercise the Option and such person shall be subject to all of the restrictions contained herein as if such person were the Participant.

4.2 Limitations on Exercise . The Option may not be exercised unless such exercise is in compliance with all applicable U.S. Federal and state securities laws and any applicable foreign securities and exchange control laws, in each case as they are in effect on the date of exercise as determined by the Company.

4.3 Payment . The Exercise Agreement shall be accompanied by full payment of the Exercise Price for the Shares being purchased in cash (or cash equivalent acceptable to the Company), or where permitted by law:

(a) by surrender of shares of the Company’s Common Stock that (i) either (A) have been owned by the Participant for more than six (6) months and have been paid for within the meaning of SEC Rule 144 (and, if such shares were purchased from the Company by use of a promissory note, such note has been fully paid with respect to such shares); or (B) were obtained by Participant in the open public market; and (ii) are clear of all liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, provided, however, that if Participant resides outside the United States, the use of this method of payment shall be subject to the approval of the Committee;


(b) provided that a public market for the Company’s stock exists: (i) through a “same day sale” commitment from Participant and a broker-dealer that is a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers (an “ NASD Dealer ”) whereby Participant irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and to sell a portion of the Shares so purchased sufficient to pay for the total Exercise Price and whereby the NASD Dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such Shares to forward the total Exercise Price directly to the Company, or (ii) through a “margin” commitment from Participant and an NASD Dealer whereby Participant irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and to pledge the Shares so purchased to the NASD Dealer in a margin account as security for a loan from the NASD Dealer in the amount of the total Exercise Price, and whereby the NASD Dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such Shares to forward the total Exercise Price directly to the Company; or

(c) any other form of consideration approved by the Committee; or

(d) by any combination of the foregoing.

4.4 Tax Withholding .

(a) Participant acknowledges that, regardless of any action taken by the Company or, if different, Participant’s employer (the “ Employer ”), the ultimate liability for all income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, fringe benefits tax, payment on account or other tax related items related to Participant’s participation in the Plan and legally applicable to Participant (“ Tax-Related Items ”) is and remains Participant’s responsibility and may exceed the amount actually withheld by the Company or the Employer. Participant further acknowledges that the Company and/or the Employer (i) make no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of the Option, including, but not limited to, the grant, vesting or exercise of the Option, the acquisition of Shares pursuant to such exercise, the subsequent sale of Shares acquired pursuant to such exercise and the receipt of any dividends; and (ii) do not commit to and are under no obligation to structure the terms of the grant or any aspect of the Option to reduce or eliminate Participant’s liability for Tax-Related Items or achieve any particular tax result. Further, if Participant is subject to Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction between the Date of Grant and the date of any relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, Participant acknowledges that the Company and/or the Employer (or former employer, as applicable) may be required to withhold or account for Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction.

(b) Prior to the relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, Participant agrees to make adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company and/or the Employer to satisfy all Tax-Related Items. In this regard, Participant authorizes the Company and/or the Employer, or their respective agents, at their discretion, to satisfy the obligations with regard to all Tax-Related Items by one or a combination of the following:

(i) withholding from Participant’s wages or other cash compensation paid to Participant by the Company and/or the Employer; and/or

(ii) withholding from proceeds of the sale of Shares acquired at exercise of this Option either through a voluntary sale or through a mandatory sale arranged by the Company (on Participant’s behalf pursuant to this authorization without further consent).

Alternatively, if the Committee permits, Participant may satisfy the obligations with regard to Tax-Related Items by requesting that the Company retain the minimum number of Shares with a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount of Tax-Related Items required to be withheld; but in no


event will the Company withhold Shares if such withholding would result in adverse accounting consequences to the Company. The Committee is under no obligation to permit Participant to satisfy the obligations with regard to Tax-Related Items by this method, even if the Committee permits such for other participants in the Plan. In the event the Committee permits this withholding method to be used to satisfy the obligations with regard to Tax-Related Items, the Company shall issue the net number of Shares to Participant by deducting the Shares retained from the Shares issuable upon exercise and, for tax purposes, Participant will be deemed to have been issued the full number of Shares subject to the exercised portion of the Option, notwithstanding that a number of Shares are retained by the Company for the purpose of paying the Tax-Related Items.

Depending on the withholding method, the Company may withhold or account for Tax-Related Items by considering applicable minimum statutory withholding amounts or other applicable withholding rates, including maximum applicable rates, in which case Participant will receive a refund of any over-withheld amount in cash and will have no entitlement to the Common Stock equivalent.

(c) Participant agrees to pay to the Company or the Employer any amount of Tax-Related Items that the Company or the Employer may be required to withhold or account for as a result of Participant’s participation in the Plan that cannot be satisfied by the means previously described. The Company may refuse to issue or deliver the Shares or the proceeds of the sale of Shares, if Participant fails to comply with his or her obligations in connection with the Tax-Related Items.

(d) Set forth in Exhibit   B  is a brief summary, as of the Effective Date of the Plan, of some of the U.S. Federal and California tax consequences of exercise of the Option and disposition of the Shares.

4.5 Issuance of Shares . Provided that the Exercise Agreement and payment are in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Company and any obligations with respect to Tax-Related Items have been satisfied or otherwise arranged with the Company, the Company shall issue the Shares registered in the name of Participant, Participant’s authorized assignee, or Participant’s legal representative, and shall deliver certificates representing the Shares with the appropriate legends affixed thereto.

5. NOTICE OF DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITION OF ISO SHARES .  If the Option is an ISO, and if Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, and (ii) the date one (1) year after transfer of such Shares to Participant upon exercise of the Option, Participant shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition.

6. COMPLIANCE   WITH   LAWS   AND   REGULATIONS .  The Plan and this Agreement are intended to comply with Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code and any regulations relating thereto. Any provision of this Agreement that is inconsistent with Section 25102(o) or any regulations relating thereto shall, without further act or amendment by the Company or the Board, be reformed to comply with the requirements of Section 25102(o) and any regulations relating thereto.   The exercise of the Option and the issuance and transfer of Shares shall be subject to compliance by the Company and Participant with all applicable requirements of U.S. Federal and state securities laws, all applicable foreign laws, and with all applicable requirements of any stock exchange on which the Company’s Common Stock may be listed at the time of such issuance or transfer. Participant understands that the Company is under no obligation to register or qualify the Shares with the SEC, any state securities commission, any foreign governmental agency or any stock exchange to effect such compliance.


7. NATURE OF GRANT . In accepting the Option, Participant acknowledges, understands and agrees that:

(a) the Plan is established voluntarily by the Company, it is discretionary in nature, and may be amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time, to the extent permitted by the Plan;

(b) the grant of the Option is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of options, or benefits in lieu of options, even if options have been granted in the past;

(c) all decisions with respect to future option or other grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company;

(d) Participant is voluntarily participating in the Plan;

(e) the Option and any Shares acquired under the Plan are not intended to replace any pension rights or compensation;

(f) the Option and any Shares acquired under the Plan and the income and value of same, are not part of normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement or welfare benefits or similar payments;

(g) the future value of the Shares underlying the Option is unknown, indeterminable, and cannot be predicted with certainty;

(h) if the underlying Shares do not increase in value, the Option will have no value;

(i) if Participant exercises the Option and acquires Shares, the value of such Shares may increase or decrease in value, even below the Exercise Price;

(j) no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from forfeiture of the Option resulting from the termination of Participant’s employment or other service relationship (for any reason whatsoever, whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is employed or the terms of Participant’s employment agreement, if any) and, in consideration of the grant of the Option to which Participant is otherwise not entitled, Participant irrevocably agrees never to institute any claim against the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or the Employer, waives his or her ability, if any, to bring any such claim, and releases the Company, its Subsidiaries and the Employer from any such claim; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is allowed by a court of competent jurisdiction, then, by participating in the Plan, Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have agreed not to pursue such claim and agree to execute any and all documents necessary to request dismissal or withdrawal of such claim;

(k) for purposes of the Option, Participant’s employment or service relationship will be considered terminated as of the date Participant is no longer actively providing services to the Company or a Subsidiary (regardless of the reason for such termination and whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is employed or the terms of Participant’s employment agreement, if any), and unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or determined by the Company, (i) Participant’s right to vest in the Option under the Plan, if any, will terminate as of such date and will not be extended by any notice period ( e.g. , Participant’s period


of service would not include any contractual notice period or any period of “garden leave” or similar period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is employed or the terms of Participant’s employment agreement, if any); and (ii) the period (if any) during which Participant may exercise the Option after such termination of Participant’s employment or service relationship will commence on the date Participant ceases to actively provide services and will not be extended by any notice period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is employed or terms of Participant’s employment agreement, if any;

(l) unless otherwise provided in the Plan or by the Company in its discretion, the Option and the benefits evidenced by this Agreement do not create any entitlement to have the Option or any such benefits transferred to, or assumed by, another company nor to be exchanged, cashed out or substituted for, in connection with any corporate transaction affecting the shares of the Company; and

(m) the following provisions apply only if Participant is providing services outside the United States:

(i) the Option and the Shares subject to the Option are not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purpose; and

(ii) neither the Company, the Employer nor any Subsidiary shall be liable for any foreign exchange rate fluctuation between Participant’s local currency and the United States Dollar that may affect the value of the Option or of any amounts due to Participant pursuant to the exercise of the Option or the subsequent sale of any Shares acquired upon exercise.

8. NO ADVICE REGARDING GRANT . The Company is not providing any tax, legal or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations regarding Participant’s participation in the Plan, or Participant’s acquisition or sale of the underlying Shares. Participant is hereby advised to consult with his or her own personal tax, legal and financial advisors regarding his or her participation in the Plan before taking any action related to the Plan.

9. LANGUAGE . If Participant has received this Agreement, or any other document related to the Option and/or the Plan translated into a language other than English and if the meaning of the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control.

10. NONTRANSFERABILITY   OF   OPTION . The Option may not be transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and, with respect to NQSOs, by instrument to an inter vivos or testamentary trust in which the options are to be passed to beneficiaries upon the death of the trustor (settlor), or by gift to “immediate family” as that term is defined in 17 C.F.R. 240.16a-1(e), and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant or in the event of Participant’s incapacity, by Participant’s legal representative. The terms of the Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, successors and assigns of Participant.

11. COMPANY S RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL . Before any Vested Shares held by Participant or any transferee of such Vested Shares may be sold or otherwise transferred (including without limitation a transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company and/or its assignee(s) shall have an assignable right of first refusal to purchase the Vested Shares to be sold or transferred on the terms and conditions set forth in the Exercise Agreement (the “ Right of First Refusal ”). The Company’s Right of First Refusal will terminate when the Company’s securities become publicly traded.


12. PRIVILEGES OF STOCK OWNERSHIP .  Participant shall not have any of the rights of a shareholder with respect to any Shares until the Shares are issued to Participant.

13. EXHIBIT A . The Option shall be subject to any special terms and conditions set forth in Exhibit A to this Agreement for Participant’s country. Moreover, if Participant relocates to one of the countries included in Exhibit A, the special terms and conditions for such country will apply to Participant, to the extent the Company determines that the application of such terms and conditions is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons. Exhibit A constitutes part of this Agreement.

14. IMPOSITION OF OTHER REQUIREMENTS . The Company reserves the right to impose other requirements on Participant’s participation in the Plan, on the Option and on any Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option, to the extent the Company determines it is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons, and to require Participant to sign any additional agreements or undertakings that may be necessary to accomplish the foregoing.

15. GENERAL PROVISIONS

15.1 Interpretation .  Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Agreement shall be submitted by Participant or the Company to the Committee for review. The resolution of such a dispute by the Committee shall be final and binding on the Company and Participant.

15.2 Entire Agreement .  The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. This Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire agreement of the parties and supersede all prior undertakings and agreements with respect to the subject matter hereof.

16. NOTICES .  Any and all notices required or permitted to be given to a party pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement will be in writing and will be effective and deemed to provide such party sufficient notice under this Agreement on the earliest of the following: (i) at the time of personal delivery, if delivery is in person; (ii) at the time of transmission by facsimile, addressed to the other party at its facsimile number specified herein (or hereafter modified by subsequent notice to the parties hereto), with confirmation of receipt made by both telephone and printed confirmation sheet verifying successful transmission of the facsimile; (iii) one (1) business day after deposit with an express overnight courier for United States deliveries, or two (2) business days after such deposit for deliveries outside of the United States, with proof of delivery from the courier requested; or (iv) three (3) business days after deposit in the United States mail by certified mail (return receipt requested) for United States deliveries. Any notice for delivery outside the United States will be sent by facsimile or by express courier. Any notice not delivered personally or by facsimile will be sent with postage and/or other charges prepaid and properly addressed to the party to be notified at the address or facsimile number set forth below the signature lines of this Agreement, or at such other address or facsimile number as such other party may designate by one of the indicated means of notice herein to the other parties hereto. Notices to the Company will be marked “Attention: President.” Notices by facsimile shall be machine verified as received.

17. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement including its rights to purchase Shares under the Right of First Refusal. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, this Agreement shall be binding upon Participant and Participant’s heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

18. GOVERNING LAW AND VENUE .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to that body of laws pertaining to conflict of laws. For purposes of any action, lawsuit or other proceedings brought to enforce


this Agreement, relating to it, or arising from it, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the sole and exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of Santa Clara County, California, or the federal courts for the United States for the Northern District of California, and no other courts, where this grant is made and/or to be performed.

19. FURTHER ASSURANCES .   The parties agree to execute such further documents and instruments and to take such further actions as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

20. TITLES AND HEADINGS .   The titles, captions and headings of this Agreement are included for ease of reference only and will be disregarded in interpreting or construing this Agreement. Unless otherwise specifically stated, all references herein to “sections” and “exhibits” will mean “sections” and “exhibits” to this Agreement.

21. COUNTERPARTS .   This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered will be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

22. SEVERABILITY .   If any provision of this Agreement is determined by any court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such provision will be enforced to the maximum extent possible given the intent of the parties hereto. If such clause or provision cannot be so enforced, such provision shall be stricken from this Agreement and the remainder of this Agreement shall be enforced as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable clause or provision had (to the extent not enforceable) never been contained in this Agreement. Notwithstanding the forgoing, if the value of this Agreement based upon the substantial benefit of the bargain for any party is materially impaired, which determination as made by the presiding court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction shall be binding, then both parties agree to substitute such provision(s) through good faith negotiations.

23. WAIVER . Participant acknowledges that a waiver by the Company of breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement, or of any subsequent breach by Participant or any other participant in the Plan.


EXHIBIT A TO

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

2012 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

PROVISIONS FOR NON-U.S. PARTICIPANTS

Terms and Conditions

This Exhibit A includes additional terms and conditions that govern the Option granted to Participant by Bloom Energy Corporation (the “ Company ”) under the Company’s 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) if he or she is in one of the countries listed below. Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Plan or the Agreement to which this Exhibit A is attached, as applicable.

Notifications

This Exhibit A may also include information regarding exchange controls and certain other issues of which Participant should be aware with respect to his or her participation in the Plan. The information is based on the securities, exchange control, and other laws in effect in the respective countries as of May 2012. Such laws are often complex and change frequently. As a result, the Company strongly recommends that Participant not rely on the information in this Exhibit A as the only source of information relating to the consequences of Participant’s participation in the Plan because the information may be out of date at the time Participant exercises the Option or sells Shares acquired under the Plan.

In addition, the information contained herein is general in nature and may not apply to Participant’s particular situation, and the Company is not in a position to assure Participant of a particular result. Accordingly, the Participant is advised to seek appropriate professional advice as to how the relevant laws in his or her country may apply to Participant’s situation.

Finally, if Participant is a citizen or resident of a country other than the one in which he or she is currently working, or is considered a resident of another country for local law purposes, or if Participant transfers employment and/or residency to another country after the Option has been granted, the terms and conditions and the notifications contained herein may not be applicable in the same manner. The Company shall, in its sole discretion, determine to what extent the terms and conditions included herein will apply to Participant in such circumstances.


GENERAL

Terms and Conditions

This provision applies to Participants in any non-U.S. jurisdiction:

Data Privacy . Participant hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of Participant’s personal data as described in this Agreement and any other Option grant materials by and among, as applicable, the Employer, the Company and its Subsidiaries for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing Participant’s participation in the Plan.

Participant understands that the Company and the Employer may hold certain personal information about Participant, including, but not limited to, Participant’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any shares of stock or directorships held in the Company, details of all options or any other entitlement to shares of stock awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in Participant’s favor (“Data”), for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan.

Participant understands that Data may be transferred a stock plan service provider as may be selected by the Company in the future, which is assisting the Company with the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. Participant understands that the recipients of Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere, and that the recipient’s country (e.g., the United States) may have different data privacy laws and protections than Participant’s country. Participant understands that if he or she resides outside the United States, he or she may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of Data by contacting his or her local human resources representative. Participant authorizes the Company and any other possible recipients which may assist the Company (presently or in the future) with implementing, administering and managing the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purposes of implementing, administering and managing Participant’s participation in the Plan. Participant understands that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage Participant’s participation in the Plan. Participant understands that he or she may, at any time, view Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing his or her local human resources representative. Further, Participant understands that he or she is providing the consents herein on a purely voluntary basis. If Participant does not consent, or if Participant later seeks to revoke his or her consent, his or her employment status or service and career with the Employer will not be adversely affected; the only adverse consequence of refusing or withdrawing Participant’s consent is that the Company would not be able to grant Options or other equity awards to Participant or administer or maintain such awards. Therefore, Participant understands that refusing or withdrawing his or her consent may affect Participant’s ability to participate in the Plan. For more information on the consequences of Participant’s refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, Participant understands that he or she may contact his or her local human resources representative.


BRAZIL

Notifications

Compliance with Law . By accepting the Option, Participant acknowledges his or her agreement to comply with applicable Brazilian laws and to pay any and all applicable taxes associated with the Option and any Shares acquired under the Plan.

Exchange Control Information . If Participant is resident or domiciled in Brazil, he or she will be required to submit annually a declaration of assets and rights held outside of Brazil to the Central Bank of Brazil if the aggregate value of such assets and rights is equal to or greater than US$100,000. Assets and rights that must be reported include Shares acquired under the Plan.


CHINA

Terms and Conditions

Termination Because of Death or Disability . This provision replaces Section 3.2 of the Agreement and applies only to Participants who are nationals of the People’s Republic of China (“ PRC ”):

If Participant is Terminated because of death or Disability of Participant (or Participant dies within three (3) months of Termination when Termination is for any reason other than Participant’s Disability or for Cause), the Option, to the extent that it is exercisable by Participant on the Termination Date, may be exercised by Participant (or Participant’s legal representative) no later than six (6) months after the Termination Date or such longer period (up to twelve (12) months) as may be permitted by the PRC State Administration of Foreign Exchange and the Company, but in any event no later than the Expiration Date.

Limitations on Exercise . This provision supplements Section 4.2 of the Agreement and applies only to Participants who are PRC nationals:

Further, this Option may not be exercised until such time as (a) the Common Stock is publicly traded on an established stock exchange or recognized market system and (b) the Company (or a Subsidiary) has received all necessary approvals from the PRC State Administration of Foreign Exchange to permit the operation of the Plan and the issuance of Shares under the Plan in China, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion.

Payment . This provision replaces Section 4.3 of the Agreement:

The Exercise Agreement shall be accompanied by full payment of the Exercise Price for the Shares being purchased. To facilitate compliance with exchange control laws in China, payment of the Exercise Price may only be paid (a) through a “same day sale” commitment from Participant and a broker-dealer that is a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers (an “ NASD Dealer ”) whereby Participant irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and to sell all of the Shares so purchased to pay for the total Exercise Price and whereby the NASD Dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such Shares to forward the total Exercise Price directly to the Company, or (b) through a “margin” commitment from Participant and an NASD Dealer whereby Participant irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and to pledge the Shares so purchased to the NASD Dealer in a margin account as security for a loan from the NASD Dealer in the amount of the total Exercise Price, and whereby the NASD Dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such Shares to forward the total Exercise Price directly to the Company; in each case, the remaining sale proceeds, less any brokerage fees or commissions, shall be remitted to Participant in accordance with any applicable exchange control laws and regulations. The Company reserves the right to provide Participant with additional methods of payment, to the extent permitted under the Plan, depending on the development of exchange control and other laws in the PRC and/or any applicable regulatory requirements.

Exchange Control Restrictions . This provision applies only to Participants who are PRC nationals:

Participant understands and agrees that, due to exchange control laws in China, he or she will be required to immediately repatriate to China any proceeds received in connection with the exercise of the Option and the immediate sale of Shares described above. Participant further understands that the repatriation of the proceeds may need to be effectuated through a special foreign exchange account established by the Company or a Subsidiary, and Participant hereby agrees that the proceeds from the sale of Shares acquired under the Plan may be transferred to such special account prior to being delivered to Participant. Participant also understands that the Company will deliver the proceeds to him or her as soon as


practicable after the exercise and sale of Shares, but there may be delays in distributing the funds to Participant due to exchange control requirements in China. Further, the proceeds may be paid to Participant in U.S. dollars or in local currency at the Company’s discretion and the proceeds may be paid to Participant in installments, one or some of which may be contingent upon Participant’s payment to Participant’s employer of the amount of any Tax-Related Items. If the proceeds are paid to Participant in U.S. dollars, Participant will be required to set up a U.S. dollar bank account in China so that the proceeds may be deposited into this account. If the proceeds are paid to Participant in local currency, the Company is under no obligation to secure any particular exchange conversion rate and the Company may face delays in converting the proceeds to local currency due to exchange control restrictions. Participant agrees to bear any currency fluctuation risk between the time the Shares are sold and the time the sale proceeds are distributed through any special foreign exchange account. Participant further agrees to comply with any other requirements that may be imposed by the Company in the future to facilitate compliance with exchange control requirements in China.


GERMANY

Notifications

Exchange Control Notification . Cross-border payments in excess of €12,500 must be reported to the German Federal Bank on a monthly basis. Participant will be responsible for obtaining the appropriate form from the bank and complying with the applicable reporting obligations.


INDIA

Terms and Conditions

Payment . This provision supplements Section 4.3 of the Agreement:

Please note that, due to exchange control restrictions in India, if Participant pays the Exercise Price as described in Section 4.3(b), all of the Shares being purchased must be sold, i.e. , Participant may not sell only a portion of the Shares being purchased at the time of exercise. The Company reserves the right to provide Participant with this method of payment depending on the development of exchange control laws in India and/or any applicable regulatory requirements.

Notifications

Exchange Control Notification . Participant must repatriate any funds received pursuant to the Plan ( e.g., proceeds from the sale of Shares, cash dividends) to India within 90 days of receipt. Participant should obtain evidence of the repatriation of funds in the form of a foreign inward remittance certificate (“ FIRC ”) from the bank where he or she deposits the foreign currency. Participant should maintain the FIRC as evidence of the repatriation of funds in the event the Reserve Bank of India or the Employer requests proof of repatriation.


MEXICO

Terms and Conditions

Acknowledgement of the Agreement . By accepting the Option, Participant acknowledges that he or she has received a copy of the Plan and the Agreement, including this Exhibit A, which he or she has reviewed. Participant further acknowledges that he or she accepts all the provisions of the Plan and the Agreement, including this Exhibit A. Participant also acknowledges that he or she has read and specifically and expressly approves the terms and conditions set forth in the “Nature of Grant” section found in the Agreement, which clearly provide as follows:

 

  (1) Participant’s participation in the Plan does not constitute an acquired right;

 

  (2) The Plan and Participant’s participation in it are offered by the Company on a wholly discretionary basis;

 

  (3) Participant’s participation in the Plan is voluntary; and

 

  (4) The Company and its Subsidiaries are not responsible for any decrease in the value of any Shares acquired at exercise of the Option.

Labor Law Acknowledgement and Policy Statement .   By accepting the Option, Participant acknowledges that the Company, with registered offices at 1299 Orleans Drive, Sunnyvale, California 94089, United States of America, is solely responsible for the administration of the Plan. Participant further acknowledges that his or her participation in the Plan, the grant of the Option and any acquisition of Shares under the Plan do not constitute an employment relationship between Participant and the Company because Participant is participating in the Plan on a wholly commercial basis. Based on the foregoing, Participant expressly acknowledges that the Plan and the benefits that he or she may derive from participation in the Plan do not establish any rights between Participant and the Employer, do not form part of the employment conditions and/or benefits provided by the Employer, and any modification of the Plan or its termination shall not constitute a change or impairment of the terms and conditions of Participant’s employment.

Participant further understands that his or her participation in the Plan is the result of a unilateral and discretionary decision of the Company; therefore, the Company reserves the absolute right to amend and/or discontinue Participant’s participation in the Plan at any time, without any liability to Participant.

Finally, Participant hereby declares that he or she does not reserve to him or herself any action or right to bring any claim against the Company for any compensation or damages regarding any provision of the Plan or the benefits derived under the Plan, and that he or she therefore grants a full and broad release to the Company, its Subsidiaries, branches, representation offices, shareholders, officers, agents and legal representatives, with respect to any claim that may arise.

Spanish Translation

Reconocimiento del Contrato . Al aceptar la Opción, la persona a quien se otorga dicha Opción reconoce que ha recibido una copia del Plan y del Contrato, incluyendo este Anexo A, mismos que ha revisado. La persona a quien se otorga la Opción reconoce, además, que acepta todas las disposiciones del Plan y del Contrato, incluyendo este Anexo A. La persona a quien se otorga la Opción también reconoce que ha leído y aprueba de forma expresa los términos y condiciones establecidos en la sección del Contrato intitulada “Naturaleza del Otorgamiento” que claramente dispone lo siguiente:

 

  (1) La participación de la persona a quien se otorga la Opción en el Plan no constituye un derecho adquirido;


  (2) El Plan y la participación de la persona a quien se otorga la Opción en el Plan se ofrecen por la Compañía de forma totalmente discrecional;

 

  (3) La participación de la persona a quien se otorga la Opción en el Plan es voluntaria; y

 

  (4) La Compañía, sus Subsidiarias no son responsables por cualquier disminución en el valor de las Acciones adquiridas al momento de ejercer la Opción.

Reconocimiento de Ley Laboral y Declaraci ó n de la Pol í tica . Al aceptar la Opción, la persona a quien se otorga la Opción reconoce que la Compañía, con oficinas registradas en 1299 Orleans Drive, Sunnyvale, California 94089, Estados Unidos de América, es la única responsable de la administración del Plan. Además, la persona a quien se otorga la Opción reconoce que su participación en el Plan, la concesión de la Opción y cualquier adquisición de Acciones de conformidad con el Plan no constituyen una relación de trabajo entre la persona a quien se otorga la Opción y la Compañía ya que la persona a quien se otorga la Opción está participando en el Plan sobre una base totalmente comercial. Derivado de lo anterior, la persona a quien se otorga la Opción expresamente reconoce que el Plan y los beneficios que pueden derivarle de la participación en el Plan no establecen ningún derecho entre la persona a quien se otorga la Opción y el Patrón y que no forman parte de las condiciones de trabajo y/o prestaciones otorgadas por el Patrón, y cualquier modificación del Plan o la terminación del mismo no constituirá un cambio o deterioro de los términos y condiciones de trabajo de la persona a quien se otorga la Opción.

Además, la persona a quien se otorga la Opción entiende que su participación en el Plan es resultado de una decisión unilateral y discrecional de la Compañía, por lo tanto la Compañía se reserva el derecho absoluto de modificar el Plan y/o discontinuar la participación de la persona a quien se otorga la Opción en el Plan en cualquier momento, sin responsabilidad alguna para con la persona a quien se otorga la Opción.

Finalmente, la persona a quien se otorga la Opción declara que no se reserva acción o derecho alguno para presentar una reclamación o demanda en contra de la Compañía por cualquier compensación o daño o perjuicio en relación con cualquier disposición del Plan o los beneficios derivados del Plan y, por lo tanto, la persona a quien se otorga la Opción otorga un amplio y total finiquito a la Compañía, sus Subsidiarias, sucursales, oficinas de representación, accionistas, directores, funcionarios, agentes y representantes con respecto a cualquier reclamación o demanda que pudiera surgir.


TAIWAN

Notifications

Exchange Control Information . Participant may acquire and remit foreign currency (including proceeds from the sale of Shares) up to US$5,000,000 per year without justification. If the transaction amount is TWD500,000 or more in a single transaction, Participant must submit a Foreign Exchange Transaction Form. If the transaction amount is US$500,000 or more in a single transaction, Participant must also provide supporting documentation to the satisfaction of the remitting bank.


UNITED KINGDOM

Terms and Conditions

Tax Withholding . This provision supplements Section 4.4 of the Agreement:

To the extent the Employer is required to withhold any income tax due in connection with the Option, if payment or withholding of the income tax is not made within ninety (90) days of the event giving rise to the income tax liability or such other period specified in Section 222(1)(c) of the U.K. Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003 (the “ Due Date ”), the amount of any uncollected income tax shall constitute a loan owed by Participant to the Employer, effective as of the Due Date. Participant agrees that the loan will bear interest at the then-current official rate of Her Majesty’s Revenue & Customs (“ HMRC ”), it shall be immediately due and repayable, and the Company or the Employer may recover it at any time thereafter by any of the means referred to in Section 4.4 of the Agreement.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Participant is a director or executive officer of the Company (within the meaning of Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act), he or she shall not be eligible for such a loan from the Company and, in this case, the amount of any uncollected income tax will constitute a benefit to Participant on which additional income tax and national insurance contributions (“ NICs ”) will be payable and Participant is responsible for reporting and paying any such income tax and NICs directly to HMRC under the self-assessment regime.

NIC Joint Election . As a condition of participation in the Plan, Participant agrees to accept any liability for secondary Class 1 National Insurance contributions which may be payable by the Company and/or the Employer in connection with the Option and any event giving rise to Tax-Related Items (“ Employer NICs ”). Without prejudice to the foregoing, Participant agrees to execute a joint election with the Company and/or the Employer, the form of such joint election being formally approved by HMRC (the “ NIC Joint Election ”), and any other required consent or elections, upon request of the Company and/or the Employer. Participant further agrees to execute such other joint elections as may be required between Participant and any successor to the Company and/or the Employer. Participant further agrees that the Company and/or the Employer may collect any Employer NICs from Participant by any of the means set forth in Section 4.4 of the Agreement.

If, after request of the Company and/or the Employer, Participant does not enter into the NIC Joint Election and the Company has determined that the Shares subject to the Option are or may be considered “readily-convertible assets” for U.K. tax purposes, Participant will not be entitled to exercise the Option or receive any benefits in connection with the Option unless and until the Participant enters into the NIC Joint Election. In this case, no Shares will be issued under the Plan or benefits received in connection with the Option unless and until Participant enters into the NIC Joint Election, without any liability to the Company and/or the Employer.

Section 431 Joint Election . As a further condition of participation in the Plan and the acquisition of Shares or other securities pursuant to or in connection with the Option, Participant agrees to enter into a joint election within Section 431 of the U.K. Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003 (the “ Section 431 Joint Election ”) attached to this Exhibit A. The effect of the Section 431 Joint Election is that the Shares acquired at exercise of the Option will not be treated as “restricted securities” for U.K. tax purposes.

If Participant does not enter into the Section 431 Joint Election prior to or concurrent with the Participant delivering the Exercise Agreement to the Company, as described in Section 4.1 of the Agreement, Participant will not be entitled to exercise the Option unless and until Participant enters into the Section


431 Joint Election and no Shares will be issued under the Plan, without any liability to the Company and/or the Employer. If Participant does not enter into the Section 431 Joint Election prior to or concurrent with the acquisition of any other securities in connection with the Option, Participant will not be entitled to acquire such securities unless and until Participant enters into the Section 431 Joint Election, without any liability to the Company and/or the Employer.


BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

2012 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

Joint Election under s431 ITEPA 2003 for full or partial disapplication of Chapter 2 Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003

One Part Election

 

1. Between

 

the Employee   [insert name of employee]
whose National Insurance Number is   [insert employee’s national insurance number]
and  
the U.K. Company   [insert name of U.K. employer]
(who is the Employee’s employer)  
of U.K. Company Registration Number   [insert Company number of U.K. employer]

 

2. Purpose of Election

This joint election is made pursuant to section 431(1) Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003 (ITEPA) and applies where employment-related securities, which are restricted securities by reason of section 423 ITEPA, are acquired.

The effect of an election under section 431(1) is that, for the relevant income tax and national insurance contribution (“NIC”) purposes, the employment-related securities and their market value will be treated as if they were not restricted securities and that sections 425 to 430 ITEPA do not apply.

 

Should the value of the securities fall following the acquisition, it is possible that income tax/NIC that would have arisen because of any future chargeable event (in the absence of an election) would have been less than the income tax/NIC due by reason of this election. Should this be the case, there is no income tax/NIC relief available under Part 7 of ITEPA 2003; nor is it available if the securities acquired are subsequently transferred, forfeited or revert to the original owner.


3. Application

This joint election is made not later than 14 days after the date of acquisition of the securities by the Employee and applies to:

 

Number of securities

  

[insert number of shares subject to option]

Description of securities

  

shares of common stock

Name of issuer of securities

  

Bloom Energy Corporation.

to be acquired by the Employee after [insert date] under the terms of the Bloom Energy Corporation 2012 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

4. Extent of Application

This election disapplies all restrictions attaching to the securities.

 

5. Declaration

This election will become irrevocable upon the later of its signing or the acquisition (and each subsequent acquisition) of employment-related securities to which this election applies.

In signing this joint election, we agree to be bound by its terms as stated above.

 

 

    

    /    /             

  

Signature (Employee)

    

Date

  

 

    

    /    /             

  

Signature

    

Date

  

(for and on behalf of the U.K. Company)

       

 

       

Position in U.K. Company

       


EXHIBIT B TO

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

2012 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

TAX CONSEQUENCES FOR U.S. TAXPAYERS

Set forth below is a brief summary, as of the Effective Date of the Plan, of some of the U.S. Federal and California tax consequences of exercise of this Option and disposition of the Shares.  THIS SUMMARY IS NECESSARILY INCOMPLETE, AND THE TAX LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE.   PARTICIPANT SHOULD CONSULT A TAX ADVISOR BEFORE EXERCISING THE OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES.

 

1. Exercise of ISO . If the Option qualifies as an ISO, there will be no regular U.S. Federal or California income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option, although the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price will be treated as a tax preference item for federal alternative minimum tax purposes and may subject the Participant to the alternative minimum tax in the year of exercise.

 

2. Exercise of Nonqualified Stock Option . If the Option does not qualify as an ISO, there may be a regular U.S. Federal and California income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option. Participant will be treated as having received compensation income (taxable at ordinary income tax rates) equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price. If Participant is a current or former employee of the Company, the Company may be required to withhold from Participant’s compensation or collect from Participant and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount equal to a percentage of this compensation income at the time of exercise.

 

3. Disposition of Shares . The following tax consequences may apply upon disposition of the Shares.

(a) Incentive Stock Options . If the Shares are held for more than twelve (12) months after the date of purchase of the Shares pursuant to the exercise of an ISO and are disposed of more than two (2) years after the Date of Grant, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long term capital gain for U.S. Federal and California income tax purposes. If Vested Shares purchased under an ISO are disposed of within the applicable one (1) year or two (2) year period, any gain realized on such disposition will be treated as compensation income (taxable at ordinary income rates in the year of the disposition) to the extent of the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price.

(b) Nonqualified Stock Options . If the Shares are held for more than twelve (12) months after the date of purchase of the Shares pursuant to the exercise of an NQSO, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long term capital gain.

(c) Withholding . The Company may be required to withhold from the Participant’s compensation or collect from the Participant and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount equal to a percentage of this compensation income.

THE ABOVE SUMMARY DOES NOT ADDRESS THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE OPTION IF THE PARTICIPANT IS SUBJECT TO TAX IN A DIFFERENT STATE OR IN A DIFFERENT COUNTRY OR COUNTRIES OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES, AND ANY SUCH PARTICIPANT SHOULD CONSULT HIS OR HER PERSONAL TAX ADVISOR BEFORE ACCEPTING THE OPTION OR OTHERWISE PARTICIPATING IN THE PLAN.


EXHIBIT C TO

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

2012 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

STOCK OPTION EXERCISE AGREEMENT

This Stock Option Exercise Agreement (the “ Exercise Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of             ,          (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between Bloom Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the purchaser named below (the “ Purchaser ”). Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Company’s 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”).

 

Purchaser:  

 

 

 

Social Security Number  

 

or Global Employee ID #  
for Non-U.S. Purchaser:  
Total Number of Shares:  

 

Exercise Price Per Share:  

 

Date of Grant:  

 

Vesting Commencement Date:  

 

Expiration Date:  

 

  (Unless earlier terminated under Section 4.6 of the Plan)
Type of Stock Option  
(Check one):   [    ] Incentive Stock Option [    ] Nonqualified Stock Option

1. Exercise of Option .

1.1 Exercise . Pursuant to exercise of that certain option (the “ Option ”) granted to Purchaser under the Plan and evidenced by a Stock Option Agreement (the “ Stock Option Agreement ”) and subject to the terms and conditions of this Exercise Agreement, Purchaser hereby purchases from the Company, and the Company hereby sells to Purchaser, the Total Number of Shares set forth above (the “ Shares ”) of the Company’s Common Stock, (the “ Common Stock ”), at the Exercise Price Per Share set forth above (the “ Exercise Price ”). As used in this Exercise Agreement, the term “ Shares ” refers to the Shares purchased under this Exercise Agreement and includes all securities received (i) in replacement of the Shares, (ii) as a result of stock dividends or stock splits with respect to the Shares, and (iii) all securities received in replacement of the Shares in a merger, recapitalization, reorganization or similar corporate transaction.

 

1


1.2 Payment . Purchaser hereby delivers payment of the Exercise Price in the manner permitted in the Stock Option Agreement as follows (check and complete as appropriate):

 

in cash (or cash equivalent acceptable to the Company) in the amount of $            , receipt of which is acknowledged by the Company;

 

by delivery of              fully-paid, nonassessable and vested shares of the Common Stock of the Company owned by Purchaser for which the Company has received “full payment of the purchase price” within the meaning of SEC Rule 144, (if purchased by use of a promissory note, such note has been fully paid with respect to such vested shares), or obtained by Purchaser in the open public market, and owned free and clear of all liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, valued at the current Fair Market Value of $             per share;

 

provided that a public market for the Company’s stock exists: (i) through a “same day sale” commitment from Participant and a broker-dealer that is a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers (an “ NASD Dealer ”) whereby Participant irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and to sell a portion of the Shares so purchased sufficient to pay for the total Exercise Price and whereby the NASD Dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such Shares to forward the total Exercise Price directly to the Company, or (ii) through a “margin” commitment from Participant and an NASD Dealer whereby Participant irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and to pledge the Shares so purchased to the NASD Dealer in a margin account as security for a loan from the NASD Dealer in the amount of the total Exercise Price, and whereby the NASD Dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such Shares to forward the total Exercise Price directly to the Company.

2. Delivery .

2.1 Deliveries by Purchaser . Purchaser hereby delivers to the Company (i) this Exercise Agreement, (ii) two (2) copies of a blank Stock Power and Assignment Separate from Stock Certificate in the form of Exhibit 1 attached hereto (the “ Stock Powers ”), both executed by Purchaser (and Purchaser’s spouse, if any), (iii) if Purchaser is married, a Consent of Spouse in the form of Exhibit 2 attached hereto (the “ Spouse Consent ”) executed by Purchaser’s spouse, and (iv) the Exercise Price and payment or other provision for any applicable tax obligations in the form of a “check” a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit 3.

2.2 Deliveries by the Company . Upon its receipt of the Exercise Price, payment or other provision for any applicable tax obligations and all the documents to be executed and delivered by Purchaser to the Company under Section 2.1, the Company will issue a duly executed stock certificate evidencing the Shares in the name of Purchaser to be placed in escrow as provided in Section 10 to secure payment of Purchaser’s obligation to the Company until expiration or termination of the Company’s Right of First Refusal described in Sections 8, 9 and 10.

3. Representations and Warranties of Purchaser .  Purchaser represents and warrants to the Company as follows.

3.1 Agrees to Terms of the Plan . Purchaser has received a copy of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, has read and understands the terms of the Plan, the Stock Option Agreement and this Exercise Agreement, and agrees to be bound by their terms and conditions. Purchaser acknowledges that there may be adverse tax consequences upon exercise of the Option or disposition of the Shares, and that Purchaser should consult a tax adviser prior to such exercise or disposition.

3.2 Purchase for Own Account for Investment . Purchaser is purchasing the Shares for Purchaser’s own account for investment purposes only and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, a distribution of the Shares within the meaning of the Securities Act. Purchaser has no present intention of selling or otherwise disposing of all or any portion of the Shares and no one other than Purchaser has any beneficial ownership of any of the Shares.

 

2


3.3 Access to Information . Purchaser has had access to all information regarding the Company and its present and prospective business, assets, liabilities and financial condition that Purchaser reasonably considers important in making the decision to purchase the Shares, and Purchaser has had ample opportunity to ask questions of the Company’s representatives concerning such matters and this investment.

3.4 Understanding of Risks . Purchaser is fully aware of: (i) the highly speculative nature of the investment in the Shares; (ii) the financial hazards involved; (iii) the lack of liquidity of the Shares and the restrictions on transferability of the Shares ( e.g. , that Purchaser may not be able to sell or dispose of the Shares or use them as collateral for loans); (iv) the qualifications and backgrounds of the management of the Company; and (v) the tax consequences of investment in the Shares. Purchaser is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of this investment, has the ability to protect Purchaser’s own interests in this transaction and is financially capable of bearing a total loss of this investment.

3.5 No General Solicitation . At no time was Purchaser presented with or solicited by any publicly issued or circulated newspaper, mail, radio, television or other form of general advertising or solicitation in connection with the offer, sale and purchase of the Shares.

4. Compliance with Securities Laws .

4.1 Compliance with U.S. Federal Securities Laws . Purchaser understands and acknowledges that the Shares have not been registered with the SEC under the Securities Act and that, notwithstanding any other provision of the Stock Option Agreement to the contrary, the exercise of any rights to purchase any Shares is expressly conditioned upon compliance with the Securities Act and all applicable state securities laws. Purchaser agrees to cooperate with the Company to ensure compliance with such laws.

4.2 Compliance with California Securities Laws THE PLAN, THE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT, AND THIS EXERCISE AGREEMENT ARE INTENDED TO COMPLY WITH SECTION 25102(o) OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE AND ANY RULES (INCLUDING COMMISSIONER RULES, IF APPLICABLE) OR REGULATIONS PROMULGATED THEREUNDER BY THE CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF CORPORATIONS (THE “ REGULATIONS ”). ANY PROVISION OF THIS EXERCISE AGREEMENT THAT IS INCONSISTENT WITH SECTION 25102(o) SHALL, WITHOUT FURTHER ACT OR AMENDMENT BY THE COMPANY OR THE BOARD, BE REFORMED TO COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 25102(o). THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES THAT ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS EXERCISE AGREEMENT, IF NOT YET QUALIFIED WITH THE CALIFORNIA COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS AND NOT EXEMPT FROM SUCH QUALIFICATION, IS SUBJECT TO SUCH QUALIFICATION, AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES, AND THE RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL UNLESS THE SALE IS EXEMPT. THE RIGHTS OF THE PARTIES TO THIS EXERCISE AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON SUCH QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED OR AN EXEMPTION BEING AVAILABLE.

5. Restricted Securities .

5.1 No Transfer Unless Registered or Exempt . Purchaser understands that Purchaser may not transfer any Shares unless such Shares are registered under the Securities Act or qualified under applicable state securities laws or unless, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, exemptions from such registration and qualification requirements are available. Purchaser understands that only the

 

3


Company may file a registration statement with the SEC and that the Company is under no obligation to do so with respect to the Shares. Purchaser has also been advised that exemptions from registration and qualification may not be available or may not permit Purchaser to transfer all or any of the Shares in the amounts or at the times proposed by Purchaser.

5.2 SEC Rule 144 . In addition, Purchaser has been advised that SEC Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which permits certain limited sales of unregistered securities, is not presently available with respect to the Shares and, in any event, requires that the Shares be held for a minimum of six (6) months, and in certain cases one (1) year, after they have been purchased and paid for (within the meaning of Rule 144). Purchaser understands that Rule 144 may indefinitely restrict transfer of the Shares so long as Purchaser remains an “affiliate” of the Company or if “current public information” about the Company (as defined in Rule 144) is not publicly available.

6. Restrictions on Transfers .

6.1 Disposition of Shares . Purchaser hereby agrees that Purchaser shall make no disposition of the Shares (other than as permitted by this Exercise Agreement) unless and until:

(a) Purchaser shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition and provided a written summary of the terms and conditions of the proposed disposition;

(b) Purchaser shall have complied with all requirements of this Exercise Agreement applicable to the disposition of the Shares;

(c) Purchaser shall have provided the Company with written assurances, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Company, that (i) the proposed disposition does not require registration of the Shares under the Securities Act or (ii) all appropriate actions necessary for compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities Act or of any exemption from registration available under the Securities Act (including Rule 144) have been taken; and

(d) Purchaser shall have provided the Company with written assurances, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, that the proposed disposition will not result in the contravention of any transfer restrictions applicable to the Shares pursuant to the provisions of the Regulations referred to in Section 4.2 hereof.

6.2 Restriction on Transfer . Purchaser shall not transfer, assign, grant a lien or security interest in, pledge, hypothecate, encumber or otherwise dispose of any of the Shares which are subject to the Company’s Right of First Refusal described below, except as permitted by this Exercise Agreement.

6.3 Transferee Obligations . Each person (other than the Company) to whom the Shares are transferred by means of one of the permitted transfers specified in this Exercise Agreement must, as a condition precedent to the validity of such transfer, acknowledge in writing to the Company that such person is bound by the provisions of this Exercise Agreement and that the transferred Shares are subject to (i) the Company’s Right of First Refusal granted hereunder and (ii) the market stand-off provisions of Section 7 hereof, to the same extent such Shares would be so subject if retained by the Purchaser.

7. Market Standoff Agreement . Purchaser agrees in connection with any registration of the Company’s securities under the Securities Act or other public offering that, upon the request of the Company or the underwriters managing any registered public offering of the Company’s securities, Purchaser will not sell or otherwise dispose of any Shares without the prior written consent of the

 

4


Company or such managing underwriters, as the case may be, for a period of time (not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days) after the effective date of such registration requested by such managing underwriters and subject to all restrictions as the Company or the managing underwriters may specify for employee-stockholders generally. For purposes of this Section 7, the term “Company” shall include any wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company into which the Company merges or consolidates. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company shall have the right to place restrictive legends on the certificates representing the Shares subject to this Section and to impose stop transfer instructions with respect to the Shares until the end of such period. Transferee further agrees to enter into any agreement reasonably required by the underwriters to implement the foregoing.

8. Company’s Right of First Refusal . Before any Vested Shares held by Purchaser or any transferee of such Vested Shares (either sometimes referred to herein as the “ Holder” ) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including, without limitation, a transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company and/or its assignee(s) will have a right of first refusal to purchase the Vested Shares to be sold or transferred (the “ Offered Shares” ) on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section (the “ Right of First Refusal” ).

8.1 Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Offered Shares will deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice” ) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer the Offered Shares; (ii) the name and address of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (the “ Proposed Transferee” ); (iii) the number of Offered Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Offered Shares (the “ Offered Price” ); and (v) that the Holder acknowledges this Notice is an offer to sell the Offered Shares to the Company and/or its assignee(s) pursuant to the Company’s Right of First Refusal at the Offered Price as provided for in this Exercise Agreement.

8.2 Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after the date of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all (or, with the consent of the Holder, less than all) the Offered Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees named in the Notice, at the purchase price, determined as specified below.

8.3 Purchase Price . The purchase price for the Offered Shares purchased under this Section will be the Offered Price, provided that if the Offered Price consists of no legal consideration (as, for example, in the case of a transfer by gift) the purchase price will be the fair market value of the Offered Shares as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, then the value of the non-cash consideration, as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors, will conclusively be deemed to be the cash equivalent value of such non-cash consideration.

8.4 Payment . Payment of the purchase price for the Offered Shares will be payable, at the option of the Company and/or its assignee(s) (as applicable), by check or by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding purchase money indebtedness owed by the Holder to the Company (or to such assignee, in the case of a purchase of Offered Shares by such assignee) or by any combination thereof. The purchase price will be paid without interest within sixty (60) days after the Company’s receipt of the Notice, or, at the option of the Company and/or its assignee(s), in the manner and at the time(s) set forth in the Notice.

8.5 Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Offered Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Offered Shares to each Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that (i) such sale or other transfer

 

5


is consummated within ninety (90) days after the date of the Notice, (ii) any such sale or other transfer is effected in compliance with all applicable securities laws, and (iii) each Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section will continue to apply to the Offered Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Offered Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to each Proposed Transferee within such ninety (90) day period, then a new Notice must be given to the Company pursuant to which the Company will again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

8.6 Exempt Transfers . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section, the following transfers of Vested Shares will be exempt from the Right of First Refusal: (i) the transfer of any or all of the Vested Shares during Purchaser’s lifetime by gift or on Purchaser’s death by will or intestacy to Purchaser’s “Immediate Family” (as defined below) or to a trust for the benefit of Purchaser or Purchaser’s Immediate Family, provided that each transferee or other recipient agrees in a writing satisfactory to the Company that the provisions of this Section will continue to apply to the transferred Vested Shares in the hands of such transferee or other recipient; (ii) any transfer of Vested Shares made pursuant to a statutory merger or statutory consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation or corporations (except that the Right of First Refusal will continue to apply thereafter to such Vested Shares, in which case the surviving corporation of such merger or consolidation shall succeed to the rights of the Company under this Section unless the agreement of merger or consolidation expressly otherwise provides); or (iii) any transfer of Vested Shares pursuant to the winding up and dissolution of the Company. As used herein, the term “ Immediate Family” will mean Purchaser’s spouse, the lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister, child, adopted child, grandchild or adopted grandchild of the Purchaser or the Purchaser’s spouse, or the spouse of any of the above or Spousal Equivalent, as defined herein. As used herein, a person is deemed to be a “ Spousal Equivalent” provided the following circumstances are true: (i) irrespective of whether or not the Participant and the Spousal Equivalent are the same sex, they are the sole spousal equivalent of the other for the last twelve (12) months, (ii) they intend to remain so indefinitely, (iii) neither are married to anyone else, (iv) both are at least 18 years of age and mentally competent to consent to contract, (v) they are not related by blood to a degree of closeness that which would prohibit legal marriage in the state in which they legally reside, (vi) they are jointly responsible for each other’s common welfare and financial obligations, and (vii) they reside together in the same residence for the last twelve (12) months and intend to do so indefinitely.

8.7 Termination of Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal will terminate as to all Shares (i) on the effective date of the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the SEC under the Securities Act (other than a registration statement relating solely to the issuance of Common Stock pursuant to a business combination or an employee incentive or benefit plan) (ii) on any transfer or conversion of Shares made pursuant to a statutory merger or statutory consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation or corporations if the common stock of the surviving corporation or any direct or indirect parent corporation thereof is registered under the Exchange Act.

8.8 Encumbrances on Vested Shares . Purchaser may grant a lien or security interest in, or pledge, hypothecate or encumber Vested Shares only if each party to whom such lien or security interest is granted, or to whom such pledge, hypothecation or other encumbrance is made, agrees in a writing satisfactory to the Company that: (i) such lien, security interest, pledge, hypothecation or encumbrance will not apply to such Vested Shares after they are acquired by the Company and/or its assignees under this Section; and (ii) the provisions of this Exercise Agreement will continue to apply to such Vested Shares in the hands of such party and any transferee of such party. Purchaser may not grant a lien or security interest in, or pledge, hypothecate or encumber, any Unvested Shares.

9. Rights as a Stockholder .  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Exercise Agreement, Purchaser will have all of the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to the

 

6


Shares from and after the date that Shares are issued to Purchaser until such time as Purchaser disposes of the Shares or the Company and/or its assignee(s) exercise(s) the Right of First Refusal. Upon an exercise of the Right of First Refusal, Purchaser will have no further rights as a holder of the Shares so purchased upon such exercise, other than the right to receive payment for the Shares so purchased in accordance with the provisions of this Exercise Agreement, and Purchaser will promptly surrender the stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares so purchased to the Company for transfer or cancellation.

10. Escrow . As security for Purchaser’s faithful performance of this Exercise Agreement, Purchaser agrees, immediately upon the issuance of the stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares, that the Company shall deliver such certificate(s), together with the Stock Powers executed by Purchaser and by Purchaser’s spouse, if any (with the transferee, certificate number, date and number of Shares left blank), to the Secretary of the Company or other designee of the Company (the “ Escrow Holder ”), who is hereby appointed to hold such certificate(s) and Stock Powers in escrow and to take all such actions and to effectuate all such transfers and/or releases of such Shares as are in accordance with the terms of this Exercise Agreement. Purchaser and the Company agree that Escrow Holder will not be liable to any party to this Exercise Agreement (or to any other party) for any actions or omissions unless Escrow Holder is grossly negligent or intentionally fraudulent in carrying out the duties of Escrow Holder under this Exercise Agreement. Escrow Holder may rely upon any letter, notice or other document executed with any signature purported to be genuine and may rely on the advice of counsel and obey any order of any court with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Exercise Agreement. The Shares will be released from escrow upon termination of the Right of First Refusal.

11. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

11.1 Legends . Purchaser understands and agrees that the Company will place the legends set forth below or similar legends on any stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares, together with any other legends that may be required by state or U.S. Federal securities laws, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, any other agreement between Purchaser and the Company or any agreement between Purchaser and any third party:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR RESOLD EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR EXEMPTION THEREFROM. INVESTORS SHOULD BE AWARE THAT THEY MAY BE REQUIRED TO BEAR THE FINANCIAL RISKS OF THIS INVESTMENT FOR AN INDEFINITE PERIOD OF TIME. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER TO THE EFFECT THAT ANY PROPOSED TRANSFER OR RESALE IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON PUBLIC RESALE AND TRANSFER, INCLUDING THE RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER AND/OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN A STOCK OPTION EXERCISE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH PUBLIC SALE AND TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS INCLUDING THE RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

 

7


THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A 180 DAY MARKET STANDOFF RESTRICTION AS SET FORTH IN A CERTAIN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. AS A RESULT OF SUCH AGREEMENT, THESE SHARES MAY NOT BE TRADED PRIOR TO 180 DAYS AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF ANY PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMMON STOCK OF THE ISSUER HEREOF. SUCH RESTRICTION IS BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

11.2 Stop-Transfer Instructions . Purchaser agrees that, to ensure compliance with the restrictions imposed by this Exercise Agreement, the Company may issue appropriate “stop-transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

11.3 Refusal to Transfer . The Company will not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares, or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares have been so transferred.

12. Tax Consequences .   PURCHASER UNDERSTANDS THAT PURCHASER MAY SUFFER ADVERSE TAX CONSEQUENCES AS A RESULT OF PURCHASER’S PURCHASE OR DISPOSITION OF THE SHARES. PURCHASER REPRESENTS: (i) THAT PURCHASER HAS CONSULTED WITH ANY TAX ADVISER THAT PURCHASER DEEMS ADVISABLE IN CONNECTION WITH THE PURCHASE OR DISPOSITION OF THE SHARES AND (ii) THAT PURCHASER IS NOT RELYING ON THE COMPANY FOR ANY TAX ADVICE.  Set forth below is a brief summary, as of the date the Plan was adopted by the Board, of some of the U.S. Federal and California tax consequences of exercise of the Option and disposition of the Shares.  THIS SUMMARY IS NECESSARILY INCOMPLETE, AND THE TAX LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE.   PURCHASER SHOULD CONSULT HIS OR HER OWN TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THIS OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES.   IN ADDITION, THIS SUMMARY DOES NOT ADDRESS THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE EXERCISE OF THE OPTION IF THE PURCHASER IS SUBJECT TO TAX IN A DIFFERENT STATE OR IN A DIFFERENT COUNTRY OR COUNTRIES OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES, AND ANY SUCH PURCHASER SHOULD CONSULT HIS OR HER PERSONAL TAX ADVISOR BEFORE EXERCISING THE OPTION.

12.1 Exercise of Incentive Stock Option . If the Option qualifies as an ISO, there will be no regular U.S. Federal income tax liability or California income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option, although the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price will be treated as a tax preference item for U.S. Federal alternative minimum tax purposes and may subject Purchaser to the alternative minimum tax in the year of exercise.

12.2 Exercise of Nonqualified Stock Option . If the Option does not qualify as an ISO, there may be a regular U.S. Federal income tax liability and a California income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option. Purchaser will be treated as having received compensation income (taxable at ordinary income tax rates) equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price. If Purchaser is or was an employee of the Company, the Company may be required to withhold from Purchaser’s compensation or collect from Purchaser and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount equal to a percentage of this compensation income at the time of exercise.

 

8


12.3 Disposition of Shares . The following tax consequences may apply upon disposition of the Shares.

(a) Incentive Stock Options . If the Shares are held for more than twelve (12) months after the date of the transfer of the Shares pursuant to the exercise of an ISO and are disposed of more than two (2) years after the Date of Grant, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long term capital gain for U.S. Federal and California income tax purposes. If Shares purchased under an ISO are disposed of within the applicable one (1) year or two (2) year period, any gain realized on such disposition will be treated as compensation income (taxable at ordinary income rates) to the extent of the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price.

(b) Nonqualified Stock Options . If the Shares are held for more than twelve (12) months after the date of the transfer of the Shares pursuant to the exercise of an NQSO, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long term capital gain.

(c) Withholding . The Company may be required to withhold from the Purchaser’s compensation or collect from the Purchaser and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount equal to a percentage of this compensation income.

13. Compliance with Laws and Regulations .  The issuance and transfer of the Shares will be subject to and conditioned upon compliance by the Company and Purchaser with all applicable U.S. Federal and state laws and regulations, all applicable foreign laws and regulations and with all applicable requirements of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the Company’s Common Stock may be listed or quoted at the time of such issuance or transfer.

14. Successors and Assigns .  The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Agreement , including its rights to purchase Shares under the Right of First Refusal. No other party to this Exercise Agreement may assign, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, any of its rights and obligations under this Exercise Agreement, except with the prior written consent of the Company. This Exercise Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Agreement will be binding upon Purchaser and Purchaser’s heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

15. Governing Law and Venue .  This Exercise Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to that body of laws pertaining to conflict of laws. For purposes of any action, lawsuit or other proceedings brought to enforce this Exercise Notice, relating to it, or arising from it, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the sole and exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of Santa Clara County, California, or the federal courts for the United States for the Northern District of California, and no other courts, where this grant is made and/or to be performed. If any provision of this Exercise Notice is determined by a court of law to be illegal or unenforceable, then such provision will be enforced to the maximum extent possible and the other provisions will remain fully effective and enforceable.

16. Notices .  Any and all notices required or permitted to be given to a party pursuant to the provisions of this Exercise Agreement will be in writing and will be effective and deemed to provide such party sufficient notice under this Exercise Agreement on the earliest of the following: (i) at the time of personal delivery, if delivery is in person; (ii) at the time of transmission by facsimile, addressed to the other party at its facsimile number specified herein (or hereafter modified by subsequent notice to the parties hereto), with confirmation of receipt made by both telephone and printed confirmation sheet verifying successful transmission of the facsimile; (iii) one (1) business day after deposit with an express

 

9


overnight courier for United States deliveries, or two (2) business days after such deposit for deliveries outside of the United States, with proof of delivery from the courier requested; or (iv) three (3) business days after deposit in the United States mail by certified mail (return receipt requested) for United States deliveries.

All notices for delivery outside the United States will be sent by facsimile or by express courier. All notices not delivered personally or by facsimile will be sent with postage and/or other charges prepaid and properly addressed to the party to be notified at the address or facsimile number set forth below the signature lines of this Exercise Agreement, or at such other address or facsimile number as such other party may designate by one of the indicated means of notice herein to the other parties hereto. Notices to the Company will be marked “Attention: [●]”. Notices by facsimile shall be machine verified as received.

17. Further Assurances .  The parties agree to execute such further documents and instruments and to take such further actions as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this Exercise Agreement.

18. Titles and Headings .  The titles, captions and headings of this Exercise Agreement are included for ease of reference only and will be disregarded in interpreting or construing this Exercise Agreement. Unless otherwise specifically stated, all references herein to “sections” and “exhibits” will mean “sections” and “exhibits” to this Exercise Agreement.

19. Entire Agreement .  The Plan, the Stock Option Agreement and this Exercise Agreement, together with all Exhibits thereto, constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Exercise Agreement, and supersede all prior understandings and agreements, whether oral or written, between or among the parties hereto with respect to the specific subject matter hereof.

20. Counterparts .  This Exercise Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered will be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

21. Severability .  If any provision of this Exercise Agreement is determined by any court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such provision will be enforced to the maximum extent possible given the intent of the parties hereto. If such clause or provision cannot be so enforced, such provision shall be stricken from this Exercise Agreement and the remainder of this Exercise Agreement shall be enforced as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable clause or provision had (to the extent not enforceable) never been contained in this Exercise Agreement. Notwithstanding the forgoing, if the value of this Exercise Agreement based upon the substantial benefit of the bargain for any party is materially impaired, which determination as made by the presiding court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction shall be binding, then both parties agree to substitute such provision(s) through good faith negotiations.

22. Facsimile and Electronic Signatures . This Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile and upon such delivery the facsimile signature will be deemed to have the same effect as if the original signature had been delivered to the other party. Additionally, this Agreement may be executed and delivered electronically whether via the Company’s intranet or the Internet site of a third party or via email or such other means of electronic delivery specified by the Company.

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Stock Option Exercise Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized representative, and Purchaser has executed this Stock Option Exercise Agreement, as of the Effective Date indicated above.

 

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION      PURCHASER
By:                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  
     (Signature)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        
(Please print name)      (Please print name)
                                                                                                                              
(Please print title)     
Address:      Address:
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        
Fax No.:                                                                                                               Fax No.                                                                                                           
Phone No.:                                                                                                          Phone No.:                                                                                                    

List of Exhibits

 

Exhibit 1:      Stock Power and Assignment Separate from Stock Certificate

Exhibit 2:

     Spouse Consent

Exhibit 3:

     Copy of Purchaser’s Check

 

11


EXHIBIT 1

STOCK POWER AND ASSIGNMENT

SEPARATE FROM STOCK CERTIFICATE


Stock Power and Assignment Separate from Stock Certificate

FOR VALUE RECEIVED and pursuant to that certain Stock Option Exercise Agreement No.                      dated as of             ,          (the “ Agreement ”), the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto                         ,                          shares of the Common Stock of Bloom Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), standing in the undersigned’s name on the books of the Company represented by Certificate No(s).                  delivered herewith, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint the Secretary of the Company as the undersigned’s attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution, to transfer said stock on the books of the Company. THIS ASSIGNMENT MAY ONLY BE USED AS AUTHORIZED BY THE AGREEMENT AND ANY EXHIBITS THERETO.

Dated:             ,         

 

PURCHASER

 

(Signature)

 

(Please Print Name)

 

(Spouse’s Signature, if any)

 

(Please Print Spouse’s Name)

Instructions to Purchaser : Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line. The purpose of this Stock Power and Assignment is to enable the Company to acquire the shares and to exercise its “Right of First Refusal” set forth in the Agreement without requiring additional signatures on the part of the Purchaser or Purchaser’s Spouse.


EXHIBIT 2

SPOUSE CONSENT


Spouse Consent

The undersigned spouse of                      (the “ Purchaser ”) has read, understands, and hereby approves the Stock Option Exercise Agreement between Purchaser and the Company (the “ Agreement ”). In consideration of the Company’s granting my spouse the right to purchase the Shares as set forth in the Agreement, the undersigned hereby agrees to be irrevocably bound by the Agreement and further agrees that any community property interest I may have in the Shares shall similarly be bound by the Agreement. The undersigned hereby appoints Purchaser as my attorney-in-fact with respect to any amendment or exercise of any rights under the Agreement.

Date:                     

 

 

 

  Print Name of Purchaser’s Spouse
 

 

  Signature of Purchaser’s Spouse
Address:  

 

 

 

 

 


EXHIBIT 3

COPY OF PURCHASER’S CHECK


EXHIBIT C TO

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

2012 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

STOCK OPTION EXERCISE AGREEMENT

This Stock Option Exercise Agreement (the “ Exercise Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of             ,         (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between Bloom Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the purchaser named below (the “ Purchaser ”). Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Company’s 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”).

 

Purchaser:

  

 

  

 

Social Security Number

  

 

or Global Employee ID #

  

for Non-U.S. Purchaser:

  

Total Number of Shares:

  

 

Exercise Price Per Share:

  

 

Date of Grant:

  

 

Vesting Commencement

Date:

  

 

Expiration Date:

  

 

  

(Unless earlier terminated under Section 4.6 of the Plan)

Type of Stock Option

  

(Check one):

  

☐ Incentive Stock Option ☐ Nonqualified Stock Option

1. Exercise of Option .

1.1 Exercise . Pursuant to exercise of that certain option (the “ Option ”) granted to Purchaser under the Plan and evidenced by a Stock Option Agreement (the “ Stock Option Agreement ”) and subject to the terms and conditions of this Exercise Agreement, Purchaser hereby purchases from the Company, and the Company hereby sells to Purchaser, the Total Number of Shares set forth above (the “ Shares ”) of the Company’s Common Stock, (the “ Common Stock ”), at the Exercise Price Per Share set forth above (the “ Exercise Price ”). As used in this Exercise Agreement, the term “ Shares ” refers to the Shares purchased under this Exercise Agreement and includes all securities received (i) in replacement of the Shares, (ii) as a result of stock dividends or stock splits with respect to the Shares, and (iii) all securities received in replacement of the Shares in a merger, recapitalization, reorganization or similar corporate transaction.


1.2 Payment . Purchaser hereby delivers payment of the Exercise Price in the manner permitted in the Stock Option Agreement as follows (check and complete as appropriate):

 

in cash (or cash equivalent acceptable to the Company) in the amount of $                , receipt of which is acknowledged by the Company;

 

by delivery of                fully-paid, nonassessable and vested shares of the Common Stock of the Company owned by Purchaser for which the Company has received “full payment of the purchase price” within the meaning of SEC Rule 144, (if purchased by use of a promissory note, such note has been fully paid with respect to such vested shares), or obtained by Purchaser in the open public market, and owned free and clear of all liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, valued at the current Fair Market Value of $                per share;

 

provided that a public market for the Company’s stock exists: (i) through a “same day sale” commitment from Participant and a broker-dealer that is a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers (an “ NASD Dealer ”) whereby Participant irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and to sell a portion of the Shares so purchased sufficient to pay for the total Exercise Price and whereby the NASD Dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such Shares to forward the total Exercise Price directly to the Company, or (ii) through a “margin” commitment from Participant and an NASD Dealer whereby Participant irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and to pledge the Shares so purchased to the NASD Dealer in a margin account as security for a loan from the NASD Dealer in the amount of the total Exercise Price, and whereby the NASD Dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such Shares to forward the total Exercise Price directly to the Company.

2. Delivery .

2.1 Deliveries by Purchaser . Purchaser hereby delivers to the Company (i) this Exercise Agreement, (ii) two (2) copies of a blank Stock Power and Assignment Separate from Stock Certificate in the form of Exhibit 1 attached hereto (the “ Stock Powers ”), both executed by Purchaser (and Purchaser’s spouse, if any), (iii) if Purchaser is married, a Consent of Spouse in the form of Exhibit 2 attached hereto (the “ Spouse Consent ”) executed by Purchaser’s spouse, and (iv) the Exercise Price and payment or other provision for any applicable tax obligations in the form of a “check” a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit 3.

2.2 Deliveries by the Company . Upon its receipt of the Exercise Price, payment or other provision for any applicable tax obligations and all the documents to be executed and delivered by Purchaser to the Company under Section 2.1, the Company will issue a duly executed stock certificate evidencing the Shares in the name of Purchaser to be placed in escrow as provided in Section 10 to secure payment of Purchaser’s obligation to the Company until expiration or termination of the Company’s Right of First Refusal described in Sections 8, 9 and 10.

3. Representations and Warranties of Purchaser .  Purchaser represents and warrants to the Company as follows.

3.1 Agrees to Terms of the Plan . Purchaser has received a copy of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, has read and understands the terms of the Plan, the Stock Option Agreement and this Exercise Agreement, and agrees to be bound by their terms and conditions. Purchaser acknowledges that there may be adverse tax consequences upon exercise of the Option or disposition of the Shares, and that Purchaser should consult a tax adviser prior to such exercise or disposition.

3.2 Purchase for Own Account for Investment . Purchaser is purchasing the Shares for Purchaser’s own account for investment purposes only and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, a distribution of the Shares within the meaning of the Securities Act. Purchaser has no present intention of selling or otherwise disposing of all or any portion of the Shares and no one other than Purchaser has any beneficial ownership of any of the Shares.


3.3     Access to Information . Purchaser has had access to all information regarding the Company and its present and prospective business, assets, liabilities and financial condition that Purchaser reasonably considers important in making the decision to purchase the Shares, and Purchaser has had ample opportunity to ask questions of the Company’s representatives concerning such matters and this investment.

3.4     Understanding of Risks . Purchaser is fully aware of: (i) the highly speculative nature of the investment in the Shares; (ii) the financial hazards involved; (iii) the lack of liquidity of the Shares and the restrictions on transferability of the Shares ( e.g. , that Purchaser may not be able to sell or dispose of the Shares or use them as collateral for loans); (iv) the qualifications and backgrounds of the management of the Company; and (v) the tax consequences of investment in the Shares. Purchaser is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of this investment, has the ability to protect Purchaser’s own interests in this transaction and is financially capable of bearing a total loss of this investment.

3.5     No General Solicitation . At no time was Purchaser presented with or solicited by any publicly issued or circulated newspaper, mail, radio, television or other form of general advertising or solicitation in connection with the offer, sale and purchase of the Shares.

4.     Compliance with Securities Laws .

4.1     Compliance with U.S. Federal Securities Laws . Purchaser understands and acknowledges that the Shares have not been registered with the SEC under the Securities Act and that, notwithstanding any other provision of the Stock Option Agreement to the contrary, the exercise of any rights to purchase any Shares is expressly conditioned upon compliance with the Securities Act and all applicable state securities laws. Purchaser agrees to cooperate with the Company to ensure compliance with such laws.

4.2     Compliance with California Securities Laws THE PLAN, THE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT, AND THIS EXERCISE AGREEMENT ARE INTENDED TO COMPLY WITH SECTION 25102(o) OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE AND ANY RULES (INCLUDING COMMISSIONER RULES, IF APPLICABLE) OR REGULATIONS PROMULGATED THEREUNDER BY THE CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF CORPORATIONS (THE “ REGULATIONS ”). ANY PROVISION OF THIS EXERCISE AGREEMENT THAT IS INCONSISTENT WITH SECTION 25102(o) SHALL, WITHOUT FURTHER ACT OR AMENDMENT BY THE COMPANY OR THE BOARD, BE REFORMED TO COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 25102(o). THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES THAT ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS EXERCISE AGREEMENT, IF NOT YET QUALIFIED WITH THE CALIFORNIA COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS AND NOT EXEMPT FROM SUCH QUALIFICATION, IS SUBJECT TO SUCH QUALIFICATION, AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES, AND THE RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL UNLESS THE SALE IS EXEMPT. THE RIGHTS OF THE PARTIES TO THIS EXERCISE AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON SUCH QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED OR AN EXEMPTION BEING AVAILABLE.

5.     Restricted Securities .

5.1     No Transfer Unless Registered or Exempt . Purchaser understands that Purchaser may not transfer any Shares unless such Shares are registered under the Securities Act or qualified under applicable state securities laws or unless, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, exemptions from such registration and qualification requirements are available. Purchaser understands that only the


Company may file a registration statement with the SEC and that the Company is under no obligation to do so with respect to the Shares. Purchaser has also been advised that exemptions from registration and qualification may not be available or may not permit Purchaser to transfer all or any of the Shares in the amounts or at the times proposed by Purchaser.

5.2     SEC Rule 144 . In addition, Purchaser has been advised that SEC Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which permits certain limited sales of unregistered securities, is not presently available with respect to the Shares and, in any event, requires that the Shares be held for a minimum of six (6) months, and in certain cases one (1) year, after they have been purchased and paid for (within the meaning of Rule 144). Purchaser understands that Rule 144 may indefinitely restrict transfer of the Shares so long as Purchaser remains an “affiliate” of the Company or if “current public information” about the Company (as defined in Rule 144) is not publicly available.

6.     Restrictions on Transfers .

6.1     Disposition of Shares . Purchaser hereby agrees that Purchaser shall make no disposition of the Shares (other than as permitted by this Exercise Agreement) unless and until:

(a)    Purchaser shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition and provided a written summary of the terms and conditions of the proposed disposition;

(b)    Purchaser shall have complied with all requirements of this Exercise Agreement applicable to the disposition of the Shares;

(c)    Purchaser shall have provided the Company with written assurances, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Company, that (i) the proposed disposition does not require registration of the Shares under the Securities Act or (ii) all appropriate actions necessary for compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities Act or of any exemption from registration available under the Securities Act (including Rule 144) have been taken; and

(d)    Purchaser shall have provided the Company with written assurances, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, that the proposed disposition will not result in the contravention of any transfer restrictions applicable to the Shares pursuant to the provisions of the Regulations referred to in Section 4.2 hereof.

6.2     Restriction on Transfer . Purchaser shall not transfer, assign, grant a lien or security interest in, pledge, hypothecate, encumber or otherwise dispose of any of the Shares which are subject to the Company’s Right of First Refusal described below, except as permitted by this Exercise Agreement.

6.3     Transferee Obligations . Each person (other than the Company) to whom the Shares are transferred by means of one of the permitted transfers specified in this Exercise Agreement must, as a condition precedent to the validity of such transfer, acknowledge in writing to the Company that such person is bound by the provisions of this Exercise Agreement and that the transferred Shares are subject to (i) the Company’s Right of First Refusal granted hereunder and (ii) the market stand-off provisions of Section 7 hereof, to the same extent such Shares would be so subject if retained by the Purchaser.

7.      Market Standoff Agreement . Purchaser agrees in connection with any registration of the Company’s securities under the Securities Act or other public offering that, upon the request of the Company or the underwriters managing any registered public offering of the Company’s securities, Purchaser will not sell or otherwise dispose of any Shares without the prior written consent of the


Company or such managing underwriters, as the case may be, for a period of time (not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days) after the effective date of such registration requested by such managing underwriters and subject to all restrictions as the Company or the managing underwriters may specify for employee-stockholders generally. For purposes of this Section 7, the term “Company” shall include any wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company into which the Company merges or consolidates. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company shall have the right to place restrictive legends on the certificates representing the Shares subject to this Section and to impose stop transfer instructions with respect to the Shares until the end of such period. Transferee further agrees to enter into any agreement reasonably required by the underwriters to implement the foregoing.

8. Company’s Right of First Refusal . Before any Vested Shares held by Purchaser or any transferee of such Vested Shares (either sometimes referred to herein as the “ Holder” ) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including, without limitation, a transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company and/or its assignee(s) will have a right of first refusal to purchase the Vested Shares to be sold or transferred (the “ Offered Shares” ) on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section (the “ Right of First Refusal” ).

8.1 Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Offered Shares will deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice” ) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer the Offered Shares; (ii) the name and address of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (the “ Proposed Transferee” ); (iii) the number of Offered Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Offered Shares (the “ Offered Price” ); and (v) that the Holder acknowledges this Notice is an offer to sell the Offered Shares to the Company and/or its assignee(s) pursuant to the Company’s Right of First Refusal at the Offered Price as provided for in this Exercise Agreement.

8.2 Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after the date of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all (or, with the consent of the Holder, less than all) the Offered Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees named in the Notice, at the purchase price, determined as specified below.

8.3 Purchase Price . The purchase price for the Offered Shares purchased under this Section will be the Offered Price, provided that if the Offered Price consists of no legal consideration (as, for example, in the case of a transfer by gift) the purchase price will be the fair market value of the Offered Shares as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, then the value of the non-cash consideration, as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors, will conclusively be deemed to be the cash equivalent value of such non-cash consideration.

8.4 Payment . Payment of the purchase price for the Offered Shares will be payable, at the option of the Company and/or its assignee(s) (as applicable), by check or by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding purchase money indebtedness owed by the Holder to the Company (or to such assignee, in the case of a purchase of Offered Shares by such assignee) or by any combination thereof. The purchase price will be paid without interest within sixty (60) days after the Company’s receipt of the Notice, or, at the option of the Company and/or its assignee(s), in the manner and at the time(s) set forth in the Notice.

8.5 Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Offered Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Offered Shares to each Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that (i) such sale or other transfer


is consummated within ninety (90) days after the date of the Notice, (ii) any such sale or other transfer is effected in compliance with all applicable securities laws, and (iii) each Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section will continue to apply to the Offered Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Offered Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to each Proposed Transferee within such ninety (90) day period, then a new Notice must be given to the Company pursuant to which the Company will again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

8.6     Exempt Transfers . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section, the following transfers of Vested Shares will be exempt from the Right of First Refusal: (i) the transfer of any or all of the Vested Shares during Purchaser’s lifetime by gift or on Purchaser’s death by will or intestacy to Purchaser’s “Immediate Family” (as defined below) or to a trust for the benefit of Purchaser or Purchaser’s Immediate Family, provided that each transferee or other recipient agrees in a writing satisfactory to the Company that the provisions of this Section will continue to apply to the transferred Vested Shares in the hands of such transferee or other recipient; (ii) any transfer of Vested Shares made pursuant to a statutory merger or statutory consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation or corporations (except that the Right of First Refusal will continue to apply thereafter to such Vested Shares, in which case the surviving corporation of such merger or consolidation shall succeed to the rights of the Company under this Section unless the agreement of merger or consolidation expressly otherwise provides); or (iii) any transfer of Vested Shares pursuant to the winding up and dissolution of the Company. As used herein, the term “ Immediate Family” will mean Purchaser’s spouse, the lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister, child, adopted child, grandchild or adopted grandchild of the Purchaser or the Purchaser’s spouse, or the spouse of any of the above or Spousal Equivalent, as defined herein. As used herein, a person is deemed to be a “ Spousal Equivalent” provided the following circumstances are true: (i) irrespective of whether or not the Participant and the Spousal Equivalent are the same sex, they are the sole spousal equivalent of the other for the last twelve (12) months, (ii) they intend to remain so indefinitely, (iii) neither are married to anyone else, (iv) both are at least 18 years of age and mentally competent to consent to contract, (v) they are not related by blood to a degree of closeness that which would prohibit legal marriage in the state in which they legally reside, (vi) they are jointly responsible for each other’s common welfare and financial obligations, and (vii) they reside together in the same residence for the last twelve (12) months and intend to do so indefinitely.

8.7     Termination of Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal will terminate as to all Shares (i) on the effective date of the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the SEC under the Securities Act (other than a registration statement relating solely to the issuance of Common Stock pursuant to a business combination or an employee incentive or benefit plan) (ii) on any transfer or conversion of Shares made pursuant to a statutory merger or statutory consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation or corporations if the common stock of the surviving corporation or any direct or indirect parent corporation thereof is registered under the Exchange Act.

8.8     Encumbrances on Vested Shares . Purchaser may grant a lien or security interest in, or pledge, hypothecate or encumber Vested Shares only if each party to whom such lien or security interest is granted, or to whom such pledge, hypothecation or other encumbrance is made, agrees in a writing satisfactory to the Company that: (i) such lien, security interest, pledge, hypothecation or encumbrance will not apply to such Vested Shares after they are acquired by the Company and/or its assignees under this Section; and (ii) the provisions of this Exercise Agreement will continue to apply to such Vested Shares in the hands of such party and any transferee of such party. Purchaser may not grant a lien or security interest in, or pledge, hypothecate or encumber, any Unvested Shares.


9. Rights as a Stockholder .  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Exercise Agreement, Purchaser will have all of the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to the Shares from and after the date that Shares are issued to Purchaser until such time as Purchaser disposes of the Shares or the Company and/or its assignee(s) exercise(s) the Right of First Refusal. Upon an exercise of the Right of First Refusal, Purchaser will have no further rights as a holder of the Shares so purchased upon such exercise, other than the right to receive payment for the Shares so purchased in accordance with the provisions of this Exercise Agreement, and Purchaser will promptly surrender the stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares so purchased to the Company for transfer or cancellation.

10. Escrow . As security for Purchaser’s faithful performance of this Exercise Agreement, Purchaser agrees, immediately upon the issuance of the stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares, that the Company shall deliver such certificate(s), together with the Stock Powers executed by Purchaser and by Purchaser’s spouse, if any (with the transferee, certificate number, date and number of Shares left blank), to the Secretary of the Company or other designee of the Company (the “ Escrow Holder ”), who is hereby appointed to hold such certificate(s) and Stock Powers in escrow and to take all such actions and to effectuate all such transfers and/or releases of such Shares as are in accordance with the terms of this Exercise Agreement. Purchaser and the Company agree that Escrow Holder will not be liable to any party to this Exercise Agreement (or to any other party) for any actions or omissions unless Escrow Holder is grossly negligent or intentionally fraudulent in carrying out the duties of Escrow Holder under this Exercise Agreement. Escrow Holder may rely upon any letter, notice or other document executed with any signature purported to be genuine and may rely on the advice of counsel and obey any order of any court with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Exercise Agreement. The Shares will be released from escrow upon termination of the Right of First Refusal.

11. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

11.1 Legends . Purchaser understands and agrees that the Company will place the legends set forth below or similar legends on any stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares, together with any other legends that may be required by state or U.S. Federal securities laws, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, any other agreement between Purchaser and the Company or any agreement between Purchaser and any third party:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR RESOLD EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR EXEMPTION THEREFROM. INVESTORS SHOULD BE AWARE THAT THEY MAY BE REQUIRED TO BEAR THE FINANCIAL RISKS OF THIS INVESTMENT FOR AN INDEFINITE PERIOD OF TIME. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER TO THE EFFECT THAT ANY PROPOSED TRANSFER OR RESALE IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON PUBLIC RESALE AND TRANSFER, INCLUDING THE RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER AND/OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN A STOCK OPTION EXERCISE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH PUBLIC SALE AND TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS INCLUDING THE RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.


THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A 180 DAY MARKET STANDOFF RESTRICTION AS SET FORTH IN A CERTAIN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. AS A RESULT OF SUCH AGREEMENT, THESE SHARES MAY NOT BE TRADED PRIOR TO 180 DAYS AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF ANY PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMMON STOCK OF THE ISSUER HEREOF. SUCH RESTRICTION IS BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

11.2 Stop-Transfer Instructions . Purchaser agrees that, to ensure compliance with the restrictions imposed by this Exercise Agreement, the Company may issue appropriate “stop-transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

11.3 Refusal to Transfer . The Company will not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares, or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares have been so transferred.

12. Tax Consequences .   PURCHASER UNDERSTANDS THAT PURCHASER MAY SUFFER ADVERSE TAX CONSEQUENCES AS A RESULT OF PURCHASER’S PURCHASE OR DISPOSITION OF THE SHARES. PURCHASER REPRESENTS: (i) THAT PURCHASER HAS CONSULTED WITH ANY TAX ADVISER THAT PURCHASER DEEMS ADVISABLE IN CONNECTION WITH THE PURCHASE OR DISPOSITION OF THE SHARES AND (ii) THAT PURCHASER IS NOT RELYING ON THE COMPANY FOR ANY TAX ADVICE.  Set forth below is a brief summary, as of the date the Plan was adopted by the Board, of some of the U.S. Federal and California tax consequences of exercise of the Option and disposition of the Shares.  THIS SUMMARY IS NECESSARILY INCOMPLETE, AND THE TAX LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE.   PURCHASER SHOULD CONSULT HIS OR HER OWN TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THIS OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES.   IN ADDITION, THIS SUMMARY DOES NOT ADDRESS THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE EXERCISE OF THE OPTION IF THE PURCHASER IS SUBJECT TO TAX IN A DIFFERENT STATE OR IN A DIFFERENT COUNTRY OR COUNTRIES OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES, AND ANY SUCH PURCHASER SHOULD CONSULT HIS OR HER PERSONAL TAX ADVISOR BEFORE EXERCISING THE OPTION.

12.1 Exercise of Incentive Stock Option . If the Option qualifies as an ISO, there will be no regular U.S. Federal income tax liability or California income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option, although the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price will be treated as a tax preference item for U.S. Federal alternative minimum tax purposes and may subject Purchaser to the alternative minimum tax in the year of exercise.

12.2 Exercise of Nonqualified Stock Option . If the Option does not qualify as an ISO, there may be a regular U.S. Federal income tax liability and a California income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option. Purchaser will be treated as having received compensation income (taxable at ordinary income tax rates) equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price. If Purchaser is or was an employee of the Company, the Company may be required to withhold from Purchaser’s compensation or collect from Purchaser and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount equal to a percentage of this compensation income at the time of exercise.


12.3 Disposition of Shares . The following tax consequences may apply upon disposition of the Shares.

(a) Incentive Stock Options . If the Shares are held for more than twelve (12) months after the date of the transfer of the Shares pursuant to the exercise of an ISO and are disposed of more than two (2) years after the Date of Grant, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long term capital gain for U.S. Federal and California income tax purposes. If Shares purchased under an ISO are disposed of within the applicable one (1) year or two (2) year period, any gain realized on such disposition will be treated as compensation income (taxable at ordinary income rates) to the extent of the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price.

(b) Nonqualified Stock Options . If the Shares are held for more than twelve (12) months after the date of the transfer of the Shares pursuant to the exercise of an NQSO, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long term capital gain.

(c) Withholding . The Company may be required to withhold from the Purchaser’s compensation or collect from the Purchaser and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount equal to a percentage of this compensation income.

13. Compliance with Laws and Regulations . The issuance and transfer of the Shares will be subject to and conditioned upon compliance by the Company and Purchaser with all applicable U.S. Federal and state laws and regulations, all applicable foreign laws and regulations and with all applicable requirements of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the Company’s Common Stock may be listed or quoted at the time of such issuance or transfer.

14. Successors and Assigns .  The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Agreement , including its rights to purchase Shares under the Right of First Refusal. No other party to this Exercise Agreement may assign, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, any of its rights and obligations under this Exercise Agreement, except with the prior written consent of the Company. This Exercise Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Agreement will be binding upon Purchaser and Purchaser’s heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

15. Governing Law and Venue .  This Exercise Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to that body of laws pertaining to conflict of laws. For purposes of any action, lawsuit or other proceedings brought to enforce this Exercise Notice, relating to it, or arising from it, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the sole and exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of Santa Clara County, California, or the federal courts for the United States for the Northern District of California, and no other courts, where this grant is made and/or to be performed. If any provision of this Exercise Notice is determined by a court of law to be illegal or unenforceable, then such provision will be enforced to the maximum extent possible and the other provisions will remain fully effective and enforceable.

16. Notices .  Any and all notices required or permitted to be given to a party pursuant to the provisions of this Exercise Agreement will be in writing and will be effective and deemed to provide such party sufficient notice under this Exercise Agreement on the earliest of the following: (i) at the time of personal delivery, if delivery is in person; (ii) at the time of transmission by facsimile, addressed to the other party at its facsimile number specified herein (or hereafter modified by subsequent notice to the parties hereto), with confirmation of receipt made by both telephone and printed confirmation sheet verifying successful transmission of the facsimile; (iii) one (1) business day after deposit with an express


overnight courier for United States deliveries, or two (2) business days after such deposit for deliveries outside of the United States, with proof of delivery from the courier requested; or (iv) three (3) business days after deposit in the United States mail by certified mail (return receipt requested) for United States deliveries.

All notices for delivery outside the United States will be sent by facsimile or by express courier. All notices not delivered personally or by facsimile will be sent with postage and/or other charges prepaid and properly addressed to the party to be notified at the address or facsimile number set forth below the signature lines of this Exercise Agreement, or at such other address or facsimile number as such other party may designate by one of the indicated means of notice herein to the other parties hereto. Notices to the Company will be marked “Attention: [●]”. Notices by facsimile shall be machine verified as received.

17. Further Assurances .  The parties agree to execute such further documents and instruments and to take such further actions as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this Exercise Agreement.

18. Titles and Headings . The titles, captions and headings of this Exercise Agreement are included for ease of reference only and will be disregarded in interpreting or construing this Exercise Agreement. Unless otherwise specifically stated, all references herein to “sections” and “exhibits” will mean “sections” and “exhibits” to this Exercise Agreement.

19. Entire Agreement .  The Plan, the Stock Option Agreement and this Exercise Agreement, together with all Exhibits thereto, constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Exercise Agreement, and supersede all prior understandings and agreements, whether oral or written, between or among the parties hereto with respect to the specific subject matter hereof.

20. Counterparts .  This Exercise Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered will be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

21. Severability .  If any provision of this Exercise Agreement is determined by any court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such provision will be enforced to the maximum extent possible given the intent of the parties hereto. If such clause or provision cannot be so enforced, such provision shall be stricken from this Exercise Agreement and the remainder of this Exercise Agreement shall be enforced as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable clause or provision had (to the extent not enforceable) never been contained in this Exercise Agreement. Notwithstanding the forgoing, if the value of this Exercise Agreement based upon the substantial benefit of the bargain for any party is materially impaired, which determination as made by the presiding court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction shall be binding, then both parties agree to substitute such provision(s) through good faith negotiations.

22. Facsimile and Electronic Signatures . This Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile and upon such delivery the facsimile signature will be deemed to have the same effect as if the original signature had been delivered to the other party. Additionally, this Agreement may be executed and delivered electronically whether via the Company’s intranet or the Internet site of a third party or via email or such other means of electronic delivery specified by the Company.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Stock Option Exercise Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized representative, and Purchaser has executed this Stock Option Exercise Agreement, as of the Effective Date indicated above.

 

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION          PURCHASER
By:                                                                                                                  

 

         (Signature)

 

     

 

(Please print name)       (Please print name)

 

     
(Please print title)      
Address:       Address:

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

Fax No.:  

 

      Fax No.   

 

Phone No.:  

 

      Phone No.:   

 

List of Exhibits

Exhibit 1:    Stock Power and Assignment Separate from Stock Certificate
Exhibit 2:    Spouse Consent
Exhibit 3:    Copy of Purchaser’s Check


EXHIBIT 1

STOCK POWER AND ASSIGNMENT

SEPARATE FROM STOCK CERTIFICATE


Stock Power and Assignment

Separate from Stock Certificate

FOR VALUE RECEIVED and pursuant to that certain Stock Option Exercise Agreement No.                  dated as of             ,          (the “ Agreement ”), the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto                                         ,                      shares of the Common Stock of Bloom Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), standing in the undersigned’s name on the books of the Company represented by Certificate No(s).                  delivered herewith, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint the Secretary of the Company as the undersigned’s attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution, to transfer said stock on the books of the Company. THIS ASSIGNMENT MAY ONLY BE USED AS AUTHORIZED BY THE AGREEMENT AND ANY EXHIBITS THERETO.

 

Dated:             ,           
  PURCHASER
 

 

(Signature)

 

 

(Please Print Name)

 

 

(Spouse’s Signature, if any)

 

 

(Please Print Spouse’s Name)

Instructions to Purchaser : Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line. The purpose of this Stock Power and Assignment is to enable the Company to acquire the shares and to exercise its “Right of First Refusal” set forth in the Agreement without requiring additional signatures on the part of the Purchaser or Purchaser’s Spouse.


EXHIBIT 2

SPOUSE CONSENT


Spouse Consent

The undersigned spouse of                      (the “ Purchaser ”) has read, understands, and hereby approves the Stock Option Exercise Agreement between Purchaser and the Company (the “ Agreement ”). In consideration of the Company’s granting my spouse the right to purchase the Shares as set forth in the Agreement, the undersigned hereby agrees to be irrevocably bound by the Agreement and further agrees that any community property interest I may have in the Shares shall similarly be bound by the Agreement. The undersigned hereby appoints Purchaser as my attorney-in-fact with respect to any amendment or exercise of any rights under the Agreement.

 

Date:                           
     

 

      Print Name of Purchaser’s Spouse
     

 

      Signature of Purchaser’s Spouse
   Address:   

 

     

 

     

 


EXHIBIT 3

COPY OF PURCHASER’S CHECK


BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

2012 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

You (the “ Participant ”) have been granted an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase shares of Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) of Bloom Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), pursuant to the Company’s 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time (the “ Plan ”) on the terms, and subject to the conditions, described below.

 

Participant:   

 

  
Number of Shares:   

 

  
Exercise Price Per Share:    US$                                                                    
Date of Grant:   

 

  
Vesting Commencement Date:   

 

  
Expiration Date:    The date ten (10) years after the Date of Grant, with earlier expiration in the event of termination of service as provided in Section 3 of the Stock Option Agreement.
Tax Status of Option:    ☐ Incentive Stock Option              ☐ Nonqualified Stock Option
(Check One)      

Vesting Schedule :  Provided Participant continues to provide services to the Company or any Subsidiary or Parent of the Company, the Option will become vested as to portions of the Shares as follows: (a) the Option will not be vested with respect to any of the Shares prior to the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date; (b) the Option will become vested as to 20% of the Shares on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date; and (c) the Option will become vested and exercisable as to 1/60 th of the Shares monthly thereafter until 100% of the Shares are vested.

Exercise Schedule: ☐ Same as Vesting Schedule

Additional Terms:  ☐ If this boxed is checked, the additional terms and conditions set forth on Attachment 1 hereto (which must be executed by the Company and the Participant) are applicable and are incorporated herein by reference. (No document need be attached as Attachment 1 if the box is not checked.)

General :   By their signatures below, Participant and the Company agree that the Option is granted under and governed by this Notice and by the provisions of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit I. The Plan and the Stock Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Plan or in the Stock Option Agreement, as applicable. Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, represents that Participant has carefully read and is familiar with their provisions, and hereby accepts the Option subject to all of their terms and conditions. Participant acknowledges that there may be adverse tax consequences upon exercise of the Option or disposition of the Shares and that Participant should consult a tax adviser prior to such exercise or disposition.


This Notice may be executed and delivered by facsimile and upon such delivery the facsimile signature will be deemed to have the same effect as if the original signature had been delivered to the other party. Additionally, this Notice may be executed and delivered electronically whether via the Company’s intranet or the Internet site of a third party or via email or such other means of electronic delivery specified by the Company.

By Participant’s acceptance hereof (whether written, electronic or otherwise), Participant agrees, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that in lieu of receiving documents in paper format, Participant accepts the electronic delivery of any documents the Company, or any third party involved in administering the Plan which the Company may designate, may deliver in connection with this grant (including the Plan, the Notice of Grant, this Stock Option Agreement, the 701 Disclosures, account statements, or other communications or information) whether via the Company’s intranet or the Internet site of such third party or via email or such other means of electronic delivery specified by the Company.

Furthermore, by Participant’s acceptance hereof (whether written, elective or otherwise), Participant agrees to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company.

 

Bloom Energy Corporation      Participant
Signature:                                                                              Signature:                                                                           
Typed Name:                                                                       
Title:                                                                                    
A TTACHMENT : Exhibit I – Stock Option Agreement


EXHIBIT I

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

2012 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

This Stock Option Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of the date of grant (the “ Date of Grant ”) set forth on the notice of stock option grant attached as the facing page hereto (the “ Grant Notice ”) by and between Bloom Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the participant named on the Grant Notice (the “ Participant ”). Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Company’s 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time (the “ Plan ”), or in the Grant Notice, as applicable.

1. GRANT OF OPTION . The Company hereby grants to Participant an option (this “ Option ”) to purchase the total number of shares of Common Stock of the Company (the “ Common Stock ”) set forth in the Grant Notice as Number of Shares (the “ Shares ”) at the Exercise Price Per Share set forth in the Grant Notice (the “ Exercise Price ”), subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement (including the country-specific terms and conditions for non-U.S. Participants set forth in Exhibit   A ) and the Plan. If designated as an Incentive Stock Option in the Grant Notice, the Option is intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” (the “ ISO ”) within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), except that if on the date of grant the Participant is not subject to U.S. income tax, then this Option shall be a NQSO.

2. EXERCISE PERIOD .

2.1 Exercise Period of Option . This Option will become vested during its term as to portions of the Shares in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Grant Notice. Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan or this Agreement to the contrary, Options for Unvested Shares will not be exercisable on or after Participant’s Termination Date.

2.2 Vesting of Options . Shares that are vested pursuant to the schedule set forth in Section 2.1 are “ Vested Shares .  Shares that are not vested pursuant to the schedule set forth in Section 2.1 are Unvested Shares .

2.3 Expiration . The Option shall expire on the Expiration Date set forth above or earlier as provided in Section 3 below or pursuant to Section 4.6 of the Plan.

3. TERMINATION .

3.1 Termination for Any Reason Except Death, Disability or Cause . If Participant is Terminated for any reason, except death, Disability or for Cause, the Option, to the extent (and only to the extent) that it would have been exercisable by Participant on the Termination Date, may be exercised by Participant no later than three (3) months after the Termination Date, but in any event no later than the Expiration Date.

3.2 Termination Because of Death or Disability . If Participant is Terminated because of death or Disability of Participant (or Participant dies within three (3) months of Termination when Termination is for any reason other than Participant’s Disability or for Cause), the Option, to the extent that it is exercisable by Participant on the Termination Date, may be exercised by Participant (or Participant’s legal representative) no later than twelve (12) months after the Termination Date, but in any


event no later than the Expiration Date. Any exercise beyond (i) three (3) months after the Termination Date when the Termination is for any reason other than the Participant’s death or disability, within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code; or (ii) twelve (12) months after the Termination Date when the termination is for Participant’s disability, within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, is deemed to be an NQSO.

3.3 Termination for Cause . If the Participant is terminated for Cause, the Participant may exercise such Participant’s Options, but not to an extent greater than such Options are exercisable as to Vested Shares upon the Termination Date and Participant’s Options shall expire on such Participant’s Termination Date, or at such later time and on such conditions as are determined by the Committee.

3.4 No Obligation to Employ . Nothing in the Plan or this Agreement shall confer on Participant any right to continue in the employ of, or other relationship with, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company to terminate Participant’s employment or other relationship at any time, with or without Cause.

4. MANNER OF EXERCISE .

4.1 Stock Option Exercise Agreement . To exercise this Option, Participant (or in the case of exercise after Participant’s death or incapacity, Participant’s executor, administrator, heir or legatee, as the case may be) must deliver to the Company an executed stock option exercise agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit   C , or in such other form as may be approved by the Committee from time to time (the “ Exercise Agreement ”), which shall set forth, inter alia , (i) Participant’s election to exercise the Option, (ii) the number of Shares being purchased, (iii) any restrictions imposed on the Shares and (iv) any representations, warranties and agreements regarding Participant’s investment intent and access to information as may be required by the Company to comply with applicable securities laws. If someone other than Participant exercises the Option, then such person must submit documentation reasonably acceptable to the Company verifying that such person has the legal right to exercise the Option and such person shall be subject to all of the restrictions contained herein as if such person were the Participant.

4.2 Limitations on Exercise . The Option may not be exercised unless such exercise is in compliance with all applicable U.S. Federal and state securities laws and any applicable foreign securities and exchange control laws, in each case as they are in effect on the date of exercise as determined by the Company.

4.3 Payment . The Exercise Agreement shall be accompanied by full payment of the Exercise Price for the Shares being purchased in cash (or cash equivalent acceptable to the Company), or where permitted by law:

(a) by surrender of shares of the Company’s Common Stock that (i) either (A) have been owned by the Participant for more than six (6) months and have been paid for within the meaning of SEC Rule 144 (and, if such shares were purchased from the Company by use of a promissory note, such note has been fully paid with respect to such shares); or (B) were obtained by Participant in the open public market; and (ii) are clear of all liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, provided, however, that if Participant resides outside the United States, the use of this method of payment shall be subject to the approval of the Committee;


(b) provided that a public market for the Company’s stock exists: (i) through a “same day sale” commitment from Participant and a broker-dealer that is a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers (an “ NASD Dealer ”) whereby Participant irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and to sell a portion of the Shares so purchased sufficient to pay for the total Exercise Price and whereby the NASD Dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such Shares to forward the total Exercise Price directly to the Company, or (ii) through a “margin” commitment from Participant and an NASD Dealer whereby Participant irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and to pledge the Shares so purchased to the NASD Dealer in a margin account as security for a loan from the NASD Dealer in the amount of the total Exercise Price, and whereby the NASD Dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such Shares to forward the total Exercise Price directly to the Company; or

(c) any other form of consideration approved by the Committee; or

(d) by any combination of the foregoing.

4.4 Tax Withholding .

(a) Participant acknowledges that, regardless of any action taken by the Company or, if different, Participant’s employer (the “ Employer ”), the ultimate liability for all income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, fringe benefits tax, payment on account or other tax related items related to Participant’s participation in the Plan and legally applicable to Participant (“ Tax-Related Items ”) is and remains Participant’s responsibility and may exceed the amount actually withheld by the Company or the Employer. Participant further acknowledges that the Company and/or the Employer (i) make no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of the Option, including, but not limited to, the grant, vesting or exercise of the Option, the acquisition of Shares pursuant to such exercise, the subsequent sale of Shares acquired pursuant to such exercise and the receipt of any dividends; and (ii) do not commit to and are under no obligation to structure the terms of the grant or any aspect of the Option to reduce or eliminate Participant’s liability for Tax-Related Items or achieve any particular tax result. Further, if Participant is subject to Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction between the Date of Grant and the date of any relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, Participant acknowledges that the Company and/or the Employer (or former employer, as applicable) may be required to withhold or account for Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction.

(b) Prior to the relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, Participant agrees to make adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company and/or the Employer to satisfy all Tax-Related Items. In this regard, Participant authorizes the Company and/or the Employer, or their respective agents, at their discretion, to satisfy the obligations with regard to all Tax-Related Items by one or a combination of the following:

(i) withholding from Participant’s wages or other cash compensation paid to Participant by the Company and/or the Employer; and/or

(ii) withholding from proceeds of the sale of Shares acquired at exercise of this Option either through a voluntary sale or through a mandatory sale arranged by the Company (on Participant’s behalf pursuant to this authorization without further consent).

Alternatively, if the Committee permits, Participant may satisfy the obligations with regard to Tax-Related Items by requesting that the Company retain the minimum number of Shares with a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount of Tax-Related Items required to be withheld; but in no


event will the Company withhold Shares if such withholding would result in adverse accounting consequences to the Company. The Committee is under no obligation to permit Participant to satisfy the obligations with regard to Tax-Related Items by this method, even if the Committee permits such for other participants in the Plan. In the event the Committee permits this withholding method to be used to satisfy the obligations with regard to Tax-Related Items, the Company shall issue the net number of Shares to Participant by deducting the Shares retained from the Shares issuable upon exercise and, for tax purposes, Participant will be deemed to have been issued the full number of Shares subject to the exercised portion of the Option, notwithstanding that a number of Shares are retained by the Company for the purpose of paying the Tax-Related Items.

Depending on the withholding method, the Company may withhold or account for Tax-Related Items by considering applicable minimum statutory withholding amounts or other applicable withholding rates, including maximum applicable rates, in which case Participant will receive a refund of any over-withheld amount in cash and will have no entitlement to the Common Stock equivalent.

(c) Participant agrees to pay to the Company or the Employer any amount of Tax-Related Items that the Company or the Employer may be required to withhold or account for as a result of Participant’s participation in the Plan that cannot be satisfied by the means previously described. The Company may refuse to issue or deliver the Shares or the proceeds of the sale of Shares, if Participant fails to comply with his or her obligations in connection with the Tax-Related Items.

(d) Set forth in Exhibit   B  is a brief summary, as of the Effective Date of the Plan, of some of the U.S. Federal and California tax consequences of exercise of the Option and disposition of the Shares.

4.5 Issuance of Shares . Provided that the Exercise Agreement and payment are in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Company and any obligations with respect to Tax-Related Items have been satisfied or otherwise arranged with the Company, the Company shall issue the Shares registered in the name of Participant, Participant’s authorized assignee, or Participant’s legal representative, and shall deliver certificates representing the Shares with the appropriate legends affixed thereto.

5. NOTICE OF DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITION OF ISO SHARES .  If the Option is an ISO, and if Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, and (ii) the date one (1) year after transfer of such Shares to Participant upon exercise of the Option, Participant shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition.

6. COMPLIANCE   WITH   LAWS   AND   REGULATIONS .  The Plan and this Agreement are intended to comply with Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code and any regulations relating thereto. Any provision of this Agreement that is inconsistent with Section 25102(o) or any regulations relating thereto shall, without further act or amendment by the Company or the Board, be reformed to comply with the requirements of Section 25102(o) and any regulations relating thereto.   The exercise of the Option and the issuance and transfer of Shares shall be subject to compliance by the Company and Participant with all applicable requirements of U.S. Federal and state securities laws, all applicable foreign laws, and with all applicable requirements of any stock exchange on which the Company’s Common Stock may be listed at the time of such issuance or transfer. Participant understands that the Company is under no obligation to register or qualify the Shares with the SEC, any state securities commission, any foreign governmental agency or any stock exchange to effect such compliance.


7. NATURE OF GRANT . In accepting the Option, Participant acknowledges, understands and agrees that:

(a) the Plan is established voluntarily by the Company, it is discretionary in nature, and may be amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time, to the extent permitted by the Plan;

(b) the grant of the Option is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of options, or benefits in lieu of options, even if options have been granted in the past;

(c) all decisions with respect to future option or other grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company;

(d) Participant is voluntarily participating in the Plan;

(e) the Option and any Shares acquired under the Plan are not intended to replace any pension rights or compensation;

(f) the Option and any Shares acquired under the Plan and the income and value of same, are not part of normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement or welfare benefits or similar payments;

(g) the future value of the Shares underlying the Option is unknown, indeterminable, and cannot be predicted with certainty;

(h) if the underlying Shares do not increase in value, the Option will have no value;

(i) if Participant exercises the Option and acquires Shares, the value of such Shares may increase or decrease in value, even below the Exercise Price;

(j) no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from forfeiture of the Option resulting from the termination of Participant’s employment or other service relationship (for any reason whatsoever, whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is employed or the terms of Participant’s employment agreement, if any) and, in consideration of the grant of the Option to which Participant is otherwise not entitled, Participant irrevocably agrees never to institute any claim against the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or the Employer, waives his or her ability, if any, to bring any such claim, and releases the Company, its Subsidiaries and the Employer from any such claim; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is allowed by a court of competent jurisdiction, then, by participating in the Plan, Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have agreed not to pursue such claim and agree to execute any and all documents necessary to request dismissal or withdrawal of such claim;

(k) for purposes of the Option, Participant’s employment or service relationship will be considered terminated as of the date Participant is no longer actively providing services to the Company or a Subsidiary (regardless of the reason for such termination and whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is employed or the terms of Participant’s employment agreement, if any), and unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or determined by the Company, (i) Participant’s right to vest in the Option under the Plan, if any, will terminate as of such date and will not be extended by any notice period ( e.g. , Participant’s period


of service would not include any contractual notice period or any period of “garden leave” or similar period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is employed or the terms of Participant’s employment agreement, if any); and (ii) the period (if any) during which Participant may exercise the Option after such termination of Participant’s employment or service relationship will commence on the date Participant ceases to actively provide services and will not be extended by any notice period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is employed or terms of Participant’s employment agreement, if any;

(l) unless otherwise provided in the Plan or by the Company in its discretion, the Option and the benefits evidenced by this Agreement do not create any entitlement to have the Option or any such benefits transferred to, or assumed by, another company nor to be exchanged, cashed out or substituted for, in connection with any corporate transaction affecting the shares of the Company; and

(m) the following provisions apply only if Participant is providing services outside the United States:

(i) the Option and the Shares subject to the Option are not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purpose; and

(ii) neither the Company, the Employer nor any Subsidiary shall be liable for any foreign exchange rate fluctuation between Participant’s local currency and the United States Dollar that may affect the value of the Option or of any amounts due to Participant pursuant to the exercise of the Option or the subsequent sale of any Shares acquired upon exercise.

8. NO ADVICE REGARDING GRANT . The Company is not providing any tax, legal or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations regarding Participant’s participation in the Plan, or Participant’s acquisition or sale of the underlying Shares. Participant is hereby advised to consult with his or her own personal tax, legal and financial advisors regarding his or her participation in the Plan before taking any action related to the Plan.

9. LANGUAGE . If Participant has received this Agreement, or any other document related to the Option and/or the Plan translated into a language other than English and if the meaning of the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control.

10. NONTRANSFERABILITY   OF   OPTION . The Option may not be transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and, with respect to NQSOs, by instrument to an inter vivos or testamentary trust in which the options are to be passed to beneficiaries upon the death of the trustor (settlor), or by gift to “immediate family” as that term is defined in 17 C.F.R. 240.16a-1(e), and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant or in the event of Participant’s incapacity, by Participant’s legal representative. The terms of the Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, successors and assigns of Participant.

11. COMPANY S RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL . Before any Vested Shares held by Participant or any transferee of such Vested Shares may be sold or otherwise transferred (including without limitation a transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company and/or its assignee(s) shall have an assignable right of first refusal to purchase the Vested Shares to be sold or transferred on the terms and conditions set forth in the Exercise Agreement (the “ Right of First Refusal ”). The Company’s Right of First Refusal will terminate when the Company’s securities become publicly traded.


12. PRIVILEGES OF STOCK OWNERSHIP .  Participant shall not have any of the rights of a shareholder with respect to any Shares until the Shares are issued to Participant.

13. EXHIBIT A . The Option shall be subject to any special terms and conditions set forth in Exhibit A to this Agreement for Participant’s country. Moreover, if Participant relocates to one of the countries included in Exhibit A, the special terms and conditions for such country will apply to Participant, to the extent the Company determines that the application of such terms and conditions is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons. Exhibit A constitutes part of this Agreement.

14. IMPOSITION OF OTHER REQUIREMENTS . The Company reserves the right to impose other requirements on Participant’s participation in the Plan, on the Option and on any Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option, to the extent the Company determines it is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons, and to require Participant to sign any additional agreements or undertakings that may be necessary to accomplish the foregoing.

15. GENERAL PROVISIONS

15.1 Interpretation .  Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Agreement shall be submitted by Participant or the Company to the Committee for review. The resolution of such a dispute by the Committee shall be final and binding on the Company and Participant.

15.2 Entire Agreement .  The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. This Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire agreement of the parties and supersede all prior undertakings and agreements with respect to the subject matter hereof.

16. NOTICES .  Any and all notices required or permitted to be given to a party pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement will be in writing and will be effective and deemed to provide such party sufficient notice under this Agreement on the earliest of the following: (i) at the time of personal delivery, if delivery is in person; (ii) at the time of transmission by facsimile, addressed to the other party at its facsimile number specified herein (or hereafter modified by subsequent notice to the parties hereto), with confirmation of receipt made by both telephone and printed confirmation sheet verifying successful transmission of the facsimile; (iii) one (1) business day after deposit with an express overnight courier for United States deliveries, or two (2) business days after such deposit for deliveries outside of the United States, with proof of delivery from the courier requested; or (iv) three (3) business days after deposit in the United States mail by certified mail (return receipt requested) for United States deliveries. Any notice for delivery outside the United States will be sent by facsimile or by express courier. Any notice not delivered personally or by facsimile will be sent with postage and/or other charges prepaid and properly addressed to the party to be notified at the address or facsimile number set forth below the signature lines of this Agreement, or at such other address or facsimile number as such other party may designate by one of the indicated means of notice herein to the other parties hereto. Notices to the Company will be marked “Attention: President.” Notices by facsimile shall be machine verified as received.

17. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement including its rights to purchase Shares under the Right of First Refusal. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, this Agreement shall be binding upon Participant and Participant’s heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

18. GOVERNING LAW AND VENUE .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to that body of laws pertaining to conflict of laws. For purposes of any action, lawsuit or other proceedings brought to enforce


this Agreement, relating to it, or arising from it, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the sole and exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of Santa Clara County, California, or the federal courts for the United States for the Northern District of California, and no other courts, where this grant is made and/or to be performed.

19. FURTHER ASSURANCES .   The parties agree to execute such further documents and instruments and to take such further actions as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

20. TITLES AND HEADINGS .   The titles, captions and headings of this Agreement are included for ease of reference only and will be disregarded in interpreting or construing this Agreement. Unless otherwise specifically stated, all references herein to “sections” and “exhibits” will mean “sections” and “exhibits” to this Agreement.

21. COUNTERPARTS .   This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered will be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

22. SEVERABILITY .   If any provision of this Agreement is determined by any court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such provision will be enforced to the maximum extent possible given the intent of the parties hereto. If such clause or provision cannot be so enforced, such provision shall be stricken from this Agreement and the remainder of this Agreement shall be enforced as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable clause or provision had (to the extent not enforceable) never been contained in this Agreement. Notwithstanding the forgoing, if the value of this Agreement based upon the substantial benefit of the bargain for any party is materially impaired, which determination as made by the presiding court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction shall be binding, then both parties agree to substitute such provision(s) through good faith negotiations.

23. WAIVER . Participant acknowledges that a waiver by the Company of breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement, or of any subsequent breach by Participant or any other participant in the Plan.


EXHIBIT A TO

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

2012 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

PROVISIONS FOR NON-U.S. PARTICIPANTS

Terms and Conditions

This Exhibit A includes additional terms and conditions that govern the Option granted to Participant by Bloom Energy Corporation (the “ Company ”) under the Company’s 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) if he or she is in one of the countries listed below. Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Plan or the Agreement to which this Exhibit A is attached, as applicable.

Notifications

This Exhibit A may also include information regarding exchange controls and certain other issues of which Participant should be aware with respect to his or her participation in the Plan. The information is based on the securities, exchange control, and other laws in effect in the respective countries as of May 2012. Such laws are often complex and change frequently. As a result, the Company strongly recommends that Participant not rely on the information in this Exhibit A as the only source of information relating to the consequences of Participant’s participation in the Plan because the information may be out of date at the time Participant exercises the Option or sells Shares acquired under the Plan.

In addition, the information contained herein is general in nature and may not apply to Participant’s particular situation, and the Company is not in a position to assure Participant of a particular result. Accordingly, the Participant is advised to seek appropriate professional advice as to how the relevant laws in his or her country may apply to Participant’s situation.

Finally, if Participant is a citizen or resident of a country other than the one in which he or she is currently working, or is considered a resident of another country for local law purposes, or if Participant transfers employment and/or residency to another country after the Option has been granted, the terms and conditions and the notifications contained herein may not be applicable in the same manner. The Company shall, in its sole discretion, determine to what extent the terms and conditions included herein will apply to Participant in such circumstances.


GENERAL

Terms and Conditions

This provision applies to Participants in any non-U.S. jurisdiction:

Data Privacy . Participant hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of Participant’s personal data as described in this Agreement and any other Option grant materials by and among, as applicable, the Employer, the Company and its Subsidiaries for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing Participant’s participation in the Plan.

Participant understands that the Company and the Employer may hold certain personal information about Participant, including, but not limited to, Participant’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any shares of stock or directorships held in the Company, details of all options or any other entitlement to shares of stock awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in Participant’s favor (“Data”), for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan.

Participant understands that Data may be transferred a stock plan service provider as may be selected by the Company in the future, which is assisting the Company with the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. Participant understands that the recipients of Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere, and that the recipient’s country (e.g., the United States) may have different data privacy laws and protections than Participant’s country. Participant understands that if he or she resides outside the United States, he or she may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of Data by contacting his or her local human resources representative. Participant authorizes the Company and any other possible recipients which may assist the Company (presently or in the future) with implementing, administering and managing the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purposes of implementing, administering and managing Participant’s participation in the Plan. Participant understands that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage Participant’s participation in the Plan. Participant understands that he or she may, at any time, view Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing his or her local human resources representative. Further, Participant understands that he or she is providing the consents herein on a purely voluntary basis. If Participant does not consent, or if Participant later seeks to revoke his or her consent, his or her employment status or service and career with the Employer will not be adversely affected; the only adverse consequence of refusing or withdrawing Participant’s consent is that the Company would not be able to grant Options or other equity awards to Participant or administer or maintain such awards. Therefore, Participant understands that refusing or withdrawing his or her consent may affect Participant’s ability to participate in the Plan. For more information on the consequences of Participant’s refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, Participant understands that he or she may contact his or her local human resources representative.


BRAZIL

Notifications

Compliance with Law . By accepting the Option, Participant acknowledges his or her agreement to comply with applicable Brazilian laws and to pay any and all applicable taxes associated with the Option and any Shares acquired under the Plan.

Exchange Control Information . If Participant is resident or domiciled in Brazil, he or she will be required to submit annually a declaration of assets and rights held outside of Brazil to the Central Bank of Brazil if the aggregate value of such assets and rights is equal to or greater than US$100,000. Assets and rights that must be reported include Shares acquired under the Plan.


CHINA

Terms and Conditions

Termination Because of Death or Disability . This provision replaces Section 3.2 of the Agreement and applies only to Participants who are nationals of the People’s Republic of China (“ PRC ”):

If Participant is Terminated because of death or Disability of Participant (or Participant dies within three (3) months of Termination when Termination is for any reason other than Participant’s Disability or for Cause), the Option, to the extent that it is exercisable by Participant on the Termination Date, may be exercised by Participant (or Participant’s legal representative) no later than six (6) months after the Termination Date or such longer period (up to twelve (12) months) as may be permitted by the PRC State Administration of Foreign Exchange and the Company, but in any event no later than the Expiration Date.

Limitations on Exercise . This provision supplements Section 4.2 of the Agreement and applies only to Participants who are PRC nationals:

Further, this Option may not be exercised until such time as (a) the Common Stock is publicly traded on an established stock exchange or recognized market system and (b) the Company (or a Subsidiary) has received all necessary approvals from the PRC State Administration of Foreign Exchange to permit the operation of the Plan and the issuance of Shares under the Plan in China, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion.

Payment . This provision replaces Section 4.3 of the Agreement:

The Exercise Agreement shall be accompanied by full payment of the Exercise Price for the Shares being purchased. To facilitate compliance with exchange control laws in China, payment of the Exercise Price may only be paid (a) through a “same day sale” commitment from Participant and a broker-dealer that is a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers (an “ NASD Dealer ”) whereby Participant irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and to sell all of the Shares so purchased to pay for the total Exercise Price and whereby the NASD Dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such Shares to forward the total Exercise Price directly to the Company, or (b) through a “margin” commitment from Participant and an NASD Dealer whereby Participant irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and to pledge the Shares so purchased to the NASD Dealer in a margin account as security for a loan from the NASD Dealer in the amount of the total Exercise Price, and whereby the NASD Dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such Shares to forward the total Exercise Price directly to the Company; in each case, the remaining sale proceeds, less any brokerage fees or commissions, shall be remitted to Participant in accordance with any applicable exchange control laws and regulations. The Company reserves the right to provide Participant with additional methods of payment, to the extent permitted under the Plan, depending on the development of exchange control and other laws in the PRC and/or any applicable regulatory requirements.

Exchange Control Restrictions . This provision applies only to Participants who are PRC nationals:

Participant understands and agrees that, due to exchange control laws in China, he or she will be required to immediately repatriate to China any proceeds received in connection with the exercise of the Option and the immediate sale of Shares described above. Participant further understands that the repatriation of the proceeds may need to be effectuated through a special foreign exchange account established by the Company or a Subsidiary, and Participant hereby agrees that the proceeds from the sale of Shares acquired under the Plan may be transferred to such special account prior to being delivered to Participant. Participant also understands that the Company will deliver the proceeds to him or her as soon as


practicable after the exercise and sale of Shares, but there may be delays in distributing the funds to Participant due to exchange control requirements in China. Further, the proceeds may be paid to Participant in U.S. dollars or in local currency at the Company’s discretion and the proceeds may be paid to Participant in installments, one or some of which may be contingent upon Participant’s payment to Participant’s employer of the amount of any Tax-Related Items. If the proceeds are paid to Participant in U.S. dollars, Participant will be required to set up a U.S. dollar bank account in China so that the proceeds may be deposited into this account. If the proceeds are paid to Participant in local currency, the Company is under no obligation to secure any particular exchange conversion rate and the Company may face delays in converting the proceeds to local currency due to exchange control restrictions. Participant agrees to bear any currency fluctuation risk between the time the Shares are sold and the time the sale proceeds are distributed through any special foreign exchange account. Participant further agrees to comply with any other requirements that may be imposed by the Company in the future to facilitate compliance with exchange control requirements in China.


GERMANY

Notifications

Exchange Control Notification . Cross-border payments in excess of €12,500 must be reported to the German Federal Bank on a monthly basis. Participant will be responsible for obtaining the appropriate form from the bank and complying with the applicable reporting obligations.


INDIA

Terms and Conditions

Payment . This provision supplements Section 4.3 of the Agreement:

Please note that, due to exchange control restrictions in India, if Participant pays the Exercise Price as described in Section 4.3(b), all of the Shares being purchased must be sold, i.e. , Participant may not sell only a portion of the Shares being purchased at the time of exercise. The Company reserves the right to provide Participant with this method of payment depending on the development of exchange control laws in India and/or any applicable regulatory requirements.

Notifications

Exchange Control Notification . Participant must repatriate any funds received pursuant to the Plan ( e.g., proceeds from the sale of Shares, cash dividends) to India within 90 days of receipt. Participant should obtain evidence of the repatriation of funds in the form of a foreign inward remittance certificate (“ FIRC ”) from the bank where he or she deposits the foreign currency. Participant should maintain the FIRC as evidence of the repatriation of funds in the event the Reserve Bank of India or the Employer requests proof of repatriation.


MEXICO

Terms and Conditions

Acknowledgement of the Agreement . By accepting the Option, Participant acknowledges that he or she has received a copy of the Plan and the Agreement, including this Exhibit A, which he or she has reviewed. Participant further acknowledges that he or she accepts all the provisions of the Plan and the Agreement, including this Exhibit A. Participant also acknowledges that he or she has read and specifically and expressly approves the terms and conditions set forth in the “Nature of Grant” section found in the Agreement, which clearly provide as follows:

 

  (1) Participant’s participation in the Plan does not constitute an acquired right;

 

  (2) The Plan and Participant’s participation in it are offered by the Company on a wholly discretionary basis;

 

  (3) Participant’s participation in the Plan is voluntary; and

 

  (4) The Company and its Subsidiaries are not responsible for any decrease in the value of any Shares acquired at exercise of the Option.

Labor Law Acknowledgement and Policy Statement .   By accepting the Option, Participant acknowledges that the Company, with registered offices at 1299 Orleans Drive, Sunnyvale, California 94089, United States of America, is solely responsible for the administration of the Plan. Participant further acknowledges that his or her participation in the Plan, the grant of the Option and any acquisition of Shares under the Plan do not constitute an employment relationship between Participant and the Company because Participant is participating in the Plan on a wholly commercial basis. Based on the foregoing, Participant expressly acknowledges that the Plan and the benefits that he or she may derive from participation in the Plan do not establish any rights between Participant and the Employer, do not form part of the employment conditions and/or benefits provided by the Employer, and any modification of the Plan or its termination shall not constitute a change or impairment of the terms and conditions of Participant’s employment.

Participant further understands that his or her participation in the Plan is the result of a unilateral and discretionary decision of the Company; therefore, the Company reserves the absolute right to amend and/or discontinue Participant’s participation in the Plan at any time, without any liability to Participant.

Finally, Participant hereby declares that he or she does not reserve to him or herself any action or right to bring any claim against the Company for any compensation or damages regarding any provision of the Plan or the benefits derived under the Plan, and that he or she therefore grants a full and broad release to the Company, its Subsidiaries, branches, representation offices, shareholders, officers, agents and legal representatives, with respect to any claim that may arise.

Spanish Translation

Reconocimiento del Contrato . Al aceptar la Opción, la persona a quien se otorga dicha Opción reconoce que ha recibido una copia del Plan y del Contrato, incluyendo este Anexo A, mismos que ha revisado. La persona a quien se otorga la Opción reconoce, además, que acepta todas las disposiciones del Plan y del Contrato, incluyendo este Anexo A. La persona a quien se otorga la Opción también reconoce que ha leído y aprueba de forma expresa los términos y condiciones establecidos en la sección del Contrato intitulada “Naturaleza del Otorgamiento” que claramente dispone lo siguiente:


  (1) La participación de la persona a quien se otorga la Opción en el Plan no constituye un derecho adquirido;

 

  (2) El Plan y la participación de la persona a quien se otorga la Opción en el Plan se ofrecen por la Compañía de forma totalmente discrecional;

 

  (3) La participación de la persona a quien se otorga la Opción en el Plan es voluntaria; y

 

  (4) La Compañía, sus Subsidiarias no son responsables por cualquier disminución en el valor de las Acciones adquiridas al momento de ejercer la Opción.

Reconocimiento de Ley Laboral y Declaraci ó n de la Pol í tica . Al aceptar la Opción, la persona a quien se otorga la Opción reconoce que la Compañía, con oficinas registradas en 1299 Orleans Drive, Sunnyvale, California 94089, Estados Unidos de América, es la única responsable de la administración del Plan. Además, la persona a quien se otorga la Opción reconoce que su participación en el Plan, la concesión de la Opción y cualquier adquisición de Acciones de conformidad con el Plan no constituyen una relación de trabajo entre la persona a quien se otorga la Opción y la Compañía ya que la persona a quien se otorga la Opción está participando en el Plan sobre una base totalmente comercial. Derivado de lo anterior, la persona a quien se otorga la Opción expresamente reconoce que el Plan y los beneficios que pueden derivarle de la participación en el Plan no establecen ningún derecho entre la persona a quien se otorga la Opción y el Patrón y que no forman parte de las condiciones de trabajo y/o prestaciones otorgadas por el Patrón, y cualquier modificación del Plan o la terminación del mismo no constituirá un cambio o deterioro de los términos y condiciones de trabajo de la persona a quien se otorga la Opción.

Además, la persona a quien se otorga la Opción entiende que su participación en el Plan es resultado de una decisión unilateral y discrecional de la Compañía, por lo tanto la Compañía se reserva el derecho absoluto de modificar el Plan y/o discontinuar la participación de la persona a quien se otorga la Opción en el Plan en cualquier momento, sin responsabilidad alguna para con la persona a quien se otorga la Opción.

Finalmente, la persona a quien se otorga la Opción declara que no se reserva acción o derecho alguno para presentar una reclamación o demanda en contra de la Compañía por cualquier compensación o daño o perjuicio en relación con cualquier disposición del Plan o los beneficios derivados del Plan y, por lo tanto, la persona a quien se otorga la Opción otorga un amplio y total finiquito a la Compañía, sus Subsidiarias, sucursales, oficinas de representación, accionistas, directores, funcionarios, agentes y representantes con respecto a cualquier reclamación o demanda que pudiera surgir.


TAIWAN

Notifications

Exchange Control Information . Participant may acquire and remit foreign currency (including proceeds from the sale of Shares) up to US$5,000,000 per year without justification. If the transaction amount is TWD500,000 or more in a single transaction, Participant must submit a Foreign Exchange Transaction Form. If the transaction amount is US$500,000 or more in a single transaction, Participant must also provide supporting documentation to the satisfaction of the remitting bank.


UNITED KINGDOM

Terms and Conditions

Tax Withholding . This provision supplements Section 4.4 of the Agreement:

To the extent the Employer is required to withhold any income tax due in connection with the Option, if payment or withholding of the income tax is not made within ninety (90) days of the event giving rise to the income tax liability or such other period specified in Section 222(1)(c) of the U.K. Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003 (the “ Due Date ”), the amount of any uncollected income tax shall constitute a loan owed by Participant to the Employer, effective as of the Due Date. Participant agrees that the loan will bear interest at the then-current official rate of Her Majesty’s Revenue & Customs (“ HMRC ”), it shall be immediately due and repayable, and the Company or the Employer may recover it at any time thereafter by any of the means referred to in Section 4.4 of the Agreement.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Participant is a director or executive officer of the Company (within the meaning of Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act), he or she shall not be eligible for such a loan from the Company and, in this case, the amount of any uncollected income tax will constitute a benefit to Participant on which additional income tax and national insurance contributions (“ NICs ”) will be payable and Participant is responsible for reporting and paying any such income tax and NICs directly to HMRC under the self-assessment regime.

NIC Joint Election . As a condition of participation in the Plan, Participant agrees to accept any liability for secondary Class 1 National Insurance contributions which may be payable by the Company and/or the Employer in connection with the Option and any event giving rise to Tax-Related Items (“ Employer NICs ”). Without prejudice to the foregoing, Participant agrees to execute a joint election with the Company and/or the Employer, the form of such joint election being formally approved by HMRC (the “ NIC Joint Election ”), and any other required consent or elections, upon request of the Company and/or the Employer. Participant further agrees to execute such other joint elections as may be required between Participant and any successor to the Company and/or the Employer. Participant further agrees that the Company and/or the Employer may collect any Employer NICs from Participant by any of the means set forth in Section 4.4 of the Agreement.

If, after request of the Company and/or the Employer, Participant does not enter into the NIC Joint Election and the Company has determined that the Shares subject to the Option are or may be considered “readily-convertible assets” for U.K. tax purposes, Participant will not be entitled to exercise the Option or receive any benefits in connection with the Option unless and until the Participant enters into the NIC Joint Election. In this case, no Shares will be issued under the Plan or benefits received in connection with the Option unless and until Participant enters into the NIC Joint Election, without any liability to the Company and/or the Employer.

Section 431 Joint Election . As a further condition of participation in the Plan and the acquisition of Shares or other securities pursuant to or in connection with the Option, Participant agrees to enter into a joint election within Section 431 of the U.K. Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003 (the “ Section 431 Joint Election ”) attached to this Exhibit A. The effect of the Section 431 Joint Election is that the Shares acquired at exercise of the Option will not be treated as “restricted securities” for U.K. tax purposes.

If Participant does not enter into the Section 431 Joint Election prior to or concurrent with the Participant delivering the Exercise Agreement to the Company, as described in Section 4.1 of the Agreement, Participant will not be entitled to exercise the Option unless and until Participant enters into the Section


431 Joint Election and no Shares will be issued under the Plan, without any liability to the Company and/or the Employer. If Participant does not enter into the Section 431 Joint Election prior to or concurrent with the acquisition of any other securities in connection with the Option, Participant will not be entitled to acquire such securities unless and until Participant enters into the Section 431 Joint Election, without any liability to the Company and/or the Employer.


BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

2012 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

Joint Election under s431 ITEPA 2003 for full or partial disapplication of Chapter 2 Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003

One Part Election

 

1. Between

 

the Employee   [insert name of employee]
whose National Insurance Number is   [insert employee’s national insurance number]
and  
the U.K. Company   [insert name of U.K. employer]
(who is the Employee’s employer)  
of U.K. Company Registration Number   [insert Company number of U.K. employer]

 

2. Purpose of Election

This joint election is made pursuant to section 431(1) Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003 (ITEPA) and applies where employment-related securities, which are restricted securities by reason of section 423 ITEPA, are acquired.

The effect of an election under section 431(1) is that, for the relevant income tax and national insurance contribution (“NIC”) purposes, the employment-related securities and their market value will be treated as if they were not restricted securities and that sections 425 to 430 ITEPA do not apply.

 

Should the value of the securities fall following the acquisition, it is possible that income tax/NIC that would have arisen because of any future chargeable event (in the absence of an election) would have been less than the income tax/NIC due by reason of this election. Should this be the case, there is no income tax/NIC relief available under Part 7 of ITEPA 2003; nor is it available if the securities acquired are subsequently transferred, forfeited or revert to the original owner.


3. Application

This joint election is made not later than 14 days after the date of acquisition of the securities by the Employee and applies to:

 

Number of securities    [insert number of shares subject to option]
Description of securities    shares of common stock
Name of issuer of securities    Bloom Energy Corporation.

to be acquired by the Employee after [insert date] under the terms of the Bloom Energy Corporation 2012 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

4. Extent of Application

This election disapplies all restrictions attaching to the securities.

 

5. Declaration

This election will become irrevocable upon the later of its signing or the acquisition (and each subsequent acquisition) of employment-related securities to which this election applies.

In signing this joint election, we agree to be bound by its terms as stated above.

 

 

        /    /            
Signature (Employee)         Date

 

        /    /            
Signature       Date
(for and on behalf of the U.K. Company)    

 

   
Position in U.K. Company    


EXHIBIT B TO

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

2012 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

TAX CONSEQUENCES FOR U.S. TAXPAYERS

Set forth below is a brief summary, as of the Effective Date of the Plan, of some of the U.S. Federal and California tax consequences of exercise of this Option and disposition of the Shares.  THIS SUMMARY IS NECESSARILY INCOMPLETE, AND THE TAX LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE.   PARTICIPANT SHOULD CONSULT A TAX ADVISOR BEFORE EXERCISING THE OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES.

 

1. Exercise of ISO . If the Option qualifies as an ISO, there will be no regular U.S. Federal or California income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option, although the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price will be treated as a tax preference item for federal alternative minimum tax purposes and may subject the Participant to the alternative minimum tax in the year of exercise.

 

2. Exercise of Nonqualified Stock Option . If the Option does not qualify as an ISO, there may be a regular U.S. Federal and California income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option. Participant will be treated as having received compensation income (taxable at ordinary income tax rates) equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price. If Participant is a current or former employee of the Company, the Company may be required to withhold from Participant’s compensation or collect from Participant and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount equal to a percentage of this compensation income at the time of exercise.

 

3. Disposition of Shares . The following tax consequences may apply upon disposition of the Shares.

(a) Incentive Stock Options . If the Shares are held for more than twelve (12) months after the date of purchase of the Shares pursuant to the exercise of an ISO and are disposed of more than two (2) years after the Date of Grant, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long term capital gain for U.S. Federal and California income tax purposes. If Vested Shares purchased under an ISO are disposed of within the applicable one (1) year or two (2) year period, any gain realized on such disposition will be treated as compensation income (taxable at ordinary income rates in the year of the disposition) to the extent of the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price.

(b) Nonqualified Stock Options . If the Shares are held for more than twelve (12) months after the date of purchase of the Shares pursuant to the exercise of an NQSO, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long term capital gain.

(c) Withholding . The Company may be required to withhold from the Participant’s compensation or collect from the Participant and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount equal to a percentage of this compensation income.

THE ABOVE SUMMARY DOES NOT ADDRESS THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE OPTION IF THE PARTICIPANT IS SUBJECT TO TAX IN A DIFFERENT STATE OR IN A DIFFERENT COUNTRY OR COUNTRIES OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES, AND ANY SUCH PARTICIPANT SHOULD CONSULT HIS OR HER PERSONAL TAX ADVISOR BEFORE ACCEPTING THE OPTION OR OTHERWISE PARTICIPATING IN THE PLAN.


BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

2012 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is delivered to participant on             ,              (the “ Offer Date ”). This Agreement must be entered as of             ,          (the “ Effective   Date ”) by and between Bloom Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) and the purchaser named below (the “ Purchaser ”) or the offer to purchase Shares pursuant to this Agreement shall terminate in accordance with Section 5 of the Company’s 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”). Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Plan.

 

Purchaser:  

 

Social Security Number  

 

or Global Employee ID#  

 

for Non-U.S. Purchasers:  

 

Total Number of Shares:  

 

Purchase Price Per Share:  

 

Date of Grant:  

 

Vesting Commencement Date:  

 

1. PURCHASE   OF   SHARES .

1.1. Purchase   of   Shares . On the Effective Date and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Plan, Purchaser hereby purchases from the Company, and the Company hereby sells to Purchaser, the Total Number of Shares set forth above (the “ Shares ”) of the Company’s Common Stock (the “Common Stock”) at the Purchase Price Per Share as set forth above (the “ Purchase Price Per Share ”) for a Total Purchase Price as set forth above (the “ Purchase   Price ”). As used in this Agreement, the term “ Shares ” refers to the Shares purchased under this Agreement and includes all securities received (a) in replacement of the Shares, (b) as a result of stock dividends or stock splits with respect to the Shares, and (c) in replacement of the Shares in a merger, recapitalization, reorganization or similar corporate transaction.

1.2 Payment .  Purchaser hereby delivers payment of the Purchase Price as follows (check and complete as appropriate):

 

in services provided to the Company;


in cash (or cash equivalent acceptable to the Company) in the amount of $                , receipt of which is acknowledged by the Company;

 

by delivery of                  fully-paid, nonassessable and vested shares of the Common Stock of the Company owned by Purchaser for which the Company has received “full payment of the purchase price” within the meaning of SEC Rule 144, (if purchased by use of a promissory note, such note has been fully paid with respect to such vested shares), or obtained by Purchaser in the open public market, and owned free and clear of all liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, valued at the current Fair Market Value of $                 per share.

2. DELIVERIES .

2.1. Deliveries by the Purchaser . Purchaser hereby delivers to the Company: (a) this completed and signed Agreement, (b) two (2) copies of a blank Stock Power and Assignment Separate from Stock Certificate in the form of Exhibit 1 attached hereto (the “ Stock Powers ”), both executed by Purchaser and Purchaser’s spouse, if any, (c) if Purchaser is married, a Consent of Spouse in the form of Exhibit 2 attached hereto (the “ Spouse Consent ”) executed by Purchaser’s spouse, and (d) the Purchase Price and payment or other provision for any applicable tax obligations in the form of a “check” a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit 3) .

2.2. Deliveries by the Company . Upon its receipt of the Purchase Price, payment or other provision for any applicable tax obligations and all the documents to be executed and delivered by Purchaser to the Company, the Company will issue a duly executed stock certificate evidencing the Shares in the name of Purchaser, to be placed in escrow as provided in Section 11 until expiration or termination of the Company’s Right of First Refusal and Repurchase Option described in Sections 8 and 9.

3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASER .  Purchaser represents and warrants to the Company as follows.

3.1. Agrees to Terms of the Plan .  Purchaser has received a copy of the Plan, has read and understands the terms of the Plan and this Agreement, and agrees to be bound by their terms and conditions. Purchaser acknowledges that there may be adverse tax consequences upon purchase or disposition of the Shares, and that Purchaser should consult a tax adviser prior to purchase or disposition.

3.2. Purchase for Own Account for Investment . Purchaser is purchasing the Shares for Purchaser’s own account for investment purposes only and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, a distribution of the Shares within the meaning of the Securities Act. Purchaser has no present intention of selling or otherwise disposing of all or any portion of the Shares and no one other than Purchaser has any beneficial ownership of any of the Shares.

3.3. Access to Information . Purchaser has had access to all information regarding the Company and its present and prospective business, assets, liabilities and financial condition that Purchaser reasonably considers important in making the decision to purchase the Shares, and Purchaser has had ample opportunity to ask questions of the Company’s representatives concerning such matters and this investment.

3.4. Understanding of Risks . Purchaser is fully aware of: (a) the highly speculative nature of the investment in the Shares; (b) the financial hazards involved; (c) the lack of liquidity of the Shares and the restrictions on transferability of the Shares ( e.g. , that Purchaser


may not be able to sell or dispose of the Shares or use them as collateral for loans); (d) the qualifications and backgrounds of the management of the Company; and (e) the tax consequences of investment in the Shares. Purchaser is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of this investment, has the ability to protect Purchaser’s own interests in this transaction and is financially capable of bearing a total loss of this investment.

3.5. No General Solicitation . At no time was Purchaser presented with or solicited by any publicly issued or circulated newspaper, mail, radio, television or other form of general advertising or solicitation in connection with the offer, sale and purchase of the Shares.

4. COMPLIANCE WITH SECURITIES LAWS .

4.1. Compliance with U.S. Federal Securities Laws . Purchaser understands and acknowledges that the Shares have not been registered with the SEC under the Securities Act and that, notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement to the contrary, the exercise of any rights to purchase any Shares is expressly conditioned upon compliance with the Securities Act and all applicable state securities laws. Purchaser agrees to cooperate with the Company to ensure compliance with such laws.

4.2. Compliance with California Securities Laws THE PLAN AND THIS AGREEMENT ARE INTENDED TO COMPLY WITH SECTION 25102(o) OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE AND ANY RULES (INCLUDING COMMISSIONER RULES, IF APPLICABLE) OR REGULATIONS PROMULGATED THEREUNDER BY THE CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF CORPORATIONS (THE “ REGULATIONS ”). ANY PROVISION OF THIS AGREEMENT THAT IS INCONSISTENT WITH SECTION 25102(o) SHALL, WITHOUT FURTHER ACT OR AMENDMENT BY THE COMPANY OR THE BOARD, BE REFORMED TO COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 25102(o). THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES THAT ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT, IF NOT YET QUALIFIED WITH THE CALIFORNIA COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS AND NOT EXEMPT FROM SUCH QUALIFICATION, IS SUBJECT TO SUCH QUALIFICATION, AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES, AND THE RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL UNLESS THE SALE IS EXEMPT. THE RIGHTS OF THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON SUCH QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED OR AN EXEMPTION BEING AVAILABLE.

5. RESTRICTED SECURITIES .

5.1. No Transfer Unless Registered or Exempt . Purchaser understands that Purchaser may not transfer any Shares unless such Shares are registered under the Securities Act or qualified under applicable state securities laws or unless, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, exemptions from such registration and qualification requirements are available. Purchaser understands that only the Company may file a registration statement with the SEC and that the Company is under no obligation to do so with respect to the Shares. Purchaser has also been advised that exemptions from registration and qualification may not be available or may not permit Purchaser to transfer all or any of the Shares in the amounts or at the times proposed by Purchaser.

5.2. SEC Rule 144 . In addition, Purchaser has been advised that SEC Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which permits certain limited sales of unregistered securities, is not presently available with respect to the Shares and, in any event, requires that the Shares be held for a minimum of six (6) months, and in certain cases one (1) year, after they have been purchased and paid for (within the meaning of Rule 144). Purchaser understands that Rule 144 may indefinitely restrict transfer of the Shares so long as Purchaser remains an “affiliate” of the Company or if “current public information” about the Company (as defined in Rule 144) is not publicly available.


6. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERS .

6.1. Disposition of Shares . Unvested Shares may not be sold or otherwise transferred by Purchaser without the Company’s prior written consent. Purchaser hereby agrees that Purchaser shall make no disposition of the Shares (other than as permitted by this Agreement) unless and until:

(a) Purchaser shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition and provided a written summary of the terms and conditions of the proposed disposition;

(b) Purchaser shall have complied with all requirements of this Agreement applicable to the disposition of the Shares;

(c) Purchaser shall have provided the Company with written assurances, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Company, that (a) the proposed disposition does not require registration of the Shares under the Securities Act or (b) all appropriate actions necessary for compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities Act or of any exemption from registration available under the Securities Act (including Rule 144) have been taken; and

(d) Purchaser shall have provided the Company with written assurances, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, that the proposed disposition will not result in the contravention of any transfer restrictions applicable to the Shares pursuant to the provisions of the Regulations referred to in Section 4.2 hereof.

6.2. Restriction on Transfer . Purchaser shall not transfer, assign, grant a lien or security interest in, pledge, hypothecate, encumber or otherwise dispose of any of the Shares which are subject to the Company’s Right of First Refusal described below, except as permitted by this Agreement.

6.3. Transferee Obligations . Each person (other than the Company) to whom the Shares are transferred by means of one of the permitted transfers specified in this Agreement must, as a condition precedent to the validity of such transfer, acknowledge in writing to the Company that such person is bound by the provisions of this Agreement and that the transferred Shares are subject to (a) the Company’s Right of First Refusal granted hereunder (b) the Company’s Repurchase Option granted hereunder and (c) the market stand-off provisions of Section 7 hereof, to the same extent such Shares would be so subject if retained by the Purchaser.

7. MARKET STANDOFF AGREEMENT . Purchaser agrees in connection with any registration of the Company’s securities under the Securities Act or other public offering that, upon the request of the Company or the underwriters managing any registered public offering of the Company’s securities, Purchaser will not sell or otherwise dispose of any Shares without the prior written consent of the Company or such managing underwriters, as the case may be, for a period of time (not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days) after the effective date of such registration requested by such managing underwriters and subject to all restrictions as the Company or the managing underwriters may specify for employee-stockholders generally. For purposes of this Section 7, the term “Company” shall include any wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company into which the Company merges or consolidates. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company shall have the right to place restrictive legends on the certificates representing the shares subject to this Section and to impose stop transfer instructions with respect to the Shares until the end of such period. Purchaser further agrees to enter into any agreement reasonably required by the underwriters to implement the foregoing.


8. COMPANY’S RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL . Before any Vested Shares held by Purchaser or any transferee of such Vested Shares (either sometimes referred to herein as the “ Holder ”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including, without limitation, a transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company and/or its assignee(s) will have a right of first refusal to purchase the Vested Shares to be sold or transferred (the “ Offered Shares ”) on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).

8.1. Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Offered Shares will deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice ”) stating: (a) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer the Offered Shares; (b) the name and address of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (the “ Proposed Transferee ”); (c) the number of Offered Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; (d) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Offered Shares (the “ Offered Price ”); and (e) that the Holder acknowledges this Notice is an offer to sell the Offered Shares to the Company and/or its assignee(s) pursuant to the Company’s Right of First Refusal at the Offered Price as provided for in this Agreement.

8.2. Exercise of Right of First Refusal .  At any time within thirty (30) days after the date of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all (or, with the consent of the Holder, less than all) the Offered Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees named in the Notice, at the purchase price, determined as specified below.

8.3. Purchase Price .  The purchase price for the Offered Shares purchased under this Section will be the Offered Price, provided that if the Offered Price consists of no legal consideration (as, for example, in the case of a transfer by gift) the purchase price will be the fair market value of the Offered Shares as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, then the value of the non-cash consideration, as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors, will conclusively be deemed to be the cash equivalent value of such non-cash consideration.

8.4. Payment . Payment of the purchase price for the Offered Shares will be payable, at the option of the Company and/or its assignee(s) (as applicable), by check or by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding purchase money indebtedness owed by the Holder to the Company (or to such assignee, in the case of a purchase of Offered Shares by such assignee) or by any combination thereof. The purchase price will be paid without interest within sixty (60) days after the Company’s receipt of the Notice, or, at the option of the Company and/or its assignee(s), in the manner and at the time(s) set forth in the Notice.

8.5. Holder’s Right to Transfer .  If all of the Offered Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Offered Shares to each Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that (a) such sale or other transfer is consummated within ninety (90) days after the date of the Notice, (b) any such sale or other transfer is effected in compliance with all applicable securities laws, and (c) each Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section will continue to apply to the Offered Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Offered Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to each Proposed Transferee within such ninety (90) day period, then a new Notice must be given to the Company pursuant to which the Company will again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.


8.6. Exempt Transfers . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section, the following transfers of Vested Shares will be exempt from the Right of First Refusal: (a) the transfer of any or all of the Vested Shares during Purchaser’s lifetime by gift or on Purchaser’s death by will or intestacy to Purchaser’s “Immediate Family” (as defined below) or to a trust for the benefit of Purchaser or Purchaser’s Immediate Family, provided that each transferee or other recipient agrees in a writing satisfactory to the Company that the provisions of this Section will continue to apply to the transferred Vested Shares in the hands of such transferee or other recipient; (b) any transfer of Vested Shares made pursuant to a statutory merger or statutory consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation or corporations (except that, subject to Section 8.7, unless the agreement of merger or consolidation expressly otherwise provides, the Right of First Refusal will continue to apply thereafter to such Vested Shares, in which case the surviving corporation of such merger or consolidation shall succeed to the rights of the Company under this Section); or (c) any transfer of Vested Shares pursuant to the winding up and dissolution of the Company. As used herein, the term “ Immediate Family ” will mean Purchaser’s spouse, the lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister, child, adopted child, grandchild or adopted grandchild of the Purchaser or the Purchaser’s spouse or the spouse of any of the above, or Spousal Equivalent as defined herein. As used herein, a person is deemed to be a “Spousal Equivalent” provided that the following circumstances are true: (a) irrespective of whether or not the Participant and the Spousal Equivalent are the same sex, they are the sole spousal equivalent of the other for the last twelve (12) months, (b) they intend to remain so indefinitely, (c) neither are married to anyone else, (d) both are at least 18 years of age and mentally competent to consent to contract, (e) they are not related by blood to a degree of closeness that which would prohibit legal marriage in the state in which they legally reside, (f) they are jointly responsible for each other’s common welfare and financial obligations, and (g) they reside together in the same residence for the last twelve (12) months and intend to do so indefinitely.

8.7. Termination of Right of First Refusal .  The Right of First Refusal will terminate as to all Shares (a) on the effective date of the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the SEC under the Securities Act (other than a registration statement relating solely to the issuance of Common Stock pursuant to a business combination or an employee incentive or benefit plan) or (b) on any transfer or conversion of Shares made pursuant to a statutory merger or statutory consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation or entities if the common stock of the surviving corporation or any direct or indirect parent corporation thereof is registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

8.8. Encumbrances on Shares .  Purchaser may not grant a lien or security interest in, or pledge, hypothecate or encumber, any Unvested Shares. Purchaser may grant a lien or security interest in, or pledge, hypothecate or encumber Vested Shares only if each party to whom such lien or security interest is granted, or to whom such pledge, hypothecation or other encumbrance is made, agrees in a writing satisfactory to the Company that: (a) such lien, security interest, pledge, hypothecation or encumbrance will not apply to such Vested Shares after they are acquired by the Company and/or its assignees under this Section; and (b) the provisions of this Section will continue to apply to such Vested Shares in the hands of such party and any transferee of such party.

9. COMPANY’S REPURCHASE OPTION FOR UNVESTED SHARES . The Company, or its assignee, shall have the option to repurchase all or a portion of the Purchaser’s Unvested Shares (as defined below) on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section (the “ Repurchase Option ”) if Purchaser is Terminated (as defined in the Plan) for any reason, or no reason, including without limitation, Purchaser’s death, Disability (as defined in the Plan), voluntary resignation or termination by the Company with or without Cause.

9.1. Termination and Termination Date . In case of any dispute as to whether Purchaser is Terminated, the Committee shall have discretion to determine whether Purchaser has been Terminated and the effective date of such Termination (the “ Termination Date ”).


9.2. Vested and Unvested Shares . Shares that are vested pursuant to the schedule set forth in this Section 9.2 are “ Vested Shares .  Shares that are not vested pursuant to such schedule are Unvested Shares .” On the Effective Date                  of the Shares will be Unvested Shares (the “ Initial Unvested Shares ”). Provided Participant continues to provide services to the Company or any Subsidiary or Parent of the Company at all times from the Vesting Commencement Date until                  (the “ First Vesting Date ”), then on the First Vesting Date                  (    %) of the Initial Unvested Shares will become Vested Shares, and on the same day of each succeeding calendar month thereafter (or if there is no such day in any month, then the last day of such calendar month), an additional                  (     th ) of the Initial Unvested Shares shall vest until (a) all of the Shares are vested, (b) the Termination Date or (c) vesting otherwise terminates pursuant to this Agreement or the Plan. If application of the vesting schedule above causes a fractional share, such share shall be rounded down to the nearest whole share for each month except for the last month in such vesting period, at the end of which last month the full remainder of the Shares shall vest.

9.3. Exercise of Repurchase Option . At any time within ninety (90) days after the Purchaser’s Termination Date (or, in the case of securities issued upon purchase of Shares after the Purchaser’s Termination Date, within ninety (90) days after the date of such exercise), the Company, or its assignee, may elect to repurchase any or all the Purchaser’s Unvested Shares by giving Purchaser written notice of exercise of the Repurchase Option, specifying the number of Unvested Shares to be repurchased. Such Unvested Shares shall be repurchased at the lower of fair market value, as determined by the Board, or the Purchase Price Per Share, proportionately adjusted for any stock split or similar change in the capital structure of the Company as set forth in Section 2.2 of the Plan (the “ Repurchase Price ”). The Repurchase Price shall be payable, at the option of the Company or its assignee, by check or by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding purchase money indebtedness owed by Purchaser to the Company and/or such assignee, or by any combination thereof. The Repurchase Price shall be paid without interest within the term of the Repurchase Option as described in the first sentence of this Section 9.3.

9.4. Right of Termination Unaffected . Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to limit or otherwise affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company) to terminate Purchaser’s employment or other relationship with Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary of the Company) at any time, for any reason or no reason, with or without Cause.

10. RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER .  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Purchaser will have all of the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to the Shares from and after the date that Shares are issued to Purchaser until such time as Purchaser disposes of the Shares or the Company and/or its assignee(s) exercise(s) the Right of First Refusal or the Repurchase Option. Upon an exercise of the Right of First Refusal or the Repurchase Option, Purchaser will have no further rights as a holder of the Shares so purchased upon such exercise, other than the right to receive payment for the Shares so purchased in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, and Purchaser will promptly surrender the stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares so purchased to the Company for transfer or cancellation.

11. ESCROW . As security for Purchaser’s faithful performance of this Agreement, Purchaser agrees, immediately upon receipt of the stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares, to deliver such certificate(s), together with the Stock Powers executed by Purchaser and by Purchaser’s spouse, if any (with the date, name of transferee, stock certificate number and number of Shares left blank), to the Secretary of the Company or other designee of the Company (the “ Escrow Holder ”), who is hereby


appointed to hold such certificate(s) and Stock Powers in escrow and to take all such actions and to effectuate all such transfers and/or releases of such Shares as are in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Purchaser and the Company agree that Escrow Holder will not be liable to any party to this Agreement (or to any other person or entity) for any actions or omissions unless Escrow Holder is grossly negligent or intentionally fraudulent in carrying out the duties of Escrow Holder under this Agreement. Escrow Holder may rely upon any letter, notice or other document executed with any signature purported to be genuine and may rely on the advice of counsel and obey any order of any court with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Shares will be released from escrow upon termination of both the Right of First Refusal and the Repurchase Option.

12. RESTRICTIVE LEGENDS AND STOP-TRANSFER ORDERS .

12.1. Legends . Purchaser understands and agrees that the Company will place the legends set forth below or similar legends on any stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares, together with any other legends that may be required by state or U.S. Federal securities laws, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, any other agreement between Purchaser and the Company or any agreement between Purchaser and any third party:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR RESOLD EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR EXEMPTION THEREFROM. INVESTORS SHOULD BE AWARE THAT THEY MAY BE REQUIRED TO BEAR THE FINANCIAL RISKS OF THIS INVESTMENT FOR AN INDEFINITE PERIOD OF TIME. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER TO THE EFFECT THAT ANY PROPOSED TRANSFER OR RESALE IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON PUBLIC RESALE AND TRANSFER, INCLUDING THE RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL AND THE REPURCHASE OPTION HELD BY THE ISSUER AND/OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S), AS SET FORTH IN A RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH PUBLIC SALE AND TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS INCLUDING THE RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL AND THE REPURCHASE OPTION ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A 180 DAY MARKET STANDOFF RESTRICTION AS SET FORTH IN A CERTAIN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. AS A RESULT OF SUCH AGREEMENT, THESE SHARES MAY NOT BE TRADED PRIOR TO 180 DAYS AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF ANY PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMMON STOCK OF THE ISSUER HEREOF. SUCH RESTRICTION IS BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

12.2. Stop-Transfer Instructions . Purchaser agrees that, to ensure compliance with the restrictions imposed by this Agreement, the Company may issue appropriate “stop-transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.


12.3. Refusal to Transfer . The Company will not be required (a) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (b) to treat as owner of such Shares, or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares have been so transferred.

13. TAX   CONSEQUENCES . PURCHASER UNDERSTANDS THAT PURCHASER MAY SUFFER ADVERSE TAX CONSEQUENCES AS A RESULT OF PURCHASER’S PURCHASE OR DISPOSITION OF THE SHARES. PURCHASER REPRESENTS (a) THAT PURCHASER HAS CONSULTED WITH ANY TAX ADVISER THAT PURCHASER DEEMS ADVISABLE IN CONNECTION WITH THE PURCHASE OR DISPOSITION OF THE SHARES AND (b) THAT PURCHASER IS NOT RELYING ON THE COMPANY FOR ANY TAX ADVICE. Purchaser hereby acknowledges that Purchaser has been informed that, with respect to Unvested Shares, unless an election is filed by Purchaser with the Internal Revenue Service (and, if necessary, the proper state taxing authorities) within 30 days after the purchase of the Shares electing, pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code (and similar state tax provisions, if applicable), to be taxed currently on any difference between the Purchase Price of the Unvested Shares and their Fair Market Value on the date of purchase, there will be a recognition of taxable income to Purchaser, measured by the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Unvested Shares, at the time they cease to be Unvested Shares, over the Purchase Price for such Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted any tax advisers Purchaser deems advisable in connection with Purchaser’s purchase of the Shares and the filing of the election under Section 83(b) and similar tax provisions. A form of Election under Section 83(b) is attached hereto as Exhibit   4 for reference. BY PROVIDING THE FORM OF ELECTION, THE COMPANY DOES NOT THEREBY UNDERTAKE TO FILE THE ELECTION FOR PURCHASER, WHICH OBLIGATION TO FILE SHALL REMAIN SOLELY WITH PURCHASER.

14. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND REGULATIONS . The issuance and transfer of the Shares will be subject to and conditioned upon compliance by the Company and Purchaser with all applicable U.S. Federal and state laws and regulations, all applicable foreign laws and regulations and with all applicable requirements of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the Company’s Common Stock may be listed or quoted at the time of such issuance or transfer.

15. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement, including its rights to purchase Shares under the Right of First Refusal or the Repurchase Option. No other party to this Agreement, may assign, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement, except with the prior written consent of the Company. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Agreement will be binding upon Purchaser and Purchaser’s heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

16. GOVERNING LAW .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to that body of laws pertaining to conflict of laws. For purposes of any action, lawsuit or other proceedings brought to enforce this Agreement, relating to it, or arising from it, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the sole and exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of Santa Clara County, California, or the federal courts for the United States for the Northern District of California, and no other courts, where this grant is made and/or to be performed. If any provision of this Agreement is determined by a court of law to be illegal or unenforceable, then such provision will be enforced to the maximum extent possible and the other provisions will remain fully effective and enforceable.


17. NOTICES . Any and all notices required or permitted to be given to a party pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement will be in writing and will be effective and deemed to provide such party sufficient notice under this Agreement on the earliest of the following: (a) at the time of personal delivery, if delivery is in person; (b) at the time of transmission by facsimile, addressed to the other party at its facsimile number specified herein (or hereafter modified by subsequent notice to the parties hereto), with confirmation of receipt made by both telephone and printed confirmation sheet verifying successful transmission of the facsimile; (c) one (1) business day after deposit with an express overnight courier for United States deliveries, or two (2) business days after such deposit for deliveries outside of the United States, with proof of delivery from the courier requested; or (d) three (3) business days after deposit in the United States mail by certified mail (return receipt requested) for United States deliveries. All notices for delivery outside the United States will be sent by facsimile or by express courier. All notices not delivered personally or by facsimile will be sent with postage and/or other charges prepaid and properly addressed to the party to be notified at the address or facsimile number set forth below the signature lines of this Agreement, or at such other address or facsimile number as such other party may designate by one of the indicated means of notice herein to the other parties hereto. Notices to the Company will be marked “Attention: [●]”.

18. FURTHER ASSURANCES .  The parties agree to execute such further documents and instruments and to take such further actions as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

19. ENTIRE AGREEMENT .  The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Agreement, together with all Exhibits hereto, constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, and supersede all prior understandings and agreements, whether oral or written between or among the parties hereto with respect to the specific subject matter hereof.

20. COUNTERPARTS .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered will be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

21. SEVERABILITY .  If any provision of this Agreement is determined by any court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such provision will be enforced to the maximum extent possible given the intent of the parties hereto. If such clause or provision cannot be so enforced, such provision shall be stricken from this Agreement and the remainder of this Agreement shall be enforced as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable clause or provision had (to the extent not enforceable) never been contained in this Agreement. Notwithstanding the forgoing, if the value of this Agreement based upon the substantial benefit of the bargain for any party is materially impaired, which determination as made by the presiding court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction shall be binding, then both parties agree to substitute such provision(s) through good faith negotiations.

22. FACSIMILE AND ELECTRONIC SIGNATURES . This Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile and upon such delivery the facsimile signature will be deemed to have the same effect as if the original signature had been delivered to the other party. Additionally, this Agreement may be executed and delivered electronically whether via the Company’s intranet or the Internet site of a third party or via email or such other means of electronic delivery specified by the Company.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company has caused this Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized representative, and Purchaser has executed this Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, as of the date first set forth above.

 

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION         PURCHASER
By:                                                                                                                 

 

        (Signature)

 

       

 

(Please print name and title)         (Please print name)
Address:                                                                                                        Address:                                                                                       

 

       
Fax No.:  

 

        Fax No.   

 

List of Exhibits

Exhibit 1:   

Stock Power and Assignment Separate from Stock Certificate

Exhibit 2:    Spouse Consent
Exhibit 3:    Copy of Purchaser’s Check
Exhibit 4:    Form of Election Pursuant to Section 83(b)


EXHIBIT 1

STOCK POWER AND ASSIGNMENT

SEPARATE FROM STOCK CERTIFICATE


STOCK POWER AND ASSIGNMENT

SEPARATE FROM STOCK CERTIFICATE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED and pursuant to that certain Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement No.                  dated as of             ,         , (the “ Agreement ”), the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto                 ,                      shares of the Common Stock of Bloom Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), standing in the undersigned’s name on the books of the Company represented by Certificate No(s).                  delivered herewith, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint the Secretary of the Company as the undersigned’s attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution, to transfer said stock on the books of the Company. THIS ASSIGNMENT MAY ONLY BE USED AS AUTHORIZED BY THE AGREEMENT AND ANY EXHIBITS THERETO.

Dated:             ,         

 

PURCHASER

 

(Signature)

 

(Please Print Name)

 

(Spouse’s Signature, if any)

 

(Please Print Spouse’s Name)

Instructions to Purchaser : Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line. The purpose of this Stock Power and Assignment is to enable the Company to acquire the shares and to exercise its “Right of First Refusal” or “Repurchase Option” set forth in the Agreement without requiring additional signatures on the part of the Purchaser or Purchaser’s Spouse, if any.


EXHIBIT 2

SPOUSE CONSENT


SPOUSE CONSENT

The undersigned spouse of                      (the “ Purchaser ”) has read, understands, and hereby approves the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) between Purchaser and Bloom Energy Corporation (the “ Company ”). In consideration of the Company’s granting my spouse the right to purchase the Shares as set forth in the Agreement, the undersigned hereby agrees to be irrevocably bound by the Agreement and further agrees that any community property interest I may have in the Shares shall similarly be bound by the Agreement. The undersigned hereby appoints Purchaser as my attorney-in-fact with respect to any amendment or exercise of any rights under the Agreement.

Date:

 

 

Print Name of Purchaser’s Spouse

 

Signature of Purchaser’s Spouse

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

☐ Check this box, if Purchaser is not married.


EXHIBIT 3

COPY OF PURCHASER’S CHECK


EXHIBIT 4

FORM OF SECTION 83(B) ELECTION


ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b)

OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE

The undersigned Taxpayer hereby elects, pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to include the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the property described below at the time of transfer over the amount paid for such property, as compensation for services in the calculation of regular gross income.

 

1.      TAXPAYER’S NAME:     

 

     TAXPAYER’S ADDRESS:     

 

         

                                                                       

     SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER:     

 

2.      The property with respect to which the election is made is described as follows:                  shares of Common Stock of Bloom Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) which were transferred pursuant to a Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement entered into by Taxpayer and the Company, which is Taxpayer’s employer or the corporation for whom the Taxpayer performs services.
3.      The date on which the shares were transferred pursuant to the purchase of the shares was             ,          and this election is made for calendar year                 .
4.      The shares received are subject to the following restrictions: The Company may repurchase all or a portion of the shares at the Taxpayer’s original purchase price under certain conditions at the time of Taxpayer’s termination of employment or services.
5.      The fair market value of the shares (without regard to restrictions other than restrictions which by their terms will never lapse) was $                 per share at the time of purchase.
6.      The amount paid for such shares by Taxpayer was $                 per share.
7.      The Taxpayer has submitted a copy of this statement to the Company.

THIS ELECTION MUST BE FILED WITH THE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE (“ IRS ”), AT THE OFFICE WHERE THE TAXPAYER FILES ANNUAL INCOME TAX RETURNS, WITHIN 30 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF TRANSFER OF THE SHARES, AND MUST ALSO BE FILED WITH THE TAXPAYER’S INCOME TAX RETURNS FOR THE CALENDAR YEAR. THE ELECTION CANNOT BE REVOKED WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE IRS.

 

Dated:                    

 

 

 

Taxpayer’s Signature

Exhibit 10.6

NASA AMES RESEARCH CENTER

ENHANCED USE LEASE

Basic Lease Information

Date: December 5, 2011.

Landlord: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION, an Agency of the United States, Ames Research Center located at Moffett Field, California.

Tenant: BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation.

Premises (section 1.1): (a) The parcel of real property outlined in Exhibit A , containing approximately 73,939 square feet (more or less) of land area, including Building 543 (containing approximately 9,166 square feet (more or less) of building space (“Building 543”)) and all other improvements owned by Landlord thereon (collectively, the “Building 543 Premises”); and (b) all of the space in Building 154 (“Building 154”) outlined in Exhibit A-1 , containing approximately 14,359 square feet (more or less) of building area (the “Building 154 Premises”). The Building 543 Premises and the Building 154 Premises are located at NASA Ames Research Center, Moffett Field, California. A site plan showing the locations of the Building 543 Premises and the Building 154 Premises is attached hereto as Exhibit A . Building 543 and Building 154 are individually referred to herein as a “Building” and are collectively referred to herein as the “Buildings.”

Property (section 1.1): The land, the buildings and other improvements known as NASA Ames Research Center, Moffett Field, California 94035-1000.

Term (section 2.1): Approximately three (3) years.

Commencement Date (section 2.1): December 16, 2011.

Expiration Date (section 2.1): December 31, 2014.

Monthly Base Rent (dollars per month) (section 3.1): $40,967.86; provided, however, during the month during which the TI Period (as defined in section 1.3) occurs, the monthly Base Rent for the Premises shall be reduced to $32,687.50 (because the monthly Base Rent for the Building 154 Premises shall be reduced to $1,986.33 during such TI Period).

Security Deposit (section 3.3): $40,500.00.

 

BE 543 154 EUL Final 120511       SAA2 – 402658
   -i-   


Rent Payment Address (section 3.7):   

NASA Shared Service Center (NSSC)-

FMD Accounts Receivable

Attn: For the Accounts of Ames Research Center

(Agreement #SAA2-402658)

Bldg. 1111, C Road

Stennis Space Center, MS 39529

Permitted Use of the Premises (section 4.1): Bloom Energy will use and occupy the Building 543 Premises solely for research and development, and testing, including as its research laboratory and to test its products. Bloom Energy will use and occupy the Building 154 Premises solely for office purposes; provided, however, Bloom Energy may use rooms 124, 125, 126, 128, 129 and 130 for minor assembly of wiring harnesses and piping.

 

Landlord’s Address (section 14.1):   

NASA Ames Research Center

Ms. Mejghan K. Haider, Mail Stop 204 – 2

Bldg. 204, Rm 215

P.O. Box 1

Moffett Field, CA 94035-0001

Tenant’s Address (section 14.1):   

Bloom Energy Corporation

1252 Orleans Drive

Sunnyvale, CA 94089

Attn: Mr. William H. Kurtz

Exhibit A – Site Plan; Plan Outlining the Building 543 Premises

Exhibit A-1 – Plans Outlining the Building 154 Premises

Exhibit B – Description of the TI Work

Exhibit C – Support Agreement

Exhibit D – List of Environmental Reports

The foregoing Basic Lease Information is incorporated in and made a part of the Lease to which it is attached. If there is any conflict between the Basic Lease Information and the Lease, the Basic Lease Information shall control.

 

Tenant:     Landlord:

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION, a

Delaware corporation

   

NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND

SPACE ADMINISTRATION, an

Agency of the United States

By   /s/ William H. Kurtz     By   /s/ S. Pete Worden
  William H. Kurtz       S. Pete Worden
  Chief Financial Officer       Director, Ames Research Center

 

BE 543 154 EUL Final 120511       SAA2 – 402658
   -ii-   


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Article

       Page  

ARTICLE 1 PREMISES

     2  

1.1

  L EASE OF P REMISES      2  

1.2

  T ERMINATION o F E XISTING L EASES      2  

1.3

  T ENANT I MPROVEMENT W ORK      3  

1.4

  UA L EASE      3  

1.5

  C OMMON A REAS      4  

ARTICLE 2 TERM

     4  

2.1

  T ERM o F L EASE      4  

2.2

  P OSSESSION      4  

2.3

  H OLDING O VER      5  

ARTICLE 3 RENT

     5  

3.1

  M ONTHLY B ASE R ENT AND A DDITIONAL R ENT      5  

3.2

  P ROCEDURES      6  

3.3

  I NITIAL P AYMENT ; S ECURITY D EPOSIT      6  

3.4

  L ATE P AYMENT      7  

3.5

  T AXES P AYABLE BY T ENANT      7  

3.6

  C ERTAIN D EFINITIONS      8  

3.7

  R ENT P AYMENT A DDRESS      8  

ARTICLE 4 USE OF THE PREMISES

     8  

4.1

  P ERMITTED U SE      8  

4.2

  E NVIRONMENTAL D EFINITIONS      9  

4.3

  E NVIRONMENTAL R EQUIREMENTS      9  

4.4

  C OMPLIANCE W ITH L AW      10  

4.5

  R ULES AND R EGULATIONS      11  

4.6

  E NTRY BY L ANDLORD      11  

ARTICLE 5 UTILITIES AND DEMAND SERVICES

     12  

5.1

  L ANDLORD S R ESPONSIBILITIES      12  

5.2

  T ENANT S R ESPONSIBILITIES      13  

ARTICLE 6 MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS

     13  

6.1

  O BLIGATIONS OF L ANDLORD      13  

6.2

  O BLIGATIONS OF T ENANT      14  

ARTICLE 7 ALTERATION OF THE PREMISES

     14  

7.1

  N O A LTERATIONS BY T ENANT      14  

7.2

  T ENANT S P ROPERTY      15  

ARTICLE 8 INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE

     16  

8.1

  D AMAGE OR I NJURY      16  

8.2

  I NSURANCE C OVERAGES AND A MOUNTS      16  

8.3

  I NSURANCE R EQUIREMENTS      17  

8.4

  S UBROGATION      18  

ARTICLE 9 ASSIGNMENT OR SUBLEASE

     19  

9.1

  P ROHIBITION      19  

9.2

  L ANDLORD S C ONSENT OR T ERMINATION      20  

 

BE 543 154 EUL Final 120511       SAA2 – 402658
   -iii-   


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Article

       Page  

9.3

  C OMPLETION      20  

9.4

  T ENANT N OT R ELEASED      20  

ARTICLE 10 EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

     21  

10.1

  D EFAULT BY T ENANT      21  

10.2

  T ERMINATION      22  

10.3

  C ONTINUATION      22  

10.4

  R EMEDIES C UMULATIVE      22  

10.5

  T ENANT S P RIMARY D UTY      22  

10.6

  A BANDONED P ROPERTY      22  

10.7

  L ANDLORD D EFAULT      23  

10.8

  L ANDLORD S R IGHT TO T ERMINATE      23  

ARTICLE 11 DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION

     23  

11.1

  R ESTORATION      23  

11.2

  T ERMINATION OF L EASE      24  

ARTICLE 12 EMINENT DOMAIN

     24  

12.1

  C ONDEMNATION      24  

12.2

  A WARD      25  

12.3

  T EMPORARY U SE      25  

12.4

  D EFINITION OF T AKING      25  

ARTICLE 13 SUBORDINATION AND SALE

     25  

13.1

  S UBORDINATION      25  

13.2

  S ALE OF THE P ROPERTY      26  

13.3

  E STOPPEL C ERTIFICATE      26  

ARTICLE 14 NOTICES

     26  

14.1

  M ETHOD      26  

14.2

  C LOSE C ALLS AND M ISHAPS      27  

ARTICLE 15 MISCELLANEOUS

     27  

15.1

  G ENERAL      27  

15.2

  N O W AIVER      28  

15.3

  E XHIBITS      28  

15.4

  B ROKER ( S )      28  

15.5

  W AIVERS OF J URY T RIAL AND C ERTAIN D AMAGES      28  

15.6

  E NTIRE A GREEMENT      28  

15.7

  G OVERNING L AW      28  

15.8

  C ONFIDENTIALITY      29  

15.9

  A NTI – D EFICIENCY A CT      29  

Exhibit A – Site Plan; Plan Outlining the Building 543 Premises

Exhibit A-1 – Plans Outlining the Building 154 Premises

Exhibit B – Description of the TI Work

Exhibit C – Support Agreement

Exhibit D – List of Environmental Reports

 

BE 543 154 EUL Final 120511       SAA2 – 402658
   -iv-   


NASA AMES RESEARCH CENTER

ENHANCED USE LEASE

This NASA Ames Research Center Enhanced Use Lease of (the “Lease”) is made as of the date specified in the Basic Lease Information , by and between the NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION, an Agency of the United States (“Landlord”), Ames Research Center located at Moffett Field, California, and the tenant specified in the Basic Lease Information (“Tenant”). This Lease is made under the authority of section 315 of the National Aeronautics and Space Act, as amended (51 U.S.C. §20145), with reference to the following facts:

R E C I T A L S

A. Landlord is committed to using its resources to the greatest public benefit and thus will take advantage of its unique research capabilities, stock of land, buildings and existing partnerships with state and local government, academia, industry and private organizations to create a center in which Landlord, its collaborative partners and the public can jointly work to advance: astrobiology; biotechnology; robotics; lunar exploration; technologies for NASA’s space exploration system (SLS and MPCV); the search for habitable planets; supercomputing; intelligent/adaptive systems; advanced thermal protection; airborne astronomy; science and technology education; the dissemination of information concerning Landlord’s activities; and the commercial use of Landlord’s basic research by the private sector.

B. In furtherance of Landlord’s missions, this Lease furthers the development of a collaborative research environment on the Property (as defined in section 1.1) in which Landlord, industry and academia are co-located to further foster research related to the activities described in Recital A above, as well as other research activities in furtherance of the goals and missions of both Landlord and Tenant. Landlord’s signatory hereby certifies that this Lease will not have a negative impact on NASA’s mission.

C. Landlord and Tenant previously entered into the following leases (collectively, the “Existing Leases”): (a) NASA Ames Research Center Enhanced Use Lease, dated as of May 14, 2004 (SAA2-401733), as amended (collectively, the “Building 543 Lease”); (b) NASA Ames Research Center Enhanced Use Lease of Unimproved Real Property, dated as of June 4, 2008 (SAA2-402120), as amended (collectively, the “Land Lease”); and (c) NASA Ames Research Center Enhanced Use Lease of Historic Property, dated as of August 5, 2009 (SAA2-402379), as amended (collectively, the “Building 19 Lease”). Tenant desires to relocate its personnel from the premises demised under the Building 19 Lease and from the temporary office trailer installed by Tenant on the property demised under the Land Lease to the Building 154 Premises (which is near the Building 543 Premises), thus more conveniently locating Tenant’s personnel and facilities leased at the Property.

D. In addition the parties desire to replace the Existing Leases with this Lease. The Building 543 Lease and the Land Lease will be terminated concurrently with the Commencement Date (as defined in section 2.1). The Building 19 Lease will be terminated on the last day of the TI Period (as defined in section 1.3).

 

BE 543 154 EUL Final 120511       SAA2 – 402658
   -1-   


E. Accordingly, Landlord has agreed to lease the Premises (as defined in section 1.1) on the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease and for the purposes provided herein to facilitate the development and long-term operation of a collaborative research environment on the Property and to provide support to various activities in support of this goal. All collaborative efforts between Landlord and Tenant will be documented in separate agreements. The parties acknowledge and agree that the Premises are not being provided to Tenant as government furnished property under any contract or subcontract, and Tenant agrees that it shall not charge or submit for payment any rent (as defined in section 3.1 (d)) as a direct or indirect cost or charge under any such contract or subcontract.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows.

ARTICLE 1

Premises

1.1 Lease of Premises . Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, for the Term (as defined in section 2.1 and subject to the covenants hereinafter set forth, the Building 543 Premises and the Building 154 Premises, all as specified in the Basic Lease Information (collectively, the “Premises”) located at NASA Ames Research Center, Moffett Field, California 94035-1000 (the “Property”). The Premises are outlined on the plans attached hereto as Exhibits A and A-1 . Landlord and Tenant agree that, for purposes of this Lease, the Premises and the Buildings each contains the number of square feet of land area and building area specified in the Basic Lease Information . The parties acknowledge and agree that Tenant installed certain improvements, fixtures and equipment on portions of the Building 543 Premises pursuant to the Building 543 Lease. Landlord agrees that Tenant may continue to maintain and use such improvements, fixtures and equipment pursuant to this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not use, and shall not allow its employees, contractors, licensees, agents or invitees to use, any portion of the Building 543 Premises within a seventy-five (75) foot radius of Tenant’s existing hydrogen tank area as more particularly shown and designated as the “Restricted Area” on attached Exhibit A . Without limiting the foregoing, Tenant agrees that no motor vehicle parking, employee recreational areas (such as picnic tables or lunch areas) or other improvements or structures shall be allowed within the Restricted Area. Tenant shall not install or place any improvements, fixtures or personal property within the Restricted Area. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions regarding the Restricted Area, Tenant may install a portion of its test pad improvements within the Restricted Area so long as such improvements do not include any utility connections and Landlord approves the same.

1.2 Termination of Existing Leases . Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that the Building 543 Lease and the Land Lease shall automatically terminate as of the Commencement Date, and that the Building 19 Lease shall automatically terminate as of the last day of the TI Period. Concurrently with executing this Lease, the parties shall execute agreements evidencing the foregoing terminations in to fulfill Landlord’s real property records and reporting requirements.

 

BE 543 154 EUL Final 120511       SAA2 – 402658
   -2-   


1.3 Tenant Improvement Work . Tenant desires to perform certain tenant improvement work in Building 154, which work is generally described on attached Exhibit B (the “TI Work”). Tenant shall: (a) commence the TI Work on the Commencement Date; (b) diligently prosecute the same to completion; (c) comply with all Applicable Laws (as defined in section 4.4); (d) obtain all necessary permits and approvals (including as set forth in section 7.1); and (e) use its reasonable efforts to complete the TI Work as quickly as possible thereafter, which is expected to occur during the TI Period. Subject to compliance with the terms and conditions of this Lease (including the obligation to obtain permits, if applicable), Landlord hereby consents to the Tenant performing the TI Work. During the TI Period, Landlord has agreed to reduce the monthly Base Rent applicable to the Building 154 Premises as set forth herein. If the TI Work is not completed during the TI Period, Tenant may continue to perform the TI Work thereafter; provided, however, Tenant shall pay the full monthly Base Rent with respect to the Building 154 Premises, and the Building 19 Lease and the Land Lease shall nevertheless terminate effective on the last day of the TI Period. As used in this Lease, the phrase “TI Period” means the period of time beginning on the Commencement Date and ending on the earlier of: (a) the date on which NASA’s Chief Building Official issues to Tenant a final certificate of occupancy for the Building 154 Premises following completion of the TI Work; or (b) fifteen (15) days following the Commencement Date. In addition to the TI Work, on or before the last day of the TI Period, Tenant shall remove from the Property the portable office trailer that Tenant installed on the parcel of land demised under the Land Lease.

1.4 UA Lease .

(a) Tenant understands that the United States Government (“Government”) has leased the real property on which the Buildings are located, together with all of the improvements thereon, to University Associates-Silicon Valley LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“UA”), pursuant to that certain Enhanced Use Lease dated as of December 12, 2008, as amended (such amended lease, as it may be further amended or modified during the Term, is referred to herein as the “UA Lease”). Tenant’s lease of the Premises is subject and subordinate to all of the terms and conditions of the UA Lease. Tenant acknowledges that the UA Lease is available at Landlord’s “electronic reading room”:

http://www.nasa.gov/centers/ames/business/foia/elec.html .

(b) Pursuant to the UA Lease, Landlord retains the beneficial use and occupancy of the premises demised to UA (the “UA Premises”) until such time as UA requires possession of all or any portion of the UA Premises, in which event Landlord is obligated to deliver possession thereof free and clear of all existing tenancies and occupancies. Accordingly, and in addition to Landlord’s other rights to terminate set forth in this Lease, Tenant agrees that this Lease shall terminate with respect to, and Tenant shall vacate and surrender possession of, all or any portion of the Premises, within one hundred twenty (120) days after Landlord delivers to Tenant written notice (a “UA Termination Notice”) if UA requires possession of the portion of the UA Premises on which the applicable portion(s) of the Premises is located prior to the Expiration Date. In addition, if Landlord’s UA Termination Notice applies to less than all of the Premises, Tenant will have the right to terminate this Lease as to all or any other portion of the Premises as Tenant shall designate by delivering to Landlord written notice exercising such termination right within thirty (30) days of the date of such UA Termination Notice, which termination shall be effective as of the date set specified in Tenant’s written notice to Landlord exercising such termination right.

 

BE 543 154 EUL Final 120511       SAA2 – 402658
   -3-   


1.5 Common Areas . During the Term, Tenant shall have the nonexclusive right, in common with other tenants and users of the Property, to use only for their intended purposes the common areas (such as driveways, sidewalks, parking areas, loading areas and access roads) in the Property. Landlord shall have the right from time to time to change the size, location, configuration, character or use of any such common areas, construct additional improvements or facilities in any such common areas, or close any such common areas so long as Tenant’s obligations under this Lease are not materially increased nor its rights materially decreased. Tenant shall not interfere with the rights of Landlord and other tenants or users of the Property to use such common areas.

ARTICLE 2

Term

2.1 Term of Lease . The term of this Lease shall be the term specified in the Basic Lease Information (the “Term”), which shall commence on the commencement date specified in the Basic Lease Information (the “Commencement Date”) and, unless sooner terminated as hereinafter provided, shall end on the expiration date specified in the Basic Lease Information (the “Expiration Date”). If Landlord, for any reason whatsoever, does not deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant on the Commencement Date, this Lease shall not be void or voidable and Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting therefrom, but, in such event, the Commencement Date shall be postponed until the date on which Landlord delivers possession of the Premises to Tenant, but the Expiration Date shall not be extended. Tenant acknowledges that Tenant has inspected the Premises, the Buildings and the Property or has had the Premises, the Buildings and the Property inspected by professional consultants retained by Tenant, Tenant is familiar with the condition of the Premises, the Buildings and the Property, the Premises, the Buildings and the Property are suitable for Tenant’s purposes, and the condition of the Premises, the Buildings and the Property is acceptable to Tenant. Tenant accepts the Premises in its “AS IS” condition, with all faults, without any covenant, representation or warranty of any kind or nature whatsoever, express or implied (including with respect to the suitability of the Premises or any utility systems serving the Premises for Tenant’s purposes), and Tenant is relying solely on its own investigation of the Premises, the Buildings and the Property. Tenant agrees that Landlord has made no representations or warranties concerning such conditions, state of repair and use, nor any agreement or promise to alter, improve, adapt, repair or keep in repair the same, or any portion thereof. Landlord shall have no obligation to construct or install any improvements in the Premises, the Buildings or the Property or to remodel, renovate, recondition, alter or improve the Premises, the Buildings or the Property in any manner.

2.2 Possession . Landlord shall deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant on the Commencement Date, and Tenant shall accept such delivery of the Premises. Notwithstanding section 2.1 and Tenant’s acceptance of the Premises, Tenant shall not use or occupy the Premises until a certificate of occupancy and all other necessary approvals have been issued by Landlord and all other applicable governmental agencies. If a certificate of occupancy and all other

 

BE 543 154 EUL Final 120511       SAA2 – 402658
   -4-   


necessary approvals have been issued by Landlord and all other applicable governmental agencies, and the Premises are ready for occupancy by Tenant prior to the Commencement Date, Tenant shall have the right to take early occupancy of the Premises prior to the Commencement Date and the Term shall commence on such date of early occupancy by Tenant, in which event the Commencement Date shall be advanced to such date of early occupancy, but the Expiration Date shall not be advanced. Tenant shall give Landlord written notice of Tenant’s determination to take early occupancy of the Premises at least ten (10) days in advance, which notice shall specify the date of such early occupancy.

2.3 Holding Over . If, with consent by Landlord, Tenant holds possession of the Premises after expiration of the Term, Tenant shall become a tenant from month to month under this Lease, but the Base Rent during such month to month tenancy shall be equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Base Rent in effect at the expiration of the Term. Landlord and Tenant each shall have the right to terminate such month to month tenancy by giving at least thirty (30) days’ written notice of termination to the other at any time, in which event such tenancy shall terminate on the termination date set forth in such termination notice.

ARTICLE 3

Rent

3.1 Monthly Base Rent and Additional Rent . Tenant shall pay to Landlord the following amounts as rent for the Premises:

(a) During the Term, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as monthly base rent, the amount of monthly Base Rent specified in the Basic Lease Information .

(b) During each Government fiscal year (or part thereof) during the Term, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as additional rent and in accordance with this Lease and the terms and conditions of the annual Support Agreement, the current form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit C (each, a “Support Agreement”), the costs of Demand Services (as defined in section 3.6(a)) provided to Tenant by Landlord in such year.

(c) The amount of monthly Base Rent shall be increased on January 1, 2013 and on each January 1 thereafter throughout the Term (each, a “CPI Adjustment Date”) by the percentage increase in the CPI (as defined below) during the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding each CPI Adjustment Date (each such twelve (12) month period being referred to herein as a “Lease Year”), which increase shall be determined as follows. The base for computing each increase in monthly Base Rent shall be the CPI published most immediately before the first day of the applicable Lease Year (a “Beginning Index”), and the CPI published most immediately before the last day of the applicable Lease Year (an “Adjustment Index”) shall be used in determining the amount of the adjustment. If the Adjustment Index has increased over the Beginning Index since the last CPI Adjustment Date, then the monthly Base Rent for the next Lease Year shall be increased by multiplying the amount of the last payment of monthly Base Rent by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Adjustment Index and the denominator of which is the Beginning Index. As used in this Lease, the term “CPI” means the United States Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics, Consumer Price Index, All Urban Consumers, All Items, San Francisco – Oakland – San Jose, California (1982 – 84 equals 100), or if such

 

BE 543 154 EUL Final 120511       SAA2 – 402658
   -5-   


index is no longer published, a successor or substitute index designated by Landlord, published by a governmental agency reflecting changes in consumer prices in the San Francisco Bay Area that is most nearly comparable to the CPI. If the CPI is changed so that the base year differs from that in effect when the Initial Term commences, the CPI shall be converted in accordance with the conversion factor published by the United States Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics. If the CPI is discontinued or revised during the Term, such other government index or computation with which it is replaced shall be used in order to obtain substantially the same result as would have been obtained if the CPI had not been discontinued or revised.

(d) Throughout the Term, Tenant shall pay, as additional rent, all other amounts of money and charges required to be paid by Tenant under this Lease, whether or not such amounts of money or charges are designated “additional rent.” As used in this Lease, “rent” shall mean and include all Base Rent, all additional rent and all other amounts of money and charges payable by Tenant in accordance with this Lease.

3.2 Procedures .

(a) Immediately following the execution of this Lease, Landlord and Tenant shall execute the initial Support Agreement. The current amounts of monthly Base Rent and the current costs of Demand Services are set forth on the initial Support Agreement. Tenant understands that costs of Demand Services may increase in the future, and Tenant agrees to pay the costs of Demand Services as determined by Landlord from time to time.

(b) Cost estimates for Demand Services, and reimbursement thereof, shall be consistent with Applicable Laws and Landlord’s policy, including the requirement for payment in advance of the rate at which Landlord anticipates incurring costs. Landlord will review costs for Demand Services periodically to ensure that the rates are based on actual costs to Landlord.

(c) If the Term commences or ends on a day other than the first or last day of the Government’s fiscal year, respectively, the amounts payable by Tenant under section 3.1(b) applicable to the fiscal year in which such term commences or ends shall be prorated according to the ratio which the number of days during the Term in such fiscal year bears to three hundred sixty—five (365). Termination of this Lease shall not affect the obligations of Landlord and Tenant pursuant to section 3.1(b) to be performed after such termination.

3.3 Initial Payment; Security Deposit . Upon signing this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord (a) an amount equal to the Base Rent and Demand Services (if any) for the partial month (if any) during which the Commencement Date occurs and the first month of the Term, and (b) the amount of the security deposit specified in the Basic Lease Information (the “Security Deposit”). The Security Deposit shall be held by Landlord as security for the performance by Tenant of all of the covenants of this Lease to be performed by Tenant, and Tenant shall not be entitled to interest thereon (or on any amount paid to Landlord in advance for Demand Services). If Tenant fails to perform any of the covenants of this Lease to be performed by Tenant, then Landlord shall have the right, but no obligation, to apply the Security Deposit, or so much thereof as may be necessary, to cure any such failure by Tenant. If Landlord applies the Security Deposit or any part thereof to cure any such failure by Tenant, then Tenant shall immediately pay to Landlord the sum necessary to restore the Security Deposit to the full amount

 

BE 543 154 EUL Final 120511       SAA2 – 402658
   -6-   


required by this section 3.3. Landlord shall return any remaining portion of the Security Deposit to Tenant within thirty (30) days after termination of this Lease. Upon termination of the original Landlord’s or any successor owner’s interest in the Premises, the original Landlord or such successor owner shall be released from further liability with respect to the Security Deposit upon the original Landlord’s or such successor owner’s transferring the Security Deposit to the new owner.

3.4 Late Payment . Tenant acknowledges that the late payment by Tenant of any monthly installment of Base Rent or additional rent will cause Landlord to incur costs and expenses, the exact amount of which is extremely difficult and impractical to fix. Such costs and expenses will include administration and collection costs and processing and accounting expenses. Therefore, if any monthly installment of Base Rent or additional rent is not received by Landlord within ten (10) days after such installment is due, Tenant shall immediately pay to Landlord a late charge equal to five percent (5%) of such delinquent installment. Landlord and Tenant agree that such late charge represents a reasonable estimate of such costs and expenses and is fair reimbursement to Landlord. In no event shall such late charge be deemed to grant to Tenant a grace period or extension of time within which to pay any rent or prevent Landlord from exercising any right or enforcing any remedy available to Landlord upon Tenant’s failure to pay each installment of rent due under this Lease when due, including the right to terminate this Lease and recover all damages from Tenant. All amounts that become payable by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease shall bear interest from the date due until paid. The interest rate per annum shall be the interest rate established pursuant to 31 U.S.C. §3717 and 14 C.F.R. §1261.412 (or any successor rate schedule set under Applicable Laws) which are applicable to the period in which the amount becomes due. Amounts shall be due upon the earliest one of (i) the date fixed pursuant to this Lease, or (ii) the date of the first written demand for payment, consistent with this Lease, including demand upon default.

3.5 Taxes Payable by Tenant . Tenant shall pay, to the applicable taxing authority upon written demand and prior to delinquency, all taxes, assessments, excises, levies, fees and charges, including all payments related to the cost of providing facilities or services, of every kind and description, general or special, ordinary or extraordinary, foreseen or unforeseen, secured or unsecured, whether or not now customary or within the contemplation of Landlord and Tenant, that are levied, assessed, charged, confirmed or imposed by any public or government authority upon or against, or measured by, or reasonably attributable to, or otherwise with respect to (a) the Premises or any part thereof or any personal property used in connection with the Premises, (b) the cost or value of Tenant’s furniture, fixtures, equipment and other personal property located in the Premises or the cost or value of any improvements made in or to the Premises by or for Tenant, regardless of whether title to such improvements is vested in Tenant or Landlord, (c) any rent payable under this Lease, including any gross income tax or excise tax levied by any public or government authority with respect to the receipt of any such rent, (d) the possession, leasing, operation, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of the Premises, or (e) this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises. All taxes, assessments, excises, levies, fees and charges payable by Tenant under this section 3.5 shall be deemed to be, and shall be paid as, additional rent.

 

BE 543 154 EUL Final 120511       SAA2 – 402658
   -7-   


3.6 Certain Definitions . As used in this Lease, certain words are defined as follows:

(a) “Demand Services” shall mean all Utilities (as defined in section 3.6(b)) consumed by Tenant that Landlord will provide as set forth in section 5.1, and any other materials or services furnished by Landlord at the request of Tenant on or about the Premises. Demand services shall exclude any telecommunication and date communication services and janitorial services, which will be separately contracted for by Tenant pursuant to this Lease.

(b) “Utilities” shall mean all natural gas, electricity and other power services, water service, sewer service, and any other utilities, furnished by Landlord directly or indirectly to, for the benefit of, or used by Tenant on or about the Premises.

3.7 Rent Payment Address . Tenant shall pay all monthly Base Rent and costs of Demand Services (if any) under section 3.1 to “NASA Ames Research Center,” in advance, on or before the first day of each and every calendar month during the Term. Each payment shall reference the number of this Lease. Tenant shall pay all rent to Landlord without notice, demand, deduction or offset, in lawful money of the United States of America, at the address for the payment of rent specified in the Basic Lease Information , or to such other person or at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing.

ARTICLE 4

Use of the Premises

4.1 Permitted Use . Tenant shall use the Premises only for the Permitted Use of the Premises specified in the Basic Lease Information and for lawful purposes incidental thereto, and no other purpose whatsoever. Tenant shall not do or permit to be done in. on or about the Premises, nor bring or keep or permit to be brought or kept therein, anything which is prohibited by or will in any way conflict with any Applicable Laws, or which is prohibited by any insurance policy applicable to the Premises, or will in any way increase the existing rate of, or disallow any fire rating or sprinkler credit, or cause a cancellation of, or affect any insurance for the Premises. Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises which will in any way obstruct or interfere with the rights of Landlord or other tenants or users of the Property, or injure or annoy them. Tenant shall not use or allow the Premises to be used for any improper, immoral unlawful or objectionable activity, nor shall Tenant cause, maintain or permit any nuisance in, on or about the Premises or commit or suffer to be committed any waste in, on or about the Premises. Except for equipment and fixtures that Tenant has constructed on the Building 543 Premises pursuant to permits previously issued by Landlord, Tenant shall not store any materials equipment or vehicles outside the Premises and agrees that no washing of any type (including washing vehicles) shall take place in or outside the Premises. Tenant shall not receive, store or otherwise handle any product or material that is explosive or highly inflammable, except in accordance with Applicable Laws. Tenant shall not install any signs on the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, remove all such signs prior to or upon termination of this Lease, repair any damage caused by the installation or removal of such signs, and restore the Premises to the condition that existed before installation of such signs.

 

BE 543 154 EUL Final 120511       SAA2 – 402658
   -8-   


4.2 Environmental Definitions . As used in this Lease, “Hazardous Material” shall mean any substance that is (a) defined under any Environmental Law (as defined below) as a hazardous substance, hazardous waste, hazardous material, pollutant or contaminant, (b) a petroleum hydrocarbon, including crude oil or any fraction or mixture thereof, (c) hazardous, toxic, corrosive, flammable, explosive, infectious, radioactive, carcinogenic or a reproductive toxicant, or (d) otherwise regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law. As used in this Lease, “Environmental Law” shall mean all Federal, state and local laws, statutes, ordinances, regulations, rules, judicial and administrative orders and decrees, permits, licenses, approvals, authorizations and similar requirements of all Federal, state and local governmental agencies (including Landlord) or other governmental authorities pertaining to the protection of human health and safety or the environment, now existing or later adopted during the Term. As used in this Lease, “Permitted Activities” shall mean the lawful activities of Tenant that are part of the ordinary course of Tenant’s business in accordance with the Permitted Use specified in the Basic Lease Information . As used in this Lease, “Permitted Materials” shall mean the materials handled by Tenant in the ordinary course of conducting Permitted Activities.

4.3 Environmental Requirements . Tenant understands that the Property is underlain by a plume of contaminated groundwater that comprises two Superfund sites: the former Naval Air Station Moffett Field; and the Middlefield-Ellis-Whisman site. Tenant understands that the groundwater is contaminated with solvents and petroleum hydrocarbons. Tenant hereby acknowledges receipt of the environmental reports listed on attached Exhibit D . Tenant hereby agrees that: (a) Tenant shall not conduct, or permit to be conducted, on the Premises any activity which is not a Permitted Activity; (b) Tenant shall not use, store or otherwise handle, or permit any use, storage or other handling of, any Hazardous Material which is not a Permitted Material on or about the Premises; (c) Tenant shall obtain and maintain in effect all permits and licenses required pursuant to any Environmental Law for Tenant’s activities on the Premises, and Tenant shall at all times comply with all applicable Environmental Law; (d) Tenant shall not engage in the storage, treatment or disposal on or about the Premises of any Hazardous Material except for any temporary accumulation of waste generated in the course of Permitted Activities; (e) Tenant shall not install any aboveground or underground storage tank or any subsurface lines for the storage or transfer of any Hazardous Material, except in accordance with Environmental Law, and Tenant shall store all Hazardous Materials in a manner that protects the Premises, the Buildings, the Property and the environment from accidental spills and releases; (f) Tenant shall not cause any (and shall not allow any third party other than Landlord on the Premises during the Term to) release of any Hazardous Material or any condition of pollution or nuisance on or about the Premises, whether affecting surface water or groundwater, air, the land or the subsurface environment; (g) Tenant shall promptly remove from the Premises any Hazardous Material introduced, or permitted to be introduced, onto the Premises by Tenant which is not a Permitted Material and, on or before the date Tenant ceases to occupy the Premises, Tenant shall remove from the Premises all Hazardous Materials and all Permitted Materials handled by or permitted on the Premises by Tenant; and (h) if any release of a Hazardous Material to the environment, or any condition of pollution or nuisance, occurs on or about or beneath the Premises or either Building as a result of any act of Tenant or its agents, employees, contractors, invitees or licensees, Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall promptly undertake all remedial measures required to clean up and abate or otherwise respond to the release, pollution or nuisance in accordance with all applicable Environmental Law. Landlord and Landlord’s representatives shall have the right, but not the obligation, to enter the Premises at any reasonable time for the purpose of inspecting the storage, use and handling of any Hazardous

 

BE 543 154 EUL Final 120511       SAA2 – 402658
   -9-   


Material on the Premises in order to determine Tenant’s compliance with the requirements of this Lease and applicable Environmental Law. If Landlord gives written notice to Tenant that Tenant’s use, storage or handling of any Hazardous Material on the Premises may not comply with this Lease or applicable Environmental Law. Tenant shall correct any such violation within five (5) days after Tenant’s receipt of such notice from Landlord to the extent required by Environmental Laws. Tenant shall indemnify and defend Landlord against and hold Landlord harmless from all claims, demands, actions, judgments, liabilities, costs, expenses, losses, damages, penalties, fines and obligations of any nature (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements incurred in the investigation, defense or settlement of claims) that Landlord may incur as a result of, or in connection with, claims arising from the presence, use, storage, transportation, treatment, disposal, release or other handling, on or about or beneath the Premises, of any Hazardous Material existing on or about or beneath the Premises caused by Tenant or its agents, employees, contractors, invitees or licensees (collectively “Tenant Contamination”). Landlord hereby agrees to release Tenant from, and shall not charge Tenant for, any liabilities, costs, expenses, losses, damages, penalties, fines or obligations of any nature as a result of, or in connection with any Hazardous Materials existing at the Property that are not Tenant Contamination, except to the extent that Tenant or its employees, agents, contractors or invitees exacerbates or causes a release of any such existing Hazardous Materials. Tenant’s activities that comply with the permitted use of the Premises set forth in the Basic Lease Information will be included in NASA’s sitewide permits and plans, as applicable, such as the Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasures Plan, the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan, the Biennial Hazardous Waste Report, the above ground storage tank statement, the Sunnyvale Industrial Waste Water permit, the Environmental Resources Document, and the Integrated Natural Resources Management Plan. Coverage in these and other sitewide plans is included in the cost of ISP Services (as defined in section 6.1). Tenant shall promptly supply information to the NASA Environmental Office (Code JQ) that is needed to complete these documents, and comply with the conditions of these permits. Tenant, at its sole cost, is responsible for obtaining hazardous materials storage permits and air permits required by Environmental Law for Tenant’s use of the Premises. The liability of Tenant under this section 4.3 shall survive the termination of this Lease with respect to acts or omissions that occur before such termination. Landlord acknowledges that Tenant has provided the necessary documents required under this Lease as of the Commencement Date with respect to Tenant’s existing use of Hazardous Materials at the Premises.

4.4 Compliance With Law . Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, promptly comply with all Federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, codes (including the California Building Code), orders and other requirements of any government or public authority (including Landlord) now in force or which may hereafter be in force, with all requirements of any board of fire underwriters such as the National Fire Protection Association (“NFPA”) or other similar body now or hereafter constituted, and with all directions and certificates of occupancy issued pursuant to any law by any governmental agency (including Landlord) or officer, insofar as any thereof relate to Tenant’s use of the Premises or the operation, use or maintenance of any personal property, fixtures, machinery, equipment or improvements on the Premises (collectively, “Applicable Laws”). Without limiting the foregoing, Tenant shall comply with all policy directives, procedural requirements, procedures and guidelines, and standards promulgated by Landlord or NASA Ames Research Center from time to time

 

BE 543 154 EUL Final 120511       SAA2 – 402658
   -10-   


(collectively, “Landlord Policies”), including with respect to construction activities, facility use, land use, health, safety, security and environmental standards (including Environmental Law). Landlord agrees that no change in Landlord Policies shall be retroactively applied to the Premises with the result that Tenant must incur any capital expense, unless (i) Tenant modifies the Premises, changes its use or takes such other act as would require compliance with Landlord Policies, or (ii) a corresponding change in Applicable Laws other than Landlord Policies requires retroactive application to the Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not be obligated to comply with Ames Procedural Requirements 1700.1, except with respect to explosive materials; radioactive materials (as defined by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission); Class IIIa, IIIb or IV lasers or microwave or radio frequency transmitters; cryogens; pressure systems; or human pathogens that require Center for Disease Control Biosafety level III or IV containment. Tenant shall deliver prior written notice to Landlord before Tenant manufactures, uses, stores or transports any such items on or about the Premises or the Property, and Landlord shall have the right to approve (and establish requirements for, or conditions of, approval) before Tenant manufactures, uses, stores or transports any such items. This Lease does not grant Tenant any rights to use the NASA or NASA Ames Research Center name, initials or logo. Tenant agrees to submit to Landlord for its approval all promotional and advertising material that uses the NASA or NASA Ames Research Center name, initials or logo prior to publication. Approval by Landlord shall be based on Applicable Laws (e.g. 51 U.S.C. §§ 20141, 20111(a) and 20113(a); and 14 C.F.R. § 1221.100 et seq.) and policy governing the use of the words “National Aeronautics and Space Administration” and the letters “NASA.” Tenant shall not be required to make structural changes to the Premises or the Buildings unless structural changes are related to or required by Tenant’s acts or use of the Premises or by improvements made by or for Tenant. Occupancy of the Premises is permitted under Landlord’s 2002 Environmental Impact Statement. To comply with the TDM Plan (as defined below), Tenant will cooperate with Landlord and hereby authorizes Landlord to complete a transportation survey of Tenant’s employees as may be requested by Landlord from time to time. As used in this Lease, the phrase “TDM Plan” shall mean that certain draft report entitled “NASA Research Park and Bay View Transportation Demand Management Plan,” dated July 2002 (prepared by Nelson/Nygaard Consulting Associates), which is a portion of Appendix B to the NASA Ames Development Plan Final Programmatic Environmental Impact Statement.

4.5 Rules and Regulations . The use and occupancy of the Premises shall be subject to such reasonable and non-discriminatory rules and regulations as may be prescribed from time to time by NASA policy covering various matters, including operations, security, access, communications or other aspects of the mission of the Property. Landlord agrees that no change in such rules and regulations shall be retroactively applied to the Premises with the result that Tenant must incur any capital expense, unless (i) Tenant modifies the Premises, changes its use or takes such other act as would require compliance with such rules and regulations, or (ii) a corresponding change in Applicable Laws other than such rules and regulations requires retroactive application to the Premises.

4.6 Entry by Landlord . Landlord shall have the right to enter the Premises at any time to (a) inspect the Premises, (b) exhibit the Premises to prospective purchasers, tenants or users, (c) determine whether Tenant is performing all of Tenant’s obligations, (d) supply any service to be provided by Landlord, (e) post notices of nonresponsibility, and (f) make any repairs to the Premises, or make any repairs to any adjoining space or Utilities, or make any repairs, alterations

 

BE 543 154 EUL Final 120511       SAA2 – 402658
   -11-   


or improvements to any other portion of the Property, provided that all such work shall be done as promptly as reasonably practicable and so as to cause as little interference to Tenant as reasonably practicable. Landlord also specifically reserves the following rights: (i) to control ingress to and egress from the Property, to erect and maintain gates, and to regulate or prevent traffic; and (ii) on behalf of Landlord, the United States Environmental Protection Agency, the State of California and other entities and governmental agencies that are involved in the remediation of, or that are responsible to remediate, existing contamination on or about the Property, the right to have unobstructed access to known or suspected areas of contamination or other areas upon which any containment system, treatment system, monitoring system, or other environmental response action is installed or implemented, or to be installed or implemented, for the purposes of the complying with Environmental Law and requirements. Tenant waives all claims for damages for any injury or Inconvenience to or interference with Tenant’s business, any loss of occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Premises or any other loss occasioned by such entry or Landlord’s exercise of such reserved rights. All locks for all doors in, on or about the Premises (excluding Tenant’s vaults, safes and similar special security areas designated in writing by Tenant) shall be keyed to the master system for the Property. Landlord shall at all times have a key to unlock all such doors and Landlord shall have the right to use any and all means which Landlord may deem proper to open such doors in an emergency to obtain entry to the Premises. Any entry to the Premises obtained by Landlord by any of such means shall not under any circumstances be construed or deemed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into or a detainer of the Premises or an eviction, actual or constructive, of Tenant from the Premises or any portion thereof.

ARTICLE 5

Utilities and Demand Services

5.1 Landlord’s Responsibilities . Landlord shall furnish Utilities to the Premises in accordance with Landlord’s current practices and standards for the Property, subject to temporary shut down for repairs, for security purposes, for compliance with any Applicable Laws or due to any event or occurrence beyond Landlord’s reasonable control. Tenant agrees that Landlord’s practices and standards do not include Utilities in quantities exceeding those typically and reasonably necessary for average office building environments and uses, and Landlord makes no representations or warranties to Tenant regarding the adequacy or fitness of any Utilities for Tenant’s use, occupancy or enjoyment of the Premises (including, without limitation, Tenant’s needs, If any for additional or unique heating, ventilation, air conditioning, electricity or natural gas). The Parties acknowledge that the Buildings are separately metered for electricity service, natural gas service and water service (following Tenant’s installation of a water meter with respect to the Building 154 Premises). Tenant shall pay Landlord as Demand Services for all Utilities consumed on the Premises as measured by such meters and as read by Landlord periodically (charges for sewer service shall be calculated as a percentage of water consumed). Landlord shall not be in default under this Lease or be liable for any damage or loss directly or indirectly resulting from, nor shall the rent be abated or a constructive or other eviction be deemed to have occurred by reason of, any interruption of or failure to supply or delay in supplying any Utilities or Demand Services or any limitation, curtailment, rationing or restriction on use of water, electricity, natural gas or any resource or form of energy or other service serving the Premises or the Property, whether such results from mandatory restrictions or voluntary compliance with guidelines; provided, however, that in the event any such curtailment,

 

BE 543 154 EUL Final 120511       SAA2 – 402658
   -12-   


limitation, rationing or restriction materially interferes with Tenant’s ability to perform its operations in the Premises for thirty (30) continuous days or longer, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by delivering written notice to Landlord on or before the date which is sixty (60) days after such curtailment, limitation, rationing or restriction commenced.

5.2 Tenant’s Responsibilities . Tenant shall pay before delinquency for all Demand Services supplied to the Premises in accordance with Article 3, together with all taxes, assessments, surcharges and similar expenses relating to such Demand Services (if any). Tenant shall make arrangements with an appropriate telephone service provider for any or all telephone services to be provided directly to Tenant, and Tenant shall pay before delinquency the costs thereof to the entity providing the same. In addition, at Tenant’s option from time to time, but in each instance subject to Landlord’s prior written approval (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), Tenant may make arrangements with appropriate service providers for any or all Demand Services to be provided directly to Tenant, in which event Tenant shall pay before delinquency the costs thereof to the entity providing the same.

ARTICLE 6

Maintenance and Repairs

6.1 Obligations of Landlord . Landlord shall maintain and repair the common areas of the Property, and keep them in good condition, reasonable wear and tear excepted. The parties agree that, for purposes of this Article 6, Landlord’s obligations extend to the following locations (the “Points of Connection”): (a) with respect to the electrical power (including wiring, electrical components and apparatus, and auxiliary supporting systems and equipment such as HVAC equipment), natural gas service and water utility systems located on, in or under the common areas of the Property and which serve the Buildings, to the applicable meter for each such utility system for each Building; and (b) with respect to the common areas of the Property and all utility systems other than electrical power, natural gas service and water, to the point which is five (5) feet from the exterior walls of each Building. If requested by Tenant in writing, Landlord shall provide, as a Demand Service, janitorial services in accordance with Landlord’s current standards and practices (and Tenant acknowledges that trash is collected only three (3) times per week). Landlord shall provide ISP Services with respect to the Property in accordance with Landlord’s current practices and standards for the Property, subject to temporary shut down for repairs, for security purposes, for compliance with any Applicable Laws or due to any event or occurrence beyond Landlord’s reasonable control. Tenant shall give Landlord written notice of the need for any maintenance or repair for which Landlord is responsible, after which Landlord shall have a reasonable opportunity to perform the maintenance or make the repair, and Landlord shall not be liable for any failure to do so unless such failure continues for an unreasonable time after Tenant gives such written notice to Landlord. Tenant waives any right to perform maintenance or make repairs for which Landlord is responsible at Landlord’s expense. Landlord’s liability with respect to any maintenance or repair for which Landlord is responsible shall be limited to the cost of the maintenance or repair. Any damage to any part of the Property for which Landlord is responsible that is caused by Tenant or any agent, employee, contractor, licensee or invitee of Tenant shall be repaired by Landlord at Tenant’s expense and Tenant shall pay to Landlord, upon billing by Landlord, as additional rent, the cost of such repairs incurred by Landlord. As used in this Lease, the phrase “ISP Services” shall mean: (i) common grounds and road maintenance; (ii) security; (iii) structural fire response and periodic Fire Marshal inspections; (iv) first responder operations (Hazardous Material); (v) utility infrastructure systems maintenance and repair; and (vi) routine administrative support and management oversight (i.e. environmental oversight) related to this Lease.

 

BE 543 154 EUL Final 120511       SAA2 – 402658
   -13-   


6.2 Obligations of Tenant . Tenant shall maintain and repair the Premises and the Buildings, including the foundations, walls, windows, glass or plate glass, exterior doors, entries, the heating and air conditioning, mechanical, electrical, plumbing and life safety systems, the roof and other structural components of the Buildings. The parties agree that, for purposes of this Article 6, Tenant’s obligations to maintain and repair the Premises (including the utility systems on, in and under the common areas of the Property that serve the Buildings) extend to and include the Points of Connection. Tenant shall not damage the Premises or disturb the integrity and support provided by any wall. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, promptly repair any damage to the Premises caused by Tenant or any agent, employee, contractor, licensee or invitee of Tenant. Tenant shall take good care of the Premises and keep the Premises free from dirt, rubbish, waste and debris at all times. Tenant, at its cost, shall provide janitorial services for the Premises. Tenant shall not overload the floors in the Buildings or exceed the load-bearing capacity of the floors in the Buildings. Tenant shall, at the end of the Term, surrender to Landlord the Premises and all alterations, additions, fixtures and improvements therein or thereto in the same condition as existed on the Commencement Date, ordinary wear and tear excepted; provided, however, Tenant shall remove all improvements, alterations, additions, equipment and fixtures installed or placed by Tenant on any portion of the Building 543 Premises other than Building 543.

ARTICLE 7

Alteration of the Premises

7.1 No Alterations by Tenant . Tenant shall not make any alterations, additions or improvements in or to the Premises or any part thereof, or attach any fixtures or equipment thereto, without Landlord’s prior written consent, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. All alterations, additions and improvements in or to the Premises to which Landlord consents shall be made by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense as follows:

(a) Tenant shall submit to Landlord, for Landlord’s written approval, complete plans and specifications for all work to be done by Tenant. Such plans and specifications shall be prepared by responsible licensed architect(s) and engineer(s), shall comply with all Applicable Laws, shall not adversely affect any systems, components or elements of the Buildings or the Property, shall be in a form sufficient to secure the approval of all government authorities with jurisdiction over the Property, and shall be otherwise satisfactory to Landlord in Landlord’s reasonable discretion.

(b) Tenant shall obtain all required permits for the work from the Ames Construction Permit Office, in accordance with Ames Policy Directive 8829.1. In addition, Tenant shall obtain hot-work permits from the NASA Safety, Health and Medical Services Division during normal business hours at least twenty – four (24) hours prior to performing any welding, cutting, torching or similar open flame work. Tenant shall engage responsible contractor(s) licensed in the State of California to perform all work. Tenant and its contractors shall carry such liability and builder’s risk insurance as Landlord may reasonably require with respect to the work, which

 

BE 543 154 EUL Final 120511       SAA2 – 402658
   -14-   


policies shall comply with the provisions of section 8.3. Landlord reserves the right to cause Tenant or its contractors to procure and maintain payment, performance and/or completion bonds with respect to the work. Tenant shall perform all work in accordance with the plans and specifications approved by Landlord, in a good and workmanlike manner, in full compliance with all Applicable Laws, and free and clear of any mechanics’ liens. Tenant shall pay for all work (including the cost of all Utilities, permits, fees, taxes, and property and liability insurance premiums in connection therewith) required to make the alterations, additions and improvements. Tenant shall pay to Landlord all direct costs and shall reimburse Landlord for all expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with the review, approval and supervision of any alterations, additions or improvements made by Tenant. Under no circumstances shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any damage, loss, cost or expense incurred by Tenant on account of design of any work, construction of any work, or delay in completion of any work.

(c) Tenant shall give written notice to Landlord of the date on which construction of any work will be commenced at least five (5) days prior to such date. Tenant shall keep the Premises and the Property free from mechanics’, materialmen’s and all other liens arising out of any work performed, labor supplied, materials furnished or other obligations incurred by Tenant. Tenant shall promptly and fully pay and discharge all claims on which any such lien could be based. Tenant shall have the right to contest the amount or validity of any such lien, provided Tenant gives prior written notice of such contest to Landlord, prosecutes such contest by appropriate proceedings in good faith and with diligence, and, upon request by Landlord, furnishes such bond as may be required by law or such security as Landlord may require to protect the Premises and the Property from such lien. Landlord shall have the right to post and keep posted on the Premises any notices that may be provided by law or which Landlord may deem to be proper for the protection of Landlord, the Premises and the Property from such liens, and to take any other action Landlord deems necessary to remove or discharge liens or encumbrances at the expense of Tenant.

7.2 Tenant’s Property . All improvements, alterations, additions, equipment and fixtures, whether temporary or permanent in character, made in or to any portion of the Building 543 Premises other than Building 543 (including all such improvements, alterations, additions, equipment and fixtures previously made by Tenant pursuant to the Existing Leases) shall be removed by Tenant upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Tenant shall return Building 543 its condition as existed on the Commencement Date, reasonable wear and tear excepted, or to such other condition as is mutually agreed to by Landlord and Tenant. Tenant shall return the Building 154 Premises to its condition as existed upon completion of the TI Work, reasonable wear and tear excepted, or to such other condition as is mutually agreed to by Landlord and Tenant. Should Tenant abandon any such alterations, additions, fixtures or improvements, they shall become the property of the United States Government and shall be retained by Landlord. All movable furniture, equipment, trade fixtures, computers, office machines and other personal property shall remain the property of Tenant. Upon termination of this Lease, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, remove all such movable furniture, equipment, trade fixtures, computers, office machines and other personal property from the Property and repair all damage caused by any such removal. Termination of this Lease shall not affect the obligations of Tenant pursuant to this section 7.2 to be performed after such termination.

 

BE 543 154 EUL Final 120511       SAA2 – 402658
   -15-   


ARTICLE 8

Indemnification and Insurance

8.1 Damage or Injury . Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant, and Tenant hereby waives and releases all claims against Landlord, for any damage to or loss or theft of any property or for any bodily or personal injury, illness or death of any person in, on or about the Premises or the Property arising at any time and from any cause whatsoever, unless the same is caused solely by the willful misconduct of Landlord. Tenant shall indemnify and defend Landlord against and hold Landlord harmless from all claims, demands, liabilities, damages, losses, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, arising from or related to any use or occupancy of the Premises, or any condition of the Premises, or any default in the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, or any damage to any property (including property of employees and invitees of Tenant) or any bodily or personal injury, illness or death of any person (including employees and invitees of Tenant) occurring in, on or about the Premises or any part thereof arising at any time and from any cause whatsoever (unless the same is caused solely by the willful misconduct of Landlord) or occurring in, on or about any part of the Property other than the Premises when such damage, bodily or personal injury, illness or death is caused by any act or omission of Tenant or its agents, employees, contractors, invitees or licensees. This section 8.1 shall survive the termination of this Lease with respect to any damage, bodily or personal injury, illness or death occurring prior to such termination.

8.2 Insurance Coverages and Amounts . Tenant shall, at all times during the Term and at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, obtain and keep in force the insurance coverages and amounts set forth in this section 8.2.

(a) Tenant shall maintain commercial general liability insurance, including contractual liability, broad form property damage liability, premises and completed operations, with limits not less than one million dollars ($1,000,000) per occurrence and three million dollars ($3,000,000) annual aggregate, and for fire legal liability with a limit not less than one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000) and for medical payments with a limit not less than five thousand dollars ($5,000), insuring against claims for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage arising from the use, occupancy or maintenance of the Premises and the Property. The policy shall contain an exception to any pollution exclusion which insures damage or injury arising out of heat, smoke or fumes from a hostile fire. Any general aggregate shall apply on a per location basis.

(b) If Tenant uses owned, hired and non-owned vehicles, Tenant shall maintain business auto liability insurance with limits not less than one million dollars ($1,000,000) per accident covering such vehicles.

(c) Tenant shall carry workers’ compensation insurance for all of its employees in statutory limits as required by California law and employers liability insurance which affords not less than five hundred thousand dollars ($500,000) for each coverage.

 

BE 543 154 EUL Final 120511       SAA2 – 402658
   -16-   


(d) Tenant shall maintain property insurance for the perils covered by a standard fire insurance policy, extended coverage perils and vandalism and malicious mischief and, if applicable, boiler machinery and pressure vessel insurance. The amount of such insurance shall be the Full Insurable Replacement Value (as defined below). All such policies shall specify that proceeds shall be payable on a Full Insurable Replacement Value basis if the improvements are actually repaired or rebuilt and on an “actual cash value” basis if the improvements are neither repaired nor replaced, and shall include a “guaranteed amount” or “stipulated amount” endorsement of coverage in lieu of a coinsurance provision under the policy. As used in this Lease, the phrase “Full Insurable Replacement Value” means one hundred percent (100%) of actual costs to perform repairs, maintenance, replacement or alterations of the Premises or any part thereof (without deduction for depreciation but with standard exclusions such as foundations, excavations, paving and landscaping, as applicable to specific perils), including Tenant’s movable furniture, equipment, trade fixtures or personal property in the Premises, and including the costs of demolition and debris removal and an increased cost of construction endorsement. The Full Insurable Replacement Value of Building 543 initially shall be one million four hundred fifty – three thousand dollars ($1,453,000). The Full Insurable Replacement Value of Building 154 initially shall be four million seven hundred forty – two thousand dollars ($4,742,000). Tenant shall, throughout the Term, maintain coverage at the current Full Insurable Replacement Value (with a commercially reasonable deductible) determined as provided herein.

(e) Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole expense, obtain and keep in force during the Term an “all risk” insurance policy for Tenant’s personal property, furniture, fixtures and equipment, inventory, alterations, trade fixtures, and plate glass located on the Premises, in an amount not less than one hundred percent (100%) of their actual replacement value, providing coverage for risk of direct physical loss or damage including vandalism and malicious mischief. The proceeds of such insurance, so long as this Lease remains in effect, shall be used to repair or replace the personal property, furniture, fixtures and equipment, inventory, alterations, trade fixtures, and plate glass so insured. Provided such proceeds are applied as set forth in this section 8.2(e), any insurance proceeds received by Tenant under such policy shall be the sole property of Tenant, and Landlord shall have no rights thereto.

(f) Any deductibles selected by Tenant for any insurance policy described in this section 8.2 shall be the sole responsibility of Tenant.

8.3 Insurance Requirements .

(a) All insurance and all renewals thereof shall be issued by companies with a rating of at least “A-” “VIII” (or its equivalent successor) or better in the current edition of Best’s Insurance Reports (or its equivalent successor, or, if there is no equivalent successor rating, otherwise acceptable to Landlord) and be licensed to do and doing business in California.

(b) Each policy shall be endorsed to provide that the policy shall not be canceled or materially altered without thirty (30) days prior written notice to Landlord and shall remain in effect notwithstanding any such cancellation or alteration until such notice shall have been given to Landlord and such period of thirty (30) days shall have expired.

 

BE 543 154 EUL Final 120511       SAA2 – 402658
   -17-   


(c) The commercial general liability and any automobile liability insurance shall be endorsed to name Landlord (and any other parties designated by Landlord) as an additional insured, shall be primary and noncontributing with any insurance which may be carried by Landlord, and shall afford coverage for all claims based on any act, omission, event or condition that occurred or arose (or the onset of which occurred or arose) during the policy period.

(d) Tenant shall deliver certificates of insurance and endorsements, acceptable to Landlord, together with copies of the insurance policies, to Landlord at least ten (10) days before the Commencement Date and at least ten (10) days before expiration of each policy. Such documents shall be delivered to the address for certificate holder set forth below. If Tenant fails to insure or fails to furnish any such insurance certificate, endorsement or policy. Landlord shall have the right from time to time to effect such insurance for the benefit of Tenant or Landlord or both of them, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord on written demand, as additional rent, all premiums paid by Landlord. Each certificate of insurance shall list the certificate holder as follows:

NASA Ames Research Center

Office of the Chief Counsel, Mail Stop 200-12

Bldg. 200, Rm 234

P.O. Box 1

Moffett Field, CA 94035-0001

(e) If Landlord at any time believes that the limits or extent of coverage or deductibles with respect to any of the insurance required in this Lease are insufficient, Landlord may determine the proper and reasonable limits and extent of coverage and deductibles for such insurance and such insurance shall thereafter be carried with the limits and extent of coverage and deductibles as so determined until further change pursuant to the provisions of this Lease.

(f) No approval by Landlord of any insurer, or the terms or conditions of any policy, or any coverage or amount of insurance, or any deductible amount shall be construed as a representation by Landlord of the solvency of the insurer or the sufficiency of any policy or any coverage or amount of insurance or deductible. By requiring insurance herein, Landlord makes no representation or warranty that coverage or limits will necessarily be adequate to protect Tenant, and such coverage and limits shall not be deemed as a limitation on Tenant’s liability under the indemnities granted to NASA in this Lease.

(g) Failure of NASA to demand such certificate or other evidence of full compliance with these insurance requirements or failure of NASA to identify a deficiency from evidence that is provided shall not be construed as a waiver of Tenant’s obligation to maintain such insurance.

8.4 Subrogation . Tenant waives on behalf of all insurers under all policies of insurance now or hereafter carried by Tenant insuring or covering the Premises, or any portion or any contents thereof, or any operations therein, all rights of subrogation which any such insurer might otherwise, if at all, have to any claims of Tenant against Landlord except for workers’ compensation. Tenant shall procure from each of the insurers under all such policies of insurance a waiver of all rights of subrogation which the insurer might otherwise, if at all, have to any claims of Tenant against Landlord as required by this section 8.4 stating the following: “The insurer waives any right of subrogation against the United States of America which might arise by reason of any payment made under this policy.”

 

BE 543 154 EUL Final 120511       SAA2 – 402658
   -18-   


ARTICLE 9

Assignment or Sublease

9.1 Prohibition . Tenant shall not, directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of Landlord (which consent may be given or withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion), assign this Lease or any interest herein or sublease the Premises or any part thereof, or permit the use or occupancy of the Premises by any person or entity other than Tenant, Tenant shall not, directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of Landlord (which consent may be given or withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion), pledge, mortgage or hypothecate this Lease or any interest herein. This Lease shall not, nor shall any interest herein, be assignable as to the interest of Tenant involuntarily or by operation of law without the prior written consent of Landlord (which consent may be given or withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion), provided that if Landlord’s consent is unreasonably withheld, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by delivering written notice to Landlord within ten (10) days after the date Landlord withholds its consent. Landlord’s consent to any proposed assignment or subletting shall not be unreasonably delayed and if not given or withheld within thirty (30) days following Tenant’s request for consent, shall be deemed withheld. Any of the foregoing acts without such prior written consent of Landlord shall be void and shall, at the option of Landlord, constitute a default that entitles Landlord to terminate this Lease. Tenant agrees that the instrument by which any assignment or sublease to which Landlord consents is accomplished shall expressly provide that the assignee or subtenant will perform all of the covenants to be performed by Tenant under this Lease (in the case of a sublease, only insofar as such covenants relate to the portion of the Premises subject to such sublease) as and when performance is due after the effective date of the assignment or sublease and that Landlord will have the right to enforce such covenants directly against such assignee or subtenant. Any purported assignment or sublease without an instrument containing the foregoing provisions shall be void. Tenant shall in all cases remain liable for the performance by any assignee or subtenant of all such covenants. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may, subject to Landlord’s limited consent rights set forth below and without any participation by Landlord in assignment and subletting proceeds, sublet the Premises or assign the Lease to any of the following entities (each, a “Permitted Transferee”): (i) a subsidiary, affiliate, division or corporation controlling, controlled by or under common control with Tenant; (ii) a successor corporation related to Tenant by merger, consolidation, nonbankruptcy reorganization, or government action; or (iii) a purchaser of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located in the Premises. If Tenant desires to sublet the Premises or assign the Lease to a Permitted Transferee, Tenant shall deliver written notice to Landlord and describe in reasonable detail the proposed use of the Premises by the Permitted Transferee and discuss whether or not the Permitted Transferee will continue (or expand) the collaborative and programmatic relationships between Landlord and Tenant in support of Landlord’s missions. Landlord agrees not to unreasonably withhold its consent to a sublease or assignment to a Permitted Transferee; provided, however, Tenant agrees that it shall be reasonable for Landlord to withhold consent if Landlord reasonably determines that the Permitted Transferee will not continue and maintain such collaborative and programmatic relationships. Landlord’s consent to a sublease or assignment to a Permitted Transferee shall be deemed given unless Landlord delivers to Tenant written notice withholding its consent within thirty (30) days after receiving Tenant’s written request. For the purpose of this Lease, sale of Tenant’s capital stock through any public exchange shall not be deemed an assignment, subletting, or any other transfer of the Lease or the Premises.

 

BE 543 154 EUL Final 120511       SAA2 – 402658
   -19-   


9.2 Landlord’s Consent or Termination . If Tenant wishes to assign this Lease or sublease all or any part of the Premises, Tenant shall give written notice to Landlord identifying the intended assignee or subtenant by name and address and specifying all of the terms of the intended assignment or sublease. Tenant shall give Landlord such additional information concerning the intended assignee or subtenant (including complete financial statements and a business history) or the intended assignment or sublease (Including true copies thereof) as Landlord requests. For a period of thirty (30) days after such written notice is given by Tenant, Landlord shall have the right, by giving written notice to Tenant, (a) to consent in writing to the intended assignment or sublease, unless Landlord determines not to consent, or (b) in the case of an assignment of this Lease or a sublease of substantially the entire Premises for substantially the balance of the Term, to terminate this Lease, which termination shall be effective as of the date on which the intended assignment or sublease would have been effective if Landlord had not exercised such termination right.

9.3 Completion . If Landlord consents in writing, Tenant may complete the intended assignment or sublease subject to the following covenants: (a) the assignment or sublease shall be on the same terms as set forth in the written notice given by Tenant to Landlord, (b) no assignment or sublease shall be valid and no assignee or subtenant shall take possession of the Premises or any part thereof until an executed duplicate original of such assignment or sublease has been delivered to Landlord, (c) no assignee or subtenant shall have a right further to assign or sublease, and (d) all “excess rent” (as defined below) derived from such assignment or sublease shall be paid to Landlord. Such excess rent shall be deemed to be, and shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord as, additional rent. Tenant shall pay such excess rent to Landlord immediately as and when such excess rent becomes due and payable to Tenant. As used in this section 9.3, “excess rent” shall mean the amount by which the total money and other economic consideration to be paid by the assignee or subtenant as a result of an assignment or sublease, whether denominated rent or in lieu of rent, exceeds, in the aggregate, the total amount of rent which Tenant is obligated to pay to Landlord under this Lease (prorated to reflect the rent allocable to the portion of the Premises subject to such assignment or sublease), less only the reasonable costs paid by Tenant for reasonable leasing commissions, reasonable attorneys’ fees and additional improvements installed in the portion of the Premises subject to such assignment or sublease by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense for the specific assignee or subtenant in question, without deduction for carrying costs due to vacancy or otherwise. The costs of additional improvements shall be amortized without interest over the term of such assignment or sublease.

9.4 Tenant Not Released . No assignment or sublease whatsoever shall release Tenant from Tenant’s obligations and liabilities under this Lease or alter the primary liability of Tenant to pay all rent and to perform all obligations to be paid and performed by Tenant. No assignment or sublease shall amend or modify this Lease in any respect, and every assignment and sublease shall be subject and subordinate to this Lease. The acceptance of rent by Landlord from any other person or entity shall not be deemed to be a waiver by Landlord of any provision of this Lease. Consent to one assignment or sublease shall not be deemed consent to any subsequent assignment or sublease. Tenant shall pay to Landlord all direct costs and shall reimburse Landlord for all expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with any assignment or sublease

 

BE 543 154 EUL Final 120511       SAA2 – 402658
   -20-   


requested by Tenant not to exceed two thousand dollars ($2,000) per event of assignment or subletting. If any assignee, subtenant or successor of Tenant defaults in the performance of any obligation to be performed by Tenant under this Lease. Landlord may proceed directly against Tenant without the necessity of exhausting remedies against such assignee, subtenant or successor. Landlord may consent to subsequent assignments or subleases or amendments or modifications to this Lease with assignees, subtenants or successors of Tenant, without notifying Tenant or any successor of Tenant and without obtaining any consent thereto from Tenant or any successor of Tenant, and such action shall not release Tenant from liability under this Lease.

ARTICLE 10

Events of Default and Remedies

10.1 Default by Tenant . The occurrence of any one or more of the following events (“Event of Default”) shall constitute a breach of this Lease by Tenant:

(a) Tenant fails to pay any Base Rent, or any additional rent under section 3.1, or other amount of money or charge payable by Tenant and such failure continues for more than ten (10) days after the date such rent becomes due and payable; or

(b) Tenant fails to perform or breaches any other agreement or covenant of this Lease to be performed or observed by Tenant as and when performance or observance is due and such failure or breach continues for more than ten (10) days after Landlord gives written notice thereof to Tenant; provided, however, that if, by the nature of such agreement or covenant, such failure or breach cannot reasonably be cured within such period of ten (10) days, an Event of Default shall not exist as long as Tenant commences with due diligence and dispatch the curing of such failure or breach within such period of ten (10) days and, having so commenced, thereafter prosecutes with diligence and dispatch and completes the curing of such failure or breach; or

(c) Tenant (i) files, or consents by answer or otherwise to the filing against it of, a petition for relief or reorganization or arrangement or any other petition in bankruptcy or for liquidation or to take advantage of any bankruptcy, insolvency or other debtors’ relief law of any jurisdiction, (ii) makes an assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or (iii) consents to the appointment of a custodian, receiver, trustee or other officer with similar powers of Tenant or of any substantial part of Tenant’s property; or

(d) Without consent by Tenant, a court or government authority enters an order, and such order is not vacated within thirty (30) days, (i) appointing a custodian, receiver, trustee or other officer with similar powers with respect to Tenant or with respect to any substantial part of Tenant’s property, or (ii) constituting an order for relief or approving a petition for relief or reorganization or arrangement or any other petition in bankruptcy or for liquidation or to take advantage of any bankruptcy, insolvency or other debtors’ relief law of any jurisdiction, or (iii) ordering the dissolution, winding-up or liquidation of Tenant; or

(e) This Lease or any estate of Tenant hereunder is levied upon under any attachment or execution and such attachment or execution is not vacated within thirty (30) days; or

 

BE 543 154 EUL Final 120511       SAA2 – 402658
   -21-   


(f) Tenant abandons the Premises.

10.2 Termination . If an Event of Default occurs, Landlord shall have the right at any time to give a written termination notice to Tenant and, on the date specified in such notice, Tenant’s right to possession shall terminate and this Lease shall terminate. Upon such termination, Landlord shall have the full and immediate right to possession of the Premises and Landlord shall have the right to recover from Tenant all unpaid rent which had been earned at the time of termination, all unpaid rent for the balance of the Term after termination, and all other amounts necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom.

10.3 Continuation . If an Event of default occurs, this Lease shall continue in effect for so long as Landlord does not terminate Tenant’s right to possession, and Landlord shall have the right to enforce all its rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover all rent as it becomes due under this Lease. Acts of maintenance or preservation or efforts to relet the Premises or the appointment of a receiver upon initiative of Landlord to protect Landlord’s interest under this Lease shall not constitute a termination of Tenant’s right to possession unless written notice of termination is given by Landlord to Tenant.

10.4 Remedies Cumulative . Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Landlord shall have the right to exercise and enforce all rights and remedies granted or permitted by law. The remedies provided for in this Lease are cumulative and in addition to all other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity by statute or otherwise. Exercise by Landlord of any remedy shall not be deemed to be an acceptance of surrender of the Premises by Tenant, either by agreement or by operation of law. Surrender of the Premises can be effected only by the written agreement of Landlord and Tenant.

10.5 Tenant’s Primary Duty . All agreements and covenants to be performed or observed by Tenant under this Lease shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and without any abatement of rent. If Tenant fails to pay any sum of money to be paid by Tenant or to perform any other act to be performed by Tenant under this Lease, Landlord shall have the right, but shall not be obligated, and without waiving or releasing Tenant from any obligations of Tenant, to make any such payment or to perform any such other act on behalf of Tenant in accordance with this Lease. All sums so paid by Landlord and all costs incurred or paid by Landlord shall be deemed additional rent hereunder and Tenant shall pay the same to Landlord on written demand, together with interest on all such sums and costs from the date of expenditure by Landlord to the date of repayment by Tenant at the rate of ten percent (10%) per annum.

10.6 Abandoned Property . If Tenant abandons the Premises, or is dispossessed by process of law or otherwise, all alterations, additions, fixtures and improvements made by Tenant and left in the Premises, and all movable furniture, equipment, trade fixtures or personal property belonging to Tenant and left in the Premises, shall be deemed to be abandoned. Landlord may retain the same, or at the option of Landlord, sell or otherwise dispose of the same in any commercially reasonable manner.

 

BE 543 154 EUL Final 120511       SAA2 – 402658
   -22-   


10.7 Landlord Default . If Landlord defaults under this Lease, Tenant shall give written notice to Landlord specifying such default with particularity, and Landlord shall have thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice within which to cure such default. In the event of any default by Landlord, Tenant’s exclusive remedy shall be an action for damages. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, Landlord shall not have any personal liability under this Lease.

10.8 Landlord’s Right to Terminate . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, Landlord or the Government may terminate this Lease, in whole or in part, and without cost to the Government, if there has been a determination by either (i) the Director of NASA Ames Research Center, (ii) the Assistant Administrator for Infrastructure and Administration, or (iii) the Director of the Facilities Engineering and Real Property Division that the interests of the national space program, the national defense or public welfare require termination of this Lease, and Landlord or the Government delivers to Tenant at least thirty (30) days prior written notice of such determination. In the event termination of this Lease under this section 10.8, the Government shall make a pro rata adjustment of any advance rent paid by Tenant.

ARTICLE 11

Damage or Destruction

11.1 Restoration . If a fire or other casualty occurs on the Premises during the Term, Tenant shall promptly undertake to determine the extent of the same and the estimated cost and time to perform repairs, restoration, replacement or alterations of the applicable portions of the Premises in accordance with the provisions of this Lease. Tenant shall notify Landlord of Tenant’s estimation of such cost and time as soon as reasonably practicable, but in no event later than sixty (60) days after the occurrence of the fire or other casualty. If the Premises, or any part thereof, is damaged by fire or other casualty during the Term and this Lease is not terminated pursuant to section 11.2, Tenant shall repair such damage and restore the Premises (including, if Tenant desires, as determined at Tenant’s sole discretion, any alterations, additions, fixtures or improvements made by Tenant) to substantially the same condition in which the Premises existed before the occurrence of such fire or other casualty and this Lease shall, subject to this section 11.1, remain in full force and effect. Tenant shall not be required to repair or replace any or all of Tenant’s movable furniture, equipment, trade fixtures and personal property. If such fire or other casualty damages the Premises or common areas of the Property necessary for Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises and if such damage is not the result of the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or Tenant’s agents, employees, contractors, licensees or invitees, then, during the period the Premises is rendered unusable by such damage, Tenant shall be entitled to a reduction in Base Rent in the proportion that the area of the Premises rendered unusable by such damage bears to the total area of the Premises. Landlord shall not be obligated to repair any damage to, or to make any replacement of, the Premises or any part thereof, or any of Tenant’s movable furniture, equipment, trade fixtures or personal property in the Premises. If there are proceeds of insurance in excess of that required to repair or replace the Premises as required by this section 11.1, upon receipt by Landlord of satisfactory evidence that the repair work required under this section 11.1 has been fully completed and paid for and that the last day for filing any mechanic’s or materialmen’s liens has passed without the filing of any, or if filed, any such lien has been released, any remaining amount of such proceeds of insurance shall be paid to Landlord and Tenant, as their respective interests may appear. If a fire or other casualty occurs, there is a substantial possibility that immediate emergency repairs will be required to

 

BE 543 154 EUL Final 120511       SAA2 – 402658
   -23-   


eliminate defective or dangerous conditions and to comply with Applicable Laws or Environmental Law pending settlement of insurance claims and prior to procuring bids for performance of repair work. Notwithstanding any provision of this Article 11 to the contrary, Tenant shall promptly undertake such emergency repair work after a fire or other casualty as is necessary or appropriate under the circumstances to eliminate defective or dangerous conditions and to comply with Applicable Laws or Environmental Law.

11.2 Termination of Lease . If the Premises, or any part thereof, is damaged by fire or other casualty during the Term and (a) such fire or other casualty occurs during the last twelve (12) months of the Term and the repair and restoration work to be performed by Tenant in accordance with section 11.1 cannot, as reasonably estimated by Tenant, be completed within two (2) months after the occurrence of such fire or other casualty, or (b) the cost of the repair and restoration work to be performed by Tenant in accordance with section 11.1: (i) exceeds either two hundred fifty thousand dollars ($250,000) of insured loss or fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) of uninsured loss (including any applicable deductibles), (ii) exceeds the amount of insurance proceeds received by or payable to Tenant in connection with such fire or other casualty, or (iii) will take longer than one hundred twenty (120) days to repair as reasonably determined by Tenant, then, in any such event, Tenant shall have the right, by giving written notice to Landlord within sixty (60) days after the occurrence of such fire or other casualty, to terminate this Lease as of the date of such notice, provided that, in the event of such termination, and if requested to do so by Landlord in writing, Tenant shall assign to Landlord the right to receive all proceeds of the insurance maintained by Tenant pursuant to section 8.2(d), excluding any proceeds relating to any alterations or improvements paid for by Tenant and any of Tenant’s equipment, trade fixtures and other personal property. If Tenant does not exercise the right to terminate this Lease in accordance with this section 11.2, Tenant shall repair such damage and restore the Premises in accordance with section 11.1 and this Lease shall, subject to section 11.1, remain in full force and effect.

ARTICLE 12

Eminent Domain

12.1 Condemnation . Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease if any part of the Premises or any substantial part of the Property (whether or not it includes the Building or the Premises) is taken by exercise of the power of eminent domain before the Commencement Date or during the Term. Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease if a substantial portion of the Premises is taken by exercise of the power of eminent domain before the Commencement Date or during the Term and the remaining portion of the Premises is not reasonably suitable for Tenant’s purposes. In each such case, Landlord or Tenant shall exercise such termination right by giving written notice to the other within thirty (30) days after the date of such taking. If either Landlord or Tenant exercises such right to terminate this Lease in accordance with this section 12.1, this Lease shall terminate as of the date of such taking. If neither Landlord nor Tenant exercises such right to terminate this Lease in accordance with this section 12.1, this Lease shall terminate as to the portion of the Premises so taken as of the date of such taking and shall remain in full force and effect as to the portion of the Premises not so taken, and the Base Rent shall be reduced as of the date of such taking in the proportion that the area of the Premises so taken bears to the total area of the Premises. If all of the Premises are taken by exercise of the power of eminent domain before the Commencement Date or during the Term, this Lease shall terminate as of the date of such taking.

 

BE 543 154 EUL Final 120511       SAA2 – 402658
   -24-   


12.2 Award . If all or any part of the Premises is taken by exercise of the power of eminent domain, all awards, compensation, damages, income, rent and interest payable in connection with such taking shall, except as expressly set forth in this section 12.2, be paid to and become the property of Landlord, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord all of the foregoing. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord or the entity exercising the power of eminent domain for the value of the leasehold estate created by this Lease or any unexpired Term. Tenant shall have the right to claim and receive directly from the entity exercising the power of eminent domain only the share of any award determined to be owing to Tenant for the taking of improvements installed in the portion of the Premises so taken by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense based on the unamortized cost actually paid by Tenant for such improvements, for the taking of Tenant’s movable furniture, equipment, trade fixtures and personal property, for loss of goodwill, for interference with or interruption of Tenant’s business, or for removal and relocation expenses.

12.3 Temporary Use . Notwithstanding sections 12.1 and 12.2 to the contrary, if the use of all or any part of the Premises is taken by exercise of the power of eminent domain during the Term on a temporary basis for a period less than the Term remaining after such taking, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, Tenant shall continue to pay all of the rent and to perform all of the covenants of Tenant in accordance with this Lease, to the extent reasonably practicable under the circumstances, and the condemnation proceeds in respect of such temporary taking shall be paid to Tenant.

12.4 Definition of Taking . As used herein, a “taking” means the acquisition of all or part of the Property for a public use by exercise of the power of eminent domain or voluntary conveyance in lieu thereof and the taking shall be considered to occur as of the earlier of the date on which possession of the Property (or part so taken) by the entity exercising the power of eminent domain is authorized as stated in an order for possession or the date on which title to the Property (or part so taken) vests in the entity exercising the power of eminent domain.

ARTICLE 13

Subordination and Sale

13.1 Subordination . This Lease shall be subject and subordinate at all times to the lien of all mortgages, deeds of trust, easements, rights of way and other matters affecting title to the Property (whether or not of record) which may now exist or hereafter be placed on or against the Property or on or against Landlord’s interest or estate therein, all without the necessity of having further instruments executed by Tenant to effect such subordination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a foreclosure of any such mortgage or deed of trust or of any other action or proceeding for the enforcement thereof, or of any sale thereunder, this Lease shall not be terminated or extinguished, nor shall the rights and possession of Tenant hereunder be disturbed, if no Event of Default then exists under this Lease, and Tenant shall attorn to the person who acquires Landlord’s interest hereunder through any such mortgage or deed of trust. Tenant agrees to execute, acknowledge and deliver upon demand such further instruments evidencing such subordination of this Lease to the lien of all such mortgages and deeds of trust as may reasonably be required by Landlord.

 

BE 543 154 EUL Final 120511       SAA2 – 402658
   -25-   


13.2 Sale of the Property . If the original Landlord hereunder, or any successor owner of the Property, sells or conveys the Property, all liabilities and obligations on the part of the original Landlord, or such successor owner, under this Lease accruing after such sale or conveyance shall terminate and the original Landlord, or such successor owner, shall automatically be released therefrom, and thereupon all such liabilities and obligations shall be binding upon the new owner. Tenant agrees to attorn to such new owner.

13.3 Estoppel Certificate . At any time and from time to time, Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after written request by Landlord, execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord a certificate certifying: (a) that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if there have been modifications, that this Lease is in full force and effect as modified, and stating the date and nature of each modification); (b) the Commencement Date and the Expiration Date determined in accordance with Article 2 and the date, if any, to which all rent and other sums payable hereunder have been paid; (c) that no notice has been received by Tenant of any default by Tenant hereunder which has not been cured, except as to defaults specified in such certificate; (d) that Landlord is not in default under this Lease, except as to defaults specified in such certificate; and (e) such other matters as may be reasonably requested by Landlord or any actual or prospective purchaser or mortgage lender. Any such certificate may be relied upon by Landlord and any actual or prospective purchaser or mortgage lender of the Property or any part thereof. At any time and from time to time, Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after written request by Landlord, deliver to Landlord copies of all current financial statements (including a balance sheet, an income statement, and an accumulated retained earnings statement), annual reports, and other financial and operating information and data of Tenant prepared by Tenant in the course of Tenant’s business. Unless available to the public, Landlord shall disclose such financial statements, annual reports and other information or data only to actual or prospective purchasers or mortgage lenders of the Property or any part thereof, and otherwise keep them confidential unless other disclosure is required by law.

ARTICLE 14

Notices

14.1 Method . Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Lease, all requests, approvals, consents, notices and other communications under this Lease shall be properly given only if made in writing and either deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, certified with return receipt requested, or delivered by hand (which may be through a messenger or recognized delivery, courier or air express service), or sent via facsimile or electronic mail, and addressed to the applicable party as specified in the Basic Lease Information (or to such other personnel or place as a party may from time to time designate in a written notice to the other party). Such requests, approvals, consents, notices and other communications shall be effective on the date: of receipt (evidenced by the certified mail receipt) if delivered by United States mail; of hand delivery if hand delivered; or of transmission as evidenced by a machine – generated receipt or proof of transmission if sent via facsimile or electronic mail. If any such request, approval, consent, notice or other communication is not received or cannot be delivered due to a change in the address of the receiving party of which notice was not previously given to

 

BE 543 154 EUL Final 120511       SAA2 – 402658
   -26-   


the sending party or due to a refusal to accept by the receiving party, such request, approval, consent, notice or other communication shall be effective on the date delivery is attempted. Any request, approval, consent, notice or other communication under this Lease may be given on behalf of a party by the attorney for such party.

14.2 Close Calls and Mishaps .

(a) For purposes of this Lease, the following terms shall have the following meanings (i) “Close Call” shall mean an occurrence or a condition of employee concern in which there is no injury, or only minor injury requiring first aid, or damage to property or equipment of less than one thousand dollars ($1,000), but which possesses a potential to cause a Mishap (as defined below); and (ii) “Mishap” shall mean an unplanned event on or about the Property and arising from the acts or omissions of Tenant or its employees, agents, contractors or invitees that results in at least one (1) of the following: (1) injury to any person; (2) damage to public or private property (including foreign property); (3) occupational injury or occupational illness to any person; or (4) failure of a NASA mission. If, in Tenant’s discretion, Tenant believes that a Close Call or Mishap may become highly visible outside of Tenant’s organization (such as by the media or a governmental agency), then Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord by telephoning the NASA Ames Safety, Health and Medical Services Division at 650 – 604 – 5602.

(b) In addition, if a Mishap involves the death of an employee, or the hospitalization for inpatient care of three (3) or more employees, then as soon as possible after the Mishap but in no event more than eight (8) hours after Tenant has knowledge of any such Mishap, Tenant shall notify both the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (“OSHA”) by telephoning the area office nearest the site of the Mishap or OSHA’s toll-free number, 800 – 321 – 6742 and the NASA Ames Safety, Health and Medical Services Division at 650 – 604 – 5602. If Tenant obtains knowledge of a fatality or hospitalization of three (3) or more employees after the eight (8) hour period described above, Tenant shall notify the foregoing offices as soon as possible but within thirty (30) days of the Mishap.

(c) The Director of NASA Ames Research Center reserves the right to investigate any Mishap in accordance with Landlord’s policies and procedures.

ARTICLE 15

Miscellaneous

15.1 General . The words “Landlord” and “Tenant” as used herein shall include the plural as well as the singular. The words “include.” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” If there is more than one Tenant, the obligations hereunder imposed upon Tenant shall be joint and several. Time is of the essence of this Lease and each and all of its provisions. This Lease shall benefit and bind Landlord and Tenant and the permitted personal representatives, heirs, successors and assigns of Landlord and Tenant. If any provision of this Lease is determined to be illegal or unenforceable, such determination shall not affect any other provision of this Lease and all such other provisions shall remain in full force and effect. Tenant shall not record this Lease or any memorandum or short form of it.

 

BE 543 154 EUL Final 120511       SAA2 – 402658
   -27-   


15.2 No Waiver . The waiver by Landlord or Tenant of any breach of any covenant in this Lease shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other covenant in this Lease, nor shall any custom or practice which may grow up between Landlord and Tenant in the administration of this Lease be construed to waive or to lessen the right of Landlord or Tenant to insist upon the performance by Landlord or Tenant in strict accordance with this Lease. The subsequent acceptance of rent hereunder by Landlord or the payment of rent by Tenant shall not waive any preceding breach by Tenant of any covenant in this Lease, nor cure any Event of Default, nor waive any forfeiture of this Lease or unlawful detainer action, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the particular rent so accepted, regardless of Landlord’s or Tenant’s knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of acceptance or payment of such rent.

15.3 Exhibits . The exhibits and any other attachments specified in the Basic Lease Information are attached to and made a part of this Lease.

15.4 Broker(s) . Tenant warrants and represents to Landlord that Tenant has negotiated this Lease directly with Landlord and has not authorized or employed, or acted by implication to authorize or to employ, any other real estate broker to act for Tenant in connection with this Lease.

15.5 Waivers of Jury Trial and Certain Damages . Landlord and Tenant each hereby expressly, irrevocably, fully and forever releases, waives and relinquishes any and all right to trial by jury and any and all right to receive punitive, exemplary and consequential damages from the other (or any past, present or future member, trustee, director, officer, employee, agent, representative, or advisor of the other) in any claim, demand, action, suit, proceeding or cause of action in which Landlord and Tenant are parties, which in any way (directly or indirectly) arises out of, results from or relates to any of the following, in each case whether now existing or hereafter arising and whether based on contract or tort or any other legal basis: This Lease; any past, present or future act, omission, conduct or activity with respect to this Lease; any transaction, event or occurrence contemplated by this Lease; the performance of any obligation or the exercise of any right under this Lease; or the enforcement of this Lease. Landlord and Tenant reserve the right to recover actual or compensatory damages, with interest, attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses as provided in this Lease, for any breach of this Lease.

15.6 Entire Agreement . There are no oral agreements between Landlord and Tenant affecting this Lease, and this Lease supersedes and cancels any and all previous negotiations, arrangements, brochures, offers, agreements and understandings, oral or written, if any, between Landlord and Tenant or displayed by Landlord to Tenant with respect to the subject matter of this Lease, the Premises or the Property. There are no commitments, representations or assurances between Landlord and Tenant or between any real estate broker and Tenant other than those expressly set forth in this Lease and all reliance with respect to any commitments, representations or assurances is solely upon commitments, representations and assurances expressly set forth in this Lease. This Lease may not be amended or modified in any respect whatsoever except by an agreement in writing signed by Landlord and Tenant.

15.7 Governing Law . Except to the extent the same may be in conflict with the laws of the United States, the laws of the State of California shall govern the validity, construction and effect of this Lease. In instances where the laws of the United States refer to the laws of the state applicable to a transaction, such reference shall be made to the laws of the State of California, including California Civil Code §§1542, 1951.2 and 1951.4.

 

BE 543 154 EUL Final 120511       SAA2 – 402658
   -28-   


15.8 Confidentiality . Tenant shall hold all Confidential Information (as defined below) in strict confidence and, except as specifically set forth in this section 15.8 or to the extent as may be required by an order of a court of competent jurisdiction, shall not disclose, or permit the disclosure of, any Confidential Information to any third person without the prior written approval of Landlord, which approval may be given or withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion. Tenant may disclose Confidential Information to its officers, directors, shareholders, partners, members, managers, employees, contractors, legal counsel, accountants, lenders or financial advisers with a need to have access to such information and who have signed confidentiality agreements or are otherwise bound by confidentiality obligations at least as restrictive as those contained herein. Tenant shall immediately notify Landlord upon receipt of any request or demand from any third person for any Confidential Information or the discovery of any loss or unauthorized disclosure of the Confidential Information, and Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord to permit Landlord to exhaust all challenges to the disclosure of Confidential Information (including, without limitation, seeking to quash a subpoena or seeking a protective order). Tenant acknowledges that the Confidential Information is not necessarily in the public domain by virtue of the fact that Landlord is a Federal agency, and Tenant nevertheless agrees to be bound by the provisions of this section 15.8. As used in this Lease, the phrase “Confidential Information” shall mean this Lease, any of its terms or conditions, and all other information or other matter learned, used, furnished, disclosed or generated (or hereafter learned, used, furnished, disclosed or generated) by either party pursuant to this Lease or during the negotiations leading to this Lease, provided that nothing contained in this Section 15.8 shall prohibit Tenant from publicly disclosing this Lease to the extent required by applicable securities or other laws, provided that nothing contained in this Section 15.8 shall prohibit Tenant from publicly disclosing this Lease to the extent required by applicable securities or other laws.

15.9 Anti – Deficiency Act . Landlord’s ability to perform its obligations under this Lease is subject to the availability of appropriated funds. Nothing in this Lease commits the United States Congress to appropriate funds for the purposes stated herein (pursuant to the Anti-Deficiency Act, 31 U.S.C. §1341).

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease as of the date specified in the Basic Lease Information .

 

Tenant:     Landlord:

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION, a

Delaware corporation

   

NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND

SPACE ADMINISTRATION, an Agency of

the United States

By   /s/ William H. Kurtz     By   /s/ S. Pete Worden
 

William H. Kurtz

      S. Pete Worden
  Chief Financial Officer       Director, Ames Research Center

 

BE 543 154 EUL Final 120511       SAA2 – 402658
   -29-   


EXHIBIT A

Site Plan; Plan Outlining the Building 543 Premises

This site plan is used solely for the purpose of identifying the approximate location and size of the Premises, including the approximate location and size of the Building 543 Premises and the Restricted Area. Building sizes, site dimensions, access, common and parking areas, and existing tenants and locations are subject to change at Landlord’s discretion.

 

LOGO

 

BE 543 154 EUL Final 120511       SAA2 – 402658
   -1-   


EXHIBIT A-l

Plans Outlining the Building 154 Premises

These site plans or floor plans are used solely for the purpose of identifying the approximate location and size of the Building 154 Premises. Building sizes, site dimensions, access, common and parking areas, and existing tenants and locations are subject to change at Landlord’s discretion.

 

LOGO

 

BE 543 154 EUL Final 120511       SAA2 – 402658
   -1-   


EXHIBIT B

Description of the TI Work

Painting

Replace carpets

New furniture and cabinets in break room

Install IT network system (Cisco switches and routers)

Install badge readers on external doors that will be tied into the Ames Security system

Install separate water meter

 

BE 543 154 EUL Final 120511       SAA2 – 402658
   -1-   


EXHIBIT C

Support Agreement

[Consists of three pages immediately following this page]

 

BE 543 154 EUL Final 120511       SAA2 – 402658
   -1-   


FIRST AMENDMENT TO NASA AMES RESEARCH

CENTER ENHANCED USE LEASE

This First Amendment to NASA Ames Research Center Enhanced Use Lease (the “Amendment”) is made as of November 1, 2012 (the “Effective Date”), by and between the NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION, an Agency of the United States, acting by and through Ames Research Center located at Moffett Field, California (“Landlord”), and BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), with reference to the following facts:

A. Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain NASA Ames Research Center Enhanced Use Lease, dated as of December 5, 2011 (SAA2 - 402658) (the “Lease”). Each capitalized term used in this Amendment, but not defined herein, shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the Lease.

B. Tenant desires to construct a building (containing approximately 3,375 square feet of space) (such building, together with all other work related thereto as shown on the construction drawings for such building, is referred to collectively herein as the “Additional Building”) on the real property included within the Building 543 Premises. Landlord is willing to allow Tenant to construct the Additional Building on the terms and conditions of this Amendment.

C. Landlord has informed Tenant that new agency guidance is being promulgated regarding the disposal of hazardous waste generated by tenants. The parties desire to revise the Lease to conform to such guidance.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

1. Construction of the Additional Building .

(a) Pursuant to section 7.1 of the Lease, Landlord hereby consents to Tenant’s construction of the Additional Building subject to the following conditions precedent, which must be satisfied or waived in writing by Landlord before construction of the Additional Building (or any work in connection therewith) can begin: (1) Landlord shall have approved a complete set of construction drawings for the Additional Building as required by section 7.1 of the Lease (including all other information required pursuant to section 7.1 of the Lease); (2) Tenant shall have paid to Landlord all fees and other amounts due to Landlord (if any) under the Lease, including the fee to issue the Permit (as defined below); and (3) Landlord’s Chief Building Official shall have issued to Tenant a construction permit for the Additional Building and to install a temporary construction trailer on the Building 543 Premises as more particularly described in section 1(j) of this Amendment (the “Permit”).

(b) Tenant shall: (i) commence construction of the Additional Building promptly after the date on which the Permit is issued to Tenant (the “Permit Issue Date”); (ii) diligently prosecute the same to completion; (iii) comply with all Applicable Laws; (iv) obtain all necessary permits and approvals other than the Permit; and (v) use its reasonable efforts to

 

BE 543 154 EUL 1 st Amend Final 110112       SAA2 – 402658
   1   


complete the Additional Building as quickly as possible thereafter, which is expected to occur during the Construction Period (as defined below). During the Construction Period, Landlord has agreed to reduce the monthly Base Rent applicable to the Additional Building as set forth on the amended Basic Lease Information attached to this Amendment as Exhibit 1 . If the Additional Building is not completed during the Construction Period, Tenant may continue to perform such work thereafter; provided, however, Tenant shall pay the full monthly Base Rent with respect to the Premises. As used in this Amendment, the phrase “Construction Period” means the period of time beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the earlier of: (1) the date on which NASA’s Fire Marshal completes a final inspection of the Additional Building and determines that the Additional Building is substantially complete; or (2) ninety (90) days following the Permit Issue Date.

(c) Tenant does not intend to obtain secured financing in connection with the construction, use or occupancy of the Additional Building. Tenant understands and agrees that Landlord will not subordinate fee title to any financing.

(d) At all times while work on the Additional Building is being performed, and in addition to the insurance coverage required under the Lease, Tenant shall maintain comprehensive “all risk” or “special form” builder’s risk insurance, including vandalism and malicious mischief. Such builder’s risk insurance shall cover all portions of the Additional Building, all materials and equipment stored at the Premises or the Property by Tenant or its agents, employees, contractors, invitees or licensees (collectively, “Tenant’s Related Entities”), and all materials and equipment that are in the process of fabrication at the premises of any third party or that have been placed in due course of transit to the Premises when such fabrication or transit is at the risk of, or when title to or an insurable interest in such materials or equipment, has passed to Tenant or Tenant’s Related Entities (excluding any tools and equipment, and property owned by the employees of Tenant’s Related Entities). Such builder’s risk insurance shall be written on a completed value basis in an amount not less than the full estimated replacement cost of the Additional Building.

(e) Tenant shall perform all work in accordance with all Applicable Laws, the recommendations of Tenant’s geotechnical, environmental, engineering and other construction consultants, and in a good and workmanlike manner using materials of a quality consistent with the nature of the other improvements on the Premises. Tenant shall not construct any buildings or other structures outside the boundaries of the Premises or on, over or above any utilities of Landlord within or crossing the Premises. Tenant shall not use any portion of the Property other than the Premises in connection with the construction of the Additional Building.

(f) Tenant shall prepare and maintain on the Premises (i) on a current basis during the construction of the Additional Building, annotated construction drawings showing clearly all substantive changes, revisions and substitutions during such period of construction, and (ii) upon the substantial completion of the Additional Building, as - built drawings showing clearly all changes, revisions and substitutions during the period of construction, including minor field changes and the final location of all mechanical equipment, utility lines, ducts, outlets, structural members, walls, partitions and other significant features of the work.

 

BE 543 154 EUL 1 st Amend Final 110112       SAA2 – 402658
   2   


(g) All rights of Landlord to review, comment upon, approve, inspect or take any other action with respect to the Premises, the Additional Building or the design or construction thereof are specifically for the benefit of Landlord and no other party. No review, comment, approval or inspection, required or permitted by, of, or to Landlord hereunder shall give or be deemed to give Landlord any liability, responsibility or obligation for, in connection with, or with respect to, the design, demolition, construction, maintenance, repair, preservation, rehabilitation, reconstruction, restoration or operation of the Premises or the Additional Building, or the removal and/or remediation of any Hazardous Materials on, in or from the Premises, nor shall any such approval or inspection be deemed to relieve Tenant of the sole obligation and responsibility for the design, construction, maintenance, repair, preservation, rehabilitation, reconstruction, restoration, and operation of the Premises (including the Additional Building) and the removal and/or remediation of Hazardous Materials. Similarly, no inspection performed or not performed by Landlord under this Lease shall: (i) give or be deemed to give Landlord any responsibility or liability with respect to the thing inspected, the work or the prosecution thereof, or the design or construction of the work or any part thereof; (ii) constitute or be deemed to constitute a waiver of any of Tenant’s obligations or Tenant’s rights hereunder; or (iii) be construed as approval or acceptance of the thing inspected or the prosecution thereof, or the design or construction of the work or any part thereof.

(h) Tenant shall have no power to do any act or to make any contract that may create or be the foundation for any lien, mortgage or other encumbrance upon the reversion, fee interest or other estate of Landlord or of any interest of Landlord in the Premises. Tenant shall notify all of its contractors that Tenant does not own fee title to the Premises (or any other portion of the Property), and such contractors shall be instructed to record any preliminary notice or other document related to any mechanic’s or materialmen’s liens against only Tenant’s leasehold interest in the Premises and not against fee title to the Property. At least ten (10) days before the date on which construction begins or materials are delivered, Tenant shall give written notice to Landlord of such date of commencement of construction or of the delivery of materials, as the case may be. Landlord shall then have the right to post and maintain on the Premises and other portions of the Property any notices that are required to protect Landlord and Landlord’s interest in the Property from any liens for work and labor performed or materials furnished in completing the Additional Building. Nothing in this Amendment or the Lease shall be deemed to be, or be construed in any way as constituting, the consent of or request by Landlord, expressed or implied, by inference or otherwise, to any person, firm or corporation, for the performance of any labor or the furnishing of any materials for any construction, repairs, maintenance, replacement, alterations or redevelopment of or to the Premises or any part thereof, or as giving Tenant any right, power or authority to contract for or permit the rendering of any services or the furnishing of any materials that might in any way give rise to the right to file any lien against Landlord’s interest in the Premises.

(i) Tenant shall not suffer or permit any liens to stand against the Property or any part thereof by reason of any work, labor, services or materials done for, or supplied to, or claimed to have been done for or supplied to Tenant. Tenant shall keep the Property free and clear of any and all mechanics’, materialmen’s and other liens for work done, services performed, materials supplied or appliances used or furnished in or about the Premises in connection with any activities of Tenant on or about the Premises. If any such lien shall at any

 

BE 543 154 EUL 1 st Amend Final 110112       SAA2 – 402658
   3   


time be filed, Tenant shall cause the same to be discharged of record within thirty (30) days prior to the date any such lien may be foreclosed upon. If Tenant fails to discharge or contest such lien within such period and such failure shall continue for a period of fifteen (15) days after notice by Landlord, then, in addition to any other right or remedy of Landlord, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, procure the discharge of the same either by paying the amount claimed to be due, by deposit in court, or by bonding. All amounts paid or deposited by Landlord for any of the aforesaid purposes, and all other expenses of Landlord and all necessary disbursements in connection therewith, in defending any such action or in procuring the discharge of such lien, shall become due and payable by Tenant to Landlord promptly upon written demand therefor.

(j) Provided that the Permit is issued to Tenant, Landlord hereby gives Tenant permission: (i) to use the Building 543 Premises during the Construction Period as a materials storage and staging area to construct the Additional Building; and (ii) to install on the Building 543 Premises a temporary construction trailer in connection with the construction of the Additional Building. Tenant shall remove the temporary construction trailer from the Property no later than the date which is thirty (30) days after NASA’s Fire Marshal completes a final inspection of the Additional Building and determines that the Additional Building is substantially complete.

(k) Tenant shall construct the Additional Building by engaging contractors that pay the prevailing wages in the area.

(l) Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, Tenant shall demolish and remove from the Property the Additional Building and all other improvements now or hereafter constructed in connection therewith (including, without limitation, the slab, foundation and other improvements on or under the ground surface) (collectively, the “Removal Work”). Tenant agrees that if Tenant fails to complete the Removal Work, and Landlord incurs any costs in connection therewith, Landlord may apply the Security Deposit to cover such costs.

2. Amendments of the Lease . As of the Effective Date, the parties hereby agree to amend the Lease as follows:

(a) The Basic Lease Information attached to the Lease is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the Basic Lease Information attached to this Amendment as Exhibit 1 . Among other things, the amended Basic Lease Information sets forth the monthly Base Rent to be paid during construction of the Additional Building and after its completion.

(b) The site plan depicting the Building 543 Premises attached to the Lease as Exhibit A is hereby deleted and replaced with the site depicting the Building 543 Premises (including the proposed location of the Additional Building) attached to this Amendment as Exhibit 2 .

(c) The Support Agreement attached to the Lease as Exhibit C is hereby deleted and replaced with the Support Agreement attached to this Amendment as Exhibit 3 .

 

BE 543 154 EUL 1 st Amend Final 110112       SAA2 – 402658
   4   


(d) Section 4.3 of the Lease is hereby deleted and restated in its entirety as follows:

“4.3 Environmental Requirements . Tenant understands that the Property is underlain by a plume of contaminated groundwater that comprises two Superfund sites: the former Naval Air Station Moffett Field; and the Middlefield-Ellis-Whisman site. Tenant understands that the groundwater is contaminated with solvents and petroleum hydrocarbons. Tenant hereby acknowledges receipt of the environmental reports listed on attached Exhibit D . Tenant hereby agrees that: (a) Tenant shall not conduct, or permit to be conducted, on the Premises any activity which is not a Permitted Activity; (b) Tenant shall not use, store or otherwise handle, or permit any use, storage or other handling of, any Hazardous Material which is not a Permitted Material on or about the Premises; (c) Tenant shall obtain and maintain in effect all permits and licenses required pursuant to any Environmental Law for Tenant’s activities on the Premises, and Tenant shall at all times comply with all applicable Environmental Law; (d) Tenant shall not engage in the storage, treatment or disposal on or about the Premises of any Hazardous Material except for any temporary accumulation of waste generated in the course of Permitted Activities; (e) Tenant shall not install any aboveground or underground storage tank or any subsurface lines for the storage or transfer of any Hazardous Material, except in accordance with Environmental Law, and Tenant shall store all Hazardous Materials in a manner that protects the Premises, the Buildings, the Property and the environment from accidental spills and releases; (f) Tenant shall not cause any (and shall not allow any third party other than Landlord on the Premises during the Term to) release of any Hazardous Material or any condition of pollution or nuisance on or about the Premises, whether affecting surface water or groundwater, air, the land or the subsurface environment; (g) Tenant shall promptly remove from the Premises any Hazardous Material introduced, or permitted to be introduced, onto the Premises by Tenant which is not a Permitted Material and, on or before the date Tenant ceases to occupy the Premises, Tenant shall remove from the Premises all Hazardous Materials and all Permitted Materials handled by or permitted on the Premises by Tenant; (h) if any release of a Hazardous Material to the environment, or any condition of pollution or nuisance, occurs on or about or beneath the Premises or either Building as a result of any act of Tenant or its agents, employees, contractors, invitees or licensees, Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall promptly undertake all remedial measures required to clean up and abate or otherwise respond to the release, pollution or nuisance in accordance with all applicable Environmental Law; and (i) Tenant shall obtain its own identification number from the United States Environmental Protection Agency (and all applicable state and local agencies) and shall store, handle, transport and dispose of all hazardous waste generated by Tenant

 

BE 543 154 EUL 1 st Amend Final 110112       SAA2 – 402658
   5   


on or about the Premises in accordance with all applicable Environmental Law. Landlord and Landlord’s representatives shall have the right, but not the obligation, to enter the Premises at any reasonable time for the purpose of inspecting the storage, use and handling of any Hazardous Material on the Premises in order to determine Tenant’s compliance with the requirements of this Lease and applicable Environmental Law. If Landlord gives written notice to Tenant that Tenant’s use, storage or handling of any Hazardous Material on the Premises may not comply with this Lease or applicable Environmental Law, Tenant shall correct any such violation within five (5) days after Tenant’s receipt of such notice from Landlord to the extent required by Environmental Laws. Tenant shall indemnify and defend Landlord against and hold Landlord harmless from all claims, demands, actions, judgments, liabilities, costs, expenses, losses, damages, penalties, fines and obligations of any nature (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements incurred in the investigation, defense or settlement of claims) that Landlord may incur as a result of, or in connection with, claims arising from the presence, use, storage, transportation, treatment, disposal, release or other handling, on or about or beneath the Premises, of any Hazardous Material existing on or about or beneath the Premises caused by Tenant or its agents, employees, contractors, invitees or licensees (collectively ‘Tenant Contamination’). Landlord hereby agrees to release Tenant from, and shall not charge Tenant for, any liabilities, costs, expenses, losses, damages, penalties, fines or obligations of any nature as a result of, or in connection with any Hazardous Materials existing at the Property that are not Tenant Contamination, except to the extent that Tenant or its employees, agents, contractors or invitees exacerbates or causes a release of any such existing Hazardous Materials. Except for the storage, handling, transportation (including execution of manifests) and disposal of hazardous waste generated by Tenant on or about the Premises, Tenant’s activities that comply with the permitted use of the Premises set forth in the Basic Lease Information will be included in NASA’s sitewide permits and plans, as applicable, such as the Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasures Plan, the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan, the above ground storage tank statement, the Sunnyvale Industrial Waste Water permit, the Environmental Resources Document, and the Integrated Natural Resources Management Plan. Coverage in these and other sitewide plans is included in the cost of ISP Services (as defined in section 6.1). Tenant shall promptly supply information to the NASA Environmental Office (Code JQ) that is needed to complete these documents, and comply with the conditions of these permits. Tenant, at its sole cost, is responsible for obtaining an identification number from the United States Environmental Protection Agency, and obtaining hazardous materials storage permits and air permits required by Environmental Law for Tenant’s use of the Premises. The liability of Tenant under this section 4.3 shall survive the termination of this Lease with respect to acts or omissions that occur before such termination.”

 

BE 543 154 EUL 1 st Amend Final 110112       SAA2 – 402658
   6   


(e) Section 8.2(d) of the Lease is hereby amended by adding the following sentence immediately before the last section of section 8.2(d):

“The Full Insurable Replacement Value of the Additional Building initially shall be four hundred fifty thousand dollars ($450,000.00).”

3. No Other Amendment; Conflicts . Except as set forth in this Amendment, the provisions of the Lease remain in full force. If the provisions of this Amendment conflict with the provisions of the Lease, then the provisions of this Amendment shall prevail.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Amendment as of the Effective Date.

 

Tenant:     Landlord:

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION, a

Delaware corporation

   

NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND

SPACE ADMINISTRATION, an Agency of

the United States

By    /s/ William H. Kurtz     By    /s/ S. Pete Worden
 

William H. Kurtz

Chief Financial Officer

     

S. Pete Worden

Director, Ames Research Center

 

BE 543 154 EUL 1 st Amend Final 110112       SAA2 – 402658
   7   


EXHIBIT 1 TO FIRST AMENDMENT

NASA AMES RESEARCH CENTER

ENHANCED USE LEASE

Amended Basic Lease Information

Date: November 1, 2012.

Landlord: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION, an Agency of the United States, Ames Research Center located at Moffett Field, California.

Tenant: BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation.

Premises (section 1.1): (a) The parcel of real property outlined in Exhibit A , containing approximately 73,939 square feet (more or less) of land area, including Building 543 (containing approximately 9,166 square feet (more or less) of building space (“Building 543”)) and all other improvements owned by Landlord thereon (collectively, the “Building 543 Premises”); and (b) all of the space in Building 154 (“Building 154”) outlined in Exhibit A-1, containing approximately 14,359 square feet (more or less) of building area (the “Building 154 Premises”). The Building 543 Premises and the Building 154 Premises are located at NASA Ames Research Center, Moffett Field, California. A site plan showing the locations of the Building 543 Premises and the Building 154 Premises is attached hereto as Exhibit A . Tenant intends to construct an additional building on the Building 543 Premises (the “Additional Building”) in the location depicted on such site plan. Building 543, the Additional Building and Building 154 are individually referred to herein as a “Building” and are collectively referred to herein as the “Buildings.”

Property (section 1.1): The land, the buildings and other improvements known as NASA Ames Research Center, Moffett Field, California 94035-1000.

Term (section 2.1): Approximately three (3) years.

Commencement Date (section 2.1): December 16, 2011.

Expiration Date (section 2.1): December 31, 2014.

Monthly Base Rent (dollars per month) (section 3.1): $42,351.61; provided, however, during the period beginning on November 1, 2012 and ending on January 30, 2013 during which Tenant intends to construct the Additional Building, the monthly Base Rent for the Premises shall be reduced to $41,643.86.

Security Deposit (section 3.3): $40,500.00.

 

BE 543 154 EUL 1 st Amend Final 110112       SAA2 – 402658
   i   


Rent Payment Address (section 3.7):   

NASA Shared Service Center (NSSC)-

FMD Accounts Receivable

Attn: For the Accounts of Ames Research Center

(Agreement #SAA2-402658)

Bldg. 1111, C Road

Stennis Space Center, MS 39529

Permitted Use of the Premises (section 4.1): Bloom Energy will use and occupy the Building 543 Premises solely for research and development, and testing, including as its research laboratory and to test its products. Bloom Energy will use and occupy the Building 154 Premises solely for office purposes; provided, however, Bloom Energy may use rooms 124, 125, 126, 128, 129 and 130 for minor assembly of wiring harnesses and piping.

 

Landlord’s Address (section 14.1):   

NASA Ames Research Center

Ms. Mejghan K. Haider, Mail Stop 204 – 2

Bldg. 204, Rm 215

P.O. Box 1

Moffett Field, CA 94035-0001

Tenant’s Address (section 14.1):   

Bloom Energy Corporation

1252 Orleans Drive

Sunnyvale, CA 94089

Attn: Mr. William H. Kurtz

Exhibit A – Site Plan; Plan Outlining the Building 543 Premises

Exhibit A-1 – Plans Outlining the Building 154 Premises

Exhibit B – Description of the TI Work

Exhibit C – Support Agreement

Exhibit D – List of Environmental Reports

The foregoing Basic Lease Information is incorporated in and made a part of the Lease to which it is attached. If there is any conflict between the Basic Lease Information and the Lease, the Basic Lease Information shall control.

 

Tenant:

 

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION, a

Delaware corporation

   

Landlord:

 

NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND

SPACE ADMINISTRATION, an

Agency of the United States

By   /s/ William H. Kurtz     By   /s/ S. Pete Worden
 

William H. Kurtz

Chief Financial Officer

     

S. Pete Worden

Director, Ames Research Center

 

BE 543 154 EUL 1 st Amend Final 110112       SAA2 – 402658
   ii   


EXHIBIT 2 TO FIRST AMENDMENT

Revised Site Plan; Plan Outlining the Building 543 Premises

(Supersedes Exhibit A to Lease)

This site plan is used solely for the purpose of identifying the approximate location and size of the Premises, including the approximate location and size of the Building 543 Premises and the Restricted Area. Building sizes, site dimensions, access, common and parking areas, and existing tenants and locations are subject to change at Landlord’s discretion.

 

LOGO

 

BE 543 154 EUL 1 st Amend Final 110112       SAA2 – 402658
   1   


EXHIBIT 3 TO FIRST AMENDMENT

Revised Support Agreement

(Supersedes Exhibit C to Lease)

[Consists of three pages immediately following this page]

 

BE 543 154 EUL 1 st Amend Final 110112       SAA2 – 402658
   1   


SECOND AMENDMENT TO NASA AMES RESEARCH

CENTER ENHANCED USE LEASE

This Second Amendment to NASA Ames Research Center Enhanced Use Lease (the “Amendment”) is made as of August 25. 2014 (the “Effective Date”), by and between the NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION, an Agency of the United States, acting by and through Ames Research Center located at Moffett Field, California (“Landlord”), and BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), with reference to the following facts:

A. Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain NASA Ames Research Center Enhanced Use Lease, dated as of December 5, 2011 (SAA2 - 402658) (the “Lease”) Each capitalized term used in this Amendment, but not defined herein, shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the Lease.

B. Tenant duly requested, and Landlord duly approved Tenant’s request to extend the Term as provided in section 2.1(b) of the Original Lease. Tenant has requested that Landlord agree to extend the term for two (2) years. Landlord is willing to extend the Term on the terms and conditions of this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

1. Amendments of the Lease . As of the Effective Date, the parties hereby agree to amend the Lease as follows:

(a) The Basic Lease Information attached to the Lease is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the Basic Lease Information attached to this Amendment as Exhibit 1 . Among other things, the amended Basic Lease Information reflects (1) the extension of the Term such that the Expiration Date is December 31, 2016. (2) the amount of monthly Gross Rent as of the Effective Date.

2. No Other Amendment; Conflicts . Except as set forth in this Amendment, the provisions of the Original Lease remain in full force. If the provisions of this Amendment conflict with the provisions of the Original Lease, then the provisions of this Amendment shall prevail.

 

BE 543 154 EUL 2 nd Amend Final 082514       SAA2 – 402658
   1   


IN WITNESS WHEREOF. Landlord and Tenant have executed this Amendment as of the Effective Date.

 

Tenant:

 

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION, a

Delaware corporation

   

Landlord:

 

NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND

SPACE ADMINISTRATION, an Agency of

the United States

By   /s/ William H. Kurtz     By   /s/ S. Pete Worden
 

William H. Kurtz

Chief Financial Officer

     

S. Pete Worden

Director, Ames Research Center

 

BE 543 154 EUL 2 nd Amend Final 082514       SAA2 – 402658
   2   


EXHIBIT 1 TO SECOND AMENDMENT

NASA AMES RESEARCH CENTER

ENHANCED USE LEASE

Amended Basic Lease Information

Date: August 25, 2014.

Landlord: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION, an Agency of the United States. Ames Research Center located at Moffett Field, California.

Tenant: BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation.

Premises (section 1.1): (a) The parcel of real property outlined in Exhibit A , containing approximately 73,939 square feet (more or less) of land area, including Building 543 (containing approximately 9,166 square feet (more or less) of building space (“Building 543”)) and all other improvements owned by Landlord thereon (collectively, the “Building 543 Premises”); and (b) all of the space in Building 154 (“Building 154”) outlined in Exhibit A-1 , containing approximately 14,359 square feet (more or less) of building area (the “Building 154 Premises”). The Building 543 Premises and the Building 154 Premises are located at NASA Ames Research Center, Moffett Field, California. A site plan showing the locations of the Building 543 Premises and the Building 154 Premises is attached hereto as Exhibit A . Tenant constructed an additional building (approximately 3,375 square feet (more or less) on the Building 543 Premises (the “Additional Building”) in the location depicted on such site plan. Building 543, the Additional Building and Building 154 are individually referred to herein as a “Building” and are collectively referred to herein as the “Buildings.”

Property (section 1.1): The land, the buildings and other improvements known as NASA Ames Research Center, Moffett Field, California 94035-1000.

Term (section 2.1): Approximately five (5) years.

Commencement Date (section 2.1): December 16, 2011.

Expiration Date (section 2.1): December 31, 2016.

Monthly Base Rent (dollars per month) (section 3.1): $31,793.11 (based on $1.02 per square foot per month for Bldg. 543, (b) $1.04 per square foot per month for Bldg. 154, (c) $0.17 per square foot per month for additional land (approximately 44.179 sf) which is the remainder of the total parcel less the normalized parcel for Bldg. 543).

Security Deposit (section 3.3): $40,500.00.

 

BE 543 154 EUL 2 nd Amend Final 082514       SAA2 – 402658
   i   


Rent Payment Address (section 3.7):   

NASA Shared Service Center (NSSC)-

FMD Accounts Receivable

Attn: For the Accounts of Ames Research Center

(Agreement #SAA2-402658)

Bldg. 1111, C Road

Stennis Space Center, MS 39529

Permitted Use of the Premises (section 4.1): Bloom Energy will use and occupy the Building 543 Premises solely for research and development, and testing, including as its research laboratory and to test its products. Bloom Energy will use and occupy the Building 154 Premises solely for office purposes; provided, however, Bloom Energy may use rooms 124, 125, 126, 128, 129 and 130 for minor assembly of wiring harnesses and piping.

 

Landlord’s Address (section 14.1):   

NASA Ames Research Center

Ms. Mejghan K. Haider, Mail Stop 204 2

Bldg. 204, Rm 215

P.O. Box 1

Moffett Field, CA 94035-0001

Tenant’s Address (section 14.1):   

Bloom Energy Corporation

1252 Orleans Drive

Sunnyvale, CA 94089

Attn: Mr. William H. Kurtz

Exhibit A – Site Plan; Plan Outlining the Building 543 Premises

Exhibit A-1 – Plans Outlining the Building 154 Premises

Exhibit B – Description of the TI Work

Exhibit C – Support Agreement

Exhibit D – List of Environmental Reports

The foregoing Basic Lease Information is incorporated in and made a part of the Lease to which it is attached. If there is any conflict between the Basic Lease Information and the Lease, the Basic Lease Information shall control.

 

Tenant:

 

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION, a

Delaware corporation

   

Landlord:

 

NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND

SPACE ADMINISTRATION, an

Agency of the United States

By   /s/ William H. Kurtz     By   /s/ S. Pete Worden
 

William H. Kurtz

Chief Financial Officer

     

S. Pete Worden

Director, Ames Research Center

 

BE 543 154 EUL 2 nd Amend Final 082514       SAA2 – 402658
   ii   


EXHIBIT 2 TO SECOND AMENDMENT

Revised Site Plan; Plan Outlining the Building 543 Premises

(Supersedes Exhibit A to Lease)

This site plan is used solely for the purpose of identifying the approximate location and size of the Premises, including the approximate location and size of the Building 543 Premises and the Restricted Area. Building sizes, site dimensions, access, common and parking areas, and existing tenants and locations are subject to change at Landlord’s discretion.

 

LOGO

 

BE 543 154 EUL 2 nd Amend Final 082514       SAA2 – 402658
   1   


EXHIBIT 3 TO SECOND AMENDMENT

Revised Support Agreement

(Supersedes Exhibit C to Lease)

 

BE 543 154 EUL 2 nd Amend Final 082514       SAA2 – 402658
   2   


LOGO

SUPPORT AGREEMENT 1 agreement number (Provided by Suppler SAA2-402658 2 superseded agreement no. 6. SUPPLYING ACTIVITY 3 name and ADDRESS National Aeronautics and Space Administration Ames Research Center Morten Field, CA 94035-1000 NRP Business Development Specialist: Cynthia Carbon-Norman D major COMMAND NASA HQ, Science Mission Directorate, Washington DC. 3 effective date October 1. 2014 4. expiration date (May be ‘indefinite’) September 30, 2015 6. RECEIVING ACTIVITY a name AND ADDRESS Bloom Energy Corporation 1252 Orleans Drive Sunnyvale, CA 94089 Attn: William Kurtz C MAJOR COMMAND 7. SUPPORT PROVIDED BY SUPPLIER a SUPPOR (Specify what, when, where, and how much) Modified Net Rent (Includes ISP, except for Additional Land) From 10/01/14 - 12/31/14: Building 543 Premises (9,166 sf@ $1.46 sf/mo) Bldg. 543 Additional Land Area (No ISP, 44,179 sf @ $0.17 sf/mo) Bldg. 154 (14,359 sf @ $1.48 sf/mo) B543 Addition (ISP Only, 3,375 sf @ $0,44 sf/mo) Sub Total From 01/01/15 09/31/15 (3% CPI Increase begins on 01 01/15) Building 543 Premises (9,166 sf @ $1.49 sf/mo) Bidg. 543 Additional Land Area (No ISP, 44.179 sf @ $0.18 sf/mo) Bldg. 154 (14,359 sf @ $1.51 sf/mo) B543 Addition (ISP Only, 3,375 sf (@ $0,44 sf/mo) Sub Total Demand Services (Due in Advance Quarterly): -Utilities Metered, Bldgs 543 & 154 (based on FY14 actual) Facilities Services - Declined Janitorial Services Demand Services Total Grand Total Security Deposit ADDITIONAL SUPPORT REQUIREMENTS ATTACHED Market comps Market comps Market comps C BASIS FOR REIMBURSEMENT C ESTIMATED REIMBURSEMENT $ 40,147.08 $ 22,531.29 $ 63,753.96 $ 4,455.00 $130,88733 $122,916.06 $ 71,569.98 $195,138.81 $ 13,365.00 Actual Cost Actual Cost $402,989.85 $330,000.00 $ 2,000 00 $ -0- Yes $332,000.00 $865,877.18 Paid in FY12, carryover into FY13 $ 40,500.00 No S. SUPPLYING COMPONENT a COMPTROLLER SIGNATURE n/a b DATE SIGNED n/a c. APPROVING AUTHORITY (1) Typed Name Paul Agnew (2) Organization Chief Financial Officer (4) Signature 10. TERMINATION is terminated pnor to scheduled expiration data) (3) Telephone Number (650) 604-1301 (5) Date Signed 9. RECEIVING COMPONENT a COMPTROLLER SIGNATURE n/a b DATE SIGNED n/a c. APPROVING AUTHORITY (1) Typed Name William H. Kurtz. Chief Financial Officer (2) Organization Bloom Energy Corporation (4) Signature (3) Telephone Number (408) 543-1550 (5) Date Signed 3 APPROVING AUTHORITY SIGNATURE D DATE SIGNED a APPROVING AUTHORITY SIGNATURE D DATE SIGNED 00 FORM 1144, NOV 2001 PREVIOUS EOTIONS MAY BE USED Page 1 of 3


LOGO

11. GENERAL PROVISIONS (Complete blank spaces and add additional general provision as appropriate e.g. exceptions to printed provisions, additional paths to this agreement, billing and reimbursement instructions) a. The receiving components will provide the supplying component projections of requested support (significant changes in the receiving components support requirements should be submitted to the supplying component in a manner that will permit timely modification of resources requirements) b. It is the responsibility of supplying component to bring any required change in support to the attention of prior to changing or cancelling support c. The component providing reimbursable support in this agreement will submit statements of costs to d. All rates expressing the unit cost of services provided in this agreement are base on current rates which may be subject to change for uncontrollable reasons, such as legislation, DoD directives, and commercial utility rate increases The receiver will be notified immediately of such rate changes that must be passed through to the support receivers e. This agreement may be cancelled at any time by mutual consent of the parties concerned This agreement may also be canceled by either party upon giving at least 180 days written notice to the other party f. In case of mobilization or other emergency this agreement remain in force only within supplier’s capabilities ADDITIONAL SUPPORT REQUIERMENTS ATTACHED Yes No 12. SPACIFIC PROVISION (As a appropriate e.g. location n and size of occupied facilities, unique support and receiver responsibilities conditions, requirements, quantity standards, and catena for measurement/ reimbursement of unique requirements ) ADDITONAL SUPPORT REQUIREMENTS ATTACHED Yes No DD FORM 1144 MOV 2001 PREVIOUS EDITIONS MAY BE USED Page 2 of 3


13. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS (Use this space to continue general and/or specific provisions as needed)

 

 

 

 

 

DD FORM 1144, NOV 2001   PREVIOUS EDITIONS MAY BE USED   Page 3 of 3


Revised Human Health Risk Assessment NASA Research Park

Moffett Field, California

MACTEC


Revised Human Health Risk Assessment NASA Research Park

Moffett Field, California

Prepared for

PAl/ISSi

NASA Ames Research Center Moffett Field, California 94035-1100

MACTEC Project No. 56042 3.6

David Brenner, Ph.D.

Principal Environmental Scientist

Matthew Walraven

Staff Environment Scientist

July 28, 2003

Engineering and Consulting

MACTEC, Inc. 90 Digital Drive

Novato, CA 94949 - (415) 883-0112

 

2


Revised Human Health Risk Assessment NASA Research Park

Moffett Field, California

MACTEC Project No. 56042 3.6

This document was prepared by MACTEC Engineering and Consulting, Inc. (MACTEC, formerly Harding ESE, Inc.), at the direction of PAI/ISSi for the sole use of PAI/ISSi the only intended beneficiaries of this work. No other party should rely on the information contained herein without the prior written consent of PAI/ISSi and MACTEC. This report and the interpretations, conclusions, and recommendations contained within are based in part on information presented in other documents that are cited in the text and listed in the references. Therefore, this report is subject to the limitations and qualifications presented in the referenced documents.

 

3


CONTENTS

 

LIST OF ACRONYMS

     7  

1.0

 

INTRODUCTION

     9  

2.0

 

BACKGROUND

     11  

2.1

 

Physical Setting

     11  

2.2

 

Groundwater Contamination

     11  

2.3

 

Soil Contamination

     12  

2.4

 

Previous Risk Assessment Evaluations

     12  

3.0

 

DATA EVALUATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF CHEMICALS OF POIBNTIAL CONCERN

     14  

3.1

 

Areas Defined for Evaluation of Risk

     14  

3.2

 

Data Evaluation

     14  

3.3

 

COPC Selection

     15  

3.4

 

Background Evaluation of Air Concentration

     16  

4.0

 

EXPOSURE ASSESSMENT

     17  

4.1

 

Exposure Setting and Land Use

     17  

4.2

 

Identification of Receptors and Pathways

     17  

4.3

 

Potential Receptors

     18  

4.4

 

Exposure Pathways

     18  

4.5

 

Conceptual Site Models

     19  

4.6

 

Exposure Point Concentrations

     19  

4.7

 

Chemical Intake Estimates

     20  

4.7.1

 

General Exposure Assumptions

     21  

4.7.2

 

Exposure Parameters and Equations for Dermal Contact with Groundwater

     21  

4.7.3

 

Groundwater Volatilization Model

     22  

4.7.3.l

 

Differences between Draft Addendum and Revised Final HHRA

     24  

4.7.4

 

Exposure Parameters and Equations for Inhalation of Volatiles from Groundwater

     25  

5.0

 

TOXICITY ASSESSMENT

     26  

5.1

 

Noncarcinogenic Toxicity Criteria

     26  

5.2

 

Carcinogenic Toxicity Criteria

     27  

5.3

 

Toxicity Criteria for the COPCs

     29  

6.0

 

RISK CHARACTERIZATION

     35  

6.1

 

Noncarcinogenic Hazard

     35  

6.2

 

Cancer Risks

     36  

6.3

 

Risk Characterization Results

     37  

6.3.l

 

Risk Characterization Summary

     38  

6.3.1.1

 

Differences between Draft Addendum and Revised HHRA

     41  

6.3.2

 

Risk Estimated from Groundwater Volatilization Model

     41  

6.3.3

 

Risk Estimated from Air Measurements

     42  

6.4

 

Soil Target Cleanup Levels

     44  

7.0

 

UNCERTAINTY EVALUATION

     45  

7.1

 

Toxicity Criteria and Factors

     45  

7.2

 

Exposure Pathways and Parameters

     45  

7.3

 

Laboratory and Sampling Results

     46  

7.4

 

Site Target Cleanup Levels

     46  

 

4


7.5

 

Site Air Concentration Measurements

     46  

7.6

 

Flux Measurements

     47  

7.7

 

Calculation of Modeled Airborne VOC Concentrations

     48  

7.8

 

Volatilization Model

     48  

7.9

 

1,1-DCE Carcinogenicity Assessment

     49  

7.10

 

TCE Health Risk Assessment

     49  

7.11

 

Benzene Health Risk Assessment

     50  

7.12

 

Factoring Out Vinyl Chloride Concentrations

     50  

8.0

 

SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS

     50  

9.0

 

LITERATURE CITED

     54  

TABLES

  

1

 

Groundwater Wells Sampled

  

2

 

Statistical Data Summary of Chemicals in Groundwater

  

3

 

Locations of Air Samples Taken at NRP

  

4

 

Statistical Data Summary of Chemicals in Air

  

5

 

COPCs for Groundwater and Air

  

6

 

Statistical Data Summary for Chemicals in Background Air

  

7

 

Exposure Parameters for a Construction Worker

  

8

 

Exposure Parameters for an Indoor Worker

  

9

 

Exposure Parameters for Adult and Child Residents

  

10

 

Exposure Parameters for 30 yr Residential Receptor

  

11

 

Chemical Specific Derma) Factors

  

12

 

Site-Specific Soil and Groundwater Characteristics

  

13

 

Chemical Physical Properties

  

14

 

Volatilization Model Parameters

  

15

 

Toxicity Criteria for COPCs

  

16

 

Construction Worker Receptor; Risks and Hazards Estimated from Groundwater Concentrations

  

17

 

Indoor Worker Receptor; Risks and Hazards Estimated from Groundwater Concentrations

  

18

 

Adult Resident (10 yr RME) Receptor; Risks and Hazards Estimated from Groundwater Concentrations

  

19

 

Child Resident (10 yr RME) Receptor; Risks and Hazards Estimated from Groundwater Concentrations

  

20

 

RME 30 yr Residential Receptor; Risks and Hazards Estimated from Groundwater Concentrations

  

21

 

Construction Worker Receptor; Risks and Hazards Estimated from Measured Air Concentrations

  

22

 

Indoor Worker Receptor; Risks and Hazards Estimated from Measured Air Concentrations

  

23

 

Adult Resident (10 yr RME) Receptor; Risks and Hazards Estimated from Measured Air Concentrations

  

24

 

Child Resident (10 yr RME) Receptor; Risks and Hazards Estimated from Measured Air Concentrations

  

 

5


25

 

RME 30 yr Residential Receptor; Risks and Hazards Estimated from Measured Air Concentrations

  

26

 

Background Risks and Hazards Estimated from Measured BAAQMD Air Concentrations

  

27

 

Comparison of Cleanup Levels for Soil

  

PLATES

 

l

 

Property and Parcel Location Map

  

2

 

Well Sample Location Map

  

3

 

Air Sample Location Map

  

4

 

Construction RME Risk

  

5

 

Construction CTE Risk

  

6

 

Construction RME HI

  

7

 

Construction CTE HI

  

8

 

Indoor Worker RME Risk

  

9

 

Indoor Worker CTE Risk

  

10

 

Indoor Worker RME HI

  

11

 

Indoor Worker CTE HI

  

12

 

Adult Resident (10 yr) RME Risk

  

13

 

Adult Resident (5 yr) CTE Risk

  

14

 

Adult Resident (10 yr) RME HI

  

15

 

Adult Resident (5 yr) CTE HI

  

16

 

Child Resident (10 yr) RME Risk

  

17

 

Child Resident (5 yr) CTE Risk

  

18

 

Child Resident (10 yr) RME HI

  

19

 

Child Resident (5 yr) CTE HI

  

20

 

Resident (30 yr) RME Risk

  

21

 

Resident, Adult (24 yr) HI

  

22

 

Resident, Child (6 yr) HI

  

FIGURES

  

Conceptual Site Model

  

APPENDIXES

  

A

 

SURFACE FLUX MEASUREMENT PROGRAM

  

B

 

CALCULATION OF EXPOSURE POINT CONCENTRATIONS GROUNDWATER DATA

  

D

 

AIR DATA

  

E

 

INTERMEDIATE CALCULATIONS FOR THE GROUNDWATER TO AIR VOLATILIZATION MODEL

  

F

 

RESPONSES TO COMMENTS

  

 

6


DISTRIBUTION

LIST OF ACRONYMS

1,1-DCA

 

1,1-Dichloroethane

1,1-DCE

 

1,1-Dichloroethylene, also called 1,1-Dichloroethene

1,2-DCA

 

1,2-Dichloroethane

1,1,1-TCA

 

1,1,1 -Trichloroethane

ABS

 

Dermal-Absorption factor

ADD

 

Average Daily Dose

AF

 

Soil-Adherence Factor

ASTM

 

American Society for Testing and Materials

AT

 

Averaging Time

B[a]P

 

Benzo(a)pyrene

BW

 

Body Weight

BTEX

 

Benzene, Toluene, Ethyl benzene, and Xylenes

Cal/EPA

 

California Environmental Protection Agency

cis-1,2-DCE

 

cis-1,2-Dichloroethylene, also called cis-1,2-Dichloroethene

cfm

 

cubic feet per minute

Cgw

 

Exposure point concentration (EPC) in groundwater

COPC

 

Chemical of Potential Concern

CSM

 

Conceptual Site Model

CTE

 

Central Tendency Estimate

DNA

 

Deoxyribonucleic acid, commonly called DNA with further description

DTSC

 

Department of Toxic Substances Control

EA

 

Endangerment Assessment

EBS

 

Environmental Baseline Survey

ED

 

Exposure Duration

EF

 

Exposure Frequency

EPC

 

Exposure Point Concentration

ET

 

Exposure Time

FOD

 

Frequency of Detection

FS

 

Feasibility Study

HEAST

 

Health Effects Assessment Summary Tables

HHAG

 

Human Health Assessment Group

HHRA

 

Human Health Risk Assessment

HI

 

Hazard Index

HLA

 

Harding Lawson Associates, now MACTEC

HQ

 

Hazard Quotient

IR

 

Ingestion Rate

IRIS

 

Integrated Risk Information System

IRS

 

Ingestion Rate for Soil

Kp

 

Dermal permeability constant

LADD

 

Lifetime Average Daily Dose

LMS

 

Linearized Multistage model

LOAEL

 

Lowest-Observed-Adverse-Effect Level

MCF

 

Mass Conversion Factor

MCL

 

Maximum Contaminant Level

 

7


MEW

 

Middlefield Ellis Whisman (Superfund Site)

MFA

 

Moffett Federal Airfield

MDL

 

Method Detection Limit

µg/kg

 

Micrograms per Kilogram

mg/kg

 

Milligrams per Kilogram

NAS

 

Naval Air Station

NASA

 

National Aeronautics and Space Administration

NCEA

 

National Center for Environmental Assessment

NOAEL

 

No-Observed-Adverse-Effect Level

NRP

 

NASA Research Park

PAH

 

Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbon

PCB

 

Polychlorinated Biphenyl

PCE

 

Tetrachloroethene, also called Tetrachloroethlyene or Perchloroethylene

PEF

 

Particulate-Emission Factor

PPE

 

Personal Protective Equipment

PRG

 

Preliminary Remediation Goal

QA

 

Quality Assurance

QC

 

Quality Control

RA

 

Risk Assessment

RID

 

Reference Dose

RI

 

Remedial Investigation

RME

 

Reasonable Maximum Exposure

ROD

 

Record of Decision

RWQCB

 

Regional Water Quality Control Board

SA

 

Body Surface Area

SF

 

Slope Factor

SFo

 

Slope Factor, Oral

SFi

 

Slope Factor, Inhalation

SVOC

 

Semivolatile Organic Compound

TCE

 

Trichloroethene, also called Trichloroethylene

TCL

 

Target Cleanup Level

TPH

 

Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons

trans-1,2-DCE

 

trans-1,2-Dichloroethylene, also called trans-1,2-Dichloroeth

ITO

 

Total Toxic Organics

UCL

 

Upper Confidence Limit

USEPA

 

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency

UST

 

Underground Storage Tank

vc

 

Vinyl Chloride

VCF

 

Volume Conversion Factor

VF

 

Volatilization Factor

VFa

 

Volatilization Factor for VOCs from groundwater to ambient air

voe

 

Volatile Organic Compound

WATS

 

West-Side Aquifers Treatment System

WP

 

Work Plan

 

8


1.0 INTRODUCTION

MACTEC Engineering and Consulting, Inc. (MACTEC, formerly Harding ESE) has prepared this Human Health Risk Assessment (HHRA) to assess the health risks associated with Parcels 1 through 9 and 12 through 19 of the NASA Research Park (NRP-Site). The NRP site, located in Moffett Field, CA, is comprised of 213 acres is being planned for redevelopment as a collaborative research and educational campus, with associated facilities. For planning purposes, NRP was divided into 19 parcels as part of the Final Programmatic Environmental Impact Statement (DCE, 2002). The location of the parcels is shown in Plate 1. Based on their historical use and the proposed future use, Parcels 1 through 8 and 12, 13, 14, 15, 17, 18, and 19 were selected for evaluation as part of the HHRA. No contamination sources have been identified in Parcels 9, 10, 11, and 16 and they have been eliminated from further consideration. MACTEC conducted this assessment and prepared this report under contract to PAI/ISSi on behalf of NASA Ames Research Center.

Contaminated groundwater is the primary environmental medium of concern at the Site. Exposure to chemicals in the groundwater is primarily the result of transport of volatile organic compounds (VOCs) from the groundwater to the ground surface. Once at the surface, these VOCs enter the outdoor atmosphere or infiltrate the indoor building environment. The risks resulting from potential exposure to VOC vapors were calculated using (1) groundwater data, and (2) air quality data. Soil surface flux measurements were used in .the selection of GW COPCs (see section 3.3 and Appendix A).

Although soil containing metals, PAHs, SVOCs, and VOCs, have been detected, most of the source areas and surrounding soil have been removed. However, a residual soil data set (i.e., representing post-remediation conditions following the removal of contamination sources) was not available for this HHRA. This HHRA is intended to reflect potential risks associated with current use and future development of the Site. Because a soil data set representing current chemical concentrations in soil at the five parcels could not be compiled, due to lack of post-remediation soil samples, quantitative risks could not be estimated.’ Instead, a discussion of applicable target cleanup levels (TCLs) for soil is presented. Comparison of the TCLs to measured soil concentrations can then be used to support any further removal action decisions.

Only exposure to groundwater and air were evaluated in this HHRA. This HHRA does not address potential exposure to lead-based paint in soil as this issue will be addressed separately. Prior to building demolition, soil contaminated with lead will be removed to the Risk Based Screening Level (RBSL) of 200 ng/kg.

This HHRA is consistent with the methods and assumptions presented in the HHRA Work Plan, NASA Research Park, Moffett Field, California (HLA, 2002), and is based on risk assessment guidance provided by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) and the California Environmental Protection Agency (Cal/EPA). As discussed below, the Work Plan activities were amended to include the collection of soil flux samples.

The purpose of this HHRA is to provide guidance for development of the NRP parcels consistent with the land uses described in the Final Environmental Impact Statement (FEIS) prepared by

 

9


Design, Community, and Environment (DCE, 2002). Development of the site is planned to occur over the next eleven years, while ground water remediation will require between 20 and 100 years. Therefore, it is expected that the developers of each site will conduct their own detailed, site-specific assessment as part of the proposed development. All requirements for environmental remediation levels for volatile organic compounds are set forth in the MEW Record of Decision (VSEPA, 1989b) and these levels are not changed because of this HHRA.

This HHRA is organized as follows:

 

  Section 1 - Introduction: Describes the organization and content of the HHRA.

 

  Section 2 - Background: Describes the physical setting of Moffett Field and the groundwater and soil contamination at the Site. Previous risk assessments at Moffett Field are also discussed.

 

  Section 3 - Data Evaluation and Selection of Chemicals of Potential Concern: Describes methods to select chemicals of potential concern evaluated in the HHRA. A description of the data sets used in the HHRA is also included.

 

  Section 4 - Exposure Assessment: Describes the potential exposed populations, exposure pathways, exposure assumptions, methods of assessing chemical uptake, and estimation of exposure point concentrations (see also Appendix B).

 

  Section 5 - Toxicity Assessment: Describes the types of adverse health effects and dose-response criteria used to assess the potential toxic effects for the chemicals of potential concern. Uncertainties used to develop the toxicity criteria are also discussed.

 

  Section 6 - Risk Characterization: Describes the qualitative and quantitative estimates of risk.

 

  Section 7 - Uncertainty Evaluation: Presents and discusses uncertainties associated with the quantitative results of the assessment and input data and assumptions.

 

  Section 8 - Summary and Conclusions: Presents a summary of the results of the HHRA.

 

  Section 9 - References: Provides a list of references cited in the text.

 

10


2.0 BACKGROUND

This section presents relevant information about Moffett Field and includes a description of the groundwater and soil contamination at the NRP Site. A summary of previous risk assessments conducted for the Site is also included.

2.1 Physical Setting

Moffett Field lies 35 miles south of San Francisco, 10 miles north of San Jose, and about 1mile south of San Francisco Bay. The facility encompasses about 2,000 acres in Santa Clara County and borders the cities of Mountain View and Sunnyvale, California. To the north of Moffett Field are saltwater evaporation ponds and wetlands associated with San Francisco Bay; Stevens Creek lies to the west; U.S. Highway 101 runs along the southern perimeter; and Lockheed-Martin Aerospace facilities are located to the east. The Ames Campus is located in the northwest portion of Moffett Field. The area south of U.S. Highway 101 is industrial and includes a group of companies located or formerly located in a 0.5 square-mile area bounded by East Middlefield Road, Ellis Street, Whisman Road, and U.S. Highway 101, referred to as the MEW Superfund Site. These companies are implementing remedial activities for soil and groundwater contamination believed to originate within the MEW Superfund Site. Groundwater beneath the NRP parcels is impacted by migration of chemicals from the MEW Superfund Site and from past Navy operations at Moffett Field (Tetra Tech, 1998). The groundwater plumes underneath the NRP parcels are referred to as the West Side Aquifer or Regional Plume.

Moffett Field was operated as a NAS by the U.S. Military beginning on its date of commission in April 1933. The base was designated for closure as an active military base under the U.S. Department of Defense Base Realignment and Closure (BRAC) program. The base was transferred in July 1994 to NASA, except for the military housing units and associated facilities, which were transferred to Onizuka Air Force Base. As described in the Moffett Field Comprehensive Use Plan, Environmental Assessment (Brady & Associates, 1994), portions of Moffett Field will be converted from their former military use and redeveloped as a laboratory and associated offices. Other portions of the NRP Site are proposed for development as a collaborative research and educational campus, pursuant to the FEIS (DCE, 2002).

2.2 Groundwater Contamination

The remedial investigation (RI) of the MEW area, concluded in 1988 (HL.A, 1988), demonstrated that VOCs, especially trichlorothene (TCE) and 1,1,1-trichloroethane (1,1,1-TCA), were the most frequently detected chemicals in groundwater. The MEW companies completed the RI, the feasibility study (FS), and the remedial design, and are currently conducting remedial action activities under USEPA supervision. Construction of the MEW treatment system was completed and routine operations began in October 1998 (Tetra Tech, 1999a).

In addition to the MEW Superfund Site, groundwater at the NRP was impacted by past Navy operations. Sources of groundwater contamination included a fuel storage tank farm, a former service station, a former aircraft wash rack sump, and a former dry cleaner. Of these, the former dry cleaner and wash rack are considered the primary sources of VOC contamination. The Navy designed and installed the West Side Aquifers Treatment System (WATS) to extract VOCs and petroleum contamination from groundwater (Tetra Tech, 1999b).

 

11


The VOCs in groundwater from the West Side Aquifer are being cleaned up to drinking water maximum contaminant levels (MCLs; USEPA, 1989b). Water levels are measured on a quarterly basis, and groundwater sampling is conducted periodically by the Navy and the MEW Companies.

2.3 Soil Contamination

Total petroleum hydrocarbons (TPH); benzene, toluene, ethyl benzene, and xylenes (B1EX); metals; polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs), polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs); semivolatile organic compounds (SVOCs); and other VOCs such as 1,1,1-TCA, 1,1,-DCE, methylene chloride, and acetone have been detected in soil at the NRP: Contaminated soil at NRP is primarily a result of previous leaks from underground storage tanks (USTs). Releases associated with the USTs are being actively investigated or monitored. Other sources that may have contributed to soil contamination at the Site include sumps and oil/water separators, storage of hazardous wastes, a paint facility, capacitors, transformers, fuel pits, high-speed fuel hydrants, and a fuel pier. Most of the USTs, oil/water separators, and sumps, and surrounding contaminated soils at the Site have been removed (HLA, 2000a; Harding ESE, 200Ja, b). Exposure to soil contamination was not evaluated; instead, applicable TCLs are presented in Section 6.4.

2.4 Previous Risk. Assessment Evaluations

A Baseline HHRA was conducted by the Navy to evaluate human health risks for potential future residential, occupational, and recreational receptors at Moffett Field and was included in the station-wide RI report (PRC, 1996) as well as the OU2 RI (IT, 1993a). In addition, station-wide ecological risk assessments were conducted (PRC and MW, 1995 and 1997). Both of the site wide assessments focused on the wetland areas, the runway, and surrounding hangars and maintenance facilities and did not address the areas occupied by the redevelopment property. The Baseline HHRA estimated cancer risks above lx 10-4 (or one-in-ten thousand) for residential and occupational receptors at some areas of the Site, suggesting that soil remediation may be necessary and that treatment of the groundwater plume to MCLs would reduce the risk to acceptable levels.

In accordance with the MEW ROD, an Endangerment Assessment (EA) was prepared for the MEW Site (including Moffett Field) to address the potential effects to human health and the environment for environmental conditions at that time (ICF-Clement, 1988). The EA evaluated the potential risks posed by contamination existing in 1988 without considering future remedial actions proposed for the Site. The assessment focused primarily on risks from exposure to contaminated groundwater, but also qualitatively evaluated risks to construction workers, which were included as a worst-case scenario, assuming residential units would be constructed. The EA concluded that there was not a significant risk over most of the MEW area because of the relatively low VOC concentrations in exposed surface soils under the then-current use conditions. However, the EA did qualitatively note that redevelopment of the Site could lead to

 

12


significant exposure to contaminants present in subsurface soils through inhalation of vapors or dust, assuming that no remedial action was taken at the Site. In addition, the EA did not evaluate inhalation of contaminated indoor air.

 

13


3.0 DATA EVALUATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF CHEMICALS OF POTENTIAL CONCERN

This section describes the groundwater, air, and flux data used for the HHRA. The methods for selecting chemicals of potential concern (COPes) that were evaluated in the HHRA are also discussed.

3.1 Areas Defined for Evaluation of Risk

The 213 acre NRP is being planned for redevelopment as a collaborative research and educational campus, with associated facilities. For planning purposes, NRP was divided into 19 parcels as part of the Final Programmatic Environmental Impact Statement (DCE, 2002). The location of the parcels is shown in Plate 1 (DCE, 2002). Based on their historical use and the proposed future use, Parcels 1 through 9 and 12 through 19 were selected for evaluation as part of the HHRA. No contamination sources have been identified in Parcels 9, 10, 11, and 16 and they have been eliminated from further consideration.

Groundwater sampling and/or treatment wells in the upper aquifer (A aquifer) are located in parcels 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 12, 12a, 13, 15, 17, 18, and 19. No A aquifer wells are present in parcels 3 and 14. Air samples were taken in and around buildings located in parcels 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 12, 13, 15, 17, and 18. Only parcel 14 did not have either air sample or groundwater sample data associated with its location.

3.2 Data Evaluation

Groundwater monitoring data collected from the uppermost (Al) aquifer at the Site from February 1996 to July 2000 (i.e., the five most recent sampling years) from Parcels 1 through 8, and 12, 13, 14, 15, 17, 18, and 19 were compiled. Table 1 lists the wells from which data were evaluated for this Risk Assessment. VOCs were the only chemicals for which the groundwater samples were analyzed for this HHRA. For each chemical, in each well, the following descriptive statistics for groundwater were calculated for each VOC: number of detections, number of analyses, frequency of detection, minimum and maximum detected values, and arithmetic mean. Per USEPA guidance, for a non-detect sample, half the detection limit was used in the statistical calculations. A statistical summary for groundwater is detailed in Table 2. Groundwater sample locations are shown in Plate 2. (The full groundwater data set is provided in Appendix e.) Groundwater wells were not present in parcels 3 and 14.

Predicted indoor air concentrations for VOCs (USEPA, 2000b), based upon the measured groundwater concentrations were compared to indoor air concentrations (HIA, 2000b; Harding ESE, 2001d; SAIC, 1999, 2000) measured in numerous buildings and outdoors throughout the NRP (Section 7.3). Table 3 lists those buildings on the NRP site for which air data was available. The building locations are shown in Plate 3. In some of the indoor air samples, chemicals detected in the groundwater were not present (e.g., vinyl chloride). To confirm this result, surface soil flux was measured. The measured surface soil flux is primarily due to contaminants in the groundwater on the Site, but some contribution may also be from VOCs in soil.

 

14


Indoor and outdoor air quality measurements have been conducted at several locations at NRP (SAIC 1999, 2000; HLA, 2000b; Harding ESE, 200ld). These data were used to calculate indoor and outdoor risk. Descriptive statistics for the air data, for each chemical, in each building, are provided in Table 4. (The fu11 air data set is provided in Appendix D.)

C.E. Schmidt, Ph.D., Environmental Consultant, Red Bluff, California, performed flux measurements at 22 locations (Appendix A) on March 20 and April 24, 2001, under subcontract to Harding ESE, now MACTEC Engineering and Consulting. Dry-season measurements were made on August 8, 2001, at the same 22 locations, plus 1 new additional location; total 23 flux sample locations. Flux measurements were performed following the USEPA flux chamber protocol (USEPA, 1986b) and all surface flux samples were shipped offsite for chemical analyses using USEPA Test Method T0-14/gas chromatography mass spectroscopy (GC/MS) for selected VOCs (Section 3.2), operated in the selective ion mode (SIM). A technical memorandum, which includes descriptions of the flux chamber methodology, locations of samples, and a discussion of the results, is included as Appendix A.

3.3 COPC Selection

According to USEPA guidance (1989a), a risk assessment should focus on the chemicals that pose the greatest risk to human health. USEPA provides selection criteria for excluding from the assessment those chemicals that are nonhazardous or not site-related. Because the groundwater is not used for drinking, (i.e. drinking water PRG does not apply to vapor intrusion of VOCs from groundwater) there were no readily available toxicity criteria against which to screen groundwater contaminants.

For all chemicals detected in groundwater, NRP air and flux samples were used to verify the presence of VOCs in the air. If a chemical was detected in the groundwater, but there were no detections in any air or flux samples, then those chemicals were not carried through the air exposure route to the risk assessment. However, some chemicals, which were detected in the groundwater, but not detected in air, were not analyzed for in the surface flux samples. Erring on the conservative side, these chemicals were kept as COPCs when estimating risk based upon the groundwater volatilization modeling. Similarly, if a chemical is detected in air samples, but was not present in any of the groundwater samples, it was not carried through to the risk assessment because it was assumed to be due to background air, not to site groundwater contamination. Table 5 lists all the chemicals that were selected as COPCs.

Onsite indoor and outdoor air samples were analyzed for a full suite of volatile organic compounds. Only benzene, TCE, PCE, and 1,4-dioxane were consistently detected in air across the Site.

The following chemicals were evaluated during the soil flux sampling:

 

   Vinyl Chloride       cis-1,2-Dichloroethene       1,4-Dioxane
   1,1-Dichloroethene       Chloroform       Trichloroethene (TCE)
   Methylene chloride       1,1,1-Trichloroethane       Tetrachloroethene (PCE)
   trans-1,2-Dichloroethene       1,2-Dichloroethane      
   1,1-Dichloroethane       Benzene      

 

15


3.4 Background Evaluation of Air Concentration

Measurement of indoor and outdoor air on the NRP Site may detect chemicals present because of volatilization through the soil from the groundwater plume, but they may also represent a background of chemicals nonnaHy present in the urban atmosphere. Data from the Bay Area Air Quality Management District (BAAQMD), Mountain View monitoring station (BAAQMD, 2000) were evaluated. Based on geographical considerations, the 1999 BAAQMD Mountain View data were used for comparison to air measurements on the NRP site. (Note: 2000 BAAQMD data was not available for the Mountain View monitoring station.) The principal contaminants in the BAAQMD data are benzene, TCE, and PCE. A statistical summary of this data is provided in Table 6. A background correction could only be applied to the contaminants listed in Table 6. In as much as other contaminants were detected in the NRP samples, but were not on the BAAQMD analyte list, a background correction of the NRP air sample data could not be made.

Concentrations of benzene, due to emissions from burning of fossil fuel (e.g., automobile exhaust), are significantly higher than any of the other organic chemicals routinely measured by BAAQMD. In the evaluation of risk based upon air measurements, the BAAQMD data were used to correct the onsite air measurements for background benzene that would normally be present in the air, above any contribution from benzene in the groundwater.

 

16


4.0 EXPOSURE ASSESSMENT

An exposure assessment evaluates how much of a specific substance a receptor may ingest, inhale, or absorb through the skin over a specified time period. This section describes the potential receptors and exposure pathways selected for quantitative risk characterization. Exposure assumptions (or factors), equations used to estimate doses for the selected receptors, and methods used to derive exposure point concentrations (EPCs) are also described. The methodology for exposure point concentrations utilized in this risk assessment applies to both current and future land use. For purposes of this risk assessment, both current and future land use are described by the exposure parameters chosen in the following sections.

4.1 Exposure Setting and Land Use

Moffett Field was operated as a NAS by the U.S. Military beginning on its date of commission in April 1933. The base was designated for closure as an active military base under the U.S. Department of Defense Base Realignment and Closure (BRAC) program. Currently, the building and facilities are used as described below (HLA, 2000a; Harding ESE, 2001b,c):

 

  Buildings are used by NASA and other federal agencies for administration, research support, storage, base support services, retail, motor pool operations, or are vacant.

 

  Dormitories and administrative buildings associated with the Space Camp Operations are present in the western portion of the site; however, because of their location relative to the contamination, they are not included further in this HHRA.

 

  Hangar 1 is used for special events, and houses a museum of the former NAS Moffett Field. The buildings immediately adjacent to Hangar 1 are vacant.

 

  In the areas adjacent to the airfield, buildings are used for office operations, air traffic control, or are vacant. A large portion of these areas (Parcel 19) have been identified as a habitat area for burrowing owls, a California species of special concern, and will not be developed.

4.2 Identification of Receptors and Pathways

Pathways of exposure are the means through which an individual may contact a chemical. Determinants of complete exposure pathways include environmental/geographic considerations, locations and activity patterns of the potentially exposed populations, and the potential for a chemical to migrate within a particular medium (e.g., air transport) or from one medium to another (e.g., release of particulates from soil to air). Each of the fo11owing components must be present for an exposure pathway to be complete (USEPA, 1989a):

 

  A potential source of a toxic substance must be present in an environmental medium, such as groundwater.

 

  A potential receptor must be present, such as a resident living near or on the potential source.

 

17


  A contact point must also be present, such as a construction worker touching groundwater contaminated with some substance.

 

  There must also be a route for the substance to enter the body, such as the inhalation of vapors by a child playing outside.

The potential receptors, exposure routes, and pathways considered in this HHRA are described in the sections below. A conceptual site model (CSM) illustrating these exposure routes and pathways are discussed and presented in Figure 1.

4.3 Potential Receptors

Potential receptors are members of a population who may be exposed to contaminated media during the course of daily living and working in the areas of concern. The receptors to be evaluated in the HHRA were identified based on the current and future land uses, which are research and development, education, office, and may inc1ude dormitory style housing and childcare facilities. On the basis of discussions with NASA, contractor personnel and regulators, (Harding, 2002), four receptors were evaluated for this HHRA:

1. Construction worker - This receptor represents construction workers and laborers who could have direct contact with groundwater.

2. Indoor worker - This receptor is representative of all persons who would spend the majority of their working day on site indoors. This would include researchers, lecturers, office personnel students, as well as maintenance workers whose primary duties involve indoor activities (e.g. electricians and plumbers).

3. Adult and child residents - some dormitory style housing is planned for the site. It is assumed that residents would primarily be comprised of students living on site, as well as their spouses and children.

4. EPA default 30 year resident - this is comprised of a 6 year chi1d exposure (0 to 6 years of age) and a 24 year adult exposure.

It is assumed that all receptors are exposed to chemicals present in the air. Since subsurface building foundations and below ground utility work would be required, it is assumed that construction workers could be in direct contact with the shallow groundwater aquifer present at the site.

4.4 Exposure Pathways

Receptors could be exposed to the COPCs by any of the following pathways:

 

  Inhalation of volatile chemicals

 

18


  Dermal absorption due to direct contact with groundwater (construction worker only)

Dermal absorption of COPCs is a result of chemicals being absorbed into the body from any direct skin contact with contaminated groundwater. Contact by construction workers with subsurface groundwater is assumed to involve exposure to greater body surface areas due to the type of below ground level manual work involved. Chemicals absorbed through the skin are potentially absorbed into the blood stream.

VOCs present in groundwater have the ability to volatilize from the groundwater, and via migration of the soil vapors, into indoor and ambient air. Once in the air, humans can inhale the gas. Once inhaled, the VOCs can potentially be absorbed into the .blood stream.

4.5 Conceptual Site Models

A conceptual site model (CSM) is a representation of the possible combinations of receptors; exposure routes, and exposure pathways possible for a site. Figure I shows the CSM for each receptor considered as part of the HHRA. Dermal exposure due to direct contact with the shallow groundwater at the site was evaluated for construction workers and the inhalation exposure pathway was evaluated for all receptors.

4.6 Exposure Point Concentrations

To provide a range of risk estimates, two types of exposure scenarios were used in this HHRA: a reasonable maximum exposure (RME) and a central tendency exposure (CTE). A RME, as defined by USEPA (1989a), is the “highest exposure that is reasonably expected to occur” and is estimated using a combination of average and upper-bound values of human exposure parameters. A CTE provides an estimate for exposure at a site by the use of average or site-related exposure parameters.

According to USEPA (1992a), the measure of exposure appropriate for a risk assessment is the average concentration of a contaminant throughout an exposure unit, or a geographic area to which humans are exposed. This premise is based on the assumption that, over a long enough period of time, a receptor would contact all parts of the exposure unit. A receptor would not likely be exposed to only the maximum or any other particular detected concentration of a chemical for the full period of exposure. Therefore, for the CTE scenario, the arithmetic average concentration for each COPC for each well or building was used as the EPC.

For each chemical, in each well or building, if the chemical was detected above the method detection limit (MDL) in at least one sample, it was assumed that the chemical was present. When calculating the EPC, all other non-detect results for that chemical were then set at one-half the MDL (USEPA, 1989a). However, if all of the samples for a given chemical, within a well or building, were non-detects, it was assumed that the chemical was not present, and therefore EPCs were not calculated.

A conservative estimate of the average concentration of a chemical across an exposure unit is the 95 percent upper confidence limit (95 percent UCL) on the mean, which was the EPC used for

 

19


the RME scenario. Different methods are available to estimate the 95 percent UCL, depending upon the underlying distribution of the data set. In the HHRA, arithmetic, Land, and Chebyshev 95 percent UCLs were calculated for each data set (USEPA, 1997b; Schulz and Griffin, 1999). If the results of the W-test (Shapiro and Wilk, 1965) indicated that the data were normally distributed, then the arithmetic 95 percent UCL was used. If the W-test suggested that the sample set was log-normally distributed, Land’s method (Land, 1975) was used to determine the 95 percent UCL. If the W-test indicated that the data set was neither normal nor lognormal, Chebyshev’s inequality (Singh et al., 1997, USEPA, 2002) was used to provide an upper-bound estimate of the 95 percent UCL.

EPCs for the RME scenario were selected based upon the results of the relationship between the most appropriate 95 percent UCL and the maximum sample value. In those cases where the 95 percent UCL exceeded the highest measured sample result, the maximum detected concentration was used as the EPC (USEPA, 1992a). If the 95 percent UCL did not exceed the maximum detected value, the 95 percent UCL was selected as the EPC.

EPCs for groundwater were calculated (Table 2) to assess risk due to direct exposure to groundwater and to volatiles from groundwater. EPCs were calculated for each well. These results were then used to generate iso-risk contours, which are presented in Plates 4 through 22. Separate EPCs were calculated for the air measurements in each building (Table 4). These measured air values result from the presence of contaminants in the groundwater and/or soil, as well as other non-site specific contaminant sources (e.g. background). Therefore, the measured air EPCs used for calculating the indoor and ambient air risk, were corrected using the 1999 BAAQMD background data from the monitoring station located in Mountain View presented in Table 6.

4.7 Chemical Intake Estimates

Intake estimates were calculated for each COPC and exposure pathway, using air concentrations estimated using the groundwater volatilization model and direct air measurement. Intake, or dose, is defined as the average amount of chemical systematically taken in by the body over a given period of time. For noncarcinogenic effects, the intake is averaged over the period of time that receptors are exposed to the COPCs and is referred to as the average daily dose (ADD). For carcinogenic effects, the intake is averaged over a receptor’s lifetime and is referred to as the lifetime average daily dose (LADD). The general equations employed to estimate intakes for each exposure pathway considered in the HHRA are presented in Sections 4.7.1 through 4.7.4.

Quantification of exposure intake is dependent on chemical EPCs, as well as general exposure assumptions, or parameters. Exposure parameters are single-point estimates used to develop the intake estimates for each scenario. They are based on information that is highly conservative in nature and are intended to overestimate exposure to be protective of sensitive members of the population, such as children or the elderly.

Both CTE and RME assumptions were used in the exposure assessment and subsequent risk ca1culations. The parameters used to assess exposure in the HHRA are summarized in the sections below and are provided in Tables 7 through 10.

 

20


4.7.1 General Exposure Assumptions

General exposure assumptions are used in the intake calculations for all exposure pathways evaluated in the HHRA. General exposure assumptions include body weight, exposure duration, exposure frequency, and averaging time. These assumptions are provided in Tables 7 through 10 and detailed below:

 

  Body weight (BW): It was assumed that the BW for an adult is 70 kilograms (kg) for the CTE and RME scenarios (USEPA, 1997a). A BW of 15 kg was used for the CTE and RME child (USEPA, 1997a).

 

  Exposure duration (ED): For maintenance and indoor workers, a CTE ED of 4 years, corresponding to an average employee tenure (USEPA, 1997a), and an RME ED of 25 years were used (USEPA, 1997a). Construction workers were considered to be onsite for relatively short periods of time; consequently, a CTE ED of 1 year and an RME ED of 2 years were assumed for this receptor. The EDs for adult and child residents were assumed to be 5 years for the CTE scenario (related to an average post-doctoral tenure) and 10 years for the RME scenario (corresponding to an extended post - doctoral tenure). A separate default 30 yr residential exposure, consisting of a 6-year child exposure and a 24-year adult exposure was also evaluated.

 

  Exposure frequency (EF): An EF of 250 days per year was used for both the CTE and RME scenarios for outdoor maintenance, construction, indoor worker, and student receptors. This value is based on a 5-day workweek; 50 weeks per year. However, for a construction worker, it was assumed that direct contact with groundwater would only occur 50 days per year for both the CTE and RME scenarios. For the CTE scenario, it was assumed that adult and child residents would be exposed to chemicals at the Site 300 days per year; for the RME scenario as well as the default 30 year residential scenario, the EF for adult and child residents was assumed to be 350 days per year (USEPA, 199Ia).

 

  Averaging time (AT): As explained above in Section 4.7, intake calculations are averaged over periods of time. For noncarcinogenic effects, the AT is equal to the period of time that receptors are exposed to the COPCs, or 365 days per year multiplied-by the ED; these ATs vary for each receptor. For carcinogenic effects, the AT is equal to a receptor’s lifetime, or 365 days per year multiplied by 70 years. Accordingly, the AT for carcinogenic effects was 25,550 days.

4.7.2 Exposure Parameters and Equations for Dermal Contact with Groundwater

Exposure assumptions used in the intake calculation for dermal contact with groundwater are shown in Tables 7 through 10 and detailed below:

 

  Body surface area (SA): The SA is the total amount of skin surface that can be exposed to contaminated media. The construction worker was assumed to have hands, feet, and lower legs exposed and in contact with groundwater; therefore, SAs of 4,860 cm2 and 6,140 cm2 were used for the CTE and RME scenarios, respectively, for groundwater exposure (USEPA, 1997a).

 

21


  Dermal permeability constant (Kp): The Kp is a measure of the rate at which a chemical is absorbed from a medium through the skin. Permeability constants are typially derived from animal experiments. Each Kp is associated with a specific chemical, absorbed from a specified solvent. For VOCs in water, Kp values were compiled from USEPA (2001e). The Kp values are presented in Table 11.

 

  Exposure time (ET): For dermal contact with groundwater, an ET parameter was applied to the intake estimates to account for the amount of time during one day that a construction worker would contact COPCs in groundwater. For the CTE scenario, an ET of I hour (for 50 days per year) was used. For the RME scenario, an ET of 2 hours (for 50 days per year) was applied.

Chemical intake via dermal contact with groundwater was estimated according to the following equation:

 

Intake    =    Cgw × SA × Kg × ET × EF × ED × VCF
                               BW × AT
where:
Intake    =    Intake, or dose, for each COPC (mg/kg-day)
Cgw    =    EPC in groundwater (milligrams/liter [mg/L])
SA    =    Body surface area (cm2)
Kp    =    Dermal permeability constant (cm/hr)
ET    =    Exposure time (hrs/day)
EF    =    Exposure frequency (days/year)
ED    =    Exposure duration (years)
VCF    =    Volume conversion factor (10-3 L/cm3)
BW    =    Body weight (kg)
AT    =    Averaging time (days).

4.7.3 Groundwater Volatilization Model

Evaluation of the inhalation exposure routes requires estimations of indoor and outdoor air concentrations based upon the amount of chemical contamination present in groundwater. For each groundwater COPC, the Johnson and Ettinger Volatilization model (EPA, 2000b) was used to estimate indoor air concentrations and a volatilization factor (VF), taken from the ASTM methodology (ASTM , 1995), was used to calculate the fraction of each chemical present in the contaminated media that would evaporate to the air (outdoor).

Details of the Johnson and Ettinger model can be found in the USEPA Users Guide (EPA, 2000b). The EPA Johnson and Ettinger (EPA, 2002) spreadsheet cannot be utilized due to the number of chemicals and number of wells that must be evaluated to generate the risk isopleths. Consequently, only the Tier 1 Infinite Source equations from Johnson and Ettinger (as implemented by EPA, (EPA, 2000)) were extracted and. used to develop a database model capable of handing the large amount of site groundwater data. The ASTM VF equations for outdoor air were also incorporated into the database model.

 

22


Assumptions required for use of the building parameters employed in the volatilization model are detailed in Table 14. It was assumed, based upon projected ]and use, that the typical structure that will be constructed would be a three story, 90,000 square foot (30,000 square feet per floor) office/research building. Nominal dimensions were 200’ by 150’ by 40’ tall. Planning factors for office buildings typically allocate a total of 250 square feet person (including personal office space as well as common areas such as conference rooms and break rooms). ASHRAE Standard 62-1999 (ASHRAE, 2000) sets a ventilation rate of 20 cubic feet per minute (cfm) per person for office buildings. Multiplying the ASHRAE ventilation rate times the floor space requirements, and converting units, results in a ventilation rate of 3,400,000 cm3/sec.

VFs were calculated based on models and recommendations presented by the American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM) in Standard Guide for Risk-Based Corrective Action Applied at Petroleum Release Sites (ASTM, 1995).

 

LOGO

ASTM makes use of a simple, yet conservative, approach to the prediction of outdoor ambient air concentrations by the use of a “box model.” The box model is a simple mass-balance equation that uses the concept of a theoretically enclosed space or box over the area of interest. The model assumes the emission of compounds into a box, with the removal of the compounds based on wind speed. Airborne concentrations for the area can there be estimated and used to represent the onsite air concentrations.

 

23


For both the volatilization model and direct air measurements, the CTE concentrations were based upon the average modeled or measured value for each contaminant. RME concentrations were based on the calculated EPC for each modeled or measured contaminant air concentration. These calculated or measured air concentrations then formed the basis for the risk assessment.

Both the EPA Johnson and Ettinger and the ASTM model are based on a number of conservative and health-protective assumptions; accordingly, modeled indoor and outdoor air concentrations could be greater than actual concentrations that could occur at the Site, and risks and hazards estimated using these methods could err on the side of conservatism. However, in many cases at this site, the risk due to measured air concentrations is higher than the risk estimated from the groundwater volatilization model.

Input parameters used in the model were default values provided by EPA (2002) and ASTM (1995), with the exception of available site-specific parameters. Boring logs from representative monitoring wells were evaluated and available site-specific data were extracted and entered into the model. Soil and groundwater characteristics data, used in the volatilization model, are provided in Table 12. Chemical and site-specific inputs used in the model are listed in Tables 13 and 14, respectively.

Intermediate model results (EPA J & E Intercalc Table) and the calculated indoor and outdoor air concentrations are provided in appendix E.

4.7.3.1 Differences between Draft Addendum and Revised Final HHRA

In the Draft Addendum HHRA dated December 16, 2003 a value for of 200 cm was used for the depth below grade to the bottom of the enclosed floor space (Lt). This has been changed to 15 cm, based upon comments received from one of the reviewers. In addition, the calculation of the area of the enclosed space below grade (Ab) and the crack-to-total area ratio (T\) were incorrectly linked to the floor-wall seam perimeter (Xcrack). Due to use of incorrect building crack data (which was too large), that was not linked to the theoretical building dimensions, the failure to properly link the actual building dimensions to the enclosed space below grade parameter resulted in an estimate of the total crack length being much greater than that present in the theoretical future building. This resulted in exaggerated estimates of indoor air concentration, and hence risk. This has been corrected and the values used in calculation of the air concentrations are shown in table 14 and appendix E. These changes were made based upon comments received on the Draft Addendum HHRA dated December 16, 2003 (see appendix F). Overall, correction of this error results in a lower risk estimate to the indoor worker.

 

24


4.7.4 Exposure Parameters and Equations for Inhalation of Volatiles from Groundwater

This HHRA addresses inhalation of volatile COPCs migrating from the underlying groundwater and/or soil. Exposure assumptions used in the intake calculations include inhalation rate and exposure time. These factors are shown in Tables 7 trough l0 and detailed below:

 

  Inhalation rate (IR): Inhalation rates for adults differ depending upon the receptor. For construction workers, a CTE IR of 1.5 cubic meters per hour (m3/hr; moderate activity level for outdoor work) and a RME IR of 2.5 m3/hr (heavy activity level for outdoor work) were used (USEPA, 1997a). IRs for indoor workers were 1.0 m3/hr (light activity level for indoor work) and 1.6 m3/h (moderate activity level for indoor work) for the CTE and RME exposure scenarios, respectively (USEPA, 1997a). Based on a 24-hour average, a CTE IR of 0.63 m3/hr (USEPA, 1997a) and a RME IR of 0.83 m3/hr (USEPA 2000a) were used for adult residents. For children 6 to 8 years of age, a CTE IR of 0.34 m3/hr (USEPA, 1997a) and an RME. IR of 0.42 m3/hr are recommended (USEPA, 2000). These are the highest recommended IRs for a child within the age range of l through 6 years. These values were used as conservative estimates of inhalation for children.

 

  Exposure time (ET): An ET parameter was applied to the intake estimates to account’ for the amount of time during one day that a receptor can potentially inhale COPCs. For construction and indoor worker receptors, ETs were based upon a typical workday of 8 hours for the CTE scenario and an extended workday of 12 hours for the RME scenario (USEPA, 1997a). For the indoor worker it was assumed that 1 hour for the CTE scenario and 2 hours for the RME scenario would be spent outdoors. For the CTE scenario, an ET of 17.75 hours (16 hours indoors and 1.75 hours outdoors; USEPA, 1997a) was assumed for adult and child residents. The RME ET assumed for child and adult residents was 24 hours (22.25 hours indoors and 1.75.hours outdoors; USEPA, 1997a), which is very conservative because residents are typically not exposed all day to contaminants at their place of residence (indoors or outdoors).

Chemical intake via inhalation of volatiles in indoor air was estimated according to the following equation:

 

Intake    =    Cin × IR × EF × ET × ED   
      BW × AT   

Chemical intake via inhalation of volatiles in the outdoor air, based upon flux measurements, was estimated according to the following equation:

 

Intake

   =    Ca × IR × EF × ET × ED   
      BW × AT   
where:         

Intake

   =    Intake, or dose, for each COPC (mg/kg-day)

Cin

   =    EPC in indoor air (mg/m3 measured or modeled

Ca

   =    EPC in ambient air (mg/m3 measured or modeled

IR

   =    Inhalation rate (m3/hr)

EF

   =    Exposure frequency (days per year)

ET

   =    Exposure time (hours per day)

ED

   =    Exposure duration (years)

BW

   =    Body weight (kg)

AT

   =    Averaging time (days).

 

25


5.0 TOXICITY ASSESSMENT

This section presents the toxicity assessment for the COPCs evaluated in the HHRA. The toxicity assessment includes identification of the types of potential toxicity associated with each COPC (i.e., noncancer and carcinogenic effects) and the chemical-specific dose-response relationships. The dose-response characterizes the relationship between the dose of a chemical and the probability of an adverse health effect in an exposed population.

5.1 Noncarcinogenic Toxicity Criteria

Dose-response criteria for assessing the potential for noncancer health effects from exposure to chemicals have been developed by USEPA on the principle (supported by scientific data) that noncancer health effects occur only after a threshold dose is reached. This threshold dose is usually estimated from the “No Observed Adverse Effect Level” (NOAEL) or the “Lowest Observed Adverse Effect Level” (LOAEL) determined from chronic (i.e., long-term) animal studies. The NOAEL is defined as the highest dose at which no adverse effects are observed, while the LOAEL is defined as the lowest dose at which adverse effects are observed.

Uncertainty factors, or safety factors, are applied to the NOAEL or LOAEL observed in animal studies or human epidemiological studies to establish reference doses (RfDs). A chronic RID, as defined by USEPA, is an estimate of continuous (i.e., chronic) exposure to the human population (including sensitive subgroups) that is likely to be without appreciable risk of deleterious effects during a lifetime (USEPA, 1989a).

In most cases, the RfD is calculated using non-toxic exposure levels in animals extrapolated to humans and reduced further using individual uncertainty factors ranging from 1 to 10. Uncertainty factors are used in an attempt to account for limitations in the quality or quantity of available dose-response data. For example, an uncertainty factor of 10 is applied to account for variation of the sensitivity of the human population. If the toxic endpoints are based upon animal studies, but applied to humans, an additional factor of 1 to 10 is applied. Ideally, the RfD is based upon the NOAEL. In those cases where only the LOAEL is available, another factor of 1 to 10 is applied. Similarly, if only sub-chronic data are available, then an uncertainty factor of 1 to 10 is applied. Finally, RfDs can be adjusted downward using a modifying factor of l to 10 to account for the quality of the toxicological studies or results. Thus, the uncertainty factors and the modifying factors provide an inherently more conservative RfD. If all uncertainty and modifying factors are applied at their maximum value of 10, then the endpoint doses observed in animal studies may be reduced by an overall factor of 10,000 for estimation of human exposures.

Rills developed by USEPA were used to evaluate noncarcinogenic health hazards in the HHRA. The current Rills were compiled from USEPA’s Integrated Risk Information System (IRIS; VSEPA, 200Ja). If values for a particular chemical were not in IRIS, the Health Effects Assessment Summary Tables (HEAST; USEPA, 1997c) were consulted, as suggested in USEPA’s risk assessment guidelines (USEPA, 1989a). If RfDs were not available in HEAST, RfDs were compiled from the National Center for Environmental Assessment (NCEA) as cited in USEPA (2000a).

 

26


The noncancer toxicity criteria for the COPCs are listed in Table 15 and discussed in Section 5.3 for each chemical. For purposes of this assessment and consistent with USEPA guidance (USEPA, 1998), oral Rills were used to represent dermal Rills (USEPA, 1989a). Where inhalation toxicity criteria were not available, oral toxicity criteria were used.

5.2 Carcinogenic Toxicity Criteria

Chemical carcinogens are generally divided into two classes, based upon the mechanism by which they cause cancer. These two classes are genotoxic agents (capable of causing DNA damage) and non- genotoxic (toxic through mechanisms not related to DNA damage). For genotoxic carcinogens, it is generally assumed that no threshold exists below which the agent cannot cause cancer. In other words, no matter how small the dose, there is some carcinogenic response, even if that response cannot be measured in animal experiments or in an exposed human population. In contrast to this, non-genotoxic carcinogens are likely to have a threshold dose, below which no adverse toxicological impact would be expected to occur. However, regulatory agencies, such as USEPA, have traditionally treated as chemical carcinogens as if there was no threshold for the carcinogenic effect. This is the most health conservative (i.e., most protective) approach to extrapolation of animal studies to humans.

The dose-response curve used by regulatory agencies is typically derived using the linearized multistage (LMS) model, which extrapolates the tumor response observe in animals exposed to high doses (commonly reaching the maximum tolerated exposure) of a chemical to a theoretical cancer risk for humans exposed to low doses. The LMS model is considered highly conservative because: (1) it does not allow for adjustments from metabolism or known DNA repair mechanisms that may prevent tumor formation at low doses, thus providing a threshold for the carcinogenic effect, and (2) it does not account for species differences that may result in chemical carcinogenicity by a mechanism only relevant to the specific laboratory animal.

The LMS model provides policymakers with an upper-bound risk estimate. Accordingly, USEPA acknowledges that the LMS mode] estimates are likely to greatly overestimate cancer risks (USEPA, 1986a):

It should be emphasized that the linearized multistage procedure leads to a plausible upper limit to risk that is consistent with some proposed mechanisms of carcinogenesis. Such an estimate, however, does not necessarily give a realistic prediction of the risk. The true value of the risk is unknown, and may be as low as zero. The range of risks defined by the upper limit given by the chosen model and the lower limit which may be as low as zero, should be explicitly stated. An established procedure does not yet exist for making “most likely” or “best” estimates of risk within the range of uncertainty defined by the upper and lower limit estimates.

In 1996, USEPA published proposed Guidelines for Carcinogen Risk Assessment (USEPA, 1996). The proposed guidelines are a revision of USEPA’s 1986 Guidelines for Carcinogen Risk Assessment, and when finalized, will replace the 1986 cancer guidelines. The proposed guidelines are intended to improve upon the 1986 guidelines by incorporating recent scientific advances in the understanding of carcinogenesis. Whereas the existing guidelines only allow for

 

27


a default approach (the LMS model) for extrapolating low-exposure risks to humans from high-exposure studies, the proposed guidelines allow for the application of biologically based models that incorporate an understanding of a chemical’s mechanism of action. Thus, where scientific studies of a chemical provide strong indication that a threshold is necessary for the initiation or promotion of carcinogenesis, the updated dose-response assessment can incorporate a threshold dose (VSEPA, 1996). Because the current methodology does not incorporate this mechanism of action (including possible threshold response), toxicity values derived using the 1986 cancer guidelines may result in greater overestimates of the potential risk of chemicals.

Cancer risks for exposure to carcinogens are defined in terms of probabilities. The probabilities identify the likelihood (based on the assumptions established in the model) of a carcinogenic response in a member of the exposed population who receives a given dose of a particular chemical (based on mathematical modeling of the dose-response data). The probabilities are expressed in terms of the slope factor (SF). The SF represents the probability of a carcinogenic response (per unit dose). The SF, multiplied by the predicted chemical dose, provides an estimate of the upper-bound theoretical excess cancer risk over the course of a 70-year lifetime.

SFs for this assessment were compiled from Cal/EPA’s Toxicity Criteria Database (Cal/EPA, 2001) and IRIS (USEPA, 2001a). For each COPC and exposure route, the higher SF from these two sources was used.

An important component of the toxicity assessment is an evaluation of the weight-of-evidence for human toxicity of each chemical. In assessing the carcinogenic potential of a chemical, USEPA’s Human Health Assessment Group (HHAG) classifies the chemical into one of the following groups, according to the weight-of-evidence from epidemiologic and animal studies (USEPA, 1997c):

 

  Group A - Human carcinogen (sufficient evidence of carcinogenicity in humans)

 

  Group B - Probable human carcinogen (“B1” indicates limited evidence of carcinogenicity in humans; “B2” indicates sufficient evidence of carcinogenicity in animal, with inadequate or lack of evidence in humans)

 

  Group C - Possible human carcinogen (limited evidence of carcinogenicity in animals and inadequate or lack of human data)

 

  Group D - Not classifiable as to human carcinogenicity (inadequate or no evidence)

 

  Group E - Evidence of non-carcinogenicity for humans (no evidence of carcinogenicity in adequate studies).

Generally, quantitative carcinogenic risks are evaluated only for chemicals in Groups A and B and on a case-by-case basis for chemicals in Group C. The SFs, RfDs, and USEPA classifications for COPCs are presented in Table 15 and discussed in Section 5.3.

 

28


5.3 Toxicity Criteria for the COPCs

The following sections summarize the toxicity associated with the detected soil and groundwater contaminants, and COPCs evaluated in this HHRA and the derivation of cancer SFs and noncancer RfDs for each COPC. This information is summarized in Table 15.

Soil Only Contaminants

 

  Arsenic

Arsenic is a known human carcinogen (Group A) based on increased lung cancer in human populations exposed via inhalation. In addition, liver, kidney, lung, bladder, and skin cancers have been observed from consumption of drinking water containing large amounts of inorganic arsenic. The oral noncancer toxicity value is based on hyperpigmentation, keratosis, and vascular complications. An inhalation RID is not available for arsenic.

 

  Cadmium

Cadmium is a Group Bl, or probable, carcinogen based on human, occupational, and epiderniologic studies, as well as studies on laboratory rats and mice. An RID associated with food intake was applied to this HHRA based on human studies involving chronic exposures. There is no recommended inhalation RID for cadmium.

 

  Chromium (VI)

Chromium (VI) is classified as Group A carcinogen via the inhalation route only, based on a relationship between occupational exposure and lung cancer. Carcinogenicity via the oral route has not been verified and thus, it is a Group D carcinogen by this pathway. The oral RID is based on the NOAEL in experimental animals. The inhalation RID was derived from occupational exposure via inhalation.

 

  Mercury

Toxicity data for mercuric chloride were used to evaluate mercury in the HHRA. The RID is based on oral and subcutaneous administration to laboratory animals. The inhalation RID is based on the oral RID. Due to a lack of evidence in humans and limited data in animals, mercury is classified as a Group C, or possible, carcinogen; no SFs are recommended for mercury.

 

  Thallium

Thallium carbonate was used as a surrogate compound for thallium. The oral RID was derived from observed increases in hormone levels in experimental animals. The oral RID was used for the inhalation pathway. Thallium is a Group D carcinogen due to a lack of carcinogenicity data in humans and animals.

 

  Carcinogenic PAHs

The carcinogenic PAHs detected in onsite soil were benzo(a) anthracene, B(a)P, benzo(b) fluoranthene, benzo(k) fluoranthene, and chrysene. These compounds are classified as Group B2, or probable carcinogens. The SFs for these compounds are based on toxicity data for B(a)P (EPA, 1993). In multiple animal studies, B(a)P has been carcinogenic via several exposure routes. These compounds have not been demonstrated as causing noncancer health effects.

 

29


  Bis(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate

Bis(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate is a probable carcinogen (Group B2). Increased liver tumors have been observed in laboratory animals exposed to the compound orally. Liver abnormalities were observed in animals exposed to the compound orally resulting in the oral RID value. The inhalation RID was based on the oral value in this assessment.

 

  Naphthalene

Naphthalene is classified by USEPA as a possible carcinogen (Class C). However, recent studies by the National Toxicology Program (NTP) suggest that naphthalene is a carcinogen. The National Institute of Environmental Health Services of the National Institute of Health has indicated that naphthalene is a carcinogen via the inhalation route in laboratory animals (NTP, 2001). A SF has not yet been developed for naphthalene, however. The oral RID for naphthalene is based on a NOAEL in animal studies. The inhalation RID was derived from animal studies in which nasal effects were observed.

 

  Pentachlorophenol

Pentachlorophenol is a Class B2 carcinogen, based on increases of several tumor types in laboratory animals and limited evidence in humans. The oral RID is based on liver and kidney effects in laboratory animals. The oral RID was used for the inhalation route in the HHRA.

 

  Polychlorinated Biphenyls

PCBs are a Class B2; probable human carcinogen. This is based on a 1996 study that found liver tumors in female rats exposed to Aroclors 1260, 1254, 1242, and 1016, and in male rats exposed to 1260. These mixtures contain overlapping groups of congeners that, together, span the range of congeners most often found in environmental mixtures.

VOCs in Groundwater or Air

 

  Benzene

Benzene is a known human carcinogen (Group A). This classification is based on epidemiologic studies that have demonstrated tumor responses by all exposure routes. The RfDs were compiled from NCEA (USEPA, 2000a) for which no supporting data were provided.

 

  Carbon Tetrachloride

Carbon tetrachloride is classified as a probable human carcinogen (Group B2) based on hepatocellular carcinomas in mice, rats, and hamsters. The ND was derived from the NOAEL based upon liver lesions in rats.

 

  Chlorobenzene

Chlorobenzene is not classifiable as to carcinogenicity in humans and hence is a Group D carcinogen. Based upon pathological changes in the liver, kidneys, gastrointestinal mucosa, and hematopoietic tissues of male and female beagle dogs, an RfD was derived from the NOAEL.

 

30


  Chloroethane

No data on the carcinogenic potential of chloroethane was available. The RfC is based upon fetal toxicity in mice and is derived from the NOAEL.

 

  Chloroform

Chloroform is a probable human carcinogen (Group B2) based on increased incidences of several tumor types in laboratory animals. The oral RfD was derived from the NOAEL; which is based on liver effects in dogs. In the HHRA, the oral RfD was used for the inhalation pathway in the absence of an inhalation RfD.

 

  1,2-Dichlorobenzene

1,2-Dichlorobenzene is classified as a Group D carcinogen by U.S. EPA. The RfD, derived from the NOAEL, is based upon liver lesions in mice.

 

  1,3-Dichlorobenzene

1,3-Dichlorobenzene is classified as a Group D carcinogen by U.S. EPA. The RfD is taken from NCEA. No supporting toxicological details were provided.

 

  1,4-Dichlorobenzene

1,4-Dichlorobenzene is classified as a Group B2 carcinogen by Cal/EPA. An RfC, based upon significant increases in liver weights for male rats, was derived from the NOAEL.

 

  1,1-Dichloroethane

1,1-DCA is a Group C, or possible, carcinogen. SFs were developed for 1,1-DCA based on an increased incidence of tumors in laboratory animals exposed to the compound. Oral and inhalation Rills were derived from NOAEL values based on kidney damage in animals.

 

  1,2-Dichloroethane

1,2-DCA is classified as a Group B2, or probable, carcinogen. Several tumor types were observed in laboratory animals exposed to the compound by gavage and topical applications. The RfDs for this compound were compiled from NCEA (USEPA, 2000a), which did not provide supporting data for the values.

 

  1,1-Dichloroethene

1,1-DCE is a Group C, or possible, carcinogen. Tumors were observed in one mouse strain exposed to the compound via inhalation. An inhalation slope factor is no longer available. 1,1-DCE is mutagenic and is known to alkylate and bind with DNA. The oral RfD is based on an observance of hepatic lesions in laboratory animals. There is no inhalation RfD for this compound; thus, the oral RfD was used for the inhalation pathway (for more discussion of the toxicity of 1,1-DCE, see Section 7.10.).

 

  Cis-1,2-Dichloroethene

There are no data linking cis-1,2-DCE and tumor responses. Therefore, the compound is c1assified as a Group D carcinogen. The oral RfD was derived from observed blood abnormalities in laboratory animals. There is no recommended inhalation RfD; therefore, the oral RfD was used for this pathway in the assessment.

 

31


  Trans-1,2-Dichloroethene

Trans-1,2-DCE does not have a carcinogenic c1assification, pending an evaluation by USEPA. An oral RID was derived from an animal study in which subjects were exposed orally to the compound. There is no inhalation RfD; therefore, the oral RfD was used in the HHRA for this pathway.

 

  1,2-Dichloropropane

1,2-Dichloropropane is not classified a carcinogen by USEPA or Cal/EPA. The RfC is based upon nasal lesions in mice, rats, and rabbits. The RfC was derived from the LOAEL.

 

  Cis- and Trans-1,3-Dichloropropene

1,3-Dichloropropene (a mixture of cis- and trans- isomers) is classified a probable human carcinogen based upon observations of tumors in F344 rats (forestomach, adrenal and thyroid tumors, and liver nodules) and B6C3Fl mice (forestomach, urinary bladder, and lung tumors), positive mutagenic activity, and structural similarity to known oncogens that produce similar types of tumors in rodents. The RfD was derived from the NOAEL and based upon) increased kidney weights in rats. The RfC was based upon observed changes in respiratory and olfactory epithelium in both mice and rats. The RfC was derived from the NOAEL.

 

  1,4-Dioxane

1A-Dioxane is classified a probable human carcinogen (Group B2). The classification is based on: (1) induction of nasal cavity and liver carcinomas in multiple strains of rats, (2) liver carcinomas in mice, (3) gallbladder carcinomas in guinea pigs. Oral and inhalation RfDs are not available for non-carcinogenic effects.

 

  Ethyl benzene

Ethyl benzene is currently classified as Group D by USEPA. The RfD is based on histopatholog c changes in the liver and kidneys of female rats and derived from the NOAEL.

 

  Freon 113 (1,1,2-Trichloro-1,2,2-triDuoroethane)

No information on the carcinogenicity of Freon 113 was available. The RfD was derived from the NOAEL, and based upon slight impairment of psychomotor performance in male human volunteers. No supporting toxicological data was available on the derivation of the RfC.

 

  Methylene Chloride

Methylene chloride is a Group B2, or probable carcinogen. Increased incidences in several tumor types have been observed in animals exposed to the compound. The oral and inhalation RfDs are based on observed liver toxicity in laboratory studies.

 

  1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane

1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane is a group C carcinogen (possible human carcinogen) based on increased incidence of hepatocellular carcinomas in mice. No supporting toxicological data was available for the RfD.

 

32


  Tetrachloroethene (PCE)

USEPA has not classified the carcinogenic potential of PCE. Cal/EPA (2001) has developed SFs for PCE based on liver. carcinomas in laboratory animals. An oral RFD for this compound was derived experimentally based on observed liver toxicity in animals. The inhalation RFD was compiled from NCEA (USEPA, 2000a) and no supporting data were provided.

 

  Toluene

Toluene is a Group D (not classified) carcinogen. The RFD is based upon histopathologic changes in the liver and kidneys, as well as increased liver and kidney weights, in rats. This RFD was derived from the NOAEL.

 

  1,1,1-Trichloroethane

1,1,1-Trichloroethane does not have a carcinogenic classification (Group D). The oral and inhalation reference doses were compiled from NCEA (USEPA, 2000a) and no supporting data were provided.

 

  1,1,2-Trichloroethane

1,1,2-Trichloroethane is classified group C; possible human carcinogen. This is based on hepatocellular carcinomas and pheochromocytoma in one strain of mice forms the basis for this classification. Carcinogenicity was not shown in rats. 1,1,2-Trichloroethane is structurally related to 1,2-dichloroethane, a probable human carcinogen. The RfD was derived from the NOAEL and based upon adverse liver effects in mice.

 

  Trichloroethene (TCE)

USEPA recently reviewed the carcinogenic potential of TCE (USEPA, 200Jd). The upper bound slope factor of0.4 (mg/kg-day) 1 calculated in this document was used for this HHRA. Cal/EPA (2001) has developed SFs for TCE based on liver and lung carcinomas in laboratory animals. The RfDs were compiled from NCEA (USEPA, 2002a) and no supporting data were provided. Based upon the revised TCE risk assessment (USEPA, 2001d) and the USEPA Region IX PRG tables (USEPA, 2002a), an inhalation reference dose of 0.01 mg/kg-day was used to estimate non-carcinogenic health effects. Epidemiologic studies have associated TCE exposure with excess risks of kidney cancer, liver cancer, lympho-hematopoietic cancer, cervical cancer, and prostate cancer. Observed non-catcinogenic effects include neurotoxicity, immunotoxicity, developmental toxicity, liver and kidney toxicity, and endocrine effects (see also Section 7.11).

 

  Vinyl Chloride

VC is classified as a known human carcinogen (Group A). The c1assification is based on (1) epidemiologic evidence for inhalation exposure in occupational scenarios, (2) carcinogenicity in laboratory animals, (3) mutagenicity and DNA adduct formation in in-vitro tests, and (4) the rapid absorption of VC following exposure. The oral and inhalation RfDs are based on observed liver cell changes in laboratory animals.

 

  Xylenes

Xylene (dimethylbenzene) exists in three isomeric forms; o-Xylene (ortho or 1,2-dimethlybenzene), m-Xylene (meta or 1,3-dimethylbenzene), and p-Xylene (para or 1,4-dimethylbenzene). Due to their close physical and toxicological properties, all three isomers are

 

33


grouped together as one chemical “Xylenes” by USEPA and classified as non-carcinogenic (class D). CNS toxicity and respiratory effects have been observed in rats at relatively high doses. Xylenes have been observed to be fetotxic and teratogenic at high doses in mice. The inhalation RID was based on the oral RID.

 

34


6.0 RISK CHARACTERIZATION

In risk characterization, the information, results, and conclusions from the data evaluation, exposure assessment, and toxicity assessment are integrated. Numerical risk estimates calculated for each COPC and exposure route and pathway are combined to estimate total theoretical noncancer hazards and, for carcinogens, total lifetime excess cancer risks. The critical uncertainties affecting risk calculations are also addressed.

6.1 Noncarcinogenic Hazard

Noncarcinogenic effects for each exposure route and pathway, and for each chemical are evaluated by comparing an average dose to a RID for the same time period, generally one day. The ratio of the average daily dose to RID is called a hazard quotient (HQ), which is calculated as follows:

 

HQ

   =    ADD
      RfD
Where:      

HQ

   =    Theoretical noncancer hazard quotient for a specific chemical and exposure pathway

ADD

   =    Average Daily Dose (mg/kg-day) for chemical and exposure pathway

RfD

   =    Reference Dose (mg/kg-day) for chemical and exposure pathway.

The HQ assumes that there is a dose below which adverse health effects are unlikely (USEPA, 1989a). If the average daily dose is below the threshold RID (i.e., the ratio is less than 1), it is unlikely that noncarcinogenic effects would occur. The HQ is specific to chemicals and exposure pathway combination. Therefore, to assess the overall potential for noncarcinogenic effects from a particular exposure scenario, HQs for the relevant individual exposure pathways (e.g., ingestion, dermal contact, and inhalation) and individual chemicals are summed to obtain the hazard index (HI) for the populations evaluated.

In general, it is USEPA’s position that a theortical HI value at or below indicates that there is unlikely to be an increased health risk, even for sensitive populations (USEPA, 1989a). At the same time, a HI greater than 1 does not necessarily indicate that adverse effects will occur, because the RID used in the calculation contains a substantial measure of conservatism. As previously discussed, the RID is conservative because it is typically derived by applying multiple safety factors to a level at which no adverse effects have been observed or to the lowest level at which effects have been observed in the most sensitive animal species that have been tested.

A significant limitation of the HIs is related to the assumption of additivity. Additivity is most properly applied to compounds that induce the same effect by the same mechanism of action. Summing HIs for a number of compounds that are not expected to induce the same type of

 

35


effects or that do not act by the same mechanism is likely to further overestimate the potential for effects. However, for this HHRA, all of the COPCs are assumed to have similar toxicological endpoints, because they are all solvents with similar mechanisms of action. Thus, summing of HIs is likely appropriate and is not expected to result in significant overestimation of risk.

6.2 Cancer Risks

The theoretical lifetime excess cancer risks associated with the lifetime average daily doses are calculated as the product of the lifetime average daily dose (LADD) and the SF for each chemical and exposure pathway as shown below:

 

Risk

   =    SF × LADD
Where:      

Risk

   =    Theoretical lifetime excess cancer risk for chemical and exposure pathway

SF

   =    Slope Factor for chemical and exposure pathway

LADD

   =    Lifetime Average Daily Dose for chemical and exposure pathway.

The quantitative risk estimate for suspected carcinogens is expressed as the lifetime theoretical excess (or additional) risk of contracting cancer above the actual incidence of cancer in the U.S. population. The likelihood of actually developing cancer is l-in-2 for a male and 1-in-3 for a female (American Cancer Society, 1999). The risk estimate is chemical- and exposure pathway-specific. Therefore, the total upper-bound theoretical excess cancer risk is calculated by combining the risks across exposure pathways and chemicals as follows:

Total lifetime theoretical excess risk = Sum of risks by chemical and pathway.

USEPA has provided guidance on the role of risk assessment in federal Superfund remedy selection (USEPA, 199lb). USEPA considers a target lifetime theoretical excess risk range of lx l0-6 to 1x104 (between one-in-one-million and one-in-ten thousand) to be “safe and protective of public health.”

According to USEPA, where the total lifetime theoretical excess cancer risk to an individual (based on an RME scenario for both current and future land use) is Jess than 1x104 and the theoretical noncarcinogenic HI is less than 1, remedial action is generally not warranted unless there are other adverse environmental impacts or an applicable or relevant and appropriate requirement (ARAR) is exceeded. Even risks slightly greater than l x 10-4 may be considered to be acceptable (i.e., protective) if justified based on site-specific conditions, including uncertainties about the nature and extent of contaminants and associated risks. Alternatively, on a case-by-case basis, action may be recommended for sites within the 1x 10-4 to lx 10-6 risk range. Where remedial action is warranted, guidance for remedy selection is provided in the USEPA directive entitled Land Use in the CERCI.A Remedy Selection Process (USEPA, 1995). The directive notes that it is not USEPA’s intent that acceptable risk standards be based solely on categories of land use (e.g., with residential cleanups at a lx l0-6 level or industrial cleanups at a

 

36


lx l0-4 1evel). The Regional Water Quality Control Board, San Francisco Bay Region has accepted 1 x l0-5 cleanup ‘levels on a site-specific basis. Therefore, the risk range provides the risk manager with the necessary flexibility to address technical and cost limitations, and the performance and risk uncertainties inherent in all site remediation efforts.

6.3 Risk Characterization Results

In this section, the quantitative evaluations of theoretical noncancer hazards and lifetime theoretical excess cancer risks are presented for each app1icable receptor for air concentrations estimated using the ground water volatilization mode] and direct air measurements evaluated. Quantitative risks and hazards were estimated under RME and CTE conditions for the data sets described in Section 3.0 (i.e., using groundwater and air). These estimates are summarized in Tables 16 through 25, and Plates 4 through 22. Quantitative risks were compared to the USEPA risk management range of Ix 10-6 to 1x 10-4. Lifetime excess carcinogenic risks within the risk management range may be managed through construction techniques (indoor air) to reduce risks to an acceptable level and the use of appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE, construction). For the NRP, the acceptable lifetime excess cancer risk level is lx l0-6. Where risk management techniques are not available to achieve acceptable risk, NASA will implement land use controls. Noncancer hazards were compared to a HI of 1. As discussed in Section 1.0, analytical data for residual soil contamination were not available. Therefore, applicable clean-up target contamination levels (TCLs) for soil were compiled and are discussed in Section 6.4.

As discussed previously, EPCs for individual contaminants were calculated for each well (groundwater) and each building (air). Within each well or building, risks and hazards were calculated based upon the EPC of the COPCs in groundwater and measured air values using the appropriate models. Tables 16 through 25 contain the detailed risks and HIs for individual chemicals for each well or building.

When calculating risks and HIs, special consideration must be given to vinyl chloride (VC), benzene, and 1,4-dioxane. Although VC was detected in some of the groundwater samples, it was not detected in any of the flux or air samples. When calculating risk using groundwater data, the groundwater volatilization model used to estimate air concentrations would tend to overestimate risks because of the presence of VC. In particular, the GW-to-Indoor air model predicted indoor concentrations for VC at levels above the average indoor air measurement detection levels. Since the air measurement technique employed should have detected VC if present at the predicted model levels, it appears that the model, as used, over predicts indoor air VC concentrations. The calculated risk, at the average detection limit of the indoor air sampling, corresponds to a risk less than lx l0-6. Therefore, where VC was present in the groundwater, risks were estimated by subtracting out the VC risk. These VC corrected risks and HIs formed the basis for the data used to generate the iso-risk and HI contours in Plates 4 through 22.

Contaminant levels measured in air may include multiple sources for any given chemical. In particular, benzene risks based upon the air data can be greater than that expected from the groundwater data. Benzene is ubiquitous in the urban atmosphere, primarily due to vehicle exhausts. For many of the estimated risks and HIs that were based on air measurements, benzene was the single largest contributor to the total risk, even where it was not detected in the

 

37


underlying groundwater plume. Therefore, it was concluded that the presence of benzene in the air data could be, for certain buildings, primarily a result of background concentrations, and not because of significant soil vapor migration from the groundwater plume. Consequently, concentrations due to the presence of background benzene in the air data were subtracted from the measured benzene concentrations. In addition to benzene, background corrections (Table 6) were also applied for toluene, methylene chloride, 1,1,1 -trichloroethane, tetrachloroethene (PCE), and trichloroethene (TCE). As discussed previously, 1999 data for the BAAQMD Mountain View monitoring station was used to make this adjustment. Improvements in automobile emissions controls and the use of reformulated gasoline since 1999 should result in decreased background ambient air concentrations for some of these chemicals (e.g. benzene). However, only BAAQMD data for 1998 and 1999 were available for the Mountain View location. For benzene, toluene, methylene chloride, and trichloroethene the 1998 mean values were greater then the 1999 mean values; a trend towards improving air quality. However, for perchloroethlyene and trichloroethylene the 1999 mean values were greater than the 1998 mean values. Indoor air measurements were taken in 1999 and 2000, therefore these background concentnltions are likely representative of the actual background concentrations in the air during the site sampling.

The third chemical requiring additional consideration, 1,4-dioxane, was detected in many flux and air samples, but was not part of the suite of chemicals historically analyzed in the groundwater. Recent sampling has detected 1,4-dioxane only at low levels and only in some of the samples from the Al aquifer underlying the site. The presence of 1,4-dioxane in the indoor air could result from off gassing of building materials, from other solvent-containing products used in the buildings, or be present as a background contaminant in urban air. However, although risks calculated from air data may be overestimated under these circumstances (i.e., airborne 1,4-dioxane concentrations are higher than would be expected from the groundwater data), no correction is incorporated because background air data from the BAAQMD were not available for 1,4-dioxane.

The overall carcinogenic risks and noncancer HIs for the NRP are summarized in Section 6.3.1 for each receptor. Section 6.3.2 presents the calculations of risks and HIs from the groundwater volatilization model. Section 6.3.3 presents the risks and HIs estimated using the measured air concentration data.

6.3.1 Risk Characterization Summary

In general, the highest estimated lifetime excess cancer risks were located primarily in parcels 1, parts of 2 and 5, 7, 13, 14, 15, 17, and 18 (see Plates 4 through 22). The estimated lifetime excess cancer risks and HIs for all receptors were highest in Parcel.15 or the space east of 15 (wells W9-l8, W9-35, WIC-11, and WIC-12, see Tables 16 through 20). For construction workers and adult residents (10 year RME, 5 year CTE), RME and CTE risks estimated from the groundwater volatilization model were within the risk management range. For the indoor worker, child resident (10 year RME, 5 year CTE), and default 30-year residential receptor, the lifetime excess cancer risks estimated from the groundwater volatilization model were above the risk management range for at least one wen in Parcel 15 (W9-18, W9-35, WIC-11, or WIC-12). Estimated lifetime excess cancer risk based on the measured air concentrations were above the

 

38


risk management range for buildings within or adjacent to Parcel 15, for all receptors except the construction worker. In addition, lifetime excess cancer risks estimated from groundwater volatilization modeling for the eastern portions of Parcels 12 and 12a, the northern portion of Parcel 5, and parts of Parcels 1, 2, and 7 were within the risk management range for all receptors.

For some of the buildings (e.g. 21, 22, 476, 148, and 156) on the western boundary of the plume, the estimated lifetime excess cancer risks, based upon the measured air data for some exposure scenarios, were many orders of magnitude greater than that which would have been predicted using the groundwater volatilization model and measured groundwater concentrations for wells in the vicinity of the building. This discrepancy may be due to: 1) contaminants present in the background air but which could not be corrected for due to a lack of BAAQMD background data; 2) differences between actual building parameters (such as ventilation rate or building floor wall perimeter crack length and modeled building parameters); 3) contaminant sources other than groundwater which have not been identified nor for which data were available to correct the air measurement data; 4) inaccuracy in the groundwater volatilization model.

The results of the HHRA for each receptor are summarized as follows:

 

  Maximum RME lifetime excess cancer risk for construction workers was within the USEPA risk management range (lx l0-6 to lx l0-4) based upon the groundwater volatilization modeling and direct air measurement results. The maximum estimated RME and CTE HIs for the construction worker, based upon the groundwater volatilization modeling and direct air measurements were greater than 1. This is primarily due to direct exposure to the contaminated groundwater.

 

  RME lifetime excess cancer risks for indoor workers, estimated from the groundwater volatilization model, were within or below the risk management range, except for one well in parcel 15 (W9-35). RME lifetime excess cancer risk estimated from the air measurements was above the risk management range (2.3E-4) for four buildings (Building 156, 566, 6 and Hangar 1), but within the risk management range for the remaining buildings. However, lifetime estimated excess cancer risks estimated from wells near Buildings 6, 156 and 566 were all in the lower end of the risk management range. This high estimated lifetime excess cancer risk for Buildings 156 and 566 may due to sources other than contaminated groundwater (note that Building 156 is very close to highway 101) or there may be high contaminant levels in the soil or groundwater close to the building, but which are not detected in the current monitoring wells. If the results for Building 156 are considered anomalous, then Hangar 1 has the highest estimated lifetime excess cancer risk. This building is adjacent to Well W9-35, which has the highest estimated lifetime excess cancer risk based upon the groundwater volatilization modeling. This suggests that the results for Hangar 1 are associated with contaminants in the groundwater. Maximum RME HIs for indoor workers estimated from both the groundwater volatilization model and direct air measurements were less than or equal to I and the CTE HIs were less than 1.

 

 

Maximum RME and CTE lifetime excess cancer risks for adult residents (10 year and 5 year exposure duration, respectively), estimated from the groundwater volatilization model, were within or below the risk management range. RME lifetime excess cancer risks estimated from the air measurements were above the risk management range for Building 156, 6, and Hangar 1

 

39


 

but within the risk management range for the remaining buildings. The high estimated lifetime excess cancer risk for Building 156 may due to sources other than contaminated groundwater, because the risks estimated from wells in the vicinity of this building were all below or at the low end of the risk management range. If the results for Building 156 are considered anomalous, then Hangar 1 has the highest estimated lifetime excess cancer risk. CTE lifetime excess cancer risks estimated from the air measurements were below the risk management range for Building 111, and within the risk management range for the remaining buildings. Maximum RME HIs for adult residents (10 year exposure duration) estimated from the groundwater volatilization model were less than 1. Maximum RME HIs based upon direct air measurements were greater than 1 (Building 6), but the CTE (5 year exposure duration) HIs for all buildings were less than 1.

 

  RME lifetime excess cancer risks for child residents (I 0 year exposure duration), estimated from the groundwater volatilization model, were within or below the risk management range except for two wells (W9-35 and W9-2) in parcels 15 and 13. CTE lifetime excess cancer risks for child residents (5 year exposure duration), estimated from the groundwater volatilization model, were within or below the risk management range for all parcels. RME lifetime excess cancer risk estimated from the air measurements was above the risk management range for Buildings 148, 2, 21, 566, 156, 6, and Hangar 1. As discussed previously, the results for Buildings 566, 21 and 156 may be due to sources other than groundwater contamination. However, the results for the remaining buildings appear to be associated with groundwater contaminants, based upon comparison to lifetime excess cancer risk estimated from wells near these buildings using the groundwater volatilization model. Maximum RME lifetime excess cancer risk estimated from contaminant concentrations in wells near Buildings 566, 21 and 156 were between one to two orders of magnitude lower than risks estimated from the indoor air measurements. Maximum RME (10 year exposure duration) and CTE (5 year exposure duration) HIs for child residents estimated from the groundwater volatilization model were less than 1.Maximum RME (10 year exposure duration) HIs for child residents estimated from direct air measurements were greater than 1 for Building 6, but less than or equal to 1 for the remaining buildings. Maximum CTE (5 year exposure duration) child resident HIs were less than or equal to 1 for all buildings.

 

  Maximum RME lifetime excess cancer risk for 30-year residents, estimated from the groundwater volatilization model, was above the risk management range. RME lifetime excess cancer risk estimated from the air measurements was also above the risk management range for Buildings 148, 156, 2, 21, 476, 566, 6, and Hangar 1. As discussed previously, the results for Buildings 566, 156, 21 and 476 may be due to sources other than groundwater contamination. The maximum excess lifetime cancer risks estimated from contaminant concentrations in wells in the vicinity of these buildings were all lower by at least one order of magnitude. However, the results for the other buildings do appear to be associated with groundwater contaminants, based upon comparison to lifetime excess cancer risk estimated from wells near these buildings using the groundwater volatilization model. Maximum adult and child His, estimated from both the groundwater volatilization model and direct air measurements, were greater than 1.

 

40


6.3.1.1 Differences between Draft Addendum and Revised HHRA

As discussed in section 4.7.3.1, the groundwater to air volatilization model was revised based upon comments received on the Draft Addendum HHRA dated December 16, 2003. Overall, these changes result in lower risk estimates for most wells.

6.3.2 Risk Estimated from Groundwater Volatilization Model

The individual estimated lifetime excess carcinogenic risks and HIs for each well and receptor are presented in Tables 16 through 20 and Plates 4, 5, 8, 9, 12, 13, l6, l7, and 20. As shown in the tables, risks and HIs were calculated with vinyl chloride (VC) present, as wen as VC subtracted from the total risk and HI. As discussed in Section 6.3, VC was detected in the groundwater but not in the air or soil flux samples. Therefore, although the presence or absence of VC in the various media is noted for each of the wells, the most applicable total risk estimates do not take into account the presence of VC in the groundwater. All of the iso-risk plots presented in the plates are exclusive of VC. The risks discussed below for each receptor are exclusive of VC. Other chemicals, such as carbon tetrachloride, were not detected in air, but were also not on the flux analytes list. As discussed in section 3.3, under these circumstances, in order to err on the conservative side, these chemicals were kept as COPCs.

Since the groundwater volatilization model is based upon contaminant groundwater concentrations, no correction for contaminant concentrations in background air is required. Consequently, Benzene and the other contaminants measured by BAAQMD iri the background air were included in the risks that were estimated using the groundwater data without correction.

Construction Workers

Table 16 and Plates 4, 5, 6, and 7.

Lifetime excess RME and CTE cancer risk for all of the parcels were within or below the risk management range. The space east of Parcel 15 (well W9-35) had the highest (3.lx I0-5 maximum lifetime excess cancer risk. RME lifetime excess cancer risks were within the risk management range for Parcels l , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7,12, 12a, 13, 14, 15 and the space east of 15, 17, and 18. CTE lifetime excess cancer risks were within the risk management range for Parcels 5, 13, 15 and the space east of I5, and 17. RME HIs were above l for parcels 2, 5, 13, 14 15 and the open space east of 15, and 17. CTE HIs were above l for Parcels 13, 15 and the open space east of 15.

Indoor Workers

Table 17 and Plates 8, 9, l 0, and 11.

Lifetime excess RME and CTE cancer risk for all of the parcels were within or below the risk management range. The space east of Parcel 15 (well W9-35) had the highest (l.3x 10-4) maximum lifetime excess cancer risk. This was the only well above the risk management range, however the results for this one well does not significantly impact the risk estimate (within the risk management range) for the entire parcel. RME lifetime excess cancer risks were within the risk management range for Parcels 1, 2, 4, 5, 7, the eastern portions of 12 and 12A, 13, 14, 15

 

41


and the space east of 15, 17, and 18. Parcels 13, 15 and the space east of 15, and 17 had CTE lifetime excess cancer risks within the risk management range. The remaining parcels all had CTE lifetime excess cancer risks below the risk management range. All parcels had an RME and CTE HIs less than 1.

Adult (10-year RME, 5-year CTE)

Table 18 and Plates 12, 13, 14, and 15.

Lifetime excess RME and CTE cancer risk for all of the parcels were within or below the risk management range. The space east of Parcel 15 (well W9-35) had the highest (8.3x 10-5) maximum lifetime excess cancer risk. RME lifetime excess cancer risks were within the risk management range for Parcels 1, 2, 4, 5, 7, the NE comer of 12A, 13, 14, 15 and the space east of 15, 17, and 18. CTE lifetime excess cancer risks for Parcels l, 2, 3, 5, 13, 14, 15 and the space east of 15, 17, and 18 were within the risk management range. RME and CTE HIs for all parcels were less than 1.

Child (10-year RME, 5-year CTE)

Table 19 and Plates 16, 17, 18, and 19.

Lifetime excess RME cancer risk for Parcels 13 and 15 and the space east of Parcel 15 was above the risk management range. The space east of Parcel 15 lifetime excess cancer risk (2xl0-4 well W9-35). RME lifetime excess cancer risks were within the risk management range for Parcels 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 12A, the eastern edge of 12, 14, 17, and 18. CTE lifetime excess cancer risks for Parcels 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, the eastern edge of 12 and 12A, 13, 14, 15 and the space east of 15, 17, and 18 were within the risk management range. RME and CTE HIs were less than I for all parcels.

Default 30-year Resident

Table 20 and Plates 20; 21, and 22.

The estimated maximum lifetime excess cancer risk for the default 30-year residential receptor for Parcels 13, 14, 15 and the space east of Parcel 15, and NE comer of 17 were above the risk management range. Well W9-35, in Parcel 15, had the highest estimated lifetime excess cancer risk (3.2x 10-4). RME lifetime excess cancer risks were within the risk management range for all other parcels. For Parcels 12 and l2A, only the very eastern portions were within the risk management range. The remainders of these two parcels were below the risk management range. Both adult and child RME HIs (10 year exposure) were less than 1 for all parcels.

 

6.3.3 Risk Estimated from Air Measurements

Because benzene is present in ambient air, background benzene concentration, based upon the BAAQMD monitoring station in Mountain View was subtracted from the total measured benzene concentration (Table 6). In addition to benzene, background corrections (Table 6) were also applied for toluene, methylene chloride, 1,1,1-trichloroethane, tetrachloroethene (PCE), and trichloroethene (TCE). Since VC was not detected in any air sample, the risks presented for each building do not include a contribution from VC. Risks associated with these background concentrations, for each receptor, are provided in Table 26.

 

42


For the construction worker receptor risks were the result of exposure to groundwater (dermal) as well as air. Risks for all other receptors are based only on the direct air measurements. In order to account for the construction worker dermal exposure, the groundwater concentrations are based upon the maximum for each chemical for groupings of wells in closest proximity (within approximately 500’ radius) to the building in question. (For GW vapor transport into buildings, each well was considered individually.) For the CTE exposure scenario, the maximum of the average of any chemical/well was used. For the RME exposure scenario, the maximum EPC for any well/chemical was used.

Construction Workers

Table 21 and Plates 4, 5, 6, and 7.

Lifetime excess RME and CTE cancer risk for all of the buildings were within the risk management range except Building 111, which was below the risk management range. CTE lifetime excess cancer risks were within the risk management range for Buildings 148, 15, 2, 476, 555, 566, 583C, 6, and Hangar 1. RME HIs were equal to or greater than 1 for Buildings 148, 15, 2, 476, 555, 566, 583C, 6, and Hangar 1. Hangar 1 had the highest RME HI (9). CTE HIs were greater than l for Buildings 15, 6, and Hangar 1. For most receptors, the Building 6 HI is greater than that calculated for Hangar 1. For the construction worker, the Hangar l HI is equal to the HI for Building 6 due to the assumption of direct dermal exposure to groundwater. As explained above, groups of groundwater wells in closest proximity to the building were used to evaluate the dermal exposure. Different wens were considered for Building 6 and Hangar 1 based upon the 500’ radius from each well. The result is that for many chemicals, the groundwater concentration used to evaluate the dermal exposure was the same for these two buildings. However, for one well associated with Hangar 1, WU4-l0, 1,4-dioxane was detected. None of the wells associated with Building 6 had 1,4-dioxane. Due to the 1,4-dioxane RID, the HI for the Hangar l construction worker equals the HI for the Building 6 construction worker.

Indoor Workers

Table 22 and Plates 8, 9, 10, and 11.

Lifetime excess RME cancer risks for all of the buildings were within the risk management range, except Buildings 156 (2.3x l0-4), 566 (1.1x10-4), 6 (l.5x 10-4 and Hangar l (1.7x 10-4) which were above the risk management range. However, Plate 8 reveals that Building 566 and 156 are located on the very edge of the known groundwater plume. Lifetime excess cancer risks estimated from the groundwater volatilization model for wells near this building were all significantly lower by about two orders of magnitude. In addition, Building 156 is located relatively dose to State Highway 101. These factors seem to indicate that the measured concentrations for this building might be due to sources other than contaminated groundwater. All of the buildings had CTE lifetime excess Cancer risks within or below the risk management range. RME and CTE HIs for all buildings were Jess than or equal to l.

 

43


Adult (10-year RME, 5-year CTE)

Table 23 and Plates 12, 13, 14, and 15.

Lifetime excess RME cancer risks for Buildings 156, 6, and Hangar 1 were above the risk management range, however all of the remaining buildings were within the risk management range. Wells closest to Building 156 had estimated lifetime excess cancer risks based upon contaminant concentrations in the groundwater at least two orders of magnitude lower than the risk estimated for Building 156 from the measured indoor air concentrations. As discussed previously, the indoor air concentration of contaminants in Building 156 may be due to sources other than the underlying groundwater. All of the buildings had CTE lifetime excess cancer risks within the risk management range, except Building 111, which was below the risk management range. Only Building 6 had an RME HI greater than 1. CTE HIs for all buildings were less than 1.

Child (10-year RME, 5-year CTE)

Table 24 and Plates 16, 17, 18, and 19.

Lifetime excess RME cancer risks for Buildings 148, 156, 2, 21, 566, 6, and Hangar l were above the risk management range. Lifetime excess RME cancer risks for the remaining buildings were all within the risk management range. As previously discussed, the results for Building 21, 566, and 156 may be due to sources other than contaminated groundwater. Lifetime excess cancer risk based upon contaminant concentrations in wells closest to these buildings were all at least one order of magnitude lower than the estimate based upon the measured indoor air concentrations. All of the buildings had CTE lifetime excess cancer risks within the risk management range. Only Building 6 and Hanger l had RME HIs greater than or equal to 1. CTE HIs for all buildings were less than or equal to 1.

Default 30-year Resident

Table 25 and Plates 20, 21, and 22.

The estimated maximum lifetime excess cancer risk for the default 30-year residential receptor for Buildings 148, 156, 2, 21, 576, 566, 6, and Hangar 1 were all above the risk management range. RME lifetime excess cancer risks were within the risk management range for all the other buildings. As per the previous discussion, the results for Buildings 21, 156, 476, and 566 may be due to sources other than contaminated groundwater, based upon risk estimates for wells near these buildings. Only Building 6 had an Adult or Child HI greater than I.

6.4 Soil Target Cleanup Levels

Soil TCLs were obtained from the U.S. EPA Region IX PRGs (USEPA, 2000a); Cal/EPA RBSLs, and the MEW ROD (USEPA, 1989b). These data are summarized in Table 26. For an individual chemical, the lowest soil TCL from the three data sources will be used to assess future measured soil concentrations. Use of the values selected will result in conservative soil cleanup levels to support future removal action decisions. If TCLs are less than background metals, background concentrations will be used as the TCL.

 

44


7.0 UNCERTAINTY EVALUATION

Uncertainty is inherent in many aspects of the risk assessment process. Direct measurements are not available for many of the criteria upon which the risk estimates are dependent (e.g., human exposure parameters, and the toxicity criteria used to assess the potential for adverse effects at. very low dose levels). Therefore, conservative assumptions and methodologies were employed to reduce the possibility of underestimating risk. The following sections provide more detailed information on some, but not all, of the most significant areas of uncertainty.

7.1 Toxicity Criteria and Factors

Many toxicity factors used in human health risk assessments are based on animal data and, therefore, potentially overestimate risk. In most cases, the noncancer RID is calculated using animal data for nontoxic exposures that are extrapolated to humans and the RID is further reduced using uncertainty and modifying factors (Section 5.1). These factors provide an inherently conservative RID. For chemicals that are classified as probable human carcinogens (i.e., lacking evidence of carcinogenicity in humans), the USEPA method for developing cancer SFs extrapolates data from high-dose animal experiments to low-dose human exposures, and thus is associated with a high potential for overestimating risk. Actual SFs could be lower but are unlikely to be higher. The linearized multistage model used to perform this extrapolation is considered conservative (Section 5.2).

For chronic and lifetime exposures, the simplifying assumption that all chemical concentrations will remain constant is employed. This assumption is likely to result in an overestimate of chronic or lifetime exposure for chemicals that biodegrade over time or are undergoing remediation.

When humans are exposed to more than one chemical in a medium, it is normally assumed that the adverse effects of the different chemicals are additive (USEPA, 1989a). However, in some cases synergistic or antagonistic interactions may occur. Although there are no data to suggest that synergistic or antagonistic interactions occur between the COPCs at the Site, this possibility is nevertheless a source of uncertainty in the HHRA.

7.2 Exposure Pathways and Parameters

A large part of the risk assessment is the estimation of lifetime theoretical excess cancer risks and theoretical noncancer hazards that are conditional on the occurrence of the exposure conditions analyzed. Although residential receptors were evaluated (adults and children), commercial parameters were used for the building inputs because the onsite residents would reside in dormitory-type housing that is better approximated by commercial building parameters. Although other receptors might be present at a particular parcel (e.g., utility-worker receptors), the receptors evaluated for that parcel are those associated with the highest potential exposures in terms of frequency and duration and are the most sensitive (e.g., children).

The exposure parameters (e.g., exposure frequency and duration, dermal surface area, and oral and pulmonary absorption rates) have the potential for overestimating risk. Factors used to

 

45


estimate exposure are assumed applicable for all human population groups. Therefore, to minimize the possibility of underestimating risks, such factors are generally conservative and represent the portion of the population with the greatest potential for exposure. For example, the hypothetical HHRA indoor worker receptor is assumed present for 250 days of the year over a 25-year period for the RME calculation. The hypothetical RME resident is also assumed home 24 hours daily, breathing vapors that are emitted from groundwater through the soil (either indoors or outdoors). Few people, including children, are likely to be at home for 24 hours daily for the entire exposure period assumed. Consequently, the theoretical noncancer hazards and lifetime excess cancer risks are likely to be overestimated for the hypothetical receptors.

7.3 Laboratory and Sampling Results

Potential laboratory errors can also result in uncertainty in the chemical concentrations used in the exposure assessment. For well-designed analytical methods, there should be no significant systematic errors present. However, uncertainty in measured concentrations due to random errors cannot be eliminated. These random errors may result from:

 

  Precision of experimental measurements

 

  Random fluctuation in equipment performance

 

  Normal variation in experimental technique.

These errors are expected to be relatively smal1, but nonetheless will affect the overall uncertainty in the results. The contribution of these random errors to under- or overestimation of risk cannot be ascertained.

7.4 Soil Target Cleanup Levels

The soil TCLs discussed in Section 6.4 and shown in Table 26 are not based on site-specific soil characteristics or site-specific receptors. While the PRGs and RBSLs can be re-calculated employing site-specific data, it is not expected to result in significant changes in the cleanup levels shown in Table 26.

7.5 Site Air Concentration Measurements

SAIC and Harding ESE have conducted several indoor air quality investigations (SAIC, 1999, 2000a; HLA, 2000ab; Harding ESE, 2001d).

Comparison of the risks based upon measured air concentrations, and groundwater volatilization modeling shows after correcting for VC (groundwater) and benzene (air) that the estimated risks based upon air and groundwater are in genera] agreement, although, the air-based risks are almost always higher than the groundwater-based estimates. Differences between risks based upon measured air concentrations versus groundwater-modeled air concentrations may differ, in part, from the limited ability of the models to accurately predict air concentrations because of the simplifying assumptions necessary to construct the models. For indoor air concentrations, some

 

46


examples of these discrepancies are: (l) differences between the building ventilation rate used in the model and the actual rate, and (2) the assumed foundation surface crack fraction available for infiltration versus the actual building value.

In addition to uncertainty resulting from model simplification, comparison of lifetime excess cancer risks based upon volatilization modeling and lifetime excess cancer risks based upon direct air measurements, is complicated by the multiple contaminant sources being detected in the air measurements. Besides the normal background chemicals measured by the BAAQMD, off gassing of contaminants from building materials, solvents, glues, toners, etc. used in buildings increases the measured concentrations above the groundwater contribution. It is not possible to adjust for these additional contaminant sources; therefore, the lifetime excess cancer risks based upon air measurements wi11 tend to overestimate risks. For example, the BAAQMD does not measure 1,4-dioxane, which was present in most of the air samples.

Therefore, no correction for background was possible, even though it is likely that some of the 1,4- dioxane in the air samples is not from groundwater.

Risks based on measured air values must be corrected for benzene because measured air values at NRP are similar to the ambient levels measured in the Mountain View area, based upon the 1999 BAAQMD data. Ambient benzene air concentrations measured at NRP ranged from non-detect to 1.6 ppbv. Concentrations of benzene in the ambient air in Mountain View ranged from. a low of 0.1 ppbv to a high of 2.80 ppbv (mean 0.65 ppbv). In addition, there were many areas where benzene was detected in the air, but not in the groundwater. Under such circumstances, the levels of benzene detected in the onsite measurements are likely normal urban airborne benzene levels.

Because the urban air in the Mountain View area appears to have relatively high levels of benzene, the lifetime incremental cancer risks to persons living or working at NRP are likely to be higher from benzene from vehicle exhausts, than from volatilization of chemicals present in the contaminated groundwater.

It should be noted that only single 8-hour outdoor samples were collected. While these samples are representative of the central tendency for this 8-hour period, there may be considerable variation: throughout a full 24-hour monitoring period, from day-to-day and additional seasonal variation. A recent paper (Johnson, 2003) noted that for sites involving chlorinated hydrocarbon contamination, only minor seasonal variation in air concentrations were observed. Data on diurnal variation was not available. NASA will be conducting a long term air monitoring study commencing June 30, 2003. Current plans call for the collection of both 8-hour and 24-hour samples during the work week through December, 2003. These data will be used to evaluate both the diurnal and seasonal variation in air concentrations.

7.6 Flux Measurements

Most of the chemicals detected during flux sampling were also present in the groundwater samples. In a few instances, chemicals that were not detected in the groundwater sampling were detected during the flux sampling events. For a site with uniform lithology and a single VOC

 

47


groundwater contaminant, some level of correlation between the groundwater concentration and the measured flux can be expected. However, for a site as large as NRP, with complicated lithology, shallow groundwater, and its density of underground utilities, correlation between VOC groundwater concentrations and measured flux will be poor, as observed at other South Bay sites.

Other factors that will affect the correlation between groundwater and flux are the presence of small soil contaminant sources located in close proximity to the flux sample sites, and variation in capillary fringe (capillary rise) thickness due to local variation in soil properties. Variation in soil lithology can include the presence of clay layers that can retard and alter the vapor transport pathway, or soil lenses with high organic carbon content that can strongly adsorb VOCs. Use of fill, if present during construction activities, can also have a large local influence on soil vapor transport. Perturbations in lithology, whether due to natural variation or human efforts (fill or utilities), can result in either enhanced or reduced measured flux values depending on the location of the perturbation with respect to the groundwater and the site of the flux measurement.

In addition to soil- and site-specific factors, differences in chemical physical properties and the interaction of the chemicals with soil and groundwater also affect flux. Some of these factors include the chemical s Henry’s constant, diffusion coefficient in air and water, solubility in water, and organic carbon absorption coefficient (Koc). All of these factors, plus others, results in a complex relationship between these physical factors and the resulting surface soil flux values.

7.7 Calculation of Modeled Airborne VOC Concentrations

Indoor air concentrations were calculated from groundwater data based on assumptions about the proportion of the building foundation through which vapors could potentially migrate and building venti1ation rate. Conservative assumptions were made for both of these parameters. If these assumptions are greater than actual building parameters, the resulting risks will be overestimates of the actual risk.

Outdoor air concentrations are based on a simple box model that requires assumptions about the width of the box, the height of the receptor, and wind speed. Of these three parameters, only wind speed is based on site-specific data. Width of the box (30 meters) is based on estimates of the likely distance between buildings. This value can vary depending upon the actual location of the receptor relative to the location of the buildings on site 2.

7.8 Volatilization Model

The volatilization model described in Section 4.7.3 is an infinite-source model that incorporates the following conservative assumptions:

 

  A constant chemical concentration in subsurface soil and/or groundwater.

 

  For groundwater sources, equilibrium partitioning between dissolved chemicals in groundwater and chemical vapors at the groundwater table.

 

48


  Steady state vapor- and liquid-phase diffusion through the capillary fringe, vadose zone, and foundation cracks.

 

  No loss of chemical mass as it diffuses towards the ground surface, (e.g., no biodegradation).

 

  Steady, well-mixed atmospheric dispersion of the emanating vapors within the enclosed space, where convective transport into the building through the foundation cracks is negligible compared to diffusive transport.

Because few site-specific parameters were available, conservative default parameters were used in most cases. These assumptions, as well as a conservative air exchange rate, may add a factor of 5 to 20 and may result in potentially overestimated indoor air concentrations.

Although different models were used to estimate ambient air and indoor air concentrations, similar assumptions were used for both models. Additional conservative assumptions used in the ambient air model include: steady, wel1-rnixed atmospheric dispersion of the emanating vapors within the breathing zone as modeled by the “box model” for air dispersion. Site-specific parameters were used where possible; however, these models are intentionally conservative to avoid underestimating ambient air concentrations.

7.9 1,1-DCE Carcinogenicity Assessment

IRIS (USEPA, 200la) lists 1,1-DCE as a Class C carcinogen. Recently, the USEPA published an external-review draft of the toxicological review of 1,1-DCE (USEPA, 200Jb). An external-review draft of a new IRIS summary has also been published (VSEPA, 2001c). Both documents contain data that call into question the currently published IRJS SF for 1,1-DCE. The IRIS external review summary, resulted in withdrawal of the SF of 0.6 (mg/kg-day)-1 for 1,1-DCE (i.e., 1,1-DCE would no longer be considered a carcinogen in risk assessments). Thus, calculation of total risk excluded 1,1-DCE. If additional information comes to light that results in re-instatement of the slope factor, then this HHRA will result in underestimation of risk for those wells and buildings where 1,1-DCE was detected. Only a small number of wells would have contributions to lifetime excess cancer risk due to 1,1-DCE greater than lx10-6, none of which would be greater than 1x10-5. Therefore, this is not likely to have a significant impact on the overall results.

7.10 TCE Health Risk Assessment

USEPA recently evaluated the health risk from exposure to TCE. Recently, an external review draft of the Trichloroethylene Health Risk Assessment has been published (USEPA, 200Jd). This assessment emphasizes the role that TCE metabolites play in both the carcinogenic and non-carcinogenic health effects and the importance of metabolites (such as trichloroethanol) that also result from exposure to chemicals other than TCE, such as PCE. Consequently, exposure to chemicals (such as alcohol) and pharmaceuticals (e.g., acetaminophen) that use the same enzymatic pathways as TCE may have important impacts on the overall toxicity of TCE to the exposed population.

 

49


In addition, new cancer risk slope factors and reference concentrations are presented in the USEPA assessment. The new cancer risk slope factor ranges from 2xl0-1 to 4x10-1 (mg/kg-day)-1 for both the inhalation and oral ingestion pathways. As presented in Table 15, the inhalation cancer risk slope factor (SFi) used in this HHRA was 0.4 (mg/kg-day)-1. If the new slope factors are not adopted, the estimated risk due to TCE exposure in this HHRA is overestimated by a factor of 20 to 40, relative to the older value. The current SFi published in the Cal/EPA Toxicity Criteria Database (Cal/EPA, 2001) for TCE is 7x10-3 (mg/kg-day)-1. USEPA is also suggesting changing the current inhalation reference concentration (RfC) from 6xl0-3 mg/kg-day to 4x10-2 mg/kg-day (the value used in this HHRA). Adoption of the new RfC value means that this HHRA underestimates the potential non-carcinogenic health effects due to TCE inhalation exposures by a factor of approximately 7, if the new RfC is not adopted.

7.11 Benzene Health Risk Assessment

SFs for this assessment were compiled from Cal/EPA’s Toxicity Criteria Database (Cal/EPA, 2001) and IRIS (USEPA, 200J a). For each COPC and exposure route, the higher SF from these two sources was used. The Cal/EPA Toxicity Criteria Database (Cal/EPA, 2001) SFo and SFi for benzene are both lx 10-1 (mg/kg-day)-1 whereas the U.S. EPA SFo for benzene is l.5-5.5x 10-2. Use of the Cal/EPA derived slope factor could result in over estimation of benzene risk by approximately factor of 2 to 7, relative to the range of slope factors derived by the U.S. EPA. If the U.S. EPA derived SFo is used in the calculation of -carcinogenic benzene risk, then uncertainty in the resulting risk spans approximately a 3-fold range (but lower than the estimated using the Cal/EPA SFo).

7.12 Factoring Out Vinyl Chloride Concentrations

Based upon review of Tables 16 to 20, factoring out the vinyl chloride concentrations from the risk calculation where it was present in the groundwater, but not flux or air samples, will have only minor impacts on the overall risks. Of the 89 wells, 29 had vinyl chloride concentrations that significantly affected the risk. Of these 29 wells, the difference between risks calculated with vinyl chloride and without vinyl chloride were less than l0% for 23 of the 29 wells. This analysis suggests that while there may be some very significant differences for some individual wells, exclusion of vinyl chloride from the final risk calculations had no material impact on the overall risk results.

8.0 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS

The HHRA was conducted to evaluate risks to human health at 17 of the 19 parcels that comprise the NRP. Four parcels (9, 10, 11, and 16) were not included because: (1) concentrations of VOCs in groundwater beneath these areas were detected below regulatory criteria, and (2) hazardous materials or wastes at the four parcels, if present, do not appear to have impacted the environment (Harding ESE, 200lc).

 

50


The HHRA evaluated potential health risks to indoor workers, construction workers, adult residents, child residents, and a default 30 year resident (6 years child and 24 years adult).

Only the default 30-year residential receptor had multiple wells for which the estimated excess lifetime cancer risks were above lxl0-4. For the other receptors, the lifetime excess risks were mostly within the USEPA risk management range.

RME and CTE HIs for the construction worker were greater than 1 for numerous wells, based upon the groundwater volatilization model results. Appropriate use of personnel protective equipment, enforcement of applicable institutional controls, and use of soil TCLs should be sufficient to reduce exposures to acceptable levels.

In general, the lifetime excess cancer risks and HIs were highest for wells and buildings within, or just adjacent to, parcel 15. The results of the HHRA are summarized as follows:

 

  Maximum RME lifetime excess cancer risk for construction workers was within the USEPA risk management range (lx 10-6 to lx 10-4) based upon the groundwater volatilization modeling and direct air measurement results. The maximum estimated RME and CTE HIs for the construction worker, based upon the groundwater volatilization modeling and direct air measurements were greater than 1. This is primarily due to direct exposure to the contaminated groundwater.

 

  RME lifetime excess cancer risks for indoor workers, estimated from the groundwater volatilization model, were within or below the risk management range, except for one wen in parcel 15 (W9-35). RME lifetime excess cancer risk estimated from the air measurements was above the risk mJlnagement range (2.3E-4) for four buildings (Building 156, 566, 6 and Hangar 1), but within the risk management range for the remaining buildings. However, lifetime estimated excess cancer risks estimated from wells near Buildings 156 and 566 were an in the lower end of the risk management range. This high estimated lifetime excess cancer risk for Buildings 156 and 566 may due to sources other than contaminated groundwater (note that Building 156 is very close to highway 101) or there may be high contaminant levels in the soil or groundwater close to the building, but which are not detected in the current monitoring wells. If the results for Building 156 are considered anomalous, then Hangar 1 has the highest estimated lifetime excess cancer risk. This building is adjacent to Well W9-35, which has the highest estimated lifetime excess cancer risk based upon the groundwater volatilization modeling. This suggests that the results for Hangar 1 are associated with contaminants in the groundwater. Maximum RME HIs for indoor workers estimated from both the groundwater volatilization model and direct air measurements were less than or equal to 1 and the CTE HIs were less than 1.

 

 

Maximum RME and CTE lifetime excess cancer risks for adult residents (10 year and 5 year exposure duration, respectively), estimated from the groundwater volatilization model, were within or below the risk management range. RME lifetime excess cancer risks estimated from the air measurements were above the risk management range for Building 156, 6, and Hangar 1 but within the risk management range for the remaining bui1dings. The high estimated lifetime excess cancer risk for Building 156 may due to sources other than contaminated groundwater,

 

51


 

because the risks estimated from wells in the vicinity of this building were all below or at the low end of the risk management range. If the results for Building 156 are considered anomalous, then Hangar 1 has the highest estimated lifetime excess cancer risk. CTE lifetime excess cancer risks estimated from the air measurements were below the risk management range for Building 111, and within the risk management range for the remaining buildings. Maximum RME HIs for adult residents (10 year exposure duration) estimated from the groundwater volatilization model were less than 1. Maximum RME HIs based upon direct air measurements were greater than 1 (Building 6), but the CTE (5 year exposure duration) HIs for all buildings were less than 1.

 

  RME lifetime excess cancer risks for child residents (10 year exposure duration), estimated from the groundwater volatilization model, were within or below the risk management range except for two wells (W9-35 and W9-2) in parcels 15 and 13. CTE lifetime excess cancer risks for child residents (5 year exposure duration), estimated from the groundwater volatilization model, were within or below the risk management range for all parcels. RME lifetime excess cancer risk estimated from the air measurements was above the risk management range for Buildings 148, 2, 21, 566, 156, 6, and Hangar 1. As discussed previously, the results for Buildings 566, 21 and 156 may be due to sources other than groundwater contamination. However, the results for the remaining buildings appear to be associated with groundwater contaminants, based upon comparison to lifetime excess cancer risk estimated from wells near these buildings using the groundwater volatilization model. Maximum RME lifetime excess cancer risk estimated from contaminant concentrations in wells near Buildings 566, 21 and 156 were between one to two orders of magnitude lower than risks estimated from the indoor air measurements. Maximum RME (10 year exposure duration) and CTE (5 year exposure duration) HIs for child residents estimated from the groundwater volatilization model were less than 1. Maximum RME (I 0 year exposure duration) HIs for child residents estimated from direct air measurements were greater than 1 for Building 6, but less than or equal to 1 for the remaining buildings. Maximum CTE (5 year exposure duration) child resident HIs were less than or equal to 1 for all buildings.

 

  Maximum RME lifetime excess cancer risk for 30-year residents, estimated from the groundwater volatilization model, was above the risk management range. RME lifetime excess cancer risk estimated from the air measurements was also above the risk management range for Buildings 148, 156, 2, 21, 476, 566, 6, and Hangar 1. As discussed previously, the results for Buildings 566, 156, 21 and 476 may be due to sources other than groundwater contamination. The maximum excess lifetime cancer risks estimated from contaminant concentrations in wells in the vicinity of these buildings were all lower by at least one order of magnitude. However, the results for the other buildings do appear to be associated with groundwater contaminants, based upon comparison to lifetime excess cancer risk estimated from wells near these buildings using the groundwater volatilization model. Maximum adult and child His, estimated from both the groundwater volatilization model and direct air measurements, were greater than 1.

Based upon both the groundwater volatilization and direct air measurement results, there do appear to be some receptors (primarily construction workers, children, and the 30 year residents) with exposure to contaminants that potentially could result in adverse health effects. These exposures can be reduced to acceptable levels by using appropriate and applicable construction and HVAC technologies in existing buildings and in new construction and use of PPE by workers during construction. Institutional controls that would limit land use may also be appropriate.

 

52


As previously discussed (Sections 4.7.3.l and 6.3.l.l), these results are lower than the results pr                      the Draft Addendum HHRA dated December 16, 2003, due to changes, based upon received comme                      (see appendix F), in some of the input parameters for the groundwater to air volatilization model.

The Environmental Issues Management Plan (EIMP)

Although most risks estimated in the HHRA were below or within USEPA’s risk management range, uncertainties in the data and in Site conditions will require the known and unexpected risks to be carefully managed. An Environmental Issues Management Plan (EIMP) is being prepared by Erler & Kalinowski, Inc. (EKI; EK1, 2001). This plan provides a decision framework that will be used to manage potential residual chemicals in soil and groundwater in a manner that is acceptable to NASA and the regulatory agencies, and is protective of human health and the environment. For the NRP, lxl0-6 is the acceptable lifetime excess cancer risk level.

 

53


9.0 LITERATURE CITED

American Cancer Society, 1999. Cancer: Basic Facts, 1999 Facts and Figures. Website location: www.cancer.org/statistics/cff99/basicfacts.html.

American Society of Heating, Refrigeration, and Air-Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE), 2000. Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality. ASHRAE Standard 62-1999. August.

American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), 1995. Standard Guide for Risk-Based Corrective Action Applied at Petroleum Release Sites. ASTM E 1739-95.

Brady & Associates, Inc., 1994. Final Environmental Assessment, Moffett Field Comprehensive Use Plan, Moffett Field, California. August.

Bay Area Air Quality Management District (BAAQMD), 2000. Toxic Air Containment Control Program Annual Report 1999. December.

California Environmental Protection Agency (Cal/EPA), 1999. Preliminary Endangerment Assessment Guidance Manual: A Guidance Manual for Evaluating Hazardous Substance Release Sites. Department of Toxic Substances Control. June.

             , 2001. Toxicity Criteria Database. Office of Environmental Health Hazard Assessment. http://www.oehha.ca.gov/risk/chemicalDB/index.asp.

California Regional Water Quality Control Board (RWQCB), 2000. Application of Risk-based Screening Levels and Decision Making to Sites With Impacted Soil and Groundwater. San Francisco Bay Region. August.

Daugherty, S.J., 1991. Regulatory Approach to Hydrocarbon Contamination from Underground Storage Tanks. In Hydrocarbon Contaminated Soils and Groundwater, P.T. Kostecki and E.J. Calabrese eds. Cheslea, MI. Lewis Publishers.

Design, Community, and Environment (DCE), 2001 NASA Ames Development Plan, Draft Programmatic Environmental Impact Statement, NASA Ames Research Center. Design, Community, and Environment, November.

Design, Community, and Environment (DCE), 2002. NASA Ames Development Plan Final Programmatic Environmental Impact Statement, NASA Ames Research Center. Design, Community, and Environment, July.

Gilbert, R.O., 1987. Statistical Methodsfor Environmental Pollution Monitoring. Van Nostrand Reinhold. ISBN 0-442-23050-8.

Harding ESE, Inc. (Harding ESE), 2001a. Environmental Baseline Survey, NASA Research Park Parcel 5, Moffett Federal Airfield, Moffett Field, California. March 5.

 

54


             , 2001b. Draft° Final Environmental Baseline Survey, NASA Research Park Parcels 2, 3, 4, 6, and 7, Moffett Federal Airfield, Moffett Field. California. Internal Draft. May 7.

             , 2001c. Draft Indoor Air Quality Investigation Buildings 2, 15, 555, and 583C, Moffett Federal Airfield. Draft. September 5.

             , 2002. Human Health Risk Assessment Work Plan, NASA Research Park, Moffett Field, California. July.

Harding Lawson Associates (HLA [now Harding ESE, Inc.]), 1988. Remedial Investigation Report, Middlefield-Ellis-Whisman Area, Mountain View, California.

             , 2000a. Environmental Baseline Survey, NASA Research Park Parcel 1, Moffett Federal Airfield, Moffett Field, California. October 18.

             , 2000b. Indoor Air Quality Investigation, Buildings 476 and 543, Ames Research Center. July 14.

Holmes, K.K., J.H. Shirai, K.Y. Richter, and J.C. Kissel, 1999. Field Measurement of Dermal Soil Loadings in Occupational and Recreational Activities. Journal of Environmental Research. 80(2), )48.

ICF-Clement, 1988. Endangerment Assessment for the Middlefield-Ellis-Whisman Site, Mountain View, California. June 15.

International Technology Corporation (IT), 1993a. Remedial Investigation Report Operable Unit 2: Sites 3-11, 12, 14, 16-19 Soils, NAS Moffett Field, California. April.

             , 1993b. Remedial Investigation Report Operable Unit 1: Landfill Sites 1 and 2, NAS Moffett Field, California. March.

Johnson, P.C., et. al., 2003. Evaluation of the Johnson and Ettinger Model for Prediction of Indoor Air Quality. Groundwater Monitoring and Remediation. 23(2):119-133.

Kissel, J.,K. Richter, and R. Fenske, 1996. Field Measurements of Dermal Soil Loading Attributable to Various Activities: Implications for Exposure Assessment. Risk Analysis. 16(1): 116-125.

Land, C.E., 1975. Tables of Confidence Limits for Linear Functions of the Normal Means and Variance, in Selected Tables in Mathematical Statistics, Vol. Ill. Providence, Rhode Island. American Mathematical Society. pp. 385-419.

Locus Technologies (Locus), 1999. Remedial Action Report, Regional Ground Water Remediation Program, Middlefield-Ellis-Whisman Site, Mountain View, California. December.

 

55


National Toxicology Program (NTP), 2001. Toxicology and Carcinogenisis Studies of Naphthalene in B6C3Fl Mice (Inhalation Studies). TR-410. http://ntp-server.niehs.hiim.gov/htdocs/LT-studies/tr410.html.

PRC Environmental Management, Inc. (PRC), 1996. Final Station-Wide Remedial Investigation Report, Moffett Federal Airfield, California. May 21.

                     , and Montgomery Watson (MW), 1995. Final Phase I Site-wide Ecological Assessment. Moffett Federal Airfield, California. September.

                     , and Montgomery Watson (MW), 1997. Final Phase II Site-wide Ecological Assessment. Moffett Federal Airfield, California. July.

SAIC, 1999. NASA AM ES Research Center. Indoor Air Testing Program Report for Building 566. December.

             , 2000. NASA AM ES Research Center. Indoor Air Testing Program Report for Hangar 1 and Buildings 6, 21, 22, 26, 111, 148, 156, and 269.

Schulz, T.W., and S. Griffin, 1999. Estimating Risk Assessment Exposure Point Concentrations When Data Are Not Normal or Lognormal. Risk Analysis. 19(4): 577-584.

Shapiro, S.S., and M.B. Wilk, 1965. An Analysis of Variance Test for Normality (Complete Samples). Biometrika 52: 591-611.

Singh, A., and Englehardt, M., 1997. The Lognormal Distribution in Environmental Applications. Technology Support Center Issue, United States Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Research and Development, Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response, Technology Support Center for . Monitoring and Site Characterization, National Exposure Research Laboratory, Environmental Sciences Division. Las Vegas, Nevada. EPA/600/R-97/006. December.

Tetra Tech EM, Inc. (Tetra Tech), 1998. Final Station-Wide Feasibility Study Report. October 30.

             , 1999a. Remaining UST Sites Investigation, Field Work Plan. Draft. February 15.

             , 1999b. November 1998, Draft Quarterly Report, Moffett Federal Airfield, California. March 31.

United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA), 1986a. Guidelines for Carcinogen Risk Assessment. Federal Register. 51(185): 33992-34003.

             , 1986b. Measurement of Gaseous Emission Rates From Land Surfaces Using .an Emission Isolation Flux Chamber, Users Guide. EPA Environmental Monitoring Systems Laboratory, Las Vegas, Nevada, EPA Contract No. 68-02-3889, Work Assignment No. 18, Radian Corporation, February 1986. NTIS # PB 86-223161.

 

56


             , l989a. Risk Assessment Guidance for Superfund, Volume /, Human Health Evaluation Manual (Part A). Office of Emergency and Remedial Response. EPA/54011-89/002. December.

             , 1989b. Record of Decision, Middlefield/Ellis/Whisman Study Area (MEW Site), Mountain .View, California. June 9.

             , 1991a. Risk Assessment Guidance for Superfund, Volume/, Human Health Evaluation Manual, Supplemental Guidance, Standard Default Exposure Factors. Office of Emergency and Remedial Response. OSWER Directive 9285.6-03. June.

             . 1991b. Role of the Baseline Risk Assessment in Superfund Remedy Selection Decisions. Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response. Directive 9355.0-30. April .22.

             , 1992a Supplemental Guidance to Risk Assessment Guidance for Superfund Sites (RAGS): Calculating the Concentration Term. Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response.

             , 1992b Air/Superfund National Technical Guidance Study Series; Assessing Potential Indoor Air Impacts for Superfund Sites. Office of Air Quality. EPA-451/R-92-002. September.

             , 1993. Provisional Guidance for Quantitative Risk Assessment of Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons. EPA/600/R-93/089. Office of Research and Development. July.

             , 1995. Land Use in the CERCLA Remedy Selection Process. OSWER Directive No. 9355.7-04. Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response. May 25.

             , 1996. Proposed Guidelines for Carcinogen Risk Assessment. Office of Research and Development. EPA/600/P-92/003C. April.

             , 1997a. Exposure Factors Handbook. Office of Research and Development. EPA/600/P-95/002Fa. August.

             , 1997b. The Lognormal Distribution in Environmental Applications-Technology Support Center Issue. Office of Research and Development and Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response. EPA/600/R-97/006. December.

             , 1997c. Health Effects Assessment Summary .Tables (HEAST). Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response. July.

             , 1998. Risk Assessment Guidance for Superfund, Volume I: Human Health Evaluation Manual, Supplemental Guidance for Dermal Risk Assessment, Interim Guidance. Internal Draft. Office of Emergency and Remedial Response May.

 

57


             , 1999. Risk Assessment Guidance for Superfund, Volume I: Human Health Evaluation Manual, Supplemental Guidance for Dermal Risk Assessment, Interim Guidance. Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response. EPA/540/R- 991005.

             , 2000. User’s Guide for the Johnson and Ettinger (1991) model for Subsurface Vapor Intrusion into Building (Revised)s. Office of Emergency and Remedial Response. September.

             , 200la. Integrated Risk Information System (IRIS). Website location: http://www.epa.govIngispgm3/iris/index.htm.

             , 200l b. Toxicological Review of 1,1-Dichloroethene. External Peer Review Draft. National Center for Environmental Assessment. NCEA-S-1011. April. (see also Website: http://www.epa.gov/superfund/programs/risk/toolthh.htm#HIDA).

             , 200lc. IRIS Summary. External Peer Review Draft. NCEA. April. (see also Website: http://www.epa.gov/superfund/programs/risk/toolthh.htm#HIDA)

             , 200ld. Trichloroethylene Health Risk Assessment: Synthesis and Characterization. External Review Draft. Office of Research and Development. EPA/600/p-O 1l /002A. August.

             , 2001e. Risk Assessment Guidance for Superfund; Volume I: Human Health Evaluation Manual (Part E, Supplemental Guidance for Dermal Risk Assessment ) Interim. Review Draft - For Public Comment. Office of Emergency and Remedial Response. EPA/540/R/ 991005. September.

             , 2002a. Region IX Preliminary Remediation Goals. From Stanford J. Smucker, Regional Toxicologist, November 1. Website location: ww.epa.gov/region09/waste/sfund/prg/index.htinl.

             , 2002b. Calculating Upper Confidence Limits for Exposure Point Concentrations At Hazardous Waste Sites. Office of Emergency and Remedial Response. OSWER 0285.6-10. December.

 

58


LOGO


LOGO

 

2


LOGO

 

3


LOGO

 

4


LOGO

 

5


LOGO

 

6


LOGO

 

7


LOGO

 

8


LOGO

 

9


LOGO

 

10


LOGO

 

11


LOGO

 

12


LOGO

 

13


LOGO

 

14


LOGO

 

15


LOGO

 

16


LOGO

 

17


LOGO

 

18


LOGO

 

19


LOGO

 

20


LOGO

 

21


LOGO

 

22


LOGO

 

23


LOGO

 

24


LOGO

 

25


LOGO

 

26


LOGO

 

27


LOGO

 

28


LOGO

 

29


LOGO

 

30


LOGO

 

31


LOGO

 

32


LOGO

 

33


LOGO

 

34


LOGO

 

35


LOGO

 

36


LOGO

 

37


LOGO

 

38


LOGO

 

39


LOGO

 

40


LOGO

 

41


LOGO

 

42


LOGO

 

43


LOGO


LOGO

 

2


LOGO

 

3


LOGO

 

4


LOGO

 

5


LOGO

 

6


LOGO

 

7


LOGO

 

8


LOGO

 

9


LOGO

 

10


LOGO

 

11


LOGO

 

12


ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES

MANAGEMENT PLAN

NASA Research Park

Santa Clara County, California

DRAFT FINAL

30 July 2004

Prepared for:

DMJM

394 Pacific Avenue, Third Floor

San Francisco, California 94111

Prepared by:

Erler & Kalinowski, Inc.

1870 Ogden Drive

Burlingame, California 94010

EKI A20044.00


ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES MANAGEMENT PLAN

NASA Research Park

Santa Clara County, California

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

     ES-1  

1.

  

INTRODUCTION

     1-1  
   1.1.   

Representations

     1-1  
   1.2.   

Responsibilities

     1-2  

2.

  

SITE BACKGROUND

     2-1  
   2.1.   

Site Setting

     2-1  
   2.1.1.   

Hydrogeology

     2-1  
   2.2.   

Site History

     2-2  
   2.3.   

Summary of Known Site Environmental Conditions and Potential Chemicals of Concern

     2-2  
   2.4.   

Summary of Site Investigations and Remedial Actions

     2-4  
     

2.4.1.

  

Available Documents

     2-4  
         2.4.1.1.   

Environmental Baseline Survey

     2-4  
         2.4.1.2.   

Closure Plans

     2-5  
      2.4.2.   

Installation Restoration Program

     2-5  
      2.4.3.   

West Side Aquifer Groundwater Contamination

     2-6  
      2.4.4.   

Installation Restoration Program Sites

     2-8  
         2.4.4.1.   

IRP Site 10 (Chase Park)

     2-9  
         2.4.4.2.   

IRP Site 14-North

     2-9  
         2.4.4.3.   

IRP Site 16 (Sump 60)

     2-9  
         2.4.4.4.   

IRP Site 17 (Sump 61)

     2-10  
         2.4.4.5.   

IRP Site 18

     2-10  
      2.4.5.   

Petroleum Sites

     2-11  
         2.4.5.1.   

Naval Exchange Gasoline Service Station

     2-12  
         2.4.5.2.   

IRP Site 9

     2-13  
         2.4.5.3.   

IRP Site 14-South

     2-14  
         2.4.5.4.   

IRP Site 15

     2-14  
         2.4.5.5.   

IRP Site 19

     2-15  
         2.4.5.6.   

IRP Site 24

     2-16  
      2.4.6.    Survey of Lead in Soil      2-16  
   2.5.   

Summary of Existing Subsurface Structures That May Require Removal

     2-18  

 

i


ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES MANAGEMENT PLAN

NASA Research Park

Santa Clara County, California

 

   2.6.   

Summary of Hazardous Materials Associated With Existing Structures And Current Operations

     2-18  
      2.6.1.   

Asbestos-Containing Materials

     2-18  
      2.6.2.   

Lead-Based Paints

     2-19  
      2.6.3.   

PCBs in Equipment and Building Materials

     2-19  
      2.6.4.   

Other Hazardous Materials and Hazardous Waste

     2-20  

3.

  

PLANNED DEVELOPMENT OF NASA RESEARCH PARK

     3-1  
  

3.1.

  

Current Land Use

     3-1  
  

3.2.

  

Planned Land Use

     3-1  

4.

  

REVISED HUMAN HEALTH RISK ASSESSMENT AND DEVELOPMENT OF SOIL TARGET CONCENTRATION LEVELS

     4-1  
   4.1.   

Potential Exposure Pathways

     4-1  
   4.2.   

NRP Revised Human Health Risk Assessment

     4-2  
     

4.2.1.

  

Scope of Revised HHRA

     4-2  
     

4.2.2.

  

Results of Revised Human Health Risk Assessment

     4-3  
   4.3.   

Development of Soil Target Concentration Levels

     4-4  
     

4.3.1.

  

RWQCB ESLs

     4-4  
     

4.3.2.

  

U.S. EPA PRGs

     4-5  
     

4.3.3.

  

MEW ROD

     4-5  
     

4.3.4.

  

Navy Action Levels and Risk-Based Screening Levels for Petroleum Products and Constituents

     4-5  
         4.3.4.1.   

Action Levels for Petroleum Products and Constituents

     4-5  
         4.3.4.2.   

Current Approach to Assessment of Former NAS Moffett Field Petroleum Sites

     4-6  
         4.3.4.3.   

Navy Risk Assessment of Former NAS Moffett Field Petroleum Site 9

     4-6  
     

4.3.5.

  

Background Metals Concentrations

     4-7  
   4.4.   

Risk Goals for NRP

     4-7  

5.

  

RISK MANAGEMENT DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION AND EXISTING BUILDINGS

     5-1  
   5.1.   

Measures to Address VOC Vapor Intrusion into New Construction and Existing Buildings

     5-1  
     

5.1.1.

  

The Vapor Intrusion Process

     5-1  
     

5.1.2.

  

Vapor Intrusion Mitigation Area

     5-2  
        

5.1.2.1.

  

Evaluation of Vapor Intrusion at 5 ug/L TCE in Groundwater

     5-3  
        

5.1.2.2.

  

Conservative Nature of 5 ug/L TCE Criterion

     5-6  

 

ii


ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES MANAGEMENT PLAN

NASA Research Park

Santa Clara County, California

 

     

5.1.3.

  

Vapor Intrusion Mitigation Measures

     5-6  
         5.1.3.1.   

Design Guidance for Vapor Intrusion Mitigation

     5-6  
         5.1.3.2.   

Active Sub-Slab Depressurization (SSD)

     5-7  
         5.1.3.3.   

Continuous Positive-Pressure Ventilation (PPV)

     5-8  
         5.1.3.4.   

Ventilated Parking Garage Construction

     5-9  
         5.1.3.5.   

Sub-Membrane Depressurization (SMD) for Crawl Spaces

     5-10  
         5.1.3.6.   

Vapor Intrusion Barrier

     5-10  
         5.1.3.7.   

Sealing Cracks and Utility Penetrations in the Floor

     5-11  
         5.1.3.8.   

Mitigating Vapor Intrusion in Existing Buildings

     5-11  
      5.1.4.   

Design of Vapor Intrusion Mitigation Measures

     5-11  
      5.1.5.   

Monitoring Vapor Intrusion Mitigation Effectiveness

     5-12  
   5.2.   

Reducing the Potential for Lateral Migration of VOCs in Utility Corridors

     5-12  
      5.2.1.   

Utilities Subject To Mitigation Measures

     5-12  
      5.2.2.   

Measures to Mitigate Groundwater Movement in Utility Backfill

     5-13  
      5.2.3.   

Measures to Reduce Groundwater Infiltration into Utility Pipes

     5-13  
      5.2.4.   

Design of Utility Lines

     5-14  
      5.2.5.   

Soil and Groundwater Handling During Utility Line Construction

     5-14  
   5.3.   

Reducing the Potential for Creating Conduits to Deeper Groundwater Zones During Pile or Elevator Shaft Installation

     5-14  
   5.4.   

Removal or Relocation/Replacement of Existing Groundwater Monitoring Wells and Remediation System Pipelines

     5-15  
      5.4.1.   

NASA Agreements Relating to Coordination of NRP Development with the Navy and MEW Companies’ Groundwater Remediation Systems

     5-15  
      5.4.2.   

Pre-Construction Coordination

     5-16  

6.

  

RISK MANAGEMENT DURING CONSTRUCTION

     6-1  
  

6.1.

  

General Approach for Conducting Environmental Sampling and Treatment/Disposal of Impacted Material During Site Development

     6-1  
     

6.1.1.

  

Environmental Sampling

     6-2  
     

6.1.2.

  

Excavation or Removal of Impacted Soil or Groundwater and Other Materials Relating to Potential Chemical Impacts

     6-2  
     

6.1.3.

  

Treatment or Disposal of Impacted Soil and Groundwater, Tanks, Sumps, Abandoned Pipes or Chemical Containers

     6-2  
   6.2.   

Site-Specific Health And Safety Worker Planning Requirements

     6-3  
     

6.2.1.

  

Planning Requirements for Contractors

     6-3  
     

6.2.2.

  

Worker Training

     6-4  
     

6.2.3.

  

Components of the Health and Safety Plan

     6-4  
   6.3.   

Construction Impact Mitigation Measures

     6-8  
      6.3.1.   

Dust Control Measures

     6-8  

 

iii


ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES MANAGEMENT PLAN

NASA Research Park

Santa Clara County, California

 

      6.3.2.   

Decontamination

     6-9  
      6.3.3.   

Storm Water Pollution Controls

     6-9  
      6.3.4.   

Dewatering

     6-10  
  

6.4.

  

Management of Asbestos Containing Debris

     6-12  
  

6.5.

  

Management of Debris Containing Lead-Based Paint

     6-13  
  

6.6.

  

Removal of PCB-Containing Equipment

     6-13  
  

6.7.

  

Management of Abandoned Underground Storage Tanks, Sumps, and Buried Drums and Containers

     6-13  
  

6.8.

  

Management of Abandoned Pipes

     6-15  
  

6.9.

  

Protection and Removal/Relocation of Monitoring Wells and Remediation System Components

     6-15  
      6.9.1.   

Removal or Relocation of Remediation System Components

     6-16  
      6.9.2.   

Protection of Groundwater Wells and Remediation System Components

     6-16  
      6.9.3.   

Shutdown of Remediation Systems

     6-16  
      6.9.4.   

Remediation System Access

     6-17  
      6.9.5.   

Accidental Releases of Untreated Groundwater

     6-17  
  

6.10.

  

Soil Management Protocols

     6-18  
      6.10.1.   

Lead-Impacted Soil

     6-18  
        

6.10.1.1.

  

Lead-Based Paint Survey

     6-19  
        

6.10.1.2.

  

Initial Soil Lead Assessment

     6-19  
        

6.10.1.3.

  

Excavation and Disposal of Lead-Impacted Soil

     6-21  
      6.10.2.   

Excavated Soil Screening Procedures

     6-21  
        

6.10.2.1.

  

Field Headspace Soil Screening Method

     6-23  
        

6.10.2.2.

  

Notification of Soil Containing Chemicals and Impacted Soil

     6-23  
        

6.10.2.3.

  

Documentation of Soil Screening & Management of Impacted Soils

     6-24  
     

6.10.3.

  

Management of Impacted Excavated Soils

     6-25  
      6.10.4.   

Soil Re-Use On-Site

     6-26  
      6.10.5.   

Contingency Actions for the Observation, Investigation, and Removal of Unnaturally Stained, Discolored, or Odorous Soil

     6-26  
        

6.10.5.1.

  

Managing Soil Impacted by COPCs Other Than VOCs or TPH

     6-27  
        

6.10.5.2.

  

Management of Impacted Soils After Construction Excavation is Complete

     6-27  
        

6.10.5.3.

  

Documentation of Contingency Actions Taken

     6-32  

7.

  

POST-CONSTRUCTION AND LONG-TERM RISK MANAGEMENT

     7-1  
   7.1.    Property Manager and Tenant Notification      7-1  

 

iv


ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES MANAGEMENT PLAN

NASA Research Park

Santa Clara County, California

 

   7.2.   

Maintaining Planned Land Use

     7-2  
   7.3.   

Prohibiting Use of Site Groundwater

     7-2  
   7.4.   

Protocols for Future Subsurface Activities

     7-2  
   7.5.   

Long-Term Compliance; Periodic Review and Update of EIMP

     7-3  
      7.5.1.   

Evaluation of Groundwater Monitoring Data

     7-3  
      7.5.2.   

Inspections/Maintenance/Monitoring

     7-3  

8.

  

REFERENCES

     8-1  

LIST OF TABLES

 

1.   

Environmental Documents Supporting the Development of NASA Research Park

  
2.   

Summary of Closure Plans

  
3.   

Volatile Organic Compounds Detected in Groundwater

  
4.   

Soil Target Concentration Levels for Polynuclear Aromatic Hydrocarbons (PAHs), Semi-Volatile Organic Compounds (SVOCs), Polychlorinated Biphenyls, and Metals

  
5.   

Soil Target Concentration Levels for Chlorinated VOCs, Petroleum Hydrocarbons, Benzene, Toluene, Ethylbenzene, and Xylenes

  

 

v


ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES MANAGEMENT PLAN

NASA Research Park

Santa Clara County, California

 

LIST OF FIGURES

 

1.   

Site Location

  
2.   

Planned Land Use and Environmental Baseline Survey Study Areas

  
3.   

Installation Restoration Program Site Locations

  
4.   

Trichloroethene Concentrations Detected in Groundwater (ug/L)

  
5.   

Regional Groundwater Remediation Program Treatment System Layout

  
6.   

TPH as Gasoline in Groundwater (ug/L), Approximate Concentration Contours

  
7.   

Benzene Concentrations Detected in Groundwater (ug/L)

  
8.   

Generalized Vapor Intrusion Process

  
9.   

Vapor Intrusion Mitigation Area

  
10.   

Generalized Layout of Sub-Slab Depressurization System

  
11.   

Decision Diagram for Pre-Construction Planning of Potential Modifications to Remediation Systems

  
12.   

Decision Diagram for Management of Dewatering Water

  
13.   

Decision Diagram for Management of Drums, Containers, Tanks, or Sumps

  
14.   

Decision Diagram for Abandoned Pipe Management During Construction

  
15.   

Decision Diagram for Remediation System Protection During Construction

  
16.   

Decision Diagram for Management of Excavated Soil in MEW Allocation Area

  
17.   

Decision Diagram for Management of Excavated Soil in Navy Allocation Area

  
18.   

Decision Diagram for Management of Lead-Impacted Soil

  
19.   

Decision Diagram for Unnaturally Stained, Discolored or Odorous Soil Management

  

 

vi


ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES MANAGEMENT PLAN

NASA Research Park

Santa Clara County, California

 

LIST OF APPENDICES

 

A. MEW Companies/Navy/NASA Allocation Area Map

 

B. Mitigated Alternative 5 Land Use Plan from Final Programmatic Environmental Impact Statement , prepared by DCE, July 2002

 

C. Selected Plates from the Revised Human Health Risk Assessment, NASA Research Park, Moffett Field, California, prepared by Mactec, Inc. , 28 July 2003

 

D. Draft Agreement for Coordination of Construction and MEW Remedial System Modification Work at NASA Research Park, Ames Research Center, Moffett Field, California

 

E. Draft Agreement for Coordination of Construction and Navy Remedial System Modification Work, NASA Research Park, Ames Research Center, Moffett Field, California

 

vii


ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES MANAGEMENT PLAN

NASA Research Park

Santa Clara County, California

 

LIST OF ACRONYMS / ABBREVIATIONS

 

ACM    asbestos-containing materials
ARC    Ames Research Center
AST    aboveground storage tank
BAAQMD    Bay Area Air Quality Management District
bgs    below ground surface
BMPs    best management practices
BRAC    Base Realignment and Closure
BTEX    benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene and xylenes
Cal/EPA    California Environmental Protection Agency
CBC    California Building Code
CDF    controlled density fill
CERCLA    Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act
cis-1,2-DCE    cis-1,2-dichloroethene
COPC    chemical of potential concern
CTE    Central Tendency Estimate
CWMI    Chemical Waste Management, Inc.
1,1-DCA    1,1-dichloroethane
1,2-DCA    1,2-dichloroethane
1,1-DCE    1,1-dichloroethene
DERP    Defense Environmental Restoration Program
DHS    Department of Health Services
DMJM    Daniel, Mann, Johnson, & Mendenhall
DoN    Department of the Navy
DTSC    Department of Toxic Substances Control
EBS    Environmental Baseline Survey
EIMP    Environmental Issues Management Plan
EIS    Environmental Impact Statement
EKI    Erler & Kalinowski, Inc.
ESL    Environmental Screening Level
FFA    Federal Facility Agreement
FID    flame-ionization detector
GAC    granular activated carbon
GWTS    groundwater treatment system
Harding    Harding ESE, Inc.
hazwoper    hazardous waste site operations
HDPE    high-density polyethylene
HHRA    human health risk assessment
HI    Hazard Index
H&SP    health and safety plan
IRP    Installation Restoration Program
LCM    lead-containing material
LTA    lighter-than-air
Mactec    Mactec, Inc.
MCL    maximum contaminant level
MEW    Middlefield-Ellis-Whisman
MFA    Moffett Federal Airfield
mg/kg    milligrams per kilogram
NADP EIS    NASA Ames Development Plan Environmental Impact Statement
NASA    National Aeronautics and Space Administration

 

viii


ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES MANAGEMENT PLAN

NASA Research Park

Santa Clara County, California

 

NAS Moffett Field    Naval Air Station Moffett Field
NEX service station    Naval Exchange Gasoline Service Station
NPDES    National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System
NPL    National Priorities List
NRP    NASA Research Park
OVA    organic vapor analyzer
PCB    Polychlorinated biphenyl
PCE    tetrachloroethene
PEL    Permissible Exposure Limit
PID    photo-ionization detector
POTW    Publicly-Owned Treatment Works
ppb    parts per billion
PPE    personal protective equipment
ppm    parts per million
ppmv    parts per million by volume
PPV    positive-pressure ventilation
PRG    Preliminary Remediation Goal
QSI    Quantum Services Inc.
RBCA    risk-based corrective action
RBSL    risk-based screening levels
RI/FS    Remedial Investigation/Feasibility Study
RME    Reasonable Maximum Exposure
ROD    Record of Decision
RWQCB    California Regional Water Quality Control Board, San Francisco Bay Region
SCCEHD    Santa Clara County Environmental Health Department
SCVWD    Santa Clara Valley Water District
Site    213-acre parcel that was formerly part of Naval Air Station Moffett Field in Santa Clara County, California
SMD    sub-membrane depressurization
SSD    sub-slab depressurization
STLC    Soluble Threshold Limit Concentration
SVOC    semi-volatile organic compound
SWPPP    Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan
SWRCB    State Water Resources Control Board
1,1,1-TCA    1,1,1-trichloroethane
TCE    trichloroethene
TCL    target concentration level
TCRA    Time-Critical Removal Action
TPH    total petroleum hydrocarbons
TPHd    total petroleum hydrocarbons as diesel
TPHg    total petroleum hydrocarbons as gasoline
TPH-e    extractable total petroleum hydrocarbons
TPH-p    purge able total petroleum hydrocarbons
TSCA    Toxic Substances Control Act
TTO    total toxic organics
trans-1,2-DCE    trans-1,2-dichloroethene
TTLC    Total Threshold Limit Concentration
ug/L    micrograms per liter
ug/m3    micrograms per cubic meter
U.S. EPA    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency

 

ix


ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES MANAGEMENT PLAN

NASA Research Park

Santa Clara County, California

 

UST    underground storage tank
VOC    volatile organic compound
WATSL    West-Side Aquifers Treatment System
Weston    Roy F. Weston
WET    Waste Extraction Test

 

x


EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

The National Aeronautics and Space Administration (“NASA”) plans to develop a world- class collaborative research and educational campus at the NASA Research Park (“NRP”), a 213-acre parcel that was formerly part of Naval Air Station Moffett Field in Santa Clara County, California (“Site”; Figure 1). Soil and groundwater quality at the NRP have been impacted by the historical use of the Site by the Navy, as well as by the migration of groundwater containing chlorinated volatile organic compounds (“VOCs”) from the upgradient Middlefield-Ellis-Whisman (“MEW”) Superfund Site located south of the NRP in the City of Mountain View. To manage the planned redevelopment of the NRP, NASA intends to partner with one or more organizations that have expertise with building rehabilitation and development.

This Environmental Issues Management Plan (“EIMP”) provides a decision framework for the management of residual chemicals in soil and groundwater at the Site during development. The EIMP is intended to describe procedures to address the known remaining environmental conditions at the Site, as well as contingency actions to be taken in the event that previously unknown environmental conditions are encountered during development of the NRP. The EIMP will be provided to the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (“U.S. EPA”) and the California Regional Water Quality Control Board, San Francisco Bay Region (“RWQCB”) as lead agencies for the Site, and other involved regulatory agencies with oversight authority to obtain regulatory approval of the measures to be taken during Site development to address Site environmental conditions. By obtaining regulatory pre-approval of procedures to be followed if impacted soil and groundwater are encountered during Site development activities, the potential for delays due to environmental conditions can be reduced.

The EIMP provides a baseline of minimum design considerations for new construction, risk management measures to be implemented during construction at the Site, post-construction risk management procedures for future subsurface activities at the Site, as well as procedures for long-term compliance with this EIMP. All NASA partners, tenants, project developers and other entities with responsibility for Site activities shall have the independent obligation to: 1) review available information concerning Site environmental conditions; 2) determine the adequacy of this EIMP with respect to the expected Site conditions and the intended land use, as well as the conditions actually encountered during Site development; 3) establish management procedures to ensure that risk management measures are properly implemented and maintained; 4) comply with applicable policies, laws and regulations; and 5) evaluate the current understanding of the health effects of identified chemicals of potential concern (“COPCs”), to the extent the understanding of health effects assumed in this EIMP may change.

Existing Environmental Conditions

Numerous potential source areas have been investigated and remediated within the NRP area, primarily releases associated with underground storage tanks (“USTs”) and sumps that contained petroleum hydrocarbon products, although several source areas of chlorinated VOC contamination have also been investigated and remediated by the Navy.

A large regional plume of chlorinated VOCs underlies most of the NRP area. The source of this contamination is migration of contaminated groundwater from the upgradient MEW Superfund

 

ES-1


Site that has commingled with groundwater contamination from chlorinated solvent sources locked within the NRP area. In addition, petroleum hydrocarbons and fuel-related constituents, such as benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene and xylene (“BTEX”), from sources at Moffett Field have also impacted Site groundwater. Both the Navy and the companies remediating the MEW Superfund site (“MEW Companies”) have installed and are operating groundwater remediation systems within the NRP area.

As a result of investigations that were performed at the Site, the identified environmental conditions and primary COPCs that need to be considered during redevelopment are:

 

    the presence of chlorinated VOCs in Site groundwater and in Site soil;

 

    the presence of total petroleum hydrocarbons and other fuel-related constituents, including BTEX compounds, in Site groundwater and in Site soil;

 

    the presence of elevated concentrations of polychlorinated biphenyls (“PCBs”) in soil surrounding buildings; and

 

    the presence of elevated concentrations of lead in soil surrounding buildings.

Other site conditions that must be considered during redevelopment include existing subsurface structures (e.g., sumps or tanks) that need to be removed and hazardous materials associated with existing buildings (e.g., asbestos-containing materials).

Human Health Risk Assessment

Mactec, Inc. (“Mactec”) prepared a Human Health Risk Assessment (“HHRA”), dated 28 July 2003, to evaluate potential human health effects from possible exposure to hazardous chemicals in groundwater and air at the Site (Mactec, 2003b). Based on NASA’s planned land use for the NRP area, potential future receptors identified in the HHRA include (a) construction workers; (b) indoor workers, such as researchers, teachers, office personnel; and (c) adult and child residents in housing provided for students or employees and their families. For the adult and child residents, exposures were assessed in two ways, i.e., assuming a typical 5- to 10-year residence at the Site, and assuming a 30-year residence at the Site, which is consistent with default exposure parameters in U.S. EPA risk assessment guidance.

Potential future receptors may be exposed to COPCs by one or more of the following pathways:

 

    inhalation of volatile chemicals from groundwater or soil;

 

    dermal absorption due to direct soil and/or groundwater contact;

 

    inhalation of airborne suspended soil particulates; and

 

    incidental soil ingestion.

To provide a range of risk estimates, two types of exposure scenarios were used in the HHRA, i.e., a reasonable maximum exposure (“RME”) and a central tendency exposure (“CTE”). The

 

ES-2


RME, as defined by U.S. EPA (1989b), is the “highest exposure that is reasonably expected to occur” and is estimated using a combination of average and upper-bound values of human exposure parameters. The CTE provides an estimate for exposure at a site by the use of average or site-related exposure parameters (Mactec, 2003b).

Groundwater is the primary contaminated medium of concern at the Site. Exposure to chemicals in the groundwater is primarily the result of transport of VOC vapors from the groundwater to the ground surface. Once at the surface, these VOC vapors enter the outdoor atmosphere or can infiltrate the indoor building environment. The risks resulting from potential exposure to VOC vapors were calculated using both groundwater quality data and air quality data (Mactec, 2003b).

For each receptor population, estimated human health risks were calculated (a) for each of the 90 groundwater sampling locations in the upper aquifer at the Site, based on chemical concentrations detected in groundwater samples collected from each well, and (b) for each of 14 existing buildings, based on chemical concentrations detected in air samples collected inside and outside each building. The calculated human health risks for indoor workers and residents are shown in Appendix C on selected figures from the HHRA (Mactec, 2003b). Each figure presents the estimated human health risk for each groundwater sampling location and each building for which risks were calculated. Contours are drawn on each figure to indicate how estimated human health risks based on groundwater data vary spatially across the Site.

Human health risks are expressed as either (a) an incremental lifetime excess cancer risk or (b) a Hazard Index (“HI”) for non-cancer adverse health affects. Based on U.S. EPA guidance, cancer risks are compared in the HHRA to a risk management range of 10 -6 (one-in-a-million) to 10 -4 (one-in-ten-thousand), and the non-cancer HI is compared to a threshold level of 1.0, a level below which there are unlikely to be adverse health affects, even for sensitive populations (Mactec, 2003b).

For the purpose of developing this EIMP, conclusions from the HHRA can be summarized as follows:

 

    for future building occupants at the Site, results from the HHRA indicate that VOC vapors may potentially migrate from groundwater to indoor air inside buildings at levels of concern, a process called “vapor intrusion”; and

 

    for construction workers, direct contact with groundwater containing VOCs results in estimated cancer risks and non-cancer hazards at levels of concern. .

As discussed below, measures described in the EIMP are intended to address the calculated risks such that human health is protected during and after development of the NRP.

Soil Target Concentration Levels

Soil target concentration levels (“TCLs”) have been developed for the NRP. The soil TCLs will be used to determine (a) whether excavated soil can be reused as fill at the NRP and (b) whether additional soil removal should be considered at locations where potential soil contamination is observed during development.

 

ES-3


Soil TCLs have been derived for COPCs that have been detected in soil from the NRP as summarized below and listed in Tables 4 and 5.

 

    For chlorinated VOCs, the soil cleanup levels set in the MEW Record of Decision (“ROD”) (U.S. EPA, 1989a) will be used as TCLs for the NRP.

 

    For petroleum hydrocarbons and BTEX, the cleanup levels for petroleum contamination in soil at Moffett Federal Airfield (“MFA”) negotiated by the Navy and State of California in 1994 (Tetra Tech, 1998b) will be used as TCLs for the NRP.

 

    For PCBs, the soil TCL will be 1 mg/kg as established by the DTSC for the NASA Ames Research Center (Cal/EPA, 1998) and consistent with the PCBs cleanup level promulgated in Toxic Substances Control Act (“TSCA”) regulations (40 CFR §761) for high occupancy areas.

 

    For metals, the soil TCL will be the lower value from (a) Environmental Screening Levels (“ESLs”) for residential soils to account for potential dermal contact or incidental soil ingestion (RWQCB, 2003) or (b) U.S. EPA Preliminary Remediation Goals (“PRGs”) for residential soil (U.S. EPA, 2002a) unless that value is less than (c) “background” concentrations for metals in soil (Mactec, 2003b), in which case the soil TCL will be the “background” value.

 

    For other COPCs, the lowest value from the ESLs and PRGs (see above) will be used as TCLs for the NRP.

Soil managed during development of the NRP will be managed to meet TCLs.

Risk Goals for NRP

During and after development of the NRP, NASA’s goal is to achieve an estimated cumulative lifetime excess cancer risk from vapor intrusion and direct contact with groundwater of less than 1x10 -6 and HI of less than 1 for all receptors (i.e., construction workers, indoor workers and residents) using the RME exposure parameters. Measures for achieving these goals are discussed in Sections 5, 6 and 7 of the EIMP.

Risk Management Design Considerations for New Construction

Measures to Reduce Potential Exposure to VOCs in Indoor Air

The HHRA illustrates that COPCs in groundwater at the Site can potentially result in human health risks above NASA’s risk goals in indoor air through vapor intrusion. The estimated cancer risks in indoor air that can be attributed to vapor intrusion from COPCs in groundwater result primarily from TCE. As such, and in consideration of vapor intrusion guidance from the U.S. EPA, this EIMP requires vapor intrusion be implemented for buildings constructed over areas of the Site where the TCE concentration in groundwater exceeds 5 micrograms per liter (“ug/L”). The area of the Site where the TCE concentration in groundwater is believed to exceed 5 ug/L, based on available groundwater monitoring data, is shown on Figure 9. This area generally encompasses the areas at the Site where cancer risk were estimated in the HHRA to exceed 10 -6 for one or more populations. See Section 5.1.2.1 in this EIMP for further discussion of the 5 ug/L TCE criterion for designating areas as requiring vapor intrusion mitigation.

 

ES-4


See Section 5.1.3.7 in this EIMP for discussion of addressing the potential for vapor intrusion into existing buildings.

Within the area shown on Figure 9, the primary method of vapor intrusion mitigation at individual buildings will include either:

 

    active sub-slab depressurization (“SSD”);

 

    continuous interior positive-pressure ventilation (“PPV”);

 

    ground level open-air or mechanically-ventilated parking garages beneath all occupied spaces; or

 

    sub-membrane depressurization (“SMD”) for buildings constructed over a crawl space.

Vapor intrusion occurs when soil vapors are drawn into building interiors by a lower air pressure inside the building as compared to the pressure in the soil pores beneath the building. Both active SSD and continuous PPV are designed to effectively prevent vapor intrusion by reversing airflow, i.e., instead of soil gases being drawn inward into building interiors through cracks, indoor air would flow outward from the building to the subsurface. Active SSD involves continuously withdrawing air from beneath the lowest floor of the building to create a slight vacuum beneath the floor. Continuous PPV involves designing and operating the building’s mechanical ventilation system to continuously maintain a slightly higher air pressure inside the lowest level of the building, as compared to outside the building, and operating that system 24 hours per day.

In lieu of active SSD or continuous PPV, vapor intrusion mitigation may be implemented by constructing an open-air or mechanically ventilated parking garage on the lowest level of the structure. Vapor intrusion is mitigated in such instances by (a) reducing the pressure driving force for soil vapors to migrate into the lowest level and (b) high ventilation rates in parking garages that reduce the concentration of COPCs in air to a higher degree than in typical office or residential construction.

In addition to the primary vapor intrusion mitigation techniques described above, cracks in the concrete floors in buildings at the Site will be minimized through proper design and installation of the floor and use of sealants around cracks and utility penetrations in the floor.

Vapor intrusion mitigation for buildings inside the area shown on Figure 9 is not required as described above if the developer can demonstrate for a specific building (a) that an alternative design would meet NASA’s Risk Goals for the NRP or (b) that additional site characterization demonstrates that the existing risks meet NASA’s risk goals. Such demonstrations will require written approval by NASA and U.S. EPA.

 

ES-5


Measures to Mitigate Groundwater Movement

Due to the groundwater contamination in the aquifer underlying the NRP, measures must be taken to prevent new construction from creating potential pathways for migration of COPCs in groundwater. Utility lines installed in trenches or horizontal boreholes in areas where contaminated groundwater could potentially flow through utility line backfill material must include the use of low permeability backfill or cutoff walls to reduce potential contaminant migration. Similarly, if new construction requires piles that extend to depths greater than 20 feet (i.e., potentially below the shallow aquifer impacted by COPCs), mitigation measures must be included in their design to reduce the potential for driving impacted soil deeper or creating conduits for groundwater migration. In both situations, the project developer will prepare a design report for review by NASA (and for Santa Clara Valley Water District review in the case of construction piles) describing the measures that will be taken and demonstrating their effectiveness in preventing potential migration of COPCs.

Both the Navy and MEW Companies currently operate groundwater remediation systems in the NRP area. These systems are required to be continuously operating, and therefore, close coordination between the project developers, the Navy and the MEW Companies must occur during the design and construction phase of Site development to ensure that measures are taken to protect the existing remediation systems during construction. NASA will facilitate this coordination. Procedures have been developed to allow for the modification of the existing remediation systems if potential conflicts occur between the planned development and the location of the existing systems. Any such modifications are subject to approval by U.S. EPA, the RWQCB, and either the MEW Companies or the Navy. The cost of implementing any necessary system modifications will be the responsibility of the project developer.

Risk Management During Construction

This EIMP summarizes risk management measures to be implemented during construction to mitigate potential risks to human health and the environment from COPCs. These measures include:

 

    development and implementation of a Site-specific health and safety plan (“H&SP”) that describes health and safety training requirements for on-Site workers, personal protective equipment to be used, and other precautions to be undertaken to minimize direct contact with soil and groundwater;

 

    implementation of construction impact mitigation measures, such as implementing dust and odor control measures, decontaminating construction and transportation equipment, implementing storm water pollution controls, and sampling and analyzing groundwater extracted during construction to determine appropriate storage and disposal practices;

 

    proper management of asbestos-containing material (“ACM”); debris containing lead-based paint and/or PCB-containing paint; and PCB-containing equipment that is removed during Site development;

 

ES-6


    procedures for the management of abandoned USTs, sumps, pipes, and buried drums or containers that may be encountered during Site development activities;

 

    procedures for protecting the existing groundwater remediation systems during Site development activities and implementing any approved modifications to the existing systems; and

 

    procedures for the management of soil potentially impacted by COPCs that is handled during construction activities. The soil management protocols include screening procedures to identify and manage COPC-impacted soil that is excavated during Site development, as well as contingency procedures to be followed in the event that previously unknown soil contamination is encountered.

In general, NASA intends to conduct necessary environmental sampling and screening of soil and groundwater during Site development; however, in some cases, based on project needs and schedule or staffing constraints, the project developer’s contractor may conduct such sampling with NASA’s approval and under NASA’s oversight. The project developer is responsible for the necessary excavation or removal of potentially impacted soil or groundwater during construction, as well as subsurface structures, such as USTs that are encountered during construction excavation.

Contaminated groundwater produced during dewatering of excavations will be either discharged to the sanitary sewer (if a discharge permit can be obtained) or transported by the developer to the Navy or MEW Companies’ on-Site groundwater treatment system (depending on the area of the excavation and the COPCs detected in groundwater). The Navy or MEW Companies will be responsible for the proper treatment and disposal of the contaminated groundwater.

Similarly, contaminated soil excavated by the developer will be transported by the developer to either the Navy or MEW Companies on-Site soil treatment pad. The Navy or MEW Companies will be responsible for the proper treatment or off-Site disposal of the impacted soil. NASA is currently in discussions with the Navy on how contaminated soil or other waste that is the Navy’s responsibility will be handled. Under the potential agreement, NASA will monitor and operate the Navy’s soil treatment pad at the Navy’s expense. In addition, where necessary, NASA will arrange for any necessary off-Site disposal of soil or other waste (USTs) at the Navy’s expense.

Post-Construction Risk Management

The EIMP also describes precautions that will be implemented by NASA, the NASA Partners, project developers and tenants (i.e., the “interested parties”) to mitigate long- term risks to human health and the environment related to potential exposure to COPCs during periods of normal non-construction activity. These precautions include:

 

    NASA, the NASA Partners, and project developers providing appropriate notification to future property managers and tenants of the known environmental conditions at the Site and the requirements of the EIMP;

 

ES-7


    NASA and the NASA Partners conducting additional risk analysis and modification of the EIMP, as appropriate, if there is any significant change in land use proposed for the NRP or if any significant change in toxicity values for COPCs occurs;.

 

    The interested parties ensuring that groundwater from the Site is not used for drinking water or any other purpose unless its use is approved by NASA, the U.S. EPA, the RWQCB, and the Santa Clara Valley Water District; an exception is that treated groundwater may be used for irrigation and/or industrial heating or cooling or other processes, as approved by NASA;

 

    The interested parties following site health and safety procedures similar to the procedures described for Site construction for activities that disturb subsurface Site soil (e.g., utility repairs). In addition, other appropriate procedures developed for construction activities (e.g., soil management) shall also be followed;

 

    The NASA Partners, project developers, and tenants conducting appropriate ongoing operation and maintenance to verify the continued adequacy of risk management measures, such as vapor intrusion mitigation measures, and evaluating ongoing environmental monitoring data (e.g., groundwater monitoring data) to determine if there are any significant changes in Site environmental conditions that require potential modification of this EIMP; and

 

    NASA and the NASA Partners monitoring changes in COPC toxicity parameters to assess if additional or lesser mitigation may be needed based on an updated understanding of chemical toxicity of the COPCs at the NRP.

In accordance with guidelines to be provided by NASA in the future, an annual report will be prepared by NASA’s Partners summarizing and evaluating the results of the inspection/maintenance/monitoring activities and documenting the continued adequacy of the implemented risk management measures. NASA will update the EIMP, on a schedule as deemed appropriate by NASA, based upon:

 

    information from the annual reports to be provided by the project developers;

 

    information regarding any intended changes in land use; and

 

    future available information regarding the potential health effects of COPCs.

 

ES-8


1. INTRODUCTION

This Environmental Issues Management Plan (“EIMP”) is intended to address the known remaining environmental conditions at the NASA Research Park (“NRP”), a 213-acre parcel that was formerly part of Naval Air Station (“NAS”) Moffett Field in Santa Clara County, California (Figure 1) (“Site”). The National Aeronautics and Space Administration (“NASA”) intends to redevelop the Site, with various public and private partners, as a collaborative research and educational campus. In addition to addressing known environmental conditions, the Environmental Issues Management Plan also describes contingency actions to be taken in the event that previously unknown environmental conditions are encountered during development of the NRP.

The Environmental Issues Management Plan provides a decision framework to manage residual chemicals in soil and groundwater at the Site in a manner that is (a) satisfactory to the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (“U.S. EPA”) and the California Regional Water Quality Control Board, San Francisco Bay Region (“RWQCB”) as lead agencies, and other involved regulatory agencies with oversight authority, (b) protective of human health and the environment, and (c) consistent with planned future land uses. This Environmental Issues Management Plan contains the following:

 

    a description of the Site background, including a brief history of Site usage and a brief summary of identified remaining environmental conditions (Section 2);

 

    a brief description of current and planned land use within the NRP area (Section 3);

 

    a summary of the risk assessment for the NRP that was conducted by Mactec, Inc. (“Mactec”), formerly Harding ESE, Inc., to evaluate potential human health and environmental impacts from the Site, and a summary of soil target concentration levels (“TCLs”) (Section 4);

 

    a description of risk management measures to be considered during design for new construction planned at the Site (Section 5);

 

    a description of short-term risk management protocols to be implemented during construction at the Site, which includes worker health and safety planning requirements, construction impact mitigation measures, and soil management protocols (Section 6); and

 

    a description of post-construction risk management protocols for mitigation of any long-term risks to human health and the environment, which includes protocols for future subsurface activities at the Site, and procedures to ensure long-term compliance with this Environmental Issues Management Plan (Section 7).

 

1.1. Representations

The risk management protocols specified in this Environmental Issues Management Plan are based on a current understanding of Site environmental conditions and current policies, laws, and regulations. No representation is made as to the applicability of this Environmental Issues Management Plan with respect to future Site conditions, as conditions may change or new information may become available.

 

1-1


This report is based solely on data and documentation provided by the Government (NASA) with regard to the existing environmental condition of the project site. The accuracy of this information has been assumed in the preparation of this report. Information and opinions contained herein are preliminary and are for use only in further site planning. The provider of this report disclaims any responsibility for any unintended or unauthorized use of this report. Site testing, test evaluation, and further site investigations are necessary to calculate human health risks and to establish the specific procedures for remediation or containment of hazardous substances on the project site.

Quantum Services Inc. (“QSI”); DMJM; and Erler & Kalinowski, Inc. (“EKI”) shall have no responsibility for the discovery, presence, handling, removal, disposal or exposure of persons to hazardous materials in any form at the Project site. Hazardous materials are deemed to include, but not be limited to: petroleum products, asbestos, asbestos- containing products, polychlorinated biphenyl (“PCBs”), and any other substances identified as hazardous or toxic by the U.S. EPA or the California Environmental Protection Agency (“Cal/EPA”).

 

1.2. Responsibilities

All NASA partners, tenants, project developers, and other entities with responsibility for Site activities shall have a continuing obligation to:

 

    determine the adequacy of this Environmental Issues Management Plan in light of the conditions actually encountered and the intended land use;

 

    evaluate the current understanding of the health effects of identified chemicals of potential concern (“COPCs”), to the extent information about health effects assumed in this Environmental Issues Management Plan may change;

 

    comply with applicable policies, laws, and regulations;

 

    establish management procedures for inspection, maintenance, and monitoring of the risk management measures that are implemented and to establish protocols for future sub-surface activity to ensure long-term compliance with the Environmental Issues Management Plan; and

 

    be responsible for assuring that the Environmental Issues Management Plan is reviewed by qualified environmental professionals and modified periodically, as necessary, to address significant changes in environmental conditions, land uses and/or applicable laws and regulations.

 

1-2


2. SITE BACKGROUND

 

2.1. Site Setting

The NRP (Figure 1) is a 213-acre property that is located in the southwestern portion of NASA Ames Research Center (“ARC”). ARC is located in Santa Clara County, California, approximately 35 miles south of San Francisco and 10 miles north of San Jose. To the north and west of the NRP lie the Ames Campus and Bayview Areas; to the south is U.S. Highway 101 and the City of Mountain View; and to the east are the runways and hangars of the Eastside Airfield.

ARC is located near the southwestern edge of San Francisco Bay on nearly flat fluvial basin deposits. The elevation of ARC ranges from approximately 36 feet above mean sea level to 2 feet below mean sea level (IT,1993a). The predominant surface features are man-made structures including buildings, hangars, roads, parking lots, and landscaped areas.

The areas just north of ARC were previously tidal salt marshes and mud flats of San Francisco Bay. However, these marshes and mud flats have been eliminated or greatly altered by diking and filling (IT,1993a). Currently, stormwater retention ponds separated by roads and levees and former saltwater evaporation ponds are present north of ARC. The former saltwater evaporation ponds have been transferred to the U.S. Fish & Wildlife Service for restoration.

There are no streams on ARC, although several streams are present to the east (Coyote Creek and Guadalupe Slough) and to the west (Stevens Creek). Surface water features include stormwater drainage ditches, several small ponds, seasonal marshes, and stormwater retention ponds (PRC, 1996).

For discussion of current and proposed future land uses, see Sections 3.1 and 3.2.

 

  2.1.1. Hydrogeology

The Santa Clara Valley Basin is a large, northwest trending structural depression between the San Andreas and Hayward faults. The valley is bordered on the west by the Santa Cruz Mountains and on the east by the Diablo Range. Regionally, the Santa Clara Valley contains up to 1,500 feet of interbedded alluvial, fluvial, and estuarine deposits (Tetra Tech,1998a).

The shallow aquifer (upper 250 feet) is subdivided into the A, B, and C aquifers. The A aquifer consists of sands and gravels found between depths of approximately 5 and 60 feet below ground surface (“bgs”). It is divided into the Al- and A2- aquifer zones by a discontinuous low-permeability horizon (A1/A2 aquitard) located between approximately 25 and 30 feet (Tetra Tech, ). In general, the groundwater flow direction in the A aquifer is toward San Francisco Bay (north) with a horizontal gradient of 0.004 to 0.005 feet per foot (ft/ft). Vertical gradients between the Al- and A2- aquifer zones are weak and locally variable. Depth to groundwater ranges from 5 to 12 feet bgs (Tetra Tech, 1998a).

The A/B aquitard is a 5-7 foot thick clay zone encountered between the depths of approximately 65 to 70 feet bgs and may be locally continuous under the western portion of ARC (PRC, 1996). The B aquifer (70-120 feet bgs) includes permeable deposits characterized by interbedded fine- to medium-grained sands, and clayey sands. Significant upward vertical gradients exist between the B aquifer and the overlying A2-aquifer in the ARC. A laterally extensive clay aquitard (B/C aquitard) effectively isolates the C aquifer (160 to 250 feet below ground surface) (Tetra Tech, 1998a).

 

2-1


The MEW Companies interpret the hydrogeology of the Site differently from the description above. Specifically, they refer to the A2-aquifer zone as the B1-aquifer zone and thus interpret the B aquifer as extending from approximately 30 to 120 feet bgs.

 

2.2. Site History

The former Naval Air Station (“NAS”) Moffett Field was used for agriculture since the 19th century until it was commissioned as Sunnyvale Naval Air Station in 1933. The station was operated continuously by the U.S. Military until it was transferred to NASA on 1 July 1994. It was transferred from the Navy to the Army Air Corps for use as a training base in 1935, but was returned to Navy control.

The original mission of the naval air station was to serve as a base for the West Coast dirigibles of the lighter-than-air program (“LTA”). By 1950 when jet aircraft were introduced, NAS Moffett Field was the largest naval air transport base on the West Coast and became the first all-weather NAS. Between 1973 and 1994, the mission of NAS Moffett Field was to support anti-submarine warfare training and patrol squadrons (PRC, 1996). No heavy manufacturing or major aircraft maintenance was conducted during this last period of operation of NAS Moffett Field, although some maintenance activity occurred (Harding, 2000a).

In 1991, NAS Moffett Field was designated for closure as an active military base under the Department of Defense Base Realignment and Closure (“BRAC”) Program. Except for military housing units and associated facilities that were transferred to Onizuka Air Force Base and an off-site area (NAVAIR manor) that was sold to the City of Sunnyvale, NAS Moffett Field was transferred to NASA in 1994 and renamed Moffett Federal Airfield (“MFA”) (PRC, 1996). Following publication of the NASA Ames Development Plan Environmental Impact Statement (“EIS”) and subsequent signing of the Record of Decision (“ROD”), MFA was renamed NRP and Eastside Airfield.

 

2.3. Summary of Known Site Environmental Conditions and Potential Chemicals of Concern

Site investigations, removal actions, and remedial actions have been implemented at former NAS Moffett Field since 1984. A brief summary of site investigations and remedial actions that have been conducted in the NRP area is included in Section 2.4.

The following is a list of types of potential COPCs that have been detected in soil or groundwater samples within the NRP area at least once above background levels:

 

    volatile organic compounds (“VOCs”);

 

    purgeable and extractable total petroleum hydrocarbons (“TPH”);

 

    benzene, ethylbenzene, toluene, and xylenes (“BTEX”);

 

2-2


    semi-volatile organic compounds (“SVOCs”);

 

    polychlorinated biphenyls (“PCBs”) and

 

    metals

As a result of investigations that were performed at the Site, the identified environmental conditions and primary COPCs that need to be considered during redevelopment are:

 

    the presence of chlorinated VOCs in Site groundwater and in Site soil;

 

    the presence of total petroleum hydrocarbons and other fuel-related constituents, including BTEX in Site groundwater and in Site soil above and below the groundwater table;

 

    the presence of elevated concentrations of PCBs in soil surrounding buildings; and

 

    the presence of elevated concentrations of lead in soil surrounding buildings.

In addition to the primary COPCs, previous site investigations have also detected low levels of certain SVOCs, including bis(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate, naphthalene and 2-methylnaphthalene in Site soil or groundwater within the NRP area; however, these chemicals are generally present in concentrations below U.S. EPA Region IX Preliminary Remediation Goals (“PRGs”) for residential or industrial/commercial land use (U.S. EPA, 2002a). Metals have also been detected in Site soils; soil metal concentrations have generally been within expected background concentrations or slightly elevated above expected background concentrations (with the exception of lead as ● described above and in Section 2.4.6), but below U.S. EPA PRGs. PCBs have also been detected in site soils (PAI/ISSI Team, 2001b).

A large regional plume of chlorinated VOCs underlies most of the NRP area. The source of this contamination is migration of contaminated groundwater from the upgradient MEW Superfund Site (see Section 2.4.3) that has commingled with groundwater contamination from chlorinated solvent sources located at the former NAS Moffett Field. In addition, petroleum hydrocarbons and fuel-related constituents, such as BTEX compounds, from sources at Moffett Field have also impacted Site groundwater. The commingled regional plume of VOC and fuel-related groundwater contamination found within the NRP and remedial actions that have been taken to address this are described in Section 2.4.3.

Numerous potential source areas have been investigated and remediated within the NRP area, primarily releases associated with underground storage tanks and sumps that contained petroleum hydrocarbon products, although several source areas of chlorinated VOC contamination have also been investigated and remediated. Sections 2.4.4 and 2.4.5 summarize the investigations and remedial actions that have been conducted in potential source areas and residual concentrations of COPCs that have been detected in soil.

Three investigations of lead in soil surrounding buildings have been conducted within the NRP area. Elevated concentrations of lead were detected in shallow soil surrounding a number of buildings in the NRP area. The results of these surveys of lead in soil surrounding existing buildings are summarized in Section 2.4.6.

 

2-3


Other site conditions that must be considered during redevelopment, such as existing subsurface structures (e.g., sumps or tanks) or hazardous materials associated with existing buildings (e.g., asbestos-containing materials), are summarized in Sections 2.5 and 2.6. Existing subsurface structures that may need to be removed are described in Section 2.5, while Section 2.6 summarizes hazardous materials associated with existing buildings or operations.

 

2.4. Summary of Site Investigations and Remedial Actions

This section summarizes the site investigations and remedial actions that have been conducted within the NRP. This summary is provided only for information purposes. The project developer should review original source documents and data as part of its own assessment and evaluation of expected site conditions during site development activities. Available documents are described in Section 2.4.1.

 

  2.4.1. Available Documents

Numerous investigations of soil and groundwater conditions have occurred at the NRP and are summarized in various technical memoranda, remedial investigation and feasibility study reports and other documents. A list of documents reviewed is provided in Section 8. Table 1 summarizes documents prepared during 2000 through 2003 that may be of particular interest to future users of the NRP Area.

 

  2.4.1.1. Environmental Baseline Survey

NASA has prepared a series of reports as part of the planning process for the NRP, including Environmental Baseline Survey (“EBS”) reports and Closure Plans. The EBS reports summarize an assessment of known existing environmental conditions within the NRP area. These reports (Harding, 2000a; 2001a; 2001b) summarize information regarding:

 

    status of site investigations and remediation;

 

    nature and extent of known contamination, if any;

 

    hazardous materials and waste management;

 

    underground storage tanks (“USTs”) and aboveground storage tanks (“ASTs”);

 

    status of building surveys for asbestos, lead-based paint, and radon;

 

    locations of groundwater monitoring wells and groundwater treatment system components; and

 

    other information pertaining to environmental conditions within the NRP area.

 

2-4


To organize the presentation of results in the EBS reports, the NRP area was divided into seven parcels as shown on Figure 2. The EBS Reports provide a key summary of available information concerning existing environmental conditions and are referred to frequently in this EIMP.

 

  2.4.1.2. Closure Plans

NASA has also prepared a series of Closure Plans, which document the actions that must be taken for closure of facilities whose operations used or stored hazardous materials. The Closure Plans include a description of the facilities and their hazardous material handling operations. Hazardous material storage areas and equipment that may contain hazardous materials, such as PCB-containing electrical equipment, are identified, as well as subsurface and aboveground structures used to treat contaminated groundwater or industrial wastewater, such as sumps and oil water separators. Closure procedures that must be followed for the facilities prior to demolition or as part of demolition are described, such as removal of equipment and subsurface structures such as USTs or sumps. The procedures include requirements for additional surface and subsurface sampling to be conducted as part of facility closure to identify any residual contamination. Closure of facilities containing hazardous materials must be conducted in accordance with the Santa Clara County Hazardous Materials Facility Closure Guidelines . These guidelines are discussed in the Closure Plans (e.g., PAI/ISSI Team, 2000).

NASA Closure Plans are summarized in Table 2, along with a listing of the specific buildings and and general areas included in each Closure Plan.

NASA has conducted the accessible soil sampling work identified in the Closure Plans. Closure Plan soil sampling reports have been completed for Closure Plan Area 1 (Buildings 111, 146, 958, and 952; PAI/ISSI, 2001b), Closure Plan Area 2 Building 555 (Harding,2001b; PAI/ISSI, 2001g), Closure Plan 4 Area (PAI/ISSI Team, 2001D, Closure Plan 5 Area (PAI/ISSI Team, 2001i), Closure Plan 6 Area (PAI/ISSI Team, 2003b), Closure Plan 9 Area (PAI/ISSI Team, 2003c), and Closure Plan 10 Area (PAI, 2003c). The Closure Plans also describe other actions, such as removal of USTs and sampling beneath structures, which will likely not occur until building demolition and site development.

 

  2.4.2. Installation Restoration Program

The Navy, as part of its Installation Restoration Program (“IRP”) has been investigating and remediating soil and groundwater impacted by past use of chemicals at former NAS Moffett Field, including the NRP area. The Navy’s remedial program was initiated in 1984 when an initial assessment study of former NAS Moffett Field was completed in response to the Defense Environmental Restoration Program (“DERP”). NAS Moffett Field was placed on the National Priorities List (“NPL”) by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency in 1987 and the investigation and remediation of NAS Moffett Field became subject to the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (“CERCLA”). The Navy began conducting a Remedial Investigation/Feasibility Study (“RI/FS”) for NAS Moffett Field coordinating its actions through a Federal Facility Agreement (“FFA”) with U.S. EPA and the Cal/EPA including the Department of Toxic Substances Control (“DTSC”), and RWQCB (U.S. EPA, 1990). Initially, a total of 19 sites were identified in NAS Moffett Field for investigation. Subsequent investigations identified five additional sites for further study as part of the IRP

 

2-5


process (PRC, 1996). Under a Memorandum of Understanding between the Navy and NASA relating to the transfer of the former NAS Moffett Field to NASA, the Navy retains responsibility for compliance with the terms of the FFA and for other environmental restoration or remediation of contaminants existing on the former NAS Moffett Field excluding releases caused by NASA or its tenants or occupants (NASA/Navy, 1992).

After the initial phases of the Navy’s remedial investigation were conducted, the Navy, U.S. EPA, DTSC, and RWQCB agreed to organize the RI/FS process into separate Operable Unit areas to address specific areas of NAS Moffett Field. In addition, in 1993, all IRP sites containing only petroleum and petroleum constituents were removed from the CERCLA process and are being managed according to applicable state regulations (PRC, 1996). IRP sites within the NRP area include the following and are shown on Figure 3:

 

    Operable Unit 2-West (includes IRP sites 10 (Chase Park), 14-North, 16, 17 and 18);

 

    Petroleum Sites (includes sites 9, 14-South, 15, 19, and 24); and

 

    West Side Aquifer (formerly Operable Unit 4).

The West Side Aquifer, which underlies the NRP area was identified as one of the original Operable Units for NAS Moffett Field. In October 1992, U.S. EPA determined that the aquifers within this area were affected by regional groundwater contamination migrating from a group of companies located within an area bounded by East Middlefield Road, Ellis Street, Whisman Road, and U.S. Highway 101 referred to as the Middlefield-Ellis-Whisman (“MEW”) Superfund Site located south of NAS Moffett Field in the City of Mountain View. U.S. EPA determined that these aquifers were subject to the 1989 Record of Decision (“ROD”) already written for the MEW site, which selected appropriate actions for soil and groundwater remediation to address groundwater within the aquifer impacted by VOCs (PRC, 1996).

The following Section 2.4.3 provides a summary of the COPCs detected in groundwater, as well as a description of groundwater remedial actions that have been implemented. Sections 2.4.4 and 2.4.5 summarize the environmental conditions, COPCs and remedial actions that have been implemented for each of the 1RP Sites and petroleum sites, respectively, located within the NRP area.

 

  2.4.3. West Side Aquifer Groundwater Contamination

The West Side Aquifers are located under a portion of former NAS Moffett Field, west of the runways and including the NRP area. Groundwater contamination from chlorinated solvents and fuel products from on-site sources, such as the dry cleaner located at the former Building 88 (IRP Site 18) and fuel operations at IRP Site 9 have commingled with the regional plume of VOC groundwater contamination that has migrated from the MEW Superfund site (PRC, 1996).

A regional plume of chlorinated VOCs within the shallow aquifers (A1/A2) has migrated north from the MEW site located south of U.S. Highway 101 and extends approximately 5,000 feet north of U.S. Highway 101 (PRC, 1996) throughout the main NRP area. The primary chemicals of concern are trichloroethene (“TCE”) and cis-1,2-dichloroethene (“cis-1,2-DCE”), although

 

2-6


several other VOCs are frequently detected including 1,1,1-trichloroethane (“1,1,1-TCA”), 1,1-dichloroethene (“1,1-DCE”), trans-1,2-dichloroethene (“trans-1,2-DCE”), 1,1-dichloroethane (“1,1-DCA”), tetrachloroethene (“PCE”) and vinyl chloride. Table 3 summarizes the maximum detected concentrations of the primary VOCs detected in groundwater samples collected within the NRP between February 1996 and May 2001, as reported in Mactec (2003b). An isoconcentration map for TCE is shown on Figure 4 based on the maximum detected TCE concentration in groundwater samples collected from each sampling location during the same time period using the data in Mactec (2003b). The area of contamination extends generally throughout the NRP area, with the possible exceptions of a limited area in the southeast corner of the NRP and the western-most section of the NRP, near Highway 101 (see Figure 4).

The MEW Companies have completed a feasibility study and remedial design for the regional groundwater plume north of U.S. Highway 101 and are currently conducting a remedial action in the NRP area under the oversight of U.S. EPA. The MEW companies have constructed a regional groundwater recovery system within the NRP area that began routine operation in October 1998 (Tetra Tech, 1999b). The groundwater remediation system consists of 14 groundwater extraction wells that pump groundwater to a treatment system located on the north side of Wescoat Road and east of McCord Avenue between Buildings 16 and 510 (see Figure 5). The treatment system consists of two low-profile air strippers with vapor-phase granular activated carbon (“GAC”) used to treat off-gas from the lead air stripper (Locus, 1999). The MEW Companies’ regional groundwater recovery system layout of extraction wells, conveyance pipelines, and treatment system is shown on Figure 5. The MEW ROD specifies that VOCs in groundwater are being remediated to maximum contaminant levels (“MCLs”) (U.S. EPA, 1989a). The MEW Companies submitted a Two-Year Evaluation Report for the plume remediation in the area north of Highway 101 to U.S. EPA in April 2001. The report includes an analysis of data collected as part of the remediation program and an evaluation of the effectiveness of the remediation system.

The Navy’s remedial investigation of the West Side Aquifers was completed in 1992. Results of the investigation indicated that contamination from several source areas in NAS Moffett Field had impacted groundwater and commingled with the regional groundwater plume migrating froth the MEW site. The primary sources potentially contributing to the regional groundwater plume are located in the northern portion of the NRP area located west and southwest of Hangar 1. The Navy, through negotiations with EPA and the MEW companies, agreed to remediate a portion of the regional groundwater contamination plume. Five areas within the Navy’s treatment area were identified as sources or potential sources of fuel-related or VOC groundwater contamination and are shown on Figure 3. These areas include: 1) 13 former USTs and one aboveground storage tank located in the Building 29 area (see Section 2.4.5.2); 2) four former USTs at the site of a former NEX service station (Building 31) (see Section 2.4.5.2); 3) the NEX service station (Building 503), located east of former Building 88, where a steel UST was found to be leaking (see Section 2.4.5.1); 4) a former dry cleaning facility located in former Building 88, which has been demolished (see Section 2.4.4.5); and 5) the former wash rack (Sump 25) located just south of Hangar 1 (see Section 2.4.5.4). The first three sources have been identified as sources of fuel-related contamination, Building 88 has been identified as a source of VOC contamination, primarily PCE, and the wash rack area is considered a potential VOC source (Tetra Tech, 1998a).

 

2-7


Within the area located downgradient of the potential sources in the northern portion of the NRP, the most frequently detected VOCs include TCE and cis-1,2-dichloroethene, with lesser amounts of PCE and vinyl chloride. PCE is found in both the Al- and A2-aquifers, but is confined primarily to the area downgradient from the former Building 88 dry cleaning facility, which was identified as a source of PCE contamination. Vinyl chloride was most frequently detected in areas that also contain fuel-related contamination, and is likely the result of cometabolic biodegradation (PRC, 1997). Groundwater contaminated by fuel-related chemicals is limited to the shallow Al-aquifer zone, with the old fuel farm (Building 29) and old NEX service station (Building 31) being the primary sources. Figure 6 shows an isoconcentration contour map for Total Purgeable Petroleum Hydrocarbons reported as gasoline (“TPHg”) in groundwater within the NRP area, based on groundwater monitoring data obtained from NASA. Figure 7 shows an isoconcentration map for benzene in groundwater based on maximum detected concentrations in groundwater samples at each sampling location, based on the data in Mactec (2003b). Another localized area of contamination by fuel-related chemicals is associated with. Tanks 19 and 20 (Petroleum Site 14-South; see Section 2.4.5.3), which is located in the southeast corner of the NRP area (See Figures 3, 6, and 7).

From 1993 to 1997, the Navy operated three small groundwater extraction and treatment systems as source control measures within the West-Side Aquifer area to address VOCs and fuel-related chemicals from source areas at Buildings 29, 31, and 88 (Petroleum Site 9 and IRP Site 18). Groundwater was extracted from converted 4-inch monitoring wells. In addition, water was pumped from two sumps to collect groundwater that had infiltrated into the storm drain system. The groundwater was treated by either GAC or a low-profile air stripping system. In 1997, the Navy began construction of the West-Side Aquifers Treatment System (“WATS”) to extract and treat groundwater impacted by VOCs and petroleum hydrocarbons in the A-1 and A-2 aquifer zones. The Navy began operating the WATS in 1998, which currently treats groundwater pumped from six Al-aquifer zone extraction wells, two A2-aquifer zone wells and the storm drain sumps (PRC, 1997). In June 2001, the Navy submitted a draft Annual Report to the U.S. EPA that included an evaluation of the effectiveness of the Navy’s groundwater remediation system (Foster Wheeler, 2001).

NASA and the MEW Companies entered into an Allocation and Settlement Agreement to allocate responsibility for groundwater remediation of the Regional Plume north of Highway 101. An allocation map that identifies the party responsible for remediation of the West Side Aquifers in different areas is included as Appendix A. Only the Navy and MEW Companies are responsible for remediation of the West Side Aquifers within the NRP area. Although the Navy participated in negotiations of the Allocation and Settlement Agreement, the Agreement has not been signed by the Navy.

 

  2.4.4. Installation Restoration Program Sites

This section includes summaries of the environmental conditions, COPCs and remedial actions that have been implemented for the following IRP sites located within the NRP that were included as part of Operable Unit 2-West:

 

    IRP Site 10 (Chase Park);

 

2-8


    IRP Site 14-North;

 

    IRP Site 16 (Sump 60);

 

    IRP Site 17 (Sump 61); and

 

    IRP Site 18.

 

  2.4.4.1. IRP Site 10 (Chase Park)

IRP Site 10 includes both the NAS Moffett Field runways and Chase Park, a recreation area located just north of Highway 101 (see Figure 3). Only the Chase Park area is located within the NRP area. No contaminant sources have been identified in the Chase Park area, but the underlying groundwater is contaminated with VOCs from the MEW site regional groundwater VOC plume (IT Corp., 1993b).

 

  2.4.4.2. IRP Site 14-North

Site 14 North (Tanks 67 and 68) were located on the southeastern side of the dry cleaners’ building (Building 88), which was investigated as part of the Site 9 and Site 18 investigations (see Figure 3). Before its removal in May 1990, Tank 67 was used to store, fuel oil for the Building 88 boiler. The results of analyses of soil samples collected during the tank removal indicated only low levels of VOCs (maximum concentration of TCE of 0.1 milligrams per kilogram (“mg/kg”)). TPHd was detected (0.15 mg/kg) in only a single soil sample from a pipe trench excavation (PRC, 1991b). Tank 68 was reportedly a 2,000 gallon UST used to store waste solvents and was closed in place (IT Corp., 1993b). Tank 68 was later removed during the Building 88 remediation described in Section 2.4.4.5. Investigations did not identify significant contamination associated with Tank 68 (PRC, 1996).

 

  2.4.4.3. IRP Site 16 (Sump 60)

Site 16 (Sump 60) was a public works steam-cleaning rack system that consisted of two catch basins that drained a concrete wash pad to an underground oil/water separator, and a 250 gallon tank (Figure 3). Vehicles were steam cleaned on the concrete containment pad. Sump 60 was removed in October 1990. Additional overexcavation to a depth of 10 feet was performed when soil in the excavation was observed to be visibly contaminated. Excavated soils were stockpiled for treatment with other contaminated soils from NAS Moffett Field (PRC, 1991b).

Soil and groundwater samples, as well as a sample of sludge were collected when Sump 60 was removed in October 1990 and analyzed for VOCs (including BTEX), TPHg, TPHd, SVOCs, and metals. The sampling results are compiled in the Tank and Sump Removal Summary Report (PRC, 1991b). Methylene chloride, bis(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate, and 4-methylphenol were detected in the sludge samples at concentrations of 3.3 mg/kg, 5.3 mg/kg, and 1.2 mg/kg, respectively; however, none of these chemicals was detected in soil samples collected from the sump excavation. Low residual concentrations of toluene (maximum concentration 0.21 mg/kg) and xylene (maximum concentration 0.011 mg/kg) were detected in soil samples collected from the walls and floor of the excavation. TPHd was detected in one sample collected from the floor of the final excavation at 160 mg/kg. Several metals were detected in soil samples at

 

2-9


concentrations that slightly exceeded estimated background levels; however, the concentrations were well below U.S. EPA PRGs for residential land use. TCE was detected in groundwater at a concentration of 0.14 mg/L. An additional groundwater monitoring well was later installed upgradient of the Sump 60 well to determine if Sump 60 was a source of VOCs. Concentrations of VOCs in the upgradient well were higher than concentrations measured downgradient of Sump 60 suggesting Sump 60 was not a source of VOCs (PRC, 1993). U.S. EPA issued a letter dated 17 December 1993 stating that soils associated with Sump 60 required no further action (PRC, 1995b)

Closure Plan 1 identified Sump 60 as a potential location that may require additional excavation of impacted soils during redevelopment activities (PAI/ISSI Team, 2000).

 

  2.4.4.4. IRP Site 17 (Sump 61)

Site 17 includes the sump (Sump 61) for the Public Works Paint Shop located in Building 45 (Figure 3). The sump received wastes from the paint shop (Building 45) and from Hangar 1. Waste from the paint shop included oil- and latex-based paints, thinners, toluene and turpentine. The types of wastes from Hangar I are unknown. Sump 61 was removed in October 1990. Excavated soils were stockpiled for treatment with other contaminated soils from NAS Moffett Field.

Soil and groundwater samples were collected when Sump 61 was removed in October 1990 and analyzed for VOCs (including BTEX), TPHg and TPHd. The sampling results are compiled in the Tank and Sump Removal Summary Report (PRC, 1991b). Low levels of toluene (0.036 mg/kg) were detected in soil collected from the excavation wall at the soil/groundwater interface. TPH was not detected in any of the soil samples. TCE was detected at a concentration of 0.1 mg/kg in a soil sample collected below the water table during installation of a groundwater monitoring well; however, this likely reflects the regional VOC groundwater contamination, as evidenced by the TCE concentration of 2.4 mg/L in the groundwater sample collected from this well (PRC, 1991b). U.S. EPA issued a letter dated 17 December 1993 stating that soils associated with Sump 61 required no further action (PRC, 1995b).

 

  2.4.4.5. IRP Site 18

Site 18 includes Sump 66 located on the northern side of former Building 88, which collected wastewater from the dry cleaning operation (see Figure 3). This sump was removed in May 1990. Excavated soils were stockpiled for treatment with other contaminated soils from NAS Moffett Field. Sample data from the excavation did not indicate significant contaminant levels, with PCE detected in only one of three soil samples at a concentration of 0.02 mg/kg; however, previous investigation of this area indicated concentrations of PCE as high as 6.9 mg/kg (PRC, 1991b).

Tank 67 was a 20,000-gallon UST used to store fuel oil for the Building 88 boiler (see Section 2.4.4.2). It was removed in 1990 and no visible contamination was observed in the excavation. Confirmation soil sampling data from the excavation indicated low concentrations of TCE (0.01 mg/kg) (PRC, 1991b).

 

2-10


Tank 68 was a UST of unknown composition and capacity located adjacent to the east side of former Building 88 (see Section 2.4.4.2). This tank may have stored waste solvents and petroleum products generated by operations in Building 88 and was reportedly closed in place. Samples collected from slant soil borings drilled below the tank in 1990 were found to contain low concentrations of VOCs including PCE and TCE (maximum concentration of 0.14 and 0.028 mg/kg respectively) (PRC, 1991b).

A remedial action was conducted at Building 88 in 1994 and 1995. The building, foundation, underground piping, Tank 68 and Sump 91 (a sump located on the northern side of former Building 88 which collected water from the building’s floor drains) were demolished and removed. Confirmation sampling after the removal of Tank 68 and Sump 91 did not indicated any significant contamination. Low residual VOC concentrations were detected in soil samples collected from the Tank 68 (maximum PCE concentration of 0.130 mg/kg) and Sump 91 (maximum PCE concentration of 0.003 mg/kg) excavations. Therefore, no additional soil removal was performed in these areas (PRC, 1995c).

Approximately 400 cubic yards of contaminated soil were excavated and treated from two areas after removal of the floors, foundation and underground piping of Building 88. The primary source of contamination was believed to be associated with floor drains in the building. PCE was detected in soil samples collected from below the building at concentrations up to 1 mg/kg. Areas where PCE concentrations were greater than 0.5 mg/kg were designated for excavation, based on the soil cleanup standard established in the ROD for the MEW Superfund Site, which U.S. EPA determined was applicable to remedial actions in the West Side Aquifer area. Following excavation to the saturated zone, additional confirmation samples were collected from the walls and floor of the excavation. PCE was detected in all confirmation samples collected from the walls of the excavation at concentrations ranging from 0.009 to 0.016 mg/kg. Saturated soil samples collected from the floor of the north excavation area contained 0.46 to 1.1 mg/kg PCE, which was above the established cleanup standard; however, no additional excavation of soil was performed. Confirmation soil sampling results showing residual levels of VOC contamination in the Building 88 area are compiled in the Final Operable Unit 2 — West (Building 88) Project Summary Report (PRC, 1995c).

 

  2.4.5. Petroleum Sites

This section includes summaries of the environmental conditions, COPCs and remedial actions that have been implemented for the following IRP petroleum sites located within the NRP that were initially included as part of Operable Unit 2-West, as well as the Naval Exchange Gasoline Service Station:

 

    Naval Exchange Gasoline Service Station;

 

    IRP Site 9;

 

    IRP Site 14-South;

 

    IRP Site 15;

 

2-11


    IRP Site 19; and

 

    IRP Site 24.

 

  2.4.5.1. Naval Exchange Gasoline Service Station

The Naval Exchange Gasoline Service Station (“NEX service station”) (Building 503) is located just to the east of Site I8 and the location of former Building 88, and south of Hangar 1 (see Figure 3). It was identified as a potential source of petroleum contamination when petroleum fumes were detected in a sanitary sewer inside Hangar 1 located approximately 500 feet north of the station. Contaminants apparently migrated along permeable subsurface paths from the tank backfill into the sanitary sewer pipeline trench and along the trench into the hangar. A subsequent soil investigation indicated the NEX service station as the source of contamination (PRC, 1990).

The Navy tested the integrity of four steel USTs and four fiberglass USTs. The results indicated that a steel UST had leaked. The Navy subsequently removed the four steel USTs (Tanks 33 —36) in 1990. A vapor recovery sump (Sump 42) was also removed at this time (see Section 2.4.5.4). Approximately 1,600 gallons of gasoline and groundwater were recovered from the excavation during the tank removal. Elevated concentrations of TPHg and BTEX compounds were detected in soil samples collected from the excavation. Maximum concentrations for TPHg, benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene and total xylenes were 1,500 mg/kg, 10 mg/kg, 42 mg/kg, 24 mg/kg, and 150 mg/kg, respectively. Concentrations of TPHg and benzene in a groundwater grab sample collected from the excavation were 57 mg/L and 5.6 mg/L, respectively. Excavated soil contained up to 1,200 mg/kg TPHg and 2.7 mg/kg benzene as detected in composite samples collected from the soil stockpiles. After discussion with the Santa Clara County Environmental Health Department (“SCCEHD”) and the RWQCB, contaminated soils from the Sump 42 and UST excavations were backfilled after removal of the tanks and sump with any remediation deferred until further investigation could be conducted (PRC, 1990).

The fiberglass USTs (Tanks 37 — 40) were removed in 1993 as part of the Navy’s UST removal program. Soil samples were collected from the sidewalls and the floor of the excavation. Elevated concentrations of TPHg and BTEX compounds were detected with maximum reported concentrations for TPHg, benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene and total xylenes of 1,300 mg/kg, 8.3 mg/kg, 39 mg/kg, 22 mg/kg, and 120 mg/kg, respectively (PRC, 1994e).

Additional investigation of the NEX service station was conducted in 1994. Soil and groundwater samples were collected with the Geoprobe sample collection system and an on-Site mobile laboratory was used for sample analysis. After review of the Geoprobe data and discussion with regulatory agencies, an additional four soil borings and four groundwater monitoring wells were installed. Soil and groundwater samples were collected and analyzed at an off-Site laboratory for TPH, BTEX compounds, and SVOCs. The primary chemicals of concern are TPHg, and BTEX compounds, although several SVOCs were detected at low concentrations, including naphthalene (maximum concentration of 6.4 mg/kg) and 2-methylnapthalene (maximum concentration of 5.5 mg/kg) (PRC, 1994e).

 

2-12


Maximum concentrations of TPHg and BTEX compounds detected in the NEX service station area were as follows: TPHg (1,500 mg/kg); benzene (75 mg/kg); toluene (220 mg/kg); ethylbenzene (340 mg/kg); and xylene (910 mg/kg). Analytical results from soil sampling suggest that gasoline has migrated north from the location of the former steel and fiberglass tanks. TPHg appears to be concentrated in soils at depths of 5 to 7.5 feet bgs in this area (PRC, 1994e).

Two additional tanks (Tanks 41A and 41B) were located at the NEX service station and have been removed. Tank 41B was an oil-water separator removed in January 1993 (Harding, 2001a). Low concentrations of petroleum contaminants (4.6 mg/kg of TPHg and 0.012 mg/kg of benzene) were detected in one of two samples collected during its removal (PRC, 1994e). Tank 41A was a 550 gallon UST that stored waste oil. Pipelines carried waste oil from the NEX service station service bays to Tank 41A. After extractable TPH as motor oil was detected at a concentration of 6,400 mg/kg underneath the tank, additional excavation was conducted and revealed visible soil contamination on the western sidewall; excavation was halted because of the proximity of the excavation to Building 503. Analysis of a sample collected from the excavation sidewall indicated extractable TPH as motor oil at a concentration of 3,400 mg/kg and TPHg as 230 mg/kg. In 1995, additional Geoprobe sampling was conducted at four locations surrounding the former tank. TPH as motor oil was detected at a maximum concentration of 82 mg/kg at a location approximately five feet west of the 1991 excavation sidewall sample. Analysis of a groundwater grab sample collected from the same location found TPH as motor oil at a concentration of 3.3 mg/L. The Navy has recommended closure of Tank 41A in a report submitted to the RWQCB for review in January 2001 (Tetra Tech, 2001a).

The Navy has evaluated the results of the soil and groundwater investigation of the NEX service station and conducted a risk assessment using the risk-based corrective action (“RBCA”) methodology (Tetra Tech, 2003c). Based on its evaluation, the Navy has concluded that no further remediation is necessary. This evaluation approach is described further in Section 4.3.4.

 

  2.4.5.2. IRP Site 9

Site 9 encompasses approximately 11 acres west of Hangar I within the NRP area (see Figure 3). Subsurface soil and groundwater within this area have been impacted by petroleum hydrocarbons (primarily gasoline and aviation fuel) from leaking pipes and USTs (PRC, 1996). Contamination generally resides in the capillary fringe at depths of approximately 8 to 10 feet bgs (PRC, 19940. Building 29 and the surrounding area is the site of the old fuel farm. Aviation gasoline was stored in 13 USTs (Tanks 47-50, 79-84, and 97-99) and one aboveground storage tank (Tank 52) between the 1940s and 1964. The USTs were removed in July 1993. Numerous soil samples collected in the vicinity contained TPH concentrations in excess of 1,000 mg/kg. BTEX compounds were also detected, but generally at low concentrations below I mg/kg (PRC, 1991b, 1994a). Maximum concentrations detected of benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, and xylene were, respectively, 1.4 mg/kg, 0.46 mg/kg, 3.6 mg/kg, and 2.4 mg/kg. Low concentrations of chlorinated VOCs were locally detected in soil samples, however, generally at concentrations less than 0.025 mg/kg, which suggests that their presence in soil may be related to the underlying regional VOC groundwater contamination (PRC, 1991a).

 

2-13


The old Naval Exchange gasoline station was located near Building 31. Four former USTs (Tanks 56A, B, C, and D) stored gasoline from the 1940s to 1964. The USTs were removed in October 1990. During tank removal, a visible sheen on groundwater and strong hydrocarbon odors were observed in the excavations for Tanks 56B, C, and D. Excavated soils were stockpiled for treatment with other contaminated soils from NAS Moffett Field. Soil samples collected from the wall and floor of the tank excavations contained up to 4,570 mg/kg of TPHg, 4.45 mg/kg of benzene, 30 mg/kg of ethylbenzene, 16 mg/kg of toluene, and 197.7 mg/kg of total xylenes (PRC, 1991c).

Site 9 has been evaluated in numerous investigations conducted between 1988 and 1996 to characterize the site and evaluate and implement source control actions (PRC 1991a; 1991c; 1991d; IT Corp.,1993b). No free product has been observed during site investigations at Site 9 and petroleum sources have been removed (Tetra Tech, 2003b). Residual concentrations of purgeable and extractable TPH and other petroleum constituents remain in soil and groundwater in the Site 9 area. The Navy has submitted a risk assessment for the Site 9 area to the RWQCB for review as part of its evaluation of petroleum sites at MFA (Tetra Tech, 2003b). The Navy is recommending closure for the Site 9 (Buildings 29 and 31 areas) without any further remediation. The results of this risk assessment are summarized in Section 4.3.4.3.

 

  2.4.5.3. IRP Site 14-South

Site I4-South is an operating vehicle maintenance facility (Figure 3). Leakage from two removed USTs (Tank I9 and 20) and piping appear to have contributed to soil and groundwater contamination. Soil contamination at Site I4-South is mainly confined to the 15- to 25- foot bgs depth interval, which are saturated soils within the Al aquifer. The maximum TPHg concentration detected was 1,300 mg/kg. Benzene concentrations ranged from 0.002 to 0.5 mg/kg except for a sample collected from I8 feet bgs that contained 7.1 mg/kg. Toluene concentrations ranged from 0.005 to 2.4 mg/kg; ethylbenzene concentrations ranged from 0.007 to 34 mg/kg; and detections of xylene ranged from 0.022 to 51 mg/kg (PRC, 1994e).

A groundwater pump and treat system was previously operated at this site, but was abandoned when low permeability soils limited extraction flow rates. A recirculating in situ treatment system was installed and operated until 1998 when it was turned off to allow natural attenuation to occur (Harding, 2001c). Groundwater sampling and analysis conducted by the Navy in February 2000 in the vicinity of Tanks I9 and 20 indicated a benzene concentration in groundwater of 3.0 mg/L. The NASA Closure Plan (Closure Plan Number I, dated October 2000) for this area discusses the requirement for potential additional soil excavation associated with Tanks I9 and 20 (PAI/ISSI Team, 2000).

 

  2.4.5.4. IRP Site 15

IRP Site 15 includes eight sumps and one tank distributed throughout the former NAS Moffett Field. Four of the sumps (Sumps 25, 42, 58, and 62) are located within the NRP area (Figure 3). Sumps 25 and 42 are both located near the NEX service station (Section 2.4.5.1), where soil and groundwater has been impacted by petroleum hydrocarbons.

 

2-14


Sump 25 previously collected wastewater generated by aircraft washing activities south of Hangar 1 and was removed in May 1994. A confirmation soil sample collected from the Sump 25 excavation contained purgeable TPH at 5,800 mg/kg and TPHd at 9,500 mg/kg. A water sample collected from the excavation contained 100 ug/L purgeable TPH as jet fuel and 3,300 ug/L extractable TPH as motor fuel (PRC, 1994a). VOC concentrations in groundwater samples collected from the Al-aquifer zone below the wash rack are slightly higher than would be expected in the underlying regional groundwater plume. Consequently, the former wash rack area is considered a potential VOC source to the Al-aquifer plume. A site-specific evaluation of the need for further action regarding Sump 25 is being conducted in accordance with the Basewide Petroleum Site Evaluation Methodology (Tetra Tech, 1998b) described in Section 4.3.4.

Sump 42 was used as a vapor condensation sump at the NEX service station. It was removed along with four nearby USTs in 1990, as described in Section 2.4.5.1. During the tank removal, floating product was noted in the groundwater that seeped into the excavation. While excavated soil from the tank and sump removal contained up to 1,200 mg/kg TPHg and 2.7 mg/kg benzene, soil samples collected from beneath the sump and associated piping contained only low concentrations of TPHg and benzene (32 mg/kg and 0.2 mg/kg, respectively). Contaminated soils from the Sump 42 and UST excavations were backfilled after removal of the tanks and sump (PRC, 1990). Residual contamination of soil and groundwater from petroleum hydrocarbons associated with Sump 42 is being addressed as part of the site-specific evaluation of the NEX service station area in accordance with the Basewide Petroleum Site Evaluation Methodology (PRC, 1996; Tetra Tech, 1998b).

Sump 58, consisting of a 300-gallon storage tank and two small sumps, was an oil/water separator that was removed in April 1994. Soil samples collected near the bottom of the excavation pit contained TPHd concentrations up to 2,300 mg/kg and TPHg concentrations up to 740 mg/kg. The NASA Closure Plan for this area discusses the need for potential additional soil excavation associated with Sump 58 (PAI/ISSI Team, 2000).

Sump 62 consisted of two separate pits that were used as an oil/water separator and received excess oil- and latex-based paints and wastewater from painting operations in the paint shop spray booth. The sump also collected overspray from the paint spray booth through a floor drain. The paint shop activities ceased in October 1992; sump 62 was drained, cleaned, and is inactive (PRC, 1994a). NASA collected soil and water samples near the sump as part of a Phase II investigation. Although TCE and other VOCs were detected in many of the samples, the concentrations were consistent with levels found in soils overlying and within the regional VOC groundwater plume. TCE was the only VOC detected in soil samples collected from above the water table and its detected concentration ranged from 0.007 to 0.054 mg/kg. Additionally, inspections revealed that Sump 62 was structurally sound and no indications of leakage were observed (PRC, 1994f).

 

  2.4.5.5. IRP Site 19

IRP Site I9 includes four former USTs (Tanks 2, I4, 43, and 53) that are found at various locations around former NAS Moffett Field. Only Tank 14 is located within the NRP area (Figure 3). Tank 14 was a 1,100-gallon diesel fuel storage tank for the backup generator in

 

2-15


Building 158, the operations building. This tank was removed and soil and groundwater was sampled during May and June 1990. Soil in the excavation was visibly stained and its distribution and the condition of the tank (i.e., there was no indication of leaks) suggested tank overfilling may have caused the contamination. Based on results of initial soil sampling of the excavation (4,400 mg/kg TPHd), additional soil was excavated and disposed off-site. The confirmation sample collected from the north wall of the enlarged excavation contained 1,700 mg/kg TPHd; other confirmation samples indicated negligible amounts (<25 mg/kg) of TPHd and TPH as motor oil (PRC, 1991a).

Additional soil sampling was conducted in May 1992 to assess the extent of soil impacted by TPHd near former Tank 14. Soil samples were collected from three locations near the northern boundary of the 1990 Tank 14 soil excavation. None of the six soil samples collected contained detectable concentrations of TPHd (PRC, 1993). The Navy submitted a request for closure for Tank I4 to the RWQCB for review in December 2000 (Tetra Tech, 2000b).

 

  2.4.5.6. IRP Site 24

Site 24 includes the Hangar I fuel pits, high-speed fuel hydrants, and the fuel pier. Only the Hangar I fuel pits are located within the NRP area. During construction of Hangar I, three aviation gasoline dispenser pits and three aviation gasoline valve pits were installed in the floor of the hangar to service dirigibles. The pits are now covered by concrete or offices. In 1987, the Navy installed a new concrete floor in the southern half of the building. As a result, the location of the third pit could not be identified and no investigation of this former pit was conducted. Two soil borings were advanced through two of the pits and soil and groundwater samples were collected. Purgeable TPH was not detected in any of the soil or groundwater samples collected. Low concentrations of VOCs (less than 0.011 mg/kg of PCE, TCE, 1 ,2-DCE, and toluene) were detected in soil samples, as well as in groundwater samples. PRC concluded that the detection of chlorinated VOCs is likely the result of the underlying regional groundwater VOC contamination (PRC, 1996). Based upon the results of a risk assessment, the Navy has recommended closure of Site 24 with no additional remediation (Tetra Tech, 2003a).

 

  2.4.6. Survey of Lead in Soil

As discussed in Section 2.6.2, lead-based paints were previously used at Moffett Field. In 1993, Chemical Waste Management, Inc. (“CWMI”) conducted a facility wide investigation to assess the potential presence of lead in soil surrounding buildings that may have used lead-based paints on exterior surfaces (CWMI, 1993). CWMI collected 332 discrete surface soil samples from within 2 feet of the periphery of 96 buildings. The sample collection strategy assumed collecting a single discrete sample from each 30-foot long sample cell alongside the building perimeter. These samples were analyzed for total lead and for soluble lead using the Waste Extraction Test (“WET”) if the total lead concentration was in excess of 50 mg/kg. The survey showed that the soils around most of the buildings were impacted by lead (i.e., lead was detected above background levels) and at many buildings, lead concentrations were detected at levels above the U.S. EPA Region IX residential land use PRG of 400 mg/kg. The total lead concentration at several locations also exceeded the U.S. EPA industrial land use PRG of 1000 mg/kg, which is also the concentration (Total Threshold Limit Concentration or “TTLC”) at which excavated soil would be considered hazardous waste under California hazardous waste regulations if it were

 

2-16


excavated and disposed. Soluble lead levels analyzed with the WET test exceeded the Soluble Threshold Limit Concentration (“STLC”) of 5 mg/L at several locations, as well. Detections of lead at levels above the TTLC and STLC levels were generally more sporadic. A summary of the buildings where perimeter soils were tested for lead and which identified buildings with soil lead concentrations exceeding residential or industrial/commercial land use PRGs is included in the EBS Reports (Harding, 2000a, 2001a, 2001b).

The TTLC and STLC levels are limits used by the State of California to classify waste as hazardous for disposal purposes. In addition, the California Health & Safety Code Section 25157.8 places additional restrictions on disposal of soil in California containing lead at concentrations above 350 mg/kg, but below the TTLC limit of 1,000 mg/kg. Such soil must be disposed at a Class 1 hazardous waste landfill or at a Class 2 landfill specifically permitted to accept such soil. The Class 2 Altamont Landfill near Livermore, California is permitted to accept soil containing up to 1,000 mg/kg lead that is not classified as hazardous waste.

A major limitation to the CWMI work was the use of discrete soil samples to establish the presence or absence of lead contamination instead of composite samples. Because of the sporadic way in which lead-based paint chips can be distributed in the soil, results from discrete soil samples can be highly variable depending on whether paint chips are present or absent in the sample. A multiple-increment composite (as discussed in ASTM Standard D-6051-96 (ASTM, 1996)) would likely be more representative of bulk soil conditions in each 30-foot sample cell. In addition, since the CWMI study was designed to only provide an overview of lead concentrations in surface soil surrounding buildings at Moffett Field, no data were collected regarding the lateral and vertical extent of elevated levels of lead detected in the soils.

A more detailed follow-up investigation was conducted by Roy F. Weston (“Weston”) for the U.S. EPA (Weston, 1998). One-hundred twenty discrete surface soil samples were collected from selected areas around ten buildings and one former building site, most of which had detectable lead-based paint on their exteriors. Insofar as the samples were collected along short transects, the Weston study provided some data on the lateral extent of lead contamination away from a building source. Samples collected as far away as 7.5 feet from the building wall were found at some locations to contain lead above the TTLC or STLC levels.

The Weston study is similar to the CWMI study in terms of limitations. Discrete sample data were collected instead of multi-increment composite data. Also, there were no data generated defining the depth to which the lead contamination had penetrated. Although horizontal transect sampling was performed, the sampling transects were not extended far enough to give an indication of the maximum lateral distance within which elevated concentrations of lead could still be encountered.

During 2002, Harding ESE prepared a report that summarized the available data for lead in soil near buildings within the NRP and presented a work plan for obtaining additional lead data for soil as well as for removing soil known to contain lead based paint (Harding ESE, 2002a). In accordance with the work plan, additional soil samples were collected near buildings 24, 943, 510, 29, 3, 533, 113, 512C, 547B, and 329 during September 2002. The soil samples consisted of six-point composite samples from cells up to 30-feet long and 20-feet wide. The discrete samples used to make up the composite samples were collected from 0 to 6 inches below the ground

 

2-17


surface at the building dripline or no more than 2 feet from the building wall if the dripline was not apparent. Each composite sample was tested for total lead by EPA Method 6010. Samples found to contain greater than 50 mg/kg lead were tested also for leachable lead using the WET method.

As reported in Mactec (2003a), soils in the vicinity of Building 113 contain lead at concentrations greater than the NASA Environmental Screening Level (“ESL”) of 200 mg/kg. These soils also exceed the STLC of 5.0 mg/L. Accordingly, prior to building demolition, soils in the vicinity of this building will require removal and disposal as a hazardous waste. Post-removal confirmation sampling will also be required.

Soils in the vicinity of Buildings 3, 29, 113, and 510 contain leachable lead at concentrations greater than the STLC of 5.0 mg/L but contain total lead at concentrations less than the NASA ESL of 200 mg/kg. Because these soils contain lead at concentrations less than 200 mg/kg, they can be left in place. If, however, these soils are to be excavated and moved elsewhere, then the soils must be disposed as hazardous waste because they contain leachable lead greater than the STLC.

 

2.5. Summary of Existing Subsurface Structures That May Require Removal

While most of the original USTs, oil-water separators and sumps located within the NRP area have been removed, a number of these subsurface structures still remain in place and may need to be removed during development of the NRP area. Existing and former USTs, sumps and oil-water separators are identified in the EBS Reports prepared by Harding (Harding, 2000a, 2001a, 2001b). In addition, the Closure Plans prepared by NASA also describe existing subsurface structures associated with buildings in the NRP area (see Section 2.4.1.2).

As described in earlier sections, the Navy has conducted investigations at many of the IRP petroleum sites at MFA to evaluate and characterize the extent of petroleum contamination. Although petroleum contamination remains at several of the sites, USTs and sumps have been removed from many of these sites as summarized in the EBS Reports (Harding, 2000a, 2001a, 2001b).

 

2.6. Summary of Hazardous Materials Associated With Existing Structures And Current Operations

Many of the existing buildings within the NRP contain hazardous materials, such as asbestos-containing materials, lead-based paints, and equipment containing PCBs. In addition, hazardous materials have been or are being stored, and hazardous waste has been or is being generated at existing buildings within the NRP. The following sections describe hazardous materials associated with existing structures or operations within the NRP area.

 

  2.6.1. Asbestos-Containing Materials

Many of the existing buildings within the NRP are known to contain asbestos-containing materials (“ACM”) as a result of a limited asbestos survey of housing units conducted by the Navy in 1988, a basewide asbestos survey conducted by Tetra Tech in 1993, and sampling of several individual buildings that was conducted as a result of building modifications being

 

2-18


performed. In addition to the buildings with confirmed or suspect ACM present, other buildings are assumed to likely contain ACM due to their age (Harding, 2000a). NASA has conducted surveys of buildings in the NRP to identify and evaluate the presence or absence of asbestos (Benchmark, 2001, 2003).

The EBS Reports prepared by Harding (Harding, 2000a, 2001a, 2001c, 2001b) summarize the results of asbestos, surveys that have been completed for buildings in the NRP. Additional information regarding the potential presence of asbestos in buildings has been obtained by NASA in the course of ongoing building renovations within the NRP. Hard copy reports of the asbestos surveys conducted to date at the NRP are located in the NASA ARC Occupational Safety Health & Medical Services Office (Steen, 2003).

 

  2.6.2. Lead-Based Paints

Given the age of buildings within the NRP and the common usage of lead-based paints prior to 1978, it is assumed that the majority of buildings/structures within the ‘NRP contain lead (Harding 2000a). Several buildings within the NRP have been sampled for the presence of lead-based paints in conjunction with building modifications. The EBS Reports list the construction dates for buildings within the NRP, identify those buildings that have been sampled for the presence of lead-based paints and the dates they were sampled, and indicate at which buildings lead-based paints were detected. NASA has conducted additional surveys of buildings in the NRP for the presence of lead-based paints (Benchmark, 2001). Sampling for lead-based paints focused on buildings with surfaces on which peeling paint was observed, and which were slated for demolition during development of the NRP.

Soil sampling has also been previously conducted around the perimeter of buildings that may have had lead-based paints used on exterior surfaces. This soil sampling program is described in Section 2.4.6.

 

  2.6.3. PCBs in Equipment and Building Materials

Transformers or capacitors containing PCBs at concentrations above the Department of Health Services (“DHS”) regulated concentration for hazardous waste (5 parts per million or “ppm”) are present within the NRP. The EBS Reports (Harding, 2000a, 2001a, 2001c, 2001b) summarize the results of previous inventories of potential PCB-containing equipment and identify buildings with equipment containing PCBs, whether the equipment has been sampled, and if so, the dates of sampling, and the concentration of detected PCBs. Several pieces of equipment that have not been tested for PCBs are included in this summary since they are assumed to contain PCB concentrations greater than 500 ppm in accordance with U.S. EPA regulations (40 CFR 761).

The NASA Environmental Services Office performs quarterly inspections, completes Annual Document Logs, and submits transformer registration of equipment with PCBs at greater than or equal to 50 ppm to the U.S. EPA in compliance with 40 CFR 761. In addition, the NASA Facilities Maintenance group completes additional inventories, inspections, and testing of the equipment (Harding, 2000a).

In addition to PCB-containing transformers or capacitors, buildings with fluorescent lighting may contain PCB light ballasts (Harding, 2000a).

 

2-19


Another significant source of PCBs at the NRP is Hangar I, located in Land Use Parcel I8 (Figure 2). Most notably, bulk samples of the lower (gray) walls have been found to contain Aroclors 1260 and 1268 at concentrations as high as 5,500 mg/kg and 35,000 mg/kg, respectively (Benchmark, 2003). Lower PCB concentrations have been detected in roofing materials, sealant, and wall materials. As a consequence, the Department of the Navy (“DoN”) has conducted a Time-Critical Removal Action (“TCRA”) to limit the migration of contaminants present within the Hangar 1 building materials. The scope of the TCRA Work Plan included coating the entire exterior of Hanger 1 with a specialized surface coating. The new surface coating stabilizes the existing paint (which contains elevated concentrations of lead) and surface materials until a final remedial option is selected and implemented (Foster Wheeler, 2003).

 

  2.6.4. Other Hazardous Materials and Hazardous Waste

In 2003, NASA conducted an Environmental Functional Review to review hazardous materials and hazardous waste management at its facilities, which included operations within the NRP. The self-assessment consisted of interviews, site visits, and review of available records. NASA also prepared an inventory of hazardous waste generated since 1994 (Harding, 2000a) when NAS Moffett Field was transferred from the Navy to NASA. A list of buildings where hazardous materials were managed or hazardous wastes generated during the period 1994-2000 is included in the EBS Reports prepared by Harding (Harding, 2000a, 2001a, 2001c, 2001b). In addition, the EBS Reports also identify several existing aboveground storage tanks containing gasoline, diesel, oil, waste oil, and sodium hypochlorite that are still in use within the NRP. The EBS Reports also include lists of former (prior to 1994) hazardous materials and hazardous waste locations that are based on previous environmental surveys conducted by the Navy or NASA prior to the transfer of NAS Moffett Field to NASA.

As described in Section 2.4.1.2, NASA has prepared Closure Plans for the buildings within the NRP area. The Closure Plans include the results of a visual survey, and a description of the facilities and hazardous materials handling and storage. Sampling is identified where necessary to assess whether a release of hazardous materials may have occurred. In addition, the Closure Plans also cover requirements for the removal of underground storage tanks or other subsurface structures. Closure Plans that have been completed are listed in Table 2. Closure Plan soil sampling reports have been completed for Closure Plan Area 1 (Buildings 111, 146, 958, and 952; PAI/ISSI, 2000), Closure Plan 2 Area, including Building 555 (Harding, 2001b; PAI/ISSI, 2001g), Closure Plan 3 Area (PAI/ISSI, 2001c), Closure Plan 4 Area (PAI/ISSI, 2001d), Closure Plan 5 Area (PAI/ISSI, 2001e), Closure Plan 6 Area (PAI/ISSI, 2001h), Closure Plan 7 Area, 2001j) Closure Plan 8 Area (PAI/ISSI, 2002a), Closure Plan 9 Area (PAI/ISSI, 2003a), and Closure Plan 10 Area (PAI/ISSI, 2002b).

 

2-20


3. PLANNED DEVELOPMENT OF NASA RESEARCH PARK

NASA plans to develop a world-class center for research and learning utilizing the NRP’s unique stock of historic buildings and partnerships with local government, academia, industry, and nonprofit organizations. To manage the planned redevelopment of the NRP, NASA would partner with one or more organizations having building rehabilitation and development expertise. NASA has developed specific design standards for buildings and landscapes within the NRP (NASA, 2000; DMJMH+N, 2001).

 

3.1. Current Land Use

Currently, the NRP area comprises 91 buildings totaling approximately 1.4 million square feet, which provide office space, a motor pool complex, retail and business services, overnight accommodations, and a day-use conference and meeting center. The NRP area (see Figure 2) includes much of the center of the original naval air station including the Shenandoah Plaza National Historic District that contains 12 buildings of historic significance with notable architecture dating back to the 1930s, and Hangar 1, the most prominent structure in the former NAS Moffett Field that was originally constructed in 1935 to house the USS Macon Dirigible (NASA, 2000).

 

3.2. Planned Land Use

The planned land use for ARC is described in detail in the Final Programmatic Environmental Impact Statement (“EIS”) prepared by Design, Community, and Environment (DCE, 2002). The EIS analyzes five land use alternatives, ranging from Alternative 1, the “No Project Alternative”, to Mitigated Alternative 5, the “Preferred Alternative”. This Preferred Alternative is summarized in Figure 2.6 of the EIS, provided for reference in Appendix B.

Under Mitigated Alternative 5, the NRP Area would be developed as a collaborative research and educational campus, which may include buildings associated with research and development, education, and general administration. Alternative 5 proposes the addition of approximately 2.1 million square feet of new educational, office, research and development space, a computer history museum, a conference center and gym, housing, and retail space in the NMI Area. It also proposes the demolition of approximately 560,000 square feet of non-historic structures and the renovation of approximately 600,000 square feet of existing space.

Figure 2 of this EIMP identifies proposed land use for the NRP Area. Within the Shenandoah Plaza Historic District (Parcels 12 —I5, and 17), buildings may be renovated and some new infill construction would be permitted, subject to historic design guidelines. A conference center is planned that would include short-term overnight accommodations. Hangar 1 (Parcel I8) would be renovated to house Space World, an innovative learning center for math, science, and technology. The southern NRP area is designated for occupancy by the NRP NASA partners. In this area, existing buildings would generally be demolished and a new network of roadways and utilities would be designed with appropriate areas for new construction identified (NASA, 2000).

Dormitory-style housing or townhouses for students, faculty, and researchers as well as a childcare facility may also be constructed in the NRP area, potentially within land-use Parcels 3 and 6. Existing buildings within Parcel 12 may be renovated for housing purposes. Potential NASA partners are currently working on conceptual plans for NRP projects as part of the NRP planning process; however, specific design plans are not yet available.

 

3-1


In general, because of issues regarding chemicals of potential concern in soil and groundwater in the NRP area, NASA has recommended to its potential partners that planned construction in the NRP be designed with a minimum of soil excavation (i.e., without basement or other subgrade floors). However, soil excavation and trenching is expected to occur in conjunction with installation of utility lines, elevator shafts, and building foundations.

 

3-2


4. REVISED HUMAN HEALTH RISK ASSESSMENT AND

DEVELOPMENT OF SOIL TARGET CONCENTRATION

LEVELS

As described in Section 2, soil and groundwater in the NRP area have been impacted by chemicals, primarily chlorinated VOCs, purgeable and extractable TPH, BTEX, and lead. Because U.S. EPA determined in October 1992 that the ROD for the MEW Site should be applied to the portion of NAS Moffett Field that now comprises the NRP area; no formal human health risk assessment (“HHRA”) had been conducted to specifically address potential exposure to COPCs in soil and groundwater for the entire NRP area, although the Navy is in the process of completing risk assessments for individual petroleum sites within former NAS Moffett Field as described in Section 4.3.4. Therefore, NASA engaged Harding ESE, Inc., now Mactec, Inc., to prepare a HHRA for the NRP area.

The following sections provide (a) a general summary of the exposure pathways that are potentially associated with planned development within the NRP area that the measures included in this EIMP are intended to mitigate; (b) a summary of the results of the NASA Revised HHRA; and (c) a summary of soil target concentration levels.

 

4.1. Potential Exposure Pathways

Based on NASA’s planned land use for the NRP area, potential future receptors identified in the Revised HHRA include (a) construction workers; (b) indoor workers, such as researchers, teachers, office personnel; and (c) adult and child residents in housing provided for students or employees and their families (Mactec, 2003b). For the adult and child residents, exposures were assessed in two ways, i.e., assuming a typical 5- to 10- year residence at the Site, and assuming a 30-year residence at the Site, which is consistent with default exposure parameters in U.S. EPA risk assessment guidance.

Potential future receptors may be exposed to COPCs by one or more of the following pathways:

 

    inhalation of volatile chemicals from groundwater or soil;

 

    dermal absorption due to direct soil and/or groundwater contact;

 

    inhalation of airborne suspended soil particulates; and

 

    incidental soil ingestion.

These pathways are described more fully below.

VOCs are the primary COPCs found within the NRP area. VOCs in groundwater and soil can volatilize into the pore spaces within unsaturated zone soils and migrate through the soil column and through cracks in floors into enclosed indoor spaces, where they can be inhaled by potential receptors. The migration of COPCs from the subsurface into indoor air is called “vapor intrusion”. This is the primary potentially complete exposure pathway that could affect future indoor workers, residents, students, or visitors to the NRP. This mechanism is illustrated on Figure 8 and discussed further in Section 5.1.1. The same mechanism can also lead to exposure

 

4-1


to COPCs in ambient outdoor air; however, due to dilution by typical winds in the area, potential exposures are much less than in enclosed spaces. Construction workers may also be exposed to COPCs through the inhalation pathway during soil excavation or trenching activities that may expose soil or groundwater containing COPCs directly to ambient air leading to increased volatilization of COPCs.

Exposure to COPCs can also occur through dermal absorption due to direct contact with soil or groundwater containing COPCs. COPCs can then be absorbed through the skin. This potentially complete exposure pathway could affect construction workers at the Site, particularly when excavation or trenching or other activities involve disturbance of the subsurface and expose workers to direct contact with soil or groundwater containing COPCs.

Potential exposure through inhalation of airborne suspended soil particles can occur when the wind lifts soil particles into ambient air that are subsequently inhaled by potential receptors. COPCs sorbed to the soil particles can be absorbed into the bloodstream when inhaled.

Incidental ingestion of soil particles by adults and children can also occur, primarily through hand-to-mouth contact after the hand comes in contact with soil containing COPCs.

 

4.2. NRP Revised Human Health Risk Assessment

 

  4.2.1. Scope of Revised HHRA

Groundwater is the primary contaminated medium of concern at the Site. Exposure to chemicals in the groundwater is primarily the result of transport of VOCs from the groundwater to the ground surface. Once at the surface, these VOCs enter the outdoor atmosphere or infiltrate the indoor building environment. The risks resulting from potential exposure to VOC vapors were calculated using groundwater quality data and air quality data (Mactec, 2003b). The results of these calculations are summarized below in Section 4.2.2.

Although soil containing metals, PAHs, SVOCs, PCBs, and VOCs have been detected, most of the source areas and surrounding soil have been removed. However, a residual soil data set (i.e., representing post remediation conditions following the removal of contamination sources) was not available for the Revised HHRA. Because a soil data set representing current chemical concentrations in soil at the Site could not be compiled, quantitative risks could not be estimated. Instead, soil target concentration levels were developed, as discussed in Section 4.3.

The Revised HHRA evaluated potential health risks to (a) construction workers; (b) indoor workers, such as researchers, teachers, office personnel; and (c) adult and child residents in housing provided for students or employees and their families. For the adult and child residents, exposures were assessed in two ways, i.e., assuming a typical 5- to 10-year residence at the Site, and assuming a 30-year residence at the Site, which is consistent with default exposure parameters in U.S. EPA risk assessment guidance.

To provide a range of risk estimates, two types of exposure scenarios were used in the Revised HHRA, i.e., a reasonable maximum exposure (“RME”) and a central tendency exposure (“CTE”). The RME, as defined by U.S. EPA (1989b), is the “highest exposure that is reasonably expected to occur” and is estimated using a combination of average and upper-bound values of human exposure parameters. The CTE provides an estimate for exposure at a site by the use of average or site-related exposure parameters (Mactec, 2003b).

 

4-2


The following chemicals were selected as COPCs for groundwater for the Site: 1,1-DCA; 1,1-DCE; 1,2-dichloroethane (“1,2-DCA”); trans-1,2-DCE; benzene, chloroform; cis-1,2-DCE; methylene chloride; PCE; TCE; 1,4-dioxane; 1,1,1-TCA, and vinyl chloride. Analytical data for soil at NRP were not available for the Revised HHRA (see above).

 

  4.2.2. Results of Revised Human Health Risk Assessment

For each receptor population, estimated human health risks were calculated (a) for each of the 90 sampling locations in the upper aquifer at the Site, based on chemical concentrations detected in groundwater samples collected from each well, and (b) for each of 14 existing buildings, based on chemical concentrations detected in air samples collected inside and outside each building. The calculated human health risks are shown as risk isopleths on Plates 4 through 22 in the Revised HHRA (Mactec, 2003b). The risk isopleth figures for selected populations are provided in Appendix C and include:

 

    Plate 8: Indoor Worker RME Risk;

 

    Plate 10: Indoor Worker RME HI;

 

    Plate 16: Child Resident (10 yr) RME Risk;

 

    Plate 18: Child Resident (10 yr) RME HI;

 

    Plate 20: Resident (30 yr) RME Risk;

 

    Plate 22: Resident, Child (6 yr) HI.

Each figure in Appendix C presents the estimated human health risk for each groundwater sampling location and each building for which risks were calculated. Contours are drawn on each figure to indicate how estimated human health risks based on groundwater data vary spatially across the Site.

Human health risks are expressed as either (a) an incremental lifetime excess cancer risk or (b) a Hazard Index (“HI”) for non-cancer adverse health affects. Based on U.S. EPA guidance, cancer risks arc compared in the Revised HHRA to a risk management range of le (one-in-a-million) to le (one-in-ten-thousand), and the non-cancer HI is compared to a threshold level of 1.0, a level below which there are unlikely to be adverse health affects, even for sensitive populations (Mactec, 2003b).

For the purpose of developing this EIMP, conclusions from the Revised HHRA can be summarized as follows:

 

    for future building occupants at the Site, results from the Revised HHRA indicate that VOC vapors may potentially migrate from groundwater to indoor air inside buildings at levels of concern, a process called “vapor intrusion”; and

 

4-3


    for construction workers, direct contact with groundwater containing VOCs results in estimated cancer risks and non-cancer hazards at levels of concern.

For additional information regarding the conclusions of the Revised HHRA, see excerpted plates included in Appendix C and the full text of the Revised HHRA (Mactec, 2003b).

 

4.3. Development of Soil Target Concentration Levels

Soil TCLs have been developed for the NRP. The soil TCLs will be used to determine (a) whether excavated soil can be reused as fill at the NRP and (b) whether additional soil removal should be considered at locations where potential soil contamination is observed during development, as described further in Section 6.10.

Soil TCLs have been derived for COPCs that have been detected in soil from the NRP as summarized below and listed in Tables 4 and 5.

 

    For chlorinated VOCs, the soil cleanup levels set in the MEW Record of Decision (“ROD”) (U.S. EPA, 1989a) will be used as TCLs for the NRP.

 

    For petroleum hydrocarbons and BTEX, the cleanup levels for petroleum contamination in soil at Moffett Federal Airfield (“MFA”) negotiated by the Navy and State of California in 1994 (Tetra Tech, 1998b) will be used as TCLs for the NRP.

 

    For PCBs, the soil TCL will be 1 mg/kg as established by the DTSC for the NASA Ames Research Center (Cal/EPA, 1998) and consistent with the PCBs cleanup level promulgated in Toxic Substances Control Act (“TSCA”) regulations (40 CFR §761) for high occupancy areas.

 

    For metals, the soil TCL will be the lowest value from (a) Environmental Screening Levels (“ESLs”) for residential soils to account for potential dermal contact or incidental soil ingestion (RWQCB, 2003) or (b) U.S. EPA PRGs for residential soil (U.S. EPA, 2002a), unless that value is less than (c) “background” concentrations for metals in soil (Mactec, 2003b), in which case the soil TCL will be the “background” value.

 

    For other COPCs, the lowest value from the ESLs and PRGs (see above) will be used as TCLs for the NRP.

Soil managed during development of the NRP will be managed to meet TCLs. Additional discussion of the sources of information that form the basis of the soil TCLs is provided below.

 

  4.3.1. RWQCB ESLs

The RWQCB’s ESLs are conservative guideline concentrations developed by the RWQCB for screening of environmental data collected at a site. According to the RWQCB, risks to human health and the environment can generally be considered to be “insignificant” at sites where concentrations do not exceed the ESLs. The ESLs shown in Table 4 address potential dermal contact or ingestion of soil in a residential setting (RWQCB, 2003). Unlike the U.S. EPA PRGs, described below, the ESLs for volatile compounds are based in part on consideration of the vapor intrusion exposure pathway.

 

4-4


  4.3.2. U.S. EPA PRGs

The U.S. EPA Region IX PRGs are intended to address health concerns related to direct contact with impacted soils. The PRGs do not incorporate the vapor intrusion exposure pathway, although they do consider VOC migration into ambient (i.e., outdoor) air (U.S. EPA, 2002a).

 

  4.3.3. MEW ROD

As described in Section 2.4.2, U.S. EPA determined that the MEW Superfund Site ROD is applicable to the portion of NAS Moffett Field where the NRP is located. An Endangerment Assessment (ICF-Clement, 1988) was prepared by U.S. EPA as part of the remedial investigation/feasibility study to evaluate the baseline risk for the MEW Site. The Endangerment Assessment focused on the risk of exposure to contaminated groundwater as a drinking water supply and did not directly assess the risk due to vapor intrusion of COPCs from soil and groundwater into indoor air.

The groundwater cleanup level established for the MEW Superfund Site in the shallow Al/A2 aquifer (or, using the nomenclature of the MEW Companies, the A1/131 aquifer) was the drinking water MCL. The soil cleanup level was developed in the MEW Site Feasibility Study through use of a simple percolation-transport model. The model was used to determine the allowable concentrations in soil based upon transport downward into groundwater. Based upon the analysis from the model, the soil remediation level was set at 100 times the groundwater remediation level. For example, the groundwater remediation level for TCE is 5 parts per billion (“ppb”) in water; therefore, the soil cleanup level for TCE was set at 500 ppb in soil, or 0.500 mg/kg. The MEW ROD established the site cleanup goals specifically for TCE; since TCE was the primary COPC, reaching its cleanup goal was expected to result in cleanup of other site chemicals to their respective cleanup goals as well (U.S. EPA, 1989a). The MEW ROD was used as the basis for setting the cleanup level (0.5 mg/kg ICE; equivalent to 100 times the PCE MCL of 0.005 mg/L) used during the Building 88 (IRP Site 18) removal action in 1994 (see Section 2.4.4.5). Table 5 shows the soil cleanup levels based on the MEW Superfund Site ROD (i.e., 100 times the drinking water MCL).

Since the NRP is subject to the MEW Superfund Site ROD, soil managed during development of the NRP will be managed to meet at a minimum the MEW Site cleanup levels.

 

  4.3.4. Navy Action Levels and Risk-Based Screening Levels for Petroleum Products and Constituents

 

  4.3.4.1. Action Levels for Petroleum Products and Constituents

As discussed in Section 2.4.2, all IRP sites containing only petroleum and petroleum constituents were removed from the CERCLA process to be managed according to applicable state regulations. In 1994, the Cal/EPA, including the DTSC and RWQCB, and the Navy negotiated cleanup levels (action levels) for petroleum contamination in groundwater and soil at NAS Moffett Field. The action levels were set for individual petroleum constituents for which the

 

4-5


State of California had established risk values, and for total petroleum hydrocarbons separated into two main categories: purgeable phase TPH as gasoline (“TPH-p”) and extractable phase TPH (“TPH-e”) as diesel fuel or JP-5 jet fuel (Tetra Tech, 1998b). Soil cleanup levels established for BTEX compounds and polynuclear aromatic compounds coincided with U.S. EPA Region IX PRGs for industrial/commercial land use (PRC, 1995c). These soil cleanup levels were used during the Operable Unit 2 — West (Building 88) remedial action in 1994. U.S. EPA has subsequently issued revised PRGs for the BTEX compounds (U.S. EPA, 2002a). Table 5 lists the soil action levels for TPH negotiated by the Navy and Cal/EPA, as well as the U.S. EPA Region IX PRGs and RWQCB ESLs for BTEX compounds in soil for residential use. The soil action levels for TPH, as well as the revised PRGs for BTEX compounds for industrial/commercial use, were used as soil target screening levels during . soil excavation and trenching activities associated with the 1998 installation of the discharge and conveyance pipeline for the MEW Companies GWTS located within the NRP area (Locus, 1998).

 

  4.3.4.2. Current Approach to Assessment of Former NAS Moffett Field Petroleum Sites

The State of California’s philosophy for corrective action at petroleum sites changed significantly when the State Water Resources Control Board (“SWRCB”) revised its policy for petroleum sites in 1995. This change was made in part due to the findings of a study that concluded that petroleum hydrocarbon contaminant residual levels tend to degrade naturally once the source (nonaqueous phase product) has been removed. Under the new SWRCB policy, as adopted by the RWQCB, once the source is removed, sites with residual levels of soil or groundwater concentration do not require active remediation if they do not pose unacceptable risks and the preferred remedial alternative is natural bioremediation. It was recommended that the RBCA risk assessment method (ASTM, 1995) be used to evaluate risks to human health (Tetra Tech 1998b).

In 1996, the Navy and RWQCB agreed to an approach to applying RBCA to petroleum sites at the former NAS Moffett Field. In 1998, the Navy submitted the Final Basewide Petroleum Site Evaluation Methodology Technical Memorandum (Tetra Tech 1998b) that described the evaluation process to be applied and summarized information applicable to the entire NAS Moffett Field site. The Navy is now in the process of preparing technical memoranda as appendices to the 1998 document that summarize site-specific data and risk assessments conducted for the MFA petroleum sites. Several of the risk assessments for petroleum sites within the NRP area have been completed or are currently being prepared.

 

  4.3.4.3. Navy Risk Assessment of Former NAS Moffett Field Petroleum Site 9

As discussed in Section 2.4.5.2, soil and groundwater in the vicinity of the old fuel farm (Building 29) and the old Naval Exchange gasoline station (Building 31) have been impacted by TPH and BTEX compounds. The Navy has conducted Tier 1 and Tier 2 RBCA screening evaluations for the Building 29 and 31 areas. In the Tier 1 screening evaluation, risk-based screening levels (“RBSLs”) were calculated using standard U.S. EPA default exposure parameters for an occupational and construction worker soil exposure scenario and standard default assumptions in the DTSC version of the Johnson and Ettinger vapor intrusion model for an indoor air vapor intrusion exposure scenario for indoor workers. A comparison was made

 

4-6


between maximum concentrations of COPCs in soil and groundwater found within Site 9 and the Tier 1 RBSLs; the maximum concentrations in soil and groundwater exceeded the Tier 1 RBSLs for the indoor worker vapor intrusion exposure scenario (Tetra Tech, 2003b).

Tier 2 RBSLs were subsequently developed for this scenario using assumptions based on site-specific data and compared to maximum soil and groundwater concentrations. The maximum soil concentration for benzene was found to exceed the Tier 2 RBSL, so further evaluation was conducted. Exposure point concentrations were developed separately for the Building 29 and Building 31 areas based on the calculated 95 percent upper confidence limit of the arithmetic mean concentration for each chemical within the area in question. The Tier 2 RBSLs were compared to the calculated exposure point concentrations. The additional evaluation resulted in a calculated excess cancer risk for indoor workers from volatilization of benzene from subsurface soil of 2 x 10’7 for the Building 29 area; for the Building 31 area, the excess cancer risk was calculated to be 8x10-6. While the calculated risk level for the Building 31 area is above the 1x10-6 target risk level for which the RBSLs were calculated, it is within the IO-4 to 10’6 target range for acceptable risks used by U.S. EPA at Superfund sites. Although NASA has established 10’6 as the acceptable risk level, the Navy has recommended no further action be taken for the Site 9 petroleum site. A draft report summarizing the risk assessment has been submitted to the RWQCB for review (Tetra Tech, 2003b).

The RBSLs calculated for Petroleum Site 9 for the vapor intrusion indoor exposure scenario using the Johnson and Ettinger model are lower than the U.S. EPA Region IX PRGs that are calculated for an occupational direct contact exposure scenario and outdoor inhalation. The calculated Tier 2 RBSL for benzene in a vapor intrusion exposure scenario for Petroleum Site 9 was 0.15 mg/kg, which is lower than the U.S. EPA Region IX PRG for benzene of 0.6 mg/kg.

 

  4.3.5. Background Metals Concentrations

Background metals concentrations in soil were obtained from the Revised HHRA (Mactec, 2003b) and are listed in Table 4. These values are selected as the TCLs for metals when the background concentration is higher than other levels listed in the table.

 

4.4. Risk Goals for NRP

During and after development of the NRP, NASA’s goal is to achieve an estimated cumulative lifetime excess cancer risk from vapor intrusion and direct contact with groundwater of less than 1x10.6 and HI of less than 1 for all potential receptors including construction workers, indoor workers and residents using the RME exposure parameters. Measures for achieving these goals are discussed in Sections 5, 6 and 7 of the EIMP.

 

4-7


5. RISK MANAGEMENT DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS TOR NEW

CONSTRUCTION AND EXISTING BUILDINGS

New buildings and utilities that are installed as part of redevelopment can be constructed with mitigation measures that will assist in limiting exposures to chemicals in soil and groundwater, and in limiting future migration of groundwater containing chemicals of concern. In some cases, the integration of mitigation measures into the new construction can increase effectiveness and reduce costs,. as compared to adding mitigation measures to existing facilities. Mitigation measures that are required in new construction at the Site are described in the Sections 5.1 through 5.3.

Certain existing buildings are located in areas of potential vapor intrusion. The need for potential vapor mitigation in existing buildings, and potential vapor intrusion mitigation measures that may be appropriate in those buildings, are discussed in Section 5.1. For additional environmental information specific to existing buildings, refer to the EBS Reports (Harding, 2000a; 2001 a; 2001b).

In addition, as described previously, the Navy and MEW Companies have constructed and are currently operating groundwater remediation systems within the NRP. Redevelopment of the NRP must be conducted in a manner that allows for the continued operation of these remediation systems. Section 5.4 describes procedures that must be followed to coordinate development activities within the NRP with the Navy and MEW Companies’ existing remediation systems.

NASA will notify U.S. EPA regarding significant redevelopment and construction activities.

 

5.1. Measures to Address VOC Vapor Intrusion into New Construction and Existing Buildings

As described in Section 4.1 and the Revised HHRA for the Site (Mactec, 2003b), a potentially complete exposure pathway for indoor workers and residents in some areas of the NRP is the migration of VOCs from the subsurface into overlying buildings where occupants could be exposed to VOC vapors through inhalation of indoor air. The process of VOC migration in the vapor phase from the subsurface to indoor air is termed “vapor intrusion”. For future construction at the Site and for existing buildings, mitigation measures will be required to reduce vapor intrusion to the extent needed to achieve the risk goals described in Section 4.

 

  5.1.1. The Vapor Intrusion Process

The vapor intrusion process occurs through several chemical transport processes, as summarized below. A generalized illustration of the vapor intrusion process is shown on Figure 8.

The vapor intrusion process begins when VOCs in soil or groundwater volatilize into soil gas in the subsurface. The degree to which VOCs volatilize into soil gas depends on the chemical properties, i.e., VOCs with higher vapor pressures, lower water solubilities, and less tendency to adsorb to soil particles tend to partition into soil gas more readily than other VOCs. Chlorinated solvents such as those found in groundwater at the NRP readily partition into soil gas.

 

5-1


Once in the soil gas, VOCs may migrate upwards or laterally by both diffusion and convection. In general, VOCs diffuse more readily in drier, granular soil than in wetter, clayey and silty soil. Diffusion is a relatively slow transport process as compared to convection, which occurs when soil gases containing the VOCs are drawn to the surface by pressure gradients. Pressure gradients can be caused by barometric pressure changes, as well as the reduced pressure that occurs inside many buildings, as discussed below.

After VOCs in soil gas migrate to the area directly beneath a building (e.g., the baserock beneath the floor slab), vapor intrusion into the building can occur. Soil gases containing VOCs may migrate into the building by diffusing through cracks in the floor. Soil gases may also be swept into the building through cracks in the floor by convective flow, driven by a lower pressure inside the building. Lower pressures inside of buildings are sometimes referred to as the “stack effect”. The stack effect can be caused by:

 

    warmer air inside the building, which tends to rise and draw in air from the lower parts of the building;

 

    wind, which tends to impart a lower pressure inside the building;

 

    appliance exhausts, which tend to draw air into the building and lower the interior pressure; and

 

    active ventilation systems that exhaust outside the building and induce a slight negative pressure inside the building.

Considering the mechanisms of vapor intrusion, vapor intrusion prevention or mitigation tends to be based on (a) eliminating soil gas flow into the building by creating either a lower pressure (slight vacuum) beneath the floor of the building, or a higher pressure inside the building, (b) preventing VOCs from migrating to the area beneath the building floor, using barriers or source removal, and/or (c) sealing cracks and penetrations in the floor through which vapor intrusion might otherwise occur:

 

  5.1.2. Vapor Intrusion Mitigation Area

A “Vapor Intrusion Mitigation Area” for the Site is shown on Figure 9. The Vapor Intrusion Mitigation Area:

 

    is generally defined based on the 5 ug/L isoconcentration contour for TCE in groundwater at the Site (see Figure 4 and Figure 9); and

 

    includes most of the Site, including all areas of the Site where the estimated cumulative lifetime cancer risk under the RME exposure parameters exceeds 10-6 for indoor workers and residents, as described in the Revised HHRA (Mactec, 2003b) and as shown on Plates 8, 12, 16 and 20 in Appendix C.

The basis for establishing the Vapor Intrusion Mitigation Area based on 5 ug/L TCE in groundwater is discussed in Section 5.1.2.1, below.

 

5-2


For new and existing buildings within the Vapor Intrusion Mitigation Area, the developer must implement active vapor intrusion mitigation measures consisting of:

 

    active sub-slab depressurization (“SSD”) (Section 5.1.3.2);

 

    continuous positive-pressure ventilation (“PPV”) (Section 5.1.3.3);

 

    ground level open-air or mechanically-ventilated parking garages beneath all occupied spaces (Section 5.1.3.4); or

 

    sub-membrane depressurization (“SMD”) for buildings constructed over a crawl space (Section 5.1.3.5).

However, vapor intrusion mitigation as described above is not required if one of the two following conditions is met:

 

    the developer performs its own risk assessment (which must be approved by NASA, U.S. EPA, and RWQCB) that:

 

    incorporates groundwater or other data (e.g., indoor air data) available at the time of development,

 

    considers actual planned land use and site-specific conditions, and

 

    demonstrates that the cancer risk and HI goals described above are met; or

 

    the developer proposes an alternative vapor intrusion mitigation measure in a design report demonstrating how the alternative measure will effectively mitigate the vapor mitigation pathway such that the cancer risk and hazard index goals are met. Such demonstrations will require written approval by NASA and U.S. EPA.

If the project developer selects a mitigation measure other than that listed above, the project developer must prepare a design report to demonstrate how the alternative measure will meet the cancer risk and HI goals described above. This design report shall include a description of how the developer could respond to a change of conditions (e.g., groundwater extraction is terminated) such that additional vapor migration mitigation measures could be provided in the future.

 

  5.1.2.1. Evaluation of Vapor Intrusion at 5 ug/L TCE in Groundwater

There is considerable uncertainty in predicting indoor air concentrations of VOCs that can be attributed to VOC vapor intrusion from soil and groundwater, as discussed in U.S. EPA vapor intrusion guidance (U.S. EPA, 2002b) and as discussed in the Revised HHRA (Mactec, 2003b). As also discussed in the Revised HHRA, there is considerable uncertainty in the source of VOCs detected in the air samples that have been collected in buildings at the Site, i.e., whether those VOCs should be attributed to (a) vapor intrusion from soil or groundwater, (b) VOCs occurring in ambient air in the general vicinity of the Site, (c) VOCs attributed to vehicle emissions from nearby Highway 101 or (d) VOCs from sources inside the buildings, such as commercial products or dry-cleaned clothing.

 

5-3


Given the uncertainties in predicting and measuring the magnitude of vapor intrusion, the Vapor Intrusion Mitigation Area shown on Figure 9 is based on areas of the Site where the TCE concentration in groundwater exceeds 5 ug/L. This section provides additional information regarding the use of 5 ug/L TCE as the primary means of determining the Vapor Intrusion Mitigation Area on Figure 9.

The concentration of a chemical in indoor air resulting from vapor intrusion can be related to its concentration in soil vapor or groundwater beneath the building using an “attenuation factor” as defined in Equation [1].

 

 

Equation [1] Attenuation Factor for Vapor Intrusion from Soil Vapor or Groundwater to Indoor Air (as used in U.S. EPA, 2002b)

 

 

LOGO

where:

 

a

  =    attenuation factor (unitless)

C ia

  =    chemical vapor concentration in indoor air (ug/m3)

C sw

  =    chemical vapor concentration in soil vapor at groundwater interface (ug/m3)

C gw

  =    chemical concentration in groundwater (ug/L)

H

  =    Henry’s Law constant for chemical at the groundwater temperature (unitless)

As defined above, attenuation factors are always less than I, and a higher attenuation factor indicates a higher magnitude of chemical vapor intrusion from groundwater (i.e., higher human health risk).

For residential land use, the U.S EPA Region IX PRG for indoor air is 0.017 micrograms per cubic meter (“ug/m 3 ”), i.e., based on an RME exposure scenario, 10 -6 lifetime excess cancer risk, and assuming a 30-year residential exposure duration (U.S. EPA, 2002a). 1 2 For comparison, the estimated equilibrium concentration of TCE in soil vapor above groundwater containing 5 ug/L

 

 

1   The EPA PRG for indoor air is also based on draft guidance for the TCE cancer slope factor. Alternatively, using the TCE cancer slope factor currently recommended by Cal/EPA (RWQCB, 2003) would result in a PRG of 0.96 ug/m3, or approximately 56 times higher (i.e., less stringent). Ambient air in the vicinity of the Site contains on the order of 0.1 ug/m3 TCE (Locus, 2003), i.e., exceeding the U.S. EPA PRG.
2  

For comparison, using standard commercial exposure parameters (i.e., 250 days per year for 25 years), the U.S. EPA PRG would be 0.029 ug/m 3 .

 

5-4


TCE is approximately 1,900 ug/m 3 , assuming a unitless Henry’s Law constant of 0.38 for TCE. 3 As such, to attain the U.S. EPA PRG in indoor air at a property with 5 ug/L TCE in groundwater requires that the indoor air concentration be approximately 100,000 times lower than the soil vapor concentration, i.e., an “attenuation factor,” as defined above, of approximately 10 -5 .

For comparison, the U.S. EPA prepared an evaluation of measured attenuation factors for groundwater to indoor air in Appendix F of U.S. EPA (2002b). The U.S. EPA found most measured attenuation factors for vapor intrusion from groundwater to indoor air were in the range of 10 -3 to 10 -5 , with approximately 75% of the measured attenuation factors exceeding 10 -5 , and 25% of the measured attenuation factors lower than 10-5. In its guidance, U.S. EPA sets the screening level for TCE in groundwater, based on vapor intrusion concerns, at 5 ug/L.

As another point of comparison, the RWQCB’s ESLs for TCE in groundwater at residential land use sites, based on vapor intrusion concerns, are 530 ug/L (at sites with high soil permeability) and 2,100 ug/L (at sites with low/moderate soil permeability) (RWQCB, 2003). Since the RWQCB uses an indoor air target level of 1.2 ug/m 3 (i.e., higher than the U.S. EPA PRG of 0.017 ug/m 3 ) RWQCB has effectively used an attenuation factor of 6 x 10 -6 in its calculations for TCE at sites with high soil permeability, and 2 x 10 -6 for sites with low/moderate soil permeability.

The tables in Appendix E of the Revised HHRA (Mactec, 2003b) indicate that the vapor intrusion model and the parameters used for modeling vapor intrusion of TCE from groundwater at the Site result in an attenuation factor of approximately 10 -6 for TCE. Using the 5 ug/L TCE criterion, which is equivalent to an attenuation factor of approximately 10 -5 as discussed above, is therefore more conservative by approximately one order of magnitude than the Site-specific modeling results suggest is necessary. However, several uncertainties in the site specific modeling and indoor air monitoring data suggest that vapor intrusion could potentially be occurring at levels higher than predicted in the site specific modeling (Mactec, 2003b).

The comparisons above indicate a vapor intrusion attenuation factor of 10 -5 , which equates to the 5 ug/L TCE criterion in groundwater and the U.S. EPA’s indoor air PRG of 0.17 ug/m 3 :

 

    is in the lower (less conservative) portion of the range of measured attenuation factors as reported by U.S. EPA (2002b);

 

    is slightly higher (more conservative) than attenuation factors used by RWQCB for TCE (RWQCB, 2003); and

 

    is approximately an order of magnitude higher (more conservative) than modeled for TCE in the Revised HHRA for the Site (Mactec, 2003b).

 

 

3   The Henry’s Law constant of 0.38 is based on values presented in the HHRA, including an assumed groundwater temperature of 22.8 degrees Celsius (Mactec, 2003b)

 

5-5


  5.1.2.2. Conservative Nature of 5 ug/L TCE Criterion

Considering the discussion in Section 5.1.2.1 and results from the Revised HHRA, a TCE concentration of 5 ug/L in groundwater is considered a conservative screening value for vapor intrusion concerns. This EIMP requires vapor intrusion mitigation when the TCE concentration exceeds 5 ug/L in groundwater because it is plausible that vapor intrusion could potentially result in TCE in indoor air at a concentration of concern. However, the actual magnitude of vapor intrusion into any given building will be determined by a number of factors, such as:

 

    soil properties such as moisture content (i.e., high moisture content in soil can substantially reduce the magnitude of vapor intrusion); and

 

    building properties, such as the condition of the foundation or floor, characteristics of the ventilation system, and the number of utility penetrations through the floor.

As such, it is also plausible that TCE can occur at concentrations substantially exceeding 5 ug/L in groundwater beneath a building without presenting a vapor intrusion concern.

Given the uncertainties in future building construction and maintenance, the 5 ug/L TCE criterion for vapor intrusion mitigation is likely to be conservative for some buildings at NRP, but is selected in an abundance of caution to be protective of buildings that may otherwise be constructed in a manner or at a location that may be conducive to the vapor intrusion process.

 

  5.1.3. Vapor Intrusion Mitigation Measures

In areas where vapor intrusion mitigation is required pursuant to Section 5.1.2, vapor intrusion mitigation measures may be selected and designed by the developer based on consideration of the type of construction and the degree to which vapor intrusion is a concern at the location of the new construction. Guidance on the selection and design of vapor intrusion mitigation systems is provided below. An evaluation of preliminary regulatory issues and costs for potential vapor intrusion mitigation measures is provided in EKI (2004).

 

  5.1.3.1. Design Guidance for Vapor Intrusion Mitigation

Much of the design guidance for vapor intrusion mitigation has been developed for the radon control industry. The intrusion of radon gas into buildings occurs by similar processes as the VOC vapor intrusion process (see Section 5.1.1), with the exception that radon gas is naturally occurring in soil gas at some properties. Therefore, measures designed to mitigate radon gas intrusion into buildings can be considered for mitigating VOC vapor intrusion.

Although not intended to be a complete list, design guidance for VOC vapor intrusion mitigation may be found in the following sources, most of which are based on radon control:

 

    Radon Prevention in the Design and Construction of Schools and Other Large Buildings, Third Printing with Addendum , U.S. EPA, Office of Research and Development, EPA/625/R-92/016, June 1994.

 

5-6


    Radon-Resistant Construction Techniques for New Residential Construction, Technical Guidance , U.S. EPA, Office of Research and Development, EPA/625/2-91/032, February 1991. .

 

    Radon Reduction Techniques for Existing Detached Houses, Technical Guidance, (Third Edition) for Active Soil Depressurization Systems , U.S. EPA, Office of Research and Development, EPA/625/R-93/011, October 1993.

 

    Radon Mitigation Standards , U.S. EPA, Air and Radiation, EPA 402-R-93-078, October 1993 (Revised April 1994).

 

    Guidance for the Design, Installation, and Operation of Sub-Slab Depressurization Systems , Thomas DiPersio and John Fitzgerald, Massachusetts Department of Environmental Protection, Northeast Regional Office, December 1995.

The design guidance listed above may be considered in the selection and design of vapor intrusion mitigation systems, but is not mandatory. Other design criteria and guidance may be appropriate.

Potential vapor intrusion mitigation alternatives are described in the following sections.

 

  5.1.3.2. Active Sub-Slab Depressurization (SSD)

A generalized illustration of an active SSD system is shown on Figure 10. An active SSD system typically consists of a blower and sub-slab air intake piping system. The SSD system is operated continuously to create a slight vacuum beneath the concrete floor slab of the building. The induced vacuum beneath the building floor slab overcomes the lower pressure that is sometimes found inside buildings. Therefore, when the SSD system is in operation, soil gases generally cannot flow from beneath the floor slab into the building. Rather, at the location of any cracks on the floor, indoor air will be drawn from inside the building into the lower pressure zone beneath the floor slab, thereby mitigating the vapor intrusion process.

An SSD system requires installation of a vent intake pipe in one or more central or other appropriately selected location(s) in the baserock layer beneath a concrete floor slab. As an alternative, a geocomposite drainage mat or other liner with lateral permeability can be installed beneath the building and used as the means for withdrawing air from beneath the entire floor area. The vent pipe or drainage mat is connected to a blower to continuously create ventilation and a slight vacuum beneath the floor slab. The vacuum level created beneath the floor must be at a level sufficient to overcome the anticipated vacuum level inside the building (see design guidance documents listed in Section 5.1.3.1). The air and soil gases withdrawn from beneath a building during SSD operation are exhausted to the atmosphere. The emissions from the SSD systems will be treated to remove VOCs to the extent required by the Bay Area Air Quality Management District (“BAAQMD”) based on the estimated VOC emission rate for each system. 4

 

 

4  

For an SSD system at a nearby residential property on a former GTE site in Mountain View, California, treatment of SSD emissions was not required by BAAQMD due to low TCE emission rates relative to BAAQMD standards (U.S. EPA, 2004).

 

5-7


  5.1.3.3. Continuous Positive-Pressure Ventilation (PPV)

Vapor intrusion primarily occurs when there is a lower pressure inside the building, i.e., causing soil gas to flow into a building through cracks in the floor (U.S. EPA, 2002b). As such, the vapor intrusion process may be mitigated by creating a positive pressure (i.e., a pressure slightly higher than the outside air pressure) inside the building. When there is a positive pressure inside a building, air inside the building will flow outward through any cracks in the floor, i.e., toward the lower outdoor pressure. The U.S. EPA recognizes this in its vapor intrusion guidance, indicating:

“A building may be positively pressurized as an inherent design of the heating, ventilation, and air conditioning system. It may be possible to show that the [vapor intrusion] pathway, in this case, is incomplete, at the current time, by demonstrating a significant pressure differential from the building to the atmosphere.” (U.S. EPA, 2002b)

Similarly, the California Building Code (“CBC”), Section 1202.2.7, requires positive pressure ventilation in ticket booths and other occupied spaces inside of parking garages. The purpose in that case is to prevent fumes from the parking garage from entering those spaces, i.e., to mitigate vapor intrusion from the parking garage into those occupied spaces.

Positive-pressure ventilation is effectively the same as active SSD (Section 5.1.3.2) in that both methods use an air pressure gradient to mitigate vapor intrusion routes. However, the effectiveness of PPV is dependent on proper operation and maintenance of the building ventilation system to maintain continuous positive pressure inside the building.

Positive-pressure ventilation involves designing the building’s ventilation system to continuously impart a slight positive pressure inside the lowest floor of the building relative to the pressure below the floor slab. The mechanical ventilation systems in commercial buildings are often designed to operate with a slight positive pressure inside the building. However, for energy efficiency, such systems are also commonly turned off during non-working hours, potentially allowing for some vapor intrusion during time periods when the system is not operating. At the Site, for buildings where vapor intrusion mitigation is provided by PPV, the PPV system must be continuously operated in the lowest level of the building, i.e., 24 hours per day and 7 days per week, excepting for periodic shutdowns for normal maintenance. Heating and cooling conditions may be adjusted during non-working hours as long as the fan operation continues to impart the positive pressure to the building interior.

VOC vapors migrating from groundwater may tend to accumulate in soil gas beneath a building that is operated using PPV. As such, it is recommended that passive ventilation be installed

 

 

5-8


beneath buildings designed for PPV. The passive ventilation could be installed in the same manner as the sub-slab infrastructure for an active SSD system, i.e., perforated vent pipes in the sub-slab base rock with a header vent pipe plumbed to outside the building, but without the SSD blower. The passive ventilation system would provide a means for VOC vapors to migrate from the sub-slab area to outside the building to reduce potential vapor accumulation beneath the building. The passive ventilation system could also be converted to an active SSD system (i.e., by the addition of the SSD blower) in the event the building use is changed in the future such that continuous PPV is rendered infeasible or impractical.

 

  5.1.3.4. Ventilated Parking Garage Construction

Vapor intrusion into buildings can be mitigated using ventilated parking garage construction at ground level beneath the occupied residential, education or commercial space, as discussed below.

Specific requirements for ventilation of parking garages are identified in Sections 1202.2.7 and 311.9.2.2 of the CBC (CBC, 2001), and other comparable, local building codes. Under requirements such as these, above ground parking garages can be ventilated using either openings to the atmosphere or mechanical systems to draw in fresh air and to exhaust fumes. The purpose of these systems is to provide adequate ventilation of car exhausts that are generated within the garage. These systems can be utilized to mitigate vapor migration from chemically impacted groundwater at the Site into overlying indoor living/working spaces, as described below.

For parking garages that are constructed on or above ground level without mechanical ventilation , the primary driving force for vapor intrusion, i.e., the lower pressure inside of buildings, is removed. In these cases, the air pressure inside the parking garage will be essentially the same as outside barometric pressure, and the vapor intrusion flux of VOCs into the parking garage would be driven primarily by diffusion through cracks in the floor, a process significantly slower than the pressure-driven flux considered in the Revised HHRA. In addition, the natural ventilation in the parking garage would serve to reduce the concentrations of any VOCs that do migrate into the parking garage.

Section 1202.2.7 of the CBC describes alternative requirements for ventilating garages using mechanical ventilation systems:

 

    1.5 cubic feet per minute (“cfm”) of fresh air ventilation per square foot (“sr) of parking garage floor;

 

    14,000 cfm of fresh air ventilation per operating vehicle; or

 

    ventilation adequate to maintain an average carbon monoxide level of 50 parts per million (“ppm”) over an 8-hour period, not to exceed 200 ppm over any one-hour period.

Consistent with these CBC requirements, the ventilation system for each parking garage at the Site that will also serve as vapor intrusion mitigation will be designed with a capacity of at least 1.5 cfm/sf. Operation of the ventilation system in the lowest level of the parking garage will not

 

5-9


be modulated based on either (a) 14,000 cfm per operating vehicle or (b) carbon monoxide levels, as allowed by the CBC (see above). Rather, the systems will be designed to operate at a ventilation rate of 1.5 cfm/sf, 24 hours a day, seven days a week.

Parking garages at the Site will also be designed to minimize the negative pressure that may be induced inside the parking garage by the ventilation systems. Maintaining the parking garages near atmospheric pressure will reduce the potential for advective flow of subsurface vapors into the parking garage, and will be accomplished by (a) maximizing open area at the perimeter of the garage, and (b) distributing the ventilation system intakes around the garage.

In summary, the potential for vapor intrusion into parking garages at the Site, and the magnitude of any vapor intrusion that may occur, will be mitigated by the parking garages in two ways:

 

    air pressure in the parking garage will be at or very near ambient pressure due to the openings at the perimeter of the parking garage, thereby substantially reducing the pressure driving force for vapor intrusion; and

 

    ventilation in the parking garage will provide substantial reductions in concentrations of any VOCs that may migrate into the parking garage.

While it is possible that air in the parking garages will enter overlying occupied spaces (i.e., vapor intrusion), (a) VOC levels in the parking garages resulting from vapor intrusion from groundwater may be acceptable for occupied spaces due to the vapor intrusion mitigation provided by the parking garage, as described above, and (b) further reductions in VOC concentrations would be expected in the overlying occupied spaces (e.g., residences, educational facilities) due to fresh air ventilation in those spaces.

 

  5.1.3.5. Sub-Membrane Depressurization (SMD) for Crawl Spaces

For any future buildings in the Vapor Intrusion Mitigation Area constructed over a crawl space, vapor intrusion mitigation will be provided using either sub-membrane depressurization (“SMD”) or continuous PPV (Section 5.1.3.3).

For SMD, a membrane is placed over the dirt at the base of the crawl space. The membrane may be a flexible liner, such as high-density polyethylene (“HDPE”), a layer of asphalt or concrete, or another durable membrane material. Air is withdrawn from beneath the membrane in a similar manner as air is withdrawn from beneath the floor of a building using SSD for vapor intrusion mitigation (Section 5.1.3.2). Refer to guidance documents listed in Section 5.1.3.1 for further discussion of SMD.

 

  5.1.3.6. Vapor Intrusion Barrier

A vapor barrier may be installed beneath the floor slab to reduce the advective flow of gases into the overlying building. However, the effectiveness of a barrier is largely dependent on the quality of the installation and long-term maintenance (i.e., prevention of punctures and tears). Air leakage may be substantial if there are voids at seams with utility penetrations or holes in the barrier. Alternative materials for vapor intrusion barriers are described in the design guidance sources listed in Section 5.1.3.1.

 

5-10


Vapor intrusion barriers are not required by this EIMP, but may be used in conjunction with the other vapor intrusion mitigation methods described herein.

 

  5.1.3.7. Sealing Cracks and Utility Penetrations in the Floor

Vapor intrusion is believed to occur primarily through cracks and penetrations that occur in the floor that is in contact with the ground (see guidance documents listed in Section 5.1.3.1). Cracks in the concrete floor should be minimized through proper design and installation of the concrete floor. Cracks at control joints can be sealed with flexible sealants, such as polyurethane caulk. Cracks around utility penetrations in the floor can also be avenues for vapor intrusion. Such cracks can also be sealed with flexible sealants at the top of the concrete, and mechanical devices are available for placement around utility pipes to form a better seal with the concrete.

 

  5.1.3.8. Mitigating Vapor Intrusion in Existing Buildings

In the event that vapor intrusion mitigation is required for an existing building, active SSD, continuous PPV, or active SMD can be considered for mitigation. The design guidance sources listed in Section 5.1.3.1 describes methods of retrofitting buildings with active SSD and SMD systems.

There are existing buildings at the Site that have been constructed with basements. These buildings will be inspected for potential openings directly to groundwater, such as sumps. Any such openings directly to groundwater will be sealed and ventilated to prevent vapor migration from the groundwater into the building.

 

  5.1.4. Design of Vapor Intrusion Mitigation Measures

It is the responsibility of the developer to design and implement adequate measures to mitigate vapor intrusion into buildings in the NRP and to demonstrate that the system will effectively mitigate the vapor intrusion exposure pathway and meet the cancer risk and HI goals described in Section 4.4. The proper design, installation, operation and maintenance of an active SSD system (Section 5.1.3.2), a continuous PPV ventilation system for the building (Section 5.1.3.3), a ventilated parking garage beneath occupied spaces (Section 5.1.3.4) or an SMD system (Section 5.1.3.5) is considered effective mitigation of the vapor intrusion exposure pathway. Vapor intrusion barriers (Section 5.1.3.6) and sealing of cracks in the floor (Section 5.1.3.7) may also be implemented to further reduce the potential for vapor intrusion to occur.

For vapor intrusion measures other than those described above and in Section 5.1.3, the developer shall submit a design report to NASA for review and approval that describes the design of vapor intrusion mitigation measures that will be implemented and demonstrates how they will be effective in mitigating the potential vapor intrusion pathway. In addition, the report shall also describe any system operation, maintenance, and monitoring activities that will be implemented to demonstrate and maintain the long-term effectiveness of the implemented mitigation measures. Effectiveness may be demonstrated by (a) monitoring for VOCs in indoor air, (b) monitoring for VOCs in subslab soil gas if a barrier or sub-slab ventilation system is designed to prevent VOC accumulation below the slab, or (c) some other means that can reliably demonstrate effectiveness.

 

5-11


  5.1.5. Monitoring Vapor Intrusion Mitigation Effectiveness

For vapor intrusion mitigation by an active SSD system or a continuous PPV system, the effectiveness will be monitored by demonstrating higher air pressure inside the building as compared to outside the building. Demonstrating that pressure differential indicates the vapor intrusion exposure pathway is incomplete, i.e., at any cracks or penetration in the floor, air will flow outward from the building to the subsurface instead of soil vapors flowing inward , as would be required for vapor intrusion to occur. Such monitoring shall be performed quarterly to verify continued effectiveness.

For vapor intrusion mitigated using ventilated parking garage construction, effectiveness will be monitored by collecting air samples inside and outside of the parking garage (at times when vehicles are not present in the parking garage). Effectiveness can be demonstrated by showing that COPC concentrations inside the parking garage are either (a) at the same level as outside the parking garage or (b) lower than the U.S. EPA PRG for ambient air. In the event COPC concentrations inside the parking garage exceed both those values, effectiveness could be demonstrated by measuring COPC concentrations in indoor air in the occupied spaces overlying the parking garage. The effectiveness shall be demonstrated once following construction of the parking garage while the ventilation system (if any) is operating, and again whenever there is any substantial modification to the ventilation system.

For vapor intrusion mitigation by a system not described in this EIMP but approved by RWQCB, the method of demonstrating effectiveness must also be approved by RWQCB.

 

5.2. Reducing the Potential for Lateral Migration of VOCs in Utility Corridors

As discussed in Section 2.1.1, groundwater at the Site is typically located at approximately 5 to 12 feet below ground surface. If utilities are buried below the groundwater, it is possible that groundwater containing VOCs may migrate through utility backfill material. As such, mitigation measures shall be utilized during installation of new utilities to reduce the potential for the lateral migration of VOCs in groundwater in utility backfill.

Utilities most likely to be buried below the groundwater table are sanitary sewers and storm drains, although other utilities may in some cases also be buried below the water table. If possible based on infrastructure needs and design requirements, it is preferable, from an environmental perspective, to place utilities in trenches located above the water table.

 

  5.2.1. Utilities Subject To Mitigation Measures

A utility is subject to the mitigation requirements in this Section 5.2 if:

 

    it is installed in a trench or horizontal borehole that extends to within two feet of the seasonal high elevation of the groundwater table; and,

 

    it is located within an area of the Site where VOCs occur in groundwater above MCLs or TPH occurs in groundwater above action levels (i.e., 700 ug/L as diesel or jet fuel; 50 ug/L as gasoline)(see Section 4.3.4.1). Data for TCE (MCL = 5 ug/L), TPH-gasoline (action level = 50 ug/L), and benzene (MCL = 1 ug/L) in groundwater are shown on Figures 4, 6, or 7. (These figures are subject to change based on the results of more recent groundwater monitoring.)

 

5-12


If these conditions are met, the mitigation measures described below will be implemented.

 

  5.2.2. Measures to Mitigate Groundwater Movement in Utility Backfill

For utilities subject to the mitigation requirement, as described in Section 5.2.1, mitigation measures shall include:

 

    the use of low permeability backfill; and/or

 

    cutoff features.

Low permeability backfill may include a low strength grout mix known as controlled density fill (“CDF”), or “flowable fill”. This material is poured like grout, has low strength and therefore can be excavated by hand, and flows into gaps and around utilities. It can provide a low permeability restriction to water flow when used as utility backfill. Other low permeability fill materials may also be used if approved by NASA.

If a granular backfill material is used in a trench, a cutoff feature will be installed a minimum of every 300 feet, and within 50 feet of branches in the distribution system. The cutoff feature will be a wall of low permeability material, such as bentonite, concrete, or CDF. The cutoff feature will be at least 2 feet thick and will span the width of the trench from the base of the trench to an elevation at least 3 feet above the highest expected groundwater level at the location. The sides of the cutoff feature shall be keyed into native soil.

Some utilities subject to the mitigation requirement of this section may be installed in horizontal boreholes with no backfill. If it is determined that the native soil will collapse around the utility, no further mitigation is required. If, however, the borehole may remain open or a granular backfill is installed around the utility line, cutoff features will be installed as described above for trenches. This may require potholing to the borehole to install the cutoff feature, or installing plugs of low permeability material around the utility when it is installed.

 

  5.2.3. Measures to Reduce Groundwater Infiltration into Utility Pipes

In non-pressurized utilities buried below the water table (e.g., sanitary sewer, storm drain), groundwater containing chemicals of concern can infiltrate into the utility line at leaky pipe joints. Such infiltration, should it occur, would cause migration of the VOCs to other areas of the Site or off-Site, and in the case of the storm drain, to the receiving water body. Therefore, utility pipes and their joints must be designed and installed to be watertight. Butt-fused high-density polyethylene pipe shall be used for all utility piping. Following installation, a four-hour hydrostatic leakage test or other equivalent pressure test shall be performed on each length of utility piping to confirm that the piping is watertight.

 

5-13


  5.2.4. Design of Utility Lines

If a planned utility line is subject to the mitigation requirements of this Section (see Section 5.2.1) and the developer does not plan to use low permeability backfill and/or cutoff features (see Section 5.2.2), the developer will prepare and submit to NASA for review and approval, a design report describing the mitigation measures that will be implemented to reduce the potential for lateral migration of COPCs in utility corridors. Use of measures other than those described in this Section 5.2 or alternate low permeability fill materials must be approved by NASA.

 

  5.2.5. Soil and Groundwater Handling During Utility Line Construction

Soil and groundwater handled during construction of utility lines shall be managed as described in Sections 6.3 and 6.10.

 

5.3. Reducing the Potential for Creating Conduits to Deeper Groundwater Zones During Pile or Elevator Shaft Installation

It is possible that designs for new construction will include pile foundations or elevator shafts. Piles are commonly driven into the ground or placed in drilled boreholes, and extend as deep as 50 to 100 feet bgs, although actual depths of piles or elevator shaft excavations that may be used for development at the NRP are not currently known. If piles or elevator shaft excavations are used in future construction and penetrate the Al- aquifer zone underlying the NRP (i.e., 20 feet below ground surface), mitigation measures will be employed to minimize (a) the potential to drive shallow, chemically-impacted soil into deeper soils, (b) the potential to create conduits for the migration of shallow, chemically-impacted groundwater to deeper groundwater, and (c) the potential for more highly contaminated groundwater in the A2-aquifer (the B1-aquifer under the MEW nomenclature) to migrate upward to the Al-aquifer from which there would be greater exposure risks.

A permit must be obtained from the Santa Clara Valley Water District (“SCVWD”) for any drilling or installation of elevator shafts. The SCVWD currently has no permitting requirements for the driving of piles. However, the SCVWD has a general policy regarding driven piles that would require measures to be taken to prevent the creation of potential conduits for contaminant migration via groundwater. Therefore, SCVWD will be involved in the review of any mitigation measures proposed by the developer as described below.

Mitigation measures may include pre-drilling through chemically-impacted soil or groundwater and using conductor casing to prevent downward or upward migration of COPCs. Alternatively, if a geotechnical evaluation indicates that the aquitard sediments will seal around the installed piles to prevent formation of conduits, piles may be installed using a cone-shaped tip on the end of the pile to prevent migration of soil to deeper zones. The project developer will prepare a design report for submittal to NASA and SCVWD for review and approval that describes the mitigation measures that will be implemented and demonstrates their effectiveness in preventing downward or upward migration of COPCs.

Other mitigation measures that can effectively reduce the potential for driving impacted soil deeper or creating conduits for groundwater migration may also be used if their effectiveness can be demonstrated to the satisfaction of NASA, SCVWD, and U.S. EPA. If alternate mitigation

 

5-14


measures are proposed, a design report describing the alternate measures and demonstrating their effectiveness shall be submitted to NASA, SCVWD, U.S. EPA, and RWQCB for review and approval prior to implementation.

 

5.4. Removal or Relocation/Replacement of Existing Groundwater Monitoring Wells and Remediation System Pipelines

Both the Navy and MEW Companies currently operate groundwater remediation systems located on the NRP, as described in Section 2.4. The layout of major features of the existing groundwater treatment systems are shown on Figure 5. Components of the remediation systems include groundwater extraction wells, single and double-contained pipelines, air relief structures, electrical power and instrumentation conduits, fiber-optic instrument systems, electrical field control panels, leak detection systems, radio frequency communication links, settlement pin monuments, groundwater treatment systems, and a network of groundwater monitoring wells. The location and depth of existing groundwater monitoring and extraction wells are identified in the Environmental Baseline Survey Reports prepared for the NRP (Harding 2000a; 2001 a; 2001 c). The Navy and MEW Companies are required to operate the groundwater remediation systems on a continuous basis except for required maintenance. Therefore, consideration must be given during the design of NRP development projects to identify measures to protect the integrity of the remediation systems and allow for their continued operation while minimizing any shutdowns of system components.

 

  5.4.1. NASA Agreements Relating to Coordination of NRP Development with the Navy and MEW Companies’ Groundwater Remediation Systems

NASA is negotiating agreements with the Navy and the MEW Companies to outline procedures for coordination of NRP construction activities with continuing operation of the existing groundwater remediation systems (NASA, 2001a; 2001b). Sample agreements, which are included as Appendices D and E, summarize:

 

    procedures for planning and implementing remedial system modifications that may be necessary due to NRP development activities;

 

    measures to be taken to protect remedial system components during construction;

 

    procedures for managing soil and groundwater potentially containing COPCs that may be produced during construction excavation or trenching activities; and

 

    the financial responsibility of involved parties for the cost of implementing actions necessary to coordinate NRP development activities with continued operation of the remediation systems.

The following section describes coordination activities that must occur during design and pre-construction planning. Measures to protect remediation system components during construction are described in Section 6.9, and procedures for managing soil and groundwater produced during construction activities are described in Sections 6.10 and 6.3.4, respectively.

 

5-15


  5.4.2. Pre-Construction Coordination

In the event that the location of existing remediation system wells and pipelines conflicts with the Partner’s planned development, it may be possible to remove or relocate the affected well or pipeline. In identifying potential conflicts between existing remediation system components and planned development, the following criteria will be used:

 

    All wells located within 5 feet of the outer wall of a new building are considered in conflict with planned development and must be properly abandoned and relocated, if required, because they will be too difficult to access once the building is constructed. Wells located more than 5 feet from building walls may also be considered in conflict with planned development subject to a site-specific evaluation.

 

    All pipelines located within five feet of the outer edge of the footing or foundation of a new building are considered in conflict with planned development and must be removed and relocated.

 

    Wells, pipelines, or other remediation system components that do not meet either criteria above, but are identified as potentially in conflict with the layout of the planned development or planned construction activities by the project developer, for example, a monitoring well in the center of a planned roadway.

Relocation or removal of any remediation system components, however, may only occur with the prior approval of the EPA and RWQCB. In addition, EPA must also approve in advance any planned shutdown of the remediation system for more than 24 hours. Coordination of any requests for modifications to or planned shutdowns of the remediation systems will be performed by the Navy or the MEW Companies. In addition, the design and construction of any modifications to the remediation systems will be performed by the MEW Companies’ or Navy’s contractors at the developer’s expense. A flow chart describing the preconstruction planning process for coordination with operation of the existing remediation systems is shown on Figure 11.

To effectively coordinate the NRP site development with the operation and modification of the remediation systems, the project developer and its contractors, NASA representatives, and contractors for the Navy and MEW Companies must be in frequent communication. The project developer, the MEW Companies, the Navy, and NASA shall each designate to one another in writing a primary and alternate single point of contact for communication, and shall specify the methods for communication among the designated contacts (e.g., telephone numbers, email addresses, and facsimile numbers). An initial meeting among the involved parties should be scheduled as early as possible during project planning. The Partners will be provided with detailed drawings showing the location of remedial system components in CAD form so they can be integrated into the Partner’s design plans. In addition, as the Partner’s design and construction plans are developed, the MEW Companies’ and Navy’s contractors, and NASA must be provided with the Partner’s planned construction schedule and a full set of civil, landscaping, foundation, and site utility plans and specifications. Updates to the project schedule, and plans and specifications must be provided promptly to the MEW Companies’ and Navy’s contractors, and NASA as they are prepared.

 

5-16


6. RISK MANAGEMENT DURING CONSTRUCTION

Risk management during construction addresses precautions that will be taken to mitigate risks to human health and the environment from COPCs during Site development activities in the NRP. Precautions to be taken during construction will include the following:

 

    establishment of health and safety training and worker protection objectives for construction workers who may directly contact soil or groundwater containing COPCs (e.g., during site preparation, grading, foundation construction, or landscape installation) (Section 6.2);

 

    implementation of construction impact mitigation measures, including control of dust generation at the Site, decontamination of equipment, prevention of sediment from leaving the Site in storm water runoff, and management of groundwater extracted from excavations for dewatering (Section 6.3);

 

    implementation of procedures for managing asbestos-containing debris (Section 6.4) and debris containing lead-based paint (Section 6.5);

 

    implementation of procedures for removing PCB-containing equipment (Section 6.6);

 

    implementation of procedures for managing underground storage tanks and other subsurface structures (Sections 6.7 and 6.8);

 

    implementation of procedures to protect existing groundwater monitoring wells and other remediation system components, such as pipelines (Section 6.9); and

 

    establishment of procedures to characterize and manage Site soil during construction excavation and trenching activities, including procedures to follow if visibly contaminated or odorous soil is encountered during Site development (Section 6.10).

Section 6.1 describes the general approach to conducting environmental sampling and treatment or disposal of impacted soil and groundwater and other materials relating to chemical impacts (e.g., USTs or chemical containers encountered during construction) during Site development activities. The respective roles of the project developer, NASA, the Navy, and the MEW Companies are described in this section. The roles of the various parties are further clarified in the sample Agreements between NASA and the Navy (Appendix D) and NASA, the MEW Companies, and each project developer (Appendix E).

To ensure implementation of the Environmental Issues Management Plan during construction, the developer shall incorporate the appropriate provisions of the Environmental Issues Management Plan into the technical specifications of construction contracts.

 

6.1. General Approach for Conducting Environmental Sampling and Treatment/Disposal of Impacted Material During Site Development

Many of the risk management measures described in Section 6 of this EIMP involve collection and analyses of soil or groundwater samples to determine appropriate measures for handling

 

6-1


potentially impacted soil or groundwater encountered during construction activities. In addition, the EIMP describes actions involving removal and on-Site treatment or off-site disposal of impacted soil, groundwater, or other materials, such as underground storage tanks or sumps encountered during construction. This section describes the general approach to addressing these issues and the respective roles of NASA and the project developer.

 

  6.1.1. Environmental Sampling

The EIMP describes environmental sampling of soil and groundwater that is handled during construction activities to determine how these materials must be managed (see Sections 6.3.4 and 6.10). This sampling will be conducted in close coordination with construction activities. Additional environmental sampling may be necessary in conjunction with the removal of tanks, sumps, containers, abandoned pipes or other subsurface structures associated with potential impacts to Site soil or groundwater (see Sections 6.7 and 6.8), or in the event that previously unknown soil contamination is encountered during construction.

In general, NASA intends to conduct the environmental sampling described in the EIMP; however, in some cases, based on project needs and schedule or staffing constraints, the project developer’s contractor may conduct such sampling with NASA’s approval and under NASA’s oversight. In this event, the project developer will be responsible for using a qualified environmental contractor, appropriately staffed with licensed, certified, or registered environmental professionals. For each development project, NASA and the developer will agree to arrangements for conducting necessary environmental sampling activities during Site development activities.

 

  6.1.2. Excavation or Removal of Impacted Soil or Groundwater and Other Materials Relating to Potential Chemical Impacts

The project developer will be responsible for excavation or removal of impacted soil and groundwater that must be removed as part of Site development activities. In addition, the project developer will also be responsible for the removal of other materials or subsurface structures associated with potential chemical impacts, such as USTs, sumps, or abandoned pipes, during Site development.

In situations where the removal of structures, such as USTs, are subject to regulatory agency oversight, NASA will facilitate coordination with the appropriate regulatory agencies.

 

  6.1.3. Treatment or Disposal of Impacted Soil and Groundwater, Tanks, Sumps, Abandoned Pipes or Chemical Containers

As described in this EIMP, environmental sampling will be conducted to determine if potentially impacted soil or groundwater that is handled during Site development activities must be treated or disposed off-site at a licensed disposal facility.

Impacted groundwater produced during dewatering of excavated areas during Site development will either be discharged to the sanitary sewer system, if possible, or will be transported by the developer to either the Navy or MEW Companies’ groundwater treatment systems depending on the area from which the groundwater was extracted and the COPCs identified in the water

 

6-2


through environmental sampling (see Section 6.3.4). Once the developer has transported extracted groundwater to tanks next to the appropriate groundwater treatment system, the Navy or MEW Companies will be responsible for appropriate treatment and disposal of the impacted groundwater.

If soil excavated during Site development activities is determined to require treatment or off-site disposal, the Navy or MEW Companies will be responsible for the treatment and disposal of impacted soil, although NASA may operate the Navy’s soil treatment area or arrange for off-site disposal at the Navy’s expense. Section 6.10 describes soil management protocols for determining when excavated soil requires treatment or off-site disposal, as well as for determining whether the Navy or MEW Companies are responsible for soil treatment/disposal. The developer would be responsible for transporting impacted soil requiring treatment/disposal to the Navy or MEW Companies’ soil treatment pad, as appropriate. Once the soil has been transported to the treatment pad, the Navy (or NASA by agreement with the Navy) or MEW Companies would operate the soil treatment process or arrange for off-site disposal. In some situations where the soil is impacted with COPCs that cannot be treated by the soil treatment process used at the Navy soil treatment pad (e.g., lead-impacted soil), NASA may arrange (at the Navy’s expense) for the transport and off-site disposal to occur directly from the construction area after the developer has excavated impacted soil. In this situation, the developer would not need to transport the impacted soil to the Navy soil treatment pad.

This EIMP also provides procedures to be used in the event that tanks, sumps, abandoned pipes, or chemical containers (e.g., drums) are encountered during Site development activities. In general, although the developer will be responsible for excavating or removing the structure or container, as required for Site development, disposal will be arranged by NASA at the Navy’s expense.

 

6.2. Site-Specific Health And Safety Worker Planning Requirements

The project developer has the responsibility to manage its operations in a safe manner and in compliance with all State and Federal occupational safety and health requirements.

The project developers shall notify NASA of any operation that endangers or has the potential to endanger NASA employees or the public. NASA reserves the right to conduct oversight of the project developer’s activities to assure effective coordination of health and safety issues and adequate protection of NASA employees and the public.

 

  6.2.1. Planning Requirements for Contractors

Each construction contractor with workers who may directly contact Site soil or groundwater (e.g., during site preparation, grading, and foundation construction) will prepare its own site-specific health and safety plan (“H&SP”), consistent with State and Federal Occupational Safety and Health Administration standards for hazardous waste operations (California Code of Regulations, Title 8, Section 5192 and 29 Code of Federal Regulations 1910.120, respectively) and any other applicable health and safety standards. Each contractor will provide copies of its H&SP for review by the NASA/ARC Safety, Health and Medical Services Office (QH). However, the contractor maintains overall responsibility for ensuring the health and safety of its

 

6-3


workers. Among other things, the H&SPs will include a description of health and safety training requirements for on-Site personnel, a description of the level of personal protective equipment to be used and any other applicable precautions to be undertaken to minimize direct contact with soil and groundwater.

Consistent with the OSHA standards, a H&SP would not be required for contractors engaged in work such as carpentry, painting or other such work that will not disrupt the subsurface in such a manner that the contractor’s employees would encounter COPCs in groundwater or soil. When constructed, buildings and cover materials such as roadways and walk-ways will prevent exposure to COPC-containing soil. It remains the responsibility of the project developer to determine if a health & safety plan is required for compliance with other federal, state, or local requirements.

It is the responsibility of the contractor preparing the site-specific H&SP to verify that the components of the H&SP are consistent with applicable OSHA occupational health and safety standards and currently available toxicological information. Each contractor must require its employees who may directly contact COPCs in site groundwater or soils to perform all activities in accordance with the contractor’s H&SP. Each construction contractor will assure that its on-site construction workers will have the appropriate level of health and safety training and will use the appropriate level of personal protective equipment, as determined in the relevant H&SP based upon the evaluated job hazards and monitoring results.

 

  6.2.2. Worker Training

Workers who may directly contact Site soil or groundwater will have the appropriate level of health and safety training and will use the appropriate level of personal protective equipment, as determined in the relevant H&SP. In general, due to the presence of COPCs in soil and groundwater in the NRP, it is expected that construction activities involving excavation of soil may constitute “clean-up operations” or “hazardous substance removal work” as defined in the OSHA standards for Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response, 29 Code of Federal Regulations 1910.120. Therefore, each construction contractor will assure that its on-site personnel conducting such activities, who may contact COPCs in subsurface soil or groundwater, have had training, and are subject to medical surveillance, in accordance with OSHA standards (“HAZWOPER-trained personnel”).

In general, workers involved in soil or groundwater removal operations or other construction activities that involve soil handling (e.g., grading) must have completed 40 hours of hazardous waste site operations (“hazwoper”) training, with annual 8-hour refresher training, as required under 29 Code of Federal Regulations 1910.120. Exceptions can be made for certain types of work and site conditions with limited exposure levels in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.120.

 

  6.2.3. Components of the Health and Safety Plan

The minimum content required for all H&SPs is outlined below. However, each H&SP shall be tailored to current site conditions, current occupational safety and health standards, and task-specific activities then known to the preparer of the H&SP. It is the responsibility of the contractor preparing the site-specific H&SP to verify that the components of the H&SP are consistent with applicable OSHA occupational health and safety standards and currently available toxicological information.

 

6-4


General Information

This section of the H&SP will contain general information about the site, including the location of the site, the objectives of the work that the H&SP is intended to cover, and the name of the individual(s) who prepared the H&SP. This section will also contain a brief summary of the possible hazards associated with the soil and groundwater conditions at the site. Based on the known conditions at the NRP, the principal hazards posed by the soils and groundwater that construction workers may encounter will be direct contact with the COPCs potentially present in soil and groundwater and inhalation of vapors from volatile COPCs or dust containing lead.

Key Personnel/Health and Safety Responsibilities

This section of the H&SP will identify the contractor’s key personnel by name and will include identification of the Project Manager, the Site Supervisor, Site Safety Officer, and the subcontractors that will be working at the site. The contractor will provide its employees who will potentially contact groundwater or previously unidentified soil contamination a copy of the H&SP and brief its employees as to its contents. The health and safety responsibilities of each individual worker will be described in this section of the H&SP.

Facility/Site Background

This section of the H&SP provides background information concerning past operations at the project location, the types of contaminants that may be encountered, and a brief description of the types of construction activities that the contractor will perform at the site. The description of the construction activities will focus on those activities that will result in the movement of soil or activities that may encounter soil or groundwater contamination. This section will provide a general map showing the portion of the project location where construction will occur, highlighting those particular areas where soil movement activities or direct contact with groundwater may occur. The types of contaminants that may be encountered during the construction activities will be identified in the H&SP and should consider the COPCs discussed in Section 2 as appropriate to the construction site.

Job Hazard Analysis/Hazard Mitigation

A description of the hazards associated with the specific construction activities planned will be provided in this section of the H&SP. The description of job hazards will include potential physical hazards (e.g., hazards associated with work around heavy equipment, trenches, electrical equipment, etc.) as well as construction activities that may give rise to contact or potential contact with COPCs in soil or groundwater or previously unidentified contamination. The hazards that will be discussed include, at a minimum, chemical, temperature, and explosion hazards, if applicable. As part of the job hazard analysis, the H&SP will identify the chemicals likely to be encountered during the construction activities and will present a table indicating the symptoms of exposure and the relevant regulatory exposure limits for each compound (i.e., the OSHA Permissible Exposure Limit (“PEL”)). The procedures to mitigate the hazards identified in the job hazard analysis will also be presented in this section of the H&SP. The use of appropriate engineering controls and personal protective equipment (“PPE”) will likely be the principal mitigation procedures.

 

6-5


Air Monitoring Procedures

Air monitoring procedures will be detailed in the H&SP. Depending on the areas of planned construction, air monitoring may include monitoring for volatile constituents, lead, and/or respirable dust. The objectives for each are described below.

Air Monitoring for Volatiles

Air monitoring for volatile constituents will be conducted in those areas where contamination is known to exist and where previously unknown contamination is encountered during construction activities. The purpose of the air monitoring will be to verify that the workers are not exposed to levels of volatiles that exceed the OSHA PELs, the relevant occupational standards for airborne exposures. The presence of those constituents with the lowest OSHA PELs will dictate the level of PPE that will be required.

Air Monitoring for Particulates

Air monitoring for particulates at work area perimeters will be conducted to demonstrate that the fugitive dust generated during the development/construction activities is not affecting the health and safety of off-site populations. Personal air monitoring for worker exposures to dust, and potentially for lead, where appropriate, will be conducted within work zones where soil is disturbed or contacted.

Personal Protective Equipment

This section of the H&SP will identify the PPE that will be used to protect workers from the identified COPCs present in groundwater or soil. Personal protective equipment will be selected based on the known contaminants present at the work site, and the known potential route(s) of entry into the human body. The primary exposure routes include direct contact with the groundwater or soil and inhalation of vapors.

Certain construction activities, such as the installation of deep utility trenches or foundations, could result in workers coming into direct contact with COPCs in groundwater. This contact is expected to be minimal, because OSHA regulations prohibit accumulation of water in open excavations. However, limited direct contact with COPCs in groundwater could occur. In the event that excavations are conducted in areas with shallow groundwater, the H&SP will identify any additional PPE required to minimize direct contact with COPCs in water, including water repellant gloves and boots, tyvek coveralls, etc.

Work Zones and Site Security Measures

This section of the H&SP will identify the specific work zones of the construction site and describe the site security measures, such as the placement of barricades, fencing, access control, and access logs. The work zones will be defined as the areas of the construction site where construction workers may come into contact with COPCs in contaminated soil or groundwater.

 

6-6


All workers within the work zone, who will have direct contact with groundwater or soil, will perform the work in compliance with relevant aspects of the H&SP. The support zone will be located outside of the work zone, but within the boundaries of the construction site. All end-of-the day cleanup operations, such as cleaning of truck wheels (for vehicles exiting the construction site that could be tracking contaminated soils offsite), and the removal of any PPE, will occur in the support zone. If possible, the support zone will be located in close proximity to the entry and exit point of the construction site. The entire construction site will be fenced to control pedestrian and vehicular entry, except at controlled (gated) points. The fences will remain locked during non-construction hours.

Decontamination Measures

This section of the H&SP will describe the specific procedures that will be used to decontaminate both equipment and personnel that have been performing work in direct contact with soil and/or groundwater. Decontamination measures will include cleaning the wheels of all vehicles that have been in contact with soil and/or groundwater in the support zone prior to their exiting the site. Procedures to collect and sample decon water will be described. Additionally, workers will be required to remove any contaminated PPE and place it in a designated area in the support zone prior to leaving the site.

General Safe Work Practices

This section of the H&SP will discuss the general safe work practices to be followed at the construction site, including entry restrictions, tailgate safety meetings, use of PPE, personal hygiene, hand washing facilities, eating and smoking restrictions, the use of warning signs and barricades, precautions near heavy equipment, confined space entry, and any special precautions that may be specific to the construction site and construction worker.

Contingency Plans/Emergency Information

This section of the H&SP will provide information regarding the procedures to be followed in the event of an emergency. The location of specific emergency equipment, such as eyewash, first aid kit, and a fire extinguisher, and emergency telephone numbers and contacts will be identified. A map indicating the route to the nearest hospital will also be provided in this section of the H&SP.

Medical Surveillance

This section of the H&SP will describe medical surveillance that would be required for certain workers. In general, due to the presence of COPCs in soil and groundwater in the NRP, it is expected that construction activities involving excavation of soil may constitute “clean-up operations” or “hazardous substance removal work” as defined in the OSHA standards for Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response, 29 CFR 1910.120. Therefore, each construction contractor will assure that its on-site personnel conducting such activities, who may contact COPCs in subsurface soil or groundwater, have had training, and are subject to medical surveillance, in accordance with OSHA standards (“HAZWOPER-trained personnel”).

 

6-7


6.3. Construction Impact Mitigation Measures

This section outlines measures that will be implemented to mitigate potential impacts to human health and the environment during earthwork construction. Measures will be implemented to mitigate the potential impacts of the following activities:

 

    dust generation associated with soil excavation and loading activities, construction or transportation equipment traveling over on-site soil, and wind traversing COPC-containing soil stockpiles;

 

    tracking soil off the site with construction or transportation equipment;

 

    transporting sediments from the site in surface water run-off; and

 

    managing groundwater extracted while performing below-grade construction activities.

The mitigation measures for these potential activities will include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

    implementing dust and odor control measures (Section 6.3.1);

 

    decontaminating construction and transportation equipment (Section 6.3.2);

 

    implementing storm water pollution prevention plans, best management practices, and applicable controls (Section 6.3.3); and

 

    sampling and analyzing extracted groundwater to determine appropriate storage and disposal practices (e.g., evaluation before its use for dust control on-site or disposal to the storm drain, to the sanitary sewer, to on-Site groundwater treatment systems or at an appropriate off-site facility) (Section 6.3.4).

These mitigation measures are discussed in more detail below. The project developer shall prepare and submit to NASA a plan describing construction mitigation measures that will be implemented during site development activities. The plan will, at a minimum, include the mitigation measures described in Sections 6.3.1 through 6.3.4 and will describe management procedures to ensure that the mitigation measures are properly implemented during construction.

 

  6.3.1. Dust Control Measures

Dust control measures will be implemented during construction activities at the project area to minimize the generation of dust. It is particularly important to minimize the exposure of on-site construction workers to dust containing COPCs and to prevent nuisance dust and dust containing COPCs from migrating off-site. Dust generation may be associated with excavation activities, truck traffic, ambient wind traversing soil stockpiles, loading of transportation vehicles, and other earthwork.

 

6-8


Dust control measures may include the following:

 

    mist or spray reclaimed water while performing excavation activities and loading transportation vehicles;

 

    limit vehicle speeds on the property to 5 miles per hour;

 

    control excavation activities to minimize the generation of dust;

 

    minimize drop heights while loading transportation vehicles; and

 

    cover with plastic sheeting or tarps any soil stockpiles generated as a result of excavating soil potentially impacted by COPCs (e.g., visibly contaminated or odorous soil or soil from areas known to contain lead-based paint).

Additional dust control measures must be implemented, as necessary, especially if windy conditions persist. Required mitigation measures for dust control are also included in the NASA Ames Development Plan, Final Programmatic Environmental Impact Statement (“NADP EIS;” DCE, 2002).

 

  6.3.2. Decontamination

Construction equipment and transportation vehicles that contact soil containing COPCs within the construction site will be decontaminated prior to leaving the construction site in order to minimize the potential for this equipment to track COPC-containing soil onto roadways.

Decontamination methods will include scraping, brushing, and/or vacuuming to remove dirt on vehicle exteriors and wheels. In the event that these dry decontamination methods are not adequate, methods such as steam cleaning, high-pressure washing, and cleaning solutions will be used, as necessary, to thoroughly remove accumulated dirt and other materials. Wash water resulting from decontamination activities will be collected and managed in accordance with all applicable laws and regulations. Collected wash water (containing no soap or detergent) may be filtered and managed along with construction dewatering water as described in Section 6.3.4 and shown on Figure 12.

 

  6.3.3. Storm Water Pollution Controls

The NRP is subject to storm water regulations enforced by the RWQCB. To ensure that the NRP complies with these regulations, the developer’s construction activities shall conform with storm water best management practices (“BMPs”) described in the current version of the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (“SWPPP”) prepared by NASA’s Environmental Services Office. The developer shall coordinate submittal of construction plans and specifications with NASA’s Environmental Services Office. The Environmental Services Office will review the construction plans and specifications, and determine the appropriate BMPs in the SWPPP to be implemented as part of the developer’s construction activities. The primary objectives of the BMPs are to minimize soil erosion from the construction site(s) and to prevent contact of storm water with chemicals that may be used during construction. BMPs may include, but are not limited to the following:

 

    constructing berms or erecting silt fences at entrances to the site, perimeters of work areas, or as needed to divert runoff from contacting exposed soil;

 

6-9


    placing straw bale barriers around entrances to storm drains and catch basins;

 

    during significant rainfall events, covering all soil stockpiles with plastic sheeting or tarps;

 

    Protecting and/or closing storm drains located at the site during construction activities; and

 

    Storing chemical products inside buildings, sheds, or beneath water repellant tarps, and refraining from applying or dispensing chemicals (e.g., paints, lacquers, solvents, diesel fuels) outside during inclement weather.

The above BMPs are illustrative. It is anticipated that the developer will propose specific BMPs appropriate to the construction plans and specifications. NASA’s Environmental Services Office will review and approve the developer’s BMPs. Unless NASA’s Environmental Services Office instructs the developer otherwise, NASA’s Environmental Services Office shall be responsible for obtaining necessary storm water permits and providing proper notification to the RWQCB and other regulatory agencies concerning the developer’s construction project.

Additional BMPs will also be required, as described in the NADP EIS, to protect water quality post-construction and to ensure that the quantity, rate, and duration of storm water runoff does not increase.

 

  6.3.4. Dewatering

If dewatering is to be performed as part of construction activities, then the groundwater will be sampled in planned work areas and analyzed to determine appropriate management and disposal practices. Depending on the analytical results, and with appropriate governmental agency approvals, extracted groundwater may be:

 

    used for dust control on the site;

 

    discharged to the storm drain;

 

    discharged to the sanitary sewer;

 

    discharged to the Navy’s West Side Aquifer Treatment System;

 

    discharged to the MEW groundwater treatment system; or

 

    transported offsite for disposal at an authorized facility.

Sampling, use and disposal of dewatering water shall be performed in accordance with NASA’s agreements with the MEW Companies and the Navy described in Section 5.4.1. and included in Appendices D and E. A flow chart describing the decision process for managing dewatering

 

6-10


water is shown on Figure 12. Decisions regarding treating dewatering water are determined in part based upon the whether the dewatering location is within the Navy or MEW Companies’ allocation area at the Site, as described in Section 2.4.3 and shown in the figure included as Appendix A.

For uncontaminated properties, discharge of construction dewatering water is allowed under the SWRCB National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (“NPDES”) General Permit for Stormwater Discharges Associated with Construction Activity (General Permit) (SWRCB, Order 99-08-DWQ). The NPDES Permit requires filing a Notice of Intent form with the SWRCB and writing a SWPPP. Groundwater in portions of the NRP area as shown on Figure 9 may not contain COPCs. Dewatering water shall initially be collected and analyzed for VOCs and TPH by EPA Methods 8260 and EPA Method 8015m. If analytical results indicate chemical concentrations are below MCLs and shallow water discharge limits in the RWQCB San Francisco Bay Basin Plan, dewatering water from construction activity in that area may be discharged to the storm drain or used for dust control (unless new data or observations indicate the water is contaminated).

Dependent on the chemical concentrations in the water, it may be possible to discharge dewatering water to the Sunnyvale Waste Water Treatment Plant or the City of Palo Alto Regional Water Quality Control Plant through the NASA sanitary sewer system. Both Publicly-Owned Treatment Works (“POTW”) currently limit the concentration of Total Toxic Organics (“TTO”) in any discharge to a maximum of 1.0 mg/L (Palo Alto, 2000; Sunnyvale, 2000). If analytical results indicate that the discharge of dewatering water would meet this limitation, the project developer’s contractor shall coordinate with the NASA Ames Environmental Office to apply for an industrial wastewater discharge permit from the POTW providing sanitary sewer service for the area of the NRP where the discharge would occur. Most of the NRP discharges to the Sunnyvale POTW. However, certain utility lines that extend into the Ames Campus discharge to the Palo Alto POTW. No discharge of extracted groundwater to the sanitary sewer can occur unless a Wastewater Discharge Permit is first obtained.

If the dewatering water cannot be discharged to the sanitary sewer system, and either (a) is from the Navy allocation area (see Appendix A), or (b) contains petroleum hydrocarbons above 50 ug/L, the water can be transported and discharged to the Navy’s WATS. The project developer will deliver the extracted groundwater to clean storage tanks that it provides at a location selected by the Navy adjacent to the WATS. Prior to initial use, the storage tanks are to be inspected and the contents sampled by the project developer for analytical parameters specified by the Navy. Sample results will be provided to the Navy. In addition, the Navy shall have the right to inspect the storage tanks prior to their use. The dewatering water must be filtered before it is pumped into the clean storage tanks. All solids removed from the groundwater shall be managed and disposed of in accordance with the procedures for managing potentially contaminated soil described in Section 6.10. NASA shall be designated the generator for any solids or filter wastes shipped for off-site disposal. The Navy’s contractor will manage the treatment and disposal of filtered groundwater through the WATS within a reasonable time-frame.

 

6-11


If the dewatering water cannot be discharged to the sanitary sewer system, and if it:

 

  1) is from the MEW Companies allocation area (see Appendix A);

 

  2) contains VOCs that are identified with the MEW plume (i.e., chloroform, 1,2-dichlorobenzene, 1,1-DCA, 1,2-DCA, 1,1-DCE, cis-1,2-DCE, trans-1,2-DCE, Freon 113 (trichlorotrifluoroethane), PCE, 1,1,1-TCA, TCE, and vinyl chloride); and

 

  3) does not contain petroleum hydrocarbons above 50 ug/L,

then the water can be transported and discharged to the MEW Companies’ Remedial System Groundwater Treatment System (“GWTS”). The project developer will deliver the extracted groundwater to clean storage tanks that it provides at a location selected by the MEW Companies adjacent to the GWTS. Prior to initial use, the storage tanks are to be inspected and the contents sampled by the project developer for analytical parameters specified by the MEW Companies. Sample results will be provided to the MEW Companies. In addition, the MEW Companies shall have the right to inspect the storage tanks prior to their use. The dewatering water must be filtered before it is pumped into the clean storage tanks. All solids removed from the groundwater shall be managed and disposed of in accordance with the procedures for managing potentially contaminated soil described in Section 6.10. NASA shall be designated the generator for any solids or filter wastes shipped for off-site disposal. The MEW Companies’ contractor will manage the treatment and disposal of filtered groundwater through the GWTS within a reasonable time-frame.

Dewatering water may also be transported off-site for treatment at a permitted wastewater treatment facility, in accordance with applicable laws and regulations. The project developer shall provide NASA’s environmental office with a copy of its written permit or other permission to transport water off-site for treatment or disposal. NASA shall be designated as the generator of the wastewater.

 

6.4. Management of Asbestos Containing Debris

Asbestos-containing material (ACM) may be present in existing buildings at the Site. In the event an existing building is to be demolished, the developer and its contractor shall abide by the requirements in the NASA-ARC Asbestos Management Plan (Chapter 30 of the NASA-ARC Health and Safety Manual). Among other things, the Asbestos Management Plan requires a pre-demolition survey for the presence of ACM, and the removal and management of ACM in accordance with all applicable government regulations and with oversight by the NASA-ARC Safety, Health & Medical Services Office. As described in Section 2.6.1, NASA has completed ACM surveys for all pre- 1998 buildings within the NRP area. The project developer shall contact the NASA-ARC Safety, Health & Medical Services Office to obtain copies of the ACM surveys conducted for the buildings it intends to demolish or renovate.

All persons who manage construction or maintenance projects, disturb, handle, store or dispose of ACM located on NASA property shall conduct operations in compliance with the Asbestos Management Plan and all applicable governing regulatory agency regulations and guidelines pertaining to ACM. A copy of the NASA-ARC Asbestos Management Plan may be obtained from the NASA-ARC Safety, Health & Medical Services Office.

 

6-12


6.5. Management of Debris Containing Lead-Based Paint

Lead-based paint has been used in existing buildings at the NRP, and residues from lead- based paint occur in surface soil adjacent to buildings where lead-based paint was used (CWMI, 1993; Weston, 1998; Mactec, 2003a). As such, lead-containing material (“LCM”) will be encountered during redevelopment. In the event an existing building is to be demolished, or when painted debris is encountered during development, the developer and its contractor shall abide by the requirements in the NASA-ARC Lead Management Plan (Chapter 35 of the NASA-ARC Health and Safety Manual). Among other things, the Lead Management Plan requires a pre-demolition survey for the presence of LCM, and the removal and management of LCM in accordance with all applicable government regulations and with oversight by the NASA-ARC Safety, Health & Medical Services Office. As described in Section 2.6.2, NASA has conducted surveys for the presence of lead-based paints in all pre-1998 buildings within the NRP area. The project developer shall contact the NASA-ARC Safety, Health & Medical Services Office to obtain copies of the lead-based paint surveys that have been conducted at buildings it intends to demolish or renovate.

All persons who manage construction or maintenance projects, disturb, handle, store or dispose of LCM located on NASA property shall conduct operations in compliance with the Lead Management Plan and all applicable governing regulatory agency regulations and guidelines pertaining to LCM. A copy of the NASA-ARC Lead Management Plan may be obtained from the NASA-ARC Safety, Health & Medical Services Office.

Procedures for managing soil impacted by lead-based paint are discussed further in Section 6.10.1.

 

6.6. Removal of PCB-Containing Equipment

Equipment containing PCBs may be located on sites subject to redevelopment. In the event removal of PCB-containing equipment is to be performed during redevelopment, NASA and the developer shall abide by the requirements in NASA-ARC’s Polychlorinated Biphenyl Management policy (Chapter 9 of the NASA Ames Environmental Management Handbook). Among other things, NASA’s Polychlorinated Biphenyl Management policy requires the removal and management of PCB-containing equipment in accordance with all applicable government regulations and with oversight by the NASA-ARC Environmental Services Office.

A copy of the NASA-ARC Polychlorinated Biphenyl Management policy may be obtained from the NASA-ARC Environmental Services Office.

 

6.7. Management of Abandoned Underground Storage Tanks, Sumps, and Buried Drums and Containers

As described in Section 2.5, numerous USTs and sumps are known to exist in the NRP. The status of known USTs and sumps is summarized in the EBS Reports (Harding, 2000a; 2001a; 2001c). NASA has prepared Closure Plans for smaller areas within each of the parcels of the NRP (Table 2). The Closure Plans include requirements for removing and closing known underground storage tanks (USTs). The identified USTs will be removed and closed by NASA, the developer, or the current tank operator pursuant to the Closure Plans and applicable regulations.

 

6-13


In the event an unknown UST or sump is discovered during site construction activity, the NASA environmental representative will be contacted immediately. The UST or sump will be removed by the developer in accordance with Santa Clara County regulations and guidance, including:

 

    Guidelines for Permanent Closure of Underground Hazardous Materials Storage Tank Systems and Sumps (17 May 2000 or later revision)

Soil and groundwater samples will be collected by NASA from the UST or sump excavation and analyzed as required by the regulatory guidance and under the supervision of Santa Clara County inspectors.

In the event buried drums or containers that contain unknown materials are discovered during site construction activity, the NASA environmental representative will be contacted immediately and the procedures shown on Figure 13 will be followed. The term “containers” in this EIMP is intended to include containers that may contain or may have contained hazardous substances. In the absence of labels or other knowledge of the container’s contents, the developer in consultation with NASA will use professional judgment, including evaluating any observed odors or soil staining, to assess whether the procedures summarized in Figure 13 should be triggered.

As indicated in Figure 13, drums and containers will be removed from the excavation by the developer, contents will be characterized by NASA, and the drums and their contents will be disposed in accordance with applicable laws and regulations by NASA at the Navy’s expense. A representative soil sample will be collected by NASA under the drum or container. Determination of the specific laboratory analyses to be performed will be . based on field observation and professional judgment of a licensed or certified hazardous material manager or registered environmental professional and on characterization of the contents of the drum or container. If COPC concentrations exceed soil TCLs, the soil management protocols described in Section 6.10 will be followed.

The implementation of the protocol for managing buried drums or containers shall be documented through the use of field notes and photographs. After completion of the removal of the drums or containers and any subsequent management of potentially impacted soil (conducted in accordance with the procedures described in Section 6.10), NASA, with the assistance of the developer, will prepare a report that describes the field activities, findings, actions taken, and analytical results for activities conducted by the project developer. The Report will also include a figure depicting the location where the action was taken, chain-of-custody forms, and photographs. Reports will be submitted to the Navy, U.S. EPA, RWQCB and other involved regulatory agencies as documentation of the completion of the action.

Documentation of actions relating to removal of abandoned USTs or sumps will be in accordance with Santa Clara County’s regulation and guidance for closure of USTs and sumps.

 

6-14


6.8. Management of Abandoned Pipes

If an abandoned pipe is encountered during construction, the procedures presented in decision diagram shown on Figure 14 will be followed. The objectives of this protocol for abandoned pipe management are (a) to remove potential sources of contamination, including impacted soil and (b) to prevent pipes from acting as a future conduit for contaminant migration.

Upon encountering an abandoned pipe, the NASA environmental representative will be notified. If the pipe is associated with a tank, then the pipe will be removed with the tank in accordance with Santa Clara County requirements for UST removal as described in Section 6.7. Otherwise, the pipe will be managed as outlined below and summarized in the decision diagram shown on Figure 14. NASA may consult with U.S. EPA prior to removing the abandoned pipe.

If the pipe contains liquid or sludge, the following actions will be taken:

 

    the liquid or sludge will be removed from the pipe, if feasible, and placed in an appropriate container prior to removal of the pipe;

 

    the liquid or sludge will be tested for hazardous constituents;

 

    the pipe and the liquid or sludge will be disposed at an appropriate off-Site facility; and

 

    stained, discolored or odorous soil will be sampled in accordance with the procedures described in Section 6.10.5.

If not all of the pipe is removed for construction, the ends of the pipe that remain in place will be capped.

The implementation of the protocol for abandoned pipes shall be documented through the use of field notes and photographs. After completion of the removal of abandoned pipes and any subsequent actions managing potentially impacted soil in accordance with the soil management protocols in Section 6.10.5, the project developer will prepare a report that describes the field activities, findings, actions taken, and analytical results for activities conducted by the project developer. The Report will also include a figure depicting the location where the action was taken, chain-of-custody forms, and photographs. Reports will be submitted to NASA, the Navy, U.S. EPA, RWQCB and other involved regulatory agencies as documentation of the completion of the action.

The procedures presented in Figure 14 do not apply to active or abandoned utilities, such as sanitary sewer, water, gas, or steam lines because they are not anticipated to have contained potentially hazardous materials. An exception, however, is the case of steam lines that are insulated with asbestos-containing materials, in which case the provisions of Section 6.4 apply.

 

6.9. Protection and Removal/Relocation of Monitoring Wells and Remediation System Components

As described in Section 2.4, both the Navy and the MEW Companies currently operate groundwater remediation systems within the NRP. Measures must be taken to protect the

 

6-15


integrity of the remediation systems during development of the NRP as outlined in the agreements with NASA and the Navy and MEW Companies included in Appendices D and E. A flow chart describing the process for protecting the existing remediation systems and coordinating construction activities with the Navy’s and MEW Companies’ contractors is shown on Figure 15.

 

  6.9.1. Removal or Relocation of Remediation System Components

Potential conflicts between the developer’s planned project and the location of existing remediation system components should be identified and resolved during the design stage as described in Section 5.4.2. The Navy’s or MEW Companies’ contractors will complete (at the project developer’s expense) the design and implementation of any changes to the remediation system, such as properly sealing groundwater wells designated to be closed, installing and developing any replacement groundwater wells, and installing and connecting any rerouted pipelines or other system components that need to be relocated. The project developer should work with the Navy’s and MEW Companies’ contractors to coordinate the schedule for completion of EPA-approved remediation system with the developer’s construction schedule.

Following completion of final grade by the developer’s contractor, the Navy and MEW Companies’ contractors will make final changes (at the developer’s expense) to Navy and MEW wells, well vaults, and pull boxes as needed based on the final grade established by the developer’s contractor.

 

  6.9.2. Protection of Groundwater Wells and Remediation System Components

Prior to the start of construction, contractors for the Navy and MEW Companies will show the developers the locations of all of the groundwater extraction and monitoring wells in the field. Before initiating building demolition or other construction work, the project developer’s contractors shall install brightly painted steel pipes or bollards around each groundwater monitoring or extraction well. The painted pipe shall extend above ground not less than four feet, so as to be highly visible, and shall be buried sufficiently below the ground surface to protect the wellhead. Alternative equivalent well protection measures may be used by the project developer provided the alternative is approved in writing by the MEW Companies’ or the Navy’s contractor. The developer’s contractor shall provide and place steel plate or equivalent protective measures over the existing MEW Companies’ and Navy’s pipelines and power and control conduits.

Additionally, all site construction work within two feet of all groundwater wells shall be performed manually with hand tools. Fine grading work performed in areas more than two feet from the wells but within close proximity shall be performed by light grading equipment.

 

  6.9.3. Shutdown of Remediation Systems

The groundwater remediation systems are required to be operated on a continuous basis; any planned shutdown of the system for more than 24 hours in duration must be approved by EPA. In the event that planned construction activities would require a planned shutdown of any portion of the remediation system, the project developer shall provide the Navy or MEW Companies with written notice at least five working days in advance of the proposed shutdown; the Navy or

 

6-16


MEW Companies will coordinate obtaining EPA approval. In the event the developer’s activities results in an unplanned shutdown of any components of the remediation system, immediate verbal notification must be given to the Navy or MEW Companies. In addition, a written explanation of the reason for and the duration of the shutdown must be provided to the Navy or MEW Companies within 48 hours of the shutdown.

 

  6.9.4. Remediation System Access

The NRP development must be performed in such a way that all groundwater wells, pull boxes and the groundwater treatment system and associated components are made accessible to the Navy’s and MEW Companies’ contractors and their equipment for sampling, operation, maintenance, removal and replacement of pumps, and well sealing during and after site development. If access to a well or other remediation system component is restricted during construction, written notice must be given to the Navy or MEW Companies, as appropriate, five working days in advance of creating the restriction, with an explanation of the reason for and the expected duration of the proposed restricted access. The Navy and MEW Companies will provide the project developer with the planned schedule for well sampling and other remedial activities.

 

  6.9.5. Accidental Releases of Untreated Groundwater

Prior to the initiation of construction, the developer shall prepare a contingency plan to outline actions that would be taken in the event that the developer’s contractors damage any remediation system component in a manner that causes the release of untreated groundwater. During planning meetings with the MEW Companies and the Navy, emergency contacts and procedures to initiate emergency shutdown of system components, if necessary, shall be reviewed. The plan shall identify any emergency equipment the developer may need to retain onsite during construction activities to control or contain potential releases of untreated groundwater. The plan shall be submitted to NASA, and the MEW Companies or the Navy (depending on which system is potentially affected) for review and approval prior to the start of construction activities in areas where remediation system components are located.

In the event that construction activities result in the release of untreated groundwater, the developer shall immediately notify NASA, and the MEW Companies or the Navy (depending on which remediation system is affected). The MEW Companies or Navy (as appropriate) will subsequently notify EPA of the release and the status of remediation system operations. If the remediation system is shut down due to damage to the system or to control the release of untreated groundwater, the developer will provide a written explanation for the shutdown to the Navy or MEW Companies as described in Section 6.9.3.

The developer will take immediate action to control the source of the spill and contain untreated groundwater that has been released in accordance with its approved contingency plan. Effort shall be made to avoid release of untreated groundwater into storm sewers.

After any continued release has been stopped or controlled, any areas where the release may have come in contact with or infiltrated subsurface soils shall be identified. The MEW Companies or the Navy will coordinate with EPA regarding any further site assessment or other

 

6-17


actions that should be taken to respond to the release of untreated water; however the developer would be responsible for the cost of responding to any release that was caused by their actions. Potentially impacted soil will be screened using the soil management protocols for excavated soils described in Section 6.10. Soils found to contain COPCs above the TCLs will be excavated and treated on-site or disposed of offsite at a licensed disposal facility at the developer’s expense. Any use of the Navy or MEW Companies respective soil treatment areas to address soil impacted by a release caused by the developer would require the specific agreement of the Navy or MEW Companies. NASA will sign manifests as generator for any impacted soil that must be sent for offsite disposal.

 

6.10. Soil Management Protocols

Soil will be excavated or relocated at construction sites within the NRP area during demolition work, grading, foundation excavation, utility installation, and other construction-related activity. Whenever soil is being excavated or exposed, NASA or the contractor performing the work shall monitor the soil to determine if the soil is contaminated with VOCs or petroleum hydrocarbons. In addition, additional soil management procedures are applicable when surface soil surrounding the perimeter of buildings within the NRP that may be potentially impacted by lead from historical use of lead-based paints are planned to be excavated during development. Procedures for monitoring excavated soil for the presence of VOCs or petroleum hydrocarbons, and for managing soil that is found to be contaminated, are shown on the decision diagrams on Figures 16 and 17 for soil that is excavated in the MEW or Navy allocation areas, respectively (see Section 2.4.3 and Appendix A). Procedures for managing soil potentially impacted by lead from historical use of lead-based paints are shown on the decision diagram on Figure 18. The following sections describe:

 

    requirements for managing potential lead-impacted soil surrounding buildings (Section 6.10.1);

 

    procedures for screening soil excavated during construction activity for VOCs and petroleum hydrocarbons (Section 6.10.2);

 

    procedures for testing and managing soil that potentially contains VOCs or petroleum hydrocarbons at concentrations above levels of concern (Section 6.10.3);

 

    reusing soil on-site (Section 6.10.4); and,

 

    contingency actions for the observation, investigation, and removal of additional impacted soil (Section 6.10.5).

 

  6.10.1. Lead-Impacted Soil

As discussed in Section 2.4.6, lead has been found to occur in surface soil near existing buildings where lead-based paint was used historically (CWMI, 1993; Mactec, 2003a). At several buildings, lead was detected in surface soil at concentrations above the RWQCB RBSL for residential land-use (200 mg/kg), the U.S. EPA Region IX PRGs for residential land-use (400 mg/kg), and in some cases lead was detected above the industrial/commercial PRG (1,000 mg/kg).

 

6-18


In addition, at several buildings lead has been detected at concentrations that would classify excavated soil as hazardous waste or would otherwise restrict disposal of excavated soil. NASA has indicated that lead-impacted soils that exceed the RWQCB ESL of 200 mg/kg shall be remediated prior to or during site development activities. As described in Section 2.4.6, the criteria for classifying excavated soil for disposal purposes in California can be summarized as follows:

 

    If the total lead concentration of excavated soil is greater than 1,000 mg/kg, it is classified as hazardous waste for disposal purposes;

 

    If the soluble lead concentration (using the WET test) of excavated soil is greater than 5 mg/L, it is classified as hazardous waste for disposal purposes; and

 

    If the total lead concentration of excavated soil is between 350 and 1,000 mg/kg, but the soluble lead concentration is less than 5 mg/L, the soil can only be disposed at a Class 1 hazardous waste landfill or a Class 2 landfill that has obtained approval from the RWQCB to accept waste in this category.

This section describes a general approach for identifying lead-impacted soil that will require remediation. This approach is based on the assumption that excavation and off- site disposal is NASA’s preferred method for handling lead-impacted soil encountered during site redevelopment. The general approach to managing potentially lead-impacted soils is shown schematically on Figure 18. For buildings that are to be demolished as part of redevelopment, lead-impacted soil shall be removed prior to building demolition.

Under the approach outlined in this section, the lead concentration of soil remaining after excavation will be at or below the RWQCB ESL for lead in residential soil.

 

  6.10.1.1. Lead-Based Paint Survey

Previous investigations conducted at NRP indicate that lead-impacted soil surrounding buildings is likely due to the historical use of lead-based paints. The 1998 investigation conducted on behalf of U.S. EPA (Weston, 1998) concluded that elevated levels of lead in soil were not found near buildings that did not have lead-based paints. Therefore, if the building has not already been surveyed for lead-containing material, the initial step is for NASA or the developer to conduct a survey to determine if lead-based paints are found in painted exterior surfaces. If no evidence of the presence of lead-containing material is found and lead-impacted soil has not been identified during any previous soil sampling, no further action is required regarding lead. However, any soil excavated during construction activities shall be screened for VOCs and petroleum hydrocarbons according to the procedures in Section 6.10.2.

 

  6.10.1.2. Initial Soil Lead Assessment

If a building survey has confirmed the presence of lead-based paints, an initial assessment of lead in soil shall be conducted to determine if soils surrounding the building perimeter are impacted by elevated concentrations of lead. Surface soil sampling has been conducted for most of the buildings within the NRP as described in Section 2.4.6. NASA has reviewed the results of

 

6-19


previous sampling to determine if the data obtained were adequate to determine if lead-impacted soils requiring remediation are present and to identify additional areas requiring soil sampling for lead analyses. NASA completed additional soil sampling for lead based on its review of the adequacy of existing data regarding lead in soil surrounding existing buildings in the NRP area (Mactec, 2003a).

The initial soil assessment at buildings where lead-based paints are confirmed to be present involves collecting a suite of composite samples at the building corners, near focused discharge points such as downspouts, and at regular intervals around the periphery of the building. By collecting multiple-increment composite samples rather than discrete soil samples, a better representative sample of bulk soil conditions can be obtained. For sampling purposes, a soil sampling (and potential excavation) “cell” is assumed to be approximately 30-feet long by 5-feet wide by 6 inches deep. This geometry assumes that elevated levels of lead generally do not extend farther than 5 feet from the building nor more than 6 inches deep into the soil column; however additional confirmation sampling will be conducted during excavation of lead-impacted soils to identify areas where lead-impacted soils may extend further from building walls or at greater depth (see Section 6.10.1.3). All samples are collected from 0 to 6 inches below the surface at the drip-line (or no more than 2-feet from the building wall if no drip-line is apparent). A sample is collected every 5 feet and the resulting six samples are thoroughly mixed and subsampled in accordance with ASTM Standard D-6051-96 (ASTM, 1996) to produce a representative 6-point composite for each 30-foot sample cell. Each composite sample shall be analyzed for total lead. If a composite sample contains lead at a concentration greater than 50 mg/kg then that sample shall be tested for soluble lead using the Waste Extraction Test (“WET”) method.

If any of the initial soil assessment sample results for lead exceed 200 mg/kg, then significant lead-related contamination is deemed to be present around the building and excavation and disposal of lead-impacted soil shall be conducted prior to or as part of Site development. In addition, soil in areas where the total lead concentration is between 350 and 1,000 mg/kg, and the soluble lead concentration is less than 5 mg/L will be designated for excavation and disposal at a Class 1 or Class 2 landfill with RWQCB approval to accept soil containing lead in concentrations between 350 and 1,000 mg/kg. Using these criteria, soil in areas where lead has been detected at concentrations exceeding the RWQCB ESL for residential soil (200 mg/kg) will be excavated and properly disposed of. Any soil containing total lead in excess of the TTLC of 1,000 mg/kg or soluble lead in excess of the STLC of 5.0 mg/L will be managed as a hazardous waste.

If none of the initial soil assessment results exceed the 200 mg/kg total lead concentration, no further action is required regarding lead. However, soils that contain total lead less than 200 mg/kg and soluble lead in excess of the STLC of 5.0 mg/L shall be properly disposed in a Class I landfill if they are to be excavated and moved from their current location. Soil excavated during construction will be screened for VOCs and petroleum hydrocarbons according to the procedures in Section 6.10.2.

 

6-20


  6.10.1.3. Excavation and Disposal of Lead-Impacted Soil

Prior to building demolition, an initial excavation will be conducted to remove shallow (e.g., approximately 6 inches in depth) soil surrounding the building in areas identified for remediation to a set distance from the building (e.g., approximately 10 feet). A determination of whether additional excavation is required will be made based on the results of confirmation sampling of the sidewall and floor of the excavation (see below).

Treatment, if necessary, and disposal of lead-impacted soil excavated prior to or during Site development will be performed in accordance with applicable laws and regulations at permitted off-site treatment facilities. Disposal characterization samples can be collected in situ from disposal cells established from previous sampling data or from bins or stockpiles in accordance with the needs of the disposal/treatment facility. NASA will arrange for off-site disposal of lead-impacted soil at the Navy’s expense and will sign manifests as generator of the waste.

Confirmation samples will be collected from the floor and the excavation sidewalls for each excavation cell. As with the initial soil assessment sampling, the floor and sidewall samples shall be 6-point composite samples, properly homogenized and subsampled in accordance with ASTM Standard D-6051-96. Samples shall be analyzed for total lead and soluble (STLC) lead if the total lead concentration exceeds 50 mg/kg. These results will be used to confirm that lead-impacted soils have been successfully excavated. Additional excavation may be necessary if confirmation sample analytical results indicate additional lead-impacted soils remain.

After lead-impacted soils have been excavated and removed, soil excavation for site development can continue using the soil screening procedures described in Section 6.10.2. A report shall be prepared summarizing the results of the lead-based paint survey, pre-remediation soil sampling, confirmation sampling after excavation, and excavation and disposal of lead-impacted soils. The report shall include figures identifying sampling locations, analytical data reports, and copies of manifests documenting proper treatment and/or disposal of lead-impacted soil. This report shall be submitted to NASA, the Navy, and U.S. EPA to document compliance with the soil management protocol for lead- impacted soils (Section 6.10.1).

 

  6.10.2. Excavated Soil Screening Procedures

As described in Section 2.4, there are a number of areas within the NRP area where it is likely that soil containing COPCs may be encountered during construction activities, including the NEX service station, Site 9 (Buildings 29 and 31), Site 14-South, and Site 15. In addition, due to the regional groundwater contamination, residual levels of chemicals of concern may be encountered if excavation extends to or near the saturated zone in locations above the groundwater plume. Since groundwater contamination extends over almost the entire NRP area (Figure 9), and since unknown sources may be present, screening of excavated soil will be performed during all construction excavation or trenching. This section describes the soil screening procedures that will be implemented.

NASA or the developer’s contractor will visually monitor soil that is excavated during construction activity. The soil shall be visually observed for evidence of discoloration or staining. If soil is encountered that is visibly stained, discolored, shiny, or oily or has a noticeable solvent-like or hydrocarbon odor, contingency procedures described in Section 6.10.5 will be implemented.

 

6-21


Soil screening will be conducted if the location of the construction site is within the MEW or Navy allocation areas (Areas AR-1 and AR-2, respectively, as shown on the Figure (labeled as Exhibit BI) in Appendix A, which is taken from the Allocation and Settlement Agreement (see Section 2.4.3)), and which generally include the area where the regional VOC groundwater contamination is found. Within this area, groundwater is known to be impacted by COPCs and there is a greater likelihood of encountering COPCs in soil during construction. For soil excavation that occurs within these areas, the soil screening procedures shown on Figure 16 (locations within the MEW allocation area AR- I) and Figure 17 (locations within the Navy allocation area AR-2) will be used.

For soil excavation activities conducted within the MEW and Navy allocation areas, every 15 cubic yards of soil that is excavated will be screened for the possible presence of chemicals of concern. The screening will apply to soil that is excavated for utility trenches, building foundations, or other construction purposes. The screening procedure does not apply to soil that is moved around the project site during rough or final grading.

The excavated soil screening procedure is as follows:

 

    A representative sample will be collected from a minimum of every 15 cubic yards of soil and screened with an organic vapor analyzer (“OVA”) using the headspace screening procedure described in Section 6.10.2.1.

 

    If a continuous reading of 5 parts per million by volume (“ppmv”) or greater for 10 seconds or more is observed in the soil sample headspace using the OVA, the soil will be considered as “possibly containing chemicals” and will be segregated. Such soil will be transferred to a stockpile at a location in the construction area designated by NASA. The developer will place a plastic liner underneath the soil and will cover the stockpile with a plastic liner at all times except when material is being handled. The top covering will be adequately secured so that all surface areas are covered. Berms will be constructed by the developer around the stockpile area to control precipitation run-on and run-off. All handling of contaminated soil must comply with BAAQMD Regulation 8, Rule 40. Soils from the saturated and unsaturated zone will be stockpiled separately.

 

    Samples will be collected by NASA or the developer from the stockpile of soil considered to possibly contain chemicals (based on the OVA screening). Two composite samples will be collected from random locations from within every 50 cubic yards of stockpiled soil. Soil samples shall consist of at least five composite samples representative of the stockpiled soil. The two samples will be submitted to a state-certified laboratory and analyzed for (a) VOCs, using EPA Method 8260, including Freon 113, and (b) total purgeable petroleum hydrocarbons, gasoline range organics (TPHg) using EPA Method 8015m, (c) total extractable petroleum hydrocarbons, diesel range organics (TPHd) using EPA Method 8015m, and (d) priority pollutant metals, using EPA Method 6010. The analytical results will be compared to soil TCLs (Tables 4 and 5). If chemical

 

6-22


    concentrations in the soil samples do not exceed the soil TCLs, the soil can be reused at the site for backfill. NASA will be responsible for the determination of whether soil qualifies as clean soil. If chemical concentrations in the soil samples exceed the soil TCLs, the Navy or MEW Companies will be notified, as described in Section 6.10.2.2 and the soil will be managed as described in Section 6.10.3.

 

    Excavated soil not exceeding 5 ppmv in the headspace for 10 seconds or more during soil screening can be reused at the site for backfill or cover without any further soil sampling or analyses.

 

  6.10.2.1. Field Headspace Soil Screening Method

Soil samples will be screened in the field for the presence of VOCs using the following screening method:

 

    a soil sample from the excavated soil will be placed into an unused re-sealable plastic bag with a minimum volume of one quart, until the container is approximately one-half full;

 

    the container will be sealed and soil will be crumbled by hand, if possible, to expose fresh surfaces;

 

    after at least 2 minutes, the container will be opened just enough to allow the probe of the OVA to be inserted into the container’s headspace;

 

    if an OVA reading of 5 ppmv or higher is observed continuously for 10 seconds or more, the sample will be considered to “possibly contain chemicals.”

The OVA used in the above analysis will utilize either a flame-ionization detector (“FID”) or a photo-ionization detector (“PID”). The OVA will be calibrated with a standard consisting of 100 ppmv of isobutylene in air. The OVA will be calibrated at 0 ppmv using ambient air.

 

  6.10.2.2. Notification of Soil Containing Chemicals and Impacted Soil

NASA, the Navy, and the MEW Companies must be notified when the results of chemical screening indicates excavated soil contains or possibly contains chemicals of concern. Notification requirements will differ depending on whether the soil excavation. is located within the Navy or MEW allocation areas (see Appendix A).

MEW Allocation Area

Within the MEW allocation area, the following notification requirements will apply:

 

    if the OVA screening criterion is exceeded and the project developer is conducting the soil screening, NASA and the MEW Companies will be notified immediately;

 

    if laboratory analysis of saturated zone soil confirms the presence of VOCs, the MEW Companies will be notified immediately;

 

6-23


    if analytical data are obtained that indicate excavated saturated soil containing VOCs would require treatment or disposal by the MEW Companies (as described in Section 6.10.3), the MEW Companies will be notified and provided with copies of analytical reports for review; and

 

    if analytical data are obtained that indicate excavated soil containing COPCs would require treatment or disposal by the Navy (as described in Section 6.10.3), the Navy will be notified and provided with copies of analytical reports for review.

Navy Allocation Area

Within the Navy allocation area, the following notification requirements will apply:

 

    if the OVA screening criterion is exceeded and the project developer is conducting the soil screening, NASA will be notified immediately;

 

    if analytical data are obtained that indicate excavated soil containing COPCs would require treatment or disposal by the Navy (as described in Section 6.10.3), the Navy will be notified and provided with copies of analytical reports for review.

The notification provided shall include relevant information such as:

 

    the approximate location from where the soil was excavated;

 

    whether the soil was visibly stained, discolored, shiny, or oily or had a noticeable solvent-like or hydrocarbon odor;

 

    OVA screening results; and,

 

    the number of samples collected for laboratory analysis and any results already obtained.

 

  6.10.2.3. Documentation of Soil Screening & Management of Impacted Soils

The developer shall prepare a report documenting implementation of the excavated soil screening procedures. The report shall include, as a minimum, the following information:

 

    a summary of field headspace soil screening results, an estimate of the volume of excavated soil which exceeded the headspace soil screening criterion, and identification of the approximate location of excavated soil which exceeded the headspace soil screening criterion;

 

    a summary of laboratory analytical results of soil stockpile sampling and a compilation of laboratory analytical data reports; and

 

    a summary of excavated soil transported to the Navy or MEW Companies soil treatment areas, including dates soil was transported to the soil treatment areas and the estimated volume of soil transported.

 

6-24


The report shall be submitted to NASA and to the Navy and the MEW Companies (as appropriate). NASA shall also submit the report separately to U.S. EPA and RWQCB to document implementation of the soil screening procedures of this EIMP, unless it is included as an appendix or attachment to reports submitted to U.S. EPA or RWQCB by the Navy or the MEW Companies documenting the treatment or disposal of excavated soil.

 

  6.10.3. Management of Impacted Excavated Soils

Soil that is determined to contain COPCs at concentrations above the soil TCLs (Tables 4 and 5) by the procedures described in Section 6.10.2 (“impacted soil”) will be managed as described below. Decisions regarding excavated soil management are determined in part based upon whether the soil is excavated from the Navy or the MEW Companies’ allocation area at the Site, as described in Section 2.4.3 and shown in Appendix A, as well as whether the soil is from the saturated or unsaturated zone. These considerations are described further below.

Impacted soil will be transferred by the project developer to the Navy’s bioremediation/aeration pad if:

 

    the soil was excavated from the Navy’s allocation area; or

 

    the soil was excavated from the unsaturated zone; or

 

    the soil is determined to contain petroleum hydrocarbons based on the laboratory analyses described in Section 6.10.2.

Prior to transferring impacted soil to the Navy’s bioremediation/aeration pad, the Navy will be notified and provided with copies of analytical data for review as described in Section 6.10.1.1.

Treatment and disposal of soil transferred to the Navy’s bioremediation/aeration pad will be managed by NASA at the Navy’s expense in accordance with applicable laws and regulations. Soil treated to the TCLs described in Section 4 may be reused on Site.

Impacted soil will be transferred by the project developer to a soil aeration facility operated by the MEW Companies if:

 

    the soil was excavated from the MEW Companies allocation area; and

 

    the soil was excavated from the saturated zone; and 111

 

    analytical results indicate the soil contains only VOCs associated with the MEW plume (i.e., chloroform, 1,2-dichlorobenzene, 1,1-DCA, 1,2-DCA, 1,1-DCE, cis-1,2-DCE, trans-1,2-DCE, Freon 113 (trichlorotrifluoroethane), PCE, 1,1,1-TCA, TCE, and vinyl chloride), and does not contain petroleum hydrocarbons.

Treatment and disposal of soil transferred to the MEW Companies’ soil aeration facility will be managed by the MEW Companies in accordance with applicable laws and regulations. Soil treated to the soil TCLs may be reused on Site if arrangements are made with the MEW Companies to transport the treated soil back to the construction site, or for the developer to pick up the clean soil from the aeration area.

 

6-25


If for any reason impacted soil cannot be transferred to either the Navy’s or MEW Companies’ treatment location as described above, the soil will be disposed off-Site at a permitted disposal facility in accordance with the soil characteristics and applicable laws and regulations at the MEW Companies’ or Navy’s expense. In this event, NASA will sign manifests as generator of the waste.

 

  6.10.4. Soil Re-Use On-Site

Soil that meets the soil TCLs may be reused as backfill within the project area from which it was excavated. Excess soil that meets the TCLs but cannot be reused within the project area based on its physical characteristics or the final site grading limits may be reused as fill elsewhere at the NRP subject to the approval of NASA.

 

  6.10.5. Contingency Actions for the Observation, Investigation, and Removal of Unnaturally Stained, Discolored, or Odorous Soil

As described in Section 2.4, there are several areas where soils containing COPCs are known to exist. In addition, previously unknown soil contamination may be observed during earthwork activities or building demolition, such as when existing building slabs are removed, during grading work, or within excavations for trenches or building foundations. If, during any earthwork or building demolition activities at the site, soil is encountered that is visibly stained, discolored, shiny, or oily or has a noticeable solvent- like or hydrocarbon odor, actions will be taken as outlined in the decision diagram on Figure 19 and as summarized below.

In the event that previously unknown soil contamination is observed during construction activities at the Site, NASA shall be immediately notified. A sample of the visibly contaminated or odorous soil will be collected for laboratory analysis and analyzed at a minimum, for Site COPCs by the following standard soil screening analyses:

 

    VOCs by EPA Method 8260, included Freon 113;

 

    TPHg by EPA Method 8015m; and

 

    TPHd by EPA Method 8015m.

Additional analyses shall be performed if there is evidence that other chemicals (e.g., non-volatile chemicals) may be present that could represent a potential health risk through direct contact by subsurface workers. Determination of whether other chemicals may be present would be based on field observation and professional judgment of a licensed or certified environmental professional and take into consideration the location of the excavation in relation to known source areas that have been previously investigated. Additional analyses may include the following:

 

    Title 22 metals by EPA Method 6010;

 

6-26


    SVOCs by EPA Method 8270;

 

    PCBs/Pesticides by EPA Method 8080; or

 

    Herbicides by EPA Method 8151.

If it is determined that no additional analyses beyond the standard soil screening parameters are required, soil excavation may proceed to the extent needed to continue construction activities. The excavated soil will be managed as described above in Sections 6.10.2, 6.10.3, and 6.10.4. If the results of the evaluation sample indicate COPCs at concentrations above the soil TCLs, additional action may be necessary as described in Section 6.10.5.2.1

 

  6.10.5.1. Managing Soil Impacted by COPCs Other Than VOCs or TPH

If additional analyses are conducted, the results can be compared to soil TCLs. Current applicable U.S. EPA Region IX PRGs, RWQCB ESLs, or local background levels for residential soils can be used as target concentration levels for those chemicals for which soil TCLs have not been developed for the NRP area. If the analyses indicate concentrations of chemicals above soil TCLs, the Navy shall be notified and provided with copies of the analytical data.

If after review of sampling results, it is determined that excavation activities can proceed safely, soil excavation can proceed to the extent needed for construction. Soil potentially contaminated by COPCs other than VOCs or TPH shall be segregated and stockpiled separately from other excavated soil for off-site disposal. NASA will sign any waste manifests as the generator and will arrange for off-site disposal of impacted soil at the Navy’s expense. When the construction excavation is complete, confirmation soil sampling shall be conducted as described in Section 6.10.5.2. The developer need only excavate to the extent required for construction. Any remaining contamination will be referred to the Navy for evaluation with regulators.

In addition, if it appears that potentially contaminated soil impacted by COPCs other than VOCs or TPH may have been completely removed prior to the completion of the construction excavation, confirmation sampling (as described in Section 6.10.5.2) may be conducted. If the concentrations of COPCs other than VOCs or TPH are less than soil TCLs, the remaining construction excavation can be conducted using the procedures described in Sections 6.9.2, 6.9.3 and 6.9.4.

 

  6.10.5.2. Management of Impacted Soils After Construction Excavation is Complete

If the concentration of COPCs in the evaluation sample exceeds soil TCLs, additional action is required after soil requiring excavation for construction purposes is removed. Confirmation soil samples shall be collected from the excavation sidewalls and floor (if the excavation did not extend to the groundwater table or if soils were impacted by COPCs other than VOCs or TPH) in the area where visually stained or odorous soils were or are still present. Laboratory analysis of the confirmation soil samples shall be conducted with the specific analyses to be performed selected on the basis of the initial evaluation sample results. If the results of the confirmation soil samples indicate that all COPC concentrations are below soil TCLs, no further action is required.

 

6-27


Confirmation samples will be collected from in-place soils at the limits of the excavation as follows:

 

    Sidewall samples will be collected from freshly exposed soil approximately one- half of the excavation depth at a minimum frequency of every 50 linear feet of sidewall excavation face. The discrete sidewall samples will be collected from freshly exposed soil approximately one-half of the excavation depth.

 

    Bottom confirmation samples will be collected from excavation bottoms at discrete locations on approximately 50-foot centers for areas greater than approximately 2,500 square feet if the excavation does not extend to the groundwater table or if soils were impacted by COPCs other than VOCs or TPH.

 

    A minimum of one bottom sample and one sample per excavation sidewall face will be collected from each excavation.

If the results of the confirmation sample analyses indicate that COPCs are present in unsaturated zone soils at concentrations that exceed soil TCLs, the Navy shall be notified. Soils remaining in place will be managed according to one of the three tracks summarized below and shown on Figure 19. The procedures allow for initial overexcavation, if desired, and then include collection and analysis of soil samples to determine the type of chemical impact, if any, in the remaining soil. If chemical concentrations in the soil samples exceed soil TCLs, the developer will coordinate with NASA in evaluating which approach to managing the impacted soil will be followed. Once an approach is selected, the Navy shall be notified and kept informed of progress during implementation.

One of three general approaches, or “tracks,” described below will be followed; the choice of the track will depend on the apparent extent of contamination, the construction schedule, and physical constraints. The first two tracks are designed to be implemented relatively quickly by the developer in coordination with NASA to completely address limited source areas in locations that potentially impact the construction project. For example, during excavation for a building foundation, the developer may encounter a potential VOC-source area that extends underneath the footprint of the planned building. In this situation, it may be appropriate for the developer to excavate impacted soils within the building footprint so that construction can proceed without delay. The third track is potentially appropriate for larger source areas for which excavation may not be practicable or if the source area extends into areas that do not affect the construction project schedule. In this track, the developer and NASA defer any action to the Navy, which will be responsible for agency coordination and for implementation of any actions.

 

   

Track 1 - Excavate and Remove, Collect Confirmation Samples : Track 1 is considered a “Fast Track” remedial approach, and is designed to allow development work to proceed with minimal delay. Unsaturated zone soils that appear to contain chemicals above TCLs are excavated, screened, stockpiled, and managed as described in the previous sections. Confirmation soil samples are then collected from remaining soil in the excavation sidewalls and floor (if the

 

6-28


  excavation did not extend to the groundwater table) to verify that impacted soils have been removed. Confirmation samples shall be collected at the same frequency as described earlier in this Section 6.10.5.2. Excavation is considered complete if confirmation soil sample results are below TCLs or until the top of the groundwater table is encountered. After soil excavation is considered complete, the excavation may be backfilled with clean soil and development work may continue.

 

    Track 2 - Characterize In-Situ : Track 2 is considered the “Middle Track” remedial approach because in situation characterization requires significantly more time than the direct excavation approach. Track 2 may be more appropriate (a) if the construction schedule allows for in situ characterization, or (b) if the potentially impacted area is suspected to be large. Under Track 2, the extent of impacted soils is characterized in situ by installing soil borings in advance of the soil removal action (i.e., extent characterized in advance with borings, rather than confirmation sampling). Based on the nature and extent of contamination, the developer in coordination with NASA can decide whether to proceed with the removal and disposal of impacted soils, or to defer any action to the Navy for coordination with the regulatory agencies if excavation does not appear to be practicable at that time.

 

    Track 3 — Standard Agency Oversight : Track 3, involving direct regulatory agency involvement in decision making, may be more appropriate (a) if excavation is not practicable at that time (e.g., the potentially impacted area is particularly large in size or there are physical constraints like a building), (b) if the construction schedule is not impacted by the impacted area, or (c) if no further action is believed to be necessary due to the nature of the source or because operation of the regional groundwater remediation system adequately addresses any potential impact due to the identified impacted soil. Any further site assessment will be conducted by the Navy in coordination with the regulatory agencies.

 

  6.10.5.3. Documentation of Contingency Actions Taken

The implementation of contingency actions shall be documented through the use of field notes and photographs. After completion of a contingency action, the project developer will prepare a report that describes the field activities, findings, actions taken, and analytical results for activities conducted by the developer or its contractors. The report will also include a figure depicting the location where the action was taken, chain-of-custody forms, and photographs. Reports will be submitted to NASA, the Navy, U.S. EPA, RWQCB and other involved regulatory agencies as documentation of the completion of contingency actions.

 

6-32


7. POST-CONSTRUCTION AND LONG-TERM RISK

MANAGEMENT

This section of the EIMP addresses precautions that shall be implemented to mitigate long-term risks to human health and the environment related to exposure to COPCs during periods of normal non-construction activity. Any construction that will disturb the soil, building foundations, or pavement shall be completed in a manner that is consistent with the EIMP, particularly Sections 5 and 6, and all then-applicable environmental policies, laws, and regulations.

Components of the EIMP for long-term risk management activities are as follows:

 

    Providing required notification to future property managers and tenants of the known environmental conditions at the Site (applicable Environmental Baseline Surveys and closure plans), the Revised HHRA, lead and asbestos surveys, results of available air monitoring data, and the requirements of the EIMP (Section 7.1);

 

    Ensuring that future land uses are consistent with the planned land-use assumed in this EIMP in terms of exposure risk assumptions (Section 7.2);

 

    Prohibiting the use of untreated groundwater at the Site (Section 7.3);

 

    Establishing a notification procedure and protocols for future subsurface activity to ensure long-term compliance with this EIMP (Section 7.4);

 

    Periodically reviewing and modifying this EIMP, as necessary, to address any new COPCs encountered in the NRP, any newly-developed toxicological data relating to COPCs, and any significant changes in exposure assumptions because of an intended land use that is different from the planned land use upon which this EIMP is based (Section 7.5);

 

    Evaluating annual groundwater monitoring data collected by the Navy and the MEW Companies to determine if there is any need to modify this EIMP (Section 7.5.1); and

 

    Inspecting the Site as necessary to verify that risk management controls are being implemented and that they are effective in limiting potential exposure to VOCs at the Site (Section 7.5.2).

 

7.1. Property Manager and Tenant Notification

The developer and NASA shall both be responsible for providing notification of the known environmental conditions at the Site and of the requirements of this EIMP to the property manager, and tenants and other entities leasing or otherwise exercising control over space at the Site. The developer shall provide written documentation of any required notification it makes to tenants or other parties to NASA’s development office, which will maintain overall records providing documentation that required notifications have been made to all appropriate parties.

 

7-1


7.2. Maintaining Planned Land Use

This EIMP was prepared based on the planned land use for the NRP outlined in the NASA Ames Development Plan. Except for potential residential land use in NRP parcels 6, 12, and 12a shown on Figure 2, planned land use consists of a commercial/industrial/academic research center, conference center, and museum. If any significant change in the land use is proposed in the future, additional risk analysis shall be conducted by NASA, the NASA Partners, and project developers to support any changes in this EIMP, and must be approved by NASA, the EPA, the RWQCB and other appropriate environmental regulatory agencies.

 

7.3. Prohibiting Use of Site Groundwater

Because chlorinated solvents are known to be present in groundwater at concentrations that exceed U.S. and California maximum contaminant levels for drinking water, NASA, the NASA Partners, project developers, and tenants are responsible for ensuring that groundwater beneath the site will not be used for drinking water or for any other purpose until such time that a risk assessment is performed that demonstrates the proposed use of groundwater does not represent a significant risk and the use of groundwater at the site is approved by NASA, the U.S. EPA, the RWQCB, and the SCVWD. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, treated groundwater may be used for irrigation and/or industrial heating or cooling, or other processes, as approved by NASA.

 

7.4. Protocols for Future Subsurface Activities

Site health and safety procedures, as described in Section 6.2, will be followed for all individuals engaged in activities that disturb subsurface Site soil (e.g., utility repairs, work on building foundations, changes to paved areas, and changes to landscaping and unpaved recreational areas). Such work will follow the soil handling and other protocols discussed in Section 6 unless a future evaluation results in regulatory agency approval of alternate procedures. Utility clearances will be conducted prior to any subsurface drilling.

Site landowners and tenants will require each contractor with workers that may contact Site groundwater or disturb Site soil to prepare its own site-specific H&SP, as described in Section 6.2. The requirement for preparation of a site-specific H&SP also applies to activities involving work in utility vaults or other subgrade areas (e.g., utility maintenance or modifications in subfloor areas of buildings) where potential exposure to accumulated VOC vapors may occur. Each H&SP will be consistent with State, Federal, and any other applicable health and safety standards and regulations. Among other things, a contractor’s H&SP will include a description of health and safety training requirements for on-Site personnel, a description of the level of personal protective equipment to be used, air monitoring requirements, confined space entry procedures, if applicable (e.g., work in utility vaults), and any other applicable precautions to be undertaken to minimize direct contact with soil and groundwater or exposure to COPC vapors. Site workers will have the appropriate level of health and safety training and will use the appropriate level of personal protective equipment, as determined in the relevant H&SP.

 

7-2


7.5. Long-Term Compliance; Periodic Review and Update of EIMP

Management measures will be implemented to ensure long-term compliance with this EIMP. The NASA Partners and project developers shall maintain documentation of notification of the known environmental conditions at the Site and of the requirements of this EIMP to the property manager, and tenants and other entities leasing or otherwise exercising control over space at the Site as described in Section 7. Property managers, tenants, or others exercising control over space at the Site will inform their construction contractors and maintenance workers about the EIMP, as needed, to ensure compliance.

To the extent that subsurface work is conducted, documentation shall be maintained to show that the protocols for the subsurface activities described in Section 7.4 were followed as required by the EIMP.

This EIMP, and any addenda, will be periodically reviewed by NASA and its Partners as necessary to address new COPCs encountered in the NRP and not addressed in the existing EIMP, any newly available toxicological data relating to COPCs, or any significant changes in land use from the planned land use on which this EIMP is based. NASA will update the EIMP, as needed, based on annual review of site conditions.

 

  7.5.1. Evaluation of Groundwater Monitoring Data

NASA and the developer will review on an annual basis groundwater monitoring data compiled by the MEW Companies and the Navy to determine if there has been any significant change in the nature, extent, or concentration of COPCs in groundwater that would require potential modification of this EIMP.

If the project developer identifies a groundwater well for proposed decommissioning, such a proposal shall be made to the MEW companies directly if it is a MEW well or to NASA if it is a Navy well.

 

  7.5.2. Inspections/Maintenance/Monitoring

As described in section 5.1.4, it is the responsibility of the project developer to periodically monitor and verify the adequacy of vapor intrusion mitigation measures that may be necessary depending on the specific measures implemented. In addition, regular inspections of system components, such as blowers in sub-floor ventilation systems, shall be conducted to ensure their proper operation.

In the event that work on utility lines or subfloor areas occurs in buildings that have implemented vapor mitigation measures as described in Section 5.1, cracks in the concrete floor and around utility penetrations shall be sealed. In addition, if a vapor intrusion barrier (Section 5.1.3.6) has been installed, work shall be completed in a manner that does not tear, penetrate, or otherwise compromise the vapor intrusion barrier. If penetration of the vapor barrier is unavoidable or occurs inadvertently, measures shall be taken to reseal the vapor barrier.

In accordance with guidelines to be provided by NASA in the future, an annual report shall be prepared by NASA’s Partners summarizing and evaluating the results of the

 

7-3


inspection/maintenance/monitoring activities and documenting the continued adequacy of the implemented risk management measures. This report shall include documentation that appropriate notifications have been made, discussed in Section 7.1, and that appropriate protocols for subsurface activities have been implemented, as discussed in Section 7.4. This annual report shall be submitted to NASA for review.

NASA may elect to compile:

 

    information from the annual reports reviewed from the project developers;

 

    information regarding any intended changes in land use; and

 

    future available information regarding the potential health effects of COPCs;

and will update the EIMP, on a schedule as deemed appropriate by NASA.

 

7-4


8. REFERENCES

ASTM, 1995.  Standard Guide for Risk-Based Corrective Action Applied to Petroleum Release Sites, Designation E-1739-95 , American Society for Testing and Materials, November 1995.

ASTM, 1996.  Standard Guide for Composite Sampling and Field Subsampling for Environmental Waste Management Activities, Designation D-6051-96 , American Society for Testing and Materials, December 1996.

Benchmark, 2001.  Survey of Indoor Lead and Asbestos for the NASA Research Park, Benchmark Inc. , September 2001

Benchmark, 2003.  Polychlorinated Biphenyl, Lead, and Asbestos Sampling Report.   Hangar   1/Moffett Field, Mountain View, California , Benchmark Environmental Engineering, 9 January 2003.

Cal/EPA, 1998. Letter from Derek Whitworth to Trudy Papler, NASA Ames Research Center, regarding soil cleanup levels for polychlorinated biphenyls, 10 February 1998.

CBC, 2001.  2001 California Building Code, California Code of Regulations Title 24, Part 2, Volume 1 . California Building Standards Commission. Based on the 1997 Uniform Building Code. Effective 1 November 2001.

CWMI, 1993.  Surface Soil Lead Survey, Naval Air Station Moffett Field, California , Chemical Waste Management, Inc., October 29, 1993.

DCE, 2002.  NASA Ames Development Plan, Final Programmatic Environmental Impact Statement, NASA Ames Research Center , Design, Community, and Environment, July 2002.

DMJMH+N, 2001.  NASA Research Park Design Guide . Prepared by DMJMH+N and EDAW. November 2001

EKI, 2004.  Draft Final Preliminary Regulatory and Cost Evaluation of Alternative Approaches to Vapor Intrusion Mitigation at NASA Research Park , Erler & Kalinowski, Inc., 30 July 2004.

Foster Wheeler, 2001.  Draft First Annual Groundwater Report for EATS and WATS, Moffett   Federal Airfield, Moffett Field, California, Volumes 1-3, Revision 0 , Foster Wheeler, 29 June 2001.

Foster Wheeler, 2003 .   Final Time-Critical Removal Action Work Plan for Hangar 1, Former Naval Air Station Moffett Field, Moffett Field, California, Revision 0 , Foster Wheeler Environmental Corporation, 9 September 2003.

Harding, 1995.  Summary of Site 9 Potential Sources, Moffett Federal Airfield, MEW Study Area, Mountain View, California , Harding Lawson Associates, 2 March 1995

Harding, 2000a .   Environmental Baseline Survey, NASA Research Park Parcel 1, Moffett Federal Airfield, Moffett Field, California , Harding Lawson Associates, 18 October 2000.

 

8-1


Harding, 2000b.  Indoor Air Quality Investigation, Buildings 476 and 543, Ames Research Center , Harding ESE, Inc., 1 December 2000.

Harding, 2001a.  Environmental Baseline Survey, NASA Research Park Parcel 5, Moffett Federal Airfield, Moffett Field, California , Harding ESE, Inc., 5 March 2001.

Harding, 2001b.  Soil Sample Results for Closure Plan 2, Building 555, NASA Ames Research Center , Harding ESE, Inc., 11 April 2001.

Harding, 2001c.  Environmental Baseline Survey, NASA Research Park Parcels 2, 3, 4, 6, and 7, Moffett Federal Airfield, Moffett Field, California , Harding ESE, Inc., 3 October 2001.

Harding, 2001d.  Lead-Based Paint in Soil, NASA Research Park Moffett Field, California , Harding ESE, Inc., December 2001.

Harding, 2001e.  Indoor Air Quality Investigation, Buildings 2, 15, 555, and 583c , Harding ESE, Inc., December 2001.

Harding, 2002a.  Lead Impacted Soil Summary Report and Sampling and Removal Workplan, NASA Research Park, Moffett Field, California , Harding ESE, Inc., 24 July 2002.

Harding, 2002b, Ambient Air Sampling and Analysis Report, Moffett Field Hangar 1, Moffett Field, California , Harding ESE, Inc., 20 December 2002.

ICF-Clement, 1988.  Endangerment Assessment for the Middlefield-Ellis-Whisman Site in Mountain View , California , 2 September 1988.

IT Corp., l993a.  West Side Groundwater Site Characterization Report, NAS Moffett Field, California , March 1993.

IT Corp., 1993b.  Remedial Investigation Report, Operable Unit 2:   Sites 3-11, 13, 14, 16-19 Soils, NAS Moffett Field, California , May 1993.

Locus, 1998. Letter from Marla Guttman and Samuel Larano to Eugenia Chow, EPA Region IX regarding soil screening during pipeline construction for Regional Ground Water Remediation Program, 20 October 1998.

Locus, 1999.  Remedial Action Report, Regional Ground Water Remediation Program, Middlefield-Ellis-Whisman Site, Mountain View, California , December 1999.

Locus, 2001. 2000 Annual Progress Report, Regional Ground Water Remediation Program, Consent Decree Work, Middlefield-Ellis-Whisman Site, Mountain View, California , 15 February 2001.

Locus, 2003.  Results of Air Sampling, Former Foairchild Semiconductor Corporation Facilities Middlefield-Ellis-Whisman Site, Mountain View, California, prepared for Fairchild Semiconductor Corporation and Schlumberger Technology Corporation by Locus Technologies, Inc., August 2003

 

8-2


MADEP, 1995.  Guidance for the Design, Installation, and Operation of Sub-Slab Depressurization Systems , Thomas DiPersio and John Fitzgerald, Massachusetts Department of Environmental Protection, Northeast Regional Office, December 1995.

Mactec, 2003a, Lead Impacted Soil Sampling and Removal Action Implementation, Initial Soil Sample Results, NASA Research Park, Moffett Field, California , Mactec Engineering and Consulting, Inc., 28 January 2003.

Mactec, 2003b.  Revised Human Health Risk Assessment, NASA Research Park Moffett Field, California, Mactec Engineering and Consulting, Inc., 28 July 2003.

NASA/Navy, 1992.  Memorandum of Understanding Between Department of the Navy and National Aeronautics and Space Administration Regarding Moffett Field, California , 22 December 1992.

NASA, 2000.  Draft NASA Ames Development Plan , October 2000.

NASA, 2001a.  Agreement for Coordination of Construction and MEW Remedial System Modification Work NASA Research Park, Moffett Federal Airfield , In Preparation.

NASA, 2001b. Coordination of Construction and Navy Remedial System Modification Work NASA Research Park Moffett Federal Airfield, In Preparation.

PAJ/ISSI Team, 2000.   Closure Plan Number 1, Buildings 111, 146, 161, 574, 958, and 992, NASA Ames Research Center, Moffett Field, California , November 2000.

PAI/ISSI Team, 2001a.  Closure Plan Number 2 Including Buildings 50, 148, 149,1 50, 151, 533, 555, 583A, 583B, 533, 590, 964, and 965, NASA Ames Research Center, Moffett Field, California , January 2001.

PAI/ISSI Team, 2001b.  Surface Soil Sample Results for Closure Plan 1 for Buildings 111, 146, 958, and 952, NASA Ames Research Center, Moffett Field, California , February 2001.

PAI/ISSI Team, 2001c.  Closure Plan Number 3 Including Buildings 82, 459, 512A, 512B, 512C, 534547B, 547C, 547D, 547E, 572,583C, 945, 966 and 967, NASA Ames Research Center, Moffett Field, California , March 2001.

PAI/ISSI Team, 2001d.  Closure Plan Number 4 Including Buildings 184, 343, 544, 585, 950, and 951, NASA Ames Research Center, Moffett Field, California , May 2001.

PAI/ISSI Team, 2001e .   Closure Plan Number 5 Including Buildings 104, 107, 108, 109, 113, 476, 503, 525, 526, 529, 543, 554, S56, 596, and 944, NASA Ames Research Center, Moffett Field, California , July 2001.

PAYISSI Team, 2001 f.  Closure Plan 4 Soil Investigation, NASA Ames Research Center, Moffett Field, California , July 2001.

 

8-3


PAI/ISSI Team, 2001g.  Soil Sample Results for Closure Plan 2 for Building 555, NASA Ames Research Center, Moffett Field, California , July 2001.

PAI/ISSI Team, 2001h .   Closure Plan Number 6 Including Buildings 158, 329, 331, 381, 382, 400, 438, 464, 956, 956A, NASA Ames Research Center, Moffett Field, California , September 2001.

PAI/ISSI Team, 2001i.  Surface Soil Investigation, Closure Plan 5 Area, NASA Ames Research Center , 18 October 2001.

PAI/ISSI Team, 2001j.  Closure Plan Number 7 Including Buildings 3, 12, 13, 14, 29, 31, and 480, NASA Ames Research Center, Moffett Field, California , November 2001.

PAI/ISSI Team, 2002a.  Closure Plan Number 8 Including Buildings:   6, 76, 81, 115, 460, 482, 509, 510, 527, 542, 567, and 570, NASA Ames Research Center, Moffett Field, California , January 2002.

PAI/ISSI Team, 2002b.  Closure Plan Number 10 Including Buildings:   32, 33, 44, 77, 83, 118, 119, 454, and 463, NASA Ames Research Center, Moffett Field, California , September 2002.

PAI/ISSI Team, 2003a.  Closure Plan Number 9 Including Buildings:   45, 64, 85, 126, 941, and 942, NASA Ames Research Center, Moffett Field, California , March 2003.

PAI/ISSI Team, 2003b.  Surface Soil Investigation, Closure Plan 6 Area, NASA Ames Research Center, Moffett Field, California , March 2003.

PAI/ISSI Team, 2003c.  Subsurface Soil Investigation, Closure Plan 9 and Closure Plan 10 Areas, NASA Ames Research Center, Moffett Field, California , 16 July 2003.

Palo Alto, 2000.  Palo Alto Municipal Code 16.09.110 .

PRC, 1990.  Naval Air Station Moffett Field, Naval Exchange Service Station Building 503, Mountain View, California PRC Environmental Management, 6 February 1990.

PRC, 1991a.  Site 9 Action Memorandum, Naval Air Station Moffett Field, California , PRC Environmental Management, 3 July 1991.

PRC, 1991b.  Tank and Sump Removal Summary Report, Naval Air Station Moffett Field, California , PRC Environmental Management, 15 July 1991.

PRC, 1991c.  Building 29 Area Field Investigation Technical Memorandum, Naval Air Station Moffett Field, California , PRC Environmental Management, 23 August 1991.

PRC, 1991d.  Draft Site 9 Field Investigation Technical Memorandum, Naval Air Station Moffett Field, California , PRC Environmental Management, 15 October 1991.

PRC, 1993.  Additional Tank and Sump Field Investigation Technical Memorandum, Naval Air Station Moffett Field, California , PRC Environmental Management, 22 March 1993.

 

8-4


PRC, 1994a.  Revised Final Installation Restoration Program, Petroleum Sites (and Wastewater Tanks and Sumps) Characterization Report, Naval Air Station Moffett Field, California , PRC Environmental Management, 28 January 1994.

PRC, 1994b.  Technical Memorandum, Petroleum Sites Petroleum Cleanup Level Analysis, Naval Air Station Moffett Field, California , PRC Environmental Management, 4 March 1994.

PRC, 1994c.  Final Additional Investigation of Inferred Sources Technical Memorandum, Naval Air Station Moffett Field, California , PRC Environmental Management and Montgomery Watson, 18 April 1994.

PRC, 1994d.  Operable Unit 2 — West, Final Design Report, Naval Air Station Moffett Field, California , PRC Environmental Management, 11 May 1994.

PRC, 1994e.  Naval Exchange Gasoline Station Investigation, Draft Technical Memorandum, Moffett Federal Airfield, California , PRC Environmental Management, 24 August 1994.

PRC, 1994f.  Final Installation Restoration Program, Petroleum Sites (and Wastewater Tanks and Sumps) Corrective Action Plan, Moffett Federal Airfield, California , PRC Environmental Management, 18 November 1994.

PRC, 1995a.  Final Additional Petroleum Sites Investigation Technical Memorandum„ Moffett Federal Airfield, California , PRC Environmental Management, 20 January 1995.

PRC, 1995b.  Final Horizontal Conduit Study Technical Memorandum, Moffett Federal Airfield, California , PRC Environmental Management, 4 August 1995.

PRC, 1995c.  Final Operable Unit 2 - West (Building 88) Project Summary Report, Moffett Federal Airfield, California , PRC Environmental Management, 9 October 1995.

PRC, 1996.  Final Station-Wide Remedial Investigation Report, Moffett Federal Airfield, California , PRC Environmental Management, 21 May 1996.

PRC, 1997 .   West Side Aquifers Treatment System Definitive Design Report, Moffett Federal Airfield, California , PRC Environmental Management, 23 April 1997.

RWQCB, 1998.  Information on Erosion and Sediment Controls for Construction Projects:   A Guidebook , Regional Water Quality Control Board, San Francisco Bay Region 1998.

RWQCB, 1999.  Erosion and Sediment Control Field Manual.   Third Edition . Regional Water Quality Control Board, San Francisco Bay Region, July 1999.

RWQCB, 2003.  Screening For Environmental Concerns At Sites With Contaminated Soil and Groundwater, Interim Final , California Regional Water Quality Control Board, San Francisco Bay Region, July 2003.

SAIC, 1999.  Indoor Air Testing Program Report for Building 566, NASA Ames Research Center , Science Applications International Corporation, September 1999.

 

8-5


SAIC, 2000.  Indoor Air Testing Report for Hangar 1 and Buildings 6, 21, 22, 26, 111, 148, 156, and 269, NASA Ames Research Center , Science Applications International Corporation, January 2000.

Steen, 2003.  Personal communication with John Steen, NASA ARC , 10 November 2003.

Sunnyvale, 2000.  City of Sunnyvale Sewer Use Regulations 12.12.120 .

Tetra Tech, 1998a .   West-Side Aquifers Treatment System, Final Long-Term Groundwater Monitoring Plan, Moffett Federal Airfield, California , Tetra Tech EM, Inc., 20 January 1998.

Tetra Tech, 1998b.  Final Basewide Petroleum Site Evaluation Methodology Technical Memorandum, Moffett Federal Airfield, California , 2 October 1998.

Tetra Tech, 1999a.  Remaining UST Sites Investigation Field Work Plan Draft, Moffett Federal Airfield, California, 15 February 1999.

Tetra Tech, 1999b.  May 1999 Final Quarterly Report, Moffett Federal Airfield, California , 29 December 1999.

Tetra Tech, 2000a.  Basewide Petroleum Site Evaluation Methodology Technical Memorandum, Draft, Appendix K, Petroleum Site Evaluation, Moffett Federal Airfield, California , 2 August 2000.

Tetra Tech, 2000b.  Basewide Petroleum Site Evaluation Methodology Technical Memorandum, Draft, Appendix E, Site 19 Petroleum Evaluation, Moffett Federal Airfield, California , 11 December 2000.

Tetra Tech, 2001a.  Basewide Petroleum Site Evaluation Methodology Technical Memorandum, Draft Appendix D, Moffett Federal Airfield, California , 20 January 2001.

Tetra Tech, 2003a.  Basewide Petroleum Site Evaluation Methodology Technical Memorandum, Draft Final, Appendix J, Site 24, Petroleum Evaluation, Moffett Federal Airfield, California , 23 April 2003.

Tetra Tech, 2003b.  Basewide Petroleum Site Evaluation Methodology Technical Memorandum, Draft Final, Appendix G, Site 9 Petroleum Evaluation, Moffett Federal Airfield, California , 16 June 2003.

Tetra Tech, 2003c.  Basewide Petroleum Site Evaluation Methodology Technical Memorandum, Draft Appendix F, Moffett Federal Airfield, California , 19 September 2003.

U.S. EPA, 1989a.  Record of Decision, Fairchild, Intel, and Raytheon Sites, Middlefield/Ellis/Whisman (MEW) Study Area, Mountain View, California , May 1989.

U.S. EPA, 1989b.  Risk Assessment Guidance for Superfund, Volume 1- Human Health Evaluation Manual . United States Environmental Protection Agency, December 1989.

 

8-6


U.S. EPA, 1990.  Federal Facility Agreement Under CERCLA Section 120 Between the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and U.S. Department of the Navy and The State of California Represented by the California Department of Health Services and the California Regional Water Quality Control Board, San Francisco Bay Region , August 1990.

U.S. EPA, 1991.  Radon-Resistant Construction Techniques for New Residential Construction, Technical Guidance, U.S. EPA, Office of Research and Development, EPA/625/2-91/032, February 1991.

U.S. EPA, 1993.  Radon Reduction Techniques for Existing Detached Houses, Technical Guidance, (Third Edition) for Active Soil Depressurization Systems , U.S. EPA, Office of Research and Development, EPA/625/R-93/011, October 1993.

U.S. EPA, 1994a.  Radon Mitigation Standard s, U.S. EPA, Air and Radiation, EPA 402-R-93-078, October 1993 (Revised April 1994).

U.S. EPA, 1994b.  Radon Prevention in the Design and Construction of Schools and Other Large Buildings, Third Printing with Addendum , U.S. EPA, Office of Research and Development, EPA/625/R-92/016, June 1994.

U.S. EPA, 2002a.  Preliminary Remediation Goals Table , U. S. EPA, Region IX, Available through EPA PRG web home page:

http://www.epa.goviregion09/wasteisfuncl/org/, updated 1 October 2002.

U.S. EPA, 2002b.  Draft Guidance for Evaluating the Vapor Intrusion to Indoor Air Pathway from Groundwater and Soils (Subsurface Vapor Intrusion Guidance). U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 67 FR 71170, 29 November 2002 [ http://www.epa.gov/correctiveaction/eis/vapor.htm].

U.S. EPA, 2004. Personal communications with John Moody, U.S. EPA Region IX, regarding GTE Government Systems site, 100 Ferguson Drive, Mountain View, California, 5 April 2004.

Weston, 1998.  Lead Based Paint Investigation Report for NAS Moffett Field, Mountain View, California , October 1998

 

8-7


TABLE 1

Environmental Documents Supporting the Development of NASA Research Park

NASA Research Park

Moffett Field, California

 

    Harding Lawson Associates. Environmental Baseline Survey — NASA Research Park Parcel 1. Moffett Federal Airfield, Moffett Field, California 94035. October 18, 2000

The Environmental Baseline Survey (EBS) focuses on identifying and documenting environmental site characterization and remediation activities and the presence or likely presence of hazardous substances and/or hazardous waste on a portion of real property considered for lease. The property identified in the EBS for parcel 1 (38 acres) consists of the western portion of the Shenandoah Plaza Historic District. The EBS complies with Comprehensive Response, Compensation and Liability Act requirements.

Includes tables of all the buildings indicating the following information: lead based paint, asbestos, historic status, year constructed, PCBs, Hazardous Materials, Hazardous Waste, Ordnance, UST, AST, Oil Water Separator/Sump, Radiation, Radon, and Installation Restoration Program (IRP) site status.

 

    Harding ESE, Inc. Environmental Baseline Survey- NASA Research Parcel 5 Moffett Federal Airfield, Moffett Field, California, 94035. March 5, 2001

The Environmental Baseline Survey (EBS) focuses on identifying and documenting environmental site characterization and remediation activities and the presence or likely presence of hazardous substances and / or hazardous waste on a portion of real property considered for lease. The property identified in the EBS for parcel 5 (84 acres) primarily consists of the former Navy support facilities for the Naval Air Station. The EBS complies with Comprehensive Response, Compensation and Liability Act requirements.

Includes tables of all the buildings indicating the following information: lead based paint, asbestos, historic status, year constructed, PCBs, Hazardous Materials, Hazardous Waste, Ordnance, UST, AST, Oil Water Separator/Sump, Radiation, Radon, and Installation Restoration Program (IRP) site status.

 

    Harding ESE. Inc. Environmental Baseline Survey- NASA Research Park Parcels 2,3,4,6, &7.   Moffett Federal Airfield, Moffett Field, California, 94035.   October 3, 2001 .

The Environmental Baseline Survey (EBS) focuses on identifying and documenting environmental site characterization and remediation activities and the presence or likely presence of hazardous substances and / or hazardous waste on a portion of real property considered for lease. The property identified in the EBS for parcels 2,3,4,6, &7 (91 acres) primarily consists of the eastern portion of Shenandoah Plaza Historic District, Hangar 1, and portions of the former Navy support facilities for the Naval Air Station. The EBS complies with Comprehensive Response, Compensation and Liability Act requirements.

Includes tables of all the buildings indicating the following information: lead based paint, asbestos, historic status, year constructed, PCBs, Hazardous Materials, Hazardous Waste, Ordnance, UST, AST, Oil Water Separator/Sump, Radiation, Radon, and Installation Restoration Program (IRP) site status.

 

Page 1 of 3


TABLE 1

Environmental Documents Supporting the Development of NASA Research Park

NASA Research Park

Moffett Field, California

 

    Mactec, Inc. Revised Human Health Risk Assessment.   July, 2003 .

The Revised Human Health Risk Assessment evaluates the potential human health effects, based on current and future uses, from possible exposure to hazardous chemicals in groundwater and air at the 213 acre NASA Research Park, Moffett Field, California.

 

    PAI/ISSI TEAM. Closure Plans 1,2,3,4.5,6,7, 8, 9, and 10 for various buildings at NASA Research   Park Moffett Field California .

The closure plans describe the requirements and procedures for the demolition of buildings and associated structures within the 213-acre NASA Research Park. The closure plans include descriptions of the facilities and hazardous materials handling and storage, including the presence of subsurface structures such as tanks, piping, sumps, wells, etc. A description of the procedures to protect and / or destroy groundwater monitoring wells and treatment equipment is also included. Where a release of hazardous materials to the surface soil is suspected, a sampling and analysis plan is included. Then an interim Closure Report with sampling results is prepared. Closure Reports have been prepared for Closure Plans 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 9, and 10.

 

    Harding ESE, Inc. Lead Based Paint in Soil.   NASA Research Park Moffett Field, California.   December   2001 .

This study presents the results of identification and evaluation of the lead based paint (LBP) in the soil at various locations within the 213-acre NASA Research Park. The report contains maps graphically showing the distribution of LBP areas to be excavated prior to building demolition, based on the ESL of 200 mg/kg.

 

    Mactec, Inc. Lead Impacted Soil Sampling and Removal Action Worlplan Implementation, Initial   Soil Sample Results, NASA Research Park January 2003 .

This report describes soil sampling activities adjacent to Buildings 24, 943, 510, 29, 3, 533, 113, 512C, 547B, and 329 and presents the results of testing the soils for lead.

 

    Benchmark Inc.   Survey of Indoor Lead and Asbestos for the NASA Research Park September 2001 .

This report identifies and evaluates the presence or absence of lead and asbestos within various buildings in the NASA Research Park.

 

    Harding Lawson Associates Indoor Air Quality Investigations Buildings 472 and 543.   December 1, 2000 .

This investigation consisted of an indoor and outdoor air quality testing program to measure the levels of Volatile Organic Compounds in and around buildings 476 and 543 within the NASA Research Park. The purpose of the sampling and testing was to evaluate potential human health risks associated with use of the buildings as dormitory/ living quarters.

 

Page 2 of 3


TABLE 1

E NVIRONMENTAL D OCUMENTS S UPPORTING THE D EVELOPMENT OF NASA R ESEARCH P ARK

NASA Research Park

Moffett Field, California

 

    Harding ESE, Inc. Indoor Air Quality Investigations Buildings 2, 15.555, and 583c.   December 2001 .

This investigation consisted of an indoor and outdoor air quality testing program to measure the levels of Volatile Organic Compounds in and around buildings 2, 15, 555, and 583C. The purpose of the sampling and testing was to evaluate potential human health risks associated with use of the buildings.

 

    Science Applications International Corporation, NASA Ames Research Center, Indoor Air Testing Program Report for Building 566.   December 1999 .

This investigation consisted of an indoor air quality testing program to measure the levels of Volatile Organic Compounds in Building 566. The purpose of the sampling and testing was to evaluate potential human health risks associated with use of the buildings.

 

    Science Applications International Corporation.   NASA Ames Research Center, Indoor Air Testing   Program Report for Hangar 1 and Buildings 6, 21, 22, 26, 111, 148, 156   and 269.   January   2000 .

This investigation consisted of an indoor and outdoor air quality testing program to measure the levels of Volatile Organic Compounds in and around Hangar 1 and buildings 6, 21, 22, 26, 111, 148, 156, and 269. The purpose of the sampling and testing was to evaluate potential human health risks associated with use of the buildings.

 

  $ Mactec, Inc. Interim Report on Long-Term Indoor Air Quality Study for Buildings 15, 17 and 243.   NASA Ames Research Center, Moffett Field, California, 20   February 2004 .

 

This investigation consisted of an indoor and outdoor air quality testing program to measure the levels of Volatile Organic Compounds in and around buildings 15, 17 and 243.

 

Page 3 of 3


TABLE 2

S UMMARY OF C LOSURE P LANS

NASA Research Park

Moffett Field, California

 

Closure Plan

 

Description of

Area Covered (1)

  

Report Date

Closure Plan No. 1 : includes Bldgs. 111, 146, 161, 574, 958, and 992  

Lab Project and

University Reserve;

Land Use Parcel 2

   November 2000
Closure Plan No. 2 : includes Bldgs. 50, 148, 149, 150, 151, 533, 555, 583A, 583B, 533, 590, 964, and 965  

Lab Project and

University Reserve;

Land Use Parcel 1

   January 2001
Closure Plan No. 3 : includes Bldgs. 82, 459, 512A, 512B, 512C, 534, 547B, 547C, 547D, 547E, 572, 583C, 945, 966, and 967  

Lab Project; Land Use

Parcels 1, 2, & 5

   March 2001
Closure Plan No. 4 : includes Bldgs. 184, 343, 544, 585, 950, and 951  

Lab Project;

Land Use Parcel 2

   May 2001
Closure Plan No. 5 : includes Bldgs. 104, 107, 108, 109, 113, 476, 503, 525, 526, 529, 543, 554, 556, 596, and 944  

University Reserve;

Land Use Parcels 3, 5,

and 6

   July 2001
Closure Plan No. 6 : Bldgs. 158, 329, 331, 381, 382, 400, 438, 464, 956, and 956A  

University Reserve/

Burrowing Owl Preserve

Area; Land Use Parcels 7,

8 & 19

   September 2001
Closure Plan No. 7 : Bldgs. 3, 12, 13, 14, 29, 31, and 480  

Historic District

Infill/Training/Conference

Center; Land Use Parcels

13 & 14

   November 2001
Closure Plan No. 8 : Bldgs. 6, 76, 81, 115, 460, 482, 509, 510, 527, 542, 567, and 570  

Historic District

Renovation/Training/

Conference Center; Land

Use Parcels 15 & 17

   January 2002
Closure Plan No. 9 : Bldgs. 45, 64, 85, 126, 941, and 942  

Open Space West of

Hangar 1; Between Land

Use Parcels 13-15 and 18

   March 2003
Closure Plan No. 10 : Bldgs. 32, 33, 44, 77, 83, 118, 119, 454, and 463   Partner Parking Parcels;
Land Use Parcels 10 & 11
   September 2002

Notes:

 

(1) See land use parcels identified on Figure 2 for location of Closure Plan areas; see Section 8.0 for complete citations for closure plans.

 

Page 1 of 1


TABLE 3

V OLATILE O RGANIC C OMPOUNDS

Detected in Groundwater

NASA Research Park

Moffett Field, California

 

Chemical of Concern (1)

   Maximum
Concentration Detected  (2)
(mg/L)

Benzene (3)

   3

Chloroethane

   0.001

Chloroform

   0.250

1,1-Dichloroethane

   0.099

1,1-Dichloroethene

   0.230

1,2-Dichloroethane

   0.053

cis-1,2-Dichloroethene

   19

trans-1,2-Dichloroethene

   0.110

1,4-Dioxane

   0.051

Ethylbenzene

   0.362

Freon 113 (Trichlorotrifluoroethane)

   0.170

Methylene chloride

   0.460

Tetrachloroethene (PCE)

   0.160

Toluene

   0.045

1,1,1-Trichloroethane

   0.033

Trichloroethene (TCE)

   9

Vinyl chloride

   0.636

Xylenes (total)

   0.095

Notes:

 

(1) Volatile organic compounds detected in regional groundwater monitoring programs conducted by MEW Companies and the Navy, excluding compounds detected in less than 1% of samples.
(2) Maximum concentration detected in groundwater samples collected from February 1995 through May 2001, based on data reported in Appendix C of Mactec (2003).
(3) Benzene concentration detected in February 2000 during groundwater sampling conducted by the Navy in the vicinity of Tanks 19 and 20 in the southeast corner of the NRP area.

References:

Mactec, 2003.  Revised Human Health Risk Assessment, NASA Research Park, Moffett Field, California , Mactec Engineering and Consulting, Inc., 28 July 2003.

 

Page 1 of 1


TABLE 4

S OIL T ARGET C ONCENTRATION L EVELS FOR P OLYNUCLEAR A ROMATIC H YDROCARBONS (PAH S ),

S EMI -V OLATILE O RGANIC C OMPOUNDS (SVOC S ),

P OLYCHLORINATED B IPHENYLS , AND M ETALS

NASA Research Park

Moffett Field, California

 

Chemical of

Potential Concern (a)

   Residential Soil
(<3m bgs)
ESL
(b)
(mg/kg)
   Residential
Soil
PRG
(c)
(mg/kg)
  Maximum
Background
Metal
Concentration
(d)
(mg/kg)
   Soil Target
Concentration
Level
(“TCL”)
(e)
(mg/kg)

Polynuclear Aromatic Hydrocarbons (“PAHs”)

Benzo[a]anthracene

   0.38    0.62   —      0.38

Benzo[a]pyrene

   0.038    0.062   —      0.038

Benzo[b]fluoranthene

   0.38    0.62   —      0.38

Benzo[k]fluoranthene

   0.38    0.38   —      0.38

Chrysene

   3.8    3.8   —      3.8

Naphthalene

   4.5    56   —      4.5

Semivolatile Organic Compounds (“SVOCs”)

Pentachlorophenol

   4.4    3   —      3

bis(2-Ethylhexyl)phthalate

   160    35   —      35

PCBs

  

Polychlorinated Biphenyls

   0.22    0.22   —      1.0(f)

Metals

  

Arsenic

   5.5    0.39   5.6    5.6

Cadmium and compounds

   1.7    1.7   0.7    1.7

Total Chromium

   58    210   17    58

Mercury

   2.5    23 (g)   0.1    2.5

Thallium

   1    5.2   1    1

Notes:

 

(a) List of COPCs is provided in the Human Health Risk Assessment (Mactec, 2003).
(b) The Environmental Screening Level (“ESL”) for surface soil at residential property is from RWQCB (2003). The lower of the screening levels for exposure by direct contact (Table K-1 of the RWQCB document) and indoor air (Table E-1b) is listed.
(c) The Preliminary Remediation Goal (“PRO”) for residential sites is from U.S. EPA, Region IX (2002). “Cal-modified” PRGs are listed if available.
(d) Maximum background metal concentration is based on Table 27 of the Human Health Risk Assessment (Mactec, 2003).
(e) For COPCs other than metals, the soil TCL is the lowest value of the ESL and PRG. For metals, the soil TCL is the lowest value of the ESL and the PRG unless that value is less than the “background” value, in which case, the soil TCL is the “background” value.
(f) Value is from the Toxic Substances Control Act (“TSCA”) (USC Title 15, Section 2601 et. seq. and 40 CFR 761.1 et. seq.) and Department of Toxic Substances Control (“DTSC”)-established cleanup level for NASA Ames Research Center (Cal/EPA, 1998).
(g) The PRG for mercury chloride is listed.

 

Page 1 of 2


TABLE 4

S OIL T ARGET C ONCENTRATION L EVELS FOR P OLYNUCLEAR A ROMATIC H YDROCARBONS (PAH S ),

S EMI -V OLATILE O RGANIC C OMPOUNDS (SVOC S ),

P OLYCHLORINATED B IPHENYLS , AND M ETALS

NASA Research Park

Moffett Field, California

Abbreviations

 

m bgs = meters below ground surface

  

PRG = preliminary remediation goal

mg/kg = milligrams per kilogram of soil

  

U.S. EPA = U.S. Environmental Protection Agency

PCBs = polychlorinated biphenyls

  

References

Cal/EPA, 1998. Letter from Derek Whitworth to Trudy Papier, NASA Ames Research Center, regarding soil cleanup levels for polychlorinated biphenyls, 10 February 1998.

Mactec, 2003.  Revised Human Health Risk Assessment, NASA Research Park Moffett Field, California , Mactec, Inc., 28 July 2003.

RWQCB, 2003.  Screening For Environmental Concerns At Sites With Contaminated Soil and Groundwater, Interim Final , California Regional Water Quality Control Board, San Francisco Bay Region, July, 2003.

U.S. EPA, 2002.  Preliminary Remediation Goals Table , U.S. EPA, Region IX, http://www.epa.gov/region09/waste/sfund/prg/, updated 1 October 2002.

 

Page 2 of 2


TABLE 5

S OIL T ARGET C ONCENTRATION L EVELS FOR C HLORINATED VOC S , P ETROLEUM

H YDROCARBONS , B ENZENE , T OLUENE , E THYLBENZENE , AND X YLENES

NASA Research Park

Moffett Field, California

 

Chemical of Potential Concern

   MEW
Record of
Decision (a)
(mg/kg)
  Navy
Cleanup
Level (b)
(mg/kg)
   Target
Concentration
Level (“TCL”)
(mg/kg)

Chlorinated Volatile Organic Compounds (“VOCs”)

Chloroform

   10 (c)   —      10

1,2-Dichloroethane

   0.05   —      0.05

1,1-Dichloroethene

   0.6   —      0.6

cis-1,2-Dichloroethene

   0.6   —      0.6

trans-1,2-Dichloroethene

   1   —      1

Methylene chloride

   0.5   —      0.5

Tetrachloroethene (PCE)

   0.5   —      0.5

Trichloroethene (TCE)

   0.5   —      0.5

Vinyl chloride

   0.05   —      0.05

Petroleum Hydrocarbons and BTEX

TPH purgeable as gasoline

   —     150    150

TPH extractable as diesel

   —     400    400

TPH extractable as jet fuel

   —     400    400

Benzene

   —     1.5    1.5

Toluene

   —     520    520

Ethylbenzene

   —     230    230

Xylenes

   —     210    210

Notes:

 

(a) Cleanup level is based on the MEW Record of Decision (U.S. EPA, 1989) and is equal to 100 times the current drinking water MCL for California.
(b) Cleanup levels (action levels) for petroleum contamination in soil at Moffett Federal Airfield negotiated by Navy and State of California in 1994 (TetraTech, 1998).
(c) ROD cleanup level for chloroform is based on the current U.S. EPA drinking water MCL.

Abbreviations

BTEX = benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, xylene

MCL = maximum contaminant level

mg/kg = milligrams per kilogram of soil

VOC = volatile organic compound

References

Tetra Tech, 1998.  Final Basewide Petroleum Site Evaluation Methodology Technical Memorandum , Moffett Federal Airfield, California, 2 October 1998.

U.S. EPA, 1989.  Record of Decisions, Fairchild, Intel, and Raytheon Sites, Middlefield/Ellis/Whisman (MEW) Study Area, Mountain   View, California , May 1989.

 

Page 1 of 1


[Image FIGURE 1]

 

LOGO


[Image FIGURE 2]

 

LOGO


[Image FIGURE 3]

 

LOGO


[Image FIGURE 4]

 

LOGO


[Image FIGURE 5]

 

LOGO


[Image FIGURE 6]

 

LOGO


[Image FIGURE 7]

 

LOGO


[Image FIGURE 8]

 

LOGO


[Image FIGURE 9]

 

LOGO


[Image FIGURE 10]

 

LOGO


[Image FIGURE 11]

 

LOGO


[Image FIGURE 12]

 

LOGO


[Image FIGURE 13]

 

LOGO


[Image FIGURE 14]

 

LOGO


[Image FIGURE 15]

 

LOGO


[Image FIGURE 16]

 

LOGO


[Image FIGURE 17]

 

LOGO


[Image FIGURE 18]

 

LOGO


[Image FIGURE 19]

 

LOGO


APPENDIX A

MEW Companies/Navy/NASA

Allocation Area Map


[Image EXHIBIT B1]

 

LOGO


APPENDIX B

Mitigated Alternative 5 Land Use Plan from

Final Programmatic Environmental Impact Statement

Figure 2.6 from Design, Community, and Environment, NASA Ames Development Plan, Final   Programmatic Environmental Impact Statemen5, NASA Ames Research Center, July 2002


[Image FIGURE 2.6]

 

LOGO


APPENDIX C

Selected Plates from

the Revised Human

Mactec, Inc., Revised Human Health Risk Assessment, NASA Research Park, Moffett Field, California, 28 July 2003

Includes:

 

  $ Plate 8: Indoor Worker RME Risk;

 

  $ Plate 10: Indoor Worker RME HI;

 

  $ Plate 16: Child Resident (10 yr) RME Risk;

 

  $ Plate 18: Child Resident (10 yr) RME HI;

 

  $ Plate 20: Resident (30 yr) RJE Risk;

 

  $ Plate 22: Resident, Child (6 yr) HI,


[Image PLATE 8]

 

LOGO


[Image PLATE 10]

 

LOGO


[Image PLATE 16]

 

LOGO


[Image PLATE 18]

 

LOGO


[Image PLATE 20]

 

LOGO


APPENDIX D

Agreement for Coordination of Construction

and MEW Remedial System Modification Work

NASA Research Park, Moffett Federal Airfield


AGREEMENT FOR COORDINATION OF CONSTRUCTION

AND MEW REMEDIAL SYSTEM MODIFICATION WORK AT

NASA RESEARCH PARK, AMES RESEARCH CENTER, MOFFETT FIELD,

CALIFORNIA

The National Aeronautics and Space Administration (“NASA”) enters into this Agreement for Coordination of Construction and MEW Remedial System Modification Work at NASA Research Park, Ames Research Center, Moffett Field, California (“Agreement”) with Fairchild Semiconductor Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and Raytheon Company, a Delaware corporation (collectively, the “MEW Companies”), and CM SPE, LLC, a Pennsylvania limited liability company (“Project Developer”). NASA enters into this Agreement pursuant to the authority of the National Aeronautics and Space Act of 1958, as amended, 42 U.S.C. §§ 2451 et seq.

RECITALS

A. On June 9, 1989, the United States Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) issued a Record of Decision (the “MEW ROD”) for the Middlefield-Ellis-Whisman area of Mountain View, California. The MEW ROD was modified in September 1990 and April 1996 by EPA’s Explanations of Significant Differences. The MEW ROD requires the implementation of an EPA-approved regional groundwater remediation program (“RGRP”).

B. On November 29, 1990, pursuant to Section 106(a) of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended by the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986 (as so amended, “CERCLA”) (42 U.S.C. § 9606(a)), the EPA issued an Administrative Order for Remedial Design and Remedial Action for the MEW Site to Fairchild Semiconductor Corporation, Schlumberger Technology Corporation, National Semiconductor Corporation, NEC Electronics, Inc., Siltec Corporation, Sobrato Development Companies, General Instrument Corporation, Tracor X-Ray, Inc., and Union Carbide Chemicals and Plastics Company Inc. (the “106 Order”).

C. On May 9, 1991, pursuant to CERCLA, the EPA entered into a Consent Decree with Intel Corporation and Raytheon Company to compel them to perform remedial actions at the MEW Site.

D. As part of the RGRP, the MEW Companies have installed, operate, monitor and maintain a groundwater monitoring and remedial system (“Remedial System”) on Moffett Field (“Moffett”) under the direction of EPA. The Remedial System’s components include, but are not limited to, groundwater monitoring wells, groundwater extraction wells, single and double-contained pipelines, air relief structures, electrical power and instrumentation conduits, fiber-optic instrument systems, electrical field control panels, leak detection systems, radio frequency communication links, settlement pin monuments and a groundwater treatment system (“GWTS”). The MEW Companies are required by EPA to operate the Remedial System GWTS and related

 

Page 1 of 13


extraction wells and components continuously except during maintenance. Approval for any shutdown of more than 24 hours duration must be obtained from the EPA Remedial Project Manager (“RPM”) in advance.

E. NASA has entered into an agreement with the Project Developer to undertake redevelopment activities at Moffett in connection with the Project Developer’s lease of certain improvements at Moffett. These activities include, but are not limited to, demolition, grading, trenching and other excavation work, and construction connected with the development of office, educational, and research and development facilities (collectively, “Project Development”).

F. NASA, the MEW Companies and the Project Developer enter into this Agreement to minimize any impact of Project Development on the operation, monitoring, maintenance and modification of the Remedial System and to allow MEW Companies and the EPA access to the Remedial System during and after Project Development; and to delineate the roles and responsibilities for managing contaminated soil and groundwater that is excavated during the Project Development. NASA, the MEW Companies and the Project Developer recognize that, to coordinate Project Development and the continued operation of the Remedial System effectively, it will be necessary for NASA, the Project Developer and the MEW Companies to be in regular, frequent communication.

G. The Parties to this Agreement all agree that all actions to be taken hereunder shall be in compliance with all applicable laws and, to the extent required by law, will receive the approval of all state and federal agencies having jurisdiction over ) such actions.

NOW, THEREFORE, NASA, Project Developer and the MEW Companies agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

 

  1. Geographic Scope of Agreement

This Agreement applies only within those geographical parts of Moffett that are or will be physically affected by the construction work performed by the Project Developer in connection with the Project Development and located within the areas designated as AR-1 and AR-3 on the attached Figure 1, together with other areas that may be affected by extensions of portions of the Remedial System that extend from AR-1 and/or AR-3.

 

  2. Scheduling of Work

The Project Developer shall meet with the MEW Companies as early as possible during Project Development planning to coordinate Project Development with the operation, monitoring, maintenance and modification of the Remedial System. Detailed drawings showing the locations of the Remedial System components shall be provided by the MEW Companies to the Project Developer in CAD form so they can be integrated into the Project Developer’s plans.·

 

Page 2 of 13


  3. Remedial System Protection and Modification; Exacerbation of Contamination

During Project Development, (i) the Project Developer shall protect the integrity of all components of the Remedial System and shall take all reasonable measures to minimize Remedial System downtime, in each case to the extent the Remedial System may be affected as a result of the Project Development, and (ii) the MEW Companies shall operate the Remedial System in a manner that, to the extent reasonably possible and subject to the express requirements of this Agreement, minimizes interference with the ongoing Project Development. After completion of Project Development, the MEW Companies both (a) shall protect the integrity of all components of facilities resulting from the Project Development and (b) shall take all reasonable measures to minimize interference with the Project Developer’s use of its facilities, in each case to the extent they may be affected as a result of the operation of the Remedial System, provided that the MEW Companies shall not be required to relocate components of the Remedial System as they exist on the date of this Agreement. The Project Developer shall pay any costs of relocation, replacement, alteration, protection, modification, or repair of the Remedial System caused by Project Development, to the extent any such relocation, replacement, alteration, protection, modification or repair is required by applicable laws and/or is required for the Remedial System to operate in substantially the same manner it operated prior to any such relocation, replacement, alteration, protection, modification or repair caused or necessitated by the Project Development. In addition, if the Project Developer damages any Remedial System component in a manner that causes a release of untreated groundwater or soil or if the Project Developer exacerbates existing soil or groundwater contamination, the Project Developer shall pay all costs of investigation, remediation, EPA oversight, and any penalties associated with such release or exacerbation. The design and construction of any modification to the Remedial System shall be performed by the MEW Companies; all modification costs, including EPA oversight costs, shall be paid by the Project Developer, subject to Section 18.

 

  4. Well Protection

The Project Developer shall repair any damage to Remedial System wells caused by Project Development. Prior to the initial Project Development demolition or construction field work, the MEW Companies shall field locate all Remedial System wells. Prior to the start of Project Development field work, the Project Developer shall install brightly painted steel pipes over each Remedial System monitoring and extraction well designated by the MEW Companies. The painted pipe shall extend above ground not less than four feet, so as to be highly visible, and shall be buried sufficiently below the ground surface to protect the wellhead. Alternative equivalent well protection measures may be used by the Project Developer provided the MEW Companies approve any alternative protective measure in writing prior to its use.

Additionally, all Project Development work within two (2) feet of Remedial System wells shall be performed manually with hand tools. Fine grading work performed in areas more than two feet from the Remedial System wells but within close proximity shall be performed by light grading equipment.

 

Page 3 of 13


  5. Well Sealing and Well Replacement

If the Project Developer determines that a Remedial System well conflicts pay all costs of well sealing and replacement and all related MEW Companies’ costs, with the planned Project Development and must be removed, the Project Developer shall including but not limited to the cost of installing replacement conduit, piping, boxes, controls and all other components needed to return a well to service, developing the well, conducting a baseline first round of groundwater sampling, and preparing all required plans, surveys and reports. The Project Developer shall be responsible for sealing all wells located within 15 feet of the outer wall of a new building. No well shall be sealed or relocated without the prior written approval of the EPA RPM. Well sealing and installation shall comply with Santa Clara Valley Water District (“SCVWD”) guidance and take place under SCVWD permit. Coordination with EPA and well sealing and replacement shall be performed by the MEW Companies, at the Project Developer’s sole cost, subject to Section 18.

 

  6. Remedial System Pipeline Protection and Replacement

Prior to initial Project Development field work, the Project Developer shall provide and place steel plate or equivalent protective measures over the existing MEW Companies’ pipelines and power and control conduits. If the Project Developer determines that a pipeline conflicts with the planned Project Development and must be removed and relocated, the Project Developer shall pay all costs related to pipeline removal and replacement, including but not limited to design, permitting, review, inspection, construction and independent quality assurance inspection costs. The Project Developer shall be responsible for removing and relocating all pipelines located within five feet of the outer edge of the footing or foundation of a new building. No pipeline shall be relocated without the prior approval of the EPA RPM. Replacement pipeline installation procedures shall also be approved by the EPA RPM. Coordination to obtain EPA approval, and pipeline removal and replacement work, shall be performed by the MEW Companies at the Project Developer’s cost, subject to Section 18.

 

  7. Notification of Shutdown of Groundwater Extraction Wells or GWTS

If, during Project Development, the Project Developer believes it to be necessary that either a Remedial System extraction well or the GWTS be shut down, the Project Developer shall make written request of same to the MEW Companies no later than five (5) working days in advance of the proposed shutdown. If such shutdown does not require EPA approval, the MEW Companies shall, within five (5) working days of receipt of the Project Developer’s written request, notify Project Developer in writing either that (a) the MEW Companies consent to such request, including information on the anticipated timing of the shutdown or (b) the MEW Companies do not consent to such request and the reason(s) for such refusal. If such shutdown does require EPA approval, the MEW Companies shall, promptly upon receipt of the Project Developer’s written

 

Page 4 of 13


request, make appropriate application to EPA for its consent and shall notify the Project Developer of EPA’s response within one (1) working day of its receipt of EPA’s response or, failing a response from EPA within fifteen (15) working days, shall notify the Project Developer of EPA’s lack of response and any additional steps the MEW Companies have taken to elicit a response. In the event of an inadvertent shutdown of any component of the Remedial System, the Project Developer shall give immediate verbal notice to the MEW Companies, and the MEW Companies shall be responsible for any required notice to EPA pursuant to the 106 Order. Additionally, the Project Developer shall provide to the MEW Companies a written explanation of the reason for and the duration of any inadvertent shutdown within 48 hours of the shutdown.

 

  8. Access to Wells and the GWTS

Project Development shall be performed in such a way that all Remedial System wells, pull boxes and the GWTS and associated components remain accessible to the EPA and the MEW Companies and their equipment for sampling, operation, maintenance, removal and replacement of pumps, and well sealing to the maximum extent practicable during and after Project Development. If it becomes necessary to restrict access to a well or other Remedial System component during Project Development, the Project Developer shall provide written notice to the MEW Companies five working days in advance of creating the restriction, with an explanation of the reason for and the expected duration of the proposed restricted access. Prior to the initial Project Development field work, the MEW Companies shall provide the Project Developer with the schedule for well sampling.

 

  9. Modifications to Well Vaults and Wellheads

Following completion of final grade by the Project Developer, the MEW Companies shall modify the MEW wells, well vaults, and pull boxes as needed based on the final grade established by the Project Developer. All costs associated with these modifications shall be paid by the Project Developer, subject to Section 18.

 

  10. Communications

The Project Developer, all of its contractors, the MEW Companies, all of their contractors, and NASA shall each designate in writing a primary and alternate contact person, including all applicable mailing addresses, telephone numbers, email addresses and facsimile numbers. The MEW Companies shall have sole authority and responsibility for all communications with EPA regarding the Remedial System, including its operating status, any Project Development-related shutdowns and any modifications. The Project Developer shall provide the MEW Companies with all demolition, grading and construction work schedules, a full set of civil, landscaping, foundation and utility plans and specifications, and updates to these plans and specifications and schedules promptly as they occur. The MEW Companies and their contractor shall be notified of and invited to weekly construction meetings that pertain to these plans and schedules.

 

Page 5 of 13


  11. Monitoring and Sampling of Excavated Soil

The Project Developer or NASA shall monitor all excavated soil to determine if the soils contain volatile organic compounds (“VOCs”) or petroleum constituents. Vadose zone soils shall be stockpiled and managed separately from saturated zone soils. The Project Developer shall remove and segregate concrete, asphalt, wood, piping and other demolition debris from soil and shall manage and dispose of demolition debris in accordance with all applicable regulations. The Project Developer shall pay all costs related to demolition debris disposal.

NASA, at the Project Developer’s expense and in compliance with applicable laws, shall monitor and sample soils generated from trenching and other excavation work throughout trenching and excavation activities. The soil being removed shall be visually observed for evidence of discoloration or staining. Soil exhibiting these characteristics shall be analyzed using an organic vapor analyzer (“OVA”) or equivalent device before stockpiling. Excavated soil shall be field-screened using an OVA (or equivalent) to determine if the excavated soils are clean or may be chemically affected. Field screening shall be performed in a manner acceptable to EPA, which the Project Developer, NASA and the MEW Companies currently expect will be performed with an OVA (or equivalent) at a rate of one soil sample for every 15 cubic yards of excavated soil. Excavated soils that show a continuous reading of five parts per million (“ppm”) or greater for at least ten seconds using the OVA (or equivalent) shall be considered as possibly containing chemicals, and shall be segregated. NASA shall transfer soil exhibiting these characteristics to a plastic-lined stockpile area in or near the area of trenching or excavation. Soil samples shall be collected from random locations within the stockpile at a rate of two samples for every 50 cubic yards of stockpiled soil. Each of the two samples shall consist of at least five composite samples representative of the stockpiled soil. The samples shall be submitted to a state-certified laboratory and analyzed using EPA Method 8260 (or its superceding EPA Method), including cis-1, 2-dichloroethene and Freon 113 and EPA Method 8015 (or its superceding EPA Method) for high and low boiling point total petroleum hydrocarbons (“TPH”). After the soil has been verified to conform to the soil cleanup standards specified in the MEW ROD, the soils may be used for on-site cover or backfill. Clean soil that is tested using the field head space method with an OVA (or equivalent) that does not have a reading greater than five ppm for at least ten seconds also may be used for on-site cover or backfill. Soil that does not qualify as clean soil shall be managed in accordance with Sections 13.2 through 13.6 of this Agreement.

 

  11.1 Excavated Soil Classification and Monitoring Procedure

The Project Developer or NASA shall monitor excavated soil with an OVA (or equivalent) to determine if the soils are clean or may contain chemicals, as defined below:

Clean Soil: Soil that does not have a reading greater than five ppm continuously for ten seconds using the field head space method with an OVA (or equivalent) specified below will be considered clean soil.

 

Page 6 of 13


Soil Containing Chemicals : Soil that does not meet the definition of clean soil will be considered soil containing chemicals.

 

  11.2 Field Head Space Methods:

(a) A soil sample shall be taken from excavated soil in the backhoe bucket at a point out of the excavation.

(b) The soil to be tested shall be placed into an unused re-sealable plastic bag or clean mason jar container with a minimum volume of one quart or one liter, until the container is half full.

(c) The container shall be sealed and left to sit under direct sunlight for approximately five minutes.

(d) The container shall be opened just enough to allow the probe of the OVA (or equivalent) to be inserted into the container’s headspace.

(e) Any sample having a reading of five ppm or greater continuously for at least ten seconds shall be considered soil containing chemicals.

 

  12. Notification of Saturated Soil Containing VOC

If VOCs are determined to exist in saturated zone soils, the Project Developer shall immediately notify the MEW Companies’ representative.

 

  13. Management and Disposition of Soils

 

  13.1 Clean Soil

NASA shall be responsible for the determination as to whether soil qualifies as clean soil either because it has been classified as clean soil in accordance with Section 11.1 of this Agreement or has been treated to the soil cleanup standards specified in the MEW ROD. Clean soil that does not require treatment may be reused for cover or backfill or shall be transported to the open field north of Electrical Substation West (N225A) on Moffett, shown as Area A on the attached Figure 2, or to other areas on Moffett designated by NASA, and spread by the Project Developer at the Project Developer’s cost. NASA and the Project Developer agree that the MEW Companies shall not be responsible for (a) .any determination made by NASA or the Project Developer that any soil qualifies as clean soil or that any soil may be used for any particular purpose at any particular location on Moffett, or (b) any other actions or omissions by NASA or the Project Developer with respect to their respective handling of soils pursuant to this Agreement.

 

  13.2 Vadose Zone Soils and Saturated Soils Containing TPH

Vadose zone and saturated soils containing TPH from AR-1 (whether or not they also contain VOCs) shall be transported by the Project Developer to the

 

Page 7 of 13


bioremediation pad on the east side of Moffett, as shown on Figure 3, or to other areas on Moffett designated by NASA, and shall be managed by NASA in accordance with the procedures specified in the document entitled “Coordination of Construction and Navy Remedial System Modification Work.”

Vadose zone and saturated soils containing TPH from AR-3 (whether or not they also contain VOCs) shall be transported by the Project Developer to the bioremediation pad at the northwest comer of Moffett, shown as Area C on Figure 2, or to other areas on Moffett designated by NASA, and shall be managed by NASA.

 

  13.3 Saturated Zone Soils Containing Only VOCs

The Project Developer shall notify the MEW Companies promptly if any saturated zone soil in AR-1 or AR-3 is determined by analytical testing to contain only those VOCs associated with the MEW plume at concentrations exceeding MEW ROD soil cleanup standards. The MEW Companies shall manage and dispose of these soils at their cost. The Project Developer or NASA shall promptly make available to the MEW Companies copies of analytical soil data. Following review of the data, any soils that are found to be the responsibility of the MEW Companies shall be delivered by the Project Developer to a soil aeration facility on Moffett at the location shown as Area B on Figure 2 (the “MEW Soil Aeration Facility”) and treated and/or disposed of by the MEW Companies. Treatment or offsite disposal of the soil ,shall be at the discretion and timing of the MEW Companies, in accordance with CERCLA Section 121(d). If treated, the soils shall be treated to the soil cleanup standards specified in the MEW ROD. The Project Developer shall pay all costs of excavating and delivering the soil to the MEW Soil Aeration Facility. The MEW Companies shall pay all costs of treating the soil and spreading the treated soil on-site or disposing of it offsite. If the MEW Companies elect to dispose of soil offsite, the MEW Companies shall select the offsite disposal site in accordance with CERCLA Section 121(d), subject to NASA’s approval, which shall not be withheld unreasonably, and NASA shall be designated the generator and sign all necessary waste manifests.

 

  13.4 Polyethylene Liners

The Project Developer shall provide plastic liners and covers for the soil stockpiles located in the areas of trenching and excavation. The MEW Companies shall provide liners and covers for the soil at the MEW Soil Aeration Facility. The location of the soil stockpiles in the areas of trenching and excavation shall be designated by NASA.

 

  13.5 MEW Soil Aeration Facility Sampling and Testing Procedures

Following aeration of soils treated by the MEW Companies pursuant to Section 13.3, the MEW Companies shall collect two discrete soil samples for every 50 cubic yards of treated soil. Each of the two samples shall consist of at least five composite samples representative of the treated soil. The samples shall be analyzed using EPA Method 8260 (or its superceding EPA Method), including cis-1,2-dichloroethene and Freon.

 

Page 8 of 13


  13.6 On-Site Reuse

After soil aerated by the MEW Companies has been determined to meet soil cleanup standards, the MEW Companies shall move the clean soil onto the open field adjacent to the MEW Soil Aeration Facility and spread it in a manner that effectively separates the clean soil from any soil remaining at or brought to the MEW Soil Aeration Facility for treatment.

 

  13.7 Soil Management

All soil management plans (including, without limitation, those for screening, testing, treating and disposing of soils) shall be performed in accordance with EPA-approved plans to the extent required by the 106 Order.

 

  14. Management and Discharge of Groundwater Generated During Excavation and Dewatering Activities

The Project Developer may be required to dewater pipeline trenches and other excavations and convey water away from excavations. Groundwater in the area of Project Development may contain VOCs or TPH. The Project Developer shall manage, contain and discharge all water removed from excavation areas. The Project Developer shall transport the water to above ground tanks, test the water by EPA Method 8260 and EPA Method 8015 (or their superceding EPA Methods) and discharge the water as follows:

 

  14.1 Ground Water Containing TPH

If the groundwater from AR-1 contains TPH above 50 parts per billion (“ppb”) (or such lower standard as may in the future be established by EPA), as determined by EPA Method 8015 (or its superceding EPA Method), it shall not be discharged to the Remedial System GWTS. The Project Developer shall obtain all necessary approvals for discharge of such groundwater at alternate sites. (Depending on the chemical concentrations, the Project Developer may be able to obtain permission from the City of Sunnyvale Waste Water Treatment Plant or the City of Palo Alto Waste Water Treatment Plant to discharge the water to the NASA sanitary sewer systems.) The water shall be filtered before any discharge to the sewer system and the solids stored and subsequently managed by the Navy in accordance with the document entitled “Coordination·of Construction and Navy Remedial System Modification Work.”

If the groundwater from AR-1 contains TPH above 50 ppb, and cannot be discharged to the sanitary sewer, the Project Developer shall deliver it to the Navy’s Westside Aquifer Treatment System on Moffett for treatment by the Navy.

If the groundwater from AR-3 contains TPH above 50 ppb, as determined by EPA Method 8015 (or its superceding EPA Method), it shall not be discharged to the Remedial System GWTS. The Project Developer shall obtain all necessary approvals for discharge of such groundwater at alternate sites. (Depending on the chemical concentrations, the Project Developer may be able to obtain permission from the City of

 

Page 9 of 13


Sunnyvale Waste Water Treatment Plant or the City of Palo Alto Waste Water Treatment Plant to discharge the water to the NASA sanitary sewer systems.) The water shall be filtered before any discharge to the sewer system and the solids stored and subsequently managed by the Navy in accordance with the document entitled “Coordination of Construction and Navy Remedial System Modification Work.”

If the groundwater from AR-3 contains TPH above 50 ppb, and cannot be discharged to the sanitary sewer, the Project Developer shall deliver it to NASA’s RGRP Treatment System on Moffett for treatment by NASA.

 

  14.2 Groundwater Containing VOCs

If the groundwater from AR-I or AR-3 contains TPH below 50 ppb (or such lower standard as may in the future be established by EPA) and contains VOCs that are identified as those associated with the MEW plume, the groundwater can be discharged, if acceptable to EPA (to the extent EPA approval is required by the 106 Order), to the Remedial System GWTS. If EPA approves (if such approval is so required), then the Project Developer shall deliver the groundwater to clean Baker or similar tanks adjacent to the Remedial System GWTS at the location shown as the MEW Baker Tank Staging Area on Figure 4. The Project Developer shall inspect and sample the storage tanks before using them to insure that they are clean. Sample results shall be provided to the MEW Companies, and the MEW Companies shall have an opportunity to inspect the tanks before their use. Treatment and discharge of groundwater through the Remedial System GWTS shall be performed by the MEW Companies. All groundwater shall be filtered before it is pumped into the clean storage tanks to minimize sediment buildup in the storage tanks. All solids removed from the groundwater and any filters shall be stored and subsequently characterized, managed and disposed of in the same manner as contaminated soils as specified in Sections 11 through 13 of this Agreement. NASA shall be designated the generator and shall sign all necessary waste manifests for the solids and filter wastes. The Project Developer shall pay all costs associated with extraction, delivery and storage of groundwater prior to treatment at the GWTS. The MEW Companies shall pay all costs of pumping the groundwater from the storage tanks and treating it through the Remedial System GWTS. The MEW Companies shall treat the stored water within a reasonable timeframe.

 

  15. Contractor Compliance With This Agreement

NASA, the MEW Companies, and the Project Developer each shall provide a copy of this Agreement to their respective contractors and subcontractors and shall ensure that compliance with this Agreement is made a material part of their respective agreements with their contractors and subcontractors.

 

  16. NASA Appropriations

NASA agrees to use its best efforts in the performance of this Agreement. However, all NASA activities under or pursuant to this Agreement are subject to the availability of appropriated funds. No provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted

 

Page 10 of 13


as, or constitute, a commitment or requirement that NASA or any other Federal Agency obligate or pay funds in contravention of the Anti-Deficiency Act, 31 U.S.C. 1341. Notwithstanding the foregoing, NASA agrees that, during the period in which this Agreement remains operative, NASA will be diligent in seeking appropriation of funds for the purpose of performing NASA’s obligations set forth in this Agreement.

 

  17. Notices

All written notices required by this Agreement shall be deemed effective (1) when delivered, if personally delivered to the person being served or (2) three business days after deposit in the mail if mailed by United States mail, postage paid certified, return receipt requested:

If To : “Project Developer”:

CM SPE, LLC

5000 Forbes Avenue

Pittsburgh, PA 15213

Attn: Duane A. Adams

Facsimile: (412) 268-2990

If To : “MEW Companies”

Fairchild Semiconductor Corporation

Clifford E. Kirchof

Remediation Manager

Schlumberger Limited

225 Sugar Land

Drive Sugar Land, TX 77478

Facsimile: (281) 285-8597

Jeffrey B. Axelrod, Esq.

Senior Counsel

Raytheon Corporation

141 Spring Street

Lexington, MA 02421

Facsimile: (781) 860-2788

If To: ‘‘NASA”

Mr. Don Chuck

NASA Ames Research Center

MS 218-1

Moffett Field, CA 94035

Facsimile: (650) 604-0680

 

Page 11 of 13


  18. Review/Audit of MEW Costs

With respect to any and all work to be performed by the MEW Companies hereunder at Project Developer’s cost, including, without limitation, work performed pursuant to Sections 3, 5, 6 and 9 hereof:

18.1 All such work shall be conducted only to the extent required by applicable laws and/or to enable the Remedial System to operate in substantially the manner it operated prior to any damage, modification or alteration caused or required by the Project Development, and all costs related to such work shall be commercially reasonable and subject to Project Developer’s prior approval in accordance with this Section 18, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed;

18.2 Prior to commencing such work and incurring such costs, the MEW Companies shall provide to Project Developer a detailed description of such work and cost estimates and such back-up documentation as Project Developer may reasonably request, and Project Developer shall be given an opportunity to recommend revisions or modifications to such scope of work and cost estimates. Project Developer shall either approve or disapprove (with reasonable detail as to grounds for disapproval) such work scope and cost estimate within thirty (30) days after receipt of same, unless sooner approval or disapproval is required for emergency repairs, in which case Project Developer shall respond as promptly as reasonable practicable;

18.3 After completing such work and incurring such costs, the MEW Companies shall provide to Project Developer paid invoices and such other evidence of payment of such costs previously approved by Project Developer as Project Developer may reasonably request; and

18.4 Project Developer shall have a period of thirty (30) days after submission of such proof of payment to review such costs and the work performed and, at Project Developer’s sole option and expense, to complete an audit of the MEW Companies’ records with respect to such costs and work performed. If, as a result of such review and/or audit, Project Developer determines that any such work and/or costs are outside the scope of Project Developer’s responsibility hereunder and/or were not approved by Project Developer as required hereunder, then Project Developer shall so notify the MEW Companies and the parties shall attempt to resolve such dispute extrajudicially. If the Project Developer and MEW Companies are unable to resolve such dispute extrajudicially, then either party may pursue any available remedy pursuant to applicable law or, by mutual agreement, may submit the dispute to such alternative dispute resolution procedure as may be mutually acceptable.

 

  19. Effective Date

This Agreement shall take effect on January 8, 2003.

 

Page 12 of 13


IN WITNESS THEREOF, the following parties have entered into this Agreement.

 

NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION  
By:  

 

    Dated:  

 

  G. Scott Hubbard      
Title:   Director, Ames Research Center      
CM SPE, LLC      
By:  

 

    Dated:  

 

  Duane Adams      
Title:   President and CEO      
RAYTHEON COMPANY      
By:  

 

    Dated:  

 

Title:        
FAIRCHILD SEMICONDUCTOR CORPORATION      
By:  

 

    Dated:  

 

Title:  

 

     

 

Page 13 of 13


EXHIBIT O

REQUIREMENTS AND PROCEDURES FOR COORDINATION OF CONSTRUCTION AND NAVY RE: MEDIAL SYSTEM MODIFICATION WORK AT NASA RESEARCH PARK, AMES RESEARCH CENTER, MOFFETT FIELD, CALIFORNIA

The National Aeronautics and Space Administration (‘‘NASA”) will enter into a certain Agreement for Coordination of Construction and Navy Remedial System Modification Work at the proposed NASA Research Park (‘‘NRP”), Ames Research Center, Moffett Field, California (“Agreement”) with the United States Navy. The following recitals, requirements and procedures are taken from the proposed Agreement and will be followed by NASA, the Navy and CM SPE, LLC (“CM SPE”) in regard to the activities under Article 26 of the Lease.

RECITALS

A. On June 9, 1989, the U1:1ited States Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) issued a Record of Decision (the “MEW ROD”) for the Middlefield-Ellis-Whisman area of Mountain View, California. The MEW ROD was modified in September 1990 and April 1996 by EPA’s Explanations of Significant Differences. The MEW ROD requires the implementation of an EPA-approved regional groundwater remediation program (“RGRP”).

B. In September, 1990, a Federal Facility Agreement (“FFA”) under CERCLA Section 120 was signed by the EPA, the Navy, and the State of California, represented by the California Department of Health Services (“DHS”), and the California Regional Water Quality Control Board (“RWQCB”). The FFA states the Navy’s responsibilities for the investigation and remediation of contaminated soil and groundwater within the proposed NRP area.

C. On December 22, 1992, the Navy and NASA signed a Memorandum of Understanding (“MOU”) that stated the Navy would continue to be responsible for the investigation and remediation of its environmental contamination after the transfer of the

 

1


former Naval Air Station Moffett Field to NASA. In addition to the groundwater contamination, the MOU includes Navy responsibility for petroleum contamination in the soil and groundwater, and for lead in the soil caused by lead based paint on the buildings. This MOU was further clarified by the Navy in a letter signed on October 4, 1993, which stated that “The Navy’s obligations under the MOU shall include taking possession of, and properly managing any contaminated soil or groundwater that has been left in place in accordance with a CERCLA, RCRA, or other cleanup remedy but subsequently upon its excavation, disturbance, or discharge by NASA during development for reuse of Moffett Field becomes hazardous waste, or requires treatment prior to discharge.”

D. On December 17, 1993, EPA signed the Moffett Field FFA amendment, which had already been signed by the Navy, the California Department of Toxic Substance Control (“DTSC”) and the RWQCB. In this FFA amendment, the Navy adopted the MEW ROD for the remediation of soil and groundwater contaminated with chlorinated solvents within the proposed NRP area.

E. By 1998, the Navy, NASA, and the MEW Companies had agreed in principle to an allocation and settlement of each party’s responsibilities for the RGRP. NASA and the MEW Companies signed this Allocation and Settlement Agreement on March 16, 1998.

F. As part of the RGRP, the MEW Companies have installed, operate, monitor and maintain a groundwater monitoring and remedial system on Moffett Field (“Moffett”) under the direction of EPA. These components include, but are not limited to, groundwater monitoring wells, groundwater extraction wells, single and double-contained pipelines, air relief structures, electrical power and instrumentation conduits, fiber-optic instrument systems, electrical field control panels, leak detection systems, radio frequency communication links, settlement pin monuments and a groundwater treatment system (“GWTS”). The MEW Companies are required by EPA to operate the GWTS and related extraction wells and components continuously except during maintenance. Approval for any shutdown of more than 24 hours duration must be obtained from the EPA Remedial Project Manager (“RPM”) in advance.

 

2


G. Pursuant to its FFA, the Navy has installed, operates, monitors and maintains a groundwater monitoring and remedial system, the Westside Aquifer Treatment System (“WATS”) on Moffett under the direction of EPA and the RWQCB. The WATS’ components include, but are not limited to, groundwater monitoring wells, groundwater extraction wells, pipelines, air relief structures, electrical power and instrumentation conduits, fiber-optic instrument systems, electrical field control panels, leak detection systems, settlement pin monuments and a groundwater treatment system. The Navy is required by EPA to operate the WATS and related extraction wells and components continuously except during maintenance. Approval for any shutdown of more than 24 hours duration must be obtained from the EPA RPM in advance.

H. The Navy is also responsible for investigation and remediation of petroleum sites at Moffett, with oversight by the RWQCB. The Navy had installed a treatment system at Site 14 South to address petroleum contamination. The Navy had also installed an Iron Curtain demonstration project west of Hangar 1.

I. NASA plans to sign separate agreements with the MEW Companies and each “Project Developer” (including CM SPE) to undertake redevelopment activities at Moffett in connection with the Project Developers’ leases of certain improvements at Moffett. These activities include, but are not limited to, demolition, grading, trenching and other excavation work, and construction connected with the development of office, educational, and research and development facilities (collectively, “Project Development”).

J. NASA and the Navy will enter into the Agreement to minimize any impact of Project Development on the operation, monitoring, maintenance and modification of the WATS and to allow Navy access to the WATS during and after Project Development; and to clarify the roles and responsibilities for managing contaminated soil and groundwater that is excavated during the Project Development. NASA and the Navy recognize that, to coordinate Project Development and the continued operation of the WATS effectively, it will be necessary for NASA and the Navy to be in regular, frequent communication.

 

3


REQUIREMENTS AND PROCEDURES

FOR NASA, THE NAVY AND CM SPE

 

  1. Geographic Scope of Agreement

These Requirements and Procedures apply only within those geographical parts of Moffett designated as AR-1, AR-2, and AR-6 on the attached Figure 1.

 

  2. Scheduling of Work

NASA shall meet with the Navy as early as possible during Project Development planning to coordinate Project Development with the operation, monitoring, maintenance and modification of the WATS and any petroleum site or other remedial work (collectively, the “Remedial System”). Detailed drawings showing the locations of the WATS and any other treatment system components shall be provided by the Navy to NASA in CAD form so they can be integrated into the Project Developer’s plans.

 

  3. Remedial System Protection and Modification; Exacerbation of Contamination

The Project Developer shall protect the integrity of all components of the Remedial System during Project Development and shall take all reasonable measures to minimize Remedial System downtime. The Project Developer shall pay any costs of relocation, replacement, alteration, protection, modification, or repair of the Remedial System caused by Project Development. In addition, if the Project Developer damages any Remedial System component in a manner that causes a release of untreated groundwater or soil or if the Project Developer exacerbates existing soil or groundwater contamination, the Project Developer shall pay all costs of investigation, remediation, EPA oversight, and any penalties associated with such release or exacerbation. The design and construction of any modification to the Remedial System shall be performed by the Navy contractors, under separate contract to the Project Developer; all modification costs, including EPA oversight costs, shall be paid by the Project Developer.

 

  4. Well Protection

The Project Developer shall repair any damage to Remedial System wells caused by Project Development. Prior to the initial Project Development demolition or construction fieldwork, the Navy shall field locate all Remedial System wells. Prior to

 

4


the start of Project Development fieldwork, the Project Developer shall install brightly painted steel pipes over each Remedial System monitoring and extraction well designated by the Navy. The painted pipe shall extend above ground not less than four feet, so as to be highly visible, and shall be buried sufficiently below the ground surface to protect the wellhead. Alternative equivalent well protection measures may be used by the Project Developer provided the Navy approves any alternative protective measure in writing prior to its use.

Additionally, all Project Development work within two feet of Remedial System wells shall be performed manually with hand tools. Fine grading work performed in areas more than two feet from the Remedial System wells but within close proximity shall be performed by light grading equipment.

 

  5. Well Sealing and Well Replacement

If the Project Developer determines that a Remedial System well conflicts with the planned Project Development and must be removed, the Project Developer shall pay all costs of well sealing and replacement and all related Navy costs, including but not limited to the cost of installing replacement conduit, piping, boxes, controls and all other components needed to return a well to service, developing the well, conducting a baseline first round of groundwater sampling, and preparing all required plans, surveys and reports. The Project Developer shall be responsible for sealing all wells located within 15 feet of the outer wall of a new building. No well shall be sealed or relocated without the prior written approval of the EPA and RWQCB RPMs. Well sealing and installation shall comply with Santa Clara Valley Water District (“SCVWD”) guidance and take place under SCVWD permit. Coordination with EPA and the RWQCB, and well sealing and replacement, shall be performed by the Navy’s contractor, under separate contract with the Project Developer, at the Project Developer’s sole cost.

 

  6. Remedial System Pipeline Protection and Replacement

Prior to initial Project Development field work, the Project Developer shall provide and place steel plate or equivalent protective measures over the existing Navy pipelines and power and control conduits. If the Project Developer determines that a pipeline, or other treatment system component, conflicts with the planned Project

 

5


Development and must be removed and relocated, the Project Developer shall pay all costs related to pipeline, and other treatment system component, removal and replacement, including but not limited to design, permitting, review, inspection, construction and independent quality assurance inspection costs. The Project Developer shall be responsible for removing and relocating all pipelines and other components located within five feet of the outer edge of the footing or foundation of a new building. No pipeline or other component shall be relocated without the prior approval of the EPA and RWQCB RPMs. Replacement pipeline installation procedures shall also be approved by the EPA and RWQCB RPMs. Coordination to obtain the approval of EPA and the RWQCB, and pipeline removal and replacement work, shall be performed by the Navy’s contractor, under separate contract to the Project Developer, at the Project Developer’s cost.

 

  7. Notification of Shutdown of Groundwater Extraction Wells or GWTS

If it appears necessary to shut down a Remedial System extraction well or the WATS during Project Development, NASA shall give written notice to the Navy five working days in advance of the proposed shutdown. In the event of an inadvertent shutdown of any component of the Remedial System, the Project Developer shall give immediate verbal notice to the Navy. Additionally, NASA shall provide to the Navy a written explanation of the reason for and the duration of any inadvertent shutdown within 48 hours of the shutdown.

 

  8. Access to Wells and the GWTS

Project Development shall be performed in such a way that all Remedial System wells, pull boxes and the WATS and associated components remain accessible to the EPA, RWQCB, and the Navy and their equipment for sampling, operation, maintenance, removal and replacement of pumps, and well sealing to the maximum extent practicable during and after Project Development. If it becomes necessary to restrict access to a well or other Remedial System component during Project Development, NASA shall provide written notice to the Navy five working days in advance of creating the restriction, with an explanation of the reason for and the expected duration of the proposed restricted access. Prior to the initial Project Development fieldwork, the Navy shall provide NASA with the schedule for well sampling.

 

6


  9. Modifications to Well Vaults and Wellheads

Following completion of final grade by the Project Developer, the Navy’s contractor, under separate contract to the Project Developer, shall modify the Navy wells, well vaults, and pull boxes as needed based on the final grade established by the Project Developer. All costs associated with these modifications shall be paid by the Project Developer.

 

  10. Communications

The Project Developer, all of its contractors, the Navy, all of their contractors, and NASA shall each designate in writing a primary and alternate contact person, including all applicable mailing addresses, telephone numbers, email addresses and facsimile numbers. The Navy shall have sole authority and responsibility for all communications with EPA and RWQCB regarding the Remedial System, including its operating status, any Project Development-related shutdowns and any modifications. NASA shall provide the Navy with all demolition, grading and construction work schedules, a full set of civil, landscaping, foundation and utility plans and specifications, and updates to these plans and specifications and schedules promptly as they occur. The Navy and their contractor shall be notified of and invited to weekly construction meetings that pertain to these plans and schedules.

 

  11. Monitoring and Sampling of Excavated Soil

The Project Developer shall remove soils contaminated with lead from lead-based paint around the buildings that have been identified by NASA, prior to building demolition. NASA shall properly dispose of this soil at the Navy’s expense. The Project Developer or NASA, at the Project Developer’s expense, shall monitor all excavated soil to determine if the soils contain volatile organic compounds (“VOCs”) or petroleum constituents. Vadose zone soils shall be stockpiled and managed separately from saturated zone soils. The Project Developer shall remove and segregate concrete, asphalt, wood, piping and other demolition debris from soil and shall manage and dispose of demolition debris in accordance with all applicable regulations. The Project Developer shall pay all costs related to demolition debris disposal.

 

7


The Project Developer or NASA, at the Project Developer’s expense, shall monitor and sample soils generated from trenching and other excavation work throughout trenching and excavation activities. The soil being removed shall be visually observed for evidence of discoloration or staining. Soil exhibiting these characteristics shall be analyzed using an organic vapor analyzer (“OVA”) or equivalent device before stockpiling. Excavated soil shall be field-screened using an OVA (or equivalent) to determine if the excavated soils are clean or may be chemically affected. Field screening with an OVA (or equivalent) shall be performed at a rate of one soil sample for every 15 cubic yards of excavated soil. Excavated soils that show a continuous reading of five parts per million (“ppm”) or greater for at least ten seconds using the OVA (or equivalent) shall be considered as possibly containing chemicals, and shall be segregated. The Project Developer shall transfer soil exhibiting these characteristics to a plastic-lined stockpile area in or near the area of trenching or excavation. Soil samples shall be collected from random locations within the stockpile at a rate of two samples for every 50 cubic yards of stockpiled soil. Each of the two samples shall consist of at least five composite samples representative of the stockpiled soil. The samples shall be submitted to a state-certified laboratory and analyzed using EPA Method 8260 (or its superceding EPA Method), including cis-1, 2-dichloroethene and Freon 113 and EPA Method 8015 (or its superceding EPA Method) for high and low boiling point total petroleum hydrocarbons (“TPH”). After the soil has been verified to conform to the soil cleanup standards specified in the MEW ROD, and the Navy petroleum site cleanup standards, the soils may be used for on-site cover or backfill. Clean soil that is tested using the field head space method with an OVA (or equivalent) that does not have a reading greater than five ppm for at least ten seconds also may be used for on-site cover or backfill. Soil that does not qualify as clean soil shall be managed in accordance with Sections 13.2 through 13.6 of this Exhibit O.

 

8


  11.1 Excavated Soil Classification and Monitoring Procedure

The Project Developer or NASA shall monitor excavated soil with an OVA (or equivalent) to determine if the soils are clean or may contain chemicals, as defined below:

Clean Soil : Soil that does not have a reading greater than five ppm continuously for ten seconds using the field head space method with an OVA (or equivalent) specified below will be considered clean soil.

Soil Containing Chemicals : Soil that does not meet the definition of clean soil will be considered soil containing chemicals.

 

  11.2 Field Head Space Methods:

(a) A soil sample shall be taken from excavated soil in the backhoe bucket at a point out of the excavation.

(b) The soil to be tested shall be placed into an unused re-sealable plastic bag or clean mason jar container with a minimum volume of one quart or one liter, until the container is half full.

(c) The container shall be sealed and left to sit under direct sunlight for approximately five minutes.

(d) The container shall be opened just enough to allow the probe of the OVA (or equivalent) to be inserted into the container’s headspace.

(e) Any sample having a reading of five ppm or greater continuously for at least ten seconds shall be considered soil containing chemicals.

 

  12. Notification of Saturated Soil Containing VOCs or TPH

If VOCs are determined to exist in saturated zone soils in AR-1, the Project Developer shall immediately notify the MEW Companies’ representative. If VOCs are determined to exist in saturated zone soils in AR-2 or AR-6, NASA shall immediately notify the Navy. If TPH is determined to exist in saturated zone soils in AR-1, AR-2, or AR-6, NASA shall immediately notify the Navy.

 

  13. Management and Disposition of Soils

 

  13.1 Clean Soil

NASA shall be solely responsible for the determination as to whether soil qualifies as clean soil either because it has been classified as clean soil in accordance with Section 11.1 of this Exhibit O or has been treated to the soil cleanup standards specified in the MEW ROD or the Navy petroleum site standards. Clean soil that does not require treatment may be reused for cover or backfill or shall be transported to the open field

 

9


north of Electrical Substation West (N225A) on Moffett, shown as Area A on the attached Figure 2, or to other areas on Moffett designated by NASA, and spread by the Project Developer at the Project Developer’s cost. NASA agrees that Navy shall not be responsible for any determination made by NASA or the Project Developer that any soil qualifies as clean soil or that any soil may be used for any particular purpose at any particular location on Moffett.

 

  13.2 Vadose Zone Soils and Saturated Soils Containing TPH

Vadose zone and saturated soils containing TPH (whether or not they also contain VOCs) shall be transported by the Project Developer to the bioremediation pad on the east side of Moffett, as shown on Figure 3, or to other areas on Moffett designated by NASA, and shall be managed by NASA, at the Navy’s expense.

 

  13.3 Saturated Zone Soils Containing Only VOCs

The Project Developer shall notify the MEW Companies promptly if any saturated zone soil in AR-1 is determined by analytical testing to contain only those VOCs associated with the MEW plume at concentrations exceeding MEW ROD soil cleanup standards. The MEW Companies shall manage and dispose of these soils as stated in the Agreement for Coordination of Construction and MEW Remedial System Modification Work (the “MEW Agreement”).

NASA shall notify the Navy promptly if any saturated zone soil in AR-2 or AR-6 is determined by analytical testing to contain VOCs at concentrations exceeding MEW ROD soil cleanup standards, or if any saturated zone soil in AR-I, AR-2, or AR-6 is determined by analytical testing to contain TPH above the Navy petroleum site cleanup standards. NASA shall manage and dispose, pursuant to CERCLA Section 121 (d), these soils at the Navy’s cost.

NASA shall promptly make available to the Navy copies of analytical soil data. Following review of the data, any soils that are found to be the responsibility of the Navy shall be delivered by the Project Developer to the bioremediation pad on the east side of Moffett, as shown on Figure 3, where it will be managed by NASA at the Navy’s expense. Treatment or offsite disposal of the soil, pursuant to CERCLA Section 121 (d) shall be at the discretion and timing of NASA. If treated, the soils shall be treated to the

 

10


soil cleanup standards specified in the MEW ROD or Navy’s petroleum site cleanup standards. The Project Developer shall pay all costs of excavating and delivering the soil to the East Side Bioremediation Pad. The Navy shall pay all costs of treating the soil and spreading the treated soil on-site or disposing of it offsite. If NASA elects to dispose of soil offsite pursuant to CERCLA Section 121 (d), NASA shall be designated the generator and sign all necessary waste manifests.

 

  13.4 Polyethylene Liners

The Project Developer shall provide plastic liners and covers for the soil stockpiles located in the areas of trenching and excavation. The MEW Companies shall provide liners and covers for the soil at the MEW Soil Aeration Facility. NASA, at the Navy’s expense, shall provide plastic liners and covers for the soil stockpiles at the East Side Bioremediation Pad. The location of the soil stockpiles in the areas of trenching and excavation shall be designated by NASA.

 

  13.5 East Side Bioremediation Pad Sampling and Testing Procedures

Following aeration, NASA shall collect two discrete soil samples for every 50 cubic yards of treated soil. Each of the two samples shall consist of at least five composite samples representative of the treated soil. The samples shall be analyzed using EPA Method 8260 and 8015 (or their superceding EPA Methods), including cis-1,2- dichloroethene and Freon. Sample collection and analytical costs shall be paid by the Navy.

 

  13.6 On-Site Reuse

After soil treated by NASA has been determined to meet soil cleanup standards, NASA shall move the clean soil onto an open field at the Navy’s expense.

 

  14. Management and Discharge of Groundwater Generated During Excavation and Dewatering Activities

The Project Developer may be required to dewater pipeline trenches and other excavations and convey water away from excavations. Groundwater in the area of Project Development may contain VOCs or TPH. The Project Developer shall manage, contain and discharge all water removed from excavation areas. The Project Developer shall transport the water to above ground tanks, test the water by EPA Method 8260 and

 

11


EPA Method 8015 (or their superceding EPA Methods) and discharge the water as follows:

 

  14.1 Ground Water Containing TPH

If the groundwater contains TPH above 50 parts per billion (“ppb”), as determined by EPA Method 8015 (or its superceding EPA Method), it shall not be discharged to the MEW GWTS. Depending on the chemical concentrations, the Project Developer may be able to obtain permission from the City of Sunnyvale Waste Water Treatment Plant or the City of Palo Alto Waste Water Treatment Plant to discharge the water to the NASA sanitary sewer systems. Request for permission to discharge to sanitary sewer shall be coordinated with NASA. The water shall be filtered before any discharge to the sewer system and the solids stored and subsequently managed by NASA at the Navy’s expense, as described above in Section 13.

If the groundwater contains TPH above 50 ppb, the Project Developer shall deliver it to the WATS for treatment by the Navy.

 

  14.2 Groundwater Containing VOCs

If the groundwater from AR-1 contains TPH below 50 ppb and contains VOCs that are identified as those associated with the MEW plume, the groundwater can be discharged to the MEW GWTS. The Project Developer shall follow the procedures described in the MEW Agreement.

If the groundwater from AR-2 or AR-6 contains VOCs above the MEW ROD cleanup levels, the groundwater can be discharged to the WATS. The Project Developer shall deliver the groundwater to clean Baker or similar tanks adjacent to WATS at the location shown as Area B -WATS Baker Tank Staging Area on Figure 4. The Project Developer shall inspect and sample the storage tanks before using them to insure that they are clean. Sample results shall be provided to the Navy, and the Navy shall have an opportunity to inspect the tanks before their use. Treatment and discharge of groundwater through the WATS shall be performed by the Navy. All groundwater shall be filtered before it is pumped into the clean storage tanks to minimize sediment buildup in the storage tanks. All solids removed from the groundwater and any filters shall be stored and subsequently characterized, managed and disposed of in the same manner as

 

12


contaminated soils as specified in Sections 11 through 13 of this Exhibit O. NASA shall be designated the generator and shall sign all necessary waste manifests for the solids and filter wastes. The Project Developer shall pay all costs associated with extraction, delivery and storage of groundwater prior to treatment at the WATS. The Navy shall pay all costs of pumping the groundwater from the storage tanks and treating it through the WATS. The Navy shall treat the stored water within a reasonable timeframe.

 

  15. Contractor Compliance With This Exhibit and the Agreement

NASA and the Navy each shall provide a copy of the Agreement to their respective contractors and subcontractors and shall ensure that compliance with the Agreement is made a material part of their respective agreements with their contractors and subcontractors. CM SPE shall provide a copy of this Exhibit O to its contractors and subcontractors and shall ensure that compliance with the Agreement is made a material part of its agreements with their contractors and subcontractors.

 

13


APPENDIX E

Coordination of Construction

and Navy Remedial System Modification

Work NASA Research Park, Moffett

Federal Airfield


AGREEMENT FOR COORDINATION OF CONSTRUCTION

AND NAVY REMEDIAL SYSTEM MODIFICATION WORK AT

NASA RESEARCH PARK, AMES RESEARCH CENTER, MOFFETT FIELD,

CALIFORNIA

The National Aeronautics and Space Administration (“NASA”) enters into this Agreement for Coordination of Construction and Navy Remedial System Modification Work at the proposed NASA Research Park (“NRP”), Ames Research Center, Moffett Field, California (“Agreement”) with the United States Navy. NASA enters into this Agreement with the Navy pursuant to the authority of the National Aeronautics and Space Act of 1958, as amended, 42 U.S.C. §§ 2451 et seq.

RECITALS

A. On June 9, 1989, the United States Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) issued a Record of Decision (the “MEW ROD”) for the Middlefield-Ellis-Whisman area of Mountain View, California. The MEW ROD was modified in September 1990 and April 1996 by EPA’s Explanations of Significant Differences. The MEW ROD requires the implementation of an EPA-approved regional groundwater remediation program (“RGRP”).

B. In September, 1990, a Federal Facility Agreement (“FFA”) under CERCLA Section 120 was signed by the EPA, the Navy, and the State of California, represented by the California Department of Health Services (“DHS”), and the California Regional Water Quality Control Board (“RWQCB”). The FFA states the Navy’s responsibilities for the investigation and remediation of contaminated soil and groundwater within the proposed NRP area.

C. On December 22, 1992, the Navy and NASA signed a Memorandum of Understanding (“MOU”) that stated the Navy would continue to be responsible for the investigation and remediation of its environmental contamination after the transfer of the former Naval Air Station Moffett Field to NASA. In addition to the groundwater contamination, the MOU includes Navy responsibility for petroleum contamination in the soil and groundwater, and for lead in the soil caused by lead based paint on the buildings.

 

1


This MOU was further clarified by the Navy in a letter signed on October 4, 1993, which stated that “The Navy’s obligations under the MOU shall include taking possession of, and properly managing any contaminated soil or groundwater that has been left in place in accordance with a CERCLA, RCRA, or other cleanup remedy but subsequently upon its excavation, disturbance, or discharge by NASA during development for reuse of Moffett Field becomes hazardous waste, o requires treatment prior to discharge.”

D. On December 17, 1993, EPA signed the Moffett Field FFA amendment, which had already been signed by the Navy, the California Department of Toxic Substance Control (“DTSC”) and the RWQCB. In this FFA amendment, the Navy adopted the MEW ROD for the remediation of soil and groundwater contaminated with chlorinated solvents within the proposed NRP area.

E. By 1998, the Navy, NASA, and the MEW Companies had agreed in principle to an allocation and settlement of each party’s responsibilities for the RGRP. NASA and the MEW Companies signed this Allocation and Settlement Agreement on March 16, 1998.

F. As part of the RGRP, the MEW Companies have installed, operate, monitor and maintain a groundwater monitoring and remedial system on Moffett Field (“Moffett”) under the direction of EPA. These components include, but are not limited to, groundwater monitoring wells, groundwater extraction wells, single and double-contained pipelines, air relief structures, electrical power and instrumentation conduits, fiber-optic instrument systems, electrical field control panels, leak detection systems, radio frequency communication links, settlement pin monuments and a groundwater treatment system (“GWTS”). The MEW Companies are required by EPA to operate the GWTS and related extraction wells and components continuously except during maintenance. Approval for any shutdown of more than 24 hours duration must be obtained from the EPA Remedial Project Manager (“RPM”) in advance.

G. Pursuant to its FFA, the Navy has installed, operates, monitors and maintains a groundwater monitoring and remedial system, the Westside Aquifer Treatment System (“WATS”) on Moffett under the direction of EPA and the RWQCB. The WATS’ components include, but are not limited to, groundwater monitoring wells,

 

2


groundwater extraction wells, pipelines, air relief structures, electrical power and instrumentation conduits, fiber-optic instrument systems, electrical field control panels, leak detection systems, settlement pin monuments and a groundwater treatment system. The Navy is required by EPA to operate the WATS and related extraction wells and components continuously except during maintenance. Approval for any shutdown of more than 24 hours duration must be obtained from the EPA RPM in advance.

H. The Navy is also responsible for investigation and remediation of petroleum sites at Moffett, with oversight by the RWQCB. The Navy had installed a treatment system at Site 14 South to address petroleum contamination. The Navy had also installed an Iron Curtain demonstration project west of Hangar 1.

I. NASA plans to sign agreements with “Project Developers” to undertake redevelopment activities at Moffett in connection with the Project Developers’ leases of certain improvements at Moffett. These activities include, but are not limited to, demolition, grading, trenching and other excavation work, and construction connected with the development of office, educational, and research and development facilities (collectively, “Project Development”).

J. NASA and the Navy enter into this Agreement to minimize any impact of Project Development on the operation, monitoring, maintenance and modification of the WATS and to allow Navy access to the WATS during and after Project Development; and to clarify the roles and responsibilities for managing contaminated soil and groundwater that is excavated during the Project Development. NASA and the Navy recognize that, to coordinate Project Development and the continued operation of the WATS effectively, it will be necessary for NASA and the Navy to be in regular, frequent communication.

NOW, THEREFORE, NASA and the Navy agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

 

  1. Geographic Scope of Agreement

This Agreement applies only within those geographical parts of Moffett designated as AR-I, AR-2, and AR-6 on the attached Figure 1.

 

3


  2. Scheduling of Work

NASA shall meet with the Navy as early as possible during Project Development planning to coordinate Project Development with the operation, monitoring, maintenance and modification of the WATS and any petroleum site or other remedial work (collectively, the “Remedial System”). Detailed drawings showing the locations of the WATS and any other treatment system components shall be provided by the Navy to NASA in CAD form so they can be integrated into the Project Developer’s plans.

 

  3. Remedial System Protection and Modification; Exacerbation of Contamination

The Project Developer shall protect the integrity of all components of the Remedial System during Project Development and shall take all reasonable measures to minimize Remedial System downtime. The Project Developer shall pay any costs of relocation, replacement, alteration, protection, modification, or repair of the Remedial System caused by Project Development. In addition, if the Project Developer damages any Remedial System component in a manner that causes a release of untreated groundwater or soil or if the Project Developer exacerbates existing soil or groundwater contamination, the Project Developer shall pay all costs of investigation, remediation, EPA oversight, and any penalties associated with such release or exacerbation. The design and construction of any modification to the Remedial System shall be performed by the Navy contractors, under separate contract to the Project Developer; all modification costs, including EPA oversight costs, shall be paid by the Project Developer.

 

  4. Well Protection

The Project Developer shall repair any damage to Remedial System wells caused by Project Development. Prior to the initial Project Development demolition or construction fieldwork, the Navy shall field locate all Remedial System wells. Prior to the start of Project Development fieldwork, the Project Developer shall install brightly painted steel pipes over each Remedial System monitoring and extraction well designated by the Navy. The painted pipe shall extend above ground not less than four feet, so as to be highly visible, and shall be buried sufficiently below the ground surface to protect the wellhead. Alternative equivalent well protection measures may be used by the Project Developer provided the Navy approves any alternative protective measure in writing prior to its use.

 

4


Additionally, all Project Development work within two feet of Remedial System wells shall be performed manually with hand tools. Fine grading work performed in areas more than two feet from the Remedial System wells but within close proximity shall be performed by light grading equipment.

 

  5. Well Sealing and Well Replacement

If the Project Developer determines that a Remedial System well conflicts with the planned Project Development and must be removed, the Project Developer shall pay all costs of well sealing and replacement and all related Navy costs, including but not limited to the cost of installing replacement conduit, piping, boxes, controls and all other components needed to return a well to service, developing the well, conducting a baseline first round of groundwater sampling, and preparing all required plans, surveys and reports. The Project Developer shall be responsible for sealing all wells located within 15 feet of the outer wall of a new building. No well shall be sealed or relocated without the prior written approval of the EPA and RWQCB RPMs. Well sealing and installation shall comply with Santa Clara Valley Water District (“SCVWD”) guidance and take place under SCVWD permit. Coordination with EPA and the RWQCB, and well sealing and replacement, shall be performed by the Navy’s contractor, under separate contract with the Project Developer, at the Project Developer’s sole cost.

 

  6. Remedial System Pipeline Protection and Replacement

Prior to initial Project Development field work, the Project Developer shall provide and place steel plate or equivalent protective measures over the existing Navy pipelines and power and control conduits. If the Project Developer determines that a pipeline, or other treatment system component, conflicts with the planned Project Development and must be removed and relocated, the Project Developer shall pay all costs related to pipeline, and other treatment system component, removal and replacement, including but not limited to design, permitting, review, inspection, construction and independent quality assurance inspection costs. The Project Developer shall be responsible for removing and relocating all pipelines and other components

 

5


located within five feet of the outer edge of the footing or foundation of a new building. No pipeline or other component shall be relocated without the prior approval of the EPA and RWQCB RPMs. Replacement pipeline installation procedures shall also be approved by the EPA and RWQCB RPMs. Coordination to obtain the approval of EPA and the RWQCB, and pipeline removal and replacement work, shall be performed by the Navy’s contractor, under separate contract to the Project Developer, at the Project Developer’s cost.

 

  7. Notification of Shutdown of Groundwater Extraction Wells or GWTS

If it appears necessary to shut down a Remedial System extraction well or the WATS during Project Development, NASA shall give written notice to the Navy five working days in advance of the proposed shutdown. In the event of an inadvertent shutdown of any component of the Remedial System, the Project Developer shall give immediate verbal notice to the Navy. Additionally, NASA shall provide to the Navy a written explanation of the reason for and the duration of any inadvertent shutdown within 48 hours of the shutdown.

 

  8. Access to Wells and the GWTS

Project Development shall be performed in such a way that all Remedial System wells, pull boxes and the WATS and associated components remain accessible to the EPA, RWQCB, and the Navy and their equipment for sampling, operation, maintenance, removal and replacement of pumps, and well sealing to the maximum extent practicable during and after Project Development. If it becomes necessary to restrict access to a well or other Remedial System component during Project Development, NASA shall provide written notice to the Navy five working days in advance of creating the restriction, with an explanation of the reason for and the expected duration of the proposed restricted access. Prior to the initial Project Development fieldwork, the Navy shall provide NASA with the schedule for well sampling.

 

  9. Modifications to Well Vaults and Wellheads

Following completion of final grade by the Project Developer, the Navy’s contractor, under separate contract to the Project Developer, shall modify the Navy wells, well vaults, and pull boxes as needed based on the final grade established by the Project Developer. All costs associated with these modifications shall be paid by the Project Developer.

 

6


  10. Communications

The Project Developer, all of its contractors, the Navy, all of their contractors, and NASA shall each designate in writing a primary and alternate contact person, including all applicable mailing addresses, telephone numbers, email addresses and facsimile numbers. The Navy shall have sole authority and responsibility for all communications with EPA and RWQCB regarding the Remedial System, including its operating status, any Project Development-related shutdowns and any modifications. NASA shall provide the Navy with all demolition, grading and construction work schedules, a full set of civil, landscaping, foundation and utility plans and specifications, and updates to these plans and specifications and schedules promptly as they occur. The Navy and their contractor shall be notified of and invited to weekly construction meetings that pertain to these plans and schedules.

 

  11. Monitoring and Sampling of Excavated Soil

The Project Developer shall remove soils contaminated with lead from lead-based paint around the buildings that have been identified by NASA, prior to building demolition. NASA shall properly dispose of this soil at the Navy’s expense. The Project Developer or NASA, at the Project Developer’s expense, shall monitor all excavated soil to determine if the soils contain volatile organic compounds (“VOCs”) or petroleum constituents. Vadose zone soils shall be stockpiled and managed separately from saturated zone soils. The Project Developer shall remove and segregate concrete, asphalt, wood, piping and other demolition debris from soil and shall manage and dispose of demolition debris in accordance with all applicable regulations. The Project Developer shall pay all costs related to demolition debris disposal.

The Project Developer or NASA, at the Project Developer’s expense, shall monitor and sample soils generated from trenching and other excavation work throughout trenching and excavation activities. The soil being removed shall be visually observed for evidence of discoloration or staining. Soil exhibiting these characteristics shall be analyzed using an organic vapor analyzer (“OVA”) or equivalent device before

 

7


stockpiling. Excavated soil shall be field-screened using an OVA (or equivalent) to determine if the excavated soils are clean or may be chemically affected. Field screening with an OVA (or equivalent) shall be performed at a rate of one soil sample for every 15 cubic yards of excavated soil. Excavated soils that show a continuous reading of five parts per million (“ppm”) or greater for at least ten seconds using the OVA (or equivalent) shall be considered as possibly containing chemicals, and shall be segregated. The Project Developer shall transfer soil exhibiting these characteristics to a plastic-lined stockpile area in or near the area of trenching or excavation. Soil samples shall be collected from random locations within the stockpile at a rate of two samples for every 50 cubic yards of stockpiled soil. Each of the two samples shall consist of at least five composite samples representative of the stockpiled soil. The samples shall be submitted to a state-certified laboratory and analyzed using EPA Method 8260 (or its superceding EPA Method), including cis-1, 2-dichloroethene and Freon 113 and EPA Method 8015 (or its superceding EPA Method) for high and low boiling point total petroleum hydrocarbons (“TPH”). After the soil has been verified to conform to the soil cleanup standards specified in the MEW ROD, and the Navy petroleum site cleanup standards, the soils may be used for on-site cover or backfill. Clean soil that is tested using the field head space method with an OVA (or equivalent) that does not have a reading greater than five ppm for at least ten seconds also may be used for on-site cover or backfill. Soil that does not qualify as clean soil shall be managed in accordance with Sections 13.2 through 13.6 of this Agreement.

 

  11.1 Excavated Soil Classification and Monitoring Procedure

The Project Developer or NASA shall monitor excavated soil with an OVA (or equivalent) to determine if the soils are clean or may contain chemicals, as defined below:

Clean Soil: Soil that does not have a reading greater than five ppm continuously for ten seconds using the field head space method with an OVA (or equivalent) specified below will be considered clean soil.

Soil Containing Chemicals: Soil that does not meet the definition of clean soil will be considered soil containing chemicals.

 

8


  11.2 Field Head Space Methods:

(a) A soil sample shall be taken from excavated soil in the backhoe bucket at a point out of the excavation.

(b) The soil to be tested shall be placed into an unused re-sealable plastic bag or clean mason jar container with a minimum volume of one quart or one liter, until the container is half full.

(c) The container shall be sealed and left to sit under direct sunlight for approximately five minutes.

(d) The container shall be opened just enough to allow the probe of the OVA (or equivalent) to be inserted into the container’s headspace.

(e) Any sample having a reading of five ppm or greater continuously for at least ten seconds shall be considered soil containing chemicals.

 

  12. Notification of Saturated Soil Containing VOCs or TPH

If VOCs are determined to exist in saturated zone soils in AR-1, the Project Developer shall immediately notify the MEW Companies’ representative. If VOCs are determined to exist in saturated zone soils in AR-2 or AR-6, NASA shall immediately notify the Navy. If TPH is determined to exist in saturated zone soils in AR-1, AR-2, or AR-6, NASA shall immediately notify the Navy.

 

  13. Management and Disposition of Soils

 

  13.1 Clean Soil

NASA shall be solely responsible for the determination as to whether soil qualifies as clean soil either because it has been classified as clean soil in accordance with Section 11.1 of this Agreement or has been treated to the soil cleanup standards specified in the MEW ROD or the Navy petroleum site standards. Clean soil that does not require treatment may be reused for cover or backfill or shall be transported to the open field north of Electrical Substation West (N225A) on Moffett, shown as Area A on the attached Figure 2, or to other areas on Moffett designated by NASA, and spread by the Project Developer at the Project Developer’s cost. NASA agrees that Navy shall not be responsible for any determination made by NASA or the Project Developer that any soil qualifies as clean soil or that any soil may be used for any particular purpose at any particular location on Moffett.

 

9


  13.2 Vadose Zone Soils and Saturated Soils Containing TPH

Vadose zone and saturated soils containing TPH (whether or not they also contain VOCs) shall be transported by the Project Developer to the bioremediation pad on the east side of Moffett, as shown on Figure 3, or to other areas on Moffett designated by NASA, and shall be managed by NASA, at the Navy’s expense.

 

  13.3 Saturated Zone Soils Containing Only VOCs

The Project Developer shall notify the MEW Companies promptly if any saturated zone soil in AR-1 is determined by analytical testing to contain only those VOCs associated with the MEW plume at concentrations exceeding MEW ROD soil cleanup standards. The MEW Companies shall manage and dispose of these soils as stated in the Agreement for Coordination of Construction and MEW Remedial System Modification Work (the “MEW Agreement”).

NASA shall notify the Navy promptly if any saturated zone soil in AR-2 or AR-6 is determined by analytical testing to contain VOCs at concentrations exceeding MEW ROD soil cleanup standards, or if any saturated zone soil in AR-1, AR-2, or AR-6 is determined by analytical testing to contain TPH above the Navy petroleum site cleanup standards. NASA shall manage and dispose, pursuant to CERCLA Section 121 (d), these soils at the Navy’s cost.

NASA shall promptly make available to the Navy copies of analytical soil data. Following review of the data, any soils that are found to be the responsibility of the Navy shall be delivered by the Project Developer to the bioremediation pad on the east side of Moffett, as shown on Figure 3, where it will be managed by NASA at the Navy’s expense. Treatment or offsite disposal of the soil, pursuant to CERCLA Section 121 (d) shall be at the discretion and timing of NASA. If treated, the soils shall be treated to the soil cleanup standards specified in the MEW ROD or Navy’s petroleum site cleanup standards. The Project Developer shall pay all costs of excavating and delivering the soil to the East Side Bioremediation Pad. The Navy shall pay all costs of treating the soil and spreading the treated soil on-site or disposing of it offsite. If NASA elects to dispose of soil offsite pursuant to CERCLA Section 121 (d), NASA shall be designated the generator and sign all necessary waste manifests.

 

10


  13.4 Polyethylene Liners

The Project Developer shall provide plastic liners and covers for the soil stockpiles located in the areas of trenching and excavation. The MEW Companies shall provide liners and covers for the soil at the MEW Soil Aeration Facility. NASA, at the Navy’s expense, shall provide plastic liners and covers for the soil stockpiles at the East Side Bioremediation Pad. The location of the soil stockpiles in the areas of trenching and excavation shall be designated by NASA.

 

  13.5 East Side Bioremediation Pad Sampling and Testing Procedures

Following aeration, NASA shall collect two discrete soil samples for every 50 cubic yards of treated soil. Each of the two samples shall consist of at least five composite samples representative of the treated soil. The samples shall be analyzed using EPA Method 8260 and 8015 (or their superceding EPA Methods), including cis-1,2- dichloroethene and Freon. Sample collection and analytical costs shall be paid by the Navy.

 

  13.6 On-Site Reuse

After soil treated by NASA has been determined to meet soil cleanup standards, NASA shall move the clean soil onto an open field at the Na’s expense.

 

  14. Management and Discharge of Groundwater Generated During Excavation and Dewatering Activities

The Project Developer may be required to dewater pipeline trenches and other excavations and convey water away from excavations. Groundwater in the area of Project Development may contain VOCs or TPH. The Project Developer shall manage, contain and discharge all water removed from excavation areas. The Project Developer shall transport the water to above ground tanks, test the water by EPA Method 8260 and

 

11


EPA Method 8015 (or their superceding EPA Methods) and discharge the water as follows:

 

  14.1 Ground Water Containing TPH

If the groundwater contains TPH above 50 parts per billion (“ppb”), as determined by EPA Method 8015 (or its superceding EPA Method), it shall not be discharged to the MEW GWTS. Depending on the chemical concentrations, the Project Developer may be able to obtain permission from the City of Sunnyvale Waste Water Treatment Plant or the City of Palo Alto Waste Water Treatment Plant to discharge the water to the NASA sanitary sewer systems. Request for permission to discharge to sanitary sewer shall be coordinated with NASA. The water shall be filtered before any discharge to the sewer system and the solids stored and subsequently managed by NASA at the Navy’s expense, as described above in Section 13.

If the groundwater contains TPH above 50 ppb, the Project Developer shall deliver it to the WATS for treatment by the Navy.

 

  14.2 Groundwater Containing VOCs

If the groundwater from AR-1 contains TPH below 50 ppb and contains VOCs that are identified as those associated with the MEW plume, the groundwater can be discharged to the MEW GWTS. The Project Developer shall follow the procedures described in the MEW Agreement.

If the groundwater from AR-2 or AR-6 contains VOCs above the MEW ROD cleanup levels, the groundwater can be discharged to the WATS. The Project Developer shall deliver the groundwater to clean Baker or similar tanks adjacent to WATS at the location shown as Area B -WATS Baker Tank Staging Area on Figure 4. The Project Developer shall inspect and sample the storage tanks before using them to insure that they are clean. Sample results shall be provided to the Navy, and the Navy shall have an opportunity to inspect the tanks before their use. Treatment and discharge of groundwater through the WATS shall be performed by the Navy. All groundwater shall be filtered before it is pumped into the clean storage tanks to minimize sediment buildup in the storage tanks. All solids removed from the groundwater and any filters shall be stored and subsequently characterized, managed and disposed of in the same manner as contaminated soils as specified in Sections 11 through 13 of this Agreement. NASA shall be designated the generator and shall sign all necessary waste manifests for the solids and filter wastes. The Project Developer shall pay all costs associated with extraction,

 

12


delivery and storage of groundwater prior to treatment at the WATS. The Navy shall pay all costs of pumping the groundwater from the storage tanks and treating it through the WATS. The Navy shall treat the stored water within a reasonable timeframe.

 

  15. Contractor Compliance With This Agreement

NASA, the Navy, and the Project Developer each shall provide a copy of this Agreement to their respective contractors and shall ensure that compliance with this Agreement is made a material part of their respective agreements with their contractors.

 

  16. Notices

All written notices required by this Agreement shall be deemed effective (1) when delivered, if personally delivered to the person being served or (2) three business days after deposit in the mail if mailed by United States mail, postage paid certified, return receipt requested:

If To: “Navy”

Lawrence Lansdale

Navy SouthWest Div

Address

San Diego, CA zip

If To: ‘‘NASA”

Don Chuck

NASA Ames Research Center

MS 218-1

Moffett Field, CA 94035

 

13


  17. Effective Date

This Agreement shall take effect upon the date of the last signature appearing below.

IN WITNESS THEROF, the following parties have entered into this Agreement.

 

NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION  
By:  

 

    Dated:  

 

Title:  

 

     
U.S. Navy      
By:  

 

    Dated:  

 

Title:  

 

     

 

14


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO

January 28, 2003

56910 002

Mr. Thomas Anderson

PAI/ISSi

NASA Ames Research Center, MS 19-21

Moffett Field, California 94035-1000

Lead Impacted Soil Sampling and

Removal Action Workplan Implementation Initial Soil Sample Results

NASA Research Park Moffett Field, California

Dear Mr. Anderson:

This report presents the results of soil sampling performed by MACTEC Engineering and Consulting, Inc. (MACTEC; formerly known as Harding ESE, Inc.) for PAI/ISSi at the National Aeronautics and Space Administrations (NASA) Research Park (NRP), Moffett Field, California. The intent of this investigation was to assess the levels oflead in soil from lead-based paint (LBP) at the NASA NRP, Moffett Field, California (Site; Plate 1). MACTEC conducted this assessment and prepared this report under contract to PAI/ISSi on behalf of the NASA Ames Research Center.

Background

In July 2002, Harding ESE, prepared Lead Impacted Soil Summary Report and Sampling and Removal Action Workplan, NASA Research Park, Moffett Field, California (Harding ESE, 2002) to summarize previous LBP in soil data collected by others at the NRP. That document also presented the following:

 

  A description of additional soil sampling activities (Initial Soil Lead Assessments) for those buildings where the presence of LBP in the building materials is suspected or confirmed

 

  An outline of removal action activities for areas where previous data has confirmed the presence of LBP in soil

 

  The process and protocols to be utilized for the Initial Soil Lead Assessment.

The objective of the Workplan was to identify and develop removal procedures for soil that contains lead exceeding the San Francisco Regional Water Quality Control Board (SFRWQCB) risk-based screening level (RBSL) and to confirm that this cleanup level is not exceeded after soil removal activities. Based on a residential land use scenario, the RBSL for lead in surface soils (<3 meters (m) in depth) used for NRP is 200 milligrams per kilogram (mg/kg).

 

MACTEC Engineering and Consulting, Inc.

90 Digital Drive

Novato, CA 94949

415-883-0112 • Fax: 415-884-3300


January 28, 2003

56910 002

Mr. Thomas Anderson

PAI/ISSi

Page 2

 

On the basis of the review of previous data, MACTEC identified multiple buildings/areas where lead-impacted soils were identified or suspected. On October 24, 2001, Harding ESE conducted a site visit to inspect these buildings/areas and to identify those that were surrounded by soil. Buildings/areas surrounded by paved surfaces were not included for soil lead assessments. The areas identified for initial soil lead assessments are the pre-1978 buildings with the potential for lead based paint ( Harding ESE, 2002 ). The sampling locations are shown on Plates 2 through 12. In addition, a building/area’s previous use was also considered. For example, Building 38 (Area 2, Parcel 1) is and has historically been tennis courts. Therefore, LBP impacts were not suspected and sampling was not recommended.

Field Investigation

MACTEC collected samples from the Site on September 17 and 18, 2002, in accordance with protocols outlined in the workplan. The samples were collected using a stainless steel trowel and immediately transferred to clean four-ounce glass jars. The soil assessment included collecting a suite of composite samples in unpaved areas at the building comers, near suspect discharge points such as downspouts, and at regular intervals around the periphery of the building. The sampling grid consisted of six samples collected from cells up to 30-feet long by 20-feet wide. Samples were collected from 0 to 6 inches below the surface at the dripline or no more than 2-feet from the building wall if the dripline was not apparent.

Six samples per cell were collected and the samples from each cell were thoroughly mixed and composited in accordance with ASTM Standard D-6051-96 ( ASTM, 1996 ). The samples were labeled and transported under chain of custody procedures to a state-certified analytical laboratory for total lead analysis by EPA Test Method 6010. Samples with total lead concentrations greater than 50 mg/kg were also analyzed for teachable lead using the Waste Extraction Test (WET) method in accordance with the Workplan.

Upon inspection of the site and discussion with Mr. Tom Anderson of PAl/ISSi, ten building locations were established and sampled. Several sites were eliminated from the original sampling program due to the soil bed being a veneer of soil over an asphaltic concrete (AC) pavement. One building was a transite roofed open structure on steel poles above a recreational barbecue area. Two additional building locations, Area 10 buildings 512C and 547B were added by request. Sampling locations are shown on Plates 2 (overview) through 12 and are summarized as follows:

 

Area 2

  

Building 24

  

6 samples

Area 3

  

Building 943

  

6 samples


January 28, 2003

56910 002

Mr. Thomas Anderson

PAI/ISSi

Page 3

 

Area 4   
Building 510    6 samples
Area s   
Building 29    2 samples (discrete sample and duplicate collected at east side downspout)
Are 6b   
Building 3    72 sample
Area 7   
Building 533    6 samples
Area 9   
Building 113    6 samples (one exposed soil location only)
Area 10   
Building 512C    24 samples Area IO
Building 547B    6 samples
Area 11   
Building 329    6 samples (samples collected from voids in the AC surfacing where accessible)

Field Investigation

Analytical Results

Table 1 summarizes the total lead results of the soil composites and the corresponding teachable lead results for samples yielding results greater than or equal to 50 mg/kg total lead. The analytical reports and chain of custody documentation are presented in Appendix A.

MACTEC’s evaluation of the analytical data is summarized as follows:

 

  With the exception of the sample collected from Building 113, Area 9, all total lead results were below the 200 mg/kg RBSL. Lead was detected at a concentration of 990 mg/kg in the sample collected from Building 113. Lead was detected in the remainder of the samples at concentrations between 14 and 170 mg/kg.

 

  Samples from 22 locations (Building 3 [11 locations and one duplicate sample], Building 24 [original and duplicate samples], Building 29 [original and duplicate samples], Building 113, Building 329, Building 510, Building 512C, Building 533, and Building 943) exceeded 50 mg/kg and were analyzed for teachable lead using the WET method.

 

  The teachable lead results for samples from Building 3 (East side of building, north end 1”1 inset), Building 29 (original and duplicate samples), Building 113 and Building. 510) were at or above the STLC threshold of 5.0 milligrams per liter (mg/L) as cited in Title 22, California Code of Regulations. It should be noted that the sample location at Building 29 represents materials washed into the gutters and deposited on the AC surfacing materials surrounding the building and do not necessarily indicate soil concentrations below the AC cover.


January 28, 2003

56910 002

Mr. Thomas Anderson

PAI/ISSi

Page 4

 

Summary

Based on the results of the sampling, soil from the vicinity of Building 113, exceeds the NASA RBSL of 200 mg/kg. Prior to building demolition, soil in the vicinity of this building will require removal and disposal as Class I hazardous waste because the teachable lead concentration exceeded the STLC. Confirmation sampling of soil below the excavated area will need to be performed in accordance with procedures outlined in the Workplan developed for the NRP. All other sample results were below the NASA RBSL and soil at these building locations does not require additional investigation or removal.

Based on the results of the leachable lead analysis, soil in the vicinity of Buildings 3 (East side of building, north end 111 inset), 29, 113 and 510 has leachable lead concentrations that exceed the STLC threshold of 5.0 mg/L. Because the soil did not exceed the RBSL, it is acceptable for the soil to be left in place. However, if the soil is to be excavated and moved elsewhere, then the soil must be disposed of as a Class I waste because the leachable lead concentrations exceeded the STLC threshold.

Due to the limited nature of the sampling program, it is possible that concealed materials above the RBSL or hazardous waste levels may be present or encountered during excavation or other intrusive activities. Ifother hazardous materials are discovered during excavation or construction activity, work should cease and NASA soil screening policy and procedures should be implemented to determine the nature and extent of the encountered hazard.

If you have questions or would like additional information, please contact Gary Lieberman at (415) 884-3158

 

Very truly yours,

MACTEC Engineering and Consulting, Inc.

Matthew H. Walraven, CSST 96-2072

Staff Environmental Scientist

MHWalraven@mactec.com


January 28, 2003

56910 002

Mr. Thomas Anderson

PAI/ISSi

Page 5

 

Gary A. Lieberman

Senior Geologist

GALieberman@mactec.com

MW/Gl./kb/KBS9306.DOC-NASA

 

Attachments:

 

Plate 1. Site Vicinity Map

 

Plate 2. Base Map, Soil/Lead Sampling Plates 3-12. Sampling Locations

 

Table 1. Summary of Soil Analytical Results

 

Appendix. A. Laboratory Analytical Results and Chain of Custody Forms

References

American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), 1996.  Guide D6051-96(2001) Standard Guide for Composite Sampling and Field Subsampling for Environmental Waste Management Activities .

MACTEC Engineering and Environmental Services, Inc. (MACTEC) 2002.  Lead Impacted Soil Summary Report and Sampling and Removal Action Workplan, NASA Research Park, Moffett Field, California . July 24.


January 28, 2003

56910 002

Mr. Thomas Anderson

PAI/ISSi

Page 6

 

Distribution

 

Ms. Sandy Olliges

MS 218-1

NASA Ames Research Center

Moffett Field, California 94035

Thomas Anderson

MS 19-21

NASA Ames Research Center

Moffett Field, California 94035

Ms. Alana Lee SFD7-4

Environmental Protection Agency

75 Hawthorne Street

San Francisco, California 94105

Ms. Carmen White SFD8-l

Environmental Protection Agency

75 Hawthorne Street

San Francisco, California 94105

Ms. Adriana·Constantinescu

California Regional Water Quality Control Board

1515 Clay Street

Oakland, California 94612

Mr. Lawrence Lansdale

BRAC- Environmental Coordinator

BRAC Operations, Code 06CM.MP

1230 Columbia Street, Suite 100

San Diego, California 92101

Mr. Jim Boarer

Locus Technologies

299 Fairchild Drive

Mountain View, California 94043

Mr. Tom Kalinowski

EKI

1870 Ogden Drive

Burlingame, California 94919-5306

Mr. Jeff Kellam ATSDR

MS E-56

1600 Clifton Road

Atlanta, Georgia 30333

RAB- Community Co-Chair Mr. Bob Moss

PBAF-410

4010 Orme Street

Palo Alto, California 94306

RAB- Committee

Mr. Jim McClure

4957 Northdale Drive

Fremont, California 94536

Trish Morrissey

NASA Ames Research Center

MS 204-2

Moffett Field, CA 94035

Mr. George Sloup

NASA Ames Research Center MS 202 A-4

Moffett Field, CA 94035

Mejghan Haider

NASA Ames Research Center

MS 204-2

Moffett Field, CA 94035

NASA PARTNERS

Mr. Dan Blunk

UCSC

Environmental

1156 High St.

Santa Cruz, California 95064

 


January 28, 2003

56910 002

Mr. Thomas Anderson

PAI/ISSi

Page 7

 

Kevin Lamb

Office of Planning Services

Carnegie Mellon University

5000 Forbes Ave.

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15213

Karen Matthews

Computer History Museum

P.O. Box 367

Moffett Field, California 94035

Daphne C. Tirado

1721O Torry Ct.

Morgan Hill, California 95037

Nancy Bussani

San Jose State University

1 Washington Sq.

San Jose California 95192-0025

Lisa Alceson

Kerr Hall- 3rd Floor

UCSC

1156 High St.

Santa Cruz, California 95064

Jonathan Wyke

Lockheed

20 E. Clementon Rd.

Suite 102 South

Gibbsborow, New Jersey 08026

Rick Leas (650) 254-2250

Golden Bay Federal Credit Union

556 Edquiba Road

Moffett Field, CA 94035

Mike Finn

Ion America I Girvan Institute

NASA Ames Research Center

Building 543

Moffett Field, Ca. 94035

Space Technology Center

Dave Englebert

19327 Northampton Dr.

Saratoga, California 95070

Lt. Col. Alexander, CANG

California Air National Guard

129th Air Rescue

P.O. Box 103- Stop 17

Moffett Federal Airfield

Moffett Field, California 94035

Col. Manto, Army Reserve

P.O. Box 96

Moffett Federal Airfield

Moffett Field, California 94035

Maureen Talbott, NEX

Building 476 Navy Exchange #110- 340

Moffett Federal Airfield

Moffett Field, California 94035

William Penny, Commissary,

P.O. Box 387

Moffett Field, California 94035

Building 12

DECA

Ken Baker, US Post Office

1070 La Avienda Ave.

Mountain View, California 94043

City of Mountain View Public Library

585 Franklin St.

Mountain View, Ca. 94041-1988

City of Sunnyvale

Reference Desk

665 W. Olive Ave.

Sunnyvale, Ca. 94086-7655

 


PLATES


LOGO

[Plate 1]


LOGO

[Plate 2]

 

2


LOGO

[Plate 3]

 

3


LOGO

[Plate 4]

 

4


LOGO

[Plate 5]

 

5


LOGO

[Plate 6]

 

6


LOGO

[Plate 7]

 

7


LOGO

[Plate 8]

 

8


LOGO

[Plate 9]

 

9


LOGO

[Plate 10]

 

10


LOGO

[Plate 11]

 

11


TABLES


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


APPENDICES


LOGO

4 October, 2002

Gary Lieberman Harding ESE

90 Digital Drive

Novato, CA 94949

RE: General Commercial

Sequoia Work Order: P209467

Enclosed are the results of analyses for samples received by the laboratory on 09/19/02 13:00. If you have any questions concerning this report, please feel free to contact me.

Sincerely,

Michelle M. Wiita

Project Manager

CA ELAP Certificate #2374


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO

29 October, 2002

Gary Lieberman Harding ESE

90 Digital Drive

Novato, CA 94949

RE: General Commercial Sequoia Work Order. P210470

Enclosed are the results of analyses for samples received by the laboratory on 10/21/02 06:35. If you have any questions concerning this report, please feel free to contact me.

 

Sincerely,
Michelle M. Wiita Project Manager

CA ELAP Certificate #2374


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO

18 October, 2002

Gary Lieberman Harding ESE

90 Digital Drive

Novato, CA 94949

RE: General Commercial Sequoia Work Order: P209467

Enclosed are the results of analyses for samples received by the laboratory on 09/19/02 13:00. If you have any questions concerning this report, please feel free to contact me.

 

Sincerely,
Michelle M. Wiita Project Manager

CA ELAP Certificate #2374


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


Environmental Baseline Survey

NASA Research Park Parcel 5

Moffett Federal Airfield

Moffett Field, California

Prepared for

 

PAI/ISSI

NASA Ames Research Center

Moffett Field, California 94035-1000 Harding ESE Project No. 50487 32

 

 

Gary A. Lieberman
Senior Geologist

 

Janet Peters RG
Principal Geologist


December 28, 2000

 

LOGO

 

2


Environmental Baseline Survey

NASA Research Park Parcel 5

Moffett Federal Airfield

Moffett Field, California

Harding ESE Project No. 50487 32

This document was prepared by Harding ESE, Inc (Harding ESE, formerly Harding Lawson Associates) at the direction of PAI/ISSI for the sole use of PAI/ISSI, NASA, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, the California Environmental Protection Agency, Department of Toxic Substances Control, the California Environmental Protection Agency, Regional Water Quality Control Board, the U.S. Navy, the Middlefield-Ellis-Whisman (MEW) Companies, and prospective NASA partners, the only intended beneficiaries of this work. No other party should rely on the information contained herein without the prior written consent of the PAI/ISSI and NASA. This report and the interpretations, conclusions, and recommendations contained within are based in part on information presented in other documents that are cited in the text and listed in the references. Therefore, this report is subject to the limitations and qualifications presented in the referenced documents.


CONTENTS

 

1.0

  

INTRODUCTION

     1  
  

1.1

  

Purpose

     1  
  

1.2.

  

Procedures for Conducting an Environmental Baseline Survey

     2  
  

1.3

  

Limitations

     2  
  

1.4

  

Document Organization

     3  

2.0

  

SURVEY METHODOLOGY

     4  
  

2.1.

  

Approach and Rationale

     4  
  

2.2.

  

Program Review

     4  
  

2.3

  

Document Review

     5  
  

2.4

  

Interviews

     5  

3.0

  

BACKGROUND

     6  
  

3.1.

  

Physical Setting

     6  
  

3.2.

  

History

     6  
  

3.3

  

Environmental Setting

     7  
     

3.3.1

  

Physical Characteristics

     7  
        

3.3.1.1

  

Surface Features

     7  
        

3.3.1.2

  

Surface Water

     8  
        

3.3.1.3

  

Meteorology and Climatology

     8  
        

3.3.1.4

  

Geology

     9  
        

3.3.1.5

  

Hydrogeology

     9  
        

3.3.1.6

  

Habitat and Threatened or Endangered Species

     10  
        

3.3.1.7

  

Archeological Resources

     12  
  

3.4

  

Environmental Restoration Programs

     13  
     

3.4.1

  

Installation Restoration Program

     14  
     

3.4.2

  

Groundwater Contamination – West Side Aquifers/Regional Groundwater Plume North of 101

     15  
     

3.4.3

  

Risk Assessments

     16  
  

3.5

  

Environmental Compliance Programs

     17  
     

3.5.1

  

Hazardous Materials and Waste Management

     17  
     

3.5.2

  

Storage Tanks

     18  
     

3.5.3

  

Medical/Biohazardous Waste

     18  
     

3.5.4

  

Lead-Based Paint

     19  
     

3.5.5

  

Spent Abrasive Materials

     19  
     

3.5.6

  

Radioactive Materials

     19  
     

3.5.7

  

Mixed Waste

     20  
     

3.5.8

  

Radon

     20  
     

3.5.9

  

Storm Water Discharges and System

     20  
     

3.5.10

  

Wastewater

     21  
     

3.5.11

  

Air Quality

     21  
     

3.5.12

  

Emissions Inventory

     22  
     

3.5.13

  

Indoor Air Testing

     22  
     

3.5.14

  

Building 566 Passive Gas Monitoring Survey

     23  

 

i


     

3.5.15

  

Asbestos

     24  
     

3.5.16

  

Pesticides

     24  
     

3.5.17

  

Polychlorinated Biphenyls

     25  
     

3.5.18

  

Ordinance

     25  
     

3.5.19

  

Mold

     25  
  

3.6

  

Closure Plans

     26  

4.0

  

FINDINGS FOR PARCEL 5

     27  
  

4.1

  

History and Current Usage

     27  
  

4.2

  

Environmental Restoration Programs

     27  
     

4.2.1

  

Site 10

     28  
     

4.2.2

  

Site 14

     28  
     

4.2.3

  

Site 15

     28  
     

4.2.4

  

Site 16

     29  
     

4.2.5

  

Site 18

     29  
  

4.3

  

Environmental Compliance Programs

     29  
     

4.3.1

  

Hazardous Waste Management

     29  
     

4.3.2

  

Hazardous Materials Management

     29  
     

4.3.3

  

Storage Tanks

     29  
        

4.3.3.1

  

Underground Storage Tanks, Oil/Water Separators and Sumps

     29  
        

4.3.3.2

  

Aboveground Storage Tanks

     30  
     

4.3.4

  

Lead-Based Paint

     30  
     

4.3.5

  

Air Quality

     30  
     

4.3.6

  

Asbestos

     31  
     

4.3.7

  

Polychlorinated Biphenyls

     31  
  

4.4

  

Discussion of Findings

     31  

5.0

  

BIBLIOGRAPHY

     33  

TABLES

 

1.

 

History of Installation Operations

2

 

Installation Restoration Program Sites

3

 

Underground Storage Tank Status

4

 

Aboveground Storage Tank Status

5

 

Lead Sampling Results

6

 

Asbestos Survey/Sampling Results

 

ii


7

 

PCB Impacted Transformers/Capacitors

8

 

Building List Summary

9

 

Monitoring and Extraction Well Ownership and Total Depth

10

 

Former Hazardous Materials and Waste Locations

11

 

Current Hazardous Materials and Waste Locations

PLATES

1.

 

Site Vicinity Map

2

 

Site and Parcel Location Map

3

 

IRP Location Map

4

 

Well and Treatment System Location Map

5

 

Storage Tank Location Map

6a

 

Utility Location Map #1

6b

 

Utility Location Map #2

APPENDICES

A

 

PARCEL ENVIROMENTAL SUMMARYR REPORTS

B

 

PLUME AND ALLOCATION MAPS

C

 

BURROWING OWL LOCATION MAP

D

 

ARCHEOLOGICAL SENSITIVE AREAS

DISTRIBUTION

 

iii


ACRONYMS

 

1,1,l-TCA

  

I, I, I-Trichloroethane

1,2-DCA

  

1,2-Dichloroethane

1,1-DCA

  

1,1-Dichloroethane

1,1,2-TCA

  

1,1,2-Trichloroethane

1,1-DCE

  

1,1-Dichloroethene

1,2-DCE

  

cis and trans-1,2 -dichloroethene

ACGIH

  

American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists

ACM

  

Asbestos Containing Material

AOis

  

Areas of Investigation

AST

  

Aboveground Storage Tank

BRAC

  

Base Realignment & Closure Program

CalEPA

  

California Environmental Protection Agency

CANG

  

California Air National Guard

CERCLA

  

Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act

CP

  

Closure Plan

DFG

  

California Department of Fish and Game

DOI

  

Department of the Interior

DTSC

  

Department of Toxic Substances Control

EA

  

Endangerment Assessment

EBS

  

Environmental Baseline Survey

ESAs

  

Environmental Site Assessments

FEMA

  

Federal Emergency Management Agency

FFA

  

Federal Facilities Agreement

FOSL

  

Finding of Suitability to Lease

FS

  

Feasibility Study

Harding ESE

  

Harding ESE, Inc.

HHRA

  

Human Health Risk Assessment

HWAAs

  

Hazardous Waste Accumulation Areas

HWMP

  

Hazardous Waste Management Plan

IRP/OU

  

Installation Restoration Program and Operable Units

LBP

  

Lead-Based Paint

LTA

  

Lighter-Than-Air

MCLs

  

Maximum Contaminant Levels

MFA

  

Moffett Federal Airfield

MSL

  

Mean Sea Level

NACA

  

National Advisory Committee for Aeronautics

NAS

  

Naval Air Station

NASA

  

National Aeronautics and Space Administration

National Register

  

National Register of Historic Places

NEX

  

Navy Exchange

NPDES

  

National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System

 

iv


NPL

  

National Priorities List

O F

  

Fahrenheit

OSHA

  

Occupational Safety & Health Administration

PA

  

Preliminary Assessment

PCBs

  

Polychlorinated Biphenyls

PCE

  

Tetrachloroethene

PELs

  

Permissible Exposure Limits

PRGs

  

Preliminary Remediation Goals

RI

  

Remedial Investigation

RI/FS

  

Remedial Investigation/Feasibility Study Program

ROD

  

Record of Decision

RWQCB

  

California Regional Water Quality Control Board

STLC

  

Soluble Threshold Limit Concentration

SWEA

  

Station-Wide Ecological Assessment

TCE

  

Trichloroethene

TLV-TWAs

  

Threshold Limit Values-Time Weighted Averages

USACE

  

U.S. Army Corps of Engineers

USEPA

  

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency

USFWS

  

United States Fish and Wildlife Service

UST

  

Underground Storage Tank

VOCs

  

Volatile Organic Compounds

WATS

  

West-Side Aquifers Treatment Systems

 

v


1.0 INTRODUCTION

Harding ESE has prepared this Environmental Baseline Survey (EBS) to present the results of the assessment of known existing environmental conditions for Parcel 5 at Moffett Federal Airfield (MFA), formerly part of Naval Air Station (NAS) Moffett Field (NAS Moffett Field), California. The subject parcels are heretofore referred to as the NASA Research Park (NRP) Parcels. The location of Moffett Field is shown on Plate 1 and the NRP is shown on Plate 2. Harding ESE conducted the assessment and prepared this report under contract to PAI/ISSI on behalf of NASA Ames Research Center.

As shown on Plate l, the NRP Parcels are located along the southern boundary of the Moffett Field and comprise an area of approximately 213 acres that is being planned for redevelopment as a collaborative research and educational campus. As discussed above and in Section 2.0, the area is within Moffett Field, which was continuously operated by the U.S. military since it was commissioned in 1933 until it was transferred to the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) in 1994. As described in the Moffett Field Comprehensive Use Plan, Environmental Assessment (Brady  & Associates, i994), portions of Moffett Field will be converted from their former military use and redeveloped as a laboratory and associated offices. In addition, the remainder of NRP is proposed for development as a collaborative research and educational campus as described in the Notice of intent to Prepare an Environmental impact Statement, published in the Federal Register on June 16, 2000.

 

1.1 Purpose

The purpose of the EBS is to 1) summarize the known existing environmental condition of the NRP in a manner that is easy to use by future partners, and 2) evaluate the potential constraints that the existing conditions may have upon future uses. To the extent that the information was available to the authors, the EBS addresses the following:

 

  Status of the site investigations and remediation

 

  Nature and extent of known contamination, if any

 

  Hazardous materials and waste management

 

  Underground storage tanks (UST) and aboveground storage tanks (AST)

 

  Status of building surveys for asbestos, lead-based paint (LBP), and radon

 

  Other information pertaining to environmental conditions on the parcel.

The EBS focuses on identifying and documenting environmental site characterization and remediation activities and the presence or likely presence of hazardous substances and/or hazardous waste on a portion of real property considered for reuse. The EBS addresses hazardous substances or wastes, including certain substances not usually regulated under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA), and

 

1


other substances such as petroleum products, asbestos, LBP, PCBs, and mold in structures to the extent that relevant information is available. The EBS considers soil and groundwater contamination, and a description of potential public health and safety issues, for example, those associated with the soil or groundwater contamination or the condition of buildings, that may affect NASA’s ability or decision to redevelop such property. The EBS does not constitute a complete site characterization because it is based on existing available information. In addition, no confirmation/field verification was conducted.

 

1.2 Procedures for Conducting an Environmental Baseline Survey

Procedures for conducting an EBS are described in the DoD guidance (U.S. DoD, 1994). The EBS is similar to CERCLA Preliminary Assessment (PA) and may include information from many sources, including ongoing programs, such as CERCLA remedial investigation and remediation, building surveys for asbestos, LBP, and radon, solid and hazardous waste management activities, and other programs, as discussed in Section 2.0. Specific EBS activities may include the following:

 

  Search, review, and documentation of existing records regarding environmental conditions on the parcel

 

  Description of known current or past activities on the parcel

 

  Interviews with current and/or former employees involved in operations on the parcel

 

  Description of known hazardous substance or hazardous waste management practices on the parcel and on adjacent parcels

 

  Documentation of observations made during visual and physical inspections (Not conducted for this EBS)

 

  Description of possible sources of contaminants on the parcel or on adjacent parcels, on the basis of available information

 

1.3 Limitations

This document was prepared at the direction of PAI/ISSI for the sole use of PAI/ISSI, NASA, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA), the California Environmental Protection Agency (CalEPA), Department of Toxic Substances Control (DTSC), the Cal-EPA, Regional Water Quality Control Board (RWQCB), the U.S. Navy, the Middlefield-Ellis-Whisman (MEW) Companies, and prospective NASA partners, the only intended beneficiaries of our work, to support redevelopment of the NASA Research Park Parcels. No other party should rely on the information contained herein without the prior written consent of NASA and Harding ESE.

Harding ESE’s professional services for this EBS, including the preparation of this document, were conducted in accordance with practices and procedures generally accepted in the environmental consulting field at this time; no other warranty is given or implied by this report.

 

2


Information about the presence or absence of hazardous substances in the area discussed in this report is based on limited data and observations. Environmental conditions may change over time and may be different away from locations where data or samples were collected or observations made. Harding ESE does not and cannot have complete knowledge of environmental conditions in the area discussed. Furthermore, this report is complete and accurate only to the extent that cited reports and agency information are complete and correct, and to the extent that all relevant information has been provided to Harding ESE. The purpose of the EBS is to identify and describe available information. In the EBS, Harding ESE has not attempted to independently verify the completeness or accuracy of the information presented, or to independently assess the environmental condition of the described area.

 

1.4 Document Organization

The remainder of this report is organized as follows:

 

  Section 2.0 provides a description of the methodology used to complete the EBS

 

  The background of the site including a physical description, history of the facility, the environmental setting including geology, hydrogeology, surface water, threatened or endangered species and sensitive habitat, and. archeological resources, and a summary of the environmental restoration and compliance programs is presented in Section 3.0

 

  Sections 4.0 describes the Findings for Parcel 5

 

  References are provided in Section 5.0

 

  A summary of the information for Parcel 5 is presented in Appendix A

 

  Appendix B presents plume and environmental cleanup allocation maps for the NRP

 

  Burrowing owl locations and archeologically sensitive areas are presented in Appendix C and D, respectively.

 

3


2.0 SURVEY METHODOLOGY

 

2.1 Approach and Rationale

A systematic process was followed in which all available reports, records, maps, and interviews were analyzed. Reported conditions were evaluated to determine their impact on the characterization, remediation, reuse, and occupation of the NRP. On the basis of this information, conclusions were drawn relative to the environmental condition of the NRP. As discussed previously, physical inspections of the NRP to identify any new potential environmental concerns or to verify information obtained during the records review, were not conducted as part of this EBS.

Analysis of the ongoing or completed environmental programs at Moffett Field included the following:

 

  Building surveys for asbestos and lead based paint (LBP)

 

  Building surveys for mold

 

  Radon monitoring (limited to residential units and NASA buildings not within the NRP)

 

  Management of electrical transformers containing polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs)

 

  Underground and aboveground storage tank (USTs and ASTs) management

 

  Basewide Remedial Investigation/Feasibility Study Program (Rl/FS)

 

  Installation Restoration and Operable Unit Programs (IRP/OU)

 

  Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan implementation

 

  Hazardous Waste Management, Minimization and Spill Contingency Plans

 

  Assessment of impacts from adjoining properties (MEW Superfund Site)

 

  Evaluation of air quality.

Results of each of these programs for Parcel 5 are described in Section 4.0.

 

2.2 Program Review

A review of the ongoing environmental restoration and compliance programs (discussed above) for the NRP was performed. NASA and PAI/ISSI program managers provided relevant and updated program data. The examination of these programs provided a comprehensive overview of the past and current environmental status of the NRP. After data evaluation the information was entered into Parcel Summary tables to facilitate record access and summary report production. The table for Parcel 5 is included as Appendix A to support the evaluation of the environmental condition of the NRP.

 

4


2.3 Document Review

The document review process focused on identifying parcel specific surveys, inspections, studies, field investigations, and interim and final remedial measures especially those completed subsequent to transfer of the NRP from the Navy.

Documents and information reviewed for this EBS include the following type of reports or investigative and management plans:

 

  Site reuse plans

 

  Building preliminary assessment/site inspections

 

  Work plans and sampling and analysis plans

 

  Remedial Investigation and Feasibility Study Reports

 

  Building construction information for buildings

 

  Results of building surveys for asbestos, LBP, radon, PCBs, and hazardous material/waste

 

  Inventories and management plans for USTs and ASTs

 

  Air monitoring reports/emissions inventories.

A complete list of the documents reviewed is provided in Section 5.0.

 

2.4 Interviews

Interviews were conducted with NASA and PAI/ISSI staff familiar with historic and current environmental restoration and compliance programs. Interviews with past and present employees who worked in the buildings located within the NRP were not performed as part of this EBS. Mr. Joseph Chou of the Cal/EPA Regional Water Quality Control Board and Ms. Roberta Blank of the U.S. EPA were contacted regarding the environmental restoration programs.

 

5


3.0 BACKGROUND

This section presents relevant information about Moffett Field with an emphasis on the NASA Research Park Parcels. It includes a description of the physical setting, the history of Moffett Field, a summary of the environmental setting, and the environmental restoration and compliance programs. Moffett Field includes NASA Ames Research Center and MFA. Moffett Field also includes the Army housing; however, the housing is not operated by NASA and is not included in this report.

 

3.1 Physical Setting

Moffett Field lies 35 miles south of San Francisco, 10 miles north of San Jose, and about 1 mile south of San Francisco Bay (Plate 1). The facility encompasses about 2,000 acres in Santa Clara County and borders the cities of Mountain View and Sunnyvale, California. To the north of Moffett Field are saltwater evaporation ponds and wetlands associated with San Francisco Bay; Stevens Creek lies to the west; U.S. Highway 101 runs along the southern perimeter; and Lockheed-Martin Aerospace facilities are located to the east. NASA Ames Research Center is in the northwest portion of Moffett Field. The area south of U.S. 101 is and has been industrial and includes a group of companies located or formerly located in a 0.5 square-mile area bounded by East Middlefield Road, Ellis Street, Whisman Road, and U.S. 101 referred to as the MEW Superfund Site. These companies are cleaning up soil and groundwater contamination believed to originate within the MEW Superfund site that has also affected groundwater quality beneath the NRP (Tetra Tech, 1998c).

The NASA Research Park Parcels (Plate 2) are in the southern portion of Moffett Field and comprise 213 acres. The NASA Ames Research Center lies to the north and west of the NRP, U.S. 101 bounds the NRP to the south, and the runways and hangars of Moffett Federal Airfield lie to the east.

 

3.2 History

Since the 19th century, the Moffett Field area was used for agriculture. Historic maps show a series of landings along the bay with connecting roads, stage stops, and residences in the area. (PRC, 1994).

The U.S. military continuously operated the Naval Air Station (NAS) Moffett Field from its date of commission in April 1933 as the Sunnyvale Naval Air Station until it was transferred to NASA on July 1, 1994. A summary of the history of the base operations is provided in Table 1. NAS Moffett Field’s original mission was to serve as a base for the West Coast dirigibles of the lighter-than-air (LTA) program. The Navy continued to use the station as an air base until October 1935 when it was transferred to the Army Air Corps for use as a training base. During the Army’s tenure, the National Advisory Committee for Aeronautics (NACA) established Ames Aeronautical Laboratory in December 1939 on land adjacent to the Navy at Moffett Field.

In April 1942, the base was returned to the Navy and renamed Naval Air Station (NAS) Moffett Field.

 

6


By 1950, Moffett Field was the largest naval air transport base on the West Coast and became the first all- weather air station. Jets first arrived in 1950 and included fighters (F3Ds, F2Hs, and F7Us). In 1953, the base became home to all Navy fixed-wing, land-based antisubmarine craft. A weapons department was formed on the base in 1954.

In 1958, NASA was created and absorbed NACA; thus it became the NASA Ames Research Center.

In February 1966, the base activated its high-speed refueling facilities, and in 1973, it became the headquarters of the Commander Patrol Wings, U.S. Pacific Fleet.

Between 1973 and 1994, NAS Moffett Field’s mission involved support of antisubmarine warfare training and patrol squadrons. At one point, Moffett Field was the largest P-3 base in the world, with nearly 100 P-3C Orion Patrol aircraft. These aircraft were assigned to nine squadrons supported by 5,500 military, 1,500 civilian, and 1,000 reserve personnel. No heavy manufacturing or major aircraft maintenance was conducted during the last mission; mostly unit- and intermediate-level maintenance occurred.

The base was designated for closure as an active military base under the U.S. Department of Defense Base Realignment and Closure (BRAC) program. The base was transferred in July 1994 to NASA, except the military housing units and associated facilities, which were transferred to Onizuka Air Force Base.

 

3.3 Environmenyal Setting

 

3.3.1 Physical Characteristics

The following description of physical characteristics discusses surface features, surface water, meteorology and climatology, geology, hydrogeology, and threatened or endangered species and habitat at Moffett Field.

 

3.3.1.1 Surface Features

Moffett Field is located near the southern end of San Francisco Bay on nearly flat fluvial basin deposits. Elevations range from approximately 36 feet above mean sea level (msl) to 2 feet below msl (IT, 1993). Since topographic relief is minimal, manmade structures are the most noticeable surface features and include buildings, aircraft hangars, roads, parking lots, runways, and landscaped areas.

The eastern and western sides of Moffett Field are separated by northwest trending runways. Most buildings are located on the western side of Moffett Field with the most prominent one being the very large Hangar 1 that at one time housed the dirigible, the USS Macon. Features on the eastern side of Moffett Field include Hangars 2 and 3, the California Air National Guard (CANG) area, a golf course, and other buildings. Most areas surrounding the buildings are landscaped.

The area north of Moffett Field was once tidal salt marshes and mud flats of San Francisco Bay. These marshes and mud flats have been eliminated or greatly altered by diking and filling (IT, 1993). Currently, commercial saltwater evaporation ponds are present north of Moffett Field. A stormwater retention pond·exists on lands of Midpeninsula Regional Open Space District and NASA Ames.

 

7


3.3.1.2 Surface Water

San Francisco Bay, California’s largest estuary, is approximately 1 mile north of Moffett Field. Historically, tidal salt marsh and mud flats covered extensive areas of the southern portion of the bay including the northern portion of Moffett Field. However, most of these wetlands have been eliminated or greatly altered. The large area north and northeast of Moffett Field was diked several decades ago and is still used as commercial salt evaporation ponds.

Surface water features at Moffett Field include or have included stormwater drainage ditches, several small ponds, and a stormwater retention pond. There are no streams on Moffett Field, although several streams are present to the east and west. Coyote Creek and Guadalupe Slough drain into San Francisco Bay east of Moffett Field, and Stevens Creek drains into San Francisco Bay to the west.

Stormwater in the eastern portion of the airfield (including the runways and aircraft aprons) drains through a system of surface channels (Patrol Road Ditch and Marriage Road Ditch) and subsurface drains to the Building 191 lift station and is pumped into the Northern Channel at its western end. Water is pumped from the eastern end of Northern Channel to Guadalupe Slough, which drains to San Francisco Bay. During significant rainfall, temporary lift stations pump water from Patrol Road Ditch and Marriage Road Ditch directly into the Northern Channel.

Stormwater in the western portion of the base drains to the stormwater settling basin via underground pipes. From the settling basin, the water flows northward through the Eastern Diked Marsh to the stormwater retention pond.

On the basis of an initial assessment study of Moffett Field performed by the Naval Energy and Environmental Support Activity (NEESA), the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) projects that the eastern portion of Moffett Field will be inundated by 100-year tidal flooding (NEESA 1984). The 100-year flood is projected to reach 7.5 feet above msl and a significant portion of Moffett Field would be affected.

 

3.3.1.3 Meteorology and Climatology

Moffett Field experiences a Mediterranean climate with relatively dry, warm summers and cool, wet winters (IT 1993). Influences from the Pacific Ocean, San Francisco Bay, and cool valley breezes help to maintain moderate temperatures. The average annual temperature is 58 degrees Fahrenheit (°F). The average monthly temperature in August is 66°F, and the average monthly temperature in January is 50°F. Maximum temperatures have been recorded above 100°F, and minimum temperatures have been recorded as low as 22°F (IT, 1993).

During the day, moderate northern and northwestern winds are common; during the evening, winds are generally from the west (IT, 1993). Occasionally, winter storms are accompanied by severe southwestern winds. The average annual wind velocity is 7 miles per hour.

 

8


The average annual rainfall is 13.2 inches (IT, 1993). Most precipitation falls during the winter with a dry period from May through September. During December, January, and February, the maximum monthly average precipitation is 2.5 inches, which decreases to between 1 and 2 inches per month during the spring and fall. Rainfall during the dry period is usually less than 0.5 inches per month. Thunderstorms are rare and can occur during any month, but are not usually intense. Snow is rare, and if it does fall, it does not accumulate.

Humidity averages 74 percent, with daily highs of 85 percent and lows of 60 percent (IT, 1993). Much of the humidity is attributed to the site’s proximity to San Francisco Bay.

 

3.3.1.4 Geology

Moffett Field is located at the northern end of the Santa Clara Valley Basin, about I mile south of San Francisco Bay. The Santa Clara Valley Basin is a Pliocene-age, large, northwest-trending structural depression between the San Andreas and Hayward faults. The basin is bordered on the west by the Santa Cruz Mountains and on the east by the Diablo Range.

Regionally, the Santa Clara Valley contains up to 1,500 feet of interbedded alluvial, fluvial, and estuarine deposits (Iwamura, 1980). Locally, these sediments consist of varying combinations of clay, silt, sand, and gravel that represent interfingering of estuarine and fluvial depositional environments during the late Pleistocene and Holocene epochs. The interfingering of fluvial and estuarine sediments in southern San Francisco Bay is related to world-wide fluctuations in sea level during glacial and interglacial episodes of the late Quaternary period (Tetra Tech, 1998c). The fluvial sediments were derived from the Santa Cruz highlands west of the basin and deposited on an alluvial plain bounded by alluvial fan deposits to the west and baylands to the northeast (Iwamura, 1980). Surface geologic maps indicate that alluvial fan deposits extend toward the basin approximately to U.S. Highway 101, which forms the southern boundary of Moffett Field. Shallow deposits on Moffett Field are branching river and flood plain deposits. Estuarine deposits are found at the extreme northern end of Moffett Field.

 

3.3.1.5 Hydrogeology

Within the northern Santa Clara Valley groundwater basin, watershed boundaries are defined by drainage divides in the Santa Cruz Mountains and Diablo Range. The contact between the bedrock and Quaternary alluvium defines the extent of the groundwater basin (Tetra Tech, 1998c). Regionally, the Quaternary water-bearing deposits are divided into a deep, confined aquifer, and a shallow, unconfined aquifer based on the extent of a regional confining layer (Tetra Tech, 1998c). Four regional subdivisions of the upper 250 feet of Quaternary sediments are as follows:

 

  Holocene (Recent Interglacial Period) alluvium (A Aquifer zone)

 

  Late Pleistocene (Wisconsinan Glacial Period) alluvium (B aquifer zone)

 

  Late Pleistocene (Sangamon) Interglacial deposits (B/C acquitard)

 

  Pleistocene (Illinoian Glacial Period) alluvium (C aquifer zone).

 

9


The shallow aquifer (upper 250 feet) is subdivided into the A, B, and C aquifers. A laterally extensive clay aquitard (B/C aquitard) effectively isolates the C aquifer (160 to 250 feet below ground surface [bgs]) from the upper aquifers. The A/B aquitard may be locally discontinuous.

The remaining discussion focuses on the A aquifer zones beneath the NRP because the aquifer is most accessible and likely to be impacted by contamination and because of the relative lack of contamination in the deeper aquifers.

The A aquifer extends from a depth of 5 to 65 feet bgs at the western side of Moffett Field. The A aquifer is divided into the Al- and A2- aquifer zones by a discontinuous, low-penneability horizon (A1/A2 aquitard) located between 25 and 30 feet bgs (Tetra Tech, 1998a). The aquifer consists of sands and gravels with gravel comprising 20 to 90 percent of the coarse material. In general, groundwater flow is toward San Francisco Bay (north) with a horizontal gradient of 0.004 to 0.005 feet per feet (ft/ft) (PRC, 1996). Depth to groundwater ranges from 5 to 12 feet bgs (Tetra Tech, 1998a)

 

3.3.1.6 Habitat and Threatened or Endangered Species

This section summarizes the types of habitats occurring at Moffett Field. A comprehensive assessment of Moffett Field ecology can be found in the Phase II Site wide ecological assessment (SWEA, PRC and Montgomery Watson [MW], 1997). The habitats at Moffett Field have been classified into two major categories: (1) wetlands and aquatic, and (2) uplands.

The wetlands and aquatic habitats have been defined using the United States Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS) classification system and the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACE) system discussed in the WESCO (1993) report. The California Department of Fish and Game (DFG) uses the USFWS protocol for wetland classification. The majority of the wetlands are located in the northern section of Moffett Field bordering the commercial salt evaporation ponds. These areas help to support a variety of species including some listed as endangered under the federal Endangered Species Act and as California species of special concern.

The uplands habitat can be further divided into levee banks, disturbed grasslands, and landscaped areas. The disturbed grasslands and landscaped areas occur within the NRP.

The levee banks provide limited upland habitat bordering the saltwater and brackish marshes. They range from 5 to 15 feet in height and are mostly covered by grasses and weeds. This type of vegetation provides cover for species such as the California ground squirrel, mourning dove, and various species of rodents. The location of the banks near the marshes makes them a suitable resting area for waterfowl and wading birds between periods of feeding. They also provide a corridor for predatory mammals that can have an adverse effect on the federally endangered and special status species occupying these areas.

The grasslands are highly disturbed areas that provide limited useable habitat for wildlife. These areas are located between buildings and runways and are mowed on a regular basis. The burrowing owl has been observed foraging in these areas. This species is listed as a California special status species. Appendix C presents a map showing the most recent locations where burrowing owls are nesting at Moffett Field. None of these areas are located within Parcel 5.

 

10


Specific mitigation measures have been developed for areas where burrowing owls have been identified and are as follows:

 

1) Early in the planning process, review all proposed projects, programs, and activities to determine if they may occur near (i.e., within 250 feet) areas occupied or recently occupied by burrowing owls. For projects that may occur near owls or their habitat, submit to the Environmental Services Office as soon as possible a preliminary description of the activity, a map showing its proposed location, and a proposed timeline. When applicable, also submit a NEPA Environmental Checklist. A qualified wildlife biologist must survey the project site. For assistance contact the onsite Wildlife Technician, Chris Alderete at 43532 or (650) 280-7643 (cell).

 

2) Whenever possible, avoid potential impacts to burrowing owls and their habitat (see Appendix C) by:

 

  a. Considering alternative project locations during the early planning stages. The 23 acres of burrowing owl habitat south of Building 158, and other owl protection areas identified in Appendix C shall be avoided.

 

  b. Scheduling work in areas near burrowing owls to occur outside the nesting season. The nesting season is from February 1-August 31.

 

  c. Considering alternative approaches that reduce or eliminate potential impacts to burrowing owls.

 

  d. Reducing the amount of time spent conducting activities near burrowing owls.

 

3) Avoid disturbing active nesting owl burrows during the nesting season, which occurs from February 1-August 31. For disturbances outside the nesting season, obtain proper regulatory approval through the Environmental Services Office.

 

4) Avoid disturbances that occur within 250 feet of an active owl nest during the nesting season or with 160 feet outside the nesting season. For unavoidable disturbances, work with the Environmental Office to determine specific owl impacts and required mitigation based on the nature of the project or activity, and its timing, location, and duration.

 

5) Obtain approval from the Environmental Services Office (Code QE) prior to conducting activities near burrowing owls or their habitat. Code QE will obtain permits and approvals from regulatory agencies, as needed.

 

6) When applicable, obtain the required Construction Permits (AMI 8829.1) and comply with their conditions, including those related to burrowing owls.

 

11


Fund and implement mitigation activities identified in the planning stages. These may include the following:

Avoid impacts to owls by conducting work outside the nesting season, or at a distance from active physical burrows that avoids disturbances (>250 in nesting season, > 160 feet outside of nesting season). Prevent impacts to owl burrows by:

 

  1. Keeping the project footprint as small as possible.

 

  2. Limiting the movement of construction vehicles, size of staging areas, and other disturbances. Protect areas within 160-foot to 250-foot radius from owl burrows. Use fencing or construction tape to delineate work areas from protected areas.

 

  3. Placing fencing around active owl burrows for the duration of the project. Barriers must be adequate to prevent disturbance to burrows. Remove fencing when the project is completed.

If active owl burrows must be destroyed, work with the Environmental Services Office to develop a plan to evict owls from their natural burrows. Eviction shall occur outside the nesting season. Owls are evicted using temporary “one-way doors” placed on the natural burrow for at least 48 hours. After 48 hours, excavate the natural burrow, and then fill it in to prevent owls from reoccupying those burrows. Replace lost burrows with artificial burrows at a 3:1 ratio within 300 feet of the destroyed burrows, if possible, or within the closest onsite Burrowing Owl Preserve.

Historically active and satellite burrows can also be very important for burrowing owl survival. These lesser-used burrows will be evaluated on a case by case basis by a qualified wildlife biologist, who will determine if mitigation is required. Artificial burrow placement and design will be developed in coordination with the NASA Environmental Services Office. The project proponent must complete construction of any required artificial burrows prior to project initiation (e.g., beginning construction activities), unless agreed to in writing by the NASA Environmental Services Office. Onsite land set-aside may also be used for mitigation on larger projects.

The landscaped areas provide habitat similar to urban parks. The vegetation is composed of non-native and/or exotic grasses, shrubs, and trees. These areas can be found near the administration buildings, housing complexes, and the golf course. Species commonly observed in this habitat include the mourning dove, house sparrow, American robin, northern mockingbird, and the fox squirrel.

 

3.3.1.7 Archeological Resources

No archeological resources are known to occur within NRP. However, prehistoric and historic use of the Moffett Field vicinity is well documented and as yet unidentified buried archeological resources could be encountered during ground disturbing activity. Appendix D presents a plate identifying archeological sensitive areas. To ensure that all resources are properly identified, evaluated and treated (if necessary), the following measures will be initiated:

 

  Specific language should be included in the General Specifications section of any contract requiring excavation in regard to the required protection of cultural resources and the procedures to be followed by the contractor in an unexpected discovery situation.

 

12


  NASA shall develop an Unexpected Discovery Plan to deal with the inadvertent exposure of subsurface archeological resources during construction, in accordance with 36 CFR 800.11.

 

  In lieu of a formal Unexpected Discovery Plan, any construction operations should stop within 3 meters ( 10 feet) of the exposure of an unanticipated archeological materials and a qualified archeologist should be contacted to evaluate the materials and recommend an appropriate treatment for them (see 36 CFR 800.11.1).

 

  It is not considered that there is a high potential for inadvertent exposure of prehistoric Native American skeletal remains and associated grave goods at Moffett Field. However, the region’s Native Americans consider the graves of their ancestors to be of utmost importance. The remains and the offerings buried with them are sacred to the Native Americans, and there is a strong desire among this community to prevent disturbance of burial sites. The Native American Graves Protection and Repatriation Act (NAGPRA; Section 3) requires federal agencies to consult with likely descendants and Indian tribes prior to intentional excavation, and requires cessation of activity and notification of tribes when there is an inadvertent discovery of Native American skeletal remains on federal land. The State of California Native American Heritage Commission (ATTN: Execution Secretary, 915 Capitol Mall, Room 288, Sacramento, CA 95814) can provide a list of tribes and most likely descendants on request. In the event of discovery of Native American skeletal remains, the implementing regulations 43 CFR 10, subpart B (Federal Register 60(232); 62134-62169, December 4, 1995) of NAGPRA shall be followed.

 

  Curation of any recovered archeological materials not associated with Native American skeletal remains shall be curated in accordance with 36 CFR 79, Curation of Federally Owned and Administered Archeological Collections Final Rule (Federal Register 55 [177: 5-37639], September 12, 1990). Local repositories meeting the curation standards for archeological materials shall be selected over distant repositories whenever possible.

 

  All archeological work shall be conducted under the direction of professional archeologists meeting the qualification standards described in Archeology and Historic Preservation; Secretary of the Interior” Standards (Federal Register 48 (190: 44716-44742, September 29, 1983).

 

3.4 Environmental Restoration Programs

Naval Air Station Moffett Field was added to the National Priorities List (NPL) in July 1987. Work conducted at Moffett Field is being completed under the authority of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA) and coordinated through a Federal Facilities Agreement (FFA) with the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), Region IX; the California State EPA Department of Toxic Substances Control (DTSC) and the California Regional Water Quality Field are broken into the CERCLA Installation Restoration Program (IRP) and the non-CERCLA sites, Control Board, San Francisco Bay Region (RWQCB). Environmental Restoration Programs at Moffett (i.e., Petroleum sites) which were and are being addressed in accordance with applicable state regulations. Groundwater beneath the NRP is impacted by migration of chemicals from the MEW Superfund Site (south of Moffett Field; see also Section 3.1) and from operations at Moffett Field. This is collectively referred to

 

13


as the Regional Plumes or the West Side Aquifer north of 101 ( Tetra Tech, 1998a; Locus, 1999). In addition, a number of investigations have been conducted at the adjacent NASA Ames Research Center to evaluate Areas of Investigation (AOIs). However, none of the AOIs are located within the NRP and, therefore, the AOI program is not discussed further.

 

3.4.1 Installation Restoration Program

Under its IRP, the Navy identified and investigated several locations for the presence of chemical contamination related to site use. Currently, Moffett Field is divided into five Operable Units (QU1, OU2-West, OU2-East, OU5 and OU6), the West Side Aquifer, and two study areas (petroleum sites and station-wide sites). OU1 includes Sites 1 and 2. OU2-West includes Sites 8, 10 (Chase Park), 14-North, 16, 17, and 18. OU2-East includes Sites 3, 4, 6, 7, 10 (runways), 11 and 13. OU5 includes the aquifers on the east side of the Moffett Field, and OU6 includes wetland areas. The West Side Aquifer include the aquifers located under the western portion of the Moffett Field (aquifers west of the runways). The petroleum sites are the non-CERCLA sites and include Sites 5, 9, 12, 14-South, 15, 19, 20 and 24. The Station-Wide Sites include Sites 21 to 23 as well as other areas of investigation.

All OU1, OU2-East, OU5, OU6, the Station-Wide Sites, and Site 8 (OU2-West), lie outside of the area included in the scope of this EBS and are not discussed further. Of the petroleum sites, only Sites 9, 14-South, 15, 19 and 24 are located within the parcels included in this EBS. The following summarizes the IRP Sites that are located within the NRP. Plate 3 presents their locations, and Table 2 provides a summary.

 

Parcel 1:    West Side Aquifer
Parcel 2:    West Side Aquifer
   Sites 9, 15, 17
Parcel 3:    West Side Aquifer
   Site 24
Parcel 4:    West Side Aquifer
   Site 19
Parcel 5:    West Side Aquifer
   Sites 10, 14-North and South, 15, 16, 18
Parcel 6:    None
Parcel 7:    None

The next section describes the groundwater contamination (West Side Aquifer and MEW Plume) as it applies to all parcels, and summarizes the risk assessments. The remaining sites are discussed within the parcel findings (Section 4.0).

 

14


3.4.2 Groundwater Contamination - West Side Aquifers/Regional Groundwater Plume North of 101

Groundwater contamination beneath the NRP consists of the commingled MFA and MEW Plumes often referred to as the West Side Aquifers or the Regional Plume North of U.S. Highway 101. It will be referred to in the remainder of this document as the Regional Plume.

The West Side Aquifer includes the aquifers located under the western portion of Moffett Field (aquifers west of the runways). In 1992, the EPA determined that because the aquifers on the western side of Moffett Field were being impacted by a groundwater plume from the aforementioned MEW Superfund site to the south of Moffett Field, they were subject to the 1989 MEW Record of Decision (ROD). Additionally, historical operations at Moffett Field (primarily from the former dry cleaning facility at former Building 88 [Site 18; Parcel 5 northern boundary] and fuel operations at Site 9 [Parcel 2 northwestern portion) also contributed solvents and fuel products to the MEW groundwater plume. Therefore, cleanup technologies and cleanup levels proposed and used by the Navy for site restoration on the western side of the runway follow those specified in the MEW Record of Decision (ROD, U.S. EPA, 1989).

The remedial investigation (RI) of the MEW area was concluded in 1988 (Harding ESE, 1988). The investigation included a regional study area bounded by El Camino Real to the south, San Francisco Bay to the north, Mathilda Avenue to the east, and Stevens Creek to the west; and a local study area focusing on three Superfund sites within the MEW area. Volatile organic compounds (VOCs), especially Trichloroethene (TCE), and 1,1,1-Trichloroethane (1,1,1-TCA), were the most frequently detected. An estimated 98 percent of the mass of TCE and 1,1,1-TCA, and cis- and trans-1,2-dichloroethene (1,2-DCE) in the groundwater that has emanated from the MEW area exists within 100 feet bgs. The regional VOC plume within this shallow zone extends beneath Moffett Field approximately 5,000 feet north of U.S. Highway 101 (PRC, 1996). The MEW companies have completed the RI feasibility study (FS) and remedial design, and are currently conducting remedial action activities under U.S. EPA supervision. Construction of the MEW treatment system was completed and routine operations began in October 1998 ( Tetra Tech, 1999a). Their treatment system is located on Parcel 2 (Plate 4). According to the MEW ROD ( U.S. EPA 1989), the voes in the groundwater are being cleaned up to maximum contaminant levels (MCLs). Quarterly monitoring is being conducted to evaluate the plume conditions and remedial progress (Locus, 1999).

The remedial investigation work for the Navy portion of West Side Aquifer was completed in 1992 ( Tetra Tech, 1998a). Several source areas of potential Navy-related groundwater contamination were identified. Potential groundwater source areas identified included an old fuel storage tank farm and former Navy Exchange (NEX) Service Station (Site 9), a former aircraft wash rack and sump (Site 15), and a former dry cleaners (Site 18). The former tank farm and NEX station, (Site 9) have been identified as sources of petroleum-related contamination, but do not appear to be sources of VOC contamination. The former dry cleaner (Site 18-Parcel 5) has been identified as a source of VOC contamination, particularly tetrachloroethene (PCE). The wash rack (Site 15, Sump 25, Parcel 5) is considered a VOC source (Tetra Tech, 1998a). The Navy designed and installed the West-Side Aquifers Treatment System (WATS) on Parcel 2 (Plate 4) (Tetra Tech, 1999b) to extract VOCs and petroleum contamination from groundwater in the A1- and A2-aquifer zones. Groundwater is being cleaned up to MCLs for VOCs (U.S. EPA,

 

15


1989) and for the petroleum hydrocarbons, to the levels shown in the Basewide Petroleum Site Evaluation Methodology Technical Memorandum ( Tetra Tech, 1998b). Monitoring is being conducted to monitor the plume conditions and remedial progress. Responsibility for remediation of the West Side Aquifer has been allocated among MEW, Navy and NASA in accordance with the Allocation and Settlement Agreement (see Allocation map in Appendix B).

Monitoring of the groundwater contamination plume associated with the MEW site and former Navy activities at Moffett Field (West-side Aquifers) is being conducted; water-levels are measured on a quarterly basis, and groundwater sampling is conducted by the Navy and the MEW Companies. Based on the most recent available data the contaminants of primary concern present in groundwater beneath the parcels include TCE, 1,1:1-TCA, PCE, 1,1-dichloroethane (1,1-DCA), 1,1-dichloroethene (1,1-DCE), cis- and trans-1,2-dichloroethene (1,2-DCE), dichlorobenzene, chloroform, freon 113, phenol and vinyl chloride. The VOCs TCE and 1,1,1-TCA are the most frequently detected and widespread ( Tetra Tech, 1999a).

The current plume limits, for TCE, benzene and TPHs and their respective concentrations are presented in Appendix B. Extraction wells and piping associated with the system are located on Parcels 1, 2, 3, and 5.

 

3.4.3 Risk Assessments

A human health risk assessment (HHRA) was conducted to evaluate the carcinogenic and noncarcinogenic risk for potential future residential, occupational, and recreational receptors at Moffett Field. The HHRA was included with the station-wide RI report (PRC, 1996). In addition station-wide ecological risk assessments (SWEAs) were conducted (PRC and MW, 1995, and 1997). Both of these focused on the wetland areas and the runway and surrounding hangars and maintenance facilities and did not address the areas occupied by the redevelopment property.

According to Joseph Chou of the RWQCB, risk assessments are in the process of being prepared for many of the petroleum sites (Personal communication, 2000).

In accordance with the MEW ROD, an Endangerment Assessment (EA) was prepared for the MEW Site (including Moffett Field) to address the potential affects to human health and the environment for the environmental conditions at that time (/CF-Clement, 1988). The EA evaluated the potential risks posed by contamination existing in 1988 without considering future remedial actions proposed for the Site. The assessment focused primarily on risks from exposure to contaminated groundwater, but also qualitatively evaluated risks to construction workers as well as a worst-case scenario where residential units would be constructed. The EA concluded that there was not a significant risk over most of the MEW area because of the relatively low volatile organic compounds (VOC) concentrations in exposed surface soils under the then current use conditions. However, the EA did qualitatively note that redevelopment of the Site could lead to significant exposure to contaminants present in subsurface soils through inhalation of vapors or dust assuming that no remedial action was taken at the Site.

NASA is preparing a Risk Evaluation specifically for the NRP.

 

16


3.5 Environmental Compliance Programs

 

3.5.1 Hazardous Materials and Waste Management

In the early 1990s the Navy implemented several programs to better manage hazardous materials and waste at the facility. The programs were as follows:

 

  Hazardous Waste Management Plan - The Hazardous Waste Management Plan (HWMP) was drafted in April 1991 to ensure that NAS Moffett Field’s program met all federal, state, and local regulations (NAS Moffett Field, 1991b)

 

  Hazardous Waste Minimization Plan - A used oil and solvent recycling management plan was completed for NAS Moffett Field in October 1989 to reduce generation of NAS Moffett Field’s hazardous waste output (Naval Energy and Environmental Support Activity [NEESA], 1989)

 

  Spill Contingency Plan - The NAS Moffett Field Spill Contingency plan was completed in February 1989 to present procedures for responding to spills and notification of organizations if spills occur (NAS Moffett Field, 199Ja).

No evidence of audits/investigations conducted to evaluate the Navy programs performance exists in the records reviewed.

Review of file documents did indicate that several investigations and assessments have been completed to evaluate the status of the management programs for specific buildings and to address whether hazardous materials or waste were present at the facility at the time of base transfer. These investigations/assessments included:

 

  A number of Phase 1 Environmental Site Assessments (ESAs) were conducted in the early 1990s for NASA by Boeing Aerospace Operations Inc. (Boeing, 1993a and 1993b), Chemical Waste Management Inc. (CWMI, 1993a, 1993b, 1993c and 1993d), SEC Donahue Inc. (SEC Donahue, 1993), and Uribe and Associates (Uribe, 1993) for buildings at Moffett Field including buildings within the NRP. The ESAs identified whether hazardous materials or waste were present at the buildings evaluated.

 

  The Base Realignment and Closure (BRAC) Cleanup Plan (PRC Environmental Management, Inc [PRC], 1994), presented a history of hazardous waste generating activities at Moffett Field.

 

  In August 1995, a multi-media audit was conducted for NASA by SAIC (SAIC, 1995). As part of the audit, SAIC evaluated hazardous waste management practices. Results of the audit indicated that no significant risk to the environment existed from current hazardous waste management practices.

These investigations/assessments indicated that many of the buildings within the NRP used hazardous materials and generated hazardous wastes.

 

17


In 1995, NASA established a three-year schedule for assessing environmental media utilizing the Environmental Protection Agency’s (EPA’s) Generic Protocol for Conducting Environmental Audits of Federal Facilities (1996 Revision). However, users are required to augment the protocol to address new requirements, state requirements and unique operations.

Compliance with the various items outlined in the EPA Protocol is established through self-assessments consisting of interviews, site visits, and review of records. If deficiencies are identified during a self-assessment, they are written in draft form and given to the responsible department for a 10-day review period. The purpose of the review period is to allow the affected parties to resolve the issue, correct any period, any deficiencies that could not be fully resolved were included in the final report. Affected parties inaccuracies in the findings and participate in the recommendations. At the end of the 10-day review are required to agree to the recommended corrective action plan and give an estimated date of completion. Progress toward completion is tracked on a monthly basis.

The most recent Environmental Self-Assessment to include hazardous materials management and hazardous waste management was conducted in 1998 (NASA, 1998). The pertinent findings from that report (now resolved) indicated that the only non compliance items were labeling deficiencies in hazardous materials storage areas. An inventory of hazardous waste generated between 1994 and the present has been prepared by NASA. A list of buildings where hazardous waste was generated between 1994 and the present is presented as Table 11.

NASA has begun the preparation of closure plans for the buildings within the NRP parcels. The closure activities will include visual surveys and a determination of whether the problems identified in the above investigations/assessments were addressed or if others exist. Sampling will be conducted if necessary (Personal Communication, 2000b).

 

3.5.2 Storage Tanks

A total of 155 former and current USTs, ASTs, oil/water separators (OWS) and sumps have been identified at Moffett Field (Tetra Tech, 1999a). Tanks present on the NRP are identified on Plate 5 and summarized on Tables 3 and 4. The numbering system and location of the storage tanks was derived from the BRAC Cleanup Plan, (PRC, 1994) and the Baseline Environmental Report (Tetra Tech, 1994). According to Tetra Tech (l999a) the majority of tanks/OWS/sumps at Moffett Field have been removed and no further investigations were required. However, documentation indicating regulatory agencies approved closure for the majority of these tanks was not available. In a letter to the Navy dated August 8, 2000, the RWQCB granted closure for 13 tanks at Moffett Field (RWQCB, 2000). Five of the former tank locations are present within the NRP. Several of the removed tanks/OWS/sumps required investigations as part of the IRP investigations; discussions for these investigations are included in the parcel findings (Section 4.0).

 

3.5.3 Medical/Biohazardous Waste

No medical/biohazardous waste has been or is generated within the NRP. The only medical/biohazardous waste generated at NAS Moffett Field was by the Naval Regional Hospital Branch Clinic, which is (NEESA, 1991) located outside the NRP west of Parcel 1. Medical/biohazardous waste is not discussed further in this document.

 

18


3.5.4 Lead-Based Paint

Lead-based paint (LBP) was in common use prior to 1978, at which point its use was discontinued. No LBP survey has been performed at NAS Moffett Field; therefore, based on the age, it is assumed that the majority of buildings/structures within the NRP contain lead. Some buildings at Moffett Field have been sampled as a result of modifications being performed. Table 5 presents a summary of the building construction dates, lists buildings that were sampled and their sample dates, and identifies which sampled buildings detected LBP.

In July and August 1993, as part of a facility wide investigation to evaluate the presence of lead around the perimeter of buildings that may have had lead based painted exteriors, CWMI collected 332 surface soil samples. Lead was detected above the residential Preliminary Remediation Goal (PRG) of 400 milligrams per kilogram (mg/kg) and/or soluble threshold limit concentration (STLC) of five milligrams per liter (mg/I), in perimeter soil at many of the building locations (CWM/, / 993e). In addition, perimeter soil at several locations also exceeded the industrial PRG of 1,000 mg/kg. Table 5 presents a summary of the building perimeters sampled within NRP and lists which buildings exceeded residential and industrial PRGs. The EPA conducted a follow-up sampling investigation around some of the buildings in July 1998. Roy F. Weston (Weston), under the direction of the EPA, collected 120 soil samples around 11 selected buildings. These results indicated that the residential or industrial PRG was exceeded in at least one sample collected from seven of the building locations (USEPA, 1998). LBP issues for Parcel 5 are discussed in Section 4.0.

Lead surveys of the buildings including sampling of the building material and soil shall be conducted by NASA at the partners expense, if appropriate, prior to demolition, rehabilitation, or occupancy of any buildings within the NRP (Personal Communications, 2000b).

 

3.5.5 Spent Abrasive Materials

Uncontrolled blasting may have occurred in aircraft support zones within the NRP parcels but no documented locations are known. Abrasive materials are not discussed further in this report.

 

3.5.6 Radioactive Materials

A radiological survey was performed on December 7 and 8, 1993 at the Navy Weapons Storage and Laboratory Buildings (Buildings 459, 484, 486, 487, 490 and 4XC1, all located east of the runway with the exception of Building 459 located in Parcel 5) to declassify and make available the rooms for unrestricted use. The rooms had been used by the Navy for storage of Naval Weapons and handling of hazardous materials used with the weapons. Results of the sampling indicated that all results were below background levels; no radioactive contamination was found during the survey, and the rooms were released for unrestricted use (CWM/, 1994).

According to Bill Vermeere, PAI/ISSI Radiologist Specialist (Personal Communication, 2000), radiological materials are only used in the Hangar 2 and 3 areas and in several NASA buildings. Additionally, radiation calibration materials are also used in Building 19 (Parcel 1). None of these areas/buildings are located within Parcel 5. On the basis of this communication, radioactive materials are not discussed further in this document.

 

19


3.5.7 Mixed Waste

On the basis of the results of Phase 1 ESAs conducted in the early 1990s for NASA by CWMI (CWM/, 1993a, / 993b, / 993c and 1993d), SEC Donahue (SEC Donahue, 1993), Uribe ( Uribe, 1993), and the multi-media audit conducted by SAIC in August 1995, there are no mixed waste storage areas located within the NRP. Mixed waste is not discussed further in this document.

 

3.5.8 Radon

Federal law requires every federal department or agency that owns federal buildings to conduct a study to evaluate radon contamination in those buildings. Navy policy also requires that all buildings and housing units occupied for more than four hours per day be tested for radon gas. Any structure that has radon levels greater than four pico-curies needs to have mitigation actions performed.

In 1988 and 1989, a radon survey was conducted for 16 NASA buildings that are not part of the NRP. Samples were taken over a 7 day period between December 27, 1988 and January 2, 1989. Results of the sampling indicated that radon was not detected above detection limits ranging between 0.3 and 0.7 picoCuries per liter of air (pCi/L) (NASA-ARC, 1989). Additionally in 1989, as part of a NASA radon monitoring program conducted at 13 NASA installations in the United States, 107 canisters were set up at 23 buildings to monitor for radon over an approximate 116 day period. None of the canisters detected radon above 1 pCi/L ( Unknown Source).

NAS Moffett Field’s initfal screening process of the housing units reportedly showed high levels of radon (Tetra Tech, 1994). Assessment of the housing units began in March 1993 by installing 807 radon detectors in the housing units. Two non-housing units were also reportedly screened. Building 153(Parcel 5) and another unidentifiable building screening results indicated that high levels of radon were not identified.

On the basis of several memorandums present in NASA files it appears that radon surveys were also performed for 13 other buildings within Moffett Field. Two of the Buildings (23 and 25) are located in Parcel I, five of the buildings (111, 146, 153, 154, 155) are located in Parcel 5, and the remaining buildings (256, 511, 956B, C, and D and Hangar 3) are scattered throughout Moffett Field. Results of these surveys did not identify radon above I pCi/L (Department of the Army [Army], 1994).

On the basis of the results of the radon monitoring programs conducted for the Moffett Field buildings and the similarities between those buildings and the NRP buildings, it is unlikely that radon is present in buildings within NRP above the EPA’s 4 pCi/L action level, and it is not discussed further in this document.

 

3.5.9 Storm Water Discharges and System

NASA holds a general industry storm water discharge permit. Additionally, the Navy received a National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit from the RWQCB on October 20, 1998 and August 25, 1999 for authorization to discharge treated groundwater from the East-Side and West-Side Aquifer Treatment Systems respectively. After treatment discharge requirements are met, the groundwater is discharged to the storm water drain system. In 1994

 

20


Stanford University received a NPDES permit from the RWQCB to investigate in-situ biodegradation methodologies for restoration of contaminated aquifers. This program, being performed for the EPA, studies the degradation of halogenated compounds and includes the injection and extraction of small quantities of groundwater. After treatment to meet the NPDES discharge requirements, the groundwater is also discharged to the storm drain system. The MEW companies also discharge treated groundwater under an NPDES permit to Stevens Creek.

NASA implemented a storm water pollution prevention program plan for Moffett Field in 1992 and currently performs storm water monitoring at seven locations within the Moffett Field facility under the general permit. None of the sampling locations are located within the NRP. Review of the latest available storm water monitoring report indicated that TCE, copper, lead, zinc, and pH exceeded the San Francisco Bay Basin Water Quality Control Plan shallow surface water limits during the latest monitoring round (SAIC, 1999b). The TCE and pH exceedances were just above the control plan limits of 5.0 micrograms per liter (µg/L) and 6.5 - 8.5 respectively. The three metals were three to four times the control plan limits of 23.6, 5.6 and 170 (µg/L).

Investigations were conducted by Insituform Technologies Inc. (ITI) Salem, Oregon to evaluate the integrity of the storm drain systems. According to the ITI report, the pipelines had problems such as grease inflow, root infiltration, misaligned and broken joints, radial and longitudinal cracks, and holes in pipes. According to the ITI report, the problem areas have been reconstructed using cured in place pipe and appear in like new condition (ITI, 1997a)

 

3.5.10 Wastewater

The wastewater sewer collection system at Moffett Field connects with a force main to the city of Sunnyvale treatment plant. Industrial wastewater discharge occurs within NRP.

Investigations were conducted by ITI to evaluate the integrity of the sanitary sewer system in May 1997. According to the m report, the pipelines had grease inflow, root infiltration, misaligned and broken joints, radial and longitudinal cracks, and holes in the pipe. The pipelines have now been reconstructed using cured in place pipe and appear in “like new” condition (ITI, 1997b).

 

3.5.11 Air Quality

Air quality issues have been investigated as part of several studies undertaken at the facility as follows:

 

  Hazardous Air Pollutant Emissions Inventory, 1996 (SAIC, 1996 and 1999)

 

  Indoor Air Testing, Various Buildings 1999 and 2000 (SAIC, 2000 and Harding ESE, 2000)

 

  Passive Gas Monitoring Survey of Indoor Ambient Air and Subsurface Organic Vapors, Building 566 (SAIC , 1999).

 

21


Each study is summarized below. Additionally NASA and several of the resident agencies have permits to operate Air Pollution Sources from the Bay Area Air Quality Management District (BAAQMD). A list of current sources is provided as applicable for each parcel.

 

3.5.12 Emissions Inventory

The Hazardous Air Pollutant Emissions Inventory measured and evaluated emission rates of chemicals from sources around the Moffett Field facility including those within the NRP. This investigation quantified emissions from:

 

  Abrasive blasting

 

  External Combustion

 

  Internal Combustion

 

  Fuel Storage and Transfer

 

  Hazardous Materials

 

  Welding and Soldering.

NASA Ames and Moffett Field were investigated separately and emission results were evaluated for each area. The most significant air emission at NASA was found to be toluene (1298.71 pounds/year) from predominantly hazardous materials use. The most significant air emission at Moffett Field was found to be ethylene glycol (1379.08 pounds/year), also from predominantly hazardous materials use.

 

3.5.13 Indoor Air Testing

In 1999, SAIC conducted an indoor air quality testing program for NASA to measure the levels of VOCs in Hangar 1 and Buildings 6, 21, 22, 111, 148, and 156. These buildings were selected based on their location with respect to the West Side Aquifer groundwater plume. Buildings 26 and 269 are not located over the plume, and served as background sampling locations. Outdoor air samples were also collected concurrently outside buildings 6, 111, 148, and 566 in order to determine ambient VOC levels for the area. With the exception of Building 269, all the buildings discussed above are located within the NRP.

Low levels of 21 VOCs were detected in at least some of the buildings tested. Concentrations of all detected VOCs were far below the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) permissible exposure limits (PELs) and the American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH) threshold limit values - time weighted averages (TLV-TWAs). Eight VOCs were detected above the EPA Region 9 Preliminary Remediation Goals (PRGs), adjusted for a residential exposure scenario of 24 hours per day over 20 years. Those VOCs were TCE, benzene, chloromethane, 1,2-DCA, 1,1,2-trichloroethane, chlorobenzene, 1,4-dichlorobenzene, and 1,4-dioxane. All other compounds detected in the buildings were found at concentrations below their respective PRGs for the adjusted exposure scenario.

 

22


In Spring 2000, Harding ESE conducted an indoor air quality testing program for NASA to measure the levels of VOCs in Buildings 476 and 543 (located within Parcel 5) to evaluate the potential for using these buildings as dormitory/living quarters. The analysis for the 26 VOCs was divided into three classes: aromatic hydrocarbons, chlorinated hydrocarbons, and “other VOCs”. Results of the testing program were compared to OSHA PELs, ACGIH TLV-TWAs, and EPA Region 9 PRGs adjusted for an exposure period of 16 hours per day over 5 years. The following results were noted:

 

  Low levels of some aromatic hydrocarbons (benzene and toluene) were present in all of the rooms in both buildings, and in an outside ambient air sample collected in the vicinity of each of the buildings, but did not exceed any of the standards used for comparison.

 

  No chlorinated hydrocarbons were detected in the ambient air sample. Perchloroethylene was detected at very low concentrations for two of the five samples taken in Building 476. 1,1,1-TCA was detected in one sample of five in Building 543. All other indoor measurements for chlorinated hydrocarbons were non-detects. None of the measured levels exceeded the PEL, the TLV-TWA, or the adjusted EPA PRG.

 

  The only “other VOC” detected at concentrations above any of the standards used for comparison was 1,4-dioxane, which was detected above its adjusted EPA PRG. The compound was detected in the ambient air sample and for all indoor samples for both buildings. The levels of 1,4-dioxane exceeded the adjusted PRG for one of five samples in Building 476 and for four of five samples within Building 543. The ambient air concentration for 1,4-dioxane also exceeded the adjusted PRG. All of the “other VOC” compounds were either non-detected or below the respective PEL, TLV-TWA, and the adjusted EPA PRG. Based on the sampling conducted to date, it is unclear whether 1,4-dioxane is emanating from the plume, the building materials, or both.

A discussion of these results, as they pertain to Parcel 5, is presented in Section 4.0.

 

3.5.14 Building 566 Passive Gas Monitoring Survey

In January 1999, SAIC performed a passive gas monitoring survey for NASA of indoor ambient air and subsurface organic vapors at building 566 (located within Parcel 1) to evaluate whether chlorinated organic vapors (TCE, PCE, 1,1,1-TCA, cis 1,2-DCE, and vinyl chloride only) have migrated from the groundwater into Building 566 and its surrounding soils. The evaluation used Gore-Sorber technology, a passive soil gas sampling technology that allows transfer of vapors to microporous membranes which absorb the organic materials.

A total of 43 Gore-Sorber modules were used for this evaluation as follows:

 

  10 located three-feet bgs around perimeter of building

 

  10 located six inches bgs around perimeter of building

 

  12 scattered throughout inside of building at floor level

 

23


  5 at in-take vents in ceiling tile inside building

 

  1 at floor level of conference room

 

  1 in the HVAC unit in north exterior of building

 

  l in the vent intake in north exterior of building

 

  3 in “contaminated” groundwater monitoring wells in building vicinity.

Sampling duration was dependent upon whether the module was located above or below ground surface. Modules above ground surface were sampled between January 12 and 19, 1999 and subsurface modules were sampled over a two week period between January 12 and 26, 1999.

Of the five analytes of concern, only TCE and 1,1,1-TCA were detected or exceeded minimum detection limit in subsurface (excluding wells) or building samples. Additionally, Gore-Sorber reported results of other organic compounds which are part of their standard reporting package. Detected compounds included methyl tertiary-butyl ether (MTBE), 2-methyl naphthalene, chlorobenzene, carbon tetrachloride and BTEX.

Due to the detection of TCE and 1,1,1-TCA and BTEX, SAIC recommended additional studies within the building to determine concentrations of the analytes and their risk to human health. An additional air study performed by SAIC in 1999 for Building 566 using air canisters, indicated that the building was not suitable for use as a child care center.

 

3.5.15 Asbestos

A limited asbestos survey of the housing units was conducted by the Navy in 1988, and a basewide survey was conducted by Tetra Tech in 1993 (Tetra Tech, 1994b). The surveys identified both confirmed and suspect asbestos containing materials (ACMs) including pipe lagging, floor and ceiling tile, mastic, sheetrock and tape mud, water lines and gasket material. Results of the survey identified multiple buildings with confirmed and suspect asbestos present within the NRP. Table 6 presents a summary of the buildings with confirmed and suspect asbestos. In addition, some buildings at Moffett Field were also sampled as a result of modifications being performed. Table 6 also presents a summary of the buildings that were sampled and their sample dates, and identifies which sampled buildings detected ACM. A discussion of these results for Parcel 5 is presented in Section 4.0.

Asbestos surveys and sampling, shall be conducted by NASA at the Partners expense if necessary, prior to demolition, rehabilitation, or occupancy of any buildings within the parcel (Personal Communication, 2000b).

 

3.5.16 Pesticides

Normal use of pesticides, herbicides, and fertilizers has occurred, however the extent and types used is unknown. Therefore, there is the potential for residual levels of pesticides in soil and groundwater within the NRP. No pesticide mixing areas were known to be present within the NRP parcels. The presence of pesticides is not discussed further in this document.

 

24


3.5.17 Polychlorinated Biphenyls

The NASA Environmental Services Office performs quarterly inspections, completes Annual Document Logs, and submits transformer registration of equipment with concentrations of polychlorinated biphhenyls (PCBs) at greater than or equal to 50 ppm in compliance with 40 CFR 761 to the U.S. EPA. In addition, the NASA Facilities Maintenance group completes additional inventories, inspections and testing of the equipment. Historical documentation includes a PCB inventory of the former Naval Air Station, at Moffett Field conducted by the Navy in 1993 ( NAS Moffett Field, 1993 ). In this document, a total of 252 items were identified and sampled, including capacitors, regulators, oil fuse cutouts, oil circuit breakers, oil switches, and transformers. PCB concentrations ranged from non-detect to 542,000 ppm. Since the completion of this 1993 report, many pieces of equipment have been removed and disposed of as indicated in the PCB Annual Document Logs.

Transformers or capacitors with PCB concentrations above the California DHS regulated concentration (5 ppm) for hazardous waste are present within the NRP. Four of these transformers are included because they have not been tested for PCBs and in compliance with 40 CFR 761 are assumed to have concentrations of PCBs >500 ppm. However, since these items are inspected regularly and PCB releases have not been observed these items are not considered an environmental concern. Table 7 presents a summary of the buildings with transformers and/or capacitors with concentrations of detected PCBs above the DHS regulated concentrations. Equipment with PCB concentrations of 5 ppm or greater present in Parcel 5 is discussed in Section 4.0. Any buildings with fluorescent lighting may contain PCB light ballasts. These must be removed and disposed of properly prior to demolition.

 

3.5.18 Ordnance

There is no evidence that ordnance was used or stored within the NRP parcels (Tetra Tech, 1994a). Several high explosive magazines, an ordnance shop, and a missile magazine are located on the northeast side of Moffett Field several thousand feet from the parcel. Ordnance is not discussed further in this document.

 

3.5.19 Mold

On September 14, 2000, in preparation for a visitor tour scheduled for buildings in Parcel I, PAI/ISSI conducted hazard reviews of Buildings 20 through 27. Results of the review identified substantial visual molds in Buildings 20, 23, and 25. Laboratory analysis of molds observed in Building 25 during a previous visit indicated that a number of different mold types including aspergillus, penicillium and stachybotrys were present within this building. Deleterious health effects can be produced by mold species, including infectious disease, allergenic response, irritation and dermatitis. Because of the mold hazard, NASA issued a memorandum dated September 22, 2000, detailing precautions which need to be taken prior to entering buildings with molds present, specifically Building 2.Sm: (NASA, 2000b). No mold has been investigated or identified in Parcel 5.

 

25


3.6 Closure Plans

A Closure Plan (CP) was prepared for NASA (PAI/ISSI, 2000), which describes the requirements and procedures for the demolition of several buildings and associated structures within Parcel 5. The CP also outlines the environmental requirements for rebuilding these facilities. Closure Plan I includes Buildings 111, 146/146A, 161, 574, 958, and 992. In addition, the CP covers the removal of the underground storage tanks 431 and 432 (also known as Tanks 70 and 71). Closure Plan 2 includes Buildings 50, 148, 149, 150, 151, 555, 583A, 583B, 590, 964 and 965. Closure Plan 3 will include Buildings 82, 459, 512A, 512B, 512C, 534, 547B, 547C, 547D, 547E, 572, 583, 945, 966 and 967. It will be completed by February 1, 2001. Closure Plan 4 will include Buildings 184, 343, 544, 585, 950 and 951. It will be completed by March 15, 2001. The CP includes descriptions of the facilities and hazardous materials handling and storage. In addition, infrastructures that may contain hazardous materials (e.g. PCBs in electrical equipment) are also identified. A description of the procedures to protect and/or destroy groundwater monitoring wells and treatment system equipment are also included.

 

26


4.0 FINDINGS FOR PARCEL 5

This section provides a summary of data collected at Parcel 5 of the NRP, which is designated for reuse as a collaborative research and educational campus. The findings pertaining to this parcel describe past and current environmental restoration and compliance program activities. A discussion of potential environmental constraints is also provided.

 

4.1 History and Current Usage

The majority of the buildings on Parcel 5 were constructed between the mid 1940s and the mid 1980s. No buildings were identified on the National Register. Historic use of the buildings was varied and included recreation, barracks, retail and training. Table 8 presents a list of buildings and summarizes the following:

 

  Historic use

 

  Building Area

 

  Year Constructed

 

  Presence on National Register

 

  Current occupant and use if known

 

  Preferred development alternative.

The buildings are currently used for office and training space, motor pool operations, storage, retail, and recreation or are vacant. Utilities present on Parcel 5 include fresh water, sanitary sewer, telephone, storm drain, power and steam lines and compressed air. (Plates 6a and 6b).

 

4.2 Environmental Restoration Programs

Parcel 5 includes all or portions of five Sites (10, 14, 15, 16 and 18) and is underlain by the West Side Aquifer. Sites 10, 14, 15, 16 and 18 are discussed below; the West Side Aquifer OU was discussed above in Section 3.4.2. The chemicals detected in the groundwater below Parcel 5 are generally above MCLs for VOCs (Locus 1999, Tetra Tech, 1999b). See Appendix B for a recent plume map.

Seventy-five groundwater monitoring and 8 extraction wells lie on Parcel 5 (Table 9 and Plate 4). The monitoring and extraction wells monitor and remove the Westside groundwater contamination plume.

 

27


4.2.1 Site 10

Site 10 includes the Chase Park Area and the Moffett Field runways. Only the Chase Park Area is located within the NRP. Chase Park is a recreation area that includes ball fields and a running track. No contamination sources have been identified in the Chase Park Area, but the underlying groundwater is contaminated with volatile organic compounds from the West Side Aquifer groundwater contamination plume ( Tetra Tech, 1998b). A discussion of the groundwater can be found in Section 3.4.2, no further action decision has been reached for Site 10 ( USEPA, 1993).

 

4.2.2 Site 14

Site 14-North (former USTs 67 and 68) is part of OU2-west and is located near Building 88 (former dry cleaning building). The dry cleaning building was investigated as part of the investigation of Site 18 (Section 4.2.5). Tank 67 contained fuel oil and was removed in May 1990. Tank 68 contained solvents and was removed in July 1994 during the Building 88 remedial action. Investigations performed at both tank locations did not identify contamination related to the operation of USTs 67 and 68 (Tetra Tech, 1998b and PRC, 1997).

Site 14-south is at an operating vehicle fueling station. Leakage from two removed tanks (Tanks 19 and 20) and piping appears to have contributed to soil and groundwater contamination. A groundwater pump and treat system was previously operated at this site, although low-permeability soils limited flow rates and this approach was abandoned. A recirculating in situ treatment system was designed and installed at Site 14-south in 1995 to replace the pump and treat system (PRC, 1997). This system was operated until 1998, when it was turned off to allow natural attenuation to occur. Current benzene concentrations in the groundwater are 3,000 µgll. The current double-walled tanks were installed in 1986, and upgraded in 1998. The requirements for removal of the contaminated soil associated with Tank 19 and 20 are outlined in the CP (PAii/SS/, 2000).

 

4.2.3 Site 15

Site 15 includes eight sumps and oil/water separators and one tank located throughout Moffett Field. Four of the sumps are not located on the NRP parcels and are not covered in this EBS; three sumps and oil/water separators (25, 42, and 58) are located on Parcel 5. Tank 25 includes an oil/water separator. The separator collected wastewater generated by aircraft washing activities south of Hangar 1 and has been removed. No evidence of a release was identified in the investigation at oil/water separator 25 (PRC, 1993); however, low concentrations of VOCs were detected in groundwater below this area (Tetra Tech, 1998b). Sump 42 collected condensed gasoline vapor and was located at the new NEX service station and was removed in October 1990. Low levels of TPH and BTEX were detected in soil samples collected from below the sump; however, no further action for the sump was recommended. Tank 58 is an oil/water separator that received drainage from the work areas and wash water from the wash rack at the hobby shop (Building 544). The wastewater was discharged from the separator to the sanitary sewer. The tank was removed in 1994. Analytical results available for soil surrounding Tank 58 show BTEX present above cleanup levels. The requirements for removal of the contaminated soil associated with Tank 58 are outlined in the CP (PAI/ISSI, 2000).

 

28


4.3.4 Site 16

Site 16 is a public works steam-cleaning Sump (Tank 60) which included two catch basins that drained a concrete wash pad to an underground oil/water separator. Data for this site were collected during the sump removal and contamination was noted during removal (PRC, 1997). A no further action decision has been reached for Site 16 (USEPA, 1993). However, TCE has been detected in the groundwater at this location at 250 ppb. The CP discussed the requirements for removal of potentially contaminated soil associated with Tank 60 (PAI/ISSI, 2000).

 

4.3.5 Site 18

Site 18 includes Sump 66 on the northern side of former Building 88 (dry cleaners building). Floor drains in Building 88 flowed into Sump 66, which was removed in 1990 (PRC, 1996). Sample data did not indicate contamination from the sump. A remedial action, however, was conducted during 1994 and 1995 to address potential contamination from the Building 88 floor drains. The building, foundation, underground piping, and Tank 68 and Sump 91 (also located on the northern side of Building 88) were demolished and removed. Approximately 400 cubic yards of soils contaminated with cleaning solvents were excavated and treated. Remediation of VOC impacted soil is complete and no further contamination remains (PRC, I997). This VOC contamination has most likely contributed to the regional VOC plume.

 

4.3 Environmental Compliance Programs

 

4.3.1 Hazardous Waste Management

On the basis of the review of the documents discussed above in Section 3.5.1, ten buildings (Tables 10 & 11, Buildings 88, 113, 146/146a, 503, 525, 529, 950, 958, 992) historically (prior to 1994) accumulated hazardous wastes. Hazardous waste is currently (1994 to present) accumulated at ten buildings (111, 146, 152, 156, 529, 543, 544, 583, 944, and 950). A list of the hazardous wastes previously and currently generated in buildings within Parcel 5 is presented in Tables 10 and 11, respectively.

 

4.3.2 Hazardous Materials Management

Hazardous materials were historically stored or used at fifteen buildings within Parcel 5 (Boeing, 1993b,- SEC Donahue Inc., 1993). Hazardous materials are currently stored or used at eight buildings. Tables 10 and 11 list the hazardous materials formerly and currently stored or used in Parcel 5, respectively.

 

4.3.3 Storage Tanks

 

4.3.3.1 Underground Storage Tanks, Oil/Water Separators and Sumps

Twenty-eight USTs, four oil/water separators, two active (Tanks 431 and 432 [also known as Tanks 70 and 71]), and seven sumps are or were present within Parcel 5. The USTs, oil/water separators, and sumps that have been present on Parcel 5 are identified on Plate 5 and summarized on Table 3. The majority of the USTs were discussed as part of the Site 14 (Tanks 19, 20, 67, 68), Site 15 (Tanks 25, 42, and 58), Site 16 (Tank 60) and Site 18 (Sump 66)

 

29


investigations (in Sections 4.2.2, 4.2.3 and 4.3.5 respectively). Tanks 33 through 42 are associated with the Navy Exchange Service Station Investigation, at Building 503. The NEX Site is a gasoline dispensing facility. It contained eight USTs that stored gasoline, a waste oil UST and a vapor recovery sump. All tanks were removed between 1990 and 1994. Dissolved phase gasoline and BTEX were identified in the soil near the former UST areas. No further action for this site was anticipated ( Tetra Tech, I 998b). Tank 89 was removed in 1994 by the Navy. Associated soil samples showed concentrations of total petroleum hydrocarbons above cleanup goals. The requirements for removal of contaminated soil associated with Tank 89 are presented in the CP ( PAI/ISSI, 2000). Tanks 4, 51, and 113 have no records of being investigated and no record of decisions associated with these tanks are available. Tanks 25, 4lb, 57, 57a, 58, 91, 126, 127 and 136 are still being investigated or monitored. Tanks 86a, 86b, 110 and 116 were granted closure by the RWQCB August 8, 2000. Procedures for removing Tanks 431 and 432 and associated soil sampling are outlined in the CP (PAI/ISSI, 2000).

 

4.3.3.2 Aboveground Storage Tanks

Seven active ASTs are present within Parcel 5 and four have been removed. The active ASTs are lubricant waste oil and gasoline ASTs associated with the active Navy Exchange service station, and a sodium hypochlorite tank associated with Building 104. The ASTs are identified on Plate 5 and summarized on Table 4. On the basis of the size of the active tanks, or because leak detection systems have not detected any releases, they are unlikely to have impacted the environment; however, no documentation exists nor was a visual survey conducted to support this conclusion.

 

4.3.4 Lead-Based Paint

Based on the age of the buildings/structures present within Parcel 5 it is assumed that 49 of the 62 buildings/structures contain lead. Review of PAI internal files identified three buildings within Parcel 5 that have been sampled as a result of modifications being performed; all three of the buildings sampled detected lead. Table 5 presents a summary of buildings that were sampled, their construction and sample dates, and identifies which buildings showed detected LBP.

Surface soil samples were collected from the perimeter of 29 buildings within Parcel 5. Lead was detected above the Region 9 residential PRG at two of the building locations and above the industrial PRG at our building location. Table 5 presents a summary of the building perimeters sampled within Parcel 5.

 

4.3.5 Air Quality

Two emission sources are located within Parcel 5. The first source is the gasoline ASTs associated with the NEX fuel Station (Building 503). The second source is the USTs associated with Building 161. All sources are properly permitted by the Bay Area Air Quality Management District.

Five of the buildings tested as part of the indoor air quality investigations discussed in Section 3.5.11.2 (Buildings 111, 148, 156, 476, and 543) are located within Parcel 5. No chemicals were detected above the respective OSHA PEL or ACGIH TLB-TWA thresholds, which suggests that VOC infiltration from the regional groundwater plume is unlikely to pose a hazard to onsite

 

30


workers. Benzene, 1,4-dioxane, 1,4-dichlorobenzene and 1,2-dichlorethane were detected above adjusted PRGs for a residential scenario, indicating that VOC infiltration may be an issue for any residential development. No studies have been conducted to evaluate the potential exposure to construction workers if any, from inhalation of VOC vapors associated with the regional groundwater plume. Any construction work involving soil disturbance shall be performed by appropriately trained workers under a Health and Safety Plan which addresses appropriate monitoring and personal protective equipment. Workers in the subsurface environment must have 24-hour hazardous waste site training.

 

4.3.6 Asbestos

Results of the surveys and sampling discussed in Section 3.5.12 identified 34 buildings within Parcel 5 with confirmed or suspect asbestos present (Table 8). All remaining buildings were not sampled and with the exception of five of the buildings constructed in the mid-1980s, all are assumed to contain ACM.

 

4.3.7 Polychlorinated Biphenyls

Seven buildings within Parcel 5 contain transformers or capacitors with PCB concentrations above the DHS regulated concentration (5 ppm). In addition, one capacitor located at Building 476 has not been tested and is assumed to contain at least 500 ppm PCBs per 40 CPR 761. Table 7 presents a summary of the Parcel 5 buildings with PCB containing items, their sample dates, and the concentrations of detected PCBs above the DTSC regulated concentration. Because no leaks of these active units have been observed during inspections, they are unlikely to have impacted the environment. Quarterly inspections are recorded on Field Sheets kept electronically on a database and reported annually in the PCB Annual Document Log. A visual survey was not conducted as part of this report. Any buildings with fluorescent lights may contain PCB light ballast. These must be removed and disposed of properly prior to demolition.

 

4.4 Discussion of Findings

The potential environmental constraints for Parcel 5 include the following:

 

  Concentrations of VOCs in the groundwater beneath Parcel 5 were detected above MCLs or cleanup goals. Volatilization of these VOCs may constrain any residential development, and shall require that any construction work involving soil disturbance be performed by appropriately trained workers under purview of a Health and Safety Plan.

 

  Several removed USTs and one removed AST are still actively being investigated. Regulatory status of these tanks should be further researched. The active USTs and ASTs should be inspected to document their conformance with current regulatory guidelines.

 

  NASA is currently working on the preparation of closure plans which will include visual surveys and a documentation of any hazardous materials or wastes that are present and, if present, if they have impacted the environment.

 

 

Lead-based paint and asbestos containing materials have been identified or are suspected in the majority of the buildings within Parcel 5. In addition, LBP has been identified in the soil

 

31


associated with many of the buildings. The presence of these materials should be confirmed and remediated prior to demolition, renovation, or reuse of the building. LBP and asbestos surveys should be conducted prior to commencing demolition, renovation, or reuse activities.

 

32


5.0 BIBLIOGRAPHY

Boeing Aerospace Operations, Inc. (Boeing), 1993a. Position Paper 148-156. January 22

             , 1993b. Report of Findings, Phase I Building Assessment Building 45 . April

Brady and Associates, Inc. 1994. Final Environmental Assessment, Moffett Field Comprehensive Use Plan, Moffett Field, California . August

Chemical Waste Management Inc., 1993a. Draft Preliminary Site Assessment, Hangar 1, Buildings 32, 33, 83, 118, 119, 120, 347, and 584, Naval Air Station, Moffett Field, California . February 1

             , 1993b. Draft Preliminary Site Assessment, Area 8, Buildings I A, 105, 249, 256A, 329, 331, 400 . May 17

             , 1993c. Phase I Environmental Site Assessment Area 4, Buildings 77, 449, and 454 . June 1

             , 1993d. Phase I Environmental Assessment, Building 567 Public Works Warehouse, Naval Air Station Moffett Field, California . August 25

             , 1993e. Surface Soil Lead Survey, Naval Air Station, Moffett Field California . October 29

             , 1994. Naval Weapons Bunkers and Laboratory Declassification Survey, NASA Ames Research Center . January 12

Chou, Joseph, Regional Water Quality Control Board, San Francisco Bay Region, 2000. Personal communication - telephone. Conversation regarding USB and comments and draft EBS . October 4

Department of the Anny (Anny), Headquarters 124th U.S. Anny Reserve Command, 1994. Memorandums discussing Radon Survey Results to USAR Aviation Support Facility 27 and to 3rd BN, 12th Special Forces Group. July 8

Harding ESE, Inc. (Harding ESE, formerly Harding Lawson Associates), 1988. Remedial Investigation Report , Middlefield -Ellis-Whisman Area, Mountain View, California

             2000. Draft Air Quality Investigation, 476 and 543, Ames Research Center. July 14

ICF-Clement, 1988. Endangerment Assessment for the Middlefield-Ellis-Whisman Site, Mountain View, California, June 15.

Insituform Technologies, Inc. 1997a. BAMSI, Inc. Solicitation #MSSC-C-96-026, Sewer Rehabilitation , Moffett Field, California January

 

33


             , 1997b. DMJM Engineers, NASA Ames Research Center, Repair Sanitary Sewer System , Moffett Field, California. May

IT Corporation, 1993. Operable Unit 2 Remedial Investigation Report , Naval Air Station Moffett Field, California Vol. 1. May

Iwamura, T.I., 1980. Saltwater Intrusion in the Santa Clara Valley Bay/ands Area, California . Santa Clara Valley Water District. September

Locus Technologies, 1999. Remedial Action Report Regional Ground Water Remediation Program Middlefield-Ellis-Whisman Site Mountain View, California . December

NASA -ARC, 1989. Memorandum to Steve Brisbin from NWT presenting Radon Survey results for period between 12/27/88 and 1/02/89. February 9

Naval Air Station Moffett fiel•.Public Works Environmental Division (NAS Moffett Field), 1990. Hazard Communication Plan for NAS Moffett Field

             ,1991a. Hazardous Substance Spill Contingency Plan, Naval Air Station, Moffett Field CA . January

             , 1991b. Hazardous Waste Management Plan, Naval Air Station, Moffett Field CA . April

             , 1991c. Oil Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasues Plan, Naval Air Station, Moffett Field CA . April

             , 1993. Draft PCB Survey, Naval Air Station, Moffett Field CA . November

Naval Energy and Environmental Support Activity (NEESA, Port Hueneme), 1984. Initial Assessment Study of Naval Air Stations, Moffett Field, California. March

             , 1989. Hazardous Waste Minimization Plan for Naval Air Station, Moffett Field CA . October

             , 1991. Solid Waste Management Plan (SWMP) for Naval Air Station, Moffett Field, CA . September

NASA, 1998. Environmental Self Assessment Report of Findings and Corrective Actions Order .

             , 2000. Internal documents. Various air permits and emission Source Inventory.

             , 2000b. NASA. Internal Memorandum. Hazard Notification, Building 25 from Stanleigh Phillips, CIH. September 22.

Olliges, Sandy, NASA Project Manager, 2000b E-mail regarding asbestos sampling and other related activities. August 30

PAI/ISSI Team, 2000, Closure Plan, Buildings 111, 146, 161, 574, 958, and 992, NASA Ames Research Center, Moffett Field, California . November

 

34


             , 2000, Closure Plan, Buildings 50, 148, 149, 150, 151, 555, 583A, 583B, 590, 964 and 965, NASA Ames Research Center Moffett Field, California. December

PRC Environmental Management, Inc. (PRC), 1991. Site 9 Action Memorandum Volume 1, Naval Air Station Moffett Field, Mountain View, California. July 3

             , 1993. Final Installation Restoration Program Petroleum Sites (And wastewater Tanks and Sumps) Characterization Report, for Naval Air Station, Moffett Field, California. October 1.

             , 1994. Base Realignment and Closure Cleanup Plan, Naval Air Station Moffett Field. March

             , 1996. Final Station-Wide Remedial Investigation Report, Moffett Federal Airfield, California. May

             , 1997. Base Realignment and Closure Business Plan (BCP) for Naval Air Station, Moffett Field California. Prepared by PRC EMI. February 21

             , and Montgomery Watson (MW), 1995. Final Phase I Site-wide Ecological Assessment. Moffett Federal Airfield, California. September

             , and Montgomery Watson (MW), 1997. Final Phase II Site-wide Ecological Assessment, Moffett Federal Airfield, California. July

Regional Water Quality Control Board, 2000. Transmittal of the Closure Letter and Site Summaries for Department of Defense (DOD) Underground Storage Tanks at Moffett Federal Airfield, California . August 8

Science Applications International Corporation (SAIC), 1995. Environmental Multi-Media Audit Results for CANG, Moffett Federal Airfield . November 20

             , 1996. Hazardous Air Pollutant Emissions Inventory , NASA Ames Research Center, Moffett Field California. July 18

             , 1999a. Passive Gas Monitoring Survey of Indoor Ambient Air and Subsurface Organic Vapors, Building 566 . January

             , 1999b. Ames Research Complex . 1998-1999 Annual Report for Stormwater Discharges Associated with Industrial Activities, Volume 1. July 1

             , 2000. Indoor Air Testing Report, Hangar 1 and Buildings 6, 21, 22, 26, 111, 148, 156, and 269 NASA Ames Research Center. July 18

SEC Donahue, Inc., 1993. Preliminary Site Assessment NAS Moffett Field, Bldg, 146 and 146A, Santa Clara County, California. February 12

Tetra Tech EM Inc. (Tetra Tech), 1994a. Baseline Environmental Report for Naval Air Station, Moffett Field, California - Administrative Draft. January

 

35


             , 1994b. Asbestos Survey at Naval Air Station, Moffett Field and NALF Crows Landing, California - Final Report. January

             , 1998a. West-Site Aquifers Treatment System, Final Long Term Groundwater Monitoring Plan . January 20

             , 1998b. Final Basewide Petroleum Site Evaluation Methodology Technical Memorandum . October 2

             , 1998c. Final Station-Wide Feasibility Study Report . October 30

             , 1999a. Remaining UST Sites Investigation, Field Work Plan . Draft. February 15

             , 1999b. November 1998, Draft Quarterly Report, Moffett Federal Airfield , California. March 31

Unknown Source. Table and Summary presenting results of the NASA Radon Monitoring Program and 543 Contract No. ARC860805. April

Uribe and Associates, 1993. Report of Findings Phase I Building Assessments, Area 2, and Buildings 10

U.S. Department of Defense (DoD), 1994. Findings of Suitability to Transfer BRAC Property. June 1

U.S. EPA (USEPA), 1989. Record of Decision, Middlefield/Ellis/Whisman Study Area (MEW Site), Mountain View, California . June 9

             , 1993. Letterfrom Mr. Michael Gill concurring with no further action at Sites 10, 16, and 17. NAS Moffett Field, California. December 17

             , 1998. Lead Based Paint Investigation Report for NASA Moffett Field. October

Vermeere, Bill -PAI/ISSI, Radiological Specialist, 2000. Personal communication - telephone. Conversation regarding radioactive materials. May 23

Western Ecological Services Company (WESCO), 1993. Phase I Site-Wide Qualitative Habitat and Receptor Characterization, Naval Air Station. October

 

36


TABLES

 

37


Table 1. History of Installation Operations

Environmental Baseline Survey

NASA Research Park Parcels

Moffett Federal Airfield, California

 

LOGO


Table 1. History of Installation Operations

Environmental Baseline Survey

NASA Research Park Parcels

Moffett Federal Airfield, California

 

LOGO


Table 2. Installation Restoration Program Sites

Environmental Baseline Survey

Initial Development Parcel 5

Moffett Federal Airfield, California

 

LOGO


Table 3. Underground Storage Tank Status

Environmental Baseline Survey

NASA Research Park Parcel 5

Moffett Federal Airfield, California

 

LOGO


Table 3. Underground Storage Tank Status

Environmental Baseline Survey

NASA Research Park Parcel 5

Moffett Federal Airfield, California

 

LOGO


Table 4. Aboveground Storage Tank Status

Environmental Baseline Survey

NASA Research Park Parcel 5

Moffett Federal Airfield, California

 

LOGO


Table 5. Lead Based Paint Sampling Results

Environmental Baseline Survey

NASA Research Park Parcel 5

Moffett Federal Airfield, California

 

LOGO


Table 5. Lead Based Paint Sampling Results

Environmental Baseline Survey

NASA Research Park Parcel 5

Moffett Federal Airfield, California

 

LOGO


Table 5. Lead Based Paint Sampling Results

Environmental Baseline Survey

NASA Research Park Parcel 5

Moffett Federal Airfield, California

 

LOGO


Table 6. Asbestos Survey/Sampling Results

Environmental Baseline Survey

NASA Research Park Parcel 5

Moffett Federal Airfield, California

 

LOGO


Table 6. Asbestos Survey/Sampling Results

Environmental Baseline Survey

NASA Research Park Parcel 5

Moffett Federal Airfield, California

 

LOGO


Table 7. PCB Impacted Transformer/Capacitors

Environmental Baseline Survey

NASA Research Park Parcel 5

Moffett Federal Airfield, California

 

LOGO


Table 8. Building List Summary

Environmental Baseline Survey

NASA Research Park Parcel 5

Moffett Federal Airfield, California

 

LOGO


Table 8. Building List Summary

Environmental Baseline Survey

NASA Research Park Parcel 5

Moffett Federal Airfield, California

 

LOGO


Table 9. Monitoring and Extraction Well Ownership and Total Depth

Environmental Baseline Survey

NASA Research Park Parcel 5

Moffett Federal Airfield, California

 

LOGO


Table 9. Monitoring and Extraction Well Ownership and Total Depth

Environmental Baseline Survey

NASA Research Park Parcel 5

Moffett Federal Airfield, California

 

LOGO


Table 10. Former (Prior to 1994) Hazardous Materials and Waste Locations

Environmental Baseline Survey

NASA Research Park Parcel 5

Moffett Federal Airfield, California

 

LOGO


Table 10. Former (Prior to 1994) Hazardous Materials and Waste Locations

Environmental Baseline Survey

NASA Research Park Parcel 5

Moffett Federal Airfield, California

 

LOGO


Table 11. Current (1994-2000) Hazardous Materials and Waste Locations

Environmental Baseline Survey

NASA Research Park Parcel 5

Moffett Federal Airfield, California

 

LOGO


Table 11. Current (1994-2000) Hazardous Materials and Waste Locations

Environmental Baseline Survey

NASA Research Park Parcel 5

Moffett Federal Airfield, California

 

LOGO


PLATES


APPENDIX A

PARCEL ENVIRONMENTAL SUMMARY REPORTS


Administrative Draft — For Discussion Purposes Only    Appendix A
   Parcel 5

ENVIRONMENTAL SUMMARY REPORT

 

LOGO


Administrative Draft — For Discussion Purposes Only   

Appendix A

Parcel 5

 

LOGO


Administrative Draft — For Discussion Purposes Only   

Appendix A

Parcel 5

 

LOGO


Administrative Draft — For Discussion Purposes Only   

Appendix A

Parcel 5

 

LOGO


Administrative Draft — For Discussion Purposes Only   

Appendix A

Parcel 5

 

LOGO


Administrative Draft — For Discussion Purposes Only   

Appendix A

Parcel 5

 

LOGO


Administrative Draft — For Discussion Purposes Only   

Appendix A

Parcel 5

 

LOGO


LOGO


APPENDIX B

PLUME AND ALLOCATION MAPS


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


APPENDIX C

BURROWING OWL LOCATION MAP


LOGO


LOGO


APPENDIX D

ARCHEOLOGICAL SENSITIVE AREAS


LOGO


DISTRIBUTION

Environmental Baseline Survey

NASA Research Park Parcel 5

Moffett Federal Airfield

Moffett Field, California

December 28, 2000

 

Copy No. 11   
Copies 1-2:   

Sandy Olliges

NASA Ames Research Center

MS 218-1

Moffett Field, California 94035-1000

Copy 3:   

Thomas H Anderson

NASA/Ames Research Center

MS 19-21

Moffett Field, California 94035-1000

Copy 4:   

Joann Cola

SFD-7-4

US Environmental Protection Agency

75 Hawthorne Street

San Francisco, California 94105

Copy 5:   

Roberta Blank- Superfund Division

SFD-8-2

US Environmental Protection Agency

75 Hawthorne Street

San Francisco, California 94105

Copy 6:   

Joseph Chou

California Regional Water Quality Control Board

1515 Clay Street

Oakland, California 94612

Harding ESE, Inc.


DISTRIBUTION

Environmental Baseline Survey

NASA Research Park Parcel 5

Moffett Federal Airfield

Moffett Field, California

December 28, 2000

 

Copy 7:   

Andrea Maclormare

BRAC -Environmental Coordinator

BRAC Operations, Code 06CM.MP

1230 Columbia Street

Suite 1100

San Diego, California 92101

Copy 8:   

Jim Boarer

Locus Technologies

299 Fairchild Drive

Mountain View, California 94043

Copies 9-11:    HLA Files
Copy 12:    Corporate Copy

 

Quality Control Reviewer

 

James C. Davies

Consulting Principal

Harding ESE, Inc.


CLOSURE PLAN NUMBER 5

INCLUDING BUILDINGS:

104, 107, 108, 109, 113, 476, 503, 525, 526, 529, 543, 554,

556, 596, and 944

NASA Ames Research Center

Moffett Field, California

 

 

LOGO

Prepared By:

PAI/ISSi TEAM

Mail Stop 19-21

Moffett Field, California 94035-1000

Prepared for:

NASA Ames Research Center

Environmental Services Office

Mail Stop 218-1

Moffett Field, California 94035-1000

June 2001


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

              Page  

1.0

  Introduction      1  

2.0

  Historical Operations      3  
 

2.1

  

Former Building 88 - Site 18 (Navy Era)

     4  
 

2.2

  

Building 104 (Navy Era)

     4  
 

2.3

  

Building 107 (Navy Era)

     5  
 

2.4

  

Building 108 (Navy Era)

     6  
 

2.5

  

Building 109 (Navy Era)

     7  
 

2.6

  

Building 113 (Navy Era)

     8  
 

2.7

  

Building 476 (Navy Era)

     8  
 

2.8

  

Building 503 (Navy Era)

     9  
 

2.9

  

Building 525 (Navy Era)

     13  
 

2.10

  

Building 526 (Navy Era)

     13  
 

2.11

  

Building 529 (Navy Era)

     14  
 

2.12

  

Building 543 (Navy Era)

     15  
 

2.13

  

Building 554 (Navy Era)

     15  
 

2.14

  

Building 556 (Navy Era)

     16  
 

2.15

  

Building 585 (Navy Era)

     16  
 

2.16

  

Building 596 (Navy Era)

     16  
 

2.17

  

Building 944 (Navy Era)

     17  

3.0

  Site Reconnaissance      18  

4.0

  Current Operations      19  
 

4.1

  

Building 104 (Post - Navy Era)

     19  
 

4.2

  

Building 107 (Post - Navy Era)

     19  
 

4.3

  

Building 108 (Post - Navy Era)

     19  
 

4.4

  

Building 109 (Post - Navy Era)

     20  
 

4.5

  

Building 113 (Post - Navy Era)

     20  
 

4.6

  

Building 476 (Post - Navy Era)

     21  
 

4.7

  

Building 503 (Post - Navy Era)

     21  
 

4.8

  

Building 525 (Post - Navy Era)

     23  
 

4.9

  

Building 526 (Post - Navy Era)

     23  
 

4.10

  

Building 529 (Post - Navy Era)

     23  
 

4.11

  

Building 543 (Post - Navy Era)

     24  
 

4.12

  

Building 554 (Post - Navy Era)

     24  
 

4.13

  

Building 556 (Post - Navy Era)

     24  
 

4.14

  

Building 596 (Post - Navy Era)

     25  
 

4.15

  

Building 944 (Post - Navy Era)

     25  

 

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont’d)

 

              Page  

5.0

 

Existing Environmental Constraints

     26  
 

5.1

  

Monitoring and Extraction Wells

     29  
 

5.1.a

  

Groundwater Conditions

     30  
 

5.2

  

Lead Sampling Study of Surface Soils

     31  
 

5.2.a

  

Chemical Wste Management, INC. (CWMI) Surface Soil Lead Survey

     31  
 

5.2.b

  

Weston Inc., Lead Based Paint Investigation Report for NAS Moffeff Field, EPA Region IX

     33  
 

5.3

  

MEW Regional Groundwater Remediation Program (RGRP) System

     34  
 

5.4

  

Areas of Potential and Existing Contamination

     35  
 

5.5

  

Removal of Areas of Existing Contamination

     35  
 

5.5.a

  

Site 14

     36  
 

5.5.b

  

Site 15

     36  
 

5.5.c

  

Site 18

     36  
 

5.5.d

  

Building 104

     36  
 

5.5.e

  

Building 107

     36  
 

5.5.f

  

Building 503

     37  
 

5.5.g

  

Building 525

     37  
 

5.5.h

  

Building 529

     37  
 

5.5.i

  

Building 543

     37  
 

5.5.j

  

Building 556

     38  
 

5.6

  

Facility Sampling and Analysis

     38  
 

5.6.a

  

Site 14

     38  
 

5.6.b

  

Site 15

     38  
 

5.5.c

  

Site 18

     39  
 

5.6.d

  

Building 104

     39  
 

5.6.e

  

Building 107

     39  
 

5.6.f

  

Building 503

     39  
 

5.6.g

  

Building 525

     39  
 

5.6.h

  

Building 529

     39  
 

5.6.i

  

Building 543

     39  
 

5.6.j

  

Building 556

     39  

6.0

 

Facility Closure Procedures

     40  
 

6.1

  

Santa Clara County Requirements

     40  
 

6.1.a

  

Hazardous Materials Storage Closure

     40  
 

6.2

  

Air Pollution Control Requirements Associated w/Site Closure

     40  
 

6.3

  

Industrial Wastewater Requirements Associated w/Site Closure

     40  
 

6.4

  

Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCB)

     41  
 

6.5

  

Burrowing Owls

     41  
 

6.6

  

Storm Water Management during Site Closure

     42  
 

6.6.a

  

The Navy Era’s Former Illicit Connection Program

     42  

 

ii


TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont’d)

 

              Page  
 

6.6.b

  

Best Management Practices

     42  
 

6.6.c

  

Ames’ Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)

     43  
 

6.6.d

  

New NPDES Requirements for Construction

     43  
 

6.7

  

Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasures (SPCC)

     44  
 

6.8

  

National Historic Preservation Act

     44  

7.0

 

Future Environmental Constraints

     44  
 

7.1

  

Monitoring and Extraction Wells

     45  
 

7.2

  

MEW Regional Groundwater Remediation Program (RGRP) System

     45  
 

7.3

  

Areas of Potential and Existing Contamination

     46  

8.0

 

Environmental Requirements for Facility Construction

     46  
 

8.1

  

Hazardous Materials Storage Installation

     46  
 

8.1.a

  

Tank Installation Requirements

     47  
 

8.2

  

Air Pollution Control Installation

     47  
 

8.3

  

Industrial Wastewater Requirements Associate w/Site Installation

     48  
 

8.4

  

Borrowing Owl Requirements Associated with Site Installation

     48  
 

8.5

  

Storm Water Management Requirements Associated with Site Installation

     48  
 

8.6

  

Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasures (SPCC) Associated with Site Installation

     49  
 

8.7

  

Archeological Resources

     49  
 

8.8

  

Unexpected Discovery Plan

     49  

LIST OF TABLES

 

Table 1 Building Occupants

     3  

Table 2 Underground Storage Tanks Previously at Building 503

     10  

Table 3 1984 HMIS for Building 503

     12  

Table 4 Equipment List

     18  

Table 5 Groundwater Monitoring and Extraction Wells

     29  

Table 6 Monitoring Well COC’s

     31  

Table 7 Lead Concentration and Recommendations (CWMI Survey)

     32  

Table 8 Results from XRF Lead Based Paint Survey of Structures

     34  

Table 9 Predicted Laboratory Lead Concentrations

     34  

Table 10 Surface Sampling at Buildings 104, 525, 529, 543, and 556

     38  

 

iii


TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont’d)

 

LIST OF APPENDICES

 

Appendix A

  

Fact Sheet - NASA Ames Development Plan

Appendix B

  

Santa Clara County Storage Permits and Inspection Reports, Navy Era

Appendix C

  

BIER Reports

Appendix D

  

Historic Photographs, Navy Era

Appendix E

  

Current Photographs, Post Navy Era

Appendix F

  

Santa Clara County Permits and Inspections, Post Navy Era

Appendix G

  

Santa Clara County Facility Closure Guidelines

Appendix H

  

Table A-1 Identified Illicit Discharges, Discharges Requiring Additional Investigation and Potable Water Discharges

Appendix I

  

Storm Water Best Management Practices

Appendix J

  

Department of Parks and Recreation (DPR) 523 Forms

Appendix K

  

Santa Clara County Permit Applications

Appendix L

  

Santa Clara County Underground/Aboveground Storage Installation Guidelines

LIST OF FIGURES

 

Figure 1

  

Site Map

Figure 2

  

Proposed Land Use Plan

Figure 3

  

Proposed Land Use Plan

Figure 4

  

Monitoring and Extraction Wells

Figure 5

  

Proposed Soil Sample Locations

Figure 6

  

Borrowing Owl Locations

Figure 7

  

Shenandoah Plaza Historic District

Figure 8

  

Archeological Sensitive Areas

 

iv


TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont’d)

 

LIST OF ACRONYMS

 

Ames

  

NASA Ames Research Center

BAAQMD

  

Bay Area Air Quality Management District

bgs

  

below ground surface

BTEX

  

Benzene, Toluene, Ethylbenzene and Xylenes

CANG

  

California Air National Guard

CERCLA

  

Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act

CFC

  

Chlorofluorocarbon

CLEAN

  

Comprehensive Long-Term Environmental Action Navy

CUP

  

Moffett Field Comprehensive Use Plan

DCE

  

Dichloroethene

DPR

  

Department of Parks and Recreation

EA

  

Environmental Assessment

EOD

  

87th Explosive Ordnance Division

EPA

  

Environmental Protection Agency

IS

  

Invisible Studios

MEW

  

Middlefield-Ellis-Whisman

Mg/kg

  

Milligrams per kilogram

Mg/1

  

Milligrams per liter

MTBE

  

Methyl Tert-Butyl Ether

NEPA

  

National Environmental Policy Act

NRP

  

NASA Research Park

OSHA

  

Occupational Safety and Health Administration

PCB

  

Polychlorinated Biphenyl

POTW

  

Publicly Owned Treatment Works

PP

  

Priority Pollutant

ppm

  

parts per million

PRG

  

Preliminary Remediation Goal

R&D

  

Research and Development

RGRP

  

Regional Groundwater Remediation Program

RWQCB

  

Regional Water Quality Control Board

RIST

  

Recirculating In-Situ Treatment System

SCVWD

  

Santa Clara Valley Water District

SPCC

  

Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasures

SWPP

  

Storm Water Pollution Prevention

SVOC

  

Semi Volatile Organic Compound

TCE

  

Trichloroethylene

TOG

  

Total Oil and Grease

TPHg

  

Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons as gasoline

TPHjp5

  

Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons as JP5

TPHmo

  

Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons as motor oil

UST

  

Underground Storage Tank

VOC

  

Volatile Organic Compound

 

v


1.0 INTRODUCTION

This closure plan describes procedures to ensure that the Buildings 104, 107, 108, 109, 113, 476, 503, 525, 526, 529, 543, 554, 556, 596, and 944 will be closed in a manner protective of human health and the environment. These buildings are referred to as the site for the purposes of this plan. The primary objective of this plan is the identification of actions to be taken prior to building closure. The site will be redeveloped as a result of the proposed University Reserve in the proposed NASA Research Park. (See Figure 1 ).

This plan specifically addresses the requirements and procedures for demolition of Buildings 104, 107, 108, 109, 113, 476, 503, 525, 526, 529, 543, 554, 556, 596, and 944 and other subsurface structures such as ground water monitoring and extraction wells. The plan also discusses some environmental requirements for the new construction associated with the University Reserve. See Figures 2 and 3 entitled “Proposed Land Use Plan”. The area depicted as the University Reserve includes the site addressed in this document, as well as other buildings and recreational areas that are evaluated in other plans.

Ames is a federal facility located at Moffett Field, California. Ames comprises 440 acres of the 1,857-acre Moffett Field site. Moffett Federal Airfield (formerly Naval Air Station Moffett Field) and Army Corp of Engineering Housing occupy the remainder of Moffett Field.

This plan includes facility descriptions and portrays hazardous materials handling operations. The environmental actions required for closure of facilities whose operations use and store hazardous materials have been highlighted. Hazardous materials storage areas are identified. Equipment and facilities requiring closure procedures for storage areas, equipment, structures, and facilities prior to demolition are listed.

A list of equipment associated with the hazardous materials handling operations such as air compressors, fume hoods, parts washers, degreasing units, paint booths, refrigerant recycling equipment, blasting machines, and oil filter draining equipment are included in the plan. The plan lists equipment that may generate contamination such as motor vehicle and truck washing units when identified. Additional surface and subsurface investigations are also described in the plan, if needed.

The plan also identifies infrastructure that may contain hazardous materials such as chlorofluorocarbons in air conditioners and PCBs in electrical equipment. Subsurface and aboveground structures used to treat contaminated groundwater or industrial wastewater and oil water separators are also discussed when present.

In 1991, the Federal Base Closure and Realignment Commission decided to close Moffett Field Naval Air Station. Subsequently, the U.S. Department of Defense transferred stewardship of the property to NASA. NASA took over administration of Moffett Field in 1994 as a “Closed Federal Facility”. The reuse of Moffett Field was originally addressed in the Moffett Field Comprehensive Use Plan (CUP) and its associated Environmental Assessment (EA), which resulted in a Finding of No Significant Impact in 1994. The CUP designated Moffett Field a shared use facility that would house Federal Agencies and their contractors. Federal Agencies who have land use agreements with Ames at Moffett Field are referred to as Resident Agencies and include the California Air National Guard (CANG), the Army Reserves, and the Federal Emergency Management Agency.

 

1


NASA is currently planning to develop a world-class, shared-used educational and Research & Development (R&D) campus focused on astrobiology, life sciences, space sciences, nanotechnology, biotechnology, information technology, and aeronautics. This project is referred to as the NASA Research Park (NRP). The NRP is one component of the proposed NASA Ames Development Plan, which outlines planned development at Moffett Field in four areas: NRP, Ames Campus, Bay View, and Eastside/Airfield. Appendix A contains the “Fact Sheet” describing the Environmental Baseline Survey (EBS) for Parcel 5.

As a result of the NRP, including the University Reserve, many existing facilities on Moffett Field will require demolition. Buildings 104, 107, 108, 109, 113, 476, 503, 525, 526, 529, 543; 554, 556, 596, and 944 will all have to be demolished in order for this proposed project to go forward.

This Closure Plan will be distributed to the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), the Regional Water Quality Control Board (RWQCB), the Santa Clara County Health Department, prospective NASA Partners, the Navy, and the Middlefield-Ellis-Whisman (MEW) companies since the site overlies the regional groundwater plume.

Redevelopment activities could impact Navy Installation Restoration Program sites and groundwater monitoring wells, and the MEW Regional Groundwater Remediation Program (RGRP), treatment system piping, groundwater extraction Wells, and groundwater monitoring wells.

 

2


2.0 HISTORICAL OPERATIONS

This section describes the historical use of the site. Historically the Navy occupied the site. Table 1 reflects the historic and current building occupants.

TABLE 1

BUILDING OCCUPANTS

 

Building

  

Date Built

  

Historic Occupants

  

Current Occupant

104

   1943 / 90    Navy    NASA

107

   1948    Navy    Navy ROICC Office

108

   1980    Navy    Navy Exchange

109

   1948    Navy    Navy Exchange

113

   1944/1990    Navy Exchange    Navy Exchange

476

   1964    Navy Exchange    Navy Exchange

503

   1966    Navy Exchange    Navy Exchange

525

   1970    Navy Exchange    Onizuka

526

   1976    Navy Exchange    Onizuka

529

   1968    Navy Exchange    Navy Exchange

543

   1973    Navy    Onizuka

554

   1975    Navy Exchange    Navy Exchange

556

   1979    Credit Union    Credit Union

596

   1985    McDonalds    McDonalds

944

   1941    Navy●    Onizuka

Several documents were reviewed to assess the historical presence of hazardous materials and potential pathways for surface and subsurface contamination in and around Buildings 104, 107, 108, 109, 113, 476, 503, 525, 526, 529, 543, 554, 556, 596, and 944. These documents include:

 

  The 50 th Anniversary of NAS Moffett Field, published by Specialty Graphics, 1983.

 

  Naval Energy and Environmental Support Activity (NEESA). 1984, “Initial Assessment Study of Naval Air Station, Moffett Field, California. March

 

  Final Report Industrial Waste Engineering Study, Naval Air Station, Moffett Field, ERM-West/AQA Resources, April 1986.

 

  NAS Moffett Field California, published by Specialty Graphics, 1984 and 1988.

 

  Moffett Federal Airfield Building List, NASA Ames Research Center, January 1998.

 

  BIER database reports — 1992 through 1994.

 

  Naval Air Station Moffett Field, Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan, PRC Environmental Management, Inc., 1992.

 

  Draft Report of Findings, Phase 1 Site Assessments, Area 2, Chemical Waste Management, Inc., April 1993.

 

  The Interim Operating Permits for NAS Moffett Field issued on 1 July 1993 and 15 January 1994 by the City of Sunnyvale.

 

  City of Sunnyvale Industrial Wastewater Discharge Permit Application, NASA Ames Research Center, June 2000.

 

  Naval Air Station Moffett Field, Surface Soil Lead Survey, CWMI, October 1993.

 

3


  EPA Region IX Lead Based Paint Investigation Report For NAS Moffett Field, Roy F. Weston, Inc., October 1998

 

  Building 45, 250 and 950 Phase II Site Assessment Naval Air Station Moffett Field, CA, Chemical Waste Management, Inc., May 1994.

 

  Building 555 Assessment, including Buildings 107, 108, 109, 501, 555 and 566, Boeing Aerospace Operations, Inc., April 1994.

A record search was conducted at the Santa Clara County of the Navy’s record using the privileges set forth in the “Freedom of Information Act”. These records were reviewed for this plan and are included in this plan. Appendix B contains copies of the hazardous materials storage permits and other related documentation such as inspection results.

Appendix C contains the Building Inventory Environmental Report (BIER) for the buildings that were inspected as part of the Moffett Development Project in the 1992 to 1994 timeframe and include Buildings 104, 107, 108, 109, 113, 476, 503, 525, 526, 529, 543, 554, 556, 596, and 944. The BIER reports include summaries of inspections and summaries of recommendations made by staff of the Ames Environmental Services Office and other Ames’ consultants. The historical sections of this plan are titled “Navy Era” to indicate the period of Navy operations prior to transfer to NASA.

 

2.1 Former Building 88 — Site 18 (Navy Era)

Before it was closed in 1987, Building 88 served as NAS Moffett Field’s laundry and dry cleaning facility. This building and its associated features were demolished by the Navy in 1994 and were remediated. Site 18 is discussed in Section 5.5.

 

2.2 Building 104 (Navy Era)

Building 104 is a 200 square foot building constructed in 1943. The construction type was classified as permanent. The building condition was considered standard and was constructed of concrete and wood. The Navy used this facility for operations/maintenance. The facility description is an impound lot for the 12 KVA electrical distribution substation. The substation is located on a covered pad. This facility is enclosed in a fenced area. A small building in the fenced area houses batteries to activate switches in case of power outages.

Ames Environmental Contractors’ Uribe & Associates (U&A) inspected Building 104 on 15 April 1993. Their inspection results are documented in the Report of Findings, Phase 1 Building Assessments, Area 2.An excerpt of this report follows.

Building 104, an electrical distribution substation built in 1943, has an area of approximately 2500 sq. ft. Electrical equipment is situated in a fenced yard. There are two structures; one is a workshop, the other is a battery room. (See Appendix D , Photograph 1). Construction is concrete and steel; condition is reported to be standard. The subject site is located in Operable Unit 4 for groundwater.

 

4


This facility is a 12Kv substation and has four transformers; two are labeled as containing PCBs. There are also three capacitors, two of which contain PCBs. (See Appendix D , Photograph 2). No leaks were observed. Acid containing lead batteries were stored as a backup power source.

The soil and/or concrete beneath the transformers and capacitors should be sampled for PCBs. The battery storage room and workshop should also be sampled for metals and semi-volatile organics. There is potential surface and subsurface contamination at this site that should be further evaluated.

Based on a review of the Navy’s Industrial Wastewater permits, no industrial wastewater generating activities were conducted at Building 104 in either the 1993 or 1994 permits. A review of the Navy’s Industrial Waste Engineering Study’s Final Report indicates no industrial wastewater generating activities were conducted at Building 104.

Records from the BAAQMD indicate there were no air pollution sources associated with this building.

 

2.3 Building 107 (Navy Era)

Ames Environmental Contractors’ Boeing Aerospace Operations, Inc. inspected Building 107 on 29 January 1993. Their results were documented in the Report of Findings, Building 555 Assessment including Buildings 107, 108, 109, 501, 555, and 566. An excerpt of this report follows.

Review of Former Buildings

Building 107 was constructed’ in 1948 and was designated as administrative for use by the Navy as Security Administration and for use by the ROICC. On 29 January 1993 the MFDP environmental staff assessed Building 107. No storage or use of hazardous materials was associated with Building 107.

Based on conversations with Assistant Fire Chief Robert Eaton, Mr. Rick Cey of the Navy’s Safety Office and John Shakelton of Moffett Field Public Affairs Office, Building 107 was originally used as a gasoline station. It is estimated that Building 107 served as a gasoline station from 1948 to the early 1950’s. Remnants of islands that served as air and water dispensers were observed. These islands were located against the north side of Building 107 facing Wescoat Road.

There were two 4,000 gallon underground storage tanks (USTs), Tanks 86A and 86B located on the west side of the building. The tanks were removed from the site in January 1993, under a permit issued by Santa Clara County, and the area had been covered with soil. The installation date of the USTs #86A and #86B is unknown. Based on the type of tank construction (single walled steel), it is possible that the USTs were the original gasoline fueling station tanks from 1948.

On 7 January 1993, four soil samples were collected and two water samples were collected from the excavation pit. The samples were received by Sequoia Analytical on 8 January 1993 and analytical results reported on 19 January 1993. Analytical results from the soil samples collected

 

5


during closure of tanks 86A and 86B reported non detect (ND) for Benzene, Toluene, Ethyl benzene and total Xylenes (BTEX) and purgeable hydrocarbons (total petroleum hydrocarbons as gasoline). There were detectable concentrations of BTEX and purgeable hydrocarbons in the groundwater samples analyzed. The BTEX and purgeable hydrocarbons were reported in micrograms per liter (ug/L) as listed. The maximum contaminant levels (MCLs) are set by the California and Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and are the concentrations of chemicals that are not to be exceeded in water supplied to the public. The MCLs are also reported in ug/L for ease of comparison.

 

Chemical Name

   Tank 86A    Tank 86B   

MCL

Benzene

   0.75    160    1.0

Toluene

   2.1    780    not available

Ethylbenzene

   ND    130    680

Xylene

   4.3    1400    1750

Purgeable hydrocarbons

   ND    7300    not available

Analysis for lead concentrations in the water reported 1.7 milligrams per liter (mg/L) of lead at the tank 86A sample and 1.3 mg/L of lead at tank 86B sample. The amounts of lead detected exceeded the MCL of 0.05 mg/L and also exceeded the State of California’s Applied Action Levels (AAL) of 10 ug/L for freshwater species and 4 ug/L for saltwater species. The AAL’s were developed based solely on health effects without consideration for technical feasibility or economic factors.

Based on a review of the Navy’s Industrial Wastewater permits, no industrial wastewater generating activities were conducted at Building 107 in either the 1993 or 1994 permits. A review of the Navy’s Industrial Waste Engineering Study’s Final Report indicated no industrial wastewater generating activities were conducted at Building 107.

Records from the BAAQMD indicate there were no air pollution sources associated with this building.

 

2.4 Building 108 (Navy Era)

Ames’ Environmental Contractors Boeing Aerospace Operations, Inc. inspected Building 108 on 29 January 1993. Their results were documented in the Report of Findings, Building 555 Assessment including Buildings 107, 108, 109, 501, 555, and 566. An excerpt of this report follows.

Building 108 was the swimming pool. An aerial photograph review reveals that the swimming pool was built about 1956.

Since 1956 the location and activities of the swimming pool and the Physical Conditioning/Dress Facility have essentially remained unchanged over the years. Sometime during 1970, the swimming pool was enclosed in an inflatable dome cover. The swimming pool was uncovered in 1971, covered again in 1972, and the dome cover was finally removed in 1973. It is not apparent if chemicals were historically stored on-site to maintain the swimming pool, and if so, the location of chemical storage is unknown.

 

6


The Navy corrected the illicit piping connection to the storm drain at the swimming pool (Building 108).

On 17 February 1994 the Navy commenced tank removal activities for tank #110. Tank #110 was located on the north side of Building 108. Tank #110 was a 2,060-gallon, steel, single-walled tank formerly used for diesel storage for a boiler. The Navy had listed tank #110 as inactive.

Building 108 did not have a boiler associated with it. All heating requirements were provided by a heat exchanger located in Building 109 (see Section 2.4 Building 109) that operated using steam heat provided by Building 10.

Based on a review of the Navy’s Industrial Wastewater permits, no industrial wastewater generating activities were conducted at Building 108 in either the 1993 or 1994 permits. A review of the Navy’s Industrial Waste Engineering Study’s Final Report indicates no industrial wastewater generating activities were conducted at Building 108.

Records from the BAAQMD indicate there were no air pollution sources associated with this building. Specifically the Navy’s air permit records did not show an air pollution permit of any boiler or for Tank #110 that is associated with this building.

 

2.5 Building 109 (Navy Era)

Ames Environmental Contractors’ Boeing Aerospace Operations, Inc. inspected Building 109 on 29 January 1993. Their results were documented in the Report of Findings, Building 555 Assessment including Buildings 107, 108, 109, 501, 555, and 566. An excerpt of this report follows.

Building 109 is the Physical Conditioning/Dress Facility. Building 109 was constructed in 1948.

Based on a review of historic records including the Navy’s Industrial Wastewater permits, Building 109 discharged 5 gallons per day of Heat exchanger condensate to the sanitary sewer. A review of the Navy’s Industrial Waste Engineering Study’s Final Report indicates no industrial wastewater generating activities were conducted at Building 109, although the wastewater permits indicate that there was discharge of Heat Exchanger condensate.

Based on a review of historic records including records from the BAAQMD indicate there were no air pollution sources associated with this building.

Mr. Robert Holston, an inspector for Santa Clara County’s Hazardous Materials Compliance Division, conducted an inspection of Building 109 on 19 April 1994. Mr. Clint Fisher, of the Navy, accompanied him on this inspection. No hazardous materials storage issues were observed. He noted that the US Air Force was going to assume operation of the pool facility. The 10 October 1992 inspection reported the following four non-compliance items. Provide secondary containment for acid and chlorine storage. Provide spill containment materials and personal protective equipment and make it readily available in case of a spill. All hazardous material handlers must have appropriate training. Provide documentation. Initiate a weekly inspection program. Maintain documentation. The hazardous materials storage permits

 

7


document 350 gallons of corrosive materials. (See Appendix B ). Mr. Holston conducted a closure inspection on 19 April 1994 the following was recorded. No storage issues outstanding. The U.S. Air Force to assume operation of this facility.

 

2.6 Building 113 (Navy Era)

Ames Environmental Contractors’ Uribe and Associates (U&A) inspected Building 113 on 15 April 1993. Their inspection results are documented in the Report of Findings, Phase I Building Assessments, Area 2. An excerpt of this report follows.

A review of aerial photographs suggested the present subject site was constructed after 1970 and before 1975. However, this location was formerly occupied by a pre-existing structure, which was razed before 1970, based on aerial photographs and building diagrams. The first structure was constructed in 1944, according to historical information and was present until at least 1968 (aerial photograph). Construction is concrete and steel; condition is reported as marginal (Proposed Assignments Database, 1993). Present use is for operations and maintenance. Building materials for concession booths are reportedly stored here (Kerr, 1993).

The facility drawing for Building 525 indicated the previous building at this location was used as a welding shop; a drawing was not available for the existing building. The subject site is part of Operable Unit 4 for groundwater.

The yard and building were full of junk furniture, empty 55-gallon drums (previous contents unknown), pipes, fencing, firewood, ladders, swimming pool equipment and tires. Some hazardous materials were observed on a pallet, including various cleaners (see Appendix D , Photograph 3). An unidentified gas cylinder and a propane cylinder were also noted. Hazardous waste was not evident. A minor amount of staining was observed on the accessible concrete in the storage yard. Transformer T-35 was located west of the building, within the fenced yard, and was identified to contain PCBs. Ames’ records indicate that this transformer is associated with Building 525 (see Section 2.9). No leakage of fluid from the transformer was evident.

Based on a review of the Navy’s Industrial Wastewater permits, no industrial wastewater generating activities were conducted at Building 113 in either the 1993 or 1994 permits. A review of the Navy’s Industrial Waste Engineering Study’s Final Report indicates no industrial wastewater generating activities were conducted at Building 113.

Records from the BAAQMD indicate there were no air pollution sources associated with this building.

 

2.7 Building 476 (Navy Era)

Building 476 was constructed in 1964 and was used by the Navy Exchange for administrative purposes as a store and as a cafeteria. The construction type was classified as permanent and is of standard construction. The building is constructed of concrete and steel. The gross square footage is 43,374. Ames’ environmental staff did not inspect this building during realignment activities. The office space contained window type air conditioning units.

 

8


Based on a review of the Navy’s Industrial Wastewater permits, no industrial wastewater generating activities were conducted at Building 476 in either the 1993 or 1994 permits. A review of the Navy’s Industrial Waste Engineering Study’s Final Report indicates no industrial wastewater generating activities were conducted at Building 476.

Records from the BAAQMD indicate there were no air pollution sources associated with this building.

 

2.8 Building 503 (Navy Era)

Ames Environmental Contractors’ Uribe & Associates (U&A) inspected Building 503 on 15 April 1993. Their inspection results are documented in the Report of Findings, Phase 1 Building Assessments, Area 2. An excerpt of this report follows.

Building 503, identified as the Navy Exchange Service Station or NEX, was built in 1966, and has an area of 7,240 sq. ft. Construction is concrete and steel; condition is standard. According to the IAS (1984), the service station has been located here at Building 503 since 1967. The service station stored and dispensed fuel and performed automotive repairs and maintenance. (See Appendix D , Photographs 4 and 5).

Hazardous wastes reported to be generated and/or accumulated at the site included: auto fluids, used oil, solvents, brake shoes and dust which contains asbestos, metal cuttings from brake drums and discs, and batteries. Hazardous materials included auto fluids, cleaners, solvents, lubricants, hydraulic oil, batteries, brake shoes (IAS, 1984). The Hazmat storage area was reported to be fenced and roofed (IAS, 1984). Only sealed batteries were reported to be sold, no electrolyte was stored (Navy, 1991). Waste liquids including solvents, were disposed of with waste oil in a holding tank (no number given) located about 500 feet east of the building. This was probably Tank #41A. A local refining company (no reference given) periodically pumped the contents of the tank out. In the repair shop, parts were cleaned in a solvent bath, until 1978, when the station contracted for parts cleaning (IAS, 1984).

According to the waste minimization summary in City of Sunnyvale Permit Application (1991), deck drains were sealed on 16 September 1991. The sink remained open and drained to the sanitary sewer. Fuel was no longer dispensed, and only vehicle maintenance was provided. According to the letter from Steven Anschutz to Mark Malachowski, 31 May 1991, City of Sunnyvale, “all fuel was removed from the remaining USTs and adjoining pipelines.” A notice of Violation (NOV) for Total Toxic Organics (TTO) and Phenol concentrations in excess of the sewer discharge permit limitation was filed on 8 May 1991 by the City of Sunnyvale. The suspected source of the TTO was the fuel Underground Storage Tanks (USTs). There was a release of gasoline to the sanitary sewer in 1990 (Navy, 1990).

The subject site is Operable Unit 3 for soils (IRP sites 12 and 15) and Operable Unit 4 for groundwater. The only available information concerning soil samples collected during tank removal was for UST #41A. A soil sample contained: total petroleum hydrocarbons (TPH) as gasoline at 200 ppm, TPH as oil at 6400 ppm, total oil and grease (TOG) at 4500 ppm, and chlorinated hydrocarbons 1,1,1 trichloroethane at 3.7 ppb and PCE at 1.9 ppb; groundwater was reported in the tank pit (Quorum, 1991).

 

9


Building 503 was the site of numerous USTs and ASTs; the following tanks have all been removed (UST Database March, 1993). Table 2 lists the tanks that were previously located at Building 503.

Table 2

USTs Previously at Building 503

 

UST#   

Volume

(gallons)

     Construction Content   

Installation

Date

  

Removal

Date

#33

     10,000      steel    1SUG    1965    10 /11/ 90

#34

     10,000      steel    1SUG    1965    10/11/90

#35

     10,000      steel    2RG    1965    10/11/90

#36

     10,000      steel    2RG    1965    10 /1/ 90

#37

     12,000      fiberglass    3UL    1973    1/4/93

#38

     12,000      fiberglass    3UL    1973    1/4/93

#39

     12,000      fiberglass    3UL    1973    1/4/93

#40

     12,000      fiberglass    3UL    1973    1/4/93

#41A

     550      steel    waste oil    1965    6/1/91

 

NOTES: 1 SUG = Super Unleaded Gasoline

2 RG = Regular Gasoline

3 UL = Unleaded Gasoline

The following tanks were also listed in the UST database:

 

    #41B a 1700-gallon concrete waste oil/water separator, removed 4 January 1993.

 

    #42 sump a 100 gallon concrete condensed vapor sump, installed in 1978. This sump is included in IRP SITE 15 (IAS, 1984) and was part of the product delivery system.

 

    Structure 535, an oil water separator which received waste water from former washrack 438, was located northeast of Building 503.

The following ASTs were reported to be in place:

 

    # 108 a steel, 275 gallon lube oil storage tank.

 

    # 109 unknown volume, used for transmission fluid storage.

The building included a U-Haul rental office, an automotive shop and a brake shop.

Batteries were observed on a pallet, with no secondary containment. There were three floor jacks in the south wing and five in the main wing, each with an individual hydraulic system. Solvent was still used, in self contained bath units. Floor drains were plugged. Cuttings (metal fillings turned off of brake drums and discs with a lathe) from the brake shop were dumped near the western edge of the pavement. Hazardous material was stored, as reported, in a fenced, roofed storage area. However, no secondary containment was provided around the storage area. A surrounding curb was at the edge of the pavement. The shop floors were bare concrete. The surrounding pavement drained to unidentified drains (sewer or storm). ACMs and spent brake pads were observed to be contained in a 55 gallon drum, which was covered, secured, and labeled. A hot water heater was located in the men’s room, at the north end of the building.

 

10


Staining outside on the pavement is rust colored, dark grey and oily. According to the site drawings and field observations, Tank #41A the waste oil tank, was apparently located approximately 15 feet east of the building, not 500 feet east as reported.

No gasoline was stored or dispensed at the site. With the possible exception of the vapor recovery sump, all USTs have been removed. However, tank pit excavations were open during the site inspection and some piping remained at that time. The ASTs were located near the southwest corner of the building, next to the excavation for tank #4113 (the oil water separator), and did not have secondary containment. Waste oil was stored in drums and then placed in secondary containment tubs.

Discharge from oil water separator #4113 to the sanitary sewer was permitted (City of Sunnyvale, 1993). This separator was identified as a 1,000 gallon grease interceptor (should be 1,700 gallon) was removed. Structure 535, the oil water separator was not connected to nor did it appear to receive waste water from Building 503. Structure 535 was permitted.

Transformer #T-26 was located on the north side of the building. It was identified as Westinghouse model PAC 29073, 75KVA with 510,000 parts per million (ppm) PCB and appeared to be in good condition. The Navy inspector Mr. Danny Steinmete inspected transformer T-26 on 7 February 1992 the inspection record described the following condition of this equipment. The bushing was coated with melted tape/insulation. The condition of the equipment indicated that it needed to be shut down, inspected further, and cleaned up. Possible repairs might be needed based on a further inspection. This transformer was replaced with an air-filled transformer that does not contain any PCBs. This new transformer still retains the identification number T-26.

Soil and groundwater samples may have been collected during tank removal activities, but were not available (Chuck, 1993); these will have to be duplicated if they were not collected. At least one release, of gasoline, to the sanitary sewer has occurred. There is a possibility that some hazardous waste may have been disposed of in the various drains (storm and/or sanitary sewer). Pending the results of the soil and groundwater investigation performed to date, additional sampling may be required.

Significant suspect conditions were observed. Spills, releases or other activities resulting in contamination have occurred.

Based on a review of the Navy’s Industrial Wastewater permits, no industrial wastewater generating activities were conducted at Building 503 in either the 1993 or 1994 permits. However, Building 503 had a permitted operation on the Navy’s 1989 permit application. An oil/water separator in conjunction with the interior surface drains was being operated. The gallon per day discharged was reported as 444. A review of the Navy’s Industrial Waste Engineering Study’s Final Report indicates no industrial wastewater generating activities were conducted at Building 503. Industrial wastewater generation ceased in 1991 when all floor drains in the shop area were sealed. The associated oil/water separator was removed in 1993. Sinks are present for sanitation purposes only.

 

11


Records from the BAAQMD indicate there is one air pollution source — gasoline dispensing operation-permitted in 1996.

The Navy submitted a hazardous materials inventory (HMIS) to Santa Clara County for Building 503 on 10 July 1984. The inventory reported the following storage:

Table 3

1984 HMIS for Building 503

 

Volume

(gallons)

   Contents    Hazard Class    UN #

20,000

   premium gasoline    3    1203

20,000

   regular gasoline    3    1203

48,000

   unleaded gasoline    3    1203

     550

   waste oil    3    1270

     100

   gasoline vapor sump    3    1270

Ms. Nicole Jakoby, an inspector for Santa Clara County’s Hazardous Materials Compliance Division, conducted an inspection of Building 503 on 10 October 1990. She observed the closure of the four (4) 10,000-gallon USTs. She noted that little corrosion or pitting and that no holes were observed in the tanks. Groundwater was observed in the bottom of the tank pits about 18” deep with floating product on its surface. Soil staining was observed all around the excavation. Six soil samples were collected all around the excavation. Six soil samples were collected around the sidewalls. Mr. Robert Holston conducted an inspection on 17 February 1993. This inspection reported the following two noncompliance items. Excavated soil not properly covered to prevent surface runoff. Two 20,000-fiberglass tank on paved area adjacent to the excavation were not properly barricaded to vehicles and citizens. This inspection requested that the conditions be mitigated with in 24 hours.

Mr. Robert Holston conducted an inspection on 2 May 1995. This inspection reported the following six non-compliance items. Submit a Hazardous Materials Business Plan. Secondary containment for transmission fluid, motor oil, grease, etc. is inadequate. Asphalt surface is not acceptable for containment. Provide proper containment for all materials. If structural changes are to be made the plans must be submitted for review. Provide secondary containment for the used battery storage. Initiate weekly inspections of the material and waste storage areas and document inspection results. Provide hazardous materials and waste management training for all employees handling hazardous substances. Secondary containment must be thoroughly cleaned up and investigated since possible soil contamination. Clean up as appropriate and submit a report to this office (Navy notified of this problem previously.)

Mr. Robert Holston conducted an inspection on 10 May 1995 and the Navy’s representative Mr. Clint Fisher was also present. This inspection reported the following. Previous inspection of Building 503 revealed heavy contamination of hazardous materials in the storage area located at the southwest corner of the building. Asphalt containment area showed oily staining throughout. The Navy has been previously instructed to initiate site investigation and take appropriate action to clean up the area. Instruction was given prior to Base Closure. Submit a site investigation plan and schedule of activities within 30 days. (See Appendix B ).

 

12


2.9 Building 525 (Navy Era)

Ames Environmental Contractors’ Uribe & Associates (U&A) inspected Building 525 on 15 April 1993. Their inspection results are documented in the Report of Findings, Phase 1 Building Assessments, Area 2. An excerpt of this report follows.

The Bowling Alley was built in 1970, and has an area of 14,520 sq. ft. Construction is concrete and steel; condition is standard (Assignments, 1993). Hazardous materials storage included hand cleaner, electric cleaner, parts cleaner, rust penetrant, lacquer acrylic, motor oil, pine cleaner, ammonia cleaner, contact adhesive and scouring powder (IAS, 1984).

UST # 113 of unknown volume and steel construction, contained septic waste. The tanks were inactive (UST Database) and reportedly plugged with cement (Coe, 1993). The subject site was near Operable Unit 2 for soils and in Operable Unit 4 for groundwater.

Two floor drains were located in the kitchen. Waste grease was disposed of in a container in back of the building, northwest side. Transformer T-35 was located immediately east of the building, within the fenced yard of Building 113, and was identified to contain PCBs. No leakage of fluid from the transformer was evident. UST #113 was located on the northeast side of the building. Hazardous materials were kept in the maintenance room in the back of the building and in the janitor’s closet, and included cleaners and solvents. A locker for flammable materials was located outside, on the north side of the building.

The UST was exempted from a subsurface investigation as it was used as a septic tank. Soil samples should be collected from the locations shown next to the staining at the grease container and at the flammable materials locker.

Based on a review of the Navy’s Industrial Wastewater permits, no industrial wastewater generating activities were conducted at Building 525 in either the 1993 or 1994 permits. A review of the Navy’s Industrial Waste Engineering Study’s Final Report indicates no industrial wastewater generating activities were conducted at Building 525. The Building was closed in 1992 and at this time, the grease trap located in the kitchen area was disconnected and removed.

 

2.10 Building 526 (Navy Era)

Ames Environmental Contractors’ Uribe & Associates (U&A) inspected Building 526 on 15 April 1993. Their inspection results are documented in the Report of Findings, Phase 1 Building Assessments, Area 2. An excerpt of this report follows.

The Enlisted Men’s Club storage was built in 1970 and has an area of 540 sq. ft. Construction is concrete and steel; condition is reported standard. Current use is for storage of club furniture, i.e. tables and chairs, beer kegs from Building 244 (Kerr, 1993). The subject site was near Operable Unit 2 for soils and in Operable Unit 4 for groundwater.

No hazardous materials were observed. No sampling was recommended.

 

13


Suspect conditions were not observed. Spills, releases or other activities resulting in contamination have not been reported. Therefore, further building assessment does not seem warranted.

Based on a review of the Navy’s Industrial Wastewater permits, no industrial wastewater generating activities were conducted at Building 526 in either the 1993 or 1994 permits. A review of the Navy’s Industrial Waste Engineering Study’s Final Report indicates no industrial wastewater generating activities were conducted at Building 526.

Records from the BAAQMD indicate there were no air pollution sources associated with this building.

 

2.11 Building 529 (Navy Era)

Ames Environmental Contractors’ Uribe & Associates (U&A) inspected Building 529 on 15 April 1993. Their inspection results are documented in the Report of Findings, Phase 1 Building Assessments, Area 2. An excerpt of this report follows.

The Exchange Central Warehouse was built in 1970, and has an area of 2,640 sq. ft. Construction is concrete and steel; condition is reported to be marginal (Assignments, 1993). Historical use has not generated hazardous wastes, with the exception of a photofinishing lab (IAS, 1984). Initially, spent photoprocessing fluids were discharged to the sanitary sewer. Later this waste stream was collected for disposal as hazardous waste (Navy, 1991). The subject site was near Operable Unit 2 for soils and in Operable Unit 4 for groundwater.

The City of Sunnyvale issued a notice of violation (NOV) on 4 November 1991 for the silver content of the waste water discharge exceeding the permit limitation of 0.2 milligrams per liter (mg/L). A grab sample was collected from a sealed container of photoprocessing effluent at Building 529. The sample contained 3.2 mg/L silver. The Navy discontinued discharging effluent and closed floor drains as a corrective action to this NOV (Navy, 1991). However, discharge from the photo laboratory was still permitted (City of Sunnyvale, 1991).

The site was used for NEX services; television and household appliance rental. There was a fenced storage yard beside the building. A monitoring well is located in the storage yard. (See Appendix D, Photograph 6). According to site personnel, the photofinishing lab operated here from 1990 to about 1992. Photo developing equipment was no longer at the site. According to site personnel, spent chemicals were stored in a 50-gallon aboveground tank, and were hauled for disposal when necessary. The MSDS file for the building indicated refrigerants, paints, metal cleaner, glue, resin and flux. Also noted in the former photo lab were approximately 30 liters of Kodak bleach replenisher.

According to building personnel, Public Works was scheduled to pick up the current hazardous materials. No staining was observed; flooring looked original. Laundry chemicals were stored in two drums on top of a pallet in the storage yard.

Collection and analysis of soil samples were recommended next to the drums and elsewhere in the storage yard.

 

14


Based on a review of historic records including the Navy’s Industrial Wastewater permits, industrial wastewater generating activities were ended in 1992 at Building 529 and reported closed in the 1993 and 1994 permits. All associated photoprocessing equipment was removed at this time. However, Building 529 had a permitted operation on the Navy’s 1986 permit. The gallon per day discharged was reported as 10. A review of the Navy’s Industrial Waste Engineering Study’s Final Report indicates no industrial wastewater generating activities were conducted at Building 529.

Based on a review of historic records, the BAAQMD indicate there were no air pollution sources associated with this building.

 

2.12 Building 543 (Navy Era)

Ames Environmental Contractors’ Uribe & Associates (U&A) inspected building 543 on 16 April 1993. Their inspection results are documented in the Report of Findings, Phase 1 Building Assessments, Area 2. An excerpt of this report follows.

Building 543, the craft hobby shop, was built in 1973 and has an area of 9,000 sq. ft. (Assignments, 1993). Hazardous materials used at this site included Nova clean, adhesive, spray sealer, and Proclean. The subject site was near Operable Unit 2 for soils and in Operable Unit 4 for groundwater. The site was used as a craft hobby shop (Coe, 1993). Groundwater downgradient of the site was contaminated with chlorinated compounds, i.e. TCE (CLEAN).

Not all portions of the building were accessible. The primary use of the building appeared to be for hobby activities, including woodworking and painting (see Appendix E Photograph 7). Staining and paint were observed outside of the building. Paint in cans was observed inside the building.

Solvents were suspected to have been used at this site, in conjunction with paints. Soils adjacent to the pavement, south of the building, and possibly the pavement have been impacted by paint and probably have been impacted by solvents. Therefore, this site may be a source of soil and groundwater contamination and should be investigated accordingly.

Based on a review of the Navy’s Industrial Wastewater permits, no industrial wastewater generating activities were conducted at Building 543 in either the 1993 or 1994 permits. A review of the Navy’s Industrial Waste Engineering Study’s Final Report indicates no industrial wastewater generating activities were conducted at Building 543.

Records from the BAAQMD indicate there was one air pollution source - sawdust vacuum cleaning operation- permitted until 1993.

 

2.13 Building 554 (Navy Era)

Building 554 was constructed in 1975 and was used by the Navy Exchange for administrative purposes as the garden shop. The construction type was classified as semi-permanent and is of standard construction. The building is constructed of concrete and steel. The gross square footage is 27,493. Ames’ environmental staff did not inspect this building during realignment activities.

 

15


Building 554 was equipped with a transformer labeled T-36. This transformer was located on the East Side of this building. The style of this transformer was A13E5105DD, the serial number was 75F011017 and its size was 225 KVA. The manufacturer was Westinghouse.

Based on a review of the Navy’s Industrial Wastewater permits, no industrial wastewater generating activities were conducted at Building 554 in either the 1993 or 1994 permits. A review of the Navy’s Industrial Waste Engineering Study’s Final Report indicates no industrial wastewater generating activities were conducted at Building 554.

Records from the BAAQMD indicate there were no air pollution sources associated with this building.

 

2.14 Building 556 (Navy Era)

The Ames Environmental Contractors’ Uribe & Associates (U&A) inspected Building 556 on 16 April 1993. Their inspection results are documented in the Report of Findings, Phase 1 Building Assessments, Area 2. An excerpt of this report follows.

Building 556 was the Credit Union, which was built in 1979 and is a two-story building; surface area was not available. Construction is concrete/steel; condition is standard (Assignments, 1993). There were no suspect structures evident prior to building construction based on the review of the aerial photographs. The subject site was near Operable Unit 2 for soils and in Operable Unit 4 for groundwater.

The only hazardous materials observed were cleaning supplies, kept in a closet. Suspect conditions were not observed. Spills, releases or other activities resulting in contamination have not been reported. Therefore, further building assessment does not seem necessary.

Based on a review of the Navy’s Industrial Wastewater permits, no industrial wastewater generating activities were conducted at Building 556 in either the 1993 or 1994 permits. A review of the Navy’s Industrial Waste Engineering Study’s Final Report indicates no industrial wastewater generating activities were conducted at Building 556.

Records from the BAAQMD indicate there were no air pollution sources associated with this building.

 

2.15 Building 585 (Navy Era)

Building 585 is the Army Reserves’ truck wash. This truck wash was constructed after the Navy’s departure in 1994. This truck wash was included in Closure Plan 1 and addressed the transportation yard that is shared by the California Air National Guard and the Army Reserves. Therefore this feature will not be addressed in this plan.

 

2.16 Building 596 (Navy Era)

The Ames Environmental Contractors’ Uribe & Associates (U&A) inspected Building 596 on 16 April 1993. Their inspection results are documented in the Report of Findings, Phase 1 Building Assessments, Area 2. An excerpt of this report follows.

 

16


Building 596 was a McDonald’s’ restaurant, built in 1985, and had an area of 2,500 sq. ft. Construction was concrete and wood; condition was standard (Assignments, 1993). There was a permitted grease trap (City of Sunnyvale, 1993); information on hazardous materials/waste was not available. A non-PCB transformer (T-96) is present (Transformer Database, 1993). A site drawing was not available. The subject site was near Operable Unit 2 for soils and in Operable Unit 4 for groundwater.

The site was in immaculate condition. Hazardous materials, consisting of cleaners and degreasers, were stored on shelves in the back of the restaurant. The grease trap was cleaned on an as needed basis. Grease was properly disposed of in a waste grease bin, located in back of the building. No staining was observed. Suspect conditions were not observed.

Based on a review of the Navy’s Industrial Wastewater permits, Building 596 has a grease trap with a capacity of approximately 34 gallons. The Building discharged approximately 500 gallons per day from cleaning and sanitary sources as reported in the 1993 and 1994 permits. One, grease trap was listed with dimensions of 23” X 14” X 24”. The gallon per day discharged was reported as 1,570 in the Navy’s 1984 permit. A review of the Navy’s Industrial Waste Engineering Study’s Final Report indicated no other industrial wastewater generating activities were conducted at Building 596.

 

2.17 Building 944 Formerly 244 (Navy Era)

Records from the BAAQMD indicate there were no air pollution sources associated with this building.

Building 944 was constructed in 1941 and was used by the Navy’s Morale, Welfare, and Recreation (MWR) as the Enlisted Men’s Club/Parcheezi’s Pizza. The building is constructed of concrete and wood. The gross square footage is 11,724. The building is equipped with two HVAC units, one is located on the north side and the other is located on West Side.

Ames’ Environmental Contractors inspected Building 944 on 16 April 1993. Building 944 was equipped with fluorescent lighting. A grease trap was observed. Hazardous materials were observed consisting of ammonia, bleach, charcoal, charcoal lighter, solvents, cleaners, and soaps. Staining by hazardous materials and spills of hazardous materials were not observed. Several floor drains were observed (two inside the building and two outside the building). An underground storage tank (UST) was located near the southwest corner of the building as evidenced by the vent stack and fill port and was presumed to be UST Number 112. Mr. Don Chuck, formerly with the Navy, verbally indicated that the Navy conducted an investigation of the facility for the presence of the reported UST. Using a backhole the Navy dugup potholes to uncover the suspected UST, however a UST was not identified. Based on the results of this field investigation it was reported that a tank did not exist at this location.

Based on a review of the Navy’s Industrial Wastewater permits, no industrial wastewater generating activities were conducted at Building 944 in either the 1993 or 1994 permits. Building 944 was reported as inactive in the 1993 permit and the Building was reported as closed in the 1994 permit. However, Building 944 had permitted operations on the Navy’s 1984 permit. Two grease traps were listed with dimensions of 36” X 48” X12” and 60” X 24” X 24”. The

 

17


gallon per day discharged was reported as 7,627. A review of the Navy’s Industrial Waste Engineering Study’s Final Report indicates no industrial wastewater generating activities were conducted at Building 944.

Records from the BAAQMD indicate there were no air pollution sources associated with this building.

 

3.0 SITE RECONNAISSANCE

A list of equipment associated with the hazardous materials handling operations such as, air conditioners, electrical transformers, smoke detectors, exit signs, paint booths, refrigerant recycling equipment were compiled. Equipment identified is itemized on Table 4 .

TABLE 4

EQUIPMENT LIST

 

Equipment

  

Quantity

  

Location

  

Salvage

  

Disposal

  

Relocate On-Site

Fire Extinguishers

   129   

107, 109,

113, 476,

503, 525,

529, 543,

554, 556,

596

   X       X

Air conditioners

   4   

476, 543,

554, 556

   X       X

PCB Transformers

   2    104, 525       X   

NON-PCB Transformers

   11   

104, 476,

503, 543,

554, 556,

596, 944

   X    X    X

Smoke detectors

   NA            

Fluorescent Lights

   878   

108, 109,

476, 529,

543, 554,

556, 596

   X    X    X

Exit Signs

   28   

109, 525,

543, 554,

944

   X       X

Vehicle Lift

   6    503    X    X    X

Eye Wash/Shower

   2    109, 503    X       X

Propane cylinder security cage

   2    543    X       X

Corrosive Cabinet

   1    109    X       X

Flammable Storage

   5    476, 503,    X       X

Cabinets

      543         

Water Heaters

   1    596    X       X

Battery Storage

   Unknown    104    X       X

Heat Exchanger

   1    109    X       X

 

18


4.0 CURRENT OPERATIONS

This section describes the current activities being conducted at the site.

 

4.1 Building 104 (Post — Navy Era)

Building 104 was inspected on 4 April 2001 by the Ames Environmental Staff. Building 104 is the 2.4 KV Substation operated by Code JFP. Building 104 and the associated structures do not hold hazardous materials permits with Santa Clara County; therefore, Santa Clara County does not require a formal closure for Building 104. This Substation has battery storage that is used to open or close the breakers. The battery storage does not require a permit from Santa Clara County since it is considered part of the equipment, and is not considered hazardous materials storage. The batteries must be either relocated or disposed of prior to closure and or demolition of this facility. Appendix E (Photographs 1, 2, and 3) show photographs of the Substation yard, the storage shed, and the battery room and were taken on 4 April 2001. One PCB transformer (T-23) and three non-PCB transformers are present.

Based on a review of the Ames Industrial Wastewater Permit Application issued July 2000, no industrial wastewater generating activities are conducted at Building 104 and none were observed during the inspection.

No air pollution sources were observed from the walk-through inspection conducted on 4 April 2001.

 

4.2 Building 107 (Post — Navy Era)

Building 107 was inspected on 4 April 2001 by Ames Environmental Staff. Building 107 is the U.S. Navy ROICC office occupied by Navy personnel and does not hold hazardous materials permits with Santa Clara County. Therefore, Santa Clara County does not require a formal closure for Building 107. (See Appendix E , Photograph 4) presents the photograph of the exterior of Building 107 taken on 4 April 2001.

Based on a review of the Ames Industrial Wastewater Permit Application issued July 2000, no industrial wastewater generating activities are conducted at Building 107 and none were observed during the inspection.

No air pollution sources were observed from the walk-through inspection conducted on 4 April 2001. The 20-gallon electric water heater in the building does not require an air pollution permit.

 

4.3 Building 108 (Post — Navy Era)

Building 108 was inspected on 10 May 2001 by Ames Environmental Staff. Building 108 is the Swimming Pool and is operated by the NASA Exchange. Building 108 does not hold hazardous materials permits with Santa Clara County; therefore, Santa Clara County does not require a closure plan for Building 108.

 

19


Based on a review of the Ames Industrial Wastewater Permit Application issued July 2000, no industrial wastewater generating activities are conducted at Building 108 and none were observed during the inspection. The Swimming Pool is drained a maximum of once per year for any required cleaning and maintenance.

No air pollution sources were observed from the walk-through inspection conducted on 10 May 2001. Specifically, no boiler operation was observed in this building.

 

4.4 Building 109 (Post — Navy Era)

Building 109 was inspected on 10 May 2001 by Ames Environmental Staff. Building 109 is the Swimming Pool Office and Locker Rooms operated by the NASA Exchange. Building 109 holds hazardous materials permits for Corrosives with Santa Clara County. The equipment room holds a 500 gallon sodium hypochlorite tank, six (50) pound bags of soda ash, a 800 pound carbon dioxide tank, as well as a corrosives cabinet storing four (1)-gallon containers of muriatic acid. Santa Clara County will require formal closure at least 30 days prior to closure.

Based on a review of the Ames’ Industrial Wastewater Permit Application issued July 2000, Building 109 has a heat exchanger that discharges approximately 5-gallons per day to the sanitary sewer. This heat exchanger must be removed and the steam line connection and the sanitary sewer connection sealed prior to demolition.

No air pollution sources were observed from the walk-through inspection conducted on 10 May 2001. The 6,000-pound Carbon Dioxide tank located inside the building does not require an air pollution permit.

 

4.5 Building 113 (Post — Navy Era)

Building 113 was inspected on 1 May 2001 by Ames Environmental Staff. Building 113 is the Navy Exchange (NEX) Facility Maintenance Shop operated by the NEX, who is hosted by Onizuka Air Force Base (OAFB). Building 113 and the associated structure store paints, adhesives and some carbon dioxide. This enclosed yard is used to store excess maintenance equipment and serves as a location to work on building maintenance issues. This building does not appear to have any hazardous materials permits issued by Santa Clara County. OAFB were contacted about this activity and they indicated that they will be investigating the need for permitting this location or relocating the materials to a permitted location. The Ames Environmental Staff will continue to track this building to ensure that proper permits have been issued. In the event permits are issued for this storage, then the Santa Clara County will require a closure application for Building 113 at least 30 days prior to closure. Appendix E , Photograph 5 is of the Building 113 enclosure taken on 1 May 2001.

Based on a review of the Ames Industrial Wastewater Permit Application issued July 2000, no industrial wastewater generating activities are conducted at Building 113 and none were observed during the inspection.

Building 113 has a low-usage, touch-up painting and solvent-wipe-cleaning operation that is presently exempt from the air permit requirements. After relocation of the operation, the exempt status of the source shall be reevaluated.

 

20


4.6 Building 476 (Post — Navy Era)

Building 476 was inspected on 1 May 2001 by Ames Environmental Staff. Building 476 is the NEX Department Store operated by the NEX. Building 476 does not hold any hazardous materials permits with Santa Clara County. Santa Clara County does not require a closure plan for Building 476. Two Non-PCB transformers are present.

Based on a review of the Ames’ Industrial Wastewater Permit Application issued July 2000, a Hot Dog Trailer with steam heating equipment was located on the South side of Building 476. This trailer generated approximately 10 gallons per day of wastewater discharged to the sanitary sewer. This trailer was closed in January 2001 and the sewer connections removed. The July 2001 Permit Application will be updated to reflect this operational change.

No air pollution sources were observed from the walk-through inspection conducted on 1 May 2001. The two 60-gallon and 20-gallon natural gas powered water heaters do not require air pollution permits.

 

4.7 Building 503 (Post — Navy Era)

Building 503 was inspected on 1 May 2001 by Ames Environmental Staff. Building 503 is the NEX Automotive Parts and Maintenance operated by the NEX. Building 503 holds hazardous materials permits for Flammable Liquids with Santa Clara County. Appendix F presents the Hazardous Materials Inventory Statement for Building 503 and the 2 February 1996 County Inspection results. Mr. Holston conducted the inspection and was accompanied by Mr. Gary Walls and Mr. Jerry Reid. The following items were documented. Review of the proposed relocation plan for the aboveground hazardous materials storage at the NEX Gas Station has been conducted. The plan would be approved per the following requirements. Aboveground tanks containing hazardous materials are to be secondarily contained. Secondary containment is to be monitored weekly. The concrete floor in the storage area is to be sealed to prevent absorption of spilled materials. Notify the county when the relocation has been completed. Relocation is to allow the remediation by the Navy of the existing storage area outside the building due to past spills and leaks.

Appendix F also presents the results of the 28 June 1996 County Inspection results of the above ground tank (AGT) installation. Mr. Holston conducted the inspection. The following items were documented. Primary piping to be tested at 60 pounds per square inch (psi) in the future. Secondary piping pressure test of 5 psi tested tight. The vapor recovery and vapor return lines tested tight at 5 psi. The sump tightness test was completed and the sumps tested tight.

On 11 July 1996 the County conducted an inspection of the AGT installation and the following was documented. The vapor recovery system tested tight. The primary lines also tested tight. The tanks and the primary piping passed the pressurized testing on the 16th and 17th of July.

On 13 August 1996, the County conducted an inspection and the results of this inspection are also presented. Mr. Holston conducted the inspection and was accompanied by Mr. Gary Wells. The following items were documented. Provide a written monitoring plan including inspection procedures, response to alarms, etc. Leak detection system must be capable of shutting down pumps in the event of an alarm. Provide the required labels for the tanks. Provide a key for the alarm printout and include a plot plan identifying probe locations. Submit an updated Business Plan and inventory statement. All to be completed prior to starting operation.

 

21


On 9 October 1997 Mr. Holsten inspected the site accompanied by Mr. Ruben Williams. The following was noted. Conduct the annual tank monitoring system inspection by a qualified technician and provide certification. Reset probes in the ground level sumps adjacent to the fuel tanks. (Probe was relocated to prevent alarm). Water in the sump must be removed and measures taken to prevent future intrusion. Check the high-level alarm at the fuel storage tanks for accuracy. Develop a plot plan identifying all system probes and their locations. Provide oil filter drain system and procedure for the NEX Gas Station.

The 30 June 1999 inspection documents the following. Submit an updated map for the Auto Repair Shop Area. Waste coolant being recycled onsite. Label the waste coolant container.

The 7 July 1999 inspection results reported that the hazardous waste disposal records for the waste parts cleaning solvent and contaminated rags were reviewed. The brake metal shavings profiled as non-RCRA bearing hazardous waste and being disposed as “Recycled Materials”. No violations were noted at this time. An air-filled transformer is present. This transformer was replaced with an air-filled transformer that does not contain any PCBs. This transformer replaced the Westinghouse model PAC 29073, 75KVA with 510,000 parts per million (ppm) PCB but it still retains the identification number of T-26.

Based on a review of the Ames Industrial Wastewater Permit Application issued July 2000, no industrial wastewater generating activities are conducted at Building 503 and none were observed during the inspection. There are sinks present for domestic use only.

The retail store has retail sized containers of motor oil and antifreeze for military personnel purchases. The maintenance shop has flammable storage cabinets, automotive battery storage (new and used), one 55-gallon waste coolant drum and a 360-gallon waste oil tank. There are three 10,000 gallon aboveground tanks storing gasoline. The service station has five dispensers. The maintenance bays have a total of six vehicle lifts. The west side of Building 503 stores 17 cylinders of carbon dioxide.

Santa Clara County will require formal closure for the hazardous materials storage and the aboveground tanks at least 30 days prior to the start of closure activities. The Hazardous Materials Storage Facility Closure Guidelines are presented in Appendix G . Soil and groundwater sampling may be required upon removal of the tank and associated equipment (pipelines, dispensers). If sampling is required as part of the closure process, the County will also require a post closure report that includes the sampling analysis data. Appendix E , Photographs 6, 7, and 8, presents the photographs of the Building 503 maintenance bays and associated storage taken on 1 May 2001.

Based on a review of the Ames Industrial Wastewater Permit Application issued July 2000, no industrial wastewater generating activities are conducted at Building 503 and none were observed during the inspection. There are sinks present for domestic sanitation use only.

Three air pollution sources were observed during the 1 May 2001 walk through inspection. The gasoline dispensing operation is permitted by the BAAQMD, the Armakleen M-100 aqueous parts washer is exempt from the air permit requirement, and the Safety-Kleen 105 parts washer requires further evaluation for air permit applicability. This evaluation is currently being conducted.

 

22


4.8 Building 525 (Post — Navy Era)

Building 525 was inspected on 1 May 2001 by Ames Environmental Staff. Building 525 is the NEX Visual Merchandise Office operated by the NEX. This was the former bowling alley with kitchen/restaurant. The kitchen has a walk-in sized cooler. All the sinks and grease traps have been removed. There are two floor drains just outside the kitchen door. These drains are recessed into the floor and pose a tripping hazard. The drains should be covered to prevent personnel from tripping. The drains must be closed to prevent unauthorized discharges. Building 525 does not hold any hazardous materials permits; therefore, Santa Clara County will not require a formal closure for Building 525. Appendix E , Photograph 9, presents the photograph of the interior of Building 525, taken on 10 May 2001. A PCB transformer (T-35) is present and has 265 ppm of PCB.

Based on a review of the Ames Industrial Wastewater Permit Application issued July 2000, no industrial wastewater generating activities are conducted at Building 525 and none were observed during the inspection.

No air pollution sources were observed from the walk-through inspection conducted on 1 May 2001.

 

4.9 Building 526 (Post — Navy Era)

Building 526 was inspected on 4 April 2001 by Ames Environmental Staff. Building 526 is currently being used to store tables, chairs, and shelves/racks that were relocated from Building 944. Building 526 is maintained by Code JFF. Building 526 does not hold hazardous materials permits; therefore, Santa Clara County will not require a formal closure. Appendix E , Photograph 10 presents the photograph of the exterior of Building 526 taken on 4 April 2001.

Based on a review of the Ames Industrial Wastewater Permit Application issued July 2000, no industrial wastewater generating activities are conducted at Building 526 and none were observed during the inspection.

No air pollution sources were observed from the walk-through inspection conducted on 4 April 2001.

 

4.10 Building 529 (Post — Navy Era)

Building 529 was inspected on 10 May 2001 by Ames Environmental Staff. The Moffett Fire Department stores some equipment in Building 529. There was no hazardous materials storage observed in this building, therefore, Santa Clara County will not require a closure plan. This building was a former Navy photography laboratory. Some staining present on the linoleum floor may be due to photo processing chemical spills.

 

23


Based on a review of the Ames Industrial Wastewater Permit Application issued July 2000, no industrial wastewater generating activities are conducted at Building 529 and none were observed during the inspection.

No air pollution sources were observed from the walk-through inspection conducted on 10 May 2001.

 

4.11 Building 543 (Post — Navy Era)

Building 543 was inspected on 10 May 2001 by Ames Environmental Staff. Building 543 is the Onizuka Air Force Self Help Store. This building stores small hardware store items, office/home furniture, kitchen appliances (stoves and refrigerators) and yard maintenance equipment (7 gas lawn mowers) and carpet cleaning machines. Located outside on the south wall on Building 543 were 4 empty flammable storage cabinets, 2 propane cylinder security cages, and 2 compressor pumps with a compressor tank. Many of the offices in Building 543 are vacant. Building 543 does not hold hazardous materials permits; therefore, Santa Clara County will not require a formal closure. A Non-PCB transformer is present.

Based on a review of the Ames Industrial Wastewater Permit Application issued July 2000, no industrial wastewater generating activities are conducted at Building 543 and none were observed during the inspection.

No air pollution sources were observed from the walk-through inspection conducted on 10 May 2001. The 40-gallon natural gas powered water heater does not require an air pollution permit.

 

4.12 Building 554 (Post — Navy Era)

Building 554 was inspected on 1 May 2001 by Ames Environmental Staff. Building 554 is the NEX Home Store. The Home Store has a warehouse for storing household items for retail sale, walk-in coolers, a nursery section with living plants, soils and fertilizers, and a Baskin-Robbins/Deli Counter. The NEX Home store does not hold any hazardous materials permits; therefore, Santa Clara County will not require a formal closure. All retail packages of fertilizers and other potential gardening chemicals must be removed prior to closure of the building. A Non-PCB transformer is present.

Based on a review of the Ames Industrial Wastewater Permit Application issued July 2000, no industrial wastewater generating activities are conducted at Building 554 and none were observed during the inspection. There is a sink in the Deli area used for sanitation purposes that discharges approximately 25 gallons per day to the sanitary sewer.

No air pollution sources were observed from the walk-through inspection conducted on 1 May 2001.

 

4.13 Building 556 (Post — Navy Era)

The Ames Environmental Staff inspected building 556, the Credit Union, on 10 May 2001. Building 556 has a 300 gallon diesel generator located in the south west corner of the parking lot. The diesel generator must be removed and closed in accordance with the Santa Clara County aboveground tank guidelines presented in Appendix G . Santa Clara County will require formal closure at least 30 days prior to closure. A Non-PCB transformer is present.

 

24


Based on a review of the Ames Industrial Wastewater Permit Application issued July 2000, no industrial wastewater generating activities are conducted at ● Building 556 and none were observed during the inspection.

No air pollution sources were observed from the walk-through inspection conducted on 4 April 2001. The emergency power generator located outside the building requires further evaluation for air pollution permit applicability. This emergency generator may be required to apply for an air pollution permit by the newly proposed regulation of the BAAQMD.

 

4.14 Building 596 (Post — Navy Era)

Building 596 was inspected on 8 May 2001 by Ames Environmental Staff. Building 596 is a McDonald’s restaurant operated by the Moffett Exchange (MEX). There is a permitted grease trap, approximately 34 gallons in capacity, in the washing area that is, cleaned every 30 days. The grease is disposed of in the dumpster at the rear of the building. Hot water is provided by a 60 gallon gas water heater. The building has numerous flourescent lights in the kitchen and serving areas. There were 4 fire extinguishers observed that may be relocated for further use. There are no lighted exit signs present. Hazardous materials storage consists of standard cleaning/degreasing agents stored at the rear of the building. The building is kept very clean and neat. No staining was observed. There are 2 restrooms present. A non-PCB transformer is present.

Based on a review of the Ames Industrial Wastewater Permit Application issued July 2000, industrial wastewater generating activities conducted at Building 596 consist of approximately 750 gallons per day discharged to the sanitary sewer from cleaning and domestic sanitation. The permitted aforementioned grease trap must be properly cleaned, disconnected and the sewer connection sealed prior to demolition of this building.

No air pollution sources were observed during the walk-through inspection conducted on 4 April 2001. The 60-gallon natural gas powered water heater does not require an air pollution permit.

 

4.15 Building 944 (Post — Navy Era)

Building 944 was inspected on 4 April 2001. This building is maintained by Code JFF. NASA’s Ballroom Dancing Club uses part of this building. Many of the rooms are in disarray with furniture piled up high and wires/cables hanging from the ceiling. There are walk-in coolers as part of the former kitchen. There are two grease traps, 90 gallon and 150 gallon capacity, still in place that must be cleaned, properly disconnected, capped and disposed of prior to demolition of this building. Appendix E , Photographs 10 and 11, presents the photographs of the exterior of Building 944 and one of the grease traps taken on 10 May 2001. A Non-PCB transformer is present.

Based on a review of the Ames Industrial Wastewater Permit Application issued July 2000, no industrial wastewater generating activities are conducted at Building 944 and none were observed during the inspection.

 

25


No air pollution sources were observed during the walk-through inspection conducted on 10 May 2001.

 

5.0 EXISTING ENVIRONMENTAL CONSTRAINTS

This section discusses environmental constraints that will impact the closure and demolition of operations for the site.

Aerial Photographic Review

Ames Environmental Contractors’ Boeing Aerospace Operations, Inc. reviewed the aerial photographs. Their evaluation was documented in the Report of Findings, Building Assessment 555. An excerpt of this report follows.

The MFDP environmental staff reviewed aerial photographs from 1956 to 1989. Stated below is a summary from each of the photographs for the Southwest (SW) and Northwest (NW) corners of McCord and Wescoat Road. The photo number refers to the Navy numbering system for each photograph reviewed.

 

1933 Photo A93-0073-4

The 1933 photograph showed two buildings in the hobby shop location (#100 and #101). No other structures of concern are present in the NW and SW areas.

 

1935 Photo A93-0073-7

The 1935 photograph showed two buildings in the hobby shop location (#100 and #101). No other structures of concern are present in the NW and SW areas.

 

1936 Photo A93-0073-8

The 1936 photograph showed two buildings in the hobby shop location (#100 and #101). No other structures of concern are present in the NW and SW areas.

 

1943 Photo A93-0073-9

In 1943, Buildings 95 and 96 were present. Approximately half of each building is open (three sided with a roof). This area appeared to be used for parking automobiles and possibly for storage of supplies. There was a small structure to the north of building 96. The tennis court was present. Two buildings were present in the hobby shop location (#100 and #101). There was a small fenced off area adjacent to the southern most structure (101).

 

1944 Photo A93-0073-10 and A93-0073-11

The structures in the 1944 photograph appeared to be in the same arrangement as in the 1943 photograph. The two 1944 photographs reveal the area of concern from the east and west directions. It was obvious that Buildings 95 and 96 were open (three sided and roofed) structures on both the east and west sides.

 

26


1956 Photo A21208 and A21209

In 1956, there appeared to be four structures and a swimming pool (#108) with associated building (#109) in the SW corner. Building 96 and the warehouse were present with an adjacent tennis court in the NW corner.

 

1967 Photo A39499-5

In 1967, there appeared to be six structures and a swimming pool with associated building. Based on the 1966 Welcome Aboard magazine, the SW corner hosted the bank, garage hobby shop (101), and hobby shop (100) and swimming pool (108). Buildings 95 and 96 were present with an adjacent tennis court in the NW corner.

 

1968 Photo A40509-10

In 1968, there appeared to be eight structures and a swimming pool. Buildings 95 and 96 were present with an adjacent tennis court in the NW corner.

 

1970 Photo A70-2293

In 1970, there appeared to be eight structures and a dome enclosed swimming pool. Buildings 95 and 96 were present with the adjacent tennis court.

 

1971 Photo A71-6050

In 1971, there appeared to be nine, structures and an open swimming pool. The additional building is in an “L” shape configuration. Buildings 95 and 96 were present and the adjacent tennis court in the NW corner.

 

1972 Photo A72-1013

In 1972, there appeared to be nine structures and a swimming pool. The pool is covered with an inflatable dome cover. There were paved parking areas. There were roofed three sided structures present that had dirt floors. These structures appeared to be part of the garage hobby shop. Buildings 95 and 96 were present with an adjacent tennis court.

 

1973 Photo A73-2525-18

The swimming pool dome cover was removed. There were eight structures including the building associated with the swimming pool. The parking areas were paved. Buildings 95 and 96 and the warehouse were present along with the tennis court in the NW corner. Buildings 95 and 96 were surrounded by pavement where the hobby shop and garage hobby shop complex have not been paved.

 

1975 Photo AC75-1140-5

Some of the roofed three-sided buildings were not present in this photograph. The bank was present as Building 107. The swimming pool was uncovered. Buildings 95 and 96 were present along with the adjacent tennis court in the NW corner.

 

1976 Photo AC76-0813-7

Buildings 95 and 96 were present along with the adjacent tennis court. No parked automobiles were observed on the dirt lot. A Quonset but was present. The swimming pool was uncovered.

 

27


1977 Photo AC77-0864-1

Buildings 95 and 96 were removed. The footprint of the buildings was visible. The tennis court was present. The Quonset but was present. There were a few parked automobiles on the dirt lot.

 

1987 Photo AC87-0470-1.4

The current Building 555 was present in this photograph. There was a new extension of Edquiba Road that separates the barracks (Buildings 148 through 156) from the Building 555. A new Building 566 was present (constructed in 1979). There was a paved parking area over the former location of Building 96 and the adjacent warehouse.

 

1989 Photo AC87-0470-1.4

There is no visible change from the aerial photograph taken in 1987.

 

28


5.1 Monitoring and Extraction Wells

There are four (4) groundwater extraction and 23 monitoring wells known to exist in the vicinity of Buildings 104, 107, 108, 109, 113, 476, 503, 525, 526, 529, 543, 554, 556, 596, and 944 (see  Figure 4 ). Table 5 lists the well numbers and the ownership.

TABLE 5

GROUNDWATER MONITORING AND EXTRACTION WELLS

 

WELL

  

OWNER

REG-3A

   MEW*

REG-4A

   MEW*

REG-6B1

   MEW*

REG-7B1

   MEW*

46B1

   MEW

51B2

   MEW

66A

   MEW

81A

   MEW

ERM-06A1

   NAVY

WU4-03A1

   NAVY

WU4-04A2

   NAVY

WU4-07A2

   NAVY

W09-38A1

   NAVY

W09-41A2

   NAVY

W9SC-20

   NAVY

W9SC-21

   NAVY

W9SC-17

   NAVY

W91-01A1

   NAVY

W09-37A1

   NAVY

W67-01A1

   NAVY

W68-01A1

   NAVY

WNX-01A1

   NAVY

WNX-02A1

   NAVY

WNX-03A1

   NAVY

WNX-04A1

   NAVY

W09-30A1

   NAVY

3C

   MEW

 

NOTE: * - MEW RGRP Groundwater Extraction Wells.

It is believed that all of the wells are completed at surface grade. Wells of this type are often overlooked during construction activities and can be inadvertently damaged or destroyed unless proper demarcation is performed prior to construction activities. The Navy and MEW companies will develop their own requirements for the developers to implement related to wellhead protection procedures and requirements.

 

29


If no other options are available and a well must be destroyed, then the well owner must be notified in the planning stage of the proposed project(s). Additionally, if a well is damaged or destroyed during demolition/construction activities, the well owner must be notified as soon as possible. The Navy, MEW companies, the EPA, and the RWQCB may require that a replacement well be installed by the developer if a well is destroyed or damaged beyond repair. The Navy and MEW companies will develop their own requirements for the developers to implement related to the replacement of destroyed wells (if required).

Before any well is altered or destroyed, the well owner must be notified and their approval must be granted. A point of contact for the Navy and the MEW companies will be identified. The EPA and RWQCB must be notified before a well is destroyed. Additionally, the Ames Environmental Services Office must also be notified before a well is destroyed.

A Well Destruction Permit from the Santa Clara Valley Water District (SCVWD) is required before a well is destroyed. The permit must be submitted to the SCVWD at least 10 days prior to well destruction. A minimum 24-hour notice must be given to SCVWD Well Inspection Department prior to well destruction. A District Inspector must be on site to witness the destruction procedure. Contractors performing the work must be C-57 licensed. The driller/consultant must have a current copy of their Worker’s Compensation Insurance on file with the SCVWD.

A Well Installation Permit from the SCVWD is required before a well is installed. The permit must be submitted to the SCVWD at least 10 days prior to well installation. A minimum 24-hour notice must be given to SCVWD Well Inspection Department prior to installing the annular seal. A District Inspector must be onsite to oversee the installation procedure. Contractors performing the work must be C-57 licensed and must have a current copy of their Workers Compensation Insurance on file at SCVWD. A copy of the Department of Water Resources Well Completion Report must be submitted to SCVWD within 30 days of well installation.

5.1.a Groundwater Conditions

The wells listed in Table 5 are located within the central portion of the north of Highway 101 MEW groundwater plume, where the total toxic organic (TTO) concentrations historically have ranged from 10.9 mg/L to 36,474 ug/L. Representative wells within the closure plan area (see Figure 4), along with the associated chemical concentrations are presented in Table 6 . Vinyl chloride has also been detected in three wells above action levels (W9SC-17, WNX-02A1, and WNX-04A1). Seasonal depths to groundwater range between 8-feet and 12-feet bgs. Groundwater flow in the area is generally to the north, exhibiting a rather flat gradient of approximately 0.007 ft/ft.

 

30


TABLE 6

MONITORING WELL COC’S

 

WELL

ID

   WELL
OWNER
   Chemical of Concern
(ug/L)’
 
      1,1,1 -
TCA
     1,1-
DCA
     1,1-
DCE
     1,2-
DCE
     PCE      TCE      TTO2  

46B1

   MEW      58        42        140        290        <5        2700        3,200  

51B2

   MEW      <1.0        <1.0        <1.0        5.4        <1.0        5.5        10.9  

66A

   MEW      70        70        <50        NA        <100        590        730  

81A

   MEW      <50        71        <50        530        <50        680        1,281  

ERM-06A1

   NAVY      <2.0        44        38        500        <2.0        190        772  

WU4-03A1

   NAVY      19        41        88        410        <50        5500        6,058  

WU4-04A2

   NAVY      13        41        180        240        <200        36000        36,474  

WU4-07A2

   NAVY      14        10        48        170        <17        1900        2,142  

W09-38A1

   NAVY      27        37        56        270        13        3200        3,603  

W09-41A2

   NAVY      15        43        94        500        21        9200        9,873  

W9SC-20

   NAVY      9        37        120        140        <25        6200        6,506  

W9SC-21

   NAVY      4        47        69        600        3        2300        5,326  

W9SC-17

   NAVY.      <250        24        120        4300        10        1200        5,654  

W91-01A1

   NAVY      10        22        40        340        <20        2000        2,412  

W09-37A1

   NAVY      20        47        150        460        <25        3400        4,077  

W67-01A1

   NAVY      6        17        24        250        6        1200        1,503  

W68-01A1

   NAVY      <3        37        18        340        150        74        619  

WNX-01A1

   NAVY      <50        51        49        890        <50        610        1,600  

WNX-02A1

   NAVY      <25        47        16        480        <25        4        2,147  

WNX-03A1

   NAVY      <33        16        28        240        <33        1300        1,584  

WNX-04A1

   NAVY      <33        29        10        220        <33        11        270  

W09-30A1

   NAVY      <100        53        59        1000        <100        220        1,332  

Cleanup Level

     200        5        6        10        5        5        —    

 

NOTE: 1 — ug/L: Micrograms per liter (ppb)

2 — TTO: Total Toxic Organics

 

5.2 Lead Sampling Study of Surface Soils

Two investigations were conducted to evaluate the presence of lead in the shallow surface soil near structures located at Moffett Field. The investigations were implemented to determine if the lead paint used on these structures may have negatively impacted the shallow surface soils.

5.2.a Chemical Waste Management, INC. (CWMI) Surface Soil Lead Survey From 30 July through 16 August 1993, CWMI collected surface soil samples from the perimeter of buildings at the former NAS Moffett Field that have, or may have had, painted exteriors. A total of 332 samples were collected between these dates.

All soil samples were collected within 2 feet of a building. EPA Test Method 6010 was used to analyze the samples for Total Inorganic Lead as a Total Threshold Limit Concentration (TTLC). Samples with a TTLC concentration for lead of 50 mg/kg or greater were then analyzed for the

 

31


Soluble Threshold Limit Concentration (STLC) of Lead by EPA Test Method 6010. During the collection of soil samples areas of obvious soil contamination were not observed at or near the buildings. The results for the buildings discussed in this Closure Plan are displayed in Table 7.

TABLE 7

LEAD CONCENTRATIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS

(CWMI SURVEY)

 

Building

Number

  

Number of

Samples

Analyzed

  

Sample

Identification

  

TTLC

Value

mg/kg

  

STLC

Value

mg/l

  

Building

Recommendation

107    2    A2-107-1    110    2.7    No further action
      A2-107-2    150    0.77    No further action
109    4    A2-109-1    74    N.D.    No further action
      A2-109-2    34    *    No further action
      A2-109-3    59    N.D.    No further action
      A2-109-4    46    *    No further action
476    4    A2-476-1    7.4    *    No further action
      A2-476-2    13    *    No further action
      A2-476-3    23    *    No further action
      A2-476-4    36    *    No further action
525    4    A2-525-1    11    *    No further action
      A2-525-2    78    1.2    No further action
      A2-525-3    49    *    No further action
      A2-525-4    74    0.71    No further action
526    1    A2-526-1    48    *    No further action
543    4    A2-543-1    240    2.5    No further action
      A2-543-2    230    3.8    No further action
      A2-543-3    38    *    No further action
      A2-543-4    120    0.54    No further action
554    6    A2-554-1    9.8    *    No further action
      A2-554-2    25    *    No further action
      A2-554-3    14    *    No further action
      A2-554-4    32    *    No further action
      A2-554-5    65    0.63    No further action
      A2-554-6    41    *    No further action
556    6    A2-556-1    16    *    No further action
      A2-556-1    34    *    No further action
      A2-556-1    11    *    No further action
      A2-556-1    26    *    No further action
      A2-556-1    29    *    No further action
      A2-556-1    25    *    No further action
596    1    A2-596-1    27    *    No further action
944    3    A2-244-1    N.D.    *    No further action
(Old 244)       A2-244-2    44    *    No further action
      A2-244-3    21    *    No further action

 

Note:

   *    -    Data Not Available
   **    -    DISC now considers lead at measurable concentrations of 350 mg/kg or greater to be a hazardous waste.

 

32


The low levels of lead present do not warrant any further investigation.

5.2.b Weston Inc., Lead Based Paint Investigation Report for NAS Moffett Field, EPA Region IX

From 27 July to 31 July 1998, Roy F. Weston, Inc., conducted a lead based paint sampling program to evaluate the presence of lead on building exteriors and in the soil of non-residential areas of the former NAS Moffett Field. Buildings were initially selected for sampling based on a previous sampling effort performed by CWMI from 30 July to 16 August 1993 and on visual observations made during a 3 June 1998 site visit. Buildings were selected where high concentrations of lead were detected during the CWMI sampling efforts, those with abundant painted surfaces, and those that were surrounded by soil.

An initial X-ray fluorescence (XRF) field survey was used to confirm the presence or absence of lead based paint on the building surface before soil at the sites was sampled. The number of samples collected at each location was determined by a sampling priority assigned to each individual building. In general, two samples were collected at each location.

Field personnel collected the first sample at each site from the soil immediately adjacent to the structure. The second sample was collected at the projected drip line. Each soil sample was taken from the surface to an approximate depth of 1” along a horizontal length parallel to the structure. Clearly visible gravel, pebbles, and plant material were removed from the sample and discarded. Noticeable paint chips were preserved in the sample. A description of the soil was recorded. Field personnel also documented the date, time, weather conditions, orientation of the structure and sampling location, condition of the paint on the structure, and the direction of surface runoff.

In addition to the field X-ray fluorescence testing, laboratory analysis was performed on the soil samples collected. There is a strong correlation between field XRF soil lead concentrations and concentrations measured by laboratory analysis. Field XRF measurements can be used to accurately predict expected laboratory concentrations when a site specific correlation study is performed.

A total of 120 soil samples collected were analyzed for lead by X-ray fluorescence spectrometry using a Niton Corporation Model XL-309 XRF. Analytical results for buildings in this Closure Plan are displayed below in Tables 8 and 9. Table 8 shows the results of the survey of the Lead Based Paint on structure surfaces.

 

33


TABLE 8

RESULTS FROM XRF LEAD-BASED PAINT SURVEY OF STRUCTURES

 

BUILDING

   LOCATION
(DESCRIPTION)
   L* mg/cm2
(surface reading)
   K* mg/cm2
(deep reading)
   DEPTH
INDEX

107

   South Face Trim    >2.6    2.3 to 10    9

107

   South Face    2.3 +/- 0.3    -0.7 to 7.8    6.7

107

   South Face    >1.6    1.3 to 7.5    8.9

 

Note: * L and K denote meter wavelength settings.

Table 9 lists the analytical results from the soil sampling and the values predicted from the laboratory results after a linear regression based on results less than 10,000 mg/kg.

TABLE 9

PREDICTED LABORATORY LEAD CONCENTRATIONS

 

SAMPLE NO.

   BUILDING
NO.
   LOCATION    XRF
Conc.
mg/kg
   Pred. Lab Conc.
(<10,000 mg/kg
regression)

Moft-110

   107    Adjacent    34    71

Moft-111

   107    Drip line    49    86

Moft-112

   107    Adjacent    104    139

Moft-113

   107    Drip line    138    172

BUILDING 107 OVERVIEW

This structure is constructed of wood. Lead Based Paint was detected in all of the three XRF surface readings taken. The condition of the paint on the building was generally good to fair, was not currently peeling, and there was no evidence of past peeling Traces of paint chips were visually noted at the surface of the soils in the sampling areas but none were noted in the samples taken.

The structure drip line on the ground was well defined and was 12 inches from the building. Two locations were sampled on the south side of the building; the soil samples were collected at the building and at the drip line (12 inches). The results were very low (see Table 7 ) ranging from non-detect to 172 mg/kg lead, with the higher lead concentrations in the samples taken at the drip line at each location. The average detected concentration of lead was 132 mg/kg. The results of this investigation are comparable to the previous study. The low levels of lead present do not warrant any further investigation.

 

5.3 MEW Regional Groundwater Remediation Program (RGRP) System

The MEW companies operate a RGRP system to remediate contaminated groundwater from the regional plume. The system consists of 15 groundwater extraction wells, groundwater

 

34


conveyance piping, and a groundwater treatment system. The extraction wells use submersible pumps and are connected to groundwater conveyance piping. The wellheads are constructed in manholes at surface grade. The conveyance piping consists of double contained 3-inch to 8- inch PVC pipe located at depths of 2-to 4-feet below ground surface. The MEW groundwater treatment facility is not located at the site; however, there are four MEW RGRP extraction wells (REG-3A, REG-4A, REG-6B1, and REG-7B1) and their associated piping located in the site area, as are numerous MEW and NAVY monitoring wells. The MEW companies and the Navy will develop requirements for wellhead protection. The MEW companies must be notified during the planning stage of the proposed construction if any component of the RGRP system needs to be altered or moved.

 

5.4 Areas of Potential and Existing Contamination

During the site walk through and review of historical uses, several areas of potential soil contamination were identified and are discussed in the following sections. During the course of redevelopment-related construction activities, it is possible that areas of previously identified contaminated soil will also be encountered. The site also overlies the regional groundwater plume so any groundwater encountered is likely to be contaminated with solvents.

It is critical that personnel familiar with identifying and characterizing contaminated materials be on-site to facilitate the management of these materials. It is also required that all personnel engaging in subsurface construction activities have training in accordance with Occupational Safety and Health Administration’s (OSHA) Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response requirements. OSHA requires 24 hours of training for construction personnel working on a Superfund Site, and 40 hours of training if the personnel will excavate contaminated soil and/or groundwater.

 

5.5 Removal of Areas of Existing Contamination

In the area to the north and east of Building 503 there are three Installation Restoration Program sites, Sites 14, 15, and 18, established under the Navy’s Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act (CERCLA) cleanup activities. Additional areas where there is the potential for soil contamination are listed below. These areas are discussed in the following sections.

 

    the Building 104 transformer substation;

 

    the former fueling station at Building 107;

 

    the existing NEX Service Station at Building 503;

 

    the former bowling alley at Building 525;

 

    the Exchange Central Warehouse at Building 529;

 

    the former craft hobby shop at Building 543; and

 

    the Credit Union at Building 556.

 

35


These areas are discussed in the following sections.

5.5.a Site 14

Site 14 includes a former motor vehicle fueling area that contained two underground fuel storage tanks (Tanks 67 and 68). In 1990 Tank 67 was removed and Tank 68 was closed in place. Tank 68 was subsequently removed in 1994 as part of an OU2-West remedial action (see Site 18 discussion in the following). Fuel oil and waste solvents were stored in these tanks. Reported soil contaminants include 1,2-DCA, 1,2-DCE, TCE, PCE, toluene, phthalates, and TPH.

5.5.b Site 15

Site 15 includes a former sump-oil/water separator. Available information indicates that the former sump-oil/water separator is no longer present at the site.

5.5.c Site 18

Site 18 is the site of the former onsite dry cleaners (former Building 88). The dry cleaners sump (Sump 66), previously located on the north side of the building was removed in 1990. During a 1994 NAVY OU2-West remedial action cleanup at this site, demolition and removal of Building 88, Sump 91 and Tank 68 was completed. PCE used in the dry cleaning process was found in site soils and the underlying groundwater. 1,2-DCE, TCE and TPH were also detected in site soils and in groundwater. Contaminated site soils were removed and remediated at the Navy’s onsite soil treatment pad. The excavated areas, sampled prior to import of clean backfill, indicated that all unsaturated soil contamination above cleanup levels had been removed.

5.5.d Building 104

Building 104, an electrical distribution substation built in 1943, has an area of approximately 2500 sq. ft. Electrical equipment is situated in a fenced yard. There are two structures; one is a workshop, the other is a battery room. This facility is a 12Kv substation and has four transformers. One PCB transformer (T23) and three non-PCB transformers are present. There is potential surface contamination at this site that should be further evaluated. The soil and/or concrete beneath the transformers and capacitors should be sampled for PCBs. The battery room and workshop should also be sampled for metals and semi- volatile organics.

5.5.e Building 107

Building 107 was originally used as a gasoline station that is estimated to have served as a gasoline station from 1948 to the early 1950’s. Remnants of islands that served as air and water dispensers are present. These islands are located against the north side of Building 107 facing Wescoat Road. There were two 4,000 gallon underground storage tanks (USTs), Tanks 86A and 86B located on the west side of the building. The tanks were removed from the site in January 1993, under a permit issued by Santa Clara County, and the area was covered with soil. On 7 January 1993 four soil samples were collected and two water samples were collected from the excavation pit. Analytical results from the soil samples collected during closure of Tanks 86A and 86B reported, non-detect (ND) for Benzene, Toluene, Ethyl benzene and total Xylenes (BTEX) and purgeable hydrocarbons (total petroleum hydrocarbons as gasoline). There were, however, detectable concentrations of BTEX (up to 2,470 ug/L) and purgeable hydrocarbons (up to 7,300 ug/L) present in the groundwater samples collected at the time of tank removal actions.

 

36


5.5.f Building 503

Building 503, identified as the Navy Exchange Service Station or NEX, was built in 1966, and has an area of 7,240 sq. ft. The service station stored and dispensed fuel and performed automotive repairs and maintenance. All USTs have been removed from the site. However, some subsurface tank piping may be present at the site. The maintenance shop has flammable storage cabinets, automotive battery storage (new and used), one 55-gallon waste coolant drum and a 360-gallon waste oil tank. There are three 10,000-gallon aboveground tanks storing gasoline. The service station has five dispensers. The maintenance bays have a total of six vehicle lifts. There are currently a number of active below ground hydraulic lift systems in use in the service bays located within the building. Additionally, concrete patches in the bay flooring may indicate the former presence of below ground hydraulic lift systems. Based on historical site activities and facility practices, soil samples should be collected for VOCs, TPHs and metals analysis.

5.5.g Building 525

The Moffett Bowling Alley, Building 525 was built in 1970. Hazardous materials storage in the maintenance room in the back of the building and in the janitor’s closet, included hand cleaner, electric cleaner, parts cleaner, rust penetrant, lacquer acrylic, motor oil, pine cleaner, ammonia cleaner, contact adhesive and scouring powder.

A UST (Tank 113) of unknown volume and steel construction, contained septic waste. The tank was reportedly plugged with cement. The UST was exempted from a subsurface investigation as it was used as a septic tank. Hazardous materials were kept and included cleaners and solvents. A locker for flammable materials was located outside, on the north side of the building. Soil samples should be collected from the locations next to the staining at the grease container and at the flammable materials locker. Transformer T-35 was located immediately east of the building, within the fenced yard of Building 113, and was identified to contain PCBs. Soil samples should be collected at the site for VOC and PCB analyses.

5.5.h Building 529

The Exchange Central Warehouse, Building 529 was built in 1970. Historical use did not reportedly generate hazardous wastes, with the exception of a photofinishing lab. Initially, spent photoprocessing fluids were discharged to the sanitary sewer. Later this waste stream was collected for disposal as hazardous waste (Navy, 1991). The photoprocessing equipment was removed by 1994. Collection and analysis of soil samples for VOCs and metals are recommended in the former storage yard area.

5.5.i Building 543

Building 543, the craft hobby shop, was built in 1973. Hazardous materials reportedly used at this site included Nova clean, adhesive, spray sealer, and Proclean. Staining and paint were reportedly observed outside of the building in 1994. Paint cans were also observed inside the building. It is assumed that solvents were used, in conjunction with paints. Soils adjacent to the pavement, south of the building and possibly the pavement have been impacted by paint and probably have been impacted by solvents. Based on historical uses at Building 543, soil samples should be collected for VOCs.

 

37


5.5.j Building 556

Building 556, the Credit Union, has a 300-gallon diesel generator located in the southwest corner of the parking lot. The site has no other known historical uses other than the Credit Union. Soil samples near the generator are recommended for TPH-d analyses.

 

5.6 Facility Sampling and Analysis

Table 10 lists the recommended surface sampling locations and analysis required for closure of the site.

TABLE 10

SURFACE SAMPLING AT

BUILDINGS 104, 525, 529, 543 AND 556

 

BLDG.

#

  

AREA

TO BE

SAMPLED

  

ANALYTES/

ANAYTICAL

METHODS.’

   Number
of
Samples

104

  

Electrical Distribution

Substation.

  

PCB’s (8082)

SVOC’s (8020)

Metals (6010)

   3

525

  

Moffett Bowling Alley.

UST and

Transformer Area

  

PCB’s (8082)

VOC’s (8010)

   4

529

  

Exchange Central

Warehouse.

Storage Yard

  

VOC’s (8020)

Metals (6010)

   2

543

  

Craft Hobby Shop.

Yard, South Side

  

VOC’s (8020)

Metals (6010)

   ●2

556

  

Credit Union.

Diesel Generator

   TPH-d (m8015) 2    2

 

NOTE: 1 - EPA analytical methods.

2 - Modified EPA Test Method.

A detailed description of surface soil sampling for each of the areas listed in Table 10 is presented in the following sections. Soil sampling locations are shown on Figure 5 entitled “Proposed Soil Sample Locations”.

5.6.a Site 14

The former USTs (Tanks 67 and 68) that contained fuel have been removed from the site and the site closed. Therefore, additional sampling is not recommended for the site at this time. However, during demolition activities, contractors should be aware of residual soil TPH contamination at the site.

5.6.b Site 15

Available information indicates that the former sump-oil/water separator is no longer present at the site. Therefore, sampling is not recommended at the site.

 

38


5.6.c Site 18

The historic operation of the dry cleaners that was located at former Building 88 has been reportedly remediated as part of a 1994 NAVY OU2-West remedial action cleanup. Available reports indicate that all unsaturated soil contamination above cleanup levels had been removed from the site. Therefore, additional sampling is not recommended at the site.

5.6.d Building 104

One soil sample should be collected from beneath the concrete floor in the battery room and analyzed for SVOC’s (8020) and Metals (6010). Two soil samples should be collected from the substation yard and analyzed for PCB’s (8082).

5.6.e Building 107

Analytical results from the soil samples collected during closure of tanks 86A and 86B were non-detect. Therefore, additional sampling is not recommended at the site.

5.6.f Building 503

Since the NEX Service Station is an active facility, sampling is not recommended at this time. However, once the building is vacated, soil samples should be collected and analyzed for VOCs (8020), TPHs (m8015) and metals (6010).

5.6.g Building 525

Soil samples will be collected at three locations for PCB’s (8082) and VOC’s (8010). One soil sample will be collected in the area where the transformer was located, and two locations at the former Tank 113.

5.6.h Building 529

Two soil samples are recommended in the former storage yard area. Soil samples will be analyzed for VOCs (8010) and metals (6010).

5.6.i Building 543

Soil samples are recommended in the pavement and soils area adjacent to the pavement, south of the building. Two soil samples will be collected and analyzed for VOCs (8020), and metals (6010).

5.6.j Building 556

Soil samples are recommended near the generator. Two soil samples will be collected and analyzed for TPH-d (m8015).

 

39


6.0 FACILITY CLOSURE PROCEDURES

This section identifies the recommended actions to be taken to properly close this site pursuant to local regulatory agency requirements. This section also identifies areas where additional investigation may be required based on historical or current use.

 

6.1 Santa Clara County Requirements

Closure of facilities containing hazardous materials must be conducted in accordance with the Santa Clara County “Hazardous Materials Storage Facility Closure Guidelines”. In order to facilitate the closure of the site, the Santa Clara County’s “Hazardous Materials Storage Facility Closure Guidelines” are discussed and included as Appendix G.

6.1.a Hazardous Materials Storage Closure

Buildings 109, 503, and 566 have hazardous materials storage requiring permits from Santa Clara County. Formal closure procedures will be implemented at least 30 days prior to closure. This closure plan will be submitted to Santa Clara County.

 

6.2 Air Pollution Control Requirements Associated with Site Closure

Building 503 has the only existing Bay Area Air Quality Management District (BAAQMD) air pollution permit, the gasoline-dispensing operation. This operation’s air permit must be canceled prior to the gasoline-tank closures. Additional notification to the BAAQMD will be required prior to the removal of the three USTs.

Building 113 has a low-usage touch-up painting and solvent-wipe-cleaning operation, which is presently exempt from the air permit requirements. After relocation of the operation, the exempt status of the source shall be reevaluated.

Building 556 has an emergency generator, which may be required to apply for an air pollution permit by the newly proposed regulation of the BAAQMD.

 

6.3 Industrial Wastewater Requirements Associated with Site Closure

Buildings 104, 107, 113, 476, 503, 525, 526, 529; 543, and 556 do not have processes that discharge industrial wastewater. Additionally, the grease traps that are located at Building 944 and are no longer in service do not have processes that discharge industrial wastewater. Therefore none of these buildings are mentioned as having an industrial discharge in the City of Sunnyvale Sanitary Sewer Discharge Permit for these buildings.

Although there are no specific industrial discharge points in the above mentioned buildings, several steps must be implemented during the demolition of these buildings to protect the integrity of the sanitary sewer system and to ensure Ames’ continued compliance meeting discharge requirements. Prior to closure or demolition of any of these facilities, all interior floor drains and all sanitary drains associated with the sanitary sewer system for the site should be sealed. The Ames Environmental Services Office must be notified of all actions to be taken by the project with respect to the sanitary sewer system. Additionally, the Sunnyvale POTW must be notified of the closure and all concerns from the closure inspection should be properly addressed.

 

40


However, additional actions as discussed below are required for demolition of the Buildings 108, 109, and 596. These buildings have industrial wastewater discharges identified under the existing Ames 2001 Sunnyvale Wastewater Discharge Permit. Building 108, the swimming pool, must be sampled and drained using Sunnyvale approved Incidental Sewer Discharge (ISD) procedures, and have the sewer connection removed and sealed. Building 109 has a heat exchanger that must be disconnected, removed and have the sewer connection sealed. Building 596, McDonald’s restaurant, has a permitted grease trap that must be cleaned, disconnected, removed, and the sewer connection sealed. All aforementioned actions must be completed prior to demolition.

All Industrial and Domestic wastewater discharge sources identified in the Sunnyvale Wastewater Discharge Permit for the buildings in this plan will be reported to the Sunnyvale POTW and a Permit Amendment submitted to remove these sources from the existing Permit. Any additional sampling requirements or other actions requested by the Sunnyvale POTW will be completed upon notification. All subsequent Permit Applications will reflect the removal of their wastewater sources.

 

6.4 Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs)

Fluorescent light fixtures include ballasts. These ballasts may contain PCBs. Only ballasts that are labeled “no PCBs” are known to be free of PCBs. Ballasts which lack this label must be considered to be PCB light ballasts. All PCB light ballasts and fluorescent light tubes must be handled as hazardous waste prior to closure and demolition from the site. A civil servant from the Ames Environmental Services Office must sign hazardous waste manifests resulting from any hazardous waste disposal activity.

Building 104 contains one PCB contaminated transformer (T-23). Building 525 contains one PCB transformer (T-35). These transformers must be properly managed as a hazardous waste prior to closure and demolition of the site. There are an additional ten (10) oil-bearing transformers identified in this closure plan that are non-PCB containing. These transformers maybe either re-used on-site or salvaged. There is also an air-filled transformer that does not require classification as a hazardous waste.

 

6.5 Burrowing Owls

Figure 6 illustrates the locations of burrowing owls at Moffett Field. Currently, there are no active burrowing owl burrows located within the site. A historic burrowing owl burrow is located within the site. However, burrowing owls may move into this area prior to demolition and as such, there is the potential for either the demolition activities or the staging areas associated with the demolition or future construction associated with the University Reserve to impact the owls. Therefore, a burrowing owl survey must be conducted.

Within three weeks of demolition activities, Wildlife Biologist Chris Alderete must conduct an evaluation of the site. He can be reached at his office at (650) 604- 3532 or by cellular telephone at (650) 280-7643. He must be contacted to determine owl occupation status. If owls occupy the

 

41


area before demolition activities begin, then the California Department of Fish & Game must be consulted and any mitigation actions must be implemented. Mitigation could consist of avoiding disturbance, passive relocation to the onsite burrowing owl preserve, or artificial nest construction nearby.

Additionally, active nearby burrow locations in the site vicinity must be barricaded with delineator cones and caution tape so that construction traffic does not disturb the owls and prevents the stockpiling of materials near the owl burrows. The Wildlife Biologist will be barricading areas near owl burrows prior to demolition.

 

6.6 Storm Water Management during Site Closure

Several reports and programs were reviewed to assess the potential impact these buildings could have on storm water quality. Buildings 113, 476, 503 and 556 are listed in the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) as having current operations with the potential to impact storm water. However, the demolition or construction of any building is an activity that could impact storm water.

6.6.a The Navy’s Former Illicit Connection Program

The Navy conducted an extensive survey of illicit connections during the preparation of The Comprehensive Long-Term Environmental Action Navy (CLEAN) report, prepared by PRC Environmental Management, Inc. in 1992. The report discussed the Navy’s illicit discharge management program for the illicit connections identified at the former Naval Air Station Moffett Field. Thirty-two illicit connections were identified along with the remedy to correct each illicit connection.

Building 109 was listed in the CLEAN report as having two illicit connections. The first involved the main pool drain and the scupper drains, which were connected to the storm drain system. This allowed filter backwash water and overflow water to drain to the storm water sewer. The second illicit connection was identified in the boiler room where the drain was connected to the storm water sewer system through the roof drainage system. Based on records, visual inspections and interviews it was determined that both of the illicit connections in Building 109 were corrected in 1993 (See Appendix H ). The Heat Exchanger in Building 109 drains to the sanitary sewer when in operation and the condensate is included in the Permit Application.

6.6.b Best Management Practices

Storm drains located at the site must be protected and/or closed during any demolition activity.

Appendix I present the Best Management Practices (BMP’s) for the following activities:

 

    Erosion Control and Site Stabilization,

 

    Building Repair, Remodeling and Construction, and

 

    Construction, Demolition and Excavation Operations.

These BMPs must be implemented during all construction activities at the site.

 

42


6.6.c Ames’ Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)

Ames’ Storm Water Management program includes the chemical storage and operations at Buildings 113, 476, 503 and 556. Buildings 113 and 476 have exterior storage of hazardous materials and Buildings 503 and 556 have aboveground storage tanks containing fuel. The Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) will be updated to reflect the removal of Buildings 104, 107, 108, 109, 113, 476, 503, 525, 526, 529, 543, 554, 556, 596, and 944 when appropriate.

6.6.d New NPDES Requirements for Construction

Under the new Storm Water Phase II Final Rule of .the NPDES Storm Water Program, operators of construction activities disturbing equal to or greater than one acre and less than five acres of land are subject to NPDES permitting requirements. Construction of an area totaling more than 5 acres requires a permit under the existing Phase I regulation.

Construction activity disturbing less than one acre requires a permit if the following conditions are met. The activity is part of a larger common plan of development or sale disturbing a total of one acre or greater, or the activity is individually designated for permit coverage by the NPDES permitting authority who is the Regional Water Quality Control Board (RWQCB). The NPDES Storm Water Program currently addresses storm water discharges from construction sites disturbing five acres or greater as well as sites less than five acres if they are part of a larger common plan of development of sale disturbing a total of five acres or greater.

The Phase II requirements will be similar to the following general requirements of EPA’s Construction General Permit:

 

    Submission of a Notice of Intent (NOI) that includes general operator and site information, and a certification that the activity will not impact endangered or threatened species. This certification is unique to EPA’s NOI and is not a requirement of most NPDES-delegated State’s NOI s.

 

    The development and implementation of a SWPPP with appropriate BMPs to minimize the discharge of pollutants from the site. (This requirement is partially met by Ames’ current SWPPP that includes BMP’s for all activities with the potential to impact storm water quality, including construction activities. However, increased monitoring and inspections of construction sites may be necessary.)

 

    Submission of a Notice of Termination (NOT) when final stabilization of the site has been achieved as defined in the permit, or storm water runoff is no longer being discharged or when another operator has assumed control of the site.

However, based on the implementation schedule, Phase II permits will not be available until December of 2002 or required until March of 2003. The current annual fee for a Construction Activities Storm Water General Permit is five hundred dollars.

 

43


6.7 Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasures (SPCC)

Buildings 104, 476, 503, 525, 543, 554, 556, 596, and 944 are included in the 2001 Ames’ SPCC/Facility Response Plan (FRP) documents. The SPCC Plan will be updated when these buildings are demolished.

 

6.8 National Historic Preservation Act

Section 106, National Historic Preservation Act, 1966 , requires Federal Agencies to consider the effects of their actions on historic properties. (See Figure 7 ). Section 106 applies to all properties already listed in the National Register, to properties formally determined eligible for listing, and to properties not formally determined eligible but meeting specified eligibility criteria.

The Advisory Council on Historic Preservation has defined the term undertaking to include Federal actions that can result in changes in the character or use of historic properties, if such properties are located in the area to be affected by an action ( National Historic Preservation Act, 1966 Section 800.2 (0) ).

The term undertaking includes a broad range of Federal activities including construction, rehabilitation and repair, demolition, licenses, permits, loans, loan guarantees, grants, Federal property transfers, and many other types of Federal involvement.

Whenever one of these activities affects a historic property, the project is subject to Section 106 review.

The responsible Federal Agency must also determine the “area of potential effects”, which is defined in council regulations as “the geographic area or areas within which an undertaking may cause changes in the character or use of historic properties, if any such properties exist.”

The area of potential effects need not be a contiguous area, it can include multiple alternative project sites, or multiple areas in which possible changes are anticipated. Buildings 107, 109, 476, 503, 525, 526, 529, 543, 554, 556, 596, and 944 were surveyed as part of the Inventory and Evaluation of Cold War Era Historical Resources , ( SAIC July 1998 ) and all buildings were found to be cold war era structures of a type found at any Naval installation regardless of mission. These buildings were found not to be eligible for the National Register of Historic Places, (Criterion G). Appendix J contains the Department of Parks and Recreation (DPR) 523 forms.

Buildings 104, 108, and 113 were examined and evaluated in conjunction with the preparation of the Historic Resources Protection Plan (PAI/ Issi, November 2000) . These buildings are located outside the Shenandoah Historic District, and have been determined to be unremarkable and not eligible for the National Register of Historic Places. Appendix J contains the Department of Parks and Recreation (DPR) 523 form for Building 113. DPR 523 forms were not completed for 108 (swimming pool) or 104 (electrical distribution station).

 

7.0 FUTURE ENVIRONMENTAL CONSTRAINTS

This section discusses environmental constraints that will impact the future development of this property. This section applies to the University Reserve.

 

44


7.1 Monitoring and Extraction Wells

There are 4-groundwater extraction and 23 groundwater monitoring wells known to exist on the site. (See Figure 4). Table 6 in Section 5.1 entitled “Monitoring and Extraction Wells” provides a list of these wells.

It is believed that all of the wells are completed at surface grade. Wells of this type are often overlooked during construction activities and can be inadvertently damaged or destroyed unless proper demarcation is performed prior to construction activities. The Navy and MEW companies will develop their own requirements related to wellhead protection procedures and requirements.

If no other options are available and a well must be destroyed, then the well owner must be notified in the planning stage of the proposed project(s). Additionally, if a well is damaged or destroyed during demolition/construction activities, the well owner must be notified as soon as possible.

The Navy, MEW companies, the EPA, and the RWQCB may require that a replacement well be installed if a well is destroyed or damaged beyond repair. The Navy and MEW companies will develop their own requirements for the developers to implement related to the replacement of destroyed wells (if required).

Before any well is altered or destroyed, the well owner must be notified and their approval must be granted. A point of contact for the Navy and the MEW companies will be identified. The EPA and RWQCB must be notified before a well is destroyed. Additionally, the Ames Environmental Services Office must also be notified before a well is destroyed.

A Well Destruction Permit from the Santa Clara Valley Water District (SCVWD) is required before a well is destroyed. The, permit must be submitted to the SCVWD at least 10 days prior to well destruction. A minimum 24-hour notice must be given to SCVWD Well Inspection Department prior to destroying the well. A District Inspector must be on site to witness the destruction procedure. Contractors performing the work must be C-57 licensed. The driller/consultant must have a current copy of their Worker’s Compensation Insurance on file with the SCVWD.

A Well Installation Permit from the SCVWD is required before a well is installed. The permit must be submitted to the SCVWD at least 10 days prior to well installation. A minimum 24-hour notice must be given to SCVWD Well Inspection Department prior to installing the annular seal. A District Inspector must be onsite to oversee the installation procedure. Contractors performing the work must be C-57 licensed and must have a current copy of their Workers Compensation Insurance on file at SCVWD. A copy of the Department of Water Resources Well Completion Report must be submitted to SCVWD within 30 days of well installation.

 

7.2 MEW Regional Groundwater Remediation Program (RGRP) System

The MEW companies operate a RGRP system to remediate contaminated groundwater from the regional plume. The system consists of 15 groundwater extraction wells, groundwater conveyance piping, and a groundwater treatment system. The extraction wells use submersible

 

45


pumps and are connected to groundwater conveyance piping. The wellheads are constructed in manholes at surface grade. The conveyance piping consists of double contained 3-inch to 8- inch PVC pipe located at depths of 2-to 4-feet below ground surface. The groundwater treatment system is not located at the site; however, four of the extraction wells and their associated piping are within the site. The MEW companies will develop requirements for the developers to implement for wellhead and conveyance piping protection. The MEW companies must be notified during the planning stage of the proposed construction if any component of the RGRP system needs to be altered or moved.

 

7.3 Areas of Potential and Existing Contamination

During the site walk through and review of historical uses, several areas of potential soil contamination were identified and were discussed in Section 5 of this closure report. See Sections 5.4 and 5.5 for a description of these areas.

The site also overlies the regional groundwater plume so any groundwater encountered is likely to be contaminated with solvents. The MEW companies will develop procedures for handling contaminated groundwater that cannot be discharged to the sanitary sewer. If the total concentration of chlorinated solvents is less than 1 mg/I, it may be possible to obtain an industrial wastewater discharge permit from the City of Sunnyvale to discharge the water to the sanitary sewer.

It is critical that personnel familiar with identifying and characterizing contaminated materials be on-site to facilitate the management of these materials. It is also required that all personnel engaging in subsurface construction activities have training in accordance with Occupational Safety and Health Administration’s (OSHA) Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response requirements.

OSHA requires 24 hours of training for construction personnel working on a Superfund Site and 40 hours of training if the personnel will excavate contaminated soil and/or groundwater.

 

8.0 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR FACILITY CONSTRUCTION

This section identifies the recommended actions to be taken to properly install a new facility pursuant to local regulatory agency requirements. This section applies to the University Reserve.

 

8.1 Hazardous Materials Storage Installation

In the event that hazardous materials - including toxic gases - will be handled at the proposed University Reserve facilities then Santa Clara County will regulate the facility. Installation of facilities constructed to handle hazardous materials must be conducted in accordance with the Santa Clara County requirements. These include the Santa Clara County Hazardous Materials Storage Ordinance and Toxic Gas Ordinance. Liquid hazardous materials must be stored in secondary containment systems. Additionally, installation of toxic gas systems must meet all of the County’s requirements.

The County must review and approve of the construction plans for secondary containment areas. A plan review fee must be paid. Allow approximately three months for plan review.

 

46


Additionally, the Ames Environmental Services Office must be informed of the intent to construct any such structure and to handle hazardous materials.

Prior to occupancy, the County must inspect all facilities handling hazardous materials. Santa Clara County issues permits for storage of hazardous materials. The County must inspect the new construction prior to storage of hazardous materials. A Hazardous Materials Business Plan must be prepared and submitted to the County for approval. The Plan must also include a Hazardous Materials Inventory.

This section identifies the actions required to properly install hazardous materials storage areas and subsurface structures with Santa Clara County Environmental Health Department. Storage permits must be issued. Appendix K contains “Permit Applications”. Prior to occupancy, an inspection by a Santa Clara County Environmental Health representative is required.

8.1.a Tank Installation Requirements

Installation of new above ground and underground tanks requires an installation plan and issuance of a permit by Santa Clara County. The County requires a 10- to 14-day plan review period for tank installation. Appendix L includes Santa Clara County guidelines for Underground Storage Tank (UST) and Above Ground Tank (AGT) installation. There are associated permit and review fees.

 

8.2 Air Pollution Control Installation

In the event that any operations designated as air pollution sources are proposed at the University Reserve then the project management shall be responsible to comply with the air permitting regulations of the Bay Area Air Quality Management District (BAAQMD). BAAQMD must review and approve of the construction plans. A plan review fee must be paid. Allow approximately three months for plan review. Additionally, the Ames Environmental Services Office must be informed of the intent to construct any air pollution sources. The BAAQMD may require an inspection during construction and prior to start up.

The University Reserve Operations may require a permit issued by BAAQMD. The operators must comply with all BAAQMD requirements. Additionally, the Ames Environmental Services Office must be informed of all sources whether they are permitted or permit-exempt.

 

47


8.3 Industrial Wastewater Requirements Associated with Site Installation

In the event that surface and/or subsurface structures used to treat industrial wastewater are intended at the proposed University Reserve facilities then a plan must be submitted to the POTW for their approval prior to construction. Additionally, the Ames Environmental Services Office must be informed of the intent to construct any such structure. A plan review fee must be paid. Allow approximately three months for plan review. Additionally, prior to each unit going into operation, wastewater must be analyzed to ensure that the effluent meets the discharge requirements. Additionally, each unit must be added to the Ames’ existing industrial wastewater discharge permit application.

 

8.4 Burrowing Owl Requirements Associated with Site Installation

Figure 6 illustrates the locations of burrowing owls at Moffett Field as of June 2001.

The University Reserve includes the demolition of existing buildings and the construction of new buildings and their associated staging areas. This activity may have the potential to impact the burrowing owls. Therefore a burrowing owl survey must be conducted.

Within three weeks of the demolition and construction activities, Wildlife Biologist Chris Alderete must conduct an evaluation of the site. He can be reached at his office at (650) 604-3532 or by cellular telephone at (650) 280-7643. He must be contacted to determine owl occupation status. If owls occupy the area before demolition and construction activities begin then the California Department of Fish & Game must be consulted and possible mitigation actions required must be implemented.

Mitigation may consist of avoiding disturbance or artificial nest construction. Mitigation may also consist of relocating the owls to the burrowing owl preserve to be located East of Cody Road.

Additionally, active nearby burrow locations in the site vicinity must be barricaded with delineator cones and caution tape so that construction traffic does not disturb the owls and to prevent the stockpiling of materials near the owl burrows. The Wildlife Biologist will be barricading areas with nearby owl burrows prior to demolition.

 

8.5 Storm Water Management Requirements Associated with Site Installation

When the proposed University Reserve construction begins, the following measures must be implemented to protect the storm drainage system. Storm drains located at the site must be protected and/or closed during any construction work. Appendix I present the Best Management Practices (BMP’s) for the following activities:

 

  Erosion Control and Site Stabilization,

 

  Building Repair, Remodeling and Construction, and

 

  Construction, Demolition and Excavation Operations.

Additionally, the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) will be updated to reflect the installation of regulated features. The EPA issued the final rule on Wednesday 8 December 1999 that expanded the existing National Pollution Discharge Elimination System storm water program to address construction sites that disturb one to five acres. The State of California will be the implementing agency and has not yet developed regulations pertaining to this ruling.

 

48


The goal of this rule is that implementation of Best Management Practices at small construction sites will result in a significant reduction in pollutant discharges and an improvement in surface water quality. The project will need to comply with the intent of the law and with any regulations that are formulated.

Since the proposed University Reserve development is greater than 5acres, the developers must comply with the Phase 1 requirements mentioned above.

 

8.6 Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasures (SPCC) Associated with Site Installation

SPCC requirements must be considered in the design phase of this project for the storage of hazardous materials. The design firm should review the SPCC regulations to ensure future compliance. The regulations are found in Code of Federal Regulations, Title 40 part 112 and in the Lempert-Keene-Seastrand Oil Spill Prevention and Response Act published by the California Department of Fish and Game on 20 February 1995. The requirements pertain to secondary containment, consideration of the impact of a spill from the storage in relation to the location of storm drains, and consideration of an impact from a major spill.

Additionally, future SPCC plans will be updated to reflect the installation of regulated features.

 

8.7 Archeological Resources

No archeological resources are known to occur within the site. However, prehistoric and historic use of the Moffett Field vicinity is well documented and as yet unidentified buried archeological resources could be encountered during ground disturbing activity. Figure 7 presents a plate identifying archeological sensitive areas.

 

8.8 Unexpected Discovery Plan

The following detailed mitigation measure applies to any proposed subsurface construction work, especially those located in known sensitive areas. This mitigation measure should be included in the construction drawings or specifications.

In the event that human remains and/or cultural materials are found during construction activities, all project-related construction shall cease within a 50-foot radius of the remains. The Ames Environmental Services Office shall be notified immediately. Testing and mitigation measures required pursuant to the National Historic Preservation Act 16 U.S.C. 470 and Section 7050 of the California Health and Safety Code and Section 5097.94 of the Public Resources Code of the State of California shall be implemented.

In the event of the discovery of human remains, there shall be no further excavation or disturbance of the site or any nearby area reasonably suspected to overlie adjacent remains. The construction manager shall notify the Santa Clara Coroner.

 

49


NASA Federal Preservation Officer, Ken Kumor, shall be notified in order to initiate the coordination with the Department of Interior Office of the Consulting Federal Archeologist. The coroner shall make a determination as to whether the remains are Native American(s). If the Coroner’s office determines that the remains are not subject to its’ authority, it shall, notify the Native American Heritage Commission, who shall attempt to identify descendents of the deceased Native American(s).

If no satisfactory agreement can be reached as to the disposition of the remains pursuant to State law, then the remains shall be reinterred with items associated with the Native American burial on the property, in a location not subject to further disturbance.

In the event the cultural artifacts or other related materials are uncovered, construction activities shall cease and a certified archaeologist shall be consulted for management recommendations.

 

    It is not considered that there is a high potential for inadvertent exposure of prehistoric Native American skeletal remains and associated grave goods at Moffett Field. However, the region’s Native Americans consider the graves of their ancestors to be of utmost importance. The remains and the offerings buried with them are sacred to the Native Americans, and there is a strong desire among this community to prevent disturbance of burial sites. The Native American Graves Protection and Repatriation Act (NAGPRA: Section 3) requires federal agencies to consult with likely descendants and Indian tribes prior to intentional excavation, and requires cessation of activity and notification of tribes when there is an inadvertent discovery of Native American skeletal remains on federal land. The State of California Native American Heritage Commission (Attention: Execution Secretary, 915 Capitol Mall, Room 288, Sacramento, CA 95814) can provide a list of tribes and most likely descendants on request. In the event of discovery of Native American skeletal remains, the implementing regulations 43 CFR 10, subpart B (Federal Register 60 (232); 62134-62169, December 4, 1995) of NAGPRA shall be followed.

 

    Curation of any recovered archeological materials not associated with Native American skeletal remains shall be curated in accordance with 36 CFR 79, Curation of Federally Owned and Administered Archeological collections Final Rule (Federal Register 55 (177:5- 37639). September 12, 1990). Local repositories meeting the curation standards for archeological materials shall be selected over distant repositories whenever possible.

 

    All archeological work shall be conducted under the direction of professional archeologists meeting the qualification standards described in Archeology and Historic Preservation; Secretary of the Interior” Standards (Federal Register 48 (190:44716-44742, September 29, 1983).

 

50


FIGURES


[Exhibit D - 6 of 11 - Closure Plan Number 5 Part 1 – Extracted Images – Figure 1]

 

LOGO


[Exhibit D - 6 of 11 - Closure Plan Number 5 Part 1 – Extracted Images – Figure 2]

 

LOGO


[Exhibit D - 6 of 11 - Closure Plan Number 5 Part 1 – Extracted Images – Figure 3]

 

LOGO


[Exhibit D - 6 of 11 - Closure Plan Number 5 Part 1 - Extracted Images – SITE 18]

 

LOGO


[Exhibit D - 6 of 11 - Closure Plan Number 5 Part 1 - Extracted Images – FIGURE 5]

 

LOGO


[Exhibit D - 6 of 11 - Closure Plan Number 5 Part 1 - Extracted Images – FIGURE 6]

 

LOGO


[Exhibit D - 6 of 11 - Closure Plan Number 5 Part 1 - Extracted Images – FIGURE 7]

 

LOGO


[Exhibit D - 6 of 11 - Closure Plan Number 5 Part 1 - Extracted Images – FIGURE 8]

 

LOGO


APPENDIX A

FACT SHEET

NASA AMES DEVELOPMENT PLAN


[Exhibit D - 6 of 11 - Closure Plan Number 5 Part 1 - Extracted Images – FACT SHEET]

 

LOGO


[Exhibit D - 6 of 11 - Closure Plan Number 5 Part 1 - Extracted Images — FACT SHEET]

 

LOGO


APPENDIX B

SANTA CLARA COUNTY STORAGE PERMITS AND INSPECTION REPORTS

NAVY ERA


[Exhibit D - 6 of 11 - Closure Plan Number 5 Part 1 - Extracted Images – Santa Clara County Health Department]

 

LOGO


APPENDIX C

BIER REPORTS


[Exhibit D - 6 of 11 - Closure Plan Number 5 Part 1 - Extracted Images – MFDP ENVIROMENTAL OFFICE – Facility 104]

 

LOGO


[Exhibit D - 6 of 11 - Closure Plan Number 5 Part 1 - Extracted Images – MFDP ENVIROMENTAL OFFICE – Facility 104]

 

LOGO


[Exhibit D - 6 of 11 - Closure Plan Number 5 Part 1 - Extracted Images – MFDP ENVIROMENTAL OFFICE – Facility 107]

 

LOGO


[Exhibit D - 6 of 11 - Closure Plan Number 5 Part 1 - Extracted Images – MFDP ENVIROMENTAL OFFICE – Facility 107]

 

LOGO


[Exhibit D - 6 of 11 - Closure Plan Number 5 Part 1 - Extracted Images – MFDP ENVIROMENTAL OFFICE – Facility 108]

 

LOGO


[Exhibit D - 6 of 11 - Closure Plan Number 5 Part 1 - Extracted Images – MFDP ENVIROMENTAL OFFICE – Facility 108]

 

LOGO


[Exhibit D - 6 of 11 - Closure Plan Number 5 Part 1 - Extracted Images – MFDP ENVIROMENTAL OFFICE – Facility 108]

 

LOGO


[Exhibit D - 6 of 11 - Closure Plan Number 5 Part 1 - Extracted Images – MFDP ENVIROMENTAL OFFICE – Facility 109]

 

LOGO


[Exhibit D - 6 of 11 - Closure Plan Number 5 Part 1 - Extracted Images – MFDP ENVIROMENTAL OFFICE – Facility 109]

 

LOGO


[Exhibit D - 6 of 11 - Closure Plan Number 5 Part 1 - Extracted Images – MFDP ENVIROMENTAL OFFICE – Facility 109 – Facility 109]

 

LOGO


[Exhibit D - 6 of 11 - Closure Plan Number 5 Part 1 - Extracted Images – MFDP ENVIROMENTAL OFFICE – Facility 109 – Facility 109]

 

LOGO


[Exhibit D - 6 of 11 - Closure Plan Number 5 Part 1 - Extracted Images – MFDP ENVIROMENTAL OFFICE – Facility 113]

 

LOGO


[Exhibit D - 6 of 11 - Closure Plan Number 5 Part 1 - Extracted Images – MFDP ENVIROMENTAL OFFICE – Facility 113]

 

LOGO


[Exhibit D - 6 of 11 - Closure Plan Number 5 Part 1 - Extracted Images – MFDP ENVIROMENTAL OFFICE – Facility 476]

 

LOGO


[Exhibit D - 6 of 11 - Closure Plan Number 5 Part 1 - Extracted Images – MFDP ENVIROMENTAL OFFICE – Facility 476]

 

LOGO


[Exhibit D - 6 of 11 - Closure Plan Number 5 Part 1 - Extracted Images – MFDP ENVIROMENTAL OFFICE – Facility 503]

 

LOGO


[Exhibit D - 6 of 11 - Closure Plan Number 5 Part 1 - Extracted Images – MFDP ENVIROMENTAL OFFICE – Facility 503]

 

LOGO


[Exhibit D - 6 of 11 - Closure Plan Number 5 Part 1 - Extracted Images – MFDP ENVIROMENTAL OFFICE – Facility 525]

 

LOGO


[Exhibit D - 6 of 11 - Closure Plan Number 5 Part 1 - Extracted Images – MFDP ENVIROMENTAL OFFICE – Facility 525]

 

LOGO


APPENDIX D

HISTORIC PHOTOGRAPHS

NAVY ERA

 

1


LOGO


LOGO

 

3


LOGO

 

4


LOGO

 

5


APPENDIX E

CURRENT PHOTOGRAPHS POST NAVY ERA

 

6


LOGO

Photo 1: Building 104 Yard

 

7


LOGO

Photo 2: Building 104 Shed

 

8


LOGO

Photo 3: Building 104 Battery Room

 

9


LOGO

Photo 4: Building 107

 

10


LOGO

Photo 5: Building 113

 

11


LOGO

Photo 6: Building 503 Shop

 

12


LOGO

Photo 7: Building 503 Shop

 

13


LOGO

Photo 8: Building Shop

 

14


LOGO

Photo 9: Building 525

 

15


LOGO

 

16


LOGO

 

17


LOGO

 

18


APPENDIX F

SANTA CLARA COUNTY PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS

POST NAVY ERA

 

19


LOGO


LOGO

 

21


LOGO

 

22


APPENDIX G

SANTA CLARA COUNTY FACILITY CLOSURE GUIDELINES

 

23


LOGO


CLOSURE GUIDELINES FOR ABOVEGROUND

HAZARDOUS MATERIALS STORAGE FACILITIES

For Use by Unidocs Member Agencies or where approved by your Local Jurisdiction

 

A. General Information

A facility closure plan demonstrates that hazardous materials at a closed facility have been transported, disposed of, or reused in a manner which eliminates the need for further maintenance and any threat to public health and safety or the environment. This document summarizes the requirements for closure of facilities where hazardous materials have been used, stored, or handled.  (Note: Remodels or partial facility closures may require submittal of elements of a Closure Plan.)

 

1. A closure permit and payment of appropriate fees may be required for the closure of any storage system which has previously contained any hazardous material. Please contact your local agency regarding applicable closure fees.

 

2. A completed Closure Application for Aboveground Hazardous Materials Storage Facilities (Closure Application) must be submitted to the appropriate local agency at least 30 days prior to the start of closure activities. (Note: Closure permits expire six months after local agency approval of the Closure Application.)

 

3. A facility closure which includes underground storage tanks must also include an Underground Storage Tank System Closure Permit Application/Closure Plan.

 

4. A facility closure which includes aboveground storage tanks (any container equal to or greater than sixty gallons in capacity) may require additional submittals. Please contact your local agency for details.

 

5. Please note that local agency requirements ( e.g. inspections which may be required, etc.) will be specified in the “Comments” section at the bottom of the approved Closure Application. If inspections are required please schedule them at least 48 hours in advance.

 

6. If a groundwater monitoring well is to be closed or destroyed you must obtain a permit from the Santa Clara Valley Water District [phone no. (408) 927-0710).

 

7. Additional permits (e.g. demolition permits, electrical permits, plumbing permits, etc.) may be required by the Building Department or other state or federal agencies.

 

B. Submittals

The following must be submitted to the local agency before final closure sign-off:

 

  A completed Closure Application:

 

  A Closure Plan (if required), along with applicable fees;

 

  A Post Closure Report (if required), along with applicable supporting documentation.

 

25


C. Closure Plan Requirements

When required by the local agency, a Closure Plan would include but not be limited to:

 

  A schedule indicating projected start and completion dates;

 

  A description of the size and type of equipment being closed, and the proposed final disposition. (Note: Equipment includes concrete, piping, duct work, tanks, and all other aboveground hazardous materials storage systems/areas},

 

  A site plan showing the location of the equipment or area being closed. Include all piping and ducting to be removed;

 

  A list of the types of chemicals previously used or stored in the area to be closed (e.g. the facility’s Hazardous Materials Inventory Statements, etc.);

 

  The procedures proposed to be used for decontamination of the facility and equipment (if required) and the proposed method of disposal for all hazardous wastes generated from cleaning operations. Decontamination procedures may include steam cleaning, rinsing, dismantling and removal of contaminated structural and non-structural portions of the building, etc. (Note: Contact the local Building Department regarding their   requirements).

 

  A brief description of how all hazardous materials will be removed or properly disposed of in a manner which complies with all state and federal laws. A new owner/operator may take responsibility for the hazardous materials as long as documentation is submitted which indicates acceptance of responsibility by the new owner/operator;

 

  A description of the proposed sampling program (if required) including sample locations, constituents to be analyzed for, and test methods to be employed). Samples must be analyzed by laboratories certified by the State of California to perform the applicable test methods. (Note: Sampling maybe required by the local agency if contamination is suspected.   An Inspector from the local agency must be present at the time of any sampling unless prior arrangements have been made with the local agency.)

 

D. Post-Closure Report Requirements

When required by the local agency, a Post-Closure Report would include but not be limited to:

 

  Documentation confirming compliance with all items in the approved Closure Plan;

 

  Confirmation of disposition of all hazardous materials, including virgin and waste products, through

 

  submittal of copies of bills of lading, bills of sale, TSDF-signed copies of hazardous waste manifests, etc.;

 

  For any sampling performed, copies of:

 

  1. Laboratory test results, including quality control/quality assurance data;

 

  2. Completed sample chains-of-custody;

 

  3. A site plan showing sample locations and, if applicable, depths;

 

  4. A written description of sample collection and handling procedures;

 

26


APPENDIX H

TABLE A-1

IDENTIFIED ILLICIT DISCHARGES, DISCHARGES REQUIRING

ADDITIONAL INVESTIGATION AND POTABLE WATER DISCHARGES

 

27


LOGO


LOGO

 

29


LOGO

 

30


APPENDIX I

STORM WATER BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

 

31


GOOD HOUSEKEEPING

BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

DESCRIPTION

Good housekeeping practices are designed to maintain a clean and orderly work environment. Often the most effective first step towards preventing pollution in storm water from industrial sites simply involves using good common sense to improve the facility’s basic housekeeping methods. Poor housekeeping can result in more waste being generated than necessary and an increased potential for storm water contamination. A clean and orderly work area reduces the possibility of accidental spills caused by mishandling of chemicals and equipment, thereby dreducing safety hazards. Well maintained material and chemical storage areas should minimize discharges of materials / pollutants that could contaminate storm water. Simple procedures can be used to promote good housekeeping, including improved operation and maintenance of industrial machinery and processes, material storage practices, material inventory controls, routine and regular clean-up schedules, maintaining well organized work areas, and educational programs. It is the policy of NASA Ames Research Center that managers as well as line supervisors are responsible for ensuring that personnel are educated in proper environmental hazards management, including storm water pollution prevention.

TARGETED CONSTITUENTS

 

    Sediments

 

    Nutrients

 

    Floatable Materials

 

    Oxygen Demanding Substances

 

    Heavy Metals

 

    Toxic Materials

 

    Oil and Grease

APPLICABILITY

This Best Management Practice is applicable to all industrial activities at Ames Research Complex.

 

32


REQUIREMENTS

 

1. Conduct formal monthly inspections of all buildings and surrounding areas to ensure.

 

  (a) Outside areas are cleaned and organized;

 

  (b) Drips, leaks, or evidence of such, from equipment or pipes are contained;

 

  (c) Adequate space in work areas to minimize spill potential;

 

  (d) Garbage removed regularly;

 

  (e) Walkways and passageways easily accessible;

 

  (f) Walkways and passageways free of materials that could be spilled;

 

  (g) Evidence of dust from painting, sanding, or other industrial activities; and

 

  (h) Cleanup procedures for spilled materials exist.

 

2. An inspection log should be maintained in order to feed other environmental reporting requirements at Ames Research Complex. Moreover, a formal annual inspection of Ames Research Complex should be conducted to verify industrial activities in Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan and identify new activities and Best Management Practices.

 

3. Conduct annual inventory of chemical substances, including hazardous materials and pollutants that are present on-site. This inventory shall meet the requirements of the OSHA-required inventory of chemicals and toxic substances.

 

4. Maintain a current file of all MSDS for chemicals and toxic substances.

 

5. Label chemical containers in accordance with OSHA, EPA, DOT and other applicable federal, state and local requirements.

 

6. Maintain dry and clean floors and ground surfaces by using brooms, shovels, vacuum cleaners, and cleaning machines.

 

7. Regularly pickup and dispose of garbage, debris and waste material.

 

8. Make sure equipment is working properly.

 

9. Routinely inspect for leaks or conditions that could lead to discharges of chemicals or contact of storm water with raw materials, intermediate materials, waste materials, or products.

 

10. Ensure that all employees understand spill cleanup procedures.

 

11. Improper storage can result in the release of materials and chemicals that can cause storm water runoff pollution. Proper storage techniques include:

 

  (a) Providing adequate aisle space to facilitate material transfer and easy access for inspections;

 

  (b) Storing containers, drums and bags away from direct traffic routes to prevent accidental containers from improper weight distribution;

 

  (c) Stacking containers according to manufacturer’s instructions to avoid damaging the containers from improper weight distribution; and

 

  (d) Storing containers on pallets or similar devices to prevent container corrosion, which can result from moisture on the ground.

 

12. Maintain an up-to-date inventory of all materials (hazardous and non-hazardous). This inventory helps to keep material costs down caused by overstocking, enables the tracking of materials stored and handled on site, and identifies which materials and activities pose the most risk to the environment.

 

33


13. Clearly mark on the inventory hazardous materials that require special handling, storage, use, and disposal considerations.

 

14. Keep the work site clean and orderly. Removing debris in a timely fashion. Sweep the area.

 

15. Cover materials of particular concern such as hazardous materials or sand piles that must remain outdoors, particularly during the rainy, season.

 

16. Educate employees who are doing the work.

 

17. Inform on-site contractors of NASA Ames Research Center policy. Include appropriate provisions in their contract to make certain proper housekeeping and disposal practices are implemented.

 

18. Make sure that nearby storm drains are well marked to minimize the chance of inadvertent disposal of residual paints and other liquids.

 

19. Do not dump waste liquids down the storm drain.

 

20. Advise concrete truck drivers to not wash their truck over the storm drain.

 

21. Cleaning equipment or tools over catch basins is prohibited.

 

34


EROSION CONTROL AND SITE STABILIZATION

STORM WATER BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

DESCRIPTION

This includes a description of all sediment and erosion control activities. This may include the planting and maintenance of vegetation, diversion of run-on and runoff, placement of sandbags, silt screens or other sediment control devices, etc. Any site where soils are exposed to water and wind can have soil erosion and sedimentation problems. Erosion is a natural process in which soil and rock materials is loosened and removed. Sedimentation occurs when soil particles are suspended in surface runoff or wind and are deposited in streams and other water bodies.

Human activities can accelerate erosion by removing vegetation, compacting or disturbing the soil, changing natural drainage patterns and by covering the ground with impermeable surfaces (pavement, concrete, and buildings). When the land surface is developed or “hardened” in this manner, storm water can not seep into or “infiltrate” the ground. The result is in larger amounts of water moving more quickly across the site, which can carry more sediment and other pollutants to creeks and streams. Because the vegetation primarily consists of marshlands and grasslands, soil erosion prevention is not required in many areas of Ames Research Complex. However, erosion prevention measures are considered during any construction and / or grounds maintenance activities.

TARGETED CONSTITUENTS

 

    Sediment

 

    Heavy Metals

 

    Toxic Materials

APPLICABILITY

This Best Management Practice is applicable to all building, construction and landscaping activities at Ames Research Complex.

REQUIREMENTS

 

1. Identify areas which, due topography, activities or other factors, have a high potential for significant soil erosion, and identify structural, vegetative, and / or stabilization measures used to limit erosion,

 

2. Retain as much vegetation (plants) onsite as possible.

 

3. Minimize the time that soil is exposed. Water exposed areas to control dust.

 

4. Prevent runoff from flowing across disturbed areas (divert the flow to vegetated areas).

 

5. Stabilize the disturbed soils as soon as possible by planting vegetation or hydroseeding.

 

6. Slow down the run-off flowing across site (regrading, silt fences, planting).

 

7. Provide drainage ways for the increased run-off (use grassy swales rather than concrete drains).

 

8. Remove sediment from storm water run-off before it leaves the site.

 

9. For large piles of soil where tarps or other covers are not feasible, place filtering media (e.g. straw bales, rocks, silt fences, etc.) around the base of each pile or at the storm drain inlet to remove these materials from rainwater run-off.

 

35


CONSTRUCTION, DEMOLITION AND

EXCAVATION OPERATIONS

BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

DESCRIPTION

Construction, demolition and excavation projects generate a great deal of dust, debris, waste materials and wastewaters that when improperly managed can result in prohibited discharges to the storm drainage system. Various construction projects occur at Ames Research Complex throughout the year. A Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan is required in all contractor specifications. Furthermore, the California Storm Water Best Management Practice Handbook for Construction Activity is made available to construction contractors working at Ames Research Complex.

TARGETED CONSTITUENTS

 

    Sediment

 

    Heavy Metals

 

    Toxic Materials

 

    Floatable Materials

 

    Oil and Grease

 

    Petroleum Products

 

    Contaminated Groundwater

APPLICABILITY

This Best Management Practice is applicable to all construction, demolition and excavation activities at Ames Research Complex that could potentially release pollutants to the storm water.

REQUIREMENTS

 

1) Each job site should be managed in such a manner to avoid discharges of prohibited substances to the storm drain system.

 

2) Routine inspection of job site should be performed to ensure that construction, demolition and excavation materials (liquid or solid) are not entering the storm drain system.

 

3) Cleaning equipment or tools over catch basins is prohibited.

 

4) Keep the job site tidy and clean up debris regularly.

 

5) Storm drain catch basins should be covered to prevent pollutants and sediments from entering the storm drain system.

 

36


6) Special precautions should be employed if rain is forecast or if water is applied. These precautions should include, but are not limited to:

 

  a) Increased monitoring frequency for storm drains and to rectify ongoirig releases or to identify and prevent any possible release; and

 

  b) Reduction in activities that can cause material to come into contact with rain water

 

7) Following all construction, demolition and excavation activities; the job site should be swept to remove debris and residue. Catch basins should be vacuumed to remove sediment and debris.

 

8) Construction, demolition and excavation materials (gravel, sand, lumber, cement, chemicals, contaminated equipment, etc.) should be stored under a roof or structure or covered with a tarp or plastic visqueen. Covered items should be secured with ropes, sandbags, bricks, etc. to prevent or minimize contact with rainwater.. For large piles of soil or other construction materials where tarps or other covers are not feasible, place filtering media (e.g. straw bales, rocks, silt fences,etc.) around the base of each pile or at the storm drain inlet to remove these materials from rainwater run-off. Do not store items near catch basins.

 

9) Wet concrete and concrete cutting waters should be conducted to prevent discharge to the storm drains. Blocking off or plugging drains in the vicinity may be warranted. This can be done in a number of ways: placing weighted plastic visqueen over drain, using sandbags or spill control PIGS,etc..

 

10) Equipment and machinery that contain residual concrete and concrete I asphalt cutting effluent should not be discharged to the storm drain. Estimate the amount of wastewater that will be generated and arrange to have a storage container (tank) available. Properly dispose of wastewater off-site.

 

11) Outdoor concrete work should be postponed if rain is forecast unless precautions are taken to prevent discharge of wet concrete and other construction debris to the storm drain.

 

12) During pain scraping operations, use impermeable ground cloths, such as plastic sheeting, to collect dust, paint chips, etc.

 

13) Use impermeable ground cloths while painting. Place in-use paint buckets in a pan or over plastic sheeting to ensure that accidental spills are not discharged to the storm drain.

 

14) Mixing of paint should take place indoors or in a place that is not exposed to the elements.

 

15) At the end of the workday, store paint buckets and other equipment away from contact with storm water in a secured, secondarily contained area.

 

16) Treat a paint spill as a chemical spill. Capture the material before it flows to the storm drain. Clean it up promptly. Report the event to NASA Environmental Services Office, Code QE, at 604-5602.

 

37


17) Outdoor Sandblasting should comply with the following:

 

  a) Tarpaulin or ground cloths should be placed beneath work area to capture the blasting medium and particles from the surface being cleaned;

 

  b) Consider curtailing sandblasting on a windy day, or if rain is forecast to minimize the amount of area that will require clean-up and to avoid sand waste from being washed into the storm drain; and

 

  c) Vacuum work area when job is complete.

 

18) If sandblasting lead paint, comply with the following:

 

  a) Obtain approval from the Environmental Services Office and the Occupational Safely, Health and Medical Services Office at 604-5602;

 

  b) Follow measures outline in “Outdoor Sandblasting” listed above;

 

  c) Air monitoring is required; and

 

  d) Follow OSHA regulations for worker safety.

 

19) For broken lines that contain anything other than potable water, the operator shall immediately notify the Environmental Office and initiate the following actions immediately:

 

  a) Berm the area to prevent run-off to storm drain; and

 

  b) Immediately block off adjacent storm drain catch basins.

 

20) Other applicable General Best Management Practices include:

 

  a) GOOD HOUSEKEEPING

 

  b) EROSION CONTROL

 

  c) MATERIAL HANDLING AND STORAGE and

 

  d) SOURCE REDUCTION

 

38


BUILDING REPAIR, REMODELING AND CONSTRUCTION

STORM WATER BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

DESCRIPTION

Building repair, remodeling and / or construction activity may vary from minor and normal building repair to major remodeling or the installation of a new facility on currently open space. These activities can generate pollutants that can reach storm water if proper care is not taken. The sources of these contaminants may be solvents, paints, paint and varnish removers, finishing residues, spent thinners, soap cleaners, kerosene, asphalt and concrete materials, adhesive residues and old asbestos installation.

TARGETED CONSTITUENTS

 

  Sediment

 

  Heavy Metals

 

  Toxic Materials

 

  Floatable Materials

 

  Oil and Grease

APPLICABILITY

This Best Management Practice is applicable to all facilities at Ames Research Complex.

REQUIREMENTS

 

1) Prevent or reduce the discharge of pollutants to storm water from building repair, remodeling and construction by using soil erosion controls, enclosing or covering building material storage areas, covering and / or diking storm drain catch basins, using good housekeeping practices, using safer alternative products and training employees.

 

2) Each job site should be managed in such a manner to avoid discharges of prohibited substances to the storm drain system.

 

3) Routine inspection of job site should be performed to ensure that construction, demolition and excavation materials (liquid or solid) are not entering the storm drain system.

 

4) Keep the job site tidy and clean up debris regularly.

 

5) Storm drain catch basins should be covered to prevent pollutants and sediments from entering the storm drain system.

 

6) Special precautions should be employed if rain is forecast or if water is applied. These precautions should include, but are not limited to:

 

  a) Increased monitoring frequency for storm drains and to rectify ongoing releases or to identify and prevent any possible release; and

 

  b) reduction in activities that can cause material to come into contact with rainwater.

 

39


7) Painting operations should follow:

 

  a) Application of lead based paint is prohibited;

 

  b) Painting operations should be properly enclosed or covered to avoid drift;

 

  c) Use temporary scaffolding to hang drop cloths or draperies to prevent drift. Use application equipment that minimizes overspray;

 

  d) If painting requires scraping or sand blasting of the existing surface, use a ground cloth to collect the chips. Dispose of the residue properly;

 

  e) If the paint contains lead or tributyl tin, it requires classification as a hazardous waste;

 

  f) mix paint indoors before using so that any spill will not be exposed to rain. Do so even during dry weather because cleanup of a spill will never be 100% effective. Dried paint will erode from a surface and be washed away by storms; and

 

  g) Properly store or dispose leftover paints.

 

8) Other applicable General Best Management Practices include:

 

  a) GOOD HOUSEKEEPING

 

  b) EROSION CONTROL

 

  c) MATERIAL HANDLING AND STORAGE and

 

  d) SOURCE REDUCTION

 

40


APPENDIX J

DEPARTMENT OF PARKS AND RECREATION

(DPR) 5213 FORMS

 

41


LOGO

 

42


LOGO

 

43


LOGO

 

44


LOGO

 

45


LOGO

 

46


LOGO

 

47


LOGO

 

48


LOGO

 

49


LOGO

 

50


LOGO

 

51


LOGO

 

52


LOGO

 

53


LOGO

 

54


LOGO

 

55


LOGO

 

56


LOGO

 

57


LOGO

 

58


LOGO

 

59


LOGO

 

60


LOGO

 

61


LOGO

 

62


LOGO

 

63


LOGO

 

64


LOGO

 

65


LOGO

 

66


APPENDIX L

SANTA CLARA COUNTY UNDERGROUND/ABOVEGROUND

STORAGE INSTALLATION GUIDELINES

 

67


UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK SYSTEM

INSTALLATION GUIDELINES

For Use by Unidocs Member Agencies or where approved by your Local Jurisdiction

Authority Cited: California Fire Code: Title 23, Div. 3, Ch. 16 CCR;

Hazardous Materials Storage Ordinance

A. General lnformation

These guidelines are applicable to installation of hazardous material underground storage tank systems (tanks and piping) regulated by all Unidocs Member Agencyjurisdictions. The guidelines serve as supplements to other requirements and/or guidelines (e.g. California Fire Code, Underground Storage Tank Regulations, Guidelines for Adoption of California Underground Storage Tank Regulations, manufacturers’ guidelines, etc.). Where such regulations and the guidelines conflict, the more stringent requirement shall apply.

 

1. An installation permit and payment of appropriate fees shall be required for the installation or modification of any underground storage tank system which will be used for hazardous materials.

 

2. Contractors shall submit, or have on file with the local agency, information verifying that they possess a current State Contractor’s License (A, B, C36, C61/D40), Workmen’s Compensation Insurance, and (if required by the local jurisdiction) a business license. Contractor information may be obtained by calling the Contractors State License Board at (800) 321-2752.

 

3. Underground Service Alert should be contacted at (800) 642-2444 prior to the start of excavation.

 

4. The contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that conditions at the site provide for workplace safety, protection of the environment, and maintenance and integrity of nearby structures.

 

5. Under no circumstances shall any regulated material be placed into any underground tank system without approval of the local agency overseeing installation.

 

6. All tanks, piping, and equipment shall be installed and tested in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations/guidelines.

B. Required Submittals

The following information shall be submitted to the local agency overseeing system installation:

 

1. To be submitted with application:

 

  Completed Underground Storage Tank System lnstallation Supplement.

 

  Local agency permit application(s) ( e.g . fire, building, plumbing, etc.) if required.

 

       sets of blueprints of the facility and underground storage tank system along with specifications on all materials to be used in construction.

 

68


BENCHMARK

Asbestos, Lead and Mold Investigation

NASA-Ames (PAI Corporation)

Building 543

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

2


Table of Contents

 

Section:
   Executive Summary
1    Introduction
2    Description of Building Construction and Systems
3    Summary of Findings for Suspect Materials
4    Material Information Tables
5    Removal Cost Estimate Summary
Appendices:
A    Definitions of Terms and Assessment Criteria
B    Bulk Sampling Protocol and Analytical Methods
C    Laboratory Bulk Sampling Reports
D    Summary of Regulatory Requirements
E    AHERA Building Inspector Certifications
F    Drawings Indicating Material Locations

 

3


Executive Summary

Benchmark Environmental Engineering (Benchmark) was retained by NASA - Ames (PAI Corporation) to perform an Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act (AHERA) style asbestos survey of the Merchandise Exchange Offices (Building ID: Building 543), to determine the locations of accessible and to the extent feasible, inaccessible friable and non-friable asbestos containing building materials (ACBM).

This inspection was limited to the interior only. Pre-existing survey data was used to help provide a picture of existing condition of this building. Benchmark collected additional samples of the construction material to help supplement existing data, to contradict existing data or to provide additional data of materials not previously identified.

No friable asbestos-containing materials were observed in the building. Asbestos was detected in the following non-friable materials:

Floor Tile

Vinyl Tile

 

4


Section 1 Introduction

Benchmark Environmental Engineering (Benchmark) performed an Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act (AHERA) style asbestos survey of the Merchandise Exchange Offices located at Moffett Field, Mt. View, CA, to identify ACBM. This report identifies the locations and asbestos content of friable and non-friable ACBM, provides assessment of the friable ACBM in relation to the material’s hazard potential to building occupants and provides removal cost estimates.

This inspection was limited to the interior only. Pre-existing survey data was used to help provide a picture of existing condition of this building. Benchmark collected additional samples of the construction material to help supplement existing data, to contradict existing data or to provide additional data of materials not previously identified.

All identified suspect asbestos-containing materials are summarized in Section 3. Materials testing positive for asbestos including material assessments, recommended response actions, and quantities are described in Section 4. Removal cost estimates for asbestos-containing materials are included in Section 5.

Removal cost estimates (Section 5) are for budgeting purposes only and should not be used as a quote for removal of the materials. It is not our recommendation to remove these materials unless they are beyond repair, or planned demolition or renovation activities will disturb the materials. Estimates are based on recent pricing we have received from contractors performing similar work and may vary from actual prices obtained due to the actual scope of work, quantity of material removed, control measures specified and contractor work loads.

On Tuesday, August 14, 2001 Terri MacFarlane ( 90-2747), a California Certified Asbestos Consultant and Roy J. Mabus ( 92-0191), a California Certified Asbestos Consultant, from Benchmark, performed an asbestos survey of the building(s) in accordance with the Asbestos Hazard and Emergency Response Act of 1987 (AHERA).

DISCLAIMER

This report is prepared for the express use and benefit of NASA - Ames (PAI Corporation), its agents and employees. The information in this report or portions thereof may be required to be included in notifications to employees, contractors or other visitors to the building(s). This report is not intended to be used as a specification or work plan for any of the work suggested or recommended in this report.

This report is based upon conditions observed at the property and information made available to the surveyor. This report does not intend to identify all hazards or unsafe conditions, nor to indicate that other hazards or unsafe conditions do not exist at the premises.

 

5


Section 2 Description of Building Construction and Systems

 

Number of Floors: 1    Year Built: 1973    Total Square Footage: 9,000
Structural components consist of:    Concrete Slab
Exterior Wall construction components consist of:    Metal
Interior Wall construction components consist of:    Drywall
Interior ceiling components consist of:    Ceiling Tile
Roofing construction components consist of:    Metal
Heating and mechanical systems include:    Sprinkler Systems

Building Description/Comments:

This facility is a one-story structure with a flat metal roof. The tan exterior is metal. It has a concrete slab foundation with metal exterior wall construction.

Comments:

There was a previous asbestos survey done by Tetra Tech, Inc. on July 9, 1993.

 

6


Section 3 Summary of Findings for Suspect Materials

The following table is a list of all materials at this building which were tested for the presence of asbestos or were assumed to contain asbestos along with overall sample results. Complete information on asbestos containing materials is included in Section 4 of this report.

Each unique material within the building is assigned a unique HM number by the surveyor at the time the survey is performed.

Section 3 and Section 4 are organized by building, surfacing, thermal systems insulation, flooring, walls, ceilings, roofing and miscellaneous materials.

 

LOGO

 

7


Section 3 Summary of Findings for Suspect Materials

The following table is a list of all materials at this building which were tested for the presence of asbestos or were assumed to contain asbestos along with overall sample results. Complete information on asbestos containing materials is included in Section 4 of this report.

Each unique material within the building is assigned a unique HM number by the surveyor at the time the survey is performed.

Section 3 and Section 4 are organized by building, surfacing, thermal systems insulation, flooring, walls, ceilings, roofing and miscellaneous materials.

 

LOGO

 

8


LOGO

 

9


LOGO

 

10


LOGO

 

11


LOGO

 

12


LOGO

 

13


LOGO

 

14


LOGO

 

15


LOGO

 

16


Section 5 Removal Cost Estimate Summary

These estimates are for budgeting purposes only and should not be used as a quote for removal of the materials. It is not our recommendation to remove these materials unless they are beyond repair, or planned demolition or renovation activities will disturb the materials. Estimates are based on recent pricing we have received from contractors performing similar work and may vary from actual prices obtained due to the actual scope of work, quantity of material removed, control measures specified and contractor work loads, etc.

 

LOGO

 

17


Appendix A

Definitions of Terms and Assessment Criteria

 

18


Definitions of Terms and Assessment Criteria

This survey report organizes information on each suspect ACBM identified in tables located in Section 4. This section describes how to interpret the data found on materials listed in Section 4.

Material description contains the description of the suspect homogeneous asbestos containing building material.

Material Serial Number is used to reference the material for reinspections, etc.

Asbestos type and content describes the type of asbestos and its percentage in the material.

Asbestos Results for positive materials are shown as a percentage. Samples having less than 1% asbestos are reported as containing “Trace” amounts of asbestos and samples with no detected asbestos are reported as “BLD” or below limit of detection.

Sample number(s) identifies a particular material sample obtained from a specific sample location. Sample numbers are used primarily for laboratory identification.

Sample Location identifies where the samples of this material were obtained.

Material Category categorizes each material as surfacing, TSI or miscellaneous.

Surfacing Materials - Asbestos containing materials that are sprayed-on, trawled-on or otherwise applied to surfaces, such as acoustical plaster on ceilings and fireproofing on structural members, or other materials on surfaces for acoustical, fireproofing, or other purposes.

Thermal Systems Insulation (TSI) - Asbestos containing materials applied to pipes, fittings, boilers, breaching, tanks, ducts or other interior structural components to prevent heat loss or gain or water condensation.

Miscellaneous Materials - Asbestos containing materials applied to or a part of building components that are not classified as surfacing materials or thermal systems insulation.

Quantity & Units reports approximate total quantity per unit of measure for each material.

Building(s) & Floor(s) specifies where a material is located.

Material Location describes where the material is found throughout the building.

Material Condition identifies the material as Friable, Non-friable or Jacketed (for thermal systems insulation only) if asbestos is present.

Friable - An asbestos containing material that can be crumbled, pulverized or reduced to powder, when dry, by hand pressure, such as spray applied fireproofing on structural steel members, spray applied acoustical ceiling materials or damaged thermal systems Insulation. Friable materials are of greatest concern due to their potential fiber release.

 

19


Non-Friable - An asbestos containing material where the asbestos is bound tightly in a matrix or sealed by a protective layer. Non-friable materials can become friable by being rendered to a crumbled, pulverized or powdered state, when dry, by crushing, sanding, sawing, shot-blasting, severe weathering or by other mechanically induced means. Common examples of non-friable materials are adhesives, floor tiles, transite and roofing materials.

Jacketed - An asbestos containing material applied to thermal systems insulation and “jacketed” with a protective outer layer such as canvas or metal to keep the material in good condition. Undamaged jacketed ACBM is considered non-friable. If the jacketing is damaged, the material is considered friable.

Damage Category describes the type of damage, if any, to the material. The following damage categories are used: None, Physical, Air, and Water.

Material Assessment identifies the condition of the material in relation to physical and water damage, delamination of the material from its substrate, the extent of the damage and the potential for damage from building conditions, such as, accessibility by building occupants, influence of vibration, etc. The six standard assessment categories ranked by hazard potential, with the first being the lowest hazard are as follows: 1) Potential for Damage, 2) Potential for Significant Damage, 3) Damaged, 4) Damaged with Potential for Damage, 5) Damaged with Potential for Significant Damage, and 6) Significantly Damaged. Only friable materials are assessed under AHERA regulations. Non-friable materials, unless damaged, are not assessed and can be assumed to be in good condition.

Damaged - The damage or deterioration of the material results in inadequate cohesion or adhesion with crumbling, blistering, water stains, marring or otherwise abraded over less than one-tenth (1/10) of the surface if the damage is evenly distributed or one-fourth (1/4) if the damage is localized.

Significant Damage - The damage or deterioration of the material results in inadequate adhesion or cohesion and the damage is extensive and severe with one or more of the following characteristics: 1) Crumbling or blistering over at least one-tenth (1/10) of the surface if evenly distributed, one-fourth (1/4) if the damage is localized; 2) Areas of the material hanging from the surface, delaminated, or showing adhesive failure; 3) Water stains, gouges or marred.

Recommended Response suggests the appropriate options for controlling or maintaining ACBM in a safe manner. There are four options used:

Operations & Maintenance (O&M) - A program designed to “manage” asbestos in-place. As long as asbestos containing materials remain in a building, an O&M program should be instituted to alert maintenance personnel, custodial workers and outside vendors of the existence and location of these materials and to set a policy for the maintenance of these materials. The material is usually only required to be removed if it is significantly damaged, prior to demolition of the building or if it will be disturbed by renovation activities.

 

20


Repair - The restoration of damaged or deteriorated asbestos containing building materials to an intact condition. Once the intact condition is established, the material should be included in an O&M program. The material is usually only required to be removed if it is significantly damaged, prior to demolition of the building or if it will be disturbed by renovation activities.

Abate Due to Condition - This material is significantly damaged and is unsafe in its current condition. The access to the area should be restricted to personnel equipped with appropriate personal protection. This material should be properly removed by a licensed contractor using workers trained in the safe removal of asbestos.

Abate Prior to Renovation - This material should be properly removed prior to planned renovation activities by a licensed contractor using workers trained in the safe removal of asbestos. This recommendation is usually made only on survey reports prepared prior to planned renovation activities.

Comments & Damage Description contains any additional information and or specific details of material damage are noted here.

EPA Category provides the appropriate material category as outlined in the NESHAPS regulation. The four options are friable, Category 1, Category 2, and needs determination.

Friable - Materials containing greater than 1% asbestos are always considered Regulated Asbestos Containing Materials (RACM) that require removal prior to building renovation or demolition activities that impact the material.

Category 1 - Materials that are bituminous non-friable and contain more than 1% asbestos that become RACM and require removal only when will be subject to grinding, cutting, sanding or abrading.

 

21


Appendix B

Bulk Sampling Protocol and Analytical Methods

 

22


Bulk Sampling Protocol and Analytical Methods

Bulk samples of suspect asbestos containing building materials were obtained using standard industrial hygiene techniques including wetting the material to minimize fiber release. Our personnel wore half-face air purifying respirators equipped with high efficiency particulate (HEPA) filters while obtaining samples

Our sampling strategy for suspect friable surfacing materials was based on the guidelines outlined in the EPA publication Asbestos in Buildings: Simplified Sampling Scheme for Friable Surfacing Materials, and the procedures outlined in 40 CFR 763, Subpart E (AHERA). For non-friable suspect materials, AHERA requires the building inspector to determine the appropriate number of samples to obtain and analyze. Usually one to three samples of non-friable materials are collected.

For each homogeneous material identified by visual inspection as suspect material, random samples are obtained. A single bulk sample is randomly selected from each homogeneous material for first-round testing. If the sample is positive, the remaining samples are not analyzed; if the sample is negative, the other samples are submitted for study. Every sample must be reported negative if the material is to be considered non-asbestos containing.

The bulk samples were delivered to an independent laboratory that participates in the bulk sample proficiency analysis program conducted by the United States Environmental Protection Agency and is accredited by the National Voluntary Laboratory Program (NVLAP). The samples were analyzed using Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM) with dispersion staining to estimate the percent of asbestos composition by volume. Samples with no observable asbestiform minerals are designated as None-Detected. Samples in which asbestiform minerals are observed, but exist in concentrations of less than one percent (<1%), are designated as present in Trace amounts; all other samples are designated as asbestos containing with the appropriate percent of asbestos noted.

 

23


Appendix C

Laboratory Bulk Sampling Reports

 

24


LOGO

 

25


LOGO

 

26


LOGO

 

27


LOGO

 

28


LOGO

 

29


LOGO

 

30


Appendix D

Summary of Regulatory Requirements

 

31


Appendix D Summary of Regulatory Requirements

This appendix provides a summary of building owner and manager requirements under various asbestos regulations promulgated by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) and the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) to protect building occupants and employees from exposure to asbestos.

Survey Requirements

Prior to any renovation activity, OSHA and EPA regulations require that a complete asbestos survey be performed to determine if asbestos is present in any suspect asbestos containing material that will be present in the construction or work area. This survey report addresses accessible materials. It is recommended that prior to renovation activities, inaccessible areas that could contain asbestos materials be inspected.

Notification and Posting Requirements

Regulatory agencies feel that the building owner or manager should be responsible for knowing and communicating the locations of asbestos in their buildings to building employees, outside contractors and tenants to prevent exposure to asbestos.

Under the California Health and Safety Code, building owners and managers are required to provide annual notifications regarding known asbestos containing materials in their buildings to building employees, tenants, vendors and outside contractors. Therefore, specific information contained in this survey report is required to be included in the notification.

OSHA requires building employees, outside contractors, vendors and construction contractors bidding on or performing work in buildings be provided with notification regarding asbestos containing materials in their work areas. OSHA also requires that asbestos warning signs be posted in mechanical rooms.

Removal Requirements

Under EPA regulations, asbestos containing materials must be properly removed by licensed asbestos abatement contractors prior to renovation or demolition activities that would disturb friable materials or cause non-friable materials to become friable and a regulated material.

Repair of Damaged Materials and Cleanup of Debris

OSHA requires that asbestos containing debris be immediately cleaned up. It is recommended that damaged materials that may release fibers be repaired as soon as possible to prevent fiber release and potential exposures.

 

32


Training Requirements

OSHA requires employers whose employees are likely to or required to disturb asbestos to receive an asbestos training course. Refresher training is required to be provided annually.

 

33


LOGO

 

34


Table of Contents

 

Section

   Executive Summary

1

   Introduction

2

   Scope of Services

3

   Methodology

4

   Findings and Observations

APPENDICES

A

   XRF- Data Results Tables

B

   Certification(s)

C

   Site Map

D

   Laboratory Results

 

35


EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Benchmark Environmental Engineering was retained by PAI Corporation, to conduct a lead-based paint survey at Building 543, Merchandise Exchange Offices located at Moffett Field, California.

In order to determine if lead based paint was present, three (3) paint chip samples were collected and 80 assays were taken using an X-RAY FLUORESCENCE (XRF) instrument. The results indicated that the following building components were above the EPA and OHS level of 1.0 mg/ cm2 or 5000 PPM.

Lead-based Paint was identified on the following building component:

 

Exterior:    Yellow Safety Paint.

 

36


INTRODUCTION

Benchmark Environmental Engineering was retained by Mr. Kris McGlothlin, to conduct a lead-based paint survey at NASA Ames-PAI Corporation, Moffett Field, California.

Authorization to perform this survey was received via signed agreement to BENCHMARK from Mr. Kris McGlothlin, on or about May 1, 2001, as referenced by BENCHMARK’S proposal E01-448.

BACKGROUND

This facility is a one-story, 9,000 square foot structure. Built in 1973, it is concrete slab construction with metal exterior walls. The metal roof is flat and the tan exterior is metal.

WARRANTY

Benchmark Environmental Engineering warrants that the findings contained herein have been prepared with the level of care and skill exercised by experienced and knowledgeable environmental consultants who are appropriately licensed or otherwise trained to perform lead-related construction risk assessments and inspections pursuant to the scope of work required on this Project.

The survey included inspection of accessible materials. BENCHMARK did not inspect or sample inaccessible areas such as behind walls or within ductwork, and did not dismantle any part of the structure to survey inaccessible areas. For the purpose of this warranty, inaccessible is defined as areas of the building that could not be tested (sampled) without destruction of the structure or a portion of the structure. Inaccessible materials that are not visible to Benchmark’s inspectors are assumed to be lead containing.

Authorization to perform this survey was received by BENCHMARK from Mr. Kris McGlothlin, of The PAI Corporation, on May 1, 2001, as referenced by Benchmark’s Proposal E01-488.

The survey was conducted on August 14, 2001. A comprehensive site survey was performed based on the building plan. All building components identified in the specifications that may contain lead-based paint/coating were targeted for testing. (Exterior and interior walls, exterior and interior windows, doors and numerous associated components).

Sampling protocol for identification of lead-based paint was in accordance with The U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) Guidelines for the Evaluation and Control of Lead-Based Paint Hazards in Housing, Chapter 7. All suspect lead-coated surfaces were identified by building, wall, and building component, as such each component had a unique identification number.

The report establishes lead concentrations in painted surfaces as a general guidance tool for the purpose of conducting renovation activities for Building 543.

 

37


A total of 80 XRF assays and three (3) paint chip samples were collected within this building.

 

38


SCOPE OF SERVICES

Benchmark recognized the scope of work for the NASA Ames-PAI Corporation, to be composed of a Lead Based Paint Inspection for the Merchandise Exchange Offices (ID: Building 543). The survey consisted of testing for lead-base paint in general accordance with the U.S Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) guidelines for the evaluation and control of Lead-Based Paint Hazards in Housing, Chapter 7.

Certain building components that are adjacent to each other and not likely to have different painting histories have been grouped together into a single testing combination, as follows: Window Casings/Stops/Jambs/Aprons -Or- Door Jambs/Stoops/Transoms/Casings and other door frame parts.

The following building components were inspected when applicable:

 

  Exterior Areas:

 

Walls    Windows
Windowsills    Stair Handrails
Doors    Door Molding
Downspouts    Window Screen
Building Trim    Skylight
Balusters    Stair Handrail
Stair Risers    Support Pillar

 

  Interior Areas:

 

Walls    Windows
Windowsills    Stair Treads
Balusters    Doors
Door Molding    Stair Stringer
Ceilings    Ceiling Molding
Skylight    Floors
Ceiling Molding    Grates
Baseboards    Support Beams
Electrical Box    Book Shelf
Chair Rail    Wainscot

Paint chip samples were collected from three (3) building components to provide conclusions that would be in compliance with DOSH 8 CCR 1532.1.

 

39


METHODOLOGY

GENERAL REFERENCES

Inspection, sampling, and assessment procedures were performed in general accordance with the guidelines published by The Department of Housing and Urban Development’s (HUD) 1995 Guidelines, Chapter 7. The survey consisted of three major activities: visual inspection, sampling, and analysis. Although these activities are listed separately, they are integrated tasks.

VISUAL INSPECTION

An inspector that is a Department of Health Services Certified Lead Inspector/ Risk Assessor performed the inspection. An initial building walkthrough was conducted to determine the presence of suspect materials that were accessible or exposed.

SAMPLING PROCEDURES

Following the walkthrough, the inspector selected samples areas of exposed or accessible materials identified as suspect LBP. EPA and HUD guidelines were used to determine the sampling protocol. Sampling locations were chosen to be representative of the homogeneous material.

X-RAY FLUORESCENCE (XRF) ANALYSIS

XRF instruments measure lead in paint by directing high energy X-rays and gamma rays into the paint, causing the lead atoms in the paint to emit X-rays which are detected by the instrument and converted to a measurement of the amount of lead in the paint. The EPA approved technology allows for measurement of X-rays without scraping or samples preparation to characterize substrate or matrix effects. The Spectrum Analyzer, Metals Analysis Probe (MAP 4) is combined with a microprocessor system that enables field-testing with a high degree of quality control and speed. Sample locations, descriptions, conditions, and measurement results are automatically recorded by the instrument and easily downloaded to a PC or laptop.

 

40


QUALITY CONTROL PROGRAM

Benchmark Environmental Engineering utilizes only DHS approved inspectors, which are certified to use radioactive instruments. The MAP 4 Spectrum Analyzer has on-board calibration routines, which continuously operate, and self-correct to minimize sampling error. This is known as substrate correcting software.

PAINT CHIP SAMPLE COLLECTION

A total of three (3) paint chip samples were collected in accordance with the HUD Evaluation and Control of Lead-Based Paint Hazards in Housing, Paint Chip Sampling. A two-inch by two-inch area was measured and delineated. The paint chip sample was collected with the use of a sharp stainless steel paint scraper. Paint was scraped directly off the substrate. The goal is remove all layers of paint equally, but none of the substrate. Paint chip samples collected in this fashion are reported in PPM or % by weight.

LEAD

Laboratory analysis was performed by Schneider Laboratories, Inc. Their AIHA Accredited Laboratory Identification Number is AIHA/ELLAP #100527, and CA ELAP #2078. Samples are analyzed by Flame Atomic Absorption in accordance with EPA’s “Standard Operating Procedures for Lead in Paint by Hotplate or Microwave based Acid digestions and Atomic Absorption or Inductively Coupled Plasma Emission Spectrometry” (1991), EPA/600/8-91/213, NTIS Document No. PB92-114172. Samples are prepared by hotplate digestion with nitric acid and hydrogen peroxide, and analyzed by Flame AA.

LABORATORY QUALITY CONTROL PROGRAM

Schneider Laboratories, Inc. maintains an in-house quality control program. This program involves blind reanalysis of ten percent of all samples, precision and accuracy controls, and use of standard bulk reference materials.

 

41


FINDINGS AND OBSERVATIONS

LEAD

A total of 80 assays were taken. The results indicated that 1 assay contained lead above the EPA and OHS level of 1.0 mg/ cm2 or greater. The components, which contain lead-based paint, are:

Exterior: Yellow Safety Paint.

Cal/OSHA’s Lead in Construction Standard, Title 8, CCR section 1532.1, is primarily concerned with worker protection when disturbing any detectable level of lead in paint or surface coatings.

Assays with results less than 1.0 mg/cm2 and paint chip samples with results less than 5000 ppm may create hazardous conditions if subjected to poor and/or prohibited work practices. Refer to Work Activities on the following page.

OSHA LEAD REGULATION SUMMARY

The Federal Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) has enacted an interim lead standard, which was adopted by Cal/OSHA as 8 CCR 1532.1. The purpose of both standards is to protect construction workers from exposure to lead. OSHA is primarily concerned with activities that disturb lead-containing material. Lead was used in most paints until the mid 1950’s and was banned in amounts in excess of 0.06% by weight in 1978 for most non-industrial paints by the Consumer Product Safety Commission (CPSC).

The new standard requires contractors and employers who perform activities that would disturb lead, must monitor their employees to determine whether they are being exposed in excess of the Action Level (AL) of 30 micrograms per cubic meter of air (ug/m3) over an eight-hour time weighted average (TWA) or the Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL) of 50 ug/m3 TWA. Monitoring is performed by personal exposure air sampling.

Even when concentrations are below the AL, an employer must provide employees with High Efficiency Particulate Air (HEPA) filtered vacuums, wetting agents and hand-washing facilities. If the exposure exceeds the AL or the PEL, other procedures such as containing the area, decontamination facilities and medical monitoring are required.

OSHA has identified several activities that pose varying levels of potential lead exposure to laborers disturbing lead-containing paint. Estimated exposure levels of lead are founded on the activity itself, rather than the concentrations of lead present in paint. Therefore, as an example, paints that contain 0.5% versus 15% of lead by weight or 0.8 mg/cm2 versus 3.5 mg/cm2 of lead in paint could present the same levels of potential exposure to workers depending on the activities that cause the disturbance and the administrative and engineering controls that are followed.

 

42


The following is a summary of work activities that disturb paint, the expected exposures and the respiratory protection requirements as outlined in the OSHA standards:

Class I Activities:

 

Class I activities include:    Manual demolition, manual scraping, manual sanding, heat gun application, general cleanup, power tool cleaning with dust collection systems and spray painting activities.
Potential Exposure:    50 ug/m3 to 500 ug/m3
   Minimum Respiratory Protection: Half mask air purifying respirator equipped with HEPA filters having a protection factor of 10.
Class II Activities:   
Class II activities include:    Using lead-containing mortars, lead burning, lead riveting, rivet busting, power tool cleaning without dust collection systems, cleanup of dry expendable abrasives and abrasive blasting.
Potential Exposure:    500 ug/m3 to 2,500 ug/m3
   Minimum Respiratory Protection: Full face powered air-purifying respirators equipped with HEPA filters having a protection Factor of 100.
Class III Activities:   
Class II activities include:    Abrasive blasting, welding, cutting and torch burning on steel structures.
Potential Exposure:    Greater than 2,500 ug/m3
   Minimum Respiratory Protection: Full face supplied - air respirator operated in pressure demand mode or - the positive pressure mode.

DOSH 8 CCR 1532.1 requires that an initial exposure assessment be performed if workers will be performing any of the trigger tasks found in 1532.1. It should be noted that the California Department of Health Services (OHS) has issued emergency work procedures for lead paint materials that in the absence of any other procedures are recommendations.

 

43


The following recommendations are general site specific work practice specifications.

 

  You must use “containment” when you sand, scrape, or disturb any detectable level of lead in paint or surface coatings.

 

  Containment is required for abatement and/or any activity that or disturb any detectable level of lead in paint or surface coatings.

 

  You must be OHS-certified (workers, supervisors, monitors, and inspectors) if you are conducting abatement.

 

  You must follow an abatement plan.

 

  A OHS -certified supervisor, monitor, and/or project designer must design an abatement project.

 

  A clearance inspection by dust wipe sampling is required for abatement.

RESULTS OF THE PAINT CHIP SAMPLES COLLECTED

Paint Chip Samples

NASA Ames-PAI Corporation

August 14, 2001

 

Sample Number

  

Component

  

Location

  

PPM

    

% By Weight

 
01-4740-543-1    Door    Interior      <70        <0.007  
01-4741-543-2    Ceiling    Ceiling      40        0.004  
01-4742-543-3    Wall 4    Exterior Siding      <50        <0.005  

LEAD WASTE DISPOSAL

The visual determination indicated that all building components that tested positive were in intact to poor condition (minor cracking to flaking and peeling). As such, these components need to be considered a lead hazard if flaking paint is not stabilized. All small debris (paint chips, rags, filters, and components smaller that 2”x2”) that may be generated during the paint stabilization process (paint preparation) should be considered Class I, lead hazardous waste. The debris generated from paint stabilization of LBP building components should be segregated from all other dust and debris. Building components, which tested positive, should be stabilized by a OHS-accredited Contractor.

Power washing may be conducted on the building. Run off water must be collected and analyzed by an accredited laboratory to meet the criteria established by the Clean Water Act, Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA 1972). Lead levels must not exceed 5mg/L.

 

44


CODES AND REGULATIONS LEAD-BASED PAINT

Federal and state regulations, which govern lead-based, paint work or hauling and disposal of lead-based paint waste materials include but are not limited to the following:

FEDERAL

Housing and Urban Development (HUD) 1995 Guidelines For The Evaluation and Control of

Lead-Based Paint in Housing

OSHA

Lead In Construction

29 CFR 1926.62

NESHAP

Emissions Standards

40 CFR 50.12

Lead-Based Paint Poisoning Prevention Act (LBPPPA), 1970.

Title 10 - Residential LBP Hazard Reduction Act, 1992, (amendment for LBPPPA, 1970)

Resource Conservation Recovery Act (RCRA)

STATE

Cal/OSHA

Lead In Construction

Title 8 CCR 1532.1

Department of Health Services (DHS)

Emergency Work Practice Regulations

Title 17 CCR, Division 1, Chp.

 

45


APPENDIX A

XRF - DATA RESULTS TABLE

 

46


LOGO

 

47


LOGO

 

48


LOGO

 

49


APPENDIX B

CERTIFICATION(S)

 

50


APPENDIX C

SITE MAP

 

51


APPENDIX D

LABORATORY RESULTS

 

52


LOGO

 

53


LOGO

 

54


SCOPE OF SERVICES

Benchmark Environmental Engineering (Benchmark) was retained by PAI Corporation to provide a visual (only) evaluation on Building 543 of Moffett Field. Authorization to perform this consultation was received via written Agreement from PAI Corporation on August 1, 2001

Benchmark conducted a site visit on January 10, 2002.

Background:

There has not been a microbial investigation performed on this building.

Report:

The following report is defined in two sections:

Discoloration and Visible Mold.

 

55


LOGO

 

56


LOGO

 


LOGO


Table of Contents

 

Section:
   Executive Summary
1    Introduction
2    Description of Building Construction and Systems
3    Summary of Findings for Suspect Materials
4    Material Information Tables
5    Removal Cost Estimate Summary
Appendices:
A    Definition of Terms and Assessment Criteria
B    Bulk Sampling Protocol and analytical Methods
C    Laboratory Bulk Sampling Reports
D    Summary of Regulatory Requirements
E    AHERA Building Inspector Certifications
F    Drawings Indicating Material Locations

 

2


Executive Summary

Benchmark Environmental Engineering (Benchmark) was retained by NASA - Ames (PAI Corporation) to perform an Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act (AHERA) style asbestos survey of the Army Reserve Center 4 (Building ID: Building154), to determine the locations of accessible and to the extent feasible, inaccessible friable and non-friable asbestos containing building materials (ACBM).

This inspection included interior and exterior areas. Pre-existing survey data was used to help provide a picture of existing conditions of this building. Benchmark collected additional samples of the construction material to help supplement existing data, to contradict existing data or to provide additional data of materials not previously identified.

The entire interior of the building has been remodeled and all pre-existing materials have been removed and replaced with non-ACM material.

No friable asbestos-containing materials were observed in the building.

Asbestos was detected in the following non-friable materials:

Sink Undercoating

The following materials were assumed to contain asbestos:

Fire Door

 

Site ID: 3-15 Yrs.   

Building ID: Army Reserve Center 4

   Executive Summary Page 1

Asbestos Survey Report

  


Section 1 Introduction

Benchmark Environmental Engineering (Benchmark) performed an Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act (AHERA) style asbestos survey of the Army Reserve Center 4 located at Moffett Field, Mountain View, CA, to identify ACBM. This report identifies the locations and asbestos content of friable and non-friable ACBM, provides assessment of the friable ACBM in relation to the material’s hazard potential to building occupants and provides removal cost estimates.

This inspection included interior and exterior areas. Pre-existing survey data was used to help provide a picture of existing conditions of this building. Benchmark collected additional samples of the construction material to help supplement existing data, to contradict existing data or to provide additional data of materials not previously identified.

The entire interior of the building has been remodeled and all pre-existing materials have been removed and replaced with non-ACM material.

All identified suspect asbestos-containing materials are summarized in Section 3. Materials testing positive for asbestos including material assessments, recommended response actions, and quantities are described in Section 4. Removal cost estimates for asbestos-containing materials are included in Section 5.

Removal cost estimates (Section 5) are for budgeting purposes only and should not be used as a quote for removal of the materials. It is not our recommendation to remove these materials unless they are beyond repair, or planned demolition or renovation activities will disturb the materials. Estimates are based on recent pricing we have received from contractors performing similar work and may vary from actual prices obtained due to the actual scope of work, quantity of material removed, control measures specified and contractor work loads.

On Friday, November 2, 2001 Terri MacFarlane ( 90-2747 ) , a California Certified Asbestos Consultant and Roy J. Mabus

( 92-0191 ) , a California Certified Asbestos Consultant, from Benchmark, performed an asbestos survey of the building(s) in accordance with the Asbestos Hazard and Emergency Response Act of 1987 (AHERA).

DISCLAIMER

This report is prepared for the express use and benefit of NASA - Ames (PAI Corporation), its agents and employees. The information in this report or portions thereof may be required to be included in notifications to employees, contractors or other visitors to the building(s). This report is not intended to be used as a specification or work plan for any of the work suggested or recommended in this report.

 

Site ID: 3-15 Yrs.   

Building ID: Army Reserve Center 4

   Section 1 Page 1

Asbestos Survey Report

  


This report is based upon conditions observed at the property and information made available to the surveyor. This report does not intend to identify all hazards or unsafe conditions, nor to indicate that other hazards or unsafe conditions do not exist at the premises.

 

Site ID: 3-15 Yrs.   

Building ID: Army Reserve Center 4

   Section 1 Page 2

Asbestos Survey Report

  


Section 2 Description of Building Construction and Systems

 

Number of Floors: 3    Year Built: 1953    Total Square Footage: 9,285
Structural components consist of:   Concrete Foundation
Exterior Wall construction components consist of:   Concrete
Interior Wall construction components consist of:   Drywall
Interior ceiling components consist of:   Ceiling Tile

Building Description/Comments:

This is a two-story structure with a basement. Built in 1953, the building construction is concrete over a concrete foundation and with a flat composite roof. The concrete exterior is tan.

Comments:

There was a previous asbestos survey done by Tetra Tech, Inc. on January 19, 1993.

 

Site ID: 3-15 Yrs.   

Building ID: Army Reserve Center 4

   Section 2 Page 1

Asbestos Survey Report

  


Section 3 Summary of Findings for Suspect Materials

The following table is a list of all materials at this building which were tested for the presence of asbestos or were assumed to contain asbestos along with overall sample results. Complete information on asbestos containing materials is included in Section 4 of this report.

Each unique material within the building is assigned a unique HM number by the surveyor at the time the survey is performed.

Section 3 and Section 4 are organized by building, surfacing, thermal systems insulation, flooring, walls, ceilings, roofing and miscellaneous materials.

 

Site Information    Client Information
Army Reserve Center 4 (Site ID: 3-15 Yrs.)    NASA - Ames (PAI Corporation)
Moffett Field    NASA-Ames Research Center
Mountain View, CA 94035    Mt. View, CA 94035-1000

 

Survey Performed By    Inspector    Inspection Date    Job Number
Benchmark Environmental Engineering    Terri MacFarlane    Friday, November 2, 2001    E01-612-A-SU

 

Suspect Material

  

Category

  

HM Number

  

Material Location(s)

  

Asbestos Present?

Roofing Material    Roofing    RM-2       No

 

Site ID: 3-15 Yrs.   

Building ID: Army Reserve Center 4

   Section 3 Page 1

Asbestos Survey Report

  


Section 4 Material Information Tables

 

Site Information   Client Information
Army Reserve Center 4 (Site ID: 3-15 Yrs.)   NASA - Ames (PAI Corporation)
Moffett Field   NASA-Ames Research Center
Mountain View, CA 94035   Mt. View, CA 94035-1000

 

Survey Performed By    Inspector    Inspection Date    Job Number
Benchmark Environmental Engineering    Terri MacFarlane    Friday, November 2, 2001    E01-612-A-SU

 

LOGO

 

Site ID: 3-15 Yrs.   

Building ID: Army Reserve Center 4

   Section 4 Page 1

Asbestos Survey Report

  


Appendix A

Definitions of Terms and Assessment Criteria


Definitions of Terms and Assessment Criteria

This survey report organizes information on each suspect ACBM identified in tables located in Section 4. This section describes how to interpret the data found on materials listed in Section 4.

Material description contains the description of the suspect homogeneous asbestos containing building material.

Material Serial Number is used to reference the material for reinspections, etc.

Asbestos type and content describes the type of asbestos and its percentage in the material.

Asbestos Results for positive materials are shown as a percentage. Samples having less than 1% asbestos are reported as containing “Trace” amounts of asbestos and samples with no detected asbestos are reported as “BLD” or below limit of detection.

Sample number(s) identifies a particular material sample obtained from a specific sample location. Sample numbers are used primarily for laboratory identification.

Sample Location identifies where the samples of this material were obtained.

Material Category categorizes each material as surfacing, TSI or miscellaneous.

Surfacing Materials - Asbestos containing materials that are sprayed-on, trawled-on or otherwise applied to surfaces, such as acoustical plaster on ceilings and fireproofing on structural members, or other materials on surfaces for acoustical, fireproofing, or other purposes.

Thermal Systems Insulation (TSI) - Asbestos containing materials applied to pipes, fittings, boilers, breaching, tanks, ducts or other interior structural components to prevent heat loss or gain or water condensation.

Miscellaneous Materials - Asbestos containing materials applied to or a part of building components that are not classified as surfacing materials or thermal systems insulation.

Quantity & Units reports approximate total quantity per unit of measure for each material. Building(s) & Floor(s) specifies where a material is located.

Material Location describes where the material is found throughout the building.

Material Condition identifies the material as Friable, Non-friable or Jacketed (for thermal systems insulation only) if asbestos is present.

Friable - An asbestos containing material that can be crumbled, pulverized or reduced to powder, when dry, by hand pressure, such as spray applied fireproofing on structural steel members, spray applied acoustical ceiling materials or damaged thermal systems insulation. Friable materials are of greatest concern due to their potential fiber release.


Non-Friable - An asbestos containing material where the asbestos is bound tightly in a matrix or sealed by a protective layer. Non-friable materials can become friable by being rendered to a crumbled, pulverized or powdered state, when dry, by crushing, sanding, sawing, shot-blasting, severe weathering or by other mechanically induced means. Common examples of non-friable materials are adhesives, floor tiles, transite and roofing materials.

Jacketed - An asbestos containing material applied to thermal systems insulation and “jacketed” with a protective outer layer such as canvas or metal to keep the material in good condition. Undamaged jacketed ACBM is considered non-friable. If the jacketing is damaged, the material is considered friable.

Damage Category describes the type of damage, if any, to the material. The following damage categories are used: None, Physical, Air, and Water.

Material Assessment identifies the condition of the material in relation to physical and water damage, delamination of the material from its substrate, the extent of the damage and the potential for damage from building conditions, such as, accessibility by building occupants, influence of vibration, etc. The six standard assessment categories ranked by hazard potential, with the first being the lowest hazard are as follows: 1) Potential for Damage, 2) Potential for Significant Damage, 3) Damaged, 4) Damaged with Potential for Damage, 5) Damaged with Potential for Significant Damage, and 6) Significantly Damaged. Only friable materials are assessed under AHERA regulations. Non-friable materials, unless damaged, are not assessed and can be assumed to be in good condition.

Damaged - The damage or deterioration of the material results in inadequate cohesion or adhesion with crumbling, blistering, water stains, marring or otherwise abraded over less than on-tenth (1/10) of the surface if the damage is evenly distributed or one-fourth (1/4) if the damage is localized.

Significant Damage - The damage or deterioration of the material results in inadequate adhesion or cohesion and the damage is extensive and severe with one or more of the following characteristics: 1) Crumbling or blistering over at least one-tenth (1/1O) of the surface if evenly distributed, one-fourth (1/4) if the damage is localized; 2) Areas of the material hanging from the surface, delaminated, or showing adhesive failure; 3) Water stains, gouges or marred.

Recommended Response suggests the appropriate options for controlling or maintaining ACBM in a safe manner. There are four options used:

Operations & Maintenance (O&M) - A program designed to “manage” asbestos in-place. As long as asbestos containing materials remain in a building, an O&M program should be instituted to alert maintenance personnel, custodial workers and outside vendors of the existence and location of these materials and to set a policy for the maintenance of these materials. The material is usually only required to be removed if it is significantly damaged, prior to demolition of the building or if it will be disturbed by renovation activities.

Repair - The restoration of damaged or deteriorated asbestos containing building materials to an intact condition. Once the intact condition is established, the material should be


included in an O&M program. The material is usually only required to be removed if it is significantly damaged, prior to demolition of the building or if it will be disturbed by renovation activities.

Abate Due to Condition - This material is significantly damaged and is unsafe in its current condition. The access to the area should be restricted to personnel equipped with appropriate personal protection. This material should be properly removed by a licensed contractor using workers trained in the safe removal of asbestos.

Abate Prior to Renovation - This material should be properly removed prior to planned renovation activities by a licensed contractor using workers trained in the safe removal of asbestos. This recommendation is usually made only on survey reports prepared prior to planned renovation activities.

Comments & Damage Description contains any additional information and or specific details of material damage are noted here.

EPA Category provides the appropriate material category as outlined in the NESHAPS regulation. The four options are friable, Category 1, Category 2, and needs determination.

Friable - Materials containing greater than 1% asbestos are always considered Regulated Asbestos Containing Materials (RACM) that require removal prior to building renovation or demolition activities that impact the material.

Category 1 - Materials that are bituminous non-friable and contain more than 1% asbestos that become RACM and require removal only when will be subject to grinding, cutting, sanding or abrading.


Appendix B

Bulk Sampling Protocol and Analytical Methods


LOGO

 


Bulk Sampling Protocol and Analytical Methods

Bulk samples of suspect asbestos containing building materials were obtained using standard industrial hygiene techniques including wetting the material to minimize fiber release. Our personnel wore half-face air purifying respirators equipped with high efficiency particulate (HEPA) filters while obtaining samples

Our sampling strategy for suspect friable surfacing materials was based on the guidelines outlined in the EPA publication Asbestos in Buildings: Simplified Sampling Scheme for Friable Surfacing Materials, and the procedures outlined in 40 CFR 763, Subpart E (AHERA). For non-friable suspect materials, AHERA requires the building inspector to determine the appropriate number of samples to obtain and analyze. Usually one to three samples of non-friable materials are collected.

For each homogeneous material identified by visual inspection as suspect material, random samples are obtained. A single bulk sample is randomly selected from each homogeneous material for first-round testing. If the sample is positive, the remaining samples are not analyzed; if the sample is negative, the other samples are submitted for study. Every sample must be reported negative if the material is to be considered non-asbestos containing.

The bulk samples were delivered to an independent laboratory that participates in the bulk sample proficiency analysis program conducted by the United States Environmental Protection Agency and is accredited by the National Voluntary Laboratory Program (NVLAP). The samples were analyzed using Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM) with dispersion staining to estimate the percent of asbestos composition by volume. Samples with no observable asbestiform minerals are designated as None-Detected. Samples in which asbestiform minerals are observed, but exist in concentrations of less than one percent (<1%), are designated as present in Trace amounts; all other samples are designated as asbestos containing with the appropriate percent of asbestos noted.


Appendix C

Laboratory Bulk Sampling Reports


Appendix D

Summary of Regulatory Requirements


Appendix D Summary of Regulatory Requirements

This appendix provides a summary of building owner and manager requirements under various asbestos regulations promulgated by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) and the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) to protect building occupants and employees from exposure to asbestos.

Survey Requirements

Prior to any renovation activity, OSHA and EPA regulations require that a complete asbestos survey be performed to determine if asbestos is present in any suspect asbestos containing material that will be present in the construction or work area. This survey report addresses accessible materials. It is recommended that prior to renovation activities, inaccessible areas that could contain asbestos materials be inspected.

Notification and Posting Requirements

Regulatory agencies feel that the building owner or manager should be responsible for knowing and communicating the locations of asbestos in their buildings to building employees, outside contractors and tenants to prevent exposure to asbestos.

Under the California Health and Safety Code, building owners and managers are required to provide annual notifications regarding known asbestos containing materials in their buildings to building employees, tenants, vendors and outside contractors. Therefore, specific information contained in this survey report is required to be included in the notification.

OSHA requires building employees, outside contractors, vendors and construction contractors bidding on or performing work in buildings be provided with notification regarding asbestos containing materials in their work areas. OSHA also requires that asbestos warning signs be posted in mechanical rooms.

Removal Requirements

Under EPA regulations, asbestos containing materials must be properly removed by licensed asbestos abatement contractors prior to renovation or demolition activities that would disturb friable materials or cause non-friable materials to become friable and a regulated material.

Repair of Damaged Materials and Cleanup of Debris

OSHA requires that asbestos containing debris be immediately cleaned up. It is recommended that damaged materials that may release fibers be repaired as soon as possible o prevent fiber release and potential exposures.

Training Requirements

OSHA requires employers whose employees are likely to or required to disturb asbestos to receive an asbestos training course. Refresher training is required to be provided annually.


Appendix E

AHERA Building Inspector Certifications


Appendix F

Drawings Indicating Sampling Locations


LOGO


Section

Executive Summary

 

  1 Introduction

 

  2 Scope of Services

 

  3 Methodology

 

  4 Findings and Observations

Appendices

 

  A XRF-Data Results Tables

 

  B Certification(s)

 

1


EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Benchmark Environmental Engineering was retained by PAI Corporation, to conduct a lead-based paint survey at Building located at Moffett Field, California.

In order to determine if lead based paint was present, 188 assays were taken using an X-RAY FLUORESCENCE (XRF) instrument. The results indicated that the following building components were above the EPA and OHS level of 1.0 mg/ cm2 or 5000 PPM.

Lead-based Paint was identified on the following building components:

Exterior:

 

  Door Frame, Fixed Window Panel, Window Sill, Stair Riser.

Interior:

 

  Basement Stairwell - Handrail.

 

  Stairwell at Room 121 - Door Frame.

 

2


INTRODUCTION

Benchmark Environmental Engineering was retained by Mr. Kris McGlothlin, to conduct a lead-based paint survey at NASA Ames-PAI Corporation, Moffett Field, California.

Authorization to perform this survey was received via signed agreement to BENCHMARK from Mr. Kris McGlothlin, on or about August 1, 2001, as referenced by BENCHMARK’S proposal E01-612.

BACKGROUND

This structure is a two-story facility with a basement. It was built in 1953. The construction is concrete over a concrete foundation and with a flat composite roof.

WARRANTY

Benchmark Environmental Engineering warrants that the findings contained herein have been prepared with the level of care and skill exercised by experienced and knowledgeable environmental consultants who are appropriately licensed or otherwise trained to perform lead-related construction risk assessments and inspections pursuant to the scope of work required on this Project.

The survey included inspection of accessible materials. BENCHMARK did not inspect or sample inaccessible areas such as behind walls or within ductwork, and did not dismantle any part of the structure to survey inaccessible areas. For the purpose of this warranty, inaccessible is defined as areas of the building that could not be tested (sampled) without destruction of the structure or a portion of the structure. Inaccessible materials that are not visible to Benchmark’s inspectors are assumed to be lead containing.

Authorization to perform this survey was received by BENCHMARK from Mr. Kris McGlothlin, of The PAI Corporation, on August 1, 2001, as referenced by Benchmark’s Proposal E01-612.

The survey was conducted in February of 2002. A comprehensive site survey was performed based on the building plan. All building components identified in the specifications that may contain lead-based paint/coating were targeted for testing. (Exterior and interior walls, exterior and interior windows, doors and numerous associated components).

Sampling protocol for identification of lead-based paint was in accordance with The U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) Guidelines for the Evaluation and Control of Lead-Based Paint Hazards in Housing, Chapter 7. All suspect lead-coated surfaces were identified by building, wall, and building component, as such each component had a unique identification number.

The report establishes lead concentrations in painted surfaces as a general guidance tool for the purpose of conducting demolition activities for Building 154.

A total of 188 XRF assays collected within this building.

 

3


SCOPE OF SERVICES

Benchmark recognized the scope of work for the NASA Ames-PAI Corporation, to be composed of a Lead Based Paint Inspection for the Army Reserve Center 4 (ID: Building 154). The survey consisted of testing for lead-base paint in general accordance with the U.S Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) guidelines for the evaluation and control of Lead-Based Paint Hazards in Housing, Chapter 7.

Certain building components that are adjacent to each other and not likely to have different painting histories have been grouped together into a single testing combination, as follows: Window Casings/Stops/Jambs/Aprons - Or - Door Jambs/Stops/Transoms/Casings and other door frame parts.

The following building components were inspected when applicable:

 

  Exterior Areas:

 

Walls

   Windowsills

Doors

   Downspouts

Building Trim

   Balusters

Stair Risers

   Windows

Stair Handrails

   Door Molding

Window Screen

   Skylight

Stair Handrail

   Support Pillar

 

  Interior Areas:

 

Walls

   Windowsills

Balusters

   Door Molding

Ceilings

   Skylight

Ceiling Molding

   Baseboards

Electrical Box

   Chair Rail

Windows

   Stair Treads

Doors

   Stair Stringer

Ceiling Molding

   Floors

Grates

   Support Beams

Book Shelf

   Wainscot

 

4


METHODOLOGY

GENERAL REFERENCES

Inspection, sampling, and assessment procedures were performed in general accordance with the guidelines published by The Department of Housing and Urban Development’s (HUD) 1995 Guidelines, Chapter 7. The survey consisted of three major activities: visual inspection, sampling, and analysis. Although these activities are listed separately, they are integrated tasks.

VISUAL INSPECTION

An inspector that is a Department of Health Services Certified Lead Inspector/ Risk Assessor performed the inspection. An initial building walkthrough was conducted to determine the presence of suspect materials that were accessible or exposed.

SAMPLING PROCEDURES

Following the walkthrough, the inspector selected samples areas of exposed or accessible materials identified as suspect LBP. EPA and HUD guidelines were used to determine the sampling protocol. Sampling locations were chosen to be representative of the homogeneous material.

X-RAY FLUORESCENCE (XRF) ANALYSIS

XRF instruments measure lead in paint by directing high energy X-rays and gamma rays into the paint, causing the lead atoms in the paint to emit X-rays which are detected by the instrument and converted to a measurement of the amount of lead in the paint. The EPA approved technology allows for measurement of X-rays without scraping or samples preparation to characterize substrate or matrix effects. The Spectrum Analyzer, Metals Analysis Probe (MAP 4) is combined with a microprocessor system that enables field-testing with a high degree of quality control and speed. Sample locations, descriptions, conditions, and measurement results are automatically recorded by the instrument and easily downloaded to a PC or laptop.

QUALITY CONTROL PROGRAM

Benchmark Environmental Engineering utilizes only OHS approved inspectors, which are certified to use radioactive instruments. The MAP 4 Spectrum Analyzer has on-board calibration routines, which continuously operate, and self-correct to minimize sampling error. This is known as substrate correcting software.

 

5


FINDINGS AND OBSERVATIONS

LEAD

A total of 188 assays were taken. The results indicated that seven (?)assays contained lead above the EPA and OHS level of 1.0 mg/ cm2 or greater. The components, which contain lead-based paint, are:

Exterior:

 

  Door Frame, Fixed Window Panel, Window Sill, Stair Riser.

Interior:

 

  Basement Stairwell - Handrail.

 

  Stairwell at Room 121 - Door Frame.

Cal/OSHA’s Lead in Construction Standard, Title 8, CCR section 1532.1, is primarily concerned with worker protection when disturbing any detectable level of lead in paint or surface coatings.

Assays with results less than 1.0 mg/cm2 and paint chip samples with results less than 5000 ppm may create hazardous conditions if subjected to poor and/or prohibited work practices. Refer to Work Activities on the following page.

OSHA LEAD REGULATION SUMMARY

The Federal Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) has enacted an interim lead standard, which was adopted by Cal/OSHA as 8 CCR 1532.1. The purpose of both standards is to protect construction workers from exposure to lead. OSHA is primarily concerned with activities that disturb lead-containing material. Lead was used in most paints until the mid 1950’s and was banned in amounts in excess of 0.06% by weight in 1978 for most non-industrial paints by the Consumer Product Safety Commission (CPSC).

The new standard requires contractors and employers who perform activities that would disturb lead, must monitor their employees to determine whether they are being exposed in excess of the Action Level (AL) of 30 micrograms per cubic meter of air (ug/m3) over an eight-hour time weighted average (TWA) or the Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL) of 50 ug/m3 TWA. Monitoring is performed by personal exposure air sampling.

Even when concentrations are below the AL, an employer must provide employees with High Efficiency Particulate Air (HEPA) filtered vacuums, wetting agents and hand-washing facilities. If the exposure exceeds the AL or the PEL, other procedures such as containing the area, decontamination facilities and medical monitoring are required.

OSHA has identified several activities that pose varying levels of potential lead exposure to laborers disturbing lead-containing paint. Estimated exposure levels of lead are founded on the activity itself, rather than the concentrations of lead present in paint. Therefore, as an

 

6


example, paints that contain 0.5% versus 15% of lead by weight or 0.8 mg/cm2 versus 3.5 mg/cm2 of lead in paint could present the same levels of potential exposure to workers depending on the activities that cause the disturbance and the administrative and engineering controls that are followed.

The following is a summary of work activities that disturb paint, the expected exposures and the respiratory protection requirements as outlined in the OSHA standards:

 

Class I Activities:

    
Class I activities include:    Manual demolition, manual scraping, manual sanding, heat gun application, general cleanup, power tool cleaning with dust collection systems and spray painting activities.
Potential Exposure:   

50 ug/m 3 to 500 ug/m 3

Minimum Respiratory Protection: Half mask air purifying respirator equipped with HEPA filters having a protection factor of 10.

Class II Activities:

    
Class II activities include:    Using lead-containing mortars, lead burning, lead riveting, rivet busting, power tool cleaning without dust collection systems, cleanup of dry expendable abrasives and abrasive blasting.
Potential Exposure:   

500 ug/m 3 to 2,500 ug/m 3

 

Minimum Respiratory Protection: Full face powered air-purifying respirators equipped with HEPA filters having a protection Factor of 100.

Class III Activities:

    
Class III activities include:    Abrasive blasting, welding, cutting and torch burning on steel structures.
Potential Exposure:   

Greater than 2,500 ug/m 3 .

Minimum Respiratory Protection: Full face supplied - air respirator operated in pressure demand mode or - the positive pressure mode.

DOSH 8 CCR 1532.1 requires that an initial exposure assessment be performed if workers will be performing any of the trigger tasks found in 1532.1. It should be noted that the California Department of Health Services (OHS) has issued emergency work procedures for lead paint materials that in the absence of any other procedures are recommendations.

 

7


The following recommendations are general site specific work practice specifications.

 

  You must use “containment” when you sand, scrape, or disturb any detectable level of lead in paint or surface coatings.

 

  Containment is required for abatement and/or any activity that or disturb any detectable level of lead in paint or surface coatings.

 

  You must be OHS-certified (workers, supervisors, monitors, and inspectors) if you are conducting abatement.

 

  You must follow an abatement plan.

 

  A OHS -certified supervisor, monitor, and/or project designer must design an abatement project.

 

  A clearance inspection by dust wipe sampling is required for abatement.

LEAD WASTE DISPOSAL

The visual determination indicated that all building components that tested positive were in intact to poor condition (minor cracking to flaking and peeling). As such, these components need to be considered a lead hazard if flaking paint is not stabilized. All small debris (paint chips, rags, filters, and components smaller that 2”x2”) that may be generated during the paint stabilization process (paint preparation) should be considered Class I, lead hazardous waste. The debris generated from paint stabilization of LBP building components should be segregated from all other dust and debris. Building components, which tested positive, should be stabilized by a OHS-accredited Contractor.

Power washing may be conducted on the building. Run off water must be collected and analyzed by an accredited laboratory to meet the criteria established by the Clean Water Act, Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA 1972). Lead levels must not exceed 5mg/L.

 

8


CODES AND REGULATIONS - LEAD-BASED PAINT

Federal and state regulations, which govern lead-based, paint work or hauling and disposal of lead-based paint waste materials include but are not limited to the following:

FEDERAL

Housing and Urban Development (HUD) 1995 Guidelines For The Evaluation and Control of Lead-Based Paint in Housing

OSHA

Lead In Construction

29 CFR 1926.62

NESHAP

Emissions Standards

40 CFR 50.12

Lead-Based Paint Poisoning Prevention Act (LBPPPA), 1970.

Title 10 - Residential LBP Hazard Reduction Act, 1992, (amendment for LBPPPA, 1970)

Resource Conservation Recovery Act (RCRA)

STATE

Cal/OSHA

Lead In Construction

Title 8 CCR 1532.1

Department of Health Services (DHS)

Emergency Work Practice Regulations

Title 17 CCR, Division 1, Chp.

 

9


APPENDIX A

XRF - DATA RESULTS TABLE


LOGO

 

Bldg. 154 - Lead    Confidential    Page 1


LOGO

 

Bldg. 154 - Lead    Confidential    Page 2


LOGO

 

Bldg. 154 - Lead    Confidential    Page 3


LOGO

 

Bldg. 154 - Lead    Confidential    Page 4


LOGO

 

Bldg. 154 - Lead    Confidential    Page 5


LOGO

 

Bldg. 154 - Lead    Confidential    Page 6


APPENDIX 8

CERTIFICATION(S)


THIRD AMENDMENT TO NASA AMES RESEARCH

CENTER ENHANCED USE LEASE

This Third Amendment to NASA Ames Research Center Enhanced Use Lease of Historic Property (the “Amendment”) is made as of August 17, 2016, by and between THE NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION, an Agency of the United States of America, acting by and through Ames Research Center (“Landlord”), and BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), with reference to the following facts:

A. Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain NASA Ames Research Center Enhanced Use Lease, dated as of December 5, 2011 (SAA2 – 402658), as amended (collectively, the “Original Lease”). The current Expiration Date under the Original Lease is December 31, 2016. Each capitalized term used in this Amendment, but not defined herein, shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the Original Lease.

B. Tenant desires to continue to lease the Premises, and has requested to extend the Term for an additional one (1) year, and to have the right to request a further extension of the Term for an additional one (1) year. Landlord is willing to amend the Original Lease on the terms and conditions of this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

1. Amendments of the Original Lease . Effective as of January 1, 2017 (the “Effective Date”), the parties hereby agree that the Original Lease is amended as follows.

(a) The Basic Lease Information attached to the Original Lease is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the Basic Lease Information attached to this Amendment as Exhibit I. Among other things, the amended Basic Lease Information sets forth a new Expiration Date of December 31, 2017, and reflects the amount of monthly Gross Rent as of the Effective Date.

(b) The following language is hereby added as section 2.1(b) to the Original Lease as follows:

“(b) Provided that (i) no Event of Default (as defined in section 10.1) has occurred and no event has occurred which, with the passage of time, the giving of notice, or both, would constitute an Event of Default, and (ii) Landlord, in its sole and absolute discretion, consents in writing, then Tenant shall have the right to extend the Term for up to one (1) additional period of one (1) year on and subject to the following terms and conditions. Tenant may exercise such right to extend the Term only by delivering written notice to Landlord of Tenant’s election to extend the Term at least ninety (90) days before the then – current expiration of the Term. Upon Landlord’s receipt of any such notice, Landlord shall promptly consider Tenant’s request and deliver to Tenant written notice granting or withholding Landlord’s consent in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion; provided, however, if Landlord fails to deliver to Tenant any such

 

BLOOM EUL 3rd Amend Final 8.17.16    SAA2 - 402658


notice on or before the date that is forty – five (45) days before the then – current expiration of the Term, then Landlord shall be conclusively deemed to have withheld its consent and the Term shall expire on the then – current Expiration Date. If the Term is duly extended in accordance with this section 2.l (b), Tenant shall continue to occupy the Premises on all of the other terms and conditions of this Lease. In no event shall the Term extend beyond December 31, 2018.”

(c) Section 14.2 of the Original Lease is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following language:

“14.2 Close Calls and Mishaps.

(a) For purposes of this Lease, the following terms shall have the following meanings: (i) “Close Call” shall mean an event in which there is no injury or only minor injury requiring first aid and/or no equipment or property damage, or minor equipment or property damage of less than $20,000, or not injury or only minor injury requiring first aid, but which possesses a potential to cause a Mishap (as defined below); and (ii) “Mishap” shall mean an unplanned event that results in at least one of the following: (a) injury to non-Landlord personnel, caused by Landlord operations; (b) damage to public or private property (including foreign property), caused by Landlord operations or Landlord-funded development or research projects; (c) occupational injury or occupational illness to Landlord personnel; (d) Landlord mission failure before the scheduled completion of the planned primary mission; (e) destruction of, or damage to, Landlord property except for a malfunction or failure of component parts that are normally subject to fair wear and tear and have a fixed useful life that is less than the fixed useful life of the complete system or unit of equipment, provided that the following are true: (1) there was adequate preventative maintenance; and (2) the malfunction or failure was the only damage and the sole action is to replace or repair that component. If, in Tenant’s discretion, Tenant believes that a Close Call or Mishap may become highly visible outside of Tenant’s organization (such as by the media or a governmental agency), then Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord by telephoning the NASA Ames Safety, Health and Medical Services Division at 650 – 604 – 5602.

(b) In addition, Tenant shall notify both the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (“OSHA”) by telephoning the area office nearest the site of the Mishap or OSHA’s toll-free number, 800 – 321 – 6742 and the NASA Ames Safety, Health and Medical Services Division at 650 – 604 – 5602 within the following timeframes:

 

Incident Type

  

Timeframe Requirement

for Reporting Incidents

Directly to OSHA

  

Requirement for Reporting

Incidents to Landlord’s

Safety, Health, and Medical

Services Division

1 or more work-related fatalities    Within 8-hours    As Soon as Possible
3-work-related in-patient hospitalizations    Within 24-hours    As Soon as Possible
1 or 2 - work-related in-patient hospitalizations    Within 24-hours    As Soon as Possible
Amputations    Within 24-hours    As Soon as Possible
Employee’s loss of an eye    Within 24-hours    As Soon as Possible

 

BLOOM EUL 3rd Amend Final 8.17.16    SAA2 - 402658

2


(c) The Director of NASA Ames Research Center reserves the right to investigate any Mishap in accordance with Landlord’s policies and procedures.”

(d) The site plan outlining the building Premises attached to the Original Lease as a portion of Exhibit A is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the site plan outlining the building Premises attached to this Amendment as Exhibit 2. Exhibit A-1 remains unchanged.

(e) The List of Environmental Reports attached to the Original Lease as Exhibit D is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the List of Environmental Reports attached to this Amendment as Exhibit 3 .

2. No Other Amendment; Conflicts. Except as set forth in this Amendment, the provisions of the Original Lease remain in full force. If the provisions of this Amendment conflict with the provision§·of the Original Lease, then the provisions of this Amendment shall prevail.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Amendment as of the date first written above.

 

Tenant:     Landlord:
BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION, a     NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE
Delaware corporation     ADMINISTRATION, an Agency of the United States
By  

/s/ Randy Furr

    By  

/s/ Eugene L. Tu

        Dr. Eugene L. Tu
  Chief Financial Officer       Director, Ames Research Center

 

BLOOM EUL 3rd Amend Final 8.17.16    SAA2 - 402658

3


EXHIBIT 1 TO THIRD AMENDMENT

NASA AMES RESEARCH CENTER

ENHANCED USE LEASE

Amended Basic Lease Information

Date: August 17, 2016.

Landlord: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION, an Agency of the United States, Ames Research Center located at Moffett Field, California.

Tenant: BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation.

Premises (section 1.1): (a) The parcel of real property outlined in Ex hi b i t A , containing approximately 73,939 square feet (more or less) of land area, including Parcel B543 (containing approximately 29,760 square feet, including square footage under Building 543); Building 543(containing approximately 9,166 square feet (more or less) of lab space and 3,375 square feet of a new building constructed by Tenant (the “Additional Building”); and 44, 179 square feet of additional land (together, the “Building 543 Premises”); and (b) all of the space in Building 154 (“Building 154”) outlined in Exhibit A-1 containing approximately 14,359 square feet (more or less) of building area (the “Building 154 Premises”). The Building 543 Premises and the Building 154 Premises are located at NASA Ames Research Center, Moffett Field, California. A site plan showing the locations of the Building 543 Premises and the Building 154 Premises is attached hereto as Exhbit A. Building 543 and Building 154 are individually referred to herein as a “Building” and are collectively referred to herein as the “Buildings.”

Property (section 1.1): The land, the buildings and other improvements known as NASA Ames Research Center, Moffett Field, California 94035-1000.

Term (section 2.1): Six (6) years, subject to the right to extend the Term in accordance with section 2.1(b).

Commencement Date (section 2.1): December 16, 2011.

Expiration Date (section 2.1): December 31, 2017.

Monthly Base Rent (dollars per month) (section 3.1): $43,772.19, including $13,199.04 (based on $1.44 per square foot per month for the portion of Building 543 containing 9, 166 square feet of lab space); $1,215.00 (based on $0.36 per square foot per month for the portion of Building 543 containing the Additional Building); $8,394.01 (based on $0.19 per square foot per month for 44, 179 square feet of additional land surrounding Building 543); and $20,964.14 (based on $1.46 per square foot per month for office space in Building 154). The fair market value of Parcel B543 containing 29,760 square foot is included in the Monthly Base Rent for Building 543.

Security Deposit (section 3.3): $40,500.00.

 

BLOOM EUL 3rd Amend Final 8.17.16    SAA2 - 402658


Rent Payment Address (section 3.7):    NASA Shared Service Center (NSSC)-
   FMD Accounts Receivable
   Attn: For the Accounts of Ames Research Center
   (Agreement #SAA2-402658)
   Bldg. 1111, C Road
   Stennis Space Center, MS 39529

Permitted Use of the Premises (section 4.1): Bloom Energy will use and occupy the Building 543 Premises solely for research and development, and testing, including as its research laboratory and to test its products. Bloom Energy will use and occupy the Building 154 Premises solely for office purposes; provided, however, Bloom Energy may use rooms 124, 125, 126, 128, 129 and 130 for minor assembly of wiring harnesses and piping.

 

Landlord’s Address (section 14.1):    NASA Ames Research Center
  

Ms. Mejghan K. Haider, Mail Stop 204 – 2

Bldg. 204, Rm 215

   P.O. Box 1
   Moffett Field, CA 94035-0001
Tenant’s Address (section 14.1):    Bloom Energy Corporation
   1252 Orleans Drive
  

Sunnyvale, CA 94089

Attn: Mr. Randy Furr

Exhibit A – Site Plan; Plan Outlining the Building 543 Premises

Exhibit A-1 – Plans Outlining the Building 154 Premises

Exhibit B – Description of the TI Work

Exhibit C – Support Agreement

Exhibit D – List of Environmental Reports

The foregoing Basic Lease Information is incorporated in and made a part of the Lease to which it is attached. Ifthere is any conflict between the Basic Lease Information and the Lease, the Basic Lease Information shall control.

 

Tenant:      Landlord:
BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION, a     

NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE

Delaware corporation

    

ADMINISTRATION, an Agency of the United States

By  

/s/ Randy Furr

     By   

/s/ Eugene L. Tu

         

Dr. Eugene L. Tu

 

Chief Financial Officer

       

Director, Ames Research Center

 

BLOOM EUL 3rd Amend Final 8.17.16    SAA2 - 402658

II


EXHIBIT 2 TO THIRD AMENDMENT

Revised Site Plan; Plan Outlining the Building 543 Premises

(Supersedes Exhibit A to Original Lease)

 

LOGO

 

 

BLOOM EUL 3rd Amend Final 8.17.16    SAA2 - 402658

iii


EXHIBIT 3 TO THIRD AMENDMENT

Revised Li st of Environmental Reports

(Supersedes Exhibit D to Original Lease)

Revised Human Health Risk Assessment for NASA Research Park

Environmental Issues Management Plan

Lead Impacted Soil Summary Report and Sampling and Removal Action Work Plan

Environmental Baseline Survey – Parcel 5

Building 543 Premises

Closure Plan 5

1994 Asbestos Survey of Bldg. 543

Bldg. 543 Asbestos / Lead and Mold Investigation 2001

Bldg. 543 Asbestos Sampling 2009

Build i ng l54 Premises

Bldg 154 Asbestos / Lead Investigation 2002

1994 Asbestos Survey of Bldg. 154

Bldgs 153, 154, 155, 156 Asbestos / Lead Visible Mold Investigation 2002

Bldg. 154 Asbestos Sampling 2010

 

BLOOM EUL 3rd Amend Final 8.17.16    SAA2 - 402658

iv


SUPPORT AGREEMENT

 

1. AGREEMENT NUMBER

(Provided DV Supplier)

SAA2-402658

   2. SUPERSEDED AGREEI’IENT NO.   

3. EFFECTIVE DATE

 

October 1, 2016

    

4. EXPIRATION DATE

(Mav be ‘Indefinite”)

September 30, 2017

!l. SUP PLYING ACTIVITY    6. RECEIVING ACTIVITY

a. NAME AND ADDRESS

 

National Aeronautics and Space Administration

Ames Research Center

Moffett Field, CA 94035-1000

 

NRP Business Development Specialist: Cynthia Carbon-Norman

  

a. JIIAME AND ADDRESS

 

Bloom Energy Corporation

1252 Orleans Drive

Sunnyvale, CA 94089

Attn: Mr. Randy Furr

b. MAJOR COMMAND

 

NASA HQ, Science Mission Directorate, Washington D.C.

   b MAJOR COMMAND
7. SUPPORT PROVIDED BY SUPPLIER

a SUP PORT (Specify wna. wnen, Where, and how much)

 

Modified Net Rent

 

   b. BASIS FOR REIMBURSEMENT      c ESTIMATED REIMBURSEMENT
From 10/01116 - 12/31116:         
Bldg. 543 Premises (9, 166 sf @ $1 08 sf/mo)    Market comps    $ 29,697.84     
Bldg, 543 Additional Lan d Area (44,179 sf @ $0 19 sf/mo)    Market comps    $ 25,182.03     
Bldg. 154 (14,359 sf @ $1.10 sf/mo)    Market comps    $ 47,384.70     
B543 Addition       $          - 0 -     
Sub Total          $ 102,264.57     
From 01/01117 - 09/31117 (3% CPI Increase begins)         
Bldg. 543 Premises (9, 166 sf @ $1 11 sf/mo)       $ 91,568.34     
Bldg. 543 Additional Lan d Area (44, 179 sf @ $0 20 sf/mo)       $ 79,522.20     
Bldg. 154 (14,359 sf @ $L13 sf/mo)       $ 146,031.03     
B543 Addition                         - 0 -     
        

 

 

    
Sub Total       $ 317, 121 57     
Institutional Services Pool ($0.39 sf/mo)       $ 42,896.88     
Bldg 543 Premises (9, 166 sf)       $          - 0 -     
Bldg. 543 Additional Land Area (44, 179 sf)       $ 67,200 12     
Bldg 154 (14,359 sf)       $  15,79500     
        

 

 

    
Bldg. 543 Addition (3,37 5 sf)       $ 125,892.00     
Demand Services (Due in Advance Quarterly):         
    - Utilities Metered, Bldgs 543 & 154 (based on FY16 actual)    Actual Cost    $ 315,000.00     
    - Facilities    Estimate    $     2,000 00     
Grand Total       $ 862,278.14     
Security Deposit    Paid in FYJ 2, carryover into FY17    $   40,500 00     
        ADDITIONAL SUPPORT REQUIREMENTS ATTACHED: D Yes    D No      
8. SUPPLYING COMPONENT    9. RECEIVING COMPONENT

a. COMPTROLLER SIGNATURE

n/a

  

b DATE SIGNED

n/a

  

a. COMPTROLLER SIGNATURE

n/a

 

 

  

b. DATE SIGNED

n/a

c. APPROVI NG AUTHORITY    c. APPROVINGAUTHORITY

(1) Typed Name

Paul Agnew

  

(11 Typed Name

Randy Furr, Ch ief Financial Officer

(21 Orqanization

Chief Financial Officer

  

(3) Telephone Number

(650) 604-1301

  

(2) Orqanizalion

Bloom Energy Corporation

      (3) Telephone Number
(4) Siqnature    (5) Date Siqned    (4) Signatures: /s/ Randy Furr      10/19/2014
10. TERMINATI ON (Complete only when agreement is terminated prior to scheduled expiration date.) J/      r
a APPROVING AU THORITY SIGNATURE    b. DATE SIGNED    a. APPROVING AU THORITY SIGNATURE      b DATE SIGNED
DD FORM 1144, NOV2001    PREVIOUS EDITIONS MAY BE USED      Page 1 of 3

 


September 12, 2017

Mr. Randy Furr

Chief Financial Officer

Bloom Energy Corporation

1252 Orleans Drive

Sunnyvale, CA 94089

Dear Mr. Furr:

In response to your request to extend the term of the 3rd Amendment to the Enhanced Use Lease of Historic Property, SAA2-402658, dated August 17, 2016; this letter serves as NASA Ames Research Center’s approval to extend the term for one year (currently expiring December 31, 2017).

Notwithstanding your failure to request the extension in accordance with Section 2.1 (b), we hereby approve the request and agree to the extension on all of the terms and conditions of the Lease.

This letter confirms that you continue to desire to extend the term and agree to perform your obligations under the Lease through December 31, 2018.

We look forward to a continual working relationship with Bloom Energy.

 

Sincerely,

 

/s/ Cynthia Carbon-Norman
Cynthia Carbon-Norman
NRP Account Manager

CC:

ARC/DT/204-2/M. Haider

ARC/DL/202A-4/T. Berndt

Exhibit 10.7

TA ASSOCIATES REALTY MEMORANDUM

 

To: Rick Foreman

Ion America

From: Eva St. Clair
Date: April 8, 2005
Re: Orleans—Ion America Corporation

1252 Orleans Drive

Enclosed please find one copy of the Lease for the above referenced property.

If I can be of any further assistance, please contact me at (949) 852-2030.


STANDARD INDUSTRIAL LEASE

(Multiple Tenant – Tenant Pays its Percentage Share of Operating Expenses,

Real Property Taxes and Insurance Costs – NO Base Year)

1. B ASIC L EASE P ROVISIONS .

 

 

1.1   D ATE :

   April 5, 2005
 

1.2   L ANDLORD :

   The Realty Associates Fund III, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership
 

1.3   T ENANT :

   Ion America Corporation, a Delaware corporation
 

1.4   P REMISES A DDRESSES :

   1252 Orleans Drive, Sunnyvale, California
 

1.5   A PPROXIMATE L EASABLE A REA

OF P REMISES :

(in square feet)

  

50,000

 

 

1.6   U SE :

   General office, research and development, manufacturing and any other use permitted by applicable laws and regulations
 

1.7   T ERM :

   Five (5) years and seven (7) months
 

1.8   C OMMENCEMENT D ATE :

   June 1, 2005
 

1.9   M ONTHLY B ASE R ENT :

  

June 1, 2005 through December 31, 2005;           $0;

January 1, 2006 through December 31, 2006:      $60,000.00;

January 1, 2007 through December 31, 2007:      $61,200.00;

January 1, 2008 through December 31, 2008:      $62,424.00;

January 1, 2009 through December 31, 2009:      $63,672.48; and

January 1, 2010 through December 31, 2010:      $64,945.93;

 

1.10   B ASE R ENT P AID U PON

      E XECUTION :

   $60,000.00
 

A PPLIED T O :

(insert month(s))

   January 2006 Base Rent
 

1.11   T ENANT S P ERCENTAGE S HARE :

  

Percentage of Project:            50%

Percentage of Premises:        100%

See also section 6.4.

 

1.12   S ECURITY D EPOSIT :

   None. (See letter of credit provisions in Addendum to Lease)
 

1.13   N UMBER OF P ARKING S PACES :

  

175

             LOGO

 

1.14   R EAL E STATE B ROKER :

  
 

L ANDLORD :

   CB Richard Ellis Real Estate Services, Inc.
 

T ENANT :

   Tory Corporate Real Estate Advisors, Inc. (dba The Staubach Company)
 

1.15   E XHIBITS A TTACHED TO L EASE :

   Exhibit A – “Premises;” Exhibit B – “Verification Letter;” Exhibit C – “Rules and Regulations;” Exhibit D – “Form of HazMat Certificate”; Exhibit E – “Work Letter Agreement”; Exhibit F – “Addendum to Lease”
 

1.16   A DDRESSES FOR N OTICES :

  
 

L ANDLORD :

  

The Realty Associates Fund III, L.P.

c/o TA Associates Realty

1301 Dove Street, Suite 860

Newport Beach, California 92660

Attn: Asset Manager/Orleans

 

W ITH A C OPY TO :

  

CB Richard Ellis, Inc.

225 West Santa Clara Street, Suite 1050

San Jose, California 95113

Attention: Property Manager/Orleans

 

T ENANT :

  

Prior to the Commencement Date:

Ion America

NASA Research Park

PO Box 97

Moffett Field, CA 94035

    

Following the Commencement Date:

at the Premises

2. P REMISES .

2.1 A CCEPTANCE . Landlord leases to Tenant, and Tenant leases from Landlord, the Premises, to have and to hold for the term of this Lease, subject to the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease. The Premises is depicted on Exhibit “A” attached hereto. The Premises depicted on Exhibit “A” contains a building (the “ Building ”). The number of square feet set forth in section 1.5 is an approximation, and the Base Rent shall not be changed if the actual number of square feet in the Premises is different than the number of square feet set forth in section 1.5.


2.2 C ONDITION .

(a) Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, Tenant accepts the Premises in its condition on the date Landlord delivers possession of the Premises to Tenant (the “ Delivery Date ”), subject to all applicable laws, ordinances, regulations, covenants, conditions, restrictions and easements, and except as may be otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, Landlord shall not be obligated to make any repairs or alterations to the Premises.

(b) Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that on the Delivery Date the following parts of the Premises shall be in working order and in good repair, (a) plumbing systems, (b) electrical systems, (c) the roof, (d) all HVAC units, (e) the structural components of the Building, and (f) site parking areas (collectively, the “ Building Systems ”).

(c) Landlord warrants that on the Delivery Date the Building will comply with the requirements of the Americans With Disabilities Act and Title 24 of the California Code of Regulation (collectively, “ ADA Requirements ”) that are in effect as of the Delivery Date. In determining whether or not the Building complies with the ADA Requirements in effect on the Delivery Date, Landlord and Tenant shall assume that Tenant will occupy the Premises in its “as is” condition and without respect to any modification of the Premises to be made by Tenant (e.g., prior to the construction of the Tenant Improvements (as defined in the Work Letter Agreement) and prior to the construction of any Alternations (as defined below)).

(d) In the event that it is determined that a warranty set forth in (b) or (c) above is untrue, Landlord shall not be in default under the Lease if after Landlord receives written notice of the representation or warranty that is untrue, Landlord promptly takes the actions, at Landlord’s sole expense, necessary to put the applicable Building System in working order or to comply with the applicable ADA Requirement. The representations and warranties set forth in (b) and (c) above shall apply only to the condition of the Building Systems and compliance with the ADA Requirements as of the Delivery Date, and shall not apply to any point in time thereafter. Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing (the “ Warranty Notice ”) within ninety (90) days after the Commencement Date, time being of the essence. (the “ Notice Date ”) of each way, if any, that the forgoing representations and warranties were untrue on the Delivery Date (an “ Untrue Warranty ”). The Warranty Notice shall state the specific way in which one or more Building System was not in working order on the Delivery Date or in which the Building did not comply with ADA Requirements on the Delivery Date. Landlord shall have no responsibility to repair any Building System or to comply with any ADA Requirement unless Tenant notifies Landlord on or before the Notice Date in a Warranty Notice of the Untrue Warranty, and if Tenant notifies Landlord that a Building System was not in working order or that the Building did not comply with an ADA Requirement after the Notice Date. Landlord shall have no obligation pursuant to this section to repair the Building System that is not in working order or to comply with the ADA Requirement.

2.3 C OMMON A REAS . Landlord hereby grants to Tenant for the benefit of Tenant and its employees, suppliers, shippers, customers and invitees during the term of this Lease, the nonexclusive right to use. In common with others entitled to such use (including Landlord), the Common Areas (as hereinafter defined) as they exist from time to time, subject to all rights reserved by Landlord hereunder and under the terms of all rules and regulations promulgated by Landlord from time to time with respect thereto. Landlord reserves the right from time to time to (a) make changes in the Common Areas, including, without limitation, changes in location, size, shape and number of driveways, entrances, parking spaces, parking areas, loading and unloading areas, ingress, egress, direction of traffic, landscaped areas and walkways; (b) close temporarily any of the Common Areas for maintenance purposes so long as reasonable access to the Premises remains available; (c) construct additional buildings, parking areas, loading dock facilities and other improvements within the Common Areas; and (d) do and perform such other acts and make such other changes in, to or with respect to the Common Areas as Landlord may deem appropriate, provided, however that the foregoing actions by Landlord in subsections (a)-(d) of this Section 2.3 do not materially decrease Tenant’s rights under the Lease (including parking rights) and do not materially increase the obligations of Tenant under the Lease. As used herein, the term “ Common Areas ” means all areas and facilities outside the Premises and other buildings on the land owned by Landlord adjacent to the Premises and within the exterior boundary lines of such land, including, parking areas, loading and unloading areas, trash areas, roadways, sidewalks, walkways, parkways, the amphitheatre, volleyball court and landscaped areas. The Premises, the Building, the Common Areas, the land upon which the same are located, along with all other buildings and improvements thereon, are herein collectively referred to as the “ Project ” Under no circumstances shall the right herein granted to use the Common Areas be deemed to include the right to store any property, temporarily or permanently, in the Common Areas, including, without limitation, the storage of trucks or other vehicles. Any such storage shall be permitted only by the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be revoked at any time. In the event that any unauthorized storage shall occur then Landlord shall have the right, without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have, to remove the property and charge the cost to Tenant, which cost shall be immediately payable upon demand by Landlord.

3. T ERM .

3.1 T ERM AND C OMMENCEMENT D ATE . The term and Commencement Date of this Lease are as specified in sections 1.7 and 1.8.

3.2 T ENDER OF P OSSESSION . Possession of the Premises shall be deemed tendered to Tenant when Landlord has offered Tenant possession of the Premises.

3.3 E ARLY P OSSESSION . Within one (1) business day following the mutual execution of this Lease, Landlord shall provide Tenant with possession of the Premises. If Landlord provides Tenant with possession of the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, the Commencement Date of this Lease shall not be changed as a result thereof., Tenant shall have no obligation between the date that Landlord provides Tenant with possession of the Premises and the Commencement Date (the “ Pre-Commencement Date Period ”), (a) to pay Base Rent, Operating Expenses or Real Property Taxes or (b) to pay the cost of electricity, gas and other utilities consumed at the Premises. On or before the last day of the Pre-Commencement Date Period, Tenant shall contact the applicable public utilities and place all utilities in Tenant’s name, and after the last day of the Pre-Commencement Date Period Tenant shall be obligated to pay for all utilities consumed at the Premises. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 3.3. Tenant’s use of the Premises during the Pre-Commencement Date Occupancy Period shall be subject to all provisions of this Lease including, but not limited to, section 10.

4. U SE .

4.1 P ERMITTED U SE . The Premises shall be used only for the purpose described in section 1.6 and for no other purpose. Landlord makes no representation or warranty that Tenant’s use is permitted by applicable zoning laws or other laws and regulations. In no event shall any portion of the Premises be used for retail sales. Tenant shall not initiate, submit an application for, or otherwise request, any land use approvals or entitlements with respect to the Premises or any other portion of the Project, including, without limitation, any variance, conditional use permit or rezoning, without first obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent, which may be given or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion, provided that with respect to any variances requested for Tenant’s particular use of the Premises. Landlord agrees that its consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Tenant shall not (a) permit any animals or pets to be brought to or kept in the Premises, (b) make any penetrations into the roof of the Building except as otherwise permitted in this Lease, (c) place loads upon floors, walls or ceilings in excess of the load such items were designed to carry, (d) place or store, nor permit any other

 

2


person or entity to place or store, any property, equipment, materials, supplies or other items outside of the Building in which the Premises is located, other than a pad for above ground storage tank for the Generator (as defined in the Addendum to this Lease) and the Generator itself, as well as for temporary use of the parking area adjacent to the Premises for equipment and materials required for the installation of Tenant Improvements (as defined in Exhibit “E” attached hereto) or (d) change the exterior of the Premises or the Building in which the Premises is located. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has made no representation or warranty as to the suitability of the Premises for the conduct of Tenant’s business, and Tenant waives any implied warranty that the Premises are suitable for Tenant’s intended purposes.

4.2 C OMPLIANCE W ITH L AWS .

(a) Except as otherwise expressly provided to the contrary in this Lease. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole expense, promptly comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, orders, certificates of occupancy, conditional use or other permits, variances, covenants, conditions, restrictions, easements, the reasonable recommendations of Landlord’s engineers or other consultants, and requirements of any fire insurance underwriters, rating bureaus or government agencies, now in effect or which may hereafter come into effect, whether or not they reflect a change in policy from that now existing, during the term or any part of the term hereof, relating in any manner to the Premises or the occupation and use by Tenant of the Premises, provided that with respect to such compliance, in no event shall Tenant be responsible for performing or paying for the cost (whether as Operating Expenses or otherwise) of any Capital Modification (as defined below) to (i) any Structural Elements (as defined in Section 11.1 below) unless caused by Tenant’s alterations or improvements to the Premises, (ii) except as provided in 4.2(b) below, any exterior portion of the Building or Premises, and (iii) any items for which Landlord is responsible pursuant to Sections 2.2(b) and (c) above. Except as otherwise expressly provided to the contrary in this Lease. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole expense, comply with all requirements of the Americans With Disabilities Act that relate to the Premises, and all federal, state and local laws and regulations governing occupational safety and health. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, in no event shall Landlord be obligated to modify any improvement to the Project made by Tenant in order to cause such an improvement to comply with any law or regulation, and Tenant shall be obligated to modify such improvements to comply with laws and regulations at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Tenant shall not permit any objectionable or unpleasant odors, smoke, dust, gas, noise or vibrations to emanate from the Premises, or take any other action that would constitute a nuisance or would disturb, unreasonably interfere with or endanger Landlord or any other tenants of the Project. Tenant shall obtain, at its sole expense, any permit or other governmental authorization required to operate its business from the Premises. Landlord shall not be liable for the failure of any other tenant or person to abide by the requirements of this section or to otherwise comply with applicable laws and regulations, and Tenant shall not be excused from the performance of its obligations under this Lease due to such a failure. For the purposes of this section 4.2(a), a “ Capital Modification ” shall mean an improvement or modification that meets all of the following conditions: (a) it is an improvement or modification that has not been installed or modified by Tenant (e.g., modifications to the Tenant Improvements (as defined in the Work Letter Agreement) shall not constitute a Capital Modification), (b) the cost of the improvement or modification cannot be deducted in the year incurred in accordance with generally accepted accounting principals, (c) the improvement or modification is not triggered by a change in use by Tenant and (d) the improvement or modification is not triggered by an improvement or modification Tenant desires to make to the Premises.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if there is a new requirement applicable to the exterior of the Building (e.g., the parking area) contained in a law or regulation which was not adopted or enacted until after the delivery to Tenant of possession of the Premises, or which is a change in an existing law or regulation to the extent such change is first adopted or enacted after the delivery of the Premises to Tenant (collectively, a “ New Law ”), and a Exterior Capital Modification (as defined below) to the portion of the Premises outside the Building is required by the New Law then Landlord shall make such improvements and modifications so required to be made during the term of this Lease under such New Law, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense and such cost shall not be included in Operating Expenses. For purposes of this section, an “ Exterior Capital Modification ” shall mean an improvement or modification to the portion of the Premises outside the Building that meets all of the following conditions: (a) it is an improvement or modification to an improvement or alteration that has not been installed by Tenant (e.g., modifications to the Tenant Improvements (as defined in the Work Letter Agreement) shall not constitute an Exterior Capital Modification) and (b) the cost of the improvement or modification cannot be deducted in the year incurred in accordance with generally accepted accounting principals. If a New Law requires an improvement or modification of the Premises, but the improvement or modification does not constitute an Exterior Capital Modification, the cost of the improvement or modification shall be paid by Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

5. B ASE R ENT . Tenant shall pay Base Rent in the amount set forth on the first page of this Lease. The first month’s Base Rent shall be due and payable on the date this Lease is executed by Tenant, and Tenant promises to pay to Landlord in advance, without demand, deduction or set-off, monthly installments of Base Rent on or before the first day of each calendar month succeeding the Commencement Date. Payments of Base Rent for any fractional calendar month shall be prorated. All payments required to be made by Tenant to Landlord hereunder shall be payable at such address as Landlord may specify from time to time by written notice delivered in accordance herewith. Tenant shall have no right at any time to abate, reduce, or set off any rent due hereunder except where expressly provided in this Lease.

6. O PERATING EXPENSE PAYMENTS .

6.1 O PERATING E XPENSES . Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Percentage Share (as defined below) of the Operating Expenses for the Project. For the purposes of this Lease, and subject to the exclusions described in section 6.2, the term “ Operating Expenses ” shall mean all expenses and disbursements of every kind (subject to the limitations set forth below) which Landlord incurs, pays or becomes obligated to pay in connection with the ownership, operation, and maintenance of the Project (including the associated Common Areas), including, but not limited to, the following:

(a) wages and salaries (including management fees) of all employees, agents, consultants and other individuals or entities engaged in the operation, repair, replacement, maintenance, and security of the Project, including taxes, insurance and benefits relating thereto:

(b) all supplies and materials used in the operation, maintenance, repair, replacement, and security of the Project;

(c) annual cost of all Capital Improvements (as defined below) made to the Project which although capital in nature can reasonably be expected to reduce the normal operating costs of the Project, as well as all Capital Improvements made in order to comply with any law now or hereafter promulgated by any governmental authority, as amortized over the useful economic life of such improvements as determined by Landlord in its reasonable discretion (without regard to the period over which such improvements may be depreciated or amortized for federal income tax purposes). Capital Improvements shall not include any expenditure incurred by Landlord to maintain the structural elements of the roof of the Building (excluding the roof membrane), the structural soundness of the foundation of the Building, the structural elements of the exterior walls of the Building and the structural elements of existing interior load bearing walls of the Building (excluding any load bearing walls constructed by Tenant, which Tenant shall maintain and repair at Tenant’s sole expense), and the cost of such items shall be paid by Landlord, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense;

 

3


(d) cost of all utilities paid by Landlord;

(e) cost of any insurance or insurance related expense applicable to the Project and Landlord’s personal property used in connection therewith, including, but not limited to, the insurance costs described in section 10.2;

(f) cost of repairs, replacements and general maintenance of the Project (including all truck court areas, paving and parking areas, Common Area lighting facilities, fences, gates, water lines, sewer lines, rail spur areas and any other item Landlord is obligated to repair or maintain), other than costs necessary to assure the structural soundness of the roof, foundation and exterior walls of the Project which are payable solely by Landlord under section 11;

(g) cost of service or maintenance contracts with independent contractors for the operation, maintenance, repair, replacement or security of the Project (including, without limitation, alarm service, exterior painting, trash collection, snow, ice, debris and waste removal and landscape maintenance);

(h) the cost of all accounting fees, management fees, legal fees and consulting fees attributable to the operation, ownership, management, maintenance or repair of the Project;

(i) payments made by Landlord under any easement, license, operating agreement, declaration, restrictive covenant or other agreement relating to the sharing of costs among property owners;

(j) the cost of all business licenses, permits or similar fees relating to the operation, ownership, repair or maintenance of the Project;

(k) the cost of any other item the cost of which is stated in this Lease to be an Operating Expense;

(I) Real Property Taxes; and

(m) subject the limitation described in section 6.6 below, the cost of resurfacing asphalt and concrete driveways and parking areas.

For purposes of this Lease, a “Capital Improvement” shall be an improvement to the Project that Landlord is obligated or permitted to make pursuant to this Lease, the cost of which is not fully deductible in the year incurred in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; provided, however, that, at Landlord’s option, the following items shall be treated as expenses and not Capital Improvements: (i) the cost of painting all or part of the Project and (ii) the cost of any items Tenant is obligated to pay for pursuant to section 12.1 that Landlord elects, in its sole discretion, to include in Operating Expenses. References to facilities, services, utilities or other items in this section shall not impose an obligation on Landlord to have said facilities or to provide said services unless such facilities and services already exist at the Project.

6.2 O PERATING E XPENSE E XCLUSIONS . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, for purposes of this Lease, the term “ Operating Expenses ” shall not include the following: (i) costs (including permit, license and inspection fees) incurred for tenant improvements for other tenants within the Project; (ii) legal and auditing fees (other than those fees reasonably incurred in connection with the maintenance and operation of all or any portion of the Project), leasing commissions, advertising expenses and similar costs incurred in connection with the leasing of the Project; (iii) depreciation of the Building or any other improvements situated within the Project; (iv) any items for which Landlord is actually reimbursed by insurance or by direct reimbursement by any other tenant of the Project; (v) costs of repairs or other work necessitated by fire, windstorm or other casualty (excluding any deductibles) and/or costs of repair or other work necessitated by the exercise of the right of eminent domain to the extent insurance proceeds or a condemnation award, as applicable, is actually received by Landlord for such purposes; provided, such costs of repairs or other work shall be paid by the parties in accordance with the provisions of sections 11 and 12, below; (vi) other than any interest charges for Capital Improvements referred to in section 6.1(c) hereinabove, any interest or payments on any financing for the Building or the Project and interest and penalties incurred as a result of Landlord’s late payment of any invoice; (vii) costs associated with the investigation and/or remediation of Hazardous Materials (hereafter defined) present in, on or about any portion of the Project, unless such costs and expenses are the responsibility of Tenant as provided in section 27 hereof, in which event such costs and expenses shall be paid solely by Tenant in accordance with the provisions of section 27 hereof; (viii) overhead and profit increment paid to Landlord or to subsidiaries or affiliates of Landlord for goods and/or services in the Project to the extent the same exceeds the costs of such by unaffiliated third parties on a competitive basis; provided, however, in no event shall the property management fee exceed two percent (2%) of the Base Rent collected by Landlord; (ix) any payments under a ground lease or master lease; (x) costs for Capital Improvements, except as specifically permitted in this Lease; (xi) increases in insurance costs caused by the unique activities of another occupant of the Project and insurance deductibles in excess of Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars per occurrence; (xii) advertising and promotional costs; (xiii) costs for which Landlord is responsible pursuant to Sections 2.2(b) and (c) above, and (xiv) Real Property Taxes, assessments, all other governmental levies, and any increases in the foregoing occasioned by or relating to: (A) land and improvements not reserved for Tenant’s exclusive or nonexclusive use. (B) construction of improvements for other occupants of the Project or (C) a voluntary or involuntary change of ownership or other conveyance of the real property of which the Premises is a part (i) to any person or entity owned or controlled by Landlord or the partners, officers or directors of Landlord or (ii) in connection with estate planning of Landlord or the partners, officers or directors of Landlord or (iii) which is not a bona fide, arm’s length sale to an unrelated third party. There shall be no limitation on increases in Real Property Taxes resulting from one or more bona fide, arms length sales of the Property to unrelated third parties, and increases in Real Property Taxes resulting from such sales shall be payable by Tenant to Landlord as provided in this Lease.

6.3 P AYMENT . Tenant’s Percentage Share of Operating Expenses shall be payable by Tenant within thirty (30) days after a reasonably detailed statement of actual expenses is presented to Tenant by Landlord. At Landlord’s option, however, Landlord may, from time to time, reasonably estimate what Tenant’s Percentage Share of Operating Expenses will be, and the same shall be payable by Tenant monthly during each calendar year of the Lease term, on the same day as the Base Rent is due hereunder. In the event that Tenant pays Landlord’s estimate of Tenant’s Percentage Share of Operating Expenses, Landlord shall use its best efforts to deliver to Tenant within one hundred eighty (180) days after the expiration of each calendar year a reasonably detailed statement (the “ Statement ”) showing Tenant’s Percentage Share of the actual Operating Expenses incurred during such year. If Landlord has not delivered a Statement to Tenant within one hundred fifty (150) days after the expiration of the preceding calendar year, Tenant shall have the right to give Landlord written notice of such failure (a “ Tenant Notice ”), and Landlord’s failure to provide the Statement to Tenant within thirty (30) days after Landlord receives the Tenant Notice shall be a breach by Landlord of its obligations under this Lease. To be effective, the Tenant Notice must specifically state that Landlord’s failure to provide the Statement to Tenant within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of the Notice will constitute a breach of the Lease by Landlord and the Tenant Notice must refer specifically to this section of the Lease. Landlord’s failure to deliver the Statement to Tenant within said period shall not constitute Landlord’s waiver of its right to collect said amounts or otherwise prejudice Landlord’s rights hereunder. If Tenant’s payments under this section during said calendar year exceed Tenant’s Percentage Share as indicated on the Statement. Tenant shall be entitled to credit the amount of such overpayment against Base Rent and Tenant’s Percentage Share of Operating Expenses next falling due. If Tenant’s payments under this section during said calendar year ware less than Tenant’s Percentage Share as indicated on the Statement, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount of the deficiency within thirty (30)

 

4


days after delivery by Landlord to Tenant of the Statement. Landlord and Tenant shall forthwith adjust between them by cash payment any balance determined to exist with respect to that portion of the last calendar year for which Tenant is responsible for Operating Expenses, notwithstanding that the Lease term may have terminated before the end of such calendar year; and this provision shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.

6.4 T ENANT S P ERCENTAGE S HARE .

(a) Landlord shall allocate one hundred percent (100%) of an Operating Expense to Tenant if the Operating Expense relates solely to the Premises. If an Operating Expense does not relate solely to the Premises, Tenant’s Percentage Share of such expense shall be Fifty Percent (50%) reflecting a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of square feet of leasable space in the Premises and the denominator of which is the number of square feet of leasable space in all buildings in the Project. In the event that additional square footage is added to the Project, Tenant’s Percentage Share shall be adjusted accordingly. Landlord shall allocate Operating Expenses that do not relate solely to the Premises in a commercially reasonable and good faith manner.

(b) Except as provided in (c) below, Tenant acknowledges that the legal parcel upon which the Premises is located separately assessed for Real Property Taxes, and that Tenant shall pay one hundred percent (100%) of the Real Property Taxes assessed against the legal parcel upon which the Premises is located.

(c) Notwithstanding the forgoing, between June 1, 2005 and December 31, 2005, Tenant’s Percentage Share of the of the Operating Expenses relating solely to the Premises and Real Property Taxes shall be sixty percent (60%), and Tenant’s Percentage Share of the of the Operating Expenses that do not relate solely to the Premises shall be thirty percent (30%). From and after January  1 , 2005. Tenant’s Percentage Share of the Operating Expenses and Real Property Taxes shall be determined in accordance with (a) and (b) above.

6.5 A UDITS . If Tenant disputes the amount set forth in the Statement, Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant’s sole expense, not later than sixty (60) days following receipt of such Statement, to review Landlord’s books and records with respect to the calendar year which is the subject of the Statement. In addition, if Tenant disputes the amount set forth in the Statement, Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant’s sole expense, not later than ninety (90) days following receipt of such Statement, to cause Landlord’s books and records with respect to the calendar year which is the subject of the Statement to be audited by a certified public accountant mutually acceptable to Landlord and Tenant, provided that for the purposes of this Lease, any of Price-Waterhouse-Coopers, Ernst and Young, Deloitte and Touche and KPMG shall be deemed acceptable. The audit shall take place at the offices of Landlord where its books and records are located at a mutually convenient time during Landlord’s regular business hours. If the audit is performed by a mutually acceptable certified public accountant. Tenant’s Percentage Share of Operating Expenses shall be appropriately adjusted based upon the results of such audit, and the results of such audit shall be final and binding upon Landlord and Tenant. Tenant shall have no right to conduct an audit or to give Landlord notice that it desires to conduct an audit at any time Tenant is in default under the Lease beyond any applicable cure period. The accountant conducting the audit shall be compensated on an hourly basis and shall not be compensated based upon a percentage of overcharges it discovers. No subtenant shall have any right to conduct an audit, and no assignee shall conduct an audit for any period during which such assignee was not in possession of the Premises. Tenant’s right to undertake an audit with respect to any calendar year shall expire ninety (90) days after Tenant’s receipt of the Statement for such calendar year, and such Statement shall be final and binding upon Tenant and shall, as between the parties, be conclusively deemed correct, at the end of such ninety (90) day period, unless prior thereto Tenant shall have given Landlord written notice of its intention to audit Operating Expenses for the calendar year which is the subject of the Statement. If Tenant gives Landlord notice of its intention to audit Operating Expenses. It must commence such audit within sixty (60) days after such notice is delivered to Landlord, and the audit must be completed within one hundred twenty (120) days after such notice is delivered to Landlord. If Tenant does not commence and complete the audit within such periods, the Statement which Tenant elected to audit shall be deemed final and binding upon Tenant and shall, as between the parties, be conclusively deemed correct. Tenant agrees that the results of any Operating Expense audit shall be kept strictly confidential by Tenant and shall not be disclosed to any other person or entity. If as a result of an audit, it is determined that Landlord has overstated the Operating Expenses owed by Tenant on a Statement by more than five percent (5%) of the actual Operating Expenses owed by Tenant. Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for the reasonable out of pocket costs Tenant paid to unrelated third parties for the performance of the audit.

6.6 A MORTIZATION OF C ERTAIN I MPROVEMENTS . Pursuant to sections 6.1 and 12 of this Lease, Landlord has the right to require Tenant to pay for certain costs related to the replacement of the roof membrane and HVAC units at the Building and the resurfacing of the asphalt and concrete driveways and parking areas of the Project (collectively, the “ Major Items ”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in sections 6.1 and 12, if Landlord replaces a Major Item, and in accordance with GAAP, the cost of the replacement is not deductible as an expense in the year incurred. Landlord shall amortize the cost of the replacement of the Major Item over its useful life, as reasonably determined by Landlord, and Tenant shall only be obligated to reimburse Landlord each year for its Percentage Share of such amortized cost. Landlord shall have no obligation to amortize repairs or maintenance items relating to the Major Items that are deductible in the year incurred in accordance with GAAP, and all such repair and maintenance costs shall be payable by Tenant to Landlord as Operating Expenses in the year incurred. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, in no event shall Tenant be obligated to pay more than Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) in the aggregate in any one year for such amortized costs.

 

7. Intentionally deleted.

 

8. U TILITIES .

8.1 PAYMENT . From and after the last day of the Pre-Commencement Date Period, Tenant shall pay for all water, gas, electricity, telephone, sewer, sprinkler services, refuse and trash collection and other utilities and services used on the Premises, together with any taxes, penalties, surcharges or the like pertaining thereto. Tenant shall contract directly with the applicable public utility for such services.

8.2 I NTERRUPTIONS . Subject to Tenant’s rights under section 8.5 below, Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for its failure to furnish water, gas, electricity, telephone, sewer, refuse and trash collection or any other utility services or building services when such failure is occasioned, in whole or in part, by repairs, replacements or improvements, by any strike, lockout or other labor trouble, by inability to secure electricity, gas, water, telephone service or other utility at the Project, by any accident, casualty or event arising from any cause whatsoever, by act, negligence or default of Tenant or any other person or entity, or by any other cause, and such failures shall never be deemed to constitute an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use and possession of the Premises or relieve Tenant from the obligation of paying rent or performing any of its obligations under this Lease; provided, however, the forgoing shall not release Landlord from liability arising out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord and Landlord’s agents. Furthermore, subject to Tenant’s rights under section 8.5 below, Landlord shall not be liable under any circumstances for loss of property or for injury to, or interference with, Tenant’s business, including, without limitation, loss of profits, however occurring, through or in connection with or incidental to a failure to furnish any such services or utilities. Landlord may comply with voluntary controls or guidelines promulgated by any governmental entity relating to the use or conservation of energy, water, gas, light or electricity or the reduction of automobile or other emissions without creating any liability of Landlord to Tenant under this Lease, so long as such compliance does not interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises or increase Tenant’s costs hereunder.

 

5


8.3 R AILROAD S PURS . If the Premises is served by a railroad spur, Tenant shall execute any agreement required by the railroad company serving the railroad spur, and such agreement shall be satisfactory to Landlord, in Landlord’s sole discretion. Tenant shall pay the cost of maintaining the railroad spur, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

8.4. A LTERNATIVE U TILITY P ROVIDERS . If permitted by applicable laws, Landlord shall have the right at any time and from time to time during the term of this Lease to either contract for service from a different company or companies (each such company referred to as an “ Alternate Service Provider ”) other than the company or companies presently providing electrical service for the Project (the “ Electric Service Provider ”) or continue to contract for service from the Electric Service Provider, at Landlord’s sole discretion, but only so long as such Tenant’s utility costs do not increase, or Tenant’s utility availability change as a result of such change. Tenant agrees to cooperate with Landlord, the Electric Service Provider, and an Alternate Service Provider at all times and, as reasonably necessary, shall allow Landlord, the Electric Service Provider, and any Alternate Service Provider reasonable access to the Building’s electric lines, feeders, risers, wiring and any other machinery within the Premises. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein. Landlord agrees and acknowledges that Tenant is in the business of stationary power generation, and that so long as there is no increased cost to Landlord (or so long as Tenant adequately secures the payment of any increased costs to Landlord as reasonably determined by Landlord), Tenant shall have the right to provide its own alternative energy sources subject to the other terms and conditions of this Lease (including, without limitation, Section 13 below).

8.5 A BATEMENT OF R ENT . In the event that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises or any portion thereof, for five (5) consecutive business days or ten (10) days in any twelve (12) month period (the “ Eligibility Period ”) as a result of any damage or destruction to the Premises or any repair, maintenance or alteration performed by Landlord to the Premises after the Commencement Date and required by the Lease, which substantially interferes with Tenant’s use of the Premises, or any failure to provide services or access to the Premises due to Landlord’s negligence or default, then Tenant’s rent shall be abated or reduced, as the case may be, after expiration of the Eligibility Period for such time that Tenant continues to be so prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises or a portion thereof, in the proportion that the rentable area of the portion of the Premises that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, bears to the total rentable area of the Premises. However, in the event that Tenant is prevented from conducting, and does not conduct, its business in any portion of the Premises for a period of time in excess of the Eligibility Period, and the remaining portion of the Premises is not sufficient to allow Tenant to effectively conduct its business therein, and if Tenant does not conduct its business from such remaining portion, then for such time after expiration of the Eligibility Period during which Tenant is so prevented from effectively conducting its business therein, the rent for the entire Premises shall be abated; provided, however, if Tenant reoccupies and conducts its business from any portion of the Premises during such period, the rent allocable to such reoccupied portion, based on the proportion that the rentable area of such reoccupied portion of the Premises bears to the total rentable area of the Premises, shall be payable by Tenant from the date such business operations commence.

9. R EAL AND P ERSONAL P ROPERTY T AXES .

9.1 P AYMENT OF T AXES . Tenant shall pay to Landlord during the term of this Lease, in addition to Base Rent and Tenant’s Percentage Share of Operating Expenses, Tenant’s Percentage Share of all Real Property Taxes. Tenant’s Percentage Share of Real Property Taxes shall be payable by Tenant at the same time, in the same manner and under the same terms and conditions as Tenant pays Tenant’s Percentage Share of Operating Expenses.

9.2 D EFINITION OF R EAL P ROPERTY T AX . As used herein, the term “ Real Property Taxes ” shall include any form of real estate tax or assessment, general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, improvement bond or bonds imposed on the Project or any portion thereof by any authority having the direct or indirect power to tax, including any city, county, state or federal government, or any school, agricultural, sanitary, fire, street, drainage or other improvement district thereof, as against any legal or equitable interest of Landlord in the Project or in any portion thereof. Real Property Taxes shall not include income, inheritance and gift taxes. In the future a general or special assessment of real property taxes may be levied and assessed against the Project, and in this event Landlord may have the right to either elect to pay the new assessment in full or to pay the new assessment in installments over time. If Landlord elects to pay the new assessment in full, each year the Real Property Taxes shall include the amount of the assessment that would have come due each year if Landlord had elected to pay the assessment in installments. To the actual knowledge of Scott Amling, without duty of investigation, as of the date set forth in section 1.1, Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that the current amount of Real Property Taxes paid by Landlord is not reflective of a re-valuation received by Landlord pursuant to Proposition 8.

9.3 P ERSONAL P ROPERTY T AXES . Tenant shall pay prior to delinquency all taxes assessed against and levied upon trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all other personal property of Tenant contained in the Premises or related to Tenant’s use of the Premises. If any of Tenant’s personal property shall be assessed with Landlord’s real or personal property, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the taxes attributable to Tenant within ten (10) days after receipt of a written statement from Landlord setting forth the taxes applicable to Tenant’s property.

9.4 R EASSESSMENTS . From time to time Landlord may challenge the assessed value of the Project as determined by applicable taxing authorities and/or Landlord may attempt to cause the Real Property Taxes to be reduced on other grounds. If Landlord is successful in causing the Real Property Taxes to be reduced or in obtaining a refund, rebate, credit or similar benefit (hereinafter collectively referred to as a “ reduction ”). Landlord shall to the extent possible, credit the reduction(s) to Real Property Taxes for the calendar year to which a reduction applies and recalculate the Real Property Taxes owed by Tenant for years in which the reduction applies based on the reduced Real Property Taxes. All reasonable costs incurred by Landlord in obtaining the Real Property Tax reductions shall be considered an Operating Expense, and Landlord shall determine, in its sole discretion, to which years any reductions will be applied. In addition, all reasonable accounting and related costs incurred by Landlord in making the adjustments shall be an Operating Expense. Landlord shall have the right to compensate a person or entity it employs to obtain a reduction in Real Property Taxes by giving such person or entity a percentage of any reduction or credit obtained, and in this event the reduction or credit obtained by Landlord shall be deemed to be the reduction or credit given by the taxing authority less the compensation paid to such person or entity.

9.5 A PPEAL OF R EAL P ROPERTY T AXES AT T ENANT S R EQUEST . If Tenant reasonably believes that the assessed value of the Project for purposes of calculating Real Property Taxes exceeds the fair market value of the Project, Tenant shall have the right to request that Landlord file an appeal seeking to reduce the assessed value of the Project (a “ Tenant Reassessment Request ”). If Landlord has not filed an appeal seeking to reduce the assessed value of the Project in the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding Landlord’s receipt of a Tenant Reassessment Request, and there is a commercially reasonable basis to believe that the fair market value of the Project is less than the assessed value of the Project, Landlord shall appeal the assessed value of the Project the next time it is legally permitted to do so. Tenant shall not have the right to provide a Tenant Reassessment Request to Landlord more often than once in any three (3) year period.

 

6


10. I NSURANCE .

10.1 I NSURANCE -T ENANT .

(a) Tenant shall obtain and keep in force during the term of this Lease a commercial general liability policy of insurance in commercially reasonable form (and otherwise in accordance with the other terms and conditions of this Lease), which, by way of example and not limitation, protects Tenant and Landlord (as an additional insured) against claims for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage based upon, involving or arising out of the ownership, use, occupancy or maintenance of the Premises and all areas appurtenant thereto. Such insurance shall be on an occurrence basis providing single-limit coverage in an amount not less than $2,000,000 per occurrence with an “Additional Insured-Managers and Landlords of Premises Endorsement” and contain the “Amendment of the Pollution Exclusion” for damage caused by heat, smoke or fumes from a hostile fire. The policy shall not contain any intra-insured exclusions as between insured persons or organizations, but shall include coverage for liability assumed under this Lease as an “insured contract” for the performance of Tenant’s indemnity obligations under this Lease.

(b) Tenant shall obtain and keep in force during the term of this Lease “special causes of loss” extended coverage property insurance with coverages acceptable to Landlord, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion. Said insurance shall be written on a one hundred percent (100%) replacement cost basis on Tenant’s personal property, all tenant improvements installed at the Premises by Landlord or Tenant. Tenant’s trade fixtures and other property. By way of example, and not limitation, such policies shall provide protection against any peril included within the classification “fire and extended coverage,” against vandalism and malicious mischief, theft and sprinkler leakage.

(c) Tenant shall, at all times during the term hereof, maintain in effect workers’ compensation insurance as required by applicable law and business interruption insurance in a commercially reasonable form.

10.2 I NSURANCE -L ANDLORD .

(a) Landlord shall obtain and keep in force a policy of general liability insurance with coverage against such risks and in such amounts as Landlord deems advisable insuring Landlord against liability arising out of the ownership, operation and management of the Project.

(b) Landlord shall also obtain and keep in force during the term of this Lease a policy or policies of insurance covering loss or damage to the Project in the amount of not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the full replacement cost thereof, as determined by Landlord from time to time. The terms and conditions of said policies and the perils and risks covered thereby shall be determined by Landlord, from time to time, in Landlord’s sole discretion, provided that such policy shall, at a minimum, provide protection against any peril included within the classification “fire and extended coverage,” vandalism and malicious mischief, theft and sprinkler leakage. In addition, at Landlord’s option, Landlord shall obtain and keep in force, during the term of this Lease, a policy of rental interruption insurance, with loss payable to Landlord, which insurance shall, at Landlord’s option, also cover all Operating Expenses and Real Property Taxes. Tenant will not be named as an additional insured in any insurance policies carried by Landlord and shall have no right to any proceeds therefrom. The policies purchased by Landlord shall contain such deductibles as Landlord may determine. Tenant shall pay at Tenant’s sole expense any increase in the property insurance premiums for the Project over what was payable immediately prior to the increase to the extent the increase is specified by Landlord’s insurance carrier as being caused by the particular nature of Tenant’s occupancy or any act or omission of Tenant.

10.3 I NSURANCE P OLICIES . Tenant shall deliver to Landlord certificates of the insurance policies required under section 10.1 within fifteen (15) days prior to the Commencement Date of this Lease, and Landlord shall have the right to approve the terms and conditions of said certificates. Tenant’s insurance policies shall not be cancelable or subject to reduction of coverage or other modification except after thirty (30) days prior written notice to Landlord. Tenant shall, at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish Landlord with certificates of renewals thereof. Tenant’s insurance policies shall be issued by insurance companies authorized to do business in the state in which the Project is located, and said companies shall maintain during the policy term a “General Policyholder’s Rating” of at least A and a financial rating of at least “Class X” (or such other rating as may be required by any lender having a lien on the Project) as set forth in the most recent edition of “Best Insurance Reports.” All Insurance obtained by Tenant shall be primary to and not contributory with any similar insurance carried by Landlord, whose insurance shall be considered excess insurance only. Landlord and, at Landlord’s option, the holder of any mortgage or deed of trust encumbering the Project and any person or entity managing the Project on behalf of Landlord, shall be named as an additional insured on all insurance policies Tenant is obligated to obtain by section 10.1 above. Tenant’s insurance policies shall not include deductibles in excess of Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000); provided, however, if deductibles in this amount are not available at commercially reasonable rates and it becomes customary to permit tenant’s of similar industrial buildings to maintain a higher deductible. Landlord shall permit Tenant to maintain the higher customary deductible not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($25,000).

10.4 W AIVER OF S UBROGATION . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease: (i) Landlord waives any and all rights of recovery against Tenant and Tenant’s employees and agents for or arising out of damage to, or destruction of, the Project to the extent that Landlord’s insurance policies then in force insure against such damage or destruction (or to the extent of what would have been covered had Landlord maintained the insurance required to be carried under this Lease) and permit such waiver, regardless of the negligence of Tenant or its agents; and (ii) Tenant waives any and all rights of recovery against Landlord and Landlord’s employees and agents for or arising out of damage to, or destruction of, the Project to the extant that Tenant’s insurance policies then in force insure against such damage or destruction (or to the extent of what would have been covered had Tenant maintained the insurance required to be carried under this Lease) and permit such waiver, regardless of the negligence of Landlord or its agents. Tenant shall cause the insurance policies it obtains in accordance with section 10.1 relating to property damage to provide that the insurance company waives all right of recovery by subrogation against Landlord in connection with any liability or damage covered by Tenant’s insurance policies.

10.5 C OVERAGE . Landlord makes no representation to Tenant that the limits or forms of coverage specified above or approved by Landlord are adequate to insure Tenant’s property or Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, and the limits of any insurance carried by Tenant shall not limit Tenant’s obligations or liability under any indemnity provision included in this Lease or under any other provision of this Lease.

11. L ANDLORD S REPAIRS .

11.1 O BLIGATIONS OF L ANDLORD . Landlord shall maintain, at Landlord’s expense, only the structural elements of the roof of the Building (excluding the roof membrane), the structural soundness of the slab, structural soundness of the foundation of the Building and the structural elements of the exterior walls, and of any other load bearing walls, if any, of the Building (collectively, the “ Structural Elements ”). Subject to Section 10.4 above, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of any maintenance, repair or replacement of the foregoing necessitated by Tenant’s misuse, negligence, alterations to the Premises or any breach of its obligations under this Lease. By way of example, and not limitation, the term “ exterior walls ” as used in this section shall not include windows, glass or plate glass, doors or overhead doors, special store fronts, dock bumpers, dock plates or levelers, or office entries. Tenant shall immediately give Landlord written notice of any repair

 

7


required by Landlord pursuant to this section, after which Landlord shall have a reasonable time in which to complete the repair, Nothing contained in this section shall be construed to obligate Landlord to seal or otherwise maintain the surface of any foundation, floor or slab. Subject to reimbursement by Tenant as Operating Expenses in accordance with the provisions of Section 6 above, Landlord shall also repair and maintain the roof membranes. HVAC units, sprinkler systems, fire alarm systems, fire detection systems and exterior walls of the Premises in good condition and repair, and replace such items as necessary, and in doing so Landlord shall employ contractors to perform all repairs, maintenance and replacements of the roof membranes. HVAC units, sprinkler systems, fire alarm systems, fire detection systems and exterior walls of the Premises. The items described in the previous sentence that Landlord will cause to be repaired, maintained and replaced are hereinafter referred to as the “Landlord Maintenance Items.” Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Landlord Maintenance Items shall not include any improvement or alteration made to the Premises by Tenant, and all such improvements and alterations shall be repaired, maintained and if necessary replaced by Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Landlord shall determine in its sole discretion the scope and timing of the performance of such Landlord Maintenance Items, and Tenant shall not perform such Landlord Maintenance Items except as otherwise permitted by this Lease. Landlord’s maintenance of the exterior walls of the Premises shall include the right, but not the obligation, of Landlord to paint from time to time all or some of the exterior walls, canopies, doors, windows, gutters, handrails and other exterior parts of the Premises with colors selected by Landlord and reasonably acceptable to Tenant, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord as provided in Section 6 above. If the Premises contains landscaped areas (“ Landscaped Areas ”). Landlord shall maintain the Landscaped Areas, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all costs incurred by Landlord in maintaining the Landscaped Areas in accordance with Section 6 above. Tenant shall immediately give Landlord written notice of any repair or maintenance required by Landlord pursuant to this section, after which Landlord shall have a reasonable time in which to complete such repair or maintenance. Tenant expressly waives the benefits of any statute now or hereafter in effect which would otherwise afford Tenant the right to make repairs at Landlord’s expense or to terminate this Lease because of Landlord’s failure to keep the Premises in good order, condition and repair.

11.2 M AINTENANCE C ONTRACTS . Landlord may enter into regularly scheduled preventative maintenance/service contracts for some or all of the following: the HVAC units servicing the Premises, the sprinkler, fire alarm and fire detection systems servicing the Premises, backflow testing for the plumbing servicing the Premises and for the roof membrane of the Premises (the “Maintenance Contracts” ). The Maintenance Contracts shall include maintenance services satisfactory to Landlord, in Landlord’s sole discretion. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of the Maintenance Contracts as part of Operating Expenses. Landlord shall obtain Maintenance Contracts at commercially reasonable costs.

11.3 F AILURE OF L ANDLORD TO M AKE R EPAIR .

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, if Tenant provides written notice to Landlord that an event or circumstance has occurred which requires Landlord to complete a repair at the Premises, and Landlord fails to begin taking the actions necessary to complete such repair within thirty (30) days after the receipt of such notice and to thereafter diligently proceed to complete such repair, then, Tenant shall have the right to give to Landlord a second written notice (the “ Second Notice ”). The Second Notice shall (a) describe the repair Landlord is obligated to complete and (b) state that Landlord’s failure to complete such repair within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of the Second Notice shall entitle Tenant to make the repair pursuant to this section of the Lease. If Landlord does not begin taking the actions necessary to complete such repair within ten (10) days after the receipt of the Second Notice, subject to the terms and conditions set forth below, Tenant may proceed to make the repair, and if such repair was required under the terms of the Lease to be made by Landlord, then Tenant shall be entitled to reimbursement by Landlord of Tenant’s reasonable costs and expenses in making such repair. If Landlord was obligated to perform such repair, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for the reasonable cost of the repair within thirty (30) days after receiving reasonable evidence of the repair made, its cost and mechanics lien releases from all contractors making the repair. If Tenant makes a repair, and such repair will effect the Building’s life/safety system, HVAC system, electrical system, plumbing system, or the structural integrity of the Building, Tenant shall utilize the services of a qualified, experienced and solvent contractor that regularly performs similar work in similar buildings in the area in which the Building is located. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to give Tenant the right to take any action or to make any repair in any Common Area or the right to modify the structure, layout or design of the Building. In addition, Tenant shall not have the right to make any repair pursuant to this section, unless such repair is necessary to remedy a problem which adversely effects Tenant’s use of the Premises. All repairs made by Tenant shall be made in accordance with all applicable laws, and Landlord shall not be responsible for any defective work performed by Tenant or contractors hired by Tenant. Tenant shall pay all costs incurred with respect to any actions or repairs made by Tenant and shall pay all claims for labor and materials furnished to Tenant as and when due.

(b) A RBITRATION . In the event Landlord disputes whether Tenant is entitled to reimbursement under section 11.2(a), Landlord or Tenant shall have the right to commence a reference proceeding as provided below. If it is determined pursuant to such proceeding that Tenant is entitled to reimbursement under section 11.2(a), then Landlord shall within ten (10) days following such determination, reimburse Tenant for the reasonable cost of such repair as determined pursuant to such action, plus interest thereon at ten percent (10%) per annum from the date of Tenant’s expenditure until Landlord’s reimbursement. The reference shall take place before a referee pursuant to the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 et seq ., and the determination to be made shall be binding upon the parties as if tried before a court or jury. The parties agree specifically as to the following:

(i) Within five (5) business days after service of a demand by a party hereto, the parties shall agree upon a single referee who shall determine if Tenant is entitled to reimbursement under section 11.2(a) for a repair, and then report a finding or judgment thereon. If the parties are unable to agree upon a referee either party may seek to have one appointed, pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure Section 640, by the presiding judge of the Santa Clara County Superior Court.

(ii) The compensation of the referee shall be such charge as is customarily charged by the referee for like services. The cost of such proceedings shall initially be borne equally by the parties. However, the prevailing party in such proceedings shall be entitled, In addition to all other costs, to recover its contribution for the cost of the reference as an item of damages and/or recoverable costs.

(iii) If a reporter is requested by either party, then a reporter shall be present at all proceedings, and the fees of such reporter shall be borne by the party requesting such reporter. Such fees shall be an item of recoverable costs. Only a party shall be authorized to request a reporter.

(iv) The referee shall apply all California Rules of Procedure and Evidence and shall apply the substantive law of California in deciding the issues to be heard. Notice of any motions before the referee shall be given, and all matters shall be set at the convenience of the referee.

(v) The referee’s decision under California Code of Civil Procedure Section 644, shall stand as the judgment of the court, subject to appellate review as provided by the laws of the State of California.

 

8


(vi) The parties agree that they shall in good faith endeavor to cause any such dispute to be decided within four (4) months. The date of hearing for any proceeding shall be determined by agreement of the parties and the referee, or if the parties cannot agree, then by the referee.

(vii) This section 11.2(b) shall only apply to the resolution of a dispute concerning Tenant’s right to reimbursement under section 11.2(a), and shall not apply to any other dispute between Landlord and Tenant.

12. T ENANT S REPAIRS . Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, keep and maintain all parts of the Premises (except those listed as Landlord’s responsibility in section 11 above) in good and sanitary condition, promptly making all necessary repairs and replacements, including but not limited to, windows, glass and plate glass, doors, skylights, any special store front or office entry, walls and finish work, floors and floor coverings, heating and air conditioning systems installed by Tenant, dock boards, bumpers, plates, seals, levelers and lights, plumbing work and fixtures (including periodic backflow testing), electrical systems, lighting facilities and bulbs, sprinkler systems installed by Tenant, alarm systems installed by Tenant, fire detection systems installed by Tenant, termite and pest extermination, sidewalks, tenants signage and regular removal of trash and debris. Tenant shall not paint or otherwise change the exterior appearance of the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent, which may be given or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion. The cost of maintenance and repair of any common party wall (any wall, divider, partition or any other structure separating the Premises from any adjacent premises occupied by other tenants) shall be shared equally by Tenant and the tenant occupying the adjacent premises; provided, however, if Tenant damages a party wall the entire cost of the repair shall be paid by Tenant, at Tenant’s sole expense. Tenant shall not damage any party wall or disturb the integrity and support provided by any party wall. If Tenant fails to keep the Premises in good condition and repair, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, make any necessary repairs. If Landlord makes such repairs, Landlord may bill Tenant for the cost of the repairs as additional rent, and said additional rent shall be payable by Tenant within ten (10) days after demand by Landlord.

 

13. A LTERATIONS AND S URRENDER .

13.1 C ONSENT OF L ANDLORD . Tenant shall have the right. subject to Landlord’s reasonable requirements relating to construction at the Project, upon ten (10) days prior written notice to Landlord, to make alterations (“ Permitted Alterations ”) to the inside of the Premises that do not (i) involve the expenditure of more than $50,000.00 per project; (ii) affect the exterior appearance of the Building or the roof, (iii) materially affect the Building’s electrical, plumbing, HVAC, life, fire safety or similar Building systems or the structural elements of the Building, or (iv) materially adversely affect any other tenant of the Project Except with respect to Permitted Alterations, Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, make any alterations, improvements, additions, utility installations or repairs (hereinafter collectively referred to as “ Non-Permitted Alterations” ) in, on or about the Premises or the Project. References in this Lease to “Alterations” shall mean both Permitted Alterations and Non-Permitted Alterations. At the expiration of the term, Landlord may require the removal of any Alterations installed by Tenant and the restoration of the Premises and the Project to their prior condition, at Tenant’s expense if, at the time of Landlord’s consent. Landlord did not agree in writing that Tenant would not be obligated to remove the Alterations. Notwithstanding the forgoing, Tenant shall not be obligated to remove the Tenant Improvements (as defined in the Work Letter Agreement) upon the termination of this Lease. If, as a result of any Alteration made by Tenant, Landlord is obligated to comply with the Americans With Disabilities Act or any other law or regulation, and such compliance requires Landlord to make any improvement or Alteration to any portion of the Project, as a condition to Landlord’s consent, Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant to pay to Landlord prior to the construction of any Alteration by Tenant the entire cost of any improvement or alteration Landlord is obligated to complete by such law or regulation. Tenant shall have the right to perform its Permitted Alterations. Should Landlord permit Tenant to make its own Non-Permitted Alterations, Tenant shall use only such architect and contractor as has been reasonably approved by Landlord. If the cost of the Alteration will exceed $50,000 for any particular project. Landlord may require Tenant to provide to Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, a lien and completion bond in an amount equal to one and one-half times the estimated cost of such Alterations, to insure Landlord against any liability for mechanic’s and materialmen’s liens and to insure completion of the work; provided, however, no bond shall be required with respect to the construction of the Tenant Improvements. In addition, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a fee equal to the lesser of (i) the actual amount Landlord pays to its property manager to supervise any Non-Permitted Alterations, or (ii) three percent (3.0%) of the cost of the Non-Permitted Alterations to compensate Landlord for the overhead and other out-of-pocket costs it incurs in reviewing the plans for the Alterations and in monitoring the construction of the Alterations (the “Fee” ), provided that with respect to the Tenant Improvements, such Fee shall not exceed Twelve Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($12,500) in the aggregate, nor shall such Fee for any particular project of Non-Permitted Alterations by Tenant exceed Twelve Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($12,500). Should Tenant make any Alterations without the prior approval of Landlord where required hereunder, or use a contractor not expressly approved by Landlord where required hereunder, Landlord may, at any time during the term of this Lease, require that Tenant remove all or part of the Alterations and return the Premises to the condition it was in prior to the making of the Alternations. In the event Tenant makes any Alterations, Tenant agrees to obtain or cause its contractor to obtain, prior to the commencement of any work, “builders all risk” insurance in a commercially reasonable amount and workers compensation insurance. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, including, without limitation, Section 13.5 below, in no event shall Tenant be required to remove the Tenant Improvements from the Premises at the end of the Term.

13.2 P ERMITS . Any Alterations in or about the Premises that Tenant shall desire to make shall be presented to Landlord in written form, and if a building permit will be required, with plans and specifications which are sufficiently detailed to obtain a building permit. If Landlord consents to an Alteration, the consent shall be deemed conditioned upon Tenant acquiring a building permit from the applicable governmental agencies, furnishing a copy thereof to Landlord prior to the commencement of the work, and compliance by Tenant with all conditions of said permit in a prompt and expeditious manner. Tenant shall provide Landlord with as-built plans and specifications for any Alterations made to the Premises.

13.3 M ECHANICS L IENS . Tenant shall pay, when due, all claims for labor or materials furnished or alleged to have been furnished to or for Tenant at or for use in the Premises, which claims are or may be secured by any mechanic’s or materialmen’s lien against the Premises or the Project, or any interest therein. If Tenant shall, in good faith, contest the validity of any such lien, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord a surety bond satisfactory to Landlord in an amount equal to not less than one and one-half times the amount of such contested lien claim indemnifying Landlord against liability arising out of such lien or claim. Such bond shall be sufficient in form and amount to free the Project from the effect of such lien. In addition, Landlord may require Tenant to pay Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs in participating in such action.

13.4 N OTICE . Tenant shall give Landlord not less than ten (10) days’ advance written notice prior to the commencement of any work in the Premises by Tenant, and Landlord shall have the right to post notices of non-responsibility in or on the Premises or the Project.

13.5 S URRENDER . Subject to Landlord’s right to require removal or to elect ownership as hereinafter provided, all Alterations made by Tenant to the Premises shall be the property of Tenant, but shall be considered to be a part of the Premises. Unless Landlord gives Tenant written notice of its election not to become the owner of the Alterations at the end of the term of this Lease, the Alterations shall become the property of Landlord at the end of the term of this Lease. Landlord may require, on notice to Tenant, that some or all Alterations (that Landlord has not previously agreed shall remain in the Premises at the end of the Term) be removed prior to the end of the term of this Lease and that any damages caused by such

 

9


removal be repaired at Tenant’s sole expense. On the last day of the term hereof, or on any sooner termination. Tenant shall surrender the Premises (including, but not limited to, all doors, windows, floors and floor coverings, skylights, heating and air conditioning systems, dock boards, truck doors, dock bumpers, plumbing work and fixtures, electrical systems, lighting facilities, sprinkler systems, fire detection systems and nonstructural elements of the exterior walls, foundation and roof (collectively the “ Elements of the Premises ”)) to Landlord in the same condition as received, ordinary wear and tear and casualty damage excepted, clean and free of debris and Tenant’s personal property, trade fixtures and equipment. Tenant’s personal property shall include all computer wiring and cabling installed by Tenant, and all fixtures and equipment of Tenant in the Premises even if bracketed, braced or bolted in any manner to the Premises. Provided, however, if Landlord has not elected to have Tenant remove the Alterations. Tenant shall leave the Alterations at the Premises in good condition and repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted. Tenant shall repair any damage to the Premises occasioned by the installation or removal of Tenant’s trade fixtures, furnishings and equipment. Damage to or deterioration of any Element of the Premises or any other item Tenant is required to repair or maintain at the Premises shall not be deemed ordinary wear and tear if the same could have been prevented by good maintenance practices. Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all damages, expenses, costs, losses or liabilities arising from any delay by Tenant in so surrendering the Premises including, without limitation, any damages, expenses, costs, losses or liabilities arising from any claim against Landlord made by any succeeding tenant or prospective tenant founded on or resulting from such delay and losses and damages suffered by Landlord due to lost opportunities to lease any portion of the Premises to any such succeeding tenant or prospective tenant, together with, in each case, actual attorneys’ fees and costs.

13.6 F AILURE OF T ENANT TO R EMOVE P ROPERTY . If this Lease is terminated due to the expiration of its term or otherwise, and Tenant fails to remove its property, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord under this Lease, and subject to any other right or remedy Landlord may have under applicable law, Landlord may remove any property of Tenant from the Premises and store the same elsewhere at the expense and risk of Tenant.

14. D AMAGE AND D ESTRUCTION .

14.1 E FFECT OF D AMAGE OR D ESTRUCTION . If all or part of the Project is damaged by fire, earthquake, flood, explosion, the elements, riot, the release or existence of Hazardous Materials (as defined below) or by any other cause whatsoever (hereinafter collectively referred to as “ damages ”), but the damages are not material (as defined in section 14.2 below), Landlord shall repair the damages to the Project as soon as is reasonably possible, and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect. If all or part of the Project is destroyed or materially damaged (as defined in section 14.2 below), Landlord shall have the right, in its sole and complete discretion, to repair or to rebuild the Project or to terminate this Lease. Landlord shall within sixty (60) days after the discovery of such material damage or destruction notify Tenant in writing of Landlord’s intention to repair or to rebuild or to terminate this Lease. Tenant shall in no event be entitled to compensation or damages on account of annoyance or inconvenience in making any repairs, or on account of construction, or on account of Landlord’s election to terminate this Lease. In the event Landlord shall elect to rebuild or repair the Project after material damage or destruction material damage. Landlord’s architect shall provide in writing to Tenant a reasonable estimate of the amount of time it will take to repair such damage within ninety (90) days following the date of such damage. If the architect in good faith determines that the Premises cannot be substantially repaired within two hundred forty days after the date of the discovery of the material damage or destruction, without payment of overtime or other premiums, and the damage to the Project will render the Premises (as reasonably determined by Tenant) unusable during said two hundred forty (240) day period. Tenant shall thereafter have a period of fifteen (15) days within which Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease, upon thirty (30) days’ advance written notice to Landlord. Tenant’s termination right described in the preceding sentence shall not apply if the damage was caused by the willful misconduct of Tenant or its employees, agents, contractors or invitees. Failure of Tenant to exercise said election within said fifteen (15) day period shall constitute Tenant’s agreement to accept delivery of the Premises under this Lease whenever tendered by Landlord, provided that in the event such restoration is not complete within such two hundred forty (240) day period, subject to delays of up to an additional sixty (60) days caused by Force Majeure Events (as defined below). Tenant shall again have the right to terminate this Lease within ten (10) days after the expiration of such two hundred forty (240) day period (as may be extended by Force Majeure Events as set forth above). Tenant shall also have the right to terminate this Lease if damage occurs to the Premises during the last twelve (12) months of the Lease term, such damage renders a substantial portion of the Premises unusable, and such damage cannot be substantially repaired within sixty (60) days. Tenant’s termination right described in the previous sentence shall be exercised by providing Landlord with written notice within fifteen (15) days after the occurrence of the damage. A “ Force Majeure Event ” shall mean fire, earthquake, weather delays or other acts of God, strikes, boycotts, war, riot, insurrection, embargoes, shortages of equipment, labor or materials, delays in issuance of governmental permits or approvals not caused by Landlord or its agents or contractors, or any other cause beyond the reasonable control of Landlord.

14.2 D EFINITION OF M ATERIAL D AMAGE . Damage to the Project shall be deemed material if, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, the uninsured cost of repairing the damage will exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) of the replacement cost of the Building. If insurance proceeds are available to Landlord in an amount which is sufficient to pay the entire cost of repairing all of the damage to the Project, the damage shall be deemed material if the cost of repairing the damage exceeds Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($750,000). Damage to the Project shall also be deemed material if (a) the Project cannot be rebuilt or repaired to substantially the same condition it was in prior to the damage due to laws or regulations in effect at the time the repairs will be made, or (b) the damage occurs during the last twelve (12) months of the Lease term.

14.3 A BATEMENT OF R ENT . If Landlord elects to repair damage to the Project and all or part of the Premises will be unusable or inaccessible to Tenant in the ordinary conduct of its business until the damage is repaired, Tenant’s Base Rent and Tenant’s Percentage Share of Operating Expenses shall be abated until the repairs are completed in proportion to the amount of the Premises which is unusable or inaccessible to Tenant in the ordinary conduct of its business. Notwithstanding the foregoing, there shall be no abatement of Base Rent or Tenant’s Percentage Share of Operating Expenses by reason of any portion of the Premises being unusable or inaccessible for a period equal to five (5) consecutive business days or less.

14.4 T ENANT S A CTS . Subject to Section 10.4 above, if such damage or destruction occurs as a result of the negligence or the intentional acts of Tenant or Tenant’s employees, agents, contractors or invitees, and the proceeds of insurance which are actually received by Landlord are not sufficient to pay for the repair of all of the damage, Tenant shall pay, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to Landlord upon demand, the difference between the cost of repairing the damage and the insurance proceeds received by Landlord.

14.5 T ENANT S P ROPERTY . Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant or its employees, agents, contractors, invitees or customers for loss or damage to merchandise, tenant improvements, fixtures, automobiles, furniture, equipment, computers, files or other property (hereinafter collectively “ Tenant’s properly ”) located at the Project. Tenant shall repair or replace all of Tenant’s property at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Tenant acknowledges that it is Tenant’s sole responsibility to obtain adequate insurance coverage to compensate Tenant for damage to Tenant’s property.

14.6 W AIVER . Landlord and Tenant hereby waive the provisions of any present or future statutes which relate to the termination of leases when leased property is damaged or destroyed and agree that such event shall be governed by the terms of this Lease.

 

10


15. C ONDEMNATION . If any portion of the Premises or the Project are taken under the power of eminent domain, or sold under the threat of the exercise of said power (all of which are herein called “ condemnation ”), this Lease shall terminate as to the part so taken as of the date the condemning authority takes title or possession, whichever first occurs; provided that if so much of the Premises or Project are taken by such condemnation as would substantially and adversely affect the operation of Tenant’s business conducted from the Premises, as reasonably determined by Tenant, and said taking lasts for ninety (90) days or more, Tenant shall have the option, to be exercised only in writing within thirty (30) days after Landlord shall have given Tenant written notice of such taking (or in the absence of such notice, within thirty (30) days after the condemning authority shall have taken possession), to terminate this Lease as of the date the condemning authority takes such possession. If a taking lasts for less than ninety (90) days. Tenant’s rent shall be abated during said period but Tenant shall not have the right to terminate this Lease. If Tenant does not terminate this Lease in accordance with the foregoing, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect as to the portion of the Premises remaining, except that the Base Rent and Operating Expenses shall be reduced in the proportion that the usable floor area of the Premises taken bears to the total usable floor area of the Premises. Landlord shall have the option in its sole discretion to terminate this Lease as of the taking of possession by the condemning authority of twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the Premises or Project, by giving written notice to Tenant of such election within thirty (30) days after receipt of notice of a taking by condemnation of any such part of the Premises or the Project. Any award for the taking of all or any part of the Premises or the Project under the power of eminent domain or any payment made under threat of the exercise of such power shall be the property of Landlord, whether such award shall be made as compensation for diminution in value of the leasehold, for the taking of the fee, as severance damages, or as damages for tenant improvements; provided, however, that Tenant shall be entitled to any separate award for loss of or damage to Tenant’s removable personal property, for moving expenses and for Tenant’s good will. In the event that this Lease is not terminated by reason of such condemnation, and subject to the requirements of any lender that has made a loan to Landlord encumbering the Project, Landlord shall to the extent of severance damages received by Landlord in connection with such condemnation, repair any damage to the Project caused by such condemnation except to the extent that Tenant has been reimbursed therefor by the condemning authority. This section, not general principles of law or California Code of Civil Procedure sections 1230.010 et seq ., shall govern the rights and obligations of Landlord and Tenant with respect to the condemnation of all or any portion of the Project.

16. A SSIGNMENT AND S UBLETTING .

16.1 L ANDLORD S C ONSENT R EQUIRED . Except as provided in section 16.8. Tenant shall not voluntarily or by operation of law assign, transfer, hypothecate, mortgage, sublet, or otherwise transfer or encumber all or any part of Tenant’s interest in this Lease or in the Premises (hereinafter collectively a “ Transfer ”), without Landlord’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. Landlord shall respond to Tenant’s written request for consent hereunder within fifteen (15) days after Landlord’s receipt of the written request from Tenant. Any attempted Transfer without such consent shall be void and shall constitute a default and breach of this Lease. Tenant’s written request for Landlord’s consent shall include, and Landlord’s fifteen (15) day response period referred to above shall not commence, unless and until Landlord has received from Tenant, all of the following information: (a) the most recent financial statement for the proposed assignee or subtenant, (b) a reasonably detailed description of the business the assignee or subtenant intends to operate at the Premises, (c) the proposed effective date of the assignment or sublease, (d) a copy of the proposed sublease or assignment agreement, (e) a reasonably detailed description of any Alterations the proposed assignee or subtenant desires to make to the Premises, and (f) a Hazardous Materials Disclosure Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D attached hereto completed by the assignee or subtenant (the “ Transferee HazMat Certificate” ). If the obligations of the proposed assignee or subtenant will be guaranteed by any person or entity, Tenant’s written request shall not be considered complete until the information described in (a) of the previous sentence has been provided with respect to each proposed guarantor “Transfer” shall also include the transfer (a) if Tenant is a corporation, and Tenant’s stock is not publicly traded over a recognized securities exchange, of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of such corporation during the term of this Lease (whether or not in one or more transfers) or the dissolution, merger or liquidation of the corporation, or (b) the transfer if Tenant is a partnership, limited liability company, limited liability partnership or other entity, of more than fifty percent (50%) of the profit and loss participation in such partnership or entity during the term of this Lease (whether or not in one or more transfers) or the dissolution, merger or liquidation of the partnership, limited liability company, limited liability partnership or other entity. Tenant’s sole remedy in the event that Landlord shall wrongfully withhold consent to or disapprove any assignment or sublease shall be to obtain an order by a court of competent jurisdiction that Landlord grant such consent, in no event shall Landlord be liable for damages with respect to its granting or withholding consent to any proposed assignment or sublease. If Landlord shall properly exercise any option to recapture the Premises, or shall properly deny a request for consent to a proposed assignment or sublease. Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all losses, liabilities, damages, costs and claims that may be made against Landlord by the proposed assignee or subtenant, or by any brokers or other persons claiming a commission or similar compensation in connection with the proposed assignment or sublease: provided, however, this indemnity shall not apply to the gross negligence, willful misconduct of, or breach of this Lease by Landlord.

16.2 L EVERAGED B UY - OUT . The involvement by Tenant or its assets in any transaction, or series of transactions (by way of merger, sale, acquisition, financing, refinancing, transfer, leveraged buy-out or otherwise) whether or not a formal assignment or hypothecation of this Lease or Tenant’s assets occurs, which results or will result in a reduction of the “Net Worth” of Tenant as hereinafter defined, by an amount equal to or greater than fifty percent (50%) of such Net Worth of Tenant as it is represented to Landlord at the time of the execution by Landlord of this Lease, or as it exists immediately prior to said transaction or transactions constituting such reduction, at whichever time said Net Worth of Tenant was or is greater, shall be considered to be an assignment of this Lease by Tenant to which Landlord may reasonably withhold its consent “ Net Worth ” of Tenant for purposes of this section shall be the net worth of Tenant (excluding any guarantors) established under generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied immediately prior to the completion of the transaction in question.

16.3 S TANDARD F OR A PPROVAL . Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to a Transfer provided that Tenant has complied with each and every requirement, term and condition of this section 16. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that each requirement, term and condition in this section 16 is a reasonable requirement, term or condition. It shall be deemed reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to a Transfer if any requirement, term or condition of this section 16 is not complied with or; (a) in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, a proposed assignee or subtenant is not able financially to pay the rents due under this Lease as and when they are due and payable; (b) a proposed assignee’s or subtenant’s business will impose a burden on the Project’s Common Areas or utilities that is materially greater than the burden imposed by Tenant (assuming Tenant’s full occupancy of the Premises). In Landlord’s reasonable judgment; (c) the terms of a proposed assignment or subletting will allow the proposed assignee or subtenant (other than an Affiliate (as defined below) to exercise a right of renewal, right of expansion, right of first offer, right of first refusal or similar right held by Tenant; (d) the use of the Premises by the proposed assignee or subtenant will not be a use permitted by this Lease; (e) any guarantor of this Lease refuses to consent to the Transfer or to execute a written agreement reaffirming the guaranty: (f) Tenant is in default as defined in section 17 at the time of the request beyond any applicable cure period; (g) if requested by Landlord, the assignee or subtenant refuses to sign a non-disturbance and attornment agreement in favor of Landlord’s lender; (h) Landlord has sued or been sued by the proposed assignee or subtenant or has otherwise been involved in a legal dispute with the proposed assignee or subtenant; (i) the assignee or subtenant is involved in a business which is not in keeping with the then-current standards of the Project as reasonably determined by Landlord; (j) the proposed assignee or subtenant is a person or entity then negotiating with Landlord for the lease of space in the Project; (k) the assignee or subtenant is a governmental or quasi-governmental

 

11


entity or an agency, department or instrumentality of a governmental or quasi-governmental agency; or (l) the assignee or subtenant will use, store or handle Hazardous Materials in or about the Premises that are materially more hazardous or are in substantially greater quantities than those used by Tenant.

16.4 A DDITIONAL T ERMS AND C ONDITIONS . The following terms and conditions shall be applicable to any Transfer:

(a) Regardless of Landlord’s consent, no Transfer shall release Tenant from Tenant’s obligations hereunder or alter the primary liability of Tenant to pay the rent and other sums due Landlord hereunder and to perform all other obligations to be performed by Tenant hereunder or release any guarantor from its obligations under its guaranty.

(b) Landlord may accept rent from any person other than Tenant pending approval or disapproval of an assignment or subletting.

(c) The acceptance of rent shall not constitute a waiver or estoppel of Landlord’s right to exercise its rights and remedies for the breach of any of the terms or conditions of this section 16.

(d) The consent by Landlord to any Transfer shall not constitute a consent to any subsequent Transfer by Tenant or to any subsequent or successive Transfer by an assignee or subtenant.

(e) In the event of any default under this Lease, Landlord may proceed directly against Tenant, any guarantors or anyone else responsible for the performance of this Lease, including any subtenant or assignee, without first exhausting Landlord’s remedies against any other person or entity responsible therefor to Landlord, or any security held by Landlord.

(f) Landlord’s written consent to any Transfer by Tenant shall not constitute an acknowledgment that no default then exists under this Lease nor shall such consent be deemed a waiver of any then-existing default.

(g) The discovery of the fact that any financial statement relied upon by Landlord in giving its consent to an assignment or subletting was materially false shall, at Landlord’s election, render Landlord’s consent null and void.

(h) Landlord shall not be liable under this Lease or under any sublease to any subtenant.

(i) No assignment or sublease may be materially modified or amended without Landlord’s prior written consent.

(j) Any assignee of, or subtenant under, this Lease shall, by reason of accepting such assignment or entering into such sublease, be deemed, for the benefit of Landlord, to have assumed and agreed to conform and comply with each and every term, covenant, condition and obligation herein to be observed or performed by Tenant during the term of said assignment or sublease, other than such obligations as are contrary or inconsistent with provisions of an assignment or sublease to which Landlord has consented in writing.

16.5 A DDITIONAL T ERMS AND C ONDITIONS A PPLICABLE TO S UBLETTING . The following terms and conditions shall apply to any subletting by Tenant of all or any part of the Premises and shall be deemed included in all subleases under this Lease whether or not expressly incorporated therein:

(a) Tenant hereby absolutely and unconditionally assigns and transfers to Landlord all of Tenant’s interest in all rentals and income arising from any sublease entered into by Tenant, and Landlord may collect such rent and income and apply same toward Tenant’s obligations under this Lease: provided, however, that until a default shall occur in the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease beyond any applicable cure period, Tenant may receive, collect and enjoy the rents accruing under such sublease. Landlord shall not, by reason of this or any other assignment of such rents to Landlord nor by reason of the collection of the rents from a subtenant, be deemed to have assumed or recognized any sublease or to be liable to the subtenant for any failure of Tenant to perform and comply with any of Tenant’s obligations to such subtenant under such sublease, including, but not limited to, Tenant’s obligation to return any security deposit. Tenant hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs any such subtenant, upon receipt of a written notice from Landlord stating that a default exists in the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, to pay to Landlord the rents due as they become due under the sublease. Tenant agrees that such subtenant shall have the right to rely upon any such statement and request from Landlord, and that such subtenant shall pay such rents to Landlord without any obligation or right to inquire as to whether such default exists and notwithstanding any notice or claim from Tenant to the contrary.

(b) In the event Tenant shall default in the performance of its obligations under this Lease beyond any applicable cure period. Landlord, at its option and without any obligation to do so, may require any subtenant to attorn to Landlord, in which event Landlord shall undertake the obligations of Tenant under such sublease from the lime of the exercise of said option to the termination of such sublease; provided, however, Landlord shall not be liable for any prepaid rents or security deposit paid by such subtenant to Tenant or for any other prior defaults of Tenant under such sublease.

16.6 T RANSFER P REMIUM FROM A SSIGNMENT OR S UBLETTING . Landlord shall be entitled to receive from Tenant (as and when received by Tenant) as an item of additional rent one-half of all amounts received by Tenant from the assignee or subtenant in excess of the amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder (the “ Transfer Premium ”). The Transfer Premium shall be reduced by the reasonable brokerage commissions, tenant improvement costs and legal fees actually paid by Tenant in order to assign the Lease or to sublet a portion of the Premises. The Transfer Premium shall include all Base Rent, additional rent or other consideration of any type whatsoever payable by the assignee or subtenant in excess of the Base Rent and additional rent payable by Tenant under this Lease. If less than all of the Premises is transferred, the Base Rent and the additional rent shall be determined on a per-leasable-square-foot basis. The Transfer Premium shall also include any money paid to Tenant by the assignee or subtenant in order to avoid or reduce the Transfer Premium payable to Landlord. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 16.6, the Transfer Premium shall not include amounts paid by any subtenant to Tenant for the purchase of any property owned by Tenant or for the fair value of services rendered by Tenant to such party, provided that in no event shall this include any amounts specifically intended to avoid paying a portion of the Transfer Premium to Landlord.

16.7 L ANDLORD S O PTION TO R ECAPTURE S PACE . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this section 16, Landlord shall have the option, by giving written notice to Tenant within thirty (30) days after receipt of any request by Tenant to assign this Lease, to terminate this Lease as of the date thirty (30) days after Landlord’s election. In the event Tenant has subleased to one or more subtenants substantially all of the space in the Premises for substantially all of the remaining Term (the “ Maximum Sublease Amount ”). Landlord shall have the option, by giving written notice to Tenant within thirty (30) days after receipt of any request by Tenant to sublease space in excess of the Maximum Sublease Amount, to terminate this Lease with respect to such additional space as of the date thirty (30) days after Landlord’s election. In the event of a recapture by Landlord, if this Lease shall be canceled with respect to less than the entire Premises, the Base Rent, Operating Expenses and the number of parking spaces Tenant may use shall be adjusted on the basis of the number of rentable square feet retained by Tenant in proportion to the number of rentable square feet contained in the original Premises, and this Lease as

 

12


so amended shall continue thereafter in full force and effect, and upon request of either party, the parties shall execute written confirmation of same. If Landlord recaptures only a portion of the Premises, it shall construct and erect at its sole cost such partitions as may be required to sever the space to be retained by Tenant from the space recaptured by Landlord. Landlord may, at its option, lease any recaptured portion of the Premises to the proposed subtenant or assignee or to any other person or entity without liability to Tenant. Tenant shall not be entitled to any portion of the profit, if any, Landlord may realize on account of such termination and reletting. Notwithstanding the forgoing, in the event that Landlord exercises its right to recapture, Tenant may within ten (10) days after receipt of Landlord’s notice exercising such right, withdraw its request to assign this Lease or to sublease space in the Premises and, upon delivery of such withdrawal notice to Landlord. Landlord’s election to recapture shall automatically terminate and be of no force or effect.

16.8 A FFILIATED E NTITY . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 16, an assignment of the Lease or sublease of all or any portion of the Premises to any entity which (a) controls or is controlled by Tenant, (b) which acquires all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant, (c) which is the surviving entity resulting from a merger or consolidation of Tenant or (d) which acquires all or part of Tenant’s stock as part of a recapitalization or financing transaction (in each such case, an “ Affiliate ”), shall not require Landlord’s consent under section 16.1 of the Lease, provided that at least fifteen (15) days prior to such assignment or sublease (i) Tenant notifies Landlord in writing of any such assignment or sublease and provides Landlord with evidence that such assignment or sublease is a Transfer permitted by this section; (ii) provided the entity resulting from any of the foregoing transactions in this section 16.8 is a different entity from Tenant, prior to the date an assignment or sublease will take effect, the assignee or sublessee and Tenant shall enter into Landlord’s reasonable form of standard consent to sublease agreement or consent to assignment agreement (the “ Transfer Agreements ”), and (iii) subject to the limitation set forth in section 16.9 of the Lease. Tenant shall pay the reasonable costs and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by Landlord in confirming that the assignment or sublease meets the requirements of this section and in preparing any Transfer Agreement. Whether or not an assignment or sublease to an Affiliate is made pursuant to the terms of section, Tenant shall not be relieved of its obligations under this Lease. Sections 16.6 and 16.7 of the Lease shall not apply to assignments or subleases to Affiliates.

16.9 L ANDLORD S E XPENSES . In the event Tenant shall assign this Lease or sublet the Premises or request the consent of Landlord to any Transfer, then Tenant shall pay Landlord’s attorneys’ fees in reviewing such consent, provided, however, Landlord shall not be entitled to recover more than Two Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($2,500.00) of attorneys’ fees with respect to any one Transfer.

17. D EFAULT ; R EMEDIES .

17.1 D EFAULT BY T ENANT . Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that the occurrence of any one or more of the following events is a default by Tenant under this Lease and that said default shall give Landlord the rights described in section 17.2. Landlord or Landlord’s authorized agent shall have the right to execute and to deliver any notice of default, notice to pay rent or quit or any other notice Landlord gives Tenant.

(a) Tenant’s failure to make any payment of Base Rent, Tenant’s Percentage Share of Operating Expenses, Tenant’s Percentage Share of Real Property Taxes or any other payment required to be made by Tenant hereunder, as and when due, where such failure shall continue for a period of three (3) business days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant. In the event that Landlord serves Tenant with a notice to pay rent or quit pursuant to applicable unlawful detainer statutes, such notice shall also constitute the notice required by this section 17.1(a).

(b) The abandonment of the Premises by Tenant coupled with the non-payment of rent, in which event Landlord shall not be obligated to give any notice of default to Tenant.

(c) The failure of Tenant to comply with any of its obligations under sections 13.3, 25, 26 and 28 where Tenant falls to comply with its obligations or fails to cure any earlier breach of such obligation within ten (10) days following written notice from Landlord to Tenant. In the event Landlord serves Tenant with a notice to quit or any other notice pursuant to applicable unlawful detainer statutes, said notice shall also constitute the notice required by this section 17.1(c).

(d) The failure by Tenant to observe or perform any of the covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant (other than those referenced in sections 17.1(a), (b) and (c), above), where such failure shall continue for a period of fifteen (15) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; provided, however, that if the nature of Tenant’s nonperformance is such that more than fifteen (15) days are reasonably required for its cure, then Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if Tenant commences such cure within said fifteen (15) day period and thereafter diligently pursues such cure to completion. In the event that Landlord serves Tenant with a notice to quit or any other notice pursuant to applicable unlawful detainer statutes, said notice shall also constitute the notice required by this section 17.1(d).

(e) (i) The making by Tenant or any guarantor of Tenant’s obligations hereunder of any general arrangement or general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (ii) Tenant or any guarantor becoming a “debtor” as defined in 11 U.S.C. 101 or any successor statute thereto (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Tenant or guarantor, the same is dismissed within sixty (60) days); (iii) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located at the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Tenant within thirty (30) days; (iv) the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located at the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, where such seizure is not discharged within thirty (30) days; or (v) the insolvency of Tenant. In the event that any provision of this section 17.1(e) is unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be of no force or effect.

(f) The discovery by Landlord that any financial statement, representation or warranty given to Landlord by Tenant, or by any guarantor of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, was materially false at the time given. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has entered into this Lease in material reliance on such information.

(g) If Tenant is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or similar entity, the dissolution or liquidation of Tenant.

(h) If Tenant’s obligations under this Lease are guaranteed; (i) the death of a guarantor, (ii) the termination of a guarantor’s liability with respect to this Lease other than in accordance with the terms of such guaranty, (iii) a guarantor’s becoming insolvent or the subject of a bankruptcy filing, (iv) a guarantor’s refusal to honor the guaranty, or (v) a guarantor’s breach of its guaranty obligation on an anticipatory breach basis.

 

13


17.2 R EMEDIES .

(a) In the event of any default or breach of this Lease by Tenant, Landlord may, at any time thereafter, with or without notice or demand, and without limiting Landlord in the exercise of any right or remedy which Landlord may have by reason of such default:

(i) terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises by any lawful means, In which case this Lease and the term hereof shall terminate and Tenant shall immediately surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord. If Landlord terminates this Lease, Landlord may recover from Tenant (A) the worth at the time of award of the unpaid rent which had been earned at the time of termination; (B) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; (C) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; and (D) any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under the Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, including, but not limited to, the cost of recovering possession of the Premises, expenses of releasing, including necessary renovation and alteration of the Premises, reasonable attorneys’ fees, any real estate commissions actually paid by Landlord and the unamortized value of any free rent, reduced rent, tenant improvement allowance or other economic concessions provided by Landlord. The “worth at time of award” of the amounts referred to in section 17.2(a)(i)(A) and (B) shall be computed by allowing interest at the lesser of ten percent (10%) per annum or the maximum interest rate permitted by applicable law. The worth at the time of award of the amount referred to in section 17.2(a)(i)(C) shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%). For purposes of this section 17.2(a)(i), “rent” shall be deemed to be all monetary obligations required to be paid by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease.

(ii) maintain Tenant’s right of possession, in which event Landlord shall have the remedy described in California Civil Code section 1951.4 which permits Landlord to continue this Lease in effect after Tenant’s breach and abandonment and recover rent as it becomes due. In the event Landlord elects to continue this Lease in effect, Tenant shall have the right to sublet the Premises or assign Tenant’s interest in the Lease subject to the reasonable requirements contained in section 16 of this Lease and provided further that Landlord shall not require compliance with any standard or condition contained in section 16 that has become unreasonable at the time Tenant seeks to sublet or assign the Premises pursuant to this section 17.2(a)(ii).

(iii) collect sublease rents (or appoint a receiver to collect such rent) and otherwise perform Tenant’s obligations at the Premises, it being agreed, however, that the appointment of a receiver for Tenant shall not constitute an election by Landlord to terminate this Lease.

(iv) pursue any other remedy now or hereafter available to Landlord under the laws or judicial decisions of the state in which the Premises are located.

(b) No remedy or election hereunder shall be deemed exclusive, but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies at law or in equity. The expiration or termination of this Lease and/or the termination of Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises shall not relieve Tenant of liability under any indemnity provisions of this Lease as to matters occurring or accruing during the term of the Lease or by reason of Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises.

(c) If Tenant is in default of this Lease beyond any applicable cure period and Tenant abandons or vacates the Premises, Landlord may re-enter the Premises, and such re-entry shall not be deemed to constitute Landlord’s election to accept a surrender of the Premises or to otherwise relieve Tenant from liability for its breach of this Lease. No surrender of the Premises shall be effective against Landlord unless Landlord has entered into a written agreement with Tenant in which Landlord expressly agrees to (i) accept a surrender of the Premises and (ii) relieve Tenant of liability under the Lease. The delivery by Tenant to Landlord of possession of the Premises shall not constitute the termination of the Lease or the surrender of the Premises.

17.3 D EFAULT BY L ANDLORD . Landlord shall not be in default under this Lease unless Landlord fails to perform obligations required of Landlord within thirty (30) days after written notice by Tenant to Landlord and to the holder of any mortgage or deed of trust encumbering the Project whose name and address shall have theretofore been furnished to Tenant in writing, specifying wherein Landlord has failed to perform such obligation; provided, however, that if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for its cure, then Landlord shall not be in default if Landlord commences performance within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently pursues the same to completion in no event shall Tenant have the right to terminate this Lease as a result of Landlord’s default, and Tenant’s remedies shall be limited to damages and/or an injunction and as otherwise provided in Section 11 above. Tenant hereby waives its right to recover consequential damages (including, but not limited to, lost profits) or punitive damages arising out of a Landlord default. This Lease and the obligations of Tenant hereunder shall not be affected or impaired because Landlord is unable to fulfill any of its obligations hereunder or is delayed in doing so, if such inability or delay is caused by reason of a Force Majeure Event, and the time for Landlord’s performance shall be extended for the period of any such delay.

17.4 L ATE C HARGES . Tenant hereby acknowledges that late payment by Tenant to Landlord of Base Rent, Tenant’s Percentage Share of Operating Expenses or other sums due hereunder will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges and late charges which may be imposed on Landlord by the terms of any mortgage or trust deed encumbering the Project. Accordingly, if any installment of Base Rent, Tenant’s Percentage Share of Operating Expenses or any other sum due from Tenant shall not be received by Landlord when such amount shall be due, then, without any requirement for notice or demand to Tenant, Tenant shall immediately pay to Landlord a late charge equal to six percent (6%) of such overdue amount; provided, however, that Landlord shall waive the late charge one (1) time during each calendar year of the term of this Lease if Tenant pays all overdue sums within five (5) days after receipt of written notice by Landlord to Tenant advising Tenant that such payment is overdue. The parties hereby agree that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Landlord will incur by reason of late payment by Tenant. Acceptance of such late charge by Landlord shall in no event constitute a waiver of Tenant’s default with respect to such overdue amount, nor prevent Landlord from exercising any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder, including the assessment of interest under section 17.5.

17.5 I NTEREST ON P AST -D UE O BLIGATIONS . Except as expressly herein provided, any amount due to Landlord that is not paid when due shall bear interest at the lesser of ten percent (10%) per annum or the maximum rate permitted by applicable law. Payment of such interest shall not excuse or cure any default by Tenant under this Lease; provided, however, that interest shall not be payable on late charges incurred by Tenant nor on any amounts upon which late charges are paid by Tenant.

17.6 P AYMENT OF R ENT AND S ECURITY D EPOSIT AFTER D EFAULT . If Tenant fails to pay Base Rent, Tenant’s Percentage Share of Operating Expenses, parking charges or any other monetary obligation due hereunder on the date it is due. after Tenant’s third failure in any twelve (12) month period to pay any monetary obligation on the date it is due, at Landlord’s option, all monetary obligations of Tenant hereunder shall thereafter be paid by cashier’s check, and Tenant shall, upon demand, provide Landlord with an additional security deposit equal to three (3) months’ Base Rent, if Landlord has required Tenant to make said payments by cashier’s check or to provide an additional security deposit, Tenant’s failure to make a payment by cashier’s check or to provide the additional security deposit shall be a default hereunder.

 

14


18. L ANDLORD S R IGHT TO C URE D EFAULT ; P AYMENTS BY T ENANT . All covenants and agreements to be kept or performed by Tenant under this Lease shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and without any reduction of rent. If Tenant shall fail to perform any of its obligations under this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure period, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, after three business (3) days’ prior written notice to Tenant, make any such payment or perform any such act on Tenant’s behalf without waiving its rights based upon any default of Tenant and without releasing Tenant from any obligations hereunder. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within ten (10) days after delivery by Landlord to Tenant of statements therefore, an amount equal to the expenditures reasonably made by Landlord in connection with the remedying by Landlord of Tenant’s defaults pursuant to the provisions of this section.

19. I NDEMNITY . Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect, and hold harmless Landlord, its partners, subpartners, parent organization, affiliates, subsidiaries, and their respective officers, directors, legal representatives, successors, assigns, agents, servants, employees and independent contractors and each of them (collectively. “ Landlord Parties ”) from any and all loss, cost, damage, expense and liability (including without limitation court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees) (collectively, “ Claims ”) incurred in connection with or arising from (a) any cause in or on the Premises during the Term or (b) any acts, omissions or negligence of Tenant or of any person claiming by, through or under Tenant, its partners, subpartners, parent organization, affiliates, subsidiaries and their respective officers, directors, contractors, agents, servants, employees, invitees, guests or licensees and each of them (collectively, “ Tenant Parties ”) at the Project; provided, however, that Tenant shall not be required to indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from any Claims for death or personal injury by any person, company or entity resulting from the negligence or willful misconduct of the Landlord Parties. Landlord_shall indemnify, defend, protect, and hold harmless Tenant from any Claim resulting from injuries to persons caused by the negligence of willful misconduct of Landlord or its partners, subpartners, parent organization, affiliates, subsidiaries and their respective officers, directors, agents, servants, employees and each of them. Tenant’s agreement to indemnify and hold Landlord harmless, and Landlord’s agreement to indemnify and hold Tenant harmless are not intended to and shall not relieve any insurance carrier of its obligations under policies required to be carried by Landlord or Tenant, respectively, pursuant to this Lease to the extent such policies cover the results of such acts, omissions or willful misconduct. The provisions of this section shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease. The Indemnified Parties need not first pay any Damages to be indemnified hereunder. This indemnity is intended to apply to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. Notwithstanding the foregoing. Landlord shall have no obligation to compensate Tenant for consequential damages (including lost profits).

20. E XEMPTION OF L ANDLORD FROM L IABILITY . Except as may be otherwise provided in section 19, Tenant hereby agrees that Landlord shall not be liable for injury to Tenant’s business or any loss of income therefrom or for loss of or damage to the merchandise, tenant improvements, fixtures, furniture, equipment, computers, files, automobiles, or other property of Tenant, Tenant’s employees, agents, contractors or invitees, or any other person in or about the Project, nor shall Landlord be liable for injury to the person of Tenant. Tenant’s employees, agents, contractors or invitees, whether such damage or injury is caused by or results from any cause whatsoever including, but not limited to, theft, criminal activity at the Project, negligent security measures, bombings or bomb scares, Hazardous Materials, fire, steam, electricity, gas, water or rain, flooding, breakage of pipes, sprinklers, plumbing, air conditioning or lighting fixtures, or from any other cause, whether said damage or injury results from conditions arising upon the Premises or upon other portions of the Project, or from other sources or places, or from new construction or the repair, alteration or improvement of any part of the Project. Landlord shall not be liable for any damages arising from any act or neglect of any employees, agents, contractors or invitees of any other tenant, occupant or user of the Project, nor from the failure of Landlord to enforce the provisions of the lease of any other tenant of the Project. Except as may be otherwise provided in section 19, Tenant, as a material part of the consideration to Landlord hereunder, hereby assumes all risk of damage to Tenant’s property or business or injury to persons in, upon or about the Project arising from any cause, including Landlord’s negligence or the negligence of its employees, agents or contractors, and Tenant hereby waives all claims in respect thereof against Landlord, its employees, agents and contractors.

21. L ANDLORD S L IABILITY . Tenant acknowledges that Landlord shall have the right to transfer all or any portion of its interest in the Project and to assign this Lease to the transferee. Tenant agrees that in the event of such a transfer Landlord shall automatically be released from all liability under this Lease to the extent the same arises after the date of such transfer, and Tenant hereby agrees to look solely to Landlord’s transferee for the performance of Landlord’s obligations hereunder after the date of the transfer including, but not limited to, all indemnity obligations. Upon such a transfer, Landlord shall, at its option, return Tenant’s security deposit to Tenant or transfer Tenant’s security deposit to Landlord’s transferee and, in either event, Landlord shall have no further liability to Tenant for the return of its security deposit. Subject to the rights of any lender holding a mortgage or deed of trust encumbering all or part of the Project, Tenant agrees to look solely to Landlord’s equity interest in the Project for the collection of any judgment requiring the payment of money by Landlord arising out of (a) Landlord’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or (b) the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its partners, employees and agents. No other property or assets of Landlord shall be subject to levy, execution or other enforcement procedure for the satisfaction of any judgment or writ obtained by Tenant against Landlord. No partner, employee or agent of Landlord shall be personally liable for the performance of Landlord’s obligations hereunder or be named as a party in any lawsuit arising out of or related to, directly or indirectly, this Lease and the obligations of Landlord hereunder. The obligations under this Lease do not constitute personal obligations of the individual partners of Landlord, if any, and Tenant shall not seek recourse against the individual partners of Landlord or their assets.

22. S IGNS . Tenant shall not make any changes to the exterior of the Premises, install any exterior lights, decorations, balloons, flags, pennants, banners or painting, or erect or install any signs, windows or door lettering, placards, decorations or advertising media of any type which can be viewed from the exterior of the Premises, without Landlord’s prior written consent, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Upon vacation of the Premises, Tenant shall remove all signs and repair, paint and/or replace the building facia surface to which its signs are attached. Tenant shall obtain all applicable governmental permits and approvals for signs and exterior treatments. All signs, decorations, advertising media, blinds, draperies and other window treatment or bars or other security installations visible from outside the Premises shall be subject to Landlord’s approval and conform in all respects to Landlord’s requirements.

23. P ARKING . During the term and subject to the rules and regulations attached hereto as Exhibit “C,” as reasonably modified by Landlord from time to time (the “ Rules ”), Tenant shall be entitled to use the number of parking spaces set forth in section 1.13 in the Common Area parking lot of the Project. Tenant’s parking rights are in common with the parking rights of any other tenants of the Project, and all of Tenant’s parking spaces are unreserved parking spaces. Landlord reserves the right at any time to designate areas in the Common Areas where Tenant may or may not park (e.g. Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant to park solely in the parking spaces that are within the Premises). If Tenant commits or allows in the parking lot any of the activities prohibited by the Lease or the Rules, then Landlord shall have the right, without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have, to remove or tow away the vehicle involved and charge the cost to Tenant, which cost shall be immediately payable by Tenant upon demand by Landlord. Tenant’s parking rights are the personal rights of Tenant, and Tenant shall not transfer, assign or otherwise convey its parking rights separate and apart from this Lease. All parking spaces may only be used for parking vehicles no larger than full-size passenger automobiles or pickup trucks. Landlord, in addition to its other remedies, shall have the right to remove or tow away any other vehicles. Landlord shall not be responsible for enforcing Tenant’s parking rights against any third parties provided, however, if another tenant is interfering with Tenant’s parking rights, Landlord shall either use good faith efforts to enforce Tenant’s parking rights against the interfering tenant or shall create an exclusive parking area adjacent to the Building for Tenant’s benefit. Landlord shall likewise have the right to create exclusive parking areas for the benefit of other tenants of the Project so long as Tenant’s

 

15


parking rights are not violated. Landlord shall have no obligation to bring a legal action against the non-complying tenant. Tenant shall not permit or allow any vehicles that belong to or are controlled by Tenant or Tenant’s employees, suppliers, shippers, customers or invitees to be loaded, unloaded or parked in areas other than those designated by Landlord for such activities.

24. B ROKER S F EE . Tenant and Landlord each represent and warrant to the other that neither has had any dealings or entered into any agreements with any person, entity, broker or finder other than the persons, if any, listed in section 1.14, in connection with the negotiation of this Lease, and no other broker, person, or entity is entitled to any commission or finder’s fee in connection with the negotiation of this Lease, and Tenant and Landlord each agree to indemnify, defend and hold the other harmless from and against any claims, damages, costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees or liability for compensation or charges which may be claimed by any such unnamed broker, finder or other similar party by reason of any dealings, actions or agreements of the indemnifying party. The commission payable to the Brokers listed in Section 1.14 shall be paid by Landlord.

25. E STOPPEL C ERTIFICATE .

25.1 D ELIVERY OF C ERTIFICATE . Tenant shall from time to time, upon not less than ten (10) days’ prior written notice from Landlord, execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord a statement in writing certifying such information as Landlord may reasonably request including, but not limited to, the following: (a) that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification and certifying that this Lease, as so modified, is in full force and effect), (b) the date to which the Base Rent and other charges are paid in advance and the amounts so payable, (c) that there are not, to Tenant’s knowledge, any uncured defaults or unfulfilled obligations on the part of Landlord, or specifying such defaults or unfulfilled obligations, if any are claimed, (d) that all tenant improvements to be constructed by Landlord, if any, have been completed in accordance with Landlord’s obligations, and (e) that Tenant has taken possession of the Premises. Any such statement may be conclusively relied upon by any prospective purchaser or encumbrancer of the Project. Landlord also agrees to complete, on the same basis as Tenant above, a similar estoppel certificate requested by Tenant (with appropriate modifications to reflect a certificate being provided by Landlord).

25.2 F AILURE TO D ELIVER C ERTIFICATE . At Landlord’s option, the failure of Tenant to deliver such statement within such time shall constitute a default of Tenant hereunder, or it shall be conclusive upon Tenant that (a) this Lease is in full force and effect, without modification except as may be represented by Landlord, (b) there are no uncured defaults in Landlord’s performance, (c) not more than one month’s Base Rent has been paid in advance, (d) all tenant improvements to be constructed by Landlord, if any, have been completed in accordance with Landlord’s obligations, and (e) Tenant has taken possession of the Premises.

26. F INANCIAL I NFORMATION . From time to time, at Landlord’s request, but not more often than once in any twelve month period, Tenant shall cause the following financial information to be delivered to Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, upon not less than ten (10) days’ advance written notice from Landlord: (a) a current financial statement for Tenant and Tenant’s financial statements for the previous two accounting years, (b) a current financial statement for any guarantor(s) of this Lease and the guarantor’(s) financial statements for the previous two accounting years and (c) such other financial information pertaining to Tenant or any guarantor as Landlord or any lender or purchaser of Landlord may reasonably request. All financial statements shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principals consistently applied and, if such is the normal practice of Tenant, shall be audited by an independent certified public accountant. Tenant hereby authorizes Landlord, from time to time, without notice to Tenant, to obtain a credit report or credit history on Tenant from any credit reporting company.

27. E NVIRONMENTAL M ATTERS /H AZARDOUS M ATERIALS .

27.1 H AZARDOUS M ATERIALS D ISCLOSURE C ERTIFICATE . Prior to executing this Lease, Tenant has delivered to Landlord Tenant’s executed initial Hazardous Materials Disclosure Certificate (the “ Initial HazMat Certificate ”), a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit D. Tenant covenants, represents and warrants to Landlord that the information in the Initial HazMat Certificate is true and correct and accurately describes the use(s) of Hazardous Materials which will be made and/or used on the Premises by Tenant. Tenant shall, commencing with the date which is one year from the Commencement Date and continuing every year thereafter, deliver to Landlord an executed Hazardous Materials Disclosure Certificate (the “ HazMat Certificate ”) describing Tenant’s then-present use of Hazardous Materials on the Premises, and any other reasonably necessary documents and information as requested by Landlord. The HazMat Certificates required hereunder shall be in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit D.

27.2 D EFINITION OF H AZARDOUS M ATERIALS . As used in this Lease, the term Hazardous Materials shall mean and include (a) any hazardous or toxic wastes, materials or substances, and other pollutants or contaminants, which are or become regulated by any Environmental Laws (defined below); (b) petroleum, petroleum by-products, gasoline, diesel fuel, crude oil or any fraction thereof; (c) asbestos and asbestos-containing material, in any form, whether friable or non-fraible; (d) polychlorinated biphenyls; (e) radioactive materials; (f) lead and lead-containing materials; (g) any other material, waste or substance displaying toxic, reactive, ignitable or corrosive characteristics, as all such terms are used in their broadest sense, and are defined or become defined by any Environmental Law; or (h) any materials which cause or threatens to cause a nuisance upon or waste to any portion of the Project or any surrounding property; or poses or threatens to pose a hazard to the health and safety of persons on the Premises, any other portion of the Project or any surrounding property. For purposes of this Lease, the term “Hazardous Materials” shall not include nominal amounts of ordinary household cleaners, office supplies and janitorial supplies which are not actionable under any Environmental Laws.

27.3 P ROHIBITION ; E NVIRONMENTAL LAWS . Subject to all of the terms and conditions of this section 27.3, Tenant shall be entitled to use in the Premises the Hazardous Materials disclosed on the HazMat Certificate attached to this Lease in the manner and in the amounts specified on the HazMat Certificate. Tenant shall not be entitled to use or store any Hazardous Materials on, in, or about any portion of the Premises and the Project that are not disclosed on the Hazmat Certificate without, in each instance, obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent thereto, which may be given or withheld in Landlord’s reasonable discretion. Any such usage and storage may only be to the extent of the quantities of Hazardous Materials as specified in the then-applicable HazMat Certificate as expressly approved by Landlord. In all events such usage and storage must at all times be in full compliance with any and all local, state and federal environmental, health and/or safely-related laws, statutes, orders, standards, courts’ decisions, ordinances, rules and regulations (as interpreted by judicial and administrative decisions), decrees, directives, guidelines, permits or permit conditions, currently existing and as amended, enacted, issued or adopted in the future which are or become applicable to Tenant or all or any portion of the Premises (collectively, the “ Environmental Laws ”) and in compliance with the recommendations of Landlord’s consultants Tenant agrees that any changes to the type and/or quantities of Hazardous Materials specified in the most recent HazMat Certificate may be implemented only with the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be given or withheld in Landlord’s reasonable discretion. Tenant shall not be entitled not permitted to install any tanks under, on or about the Premises for the storage of Hazardous Materials without the express written consent of Landlord, which may be given or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion. Landlord shall have the right, in Landlord’s sole discretion, at all times during the Term of this Lease to (i) inspect the Premises, (ii) conduct tests and investigations to determine whether Tenant is in compliance with the provisions of this section 27 or to determine if Hazardous Materials are present in, on or about the Project, (iii) request lists of all Hazardous

 

16


Materials used, stored or otherwise located on, under or about any portion of the Premises and/or the Common Areas, and (iv) to require Tenant to complete a survey of its use, storage and handling of Hazardous Materials in the Premises, using a form and following procedures designated by Landlord, in Landlord’s sole discretion (the “ Survey ”). Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of all such inspections, tests and investigations, and all costs associated with any Survey if it is determined that Tenant is not in compliance with its obligations under this section 27 and such non-compliance either has, or threatens to cause material contamination of the Premises. If as a result of an inspection, test or Survey Landlord determines, in Landlord’s sole discretion, that Tenant should implement or perform safety, security or compliance measures, Tenant shall within thirty (30) days after written request by Landlord perform such measures, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. The aforementioned rights granted herein to Landlord and its representatives shall not create (a) a duty on Landlord’s part to inspect, test, investigate, monitor or otherwise observe the Premises or the activities of Tenant and Tenant Parties with respect to Hazardous Materials, including without limitation, Tenant’s operation, use and any remediation relating thereto, or (b) liability on the part of Landlord and its representatives for Tenant’s use, storage, disposal or remediation of Hazardous Materials, it being understood that Tenant shall be solely responsible for all liability in connection therewith.

27. 4 T ENANT S E NVIRONMENTAL O BLIGATIONS . Tenant shall give to Landlord immediate verbal and follow-up written notice of any spills, releases, discharges, disposals, emissions, migrations, removals or transportation of Hazardous Materials on, under or about any portion of the Premises or in any Common Areas that might materially contaminate the Project or are required to be reported to any governmental authority; provided that Tenant has actual, implied or constructive knowledge of such event(s). Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, covenants and warrants to promptly investigate, clean up, remove, restore and otherwise remediate (including, without limitation, preparation of any feasibility studies or reports and the performance of any and all closures) any spill, release, discharge, disposal, emission, migration or transportation of Hazardous Materials caused by Tenant or Tenant Parties such that the affected portions of the Project and any adjacent property are returned to the condition existing prior to the appearance of such Hazardous Materials. Any such investigation, clean up, removal, restoration and other remediation shall only be performed after Tenant has obtained Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld so long as such actions would not potentially have a material adverse long-term or short-term effect on any portion of the Project. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall be entitled to respond immediately to an emergency without first obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent. Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall conduct and perform, or cause to be conducted and performed, all closures with respect to Tenant’s or Tenant Parties’ operations at the Premises as required by any Environmental Laws or any agencies or other governmental authorities having jurisdiction thereof. If Tenant fails to so promptly investigate, clean up, remove, restore, provide closure or otherwise so remediate, Landlord may, but without obligation to do so, take any and all steps necessary to rectify the same, and Tenant shall promptly reimburse Landlord, upon demand, for all costs and expenses to Landlord of performing investigation, cleanup, removal, restoration, closure and remediation work. All such work undertaken by Tenant, as required herein, shall be performed in such a manner so as to enable Landlord to make full economic use of the Premises and other portions of the Project after the satisfactory completion of such work.

27.5 E NVIRONMENTAL I NDEMNITY - T ENANT . In addition to Tenant’s other indemnity obligations under this Lease, Tenant agrees to, and shall, protect, indemnify, defend (with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord) and hold Landlord and the other Indemnities harmless from and against any and all loss, cost, damage, liability or expense (including, without limitation, diminution in value of any portion of the Premises or the Project, damages for the loss of or restriction on the use of rentable or usable space, and from any adverse impact of Landlord’s marketing, selling, leasing or subleasing of any space within the Project) arising at any time during or after the term of this Lease in connection with or related to, directly or indirectly, the use, presence, transportation, storage, disposal, migration, removal, spill, release or discharge of Hazardous Materials on, in or about any portion of the Project caused by Tenant or Tenant Parties. Neither the written consent of Landlord to the presence, use or storage of Hazardous Materials in, on, under or about any portion of the Project nor the strict compliance by Tenant with all Environmental Laws shall excuse Tenant from its obligations of indemnification pursuant hereto. Tenant shall not be relieved of its indemnification obligations under the provisions of this section 27.5 due to Landlord’s status as either an “owner” or “operator” under any Environmental Laws.

27.6 S URVIVAL . Tenant’s obligations and liabilities pursuant to the provisions of this section 27 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. The burden of proof hereunder shall be upon Tenant. For purposes hereof, the term “reasonable wear and tear” shall not include any deterioration in the condition or diminution of the value of any portion of the Project in any manner whatsoever related to, directly or indirectly, Hazardous Materials. Any such holdover by Tenant will be with Landlord’s consent, will not be terminable by Tenant in any event or circumstance and will otherwise be subject to the provisions of section 33 of this Lease.

27.7 No L IABILITY FOR A CTS OF O THERS . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Tenant shall only be liable pursuant to this section 27 for the acts of Tenant and Tenant Parties, and Tenant shall not be liable for the acts of persons or entities other than Tenant and Tenant Parties nor shall Tenant be responsible or liable for contamination that existed at the Premises on the Commencement Date or for contamination emanating from neighboring land.

27.8 R EPRESENTATION BY L ANDLORD . As of the date set forth in section 1.1, Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that to Landlord’s actual knowledge it does not know of the existence at the Project of any Hazardous Material that (a) exists in material violation of any law or regulation and (b) poses a material and present danger to the health, life or safely of tenants. For purposes of this section, Landlord’s actual knowledge shall mean the actual knowledge of Scott Amling without duly of investigation. The foregoing representation and warranty shall apply only as of the date set forth in section 1.1, and shall not apply to any point in time thereafter.

27.9 E NVIRONMENTAL I NDEMNITY – L ANDLORD . For purposes of this section, “ Non-Tenant Environmental Damages shall mean damages for environmental contamination relating to Hazardous Materials in, on, under or about the Premises or Project that existed on the Premises prior to the Delivery Date or which are caused by Landlord, its agents or employees. In addition to Landlord’s other indemnity obligations under this Lease, if Tenant becomes legally obligated to pay Non-Tenant Environmental Damages, Landlord agrees to, and shall, protect, indemnify, defend (with counsel reasonably acceptable to Tenant) and hold Tenant harmless from and against any Non-Tenant Environmental Damages.

 

17


28. S UBORDINATION .

28.1 E FFECT OF S UBORDINATION . This Lease, and any Option (as defined below) granted hereby, upon Landlord’s written election, shall be subject and subordinate to any ground lease, mortgage, deed of trust or any other hypothecation or security now or hereafter placed upon the Project and to any and all advances made on the security thereof and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof, provided that the third party seeking such subordination execute a commercially reasonable form of subordination and non-disturbance agreement under the terms of which such party agrees not to disturb Tenant’s possession of the Premises and agrees to recognize all of Tenant’s rights under the Lease so long as Tenant is not in default thereunder beyond any applicable notice and cure period. Notwithstanding such subordination, Tenant’s right to quiet possession of the Premises shall not be disturbed if Tenant is not in default and so long as Tenant shall pay the rent and observe and perform all of the provisions of this Lease, unless this Lease is otherwise terminated pursuant to its terms. At the request of any mortgagee, trustee or ground lessor, Tenant shall attorn to such person or entity. If any mortgagee, trustee or ground lessor shall elect to have this Lease and any Options granted hereby prior to the lien of its mortgage, deed of trust or ground lease, and shall give written notice thereof to Tenant, this Lease and such Options shall be deemed prior to such mortgage, deed of trust or ground lease, whether this Lease or such Options are dated prior or subsequent to the date of said mortgage, deed of trust or ground lease or the date of recording thereof. In the event of the foreclosure of a security device, the new owner shall not (a) be liable for any act or omission of any prior landlord or with respect to events occurring prior to its acquisition of title, (b) be liable for the breach of this Lease by any prior landlord, (c) be subject to any offsets or defenses which Tenant may have against the prior Landlord or (d) be liable to Tenant for the return of its security deposit unless such security deposit was received by the new owner; provided, however, the forgoing shall not limit the new owner’s obligation to perform the ongoing obligations of the landlord under the lease including, but not limited to, the Landlord’s obligations with respect to the repair and maintenance of the Project.

28.2 E XECUTION OF D OCUMENTS . Tenant agrees to execute and acknowledge any documents Landlord reasonably requests Tenant execute to effectuate an attornment, a subordination, or to make this Lease or any Option granted herein prior to the lien of any mortgage, deed of trust or ground lease, as the case may be. Tenant’s failure to execute such documents within ten (10) days after written demand shall constitute a default by Tenant hereunder.

28.3 No E XISTING D EEDS OF T RUST . N O mortgages or deeds of trust presently encumber Landlord’s interest in the Project. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, Tenant shall not be obligated to subordinate its interest in the Lease to a mortgage or deed of trust obtained by Landlord after the date of this Lease unless the lender provides Tenant with a commercially reasonable nondisturbance agreement.

29. O PTIONS .

29.1 D EFINITION . As used in this Lease, the word “ Option ” has the following meaning: (1) the right or option to extend the term of this Lease or to renew this Lease, (2) the option or right of first refusal to lease the Premises or the right of first offer to lease the Premises or the right of first refusal to lease other space within the Project or the right of first offer to lease other space within the Project, and (3) the right or option to terminate this Lease prior to its expiration date or to reduce the size of the Premises. Any Option granted to Tenant by Landlord must be evidenced by a written option agreement attached to this Lease as a rider or addendum or said option shall be of no force or effect.

29.2 O PTIONS P ERSONAL . Each Option granted to Tenant in this Lease, if any, is personal to the original Tenant and any Affiliate (as defined in 16.8) to whom Tenant assigns its interest in this Lease (an “ Assuming Affiliate ”) and may be exercised only by the original Tenant or an Assuming Affiliate while occupying the entire Premises and may not be exercised or be assigned, voluntarily or involuntarily, by or to any person or entity other than Tenant or an Assuming Affiliate, including, without limitation, any permitted transferee as defined in section 16. The Options, if any, herein granted to Tenant are not assignable separate and apart from this Lease, nor may any Option be separated from this Lease in any manner, either by reservation or otherwise. If at any time an Option is exercisable by Tenant or an Assuming Affiliate, the Lease has been assigned to a person or entity other than an Affiliate or a sublease exists as to any portion of the Premises to a person or entity other than an Affiliate, the Option shall be deemed null and void and neither Tenant nor any assignee or subtenant shall have the right to exercise the Option.

29.3 M ULTIPLE O PTIONS . In the event that Tenant has multiple Options to extend or renew this Lease, a later Option cannot be exercised unless the prior Option to extend or renew this Lease has been so exercised.

29.4 E FFECT OF D EFAULT ON O PTIONS . Tenant shall have no right to exercise an Option during the time commencing from the date Landlord gives to Tenant a notice of default pursuant to section 17.1 and continuing until the noncompliance alleged in said notice of default is cured, or if Tenant is in default of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Lease beyond any applicable cure period and Landlord has proceeded to effect its remedies pursuant to Section 17.2 above. The period of time within which an Option may be exercised shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Tenant’s inability to exercise an Option because of the provisions of this section.

30. L ANDLORD R ESERVATIONS . Landlord shall have the right: (a) to change the name and address of the Project or Building upon not less than ninety (90) days prior written notice; provided, however, in such event Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for all reasonable costs Tenant pays to third parties for the replacement of pre-printed stationary, address labels and other packaging in an amount not to exceed $5000; (b) to permit any tenant the exclusive right to conduct any business as long as such exclusive right does not conflict with any rights expressly given herein; and (c) to place signs, notices or displays upon the roof, interior or exterior of the Building or Common Areas of the Project. Landlord reserves the right to use the exterior walls of the Premises, and the area beneath, adjacent to and above the Premises together with the right to install, use, maintain and replace equipment, machinery, pipes, conduits and wiring through the Premises, which serve other parts of the Project provided that Landlord’s use does not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises.

31. C HANGES TO P ROJECT . Landlord shall have the right, in Landlord’s sole discretion, from time to time, to make changes to the size, shape, location, number and extent of the improvements comprising the Project (hereinafter referred to as “ Changes ”) including, but not limited to, the interior and exterior of buildings, the Common Areas, HVAC, electrical systems, communication systems, fire protection and detection systems, plumbing systems, security systems, parking control systems, driveways, entrances, parking spaces, parking areas and landscaped areas; provided, however, that Landlord shall not materially change the location of the exterior walls of the Building or materially change the location of the Common Areas within the Building in a way that would materially and adversely effect Tenant’s use of the Premises without the prior written consent of Tenant, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and shall not make any other changes if the effect of such changes would be to materially decrease Tenant’s rights or materially increase Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. In connection with the Changes, Landlord may, among other things, erect scaffolding or other necessary structures at the Project, limit or eliminate access to portions of the Project, including portions of the Common Areas, or perform work in the Building, which work may create noise, dust or leave debris in the Building so long as Landlord uses commercially reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises. Also so long as Landlord uses commercially reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises, Tenant hereby agrees that such Changes and Landlord’s actions in connection with such Changes shall in no way

 

18


constitute a constructive eviction of Tenant or entitle Tenant to any abatement of rent. Landlord shall have no responsibility or for any reason be liable to Tenant for any direct or indirect injury to or interference with Tenant’s business arising from the Changes, nor shall Tenant be entitled to any compensation or damages from Landlord for any inconvenience or annoyance occasioned by such Changes or Landlord’s actions in connection with such Changes. If a Change will materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide Tenant with advance notice of such Change Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize disruption to Tenant’s business operations caused by Changes.

32. Intentionally deleted.

33. H OLDING O VER . If Tenant remains in possession of the Premises or any part thereof after the expiration or earlier termination of the term hereof with Landlord’s consent. such occupancy shall be a tenancy from month to month upon all the terms and conditions of this Lease pertaining to the obligations of Tenant, except that the Base Rent payable shall be the one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Base Rent payable immediately preceding the termination date of this Lease, and all Options, if any, shall be deemed terminated and be of no further effect. If Tenant remains in possession of the Premises or any part thereof, after the expiration of the term hereof without Landlord’s consent. Tenant shall, at Landlord’s option, be treated as a tenant at sufferance or a trespasser. Nothing contained herein shall be construed to constitute Landlord’s consent to Tenant holding over at the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease term or to give Tenant the right to hold over after the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease term. Tenant hereby agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend Landlord from any cost, loss, claim or liability (including attorneys’ fees) Landlord may incur as a result of Tenant’s failure to surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord upon the termination of this Lease.

34. L ANDLORD S A CCESS .

34.1 A CCESS . Landlord and Landlord’s agents, contractors and employees shall have the right to enter the Premises at reasonable times upon reasonable advance notice to Tenant (except in the case of any emergency, where no advance notice shall be required) for the purpose of inspecting the Premises, performing any services required of Landlord, showing the Premises to prospective purchasers, lenders or tenants, undertaking safety measures and making alterations, repairs, improvements or additions to the Premises or to the Project; provided, however, that Landlord shall only have the right to show the Premises to prospective tenants during the last one hundred eighty (180) days of the term of this Lease. In the event of an emergency. Landlord may gain access to the Premises by any reasonable means, and Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for damage to the Premises or to Tenant’s property resulting from such access. Landlord may at any time place on or about the Building “for sale” or “for lease” signs and Landlord may at any time during the last one hundred twenty (120) days of the term hereof place on or about the Premises “for lease” signs. During any such access. Landlord and its agents shall abide by Tenant’s reasonable safety, security and confidentiality measures.

34.2 K EYS . Landlord shall have the right to retain keys to the locks on the entry doors to the Premises and all interior doors at the Premises.

35. S ECURITY M EASURES . Tenant hereby acknowledges that Landlord shall have no obligation whatsoever to provide guard service or other security measures for the benefit of the Premises or the Project, and Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant due to its failure to provide such services. Tenant assumes all responsibility for the protection of Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors and invitees and the property of Tenant and of Tenant’s agents, employees, contractors and invitees from acts of third parties. Nothing herein contained shall prevent Landlord, at Landlord’s sole option, from implementing security measures for the Project or any part thereof, in which event Tenant shall participate in such security measures and the cost thereof shall be included within the definition of Operating Expenses, and Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant and its agents, employees, contractors and invitees arising out of Landlord’s negligent provision of security measures, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to require all persons entering or leaving the Project to identify themselves to a security guard and to reasonably establish that such person should be permitted access to the Project.

36. E ASEMENTS . Landlord reserves to itself the right, from time to time, to grant such easements, rights and dedications that Landlord deems necessary or desirable, and to cause the recordation of parcel maps and restrictions, so long as such easements, rights, dedications, maps and restrictions do not unreasonably interfere with the use of the Premises by Tenant. Tenant shall sign any of the aforementioned documents within ten (10) days after Landlord’s request, and Tenant’s failure to do so shall constitute a default by Tenant. The obstruction of Tenant’s view, air or light by any structure erected in the vicinity of the Project, whether by Landlord or third parties, shall in no way affect this Lease or impose any liability upon Landlord.

37. T RANSPORTATION M ANAGEMENT . Tenant shall fully comply at its sole expense with all present or future programs implemented or required by any governmental or quasi-governmental entity or Landlord to manage parking, transportation, air pollution or traffic in and around the Project or the metropolitan area in which the Project is located.

38. S EVERABILITY . The invalidity of any provision of this Lease as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction shall in no way affect the validity of any other provision hereof.

39. T IME OF E SSENCE . Time is of the essence with respect to each of the obligations to be performed by Tenant and Landlord under this Lease.

40. D EFINITION OF A DDITIONAL R ENT . All monetary obligations of Tenant to Landlord under the terms of this Lease, including, but not limited to, Base Rent, Tenant’s Percentage Share of Operating Expenses and late charges shall be deemed to be rent.

41. I NCORPORATION OF P RIOR A GREEMENTS . This Lease and the attachments listed in section 1.15 contain all agreements of the parties with respect to the lease of the Premises and any other matter mentioned herein. No prior or contemporaneous agreement or understanding pertaining to any such matter shall be effective. Except as otherwise stated in this Lease, Tenant hereby acknowledges that no real estate broker nor Landlord nor any employee or agents of any of said persons has made any oral or written warranties or representations to Tenant concerning the condition or use by Tenant of the Premises or the Project or concerning any other matter addressed by this Lease.

42. A MENDMENTS . This Lease may be modified in writing only, signed by the parties in interest at the time of the modification.

43. N OTICES . All notices required or permitted by this Lease shall be in writing and may be delivered (a) in person (by hand, by messenger or by courier service), (b) by U.S. Postal Service regular mail, (c) by U.S. Postal Service certified mall, return receipt requested, (d) by U.S. Postal Service Express Mail, Federal Express or other overnight courier, or (e) by facsimile transmission, and shall be deemed sufficiently given if served in a manner specified in this section. The addresses set forth in section 1.16 of this Lease shall be the address of each party for notice purposes. Landlord or Tenant may by written notice to the other specify a different address for notice purposes, except that upon Tenant’s taking possession of the Premises, the Premises shall constitute Tenant’s address for the purpose of mailing or delivering notices to Tenant. A copy of all notices required or permitted to be given to Landlord hereunder shall be concurrently transmitted to such party or parties at

 

19


such addresses as Landlord may from time to time hereinafter designate by written notice to Tenant. Any notice sent by regular mail or by certified mail, return receipt requested, shall be deemed given three (3) days after deposited with the U.S. Postal Service. Notices delivered by U.S. Express Mail, Federal Express or other courier shall be deemed given on the date delivered by the carrier to the appropriate party’s address for notice purposes. If any notice is transmitted by facsimile transmission, the notice shall be deemed delivered upon telephone confirmation of receipt of the transmission thereof at the appropriate party’s address for notice purposes. A copy of all notices delivered to a party by facsimile transmission shall also be mailed to the party on the date the facsimile transmission is completed. If notice is received on Saturday, Sunday or a legal holiday, it shall be deemed received on the next business day. Nothing contained herein shall be construed to limit Landlord’s right to serve any notice to pay rent or quit or similar notice by any method permitted by applicable law, and any such notice shall be effective if served in accordance with any method permitted by applicable law whether or not the requirements of this section have been met.

44. W AIVERS . N O waiver by Landlord or Tenant of any provision hereof shall be deemed a waiver of any other provision hereof or of any subsequent breach by Landlord or Tenant of the same or any other provision. Landlord’s consent to, or approval of, any act shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of Landlord’s consent to or approval of any subsequent act by Tenant. The acceptance of rent hereunder by Landlord shall not be a waiver of any preceding breach by Tenant of any provision hereof, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the particular rent so accepted, regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of acceptance of such rent. No acceptance by Landlord of partial payment of any sum due from Tenant shall be deemed a waiver by Landlord of its right to receive the full amount due, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or accompanying letter from Tenant be deemed an accord and satisfaction. Tenant hereby waives California Code of Civil Procedure section 1179 and Civil Code section 3275 which allow tenants to obtain relief from the forfeiture of a lease. Tenant hereby waives for Tenant and all those claiming under Tenant all rights now or hereafter existing to redeem by order or judgment of any court or by legal process or writ Tenant’s right of occupancy of the Premises after any termination of this Lease.

45. C OVENANTS . This Lease shall be construed as though Landlord’s covenants contained herein are independent and not dependent and Tenant hereby walves the benefit of any statute to the contrary. All provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant are covenants.

46. B INDING E FFECT ; C HOICE OF L AW . Subject to any provision hereof restricting assignment or subletting by Tenant, this Lease shall bind the parties, their heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns. This Lease shall be governed by the laws of the state in which the Project is located, and any litigation concerning this Lease between the parties hereto shall be initiated in the county in which the Project is located.

47. A TTORNEYS ’ F EES . If Landlord or Tenant brings an action to enforce the terms hereof or declare rights hereunder, the prevailing party in any such action, or appeal thereon, shall be entitled to its reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs to be paid by the losing party as fixed by the court in the same or separate suit, and whether or not such action is pursued to decision or judgment. The attorneys’ fee award shall not be computed in accordance with any court fee schedule, but shall be such as to fully reimburse all attorneys’ fees and court costs reasonably incurred in good faith. Landlord shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees and all other costs and expenses incurred in the preparation and service of valid notices of default and consultations in connection therewith, whether or not a legal action is subsequently commenced in connection with such default. Landlord and Tenant agree that attorneys’ fees incurred with respect to defaults and bankruptcy are actual pecuniary losses within the meaning of section 365(b)(1)(B) of the Bankruptcy Code or any successor statute.

48. A UCTIONS . Tenant shall not conduct, nor permit to be conducted, either voluntarily or involuntarily, any auction or going-out-of-business sale upon the Premises or the Common Areas.

49. M ERGER . The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, or a mutual cancellation thereof, or a termination by Landlord, shall not result in the merger of Landlord’s and Tenant’s estates and shall, at the option of Landlord, terminate all or any existing subtenancies or may, at the option of Landlord, operate as an assignment to Landlord of any or all of such subtenancies.

50. Q UIET P OSSESSION . Subject to the other terms and conditions of this Lease, and provided Tenant is not in default hereunder, Tenant shall have quiet possession of the Premises for the entire term hereof subject to all of the provisions of this Lease.

51. A UTHORITY . If Tenant is a corporation, trust, limited liability company, limited liability partnership or general or limited partnership, Tenant, and each individual executing this Lease on behalf of such entity, represents and warrants that such individual is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on behalf of said entity, that said entity is duly authorized to enter into this Lease, and that this Lease is enforceable against said entity in accordance with its terms. If Tenant is a corporation, trust, limited liability company, limited liability partnership or other partnership, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord upon demand evidence of such authority satisfactory to Landlord.

52. C ONFLICT . Except as otherwise provided herein to the contrary, any conflict between the printed provisions, exhibits, addenda or riders of this Lease and the typewritten or handwritten provisions, if any, shall be controlled by the typewritten or handwritten provisions.

53. M ULTIPLE P ARTIES . If more than one person or entity is named as Tenant herein, the obligations of Tenant shall be the joint and several responsibility of all persons or entities named herein as Tenant. Service of a notice in accordance with section 43 on one Tenant shall be deemed service of notice on all Tenants.

54. I NTERPRETATION . This Lease shall be interpreted as if it was prepared by both parties, and ambiguities shall not be resolved in favor of Tenant because all or a portion of this Lease was prepared by Landlord. The captions contained in this Lease are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to limit or alter the meaning of this Lease. As used in this Lease, the words tenant and landlord include the plural as well as the singular. Words used in the neuter gender include the masculine and feminine gender. For the purposes of this agreement, “Lease” shall collectively mean this document and all Exhibits, riders and addenda to this document.

55. P ROHIBITION A GAINST R ECORDING . Neither this Lease, nor any memorandum, affidavit or other writing with respect thereto, shall be recorded by Tenant or by anyone acting through, under or on behalf of Tenant. Landlord shall have the right to record a memorandum of this Lease, and Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord for recording any memorandum prepared by Landlord.

56. R ELATIONSHIP OF P ARTIES . Nothing contained in this Lease shall be deemed or construed by the parties hereto or by any third party to create the relationship of principal and agent, partnership, joint venture or any association between Landlord and Tenant.

 

20


57. R ULES AND R EGULATIONS . Tenant agrees to abide by and conform to the Rules and to cause its employees, suppliers, customers and invitees to so abide and conform. Landlord shall have the right, from time to time, to modify, amend and enforce the Rules in a reasonable and nondiscriminatory manner. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the failure of other persons, including, but not limited to, other tenants, their agents, employees and invitees, to comply with the Rules except as specifically set forth in this Lease. Modifications or amendments to the Rules shall be binding upon Tenant provided that Tenant has received written notice thereof.

58. R IGHT TO L EASE . Landlord reserves the absolute right to effect such other tenancies in the Project as Landlord in its sole discretion shall determine, and Tenant is not relying on any representation that any specific tenant or number of tenants will occupy the Project.

59. C ONFIDENTIALITY . Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the terms of this Lease are confidential and constitute proprietary information of Landlord. Disclosure of the terms hereof could adversely affect the ability of Landlord to negotiate other leases with respect to the Project and may impair Landlord’s relationship with other tenants of the Project. Tenant agrees that it and its partners, officers, directors, employees shall use commercially reasonable efforts not disclose the terms of this Lease to any person or entity except (a) the brokers, attorneys and accountants employed by Tenant who are involved in this transaction; (b) as may be required by the SEC or other governmental agency; (c) as may be required in connection with any financing, merger and acquisition transaction or stock sale by Tenant, and (d) as required in any legal proceeding or in connection with any other mandatory disclosure obligation of Tenant, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which may be given or withheld by Landlord, in Landlord’s sole discretion. Tenant shall instruct its brokers, attorneys and accountants to maintain the confidentiality of the terms of this Lease. It is understood and agreed that damages alone would be an inadequate remedy for the breach of this provision by Tenant, and Landlord shall also have the right to seek specific performance of this provision and to seek injunctive relief to prevent its breach or continued breach.

60. W AIVER OF JURY T RIAL . LANDLORD AND TENANT HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CAUSE OF ACTION, CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM OR CROSS-COMPLAINT IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING AND/OR HEARING BROUGHT BY EITHER LANDLORD AGAINST TENANT OR TENANT AGAINST LANDLORD ON ANY MATTER WHATSOEVER ARISING OUT OF, OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH, THIS LEASE, THE RELATIONSHIP OF LANDLORD AND TENANT, TENANT’S USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES, OR ANY CLAIM OF INJURY OR DAMAGE, OR THE ENFORCEMENT OF ANY REMEDY UNDER ANY LAW, STATUTE, OR REGULATION, EMERGENCY OR OTHERWISE, NOW OR HEREAFTER IN EFFECT.

LANDLORD AND TENANT ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THEY HAVE CAREFULLY READ AND REVIEWED THIS LEASE AND EACH TERM AND PROVISION CONTAINED HEREIN AND, BY EXECUTION OF THIS LEASE, SHOW THEIR INFORMED AND VOLUNTARY CONSENT THERETO. THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE THAT, AT THE TIME THIS LEASE IS EXECUTED, THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE ARE COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE AND EFFECTUATE THE INTENT AND PURPOSE OF LANDLORD AND TENANT WITH RESPECT TO THE PREMISES. TENANT ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS BEEN GIVEN THE OPPORTUNITY TO HAVE THIS LEASE REVIEWED BY ITS LEGAL COUNSEL PRIOR TO ITS EXECUTION PREPARATION OF THIS LEASE BY LANDLORD OR LANDLORD’S AGENT AND SUBMISSION OF SAME TO TENANT SHALL NOT BE DEEMED AN OFFER BY LANDLORD TO LEASE THE PREMISES TO TENANT OR THE GRANT OF AN OPTION TO TENANT TO LEASE THE PREMISES. THIS LEASE SHALL BECOME BINDING UPON LANDLORD ONLY WHEN FULLY EXECUTED BY BOTH PARTIES AND WHEN LANDLORD HAS DELIVERED A FULLY EXECUTED ORIGINAL OF THIS LEASE TO TENANT.

LANDLORD:

The Realty Associates Fund III, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership

 

By:    Realty Associates Fund III GP Limited Partnership, a Delaware limited partnership, its general partner
  By:   Realty Associates Fund III LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its sole general partner
    By:   Realty Associates Fund III Trust, a Massachusetts business trust, sole Member
      By:   /s/ Scott W. Amling
        (Officer)  Scott W. Amling
                        Regional Director

 

By:   Realty Associates Fund III Texas Corporation, a Texas corporation, general partner
  By:   /s/ Scott W. Amling
   

(Officer)  Scott W. Amling

                Regional Director

TENANT*:

Ion America Corporation, a Delaware corporation

 

By:   /s/ Rick Foreman
  Rick Foreman
  (print name)
Its:   Vice President, Finance & Admin
  (print title)
By:   /s/ KR Sridhar
  KR Sridhar
  (print name)
Its:   President & CEO
  (print title)

 

21


* If Tenant is a corporation, the authorized officers must sign on behalf of the corporation and indicate the capacity in which they are signing. The Lease must be executed by the president or vice president and the secretary or assistant secretary, unless the bylaws or a resolution of the board of directors shall otherwise provide, in which event, the bylaws or a certified copy of the resolution, as the case may be, must be attached to this Lease.

 

22


EXHIBIT A

PREMISES

Exhibit A is intended only to show the general layout of the Premises, and shall not be interpreted to increase the size of the Premises beyond the number of leasable square feet set forth in Section 1.5. Exhibit A is not to be scaled and any measurements or distances shown on Exhibit A are approximates only.

[to be attached]


EXHIBIT A

 

LOGO


EXHIBIT B

Intentionally deleted


EXHIBIT C

RULES AND REGULATIONS

GENERAL RULES

Tenant shall faithfully observe and comply with the following Rules and Regulations:

1. Tenant shall not alter any locks or install any new or additional locks or bolts on any doors or windows of the Premises without obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent, Tenant shall bear the cost of any lock changes or repairs required by Tenant.

2. Access to the Project may be refused unless the person seeking access has proper identification or has a previously received authorization for access to the Project. Landlord and its agents shall in no case be liable for damages for any error with regarding to the admission to or exclusion from the Project of any person. In case of invasion, mob, riot, public excitement or other commotion, Landlord reserves the right to prevent access to the Project during the continuance thereof by any means it deems appropriate for the safety and protection of life and property.

3. No cooking shall be done or permitted on the Premises, nor shall the Premises be used for any improper, objectionable or immoral purposes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Underwriters’ Laboratory-approved equipment and microwave ovens may be used in the Premises for heating food and brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages for employees and visitors of Tenant, provided that such use is in accordance with all applicable federal, state and city laws, codes, ordinances, rules and regulations; and provided further that such cooking does not result in odors escaping from the Premises.

4. No boring or cutting for wires shall be allowed without the consent of Landlord which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Tenant shall not install any radio or television antenna, satellite dish, loudspeaker or other similar device on the roof or exterior walls of the Building. Tenant shall not interfere with broadcasting or reception from or in the Project or elsewhere.

5. Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Project any person who, in the judgment of Landlord, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs, or who shall in any manner do any act in violation of any of these Rules and Regulations.

6. Tenant shall store all its trash and garbage within the interior of the Premises or in other locations approved by Landlord, in Landlord’s sole discretion. No material shall be placed in the trash boxes or receptacles if such material is of such nature that it may not be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of removing and disposing of trash in the vicinity of the Project without violation of any law or ordinance governing such disposal.

7. Tenant shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation procedures and regulations established by Landlord or any governmental agency.

PARKING RULES

1. Tenant shall not permit or allow any vehicles that belong to or are controlled by Tenant or Tenant’s employees, suppliers, shippers, customers or invitees to be loaded, unloaded or parked in areas other than those designated by Landlord for such activities and at times approved by Landlord. Users of the parking area will obey all posted signs and park only in the areas designated for vehicle parking. Tenant and its customers, employees, shippers and invitees shall comply with all rules and regulations adopted by Landlord from time to time relating to truck parking and/or truck loading and unloading.

2. Landlord reserves the right to relocate all or a part of parking spaces within the parking area.

3. Landlord will not be responsible for any damage to vehicles, injury to persons or loss of property, all of which risks are assumed by the party using the parking area.

4. The maintenance, washing, waxing or cleaning of vehicles in the parking area or Common Areas is prohibited.

5. Tenant shall be responsible for seeing that all of its employees, agents, contractors and invitees comply with the applicable parking rules, regulations, laws and agreements.

6. At Landlord’s request, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a list which includes the name of each person using the parking facilities based on Tenant’s parking rights under this Lease and the license plate number of the vehicle being used by that person. Tenant shall provide Landlord with an updated list within five (5) days after any part of the list becomes inaccurate.

In accordance with the terms of Section 57 of the Lease, Landlord reserves the right at any time to change or rescind any one or more of these Rules and Regulations, or to make such other and further reasonable Rules and Regulations as in Landlord’s judgment may from time to time be necessary for the management, safety, care and cleanliness of the project, and for the preservation of good order therein, as well as for the convenience of other occupants and tenants therein; provided, however, any new rule that will materially and adversely interfere with Tenant’s business operations (as they exist on the Commencement Date) shall require Tenant’s prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld). Landlord may waive any one or more of these Rules and Regulations for the benefit of any particular tenant, but no such waiver by Landlord shall be construed as a waiver of such Rules and Regulations in favor of any other tenant, nor prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing any such Rules or Regulations against any or all tenants of the Project. Tenant shall be deemed to have read these Rules and Regulations and to have agreed to abide by them as a condition of its occupancy of the Premises.


EXHIBIT D

Form of HazMat Certificate

General Information

 

Name of Responding Company:    Ion America
Mailing Address:    PO Box 97, 543 NASA Research Park, Moffett Field, CA 94035
Signature:    
Title:    VP Technology Development   Phone:    650-964-6444 x202
Date:    3/31/05   Age of Facility:    unknown   Length of Occupancy:    new tenant

Major products manufactured and/or activities conducted on the property: Development and pilot manufacture of fuel cell electrical power generators.                                                                                               

 

Type of Business Activity(ies):

  

Hazardous Materials Activities:

(check all that apply)    (check all that apply)

x          machine shop

x          light assembly

x          research and development

           product service or repair

           photo processing

           automotive service and repair

           manufacturing

           warehouse

           integrated/printed circuit

x         chemical/pharmaceutical product

  

           degreasing

x          chemical/etching/milling

           wastewater treatment

           painting

           striping

           cleaning

x          printing

x          analytical lab

           plating

           chemical/missing/synthesis

           silkscreen

x          lathe/mill machining

           deionizer water product

           photo masking

           wave solder

           metal finishing

HAZARDOUS MATERIALS/WASTE HANDLING AND STORAGE

A.         Are hazardous materials handled on any of your shipping and receiving docks in container quantities greater than one gallon? x              Yes              No

B.         If Hazardous materials or waste are stored on the premises, please check off the nature of the storage and type(s) of materials below:

 

Types of Storage Container

  

Type of Hazardous Materials and/or Waste Stored

(list above-ground storage only)     

x          1 gallon or 3 liter bottles/cans

           5 to 30 gallon carboys

x          55 gallon drums

           tanks

  

           acid

           phenol

           caustic/alkaline cleaner

           cyanide

           photo resist stripper

           paint

x          flammable solvent

           gasoline/diesel fuel

           nonflammable/chlorinated solvent

x          oil/cutting fluid

 

C.         Do you accumulate hazardous waste onsite? x              Yes              No
If yes, how is it being handled?

            on-site treatment or recovery

           discharged to sewer

x          hauled offsite                         If hauled offsite, by whom VENDOR NOT YET SELECTED

           incineration

D.         Indicate your hazardous waste storage status with Department of Health Services:

           generator

           interim status facility

x          permitted TSDF

           none of the above

WASTEWATER TREATMENT/DISCHARGE
A.         Do you discharge industrial wastewater to:
           sewer

 


           storm drain

           surface water

x          no industrial discharge

 

B. Is your industrial wastewater treated before discharge?              Yes              No

If yes, what type of treatment is being conducted?

           neutralization

           metal hydroxide formation

           closed-loop treatment

           cyanide destruct

           HF treatment

           other

SUBSURFACE CONTAINMENT OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS/WASTES

 

A. Are buried tanks/sumps being used for any of the following:

           hazardous waste storage

           chemical storage

           gasoline/diesel fuel storage

           waste treatment

           wastewater neutralization

           industrial wastewater treatment

x          none of the above

 

B. If buried tanks are located onsite, indicate their construction:

           steel                                 fiberglass                                 concrete

           inside open vault                     double walled

 

C. Are hazardous materials or untreated industrial wastewater transported via buried piping to tanks, process areas or treatment areas?              Yes              No

 

D. Do you have wet floors in your process areas?              Yes x              No

If yes, name processes:                                                                                               

 

E. Are abandoned underground tanks or sumps located on the property?              Yes              No         NOT TO OUR KNOWLEDGE

HAZARDOUS MATERIALS SPILLS

 

A. Have hazardous materials ever spilled to:

            the sewer

           the storm drain

           onto the property

x          no spills have occurred

 

B. Have you experienced any leaking underground tanks or sumps?              Yes x              No

 

C. If spills have occurred, were they reported?              Yes              No

Check which the government agencies that you contacted regarding the spill(s):

           Department of Health Services

           Department of Fish and Game

           Environmental Protection Agency

           Regional Water Quality Control Board

           Fire Department

 


D. Have you been contacted by a government agency regarding soil of groundwater contamination on your site?              Yes x              No

Do you have exploratory wells onsite?              Yes x              No

If yes, indicate the following:

Number of wells:                               Approximate depth of wells:                              Well diameters:                 

PLEASE ATTACH ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATORY PERMITS, AGENCY REPORTS THAT APPLY TO YOUR OPERATION AND HAZARDOUS WASTE MANIFESTS.

Check off those enclosed:

           Hazardous Materials Inventory Statement, HMIS

           Hazardous Materials Management Plan, HMMP

           Department of Health Services, Generatory/ Inspection Report

           Underground Tank Registrations

           Industrial Wastewater Discharge Permit

           Hazardous Waste Manifest

 


EXHIBIT E

WORK LETTER AGREEMENT

This Work Letter Agreement is attached to a Standard Industrial Lease (the “Lease” ) entered into between The Realty Associates Fund III, L.P. ( “Landlord” ), and Ion America Corporation ( “Tenant” ) covering certain premises (the “Premises” ) more particularly described in the Lease, and is incorporated into the Lease by this reference.

1. Tenant Improvements . For purposes of this Lease, the “Tenant Improvements” shall mean the improvements to the Premises described on the Final Construction Drawings (as defined below). All Tenant Improvements made to the Premises shall be performed by Tenant. Subject to the reimbursement limitations set forth in section 2.2 below, the Tenant Improvements shall be paid for from the Tenant Improvement Allowance (as defined below) or shall be paid for by Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. The Tenant Improvements to be constructed by Tenant shall include, but shall not be limited to, demolition, concrete work, iron work, rough and finish carpentry, insulation, sheet metal, glass and glazing, doors, door frames and hardware, dry wall, acoustical ceiling, flooring, painting and wall coverings, accessories and partitions, kitchen equipment, fire extinguishers and cabinets, window coverings, plumbing. HVAC equipment, relocation of existing and installation of new fire sprinkler heads, electrical, prefabricated partitions, telephone systems, cabling systems, final clean-up and labor, miscellaneous specialties, planning, engineering, plan checking, permitting, architectural and other design costs, general contractor and subcontractor general conditions, overhead and profit, moving and insurance costs, signage, consulting, relocation, furniture, cabling and landlord oversight fees. Subject to Landlord’s obligations under section 2.2 of the Lease, compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act and all other handicap regulations relating to the construction of the Tenant Improvements or the use or occupancy of the Premises shall be paid for by Tenant from the Tenant Improvement Allowance or Tenant’s own funds.

2. Tenant Improvement Allowance .

2.1 Tenant Improvement Allowance .

(a) Allowance . Tenant shall be entitled to a Tenant Improvement Allowance (the “ Tenant Improvement Allowance ”) in a total amount equal to Two Million Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($2,250,000.00).

(b) Unused Allowance . If Tenant does not use the entire Tenant Improvement Allowance, any unused portion of the Tenant Improvement Allowance shall be allocated to payment of the first Base Rent payments due under the Lease after the January 2006 Base Rent (which Tenant has prepaid). Tenant shall notify Landlord on or before December 31, 2005 of what portion of the Tenant Improvement Allowance, if any, it has elected to apply to the payment of Base Rent.

(c) Limitation . In no event shall Landlord be obligated to make disbursements pursuant to this Work Letter Agreement in a total amount which exceeds the Tenant Improvement Allowance.

(d) Final D i stribution . Prior to December 31, 2005, Tenant shall have requested disbursement of the entire Tenant Improvement Allowance for one or more Tenant Improvement Allowance Items (as defined below) or for the payment of Base Rent, all in accordance with the requirements of this Work Letter Agreement. It being the intention of Landlord and Tenant that prior to December 31, 2005 the entire Tenant Improvement Allowance be (i) disbursed in accordance with the requirements of this Work Letter Agreement or (ii) be allocated by Tenant to the payment of Base Rent as provided in (b) above.

2.2 Disbursement of the Tenant Improvement Allowance .

(a) Tenant Improvement Allowance Items . The Tenant Improvement Allowance shall be disbursed by Landlord only for the following items and costs (collectively the “ Tenant Improvement Allowance Items ”):

(i) Payment of the fees of the “Architect” and the “Engineers,” as those terms are defined in section 3.1 of this Work Letter Agreement;

(ii) The payment of plan check, permit and license fees relating to construction of the Tenant Improvements;

(iii) The cost of the construction of the Tenant Improvements, including, without limitation, testing and inspection costs, trash removal costs, and contractors’ fees and general conditions;

(iv) The cost of any changes to the Final Construction Drawings (as that term is defined in section 3.3 of this Work Letter Agreement) or Tenant Improvements required by any governmental agency;

(v) Sales and use taxes and Title 24 fees.;

(vi) the cost of any oversight fees owed to Landlord (which fees shall not exceed $12,500 in the aggregate);

(vii) signage costs, exterior improvement costs and any other items identified in Section 1 above; and

(vi) The cost of relocating to the Premises (e.g., moving costs), consulting fees relating to Tenant’s move to the Premises and the cost of furniture, fixtures, cabling and equipment (including the Generator (as defined in the Addendum)) Tenant desires to install in the Premises (collectively, “ FF&E and Moving Costs ”).

(b) Disbursement . During the construction of the Tenant Improvements, Landlord shall make disbursements of the Tenant Improvement Allowance for Tenant Improvement Allowance Items and shall release monies as follows:

(i) Disbursements . Not more often than once in any thirty (30) day period, Landlord shall disburse to Tenant, or upon written request from Tenant, Tenant’s general contractor, monies from the Tenant Improvement Allowance. Prior to Landlord making a disbursement, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord: (A) a request for payment, approved by Tenant, in a form which is reasonably acceptable to Landlord which shows the percentage of completion by trade of the Tenant Improvements; (B) invoices from all of Tenant’s Agents (as defined below), for labor rendered and materials delivered with respect to such payment request in an amount not less than the amount of the Tenant Improvement Allowance Tenant has requested be reimbursed; (C) copies of executed mechanic’s lien releases from all of Tenant’s Agents which shall comply with the appropriate provisions of California Civil Code Section 3262(d); and (D) all other information reasonably

 


requested by Landlord. Within fifteen (15) days after Landlord has received all of this information, Landlord shall deliver a check to Tenant or, at Tenant’s request, to Tenant’s general contractor, in an amount equal to the actual monies paid by Tenant to Tenant’s Agents with respect to such payment request.

(ii) FF&E and Moving Cost Disbursement . Tenant shall have the right at any time to request the disbursement of up to $500,000 of the Tenant Improvement Allowance to compensate Tenant for FF&E and Moving Costs that Tenant may incur (the “ Initial Payment ”). Tenant shall not be obligated to have incurred any FF&E and Moving Costs in order to receive the Initial Payment. If Tenant requests that it be reimbursed for FF&E and Moving Costs in excess of the Initial Payment. Tenant shall provide Landlord with bills from the vendors who sold the FF&E to Tenant or provided moving assistance and any other back-up documentation reasonably requested by Landlord prior to Landlord being obligated to disburse to Tenant from the Tenant Improvement Allowance additional FF&E and Moving Costs.

(iii) Final Completion . Within thirty (30) days after the Tenant Improvements have been completed, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord (A) properly executed mechanics lien releases in compliance with California Civil Code Section 3262(d)(3) or Section 3262(d)(4); and (B) a certificate from the Architect, in a form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, certifying that the construction of the Tenant Improvements in the Premises has been substantially completed. Within fifteen (15) days after receiving the foregoing information, Landlord shall reimburse to Tenant any additional costs of constructing the Tenant Improvements to the extent not previously paid for in accordance with (i) above.

3. Space Plan and Construction Drawings .

3.1 Space Plan . Attached hereto as Exhibit 1 is a space plan describing the improvements Tenant will make to the Premises (the “ Space Plan ”).

3.2 Construction Drawings . Tenant shall use AP+1, or another architect reasonably acceptable to Landlord, to prepare construction drawings for the improvements described on the Space Plan (the “ Architect ”). In addition, Tenant shall retain engineering consultants (the “ Engineers ”) that are reasonably acceptable to Landlord to prepare all plans and engineering drawings relating to the structural, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, HVAC, life safety, and sprinkler work in the Premises. The plans and specifications to be prepared by Architect and the Engineers hereunder shall reflect only the improvements described on the Space Plan and shall be known collectively as the “ Construction Drawings .” Tenant and Architect shall verify, in the field, the dimensions of the Premises and the conditions at the Premises, and Tenant and Architect shall be solely responsible for the same, and Landlord shall have no responsibility in connection therewith. Landlord’s review of the Construction Drawings are for its sole benefit and Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant or Tenant’s Agents arising out of or based on Landlord’s review. Accordingly, notwithstanding that any Construction Drawings are reviewed by Landlord or its space planner, architect, engineers and consultants, and notwithstanding any advice or assistance which may be rendered to Tenant or Tenant’s Agents by Landlord or Landlord’s space planner, architect, engineers and consultants. Landlord shall have no liability whatsoever in connection therewith and shall not be responsible for any omissions or errors arising therefrom.

3.3 Preparation of Construction Drawings . Tenant shall promptly cause the Architect and the Engineers to complete the Construction Drawings which shall be comprised of a fully coordinated set of architectural, structural, mechanical, electrical and plumbing working drawings in a form which will allow Tenant to obtain all applicable permits (collectively, the “ Final Construction Drawings ”) and shall submit three (3) copies of the Final Construction Drawings to Landlord for Landlord’s approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Landlord shall advise Tenant within five (5) business days after Landlord’s receipt of the Final Construction Drawings for the Premises if the same are unsatisfactory or incomplete in any respect, as reasonably determined by Landlord. If Tenant is so advised, Tenant shall immediately revise the Final Construction Drawings to reflect any reasonable comments of Landlord.

3.4 Permits and Changes . The Final Construction Drawings shall be approved by Landlord prior to the commencement of construction of the Tenant Improvements. After approval by Landlord of the Final Construction Drawings. Tenant may submit the same to the City of Sunnyvale in order to obtain all applicable building permits. Tenant hereby agrees that neither Landlord nor Landlord’s consultants shall be responsible for obtaining any building permits or a certificate of occupancy for the Premises and that obtaining the same shall be Tenant’s sole responsibility; provided, however, that Landlord shall cooperate with Tenant in executing permit applications and performing other ministerial acts reasonably necessary to enable Tenant to obtain any such permits or certificate of occupancy. Tenant may, from time to time make changes to the Final Construction Drawings, provided that no material changes, modifications or alterations in the Final Construction Drawings may be made without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

3.5 Compliance with Laws . Tenant shall be solely responsible for constructing the Tenant Improvements in compliance with all laws.

4. Construction of Tenant Improvements .

4.1 Tenant’s Selection of Contractors .

(a) The Contractor . The general contractor for the construction of the Tenant Improvements shall be McLarney Construction (the “ Contractor ”).

(b) Tenant’s Agents . All subcontractors, laborers, materialmen, and suppliers used by Tenant (such subcontractors, laborers, materialmen, and suppliers, and the Contractor to be known collectively as “ Tenant’s Agents ”) must be licensed by the State of California. All of Tenant’s Agents shall be experienced in performing the work they have agreed to perform in similar buildings.

4.2 Construction of Tenant Improvements by Tenant’s Agents .

(a) Construction Contract . Tenant shall enter into a construction contract (the “ Contract ”) for the construction of the Tenant Improvements.

(b) Tenant’s Agents .

(i) Indemnity . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Lease, Tenant’s indemnification set forth in the Lease shall also apply with respect to any and all damages, cost, loss or expense (including attorneys fees) related in any way to any act or omission of Tenant or Tenant’s Agents, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or in connection with Tenant’s non-payment of any amount arising out of the Tenant Improvements. By way of example, and not limitation, Tenant shall indemnify and defend Landlord from any Damages to the Premises caused by the actions of the persons constructing the Tenant Improvements.


(ii) Warranty . Each of Tenant’s Agents shall guarantee to Tenant and for the benefit of Landlord that the portion of the Tenant Improvements for which it is responsible shall be free from any defects in workmanship and materials for a period of not less than one (1) year from the Commencement Date of the Lease, if such warranty is available on commercially reasonable terms. The correction of any defective work shall include, without additional charge, all additional expenses and damages incurred in connection with the removal or replacement of all or any part of the Tenant Improvements, and/or any other Building improvements that may be damaged or disturbed thereby. All such warranties or guarantees shall be contained in the Contract or applicable subcontract and shall inure to the benefit of both Landlord and Tenant. Tenant covenants to give to Landlord any assignment or other assurances which may be necessary to effect such right of direct enforcement.

(iii) Insurance Requirements .

(A) General Coverages . All of Tenant’s Agents (or the Contractor on behalf of such parties) shall carry worker’s compensation insurance covering all of their respective employees, and shall also carry public liability insurance, including property damage, all with limits, in form and with companies as are required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to section 10.1 of the Lease. Tenant’s Agents shall not be entitled to satisfy their insurance obligations through self-insurance.

(B) Special Coverages . Tenant shall carry “Builder’s All Risk” insurance in a commercially reasonable amount covering the construction of the Tenant Improvements, and such other insurance as Landlord may reasonably require, it being understood and agreed that the Tenant Improvements shall be insured by Tenant during the construction period and throughout the term of the Lease.

(C) General Terms . Certificates for all insurance carried pursuant to this section shall be delivered to Landlord before the commencement of construction of the Tenant Improvements and before any equipment is moved onto the site. All such policies of insurance shall name Landlord as an additional insured and must contain a provision that the company writing the policy will give Landlord thirty (30) days prior written notice of any cancellation or lapse of the effective date or any reduction in the amounts of such insurance. In the event that the Tenant Improvements are damaged by any cause during the course of the construction thereof. Tenant shall immediately repair the same at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Tenant’s Agents shall maintain all of the foregoing insurance coverage in force until all of the Tenant Improvements are fully completed. All insurance, except Worker’s Compensation, maintained by Tenant’s Agents shall preclude subrogation claims by the insurer against Landlord or Tenant. Such insurance shall provide that it is primary insurance as respects Landlord and that any other insurance maintained by Landlord is excess and noncontributing with the insurance required hereunder. The requirements for the foregoing insurance shall not limit Tenant’s indemnification obligations under this Work Letter Agreement.

(c) Compliance With Laws and Other Landlord Requirements . The Tenant Improvements shall comply in all respects with the following: (i) all applicable building codes, laws and regulations; (ii) applicable standards of the American Insurance Association (formerly, the National Board of Fire Underwriters); and (iii) building material manufacturer’s specifications. In addition, Tenant’s Agents shall comply with all of Landlord’s reasonable rules, regulations and procedures concerning the construction of improvements in the Building and access to the Building (collectively, the “ Construction Procedures ”).

(d) Inspection by Landlord . Landlord shall have the right to inspect the Tenant Improvements at all times, provided however, that Landlord’s inspection of the Tenant Improvements shall not constitute Landlord’s approval of the Tenant Improvements. Should Landlord reasonably disapprove any portion of the Tenant Improvements, Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing of such reasonable disapproval and shall specify the items disapproved. Any defects in the Tenant Improvements shall be rectified by Tenant at no expense to Landlord. Landlord shall have the right to receive a fee to reimburse it for its costs in providing approvals hereunder and in monitoring the construction of the Tenant Improvements in an amount of Twelve Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($12,500.00) (the “ Landlord Fee ”). Landlord shall deduct the Landlord Fee from the Improvement Allowance.

(e) Notice of Non-Responsibility . Not less than ten (10) days prior to the date Tenant intends to first commence construction of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall provide Landlord with written notice of its intention to commence construction. Landlord shall have the right from time to time to post notices of non-responsibility at the Premises.

4.3 Notice of Completion; Copy of Record Set of Plans . Within ten (10) days after completion of construction of the Tenant Improvements, and as a condition to Landlord’s final reimbursement of the Tenant Improvement Allowance, Tenant shall cause a Notice of Completion to be recorded in the office of the Recorder of Santa Clara County in accordance with Section 3093 of the Civil Code of the State of California or any successor statute, and shall furnish a copy thereof to Landlord upon such recordation. If Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may execute and file the same on behalf of Tenant as Tenant’s agent for such purpose, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. At the conclusion of construction, and as a condition to Landlord’s final reimbursement of the Tenant Improvement Allowance, (a) Tenant shall cause the Architect and Contractor (i) to update the Final Construction Drawings as necessary to reflect all changes made to the Final Construction Drawings during the course of construction, (ii) to certify to the best of their knowledge that the “record-set” of as-built drawings are true and correct and (iii) to deliver to Landlord two (2) sets of copies of such record set of drawings, and (b) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a copy of all warranties, guaranties, and operating manuals and information relating to the improvements, equipment, and systems in the Premises.

5. Completion . Tenant hereby covenants and agrees to cause the Tenant Improvements to be completed as soon as reasonably possible following the Commencement Date. Subject to the performance by Landlord of its obligations with respect to the funding of the Tenant Improvement Allowance. Tenant agrees to cause the Tenant Improvements to be paid for, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Tenant shall be primarily obligated to complete the construction of the Tenant Improvements, and the failure of Tenant’s Agents to perform their obligations with respect to the construction of the Tenant Improvements shall not relieve Tenant of its obligation to complete the construction of the Tenant Improvements. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to pay Base Rent and other amounts due under the Lease as of the Commencement Date is not conditioned on Tenant’s completion of the Tenant Improvements prior to the Commencement Date or at any other time.

6. Miscellaneous .

6.1 Tenant’s Representative . Tenant has designated Rick Foreman, VP of Finance and Administration as its sole representative with respect to the matters set forth in this Work Letter Agreement, and, until further notice to Landlord, Tenant’s representative shall have full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of the Tenant as required in this Work Letter Agreement.

6.2 Landlord’s Representative . Landlord has designated Kevin Morris as its sole representative with respect to the matters set forth in this Work Letter Agreement, and until further notice to Tenant, Landlord’s representative shall have full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of the Landlord as required in this Work Letter Agreement.


6.3 Time of the Essence . Unless otherwise indicated, all references herein to a “number of days” shall mean and refer to calendar days. If any item requiring approval is timely disapproved by Landlord, the procedure for preparation of the document and approval thereof shall be repeated until the document is approved by Landlord.

6.4 Tenant’s Default . Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in the Lease, if Tenant commits a default as defined in section 17.1 of the Lease, and fails to cure such default during any applicable cure period, then, in addition to all other rights and remedies granted to Landlord pursuant to the Lease, Landlord shall have the right to withhold payment of all or any portion of the Tenant Improvement Allowance until such default is cured. The failure of Tenant or Landlord to perform any of its obligations under this Work Letter Agreement shall constitute a default under the Lease, subject to the applicable cure periods set forth therein.


Exhibit 1 to Work Letter Agreement

(Space Plan)


Exhibit F

Addendum to Standard Industrial Lease (the “Lease”)

dated the          day of April, 2005 Between

The Realty Associates Fund III, L.P. (“Landlord”) and

Ion America Corporation (“Tenant”)

It is hereby agreed by Landlord and Tenant that the provisions of this Addendum are a part of the Lease. If there is a conflict between the terms and conditions of this Addendum and the terms and conditions of the Lease, the terms and conditions of this Addendum shall control. Capitalized terms in this Addendum shall have the same meaning as capitalized terms in the Lease, and, if a Work Letter Agreement is attached to this Lease, as those terms have been defined in the Work Letter Agreement.

1. Option to Extend . Landlord hereby grants to Tenant the option to extend the term of the Lease for one (1) five (5)-year period (the “ Extension Option ”) commencing when the initial lease term expires upon each and all of the following terms and conditions:

(a) On a date which is prior to the date that the option period would commence (if exercised) by at least one hundred eighty (180) days and not more than two hundred seventy (270) days, Landlord shall have received from Tenant a written notice of the exercise of the option to extend the Lease for said additional term (an “ Exercise Notice ”), time being of the essence. If the Exercise Notice is not so given and received, the Extension Option shall automatically expire, Tenant shall no longer have the right to give an Extension Notice and this section shall be of no further force or effect. Tenant shall give the Exercise Notice using certified mail return receipt requested or some other method where the person delivering the package containing the Exercise Notice obtains a signature of the person accepting the package containing the Exercise Notice (e.g., by FedEx with the requirement that the FedEx delivery person obtain a signature from the person accepting the package).

(b) All of the terms and conditions of the Lease except where specifically modified by this section shall apply.

(c) The monthly Base Rent payable during the option term shall be the Market Rate on the date the option term commences.

(d) The term “ Market Rate ” shall mean the annual amount per rentable square foot that a willing, comparable renewal tenant would pay and a willing, comparable landlord of a similar building would accept at arm’s length for similar space, giving appropriate consideration to the following matters: (i) annual rental rates per rentable square foot; (ii) the type of escalation clauses; (iii) rent abatement provisions reflecting free rent and/or no rent during the lease term; (iv) length of lease term; (v) size and location of premises being leased; and (vi) other generally applicable terms and conditions of tenancy for similar space; provided, however, Tenant shall not be entitled to any tenant improvement or refurbishment allowance. Tenant shall not be entitled to any tenant improvement or refurbishment allowance, but such fact shall be taken into account in reducing the effective rent payable by Tenant if such allowances are otherwise available in the market. In addition, in determining the Market Rate, the existence of any specialized improvements paid for by Tenant, (including, without limitation, clean rooms) shall not be taken into consideration. The Market Rate may also designate periodic rental increases, a new Base Year and similar economic adjustments.

(e) If Tenant exercises the Extension Option, Landlord shall determine the Market Rate by using its good faith judgment. Landlord shall provide Tenant with written notice of such amount on or before the date that is ninety (90) days prior to the date that the term of the Extension Option will commence. Tenant shall have fifteen (15) days (“ Tenant’s Review Period ”) after receipt of Landlord’s notice of the new rental within which to accept such rental. In the event Tenant fails to accept in writing such rental proposal by Landlord, then such proposal shall be deemed rejected, and Landlord and Tenant shall attempt to agree upon such Market Rate, using their best good faith efforts. If Landlord and Tenant fail to reach agreement within fifteen (15) days following Tenant’s Review Period (“ Outside Agreement Date ”), then each party shall place in a separate sealed envelope their final proposal as to the Market Rate, and such determination shall be submitted to arbitration in accordance with subsections (i) through (v) below.

(i) Landlord and Tenant shall meet with each other within five (5) business days after the Outside Agreement Date and exchange their sealed envelopes and then open such envelopes in each other’s presence. If Landlord and Tenant do not mutually agree upon the Market Rate within one (1) business day of the exchange and opening of envelopes, then, within ten (10) business days of the exchange and opening of envelopes. Landlord and Tenant shall agree upon and jointly appoint a single arbitrator who shall by profession be a real estate broker or agent who shall have been active over the five (5) year period ending on the date of such appointment in the leasing of buildings similar to the Premises in the geographical area of the Premises. Neither Landlord nor Tenant shall consult with such broker or agent as to his or her opinion as to the Market Rate prior to the appointment. The determination of the arbitrator shall be limited solely to the issue of whether Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Market Rate for the Premises is the closest to the actual Market Rate for the Premises as determined by the arbitrator, taking into account the requirements for determining Market Rate set forth herein. Such arbitrator may hold such hearings and require such briefs as the arbitrator, in his or her sole discretion, determines is necessary. In addition, Landlord or Tenant may submit to the arbitrator with a copy to the other party within five (5) business days after the appointment of the arbitrator any market data and additional information such party deems relevant to the determination of the Market Rate (“ MR Data ”), and the other party may submit a reply in writing within five (5) business days after receipt of such MR Data.

(ii) The arbitrator shall, within thirty (30) days of his or her appointment, reach a decision as to whether the parties shall use Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Market Rate and shall notify Landlord and Tenant of such determination.

(iii) The decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding upon Landlord and Tenant.

(iv) If Landlord and Tenant fail to agree upon and appoint an arbitrator, then the appointment of the arbitrator shall be made by the presiding judge of the Superior Court for the county in which the Premises is located, or, if he or she refuses to act, by any judge having jurisdiction over the parties.

(v) The cost of the arbitration shall be paid by Landlord and Tenant equally.

2. Access to Premises . Subject to the other terms and conditions of the Lease, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to provide Tenant with access to the Premises twenty-four (24) hours a day, three hundred sixty-five (365) days per year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that repairs, hazardous conditions and circumstances beyond Landlord’s control may prevent access to the Premises from time to time.


3. Building Signage . Subject to the following terms and conditions, Landlord shall permit Tenant to install, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, a building sign (the “ Building Sign ”) containing Tenant’s name above the entrance to the Building:

(a) The size, location, design and color of the Building Sign shall be approved by Landlord prior to the installation of the Building Sign, and Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay such approval;

(b) The cost of designing, fabricating, installing and obtaining governmental approvals for the Building Sign shall be paid by Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. The contractor performing such work shall comply with all of Landlord’s policies and procedures relating to construction performed at the Building (e.g., insurance, safety etc.);

(c) Tenant shall maintain the Building Sign in good order and repair, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense;

(d) Tenant’s right to install the Building Sign is subject to the issuance by the City of Sunnyvale (the “ City ”) of any required approvals and permits for the installation of the Building Sign, and Landlord shall cooperate with Tenant in obtaining such approvals, at no material cost or expense to Landlord. Landlord makes no representation or warranty that the City will permit the installation of the Building Sign, and Tenant’s obligations under this Lease are not conditioned upon the City permitting the installation of the Building Sign or any other sign;

(e) Any modification of the Building Sign shall be considered to be an “Alteration” within the meaning of section 13.1 of the Lease, and shall be governed by the provisions thereof;

(f) Tenant shall remove the Building Sign and repair any damage to the Building, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, upon the termination or expiration of the Lease term;

(g) Subject to Landlord’s right to place signs on the exterior of the Building to comply with applicable laws, Tenant shall have the exclusive right to place exterior building signage on the Building; and

(h) If Tenant assigns the Lease or subleases the entire Premises, Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to the modification of the Building Sign to state the name of the person or entity to whom the Lease is assigned or to whom the Premises is subleased provided that the assignee or subtenant obtains from the City all required approvals and permits.

4. Monument Sign . Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to place its name in the top position on the monument sign located on the corner of Orleans Drive and Moffett Park Drive (the “ Monument Sign ”). Landlord shall have the right to approve the size, design, location and color of Tenant’s name on the Monument Sign, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion. Tenant shall maintain its name in good condition. The Monument Sign will include spaces for the names of multiple tenants, and Tenant acknowledges that Landlord may elect to add additional names to the Monument Sign. If Tenant assigns the Lease or subleases the entire Premises, Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to the modification of the Monument Sign to state the name of the person or entity to whom the Lease is assigned or to whom the Premises is subleased provided that the assignee or subtenant obtains from the City all required approvals and permits.

5. Letter of Credit .

(a) Delivery of Letter of Credit . Within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s and Tenant’s execution and delivery of this Lease, Tenant covenants and agrees to deliver to Landlord an irrevocable standby letter of credit (the “ L/C ”) in the form of, and upon all of the terms and conditions contained in, Exhibit “A” attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference. The L/C shall be issued by an institutional lender of good financial standing (which lender shall, in any event, have assets equal to or exceeding $500,000,000 as of the date of issuance of the L/C), having a place of business where the L/C can be presented for payment in San Francisco, California. The lender shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The L/C shall provide for one (1) or more draws by Landlord or its transferee up to the aggregate amount of US $45,000 (the “ L/C Amount ”) on the terms and conditions of Exhibit “1”.

(b) Renewal of L/C . Tenant shall maintain the L/C in effect from the date of Tenant’s execution of this Lease until the date which is thirty (30) days after Tenant shall have performed all of its obligations under the Lease (said period is hereinafter referred to as the “ L/C Term ”). If the expiration date of the L/C (or any renewal or replacement L/C provided pursuant to this Addendum section) occurs prior to the end of the L/C Term, then Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a renewal of the L/C or a replacement L/C meeting all of the terms and conditions of this Addendum section, not later than sixty (60) days prior to the then-applicable expiration date. Each L/C provided pursuant to this Addendum section shall have an expiration date which is at least one (1) year from such L/C’s date of issue except where the then-applicable expiration date of the L/C is less than one (1) year from the end of the L/C Term, in which case the renewal or replacement L/C shall be for such lesser period. The issuing bank’s agreement to place an automatic renewal provision in the L/C, as required pursuant to said Exhibit “1”, shall not relieve or release Tenant from its obligation to provide a renewal or replacement L/C on the terms hereinabove stated, it being understood that any such automatic renewal is an independent obligation of the issuing bank which is intended for Landlord’s sole benefit. If Tenant fails to provide the renewal or replacement L/C not later than thirty (30) days prior to the then-applicable, stated expiration date (excluding automatic renewal provisions), such failure shall be a default by Tenant, and Landlord shall have the right, without notice or demand, on one or more occasions, to draw upon all or any part of the remaining proceeds of the L/C.

(c) Draw on Letter of Credit . Landlord may elect from time to time, in Landlord’s sole discretion, without notice or demand to Tenant, to draw upon all or any part of the remaining proceeds of the L/C upon the occurrence of one or more of the following events: (i) Tenant fails to perform any of its obligations under the Lease (including, but not limited to, its obligations under this Addendum section) or (ii) Tenant makes any assignment for the benefit of creditors. Tenant declares bankruptcy or is the subject of an involuntary bankruptcy proceeding, a trustee or receiver is appointed to take possession of some or all of Tenant’s assets or, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, Tenant is insolvent. Any draw on the letter of credit by Landlord shall be accompanied by a signed certification of Landlord that one of the conditions of this subsection (c) has occurred, and Landlord is entitled to draw on the L/C.

(d) Application of L/C Proceeds . Landlord may elect, from time to time, upon written notice to Tenant, in Landlord’s sole discretion, to apply the proceeds it receives from a draw on the L/C in one or more of the following manners: (i) as payment for some or all of the Base Rent, Operating Expenses, Real Property Taxes or other amounts owed by Tenant under the Lease but unpaid on the date of such draw, (ii) as payment for some or all of the future amounts of Base Rent, Operating Expenses, Real Property Taxes or other amounts that Landlord estimates will be due and payable under the Lease after the date of the draw, (iii) as payment for some or all of the damage Landlord has suffered as a result of Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under the Lease, and (iv) in any other manner permitted by the Lease or applicable law. Landlord may make one or more partial draws under the L/C and shall have the right, upon written notice to Tenant, to treat each draw or a portion thereof in one or more of the ways described in the previous sentence. Tenant hereby waives section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code and any other law or regulation that may be inconsistent with the terms and conditions of this Addendum section.


(e) Enforcement . Tenant’s obligation to furnish the L/C shall not be released, modified or affected by any failure or delay on the part of Landlord to enforce or assert any of its rights or remedies under the Lease or this Addendum section, whether pursuant to the terms thereof or at law or in equity. Landlord’s right to draw upon the L/C shall be without prejudice or limitation to Landlord’s right to draw upon any security deposit provided by Tenant to Landlord or to avail itself of any other rights or remedies available to Landlord under the Lease or at law or equity.

(f) Event of Default . Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Addendum section (time being of the essence) shall constitute an event of default under the Lease, and shall entitle Landlord to immediately exercise all of its rights and remedies under the Lease (including, but not limited to rights and remedies under this Addendum section) or at law or in equity without notice or demand to Tenant.

(g) Conflict . If there is any conflict between the terms and conditions of this Addendum section and the terms and conditions of the Lease, the terms of this Addendum section shall control.

6. Personal Property . Certain personal property is presently located in the Building (e.g. chairs, tables, cubicles, cabinets, telephone system, security system, data wiring etc.) (collectively, the “ Personal Property ”). A previous tenant of the Premises conveyed to Landlord title to the Personal Property. Landlord hereby conveys to Tenant, effective upon full execution of this Lease, title to the Personal Property in consideration of this Lease and for a purchase price of One Dollar ($1.00) receipt of which is hereby acknowledged. Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that Landlord possesses title to the Personal Property free and clear of any liens or encumbrances. Tenant hereby accepts the Personal Property in its “as is” condition. Except as set forth above in this section 6, Landlord does hereby disclaim any representations or warranties of any kind or nature whatsoever, whether oral or written, express, implied, statutory or otherwise, relating to the Personal Property, including, without limitation, any covenant, representation or warranty regarding or relating to (a) the operation of the Personal Property or the merchantability or fitness of any portion of the Personal Property for a particular purpose; or (b) the physical condition of the Personal Property. By its execution of the Lease, Tenant hereby waives and releases, any implied or statutory warranties or guaranties of fitness, merchantability or any other statutory or implied warranty or guaranty of any kind or nature regarding or relating to the Personal Property. Tenant shall be responsible for any sales tax due with respect to the conveyance of the Personal Property to Tenant. At Tenant’s request. Landlord agrees to acknowledge the sale of the Personal Property by executing a bill of sale, in form acceptable to Landlord, attaching an inventory of the Personal Property prepared by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

7. Right of Offer.

(a) At any time between the Commencement Date and the last day of the initial term of this Lease (but not during the term of the Extension Option), Tenant shall have the right of offer to lease any vacant space in the building located at 1306 and 1310 Orleans Drive, Sunnyvale, California that Landlord desires to Lease (the “ Additional Premises ”). Prior to leasing all or part of the Additional Premises, Landlord shall give Tenant written notice of its intent to lease all or part of the Additional Premises (a “ Landlord Notice ”). Tenant shall have ten (10) days after Landlord has given written notice in which to provide Landlord with written notice of its election to exercise its right to lease all of the Additional Premises Landlord desires to Lease (Tenant shall not have the right to elect to lease part of the Additional Premises Landlord desires to Lease). Tenant shall pay Base Rent for the Additional Premises at the “ Market Rate ” (as defined below). All of the other terms and conditions pertaining to the lease of the Additional Premises shall be mutually agreed by Landlord and Tenant within ten (10) days after Landlord receives Tenant’s written notice, time being of the essence. If Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree on such terms and conditions within the ten (10) day period. Tenant’s right to lease the Additional Premises shall automatically expire and Tenant shall have no further right to lease the Additional Premises. Except for the Market Rate which will be determined as provided in (b) below, all of the terms and conditions for the lease of the Additional Premises shall be satisfactory to Landlord and Tenant, in each of their sole and absolute discretion’s. If Tenant does not give Landlord written notice of its election to lease such Additional Premises within ten (10) days after Landlord gives Tenant its written notice of the availability of the Additional Premises, time being of the essence, Landlord shall thereafter be free to lease such Additional Premises to a third party on any terms and conditions that Landlord shall select, with no further obligation to Tenant unless and until Landlord has leased such Additional Premises to a third party, and after such third party occupies such Additional Premises, it once again becomes available for lease. After Landlord has leased the Additional Premises and it has once again become available to lease, this Addendum section shall once again apply to the lease of such Additional Premises. Landlord shall not be obligated to provide Tenant with notice pursuant to this Addendum section, and Tenant shall not have the right to exercise the right of offer granted in this Addendum section, at any time that Tenant has subleased all or any portion of the Premises or at any time Tenant is in default as defined in the Lease. Tenant’s right of offer in this Addendum section shall be of no force or effect during the term of the Extension Option.

(b) The term “ Market Rate ” shall mean the annual amount per rentable square foot that a willing, comparable tenant would pay and a willing, comparable landlord of a similar building would accept and the amount of tenant improvement allowance that such landlord would pay and such tenant would accept at arm’s length for similar space, giving appropriate consideration to the following matters: (i) annual rental rates per rentable square foot; (ii) the type of escalation clauses (including, but without limitation, operating expense, real estate taxes, and CPI) and the extent of liability under the escalation clauses; (iii) rent abatement provisions reflecting free rent and/or no rent during the lease term; (iv) length of lease term; (v) size and location of premises being leased; (vi) the amount of any tenant improvement allowance; and (vii) other generally applicable terms and conditions of tenancy for similar space. If Tenant exercises its right to lease the Additional Premises, Landlord shall determine the Market Rate by using its good faith judgment. Landlord shall provide Tenant with written notice of such amount within ten (10) days after Tenant gives a Landlord Notice. Tenant shall have five (5) days (“ Tenant’s Review Period ”) after receipt of Landlord’s notice of the new rental within which to accept such rental. In the event Tenant fails to accept in writing such rental proposal by Landlord , then such proposal shall be deemed rejected, and Landlord and Tenant shall attempt to agree upon such Market Rate, using their best good faith efforts. If Landlord and Tenant fail to reach agreement within five (5) days following Tenant’s Review Period ( “Outside Agreement Date” ), then each party shall place in a separate sealed envelope their final proposal as to the Market Rate, and such determination shall be submitted to arbitration in accordance with subsections (i) through (v) below.

(i) Landlord and Tenant shall meet with each other within three (3) business days after the Outside Agreement Date and exchange their sealed envelopes and then open such envelopes in each other’s presence. If Landlord and Tenant do not mutually agree upon the Market Rate within one (1) business day of the exchange and opening of envelopes. then, within three (3) business days of the exchange and opening of envelopes, Landlord and Tenant shall agree upon and jointly appoint a single arbitrator who shall by profession be a real estate broker or agent who shall have been active over the five (5) year period ending on the date of such appointment in the leasing of commercial buildings similar to the Premises in the geographical area of the Premises. Neither Landlord nor Tenant shall consult with such broker or agent as to his or her opinion as to the Market Rata prior to the appointment. The determination of the arbitrator shall be limited solely to the issue of whether Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Market Rate for the Premises is the closest to the actual Market Rate for the Premises as determined by the arbitrator, taking into account the requirements for determining


Market Rate set forth herein. In addition, Landlord or Tenant may submit to the arbitrator with a copy to the other party within three (3) business days after the appointment of the arbitrator any market data and additional information such party deems relevant to the determination of the Market Rate (“ RR Data ”), and the other party may submit a reply in writing within two (2) business days after receipt of such RR Data.

(ii) The arbitrator shall, within six (6) business days of his or her appointment, reach a decision as to whether the parties shall use Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Market Rate and shall notify Landlord and Tenant of such determination.

(iii) The decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding upon Landlord and Tenant.

(iv) If Landlord and Tenant fail to agree upon and appoint an arbitrator, then the appointment of the arbitrator shall be made by the presiding judge of the Superior Court for the County in which the Premises is located, or, if he or she refuses to act, by any judge having jurisdiction over the parties.

(v) The cost of the arbitration shall be paid by Landlord and Tenant equally.

(c) Landlord shall have no obligation to agree to a coterminous term for the lease of the Additional Premises and Premises. Except for the Market Rate which shall be decided in accordance with (b) above, all of the terms and conditions of Tenant’s lease of the Additional Premises shall be satisfactory to Landlord and Tenant in each of their sole and absolute discretion’s. The consequence of Landlord and Tenant not being able to agree on the terms and conditions of the lease of the Additional Premises shall be that Landlord shall have no further obligation to lease the Additional Premises to Tenant and Tenant shall have no further obligation to lease the Additional Premises from Landlord pursuant to this Addendum section.

(d) Sale of Right of Refusal Buildings . Landlord shall have the right to sell the building located at 1306 and 1310 Orleans Drive, Sunnyvale, California (the “ 1306 and 1310 Building ”) at any time. If Landlord sells the 1306 and 1310 Building, this Addendum section shall be of no further force or effect and Tenant shall have no further right to lease space in the 1306 and 1310 Building.

8. Generator . Tenant shall have the right to install an electrical generator, with an associated above ground fuel storage tank (the “ Generator Unit ”) and an electrical line from the Generator to the Premises (the “ Line ”). The Generator Unit, the Line and any other improvements constructed in association with the Generator Unit and the Line are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Generator ”. The size and capacity of the Generator and all improvements constructed in association with the installation of the Generator shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The Generator shall be installed at a location approved by Landlord, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion. Tenant shall have no right to after the location of the Generator or to modify the Generator without the prior written consent of Landlord, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed by Landlord; provided, however, Tenant shall have the right to perform routine maintenance and repairs and testing without the consent of Landlord. Tenant shall be entitled to use the Generator for the sole purpose of providing electrical power to the Premises in the event of a power outage. Tenant shall be solely responsible for obtaining all governmental permits and authorizations required for the installation and operation of the Generator, and Landlord makes no representation or warranty to Tenant that it will be able to obtain such permits or authorizations. The installation of the Generator by Tenant shall be subject to Landlord’s customary construction requirements and Tenant shall repair any asphalt or concrete damage created by the installation of the Generator to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord. If it is customary to obtain special insurance for the Generator, Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant to obtain such special insurance at Tenant’s sole expense and Tenant shall name Landlord as an additional insured on such insurance policy. Tenant shall maintain the Generator in good condition and repair and in compliance with all laws and regulations, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. The Generator shall not create noise levels in excess of fifty (50) decibels at any location that is more than ten (10) feet from the Generator (the “ Maximum Noise Level ”). Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Tenant shall pay, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, the cost of all natural gas or other fuel used at the Generator. If at any time Tenant stops using the Generator, Tenant shall promptly remove the Generator and return the real property the Generator is located on in the same condition it was in prior to Tenant’s installation of the Generator. When the Lease terminates, Tenant shall remove the Generator from the Premises and shall return the real property the Generator is located on to Landlord in the same condition it was in prior to Tenant’s installation of the Generator.

9. Equipment on Roof . Landlord hereby approves the installation of Tenant’s HVAC, telecommunications and satellite equipment in a mutually acceptable location on the roof of the Building. Prior to installation, Landlord shall consent to the location of such equipment; such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Concurrently with Tenant’s request for Landlord’s approval, Tenant shall (a) provide to Landlord plans prepared by and stamped by a licensed structural engineer showing the location of the equipment on the roof and how it will be installed so as to not compromise the structural integrity of or damage the roof of the Building and (b) provide Landlord with elevations and specifications for the equipment. Tenant shall follow the reasonable recommendations of Landlord’s roofing consultant in connection with the installation of all equipment on the roof. Tenant shall be responsible for the repair and maintenance of all equipment it installs on the roof, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. In addition, Tenant shall repair any damages to the Premises caused by its installation, use and repair of the equipment it installs on the roof, at Tenant’s sole expense. Tenant shall have unrestricted roof access to inspect and service its equipment on the roof. The right to the use of the roof of the Building shall be exclusive to Tenant and any and all Affiliates of Tenant that occupies all or part of the Premises; provided, however, that Landlord shall have access to the roof to perform its obligations under the Lease. Prior to installing any equipment on the roof, Tenant shall obtain all required governmental permits and shall comply with the other terms and conditions of this Lease applicable to Alterations to the Premises. If the repair or replacement of the roof requires the temporary removal of Tenant’s equipment, Tenant shall temporarily remove its equipment, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

[Signatures continued on next page]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have respectively executed this Addendum.

LANDLORD:

The Realty Associates Fund III, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership

 

By:   

Realty Associates Fund III GP Limited Partnership, a Delaware limited partnership, Its general partner

  By:   

Realty Associates Fund III LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Its sole general partner

    By:   

Realty Associates Fund III Trust, a Massachusetts business trust, sole Member

      By:    /s/ Scott W. Amling
       

(Officer)    Scott W. Amling

                  Regional Director

 

By:   Realty Associates Fund III Texas Corporation, a Texas corporation, general partner
  By:   /s/ Scott W. Amling
   

(Officer)    Scott W. Amling

                  Regional Director

 

TENANT:
Ion America Corporation, a Delaware corporation
By:   /s/ Rick Foreman
  Rick Foreman
  (print name)
Its:   Vice President, Finance & Admin
  (print title)
By:   /s/ KR Sridhar
  KR Sridhar
  (print name)
Its:   President and CEO
  (print title)


Exhibit 1 to Addendum

[NAME OF BANK]

IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT

Date of Issue:               No.              

 

APPLICANT:      BENEFICIARY:   
           
           
           

AMOUNT:         $                 

At the request and for the account of                                  , (the “Account Party”), we hereby establish in your favor our Irrevocable Letter of Credit no.              in the amount of                              ($              ).

This Letter of Credit is issued with respect to that certain lease agreement, by and between you, as Landlord, and the Account Party, as Tenant. Said lease agreement, and any amendments or modifications thereof, is hereinafter referred to as the “Lease.” Our obligations under this Letter of Credit are solely as set forth herein and are completely independent of the obligations of the Account Party under the Lease. We do not undertake any obligation under the Lease, nor do we undertake any responsibility to ascertain any facts, or to take any other action, with respect to the Lease, and we acknowledge that our obligations under this Letter of Credit shall not be affected by any circumstance, claim or defense of any party as to the enforceability of the Lease or any dispute as to the accuracy of the Statement (as defined below). The references to the Lease in this Letter of Credit are solely to describe the required contents of the Statement.

Funds under this Letter of Credit are available to you against presentation of the following documents at our office at                                                                                                                                                                     prior to close of business on the expiration date set forth below.

1. The original of this Letter of Credit.

2. Your sight draft on us in an amount not exceeding the amount of this Letter of Credit (less sums previously paid by us hereunder) executed by the person executing the Statement and bearing the number of this Letter of Credit; and

3. A statement (the “Statement”) executed by a natural person, (a) stating that such person is your duly authorized representative and (b) requesting a draw under this Letter of Credit. [Note: This section to be formatted consistent with Section 5(c) of Exhibit F [Addendum] to the Lease]

Facsimile demands are permitted by the delivery to us of facsimile copies of the documents described in 1 through 3 above. Facsimile demands shall be sent to us at the following facsimile number                          . If a demand is made by facsimile, the original letter of credit is not required.

The expiration date of this Letter of Credit is                          , provided, however, that the expiration date of this Letter of Credit shall be automatically extended, without notice of amendment, for successive one (1) year periods, unless we give you written notice of our election not to extend the expiration date (“Notice of Non-Renewal”) not later than sixty (60) days prior to the date this Letter of Credit is scheduled to expire. A Notice of Non-Renewal shall be effective when actually delivered by certified mail, return receipt requested, or courier service to your address set forth above or such other address and/or person as you shall specify to us for such purpose by written notice received by us prior to the time the Notice of Non-Renewal is sent.

This Letter of Credit is transferable in its entirety through us. Multiple transfers shall be permitted. There will be no charge to Beneficiary or any transferee for the transfer of this Letter of Credit. We will honor complying drafts presented hereunder by a transferee (and cease to honor drafts presented hereunder by you) upon our receipt of the fully executed transfer form attached hereto as Exhibit 1. We will not reduce or curtail any terms or conditions of this Letter of Credit upon a transfer. Transfers of this Letter of Credit shall be on the terms of this Letter of Credit as the same may be amendment.

This Letter of Credit may be drawn upon in one or more drafts not exceeding in the aggregate, the amount available hereunder. Partial draws shall be permitted.

We hereby issue this Letter of Credit in your favor, and we hereby undertake to honor all drafts drawn under and in compliance with the terms of this Letter of Credit.

This Letter of Credit shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the Uniform Customs and Practices for Documentary Credits (          Revision) International Chamber of Commerce Publication 590 and, to the extent not inconsistent therewith, the laws of the State of                      .

 

 

 

Authorized Signature


EXHIBIT 1 to Letter of Credit

[TRANSFER FORM – to be provided by Bank]


LOGO

 

Client#: 71591 IONAMER ACORDTM CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE PRODUCER Technology (650) 839-6000 ABD Insurance & Financial Services 305 Walnut Street Redwood City, CA 94063 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# INSURED Ion America NASA Research Park, Bldg. 543 PO Box 97 Moffett Field, CA 94035 insurer a: Hartford Fire Insurance insurer b: Marketing Company insurer c: Granite State Insurance Company insurer d: insurer e: COVERAGES POLICY NUMBER policy effective DATE [MM/DD/YY] LIMITS POLICY EXPIRATION DATE (MM/DD/YY) 06/30/05 THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS. EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS LTR INSRD 57UENTL6315 06/30/04 EACH OCCURRENCE $1,000,000 TYPE OF INSURANCE DAMAGE TO RENTED PREMISES (Ea occurrence) $300.000 GENERAL LIABILITY med exp (Any one person) $10.000 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY J CLAIMS MADE occur PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $1,000,000 GENERAL AGGREGATE $2,000,000 GEN’L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: POLICY PROJECT LOC PRODUCTS - COMP/OP agg $ Excluded EA ACC AGG AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY ANY AUTO ALL OWNED AUTOS SCHEDULED AUTOS HIRED AUTOS NON-OWNED AUTOS garage liability any AUTO COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT (Ea accident) BODILY INJURY (Per person) BODILY INJURY (Per accident) property damage (Per accident) AUTO ONLY - EA ACCIDENT OTHER THAN AUTO ONLY: $ $ $ $ $ $ $ EXCESS/UMBRELLA LABILITY OCCUR CLAIMS MADE 57XHUTM4167 04/15/05 04/15/06 EACH OCCURRENCE AGGREGATE $1,000,000 $1,000,000 $1,000,000 $1,000,000 $1,000,000 I deductible retention WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS’ LIABILITY ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? If yes, describe under SPECIAL PROVISIONS below other Business Personal Property Business Income WC5400392 57UUMUL6558 07/10/04 06/28/04 07/10/05 06/28/05 $ other $ $ wc statuTORY LMITS E.L. EACH ACCIDENT E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $1,785,000 lim/$1k ded Special Form, R/C $315,000 limit DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES / EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT / SPECIAL PROVISIONS Re: 1252 Orleans Drive, Sunnyvale, CA. The realty Associates Fund III, L.P. is included as Additional Insured-Landlord for General Liability as respects above referenced leased location. (See Attached Descriptions) CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION Ten Day Notice for Non-Payment of Premium The Realty Associates Fund II, c/o TA Associates Realty Attn: Asset Manager/Orleans 1301 Dove Street, Suite 860 Newport Beach, CA 92660 L.P. SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING INSURER WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL 30 DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, BUT FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OF ANY KIND UPON THE INSURER, ITS AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE ACORD 25 (2001/08) 1 of 3 #S666790/M666786 IONAMER J2P © ACORD CORPORATION 1988


IMPORTANT

If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s).

If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s).

DISCLAIMER

The Certificate of Insurance on the reverse side of this form does not constitute a contract between the issuing insurer(s), authorized representative or producer, and the certificate holder, nor does it affirmatively or negatively amend, extend or alter the coverage afforded by the policies listed thereon.

 

ACORD 25-S (2001/08)    2 of 3    #S666790/M666786      


DESCRIPTIONS (Continued from Page 1)

This insurance is primary except when the Excess Insurance provision applies. If this insurance is primary, our obligations are not affected unless any of the other insurance is also primary. Then, we will share with all that other insurance by the method described in the Method of Sharing provision.

 

AMS 25.3 (2001/08)    3 of 3    #S666790/M666786      


LOGO


LOGO


FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

This First Amendment to Lease (the “First Amendment” ) is entered into as of this 22 nd day of April, 2005 by and between The Realty Associates Fund III, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ( “Landlord” ), and Ion America Corporation, a Delaware corporation ( “Tenant” ), with reference to the following recitals.

RECITALS :

A. Landlord and Tenant have entered into a Standard Industrial Lease (the “Lease”) for that certain premises commonly known 1252 Orleans Drive, Sunnyvale, California.

B. Landlord and Tenant wish to amend the Lease on the terms and conditions set forth below.

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Ownership of FF&E . Section 2.2(b)(ii) of the Work Letter Agreement attached to the Lease as Exhibit E is hereby amended by adding the following to the end of Section 2.2(b)(ii):

“Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease and this Work Letter Agreement, the following items purchased by Tenant (whether or not purchased with funds from the Tenant Improvement Allowance pursuant to the terms of this Work Letter Agreement) shall be and remain the property of Tenant during the term of this Lease and after, and Tenant shall have the right to remove such items from the Premises at any time during the term of this Lease: (i) the FF&E purchased by Tenant pursuant to this section 2.2(b)(ii), (ii) the Generator acquired pursuant to paragraph 8 of Exhibit F of the Lease, and (iii) any other furniture, fixtures or equipment used for Tenant’s business and permitted to be acquired under the terms of this Work Letter Agreement with any portion of the Tenant Improvement Allowance (whether under section 2.2(b)(ii) or otherwise).”

2. Conflict . If there is a conflict between the terms and conditions of this First Amendment and the terms and conditions of the Lease, the terms and conditions of this First Amendment shall control. Except as modified by this First Amendment, the terms and conditions of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect. Capitalized terms included in this First Amendment shall have the same meaning as capitalized terms in the Lease unless otherwise defined herein.

3. Authority . The persons executing this First Amendment on behalf of the parties hereto represent and warrant that they have the authority to execute this First Amendment on behalf of said parties and that said parties have authority to enter into this First Amendment.

4. Counterparts . This First Amendment may be executed in counterparts. Each counterpart shall be deemed an original, and all counterparts shall be deemed the same instrument with the same effect as if all parties hereto had signed the same signature page.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereby execute this First Amendment as of the date first written above.

 

1


LANDLORD

 

The Realty Associates Fund III, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership
By:    Realty Associates Fund III GP Limited Partnership, a Delaware limited partnership, its general partner
   By:    Realty Associates Fund III LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its sole general partner
      By:    Realty Associates Fund III Trust, a Massachusetts business trust, sole Member
         By:    /s/ Scott W. Amling   
                    (Officer)            Scott W. Amling   
                       Regional Director           

 

By:   Realty Associates Fund III Texas Corporation, a Texas corporation, general partner
  By:   /s/ Scott W. Amling
    (Officer)    Scott W. Amling
                      Regional Director

 

TENANT

 

Ion America Corporation, a Delaware corporation

By:   /s/ Rick Foreman
  Rick Foreman
  (print name)
Its:   Vice President, Finance & Admin
  (print title)
By:   /s/ John Finn
  John Finn
  (print name)
Its:   Vice President, Technology Development
  (print title)

 

2


S ECOND A MENDMENT TO L EASE

This Second Amendment to Lease (the “ Amendment ”) is dated as of January 12, 2010, for reference purposes only, and is made between OAW Orleans 1252, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”) as successor to The Realty Associates Fund III, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership and Bloom Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”), formerly known as Ion America Corporation, with reference to the following facts and circumstances, which are conclusively agreed between the parties:

A. Landlord and Tenant are parties to a lease dated for reference purposes as of April 5, 2005, as amended by a First Amendment to Lease dated as of April 22, 2005 (referred to herein collectively as the “ Lease ”), under which Landlord has leased to Tenant improved space comprising approximately 50,000 square feet, located at 1252 Orleans, Sunnyvale, California (the “ Premises ”). Landlord has succeeded to the interest of The Realty Associates Fund III, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and Tenant has attorned to and accepted OAW Orleans 1252, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company as the Landlord and owner of the Property. All capitalized words having an assigned meaning in the Lease shall continue to have such meaning in this Amendment unless explicitly modified.

B. The Lease currently expires on December 31, 2010. Landlord and Tenant wish to extend the Term of the Lease for an additional period of five (5) years, and to make other agreements modifying the Lease terms.

C. Landlord and Tenant have agreed to amend and change the Lease, and wish to document said amendments.

Now, therefore, in consideration of all of the foregoing facts and circumstances, and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is acknowledged by each party, Landlord and Tenant agree to and do amend the Lease as follows:

1. Extension of Lease Term

The Lease Term is hereby extended for an additional five (5) years (the “ Extended Term ”). The Extended Term shall commence on January 1, 2011 and expire (unless sooner terminated under the provisions of the Lease) on December 31, 2015.

 

Second Amendment To Lease    Page 1   


2. Base Rent Modified for Final Year of Existing Term; Base Rent Set for Extended Term.

The Monthly Base Rent for the period from January 1, 2010 through December 31, 2010 as set forth in Section 1.9 of the Lease is amended as follows: The amount set forth in the table below is substituted for and shall be the only binding statement of the Monthly Base Rent for such period. In addition, for the sixty (60) months of the Extended Term, Tenant shall pay Monthly Base Rent during the Extended Term as set forth in the following table.

 

Start

Period

          End
Period
     Per SF      SF Area      Monthly Base Rent  

01/01/10

     to        12/31/10      $ 1.00        50,000        $50,000.00  

01/01/11

     to        12/31/11      $ 1.05        50,000        $52,500.00  

01/01/12

     to        12/31/12      $ 1.15        50,000        $57,500.00  

01/01/13

     to        12/31/13      $ 1.20        50,000        $60,000.00  

01/01/14

     to        12/31/14      $ 1.25        50,000        $62,500.00  

01/01/15

     to        12/31/15      $ 1.30        50,000        $65,000.00  

3. Continued Right to Extend Term of Lease Further

Tenant shall continue to have the Option to Extend set forth in Section 1 of Exhibit F , Addendum to Standard Industrial Lease. The extension option shall apply at the close of the Extended Term created hereby.

4. Non-Disturbance Agreement

Within 10 business days of execution of this Amendment, Tenant, Landlord, and Landlord’s lender will execute and deliver to Tenant a Subordination, Non-Disturbance, and Attornment Agreement (“ SNDA ”) in favor of Tenant on Landlord’s lender’s standard form, as attached hereto as Exhibit “A”

5. Tenant’s Right of First Offer for Additional Space

The Right of Offer set forth in Section 7 of Exhibit F to the Lease shall be replaced by the following provision, and shall be of no further force or effect.

A. Grant and Right of First Offer : Landlord hereby grants Tenant a right of first offer (the “ ROFO ”) to lease all or any part of the “ First Offer Space ”, which consists

 

Second Amendment To Lease    Page 2   


of the Building located adjacent to the Premises and commonly known as 1306-1310 Orleans Drive, Sunnyvale, CA (“ ROFO Property ”), which is currently leased by Accuray, Inc., subject to any existing extension or renewal rights of Accuray, Inc., on the terms and provisions contained in this Paragraph. The ROFO Property is owned by OAW Orleans 1310, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ ROFO Property Owner ”). Concurrently with execution hereof, Landlord will obtain and provide the written agreement of the ROFO Property Owner to the provisions of this Section 5, to extend so long as the ROFO Property Owner is the owner of the ROFO Property.

B. Effective Period : The ROFO shall be available to Tenant if all or any part of the First Offer Space becomes available for lease at any time during remainder of the existing term of the Lease and the Extended Term (“ Effective Period ”).

C. Notice and Offer : If Landlord proposes to lease all or part of the First Offer Space at any time during the Effective Period, Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing (the “ ROFO Notice ”) of the availability of such space. The portion of the First Offer Space which Landlord proposes to lease is referred to herein as the “ Offered Space .” Tenant shall have five (5) business days (the “ Offer Period ”) from the ROFO Notice within which to notify Landlord of its intent to lease the Offered Space.

D. Agreement : Tenant has ten (10) business days from Landlord’s giving the ROFO Notice to reach an agreement with Landlord in regard to the leasing of the Offered Space. If no such agreement is reached in that time, Landlord is free to deal with the Offered Space at its sole discretion thereafter, without further offering to Tenant. Neither Landlord nor Tenant shall be bound to agree to or accept any terms and conditions for such lease except those which each party, in its sole discretion, wishes to agree to. No agreement for the lease of Offered Space shall be binding unless and until a full and formal Lease, prepared and reviewed by Landlord’s counsel, has been executed by both Landlord and Tenant.

E. Non-Assignability; Termination : The right granted to Tenant in this Paragraph is personal to Tenant, and may not be assigned by Tenant to any third party (except for an Affiliate, as defined in Section 16.8 of the Lease), either alone or in conjunction with an assignment of this Lease or a sublease of all or any part of the Premises, and either voluntarily or by operation of law. The rights granted to Tenant under this paragraph shall terminate upon the earliest of the following to occur: (i) the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease; (ii) any assignment by Tenant of its interest in this Lease (except an assignment to an Affiliate); (iii) any subletting by Tenant of substantially all of the Premises for substantially all of the remainder of the Lease Term; (iv) the termination of this ROFO by default as set forth in Subparagraph F below, or (v) as to any Offered Space, when Tenant has had the above granted right to make an offer and either failed to make an offer or Landlord did not accept the offer.

 

Second Amendment To Lease    Page 3   


Once Landlord has given a single ROFO Notice on particular Offered Space, Landlord shall have no further duties in regard to that space for the remaining term of the Lease and any extensions.

F. Termination By Default : The rights of Tenant under this Paragraph to notice or negotiation shall not be effective at any time when Tenant is in default under a financial or material provision of this Lease beyond any applicable cure period provided in this Lease.

G. Termination by Sale : Landlord shall have the right to sell the Premises, and the ROFO Property Owner shall have the right to sell the ROFO Property at any time. If the ROFO Property Owner sells or transfers the ROFO Property or Landlord sells or transfers the Premises, the ROFO and other terms and provisions set forth in Section 5.A. to 5.F. shall be of no further force or effect and Tenant shall have no further right of offer to lease space in the ROFO Property. In both above cases, “transfer” includes an involuntary transfer of the Premises. Further, the ROFO shall not bind any receiver who takes possession and control of the Premises or the ROFO Property.

6. Continuing Obligation

Except as expressly set forth in this Amendment, all terms and conditions of the Lease remain in full force and effect, and all terms and conditions of the Lease are incorporated herein as though set forth at length. However, any and all provisions set forth in the Lease pursuant to which the Landlord was to construct any improvements to the Premises or to grant any free rent or rent concessions, are hereby deleted. Tenant agrees to accept the Premises “AS-IS”, with all faults as of the first day of the Extended Term.

7. Effect of Amendment

This Amendment modifies the Lease. In the event of any conflict or discrepancy between the Lease and/or any other previous documents between the parties and the provisions of this Amendment, then the provisions of this Amendment shall control. Except as modified herein, the Lease shall remain in full force and effect.

8. Authority

Each individual executing this Amendment on behalf of Tenant represents and warrants that he or she is duly authorized to and does execute and deliver this Amendment pursuant to express authority from Tenant pursuant to and in accordance with the By-Laws and the other organic documents of the corporation.

 

Second Amendment To Lease    Page 4   


9. Brokerage Commissions

Landlord will pay Jones Lang LaSalle a commission on this transaction pursuant to the separate written agreement between Landlord and said broker. Other than this relationship, neither party has been represented by a real estate broker in regard to the transaction represented by this Amendment, and no brokerage commissions or finder’s fees are due in regard to the transaction. Tenant will hold Landlord harmless and indemnify Landlord against any claim, loss, or damage, including reasonable attorney’s fees, in regard to a brokerage commission or finder’s fee claim by a broker or finder under contract with or working with Tenant. Landlord will hold Tenant harmless and indemnify Tenant against any claim, loss, or damage, including reasonable attorney’s fees, in regard to a brokerage commission or finder’s fee claim by a broker or finder under contract with or working with Landlord.

10. Entire Agreement

The Lease, as modified by this Amendment, constitutes and contains the entire agreement between the parties in regard to the real property leased pursuant to the Lease, and there are no binding agreements or representations between the parties except as expressed herein. Tenant and Landlord each acknowledge that neither Landlord nor nor Tenant, nor Landlord’s Agents nor Tenant’s agents have made any legally binding representations or warranties as to any matter except for such matters which are expressly set forth herein, including any representations or warranties relating to the condition of the Premises or the improvements thereto or the suitability of the Premises or the Project for Tenant’s business.

11. Confidentiality

Landlord and Tenant agree that all matters relating to the terms and provisions of the Lease and this Amendment shall be, and will remain, confidential and private between them, and that such matters will not be disclosed except under the following circumstances: To their attorneys or financial advisors in confidence; to their respective accountants and/or tax preparers in confidence as necessary for tax filings; in any public disclosure that may be required in connection with any public stock offering; or in confidence to bona-fide third parties as part of such third parties’ normal due diligence procedures in connection with a potential financing or acquisition transaction. The parties will instruct and require their respective brokers to keep the terms and provisions hereof in confidence.

 

Second Amendment To Lease    Page 5   


LANDLORD
OAW Orleans 1252, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
By:   OAW Orleans, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
By:   OA Orleans Investor, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its Manager
By: Orchard AEW Fund I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its Manager
By:   Orchard A Investor, LLC, a California limited liability company, its Operating Member
By:     /s/ Michael J. Biggar
  Michael J. Biggar, Manager
Dated:   January 12, 2010

 

TENANT
Bloom Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation
By:   /s/ KR Sridhar
  KR Sridhar, Chief Executive Officer
By:    /s/ William Kurtz
  William Kurtz, Chief Financial Officer
Dated:   January 12, 2010

 

   Second Amendment To Lease    Page 6 of 6


THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “ Third Amendment ”) is made as of April 30, 2015, by and between 1252 AND 1310 ORLEANS INVESTORS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

RECITALS

A. Landlord and Tenant are now parties to that certain Standard Industrial Lease dated as of April 5, 2005, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated as of April 22, 2005, and as further amended by that certain Second Amendment to Lease dated as of January 12, 2010 (“ Second Amendment ”) (as amended, the “ Lease ”). Pursuant to the Lease, Tenant leases certain premises consisting of approximately 50,000 rentable square feet (“ Premises ”) in a building located at 1252 Orleans, Sunnyvale, California. The Premises are more particularly described in the Lease. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings defined for such terms in the Lease.

B. The Lease Term is scheduled to expire on December 31, 2015.

C. Landlord and Tenant desire, subject to the terms and conditions set forth below, to amend the Lease to, among other things, extend the term of the Lease through December 31, 2020 (“ Third Amendment Expiration Date ”).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing Recitals, which are incorporated herein by this reference, the mutual promises and conditions contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Term . The term of the Lease is hereby extended through the Third Amendment Expiration Date. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Third Amendment, Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises through the Third Amendment Expiration Date shall be on an “as-is” basis and Landlord shall have no obligation to make any alterations to the Premises. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, Tenant shall have no right to extend the term of the Lease beyond the Third Amendment Expiration Date.

 

2. Monthly Base Rent . Tenant shall continue to pay Monthly Base Rent as set forth in the Lease through December 31, 2015. Commencing on January 1, 2016, Tenant shall pay a Monthly Base Rent (in addition to any additional amounts due under the Lease) in the amount of $2.10 per rentable square foot of the Premises per month on a triple net basis. Monthly Base Rent shall be increased on January 1, 2017, and on each subsequent January 1 st during the term (each, an “ Adjustment Date ”) by multiplying the Monthly Base Rent payable immediately before such Adjustment Date by 3% and adding the resulting amount to the Monthly Base Rent payable immediately before such Adjustment Date.

 

Period

   Base Rent
per square foot per month
     Base Rent
per month
 

Months 1-12

   $ 2.10 NNN      $ 105,000.00  

Months 13-24

   $ 2.16 NNN      $ 108,150.00  

Months 25-36

   $ 2.23 NNN      $ 111,394.50  

Months 37-48

   $ 2.29 NNN      $ 114,736.34  

Months 49-60

   $ 2.36 NNN      $ 118,178.43  

 

1


3. Tenant Improvement Allowance . After the mutual execution and delivery of this Third Amendment by the parties, Landlord shall make available to Tenant a tenant improvement allowance of up to $6.50 per rentable square foot of the Premises, or $325,000 in the aggregate (the “ TI Allowance ”) for the design, construction and/or installation of cosmetic improvements to the Premises desired by and performed by Tenant and which improvements shall be of a fixed and permanent nature, and shall be constructed pursuant to space plans mutually approved by Landlord and Tenant (the “ Tenant Improvements ”). The TI Allowance shall be available only for the design, construction and/or installation of the Tenant Improvements. Tenant acknowledges that upon the expiration of the term of the Lease, the Tenant Improvements shall become the property of Landlord and may not at any time be removed by Tenant. The TI Allowance shall not be used to purchase any furniture, personal property or other non-Building system materials or equipment. Except for the TI Allowance, Tenant shall be solely responsible for all of the costs of the Tenant Improvements. The Tenant Improvements shall be treated as Alterations and shall be undertaken pursuant to Section 13 of the original Lease; provided, however, that in no event shall any portion of the Tenant Improvements constitute Permitted Alterations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, Landlord shall receive a construction management fee in connection with the Tenant Improvements in the amount equal to 3% of the cost of the Tenant Improvements, which Fee shall be payable out of the TI Allowance and subject to the cap provided for in Section 13.1 of the original Lease. The contractor(s) for the Tenant Improvements shall be selected by Tenant, subject to Landlord’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Landlord hereby consents and approves the use of McLarney Construction for Tenant Improvements. Prior to the commencement of construction of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a copy of its contract(s) with Tenant’s contractor(s), and certificates of insurance from any contractor(s) performing any part of the Tenant Improvements evidencing industry standard commercial general liability, automotive liability, “builder’s risk”, and workers’ compensation insurance. Tenant shall cause its contractor(s) to provide a certificate of insurance naming Landlord and Landlord’s lender (if any) as additional insureds for the contractor(s)’ liability coverages required above.

During the course of design and construction of the Tenant Improvements, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for the cost of the Tenant Improvements once a month against a draw request in Landlord’s standard form, containing evidence of payment of the applicable costs and such certifications, lien waivers (including a conditional lien release for each progress payment and unconditional lien releases for the prior month’s progress payments), inspection reports and other matters as Landlord customarily and reasonably obtains, to the extent of Landlord’s approval thereof for payment, no later than 30 days following receipt of such draw request. Upon completion of the Tenant Improvements (and prior to any final disbursement of the Improvements Allowance), Tenant shall deliver to Landlord the following items: (i) sworn statements setting forth the names of all contractors and subcontractors who did work on the Tenant Improvements and final lien waivers from all such contractors and subcontractors; and (ii) “as built” plans for the Tenant Improvements. The TI Allowance shall only be available for use by Tenant for the construction of the Tenant Improvements until the date that is 12 months after the mutual execution and delivery of this Third Amendment by the parties, and any portion of the TI Allowance which has not been disbursed by Landlord on or before such date shall be forfeited and shall not be available for use by Tenant.

 

4. Right of First Offer . As of the date of this Third Amendment, Section 5 of the Second Amendment is hereby null and void and of no further force or effect, and Tenant shall have no right to expand the Premises.

 

5. Disclosure . For purposes of Section 1938 of the California Civil Code, as of the date of this Third Amendment, Tenant acknowledges having been advised by Landlord that the Project has not been inspected by a certified access specialist.

 

2


6. OFAC . Tenant, and all beneficial owners of Tenant, are currently (a) in compliance with and shall at all times during the Term of the Lease remain in compliance with the regulations of the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“ OFAC ”) of the U.S. Department of Treasury and any statute, executive order, or regulation relating thereto (collectively, the “ OFAC Rules ”), (b) not listed on, and shall not during the Term of the Lease be listed on, the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List maintained by OFAC and/or on any other similar list maintained by OFAC or other governmental authority pursuant to any authorizing statute, executive order, or regulation, and (c) not a person or entity with whom a U.S. person is prohibited from conducting business under the OFAC Rules.

 

7. Brokers . Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any broker, agent or other person (“ Broker ”) in connection with the transaction reflected in this Third Amendment and that no Broker brought about this transaction, other than CBRE and Jones Lang LaSalle. Landlord and Tenant each hereby agrees to indemnify and hold the other harmless from and against any claims by any Broker, other than CBRE and Jones Lang LaSalle, claiming a commission or other form of compensation by virtue of having dealt with Tenant or Landlord, as applicable, with regard to this leasing transaction.

 

8. Miscellaneous .

a. This Third Amendment is the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous oral and written agreements and discussions. This Third Amendment may be amended only by an agreement in writing, signed by the parties hereto.

b. This Third Amendment is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and assigns.

c. This Third Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. The signature page of any counterpart may be detached therefrom without impairing the legal effect of the signature(s) thereon provided such signature page is attached to any other counterpart identical thereto except having additional signature pages executed by other parties to this Third Amendment attached thereto.

d. Signatures of this Third Amendment transmitted via electronic mail (*.pdf or similar file types) shall be valid and effective to bind the party so signing. Tenant agrees to promptly deliver to Landlord an execution original to this Third Amendment with its actual signature, but a failure by Tenant to do so shall not affect the enforceability of this Third Amendment, it being expressly agreed that each party to this Third Amendment shall be bound by its own electronically mailed signature in all instances and shall accept the electronically mailed signature of the other party to this Third Amendment.

e. Except as amended and/or modified by this Third Amendment, the Lease is hereby ratified and confirmed and all other terms and provisions of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect, unaltered and unchanged by this Third Amendment. In the event of any conflict between the terms and provisions of this Third Amendment and the terms and provisions of the Lease, the terms and provisions of this Third Amendment shall prevail. Whether or not specifically amended by this Third Amendment, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease are hereby amended to the extent necessary to give effect to the purpose and intent of this Third Amendment.

[Signatures are on the next page]

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Third Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:   1252 AND 1310 ORLEANS INVESTORS, LLC,
  a Delaware limited liability company
    By:  

CBRE Global Investors Creative Office

Investments, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

Its Member

      By:    LOGO
      Name:   Brian Ma
      Title:   Authorized Signatory
TENANT:   BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION,
  a Delaware corporation
    By:    LOGO
    Its:   CFO

 

4


LOGO

 

Please note that the terms “Seller” and “Buyer” are defined by the CA Civil Code to include a lessor and lessee, respectively.

This form must be delivered before or concurrently with the signing of the purchase and sale contract (or lease). In lieu of this form, such confirmation may also be set forth in the purchase and sale contract (or lease).

REPRESENTATION CONFIRMATION

 

Date:

   April 27, 2015

Seller/Lessor:

   1252 and 1310 Orleans Investors, LLC

Buyer/Lessee:

   Bloom Energy Corporation

Property Name:

  

Street Address, City, State:

   1252 Orleans Drive, Sunnyvale, CA 94089

Further described as:

   ±50,000 rentable square feet

A real estate agent, either acting directly or through one or more associate licensees, can legally be the agent of both the Seller and the Buyer in a transaction, but only with the knowledge and consent of both the Seller and the Buyer. In a dual agency situation, the agent has the following affirmative obligations to both the Seller and the Buyer:

 

  (a) A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty and loyalty in the dealings with either the Seller or the Buyer.

 

  (b) Other duties to the Seller and the Buyer as stated above in their respective sections.

In representing both Seller and Buyer, the agent may not, without the express permission of the respective party, disclose to the other party that the Seller will accept a price less than the listing price or that the Buyer will pay a price greater than the price offered. The above duties of the agent in a real estate transaction do not relieve a Seller or Buyer from the responsibility to protect his or her own interests. You should carefully read all agreements to assure that they adequately express your understanding of the transaction. A real estate agent is a person qualified to advise about real estate. If legal or tax advice is desired, consult a competent professional. Throughout your real property transaction you may receive more than one disclosure form, depending upon the number of agents assisting in the transaction. The law requires each agent with whom you have more than a casual relationship to present you with this disclosure form. You should read its contents each time it is presented to you, considering the relationship between you and the real estate agent in your specific transaction

 

Jeff Houston / CBRE    is the Agent of (check one)        
Name of Listing Agent   

LOGO the seller exclusively; or ☐ both the buyer and seller.

 

Steve Levere, Jones Lang LaSalle            /s/ Steve Levere    is the Agent of (check one)        
Name of Selling Agent (Procuring Broker) if not the same as the Listing Agent   

LOGO the buyer exclusively; or ☐ the seller exclusively; or ☐ both the buyer and seller.

 

SELLER/LESSOR     BUYER/LESSEE
BY:   /s/ Brian Ma     BY:   /s/ Randy Furr
PRINT NAME:   Brian Ma     PRINT NAME:   Randy Furr
TITLE:   CBRE, Global Investments, Director     TITLE:   CFO

September 2014


FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “Fourth Amendment”) is made as of December 7, 2015, by and between 1252 AND 1310 ORLEANS INVESTORS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

RECITALS

A. Landlord and Tenant are now parties to that certain Standard Industrial Lease dated as of April 5, 2005, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated as of April 22, 2005, as further amended by that certain Second Amendment to Lease dated as of January 12, 2010, and as further amended by that certain Third Amendment to Lease dated as of April 30, 2015 (as amended, the “Lease”) . Pursuant to the Lease, Tenant leases certain premises consisting of approximately 50,000 rentable square feet (“Premises”) in a building located at 1252 Orleans, Sunnyvale, California. The Premises are more particularly described in the Lease. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings defined for such terms in the Lease.

B. The Term is scheduled to expire on December 31, 2020.

C. Landlord and Tenant desire, subject to the terms and conditions set forth below, to amend the Lease to, among other things, allow Tenant to terminate the Term as of December 31, 2018.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing Recitals, which are incorporated herein by this reference, the mutual promises and conditions contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Termination Right . Tenant shall have the one-time right, subject to the provisions of this Section 1 , to terminate the Term of the Lease (“Termination Right”) with respect to the entire Premises only effective as of December 31, 2018 (the “Early Termination Date”), by delivery to Landlord of prior written notice of such election to terminate the Term of the Lease (the “Termination Notice”) on or before June 30, 2018. If Tenant timely and properly exercises the Termination Right, (a) Tenant shall continue to pay Base Rent, Operating Expenses and all other amounts due under the Lease through the Early Termination Date, (b) Tenant shall vacate the Premises and deliver possession thereof to Landlord in the condition required by the terms of the Lease on or before the Early Termination Date, and (c) Tenant shall have no further obligations under the Lease except for those accruing prior to the Early Termination Date and those which, pursuant to the terms of the Lease, survive the expiration or early termination of the Lease. If Tenant does not deliver to the Termination Notice to Landlord within the time period provided in this paragraph, Tenant shall be deemed to have waived its Termination Right and the provisions of this Section 1 shall have no further force or effect.

 

2. Disclosure . For purposes of Section 1938 of the California Civil Code, as of the date of this Fourth Amendment, Tenant acknowledges having been advised by Landlord that the Project has not been inspected by a certified access specialist.

 

3. OFAC . Tenant, and all beneficial owners of Tenant, are currently (a) in compliance with and shall at all times during the Term of the Lease remain in compliance with the regulations of the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) of the U.S. Department of Treasury and any statute, executive order, or regulation relating thereto (collectively, the “OFAC Rules”), (b) not listed on, and shall not during the Term of the Lease be listed on, the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List maintained by OFAC and/or on any other similar list maintained by OFAC or other governmental authority pursuant to any authorizing statute, executive order, or regulation, and (c) not a person or entity with whom a U.S. person is prohibited from conducting business under the OFAC Rules.

 

1


4. Brokers . Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any broker, agent or other person (“Broker”) in connection with the transaction reflected in this Fourth Amendment and that no Broker brought about this transaction, other than CBRE and Jones Lang LaSalle. Landlord and Tenant each hereby agrees to indemnify and hold the other harmless from and against any claims by any Broker, other than CBRE and Jones Lang LaSalle, claiming a commission or other form of compensation by virtue of having dealt with Tenant or Landlord, as applicable, with regard to this leasing transaction.

 

5. Miscellaneous.

a. This Fourth Amendment is the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous oral and written agreements and discussions. This Fourth Amendment may be amended only by an agreement in writing, signed by the parties hereto.

b. This Fourth Amendment is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and assigns.

c. This Fourth Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. The signature page of any counterpart may be detached therefrom without impairing the legal effect of the signature(s) thereon provided such signature page is attached to any other counterpart identical thereto except having additional signature pages executed by other parties to this Fourth Amendment attached thereto.

d. Signatures of this Fourth Amendment transmitted via electronic mail (*.pdf or similar file types) shall be valid and effective to bind the party so signing. Tenant agrees to promptly deliver to Landlord an execution original to this Fourth Amendment with its actual signature, but a failure by Tenant to do so shall not affect the enforceability of this Fourth Amendment, it being expressly agreed that each party to this Fourth Amendment shall be bound by its own electronically mailed signature in all instances and shall accept the electronically mailed signature of the other party to this Fourth Amendment.

e. Except as amended and/or modified by this Fourth Amendment, the Lease is hereby ratified and confirmed and all other terms and provisions of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect, unaltered and unchanged by this Fourth Amendment. In the event of any conflict between the terms and provisions of this Fourth Amendment and the terms and provisions of the Lease, the terms and provisions of this Fourth Amendment shall prevail. Whether or not specifically amended by this Fourth Amendment, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease are hereby amended to the extent necessary to give effect to the purpose and intent of this Fourth Amendment.

[Signatures are on the next page]

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Fourth Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:     1252 AND 1310 ORLEANS INVESTORS, LLC,
    a Delaware limited liability company
      By:    

CBRE Global Investors Creative Office Investments, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

Its Member

      By:  

/s/ Derek Landry

TENANT:    

Name:

  Derek Landry
    Title:   Authorized Signatory
    a Delaware corporation
      By:   /s/ Randy Furr
      Its:   CFO, Randy Furr

 

3

Exhibit 10.8

GROUND LEASE

by and between

1743 HOLDINGS, LLC,

as Landlord

and

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

as Tenant

Site : Approximately 271 acres of land located in New Castle County, Delaware

Premises : Approximately 50 acres of land located at and forming a part of the Site


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

SCHEDULE OF TERMS

     -1-  

1.

 

DEMISE OF PREMISES

     -6-  

2.

 

TERM; EXTENSION

     -6-  

3.

 

TENANT’S EARLY ACCESS; DUE DILIGENCE.

     -9-  

4.

 

CONSTRUCTION AND ALTERATIONS

     -9-  

5.

 

RENT

     -10-  

6.

 

TAXES

     -10-  

7.

 

USE OF PREMISES

     -12-  

8.

 

UTILITIES

     -13-  

9.

 

MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR

     -13-  

10.

 

SIGNAGE; TRAFFIC SIGNAL

     -14-  

11.

 

COMMON AREAS AND FACILITIES; EASEMENTS

     -14-  

12.

 

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

     -15-  

13.

 

INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY

     -16-  

14.

 

CONDEMNATION

     -18-  

15.

 

DAMAGE TO OR DESTRUCTION OF PREMISES

     -19-  

16.

 

DEFAULTS

     -19-  

17.

 

QUIET ENJOYMENT

     -20-  

18.

 

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES; SUBORDINATION

     -20-  

19.

 

REGULATED SUBSTANCES

     -21-  

20.

 

LIABILITY OF LANDLORD

     -21-  

21.

 

LANDLORD WARRANTY OF TITLE

     -21-  

22.

 

MUTUAL REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     -22-  

23.

 

NOTICES

     -22-  

24.

 

RECORDING

     -22-  

25.

 

ATTORNEY’S FEES

     -23-  

26.

 

NO WAIVER

     -23-  

27.

 

APPLICABLE LAW; CONSTRUCTION OF LANGUAGE OF LEASE

     -23-  

28.

 

PARTIES BOUND

     -23-  

29.

 

BROKERS

     -23-  

30.

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS; CAPTIONS

     -23-  


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page

31.

 

CALCULATION OF TIME

   -23-

32.

 

SEVERABILITY

   -24-

33.

 

COUNTERPARTS; ELECTRONIC DELIVERY

   -24-

34.

 

TIME OF THE ESSENCE

   -24-

35.

 

REASONABLENESS

   -24-

36.

 

FORCE MAJEURE

   -24-

37.

 

LEASEHOLD MORTGAGEE PROVISIONS

   -24-

38.

 

LANDLORD’S WAIVER

   -26-

39.

 

USE RESTRICTION ON SITE

   -26-

40.

 

RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

   -27-

41.

 

OPTION TO PURCHASE

   -28

42.

 

LEASE GUARANTY —

  

43.

 

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

   -29-

LIST OF EXHIBITS , all of which are attached hereto and made a part hereof:

 

Exhibit “A”

  

—  

  

Legal Description of the Site

Exhibit “B”

  

—  

  

Depiction of the Premises

Exhibit “C”

  

—  

  

Tenant’s Preliminary Plans

Exhibit “D”

  

—  

  

Form of Memorandum of Lease

Exhibit “E”

  

—  

  

Environmental Indemnity

Exhibit “F”

     

Roadwork Plan

Exhibit “G”

     

Surface Work Plan

Exhibit “H”

     

Guaranty Form

 

-ii-


SCHEDULE OF TERMS

Whenever any term below is mentioned in this Lease, the definition and/or information next to the corresponding term shall be incorporated in its meaning. When used herein, the singular shall apply to the plural, the plural to the singular, and the use of any gender shall apply to all genders.

 

A. ADDITIONAL RENT : All sums of money or charges required to be paid by Tenant under this Lease other than Base Rent, whether or not such sums or charges are designated “Additional Rent.”

 

B. AGENTS . The term “Agents” shall mean the following and their respective successors and assigns: (i) with respect to Landlord or Tenant, the agents, officers, partners, employees, contractors, invitees and licensees of such party; and (ii) in addition, with respect to Tenant, Tenant’s subtenants and suppliers and their respective agents, employees, contractors, and invitees.

 

C. APPRAISER : A member of the American Institute of Real Estate Appraisers, licensed in the State of Delaware, but is unaffiliated with either Landlord or Tenant and has at least ten (10) years prior experience in appraising commercial/industrial real estate in New Castle County, Delaware.

 

D. BASE RENT : $10.00 for the Initial Term.

 

E. COMMON AREAS AND FACILITIES : All common areas and facilities located on the Site and reasonably available for the joint use or benefit by Tenant along with other occupants of the site and their respective employees and invitees. Common Areas and Facilities shall include any and all driveways, sidewalks, walkways, curbs, entrances, exits, light facilities, utility lines (other than those dedicated to one occupant of the Site), landscaped areas, equipment, signs and facilities, now existing and from time to time hereafter furnished by Landlord in, on or upon the Site; provided, however, that features not commonly found in a first class science and technology park shall be excluded from this definition.

 

F. CONTAMINATION : Seeping, spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, using, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping, disposing, releasing or the presence of Regulated Substances which require notification, investigation, treatment, response or removal action or remediation under applicable Environmental Law.

 

G.

ENVIRONMENTAL LAW : All federal, state and local laws, including principles of common law, regulations, statutes, codes, rules, resolutions, directives, orders, executive orders, consent orders, guidance from regulatory agencies, policy statements, judicial decrees, standards, permits, licenses and ordinances, or any judicial or administrative interpretation of any of the foregoing, pertaining to the protection of land, water, air, health, safety or the environment, whether now or in the future enacted, promulgated or issued. Environmental Law shall also include the terms and conditions as set forth in the Brownfields Development Agreement by and between the Department of Natural


  Resources and Environmental Control (“DNREC”) and the University of Delaware dated October 27, 2009, and the Environmental Covenant (Operable Unit One) and Environmental Covenant (Operable Unit Eight) by and between DNREC and Landlord, each dated November 9, 2011 and such other Final Plans of Remediation and Environmental Covenants for Operable Unit Six as may be entered into by Landlord and DNREC in the future (the “OU-6 Agreements”) and the Contaminated Materials Management Plan for Operable Units One and Eight Dated December, 2011 prepared by Duffield Associates, Inc. on behalf of Landlord for DNREC, and such later Contaminated Materials Management Plan as may be prepared for DNREC in connection with Operable Unit Six (collectively, the “BDA”).

 

H. ENVIRONMENTAL INDEMNITY : That certain Environmental Indemnity Agreement between Landlord and Tenant dated of even date herewith and attached hereto as Exhibit “E.”

 

I. EVENT OF DEFAULT : the occurrence of an event set forth in Section 16 hereof.

 

J. EXTENSION OPTION(S) : Four (4) options to extend the Initial Term for five (5) years each, exercisable in accordance with Section 2.2 hereof.

 

K. EXTENSION TERM : As set forth in Section 2.1 hereof.

 

L. FAIR MARKET RENT : The appraised fair market rental value of the Premises, under then-current zoning, as of the commencement of such Extension Term, calculated on a per annum basis. In determining Fair Market Rent, (i) it shall be assumed that there will no period of vacancy, no brokerage commission and no other leasing costs, (ii) the value of the Improvements shall be excluded from the Fair Market Rent and (iii) the rent shall be determined on the basis that the Premises are subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease.

 

M. GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITIES : All federal, state and local governmental bodies, officials, and agencies having jurisdiction over the Premises or any activity being conducted on the Premises.

 

N. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS : Any Regulated Substance, including, without limitation, any hazardous or toxic substance, material, pollutant, or contaminant regulated under any Environmental Law, including, without limitation, lead-based paint, petroleum products, asbestos and PCBs.

 

O. IMPROVEMENTS : Any improvements and facilities constructed and installed by Tenant on the Premises, including all sidewalks, parking areas, driveways, curbing, landscaped areas, together with storm water management facilities and utilities constructed by Tenant, located on the Site and exclusively serving the Premises, if any.

 

P. INITIAL TERM : Twenty-five (25) years from the Effective Date.

 

   - 2 -   


Q. INSPECTIONS : The investigations, studies and inspections of the Premises, and, in connection with storm water management or utility availability, the Site, performed by or upon the direction of Tenant, in Tenant’s sole and absolute discretion, including, but not limited to, all matters affecting the title, zoning, soil, hydrology, environmental, financial and legal condition, utilities and water and sewer capacity which Tenant may reasonably require in connection with the construction of the Improvements or the obtaining of the Permits.

 

R. LANDLORD’S ADDRESS:

1743 Holdings, LLC

c/o Office of General Counsel

University of Delaware

124 Hullihen Hall

Newark, Delaware 19716

 

S. LANDLORD’S WORK: (i) The Remediation Work; (ii) the Surface Work; (iii) the installation of landscaping buffer along the rear boundary line of the Premises in a location reasonably determined by Tenant as herein elsewhere provided (the “Landscaping”), (iv) any curb cut upgrades to the Premises for Road #1 and/or Road #2 as may be required by the Delaware Department of Transportation, (v) upgrading and maintaining existing entranceway for Road #1 along Christina Parkway necessary to connect the Premises to a public right-of-way; provided, however, that upgrading and Road Work shall be performed prior to Tenant’s receipt of a certificate of occupancy from the City of Newark, unless a longer period is permitted by the Delaware Department of Transportation, and (vi) the Road Work.

 

T. LAW : All federal, state, county and local governmental or quasi-governmental laws, statutes, codes, ordinances, rules, decrees, orders, standards and regulations, including, without limitation, Environmental Law.

 

U. LEASEHOLD MORTGAGE : A leasehold mortgage granted by Tenant encumbering its interest in the Premises in favor of any institutional third-party lender.

 

V. LEASEHOLD MORTGAGEE : The holder of a Leasehold Mortgage.

 

W. PERMITS : All permits, approvals, licenses, and permissions required from all applicable Governmental Authorities to permit the construction of the Improvements and use and the operation of the Premises for the Project, including, without limitation, site plan and development plan approvals and use, building, roads, curb cut, traffic, water and sewer connection, environmental and signage permits.

 

X. PREMISES : A portion of the Site containing approximately 50 acres consisting of approximately thirty (30) acres known as the “Phase 1 Area” and approximately twenty (20) acres known as the Phase 2 Area ”, as depicted on Exhibit “B” hereto, and as more particularly described by metes and bounds on Exhibit “B” .

 

   - 3 -   


Y. PROJECT : The manufacture, storage, warehousing and distribution of solid oxide fuel cells, energy servers and their components and other electricity generating and green energy devices and apparatus and uses incidental thereto including, without limitation, office, research, development and storage.

 

Z. REGULATED SUBSTANCES : Any substances, chemicals, materials or elements that are prohibited, limited, regulated or governed by Environmental Law, or any other substances, chemicals, materials or elements: (i) defined as “hazardous substance” under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, compensation and Liability Act of 1980 (“CERCLA”) (42 U.S.C. §§9601, et seq ), as amended by the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, and as further amended from time to time, and regulations promulgated thereunder; (ii) defined as a “regulated substance” within the meaning of Subtitle I of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (42 U.S.C. §§ 6991-6991), and regulations promulgated thereunder; (iii) designated as a “hazardous substance” pursuant to Section 311 of the Clean Water Act (33 U.S.C. § 1321), or listed pursuant to Section 307 of the Clean Water Act (33 U.S.C. § 1317; (iv) defined as “hazardous”, “toxic”, or otherwise regulated, under Environmental Law adopted by the State of Delaware, or its agencies or political subdivisions including, Delaware’s Hazardous Substance Cleanup Act, 7 Del . C . Chapter 91; (v) petroleum, petroleum products or derivatives or constituents thereof; (vi) asbestos or asbestos-containing materials; (vii) urea formaldehyde foam insulation or urea formaldehyde foam insulation-containing materials; (viii) lead based paint or lead based paint-containing materials; (ix) polychlorinated biphenyls or polychlorinated biphenyl-containing materials; (x) radon or radon-containing or producing materials; (xi) the presence of which requires notification, investigation or remediation under Environmental Law or common law; causes or threatens to cause a nuisance or trespass upon the Property or to adjacent properties, poses or threatens to pose a hazard to the health or safety of persons on or about the Property; or (xi) by any laws of any government authority require special handling in its collection, storage, treatment, or disposal.

 

AA. REMEDIATION WORK : The remediation of all existing Regulated Substances located on the Premises (whether known or unknown as the date hereof) to restricted use standards that shall not interfere with the Permitted Use of the Premises by Tenant as required by the Delaware Department of Natural Resources and Environmental Control and otherwise in compliance with Environmental Law.

 

BB. RENT : All Base Rent and Additional Rent payable by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease.

 

CC. ROAD WORK : The construction of Road # 1 (noted and shown in the shaded area on Exhibit “F” attached hereto) to be constructed by Landlord to a width of 32’ curb to curb and to such other design features and standards as the parties shall agree upon.

 

   - 4 -   


DD. SITE : The parcel of land containing approximately 271 acres of which the Premises are a part and as depicted on Exhibit “A” hereto and also being known as tax parcel numbers 18-039.00-002 and 18-036.00-002 upon the New Castle County tax maps.

 

EE. SURFACE WORK : The removal of all asphalt, concrete and other man-made material under and on the surface of the Premises to a depth necessary to permit the construction of the Improvements, as reasonably determined by Tenant, with any “holes” created by removal of foundations to be backfilled, rough grading of the Premises substantially to the parameters as set forth on Exhibit “G” (the “Rough Grading”) and the stabilization of the Phase 1 Area in accordance with Law (utilizing straw and seed where permitted by Law for such stabilization), and the stabilization of the Phase 2 Area in accordance with Law; provided that, if Landlord’s choice of stabilization material differs from Tenant’s preference, the parties agree to divide evenly any additional cost incurred by Landlord to install Tenant’s preferred stabilization material. The types of stabilization materials shall be limited to only those permitted by Law.

 

FF. TAKING : The acquisition by any Governmental Authority in the legal and valid exercise of its power of eminent domain or by private purchase in lieu thereof or if Tenant is denied or deprived of either the use, occupancy and/or enjoyment of the Premises and/or the ability to operate its business thereon or therefrom by action or decree of any lawful power or authority or as a result of natural or other disaster, or by any written agreement between Landlord or any such power or authority or by the acquiescence of Landlord.

 

GG. TAXES : All taxes, assessments (special or otherwise) and charges levied upon or with respect to the Premises (both Land and Improvements) and any ad valorem taxes on personal property used in connection therewith, which are now or hereafter levied or assessed against Landlord by any federal, state, county or municipal authority or any district or other political or public entity, and shall also include any other tax, assessment, fee or excise, however described (whether general or special, ordinary or extraordinary, foreseen or unforeseen), which may be levied or assessed in lieu of, or as a substitute for, any real estate taxes. Taxes shall not include and Tenant shall not be required to pay any portion of any tax or assessment expense or any increase therein (i) attributable to Landlord’s income, franchise, gift, transfer, inheritance or capital stock taxes, (ii) levied on Landlord’s rental income, unless such tax or assessment is imposed in lieu of real property taxes, (iii) in excess of the amount which would be payable if such tax or assessment expense were paid in installments over the longest permitted term, (iv) imposed on land and improvements other than the Premises, (v) resulting from a change of ownership or transfer of any or all of the Site or the improvement of any of the Site for the sole use of other occupants and (vi) any taxes, assessments or charges for which Tenant is entitled to receive indemnification under the Environmental Indemnity. If at any time during the term of this Lease the assessment for the Premises is reduced on appeal with a result that Landlord receives a refund of any real estate taxes, Landlord shall pay to Tenant any such refund (net of Landlord’s out-of-pocket expenditures in connection with such appeal).

 

   - 5 -   


HH. TENANT’S ADDRESS : c/o Bloom Energy Corporation, 1299 Orleans Drive, Sunnyvale, California 94089.

 

II. TENANT’S PROPORTIONATE SHARE : A fraction, the numerator of which shall be the total area of the Premises (i.e. 50 acres), and the denominator of which shall be the total area of the Site. As of the Effective Date, Tenant’s Proportionate Share equals 18.5%.

 

JJ. TENANT’S WORK : Construction of the Improvements.

 

KK. TERM : The Initial Term and any Extension Term.

 

LL. VENDOR/PARTNER : Any party which sells no less than a majority of its production output from its sublease premises to Tenant for use by Tenant at its facility on the Premises. A Vendor/Partner may not use its sublease premises primarily for warehouse or distribution purposes (other than for the benefit of the Project), but must be engaged in production of materials utilized by Tenant for the Project. “Vendor/Partner” shall include any other entity with which Tenant forms a joint venture or other cooperative entity or contractual relationship by which to research or develop technologies and products synergistic with Tenant’s Project or current or future clean energy products.

 

   - 6 -   


GROUND LEASE

THIS GROUND LEASE (this “ Lease ” or this “ Agreement ”) is made as of the              day of March, 2012 (the “Effective Date”) by and between 1743 HOLDINGS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”) and BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

WHEREAS, Landlord is the owner of certain property located in the City of Newark, Delaware (the “Campus”) which it owns and manages in order to serve the purposes of Landlord’s parent, the University of Delaware (“University”). The Campus was acquired by Landlord to expand the University’s overall campus and provide a site for, among other things, high technology partnerships between the University and leaders in various technology fields; and

WHEREAS, Tenant is a leader in the development and manufacture of solid oxide fuel cells which serve as a new class of distributed power generators producing clean, reliable and affordable electricity at the customer site (“Bloom Energy Servers”); and

WHEREAS, Landlord and the University have partnered with the State of Delaware in order to attract Tenant to the Campus, thus creating the opportunity for collaboration between Tenant and the University as well as the promotion of manufacturing job growth and other economic development benefits for Newark and the State of Delaware; and

WHEREAS, the hereinafter described Premises lie within the Campus. Landlord and Tenant believe that the Premises will provide an ideal site for the establishment by Tenant of a facility for the development and manufacture of Bloom Energy Servers, including the development and application of ancillary technology, and, for that purpose, Landlord has agreed to lease the Premises to Tenant under the favorable economic terms as more fully appear below; and

WHEREAS, Tenant has advised Landlord and the State of Delaware that several of Tenant’s vendor/partners may wish to colocate with Tenant. In order to encourage further job growth and further collaboration between the University and firms engaged in emerging energy technology, the Premises includes lands upon which vendor/partner facilities might be established.

The parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby covenant and agree as follows:

1. DEMISE OF PREMISES .

(a) Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, the Premises, upon the terms, covenants, and conditions set forth herein.

 

   - 7 -   


(b) Except as otherwise expressly provided here in else where, the Premises are leased to Tenant in their present condition without representation or warranty by Landlord and subject to the existing state of title, all existing covenants, restrictions, easements, agreements and regulations, if any, any state of facts an accurate survey might show, zoning rules, restrictions, regulations, resolutions, ordinances, building restrictions and governmental regulations now in effect or hereafter adopted by any governmental authority having jurisdiction over the Premises. Tenant represents that it has examined the Premises and title thereto and has found all of the same satisfactory for all purposes. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant expressly acknowledges and agrees that, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, Tenant is not relying on any representation or warranty of Landlord, or any of its directors, officers, members, partners, agents or employees, whether implied, presumed or expressly provided at law or otherwise, arising by virtue of any statute, common law or other legally binding right or remedy in favor of Tenant. Furthermore, without limiting the foregoing provisions, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, Tenant waives all right to recover and forever releases and discharges Landlord and its directors, officers, members, partners, agents or employees from, and covenants not to sue Landlord or any of its directors, officers, members, partners, agents or employees for, any and all claims, whether direct or indirect, known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, that may arise on account of or in any way be connected with the condition of the Premises or any laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or requirements applicable thereto, including, without limitation, any claim or matter relating to the use, presence, discharge or release of any hazardous substance or hazardous waste on, under, in, above or about the Premises; provided, however, the foregoing shall not apply to any breach of Landlord’s obligations set forth in this Lease or the Environmental Indemnity.

2. TERM; EXTENSION .

2.1 Term . The Initial Term shall commence on the Effective Date and shall end on the twenty-fifth (25 th ) anniversary of such date, subject to Tenant’s right to extend the Initial Term.

2.2 Extension Terms . Tenant shall have the right and option to extend the Initial Term for four (4) successive periods of five (5) years each (each successive period, an Extension Term and collectively, the Extension Terms ). Tenant’s exercise of an Extension Option shall be by notice to Landlord at least one (1) year prior to the last day of either the Initial Term or of the Extension Term then in effect, as the case may be. Each Extension Term shall be upon the same terms, covenants, conditions and provisions as are in effect as of the Expiration Date of the Initial Lease Term, except for the Base Rent which shall be equal to the then Fair Market Rent for the Premises as determined in accordance with Section 2.3.

2.3 Determination of Fair Market Rent .

(a) Within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s delivery of Tenant’s notice of its exercise of the Extension Option, Landlord and Tenant shall work in good faith to agree upon the base rent payable during the Extension Term. If Landlord and Tenant do not reach agreement within such thirty (30) day period, Landlord and Tenant shall each, within fifteen (15) days after the end of such thirty (30) day period, select an Appraiser who shall act on such party’s behalf in determining the Fair Market Rent.

 

   - 8 -   


(b) Within thirty (30) days after the selection of Tenant’s and Landlord’s Appraisers, the two (2) Appraisers shall render a joint written determination which shall be the Fair Market Rent. If the two (2) Appraisers are unable to agree upon a joint written determination within said thirty (30) day period, the two (2) Appraisers shall select a third Appraiser within ten (10) days after the expiration of such thirty (30) day period and shall each submit a determination of the Fair Market Rent to such third Appraiser.

(c) If the two (2) Appraisers cannot agree on a third, Landlord or Tenant may request that the local chapter of the American Arbitration Association appoint a party to act as the third Appraiser. Within thirty (30) days after the appointment of the third Appraiser, the third Appraisal shall render a written determination of the Fair Market Rent, which must be either the Landlord’s Appraiser’s determination as submitted or the Tenant’s Appraiser’s determination as submitted, but no other amount and no compromise between the two.

(d) If either Landlord or Tenant fails or refuses to select an Appraiser, and such failure continues for five (5) days after written notice, the other Appraiser shall alone determine the Fair Market Rent.

(e) Within fourteen (14) days after Tenant’s receipt of the determination of the Base Rent from either the two (2) Appraisers or the third Appraiser, as the case may be, Tenant shall have the right to revoke its exercise of the Extension Option if Tenant, in its sole discretion, is not in agreement with the Base Rent as determined by such Appraisers.

(f) Landlord shall bear the fee and expenses of its Appraiser; Tenant shall bear the fee and expenses of its Appraiser; and Landlord and Tenant shall share equally the fee and expenses of the third Appraiser, if one is required.

3. TENANT’S EARLY ACCESS; DUE DILIGENCE .

3.1 Permits .

(a) Tenant agrees to proceed with diligence and in good faith to submit the necessary applications, plans and specifications to the appropriate Governmental Authorities to obtain the Permits and commence Tenant’s Work. At Tenant’s request, subject to Landlord’s consent, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, Landlord shall join in all applications prepared by Tenant and otherwise cooperate with Tenant (but at no expense to Landlord, except for Landlord’s counsel fees, if any) in accomplishing the foregoing. At all times, Landlord shall reasonably cooperate with Tenant in Tenant’s efforts to obtain the Permits. Landlord agrees to respond within five (5) business days in connection with such effort. Landlord shall not, without Tenant’s prior consent, seek any subdivision, zoning or other consent, permit or approval from any governmental body that would obligate Tenant to construct any improvement or incur any liability (other than for Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the costs for the operation, maintenance and repair of the Common Areas and Facilities, to the extent provided in this Lease or the Declaration or which would materially and adversely affect the use or occupancy or the Premises or any improvement now or hereafter constructed thereon. Tenant acknowledges Landlord shall subdivide the Premises, at Landlord’s sole cost, from the Site to create a separate tax parcel.

 

   - 9 -   


(b) Except as expressly otherwise provided herein, while assisting Tenant to obtain the Permits or otherwise during the Term, Landlord shall not accept, agree to or otherwise incorporate into documents any condition, restriction, limitation that would materially and adversely affect Tenant’s ability to use the Premises for the Permitted Use or added material expense in any federal, state, county or local permit, application, approval or agreement, nor shall Landlord enter into any agreement binding or placing any material obligations whatsoever on Tenant, without in each and every instance first obtaining the express consent of Tenant, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Landlord is expressly authorized to enter into the OU-6 Agreements, a Contaminated Materials Management Plan for OU-6 and record an Environmental Covenant on the portion of Operable Unit 6 that lies within the boundaries of the Premises. Tenant agrees to be bound by the terms thereof, as well as the remaining parts of the BDA, subject to the Landlord’s performance of its obligations under the Environmental Indemnity.

(c) Tenant shall have the right, but not the obligation, to contest the denial of any Permits and/or to contest any appeal taken by any other party with respect to the grant or issuance of any Permit.

3.2 Utilities and Zoning . Except to the extent already provided by Tenant’s engineers and contractors, or the City of Newark, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant, within one-hundred eighty (180) days following the Effective Date, evidence of the availability of all necessary utilities at or adjacent to the Site and a certificate of zoning evidencing that the Premises are zoned so as to permit Tenant’s construction of the Improvements and Tenant’s intended use of the Premises. Such evidence and certificate shall be in a form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Tenant. Landlord shall not agree to any change in the zoning applicable to the Premises during the Term without Tenant’s prior written consent, which consent may be withheld in Tenant’s sole discretion.

3.3 Inspections . From and after the Effective Date, Tenant and Tenant’s Agents shall have a license to enter the Premises, and, in connection with off-Premises stormwater management or running utilities to the Premises, the Site, at its own risk for the purpose of conducting the Inspections and constructing the Improvements. Tenant agrees to repair and restore any damage to the Site caused by the Inspections at its expense and Tenant also agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord from and against all costs, expenses and liabilities arising out of the Inspections, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs; provided , however , that the foregoing indemnity shall exclude any loss, cost, damage, claim or liability incurred by Landlord resulting from (a) the existence of, or the mere discovery by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents of defects or other adverse conditions at the Site; and (b) the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord’s Agents. The foregoing indemnity shall survive the termination of this Lease. Prior to performing any Inspections, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a certificate of insurance evidencing a commercial general liability insurance policy covering the Inspections, which policy shall conform to the provisions of Section 12 hereof.

 

   - 10 -   


3.4 Title and Survey .

(a) Tenant may obtain a title insurance commitment for the Premises (the “ Title Commitment ”) issued by Old Republic Title, First American Title or another title insurance company acceptable to Tenant (the “ Title Company ”) in the amount of the leasehold interest in the Premises and the Improvements, committing to insure Tenant against loss on account of any defect or encumbrance in the title, unless herein excepted and an ALTA survey of the Premises (the “ Survey ”).

(b) On the Effective Date, Landlord shall deliver to the Title Company, with a copy thereof to Tenant, (i) an affidavit with respect to (i) mechanic’s liens, certifying that as of the Effective Date there are no known unpaid bills rendered or to be rendered for services performed or materials furnished to the Premises or that the same will be paid in the ordinary course of business; and (ii) parties in possession, certifying that on the Effective Date, there are no parties other than Landlord in possession of the Premises; and (iii) provided the same do not expand any liability of Landlord beyond the terms of the Lease, any other affidavits or documents reasonably required by the Title Company to enable the Title Company to record a memorandum of this Lease, delete the standard title exceptions from Tenant’s title insurance policy (assuming Tenant has obtained a satisfactory Survey) and issue said title policy in the form reasonably required by Tenant.

(c) After the date hereof, Landlord shall in no way encumber or burden the Premises (except as expressly permitted under this Lease) without the prior written consent of Tenant, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

4. CONSTRUCTION AND ALTERATIONS .

4.1 Landlord’s Work .

(a) Landlord shall, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, promptly commence and diligently pursue and complete Landlord’s Work, in a good and workmanlike manner free of material defect and in accordance with the terms, covenants, conditions and provisions of this Lease, all Laws applicable to the Site and, if applicable, without implication of any right to approve Landlord’s Work in advance, any plans, drawings and specifications approved in advance by Tenant. Landlord shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold harmless Tenant and Tenant’s Agents from and against any Losses (defined in Section 13.2 below) arising out of the performance of Landlord’s Work.

(b) Landlord agrees to promptly apply for and diligently prosecute the issuance of all permits, licenses and approvals by Governmental Authorities and utility companies necessary for the commencement and completion of Landlord’s Work. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that the Remediation Work for the Premises (exclusive of the portion of the Premises that lies within Operable Unit Six) and the Surface Work for the Phase 1 Area (the “ Phase 1 Landlord’s Work ”) are substantially completed no later than April 15, 2012. All (other than the Road Work, Landscaping and road entrance

 

   - 11 -   


upgrading) of Landlord’s Work including the Remediation of the portion of the Premises that lies within Operable Unit Six and the Rough Grading of the Phase II Area, shall be substantially complete no later than October 15, 2012 (the “ Outside Final Completion Date ;” i.e. six months after the Phase 1 Final Completion Date of April 15, 2012). Landlord’s Work shall be substantially complete on the date that Landlord is ready and able to deliver exclusive possession of the Premises to Tenant, and there remains to be completed only “punchlist items” of minor finishing and adjustment. Landlord further agrees to fully complete all punchlist items within thirty (30) days after substantial completion of Landlord’s Work.

(c) If the Phase 1 Landlord’s Work is not substantially complete on the April 15, 2012 (the “ Phase 1 Final Completion Date ”) or if all (other than the Landscaping, Road Work and road entrance upgrading) of Landlord’s Work is not substantially complete by the Outside Final Completion Date (provided, however, if Landlord is diligently pursuing completion, in Tenant’s reasonable judgment, the Outside Final Completion Date shall be extended such as to allow timely completion of such Landlord’s Work), then, in each case and in addition to Tenant’s other rights and remedies, Tenant shall be entitled to either: (i) terminate this Agreement by written notice to Landlord delivered no later than thirty (30) days following the Outside Completion Date; or (ii) demand reimbursement from Landlord for any additional construction costs reasonably incurred by Tenant as a result of Landlord’s delay and Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for such costs within ten (10) days after Tenant’s demand. Tenant’s failure to exercise its termination right with respect to the Phase 1 Final Completion Date shall not affect Tenant’s right to exercise its termination right with respect to the Outside Final Completion Date.

(d) The foregoing notwithstanding, the following shall apply as to the timing of the “Landscaping”: Following the completion of the initial Improvements to the Premises by Tenant, subject to seasonal considerations, Landlord promptly and diligently shall install (but shall not be responsible for the maintenance or replacement thereof) on the Premises, at its sole cost and expense, a line of trees or other type of landscaping along the rear Premises line behind the buildings initially constructed thereon by Tenant, in order to provide at the maturity of such trees or other type of landscaping a reasonable visual barrier from the remainder of the Site. Tenant agrees to provide access to the Premises to Landlord and its landscape contractor at appropriate times for the purpose of installing such landscaping.

(e) Landlord covenants with Tenant that during the completion of Landlord’s Work, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to avoid interfering with Tenant’s construction of the Improvements. Tenant covenants with Landlord that during the completion of the Tenant’s Work, Tenant shall use commercially reasonable efforts to avoid interfering with Landlord’s completion of the Landlord’s Work.

4.2 Improvements .

(a) Tenant shall construct all Improvements in accordance with Laws applicable to the Premises and substantially in accordance with Tenant’s Preliminary Plans. Attached hereto as Exhibit “C” are conceptual plans and preliminary exterior plans showing the general design of the building(s) to be erected, the exterior footprint of the Improvements to be

 

   - 12 -   


constructed on the Premises and the general layout of the Premises in terms of access roads, parking and landscaping (“ Tenant’s Preliminary Plans ”). The parties acknowledge and agree that Landlord intends to develop the Site as a first-class office, science and technology campus, and that the aesthetics of the Improvements and overall design of the Premises have a material effect on Landlord’s goals and plans. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have no obligation to construct the Improvements in accordance with Tenant’s Preliminary Plans and may alter, increase or reduce the scope of any planned Improvements, whether or not depicted on the Tenant’s Preliminary Plans; provided, however, that the Improvements shall at all times be consistent with a first-class office, science and technology campus.

(b) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease, at Landlord’s sole discretion, in the event that either (a) Tenant fails to commence construction of the Improvements within six (6) months of the completion of the Phase 1 Landlord’s Work, or (b) following such commencement of construction, such construction is not completed (to be evidenced by a permanent certificate of occupancy having been issued for the Improvements) on or before the date that is twenty-four (24) months from the date of commencement of construction; provided, however, that each of the foregoing time periods shall be automatically extended due to delays caused by force majeure. The parties agree to confirm in writing the date of completion of the Phase I Landlord Work and the commencement of construction of the Improvements. Landlord may exercise the foregoing termination right, if at all, by giving written notice of such termination to Tenant within ten (10) days following the expiration of the applicable time period and thereupon this Lease shall terminate on the date thereof, as though such date were the date set forth in this Lease for the expiration of the Term. Failure of Landlord to provide such written termination notice within said ten (10) day time period shall cause such termination right to be null and void.

(c) Where possible, Landlord shall permit Tenant to deposit any excess waste, soil or other materials generated from any excavations, grading and utility installations in connection with the construction of the Improvements in a location within the Site designated by Landlord, and in a manner as directed by Landlord so as to stabilize the same and consistent with Landlord’s intended development of the Site.

(d) Road Work .

(i) Road #2 . The parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain approval from DelDOT to relocate the curb cut and roadway associated with Road #2 in a westerly direction to the approximate location shown on Exhibit F. In the event such relocation is approved by DelDOT, the parties shall negotiate in good faith toward an agreement regarding the sharing of costs associated with such relocation. Until any such relocation, the portion of Road #2 lying within the Premises shall be available for use by Landlord, its assignees, tenants, agents and invitees. This portion of Road #2 lying within the Premises shall be treated as a Common Area and Facility for purposes of maintenance responsibility and cost sharing. Tenant may relocate the portion of Road #2 lying within the Premises to another location within the Premises, but the same may not be relocated such as to materially interfere with Landlord’s, its assignees’, tenants’, agents’ and invitees’ use thereof as a Common Area and Facility.

 

   - 13 -   


(ii) Road #1 . Landlord shall improve and extend Road #1 along the easterly and northerly sides of the Premises, as shown in the shaded area of Exhibit “F” , attached hereto, and Landlord shall pay all costs associated with such road extension, except that Tenant shall be responsible for $195,000.00 of such costs. Tenant shall enjoy access to Road #1 at all times following its completion. The Road Work for Road #1 shall be completed on a date which is no later than the date on which Tenant receives a Certificate of Occupancy from the City of Newark. Landlord shall obtain all road Permits at its sole cost and expense.

4.3 Alterations . With Landlord’s consent, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, Tenant shall have the right, at its sole cost and expense, to reconfigure, make changes, additions or alterations, structural or otherwise, to the Improvements during the Term, including, without limitation, buildings for Tenant’s Vendor/Partners (the “ Alterations ”); provided, however, interior changes, additions or alterations do not require Landlord’s consent. During the Term, the Improvements including, without limitation, all additions, alterations and improvements thereto or replacements thereof and all appurtenant fixtures, machinery and equipment installed therein shall be the property of Tenant. Any and all Improvements upon the Site at the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, then become the property of Landlord and shall be surrendered at that time in their vacant, “broom clean” condition, casualty and condemnation excepted. Furthermore, in no event shall Tenant be liable to Landlord for any diminution in value of any portion of the Premises or of the Site that may result from Tenant’s Alterations or the Improvements.

4.4 Liens .

(a) Tenant shall keep the Premises free from any liens arising from any labor performed by or on behalf of, or materials furnished to, Tenant; provided, however, that Tenant may dispute any such lien so long as Tenant either causes such lien to be bonded within sixty (60) days or otherwise provides adequate assurance or creates an adequate reserve for the disputed portion of such lien. If any such lien attaches, and the same is not discharged of record or bonded off within sixty (60) days after Landlord notifies Tenant thereof, then Landlord shall have the option to discharge the same and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for reasonable, direct costs associated with the removal of any such lien within five (5) business days of demand therefor as Additional Rent.

(b) Nothing contained in this Lease shall be construed as constituting the consent or request of Landlord, express or implied, to or for the furnishing of any labor, services or materials for any construction, alteration, addition, repair or demolition of or to the Premises or Improvements, or any part thereof. Notice is hereby given that Landlord will not be liable for any labor, services or materials furnished or to be furnished to Tenant, or to anyone holding the Premises or the Improvements or any part thereof through or under Tenant, and that no mechanic’s or other lien for any such labor, services or materials shall attach to or affect the interest of Landlord in and to the Premises or Site.

 

   - 14 -   


4.5 The right of plan approval and disapproval reserved to Landlord in this Section 4 shall be exercisable by, and inure solely to the benefit of, Landlord and its successors in interest hereunder. In no event shall anything contained in this Section 4 be construed as conferring upon any person other than Landlord and its successors in interest hereunder any right to approve or disapprove the construction, erection, substitution, replacement or maintenance of any Improvements hereafter located upon the Premises. Landlord’s review of any plans shall be/was solely for Landlord’s benefit and may not be relied upon in any manner by Tenant or any third party, and Landlord shall not be deemed to have warranted or affirmed the sufficiency, the legality or the effectiveness thereof, and such approval shall not constitute any warranty or affirmation by Landlord with respect thereto.

5. RENT .

5.1 Upon the full execution of this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Base Rent for the Initial Term. Commencing on the first day of the first Extension Term, Tenant shall pay Landlord the annual Base Rent, as determined in accordance with Section 2.3 above, in equal monthly installments on the first day of each calendar month in advance and without prior notice or demand. All Rent shall be payable to Landlord at its offices set forth in the Schedule of Terms, or to such other address as Landlord may so notify Tenant from time to time.

5.2 If Tenant shall fail to pay any Additional Rent when the same shall become due, following the expiration of applicable notice and cure periods, Landlord shall have all rights, powers and remedies with respect thereto as are provided herein or by law in the case of non-payment of Base Rent and shall, except as expressly provided herein, have the right to pay the same on behalf of Tenant. All payments of Base Rent and Additional Rent not timely paid by Tenant to Landlord within ten (10) days after the applicable notice and cure periods shall bear interest at a rate five (5) percentage points above the rate published as the prime rate in the Money Rates column of the Wall Street Journal, from time to time, prevailing as of the date(s) on which such payment(s) became due, from the date(s) on which such payment(s) became due, until paid. Tenant shall perform all of its obligations under this Lease at its sole cost and expense, and shall pay all Base Rent and Additional Rent when due, without notice or demand.

6. TAXES .

6.1 Payment of Taxes . Commencing on the Effective Date, unless paid directly by Tenant to any Governmental Authority, Tenant shall pay to Landlord one hundred percent (100%) of Taxes during the Term. Tenant shall pay one hundred percent (100%) of such Taxes on an annual basis within thirty (30) days after the date that Tenant receives from Landlord an invoice for such Taxes for the tax year(s) in question issued by the appropriate Governmental Authority; subject , however , to Tenant’s right of contest as hereafter set forth, and, provided further, Tenant shall not be responsible for any late fees, charges, penalties or interest due to Landlord’s delinquency or delay in payment of such Taxes. If any such invoice shall cover any period of time prior to the Effective Date or after the expiration of the Term, Tenant’s payment shall be appropriately prorated. Other than the payment of one hundred percent (100%) of Taxes, Tenant shall not be required to pay any other tax, levy, assessment or charge assessed against Landlord, including levies on rent and any gift, estate or inheritance tax. Landlord shall

 

   - 15 -   


deliver evidence, reasonably acceptable to Tenant, that such Taxes have been paid in full within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s payment to Landlord thereof. Landlord also shall deliver to Tenant copies of all notices relating to the imposition of new Taxes, or the increase in real estate tax rates or assessments, at least twenty (20) days prior to any deadline for the filing of a contest to such imposition or increase as a matter of right so that Tenant may have ample time to contest the same.

6.2 Contesting Taxes . Tenant shall have the privilege, before delinquency occurs, of contesting the legality or amount of any such Taxes levied against the Premises in the name of Tenant, or, with Landlord’s consent, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, both Landlord and Tenant. If Tenant, in good faith, believes such Taxes to be illegal or excessive, then Tenant may defer payment thereof as long as Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall diligently and in good faith contest the existence, amount or validity thereof by appropriate proceeding, provided such contest shall not subject Landlord to the risk of any civil or criminal liability; provided, however, that if payment of the whole or any part thereof becomes necessary to prevent the forfeiture of title to or a sale of the Premises, or to prevent eviction of either Landlord or Tenant because of non-payment thereof, Tenant shall pay the same to prevent such forfeiture, sale or eviction. Any such contest, in the first instance, shall be at the cost and expense of Tenant. Each refund of such Taxes so contested shall be paid to Landlord, but Landlord shall promptly remit to Tenant, upon receipt of such refund, all costs and expenses of such contest advanced by Tenant before retention or distribution, as the case may be, of the balance of such refund. Thereafter, Landlord shall promptly remit the balance of such refund to Tenant if Tenant has paid such Taxes. If Landlord receives a reimbursement, refund, credit or other retroactive adjustment of Taxes after Tenant has paid the same, Landlord shall promptly remit to Tenant upon receipt, such reimbursement, refund, credit or other retroactive adjustment, which payment obligation shall survive the Expiration Date of this Lease. The foregoing right of contest shall equally extend to any right to apply for or to request an abatement, deferral or reduction of Taxes relating to or arising from the completion or installation of any alterations or improvements to the Premises.

6.3 Determination of Taxes . If the Premises is taxed as part of either a larger tract of the entire Site, Landlord agrees to use its best efforts to have the Premises designated as a separate parcel for taxing purposes so that the assessed valuation of the land and buildings shall relate only to the land constituting the Premises and the Improvements. If the Premises is taxed as a portion of a larger tract or the entire Site and Landlord is unable to have the Premises designated as a separate parcel for taxing purposes, so that taxes are assessed upon the larger tract of which the Premises is a portion, Tenant agrees to pay that portion of the Taxes that is reasonably attributable to the Premises and the Improvements, determined as follows:

(a) If Taxes are identified or apportioned by the taxing authorities or are identifiable or apportionable based on valuation or other information furnished by the taxing authority so that the portion of the Taxes attributable to the value of the land can be distinguished from the portion of the Taxes attributable to the value of the buildings, then as to that portion of the Taxes attributable to the value of the land, Tenant will pay a percentage of such portion of the Taxes determined by dividing the area of the Premises by the total area of the larger tract or the entire Site, and as to the portion of the Taxes attributable to the value of the buildings, Tenant will pay a percentage of such portion of the Taxes determined by dividing the gross floor area of the Improvements by the gross floor area of all buildings located on the larger tract or the Site.

 

   - 16 -   


(b) If Taxes are not identified or apportioned by the taxing authority and are not identifiable or apportionable based on valuation or other information furnished by the taxing authority so that the portion of the Taxes attributable to the value of the land cannot be distinguished from the portion of the Taxes attributable to the value of the buildings, then as to all Taxes, Tenant will pay a percentage of the Taxes determined by dividing the area of the Premises by the total area of the larger tract or the Site, or by some other method reasonably agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant.

(c) Unless the Premises is taxed on its own, based on its own tax parcel number, in which case only the tax bills need be provided to Tenant, Landlord’s invoice for Taxes shall set forth (A) the total Taxes on the larger tract accompanied by a copy of the tax bill; (B) whether the total Taxes on the larger tract are identifiable or apportionable between land and buildings and if so, the amount of Taxes attributable to the land and the amount of Taxes attributable to buildings; and (C) Tenant’s portion of the total Taxes together with a statement showing how Tenant’s portion was calculated in accordance with this Section.

6.4 Tax Incentives . At Tenant’s request, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts (but at Tenant’s cost and expense) to subject the Premises to any business and economic development incentive programs made available by Governmental Authorities to abatement any personal or real property taxes due in connection with the Project and/or the Premises. Tenant agrees to reasonably cooperate with Landlord to seek such tax benefits.

7. USE OF PREMISES .

7.1 Covenants, Conditions and Restrictions . Landlord intends to use the Site as a science and technology campus. Following the execution of this Lease, Landlord shall have the right to impose reasonable covenants, conditions and restrictions on the construction, development and use of the Site (the Declaration ). Landlord shall submit the Declaration to Tenant for Tenant’s prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may, in its sole and absolute discretion, disapprove any provision of the Declaration that (i) materially interferes with or restricts any of Tenant’s Permitted Uses of the Premises under this Lease, (ii) materially increases the obligations or decreases the rights of Tenant under this Lease, (iii) applies to Tenant or the Premises in a discriminatory manner, (iv) grants any lien that purports to be superior to Tenant’s interest in this Lease unless such lien is expressly subordinate to the lien of any Lender, (v) grants any other occupants of the Site the right of ingress or egress on or over the Premises, or (vi) otherwise materially interferes with Tenant’s use, occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Premises. Tenant agrees to subject this Lease to the terms of any Declaration approved by Tenant in accordance with the terms of this paragraph.

7.2 Use . Tenant and Tenant’s Agents (including any Permitted Transferee) may use the Premises for the construction, operation, repair, replacement or modification of the Project, and the construction, location, use and operation of facilities for any of Tenant’s Vendor/Partners

 

   - 17 -   


(the Permitted Uses ). Landlord’s consent, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, shall be required for any use other than the Permitted Uses, but in any and all events, any Permitted Uses must be permissible under all applicable Laws and consistent with a first-class office, science and technology campus.

7.3 Compliance with Legal Requirements .

(a) Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, Tenant, throughout the Initial Term and Extension Terms, if any, and at no expense whatsoever to Landlord, shall comply promptly or cause prompt compliance with all laws (including, without limitation, Environmental Law) and ordinances and the orders, rules, regulations and requirements of duly constituted public authorities, foreseen or unforeseen, ordinary as well as extraordinary, and whether or not the same shall presently be within the contemplation of the parties hereto or shall involve any change of governmental policy and irrespective of the cost thereof, which may be applicable to the Premises or Improvements, or the construction, repair or alteration thereof including, without limitation, the fixtures and equipment thereof or the use or manner of use of the Premises or Improvements. Tenant further agrees that it will, at its own cost and expense, fully and faithfully perform and observe all requirements and conditions of all contracts (including insurance policies), agreements and covenants applicable to the Premises or the ownership, occupancy or use thereof which are in existence and known to Tenant on the date hereof or which are hereafter entered into by Tenant or by Landlord with the consent of Tenant, including but not limited to, all requirements and conditions set forth in instruments recorded as of the Effective Date of this Lease and in any instrument recorded thereafter with the consent of Tenant.

(b) Tenant represents, warrants and covenants that Tenant’s (or any assignee’s or subtenant’s) use of the Premises will not result in or involve the use, generation, manufacture, refining, transportation, treatment, storage, handling or disposal of any Regulated Substances except in compliance with applicable Laws and as necessary for the Permitted Use.

(c) In addition to Landlord’s direct right to claim against Tenant for its breach of the provisions of the immediately preceding subparagraph (b) Tenant shall indemnify and hold harmless Landlord, its members, directors, officers, partners and any of its employees, against all cost incurred (including, without limitation, amounts paid pursuant to penalties, fines, orders, judgments or settlements and as attorney’s fees), arising out of any claim made by Federal, State or local agencies or departments or private litigants or third parties with respect to violations or alleged violations by Tenant or any of its agents, employees, contractors or invitees, or anyone holding the Premises or the Improvements or any part thereof through or under Tenant, of the provisions of the immediately preceding subparagraph (b). This obligation shall survive termination of this Lease.

(d) Landlord Cooperation .

(1) Generally . Subject to Landlord’s prior consent, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, Landlord, from time to time, at the request of Tenant and at Tenant’s cost and expense, shall: (a) execute any documents, petitions, applications, and

 

   - 18 -   


authorizations as are appropriate or required to obtain any permits, licenses, variances, approvals, subdivision plats, or other governmental approval or authorization for the Premises or any Improvements as contemplated in this Lease; (b) release existing easements or other rights in the nature of easements which are for the benefit of the Premises, (c) grant easements and other rights in the nature of easements related to the use of the Premises contemplated in this Lease including, but not limited to, easements and rights related to access to public roadways, and utility installations; (d) dedicate or transfer unimproved portions of the Premises for road, highway or other public purposes; (e) execute amendments to any covenants and restrictions affecting the Premises; and (f) execute and deliver to any person any instrument appropriate to confirm or effect such grants, release, dedications and transfers (to the extent of Landlord’s interest in the Premises), but only upon delivery to Landlord of a certificate from Tenant stating that such requested document is appropriate, required or beneficial for and not detrimental to the proper conduct of the business of Tenant at the Premises and does not materially reduce the value of the Premises.

(2) Railroad matters . The parties agree that Tenant may find it useful to take advantage of the shipping and logistical opportunities provided by the existence of a railroad freight yard immediately to the north of the Site. Tenant may make whatever arrangements it desires with the owner of such freight yard for the establishment, at no cost to Landlord, of loading and shipping facilities located on such freight yard. Landlord shall provide Tenant truck access from the Premises across the remainder of the Site, to a point on the northerly border of the Site which is reasonably selected by Landlord for access to such railroad freight yard. The path of such access shall determined and may be altered by Landlord in its reasonable discretion.

8. UTILITIES .

(a) Landlord shall be responsible at its sole cost for bringing to the Premises all utilities ( i.e. water, gas, electric, phone, cable and T-3 Internet, but excluding sanitary sewer, which is the sole responsibility of Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost) in sufficient quantities necessary for the construction of the Improvements and initial use of the Premises for the Project. From and after the commencement of construction of the Improvements, Tenant shall pay all utility imposed with respect to the Premises and the Improvements and consumed by Tenant during the Term of this Lease. The parties shall negotiate in good faith to reach agreement on the point of entry onto the Premises for the utilities, such agreement to be reached at or before a time which is consistent with the needs of Tenant’s construction schedule but, in no event, later than April 1, 2012. The parties agree that the objective of their negotiations is the selection of points of entry which captures the optimal compromise of the respective interests of the parties.

(b) Temporary electric (120/240 volts, 100 amps), temporary potable water sufficient for Tenant’s initial construction and fire needs (i.e., construction trailer needs) at the Premises and shall be brought to the Premises by Landlord at Landlord’s cost.

 

   - 19 -   


(c) Final utilities shall be brought to the boundary of the Premises by Landlord on or before August 15, 2012. The utilities shall be in the following capacities:

 

     Phase 1 - Q2
2013
     Phase 2 - Q3
2014
 

Water (GPD)

     6,750        23,130  

Sewage (GPD)

     6,750        20,250  

Gas (CFH)

     27,415        27,415  

Electricity (kVA)

     3,200        9,000  

Network (Mbps)

     110        1000  

For purposes of the final utilities, in the event that Landlord runs the final utility lines along the easterly side of Road #1, Tenant shall pay Landlord for the cost that Tenant would have incurred had Tenant brought the same utility lines from the southern lot line of the Premises to the same distance from Tenant’s building utility interconnection point as Road # 1’s distance from Tenant’s building utility interconnection point. If Landlord desires to oversize the utilities for use by other tenants on the Site, Landlord may do so at its sole cost and expense, however, Landlord shall be responsible for any proportionate costs associated with any such oversizing. For example, if Landlord oversizes the utilities by 60%, then Landlord is responsible for 60% of the trench digging costs on the Premises.

9. MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR . Throughout the Term, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, keep the Improvements and Premises in good and lawful order and condition (including, without limitation, all landscaping and sidewalks and curbing and storm water management ponds and drainage mechanisms constructed by Tenant whether located on or off the Premises), in keeping with an overall first-class office, science and technology campus, and in connection therewith, shall make or cause to be made all necessary repairs, alterations and/or replacements thereto, interior, exterior, structural and nonstructural, reasonable wear and tear excepted. All such repairs, alterations, and replacements shall be equal in quality to the original work.

10. SIGNAGE . Tenant shall be permitted to place interior and exterior signs including those that identify the names and/or logos of Tenant or Tenant’s Agents at the Premises and throughout the Improvements consistent with Tenant’s business practices and in compliance with all Laws. Landlord hereby grants Tenant the right, upon the termination, cancellation, or expiration of this Lease, to enter upon the Premises and remove any and all such signs, it being understood that Tenant shall repair any damage thereby caused to the Premises or the Improvements at its sole cost and expense. Tenant, at its expense, shall be permitted to place a panel on any pylon or monument signs erected by Landlord at any entrances to the Site. If any occupant of the Site is permitted to erect a pylon or monument sign at the Site or any additional pylon or monument signs are constructed at the Site, then in either event, Tenant shall be granted a similar privilege at its option to place a panel on Landlord’s pylon or monument sign or erect a pylon or monument sign at a location at the Site to be reasonably agreed upon by Tenant and Landlord.

 

   - 20 -   


11. COMMON AREAS AND FACILITIES; EASEMENTS .

11.1 Grant . Tenant and Tenant’s Agents shall have the non-exclusive right of access to, egress from, and use of all Common Areas and Facilities, which shall be available to Tenant and Tenant’s Agents seven (7) days a week, twenty four (24) hours a day. Landlord hereby grants to Tenant and Tenant’s Agents, during the Term of this Lease, the use of all easements, rights and privileges appurtenant to the Premises together with the nonexclusive right to use all curb cuts (including all curb cuts on Christiana Parkway) driveways, roads, alleys, and means of ingress and egress to the Premises and located on the Site and all streets and highways abutting and adjacent to the Premises and Site for the purposes of pedestrian, service and vehicular access, ingress and egress to, from and between the Premises, the Site and the streets and highways abutting and adjacent to the Premises and Site without payment of any fee or other charge therefor (except as otherwise provided herein in connection with Tenant’s payment of its Proportionate Share for the maintenance and repair of the Common Areas and Facilities), which easements shall run as covenants with the Premises, provided that the aforesaid access and use by Tenant and Tenant’s Agents does not materially interfere with Landlord’s intended development and operation of the Site as an office, science and technology campus. The foregoing notwithstanding, Tenant, its Agents, contractors and employees, shall be permitted to park trucks on the Premises and not on any other portion of the Site.

11.2 Utility Easements . At Tenant’s request, subject to Landlord’s consent, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, but subject to not materially interfering with Landlord’s intended development of the Site, Landlord shall grant reasonable easements to utility companies as may be required to service the Improvements. Tenant agrees to grant Landlord reasonable non-exclusive easements for underground utilities over and across the Premises for the benefit of the Site at such locations as may be mutually agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant, acting reasonably, provided, that such easements shall not substantially interfere with or obstruct Tenant’s construction, use, operation or maintenance of the Project or otherwise interfere with Tenant’s Permitted Use of the Premises.

11.3 Operation . As the same are constructed and completed, Landlord agrees to keep (or cause to be kept) the Common Areas and Facilities in good maintenance and repair. Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the cost of maintaining and repairing the Common Areas and Facilities pursuant to any Declaration approved by Tenant in accordance with the provisions of this Lease, or, if such Declaration has not been imposed by Landlord, Tenant shall be responsible for Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the maintenance and repair of the Common Areas and Facilities. From time to time, and prior to any invoice for such Proportionate Share, as Landlord’s plans for the Site develop and it plans to construct specific items of Common Area and Facilities, Landlord shall so advise Tenant and, at Tenant’s election, the parties shall discuss whether any particular item meets the definition of Common Area and Facilities provided by this Lease. Invoices for such Proportionate Share shall be accompanied by reasonable documentation and due within thirty (30) days of receipt.

11.4 General Covenants . Landlord agrees that (a) no fences or other obstructions prohibiting access to and from the Premises and the remainder of the Site shall be constructed during the Term and access to the Premises shall not be limited or restricted in any material way by Landlord; (b) Landlord shall not cause or permit any changes to the Common Areas and Facilities or other aspects of the Site that would materially interfere with Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises and the operation of Tenant’s business therefrom or materially increase the obligations (except for Tenant’s obligation to pay its Proportionate Share for the Common Areas and Facilities) or decrease the rights of Tenant under this Lease and (c) Landlord shall not materially interfere with the operation of Tenant’s business from the Premises.

 

   - 21 -   


11.5 Temporary Closing of the Site. Any temporary closing of the Site by Landlord to prevent the acquisition of public rights shall not occur unless Landlord reasonably believes that such closing is required and shall not extend past the minimum period of time required by Law to prevent the acquisition of such public rights. If any such closure extends beyond the minimum period of time required by Law to prevent the acquisition of such public rights then, in addition to Tenant’s other rights and remedies, Tenant shall be allowed to abate the payment of Rent required hereunder for each day in excess of the minimum period of closing required by Law.

11.6 Sanitary Sewer Connection/Use . Tenant shall be entitled to utilize Tenant’s Proportionate Share of any sewer connection fee credits and/or sewer related use credits (collectively “Credit”) Landlord may be entitled to receive from New Castle County as a result of the operations and uses at the Site by Landlord or any prior owner or operator.

 

12. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING .

12.1 (a) Tenant shall not assign this Lease (which assignment may only be in its entirety) or sublet all or any portion of the Premises without Landlord’s prior consent which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right without Landlord’s prior consent to assign this Lease in its entirety or sublet all or any portion of the Premises to: (i) any corporation, limited liability company or partnership into or with which Tenant may be merged or consolidated; (ii) any corporation, limited liability company or partnership which shall be an affiliate, subsidiary, parent or successor of Tenant; (iii) any company or person who is a joint venturer or partner with Tenant in the use and operation of the Project; (iv) any Vendor/Partner (such Transfers to a Vendor/Partner, a “Vendor Transfer”, and each, of the foregoing, a “Permitted Transfer” and any such transferee, a “Permitted Transferee”); provided that: (x) with respect to a Vendor Transfer, Tenant notifies Landlord of any Permitted Transfer at least fifteen (15) days prior thereto and with respect to any other Permitted Transfer, Tenant notifies Landlord of such Transfer within fifteen (15) days thereafter; (y) except for a Permitted Transfer in which Tenant is the surviving entity, the assignment or subletting is by written agreement and a copy thereof is provided by Tenant to Landlord at least fifteen (15) days thereafter; and (z) any assignment or subletting shall not release Tenant from any of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease. Landlord specifically acknowledges that Tenant may convert its structure into any other type of structure as may be permitted by Laws, and in any such event, the conditions of clauses (x) through (z) shall not apply and Landlord’s consent shall not be required. The sale, issuance or transfer of Tenant’s stock or other equityholders interest shall not, under any circumstances, be deemed an assignment or other transfer of this Lease or the Premises.

 

   - 22 -   


By way of example and without limitation, the parties agree it shall not be unreasonable for Landlord to withhold consent if, as reasonably determined by Landlord: (a) the proposed assignee or subtenant would use the Premises or Improvements for a purpose or in a manner which is not in strict conformity with all of the requirements of this Lease or (b) the business reputation or character of the proposed assignee or subtenant is not consistent with the operation of the Site as a first class office, science and technology park. Furthermore, notwithstanding anything in the Lease to the contrary, under no circumstances shall Tenant sublet all or any portion of the Premises or the Improvements to any party which is not a Vendor/Partner.

(b) Each sublease entered into by Tenant shall contain provisions pursuant to which the subtenant agrees that (a) the sublease is subject and subordinate to this Lease and all amendments and modifications and renewals of this Lease; (b) in the event any person, firm, corporation or other entity (including Landlord) acquires Tenant’s interest in the Premises, the subtenant shall, upon request, attorn to and become the tenant of such person, firm, corporation or other entity upon the same terms and conditions as are set forth in this Lease for the balance of the Term; (c) no such person, firm, corporation or other entity will be liable for the acts or omissions of Tenant as sublessor under the sublease; and (d) the subtenant will give Landlord notice and opportunity to cure any default by Tenant as landlord under the sublease, prior to exercising any remedies by reason of such default.

(c) No assignment of this Lease or sublease of the Premises shall release or relieve Tenant of its liabilities and obligations under this Lease. Each assignee of Tenant’s interest under this Lease shall assume and be deemed to have assumed this Lease and shall be and remain liable with Tenant for all payments and for the due performance of all terms, covenants and conditions herein contained on Tenant’s part to be observed and performed from and after the date of such assignment. No assignment shall be binding upon Landlord unless the assignee shall deliver to Landlord an instrument in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord containing a covenant of assumption by the assignee, but the failure or refusal of an assignee to execute and deliver the same shall not release assignee from its liability as set forth in this Section.

 

13. INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY .

13.1 Tenant’s Obligation . At all times during the Term of this Lease, Tenant, at its own cost and expense, shall maintain, with insurance companies duly licensed or authorized to do business in the State of Delaware, which are rated by A.M. Best “A” or better with a Financial Rating of at least “VIII”, the following insurance coverages and limits:

(a) Comprehensive General Liability Insurance . Tenant shall provide commercial general liability insurance with a Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00) per occurrence combined single limit for personal injury, bodily injury (including death) and property damage. Coverage should be written on ISO Form CG 00 01 12 07, or its equivalent, and must not include any exclusion for explosion, products/completed operations, or cross liability. Said coverage shall insure against any claims occurring in connection with or arising in any way out of the use and/or occupancy of the demised Premises by Tenant. The coverage afforded to additional insureds under Tenant’s policy shall be primary and non-contributory with any insurance carried by the Landlord. Defense costs shall be provided and shall be in addition to the limits required.

 

   - 23 -   


(b) Property Insurance . Tenant shall insure all Improvements against loss or damage. Such insurance shall be effected on an “All Risks” basis in an amount sufficient at all times to cover the full repair, restoration or replacement cost of such real property (excluding foundations, and shall not be subject to any coinsurance provision. Unless this Lease is terminated following a casualty, all proceeds from such insurance as respects loss or damage shall be used to repair, restore and replace the Improvements. In the event that Tenant elects not to repair, restore or replace damaged property in accordance with Section 15 hereof and Tenant fails to perform its post-casualty obligations under Section 15 of the Lease, such proceeds shall be assigned to Landlord in an amount sufficient to complete Tenant’s post-casualty obligations as provided in Section 15 of this Lease.

(c) Environmental Liability Insurance . Tenant shall procure and maintain for the duration of this Lease insurance against claims for injuries to persons or damages to property and for clean-up which may arise from or in connection with Tenant and Tenant’s operations and interest in, on or about the Premises, excluding any claims arising solely from environmental conditions existing on the demised Premises site at the commencement of this Lease. Limit of insurance should not be less than $10,000,000 per loss providing coverage for:

(i) bodily injury, sickness, disease, mental anguish or shock sustained by any person, including death;

(ii) property damage including physical injury to or destruction of tangible property including the resulting loss of use thereof, clean up costs, and the loss of use of tangible property that has not been physically injured or destroyed, natural resource damages;

(iii) defense, including costs, charges and expenses incurred in the investigation;

(iv) Clean-up, both on- and off-site; and

(v) List the Lease and the Environmental Indemnity as insured contracts.

For losses that arise from the Tenant’s facility or operations, coverage shall apply to sudden and non-sudden pollution conditions including the discharge, dispersal, release or escape of smoke, vapors, soot, fumes, acids, alkalis, toxic chemicals, liquids or gases, waste materials or other irritants, contaminants or pollutants into or upon land, the atmosphere or any watercourse or body of water, which results in bodily injury, property damage or clean-up. Landlord acknowledges and agrees that the environmental insurance policy provided to and reviewed by Landlord prior to the Effective Date satisfies the requirements of the foregoing subparagraph (c).

 

   - 24 -   


(d) Other Insurance Provisions . The insurance coverages required by this Lease each are to contain, or be endorsed to contain, the following provisions:

(i) Landlord, the University of Delaware, and the trustees, employees and agents of both are to be covered as additional insureds without liability for premiums or the acts or omissions of the named insureds. The coverage shall contain no special limitations on the scope of protection afforded to Landlord, the University of Delaware, and the trustees, employees and agents of both.

(ii) For any claims related to this Lease, the Tenant’s insurance coverage(s) shall be primary insurance as respects Landlord, the University of Delaware and the trustees, employees and agents of both. Any insurance or self-insurance maintained by Landlord, the University of Delaware, and the trustees, employees and agents of both shall be excess of the Tenant’s insurance and shall not contribute with it.

(iii) Each insurance policy required by this Lease shall be endorsed to state the coverage shall not be suspended, voided, or cancelled by either party except after thirty (30) days prior written notice by certified mail, return receipt requested, has been given to Landlord.

(iv) If any of the aforementioned insurance policies are written on a claims-made basis, the Tenant warrants that a) the policy retroactive date will not be later than the Effective Date, and b) continuous coverage will be maintained or an extended discovery period will be exercised for a period of two years beginning from the time the term of this Lease has ended.

(v) Neither Landlord’s failure to insist that any insurance documentation or evidence of payment be delivered, nor Landlord’s acceptance of any of the same shall relieve Tenant from any obligation under this Section of the Lease.

(vi) Certificates of insurance evidencing all coverage required herein shall be provided to Landlord at the commencement of this Lease and at least annually thereafter. All required certificates of insurance shall eliminate the wording ‘endeavor to’ and ‘but failure to mail such notice shall impose no obligation of liability of any kind upon the company, its agents or representatives’ from the cancellation provision. Certificates of insurance provided by Tenant to Landlord shall serve as adequate evidence of compliance by Tenant with the provisions of Paragraph 13, and all of its subparagraphs.

(vii) All property insurance policies required to be maintained hereunder shall include a waiver of subrogation in favor of Landlord and the University of Delaware.

(viii) Any deductibles mandated by the insurance required to be maintained hereunder shall be fully assumed by Tenant.

13.2 Landlord’s Indemnity . Landlord agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Tenant and Tenant’s Agents during the Term against and from all claims, losses (which shall not be limited to the loss or restriction of use of the Premises), liabilities, costs, actual damages or

 

   - 25 -   


expenses (including reasonable attorney’s, consultant’s and expert fees and expenses actually incurred) but excluding consequential damages, directly or indirectly arising out of or attributable to any injury to any person (including death) or damage to any property (“Losses”) which arise from Landlord’s acts, omissions, negligence, willful misconduct or from the failure of Landlord to keep, observe and perform any of the terms, covenants, conditions and provisions of this Lease to be kept, observed or performed by Landlord, unless the same is caused by the act or omission, negligent or intentional, of Tenant or Tenant’s Agents. The provisions of this Section 13.2 shall be in addition to, but not in limitation of, the Environmental Indemnity.

13.3 Tenant’s Indemnity . Subject to the Environmental Indemnity, Tenant covenants and agrees, at its sole cost and expense, to indemnify and save harmless Landlord, Landlord’s Agents, the University of Delaware, and any officer, director, trustee or member of Landlord and the University of Delaware from and against any and all Losses which arise from Tenant’s negligent acts, omissions, willful misconduct or from the failure of Tenant to keep, observe and perform any of the terms, covenants, conditions and provisions of this Lease to be kept, observed or performed by Tenant, unless the same is caused by the act or omission, negligent or intentional, of Landlord or Landlord’s Agents.

13.4 Scope of Indemnity . The scope and the extent of the respective obligations of Landlord and Tenant under this Section 13 shall be to the fullest extent permitted by Law, and also shall not be limited to the minimum dollar amounts of commercial general liability insurance to be maintained by Landlord and Tenant, respectively, under this Lease. The indemnification, defense and hold harmless provisions of this Section 13 shall survive the expiration of the Term. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither party shall be liable to the other for consequential damages.

13.5 Waiver of Subrogation . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease (but subject to the provisions of the Environmental Indemnity), as to any loss or damage which occurs upon the property of a party hereto, such party hereby releases the other from any and all liability for such loss or damage even if such loss or damage shall be brought about by the fault or negligence of such other party, or the agents, servants or employees of such other party; provided , however , that this release shall be effective only with respect to loss or damage that is caused by or results from a risk that is actually insured against or which is required to be insured against under the terms of this Lease or that would normally be covered by all risk property insurance.

 

13. CONDEMNATION .

13.1 Taking . If the entire Premises shall be acquired by a Taking and such Taking is not deemed “temporary” (as that term is hereinafter defined), the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder (except rights and obligations arising prior to such Taking and except rights and obligations provided in this Section) shall terminate as of the date of such Taking. The parties hereby agree to look solely to the condemnation award for compensation in the proportions hereinafter provided for their respective interests in the Premises, and there shall be a full abatement in the payment of Rent and other sums payable by Tenant under the provisions of this Lease occurring after the date of the Taking.

 

   - 26 -   


13.2 Partial Taking .

(a) If there shall be a Taking of any portion (but less than all) of the Improvements or a Taking of the Premises such that access is denied or substantially impaired or a portion of the any parking areas serving the Premises (whether located within the Premises or the Common Areas and Facilities) is taken so that there are less than the lawfully required number of spaces and Tenant is unable to replace the spaces so taken on another part of the Site (at Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion) or such a substantial portion of the Improvements (but less than all) is Taken such that it shall no longer be reasonably economical or practical because of such Taking for Tenant to continue its business on the Premises, in its reasonable judgment, then Tenant shall have the right, at its option, to terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Landlord within ninety (90) days after Tenant’s receipt of notice of such Taking and the condemnation award shall be equitably apportioned as set forth in Section 14.4 below.

(b) If Tenant does not elect to terminate this Lease, Rent shall be reduced, as of the date of Taking, in the same proportion that the ground area of the Site so taken compares to the total land area of the Site immediately prior to such Taking and Tenant shall restore the Improvements to the extent of available condemnation proceeds to a viable economic unit.

13.3 Temporary Taking . If there is a temporary Taking (90 days or less) of all or part of the right to possession and use of the Premises, Tenant shall be entitled to that portion of the award, to the extent that it relates to a period within the Term, and there shall be no abatement or reduction in Rent.

13.4 Condemnation Award . In the event of any Taking, Landlord shall be entitled to receive any award allocated to Landlord’s fee interest in the Site and its reversionary interest in the Improvements, and Tenant shall be entitled to receive any award allocated to the Improvements, net of the reversionary interest of Landlord. If the condemning authority does not make separate awards and the parties are unable to agree as to the amounts to be allocated to the respective interests of Landlord and Tenant hereunder, then each party shall select an Appraiser and each Appraiser shall separately determine the amount of the condemnation award allocable to the respective interests of Landlord and Tenant. If the awards each Appraiser allocates to the parties: (i) are within 10% of each other, the awards shall be averaged and such average shall be the final allocation of the award; or (ii) are not within 10% of each other, the two Appraisers shall then select a third Appraiser who shall independently allocate the award between Landlord and Tenant, which must be either Landlord’s Appraiser’s allocation or Tenant’s Appraiser’s allocation as submitted, but no other amount or compromise between the two.

 

14. DAMAGE TO OR DESTRUCTION OF PREMISES .

(a) Improvements Occupied by Tenant. In the event of total or partial destruction of the Improvements occupied by Tenant by fire or other casualty, Tenant agrees to promptly and diligently assert and pursue its lawful claim for insurance proceeds and promptly, after receipt of insurance proceeds (except in the case of steps reasonably necessary to secure the Premises safely, in which case Tenant’s duty take such steps shall not await the receipt of

 

   - 27 -   


insurance proceeds), restore and repair the Improvements at Tenant’s expense; provided , however , that in the event the Improvements are so destroyed that they cannot be repaired or rebuilt within one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of the damage or destruction, then Tenant may, upon thirty (30) days written notice to Landlord, which election must be made within one hundred and twenty (120) days of the casualty, terminate and cancel this Lease and retain all proceeds of Tenant’s property insurance, provided, however, Tenant shall promptly (but in no event later than one-hundred (180) days from the date of such termination) remove all above grade structures and improvements (damaged or not) such as to bring the building(s) down to the slab, and the entire Premises shall be brought into compliance with all applicable Laws subject to any variances and/or grandfathered status. This obligation shall survive termination of this Lease. Thereafter, neither party shall have any further obligation hereunder except for those obligations that by their terms survive.

(b) Improvements Occupied by Vendor/Partner. In the event of total or partial destruction of a Vendor/Partner’s Improvements by fire or other casualty, Tenant agrees to promptly and diligently assert and pursue its lawful claim for insurance proceeds and promptly, after receipt of insurance proceeds (except in the case of steps reasonably necessary to secure the Premises safely, in which case Tenant’s duty take such steps shall not await the receipt of insurance proceeds), restore and repair the damaged Improvements at Tenant’s expense or Tenant shall promptly (but in no event later than one-hundred (180) days from the date of such casualty) commence to remove and diligently pursue the removal of all above grade structures and improvements (damaged or not) such as to bring the building(s) down to the slab, and the entire Premises shall be brought into compliance with all applicable Laws subject to any variances and/or grandfathered status,. This obligation shall survive expiration of this Lease.

 

15. DEFAULTS .

15.1 Default by Tenant. Any other provisions of this Lease to the contrary notwithstanding, it shall be deemed to be an “Event of Default” under this Lease if: (a) Tenant fails to pay any installment of Rent which is due and payable hereunder by Tenant and such failure continues for a period of thirty (30) after Tenant’s receipt of notice thereof from Landlord, or (b) Tenant fails to keep, observe or perform any other term, covenant or condition of this Lease to be kept, observed or performed by Tenant and such failure continues after Tenant’s receipt of notice of default thereof from Landlord for more than thirty (30) days, provided that if the same cannot be cured within thirty (30) days, then within such additional time, if any, as is reasonably necessary to complete such cure, provided that Tenant has commenced such cure within the initial thirty (30) day period and diligently pursues such cure to completion, or (c) Tenant and/or Bloom Energy Corporation shall (i) voluntarily be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent; (ii) consent to the appointment of a receiver or trustee for itself or for any of the Premises or Improvements; (iii) file a petition in bankruptcy, or a petition or answer seeking reorganization under the Federal Bankruptcy Code, or a petition seeking relief under any other debtor relief law; or (iv) file a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or (d) a court shall enter an order, judgment, or decree (i) appointing, with or without the voluntary consent of Tenant, a receiver or trustee for Tenant and/or Bloom Energy Corporation or for the Premises or

 

   - 28 -   


Improvements; or (ii) adjudicating Tenant and/or Bloom Energy Corporation bankrupt or approving a petition filed against Tenant and/or Bloom Energy Corporation which seeks reorganization of Tenant and/or Bloom Energy Corporation under the Federal Bankruptcy Code or seeks relief under any judgment or debtor relief law, and such order, judgment, or decree shall remain in force, undischarged or unstayed, ninety (90) days after it is entered or (e) Tenant abandons the Premises. For purposes of this Lease, abandonment shall be deemed to have occurred if Tenant ceases business operations at the Premises for a period of twelve (12) consecutive months or otherwise after vacating the Premises unequivocally evidences an intention to abandon indefinitely the Project.

15.2 Landlord’s Remedies for Tenant’s Default . If an Event of Default by Tenant shall have occurred and is continuing, automatically, and without the requirement of any notice or demand, during the Initial Term, the Base Rent due and payable hereunder shall immediately as of the date of such Event of Default convert to the Fair Market Rent determined in accordance with Section 2.3 and Landlord may, at its option:

(a) Terminate this Lease by giving fifteen (15) additional days’ prior notice thereof to Tenant and, upon the expiration of such notice period, this Lease shall terminate with the same force and effect as though the date of such notice were the Expiration Date, and all rights of Tenant hereunder shall expire and terminate, but Tenant shall remain liable as herein expressly provided;

(b) Exercise any other rights and remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity;

(c) During the Extension Term (and only during the Extension Term) after terminating this Lease, as Landlord may elect, Landlord may re-enter and repossess the Premises, or any part thereof, and lease the Premises to any other person upon such terms as Landlord shall deem reasonable, for a term within or beyond the Term. Any such reletting prior to termination shall be for the account of Tenant, and Tenant shall remain liable for (a) the excess, if any of (i) all Basic Rent, Additional Rent and other sums which would be payable under this Lease by Tenant in the absence of such expiration, termination or repossession, over (ii) the net proceeds, if any, of any reletting effected for the account of Tenant, determined by deducting from the gross proceeds of any such reletting all expenses incurred in connection with such reletting of the Premises, as determined by Landlord, including, without limitation, the following: (A) repossession costs; (B) attorneys’ fees and expenses; (C) brokers’ commissions and advertising costs; (D) costs of alterations, improvements, repairs and replacements; and (E) improvement allowances, free rent, and other concessions; and, (b) all other costs and expenses, direct or indirect, incurred as a result of Tenant’s breach of this Lease. If the Premises are sublet by Tenant to others at the time of any default, Landlord may, as Tenant’s agent, collect rents due from any subtenant and apply such rents to the Basic Rent, Additional Rent and other amounts due hereunder without in any way affecting Tenant’s obligations to Landlord. Such agency, being given for security, is hereby declared to be irrevocable;

(d) All remedies available to Landlord hereunder as a result of the occurrence of an Event of Default by Tenant shall be cumulative and concurrent, but may only be exercised by Landlord after Tenant has received all required notices from Landlord and all applicable periods have expired without a cure having been effectuated by Tenant.

 

   - 29 -   


(e) The failure of Landlord to insist in any one or more cases upon the strict performance of any of the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions or agreements of this Lease or to exercise any right, privilege, option or remedy herein contained shall not be construed as a waiver or a relinquishment for the future of any such term, covenant, condition, provision, agreement, right, privilege, option or remedy. A receipt and acceptance by Landlord of Basic Rent or Additional Rent, or the acceptance of performance of anything required by this Lease to be performed, with knowledge of the breach of any term, covenant, condition, provision or agreement of this Lease, shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach, nor shall any such acceptance of Basic Rent or Additional Rent in a lesser amount than is herein provided for (regardless of any endorsement on any check, or any statement in any letter accompanying any payment of rent) operate or be construed either as an accord and satisfaction or in any manner other than as payment on account of the earliest Basic Rent and/or Additional Rent then unpaid by Tenant. No waiver by Landlord of any term, covenant, condition, provision or agreement of this Lease shall be deemed to have been made unless expressed in writing and signed by Landlord. No waiver by Landlord of any breach by Tenant of any obligations, agreements or covenants in this Lease shall be a waiver of any subsequent breach or of any obligation, agreement or covenant, nor shall any forbearance by Landlord to seek a remedy for any breach by Tenant be a waiver of any rights and remedies with respect to such or any subsequent breach.

15.3 Landlord’s Default . Landlord’s failure to perform or observe any of its obligations under this Lease after a period of thirty (30) days or such additional time, if any, as may be reasonably necessary to cure such failure after receiving notice from the Tenant, shall constitute a Landlord Default, unless Landlord shall, within such period, promptly commence and diligently prosecute to completion the curing of such failure. Such notice shall give reasonable detail as to the nature and extent of the failure and identify the Lease provisions containing the obligations. Upon Landlord’s Default, Tenant may pursue any remedies given in this Lease or available at law or in equity.

15.4 Self-Help . If either party defaults (“Defaulting Party”) and fails to timely cure as provided herein, the other party (“Non-defaulting Party”) may, without being obligated and without waiving the default, cure the default. The Non-defaulting Party may enter the Premises or Site to cure the default. The Defaulting Party shall pay the Non-defaulting Party, upon demand (accompanied by an invoice itemizing in detail the work done and the charges therefor), all reasonable costs, expenses and disbursements incurred by the Non-defaulting Party to cure the default.

16. QUIET ENJOYMENT . Upon payment by Tenant of the Rent reserved and provided to be paid by Tenant hereunder and upon the keeping, observance and performance by Tenant of all of the terms, covenants, conditions and provisions of this Lease on Tenant’s part to be kept, observed and performed, Tenant shall peaceably and quietly hold and enjoy the Premises for the Term without hindrance or interruption by Landlord or by any person or persons lawfully claiming or holding by, through or under Landlord.

 

   - 30 -   


17. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES; SUBORDINATION .

17.1 Subordination of Lease; Attornment . This Lease shall not become subject or subordinate to any lease, right, claim, mortgage or deed of trust hereafter placed against or affecting the Premises or any portion or portions thereof unless and until the holder of any right or claim or any Mortgagee shall have executed, acknowledged and delivered to Tenant a recordable, written instrument in form and content reasonably acceptable to Tenant (the “Non-Disturbance Agreement”) pursuant to which any such holder on behalf of itself and its respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns (including any purchaser under foreclosure proceedings or grantee under a deed in lieu of foreclosure (the “Purchaser”)) shall recognize Tenant’s interest in this Lease and be bound by this Lease as if it were the original Landlord hereunder for the balance of the Term. Within sixty (60) days after the Effective Date, Landlord shall obtain a Non-Disturbance Agreement reasonably acceptable to Tenant (which may neither expand any of Tenant’s obligations, nor diminish, detract from, modify or abrogate any of Tenant’s rights, under this Lease) from any Mortgagee or the holder of any existing lease, right or claim affecting the Premises, if Landlord has not already obtained such Non-Disturbance Agreement prior to the execution and delivery hereof.

17.2 Estoppel Certificates . Landlord and Tenant agree within twenty (20) days after receipt of request therefor, but not more often than once in any twelve (12) month period, to execute and deliver to the other a statement, addressed to such party, in writing, certifying: (i) that this Lease is in full force and effect and unmodified or, if modified, stating the date of modification and the terms thereof; (ii) the Effective Date and the date of expiration; (iii) that the Rent is paid currently without any offset or defense thereto, or stating any offsets or defenses claimed by Tenant or Landlord, as the case may be, and known at the time of such statement; (iv) the amount of Rent, if any, paid in advance; and (v) that, to the actual knowledge of the certifying party, there are no uncured Events of Default by Tenant or defaults by Landlord, as the case may be, or stating those claimed by either Tenant or Landlord provided that, in fact, such Events of Default or defaults are ascertainable.

18. REGULATED SUBSTANCES .

18.1 Environmental Indemnity . Contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of this Lease by Landlord, Landlord agrees to execute and deliver the Environmental Indemnity in favor of Tenant.

18.2 Obligations in the Event of Contamination . Subject to the terms of the Environmental Indemnity , in the event of Contamination on, under, or about the Premises by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents, Tenant shall immediately notify Landlord and take any immediate actions required for containment of the Contamination, and prepare and implement a plan for the clean-up or remediation of the Contamination in compliance with applicable Environmental Law, any such plan to be subject to Landlord’s prior consent, which may be withheld in its reasonable discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it shall be deemed unreasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to any such plan if such plan meets the requirements of applicable Environmental Law.

 

   - 31 -   


18.3 Indemnification by Tenant . Subject to the terms of the Environmental Indemnity, Tenant covenants and agrees to indemnify, protect and save Landlord harmless against and from any and all damages and liabilities of any kind or of any nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ and experts’ fees and disbursements), known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, which may at any time be imposed upon, incurred by or asserted or awarded against Landlord or the Premises or any portion thereof and arising from or out of any Regulated Substances on, in, under or affecting all or any portion of the Premises, introduced by, or on behalf of Tenant or Tenant’s Agents. This indemnity shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

19. LIABILITY OF LANDLORD . Landlord shall not have any personal liability with respect to any of the covenants, agreements, or other provisions of this Lease. Tenant shall look solely to the interest of Landlord in the Site and the rents, issues and profits therefrom for the satisfaction of its remedies or any other liabilities of Landlord arising under this Lease.

20. LANDLORD WARRANTY OF TITLE . Landlord hereby warrants, represents and covenants to Tenant that: (a) Landlord is the sole owner in fee simple absolute of the Premises; and (b) Landlord has good and marketable fee simple title to the Premises free and clear of all monetary liens and encumbrances except taxes not yet due and payable.

21. MUTUAL REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES . Landlord, with respect to all of the following as they relate to Landlord, and Tenant as they relate to Tenant, hereby certify to each other that the following representations and warranties are true and correct on the date hereof, and shall be true and correct on the Effective Date:

21.1 Power and Authority . Landlord and Tenant each have the authority and power to enter into this Lease and to consummate the transaction provided for herein. This Lease and all other documents executed and delivered by Landlord and Tenant constitute legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations of Landlord and Tenant, and there are no claims or defenses, personal or otherwise, or offsets whatsoever to the enforceability or validity of this Lease.

21.2 No Violations and Actions . The execution, delivery and performance by Landlord or Tenant of its obligations under this Lease will not conflict with or result in a breach of any law, governmental rule, regulations, judgment, decree or order by which Landlord or Tenant is bound, or by any of the provisions of any contract to which Landlord or Tenant is a party or by which Landlord or Tenant is bound or, by Landlord’s partnership agreement, or Tenant’s operating agreement. There is no action, suit, proceeding or investigation pending, or to Landlord’s or Tenant’s knowledge threatened, before any agency, court or other governmental authority which relates to the Property or the use thereof.

22. NOTICES . All notices, statements, demands, requests, consents, communications and certificates to Landlord must be in writing and given by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or by nationally-recognized overnight courier service, addressed to Landlord at the address set forth in the Schedule of Terms (and regardless of whether or not the provisions of this Lease specifically indicate that a notice shall be in writing). All notices, statements, demands, requests, consents, communications and certificates by

 

   - 32 -   


Landlord to Tenant must be in writing and given by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or by nationally-recognized overnight courier service, addressed to Tenant at the address set forth in the Schedule of Terms (and regardless of whether or not the provisions of this Lease specifically indicate that a notice shall be in writing). Any such notices, statements, demands, requests, consents, communications, or certificates may also be given to such other parties or addresses as Landlord or Tenant may designate in writing to the other from time to time in the manner prescribed above and in all cases shall be deemed given on the date the same is mailed or delivered in accordance with the provisions of this Section.

23. RECORDING . Landlord and Tenant agree to execute a memorandum of lease in the form attached hereto as Exhibit “D” containing the names and addresses of the parties; the description of the Site; the Term of this Lease including the Effective Date, and the termination date; a description of any extension options; and such other provisions as either party may reasonably require. Tenant shall be responsible for all costs and expenses in connection with the recordation of such memorandum. Upon the termination of this Lease, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord an instrument in recordable form releasing and quitclaiming to Landlord all right, title, and interest of Tenant in and to the Premises arising from this Lease or otherwise, all without cost or expense to Landlord.

24. ATTORNEY’S FEES . If either Landlord or Tenant shall institute any action or proceeding against the other relating to any of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease, or there occurs any Event of Default by Tenant or default by Landlord, the unsuccessful party in such action or proceeding shall reimburse the successful party for reasonable attorney’s fees and other costs and expenses incurred therein by the successful party, including fees, costs and expenses incurred in any appellate proceeding.

25. NO WAIVER . No failure by Landlord to insist upon the performance of any term, covenant, or condition of this Lease or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon an Event of Default hereunder, and no acceptance of full or partial payment of Annual Rent or Additional Rent during the continuance of an Event of Default shall constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or of such term, covenant, or condition. No waiver of an Event of Default shall affect or alter this Lease, but each and every term, covenant, and condition of this Lease shall continue in full force and effect with respect to any other then existing or subsequent Event of Default hereunder.

26. APPLICABLE LAW; CONSTRUCTION OF LANGUAGE OF LEASE . This Lease is made pursuant to, and shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware. All provisions of this Lease shall be construed to be “conditions” and “covenants” as though language specifically expressing or imposing covenants and conditions were used in each separate provision of this Lease.

27. PARTIES BOUND . All rights and liabilities given to, or imposed upon, the parties to this Lease shall also extend to and bind their several and respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns.

 

   - 33 -   


28. BROKERS . The parties hereto represent and warrant to each other that no person is entitled to a brokerage commission, finder’s fee, or other similar form of compensation in connection with the execution of this Lease. Each party agrees to hold harmless the other for any action or claim by a person alleging entitlement to such a fee and claiming through that party.

29. TABLE OF CONTENTS; CAPTIONS . The Table of Contents and the captions appearing in this Lease are inserted only as a matter of convenience and do not define, limit, construe, or describe the scope or intent of the Sections of this Lease nor in any way affect this Lease.

30. CALCULATION OF TIME . In computing any period of time prescribed or allowed by any provision of this Lease, the day of the act, event, or default from which the designated period of time begins to run shall not be included. The last day of the period so computed shall be included, unless it is a Saturday, Sunday, or a legal holiday, in which event the period runs until the end of the next day which is not a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday. Unless otherwise provided herein, all notice and other periods expire as of 5:00 p.m. (local time in New Castle County, Delaware) on the last day of the notice or other periods.

31. SEVERABILITY . If the application of any term or provision of this Lease whether in whole or in part is held invalid or unenforceable in general or in any instance, the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected by such holding and shall be fully valid and enforceable.

32. COUNTERPARTS; ELECTRONIC DELIVERY . This Lease may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, and such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same instrument. The parties hereto agree that a facsimile or similar electronic transmission of an executed counterpart of this Lease shall have the same binding effect on the signatory as an executed and delivered original thereof. The parties hereto further agree, for confirmatory purposes only, to exchange copies of executed counterpart originals promptly after the aforesaid facsimile (or similar electronic) transmissions so that each party may have at least one (1) fully executed original hereof.

33. TIME OF THE ESSENCE . Time is of the essence in all provisions of this Lease to be performed by or on behalf of the parties hereto.

34. REASONABLENESS . Whenever the terms, covenants, conditions and provisions of this Lease entitle Landlord and/or Tenant to exercise their respective opinions, or to give their respective approvals or consents, such opinions shall be reasonable and such approvals and consents shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, unless otherwise specifically set forth herein, notwithstanding that in some, but not all, instances a reasonableness standard is referenced.

35. FORCE MAJEURE . If either Landlord or Tenant shall be delayed or hindered in or prevented from the performance of any act required hereunder by reason of strikes, lockouts, labor troubles, inability to procure materials, weather, failure of power, restrictive laws, riots, insurrection, war or other reasons of a like nature not the fault of, or beyond the reasonable control of, the party delayed in performing work or doing acts required under the terms,

 

   - 34 -   


covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease, then performance of such act shall be excused for the period of the delay and the period for the performance of any such act shall be extended for a period equivalent to the period of such delay; provided , however , that this Section shall not apply to any payments of money to be made by either Landlord or Tenant hereunder.

36. LEASEHOLD MORTGAGEE PROVISIONS .

36.1 Leasehold Mortgages . Tenant shall have the unrestricted right to mortgage its interest in this Lease, the Improvements or any of Tenant’s property located at the Site.

36.2 Notice of Leasehold Mortgage . No Leasehold Mortgagee shall have the rights and benefits mentioned in this Section 36 until the name and address of the Leasehold Mortgagee and a copy of the Leasehold Mortgage have been delivered to Landlord pursuant to the notice provisions of this Lease. Landlord shall execute and deliver such reasonable consents, amendments, instruments and agreement as may be requested by and Leasehold Mortgagee in connection with its Leasehold Mortgage or any indebtedness secured hereby, provided, however, Landlord shall not be required to materially alter any term or provision of this Lease, incur any liability, or otherwise deviate from its intended development and operation of the Site as an office, science and technology campus.

36.3 Provisions for Benefit of Leasehold Mortgagee . So long as any Leasehold Mortgage remains unsatisfied of record, the following provisions shall apply:

(a) Landlord, upon serving Tenant with any notice given under this Lease, shall also serve a copy of such notice upon the Leasehold Mortgagee in the manner for giving notices pursuant to this Lease at the address furnished to Landlord by the Leasehold Mortgagee pursuant to Section 36.2 above, and no notice by Landlord to Tenant under this Lease shall be deemed to have been duly given unless a copy thereof has been so served upon the Leasehold Mortgagee.

(b) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Leasehold Mortgagee shall have the right, but not the obligation, to cure such Event of Default or cause such Event of Default to be cured within the period and otherwise as herein provided, and Landlord shall accept such performance by or at the instigation of the Leasehold Mortgagee as if the same had been made by Tenant.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, other than an Event of Default involving the payment of money, Landlord shall not terminate this Lease without first giving the Leasehold Mortgagee a reasonable time after notice of such Event of Default within which either to obtain possession of the Premises through Tenant’s leasehold interest thereon (including possession by a receiver), or to institute, prosecute and complete foreclosure proceedings or otherwise acquire Tenant’s interest in the Lease; provided, however, that (A) the Leasehold Mortgagee shall not be obligated to continue such possession or to continue such foreclosure proceedings after such Event of Default has been cured; (B) nothing herein contained shall preclude Landlord, subject to the provisions of this Section, from exercising any rights or remedies under this Lease with respect

 

   - 35 -   


to any other Event of Default by Tenant during the pendency of such foreclosure proceedings (subject to compliance with the provisions of this Section 36 in the case of such other Event of Default); and (C) the Leasehold Mortgagee agrees with Landlord in writing to comply during such period of forbearance by Landlord, with such of the terms, conditions and covenants of this Lease which are susceptible of being complied with by the Leasehold Mortgagee. Any Event of Default not susceptible of being cured by the Leasehold Mortgagee shall be deemed to have been waived by Landlord upon completion of such foreclosure proceedings or upon such acquisition of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, except that any Event of Default which is susceptible of being cured after such completion or acquisition shall then be cured with reasonable diligence by the Leasehold Mortgagee. Landlord agrees that the Leasehold Mortgagee, its designee, or any other purchaser in foreclosure proceedings may become the owner of Tenant’s interest in this Lease through such foreclosure proceedings or by assignment of this Lease in lieu of foreclosure.

(d) If this Lease is terminated prior to the expiration of the Term for any reason other than condemnation under Section 13, including, without limitation, the bankruptcy or insolvency of Tenant and the subsequent rejection of this Lease by Tenant or a trustee thereof in such bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, Landlord shall give notice thereof to the Leasehold Mortgagee and the Leasehold Mortgagee (or its designee) shall have the option by giving notice to Landlord within thirty (30) days after the date of Landlord’s notice to obtain a new lease from Landlord (“New Lease”), in accordance with the following terms and conditions (provided, however, that if there is a first-lien Leasehold Mortgage and a second-lien Leasehold Mortgage as of such date, only the first-lien Leasehold Mortgagee shall be entitled to the benefits of this Section unless the first-lien Leasehold Mortgagee and the second-lien Leasehold Mortgagee have given prior written instructions to Landlord that such benefits will be afforded only to the second Leasehold Mortgagee):

(i) The New Lease, if any is agreed to, shall be effective as of the date of termination of this Lease, for the remainder of the term of this Lease and at the Rent and upon all the terms, covenants and conditions hereof, including, without limitation, any remaining rights of renewal provided, however, in any and all events, Base Rent shall at all times be equal to Fair Market Rent, regardless if during the Initial Term the Event of Default has been cured;

(ii) Such New Lease may require the tenant thereunder to cure any Event of Defaults of Tenant under this Lease which are susceptible of being cured by the new tenant;

(iii) Upon the execution of such New Lease, the tenant named therein shall pay any and all sums which would at the time of the execution thereof be due under this Lease but for such termination and shall pay all expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by Landlord in connection with such termination, the recovery of possession of the Premises and the preparation of such New Lease; the period from the date of termination of this Lease to the date of execution of such New Lease; and all subleases shall be assigned without recourse by Landlord, to the extent Landlord legally may do so, to the tenant under such New Lease and all monies on deposit with Landlord which Tenant would have been entitled to but for the termination of this Lease shall be delivered to such new tenant.

 

   - 36 -   


(iv) Any notice which the Leasehold Mortgagee desires or is required to give to Landlord shall be sent to Landlord in accordance with the provisions of Section 23 hereof.

36.4 Assignment by Leasehold Mortgagee. If the Leasehold Mortgagee acquires title to Tenant’s interest in this Lease, by foreclosure or assignment in lieu thereof or under a New Lease pursuant to this Section 36, such Leasehold Mortgagee may assign this Lease (or such New Lease, as applicable), and shall thereafter be released from all liability under this Lease (or such New Lease, as applicable), from and after the date of such assignment.

36.5 Insurance. Tenant shall request and use commercially reasonable efforts (but not including the payment of any money, except for a nominal amount) to have its Leasehold Mortgagee, as part of its Mortgage, to- provide that (i) anything in the Leasehold Mortgage to the contrary, it will make available to Tenant sufficient casualty proceeds from Tenant’s insurance such as to permit the Tenant to comply with its post-casualty obligation regarding the Improvements and Premises as provided in Section 15 hereof and (ii) at Landlord’s request, any insurance proceeds for such post-casualty obligation, shall be paid by check payable to both Landlord and Tenant.

37. LANDLORD’S WAIVER . Landlord hereby waives any right it may have to distrain upon or secure a lien against any of Tenant’s property, goods or fixtures for any reason whatsoever and shall execute any consent, waiver or agreement reasonably required by any lessor of Tenant’s property or the holders of any security interest in Tenant’s property; provided , however , that the holder of any such security interest or the lessor under any such lease agrees in writing to repair any damage which may be done to the Premises as the result of the removal of such trade fixtures, equipment, machinery or other goods and effects.

38. [ RESERVED]

39. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL . From and after the date hereof and during the Term, Tenant shall have the right of first refusal and Landlord shall not sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of or convey all or part of Landlord’s interest in the Premises to any third party until and unless Landlord shall have obtained a bona fide offer therefor (the “ Offer ”), delivered written notice to Tenant, which notice shall contain the name of the offeror, the address of the offeror, all of the terms and conditions of the Offer, a true and accurate copy of the Offer and offered to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of such interest to Tenant at the same price and, except as hereafter provided, upon the same terms and conditions contained in the Offer and Tenant has not elected to exercise its right of first refusal provided herein.

(a) If Tenant shall either deliver written notice of rejection of the Offer to Landlord or fail to deliver written notice of acceptance of the Offer within thirty (30) days after the date of receipt of Landlord’s notice, Landlord’s interest in the Premises may, during the one hundred eighty (180) days thereafter, be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of to the original offeror at the same price and upon the same terms and conditions contained in the Offer as disclosed in writing to Tenant.

 

   - 37 -   


(b) In the event Tenant rejects the Offer or fails to accept the Offer, this Lease and all of its terms and conditions (including this right of first refusal) shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect and Landlord and any purchaser or purchasers of the Premises shall be bound thereby.

(c) Failure of Tenant to exercise this right of first refusal on one or more occasions shall not affect Tenant’s right to exercise it on any subsequent occasion. Any sale or transfer of the Premises, or any part thereof, other than in strict compliance with the terms of this Section shall be null and void and of no effect as to Tenant, and Tenant shall be entitled to purchase the Premises from the purchaser upon the same terms and conditions and at the same price specified in the Offer, provided Tenant notifies Landlord of its election thirty (30) days after receipt of notice that complies with the requirements hereof. Payment of rental to such purchaser or otherwise treating such purchaser as Landlord shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any right of first refusal or any other right or privilege of Tenant and shall not create an estoppel with respect thereto.

(d) Any sale or transfer of Landlord’s interest in the Premises, or any part thereof shall be expressly made subject to all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease. In the event the Offer provides for the sale and purchase of Landlord’s interest in the Premises and other property, Tenant shall only be required to purchase all the Premises in the event it desires to exercise its right of first refusal hereunder.

(e) In the event Tenant exercises its right of first refusal then, notwithstanding the terms of the Offer (i) Landlord shall convey title by warranty deed approved by Tenant and the title company; (ii) title to the Premises shall be free and clear of any liens and encumbrances except the lien for current taxes which are not delinquent at the time of closing and such other exceptions to title as existed on the date hereof and/or were approved by Tenant thereafter; and (iii) title to the Premises shall otherwise comply with the terms of this Lease as they pertain to condition of title. Upon such election by Tenant, Landlord and Tenant agree to act in good faith to consummate a purchase agreement for the property described in the Offer incorporating the express terms of the Offer and other customary terms and provisions for similar transactions of similar industrial property located in the same geographic area as the Premises.

(f) The Right of First Refusal shall not apply to Landlord’s conveying the Premises to any corporation, limited liability company or partnership which shall be an affiliate, subsidiary, parent or successor of Landlord or its members. Upon such conveyance, Landlord shall thereafter be released from liability under this Lease, from and after the date of such conveyance, except for any environmental liabilities, which would survive any such conveyance by Landlord.

40. [ RESERVED] .

41. LEASE GUARANTY . Contemporaneously with the execution of this Lease, Landlord shall cause The University of Delaware to deliver to Tenant a guaranty of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit “H”

 

   - 38 -   


42. ENTIRE AGREEMENT . This Lease contains the entire agreement between the parties and cannot be changed or modified except by a written instrument subsequently executed by the parties hereto.

43. WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY . THE PARTIES EACH HEREBY AGREE NOT TO ELECT A TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY ISSUE TRIABLE OF RIGHT BY JURY, AND WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY FULLY TO THE EXTENT THAT ANY SUCH RIGHT SHALL NOW OR HEREAFTER EXIST WITH REGARD TO THIS LEASE, OR ANY CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM OR OTHER ACTION ARISING IN CONNECTION THEREWITH. THIS WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IS GIVEN KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY BY LANDLORD AND TENANT AND IS INTENDED TO ENCOMPASS INDIVIDUALLY EACH INSTANCE AND EACH ISSUE AS TO WHICH THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY WOULD OTHERWISE ACCRUE.

44. VENUE . ANY LEGAL SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING AGAINST LANDLORD OR TENANT ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS LEASE MAY BE INSTITUTED IN ANY FEDERAL OR STATE COURT IN NEW CASTLE COUNTY, DELAWARE, AND EACH PARTY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE BASED ON VENUE AND/OR FORUM NON-CONVENIENS OF ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING, AND EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY SUCH COURT IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING.

 

   - 39 -   


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have caused this Lease to be executed, under seal, as of the date and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:
1743 HOLDINGS, LLC,  a Delaware limited liability company
By:                                                                             (Seal)
  Name:
  Title:

 

TENANT:
BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation
By:                                                                             (Seal)
  Name:
  Title:

 

   - 40 -   


EXHIBIT A

Legal Description

See Attached


ALL that certain tract or parcel of land, including the improvements located thereon, situate in the City of Newark, the County of New Castle, and the State of Delaware being more particularly described as follows:

BEGINNING at a capped rebar set on the southwesterly side of Delaware Route No. 896, also known as South College Avenue, at varying widths, a common corner of the property herein being described and other lands of CHRYSLER LLC, Parts Division, and being further located from the intersection formed by the Westerly side of Delaware Route No. 896, extended into the southerly side of the lands of Pennsylvania Lines, L.L.C. by the following five (5) courses and distances: 1) South 05° 27’ 37” East, 429.70’ to a point; 2) South 08° 39’ 13” West, 253.54’ to a point of curvature; 3) by a curve to the left having a radius of 320.00’, an arc length of 72.61’ to a point of tangency; 4) South 04° 20’ 47” East, 212.71’ to a point; and 5) South 21° 30’ 57” East, 20.01’; thence from the point and place of Beginning, along the southwesterly and westerly sides of Delaware Route No. 896, by the following seven (7) courses and distances: 1) South 21° 30’ 57” East, 70.12’ to a point; 2) by a curve to the right having a radius of 40.00’, an arc length of 53.40’ (53.37’ record) (chord equivalent; South 43° 45’ 57” East, 49.52’) to a capped rebar set; 3) South 05° 27’ 37” East, 9.96’ to a capped rebar set;

4) South 12° 53’ 30” East 115.97’ to a capped rebar set; 5) South 05° 27’37” East, 785.00’ to a capped rebar set; 6) South 03° 04’ 14” West, 101.12’ to a capped rebar set; and 7) South 05° 27’ 37” East 473.22’ to a capped rebar set at a corner for the land, a point in the line of lands of Ambax Properties, L.L.C.; thence leaving the westerly side of Delaware Route 896 along a division line of lands of Ambax Properties, L.L.C.; Ambax, Inc. and Southgate Realty Associates, South 67° 55’ 30” West, 704.56’ to a concrete monument found at a corner for the same; thence along a division line of lands of Southgate Realty Associates, South 23° 54’ 58” East, 576.47’ to a capped rebar set at a corner for the same; thence still along lands of Southgate Realty Associates, in part, passing over a concrete monument found at 70.88’, and along a division line for lands of Five T Associates, L.L.C., lands of Greenville International Associates and lands of BPG Hotel Partners IV, L.L.C., South 45° 11’ 17” West, 622.60’ to a rail monument reset, at a corner for the same; thence along the line of lands of BPG Hotel Partners IV, L.L.C., in part, running through a run, South 36° 21’ 55” East, 186.21’ to a drill hole set in a stone at a corner on the northerly side of Delaware Route No. 4, also known as Newark Connector, at varying widths, said point also being on a Denial of Access Line; thence leaving the line of land of BPG Hotel Partners IV, L.L.C., along the northerly and northeasterly sides of Delaware Route No. 4, also known as Newark Connector, by the following twelve (12) courses and distances: 1) South 45° 08’ 08” West, 18.37’ to a capped rebar set; 2) South 87° 13’ 19” West, 181.05’ to a concrete monument found; 3) South 84° 44’ 03” West, 170.07’ to a capped rebar set at a point of termination of the Denial of Access Line; 4) continuing along Delaware Route No. 4 with free access, South 86° 35’ 54” West, 188.59’ to a concrete monument found; 5) and then continuing with said Denial of Access Line, South 88° 59’ 15” West, 428.04’ to a railroad spike found; 6) North 84° 19’ 02” West, 586.18’ to a concrete monument found; 7) North 72° 11’ 22” West, 390.43’ to a capped rebar set; 8) North 70° 04’ 31” West, 548.70’ to a drill hole set in the concrete base of a fence post; 9) North 72° 11’ 13” West, 550.44’ to a drill hole set in the concrete base of a fence post; 10) North 65° 34’ 52” West, 518.15’ to a capped rebar set; 11) North 60° 46’ 12” West, 319.09’ to a concrete monument found; and 12) North 57° 45’ 17” West, 153.08’ to a concrete monument found at a corner of lands of the State of Delaware; thence leaving the northeasterly side of Delaware Route No. 4, along a division line of lands of the State of Delaware, North 34° 02’ 48” West, 752.78’ to a concrete monument found at a common corner for the same and lands of Pennsylvania Lines, L.L.C; thence leaving the line of lands of the State of Delaware, along a division line of Pennsylvania Lines, L.L.C., by the following two (2) courses and distances: 1) North 58° 28’ 50” East, 2,140.27’ to a capped rebar set; and 2) North 68° 26’ 45” East, 1,491.91’ to a capped rebar set at a corner of lands of CHRYSLER MOTORS LLC. Parts Division; thence along the land of CHRYSLER MOTORS LLC. Parts Division by the following two (2) courses and distances: 1) South 21° 36’ 51” East, 836.21’ to a fence post; and 2) North 68° 25’ 02” East, 1,403.22’ to the point and place of Beginning. Containing within the said described metes and bounds 244.2063 acres of land be the same, more or less.


ALL that certain tract or parcel of land, including the improvements located thereon, situate in the City of Newark, the County of New Castle, and the State of Delaware being more particularly described as follows:

BEGINNING at a capped rebar set on the southwesterly side of Delaware Route No. 896, also known as South College Avenue, at varying widths, a common corner of the property herein being described and lands of Old Carco LLC, Newark Assembly Plant and further located from the intersection formed by the westerly side of Delaware Route No. 896 with the southerly side of the lands of Pennsylvania Lines, L.L.C. by the following five (5) courses and distances: 1) South 05° 27’ 37” East, 429.70’ to a point; 2) South 08° 39’ 13” West, 253.54’ to a point of curvature; 3) by a curve to the left having a radius of 320.00’, an arc length of 72.61’ to a point of tangency; 4) South 04° 20’ 47” East, 212.71’ to a point; and 5) South 21° 30’ 57”, East, 20.01’; thence from the point and place of Beginning, along lands of Old Carco LLC, Newark Assembly Plant by the following two (2) courses and distances: 1) South 68° 25’ 02” West, 1403.22’ to a fence post; and 2) North 21° 36’ 51” West, 836.21’ to a capped rebar set at a corner for the same on the southeasterly line of lands of Pennsylvania Lines, L.L.C.; thence thereby, North 68° 26’ 45” East, 1377.51’ to a capped rebar set at a corner of lands of the State of Delaware, known as the Newark Commuter Railroad Station; thence thereby, by the following two (2) courses and distances: 1) South 51° 14’ 44” East, 73.53’ to a capped rebar set; and 2) South 21° 29’ 51” East, 722.21’ (722.23’ record) to a capped rebar set at a corner for the same, a point in the southwesterly side of Delaware Route No. 896; thence thereby, by the following two (2) courses and distances: 1) South 04° 20’ 47” East, 30.79’ to a capped rebar set and 2) South 21° 30’ 57” East, 20.01’ to the point and place of Beginning. Containing within the said described metes and bounds 27.0821 acres of land be the same, more or less.

SUBJECT to any existing easements, reservations, restrictions, limitations, covenants and agreements of record, to the extent the same are still valid and subsisting, none of which are deemed reimposed by this reference.

Grantee agrees to release Grantor from and against any and all claims against Grantor arising on or after the date hereof concerning the environmental condition of the Property and covenants not to sue the Grantor, any debtor or debtor-in-possession in the voluntary petition for relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. §§101, et seq ., in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York, which case is administered under Case No. 09-50002 (AJG) (the “Bankruptcy Proceeding”), or any of their respective employees, directors, officers, or agents, or join the Grantor, any debtor or debtor-in-possession in the Bankruptcy Proceeding, or any of their respective employees, directors, officers, or agents, in any action concerning the environmental condition of the Property. The foregoing release and covenant shall run with the Property and bind subsequent purchasers thereof.

This Quitclaim Deed is being filed pursuant to an Order issued by the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York (the “Bankruptcy Court”) pursuant to Sections 105 and 363 of the Bankruptcy Code, approving the Order Authorizing Debtors to Sell Newark, Delaware Assembly Plant Free and Clear of all Liens, Claims and Encumbrances and Granting Related Relief.


BEING as to Parcel 1 a portion of the same lands and premises which Manor Real Estate and Trust Company, a corporation of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, authorized to do business in the State of Delaware, by Deed dated January 25, 1947, of record in the Office of the Recorder of Deeds, in and for New Castle County, Delaware in Deed Record M, Volume 46, Page 51, granted and conveyed unto Chrysler Corporation, a corporation of the State of Delaware, in fee. The said Chrysler Corporation (Delaware Secretary of State File No. 0185130) changed its name to Chrysler Motors Corporation by merger dated May 29, 1986; the said Chrysler Motors Corporation merged into Chrysler Corporation (Delaware Secretary of State File No. 2084965) by merger dated December 14, 1989; the said Chrysler Corporation changed its name to DaimlerChrysler Corporation by amendment dated November 16, 1998; the said DaimlerChrysler Corporation changed its name to DaimlerChrysler Company LLC by conversion and formation dated March 29, 2007; the said DaimlerChrysler Company LLC changed its name to CHRYSLER LLC by amendment dated July 27, 2007; and the said CHRYSLER LLC changed its name to OLD CARCO LLC by amendment dated June 10, 2009.

ALSO BEING as to Parcel 1 a portion of the same lands and premises which The Philadelphia, Baltimore and Washington Railroad Company, a corporation of the State of Delaware, by Deed dated December 28, 1946, of record in the Office aforesaid in Deed Record M, Volume 46, Page 54, granted and conveyed unto Chrysler Corporation, a corporation of the State of Delaware, in fee. The said Chrysler Corporation (Delaware Secretary of State File No. 0185130) changed its name to Chrysler Motors Corporation by merger dated May 29, 1986; the said Chrysler Motors Corporation merged into Chrysler Corporation (Delaware Secretary of State File No. 2084965) by merger dated December 14, 1989; the said Chrysler Corporation changed its name to DaimlerChrysler Corporation by amendment dated November 16, 1998; the said DaimlerChrysler Corporation changed its name to DaimlerChrysler Company LLC by conversion and formation dated March 29, 2007; the said DaimlerChrysler Company LLC changed its name to CHRYSLER LLC by amendment dated July 27, 2007; and the said CHRYSLER LLC changed its name to OLD CARCO LLC by amendment dated June 10, 2009.

ALSO BEING as to Parcel 1 a portion of the same lands and premises which Manor Real Estate and Trust Company, a corporation of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, authorized to transact business in the State of Delaware, by Deed dated January 19, 1953, of record in the Office aforesaid in Deed Record B, Volume 53, Page 321, granted and conveyed unto Chrysler Corporation, a corporation of the State of Delaware, in fee. The said Chrysler Corporation (Delaware Secretary of State File No. 0185130) changed its name to Chrysler Motors Corporation by merger dated May 29, 1986; the said Chrysler Motors Corporation merged into Chrysler Corporation (Delaware Secretary of State File No. 2084965) by merger dated December 14, 1989; the said Chrysler Corporation changed its name to DaimlerChrysler Corporation by amendment dated November 16, 1998; the said DaimlerChrysler Corporation changed its name to DaimlerChrysler Company LLC by conversion and formation dated March 29, 2007; the said DaimlerChrysler Company LLC changed its name to CHRYSLER LLC by amendment dated July 27, 2007; and the said CHRYSLER LLC changed its name to OLD CARCO LLC by amendment dated June 10, 2009.


BEING as to Parcel 2 a portion of the same lands and premises which Chrysler Corporation, a Delaware corporation, by Quit Claim Deed dated December 19, 1997, of record in the Office aforesaid in Deed Book 2617, Page 332, granted and conveyed unto to Chrysler Motors Corporation, a Delaware corporation, in fee. The said Chrysler Motors Corporation (Delaware Secretary of State File No. 2827164) changed its name to DaimlerChrysler Motors Corporation by amendment dated November 16, 1998; the said DaimlerChrysler Motors Corporation merged into DaimlerChrysler Motors Company LLC by merger dated December 21, 2001; the said DaimlerChrysler Motors Company LLC changed its name to CHRYSLER MOTORS LLC by amendment dated July 27, 2007; and the said CHRYSLER MOTORS LLC changed its name to OLD CARCO MOTORS LLC by amendment dated June 10, 2009.


EXHIBIT B

Depiction of Premises

See Attached


LOGO    

116 Middessa Drive

Middletown, DE 19709

Phone: (302) 983-7008

eFax: 1 (413) 215-4517

Email: JTraynor@TransitionES.com

January 11, 2012

DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY KNOWN AS THE (50 ACRES) LEASE PARCEL BEING A PORTION OF LANDS NOW OR FORMERLY OF 1743 HOLDINGS LLC (FORMERLY OF CHRYSLER CORPORATION RECORDED ON MICROFILM NO. 5769) (PORTION OF TAX PARCEL NO. 18-039.00-002) WITH FRONTAGE ALONG THE NORTHERLY SIDE OF THE CHRISTINA PARKWAY (NEWARK CONNECTOR) DELAWARE ROUTE NO. 4, SAID LEASE PARCEL IS MORE PARTICULARLY SHOWN ON A PREMISES EXHIBIT PLAN PREPARED BY DUFFIELD ASSOCIATES INC. DATED JANUARY 11, 2012, PROJECT NO. 7333.CQ, FILE B7333CQ-LEASE-GRADE-RO (B7333CQ-LEASE-GRADE-R0.DWG). SITUATED IN THE CITY OF NEWARK, NEW CASTLE COUNTY, DELAWARE.

BEGINNING at an angle point (concrete monument) in the northerly side of the Christina Parkway (Newark Connector) Delaware Route No. 4, said point being further located along the said northerly side of the Christina Parkway (as shown on Microfilm No. 5769), the six (6) following described courses and distances from its point of intersection (drill hole in sidewalk) thereof with the (former) westerly side of South College Avenue Delaware Route No. 896 at 70’ wide:

 

  1. S 84° 29’ 24” W, 826.66’ to an angle point (iron pipe);

 

  2. N 36° 21’ 55” W, 139.65’ to an angle point (drill hole);

 

  3. S 45° 08’ 08” W, along a denial of access line, a distance of 18.37’ to an angle point (capped rebar);

 

  4. S 87° 13’ 19” W, along a denial of access line, a distance of 181.05’ to an angle point (concrete monument);

 

  5. S 84° 44’ 03” W, along a denial of access line, a distance of 170.07’ to an angle point (capped rebar); and,

 

  6. S 86° 35’ 54” W, along a break in the denial of access line, a distance of 188.59’.

THENCE from the said point of beginning, continuing along the said northerly side of the Christina Parkway (Newark Connector), along denial of access lines, the four (4) following described courses and distances:

 

  1. S 88° 59’ 15” W, along a denial of access line, a distance of 428.04’ to an angle point (railroad spike);

 

  2. N 84° 19’ 02” W, along a denial of access line, a distance of 586.18’ to an angle point (concrete monument);

 

  3. N 72° 11’ 22” W, along a denial of access line, a distance of 390.43’ to an angle point (capped rebar); and,

 

  4. N 70° 04’ 31” W, along a denial of access line, a distance of 192.53’ to a point;

 

   Page 1 of 2   


THENCE new lines passing through lands now or formerly of 1743 Holdings LLC (formerly of Chrysler Corporation recorded on Microfilm No. 5769) (Tax Parcel No. 18-039.00-002), the three (3) following described courses and distances:

 

  1. N 21° 34’ 17” W, 1125.40’ to a point;

 

  2. N 68° 25’ 43” E, 1,367.87’ to a point; and,

 

  3. S 21° 34’ 17” E, 1,919.44’ to a point in the said northerly side of the northerly side of the Christina Parkway (Newark Connector) Delaware Route No. 4, the first mentioned point and place of beginning.

CONTAINING within said described metes and bounds 50.0020 acres of land, be the same more or less.

SUBJECT, however, to any easements, restrictions and agreements of record.

 

   Page 2 of 2   


LOGO


EXHIBIT C

Tenant’s Preliminary Plans

See Attached

 

   -3-   


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


EXHIBIT D

Memorandum of Lease

Prepared by and

Return to:

Shawn Tucker, Esq.

Tax Parcel No.                              

MEMORANDUM OF LEASE

THIS MEMORANDUM OF LEASE (this “Memorandum” ) is made this          day of                      , 20              , by and between                              ( “Landlord” ), and                              ( “Tenant” ).

SECTION 1. Landlord and Tenant entered into a certain lease agreement dated                                               (the “Lease”). The premises demised by the Lease is approximately                          acres of the entire property located at                                  New Castle County, Delaware and more particularly described on Exhibit A (the “Premises” ).

SECTION 2. The address of the Landlord as set forth in the Lease is:

The address of the Tenant as set forth in the Lease is:

SECTION 3. This Memorandum of Lease has been executed and recorded as notice of the Lease in lieu of recording the Lease itself.

SECTION 4. The initial term of the Lease is 25 years beginning on          , 20              and ending on                      . In addition, Tenant has four (4) options to renew the initial term of the Lease, each for a period of five (5) years.

SECTION 5. During the initial term and any extensions thereof, Tenant shall have a right of first refusal with respect to any sale, transfer or conveyance of Landlord’s interest in the Premises in accordance with the terms of the Lease.

This Memorandum is not intended to modify, limit or otherwise alter the terms, conditions and provisions of the Lease.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have duly executed this Memorandum, under seal, this      day of                      2012.

 

LANDLORD:

 

1743 HOLDINGS, LLC,  a Delaware limited liability company

By:                                                                         (Seal)
 

Name:

Title:

 

TENANT:

 

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation

By:                                                                         (Seal)
 

Name:

Title:


EXHIBIT E

ENVIRONMENTAL INDEMNITY AND RELEASE AGREEMENT

THIS ENVIRONMENTAL INDEMNITY AGREEMENT (the “Agreement” ) is made as of the      day of                      , 2012 (the “Effective Date” ) by the UNIVERSITY OF DELAWARE, a Delaware corporation ( “Guarantor” ) and 1743 HOLDINGS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ( “Landlord” ) (jointly and severally, “Indemnitor” ), with an address of 122 Hullihen Hall, Newark, Delaware in favor of BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation, (“ Indemnitee ”), with an address of 1299 Orleans Drive, Sunnyvale, California 94089 (collectively the “Parties” ).

RECITALS

WHEREAS Indemnitor entered into a Brownfields Development Agreement (“BDA”) with the Delaware Department of Natural Resources and Environmental Control (“DNREC”) dated October 27, 2009 for the Chrysler Newark, Delaware assembly plant and adjacent MOPAR parts facility encompassing tax parcel numbers 18-039.00-002 and 18-036.00-002 and approximately 270.8 acres (“Site”).

WHEREAS Indemnitee shall lease approximately 50 acres of the Site from Landlord (the “Property”), pursuant to a Lease Agreement of even date herewith (“Lease”). Guarantor has agreed to guaranty certain of Landlord’s obligations under the Lease. The Property description is attached as Exhibit A.

WHEREAS as a condition to negotiating the Lease and conducting such due diligence with respect to environmental matters related to the Site, Indemnitor shall indemnify Indemnitee with respect to presently existing (as used herein, “presently existing” means as of the Effective Date) Contamination at, under or upon the Site or into the environment.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the above and other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the Indemnitor hereby represents, warrants, and agrees as follows:

Definitions . Terms not defined shall have the meaning as under the Lease. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

“Agents” means the following and their respective successors and assigns: (i) with respect to Indemnitor or Indemnitee, the agents, officers, partners, employees, contractors, invitees and licensees of such party; and (ii) in addition, with respect to Indemnitee, Indemnitee’s subtenants and suppliers and their respective agents, employees, contractors, and invitees


“Environmental Law” means all federal, state and local laws, including principles of common law, regulations, statutes, codes, rules, resolutions, directives, orders, executive orders, consent orders, guidance from regulatory agencies, policy statements, judicial decrees, standards, permits, licenses and ordinances, or any judicial or administrative interpretation of any of the foregoing, pertaining to the protection of land, water, air, health, safety or the environment, whether now or in the future enacted, promulgated or issued. Environmental Law shall also include the BDA.

“Regulated Substances” includes any substances, chemicals, materials or elements that are prohibited, limited, regulated or governed by Environmental Law, or any other substances, chemicals, materials or elements: (i) defined as “hazardous substance” under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, compensation and Liability Act of 1980 (“CERCLA”) (42 U.S.C. §§9601, et seq) , as amended by the Superfund Amendment sand Reauthorization Act of 1986, and as further amended from time to time, and regulations promulgated thereunder; (ii) defined as a “regulated substance” within the meaning of Subtitle I of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (42 U.S.C. §§ 6991-6991), and regulations promulgated thereunder; (iii) designated as a “hazardous substance” pursuant to Section 311 of the Clean Water Act (33 U.S.C. § 1321), or listed pursuant to Section 307 of the Clean Water Act (33 U.S.C. § 1317; (iv) defined as “hazardous”, “toxic”, or otherwise regulated, under Environmental Law adopted by the State of Delaware, or its agencies or political subdivisions including, Delaware’s Hazardous Substance Cleanup Act, 7 Del . C . Chapter 91; (v) petroleum, petroleum products or derivatives or constituents thereof; (vi) asbestos or asbestos-containing materials; (vii) urea formaldehyde foam insulation or urea formaldehyde foam insulation-containing materials; (viii) lead based paint or lead based paint-containing materials; (ix) polychlorinated biphenyls or polychlorinated biphenyl-containing materials; (x) radon or radon-containing or producing materials; (xi) the presence of which requires notification, investigation or remediation under Environmental Law or common law; causes or threatens to cause a nuisance or trespass upon the Property or to adjacent properties, poses or threatens to pose a hazard to the health or safety of persons on or about the Property; or (xi) by any laws of any government authority require special handling in its collection, storage, treatment, or disposal.

“Contamination” means the presence of Regulated Substances (whether know or unknown) as of the date hereof.

1. Representation and Warranties

(a) Indemnitor has the authority to enter into this Agreement, which is not a violation of the BDA.


2. Indemnification .

(a) Indemnitor covenants and agrees, at its sole cost and expense, to indemnify, defend, protect, save and hold harmless Indemnitee and its Agents against and from any and all Environmental Damages (as defined in subsection (b) below), which may at any time be imposed upon, threatened against, incurred by or asserted or awarded against Indemnitee or its Agents and arising from or out of:

(i) Indemnitor’s or its Agent’s failure to comply with any of the provisions of this Agreement;

(ii) any presently existing, known or unknown, Contamination on, in or under, or migrating from, all or any portion of the Site, regardless of any non-negligent acts or omissions of Indemnitee or Indemnitee’s Agents with respect thereto; or

(iii) any violation of or alleged violation of Environmental Law at the Site relating to or in connection with presently existing, known or unknown, Contamination; and

(iv) the enforcement of this Agreement.

(b) For the purposes of this Agreement, “Environmental Damages” shall mean all claims, costs and expenses (including construction costs), judgments, damages, losses, penalties, fines, liabilities, including strict liability, encumbrances, liens, costs and expenses of investigation and defense of any claim, whether or not such claim is ultimately defeated, and of any good faith settlement, of whatever kind or nature, contingent or otherwise, matured or unmatured, foreseeable or unforeseeable, including reasonable attorneys’ and consultants’ fees and disbursements and any out-of-pocket costs payable by Indemnitee to a third party.

(c) Promptly after the receipt by Indemnitee of written notice of any demand or claim or the commencement of any action, suit or proceeding relating to presently existing, known or unknown, Contamination in connection with the Site, Indemnitee shall notify the Indemnitor thereof in writing. The failure by Indemnitee to promptly provide such notice shall not relieve the Indemnitor of any liability or indemnity obligation to Indemnitee or its Agents hereunder except to the extent Indemnitor is actually prejudiced by such failure to give prompt notice.

(d) This provisions of this Agreement survive the termination of the Lease.

3. Indemnitor’s Obligation to perform Environmental Work

(a) The Indemnitee shall have the right to conduct such work required by Environmental Law to address any presently existing, known or unknown, Contamination (i) on, in, under or migrating from the Property or (ii) threatening or migrating onto the Property from the Site ( “Corrective Work” ). Indemnitee shall notify the Indemnitor of it desire to either (i) conduct such Corrective Work in accordance with all applicable laws and, in such an event, the Indemnitor shall reimburse Indemnitee for all costs related to conducting such Corrective Work, or (ii) request the Indemnitor to complete such Corrective Work at its sole cost and expense.


(b) If Indemnitee performs the Corrective Work, Indemnitee shall promptly commence and diligently perform the Corrective Work in compliance with all applicable laws, shall keep Indemnitor reasonably informed of its plans to perform the Corrective Work and provide Indemnitor with a reasonable opportunity to review and comment upon any proposed Corrective Work prior to submission to any governmental authority.

(c) If Indemnitor performs the Corrective Work, Indemnitor shall promptly commence and diligently perform such Corrective Work in compliance with all applicable laws and in such a manner that will minimize (i) any impact on Indemnitee and (ii) any interference on Indemnitee’s use and enjoyment of the Property. Indemnitor shall keep Indemnitee reasonably informed of its plans to perform the Corrective Work, provide Indemnitee with a reasonable opportunity to review and comment upon any proposed Corrective Work prior to submission to any governmental authority, and provide reasonable advance notice of the need for access to the Property to perform the Corrective Work.

(d) Indemnitor shall take all responsibility as generator for any Regulated Substances generated by performance of any Corrective Work.

4. Release of Liability. Indemnitor hereby waives, releases and discharges forever Indemnitee from all present and future claims, demands, suits, legal and administrative proceedings and from all liability for damages, losses, costs, liabilities, fees and expenses, present and future, arising out of any presently existing Contamination on, in, under or migrating from all or any portion of the Site, except to the extent any negligent act or omission by Indemnitee causes, contributes or exacerbates any such condition.

5. Notices . All notices, demands, requests, consents, approvals and other communications required or permitted hereunder must be in writing and will be effective upon receipt if delivered personally, or if sent by facsimile transmission with confirmation of delivery, or by nationally recognized overnight courier service, to the address of Indemnitee or Indemnitor set forth above or to such other address as Indemnitee or Indemnitor may give to the other in writing for such purpose. Notices shall be provided to the following individuals:

 

        On behalf of Indemnitor:   

University of Delaware

122 Hullihen Hall

Newark, DE

Attn:

Fax: (302)

        With a copy to:   

Laure B. Ergin, Esq.

Assistant General Counsel

        On behalf of Indemnitee:    Bloom Energy Corporation


  

1299 Orleans Drive

Sunnyvale, CA 94089

Attn: General Counsel

Fax: 408-543-1501

legal@bloomenergy.com

        With a copy to:   

Drinker Biddle & Reath

1100 N. Market Street, Suite 1000

Wilmington, DE 19801

Attn: Shawn Tucker, Esq.

Fax: (302) 467-4200

6. Preservation of Rights . No delay or omission on Indemnitee’s part to exercise any right or power arising hereunder will impair any such right or power or be considered a waiver of any such right or power, nor will Indemnitee’s action or inaction impair any such right or power, except to the extent Indemnitee’s failure to immediately notify Indemnitor of any claim pursuant to 2(c) of this Agreement has actually and substantially prejudiced Indemnitor hereunder. Indemnitee’s rights and remedies hereunder are cumulative and not exclusive of any other rights or remedies which Indemnitee may have under other agreements, at law or in equity. Any indemnification obligations or liabilities contained in this Agreement shall not be affected by any knowledge of, or investigations performed by, Indemnitee except to the extent that such actions by Indemnitee are in violation of Environmental Law. Any one or more persons or entities comprising Indemnitor, or any other party liable upon or in respect of this Agreement, may be released without affecting the liability of any party not so released.

7. Entire Agreement; Amendment; Severability . This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the Parties respecting the matters set forth herein and supersedes all prior agreements, whether written or oral, between the Parties respecting such matters. Any amendments or modifications hereto, in order to be effective, shall be in writing and executed by the parties hereto. A determination that any provision of this Agreement is unenforceable or invalid shall not affect the enforceability or validity of any other provision, and any determination that the application of any provision of this Agreement to any person or circumstance is illegal or unenforceable shall not affect the enforceability or validity of such provision as it may apply to any other person or circumstances.

8. Successors and Assigns; Survival . This Agreement will be binding upon the Indemnitor and its heirs, administrators, successors and assigns, and will inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and its successors and assigns; provided , however , that the Indemnitor may not assign this Agreement in whole or in part without Indemnitee’s prior written consent. Indemnitor’s obligations in favor of Indemnitee under this Agreement shall survive the expiration of the anticipated Lease.

9. Interpretation . In this Agreement, unless Indemnitee and the Indemnitor otherwise agree in writing, the singular includes the plural and the plural the singular; references to statutes are to be construed as including all statutory provisions consolidating, amending or


replacing the statute referred to; the word “or” shall be deemed to include “and/or”, the words “including”, “includes” and “include” shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”; and references to sections or exhibits are to those of this Agreement unless otherwise indicated. Section headings in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement for any other purpose. If this Agreement is executed by more than one party as Indemnitor, the obligations of such persons or entities will be joint and several.

10. Governing Law and Jurisdiction . This Agreement has been delivered to and accepted by Indemnitee and will be deemed to be made in the STATE OF DELAWARE. THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE INTERPRETED AND THE RIGHTS AND LIABILITIES OF THE PARTIES HERETO DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, EXCLUDING ITS CONFLICT OF LAWS RULES. Indemnitor hereby irrevocably consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of any state or federal court for the county or judicial district where Indemnitee’s office indicated above is located, and consents that all service of process be sent by nationally recognized overnight courier service directed to Indemnitor at Indemnitor’s address set forth herein and service so made will be deemed to be completed on the business day after deposit with such courier; provided that nothing contained in this Agreement will prevent Indemnitee from bringing any action, enforcing any award or judgment or exercising any rights against Indemnitor individually, against any security or against any property of the Indemnitor within any other county, state or other foreign or domestic jurisdiction. Indemnitor acknowledges and agrees that the venue provided above is the most convenient forum for both Indemnitee and Indemnitor. Indemnitor waives any objection to venue and any objection based on a more convenient forum in any action instituted under this Agreement.

11. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . THE INDEMNITOR AND INDEMNITEE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF IRREVOCABLY WAIVE ANY AND ALL RIGHT THEY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR CLAIM OF ANY NATURE RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY DOCUMENTS EXECUTED IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED IN ANY OF SUCH DOCUMENTS. THE INDEMNITOR AND INDEMNITEE ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE FOREGOING WAIVER IS KNOWING AND VOLUNTARY.

WITNESS the due execution hereof as a document under seal, as of the date first written above.

 

[CORPORATE SEAL]     UNIVERSITY OF DELAWARE
Attest:                                                                                                  By:                                                                                             
Print Name:                                                                                          Name:                                                                                       
Title:                                                                                                    Title:                                                                                         

 


1743 HOLDINGS, LLC,  a Delaware limited liability company
By:                                                                              (Seal)
  Name:
  Title:


STATE OF                                )

                                                    )            ss:

COUNTY OF                            )

On this, the      day of                     ,             , before me, a Notary Public, the undersigned officer, personally appeared                                         , who acknowledged himself/herself to be the                                         of                          a[n], and that he/she, in such capacity, being authorized to do so, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing on behalf of said corporation.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I hereunto set my hand and official seal.

 

Notary Public

My commission expires:

 

Print Name

 

County of Residence


EXHIBIT F

[Road Work]


LOGO


EXHIBIT G

[Rough Grading Plan]


LOGO


EXHIBIT H

GUARANTY

THIS GUARANTY (this “Guaranty”) is made as of the              day of                  , 2012, by the University of Delaware, a Delaware corporation (“Guarantor”), in favor of Bloom Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Beneficiary”). Guarantor recites as follows:

A. Beneficiary, as tenant, and 1743 Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), are concurrently herewith entering into a Ground Lease, pursuant to which Landlord will lease to Beneficiary approximately fifty (50) acres of a property located in the City of Newark, New Castle County, Delaware (the “Lease”).

B. Guarantor is the sole member of Landlord and will derive a substantial benefit from Landlord and Beneficiary’s agreement to enter into the Lease.

C. As a condition precedent to Beneficiary’s obligations under the Lease, and as a material inducement for Beneficiary to enter into the Lease, Guarantor desires to guaranty the performance of all of the obligations of Landlord under the Lease, on the terms and conditions described herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of Ten Dollars ($10) in hand paid, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Guarantor hereby unconditionally guaranties and agrees as follows:

1. Guarantor hereby unconditionally, absolutely and irrevocably guaranties (a) the performance of Landlord’s Work under the Lease, and (b) Landlord’s reimbursement obligation under Section 4.1(c) of the Lease, if applicable (collectively, the “Guaranteed Obligations”).

2. This Guaranty shall be irrevocable, absolute and unconditional and shall remain in full force and effect until the full and complete payment and performance by Landlord of all Guaranteed Obligations, irrespective of the validity or enforceability of, or of any changes, modifications or amendments that may from time to time be made to, the Lease, and notwithstanding the incompetency of Guarantor from time to time, and further notwithstanding any act or failure to act on the part of Beneficiary or any other party which might otherwise operate as a legal or equitable discharge of Guarantor (including, without limitation, the liquidation, dissolution, receivership, insolvency, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, reorganization, arrangement, composition or readjustment of, or other similar proceedings affecting the status, existence, assets or obligations of Guarantor). Guarantor may not revoke the continuing nature of this Guaranty. In the event that Beneficiary seeks to enforce any of its rights under this Guaranty and demands payment or performance from Guarantor, such demand and Guarantor’s compliance therewith shall not release, extinguish, exonerate or in any way affect or diminish Guarantor’s continuing obligations under this Guaranty.


3. Subject to the terms thereof, the Lease may be assigned, modified or amended in whole or in part, and changes may be made in the entity comprising Landlord or Beneficiary from time to time without notice to Guarantor and without releasing Guarantor or extinguishing, exonerating or in any way affecting or diminishing Guarantor’s obligations under this Guaranty. Similarly, Beneficiary may from time to time, and without notice to Guarantor, release Landlord or any persons or entities comprising Landlord from Landlord’s obligations under the Lease; release or substitute any security that Beneficiary may have for the Guaranteed Obligations or accept security therefor; add, substitute or release additional guarantors; or compromise or settle any amount due or owing, or claimed to be due or owing, under the Lease; and no such action by Beneficiary or any other act or omission of Beneficiary in connection with the Lease shall in any way affect this Guaranty or Guarantor’s obligations hereunder. In addition, subject to the terms of the Lease, Beneficiary may, without notice to Guarantor, assign, transfer, encumber or otherwise dispose of any or all of Beneficiary’s rights, claims or interests in, under and to the Lease or this Guaranty, and no such act shall release Guarantor or extinguish or diminish in any way Guarantor’s obligations hereunder.

4. Guarantor agrees that this Guaranty shall constitute a guaranty of payment and performance and not of collection, the obligations of Guarantor under this Guaranty are independent of the obligations of Landlord, and Beneficiary may enforce this Guaranty against Guarantor without first (a) making any effort at collection or enforcement of any Guaranteed Obligations from or against Landlord or any other party that may be liable therefor (including filing suit or otherwise initiating legal proceedings to obtain or assert a claim for personal judgment against Landlord), (b) exercising or asserting any other right or remedy which may be available in connection with the Guaranteed Obligations or resorting to or exhausting any other security, guaranty or collateral held with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations or (c) asserting or filing any claim against the assets of Landlord, Guarantor, or any of them for such Guaranteed Obligations or any part thereof.

5. Guarantor expressly waives (a) any right Guarantor may have to require Beneficiary to proceed against Landlord or any other guarantor of any Guaranteed Obligations, to proceed against or exhaust any security held by Beneficiary, or to pursue any other remedy in Beneficiary’s power to pursue prior to claiming or proceeding against Guarantor; (b) any defense based upon any legal disability of Landlord or any other guarantor of any Guaranteed Obligations or any discharge or limitation of the liability of Landlord or any such other guarantor to Beneficiary, whether consensual or arising by operation of law or any bankruptcy, reorganization, receivership, insolvency or debtor-relief proceeding or from any other cause; (c) any defense based upon any invalidity or unenforceability of any other guarantee of any Guaranteed Obligations; (d) any notice of acceptance of this Guaranty, diligence, presentment, demand, protest, extension of time for payment or performance of the Guaranteed Obligations, and notice of any kind whatsoever and Guarantor hereby consents to any and all forbearances and extensions of time for payment and performance of the Guaranteed Obligations now or hereafter made or granted with or without notice to Guarantor; (e) any right to assert the statute of limitations as a defense against enforcement of this Guaranty; and (f) all rights of subrogation, indemnification, contribution and reimbursement, all rights to enforce any remedy that Beneficiary may have against Landlord, or any other guarantor of any Guaranteed Obligations,


and all rights to participate in any security held by Beneficiary for the Guaranteed Obligations until such Guaranteed Obligations have been paid and performed in full. Without limiting the foregoing, Guarantor hereby waives any and all rights and defenses arising out of an election of remedies by Beneficiary, even though that election of remedies has destroyed any right that Guarantor may have to collect from Landlord (including Guarantor’s right of subrogation or reimbursement against Landlord).

6. Guarantor hereby subordinates all its claims for payment or liens now or hereafter securing any indebtedness of Landlord to Guarantor to Beneficiary’s right to receive payment from Landlord of all Guaranteed Obligations. Guarantor expressly waives any and all rights of subrogation, reimbursement, indemnity or contribution which Guarantor may now or hereafter have against Landlord, any other guarantor or any person who now or hereafter has direct or contingent liability (whether by contract, at law or in equity) for all or any portion of the Guaranteed Obligations, and any benefit of, and any right to participate in, any security now or hereafter held by Beneficiary until the Guaranteed Obligations have been paid and performed in full. If and to the extent this waiver is unenforceable, Guarantor agrees that all such rights of subrogation, reimbursement, indemnity and contribution shall be junior and subordinate to the right of Beneficiary to obtain payment and performance of the Guaranteed Obligations and to all rights of Beneficiary in and to any property which now or hereafter serves as collateral for the Guaranteed Obligations.

7. This Guaranty shall remain and continue in full force and effect notwithstanding (a) the commencement or continuation of any action or proceeding by, against or concerning Landlord or Beneficiary under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other debtor-relief law, (b) the voluntary or involuntary appointment of a receiver, trustee, keeper or other person who takes possession of any of Landlord’s or Beneficiary’s respective assets, regardless of whether such appointment occurs as a result of insolvency or any other cause or (c) any assignment by Landlord or Beneficiary for the benefit of its respective creditors. In the event any payment by Landlord to Beneficiary is held to constitute a preference, fraudulent conveyance or similar voidable payment under any law now or hereafter in effect and such payment is rescinded or otherwise required to be returned by Beneficiary, such payment by Landlord to Beneficiary shall not constitute a release of Guarantor and shall not in any way diminish Guarantor’s obligations hereunder. To the contrary, this Guaranty shall in such event continue to be effective or shall be reinstated, as the case may be, to the extent of any such payment or payments.

8. This Guaranty shall not be subject to any condition precedent to the effectiveness hereof. Upon execution and delivery of this Guaranty by Guarantor, this Guaranty shall be in full force and effect. This Guaranty may not be amended, modified, waived, discharged or terminated orally or by course of conduct, but only by an instrument in writing duly executed by both Beneficiary and Guarantor. No waiver by Beneficiary of any default or any other event shall be effective unless in writing, nor shall it operate as a waiver of any other default or of the same default on a future occasion. No delay or omission by Beneficiary in exercising any of its rights, remedies, powers and privileges under the Lease or hereunder and no course of dealing between Beneficiary, on the one hand, and Landlord, Guarantor or any other person, on the other hand, shall be deemed a waiver by Beneficiary of any of its rights, remedies, powers or


privileges, even if such delay or omission is continuous or repeated, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege preclude any other or further exercise thereof by Beneficiary, or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege by Beneficiary. No notice to or demand on Landlord, Guarantor or any other person or entity in any instance shall entitle Landlord, Guarantor or any other person or entity to any other or further notice or demand in any circumstances or constitute a waiver of Beneficiary’s right to any other or further action in any circumstance without notice or demand.

9. This Guaranty shall inure to the benefit of any person or persons, entity or entities who now or hereafter may be entitled to the benefits or obligated to perform the duties of Beneficiary under the Lease and shall be binding upon the heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns of Guarantor. All rights and remedies of Beneficiary under this Guaranty and the Lease are cumulative and not restrictive of any other rights or remedies available at law or in equity. Any notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given (a) when personally delivered or (b) when sent by fax with confirmation of receipt or (c) one business day after being sent by reputable overnight delivery service, charges prepaid, and addressed as follows: if to Beneficiary: c/o Bloom Energy Corporation, 1299 Orleans Drive, Sunnyvale, CA 94089, Attn: General Counsel; and if to Guarantor, at: University of Delaware, 122 Hullihen Hall, Newark, DE 19716, Attn: General Counsel. Whenever possible, each provision of this Guaranty shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Guaranty shall be prohibited by or invalid under such law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Guaranty.

10. GUARANTOR HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHTS THAT GUARANTOR MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION ARISING IN ANY WAY IN CONNECTION WITH THIS GUARANTY, OR ANY OTHER STATEMENTS OR ACTIONS OF THE OTHER PARTY. GUARANTOR ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR BENEFICIARY TO ENTER INTO THE LEASE. Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally accepts and consents to jurisdiction in the state in which the property covered by the Lease is located in any action or proceeding relating to this Guaranty, agrees to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any state court in the county in which such property is located or in any federal court whose district includes any such county, and waives any objection to any such venue on the basis of inconvenient forum. Guarantor consents to service of process in any such action or proceeding by any means permitted by the law of such state. This Guaranty shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the state in which the property covered by the Lease is located.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Guaranty as of the day and year first above written.

 

GUARANTOR:

 

UNIVERSITY OF DELAWARE,

a Delaware corporation

By:    
Name:    
Its:    

Exhibit 10.9

Ion America Corporation

16085 Greenwood Lane

Monte Sereno, CA 95030

April 1, 2002

K.R. Sridhar

Dear K.R.:

Ion America Corporation (the “Company”) is pleased to offer you the position of Member of Technical Staff. This letter embodies the terms of our offer of employment to you.

AT WILL Employment . You should be aware that your employment with the Company is AT WILL, which is to say that your employment is freely entered into and is for no specified period of time. As a result, you are free to resign at any time, for any reason or for no reason. Similarly, the Company is free to conclude its employment relationship with you at any time, with or without cause.

Salary . Your salary will be $180,000 per year and will be paid in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices. As an employee of the Company, you are also eligible to receive the standard package of employee benefits available to all of our employees.

Bonus . You are eligible to receive an annual bonus of up to forty percent (40%) of your salary. This bonus is fully subject to the discretion and approval of the Board of Directors and will be paid in accordance with the Company’s normal bonus payment practices.

Company Rules . As an employee of the Company, you will be expected to abide by the Company’s rules and regulations. As a condition of employment at the Company, you will be expected to sign and comply with the Company’s standard form of employment, confidential information, invention assignment and arbitration agreement. This agreement requires, among other provisions, the assignment of patent rights to any invention made by you during your employment at the Company, the non-disclosure of proprietary information, and your agreement to submit all employment disputes to arbitration.

Required Documentation . This offer is subject to your submission to the Company of satisfactory documentation with respect to your identification and right to work in the United States no later than three (3) days after your employment begins.

Arbitration . In the event of any dispute or claim relating to or arising out of our employment relationship, you and the Company agree that all such disputes, including but not limited to, claims of harassment, discrimination and wrongful termination, shall be settled by arbitration held in Santa


Clara County, California, under the Arbitration Rules set forth in California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1280, et seq., including section 1283.05, (the “Rules”) and pursuant to California law.

Prior Employment Matters . This offer letter confirms your representation to us that: (i) you are not a party to any employment agreement or other contract or arrangement which prohibits your full-time employment with the Company; (ii) you will not disclose (nor have we solicited) any trade secret or confidential information of any person, including prior employers, to the Company; and (iii) you do not know of any conflict that would restrict your employment with the Company.

Entire Agreement . No agreements, representations, or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) that are not expressly set forth in this letter have been made or entered into by either party with respect to the subject matter hereof, except that certain Management Retention Agreement between you and the Company.

Acceptance . If you wish to accept employment at the Company under the terms set forth above, please sign and date this letter, and return it to the Company no later than three days after the date first written above. If you accept our offer, your first day of employment will be April 1, 2002.

We look forward to your favorable reply and to a productive and exciting working relationship.

 

Sincerely,
/s/ K.R. Sridhar
K.R. Sridhar, President

 

Approved and Accepted:
/s/ K.R. Sridhar

 

Signature

 

Date

 

-2-

Exhibit 10.10

 

LOGO

April 9, 2015

Randy W. Furr

 

Dear Randy,

I am pleased to extend to you an offer for the position of Chief Financial Officer with Bloom Energy. I can’t wait to have you join the company and partner with me to build a great company where together we can all change the world.

The details of our offer of employment follow. Please let me, or David Barber, know if you have any questions or need clarification.

I look forward to you joining Bloom on April 27th and working together to build a great company.

 

 

/s/ K.R. Sridhar

 

KR Sridhar
President and CEO
Bloom Energy Corporation

 

 

LOGO


Offer of Employment

We are pleased to offer you the position of Chief Financial Officer, (HR title: Chief Financial Officer. EXEC2) with Bloom Energy Corporation (the “Company”). In this full-time, exempt position, you will report to KR Sridhar and will be based out of our Sunnyvale Corporate Headquarters. Your annual starting salary will be $350,000 less applicable withholdings and deductions, and you will be paid every two (2) weeks in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices. Pursuant to the terms of the Quarterly Incentive Program Policy, you are eligible to receive an annual discretionary bonus which is a 50% target of your salary and is paid quarterly.

As an additional benefit to you, the Company had agreed to honor your request to exchange your first quarter salary for Restricted Stock Units (RSU) as detailed in Attachment A.

We will recommend that the Company’s Board of Directors grant you an option to purchase 350,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock at a share price equal to the Common Stock’s fair market value on the date of grant. The vesting commencement date subject to this grant will be the date your employment commences. This option grant will vest over five years as follows: 20% will vest on your first anniversary date of employment, and 1/60 of your shares will vest each of the 48 months thereafter. This grant is subject to your continued employment with the Company.

In addition, and with the successful completion of the three (3) strategic objectives to be determined between you and KR Sridhar within the first 30 days of your employment, we are prepared to offer you an additional option to purchase 50,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. The date of grant will be the next meeting of the Company’s Board of Directors following the successful completion of your three (3) strategic objectives, and the exercise price for each option will be equal to the then fair market value of the stock as determined by the Board of Directors on the date of the grant. Vesting of the options will begin at successful completion of the strategic objectives, and will vest at the rate of 1/60 of the option shares at the end of each month thereafter (without cliff vesting), as long as you remain as an employee of the Company on each vesting date. These options will also be governed by the terms of the Company’s standard form of stock option agreement.

If, within 12 months following a “Change of Control” of the Company your employment with the Company is terminated by the Company for reasons other than “Cause” (and not as a result of your death or disability), or terminated by you for “Good Reason”, then, subject to your entering into a standard form of release of claims with the Company, (i) any unvested equity incentives in shares of the Company’s common stock then held by you that are subject to vesting on the basis of

 

 

/s/ DB        

    DB

  

/s/ RF        

    RF

     LOGO


your continued service with the Company, including but not limited to the stock options identified above, shall immediately accelerate and vest as if your employment with the Company had continued for a period of 12 months. A full Change of Control agreement with terms and definitions will follow in a separate document.

You will also be eligible to receive benefits that the Company generally provides to its employees, consistent with the eligibility terms of those programs. A more detailed description of these benefits will be provided to you upon joining the Company.

Your offer of employment is conditioned upon a satisfactory (in the Company’s discretion) reference check and background check, and upon proof of your right to work in the US. Your employment with the Company is further subject to the terms and conditions specified in this letter. This offer of employment is valid for seven days. Orientation and training for new employees are on Mondays so, if you choose to accept this offer of employment, please return your offer letter by the Wednesday prior to your Monday start date.

This letter and the following pages set forth the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any prior representations or agreements including, but not limited to, any representations made during your recruitment, interviews or pre-employment negotiations, whether written or oral. This letter and its attachments may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement signed by the President of the Company and you.

We are very excited about you joining our team and look forward to a mutually rewarding relationship. By signing below you are accepting the Company’s offer of employment pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in this letter and in Attachment A. After signing and dating this letter below, please return all pages by email, mail, or to our confidential fax (408-543-1505).

 

Sincerely,    Agreed to and accepted by:  

 

/s/ David Barber

  

Signature:

 

 

/ S / R ANDY W. F URR

 
      
David Barber    Print Name:   

R ANDY W. F URR

 
Vice President, Human Resources    Date:  

April 10, 2015

 
Bloom Energy Corporation    Start Date:  

April 27, 2015

 

 

 

/s/ DB        

    DB    

  

/s/ RF        

    RF

     LOGO


Attachment A

In addition to the terms outlined in the previous pages, your employment at Bloom Energy Is conditioned upon the following.

At-Will Employment . You will be an “at will” employee of the Company. This means that either you or the Company may terminate your employment at any time, for any reason or no reason, with or without cause or notice. Regular employment at the Company is for no specified period of time and the Company makes no guarantee or contract of continued employment. Although your job duties, title, compensation, and benefits, as well as the Company’s personnel policies, may change from time to time, the “at will” nature of your employment may not be changed except in an express written agreement signed by you and the President of the Company. In the event that you choose to resign from the Company, we request that you give us at least one month notice.

First Quarter Compensation . You have requested the first quarter of pay (3 Months) to be paid in 5,835 Restricted Stock Units (RSU), in lieu of your regular salary. During this period, the company will pay you $1 to maintain your continuous employment and cover any other costs to ensure your eligibility for all benefits afforded to you under the Company’s customary benefit plans. The vesting of this entire RSU grant will occur at the end of the lock-up period following an IPO, or upon a change of control, or upon your departure from the company, whichever comes first. After the first three (3) months of your employment, your pay will be the annual equivalent of $350,000 paid every two weeks. In accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practices. This is a one-time election afforded to you by the Company.

Stock Options . If approved by the Board, your stock will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s Stock Option Plan and Stock Option Agreement, including vesting requirements. You will be provided with a copy of the Stock Option Plan and Stock Option Agreement following the Board’s approval of your grant.

Annual Bonus . Your annual bonus is subject to the discretion and approval of the Board of Directors and will be paid in accordance with the Company’s normal bonus payment practices. Your bonus is a percentage of base pay earned during the calendar year. Therefore your bonus in the first year will be prorated based upon your first date of regular employment, and will be prorated in the event you take an unpaid leave of absence. Your first quarter bonus (three (3) months), will be calculated in accordance with your regular quarterly salary without respect to the RSUs in lieu of pay as elected. To be eligible for the annual bonus program, you must be a regular employee at calendar yearend and have been an active regular employee for at least 30 days during the calendar year.

References . The Company reserves the right to conduct background investigations and/or reference checks on all of its potential employees. Your job offer, therefore, is contingent upon a clearance of such a background investigation and/or reference check, if any.

 

 

/s/ DB        

    DB

  

/s/ RF        

    RF

   LOGO   


Right to Work . For purposes of federal immigration law, you will be required to provide to the Company documentary evidence of your identity and eligibility for employment in the United States. Such documentation must be provided to us within three (3) business days of your date of hire, or our employment relationship with you may be terminated.

Prior Employment . We also ask that, if you have not already done so, you disclose to the Company any and all agreements relating to your prior employment that may affect your eligibility to be employed by the Company or limit the manner in which you may be employed. It is the Company’s understanding that any such agreements will not prevent you from performing the duties of your position and you represent that such is the case. Moreover, you agree that, during the term of your employment with the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity directly related to the business in which the Company is now involved or becomes involved during the term of your employment, nor will you engage in any other activities that conflict with your obligations to the Company. Similarly, you agree not to bring any third party confidential information to the Company, including that of your former employer, and that in performing your duties for the Company you will not in any way utilize any such information.

Company Policies . As a Company employee, you will be expected to abide by the Company’s rules and standards. Specifically, you will be required to sign an acknowledgment that you have read and that you understand the Company’s rules of conduct which are included in the Company Handbook.

Intellectual Property . As a condition of your employment, you are also required to sign and comply with the Company’s “Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment and Arbitration Agreement,” which requires, among other provisions, the assignment of patent rights to any invention made during your employment at the Company, and non-disclosure of Company proprietary information. Please note that we must receive your signed Agreement on your first day of employment.

Arbitration . (a) Any dispute or controversy arising out of or relating to your employment relationship with the Company, will be settled by final and binding arbitration by a single arbitrator to be held in Santa Clara County, California, in accordance with the American Arbitration Association national rules for resolution of employment disputes then in effect, except as provided herein. The arbitrator selected shall have the authority to grant any party all remedies otherwise available by law, including injunctions, but shall not have the power to grant any remedy that would not be available in a state or federal court in California. The arbitrator shall be bound by and shall strictly enforce the terms of this section and may not limit, expand or otherwise modify its terms. The arbitrator shall make a good faith effort to apply the substantive law (and the law of remedies, if applicable) of the state of California, or federal law, or both, as applicable, without reference to its conflicts of laws provisions, but an arbitration decision shall not be subject to review because of errors of law. The arbitrator is without jurisdiction to apply any different substantive law. The arbitrator shall have the authority to hear and rule on dispositive motions (such as motions for summary adjudication or summary judgment). The arbitrator shall have the powers granted by California law and the rules of the American Arbitration Association which conducts the arbitration, except as modified or limited herein.

 

 

/s/ DB        

    DB

  

/s/ RF        

    RF

   LOGO


(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the rules of the American Arbitration Association, the arbitration shall provide (i) for written discovery and depositions as provided in California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1283.05 and (ii) for a written decision by the arbitrator that includes the essential findings and conclusions upon which the decision is based which shall be issued no later than thirty (30) days after a dispositive motion is heard and/or an arbitration hearing has completed. Except in disputes where you assert a claim otherwise under a state or federal statute prohibiting discrimination in employment (“a Statutory Discrimination Claim”), the Company shall pay all fees and administrative costs charged by the arbitrator and American Arbitration Association. In disputes where you assert a Statutory Discrimination Claim against the Company, you are required to pay the American Arbitration Association’s filing fee only to the extent such filing fee does not exceed the fee to file a complaint in state or federal court. The Company shall pay the balance of the arbitrator’s fees and administrative costs.

(c) You and the Company shall have the same amount of time to file any claim against any other party as such party would have if such a claim had been filed in state or federal court. In conducting the arbitration, the arbitrator shall follow the rules of evidence of the State of California (including but not limited to all applicable privileges), and the award of the arbitrator must follow California and/or federal law, as applicable.

(d) The arbitrator shall be selected by the mutual agreement of the parties. If the parties cannot agree on an arbitrator, the parties shall alternately strike names from a list provided by the American Arbitration Association until only one name remains.

(e) The decision of the arbitrator will be final, conclusive and binding on the parties to the arbitration. The prevailing party in the arbitration, as determined by the arbitrator, shall be entitled to recover her or its reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, including the costs or fees charged by the arbitrator and the American Arbitration Association. In disputes where you assert a Statutory Discrimination Claim, reasonable attorneys’ fees shall be awarded by the arbitrator based on the same standard as such fees would be awarded if the Statutory Discrimination Claim had been asserted in state or federal court. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s decision in any court having jurisdiction.

 

 

 

/s/ DB        

    DB

  

/s/ RF        

    RF

     LOGO

Exhibit 10.11

 

LOGO

October 3, 2013

Susan Brennan

Dear Susan:

I am pleased to conditionally offer you the position of Chief Operations Officer, (HR title: Chief Operations Officer. EXEC2) with Bloom Energy Corporation (the “Company”). In this full-time, exempt position, you will report to KR Sridhar and will be based out of our Sunnyvale Corporate Headquarters. Your annual starting salary will be $280,000 less applicable withholdings and deductions, and you will be paid semi-monthly in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices. Pursuant to the terms of the Quarterly Incentive Program Policy, you are eligible to receive an annual discretionary bonus which is a 50% target of your salary and is paid quarterly.

The Company will also pay for all actual relocations expenses including, but not limited to: packing, unpacking, shipment, movement of household goods, vehicles, and any travel related to relocation for you and your family. This does not include any expenses related to buying and selling of your residence.

We will recommend that the Company’s Board of Directors grant you an option to purchase 200,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock at a share price equal to the Common Stock’s fair market value on the date of grant. The vest commencement date of the shares subject to this grant will be the date your employment commences. The grant is subject to your continued employment with the Company. Your stock options will vest over five years as follows: 20% of your shares will vest on your first anniversary date of employment, and 1/60 of your shares will vest each of the 48 months thereafter.

You will also be eligible to receive benefits that the Company generally provides to its employees, consistent with the eligibility terms of those programs. A more detailed description of these benefits will be provided to you upon joining the Company.

Your offer of employment is conditioned upon a satisfactory (in the Company’s discretion) reference check and background check, and upon proof of your right to work in the US. Your employment with the Company is further subject to the terms and conditions specified in “Attachment A” to this letter. Orientation and training for new employees are on Mondays so, if you choose to accept this offer of employment, please return your offer letter by the Wednesday prior to your Monday start date.

This letter, Attachment A and the attached October 3, 2013 letter regarding relocation set forth the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any prior representations or agreements including, but not limited to, any representations made during your recruitment, interviews or pre-employment negotiations, whether written or oral. This letter and its attachments may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement signed by the President of the Company and you.

We are very excited about you joining our team and look forward to a mutually rewarding relationship.

 

1252 Orleans Drive, Sunnyvale, CA 94089 T 408 543 1500 F408 543 1501 www.bloomenergy.com


By signing below you are accepting the Company’s offer of employment pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in this letter and in, Attachment A and the attached October 3, 2013 letter regarding relocation . After signing and dating this letter below, please return all pages by email, mail, or to our confidential fax (408-543-1505).

 

Sincerely     Agreed to and accepted by : :*

/s/ David Barber

     
    Signature:  

/s/ Susan Brennan

David Barber     Print Name:  

Susan Brennan

Vice President, Human Resources      
Bloom Energy Corporation     Date:  

October 21, 2013

    Start Date:  

Based on comments below

      11/7/2013

 

* Susan Brennan’s acceptance of the Company’s offer of employment is contingent upon the written confirmation of the Company’s satisfaction or waiver of the reference check and other pre-conditions to Susan Brennan’s employment with Bloom Energy, and the Company’s Board of Directors’ grant of the stock options referenced above, by October 31, 2013.

 

1252 Orleans Drive, Sunnyvale, CA 94089 T 408 543 1500 F408 543 1501 www.bloomenergy.com


ATTACHMENT A

In addition to the terms outlined in the attached offer letter, your employment at Bloom Energy is conditioned upon the following.

At-Will Employment . You will be an “at will” employee of the Company. This means that either you or the Company may terminate your employment at any time, for any reason or no reason, with our without cause or notice. Regular employment at the Company is for no specified period of time and the Company makes no guarantee or contract of continued employment. Although your job duties, title, compensation, and benefits, as well as the Company’s personnel policies, may change from time to time, the “at will” nature of your employment may not be changed except in an express written agreement signed by you and the President of the Company. In the event that you choose to resign from the Company, we request that you give us at least two weeks notice.

Stock Options . If approved by the Board, your stock options will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s Stock Option Plan and Stock Option Agreement, including vesting requirements. You will be provided with a copy of the Stock Option Plan and Stock Option Agreement following the Board’s approval of your grant. No right to any stock is earned or accrued until such time that vesting occurs, nor does the grant confer any right to continued vesting or employment.

Annual Bonus. Your annual bonus is subject to the discretion and approval of the Board of Directors and will be paid in accordance with the Company’s normal bonus payment practices. Your bonus is a percentage of base pay earned during the calendar year. Therefore your bonus in the first year will be prorated based upon your first date of regular employment, and will be prorated in the event you take an unpaid leave of absence. To be eligible, you must be a regular employee at calendar yearend and have been an active regular employee for at least 30 days during the calendar year.

Relocation . We will be pleased to pay for reasonable moving expenses up to the maximum described in this offer letter. After your move is completed, please submit a Moving Expense Report to Accounting, detailing your expenses with all receipts. Reimbursements for moving expenses may be either non-taxable (deductible) or taxable (non-deductible), depending on their classification as described in IRS Publication 521. In general, the IRS permits only costs to move your household goods and one way travel for members of your household to be nontaxable. The IRS considers all other expenses to be taxable fringe benefits, and they will be added to your payroll wages for payment of taxes in the month following your moving expense reimbursement. Should you have questions, our accounting department would be pleased to discuss this with you.

In consideration of the investment made by the Company for your relocation, you agree to refund your relocation reimbursement in full to the Company in the event that, prior to your first anniversary of employment with the Company, you voluntarily terminate your employment or are terminated by the Company for cause.

References , The Company reserves the right to conduct background investigations and/or reference checks on all of its potential employees. Your job offer, therefore, is contingent upon a clearance of such a background investigation and/or reference check, if any.

Right to Work . For purposes of federal immigration law, you will be required to provide to the Company documentary evidence of your identity and eligibility for employment in the United States. Such documentation must be provided to us within three (3) business days of your date of hire, or our employment relationship with you may be terminated.

Prior Employment . We also ask that, if you have not already done so, you disclose to the Company any and all agreements relating to your prior employment that may affect your eligibility to be employed by the Company or limit the manner in which you may be employed. It is the Company’s understanding that any such agreements will not prevent you from performing the duties of your position and you represent that such is the case. Moreover, you agree that, during the term of your employment with the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity directly related to the business in which the Company is now involved or becomes

 

1252 Orleans Drive, Sunnyvale, CA 94089 T 408 543 1500 F408 543 1501 www.bloomenergy.com


involved during the term of your employment, nor will you engage in any other activities that conflict with your obligations to the Company. Similarly, you agree not to bring any third party confidential information to the Company, including that of your former employer, and that in performing your duties for the Company you will not in any way utilize any such information.

Company Policies . As a Company employee, you will be expected to abide by the Company’s rules and standards. Specifically, you will be required to sign an acknowledgment that you have read and that you understand the Company’s rules of conduct which are included in the Company Handbook.

Intellectual Property . As a condition of your employment, you are also required to sign and comply with the Company’s “Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment and Arbitration Agreement,” which requires, among other provisions, the assignment of patent rights to any invention made during your employment at the Company, and non-disclosure of Company proprietary information. Please note that we must receive your signed Agreement on your first day of employment.

Arbitration , (a) Any dispute or controversy arising out of or relating to your employment relationship with the Company, will be settled by final and binding arbitration by a single arbitrator to be held in Santa Clara County, California, in accordance with the American Arbitration Association national rules for resolution of employment disputes then in effect, except as provided herein. The arbitrator selected shall have the authority to grant any party all remedies otherwise available by law, including injunctions, but shall not have the power to grant any remedy that would not be available in a state or federal court in California. The arbitrator shall be bound by and shall strictly enforce the terms of this section and may not limit, expand or otherwise modify its terms. The arbitrator shall make a good faith effort to apply the substantive law (and the law of remedies, if applicable) of the state of California, or federal law, or both, as applicable, without reference to its conflicts of laws provisions, but an arbitration decision shall not be subject to review because of errors of law. The arbitrator is without jurisdiction to apply any different substantive law. The arbitrator shall have the authority to hear and rule on dispositive motions (such as motions for summary adjudication or summary judgment). The arbitrator shall have the powers granted by California law and the rules of the American Arbitration Association which conducts the arbitration, except as modified or limited herein.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the rules of the American Arbitration Association, the arbitration shall provide (i) for written discovery and depositions as provided in California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1283.05 and (ii) for a written decision by the arbitrator that includes the essential findings and conclusions upon which the decision is based which shall be issued no later than thirty (30) days after a dispositive motion is heard and/or an arbitration hearing has completed. Except in disputes where you assert a claim otherwise under a state or federal statute prohibiting discrimination in employment (“a Statutory Discrimination Claim”), the Company shall pay all fees and administrative costs charged by the arbitrator and American Arbitration Association. In disputes where you assert a Statutory Discrimination Claim against the Company, you are required to pay the American Arbitration Association’s filing fee only to the extent such filing fee does not exceed the fee to file a complaint in state or federal court. The Company shall pay the balance of the arbitrator’s fees and administrative costs.

(c) You and the Company shall have the same amount of time to file any claim against any other party as such party would have if such a claim had been filed in state or federal court. In conducting the arbitration, the arbitrator shall follow the rules of evidence of the State of California (including but not limited to all applicable privileges), and the award of the arbitrator must follow California and/or federal law, as applicable.

(d) The arbitrator shall be selected by the mutual agreement of the parties. If the parties cannot agree on an arbitrator, the parties shall alternately strike names from a list provided by the American Arbitration Association until only one name remains.

(e) The decision of the arbitrator will be final, conclusive and binding on the parties to the arbitration. The prevailing party in the arbitration, as determined by the arbitrator, shall be entitled to recover her or its reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, including the costs or fees charged by the arbitrator and the American Arbitration Association. In disputes where you assert a Statutory Discrimination Claim, reasonable attorneys’ fees shall be awarded by the arbitrator based on the same standard as such fees would be awarded if the Statutory Discrimination Claim had been asserted in state or federal court. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s decision in any court having jurisdiction.

 

1252 Orleans Drive, Sunnyvale, CA 94089 T 408 543 1500 F408 543 1501 www.bloomenergy.com


LOGO

October 3, 2013

Susan Brennan

address

Susan,

The letter will serve as an addendum to your offer of employment dated October 3, 2013 and your agreement with KR Sridhar with respect to your relocation to Bloom Headquarters in California. In addition to the terms of your formal offer, you and the Company have agreed to the following:

Based on a clear understanding by both parties, the Brennan family relocation will be trailing Susan’s move to Sunnyvale by approximately 8 months to accommodate the sale of her residence in Tennessee, the completion of the 2013/2014 school year and the general movement of household goods. This “trailing relocation” will be completed by end of June, 2014. During this time, Susan will maintain regular working hours and travel schedule related to her position and be based out of the Bloom Energy Sunnyvale office.

The above is effective on the date of your employment. Please let me know if you have any questions on the information in this addendum.

/s/ David Barber

David Barber

Exhibit 10.12

[***] Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

 

 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

DIAMOND STATE GENERATION HOLDINGS, LLC

dated as of March 20, 2013

 

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
ARTICLE I        DEFINITIONS      2  

Section 1.1

  Definitions      2  
ARTICLE II        CONTINUATION; OFFICES; TERM      2  

Section 2.1

  Continuation of the Company      2  

Section 2.2

  Name, Office and Registered Agent      2  

Section 2.3

  Purpose      3  

Section 2.4

  Term      3  

Section 2.5

  Organizational and Fictitious Name Filings; Preservation of Limited Liability      3  

Section 2.6

  No Partnership Intended      3  
ARTICLE III        RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE MEMBERS      3  

Section 3.1

  Membership Interests      3  

Section 3.2

  Actions by the Members      4  

Section 3.3

  Management Rights      5  

Section 3.4

  Other Activities      6  

Section 3.5

  No Right to Withdraw      6  

Section 3.6

  Limitation of Liability of Members      6  

Section 3.7

  Liability for Deficits      8  

Section 3.8

  Company Property      8  

Section 3.9

  Retirement, Resignation, Expulsion, Incompetency, Bankruptcy or Dissolution of a Member      8  

Section 3.10

  Withdrawal of Capital      8  

Section 3.11

  Representations and Warranties      8  

Section 3.12

  Covenants      10  

Section 3.13

  Deferred Obligations      11  

Section 3.14

  Events of Default      11  

Section 3.15

  Matters Pertaining to the Grant      11  

Section 3.16

  Separateness      13  
ARTICLE IV    CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS; CAPITAL ACCOUNTS      14  

Section 4.1

  Capital Contributions      14  

 

i


Section 4.2

  Capital Accounts      15  

Section 4.3

  Equity Contributions to Project Company      17  

Section 4.4

  Conditions Precedent to Equity Contributions by Company      17  

Section 4.5

  Member Loans      20  
ARTICLE V    ALLOCATIONS      21  

Section 5.1

  Allocations      21  

Section 5.2

  Adjustments      21  

Section 5.3

  Tax Allocations      23  

Section 5.4

  Transfer or Change in Company Interest      23  

Section 5.5

  Timing of Allocations      24  
ARTICLE VI    DISTRIBUTIONS      24  

Section 6.1

  Distributions      24  

Section 6.2

  Withholding Taxes      25  

Section 6.3

  Limitation upon Distributions      25  

Section 6.4

  No Return of Distributions      25  

Section 6.5

  Calculation of Internal Rate of Return      25  

Section 6.6

  Satisfaction of Recapture-Related Obligations of the Class A Members to the Class B Member      26  

Section 6.7

  Satisfaction of Certain Recapture-Related Obligations of the Class B Member to the Class A Members      27  

Section 6.8

  Satisfaction of Certain Recapture-Related Obligations of the Company or the Project Company      27  

Section 6.9

  Class A Recapture Events Prior to Receipt of Grant      28  

Section 6.10

  Repayment      28  
ARTICLE VII    ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS      29  

Section 7.1

  Reports      29  

Section 7.2

  Books and Records and Inspection      30  

Section 7.3

  Bank Accounts, Notes and Drafts      31  

Section 7.4

  Financial Statements      32  

Section 7.5

  Partnership Status and Tax Elections      33  

Section 7.6

  Company Tax Returns      34  

Section 7.7

  Tax Audits      35  

Section 7.8

  Cooperation      37  

 

ii


Section 7.9

  Fiscal Year      37  
ARTICLE VIII     MANAGEMENT      37  

Section 8.1

  Management      37  

Section 8.2

  Managing Member      37  

Section 8.3

  Major Decisions      39  

Section 8.4

  Insurance      39  

Section 8.5

  Notice of Material Breach      39  
ARTICLE IX     TRANSFERS, CHANGES OF CONTROL AND INDEMNIFICATION      40  

Section 9.1

  Prohibited Transfers      40  

Section 9.2

  Conditions to Transfers of Class A Membership Interests or Changes of Control of Managing Member      40  

Section 9.3

  Conditions to Transfers of Class B Membership Interests      42  

Section 9.4

  Conditions to Changes of Control of Upstream Entities      43  

Section 9.5

  Certain Permitted Transfers      44  

Section 9.6

  [Intentionally omitted]      45  

Section 9.7

  Purchase Option      45  

Section 9.8

  Sale Option      46  

Section 9.9

  Regulatory and Other Authorizations and Consents      47  

Section 9.10

  Admission      48  

Section 9.11

  Security Interest Consent      48  

Section 9.12

  Indemnification; Other Rights of the Members      49  

Section 9.13

  Indemnification of Members by the Company      50  

Section 9.14

  Direct Claims      50  

Section 9.15

  Third Party Claims      50  

Section 9.16

  No Duplication      52  

Section 9.17

  Sole Remedy      52  

Section 9.18

  Survival      52  

Section 9.19

  Final Date for Assertion of Indemnity Claims      52  

Section 9.20

  Reasonable Steps to Mitigate      52  

Section 9.21

  Net of Insurance Benefits      53  

Section 9.22

  No Consequential Damages      53  

Section 9.23

  Payment of Indemnification Claims      53  

Section 9.24

  Repayment; Subrogation      53  

 

iii


ARTICLE X     DISSOLUTION AND WINDING-UP      54  

Section 10.1

  Events of Dissolution      54  

Section 10.2

  Distribution of Assets      54  

Section 10.3

  In-Kind Distributions      55  

Section 10.4

  Certificate of Cancellation      55  
ARTICLE XI     MISCELLANEOUS      56  

Section 11.1

  Notices      56  

Section 11.2

  Amendment      56  

Section 11.3

  Partition      56  

Section 11.4

  Waivers and Modifications      56  

Section 11.5

  Severability      57  

Section 11.6

  Successors; No Third-Party Beneficiaries      57  

Section 11 .7

  Entire Agreement      57  

Section 11.8

  Governing Law      57  

Section 11.9

  Further Assurances      58  

Section 11.10

  Counterparts      58  

Section 11.11

  Dispute Resolution      58  

Section 11.12

  Confidentiality      59  

Section 11.13

  Joint Efforts      60  

Section 11.14

  Specific Performance      61  

Section 11.15

  Survival      61  

Section 11.16

  Effective Date      61  

Section 11.17

  Recourse Only to Member      61  

 

iv


ANNEXES

 

Annex I

 

Definitions

Annex II

 

Class B Membership Interests

SCHEDULES

 

Schedule 4.2(b)

 

Contributed Property

Schedule 4.2(d)

 

Capital Account Balance and Percentage Interest of each Member

Schedule 8.2(e)

 

Officers

Schedule 8.4

 

Insurance

Schedule 9

 

Transfer Representations and Warranties

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A

 

Form of Class A Membership Interests Certificate

Exhibit B

 

Form of Class B Membership Interests Certificate

Exhibit C

 

Form of Operations Report [OMITTED]

Exhibit D

 

Form of Assignment Agreement

Exhibit E

 

Form of Equity Contribution Notice

Exhibit F

 

Base Case Model

 

 

v


SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

DIAMOND STATE GENERATION HOLDINGS, LLC

Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Diamond State Generation Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), dated as of March 20, 2013 by and among Clean Technologies II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Clean Technologies ”) and Mehetia Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Mehetia ”).

Preliminary Statements

WHEREAS, the Company was formed by virtue of its certificate of formation filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on July 20, 2011 (the “ Certificate of Formation ”), and, prior to the date hereof, has been governed by the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, dated as of April 13, 2012, executed by Clean Technologies and Mehetia as the members of the Company (the “ 2012 Operating Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, the Company owns 100% of the issued and outstanding membership interests in Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC (the “ Project Company ”), which intends to acquire and own a portfolio of Systems having an aggregate nameplate capacity of up to 30 MW to be operated in accordance with the Tariffs and the REPS Act (collectively, the “ Portfolio ” or the “ Project ”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Equity Capital Contribution Agreement among the Company, the Project Company, Clean Technologies and Mehetia, dated as of March 16, 2012 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or modified, the “ ECCA ”), Clean Technologies agreed to make a capital contribution to the Company on or before the Initial Funding Date, and Mehetia agreed to make a capital contribution to the Company in return for the issuance of Class B Membership Interests in the Company on the Initial Funding Date, subject to the terms and conditions as provided therein; and

WHEREAS, Clean Technologies and Mehetia desire for the 2012 Operating Agreement to be amended and restated as stated herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree, notwithstanding any contrary provision of the 2012 Operating Agreement, effective as of the date hereof, that:

A.    the issuance of Class B Membership Interests to Mehetia pursuant to the ECCA is approved and is a Permitted Transfer for purposes of this Agreement;


B.    Mehetia continues as a Member of the Company, holding the Class B Membership Interests in the amount (and percentage) next to its name in Annex II ;

C.    Clean Technologies continues as a Member of the Company, holding all of the issued and outstanding Class A Membership Interests;

D.    Clean Technologies and Mehetia are the sole Members of the Company; and

E.    the 2012 Operating Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety as described herein.

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Definitions . Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this Agreement have the meanings given to such terms in Annex I .

ARTICLE II

CONTINUATION; OFFICES; TERM

Section 2.1 Continuation of the Company . The Members hereby acknowledge the continuation of the Company as a limited liability company pursuant to the Act, the Certificate of Formation and this Agreement.

Section 2.2 Name, Office and Registered Agent .

(a)    The name of the Company will be “Diamond State Generation Holdings, LLC” or such other name or names as complies with law and may be determined by the Managing Member from time to time and notified to the Members. The principal office of the Company shall be located at 1299 Orleans Drive, Sunnyvale, California 94089. The Managing Member may change the location of the principal office of the Company to another location, provided that the Managing Member gives prompt written notice of any such change to the registered agent of the Company and all Members.

(b)    The registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is located at c/o Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808. The registered agent of the Company for service of process at such address is Corporation Service Company. The registered office and registered agent may be changed by the Managing Member at any time in accordance with the Act, provided that the Managing Member gives prompt written notice of any such change to all Members. The registered agent’s primary duty as such is to forward to the Company at its principal office and place of business any notice that is served on it as registered agent.

 

2


Section 2.3 Purpose . The nature of the business or purpose to be conducted or promoted by the Company is: (i) to acquire, own, hold or dispose of the membership interests in the Project Company; (ii) to engage in the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents; (iii) to engage, through the Project Company, in the acquisition and operation of the Systems in accordance with the Transaction Documents; (iv) to engage, through the Project Company, in the business of generating and delivering to the PJM Grid, electricity, capacity, ancillary services and environmental attributes from the Systems in accordance with the Transaction Documents; and (v) to engage in any lawful act or activity, enter into any agreement and to exercise any powers permitted to limited liability companies organized under the Act in each case that are incidental to or necessary, suitable or convenient for the accomplishment of the purposes specified above.

Section 2.4 Term . The term of the Company commenced on July 20, 2011 and shall continue until the Company is dissolved in accordance with the terms hereof or as otherwise provided by law (the “ LLC Agreement Termination Date ”).

Section 2.5 Organizational and Fictitious Name Filings; Preservation of Limited Liability . The Managing Member shall cause the Company to register as a foreign limited liability company and file such fictitious or trade names, statements or certificates in such jurisdictions and offices as are necessary or appropriate for the conduct of the Company’s operation of its business. The Managing Member may take any and all other actions as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate to perfect and maintain the status of the Company as a limited liability company or similar type of entity under the laws of Delaware and any other state or jurisdiction other than Delaware in which the Company engages in business and continue the Company as a limited liability company and to protect the limited liability of the Members as contemplated by the Act.

Section 2.6 No Partnership Intended . The Members intend that the Company not be a partnership, limited partnership, joint venture or other arrangement other than for tax purposes under the Code, the applicable Treasury Regulations and any state, municipal or other income tax law or regulation, and this Agreement shall not be construed to suggest otherwise.

ARTICLE III

RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE MEMBERS

Section 3.1 Membership Interests .

(a)    The Membership Interests comprise 9,505 Class A Membership Interests, all of which are issued and held by Clean Technologies, and 495 Class B Membership Interests, all of which are issued and held by Mehetia.

(b)    The Class A Membership Interests and the Class B Membership Interests shall (i) have the rights and obligations ascribed to such Membership Interests in this Agreement and the Act; (ii) be evidenced solely by certificates in the forms annexed hereto as Exhibit A and Exhibit B , respectively, or such other form as may be prescribed from time to time by any Legal Requirements; provided , that certificates evidencing the Class A Membership Interests and the Class B Membership Interests which were issued in the forms annexed to the 2012 Operating

 

3


Agreement prior to the date hereof shall continue to be valid; (iii) be recorded in a register of Membership Interests, which register the Managing Member shall cause the Administrator to maintain; (iv) be transferable only on recordation of such Transfer in the register of Membership Interest, which recordation the Managing Member shall cause the Administrator to make, upon compliance with the provisions of Article IX hereof and upon presentation of the certificates duly endorsed for Transfer, or accompanied by assignment documentation in accordance with Article IX ; (v) be “securities” governed by Article 8 of the UCC in any jurisdiction (x) that has adopted revisions to Article 8 of the UCC substantially consistent with the 1994 revisions to Article 8 adopted by the American Law Institute and the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws and (y) whose laws may be applicable, from time to time, to the issues of perfection, the effect of perfection or non-perfection, and the priority of a security interest in Membership Interests in the Company; and (vi) be personal property.

(c)    The Company shall be entitled to treat the registered holder of a Membership Interest, as shown in the register of Membership Interests referred to in Section 3.1(b) , as the Member for all purposes of this Agreement, except that the Administrator may record in the register of Membership Interest any security interest of a secured party pursuant to any security interest permitted by this Agreement.

(d)    If a Member transfers all of its Membership Interest to another Person pursuant to and in accordance with the terms in Article IX , the transferor shall automatically cease to be a Member.

Section 3.2 Actions by the Members .

(a)    Except as otherwise permitted by this Agreement (including Section 3.2(e) below), all actions of the Members shall be taken at meetings of the Members which may be called by any Member for any reason and shall be called by the Managing Member within 10 days following the written request of a Member. The Members may conduct any Company business at any such meeting that is permitted under the Act or this Agreement. Meetings shall be at a reasonable time and place. Accurate minutes of any meeting shall be taken and filed with the minute books of the Company. Following each meeting, the minutes of the meeting shall be sent promptly to each Member.

(b)    Members may participate in any meeting of the Members by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment so that all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other or by any other means permitted by law. Such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

(c)    The presence in person or by proxy of Members owning more than 50% of the aggregate Class A Membership Interests and more than 50% of the aggregate Class B Membership Interests shall constitute a quorum for purposes of transacting business at any meeting of the Members; provided that, in the event that a quorum is not present or otherwise represented at a meeting of the Members duly called in accordance with this Section 3.2 , the Members present at such meeting shall have the power to adjourn such meeting and to call

 

4


another meeting no fewer than 10 days nor more than 15 days from such meeting (and notice thereof shall be promptly provided to all Members by the Managing Member) and the Members present at such second meeting shall constitute a quorum. For the avoidance of doubt, no Major Decision shall be agreed at any meeting, or otherwise taken, without a Class Majority Vote.

(d)    Written notice stating the place, day and hour of the meeting of the Members, and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be delivered by or at the direction of the Managing Member or of the Member calling such meeting, to each Member of record entitled to vote at such meeting not less than five Business Days nor more than 30 days prior to the meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, meetings of the Members may be held without notice so long as all the Members are present in person or by proxy.

(e)    Any action may be taken by the Members without a meeting if such action is authorized or approved by the written consent of Members representing sufficient Membership Interests to authorize or approve such action pursuant to this Agreement. The Members may conduct any Company business or take any action required of Members under this Agreement through written consent. Where action is authorized by written consent no prior notice is required and no meeting of Members needs to be called or noticed. A copy of any action taken by written consent must be sent promptly to all Members and all actions by written consent shall be filed with the minute books of the Company.

(f)    Each Class A Membership Interest and each Class B Membership Interest shall be entitled to one vote for purposes of any vote, consent or approval of Members required under this Company LLC Agreement or the Act. With respect to those matters required or permitted to be voted upon by the Members, or for which a consent or approval of Members is required or permitted, the affirmative vote, consent or approval of Members owning more than 50% of the outstanding Membership Interests (the “ Majority Vote ”) shall be required to authorize or approve any such matter; provided that for Major Decisions (such term being used as defined prior to, or following, the Flip Date, as the case may be) the affirmative vote, consent or approval of more than 50% of the outstanding Class A Membership Interests and of more than 50% of the outstanding Class B Membership Interests shall be required to authorize or approve such Major Decision in addition to any other approval required by this Agreement or the Act (a “ Class  Majority Vote ”). Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, no separate vote, consent or approval of either Class A Members acting as a class, or Class B Members acting as a class, shall be required to authorize or approve any matter for which a vote, consent or approval of Members is required under this Agreement.

Section 3.3 Management Rights . No Member other than the Managing Member shall have any right, power or authority to take part in the management or control of the business of, or transact any business for, the Company, to sign for or on behalf of the Company or to bind the Company in any manner whatsoever. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Managing Member shall not hold out or represent to any third party that any other Member has any such power or right or that any Member is anything other than a member in the Company. A Member, other than a Member who is the Managing Member, shall not be deemed to be

 

5


participating in the control of the business of the Company by virtue of its possessing or exercising any rights set forth in this Agreement or the Act or any other agreement relating to the Company.

Section 3.4 Other Activities . Notwithstanding any duty otherwise existing at law or in equity, any Member or the Administrator may engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures of every nature and description, independently or with others, even if such activities compete directly with the business of the Company, and neither the Company nor any of the Members shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement in and to such independent ventures or any income, profits or property derived from them.

Section 3.5 No Right to Withdraw . Except in the case of Transfers in accordance with Article IX , no Member shall have any right to resign voluntarily or otherwise withdraw from the Company without the prior written consent of each of the remaining Members of the Company in their sole and absolute discretion.

Section 3.6 Limitation of Liability of Members .

(a)    Each Member and its officers, directors, shareholders, Affiliates, employees and agents (each a “ Member Party ”) shall (i) have liability limited as described in the Act and other applicable Legal Requirements and (ii) be exculpated from liability for and defended, indemnified and held harmless by the Company from any and all judgments, awards, causes of action, lawsuits, suits, proceedings, governmental investigations or audits, losses (including amounts paid in settlement of claims), assessments, fines, penalties, administrative orders or injunctions (including any loss of profits, consequential, punitive, incidental or special damages recovered by any Person other than a Member or an Affiliate of a Member), including interest, penalties, reasonable attorney’s fees, disbursements and costs of investigations, deficiencies, levies, duties and imposts (“ Claims ”) arising out of the performance by such Member Party of its obligations under this Agreement so long as (A) the Member Party acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed by it to be in the best interest of or not opposed to the interest of the Company or the Project Company, as applicable, and (B) the Member Party’s actions did not constitute willful misconduct, fraud or gross negligence or willful breach of any of its covenants under the Transaction Documents. Except as otherwise required by the Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be the debts, obligations and liabilities solely of the Company, and the Members of the Company shall not be obligated personally for any of such debts, obligations or liabilities solely by reason of being a Member of the Company.

(b)    Each of the Members shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Company and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Company by any other Person who is a Member, the Administrator or any officer or employee of the Company, or by any other individual as to matters that such Member reasonably believes are within such other Person’s professional or expert competence, including information, opinions, reports or statements as to the value and amount of the assets, liabilities, profits or losses of the Company or any other facts pertinent to the existence and amount of assets from which distributions to the Members might properly be paid.

 

6


(c)    To the extent that, at law or in equity, a Member, in its capacity as a member or manager of the Company or otherwise, has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Company or to any Member or other Person bound by this Agreement, such Member, acting under this Agreement shall not be liable to the Company or to any Member or other Person bound by this Agreement for its good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement; provided that this Section  3.6(c) shall not be construed to limit obligations or liabilities therefor, in each case as expressly stated in this Agreement or any other Transaction Document. The provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities of a Member, in its capacity as a member or manager of the Company, otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Members to replace such other duties and liabilities of such Member.

(d)    Clean Technologies, in its capacity as Managing Member, shall not have any liability for breach of contract (except as provided in (i) and (ii) below) or breach of duties (including fiduciary duties) of a member or manager to the Company or to any Member or other Person that is a party to or is otherwise bound by this Agreement, in each case, to the fullest extent permitted by the Act; provided that (i) this Agreement shall not limit or eliminate liability for any (x) obligations expressly imposed on Clean Technologies, as Managing Member, pursuant to this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, (y) act or omission that constitutes a bad faith violation of the implied contractual covenant of good faith and fair dealing or (z) act or omission arising from the gross negligence, willful misconduct or fraud of Clean Technologies and (ii) this Section  3.6(d) shall not limit or eliminate liabilities expressly stated in this Agreement or any other Transaction Document.

(e)    Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.1 of the ECCA or Section 9.12 hereof with respect to liability resulting from fraud or willful misconduct, or with respect to its failure to pay any amount due to Investor Indemnified Parties under the Transaction Documents, Clean Technologies, in its capacity as Managing Member, shall have no liability of any kind to the Members under this Agreement for monetary damages in an amount that would exceed its aggregate obligation to indemnify the Investor Indemnified Parties pursuant to Section  9.12 .

(f)     Clean Technologies, in its capacity as a Member or Managing Member, shall not have any liability to the Company, any Class B Member or any other Person bound by this Agreement for damages resulting from a breach or breaches by (i) the Administrator resulting from or arising out of the Administrator’s performance of its obligations under the Administrative Services Agreement, (ii) the Operator of any of its obligations, covenants or agreements under the MOMA, except to the extent that Clean Technologies is the Managing Member and it is finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction (not subject to appeal, or not appealed) that Clean Technologies, as Managing Member, has failed to perform its supervisory obligations hereunder with respect to the Administrative Services Agreement or MOMA in a manner consistent with the definition of “Prudent Operator Standard”.

 

7


Section 3.7 Liability for Deficits . None of the Members shall be liable to the Company for any deficit in its Capital Account, nor shall such deficits be deemed assets of the Company, except to the extent otherwise provided by law with respect to third-party creditors of the Company.

Section 3.8 Company Property . All property owned by the Company, whether real or personal, tangible or intangible and wherever located, shall be deemed to be owned by the Company, and no Member, individually, shall have any ownership of such property.

Section 3.9 Retirement, Resignation, Expulsion, Incompetency, Bankruptcy or Dissolution of a Member . The retirement, resignation, expulsion, Bankruptcy or dissolution of a Member shall not, in and of itself, dissolve the Company. The successors in interest to the bankrupt Member shall, for the purpose of settling the estate, have all of the rights of such Member, including the same rights and subject to the same limitations that such Member would have had under the provisions of this Agreement to Transfer its Membership Interest. A successor in interest to a Member shall not become a substituted Member except as provided in this Agreement.

Section 3.10 Withdrawal of Capital . No Member shall have the right to withdraw capital from the Company or to receive or demand distributions (except distributions described in Article VI ) or return of its Capital Contributions until the Company is dissolved in accordance with this Agreement and applicable provisions of the Act; provided , however , that in the event that a Capital Contribution has been made by a Class B Member, such Class B Member shall be entitled to a return of its Capital Contribution if such Capital Contribution has not been drawn upon in full by the Project Company in accordance with Sections 4.3 and 4.4 hereof within six months following the date of such Capital Contribution, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by such Class B Member. No Member shall be entitled to demand or receive any interest on its Capital Contributions.

Section 3.11 Representations and Warranties .

(a)    Each Member hereby represents and warrants to the Company and each other Member that the following statements are true and correct as of the date it becomes a Member (both immediately before and after it becomes a Member):

(i)    That the Member is duly incorporated, organized or formed (as applicable), validly existing, and (if applicable) in good standing under the law of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, organization of formation; if required by applicable law, that Member is duly qualified and in good standing in the jurisdiction of its principal place of business, if different from its jurisdiction of incorporation, organization or formation; and that the Member has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder, and all necessary actions by the board of directors, shareholders, managers, members, partners, trustees, beneficiaries, or other applicable Persons necessary for the due authorization, execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement by that Member have been duly taken.

 

8


(ii)    That the Member has duly executed and delivered this Agreement and the other documents contemplated herein, and they constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of that the Member enforceable against it in accordance with their terms (except as may be limited by Bankruptcy, insolvency or similar Applicable Laws of general application and by the effect of general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered at law or in equity).

(iii)    That the Member’s authorization, execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement does not and will not (A) conflict with, or result in a breach, default or violation of, (I) the organizational documents of such Member, (II) any contract or agreement to which the Member is a party or is otherwise subject, or (III) any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment, decree, writ, injunction or arbitral award to which the Member is subject; or (B) require any consent, approval or authorization from, filing or registration with, or notice to, any Governmental Authority or other Person, except (w) for such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or notices that have already been received, delivered or filed, (x) for notices required to be delivered that (1) are regulatory or reporting in nature, (2) are not required to be delivered or filed until after the Initial Funding Date and (3) would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the ability of such Member to perform its obligations under this Agreement, (y) that Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, of which Mehetia is a wholly owned indirect subsidiary as of the Initial Funding Date, may be required to file a report pursuant to 12 CFR 225.175(c)(2) with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, and (z) for such notices as any Member or its affiliates may be required to file with FERC pursuant to Section 205 of the Federal Power Act and notice filings required after acquiring an interest in the Company.

(iv)    That the Member is a “United States person,” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

(b)    Each Member represents and warrants to the Company and each other Member that (i) the Member is an “Accredited Investor” as such term is defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933, (ii) the Member has had a reasonable opportunity to ask questions of and receive answers from the Company concerning, the Membership Interests and the Company and all such questions have been answered to the full satisfaction of that Member, (iii) the Member understands that the Membership Interests have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance on an exemption therefrom, and that the Company is under no obligation to register the Membership Interests, (iv) the Member will not transfer the Membership Interests in violation of the Securities Act or any other applicable securities laws and (v) the Member is purchasing the Membership Interests for its own account and not for the account of any other Person and not with a view to distribution or resale to others.

(c)    Each Member represents and warrants to the Company and each other Member that the Member is not a Disqualified Person.

 

9


(d)    Each Member represents and warrants to the Company and each other Member that the Member is not a tax-exempt entity within the meaning of Section 168(h) of the Code.

(e)    Each Member represents and warrants to the Company and each other Member that it has not taken any action that would cause the assets of the Company or the Project Company to become subject to the alternative depreciation system within the meaning of Section 168(g) of the Code.

Section 3.12 Covenants .

(a)    Each Member covenants to the Company and each other Member that it will be a “United States person,” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

(b)    The Managing Member covenants to the Company and each other Member that (i) all electricity produced by the Systems will be through the use of qualified fuel cell property and (ii) no part of the assets of the Company or the Project Company is or will be used predominantly outside of the United States.

(c)    The Managing Member covenants to cause the Company to cause the Project Company to elect a Grant (to the extent such election is available) with respect to the Systems. If the Grant is not available with respect to certain Systems as determined in Section  7.5(b)(i) , the Managing Member covenants to cause the Company to cause the Project Company to elect or claim under an Alternative Tax Program as described in Section  7.5(b)(i) .

(d)    The Managing Member covenants to use commercially reasonable efforts, in Consultation with Class B Member, to structure the contracts and business affairs of the Project Company in a way that is intended to maximize the number of Systems that qualify for the Grant or, if any Alternative Tax Program is elected pursuant to Section 7.5(b)(i) , any Alternative Tax Program.

(e)    Each Member covenants to the Company and each other Member that it will not take any action that would cause the assets of the Company or the Project Company to become subject to the alternative depreciation system within the meaning of Section 168(g) of the Code.

(f)    Each Member covenants to the Company and each other Member that the Member will not become a Disqualified Person. Each Member further covenants that it will take no action or change its legal status in a manner that would give rise to a Class A Recapture Event or a Class B Recapture Event, as applicable.

(g)    The Managing Member shall be required to perform its duties and obligations hereunder in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in the best interest of the Company.

 

10


(h)    The Managing Member covenants that it will not cause the Company or Project Company to claim an ITC with respect to Systems for which an application for a Grant has been submitted or for which a Grant has been received.

(i)    The Managing Member will elect an Alternative Tax Program with respect to any System only in accordance with Section  7.5(b)(i) .

(j)    The Managing Member covenants that, if there is any Project Company Distributable Cash, it will cause the Company, as manager of the Project Company, to, not less than on a quarterly basis, cause the Project Company to distribute such Project Company Distributable Cash to the Company.

(k)    The Managing Member covenants that, subject to the provisions of Sections 3.6(c) , and (e) , it shall cause the Company and cause the Company to cause the Project Company to comply with the terms and conditions of the REPS Act and the Tariffs.

(l)    The Managing Member covenants that all of the Systems will be Placed In Service prior to January 1, 2017 and that each System will be owned by the Project Company prior to each such System being Placed In Service.

(m)    The Class B Member covenants that it will not claim an ITC with respect to Systems for which an application for a Grant has been submitted or for which a Grant has been received.

Section 3.13 Deferred Obligations . The obligations of Mehetia and Clean Technologies to pay their respective Funding Payments or CT Funding Amounts, respectively, are unconditional, except as provided herein and in the ECCA, and subject to full recourse.

Section 3.14 Events of Default . An event of default shall occur upon the occurrence of any of the following by a Member: (i) failure of a Class B Member to make any Funding Payment or failure of a Class A Member to make any payment of a CT Funding Amount, in each case, when due or perform any other obligation with respect to such payment and the same is not cured within five (5) Business Days after notice that the same is due, (ii)    making an untrue material representation or warranty, or (iii) a material breach by such Member of any provision in this Agreement. Without in any way limiting any other remedies available to the Class B Member or Clean Technologies hereunder, upon an event of default by the Class B Member or Clean Technologies, the other Member shall have the right to suspend performance of its obligations that are prevented by such default.

Section 3.15 Matters Pertaining to the Grant .

(a)    As soon as practicable but no later than 105 days after the Initial Funding Date and each Subsequent Funding Date, as applicable, the Managing Member shall: (x) provide the Accounting Firm the information it requires to issue the Accountant’s Certificate with respect to the Systems that have been Placed in Service during the quarterly period following such

 

11


Funding Date or other period, as applicable, and will be included in a Grant Application and (y) use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Company to cause the Project Company to complete and file a Grant Application with respect to such Systems. To the extent permitted by applicable law (and provided that it would not likely cause the Grant Application to be rejected or materially delayed), the Grant Application will request that the Grant be wired or otherwise sent directly to a control account. The Members will cooperate to seek confirmation from the appropriate Governmental Authorities with respect to the ability to have such control account established in the name of the Company. To provide for the possibility that the Grant will have to be funded to an account of the Project Company, promptly following the Execution Date, the Managing Member shall use reasonable best efforts to cause the Company to cause the Project Company, at its cost, to cause the Project Company’s lenders to allow the Project Company to establish a control account in the name of the Project Company which would not be subject to any lien or security interest or restriction on distribution other than the hereinafter described Control Agreement. Whether or not the control account is at the Project Company or Company level, the control account shall be subject to the Control Agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Class B Member, the control account agent and either the Project Company or the Company, as applicable, which shall provide that upon receipt of any funds in the control account, the control account agent will immediately distribute such funds to the Class B Member and the Class A Member, pro rata as provided in Section  6.1(a) . Any distribution made from the control account to the Members will be deemed to be a Company distribution for all purposes of this Agreement, including, without limitation, for purposes of maintaining Capital Accounts.

(b)    At least 10 days prior to filing a Grant Application, the Managing Member shall deliver to Class B Member a copy of the proposed Grant Application, which shall include the proposed filing date for the Grant Application. Class B Member shall have the right to raise reasonable objections to the proposed Grant Application within five days after Class B Member’s receipt thereof. If Class B Member raises any objection to the proposed Grant Application within such five-day period, the Managing Member and Class B Member shall use commercially reasonable efforts to resolve such objections. In the event the Managing Member and Class B Member are unable to resolve any such objections within a reasonable period of time, either Member may invoke the dispute resolution provisions of Section  11.11(a) .

(c)    To the Knowledge of the Managing Member, after due inquiry, all factual information and factual statements contained in the Grant Applications including amounts relating to the purchase price of the Systems shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section  3.15(c) shall not be construed as a representation or warranty to any Member as to any legal matters or legal conclusions in the Grant Applications, although the Parties acknowledge that Clean Technologies has made representations and warranties in this Agreement and the ECCA, including representations and warranties relating to the eligibility of the Systems for the Grant.

(d)    The Managing Member shall cause the Company to cause the Project Company to respond to all written requests from any Governmental Authority for additional or supplemental information relating to the Grant Application and shall make all required filings and responses in Consultation with Class B Member.

 

12


(e)    Upon receipt by the Project Company of Grant proceeds, the Managing Member shall, within two Business Days following the date on which Grant proceeds are received by the Project Company, provide Class B Member or cause Class B Member to be provided with a notice that sets forth the amount of the Grant received by the Project Company and a calculation of the appropriate amounts to be distributed to each of the Members.

(f)    In the event that an Alternative Tax Program is elected pursuant to Section  7.5(b)(i), the above provisions shall be deemed to apply to any Alternative Tax Program (with modifications as necessary to account for the differences in such programs as compared to the Grant), and the Managing Member shall be required to comply with all such provisions of this Section  3.15 as if they applied to any Alternative Tax Program, as applicable.

Section 3.16 Separateness . The Members agree that the Company and the Project Company are separate and distinct entities and that the Company shall conduct, and cause the Project Company to conduct, their respective affairs in a manner intended to maintain such status, including without limitation adhering the following:

(a)    The Company has not formed, acquired or held and shall not form, acquire or hold any subsidiary, except for the Project Company;

(b)    The Company does not have, shall not have and at no time had any assets other than its membership interests in the Project Company and personal property necessary or incidental to its ownership of such membership interests;

(c)    The Company has not engaged in, sought, consented or permitted to and shall not engage in, seek, consent to or permit any dissolution, winding up, liquidation, consolidation or merger or any sale or other transfer of all or substantially all of its assets or any sale of assets outside the ordinary course of its business, except in each case as permitted by (i) this Company LLC Agreement and, (ii) any transfer of the Company’s membership interests in connection with the transactions described in the ECCA;

(d)    The Company shall not incur any additional debt or contingent liabilities except as permitted by this Company LLC Agreement;

(e)    The Company shall not commingle assets with those of any other entity and shall hold its assets in its own name;

(f)    The Company shall conduct its own business in its own name;

(g)    The Company shall maintain bank accounts (if any), books, records and financial statements separate from any other person or entity;

 

13


(h)    The Company shall observe all formalities of the Company LLC Agreement;

(i)    The Company shall pay its own liabilities out of its own funds;

(j)    The Company shall maintain adequate capital in light of its contemplated business operations;

(k)    The Company shall use separate stationery, invoices and checks;

(1)    The Company shall pay the salaries of its own employees, if any;

(m)    The Company shall not guarantee or become obligated for the debts of any other entity or hold out its credit as being available to satisfy the obligations of others, in each case, other than the Project Company;

(n)    The Company shall not make any loans to any other person or entity other than in accordance with this Company LLC Agreement;

(o)    The Company shall allocate fairly and reasonably any overhead for shared office space;

(p)    The Company shall not pledge its assets for the benefit of any other entity, other than the Project Company or the Project; and

(q)    The Company shall hold itself out as a separate entity, with the exception that the Company shall not be considered a separate entity from the Project Company for federal, state, and local income tax purposes, and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to correct any known misunderstanding regarding its separate identity.

ARTICLE IV

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS; CAPITAL ACCOUNTS

Section 4.1 Capital Contributions.

(a)    Subject to the terms of the ECCA, the Members will make Capital Contributions to the Company at the times and in the amounts required under the ECCA. The Members acknowledge that on or prior to the effective date of the 2012 Operating Agreement, the Class A Member made a Capital Contribution to the Company of all of its right, title and interest in and to the Project Company and the sum of $16,619,399.60 (in cash), and has agreed to make further Capital Contributions at the times and in the amounts required under the ECCA. Except as provided in this Article IV of this Agreement, no Member will be required to make any Capital Contributions to the Company after the Subsequent Funding Termination Date.

(b)    The Company shall be entitled to enforce the obligations of each Member with respect to each Funding, and the Company shall have all remedies available at law or in equity in the event any such obligation is not met.

 

14


(i)    Each Member hereby (A) agrees that the remedy at law for damages resulting from any failure by it to make a Funding when required under the terms of the ECCA is inadequate because the funding of the Systems requires the timely availability of required capital contributions and (B) consents to the institution of an action for specific performance of its obligations in the event of such a default.

(ii)    The Managing Member (or any other Member in the event that the Managing Member is the defaulting Member) may cause the Company to commence legal proceedings against the defaulting Member to collect the due and unpaid capital contribution plus interest (calculated from the date of the missed Funding) at a rate equal to the lesser of (x) 18% per annum, compounded daily and (y) the maximum rate allowable by law, as well as the expenses of collection including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees. Amounts collected in excess of the defaulting Member’s due and unpaid capital contribution or loan advance shall be deemed for purposes of this Agreement to be income of, or a reimbursement to, the Company, as appropriate, and shall not be treated as a capital contribution by the defaulting Member.

(iii)    Such defaulting Member’s share of the future distributions and profits (but not losses) of the Company shall be reduced by up to one hundred percent (100%) percent of that to which such defaulting Member would have been entitled based upon its Percentage Interest as measured immediately prior to the date of the missed Funding, based on a proportionate calculation of the shortfall of funds resulting from such defaulting Member’s failure to comply with its Funding obligation. The share of future distributions and profits that are not allocated to the defaulting Member shall be apportioned among the other non-defaulting Members in proportion to their respective Percentage Interests until such time as the defaulting Member cures such default by paying such unpaid capital contribution plus interest (calculated from the date of the missed Funding) at a rate equal to the lesser of (x) 18% per annum, compounded daily and (y) the maximum rate allowable by law, as well as the expenses of collection including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees.

Section 4.2 Capital Accounts .

(a)    A Capital Account will be established and maintained for each Member in the manner required by the Treasury Regulations under Section 704(b) of the Code. If there is more than one Member in a class, then each of the Members in that class will have a separate Capital Account.

(b)    A Member’s Capital Account will be increased by (i) the amount of money the Member contributes to the Company, (ii) the Gross Asset Value of any property the Member contributes to the Company (net of liabilities secured by the property that the Company is considered to assume or take subject to under Section 752 of the Code; the Gross Asset Value of any property contributed by a Member will be set forth in Schedule 4.2(b)), (iii) the income and gain (or items thereof) that the Member is allocated by the Company, including any income and gain exempted from tax (e.g., income allocated in respect of the Grant) and gain described in

 

15


Section  4.2(c) and (iv) an amount equal to an allocation of upward basis adjustment to such Member in the event of a recapture of the Grant or ITC as described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(j). A Member’s Capital Account will be decreased by (v) the amount of money distributed to the Member by the Company (including any proceeds from the Grant distributed to such Member), (vi) the Gross Asset Value of any property distributed to the Member by the Company (net of liabilities secured by the property that the Member is considered to assume or take subject to under Section 752 of the Code), (vii) any expenditures of the Company described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code (i.e., expenditures that cannot be capitalized or deducted in computing taxable income) that are allocated to the Member; and (viii) losses and deductions (or items thereof) that are allocated by the Company to the Member, including losses described in Section  4.2(c) , but the Capital Account will not be reduced again under this clause (viii) for expenditures that already reduced it under clause (vii) and (ix) an amount equal to an allocation of downward basis adjustment to such Member to take into account the Grant or ITC as described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(j).

(c)    The Gross Asset Values of all the Company assets will be adjusted to equal their respective Gross Fair Market Values upon the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) if any new or existing Member contributes more than a de minimis amount of money or property, provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, no adjustment will be made to Gross Asset Values in connection with any Capital Contributions described in Section  4.2(b) or (c) , (ii) if more than a de minimis amount of money or other property is distributed by the Company to a Member to redeem its Membership Interest, or (iii) if the Company is liquidated within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g). Following the occurrence of an event in clauses (i) and (ii) the Managing Member will make an adjustment to Gross Asset Value only if it reasonably determines, after Consultation with the other Members, that the adjustments are necessary or appropriate to reflect the relative economic interests of the Members in the Company. In addition, the Gross Asset Value of any Company asset that is distributed to a Member will be adjusted to equal the Gross Fair Market Value of the asset on the Distribution Date. In the event the Gross Asset Value of any item of the Company’s property is adjusted as described in this Section  4.2(c) , then the amount of the adjustment will be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the Gross Asset Value) or an item of loss (if the adjustment decreases the Gross Asset Value) from the disposition of such property.

(d)    The initial Capital Account balance and Percentage Interest of each Member is shown in Schedule 4.2(d) . Contributions made by the Members on Subsequent Fundings will be considered contributions of such amounts to the Company. The Managing Member will update Schedule 4.2(d) after each Subsequent Funding and from time to time as necessary to reflect accurately the information therein; provided , however , that, notwithstanding anything in this Company LLC Agreement or the ECCA to the contrary, failure to update Schedule 4.2(d) in accordance with this Section  4.2(d) shall not impact the actual amounts considered Capital Contributions hereunder, all of which shall be deemed made on the date actually contributed. Any such updating will be consistent with how this Article IV requires that the Capital Accounts be maintained. Any reference in this Agreement to Schedule 4.2(d) will be treated as a reference to Schedule 4.2(d) as amended and in effect from time to time.

 

16


(e)    If all or a portion of a Membership Interest in the Company is Transferred in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, then the transferee will succeed to the Capital Account of the transferor to the extent it relates to the Membership Interest so Transferred.

(f)    The provisions of this Agreement relating to maintenance of Capital Accounts are intended to comply with Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-1(b) and 1.704-2, and will be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with such Treasury Regulations or any successor provisions.

Section 4.3 Equity Contributions to Project Company .

(a)    Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the satisfaction of the conditions precedent in Section  4.4 hereof, the Company shall contribute funds to the Project Company (each such contribution, an “ Equity Contribution ”) for further application by the Project Company towards payment of the purchase price for the Systems and other related costs. Within five (5) Business Days of receipt of a notice in the form of Exhibit E (the “ Equity Contribution Notice ”) and the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions precedent in Section  4.4 (such date, the “ Equity Contribution Date ”), the Company shall transfer the appropriate amount of funds from the Company’s account to a Project Company account as specified by the Project Company in such notice.

(b)    Each of the Initial Funding Payment of Class B Member and the CT Funding Amount of Class A Member made on the Initial Funding Date has been or shall be applied for further contribution to the Project Company to pay the 25% Progress Payments for systems to be deployed in the two quarters immediately following the Initial Funding Date.

(c)    All CT Funding Amounts made by Class A Member and all Subsequent Funding Payments made by Class B Member (subject to the satisfaction or waiver by the Class B Member of the conditions precedent in Section  4.4) will be contributed to the Project Company and used for the purchase and installation of the Systems and related costs. All CT Funding Amounts and all Subsequent Funding Payments will be deposited into an account established in the Project Company’s name with a financial institution reasonably acceptable to Class B Member (the “ Capital Contributions Account ”) and will be maintained in the Capital Contributions Account until such time as such amounts are used by the Project Company to pay for the costs or expenses for which such funds were requested, to distribute such funds to the Members as expressly permitted hereunder or for such other uses as are agreed to by the Members. Upon establishment of the Capital Contributions Account any portion of the Capital Contributions made by the Members on the Initial Funding Date that was projected to pay for the purchase price of Systems that has not yet been used for such purpose shall be deposited into the Capital Contributions Account and maintained there until used in accordance with the preceding sentence.

Section 4.4 Conditions Precedent to Equity Contributions by Company . The obligation of the Company to make an Equity Contribution to the Project Company (except in the case of the portion of any Equity Contribution used to pay any 25% Progress Payments for

 

17


Systems to be deployed in the subsequent quarter which shall be subject to the conditions precedent hereinafter expressly provided) will be subject to the fulfillment by the Project Company, on or before the applicable Equity Contribution Date, of each of the following conditions (and upon satisfaction of such conditions, as applicable, the Managing Member shall so notify in writing the Administrator and the Members):

(a)    the Project Company shall have delivered to the Company and each of the Company’s members an Equity Contribution Notice, in the form attached to this Agreement as Exhibit E;

(b)    Managing Member’s Capital Contribution to the Company of $16,619,399.60 shall have been further contributed by the Company to the Project Company and used by Project Company to incur Project costs in an amount equal to at least 5% of the cost of all Systems;

(c)    the Project Company shall deliver to the Company and each of the Company’s members all necessary Governmental Approvals from the applicable Governmental Authority to the extent not previously delivered;

( d)    each of the representations and warranties of Clean Technologies in Section  3.2 of the ECCA relating to the Systems funded by such Equity Contribution is (i) true and correct in all material respects as of such Equity Contribution Date except to the extent that any such representation or warranty shall have been expressly made only as of an earlier date in which case such representation and warranty was true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date and (ii) if and to the extent such representations and warranties are qualified by the words “material,” “Material Adverse Effect” or similar qualification, true and correct, as qualified, as of the such Equity Contribution Date (or such earlier date, as applicable);

(e)    No material ongoing breach exists by Bloom, Clean Technologies, the Company, the Project Company, the Managing Member, DPL or PJM under the ECCA, the Project Company LLC Agreement, the MESP A, the MOMA, the Administrative Services Agreement, the Credit Documents, the DPL Agreements, the PJM Agreements, this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or Material Contract, as applicable;

(f)    the Project Company is solvent and no event of Bankruptcy has occurred with respect to the Project Company;

(g)    confirmation that (i) all conditions precedent in Section  2.5 and Section  2.7 of the ECCA (other than Section  2.5(aa)) remain satisfied; provided that Clean Technologies and Company shall not be required to update any due diligence reports, legal opinions, appraisals or other third party documents previously delivered to Class B Member unless any of such previously delivered documents has been withdrawn or specific circumstances have materially changed in connection with the Systems to be funded from this Equity Contribution by Company to Project Company such that the previously delivered document is inapplicable or is materially incorrect with respect to such Systems; and (ii) there have been no material adverse changes from the circumstances addressed in the due diligence reports delivered under Sections 2.5(a) and (b) of the ECCA;

 

18


(h)    the information on each invoice from Bloom to Project Company for payments under the MESPA regarding the Systems to be paid for with proceeds of the applicable Equity Contribution will include the following: (i) the location of the installation of each such System, (ii) the serial number for each such System, (iii) the price for each such System as determined pursuant to the MESPA, (iv) all amounts previously paid as a deposit on each such System and (v) all amounts remaining due and payable on each such System;

(i)    the Initial Funding Payment, any prior Subsequent Funding Payments and any prior CT Funding Amounts, as applicable, shall have been contributed in full to the Project Company in accordance with Section  4.3 and Section  4.4 hereof, with respect to any Subsequent Funding Payment and any CT Funding Amount, the Capital Contributions Account shall have been established and maintained in accordance with the provisions of Section  4.3(c), the Project Company does not retain at such time in the Capital Contributions Account more than an amount equal to (i) $20,000,000 minus (ii) the amount of cash held by the Company at such time, and the Project Company shall have used such payments to make payments under the MESPA;

(j)    there are no material defaults under the MOMA relating to Systems previously installed, purchased and paid for by Project Company;

(k)    in the case of the portion of any Subsequent Funding Payment used to pay any 75% Progress Payments, Commencement of Operations (as defined under the MESPA) has occurred for the Systems for which there is a request for a Capital Contribution of the amounts of the 75% Progress Payment for such System;

(l)    in the case of the portion of any Subsequent Funding Payment or any CT Funding Amount used to pay any 75% Progress Payments, the Members have received confirmation that the Note Proceeds have either been disbursed from the Construction Escrow Account or will be available for disbursement from the Construction Escrow Account contemporaneous with Project Company’s drawdown of such Progress Contribution from the Company (as may be evidenced by, among other things, delivery to the Members of a copy of the Account Withdrawal Instruction applicable to such proceeds which has been countersigned by the Collateral Agent and delivered to the Depositary) or the Required Holders have in writing confirmed to the Members that all conditions precedent to such disbursement from the Construction Escrow Account have been satisfied or waived and the Required Holders are prepared to permit such disbursement contemporaneous with Project Company’s drawdown of such Progress Contribution from the Company; and

(m)    in the case of the portion of any Subsequent Funding Payment or any CT Funding Amount used to pay any 75% Progress Payments, the Members have received written certification from the Independent Engineer (as defined in the MESPA) addressed to Project Company certifying, without any qualification, that such System’s commissioning has been successfully completed, that such System is available for full commercial operation, and that Bloom has installed all BOF Work (as defined in the MESPA) necessary for the operation of that System.

 

19


Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to the portion of any Equity Contribution used to pay any of the 25% Progress Payments for Systems to be deployed in the subsequent quarter, the fulfillment by the Project Company, on or before the applicable Equity Contribution Date, of each of the conditions set forth in Sections 4.4(a) , (e) , (f) , (h)(i) and (h)(iii) must be satisfied.

To the extent that an Equity Contribution Notice has been delivered to the Company for which all of the applicable conditions precedent set forth above have been satisfied, the Company may make a capital contribution to Project Company related to all of the Systems for which all of the applicable conditions precedent have been satisfied. With respect to those Systems for which all conditions precedent had not been previously satisfied, but which are later satisfied, the Company may make a subsequent capital contribution to Project Company for the amounts requested in connection with that later qualifying System.

Section 4.5 Member Loans .

(a)    The Class B Members are entitled to effect cures of defaults under the Credit Documents to the extent set forth in the Interparty Agreement. Amounts expended in effecting such cures shall be deemed Member Loans, with each Class B Member contributing ratably in proportion to its holding of all then outstanding Class B Membership Interests; provided that, if any Class B Member does not wish to advance or loan its proportionate share of any such advance or loan, an amount equal to such proportionate share may instead be advanced by the remaining Class B Members (each such remaining Class B Member contributing ratably (or as otherwise agreed amongst such remaining Class B Members) in proportion to its holding of all then outstanding Class B Membership Interests (excluding in such determination of outstanding Class B Membership Interests all then outstanding Class B Membership Interests of any Class B Member that does not wish to advance or loan such proportionate share).

(b)    Any loan or advance made by any Class B Member pursuant to this Section  4.5 shall bear interest, unless otherwise agreed by such Class B Member in its sole discretion, at the Prime Rate.

(c)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Company shall borrow and accept, and the Managing Member shall cause the Company to borrow and accept, such loans or advances from the lending Members. The Company shall immediately advance, and the Managing Member shall cause the Company to immediately advance, such loans or advances from the lending Members to the Project Company. The incurrence of indebtedness by the Company pursuant to any loan or advance made by any Member pursuant to this Section  4.5 shall not require the consent of the Managing Member or the Class A Member. The Company shall apply all Company Distributable Cash to the payment of the principal of all outstanding advances or loans (together with accrued interest thereon) made under this Section  4.5 and, unless and until the outstanding principal amount of all such advances and loans is repaid in full together with all interest thereon and all other amounts due in respect thereof, there shall be no distributions to the Class A Members under this Agreement pursuant to Article VI or otherwise.

 

20


(d)    An advance or loan by any Member described in this Section 4.5 constitutes a loan from such Member to the Company and is not a Capital Contribution.

ARTICLE V

ALLOCATIONS

Section 5.1 Allocations . After giving effect to the allocations in Section  5.2 and except as provided in Section  10.2(c) and Section  10.2(d) for purposes of maintaining Capital Accounts, all items of Company income, loss, gain, deduction and credit for any Fiscal Year will be allocated among the Members as follows:

(a)    Except for items relating to any Grant, for the period beginning on April 13, 2012 and running through the Flip Date, 99% in the aggregate to the Class B Members, allocated among them in proportion to their Pro Rata Shares, and 1% in the aggregate to the Class A Members, allocated among them in proportion to their Pro Rata Shares; and (ii) for the period beginning after the Flip Date, 5% in the aggregate to the Class B Members, allocated among them in proportion to their Pro Rata Shares, and 95% in the aggregate to the Class A Members, allocated among them in proportion to their Pro Rata Shares.

(b)    With respect to any items relating to any Grant, 99% in the aggregate to the Class B Members, allocated among them in proportion to their Pro Rata Shares, and 1% in the aggregate to the Class A Members, allocated among them in proportion to their Pro Rata Shares.

(c)    No losses or deductions may be allocated to a Member pursuant to this Section  5.1 to the extent the allocation would lead to a deficit in such Member’s Adjusted Capital Account. Losses or deductions that a Member cannot be allocated by reason of this Section  5.1(b) will be allocated to the other Members.

Section 5.2 Adjustments . The following adjustments will be made in the allocations in Section  5.1 to comply with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b):

(a)    In any Fiscal Year in which there is a net decrease in Company Minimum Gain, income and gain in the amount of the net decrease will be allocated to Members in the ratio required by Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2. This provision is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(f) and will be interpreted consistently therewith.

(b)    In any Fiscal Year in which there is a net decrease in Minimum Gain Attributable to Member Nonrecourse Debt, then income and gain in the amount of the net decrease will be allocated to each Member who was considered to have had a share of such minimum gain at the beginning of the Fiscal Year in the ratio required by Treasury

 

21


Regulation Sections 1.704-2(i)(4) and 1.704-2(j)(2)(ii). This provision is intended to comply with the partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain chargeback requirement in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(4) and will be interpreted consistently therewith.

(c)    In the event any Member unexpectedly receives any adjustments, allocations or distributions described in Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) or (6), gross income will be specially allocated to each such Member in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate, to the extent required by the Treasury Regulations, any deficit in the Member’s Adjusted Capital Account as quickly as possible. However, an allocation will be made under this Section  5.2(c) only if and to the extent that the Member would have a deficit in its Adjusted Capital Account after all other allocations provided for in Sections 5.1 and 5.2 have been tentatively made as if this Section  5.2(c) were not in this Agreement.

(d)    In the event that any Member has a deficit in its Adjusted Capital Account at the end of any Fiscal Year after all the other allocations in Section  5.1 and 5.2 have been taken into account, then the Member will be specially allocated items of Company income and gain as quickly as possible to eliminate the deficit.

(e)    Nonrecourse Deductions for any Fiscal Year will be allocated to the Members in the same ratio as other income and loss under Section  5.1 or Sections 10.2(c) and (d) , as applicable.

(f)    Any Member Nonrecourse Deductions for any Fiscal Year will be allocated to the Member who bears the economic risk of loss with respect to the Member Nonrecourse Debt to which the Member Nonrecourse Deductions are attributable in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(l).

(g)    If the Company distributes property to a Member in liquidation of the Membership Interest of the Member and there is an adjustment in the adjusted tax basis of Company property under Section 734(b) of the Code, there will be a corresponding adjustment to the Capital Account of the Member receiving the distribution. If the Company distributes cash to a Member in excess of its outside basis in its Membership Interest, leading to an adjustment in the inside basis of the Company property under Section 734(b) of the Code, solely for purposes of adjusting Capital Accounts of the Members, the adjustment in the inside basis will be treated as gain or loss and be allocated among the Members in the same ratio as other gain or loss for the Fiscal Year in which the adjustment occurs. This provision is intended to comply with Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-l(b)(2)(iv)(m)(2) and (4) and will be interpreted consistently therewith.

(h)    The allocations in this Section  5.2 are required to comply with the Treasury Regulations. To the extent the Company can do so consistently with the Treasury Regulations, the net amount of the allocations under this Article V and Section  10.2 to each Member will be the net amount that would have been allocated to each Member if this Agreement did not have this Section  5.2 .

 

22


Section 5.3 Tax Allocations .

(a)    All allocations of tax items of Company income, gain, deductions and losses for each Fiscal Year will be allocated in the same proportions as the allocations of book items of Company income, gain, deductions and losses were made for such Fiscal Year pursuant to Sections 5.1 and 5.2 .

(b)    Notwithstanding Section  5.3(a) , if, as a result of contributions of property by a Member to the Company or an adjustment to the Gross Asset Value of Company assets pursuant to this Company LLC Agreement, there exists a variation between the adjusted basis of an item of Company property for United States federal income tax purposes and as determined under the definition of Gross Asset Value, allocations of income, gain, loss, and deduction will be allocated among the Members so as to take into account any variation between the adjusted basis of such property to the Company for United States federal income tax purposes and its initial Gross Asset Value using the traditional method with curative allocations pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-3(c). To the extent the “ceiling rule” in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-3(b) prevents the noncontributing Members from receiving an amount of tax depreciation in any year equal to the Members’ share of Depreciation for the year, then the shortfall will be made up in succeeding years as quickly as possible out of any tax depreciation that would otherwise have been allocated to the contributing Member.

(c)    Allocations pursuant to this Section  5.3 are solely for purposes of federal, state and local taxes and will not affect, or in any way be taken into account in computing, any Member’s Capital Account or share of income, gain, deductions or losses or distributions pursuant to any other provision of this Agreement.

(d)    To the extent that an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Company asset is made pursuant to Section 743(b) of the Code as the result of a purchase of a Membership Interest in the Company, any adjustment to the depreciation, amortization, gain or loss resulting from such adjustment will affect the transferee only and will not affect the Capital Account of the transferor or transferee. In such case, the transferee will be required to agree to provide to the Company (i) information about the allocation of any step-up or step-down in basis to the Company’s assets and (ii) the depreciation or amortization method for any step-up in basis to the Company’s assets.

(e)    Solely for purposes of determining a Member’s proportionate share of the “excess non-recourse liabilities” of the Company within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-3(a)(3), each Member’s share of such liability shall be consistent with the profit sharing percentages then in effect pursuant to Section  5.1(a) .

Section 5.4 Transfer or Change in Company Interest . If the respective Membership Interests or allocation ratios described in this Article V of the existing Members in the Company change or if a Membership Interest is Transferred in compliance with this Agreement to any other Person, then, for the Fiscal Year in which the change or Transfer occurs, all income, gains, losses, deductions, credits and other tax incidents resulting from the operations

 

23


of the Company shall be allocated, as between the Members for the Fiscal Year in which the change occurs or between the transferor and transferee, by taking into account their varying interests using the proration method permitted by Treasury Regulation Section 1.706-1(c)(2)(ii), unless otherwise agreed by all the Members.

Section 5.5 Timing of Allocations . Items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit will be allocated to the Members pursuant to this Article V as of the last day of each Fiscal Year; provided that such items shall also be allocated at such times as the Gross Asset Values of the Company’s assets are adjusted pursuant to Section  4.2(c) .

ARTICLE VI

DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 6.1 Distributions . Except as provided otherwise in Sections 6.6, 6.7, 6.9, 6.11 or 10.2 , Company Distributable Cash will be distributed to the Members on each Distribution Date in the manner described in this Section  6.1 .

(a)    First, the proceeds of any Grant (or, if any Alternative Tax Program is elected pursuant to Section  7.5(b)(i) , any Alternative Tax Program other than the ITC) received by the Project Company in connection with the Systems included in the Portfolio (as opposed to future capital expenditures) will be distributed, promptly upon receipt, in full to the Company by the Project Company and then distributed 99% to the Class B Members, distributed among them in proportion to their Pro Rata Shares, and 1% to the Class A Members, distributed among them in proportion to their Pro Rata Shares;

(b)    Second, any remaining Company Distributable Cash will be distributed (i)    from April 13, 2012 to and through the Flip Date, 99% to the Class B Members, distributed pro rata in proportion to the Percentage Interest held by each Class B Member, and 1% to the Class A Members, distributed pro rata in proportion to the Percentage Interest held by each Class A Member, and (ii) after the Flip Date, 5% to the Class B Members, distributed pro rata in proportion to the Percentage Interest held by each Class B Member, and 95% to the Class A Members, distributed pro rata in proportion to the Percentage Interest held by each Class A Member; and

(c)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article VI or in any other Transaction Document, in the event that any 25% Progress Payments or 75% Progress Payments are refunded from Bloom to Project Company under the MESPA, whether or not such refunded 25% Progress Payments or 75% Progress Payments are deposited into a separate control account with the Company as the secured party, following the receipt by the Company of such refunded 25% Progress Payments or 75% Progress Payments, such refunded 25% Progress Payments or 75% Progress Payments will be distributed 100% to the Class B Members and among them in proportion to their Pro Rata Shares.

 

24


Section 6.2 Withholding Taxes . If the Company is required to withhold taxes with respect to any allocation or distribution to any Member pursuant to any applicable federal, state or local tax laws, the Company may, after first notifying the Member and permitting the Member, if legally permitted, to contest the applicability of such taxes, withhold such amounts and make such payments to taxing authorities as are necessary to ensure compliance with such tax laws. Any funds withheld by reason of this Section  6.2 shall nonetheless be deemed distributed to the Member in question for all purposes under this Agreement. If the Company fails to withhold from actual distributions any amounts it was required to withhold, the Company may, at its option, (a) require the Member to which the withholding was credited to reimburse the Company for such withholding, or (b) reduce any subsequent distributions by the amount of such withholding. This obligation of a Member to reimburse the Company for taxes that were required to be withheld shall continue after such Member Transfers its Membership Interests in the Company. Each Member agrees to furnish the Company with any representations and forms as shall reasonably be requested by the Company to assist it in determining the extent of, and in fulfilling, any withholding obligations it may have.

Section 6.3 Limitation upon Distributions . No distribution of Company Distributable Cash will be made if the distribution would violate any contract or agreement to which the Company is then a party or any Legal Requirement then applicable to the Company.

Section 6.4 No Return of Distributions . Any distribution of Company Distributable Cash or property pursuant to this Agreement shall be treated as a compromise within the meaning of Section 18-502(b) of the Act and, to the full extent permitted by law, any Member receiving the payment of any such money or distribution of any such property shall not be required to return any such money or property to any Person, the Company or any creditor of the Company. However, if any court of competent jurisdiction holds that, notwithstanding the provisions of this Agreement, any Member is obligated to return such money or property, such obligation shall be the obligation of such Member and not of the other Members. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a deficit Capital Account of a Member shall not be deemed to be a liability of such Member nor an asset or property of the Company.

Section 6.5 Calculation of Internal Rate of Return .

(a)     Tracking Progress . The Managing Member will calculate at least annually whether the Class B Member has reached the Target IRR and will send the Class B Member, within 120 days after the end of each Fiscal Year in which the Target IRR was not achieved, a report in the form of the Tracking Model showing where it believes the Class B Member is in relation to the Target IRR. If the report suggests that the Target IRR will be reached during the next two Fiscal Years, then the Managing Member will calculate and report whether the Class B Member has reached the Target IRR at least quarterly thereafter. The Managing Member will make its advisers available to answer any questions about its calculations. The Class B Member may invoke the dispute resolution procedures in Section  11.11(b) to resolve any item or procedure that is in dispute, and the conclusion of such dispute resolution procedures will apply in all subsequent periods to any identical item or procedure.

 

25


(b)     Notice of Date . The Managing Member will notify the Class B Member in writing at least 10 Business Days before the Distribution Date following the month in which it believes the Class B Member achieved the Target IRR or at least 30 days before making any liquidating distributions, in connection with a liquidation of the Company pursuant to Section  10.1 , if it believes the Class B Member will achieve the Target IRR as a consequence of the liquidating distributions. The notice will include the Tracking Model showing the Managing Member’s calculations and, in the case of a notice delivered in connection with a liquidation, the allocations and distributions that the Managing Member proposes to make to the Class B Member under Section  10.2 in light of the calculations. The Managing Member will make its advisers available to answer any questions about its calculations. If the Class B Member wishes to invoke the dispute resolution procedures in Section  11.11(b) to resolve any disagreements, then they must give notice to that effect to the Managing Member before the Distribution Date, in a case not involving liquidation of the Company, and within 30 days after receipt of notice from the Managing Member in a case involving liquidation.

(c)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, if there is a Class A Recapture Event after a final determination has been made that Class B Member has achieved the Target IRR, the Internal Rate of Return shall be recalculated at the time of such Class A Recapture Event in accordance with the terms of Section  6.5 , taking into account the consequences of any recapture. If, as a result of the Class A Recapture Event, the Class B Member’s Internal Rate of Return is below the Target IRR, the sharing percentages set forth in Section  5.1 and Section  6.1 shall be adjusted to the maximum extent necessary so as to correct, on a present value basis calculated at the Target IRR, the difference between the Target IRR assumed to have been realized by a holder of Class B Membership Interests on the Distribution Date as of which the Target IRR was determined to have been achieved, and the Internal Rate of Return realized by such a holder after adjusting solely for the Class A Recapture Event. Such change in sharing percentages shall remain in effect until, and to the extent necessary so that, the difference between the Target IRR and actual Internal Rate of Return shall have been eliminated.

Section 6.6 Satisfaction of Recapture-Related Obligations of the Class  A Members to the Class  B Member .

(a)    Notwithstanding the provisions of Section  6.1 , if the Class B Member shall suffer any Recapture Damages, as a result of a Class A Recapture Event, then the Class B Member shall be entitled to collect Recapture Damages from the Class A Member in accordance with this Section  6.6 .

(b)    Within 60 days after they become aware that they have incurred Recapture Damages, the Class B Member shall notify the Company and the Class A Members in writing of their Recapture Claim for such Recapture Damages, specifying in reasonable detail the cause of such Recapture Damages and the Class B Member’s calculation of the amount thereof if reasonably determinable by the Class B Member, or, if not reasonably determinable, an estimate of the range of such Recapture Damages. Within 30 days following receipt of notice of a Recapture Claim, the Class A Members shall notify each of the Class B Members and the Company in writing whether it agrees with or disputes all or a portion of the Recapture Claim, specifying the amount, if any, so agreed to. If the Class A Members shall not deliver such notice

 

26


within the time specified, it shall be deemed to have delivered a notice on the 30th day disputing the entire amount of such Recapture Claim. The Class B Member shall have all rights and remedies available at law or in equity to the Class B Member to collect any Recapture Damages from the Class A Members.

Section 6.7 Satisfaction of Certain Recapture-Related Obligations of the Class  B Member to the Class  A Members .

(a)    Notwithstanding the provisions of Section  6.1 , if the Class A Member shall suffer Recapture Damages as a result of a Class B Recapture Event, the Class A Member shall be entitled to collect such Recapture Damages from the Class B Member in accordance with this Section  6.7 .

(b)    Within 60 days after they become aware that they have incurred Recapture Damages, the Class A Members shall deliver to the Company and the Class B Member a Recapture Claim notice for such Recapture Damages, specifying in reasonable detail the cause of such Recapture Damages and the Class A Member’s calculation of the amount thereof if reasonably determinable by the Class A Member, or, if not reasonably determinable, an estimate of the range of such Recapture Damages. Within 30 days following receipt of notice of a Recapture Claim, the Class B Member shall notify each of the Class A Members and the Company in writing whether it agrees with or disputes all or a portion of the Recapture Claim, specifying the amount, if any, so agreed to. If the Class B Member shall not deliver such notice within the time specified, it shall be deemed to have delivered a notice on the 30th day disputing the entire amount of such Recapture Claim. The Class A Members shall have all rights and remedies available at law or in equity to the Class A Members to collect any Recapture Damages from the Class B Member.

Section 6.8 Satisfaction of Certain Recapture-Related Obligations of the Company or the Project Company

(a)    Notwithstanding the provisions of Section  6.1 , if the Company or Project Company is required to make any payment to the United States of America (or any agency or instrumentality thereof), as applicable, resulting from a Recapture Event (i) as a result of a Class A Recapture Event, then the Class A Member will be required to pay the amount of such payment (x) to the United States of America (or any agency or instrumentality thereof) on behalf of the Company or Project Company, as applicable, or (y) in the event that the Company or the Project Company has already made such payment, to the Company or Project Company, as applicable, in accordance with this Section  6.8 or (ii) as a result of a Class B Recapture Event, then the Class B Member will be required to pay the amount of such payment (x) to the United States of America (or any agency or instrumentality thereof) on behalf of the Company or Project Company, as applicable, or (y) in the event that the Company or the Project Company has already made such payment, to the Company or Project Company, as applicable, in accordance with this Section  6.8 .

 

27


(b)    Within 60 days after the Company or Project Company becomes aware that a Recapture Event has occurred that requires the Company or Project Company to make a payment as a result of such Recapture Event, the Company or Project Company, as applicable, shall deliver to the Members a written notice, specifying in reasonable detail the cause of such Recapture Event, including whether caused by a Class A Recapture Event or Class B Recapture Event, and the Company or Project Company’s calculation of the amount of any such payment as a result of such Recapture Event, if reasonably determinable by the Company or the Project Company, or, if not reasonably determinable, an estimate of the range of such payment. Within 30 days following receipt of notice, each Member shall notify the Company or Project Company, as applicable, in writing whether it agrees with or disputes all or a portion of the amount specified in the notice, specifying the amount, if any, so agreed to. The Company and Project Company shall have all rights and remedies available at law or in equity to the Members to collect any payment required to be paid by the Company or the Project Company as a result of a Class A Recapture Event or Class B Recapture Event from the responsible Members.

Section 6.9 Class  A Recapture Events Prior to Receipt of Grant .

(a)    If, prior to a Grant being received by the Project Company, there is a Recapture Event resulting in a denial of all or a portion of such Grant with respect to the Company or Project Company as a result of a Class A Recapture Event, the Class A Member will be required to pay the Class B Member 99% of the amount that equals the difference between the Grant amount set forth in the Grant Application and the actual Grant amount received.

(b)    Within 60 days after a Recapture Event resulting in a denial of all or a portion of the Grant as a result of a Class A Recapture Event, the Class A Member shall have the right to cause the Company or Project Company to appeal, contest or discuss such denial (i) in any formal or informal discussions with Treasury or any other Governmental Authority, (ii) in any formal or informal administrative proceeding before the relevant Governmental Authority and/or (iii) by commencing litigation in any forum appropriate for such appeal or contest. The Class A Member shall have the right to direct such appeal, contest, or discussions. The Class A Member shall keep, or cause the Company or Project Company to keep, the Class B Member reasonably apprised of all developments with respect to any such appeal, contest, or discussions and shall consult with the Class B Member with respect to its strategy for such appeal, contest or discussion prior to beginning any such appeal, contest or discussion.

Section 6.10 Repayment . If the amount of any Recapture Damages paid under Sections 6.6, 6.7, or 6.8 or any payments made under Section 6.9, are reduced or recovered by the Indemnified Party at any time after the making of such payments by the Indemnifying Party, the amount of such reduction or recovery, less any costs or expenses incurred in connection therewith, must promptly be repaid by the Indemnified Party to the Indemnifying Party net of any Taxes imposed upon the Indemnified Party in respect of such amounts, but taking into account any Tax benefit the Indemnified Party actually realizes as a result of such repayment.

 

28


Section 6.11 Permitted Distributions . On or promptly following the execution date of the Note Purchase Agreement, the Project Company will distribute an amount equal to the Permitted Distribution from the proceeds received by the Project Company from the sale of the notes thereunder to the Company. On or promptly following the Final Completion Date, the Project Company will distribute an amount equal to the amounts remaining on deposit in the Construction Escrow Account and the IDC Reserve Account, in the aggregate, upon the occurrence of the Final Completion Date (such amount, the “ Aggregate Final Completion Distribution ”) to the Company. The Members acknowledge and agree that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, (i) the proceeds of the Permitted Distribution shall be distributed to the Members on April 30, 2013 or such earlier date as may be agreed upon by the Members and (ii) the proceeds of the Aggregate Final Completion Distribution shall be distributed to the Members on the Distribution Date immediately succeeding the Final Completion Date.

ARTICLE VII

ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS

Section 7.1 Reports .

(a)    The Managing Member shall cause the Administrator to prepare and deliver to each Member as soon as practical but in no event later than the 20th day after the end of each month, a written report (each, an “ Operations Report ”), in the form attached as Exhibit C , that will include a summary of the kilowatt hours produced and sold by the Project Company during such month, information regarding the Systems’ availability during such month, notice of material events, including but not limited to, defaults under Material Contracts, any Material Adverse Effect that has occurred at the Project Company, any FERC or Grant-related filings, periodic reports on the status of the System sales, periodic financial statements of the Company and the Project Company and such other relevant operational information as may from time to time be reasonably requested, prior to the Flip Date, by Class B Members owning more than 50% of the Class B Membership Interests by Percentage Interest.

(b)    No later than 60 calendar days before the start of each Fiscal Year, the Managing Member shall cause the Administrator to prepare or cause to be prepared, and shall submit to each Member, an annual capital and operating budget for the Project Company before the end of the previous Fiscal Year (the “ Annual Budget ”).

(c)    The Managing Member shall cause the Administrator to prepare and deliver to each Member on or before the 20th day after the end of each calendar month a report showing the calculation of distributions for such month determined in accordance with Article VI for both distributions from the Project Company to the Company and the Company to the Members.

(d)    The Managing Member shall cause the Administrator to (i) calculate at least annually whether the Class B Member has reached the Target IRR; provided , however , that if the calculation in a year suggests that the Target IRR will be reached during the next two

 

29


Fiscal Years, then the Managing Member will calculate whether the Class B Member has reached the Target IRR at least quarterly thereafter; and (ii) send the Class B Member, within 120 days after the end of each Fiscal Year in which the Target IRR was not achieved, a report showing where it believes the Class B Member is in relation to the Target IRR and a similar report within 30 Business Days after the end of each Quarter during any period when quarterly reports are required.

(e)    The Managing Member shall cause the Administrator to notify the Class B Member in writing at least 30 days before the Distribution Date following the month in which it believes the Class B Member achieved the Target IRR or at least 30 days before making any liquidating distributions, in connection with a liquidation of the Company pursuant to Section 10.1 , if it believes the Class B Member will achieve the Internal Rate of Return as a consequence of the liquidating distributions (the “ Target IRR Notice ”). The Target IRR Notice will include the Managing Member’s Internal Rate of Return calculations and, in the case of a notice delivered in connection with a liquidation, the allocations and distributions that the Managing Member proposes to make to the Class B Member under Section  10.2 in light of the calculations.

Section 7.2 Books and Records and Inspection .

(a)    The Managing Member shall cause the Company to keep and shall cause the Administrator to maintain, full and accurate books of account, financial records and supporting documents that reflect, completely, accurately and in reasonable detail in all material respects, each transaction of the Company and such other matters as are usually entered into the records or maintained by Persons engaged in a business of like character or as are required by law, and all other documents and writings of the Company and all statements and documents required by the Guidance (including, but not limited to, energy production information and financial and accounting records sufficient to demonstrate that the Grant was properly obtained in accordance with the Guidance and any other documents needed to comply with the Guidance maintenance and access to records, requirements and documents needed for the completion of annual project performance reports (including information regarding annual energy production and number of jobs retained) and recapture certification). The books of account, financial records, and supporting documents and the other documents and writings of the Company shall be kept and maintained by the Administrator at the principal office of the Company. The financial records and reports of the Company and the Project Company shall be kept on an accrual basis and kept in accordance with GAAP.

(b)    In addition to and without limiting the generality of Section 7.2(a) , the Managing Member shall cause the Company to keep and shall cause the Administrator to maintain at the Company’s principal office:

(i)    true and full information regarding the status of the financial condition of the Company, including any financial statements until the applicable statute of limitations expires with respect to the Company tax year to which such information and financial statements relate;

 

30


(ii)    promptly after becoming available, a copy of the Company’s and, if applicable, the Project Company’s federal, state, and local income Tax Returns for each year;

(iii)    minutes of the proceedings of the Members;

(iv)    a current list of the name and last known business, residence or mailing address of each Member and the Administrator;

(v)    a copy of this Agreement and the Company’s Certificate of Formation, and all amendments thereto, the Project Company’s operating agreement and all amendments thereto, together with executed copies of any written powers of attorney pursuant to which this Agreement and such Certificate of Formation and all amendments thereto which have been executed and copies of written consents of Members;

(vi)    true and full information regarding the amount of cash and a description and statement of the agreed value of any other property and services contributed by each Member, and the date upon which each became a Member;

(vii)    copies of records that would enable a Member to determine the Member’s relative shares of the Company’s distributions and the Member’s relative voting rights; and

(viii)    all records related to the production and sale of electricity by the Project Company.

(c)    Upon receiving reasonable prior notice to the Managing Member, all books and records of the Company and the Project Company shall be open to inspection and copying by any of the Members or their Representatives during business hours and at such Member’s expense, for any purpose reasonably related to such Member’s interest in the Company, provided that any such inspection or copying is conducted in a manner which does not unreasonably interfere with the Company’s business.

Section 7.3 Bank Accounts, Notes and Drafts .

(a)    All funds not required for the immediate needs of the Company shall be placed in Permitted Investments, which investments shall have a maturity appropriate for the anticipated cash flow needs of the Company. All Company funds shall be deposited and held in accounts which are separate from all other accounts maintained by the Members and the Administrator, and the Company’s funds shall not be commingled with any funds of any other Person, including the Project Company, any Administrator, any Member or any Affiliate of a Administrator or a Member.

 

31


(b)    The Members acknowledge that the Company may maintain Company funds in accounts, money market funds, certificates of deposit, other liquid assets in excess of the insurance provided by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or other depository insurance institutions and that neither the Managing Member nor the Administrator nor the Company shall be accountable or liable for any loss of such funds resulting from failure or insolvency of the depository institution, so long as any such maintenance of funds is in compliance with the first sentence of Section  7.3(a) .

(c)    Checks, notes, drafts and other orders for the payment of money shall be signed by such officers of the Company, or the Managing Member, as the Company from time to time may authorize. When the Company so authorizes, the signature of any such Person may be a facsimile.

Section 7.4 Financial Statements .

(a)    As soon as practicable after the end of each Quarter, but in any event within 60 calendar days after the end of each Quarter, the Managing Member shall cause the Administrator to furnish to each Member unaudited financial statements with respect to such Quarter for the Company and the Project Company prepared in accordance with GAAP and consisting of (i) a balance sheet showing the Company’s and the Project Company’s financial position as of the end of such Quarter, (ii) profit and loss statements for the Company and the Project Company for such Quarter, and (iii) a statement of cash flows for the Company and the Project Company for such Quarter. Such statements shall include a statement of Members’ equity based on hypothetical liquidation at book value (HLBV) accounting.

(b)    By the following April 30 after the end of each Fiscal Year, the Managing Member shall cause the Administrator to furnish to each Member consolidated financial statements with respect to such Fiscal Year for the Company that are audited and certified by an Accounting Firm and prepared in accordance with GAAP, consisting of (i) a balance sheet showing the Company’s financial position as of the end of such Fiscal Year, (ii) profit and loss statements for the Company for such Fiscal Year, (iii) a statement of cash flows for the Company for such Fiscal Year and (iv) related footnotes. Such statements shall include a statement of Members’ equity based on hypothetical liquidation at book value (HLBV) accounting.

(c)    By the following February 15 after the end of each Fiscal Year, the Managing Member shall cause the Administrator to furnish to each Member unaudited financial statements with respect to such Fiscal Year for the Company and the Project Company prepared in accordance with GAAP and consisting of (i) a balance sheet showing the Company’s and the Project Company’s financial position as of the end of such Fiscal Year, (ii) profit and loss statements for the Company and the Project Company for such Fiscal Year, (iii) a statement of cash flows for the Company and the Project Company for such Fiscal Year. Such statements shall include a statement of Members’ equity based on hypothetical liquidation at book value (HLBV) accounting.

 

32


Section 7.5 Partnership Status and Tax Elections .

(a)    The Members intend that the Company will be taxed as a partnership for United States federal, state and local income tax purposes. The Members agree not to elect to be excluded from the application of Subchapter K of Chapter 1 of Subtitle A of the Code or any similar state statute and agree not to elect for the Company to be treated as a corporation, or an association taxable as a corporation, under the Code or any similar state statute.

(b)    The Company will make the following elections on the appropriate Tax Returns:

(i)    any election necessary to qualify for the Grant and prevent a Class A Recapture Event as it relates to the Grant, or if the Grant is determined by the Members (by a Class Majority Vote) to not be available, any election or claim of any Alternative Tax Program that the Members have decided to elect or claim pursuant to a Class Majority Vote; provided that if the Company and the Project Company seek to claim the ITC, the Members agree to negotiate in good faith and execute any amendments to any of the Transaction Documents, enter into any additional agreements and take all such additional actions as may be reasonably required to effect such an election;

(ii)    to the extent permitted under Section 706 of the Code, to adopt as the Company’s fiscal year the calendar year;

(iii)    to adopt the accrual method of accounting;

(iv)    if a distribution of the Company’s property as described in Section 734 of the Code occurs or a transfer of Membership Interest as described in Section 743 of the Code occurs, to elect pursuant to Section 754 of the Code to adjust the basis of the Company’s properties;

(v)    to elect to amortize the organizational expenses of the Company ratably over a period of 180 months as permitted by Section 709(b) of the Code;

(vi)    to elect out of additional first year depreciation pursuant to Section 168(k)(2)(D)(iii) of the Code, unless, after consultation with the Class B Member, the Class B Member requests in writing that this election not be made; and

(vii)    if approved in writing by Members representing a Class Majority Vote, any other election the Managing Member may deem appropriate.

(c)    The Company shall file an election under Section 6231(a)(l)(B)(ii) of the Code and the Treasury Regulation thereunder to treat the Company as a partnership to which the provisions of Sections 6221 through 6234 of the Code, inclusive, apply.

 

33


Section 7.6 Company Tax Returns . The United States federal income Tax Returns for the Company and all other Tax Returns of the Company shall be prepared as directed by the Managing Member in Consultation with the other Members. If a Member notifies the Managing Member that any real property Taxes with respect to the Systems were assessed against or invoiced to such Member, then the Managing Member will cause the Company to pay such Taxes in full and in a timely manner, provided , further , that with respect to each Tax Year ending on the last Friday of November, the Managing Member will cause the Company to prepare preliminary Tax Returns and issue preliminary K-l ’s to the Members no later than February 1 of the following Tax Year. The Managing Member, in Consultation with the other Members, may extend the time for filing any such Tax Returns as provided for under applicable statutes; provided that, in the event of any such extension, the Managing Member shall provide the other Members with an estimate of the Taxes owed within 20 days of the filing of such extension. At the Company’s expense, the Managing Member shall cause the Company to retain an Accounting Firm to prepare or review and sign the necessary federal and state income Tax Returns and information returns for the Company. Each Member shall provide such information, if any, as may be reasonably needed by the Company for purposes of preparing such Tax Returns, provided that such information is readily available from regularly maintained accounting records. At least 30 days prior to filing the federal and state income Tax Returns other than information returns, the Managing Member shall cause the Administrator to deliver to the other Members for their review a copy of the Company’s federal and state income Tax Returns, excluding information returns, in the form proposed to be filed for each Fiscal Year together with a notice of any inconsistencies with the Base Case Model, and shall cause the Administrator to incorporate all reasonable changes or comments to such proposed Tax Returns requested by the other Members (who shall be required to make all reasonable efforts to provide such changes or comments in a reasonable amount of time) at least 10 days prior to the filing date for such returns. The dispute provisions under Section  11.11 may be invoked if Class B Members owning more than 50% of the Class B Membership Interests disagree with a position taken on any Tax Return; provided that the Accounting Firm preparing the Tax Return still must be able to sign the Tax Return consistent with the resolution of the dispute; provided , further that if the dispute process would not be completed by the date that the Tax Return must be filed under this Section  7.6 , then the Managing Member will cause the Company to file the Tax Return as originally prepared by the required date, but the Managing Member may be required to cause the Company to amend the Tax Return after a conclusion is reached in the dispute process; and provided still further that in the event such challenge confirms the original position in question, the challenging Class B Member shall promptly pay all of the Accounting Firm’s reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with such challenge. After taking into account any such requested changes, the Managing Member shall cause the Company to timely file, taking into account any applicable extensions, such Tax Returns. Within 20 days after filing such federal and state income Tax Returns and information returns, the Managing Member shall cause the Company to deliver to each Member a copy of the Company’s federal and state income Tax Returns and information returns as filed for each Fiscal Year, together with any additional tax-related information in the possession of the Company that such Member may reasonably and timely request in order to properly prepare its own income Tax Returns.

 

34


Section 7.7 Tax Audits.

(a)    Clean Technologies is hereby designated as the initial “tax matters partner,” as that term is defined in Section 6231(a)(7) of the Code (the “ Tax Matters Partner ”), of the Company, with all of the rights, duties and powers provided for in Sections 6221 through 6234 of the Code, inclusive. Each other Member may provide the Secretary of Treasury with notice that it is a “notice partner” under Section 6223 of the Code. Clean Technologies is hereby directed and authorized to take whatever steps Clean Technologies, in its reasonable discretion, deems necessary or desirable to perfect such designation, including filing any forms or documents with the IRS, taking such other action as may from time to time be required under the Treasury Regulations and directing the Administrator to take any of the foregoing actions. Clean Technologies shall remain as the Tax Matters Partner so long as it remains the Managing Member and retains any ownership interests in the Company unless Clean Technologies requests that it not serve as Tax Matters Partner and such request is approved by (i) a Class Majority Vote, if such request is made prior to the Flip Date or (ii) a Majority Vote, if such request is made after the Flip Date, or if Members collectively holding more than 50% of the Class B Membership Interests reasonably determine to remove the Tax Matters Partner for fraud or willful misconduct and appoint a replacement.

(b)    The Tax Matters Partner, in Consultation with the other Members, shall direct, or cause the Administrator to direct, the defense of any claims made by the IRS to the extent that such claims relate to the adjustment of Company items at the Company level, except that the strategy to be taken in connection with any such defense and the selection of counsel shall be approved by (i) a Class Majority Vote, if the claims relate to periods before the Flip Date, (ii) a Majority Vote, if such claims relate to periods after the Flip Date or (iii) a unanimous vote of the Class B Members, if such claims relate to the Grant. The Tax Matters Partner shall cause the Company to retain and to pay the fees and expenses of counsel approved as described in the preceding sentence and to pay the fees and expenses of other advisors chosen by the Tax Matters Partner in Consultation with the other Members. The Tax Matters Partner shall promptly deliver, or shall cause the Administrator to promptly deliver, to each Member a copy of all notices, communications, reports and writings received from the IRS by the Company relating to or potentially resulting in an adjustment of Company items, shall promptly advise, or cause the Administrator to promptly advise, each Member of the substance of any conversations with the IRS in connection therewith and shall keep, or cause the Administrator to keep, the Members advised of all developments with respect to any proposed adjustments that come to its or the Administrator’s, as the case may be, attention. In addition, the Tax Matters Partner shall or shall cause the Administrator to (A) provide each Member with a draft copy of any correspondence or filing to be submitted by the Company in connection with any administrative or judicial proceedings relating to the determination of Company items at the Company level reasonably in advance of such submission, (B) incorporate all reasonable changes or comments to such correspondence or filing, approved or recommended by Members collectively holding more than 50% of the Class B Membership Interests timely requested by any Member and (C) provide each Member with a final copy of correspondence or filing. The Tax Matters Partner will provide, or cause the Administrator to provide, each Member with notice reasonably in advance of any

 

35


meetings or conferences with respect to any administrative or judicial proceedings relating to the determination of Company items at the Company level (including any meetings or conferences with counsel or advisors to the Company with respect to such proceedings) and each Member shall have the right to participate, at its sole cost and expense, in any such meetings or conferences.

(c)    For any issue or matter relating to the period prior to the Flip Date without the approval of Members collectively holding more than 50% of the Class B Membership Interests, the Tax Matters Partner shall not (i) commence a judicial action (including filing a petition as contemplated in Section 6226(a) or Section 6228 of the Code) with respect to a federal income tax matter or appeal any adverse determination of a judicial tribunal; (ii) intervene in any action as contemplated by Section 6226(b) of the Code; (iii) file any request contemplated in Section 6227(b) of the Code; or (iv) enter into an agreement extending the period of limitations as contemplated in Section 6229(b)(1)(B) of Code. For any issue or matter relating to the period prior to the Flip Date without the approval of each of the other Members, the Tax Matters Partner shall not enter into a settlement agreement with the IRS which purports to bind the Members. Any cost or expense incurred by the Tax Matters Partner in connection with its duties as Tax Matters Partner shall be paid by the Company. If the Grant is determined to be unavailable in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section  7.5(b)(i) , the Tax Matters Partner shall elect or claim an Alternative Tax Program only in accordance with Section  7.5(b)(i) .

(d)    If for any reason the IRS disregards the election made by the Company pursuant to Section  7.5(c) and commences any audit or proceeding in which it makes a claim, or proposes to make a claim, against any Member that could reasonably be expected to result in the disallowance or adjustment of any items of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit allocated to such Member by the Company, then such Member shall promptly advise the other Members of the same, and such Member, in Consultation with the other Members, shall use commercially reasonable efforts to convert the portion of such audit or proceeding that relates to such items into a Company level proceeding consistent with the Company’s election pursuant to Section  7.5(c) .

(e)    If any Member intends to file, pursuant to Section 6227 of the Code, a request for an administrative adjustment of any such partnership item of the Company, or to file a petition under Sections 6226, 6228 or other Sections of the Code with respect to any such partnership item or any other tax matter involving the Company, such Member shall, at least thirty (30) days prior to any such filing, notify the other Members of such intent, which notification must include a reasonable description of the contemplated action and the reasons for such action; provided , however , that this Section  7.7(e) shall not relieve such Member’s obligation to use all commercially reasonable efforts to convert a Member level proceeding into a Company level proceeding as provided in Section  7.7(d) .

 

36


Section 7.8 Cooperation . Subject to the provisions of this Article VII , each Member shall provide the other Members with such assistance as may reasonably be requested by such other Members in connection with the preparation of any Tax Return, any audit or other examination by any taxing authority, or any judicial or administrative proceedings relating to the liability for any Taxes with respect to the operations of the Company and the Project Company or a Class A Recapture Event.

Section 7.9 Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Company (the “ Fiscal Year ”) shall be the same as the taxable year of the Company. The taxable year of the Company will be a year that ends on the last Friday of each November, or such other year as may be required by applicable federal income tax law.

ARTICLE VIII

MANAGEMENT

Section 8.1 Management . Each of the Members acknowledges and agrees that the Administrator shall have the authority, powers and responsibilities described in the Administrative Services Agreement and as provided herein; provided that neither the Administrator nor the Managing Member shall (x) take or permit any action that would be a Major Decision hereunder without the prior occurrence of a Class Majority Vote approving such action, or (y) refrain from taking any action that has been approved as a Major Decision hereunder. The Company hereby ratifies and approves the Administrative Services Agreement. Except (a) for duties and powers delegated to the Administrator hereunder or under the Administrative Services Agreement, (b) for Major Decisions and (c) as otherwise required by applicable Legal Requirements, the powers of the Company shall be exercised by or under the authority of, and the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed under the direction of the Managing Member. In addition, the Members may, with the consent of the Managing Member or Administrator, as applicable, vest in the Managing Member or the Administrator the authority to take actions for and on behalf of the Company not otherwise provided for in this Agreement or the Administrative Services Agreement. Any such vested authority shall require a Class Majority Vote.

Section 8.2 Managing Member .

(a)    The Managing Member shall be the Member designated to act as such hereunder from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Section  8.2 (the “ Managing Member ”). The initial Managing Member shall be Clean Technologies. The Managing Member shall cause the Company and cause the Company to cause the Project Company to enforce the Administrative Services Agreement and the MOMA (and any other Material Contracts with Affiliates of Bloom or Clean Technologies) on behalf of the Company and the Project Company; provided , however , that, in the event that the Administrative Services Agreement is terminated and is not replaced, the Managing Member shall perform the work, or engage a third party to perform such work, previously performed by the Administrator prior to the termination of such Administrative Services Agreement in accordance with the Prudent Operator Standard, or if not in accordance with such standard, if approved in advance or ratified by Class B Members owning at least a majority of the Class B Membership Interests.

 

37


(b)    Upon the termination of the MOMA, the Managing Member shall cause the Company to replace the MOMA in accordance with Section  8.3 and the definition of “Major Decisions” and, to the extent such replacement MOMA is not with an Affiliate of Clean Technologies, the operator (or an affiliate thereof, if the operator’s obligations thereunder are being guaranteed by such affiliate) under such replacement MOMA shall have substantial experience operating and maintaining comparable equipment.

(c)    The Managing Member hereby covenants to cause the Company to, and to cause the Company to cause the Project Company to, implement any Major Decisions approved under this Company LLC Agreement, and not to take any Major Decisions (or comparable decision at the Project Company level) without a Class Majority Vote.

(d)    Clean Technologies may resign as Managing Member with any such resignation to become effective upon the appointment of a successor Managing Member under this paragraph that is recognized nationally as having substantial experience managing and operating fuel cell facilities or if such transferee has engaged such an experienced and recognized company to manage the Company at substantially the same cost as under the Administrative Services Agreement. The Members, by a Class Majority Vote prior to the Flip Date and by a Majority Vote thereafter, may at any time (i) remove a Managing Member (x) upon their reasonable determination that there is Cause for removal, or (y) following any Bankruptcy of the Managing Member or foreclosure or involuntary transfer of the Class A Membership Interests held by the Managing Member (or any Bankruptcy of any Person that Controls the Managing Member), and (ii) fill any vacancy as Managing Member caused by removal, resignation or otherwise. The Managing Member may not participate in, and any Membership Interests owned by Clean Technologies or an Affiliate thereof shall be excluded from, any vote to remove or replace a Managing Member under this Section  8.2(d) if the basis alleged for removal of the Managing Member is for Cause.

(e)    The Managing Member may, from time to time, designate one or more officers with such titles as may be designated by the Managing Member to act in the name of the Company with such authority as is delegated to the Managing Member hereunder and as may be delegated to such officer(s) by the Managing Member. The current officers are the persons listed on Schedule 8.2(e) .

(f)    If an event occurs which would permit the Project Company to terminate in whole, or with respect to specific Systems, the MOMA and/or the MESPA, pursuant to the terms thereunder, provided that any applicable cure period has expired without the event in question having been cured, a majority of the Class B Members, without the consent or approval of the Class A Members, shall be entitled to instruct the Managing Member to cause the Company to cause the Project Company to terminate in whole or in part the MOMA or the MESPA and the Managing Member shall promptly act in accordance with such instructions.

 

38


Section 8.3 Major Decisions .

(a)    In addition to any other approval required by applicable Legal Requirements or this Agreement, Major Decisions are reserved to the Members, and none of the Company, the Managing Member, the Administrator, or any officer thereof shall do or take or make or approve any Major Decisions with respect to the Company or the Project Company without a Class Majority Vote.

(b)    The Managing Member will submit proposed Major Decisions to the Class B Member in writing in accordance with Section  11.1 for their approval, with each submission setting forth in reasonable detail the Major Decision proposed and the basis for the Managing Member’s recommendation. Upon receipt of the written submission, the Class B Members will have ten (10) Business Days therefrom to approve or reject the proposal by Class B Members owning a majority of the Class B Membership Interests. If the proposed Major Decision is not approved or rejected by Class B Members owning a majority of the Class B Membership Interests in writing within such period, such proposed Major Decision will be deemed rejected.

Section 8.4 Insurance . The Managing Member shall cause the Company to acquire and maintain (including making changes to coverage and carriers) the casualty, general liability (including product liability), property damage and/or other types of insurance set forth in Schedule 8.4 and the Insurance Report; provided that if any such insurance is not available on commercially reasonable terms, only such insurance shall then be required to be carried pursuant to this Section  8.4 as is then available on commercially reasonable terms. The Class B Members shall be added to such insurance as additional insured and loss payee as their interests may appear, with a waiver of subrogation permitted in their favor (where legally permitted or insurance market practice permits). Such insurance shall require that the Class B Members be provided with 30 days written notice of cancellation (10 days for non-payment of premium). The Managing Member shall cause to be delivered to each Class B Member, promptly after it becomes a Member, certificates from a reputable insurance broker evidencing the maintenance of the insurance required by this Section  8.4 , which certificates shall be replaced or updated to reflect any replacement, renewal or other change to the insurance evidenced thereby, or the addition of any policy not then reflected on the most recently delivered certificates.

Section 8.5 Notice of Material Breach . The Managing Member shall promptly notify the Class B Member (but in no event more than within five Business Days of obtaining actual knowledge) of any (a) notice of default delivered by a party to a Material Contract to the Project Company, the Administrator or the Managing Member or (b) default by a party to a Material Contract (other than a Project Company, the Administrator or any Affiliate thereof) under such Material Contract, in the case of either (a) or (b), which default could reasonably be expected to cause material harm to the Company or any Project Company.

 

39


ARTICLE IX

TRANSFERS, CHANGES OF CONTROL AND INDEMNIFICATION

Section 9.1 Prohibited Transfers . No Member shall sell, transfer, assign, convey, pledge, mortgage, encumber, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of all or any part of its Membership Interests or any interest, rights or obligations with respect thereto, or permit a Change of Control of any entity subject to a restriction on Change of Control under this Article IX (any such action, a “ Transfer ”), except as provided in this Article IX . Prior to the end of the Recapture Period with respect to any System, no Transfer of a Person that directly or indirectly owns an interest in a Member will be permitted if the transfer would cause the Company or Project Company to become a Disqualified Person or cause the Systems, or any portion thereof, to be classified as “tax-exempt use property” for purposes of Section 168 of the Code. After the Recapture Period has ended, the limitations pursuant to this Article IX on Change of Control of any Member shall apply only to such Member directly and shall not apply to any Person that directly or indirectly owns an interest in such Member. Any attempted Transfer of a Membership Interest that does not comply with this Article IX shall be null and void and not recognized by the Company for any purpose.

Section 9.2 Conditions to Transfers of Class  A Membership Interests or Changes of Control of Managing Member . Except as otherwise provided in this Article IX, all Transfers of Class A Membership Interests and all Transfers by Bloom of its interests in Clean Technologies must satisfy the following conditions:

(a)    The transferring Member must give written notice of the proposed Transfer to each of the Members not less than 10 days prior to the effective date of the proposed Transfer.

(b)    The transferring Member and the prospective transferee must each execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company (as applicable) an assignment agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit D and such other instruments as the other Members may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate to confirm the transferor’s intention that the transferee become a Member in its place and the transferee’s undertaking to be bound by the terms of this Agreement and to assume the obligations of the transferor under this Agreement and, to the extent the transferor is to be released from such obligations, the ECCA. The prospective transferee shall make the representations and warranties and be bound by the covenants in Sections 3.11 and 3.12 as of the date of such Transfer; provided that, unless the transferee becomes the Managing Member the covenants in Sections 3.12(b) , (c) , (d) , (g) and (h)  shall not apply;

(c)    The Transfer will not violate any securities laws or any other applicable federal or state laws rules or regulations, or the order of any court or administrative body having jurisdiction over the Company or the Project Company or any of their assets or any material contract, lease, security, indenture or agreement binding on the Company or the Project Company or their respective assets;

 

40


(d)    The Transfer will not result in a termination of the Company or the Project Company under Section 708(b)(1)(B) of the Code, unless the transferor has indemnified the other Members against any adverse tax effects in a manner reasonably acceptable to the other Members;

(e)    The Transfer will not cause the Company or Project Company to become a Disqualified Person or cause the Systems, or any portion thereof, to be classified as “tax-exempt use property” for purposes of Section 168 of the Code;

(f)    The Transfer will not cause there to be more than two Class A Members;

(g)    The transferring Member and the prospective transferee shall pay any out-of-pocket expenses of the Company, the Project Company or the other Members resulting from the Transfer;

(h)    The transferring Member and the prospective transferee shall have all permits and consents required for such Transfer;

(i)    The Transfer will not affect the status of the Project Company as an Exempt Wholesale Generator nor will it cause a disqualification under the REPS Act or any of the Tariffs;

(j)    The Transfer will not require the Company to register as an investment company under the 1940 Investment Company Act;

(k)    If the Transfer would occur prior to the end of the Recapture Period with respect to any of the Systems, the Transfer will not be effective unless the transferring Member delivers a written opinion of a nationally-recognized law firm, in form and substance satisfactory to the non-transferring Members, that the Transfer will not cause a Class A Recapture Event;

(l)    Unless the Administrative Services Agreement will remain in place with the same Administrator thereunder following the Transfer (in which case the conditions in this clause (1) will be deemed to be met), the transferee must be recognized nationally as having substantial experience managing and operating fuel cell facilities or a Person that has engaged such an experienced and recognized company to manage the Company at substantially the same cost as under the Administrative Services Agreement, unless otherwise approved by Class B Members owning the majority of Class B Membership Interests;

(m)    The Transfer must not cause any adverse tax consequences to the Company, any other Member or the Project Company, in the written opinion of tax counsel reasonably acceptable to the Class B Member;

(n)    Prior to the Flip Date, the Transferee must be a Qualified Transferee and the Class B Member shall have consented to such Transfer, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld; and

 

41


(o)    The Transfer will not cause a breach of, or a default under, the Credit Documents.

Section 9.3 Conditions to Transfers of Class  B Membership Interests . Except as otherwise provided in this Article IX , all Transfers of Class B Membership Interests must satisfy the following conditions:

(a)    The transferring Member must give written notice of the proposed Transfer to each of the Members not less than 10 days prior to the effective date of the proposed Transfer;

(b)    The transferring Member and the prospective transferee must each execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company (as applicable) an assignment agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit D and such other instruments as the Managing Member may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate to confirm the transferor’s intention that the transferee become a Member in its place and the transferee’s undertaking to be bound by the terms of this Agreement and to assume the obligations of the transferor under this Agreement and, to the extent the transferor is to be released from such obligations, the ECCA;

(c)    The Transfer will not violate any securities laws or any other applicable federal or state laws rules or regulations, or the order of any court or administrative body having jurisdiction over the Company or the Project Company or any of their assets or any material contract, lease, security, indenture or agreement binding on the Company or the Project Company or their respective assets;

(d)    The Transfer will not result in a termination of the Company or the Project Company under Section 708(b)(1)(B) of the Code, unless the transferor has indemnified the other Members against any adverse tax effects in a manner reasonably acceptable to the other Members;

(e)    The Transfer will not cause the Company or Project Company to become a Disqualified Person or cause the Portfolio, or any portion thereof, to be classified as “tax-exempt use property” for purposes of Section 168 of the Code;

(f)    The Transfer will not cause there to be more than three Class B Members; provided that, solely for purposes of making such determination in respect of this paragraph, any Class B Member and any other Class B Member that is an Affiliate of such Class B Member shall be deemed to be a single Class B Member;

(g)    The transferring Member and the prospective transferee shall pay any out-of-pocket expenses of the Company, the Project Company or the other Members resulting from the Transfer;

(h)    The transferring Member and the prospective transferee shall have all permits and consents required for such Transfer;

 

42


(i)    The Transfer will not affect the status of any Project Company as an Exempt Wholesale Generator nor will it cause a disqualification under the REPS Act or any of the Tariffs;

(j)    The Transfer will not require the Company to register as an investment company under the 1940 Investment Company Act;

(k)    If the Transfer would occur prior to the end of the Recapture Period for any of the Systems, the Transfer will not be effective unless the transferring Member delivers a written opinion of a nationally-recognized law firm, in form and substance satisfactory to the non-transferring Members, that the Transfer will not cause a Class B Recapture Event;

(l)    Transferee shall be reasonably acceptable to the Class A Members.

(m)    Such Transfer by a Class B Member, other than a Transfer to an Affiliate of the transferor or a Transfer to an existing Class B Member, shall not be a Transfer of less than an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 30% of the total Class B Membership Interests or (ii) such Member’s entire Class B Membership Interest;

(n)    For Transfers prior to the earlier of (i) the contribution by the Class B Member to the Company of 100% of its Equity Commitment Amount or (ii) the Subsequent Funding Termination Date, the transferee must carry an investment grade senior unsecured rating of at least A3 / A- or the Credit Suisse Guaranty must be in full force and effect;

(o)    Except for transfers described in Section  9.5 below, the transferee of a Class B Membership Interest must be a passive institutional investor or (i) is not a competitor of Clean Technologies or its affiliates, (ii) is not in litigation or other material dispute with the Clean Technologies, and (iii) makes substantially the same representations, warranties, and covenants as Class B Members made pursuant to this Agreement;

(p)    Transfer must not cause any adverse tax consequences to the Company, any other Member or the Project Company, in the written opinion of tax counsel reasonably acceptable to the Managing Member;

(q)    The costs of such Transfer must be borne by the transferee; and

(r)    The Transfer will not cause a breach of, or a default under, the Credit Documents.

Section 9.4 Conditions to Changes of Control of Upstream Entities . With respect to any Transfer that is a Change of Control of a Member:

(a)    The Transfer will not violate any securities laws or any other applicable federal or state laws rules or regulations, or the order of any court or administrative body having jurisdiction over the Company or the Project Company or any of their assets or any material contract, lease, security, indenture or agreement binding on the Company or the Project Company or their respective assets;

 

43


(b)    The Transfer will not result in a termination of the Company or the Project Company under Section 708(b)(1)(B) of the Code, unless the transferor has indemnified the other Members against any adverse tax effects in the manner set forth in Section  9.4(h) ;

(c)    The Transfer will not cause the Company or Project Company to become a Disqualified Person or cause the Portfolio, or any portion thereof, to be classified as “tax-exempt use property” for purposes of Section 168 of the Code;

(d)    The transferring Person and the prospective transferee shall pay any out-of-pocket expenses of the Company, the Project Company or the other Members resulting from the Transfer;

(e)    The transferring entity and the prospective transferee shall have all permits and consents required for such Transfer as they apply to the Company and the Project Company;

(f)    The Transfer will not affect the status of any Project Company as an Exempt Wholesale Generator nor will it cause a disqualification under the REPS Act or any of the Tariffs;

(g)    The Transfer will not require the Company to register as an investment company under the 1940 Investment Company Act; and

(h)    With respect to any Transfer that would result in the termination of the Company or the Project Company as set forth in Section  9.4(b) , the transferring Member shall indemnify the Company and the other Members against any adverse effects in a manner reasonably acceptable to the other Members. In connection with such Transfer, the transferring Member shall (i) deliver to each non-transferring Member a guaranty (A) from an entity acceptable to the non-transferring Members having the Required Ratings on the effective date of such Transfer, (B) in an amount not less than the aggregate estimated adverse tax effects with respect to such Transfer and (C) in form and substance satisfactory to the non-transferring Members, or (ii) post collateral in the form of (A) cash, (B) a letter of credit from an Acceptable Credit Party, or (C) liquid securities acceptable to the non-transferring Members, in an amount not less than the aggregate estimated adverse tax effects with respect to such Transfer and in each case in form and substance acceptable to the non-transferring Members.

Section 9.5 Certain Permitted Transfers . Except as otherwise provided in Section  9.1 and this Section  9.5 , notwithstanding the provisions set forth in Sections 9.2 and 9.3 , the following Transfers (the “ Permitted Transfers ”) may be made at any time and from time to time, without restriction and without notice to, approval of, filing with, consent by, or other action of or by, any Member or other Person:

(a)    The issuance of Class B Membership Interests to Mehetia pursuant to the ECCA;

 

44


(b)    (i) The grant of any security interest in any Class A Membership Interest or any Class B Membership Interest pursuant to any security agreement any Class A Member or Class B Member, as applicable, may enter into with lenders; provided that the requirements in Sections 9.2(a), (c), (d) and (e)  shall be satisfied in respect of any such grant of a security interest in Class A Membership Interests, and Sections 9.3(a), (c), (d) and (e)  shall be satisfied in respect of a grant of a security interest in a Class B Membership Interest, and (ii) any Transfer in connection with any foreclosure or other exercise of remedies in respect of any Class A Membership Interest or Class B Membership Interest subject to a security interest referred to in this Section  9.5(b)(i) ; provided , however , that the requirements in Sections 9.2(a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (h), (i), (j), (k), (1) and (m)  shall be satisfied in respect of any such Transfer of Class A Membership Interests and the requirements in Sections 9.3(a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (h), (i), (j), (k), (1) and (m)  shall be satisfied in respect of any such Transfer of Class B Membership Interests; and provided, further that the provisions of Section  9.2(f) (with respect to Class A Membership Interests) and Section  9.3(f) (with respect to Class B Membership Interests) shall not apply to any Transfer resulting from foreclosure upon, or subsequent transfer of, such Membership Interests;

(c)    The Transfer of any Membership Interest solely to an Affiliate of a Member; provided , the requirements set forth in Sections 9.2(a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f) , (g) , (h), (i), (j), (k) , (l) and (m)  shall be satisfied in respect to such Transfer of Class A Membership Interests, and, in the case of a Transfer by a Class B Member, the requirements set forth in Sections 9.3, except the requirement in Section  9.3(a) , which requirement shall be deemed satisfied upon a three day notice, and except the requirements in Sections 9.3(b), (g) , (k) , (1) , (n) , (p) and (q) , shall be satisfied with respect to such Transfer of Class B Membership Interests (though the requirement in Section  9.3(k) must be met if the transferee is an entity other than an association taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes); and

(d)    Any Transfer in accordance with Section  9.7 (Purchase Option) or Section  9.8 (Sale Option); provided , however , that the requirements in Sections 9.3(b) and (c) shall be satisfied in respect of any such Transfer, and solely with respect to a Transfer pursuant to Section  9.4, Sections 9.3(c), (d), (e), (g), (i), (j) and (k) , shall be satisfied in respect of any such Transfer.

Section 9.6 [Intentionally omitted].

Section 9.7 Purchase Option .

(a)    The Class A Member shall have the right, but not the obligation (the “ Purchase Option ”), on the eleventh anniversary of the Initial Funding Date (the “ Purchase Option Date ”), upon giving the Company and all other Members 60 days’ written notice, to purchase all (but not less than all) of the outstanding Class B Interests from all of the Class B Members by exercise of the Purchase Option (the “ Purchase Option Exercise Notice ”).

 

45


(b)    The consideration for the Transfer of the Class B Membership Interests to the Class A Member pursuant to the Purchase Option shall be an amount (payable in United States dollars) equal to the Purchase Option Price.

(c)    If the Purchase Option is exercised, the closing of such Transfer shall occur on the Business Day that is (i) 60 days after the applicable Purchase Option Exercise Notice is given or (ii) such later date as may be required to obtain either a determination of the Purchase Option Price or any applicable consents or approvals or satisfy any reporting or waiting period under any applicable Legal Requirements.

(d)    If the Purchase Option is exercised, at the closing of the Transfer, (1) each Class A Member which has given a Purchase Option Exercise Notice shall pay (by wire transfer of immediately available United States dollars to such United States bank accounts as Class B Members may designate in a written notice to the Company and Class A Members no later than five Business Days prior to the closing date for the Transfer pursuant to the Purchase Option) an amount equal to the Purchase Option Price (determined in accordance with Section  9.7(b)) , and (2) each Class B Member shall take the following actions: (i) such Class B Member shall Transfer to the applicable Class A Member all right, title and interest in and to the Class B Membership Interests, free and clear of all Encumbrances other than Permitted Encumbrances; (ii) such Class B Member shall be required to make the representations on Schedule 9 attached hereto to the applicable Class A Member and the Company; and (iii) such Class B Member shall take all such further actions and execute, acknowledge and deliver all such further documents that are necessary to effectuate the Transfer of the Class B Membership Interests contemplated by this section. Upon the closing of such Transfer, (1) all of such Class B Member’s obligations and liabilities associated with the Class B Membership Interests which are the subject of such Transfer will terminate except those obligations and liabilities accrued through the date of such closing, (2) such Class B Member shall have no further rights as a Member, and (3) all the rights, obligations and liabilities associated with the Class B Membership Interests which are the subject of such Transfer shall become the rights, obligations and liabilities of each Person acquiring such Class B Membership Interests.

Section 9.8 Sale Option .

(a)    The Class B Member shall have the right, but not the obligation (the “ Sale Option ”), on the tenth anniversary of the Execution Date (the “ Sale Option Date ”), upon giving the Company and all other Members at least 60 days’ advance written notice, to sell all (and not less than all) of its Class B Membership Interests to the Class A Member by exercise of the Sale Option (the “ Sale Notice ”).

(b)    The consideration for the Transfer of the Class B Membership Interests to the Class A Member pursuant to the Sale Option shall be an amount (payable in United States dollars) equal to the Sale Price.

 

46


(c)    If the Sale Option is exercised, the closing of such Transfer shall occur on (i) the tenth anniversary of the Execution Date (or, if not a Business Day, the Business Day immediately preceding the tenth anniversary of the Execution Date) or (ii) such later date as may be required to obtain either a determination of the Sale Price or any applicable consents or approvals or satisfy any reporting or waiting period under any applicable Legal Requirements.

(d)    If the Sale Option is exercised, at the closing of the Transfer, (1) each Class A Member which has received a Sale Notice shall pay (by wire transfer of immediately available United States dollars to such United States bank accounts as a Class B Member selling its respective Class B Interests may designate in a written notice to the Company and Class A Members no later than five Business Days prior to the closing date for the Transfer pursuant to the Sale Option) an amount equal to the Sale Price (determined in accordance with Section  9.8(b)) , and (2) such Class B Member shall take the following actions: (i) such Class B Member shall Transfer to the applicable Class A Member all right, title and interest in and to the Class B Membership Interests, free and clear of all Encumbrances other than Permitted Encumbrances; (ii) such Class B Member shall be required to make the representations on Schedule 9 attached hereto to the applicable Class A Member and the Company; and (iii) such Class B Member shall take all such further actions and execute, acknowledge and deliver all such further documents that are necessary to effectuate the Transfer of the Class B Membership Interests contemplated by this section. Upon the closing of such Transfer, (A) all of such Class B Member’s obligations and liabilities associated with the Class B Membership Interests which are the subject of such Transfer will terminate except those obligations and liabilities accrued through the date of such closing, (B) such Class B Member shall have no further rights as a Member, and (C) all the rights, obligations and liabilities associated with the Class B Membership Interests which are the subject of such Transfer shall become the rights, obligations and liabilities of each Person acquiring such Class B Membership Interests.

Section 9.9 Regulatory and Other Authorizations and Consents .

(a)    In connection with any Transfer pursuant to Sections 9.7 or 9.8 (the “ Designated Transfers ”), each Member involved shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all authorizations, consents, orders and approvals of, give all notices to and make all filings with, all Governmental Authorities and third parties that may be or become necessary for the Designated Transfers, its execution and delivery of, and the performance of its obligations under, this Agreement or other Transaction Documents in connection with any such Designated Transfer and will cooperate fully with the other Members in promptly seeking to obtain all such authorizations, consents, orders and approvals, giving such notices and making such filings, including the provision to such third parties and Governmental Authorities of such financial statements and other publicly available financial information with respect to such Member or, if applicable, such Member’s guarantor, as the case may be, as such third parties or Governmental Authorities may reasonably request; provided , however , that no Member involved shall have any obligation to pay any consideration to obtain any such consents. In addition, the Members involved shall keep each other reasonably apprised of their efforts to obtain necessary consents and waivers from third parties or Governmental Authorities and the responses of such third parties and Governmental Authorities to requests to provide such consents and waivers.

 

47


(b)    Without limiting the generality of Section  9.9(a) , each Member shall make such filings as may be required under the HSR Act, the Federal Power Act, or any state Legal Requirements relating to the ownership or control of the Systems.

(i)    To the extent required by the HSR Act, each Member involved in a Designated Transfer shall (i) file or cause to be filed, as promptly as practicable but in no event later than the fifteenth Business Day after the delivery of any Purchase Option Exercise Notice, as applicable, with the Federal Trade Commission and the United States Department of Justice, all reports and other documents required to be filed by such Member under the HSR Act concerning the Designated Transfer and (ii) promptly comply with or cause to be complied with any requests by the Federal Trade Commission or the United States Department of Justice for additional information concerning the Designated Transfer, in each case so that the initial thirty day waiting period applicable under the HSR Act shall expire as soon as practicable. Each Member involved in a Designated Transfer agrees to request, and to cooperate with the other Members involved in requesting, early termination of any applicable waiting period under the HSR Act. Each of the Class A Members involved in a Designated Transfer shall be responsible for the filing fees incurred by all Members involved in the Designated Transfer in connection with the initial filings required by the HSR Act in connection with the Designated Transfers (pro rata in proportion to the percentage of Class B Membership Interests each such Class A Member will acquire in connection with the Designated Transfer). Except as expressly provided in the prior sentence with respect to filing fees, each Member involved in a Designated Transfer will be responsible for its own fees and expenses, including any fees and expenses of counsel, accountants or other professional advisors.

(ii)    To the extent required by the Federal Power Act, each Member involved in a Designated Transfer shall (i) file or cause to be filed, as promptly as practicable but in no event later than the twenty-first Business Day after the delivery of any Purchase Option Exercise Notice, as applicable, an application for approval of the Designated Transfer pursuant to Section 203 of the Federal Power Act, and (ii) as promptly as practicable but in no event later than the tenth Business Day after the delivery of any Purchase Option Exercise Notice, as applicable, provide to the Company and the Managing Member information needed for the Company to file an application for approval of the Designated Transfer under Section 203 of the Federal Power Act.

Section 9.10 Admission . Any transferee of all or part of any Membership Interests pursuant to a Transfer made in accordance with this Agreement shall be admitted to the Company as a substitute Member upon its execution of a counterpart to this Agreement.

Section 9.11 Security Interest Consent . If any Member grants a security interest in any Membership Interest, upon request by such Member, each other Member will execute and deliver to any person holding such security interest (for itself and/or for the benefit of other lenders) such acknowledgments, consents or other instruments as such person may reasonably request to confirm that such grant and any foreclosure or other exercise of remedies in respect of such Membership constitutes a Permitted Transfer under this Agreement.

 

48


Section 9.12 Indemnification; Other Rights of the Members .

(a)    Beginning on the Effective Date (or, with respect to any additional Member that becomes a Member after the Effective Date, on the first date on which such Person becomes a Member hereunder) and continuing thereafter, Clean Technologies agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Investor Indemnified Parties from and against any and all Investor Indemnified Costs; provided , however , except with respect to Investor Indemnified Costs (t) resulting from fraud or willful misconduct, (u) resulting from failure to pay any amount due to Investor Indemnified Parties under the Transaction Documents, (v) resulting from a Third Party Claim, (w) resulting from the failure to enforce a Material Contract with an Affiliate of the Indemnifying Party, (x) resulting from Project Company (or any of the Systems) not qualifying for (or becoming disqualified under) the REPS Act or the Tariffs as a result of any act or omission by Bloom or any Affiliate of Bloom (including, without limitation, (i) Bloom failing to achieve commercial operation (as defined in the QFCP-RC Tariff) of 5 MW of Systems by March 31, 2013 (unless such date has been extended in accordance with the QFCP-RC Tariff), (ii) Bloom failing to achieve commercial operation (as defined in the QFCP-RC Tariff) of 30 MW of Systems, of which at least 20 MW of Systems were actually manufactured by Bloom in the State of Delaware by September 30, 2014 (unless such date has been extended in accordance with the QFCP-RC Tariff), (iii) Bloom failing to be manufacturing fuel cells capable of being powered by renewable fuels from a permanent manufacturing facility located in the State of Delaware as of the date of Commencement of Operations (as defined in the MESPA) of the full nameplate capacity of the Portfolio, or (iv) any of the acts or omissions set forth in Section 4.3 of the MESPA), (y) resulting from Bloom failing to be in compliance with the Letter Agreement (including, if so required by the State of Delaware, posting the security referred to in the Letter Agreement upon or prior to the Commencement of Operation of the first System) or (z) resulting from any surcharges pursuant to the Tariffs being deemed a tax under Delaware law, in no event will Clean Technologies’ aggregate obligation (including any prior indemnity payments by Clean Technologies under this Agreement or under the ECCA) to indemnify the Investor Indemnified Parties hereunder exceed one hundred percent (100%) of the Funding Payments of the Class B Member made to date.

(b)    Beginning on the Effective Date (or, with respect to any additional Member that becomes a Member after the Effective Date, on the first date on which such Person becomes a Member hereunder) and continuing thereafter, the Class B Member agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Clean Technologies Indemnified Parties from and against any and all Clean Technologies Indemnified Costs; provided , however , except with respect to Clean Technologies Indemnified Costs (w) resulting from fraud or willful misconduct, (x) resulting from failure to pay any amount due to Clean Technologies Indemnified Parties under the Transaction Documents, (y) resulting from a Third Party Claim or (z) resulting from the failure to enforce a Material Contract with an Affiliate of the Indemnifying Party, in no event will the Class B Member’s aggregate obligation (including any prior indemnity payments by the

 

49


Class B Member under this Agreement or under the ECCA) to indemnify the Clean Technologies Indemnified Parties hereunder exceed one hundred percent (100%) of the Funding Payments of the Class B Member made to date.

(c)    Other than with respect to Indemnified Costs resulting from Third Party Claims, no claim for indemnification may be made with respect to any Indemnified Costs (other than fraud, willful misconduct, or failure to pay any amount due to Indemnified Parties under any Transaction Document) until the aggregate amount of such costs for which indemnification is (or previously has been) sought by the Indemnified Party under all Transaction Documents exceeds $175,000 and once such threshold amount of claims has been reached, the relevant Indemnified Party and its Affiliates shall have the right to be indemnified only to the extent the amount of Indemnified Costs claimed exceed such threshold amount. Claims for indemnification under this Company LLC Agreement and the other Transaction Documents shall not be duplicative of one another and shall not allow for duplicative recoveries.

Section 9.13 Indemnification of Members by the Company . Each Member and any Affiliate of a Member, and each of their respective officers, directors, shareholders, employees and agents (each, a “ Member Party ”) shall be exculpated from liability for and defended, indemnified and held harmless by the Company from all Claims arising out of the performance by such Member Party of its obligations under this Company LLC Agreement so long as such Member Party acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed by it to be in the best interest of or not opposed to the interest of the Company; provided , however , that no Member Party shall be shall be exculpated from liability for and defended, indemnified and held harmless or entitled to the payment of an indemnity claim under this Article IX .

Section 9.14 Direct Claims . In any case in which an Indemnified Party seeks indemnification under Section  9.12 that is not subject to Section  9.15 because no Third Party Claim is involved, the Indemnified Party shall promptly notify the Indemnifying Party in writing of any amounts that the Indemnified Party claims are subject to indemnification under the terms of this Article IX . The failure of the Indemnified Party to exercise promptness in such notification shall not amount to a waiver of such claim, except to the extent the resulting delay materially and adversely prejudices the position of the Indemnifying Party with respect to such claim.

Section 9.15 Third Party Claims . An Indemnified Party shall give written notice to the Indemnifying Party within 10 days after it has actual knowledge of commencement or assertion of any Third Party Claim in respect of which the Indemnified Party may seek indemnification under Section  9.12 . Such notice shall state the nature and basis of such Third Party Claim and the events and the amounts thereof to the extent known. Any failure to so notify the Indemnifying Party shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party from any liability that the Indemnifying Party may have to the Indemnified Party under this Article IX , except to the extent the failure to give such notice materially and adversely prejudices the Indemnifying Party. In case any such action, proceeding or claim is brought against an Indemnified Party, so long as it has acknowledged in writing to the Indemnified Party that it is liable for such Third Party Claim

 

50


pursuant to this Section  9.15 , the Indemnifying Party shall be entitled to participate in and, unless in the reasonable judgment of the Indemnified Party a conflict of interests between it and the Indemnifying Party may exist in respect of such Third Party Claim or such Third Party Claim entails a material risk of criminal penalties or civil fines or non monetary sanctions being imposed on the Indemnified Party or a risk of materially adversely affecting the Indemnified Party’s business (a “ Third Party Penalty Claim ”), to assume the defense thereof, with counsel selected by the Indemnifying Party and reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party, and after notice from the Indemnifying Party to the Indemnified Party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the Indemnifying Party shall not be liable to the Indemnified Party for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the latter in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation or defending such portion of such Third Party Penalty Claim; provided nothing contained herein shall permit Clean Technologies to control or participate in any Tax contest or dispute involving a Class B Member or any Affiliate of a Class B Member, or permit a Class B Member to control or participate in any Tax contest or dispute involving any Affiliate of Clean Technologies other than the Company and the Project Company; and, provided , further, the Parties agree that the handling of any Tax contests involving the Company will be governed by Section  7.7 . In the event that (i) the Indemnifying Party advises an Indemnified Party that the Indemnifying Party will not contest a claim for indemnification hereunder, (ii) the Indemnifying Party fails, within 30 days of receipt of any indemnification notice to notify, in writing, such Indemnified Party of its election, to defend, settle or compromise, at its sole cost and expense, any such Third Party Claim (or discontinues its defense at any time after it commences such defense) or (iii) in the reasonable judgment of the Indemnified Party, a conflict of interests between it and the Indemnifying Party exists in respect of such Third Party Claim or the action or claim is a Third Party Penalty Claim, then the Indemnified Party may, at its option, defend, settle or otherwise compromise or pay such action or claim or Third Party Claim in each case, at the sole cost and expense of the Indemnifying Party. In any event, unless and until the Indemnifying Party elects in writing to assume and does so assume the defense of any such claim, proceeding or action, the Indemnifying Party shall be liable for the Indemnified Party’s reasonable costs and expenses arising out of the defense, settlement or compromise of any such action, claim or proceeding. The Indemnified Party shall cooperate to the extent commercially reasonable with the Indemnifying Party in connection with any negotiation or defense of any such action or claim by the Indemnifying Party. The Indemnifying Party shall keep the Indemnified Party fully apprised at all times as to the status of the defense or any settlement negotiations with respect thereto. If the Indemnifying Party elects to defend any such action or claim, then the Indemnified Party shall be entitled to participate in such defense with counsel of its choice at its sole cost and expense unless otherwise specified herein; provided that any such participation of the Indemnified Party shall be at the Indemnifying Party’s sole cost and expense to the extent such participation relates to a Third Party Penalty Claim. If the Indemnifying Party does not assume such defense, the Indemnified Party shall keep the Indemnifying Party apprised at all times as to the status of the defense; provided , however, that the failure to keep the Indemnifying Party so informed shall not affect the obligations of the Indemnifying Party hereunder. The Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for any settlement of any action, claim or proceeding effected without its written consent; provided , however, that the Indemnifying Party shall not unreasonably withhold, delay or condition any

 

51


such consent. Notwithstanding anything in this Section  9.15 to the contrary, the Indemnifying Party shall not, without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent, (i) settle or compromise any claim or consent to entry of judgment in respect thereof which involves any condition other than payment of money by the Indemnified Party, (ii) settle or compromise any claim or consent to entry of judgment in respect thereof without first demonstrating to Indemnified Party the ability to pay such claim or judgment, or (iii) settle or compromise any claim or consent to entry of judgment in respect thereof that does not include, as an unconditional term thereof, the giving by the claimant or the plaintiff to the Indemnified Party, a full and complete release from all liability in respect of such claim.

Section 9.16 No Duplication . Any liability for indemnification under this Article IX shall be determined without duplication of recovery. Without limiting the generality of the prior sentence, if a statement of facts, condition or event constitutes a breach of more than one representation, warranty, covenant or agreement which is subject to the indemnification obligation in Section 9.12 , only one recovery of Indemnified Costs per Indemnified Party shall be allowed.

Section 9.17 Sole Remedy . Except in the case of fraud, willful misconduct or failure to pay and except for claims brought under Article 6 of the ECCA, the enforcement of the claims of the Parties under Section 6.6 , Section 6.7 , Section  6.8 , Section  6.9 or Article IX of this Agreement are the sole and exclusive remedies that a Party shall have under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents for the recovery of Indemnified Costs; provided , however , that notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, each Party hereby reserves all equitable remedies.

Section 9.18 Survival . All representations, warranties, covenants and obligations made or undertaken by a Party in this Agreement or in any other Transaction Document are material, have been relied upon by the other Parties and, except as otherwise provided in Section  9.18 or elsewhere in this Agreement (or, with respect to any representations, warranties, covenants and obligations made or undertaken in any other Transaction Document, in such Transaction Document), shall continue in full force and effect, together with the associated rights of indemnification, indefinitely.

Section 9.19 Final Date for Assertion of Indemnity Claims . All claims by an Indemnified Party for indemnification pursuant to this Article IX resulting from breaches of representations or warranties in Article III of this Agreement shall be forever barred unless the other Party is notified within eighteen (18) months after the date such representation or warranty is made; provided that if written notice of a claim for indemnification has been given by an Indemnified Party on or prior to the last day of the respective foregoing period, then the obligation of the other Party to indemnify such Indemnified Party pursuant to this Article IX shall survive with respect to such claim until such claim is finally resolved.

Section 9.20 Reasonable Steps to Mitigate . Each Indemnified Party will take, at the Indemnifying Party’s own reasonable cost and expense, all reasonable commercial steps identified by Indemnifying Party to the Indemnified Parties to mitigate all Indemnified Costs

 

52


(other than any such Indemnified Costs that are Taxes), which steps may include availing itself of any defenses, limitations, rights of contribution, claims against third Persons and other rights at law or equity. The Indemnified Parties will provide such evidence and documentation of the nature and extent of the Indemnified Costs as may be reasonably requested by the Indemnifying Party.

Section 9.21 Net of Insurance Benefits . All Indemnified Costs shall be net of insurance recoveries from insurance policies of the Project Company (including under the existing title policies) to the extent that any proceeds of such policies, less any costs, expenses or premiums incurred by the Project Company in connection therewith, are distributed by the Project Company to the Company and are in turn distributed by the Company to the Indemnified Party; provided , however , such amount shall account for any costs or expenses incurred by the Indemnified Party in connection with obtaining insurance proceeds with respect to any breach or nonperformance hereunder.

Section 9.22 No Consequential Damages . Indemnified Costs shall not include, and an Indemnifying Party shall have no obligation to indemnify any Indemnified Party for or in respect of, any punitive, consequential or exemplary damages of any nature including but not limited to damages for lost profits or revenues or the loss or use of such profits or revenue, loss by reason of plant shutdown or inability to operate at rated capacity, increased operating expenses of plant or equipment, increased costs of purchasing or providing equipment, materials, labor, services, costs of replacement, power or capital, debt service fees or penalties, inventory or use charges, damages to reputation, damages for lost opportunities, or claims of the Project Company’s customers, members or affiliates, regardless of whether said claim is based upon contract, warranty, tort (including negligence and strict liability) or other theory of law unless payable by such Indemnified Party as part of a Third Party Claim; provided , however , that the lost profits or revenues (and the loss or use thereof) language set forth in this Section  9.22 shall not be interpreted to exclude from Indemnified Costs any damages, losses, claims, liabilities, demands charges, suits, Taxes, penalties, costs or expenses that would otherwise be included within the definition of Indemnified Costs because they result from a reduction in the profits of the Project Company, the Company, or both.

Section 9.23 Payment of Indemnification Claims . All claims for indemnification shall be paid by Indemnifying Party in immediately available funds in U.S. dollars. Any undisputed portion of an indemnification claim shall be paid promptly by the Indemnifying Party to the Indemnified Parties involved. An Indemnifying Party may dispute any portion of an indemnification claim, provided , however , that such disputed indemnification claim shall be paid promptly by the Indemnifying Party to the Indemnified Party together with interest at a market rate upon the final determination of the payable amount of the claim (if any) by a court of competent jurisdiction.

Section 9.24 Repayment; Subrogation . If the amount of any Indemnified Costs, at any time after the making of an indemnity payment in respect thereof, is reduced by recovery, settlement or otherwise under any insurance coverage (excluding any proceeds from self

 

53


insurance or flow through insurance policies) or under any claim, recovery, settlement or payment by or against any other entity, the amount of such reduction, less any costs, expenses or premiums incurred in connection therewith, must promptly be repaid by the Indemnified Party to the Indemnifying Party net of any Taxes imposed upon the Indemnified Party in respect of such amounts, but taking into account any Tax benefit the Indemnified Party receives as a result of such repayment. Upon making any indemnity payment (other than any indemnity payment relating to Taxes), the Indemnifying Party will, to the extent of such indemnity payment, be subrogated to all rights of the Indemnified Party against any third party, except third parties that provide insurance coverage to the Indemnified Party or its Affiliates, in respect of the Indemnified Costs to which the indemnity payment relates. Without limiting the generality or effect of any other provision hereof, each such Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party shall duly execute upon request all instruments reasonably necessary to evidence and perfect the above described subrogation rights, and otherwise cooperate in the prosecution of such claims at the direction of the Indemnifying Party. Nothing in this Section  9.24 will be construed to require any Party to obtain or maintain any insurance coverage.

ARTICLE X

DISSOLUTION AND WINDING-UP

Section 10.1 Events of Dissolution . The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs shall be wound up upon the first to occur of any of the following:

(a)    the written consent of the Members representing a Class Majority Vote to dissolve and terminate the Company after the final Recapture Period;

(b)    the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act;

(c)    the occurrence of the LLC Agreement Termination Date;

(d)    the disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s business and assets after the final Recapture Period;

(e)    the issuance of a final, nonappealable court order which makes it unlawful for the business of the Company to be carried on; or

(f) at any time there are no members of the Company unless the business of the Company is continued in accordance with the Act.

Section 10.2 Distribution of Assets .

(a)    The Members hereby appoint the Managing Member to act as the liquidator upon the occurrence of one of the events in Section  10.1 . Upon the occurrence of such an event, the liquidator will proceed diligently to wind up the affairs of the Company and make final distributions as provided herein and in the Act. The liquidator may sell, and will use

 

54


commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the best possible price for, any or all Company property, including to Members. In no event, without the approval of Members by a Class Majority Vote, will a sale to a Member be for an amount that is less than fair market value (determined by the Appraisal Method if the Members (by a Class Majority Vote) are unable to agree on the fair market value).

(b)    The liquidator will first pay, satisfy or discharge from Company funds all of the debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company (including all expenses incurred in liquidation) or otherwise make adequate provision for payment and discharge thereof (including the establishment of a cash escrow fund for contingent, conditional or unmatured liabilities in such amount and for such term as the liquidator may reasonably determine) in the order of priority as provided by law.

(c)    All assets of the Company will be treated as if sold, and the gain treated as realized on those assets will be allocated first to Members with deficits in their Capital Accounts (in the ratio of the deficits if more than one Member’s Capital Account is in deficit) in order to eliminate the deficits.

(d)    Remaining gain or loss will be allocated next to the Class B Member in an effort to set the Capital Account of the Class B Member at a level that would allow it to reach the Target IRR out of the liquidating distributions if the Target IRR has not already been achieved, and thereafter in the ratio in Section  5.1 (a)(ii) , provided that no allocation will increase a deficit in the Capital Account of a Class B Member.

(e)    After the allocations in clauses (c) and (d) have been made, then cash and property will be distributed pro rata to the Members in the amount of the positive balances in their Capital Accounts by the end of the taxable year during which the liquidation occurs (or, if later, within 90 days after the date of such liquidation).

(f)    The distribution of cash and property to a Member under this Section 10.2 constitutes a complete return to the Member of its Capital Contributions and a complete distribution to the Member on its Membership Interests in the Company of all the Company’s property and constitutes a compromise to which all Members have consented within the meaning of Section 18-502(b) of the Act. If the assets of the Company remaining after the payment or discharge of the debts and liabilities of the Company are insufficient to return Capital Contributions of each Member, such Member shall have no recourse against the Company or any other Member.

Section 10.3 In-Kind Distributions . There shall be no distribution of assets of the Company in kind without a prior Class Majority Vote.

 

55


Section 10.4 Certificate of Cancellation .

(a)    When all debts, liabilities and obligations have been paid and discharged or adequate provisions have been made therefor and all of the remaining property and assets have been distributed to the Members, a certificate of cancellation shall be executed and filed by the liquidator with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, which certificate shall set forth the information required by Section 18-203 of the Act.

(b)    Upon the filing of the certificate of cancellation, the existence of the Company shall cease.

(c)    All costs and expenses in fulfilling the obligations under this Section 10.4 shall be borne by the Company.

ARTICLE XI

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.1 Notices . Unless otherwise provided herein, any offer, acceptance, election, approval, consent, certification, request, waiver, notice or other communication required or permitted to be given hereunder (collectively referred to as a “ Notice ”), shall be in writing and delivered (a) in person, (b) by registered or certified mail with postage prepaid and return receipt requested, (c) by recognized overnight courier service with charges prepaid or (d) by facsimile transmission, directed to the intended recipient at the address of such Member on Schedule 4.2(d) or at such other address as any Member hereafter may designate to the others in accordance with a Notice under this Section  11.1 . A Notice or other communication will be deemed delivered on the earliest to occur of (i) its actual receipt when delivered in person, (ii) the fifth Business Day following its deposit in registered or certified mail, with postage prepaid, and return receipt requested, (iii) the second Business Day following its deposit with a recognized overnight courier service or (iv) the date of receipt of a facsimile or, if such date of receipt is not a Business Day, the next Business Day following such date of receipt, provided the sender can and does provide evidence of successful transmission. Any Notice or other communication received on a day that is not a Business Day or later than 5:00 p.m. on a Business Day shall be deemed to be received on the next Business Day.

Section 11.2 Amendment . Except for an amendment of Schedule 4.2(d) , an amendment of Annex II to reflect the issuance of additional Class B Membership Interests or a Transfer of Class B Membership Interests, or an amendment in connection with the admission of a new Member, in each case in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, this Agreement may be changed, modified or amended only by an instrument in writing duly executed by all Members.

Section 11.3 Partition . Each of the Members hereby irrevocably waives, to the extent it may lawfully do so, any right that such Member may have to maintain any action for partition with respect to the Company property.

Section 11.4 Waivers and Modifications . Any waiver or consent, express, implied or deemed, to or of any breach or default by any Person in the performance by that Person of its obligations with respect to the Company or any action inconsistent with this Agreement is not a consent or waiver to or of any other breach or default in the performance by

 

56


that Person of the same or any other obligations of that Person with respect to the Company or any other such action. Failure on the part of a Person to insist in any one or more instances upon strict performance of any provisions of this Agreement, to take advantage of any of its rights hereunder, or to declare any Person in default with respect to the Company, irrespective of how long that failure continues, does not constitute a waiver by that Person of its rights with respect to that Person or its rights with respect to that default until the applicable statute of limitations period has lapsed. All waivers and consents hereunder shall be in writing duly executed by all Members affected by such waiver or consent and shall be delivered to the other Members in the manner described in Section  11.1 .

Section 11.5 Severability . Except as otherwise provided in the succeeding sentence, every term and provision of this Agreement is intended to be severable, and if any term or provision of this Agreement is illegal or invalid for any reason whatsoever, such illegality or invalidity shall not affect the legality or validity of the remainder of this Agreement. The preceding sentence shall be of no force or effect if the consequence of enforcing the remainder of this Agreement without such illegal or invalid terms or provision would be to cause any Party to lose the benefit of its economic bargain.

Section 11.6 Successors; No Third-Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement is binding on and inures to the benefit of the Members and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns. Nothing in this Agreement shall provide any benefit to any third party or entitle any third party to any claim, cause of action, remedy or right of any kind, it being the intent of the Members that this Agreement shall not be construed as a third-party beneficiary contract. To the full extent permitted by law, no creditor or other third party having dealings with the Company shall have the right to pursue any other right or remedy hereunder or at law or in equity, it being understood and agreed that the provisions of this Agreement shall be solely for the benefit of, and may be enforced solely by, the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. None of the rights of the Members herein set forth to make Capital Contributions or loans to the Company shall be deemed an asset of the Company for any purpose by any creditor or other third party, nor may such rights or obligations be sold, transferred or assigned by the Company or pledged or encumbered by the Company to secure any debt or other obligation of the Company or of any of the Members.

Section 11.7 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, including the Schedules attached hereto or incorporated herein by reference, constitutes the entire agreement of the Members with respect to the matters covered herein. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and oral understandings among the parties hereto with respect to such matters, including the 2012 Operating Agreement.

Section 11.8 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, excluding any conflict of laws rule or principle that might refer the governance or construction of this Agreement to the law of another jurisdiction.

 

57


Section 11.9 Further Assurances . In connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, each Member shall execute and deliver any additional documents and instruments and perform any additional acts that may be reasonably required or useful to carry out the intent and purpose of this Agreement and as are not inconsistent with the terms hereof.

Section 11.10 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original but all of which together will constitute one instrument, binding upon all parties hereto, notwithstanding that all of such parties may not have executed the same counterpart.

Section 11.11 Dispute Resolution .

(a)    Except as provided in Section  11.11(b) , in the event a dispute, controversy or claim arises hereunder, the aggrieved party will promptly provide written notification of the dispute to the other party within 10 days after such dispute arises. A meeting will be held promptly between the parties, attended by representatives of the parties with decision-making authority regarding the dispute, to attempt in good faith to negotiate a resolution of the dispute. If the parties are not successful in resolving a dispute within 21 days, the parties will thereafter be entitled to pursue all such remedies as may be available to them; provided that the parties hereby irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of any state or federal court in New York county, New York or any state of federal court in the State of Delaware with respect to any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, no Member waives its right to maintain a legal action or proceeding in the courts of the State of Delaware with respect to matters relating to the organization or internal affairs of the Company.

(b)    If any Class B Member disputes the determination that the Flip Date has occurred (including based on any item or procedure or calculation that affects such determination contained in any notice or report delivered by the Administrator to such Class B Member), such Class B Member shall notify the Administrator and other Members not more than 20 days after such Class B Member has received written notice from the Administrator or the Managing Member that the Flip Date was determined to have occurred. In such event, the Members and the Administrator shall consider the issues raised or in dispute and discuss such issues with each other and attempt to reach a mutually satisfactory agreement. If notice of dispute is not given by any Class B Member within such period, the determination that the Flip Date has occurred, and the items, procedures and calculations described above relating thereto, will be final and binding on the Members. If the dispute as to the Administrator’s calculations is not promptly resolved within ten Business Days of such notification of the dispute, the Class B Member and the Administrator shall each promptly present their interpretations to an Independent Accounting Firm, and shall instruct the Independent Accounting Firm to determine the correct amount of the calculations in dispute (if applicable, in accordance with the methodology in Sections 6.5 or 7.1 ) and to resolve the dispute promptly, but in no event more than twenty Business Days after having the dispute submitted to it. The Independent Accounting Firm will make a determination as to each of the items in dispute, which must be (i) in writing, (ii) furnished to each Member and

 

58


the Administrator and (iii) made in accordance with this Agreement, and which determination, absent manifest error, will be conclusive and binding on all Members, taking into account Sections 6.5(d) and (e) . Each Member shall use reasonable efforts to cause the Independent Accounting Firm to render its decision as soon as reasonably practicable, including by promptly complying with all reasonable requests by the Independent Accounting Firm for information, books, records and similar items. In the event the Independent Accounting Firm determines that any of the calculations in dispute was incorrect in any material respect, the fees and expenses of the Independent Accounting Firm shall be borne by Class A Members (pro rata in proportion to their Percentage Interests). In all other cases the fees and expenses of the Independent Accounting Firm shall be borne by the Class B Member disputing any of the calculations (if more than one, pro rata in proportion to their Percentage Interests).

Section 11.12 Confidentiality .

(a) The Members (other than Clean Technologies) shall, and shall cause their Affiliates and their respective stockholders, members, subsidiaries and Representatives to, hold confidential all information they may have or obtain concerning Clean Technologies, Bloom, the Company and their respective assets, business, operations or prospects or this Agreement (the “ Confidential Information ”); provided , however , such Confidential Information shall not include information that (i) becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by a Member or any of its Representatives, (ii) becomes available to a Member or any of its Representatives on a nonconfidential basis prior to its disclosure by the Company or its Representatives, (iii) is required or requested to be disclosed by a Member or any of its Affiliates or their respective stockholders, members, subsidiaries or Representatives as a result of any applicable Legal Requirement or rule or regulation of any stock exchange, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. or other regulatory authority or self-regulatory authority having jurisdiction over such Member, (iv) is required or requested by the IRS in connection with the Systems or a Grant, including in connection with a request for any private letter ruling, any determination letter or any audit, or (v) is independently developed by a Member or any of its Representatives; provided that with respect to clauses (iii) and (iv), if such Confidential Information remains or is reasonably believed to remain generally unavailable to the public, such information will remain Confidential Information in all other respects and for all other purposes. If such party becomes compelled by legal or administrative process to disclose any Confidential Information, such party will provide the other Members with prompt Notice so that the other Members may seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy or waive compliance with the non-disclosure provisions of this Section  11.12(a) with respect to the information required to be disclosed. If such protective order or other remedy is not obtained, or such other Members waive compliance with the non-disclosure provisions of this Section  11.12(a) with respect to the information required to be disclosed, the first party will furnish only that portion of such information that it is advised, by opinion of counsel, is legally required to be furnished and will exercise reasonable efforts, at the other Members’ expense, to obtain reliable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded such information, including, in the case of disclosures to the IRS described in clause (iv) above, to obtain reliable assurance that, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable Legal Requirements, such information will not be made available for public inspection pursuant to Section 6110 of the Code.

 

59


(b)    Except to the extent necessary for the exercise of its rights and remedies and the performance of its obligations under this Agreement (including without limitation, the ownership, operation and administration of the Company and the Project Company), Clean Technologies and its Affiliates will hold confidential and not disclose directly or indirectly, any of the economic terms particular to this Agreement and the ECCA, including the amount of any Class B Member’s Capital Contribution, economic returns thereon or the identity of any Class B Member other than with respect to the disclosures of the type described in clause (a)(i) through (v) above or in clause (c) below that are permitted for the other Members and their respective Affiliates. The foregoing shall not restrict Clean Technologies (or any Affiliate) from using project data related to the Systems in connection with the development of other fuel cells by Clean Technologies (or any Affiliate).

(c)    Nothing in Section  11.12(a) and (b)  shall be construed as prohibiting a party hereunder from using such Confidential Information in connection with (i) any claim against another Member, the Managing Member or the Administrator hereunder, (ii) any exercise by a party hereunder of any of its rights hereunder (including without limitation, the ownership, operation and administration of the Company and the Project Company) and (iii) a disposition by a Member of all or a portion of its Membership Interest or a disposition of an equity interest in such Member or its Affiliates, provided that such potential purchaser shall have entered into a confidentiality agreement with respect to Confidential Information on customary terms used in confidentiality agreements in connection with corporate acquisitions before any such information may be disclosed. In addition, each Member hereby acknowledges that the United States federal securities laws and applicable European securities laws, among other things, prohibit certain persons in possession of material, non-public information concerning companies or securities from buying or selling securities issued by those companies or disclosing that material, non-public information to others who buy or sell those securities while in possession of that information (or disclose that information to others who buy or sell). Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Parties and their respective Representatives may disclose to any and all persons, without limitation of any kind, the U.S. federal income tax treatment and tax structure of the transaction and all materials of any kind (including opinions and other tax analyses) that are provided to such party relating to such tax treatment and tax structure, except where confidentiality is reasonably necessary to comply with securities laws. For this purpose, “tax structure” is limited to facts relevant to the U.S. federal income tax treatment of the transaction and does not include information relating to the identity of the Parties, their affiliates, agents or advisors.

Section 11.13 Joint Efforts . To the full extent permitted by applicable Legal Requirements, neither this Agreement nor any ambiguity or uncertainty herein will be construed against any of the parties hereto, whether under any rule of construction or otherwise. On the contrary, this Agreement has been prepared by the joint efforts of the respective attorneys for, and has been reviewed by, each of the parties hereto.

 

60


Section 11.14 Specific Performance . The Members agree that irreparable damage will result if this Agreement is not performed in accordance with its terms, and the Members agree that any damages available at law for a breach of this Agreement would not be an adequate remedy. Therefore, to the full extent permitted by law, the provisions hereof and the obligations of the Members hereunder shall be enforceable in a court of equity, or other tribunal with jurisdiction, by a decree of specific performance, and appropriate injunctive relief may be applied for and granted in connection therewith. Such remedies and all other remedies provided for in this Agreement shall, however, be cumulative and not exclusive and shall be in addition to any other remedies that a Member may have under this Agreement, at law or in equity.

Section 11.15 Survival . All indemnities and reimbursement obligations made pursuant to this Agreement shall survive dissolution and liquidation of the Company until expiration of the longest applicable statute of limitations (including extensions and waivers) with respect to the matter for which a Person would be entitled to be indemnified or reimbursed, as the case may be.

Section 11.16 Effective Date . This Agreement shall have no force or effect unless and until the funding of the transactions contemplated by the ECCA to take place at the Initial Funding occurs, at which time this Agreement shall automatically and without any further action become effective simultaneously with the Initial Funding (the “ Effective Date ”).

Section 11.17 Recourse Only to Member . The sole recourse of the Company for performance of the obligations of any Member hereunder shall be against such Member and its assets and not against any assets or property of any present or future stockholder, partner, member, officer, employee, servant, executive, director, agent, authorized representative or Affiliate of such Member.

[Remainder of this page left intentionally blank.]

 

61


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Member has caused this Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement to be signed by a duly authorized officer as of the date first above written.

 

CLEAN TECHNOLOGIES II, LLC
By:  

/s/ William E. Brockenborough

Name:   William E. Brockenborough
Title:   President
MEHETIA INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

Second A&R LLCA of DSGH


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Member has caused this Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement to be signed by a duly authorized officer as of the date first above written.

 

CLEAN TECHNOLOGIES II, LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
MEHETIA INC.
By:  

/s/ Peter Cross

Name:   Peter Cross
Title:   Vice President

Second A&R LLCA of DSGH


ANNEX I TO ECCA

AND COMPANY LLC AGREEMENT

DEFINITIONS

1940 Investment Company Act ” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

2012 Operating Agreement ” is defined in the preliminary statements of the Company LLC Agreement.

25% Progress Payment ” means, for any System, the initial payment by Project Company of 25% of the purchase price for such System as contemplated by the MESPA.

75% Progress Payment ” means, for any System, the final payment by Project Company of 75% of the purchase price for such System as contemplated by the MESPA.

Acceptable Credit Party ” means a commercial bank or other financial institution which maintains an office or corresponding office in the United States, whose long-term unsecured debt is rated “A-” or higher by S&P and “A3” or higher by Moody’s and which has a tangible net worth of at least $1,000,000,000.

Accountant’s Certificate ” means the independent accountant’s certification attesting to accuracy of all costs as required pursuant to the Guidance.

Account Withdrawal Instruction ” is defined in the Depositary Agreement.

Accounting Firm ” means any of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu, Ernst & Young, KPMG International, PricewaterhouseCoopers or any nationally-recognized Affiliate thereof, chosen by the Tax Matters Partner or otherwise reasonably approved by Class Majority Vote.

Act ” means the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, Delaware Code Ann. 6, Sections 18-101, et seq. and any successor statute, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Adjusted Capital Account ” means the Capital Account of a Member (a) increased by the amount of potential deficit that the Member is deemed obligated to restore, calculated as described in the last sentence of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(g)(1) and the last sentence of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(5), and (b) decreased by expected items described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) and (6).

Administrative Services Agreement ” means the Administrative Services Agreement, dated as of the Initial Funding Date, among the Company, the Project Company and Bloom in the form attached as Exhibit C to the ECCA.


Administrator ” means Bloom or any replacement administrator under a Administrative Services Agreement. The Administrator is a “manager” of the Company within the meaning of the Act.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such first Person. For purposes of this definition, the term “control” (and correlative terms) means (1) the ownership of 50% or more of the equity interest in a Person, or (2) the power, whether by contract, equity ownership or otherwise, to direct or cause the direction of the policies or management of a Person. The Company shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of Clean Technologies prior to the Initial Funding (for purposes of representations and warranties), but neither the Company nor the Project Company shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of any Member or of Bloom or the Investor Guarantor from and after the Initial Funding.

Aggregate Final Completion Distribution ” is defined in Section 6.11 of the Company LLC Agreement.

Agreement ” means the Company LLC Agreement if used in the Company LLC Agreement or the ECCA if used in the ECCA.

Alternative Tax Program ” means, if the Grant is unavailable, any successor cash grant, cash-based subsidy, tax refund or refundable credit program or, if none of the foregoing is available, the ITC.

Annual Budget ” is defined in Section  7.1(b) of the Company LLC Agreement.

Applicable Laws ” means all laws (including common law), constitutions, statutes, rules, regulations, ordinances, judgments, settlements, orders, decrees, injunctions, and writs of any Governmental Authority, in each case, having jurisdiction over Bloom, Clean Technologies, Mehetia, Credit Suisse Guarantor, the Administrator, the Company, the Project Company or the Systems, as applicable.

Appraisal Method ” means one appraiser shall be appointed by the holders of a majority of the Class A Membership Interests and one appraiser shall be appointed by the holders of a majority of the Class B Membership Interests, in each case, within fifteen (15) days of invocation of this procedure, which appraisers shall attempt to agree upon the fair market value of the Class B Membership Interests. If either holders of the Class A Membership Interests or holders of the Class B Membership Interests do not appoint their respective appraiser within five (5) days after the end of such fifteen (15) day period, the determination of the appraiser appointed by the other Person (if so appointed within such period) shall be conclusive and binding on the Members. If the appraisers appointed by the holders of Class A Membership Interests and the holders of Class B Membership Interests are unable to agree upon the fair market value of the Class B Membership Interests within thirty (30) days after the appointment of the second of such appraisers, the two appraisers shall appoint a third appraiser. In such case, the average of the determinations of the three appraisers shall be conclusive and binding on the

 

2


Members, unless the determination of any of the appraisers differs from the middle determination by more than twice the amount by which the remaining determination differs from the middle determination, in which case the most disparate appraisal shall be excluded, and the average of the remaining two determinations shall be conclusive and binding on the Members.

Bankruptcy ” of a Person means the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) the filing by such Person of a voluntary case or the seeking of relief under any chapter of Title 11 of the United States Code, as now constituted or hereafter amended (the “ Bankruptcy Code ”), (ii)    the making by such Person of a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, (iii) the admission in writing by such Person of its inability to pay its debts as they mature, (iv) the filing by such Person of an application for, or consent to, the appointment of any receiver or a permanent or interim trustee of such Person or of all or any portion of its property, including the appointment or authorization of a trustee, receiver or agent under applicable law or under a contract to take charge of its property for the purposes of enforcing a lien against such property or for the purpose of general administration of such property for the benefit of its creditors, (v) the filing by such Person of a petition seeking a reorganization of its financial affairs or to take advantage of any bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation law or statute, or an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any proceeding under any such law or statute, (vi) an involuntary case is commenced against such Person by the filing of a petition under any chapter of Title 11 of the Code and within 60 days after the filing thereof either the petition is not dismissed or the order for relief is not stayed or dismissed, (vii) an order, judgment or decree is entered appointing a receiver or a permanent or interim trustee of such Person or of all or any portion of its property, including the entry of an order, judgment or decree appointing or authorizing a trustee, receiver or agent to take charge of the property of such Person for the purpose of enforcing a lien against such property or for the purpose of general administration of such property for the benefit of the creditors of such Person, and such order, judgment or decree shall continue unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 days, or (viii) an order, judgment or decree is entered, without the approval or consent of such Person, approving or authorizing the reorganization, insolvency, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation of such Person under any such law or statute, and such order, judgment or decree shall continue unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 days. The foregoing definition of “Bankruptcy” is intended to replace and shall supersede the definition of “Bankruptcy” set forth in Sections 18-101(1) and 18-304 of the Act.

Base Case Model ” means the financial model attached as Annex II to the Member Consent and Second Amendment to Equity Capital Contribution Agreement with respect to Diamond State Generation Holdings, LLC, dated as of March 20, 2013, by and among Clean Technologies, Investor, the Company and the Project Company.

Bloom ” means Bloom Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

Bloom Guaranty ” means the Guaranty made by Bloom for the benefit of Investor, dated as of March 16, 2012.

Brook side Site ” means the Site described in the DDOT Site Lease.

 

3


Business Day ” means any day other than (i) a Saturday or Sunday or (ii) a day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required to be closed.

Capital Account ” means an account for each Member calculated as described in Section  4.2(b) of the Company LLC Agreement and used to distribute assets at liquidation as described in Section  10.2 of the Company LLC Agreement.

Capital Contribution ” means, with respect to any Member, the amount of money and the initial Gross Asset Value of any property contributed to the Company with respect to the Membership Interests in the Company held or purchased by such Member.

Capital Contributions Account ” is defined in Section  4.3(c) of the Company LLC Agreement.

Cause ” means fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Managing Member, solely in that capacity.

Certificate of Formation ” has the meaning in the preliminary statements of the Company LLC Agreement.

Change of Control ” means with respect to an entity, an event in which a Person or Persons who prior to a transaction or series of transactions, possessed, whether directly or indirectly, legally or beneficially:

(a)    50% or more of the equity, capital or profits interests of such entity; or

(b)    Control of such entity;

and as a result of a consummation of any transaction or series of transactions (including any merger or consolidation), such Person or Persons fails to maintain, whether directly or indirectly, legally or beneficially, either of the elements of control listed in (a) or (b) above.

Claims ” is defined in Section  3.6(a) of the Company LLC Agreement.

Class  A Member ” means a Member holding one or more Class A Membership Interests.

Class  A Membership Interests ” means membership interests in the Company that are held initially by Clean Technologies and have the rights described in the Company LLC Agreement.

Class  A Recapture Event ” means an event or occurrence of any fact or circumstance that causes a Recapture Event that is not a Class B Recapture Event.

Class  B Member ” means a Member holding one or more Class B Membership Interests.

 

4


Class  B Member CC Maximum Amount ” means, for the Class B Member, an amount not to exceed the lesser of (i) $141,650,000 and (ii) such amount that makes such Class B Member’s actual or required net investment (Capital Contributions less actual pre-tax cash distributions from the Company to the Class B Member made and received to date) equal $65,000,000.

Class  B Membership Interests ” means the membership interests in the Company that are initially held by Mehetia and having the rights described in the Company LLC Agreement.

Class  B Recapture Event ” means (a) an event or occurrence of any fact or circumstance that causes a denial or recapture of all or a portion of a Grant that is directly attributable to (i) a breach of the representation made by a Class B Member under Section  3.11(c) of the Company LLC Agreement, (ii) a breach of the covenant made by a Class B Member under Section  3.12(f) of the Company LLC Agreement or (iii) any Transfer by a Class B Member or an Affiliate of a Class B Member prohibited by Sections 9.1 , 9.3(e) or 9.4(c) of the Company LLC Agreement that causes the Company or Project Company to become a Disqualified Person, or (b) any act or omission by a Class B Member (excluding voting for a Major Decision), including any Transfer by a Class B Member or its Class B Membership Interests or a change in ownership of a Class B Member, that results in a recapture of the ITC or refundable credit under an Alternative Tax Program if an ITC or such refundable credit is elected pursuant to Section  7.5(b)(i) of the Company LLC Agreement and claimed by such Class B Member with respect to the Systems.

Class  Majority Vote ” is defined in Section  3.2(f) of the Company LLC Agreement.

Clean Technologies ” is defined in the preamble to the ECCA.

Clean Technologies Indemnified Costs ” means, with respect to any Class A Member, the following:

 

  (a) with respect to any indemnification, defense or hold harmless obligations under the Company LLC Agreement or the ECCA of Investor or Investor Guarantor, any and all damages, losses, claims, liabilities, demands, charges, suits, Taxes, penalties, costs, and reasonable expenses (including court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses of one law firm for all Clean Technologies Indemnified Parties) incurred by such Clean Technologies Indemnified Parties, including with respect to Third Party Claims, resulting from or relating to any breach or default or misrepresentation by Investor (as itself or as a Class B Member, as applicable) or Investor Guarantor, of any representation, warranty, covenant, indemnity or agreement under the ECCA or any other Transaction Document, including any claim for fraud or willful misconduct on the part of Investor or Investor Guarantor relating to the ECCA or any other Transaction Document; and

 

  (b)

with respect to any indemnification, defense or hold harmless obligations under the Company LLC Agreement or the ECCA (if applicable) of any Class B Member not covered under the preceding clause (a), any and all damages, losses,

 

5


  claims, liabilities, demands, charges, suits, Taxes, penalties, costs, and reasonable expenses (including court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses of one law firm for all Clean Technologies Indemnified Parties) incurred by such Clean Technologies Indemnified Parties, including with respect to Third Party Claims, resulting from or relating to (i) any breach or default or misrepresentation by Class B Member or its Affiliate, as applicable, of any representation, warranty, covenant, indemnity or agreement under the ECCA or any other Transaction Document or (ii) any claim for fraud or willful misconduct on the part of Class B Member or its Affiliate relating to the ECCA or any other Transaction Document.

Clean Technologies Indemnified Parties ” means Clean Technologies and any person to whom Clean Technologies transfers any portion of its Class A Membership Interests in accordance with Article IX of the Company LLC Agreement, and each of their respective Affiliates (other than the Company or the Project Company) and each of their respective shareholders, partners members, officers, directors, employees, agents, and other representatives, and their respective successors and assigns.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

Collateral Agent ” means Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas as collateral agent under the Credit Documents.

Company ” is defined in the preliminary statements to the ECCA.

Company Distributable Cash ” means, as of any date, all cash, cash equivalents and liquid investments (excluding Capital Contributions, Permitted Investments and any cash received in respect of the Grant) held by the Company as of such date less all reasonable reserves that, in the reasonable judgment of the Managing Member, are necessary or appropriate for the operation of the Company consistently with the Prudent Operator Standard. Reasonable reserves shall consist of any combination of the following reserves as reasonably determined by the Managing Member, without duplication: (i) necessary for payment of expenses included in the annual budget of the Company, (ii) necessary to prevent or mitigate an emergency situation, (iii) established with the prior written consent of the Members (by Class Majority Vote), (iv) necessary to allow the Company to meet expenses that are clearly identified and expected with reasonable certainty to become due, but that are not included in the annual budget of the Company, (v) necessary to ensure sufficient spare parts or the payment of operational and maintenance costs for each of the Systems, and (vi) one or more additional reserves not referred to in the preceding clauses of this definition of “Company Distributable Cash” that do not, together with the reserves reserved pursuant to clause (vi) of the definition of Project Company Distributable Cash, in the aggregate exceed $1,600,000.

Company LLC Agreement ” means the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, by and between Clean Technologies and Mehetia, dated as of March 20, 2013, as the same may be amended, supplemented or replaced from time to time.

 

6


Company Minimum Gain ” means the amount of minimum gain there is in connection with nonrecourse liabilities of the Company, calculated in the manner described in Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(b)(2) and 1.704-2(d).

Confidential Information ” is defined in Section  11.12(a) of the Company LLC Agreement.

Construction Escrow Account ” is defined in the Note Purchase Agreement.

Consult ” or “ Consultation ” means to confer with, and reasonably consider and take into account the reasonable suggestions, comments or opinions of, another Person.

Control ” or “ Controlled by ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of either of the following:

(i) in the case of a corporation, more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities thereof; (ii) in the case of a limited liability company, partnership, limited partnership or joint venture, the right to more than 50% of the distributions (including liquidating distributions) therefrom; (iii) in the case of a trust or estate, including a business trust, more than 50% of the beneficial interest therein; and (iv) in the case of any other entity, more than 50% of the economic or beneficial interest therein; or in the case of any entity, the power or authority, through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, to exercise a controlling influence over the management of the entity.

Control Agreement ” means the Control Agreement to be entered into on or before the Initial Funding Date among Mehetia, Clean Technologies, the Company (or the Project Company) and the control agent party thereto, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Credit Documents ” means the Note Purchase Agreement and all other documents executed or delivered in connection with the Note Purchase Agreement, including, without limitation, the Interparty Agreement.

Credit Suisse Guarantor ” means Credit Suisse (USA), Inc.

Credit Suisse Guaranty ” means the Guaranty made by Credit Suisse Guarantor for the benefit of Clean Technologies, dated as of March 16, 2012.

CT Funding Amount ” means, on the Initial Funding Date or on any Subsequent Funding Date, an amount that is equal to the required Progress Contribution less (i) the applicable Note Proceeds of the Note Holders and (ii) the applicable Subsequent Funding Payment of the Investor.

DDOT ” means the Delaware Department of Transportation.

 

7


DDOT Site Lease” means a Lease Agreement between DDOT and the Project Company to be entered into on or prior to the Initial Funding Date, as it may be amended to extend the term or otherwise.

December Capital Contribution ” means the Capital Contribution in the amount of $16,619,399.60 made by Clean Technologies to the Company on December 30, 2011 pursuant to the Capital Contribution Agreement dated December 30, 2011 among Bloom, Clean Technologies, the Company and the Project Company.

Deposit Contribution” is defined in Section  2.2(b) of the ECCA.

Depositary” means Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as depositary under the Depositary Agreement.

Depositary Agreement ” means the Depositary Agreement, dated as of March 20, 2013, among the Project Company, the Depositary and the Collateral Agent.

Depreciation” means for each Fiscal Year or part thereof, an amount equal to the depreciation, amortization, or other cost recovery deduction allowable for United States federal income tax purposes with respect to an asset for such Fiscal Year or part thereof, except that if the Gross Asset Value of an asset differs from its adjusted basis for United States federal income tax purposes at the beginning of such Fiscal Year, the depreciation, amortization, or other cost recovery deduction for such Fiscal Year or part thereof shall be an amount which bears the same ratio to such Gross Asset Value as the United States federal income tax depreciation, amortization, or other cost recovery deduction for such Fiscal Year or part thereof bears to such adjusted tax basis. If such asset has a zero adjusted tax basis, the depreciation, amortization, or other cost recovery deduction for each taxable year shall be determined under a method reasonably selected by the Managing Member and agreed to by Members representing a Class Majority Vote.

Designated Transfers ” is defined in Section  9.9 of the Company LLC Agreement.

Disqualified Person” means (a) any federal, state or local government (or any political subdivision, agency or instrumentality thereof); (b) any organization described in Section 501(c) of the Code and exempt from tax under Section 501(a) of the Code; (c) any entity referenced in Section 54(j)(4) of the Code; (d) any foreign person or entity as defined in Section 168(h)(2)(C) of the Code unless the exception under Section 168(h)(2)(B) of the Code applies with respect to income from the Project for that person; and (e) any partnership or other pass-through entity (including a single-member disregarded entity), other than a real estate investment trust as defined in Section 856(a) of the Code, any direct or indirect partner (or other holder of an equity or profits interest) of which is described in clauses (a) – (d); provided that a taxable C corporation, any of whose shareholders are ineligible to receive a Grant by virtue of being described in clauses (a) – (d) above will not be considered a Disqualified Person.

Notwithstanding the above, a Person will not be treated as a Disqualified Person if it is demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Members that a Class A Recapture Event or Class B

 

8


Recapture Event, as applicable, will not occur as a result of such Person owning a direct or indirect interest in the Company or Project Company; and provided , further that if and to the extent that Section 1603 of division B of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 is amended after the date of the Agreement, the definition of “ Disqualified Person ” under the Agreement shall be interpreted to conform to such amendment and any Treasury guidance with respect thereto.

Distribution Date ” means, in respect of every month, commencing the month following the Initial Funding Date, the date that falls on the last Business Day of such month.

Dollars ” or “ $ ” means the lawful currency of the United States of America.

DPL ” means Delmarva Power & Light Company, a DPSC regulated utility company.

DPL Agreements ” means the service applications between the Project Company and DPL with respect to the REPS Act and the Tariffs, whereby DPL shall (a) serve as the agent for collection of amounts due from Project Company (if any) and for disbursement of amounts due to Project Company under the QFCP-RC Tariff and (b) sell to Project Company natural gas under the Gas Tariff.

DPL Site Lease ” means a Lease Agreement between DPL and the Project Company to be entered into on or prior to the Initial Funding Date.

DPSC ” means the Delaware Public Service Commission, the Governmental Authority charged with regulating DPL and issuing the Tariffs.

ECCA ” means the Equity Capital Contribution Agreement with respect to the Company dated as of March 16, 2012 among Clean Technologies, the Company, the Project Company and Mehetia and all schedules and exhibits thereto, as the same may be amended, supplemented or replaced from time to time.

Effective Date ” is defined in Section  11.16 of the Company LLC Agreement.

Energy ” is defined in the MESPA.

Encumbrance ” means any charge, claim, community property interest, condition, equitable interest, lien, option, pledge, mortgage, security interest, right of first refusal or restriction of any kind, including any restriction on use, voting, transfer, receipt of income or exercise of any other attribute of ownership.

Environmental Reports ” means (a) the Phase I Environmental Site Assessment: Proposed Fuel Cell Facility (Brook side Site) prepared by Terracon Consultants, Inc., dated November 15, 2011, and (b) the Phase I Environmental Site Assessment: Proposed Fuel Cell Facility (Red Lion Site) prepared by Terracon Consultants, Inc., dated November 15, 2011.

 

9


Environmental Laws ” means all Applicable Laws pertaining to the environment, human health, safety and natural resources, including, but not limited to, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 (42 U.S.C. § 9601 et seq.), and the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 (42 U.S.C. §§ 6901 et seq.), and the Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments Act of 1984, the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. §§ 7401 et seq.), the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (also known as the Clean Water Act) (33 U.S.C. §§ 1251 et seq.), the Toxic Substances Control Act (15 U.S.C. §§ 2601 et seq.), the Safe Drinking Water Act (42 U.S.C. §§ 300f et seq.), the Endangered Species Act (16 U.S.C. §§ 1531 et seq.), the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. §§ 1801 et seq.), and any similar or analogous state and local statutes or regulations promulgated thereunder and decisional law of any Governmental Authority, as each of the foregoing may amended or supplemented from time to time in the future, in each case to the extent applicable with respect to the property or operation to which application of the term “Environmental Laws” relates.

Equity Commitment Amount” means, with respect to Clean Technologies, $25,461,843 plus the Gross Asset Value of the membership interests in the Project Company transferred to the Company by Clean Technologies as shown in Schedule 4.2(b) to the Company LLC Agreement, and with respect to Mehetia, $141,650,000, subject to the limitation that at no time will the actual or required net investment (Capital Contributions less actual pre-tax cash distributions from the Company to Mehetia, as applicable made and received to date) by Mehetia exceed $65,000,000.

Equity Contribution” is defined in Section  4.3 of the Company LLC Agreement.

Equity Contribution Date ” is defined in Section  4.3 of the Company LLC Agreement.

Equity Contribution Notice ” is defined in Section  4.3 of the Company LLC Agreement.

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

Execution Date ” has the meaning given in the introductory paragraph of the ECCA.

Exempt Wholesale Generator ” means an “exempt wholesale generator” under PUHCA and the implementing regulations of FERC.

Exhibits ” means, in the case of the ECCA, the exhibits attached to the ECCA and in the case of the Company LLC Agreement, the exhibits attached to the Company LLC Agreement.

Federal Power Act ” or “FPA” means the Federal Power Act of 1935, as amended.

FERC ” means the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission and any successor thereto.

Final Completion Date ” is defined in the Note Purchase Agreement.

Fiscal Year ” is defined in Section  7.9 of the Company LLC Agreement.

 

10


Flip Date ” means the last day of the calendar month in which Class B Member achieves an Internal Rate of Return equal to or greater than the Target IRR.

Funding ” means the Initial Funding or any Subsequent Funding, as the case may be. “ Funding Date ” means the date of any Funding.

Funding Notice ” means a notice in the form of Exhibit I to the ECCA.

Funding Payment ” means, individually or collectively, the Initial Funding Payment and the Subsequent Funding Payments.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles as recognized by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, as in effect from time to time, consistently applied and maintained on a consistent basis for a Person throughout the period indicated and consistent with such Person’s prior financial practice.

Gas Tariff ” means DPL’s Service Classification “LVG-QFCP-RC” filed for gas service applicable to REPS Qualified Fuel Cell Provider Projects and approved by DPSC in Order no. 8062 dated October 18, 2011, as adopted and supplemented by DPSC’s Findings, Opinion and Order No. 8079, dated December 1, 2011.

Governmental Approval ” means all filings, notifications, orders, certificates, determinations, registrations, permits, licenses, approvals and authorizations with or of any Governmental Authority or other entity pursuant to Applicable Law.

Governmental Authority ” means any governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency, court or other instrumentality of any country, state, province, county, parish or municipality, jurisdiction, or other political subdivision thereof.

Grant ” means a grant (or a portion thereof) under Section 1603 of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Tax Act of 2009 with respect to a System.

Grant Application ” means a Grant application to be filed with the Treasury under Section 1603 of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Tax Act of 2009 and all related guidance, regulations, notices, promulgations and announcements.

Gross Asset Value ” means, with respect to any asset, the asset’s adjusted tax basis for federal income tax purposes, except as follows:

 

  (a) the initial Gross Asset Value of any asset contributed by a Member to the Company shall be the Gross Fair Market Value of such asset as of the date of contribution; provided that the initial Gross Asset Values of the assets contributed to the Company on the Initial Funding Date shall be shown in Schedule 4.2(b) to the Company LLC Agreement;

 

11


  (b) the Gross Asset Values of all Company assets shall be adjusted to equal their respective fair market values at the times described in Section  4.2(c) of the Company LLC Agreement;

 

  (c) the Gross Asset Value of any item of Company assets distributed to any Member shall be adjusted to equal the Gross Fair Market Value of such asset on the date of distribution;

 

  (d) the Gross Asset Values of all Company assets shall be adjusted to reflect any adjustments to the adjusted basis of such assets pursuant to Sections 734(b) or 743(b) of the Code, but only to the extent that such adjustments are required to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m); provided , however , that Gross Asset Values shall not be adjusted pursuant to this subsection (d) to the extent that the Managing Member determines that an adjustment pursuant to subsection (b) is necessary or appropriate in connection with a transaction that would otherwise result in an adjustment pursuant to this subsection (d); and

 

  (e) if the Gross Asset Value of an asset has been determined or adjusted pursuant to subsection (a), (b) or (d) above, such Gross Asset Value shall thereafter be adjusted by the Depreciation taken into account with respect to such asset.

Gross Fair Market Value ” means, with respect to any asset, the fair market value of the asset as reasonably determined by the Managing Member and agreed to by Members representing a Class Majority Vote.

Guaranteed Initial Delivery Date ” has the meaning set forth in the QFCP-RC Tariff.

Guidance ” means the guidance issued on July 9, 2009, by the Treasury for payments for specified energy property in lieu of tax credits under the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (as updated on March 15, 2010 and in April 2011), the Frequently Asked Questions and Answers issued by the Treasury on January 8, 2010 and June 25, 2010, as updated in April 2011, and any other guidance or clarification, addition or supplement thereto issued by the Treasury or any other Governmental Authority.

Hedge Support ” means any letters of credit, guarantees, bonds, surety contracts and other credit support arrangements (and any related reimbursement obligation) to support the payment and performance obligations of the Project Company under any hedge agreement to which the Project Company is a party.

HSR Act ” means the Hart Scott Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended and the regulations adopted thereunder.

IDC Reserve Account ” is defined in the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

12


Independent Accounting Firm ” means an accounting firm that is mutually acceptable to Class A Members holding a majority of the Class A Membership Interests, and Class B Member and if the foregoing Members cannot agree, then one of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu, Ernst & Young, KPMG International or PricewaterhouseCoopers as chosen by the Managing Member; provided that, any such accounting firm is not the Accounting Firm.

Independent Engineer ” means SAIC Energy, Environment & Infrastructure, LLC.

Independent Engineer Report ” means the report of the Independent Engineer to be dated on or before the Initial Funding Date.

Indemnified Costs ” means Investor Indemnified Costs or Clean Technologies Indemnified Costs, as the context requires.

Indemnified Party ” means an Investor Indemnified Party or Clean Technologies Indemnified Party, as the context requires.

Indemnifying Party ” means Mehetia or Clean Technologies, as the context requires.

Initial Funding ” is defined in Section  2.3 of the ECCA.

Initial Funding Date ” means the date described in Section  2.3 of the ECCA.

Initial Funding Payment ” is defined in Section  2.2(a) of the ECCA.

Initial Funding Termination Date ” means March 31, 2014 or any later date agreed to by Investor and Clean Technologies.

Insurance Report ” means the Insurance Due Diligence Summary prepared by Moore- McNeill, LLC, to be dated on or before the Initial Funding Date.

Interconnection Point ” is defined in the MESPA.

Internal Rate of Return ” means, with respect to Class B Member and at any time of determination, the discount rate that sets A equal to B, where A is the present value of (a) cash (including the proceeds of any Grant, or, if elected pursuant to Section  7.5(b)(i) of the Company LLC Agreement, the proceeds of any similar successor cash program or cash received from an Alternative Tax Program) distributed to Class B Member and, if the ITC is elected pursuant to Section  7.5(b)(i) of the Company LLC Agreement and the Class B Member consents in writing to inclusion of such ITC in its Internal Rate of Return, the value of any ITC claimed on Systems to the extent allocated to Class B Member assuming a 35% federal income tax rate plus (b) any indemnity payments received by Class B Member that compensate for loss of any item listed in the foregoing clause (a), and B is the present value of the various Capital Contributions made by Class B Member.

 

13


Interparty Agreement ” means the Interparty Agreement, dated as of March 20, 2013, among the Project Company, Company, Clean Technologies, Investor and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as collateral agent under the Note Purchase Agreement, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Investor ” is defined in the preliminary statements to the ECCA.

Investor Guarantor ” means the Credit Suisse Guarantor.

Investor Guaranty ” means the Credit Suisse Guaranty.

Investor Indemnified Costs ” means, with respect to Class B Member, the following:

 

  (a)

with respect to any indemnification, defense or hold harmless obligations under the Company LLC Agreement or the ECCA of Clean Technologies or its Affiliates, any and all damages, losses, claims, liabilities, demands, charges, suits, Taxes, penalties, costs, and reasonable expenses (including court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses of one law firm for all Investor Indemnified Parties) incurred by such Investor Indemnified Parties, including with respect to Third Party Claims, resulting from or relating to (i) any breach or default or misrepresentation by Clean Technologies (as itself or as a Class A Member, Managing Member or Tax Matters Partner) or any Affiliate of Clean Technologies, as applicable, of any representation, warranty, covenant, indemnity or agreement under the ECCA or any other Transaction Document, including (A) in its capacity as Managing Member under the Company LLC Agreement in accordance with the terms thereof and (B) in its capacity as Tax Matters Partner under Section  7.7(b) and Section  7.7(c) of the Company LLC Agreement in accordance with the terms thereof, (ii) any claim for fraud or willful misconduct on the part of Clean Technologies or any Affiliate of Clean Technologies relating to the ECCA or any other Transaction Document, (iii) resulting from Project Company (or any of the Systems) not qualifying for (or becoming disqualified under) the REPS Act or the Tariffs as a result of any act or omission by Bloom or any Affiliate of Bloom (including, without limitation, (A) Bloom failing to achieve commercial operation (as defined in the QFCP-RC Tariff) of 5 MW of Systems by March 31, 2013 (unless such date has been extended in accordance with the QFCP-RC Tariff), (B) Bloom failing to achieve commercial operation (as defined in the QFCP-RC Tariff) of 30 MW of Systems, of which at least 20 MW of Systems were actually manufactured by Bloom in the State of Delaware by September 30, 2014 (unless such date has been extended in accordance with the QFCP-RC Tariff), (C) Bloom failing to be manufacturing fuel cells capable of being powered by renewable fuels from a permanent manufacturing facility located in the State of Delaware as of the date of Commencement of Operations (as defined in the MESPA) of the full nameplate capacity of the Portfolio, or (D) any of the acts or omissions set forth in Section 4.3 of the MESPA), (iv) Bloom failing to be in compliance with the Letter Agreement (including, if so required by

 

14


  the State of Delaware, posting the security referred to in the Letter Agreement upon or prior to the Commencement of Operation of the first System) or (v) any surcharges pursuant to the Tariffs being deemed a tax under Delaware law; and

 

  (b) with respect to any indemnification, defense or hold harmless obligations under the Company LLC Agreement or the ECCA (if applicable) of any other Class A Member not covered under the preceding clause (a), any and all damages, losses, claims, liabilities, demands, charges, suits, Taxes, penalties, costs, and reasonable expenses (including court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses of one law firm for all Investor Indemnified Parties) incurred by such Investor Indemnified Parties, including with respect to Third Party Claims, resulting from or relating to (i) any breach or default or misrepresentation by such Class A Member or its Affiliate, as applicable, of any representation, warranty, covenant, indemnity or agreement under the ECCA or any other Transaction Document or (ii) any claim for fraud or willful misconduct on the part of such Class A Member or its Affiliate relating to the ECCA or any other Transaction Document.

Investor Indemnified Parties ” means the Mehetia Indemnified Parties.

IP Rights ” is defined in Section  3.1(x) of the ECCA.

ITC ” means the 30% investment tax credit under Section 48 of the Code.

IRS ” means the Internal Revenue Service or any successor agency.

Knowledge ” means, with respect to Clean Technologies, the Company and the Managing Member, the actual knowledge after due inquiry of the senior managers of the Company listed below in the positions set forth next to such person’s name or their successors or replacements in such positions.

 

Name

  

Position

     
William H. Kurtz    President   
William E. Brockenborough    Vice President, General Manager   
Martin J. Collins    Vice President, Secretary   
Scott Reynolds    Vice President   
Kevin Passalacqua    Vice President   
Timothy Gray    Vice President   

 

15


kW ” means kilowatt or one thousand watts of Energy.

Legal Requirement ” means any law (including common law), statute, act, decree, ordinance, rule, directive (to the extent having the force of law) order, treaty, code or regulation (including any of the foregoing relating to health or safety matters or any Environmental Law)or any interpretation of any of the foregoing, as enacted, issued or promulgated by any Governmental Authority, including all amendments, modifications, extensions, replacements or re-enactments thereof.

Letter Agreement ” means that certain Letter Agreement dated October 10, 2011 between Bloom and the State of Delaware, as may be amended from time to time.

Liens ” means any liens, pledges, claims, security interests, easements, rights of way, mortgages, deeds of trust, covenants, restrictions, rights of first refusal or defects in title.

LLC Agreement Termination Date ” is defined in Section  2.4 of the Company LLC Agreement.

Major Decisions ” means:

With respect to the Pre-Flip Period, any of the following:

 

  (a) Any sale, lease or other voluntary disposition of assets of the Project Company or Membership Interests in the Project Company with an aggregate fair market value in excess of $250,000 during any 12 month period, but excluding sales of (i)    energy sold under the PJM Agreements or excess energy produced by Systems, (ii)    environmental attributes of energy sales (such as renewable energy credits and carbon allowances), (iii) ancillary benefits of energy sales (such as capacity credits) and (iv) surplus or obsolete assets;

 

  (b) The Company or the Project Company taking action to (i) cancel, suspend or terminate any Material Contract, (ii) assign, release or relinquish the rights or obligations of (or any security posted by) any party to, or amend (A) the DPL Agreements, the PJM Agreements, the Note Purchase Agreement, the Interparty Agreement, any Collateral Document (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement) or any other Credit Document (solely to the extent the amendment of any other such Credit Document could reasonably be expected by the Managing Member to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Class B Members), other than any such assignment or release made in accordance with its express terms, or (B) any other Material Contract if (with respect to this clause (B) only) any of the foregoing items in this clause (ii) could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company or the Project Company, (iii) renew or enter into any replacement Material Contract except to the extent such renewal or replacement is on substantially the same terms as the original Material Contract, (iv)    replace the Administrator under the Administrative Services Agreement,

 

16


  (v) replace the manager or operator under the MOMA, or (vi) enter into any new Material Contract; provided that none of the following will be considered a Major Decision: (v) taking any of the actions referred to above in this paragraph (b) in connection with a Material Contract with respect to assets that are excluded from paragraph (a) above, (w) entry into the DPL Agreements or the PJM Agreements, (x) taking any of the actions referred to above in this paragraph (b) if such actions (1) are required by any Governmental Authority or (2) involve agreements or instruments as to which such actions otherwise are permitted under the Company LLC Agreement, (y) the replacement of (1) any permit or (2) any Hedge Support with other Hedge Support that provides up to a comparable amount of credit support with comparable obligations, and (z) the enforcement or management of contracts with suppliers;

 

  (c) The Company adopting, amending or exceeding the Annual Budget for the Project Company, except that the following will not be considered a Major Decision: (i) adoption of an Annual Budget containing an aggregate expense amount for any Fiscal Year that is not more than [***] above the annual spending projected in the Base Case Model for such Fiscal Year or [***] above the aggregate expense amount reflected in the Annual Budget for the previous Fiscal Year, (ii) spending up to [***] of the aggregate expense amount reflected in the Annual Budget for a Fiscal Year and (iii) emergency spending above the [***] limit, except that non-recurring budget items that are not included in the Base Case Model and that are not incurred or expected to be incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business will be excluded when applying the percentages in this paragraph;

 

  (d) Approval of any transactions (other than other transactions contemplated by any of the Transaction Documents) between the Company or the Project Company, as the case may be, and any member thereof, the Administrator, or any Affiliates of any member of the Company or the Project Company, other than those entered into on an arm’s length basis;

 

  (e) Any settlement of claims, litigation, arbitration, criminal investigation or criminal proceedings (excluding the payment of undisputed liquidated damages) involving the Company, the Project Company or the Managing Member (only to the extent such investigation or proceeding relates to its actions or failure to act in such capacity) or any of their respective officers, managers or directors except if the settlement is not with any Affiliate of Bloom and, as a result of such settlement, the Company and/or the Project Company would not be obligated to pay more than $250,000 in the aggregate;

 

  (f) Change, amend or substitute the insurance required to be maintained by the Company pursuant to the ECCA or the Company LLC Agreement in a manner that would cause such insurance to be materially different from the insurance requirements prescribed therein;

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

 

17


  (g) Any action that would cause the Company or the Project Company to engage in any business or activity that is not within the purpose of such entity, as set forth in such entity’s organizational documents, or to change such purpose;

 

  (h) (i) any action that would cause the Company to remove the Managing Member or fill any vacancy for the Managing Member as provided in Section  8.2(c) of the LLC Agreement or any action that would cause the Project Company to remove the manager of the Project Company or fill any vacancy for the manager of the Project Company, (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Company or the Project Company, (iii) the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets or ownership interests of another Person, (iv) sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or the Project Company and (vi) the taking of any action by the Company or the Project Company described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v) or (vi)    of the definition of “Bankruptcy”;

 

  (i) Granting of any Encumbrance on the assets or rights of the Company or the assets and rights of the Project Company other than Permitted Liens;

 

  (j) Any incurrence or guarantee of indebtedness for borrowed money or capitalized lease obligations in excess of $1,000,000 (other than capital leases) in the aggregate for the Company and the Project Company;

 

  (k) Any issuance or redemption by the Company or Project Company of any Membership Interests or other equity interest of any kind in the Company or Project Company other than any issuance permitted under Section  4.1(c) of the Company LLC Agreement;

 

  (l) Any amendment or cancellation of the certificate of formation of the Company or the Project Company or amendment of the Project Company LLC Agreement;

 

  (m) The admission of any additional member in the Company or Project Company, other than pursuant to terms of the Company LLC Agreement or Project Company LLC Agreement;

 

  (n) The hiring by the Company or the Project Company of any employees or entering into any bonus, profit sharing, thrift, compensation, option, pension, retirement, savings, welfare, deferred compensation, employment, termination, severance or other employee benefit plan, agreement, trust, fund, policy or arrangement for the benefit or welfare of any directors, officers or employees of the Company or the Project Company;

 

  (o) Any change in the Company’s or Project Company’s legal form or any recapitalization, liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Company or Project Company (except as permitted under the Company LLC Agreement or the Project Company LLC Agreement);

 

18


  (p) Permitting (i) the possession of property of the Company by any Member, (ii) the assignment, transfer or pledge of rights of the Company in specific property of the Company for other than a Company purpose or other than for the benefit of the Company or (iii) any commingling of the funds of the Company with the funds of any other Person;

 

  (q) Electing that the Company be treated other than as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes or electing that the Project Company be treated other than as a “disregarded entity” for United States federal income tax purposes;

 

  (r) Amending, or choosing to fail to obtain or, as a result of the breach of its terms, causing the revocation of, any governmental approval required for the operation, ownership, management or maintenance of the Systems or the sale or transmission of electric energy in a manner that would have a Material Adverse Effect or fail to maintain the status of the Company as an Exempt Wholesale Generator or taking any action that would cause the Company to cease to be an Exempt Wholesale Generator or a member of PJM;

 

  (s) Engaging in any speculative financial activities, excluding (i) sales of energy and (ii) other hedge or swap arrangements, renewable energy credit sales, forward contracts and similar transactions and other transactions in effect on the Initial Funding Date or any Subsequent Funding Date, as applicable, for the Systems and replacements therefor, in each case, entered into in the Ordinary Course of Business for the Portfolio;

 

  (t) Lending any funds from the Company to any Person;

 

  (u) Engaging in any act that, if taken, would reasonably be expected to cause a Class A Recapture Event;

 

  (v) If a Grant is not available with respect to certain Systems, electing under any Alternative Tax Program pursuant to Section  7.5(b)(i) of the Company LLC Agreement;

 

  (w) Ordering the purchase of a System other than for the Project;

 

  (x) Not pursuing the rights and remedies under any agreement with Bloom or its Affiliates after a failure to cure within the applicable cure period, including, without limitation, the MOMA, the MESPA or the Administrative Services Agreement;

 

  (y) Selling or disposing of any energy calls purchased on or prior to the Initial Funding Date other than at or around their expiration date;

 

19


  (z) Authorizing or permitting the Company to make a capital contribution to the Project Company except in accordance with Sections 4.3 and 4.4 of the LLC Agreement;

 

  (aa) Making any material tax election, or causing the Company to cause the Project Company to make any material tax election, other than as provided in the Company LLC Agreement;

 

  (bb) Taking any act in contravention of or in breach of the Company LLC Agreement or the organizational documents of the Company or the Project Company;

 

  (cc) Causing the Company or causing the Company to cause the Project Company to change its method of accounting, except as required by GAAP, or taking any action with respect to accounting policies or procedures, unless required by GAAP;

 

  (dd) Making any distribution to any Member or causing any distribution to be made by the Company or the Project Company except as specified in the Company LLC Agreement or Project Company LLC Agreement;

 

  (ee) Causing the Company or causing the Company to cause the Project Company to knowingly take or omit to take any action that would result in a material breach or an event of default, or that would permit or result in the acceleration of any obligation or termination of any right, under any Material Contract;

 

  (ff) Causing the Company or causing the Company to cause the Project Company to form any Person, including any Subsidiaries; and

 

  (gg) Taking any action in violation of, or inconsistent with, the REPS Act or any of the Tariffs, including, without limitation causing the Project Company to sell any electricity other than to PJM.

With respect to the period following the Flip Date, the matters in paragraph (a) above shall be Major Decisions, except that any such matter will be a Major Decision only with respect to the sale, lease or other voluntary disposition of assets at a price other than for fair market value, and the matters in clauses (g), (o) and (p) shall also be Major Decisions.

Majority Vote ” is defined in Section  3.2(f) of the Company LLC Agreement.

Managing Member ” is defined in Section  8.2(a) of the Company LLC Agreement.

Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on the business, assets, liabilities, financial condition or results of operations of the Project Company, excluding any effect resulting from (a) effects of weather or meteorological events, (b) general industry strikes, work stoppages or other labor disturbances, or (c) the execution or delivery of the Transaction

 

20


Documents or the transactions contemplated in them or the announcement of such transactions. An adverse effect will be considered “material” under this definition for purposes of the conditions precedent to closing in Sections 2.5, 2.6, 2.7 and 2.8 of the ECCA if it will cause a reduction of at least $1,000,000 in the aggregate, across one or more conditions precedent, in the sum of the net present values of the Grants and Project Company Distributable Cash from the Portfolio through the Flip Date as projected in the Base Case Model. An adverse effect will be considered “material” under this definition for purposes of any post-closing indemnities for breach of representations if it is reasonably likely to cause a reduction of at least $1,000,000 in the aggregate in the sum of the net present values of the Grants and Project Company Distributable Cash from the Portfolio over the period from the Initial Funding Date through the Flip Date as projected in the Base Case Model. The net present value will be calculated by discounting to the Initial Funding Date for the Portfolio, a Grant and Project Company Distributable Cash received through the date of calculation and discounting the remaining Grants and cash through the projected Flip Date in the Base Case Model using the Target IRR as the discount rate.

Material Contract ” means (a) a contract for the sale of electricity or transmission services of a System for a term of more than one year, (b) a contract, lease, indenture or security agreement under which the Company or the Project Company (i) has created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed any indebtedness for borrowed money or obligations under any lease that, in accordance with GAAP, or international financial reporting standards, as applicable, should be capitalized, (ii) has created a mortgage, security interest or other consensual encumbrance on any property with a fair market value of more than $250,000 (other than any Permitted Liens), or (iii) has a reimbursement obligation in respect of any letter of credit, guaranty, bond, or other credit or collateral support arrangement required to be maintained by the Project Company under the terms of any contract referred to in clause (a) above, (c) a contract for management, operation or maintenance of the Company, the Project Company or a System that requires payments of more than $250,000, (d) a product warranty or repair contract by or with a manufacturer or vendor of equipment owned or leased by the Project Company with a fair market value of more than $250,000, (e) any other contract that is expected to require payments by the Company or the Project Company, in the aggregate, of more than $250,000 per calendar year and (f) the MESPA, the DPL Agreements, the PJM Agreements, the MOMA, the Site Leases, the Note Purchase Agreement, the Interparty Agreement, the Collateral Documents (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement), any other Credit Document, the Administrative Services Agreement or any Transaction Document.

MBR Authority ” is defined in Section  2.7(n) of the ECCA.

Mehetia ” is defined in the preamble to the ECCA.

Mehetia Indemnified Parties ” means Mehetia and any person to whom Mehetia transfers any portion of its Class B Membership Interests in accordance with Article IX of the Company LLC Agreement, and each of their respective Affiliates and each of their respective shareholders, partners members, officers, directors, employees, agents, and other representatives, and their respective successors and assigns.

 

21


Member ” means any Person executing the Company LLC Agreement as of the date of the Company LLC Agreement as a member of the Company or any Person admitted to the Company as a member as provided in the Company LLC Agreement (each in the capacity as a member of the Company), but does not include any Person who has ceased to be a member of the Company.

Member Loan ” means any loan or advance made by (i) a Class B Member to the Company or (ii) the Company to the Project Company, pursuant to Section  4.5 of the Company LLC Agreement.

Member Nonrecourse Debt ” means “partner nonrecourse debt” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(b)(4). An example is where a Member or a person related to the Member makes a loan on a nonrecourse basis to the Company.

Member Party ” is defined in Section  3.6(a) of the Company LLC Agreement.

Membership Interest ” means the interest of a Member in the Company, including rights to distributions (liquidating or otherwise), allocations, and to vote, consent or approve, if any.

MESPA ” means the Master Energy Server Purchase Agreement, dated as of the Initial Funding Date, between Bloom and the Project Company.

Minimum Gain Attributable to Member Nonrecourse Debt ” means the amount of minimum gain there is in connection with a Member Nonrecourse Debt, calculated in the manner described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(3).

MOMA ” means the Master Operation and Maintenance Agreement, dated as of the Initial Funding Date, between the Project Company and the Operator, as such agreement may be amended, supplemented or replaced from time to time.

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investor Service, Inc.

MW ” means megawatt or one million watts of Energy.

Nonrecourse Deduction ” means a deduction for spending that is funded out of nonrecourse borrowing by the Company or that is otherwise attributable to a “nonrecourse liability” of the Company within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2.

Note Holders ” means the holders, from time to time, of the notes issued by the Project Company under the Note Purchase Agreement.

Note Proceeds ” is defined in Section  2.7(h) of the ECCA.

 

22


Note Purchase Agreement ” means the Note Purchase Agreement, dated March 20, 2013, among the Project Company and the note purchasers party thereto.

Notice ” is defined in Section  11.1 of the Company LLC Agreement.

Operations Report ” is defined in Section  7.1(a) of the Company LLC Agreement.

Operator ” means Bloom.

Ordinary Course of Business ” means the ordinary conduct of business consistent with past custom and practice (including with respect to quantity and frequency).

Party ” means, for purposes of the ECCA, a party to the ECCA and for purposes of the Company LLC Agreement, a party to the Company LLC Agreement.

Percentage Interest ” means the percentage interest shown for a Class A Member or Class B Member, as applicable, in Schedule 4.2(d) of the Company LLC Agreement as updated from time to time.

Permitted Distribution ” is defined in the Note Purchase Agreement.

Permitted Encumbrance ” means Encumbrances provided for under the Transaction Documents, liens for Taxes not yet due and payable for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP and restrictions on transfer of the Membership Interests under any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law.

Permitted Investments ” means any of the following having a maturity of not greater than one year from the date of issuance thereof: (a) readily marketable direct obligations of the government of the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof or obligations unconditionally guaranteed by the full faith and credit of the government of the United States of America, (b) insured certificates of deposit of or time deposits with any commercial bank that is a member of the Federal Reserve System, issues (or the parent of which issues) commercial paper rated as described in clause (c) below, is organized under the laws of the United States or any State thereof and has combined capital and surplus of at least $1,000,000,000.00 or (c) commercial paper issued by any corporation organized under the laws of any State of the United States and rated at least “Prime-1” (or the then equivalent grade) by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or “A-1” (or the then equivalent grade) by Standard & Poor’s Corporation.

Permitted Liens ” means (a) Liens for taxes not yet due or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP (b) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s, employees’, contractors’, operators’ or other similar Liens or charges securing the payment of expenses not yet due and payable that were incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business of the Project Company or for amounts being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings,

 

23


(c) trade contracts or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business of the Project Company, (d) obligations or duties to any Governmental Authority arising in the Ordinary Course of Business (including under licenses and permits held by the Project Company and under all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority), (e) obligations or duties under easements, leases or other property rights, (f) Liens arising out of judgments or awards so long as an appeal or proceeding for review is being prosecuted in good faith and for the payment of which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP, bonds or other security have been provided or are fully covered by insurance, (g) Liens of record and zoning and other land use restrictions that do not impair the value or intended use of a System, (h) security interests granted to satisfy credit support obligations or margin requirements under any existing or subsequently entered into power purchase agreement, power sales agreement, natural gas supply agreement (including the DPL Agreements), or swap or hedge agreement, in each case, in which the Project Company (but not any Affiliate of the Project Company) is the counterparty to such agreement, (i) Permitted Encumbrances, (j) with respect to the Project Company, easements, rights-of-way, restrictions, reservations and other similar encumbrances and exceptions to title existing or incurred in the ordinary course of business that, in the aggregate, do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Project Company, taken as a whole, (k) Liens created pursuant to any Credit Document and (l) all other encumbrances and exceptions that are incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business of the Portfolio, are not incurred for borrowed money, and do not have a Material Adverse Effect on either the use of any material assets of the Project Company as currently used or the value of any such assets; provided, however, that the foregoing excludes any Liens held by Bloom or its Affiliates.

Permitted Transfers ” is defined in Section  9.5 of the Company LLC Agreement.

Person ” means an individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association, trust, unincorporated organization, or other entity.

PJM ” means PJM Interconnection, LLC, a regional transmission organization.

PJM Agreements ” is defined in the QFCP-RC Tariff.

PJM Grid ” means the PJM electricity transmission grid.

PJM Market ” means the PJM Interchange Energy Market which Project Company is to sell all of its energy, capacity, ancillary services and environmental attributes pursuant to the QFCP-RC Tariff and the PJM Agreements, and any PJM successor market.

Placed in Service ” means with respect to any System, the completion of or the performance of all of the following activities: (1) obtaining the necessary licenses and permits for the operation of the System and sale of Energy, capacity, ancillary services and RECs generated by (or attributable to) the System, (2) completion of critical tests necessary for proper operation of such System, (3) synchronization of such System onto the PJM Grid, and (4) the commencement of daily operation of such System.

 

24


Portfolio ” is defined in the preliminary statements of the ECCA.

Pre-Flip Period ” means the period commencing on the Initial Funding Date and ending on the Flip Date.

Prime Rate ” means a rate per annum equal to the lesser of (a) the prime rate published from time to time in The Wall Street Journal , and (b) the maximum rate permitted by Applicable Laws.

Pro Rata Shares ” means, with respect to (i) any Class A Member, such Class A Member’s Class A Membership Interests divided by the aggregate Class A Membership Interests of all Class A Members or (ii) any Class B Member, such Class B Member’s Class B Membership Interests divided by the aggregate Class B Membership Interests of all Class B Members.

Progress Contributions ” is defined in Section  2.2(b)(ii) of the ECCA.

Project ” is defined in the preliminary statements of the ECCA.

Project Company ” means Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC.

Project Company Distributable Cash ” means, as of any date, all cash, cash equivalents and liquid investments (excluding Capital Contributions, Permitted Investments and any cash received in respect of the Grant) held by the Project Company as of such date less all reasonable reserves that, in the reasonable judgment of the manager of the Project Company, are necessary or appropriate for the operation of the Project Company or the Systems consistently with the Prudent Operator Standard. Reasonable reserves shall consist of any combination of the following reserves as reasonably determined by the manager of the Project Company, without duplication: (i) necessary for payment of expenses included in the Annual Budget, (ii) necessary to prevent or mitigate an emergency situation, (iii) established with the prior written consent of the Members (by Class Majority Vote), (iv) necessary to allow the Project Company to meet expenses that are clearly identified and expected with reasonable certainty to become due, but that are not included in the Annual Budget, (v) necessary to ensure sufficient spare parts or the payment of operational and maintenance costs for each of the Systems and (vi) one or more additional reserves not referred to in the preceding clauses of this definition of “Project Company Distributable Cash” that do not, together with the reserves reserved pursuant to clause (vi) of the definition of Company Distributable Cash, in the aggregate exceed $1,600,000.

Project Company LLC Agreement ” means the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Project Company, dated as of March 20, 2013,as the same may be amended, supplemented or replaced from time to time.

 

25


Projected Contribution Schedule ” means the projected schedule of Capital Contributions to be made by Clean Technologies and Investor at each Funding attached to the ECCA as Annex II.

Prudent Operator Standard ” means that a Person will (i) perform its duties in compliance with the requirements of the Material Contracts, (ii) perform the duties in accordance with commercially reasonable applicable fuel cell industry standards (A) taking into account through the Flip Date the need to maintain qualification for a Grant (or if unavailable, the Alternative Tax Program) and to avoid any Class A Recapture Event and (B) that the Portfolio must qualify for and remain qualified to receive service under the QFCP-RC Tariff, and (iii) use sufficient and properly trained and skilled personnel.

PUHCA ” means the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 2005 and FERC’s implementing regulations.

Purchase Option ” is defined in Section  9.7 of the Company LLC Agreement.

Purchase Option Date ” is defined in Section  9.7 of the Company LLC Agreement.

Purchase Option Price” means the greater of (i) the fair market value of the Class B Membership Interests on the Purchase Option Date as determined by agreement between Class B Member transferring its Class B Membership Interests and the Class A Members and (ii) an amount sufficient to cause Class B Member to achieve an Internal Rate of Return equal to [***]; provided , however , that should Class B Member transferring its Class B Membership Interests and the Class A Members fail to agree on such fair market value within 30 days of the date on which the Purchase Option Exercise Notice is provided, such fair market value shall be determined by the Appraisal Method which shall be then automatically invoked unless all of the Members otherwise agree in writing.

Purchase Option Exercise Notice ” is defined in Section  9.7 of the Company LLC Agreement.

QFCP-RC Tariff ” means DPL’s Service Classification “QFCP-RC” for REPS Qualified Fuel Cell Provider Projects as approved by DPSC in Order no. 8062 dated October 18, 2011, as adopted and supplemented by DPSC’s Findings, Opinion and Order No. 8079, dated December 1, 2011.

Quarter ” means a calendar quarter.

Qualified Transferee ” means, with respect to any proposed Transfer, (A) an entity that (i) has (x) owned or operated for a period of at least three (3) years (within the then most recent four year period), and at the time of such Transfer continues to own and operate, solid oxide fuel cell power generating systems or (y) engaged a Person who has owned or operated for a period of at least three (3) years (within the then most recent four year period), and at the time of such Transfer continues to own and operate, solid oxide fuel cell power generating systems, and (ii)

 

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

 

26


either (x) has a credit rating of “BBB-” or higher by S&P and “Baa3” or higher by Moody’s, or (y) has annual revenues of not less than $5,000,000 and a tangible net worth of at least $200,000,000 or (B) such other entity with respect to which the consent of Investor has been obtained.

Recapture Claim ” means a written notice provided by the Class A Members to the Company and Class B Member with respect to Recapture Damages caused by a Class B Recapture Event or by Class B Member to the Company and the Class A Members with respect to Recapture Damages caused by a Class A Recapture Event.

Recapture Damages ” means the amount of (i) any portion of any payment required to be made to the United States of America (or any agency or instrumentality thereof), as applicable, resulting from all or any portion of the Grant or any successor grant program or cash-based subsidy being “recaptured” or denied that is paid by Class B Member, in the case of a Class A Recapture Event, or by the Class A Members, in the case of a Class B Recapture Event, and (ii) with respect to a Member if the Grant, any successor grant program or cash-based subsidy is unavailable with respect to any System, such Members’ share of any payment required to be made by such Member to the United States of America (or any agency or instrumentality thereof) resulting from the recapture or denial of all or any portion of any refundable tax credit or ITC with respect to such System.

Recapture Event ” means an event that results in denial or recapture of the Grant, or any Alternative Tax Program, or a portion thereof, by Treasury or any other Governmental Authority.

Recapture Period ” means, with respect to any System, the period from the date on which the System is placed in service for federal income tax purposes until the 5th anniversary of the date the System is placed in service for federal income tax purposes.

RECs ” means any credits, credit certificates, green tags or similar environmental or green energy attributes (such as those for greenhouse reduction or the generation of green power or renewable energy) created by a governmental agency or independent certification board or group generally recognized in the electric power generation industry, and generated by or associated with the System or electricity produced therefrom, but excluding the Grants and ITC.

Red Lion Site ” means the Site described in the DPL Site Lease.

Refund Notice ” is defined in Section  2.2(g) of the ECCA.

Refund Payment Date ” is defined in Section  2.2(g) of the ECCA

Representatives ” means, with respect to any Person, the managing member(s), the officers, directors, employees, representatives or agents (including investment bankers, financial advisors, attorneys, accountants, brokers and other advisors) of such Person, to the extent that such officer, director, employee, representative or agent of such Person is acting in his or her capacity as an officer, director, employee, representative or agent of such Person.

 

27


REPS Act ” means the Renewable Energy Portfolio Standards Act, as amended most recently by S.B. 124, enacted July 10, 2011 (Title 26, Chap. 1, section 351 et seq. of the Code of the State of Delaware).

Required Holders ” shall have the meaning provided to such term in the Note Purchase Agreement.

Required Ratings ” means a long-term senior unsecured credit rating, long-term local issuer credit rating or insurer financial strength rating of at least A- by Standard & Poor’s Corporation or A3 by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or, if either agency is not then in the business of providing ratings, equivalent ratings from any other entity that is then a nationally recognized statistical rating organization.

Sale Notice ” is defined in Section  9.8(a) of the Company LLC Agreement.

Sale Option ” is defined in Section  9.8(a) of the Company LLC Agreement.

Sale Option Date ” is defined in Section  9.8(a) of the Company LLC Agreement.

Sale Price ” means the fair market value of the Class B Membership Interests on the Sale Option Date as determined by agreement between Class B Member transferring its Class B Membership Interests and the Class A Member; provided, however, that should Class B Member transferring its Class B Membership Interests and the Class A Member fail to agree on such fair market value within 30 days of the date on which the Sale Notice is provided, such fair market value shall be determined by the Appraisal Method which shall be then automatically invoked unless otherwise agreed by all of the Members in writing.

S&P ” means Standard and Poor’s Corporation.

Schedules ” means, in the case of the ECCA, the schedules attached to the ECCA and in the case of the Company LLC Agreement, the schedules attached to the Company LLC Agreement.

Section  203 Order ” means the order issued by FERC authorizing the Company under Section 203(a)(1) of the FPA to issue the Class B Membership Interests to Mehetia.

Securities Act ” is defined in Section  3.3(e) of the ECCA.

Site ” is defined in the MESPA.

Site Leases ” means, collectively, the DPL Site Lease and the DDOT Site Lease.

Subsequent Funding ” is defined in Section  2.4 of the ECCA.

Subsequent Funding Date ” is defined in Section  2.4 of the ECCA.

 

28


Subsequent Funding Payment ” is defined in Section  2.2(b) of the ECCA.

Subsequent Funding Termination Date ” means March 31, 2014 or any later date agreed to by Investor and Clean Technologies.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other entity of which such Person (either alone or through or together with any other Person pursuant to any agreement, arrangement, contract or other commitment) owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the stock or other equity interests the holders of which are generally entitled to vote for the election of the board of directors or other governing body of such corporation or other legal entity.

System ” means each proprietary solid oxide fuel cell power generating unit including the integrated assembly of mounting assemblies, metering, transformers, disconnects, switches, wiring devices and wiring interconnected with the PJM Grid and connected to DPL as the supplier of natural gas to fuel the System.

Target IRR ” means a pre-tax Internal Rate of Return of [***].

Target IRR Notice ” is defined in Section  7.1(e) of the Company LLC Agreement.

Tariffs ” means the QFCP-RC Tariff and the Gas Tariff.

Tax ” (and, with correlative meaning, “ Taxes ” and “ Taxable ”) means:

 

  (a) any taxes, customs, duties, charges, fees, levies, penalties or other assessments, fees and other governmental charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including, but not limited to, income, profits, gross receipts, net proceeds, windfall profit, severance, property, personal property (tangible and intangible) production, sales, use, leasing or lease, license, excise, duty, franchise, capital stock, net worth, employment, occupation, payroll, withholding, social security (or similar), unemployment, disability, payroll, fuel, excess profits, occupational, premium, severance, estimated, alternative or add-on minimum, ad valorem, value added, turnover, transfer, stamp, or environmental tax, or any other tax, custom, duty, fee, levy or other like assessment or charge of any kind whatsoever, together with any interest, penalty, addition to tax, or additional amount attributable thereto; and

 

  (b) any liability for the payment of amounts with respect to payment of a type described in clause (a), including as a result of being a member of an affiliated, consolidated, combined or unitary group, as a result of succeeding to such liability as a result of merger, conversion or asset transfer or as a result of any obligation under any tax sharing arrangement or tax indemnity agreement.

Tax Matters Partner ” is defined in Section  7.7(a) of the Company LLC Agreement.

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

 

29


Tax Returns ” means any return, report, statement, information return or other document (including any amendments thereto and any related or supporting information) filed or required to be filed with any Governmental Authority in connection with the determination, assessment, collection or administration of any Taxes or the administration of any laws, regulations or administrative requirements relating to any Taxes, including after the Funding any IRS Schedule K-1 issued to Members by the Company, information return, claim for refund, amended return or declaration of estimated Tax.

Third Party Claim ” means any action, proceeding, demand or claim by a third party (it being understood that any Affiliate of a Member shall not be deemed to be a third party) excluding any claim relating to the recapture, loss, or denial of all or a portion of a Grant that is already provided for in Section 6.6 , Section 6.7 , Section 6.8 and Section  6.9 of the Company LLC Agreement.

Third Party Penalty Claim ” is defined in Section  9.14 of the Company LLC Agreement.

Tracking Model ” means the Base Case Model updated to reflect actual results of the Company, but with the assumptions and conventions in Section  6.5 of the Company LLC Agreement remaining unchanged.

Transaction Documents ” means the Company LLC Agreement, the Project Company LLC Agreement, the ECCA, the Administrative Services Agreement, the MESPA, the MOMA, the Credit Suisse Guaranty, the Bloom Guaranty and each of the other documents required to be delivered on the Execution Date, individually and collectively, and, if any Initial Funding or Subsequent Funding shall have occurred, each document required to be delivered on the Initial Funding Date or a Subsequent Funding Date, individually and collectively.

Transfer ” is defined in Section  9.1 of the Company LLC Agreement.

Treasury ” means the United States Department of the Treasury.

Treasury Regulations ” means the regulations promulgated under the Code, by the Treasury, as such regulations may be amended from time to time. All references herein to specific sections of the regulations shall be deemed also to refer to any corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations, and any reference to temporary regulations shall be deemed also to refer to any corresponding provisions of final regulations.

UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code, as the same may be in effect in the State of New York or any other applicable jurisdiction.

OTHER DEFINITIONAL PROVISIONS

All terms in the ECCA and the Company LLC Agreement, as applicable, shall have the defined meanings when used in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant thereto unless otherwise defined therein.

 

30


As used in the ECCA and the Company LLC Agreement and in any certificate or other documents made or delivered pursuant thereto, accounting terms not defined in the ECCA or the Company LLC Agreement or in any such certificate or other document, and accounting terms partly defined in the ECCA or the Company LLC Agreement or in any such certificate or other document to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them under GAAP. To the extent that the definitions of accounting terms in the ECCA or the Company LLC Agreement or in any such certificate or other document are inconsistent with the meanings of such terms under GAAP, the definitions contained in the ECCA or the Company LLC Agreement or in any such certificate or other document shall control.

The words “hereof”, “herein”, “hereunder”, and words of similar import when used in the ECCA and the Company LLC Agreement shall refer to the ECCA or the Company LLC Agreement, as the case may be, as a whole and not to any particular provision of the ECCA or the Company LLC Agreement. Section references contained in the ECCA and the Company LLC Agreement are references to Sections in the ECCA or the Company LLC Agreement, as applicable, unless otherwise specified. The term “including” shall mean “including without limitation”.

The definitions contained in the ECCA and the Company LLC Agreement are applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of such terms and to the masculine as well as to the feminine and neuter genders of such terms.

Any agreement, instrument or statute defined or referred to herein or in any instrument or certificate delivered in connection herewith means such agreement, instrument or statute as from time to time amended, modified or supplemented and includes (in the case of agreements or instruments) references to all attachments thereto and instruments incorporated therein.

Any references to a Person are also to its permitted successors and assigns.

All Article and Section titles or captions contained in the ECCA or the Company LLC Agreement, as applicable, or in any Exhibit or Schedule referred to therein and the table of contents of the ECCA and the Company LLC Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be deemed a part of the ECCA or the Company LLC Agreement, as the case may be, or affect the meaning or interpretation of the ECCA or the Company LLC Agreement, as applicable. Unless otherwise specified, all references in the ECCA or the Company LLC Agreement to numbered Articles and Sections are to Articles and Sections of the ECCA or the Company LLC Agreement, as applicable, and all references herein to Schedules or Exhibits are to Schedules and Exhibits to the ECCA or the Company LLC Agreement, as applicable.

Unless otherwise specified, all references contained in the ECCA or the Company LLC Agreement, in any Exhibit or Schedule referred to there in or in any instrument or document delivered pursuant thereto to dollars or “$” shall mean United States dollars.

 

31


The Parties to the ECCA have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of the ECCA. The Parties to the Company LLC Agreement have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of the Company LLC Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, the ECCA and the Company LLC Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the respective Parties thereto and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any Party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of the ECCA or the Company LLC Agreement, as the case may be.

 

32


ANNEX II

CLASS B MEMBERSHIP INTERESTS

 

Class B Member

   Number of Class B
Membership Interests
Owned
   Percentage of Class B
Membership Interests
Owned

Mehetia Inc.

   495    100%

 

Annex II - 1


SCHEDULE 4.2(b)

CONTRIBUTED PROPERTY

 

Member    Contributed Value  

Clean Technologies II, LLC

   $ 16,619,399.60  

Mehetia Inc.

   $ 0  

 

Schedule 4.2(b) - 1


SCHEDULE 4.2(d)

CAPITAL ACCOUNT BALANCE AND PERCENTAGE INTEREST

 

Member Name and Address

  

Capital Account Balance

  

Percentage Interest

Clean Technologies II, LLC    [***]    100% of the Class A

c/o Bloom Energy Corporation

1299 Orleans Drive

     
Sunnyvale, California 94089      
Attn: [***]      
Telephone: [***]      
Fax: [***]      
Mehetia Inc.    [***]    100% of the Class B
Eleven Madison Avenue      
New York, New York 10010      
Attn: [***]      
Telephone: [***]      
Fax: [***]      
with a copy of any notice sent to:      
Credit Suisse Securities (USA)      
LLC      
One Madison Avenue      
New York, New York 10010      
Attn: [***]      
Telephone: [***]      
Fax: [***]      
and with a copy of any notice sent, which will not constitute notice, to:      

McDermott Will & Emery LLP

340 Madison Avenue

     
New York, New York 10173      
Attn: [***]      
Telephone: [***]      
Fax: [***]      

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

 

Schedule 4.2(b) - 1


SCHEDULE 8.2(e)

OFFICERS

 

William H. Kurtz    President
William E. Brockenborough    Vice President, General Manager
Martin J. Collins    Vice President, Secretary
Timothy Gray    Vice President

 

Schedule 8.2(e) - 1


SCHEDULE 8.4

INSURANCE

The Managing Member shall cause the Company to acquire and maintain (including making changes to coverage and carriers) the casualty, general liability (including product liability), property damage and/or other types of insurance on the terms set forth in this Schedule.

In each case the policies must be with insurance carriers with a rating of at least A- and a financial size category of at least X by A.M. Best or A by S&P or otherwise reasonably acceptable to Class B Members.

The policies specified in Appendix 1 of this Schedule shall be in full force and effect at all times on and after the Effective Date until the LLC Agreement Termination Date subject to renewal no more frequently than annually.

At no time shall there be any gap in cover.

The policy limits and cover of the insurances required in this Schedule shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements set forth in the Company LLC Agreement, but in no event less than the limits and coverage provisions set forth in Appendix 1 herein. The obligation to verify that the insurance meets the requirements of the Company LLC Agreement shall rest solely with the Company.

The Managing Member shall not violate or permit to be violated any condition, provision or requirement of any insurance policy required by this Schedule, and the Managing Member shall cause Company to perform, satisfy, and comply with all conditions, provisions and requirements of all insurance policies.

The Managing Member hereby waives any and every claim for recovery against Class B Members or their directors, officers and employees and agents for any and all loss or damage covered by any insurance policies to be maintained under this Schedule to the extent such loss or damage is recovered under any such policy.

All policies of insurance required to be maintained pursuant to this Schedule, other than cover required by law, shall be endorsed such that if at any time they are cancelled, lapsed, terminated or suspended (by any party including the insuring parties), such cancellation, lapse, termination or suspension shall not become effective until at least 30 days after receipt by Class B Members from such insurer of such cancellation, lapse, termination or suspension, except for non-payment of premium for which the required written notice shall be 10 days. In addition to this requirement, the Managing Member shall inform the Class B Members as soon as reasonably possible if it becomes aware of any such cancellation, lapse, termination or suspension or of any reasonable prospect of such and shall further require the Company’s broker to do the same.


    All policies of insurance required to be maintained pursuant to this Schedule, except workers compensation and employers liability, shall provide: Additional Insured status for Class B Members and their respective affiliates, directors, officers and employees and agents (collectively, the “Additional Insureds”). This requirement shall not apply to any professional indemnity policy.

 

    Waivers of subrogation from the insurers in favor of the Additional Insureds.

 

    Policies either (a) non-cancellable except for non-payment of premium with at least 10 days written notice of such to the Class B Members; or (b) cancellation/non-payment provisions in accordance with the provisions of this Schedule.

 

    Class B Members will have the right but not the obligation to pay premiums on behalf of the Company in case of non-payment.

 

    Policies shall be unaffected by any bankruptcy or foreclosure relating to the Managing Member, the Company or the Project Company.

 

    Insurance shall be primary and not excess to or contributing with any other insurance or self-insurance maintained by the Managing Member, the Company, or the Additional Insureds. However, policies can act in excess of such project-specific policies provided by contractors in accordance with the requirements of this Schedule.

 

    Insurer shall not permit the Managing Member to reduce limits or cover or degrade terms and conditions without the prior written approval of the Class B Members.

 

    The Additional Insureds shall have no obligations whatsoever including, but not limited to, no obligation to pay premiums and no obligation to pay deductibles.

 

    Policy limits shall act in excess of deductibles including the indemnity period for time element insurance shall act in excess of the delay deductible for such insurance.

 

    Insurer costs and expenses including any associated with claims including claims adjustment are for the account of the relevant insurer and further will not be deducted from policy limits or sublimits.

In addition, all property policies including marine cargo (if applicable) and further including any time element insurance shall provide:

 

    That Class B Members shall be loss payee of any amounts payable under the policies in relation to the Managing Member, the Company or the Project Company.

 

    Non vitiation in accordance with a multiple insured clause acceptable to the Class B Members or equivalent protection.

 

    Replacement cost, new for old, with no deduction of any kind including no coinsurance provision or a waiver thereof and no allowance for depreciation (accounting or otherwise), obsolescence or loss of value over time other than in a total constructive loss or other scenario where repair/replacement does not follow loss.

 

    An advance or partial payment endorsement.

 

    A clause requiring the insurer to make final payment on any claim within thirty days after the submission of proof of loss and its acceptance by the insurer.

 

    Except for marine transit policies, a LEG2 exclusion or similar endorsement with no sublimit applied.

In addition, all liability policies except workers compensation and employers liability shall provide:

 

    Severability.

 

    Cross liability with no exclusions.

 

- 3 -


The above requirements shall be referred to as the “Required Provisions”. The Required Provisions can be provided either as endorsements to or in the main body of the relevant policy. All policies that replace or renew policies shall contain provisions, including limits, sublimits, deductibles, exclusions and the Required Provisions, that are, mutatis mutandis, in all material regards at least the same as those in place at the Effective Date or, if later, the date of first inception of such policy cover, except in relation to risks where exposure no longer exists or where a better level of cover is provided or which would be required in accordance with the provisions of this Schedule.

The Managing Member shall provide Class B Members as soon as reasonably possible prior to the Initial Funding Date, and at least 10 days prior to any subsequent policy inception or renewal, a certificate of pre-agreed format from:

 

    Each placing broker confirming:

 

    Summary policy terms in the pre-agreed format.

 

    That all policies required by this Schedule are in full force and effect.

 

    All insurance premiums that are due and payable have been paid in full with no premium overdue.

There shall be appended to such certificate or letter of undertaking certificates from insurers for each policy required by this Schedule listing the major sublimits (to be agreed) and confirming that all Required Provisions that apply to such policy are in place.

 

    The Insurance Consultant (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement) confirming that:

 

    The insurance provided complies with the requirements of this Schedule and further complies with the requirements of the Managing Member in the Transaction Documents.

 

    That the undertakings made by each placing broker conform to the requirements of prudent industry practice.

The insurance provided by the Company shall be at least that evidenced in any certificates or other evidence provided by the Company or the Project Company.

Any of the requirements of this Schedule can be satisfied by single or by combined policies. However, as would be deemed necessary in accordance with prudent industry practice, a joint loss agreement will be required and included as part of the respective policies (for example, if there were separate marine transit and builders all-risk policies, then a 50:50 clause would be required).

If in the opinion of the Managing Member, acting reasonably, any insurance, including the terms and conditions, Required Provisions and limits or deductibles thereof, hereby required by this Schedule to be maintained, other than insurance required to be maintained by law which shall be maintained at all times, shall not be available on commercially reasonable terms in the commercial insurance market, the Managing Member shall promptly inform the Class B Members of such purported unavailability and the Managing Member shall seek a waiver from Class B Members in relation to such purported unavailability in which case the Class B Members, acting after consultation with the Insurance Consultant, shall not unreasonably

 

- 4 -


withhold agreement to waive such requirement to the extent the maintenance thereof is not so available. The granting by Class B Members of any such waiver is conditional on: (i) the Managing Member first requesting such waiver in writing, which request shall be accompanied by written reports prepared by the Company and its placing broker certifying that such insurance is not available on commercially reasonable terms in the commercial insurance market for projects of similar type and capacity and, in any case where the required amount is not so available, certifying as to the maximum amount which is so available, and explaining in detail the basis for such conclusions and the form and substance of such reports to be reasonably acceptable to the Class B Members after consultation with the Insurance Consultant; (ii) at any time after the granting of any such waiver, the Class B Members may request, and the Managing Member furnish to the Class B Members within fifteen (15) days after such request, supplemental reports reasonably acceptable to the Class B Members updating the prior reports and reaffirming such conclusion; (iii) any such waiver granted by the Class B Members can amend, to the extent reasonably required to mitigate any increased risks created by the absence of insurance cover that is the subject of the waiver, any of the terms of this Schedule; (iv) the Class B Members may require the Company to obtain the best available insurance comparable to the requirements of this Schedule on commercially reasonable terms then available in the commercial insurance market (as determined by the Insurance Consultant); and (v) such waiver shall be effective only so long as such insurance shall not be available on commercially reasonable terms in the commercial insurance market (as determined by the Insurance Consultant) it being understood that the failure of the Managing Member to furnish any supplemental reports shall be deemed to be conclusive evidence that such waiver is no longer effective because such condition no longer exists, but that such failure is not the only way to establish such non-existence.

The policy teams actually provided in accordance with the provisions of this Schedule shall be at least those evidenced to the Company.

Any failure on the part of Class B Members to pursue or obtain the evidence of insurance required by this Schedule from the Managing Member and/or failure to point out any noncompliance of such evidence of insurance shall not constitute a waiver of any of the insurance requirements in this Schedule.

Each liability insurance policy required pursuant to this Schedule that is permitted to be written on a “claims made” basis shall provide (a) a retroactive date (as such term is specified in each of such policies) that is no later than the Effective Date and (b) each time any policy written on a “claims made” basis is not renewed or the retroactive date of such policy is to be changed, the Company shall obtain and maintain, or cause to be obtained or maintained, for each such policy or policies the broadest extended reporting period coverage, or “tail”, reasonably available in the commercial insurance market for each such policy or policies but in no case less than three (3) years. The Company may satisfy the requirements of this Schedule by obtaining “prior acts” coverage from a subsequent insurance carrier on terms acceptable to the Class B Members, acting reasonably.

All property insurance including marine cargo and any time element insurance shall not include any annual or term aggregate limits or sublimits except for the perils of windstorm, flood, earth movement and land and water decontamination but only to the extent permitted in Appendix 1 to this Schedule. Liability policies may have general aggregate limits in accordance with prudent insurance market practice.

 

- 5 -


All insurance policies required to be maintained pursuant to this Schedule shall contain terms and conditions reasonably acceptable to the Class B Members following consultation with the Insurance Consultant.

In the event that at any time the insurance as herein provided or as evidenced shall be reduced or cease to be maintained, then the Class B Members, upon ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice (unless such insurance coverage would lapse within such period, in which event notice should be given as soon as reasonably possible) to the Company of any such failure, may (but shall not be obligated to) take out the required policies of insurance and pay the premiums on the same. All amounts so advanced for such purpose shall become an additional obligation of the Company to the Class B Members and the Company shall forthwith pay such amounts (as provided in the Company LLC Agreement, if any).

The Class B Members can, acting reasonably, require such additional cover to be provided as is required to confirm to prudent industry practice.

The Class B Members shall have the option to be present and/or to send representatives during meetings and/or negotiations with insurers of any loss settlement in relation to the Company or the Project regarding (a) total constructive loss or any scenario in which repair/replacement will not follow loss, (b) any circumstance involving a claim in relation to an event or series of events which has or could be reasonably expected to lead to a default under any Transaction Documents or material contracts. Neither the Managing Member nor any of its Affiliates shall be permitted to settle any such claim with an insurer without the approval of the Class B Members to the agreed settlement.

The Class B Members may, pursuant to its rights and obligations under this Schedule, consult with the Insurance Consultant and require reports, compliance certificates and other work product from the Insurance Consultant.

Terms used in this Schedule, unless otherwise specifically defined herein or in the Company LLC Agreement, shall have the meaning normally ascribed to them in accordance with prudent industry practice in relation to a project similar in type and jurisdiction as the Project.

 

- 6 -


Appendix 1

Construction Phase Property Policy

From the Initial Funding Date, evidence shall be provided that is reasonably acceptable to the Class B Members that adequate property insurances are in place sufficient to cover the value of (a) the largest transit shipment and offsite storage; and (b) aggregate assets at the Project site prior to the All Risk Property and Business Interruption Insurance being in full force and effect. Furthermore, the Class B Members will be added as additional insured to the construction general liability policy which shall have limits and terms adequate to cover their exposure.

All Risk Property and Business Interruption Insurance

From the Initial Funding Date, “All Risk Property” insurance shall be provided for all property, equipment and construction and erection activities associated with the Project on an “all risk” basis insuring the Company, Project Company and the Additional Insureds, as their interests may appear, including but not limited to coverage for the perils of earth movement (including but not limited to earthquake, landslide, subsidence, sink hole and volcanic eruption), flood, named windstorm. There shall be no requirement for machinery breakdown coverage subject to the agreement of the Class B Members, acting reasonably, that such risks are adequately covered by the Power Performance Warranty.

The policy limit shall be an amount not less than the aggregate full replacement cost of the Project such amount also being referred to as the “full policy limit”. Full insurable value shall mean the full replacement cost value of the Project on a “new for old” basis, including but not limited any new or existing buildings or structures, any improvements to new or existing property, equipment, mechanical plant, electrical plant, spare parts, and supplies and temporary works.

Per occurrence sublimits shall be at least as follows:

•  Debris removal physical “loss”

  

25% of the amount payable for the direct

•  Architects and engineers fees

   $2m

•  Expediting expense

   $1m

•  Blueprints, drawings, etc.

  

$1m or less

•  On site pollution

   $100,000

 

Schedule 8.4 - 1


An annual aggregate sublimit shall be permitted for flood of $10M. An annual aggregate sublimit shall be permitted for earth movement of $25M subject to confirmation from the Independent Engineer and accepted by the Class B Members, acting reasonably, that any such damage is likely to be within this limit. Limits for windstorm shall be full policy limits on a per occurrence basis.

The All Risk Property policy shall include (i) a seventy-two (72) hour flood/named windstorm/earthquake clause, (ii) an unintentional errors and omissions clause. There shall be no serial loss clause.

Business Interruption coverage insuring the loss of expected gross revenues for the largest single Project for a period of not less than the greater of (a) 12 months; and, (b) the longest lead time for replacement as determined by the Class B Members in consultation with the Independent Engineer as a result of physical loss or damage by perils required to be insured under the All Risk Property policy, including all sections preceding this section, which cause a reduction in output.

Contingent business interruption insurance covering loss of gross revenues less non-continuing expenses for:

 

    Power Suppliers and Public Utilities Extension — loss, including delay, caused by interference/interruption of power/other utility including export substation — full cover.

 

    Prevention of Ingress/Egress 90 days

 

    Damage to an export substation cover for loss of expected gross revenues less nonrecurrent costs for a six month indemnity period.

Some or all of the requirements for contingent business interruption can be reduced or eliminated subject to the agreement of the Class B Members that such risks or proportions of such risks are adequately covered by the Tariff.

Deductibles shall be the best commercially available in accordance with prudent industry practice not exceeding 2% for earthquake.

Marine Cargo and Marine Business Interruption Insurance

To the extent a material exposure exists, transit coverage, either included in a property policy or under a separate policy (including air, land and ocean cargo, as applicable) on an “all-risk” basis and a “warehouse to warehouse” basis with a per occurrence limit equal to not less than 110% of the value including transit and insurance of such shipment involving the Project to or from any storage site or the Project site at all times for which the Project Company has accepted risk of loss or has responsibility for providing insurance. Coverage shall include loading and unloading, temporary storage (as applicable) and a 50/50 clause (if applicable). Coverage shall be maintained in accordance with prudent industry practice in all regards with per occurrence deductibles of not more than $100,000 for physical damage and other terms and conditions acceptable to the Class B Members.

 

- 2 -


Marine Business Interruption insurance shall be attached to the Marine Cargo policy providing equivalent cover, mutatis mutandis, to the Business Interruption cover attached to the All Risk Property policy in accordance with the terms of this Schedule.

General Liability

A limit of $1,000,000 per occurrence and in the aggregate shall be provided for:

 

    Property damage, death and injury (including mental injury).

 

    Broad form property damage.

 

    Blanket contractual.

 

    Products/completed operations

 

    Advertising injury

 

    XCU

Deductibles shall be the best commercially available in accordance with prudent industry practice.

Automobile Liability

Automobile liability insurance, to the extent exposure exists, including coverage for owned, non- owned and hired automobiles for both bodily injury and property damage and containing appropriate no-fault insurance provisions or other endorsements in accordance with state legal requirements, with a combined single limit of no less than $ 1,000,000 per accident with respect to bodily injury, property damage or death. Deductibles shall be the best commercially available in accordance with prudent industry practice.

Workers’ Compensation and Employers Liability

If Project Company or the Company has employees, workers’ compensation insurance in compliance with statutory requirements and employers liability insurance, to the extent exposure exists, with a limit of not less than $1,000,000 per accident, per employee and per disease including such other forms of insurance that the Project Company or the Company is required by law to provide for the Project, all other states’ endorsement and, to the extent any exposure exists, coverage with respect to the USL&H Act and Jones Act, covering loss resulting from bodily injury, sickness, disability or death of the employees of the Project Company or the Company. Deductibles shall be the best commercially available in accordance with prudent industry practice.

Pollution Liability

Pollution liability insurance for liability arising out of property damage or bodily injury to third parties as a result of sudden and accidental pollution including the cost of on-site and off-site clean up in an amount not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence and in the aggregate. Deductibles shall be the best commercially available in accordance with prudent industry practice.

 

- 3 -


Umbrella Liability Insurance

An aggregate limit of $15,000,000 (or $20,000,000, if so required by any Transaction Document or material contract) shall be attached and in excess of the underlying general liability, automobile liability, employers liability policies on a following form basis with drop down provisions.

Errors and Omissions Liability

Errors and omissions insurance for liability arising out of property damage or bodily injury to third parties as a result of prototype manufacturing errors and omissions liability $1,000,000 per glitch and in the aggregate. Deductibles shall be the best commercially available in accordance with prudent industry practice.

Directors & Officers Insurance

Unless directors and officers are indemnified by the Company to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company, Directors & Officers insurance, including Employment Practices (if employees) in an amount not less than $10,000,000 on industry standard policy forms subject to a retention not to exceed $50,000.

 

- 4 -


SCHEDULE 9

TRANSFER REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

[The Class B Member] is a [            ] duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of [            ] and has all requisite [             ] power and authority to reconvey the Class B Membership Interests as contemplated by the Agreement.

(a)    [The Class B Member] owns directly 100% of the Company’s outstanding Class B Membership Interests to the extent that is what it was sold under the [ECCA] [other transfer documentation].

(b)    [The Class B Member] has absolute record and beneficial ownership and title to the Membership Interests held by [the Class B Member] to the extent that is what it was sold under the [ECCA] [other transfer documentation], free and clear of any Encumbrances except Permitted Encumbrances.

(c)    The assignment agreement effecting the Transfer of the Class B Membership Interests from [the Class B Member] to [the Class A Member] has been duly and validly executed and delivered by [the Class B Member] and constitutes [the Class B Member’s] legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms (subject, however, to the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws from time to time in effect relating to the rights and remedies of creditors as well as to general principles of equity whether considered at law or in equity).

(d)    Neither the execution, delivery and performance by [the Class B Member] of the assignment agreement effecting the Transfer of the Class B Membership Interests from [the Class B Member] to [the Class A Member] nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby will (i) conflict with or result in any breach of any provision of the organizational documents of [the Class B Member], (ii) violate or conflict with (or give rise to any right of termination, cancellation or acceleration under) any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any contract or other instrument or obligation that [the Class B Member] is a party to or by which [the Class B Member] is bound; or (iii) violate any Legal Requirement or any material license, franchise, permit or other authorization applicable to or affecting [the Class B Member] or any of its respective assets.

(e)    All consents, approvals and filings required to be obtained or made by the [Class B Member] to execute, deliver and perform the assignment agreement effecting the Transfer of the Class B Membership Interests from [the Class B Member] to [the Class A Member] or the consummation by any such Person of the transactions contemplated thereby shall have been obtained or made and shall be in full force and effect as of the date hereof.

 

 

Schedule 9 - 1


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF CERTIFICATE FOR CLASS A MEMBERSHIP INTEREST

THE INTERESTS REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE ACF ) OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. ACCORDINGLY, SUCH INTERESTS MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF WITHOUT COMPLIANCE WITH SUCH ACT AND SUCH STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND DIAMOND STATE GENERATION HOLDINGS, LLC MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO IT THAT NO VIOLATION OF SUCH ACT AND SUCH STATE SECURITIES LAWS WILL RESULT FROM ANY PROPOSED SALE, TRANSFER OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF SUCH INTERESTS.

THIS CERTIFICATE EVIDENCES AN INTEREST IN DIAMOND STATE GENERATION HOLDINGS, LLC AND SHALL BE A SECURITY FOR THE PURPOSES OF ARTICLE 8 OF THE UNIFORM COMMERCIAL CODE AS IN EFFECT IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

No. [    ]    Class A Membership Interests

Diamond State Generation Holdings, LLC

a Delaware Limited Liability Company

Certificate of Interest

This certifies that [                            ] is the owner of [             ] Class A Membership Interests in Diamond State Generation Holdings, LLC (the Company ”), which membership interests are subject to the terms of the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Diamond State Generation Holdings, LLC, dated as of March [    ], 2013 as the same may be further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof (the Limited Liability Company Agreement ”).

This Certificate of Interest may be transferred by the lawful holders hereof only in accordance with the provisions of the Limited Liability Company Agreement.

 

Exhibit A - 1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Company has caused this Certificate of Interest to be signed by its duly authorized officer this [    ] day of [             ], 20 [    ].

 

DIAMOND STATE GENERATION HOLDINGS, LLC
By:      

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

Exhibit A - 2


[Reverse]

INSTRUMENT OF TRANSFER OF

MEMBERSHIP INTEREST IN

Diamond State Generation Holdings, LLC

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned does hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

 

                                                                                                  

(print or type name of assignee)

the membership interest evidenced by and within the Certificate of Interest herewith, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                          as attorney to transfer said interest on the books of Diamond State Generation Holdings, LLC with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated as of:

[                       ]

By:    

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

Exhibit A - 3


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF CERTIFICATE FOR CLASS B MEMBERSHIP INTEREST

THE INTERESTS REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE ACT ) OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. ACCORDINGLY, SUCH INTERESTS MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF WITHOUT COMPLIANCE WITH SUCH ACT AND SUCH STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND DIAMOND STATE GENERATION HOLDINGS, LLC MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO IT THAT NO VIOLATION OF SUCH ACT AND SUCH STATE SECURITIES LAWS WILL RESULT FROM ANY PROPOSED SALE, TRANSFER OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF SUCH INTERESTS.

THIS CERTIFICATE EVIDENCES AN INTEREST IN DIAMOND STATE GENERATION HOLDINGS, LLC AND SHALL BE A SECURITY FOR THE PURPOSES OF ARTICLE 8 OF THE UNIFORM COMMERCIAL CODE AS IN EFFECT IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

No. [    ]    Class B Membership Interests

Diamond State Generation Holdings, LLC

a Delaware Limited Liability Company

Certificate of Interest

This certifies that [                            ] is the owner of [            ] Class B Membership Interests in Diamond State Generation Holdings, LLC (the  Company ”), which membership interests are subject to the terms of the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Diamond State Generation Holdings, LLC, dated as of March [    ], 2013, as the same may be further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof (the Limited Liability Company Agreement ”).

This Certificate of Interest may be transferred by the lawful holders hereof only in accordance with the provisions of the Limited Liability Company Agreement.

 

Exhibit B -1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Company has caused this Certificate of Interest to be signed by its duly authorized officer this [    ] day of [             ], 20[    ].

DIAMOND STATE GENERATION

HOLDINGS, LLC

 

By:      

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

Exhibit B - 2


[Reverse]

INSTRUMENT OF TRANSFER OF

MEMBERSHIP INTEREST IN

Diamond State Generation Holdings, LLC

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned does hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

 

                                                                                                      

(print or type name of assignee)

the membership interest evidenced by and within the Certificate of Interest herewith, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                      as attorney to transfer said interest on the books of Diamond State Generation Holdings, LLC, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated as of:

[                      ]

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

Exhibit B - 3


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF OPERATIONS REPORT

[OMITTED]

 

Exhibit C - 1


EXHIBIT D

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

This ASSIGNMENT OF MEMBERSHIP INTERESTS, dated as of [            ] [        ], 20[    ] (this “ Assignment Agreement ”), is by and between [                            ], a [                     ] (the “ Assignor ”) and [                            ], a [                     ] (the “ Assignee ”).

W   I   T   N   E   S   S   E   T   H   :

WHEREAS, Diamond State Generation Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”) was formed by virtue of its Certificate of Formation filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on [                    ], and is governed by the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, dated as of March 20, 2013, executed by the Assignor and [                            ], a [                     ], with all amendments thereto (the “LLC Agreement”);

WHEREAS, the Assignor is currently a [Class A Member] [Class B Member] of the Company;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the LLC Agreement, the Assignor has agreed to transfer to Assignee and Assignee has agreed to accept from the Assignor, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the LLC Agreement, [Class A] [Class B] Membership Interests of the Company;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the LLC Agreement, the parties thereto have agreed to admit the Assignee as a [Class A] [Class B] Member of the Company; and

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned do hereby agree as follows:

1.     Defined Terms . All capitalized terms not defined herein are used herein as defined in the LLC Agreement.

2.     Instructions to Transfer to Assignee . As of the date hereof, the Assignor hereby assigns and transfers unto Assignee complete record and beneficial ownership of [        ] [Class A] [Class B] Membership Interests in the Company, together with all rights and benefits associated therewith and the Assignee hereby assumes from Assignor complete record and beneficial ownership of [        ] [Class A] [Class B] Membership Interests in the Company, together with all rights and benefits associated therewith. The Assignor hereby irrevocably instructs the Company to register on the books of the Company the transfer to Assignee of complete record and beneficial ownership of [        ] [Class A] [Class B] Membership Interests in the Company previously owned by Assignor.

 

Exhibit D - 1


3.     Further Assurances . Subject to the terms and conditions of the LLC Agreement, at any time, or from time to time after the date hereof, the Assignor and Assignee shall, at the other’s reasonable request, and at the requesting party’s expense, execute and deliver such instruments of transfer, conveyance, assignment and assumption, in addition to this Assignment Agreement, and take such other action as either of them may reasonably request in order to evidence the transfer effected hereby.

4.     Successors and Assigns . This Assignment Agreement and all of the provisions hereof shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

5.     Counterparts . This Assignment Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, with the same effect as if the signatures hereto were upon the same instrument. This Assignment Agreement shall become effective when each party hereto shall have received a counterpart hereof signed by the other party.

6.     Governing Law . This Assignment Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts performed in that State.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank. Signature page to follow.]

 

Exhibit D - 2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each party hereto has caused this Assignment of Membership Interests to be signed on its behalf as of the date first written above.

 

[                              ]
as the Assignor
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
[                              ]
as the Assignee
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

Exhibit D - 3


EXHIBIT E

FORM OF EQUITY CONTRIBUTION NOTICE

[            ], 20[    ]

Diamond State Generation Holdings, LLC

1299 Orleans Drive

Sunnyvale, CA 94089-1137

Attn: Scott Reynolds

Re:     Equity Contribution Notice

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to that certain Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement (the “ Company LLC Agreement ”) for Diamond State Generation Holdings, LLC (the “ Company ”’), dated March 20, 2013, by and between Clean Technologies II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Clean Technologies ”) and Mehetia Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Mehetia ” or “ Class  B Member ”). All capitalized terms, unless otherwise defined herein, shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Company LLC Agreement.

Pursuant to Section  4.4(a) of the Company LLC Agreement, Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC (the “ Project Company ”’) hereby delivers to the Company with a copy to Clean Technologies and Class B Members this notice and certifies to such entities as follows as of the Equity Contribution Date:

(1)    attached hereto as Exhibit [A] is a schedule which sets forth (a) the Systems expected to be Placed in Service and expected to achieve Commencement of Operations (as such term is defined in the MESPA) in the 2nd quarter following the quarter in which this notice is delivered (or sooner) for which this notice requests Capital Contribution of the balance of the amounts of the 25% Progress Payment for such System contemplated by the MESPA as provided in such schedule, 1 (b) the Systems which have been Placed in Service and have achieved Commencement of Operations for which this notice requests Capital Contribution of the amounts to be used by Project Company to make (with Note Proceeds) the 75% Progress Payment for such System contemplated by the MESPA as provided in such schedule, (c) an update of the status for all Systems for which a Capital Contribution has been requested in a prior Equity Contribution Notice (“Prior Draw Systems”, and together with the Systems referred to in the preceding clauses (a) and (b), the “Subject Systems”);

 

 

1   Note: if contributions are only being requested pursuant to clause (a) of this paragraph (1), only paragraphs (3), (5) and (6) are required to be included.

 

Exhibit E - 1


(2)    the Managing Member’s Capital Contribution to the Company of $16,619,399.60 was further contributed by the Company to the Project Company and used by Project Company to incur Project costs in an amount equal to at least 5% of the cost of all Systems;

(3)    attached hereto as Exhibits [B-] are (a) invoices from Bloom to the Project Company for payments under the MESPA for Subject Systems for which a prior Equity Contribution Notice had requested a Capital Contribution in order to make such payment, which invoice specifies: (i) the customer location of the installation of each Subject System, (ii) the serial number or purchase order number for each Subject System, (iii) the price for each Subject System as determined pursuant to the MESPA, (iv) all amounts previously paid as a deposit on each Subject System and (v) all amounts remaining due and payable on each Subject System, (b) evidence of the payment of such invoices by the Project Company, (c) with respect to Prior Draw Systems for which the 7 5% Progress Payment has been made under the MESP A, a Bill of Sale for such Prior Draw Systems;

( 4)    the DPL Agreements have terms that in the aggregate provide to Project Company equal or more favorable economics than set forth in the Base Case Model;

(5)    No material ongoing breach exists by Bloom, Clean Technologies, the Company, the Project Company, the Managing Member, DPL or PJM under the ECCA, the Project Company LLC Agreement, the MESP A, the MOMA, the Administrative^ Services Agreement, the Credit Documents, the DPL Agreements, the PJM Agreements, the Company LLC Agreement or any other Transaction Document or Material Contract, as applicable;

(6)    the Project Company is solvent and no event of Bankruptcy has occurred with respect to the Project Company;

(7)    each of the representations and warranties of Clean Technologies in Section  3.2 of the ECCA relating to the Systems funded by such Equity Contribution is (i) true and correct in all material respects as of such Equity Contribution Date except to the extent that any such representation or warranty shall have been expressly made only as of an earlier date in which case such representation or warranty was true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date and (ii) if and to the extent such representations and warranties are qualified by the words “material,” “Material Adverse Effect” or similar qualification, true and correct, as qualified, as of the Equity Contribution Date (or such earlier date, as applicable);

(8)    (i) all conditions precedent in Section  2.5 and Section  2.7 of the ECCA (other than Section  2.5(aa)) continue to be satisfied and (ii) there have been no material adverse changes from the circumstances addressed in the due diligence reports delivered to Class B Member under Sections 2.5(a) and (b)  of the ECCA;

 

Exhibit E - 2


(9)    [after the first funding notice:] the prior Equity Contributions have been drawn in accordance with Section  4.3 and Section  4.4 of the Company LLC Agreement, the Project Company currently has a remaining cash balance from such funds of $[            ], such remaining funds are in the Capital Contributions Account, and the Project Company has used any funds from such Equity Contributions not retained in the Capital Contributions Account to make payments under the MESPA;

(10)    the information on each invoice from Bloom to Project Company for payments under the MESPA regarding the Systems to be paid for with proceeds of the Equity Contribution include the following: (i) the location of the installation of each such System, (ii)    the serial number for each such System, (iii) the price for each such System as determined pursuant to the MESPA, (iv) all amounts previously paid as a deposit on each such System and (v) all amounts remaining due and payable on each such System;

(11)    all material Governmental Approvals required to be obtained by Bloom, Clean Technologies, the Company and the Project Company for the construction and installation of the Subject Systems and the sale of electric energy and sale of RECs from the Subject Systems have been obtained, except for any such Governmental Approvals not yet required to be obtained but which can reasonably be expected to be obtained when needed as specified on Exhibit [C] ;

(12)    Commencement of Operations (as defined under the MESPA) has occurred for the Systems for which this notice requests Capital Contribution of the amounts to be used by Project Company (with Note Proceeds) to make the 75% Progress Payment for such System;

(13)    with respect to the Systems for which this notice requests Capital Contribution of the amounts to be used by Project Company (with Note Proceeds) to make the 75% Progress Payment for such System, the Members have received confirmation that the Note Proceeds have either been disbursed from the Construction Escrow Account or will be available for disbursement from the Construction Escrow Account contemporaneous with Project Company’s drawdown of such Progress Contribution from the Company (as may be evidenced by, among other things, delivery to the Members of a copy of the Account Withdrawal Instruction applicable to such proceeds which has been countersigned by the Collateral Agent and delivered to the Depositary) or the Required Holders have in writing confirmed to the Members that all conditions precedent to such disbursement from the Construction Escrow Account have been satisfied or waived and the Required Holders are prepared to permit such disbursement contemporaneous with Project Company’s drawdown of such Progress Contribution from the Company; and

(14)    with respect to the Systems for which this notice requests Capital Contribution of the amounts to be used by Project Company to make (with Note Proceeds) the 75% Progress Payment for such System, the Members have received written certification from

 

Exhibit E - 3


the Independent Engineer (as defined in the MESPA) addressed to Project Company certifying, without any qualification, that such System’s commissioning has been successfully completed, that such System is available for full commercial operation, and that Bloom has installed all BOF Work (as defined in the MESPA) necessary for the operation of that System.

In accordance with Section  4.4 of the Company LLC Agreement, the Company is hereby requested to make an Equity Contribution on [        , 20     ] in the amount of $[            ] to the Project Company and to transfer such funds to the following account of the Project Company as set forth below;

 

Holder Name:   Diamond State
  Generation
  Partners, LLC

Bank Name:

Account Number:

ABA Number:

 

Exhibit E - 4


Sincerely,

DIAMOND STATE GENERATION HOLDINGS,

LLC, as Manager of Diamond State Generation

Partners, LLC

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

Cc:

Clean Technologies II, LLC

c/o Bloom Energy Corporation

1299 Orleans Drive

Sunnyvale, CA 94089-1137

Attn: [***]

Mehetia Inc.

Eleven Madison Avenue New

York, New York 10010

Attn: [***]

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

 

Exhibit E - 5


Exhibit [    ]

[TO BE REVISED AS NEEDED FOR EACH EQUITY CONTRIBUTION]

 

Exhibit E - 6


EXHIBIT F

BASE CASE MODEL

[***] [Redacted in its Entirety: 177 Pages]

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

 

Exhibit F - 1

Exhibit 10.13

[***] Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

EXECUTION VERSION

GUARANTY

GUARANTY (this “ Guaranty ”) dated as of March 16, 2012 by Bloom Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Guarantor ”), in favor of Mehetia Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Guaranteed Party ”).

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS

A. The Guarantor desires to have the Guaranteed Party enter into certain Transaction Documents (as defined below) with Clean Technologies II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Clean Technologies II ”), which is a subsidiary of the Guarantor.

B. The Guaranteed Party is willing to enter into the Transaction Documents with Clean Technologies II only on the condition, among others, that Clean Technologies II’s payment obligations under such Transaction Documents are guaranteed by the Guarantor, on the terms set forth in this Guaranty.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and in order to induce the Guaranteed Party to enter into the Transaction Documents, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guarantor hereby agrees as follows:

1. Definitions .

1.1 Defined Terms . As used in this Guaranty, the capitalized terms defined in the preamble, preliminary statements and other sections of this Guaranty shall have the respective meanings specified therein; capitalized terms not defined in this Guaranty shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Equity Capital Contribution Agreement, dated as of March 16, 2012 (the “ Contribution Agreement ”), among the Guaranteed Party, Clean Technologies II, Diamond State Generation Holdings, LLC and Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC, and the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Obligations ” shall mean, without duplication, (i) the due and punctual payment of all amounts payable by Clean Technologies II pursuant to the Transaction Documents, including, without limitation, (A) any Investor Indemnified Costs as and when due in accordance with the Contribution Agreement or the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Diamond State Generation Holdings, LLC to be entered into between the Guaranteed Party and Clean Technologies II (the “ Company LLC Agreement ”), as the case may be, (B) all Capital Contributions owed by Clean Technologies II, and (C) all amounts payable by Clean Technologies II as Recapture Damages as a result of a Class A Recapture Event, (ii) to the extent the Administrator is an Affiliate of the Guarantor, the due and punctual payment by such Affiliate of all amounts payable by such Affiliate as Administrator under the Administrative Services Agreement, and (iii) the payment of all other payment obligations of Clean Technologies II to the Guaranteed Party, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, which may arise under or in connection with the Transaction Documents (including, without limitation, interest or other charges as would have accrued on any portion of the payment obligations but for the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, it being the intention of the Parties that the Obligations that are guaranteed by the Guarantor pursuant to this Guaranty should be determined without regard to any rule of law or order that may relieve Clean Technologies II of any portion of such Obligations).


Transaction Documents ” shall mean (i) the Contribution Agreement, (ii) the Company LLC Agreement, and (iii) to the extent the Administrator thereunder is an Affiliate of the Guarantor, the Administrative Services Agreement.

1.2 Terms Generally . The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be modified by the phrase “without limitation”. The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”. Unless the context requires otherwise (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument of other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified in accordance with the provisions hereof and thereof; (b) any reference herein to any person shall be construed to include such person’s successors and permitted assigns; (c) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder,” and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Guaranty in its entirety and not to any particular provision of this Guaranty; and (d) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties. Article and section headings used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Guaranty and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Guaranty.

2. Guaranty .

2.1 Irrevocable Guaranty .

(a) The Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to the Guaranteed Party and each of its successors, permitted indorsees, permitted transferees and permitted assigns that all monetary Obligations will be promptly paid in full, in Dollars, when due in accordance with the provisions of the Transaction Documents. If for any reason any sums stated in the Transaction Documents to be payable by Clean Technologies II, or any part thereof, shall not be paid promptly when due, then in each such instance upon written demand of payment made by the Guaranteed Party to the Guarantor, the Guarantor shall pay the same to or for the benefit of the Guaranteed Party and in accordance with the provisions of the Transaction Documents.

(b) Whether or not legal action is instituted, the Guarantor agrees to reimburse the Guaranteed Party, upon written demand, for all reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements and all other reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the Guaranteed Party in successfully enforcing its rights under this Guaranty. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Guarantor shall have no obligation to pay any such costs or expenses if, in any action or proceeding brought by the Guaranteed Party giving rise to a demand for payment of such costs or expenses, it is finally adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction that the Guarantor is not liable to make any payment under Section 2.1(a) of this Guaranty.

 

2


Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section  2.1 , the Guarantor’s liability in respect of any of the Obligations shall not exceed the liability of Clean Technologies II with respect to such Obligations under the Transaction Documents; provided , however , that such cap on liability shall not apply to reasonable costs, expenses and fees (including reasonable legal fees and disbursements) in excess of such maximum liability incurred by the Guaranteed Party in connection with enforcing this Guaranty.

2.2 No Subrogation . The Guarantor will not exercise any rights that it may acquire by way of subrogation under this Guaranty, by any payment made hereunder or otherwise, until all of the Obligations shall have been indefeasibly paid in full. If any amount shall be paid to the Guarantor on account of such subrogation rights at any time when all of the Obligations shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Guaranteed Party and shall forthwith be paid to the Guaranteed Party to be credited and applied to such Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of the applicable Transaction Document. If (a) the Guarantor shall make payment to the Guaranteed Party of all or any part of the Obligations and (b) all of the Obligations shall be indefeasibly paid in full, the Guaranteed Party will, at the Guarantor’s request and expense, execute and deliver to the Guarantor appropriate documents, without recourse and without representation or warranty, necessary to evidence the transfer by subrogation to the Guarantor of an interest in the Obligations resulting from such payment by the Guarantor.

2.3 No Effect on Guaranty . The obligations of the Guarantor under this Guaranty shall not be altered, limited, impaired or otherwise affected by:

(a) any rescission of any demand for payment of any of the Obligations or any failure by the Guaranteed Party to make any such demand on Clean Technologies II or any other guarantor or to collect any payments from Clean Technologies II or any other guarantor or any release of Clean Technologies II or any other guarantor;

(b) any renewal, extension, modification, amendment, acceleration, compromise, waiver, indulgence, rescission, discharge, surrender or release, in whole or in part, or any assignment or transfer, of any of the Transaction Documents or the Obligations or any other instrument or agreement evidencing, relating to, securing or guaranteeing any of the Obligations, or the liability of any party to any of the foregoing or for any part thereof;

(c) the validity, regularity or enforceability of any of the Obligations or of the Transaction Documents or any other instrument or agreement evidencing, relating to, securing or guaranteeing any of the Obligations at any time or from time to time held by the Guaranteed Party;

(d) any change, whether direct or indirect, in the Guarantor’s relationship to Clean Technologies II, including any such change by reason of any merger or consolidation or any sale, transfer, issuance, spin-off, distribution or other disposition of any stock, equity interest or other security of Clean Technologies II, the Guarantor or any other entity;

(e) any act or omission of the Guaranteed Party relating in any way to the Obligations or to Clean Technologies II, including any failure to bring an action against any party liable on the Obligations, or any party liable on any guaranty of the Obligations, or to apply any funds of any such party held by the Guaranteed Party;

 

3


(f) any proceeding, voluntary or involuntary, involving bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, reorganization, liquidation or arrangement of Clean Technologies II or any other guarantor or any defense which Clean Technologies II or any other guarantor may have by reason of the order, decree or decision of any court or administrative body resulting from any such proceeding; and

(g) any other act or omission that may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of the Guarantor or that may or might otherwise operate as a discharge of the Guarantor as a matter of law or equity, other than (i) the indefeasible payment in full in Dollars of all the Obligations, and (ii) as set forth in the next sentence.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Guarantor shall be entitled to assert any and all defenses which Clean Technologies II may have to the payment of any of the Obligations, other than defenses based upon (1) lack of authority, capacity, legal right or power of Clean Technologies II to enter into and/or perform its obligations under the Transaction Documents or (2) any insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, composition, liquidation, dissolution or similar proceeding with respect to Clean Technologies II.

2.4 Continuing Guaranty; Termination . This Guaranty shall be construed as a continuing, absolute and unconditional guaranty of payment when due, and not of collection only, and the obligations of the Guarantor hereunder shall not be conditioned or contingent upon the pursuit by the Guaranteed Party at any time of any right or remedy against Clean Technologies II or against any other person which may be or become liable in respect of all or any part of the Obligations. This Guaranty shall remain in full force and effect until the Obligations shall have been satisfied by indefeasible payment in full, in Dollars, notwithstanding that from time to time during the term of the Transaction Documents, Clean Technologies II may be free from any Obligations.

2.5 Reinstatement of Guaranty . This Guaranty shall continue to be effective, or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any of the Obligations is avoided, rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by the Guaranteed Party to Clean Technologies II or its representative or to any other guarantor for any reason including as a result of any insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization proceeding with respect to Clean Technologies II or the Guarantor, all as though such payment had not been made.

2.6 Financial Statements . To the extent not publicly available, the Guarantor shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Guaranteed Party:

(a) As and when available, and in any event within sixty (60) calendar days after the end of each fiscal quarter of any fiscal year of the Guarantor, complete unaudited financial statements of the Guarantor for such fiscal quarter, including the balance sheet of the Guarantor as of the end of such quarter, profit and loss statements for the Guarantor for such quarter, and a statement of cash flows for Guarantor for such quarter, each of which shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP, subject to normal recurring year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes; and

 

4


(b) As and when available and in any event by the following April 30 after the end of the fiscal year of the Guarantor, consolidated financial statements with respect to such fiscal year for the Guarantor that are audited and certified by an Accounting Firm, including the balance sheet showing the Guarantor’s financial position as of the end of such fiscal year, profit and loss statements for the Guarantor for such fiscal year, a statement of cash flows for the Guarantor for such fiscal year and related footnotes, prepared in accordance with GAAP.

2.7 Waivers .

(a) Without limiting the generality of any other waiver or other provision set forth in this Guaranty, Guarantor hereby waives all benefits and defenses that are or may become available to Guarantor by reason of California Civil Code Sections 2787 to 2855, inclusive, Section 2899 or Section 3433. Any references to certain sections of the California Civil Code or the California Code of Civil Procedure are included in this Guaranty solely out of an abundance of caution and shall not be construed to mean that any of the referenced provisions of California law are in any way applicable to this Guaranty.

(b) Without limiting the generality of any other waiver or other provision set forth in this Guaranty, Guarantor waives all rights and defenses that Guarantor may have if all or part of Guarantor’s obligations are secured by real property. This means, among other things:

(i) Guaranteed Party may collect from Guarantor without first foreclosing on any real or personal property collateral pledged by Guarantor, Clean Technologies II or any other guarantor.

(ii) If Guaranteed Party forecloses on any real property collateral pledged by Guarantor, Clean Technologies II or any other guarantor:

(A) The amount of Guarantor’s obligations or any obligations of Guarantor in respect thereof may be reduced only by the price for which that collateral is sold at the foreclosure sale, even if the collateral is worth more than the sale price.

(B) Guaranteed Party may collect from Guarantor even if Guaranteed Party, by foreclosing on the real property collateral, has destroyed any right Guarantor may have to collect from Clean Technologies or any other guarantor.

(c) This is an unconditional and irrevocable waiver of any rights and defenses Guarantor may have if all or part of Guarantor’s obligations are secured by real property. These rights and defenses include, but are not limited to, any rights or defenses based upon Section 580a, 580b, 580d, or 726 of the California Code of Civil Procedure.

(d) Without limiting the generality of any other waiver or other provision set forth in this Guaranty, Guarantor waives all rights and defenses arising out of an election of remedies by Guaranteed Party, even though that election of remedies, such as a nonjudicial foreclosure with respect to security for Guarantor’s obligations, has destroyed Guarantor’s rights of subrogation and reimbursement against Guaranteed Party by the operation of Section 580d of the California Code of Civil Procedure or otherwise, including any other statutory or decisional law of any applicable jurisdiction.

 

5


3. Representations and Warranties of the Guarantor . The Guarantor hereby represents and warrants to the Guaranteed Party, as follows:

(a) The Guarantor is a corporation, validly existing and in good standing under laws of the State of Delaware.

(b) The Guarantor has full power, authority and legal right to execute and deliver this Guaranty and to perform its obligations hereunder and under the Transaction Documents to which it is a party.

(c) The execution, delivery and performance of this Guaranty have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Guarantor.

(d) This Guaranty has been duly executed and delivered by the Guarantor and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Guarantor, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally or by general principles of equity.

(e) All consents, authorizations, approvals and clearances (including, without limitation, any necessary exchange control approval) and notifications, reports and registrations requisite for its due execution, delivery and performance of this Guaranty have been obtained from or, as the case may be, filed with the relevant governmental authorities having jurisdiction and remain in full force and effect and all conditions thereof have been duly complied with and no other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any governmental authority having jurisdiction is required for such execution, delivery or performance.

(f) The execution and delivery by the Guarantor of this Guaranty do not and the performance by Guarantor of its obligations hereunder will not, (i) violate or require any filing or notice of any Legal Requirement applicable to Guarantor, (ii) conflict with or cause a breach of any provision in the certificate of incorporation, bylaws or other organizational document of Guarantor, or (iii) cause a breach of, constitute a default under, cause the acceleration of, create in any party the right to accelerate, terminate, modify or cancel, or require any authorization, consent, waiver or approval under any contract, license, instrument, decree, judgment or other arrangement to which Guarantor is a party or under which it is bound or to which any of its assets are subject (or result in the imposition of a Lien, other than Permitted Liens, upon any such assets) except (in the case of this clause (iii)) for any that would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Guarantor; and

(g) Guarantor owns of record and beneficially 100% of the membership interests of Clean Technologies II.

4. Election of Remedies . Each and every right, power and remedy herein given to the Guaranteed Party, or otherwise existing, shall be cumulative and not exclusive, and be in addition to all other rights, powers and remedies now or hereafter granted or otherwise existing.

 

6


Each and every right, power and remedy whether specifically herein given or otherwise existing may be exercised, from time to time and as often and in such order as may be deemed expedient by the Guaranteed Party.

5. Effect of Delay or Omission to Pursue Remedy . No single or partial waiver by the Guaranteed Party of any right, power or remedy, or delay or omission by the Guaranteed Party in the exercise of any right, power or remedy which it may have shall impair any such right, power or remedy or operate as a waiver thereof or of any other right, power or remedy then or thereafter existing. Any waiver given by the Guaranteed Party of any right, power or remedy in any one instance shall only be effective in that specific instance and only for the purpose for which given, and will not be construed as a waiver of any right, power or remedy on any future occasion.

6. Guarantor’s Waivers . The Guarantor waives any and all notice of the creation, renewal, extension or accrual of any of the Obligations and notice of or proof of reliance by the Guaranteed Party upon this Guaranty or acceptance of this Guaranty. The Obligations, and any of them, shall conclusively be deemed to have been created, contracted, incurred, renewed, extended, amended or waived in reliance upon this Guaranty, and all dealings between the Guarantor and the Guaranteed Party shall likewise be conclusively presumed to have been had or consummated in reliance upon this Guaranty. The Guarantor waives presentment, demand (other than demand delivered pursuant to Section 2.1(a) hereof), notice, and protest of all instruments included in or evidencing any of the Obligations and all other demands (other than demand delivered pursuant to Section 2.1(a) hereof) and notices in connection with the delivery, acceptance, performance, default or enforcement of any such instrument or this Guaranty.

7. Amendment . This Guaranty may not be modified, amended, terminated or revoked, in whole or in part, except by an agreement in writing signed by the Guaranteed Party and the Guarantor. No waiver of any term, covenant or provision of this Guaranty, or consent given hereunder, shall be effective unless given in writing by the Guaranteed Party.

8. Notices . All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given to any party hereto if personally delivered or if sent by telecopy, or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or by recognized courier service, postage or other charges prepaid addressed as follows:

 

  (a) If to the Guarantor:

Bloom Energy Corporation 1299

Orleans Drive

Sunnyvale, CA 94089

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

Tel: [***]

 

7

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested


  (b) If to Guaranteed Party:

Mehetia Inc.

Eleven Madison Avenue

New York, NY 10010

Attention: [***]

Telephone: [***]

Fax: [***]

or to such other address as may be specified from time to time by the Guarantor or the Guaranteed Party in a notice to the other party given as herein provided. Such notice or communication will be deemed to have been given as of the date so personally delivered, telecopied, mailed or sent by courier.

9. Successors and Assigns . This Guaranty shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Guarantor and the Guaranteed Party and their respective successors and permitted assigns. The Guaranteed Party may assign this Guaranty without the prior written consent of the Guarantor in connection with a Transfer of a Class B Membership Interest to a Person to whom a Transfer of the Class B Membership Interest is permitted pursuant to the Company LLC Agreement. Any other assignment of this Guaranty by the Guaranteed Party without the prior written consent of the Guarantor shall be void ab initio. The Guarantor may not assign this Guaranty without the prior written consent of the Guaranteed Party. Any assignment by the Guarantor without the prior written consent of the Guaranteed Party shall be void ab initio and shall have no effect on the Guaranteed Party’s rights against the Guarantor hereunder. Upon an assignment by the Guarantor that complies with this Section 9, the Guarantor shall be released from its obligations under this Guaranty, in each case solely to the extent those obligations are assumed under this Guaranty or guaranteed under a replacement guaranty.

10. CONSENT TO JURISDICTION . ALL LEGAL ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS BROUGHT AGAINST THE GUARANTOR WITH RESPECT TO THIS GUARANTY SHALL BE BROUGHT IN ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION IN THE COUNTY OF NEW YORK, STATE OF NEW YORK, AND BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS GUARANTY THE GUARANTOR ACCEPTS FOR ITSELF AND IN CONNECTION WITH ITS PROPERTIES, THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS, AND IRREVOCABLY AGREES TO BE BOUND BY ANY JUDGMENT RENDERED THEREBY IN CONNECTION WITH THIS GUARANTY. THE GUARANTOR HEREBY EXPRESSLY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY CLAIM OR DEFENSE IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING BASED ON ANY ALLEGED LACK OF PERSONAL JURISDICTION, IMPROPER VENUE OR FORUM NON CONVENIENS OR ANY SIMILAR BASIS. THE GUARANTOR FURTHER IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE SERVICE OF ANY COMPLAINT, SUMMONS, NOTICE OR OTHER PROCESS RELATING TO ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING BY DELIVERY THEREOF TO IT BY HAND OR BY MAIL TO THE ADDRESS SET FORTH IN SECTION 8 HEREOF. NOTHING HEREIN SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF THE GUARANTEED PARTY TO BRING PROCEEDINGS AGAINST THE GUARANTOR IN THE COURTS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION OR TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW.

 

8

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested


11. GOVERNING LAW . THIS GUARANTY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS PERFORMED IN THAT STATE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW (OTHER THAN SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW).

12. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . THE GUARANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH THIS GUARANTY.

13. Severability . If any provision hereof or of any of the instruments evidencing part or all of the Obligations is invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the other provisions hereof or of such instruments shall remain in full force and effect in such jurisdiction and the remaining provisions hereof shall be liberally construed in favor of the Guaranteed Party in order to carry out the provisions hereof. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Guaranty in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Guarantor has caused this Guaranty to be executed and delivered on its behalf as of the date first written above.

 

  BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Martin J. Collins

Name:   Martin J. Collins
Title:   VP of Corporate Development

[Signature Page to the Bloom Guaranty]

Exhibit 10.14

EXECUTION VERSION

[***] Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

 

MASTER OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT

by and between

DIAMOND STATE GENERATION PARTNERS, LLC

and

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

dated as of April 13, 2012

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS      2  

Section 1.1

  Definitions      2  

Section 1.2

  Other Definitional Provisions      11  
ARTICLE 2 SYSTEM SERVICES      12  

Section 2.1

  In General      12  

Section 2.2

  Operation and Maintenance Services      12  

Section 2.3

  Service Fees      13  

Section 2.4

  System Services Warranty      13  

Section 2.5

  System Service Warranty Claims      13  

Section 2.6

  Performance Warranty      14  

Section 2.7

  Efficiency Warranty      14  

Section 2.8

  Gas Payment Shortfall      15  

Section 2.9

  Exclusions      15  

Section 2.10

  No Duplication of Terms      16  

Section 2.11

  Title      16  

Section 2.12

  Record-Keeping Documentation      16  

Section 2.13

  Remote Monitoring      17  

Section 2.14

  Permits      17  

Section 2.15

  Intentionally deleted      17  

Section 2.16

  Performance Standards      17  

Section 2.17

  Rights to Deliverables      18  

Section 2.18

  Appointment of Service Provider      18  

Section 2.19

  Operating Budget      18  
ARTICLE 3 TERM      18  

Section 3.1

  Term      18  
ARTICLE 4 TERMINATION      19  

Section 4.1

  Default      19  

Section 4.2

  Termination of Warranties      20  

Section 4.3

  Replacement of Agreement      20  
ARTICLE 5 DATA ACCESS      21  

Section 5.1

  Access to Data and Meters      21  

 

i


ARTICLE 6 INDEMNITY      21  

Section 6.1

  Indemnification of Operator by Owner      21  

Section 6.2

  Indemnification of Owner by Operator      21  

Section 6.3

  Indemnity Claims Procedure      22  

Section 6.4

  No Duplication of Claims      22  
ARTICLE 7 LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY      22  

Section 7.1

  Aggregate Limit of Liability      22  

Section 7.2

  No Duplication of Claims      23  
ARTICLE 8 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES      24  

Section 8.1

  Representations and Warranties of Owner      24  

Section 8.2

  Representations and Warranties of Operator      25  
ARTICLE 9 MISCELLANEOUS      26  

Section 9.1

  Amendment and Modification      26  

Section 9.2

  Waiver of Compliance; Consents      26  

Section 9.3

  Notices      27  

Section 9.4

  Assignment      27  

Section 9.5

  Dispute Resolution; Governing Law      27  

Section 9.6

  Governing Law, Jurisdiction, Venue      27  

Section 9.7

  Counterparts      28  

Section 9.8

  Interpretation      28  

Section 9.9

  Appendices and Exhibits      28  

Section 9.10

  Entire Agreement      28  

Section 9.11

  Construction of Agreement      28  

Section 9.12

  Severability      29  

Section 9.13

  Attorneys’ Fees      29  

Section 9.14

  Further Assurances      29  

Section 9.15

  Independent Contractors      29  

Section 9.16

  No Contract for the Sale of Goods      29  

Section 9.17

  Time of Essence      29  

Section 9.18

  Confidentiality      29  

Section 9.19

  Force Majeure      31  

Section 9.20

  Right of Offset      31  

Section 9.21

  No Liens      31  

Section 9.22

  Insurance      31  
Exhibit A   Service Fees   

Exhibit B

  Efficiency Bank Operation Example Calculation   

 

ii


Appendix A

  [Intentionally Omitted]   

Appendix B

  Minimum Power Product Example Calculation   

Appendix C

  Facilities   

Appendix D

  Power Performance Warranty Claim Example Calculation   

Appendix E

  Efficiency Warranty Claim Example Calculation   

Appendix F

  Gas Payment Shortfall Claim Example Calculation   

 

 

iii


MASTER OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT

This MASTER OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of April 13, 2012, between BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“ BE ” or, in its capacity as operator hereunder, “ Operator ”), and DIAMOND STATE GENERATION PARTNERS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Owner ”) (each, a “ Party ”, and together, the “ Parties ”), covers (i) the Portfolio of on-site solid oxide fuel cell power generating systems capable of being powered by renewable fuels, having an aggregate Nameplate Capacity of up to 30 MW (each a “ Bloom System ”, and together the “ Bloom Systems ”) and (ii) the BOF installed by BE pursuant to the MESPA, in each case to the extent set forth herein.

WHEREAS, Owner is a company formed at the direction of BE for the purpose of purchasing and owning Bloom Systems for the generation of electricity and sale of electricity and capacity generated by the Bloom Systems into the PJM Grid;

WHEREAS, the customer base of Delmarva Power & Light Company (“ DPL ”), an investor owned utility company regulated by the Delaware Public Service Commission (“ DPSC ”), will be subject to a charge to be collected on behalf of Owner by DPL under the REPS Act and the Tariffs, and DPL has agreed to provide natural gas service and to serve as the collection and disbursement agent of Owner pursuant to the Tariffs and the DPL Agreements;

WHEREAS in 2011, Owner purchased from Operator pursuant to the December 30 Bill of Sale certain Bloom Systems and other parts and equipment to be incorporated into the Bloom Systems, and Owner presently owns such Bloom Systems and other parts and equipment;

WHEREAS, Operator has entered into that certain Master Energy Server Purchase Agreement dated as of the date hereof (the “ MESPA ”) with Owner, under the terms of which Owner will purchase additional Bloom Systems and the BOF from BE in order for Owner to provide electricity and capacity generated by the Bloom Systems into the PJM Grid;

WHEREAS, pursuant to REPS Act Section 352(16), BE will be a “Qualified Fuel Cell Provider” (“ QFCP ”), and pursuant to the QFCP-RC Tariff, Owner will be a “QFCP Generator” (“ QFCP Generator ”), and pursuant to REPS Act Section 352(17) the Facilities shall constitute a “Qualified Fuel Cell Provider Project” (“ Qualified Fuel Cell Provider Project ”); and

WHEREAS, Operator has agreed to provide certain operation and maintenance services to Owner subject to the conditions of this Agreement.


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Definitions . As used in this Agreement, capitalized terms not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth below:

Actual kWh ” means the actual energy output in kWh produced by each Bloom System and aggregated together.

Administrative Services Agreement ” means the Administrative Services Agreement dated as of April 13, 2012 among BE, Owner and Diamond State Generation Holdings, LLC.

Affiliate ” of any Person means a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Person specified.

Agreement ” means this agreement.

Annual Reports ” is defined in Section 2.12 .

Base Case Model ” is defined in the ECCA.

BE ” is defined in the recitals.

Bloom System ” or “ Bloom Systems ” is defined in the introductory paragraph hereof.

BOF ” means, for each Site, the Electrical Interconnection Facilities, the natural gas supply facilities, the water supply facilities, the data communications facilities, the foundations for the Bloom Systems, and any other ancillary facilities and equipment installed in connection with the Facility at each Site.

BOF Work ” is defined in the MESPA.

Business Day ” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banks in New York, New York, or San Francisco, California, are authorized or required to close.

Claiming Party ” is defined in Section 9.19 .

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Commencement of Operations ” means, with respect to any Bloom System, the completion and the performance of all of the following activities:

(a) such Bloom System has been Placed in Service;

 

2


(b) such Bloom System (i) has been attached to the load at the Site and (ii) is performing at the Warranty Specifications (measured over a 24 hour period and not over the Look Back Period or on a Portfolio basis as referenced in the definition of Warranty Specifications; provided that for this purpose the percentage in “Minimum Power Product” shall be deemed to be 100% rather than 85%);

(c) such Bloom System has satisfied the conditions precedent for “Facility Commercial Operation Date” and the “Initial Delivery Date” (each as defined in the QFCP-RC Tariff) and Operator has performed and successfully completed all necessary acts under the Interconnection Agreements (including performance testing) and has obtained written permission from the applicable Person granting Owner permission to interconnect with the PJM Grid pursuant thereto;

(d) Operator shall have furnished a written certification from Operator addressed to Owner certifying, without any qualification, that Operator has installed such Bloom System in accordance with Performance Standards; and

(e) Operator shall have furnished a written certification from the Independent Engineer addressed to Owner certifying, without any qualification, that (i) such Bloom System’s commissioning has been successfully completed and (ii) such Bloom System has achieved commercial operation (and if such Bloom System is the first Bloom System installed at such Facility then the Independent Engineer must also certify, without qualification, that Operator has installed all BOF Work necessary for the operation of that Facility).

Company LLC Agreement ” means the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Diamond State Generation Holdings, LLC, dated as of April 13, 2012, between Clean Technologies II, LLC and Mehetia Inc.

Confidential Information ” is defined in Section 9.18(a) .

Credit Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the ECCA.

Credit Documents ” has the meaning set forth in the ECCA.

DDOT ” means the Delaware Department of Transportation.

DDOT Site Lease ” means the Lease Agreement between DDOT and Owner dated as of July, 2011, as it may be amended to extend the term or otherwise.

December 30 Bill of Sale ” means the Bill of Sale and Agreement, effective as of December 30, 2011, between BE and Owner pursuant to which Safe Harbor Systems and Safe Harbor Equipment were sold by BE to Owner for purposes of meeting the 5% safe harbor for Grant eligibility under the Guidance.

 

3


Delivery Date ” has the meaning provided in the MESPA.

DPL ” has the meaning provided in the recitals.

DPL Agreements ” means the service applications between Owner and DPL with respect to the REPS Act and the Tariffs, whereby DPL shall (a) serve as the agent for collection of amounts due from Owner (if any) and for disbursement of amounts due to Owner under the QFCP-RC Tariff and (b) sell to Owner natural gas under the Gas Tariff.

DPL Site Lease ” means the Lease Agreement between DPL and Owner dated as of February 10, 2012.

DPSC ” has the meaning provided in the recitals.

ECCA ” means the Equity Capital Contribution Agreement with respect to Diamond State Generation Holdings, LLC, among Clean Technologies II, LLC, Diamond State Generation Holdings, LLC, Owner and Mehetia Inc., dated as of March 16, 2012.

Efficiency ” means the quotient of E/F, where E = the electricity produced by the Portfolio, measured in BTUs (British Thermal Units) at a conversion rate of 3,412 BTUs per kWh, and F = the fuel consumed by the Portfolio, measured in BTUs on a Lower Heating Value basis.

Efficiency Bank ” means “banked” volumes of natural gas which the Owner is permitted to accrue in a tracking account under the QFCP-RC Tariff Section C.(5) and which are available to offset any Efficiency Warranty shortfall. An example of the operation of the Efficiency Bank is attached as Exhibit B .

Efficiency Warranty ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.7 .

Efficiency Warranty Period ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.7 .

Electrical Interconnection Facilities ” means the equipment and facilities required to safely and reliably interconnect a Facility to the PJM Grid or the transmission system of another Transmitting Utility in whose territory the Facility is located, as applicable, including the collection system between each Bloom System, transformers and all switching, metering, communications, control and safety equipment, including the facilities described in any applicable Interconnection Agreement.

Energy ” means three-phase, 60-cycle alternating current electric energy constituting the Actual kWh.

Facility ” means the Bloom Systems and the BOF at a Site.

Facility Meter ” means the revenue quality electricity generation meter to be located at the metering point (the proposed location of which is to be identified in the Interconnection Agreement), which Facility Meter shall register all Energy produced by a Facility and delivered to the Interconnection Point.

 

4


Facility Service Warranty ” is defined in Section 2.4 .

Facility Services ” is defined in Section 2.1 .

FERC ” means the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission and any successor.

Force Majeure Event ” means any event or circumstance that (a) prevents a Party from performing its obligations under this Agreement; (b) was not foreseeable by such Party; (c) was not within the reasonable control of, or the result of the negligence of such Party; and (d) such Party is unable to reasonably mitigate, avoid or cause to be avoided with the exercise of due diligence. It shall include failure or interruption of performance due to: an act of God, civil or military authority, war, civil disturbances, terrorist activities, fire, explosions, the elements, the gas supplier’s failure to comply with gas delivery, quality or pressure requirements, the external power delivery system (a/k/a the grid) being out of the required specifications or total failure (a/k/a brownout or blackout), PJM or other electric grid curtailment, or failure of equipment not utilized by or under the control of the Party claiming the Force Majeure Event (or any Affiliate or subcontractor of such Party). Force Majeure Event does not include the lack of economic resources of a Party or Operator’s failure to design and construct the Bloom Systems and the BOF so as to meet the respective warranties hereunder.

Gas Payment Shortfall ” means the cost of natural gas, in any billing period under the QFCP-RC Tariff, for the quantity of natural gas used by the Owner that exceeds the quantity of natural gas that would have been utilized at the Target Heat Rate (as defined in the QFCP-RC Tariff) and the Efficiency Bank does not have a positive balance available to offset such excess.

Gas Tariff ” means DPL’s Service Classification “LVG-QFCP-RC” filed for gas service applicable to REPS Qualified Fuel Cell Provider Projects and approved by the DPSC in Order no. 8062 dated October 18, 2011, as adopted and supplemented by DPSC’s Findings, Opinion and Order No. 8079, dated December 1, 2011.

Governmental Approvals ” means (a) any authorizations, consents, approvals, licenses, rulings, permits, tariffs, rates, certifications, variances, orders, judgments, decrees by or with a relevant Governmental Authority and (b) any required notice to, any declaration of, or with, or any registration or filing by, or with, any relevant Governmental Authority.

Governmental Authority ” means any foreign, federal, state, local or other governmental, regulatory or administrative agency, court, commission, department, board, or other governmental subdivision, legislature, rulemaking board, court, tribunal, arbitrating body or other governmental authority.

Grant ” is defined in the Company LLC Agreement.

 

5


Guidance ” is defined in the ECCA.

Indemnifiable Loss ” means any claim, demand, suit, loss, liability, damage, obligation, payment, cost or expense (including the cost and expense of any action, suit, proceeding, assessment, judgment, settlement or compromise relating thereto and reasonable attorneys’ fees and reasonable disbursements in connection therewith).

Indemnified Party ” is defined in Section 6.3 .

Indemnifying Party ” is defined in Section 6.3 .

Independent Engineer ” is defined in the MESPA.

Interconnection Agreement ” means an agreement among Owner, DPL and/or PJM regarding interconnection of the Facility to the transmission or distribution system of the Transmitting Utility.

Interconnection Point ” is defined in the QFCP-RC Tariff.

kW ” means kilowatt.

kWh ” means kilowatt-hour.

Legal Requirement ” means any law, statute, act, decree, ordinance, rule, directive (to the extent having the force of law), tariff (including the Tariffs), order, treaty, code or regulation or any interpretation of any of the foregoing, as enacted, issued or promulgated by any Governmental Authority, including all amendments, modifications, extensions, replacements or re-enactments thereof, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its properties or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

Letter Agreement ” means that certain Letter Agreement dated October 10, 2011 between Operator and the State of Delaware, as may be amended from time to time.

Liens ” means any lien, security interest, mortgage, hypothecation, encumbrance or other restriction on title or property interest.

Look Back Period ” means each calendar year following the Commencement of Operations for a Bloom System (or, in the case of the calendar year in which the Delivery Date for a Bloom System has occurred, the portion of such calendar year commencing on the date such Bloom System achieved Commencement of Operations), but excluding with respect to each relevant Bloom System any period during such calendar year when such Bloom System was (a) subject to a Force Majeure Event, (b) not delivering Energy to the PJM Grid because of a failure to perform by DPL under the DPL Agreements or PJM under the PJM Agreements, or (c) required to be disconnected from the PJM Grid or otherwise required not to deliver Energy to the PJM Grid as the result of a Legal Requirement or action by or a directive from the applicable electric utility or PJM with respect to such Bloom System (e.g., due to a grid event).

 

6


Material Adverse Change ” means a fact, event or circumstance that, alone or when taken with other events or conditions occurring or existing concurrently with such event or condition, (a) has or is reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, operations, condition (financial or otherwise), assets, liabilities, prospects, or properties of a Person; (b) has or is reasonably expected to have any material adverse effect on the validity or enforceability of this Agreement; (c) materially impairs or is reasonably expected to materially impair the ability of a Person to meet or perform its obligations under this Agreement; or (d) has or is reasonably expected to have any material adverse effect on a Person’s rights under this Agreement.

Maximum Liability ” means, with respect to Operator, the aggregate Residual Value of the Portfolio as of such date, and with respect to Owner, One Million Dollars ($1,000,000); provided that a reduction in the Maximum Liability of Operator shall never result in a requirement for Owner or any Owner Indemnitee to return any money to Operator. Maximum Liability will be determined on an aggregate basis between this Agreement and the MESPA.

MESPA ” is defined in the Recitals to this Agreement.

Minimum Efficiency Level ” means fifty percent (50%) Efficiency while a Bloom System is operating at Nameplate Capacity, measured over the Efficiency Warranty Period.

Minimum kWh ” means the product of (x) the number of hours in the applicable Power Performance Warranty Period minus the number of hours for each Bloom System in the Portfolio as of the last day of the applicable Power Performance Warranty Period when each such Bloom System (i) was subject to a Force Majeure Event, (ii) was not delivering Energy to the PJM Grid because of a failure to perform by DPL under the DPL Agreements or PJM under the PJM Agreements, or (iii) was required to be disconnected from the grid or otherwise required not to deliver Energy to the PJM Grid as the result of a Legal Requirement or action by or a directive from the applicable electric utility or PJM with respect to such Bloom System (e.g., due to a grid event), and (y) the Minimum Power Product for the applicable Power Performance Warranty Period.

Minimum Power Product ” means the aggregate Nameplate Capacity of the Bloom Systems in the Portfolio in kW for the applicable Power Performance Warranty Period multiplied by (1) eighty-five percent (85%) when this term is used for the One-Month Power Performance Warranty or (2) ninety-five percent (95%) when this term is used for the One-Year Power Performance Warranty. An example of a calculation of the Minimum Power Product is set forth in Appendix B .

MW ” means megawatt.

MWh ” means megawatt-hour.

 

7


Nameplate Capacity ” means the maximum rated output of a generator, prime mover, or other electric power production equipment under specific conditions designated by the manufacturer.

One-Month Power Performance Warranty Period ” is defined in Section 2.6 .

One-Year Power Performance Warranty Period ” is defined in Section 2.6 .

Operator ” is defined in the introductory paragraph hereof.

Operator Indemnitee ” is defined in Section 6.1 .

Owner ” is defined in the introductory paragraph hereof.

Owner Indemnitee ” is defined in Section 6.2 .

Owner’s Lender ” means any Person providing senior or subordinated construction, debt or equity financing or refinancing for or in connection with the development, construction, purchase, or installation of the Facility or any part thereof, including any equity and tax investor providing financing or refinancing in connection therewith, and any trustee or agent acting on their behalf, and any Person providing interest rate protection agreements to hedge any of the foregoing debt obligations.

Party ” or “ Parties ” is defined in the introductory paragraph hereof.

Performance Standards ” is defined in Section 2.16 .

Permits ” means all Governmental Approvals that are necessary under applicable Legal Requirements, this Agreement, or the MESPA to have been obtained at such time in light of the stage of development of the Portfolio to site, construct, test, operate, maintain, repair, lease, own or use each Facility as contemplated in this Agreement, the MESPA, or the ECCA, to sell electricity from the Portfolio or for a Party to enter into this Agreement or to consummate any transaction contemplated hereby, in each case in accordance with all applicable Legal Requirements.

Person ” means any individual, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, corporation, trust, unincorporated organization, or governmental entity or any department or agency thereof.

PJM ” means PJM Interconnection, LLC, a regional transmission organization.

PJM Agreements ” is defined in the QFCP-RC Tariff.

PJM Grid ” means the system of transmission lines, distribution lines, and associated facilities that have been placed under PJM’s operational control.

 

8


Placed in Service ” means, with respect to any Bloom System, the completion and performance of all of the following activities: (1) obtaining the necessary licenses and permits for the operation of such Bloom System and the sale of power generated by the Bloom System, (2) completion of critical tests necessary for the proper operation of such Bloom System, (3) synchronization of such Bloom System onto the electric distribution and transmission system of the relevant local utility and/or the PJM Grid and (4) the commencement of daily operation of such Bloom System.

Portfolio ” means, on an aggregate basis, all Bloom Systems owned by Owner that were purchased pursuant to the MESPA or the December 30 Bill of Sale and that have achieved Commencement of Operations.

Portfolio Warranty ” means the warranty provided for under Section 8.1 of the MESPA.

Power Performance Warranty ” is defined in Section 2.6 .

Power Performance Warranty Period ” is defined in Section 2.6 .

Prudent Electrical Practices ” means those practices, methods, equipment, specifications and standards of safety and performance, as the same may change from time to time, as are commonly used by a significant portion of the grid-tied electrical generation industry operating in the United States as good, safe and prudent engineering practices in connection with the design, construction, operation, maintenance, repair and use of electrical and other equipment, facilities and improvements of such electrical generating facility, including any applicable practices, methods, acts, guidelines, standards and criteria of FERC, PJM, and all applicable Legal Requirements.

Purchase Order ” is defined in the MESPA.

Purchase Price ” is defined in the MESPA.

QFCP ” is defined in the recitals.

QFCP Generator ” is defined in the recitals.

QFCP-RC Tariff ’ means DPL’s Service Classification “QFCP-RC” for REPS Qualified Fuel Cell Provider Projects as approved by the DPSC in Order no. 8062 dated October 18, 2011, as adopted and supplemented by DPSC’s Findings, Opinion and Order No. 8079, dated December 1, 2011.

Qualified Fuel Cell Provider Project ” is defined in the recitals.

Representatives ” of a Party means such Party’s authorized representatives, including its professional and financial advisors.

 

9


REPS Act ” means the Renewable Energy Portfolio Standards Act, as amended by S.B. 124, enacted July 10, 2011 (Title 26, Chap. 1, section 351 et seq. of the Code of the State of Delaware).

Residual Value ” means, for any Bloom System, 100% of the Purchase Price for such Bloom System until the second anniversary of Commencement of Operations, declining by 5.26% ( i.e. 1/19th) on each anniversary of such date thereafter. (For example, on the fifth anniversary of Commencement of Operations, the Residual Value will be 84.22% of the Purchase Price).

Safe Harbor Equipment ” means all parts and equipment to be used in Bloom Systems sold by BE to Owner pursuant to the December 30 Bill of Sale.

Safe Harbor Systems ” means all Bloom Systems sold by BE to Owner pursuant to the December 30 Bill of Sale.

SCADA ” means the supervisory control and data acquisition systems.

Section 8.2(b) Warranty ” is defined in the MESPA.

Service Fees ” is defined in Section 2.3 .

Service Provider ” means an operation and maintenance contractor appointed by Operator and approved by Owner pursuant to Section 2.18 .

Service Technicians ” is defined in Section 2.2(c) .

Site ” means, as applicable, (a) the parcel of land leased from DPL to Owner under the DPL Site Lease and all easements appurtenant, easements in gross, license agreements and other rights running in favor of Owner which provide access to the applicable Facility, or (b) the parcel of land leased from the DDOT to Owner under the DDOT Site Lease and all easements appurtenant, easements in gross, license agreements and other rights running in favor of Owner which provide access to the applicable Facility, in each case on which BE shall install a Facility pursuant to the MESPA.

Site Leases ” means, collectively, the DPL Site Lease and the DDOT Site Lease.

Tariffs ” means the QFCP-RC Tariff and the Gas Tariff.

Term ” is defined in Section 3.1 .

Third Party Claim ” means any claim, action, or proceeding made or brought by any Person who is not (a) a Party to this Agreement, (b) an Affiliate of a Party to this Agreement or (c) Mehetia Inc. or an Affiliate of Mehetia Inc. (and that is not a claim based on breach by the Indemnified Party of its obligations under this Agreement).

 

10


Training Materials ” is defined in Section 2.17 .

Transaction Documents ” means this Agreement, the Company LLC Agreement, the ECCA, the MESPA and the Administrative Services Agreement.

“Transmitting Utility ” has the meaning set forth in the QFCP-RC Tariff.

Warranty Period ” means, (i) for each Bloom System, the period beginning on the day following the date that the “Warranty Period” for such Bloom System under and as defined in the MESPA has expired and ending on the twenty-first (21st) anniversary of the date of Commencement of Operations for such Bloom System and (ii) for the BOF, the period beginning on the day following the date that the Section 8.2(b) Warranty for such BOF has expired and ending on the twenty-first (21st) anniversary of such starting date.

Warranty Specifications ” means (a) that the Portfolio has (i) achieved the Minimum kWh as provided in Section 2.6 and (ii) performed at no less than the Minimum Efficiency Level as provided in Section 2.7 and (b) that Operator is in compliance with Section 2.8 .

Section 1.2 Other Definitional Provisions .

(a) As used in this Agreement and in any certificate or other documents made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, financial and accounting terms not defined in this Agreement or in any such certificate or other document, and financial and accounting terms partly defined in this Agreement or in any such certificate or other document to the extent not defined, will have the respective meanings given to them under GAAP. To the extent that the definitions of financial and accounting terms in this Agreement or in any such certificate or other document are inconsistent with the meanings of such terms under GAAP, the definitions contained in this Agreement or in any such certificate or other document will control.

(b) The words “hereof’, “herein”, “hereunder”, and words of similar import when used in this Agreement will refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. Section references contained in this Agreement are references to Sections in this Agreement unless otherwise specified. The term “including” will mean “including without limitation”.

(c) The definitions contained in this Agreement are applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of such terms and to the masculine as well as to the feminine and neuter genders of such terms.

(d) Any agreement, instrument or statute defined or referred to herein or in any instrument or certificate delivered in connection herewith means (unless otherwise indicated herein) such agreement, instrument or statute as from time to time amended, modified or supplemented and includes (in the case of agreements or instruments) references to all attachments thereto and instruments incorporated therein.

(e) Any references to a Person are also to its permitted successors and assigns.

 

11


ARTICLE 2

FACILITY SERVICES

Section 2.1 In General . During the Warranty Period, Operator shall provide services to Owner so that the Portfolio meets the Warranty Specifications and so that the BOF will not cause the Portfolio to fail to perform in accordance with the Warranty Specifications, as more fully set forth in this Article 2 (such services, collectively, the “ Facility Services ”). The Facilities covered under this Agreement are set forth in Appendix C hereto, which may be amended from time to time by written agreement between the Parties.

Section 2.2 Operation and Maintenance Services . Operator is hereby granted the right and authority (and, to the extent necessary to carry out its functions hereunder, a limited power of attorney) and agrees, for the benefit of Owner, to operate safely and reliably the Facilities and to maintain during the Warranty Period in accordance with the terms of this Agreement each Facility in good condition and repair in accordance with the Warranty Specifications and Prudent Electrical Practices. During the Warranty Period, the specific responsibilities of Operator under this Agreement shall include the following:

(a) Facility Operations . Operator shall ensure that all Facility components are operated and maintained in a manner designed to meet the Efficiency Warranty and the Power Performance Warranty with a goal of achieving the performance levels assumed in the Base Case Model (as defined in the Company LLC Agreement).

(b) Facility Maintenance . Operator shall perform, or cause to be performed, all scheduled and unscheduled maintenance required on each Facility in order to meet the Warranty Specifications. In that regard, Operator’s responsibilities hereunder shall include, without limitation, promptly correcting any Bloom System or BOF malfunctions, either by (i) recalibrating or resetting the malfunctioning Bloom System or BOF, or (ii) repairing or replacing Bloom System or BOF components which are defective, damaged, worn or otherwise in need of replacement.

(c) Personnel . Operator shall ensure that all operations and maintenance functions contemplated by this Section are performed by technically competent and qualified personnel (the “ Service Technicians ”). Operator shall ensure that all Service Technicians: (i) participate in a maintenance training program and receive confirmation of having achieved the requisite level of proficiency for the tasks they are assigned to perform, and (ii) attend periodic “refresher” training programs. The Operator shall at all times retain an operations manager who shall be dedicated to the overall supervision and management of performance of its obligations under this Agreement.

(d) Spare Parts . Operator shall establish and maintain an adequate spare parts inventory, to be located at one or both Sites to serve exclusively the Facilities.

 

12


(e) Programs and Procedures . Prior to the date of the Commencement of Operations for the first Bloom System in the Portfolio, Operator shall have adopted and implemented programs and procedures intended to ensure safe and reliable operation of the Facilities.

The rights and obligations in this Section 2.2 are without duplication of the rights and obligations of Owner and Operator as Buyer and Seller under, and as defined in, the MESPA.

Section 2.3 Service Fees .

(a) Owner shall compensate Operator for the Facility Services for each Facility, on an annual basis at the rate specified in Exhibit A hereto (the “ Service Fees ”). With respect to each year of such Facility’s Warranty Period, the Service Fees shall be invoiced not later than thirty (30) days prior to the end of the calendar month in which the anniversary of the date of Commencement of Operations for such Bloom System occurred, and shall be payable within thirty (30) days of invoice. Interest shall accrue daily on the Service Fees not paid when due, at the lesser of the monthly rate of one and five-tenths percent (1.5%) or the highest rate permissible by law on such unpaid balance. Operator shall be under no obligation to provide or perform services hereunder for any Bloom System whose Service Fee has not been paid in full for the then-current warranty year.

(b) In connection with Facility Services for the BOF, Operator shall provide all required labor but shall charge Owner for, and Owner shall reimburse Operator for, the cost of all required spare parts. Billing for such spare parts shall be done in the same manner as Services Fees, as set forth in Section 2.3(a) .

Section 2.4 Facility Services Warranty . During the Warranty Period, Operator shall perform the services to the Bloom Systems and the BOF necessary for the Portfolio to perform to the Warranty Specifications (the “ System Service Warranty ”). In the event that Owner desires Operator to service the Bloom Systems and the BOF beyond the Warranty Period, the rate for such time-based services will be quoted by Operator to Owner quarterly for the following quarter, and materials will be invoiced at the retail prices for such materials.

Section 2.5 Facility Service Warranty Claims .

(a) If Owner desires to make a Facility Service Warranty claim during the Warranty Period, Owner must notify Operator of the defect or other basis for the claim in writing.

(b) In the case of a claim relating to the Power Performance Warranty for a One-Month Power Performance Period or the Efficiency Warranty, upon receipt of such notice and verification by Operator that such One-Month Power Performance Warranty or Efficiency Warranty is applicable, Operator (or its designated subcontractor) or the Service Provider (or its designated subcontractor) will promptly repair or replace, at Operator’s sole option and discretion, any Bloom System whose repair or replacement is required in order for the Portfolio to perform consistent with the Power Performance Warranty or the Efficiency Warranty, as applicable. Owner is hereby notified that refurbished parts may be used in repair or replacement,

 

13


but any such refurbished parts will have passed the same inspections and tests performed by Operator on its new parts of the same type before such refurbished parts are used in any repair. If such repair or replacement is not possible (as determined at Operator’s sole option and discretion), Operator will refund the Purchase Price of any such Bloom System to Owner notwithstanding Section 7.1 . in which case Operator shall be deemed to have taken title to such Bloom System, and such Bloom System shall be deemed to no longer constitute a portion of the Portfolio. Operator shall make such determination as promptly as practicable, but in any event within 90 days of Operator’s receipt of notice of the claim unless the specific nature of the problem requires a longer period in which to make such determination. If it is determined that a Bloom System will be removed pursuant to this Section 2.5 . Operator shall at its sole cost and expense remove the Bloom System and any other ancillary equipment (including the concrete pad and any other improvements to the Site to extent required under the Site Lease) from the Site, restoring the Site to its condition before the installation, including closing all utility connections in the manner required by all applicable Legal Requirement and Site Lease.

(c) In the case of a claim relating to the Power Performance Warranty for a One-Year Power Performance Warranty Period, upon receipt of such notice and verification that such One-Year Power Performance Warranty is applicable, Operator shall make a payment to Owner in an amount to be calculated pursuant to Section 2.6 ; provided that the cumulative aggregate amount of Operator’s liability for all claims under this Section 2.5(c) shall not exceed [***]                    of the aggregate Purchase Price of all Bloom Systems in the Portfolio during the applicable period and the purchase price under the December 30 Bill of Sale (inclusive of any amounts paid or for which a pending claim has been made under the Power Performance Warranty or the Section 8.2(b) Warranty, as applicable, under the MESPA).

Section 2.6 Power Performance Warranty . During the Warranty Period, Operator shall determine (i) for each full calendar month (the “ One-Month Power Performance Warranty Period ”) within five (5) Business Days after the end of such month and (ii) for the most recent Look Back Period (the “ One-Year Power Performance Warranty Period ”, and, together with the One-Month Power Performance Warranty Period, each a “ Power Performance Warranty Period ”), whether the Bloom Systems in the Portfolio during such Power Performance Warranty Period have delivered to the Interconnection Point the Minimum kWh during such Power Performance Warranty Period (the “ Power Performance Warranty ”). If such Power Performance Warranty calculation indicates that the Actual kWh of the Bloom Systems was less than the Minimum kWh during such Power Performance Warranty Period, then Operator shall so notify Owner in writing of the basis of its determination and Owner may make a claim under Section 2.5 . An example of a Power Performance Warranty calculation for purposes of a Section 2.5 claim is attached as Appendix D .

Section 2.7 Efficiency Warranty . During the Warranty Period, Operator shall determine for each full calendar month (the “ Efficiency Warranty Period ”) within five (5) Business Days after the end of such month whether the Portfolio has performed at the Minimum Efficiency Level (the “ Efficiency Warranty ”); provided that the Efficiency Bank shall be utilized to the extent necessary to meet the Efficiency Warranty. If the Minimum Efficiency Level has

 

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

 

14


not been met during such Efficiency Warranty Period, then Operator shall so notify Owner in writing of the basis of its determination and Owner may make a claim under Section 2.5 . An example of an Efficiency Warranty calculation for purposes of a Section 2.5 claim is attached as Appendix E .

Section 2.8 Gas Payment Shortfall . During the Warranty Period, Operator shall perform such services on the Bloom Systems as shall cause the Efficiency Bank to maintain a positive balance at all times. If the Efficiency Bank reaches a balance of less than zero during the Warranty Period, Operator shall reimburse Owner for any Gas Payment Shortfall that Owner incurs within ten (10) days after Owner provides notice to Operator of such shortfall amount; provided that Operator’s cumulative aggregate liability under this Section 2.8 plus any payments required to be made by Operator under Section 2.5(c) shall not exceed an amount equal to (i) one hundred percent (100%) of the aggregate Purchase Price of all Bloom Systems in the Portfolio during the applicable period and the purchase price under the December 30 Bill of Sale (inclusive of any amounts paid or for which a pending claim has been made for under the Gas Payment Shortfall under the MESPA), less (ii) the aggregate of all amounts paid by Operator (or claimed against Operator in the case of any claims that are pending at the time of such calculation) with respect to claims under Section 2.5(c) hereunder or Sections 8.2(b) and 8.3(c) of the MESPA. An example of a Gas Payment Shortfall calculation for purposes of a Section 2.8 claim is attached as Appendix F .

Section 2.9 Exclusions . The Facility Service Warranty shall not cover any obligations on the part of Operator caused by or arising from (a) Owner’s (as opposed to Operator, Operator’s Affiliate, the Service Provider or subcontractor acting as operator under this Agreement) failure to properly protect the Bloom Systems from vandalism or other third-party’s actions or omissions, (b) Owner’s (as opposed to Operator, Operator’s Affiliate, the Service Provider or subcontractor acting as operator under this Agreement) failure to use the specified input fuel; (c) Owner’s (as opposed to Operator, Operator’s Affiliate, the Service Provider or subcontractor acting as operator under this Agreement) removal of any safety devices, (d) any conditions caused by unforeseeable movement in the environment in which the Bloom Systems are installed, (e) accidents, abuse, neglect, improper third party testing, vandalism, Force Majeure Events or acts of third parties, (f) DPL’s failure to comply with Operator’s gas delivery, quality or pressure requirements, (g) installation, operation, repair or modification of the Bloom Systems by anyone other than Operator or (h) any defect in construction materials or workmanship of the BOF or any deficiency in design of the BOF by BE, provided that the exclusions in this clause (h) shall not extend to any Portfolio Warranty claim to the extent caused by or arising from (A) any defect in construction materials or workmanship of the BOF or (B) any deficiency in design of the BOF by BE, in each case during the period while either the Section 8.2(b) Warranty or the warranty under Section 2.5(c) is in effect. OPERATOR SHALL HAVE NO OBLIGATION UNDER THE FACILITY SERVICE WARRANTY AND MAKES NO REPRESENTATION AS TO FACILITIES WHICH HAVE BEEN OPENED OR MODIFIED BY OWNER OR ANYONE OTHER THAN OPERATOR, OPERATOR’S AFFILIATE, THE SERVICE PROVIDER OR SUBCONTRACTOR, ACTING AS OPERATOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, ANY PERSON ACTING AS AN OPERATOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT (OR ANY SUCCESSOR AGREEMENT TO THIS AGREEMENT) OR ANY OF SUCH PERSON’S REPRESENTATIVES.

 

15


Section 2.10 No Duplication of Terms . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, to the extent that all or any portion of the Facility Service Warranty, a Gas Payment Shortfall payment or any other warranty, guarantee or indemnification provision set forth herein is duplicative of any warranty, guarantee or indemnification coverage provided under the MESPA, the Parties acknowledge and agree that Owner shall be entitled to make only a single claim under either this Agreement or the MESPA, as applicable, and that limitations of liability set forth in each such agreement are to be calculated on an aggregate basis taking into account all claims for indemnification, warranty or otherwise (if any) made under this Agreement and the MESPA.

Section 2.11 Title . Title to all items, parts, materials and equipment supplied under or pursuant to this Agreement to Owner shall transfer to Owner upon installation or inclusion in a Facility.

Section 2.12 Record-Keeping Documentation .

(a) Operator shall ensure that operation, service and maintenance records concerning Operator’s activities hereunder are properly created and maintained at all times. Such records shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

(i) a separate “ Maintenance Specification Log ” for each Bloom System in a paper or electronic format (with entries made for each inspection, including any discrepancies found during such inspection), a copy of which shall be submitted, in paper or electronic format, to Owner along with the corresponding Annual Reports;

(ii) a Site service report completed in respect of each inspection, repair, replacement, service or other activity or observation made by Operator in connection with its responsibilities hereunder, detailing the nature of the problems detected and the specifics of the problem resolution and submitted to Owner within ten (10) Business Days of the date when a service technician is dispatched to the site in response to a Bloom System or BOF fault or routine inspection or service;

(iii) an annual report submitted to Owner within forty-five (45) Business Days after the end of each calendar year (“ Annual Report ”) containing sufficient information, detail and documentation as may be requested by Owner relating to the operating performance of the Bloom System for the preceding calendar year; and

(iv) all records and data that must be timely produced and turned over to (A) DPL pursuant the QFCP-RC Tariff (including without limitation, the Heat Rate calculations as set forth in QFCP-RC Tariff Section C., and monthly documentation of PJM Revenues as set forth in QFCP-RC Tariff Section H.) and the DPL Agreements, (B) PJM pursuant to the PJM Agreements or (C) the Owner’s Lender pursuant to the Credit Documents; and

 

16


(v) such other reports and/or documentation prepared by Operator concerning its activities hereunder as may be reasonably required of an “Operator” of a Qualified Fuel Cell Project under the REPS Act and the QFCP-RC Tariff or as requested by Owner from time to time.

(b) All such records required to be created and maintained pursuant to Section 2.12(a) shall be kept available at the Operator’s office and made available for the Owner’s inspection upon request at all reasonable times. Any documentation prepared by Operator during the Term for the purposes of this Agreement, excluding the Training Materials, shall be directly prepared for Owner’s benefit and immediately become Owner’s property. Any such documentation shall be stored by Operator on behalf of Owner until its final delivery to Owner. Operator may retain a copy of all records related to each Facility for future analysis.

Section 2.13 Remote Monitoring . For purposes of determining when repair services are necessary, Operator shall monitor and evaluate the information gathered through remote monitoring of each Facility as well as the maintenance and inspection Site visits.

Section 2.14 Permits .

(a) Operator shall be responsible, at its sole cost and expense, for maintaining and complying with all Permits required to perform the Facility Services under this Agreement;

(b) Owner agrees to cooperate with and assist Operator in obtaining all Permits.

Section 2.15 Intentionally deleted .

Section 2.16 Performance Standards . For the purpose of this Agreement, the Operator shall perform under this Agreement in accordance and consistent with each of the following (unless the context requires otherwise): (A) permitted plans and specifications applicable to each Facility; (B) the manufacturer’s recommendations with respect to all equipment and all maintenance and operating manuals or service agreements, whenever furnished or entered into, including any subsequent amendments or replacements thereof, issued by the manufacturer, provided they are consistent with generally accepted practices in the fuel cell industry; (C) the requirements of all applicable insurance policies; (D) preserving all rights to any incentive payments, warranties, indemnities or other rights or remedies, and enforcing or assisting with the enforcement of the applicable warranties, making or assisting in making all claims with respect to all insurance policies; (E) all Legal Requirements and Permits/Governmental Approvals, (F) the PJM Agreements and the DPL Agreements; (G) any applicable provisions of the Site Leases, including any landlord rules and regulations, and (H) Prudent Electrical Practices (collectively, the “ Performance Standards ”); provided, however , that meeting these requirements shall not relieve Operator of its other obligations under this Agreement.

 

17


Section 2.17 Rights to Deliverables . Owner agrees that Operator shall retain all rights, title and interest, including intellectual property rights, in any Training Materials in connection with the services performed hereunder. Operator grants to Owner the limited right to use any Training Materials which are provided under this Agreement, and Owner agrees that upon termination of this Agreement for any reason, Owner shall return all Training Materials, including any copies, to Operator. Owner will not make copies nor will it permit its employees, contractors, affiliates, or representatives to make copies of any Training Materials without Operator’s prior written consent. “ Training Materials ” means any and all materials, documentation, notebooks, forms, diagrams, manuals and other written materials and tangible objects, describing how to maintain the Facilities, including any corrections, improvements and enhancements thereto to the Bloom Systems which are delivered by Operator to Owner, but excluding any data and reports delivered to Owner.

Section 2.18 Appointment of Service Provider . Operator may appoint an unrelated third party, who is appropriately qualified, licensed, and financially responsible, to operate and maintain the Facilities throughout the Term (a “ Service Provider ”). Operator shall submit such appointment of any Service Provider to Owner for its prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and if applicable, to PJM and/or DPL. No such appointment nor the approval thereof by Owner, however, shall relieve Operator of any liability, obligation, or responsibility resulting from a breach of this Agreement.

Section 2.19 Operating Budget . Operator shall operate and maintain the Portfolio, or cause the Portfolio to be operated and maintained, within amounts for (a) any Operating Budget Category (as defined in the Credit Documents) that is applicable to the Facility Services not to exceed 110% (on a year-to-date basis) and (b) for all Operating Budget Categories (or such Operating Budget Categories applicable to the Facility Services) not to exceed 105% (on a year- to-date basis), in each case of the amounts budgeted therefor as set forth in the then-current Annual Operating Budget (as defined in the Credit Documents).

ARTICLE 3

TERM

Section 3.1 Term . The term of this Agreement (the “ Term ”) (a) shall commence on the first day of the Warranty Period for the first Bloom System to achieve Commencement of Operation and (b) shall, unless terminated earlier under Section 4.1 of this Agreement or unless extended by mutual agreement of the Parties, terminate on the date that is the last day of the Warranty Period for the last Bloom System to achieve Commencement of Operation.

 

18


ARTICLE 4

TERMINATION

Section 4.1 Default .

(a) Operator Default . Any of the following shall constitute an “ Operator Default ”:

(i) If Operator: (a) admits in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due; (b) files a petition or answer seeking reorganization or arrangement under the federal bankruptcy laws or any other applicable law or statute of the United States of America or any State, district or territory thereof; (c) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; (d) consents to the appointment of a receiver of the whole or any substantial part of its assets; (e) has a petition in bankruptcy filed against it, and such petition is not dismissed within ninety (90) days after the filing thereof; or if (f) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order, judgment, or decree appointing a receiver of the whole or any substantial part of Operator’s assets, and such order, judgment or decree is not vacated or set aside or stayed within ninety (90) days from the date of entry thereof; or (g) under the provisions of any other law for the relief or aid of debtors, any court of competent jurisdiction shall assume custody or control of the whole or any substantial part of Operator’s assets and such custody or control is not terminated or stayed within ninety (90) days from the date of assumption of such custody or control;

(ii) unless due to a Force Majeure Event, the failure of Operator to perform or cause to be performed any other obligation required to be performed by Operator under this Agreement, or the failure of any representation and warranty set forth herein to be true and correct in all material respects as and when made; provided , however, that if such failure by its nature can be cured, then Operator shall have a period of thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice of such failure to cure the same and a Operator Default shall not be deemed to exist during such period; provided , further, that if Operator commences to cure such failure during such period and is diligently and in good faith attempting to effect such cure, said period shall be extended for sixty (60) additional days; or

(iii) a Force Majeure Event occurs which prevents Operator from performing its material obligations under this Agreement for a continuous period of at least one hundred eighty (180) days and Owner reasonably concludes such prevention is not reasonably likely to be remedied within a further period of one hundred eighty (180) days.

(b) Owner Default . Any of the following shall constitute an “ Owner Default ”:

(i) The failure of Owner to pay any amounts owing to Operator on or before the day following the date on which such amounts are due and payable under the terms of this Agreement and Owner’s failure to cure each such failure within ten (10) days after Owner receives written notice from Operator of each such failure; or

(ii) unless due to a Force Majeure Event, the failure of Owner to perform or cause to be performed any other obligation required to be performed by Owner under this Agreement, or the failure of any representation and warranty set forth herein to be true and correct in all material respects as and when made; provided , however, that if such failure by its nature can be cured, then Owner shall have a period of thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice of such failure to cure the same and an Owner Default shall not

 

19


be deemed to exist during such period; provided, further, that if Owner commences to cure such failure during such period and is diligently and in good faith attempting to effect such cure, said period shall be extended for sixty (60) additional days.

(c) Owner’s Remedies Upon Occurrence of a Operator Default . If an Operator Default has occurred under Section 4.1(a)(i) or (a) (iii), Owner may terminate this Agreement by written notice, and assert all rights and remedies available to Owner under Legal Requirements subject to the limitations of liability set forth in Section 7.1 . If an Operator Default has occurred under Section 4.1(a)(ii) , Owner may terminate this Agreement only with respect to those Bloom Systems for which such Operator Default occurred (unless such Operator Default relates to ten (10) or more Bloom Systems, in which case Owner may terminate this Agreement with respect to all Bloom Systems) by written notice, and assert all rights and remedies available to Owner under Legal Requirements (other than the termination or suspension of this Agreement in its entirety, except where ten (10) or more Bloom Systems are involved), subject to the limitations of liability set forth in Section 7.1 .

(d) Operator’s Remedies Upon Owner Default .

(i) If an Owner Default has occurred under Section 4.1(b)(i) or (b)(ii) , Operator may terminate this Agreement only with respect to those Bloom Systems for which such Owner Default occurred (unless such Owner Default relates to ten (10) or more Bloom Systems, in which case Operator may terminate this Agreement with respect to all Bloom Systems) by written notice, and assert all rights and remedies available to Operator under Legal Requirements (other than the termination or suspension of this Agreement in its entirety, except where ten (10) of more Bloom Systems are involved), subject to the limitations of liability set forth in Section 7.1 .

(e) Preservation of Rights . Termination of this Agreement shall not affect any rights or obligations as between the Parties which may have accrued prior to such termination or which expressly or by implication are intended to survive termination whether resulting from the event giving rise to termination or otherwise.

Section 4.2 Termination of Warranties . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or the MESPA, each of the Facility Service Warranty, the Efficiency Warranty, and the Power Performance Warranty shall terminate with respect to a Bloom System immediately upon termination of the Warranty Period for such Bloom System; provided that any claims under this Agreement that accrued before such termination shall survive such termination until the resolution of those claims. Operator shall be under no obligation for any Facility Service Warranty, Efficiency Warranty or Power Performance Warranty for a Bloom System during any period for which such Bloom System’s Service Fees have not been paid in full.

Section 4.3 Replacement of Agreement . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement and in furtherance of continuing qualification under the QFCP-RC Tariff, in the event of the early termination of this Agreement pursuant to Article 4 hereof, BE and Operator agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with Owner to facilitate Owner

 

20


entering into a new agreement with a third party operator governing operation and maintenance services to be provided to Owner on terms substantially similar to the terms of this Agreement, so that such replacement Operator shall be deemed a QFCP.

ARTICLE 5

DATA ACCESS

Section 5.1 Access to Data and Meters . Throughout the Term, and thereafter to the extent relevant to calculations necessary for periods prior to the end of the Term and subject to any confidentiality obligation owed to any third party and/or any restrictions on the disclosure of information which may be subject to intellectual property rights restricting disclosure:

(a) Owner shall grant Operator access to all data relating to the electricity production of each Bloom System, it being understood that it is Operator’s responsibility to determine the performance of the Bloom System, and any other calculations as required under this Agreement, and that it is Owner’s responsibility to handle all accounting and invoicing activities; and

(b) Owner shall allow Operator access to all data from all Facility Meters.

Operator shall be entitled to use the foregoing data for its internal purposes and make such data available to third parties for analysis.

ARTICLE 6

INDEMNITY

Section 6.1 Indemnification of Operator by Owner . Owner shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Operator, its officers, directors, employees, shareholders, Affiliates and agents (each, a “ Operator Indemnitee ”) from and against any and all Indemnifiable Losses asserted against or suffered by any Operator Indemnitee arising out of any Third Party Claims against a Operator Indemnitee to the extent arising out of or in connection with (i) Owner’s breach of its representations, warranties or covenants in this Agreement, (ii) the negligent or intentional acts or omissions of Owner or its subcontractors, agents or employees or others under Owner’s control or (iii) a breach by Owner of its obligations hereunder, provided that Owner shall have no obligation to indemnify Operator for any negligence, fraud or willful misconduct of any Operator Indemnitee or the breach by Operator of any Operator Indemnitee of its covenants and warranties under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document.

Section 6.2 Indemnification of Owner by Operator . Operator shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Owner, its members, managers, officers, directors, employees, Affiliates and agents (each, an “ Owner Indemnitee ”) from and against any and all Indemnifiable Losses asserted against or suffered by any Owner Indemnitee arising out of any Third Party Claims against an Owner Indemnitee to the extent arising out of or in connection with (i) Operator’s breach of its representations, warranties or covenants in this Agreement, (ii) the negligent or intentional acts or omissions of Operator or its subcontractors, agents or employees or others under Operator’s control or (iii) a breach by Operator of its obligations hereunder; provided that

 

21


Operator shall have no obligation to indemnify Owner for any negligence, fraud or willful misconduct of any Owner Indemnitee, the breach by Owner of its covenants and warranties under this Agreement or the inability to utilize any tax benefits (for the avoidance of doubt, the Grant is not considered a tax benefit).

Section 6.3 Indemnity Claims Procedure . If any indemnifiable claim is brought against a Party (the “ Indemnified Party ”), then the other Party (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) shall be entitled to participate in, and, unless in the opinion of counsel for the Indemnifying Party a conflict of interest between the Parties may exist with respect to such claim, assume the defense of such claim, with counsel reasonably acceptable to the Indemnifying Party. If the Indemnifying Party does not assume the defense of the Indemnified Party, or if a conflict precludes the Indemnifying Party from assuming the defense, then the Indemnifying Party shall reimburse the Indemnified Party on a monthly basis for the Indemnified Party’s defense through separate counsel of the Indemnified Party’s choice. Even if the Indemnifying Party assumes the defense of the Indemnified Party with acceptable counsel, the Indemnifying Party, at its sole option, may participate in the defense, at its own expense, with counsel of its own choice without relieving the Indemnifying Party of any of its obligations hereunder.

Section 6.4 No Duplication of Claims . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Parties acknowledge and agree that no claiming or indemnified party shall be entitled to a double recovery under the indemnification provisions of this Agreement and the indemnification provisions of the MESPA.

ARTICLE 7

LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY

Section 7.1 Aggregate Limit of Liability .

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, in no event shall a Party be liable to the other Party for an aggregate amount in excess of the Maximum Liability; provided that such limitation of liability shall not apply to any liability that is the result of (i) gross negligence, fraud or willful misconduct of a Party, (ii) a Third Party Claim, (iii) the failure to pay the Service Fees (which amount shall not be included in calculating Owner’s Maximum Liability), (iv) a claim of Owner against BE or Operator in the event of any breach, default or misrepresentation of any representation and warranty or covenant set forth in Section 8.2(e) or (v) a claim of Owner against BE or Operator under Section 2.8 . Subject always to the Maximum Liability limitations set forth in the preceding sentence, except for damages specifically provided for in this Agreement or in connection with the indemnification for damages awarded to a third party under a Third Party Claim, damages hereunder are limited to direct damages, and in no event shall a Party be liable to the other Party, and the Parties hereby waive claims, for (a) indirect, punitive, special or consequential damages or loss of profits; provided, however, that the loss of profits language set forth in this Section 7.1 shall not be interpreted to exclude from Indemnifiable Losses any claim, demand, suit, loss, liability, damage, obligation, payment, cost or expense (including the cost and expense of any action, suit, proceeding, assessment, judgment, settlement or compromise relating thereto and reasonable attorneys’ fees and reasonable

 

22


disbursements in connection therewith) that would otherwise be included in the definition of Indemnifiable Losses because they result from a reduction in the profits of Owner, Diamond State Generation Holdings, LLC, or both, and (b) losses or liabilities incurred by the officers, directors, members, managers, partners, shareholders or Affiliates of such Party (unless on behalf of Owner).

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary provided herein, in no event shall Operator be liable under this Agreement (including with respect to its obligations related to the Facility Service Warranty, the Power Performance Warranty or Warranty Specification) for (i) any failure of or damage to the Bloom System or (ii) any obligations on the part of Operator (including internal rate of return or other financial metrics or any obligations to deliver power to Owner or service the Bloom System) caused by or arising from (A) Owner’s (as opposed to Operator or Operator’s Affiliate or subcontractor acting as operator under this Agreement) failure to properly protect the Bloom Systems from vandalism or other third-party’s actions or omissions, (B) Owner’s (as opposed to Operator or Operator’s Affiliate or subcontractor acting as operator under this Agreement) failure to use the specified input fuel; (C) Owner’s (as opposed to Operator or Operator’s Affiliate or subcontractor acting as operator under this Agreement) removal of any safety devices, (D) Force Majeure Events, (E) installation, operation, repair or modification of the Bloom Systems by anyone other than Operator or Operator’s authorized agents or Owner’s operator acting pursuant to a operating and maintenance agreement provided such operator is acting in accordance with Prudent Electrical Practices and information or materials supplied by Operator or its Affiliates, or (F) any defect in construction materials or workmanship of the BOF or any deficiency in design of the BOF by BE, provided that the exclusions in this clause (F) shall not extend to any warranty claim to the extent caused by or arising from (1) any defect in construction materials or workmanship of the BOF or (2) any deficiency in design of the BOF by BE, in each case during the period while the MESPA Section 8.2(b) Warranty is in effect. OPERATOR SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DAMAGE TO BLOOM SYSTEMS OR THEIR COMPONENTS DUE TO THEIR OPENING OR MODIFICATION BY OWNER OR ANYONE OTHER THAN OPERATOR, OPERATOR’S AFFILIATE, THE SERVICE PROVIDER OR SUBCONTRACTOR, ACTING AS OPERATOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, ANY PERSON ACTING AS AN OPERATOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT (OR ANY SUCCESSOR AGREEMENT TO THIS AGREEMENT) OR ANY OF SUCH PERSON’S REPRESENTATIVES. Except for Owner’s payment of money to Operator, and subject to Section 9.19 hereof, neither Party shall be liable under any circumstance, nor be deemed to be in breach of this Agreement, for any delay or failure in performance or interruption of service resulting from any Force Majeure Event, or any other cause or causes which are beyond such Party’s reasonable control.

Section 7.2 No Duplication of Claims . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Parties acknowledge and agree that the limitations of liability set forth in this Agreement and the MESPA are to be calculated on an aggregate basis taking into account all claims (if any) made under this Agreement and the MESPA.

 

23


ARTICLE 8

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Section 8.1 Representations and Warranties of Owner . Owner represents and warrants to Operator as follows:

(a) Organization . Owner is a limited liability company duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has all requisite limited liability company power and authority to own, lease, and operate its business as currently conducted.

(b) Authority . Owner has full limited liability company power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. The execution and delivery by Owner of this Agreement and the consummation by Owner of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary limited liability company action required on the part of Owner and this Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by Owner. This Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding agreement of Owner, enforceable against Owner in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

(c) Consents and Approvals: No Violation . Neither the execution, delivery and performance by Owner of this Agreement nor the consummation by Owner of the transactions contemplated hereby will (i) conflict with or result in any breach of any provision of the Certificate of Formation or the limited liability company agreement of Owner, or (ii) result in a default (or give rise to any right of termination, cancellation or acceleration) under any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, material agreement or other instrument or obligation to which Owner is a party or by which any of its assets are bound, except for such defaults (or rights of termination, cancellation or acceleration) as to which requisite waivers or consents have been obtained or (iii) constitute violations of any law, regulation, order, judgment or decree applicable to Owner.

(d) Legal Proceedings . There are no pending or, to Owner’s knowledge, threatened claims, disputes, governmental investigations, suits, actions (including non-judicial real or personal property foreclosure actions), arbitrations, legal, administrative or other proceedings of any nature, domestic or foreign, criminal or civil, at law or in equity, by or against or otherwise affecting Owner which challenges the enforceability of this Agreement or the ability of Owner to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

(e) DISCLAIMERS . EXCEPT FOR THE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION 8.1 AND THE OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS, OWNER EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND OR NATURE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT.

 

24


Section 8.2 Representations and Warranties of Operator . Operator represents and warrants to Owner as follows:

(a) Incorporation; Qualification . Operator is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has all requisite corporate power and authority to own, lease, and operate its business as currently conducted. Operator is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation and is in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction that its business, as currently being conducted, shall require it to be so qualified, except where the failure to be so qualified would not have a material adverse effect on Operator’s ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

(b) Authority . Operator has full corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby. The execution and delivery by Operator of this Agreement and the consummation by Operator of the transactions contemplated thereby have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action required on the part of Operator and this Agreement have been duly and validly executed and delivered by Operator. This Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding agreement of Operator, enforceable against Operator in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

(c) Consents and Approvals; No Violation . Neither the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement nor the consummation by Operator of the transactions contemplated thereby will (i) conflict with or result in any breach of any provision of the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of Operator, (ii) with or without the giving of notice or lapse of time or both, conflict with, result in any violation or breach of, constitute a default under, result in any right to accelerate, result in the creation of any Lien on Operator’s assets, or create any right of termination under the conditions or provisions of any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, material agreement or other instrument or obligation to which Operator is a party or by which it, or any material part of its assets may be bound, in each case that would individually or in the aggregate result in a Material Adverse Change with respect to Operator; or (iii) constitute violations of any law, regulation, order, judgment or decree applicable to Operator, which violations, individually or in the aggregate, would result in a Material Adverse Change with respect to Operator.

(d) Legal Proceedings . There are no pending or, to Operator’s knowledge, threatened claims, disputes, governmental investigations, suits, actions (including non-judicial real or personal property foreclosure actions), arbitrations, legal, administrative or other proceedings of any nature, domestic or foreign, criminal or civil, at law or in equity, by or against or otherwise affecting Operator which challenges the enforceability of this Agreement or the ability of Operator to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby.

 

25


(e) QFCP Tariff . Operator represents and warrants to Owner that, during the Term, the Portfolio shall not fail to receive full payment and service under the Tariffs for any of the following reasons:

(i) Operator shall not remain a Qualified Fuel Cell Provider throughout the original term of the QFCP Tariff.

(ii) Operator shall take any action which causes or is likely to cause: (i) Owner not to qualify (or lose qualification) for service under the QFCP Tariff or (ii) the Portfolio not to qualify (or lose qualification) as a Qualified Fuel Cell Project.

(iii) Operator shall have not complied with any of its obligations under the Letter Agreement (including, if so required by the State of Delaware, posting the security referred to in the Letter Agreement upon or prior to the Commencement of Operation of the first Bloom System).

(f) DISCLAIMERS . EXCEPT FOR THE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION 8.2 AND THE OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS, OPERATOR EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND OR NATURE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT.

ARTICLE 9

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 9.1 Amendment and Modification . This Agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented only by written agreement of Owner and Operator. To the extent that this Agreement must be modified in order to maintain service under the Tariffs, the Parties shall exercise their commercially reasonable efforts to amend the Agreement to continue such service.

Section 9.2 Waiver of Compliance; Consents . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, any failure of any of the Parties to comply with any obligation, covenant, agreement or condition herein may be waived by the Party entitled to the benefits thereof only by a written instrument signed by the Party granting such waiver, but any such waiver of such obligation, covenant, agreement or condition shall not operate as a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, any subsequent failure to comply therewith.

 

26


Section 9.3 Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given when received if delivered personally or by facsimile transmission with completed transmission acknowledgment, or when delivered or when delivery is refused if mailed by overnight delivery via a nationally recognized courier or registered or certified first class mail (return receipt requested), postage prepaid, to the recipient Party at its below address (or at such other address or facsimile number for a Party as shall be specified by like notice; provided ; however, that notices of a change of address shall be effective only upon receipt thereof):

 

To Operator:    Bloom Energy Corporation
  

1299 Orleans Drive

Sunnyvale, CA 94089-1137

Attention: [***]

   Telephone: [***]
   Fax: [***]
   Email: [***]
To Owner:    Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC
  

c/o Bloom Energy Corporation

1299 Orleans Drive

Sunnyvale, CA 94089-1137

   Attention: [***]
   Telephone: [***]
   Fax: [***]

Section 9.4 Assignment . This Agreement and all of the provisions hereof shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns (including by operation of law), but neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder shall be assigned by any Party, whether by operation of law or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the other Party; provided that either Party may collaterally assign its rights under this Agreement to any party providing debt or equity financing to such Party without the consent of the other Party. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, Operator shall be entitled to assign its right, title and interest in and to this Agreement to an Affiliate under common ownership with Operator; provided that such assignment will not disqualify or otherwise impair either the Owner or the Portfolio from receiving service under the QFCP-RC Tariff.

Section 9.5 Dispute Resolution: Governing Law . In the event a dispute, controversy or claim arises hereunder, including any claim whether in contract, tort (including negligence), strict product liability or otherwise, the aggrieved Party will promptly provide written notification of the dispute to the other Party within ten (10) days after such dispute arises. Thereafter, a meeting shall be held promptly between the Parties, attended by representatives of the Parties with decision-making authority regarding the dispute, to attempt in good faith to negotiate a resolution of the dispute. If the Parties are not successful in resolving a dispute within twenty-one (21) days, then, subject to the limitations on remedies set forth in Section 4.1 and Article 7 , either Party may pursue whatever rights it has available under this Agreement, at law or in equity.

Section 9.6 Governing Law, Jurisdiction, Venue . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES (OTHER THAN SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW). THE PARTIES HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMIT TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

 

27


OF ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT IN NEW YORK COUNTY, NEW YORK WITH RESPECT TO ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO A DISPUTE AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM WITH RESPECT THERETO.

Section 9.7 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Signatures delivered by facsimile will be considered original signatures, and each Party shall thereafter promptly deliver original signatures to the other Party.

Section 9.8 Interpretation . The articles, section and schedule headings contained in this Agreement are solely for the purpose of reference, are not part of the agreement of the Parties and shall not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

Section 9.9 Appendices and Exhibits . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, all exhibits and appendices referred to herein are intended to be and hereby are specifically made a part of this Agreement.

Section 9.10 Entire Agreement .

(a) This Agreement, the MESPA and the exhibits, schedules, documents, certificates and instruments referred to herein and therein, embody the entire agreement and understanding of the Parties in respect of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(b) Each Party acknowledges that, in agreeing to enter into this Agreement, it has not relied on any representation, warranty, collateral contract or other assurance (except those repeated in this Agreement and any other agreement entered into on the date of this Agreement between the Parties) made by or on behalf of any other Party at any time before the signature of this Agreement. Each Party waives all rights and remedies which, but for this clause (b), might otherwise be available to it in respect of any such representation, warranty, collateral contract or other assurance.

Section 9.11 Construction of Agreement . The terms and provisions of this Agreement represent the results of negotiations between Owner and Operator, each of which has been represented by counsel of its own choosing, and neither of which has acted under duress or compulsion, whether legal, economic or otherwise. Accordingly, the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be interpreted and construed in accordance with their usual and customary meanings, and Owner and Operator hereby waive the application in connection with the interpretation and construction of this Agreement of any rule of law to the effect that ambiguous or conflicting terms or provisions contained in this Agreement shall be interpreted or construed against the Party whose attorney prepared the executed draft or any earlier draft of this Agreement.

 

28


Section 9.12 Severability . If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of law or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any Party.

Section 9.13 Attorneys’ Fees . If any action or proceeding to enforce this Agreement or any provision hereof is brought by any Party, the prevailing Party shall be entitled to recover from the non prevailing Party its attorneys’ fees and its costs and expenses of suit, including actual attorneys’ and consultants’ fees. In the event that any Party secures a judgment in any proceeding brought to enforce or interpret this Agreement, then any cost of expense incurred in enforcing or in successfully appealing from such judgment, including actual attorneys’ fees shall be paid by the Party against whom such judgment has been rendered or against whom an appeal is won, and shall be recoverable separately from and in addition to any other amount included in such judgment.

Section 9.14 Further Assurances . Each Party agrees to execute and deliver such additional documents and instruments and to perform such additional acts as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate, carry out and perform all of the terms, provisions, and conditions of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Section 9.15 Independent Contractors . The Parties acknowledge that, save as expressly set out in this Agreement to the contrary, each Party is entering into this Agreement as an independent contractor and nothing in this Agreement shall be interpreted or applied so as to make the relationship of any of the Parties that of partners, joint ventures or anything other than independent contractors.

Section 9.16 No Contract for the Sale of Goods . Both Parties agree that this Agreement relates predominantly to the rendition of services accompanied only by the incidental sale of parts for the Bloom Systems; and therefore, this Agreement is not subject to the Delaware Uniform Commercial Code or any other commercial code for the sale of goods. The Parties expressly disclaim, to the extent permitted under applicable law, any and all provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code of any state or other applicable law relating to the commercial sale of goods.

Section 9.17 Time of Essence . Time is of the essence with respect to all matters contained in this Agreement.

Section 9.18 Confidentiality .

(a) Confidential Information . Subject to the other terms of this Section 9.18 . the Parties shall, and shall cause their Affiliates and their respective stockholders, members, Subsidiaries and Representatives to, hold confidential all information they may have or obtain concerning Operator and Owner and their respective assets, business, operations or prospects or this Agreement (the “ Confidential Information ”), including, but not limited to, all software,

 

29


documentation, financial, marketing and nonpublic PJM Grid data and other business information, all data related to the internal design and performance of the Bloom Systems and any other material or information that is either marked as confidential or disclosed under circumstances that one would reasonably expect it to be confidential. Furthermore, Owner agrees that the Bloom Systems and services performed hereunder contain Operator’s valuable trade secrets, and further, Owner agrees to maintain the secrecy of and not disclose without the express written permission of Operator any trade secrets which Owner may have received from Operator; provided , however , that Confidential Information shall not include information that (A) is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by a Party or any of its Representatives or (B) is or becomes available to a Party or any of its Representatives on a nonconfidential basis prior to its disclosure by the other Party or its Representatives.

(b) Legally Compelled Disclosure . Confidential Information may be disclosed (A) as required or requested to be disclosed by a Party or any of its Affiliates or their respective stockholders, members, subsidiaries or Representatives as a result of any applicable Legal Requirement or rule or regulation of any stock exchange, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. or other regulatory authority or self-regulatory authority having jurisdiction over such Party, (B) as required or requested by the IRS, the Department of Justice or the Office of the Inspector General in connection with a Grant, or tax credits relating thereto, including in connection with a request for any private letter ruling, any determination letter or any audit, or (C) as reasonably required by the DPL Agreements, the PJM Agreements or the Tariffs. If a Party becomes compelled by legal or administrative process to disclose any Confidential Information, such Party shall, to the extent permitted by Legal Requirements, provide the other Party with prompt notice so that the other Party may seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy or waive compliance with the non-disclosure provisions of this Section 9.18(b) with respect to the information required to be disclosed. If such protective order or other remedy is not obtained, or such other Party waive compliance with the non-disclosure provisions of this Section 9.18(b) with respect to the information required to be disclosed, the first Party shall furnish only that portion of such information that it is advised, by opinion of counsel, is legally required to be furnished and shall exercise reasonable efforts, at the expense of the Party whose Confidential Information is being disclosed, to obtain reliable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded such information, including, in the case of disclosures to the IRS described in clause (B) above, to obtain reliable assurance that, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable Legal Requirements, such information will not be made available for public inspection pursuant to Section 6110 of the Code.

(c) Disclosure to Representatives . Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Party may disclose Confidential Information received by it to its actual or potential financing parties and its and their employees, consultants, legal counsel or agents who have a need to know such information; provided that such Party informs each such Person who has access to the Confidential Information of the confidential nature of such Confidential Information, the terms of this Agreement, and that such terms apply to them. The Parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that each such Person complies with the terms of this Agreement and that any Confidential Information received by such Person is kept confidential.

 

30


(d) Other Permitted Disclosures . Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting a Party from using such Confidential Information in connection with (i) any claim against another Party and (ii) any exercise by a Party of any of its rights hereunder, (iii) a financing or proposed financing by Operator or Owner or their Affiliates; (iv) a disposition or proposed disposition by Operator or any Affiliate of Operator of all or a portion of such Person’s direct or indirect equity interest in Operator and (v) a disposition or proposed disposition by any direct or indirect Affiliate of Owner of all or a portion of such Person’s equity interests in Owner; provided that, in the case of items (iii), (iv) and (v), the potential purchaser has entered into a confidentiality agreement with respect to Confidential Information on customary terms used in confidentiality agreements in connection with corporate acquisitions before any such information may be disclosed and such confidentiality agreement has been provided to the non-disclosing Party.

Section 9.19 Force Majeure . If either Party is rendered wholly or partially unable to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement by reason of a Force Majeure Event, that Party (the “ Claiming Party ”) will be excused from whatever performance is affected by the Force Majeure Event to the extent so affected; provided , however, that: (i) the Claiming Party, within a reasonable time after the occurrence of such Force Majeure Event gives the other Party notice describing the particulars of the occurrence; (ii) the suspension of performance shall be of no greater scope and of no longer duration than is reasonably required by the Force Majeure Event; (iii) no liability of either Party for an event that arose before the occurrence of the Force Majeure Event shall be excused as a result of the Force Majeure Event; (iv) the Claiming Party shall exercise commercially reasonable efforts to correct or cure the event or condition excusing performance and resume performance of all its obligations; and (v) when the Claiming Party is able to resume performance of its obligations under this Agreement, the Claiming Party shall promptly give the other Party notice to that effect and shall promptly resume performance.

Section 9.20 Right of Offset . Owner at its sole option is hereby authorized to setoff any amounts owed Owner under the MESPA or this Agreement, as applicable, against any amounts owed by Owner to Operator under the MESPA or this Agreement. The rights provided by this paragraph are in addition to and not in limitation of any other right or remedy (including any right to set-off, counterclaim, or otherwise withhold payment) to which a Owner may be entitled (whether by operation of law, contract or otherwise).

Section 9.21 No Liens . To the extent that Operator has actual knowledge that any of its subcontractors has placed any Lien on a Bloom System or the Site for such Bloom System, then Operator shall promptly cause such Liens to be removed or bonded over in a manner reasonably satisfactory to Owner.

Section 9.22 Insurance . At all times during the Term without cost to Owner, Operator shall maintain in force the following insurance, which insurance shall not be subject to cancellation, termination or other material adverse changes unless the insurer delivers to Owner

 

31


written notice of the cancellation, termination or change at least thirty (30) days in advance of the effective date of the cancellation, termination or material adverse change:

(a) Worker’s Compensation Insurance as required by the laws of the state where Operator’s facilities are located;

(b) Employer’s liability insurance with limits not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000); and

(c) Commercial General Liability Insurance, including bodily injury and property damage liability including premises operations, contractual liability endorsements, products liability and completed operations with limits not less than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000).

Operator shall cause Owner (and such additional parties as Owner designates in writing) to be named additional insured(s), must be written as primary policy not contributing to or in excess of any policies carried by the Owner, and each contain a waiver of subrogation endorsement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Owner, in favor of the Owner.

[Signatures follow on next page]

 

32


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties have executed this Master Operation and Maintenance Agreement as of the date first above written.

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

 

By:  

LOGO

 

  Name:
  Title:

[Signature Page to the Master Operation and Maintenance Agreement]


DIAMOND STATE GENERATION PARTNERS, LLC

 

By:  

LOGO

 

Name:   William E Brockenborough
Title:   Vice President

[Signature Page to the Master Operation and Maintenance Agreement]


EXHIBIT A

to

MASTER OPERATION

AND MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT

SERVICE FEES

 

Exhibit A-1


MOMA

 

Exhibit A

Service Fees

 

Period

  Rate Per kW
(nameplate) Per
Year
  Equivalent
Rate Per kWh

Year 1

  [***]   [***]

Year 2

  [***]   [***]

Year 3

  [***]   [***]

Year 4

  [***]   [***]

Year 5

  [***]   [***]

Year 6

  [***]   [***]

Year 7

  [***]   [***]

Year 8

  [***]   [***]

Year 9

  [***]   [***]

Year 10

  [***]   [***]

Year 11

  [***]   [***]

Year 12

  [***]   [***]

Year 13

  [***]   [***]

Year 14

  [***]   [***]

Year 15

  [***]   [***]

Year 16

  [***]   [***]

Year 17

  [***]   [***]

Year 18

  [***]   [***]

Year 19

  [***]   [***]

Year 20

  [***]   [***]

Year 21

  [***]   [***]

 

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested


EXHIBIT B

to

MASTER OPERATION

AND MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT

EFFICIENCY BANK OPERATION EXAMPLE CALCULATION

Exhibit B-1


Efficiency Bank -MOMA

Exhibit B

Efficiency Bank Operation Example Calculation

 

     2014  

Assumptions

  

Number of active Systems

     150  

Nameplate capacity

     200  

Hours in the year

     8760  

Look back period

     30 Days  

BTUs/kWh

     3,412  

LHV to HHV conversion

     1.107  

Actual power performance

     96

One-Month Efficiency analysis

  

One-Month Efficiency Warranty

     50

Actual system efficiency

     56

Maximum MMbtu

     156,643  

Actual MMbtu

     139,860  

MMbtu to be drawn from Efficiency Bank

     —    

MMbtu to be deposited into Efficiency Bank

     16,783  

Efficiency Bank beginning balance

     104,429  

Change

     16,783  
  

 

 

 

Efficiency Bank ending balance

     121,212  


APPENDIX A

to

MASTER OPERATION

AND MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT

BLOOM SYSTEMS

[Intentionally Omitted]

 

Appendix A-1


APPENDIX B

to

MASTER OPERATION

AND MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT

Minimum Power Product Example Calculation

 

Appendix B-1


Minimum Power Product - MOMA

MOMA

 

Appendix B

Sample One-Month Minimum Power Product Example Calculation

 

     2014  

Assumptions

  

Number of active Systems

     150  

Nameplate capacity

     200 kW 

One-Month Power Performance Warranty

     85

Minimum Power Product Analysis

  

Minimum Power Product

     25,500 kW 


Minimum Power Product - MOMA

MOMA

 

Appendix B

Sample One-Year Minimum Power Product Example Calculation

 

     2014  

Assumptions

  

Number of active Systems

     150  

Nameplate capacity

     200 kW 

One-Year Power Performance Warranty

     95

One-Year Minimum Power Product Analysis

  

Minimum Power Product

     28,500 kW 


APPENDIX C

to

MASTER OPERATION

AND MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT

Facilities 1

All Bloom Systems now or hereafter purchased under the MESPA from and after the date such Bloom Systems are purchased, and including without limitation those Bloom Systems detailed in the chart below from time to time, together with the BOF installed in connection with each such Bloom System at each Site.

 

Serial No.

  

Site Location

  

Bloom System Capacity

   Brookside    3MW Total
IOM-5700-00076       0.2MW
PWM-5700-00416-SH      
PWM-5700-00417-SH      
PWM-5700-00418-SH      
PWM-5700-00419-SH      
PWM-5700-00420-SH      
PWM-5700-00421-SH      
IOM-5700-00077       0.2MW
PWM-5700-00422-SH      
PWM-5700-00423-SH      
PWM-5700-00424-SH      
PWM-5700-00425-SH      
PWM-5700-00426-SH      
PWM-5700-00427-SH      
IOM-5700-00078       0.2MW
PWM-5700-00428-SH      
PWM-5700-00429-SH      
PWM-5700-00430-SH      

 

1   Includes Safe Harbor Systems, Bloom Systems to be ordered and delivered in Q2 2012.


PWM-5700-00431-SH      
PWM-5700-00432-SH      
PWM-5700-00433-SH      
TBD – Brookside 4       0.2MW
TBD – Brookside 5       0.2MW
TBD – Brookside 6       0.2MW
TBD – Brookside 7       0.2MW
TBD – Brookside 8       0.2MW
TBD – Brookside 9       0.2MW
TBD – Brookside 10       0.2MW
TBD – Brookside 11       0.2MW
TBD – Brookside 12       0.2MW
TBD – Brookside 13       0.2MW
TBD – Brookside 14       0.2MW
TBD – Brookside 15       0.2MW
   Red Lion    5.8MW Total
IOM-5700-00079       0.2MW
PWM-5700-00434-SH      
PWM-5700-00435-SH      
PWM-5700-00436-SH      
PWM-5700-00437-SH      
PWM-5700-00438-SH      
PWM-5700-00439-SH      
IOM-5700-00080       0.2MW
PWM-5700-00440-SH      
PWM-5700-00441-SH      
PWM-5700-00442-SH      
PWM-5700-00443-SH      
PWM-5700-00444-SH      
PWM-5700-00445-SH      
Delaware001       0.2MW
   Red Lion    2.8MW Total
Delaware002       0.2MW

 

2


   Red Lion    7.2MW Total

Delaware003

      0.2MW

Delaware004

      0.2MW
   Red Lion    11.2MW Total

Delaware005

      0.2MW

Delaware006

      0.2MW

Delaware007

      0.2MW

 

3


APPENDIX D

to

OPERATION

AND MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT

Power Performance Warranty Claim Example Calculation

 

Appendix D-1


Performance - MOMA

MOMA

 

Appendix D

Sample One-Month Power Performance Warranty Claim Example Calculation

 

     2014  

Assumptions

  

Number of active Systems

     150  

Nameplate capacity

     200  

Hours in the year

     8760  

Look back period

     30 Days  

One-Month Power Performance Warranty analysis

  

One-Month Power Performance Warranty

     85

Actual system output

     80

Minimum kWh

     18,360,000  

Actual kWh

     17,280,000  

Underperformance (kWh)

     1,080,000  


Performance - MOMA

Appendix D

Sample One-Year Power Performance Warranty Claim Example Calculation

 

     2015  

Assumptions

  

Number of active Systems

     150  

Nameplate capacity

     200  

Hours in the year

     8760  

Look back period

     365 Days  

Project COE - Applicable QFCP-RC Tariff disbursement rate

   $ [***] /kWh  

One-Year Power Performance Warranty analysis

  

One-Year Power Performance Warranty

     95

Actual system output

     80

Minimum kWh

     249,660,000  

Actual kWh

     210,240,000  

Underperformance (kWh)

     39,420,000  

Power Performance Warranty Payment

   $ [***]  

 

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested


APPENDIX E

to

OPERATION

AND MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT

Efficiency Warranty Claim Example Calculation

 

Appendix E-1


Efficiency - MOMA

 

MOMA

Appendix E

Sample One-Month Efficiency Warranty Claim Example Calculation

 

     2014  

Assumptions

  

Number of active Systems

     150  

Nameplate capacity

     200  

Hours in the year

     8760  

Look back period

     30 Days  

BTUs/kWh

     3,412  

LHV to HHV conversion

     1.107  

Actual power performance

     96

One-Month Efficiency analysis

  

One-Month Efficiency Warranty

     50

Actual system efficiency

     48

Maximum MMbtu

     156,643  

Actual MMbtu

     163,170  

MMbtu to be drawn from Efficiency Bank

     (6,527

MMbtu to be deposited into Efficiency Bank

     —    

Efficiency Bank beginning balance

     104,429  

Change

     (6,527
  

 

 

 

Efficiency Bank ending balance

     97,902  


APPENDIX F

to

OPERATION

AND MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT

Gas Payment Shortfall Claim Example Calculation

 

Appendix F-1


Gas Payment - MOMA

Appendix F

Sample Gas Payment Shortfall Claim Example Calculation

 

     2015  

Assumptions

  

Number of active Systems

     150  

Nameplate capacity

     200  

Hours in the year

     8760  

Look back period

     30 Days  

BTUs/kWh

     3,412  

LHV to HHV conversion

     1.107  

Actual power performance

     96

Cost of gas - Price charged under Gas Tariff for relevant period

   $ 4.00 /MMbtu  

Gas Shortfall analysis

  

One-Month Efficiency Warranty

     50

Actual system efficiency

     40

Maximum MMbtu

     156,643  

Actual MMbtu

     195,804  

MMbtu to be drawn from Efficiency Bank

     (39,161

MMbtu to be deposited into Efficiency Bank

     —    

Efficiency Bank beginning balance

     30,000  

Change

     (39,161
  

 

 

 

Efficiency Bank shortfall

     (9,161 )  

Gas Shortfall payment

   $ 36,643  

Exhibit 10.15

Execution Version

 

 

 

 

EQUITY CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

Dated as of March 20, 2013

by and among

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION,

as the Contributor,

DIAMOND STATE GENERATION PARTNERS, LLC,

as the Company

and

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,

as the Collateral Agent

 

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS; INTERPRETATION

     2  

Section 1.1.

  

Definitions

     2  

Section 1.2.

  

Interpretation

     3  

ARTICLE II. EQUITY CONTRIBUTIONS

     3  

Section 2.1.

  

Equity Contributions

     3  

Section 2.2.

  

Contribution Mechanics

     3  

Section 2.3.

  

Deemed Equity Contributions

     3  

ARTICLE III. BANKRUPTCY

     4  

Section 3.1.

  

Bankruptcy Waiver by Contributor

     4  

Section 3.2.

  

Bankruptcy Events

     4  

ARTICLE IV. WAIVERS; UNCONDITIONALITY; SUBROGATION; REINSTATEMENT

     4  

Section 4.1.

  

Waiver of Defenses

     4  

Section 4.2.

  

Obligations Unconditional

     6  

Section 4.3.

  

Subrogation

     6  

Section 4.4.

  

Reinstatement

     7  

ARTICLE V. PURCHASED INTERESTS IN BANKRUPTCY

     7  

Section 5.1.

  

Required Purchase of Interests

     7  

Section 5.2.

  

Effect of Purchase of Purchased Interests

     7  

Section 5.3.

  

Subordinate Nature of Purchased Interests

     7  

Section 5.4.

  

No Voting Rights

     8  

Section 5.5.

  

Obligations Unconditional

     8  

ARTICLE VI. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     8  

Section 6.1.

  

Organization; Authority; Powers

     8  

Section 6.2.

  

No Conflict

     8  

Section 6.3.

  

Enforceability

     8  

Section 6.4.

  

No Litigation

     9  

Section 6.5.

  

Equity Interests

     9  

Section 6.6.

  

Compliance with Law

     9  

Section 6.7.

  

Financial Statements

     9  

Section 6.8.

  

Adequate Information

     9  

Section 6.9.

  

Investment Company Act

     9  

Section 6.10.

  

Solvency

     9  

Section 6.11.

  

Pari Passu Obligations

     9  

ARTICLE VII. COVENANTS

     10  

Section 7.1.

  

Existence

     10  

Section 7.2.

  

Compliance with Laws

     10  

Section 7.3.

  

Fundamental Changes

     10  

Section 7.4.

  

Further Assurances

     10  

Section 7.5.

  

QFCP Status

     10  

 

i


ARTICLE VIII. MISCELLANEOUS

     10  

Section 8.1.

  

Notices

     10  

Section 8.2.

  

Entire Agreement

     11  

Section 8.3.

  

Severability

     11  

Section 8.4.

  

Headings

     11  

Section 8.5.

  

Governing Law

     11  

Section 8.6.

  

Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process

     11  

Section 8.7.

  

Amendments

     12  

Section 8.8.

  

Assignments

     12  

Section 8.9.

  

Counterparts

     13  

Section 8.10.

  

No Waiver

     13  

Section 8.11.

  

Specific Performance

     13  

Section 8.12.

  

Termination

     13  

Section 8.13.

  

Rights of Collateral Agent

     14  

 

ii


This EQUITY CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of March 20, 2013, is entered into by and among BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “ Contributor ”), DIAMOND STATE GENERATION PARTNERS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”) and DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, as the Collateral Agent under the Collateral Agency Agreement referenced below (in such capacity, together with any successor Collateral Agent appointed pursuant to the Collateral Agency Agreement, the “ Collateral Agent ”). Capitalized terms used in this Agreement are defined as set forth in Section 1.1 .

R E C I T A L S :

WHEREAS, the Company intends to develop, construct, install, finance, own, operate and maintain a portfolio of fuel cell electricity generators with an aggregate capacity of 30 MW, to be located on one or more sites in New Castle County, Delaware;

WHEREAS, in order to finance the development, construction, installation, testing, leasing, operation and use of the Project and the acquisition of certain other assets related thereto, the Company has entered into that certain Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 20, 2013 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Note Purchase Agreement ”) with the purchasers party thereto (together with any of their successors or assigns and including any Holder of a Note, the “ Purchasers ”), pursuant to which the Company will issue Notes to the Purchasers in an aggregate amount equal to $144,812,500;

WHEREAS, the Company has entered into that certain Collateral Agency Agreement, dated as of March 20, 2013 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Collateral Agency Agreement ”) with the Purchasers and the Collateral Agent;

WHEREAS, the Contributor indirectly owns 100% of the Class A membership interests in Diamond State Generation Holdings, LLC (the “ Pledgor ”), and the Pledgor directly owns 100% of the equity interests in the Company;

WHEREAS, the Contributor has agreed to make or cause to be made an Equity Contribution as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement to the Company following the occurrence of a Rating Event and in accordance with the terms hereof; and

WHEREAS, in order to induce the Secured Parties to enter into the Credit Documents, the parties have agreed to the provisions set forth in this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the agreements, provisions and covenants herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:


A G R E E M E N T :

ARTICLE I.

DEFINITIONS; INTERPRETATION

Section 1.1. Definitions . Each capitalized term used and not otherwise defined herein (including in the introductory paragraph and recitals hereto) shall have the meaning assigned to such term (whether directly or by reference to another agreement or document) in the Note Purchase Agreement. In addition to the terms defined in the Note Purchase Agreement, the following terms used herein, including in the introductory paragraph and recitals hereto, shall have the following meanings:

Agreement ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

Collateral Agency Agreement ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals to this Agreement.

Collateral Agent ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

Company ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

Contributor ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

Defaulted Payment ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.1 .

Discharge Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Collateral Agency Agreement.

Equity Contribution ” shall mean, without duplication, (a) a deemed (in accordance with Section 2.3 ) cash equity contribution by the Contributor to the Pledgor and (b) a deemed (in accordance with Section 2.3 ) cash equity contribution (with the cash equity contribution made under clause (a) above) by the Pledgor to the Company.

Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean a material and adverse effect on the Contributor’s ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

Note Purchase Agreement ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals to this Agreement.

Note Redemption Account ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Depositary Agreement.

Pledgor ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals to this Agreement.

Purchased Interest ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.1 .

 

2


Purchase Notice ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.1(a) .

Purchasers ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals to this Agreement.

Required Equity Contribution ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.1(a) .

Section 1.2. Interpretation . Unless otherwise provided herein, the rules of interpretation set forth in the Note Purchase Agreement shall apply, mutatis mutandis , to this Agreement (including its introductory paragraph and recitals).

ARTICLE II.

EQUITY CONTRIBUTIONS

Section 2.1. Equity Contributions .

(a) Required Equity Contribution . If at any time prior to the Discharge Date (i) a Rating Event occurs and (ii) the Company delivers to each Holder of a Note an Offer to Repay Notice pursuant to Section 8.1.3(b) of the Note Purchase Agreement and the Company receives from any Holder of a Note a written notice under Section 8.1.3(b) of the Note Purchase Agreement accepting the Company’s Offer to Repay pursuant to Section 9.23 of the Note Purchase Agreement (a “ Purchase Notice ”), the Contributor shall make, or cause to be made, an Equity Contribution (the “ Required Equity Contribution ”), in accordance with the mechanics set forth in Section 2.2 , in an amount equal to the principal amount of Notes plus accrued interest specified in the Purchase Notice.

(b) No Limitation on Voluntary Equity Contributions . Nothing herein shall be construed to prohibit or otherwise limit the Contributor or any of its Affiliates from depositing or causing to be deposited voluntary Equity Contributions at the time and in the amount elected by the Contributor in its sole discretion.

Section 2.2. Contribution Mechanics . The Contributor shall make the Required Equity Contribution by depositing an amount equal to such Required Equity Contribution in the Note Redemption Account no later than 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the Offer Settlement Date.

Section 2.3. Deemed Equity Contributions . Upon the deposit by the Contributor of an Equity Contribution in the Note Redemption Account pursuant to Section 2.1 and 2.2, and notwithstanding that any such amounts shall be deposited directly into the Note Redemption Account, (i) the Contributor shall be deemed to have made an equity contribution to the Pledgor in the amount of such Equity Contribution or deposited or transferred amount and (ii) the Pledgor shall be deemed to have made an equity contribution to the Company in the amount of such Equity Contribution or deposited or transferred amount.

 

3


ARTICLE III.

BANKRUPTCY

Section 3.1. Bankruptcy Waiver by Contributor . The Contributor hereby irrevocably waives, to the extent it may do so under applicable Governmental Rules, any protection to which it may be entitled under Sections 365(c)(1), 365(c)(2) and 365(e)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code of the United States or equivalent provisions of any other Debtor Relief Laws, or any successor provision of any Debtor Relief Law of similar import, in the event of any Bankruptcy Event with respect to the Company or Pledgor. Specifically, in the event that the trustee (or similar official) in a Bankruptcy Event with respect to the Company or Pledgor or the debtor-in-possession takes any action (including the institution of any action, suit or other proceeding for the purpose of enforcing the rights of the Company under this Agreement), the Contributor shall not assert any defense, claim or counterclaim denying liability hereunder on the basis that this Agreement is an executory contract or a “financial accommodation” that cannot be assumed, assigned or enforced or on any other theory directly or indirectly based on Section 365(c)(1), 365(c)(2) or 365(e)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code of the United States or equivalent provisions of any other Debtor Relief Laws, or any successor provision of any Debtor Relief Law of similar import. If a Bankruptcy Event with respect to the Company or Pledgor shall occur, the Contributor agrees, after the occurrence of such Bankruptcy Event, to reconfirm in writing, to the extent permitted by applicable Governmental Rules, its pre-petition waiver of any protection to which it may be entitled under Sections 365(c)(1), 365(c)(2) and 365(e)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code of the United States or equivalent provisions of any other Debtor Relief Laws, or any successor provision of any Debtor Relief Law of similar import, and, to give effect to such waiver, the Contributor consents, to the extent permitted by applicable Governmental Rules, to the assumption and enforcement of each provision of this Agreement by the debtor-in-possession or the Company’s or Pledgor’s trustee in bankruptcy, as the case may be.

Section 3.2. Bankruptcy Events . No obligation of the Contributor under this Agreement shall be altered, limited or affected by any Bankruptcy Event relating to the Company or Pledgor, or by any defense which the Company may have by reason of any order, decree or decision of any court or administrative body resulting from any such Bankruptcy Event.

ARTICLE IV.

WAIVERS; UNCONDITIONALITY; SUBROGATION; REINSTATEMENT

Section 4.1. Waiver of Defenses . The Contributor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives and relinquishes, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable Governmental Rules, all rights or remedies accorded by applicable Governmental Rules to sureties or guarantors and agrees not to assert or take advantage of any such right or remedies, including:

(a) any right to require any Secured Party to proceed against the Company or any other Person or to proceed against or exhaust any security held by any Secured Party at any time or to pursue any other remedy in any Secured Party’s power before proceeding against the Contributor to enforce the provisions of this Agreement;

 

4


(b) any defense that may arise by reason of the incapacity, lack of power or authority, death, dissolution, merger, termination or disability of the Company, Pledgor or any other Person or the failure of any Secured Party to file or enforce a claim against the estate (in administration, bankruptcy or any other proceeding) of the Company, Pledgor or any other Person;

(c) demand, presentment, protest and notice of any kind (other than any notice expressly contemplated herein or in the Note Purchase Agreement), creation or incurring of any new or additional indebtedness or obligation or of any action or non-action on the part of the Company, Pledgor or any Secured Party, any endorser or creditor of the foregoing or on the part of any other Person under any Credit Document;

(d) any defense based upon an election of remedies by the Secured Parties, including an election to proceed by non-judicial rather than judicial foreclosure, which destroys or otherwise impairs the subrogation rights of the Contributor, the right of the Contributor to proceed against the Company, Pledgor or another Person for reimbursement, or both;

(e) any defense based on any offset against any amounts which may be owed by any Person to the Contributor, the Company or Pledgor or for any reason whatsoever;

(f) any defense based upon any Governmental Rule which provides that the obligation of a surety must be neither larger in amount nor in other respects more burdensome than that of the principal;

(g) any defense based on any failure to act, delay or omission whatsoever on the part of the Company, Pledgor or the Contributor or the failure by the Company, Pledgor or the Contributor to do any act or thing or to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement to be observed or performed by it under the Credit Documents;

(h) any defense, setoff or counterclaim which may at any time be available to or asserted by the Company, Pledgor or the Contributor against any Secured Party or any other Person under the Credit Documents based on or related to the bankruptcy or insolvency of the Company or Pledgor;

(i) any duty on the part of any Secured Party to disclose to the Contributor any facts such Secured Party may now or hereafter know about the Company or Pledgor, regardless of whether such Secured Party has reason to believe that any such facts materially increase the risk beyond that which the Contributor intends to assume, or have reason to believe that such facts are unknown to the Contributor, or have a reasonable opportunity to communicate such facts to the Contributor (the Contributor acknowledging that it is fully responsible for being and keeping informed of the financial condition of the Company and Pledgor);

(j) any defense based on any change in the time, manner or place of any payment under, or in any other term of, the Credit Documents or any other amendment, renewal, extension, acceleration, compromise or waiver of or any consent to departure from the terms of the Credit Documents (other than this Agreement);

 

5


(k) any defense based upon any borrowing or grant of a security interest under Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code of the United States; and

(l) any other circumstance (including any statute of limitations) or any existence of or reliance on any representation by any Secured Party that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or discharge of, any guarantor or surety (other than setoff against the Contributor or, subject to Section 4.4 , the defense of payment of the applicable amounts).

Section 4.2. Obligations Unconditional . All rights of the Secured Parties and all obligations of the Contributor hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of:

(a) any lack of validity, legality or enforceability of any Credit Document (other than this Agreement);

(b) the failure of any Secured Party to (i) assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Company, Pledgor, the Contributor or any other Person under the provisions of the Credit Documents or otherwise or (ii) exercise any right or remedy against any Collateral;

(c) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any portion of the Obligations, or any other extension or renewal of any obligation of the Company, Pledgor, the Contributor or otherwise;

(d) any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination of any of the Obligations for any reason other than the full payment in cash thereof or the occurrence of the Discharge Date, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise;

(e) any amendment to, rescission, waiver or other modification of, or any consent to departure from, any term of any Credit Document unless entered into and approved in accordance therewith;

(f) any addition, exchange, release, surrender or non-perfection of any collateral, or any amendment to or waiver or release or addition of, or consent to departure from, any other security interest held by any Secured Party; or

(g) any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a legal or equitable discharge of, the Company, Pledgor, the Contributor or any surety or guarantor (other than the defense of payment of the applicable amounts).

Section 4.3. Subrogation . Prior to the Discharge Date, the Contributor waives any claim, right or remedy which it may now have or hereafter acquire against the Company that arises hereunder and/or from the performance by the Contributor of its obligations hereunder, whether or not such claim, right or remedy arises in equity, under contract, by statute, under common law or otherwise. Any amount paid by the Company to the Contributor in violation of the immediately preceding sentence prior to the Discharge Date shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Agent (on behalf of the Secured Parties) and shall promptly thereafter be paid to the Collateral Agent for application in accordance with the Credit Documents.

 

6


Section 4.4. Reinstatement . This Agreement and the obligations of the Contributor and the Company hereunder shall automatically be reinstated if and to the extent that for any reason any payment made by or on behalf of the Contributor in respect of any portion of the Required Equity Contribution pursuant to this Agreement is rescinded or otherwise restored to the Contributor or the Company, whether as a result of any Bankruptcy Event with respect to the Company, Pledgor or any other Person or as a result of any settlement or compromise with any Person (including the Contributor) in respect of such payment, in each case as if such payment had not been made; provided however that any such reinstated obligations shall be subject to the conditions to the making of an Equity Contribution that are set forth in Article II.

ARTICLE V.

PURCHASED INTERESTS IN BANKRUPTCY

Section 5.1. Required Purchase of Interests . If by reason of a Bankruptcy Event with respect to the Contributor, Pledgor or the Company, or any act of a Governmental Authority, (a) any Equity Contribution due hereunder has not been deposited in the Note Redemption Account within five Business Days after the date on which such amount is payable hereunder or (b) any Equity Contribution theretofore deposited pursuant to Article II is rescinded or otherwise restored to the Contributor and five Business Days have elapsed after the date that such Equity Contribution was rescinded or otherwise restored (such Equity Contribution, whether required but not made as provided in clause (a) above or made and returned as provided in clause (b) above, the “Defaulted Payment”), the Contributor shall, without any further notice or demand by the Collateral Agent, purchase the Notes then outstanding from Holders of Notes who submitted a Purchase Notice (the “Purchased Interests”) as provided in the following sentence, in an aggregate principal amount equal to the amount of the Defaulted Payment. The purchase by the Contributor of the Purchased Interests pursuant to this Section 5.1 shall be at par (plus accrued interest) and shall comply with all Governmental Rules and all such Notes so purchased shall be held by the Contributor until such time as it is able to contribute all Notes to the Company for cancellation. The failure of any Holders of Notes to tender its Notes pursuant to the such tender offer shall not result in a Default or Event of Default, and the Contributor’s obligation in any such circumstance shall be to pay any amounts that would otherwise have been paid to non-tendering Holders of the Notes to the Company as promptly as the Contributor is able to do so.

Section 5.2. Effect of Purchase of Purchased Interests . The Contributor’s purchase of the Purchased Interests following a Defaulted Payment in respect of Equity Contributions shall satisfy the Contributor’s obligation pursuant to Section 2.1 to make Equity Contributions to the extent of the Purchased Interests so purchased by the Contributor.

Section 5.3. Subordinate Nature of Purchased Interests . The Contributor hereby agrees that the Purchased Interests shall be subordinate in all respects to the interests in the Notes retained by the Secured Parties, so that all payments received or collected on account of the Purchased Interests and applied to the payment or termination thereof, whether received or collected through repayment of the Purchased Interests by the Company or through right of set-off with respect thereto or realization upon any Collateral or otherwise, shall first be applied to

 

7


the payment of the principal, interest, fees and other amounts then due (whether at its stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) on the interests in the Notes retained by the Secured Parties until such principal, interest, fees and other amounts are paid in cash in full, before any such payments are applied on account of the Purchased Interests.

Section 5.4. No Voting Rights . In determining whether the consent of the applicable Secured Parties required for any action under a Credit Document has been obtained for all purposes under the Credit Documents, the Purchased Interests shall not be deemed to be outstanding.

Section 5.5. Obligations Unconditional . The obligations of the Contributor under this Article V to purchase the Purchased Interests are absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default or any other circumstance, including any circumstance of the nature described in Section 4.2.

ARTICLE VI.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

The Contributor represents and warrants to the Company and the Collateral Agent (on behalf of the Secured Parties), as of the Closing Date and each other relevant date set forth in the Credit Documents, that:

Section 6.1. Organization; Authority; Powers . The Contributor (a) is duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, (b) has all requisite corporate power and authority to (i) own or hold under lease and operate the property and assets it purports to own or hold under lease, (ii) carry on its business as now conducted and as now proposed to be conducted and (iii) to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement, and (c) is qualified to do business and in good standing in each jurisdiction where such qualification is required by law, except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The execution, delivery and performance by the Contributor of this Agreement have been duly authorized by all corporate action required to be taken or obtained by the Contributor.

Section 6.2. No Conflict . The execution, delivery and performance by the Contributor of this Agreement will not (a) violate (i) the organizational or governing documents of the Contributor, (ii) any provision of any Governmental Rule applicable to or binding on the Contributor or any of its properties or (iii) any applicable order of any court or any rule, regulation or order of any Governmental Authority, (b) be in conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute (alone or with notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, give rise to a right of or result in any cancellation or acceleration of any right or obligation (including any payment) or to a loss of a benefit under any agreement or other instrument to which the Contributor is a party or by which it or any of its property is or may be bound, or (c) result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon or with respect to any property or assets now owned or hereafter acquired by the Contributor.

Section 6.3. Enforceability . This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Contributor and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by each other party

 

8


hereto, this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Contributor enforceable against the Contributor in accordance with its terms, subject to (a) the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and (b) general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

Section 6.4. No Litigation . There are no actions, suits, investigations or proceedings by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority pending against or, to the knowledge of the Contributor, threatened against or affecting the Contributor that, if adversely determined to or against the Contributor, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 6.5. Equity Interests . The Contributor indirectly owns 100% of the outstanding Class A membership interests in Pledgor, and Pledgor directly owns 100% of the outstanding equity interests in the Company.

Section 6.6. Compliance with Law . The Contributor is in compliance with all applicable Governmental Rules, other than any non-compliance that could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 6.7. Financial Statements . In the case of the financial statements of the Contributor most recently delivered to the Secured Parties pursuant to Section 5.5 or 7.1, as applicable, of the Note Purchase Agreement, each such financial statement and information has been prepared in conformity with GAAP and fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial position of the Contributor described in such financial statements as at the respective dates thereof and the results of operations and cash flows of the Contributor described therein for each of the periods then ended, subject, in the case of any such unaudited financial statements, to changes resulting from audit and normal year-end adjustments.

Section 6.8. Adequate Information . The Contributor is informed of the financial condition and prospects of the Company and has reviewed and is familiar with the terms of the Credit Documents that are material to its obligations hereunder.

Section 6.9. Investment Company Act . The Contributor is not an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

Section 6.10. Solvency . The Contributor is Solvent.

Section 6.11. Pari Passu Obligations . The Contributor’s obligation to make the Required Equity Contribution as required hereunder ranks, according to its terms, at least pari passu with the Contributor’s obligations under its outstanding senior unsecured Debt.

 

9


ARTICLE VII.

COVENANTS

The Contributor covenants and agrees to comply with the following covenants at all times prior to the Discharge Date:

Section 7.1. Existence . Subject to Section 7.3, the Contributor shall maintain and preserve its existence.

Section 7.2. Compliance with Laws . The Contributor shall comply with all applicable Governmental Rules, except where the failure to so comply could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 7.3. Fundamental Changes . The Contributor shall not liquidate, terminate, wind-up or dissolve, or combine, merge or consolidate with or into any other entity, other than any such merger in which (a) the Contributor is the surviving Person or (b) if another Person is the surviving Person, such Person shall have assumed in writing or by operation of law the obligations of the Contributor under this Agreement.

Section 7.4. Further Assurances . The Contributor shall perform, upon the reasonable request of the Collateral Agent or as necessary, all reasonable acts as may be necessary to carry out the intent of this Agreement.

Section 7.5. QFCP Status . The Contributor shall take no action (or fail to take any action) that would result in the loss of eligibility of the Company as a QFCP Generator under the Tariff.

ARTICLE VIII.

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 8.1. Notices . All notices required or permitted under the terms and provisions hereof shall be in writing, and any such notice shall become effective upon delivery in accordance with Article 18 of the Note Purchase Agreement. Notices to the Company or the Purchasers may be given at the addresses set forth in Article 18 of the Note Purchase Agreement (or as otherwise instructed in writing by such Person to the other parties hereto), and notices to the Contributor or the Collateral Agent may be given at the address set forth below (or as otherwise instructed in writing by the Contributor or the Collateral Agent to the other parties hereto):

Contributor:

Bloom Energy Corporation

1299 Orleans Drive

Sunnyvale, CA 94089-1137

Attn: Scott Reynolds

Telephone: (408) 543-1551

Fax: (408) 543-1501

Collateral Agent:

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

60 Wall Street

MSNYC 60-2710

New York, NY 10005

 

10


Attention: Trust and Agency Services

Telephone: (212) 250-7863

Facsimile: (732) 578-4593

with a copy to:

Deutsche Bank National Trust Company for

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

Global Transaction Banking

Trust and Securities Services

100 Plaza One – 6 th Floor

MSJCY 03-0699

Jersey City, NJ 07311-3901

Facsimile: (732) 380-2345

Section 8.2. Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire contract between the parties relative to the subject matter hereof. Any previous agreement, whether written or oral, among the parties or their Affiliates with respect to the subject matter hereof is superseded by this Agreement.

Section 8.3. Severability . In case any provision in or obligation hereunder shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions or obligations shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. If any such provision of this Agreement is so declared invalid or unenforceable, the parties shall promptly negotiate in good faith new provisions to eliminate such invalidity and to restore this Agreement as near as possible to its original intent and effect.

Section 8.4. Headings . Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and are not to affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

Section 8.5. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the parties shall be governed by, the law of the State of New York excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such State that would permit the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.

Section 8.6. Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process .

(a) Each party hereto irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State or federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the parties irrevocably waive and agree not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, any claim that it is not subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court and any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

 

11


(b) Each party hereto consents to process being served in any suit, action or proceeding by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to it at its address specified in Section 8.1 or at such other address of which such party shall then have been notified pursuant to said Section. Each party hereto agrees that such service upon receipt (i) shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon it in any such suit, action or proceeding and (ii) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be taken and held to be valid personal service upon and personal delivery to it. Notices hereunder shall be conclusively presumed received as evidenced by a delivery receipt furnished by the United States Postal Service or any reputable commercial delivery service.

(c) The parties hereto hereby waive trial by jury in any action brought on or with respect to this Agreement.

Section 8.7. Amendments . No amendment, supplement or waiver of any provision of this Agreement nor consent to any departure by any of the parties hereto from any provision of this Agreement shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by each of the parties hereto. Any such amendment, supplement, waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specified purpose for which given.

Section 8.8. Assignments .

(a) General . This Agreement and the rights, interests or obligations hereunder may not be assigned by any of the parties hereto without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto; provided however that (a) the Company may, without consent of the other parties, collaterally assign its rights under this Agreement to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as collateral security for the Obligations of the Company pursuant to the Security Agreement (and as further described in Section 8.8(b) ) and (b) the Contributor may, without consent of the other parties, assign its rights under this Agreement as permitted under Section 7.3 . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Contributor, the Company and the Collateral Agent (on behalf of the Secured Parties), and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Nothing in this Agreement will confer upon any Person not a party to this Agreement, or the legal representatives of such person or entity, any rights or remedies of any nature or kind whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement. Any purported assignment of this Agreement in violation of this Section 8.8 shall be null and void and shall be ineffective to relieve any party of its obligations hereunder.

(b) Consent to Collateral Assignment . The Contributor hereby consents to the collateral assignment by the Company of all of its right, title and interest in, to and under this Agreement to the Collateral Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) pursuant to the Security Agreement. The Contributor and the Company agree that the Collateral Agent (or its designee or assignee) shall, subject to the Collateral Agency Agreement, be entitled to enforce this Agreement in its own name and to exercise any and all rights of the Company under this Agreement in accordance with the terms hereof (either in its own name or in the name of the Company, as the Collateral Agent may elect), and the Contributor and the Company agree to comply and cooperate in all respects with such exercise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default or upon the

 

12


delivery to the Company of a Purchase Notice and the failure of the Contributor to make the Required Equity Contribution within the period specified in Section 2.2 , the Collateral Agent (or its designee or assignee), subject to the Collateral Agency Agreement, shall have the full right and power to enforce directly against the Contributor all obligations of the Contributor under this Agreement and otherwise to exercise all remedies available to the Company hereunder, and to make all demands and give all notices and make all requests (either in its own name or in the name of the Company, as the Collateral Agent may elect) required or permitted to be made or given by the Company under this Agreement (including the right to make demand for payment of Equity Contributions in accordance with Section 2.2 ), and the Contributor acknowledges and agrees that any such action taken by the Collateral Agent shall be deemed effective for all purposes of this Agreement to the same extent as if such action had been taken directly by the Company. If the Contributor shall receive inconsistent directions under this Agreement from the Company and the Collateral Agent, the directions of the Collateral Agent shall be deemed the superseding directions (so long as such directions are consistent with the provisions of this Agreement) and the Contributor shall accordingly comply with such directions of the Collateral Agent.

Section 8.9. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart to this Agreement by facsimile transmission or electronic transmission in “.pdf” format shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed original.

Section 8.10. No Waiver . No failure on the part of the Collateral Agent to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right, power or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, power or remedy by the Collateral Agent preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy. All remedies hereunder are cumulative and are not exclusive of any other remedies provided by applicable law. The Collateral Agent shall not be deemed to have waived any rights hereunder or under any other agreement or instrument unless such waiver shall be in writing and signed by the Collateral Agent.

Section 8.11. Specific Performance . To the extent it may do so under applicable Governmental Rules, the Collateral Agent may demand specific performance of this Agreement. The Contributor hereby irrevocably waives, to the extent it may do so under applicable Governmental Rules, any defense based on the adequacy of a remedy at law that may be asserted as a bar to the remedy of specific performance in any action brought against the Contributor for specific performance of this Agreement by the Collateral Agent or for its benefit by a receiver, custodian or trustee appointed for the Company or Pledgor, or in respect of all or a substantial part of their respective assets, under any Debtor Relief Law.

Section 8.12. Termination . Upon the Discharge Date, and except for the terms hereof that expressly survive termination and, except as provided in Section 4.4, this Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force and effect.

 

13


Section 8.13. Rights of Collateral Agent . The Collateral Agent is entitled to the rights, privileges, protections, immunities, benefits and indemnities set forth in the Collateral Agency Agreement and the respective Credit Documents as if specifically set forth herein.

[ Signature page follows. ]

 

14


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Equity Contribution Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized representatives as of the day and year first written above.

 

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION,

as the Contributor

By:   /s/ Martin Collins
 

 

Name:   Martin Collins
Title:   VP
DIAMOND STATE GENERATION PARTNERS, LLC,
as the Company
By:   /s/ William E. Brockenborough
 

 

Name:   William E. Brockenborough
Title:   President

Equity Contribution Agreement


DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,

as the Collateral Agent

By: DEUTSCHE BANK NATIONAL TRUST COMPANY
By:   /s/ Wanda Camacho
 

 

Name:   Wanda Camacho
Title:   Vice President
By:   /s/ Rodney Gaughan
 

 

Name:   RODNEY GAUGHAN
Title:   VICE PRESIDENT

Equity Contribution Agreement

Exhibit 10.16

[***] Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

E XECUTION V ERSION

DIAMOND STATE GENERATION PARTNERS, LLC

$144,812,500

5.22% Senior Secured Notes due March 30, 2025

 

 

N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT

 

 

Dated March 20, 2013


T ABLE OF C ONTENTS

 

S ECTION   H EADING    P AGE  

ARTICLE 1. Authorization of Notes

     1  

ARTICLE 2. Sale and Purchase of Notes

     1  

ARTICLE 3. Closing

     1  

ARTICLE 4. Conditions Precedent

     2  

Section 4.1

  Conditions Precedent to Closing      2  

Section 4.2

  Conditions Precedent to All Drawdowns      12  

Section 4.3

  Conditions Precedent to each Credit Event      14  

Section 4.4

  Conditions Precedent to Final Completion      15  

ARTICLE 5. Representations and Warranties of the Company

     16  

Section 5.1

  Organization; Power and Authority      16  

Section 5.2

  Authorization, Etc.      17  

Section 5.3

  Disclosure      17  

Section 5.4

  Subsidiaries      17  

Section 5.5

  Financial Statements; Material Liabilities      17  

Section 5.6

  Compliance with Laws, Other Instruments, Etc.      18  

Section 5.7

  Governmental Authorizations, Etc.      18  

Section 5.8

  Observance of Agreements, Statutes and Orders      18  

Section 5.9

  Taxes      18  

Section 5.10

  Reserved      19  

Section 5.11

  Licenses, Permits, Etc.      19  

Section 5.12

  Compliance with ERISA      19  

Section 5.13

  Private Offering by the Company      20  

Section 5.14

  Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations      20  

Section 5.15

  Existing Debt; Future Liens      20  

Section 5.16

  Foreign Assets Control Regulations, Etc.      21  

Section 5.17

  Status under Certain Statutes      21  

Section 5.18

  Environmental Matters      21  

Section 5.19

  Permits      22  

Section 5.20

  Solvency      22  

Section 5.21

  Insurance      22  

Section 5.22

  Litigation      23  

Section 5.23

  Labor Matters      23  

Section 5.24

  Governmental Regulation      23  

Section 5.25

  Ranking of Obligations; Perfection and Priority of Liens      24  

Section 5.26

  Project Construction      24  

Section 5.27

  Adverse Change      24  

Section 5.28

  Major Project Documents      24  

Section 5.29

  Sufficiency of Rights      25  


Section 5.30

  Real Estate      25  

Section 5.31

  Flood Zone Disclosure      26  

Section 5.32

  Investments      26  

Section 5.33

  No Recordation, Etc.      26  

Section 5.34

  Organizational ID Number; Location of Tangible Collateral      26  

ARTICLE 6. Representations of the Purchasers

     26  

Section 6.1

  Purchase for Investment      26  

Section 6.2

  Source of Funds      27  

Section 6.3

  Institutional Accredited Investor      28  

ARTICLE 7. Information as to Company

     28  

Section 7.1

  Financial Statements and Rating Letter      28  

Section 7.2

  Other Reporting Requirements      29  

Section 7.3

  Officer’s Certificate      31  

Section 7.4

  Visitation      31  

ARTICLE 8. Payment and Prepayment of the Notes

     32  

Section 8.1

  Required Payments; Mandatory Prepayments; Offer to Repay      32  

Section 8.2

  Optional Prepayments with Make-Whole Amount      33  

Section 8.3

  Allocation of Partial Prepayments      34  

Section 8.4

  Maturity; Surrender, Etc.      34  

Section 8.5

  Purchase of Notes      34  

Section 8.6

  Make-Whole Amount      34  

ARTICLE 9. Affirmative Covenants

     36  

Section 9.1

  Compliance with Laws      36  

Section 9.2

  Insurance      36  

Section 9.3

  Maintenance of Properties      36  

Section 9.4

  Payment of Taxes and Claims      36  

Section 9.5

  Corporate Existence, Etc.      37  

Section 9.6

  Books, Records      37  

Section 9.7

  Use of Proceeds, Equity Contributions, Project Revenues      37  

Section 9.8

  Payment      37  

Section 9.9

  Additional Direct Agreements      38  

Section 9.10

  Performance of the Major Project Documents      38  

Section 9.11

  Utility Regulation      38  

Section 9.12

  Construction of the Project      38  

Section 9.13

  As-Built Survey      38  

Section 9.14

  Operation and Maintenance of Project; Operating Budget      38  

Section 9.15

  Preservation of Rights; Further Assurances      39  

Section 9.16

  Forced Outage Event      41  

Section 9.17

  Event of Eminent Domain      41  

Section 9.18

  Environmental Laws      42  

 

-ii-


Section 9.19

  Independent Consultants      42  

Section 9.20

  Partial Completion Buydown      42  

Section 9.21

  Separateness      42  

Section 9.22

  Rating      43  

Section 9.23

  Rating Event      43  

Section 9.24

  Debt Service Coverage Ratio      43  

ARTICLE 10. Negative Covenants

     43  

Section 10.1

  Transactions with Affiliates      43  

Section 10.2

  Dissolution; Merger      43  

Section 10.3

  Line of Business; Changes      43  

Section 10.4

  Sale or Lease of Assets      44  

Section 10.5

  Terrorism Sanctions Regulations      44  

Section 10.6

  Liens      44  

Section 10.7

  Contingent Obligations      44  

Section 10.8

  Debt      44  

Section 10.9

  Investments      44  

Section 10.10

  Restricted Payments      45  

Section 10.11

  Margin Loan Regulations      45  

Section 10.12

  Partnership, Separateness Etc.      45  

Section 10.13

  Amendments      45  

Section 10.14

  Name and Location; Fiscal Year      46  

Section 10.15

  Hazardous Substances      46  

Section 10.16

  Use of Sites      46  

Section 10.17

  Project Documents      46  

Section 10.18

  Assignment by Third Parties      46  

Section 10.19

  Acquisition of Real Property      46  

Section 10.20

  ERISA      46  

Section 10.21

  Lease Obligations      47  

Section 10.22

  Disputes      47  

Section 10.23

  Assignment      47  

Section 10.24

  Accounts      47  

Section 10.25

  Regulations; Tariff      47  

Section 10.26

  Capital Expenditures      47  

ARTICLE 11. Events of Default

     47  

Section 11.1

  Failure to Make Payments      47  

Section 11.2

  Misstatements      48  

Section 11.3

  Breach of Terms of Agreement      48  

Section 11.4

  Defaults Under Other Debt      48  

Section 11.5

  Bankruptcy; Insolvency      49  

Section 11.6

  Judgments      49  

Section 11.7

  ERISA      49  

Section 11.8

  Ownership of the Project      49  

Section 11.9

  Loss of Collateral      49  

 

-iii-


Section 11.10

  Abandonment      50  

Section 11.11

  Security      50  

Section 11.12

  Regulatory Status      50  

Section 11.13

  Loss of or Failure to Obtain Applicable Permits      51  

Section 11.14

  Credit Document Matters      51  

Section 11.15

  Project Document Matters      51  

Section 11.16

  Eminent Domain      52  

Section 11.17

  Cash Grant Recapture      52  

Section 11.18

  Final Completion      52  

ARTICLE 12. Remedies on Default, Etc.

     53  

Section 12.1

  Acceleration      53  

Section 12.2

  Other Remedies      53  

Section 12.3

  Rescission      53  

Section 12.4

  No Waivers or Election of Remedies, Expenses, Etc.      54  

ARTICLE 13. Registration; Exchange; Substitution of Notes

     54  

Section 13.1

  Registration of Notes      54  

Section 13.2

  Transfer and Exchange of Notes      54  

Section 13.3

  Replacement of Notes      55  

ARTICLE 14. Payments on Notes

     56  

Section 14.1

  Place of Payment      56  

Section 14.2

  Home Office Payment      56  

ARTICLE 15. Expenses, Etc.

     56  

Section 15.1

  Transaction Expenses      56  

Section 15.2

  Survival      57  

ARTICLE 16. Survival of Representations and Warranties; Entire Agreement

     57  

ARTICLE 17. Amendment and Waiver

     57  

Section 17.1

  Requirements      57  

Section 17.2

  Solicitation of Holders of Notes      58  

Section 17.3

  Binding Effect, etc.      58  

Section 17.4

  Notes Held by Company, etc.      58  

ARTICLE 18. Notices

     59  

ARTICLE 19. Reproduction of Documents

     59  

ARTICLE 20. Confidential Information

     60  

 

-iv-


ARTICLE 21. Substitution of Purchaser

     61  

ARTICLE 22. Miscellaneous

     61  

Section 22.1

  Successors and Assigns      61  

Section 22.2

  Payments Due on Non-Business Days      61  

Section 22.3

  Accounting Terms      61  

Section 22.4

  Severability      62  

Section 22.5

  Construction, etc.      62  

Section 22.6

  Counterparts      62  

Section 22.7

  Governing Law      62  

Section 22.8

  Jurisdiction and Process; Waiver of Jury Trial      62  

Section 22.9

  Scope of Liability      63  

Section 22.10

  U.S. Tax Forms      64  

 

S CHEDULE A

     Information Relating To Purchasers

S CHEDULE B

     Defined Terms

S CHEDULE  4.1.22

     Litigation

S CHEDULE  4.1.26

     Project Budget

S CHEDULE  4.1.27

     Base Case Projections

S CHEDULE  4.1.28

     Project Schedule

S CHEDULE  4.1.30

     List of Direct Agreements

S CHEDULE  5.3

     Disclosure Materials

S CHEDULE  5.5

     Financial Statements

S CHEDULE  5.15

     Existing Debt

S CHEDULE  5.19

     Permits

S CHEDULE  8.1

     Amortization Schedule

S CHEDULE  9.2

     Required Insurance

E XHIBIT 1

     Form of 5.22% Senior Secured Note due March 30, 2025

E XHIBIT  4.1.13(a)

     Form of Opinion of Special Counsel for the Company

E XHIBIT  4.1.13(b)

     Form of Opinion of Regulatory Counsel for the Company

E XHIBIT  4.1.13(c)

     Form of opinion of Constitutional Counsel for the Company

 

-v-


E XHIBIT  4.1.13(d)

     Form of Opinion of Delaware Real Estate Counsel for the Company

E XHIBIT  4.1.13(e)

     Form of Opinion of Delaware Regulatory Counsel for the Company

E XHIBIT  4.1.13(f)

     Form of Opinion of Special Counsel for the Purchasers

E XHIBIT  4.1.14

     Form of Insurance Broker Certificate

E XHIBIT  4.1.16

     Form of Independent Engineer Certificate

E XHIBIT  4.1.17

     Form of Environmental Consultant Certificate

E XHIBIT  4.1.30

     Form of Direct Agreement

E XHIBIT  4.2.1(a)

     Form of Drawdown Certificate

E XHIBIT  4.2.1(b)

     Form of Independent Engineer’s Drawdown Certificate

E XHIBIT  4.2.1(c)

     Form of Company’s COD Certificate

E XHIBIT  4.2.1(d)

     Form of Independent Engineer’s COD Certificate

E XHIBIT  4.4.3

     Form of Final Completion Certificate of the Company

E XHIBIT  4.4.4

     Form of Final Completion Certificate of the Independent Engineer

E XHIBIT  8.1.3(b)

     Form of Offer to Repay Notice

 

-vi-


5.22% Senior Secured Notes due March 30, 2025

March 20, 2013

T O E ACH OF THE P URCHASERS L ISTED IN

S CHEDULE A H ERETO :

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), agrees with each of the Purchasers as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1. A UTHORIZATION OF N OTES .

The Company will authorize the issuance and sale of $144,812,500 aggregate principal amount of its 5.22% Senior Secured Notes due March 30, 2025 (the “ Notes ”, such term to include any such notes issued in substitution therefor pursuant to Article 13). The Notes shall be substantially in the form set out in Exhibit 1. Certain capitalized and other terms used in this Agreement are defined in Schedule B; and references to a “Schedule” or an “Exhibit” are, unless otherwise specified, to a Schedule or an Exhibit attached to this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 2. S ALE AND P URCHASE OF N OTES .

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company will issue and sell to each Purchaser and each Purchaser will purchase from the Company, at the Closing provided for in Article 3, Notes in the principal amount specified opposite such Purchaser’s name in Schedule A at the purchase price of 100% of the principal amount thereof. The Purchasers’ obligations hereunder are several and not joint obligations and no Purchaser shall have any liability to any Person for the performance or non-performance of any obligation by any other Purchaser hereunder.

 

ARTICLE 3. C LOSING .

The sale and purchase of the Notes to be purchased by each Purchaser shall occur at the offices of Latham & Watkins LLP, 885 Third Avenue, New York, New York 10022, at 10:00 a.m., New York City time, at a closing on March 20, 2013 (the “ Closing ”) or on such other Business Day thereafter on or prior to March 25, 2013 as may be agreed upon by the Company and the Purchasers. At the Closing the Company will deliver to each Purchaser the Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser in the form of a single Note (or such greater number of Notes in denominations of at least $500,000 as such Purchaser may request) dated the date of the Closing and registered in such Purchaser’s name (or in the name of its nominee), against delivery by such Purchaser to the Company or its order of immediately available funds in the amount of the purchase price therefor by wire transfer of immediately available funds for the account of the Company to account number 210340899 at Wilmington Savings Fund Society, ABA:


031100102, Account Name: Drinker Biddle & Reath, LLP – IOLTA Rule 1.15A Attorney Trust Account. If at the Closing the Company shall fail to tender such Notes to any Purchaser as provided above in this Article 3, or any of the conditions specified in Sections 4.1 and 4.3 shall not have been fulfilled to such Purchaser’s satisfaction, such Purchaser shall, at its election, be relieved of all further obligations under this Agreement, without thereby waiving any rights such Purchaser may have by reason of such failure or such nonfulfillment.

 

ARTICLE 4. C ONDITIONS P RECEDENT .

Section 4.1 Conditions Precedent to Closing.

Each Purchaser’s obligation to purchase and pay for the Notes to be sold to such Purchaser at the Closing is subject to the prior satisfaction of each of the following conditions unless waived by each Purchaser (the date such conditions precedent are so satisfied or waived being referred to as the “ Closing Date ”):

Section 4.1.1 Performance; No Default . The Company shall have performed and complied with all agreements and conditions contained in this Agreement required to be performed or complied with by it prior to or at the Closing. The Company shall not have entered into any transaction since the date of the Memorandum that would have been prohibited by Article 10 had such Article applied since such date.

Section 4.1.2 Purchase Permitted By Applicable Law, Etc. On the Closing Date such Purchaser’s purchase of the Notes shall (a) be permitted by the laws and regulations of each jurisdiction to which such Purchaser is subject, without recourse to provisions (such as section 1405(a)(8) of the New York Insurance Law) permitting limited investments by insurance companies without restriction as to the character of the particular investment, (b) not violate any applicable law or regulation (including, without limitation, Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) and (c) not subject such Purchaser to any tax, penalty or liability under or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation, which law or regulation was not in effect on the date hereof. If requested by such Purchaser, such Purchaser shall have received a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Company certifying as to such matters of fact as such Purchaser may reasonably specify to enable such Purchaser to determine whether such purchase is so permitted.

Section 4.1.3 Sale of Other Notes . Contemporaneously with the Closing the Company shall sell to each other Purchaser and each other Purchaser shall purchase the Notes to be purchased by it at the Closing as specified in Schedule A.

Section 4.1.4 Private Placement Number . A Private Placement Number issued by Standard & Poor’s CUSIP Service Bureau (in cooperation with the SVO) shall have been obtained for the Notes.

Section 4.1.5 Changes in Corporate Structure . The Company shall not have changed its jurisdiction of formation, or been a party to any merger or consolidation or succeeded to all or any substantial part of the liabilities of any other entity, at any time following the date of the most recent financial statements referred to in Schedule 5.5.

 

-2-


Section 4.1.6 Funding Instructions. At least three Business Days prior to the Closing Date, each Purchaser shall have received written instructions signed by a Responsible Officer of the Company on letterhead of the Company confirming the information specified in Article 3 including (i) the name and address of the transferee bank, (ii) such transferee bank’s ABA number and (iii) the account name and number into which the purchase price for the Notes is to be deposited.

Section 4.1.7 Resolutions . The Company shall have delivered to each of the Purchasers a copy of one or more resolutions or other authorizations, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Purchasers, of each Credit Party as of the Closing Date certified by a Responsible Officer of such Credit Party as being true, complete, in full force and effect on the Closing Date and not amended, modified, revoked or rescinded, authorizing, as applicable and among other things, the issuance of the Notes herein provided for, the granting of the Liens under the Collateral Documents, the provision of the guaranties, warranties and indemnities, the contribution of equity to the Company and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the other Operative Documents and any instruments or agreements required hereunder or thereunder to which such Credit Party is a party.

Section 4.1.8 Incumbency . The Company shall have delivered to each of the Purchasers a certificate, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Purchasers, from each Credit Party signed by the appropriate authorized officer or manager of each such Credit Party and dated as of the Closing Date, as to the incumbency and specimen signature of each natural Person authorized to execute and deliver this Agreement, the other Operative Documents and any instruments or agreements required hereunder or thereunder to which such Credit Party is a party, including various certificates to be delivered by such Credit Party pursuant to this Section 4.1.

Section 4.1.9 Governing Documents. The Company shall have delivered to each of the Purchasers, in each case certified by a Responsible Officer of such Credit Party as being true, correct and complete on the Closing Date, (a) copies of the certificate of formation, charter or other state certified constituent documents of each Credit Party, certified as of a recent date by the secretary of state of such Credit Party’s state of organization, and (b) copies of the bylaws, limited liability company operating agreement, partnership agreement or other comparable operating documents, if applicable, of each Credit Party.

Section 4.1.10 Good Standing Certificates . The Company shall have delivered to each of the Purchasers certificates (in so-called “long-form” if available) issued by the secretary of state of the state in which each Credit Party and Major Project Participant is formed or incorporated, as applicable, in each case (a) dated a date reasonably close to the Closing Date and (b) certifying that such Credit Party and Major Project Participant is in good standing and is qualified to do business in, and has paid all franchise Taxes or similar Taxes due to, such states.

Section 4.1.11 Credit Documents and Project Documents . The Company shall have delivered to each of the Purchasers (a) true, correct and complete copies of each Credit Document, all of which shall (i) have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the parties thereto and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Purchasers, and (ii) be in

 

-3-


full force and effect and accompanied by a certificate of the Company certifying to the foregoing, (b) a certified list of, and true, correct and complete copies of, each Project Document (other than any Project Document which is only incidental to the development, construction, leasing, ownership or operation of the Project) executed on or prior to the Closing Date, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Purchasers, all of which shall (x) have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the parties thereto, and (y) be certified by the Company as being true, complete and correct and in full force and effect on the Closing Date and (c) each document, certificate, or other deliverable required to be delivered under each Credit Document as of the Closing Date.

Section 4.1.12 Third Party Approvals . Except for the Permits listed in Part II of Schedule 5.19, the Company shall have received and delivered to each of the Purchasers all Applicable Permits by any Person (including any Governmental Authority) reasonably required in connection with any transaction contemplated in any Operative Document.

Section 4.1.13 Opinions of Counsel . The Company shall have delivered to each Purchaser opinions in form and substance satisfactory to such Purchaser and addressed to each such Purchaser, dated as of the Closing Date (a) from Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP, counsel for the Company, covering the matters set forth in Exhibit 4.1.13(a) and covering such other matters incident to the transactions contemplated hereby as such Purchaser or its counsel may reasonably request, (b) from Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP, regulatory counsel for the Company, substantially in the form of Exhibit 4.1.13(b), (c) from Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP, U.S. constitutional counsel for the Company, substantially in the form of Exhibit 4.1.13(c), (d) from Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP, Company’s Delaware real estate counsel, covering the enforceability of the Mortgage, substantially in the form of Exhibit 4.1.13(d), (e) from Morris James LLP, the Company’s Delaware regulatory counsel, covering Delaware state regulatory matters, substantially in the form of Exhibit 4.1.13(e) and (f) from Latham & Watkins LLP, the Purchasers’ special counsel in connection with such transactions, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit 4.1.13(f) and covering such other matters incident to such transactions as such Purchaser may reasonably request. The Company also shall have delivered to Fitch Ratings, Inc. an opinion from Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP, counsel for the Company, covering non- consolidation matters, which opinion shall be in form and substance satisfactory to Fitch Ratings, Inc. and shall also be addressed to each Purchaser.

Section 4.1.14 Certificate of Insurance Consultant . The Company shall have delivered to each of the Purchasers the Insurance Consultant’s certificate, dated as of the Closing Date and in substantially the form of Exhibit 4.1.14, together with the Insurance Consultant’s report that (a) summarizes the insurance arrangements for the Project and (b) concludes that such insurance is adequate and customary.

Section 4.1.15 Insurance . Insurance complying with terms and conditions set forth in Schedule 9.2 shall be in full force and effect and each of the Purchasers and the Insurance Consultant shall have received a certificate from the Company’s insurance broker(s), dated as of the Closing Date and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Purchasers, (a) identifying underwriters, type of insurance, insurance limits and policy terms, (b) listing the special provisions required as set forth in Schedule 9.2, (c) describing the insurance obtained and (d) stating that such insurance is in full force and effect and that all premiums then due thereon have been paid and that, in the opinion of such broker(s), such insurance complies with the terms and conditions set forth in Schedule 9.2.

 

-4-


Section 4.1.16 Certificate of the Independent Engineer . The Company shall have delivered to each of the Purchasers the Independent Engineer’s certificate, dated as of the Closing Date and in substantially the form of Exhibit 4.1.16, together with the Independent Engineer’s report, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Purchasers, attached thereto.

Section 4.1.17 Reports of the Company’s Environmental Consultant .

(i) The Company shall have delivered to each of the Purchasers each Environmental Report along with a reliance letter, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Purchasers.

(ii) The Company shall have delivered to each of the Purchasers a certificate from the Environmental Consultant in substantially the form of Exhibit 4.1.17 that any recognized environmental conditions identified in the Environmental Reports have been fully remediated in accordance with Hazardous Substances Law.

Section 4.1.18 Repayment of Existing Financing . The Purchasers shall have received evidence satisfactory to them that (i) upon the Closing under this Agreement and application of the proceeds on the Closing Date, the lenders providing loans to the Company pursuant to the Existing Financing Agreement have been fully repaid and such lenders have released all Liens granted in their favor securing such loans and (ii) the Collateral Documents (as defined in the Existing Financing Agreement) have been terminated.

Section 4.1.19 Funding of the IDC Reserve Account. The Company shall have funded, or shall fund contemporaneously with the Closing from proceeds of the Notes, the IDC Reserve Account in an amount equal to $5,365,637.

Section 4.1.20 Funding of the Debt Service Reserve Account . The Company shall have funded the Debt Service Reserve Account with a portion of the proceeds of the Notes up to the Debt Service Reserve Requirement.

Section 4.1.21 Permit Schedule .

(i) The Company shall have delivered to each of the Purchasers Schedule 5.19, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Purchasers, of which (i) Part I shall be Permits which are Applicable Permits as of the Closing Date, and (ii) Part II shall be Permits which are expected to become Applicable Permits after the Closing Date. The Company shall also deliver to each of the Purchasers copies of each Permit listed in Part I. The Permits listed in Part I shall in the Purchasers’ reasonable opinion comprise all of the Applicable Permits as of the Closing Date.

(ii) Each Permit on Part I of Schedule 5.19 shall (i) have been duly obtained by the Company or on behalf of the Project, (ii) be in full force and effect, (iii) not be subject to any current legal proceeding, and (iv) not be subject to any Unsatisfied Condition that

 

-5-


could reasonably be expected to result in material modification or revocation of such Permit, and except as disclosed in Schedule 5.19 all applicable appeal periods with respect to each such Permit shall have expired.

(iii) The Permits listed in Part II of Schedule 5.19 shall, in the Purchasers’ reasonable opinion, be timely obtainable (i) on or before the date the Company requires such Permit, (ii) without delay materially in excess of the time provided therefor in the Project Schedule (if applicable), and (iii) without expense materially in excess of the amounts provided therefor in the Project Budget.

(iv) No Applicable Permit shall be subject to any restriction, condition, limitation or other provision which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 4.1.22 Absence of Litigation . Except as set forth in Schedule 4.1.22, there are no actions, suits or proceedings by or before any Governmental Authority or arbitrator pending or, to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened in writing by or against the Company or any Major Project Participant related to the Project.

Section 4.1.23 Payment of Fees . All Taxes, fees and other costs payable in connection with the execution, delivery recordation and filing of the documents and instruments referred to in this Section 4.1, and in connection with, title insurance premiums, surveys, charges related thereto, and due on or before the Closing Date shall have been paid in full or, if and in the manner specifically approved by the Purchasers, provided for. The Company shall have paid (or caused to be paid) or shall have made arrangements in the manner reasonably satisfactory to the payee for the payment of all outstanding amounts due, as of the Closing Date, and owing to the Purchasers’ special counsel referred to in Section 4.1.13, the Title Insurer and the Independent Consultants to the extent reflected in a statement rendered to the Company at least one Business Day prior to the Closing Date.

Section 4.1.24 Financial Statements. The Company shall have delivered to each of the Purchasers accurate and complete copies of the most recent (a) audited annual financial statements of Sponsor for the year ended December 31, 2011, and (b) unaudited quarterly financial statements of the Company and Sponsor for the fiscal quarter ended on September 30, 2012, and in any of the foregoing cases, together with, in the case of the Company and Sponsor, a certificate from the appropriate Responsible Officer thereof, dated as of the Closing Date, stating that no material adverse change in the consolidated assets, liabilities, operations or financial condition of such Person has occurred from those set forth in the most recent financial statements provided to the Purchasers.

Section 4.1.25 Collateral Requirements . The Company shall have delivered to the Collateral Agent and each of the Purchasers evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Purchasers that the Company or other applicable Lien grantor has taken or caused to be taken all such actions, executed and delivered or caused to be executed and delivered all such agreements, documents and instruments, and made or caused to be made all such filings and recordings that may be necessary or, in the opinion of the Purchasers, desirable in order to create in favor of the Collateral Agent a valid and (upon such filing and recording) perfected first priority Lien in such Person’s rights, title and interest in and to the Collateral. Such actions shall include delivery:

(i) to each of the Purchasers, of the Pledge Agreement, the Security Agreement and the Depositary Agreement, duly executed by each Credit Party and each other Person party thereto;

 

-6-


(ii) to the Collateral Agent, of all pledged securities, including all certificates, agreements or instruments representing or evidencing such pledged securities, accompanied by instruments of transfer and membership interest powers undated and endorsed in blank to the extent such pledged interests are certificated;

(iii) to the Collateral Agent, of all promissory notes or other instruments (duly endorsed, where appropriate, in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Purchasers) evidencing any Collateral;

(iv) to the Collateral Agent, of all other certificates, agreements, including control agreements, or instruments necessary to perfect the Collateral Agent’s security interest in all Chattel Paper, all Instruments, all Deposit Accounts (other than the Cash Grant Account and the System Refund Account) and all Investment Property of the Company (as each such term is defined in the Security Agreement and to the extent required by the Security Agreement);

(v) to the Collateral Agent, of UCC financing statements in appropriate form for filing under the UCC, and, where appropriate, fixture filings and transmitting utility filings, and such other documents under applicable Legal Requirements in each jurisdiction as may be necessary or appropriate or, in the opinion of the Purchasers, desirable to perfect the first priority Liens created, or purported to be created, by the Collateral Documents and, with respect to all UCC financing statements required to be filed pursuant to the Credit Documents, evidence satisfactory to the Purchasers that the Company has retained, at its sole cost and expense, a service provider acceptable to the Purchasers for the tracking of all such financing statements and notification to the Purchasers of, among other things, the upcoming lapse or expiration thereof;

(vi) to each of the Purchasers, of certified copies of UCC, tax and judgment lien searches, bankruptcy and pending lawsuit searches or equivalent reports or searches, each of a date no less recent than ten Business Days before the Closing Date or as otherwise acceptable to the Purchasers listing all effective financing statements, lien notices or comparable documents that name the Company and Pledgor as debtor and that are filed in those state and county jurisdictions in which any property of such Person is located and the state and county jurisdictions in which such Person is organized or maintains its principal place of business and such other searches that the Purchasers deem necessary or appropriate, none of which encumber the Collateral covered or intended to be covered by the Collateral Documents (other than Permitted Liens) showing that upon due filing or recordation (assuming such filing or recordation occurred on the date of such respective reports), as the case may be, the security interests created under the Collateral Documents, with respect to the Collateral, will be prior to all other financing statements, fixture filings or other security documents wherein the security interest is perfected by filing or recording in respect of the Collateral;

 

-7-


(vii) to each of the Purchasers, of an opinion of counsel (which counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Purchasers) with respect to the perfection of the security interests in favor of the Collateral Agent in personal or mixed property Collateral and such other matters governed by the laws of such jurisdiction regarding such security interests as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Purchasers; and

(viii) to each of the Purchasers, of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Purchasers of payment or arrangements for payment by the Company of all applicable recording Taxes, stamp duties, registration fees or charges, filing costs and other similar expenses, if any, required to be paid in connection with the execution, delivery or filing of, or the perfection of any Operative Document or otherwise in connection with the Collateral.

Section 4.1.26 Project Budget . The Company shall have delivered to each of the Purchasers the Project Budget in substantially the form of Schedule 4.1.26, which Project Budget shall be satisfactory to the Purchasers.

Section 4.1.27 Base Case Projections . The Company shall have delivered to each of the Purchasers the Base Case Projections, in substantially the form of Schedule 4.1.27, which Base Case Projections shall be satisfactory to the Purchasers.

Section 4.1.28 Project Schedule. The Company shall have delivered to each of the Purchasers the Project Schedule in substantially the form of Schedule 4.1.28, which Project Schedule shall be satisfactory to the Purchasers.

Section 4.1.29 Establishment of Accounts. The Accounts required to be established as of the Closing Date for the Project under the Depositary Agreement shall have been established, and funded in accordance with the Operative Documents, to the satisfaction of the Purchasers.

Section 4.1.30 Direct Agreements . The Company shall have delivered to each of the Purchasers executed Direct Agreements from the Sponsor with respect to each of the MESPA, the MOMA and the Administrative Services Agreement, which Direct Agreements shall be in substantially the form of Exhibit 4.1.30 or otherwise reasonably satisfactory to the Purchasers.

Section 4.1.31 Anti-Terrorism Compliance . At least five Business Days prior to the Closing Date, each Purchaser shall have received all documentation and other information requested by such Purchaser, which is required by bank regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act, or pursuant to such Purchaser’s internal policies.

Section 4.1.32 Flood Insurance . The Company shall have delivered to each of the Purchasers evidence from the Insurance Consultant of flood insurance or evidence from the Insurance Consultant that flood insurance is not required, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Purchasers.

 

-8-


Section 4.1.33 Effectiveness of Tariff. The Tariff and the Gas Tariff shall be final, non appealable and in full force and effect.

Section 4.1.34 Regulatory Status . The Company shall have delivered to each of the Purchasers (a) a self-certification by the Company filed with FERC that the Project is an Eligible Facility and that the Company is an Exempt Wholesale Generator, (b) an order issued by FERC authorizing the Company to sell electricity, capacity and ancillary services at market- based rates and issuing such blanket authorizations and waivers of regulation typically granted to sellers at market-based rates and (c) all necessary approvals from any Governmental Authority in respect of the Tariff.

Section 4.1.35 Tariff Compliance .

(i) The Sponsor shall be a Qualified Fuel Cell Provider which has been designated by an agency of the State of Delaware as an “economic development opportunity” within the meaning of the REPS Act.

(ii) The Company shall be a PJM Member (as defined in the Tariff) and shall have entered into (i) all required PJM Agreements required for the performance of the Company’s obligations in connection with the Project and the Tariff or the Company shall have entered into an agreement with a Market Participant (as defined in the Tariff) that will perform some or all of the Company’s PJM-related obligations in connection with the Project and the Tariff.

(iii) The Company shall have obtained all necessary authorizations from FERC to sell Energy at market-based rates as contemplated by the Tariff and shall be in compliance with such authorization.

Section 4.1.36 Existing Systems . The Company shall have delivered to each of the Purchasers evidence that the Existing Systems have achieved COD, in form and substance satisfactory to the Purchasers.

Section 4.1.37 Other Real Estate Requirements . The Company shall have delivered to each of the Purchasers:

(i) a copy of the Mortgage encumbering the Mortgaged Property in favor of the Collateral Agent, duly executed and acknowledged by the Company, and otherwise in form for recording in the recording office of New Castle County, Delaware, together with such certificates, affidavits, questionnaires or returns as shall be required in connection with the recording or filing thereof to create a Lien under applicable law;

(ii) with respect to the Mortgaged Property, such consents, approvals, amendments, supplements, estoppels, tenant subordination agreements or other instruments as are necessary to consummate the transactions hereunder contemplated or as shall reasonably be deemed necessary by the Purchasers;

 

-9-


(iii) evidence reasonably acceptable to the Purchasers of payment by the Company of all Title Policy premiums, search and examination charges, and related charges, mortgage recording Taxes, fees, charges, costs and expenses required for the recording of the Mortgage and issuance of the Title Policy;

(iv) with respect to any Real Property in which the Company holds possession by lease or easement (other than where the lessor is the State of Delaware or a subdivision thereof, or DPL), both (a) an agreement by the fee owner to obtain a nondisturbance agreement from each lienholder against the fee interest in such Real Property, and (b) a nondisturbance agreement from any such existing lienholder, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Purchasers;

(v) copies of all Leases or easements in which the Company holds the lessor’s interest or other agreements relating to possessory interests, if any, in the Real Property. To the extent any of the foregoing affect any Real Property, such agreement shall be subordinate to the Lien of each Mortgage to be recorded against the Mortgaged Property, either expressly by its terms or pursuant to a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement, and shall otherwise be acceptable to the Purchasers;

(vi) evidence reasonably acceptable to the Purchasers that the Company and each other Major Project Participant have obtained and hold all easements or other possessory rights in real estate, together with necessary real property permits and crossing rights (collectively, “ Rights of Way ”) necessary for (a) performance in full of each such Person’s obligations under the Operative Documents and each Permit by which such Person or its assets is bound, and (b) the development, leasing, construction and operation of the Project in accordance with the Base Case Projections. The use of such Rights of Way shall not encroach on or interfere with property adjacent to such Rights of Way or existing easements or other rights (whether on, above or below ground) and the full length of the Rights of Way shall be continuous, without break, gap or interruption;

(vii) the Company has a good, marketable and insurable (a) leasehold interest in the Sites, (b) easement interest in the Easements, and (c) interest in any other Real Property; and

(viii) each Mortgage is a valid first Lien on the Company’s right, title and interest in the applicable Mortgaged Property (including, without limitation, the Rights of Way), free and clear of all Liens, encumbrances and exceptions to title whatsoever, other than (a) the Title Exceptions and (b) Permitted Liens.

Section 4.1.38 Solvency Certificate. The Company shall have delivered to each of the Purchasers a certificate from the president of the Company certifying that the Company is Solvent after giving effect to the transactions contemplated hereby.

Section 4.1.39 Title Policy. The Company shall have delivered to the Collateral Agent (a) an ALTA extended coverage policy of title insurance (2006 form) issued by the Title Insurer and in form and substance acceptable to the Purchasers which policy shall insure that the Mortgage creates a valid first priority Lien on, and security interest in, the

 

-10-


Mortgaged Property free and clear of all defects and encumbrances, except the Title Exceptions, and containing such endorsements thereto as are reasonably requested by the Purchasers, or (b) the unconditional and irrevocable commitment of the Title Insurer to issue such a policy, in each case in a coverage amount equal to $144,812,500.

Section 4.1.40 DPL Agreements. The Company shall have delivered to each of the Purchasers a copy of any agreement entered into with DPL that DPL will honor any notices received from Collateral Agent pursuant to a power of attorney granted by the Company under the Collateral Documents as if such notice were delivered by the Company under the Tariff.

Section 4.1.41 Recapture Indemnities and Guaranties. The Company shall have delivered to each of the Purchasers copies of each of the executed Recapture Indemnities and Guarantees, each of which shall be in full force and effect as of the Closing Date and each of which shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Purchasers.

Section 4.1.42 Interconnection Service . For each System at a Site (a) the Company has obtained the relevant Interconnection Agreement for such Site (which shall be in full force and effect), with rights to delivery of the full capacity of that portion of the Project expected to be installed at such Site; and (b) all necessary network upgrades required under each such Interconnection Agreement for interconnection service at such Site have been completed and such interconnection service is fully available.

Section 4.1.43 Red Lion Transmission Line . For each System at the Red Lion Site, the approximate half-mile transmission line connecting the Red Lion Site to the Red Lion substation and the point of interconnection to the PJM Grid shall have been completed and the Company shall have provided evidence to each of the Purchasers that no other party shall be entitled to displace the Company’s access to such line in the amount necessary to accommodate the full output from the Red Lion Site (such evidence may consist of the Interconnection Agreement to be entered into with respect to the Red Lion Site if such agreement has the effect of providing that the Company has the right to place its full output on the line without displacement by any other party).

Section 4.1.44 Utilities . The Company shall have delivered to each of the Purchasers reasonably satisfactory evidence that all process water, sewer, telephone, waste disposal, electric and all other utility services necessary for the development, construction, ownership and operation of the Project are either contracted for, or readily available on commercially reasonable terms, at the Project.

Section 4.1.45 Legality . No federal, state or law or regulation, or any interpretation thereof, exists which would make the Notes, or the securing of the Notes by the Collateral, or any other aspect of the transactions contemplated herein, illegal, or which would subject the Purchasers or any of their Affiliates to any penalties, sanctions or fines.

Section 4.1.46 Utility Laws . No federal, state or local law or regulation exists as of the Closing Date under which any Purchaser would become, solely as a result of the transactions contemplated in the Credit Documents, subject to or not exempt from regulation as

 

-11-


an “electric utility,” “electric corporation,” “electrical company,” “public utility,” or “holding company” under the FPA, PUHCA or the laws of the State of Delaware, except a Purchaser may become subject to such regulation upon the exercise of remedies under the Credit Documents.

Section 4.2 Conditions Precedent to All Drawdowns.

The obligations of the Holders to permit any Drawdown from the Construction Escrow Account are, in each case, subject to the prior satisfaction by the Company of each of the following conditions (unless waived in writing by the Required Holders):

Section 4.2.1 Drawdown Certificate and Independent Engineer’s Drawdown Certificate .

(a) At least seven Business Days prior to the proposed date of a Drawdown, the Company shall have provided each of the Holders and the Independent Engineer with a duly executed copy of a Drawdown Certificate, dated the date of delivery of such certificate, setting forth the date of the proposed occurrence of such Drawdown and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Company, substantially in the form of Exhibit 4.2.1(a) (the “ Drawdown Certificate ”).

(b) At least four Business Days prior to the proposed date of a Drawdown, the Independent Engineer shall have provided each of the Holders (with a copy to the Company) with a certificate of the Independent Engineer signed by an authorized representative of the Independent Engineer, substantially in the form of Exhibit 4.2.1(b) (the “ Independent Engineer’s Drawdown Certificate ”).

(c) At least two Business Days prior to the proposed date of a Drawdown, the Company shall have provided each of the Holders (with a copy to the Independent Engineer) with a certificate confirming that COD has occurred with respect to the Systems being funded under the requested Drawdown and signed by an authorized representative of the Company, substantially in the form of Exhibit 4.2.1(c) (the “ Company’s COD Certificate ”).

(d) At least one Business Day prior to the proposed date of a Drawdown, the Independent Engineer shall have provided each of the Holders with a certificate dated the date of delivery of such certificate, confirming that COD has occurred with respect to the Systems being funded under the requested Drawdown, substantially in the form of Exhibit 4.2.1(d) (the “ Independent Engineer’s COD Certificate ”).

(e) The Company shall use all reasonable efforts to provide the Holders and the Independent Engineer with drafts of any certificates and other materials to be delivered pursuant to this Section 4.2.1 in advance of the time frames listed above as reasonably requested by the Holders.

Section 4.2.2 Available Funds. After taking into consideration the making of the applicable Drawdown, the Required Holders (based on consultation with the Independent Engineer) shall have reasonably determined that Available Funds shall not be less than the aggregate unpaid amount required to cause Final Completion to occur in accordance with all Legal Requirements, the MESPA, each other Project Document pursuant to which construction

 

-12-


work with respect to the Project is being performed and the Credit Documents on or before the Date Certain and to pay or provide for all anticipated non-construction Project Costs, all as set forth in the then-current Project Budget.

Section 4.2.3 Permits .

(a) Each Applicable Permit and Applicable Third Party Permit shall have been duly obtained and issued or been assigned in the Company’s or the applicable third party’s name, shall be in full force and effect, shall not be subject to any current legal proceeding, and shall not be subject to any Unsatisfied Condition that could reasonably be expected to result in material modification or revocation of such Applicable Permit and Applicable Third Party Permit, and all applicable appeal periods with respect to such Applicable Permit and Applicable Third Party Permit shall have expired.

(b) The Permits which have been obtained by the Company shall not be subject to any restriction, condition, limitation or other provision that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 4.2.4 Lien Releases . Subject to the Company’s right to contest Liens as described in the definition of “Permitted Liens,” the Company shall have delivered (such delivery may be conditioned upon concurrent receipt of payment by the relevant Person) if applicable, to each of the Holders duly executed Lien waivers relating to mechanics’ and materialmen’s Liens, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to each Holder.

Section 4.2.5 Acceptable Work; No Liens. All work that has been done on the Project has been done in a good and workmanlike manner and in accordance with the MESPA, and there shall not have been filed against any of the Collateral or otherwise filed with or served upon the Company with respect to the Project or any part thereof, notice of any Lien, claim of Lien or attachment upon or claim affecting the right to receive payment of any of the moneys payable to any of the Persons named on such request which has not been released by payment or bonding or otherwise or which will not be released with the payment of such obligation out of the proceeds of the Notes, other than Permitted Liens.

Section 4.2.6 Specific Milestones .

(a) Infrastructure Buildout . For each Funded System at a Site, all necessary shared infrastructure at such Site necessary for installation of such Funded System, including without limitation the “BOF Work” for such Site, as such term is defined in the MESPA, shall have been completed, as certified by the Independent Engineer in the Independent Engineer’s Drawdown Certificate.

(b) 10 MW Limit . For the first Funded System which will cause the Project to exceed 10 MW of nameplate capacity, the Sponsor shall have built a permanent manufacturing facility for Systems located in the State of Delaware, and such Funded System, and all Systems installed following the installation of the System which causes the Project to exceed such 10 MW threshold, shall have been sourced from such manufacturing facility.

 

-13-


Section 4.2.7 Tariff Compliance . The Company shall be in compliance with the Tariff in all respects.

Section 4.2.8 System COD . Each System being financed with such Drawdown has achieved COD.

Section 4.2.9 Equity Funding; Proportional Funding .

(a) Each quarter prior to any System being placed in service, the Tax Equity Investors shall have contributed to the Pledgor and the Pledgor in turn shall have contributed to the Company 20% of the aggregate purchase price of the Systems to be placed in service, consistent with the Base Case Projections.

(b) Concurrently with any Drawdown, the Tax Equity Investors shall have contributed to the Pledgor and the Pledgor in turn shall have contributed to the Company (in addition to the contribution described in Section 4.2.9(a)) 30.20% of the aggregate purchase price of the Systems placed in service through the date of such Drawdown, consistent with the Base Case Projections.

(c) After giving effect to any Drawdown, the ratio of amounts drawn from the Construction Escrow Account to the total Notes shall not exceed the ratio of the aggregate nameplate capacity of commissioned Systems to 30 MW.

Section 4.3 Conditions Precedent to each Credit Event .

Section 4.3.1 Representations and Warranties .

(a) Each representation and warranty of each Credit Party in any of the Credit Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects (except that any representation and warranty that is qualified as to “materiality” or “Material Adverse Effect” shall be true and correct in all respects) on and as of the date of such Credit Event, before and after giving effect to the applicable Credit Event, with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, unless such representation or warranty expressly relates solely to an earlier date; and the Company shall have certified to the Purchasers or Holders, as applicable, as to the foregoing.

(b) Each representation and warranty of each Major Project Participant contained in the Operative Documents (other than this Agreement) shall be true and correct in all material respects (except that any representation and warranty that is qualified as to “materiality” or “Material Adverse Effect” or the like shall be true and correct in all respects) on and as of the date of such Credit Event, before and after giving effect to the Credit Event, with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, unless such representation and warranty expressly relates solely to an earlier date.

Section 4.3.2 No Default or Event of Default. No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or will result from the relevant Credit Event.

 

-14-


Section 4.3.3 No Material Adverse Effect. At any time following the Closing Date, there shall not have occurred and be continuing any event, circumstance or condition that has, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 4.3.4 Additional Documentation. With respect to Additional Project Documents and Applicable Permits entered into or obtained, transferred or required (whether because of the status of the development, construction or operation of the Project or otherwise) since the date of the most recent Credit Event, the Purchasers shall have received copies of such Additional Project Documents and material Applicable Permits.

Section 4.4 Conditions Precedent to Final Completion

The Final Completion Date shall occur upon the satisfaction or waiver in writing by the Required Holders of the following conditions:

Section 4.4.1 Lien Releases . The Company shall have delivered (such delivery may be conditioned upon concurrent receipt of payment by the relevant Person) if applicable, to each of the Holders duly executed Lien waivers relating to mechanics’ and materialmen’s Liens, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to each Holder.

Section 4.4.2 No Liens. There shall not have been filed with or served upon the Company with respect to the Site, the Project or any part thereof notice of any Lien or claim of Lien that has not been discharged, other than Permitted Liens.

Section 4.4.3 Final Completion Certificate of the Company . Each of the Holders shall have received a certificate from the Company, in substantially the form of Exhibit 4.4.3 certifying that:

(a) all facilities necessary for the Project as contemplated under the Tariff and the Operative Documents:

(i) have been constructed, installed, completed, tested, commissioned and paid for in accordance with the Operative Documents; and

(ii) have been completely constructed utilizing standards of workmanship and materials in accordance with the MESPA and in accordance with the terms of the Tariff and Prudent Electrical Practices (as defined in the MESPA) and all relevant equipment shall have been installed and be operating in accordance with the MESPA;

(b) each of the Systems shall have achieved COD; and

(c) 30 MW of Systems shall have passed the Performance Tests and have demonstrated performance at or better than nameplate capacity on or before the Date Certain, or if less than 30 MW of Systems have passed such Performance Tests and demonstrated such performance, the Company shall have paid the Buydown Amount.

Section 4.4.4 Final Completion Certificate of the Independent Engineer . Each of the Holders shall have received a certificate from the Independent Engineer, in substantially the form of Exhibit 4.4.4 certifying, among other things, as to the matters set forth in Section 4.4.3.

 

-15-


Section 4.4.5 Major Project Documents. All Major Project Documents shall be in full force and effect and no default or event of default shall have occurred and be continuing under any Major Project Document.

Section 4.4.6 Applicable Permits . The Company (i) shall have obtained and delivered to each of the Holders copies of all material Applicable Permits obtained or to be obtained by or in the name of the Company and required to operate the Project, and (ii) shall be in compliance with all material Applicable Permits in all material respects thereunder.

Section 4.4.7 Tariff . The Tariff shall be final, non-appealable and in full force and effect.

Section 4.4.8 Debt Service Reserve Account . The Debt Service Reserve Account shall be fully funded up to the Debt Service Reserve Requirement in cash.

Section 4.4.9 Title Insurance . The Title Company shall have issued to the Collateral Agent no more than two (2) Business Days prior to the Final Completion Date an endorsement to the Title Policy in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Required Holders insuring the continued priority of the Lien of the Mortgage over any mechanics’ and materialmen’s liens or other construction liens or related notices as of the Final Completion Date.

Section 4.4.10 Notice of Final Completion . Each of the Holders shall have received a notice of Final Completion at least three (3) Business Days before the Final Completion Date.

 

ARTICLE 5. R EPRESENTATIONS AND W ARRANTIES OF THE C OMPANY .

The Company represents and warrants to each Purchaser that:

Section 5.1 Organization; Power and Authority .

(a) The Company is a limited liability company duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of formation, and is duly qualified as a foreign company and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required by law, other than those jurisdictions as to which the failure to be so qualified or in good standing could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company has the limited liability company power and authority to own or hold under lease the properties it purports to own or hold under lease, to transact the business it transacts and proposes to transact, to execute and deliver this Agreement and the other Operative Documents to which is a party (including, without limitation, the Notes) and to perform the provisions hereof and thereof, including to construct, own and operate the Project.

(b) The sole member of the Company is the Pledgor.

 

-16-


Section 5.2 Authorization, Etc. This Agreement and the other Operative Documents to which the Company is a party (including, without limitation, the Notes) have been duly authorized by all necessary limited liability company action on the part of the Company, and this Agreement constitutes, and upon execution and delivery thereof each other Operative Document to which the Company is a party will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (ii) general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

Section 5.3 Disclosure . The Company, through its agent, J.P. Morgan Securities, Inc. (the “ Placement Agent ”) has delivered to each Purchaser a copy of a Private Placement Memorandum, dated January 2013 (the “ Memorandum ”), relating to the transactions contemplated hereby. The Memorandum fairly describes, in all material respects, the general nature of the business and principal properties of the Company. This Agreement, the Memorandum and the documents, certificates or other writings delivered to the Purchasers by or on behalf of the Company in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and identified in Schedule 5.3, and the financial statements listed in Schedule 5.5 (this Agreement, the Memorandum and such documents, certificates or other writings and such financial statements delivered to each Purchaser prior to February 13, 2013 being referred to, collectively, as the “ Disclosure Documents ”), taken as a whole, do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light, as of the date such information is dated or certified, of the circumstances under which they were made; provided , that to the extent any such information, report, financial statement, certificate, Certificate of Drawdown, exhibit, schedule or other document was based upon or constitutes a forecast or projection, the Company represents only that it acted in good faith and utilized reasonable assumptions and due care in the preparation of such information, report, financial statement, certificate, Certificate of Drawdown, exhibit, schedule or other document. Except as disclosed in the Disclosure Documents, since December 31, 2011, there has been no change in the financial condition, operations, business, properties or prospects of the Company except changes that individually or in the aggregate could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There is no fact known to the Company that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect that has not been set forth herein or in the Disclosure Documents.

Section 5.4 Subsidiaries . The Company does not have any Subsidiaries.

Section 5.5 Financial Statements; Material Liabilities . The Company has delivered to each of the Purchasers copies of the financial statements of the Company and Sponsor listed on Schedule 5.5. All of said financial statements (including in each case the related schedules and notes) fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial position of each of the Company and Sponsor, as applicable, as of the respective dates specified in such Schedule and the results of their respective operations and cash flows and have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the periods involved except as set forth in the notes thereto (subject, in the case of any interim financial statements, to normal year-end adjustments). The Company does not have any Material liabilities that are not disclosed on such financial statements or otherwise disclosed in the Disclosure Documents.

 

-17-


Section 5.6 Compliance with Laws, Other Instruments, Etc. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the other Operative Documents to which the Company is a party (including, without limitation, the Notes) will not (i) contravene, result in any breach of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation of any Lien (other than pursuant to the Credit Documents) in respect of any property of the Company under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan, purchase or credit agreement, lease, Governing Documents, or any other agreement or instrument to which the Company is bound or by which the Company or its properties may be bound or affected, (ii) conflict with or result in a breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any order, judgment, decree, or ruling of any court, arbitrator or Governmental Authority applicable to the Company or (iii) violate any provision of any statute or other rule or regulation of any Governmental Authority applicable to the Company.

Section 5.7 Governmental Authorizations, Etc. No consent, approval or authorization of, or registration, filing or declaration with, any Governmental Authority after the date hereof is required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by the Company of this Agreement or another Operative Documents to which the Company is a party (including, without limitation, the Notes).

Section 5.8 Observance of Agreements, Statutes and Orders . The Company is not (i) in default under any term of any agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound, (ii) in violation of any order, judgment, decree or ruling of any court, arbitrator or Governmental Authority or (iii) in violation of any applicable law, ordinance, rule or regulation of any Governmental Authority (including, without limitation, Environmental Laws, the USA PATRIOT Act or any of the other laws and regulations that are referred to in Section 5.16), which default or violation, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.9 Taxes . The Company has filed all tax returns that are required to have been filed in any jurisdiction, and has paid all taxes shown to be due and payable on such returns and all other taxes and assessments levied upon it or its properties, assets, income or franchises, to the extent such taxes and assessments have become due and payable and before they have become delinquent, except for any taxes and assessments (i) the amount of which is not individually or in the aggregate Material or (ii) the amount, applicability or validity of which is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which the Company has established adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP. The Company knows of no basis for any other tax or assessment that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The charges, accruals and reserves on the books of the Company in respect of U.S. federal, state or other taxes for all fiscal periods are adequate.

 

-18-


Section 5.10 Reserved .

Section 5.11 Licenses, Permits, Etc.

(a) The Company owns or has the right to use all licenses, permits, franchises, authorizations, patents, copyrights, service marks, trademarks and trade names, or rights thereto, that are necessary for the operation of its business, without known conflict with the rights of others. No product or service of the Company infringes in any material respect any license, permit, franchise, authorization, patent, copyright, service mark, trademark, trade name or other right owned by any other Person.

(b) To the Knowledge of the Company, there is no violation by any Person of any right of the Company with respect to any license, patent, copyright, service mark, trademark, trade name or other right owned or used by the Company.

(c) There exists no pending or threatened claim or litigation against or affecting the Company contesting its right to sell or use any such product, process, method, substance, part or other material.

(d) The Company owns no registered patents, copyrights or trademarks, or applications therefor.

Section 5.12 Compliance with ERISA .

(a) The Company and each ERISA Affiliate have operated and administered each Plan (other than any Multiemployer Plan) in compliance in all material respects with all applicable laws. Neither the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred any material liability pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or the penalty or excise tax provisions of the Code relating to employee benefit plans (as defined in section 3 of ERISA), and no event, transaction or condition has occurred or exists that could reasonably be expected to result in the incurrence of any such liability by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate, or in the imposition of any Lien on any of the rights, properties or assets of the Company or any ERISA Affiliate, in either case pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or to section 430(k) of the Code or to such penalty or excise tax provisions or to section 4068 of ERISA.

(b) The present value of the aggregate benefit liabilities under each of the Plans (other than Multiemployer Plans), determined as of the end of such Plan’s most recently ended plan year on the basis of the actuarial assumptions specified for funding purposes in such Plan’s most recent actuarial valuation report, did not exceed the aggregate current value of the assets of such Plan allocable to such benefit liabilities. The term “benefit liabilities” has the meaning specified in section 4001 of ERISA and the terms “current value” and “present value” have the meaning specified in section 3 of ERISA.

(c) The Company and its ERISA Affiliates have not incurred any partial or complete withdrawal liabilities (and are not subject to contingent withdrawal liabilities) under section 4201 or 4204 of ERISA in respect of Multiemployer Plans.

(d) The expected postretirement benefit obligation (determined as of the last day of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal year in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 106, without regard to liabilities attributable to continuation coverage mandated by section 4980B of the Code) of the Company is zero.

(e) The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the issuance and sale of the Notes hereunder will not involve any transaction that is subject to the prohibitions of section 406 of ERISA or in connection with which a tax could be imposed pursuant to section 4975(c)(1)(A)- (D) of the Code. The representation by the Company in the first sentence of this Section 5.12(e) is made in reliance upon and subject to the accuracy of, each Purchaser’s representation in Section 6.2 as to the sources of the funds used to pay the purchase price of the Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser.

 

-19-


Section 5.13 Private Offering by the Company . Neither the Company nor anyone acting on its behalf has offered the Notes or any similar Securities for sale to, or solicited any offer to buy any of the same from, or otherwise approached or negotiated in respect thereof with, any Person other than the Purchasers and not more than 25 other Institutional Investors, each of which has been offered the Notes at a private sale for investment. Neither the Company nor anyone acting on its behalf has taken, or will take, any action that would subject the issuance or sale of the Notes to the registration requirements of section 5 of the Securities Act or to the registration requirements of any securities or blue sky laws of any applicable jurisdiction.

Section 5.14 Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations . The Company will apply the proceeds of the sale of the Notes (i) on the Closing Date as set forth in Section 9.7(a)(A) and (ii) thereafter as set forth in Section 9.7(a)(B). No part of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes hereunder will be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of buying or carrying any margin stock within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (12 CFR 221), or for the purpose of buying or carrying or trading in any Securities under such circumstances as to involve the Company in a violation of Regulation X of said Board (12 CFR 224) or to involve any broker or dealer in a violation of Regulation T of said Board (12 CFR 220). Margin stock does not constitute any of the value of the assets of the Company and the Company does not have any present intention that margin stock will constitute any of the value of such assets. As used in this Section, the terms “ margin stock ” and “ purpose of buying or carrying ” shall have the meanings assigned to them in said Regulation U.

Section 5.15 Existing Debt; Future Liens . (a) Except as described therein, Schedule 5.15 sets forth a complete and correct list of all outstanding Debt of the Company as of the Closing Date (including a description of the obligors and obligees, principal amount outstanding and collateral therefor, if any, and Guaranty thereof, if any), since which date there has been no Material change in the amounts, interest rates, sinking funds, installment payments or maturities of the Debt of the Company. The Company is not in default and no waiver of default is currently in effect, in the payment of any principal or interest on any Debt of the Company and no event or condition exists with respect to any Debt of the Company that would permit (or that with notice or the lapse of time, or both, would permit) one or more Persons to cause such Debt to become due and payable before its stated maturity or before its regularly scheduled dates of payment.

(b) The Company has not agreed or consented to cause or permit in the future (upon the happening of a contingency or otherwise) any of its property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, to be subject to a Lien not permitted by Section 10.6.

(c) The Company is not a party to, or otherwise subject to any provision contained in, any instrument evidencing Debt of the Company, any agreement relating thereto or

 

-20-


any other agreement (other than its charter or other organizational document and the Credit Documents) which limits the amount of, or otherwise imposes restrictions on the incurring of, Debt of the Company, except as specifically indicated in Schedule 5.15.

Section 5.16 Foreign Assets Control Regulations, Etc . (a) Neither the Company nor any Controlled Entity is (i) a Person whose name appears on the list of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons published by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, U.S. Department of the Treasury (“ OFAC ”) (an “ OFAC Listed Person ”) or (ii) a department, agency or instrumentality of, or is otherwise Controlled by or acting on behalf of, directly or indirectly, (x) any OFAC Listed Person or (y) any Person, entity, organization, foreign country or regime that is subject to any OFAC Sanctions Program (each OFAC Listed Person and each other Person, entity, organization and government of a country described in clause (ii), a “ Blocked Person ”).

(b) No part of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes hereunder constitutes or will constitute funds obtained on behalf of any Blocked Person or will otherwise be used, directly by the Company or indirectly through any Controlled Entity, in connection with any investment in, or any transactions or dealings with, any Blocked Person.

(c) To the Company’s actual knowledge after making reasonable inquiry, neither the Company nor any Controlled Entity (i) is under investigation by any Governmental Authority for, or has been charged with, or convicted of, money laundering, drug trafficking, terrorist-related activities or other money laundering predicate crimes under any applicable law (collectively, “ Anti-Money Laundering Laws ”), (ii) has been assessed civil penalties under any Anti-Money Laundering Laws or (iii) has had any of its funds seized or forfeited in an action under any Anti-Money Laundering Laws. The Company has taken reasonable measures appropriate to the circumstances (in any event as required by applicable law) to ensure that the Company and each Controlled Entity is and will continue to be in compliance with all applicable Anti-Money Laundering Laws.

(d) No part of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes hereunder will be used, directly or indirectly, for any improper payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, official of any public international organization or anyone else acting in an official capacity on behalf of a Governmental Authority, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage. The Company has taken reasonable measures appropriate to the circumstances (in any event as required by applicable law) to ensure that the Company and each Controlled Entity is and will continue to be in compliance with all applicable anti-corruption laws and regulations.

Section 5.17 Status under Certain Statutes . The Company is not subject to regulation under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

Section 5.18 Environmental Matters . (a) The Company has no knowledge of any claim nor has received any notice of any claim, and no proceeding has been instituted raising any claim against the Company or any of its real properties now or formerly owned, leased or operated by it or other assets of the Company, alleging any damage to the environment arising out of or related to the operations of the Company or violation of any Environmental Laws, except, in each case, such as could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

-21-


(b) The Company has no Knowledge of any facts which would give rise to any claim, public or private, of violation of Environmental Laws or damage to the environment emanating from, occurring on or in any way related to real properties now or formerly owned, leased or operated by it or to other assets of the Company or their use, except, in each case, such as could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) The Company has not stored any Hazardous Substances on real properties now or formerly owned, leased or operated by it and has not disposed of any Hazardous Substances in a manner contrary to any Environmental Laws in each case in any manner that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.19 Permits .

(a) There are no Permits under existing Legal Requirements with respect to the Project that are or will become Applicable Permits other than the Permits listed on Schedule 5.19. All Applicable Permits have been issued and are in full force and effect and not subject to current legal proceedings or to any Unsatisfied Condition that could reasonably be expected to result in material modification or revocation, and except as disclosed in Schedule 5.19, all applicable appeal periods with respect thereto have expired. The Company is in compliance in all material respects with any Applicable Permit that has been issued and, to the Company’s Knowledge, no other Person is in material violation of any issued Applicable Third Party Permit under which such Person is the permittee.

(b) With respect to any of the Permits which are not yet Applicable Permits or, to the Knowledge of the Company, Applicable Third Party Permits, no fact or circumstance exists which makes it likely that any such Permit will not be timely obtainable by the Company or the applicable Person (a) prior to the time that it becomes an Applicable Permit or Applicable Third Party Permit, as applicable, (b) without delay materially in excess of the time periods thereof in the Project Schedule (if applicable), (c) without expense materially in excess of the amounts provided therefor in the then-current Project Budget and (d) without being inconsistent in any material respect with any of the Operative Documents.

(c) Except as disclosed in Schedule 5.19, the Permits which have been obtained by the Company or, to the Company’s Knowledge, any other person identified in Schedule 5.19 shall not be subject to any restriction, condition, limitation or other provision that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.20 Solvency . The Company is Solvent both before and after taking into account the transactions contemplated by the Credit Documents.

Section 5.21 Insurance . All insurance policies then required to be maintained by the Company and, to the Company’s Knowledge, each other Major Project Participant pursuant to the terms of the Operative Documents are in full force and effect, and all premiums then due and payable have been paid.

 

-22-


Section 5.22 Litigation .

(a) Except as set forth in Schedule 4.1.22, as of the Closing Date, no action, litigation, suit, proceeding or investigation before or by any court, arbitrator or other Governmental Authority is pending or, to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened in writing by or against the Company, or any other Credit Party or, to the Company’s Knowledge, Major Project Participant as relates to the Project, or any of their respective properties that relate to the Project.

(b) As of the Closing Date, the Company has no Knowledge of any order, judgment or decree having been issued or proposed to be issued by any Governmental Authority that, as a result of the construction, development, ownership or operation of the Project by the Company, the sale of electricity therefrom by the Company or the entering into of any Operative Document or any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby, could reasonably be expected to cause or deem any Secured Party or the Company or any Affiliate of any of them to be subject to, or not exempted from, regulation under PUHCA, or treated as a public utility under the laws of the State of Delaware as presently constituted and as construed by the courts of the State of Delaware, respecting the rates or the financial or organizational regulation of electric utilities.

(c) After the Closing Date, (a) there is no pending or, to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened action, litigation, suit, proceeding or investigation of any kind, including actions or proceedings of or before any Governmental Authority or arbitrator to which the Company or any other Credit Party is a party, or by which any of them or any of their properties that relate to the Project are bound and (b) there is to the Company’s Knowledge, no pending or threatened action, litigation, suit, proceeding or investigation of any kind, including actions or proceedings of or before any Governmental Authority to which any Major Project Participant is a party, or by which any of them or any of their properties that relate to the Project are bound, which, in either case, has not been disclosed by the Company to the Purchasers in accordance with, and to the extent required by this Agreement, or which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.23 Labor Matters . The Company is not engaged in any unfair labor practice that has had or could (individually or together with other similar unfair labor practices) reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.24 Governmental Regulation .

(a) As of the Closing Date, the Company is not subject to regulation as (a) an “electric utility company”, a “public-utility company” or a “holding company” or a “subsidiary company” of a “holding company” in each case as such term is defined under PUHCA, or (b) an “electric supplier”, a “retail electricity supplier” or a “public utility” under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Company is an Exempt Wholesale Generator and a “public utility” under the FPA with authority to make wholesale sales at market-based rates, with waivers of regulations and blanket authorizations that are customarily granted by FERC to a public utility with market- based rate authority, and such Exempt Wholesale Generator status and market-based rate authorization shall be in full force and effect, not subject to any pending protest or challenge.

(b) None of the Secured Parties nor any Affiliate of any of them will, solely as a result of the construction, ownership, leasing or operation of the Project, the sale of wholesale electric capacity, energy or ancillary services therefrom, the issuance of the Notes, or the entering into of any Operative Document in respect of the Project or any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby, be subject to, or not exempt from, regulation under the FPA or PUHCA or under state laws and regulations respecting the rates or the financial regulation of electric utilities, except that the exercise of remedies, as provided for under the Credit Documents, may cause any such Person to be subject to such regulation. The Company will not be subject to regulation as a “retail electricity supplier,” an “electric supplier” or a “public utility” under the laws of the State of Delaware then in effect.

 

-23-


Section 5.25 Ranking of Obligations; Perfection and Priority of Liens .

(a) This Agreement and the Notes and the obligations evidenced hereby and thereby are and will at all times (i) be direct and unconditional general obligations of the Company and (ii) rank in right of payment and otherwise at least pari passu with all other senior secured Debt of the Company, whether now existing or hereafter incurred.

(b) The provisions of the Collateral Documents to which the Company is a party are effective to create, in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as security for the obligations purported to be secured thereby, a legal, valid and enforceable Lien on and security interest in all of the Collateral purported to be covered by such Collateral Documents, and all other necessary and appropriate action has been taken so that each such Collateral Document creates, or upon the filing of any necessary filing statements will create, a perfected Lien on and perfected security interest in all right, title and interest of the Company in the Collateral covered thereby, prior and superior to the rights of all third persons and subject to no Liens other than Permitted Liens. The Company has good, legal and valid title to all items of Collateral covered by each Collateral Document to which it is a party free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens.

Section 5.26 Project Construction . To the best of the Company’s Knowledge, all work done on the Project has been done in a good and workmanlike manner, free of any material defects, and in accordance in all material respects with the Major Project Documents, Prudent Electrical Practices and all Legal Requirements.

Section 5.27 Adverse Change .

(a) As of the Closing Date, there is no fact known to the Company which has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect which has not been disclosed to the Purchasers (as of such date) by or on behalf of the Company on or prior to the Closing Date in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

(b) Since the Closing Date, no event, circumstance or condition has occurred and is continuing that constitutes or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.28 Major Project Documents . True, correct and complete copies of all Major Project Documents together with all amendments, modifications or supplements thereof as

 

-24-


currently in effect have been delivered to the Purchasers. Each Major Project Document is in full force and effect and, to the Company’s Knowledge, no breaches or defaults have occurred and are continuing thereunder.

Section 5.29 Sufficiency of Rights . Other than those that can be reasonably expected to be commercially available when and as required, the services to be performed, the materials to be supplied and the real property interests, the Easements and other rights granted, or to be granted, pursuant to the Project Documents in effect as of such date:

(a) comprise all of the interests necessary to secure any right material to the acquisition, leasing, development, construction, installation, completion, operation and maintenance of the Project in accordance with all Legal Requirements and in accordance with the Project Schedule, all without reference to any proprietary information not owned by or available to the Company;

(b) are sufficient to enable the Project to be located, constructed, developed, owned, occupied, operated, maintained and used on the Sites and the Easements; and

(c) provide adequate ingress and egress from the Sites for any reasonable purpose in connection with the construction and operation of the Project.

Section 5.30 Real Estate .

(a) The Company owns and possesses (a) good and valid leasehold interests in and to the Sites, (b) valid and subsisting easement interests and licenses in and to the Easements, and (c) interests in any other Real Property, in each case free and clear of all Liens, encumbrances or other exceptions to title, other than (i) as of the Closing Date, the Title Exceptions and (ii) as of any date thereafter, Permitted Liens.

(b) The Mortgage is a valid first priority Lien on the Company’s right, title and interest in the Mortgaged Property (including, without limitation, to the extent permitted by law, the real property permits and crossing rights), free and clear of all Liens, encumbrances and exceptions to title whatsoever, other than (a) as of the Closing Date, the Title Exceptions and (b) as of any date thereafter, the Title Exceptions and Permitted Liens described in clause (a) or (b) of the definition thereof (to the extent the same are afforded priority over the Lien of the Mortgage by operation of law).

(c) With regard to each of the Real Property Documents, (a) each such Real Property Document is valid and effective against the Company and, to the Company’s Knowledge, the counterparties thereto, in accordance with the terms thereof, (b) neither the Company, nor to the Company’s Knowledge, any of the counterparties thereto, is in breach or default under such Real Property Document, and (c) to the Company’s Knowledge, no event or circumstance has occurred or currently exists which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would become a default by the Company or the counterparties thereto under such Real Property Document. No notice of default under any Real Property Document has been delivered to the Company or, to the Company’s Knowledge, the counterparties thereto.

 

-25-


(d) The Company has not received written notice from any Governmental Authority of any pending or threatened proceeding to condemn or take by power of eminent domain or otherwise, by any Governmental Authority, all or any material part of the Real Property or any interest therein.

(e) None of the Mortgaged Property is subject to or encumbered by any option, right of first refusal or other contractual right or obligation to sell, assign or dispose of such Mortgaged Property or any interest therein.

Section 5.31 Flood Zone Disclosure. The Sites and Easements do not and will not include “improved real estate” (as such term is used in the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, as amended) located in an area that has been identified by the Federal Emergency Management Agency as an area having special flood or mudslide hazards.

Section 5.32 Investments. Other than Permitted Investments, the Company has not acquired an equity interest in, acquired all or substantially all of the assets of, loaned money, extended credit or made advances to, or made deposits with (other than deposits or advances in relation to the payment for goods and equipment in the ordinary course of business the making of which is expressly contemplated pursuant to the Operative Documents), any Person.

Section 5.33 No Recordation, Etc. Each Operative Document is in proper legal form under the respective governing laws selected in such Operative Document (a) for the enforcement thereof in such jurisdictions against the Company and each other party thereto without any further action on the part of the Secured Parties, and (b) to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability, priority or admissibility in evidence of any such document it is not necessary that such document or any other document be filed, registered or recorded with, or executed or notarized before, any court or other authority in such jurisdiction or that any registration charge or stamp or similar tax be paid on or in respect of any such document, except for the recordation of the Collateral Documents and filing and recordation of such other documents as specifically contemplated pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 5.34 Organizational ID Number; Location of Tangible Collateral.

(a) The Company’s Delaware organizational identification number is 4969078.

(b) All of the tangible Collateral is, or when installed pursuant to the Project Documents will be, located on one of the Sites or the Easements or at the Company’s address set forth in Article 18; provided , that equipment may be temporarily removed from the Sites and/or the Easements from time to time in the ordinary course of business.

 

ARTICLE 6. R EPRESENTATIONS OF THE P URCHASERS .

Section 6.1 Purchase for Investment . Each Purchaser severally represents that it is purchasing the Notes for its own account or for one or more separate accounts maintained by such Purchaser or for the account of one or more pension or trust funds and not with a view to the distribution thereof, provided that the disposition of such Purchaser’s or their property shall at all times be within such Purchaser’s or their control. Each Purchaser understands that the

 

-26-


Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and may be resold only if registered pursuant to the provisions of the Securities Act or if an exemption from registration is available, except under circumstances where neither such registration nor such an exemption is required by law, and that the Company is not required to register the Notes.

Section 6.2 Source of Funds . Each Purchaser severally represents that at least one of the following statements is an accurate representation as to each source of funds (a “ Source ”) to be used by such Purchaser to pay the purchase price of the Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser hereunder:

(a) the Source is an “insurance company general account” (as the term is defined in the United States Department of Labor’s Prohibited Transaction Exemption (“ PTE ”) 95-60) in respect of which the reserves and liabilities (as defined by the annual statement for life insurance companies approved by the NAIC (the “ NAIC Annual Statement ”)) for the general account contract(s) held by or on behalf of any employee benefit plan together with the amount of the reserves and liabilities for the general account contract(s) held by or on behalf of any other employee benefit plans maintained by the same employer (or affiliate thereof as defined in PTE 95-60) or by the same employee organization in the general account do not exceed 10% of the total reserves and liabilities of the general account (exclusive of separate account liabilities) plus surplus as set forth in the NAIC Annual Statement filed with such Purchaser’s state of domicile; or

(b) the Source is a separate account that is maintained solely in connection with such Purchaser’s fixed contractual obligations under which the amounts payable, or credited, to any employee benefit plan (or its related trust) that has any interest in such separate account (or to any participant or beneficiary of such plan (including any annuitant)) are not affected in any manner by the investment performance of the separate account; or

(c) the Source is either (i) an insurance company pooled separate account, within the meaning of PTE 90-1 or (ii) a bank collective investment fund, within the meaning of PTE 91-38 and, except as disclosed by such Purchaser to the Company in writing pursuant to this clause (c), no employee benefit plan or group of plans maintained by the same employer or employee organization beneficially owns more than 10% of all assets allocated to such pooled separate account or collective investment fund; or

(d) the Source constitutes assets of an “investment fund” (within the meaning of Part VI of PTE 84-14 (the “ QPAM Exemption ”)) managed by a “qualified professional asset manager” or “QPAM” (within the meaning of Part VI of the QPAM Exemption), no employee benefit plan’s assets that are managed by the QPAM in such investment fund, when combined with the assets of all other employee benefit plans established or maintained by the same employer or by an affiliate (within the meaning of Part VI(c)(1) of the QPAM Exemption) of such employer or by the same employee organization and managed by such QPAM, exceed 20% of the total client assets managed by such QPAM, the conditions of Part I(c) and (g) of the QPAM Exemption are satisfied, neither the QPAM nor a person controlling or controlled by the QPAM (applying the definition of “control” in Section VI(e) of the QPAM Exemption) maintains an ownership interest in the Company that would cause the QPAM and the Company to be “related” within the meaning of Part VI(h) of the QPAM Exemption and (i) the identity of

 

-27-


such QPAM and (ii) the names of any employee benefit plans whose assets in the investment fund, when combined with the assets of all other employee benefit plans established or maintained by the same employer or by an affiliate (within the meaning of Part VI(c)(1) of the QPAM Exemption) of such employer or by the same employee organization, represent 10% or more of the assets of such investment fund, have been disclosed to the Company in writing pursuant to this clause (d);or

(e) the Source constitutes assets of a “plan(s)” (within the meaning of section IV(h) of PTE 96-23 (the “ INHAM Exemption ”)) managed by an “in-house asset manager” or “INHAM” (within the meaning of Part IV(a) of the INHAM Exemption), the conditions of Part I(a), (g) and (h) of the INHAM Exemption are satisfied, neither the INHAM nor a person controlling or controlled by the INHAM (applying the definition of “control” in section IV(d) of the INHAM Exemption) owns a 10% or more interest in the Company (as determined under Part IV(d) of the INHAM Exemption, as amended effective April 1, 2011) and (i) the identity of such INHAM and (ii) the name(s) of the employee benefit plan(s) whose assets constitute the Source have been disclosed to the Company in writing pursuant to this clause (e); or

(f) the Source is a governmental plan; or

(g) the Source is one or more employee benefit plans, or a separate account or trust fund comprised of one or more employee benefit plans, each of which has been identified to the Company in writing pursuant to this clause (g); or

(h) the Source does not include “plan assets” within the meaning of 29 CFR 2510.3-101, as modified by section 3(42) of ERISA.

As used in this Section 6.2, the terms “ employee benefit plan ,” “ governmental plan ,” and “ separate account ” shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in section 3 of ERISA.

Section 6.3 Institutional Accredited Investor. Each Purchaser severally represents that it is an institutional investor that is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Securities Act and that it has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of evaluating and bearing the economic risk of an investment in the Notes.

 

ARTICLE 7. I NFORMATION AS TO C OMPANY .

Section 7.1 Financial Statements and Rating Letter . The Company shall deliver to each Purchaser and each Holder of a Note that is an Institutional Investor:

(a) Annual Financial Statements. As soon as practicable and in any event within 90 days after the close of each applicable fiscal year, audited financial statements of the Company and Sponsor (it being acknowledged that such requirement may be satisfied by the delivery of the appropriate report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC, if applicable), all prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied and setting forth, in each case, in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year. Such financial statements shall include a statement of equity, a balance sheet as of the close of such year, an income and expense statement,

 

-28-


reconciliation of capital accounts (where applicable), a statement of cash flow and summary results of hedging and trading activities (in the case of the Company only), reported on without a qualification arising out of the scope of the audit, and certified by an independent certified public accountant of nationally recognized standing selected by the Person whose financial statements are being prepared. Such certificate shall not be qualified or limited because of restricted or limited examination by such accountant. The relevant accountant for the Company shall also certify that in making the examination necessary for reporting on the foregoing financial statements no knowledge was obtained of any Default or Event of Default, except as disclosed in such certificate.

(b) Quarterly Statements. As soon as practicable and in any event within 45 days after the end of the first, second and third quarterly accounting periods of its fiscal year (commencing in the case of the Company with the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2013) unaudited quarterly balance sheet of the Company and Sponsor as of the last day of such quarterly period and the related statements of income, cash flows, and shareholders’ or members’ equity (as applicable) for such quarterly period and (in the case of second and third quarterly periods) for the portion of the fiscal year ending with the last day of such quarterly period, setting forth in each case in comparative form corresponding unaudited figures from the preceding fiscal year (it being acknowledged that such requirement may be satisfied by the delivery of the appropriate report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC, if applicable) all prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied (subject to changes resulting from audit and normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnote disclosures).

(c) Rating Letter . Promptly after receipt thereof (i) a copy of the final ratings letter obtained by the Company and (ii) each ratings letter obtained by the Company in accordance with Section 9.22.

Section 7.2 Other Reporting Requirements .

(a) Construction Progress Reports. The Company shall deliver to each of the Holders and the Independent Engineer, at least as frequently as each Drawdown Certificate, progress reports of the construction of the Project, in reasonable detail.

(b) Operating Report. The Company shall deliver to each of the Holders within 30 days after the end of each full quarter occurring after the Closing Date, a summary operating report with respect to the Project, which shall include, with respect to the period most recently ended (a) a monthly and year-to-date numerical and narrative assessment of (i) the Project’s compliance with each material category in the then-current Annual Operating Budget, (ii) electrical production, capacity, availability and delivery, including any reports delivered under the MESPA and MOMA, (iii) fuel use, including heat rate, (iv) plant and unit availability, (v) distributions to Pledgor, debt service payments and balances in the Accounts, (vi) Hot Box Replacements, (vii) material unresolved disputes with contractors, materialmen, suppliers or others and any related claims against the Company and (viii) warranty claims under the MESPA or MOMA; and (b) to the extent applicable, a comparison of year-to-date figures to corresponding figures provided in the prior year.

 

-29-


(c) Notice of Default or Event of Default — The Company shall deliver to each of the Holders promptly, and in any event within five Business Days after a Responsible Officer of the Company becoming aware of the existence of any Default or Event of Default or that any Person has given any notice or taken any action with respect to a claimed default hereunder or that any Person has given any notice or taken any action with respect to a claimed default of the type referred to in Section 11.4, a written notice specifying the nature and period of existence thereof and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

(d) ERISA Matters — The Company shall deliver to each of the Holders promptly, and in any event within five days after a Responsible Officer of the Company becoming aware of any of the following, a written notice setting forth the nature thereof and the action, if any, that the Company or an ERISA Affiliate proposes to take with respect thereto:

(i) with respect to any Plan (other than any Multiemployer Plan) that is subject to Title IV of ERISA, any reportable event, as defined in section 4043(c) of ERISA and the regulations thereunder, for which notice thereof has not been waived pursuant to such regulations as in effect on the date hereof; or

(ii) the taking by the PBGC of steps to institute, or the threatening by the PBGC of the institution of, proceedings under section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA, or the receipt by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate of a notice from a Multiemployer Plan that such action has been taken by the PBGC with respect to such Multiemployer Plan; or

(iii) any event, transaction or condition that could result in the incurrence of any liability by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or the penalty or excise tax provisions of the Code relating to employee benefit plans, or in the imposition of any Lien on any of the rights, properties or assets of the Company or any ERISA Affiliate pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or such penalty or excise tax provisions, if such liability or Lien, taken together with any other such liabilities or Liens then existing, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(e) Notices from Governmental Authority — The Company shall deliver to each of the Holders promptly, and in any event within 30 days of receipt thereof, copies of any notice to the Company from any federal or state Governmental Authority relating to any order, ruling, statute or other law or regulation that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(f) Requested Information — The Company shall deliver to each of the Holders with reasonable promptness, such other data and information relating to the business, operations, affairs, financial condition, assets or properties of the Company (including, but without limitation, actual copies of the Company’s Form 10-Q and Form 10-K, if applicable) or relating to the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under the Credit Documents as from time to time may be reasonably requested by any Holder of a Note.

 

-30-


(g) New Documents — The Company shall deliver to each of the Holders promptly, but in no event later than five Business Days after execution and delivery thereof, a copy of each Additional Project Document.

(h) Litigation — The Company shall deliver to each of the Holders promptly, any notice with respect to any litigation pending or, to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened in writing against the Company, such notice to include, if requested in writing by any of the Holders, copies of all papers filed in such litigation and to be given monthly if any such papers have been filed since the last notice given.

(i) Cash Grant — The Company shall deliver to each of the Holders promptly, any notice, demand or other written communication delivered to the Company or any Affiliate thereof (if the Company has a copy thereof) by the U.S. Department of the Treasury or other Governmental Authority with respect to the Cash Grant and/or any Recapture Liabilities.

(j) Outage — The Company shall deliver to each of the Holders promptly, but in no event later than five days after occurrence thereof, (a) the scheduling of any outage with an anticipated duration in excess of five days and (b) any outage (scheduled or otherwise) with a duration in excess of five days.

(k) Other information — The Company shall deliver to each of the Holders promptly upon the Company’s receipt of the same, copies of material notices received by the Company under the Major Project Documents.

(l) Project Schedule — The Company shall deliver to each of the Holders promptly, any material modification to the Project Schedule.

(m) Rating Event — The Company shall notify each of the Holders promptly of the occurrence of a Rating Event and in any event within five Business Days of the occurrence thereof.

Section 7.3 Officer’s Certificate . Each set of financial statements of the Company delivered to a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or Section 7.1(b) shall be accompanied by a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer of the Company certifying that such Senior Financial Officer has reviewed the relevant terms hereof and has made, or caused to be made, under his or her supervision, a review of the transactions and conditions of the Company from the beginning of the quarterly or annual period covered by the statements then being furnished to the date of the certificate and that such review shall not have disclosed the existence during such period of any condition or event that constitutes a Default or an Event of Default or, if any such condition or event existed or exists (including, without limitation, any such event or condition resulting from the failure of the Company to comply with any Environmental Law), specifying the nature and period of existence thereof and what action the Company shall have taken or proposes to take with respect thereto.

Section 7.4 Visitation . The Company shall, subject to requirements of Governmental Rules, safety requirements and existing confidentiality restrictions imposed upon the Company by any other Person, and, if a Default or an Event of Default then exists, at the expense of the Company, permit employees or agents of each Holder of a Note and the Independent Engineer at

 

-31-


any reasonable times and upon reasonable prior notice to the Company and the Operator, (i) to inspect all of the Company’s properties, including the Sites, (ii) to examine or audit all of the Company’s books, accounts and records and make copies and memoranda thereof, (iii) to communicate with the Company’s auditors outside the presence of the Company, (iv) to discuss the business, operations, properties and financial and other conditions of the Company with officers and employees of the Company and with its independent certified public accountants, and (v) to witness any Performance Tests.

 

ARTICLE 8. P AYMENT AND P REPAYMENT OF THE N OTES .

Section 8.1 Required Payments; Mandatory Prepayments; Offer to Repay.

Section 8.1.1 Required Payments. Installment payments of principal due on each Note shall be made in accordance with the Amortization Schedule on each Repayment Date and each Note shall mature and all remaining principal and accrued interest payment, fees and costs (and, if applicable, the Make-Whole Amount) shall be payable on the Maturity Date.

Section 8.1.2 Mandatory Prepayment. The Company shall prepay the principal amount of the Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon and without payment of the Make-Whole Amount:

(i) with the Net Available Amount of the proceeds of any Loss Event in relation to the Project in which the Company receives more than $5,000,000 of insurance or other proceeds, subject to the Company’s right to repair and restore as set forth in Section 3.7.2(b) of the Depositary Agreement, pursuant to Section 3.7.2(c) of the Depositary Agreement; or

(ii) with the proceeds of warranty claims or refund claims received by the Company pursuant to Section 8.2(b) or Section 8.3 of the MESPA or Section 2.5 of the MOMA, other than with respect to amounts to be deposited into the System Refund Account;

(iii) to the extent required by Section 9.20 ( Partial Completion Buydown ); and

(iv) to the extent required by Section 3.8.2(b) of the Depositary Agreement.

All mandatory prepayments of Notes shall be applied in the inverse order of maturity against the remaining scheduled principal repayment amounts of the Notes other than any mandatory prepayment pursuant to Section 8.1.2(iii) above which shall be applied pro rata among all remaining installments of principal.

S ection 8.1.3 Offer to Repay.

(a) The Company shall make to each Holder of the Notes an Offer to Repay (as defined in paragraph (b) below) the principal amount of the Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the Offer Settlement Date (as defined in paragraph (b) below) and without payment of the Make-Whole Amount or any premium as follows:

(i) upon the occurrence of a Change of Control; or

(ii) upon the occurrence of a Rating Event to the extent required by Section 9.23.

 

-32-


(b) Within thirty (30) days after the occurrence of any event described in paragraph (a) above requiring the Company to make an Offer to Repay, the Company shall prepare and provide to each Holder of a Note a notice (each, an “ Offer to Repay Notice ”), which shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit 8.1.3(b) and shall include an offer (the “ Offer to Repay ”) pursuant to the covenant in paragraph (a) above to repay, on the date (each, an “ Offer Settlement Date ”) that is twenty (20) Business Days after the date of the Offer to Repay Notice, all of such Holder’s Notes. Each Holder of a Note (or its appointee) wishing to accept the Offer to Repay shall reply, substantially in the form of Schedule 1 to Exhibit 8.1.3(b), indicating whether such Offer to Repay is accepted by the close of business on the fifth (5th) Business Day immediately preceding the Offer Settlement Date.

(c) Two Business Days prior to any Offer Settlement Date, the Company shall deliver to each Holder that has accepted an Offer to Repay pursuant to Section 8.1.3(b), a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer specifying the principal amount of the Notes of such Holder to be repaid on such Offer Settlement Date and the amount of accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the Offer Settlement Date to be paid on such Offer Settlement Date. On each Offer Settlement Date, the Company shall pay to those Holders who have accepted the related Offer to Repay the aggregate amount required to be paid pursuant to this Section 8.1.3.

(d) On the Offer Settlement Date, the Company shall deliver to each Holder that has not accepted an Offer to Repay pursuant to Section 8.1.3(b) a revised Amortization Schedule reflecting the amortization of the aggregate principal amount of Notes remaining outstanding through the Maturity Date.

Section 8.2 Optional Prepayments with Make-Whole Amount . The Company may, at its option, upon notice as provided below, prepay at any time all, or from time to time any part of, the Notes, in an amount, in the case of a partial prepayment, not less than the lesser of 5% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding and $2,000,000 at a redemption price equal to (i) 100% of the principal amount so prepaid, plus (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes being redeemed to the redemption date plus (iii) the Make-Whole Amount determined for the prepayment date with respect to such principal amount. The Company will give each Holder of Notes written notice of each optional prepayment under this Section 8.2 not less than 30 days and not more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for such prepayment. Each such notice shall specify such date (which shall be a Business Day), the aggregate principal amount of the Notes to be prepaid on such date, the principal amount of each Note held by such Holder to be prepaid (determined in accordance with Section 8.3), and the interest to be paid on the prepayment date with respect to such principal amount being prepaid, and shall be accompanied by a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer as to the estimated Make-Whole Amount due in connection with such prepayment (calculated as if the date of such notice were

 

-33-


the date of the prepayment), setting forth the details of such computation. Two Business Days prior to such prepayment, the Company shall deliver to each Holder of Notes a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer specifying the calculation of such Make-Whole Amount as of the specified prepayment date.

Section 8.3 Allocation of Partial Prepayments . In the case of each partial prepayment of the Notes pursuant to Sections 8.1.1, 8.1.2 and 8.2, the principal amount of the Notes to be prepaid shall be allocated among all of the Notes at the time outstanding in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective unpaid principal amounts thereof not theretofore called for prepayment.

Section 8.4 Maturity; Surrender, Etc. In the case of each prepayment of Notes pursuant to this Article 8, the principal amount of each Note or portion thereof (in the case of a partial prepayment) to be prepaid shall mature and become due and payable on the date fixed for such prepayment, together with interest on such principal amount accrued to such date and the applicable Make-Whole Amount, if any. From and after such date, unless the Company shall fail to pay such principal amount when so due and payable, together with the interest and Make- Whole Amount, if any, as aforesaid, interest on such principal amount shall cease to accrue. Any Note paid or prepaid in full shall be surrendered to the Company and cancelled and shall not be reissued, and no Note shall be issued in lieu of any prepaid principal amount of any Note.

Section 8.5 Purchase of Notes . The Company will not and, to the extent of its power, will not permit any Affiliate to purchase, redeem, prepay or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any of the outstanding Notes except upon the payment or prepayment of the Notes in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Notes. The Company will promptly cancel all Notes acquired by it pursuant to any payment or prepayment of Notes pursuant to any provision of this Agreement and no Notes may be issued in substitution or exchange for any such Notes. In the event that any Affiliate of the Company acquires any of the Notes (pursuant to any payment or prepayment of Notes pursuant to any provision of this Agreement or otherwise), such Notes shall be deemed not to be outstanding for purposes of determining whether the Holders of the requisite percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding have approved or consented to any amendment, waiver or consent to be given under this Agreement or the Notes, or have directed the taking of any action provided herein or in the Notes to be taken upon the direction of the Holders of a specified percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding.

Section 8.6 Make-Whole Amount .

Make-Whole Amount ” means, with respect to any Note, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Discounted Value of the Remaining Scheduled Payments with respect to the Called Principal of such Note over the amount of such Called Principal, provided that the Make-Whole Amount may in no event be less than zero. For the purposes of determining the Make-Whole Amount, the following terms have the following meanings:

Called Principal ” means, with respect to any Note, the principal of such Note that is to be prepaid pursuant to Section 8.2 or has become or is declared to be immediately due and payable pursuant to Section 12.1, as the context requires.

 

-34-


Discounted Value ” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, the amount obtained by discounting all Remaining Scheduled Payments with respect to such Called Principal from their respective scheduled due dates to the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, in accordance with accepted financial practice and at a discount factor (applied on the same periodic basis as that on which interest on the Notes is payable) equal to the Reinvestment Yield with respect to such Called Principal.

Reinvestment Yield ” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, the sum of (x) 0.50% and (y) the yield to maturity implied by the yield(s) reported as of 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the second Business Day preceding the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, on the display designated as “Page PX1” (or such other display as may replace Page PX1) on Bloomberg Financial Markets for the most recently issued actively traded on-the- run U.S. Treasury securities (“ Reported ”) having a maturity equal to the Remaining Average Life of such Called Principal as of such Settlement Date. If there are no such U.S. Treasury securities Reported having a maturity equal to such Remaining Average Life, then such implied yield to maturity will be determined by (a) converting U.S. Treasury bill quotations to bond equivalent yields in accordance with accepted financial practice and (b) interpolating linearly between the yields Reported for the applicable most recently issued actively traded on-the-run U.S. Treasury securities with the maturities (1) closest to and greater than such Remaining Average Life and (2) closest to and less than such Remaining Average Life. The Reinvestment Yield shall be rounded to the number of decimal places as appears in the interest rate of the applicable Note.

If such yields are not Reported or the yields Reported as of such time are not ascertainable (including by way of interpolation), then “ Reinvestment Yield ” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, the sum of (x) 0.50% and (y) the yield to maturity implied by the U.S. Treasury constant maturity yields reported, for the latest day for which such yields have been so reported as of the second Business Day preceding the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (or any comparable successor publication) for the U.S. Treasury constant maturity having a term equal to the Remaining Average Life of such Called Principal as of such Settlement Date. If there is no such U.S. Treasury constant maturity having a term equal to such Remaining Average Life, such implied yield to maturity will be determined by interpolating linearly between (1) the U.S. Treasury constant maturity so reported with the term closest to and greater than such Remaining Average Life and (2) the U.S. Treasury constant maturity so reported with the term closest to and less than such Remaining Average Life. The Reinvestment Yield shall be rounded to the number of decimal places as appears in the interest rate of the applicable Note.

Remaining Average Life ” means, with respect to any Called Principal, the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth year) obtained by dividing (i) such Called Principal into (ii) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the principal component of each Remaining Scheduled Payment with respect to such Called Principal by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth year), computed on the basis of a 360 day year composed of twelve 30 day months, that will elapse between the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal and the scheduled due date of such Remaining Scheduled Payment.

 

-35-


Remaining Scheduled Payments ” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, all payments of such Called Principal and interest thereon that would be due after the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal if no payment of such Called Principal were made prior to its scheduled due date, provided that if such Settlement Date is not a date on which interest payments are due to be made under the terms of the Notes, then the amount of the next succeeding scheduled interest payment will be reduced by the amount of interest accrued to such Settlement Date and required to be paid on such Settlement Date pursuant to Section 8.4 or Section 12.1.

Settlement Date ” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, the date on which such Called Principal is to be prepaid pursuant to Section 8.2 or has become or is declared to be immediately due and payable pursuant to Section 12.1, as the context requires.

 

ARTICLE 9. A FFIRMATIVE C OVENANTS .

The Company covenants that, so long as any of the Notes are outstanding:

Section 9.1 Compliance with Laws . Without limiting Section 10.5, the Company will comply with all laws, ordinances or governmental rules or regulations to which it is subject, including, without limitation, ERISA, the USA PATRIOT Act and the other laws and regulations that are referred to in Section 5.16, and will obtain and maintain in effect all licenses, certificates, permits, franchises and other governmental authorizations necessary to the ownership of its properties or to the conduct of its businesses, in each case to the extent necessary to ensure that non-compliance with such laws, ordinances or governmental rules or regulations or failures to obtain or maintain in effect such licenses, certificates, permits, franchises and other governmental authorizations could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 9.2 Insurance . Without cost to the Secured Parties, the Company shall maintain or cause to be maintained on its behalf in effect at all times the types of insurance required pursuant to Schedule 9.2, in the amounts and on the terms and conditions specified therein, from insurers of the quality specified in such Schedule or other insurance companies of recognized responsibility reasonably satisfactory to the Required Holders.

Section 9.3 Maintenance of Properties . Other than property disposed of in accordance with Section 10.4, the Company shall maintain (a) a good, marketable and insurable (i) leasehold interest in the Sites, (ii) easement interest in the Easements, and (b) good, legal and valid title to all of its other material properties and assets, in each case free of all Liens other than Permitted Liens. The Company shall generally keep all property useful and necessary in its business in good working order and condition.

Section 9.4 Payment of Taxes and Claims . The Company will file all tax returns required to be filed in any jurisdiction and to pay and discharge all taxes shown to be due and payable on such returns and all other taxes, assessments, governmental charges, or levies imposed on it or any of its properties, assets, income or franchises, to the extent the same have become due and payable and before they have become delinquent and all claims for which sums have become due and payable that have or might become a Lien on properties or assets of the

 

-36-


Company, provided that the Company does not need to pay any such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim if (i) the amount, applicability or validity thereof is contested by the Company on a timely basis in good faith and in appropriate proceedings, and the Company has established adequate reserves therefor in accordance with GAAP on the books of the Company or (ii) the nonpayment of all such taxes, assessments, charges, levies and claims in the aggregate could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 9.5 Corporate Existence, Etc . Subject to Section 10.2, the Company will at all times preserve and keep its limited liability company existence in full force and effect. Subject to Sections 10.2 and 10.4, the Company will at all times preserve and keep in full force and effect all rights and franchises of the Company unless, in the good faith judgment of the Company, the termination of or failure to preserve and keep in full force and effect such right or franchise could not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 9.6 Books, Records . The Company shall maintain, or cause to be maintained, adequate books, accounts and records with respect to the Company and the Project, in which full and correct entries shall be made of all financial transactions and the assets and business of the Company, and prepare all financial statements required hereunder, in each case in accordance with GAAP (subject, in the case of unaudited financial statements, to changes resulting from audit and normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnote disclosure) and in compliance with the regulations of any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction thereof.

Section 9.7 Use of Proceeds, Equity Contributions, Project Revenues .

(a) The Company shall use the proceeds of the sale of the Notes only (A) as of the Closing Date, (i) to fully repay any Debt outstanding under the Existing Financing Agreement, (ii) to fund the Debt Service Reserve Account up to the Debt Service Reserve Requirement, (iii) to fund the IDC Reserve Account in an amount equal to $5,365,637 (iv) to pay all fees and costs related to the transactions under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents and (v) to pay to the Pledgor the Permitted Distribution and (B) thereafter (i) to pay from the Construction Escrow Account Project Costs in respect of tested and commissioned Systems during the Ramp Up Period and (ii) to pay to the Pledgor the Final Completion Date Distribution.

(b) The Company shall apply Project Revenues and equity contributions as required by Sections 3.3.1, 3.5, 3.7 and 3.9 of the Depositary Agreement.

Section 9.8 Payment .

(a) Credit Documents . The Company shall pay all sums due under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents to which it is a party according to the terms hereof and thereof.

(b) Other Obligations . The Company shall pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy at or before maturity or before they become delinquent, as the case may be, all of its obligations under the Project Documents and all of its other obligations of whatever nature and howsoever arising, except such as may be contested in good faith or as to which a bona fide dispute may exist, provided that adequate cash reserves have been established for the payment thereof in the

 

-37-


event such dispute were resolved unfavorably to the Company, or the Holders are satisfied in their reasonable discretion that non-payment of such obligation pending the resolution of such contest or dispute will not in any way endanger the Project or result in a Material Adverse Effect or that provision is made to the satisfaction of the Holders in their reasonable discretion for the posting of security (other than the Collateral) for or the bonding of such obligations or the prompt payment thereof in the event that such obligation is payable.

Section 9.9 Additional Direct Agreements . With respect to any Major Project Document entered into after the Closing Date, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the applicable counterparty to execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent a Direct Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit 4.1.30, with such changes as are reasonably acceptable to the Required Holders (including dispensing with a Direct Agreement if deemed appropriate by the Required Holders).

Section 9.10 Performance of the Major Project Documents . The Company shall perform (to the extent not excused by force majeure events or the nonperformance of the other party and not subject to a good faith dispute) all of its material contractual obligations under the Major Project Documents.

Section 9.11 Utility Regulation . The Company shall take or cause to be taken all necessary or appropriate actions so that (a) (i) the Company will be an Exempt Wholesale Generator, and (ii) the Project will be an Eligible Facility at all times, (b) the Company and the Project shall not be subject to, or shall be exempt from, (A) regulation as a “public–utility company” or “holding company” under PUHCA, or (B) financial, organizational or rate regulation as an “electric utility”, “electric corporation” or any similar Person under the laws of the State of Delaware as presently constituted and as construed by the courts of the State of Delaware, and (c) the Company will be authorized under the FPA to sell electricity at market- based rates with such waivers and blanket authorizations (including blanket authorizations to issue securities under Section 204 of the FPA and 18 C.F.R. Part 34) as customarily are granted to entities with market-based rate authority.

Section 9.12 Construction of the Project . The Company shall cause the Project to be designed, engineered, constructed, developed, installed, equipped, maintained and operated in a good and workmanlike manner and in compliance with all applicable Legal Requirements, Permits and Prudent Electrical Practices (as defined in the MESPA).

Section 9.13 As-Built Survey . Within 60 days after Final Completion of the Project at each Site, the Company shall deliver to the Collateral Agent, each of the Holders and the Independent Engineer a Site survey constituting an as-built survey reflecting all Improvements to the Real Property in connection with the construction of the Project, and each such Site survey shall be subject to approval by the Independent Engineer.

Section 9.14 Operation and Maintenance of Project; Operating Budget .

(a) The Company shall keep the Project, or cause the same to be kept, in good operating condition consistent with the standard of care set forth in the MOMA, all Applicable Permits and Applicable Third Party Permits, Legal Requirements and the Operative Documents, and make or cause to be made all repairs (structural and non-structural, extraordinary or ordinary) necessary to keep the Project in such condition.

 

-38-


(b) On or prior to November 1 of each year, the Company shall submit an operating plan and a budget, detailed by month, of anticipated revenues and anticipated expenditures, and anticipated expenditures from and deposit of reserves to, the Accounts, such budget to include Debt Service, deposit of reserves to the Debt Service Reserve Account, estimated dividend payments or other distributions, reserves, all anticipated O&M Costs applicable to the Project for the ensuing calendar year (or, in the case of the initial Annual Operating Budget, partial calendar year), to the conclusion of the second full calendar year thereafter and the corresponding total operation and maintenance budget amount for the applicable year from the Base Case Projections (each such annual operating plan and budget, including the initial Annual Operating Budget, an “ Annual Operating Budget ”). The Company shall prepare a final Annual Operating Budget no less than 30 days in advance of January 1 of each calendar year.

(c) The Company shall operate and maintain the Project, or cause the Project to be operated and maintained, within amounts for (a) any Operating Budget Category not to exceed 110% (on a year-to-date basis) and (b) for all Operating Budget Categories not to exceed 105% (on a year-to-date basis), in each case of the amounts budgeted therefor as set forth in the then-current Annual Operating Budget; provided that subject to Section 10.13, the Company may propose an amendment to the Annual Operating Budget for Required Holders’ approval if at any time the Company cannot comply with this requirement (and the Required Holders shall consider each such amendment in good faith and shall not unreasonably withhold or delay their consent to the approval of any such amendment). Pending approval of any Annual Operating Budget or amendment thereto in accordance with the terms of this Section 9.14, the Company shall use all reasonable efforts to operate and maintain the Project, or cause the Project to be operated and maintained, within the then-current Annual Operating Budget (it being acknowledged that if a particular calendar year’s Annual Operating Budget has not been approved by the time periods provided in Section 9.14(b), then the then-current Annual Operating Budget shall be deemed to be the Annual Operating Budget in effect prior to the delivery of the proposed final Annual Operating Budget pursuant to Section 9.14(b)); provided , that the amounts specified therein shall be increased to the extent specified in the Project Documents.

Section 9.15 Preservation of Rights; Further Assurances .

(a) Major Project Documents . The Company shall maintain in full force and effect, perform (subject to Section 9.8(b)) the obligations of the Company under, preserve, protect and defend the material rights of the Company under and take all reasonable action necessary to prevent termination (except by expiration in accordance with its terms) of each and every Major Project Document, including prosecution of suits to enforce any material right of the Company thereunder and enforcement of any material claims with respect thereto; provided , that upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default or, with respect to any Project Document between the Company and any Affiliate, when such Affiliate has acted or failed to act in a manner that with the giving of notice by the Company or the passage of time, an event of default will occur under such Project Document, if the Collateral Agent or the Required Holders request that certain actions be taken and the Company fails to take the requested actions

 

-39-


within 10 Business Days, the Holders or the Collateral Agent may enforce in its own name or in the Company’s name, such rights of the Company (if and to the extent not prohibited by any Governmental Rule), in addition to such rights as may be more particularly provided in the Security Agreement and the other Credit Documents.

(b) Preservation of Collateral . From time to time promptly, upon the reasonable request of the Collateral Agent or the Required Holders, the Company shall execute, acknowledge or deliver, or cause the execution, acknowledgment and delivery of, and thereafter register, file or record, or cause to be registered, filed or recorded in an appropriate governmental office, all such notices, statements, instruments and other documents (including any memorandum of lease or other agreement, financing statement, continuation statement, certificate of title or estoppel certificate) supplemental to or confirmatory of the Collateral Documents, and take such other steps as may be deemed by the Collateral Agent necessary or advisable to render fully valid and enforceable under all applicable laws the rights, liens and priorities of the Secured Parties with respect to all Collateral and other security from time to time furnished under the Credit Documents or intended to be so furnished, or for the continued validity, perfection and priority of the Liens on the Collateral covered thereby subject to no other Liens except as permitted by the applicable Collateral Document, or obtain any consents or waivers as may be necessary or appropriate in connection therewith, in each case in such form and at such times as shall be reasonably requested by the Required Holders or the Collateral Agent, and pay all reasonable fees and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incident to compliance with this Section 9.15(b). Upon the exercise by the Required Holders or the Collateral Agent of any power, right, privilege or remedy pursuant to any Credit Document which requires any consent, approval, registration, qualification or authorization of any Governmental Authority, the Company shall execute and deliver all applications, certifications, instruments and other documents and papers that any Holder or the Collateral Agent may require. If the Required Holders or the Collateral Agent determine that they are required by law or regulation to have appraisals prepared in respect of the Real Property, the Company shall provide to each of the Holders appraisals that satisfy the applicable requirements of the Real Estate Appraisal Reform Amendments of FIRREA and are otherwise in form and substance satisfactory to the Required Holders.

(c) Enforcement of Affiliate Agreements . If at any time the Company is entitled to make a claim or pursue any other remedy under the MESPA, MOMA or the Administrative Services Agreement, the Company shall make a claim thereunder for liquidated damages or, as applicable, to have one or more Systems repaired, replaced, or repurchased by the Sponsor, or pursue such other remedy, as applicable. The Company shall otherwise enforce all of its rights under the MESPA, MOMA and Administrative Services Agreement as diligently as if its counterparty were not an Affiliate.

(d) Additional Collateral. If the Company shall at any time acquire any real property or leasehold or other interest in real property not covered by the Mortgage, then promptly upon such acquisition, the Company shall execute, deliver and record a supplement to the Mortgage, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Required Holders, subjecting the real property or leasehold or other interests to the Lien and security interest created by the Mortgage. The Company shall obtain an appropriate endorsement or supplement to, as applicable, the Title Policy, insuring the Lien of the Collateral Agent in such additional property, subject only to Liens and other exceptions to title reasonably agreed by Collateral Agent of a type similar to Title Exceptions.

 

-40-


(e) Further Assurances . The Company shall execute and deliver all documents as shall be reasonably required or that the Collateral Agent or any Holder shall reasonably request in connection with the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent and the Holders of the Notes under the Operative Documents, and perform, such other reasonable acts as may be necessary to carry out the intent of the Credit Documents.

(f) Applicable Permits . The Company shall obtain and maintain all Applicable Permits.

(g) Tariff Compliance . The Company shall (a) take all actions necessary to comply with and maintain its eligibility as a QFCP Generator under the Tariff, (b) maintain as true the conditions set forth in Sections 4.1.33, 4.1.35 and 4.2.7, (c) take all actions necessary to invoice and collect the maximum amounts available under the Tariff, including, if applicable, by declaring a Forced Outage Event or a Force Majeure Event (as defined in the Tariff), (d) procure natural gas feedstock solely pursuant to the Gas Tariff.

Section 9.16 Forced Outage Event .

The Company shall declare a Forced Outage Event if permitted under the Tariff if:

(a) Sponsor has reached the System Liability Cap;

(b) The Project fails to maintain the Efficiency Bank in a positive balance;

(c) The Project output is such that there has been a failure to meet the Power Performance Warranty during a Thirty-Day Power Performance Warranty Period, as such terms are defined in the MESPA and MOMA (i.e. 85%); or

(d) A Bankruptcy Event occurs with respect to the Sponsor or the Sponsor shall cease to carry on its business.

Section 9.17 Event of Eminent Domain . If an Event of Eminent Domain shall occur with respect to any Collateral, the Company shall (a) diligently pursue all its rights to compensation against the relevant Governmental Authority in respect of such Event of Eminent Domain, (b) not, without the consent of the Required Holders (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), compromise or settle any claim against such Governmental Authority in an amount in excess of $1,000,000 individually and $5,000,000 in the aggregate, and (c) pay or apply all Eminent Domain Proceeds in accordance with Section 3.7 of the Depositary Agreement. The Company consents to, and agrees not to object to or otherwise impede or impair, the participation of the Holders and/or the Collateral Agent in any expropriation proceedings involving an amount in excess of $1,000,000 individually and $5,000,000 in the aggregate, and the Company shall from time to time deliver to the Holders and the Collateral Agent all documents and instruments requested by them or it to permit such participation.

 

-41-


Section 9.18 Environmental Laws.

The Company shall (a) comply with, and ensure compliance by all tenants, contractual counterparties, licensees and invitees, if any, with all applicable Hazardous Substance Laws and obtain and comply in all material respects with, and maintain, and ensure that all tenants, contractual counterparties, licensees and invitees obtain and comply in all material respects with, and maintain all Permits required by applicable Hazardous Substance Laws; (b) conduct and complete, or cause to be conducted and completed, all investigations, studies, sampling and testing, and all clean-up, remedial, removal, recovery and other actions required pursuant to Hazardous Substance Laws or otherwise as necessary to prevent itself or any Secured Party from incurring any material liability; (c) promptly comply in all material respects with all orders and directives of all Governmental Authorities in respect of Hazardous Substance Laws, except to the extent that the same are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; (d) exercise care, custody and control over the Sites and the Project in such manner as not to pose a material or unreasonable hazard to the environment, health or safety in general; and (e) give (and shall cause the Operator and the contractors, to the extent applicable, to give) due attention to the protection and conservation of the environment in the implementation of each aspect of the Project, all in accordance with applicable Hazardous Substance Laws, Permits and Legal Requirements, and good industry practices.

Section 9.19 Independent Consultants . The Company shall (a) cooperate in all reasonable respects with the Independent Consultants and (b) ensure that each Independent Consultant is provided with all information reasonably requested by such consultant with respect to the financing, construction or operation of the Project and will exercise due care to ensure that any factual information which it may supply to such consultant is materially accurate in all respects, and not, by omission of information or otherwise, misleading in any material respect at the time such information is provided, to the extent that such consultant relied on such information in preparing its report.

Section 9.20 Partial Completion Buydown . In the event that less than 30 MW of nameplate capacity of Systems have achieved COD on or prior to the Date Certain, then the Company shall within ten Business Days re-calculate the size of the Notes under the Base Case Projections by (a) reducing the Project capacity assumption therein to the actual Project nameplate capacity, (b) maintaining DSCR at a 1.40:1 minimum through the Maturity Date under the base case, (c) maintaining DSCR at 1.05:1 minimum through the Maturity Date under the Forced Outage Tariff Structure, and (d) otherwise changing no assumptions in the Base Case Projections. The Company’s calculations shall be subject to review and approval by the Required Holders (in consultation with the Independent Engineer). Any amount by which, after such review and approval, the original total principal amount of the Notes exceeds the revised total principal amount of the Notes is the “ Buydown Amount .” The Company shall prepay the Notes in the aggregate amount of the Buydown Amount within 30 days of notification from the Required Holders (in consultation with the Independent Engineer) that the Company’s re-calculation has been approved by the Required Holders (in consultation with the Independent Engineer).

Section 9.21 Separateness . The Company shall (a) maintain entity records and books of account separate from those of any other entity which is an Affiliate of the Company, (b) not

 

-42-


commingle its funds or assets with those of any other entity which is an Affiliate of the Company, (c) provide that its governing body will hold all appropriate meetings to authorize and approve the Company’s actions, which meetings will be separate from those of other entities and (d) comply with the separateness provisions set forth in the Governing Documents of the Company.

Section 9.22 Rating . The Company, no less frequently than once per year (which year shall commence on the Closing Date (in the case of the first year) or the applicable anniversary of the Closing Date (in the case of each subsequent year) and end on the day prior to the immediately following anniversary of the Closing Date), obtain from the Rating Agency a ratings letter assigning a credit rating to the Notes ( provided that there will be no minimum level required for such rating).

Section 9.23 Rating Event . In the event that, after the Closing Date, (i) the Sponsor obtains an investment grade rating and (ii) the “Forced Outage Event” payment provisions of the Tariff cease to be in effect (collectively, a “ Rating Event ”), at the Holders’ option, communicated to the Company within 30 days of the occurrence of such Rating Event, either (A) an investment grade guarantee securing the obligations of the Company under the Notes will be provided by the Sponsor, such guarantee to be in form and substance satisfactory to the Required Holders or (B) the Company shall make an Offer to Repay all of the Notes then outstanding in accordance with Section 8.1.3.

Section 9.24 Debt Service Coverage Ratio. No later than 10 days after each Repayment Date, the Company shall calculate and deliver to the Holders the DSCR for the calculation period for such Repayment Date. The calculations of the DSCR hereunder shall be used in determining the application and distribution of funds pursuant to Section 10.10 hereunder and Section 3.8 of the Depositary Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 10. N EGATIVE C OVENANTS .

From the date of this Agreement until the Closing and thereafter, so long as any of the Notes are outstanding, the Company covenants that:

Section 10.1 Transactions with Affiliates . The Company shall not directly or indirectly enter into any transaction or series of transactions relating to the Project with or for the benefit of an Affiliate without the prior approval of the Required Holders, except for (a) the limited liability company agreement of the Company and the Operative Documents as in effect on the Closing Date and (b) as otherwise expressly permitted or contemplated by the Credit Documents.

Section 10.2 Dissolution; Merger.

The Company shall not (a) wind up, liquidate or dissolve its affairs, (b) combine, merge or consolidate with or into any other entity, or (c) purchase or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of the assets of any Person.

Section 10.3 Line of Business; Changes . The Company shall not (a) change the nature of its business or expand its business beyond the business contemplated in the Operative

 

-43-


Documents or activities incidental thereto or take any action, whether by acquisition or otherwise, which would constitute or result in any material alteration to the nature of such business; (b) establish, create or acquire any Subsidiaries; or (c) directly or indirectly, change its legal form or any of its Governing Documents (including by the filing or modification of any certificate of designation) or any agreement to which it is a party with respect to its limited liability company interest or otherwise terminate, amend or modify any such Governing Document or agreement or any provision thereof, or enter into any new agreement with respect to its limited liability company interest, other than any such amendments, modifications or changes or such new agreements to which the prior consent of the Required Holders and the Collateral Agent (if appropriate) has been obtained or which are not adverse in any material respect to the interests of the Holders of the Notes.

Section 10.4 Sale or Lease of Assets . The Company shall not sell, lease, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except (a) in the ordinary course of its business and at fair market value, (b) to the extent that such asset is unnecessary, worn out or no longer useful or usable in connection with the operation or maintenance of the Project, at fair market value, or (c) as expressly contemplated by the Operative Documents (including, without limitation, in connection with the return of any System to Sponsor as provided in the MESPA or MOMA). Upon any such sale, lease, assignment, transfer or other disposition of any such assets, all Liens in favor of Collateral Agent relating to such asset shall be released. The Company shall not enter into any sale and leaseback transactions.

Section 10.5 Terrorism Sanctions Regulations . The Company will not and will not permit any Controlled Entity to (a) become a Blocked Person or (b) have any investments in or engage in any dealings or transactions with any Blocked Person if such investments, dealings or transactions would cause any Holder of a Note to be in violation of any laws or regulations that are applicable to such Holder.

Section 10.6 Liens . The Company will not create, incur, assume or permit to exist (upon the happening of a contingency or otherwise) any Lien on or with respect to any property or asset (including without limitation, any document or instrument in respect of goods or account receivable) of the Company, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or otherwise convey any right to receive income or profits, except Permitted Liens.

Section 10.7 Contingent Obligations . Except as provided in the Credit Documents, the Company shall not become liable as a surety, guarantor, accommodation endorser or otherwise, for or upon the obligation of any other Person or incur any Contingent Obligations; provided , that this Section 10.7 shall not be deemed to prohibit or otherwise limit the occurrence of Permitted Debt.

Section 10.8 Debt . The Company shall not incur, create, assume or permit to exist, directly or indirectly, any Debt except Permitted Debt.

Section 10.9 Investments . The Company shall not (a) make any investments (whether by purchase of stocks, bonds, notes, obligations or other securities, loan, extension of credit,

 

-44-


advance or otherwise) other than Permitted Investments or make any capital contribution to any Person; or (b) other than Permitted Investments, own any equity interest in, lend money, extend credit or make advances to, or any deposits with (other than deposits or advances in relation to the payment for services in the ordinary course of business), or make deposits with, any Person other than Depositary.

Section 10.10 Restricted Payments .

Other than the Permitted Distribution and the Final Completion Date Distribution, the Company shall not directly or indirectly, make or declare any distribution, including but not limited to any repurchase of any equity interest of the Company (in cash, property or obligation) on, or any payment on account of, any interest in the Company (not including the Cash Grant proceeds), unless the following conditions have been satisfied (the “ Distribution Conditions ”):

(a) such distribution will occur no later than 15 days after a Repayment Date and will be made from amounts on deposit in the Distribution Suspense Account;

(b) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing as of the date of, or will result from, such distribution;

(c) the amount on deposit in the Debt Service Reserve Account is equal to the Debt Service Reserve Requirement; and

(d) the DSCR for the immediately preceding 12-month period (or, during the initial 12 months following the Final Completion Date, the actual number of complete quarters since the Final Completion Date) and as projected for the immediately succeeding 12-month period is greater than or equal to 1.25:1.

Section 10.11 Margin Loan Regulations . The Company shall not directly or indirectly apply any part of the proceeds of the Notes, any cash equity contributions received by the Company or other funds or revenues to the “buying,” “carrying” or “purchasing” of any margin stock within the meaning of Regulations T, U or X of the Federal Reserve Board, or any regulations, interpretations or rulings thereunder.

Section 10.12 Partnership, Separateness Etc. The Company shall not (a) become a general or limited partner in any partnership or a joint venturer in any joint venture, (b) create and hold stock in any Subsidiary, (c) engage in any business other than owning and operating the Project and related activities, (d) fail to maintain separate bank accounts and separate books of account, (e) fail to cause its liabilities to be readily distinguishable from the liabilities of the Sponsor and the other Affiliates of the Sponsor, (f) fail to conduct its business solely in its own name in a manner not misleading to other Persons as to its identity, or (g) fail to make all oral and written communications, including letters, invoices, purchase orders, contracts, statements, and applications solely in its name.

Section 10.13 Amendments . The Company shall not amend, modify, supplement or waive, accept, or permit or consent to the termination, amendment, modification, supplement or waiver (including any waiver (or refund) of damages (liquidated or otherwise) payable by any contractor under any Major Project Document) of, any provision of, or give any material

 

-45-


consent, including a consent to appointment of a Service Provider under the MOMA (as such term is defined in the MOMA) or any other subcontractor under the MESPA or MOMA (each such termination, amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent, inclusive of any applicable change orders, being referred to herein as a “ Project Document Modification ”) under any of the Major Project Documents.

Section 10.14 Name and Location; Fiscal Year . The Company shall not change its name, its jurisdiction of organization, its organization identification number, its fiscal year or, except as required by GAAP, its accounting policies or reporting practices. The Company shall not change the location of its principal place of business unless it has given written notice to the Collateral Agent, specifying the location of the new principal place of business, not less than 30 days prior to the date such change in the location of the Company’s principal place of business is to be effective.

Section 10.15 Hazardous Substances . The Company shall not Release (or suffer the Release) into the environment any Hazardous Substances in violation of any Hazardous Substance Laws, Legal Requirements or Applicable Permits.

Section 10.16 Use of Sites . Subject to existing third party easements, rights of way, or other third party property rights over the Sites, the Company shall not use, maintain, operate or occupy, or allow the use, maintenance, operation or occupancy of, any portion of the Project or either Site for any purpose (a) which may (i) constitute a public or private nuisance or (ii) make void, voidable, or cancelable, or materially increase the premium of, any insurance policies then in force with respect to all or a portion of the Project, or (b) that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 10.17 Project Documents . The Company shall not enter into or become a party to any Additional Project Document without (a) obtaining the consent from the Required Holders (unless the aggregate value thereof shall be less than $250,000 in which case such consent shall not be required), (b) using commercially reasonable efforts to obtain from its counterparty a Direct Agreement in the form of Exhibit 4.1.30 or as otherwise approved by the Required Holders in advance, and (c) providing an executed copy thereof to each of the Required Holders and the Collateral Agent within five Business Days after execution.

Section 10.18 Assignment by Third Parties . To the extent the Company’s consent is required, without prior consent of the Required Holders, the Company shall not consent to the assignment of any obligations under any Major Project Document by any counterparty thereto.

Section 10.19 Acquisition of Real Property . The Company shall not acquire or lease any real property or other interest in real property (excluding the acquisition of any easements or the acquisition (but not the exercise) of any options to acquire any such interests in real property the value of which is lower than $1,000,000 individually or $5,000,000 in the aggregate) other than the Sites, Easements and other interests in real property acquired on or prior to the Closing Date.

Section 10.20 ERISA . The Company shall not sponsor any employee benefit plans subject to Title I or Title IV of ERISA.

 

-46-


Section 10.21 Lease Obligations . The Company shall not create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any obligations as lessee for the rent or hire of any property under leases other than the Leases.

Section 10.22 Disputes . The Company shall not agree, authorize or otherwise consent to any proposed settlement, resolution or compromise of any litigation, arbitration or other dispute with any Person without the prior authorization of the Required Holders if such proposed settlement, resolution or compromise could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 10.23 Assignment . The Company shall not assign its rights or obligations under any Credit Document or any Major Project Document to any Person, except pursuant to the Collateral Documents.

Section 10.24 Accounts . The Company shall not maintain, establish or use any account (other than the Accounts), other than (i) the Cash Grant Account, (ii) the System Refund Account and (iii) an operating account with a balance not to exceed $500,000.

Section 10.25 Regulations; Tariff .

(a) The Company shall not cause or permit, or take any action or inaction that would result in, loss of (a) the Project’s status as an Eligible Facility and its certification as an Exempt Wholesale Generator, or (b) its authorization to sell energy, capacity and ancillary services at market-based rates.

(b) The Company shall not take any action that would result in its loss of eligibility as a QFCP Generator under the Tariff.

(c) The Company shall not consent to any modification, amendment, repeal, waiver or suspension of the Tariff.

Section 10.26 Capital Expenditures . The Company shall not make any Capital Expenditures other than Capital Expenditures set forth in the Project Budget or in the then current Annual Operating Budget that are reasonably required in order to operate and maintain the Project in accordance with the Legal Requirements and the Major Project Documents.

 

ARTICLE 11. E VENTS O F D EFAULT .

An “ Event of Default ” shall exist if any of the following conditions or events shall occur and be continuing:

Section 11.1 Failure to Make Payments .

(a) The Company defaults in the payment of any principal or Make-Whole Amount, if any, on any Note for more than one Business Day after the same becomes due and payable, whether at maturity or at a date fixed for prepayment or by declaration or otherwise; or

(b) The Company defaults in the payment of any interest on any Note for more than five Business Days after the same becomes due and payable.

 

-47-


Section 11.2 Misstatements . Any representation or warranty made in writing by or on behalf of the Company or by any officer of the Company in this Agreement or in any writing furnished in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby proves to have been false or incorrect in any material respect on the date as of which made.

Section 11.3 Breach of Terms of Agreement .

(a) the Company defaults in the performance of or compliance with any term contained in Sections 7.2(c), 9.2, 9.5, 9.7, 9.15(f), 9.16, 9.20, 9.23 and Article 10; or

(b) the Company defaults in the performance of or compliance with any term contained herein (other than those referred to in Sections 11.1, 11.2 or 11.3(a)) and such default is not remedied within 30 days after the earlier of (i) a Responsible Officer of the Company obtaining Knowledge of such default and (ii) the Company receiving written notice of such default from any Holder of a Note (any such written notice to be identified as a “notice of default” and to refer specifically to this Section 11.3); provided , that, if (A) such failure does not consist principally of the failure to pay money and cannot be cured within such 30 day period, (B) such failure is susceptible of cure within 90 days, (C) the Company is proceeding with diligence and good faith to cure such failure, (D) the existence of such failure has not had and could not, after considering the nature of the cure, be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (E) the Holders shall have received an officer’s certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Company to the effect of clauses (A), (B), (C) and (D) above and stating what action the Company is taking to cure such failure, then such 30-day cure period shall be extended to such date, not to exceed a total of 90 days, as shall be necessary for the Company diligently to cure such failure.

(c) any Credit Party shall fail to perform or observe any covenant to be performed or observed by it under any Credit Document to which it is a party and not otherwise specifically provided for in this Article 11, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of 10 days after such Credit Party becomes aware thereof, provided that with respect to the Equity Contribution Agreement only, such period shall be 5 Business Days.

Section 11.4 Defaults Under Other Debt . (i) the Company is in default (as principal or as guarantor or other surety) in the payment of any principal of or premium or make-whole amount or interest on any Debt that is outstanding in an aggregate principal amount of at least $1,500,000 beyond any period of grace provided with respect thereto, or (ii) the Company is in default in the performance of or compliance with any term of any evidence of any Debt in an aggregate outstanding principal amount of at least $1,500,000 or of any mortgage, indenture or other agreement relating thereto or any other condition exists, and as a consequence of such default or condition such Debt has become, or has been declared (or one or more Persons are entitled to declare such Debt to be), due and payable before its stated maturity or before its regularly scheduled dates of payment, or (iii) as a consequence of the occurrence or continuation of any event or condition (other than the passage of time or the right of the Holder of Debt to convert such Debt into equity interests), (x) the Company has become obligated to purchase or

 

-48-


repay Debt before its regular maturity or before its regularly scheduled dates of payment in an aggregate outstanding principal amount of at least $1,500,000 or (y) one or more Persons have the right to require the Company so to purchase or repay such Debt.

Section 11.5 Bankruptcy; Insolvency . Any Bankruptcy Event shall occur with respect to any Major Project Participant (other than DPL and PJM) so long it shall have material outstanding or unperformed obligations under any Operative Document to which is a Party; provided that a Bankruptcy Event shall occur with respect to the Tax Equity Investors only if either (i) a Bankruptcy Event has occurred with respect to Credit Suisse (USA), Inc. or (ii) 30 days have elapsed since a claim for payment has been made under the CS Guaranty and Credit Suisse (USA), Inc. has not paid any amount due under such CS Guaranty within such period of time.

Section 11.6 Judgments . A final judgment or judgments for the payment of money aggregating in excess of $1,500,000 are rendered against the Company and which judgments are not (i) fully covered by insurance and the insurer has been notified of, and has not disputed the claim for the payment of, the amount of the judgment or (ii) within 60 days after entry thereof, bonded, discharged or stayed pending appeal, or are not discharged within 60 days after the expiration of such stay.

Section 11.7 ERISA . If (i) any Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA shall fail to satisfy the minimum funding standards of ERISA or the Code for any plan year or part thereof or a waiver of such standards or extension of any amortization period is sought or granted under section 412 of the Code, (ii) a notice of intent to terminate any Plan shall have been or is reasonably expected to be filed with the PBGC or the PBGC shall have instituted proceedings under ERISA section 4042 to terminate or appoint a trustee to administer any Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA or the PBGC shall have notified the Company or any ERISA Affiliate that a Plan may become a subject of any such proceedings, (iii) the aggregate “amount of unfunded benefit liabilities” (within the meaning of section 4001(a)(18) of ERISA) under all Plans, determined in accordance with Title IV of ERISA, shall exceed the aggregate current value of the assets under all Plans, (iv) the Company or any ERISA Affiliate shall have incurred or is reasonably expected to incur any liability pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or the penalty or excise tax provisions of the Code relating to employee benefit plans, (v) the Company or any ERISA Affiliate withdraws from any Multiemployer Plan, or (vi) the Company establishes or amends any employee welfare benefit plan that provides post-employment welfare benefits in a manner that would increase the liability of the Company thereunder; and any such event or events described in clauses (i) through (vi) above, either individually or together with any other such event or events, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

As used in Section 11.7 the terms “employee benefit plan” and “employee welfare benefit plan” shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in Section 3 of ERISA.

Section 11.8 Ownership of the Project . The Company shall cease to be the sole owner of the Project.

Section 11.9 Loss of Collateral . (a) All or any material portion of the Collateral is damaged, seized or appropriated without appropriate insurance proceeds (subject to the underlying deductible) or without fair value being paid therefor so as to allow replacement of

 

-49-


such Collateral or prepayment of the Notes and to allow the Company to continue satisfying its obligations hereunder and under the other Operative Documents, or (b) any Person other than Collateral Agent attaches or institutes proceedings to attach all or any material part of the Collateral, and any such proceeding or attachment or any judgment Lien against any such Collateral (other than Permitted Liens) (i) remains unlifted, unstayed or undischarged for a period of 30 days or (ii) is upheld in a final nonappealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

Section 11.10 Abandonment . At any time the Company shall announce that (i) it is abandoning the Project or (ii) the Project shall be abandoned or operation thereof shall be suspended for a period of more than 30 consecutive days for any reason (other than force majeure); provided , that none of (A) scheduled maintenance of the Project, (B) repairs to the Project, whether or not scheduled, or (C) a forced outage or scheduled outage of the Project, shall constitute abandonment or suspension of the Project, so long as the Company is diligently attempting to end such suspension.

Section 11.11 Security . Any of the Collateral Documents, once executed and delivered, shall fail to provide to the Collateral Agent the Liens, first priority security interest (subject to Permitted Liens described in clauses (a) and (e) of the definition thereof and, to the extent required by Governmental Rule, clauses (b) and (c) of the definition thereof), rights, titles, interest, remedies permitted by law, powers or privileges intended to be created thereby (including the priority intended to be created thereby) or, except in accordance with its terms, cease to be in full force and effect, or the first priority or validity thereof or the applicability thereof to the Notes or any other Obligations purported to be secured or guaranteed thereby or any part thereof shall be disaffirmed by or on behalf of the Company.

Section 11.12 Regulatory Status .

(a) An Adverse PUHCA Event shall occur that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and within 30 days thereafter such Adverse PUHCA Event has not been cured.

(b) If loss of the Company’s market-based rate authority could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) the Company shall have tendered notice to FERC that it seeks to cancel its market-based rate authority, or (ii) FERC shall have issued an order revoking the Company’s market-based rate authority.

(c) If the Company’s failure to comply with any requirements under the FPA applicable to a “public utility” with authority to sell at wholesale electric power at market-based rates could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, FERC shall have issued an order finding that the Company has not complied with such requirement under the FPA applicable to a “public utility” with authority to sell at wholesale electric power at market-based rates.

 

-50-


Section 11.13 Loss of or Failure to Obtain Applicable Permits .

(a) The Company shall fail to obtain any Permit on or before the date that such Permit becomes an Applicable Permit with respect to the Project, and such failure could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Any Applicable Permit shall be materially modified (other than modifications contemplated in a Project Document requested by the Company), revoked, canceled or not renewed by the issuing agency or other Governmental Authority having jurisdiction (or otherwise ceases to be in full force and effect) and within 45 days thereafter the Company is not able to demonstrate to the reasonable satisfaction of the Required Holders that such modification of, revocation of, cancellation of, failure to renew, or failure to maintain in full force and effect such Permit could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 11.14 Credit Document Matters . At any time after the execution and delivery thereof, (a) any Credit Document or any material provision hereof or thereof (i) ceases to be in full force and effect or to be valid and binding on any party thereto other than a Secured Party (other than by reason of the satisfaction in full of the Obligations or any termination of a Credit Document in accordance with the terms hereof or thereof), or is assigned or otherwise transferred (except as otherwise required or expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder) or is prematurely terminated by any party thereto (other than a Secured Party), (ii) is or becomes invalid, illegal or unenforceable, or any party hereto or thereto (other than a Secured Party) repudiates or disavows or takes any action to challenge the validity or enforceability of such agreement, (iii) is declared null and void by a Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction, or (iv) fails to or ceases to provide the rights, powers and privileges purported to be created thereby or hereby, or (b) any authorization or approval by any Governmental Authority necessary to enable any Credit Party to comply with or perform its Obligations or otherwise perform in accordance with the terms of the Credit Documents shall be revoked, withdrawn or withheld, or shall otherwise fail to be issued or remain in full force and effect, and the failure of such authorization or approval from such Governmental Authority, other than with respect to the Tariff, is reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 11.15 Project Document Matters .

(a) Company’s Defaults . The Company shall be in breach of, or in default of, any material obligation under a Major Project Document and is not otherwise waived by the counterparty of such Major Project Document and such breach or default shall not be remediable or, if remediable, shall continue unremedied for the lesser of (i) a period of 30 days or (ii) such period of time (without giving effect to any extension given to Collateral Agent under any applicable Direct Agreement with respect thereto) under such Major Project Document which the Company has available to it in which to remedy such breach or default.

(b) Third Party Defaults . Any Person other than the Company shall be in breach of, in default under a Major Project Document and such breach or default (i) shall not be remediable or, if remediable, shall continue unremedied for a period beyond the applicable grace period and (ii) has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

-51-


(c) Third Party Direct Agreements . (i) Any Person other than the Company shall disaffirm or repudiate in writing its material obligations under any Direct Agreement, (ii) any representation or warranty made by any Person other than the Company in a Direct Agreement shall be untrue or misleading in any material respect as of the time made and such untrue or misleading representation or warranty could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (iii) a Person other than the Company shall breach any material covenant of a Direct Agreement and such breach or default shall not be remediable or, if remediable, shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days from the time the Company obtains Knowledge of such breach.

(d) Termination . At any time after the execution and delivery thereof, any Major Project Document or any material provision hereof or thereof (i) ceases to be in full force and effect or to be valid and binding on any party thereto (other than by reason of the satisfaction of performance of such agreement or provision or any other any termination thereof in accordance with the terms thereof), or is assigned or otherwise transferred (except as otherwise required or expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder) or is prematurely terminated by any party thereto, (ii) is or becomes invalid, illegal or unenforceable, or any party hereto or thereto repudiates or disavows or takes any action to challenge the validity or enforceability of such agreement, (iii) is declared null and void by a Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction or written notice is given by any Governmental Authority or applicable counterparty contesting the validity or enforcement thereof, or (iv) fails to or ceases to provide the rights, powers and privileges purported to be created thereby or hereby.

Section 11.16 Eminent Domain . There shall have occurred any act or series of acts attributable to any Governmental Authority which (a) in the reasonable judgment of the Required Holders has the effect of depriving the Secured Parties of their fundamental rights as creditors in respect of the Credit Documents, (b) confiscates, expropriates, nationalizes or otherwise acquires compulsorily the ownership or control by the Company of all or any material part of the Project, or (c) in the reasonable judgment of the Required Holders has the effect of materially impairing the value of any Major Project Document, and such act or series of acts continues uncured for 90 days or more.

Section 11.17 Cash Grant Recapture .

(a) During the Recapture Period, (i) the Company becomes a Disqualified Person or causes, permits or consents to any transfer of any direct or indirect equity, ownership, profits or other interest in the Company or in any Project assets to a Disqualified Person or (ii) an interest in any Project assets is transferred by the Company to a Person that has not agreed to be jointly liable with the Company for Recapture Liabilities, in each case resulting in Recapture Liability that is not subject to the Recapture Indemnities and Guarantees that has not been breached by the applicable indemnitor thereunder; or

(b) any Recapture Liability has been assessed, imposed or levied against the Company and either (i) such Recapture Liability is not subject to a Recapture Indemnity and Guarantee or (ii) any indemnitor under the Recapture Indemnities and Guarantees is in breach thereof.

Section 11.18 Final Completion . Final Completion does not occur on or prior to the Date Certain (including upon payment of the Buydown Amount, in the event payment of the Buydown Amount will result in Final Completion being achieved).

 

-52-


ARTICLE 12. R EMEDIES ON D EFAULT , E TC .

Section 12.1 Acceleration . (a) If an Event of Default with respect to the Company described in Section 11.5 has occurred, all the Notes then outstanding shall automatically become immediately due and payable.

(b) If any other Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any Holder or Holders of more than 25% in principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding may at any time at its or their option, by notice or notices to the Company, declare all the Notes then outstanding to be immediately due and payable.

(c) If any Event of Default described in Section 11.1 has occurred and is continuing, any Holder or Holders of Notes at the time outstanding affected by such Event of Default may at any time, at its or their option, by notice or notices to the Company, declare all the Notes held by it or them to be immediately due and payable.

Upon any Notes becoming due and payable under this Section 12.1, whether automatically or by declaration, such Notes will forthwith mature and the entire unpaid principal amount of such Notes, plus (x) all accrued and unpaid interest thereon (including, but not limited to, interest accrued thereon at the Default Rate) and (y) the Make-Whole Amount determined in respect of such principal amount (to the full extent permitted by applicable law), shall all be immediately due and payable, in each and every case without presentment, demand, protest or further notice, all of which are hereby waived. The Company acknowledges, and the parties hereto agree, that each Holder of a Note has the right to maintain its investment in the Notes free from repayment by the Company (except as herein specifically provided for) and that the provision for payment of a Make-Whole Amount by the Company in the event that the Notes are prepaid or are accelerated as a result of an Event of Default, is intended to provide compensation for the deprivation of such right under such circumstances.

Section 12.2 Other Remedies . If any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and irrespective of whether any Notes have become or have been declared immediately due and payable under Section 12.1, the Holder of any Note at the time outstanding may proceed to protect and enforce the rights of such Holder by an action at law, suit in equity or other appropriate proceeding, whether for the specific performance of any agreement contained herein or in any Note, or for an injunction against a violation of any of the terms hereof or thereof, or in aid of the exercise of any power granted hereby or thereby or by law or otherwise.

Section 12.3 Rescission . At any time after any Notes have been declared due and payable pursuant to Section 12.1(b) or (c), the Holders of not less than 76% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, by written notice to the Company, may rescind and annul any such declaration and its consequences if (a) the Company has paid all overdue interest on the Notes, all principal of and Make-Whole Amount, if any, on any Notes that are due and payable and are unpaid other than by reason of such declaration, and all interest on such overdue principal and

 

-53-


Make-Whole Amount, if any, and (to the extent permitted by applicable law) any overdue interest in respect of the Notes, at the Default Rate, (b) neither the Company nor any other Person shall have paid any amounts which have become due solely by reason of such declaration, (c) all Events of Default and Defaults, other than non-payment of amounts that have become due solely by reason of such declaration, have been cured or have been waived pursuant to Article 17, and (d) no judgment or decree has been entered for the payment of any monies due pursuant hereto or to the Notes. No rescission and annulment under this Section 12.3 will extend to or affect any subsequent Event of Default or Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

Section 12.4 No Waivers or Election of Remedies, Expenses, Etc. No course of dealing and no delay on the part of any Holder of any Note in exercising any right, power or remedy shall operate as a waiver thereof or otherwise prejudice such Holder’s rights, powers or remedies. No right, power or remedy conferred by this Agreement or by any Note upon any Holder thereof shall be exclusive of any other right, power or remedy referred to herein or therein or now or hereafter available at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise. Without limiting the obligations of the Company under Article 15, the Company will pay to the Holder of each Note on demand such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover all costs and expenses of such Holder incurred in any enforcement or collection under this Article 12, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, expenses and disbursements.

 

ARTICLE 13. R EGISTRATION ; E XCHANGE ; S UBSTITUTION OF N OTES .

Section 13.1 Registration of Notes . The Company shall keep at its principal executive office a register for the registration and registration of transfers of Notes. The name and address of each Holder of one or more Notes, each transfer thereof and the name and address of each transferee of one or more Notes shall be registered in such register. If any Holder of one or more Notes is a nominee, then the name and address of the beneficial owner of such Note or Notes shall also be registered in such register as an owner and Holder thereof. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer, the Person(s) in whose name any Note(s) shall be registered shall be deemed and treated as the owner and Holder thereof for all purposes hereof, and the Company shall not be affected by any notice or knowledge to the contrary. The Company shall give to any Holder of a Note that is an Institutional Investor promptly upon request therefor, a complete and correct copy of the names and addresses of all registered Holders of Notes.

Section 13.2 Transfer and Exchange of Notes .

(a) Upon surrender of any Note to the Company at the address and to the attention of the designated officer (all as specified in Section 18(iii)), for registration of transfer or exchange (and in the case of a surrender for registration of transfer accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed by the registered Holder of such Note or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing and accompanied by the relevant name, address and other information for notices of each transferee of such Note or part thereof), within ten Business Days thereafter, the Company shall execute and deliver, at the Company’s expense (except as provided below), one or more new Notes (as requested by the Holder thereof) in exchange therefor, in an aggregate principal amount equal to the unpaid principal amount of the surrendered Note. Each such new Note shall be payable to such Person as such Holder may request and shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit 1. Each such new Note shall be dated and bear interest from

 

-54-


the date to which interest shall have been paid on the surrendered Note or dated the date of the surrendered Note if no interest shall have been paid thereon. The Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any stamp tax or governmental charge imposed in respect of any such transfer of Notes as a condition of registering the transfer of Notes on its register. Notes shall not be transferred in denominations of less than $500,000 provided that if necessary to enable the registration of transfer by a Holder of its entire holding of Notes, one Note may be in a denomination of less than $500,000. Any transferee, by its acceptance of a Note registered in its name (or the name of its nominee), shall be deemed to have made the representations set forth in Article 6.

(b) The Purchasers understands that the Notes are not being registered under the Securities Act or any state securities law and are being sold to the Purchasers in a transaction that is exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Neither the Company nor any other person or entity is obligated to register the Notes under the Securities Act or any other securities or “Blue Sky” laws.

(c) The Purchasers understand that the Note will bear a legend to substantially the following effect:

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ SECURITIES ACT ”). NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR ANY PORTION HEREOF MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE REGISTRATION PROVISIONS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF ANY STATE BLUE SKY OR SECURITIES LAWS OR PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM SUCH REGISTRATION PROVISIONS.

Section 13.3 Replacement of Notes . Upon receipt by the Company at the address and to the attention of the designated officer (all as specified in Section 18(iii)) of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the ownership of and the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of any Note (which evidence shall be, in the case of an Institutional Investor, notice from such Institutional Investor of such ownership and such loss, theft, destruction or mutilation), and

(a) in the case of loss, theft or destruction, of indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it ( provided that if the Holder of such Note is, or is a nominee for, an original Purchaser or another Holder of a Note with a minimum net worth of at least $50,000,000 or a Qualified Institutional Buyer, such Person’s own unsecured agreement of indemnity shall be deemed to be satisfactory), or

(b) in the case of mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation thereof, within ten Business Days thereafter,

the Company at its own expense shall execute and deliver, in lieu thereof, a new Note, dated and bearing interest from the date to which interest shall have been paid on such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Note or dated the date of such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Note if no interest shall have been paid thereon.

 

-55-


ARTICLE 14. P AYMENTS ON N OTES .

Section 14.1 Place of Payment . Subject to Section 14.2, payments of principal, Make-Whole Amount, if any, and interest becoming due and payable on the Notes shall be made in New York, New York, at the principal office of the Collateral Agent in such jurisdiction. The Company may at any time, by notice to each Holder of a Note, change the place of payment of the Notes so long as such place of payment shall be either the principal office of the Company in such jurisdiction or the principal office of a bank or trust company in such jurisdiction.

Section 14.2 Home Office Payment . So long as any Purchaser or its nominee shall be the Holder of any Note, and notwithstanding anything contained in Section 14.1 or in such Note to the contrary, the Company will pay all sums becoming due on such Note for principal, Make-Whole Amount, if any, interest and all other amounts becoming due hereunder by the method and at the address specified for such purpose below such Purchaser’s name in Schedule A, or by such other method or at such other address as such Purchaser shall have from time to time specified to the Company in writing for such purpose, without the presentation or surrender of such Note or the making of any notation thereon, except that upon written request of the Company made concurrently with or reasonably promptly after payment or prepayment in full of any Note, such Purchaser shall surrender such Note for cancellation, reasonably promptly after any such request, to the Company at its principal executive office or at the place of payment most recently designated by the Company pursuant to Section 14.1. Prior to any sale or other disposition of any Note held by a Purchaser or its nominee, such Purchaser will, at its election, either endorse thereon the amount of principal paid thereon and the last date to which interest has been paid thereon or surrender such Note to the Company in exchange for a new Note or Notes pursuant to Section 13.2. The Company will afford the benefits of this Section 14.2 to any Institutional Investor that is the direct or indirect transferee of any Note purchased by a Purchaser under this Agreement and that has made the same agreement relating to such Note as the Purchasers have made in this Section 14.2.

 

ARTICLE 15. E XPENSES , E TC .

Section 15.1 Transaction Expenses . Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, the Company will pay all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees of a special counsel and, if reasonably required by the Required Holders, local or other counsel) incurred by the Purchasers and each other Holder of a Note in connection with such transactions and in connection with any amendments, waivers or consents under or in respect of the Credit Documents (whether or not such amendment, waiver or consent becomes effective), including, without limitation: (a) the costs and expenses incurred in enforcing or defending (or determining whether or how to enforce or defend) any rights under the Credit Documents or in responding to any subpoena or other legal process or informal investigative demand issued in connection with the Credit Documents, or by reason of being a Holder of any Note, (b) the costs and expenses, including financial advisors’ fees, incurred in connection with the insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company or in connection with any work-out or restructuring of the transactions contemplated by the Credit Documents and (c) the costs and expenses incurred in connection with the initial filing of this Agreement and all related documents and financial information with the SVO provided , that such costs and expenses under this clause (c) shall not exceed $50,000. The Company will pay, and will save each Purchaser

 

-56-


and each other Holder of a Note harmless from, all claims in respect of any fees, costs or expenses, if any, of brokers and finders (other than those, if any, retained by a Purchaser or other Holder in connection with its purchase of the Notes).

Section 15.2 Survival . The obligations of the Company under this Article 15 will survive the payment or transfer of any Note, the enforcement, amendment or waiver of any provision of the Credit Documents, and the termination of the Credit Documents.

 

ARTICLE 16. S URVIVAL OF R EPRESENTATIONS AND W ARRANTIES ; E NTIRE A GREEMENT .

All representations and warranties contained herein shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Notes, the purchase or transfer by any Purchaser of any Note or portion thereof or interest therein and the payment of any Note, and may be relied upon by any subsequent Holder of a Note, regardless of any investigation made at any time by or on behalf of such Purchaser or any other Holder of a Note. All statements contained in any certificate or other instrument delivered by or on behalf of the Company pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed representations and warranties of the Company made as of the date of delivery of such certificate or other instrument (except as otherwise provided therein) under this Agreement. Subject to the preceding sentence, the Credit Documents embody the entire agreement and understanding between each Purchaser and the Company and supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.

 

ARTICLE 17. A MENDMENT AND W AIVER .

Section 17.1 Requirements . This Agreement and the Notes may be amended, and the observance of any term hereof or of the Notes may be waived (either retroactively or prospectively), only with the written consent of the Company and the Required Holders, except that:

(a) no amendment or waiver of any of the provisions of Articles 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 or 21 hereof, or any defined term (as it is used therein), will be effective as to any Purchaser unless consented to by such Purchaser in writing;

(b) no amendment or waiver may, without the written consent of each Purchaser and the Holder of each Note at the time outstanding, (i) subject to the provisions of Article 12 relating to acceleration or rescission, change the amount or time of any prepayment or payment of principal of, or reduce the rate or change the time of payment or method of computation of (x) interest on the Notes or (y) the Make-Whole Amount, (ii) change the percentage of the principal amount of the Notes the Holders of which are required to consent to any amendment or waiver, or (iii) amend any of Article 8 (except as set forth in Section 17.1(c)), Section 11.1(b), or Articles 12, 17 or 20; and

(c) the provisions of Section 8.5 may be amended or waived to permit offers to purchase made by the Company or an Affiliate pro rata to the Holders of all Notes at the time outstanding upon the same terms and conditions only with the written consent of the Company and the Super-Majority Holders.

 

-57-


Section 17.2 Solicitation of Holders of Notes .

(a) Solicitation . The Company will provide each registered Holder of a Note on the note register maintained by the Company pursuant to Section 13.1 with sufficient information, at least 10 Business Days in advance of the date a decision is required, to enable such Holder to make an informed and considered decision with respect to any proposed amendment, waiver or consent in respect of any of the Credit Documents. The Company will deliver executed or true and correct copies of each amendment, waiver or consent effected pursuant to the provisions of this Article 17 to each registered Holder of a Note on the note register maintained by the Company pursuant to Section 13.1 promptly following the date on which it is executed and delivered by, or receives the consent or approval of, the requisite Holders of Notes.

(b) Payment . The Company will not directly or indirectly pay or cause to be paid any remuneration, whether by way of supplemental or additional interest, fee or otherwise, or grant any security or provide other credit support, to any Holder of a Note as consideration for or as an inducement to the entering into by such Holder of any waiver or amendment of any of the terms and provisions of any Credit Document unless such remuneration is concurrently paid, or security is concurrently granted or other credit support concurrently provided, on the same terms, ratably to each Holder of a Note even if such Holder did not consent to such waiver or amendment.

(c) Consent in Contemplation of Transfer . Any consent made pursuant to this Article 17 by a Holder of Notes that has transferred or has agreed to transfer its Notes to the Company or any Affiliate of the Company pursuant to a waiver under Section 17.1(c) or subsequent to Section 8.5 having been amended pursuant to Section 17.1(c) and has provided or has agreed to provide such written consent as a condition to such transfer shall be void and of no force or effect except solely as to such Holder, and any amendments effected or waivers granted or to be effected or granted that would not have been or would not be so effected or granted but for such consent (and the consents of all other Holders of Notes that were acquired under the same or similar conditions) shall be void and of no force or effect except solely as to such Holder.

Section 17.3 Binding Effect, etc. Any amendment or waiver consented to as provided in this Article 17 applies equally to all Holders of Notes and is binding upon them and upon each future Holder of any Note and upon the Company without regard to whether such Note has been marked to indicate such amendment or waiver. No such amendment or waiver will extend to or affect any obligation, covenant, agreement, Default or Event of Default not expressly amended or waived or impair any right consequent thereon. No course of dealing between the Company and any Holder of a Note nor any delay in exercising any rights under any Credit Document shall operate as a waiver of any rights of any Holder of such Note.

Section 17.4 Notes Held by Company, etc. Solely for the purpose of determining whether the Holders of the requisite percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding approved or consented to any amendment, waiver or consent to be given under the Credit Documents, or have directed the taking of any action provided in the Credit Documents to be taken upon the direction of the Holders of a specified percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding, Notes directly or indirectly owned by the Company or any of its Affiliates shall be deemed not to be outstanding.

 

-58-


ARTICLE 18. N OTICES .

All notices and communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing and sent (a) by facsimile if the sender on the same day sends a confirming copy of such notice by an internationally recognized overnight delivery service (charges prepaid), (b) by registered or certified mail with return receipt requested (postage prepaid), or (c) by an internationally recognized overnight delivery service (with charges prepaid). Any such notice must be sent:

(i) if to any Purchaser or its nominee, to such Purchaser or nominee at the address specified for such communications in Schedule A, or at such other address as such Purchaser or nominee shall have specified to the Company in writing,

(ii) if to any other Holder of any Note, to such Holder at such address as such other Holder shall have specified to the Company in writing, or

(iii) if to the Company, to the Company at the following address: Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC, 1252 Orleans Drive, Sunnyvale, CA 94089, Attn: Bill Brockenborough, or at such other address as the Company shall have specified to the Holder of each Note in writing.

Notices under this Article 18 will be deemed given only when actually received during the normal business hours of the recipient on a Business Day or if received after such normal hours on a Business Day or on a day that is not a Business Day, then on the next succeeding Business Day.

 

ARTICLE 19. R EPRODUCTION OF D OCUMENTS .

This Agreement and all documents relating thereto, including, without limitation, (a) consents, waivers and modifications that may hereafter be executed, (b) documents received by any Purchaser at the Closing (except the Notes themselves), and (c) financial statements, certificates and other information previously or hereafter furnished to any Purchaser, may be reproduced by such Purchaser by any photographic, photostatic, electronic, digital, or other similar process and such Purchaser may destroy any original document so reproduced. The Company agrees and stipulates that, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding (whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made by such Purchaser in the regular course of business) and any enlargement, facsimile or further reproduction of such reproduction shall likewise be admissible in evidence. This Article 19 shall not prohibit the Company or any other Holder of Notes from contesting any such reproduction to the same extent that it could contest the original, or from introducing evidence to demonstrate the inaccuracy of any such reproduction.

 

-59-


ARTICLE 20. C ONFIDENTIAL I NFORMATION .

For the purposes of this Article 20, “ Confidential Information ” means information delivered to any Purchaser by or on behalf of the Company in connection with the transactions contemplated by or otherwise pursuant to this Agreement that is proprietary in nature and that was clearly marked or labeled or otherwise adequately identified when received by such Purchaser as being confidential information of the Company, provided that such term does not include information that (a) was publicly known or otherwise known to such Purchaser prior to the time of such disclosure, (b) subsequently becomes publicly known through no act or omission by such Purchaser or any Person acting on such Purchaser’s behalf, (c) otherwise becomes known to such Purchaser other than through disclosure by the Company or (d) constitutes financial statements delivered to such Purchaser under Section 7.1 that are otherwise publicly available. Each Purchaser will maintain the confidentiality of such Confidential Information in accordance with procedures adopted by such Purchaser in good faith to protect confidential information of third parties delivered to such Purchaser, provided that such Purchaser may deliver or disclose Confidential Information to (i) its directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, trustees and affiliates (to the extent such disclosure reasonably relates to the administration of the investment represented by its Notes), (ii) its auditors, financial advisors and other professional advisors who agree to hold confidential the Confidential Information substantially in accordance with the terms of this Article 20, (iii) any other Holder of any Note, (iv) any Institutional Investor to which it sells or offers to sell such Note or any part thereof or any participation therein (if such Person has agreed in writing prior to its receipt of such Confidential Information to be bound by the provisions of this Article 20), (v) any Person from which it offers to purchase any Security of the Company (if such Person has agreed in writing prior to its receipt of such Confidential Information to be bound by the provisions of this Article 20), (vi) any federal or state regulatory authority having jurisdiction over such Purchaser, (vii) the NAIC or the SVO or, in each case, any similar organization, or any nationally recognized rating agency that requires access to information about such Purchaser’s investment portfolio, or (viii) any other Person to which such delivery or disclosure may be necessary or appropriate (w) to effect compliance with any law, rule, regulation or order applicable to such Purchaser, (x) in response to any subpoena or other legal process, (y) in connection with any litigation to which such Purchaser is a party or (z) if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to the extent such Purchaser may reasonably determine such delivery and disclosure to be necessary or appropriate in the enforcement or for the protection of the rights and remedies under the Credit Documents. Each Holder of a Note, by its acceptance of a Note, will be deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to be entitled to the benefits of this Article 20 as though it were a party to this Agreement. On reasonable request by the Company in connection with the delivery to any Holder of a Note of information required to be delivered to such Holder under this Agreement or requested by such Holder (other than a Holder that is a party to this Agreement or its nominee), such Holder will enter into an agreement with the Company embodying the provisions of this Article 20.

In the event that as a condition to receiving access to information relating to the Company in connection with the transactions contemplated by or otherwise pursuant to this Agreement, any Purchaser is required to agree to a confidentiality undertaking (whether through Intralinks or otherwise) which is different from the terms of this Article 20, the terms of this Article 20 shall, as between such Purchaser and the Company, supersede the terms of any such other confidentiality undertaking.

 

-60-


ARTICLE 21. S UBSTITUTION OF P URCHASER .

Each Purchaser shall have the right to substitute any one of its Affiliates as the purchaser of the Notes that it has agreed to purchase hereunder, by written notice to the Company, which notice shall be signed by both such Purchaser and such Affiliate, shall contain such Affiliate’s agreement to be bound by this Agreement and shall contain a confirmation by such Affiliate of the accuracy with respect to it of the representations set forth in Article 6. Upon receipt of such notice, any reference to such Purchaser in this Agreement (other than in this Article 21), shall be deemed to refer to such Affiliate in lieu of such original Purchaser. In the event that such Affiliate is so substituted as a Purchaser hereunder and such Affiliate thereafter transfers to such original Purchaser all of the Notes then held by such Affiliate, upon receipt by the Company of notice of such transfer, any reference to such Affiliate as a “Purchaser” in this Agreement (other than in this Article 21), shall no longer be deemed to refer to such Affiliate, but shall refer to such original Purchaser, and such original Purchaser shall again have all the rights of an original Holder of the Notes under this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 22. M ISCELLANEOUS .

Section 22.1 Successors and Assigns . All covenants and other agreements contained in this Agreement by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and permitted assigns (including, without limitation, any subsequent Holder of a Note) whether so expressed or not.

Section 22.2 Payments Due on Non-Business Days . Anything in this Agreement or the Notes to the contrary notwithstanding, any payment of principal of or Make-Whole Amount or interest on any Note that is due on a date other than a Business Day shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day without including the additional days elapsed in the computation of the interest payable on such next succeeding Business Day; provided that if the maturity date of any Note is a date other than a Business Day, the payment otherwise due on such maturity date shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day and shall include the additional days elapsed in the computation of interest payable on such next succeeding Business Day.

Section 22.3 Accounting Terms . All accounting terms used herein which are not expressly defined in this Agreement have the meanings respectively given to them in accordance with GAAP. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, (i) all computations made pursuant to this Agreement shall be made in accordance with GAAP, and (ii) all financial statements shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of determining compliance with the financial covenants contained in this Agreement, any election by the Company to measure any financial liability using fair value (as permitted by Accounting Standard Codification Topic No. 825-10-25 – Fair Value Option or any similar accounting standard) shall be disregarded and such determination shall be made as if such election had not been made.

 

-61-


Section 22.4 Severability . Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall (to the full extent permitted by law) not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

Section 22.5 Construction, etc . Each covenant contained herein shall be construed (absent express provision to the contrary) as being independent of each other covenant contained herein, so that compliance with any one covenant shall not (absent such an express contrary provision) be deemed to excuse compliance with any other covenant. Where any provision herein refers to action to be taken by any Person, or which such Person is prohibited from taking, such provision shall be applicable whether such action is taken directly or indirectly by such Person.

For the avoidance of doubt, all Schedules and Exhibits attached to this Agreement shall be deemed to be a part hereof.

Section 22.6 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original but all of which together shall constitute one instrument. Each counterpart may consist of a number of copies hereof, each signed by less than all, but together signed by all, of the parties hereto.

Section 22.7 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the parties shall be governed by, the law of the State of New York excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such State that would permit the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.

Section 22.8 Jurisdiction and Process; Waiver of Jury Trial . (a) The Company irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State or federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the Notes. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company irrevocably waives and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, any claim that it is not subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court and any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

(b) The Company consents to process being served by or on behalf of any Holder of Notes in any suit, action or proceeding of the nature referred to in Section 22.8(a) by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to it at its address specified in Article 18 or at such other address of which such Holder shall then have been notified pursuant to said Article. The Company agrees that such service upon receipt (i) shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon it in any such suit, action or proceeding and (ii) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be taken and held to be valid personal service upon and personal delivery to it. Notices hereunder shall be conclusively presumed received as evidenced by a delivery receipt furnished by the United States Postal Service or any reputable commercial delivery service.

 

-62-


(c) Nothing in this Section 22.8 shall affect the right of any Holder of a Note to serve process in any manner permitted by law, or limit any right that the Holders of any of the Notes may have to bring proceedings against the Company in the courts of any appropriate jurisdiction or to enforce in any lawful manner a judgment obtained in one jurisdiction in any other jurisdiction.

(d) The parties hereto hereby waive trial by jury in any action brought on or with respect to this Agreement, the Notes or any other document executed in connection herewith or therewith.

Section 22.9 Scope of Liability.

Except as set forth in this Section 22.9 and Section 8.22 of the Pledge Agreement, notwithstanding anything in any Credit Document to the contrary, the Secured Parties shall have no recourse or claims with respect to the transactions contemplated by the Operative Documents against Pledgor, Sponsor or any of their respective Affiliates (other than the Company), shareholders, officers, directors or employees (collectively, the “ Nonrecourse Persons ”) and the Secured Parties’ recourse against the Company shall be limited to the Collateral, the Project, all Project Revenues, all proceeds of the Notes, Insurance Proceeds, Eminent Domain Proceeds, and all income or revenues of the foregoing as and to the extent provided herein and in the Collateral Documents (which, for the avoidance of doubt, excludes the payments allowed to any Nonrecourse Person pursuant to the terms of any Credit Documents); provided , that the foregoing provision of this Section 22.9 shall not in any way (a) constitute a waiver, release or discharge of any of the indebtedness, or of any of the terms, covenants, conditions, or provisions of any Credit Document (and the same shall continue, but without personal liability to the Nonrecourse Persons, until fully paid, discharged, observed, or performed) or otherwise relieve any such Person from its obligations under the Credit Documents to which it is a party or shall preclude, restrict, reduce, limit or otherwise affect the rights, powers and remedies of the Secured Parties to enforce (or cause to be enforced) such obligations against such Person or such Person’s properties to the extent permitted by any Credit Document to which it is a party; (b) limit, reduce, restrict or otherwise affect the right of any Secured Party (or any assignee, beneficiary or successor to any of them) to name the Company or any other Person as a defendant in any action or suit for a judicial foreclosure or for the exercise of any other remedy under or with respect to any Credit Document, or for injunction or specific performance, so long as no judgment in the nature of a deficiency judgment shall be enforced against any Nonrecourse Person, except as set forth in this Section 22.9; (c) limit, reduce, restrict or otherwise affect any right or remedy of any Secured Party (or any assignee or beneficiary thereof or successor thereto) with respect to, and each of the Nonrecourse Persons shall remain fully liable to the extent that it would otherwise be liable for its own actions with respect to, any fraud, willful misrepresentation (which shall not include innocent or negligent misrepresentation), or misappropriation of Project Revenues, proceeds of the Notes, Insurance Proceeds, Eminent Domain Proceeds or any other earnings, revenues, rents, issues, profits or proceeds from or of the Collateral, that should or would have been paid as provided herein or paid or delivered to any Secured Party (or any assignee or beneficiary thereof or successor thereto) towards any payment required under any other Credit

 

-63-


Document; (d) affect or diminish or constitute a waiver, release or discharge of any specific written obligation, covenant, representation, or agreement in respect of the transactions contemplated by the Operative Documents made by any of the Nonrecourse Persons or any security granted by the Nonrecourse Persons in support of the obligations of such Persons under any Collateral Document (or as security for the obligations of the Company), including Pledgor’s obligations, covenants, representations and agreements under the Pledge Agreement; nor (e) limit the liability of (i) any Person who is a party to any Project Document or has issued any certificate or other statement in connection therewith with respect to such liability as may arise solely by reason of the terms and conditions of such Project Document (but subject to any limitation of liability in such Project Document), certificate or statement, or (ii) any Person rendering a legal opinion pursuant to this Agreement, in each case under this clause (e) relating solely to such liability of such Person as may arise under such referenced agreement, instrument or opinion. The limitations on recourse set forth in this Section 22.9 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

Section 22.10 U.S. Tax Forms.

Each Holder, on or before the date it becomes a party to this Agreement and thereafter upon reasonable request of the Company, shall furnish to the Company, to the extent such Holder is legally eligible to do so, either a completed and signed IRS Form W-9 or IRS Form W-8BEN (or other applicable Form W-8, together with applicable attachments), as may be applicable, to claim a complete exemption from U.S. federal withholding tax.

*  *  *  *  *

 

-64-


If you are in agreement with the foregoing, please sign the form of agreement on a counterpart of this Agreement and return it to the Company, whereupon this Agreement shall become a binding agreement between you and the Company.

 

Very truly yours,
DIAMOND STATE GENERATION PARTNERS, LLC
By   /s/ William E. Brockenborough
 

 

Name:   William E. Brockenborough
Title:   President

 

Note Purchase Agreement (Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC)


This Agreement is hereby accepted and agreed to as of the date hereof.
MASSACHUSETTS MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
By:   Babson Capital Management LLC, its investment adviser
By   /s/ Thomas P. Shea
 

 

Name:   Thomas P. Shea
Title:   Managing Director

 

Note Purchase Agreement (Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC)


This Agreement is hereby accepted and agreed to as of the date hereof.
C. M. LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
By:   Babson Capital Management LLC, its investment adviser
By   /s/ Thomas P. Shea
 

 

Name:   Thomas P. Shea
Title:   Managing Director

 

Note Purchase Agreement (Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC)


This Agreement is hereby accepted and agreed to as of the date hereof.
MASSMUTUAL ASIA LIMITED
By:   Babson Capital Management LLC, its investment adviser
By   /s/ Thomas P. Shea
 

 

Name:   Thomas P. Shea
Title:   Managing Director

 

Note Purchase Agreement (Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC)


This Agreement is hereby accepted and agreed to as of the date hereof.
TEACHERS INSURANCE AND ANNUITY ASSOCIATION OF AMERICA
By   /s/ Joseph R. Cantey Jr.
 

 

Name:   Joseph R. Cantey Jr.
Title:   Director

 

Note Purchase Agreement (Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC)


This Agreement is hereby accepted and agreed to as of the date hereof.
AXA EQUITABLE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
By   /s/ Amy Judd
 

 

  Amy Judd, Investment Officer

 

Note Purchase Agreement (Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC)


This Agreement is hereby accepted and agreed to as of the date hereof.
GENWORTH LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY
By   /s/ John R. Endres
 

 

Name:   John R. Endres
Title:   Investment Officer

 

Note Purchase Agreement (Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC)


This Agreement is hereby accepted and agreed to as of the date hereof.
GENWORTH LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
By   /s/ John R. Endres
 

 

Name:   John R. Endres
Title:   Investment Officer

 

Note Purchase Agreement (Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC)


This Agreement is hereby accepted and agreed to as of the date hereof.
MODERN WOODMEN OF AMERICA
By   /s/ Michael E. Dau
 

 

Name:   Michael E. Dau
Title:   Treasurer & Investment Manager

 

Note Purchase Agreement (Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC)


DIAMOND STATE GENERATION PARTNERS, LLC

1252 O RLEANS D RIVE

S UNNYVALE , CA 94089

I NFORMATION R ELATING TO P URCHASERS

 

N AME AND A DDRESS OF P URCHASER    P RINCIPAL  A MOUNT   OF
N OTES   TO   BE  P URCHASED
 

M ODERN W OODMEN OF A MERICA

   $ 15,000,000.00  

 

(1) All payments by wire transfer of immediately available funds to:

The Northern Trust Company

50 South LaSalle Street

Chicago, IL 60675

ABA No. [***]

Account Name: Modern Woodmen of America

Account No. [***]

with sufficient information to identify the source and application of such funds.

 

(2) All notices of payments and written confirmations of such wire transfers:

Modern Woodmen of America

Attn: Investment Accounting Department

1701 First Avenue

Rock Island, IL 61201

Fax: [***]

 

(3) All other communications:

Modern Woodmen of America

Attn: Investment Department

1701 First Avenue

Rock Island, IL 61201

investments@modern-woodmen.org

Fax: [***]

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

 

S CHEDULE A

(to Note Purchase Agreement)


N AME AND A DDRESS OF P URCHASER    P RINCIPAL  A MOUNT   OF
N OTES   TO   BE  P URCHASED
 

AXA E QUITABLE L IFE I NSURANCE C OMPANY

   $ 15,000,000.00  

 

1. All payments by wire transfer of immediately available funds to:

The Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A.

Account (s): AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

4 Chase Metrotech Center

Brooklyn, New York 11245

ABA No.: 021-000021

Bank Account: [***]

Custody Account: [***]

Face Amount of $15,000,000

with sufficient information to identify the source and application of such funds.

 

2. All notices of payments and written confirmations of such wire transfers:

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

C/O AllianceBernstein LP

1345 Avenue of the America

37 th Floor

New York, New York 10105

Attention: Cosmo Valente Telephone #: [***]

 

3. All other communications:

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

C/O AllianceBernstein LP

1345 Avenue of the Americas, 37th Floor

New York, NY 10105

Attention: Terry McCarthy

AllianceBernstein LP

Telephone #: [***]

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

 

S CHEDULE A

(to Note Purchase Agreement)


N AME AND A DDRESS OF P URCHASER

  

P RINCIPAL  A MOUNT   OF

N OTES   TO   BE  P URCHASED

 

AXA E QUITABLE L IFE I NSURANCE C OMPANY

   $ 20,000,000.00  

 

1. All payments by wire transfer of immediately available funds to:

The Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A.

Account (s): AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

4 Chase Metrotech Center

Brooklyn, New York 11245

ABA No.: 021-000021

Bank Account: [***]

Custody Account: [***]

Face Amount of $20,000,000

with sufficient information to identify the source and application of such funds.

 

2. All notices of payments and written confirmations of such wire transfers:

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

C/O AllianceBernstein LP

1345 Avenue of the America

37 th Floor

New York, New York 10105 Attention: Cosmo Valente Telephone #: [***]

 

3. All other communications:

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

C/O AllianceBernstein LP 1345 Avenue

of the Americas, 37th Floor New York,

NY 10105

Attention: Terry McCarthy

AllianceBernstein LP

Telephone #: [***]

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

 

S CHEDULE A

(to Note Purchase Agreement)


N AME AND A DDRESS OF P URCHASER    P RINCIPAL  A MOUNT   OF
N OTES   TO   BE  P URCHASED
 

T EACHERS I NSURANCE AND A NNUITY A SSOCIATION OF A MERICA

   $ 35,000,000.00  

 

1. All payments by wire transfer of immediately available funds through the Automated Clearing House System to:

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

ABA # 021-000-021

Account Number: [***]

Account Name: [***]

For Further Credit to the Account Number: [***]

Reference: [***]

Maturity Date: March 30, 2025/Interest Rate: 5.22% P&I Breakdown

with sufficient information to identify the source and application of such funds.

 

2. All notices of payments and written confirmations of such wire transfers:

Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America

730 Third Avenue

New York, New York 10017

Attention: Securities Accounting Division

Phone: [***]

Email: [***]

With a copy to:

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

P.O. Box 35308

Newark, New Jersey 07101

And to:

Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America

8500 Andrew Carnegie Boulevard

Charlotte, North Carolina 28262

Attention: Global Private Markets

Telephone:  

[***]

[***]

Facsimile:  

[***]

Email:  

[***]

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

 

S CHEDULE A

(to Note Purchase Agreement)


3. All other communications:

Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America

8500 Andrew Carnegie Boulevard

Charlotte, North Carolina 28262

Attention: Global Private Markets

Telephone:  

[***]

[***]

Facsimile:  

[***]

Email:  

[***]

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

 

-72-


N AME AND A DDRESS OF P URCHASER    P RINCIPAL  A MOUNT   OF
N OTES   TO   BE  P URCHASED
 

M ASSACHUSETTS M UTUAL L IFE I NSURANCE C OMPANY

   $ 32,200,000.00  

 

1. All payments by wire transfer of immediately available funds to:

MassMutual Co-Owned Account

Citibank

New York, New York

ABA # [***]

Acct # [***]

RE: Description of security, cusip, principal and interest split

with sufficient information to identify the source and application of such funds.

 

2. All notices of payments and written confirmations of such wire transfers:

Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company

1295 State Street

Springfield, MA 01111

Attn: [***]

With a copy to:

Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance

c/o Babson Capital Management LLC

1500 Main Street – Suite 2200

Springfield, MA 01115

Attn: Securities Investment Division

With email notification to:

 

  1. [***]

 

  2. [***]

 

  3. [***]

 

3. All other communications:

Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company

c/o Babson Capital Management LLC

1500 Main Street – Suite 2200

PO Box 15189

Springfield, MA 01115-5189

Attn: Securities Investment Division

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

 

S CHEDULE A

(to Note Purchase Agreement)


With email notification to:

 

  1. [***]

 

  2. [***]

 

  3. [***]

 

  [***] Confidential Treatment Requested

 

-74-


N AME AND A DDRESS OF P URCHASER    P RINCIPAL  A MOUNT   OF
N OTES   TO   BE  P URCHASED
 

C.M. L IFE I NSURANCE C OMPANY

   $ 3,500,000.00  

 

1. All payments by wire transfer of immediately available funds to:

MassMutual Co-Owned Account

Citibank

New York, New York

ABA # [***]

Acct # [***]

RE: Description of security, cusip, principal and interest split

with sufficient information to identify the source and application of such funds.

 

2. All notices of payments and written confirmations of such wire transfers:

C. M. Life Insurance Company

c/o Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company

1295 State Street

Springfield, MA 01111

Attn: [**]

With a copy to:

C. M. Life Insurance Company

c/o Babson Capital Management LLC

1500 Main Street – Suite 2200

Springfield, MA 01115

Attn: Securities Investment Division

With email notification to:

 

  1. [***]

 

  2. [***]

 

  3. [***]

 

3. All other communications:

C. M. Life Insurance Company

c/o Babson Capital Management LLC

1500 Main Street – Suite 2200

PO Box 15189

Springfield, MA 01115-5189

Attn: Securities Investment Division

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

 

S CHEDULE A

(to Note Purchase Agreement)


With email notification to:

 

  1. [***]

 

  2. [***]

 

  3. [***]

 

  [***] Confidential Treatment Requested

 

-76-


N AME AND A DDRESS OF P URCHASER    P RINCIPAL  A MOUNT   OF
N OTES   TO   BE  P URCHASED
 

M ASS M UTUAL A SIA L IMITED

   $ 4,300,000.00  

 

1. All payments by wire transfer of immediately available funds to:

Gerlach & Co.

c/o Citibank, N.A.

ABA # [***]

Concentration Acct # [***]

Attn: [***]

FFC: [***]

Name of Security/CUSIP Number

with sufficient information to identify the source and application of such funds.

 

2. All notices of payments and written confirmations of such wire transfers:

MassMutual Asia Limited

c/o Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company

1295 State Street

Springfield, MA 01111

Attn: [***]

With a copy to:

MassMutual Asia Limited

c/o Babson Capital Management LLC

1500 Main Street – Suite 2200

Springfield, MA 01115

Attn: Securities Investment Division

With email notification to:

 

  1. [***]

 

  2. [***]

 

  3. [***]

 

3. All other communications:

MassMutual Asia Limited

c/o Babson Capital Management LLC

1500 Main Street – Suite 2200

PO Box 15189

Springfield, MA 01115-5189

Attn: Securities Investment Division

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

 

S CHEDULE A

(to Note Purchase Agreement)


With email notification to:

 

  1. [***]

 

  2. [***]

 

  3. [***]

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

 

-78-


N AME AND A DDRESS OF P URCHASER    P RINCIPAL  A MOUNT   OF
N OTES   TO   BE  P URCHASED
 

G ENWORTH L IFE AND A NNUITY I NSURANCE C OMPANY

   $ 5,000,000.00  

 

1. All payments by wire transfer of immediately available funds to:

The Bank of New York

ABA #: 021000018

Account #: [***]

SWIFT Code: [***]

Acct Name: Private Placement Income Collection Account

Attn: PP P&I Department

Reference: GLAIC / LA_TLC

CUSIP/PPN & Security Description, and Identify Principal & Interest Amounts

Face Amount of $5,000,000.00

And By Email: [***]

Fax: [***]

with sufficient information to identify the source and application of such funds.

 

2. All notices of payments and written confirmations of such wire transfers:

Genworth Financial, Inc.

Account: Genworth Life and Annuity Insurance Company

3001 Summer Street

Stamford, CT 06905

Attn: Trade Operations

Telephone No: [***]

Fax No: [***]

[***]

and

The Bank of New York

Income Collection Department

P.O. Box 19266

Newark, NJ 07195

Attn: PP P&I Department

Ref: GLAIC, CUSIP/PPN & Security Description

P&I Contact: [***]

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

 

S CHEDULE A

(to Note Purchase Agreement)


3. All other communications:

Genworth Financial, Inc.

Account: Genworth Life and Annuity Insurance Company

3001 Summer Street, 2 nd Floor

Stamford, CT 06905

Attn: Private Placements

Telephone No: [***]

Fax No: [***]

[***]

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

 

-80-


N AME AND A DDRESS OF P URCHASER   

P RINCIPAL  A MOUNT   OF

N OTES   TO   BE  P URCHASED

 

G ENWORTH L IFE AND A NNUITY I NSURANCE C OMPANY

   $ 5,000,000.00  

 

1. All payments by wire transfer of immediately available funds to:

The Bank of New York

ABA #: [***]

Account #: [***]

SWIFT Code: [***]

Acct Name: Private Placement Income Collection Account

Attn: PP P&I Department

Reference: GLAIC / LATERMUL

CUSIP/PPN & Security Description, and Identify Principal & Interest Amounts

Face Amount of $5,000,000.00

And By Email: [***]

Fax: [***]

with sufficient information to identify the source and application of such funds.

 

2. All notices of payments and written confirmations of such wire transfers:

Genworth Financial, Inc.

Account: Genworth Life and Annuity Insurance Company

3001 Summer Street

Stamford, CT 06905

Attn: Trade Operations

Telephone No: [***]

Fax No: [***]

[***]

and

The Bank of New York

Income Collection Department

P.O. Box 19266

Newark, NJ 07195

Attn: [***]

Ref: [***] : [***]

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

 

S CHEDULE A

(to Note Purchase Agreement)


3. All other communications:

Genworth Financial, Inc.

Account: Genworth Life and Annuity Insurance Company

3001 Summer Street, 2 nd Floor

Stamford, CT 06905

Attn: Private Placements

Telephone No: [***]

Fax No: [***]

[***]

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

 

-82-


N AME AND A DDRESS OF P URCHASER   

P RINCIPAL  A MOUNT   OF

N OTES   TO   BE  P URCHASED

 

G ENWORTH L IFE AND A NNUITY I NSURANCE C OMPANY

   $ 5,000,000.00  

 

1. All payments by wire transfer of immediately available funds to:

The Bank of New York

ABA #: [***]

Account #: [***]

SWIFT Code: [***]

Acct Name: Private Placement Income Collection Account

Attn: PP P&I Department

Reference: GLAIC / LASPIA

CUSIP/PPN & Security Description, and Identify Principal & Interest Amounts

Face Amount of $5,000,000.00

And By Email: [***]

Fax: [***]

with sufficient information to identify the source and application of such funds.

 

2. All notices of payments and written confirmations of such wire transfers:

Genworth Financial, Inc.

Account: Genworth Life and Annuity Insurance Company

3001 Summer Street

Stamford, CT 06905

Attn: Trade Operations

Telephone No: [***]

Fax No: [***]

[***]

and

The Bank of New York

Income Collection Department

P.O. Box 19266

Newark, NJ 07195

Attn: PP P&I Department

Ref: GLAIC, CUSIP/PPN & Security Description

P&I Contact: [***]

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

 

S CHEDULE A

(to Note Purchase Agreement)


3. All other communications:

Genworth Financial, Inc.

Account: Genworth Life and Annuity Insurance Company

3001 Summer Street, 2 nd Floor

Stamford, CT 06905

Attn: [***]

Telephone No: [***]

Fax No: [***]

[***]

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

 

-84-


N AME AND A DDRESS OF P URCHASER   

P RINCIPAL  A MOUNT   OF

N OTES   TO   BE  P URCHASED

 

G ENWORTH L IFE I NSURANCE C OMPANY OF N EW Y ORK

   $ 4,812,500.00  

 

1. All payments by wire transfer of immediately available funds to:

The Bank of New York

ABA #: 021000018

Account #: [***]

SWIFT Code: [***]

Acct Name: [***]

Attn: [***]

Reference: [***]

CUSIP/PPN & Security Description, and Identify Principal & Interest Amounts

Face Amount of $5,000,000.00

And By Email: [***]

Fax: [***]

with sufficient information to identify the source and application of such funds.

 

2. All notices of payments and written confirmations of such wire transfers:

Genworth Financial, Inc.

Account: Genworth Life Insurance Company of New York

3001 Summer Street

Stamford, CT 06905

Attn: [***]

Telephone No: [***]

Fax No: [***]

[***]

and

The Bank of New York

Income Collection Department

P.O. Box 19266

Newark, NJ 07195

Attn: [***]

Ref: [***]

P&I Contact: [***]

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

 

S CHEDULE A

(to Note Purchase Agreement)


3. All other communications:

Genworth Financial, Inc.

Account: Genworth Life Insurance Company of New York

3001 Summer Street, 2 nd Floor

Stamford, CT 06905

Attn: [***]

Telephone No: [***]

Fax No: [***]

[***]

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

 

-86-


D EFINED T ERMS

As used herein, the following terms have the respective meanings set forth below or set forth in the Section hereof following such term:

Accounts ” means the Construction Escrow Account, the Revenue Account, the Operating Account, the Distribution Suspense Account, the IDC Reserve Account, Debt Service Reserve Account, the Loss Proceeds Account, the Note Redemption Account and each cash collateral account referred to in the Credit Documents (other than the Cash Grant Account and System Refund Account), including any sub-accounts within such accounts.

Additional Project Documents ” means any material contracts or agreements related to the construction, testing, maintenance, repair, operation or use of the Project entered into by Company and any other Person, or assigned to Company, subsequent to the Closing Date; provided that any such contracts and agreements providing for the payment by or to Company of less than $250,000 or the provision to Company of less than $250,000 per annum individually in value of goods or services, shall be deemed not to constitute an Additional Project Document.

Administrative Services Agreement ” means the Administrative Services Agreement dated as of April 13, 2012 among Company, Pledgor and the Administrative Services Provider, as amended by the Omnibus Amendment.

Administrative Services Provider ” means Sponsor.

Adverse PUHCA Event ” means (i) loss of Exempt Wholesale Generator status for the Company or loss of Eligible Facility status for the Project, (ii) the Company shall have tendered notice to FERC that the Company has ceased to be an Exempt Wholesale Generator, (iii) FERC shall have issued an order determining that the Company no longer meets the criteria of an Exempt Wholesale Generator or takes other action revoking such Exempt Wholesale Generator status or (iv) the Company otherwise becoming subject to regulation under PUHCA.

Affiliate ” of a specified Person means any other Person that (a) directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by or is under common Control with such Person, or (b) only with respect to matters relating to PUHCA, (i) is an “affiliate” as defined in Section 1262(1) of PUHCA or (ii) directly or indirectly owns, Controls or holds with power to vote, 5% or more of the outstanding voting securities of such Person. When used with respect to Company, “Affiliate” shall include Pledgor and any Affiliate thereof (other than Company).

Agreement ” means this Agreement as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

ALTA ” means American Land Title Association.

Amortization Schedule ” means the schedule showing the amortization of the Notes from the Closing Date to the Maturity Date, attached hereto as Schedule 8.1.

Annual Operating Budget ” is defined in Section 9.14(b).

Anti-Money Laundering Laws ” is defined in Section 5.16(c).

 

S CHEDULE B

(to Note Purchase Agreement)


Applicable Permit ” means, at any time, any Permit (a) that is necessary under applicable Legal Requirements or any of the Operative Documents to have been obtained by or on behalf of the Company at such time in light of the stage of development, construction or operation of the Project to construct, test, operate, maintain, repair, lease, own or use the Project as contemplated by the Operative Documents, to sell electricity from the Project or deliver fuel to the Project, or for the Company to enter into any Operative Document or to consummate any transaction contemplated thereby, in each case in accordance with all applicable Legal Requirements, or (b) that is necessary so that none of the Company or any Secured Party nor any Affiliate of any of them may be deemed by any Governmental Authority to be subject to regulation under the FPA or PUHCA (except as provided in Section 5.24) or treated as a public utility under the Constitution and the laws of the State of Delaware as presently constituted and as construed by the courts of the State of Delaware with respect to the regulation of the rates of, or the financial or organizational regulation of, electric utilities as a result of the development and construction or operation of the Project or the sale of electricity therefrom. The Tariff and the Gas Tariff are always Applicable Permits.

Applicable Third Party Permit ” means, at any time, any Permit that is necessary to have been obtained by such time in light of the stage of development, construction or operation of the Project by any Person (other than the Company) that is a party to a Major Project Document or a Credit Document in order to perform such Person’s obligations thereunder (other than Permits necessary to conduct its business generally and maintain its existence and good standing), or in order to consummate any transaction contemplated thereby, in each case in accordance with all applicable Legal Requirements.

Available Funds ” means, at any time and without duplication, the aggregate committed amount of all sources of capital available to the Company by way of (a) amounts in the Construction Escrow Account, (b) undisbursed Insurance Proceeds or Eminent Domain Proceeds which are available for payment of Project Costs, (c) any Project Revenues which are available for payment of Project Costs and (d) to the extent not all committed equity has been invested in the Project and there are equity investment undertakings in place and the Holders reasonably have no reason to believe that the amounts committed to be invested thereunder will not be invested, the remainder of the commitments thereunder.

Bankruptcy Event ” shall be deemed to occur, with respect to any Person, if (a) that Person shall commence any case, proceeding or other voluntary action seeking to have an order for relief entered with respect to it, or seeking to adjudicate it bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, arrangement, adjustment, winding-up, reorganization, dissolution, composition under any applicable Debtor Relief Law or other relief with respect to it or its debts; (b) such Person shall apply for, or consent or acquiesce to, the appointment of, a receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, liquidator, sequestrator, trustee or other official with similar powers for itself or any substantial part of its assets; (c) such Person shall make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; (d) an involuntary case shall be commenced seeking liquidation or reorganization of such Person under any applicable Debtor Relief Law, or seeking issuance of a warrant of attachment, execution or distraint, or any similar proceedings shall be commenced against such Person under any other applicable law and (i) such Person consents to the institution of the involuntary case against it, (ii) the petition commencing the involuntary case is not timely controverted, (iii) the petition commencing the involuntary case is not dismissed within 45 days

 

-2-


of its filing, (iv) an interim trustee is appointed to take possession of all or a portion of the property, and/or to operate all or any part of the business of such Person and such appointment is not vacated within 45 days, or (v) an order for relief shall have been issued or entered therein; or (e) a decree or order of a court having jurisdiction in the premises for the appointment of a receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, liquidator, sequestrator, trustee or other official having similar powers, over such Person or all or a part of its property shall have been entered; or (f) any other similar relief shall be granted against such Person under any applicable Debtor Relief Law, or such Person shall file a petition or consent or shall otherwise institute any similar proceeding under any other applicable law, or shall take any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in any of the acts set forth above in this definition; or (g) such Person shall generally not, or shall be unable to, or shall admit in writing its inability to, pay its debts as they become due.

Base Case Projections ” means a projection of operating results showing at a minimum Company’s good faith estimates, as of the Closing Date, of revenues, operating expenses and sources and uses over the forecast period, in substantially the form of Schedule 4.1.27, which shall be of a nature and in an amount satisfactory to the Purchasers in consultation with Independent Engineer.

Blocked Person ” is defined in Section 5.16(a).

Brookside Lease ” means the Lease Agreement, dated as of April 19, 2012, between the Company and the Delaware Department of Transportation, an agency of the State of Delaware, relating to property located at 512 East Chestnut Hill Road, Newark, DE 19713, as amended from time to time.

Brookside Site ” means the real property which is the subject of the Brookside Lease.

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banks in New York City or the State of California are required or authorized to be closed.

Buydown Amount ” is defined in Section 9.20.

Capital Expenditures ” mean expenditures made by the Company to acquire or construct fixed assets, plant and equipment which, in accordance with GAAP, are or should be included in “purchase of property and equipment” or similar items reflected in the statement of cash flows of the Company (including renewals, improvements and replacements thereto, but, notwithstanding the foregoing, excluding any such expenditures that are paid out of Loss Proceeds).

Capital Lease ” means, at any time, a lease with respect to which the lessee is required concurrently to recognize the acquisition of an asset and the incurrence of a liability in accordance with GAAP.

Cash Grant ” means a grant under Section 1603 of division B of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, as amended, with respect to the Project.

Cash Grant Account ” means the account established in the name of Pledgor pursuant to the Control Agreement, dated as of April 13, 2012, by and among the Pledgor, the Managing

 

-3-


Member, Mehetia Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon, into which the Cash Grant proceeds will be deposited, provided that such account shall not be an “Account” under the Depositary Agreement.

Cash Grant Guidance ” means the guidance issued on July 9, 2009 (as revised), by the U.S. Treasury Department for payments for specified energy property in lieu of tax credits under Section 1603 of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (P.L. 111-5), as amended, and any clarification, amendment addition or supplement thereto, and any other guidance (including in the form of frequently asked questions and answers), instructions or terms and conditions published or issued by the U.S. Treasury Department or any other Governmental Authority.

Change of Control ” means (a) before the Final Completion Date, the Sponsor ceases to indirectly own and control 100% of the economic and voting interest in the Company (excluding any interests held by the Tax Equity Investors) or (b) after the Final Completion Date, the Sponsor ceases to indirectly own and control 50.1% of the economic and voting interest in the Company (excluding any interests held by the Tax Equity Investors).

Closing ” is defined in Article 3.

Closing Date ” is defined in Section 4.1.

COD ” for a System means “Commencement of Operations” of such System, as such term is defined in the MESPA.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time.

Collateral ” means all property which is subject or is intended to become subject to the security interests or liens granted by any of the Collateral Documents.

Collateral Agency Agreement ” means the Collateral Agency Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Purchasers, between the Purchasers and the Collateral Agent.

Collateral Agent ” means Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, acting in its capacity as collateral agent for the Secured Parties under the Credit Documents.

Collateral Documents ” means the Mortgage, the Pledge Agreement, the Security Agreement, the Collateral Agency Agreement, each Direct Agreement, the Interparty Agreement and any fixture filings, financing statements, or other similar documents filed, recorded or delivered in connection with the foregoing.

Company ” means Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Company’s COD Certificate ” means a certificate delivered to the Holders, substantially in the form of Exhibit 4.2.1(c).

 

-4-


Confidential Information ” is defined in Article 20.

Construction Escrow Account ” is defined in Section 2.1 of the Depositary Agreement.

Construction Services Agreement ” means the Interconnection Service Agreement among PJM, the Company and DPL effective as of June 19, 2012.

Contingent Obligation ” means, as to any Person, any obligation, agreement, understanding or arrangement (including purchase or repurchase agreements, reimbursement agreements with respect to letters of credit or acceptances, indemnity arrangements, grants of collateral to support the obligations of another Person, keep-well agreements and take-or-pay or through-put arrangements) of such Person guaranteeing or intended to guarantee any indebtedness, leases, dividends or other obligations of any other Person in any manner, whether directly or indirectly; provided, that the term “Contingent Obligation” shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business.

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly (either alone or pursuant to an arrangement or understanding with one or more other Persons), of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms “Controlling” and “Controlled” shall have meanings correlative thereto.

Controlled Entity ” means any of the Subsidiaries of the Company and any Affiliate of the Company or Subsidiary of the Company that in each case is Controlled by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company.

Credit Documents” means this Agreement, any Notes, the Depositary Agreement, the Equity Contribution Agreement, the Collateral Documents, the Recapture Indemnities and Guarantees, and any other security agreements or letter agreement or similar document, and any amendment to the foregoing or consent or waiver given under the foregoing, entered into by any Secured Party, on the one hand, and the Company or one or more Affiliates of the Company, on the other hand, in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Credit Documents.

Credit Event ” means each of the Closing Date, each Drawdown and the Final Completion Date.

Credit Parties ” means the Company, Pledgor, Managing Member and Sponsor.

CS Guaranty ” means the Guaranty, dated as of April 13, 2012, as amended by the First Amendment to Guarantee, dated as of March 20, 2013 and issued by Credit Suisse (USA), Inc. in favor of the Company and the Collateral Agent.

Date Certain ” means June 30, 2014.

Debt ” of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all obliga t ions (including contingent obligations) of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by

 

-5-


bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services, except trade accounts payable and other accrued expenses arising in the ordinary course of business which in accordance with GAAP would not be shown on the liability side of the balance sheet of such Person, (d) all obligations of such Person under leases which are or should be, in accordance with GAAP, recorded as capital leases in respect of which such Person is liable, (e) all obligations of such Person to purchase securities (or other property) which arise out of or in connection with the sale of the same or substantially similar securities (or property), (f) all deferred obligations of such Person to reimburse any bank or other Person in respect of amounts paid or advanced under a letter of credit or other instrument, (g) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of acceptances, letters of credit or similar extensions of credit, (h) all Debt (as described in the preceding clauses) of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Debt has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Debt is assumed by such Person and (i) all Debt (as described in the preceding clauses) of others guaranteed directly or indirectly by such Person or as to which such Person has an obligation which is substantially the economic equivalent of a guaranty.

Debt Service ” means, for the Company and for any period, all obligations for principal and interest payments and any fees, expenses and other charges, including fees and agent fees, due and payable in respect of all Debt for borrowed money in such period.

Debt Service Reserve Account ” is defined in Section 2.1 of the Depositary Agreement.

Debt Service Reserve Requirement ” means, with respect to any date and the Notes, an amount equal to the sum of (x) the greatest six (6) months of Debt Service under the Notes and (y) 90-days of RECs valued at $45 per REC, provided that the Debt Service Reserve Requirement shall never exceed the outstanding principal and interest to maturity of the Notes.

Debtor Relief Laws ” means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect.

Default ” means an event or condition the occurrence or existence of which would, with the lapse of time or the giving of notice or both, become an Event of Default.

Default Rate ” means, with respect to any obligation payable under the Credit Documents, for any applicable period of time, the interest rate per annum equal to 2.00% above the interest rate otherwise applicable to such obligation for such period.

Depositary ” means Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, not in its individual capacity but solely as depositary agent, bank and securities intermediary under the Depositary Agreement.

Depositary Agreement ” means the Depositary Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, among the Company, Collateral Agent and Depositary.

 

-6-


Direct Agreements ” means the consents specified on Schedule 4.30.1 and any other third party consents to the assignments contemplated by the Credit Documents, in the form set forth in Exhibit 4.30.1.

Disclosure Documents ” is defined in Section 5.3.

Disqualified Person ” means (a) any Federal, State or local government (or any political subdivision, agency or instrumentality thereof); (b) any organization described in Section 501(c) of the Code and exempt from tax under Section 501(a) of the Code; (c) any entity referenced in Section 54(j)(4) of the Code; (d) any foreign person or entity as defined in Section 168(h)(2)(C) of the Code unless the exception under Section 168(h)(2)(B) of the Code applies with respect to the income from the Company for that Person; (e) any person described in Section 50(d)(1), including a real estate investment trust, as defined in Section 856(a) of the Code; and (f) any partnership or other pass-through entity (including a single member disregarded entity) any direct or indirect partner (or other direct or indirect holder of an equity or profits interest) of which is described in clauses (a)–(e) unless such person holds its interest in the partnership or other pass-through entity indirectly through a taxable “C” corporation; provided that, if and to the extent the definition of “Disqualified Person” under Section 1603 of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, as amended, is amended or supplemented after the Closing Date, the definition of “Disqualified Person” shall be interpreted to conform to such amendment or supplement and any Treasury guidance with respect thereto.

“Distribution Conditions ” is defined in Section 10.10.

Distribution Suspense Account ” is defined in Section 2.1 of the Depositary Agreement.

Dollars ” and “ $ ” means United States dollars or such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment shall be legal tender for the payment of public and private debts in the United States of America.

DPL ” means Delmarva Power & Light Company, a Delaware and Virginia corporation.

DPSC ” means the Delaware Public Service Commission.

Drawdown ” means a disbursement of funds from the Construction Escrow Account in accordance with the terms of Section 3.2.2 of the Depositary Agreement.

Drawdown Certificate ” means a certificate delivered to the Holders substantially in the form of Exhibit 4.2.1(a).

DSCR ” means, for any period, the ratio of (a) Operating Cash Available for Debt Service for such period to (b) Debt Service for such period.

Easements ” shall have the meaning given in the granting clause of the applicable Mortgage.

Efficiency Bank ” is defined in the MESPA.

Eligible Facility ” means an “eligible facility” within the meaning of PUHCA.

 

-7-


Eminent Domain Proceeds ” is defined in Section 1.1 of the Depositary Agreement.

Energy ” is defined in the Tariff.

Environmental Consultant ” means Terracon Consultants, Inc., or its successor appointed by the Required Holders and, for so long as no Event of Default or Default has occurred and is continuing, the Company.

Environmental Laws ” means any and all current or future federal, state, local and foreign statutes, laws, including common law, regulations or ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, permits licenses or restrictions imposed by a Governmental Authority relating to pollution or protection of the environment or natural resources and protection of human health, including but not limited to the National Environmental Policy Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 4321 et seq.; Federal Endangered Species Act, 16 U.S.C. Section 1551 et seq.; the Migratory Bird Treaty Act of 1918, 16 U.S.C. Section 703 et seq.; Bald and Golden Eagle Protection Act, 16 U.S.C. Section 668; and shall include all Hazardous Substances Laws.

Environmental Reports ” means, collectively, (a) the Phase 1 Environmental Site Assessment, Proposed Fuel Cell Facility (Red Lion Site) of Terracon Consultants, Inc. dated March 13, 2013 and (b) the Phase 1 Environmental Site Assessment, Proposed Fuel Cell Facility (Brookside Site) of Terracon Consultants, Inc., dated March 13, 2013.

Equity Contribution Agreement ” means the Equity Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, among the Company, the Sponsor and the Collateral Agent.

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time in effect.

ERISA Affiliate ” means any Person (whether or not incorporated) which is under common control with the Company within the meaning of section 4001(a) of ERISA or that is treated as a single employer together with the Company under section 414 of the Code.

Event of Default ” is defined in Article 11.

Event of Eminent Domain ” means any compulsory transfer or taking by condemnation, eminent domain or exercise of a similar power, or transfer under threat of such compulsory transfer or taking, of any part of the Collateral, by any agency, department, authority, commission, board, instrumentality or political subdivision of the State of Delaware, the United States or another Governmental Authority having jurisdiction.

Exempt Wholesale Generator ” means an “exempt wholesale generator” within the meaning of PUHCA and FERC’s regulations implementing PUHCA.

Existing Financing Agreement ” means the Credit Agreement, dated as of March 22, 2012, among the Company, the lenders party thereto and The Royal Bank of Scotland PLC as administrative agent and collateral agent.

 

-8-


Existing Systems ” means 8.8 MW of Systems manufactured and installed by Sponsor at the Sites pursuant to the MESPA which are operating as of the Closing Date.

Federal Reserve Board ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

FERC ” means the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission and its successors.

Final Completion ” means the date upon which conditions set forth in Sections 4.3 and 4.4 have been satisfied or waived in writing by the Required Holders.

Final Completion Date ” means the date upon which Final Completion is achieved.

Final Completion Date Distribution ” means a distribution in an amount up to the amounts remaining on deposit in the Construction Escrow Account and the IDC Reserve Account, in the aggregate, following the occurrence of the Final Completion Date, to be made to the Pledgor by the Company on or after the Final Completion Date.

FIRREA ” means the Federal Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989.

Forced Outage Event ” is defined in the Tariff.

Forced Outage Tariff Structure ” is defined in the Base Case Projections.

FPA ” means the Federal Power Act, as amended, and FERC’s implementing regulations related thereto.

Funded System ” means a System with respect to which a payment under the MESPA has been financed or, in the case of the Systems that were in operation on the Closing Date, refinanced with the proceeds of the Notes hereunder.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles as in effect from time to time in the

United States of America.

Gas Service Agreements ” means, collectively, (i) the Large Volume Gas Qualified Fuel Cell Provider-Renewable Capable Service Agreement, effective as of June 19, 2012, between the Sponsor and DPL (for the Brookside Site), as assigned by Sponsor to the Company pursuant to the Assignment and Assumption Agreement, dated as of March 13, 2013, and (ii) the Large Volume Gas Qualified Fuel Cell Provider-Renewable Capable Service Agreement, effective as of December 12, 2012 between the Company and DPL (for the Red Lion Site).

Gas Tariff ” mean’s DPL’s Service Classification “LVG-QFCP-RC” filed for gas service applicable to REPS Qualified Fuel Cell Provider Projects and approved by the DPSC in Order No. 8062 dated October 18, 2011, as adopted and supplemented by DPSC’s Findings, Opinion and Order No. 8079, dated December 1, 2011.

Governing Documents ” means, with respect to any Person, the certificate or articles of incorporation, bylaws, operating agreement or other organizational or governing documents of such Person, and, in particular, (a) in the case of any corporation, the certificate of incorporation

 

-9-


and by-laws (or similar documents) of such Person, (b) in the case of any limited liability company, the certificate of formation and operating agreement (or similar documents) of such Person, (c) in the case of any limited partnership, the certificate of formation and limited partnership agreement (or similar documents) of such Person, (d) in the case of any general partnership, the partnership agreement (or similar document) of such Person and (e) in any other case, the functional equivalent of the foregoing.

Governmental Authority ” means the government of the United States or any other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

Governmental Rule ” means any constitution, code, statute, law, regulation, ordinance, rule, judgment, order, decree, binding directive, treaty or other governmental restriction or any similar form of decision of or determination by, any Governmental Authority.

Guaranty ” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation (except the endorsement in the ordinary course of business of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection) of such Person guaranteeing any indebtedness, dividend or other obligation of any other Person in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including (without limitation) obligations incurred through an agreement, contingent or otherwise, by such Person:

(a) to purchase such indebtedness or obligation or any property constituting security therefor;

(b) to advance or supply funds (i) for the purchase or payment of such indebtedness or obligation, or (ii) to maintain any working capital or other balance sheet condition or any income statement condition of any other Person or otherwise to advance or make available funds for the purchase or payment of such indebtedness or obligation;

(c) to lease properties or to purchase properties or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of such indebtedness or obligation of the ability of any other Person to make payment of the indebtedness or obligation; or

(d) otherwise to assure the owner of such indebtedness or obligation against loss in respect thereof.

In any computation of the indebtedness or other liabilities of the obligor under any Guaranty, the indebtedness or other obligations that are the subject of such Guaranty shall be assumed to be direct obligations of such obligor.

Hazardous Substances ” means any and all substances or materials defined as “hazardous substances,” “pollutants,” “contaminants,” “hazardous waste,” “hazardous materials,” “regulated substances,” “hazardous chemical substance or mixture,” “imminently hazardous chemical substance or mixture,” toxic substances,” or similar terms, as such terms are designated, regulated classified, listed, or defined under or with respect to which any liability

 

-10-


may be imposed pursuant to any Hazardous Substances Law, including without limitation any petroleum product (including byproducts or breakdown products of petroleum products), asbestos-containing material, polychlorinated biphenyls or urea formaldehyde foam insulation.

Hazardous Substances Law ” means any of:

(a) the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended (42 U.S.C. Section 9601 et seq. );

(b) the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. Section 1251 et seq. );

(c) the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (42 U.S.C. Section 6901 et seq. );

(d) the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. Section 7401 et seq. );

(e) the Emergency Planning and Community Right to Know Act (42 U.S.C. Section 11001 et seq. );

(f) the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (7 U.S.C. Section 136 et seq. );

(g) the Oil Pollution Act of 1990 (P.L. 101-380, 104 Stat. 486);

(h) the Safe Drinking Water Act (42 U.S.C. Section 300f et seq. );

(i) the Toxic Substances Control Act (15 U.S.C. Section 2601 et seq. );

(j) the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. Section 1801 et seq. );

(k) applicable Delaware statutes related to the release of Hazardous Substances;

(l) Delaware ordinances and regulations related to the release of Hazardous Substances; and

(m) all other federal, state, local and municipal Governmental Rules, any and all Legal Requirements, and any and all common law requirements, rules and bases of liability regulating, relating to, or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning pollution or protection of human health or the environment or which otherwise govern Hazardous Substances, as are now or may at any time hereafter be in effect, together with the regulations adopted pursuant to all foregoing.

Holder ” means, with respect to any Note, the Person in whose name such Note is registered in the register maintained by the Company pursuant to Section 13.1, provided, however, that if such Person is a nominee, then for the purposes of Articles 7 and 12, Section 17.2 and Article 18 and any related definitions in this Schedule B, “Holder” shall mean the beneficial owner of such Note whose name and address appears in such register.

 

-11-


Hot Box Replacement ” means the permanent removal and replacement of the rack-mounted assemblies containing the arrays of fuel cell components in a System (which, for example in a Model ES-5700, includes six such assemblies).

IDC Reserve Account ” is defined in Section 2.1 of the Depositary Agreement.

Improvements ” is defined in the Mortgage.

Independent Consultants ” means, collectively, the Insurance Consultant and the Independent Engineer.

Independent Engineer ” means SAIC Energy, Environment & Infrastructure, LLC, or its successor appointed by the Required Holders, and for so long as no Event of Default or Default has occurred and is continuing, the Company.

Independent Engineer’s COD Certificate ” means a certificate delivered to the Holders, substantially in the form of Exhibit 4.2.1(d).

Independent Engineer’s Drawdown Certificate ” means a certificate delivered to the Holders, substantially in the form of Exhibit 4.2.1(b).

INHAM Exemption ” is defined in Section 6.2(e).

Institutional Investor ” means (a) any Purchaser of a Note, (b) any Holder of a Note holding (together with one or more of its affiliates) more than 5% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, (c) any bank, trust company, savings and loan association or other financial institution, any pension plan, any investment company, any insurance company, any broker or dealer, or any other similar financial institution or entity, regardless of legal form, and (d) any Related Fund of any Holder of any Note.

Insurance Consultant ” means Moore-McNeil LLC, or its successor appointed by the Required Holders, and for so long as no Event of Default or Default has occurred and is continuing, the Company.

Insurance Proceeds ” is defined in Section 1.1 of the Depositary Agreement.

Interconnection Agreements ” mean the (a) Interconnection Service Agreement, dated June 19, 2012, entered into among Company, PJM and DPL with respect to the Red Lion Site, and the (b) the Standard Agreement for Interconnection, dated March 27, 2012, entered into by Company and DPL with respect to the Brookside Site.

Interparty Agreement ” means the Interparty Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, among Company, Pledgor, Managing Member, Tax Equity Investors and the Collateral Agent.

 

-12-


Knowledge ” means, with respect to the Company, the actual knowledge of the senior managers of the Company who are charged with direct or indirect responsibility for the Project.

Leases ” means the Red Lion Lease and the Brookside Lease.

Legal Requirements ” means, as to any Person, the Governing Documents of such Person, any requirement under a Permit, and any Governmental Rule in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its properties or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

Lien ” means, with respect to any Person, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or other encumbrance, or any interest or title of any vendor, lessor, lender or other secured party to or of such Person under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or Capital Lease, upon or with respect to any property or asset of such Person (including in the case of stock, stockholder agreements, voting trust agreements and all similar arrangements).

Loss Event ” is defined in Section 1.1 of the Depositary Agreement.

Loss Proceeds ” is defined in Section 1.1 of the Depositary Agreement.

Loss Proceeds Account ” is defined in Section 2.1 of the Depositary Agreement.

Major Project Documents ” means the MESPA, the MOMA, the Interconnection Agreements, each Lease, the Easements, the Service Application, the Administrative Services Agreement, the Gas Service Agreements, the Construction Services Agreement, any guaranty agreements related to the foregoing executed by Persons in favor of Company and, unless otherwise agreed by the Required Holders prior to its execution and delivery, any Additional Project Document.

Major Project Participants ” means, without duplication, the Company, Managing Member, Sponsor, Operator, PJM, Pledgor, DPL, the Administrative Services Provider, any indemnitor under a Recapture Indemnity and Guarantee and any guarantor thereof, the Tax Equity Investors party to the Interparty Agreement, and to the extent not already included in this list, any counterparty to a Major Project Document.

Make-Whole Amount ” is defined in Section 8.6.

Managing Member ” means Clean Technologies II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Material ” means material in relation to the business, operations, affairs, financial condition, assets, properties, or prospects of the Company taken as a whole.

Material Adverse Effect ” means an event, circumstance, condition or occurrence of whatever nature that materially and adversely affects (a) the business, assets (including the Project), property, prospects, results of operation or financial condition of a Major Project Participant, (b) the Company’s rights to the Project and the Project assets, (c) any Major Project Participant’s ability to perform its obligations under the Operative Documents, (d) the validity or priority of the Secured Parties’ security interests in the Collateral, or (e) the validity or enforceability of any Operative Document (including the ability of the Secured Parties to enforce any of their remedies thereunder).

 

-13-


Maturity Date ” means March 30, 2025.

Mehetia ” means Mehetia Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Memorandum ” is defined in Section 5.3.

MESPA ” means the Master Energy Server Purchase Agreement between Sponsor and the Company, dated as of April 13, 2012, as amended by the Omnibus Amendment.

MOMA ” means the Master Operations and Maintenance Agreement, between the Company and Operator, dated as of April 13, 2012, as amended by the Omnibus Amendment.

Mortgage ” means the Leasehold Mortgage, Security Agreement, Assignment of Rents, and Financing Statement and Fixture Filing, dated as of the Closing Date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Purchasers, between the Company and Collateral Agent.

Mortgaged Property ” is defined in the granting clause of the Mortgage.

Multiemployer Plan ” means any Plan that is a “multiemployer plan” (as such term is defined in section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA).

NAIC ” means the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any successor thereto.

NAIC Annual Statement ” is defined in Section 6.2(a).

“Net Available Amount ” is defined in Section 1.1 of the Depositary Agreement.

“Note Redemption Account” is defined in Section 2.1 of the Depositary Agreement.

Notes ” is defined in Article 1.

O&M Costs ” means, for any period, cash amounts incurred and paid by the Company for the operation and maintenance of the Project or any portion thereof and for the purchase of goods and services in connection therewith, including (a) premiums for insurance policies, (b) costs of fuel and other consumables, (c) costs of obtaining any other materials, supplies, utilities or services for the Project, (d) costs of maintaining, renewing and amending Permits, (e) franchise, licensing, property, real estate, sales and excise Taxes, (f) general and administrative expenses, (g) employee salaries, wages and other employment-related costs, (h) business management and administrative service fees, (i) costs required to be paid by the Project under any Project Document or Credit Document (other than scheduled Debt Service and Project Costs but including scheduled interest or lease payments in respect of other Permitted Debt) or to satisfy any Legal Requirement or obtain or maintain any Permit, (j) legal, accounting and consulting fees and other transaction costs and all other fees payable to the Holders (other than amounts constituting scheduled Debt Service), (k) necessary Capital Expenditures (other than capital expenditures made in connection with the repair or restoration of any casualty suffered by the

 

-14-


Project to the extent funded with insurance or similar proceeds applied pursuant to Section 3.7 of the Depositary Agreement or infusions of equity pursuant to the Credit Documents), and (l) all other fees and expenses necessary for the continued operation and maintenance of the Project and the conduct of the business of the Project, but exclusive in all cases of non-cash charges and also exclusive of all interest charges and charges for the payment or amortization of principal of the Notes. O&M Costs shall not include payments for restoration or repair of the Project from the Loss Proceeds Account or income Taxes.

Obligations ” means and includes all loans, advances, debts, liabilities, and obligations, howsoever arising, owed by the Company or the Pledgor (or, if such term is used by reference to any specific Person, by such Person) to any of the Secured Parties of every kind and description (whether or not evidenced by any note or instrument and whether or not for the payment of money), direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, pursuant to the terms of the Credit Documents, including (a) all principal, interest, Make-Whole Amount, fees, charges, expenses, attorneys’ fees and accountants fees, repayment obligations, prepayment obligations, and reimbursement obligations payable by the Company or the Pledgor thereunder, (b) the due and punctual performance of all covenants, agreements, obligations and liabilities of the Company or the Pledgor to the Secured Parties under or pursuant to the Credit Documents, (c) any and all sums advanced by any of the Secured Parties to preserve the Collateral or preserve or perfect Liens in the Collateral, and (d) in the event of any proceeding for the collection or enforcement described herein, after an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and unwaived in accordance with the provisions hereof, the expenses of retaking, holding, preparing for sale or lease, selling or otherwise disposing of or realizing on the Collateral, or of any exercise by Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, of its rights under the Collateral Documents, together with reasonable attorney’s fees and court costs.

OFAC ” is defined in Section 5.16(a).

OFAC Listed Person ” is defined in Section 5.16(a).

OFAC Sanctions Program ” means any economic or trade sanction that OFAC is responsible for administering and enforcing. A list of OFAC Sanctions Programs may be found at http://www.ustreas.gov/offices/enforcement/ofac/programs/ .

Offer Settlement Date ” is defined in Section 8.1.3(b).

Offer to Repay ” is defined in Section 8.1.3(b).

Offer to Repay Notice ” is defined in Section 8.1.3(b).

Omnibus Amendment ” means the Omnibus First Amendment to MESPA, MOMA and ASA, dated as of March 20, 2013, entered into among the Company, the Sponsor and Pledgor.

Operating Account ” is defined in Section 2.1 of the Depositary Agreement.

Operating Budget Category ” means (a) individually, any line item category set forth in that portion of the then-current Annual Operating Budget showing sources and uses of Project funds, and (b) collectively, all line item categories set forth in that portion of the then-current Annual Operating Budget showing sources and uses of Project funds.

 

-15-


Operating Cash Available for Debt Service ” means, for any period, Project Revenues during such period minus O&M Costs during such period.

Operative Documents ” means, collectively, the Credit Documents and the Project Documents.

Operator ” means Bloom Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA or any successor thereto.

Performance Tests ” means any tests under the MESPA to demonstrate COD.

Permit ” means any approval, consent, waiver, exemption, variance, franchise, order, permit, authorization, right or license of or from a Governmental Authority.

Permitted Debt ” means (a) Debt incurred under the Credit Documents, (b) Debt pursuant to the terms of a Project Document (but not for borrowed money), either not more than 90 days past due or being contested in good faith, (c) trade or other similar Debt incurred in the ordinary course of business (but not for borrowed money), either not more than 90 days past due or being contested in good faith, (d) the following contingent liabilities, to the extent otherwise constituting Debt: (i) the acquisition of goods, supplies or merchandise in the normal course of business or normal trade credit, (ii) the endorsement of negotiable instruments received in the normal course of its business, and (iii) contingent liabilities incurred with respect to any Applicable Permit or Operative Document, (e) purchase money obligations incurred to finance the purchase price of discrete items of equipment not comprising an integral part of the Project that extend only to the equipment being financed in an aggregate amount of secured principal and capital lease obligations not exceeding $100,000 at any one time outstanding, and (f) obligations in respect of surety bonds or similar instruments in an aggregate amount not exceeding $100,000 at any one time outstanding.

Permitted Distribution ” means a distribution in an amount not to exceed $100,000 to be made to the Pledgor by the Company as of the Closing Date, subject to the satisfaction of the relevant conditions precedent under Section 4.1.

Permitted Investments ” is defined in the Depositary Agreement.

Permitted Liens ” means (a) the rights and interests of any Secured Party as provided in the Credit Documents; (b) statutory Liens for any current Tax, assessment or other governmental charge not yet due and payable, and Liens for Taxes, assessments or governmental charges being contested in accordance with the requirements of Section 9.4; (c) materialmen’s, mechanics’, workers’, repairmen’s, employees’ or other like Liens, arising in the ordinary course of business or in connection with the construction, operation or maintenance of the Project, either for amounts not yet due or for amounts being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings, so long as (i) such proceedings shall not involve any substantial danger of the sale, forfeiture or loss of the Project, either Site or any Easements, as the case may be, title thereto or

 

-16-


any interest therein and shall not interfere in any material respect with the use or disposition of the Project, either Site or any Easements, (ii) a bond or other security reasonably acceptable to the Holders has been posted or provided in such manner and amount as to assure the Holders that any amounts determined to be due will be promptly paid in full when such contest is determined, or (iii) adequate cash reserves have been provided therefor; (d) Liens arising out of judgments or awards so long as an appeal or proceeding for review is being prosecuted in good faith and for the payment of which adequate reserves, bonds or other security reasonably acceptable to the Holders have been provided or are fully covered by insurance; (e) the Title Exceptions; (f) Liens, deposits or pledges to secure statutory obligations or performance of bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the repayment of borrowed money) or leases, or for purposes of like general nature in the ordinary course of its business, not to exceed $500,000 in the aggregate at any time, and with any such Lien to be released as promptly as practicable; (g) other Liens incident to the ordinary course of business that are not incurred in connection with the obtaining of any loan, advance or credit and that do not in the aggregate materially impair the use of the property or assets of Company or the value of such property or assets for the purposes of such business; and (h) involuntary Liens as contemplated by the Operative Documents (including a Lien of an attachment, judgment or execution) securing a charge or obligation, on any of Company’s property, either real or personal, whether now or hereafter owned in the aggregate sum of less than $100,000.

Person ” means an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, association, trust, unincorporated organization, business entity or Governmental Authority.

PJM ” means PJM Interconnection, L.L.C., a regional transmission organization.

PJM Agreements ” is defined in the Tariff.

PJM Grid ” means the system of transmission lines and associated facilities that have been placed under PJM’s operational control.

Placed in Service Date ” means the date on which each System is “placed-in-service” within the meaning of the Code and Cash Grant Guidance.

Placement Agent ” is defined in Section 5.3.

Plan ” means an “employee benefit plan” (as defined in section 3(3) of ERISA) subject to Title I of ERISA that is or, within the preceding six years, has been established or maintained, or to which contributions are or, within the preceding six years, have been made or required to be made, by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate or with respect to which the Company or any ERISA Affiliate may have any liability.

Pledge Agreement ” means, the Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Purchasers, among Pledgor, the Company and Collateral Agent.

Pledgor ” means Diamond State Generation Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

-17-


Portfolio ” means, on an aggregate basis, all Systems owned by Company at any time that were purchased pursuant to the MESPA and that have achieved COD, other than Systems that have been repurchased by Sponsor pursuant to the terms of the MESPA.

Project ” means a portfolio of up to 150 Bloom Energy baseload fuel cell electricity generators with an aggregate capacity of 30 MW to be located on the Sites and the Easements commonly known as Brookside (for the 3 MW part of the Project, in Newark, Delaware) and Red Lion (for the 27 MW part of the Project, in New Castle County, Delaware).

Project Budget ” means the budget for all anticipated costs to be incurred in connection with the development, construction, installation, timing and start-up of the Project as set forth in Schedule 4.1.26.

Project Costs ” means: (a) the Purchase Price (as defined in the MESPA) of Systems; (b) all other Project-related costs and other development costs (including all Site related costs payable to any Person, including landowners or any Governmental Authority), insurance costs, management services fees and expenses and expenses to complete the development, design, construction and financing of the Project; (c) contingency funds, start-up costs and initial working capital costs; (d) O&M Costs due and payable prior to Final Completion; and (f) interest and fees pursuant to this Agreement prior to Final Completion.

Project Document Modification ” is defined in Section 10.13.

Project Documents ” means, without duplication, the Major Project Documents and any other agreement or document relating to the development, construction or operation of the Project to which the Company is a party.

Project Revenues ” means, without duplication, all income and cash receipts of the Company derived from the ownership or operation of the Project (other than Cash Grant proceeds), including payments received by the Company from DPL pursuant to the Tariff, from Sponsor under the MESPA and the MOMA (other than payments permitted to be deposited into the System Refund Account), proceeds of any delay in start up or business interruption or liability insurance (to the extent such liability insurance proceeds represent reimbursement of third party claims previously paid by the Company), income derived from the sale or use of electric capacity or energy transmitted or distributed or ancillary services or environmental attributes produced by the Project, proceeds from sale of assets, investment income on amounts in the Accounts (solely to the extent deposited in the applicable Account), but excluding solely for purposes of calculating Operating Cash Available for Debt Service, (a) any receipts derived from the sale of any property pertaining to the Project or incidental to the operation of the Project, as determined in conformity with cash accounting principles, (b) proceeds of casualty insurance, (c) performance liquidated damages under the MESPA and MOMA, (d) the proceeds of any condemnation awards relating to the Project and (e) proceeds from the Collateral Documents.

Project Schedule ” means the schedule for construction and completion of the Project as set forth in Schedule 4.1.28.

property ” or “ properties ” means, unless otherwise specifically limited, real or personal property of any kind, tangible or intangible, choate or inchoate.

 

-18-


Prudent Electrical Practices ” is defined in the MESPA.

PTE ” is defined in Section 6.2(a).

PUHCA ” means the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 2005 (42 U.S.C. §§ 16451-16463), and FERC’s implementing regulations related thereto (18 C.F.R. Part 366).

Purchaser ” or “ Purchasers ” means each of the purchasers whose signatures appear at the end of this Agreement and such Purchaser’s successors and assigns (so long as any such assignment complies with Section 13.2), provided, however , that any Purchaser of a Note that ceases to be the registered holder or a beneficial owner (through a nominee) of such Note as the result of a transfer thereof pursuant to Section 13.2 shall cease to be included within the meaning of “Purchaser” of such Note for the purposes of this Agreement upon such transfer.

QFCP Generator ” is defined in the Tariff.

QPAM Exemption ” is defined in Section 6.2(d).

Qualified Fuel Cell Provider ” is defined in the Tariff.

Qualified Fuel Cell Provider Project ” is defined in the Tariff.

Qualified Institutional Buyer ” means any Person who is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of such term as set forth in Rule 144A(a)(1) under the Securities Act.

Ramp Up Period ” means the period from the Closing Date through the Final Completion Date.

Rating Agency ” means Fitch Ratings Inc. to the extent that at each relevant time of determination, it has an active and current rating in effect on the Notes, or if Fitch Ratings Inc. shall cease to rate debt instruments of the type similar to the Notes, another nationally recognized rating agency or agencies then rating debt instruments of a type similar to the Notes as shall be selected by the Holders, in consultation with the Company, as a substitute therefor.

Rating Event ” is defined in Section 9.23.

Real Property ” means the real property, including the Sites and the Improvements, which is the subject of the Mortgages.

Real Property Documents ” means any documents, agreements or instruments pursuant to which Company has rights in Real Property, all easements, sub-easements, leases, subleases, licenses and other agreements with landowners, any non-disturbance agreements and any deeds pursuant to which Company owns a fee interest in real property.

REC ” means renewable energy credits.

Recapture Indemnities and Guarantees ” means each of (i) the Cash Grant Indemnity Agreement, dated as of March 20, 2013, by the Sponsor in favor of the Company and the Collateral Agent, (ii) the Cash Grant Indemnity Agreement, dated as of March 20, 2013, by Mehetia in favor of the Company and the Collateral Agent and (iii) the CS Guaranty.

 

-19-


Recapture Liabilities ” means any loss, liability or payment resulting from or required to be made to the United States of America (or any agency or instrumentality thereof) resulting from all or any portion of the Cash Grant being “recaptured” or disallowed as a result of the Project or any part thereof being disposed of, all or any portion of the Project ceasing to be specified energy property, an ownership interest in the Project or the Company being disposed of during the Recapture Period to a Disqualified Person, or otherwise, including any interest and penalties related thereto.

Recapture Period ” means the period commencing on the Placed in Service Date and ending on the fifth anniversary of the Placed in Service Date or, to the extent applicable, such different period as prescribed under the Code.

Red Lion Lease ” means the amended and restated lease agreement between Company and DPL, dated as of June 26, 2012, relating to property located at 1593 River Road, New Castle, Delaware 19720, as amended from time to time

Red Lion Site ” means the real property which is the subject of the Red Lion Lease.

Related Fund ” means, with respect to any Holder of any Note, any fund or entity that (i) invests in Securities or bank loans, and (ii) is advised or managed by such Holder, the same investment advisor as such Holder or by an affiliate of such Holder or such investment advisor.

Release ” means disposing, discharging, injecting, spilling, leaking, leaching, dumping, pumping, pouring, emitting, escaping or emptying into or upon any land or water or air.

Repayment Date ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Amortization Schedule.

Reportable Event ” means any of the events set forth in section 4043(b) or (c) of ERISA for which notice to the PBGC has not been waived.

REPS Act ” means the Renewable Energy Portfolio Standards Act, as amended by S.B. 124, enacted July 10, 2011 (Title 26, Chap. 1, section 351 et seq. of the Code of the State of Delaware).

Required Holders ” means at any time on or after the Closing, the Holders of at least 50.1% in principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding (exclusive of Notes then owned by the Company or any of its Affiliates).

Responsible Officer ” means, as to any Person, its president, chief executive officer, any vice president, treasurer, secretary, or assistant secretary, or any natural Person who is a managing general partner or manager or managing member of a limited liability company (or any of the preceding with regard to any such managing general partner, manager or managing member).

Revenue Account ” is defined in Section 2.1 of the Depositary Agreement.

 

-20-


Rights of Way ” is defined in Section 4.1.37(vi).

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission of the United States, or any successor thereto.

Secured Parties ” means Collateral Agent and the Holders of the Notes, and each of their respective successors, transferees and assigns and shall include, without limitation, all former Collateral Agents and Holders of Notes to the extent that the Obligations owing to such Persons were incurred while such Persons were in such capacities and such Obligations have not been paid or satisfied in full; provided , that no Affiliate of Sponsor shall be a “Secured Party.”

Securities ” or “ Security ” shall have the meaning specified in section 2(1) of the Securities Act.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time in effect.

Security Agreement ” means the Security Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Purchasers, between the Company and Collateral Agent.

Senior Financial Officer ” means the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or comptroller of the Company.

Service Application ” is defined in the Tariff.

Sites ” means the Brookside Site and the Red Lion Site.

Solvent ” means, with respect to any Person, that as of the date of determination, (a) the aggregate value of all properties of such Person at their present saleable value ( i.e ., the amount that may be realized within a reasonable time, considered to be six months to one year, either through collection or sale at the regular market value, conceiving the latter as the amount that could be obtained for the property in question within such period by a capable and diligent businessperson from an interested buyer who is willing to purchase under ordinary selling conditions), exceed the amount of all the debts and liabilities (including contingent, subordinated, unmatured and unliquidated liabilities) of such Person, (b) such Person will not, on a consolidated basis, have an unreasonably small capital with which to conduct its business operations heretofore conducted and (c) such Person will have, on a consolidated basis, sufficient cashflow to enable it to pay its debts as they mature.

Source ” is defined in Section 6.2.

Sponsor ” means Bloom Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

Subsidiary ” means, as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, limited liability partnership or other entity of which such Person: (a) owns 10% or more of the shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity and/or (b) controls the management, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries.

 

-21-


Super-Majority Holders ” means at any time on or after the Closing Date, the Holders of at least 80% in principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding (exclusive of Notes then owned by the Company or any of its Affiliates).

SVO ” means the Securities Valuation Office of the NAIC or any successor to such Office.

System ” means each proprietary solid oxide fuel cell power generating unit to be purchased from Sponsor by the Company under the MESPA.

System Liability Cap ” means the liability caps referred to in Sections 8.2(b), 8.3(c), 8.9 and 10.5 of the MESPA and Sections 2.5(c), 2.8 and 7.1 of the MOMA.

System Refund Account ” means the account established by the Company into which, if any payments are received by the Company from the Sponsor based on refunds for a System’s purchase deposit (in accordance with Section 3.2(d) of the MESPA) or if there is a full refund of the purchase price of a full System (in accordance with Section 8.3 of the MESPA) and the applicable System is not a Funded System, any payment received by the Company representing the proportional amount thereof allocable to the equity in the Company will be deposited, provided that such account shall not be an “Account” under the Depositary Agreement.

Tariff ” means DPL’s Service Classification “QFCP-RC” for REPS Qualified Fuel Cell Provider Projects as approved by the DPSC in Order No. 8062 dated October 18, 2011, as adopted and supplemented by DPSC’s Findings, Opinion and Order No. 8079, dated December 1, 2011.

Tax Equity Investors ” means Mehetia and any other one or more investors in “Class B” membership interests in Pledgor (as contemplated by the limited liability company agreement of Pledgor as in effect on the Closing Date).

Taxes ” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

Title Exception ” means the exceptions to title set forth in the Title Policy.

Title Insurer ” means First American Title Insurance Company.

Title Policy ” means the policy of the title insurance issued by the Title Insurer dated as of the Closing Date, including all amendments thereto, endorsements thereof and substitutions or replacements therefor.

UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as the same may, from time to time, be in effect in the State of New York; provided , in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the perfection or priority of the security interest in any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York the

 

-22-


term “UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions of the Credit Documents relating to such perfection or priority and for purposes of definitions related to such provisions.

Unsatisfied Condition ” means a condition in a Permit that has not been satisfied and that either (a) must be satisfied before such Permit can become effective, (b) must be satisfied as of the date on which a representation is made or a condition precedent must be satisfied under this Agreement, or (c) must be satisfied as of a future date but with respect to which facts or circumstances exist which, to the Company’s Knowledge, could reasonably be expected to result in a failure to satisfy such Permit condition, and which failure could reasonably result in a Material Adverse Effect.

USA PATRIOT Act ” means United States Public Law 107-56, Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism (USA PATRIOT ACT) Act of 2001, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time in effect.

 

-23-


RULES OF INTERPRETATION

 

1. The singular includes the plural and the plural includes the singular.

 

2. The word “or” is not exclusive. Thus, if a party “may do (a) or (b)”, then the party may do either or both. The party is not limited to a mutually exclusive choice between the two alternatives.

 

3. A reference to a Governmental Rule includes any amendment or modification to such Governmental Rule, and all regulations, rulings and other Governmental Rules promulgated under such Governmental Rule.

 

4. A reference to a Person includes its successors and permitted assigns to the extent permitted and in accordance with the terms of the Credit Documents.

 

5. Accounting terms have the meanings assigned to them by GAAP, as applied by the accounting entity to which they refer.

 

6. The words “include,” “includes” and “including” are not limiting.

 

7. A reference in a document to an Article, Section, Exhibit, Schedule, Annex or Appendix is to the Article, Section, Exhibit, Schedule, Annex or Appendix of such document unless otherwise indicated. Exhibits, Schedules, Annexes or Appendices to any document shall be deemed incorporated by reference in such document.

 

8. References to any document, instrument or agreement (a) shall include all exhibits, schedules and other attachments thereto, (b) shall include all documents, instruments or agreements issued or executed in replacement thereof, and (c) means such document, instrument or agreement, or replacement or predecessor thereto, as amended, waived, supplemented, restructured, repaid, refunded, refinanced or otherwise modified (in each case, to the extent applicable) from time to time (to the extent permitted and in accordance with the terms of the Credit Documents) and in effect at any given time.

 

9. The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in any document shall refer to such document as a whole and not to any particular provision of such document.

 

10. References to “days” means calendar days, unless the term “Business Days” shall be used. References to a time of day means such time in New York, New York, unless otherwise specified. If the Company or any Affiliate of the Company is required to perform an action, deliver a document or take such other action by a calendar day and such day is not a Business Day, then the Company or such Affiliate shall take such action by the next succeeding “Business Day.”

 

11. The Credit Documents are the result of negotiations among, and have been reviewed by the Company, the Pledgor, the Purchasers, the Collateral Agent, the Depositary and their respective counsel. Accordingly, the Credit Documents shall be deemed to be the product of all parties thereto, and no ambiguity shall be construed in favor of or against the Company, the Pledgor, the Purchasers, the Collateral Agent and the Depositary.

 

-24-


12. The words “will” and “shall” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect.

 

13. Capitalized terms in any Credit Document have the meanings set forth therein and any capitalized term used in a Credit Document and not defined therein or in this Schedule B but in another Credit Document has the meaning in such other Credit Document.

 

14. Any term defined in this Schedule B by reference to another document, instrument or agreement shall continue to have the meaning ascribed thereto, as in full force and effect as of the date of this Agreement (without giving effect to any amendment to such terms unless expressly consented to by the Collateral Agent and the Holders of the Notes), whether or not such other document, instrument or agreement remains in effect.

 

-25-


S CHEDULE 4.1.22

L ITIGATION

 

1. Nichols et al. v. Markell et al ., No. 1:12-cv-00777, currently pending in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware.

 

2. John A. Nichols v. State Coastal Zone Industrial Control Board, Delaware Department of Natural Resources and Environmental Control, and Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC , C.A. No. N12A-07-001 MMJ (Delaware Superior Court), dismissal of Nichols’ appeal affirmed by the Delaware Superior Court on March 14, 2013; Nichols has 30 days to file an appeal with the Delaware Supreme Court.

 

S CHEDULE 4.1.22 TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


Schedule 4.1.26 Project Budget

[***]

[Note: 5 pages redacted]

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested


Schedule 4.1.27 Base Case Projections

[***]

[Note: 86 pages redacted]

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested


Schedule 4.1.28 Project Schedule

[***]

[Note: 23 pages redacted]

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested


S CHEDULE 4.1.30

L IST OF D IRECT A GREEMENTS

 

1. Direct Agreement with respect to the MESPA.

 

2. Direct Agreement with respect to the MOMA.

 

3. Direct Agreement with respect to the Administrative Services Agreement.

 

S CHEDULE 4.1.30 TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


S CHEDULE 5.3

D ISCLOSURE M ATERIALS

 

1. Base Case Projections.

 

2. “USPP Investor Presentation” of January 2013 posted to the datasite established by J.P. Morgan Securities LLC with respect to Note Purchase Agreement.

 

S CHEDULE 5.3 TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


S CHEDULE 5.5

F INANCIAL S TATEMENTS

 

1. Audited annual financial statements of Bloom Energy Corporation for the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

2. Unaudited quarterly financial statements of Bloom Energy Corporation for the quarter ended September 30, 2012.

 

3. Unaudited quarterly financial statements of Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC for the quarter ended September 30, 2012.

 

S CHEDULE 5.5 TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


S CHEDULE 5.15

E XISTING D EBT

Debt in the amount of $36,427,586 (including a $7,600,000 debt service reserve letter of credit) of the Company under the Credit Agreement, dated as of March 22, 2012, among the Company, The Royal Bank of Scotland plc as administrative agent and collateral agent, and the lenders party thereto.

 

S CHEDULE 5.15

(to Note Purchase Agreement)


S CHEDULE 5.19

P ERMITS

Part I

Brookside

 

Permit

  

Issuing Authority

  

Status

National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (“NPDES”) Permit (construction)    Delaware Department of Natural Resources and Environmental Control (“DNREC”)    Approved
Air Permit    DNREC    Approved
Stormwater Review and Engineering Approval    New Castle/DNREC    Completed
Planning Dept. and Site Plan Approval    New Castle County    Approved
Feasibility Study    PJM    Completed
Generation Interconnection Facilities Study Report    PJM    Completed
DelDOT Entrance Permit    DDOT    Issued
NPDES Notice of Termination (“NOT”)    DNREC    The NOT will be filed once construction has finished
Notice of Self-Certification of Exempt Wholesale Generator Status, filed in Docket No. EG12-44-000.    FERC    Filed March 15, 2012.
DPL’s Service Classification “LVG-QFCP-RC” filed for gas service applicable to REPS Qualified Fuel Cell Provider Projects    Delaware Public Services Commission (DPSC)    Approved by the DPSC in Order No. 8062 dated October 18, 2011, as adopted and supplemented by DPSC’s Findings, Opinion and Order No. 8079, dated December 1, 2011
DPL’s Service Classification “QFCP-RC” for REPS Qualified Fuel Cell Provider Projects    DPSC    Approved by the DPSC in Order No. 8062 dated October 18, 2011, as adopted and supplemented by DPSC’s Findings, Opinion and Order No. 8079, dated December 1, 2011
Order from FERC granting Project Company MBR Authority    FERC    Issued

 

S CHEDULE 5.19 TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


Part II

Red Lion

 

Permit

  

Issuing Authority

  

Status

Stormwater Discharge Notice of Intent (formerly listed as “NOI”)    DNREC    Completed
Waiving of 100 foot well restriction on the deed    Delaware City Refining Co.    Approved
System Impact Study/ISA/CSA    PJM    Completed
Transmission line right of way    DPL    Not applicable
DNREC Coastal Zone Permit    DNREC    Approved
DNREC well permit    DNREC    Not applicable
Air Permit (Operating and Construction)    DNREC    Approved and Issued
Stormwater Review and Engineering Approval    New Castle County    Approved
Planning Dept. and Site Plan Approval    New Castle County    Approved
Record Plan    New Castle County    Approved
DDOT Entrance Permit    DDOT    Issued
Stormwater Discharge Notice of Intent    DNREC    Completed
Firemarshal Review    State of Delaware    Completed
Feasibility Study    PJM    Completed
Wetlands Review    New Castle County    Completed
NPDES NOT    DNREC    Will be filed once construction has finished
Notice of Self-Certification of Exempt Wholesale Generator Status, filed in Docket No. EG12-44-000.    FERC    Filed March 15, 2012.
DPL’s Service Classification “LVG-QFCP-RC” filed for gas service applicable to REPS Qualified Fuel Cell Provider Projects    Delaware Public Services Commission (DPSC)    Approved by the DPSC in Order No. 8062 dated October 18, 2011, as adopted and supplemented by DPSC’s Findings, Opinion and Order No. 8079, dated December 1, 2011
DPL’s Service Classification “QFCP-RC” for REPS Qualified Fuel Cell Provider Projects    DPSC    Approved by the DPSC in Order No. 8062 dated October 18, 2011, as adopted and supplemented by DPSC’s Findings, Opinion and Order No. 8079, dated December 1, 2011
Order from FERC granting Project Company MBR Authority    FERC    Issued

 

S CHEDULE 5.19 TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


S CHEDULE 8.1

A MORTIZATION S CHEDULE

Date

   Amortization Amount  

3/30/2012

   $ 0.00  

6/30/2012

   $ 0.00  

9/30/2012

   $ 0.00  

12/30/2012

   $ 0.00  

3/30/2013

   $ 0.00  

6/30/2013

   $ 0.00  

9/30/2013

   $ 0.00  

12/30/2013

   $ 0.00  

3/30/2014

   $ 2,142,946.62  

6/30/2014

   $ 2,264,546.36  

9/30/2014

   $ 2,294,098.69  

12/30/2014

   $ 2,324,036.68  

3/30/2015

   $ 2,319,835.36  

6/30/2015

   $ 2,443,743.50  

9/30/2015

   $ 2,475,634.35  

12/30/2015

   $ 2,507,941.38  

3/30/2016

   $ 2,447,035.73  

6/30/2016

   $ 2,572,603.83  

9/30/2016

   $ 2,606,176.31  

12/30/2016

   $ 2,640,186.91  

3/30/2017

   $ 2,581,007.06  

6/30/2017

   $ 2,708,323.49  

9/30/2017

   $ 2,743,667.11  

12/30/2017

   $ 2,779,471.97  

3/30/2018

   $ 2,722,109.79  

6/30/2018

   $ 2,851,267.61  

9/30/2018

   $ 2,888,476.65  

12/30/2018

   $ 2,926,171.27  

3/30/2019

   $ 2,870,723.52  

6/30/2019

   $ 3,001,820.75  

9/30/2019

   $ 3,040,994.51  

12/30/2019

   $ 3,080,679.49  

3/30/2020

   $ 3,027,248.07  

6/30/2020

   $ 3,160,387.94  

9/30/2020

   $ 3,201,631.00  

12/30/2020

   $ 3,243,412.29  

3/30/2021

   $ 3,192,104.53  

6/30/2021

   $ 3,327,395.78  

9/30/2021

   $ 3,370,818.30  

12/30/2021

   $ 3,414,807.48  

S CHEDULE 8.1 TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


3/30/2022

   $ 3,365,736.43  

6/30/2022

   $ 3,503,293.58  

9/30/2022

   $ 3,549,011.56  

12/30/2022

   $ 3,595,326.16  

3/30/2023

   $ 3,548,610.88  

6/30/2023

   $ 3,688,554.54  

9/30/2023

   $ 3,736,690.17  

12/30/2023

   $ 3,785,453.98  

3/30/2024

   $ 3,702,617.47  

6/30/2024

   $ 3,843,687.57  

9/30/2024

   $ 3,893,847.70  

12/30/2024

   $ 3,944,662.41  

3/30/2025

   $ 11,483,703.22  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 144,812,500.00  

S CHEDULE 5.19 TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


S CHEDULE 9.2

R EQUIRED I NSURANCE

The Company shall, without cost to the Secured Parties, obtain and maintain or cause to be obtained and maintained in full force and effect the insurance policies as required in this Schedule.

In each case the policies must be with insurance carriers with a rating of at least A- and a financial size category of at least X by A.M. Best or A by S&P or otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Required Holders.

The policies specified in Appendix 1 of this Schedule shall be in full force and effect at all times on and after the Closing Date or at such later inception date as is permitted by Appendix 1 to this Schedule until Termination subject to renewal no more frequently than annually.

At no time shall there be any gap in cover.

The policy limits and cover of the insurances required in this schedule shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements set forth in the Project Documents, but in no event less than the limits and coverage provisions set forth in Appendix 1 herein. The obligation to verify that the insurances carried by the Company meet the requirements of the Project Documents shall rest solely with the Company.

The Company shall not violate or permit to be violated any condition, provision or requirement of any insurance policy required by this Schedule, and the Company shall perform, satisfy and comply with all conditions, provisions and requirements of all insurance policies.

The Company hereby waives any and every claim for recovery against the Purchasers or their directors, officers and employees and agents for any and all loss or damage covered by any insurance policies to be maintained under this Schedule to the extent such loss or damage is recovered under any such policy.

All policies of insurance required to be maintained pursuant to this Schedule, other than cover required by law, shall be endorsed such that if at any time they are cancelled, lapsed, terminated or suspended (by any party including the insuring parties), such cancellation, lapse, termination or suspension shall not become effective until at least 30 days after receipt by the Collateral Agent from such insurer of such cancellation, lapse, termination or suspension, except for non-payment of premium for which the required written notice shall be 10 days. In addition to this requirement, the Company shall inform each of the Purchasers as soon a reasonably possible if it becomes aware of and such cancellation, lapse, termination or suspension or of any reasonable prospect of such and shall further requite its broker to do the same.

All policies of insurance required to be maintained pursuant to this Schedule except workers compensation and employers liability shall provide:

 

   

Additional Insured status for the Collateral Agent and each of the Purchasers, the Tax Equity Investors, the Sponsor and in the case of liability policies only also their

 

S CHEDULE 9.2 TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


 

respective affiliates, directors, officers, employees and agents (collectively, the “ Additional Insureds ”). This requirement shall not apply to any professional indemnity policy.

 

    Waivers of subrogation from the insurers in favor of the Additional Insureds.

 

    Policies shall either (a) be non-cancellable except for non-payment of premium with at least 10 days written notice of such to each of the Purchasers; or (b) have cancellation/non-payment provisions in accordance with the provisions of this Schedule.

 

    Each Purchaser or the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Purchasers, will have the right but not the obligation to pay premiums on behalf of the Company in case of non-payment.

 

    Policies shall be unaffected by any bankruptcy or foreclosure relating to the Company or the Project.

 

    Insurance shall be primary and not excess to or contributing with any other insurance or self-insurance maintained by the Company or the Additional Insureds. However, policies can act in excess of underlying policies and any policies provided by contractors in accordance with the requirements of this Schedule.

 

    The Company shall ensure that no Insurer of a policy required in accordance with the terms of this Schedule shall permit the first named insured under such policy to reduce limits or cover or degrade terms and conditions without the prior written approval of the Required Holders.

 

    The Additional Insureds shall have no obligations whatsoever including but not limited to no obligation to pay premium and no obligation to pay deductibles.

 

    Policy limits shall act in excess of deductibles including the indemnity period for time element insurance which shall act in excess of the delay deductible for such insurance.

 

    Insurer costs and expenses including any associated with claims including claims adjustment are for the account of the relevant insurer and further will not be deducted from policy limits or sublimits.

In addition, all property policies including marine cargo (if applicable) and further including any time element insurance shall provide:

 

    That the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the holders of the Notes shall be sole loss payee of any amounts payable under the policies in relation to the Company and the Project.

 

    A non vitiation clause the form of a multiple insured clause or equivalent protection acceptable to the Required Holders acting reasonably.

 

    From the first policy renewal following the date of this agreement, cover for unintentional errors and omissions for a $25,000,000 sublimit.

 

    Replacement cost, new for old, with no deduction of any kind including no coinsurance provision or a waiver thereof and no allowance for depreciation (accounting or otherwise), obsolescence or loss of value over time other than in a total constructive loss or other scenario where repair/replacement does not follow loss.

 

    An advance or partial payment endorsement.

 

    A clause requiring the insurer to make final payment on any claim within thirty days after the submission of proof of loss and its acceptance by the insurer.

 

    Except for marine transit policies, a LEG2 exclusion or similar endorsement with no sublimit applied.

 

S CHEDULE 9.2 TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


In addition, all liability policies except workers compensation and employers liability shall provide:

 

    Severability.

 

    Cross liability with no insured or additional insured excluded.

The above requirements shall be referred to as the “Required Holder Provisions”. The Required Holder Provisions can be provided either as endorsements to or in the main body of the relevant policy. All policies that replace or renew policies shall contain provisions, including limits, sublimits, deductibles, exclusions and the Required Holder Provisions, that are, mutatis mutandis, in all material regards at least the same as those in place at the Closing Date or, if later, the date of first inception of such policy cover, except in relation to risks where exposure no longer exists or where a better level of cover is provided or which would be required in accordance with the provisions of this Schedule.

The Company shall provide each of the Purchasers as soon as reasonably possible prior to financial close, and at least 10 days prior to any subsequent policy inception or renewal, a certificate of pre-agreed format from:

 

    Each placing broker confirming:

 

    Summary policy terms in the pre-agreed format.

 

    That all policies required by this schedule are in full force and effect.

 

    All insurance premiums that are due and payable have been paid in full with no premium overdue.

There shall be appended to such certificate or letter of undertaking insurance certificates for each policy required by this Schedule listing the major sublimits (to be agreed) and confirming that all required endorsements that apply to such policy are in place.

 

    The Insurance Consultant confirming that:

 

    The insurance provided complies with the requirements of this Agreement including this Schedule and further complies with the requirements of the Company in the Project Documents.

 

    That the undertakings made by each placing broker conform to the requirements of prudent industry practice.

The insurance provided by the Company shall be at least that evidenced in any certificates or other evidence provided by or on behalf of the Company.

Any of the requirements of this Schedule can be satisfied by single or by combined policies. However, as would be deemed necessary in accordance with prudent industry practice, a joint loss agreement will be required and included as part of the respective policies (for example, if there were separate marine transit and builders all-risk policies, then a 50:50 clause would be required).

 

S CHEDULE 9.2 TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


If in the opinion of the Company, acting reasonably, any insurance, including the terms and conditions, required endorsements and limits or deductibles thereof, hereby required by this Schedule to be maintained, other than insurance required to be maintained by law which shall be maintained at all times, shall not be available on commercially reasonable terms in the commercial insurance market, the Company shall promptly inform the Collateral Agent and each of the Purchasers of such purported unavailability and the Company shall seek a waiver from the Required Holders in relation to such purported unavailability in which case the Required Holders, acting after consultation with the Insurance Consultant, shall not unreasonably withhold agreement to waive such requirement to the extent the maintenance thereof is not so available. The granting by the Required Holders of any such waiver is conditional on: (i) the Company first requesting such waiver in writing, which request shall be accompanied by written reports prepared by the Company and its placing broker certifying that such insurance is not available on commercially reasonable terms in the commercial insurance market for projects of similar type and capacity and, in any case where the required amount is not so available, certifying as to the maximum amount which is so available, and explaining in detail the basis for such conclusions and the form and substance of such reports to be reasonably acceptable to the Required Holders after consultation with the Insurance Consultant; (ii) at any time after the granting of any such waiver, any Secured Party may request, and the Company shall furnish to each Secured Party within fifteen (15) days after such request, supplemental reports reasonably acceptable to the Required Holders updating the prior reports and reaffirming such conclusion; (iii) any such waiver granted by the Required Holders can amend, to the extent reasonably required to mitigate any increased risks created by the absence of insurance cover that is the subject of the waiver, any of the terms of this Schedule and this Agreement; (iv) any Purchaser may require the Company to obtain the best available insurance comparable to the requirements of this Schedule on commercially reasonable terms then available in the commercial insurance market (as determined by the Insurance Consultant); and (v) such waiver shall be effective only so long as such insurance shall not be available on commercially reasonable terms in the commercial insurance market (as determined by the Insurance Consultant) it being understood that the failure of the Company to furnish any supplemental reports shall be deemed to be conclusive evidence that such waiver is no longer effective because such condition no longer exists, but that such failure is not the only way to establish such non-existence.

Any failure on the part of any Secured Party to pursue or obtain the evidence of insurance required by this Schedule from the Company and/or failure to point out any non-compliance of such evidence of insurance shall not constitute a waiver of any of the insurance requirements in this Schedule.

Each liability insurance policy required pursuant to this Schedule that is permitted to be written on a “claims made” basis shall provide (a) a retroactive date (as such term is specified in each of such policies) that is no later than the Closing Date and (b) each time any policy written on a “claims made” basis is not renewed or the retroactive date of such policy is to be changed, the Company shall obtain and maintain, or cause to be obtained or maintained, for each such policy or policies the broadest extended reporting period coverage, or “tail”, reasonably available in the commercial insurance market for each such policy or policies but in no case less than three

 

S CHEDULE 9.2 TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


(3) years. The Company may satisfy the requirements of this Section by obtaining “prior acts” coverage from a subsequent insurance carrier on terms acceptable to the Collateral Agent, acting reasonably.

All property insurance including marine cargo and any time element insurance shall not include any annual or term aggregate limits or sublimits except for the perils of windstorm, flood, earth movement, unintentional errors & omissions and land and water decontamination but only to the extent permitted in Appendix 1 to this Schedule. Liability policies may have general aggregate limits in accordance with prudent insurance market practice.

All insurance policies required to be maintained pursuant to this Schedule shall contain terms and conditions reasonably acceptable to the Required Holders following consultation with the Insurance Consultant.

In the event that at any time the insurance as herein provided or as evidenced shall be reduced or cease to be maintained, then (without limiting the rights of any Secured Party hereunder in respect of the Event of Default which arises as a result of such failure) any Secured Party, upon ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice (unless such insurance coverage would lapse within such period, in which event notice should be given as soon as reasonably possible) to the Company of any such failure, may (but shall not be obligated to) take out the required policies of insurance and pay the premiums on the same. All amounts so advanced for such purpose shall become an additional obligation of the Company to the Secured Parties that provided such funding, and the Company shall forthwith pay such amounts, together with interest on such amounts at the applicable Default Rate from the date so advanced.

The Required Holders can, acting reasonably, require such additional cover to be provided as is required to conform to prudent industry practice.

The Required Holders shall have the option to be present and/or to send representatives during meetings and/or negotiations with insurers of any loss settlement in relation to the Company or the Project regarding (a) total constructive loss or any scenario in which repair/replacement will not follow loss, (b) any circumstance involving a claim in relation to an event or series of events which has or could be reasonably expected to lead to a Default. Neither the Company nor any of its Affiliates shall be permitted to settle any such claim with an insurer without the approval of the Required Holders to the agreed settlement.

Each Purchaser may, pursuant to its rights and obligations under this Agreement and this Schedule and the provisions therein, consult with the Insurance Consultant and require reports, compliance certificates and other work product from the Insurance Consultant.

Terms used in this Schedule, unless otherwise specifically defined, shall have the meaning normally ascribed to them in accordance with prudent industry practice in relation to a project similar in type and jurisdiction as the Project.

 

S CHEDULE 9.2 TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


A PPENDIX 1

 

  (a) Construction Phase Property Policy

If the Purchasers or Tax Equity Investors are pre funding construction phase expenditures then as a condition precedent to such funding, evidence shall be provided that is reasonably acceptable to the Required Holders or Tax Equity Investors (as applicable) that adequate property insurance is in place sufficient to cover the value of (a) the largest transit shipment and offsite storage; and (b) aggregate assets on site at the Project and Delay in Start-Up exposure prior to the All Risk Property and Business Interruption Insurance being in full force and effect. Furthermore, the Collateral Agent and each of the Purchasers will be added as additional insured to the construction general liability policy which shall have limits and terms adequate to cover their exposure.

 

  (b) All Risk Property and Business Interruption Insurance

From the earlier of (a) Completion; and (b) First Funding Event, “All Risk Property” insurance shall be provided for all property, equipment and construction and erection activities associated with the Project on an “all risk” basis insuring the Company and the Additional Insureds, as their interests may appear, including but not limited to coverage for the perils of earth movement (including but not limited to earthquake, landslide, subsidence, sink hole and volcanic eruption), flood, named windstorm. There shall be no requirement for machinery breakdown coverage subject to the agreement of the Required Holders and the Tax Equity Investors, acting reasonably, that such risks are adequately covered by Power Performance Warranty.

The policy limit shall be an amount not less than the aggregate full replacement cost of the projects such amount also being referred to as the “full policy limit”. Full insurable value shall mean the full replacement cost value of the Project on a “new for old” basis, including but not limited any new or existing buildings or structures, any improvements to new or existing property, equipment, mechanical plant, electrical plant, spare parts, and supplies and temporary works.

Per occurrence sublimits shall be at least as follows:

 

•   Unintentional Errors & Omissions

   $25M

•   Debris removal

   25% of the amount payable for the direct physical loss

•   Architects and engineers fees

   $2m

•   Expediting expense

   $1m

•   Blueprints, drawings, etc.

   $1m or less

•   On site pollution

   $100,000

An annual aggregate sublimit shall be permitted for flood of $10M. An annual aggregate sublimit shall be permitted for earth movement of $25M subject to confirmation from the

 

S CHEDULE 9.2 TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


independent engineer and accepted by the Required Holders and the Tax Equity Investors, acting reasonably, that any such damage is likely to be within this limit. Limits for windstorm shall be full policy limits on a per occurrence basis.

The All Risk Property policy shall include a seventy-two (72) hour flood/named windstorm/earthquake clause. There shall be no serial loss clause.

Business Interruption coverage insuring the loss of expected gross revenues for the largest single Project for a period of not less than the greater of (a) 12 months; and, (b) the longest lead time for replacement as determined by the Required Holders and the Tax Equity Investors in consultation with the Independent Engineer as a result of physical loss or damage by perils required to be insured under the All Risk Property policy, including all sections preceding this section, which cause a reduction in output.

Contingent business interruption insurance covering loss of gross revenues less non-continuing expenses for:

 

    Power Suppliers and Public Utilities Extension – loss, including delay, caused by interference/interruption of power/other utility including export substation – full cover.

 

    Prevention of Ingress/Egress 90 days

 

    Damage to an export substation cover for loss of expected gross revenues less non-recurrent costs for a six month indemnity period.

Some or all of the requirement for contingent business interruption can be reduced or eliminated subject to the agreement of the Required Holders and the Tax Equity Investors that such risks or proportions of such risks are adequately covered by the Tariff.

Deductibles shall be the best commercially available in accordance with prudent industry practice not exceeding 2% for earthquake.

 

  (c) Marine Cargo and Marine Business Interruption Insurance

To the extent a material exposure exists, transit coverage, either included in a property policy or under a separate policy (including air, land and ocean cargo, as applicable) on an “all-risk” basis and a “warehouse to warehouse” basis with a per occurrence limit equal to not less than 110% of the value including transit and insurance of such shipment involving Project or any other Collateral assets to or from any storage site or the Project site at all times for which the Company has accepted risk of loss or has responsibility for providing insurance. Coverage shall include loading and unloading, temporary storage (as applicable). Coverage shall be maintained in accordance with prudent industry practice in all regards with per occurrence deductibles of not more than $100,000 for physical damage and other terms and conditions acceptable to the Required Holders and the Tax Equity Investors in consultation with the Insurance Consultant.

Marine Business Interruption insurance shall be attached to the Marine Cargo policy providing equivalent cover, mutatis mutandis, to the Business Interruption cover attached to the All Risk Property policy in accordance with the terms of this Schedule.

 

S CHEDULE 9.2 TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


  (d) General Liability

A limit of $1,000,000 per occurrence and in the aggregate shall be provided for:

 

    Property damage, death and injury (including mental injury).

 

    Broad form property damage.

 

    Blanket contractual.

 

    Products/completed operations

 

    Advertising injury

 

    XCU

Deductibles shall be the best commercially available in accordance with prudent industry practice.

 

  (e) Automobile Liability

Automobile liability insurance, to the extent exposure exists, including coverage for owned, non-owned and hired automobiles for both bodily injury and property damage and containing appropriate no-fault insurance provisions or other endorsements in accordance with state legal requirements, with a combined single limit of no less than $1,000,000 per accident with respect to bodily injury, property damage or death. Deductibles shall be the best commercially available in accordance with prudent industry practice.

 

  (f) Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability

If the Company has employees, workers’ compensation insurance in compliance with statutory requirements and employer’s liability insurance, to the extent exposure exists, with a limit of not less than $1,000,000 per accident, per employee and per disease including such other forms of insurance that the Company is required by law to provide for the Project, all other states’ endorsement and, to the extent any exposure exists, coverage with respect to the USL&H Act and Jones Act, covering loss resulting from bodily injury, sickness, disability or death of the employees of the Company. Deductibles shall be the best commercially available in accordance with prudent industry practice.

 

  (g) Pollution Liability

Pollution liability insurance for liability arising out of property damage or bodily injury to third parties as a result of sudden and accidental pollution including the cost of on-site and off-site clean up in an amount not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence and in the aggregate. Deductibles shall be the best commercially available in accordance with prudent industry practice.

 

  (h) Umbrella Liability Insurance

An aggregate limit of $15,000,000 (or $20,000,000, if so required by any Project Document) shall be attached and in excess of the underlying general liability, automobile liability, employers’ liability policies on a following form basis with drop down provisions.

 

S CHEDULE 9.2 TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


  (i) Errors and Omissions Liability

Errors and omissions insurance for liability arising out of property damage or bodily injury to third parties as a result of prototype manufacturing errors and omissions liability $1,000,000 per glitch and in the aggregate. Deductibles shall be the best commercially available in accordance with prudent industry practice.

 

  (j) Directors & Officers Insurance

Directors & Officers insurance, including Employment Practices (if employees) in an amount not less than $10,000,000 on industry standard policy forms subject to a retention not to exceed $50,000. This requirement may be satisfied by a corporate policy.

 

S CHEDULE 9.2 TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


[ F ORM OF N OTE ]

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ SECURITIES ACT ”). NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR ANY PORTION HEREOF MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE REGISTRATION PROVISIONS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF ANY STATE BLUE SKY OR SECURITIES LAWS OR PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM SUCH REGISTRATION PROVISIONS.

THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE, BY ACCEPTANCE OF THIS NOTE, AND EACH HOLDER OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST THEREIN, AGREE TO TREAT THE NOTE AS INDEBTEDNESS OF THE COMPANY FOR APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL INCOME AND FRANCHISE TAX LAW AND FOR PURPOSES OF ANY OTHER TAX IMPOSED ON, OR MEASURED BY, INCOME.

 

E XHIBIT 1

(to Note Purchase Agreement)


DIAMOND STATE GENERATION PARTNERS, LLC

5.22% S ENIOR S ECURED N OTE D UE M ARCH 30, 2025

 

No. [        ]   [Date]
$[        ]   PPN 25275@AA1

F OR V ALUE R ECEIVED , the undersigned, DIAMOND STATE GENERATION PARTNERS, LLC (herein called the “ Company ”), a limited liability company formed and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby promises to pay to [            ], or registered assigns, the principal sum of [                    ] D OLLARS (or so much thereof as shall not have been prepaid) on [            ,         ] (the “ Maturity Date ”), with interest (computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months) (a) on the unpaid balance hereof at the rate of 5.22% per annum from the date hereof, payable quarterly, on the 30 th day of March, June, September and December in each year, commencing with the [            ] next succeeding the date hereof, and on the Maturity Date, until the principal hereof shall have become due and payable, and (b) to the extent permitted by law, on any overdue payment of interest and, during the continuance of an Event of Default, on such unpaid balance and on any overdue payment of any Make-Whole Amount, at the Default Rate, payable quarterly as aforesaid (or, at the option of the registered holder hereof, on demand).

Payments of principal of, interest on and any Make-Whole Amount with respect to this Note are to be made in lawful money of the United States of America at the principal office of the Collateral Agent in New York, New York or at such other place as the Company shall have designated by written notice to the holder of this Note as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below.

This Note is one of a series of Senior Secured Notes (herein called the “ Notes ”) issued pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 20, 2013 (as from time to time amended, the “ Note Purchase Agreement ”), between the Company and the respective Purchasers named therein and is entitled to the benefits thereof. Each holder of this Note will be deemed, by its acceptance hereof, to have (i) agreed to the confidentiality provisions set forth in Article 20 of the Note Purchase Agreement and (ii) made the representations set forth in Article 6 of the Note Purchase Agreement. Unless otherwise indicated, capitalized terms used in this Note shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Note Purchase Agreement.

This Note is registered in the register of Notes maintained by the Company and, as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed, by the registered holder hereof or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, a new Note for a like principal amount will be issued to, and registered in the name of, the transferee. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer, the Company may treat the person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for the purpose of receiving payment and for all other purposes, and the Company will not be affected by any notice to the contrary.

 

 

E XHIBIT 1

(to Note Purchase Agreement)


The Company will make required prepayments of principal on the dates and in the amounts specified in the Note Purchase Agreement. This Note is also subject to optional prepayment, in whole or from time to time in part, at the times and on the terms specified in the Note Purchase Agreement, but not otherwise.

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the principal of this Note may be declared or otherwise become due and payable in the manner, at the price (including any applicable Make-Whole Amount) and with the effect provided in the Note Purchase Agreement.

This Note shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the Company and the holder of this Note shall be governed by, the law of the State of New York excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such State that would permit the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.

 

DIAMOND STATE GENERATION PARTNERS, LLC
By  

 

  [Title]

 

E XHIBIT 1

(to Note Purchase Agreement)


E XHIBIT 4.1.13(a)

F ORM OF O PINION OF C OUNSEL TO THE C OMPANY

[See Execution Version]

E XHIBIT 4.1.13(a) TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


LOGO

      ORRICK, HERRINGTON & SUTCLIFFE LLP
      51 WEST 52ND STREET
      NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10019-6142
     

 

tel +1-212-506-5000

      fax +1-212-506-5151
     

 

WWW.ORRICK.COM

March 20, 2013

To the Addressees listed on Schedule 1

Re: Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as special counsel to Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), Diamond State Generation Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Pledgor ”), Clean Technologies II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Member ”), and Bloom Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Sponsor” and together with the Company, the Pledgor and the Member, the “ Opinion Parties ” and each an “Opinion Party”), in connection with the preparation, execution and delivery of (A) the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 20, 2013 (the “ Note Purchase Agreement ”), among the Company and the note purchasers party thereto, and (B) the Transaction Documents (as defined below). This opinion is being furnished to you pursuant to Section 4.1.13(a) of the Note Purchase Agreement. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Note Purchase Agreement. As used herein, “Accounts” means the Accounts as defined and listed in Section 2.1(a) of the Depositary Agreement on the date hereof.

In connection with this opinion, we have examined and relied on originals, or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of the following:

 

  (1) the Note Purchase Agreement;

 

  (2) the Equity Contribution Agreement;

 

  (3) the Depositary Agreement;

 

  (4) the Pledge Agreement;

 

  (5) the Direct Agreement among Sponsor, Company and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as collateral agent for the Secured Parties (the “ Collateral Agent ”) with respect to the Administrative Services Agreement;


 

LOGO

To the Addressees listed on Schedule 1

March 20, 2013

Page 2

 

  (6) the Direct Agreement among Sponsor, Company and the Collateral Agent with respect to the MESPA;

 

  (7) the Direct Agreement among Sponsor, Company and the Collateral Agent with respect to the MOMA;

 

  (8) the Security Agreement;

 

  (9) the Collateral Agency Agreement;

 

  (10) the Interparty Agreement;

 

  (11) the Cash Grant Indemnity Agreement, dated as of March 20, 2013, by the Sponsor in favor of the Company and the Collateral Agent;

 

  (12) the Mortgage;

 

  (13) copies of the Certificate of Formation of the Company (formerly known as Germinis 2011 Generation Partners, LLC) and Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Formation with respect to the Company, each as certified by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (“ DE SOS ”) on March 8, 2012;

 

  (14) copies of the Tenth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Sponsor and Certificate of Amendment to the Tenth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Sponsor, each as certified by the DE SOS on June 15, 2012;

 

  (15) a copy of the Certificate of Formation of the Member, as certified by the DE SOS on March 8, 2012;

 

  (16) a copy of the Certificate of Formation of the Pledger, as certified by the DE SOS on March 8, 2012;

 

  (17) the limited liability company operating agreements in effect as of the date hereof of each of the Company, the Pledgor and the Member;


 

LOGO

To the Addressees listed on Schedule 1

March 20, 2013

Page 3

 

  (18) the by-laws in effect as of the date hereof of the Sponsor;

 

  (19) certificates of good standing as to the Company, the Member, the Pledgor and the Sponsor issued by the DE SOS on March 11, 2013;

 

  (20) the UCC financing statement, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A , naming the Pledgor as debtor and the Collateral Agent as secured party, to be filed with the DE SOS (the “ Pledgor Financing Statement ”);

 

  (21) the UCC financing statement, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit B, naming the Company as debtor and the Collateral Agent as secured party, to be filed with the DE SOS (the “ Company Financing Statement ”); and

 

  (22) the UCC financing statement, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit C, naming the Company as debtor and the Collateral Agent as secured party, and indicating that the Company is a transmitting utility, to be filed with the DE SOS (the “ Transmitting Utility Financing Statement ”).

The documents referenced in items (1) through (11) above are hereinafter referred to each as a “New York Transaction Document” and collectively as the “ New York Transaction Documents ”. The documents referenced in subparagraphs (1) through (12) above are hereinafter referred to each as a “ Transaction Document ” and collectively as the “ Transaction Documents ”.

Terms used in paragraphs 9 through 13 below or in any qualifications, assumptions, or other matters applicable to the opinions expressed in such paragraphs that are defined in the New York Uniform Commercial Code (the “ NYUCC ”) or the Delaware Uniform Commercial Code (the “ DUCC ”) and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the NYUCC or the DUCC, as applicable.

We have also examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such corporate records, agreements, documents (including organizational documents of the Opinion Parties) and other instruments, and such certificates and comparable documents of public officials and of officers and representatives of the Opinion Parties, as we have deemed relevant and necessary as a basis for the opinions hereinafter set forth.


 

LOGO

To the Addressees listed on Schedule 1

March 20, 2013

Page 4

 

In connection with rendering the opinions expressed below, with your permission we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of all natural persons, the identity and capacity of all individuals acting or purporting to act as public officials, the authenticity and accuracy of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to the authentic original documents of all documents submitted to us as copies thereof and the authenticity of the originals of such copies. As to questions of fact material to the opinions expressed below, we have relied, to the extent we deemed necessary or appropriate as a basis for such opinions, upon the representations, certificates and statements made or otherwise provided to us by the Opinion Parties and their respective officers and other representatives, and of public officials, and upon such documents, records and instruments as we have deemed appropriate, in each case without independent check or verification of the accuracy of such documents, records and instruments.

Further, with your permission we have assumed (i) that each of the parties (other than the Opinion Parties) to the Transaction Documents (A) is duly organized or formed and validly existing under the laws of its respective jurisdiction of organization or formation and has full power, authority, and legal right to enter into and perform its obligations under each Transaction Document to which it is a party, (B) has duly authorized each Transaction Document to which it is a party, and (C) has duly executed and delivered each Transaction Document to which it is a party, (ii) that each of the Transaction Documents constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of each of the parties thereto (other than the Opinion Parties), enforceable against such parties in accordance with its terms, (iii) that, except as otherwise expressly provided in paragraph 8 below with respect to the Opinion Parties, the parties to the Transaction Documents have received, or will receive by the time required, and will, to the extent required by any governmental requirement, maintain in full force and effect, all consents, approvals, filings, notices and other authorizations from any Governmental Authority (collectively, “ Governmental Approvals ”) which are required for the due execution, delivery and performance by the parties to the Transaction Documents and that such execution, delivery and performance by the parties to the Transaction Documents does not and will not conflict with any provision of any governmental requirement or the terms of any Governmental Approval applicable to the parties to the Transaction Documents or the conduct of their respective businesses or any agreement or instrument to which they are a party or by which they or their property are bound, (iv) the absence of any evidence extrinsic to the provisions of the Transaction Documents that the parties thereto intended a meaning contrary to that expressed by those provisions, and (v) the truth, accuracy and completeness of the information, representations and warranties contained in the records, documents, instruments and certificates we have reviewed. With respect to the opinions in paragraph 13, we have assumed that (i) each Account is a securities account maintained with the Depositary, (ii) the


 

LOGO

To the Addressees listed on Schedule 1

March 20, 2013

Page 5

 

Depositary is a securities intermediary and is acting in that capacity, and (iii) the Company does not control the Depositary, is not controlled by the Depositary, is not under common control with the Depositary, and is not an insider or affiliate of the Depositary, and the Depositary does not lease any collateral from the Company.

We express no opinion in paragraphs 1 through 8 and 14 through 16 as to the laws of any jurisdiction other than (a) the laws of the State of New York, (b) the federal laws of the United States of America and (c) the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the “ DLLCA ”), and (d) the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”), in each case as in effect on the date hereof, and our opinion is limited to and applies only insofar as such laws may be concerned.

As you know, we are not admitted to practice law in the State of Delaware, and our opinions regarding the DLLCA and DGCL are based solely on our review of the text of those acts as set forth in the Delaware Laws Governing Business Entities Annotated Statutes and Rules, 2012 Fall Edition, published by LexisNexis, without regard to other Delaware statutory or judicial decisional law. Our opinions regarding the DUCC are based solely on our review of the text of Article 9 of the DUCC as set forth in the Delaware Uniform Commercial Code Annotated, 2012-2013 Edition, published by LexisNexis, without regard to judicial or administrative interpretations of such law. As a result, this firm has not conducted the same degree of review (for example, reviewing case law) that lawyers who regularly render opinions on Delaware law would conduct, and accordingly the opinions set forth herein as to the DUCC are not the equivalent of an opinion of Delaware counsel.

We have assumed that all governmental requirements have been duly enacted and validly promulgated, that each Governmental Authority has been duly constituted and that all public officials and all members of each Governmental Authority have been duly appointed and are lawfully holding the positions to which they have been elected or appointed, and that any actions taken by them under delegated authority are undertaken pursuant to properly delegated authority.

Based upon the foregoing and subject to the limitations, qualifications, exceptions and assumptions set forth herein, we are of the opinion that:

1. Based solely on our review of the documents listed in item (19) above, (i) each of the Company, the Member and the Pledgor is a limited liability company validly existing and in good standing under the DLLCA and (ii) the Sponsor is a corporation validly existing and in good standing under the DGCL.


 

LOGO

To the Addressees listed on Schedule 1

March 20, 2013

Page 6

 

2. Each of the Company, the Member and the Pledgor has the requisite limited liability company power and authority, and the Sponsor has the requisite corporate power and authority, to execute and deliver each Transaction Document to which it is a party. The Company has the requisite limited liability company power and authority to issue and sell the Notes pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement.

3. The execution and delivery by the Company, the Pledgor and the Member of each Transaction Document to which it is a party, and the issuance and sale· by the Company of the Notes under the Note Purchase Agreement, have been authorized by all necessary limited liability company action on the part of the Company, the Pledgor and the Member.

4. The execution and delivery by the Sponsor of each Transaction Document to which it is a party have been authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Sponsor.

5. Neither the execution and delivery of each Transaction Document to which it is a party, nor the performance by it of its obligations thereunder, in each case by each of the Opinion Parties, result in a violation of the organizational documents of such Opinion Party or any other Transaction Document.

6. Neither the execution and delivery of each New York Transaction Document to which it is a party, nor the performance by it of its obligations thereunder, in each case, by each of the Opinion Parties, result in a violation of any law of the State of New York or the United States or any rule or regulation thereunder applicable to such Opinion Party.

7. Each of the New York Transaction Documents constitutes the valid and binding obligation of each Opinion Party party thereto, enforceable against such Opinion Party in accordance with its respective terms.

8. No authorization, consent, waiver, approval or other action by any Governmental Authority under New York or United States federal laws which has not been obtained is required for (a) the due execution and delivery by each Opinion Party of each New York Transaction Document to which it is a party and (b) the issuance and sale by the Company of the Notes pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement.


 

LOGO

To the Addressees listed on Schedule 1

March 20, 2013

Page 7

 

9. The Security Agreement creates in favor of the Collateral Agent a security interest in the Company’s rights in the Collateral as defined therein (the “ Company Collateral ”).

10. The Pledge Agreement creates in favor of the Collateral Agent a security interest in the Pledger’s rights in the Collateral as defined therein (the “ Pledger Collateral ”).

(a) Upon the effective filing of the Company Financing Statement with the DE SOS, the security interest described in paragraph 9 will be perfected in such of the Company Collateral described in the Company Financing Statement in which a security interest can be perfected by the filing of a financing statement under the DUCC.

(b) Upon the effective filing of the Pledger Financing Statement with the DE SOS, the security interest described in paragraph 10 will be perfected in such of the Pledger Collateral described in the Pledger Financing Statement in which a security interest can be perfected by the filing of a financing statement under the DUCC.

(c) If the Company is a “transmitting utility” as defined in Section 9- 102(a)(80) of the DUCC (a matter as to which we express no opinion), then upon the effective filing of the Transmitting Utility Financing Statement with the DE SOS, the security interest described in paragraph 9 will be perfected in such of the Company Collateral described in the Transmitting Utility Financing Statement in which a security interest can be perfected by the filing of a financing statement under the DUCC.

11. The security interest described in paragraph 10 will be perfected in such of the Pledger Collateral that is a certificated security in registered form upon the Collateral Agent acquiring possession in the State of New York of the related security certificate, indorsed to the Collateral Agent or in blank by an effective indorsement.

12. The security interest described in paragraph 9 in such of the Company Collateral as consists of the Accounts and the security entitlements carried therein will be perfected upon the execution and delivery of the Security Agreement and the Depositary Agreement.

13. On the basis of the representations of the Company contained in Section 5.13 of the Note Purchase Agreement and the representations of the Purchasers in Article 6 of the Note Purchase Agreement, it is not necessary, in connection with the issuance and sale of the Notes by the Company to the Purchasers under the circumstances contemplated by the Note Purchase Agreement, to register the Notes under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or to qualify an indenture with respect thereto under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.


 

LOGO

To the Addressees listed on Schedule 1

March 20, 2013

Page 8

 

14. The issuance and sale of the Notes by the Company to the Purchasers under the Note Purchase Agreement, and the application of the proceeds thereof by the Company as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement, will not violate Regulations T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

15. None of the Opinion Parties is an “investment company” or “controlled” by a Person that is required to register as an “investment company” as such terms are defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

Our opinions are subject to the following limitations, qualifications, exceptions and assumptions:

A. Our opinion set forth in paragraph 7 above with respect to the enforceability of the New York Transaction Documents referenced therein are subject to the following:

(i) the enforceability of such New York Transaction Documents may be limited by the effect of bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or affecting the rights of creditors generally, including, without limitation, laws relating to fraudulent transfers or conveyances, preferences and equitable subordination;

(ii) the enforceability of such New York Transaction Documents may be limited by statutory requirements with respect to good faith, fair dealing and commercial reasonableness, by general principles of equity (including, without limitation, the concepts of materiality, good faith, fair dealing and commercial reasonableness, regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law) and by the effect of judicial decisions that have held that certain provisions are unenforceable where their enforcement would violate the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, or would be commercially unreasonable, or where a default is not material, including those provisions regarding various self-help or summary remedies without notice or opportunity for hearing or correction, especially if their operation would work a forfeiture or impose a penalty upon the burdened party;


 

LOGO

To the Addressees listed on Schedule 1

March 20, 2013

Page 9

 

(iii) the availability of equitable remedies, including without limitation specific enforcement and injunctive relief, is subject to the discretion of the court before which any proceedings therefor may be brought; and

(iv) with respect to the enforceability of the choice of New York law provisions in the New York Transaction Documents, we have relied upon the provisions of New York General Obligations Law Section 5-1401 and our opinion is subject to the qualification that the enforceability of such provisions may be limited by public policy considerations of any jurisdiction other than New York that would cause the New York Transaction Documents to be unenforceable, illegal, invalid or insufficient under the laws of the State of New York.

B. In giving the opinion set forth in paragraph 7 above with respect to the enforceability of any of the New York Transaction Documents referenced therein, we express no opinion as to:

(i) the enforceability of any provisions of such New York Transaction Document that purport to establish (or may be construed to establish) evidentiary standards;

(ii) the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of any provisions of such New York Transaction Document insofar as they provide for the payment or reimbursement of costs and expenses or indemnification for claims, losses or liabilities that are determined by any court or other tribunal to be in excess of a reasonable amount or to be against public policy;

(iii) the enforceability under certain circumstances of any provisions of such New York Transaction Document indemnifying a party against liability for its own wrongful or negligent acts;

(iv) the effect of the compliance or noncompliance by any party to a New York Transaction Document (other than the Opinion Parties) with any state or federal laws or regulations (including, without limitation, any unpublished order, decree, or directive issued by any Governmental Authority) applicable to such Person because of its legal or regulatory status, the nature of its business or its authority to conduct business in any jurisdiction;


 

LOGO

To the Addressees listed on Schedule 1

March 20, 2013

Page 10

 

(v) the enforceability of any provisions of such New York Transaction Document that provide that the assertion or employment of any right or remedy shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy, or that each and every remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other remedy or that any delay or omission to exercise any right or remedy shall not impair any other right or remedy or constitute a waiver thereof, but the inclusion of such provisions does not render such New York Transaction Document otherwise unenforceable nor does such inclusion make the remedies afforded by such New York Transaction Document inadequate for the practical realization of the rights and benefits purported to be provided thereby;

(vi) the enforceability of any provisions of such New York Transaction Document providing for indemnification to the extent such indemnification violates the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the securities laws of any state;

(vii) the enforceability in the federal courts of the United States of America of any forum selection clause in such New York Transaction Document, except to the extent any such clause is made enforceable by New York General Obligations Law Section 5-1402, as applied by a New York state court or federal court sitting in New York and applying New York forum selection principles. We express no opinion as to the enforceability of any provision of such New York Transaction Document insofar as it purports to confer subject matter jurisdiction on any U.S. District Court to adjudicate any controversy relating to such New York Transaction Document in any circumstances in which such court would not have subject matter jurisdiction. In addition, our opinion is qualified by reference to the discretion that a federal court may exercise in light of 28 U.S.C. Section 1404(a) and relevant case law;

(viii) the enforceability of any choice of law provisions in such New York Transaction Document, except to the extent any such choice of law provision is made enforceable by New York General Obligations Law Section 5-1401, as applied by a New York state court or federal court sitting in New York and applying New York choice of law principles; or

(ix) the enforceability of any provision of such New York Transaction Document purporting to (A) impose restrictions on non-written modifications and waivers, (B) authorize or validate conclusive or discretionary determinations, (C) provide proxies, powers and trusts to any party, (D) provide for liquidated damages, default interest, late charges, monetary penalties, prepayment premiums or other economic remedies to the extent constituting a penalty, (E) provide for the marshaling of assets or set-offs or (F) provide for certain acts or matters to be null and void automatically or ab initio in each case to the extent determined to constitute penalties or otherwise to violate public policy.


 

LOGO

To the Addressees listed on Schedule 1

March 20, 2013

Page 11

 

C. Our opinion set forth in paragraph 6 above is based upon a review of those statutes, rules and regulations that, in our experience, are normally applicable to transactions of the type contemplated by the New York Transaction Documents referenced therein.

D. As noted above, we do not express any opinion in paragraphs 1 through 8 and 14 through 16 with respect to the law of any jurisdiction other than the federal laws of the United States of America, the laws of the State of New York, the DLLCA, and the DGCL. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, we express no opinion concerning the laws of any other jurisdiction in which the parties may be located or in which enforcement of the Transaction Documents may be sought. In rendering our opinions we have not made any investigation of, and express no opinion concerning, laws, rules and regulations of (i) the State of New York relating to land use, zoning, construction, or transportation and all laws, rules and regulations promulgated by political subdivisions of the State of New York or (ii) the United States or the State of New York relating to (A) insurance, (B) banking regulations, (C) taxes, (D) utilities, energy or power generation, transmission or sale or (E) health, safety, sanitation, the environment, environmental contamination or environmental conservation. In addition, we express no opinion concerning Section 406 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or state securities or “blue sky” laws, Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any rules, regulations or orders thereunder.

We express no opinion in paragraphs 9 through 13 as to (a) any collateral to the extent that the applicable debtor does not have rights therein or the power to transfer rights therein, or any collateral that is not adequately and sufficiently described in the applicable documents, (b) any security interest for which value has not been given to the applicable debtor, (c) any collateral that is of a type described in Section 9-501(a)(l) of the NYUCC or Section 9- 501(a)(l) of the DUCC, or that constitutes consumer goods or a commercial tort claim, (c) any consumer transaction, (e) any collateral that constitutes a debt, liability, or other obligation of the secured party, or (f) the priority of any security interest. We express no opinion in paragraphs 11(a), (b), or (c) as to (i) the perfection of any security interest if the applicable financing statement does not sufficiently set forth the name and address of each of the debtor and the secured party, and the type and jurisdiction of organization of the debtor, or (ii) any collateral in which a security interest cannot be perfected by the filing of a financing


 

LOGO

To the Addressees listed on Schedule 1

March 20, 2013

Page 12

 

statement with the DE SOS under the DUCC. We express no opinion in paragraphs 12 or 13 if the applicable debtor is a securities intermediary, broker, or commodity intermediary. We express no opinion as to any collateral described in the proviso to Section 2.1 of the Security Agreement. Any opinion expressed herein as to any security interest in proceeds is subject to the provisions of Section 9-315 of the NYUCC and Section 9-315 of the DUCC.

Section 9-102(a)(80) of the DUCC defines a “transmitting utility”

as: a person primarily engaged in the business of:

(A) operating a railroad, subway, street railway, or trolley bus;

(B) transmitting communications electrically, electromagnetically, or by light;

(C) transmitting goods by pipeline or sewer; or

(D) transmitting or producing and transmitting electricity, steam, gas, or water.

We express no opinion as to whether or not the Company is a transmitting utility within the meaning of Section 9-102(a)(80) of the DUCC. We express no opinion in paragraph 11(c) if the Company is not a transmitting utility within the meaning of Section 9-102(a)(80) of the DUCC.

The opinions set forth in paragraphs 9, 10, 12, and 13 above are limited to Article 9 of the NYUCC, and thus such opinions cover only security interests, collateral, transactions, and perfection methods to the extent governed by Article 9 of the NYUCC. The opinions set forth in paragraph 11 above are limited to Article 9 of the DUCC, and thus such opinions cover only security interests, collateral, transactions, and perfection methods to the extent governed by Article 9 of the DUCC. We express no opinion in paragraphs 9 through 13 as to any matter regarding choice of law.

We have no obligation to perfect or to maintain the perfection or the priority of any security interest described in this opinion letter or to advise anyone after the date hereof as to actions necessary or advisable to do so.


 

LOGO

To the Addressees listed on Schedule 1

March 20, 2013

Page 13

 

This opinion is solely for the benefit of the Company and the addressees hereof in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Note Purchase Agreement and may not be relied upon or used by any other person or for any other purpose without our prior written consent, except that (a) transferees, successors and assignees of the Notes may rely on this opinion as if they were an original addressee, provided that any such reliance by a transferee, successor or assign must be actual and reasonable under the circumstances existing at the time of assignment, including any changes in law, facts or any other developments known to or reasonably knowable by the transferee, successor or assign at such time, and (b) you may provide copies of this opinion letter to (i) any governmental or regulatory agency (including, without limitation, the NAIC) having jurisdiction over you and (ii) any court of law or other tribunal in connection with any matter relating to the Note Purchase Agreement. This letter speaks only as of the date hereof. We disclaim any responsibility or obligation to update this opinion, to consider its applicability or correctness to other than its addressees, or to take into account changes in law, facts or any other developments of which we may later become aware.

Very truly yours,

ORRICK, HERRINGTON & SUTCLIFFE LLP


LOGO

SCHEDULE 1

Addressees

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Collateral Agent under the Note Purchase Agreement

Each Purchaser party to the Note Purchase Agreement


 

LOGO

EXHIBIT A


LOGO

UCC FINANCING STATEMENT

FOLLOW INSTRUCTIONS (front and back) CAREFULLY

 

A.   NAME & PHONE OF CONTACT AT FILER (optional)  
   

Lisa Phillips                                   (212) 906-1200

 
B.  

SEND ACKNOWLEDGMENT TO: (Name and Address)

 
   
   

Latham & Watkins LLP 885

 

Third Avenue

New York, NY 10022

 

 

Lisa.phillips@lw.com

  THE ABOVE SPACE IS FOR FILING OFFICE USE ONLY

1. DEBTOR’S EXACT FULL LEGAL NAME-insert only=debtor name (1a or 1b)-do not abbreviate or combine names

 

  1a. ORGANIZATION’S NAME                
  Diamond State Generation Holdings, LLC        
OR  

1b. INDIVIDUAL’S LAST NAME

 

      FIRST NAME   MIDDLE NAME   SUFFIX
1c.  

MAILING ADDRESS

1299 Orleans Drive

         

CITY

Sunnyvale

 

STATE POSTAL CODE

CA 94089

 

COUNTRY

USA

1d. : SEE INSTRUCTIONS   IADD’L INFO RE 11e . TYPE OF ORGANIZATION   11. JURISDICTION OF ORGANIZATION   1g. ORGANIZATIONAL ID#. if any  
  ORGANIZATION   LLC   Delaware    
        DEBTOR   I           NONE
        I    
2. ADDITIONAL DEBTOR’S EXACT FULL LEGAL NAME - insert only one debtor name (2a or 2b) - do not abbreviate or combine names
 

2a. ORGANIZATION’S NAME

 

               
OR  

2b. INDIVIDUAL’S LAST NAME

 

      FIRST NAME   MIDDLE NAME   SUFFIX

2c. MAILING ADDRESS

 

          CITY   STATE POSTAL CODE   COUNTRY
        2f. JURISDICTION OF ORGANIZATION   2g. ORGANIZATIONAL ID #, if any  
2d. SEE INSTRUCTIONS   IADD’L INFO RE 2e. TYPE OF ORGANIZATION      
  ORGANIZATION        
        DEBTOR   I   I       NONE
      I      
3. SECURED PARTY’S NAME (or NAME of TOTAL ASSIGNEE of ASSIGNOR S/P)-insert only one secured party name (3a or 3b)
  3a. ORGANIZATION’S NAME                
  Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Collateral Agent    
OR  

3b. INDIVIDUAL’S LAST NAME

 

      FIRST NAME   MIDDLE NAME   SUFFIX

3c. MAILING ADDRESS

60 Wall Street, MSNYC 60-2710

     

CITY

New York

 

STATE POSTAL CODE

NY 10005

 

COUNTRY

USA

4. This FINANCING STATEMENT covers the following collateral:

See Schedule A attached hereto and by this reference incorporated herein for a description of the Collateral.

 

5. ALTERNATIVE DESIGNATION [if applicable]: LESSEE/LESSOR CONSIGNEE/CONSIGNOR BAILEE/BAILOR SELLER/BUYER AG. LIEN NON-UCC FILING

6. This FINANCING STATEMENT is to be filed [for record] (or recorded) in the

          REAL ESTATE RECORDS         Attach Addendum         [if applicable]

  7. Check to REQUEST SEARCH REPORT (S) on Debtor(s) [ADDITIONAL FEE] [optional]   All Debtors    Debtor 1    Debtor 2
8. OPTIONAL FILER REFERENCE DATA   034738-0017   F#376727   
Filed with: DE - Secretary of State       A#543036     


SCHEDULE A TO UCC-1 FINANCING STATEMENT

 

DEBTOR:

  

DIAMOND STATE GENERATION HOLDINGS,

LLC

SECURED PARTY:

  

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY

AMERICAS, as Collateral Agent

This Financing Statement covers all of the Debtor’s right, title and interest in the following property, whether now owned or hereafter existing, owned or acquired, and wherever located (collectively, the “ Collateral ”):

Any and all of Debtor’s right, title and interest, whether now owned or hereafter existing or acquired, in Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ’’), and all limited liability company interests of the Company related thereto (the “ Pledged Equity Interests ”), and:

(a) all rights to receive income, gain, profit, dividends and other distributions allocated or distributed to Debtor in respect of or in exchange for all or any portion of the Pledged Equity Interests;

(b) all of Debtor’s capital or ownership interest, including capital accounts, in the Company, and all accounts, deposits or credits of any kind with the Company;

(c) all of Debtor’s voting rights in or rights to control or direct the affairs of the Company;

(d) all of Debtor’s rights, title and interest, as the sole member of the Company, in, to or under any and all of the Company’s assets or properties;

(e) all other rights, title and interest in or to the Company derived from the Pledged Equity Interests;

(f) all indebtedness or other obligations of the Company owed to Debtor;

(g) all claims of Debtor for damages arising out of, or for any breach or default relating to, any of the foregoing;

(h) all rights of Debtor to terminate, amend, supplement, modify, or cancel, the Governing Documents, to take all actions thereunder and to compel performance and otherwise exercise all remedies thereunder;

(i) all Securities, notes, certificates and other Instruments representing or evidencing any of the foregoing rights and interests or the ownership thereof and any interest of Debtor reflected in the books of any financial intermediary pertaining to such rights and interests and all non-cash dividends, cash, options, warrants, stock splits, reclassifications, rights, Instruments or other Investment Property and other property or Proceeds from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of such rights and interests; and


(j) to the extent not included in any of the foregoing, all Proceeds of the foregoing Collateral, whether cash or non-cash;

provided , that “Collateral” shall not include any dividend, distribution or other payment of whatever nature (whether in cash or kind) to Debtor not prohibited by the terms of the Note Purchase Agreement.

As used in this Financing Statement, the following terms have the following meanings:

Governing Documents ” means, collectively, (i) the Company’s certificate of formation, dated April 14, 2011, as amended by that certain Certificate of Amendment, dated May 26, 2011 (as amended from time to time) and (ii) the Company’s Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement dated as of March 20, 2013 (as amended from time to time).

Note Purchase Agreement ” means the agreement dated as of March 20, 2013 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented modified from time to time) between the Company and the purchasers party thereto (the “ Purchasers ”) pursuant to which the Company will issue and sell the Notes to the Purchasers.

Securities ” shall have the meaning specified in section 2(1) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder · from time to time in effect.

UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as the same may, from time to time, be in effect in the State of New York; provided, however, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the perfection or priority of the security interest in any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term “ UCC ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection or priority and for purposes of definitions related to such provisions.

Unless otherwise defined herein, (i) all capitalized terms used shall have the meanings provided the Note Purchase Agreement or, if not defined therein, the UCC, and (ii) all terms defined in the UCC and used herein shall have the same definitions herein as specified therein. If a term is defined in Article 9 of the UCC differently than in another Article of the UCC, the term has the meaning specified in Article 9.


LOGO

EXHIBIT B

UCC FINANCING STATEMENT

FOLLOW INSTRUCTIONS /front and back\ CAREFULLY

 

A.   NAME & PHONE OF CONTACT AT FILER [optional]  
   

Lisa Phillips                                   (212) 906-1200

 
B.  

SEND ACKNOWLEDGMENT TO: (Name and Address)

 
   
   

Latham & Watkins LLP 885

 

Third Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Lisa.phillips@lw.com

 

 

  THE ABOVE SPACE IS FOR FILING OFFICE USE ONLY

1. DEBTOR’S EXACT FULL LEGAL NAME-insert only one debtor name (1a or 1b)-do not abbreviate or combine names

 

  1a. ORGANIZATION’S NAME                
  Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC        
OR  

1b. INDIVIDUAL’S LAST NAME

 

      FIRST NAME   MIDDLE NAME   SUFFIX
1c.  

MAILING ADDRESS

1252 Orleans Drive

         

CITY

Sunnyvale

 

STATE POSTAL CODE

CA 94089

 

COUNTRY

USA

1d. see instructions   ADD’L INFO RE 11e. TYPE OF ORGANIZATION   11. JURISDICTION OF ORGANIZATION   1g. ORGANIZATIONAL ID #. if any  
  ORGANIZATION   LLC   Delaware    
        DEBTOR   I       I   NONE
           
2. ADDITIONAL DEBTOR’S EXACT FULL LEGAL NAME - insert only QM debtor name (2a or 2b) - do not abbreviate or combine names
 

2a. ORGANIZATION’S NAME

 

               
OR  

2b. INDIVIDUAL’S LAST NAME

 

      FIRST NAME   MIDDLE NAME   SUFFIX

2c. MAILING ADDRESS

 

          CITY   STATE POSTAL CODE   COUNTRY
           
2d. SEE INSTRUCTIONS   ADD’L INFO RE 2e. TYPE OF ORGANIZATION      
    ORGANIZATION                
        DEBTOR   I   I        
      I               NONE
3. SECURED PARTY’S NAME (or NAME of TOTAL ASSIGNEE of ASSIGNOR S/P)-insert only pone secured party name (3a or 3b)
  3a. ORGANIZATION’S NAME                
  Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Collateral Agent    
OR  

3b. INDIVIDUAL’S LAST NAME

 

      FIRST NAME   MIDDLE NAME   SUFFIX

3c. MAILING ADDRESS

60 Wall Street, MSNYC 60-2710

     

CITY

New York

 

STATE POSTAL CODE

NY 10005

 

COUNTRY

USA

4. This FINANCING STATEMENT covers the following collateral:

This financing statement covers all assets of the Debtor, whether now existing or hereafter arising.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the collateral shall not include Debtor’s rights and interests in (1) proceeds from a cash grant under Section 1603 of division B of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, as amended, or (2) that certain cash grant account established and held by Debtor with Wilmington Trust, National Association.

 

5. ALTERNATIVE DESIGNATION [if applicable]: LESSEE/LESSOR CONSIGNEE/CONSIGNOR BAILEE/BAILOR SELLER/BUYER AG. LIEN NON-UCC FILING

6. This FINANCING STATEMENT is to be filed (for record) (or recorded) in the REAL

          ESTATE RECORDS         Attach Addendum         [if applicable]

  7. Check to REQUEST SEARCH REPORT(S) on Debtor(s) [ADDITIONAL FEE] [optional]   All Debtors    Debtor 1    Debtor 2
8. OPTIONAL FILER REFERENCE DATA   034738-0017   F#376729   
Filed with: DE - Secretary of State       A#543038     


LOGO

EXHIBIT C

UCC FINANCING STATEMENT

FOLLOW INSTRUCTIONS /front and back) CAREFULLY

 

A.   NAME & PHONE OF CONTACT AT FILER (optional)  
   

Rosalind Rodburg                                   212-906-1874

 
B.  

SEND ACKNOWLEDGMENT TO: (Name and Address)

 
   
   

Latham & Watkins LLP

 

885 Third Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Rosalind.Rodburg@lw.com

 

 

  THE ABOVE SPACE IS FOR FILING OFFICE USE ONLY

1. DEBTOR’S EXACT FULL LEGAL NAME-insert only one debtor name(1a or 1b)-do not abbreviate or combinenames

 

  1a. ORGANIZATION’S NAME                
  Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC        
OR  

1b. INDIVIDUAL’S LAST NAME

 

      FIRST NAME   MIDDLE NAME   SUFFIX
1c.  

MAILING ADDRESS

1252 Orleans Drive

         

CITY

Sunnyvale

 

STATE POSTAL CODE

CA 94089

 

COUNTRY

USA

1d.  SEE INSTRUCTIONS   ADD’L INFO RE 11e . TYPE OF ORGANIZATION   1f. JURISDICTION OF ORGANIZATION   1g. ORGANIZATIONAL ID #, if any  
  ORGANIZATION   LLC   Delaware   I  
        DEBTOR   I           NONE
           
2. ADDITIONAL DEBTOR’S EXACT FULL LEGAL NAME • insert only one debtor name (2a or 2b) • do not abbreviate or combine names
 

2a. ORGANIZATION’S NAME

 

               
OR  

2b. INDIVIDUAL’S LAST NAME

 

      FIRST NAME  

MIDDLE NAME

 

STATE POSTAL CODE

  SUFFIX

2c. MAILING ADDRESS

 

          CITY       COUNTRY
                21. JURISDICTION OF ORGANIZATION   2g. ORGANIZATIONAL ID #, if any    
2d. SEE Instructions   ADD”L INFO RE I 2e. TYPE OF ORGANIZATION      
  ORGANIZATION        
        DEBTOR   I   I       NONE
      I      
3. SECURED PARTY’S NAME (or NAME of TOTAL ASSIGNEE of ASSIGNOR SIP) - insert only. one secured party name (3a or 3b)
  3a. ORGANIZATION’S NAME                
  Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Collateral Agent    
OR  

3b. INDIVIDUAL’S LAST NAME

 

      FIRST NAME  

MIDDLE NAME

 

STATE POSTAL CODE

  SUFFIX

3c. MAILING ADDRESS

60 Wall Street, MSNYC 60-2710

     

CITY

New York

  NY 10005  

COUNTRY

USA

4. This FINANCING STATEMENT covers the following collateral:

This financing statement covers all assets of the Debtor, including fixtures, whether now existing or hereafter arising.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the collateral shall not include Debtor’s rights and interests in (1) proceeds from a cash grant under Section 1603 of division B of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, as amended, or (2) that certain cash grant account established and held by Debtor with Wilmington Trust, National Association.

 

5. ALTERNATIVE DESIGNATION [if applicable]: LESSEE/LESSOR CONSIGNEE/CONSIGNOR BAILEE/BAILOR SELLER/BUYER AG. LIEN NON-UCC FILING

6. This FINANCING STATEMENT is to be filed [for record] (or recorded) in the REAL

          ESTATE RECORDS Attach Addendum [if applicable]

  7. Check to REQUEST SEARCH REPORT(S) on Debtor(s) [ADDITIONAL FEE]         [optional]   All Debtors ☐   Debtor 1  ☐    Debtor 2
8. OPTIONAL FILER REFERENCE DATA   034738-0017   F#377123   
Filed with: DE - Secretary of State       A#543517     


UCC FINANCING STATEMENT ADDENDUM  
FOLLOW INSTRUCTIONS (front and back) CAREFULLY  
9.   NAME OF FIRST DEBTOR (1a or 1b) ON RELATED FINANCING STATEMENT  
OR  

9a. ORGANIZATION’S NAME

 
 

Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC

 
 

9b. INDIVIDUAL’S LAST NAME    |    FIRST NAME    |    MIDDLE NAME. SUFFIX

 
     

10. MISCELLANEOUS:

 

 

  THE ABOVE SPACE IS FOR FILING OFFICE USE ONLY

 

11 ADDITIONAL DEBTOR’S EXACT FULL LEGAL NAME - insert only 2!!11 name (11a or 11b)- do not abbreviate or combine names
 

11a. ORGANIZATION’S NAME

 

               
OR  

11b. INDIVIDUAL’S LAST NAME

 

      FIRST NAME   MIDDLE NAME   SUFFIX

11c. MAILING ADDRESS

 

          CITY   STATE ‘POSTAL CODE   COUNTRY
        111. JURISDICTION OF ORGANIZATION   11g. ORGANIZATIONAL 10 #, if any
11d. SEE INSTRUCTIONS   IADD’L INFO RE 11e. TYPE OF ORGANIZATION      
  ORGANIZATION        
    DEBTOR   I   I     none
      I      
12.   I ADDITIONAL SECURED PARTY’S g,: I I ASSIGNOR S/P’S NAME - Insert only one name (12a or 12b)
  12a. ORGANIZATION’S NAME                
       
OR  

12b. INDIVIDUAL’S LAST NAME

 

      FIRST NAME   MIDDLE NAME   SUFFIX
12c.   MAILING ADDRESS          

CITY

 

  STATE POSTAL CODE   COUNTRY

13.

  This FINANCING STATEMENT covers u timber to be cut or LJ as-extracted collateral, or is filed as a fixture filing.   16. Additional collateral description:    
14.   Description of real estate:        
           
           
        17. Check .only if applicable and check .ONLY one box.
 

15.

  Name and address of a RECORD OWNER of above-described real estate (if Debtor does not have a record interest):   Debtor is a Trust or Trustee acting with respect to property held in trust or Decedent’s Estate
 
       

18. Check only if applicable and check only one box.

 

      Debtor is a TRANSMITTING UTILITY

 
        0 Filed in connection with a Manufactured-Horne Transaction
 
                       Filed in connection with a Public-Finance Transaction


Exhibit 4.1.13(b)

F ORM OF O PINION OF S PECIAL R EGULATORY C OUNSEL

TO THE C OMPANY

[See Execution Version]

E XHIBIT 4.1.13(b) TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


 

LOGO

To the Addressees listed on Schedule 1

March 20, 2013

Page 2 of 4

 

for such opinions, upon the representations, certificates and statements made or otherwise provided to us by the Company and its respective officers and other representatives, and of public officials, and upon such documents, records and instruments as we have deemed appropriate, in each case without independent check or verification of the accuracy of such documents, records and instruments.

Further, with your permission we have assumed (i) that each of the parties to the Transaction Documents (A) is duly organized or formed and validly existing under the laws of its respective jurisdiction of organization or formation and has full power, authority, and legal right to enter into and perform its obligations under each Transaction Document to which it is a party, (B) has duly authorized each Transaction Document to which it is a party, and (C) has duly executed and delivered each Transaction Document to which it is a party, (ii) that each of the Transaction Documents constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of each of the parties thereto, enforceable against such parties in accordance with its terms, (iii) that, except as otherwise expressly provided in this opinion with respect to the Company, the parties to the Transaction Documents have received, or will receive by the time required, and will, to the extent required by any governmental requirement, maintain in full force and effect, all consents, approvals, filings, notices and other authorizations from any Governmental Authority (collectively, “ Governmental Approvals ”) which are required for the due execution, delivery and performance by the parties to the Transaction Documents and that such execution, delivery and performance by the parties to the Transaction Documents does not and will not conflict with any provision of any governmental requirement or the terms of any Governmental Approval applicable to the parties to the Transaction Documents or the conduct of their respective businesses or any agreement or instrument to which they are a party or by which they or their property are bound; provided, however, we have not made such assumptions with respect to the Governmental Approvals that are the subject of this opinion, (iv) the absence of any evidence extrinsic to the provisions of the Transaction Documents that the parties thereto intended a meaning contrary to that expressed by those provisions, and (v) the truth, accuracy and completeness of the information, representations and warranties contained in the records, documents, instruments and certificates we have reviewed.

We express no opinion as to any laws except the Federal Power Act, as amended (“ FPA ”), and the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 2005 (“ PUHCA 2005 ”, and together with the FPA, the “ Federal Utility Regulatory Laws ”), in each case as in effect on the date hereof, and our opinion is limited to and applies only insofar as such laws may be concerned.

We have assumed that all governmental requirements have been duly enacted and validly promulgated, that each Governmental Authority has been duly constituted and that all public officials and all members of each Governmental Authority have been duly appointed and are lawfully holding the positions to which they have been elected or appointed, and that any actions taken by them under delegated authority are undertaken pursuant to properly delegated authority.


 

LOGO

To the Addressees listed on Schedule 1

March 20, 2013

Page 3 of 4

 

Based upon the foregoing and subject to the limitations, qualifications, exceptions and assumptions set forth herein, we are of the opinion that:

 

  1. The Company has received all necessary approvals from the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (“FERC”) for its sale of electric energy, capacity and ancillary services from the facilities to markets operated by PJM Interconnection, L.L.C at market-based rates and to which FERC has granted all waivers from regulation and blanket authorizations under the FPA that are customarily granted to entities with market-based rate authority, including blanket authorization under Section 204 of the FPA to issue securities and assume liabilities.

 

  2. Except with respect to regulations applicable to exempt wholesale generators, the Company is not subject to, or is exempt from, regulation under PUHCA 2005.

 

  3. The Company is an exempt wholesale generator as defined in 18 C.F.R. § 366.1 of the FERC’s regulations implementing PUHCA 2005.

 

  4. Except for those that have been previously obtained or made or which are authorized under the Federal Energy Regulatory Laws to be obtained or made after the date hereof, no consent, authorization, approval, or other action by FERC is required under the Federal Energy Regulatory Laws for the execution or delivery of the Note Purchase Agreement by the Company.

 

  5. None of the Collateral Agent or the Purchasers of the Notes will, solely as a result of the Company’s execution, delivery or performance of the Note Purchase Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, become subject to or not exempt from regulation under the Federal Energy Regulatory Laws (other than by reason of actions in connection with the Collateral Agent’s exercise of remedies, including but not limited to any action which would permit it to direct the operations or management of the Company or its facilities).

As noted above, we do not express any opinion with respect to the law of any jurisdiction other than the Federal Utility Regulatory Laws. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, we express no opinion concerning the laws of any other jurisdiction in which the parties may be located or in which enforcement of the Transaction Documents may be sought.


 

LOGO

To the Addressees listed on Schedule 1

March 20, 2013

Page 4 of 4

 

This opinion is solely for the benefit of the Company and the addressees hereof in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Note Purchase Agreement and may not be relied upon or used by any other person or for any other purpose without our prior written consent, except that (a) transferees, successors and assignees of the Notes may rely on this opinion as if they were an original addressee, provided that any such reliance by a transferee, successor or assign must be actual and reasonable under the circumstances existing at the time of assignment, including any changes in law, facts or any other developments known to or reasonably knowable by the transferee, successor or assign at such time, and (b) you may provide copies of this opinion letter to (i) any governmental or regulatory agency (including, without limitation, the NAIC) having jurisdiction over you and (ii) any court of law or other tribunal in connection with any matter relating to the Note Purchase Agreement. This letter speaks only as of the date hereof. We disclaim any responsibility or obligation to update this opinion, to consider its applicability or correctness to other than its addressees, or to take into account changes in law, facts or any other developments of which we may later become aware.

Very truly yours,

ORRICK, HERRINGTON & SUTCLIFFE LLP


LOGO

SCHEDULE 1

Addressees

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Collateral Agent under the Note Purchase Agreement

Each Purchaser party to the Note Purchase Agreement


LOGO

SCHEDULE 2

TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS

 

  1. Depositary Agreement

 

  2. Pledge Agreement

 

  3. Security Agreement

 

  4. Collateral Agency Agreement

 

  5. Interparty Agreement


LOGO

SCHEDULE 3

FERC Documents

 

  1. Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC, Application for Market-Based Rate Authority, Request for Waivers and Authorizations, Request for Finding of Qualification as Category 1 Seller, and Request for Expedited Consideration, filed with FERC on March 29, 2012, in Docket No. ER12-1383-000.

 

  2. Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC, Amendment to Application and Request for Shortened Comment Period, filed with FERC on April 23, 2012, in Docket No. ER12-1383-001.

 

  3. Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC, unpublished letter order issued by FERC on May 23, 2012, in Docket No. ER12-1383-001.

 

  4. Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC, Notice of Self-Certification of Exempt Wholesale Generator Status, filed with FERC on March 15, 2012, in Docket No. EG12-44-000.

 

  5. Notice of Effectiveness of Exempt Wholesale Generator Status, issued by FERC on June 12, 2012, in Docket Nos. EG12-36-000, etal.

 

  6. Bloom Energy Corporation, et . al., Form FERC-65 Notification of Holding Company Status, filed with FERC on October 1, 2012, in Docket No. HC13-1-000.

 

  7. Bloom Energy Corporation, et . al., Form FERC-65-B Notification of Waiver, filed with FERC on October 2, 2012, in Docket No. PH13-1-000.

 

  8. Bloom Energy Companies, Form FERC-65 Revised Notification of Holding Company Status, filed with FERC on January 14, 2013, in Docket No. HC13-1-000.

 

  9. Bloom Energy Companies, Form FERC-65-B Notification of Waiver, filed with FERC on January 14, 2013, in Docket No. PH13-9-000.


Exhibit 4.1.13(c)

F ORM OF O PINION OF S PECIAL C ONSTITUTIONAL C OUNSEL

TO THE C OMPANY

[See Execution Version]

E XHIBIT 4.1.13(c) TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


LOGO  

ORRICK, HERRINGTON & SUTCLIFFE LLP

THE ORRICK BUILDING

405 HOWARD STREET

SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94105-2669

 

tel +1-415-773-5700

fax +1-415-773-5759

 

WWW.ORRICK.COM

March 20, 2013

The Parties Listed on Schedule A

Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC

Senior Secured Notes

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as counsel to Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC(the “ Issuer ”) in connection with its execution and delivery of (i) the Note Purchase Agreement (the “ Note Purchase Agreement ”), dated March 20, 2013, and (ii) the Security Agreement (the “ Security Agreement ”) dated March 20, 2013, between the Issuer, as grantor, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Collateral Agent. As used herein, the “ Act ” means Subchapter III-A (Renewable Energy Portfolio Standards) of Chapter 1 of Title 26 of the Delaware Code, commencing with Section 351, as amended to the date hereof; “ Bloom ” means the Sponsor as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement; “ DPL ” means DPL as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement; “ Project ” means the Project as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement; “ Revenue Charge ” means “revenue charge” as defined in the Security Agreement; “ Revenue Property ” means “revenue property” as defined in the Security Agreement; “ State ” means the state of Delaware; “ State Pledge ” means the last sentence of Section 364(h) of the Act; “ Obligations ” means obligations within the meaning of the State Pledge; and “ Tariff ’ means the Tariff as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement.

OPINIONS REQUESTED

You have requested our opinions as to whether:

1. The Issuer, as an owner of Revenue Property, could successfully challenge under the Contract Clause of the United States Constitution (the “ Contract Clause ”) the constitutionality of any legislation passed by the State legislature which becomes law, or any action of the Commission exercising legislative powers, which (in either case), without consent of the owners of Revenue Property, violates the State Pledge in a manner that substantially impairs the right of the Issuer, as an owner of Revenue Property, to receive the Revenue Charge as provided in the Tariff, before either (i) the Obligations are fully met and discharged, or (ii) adequate provision shall be made by law for the full recovery by the qualified fuel cell provider project, unless such court concludes that the State has demonstrated that, in light of the circumstances, such legislation is reasonable and necessary to serve a significant and legitimate public purpose, such as remedying a broad and general social or economic problem. Such legislation or Commission action is referred to herein as “ Impairment Legislative Action .”


LOGO

The Parties Listed on Schedule A

March 20, 2013

Page 2

 

2. If the State passes legislation which becomes law, or the Commission takes action, which (in either case), without consent of the owners of Revenue Property and without compensation, is in contravention of the State Pledge and diminishes the value of Revenue Property, there would be a compensable taking with respect to the Revenue Property under the Takings Clause of the Fifth Amendment to the United States Constitution (made applicable to the State by the Fourteenth Amendment to the United States Constitution, the “ Takings Clause ”) if the court determines that:

(A) the Revenue Property is property of a type protected by the Takings Clause; and

(B) the law or action, for a public use, either

(1) permanently appropriates the Revenue Property or denies all economically productive use of the Revenue Property;

(2) destroys the Revenue Property, other than in response to emergency conditions; or

(3) reduces the value of the Revenue Property and

(i) does not substantially advance a legitimate State interest, or

(ii) unduly interferes with the claimant’s reasonable investment-backed expectations.

ASSUMPTIONS

This opinion letter is based solely upon our examination of such matters of law as we have deemed necessary for purposes of rendering the opinions set forth herein. We have made no investigation of any matter.

We have assumed, without investigation, that the following statements are true and correct at all relevant times.


LOGO

The Parties Listed on Schedule A

March 20, 2013

Page 3

 

The State has enacted the Act. Under certain circumstances, the Issuer is entitled to receive a portion of the Revenue Charge with respect to Revenue Property created pursuant to the Act and the Tariff, approved in Order No. 8062 adopted by the Public Service Commission (the “ Commission ”) of the State on October 18, 2011, and Order No. 8079, adopted by the Commission on December 1, 2011 (together, the “ Orders ”).

Section 364(h) of the Act provides:

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Delaware Code to the contrary except as otherwise provided in this chapter, with respect to revenue property, the tariffs with respect to disbursements and costs arising out of the qualified fuel cell provider project and recovery of costs addressed in subsections (a) through (c) of this section shall be irrevocable and the Commission shall not have authority either by rescinding, altering, or amending the tariff provisions or otherwise, to revalue or revise for ratemaking purposes the disbursements and costs arising out of the qualified fuel cell provider project, or the costs of recovering such costs, determine that the disbursements and costs of the qualified fuel cell provider project are unjust or unreasonable, or in any way reduce or impair the value of revenue property either directly or indirectly by taking project revenue amounts, disbursements or costs arising out of the qualified fuel cell provider project into account when setting other rates for the commission-regulated electric company; nor shall the disbursements, amount of revenues or costs arising with respect thereto be subject to reduction, impairment, postponement, or termination. Except as otherwise provided in this section, the State of Delaware does hereby pledge and agree with the owners of revenue property and the commission-regulated electric company as the agent for collecting and disbursement on behalf of a qualified fuel cell provider project and in collecting costs incurred by the electric company addressed in subsections (a) through (c) of this section that the State shall neither limit nor alter the revenue property and all rights thereunder until the obligations, are fully met and discharged, provided nothing contained in this section shall preclude the limitation or alteration if and when adequate provision shall be made by law for the full recovery by the qualified fuel cell provider project and the commission- regulated electric company.


LOGO

The Parties Listed on Schedule A

March 20, 2013

Page 4

 

Revenue Property constitutes “revenue property” within the meaning of the State Pledge. Revenue Property constitutes a property right under State law. The Issuer is an owner of Revenue Property under State law. Bloom is a “qualified fuel cell provider” and the Project is a “qualified fuel cell provider project” within the meaning of the Act. The Issuer is a “QFCP Generator” within the meaning of the Tariff. Pursuant to the Tariff, the Issuer, as an owner of Revenue Property, is entitled to be paid a portion of the Revenue Charge for a specified period that does not exceed 25 years from the date hereof.

In enacting the Act, the purposes of the State included:

1. inducing Bloom and other qualified fuel cell providers to manufacture fuel cells within the State at facilities designated by the State as an economic development opportunity;

2. inducing the Issuer and other QFCP Generators to develop qualifying fuel cell provider projects located in the State;

3. inducing the Issuer and other QFCP Generators to commit to sell all electric energy, capacity, and ancillary services generated by those qualifying fuel cell provider projects into wholesale electric markets administered by PJM Interconnections, LLC (“ PJM ”), a regional transmission organization which coordinates the movement of wholesale electricity in all or parts of 13 states (including the State) and the District of Columbia; and

4. inducing DPL and other Commission-regulated electric companies to accept service applications submitted by the Issuer and other QFCP Generators by crediting Commission-regulated electric companies with renewable energy credits arising in respect of qualified fuel cell provider projects.

Under the Act, a revenue charge cannot be imposed with respect to a qualified fuel cell project unless and until the Commission approves a joint application filed by a Commission-regulated electric company and a qualifying fuel cell provider. The Revenue Charge has a finite term, not to exceed 25 years.


LOGO

The Parties Listed on Schedule A

March 20, 2013

Page 5

 

DPL provides electric and gas utility service to service areas located in part in the State. DPL is an electric company that is subject to regulation by the Commission in connection with these electric and gas service areas in the State. DPL and the Issuer have executed and delivered a Service Application (the “ Service Agreement ”), dated as of June 28, 2011, which is a valid, binding, and enforceable contract under State law. The substantive provisions of the Service Agreement, however, by their terms become effective only upon the occurrence of specified events, including that the Act and the Tariff become effective.

The Act was validly enacted. The Tariff was legally and validly approved by the Commission. The Orders were legally and validly adopted by the Commission. The Act, the Orders, and the Tariff are valid and in full force and effect. The Service Agreement is valid and in full force and effect.

OPINIONS

(1) Based upon and subject to the assumptions and discussion set forth above, as well as the Analysis and the Limitations and Qualifications set forth below and the further qualification that there is no case directly on point, it is our opinion that, if the matter were properly briefed and presented to a court, the court, exercising reasonable judgment after full consideration of all relevant factors and of the case law discussed below under “Analysis,” would hold that the Issuer, as an owner of Revenue Property, could successfully challenge under the Contract Clause the constitutionality of any legislation passed by the State legislature which becomes law, or any action of the Commission exercising legislative powers, which (in either case), without consent of the owners of Revenue Property, violates the State Pledge in a manner that substantially impairs the right of the Issuer, as an owner of Revenue Property, to receive the Revenue Charge as provided in the Tariff, before either (i) the Obligations are fully met and discharged, or (ii) adequate provision is made by law for the full recovery by the qualified fuel cell provider project, unless such court concludes that the State has demonstrated that, in light of the circumstances, such legislation is reasonable and necessary to serve a significant and legitimate public purpose, such as remedying a broad and general social or economic problem.

(2) Based upon and subject to the assumptions and discussion set forth above, as well as the Analysis and the Limitations and Qualifications set forth below and the further qualification that there is no case directly on point, it is our opinion that, if the matter were properly briefed and presented to a court, the court, exercising reasonable judgment after full consideration of all relevant factors and of the case law discussed below under “Analysis,” would hold that if the State passes legislation which becomes


LOGO

The Parties Listed on Schedule A

March 20, 2013

Page 6

 

law, or the Commission takes action, which (in either case), without consent of the owners of Revenue Property and without compensation, is in contravention of the State Pledge and diminishes the value of Revenue Property, there would be a compensable taking with respect to the Revenue Property under the Takings Clause if such court determines that:

(A) the Revenue Property is property of a type protected by the Takings Clause; and

(B) the law or action, for a public use, either

(1) permanently appropriates the Revenue Property or denies all economically productive use of the Revenue Property;

(2) destroys the Revenue Property, other than in response to emergency conditions; or

(3) reduces the value of the Revenue Property and

(i) does not substantially advance a legitimate State interest, or

(ii) unduly interferes with the claimant’s reasonable investment-backed expectations.

ANALYSIS

I. Contract Clause

The Contract Clause provides: “No state shall . . . pass any . . . Law impairing the Obligation of Contracts...” U.S. Const., art. I, § 10. The Contract Clause protects contracts to which a state or other government is a party as well as contracts between private parties. United States Trust Co. of New York v. New Jersey, 431 U.S. 1, 17 (1977). The general purpose of the Contract Clause is to encourage trade and credit by promoting confidence in the stability of contractual obligations. Id. at 15. The law is well settled that “the Contract Clause limits the power of states to modify their own contracts as well as to regulate those between private parties. Id. at 17 (citations omitted). Although the Contract Clause appears literally to proscribe “any” impairment, the Supreme Court has observed that ‘“the prohibition is not an absolute one and is not to be read with literal exactness like a mathematical formula.”’ Id. at 21 (quoting Home Building  & Loan Assn. v. Blaisdell, 290 U.S. 398,428 (1934)).


LOGO

The Parties Listed on Schedule A

March 20, 2013

Page 7

 

Whether a State law (including action by the Commission of a legislative nature) violates the Contract Clause is governed by a three-step inquiry: “The threshold inquiry is ‘whether the State law has, in fact, operated as a substantial impairment of a contractual relationship.”’ Energy Reserves Group, Inc. v. Kansas Power  & Light Co., 459 U.S. 400,411 (1983) (quoting Allied Structural Steel Co. v. Spannaus, 438 U.S. 234, 244 (1978). This threshold inquiry itself has three components: “whether there is a contractual relationship, whether a change in law impairs that contractual relationship, and whether the impairment is substantial.” Gen. Motors Corp. v. Romein, 503 U.S. 181, 186 (1992). In addition, to succeed with a Contract Clause claim involving a contract with the State itself, a party must show that the contractual relationship is not an invalid attempt by the State to “surrender[] an essential attribute of its sovereignty.” US. Trust, 431 U.S. at 23 (alteration in original).

If the threshold inquiry is met, the courts inquire whether “the State, in justification, [has] a significant and legitimate public purpose behind the regulation, such as the remedying of a broad and general social or economic problem,” to guarantee that “the State is exercising its police power, rather than providing a benefit to special interests.” Energy Reserves Group, Inc. 459 U.S. at 411-12 (citation omitted). Finally, courts inquire “whether the adjustment of ‘the rights and responsibilities of contracting parties is based upon reasonable conditions and is of a character appropriate to the public purpose justifying the legislation’s adoption.”’ Id. at 412-13 (quoting US. Trust Co., 431 U.S . at 22). Thus, if State legislation (including action by the Commission of a legislative nature) is found to have substantially impaired contract rights, courts will find a violation of the Contract Clause unless the impairment is both “reasonable and necessary to serve an important public purpose.” US. Trust Co ., 431 U.S. at 25. “The severity of the impairment measures the height of the hurdle the state legislation must clear.” Allied Structural Steel Co ., 438 U.S. at 245. “Minimal alteration of contractual obligations may end the inquiry at the first stage. Severe impairment, on the other hand, will push the inquiry to a careful examination of the nature and purpose of the state legislation.” Id .

When applying these standards to a contract between private parties, at least with respect to an impairment caused by state law that imposes economic and social regulation, “courts properly defer to legislative judgment as to the necessity and reasonableness of a particular measure.” Energy Reserves, 459 U.S. at 412-413. “A higher level of scrutiny is required to assess abrogations of government obligations than in the case of legislative interference with the contract of private parties.’” Univ. of Hawaii Prof Assembly v. Cayetano, 183 F.3d 1096, 1107 (9 1 Cir.h 1999). Accordingly, courts are "less deferential to a state's judgment of reasonableness and necessity when a state’s legislation is self-serving and impairs the obligations of its own contracts.” Id. (quotation omitted).


LOGO

The Parties Listed on Schedule A

March 20, 2013

Page 8

 

The most recent case in which the Supreme Court upheld an impairment of a state contract, El Paso v. Simmons, 379 U.S. 497 (1965), involved unique facts, as discussed below. Similarly, in US. Trust Co., the Supreme Court noted that the “only time in this century that the alteration of a municipal bond contract has been sustained by this Court was in Faitoute Iron  & Steel Co. v. City of Asbury Park, 316 U.S. 502, 62 S. Ct. 1129, 86 L. Ed. 1629 (1942).” 431 U.S. at 27. As discussed below, Faitoute Iron  & Steel Co. involved unique circumstances that are not likely to be present in the case of Impairment Legislative Action.

A. Existence of a contractual relationship

A determination that the State Pledge is a binding contract with the State requires detailed analysis. “Federal law controls whether an agreement constitutes a contract for purposes of Contract Clause analysis.” General Motors Corp. v. Romein, 503 U.S. 181, 187 (1992). For there to be a valid contract with the State, the State must have intended to enter into a binding agreement, and the agreement must not have surrendered an essential attribute of State sovereignty.

1. Intent to contract

When a state legislature enacts a statute, there is a rebuttable presumption that it does not intend to bind itself contractually. National R.R. Passenger Corp. v. Atchison, Topeka  & Santa Fe Ry. Co., 470 U.S. 451, 466 (1985); Dodge v. Board of Education, 302 U.S. 74, 78 (1937). This presumption can be rebutted by showing that the language of the statute indicates an intent to create contractual rights: “In general, a statute is itself treated as a contract when the language and circumstances evince a legislative intent to create private rights of a contractual nature enforceable against the State.” United States Trust Co., 431 U.S. at 18, note 14. See also Dodge, 302 U.S. at 78 (“it is of first importance to examine the language of the statute.”) and Indiana ex rel. Anderson v. Brand, 303 U.S. 95, 104-105 (1938) (“the cardinal inquiry is as to the terms of the statute supposed to create such a contract”).

United States Trust Co. involved a pledge given by each of two states in connection with notes issued by a third governmental entity, the Port Authority of New York and New Jersey. The Port Authority was a separate legal entity, created pursuant to interstate compact. The Port Authority’s bonds were not a debt of either pledging state, and neither the full faith and credit nor the taxing power of either state was pledged to secure the Port Authority bonds. Rather the statute at issue in United States Trust Co. provided that the “2 States covenant and agree with each other and with the holders of any affected bonds....”431 U.S. at 18. The Court found that the “intent to make a contract [was] clear from the statutory language.” Id. Thus, the Court concluded that a contract between the states and bondholders could arise even though the states were not financial obligors on the Port Authority bonds and were not parties to the resolution pursuant to which the Port Authority bonds were issued. Id


LOGO

The Parties Listed on Schedule A

March 20, 2013

Page 9

 

The Supreme Court in United States Trust Co. also addressed the issue of consideration: “as the chronology set forth above reveals, the purpose of the covenant was to invoke the constitutional protection of the Contract Clause as security against repeal. In return for their promise, the States received the benefit they bargained for: public marketability of Port Authority bonds ... ” 431 U.S. at 18.

In the case of the State Pledge, the State invoked the constitutional protection of the Contract Clause as security against State action that would limit or alter the revenue property or rights thereunder without adequate protection for the owners of revenue property. In return, the State will get what it bargained for: (1) development and operation of qualifying fuel cell provider projects in the State, with fuel cells manufactured at a facility located in the State, under circumstances determined by the State to be an economic development. opportunity, (2) the QFCP Generator’s commitment to sell all electric energy, capacity and ancillary services from the qualifying fuel project into wholesale electric markets administered by PJM, and (3) the electric companies agreement to accept service applications from QFCP Generators.

Similar to the statutory language at issue in United States Trust Co., Section 364(h) of the Act provides: “Except as otherwise provided in this section, the State of Delaware does hereby pledge and agree with the owners of revenue property and the commission-regulated electric company as the agent for collecting and disbursement on behalf of a qualified fuel cell provider project and in collecting costs incurred by the electric company addressed in subsections (a) through (c) of this section that the State shall neither ... ” (Emphasis added.) The terms “pledge” and “agree” evidence a legislative intent to create private rights of a contractual nature enforceable against the State.

2. Contract Formation

The Service Agreement was executed and delivered by the Issuer and DPL on June 28, 2011, several days before the Act became law and several months before the Commission adopted the Orders pursuant to which the Tariff became effective. The substantive provisions of the Service Agreement, however, by their terms become effective only upon the occurrence of specified events, including that the Act and the Tariff become effective. Thus, the substantive provisions of the Service Agreement became effective only after the Act became law.


LOGO

The Parties Listed on Schedule A

March 20, 2013

Page 10

 

3. Reserved powers

The next “inquiry concerns the ability of the State to enter into an agreement that limits its power to act in the future.” United States Trust Co., 431 U.S. at 23. “It is often stated that ‘the legislature cannot bargain away the police power of a State.”’ Id . “This doctrine requires a determination of the State’s power to create irrevocable contract rights in the first place, rather than an inquiry into the purpose or reasonableness of the subsequent impairment. In short, the Contract Clause does not require a State to adhere to a contract that surrenders an essential attribute of its sovereignty.” Id .

The Court explained that “financial contracts” generally do not surrender police powers:

Whatever the propriety of a State’s binding itself to a future course of conduct in other contexts, the power to enter into effective financial contracts cannot be questioned. Any financial obligation could be regarded in theory as a relinquishment of the State’s spending power, since money spent to repay debts is not available for other purposes. Similarly, the taxing power may have to be exercised if debts are to be repaid. Notwithstanding these effects, the Court has regularly held that the States are bound by their debt contracts.

Id. at 24. See also United States v. Winstar Corp., 518 U.S. 839, 888-890 (1996).

Among other things, the State Pledge was created as an inducement (1)  to qualifying fuel cell providers to develop and operate qualifying fuel cell provider projects in the State, with fuel cells manufactured at a facility located in the State, under circumstances determined by the State to be an economic development opportunity, and (2) to QFCP Generators to sell electric energy and capacity generated by those qualifying fuel cell projects into wholesale electric markets administered by PJM, all for the benefit of citizens, businesses and governments (including the State itself) served by Commission-regulated electric companies. The inducement is principally financial: the right to receive Revenue Charges imposed on and collected by the Commission-regulated electric company from its retail electric customers. As a result, the State Pledge would seem to be the type of “financial” contract that the Court in United States Trust Co. found to be a proper exercise of legislative authority.


LOGO

The Parties Listed on Schedule A

March 20, 2013

Page 11

 

The Court in United States Trust Co. noted that “[n]ot every security provision, however, is necessarily financial. For example, a revenue bond might be secured by the State’s promise to continue operating the facility in question, yet such a promise surely could not validly be construed to bind the State never to close the facility for health and safety reasons.” Id at 25. In United States Trust Co., and in the cases following it, the “financial” contract at issue generally involved a government’s own money, i.e., a financial obligation of a governmental entity. In United States Trust Co., for example, the Port Authority, a government entity, promised to maintain a certain level of reserve funding and made various other financial commitments. In the present case, in contrast, no governmental entity will pledge its own financial resources. But the promise by the Port Authority to maintain a specified level of reserve funding was supported by a statutory pledge, adopted by the State of New York and by the State of New Jersey, to the effect that the “2 States covenant and agree with each other and with the holders of any affected bonds . . .” Thus, United States Trust Co. may support the proposition that a statutory pledge to future owners of revenue property is effective to invoke the Contract Clause where the pledge is to maintain specified aggregate revenues with respect to qualifying fuel cell provider projects and Commission-regulated electric companies through the imposition of revenue charges on retail electric customers of Commission- regulated electric utilities, even though the qualifying fuel cell provider projects are developed, owned, and operated by legal entities separate from the government entity giving the statutory pledge, and even though the revenue charges will be paid by persons unrelated to the governmental entity giving the statutory pledge.

Public utility regulation generally involves the exercise of police powers. Certain aspects of public utility regulation clearly relate to public health and safety. Such aspects include, for example, the obligation to serve, safety regulation at electric generation facilities, and regulations which promote the development and operation of alternative energy generating resources, such as qualifying fuel cell provider projects. Even though a purpose of the Act is to promote the development and operation of qualifying fuel cell provider projects, the State Pledge does not “surrender” the State’s police powers. Nothing in the State Pledge materially reduces or impacts State regulation of public utilities, including DPL. Nothing in the State Pledge limits the ability of the State to regulate the manner in which DPL provides electric utility service or to regulate DPL’s overall retail electric rates. The only impact of the State Pledge is to ensure that, so long as the applicable State law conditions are satisfied, the revenue charge will be part of electric utility bills for the specified time period and that the revenue charge will be adjusted from time to time to ensure collection of promised revenues. Thus, the State Pledge does not remove from the Commission its general regulatory authority over DPL, does not allow the revenue charge to be imposed with respect to a qualifying fuel cell project unless and until the Commission approves a joint application filed by a Commission-regulated electric company and a qualifying fuel cell provider, and the State Pledge has a finite term with respect to each qualified fuel cell provider project.


LOGO

The Parties Listed on Schedule A

March 20, 2013

Page 12

 

The Texas Supreme Court upheld the validity of a state pledge similar in some respects to the State Pledge. Lower Colorado River Auth. v. McGraw, 83 S.W.2d 629, 637-638 (Tex. 1935).

Accordingly, it ought to be determined that the State Pledge does not surrender an essential attribute of State sovereignty and that the State Pledge gives rise to a contract between the State and the owners of Revenue Property.

B. Substantial impairment

Whether a legislative action “substantially” impairs a contract is a fact- specific analysis. It is not possible at this time to determine whether a future legislative action will constitute a substantial impairment. Accordingly, this opinion letter addresses only impairments of the State Pledge that are determined to be substantial.

C. Justification

Even if a new State legislative action substantially impairs the Issuer’s contractual rights, such impairment will not violate the Contract Clause if it is “reasonable and necessary to serve an important public purpose” ( United States Trust Co., 431 U.S. at 25) “such as the remedying of a broad and general social or economic problem” (Energy Reserves Group, Inc. 459 U.S. at 411-412). The test has also been stated as “whether the adjustment of ‘the rights and responsibilities of contracting parties is based upon reasonable conditions and is of a character appropriate to the public purpose justifying the legislation’s adoption.”’ Energy Reserves Group, Inc. 459 U.S. at 412-413 (quoting United States Trust Co., 431 U.S. at 22). The State has the burden of proving that a substantial impairment is both reasonable and necessary. Cayetano, 183 F.3d at 1106.

In assessing the reasonableness of an impairment, courts “generally consider ‘the extent of the impairment as well as the public purpose to be served.”’ Southern California Gas Co. v. City of Santa Ana, 336 F.3d 885 at 894-895 (9 1 Cir. 2003) (quoting Cayetano, 183 F.3d at 1107). “However, an ‘impairment is not a reasonable one if the problem sought to be resolved by an impairment of the contract existed at the time the contractual obligation was incurred.”’ Id. at 895 (quoting Cayetano, 183 F.3d at 1107). “Changed circumstances and important government goals do not make an impairment reasonable if the changed circumstances are ‘of degree and not kind.”’ Id. (quoting United States Trust Co., 431 U.S. at 32).


LOGO

The Parties Listed on Schedule A

March 20, 2013

Page 13

 

Another factor significant to the analysis is whether the contracting parties are operating in a heavily regulated industry. Energy Reserves, 459 U.S. at 413. Thus, in Energy Reserves, the Court held that state regulation of natural gas prices did not impair a private contract where it did not impair the parties’ “reasonable expectations.” Id. at 416. In the Issuer’s case, though the Revenue Charge will be an element of DPL’s electric utility rates, which are generally subject to Commission regulation, the State Pledge was enacted in order to alter the otherwise reasonable expectations and to provide additional confidence, through a State promise, that the Revenue Charge will remain available throughout the applicable time period to allow the Issuer to receive the specified revenues with respect to the Project.

The Supreme Court in the past has held that legislation substantially impairing contractual rights was both reasonable and necessary and therefore did not violate the Contract Clause. The most famous case is Home Building  & Loan Ass’n v. Blaisdell, 290 U.S. 398 (1934). At issue in Blaisdell was the Minnesota Mortgage Moratorium Law, enacted in 1933, during the depth of the Great Depression, when Minnesota was under severe economic stress and appeared to have no effective alternatives. The statute was a temporary measure which allowed judicial extension of the time for mortgage redemption. A mortgagor who remained in possession during the extension period was required to pay a reasonable income or rental value to the mortgagee. Thus, the contracts being impaired were private contracts, not contracts with a government entity. The Court noted that, while “emergency does not create power, emergency may furnish the occasion for the exercise of power.” Id. at 426. In upholding the state mortgage moratorium law, the Court found five factors significant: (1) the state legislature and state supreme court found that an emergency existed “which furnished a proper occasion for the exercise of the reserved power of the state to protect the vital interests of the community,” and the U.S. Supreme Court found these findings to have support in the evidentiary record; (2) the law was passed to protect a basic social interest (housing), not a favored group; (3) the relief was appropriately tailored to the emergency that it was designed to meet; (4) the conditions upon which the period of redemption was extended were not unreasonable (with the exception of an initial thirty-day period, the extension required judicial approval; interest continued to accrue; the mortgagor was required to pay fair rental value during the period of extended possession); and (5) the legislation was limited to the duration of the emergency. Id. at 444-447. “The Blaisdell opinion thus clearly implied that if the Minnesota moratorium legislation had not possessed the characteristics attributed to it by the Court, it would have been invalid under the Contract Clause ...” Allied Structural Steel Co., 438 U.S. at 242.


LOGO

The Parties Listed on Schedule A

March 20, 2013

Page 14

 

El Paso v. Simmons is the most recent case in which the Supreme Court has upheld an impairment of a state contract. El Paso concerned a 1941 Texas statute that limited to a five-year period the reinstatement rights of an interest-defaulting purchaser of land from the state. Prior Texas law had no such limit. Thus, any purchaser who defaulted on interest payments could at any future time reinstate his or her rights. This led to serious unforeseen consequences, including people purchasing state land with no intent of making interest payments out of speculation that the land might increase in value, for example, due to discovery of oil. 379 U.S. at 512-513. Also, it created situations in which the right to reinstate could be exercised by any one of multiple successive forfeiting parties. Id. The 1941 legislation was passed in direct response to these unforeseen circumstances. Id. The Court found that the right of reinstatement was not a substantial inducement to enter into purchase agreements. Id. at 514. The Court further found that the right to reinstatement was intended, not to allow real estate speculation, but rather to preserve “practical and substantial rights.” Id. at 514-515. The Court concluded that the repeal, rather than impairing a bargained-for expectation of the purchaser, had the effect of eliminating an unforeseen windfall. Id. at 515. Moreover, the purpose of the land sales was to raise money for public schools. The clouds on title arising from reinstatement rights, massive litigation to which this gave rise, and pattern of sale and forfeiture were costly to the school fund and to the development of land use. Id. at 515-516. The cloud on title also prevented the state from using lands subject to reinstatement for public purposes due to the possibility that any one of several past purchasers might at some unknowable future date assert the right to reinstatement. Id. at 516. The Court thus concluded that the statute did not violate the Contract Clause because the statute “was quite clearly necessary” and was “a mild one indeed, hardly burdensome to the purchaser who wanted to adhere to his contract of purchase, but nonetheless an important one to the State’s interest.” Id. at 516-517.

The most recently reported case in which impairment of a municipal bond contract has been upheld by the Supreme Court was Faitoute Iron  & Steel Co. v. City of Asbury Park, 316 U.S. 502 (1942). That case involved particularly unique circumstances. The impairment legislative action was enacted to meet the public emergency arising from a default in the payment of municipal obligations and the resulting impairment of public credit. Id. at 504. The Court treated the legislation in essentially the same manner as a bankruptcy workout. Because the affected municipality was bankrupt, and creditors had no effective remedy without the legislation, the Court found that the legislation did not so much impair the bondholders’ rights as discharge the municipality’s debt. Id. at 509-512. The Court found that the legislation did not violate the Contract Clause because its passage was, in fact, the only proven way for assuring payment of unsecured municipal obligations. Id. at 512.


LOGO

The Parties Listed on Schedule A

March 20, 2013

Page 15

 

The leading decision is United States Trust Co. As discussed above, United States Trust Co. concerned the repeal of a 2-state covenant relating to bonds issued by the Port Authority, an agency created through an interstate compact between the state of New York and the state of New Jersey. The covenant, made by both states in connection with the Port Authority’s acquisition of a railroad, was designed to create security for bonds issued by the Port Authority for non-railroad purposes. Pursuant to the covenant, the states covenanted and agreed not to apply “for any railroad purpose whatsoever other than permitted purposes hereinafter set forth” any “rentals, tolls, fares, fees, charges, revenues or reserves, which have been or shall be pledged in whole or in part as security” for the Port Authority’s bonds. 431 U.S. at 10. Eleven years after enactment of the covenant, a national energy crisis developed, and Congress enacted the Emergency Petroleum Allocation Act, in which it found that the hardships caused by the oil shortage “jeopardize the normal flow of commerce and constitute a national energy crisis which is a threat to the public health, safety and welfare.” Id. at 14. Both states repealed the legislation containing the covenant the next year. Id.

After stating the legal test discussed above, the Court first found that the case involved “a financial obligation” of the states, and the covenant thus did not necessarily run afoul of the states’ reserved powers. Id. at 23-24. The states argued that the repeal of the covenant did not substantially impair bondholders’ rights. They argued that the bonds retained an “A” credit rating from the leading rating agencies and that, after an initial adverse effect on their market price, they regained a price comparable to that prior to the repeal. Id. at 19. Nonetheless, the Court held that the outright repeal, without any attempt to make compensation, constituted a substantial impairment. The Court noted that “no one can be sure precisely how much financial loss the bondholders suffered” and concluded that the “outright repeal totally eliminated an important security provision and thus impaired the obligation of the States’ contract.” Id.

The Court then proceeded to analyze whether the repeal of the covenant was reasonable and necessary to effect an important public purpose. The Court acknowledged that the purposes behind the repeal, mass transportation, energy conservation, and environmental protection, are goals that are important and of legitimate public concern. Id. at 28. The Court found, however, that the repeal was neither necessary nor reasonable. It was not necessary because (I) “a less drastic modification would have permitted the contemplated plan without entirely removing the covenant’s limitations on the use of Port Authority revenues and reserves to subsidize commuter railroads” and (2) “without modifying the covenant at all, the States could have adopted alternative means of achieving their twin goals of discouraging automobile use and improving mass transit” (such as state taxes to encourage reduction in driving, elimination of commuter discounts or an increase in tolls). Id. at 30. The Court held the repeal to be unreasonable because “the need for mass transportation in the New York metropolitan area was not a new development, and the likelihood that publicly owned commuter railroads would produce


LOGO

The Parties Listed on Schedule A

March 20, 2013

Page 16

 

substantial deficits was well known.” Id. at 31. The Court found the changes in condition to be “of degree and not of kind,” and therefore not sufficient to justify the impairment of the covenant. Id. at 32. 1

D. Impairment

In considering whether there has been a violation of the Contract Clause, the court must also determine whether the law impaired the contract or merely breached it.

As early as 1920, the Supreme Court noted the distinction between a breach of a contract to which a state is a party and an impairment of such a contract. See Hays v. Port of Seattle, 251 U.S. 233, 237 (1920) (it “is important to note the distinction between a statute that has the effect of violating or repudiating a contract previously made by the state and one that impairs its obligation.”). As the Ninth Circuit explained, the question is “whether the State has used its law-making powers not merely to breach its contractual obligations, but to create a defense to the breach that prevents the recovery of damages.” Cayetano, 183 F.3d at 1102.

The question should be whether the modification that the legislation imposes simply breaches the contract like any other unilateral attempt to modify an agreement, or whether the statute prevents or materially limits the contractor’s ability to enforce its contractual rights. For example, legislation impairs a public contract only if it prevents or materially limits the remedies that would be available if the contract were between private parties.

Id. at 1103. This has been called the “availability-of-remedy” test. TM Park Avenue Associates v. Pataki, 214 F.3d 344, 349 (2d. Cir. 2000). Thus, whether legislation impairs a contract, or merely breaches it, turns on whether the legislation leaves the other contracting party with an available remedy, i.e., whether, “rather than merely breaking [its] promise,” the state “set up a defense that prevented the promisee from obtaining damages, or some equivalent remedy, for the breach.” Horwitz-Matthews, Inc. v. City of Chicago, 78 F.3d 1248, 1251 (7th Cir. 1996).

 

1   With respect to purely private contracts, the test is the same, with the only difference being the degree to which the courts defer to legislative judgment concerning the reasonableness and necessity of impairing legislation. See Allied Structural Steel Co.


LOGO

The Parties Listed on Schedule A

March 20, 2013

Page 17

 

In Hays, the State of Washington had granted the plaintiff a contract to excavate a waterway. Twenty years later, the contract not having been performed for various reasons, the state transferred the rights to the waterway at issue to a municipality, along with the excavation rights. The Court found that this transfer breached, rather than impaired, the agreement because, to the extent the agreement was still in force, the state’s contractual “obligation remained as before, and formed the measure of [the plaintiffs] right to recover from the state for the damages sustained.” 251 U.S. at 237. In so holding, the Court distinguished an act that would have constituted an impairment:

Had the Legislature of Washington, pending performance or after complete performance by complainant, passed an act to alter materially the scope of his contract, to diminish his compensation, or to defeat his lien upon the filled lands, there would no doubt have been an attempted impairment of the obligation.

Id.

Thus, this opinion letter does not address breaches of the State Pledge, but rather only substantial impairments.

II. Takings Clause

The Fifth Amendment to the United States Constitution contains the following injunction: “nor shall private property be taken for public use, without just compensation.” This so-called “Takings Clause” is made applicable to the states through the Fourteenth Amendment. Palazzolo v. Rhode Island, 533 U.S. 606, 617 (2001).

Federal takings jurisprudence has developed two types of takings analyses, direct takings and regulatory takings. “And ‘ [w]hen the government physically takes possession of an interest in property for some public purpose, it has a categorical duty to compensate the former owner.”’ Arkansas Game and Fish Commission v. United States, 568 U.S., 133 S. Ct. 511, 518 (2012) (quoting Tahoe-Sierra Preservation Council v . Tahoe Regional Planning Agency, 535 U.S. 302, 322 (2002)). A different analysis applies, however, when the government does not directly appropriate private property for its own use, but “instead the interference with property rights ‘arises from some public program adjusting the benefits and burdens of economic life to promote the common good.”’ Tahoe-Sierra Preservation Council, 535 U.S. at 343 (quoting Penn Central Transportation Co. v. New York, 438 U.S. 104, 124 (1978)). It may also be possible for the government to “take” private property for a public use when government action destroys private property for a public use. See Arkansas Game and Fish Commission.


LOGO

The Parties Listed on Schedule A

March 20, 2013

Page 18

 

The Supreme Court has also recently reemphasized that the analysis under the Takings Clause must be very fact-specific:

We have recognized, however, that no magic formula enables a court to judge, in every case, whether a given government interference with property is a taking. In view of the nearly infinite variety of ways in which government actions or regulations can affect property interests, the Court has recognized few invariable rules in this area.

True, we have drawn some bright lines, notably, the rule that a permanent physical occupation of property authorized by government is a taking. Loretto v. Teleprompter Manhattan CATV Corp., 458 U. S. 419, 426 (1982). So, too, is a regulation that permanently requires a property owner to sacrifice all economically beneficial uses of his or her land. Lucas v. South Carolina Coastal Council, 505 U. S. 1003, 1019 (1992). But aside from the cases attended by rules of this order, most takings claims turn on situation-specific factual inquiries. See Penn Central, 438 U.S., at 124.

Arkansas Game and Fish Commission, 133 S. Ct. at 518.

It is not possible at this time to know all the relevant facts relating to a future legislative or regulatory action.

In any case, there can only be a taking if there is a protected property interest in the first place. Thus, any takings analysis involves a two-part inquiry: (1) is there a recognized property interest, and (2) has the state taken property for a public purpose without paying just compensation?

A. Whether Revenue Property is protected by the Takings Clause.

‘‘‘ Property interests ... are not created by the Constitution. Rather, they are created and their dimensions are defined by existing rules or understandings that stem from an independent source such as state law.”’ Ruckelshaus v. Monsanto Co., 467 U.S. 986, 1001 (1984) (quoting Webb’s Fabulous Pharms. Inc. v. Beckwith, 449 U.S. 155, 161 (1972) (alteration in original)). The Supreme Court has recognized that, where intangible property rights are protected by state law, they may also be protected by the Takings Clause. Id at 1003 (“That intangible property rights protected by state law are deserving


LOGO

The Parties Listed on Schedule A

March 20, 2013

Page 19

 

of the protection of the Takings Clause has long been implicit in the thinking of this Court.”) See also United States Trust Co., 431 U.S. at 19 n. 16 (“Contract rights are a form of property and as such may be taken for a public purpose provided that just compensation is paid.”); Omnia Commercial Co. v. United States, 261 U.S. 502, 508 (1923) (“The contract in question was property within the meaning of the Fifth Amendment.”). The Court in Ruckelshaus held that a trade secret, if defined as property under state law, was property protected by the Takings Clause. 467 U.S. at 1003-1004.

On occasion, courts have denied claims under the Takings Clause on the ground that the claimant had no protected property interest. For example, in Jackson Sawmill Co., Inc. v. United States, 580 F.2d 302 (8th Cir. 1978), the court held that the claimant had no protected property interest in the traffic flowing over a bridge. The claimant had received a pledge from a city that the city would not build a second bridge within city limits. In reliance on that pledge, the claimant had issued bonds secured solely by tolls and other revenues from a bridge to be constructed with funds raised through the sale of the bonds. A decade later, the state and federal governments constructed a new bridge that caused a substantial reduction in traffic across the original bridge. The court denied the claimant’s taking claim, finding that “the law is clear in Missouri and Illinois. that plaintiffs do not have a constitutionally protected property right in traffic.” Id. at 306. See also US. ex. rel. and for Use of Tennessee Valley Authority v. Powelson, 319 U.S. 266 (1943) (no protected property right in the right to exercise the power of eminent domain).

We have assumed that Revenue Property is a property right under Delaware law.

 

  B. Just compensation will be required only if a reviewing court concludes that Revenue Property has been “taken” for a public use.

 

  1. Categorical takings.

As discussed above, where the government takes possession of private property, there is a categorical rule requiring the payment of just compensation. The Supreme Court applied this categorical rule where the government appropriated the interest earned on private funds held in a court deposit account, referring to the appropriation as a “forced contribution to general governmental revenues” and finding that “the county’s appropriation of the beneficial use of the fund is analogous to the appropriation of the use of private property ...” Webbs Fabulous Pharmacies, Inc, 449 U.S. at 163.


LOGO

The Parties Listed on Schedule A

March 20, 2013

Page 20

 

The Supreme Court has also established a categorical rule requiring payment of just compensation “where regulation denies all economically beneficial or productive use of land.” Lucas v. South Carolina Coastal Council, 505 U.S. 1003, 1015 (1992). While the Revenue Property is not land, and does not fit cleanly within the normal takings analysis, if a court concludes that Revenue Property is property protected by the Takings Clause, if a State statute or Commission action were to either (a) permanently appropriate the Revenue Charge for government use (for example, require that the Revenue Charge be paid to the State rather than to the Issuer), or (b) permanently deny all economic value in Revenue Property (for example, by permanently eliminating the Revenue Charge), a reviewing court could find a taking requiring the payment of just compensation, unless the government’s action falls within the “emergency” exception discussed below.

 

  2. Emergency exception.

At least in the context of war, the United States Supreme Court has held that the government may destroy private property without paying just compensation under appropriate circumstances. In United States v. Caltex, 344 U.S. 149 (1952), the Court addressed a takings claim by owners of oil terminal facilities located in the Philippines destroyed by the United States military to prevent the Japanese from taking control of the facilities. The Court relied upon prior decisions holding that the United States was not required to compensate property owners when, in the Civil War, the army destroyed bridges to prevent the enemy from advancing and when American soldiers in the field in Cuba destroyed a factory thought to house germs of a contagious disease. See United States v. Pac. R.R. Co., 120 U.S. 227 (1887); Juragua Iron Co. v. United States, 212 U.S. 297 (1909). The Court found the destruction of the terminal facilities to be in furtherance of the war and therefore not compensable: “The short of the matter is that this property, due to the fortunes of war, had become a potential weapon of great significance to the invader. It was destroyed, not appropriated for subsequent use. It was destroyed that the United States might better and sooner destroy the enemy.” Caltex. 344 U.S. at 155.

In denying compensation, the Court in Caltex noted that the common law had “long recognized that in times of imminent peril—such as when fire threatened a whole community - the sovereign could, with immunity, destroy the property of a few that the property of many and the lives of many could be saved.” Caltex, 344 US. at 154. Thus, depending on the facts, a court might conclude that an emergency of sufficient magnitude warrants destroying the Revenue Property without affording just compensation.


LOGO

The Parties Listed on Schedule A

March 20, 2013

Page 21

 

  3. Regulatory takings.

If a State statute or Commission action were to reduce the value of Revenue Property without appropriating it or denying all economic value, and if the emergency exception does not apply, a reviewing court would undertake a more complex analysis. A party challenging government action as an unconstitutional taking “bears a substantial burden.” Eastern Enters. v. Apfel, 524 U.S. 498, 523 (1998). “Government regulation often ‘curtails some potential for the use or economic exploitation of private property ... ‘, and ‘not every destruction or injury to property by governmental action has been held to be a “taking” in the constitutional sense.”’ Id. (citations omitted). Rather, courts must determine whether regulation has gone “too far” such that “justice and fairness” require compensation for economic injury. Penn Central, 438 U.S. at 124. Thus, “whether a particular restriction will be rendered invalid by the government’s failure to pay for any losses proximately caused by it depends largely ‘upon the facts and circumstances [in that] case.”’ Id. (quoting United States v. Central Eureka Mining Co., 357 U.S. 155, 168 (1958) (alteration in original). The Supreme Court explained:

[W]e have “generally eschewed” any set formula for determining how far is too far, choosing instead to engage in “‘essentially ad hoc, factual inquiries.”’... Indeed, we still resist the temptation to adopt per se rules in our cases involving partial regulatory takings, preferring to examine “a number of factors” rather than a simple “mathematically precise” formula.

Tahoe-Sierra, 535 U.S. at 326 (citation omitted).

The Supreme Court had identified three factors relevant to the analysis: (a) the character of the government action; (b) the economic effect on the property owner; and (c) the extent to which the regulation interferes with reasonable investment-backed expectations. Palazzolo, 533 U.S. at 618. “These inquiries are informed by the purpose of the Takings Clause, which is to prevent the government from ‘forcing some people alone to bear public burdens which, in all fairness and justice, should be borne by the public as a whole.”’ Id. at 618-619 (quoting Armstrong v. United States, 364 U.S. 40, 49 (1960). The Court has referred to the third factor, the extent to which the regulation interferes with reasonable investment-backed expectations, as “particularly” and “especially” important. See Arkansas Game and Fish Commission, 133 S. Ct. at 518, 522; Penn Central, 438 U.S. at 124; Loretto v. Teleprompter Manhattan CATV Corp., 458 U.S. 419, 426 (1982).


LOGO

The Parties Listed on Schedule A

March 20, 2013

Page 22

 

  (a) Character of the governmental action

The “character of the governmental action” analysis typically differentiates a “physical invasion” by the government from an interference that “arises from some public program adjusting the benefits and burdens of economic life to promote the common good.” Penn Central, 438 U.S. at 124. This is an area where the analogy between takings cases involving land becomes more tenuous when analyzing a potential taking of Revenue Property. Clearly there can be no “physical invasion” of Revenue Property. Thus, any new legislation or action of the Commission affecting the value of Revenue Property will necessarily in some sense be an adjustment of the “benefits and burdens of economic life,” and would likely be justified by the State as a program designed to “promote the common good.”

 

  (b) Economic effect on the property owner

Where this factor is addressed in a case not involving a physical invasion of property, it generally has been discussed in the context of land use restrictions, such as zoning laws. The Supreme Court in Penn Central noted that where land use restrictions are “reasonably related to the promotion of the general welfare,” the Court has “uniformly reject[ed] the proposition that diminution in property value, standing alone, can establish a ‘taking.”’ Id. at 131. As the Court noted, “[g]ovemment could hardly go on if to some extent values incident to property could not be diminished without paying for every such change in the general law....” Id. at 124 (citation omitted). The general rule disfavors finding a taking where property rights are diminished by application of a general law that, in theory, benefits the entire public, including the property owner (e.g., presumably everyone benefits from preserving historical landmarks), and where specific property owners have not been singled out arbitrarily. See id. at 132 (contrasting “reverse spot zoning,” i.e., a land-use decision “which arbitrarily singles out a particular parcel for different, less favorable treatment than the neighboring ones”).

Other land use restrictions held not to be “takings” have arisen where the activity on one property was causing harm to one or more other properties, i.e., where the status quo was that some property was being damaged, and the law being challenged simply chose which property rights should be protected. See, e.g., Miller v. Schoene, 276 U.S. 272 (1928) Gust compensation not required for loss of market value where trees had to be destroyed because they produced “cedar rust” fatal to apple trees cultivated nearby); Hadacheck v. Sebastian, 239 U.S. 394 (1915) (no just compensation required where law prohibited continued operation of brickyard where legislature reasonably concluded that presence of brickyard was inconsistent with neighboring land uses); Goldblatt v. Hempstead, 369 U.S. 590 (1962) (no taking where safety ordinance banning excavations below the water table effectively prohibited the claimant from continuing a sand and gravel mining business, and the restriction did not prevent all reasonable use of the


LOGO

The Parties Listed on Schedule A

March 20, 2013

Page 23

 

property). These holdings stem from the proposition that “‘all property in this country is held under the implied obligation that the owner’s use of it shall not be injurious to the community.”’ Keystone Bituminous Coal Ass’n v. DeBenedictis, 480 U.S. 470, 491-492 (1987) (quoting Mugler v. Kansas, 123 U.S. 623, 665 (1887)). The Court in Penn Central noted that it “is, of course, implicit in Goldblatt that a use restriction on real property may constitute a ‘taking’ if not reasonably necessary to the effectuation of a substantial public purpose.” 438 U.S. at 127; see also Lucas, 505 U.S. at 1016 (stating that the Fifth Amendment is violated when land-use regulation “does not substantially advance legitimate state interests”). Where a land use restriction furthers a legitimate public purpose, the Supreme Court has suggested that restrictions may not constitute a taking unless they make use of the land “commercially impracticable.” Keystone Bituminous Coal, 480 U.S. at 495-496.

 

  (c) Interference with distinct, reasonable investment- backed expectations

Even a state statute “that substantially furthers important public policies may so frustrate distinct investment-backed expectations as to amount to a ‘taking.’” Penn Central, 438 U.S. at 127. In Pennsylvania Coal Co. v. Mahon, 260 U.S. 393 (1922), the claimant had sold the surface rights to particular parcels of property, but expressly reserved the right to remove the coal thereunder. A Pennsylvania statute, enacted after the transactions took place, forbade any mining of coal that caused the subsidence of any house, unless the house was the property of the owner of the underlying coal and was more than 150 feet from the improved property of another. The Court found that the statute made it commercially impracticable to mine the coal. Id. at 414. Accordingly, it had nearly the same effect as the complete destruction of the rights the claimant had reserved and thus effected a taking without just compensation. See also Arkansas Game and Fish Commission, 133 S. Ct. at 522 (“Also relevant to the takings inquiry is the degree to which the invasion is intended or is the foreseeable result of authorized government action. [Citations omitted.] So, too, are the character of the land at issue and the owner’s ‘reasonable investment-backed expectations’ regarding the land’s use.”)

Unfortunately, these land use cases offer poor analogy to a taking of Revenue Property. Revenue Property cannot cause physical harm to other property, nor can its use be harmful to other property. The types of arguments that typically justify impairment of the value of physical property are therefore generally inapplicable to the type of legislation that would likely impact the value of Revenue Property.


LOGO

The Parties Listed on Schedule A

March 20, 2013

Page 24

 

The Supreme Court has, however, on a few occasions, addressed takings claims unrelated to physical property. In Ruckelshaus, for example, the Court addressed an alleged taking of trade secrets, specifically, the EPA’s use of data submitted by an applicant for registration of a pesticide under the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA). The Court focused solely on the third Penn Central factor - the interference with reasonable investment-backed expectations. 467 U.S. at 1005. The Court initially noted that a ‘“reasonable investment-backed expectation’ must be more than a ‘unilateral expectation or an abstract need.”’ Id. (quoting Webb’s Fabulous Pharms., 449 U.S. at 161). The Court analyzed Monsanto’s claims in three time-period based groups based on the reasonableness of its expectations given the regulatory scheme during each time period.

For data submitted to the EPA after October 1, 1978, the effective date of the amendment to FIFRA that allowed the EPA to use the data for purposes beyond consideration of the application, the Court found that Monsanto “could not have had a reasonable, investment-backed expectation that EPA would keep the data confidential beyond the limits prescribed in the amended statute itself.” Id. at 1006. Accordingly, for that time period, the Court found that the legislation did not effect a taking: “as long as Monsanto is aware of the conditions under which the data are submitted, and the conditions are rationally related to a legitimate Government interest, a voluntary submission of data by an applicant in exchange for the economic advantages of registration can hardly be called a taking.” Id. at 1007.

The Court then addressed the period prior to the enactment of an amendment to FIFRA in 1972 that explicitly addressed the EPA’s use of submitted data—prior to 1972 the act was silent with respect to the EPA’s authorized use and disclosure of data submitted to it. The Court found that, “absent an express promise, Monsanto had no reasonable investment-backed expectation that its information would remain inviolate in the hands of EPA,” and hence found no taking. Id. at 1008. 2

However, for the period between 1972 and 1978, FIFRA expressly provided that data submitted in connection with a registration application and designated as a trade secret would only be used in connection with evaluating the application. Id. at 1010-1011. Accordingly, the Court found that the EPA’s use of Monsanto’s data for the purpose of evaluating registration applications submitted by other applicants would constitute a compensable taking if Monsanto could prove a loss of market value. Id. at 1012-1013. 3 See also Connolly v. Pension Benefit Guaranty Corp., 475 U.S. 211 (1986)

 

2   The Court acknowledged, however, that an. “express promise” by the state can give rise to reasonable investment-backed expectations. 467 U.S. at 1008.
3  

The Court also addressed whether the EPA’s taking of Monsanto’s trade secrets was for a “public use.” The Court stated that the “scope of the ‘public use’ requirement of the Takings Clause is ‘coterminous with the scope of a sovereign’s police powers.”’ Id. at 1014 (quoting Hawaii Housing Authority v. Midkiff, 467 U.S. 229,240 (1984)). The Court further noted that it had “rejected the notion that a use is a public use only if the property taken is put to use for the general public.” Id. “So long as the taking has a conceivable public character, ‘the means by which it will be attained is ... for Congress to determine.”’ Id. at 1014 (quoting Berman v. Parker, 348 U.S. 26, 33 (1954) (alteration in original)). The Court found the EPA’s use of Monsanto’s trade secrets to be for a “public use.” Id. at 1016.


LOGO

The Parties Listed on Schedule A

March 20, 2013

Page 25

 

(applying regulatory takings analysis to pension withdrawal liability statute, concluding that statutory liability constituted a permanent deprivation or property, but concluding that the deprivation did not constitute a compensable taking). Compare Eastern Enters., 524 U.S. 498 (in which five justices concluded that the Coal Industry Retiree Health Benefit Act of 1992, creating retroactive employer liability for health benefits for former employees, did not implicate an identifiable property interest).

Thus, in the case of Revenue Property, factors relevant to a Takings Clause analysis would be whether the future State statute or Commission action breaches the State’s express promise in the State Pledge and whether the future State statute or Commission action arbitrarily singles out Revenue Property without regard to the risks QFCP Generators and others assumed when they acquired Revenue Property.

LIMITATIONS AND QUALIFICATIONS

We express no opinion as to any matter that is not governed by the Contracts Clause or the Takings Clause. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, we express no opinion as to any laws of the State of Delaware.

As we are not Delaware counsel, we have not made any investigation as to whether any proposed legislation relating to the subject matter of this opinion letter is pending in the State legislature or any proposed action is pending before the Commission relating to the subject matter of this opinion letter. We express no opinion as to any such proposed legislation should it be enacted by the State legislature or any such proposed action should it be taken by the Commission.

We note that the case captioned Nichols et al. v. Markell et al., No. 1:12cv777, currently pending in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware, challenges the validity of the Act and the Orders. We express no opinion as to the validity of the Act, any Order, or the Tariff; rather we have assumed their validity.


LOGO

The Parties Listed on Schedule A

March 20, 2013

Page 26

 

It is commonly understood, without any express statement, that opinion letters are necessarily technical and are informed by customary practice and usage. Thus, this opinion letter should not be used or relied on except in consultation with counsel. In particular, it is understood that an opinion letter is not a guaranty of an outcome but rather only an expression of professional judgment and that, in an actual case, a court could reach a different conclusion. In addition, the judicial analysis relating to the Contract Clause and the Takings Clause has typically proceeded on a case-by-case basis, and the court’s determination, in most cases, is strongly influenced by the facts and circumstances of the particular case. There are no reported controlling judicial precedents directly on point. Our analysis is a reasoned application of judicial decisions involving similar or analogous circumstances to what might occur in the future. Moreover, given the lack of judicial precedent directly on point, the novelty of Revenue Property, and the fact that DPL is part of a heavily regulated industry, the outcome of any litigation cannot be predicted with certainty. Consequently, there can be no assurance that a court will follow our reasoning or reach the conclusions which we believe current judicial precedent supports. The risk of uncertain outcomes in actual cases cannot be eliminated even when an opinion letter is rendered. We express no view as to whether this opinion letter is suitable for your purposes.

This opinion letter speaks only as of its date. We have no obligation to update this opinion letter for any change in the law or the facts. This opinion letter may be relied upon solely by the addressees listed on Schedule A for use in connection with the transactions described in the first paragraph. No one else may rely upon this opinion letter or the opinions expressed herein without our prior written consent.

Very truly yours,

ORRICK, HERRINGTON & SUTCLIFFE LLP


LOGO

SCHEDULE A

Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company

M. Life Insurance Company

MassMutual Asia Limited

Modem Woodmen of America, an Illinois fraternal benefit society

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America

Genworth Life and Annuity Insurance Company

Genworth Life Insurance Company of New York


E XHIBIT 4.1.13(d)

F ORM OF O PINION OF S PECIAL D ELAWARE C OUNSEL

TO THE C OMPANY

[See Execution Version]

E XHIBIT 4.1.13(d) TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


    

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

March 20, 2013

Each Purchaser Party to the Note Purchase Agreement

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

As Collateral Agent (the “Collateral Agent”)

60 Wall Street

MSNYC 60-2710

New York, NY 10005

 

Re: Leasehold Mortgage from Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC. a Delaware limited liability company (“ Mortgagor ”) to the Collateral Agent

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as special Delaware counsel to Mortgagor for the limited purpose of rendering this opinion in connection with that certain Leasehold Mortgage, Security Instrument, Assignment of Rents, and Financing Statement As Fixture Filing of even date herewith executed by Mortgagor in favor of the Collateral Agent (the “ Mortgage ”) encumbering Mortgagor’s leasehold interest in each of 512 E. Chestnut Hill Road, Newark, DE and 1593 River Road, New Castle, DE (collectively, the Mortgaged Property ’’).

In connection with rendering this opinion, we have examined a photocopy of the Mortgage, the Memorandum of Lease between Mortgagor, as tenant and the Delaware Department of Transportation, as landlord and the Memorandum of Lease between Mortgagor, as tenant, and the Delmarva Power & Light Company, as landlord (collectively, the “ Memoranda ”) and such other documents, instruments, certificates, legal opinions and corporate records, and such statutes, regulations and decisions and questions of law, as we have deemed necessary or appropriate in order to give the opinions set forth herein. Other than the Mortgage, we have not examined any other documents delivered in connection with the issuance of $144.812,500 in notes by the Mortgagor that are secured by the Mortgage (the· “ Notes ”).

Subject to the foregoing and the assumptions, qualifications and limitations set forth below, we are of the opinion that:

1. Enforceability (Remedies) . The Mortgage is a valid and binding obligation of Mortgagor, enforceable against Mortgagor in accordance with its terms.

2. Form of Mortgage . The Mortgage is in proper form for recording in the Ne\v Castle County, DE Recorder of Deeds’ Office (the “Recorder’s Office ”). When the Mortgage has been duly recorded and appropriately indexed, the Mortgage will be sufficient to create a lien on the Mortgaged Property in favor of the Collateral Agent, as security for the obligations described therein.

 


    

 

LOGO

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

As Collateral Agent

March 20, 2013

Page 2 of 7

3. Security Interests . The Mortgage creates a security interest in favor of the Collateral Agent in all of the collateral described therein that is of the type in which a security interest can be created under Division 9 of the Delaware Uniform Commercial Code (the “ UCC ”) (collectively, the · “ UCC Collateral ”). Upon the filing and acceptance of the Mortgage in the Recorder’s Office, the security interests created by the Mortgage in the UCC Collateral described in the Mortgage that are “fixtures,” as defined in the UCC and that are located in New Castle County, DE, will be perfected to the extent a security interest can be perfected in such fixtures by the filing of a financing statement as a fixture filing under the UCC.

4. No Recording Tax . Except for recording and filing fees, no recording, filing or privilege tax is payable to the State of Delaware in connection with the execution, delivery, recording, execution, enforcement or filing of the Mortgage.

5. No Violation of Law . The execution and delivery by Mortgagor of the Mortgage do not, and the performance by Mortgagor of its obligations thereunder, will not violate any published Delaware statute or regulation, which, in our experience, is normally applicable both to entities that arc not engaged in regulated business activities and to transactions of the type contemplated by the Mortgage.

6. Governmental Approvals and Filings . Except as noted in the following sentence, no consent, approval, order or authorization from, or registration or filing with, or notice to any governmental body of the State of Delaware is required in connection with the validity, binding effect, and enforceability of the Mortgage other than the recording and/or filing and indexing of the Mortgage and the Memoranda. We draw your attention to the fact that we have not investigated, and render no opinion regarding, whether Mortgagor or the Mortgaged Property is, or upon development or operation of the Mortgaged Property or foreclosure of the Mortgage will be, in violation of any of the matters described in qualification paragraph U) below.

7. Choice of Law . With respect to the provision in the Mortgage stating that it shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, we believe that a state or federal court sitting in Delaware would uphold such choice of law provision.

 


    

 

LOGO

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

As Collateral Agent

March 20, 2013

Page 3 of 7

ASSUMPTIONS, QUALIFICATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

The foregoing opinions are subject to the following assumptions, qualifications and limitations:

(a) In rendering the opinions expressed herein, we have assumed: (i) the genuineness of all signatures; (ii) the authenticity and completeness of all documents submitted to us as originals; (iii) the conformity to authentic, original documents of all documents submitted to us as copies; (iv) the legal capacity of natural persons; (v) the due authorization, execution and delivery of the Mortgage by all parties thereto; (vi) the enforceability of the Mortgage against all parties other than Mortgagor; (vii) that all parties to the Mortgage: (A) are duly formed, validly existing, in good standing under all applicable laws and qualified to do business in all jurisdictions, as required by applicable law; (B) have the requisite power and authority to enter into and perform its/their obligations under the Mortgage; (C) have duly authorized, executed, and delivered the Mortgage; and (D) have satisfied those legal requirements that are applicable to it/them to the extent necessary to make the Mortgage enforceable against it/them; (viii) that the Collateral Agent has complied with all legal requirements pertaining to its status as such status relates to its rights to enforce the Mortgage against Mortgagor; (ix) that the Memoranda are duly recorded and indexed in the Recorder’s Office; (x) there has not been any mutual mistake of fact or misunderstanding, fraud, duress or undue influence;

(xi) that the conduct of the parties to the Mortgage has complied with any requirement of good faith, fair dealing and conscionability; (xii) that the Collateral Agent has acted in good faith and without notice of any defense against the enforcement of any rights created by, or adverse claim to any property or security interest transferred or created in connection with the Notes; (xiii) the constitutionality or validity of a relevant statute, rule, regulation or agency action is not in issue unless a reported decision in Delaware has specifically addressed but not resolved, or has established, its unconstitutionality or invalidity; (xiv) that Mortgagor has received adequate consideration in exchange for the Mortgage; (xv) that Mortgagee holds title to the Mortgaged Property; and (xvi) the proceeds of the Notes will be used for business and commercial purposes.

(b) In all cases where we have relied on an assumption, it should be understood that we have made no independent investigation into the matters covered by the assumption.

(c) With respect to certain factual matters relevant to our opinion, we have relied upon the representations and warranties made by the Collateral Agent and/or Mortgagor in the Mortgage.

(d) When an opinion or confirmation is given to our knowledge or to the best of our knowledge or with reference to matters of which we are aware or that are known to us, or with any other similar qualification, the relevant knowledge or awareness is limited to the conscious awareness of facts, without investigation, of any of the lawyers currently with this firm who have given substantive attention to legal representation of Mortgagor in connection with the Mortgage. No inference as to our knowledge of the existence or

 


    

 

LOGO

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

As Collateral Agent

March 20, 2013

Page 4 of 7

absence of any facts should be drawn from our representation of Mortgagor, nor should such knowledge held by persons other than the lawyers described in the preceding sentence be imputed to us. Without limiting the generality of any of the foregoing, it should be understood that we have not examined any of Mortgagor’s files, we have not made any special inquiry of Mortgagor and we have not examined any records of any court, administrative tribunal, or other similar entity in connection with this opinion letter.

(e) The validity, binding effect and enforceability of the Mortgage are subject to (i) the effect of bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent transfer or conveyance and other similar laws affecting the rights and remedies of creditors generally, and (ii) general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law), including, without limitation, concepts of materiality, reasonableness, good faith, and fair dealing.

(f) Certain of the remedies, waivers, and other provisions of the Mortgage may not be enforceable; however, subject to the other qualifications and assumptions set forth in this letter, such unenforceability will not render the Mortgage invalid as a whole or preclude: the judicial foreclosure of the Mortgage, in accordance with applicable Delaware law, if the Notes are not repaid in full following maturity or upon acceleration of the Notes following a material default by Mortgagor under the Mortgage.

(g) We undertake no responsibility with respect to (i) recording the Memoranda and/or Mortgage, or (ii) examining the public records to determine if and/or when such documents have been recorded by others.

(h) The opinions in this letter are limited to the matters set forth herein. No opinion may be inferred or implied beyond the matters expressly stated in this letter; and the opinions must be read in conjunction with the assumptions, limitations, exceptions, and qualifications set forth in this letter. We assume no obligation to update this opinion to advise you of any changes in facts or laws subsequent to the date hereof.

(i) We express no opinion with respect to (i) the accuracy or completeness of the description of any real or personal property; or (ii) whether Mortgagor owns or has a mortgageable interest in the Mortgaged Property; or (iii) any matter pertaining to any of the leases purported to be encumbered by the Mortgage, including, without limitation, the validity, ownership or enforceability thereof: or (iv) the priority of any lien ( or the lien of any advance) on the Mortgaged Property or any security interest in personal property; or

(v) any other title matter relating to this transaction. As to these matters, we understand the Collateral Agent is relying, it to the extent it deems appropriate, on such title insurance and/or UCC searches as they may obtain from a title insurance company and/or other companies satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.

 


    

 

LOGO

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

As Collateral Agent

March 20, 2013

Page 5 of 7

(j) We express no opinion with respect to the applicability of or compliance with any zoning, subdivision, land use, land development, environmental protection, health, safety, fire, construction, building or other laws, ordinances, or regulations that may be applicable to the Mortgaged Property or any matters concerning licenses, permits, or other approvals which may be required from any governmental authority. Our opinions regarding performance of Mortgagor’s obligations under the Mortgage, including the creation of the Mortgage, are based on the assumption that Mortgagor has or will have all licenses, permits, and approvals required in connection with such performance.

(k) Advances made by the note purchasers after entry of a judgment of foreclosure for the payment of taxes, insurance, and maintenance may not be secured by the Mortgage even though the Mortgage provide that such advances will be added to the mortgage debt.

(1) Without limiting the generality of qualification paragraph (t) above, we express no opinion as to the validity or enforceability of any provision of the Mortgage that (i) permits the note purchasers to increase the rate of interest, to collect a late charge in the event of delinquency or default, or to charge and collect a prepayment charge or prepayment premium to the extent deemed to be penalties or forfeitures: (ii) purports to gram The Collateral Agent a power-of-attorney; (iii) purports to entitle The Collateral Agent to take possession of collateral in any manner other than peaceably and by reason of the peaceable surrender of such possession by Mortgagor or by reason of appropriate judicial proceedings; (iv) purports to require that waivers must be in writing to the extent that an oral agreement or implied agreement by trade practice or course of conduct modifying provisions of the Mortgage has been made: (v) purports to grant The Collateral Agent the right to confess judgment for money or for possession of the Mortgaged Property; (vi) purports to be a waiver of the right to a jury trial or purports to require disputes or claims to be resolved by judicial reference, purports to be a waiver of any right to object to jurisdiction or venue, a waiver of any right to claim damages or to service of process, or a waiver of any provisions of Division 9 of the UCC that may not be waived, or a waiver of any other rights or benefits bestowed by operation of law or the waiver of which is limited by applicable law; (vii) purports to exculpate any party from its own negligent acts or limit any party from certain liabilities; (viii) purports to entitle The Collateral Agent to the appointment of a receiver on ex parte application, as a matter of right or without regard to the then value of the real property: (ix) purports to require the payment of attorneys’ fees to the extent such fees exceed reasonable attorneys’ fees or exceed amounts permitted by any applicable law; (x) purports to authorize The Collateral Agent to set off and apply any deposits at any time held, and any other indebtedness at any time owing, by The Collateral Agent to or for the account of Mortgagor or which purports to provide that any purchaser of a participation from any note purchaser may exercise setoff or similar rights with respect to such participation; (xi) purports to grant a power of sale under the Mortgage; (xii) purports to make the assignment provisions of the

 


    

LOGO

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

As Collateral Agent

March 20, 2013

Page 6 of 7

assignment of rents and leases contained in the Mortgage absolute rather than for security only; (xiii) purports to avoid treatment of The Collateral Agent as a mortgagee in possession; or (xiv) purports to select a particular State’s law to govern the interpretation thereof

(m) The opinions given above with respect to the enforceability and perfection of security interests are subject to the following exceptions:

 

  (i) the continued perfection of the security interests created under the Mortgage and perfected by the filing of the Mortgage may depend upon the continuation of Borrower’s present name: and

 

  (ii) Borrower’s name on the Mortgage must be the same name indicated on the public record. See Section 9103 of the UCC and related comments.

(n) We express no opinion with respect to the effect of laws or regulations governing enforcement of remedies.

(o) We express no opinion with respect to any matter arising om of or related to the USA Patriot Act of 2001, as amended, the International Emergency Economic Powers Act 50 U.S.C. §§ 1701 et seq., The Trading with the Enemy Act, 50 U.S.C. app. 1 et seq., any regulations promulgated under the foregoing laws, Executive Order No. 13224 on Terrorist Financing, any sanctions program administered by the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Asset Control, or any other laws, regulations, executive orders or government programs designed to combat terrorism or money laundering, or the effect of any of the foregoing laws, regulations, orders or programs, if applicable, to the transaction described in the Note Purchase Documents.

(p) Our examination of law relevant to the matters covered by this letter is limited to Delaware law. We express no opinion as to matters governed by federal law or by the laws of any other state or other jurisdiction or by the local law of any municipality located within the State of Delaware.

 


    

 

LOGO

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

As Collateral Agent

March 20, 2013

Page 7 of 7

This opinion may not be used or relied upon by any party other than the addresses hereof (and their successors, assigns and participants) and only in connection with the Notes. This opinion may not be used or relied on by any other person for other purpose (including the addressees hereof), without in each instance our prior written consent, except for the use of this opinion (i) in connection with review of the Notes by a regulatory agency having supervisory authority over the addressees hereof (including, without limitation, the National Association of Insurance Commissioners) for the purpose of confirming the existence of this opinion; (ii) in connection with the assertion of a defense as to which this opinion is relevant and necessary; and (iii) in response to a court order.

 

Very truly
Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP

ST/st

 


LOGO

March 20, 2013

To Each of the Persons

Listed on Schedule A

Attached Hereto

 

  Re: Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as special Delaware counsel to Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”). This opinion letter is being furnished to you at the request of the Company pursuant to Section 4.1.13(f) of the Note Purchase Agreement, dated March 20, 2013 (the “Note Purchase Agreement”) entered into by the Company and the purchasers of Notes listed on Schedule A attached hereto (the “Purchasers”), to provide financing for the Project (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement) consisting of a portfolio of up to 150 baseload fuel cell electricity generators manufactured by Bloom Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Sponsor”), with an aggregate capacity of thirty (30) megawatts to be located in the State of Delaware. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Note Purchase Agreement, except that reference in this letter to any document shall mean such document as in effect on the date hereof.

The Project will be owned and operated by the Company in accordance with certain tariff provisions of Delmarva Power & Light Company, a Delaware public utility (“DPL”) providing for Service Classifications “QFCP-RC” (the “Tariff’) and LVG-QFCP-RC (the “Gas Tariff’) as approved by Order No. 8062 of the Delaware Public Service Commission (the “Commission”) dated October 18, 2011, as adopted and supplemented by the Commission’s Findings, Opinion and Order No. 8079 dated December 1, 2011 (the “Tariff Approval Final Orders”) in PSC Docket No. 11- 362 styled “IN THE MATTER OF THE APPLICATION OF DELMARVA POWER AND LIGHT COMPANY FOR APPROVAL OF QUALIFIED FUEL CELL PROVIDER PROJECT TARIFFS (FILED AUGUST 19, 2011)” (the “Proceeding”).

For purposes of this letter, our review of documents has been limited to the review of originals or copies furnished to us of the following documents (the “Opinion Documents”):

 

  (a) the REPS Act;

 

  (b) the Note Purchase Agreement;

500 Delaware Avenue, Suite 1500   |   Wilmington, DE 19801-1494             T 302.888.6800             F 302.888.6989

Mailing Address     P.O. Box 2306   |    Wilmington, DE 19899-2306             www.morrisjames.com


LOGO

To Each of the Persons

Listed in Schedule A Hereto

March 20, 2013

Page 2

 

  (c) the Tariff and the Gas Tariff;

 

  (d) the Application filed by DPL with the Commission in the Proceeding on August 19, 2011, seeking approval of the Tariff, including the direct testimony and schedules of DPL’s witnesses filed therewith (the “Application”);

 

  (e) the direct testimony of The Honorable Colin P. O’Mara, Secretary of the Department of Natural Resources and Environmental Control of the State of Delaware (“DNREC”) filed in the Proceeding on August 19, 2011, and the joint certification, dated August 19, 2011 (the “Joint Certification”), signed by Secretary O’Mara in such capacity, and by the Honorable Alan B. Levin, as Director of the Delaware Economic Development Office (“DEDO”) submitted with such testimony;

 

  (f) Commission Order No. 8025 dated September 6, 2011, and the Public Notice of Application and Public Comment Sessions for this Proceeding as ratified by the Commission therein;

 

  (g) comments of the Delaware Public Advocate submitted in the Proceeding dated September 30, 2011;

 

  (h) the Report on Delmarva Power’s Application for Approval of a New Electric Tariff Applicable to Proposed Bloom Energy Fuel Cell Project, submitted in the Proceeding, dated October 3, 2011;

 

  (i) a transcript of the Commission Hearing taken pursuant to notice before Debra A . Donnelly, Registered Professional Reporter, in Legislative Hall, House Chamber, 411 Legislative Boulevard, Dover, Delaware on Tuesday, October 18, 2011, beginning at approximately 10:12 A.M. and concluding at 5:57 P.M. (the “ Hearing Transcript ”);

 

  (g) the Tariff Approval Final Orders;

 

  (k) the Service Agreement and Agreement to Comply with Obligations, dated as of June 28, 2011, between the Company and DPL (the “Service Agreement”);
 


LOGO

To Each of the Persons

Listed in Schedule A Hereto

March 20, 2013

Page 3

 

  (1) Commission Order No. 8256 dated December 18, 2012 (“Order 8256”), in PSC Regulation Docket No. 56, and the attachments thereto, including the approved modified Rules and Procedures to Implement the Renewable Energy Portfolio Standard attached thereto;

 

  (m) DP&L’s monthly compliance filings in PSC Docket Nos. 12-173-04 - 12-173-13; and

 

  (n) that certain letter agreement between DEDO and Bloom dated October 10, 2011.

For purposes of this letter, we have not reviewed any documents other than the Opinion Documents and certain written statements of governmental authorities and others referenced in this paragraph. In particular, we have not reviewed and express no opinion herein as to any other document that is referred to in or incorporated by reference into (and not attached as an exhibit, schedule, or otherwise) to any document reviewed by us. We have assumed herein that there exists no provision in any document that we have not reviewed that bears upon or is inconsistent with or contrary to the opinions in this letter. We have conducted no factual investigation of our own, and have relied solely upon the documents reviewed by us, the statements and information set forth in such documents (including without limitation the representations and warranties set forth in the Note Purchase Agreement), certain statements of governmental authorities and others (including without limitation the factual findings of the Commission in the Tariff Approval Final Orders), and the additional matters recited or assumed in this opinion letter, all of which we assume to be true, complete, and accurate and none of which we have investigated or verified.

We have assumed: (i) the due incorporation or due formation, as the case may be, due organization, and valid existence in good standing under the laws of all relevant jurisdictions of each of the parties and each of the signatories (other than natural persons) to each of the documents reviewed by us, and that none of such parties or signatories has dissolved; (ii) the due authorization, execution, and delivery (and, as applicable, filing) of each of such documents by each of the parties thereto and each of the signatories thereto; (iii) that each of such parties and signatories had and has the power and authority to execute, deliver, and perform (and, as applicable, file) each of such documents; and (iv) the legal capacity of all relevant natural persons.

We have assumed that: (i) all signatures on all documents reviewed by us are genuine; (ii) all documents furnished to us as originals are authentic; (iii) all documents furnished to us as copies or specimens conform to the originals thereof; (iv) all executed documents furnished to us have not been terminated, rescinded, altered, or amended; (v) each document reviewed by us constitutes the entire agreement among the parties thereto with respect to the subject matter thereof; and (vi) each document reviewed by us constitutes the legal, valid, and binding obligation of each of the parties thereto and is enforceable against each of such parties in accordance with its terms.


LOGO

To Each of the Persons

Listed in Schedule A Hereto

March 20, 2013

Page 4

 

We have further assumed that: (i) no later than the commencement date of commercial operation of the full nameplate capacity of the Project, Sponsor will manufacture fuel cells in Delaware that are capable of being powered by Renewable Fuels (as defined in the REPS Act); (ii) the Project will be operated by Sponsor throughout its 21 year term; (iii) the Project will be up to thirty (30) megawatts nominal nameplate capacity and will not exceed such capacity without further Commission approval as provided in the REPS Act; (iv) DPL, Sponsor and the Company will perform their respective obligations under the Tariff and the Service Agreement in all material respects; (v) the charges imposed under the Tariff will be collected from DPL’s entire Delaware customer base in accordance with the Tariff; (vi) the installed nameplate capacity of the Project shall have been sourced from fuel cell units manufactured in accordance with the REPS Act; (vii) Sponsor, the Company, and their respective affiliates, investors and lenders have obtained, or will obtain in a timely manner, all consents, approvals, permits, authorizations, licenses and similar grants of right or authority from federal, state and local governmental authorities and private entities as shall be necessary for the lawful siting, construction, ownership, operation and maintenance of the Project and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Note Purchase Agreement (other than the approvals expressly required by the REPS Act); (viii) each of the Tariff Approval Orders was served by mail on the date of such order; and (ix) neither the Company nor the Sponsor nor any of their affiliates or investors sells or will sell any electrical energy to end-use customers in Delaware or sells or will sell electricity to retail electric customers utilizing the transmission and/or distribution facilities of a nonaffiliated electric utility or otherwise is or will be engaged in the provision of any electric transmission or distribution service in Delaware.

We note that Section 364(i) of the REPS Act provides that the courts of the State of Delaware shall have exclusive original jurisdiction over any dispute between the Company (in its capacity as owner of a “qualified fuel cell provider project” referred to therein) and DPL involving the interpretation of the obligations as contained in the Tariff, but Section P of the Tariff provides that DPL or the Project may institute an action in the Delaware Superior Court following informal dispute resolution. Accordingly, we assume that the Tariff is not intended, and will not be applied, to require that such action be instituted exclusively in the Delaware Superior Court

You have agreed that this opinion relates solely to the REPS Act and the characterization of the Project and Tariff thereunder and the status of the Company under Delaware’s Public Utility Act of 1974, 26 Del.C. §§ 101 et. seq. (the “Public Utility Act”). You have also agreed that we are expressing no other opinion herein with respect to the Project, the Note Purchase Agreement, the parties thereto, the transactions contemplated thereby, or any other transactions involving such parties or the characterization of any of the transactions contemplated by the parties to such transactions or any other matter. It is expressly understood that we express no opinion herein (i) as to the ownership of or title to any property, (ii) as to the creation or attachment of any lien, pledge, mortgage, or security interest, or (iii) as to the perfection of (including, without limitation, the proper place for filing to perfect) any lien, pledge, mortgage, or security interest, (iv) as to the priority of any lien, pledge, mortgage, or security interest, or (v) as to any matters concerning taxation.


LOGO

To Each of the Persons

Listed in Schedule A Hereto

March 20, 2013

Page 5

 

Accordingly, based upon the foregoing and upon our examination of such questions of law and statutes as we have considered necessary or appropriate, and subject to the assumptions, qualifications, limitations and exceptions in this letter, we are of the opinion that, for purposes of Delaware law, if properly presented to a Delaware court, or to a United States Federal court sitting in Delaware and applying Delaware law (a “Delaware Court”), the Delaware Court:

1. Would find that the Tariff Approval Final Orders are final and non-appealable and in full force and effect.

2. Would find that the Project is a “qualified fuel cell provider project” within the meaning of Section 352(17) of the REPS Act.

3. Would find that Sponsor is a “qualified fuel cell provider” within the meaning of Section 352(16) of the REPS Act and that the designation of Sponsor’s plan to locate its manufacturing facility in Delaware as an “economic development opportunity” by DEDO and DNREC on August 19, 2011 in the Joint Certification satisfies the requirement in Section 352(16) b. of the REPS Act.

4. Would find that the Company is a “qualified fuel cell provider generator” within the meaning of the Tariff.

5. Would find that the Company is not a “retail electricity supplier” which is defined in Section 352(22) of the Public Utility Act, as follows:

(22) “Retail electricity supplier” means a person or entity that sells electrical energy to end-use customers in Delaware, including but not limited to nonregulated power producers, electric utility distribution companies supplying standard offer, default service, or any successor service to end-use customers. A retail electricity supplier does not include a municipal electric company for the purposes of this subchapter.

6. Would find that the Company is not an “electric supplier” which is defined in Section 1001(14) of the Public Utility Act as follows:

(14) “Electric supplier” means a person or entity certified by the Commission that sells electricity to retail electric customers utilizing the transmission and/or distribution facilities of a nonaffiliated electric utility, including:

a. Municipal corporations which choose to provide electricity outside their municipal limits (except to the extent provided prior to February 1, 1999);


LOGO

To Each of the Persons

Listed in Schedule A Hereto

March 20, 2013

Page 6

 

b. Electric cooperatives which, having exempted themselves from the Commission’s jurisdiction pursuant to §§ 202 (g) and 223 of this title, choose to provide electricity outside their assigned service territories; and

c. Any broker, marketer or other entity (including public utilities and their affiliates).

7. Would find that the Company is not a “public utility” defined in Section 102(2) of the Public Utility Act (a “Delaware Public Utility”) as follows:

“Public utility” includes every individual, partnership, association, corporation, joint stock company, agency or department of the State or any association of individuals engaged in the prosecution in common of a productive enterprise (commonly called a “cooperative”), their lessees, trustees or receivers appointed by any court whatsoever, that now operates or hereafter may operate for public use within this state, (however, electric cooperatives shall not be permitted directly or through an affiliate to engage in the production, sale or distribution of propane gas or heating oil), any natural gas, electric (excluding electric suppliers as defined in § 1001 of this title), water, wastewater (which shall include sanitary sewer charge), telecommunications (excluding telephone services provided by cellular technology or by domestic public land mobile radio service) service, system, plant or equipment. (emphasis added)

Insofar as the Company is not a Delaware Public Utility, such court would also find that the Company is not subject to rate, financial or organizational regulation by the Commission under the Public Utility Act, nor would any consent, authorization or approval or other action by the Commission, or any notice to or filing with the Commission, be required under the Public Utility Act for the execution and delivery by the Company of the Note Purchase Agreement.

We note that we have found no express exemption of QFCP Projects from regulation as Delaware Public Utilities under the Public Utility Act or the Commission’s orders or regulations. The Delaware courts apply a two part test to determine whether an entity is a Delaware Public Utility, examining first whether there is a sale of a regulated commodity to third parties and second whether the sale affects the public interest in a significant manner. See e.g., Eastern Shore Natural Gas Co. v. Delaware Public Service Com’n, 637 A.2d 10 (Del. 1994) (FERC regulated interstate natural gas pipeline that sold natural gas to eleven direct-sales industrial customers in Delaware was a Delaware Public Utility); Public Water Supply Company, Inc. v. DiPasquale, 802 A.2d 929 (Del. Super. 2002) (landlord that distributed well water in Delaware mobile home park was a Delaware Public Utility); The Reserves Development Corporation v. State of Delaware Public Service Commission, 2003 WL 139777 (Del. Super. Jan. 17, 2003) (homeowners’ association that distributes well water to its members is a Delaware Public Utility). Our opinion is based on our understanding,


LOGO

To Each of the Persons

Listed in Schedule A Hereto

March 20, 2013

Page 7

 

and assumption, that the Company will be generating and selling electric energy, capacity and ancillary services exclusively at wholesale in the PJM wholesale markets as an Exempt Wholesale Generator with market-based rate authority from FERC, and will not be selling any regulated commodities to third parties in any manner that would affect the public interest in Delaware.

8. Would find that the Service Agreement which, inter alia, obligates DPL to comply with its obligations under the Tariff, creates binding obligations of DPL which are enforceable against DPL in accordance with the terms of the Service Agreement.

9. Would find that the Tariff is not subject to modification or revocation by the Commission except to the extent otherwise provided in the REPS Act.

The foregoing opinions are subject to (and we offer no opinion concerning the effect of) (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization, receivership, fraudulent conveyance, preferential transfer, liquidation, and similar laws relating to or affecting rights and remedies of creditors generally; (ii) principles of equity, including, without limitation, applicable law relating to fiduciary duties (regardless of whether considered and applied in a proceeding in equity or at law); and (iii) standards of good faith, fair dealing, course of dealing, course of performance, materiality, and reasonableness that may be applied by a court, considerations of public policy, and the exercise of judicial discretion.

Our opinion is necessarily based on the assumption that in any case in which this question is considered, the question will be competently briefed and argued. Our opinion is reasoned and also presumes that any decision rendered will be based on existing legal precedents, including those discussed above.

We are attorneys admitted to practice in the State of Delaware. This opinion letter addresses only matters of Delaware law (excluding laws, rules and regulations pertaining to taxation, securities regulation, environmental regulation, land use and zoning), and we offer no opinion as to the laws of any other jurisdiction, including, without limitation, the federal laws of the United States of America or the laws of any other State. The opinions expressed in this letter are not a guaranty as to what any particular court would actually hold, but are reasoned opinions as to the decisions a court should reach if the issues are properly presented to it and the court followed existing precedent as to legal and equitable principles applicable in such cases. The recipients of this opinion should take these limitations into account in analyzing the risks associated with the transactions described herein.

We consent to your relying on this letter on the date hereof in connection with the Transaction and other matters set forth herein. Without our prior written consent, this letter may not be furnished or quoted to (except (i) to any accountant or attorney for any person or entity entitled hereunder to rely hereon or to whom or which this opinion letter may be furnished or quoted as


LOGO

To Each of the Persons

Listed in Schedule A Hereto

March 20, 2013

Page 8

 

stated herein, (ii) the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any other governmental or regulatory authority, (iii) any institutional investors which are transferees of the Notes, and (iv) as otherwise required by applicable law or required or requested by any governmental authority or any self-regulatory body having jurisdiction over a Purchaser), or relied upon by, any other person or entity, or relied upon for any other purpose. There are no implied opinions in this letter. This letter speaks only as of the date hereof, and we do not assume any continuing obligation or responsibility to advise you of any changes in law, or any change in circumstances of which we become aware, which may affect the opinion contained herein or to update, revise or supplement this opinion for any other reason.

Very truly yours,

NJC/PCC/am


LOGO

SCHEDULE A

Purchasers:

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

M. Life Insurance Company

Genworth Life and Annuity Insurance Company

Genworth Life Insurance Company of New York

Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company

MassMutual Asia Limited

Modem Woodmen of America

Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America


Exhibit 4.1.13(f)

F ORM OF O PINION OF S PECIAL C OUNSEL

TO THE P URCHASERS

[See Execution Version]

E XHIBIT 4.1.13(f) TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


 

 

LOGO

 

53rd at Third

885 Third Avenue

  New York, New York 10022-4834
  Tel: +1.212.906.1200 Fax: +1.212.751.4864
  www.lw.com
 

 

FIRM/ AFFILIATE OFFICES

  Abu Dhabi    Moscow
  Barcelona    Munich
  Beijing    New Jersey
  Boston    New York
March 20, 2013   Brussels    Orange County
  Chicago    Paris
  Doha    Riyadh
  Dubai    Rome
  Frankfurt    San Diego
  Hamburg    San Francisco
  Hong Kong    Shanghai
  Houston    Silicon Valley
  London    Singapore
  Los Angeles    Tokyo
  Madrid    Washington, D.C. Milan

 

To the Purchasers listed on Schedule A

hereto (collectively, the “Purchasers ”)

 

  Re: Diamond State Generating Partners, LLC Ladies and Gentlemen :

We have acted as your counsel in connection with the purchase by you of $144,812,500 aggregate principal amount of 5.22% Senior Secured Notes due March 30, 2025 (the “ Notes ”), issued by Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), pursuant to that certain Note Purchase Agreement dated as of March 20, 2013 (the “ Note Purchase Agreement ”), among the Company and you and the other Financing Documents (as defined below). This letter is furnished to you pursuant to Section 4.1.l 3(f) of the Note Purchase Agreement.

As such counsel, we have examined such matters of fact and questions of law as we have considered appropriate for purposes of this letter, except where a specified fact confirmation procedure is stated to have been performed (in which case we have with your consent performed the stated procedure). We have examined, among other things, the following:

(a) the Note Purchase Agreement;

(b) the Security Agreement, dated as of March 20, 2013 (the “ Security Agreement ”), between the Company and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as collateral agent for the Secured Parties (the “ Collateral Agent ”);


(c) the Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of March 20, 2013 (the “ Pledge Agreement ”), among the Company, Diamond State Generation Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Pledgor ”) and the Collateral Agent;

(d) the Equity Contribution Agreement, dated as of March 20, 2013, among the Company, Bloom Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Sponsor ”) and the Collateral Agent;

(e) the Collateral Agency Agreement, dated as of March 20, 2013, among the Purchasers and the Collateral Agent;

(f) the Depositary Agreement, dated as of March 20, 2013 (the “ Depositary Agreement ”), among the Company, the Collateral Agent and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, in its capacity as the Depositary (in such capacity, the “ Depositary Bank ”);

(g) the Notes listed on Schedule B hereto; and

(h) photocopies of the UCC-1 financing statements (i) naming the Company as debtor and the Collateral Agent as secured party and (ii) naming the Pledgor as debtor and the Collateral Agent as secured party, together with all schedules and exhibits to each financing statement, to be filed in the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, copies of which are attached hereto as Exhibit A (collectively, the “ Delaware Financing Statements ”).

The documents described in subsections (a) - (g) above are referred to herein collectively as the “ Financing Documents .” As used in this letter, the “ New York UCC ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as now in effect in the State of New York and “ Applicable UCC ” shall mean the New York UCC and/or the Delaware UCC (as defined below).

As to factual matters we have, with your consent, relied upon the foregoing, and upon oral and written statements and representations of officers and other representatives of the Company and others, including the representations and warranties of the Company m the Financing Documents. We have not independently verified such factual matters.


We are opining as to the effect on the subject transactions only of the federal laws of the United States and the internal laws of the State of New York, except that with respect to our opinions set forth in paragraph 5 of this letter (as it relates to the Delaware UCC), we are opining as to the effect on the subject transactions only of the Delaware UCC. We express no opinion with respect to the applicability thereto, or the effect thereon, of the laws of any other jurisdiction, or in the case of the State of Delaware, any other laws, or as to any matters of municipal law or the laws of any local agencies within any state. With your permission, we have based our opinions set forth in paragraph 5 of this letter exclusively upon our review of Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of Delaware as set forth in the CCH Secured Transactions Guide without regard to judicial interpretations thereof or any regulations promulgated thereunder or any other laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Delaware UCC ”).

Our opinions herein are based upon our consideration of only those statutes, rules and regulations which, in our experience, are normally applicable to purchases of secured notes in private placement transactions. We express no opinion as to any state or federal laws or regulations applicable to the subject transactions because of the legal or regulatory status of any parties to the Financing Documents or the legal or regulatory status of any of their affiliates. Various issues pertaining to, among other things, (a) the organization or formation (as the case may be), authorization, execution and delivery, limited company or limited liability power (as the case may be), and good standing of the Obligors, (b) energy regulatory authorizations, approvals, licenses and permits and (c) certain U.S. constitutional issues are addressed in the opinions of Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP, Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP and Morris James LLP, in their respective capacities as counsels to the Obligors, separately provided to you. We express no opinion with respect to those matters herein, and to the extent elements of those opinions are necessary to the conclusions expressed herein, we have, with your consent, assumed such matters.


Subject to the foregoing and the other matters set forth herein, as of the date hereof:

1. Each of the Financing Documents constitutes a legally valid and binding obligation of each Obligor party thereto, enforceable against each such Obligor in accordance with its terms.

2. The execution and delivery of the Financing Documents and the issuance of the Notes (only with respect to the Company), do not on the date hereof:

(i) violate any federal or New York statute, rule, or regulation applicable to the Company; or

(ii) require any consents, approvals, or authorizations to be obtained by the Company from, or any registrations, declarations or filings to be made by the Company with, any governmental authority under any federal or New York statute, rule or regulation applicable to the Company, except (a) filings and recordings required in order to perfect or otherwise protect the security interests under the Financing Documents and (b) any consents or approvals required in connection with a disposition of collateral including compliance with federal and state securities laws in connection with any sale of any portion of the collateral consisting of securities under such securities laws.

3. The Security Agreement creates a valid security interest in favor of the Collateral Agent in that portion of the collateral described in Section 2.1 of the Security Agreement in which the Company has rights and a valid security interest may be created under Article 9 of the New York UCC (the “ Company UCC Collateral ”), which security interest secures the Obligations (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement).

4. The Pledge Agreement creates a valid security interest in favor of the Collateral Agent m that portion of the collateral described in Section 2.1 of the Pledge Agreement in which the Pledgor has rights and a valid security interest may be created under Article 9 of the New York UCC (the “ Pledgor UCC Collateral ” and, together with the Company UCC Collateral, the “ UCC Collateral ”), which security interest secures the Secured Obligations (as defined in the Pledge Agreement).

5. The Delaware Financing Statements naming the Company and the Pledgor (the “ Delaware Entities ”) as debtors are in appropriate form for filing in the Office of the Secretary of State the State of Delaware. Upon the proper filing of each of the Delaware Financial Statements in the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, the security interest in favor of the Collateral Agent in each Delaware Entities’ rights in the UCC Collateral pledged by it and described in the Delaware Financing Statement will be perfected to the extent a security interest in such UCC Collateral can be perfected under the Delaware UCC by the filing of a financing statement in that office.


6. The provisions of the Depositary Agreement are effective under the New York UCC to perfect the security interest in favor of the Collateral Agent in that portion of the Company UCC Collateral consisting of security entitlements (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(l 7) of the New York UCC) with respect to financial assets (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(9) of the New York UCC) credited to the securities accounts maintained with Deutsche Bank Trust Americas (the “ Securities Intermediary ”) and described in Section 2.1 of the Depositary Agreement (the “ Securities Accounts ”), assuming (a) the Depositary Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each of the parties thereto and is the legally valid and binding obligation of such parties, (b) the Securities Intermediary’s jurisdiction (determined in accordance with Section 8-110(e) of the New York UCC) is the State of New York, (c) that each of the Securities Accounts is a “securities account” (within the meaning of Section 8-501 of the New York UCC) and (d) the Securities Intermediary, with respect to any Securities Accounts, is acting in its capacity as a “securities intermediary” as defined in Section 8- 102(a)(14) of the New York UCC.

7. The Company is not required to be registered as an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

8. No registration of the Notes under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and no qualification of an indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, is required for the purchase of the Notes by you in the manner contemplated by the Note Purchase Agreement. We express no opinion, however, as to when or under what circumstances any Notes initially sold to you may be reoffered or resold.

Except as expressly set forth in paragraphs 3 through 6, we do not express any opinion with respect to the creation, validity, attachment, perfection or priority of any security interest or lien or the effectiveness of any sale or other conveyance or transfer of real or personal property. The opinions above do not include any opinions with respect to compliance with laws relating to permissible rates of interest.


Our opinions are subject to:

 

  a. the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, preference, fraudulent transfer, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or affecting the rights or remedies of creditors;

 

  b. the effects of general principles of equity, whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law (including the possible unavailability of specific performance or injunctive relief), concepts of materiality, reasonableness, good faith, fair dealing and the discretion of the court before which a proceeding is brought;

 

  c. the invalidity under certain circumstances under law or court decisions of provisions for the indemnification of or contribution to a party with respect to a liability where such indemnification or contribution is contrary to public policy; and

 

  d. we express no opinion with respect to (i) consents to, or restrictions upon, governing law, jurisdiction, venue, service of process, arbitration, remedies or judicial relief; (ii) advance waivers of claims, defenses, rights granted by law, or notice, opportunity for hearing, evidentiary requirements, statutes of limitation, trial by jury or at law, or other procedural rights; (iii) waivers of broadly or vaguely stated rights; (iv) provisions for exclusivity, election or cumulation of rights or remedies; (v) provisions authorizing or validating conclusive or discretionary determinations; (vi) grants of setoff rights; (vii) provisions to the effect that a guarantor is liable as a primary obligor, and not as a surety and provisions purporting to waive modifications of any guaranteed obligation to the extent such modification constitutes a novation; (viii) provisions for the payment of attorneys’ fees where such payment is contrary to law or public policy; (ix) proxies, powers and trusts; (x) provisions prohibiting, restricting, or requiring consent to assignment or transfer of any right or property; (xi) provisions for liquidated damages, default interest, late charges, monetary penalties, prepayment or make-whole premiums or other economic remedies to the extent such provisions are deemed to constitute a penalty and (xii) provisions permitting, upon acceleration of any indebtedness, collection of that portion of the stated principal amount thereof which might be determined to constitute unearned interest thereon.


We express no opinion or confirmation as to federal or state securities laws (except as set forth in paragraphs 7 and 8 of this letter as to federal securities laws), tax laws, antitrust or trade regulation laws, insolvency or fraudulent transfer laws, antifraud laws, compliance with fiduciary duty requirements, pension or employee benefit laws, usury laws, environmental laws, margin regulations, state or federal energy laws, utility regulation, laws and regulations relating to commodities trading, futures and swaps; Financial Industry Regulatory Authority rules; National Futures Association rules; or the rules of any stock exchange, clearing organization, designated contract market or other regulated entity for trading, processing, clearing or reporting transactions in securities, commodities, futures or swaps (without limiting other laws or rules excluded by customary practice).

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the opinions expressed above are also subject to the following limitations, exceptions and assumptions:

The effect of New York law and court decisions which provide that certain suretyship rights and defenses are available to a party that encumbers its property to secure the obligations of another.

The opinions set forth above are also subject to (i) the unenforceability of contractual provisions waiving or varying the rules listed in Section 9-602 of the New York UCC, (ii) the unenforceability under certain circumstances of contractual provisions respecting self-help or summary remedies without notice of or opportunity for hearing or correction, (iii) the effect of provisions of the New York UCC and other general legal principles that impose a duty to act in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner, and (iv) the effect of Sections 9- 406, 9- 407, 9-408 and 9-409 of the New York UCC on any provision of any Financing Document that purports to prohibit, restrict, require consent for or otherwise condition the assignment of rights under such Financing Document.

Our opinions in paragraphs 3, 4 and 6 above are limited to Article 9 of the New York UCC, and our opinions in paragraph 5 are limited to Article 9 of the Delaware UCC, and therefore those opinion paragraphs, among other things, do not address collateral of a type not subject to, or excluded from the coverage of, Article 9 of the New York UCC and/or the Delaware UCC, as applicable (the “ Applicable UCC ”). Additionally,

 

  (1) We express no opinion with respect to the priority of any security interest or lien.

 

  (2) We express no opinion with respect to any agricultural lien or any collateral that consists of letter-of-credit rights, commercial tort claims, goods covered by a certificate of title, claims against any government or governmental agency, consumer goods, crops growing or to be grown, timber to be cut, goods which are or are to become fixtures, as-extracted collateral or cooperative interests.


  (3) We assume the descriptions of collateral contained in, or attached as schedules to, the Financing Documents and any financing statements accurately and sufficiently describe the collateral intended to be covered by the Financing Documents or such financing statements. Additionally, we express no opinion as to whether the phrases “all personal property” or “all assets” or similarly general phrases would be sufficient to create a valid security interest in the collateral or particular item or items of collateral; however, we note that pursuant to Section 9- 504 of the Delaware UCC the phrases “all assets” or “all personal property” can be a sufficient description of collateral for purposes of perfection by the filing of a financing statement.

 

  (4) We have assumed that each Obligor has, or with respect to after-acquired property will have, rights in the collateral granted by it or the power to transfer rights in such collateral, and that each such Obligor has received value and we express no opinion as to the nature or extent of such Obligor’s rights in any of the collateral and we note that with respect to any after- acquired property, the security interest will not attach until such Obligor acquires such rights or power.

 

  (5) We call to your attention the fact that the perfection of a security interest in “proceeds” (as defined in the Applicable UCC) of collateral is governed and restricted by Section 9-315 of the Applicable UCC.

 

  (6) We have assumed that the exact legal name of each Obligor is as set forth in the copy of the organizational documents certified by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, and we have also assumed the accuracy of the other factual information set forth on the Delaware Financing Statements.

 

  (7) Section 552 of the federal Bankruptcy Code limits the extent to which property acquired by a debtor after the commencement of a case under the federal Bankruptcy Code may be subject to a security interest arising from a security agreement entered into by the debtor before the commencement of such case.


  (8) We express no opinion with respect to any property subject to a statute, regulation or treaty of the United States whose requirements for a security interest’s obtaining priority over the rights of a lien creditor with respect to the property preempt Section 9-310(a) of the Delware UCC.

 

  (9) We express no opinion with respect to any goods which are accessions to, or commingled or processed with, other goods to the extent that the security interest is limited by Section 9-335 or 9-336 of the Applicable UCC.

 

  (10) We call to your attention that a security interest may not attach or become enforceable or be perfected as to contracts, licenses, permits, equity interests or other property that are not assignable under applicable law, or are subject to consent requirements or contractual or other prohibitions or restrictions on assignment, except to the extent that any such prohibitions, restrictions or consent requirements may be rendered ineffective to prevent the attachment of the security interest pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the New York UCC, as applicable, and we note that the extent of any security interest created in reliance on such UCC provisions may be limited. In addition, we call to your attention that your rights under the Financing Documents as secured parties may be subject to the provisions of the organizational and governing documents of any entity in which any equity interests (or other rights of equity holders or investors) are pledged and the provisions of the applicable laws under which any such entity is organized.

 

  (11) We express no opinion regarding any security interest in any copyrights, patents, trademarks, service marks or other intellectual property, or any license or sublicense thereof or the proceeds of any of the foregoing except to the extent Article 9 of the New York UCC may be applicable to the foregoing and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, we express no opinion as to the effect of any federal laws relating to copyrights, patents, trademarks, service marks or other intellectual property on the opinions expressed herein. In addition, we call to your attention that any license or sublicense of copyrights, patents, trademarks or other intellectual property may not be assignable unless such license or sublicense affirmatively permits the creation, perfection and enforcement of a security interest therein.

 

  (12) We express no opinion with respect to any property or assets now or hereafter credited to any Securities Account that is a securities account except to the extent that (a) a “security entitlement” (as such term is defined in Section 8-NY\5638404.61 102(a)(l 7) of the New York UCC) has been created and (b) such asset is a


  “financial asset” (as such term is defined in Section 8-102(a)(9) of the New York UCC). Furthermore, we express no opinion with respect to the nature or extent of the Securities Intermediary’s rights in, or title to, the securities or other financial assets underlying any “security entitlement” now or hereafter credited to a securities account. We note that to the extent the Securities Intermediary maintains any financial asset in a “clearing corporation” (as defined in Section 8- 102(5) of the New York UCC), pursuant to Section 8-111 of the New York UCC, the rules of such clearing corporation may affect the rights of the Securities Intermediary.

 

  (13) We express no opinion as to any security interest in any portion of the collateral that is subject to an agreement prohibiting, restricting or conditioning the assignment thereof except to the extent that any such prohibitions or restrictions are rendered ineffective under the New York UCC or any such conditions have been complied with.

 

  (14) Other than with respect to the Purchasers, we express no opinion with respect to the security interest of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of any Secured Party except to the extent that the Collateral Agent has been duly appointed as agent for such persons.

With your consent, except to the extent that we have expressly opined as to such matters with respect to the Obligors herein, we have assumed (a) that the Financing Documents have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each of the parties thereto, (b) the genuineness of all signatures and the legal capacity of all natural persons, (c) that the Financing Documents constitute legally valid and binding obligations of the parties thereto other than the Obligors, enforceable against each of them in accordance with their respective terms, and (d) that the status of the Financing Documents as legally valid and binding obligations of the parties is not affected by any (i) breaches of, or defaults under, agreements or instruments, (ii) violations of statutes, rules, regulations or court or governmental orders, or (iii) failures to obtain required consents, approvals or authorizations from, or make required registrations, declarations or filings with, governmental authorities.

This letter is furnished only to you and is solely for your benefit in connection with the transactions referenced in the first paragraph. This letter may not be relied upon by you for any other purpose, or furnished to, assigned to, quoted to or relied upon by any other person, firm or entity for any purpose, without our prior written consent, which may be


granted or withheld in our discretion; provided that copies of this letter may be delivered to any governmental or regulatory authority with authority over a Purchaser (including the National Association of Insurance Commissioners) for disclosure (but not reliance) purposes. At your request, we hereby consent to reliance hereon by any future assignee of your interest in the Notes pursuant to an assignment that is made and consented to in accordance with the express provisions of Section 13.2 and Section 22.1 of the Note Purchase Agreement, on the condition and understanding that (i) this letter speaks only as of the date hereof, (ii) we have no responsibility or obligation to update this letter, to consider its applicability or correctness to other than its addressee(s), or to take into account changes in law, facts or any other developments of which we may later become aware, and (iii) any such reliance by a future assignee must be actual and reasonable under the circumstances existing at the time of assignment, including any changes in law, facts or any other developments known to or reasonably knowable by the assignee at such time.

 

Very truly yours,
LATHAM & WATKINS LLP


 

LOGO

SCHEDULE A

Purchasers

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

C. M. Life Insurance Company

Genworth Life and Annuity Insurance Company

Genworth Life Insurance Company of New York

Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company

MassMutual Asia Limited

Modem Woodmen of America

Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America


 

LOGO

SCHEDULE B

Notes

 

NUMBER OF NOTE

 

TYPE OF NOTE

 

NAME OF INVESTOR

  PRINCIPAL
AMOUNT
 
1  

5.22% Senior Secured Note due March 30, 2025

  Modern Woodmen of America   $     15,000,000.00  
2  

5.22% Senior Secured Note due March 30, 2025

  AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company   $ 15,000,000.00  
3  

5.22% Senior Secured Note due March 30, 2025

  AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company   $ 20,000,000.00  
4  

5.22% Senior Secured Note due March 30, 2025

  Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America   $ 35,000,000.00  
5  

5.22% Senior Secured Note due March 30, 2025

  Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company   $ 32,200,000.00  
6  

5.22% Senior Secured Note due March 30, 2025

  C.M. Life Insurance Company   $ 3,500,000.00  
7  

5.22% Senior Secured Note due March 30, 2025

  MassMutual Asia Limited   $ 4,300,000.00  
8  

5.22% Senior Secured Note due March 30, 2025

  Genworth Life and Annuity Insurance Company   $ 5,000,000.00  
9  

5.22% Senior Secured Note due March 30, 2025

  Genworth Life and Annuity Insurance Company   $ 5,000,000.00  
10  

5.22% Senior Secured Note due March 30, 2025

  Genworth Life and Annuity Insurance Company   $ 5,000,000.00  
11  

5.22% Senior Secured Note due March 30, 2025

  Genworth Life Insurance Company of New York   $ 4,812,500.00  


 

LOGO

EXHIBIT A

Delaware Financing Statements

(See following pages)


LOGO

UCC FINANCING STATEMENT

FOLLOW INSTRUCTIONS (front and back) CAREFULLY

 

A.   NAME & PHONE OF CONTACT AT FILER [optional]  
   

Lisa Phillips                                   (212) 906-1200

 
B.  

SEND ACKNOWLEDGMENT TO: (Name and Address)

 
   
   

Latham & Watkins LLP

885 Third Avenue

New York, NY 10022

lisa.phillips@lw.com

 

 

  THE ABOVE SPACE IS FOR FILING OFFICE USE ONLY

1. DEBTOR’S EXACT FULL LEGAL NAME-insert only one debtor name (1a or 1b) - do not abbreviate or combine names

 

  1a. ORGANIZATION’S NAME                
 

Diamond State Generation Holdings,

LLC

       
OR  

1b. INDIVIDUAL’S LAST NAME

 

      FIRST NAME   MIDDLE NAME   SUFFIX
1c.  

MAILING ADDRESS

1299 Orleans Drive

         

CITY

Sunnyvale

 

STATE POSTAL CODE

CA      | 94089

 

COUNTRY

USA

1d.  SEE INSTRUCTIONS   ADD’L INFO RE   |  e. TYPE OF ORGANIZATION   1f. JURISDICTION OF ORGANIZATION   1g. ORGANIZATIONAL ID #, if any  
    ORGANIZATION   LLC   Delaware    
                        NONE
           
2. ADDITIONAL DEBTOR’S EXACT FULL LEGAL NAME - insert only one debtor name (2a or 2b) - do not abbreviate or combine names
 

2a. ORGANIZATION’S NAME

 

               
OR  

2b. INDIVIDUAL’S LAST NAME

 

      FIRST NAME   MIDDLE NAME   SUFFIX

2c. MAILING ADDRESS

 

          CITY   STATE       | POSTAL CODE   COUNTRY
2d. SEE INSTRUCTIONS   ADD’L INFO RE   |  2e. TYPE OF ORGANIZATION   2f. JURISDICTION OF ORGANIZATION   2g. ORGANIZATIONAL ID #, if any  
    ORGANIZATION        
        DEBTOR               NONE
           
3. SECURED PARTY’S NAME (or NAME of TOTAL ASSIGNEE of ASSIGNOR S/P)-insert only one secured party name (3a or 3b)
  3a. ORGANIZATION’S NAME                
  Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Collateral Agent    
OR  

3b. INDIVIDUAL’S LAST NAME

 

      FIRST NAME   MIDDLE NAME   SUFFIX

3c. MAILING ADDRESS

60 Wall Street, MSNYC 60-2710

     

CITY

New York

 

STATE POSTAL CODE

NY       | 10005

 

COUNTRY

USA

4. This FINANCING STATEMENT covers the following collateral:

See Schedule A attached hereto and by this reference incorporated herein for a description of the Collateral.

 

5. ALTERNATIVE DESIGNATION [if applicable]: LESSEE/LESSOR CONSIGNEE/CONSIGNOR BAILEE/BAILOR SELLER/BUYER AG. LIEN NON-UCC FILING

6. This FINANCING STATEMENT is to be filed [for record] (or recorded) in the REAL

          ESTATE RECORDS. Attach Addendum [if applicable]

  1. Check to REQUEST SEARCH REPORT(S) on Debtor(s) [ADDITIONAL FEE]         [optional]   All Debtors   Debtor 1    Debtor 2
8. OPTIONAL FILER REFERENCE DATA   034738-0017   F#376727   
Filed with: DE - Secretary of State       A#543036     


SCHEDULE A TO UCC-1 FINANCING STATEMENT

 

DEBTOR:    DIAMOND STATE GENERATION HOLDINGS, LLC
SECURED PARTY:    DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY
   AMERICAS, as Collateral Agent

This Financing Statement covers all of the Debtor’s right, title and interest in the following property, whether now owned or hereafter existing, owned or acquired, and wherever located (collectively, the “ Collateral ”):

Any and all of Debtor’s right, title and interest, whether now owned or hereafter existing or acquired, in Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), and all limited liability company interests of the Company related thereto (the “ Pledged Equity Interests ”), and:

(a) all rights to receive income, gain, profit, dividends and other distributions allocated or distributed to Debtor in respect of or in exchange for all or any portion of the Pledged Equity Interests;

(b) all of Debtor’s capital or ownership interest, including capital accounts, in the Company, and all accounts, deposits or credits of any kind with the Company;

(c) all of Debtor’s voting rights in or rights to control or direct the affairs of the Company;

(d) all of Debtor’s rights, title and interest, as the sole member of the Company, in, to or under any and all of the Company’s assets or properties;

(e) all other rights, title and interest in or to the Company derived from the Pledged Equity Interests;

(f) all indebtedness or other obligations of the Company owed to Debtor;

(g) all claims of Debtor for damages arising out of, or for any breach or default relating to, any of the foregoing;

(h) all rights of Debtor to terminate, amend, supplement, modify, or cancel, the Governing Documents, to take all actions thereunder and to compel performance and otherwise exercise all remedies thereunder;


(i) all Securities, notes, certificates and other Instruments representing or evidencing any of the foregoing rights and interests or the ownership thereof and any interest of Debtor reflected in the books of any financial intermediary pertaining to such rights and interests and all non-cash dividends, cash, options, warrants, stock splits, reclassifications, rights, Instruments or other Investment Property and other property or Proceeds from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of such rights and interests; and

(j) to the extent not included in any of the foregoing, all Proceeds of the foregoing Collateral, whether cash or non-cash;

provided , that “Collateral” shall not include any dividend, distribution or other payment of whatever nature (whether in cash or kind) to Debtor not prohibited by the terms of the Note Purchase Agreement.

As used in this Financing Statement, the following terms have the following meanings:

Governing Documents ” means, collectively, (i) the Company’s certificate of formation, dated April 14, 2011, as amended by that certain Certificate of Amendment, dated May 26, 2011 (as amended from time to time) and (ii) the Company’s Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement dated as of March 20, 2013 (as amended from time to time).

Note Purchase Agreement ” means the agreement dated as of March 20, 2013 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented modified from time to time) between the Company and the purchasers party thereto (the “ Purchasers ”) pursuant to which the Company will issue and sell the Notes to the Purchasers.

Securities ” shall have the meaning specified in section 2(1) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time in effect.

UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as the same may, from time to time, be in effect in the State of New York; provided , however , that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the perfection or priority of the security interest in any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term “ UCC ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection or priority and for purposes of definitions related to such provisions.

Unless otherwise defined herein, (i) all capitalized terms used shall have the meanings provided the Note Purchase Agreement or, if not defined therein, the UCC, and (ii) all terms defined in the UCC and used herein shall have the same definitions herein as specified therein. If a term is defined in Article 9 of the UCC differently than in another Article of the UCC, the term has the meaning specified in Article 9.


LOGO

UCC FINANCING STATEMENT

FOLLOW INSTRUCTIONS (front and back) CAREFULLY

 

A.   NAME & PHONE OF CONTACT AT FILER [optional]  
   

Lisa Phillips                                   (212) 906-1200

 
B.  

SEND ACKNOWLEDGMENT TO: (Name and Address)

 
   
   

Latham & Watkins LLP 885

Third Avenue

New York, NY 10022

lisa.phillips@lw.com

 

 

  THE ABOVE SPACE IS FOR FILING OFFICE USE ONLY

1. DEBTOR’S EXACT FULL LEGAL NAME-insert only one debtor name (1a or 1b)-do not abbreviate or combine names

 

  1a. ORGANIZATION’S NAME                
  Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC        
OR  

1b. INDIVIDUAL’S LAST NAME

 

      FIRST NAME   MIDDLE NAME   SUFFIX
1c.  

MAILING ADDRESS

1252 Orleans Drive

         

CITY

Sunnyvale

 

STATE POSTAL CODE

CA       | 94089

 

COUNTRY

USA

1d.  SEE INSTRUCTIONS   ADD’L INFO RE   |  1e . TYPE OF ORGANIZATION   1f. JURISDICTION OF ORGANIZATION   1g. ORGANIZATIONAL ID #. if any  
    ORGANIZATION   LLC   Delaware    
        DEBTOR               NONE
           
2. ADDITIONAL DEBTOR’S EXACT FULL LEGAL NAME - insert only one debtor name (2a or 2b) - do not abbreviate or combine names
 

2a. ORGANIZATION’S NAME

 

               
OR  

2b. INDIVIDUAL’S LAST NAME

 

      FIRST NAME   MIDDLE NAME   SUFFIX

2c. MAILING ADDRESS

 

          CITY   STATE      | POSTAL CODE   COUNTRY
2d. SEE INSTRUCTIONS   ADD’L INFO RE   |  2e. TYPE OF ORGANIZATION   2f. JURISDICTION OF ORGANIZATION   2g. ORGANIZATIONAL ID #, if any  
    ORGANIZATION        
        DEBTOR               NONE
           
3. SECURED PARTY’S NAME (or NAME of TOTAL ASSIGNEE of ASSIGNOR S/P)-insert only one secured party name (3a or 3b)
  3a. ORGANIZATION’S NAME                
  Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Collateral Agent    
OR  

3b. INDIVIDUAL’S LAST NAME

 

      FIRST NAME   MIDDLE NAME   SUFFIX

3c. MAILING ADDRESS

60 Wall Street, MSNYC 60-2710

     

CITY

New York

 

STATE POSTAL CODE

NY      | 10005

 

COUNTRY

USA

4. This FINANCING STATEMENT covers the following collateral:

This financing statement covers all assets of the Debtor, whether now existing or hereafter arising.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the collateral shall not include Debtor’s rights and interests in (1) proceeds from a cash grant under Section 1603 of division B of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, as amended, or (2) that certain cash grant account established and held by Debtor with Wilmington Trust, National Association.

 

5. ALTERNATIVE DESIGNATION [if applicable]: LESSEE/LESSOR CONSIGNEE/CONSIGNOR BAILEE/BAILOR SELLER/BUYER AG. LIEN NON-UCC FILING

6. This FINANCING STATEMENT is to be filed [for record] (or recorded) in the REAL

          ESTATE RECORDS. Attach Addendum [if applicable]

  1. Check to REQUEST SEARCH REPORT(S) on
Debtor(s) [ADDITIONAL FEE]         [optional]
  All Debtors    Debtor 1     Debtor 2
8. OPTIONAL FILER REFERENCE DATA   034738-0017   F#376729   
Filed with: DE - Secretary of State       A#543038     

FILING OFFICE COPY - UCC FINANCING STATEMENT (FORM UCC1) (REV. 05/22/02)


Exhibit 4.1.13(e)

F ORM OF O PINION OF S PECIAL C OUNSEL

TO THE P URCHASERS

[See Execution Version]

E XHIBIT 4.1.13(e) TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


E XHIBIT 4.1.14

F ORM OF I NSURANCE C ONSULTANT C ERTIFICATE

Date: March 20, 2013

[Purchasers]

Re: Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC – Insurance Consultant’s Certificate

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned, a duly authorized representative of Moore-McNeil, LLC, a Tennessee limited liability company (the “ Insurance Consultant ”), hereby delivers this Insurance Consultant’s Certificate to you in accordance with Section 4.1.14 of that certain Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 20, 2013 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Note Purchase Agreement ”), among Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”) and the Purchasers party thereto. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined have the meanings provided in the Note Purchase Agreement.

The Insurance Consultant hereby makes the following statements in favor of the Secured Parties with respect to the Company and the Project as of the date hereof:

1. The Insurance Consultant acknowledges that pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement, the Company is issuing Notes in connection with, among other things, the construction, operation and development of the Project and the Holders are relying on this Insurance Consultant’s Certificate and the Insurance Consultant’s report dated March 19, 2013 (the “ Insurance Consultant’s Report ”), with respect to the Project.

2. Attached hereto as Annex I is an accurate and complete copy of the Insurance Consultant’s Report.

3. The Insurance Consultant’s Report was prepared in good faith by the Insurance Consultant pursuant to the scope of services in accordance with generally accepted consulting practices.

4. Nothing has come to the attention of the Insurance Consultant that causes the Insurance Consultant to believe that the Insurance Consultant’s Report, as of the date hereof, contains any untrue statement of material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

5. The Insurance Consultant hereby confirms, as of the date hereof, that the evaluation, conclusions and recommendations contained in the Insurance Consultant’s Report are accurate and complete in all material respects.

 

E XHIBIT 4.1.14 TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


6. In connection with the preparation of the Insurance Consultant’s Report, personnel of the Insurance Consultant have participated in meetings or telephonic discussions with representatives of the Company and its Affiliates, the Company’s insurance broker, Collateral Agent, the Purchasers, counsel to the Company, counsel to Collateral Agent, and counsel to the Purchasers in respect of the Project.

7. Upon delivery of the certificate from the Company’s insurance broker and the original certificates of insurance, copies of which are attached hereto as Annex II, the Company will have provided satisfactory evidence of compliance with the terms and conditions of Sections 4.1.14, 4.1.15, 5.21 and 9.2 and Schedule 9.2 of the Note Purchase Agreement.

The undersigned, on behalf of the Insurance Consultant, hereby confirms that the Secured Parties shall be permitted to rely on the Insurance Consultant’s Report as if the Insurance Consultant’s Report was specifically addressed to each of them.

[Signature page follows]

 

E XHIBIT 4.1.14 TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Insurance Consultant has caused this Insurance Consultant’s Certificate to be duly executed and delivered by an authorized officer of the Insurance Consultant as of the date first above written.

 

MOORE-MCNEIL, LLC,
a Tennessee limited liability company
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

E XHIBIT 4.1.14 TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


Annex I

to Insurance Consultant’s Certificate

Insurance Consultant’s Report

[See attached]

 

E XHIBIT 4.1.14 TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


E XHIBIT 4.1.16

F ORM OF I NDEPENDENT E NGINEER C ERTIFICATE

[LETTERHEAD OF INDEPENDENT ENGINEER]

To: the Purchasers identified on Exhibit A (the “ Purchasers ”)

 

Subject:    Independent Engineer’s Report
   Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC Project

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This letter is provided in accordance with Section 4.1.16 of that certain Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 20, 2013 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Note Purchase Agreement”), between Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”) and the Purchasers party thereto (the “Purchasers”).

SAIC Energy, Environment & Infrastructure, LLC (“SAIC”) has been retained by Bloom Energy Corporation (“Bloom”) and the Purchasers to act as the Independent Engineer under the Note Purchase Agreement and has prepared an Independent Engineer’s Report dated March [    ], 2013 (the “Report”), a copy of which is attached hereto.

The Report was prepared pursuant to the scope of services under our Amended and Restated Professional Services Agreement, dated as of March 15, 2013 (the “Services Agreement”) with Bloom, the Collateral Agent and the Purchasers and those services were provided in accordance with generally accepted engineering practices.

In connection with the preparation of the Report, personnel of SAIC have participated in meetings or telephone discussions with representatives of the Company and its affiliates, the Purchasers, counsel to the Company, and counsel to the Purchasers in respect of the Project (as defined in the Report).

This letter and attached Report are solely for the information of, and assistance to, the Purchasers in conducting and documenting their investigation of the matters covered by the Report in connection with the Project, and it is not to be used, circulated, quoted, or otherwise referred to outside of the lending group for any purpose, nor is it to be referred to in whole or in part in any other document, except that reference may be made to it in the above-mentioned Note Purchase Agreement and in any list of closing documents pertaining to the Project.

SAIC disclaims any obligation to update this letter and the attached Report. This letter and the attached Report are not intended to, and may not, be construed to benefit any party other than the Purchasers.

 

E XHIBIT 4.1.16 TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


Very truly yours,

SAIC ENERGY, ENVIRONMENT & INFRASTRUCTURE, LLC

Signature

Title

 

E XHIBIT 4.1.16 TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


EXHIBIT A

PURCHASERS

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

C. M. Life Insurance Company

Genworth Life and Annuity Insurance Company

Genworth Life Insurance Company of New York

Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company

MassMutual Asia Limited

Modern Woodmen of America

Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America

 

E XHIBIT 4.1.16 TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


EXHIBIT B

REPORT

 

E XHIBIT 4.1.16 TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


E XHIBIT 4.1.17

F ORM OF E NVIRONMENTAL R ELIANCE L ETTERS

March 20, 2013

[Addressees (“ Relying Parties ”)]

RE: Grant of Reliance on Proposed Fuel Cell Facility (Red Lion Site), 1593 River Road, New Castle, New Castle County, Delaware Phase I ESA Report dated March 13, 2013, Terracon Project # J2137112 (“ Reports ”)

To whom it may concern:

Terracon hereby agrees to grant Relying Parties reliance on the above referenced “Reports” to the full extent and as if the final reports were contracted for and directed or addressed to Relying Parties, subject to the conditions below.

As of the date hereof, based upon the services performed and to the extent of our knowledge, information and belief, we are not aware of a release of a hazardous substance at the sites that requires remediation under current Hazardous Substances Law (as defined in that certain Note Purchase Agreement among Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC and the Purchasers (as defined therein) dated as of March 20, 2013).

The Reports reflect the opinions of Terracon as of the date of the Reports and the Relying Parties should be aware that conditions may have changed materially from that date. Terracon has no obligation to provide any information obtained or discovered by Terracon subsequent to the date of the Reports, or to perform any additional services, regardless of whether the information would affect any conclusions, recommendations, or opinions in the Reports. Further, Relying Parties recognize that if they have requested reliance on a Phase I report more than 180 days from the date of its issuance, or if Relying Parties have not provided a completed User Questionnaire form, Relying Parties acknowledge the grant of reliance does not satisfy ASTM requirements and may not satisfy the requirements set forth in 40 CFR Part 312 for “all appropriate inquiry” or other requirements necessary for CERCLA protection.

Relying Parties’ reliance upon the Reports is subject to all of the terms, limitations, restrictions, and caveats referenced in the Reports and related agreements. Terracon only performed those tasks as set out in the Reports. Any opinions or recommendations contained in the Reports are based solely on the Tasks agreed upon in the Agreements and/or presented in the Reports. Unless Terracon agrees in writing, no person or entity other than Relying Parties and Terracon’s client may rely upon the Reports.

 

E XHIBIT 4.1.17 TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


March 20, 2013

[Addressees (“ Relying Parties ”)]

RE: Grant of Reliance on Proposed Fuel Cell Facility (Brookside Site), 512 East Chestnut Hill Road, Newark, New Castle County, Delaware Phase I ESA Report dated March 13, 2013, Terracon Project # J2137112 (“ Reports ”)

To whom it may concern:

Terracon hereby agrees to grant Relying Parties reliance on the above referenced “Reports” to the full extent and as if the final reports were contracted for and directed or addressed to Relying Parties, subject to the conditions below.

As of the date hereof, based upon the services performed and to the extent of our knowledge, information and belief, we are not aware of a release of a hazardous substance at the sites that requires remediation under current Hazardous Substances Law (as defined in that certain Note Purchase Agreement among Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC and the Purchasers (as defined therein) dated as of March 20, 2013).

The Reports reflect the opinions of Terracon as of the date of the Reports and the Relying Parties should be aware that conditions may have changed materially from that date. Terracon has no obligation to provide any information obtained or discovered by Terracon subsequent to the date of the Reports, or to perform any additional services, regardless of whether the information would affect any conclusions, recommendations, or opinions in the Reports. Further, Relying Parties recognize that if they have requested reliance on a Phase I report more than 180 days from the date of its issuance, or if Relying Parties have not provided a completed User Questionnaire form, Relying Parties acknowledge the grant of reliance does not satisfy ASTM requirements and may not satisfy the requirements set forth in 40 CFR Part 312 for “all appropriate inquiry” or other requirements necessary for CERCLA protection.

Relying Parties’ reliance upon the Reports is subject to all of the terms, limitations, restrictions, and caveats referenced in the Reports and related agreements. Terracon only performed those tasks as set out in the Reports. Any opinions or recommendations contained in the Reports are based solely on the Tasks agreed upon in the Agreements and/or presented in the Reports. Unless Terracon agrees in writing, no person or entity other than Relying Parties and Terracon’s client may rely upon the Reports.

 

E XHIBIT 4.1.17 TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


E XHIBIT 4.1.30

F ORM OF D IRECT A GREEMENT

This DIRECT AGREEMENT (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, this “ Consent ”), dated as of             , 2013, is executed by                     , a                      (“ Contracting Party ”), DIAMOND STATE GENERATION PARTNERS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Assignor ”), and DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, as Collateral Agent (in its capacity as collateral agent for the Secured Parties, as defined below, “ Collateral Agent ”).

 

  A. Assignor intends to develop, construct, install, finance, own, operate and maintain a portfolio of fuel cell electricity generators with an aggregate capacity of 30 MW, to be located on one or more sites in New Castle County, Delaware (the “ Project ”);

 

  B. In order to finance the development, construction, installation, testing, leasing, operation and use of the Project and the acquisition of certain other assets related thereto, Assignor has entered into that certain Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 20, 2013 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Note Purchase Agreement ”), among Assignor and the Purchasers party thereto (collectively with Collateral Agent, “ Secured Parties ”), pursuant to which, among other things, the Assignor will issue Notes (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement) to the Purchasers;

 

  C. Assignor has entered into that certain                     , dated as of             , 2013 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof and hereof, the “ Agreement ”) with Contracting Party;

 

  D. As collateral security for all obligations of Assignor to the Secured Parties under the Note Purchase Agreement and related documents, Assignor has granted to Collateral Agent a first-priority security interest in all of its right, title and interest in, to and under the Agreement (the “ Assigned Interest ”) pursuant to that certain Security Agreement, dated as of even date herewith (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”), made by Assignor in favor of Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties; and

 

  E. It is a requirement under the Note Purchase Agreement that Contracting Party and the other parties hereto shall have executed this Consent.

 

E XHIBIT 4.1.30 TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual agreements contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree, notwithstanding anything in the Agreement to the contrary, as follows:

1. Consent and Agreement . Contracting Party:

a. consents to the assignment of the Assigned Interest as collateral security to Collateral Agent;

b. acknowledges the right (but not the obligation) of Collateral Agent in the exercise of its rights and remedies under the Security Agreement to make all demands, give all notices, take all actions and exercise all rights of Assignor under the Agreement, and agrees to accept any such exercise; provided , however , that, insofar as Collateral Agent exercises any of its rights under the Agreement or makes any claims with respect to payments or other obligations under the Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Agreement applicable to such exercise of rights or claims shall apply to Collateral Agent to the same extent as to Assignor;

c. agrees not to (i) cancel or terminate the Agreement or suspend performance of its services thereunder, except as provided in the Agreement or by operation of law and, in any event, except as in accordance with Section 4 of this Consent; (ii) consent to or accept any cancellation or termination of the Agreement by Assignor without the prior written consent of the Collateral Agent, except as provided in the Agreement and in accordance with Section  4 of this Consent; or (iii) sell, assign or otherwise dispose (by operation of law or otherwise) of any part of its right, title or interest in the Agreement, in each case without the prior written consent of Collateral Agent;

d. agrees not to amend, supplement or modify the Agreement in any material respect without the prior written consent of Collateral Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); and

e. agrees to promptly deliver to Collateral Agent copies of all notices of default, suspension or termination delivered by Contracting Party under the Agreement.

2. Assignor’s Acknowledgement . Assignor acknowledges and agrees that Contracting Party is permitted to perform its obligations under the Agreement upon Collateral Agent’s exercise of Assignor’s rights in accordance with this Consent, and that Contracting Party shall bear no liability to Assignor solely as a result of performing its obligations under the Agreement upon such exercise by Collateral Agent.

3. Transferees . Contracting Party agrees that if Collateral Agent shall notify Contracting Party in writing that as a result of foreclosure (whether judicial or non-judicial), deed-in-lieu-of-foreclosure or other sale or transfer of the Assigned Interest, Collateral Agent or any other applicable purchaser, successor, assignee or designee (in each case, a “ Transferee ”) is to succeed to Assignor’s rights in the Assigned Interest, then the Transferee shall be substituted for Assignor under the Agreement and Contracting Party shall (a) recognize the Transferee as its counterparty under the Agreement and (b) continue to perform its obligations under the Agreement in favor of the Transferee; provided , however , that such Transferee has assumed in writing all of Assignor’s obligations under the Agreement, other than any obligations which by their nature are incapable of being cured. If Collateral Agent or an entity controlled by

 

E XHIBIT 4.1.30 TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


Collateral Agent or one or more of the Secured Parties is the initial Transferee, such initial Transferee shall have the right to assign all of its interest in the Agreement to any subsequent Transferee, provided such subsequent Transferee has assumed in writing all of the initial Transferee’s obligations under the Agreement. Upon such assignment, the initial Transferee shall be released from any further liability under the Agreement.

4. Right to Cure . In the event of a default or breach by Assignor in the performance of any of its obligations under the Agreement, or upon the occurrence or non-occurrence of any event or condition under the Agreement which would immediately or with the passage of any applicable grace period or the giving of notice, or both, enable Contracting Party to terminate the Agreement or suspend its performance thereunder (a “ Default ”), Contracting Party shall not terminate the Agreement or suspend its performance thereunder until it first gives written notice of the Default to Collateral Agent and affords Collateral Agent (a) a period of 45 days from receipt of such notice to cure such Default if such Default is the failure to pay amounts to Contracting Party which are due and payable under the Agreement or (b) with respect to any other Default, a reasonable opportunity, but no more than 90 days from receipt of such notice, to cure such Default (provided that during such cure period Collateral Agent or Assignor continues to diligently attempt to cure such Default). If (i) possession of the Project is necessary to cure any Default, and Collateral Agent commences foreclosure or any other proceedings necessary to take possession of the Project, or (ii) Collateral Agent is prohibited by any court order or bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings from curing the Default or from commencing or prosecuting such proceedings, and provided all monetary obligations on Assignor’s part under the Agreement have been performed, then in either case the cure period in clause (b) of the previous sentence shall be extended for a reasonable period to allow Collateral Agent to complete such proceedings and Collateral Agent or the applicable Transferee to effect the cure.

5. Replacement Agreement . In the event that the Agreement is rejected or terminated as a result of any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, Contracting Party shall, at the option of Collateral Agent exercised within 45 days after such rejection or termination, enter into a new agreement with Collateral Agent or a designated entity controlled by Collateral Agent or one or more of the Secured Parties, having identical terms as the Agreement (subject to any conforming changes necessitated by the substitution of parties and other changes as the parties may mutually agree, the “ Replacement Agreement ”). Collateral Agent (or such designee, as the case may be) shall have the right to assign all of its interest in the Replacement Agreement to any person, provided such assignee has assumed in writing all of Collateral Agent’s or such designee’s obligations under the Agreement. Upon an assignment as discussed in the immediately preceding sentence, Collateral Agent or such designee shall be released from any further liability under the Agreement.

6. Refinancing . In the event that the Note Purchase Agreement is amended and restated, refinanced or replaced by other credit facilities (including without limitation a note offering, debt securities, bank facility or other type of financing, whether incurred by the Assignor or an affiliate thereof), this Consent shall continue in full force and effect for the benefit of the Assignor and the provider of such new credit facilities or their collateral agent(s) (the “ New Collateral Agent ”), provided that (i) within ten days following delivery by the Collateral Agent to Contracting Party of the notice that the Assignor’s obligations under the Note Purchase Agreement have been satisfied in full, the New Collateral Agent shall have notified the

 

E XHIBIT 4.1.30 TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


Contracting Party that it assumes the rights and the prospective obligations of the Collateral Agent under this Consent, and shall have supplied substitute notice address information and (ii) thereafter, (A) the term “Collateral Agent” and “Secured Parties” shall be deemed to refer to the New Collateral Agent, or the lenders and other secured parties under such new credit facilities, as appropriate, (B) the term “Note Purchase Agreement” shall be deemed to refer to the credit agreement, indenture or other instrument providing for the new credit facilities, and (C) the term “Security Agreement” shall be deemed to refer to the security agreement under which the Assigned Interest is assigned as collateral to secure performance of the obligations of the Assignor or an affiliate thereof under the new credit facilities. In connection with any transaction described in this Section 6, upon the request of the Assignor, the Contracting Party shall execute and deliver to the agent or other representative of the New Collateral Agent a reasonable estoppel certificate confirming, if it can do so accurately, among other things, that as of the date of such certificate each of the Contracting Party and, to the best knowledge of the Contracting Party, the Assignor is in compliance with all of their respective material obligations under the Agreement.

7. No Liability . Contracting Party acknowledges and agrees that Collateral Agent (a) shall not have any liability or obligation under the Agreement until, if ever, Collateral Agent expressly assumes such obligations in writing and (b) has no obligation to cure any Default. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the sole recourse of Contracting Party in seeking the enforcement of any obligations under this Consent, the Agreement or a Replacement Agreement shall be to any Transferee’s right, title and interest in the Project.

8. Payment of Monies . Commencing on the date of this Consent and so long as the Note Purchase Agreement remains in effect, Contracting Party hereby agrees to make all payments required to be made by it under the Agreement in U.S. dollars and in immediately available funds, directly to Collateral Agent for deposit into the account to be established and notified to Contracting Party by Collateral Agent from time to time, to such other Person and/or at such other address or account as the Collateral Agent may from time to time specify in writing to Contracting Party. Assignor hereby instructs Contracting Party, and Contracting Party accepts such instructions, to make all payments due and payable to Assignor under the Agreement as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence.

9. Representations and Warranties . Contracting Party hereby represents and warrants to Assignor and Collateral Agent as of the date of this Consent as follows:

a. Contracting Party is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation/incorporation and has all requisite power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Agreement and this Consent.

b. The execution, delivery and performance by Contracting Party of the Agreement and this Consent have been duly authorized by all necessary action, and do not and will not require any further consents or approvals which have not been obtained, or violate any provision of any law, regulation, order, judgment, injunction or similar matters or breach any agreement presently in effect with respect to or binding on Contracting Party.

 

E XHIBIT 4.1.30 TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


c. This Consent and the Agreement are legal, valid and binding obligations of Contracting Party, enforceable against Contracting Party in accordance with their respective terms except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium and other laws affecting creditors’ rights in general and except to the extent that the availability of equitable remedies is subject to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.

d. The Agreement is in full force and effect and any amendment, supplement or modification thereto since the date of execution of the Agreement is reflected in the definition of “Agreement” set forth above.

e. To the best of Contracting Party’s knowledge, Assignor has fulfilled all of its obligations under the Agreement required as of the date hereof, and there are no breaches, Defaults or unsatisfied conditions presently existing (or which would exist after the passage of time and/or giving of notice) that would allow Contracting Party to terminate the Agreement or suspend its performance thereunder.

f. There is no litigation, action, suit, proceeding or investigation pending or (to the best of Contracting Party’s knowledge) threatened against Contracting Party before or by any court, administrative agency, arbitrator or governmental authority, body or agency which, if adversely determined, individually or in the aggregate, could adversely affect the performance by Contracting Party of its obligations hereunder or under the Agreement.

g. [The Agreement and this Consent are the only agreements between Assignor and Contracting Party with respect to the Project, and all of the conditions precedent to effectiveness under the Agreement have been satisfied or waived.] [ Provision to be removed for Direct Agreements with Bloom Energy ]

h. No excusable delay, force majeure, or the like, has occurred under the Agreement.

10. Additional Provisions . [ To insert specific provisions as may be relevant to the Agreement. Such provisions, if any, to be identified after due diligence and review of the Agreement is complete. ]

11. Notices . Any communications between the parties hereto or notices provided herein to be given, may be given to the following addresses:

 

If to Contracting Party:    NAME
   ADDRESS
   Attention:
   Telephone:
   Fax:
   Email:

 

E XHIBIT 4.1.30 TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


If to Collateral Agent:    Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas
   60 Wall Street, MS NYC60-2715
   New York, New York 10005-2858
   Attn: Trust and Agency Services
   Email: [●]
If to Assignor:    Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC
   1252 Orleans Drive
   Sunnyvale, CA 94089
   Attn: [***]
   Email: [***]

All notices hereunder shall be in writing and shall be considered as properly given (a) if delivered in person, (b) if sent by overnight delivery service, (c) if mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, registered or certified with return receipt requested or (d) if sent by email; provided , that the foregoing clause (d) shall not apply to notices if the party to receive the notice has notified the other parties that it is incapable of receiving notices by email or if no email address is given above or later provided as an approved method of receiving notice. Notice so given shall be effective upon receipt by the addressee, except that communication or notice so transmitted by email shall be deemed to have been validly and effectively given upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return email or other written acknowledgement); provided, however, that if any notice is tendered to an addressee and the delivery thereof is refused by such addressee, such notice shall be effective upon such tender. Any party shall have the right to change its address for notice hereunder by giving of written notice to the other parties in the manner set forth herein above.

12. Binding Effect; Amendments; Confirmation . This Consent shall be binding upon and benefit the Contracting Party, Assignor and Collateral Agent and their respective successors, transferees and permitted assigns (including without limitation, any entity that refinances all or any portion of Assignor’s obligations under the Note Purchase Agreement). No termination, amendment, variation or waiver of any provisions of this Consent shall be effective unless in writing and signed by Contracting Party, Collateral Agent and Assignor.

13. Governing Law . This Consent shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York without reference to conflicts of laws rules thereof (other than Section 5-1401 of the New York General Obligations Law). CONTRACTING PARTY, ASSIGNOR, AND COLLATERAL AGENT HEREBY SUBMIT TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK AND OF ANY NEW YORK STATE COURT SITTING IN NEW YORK CITY FOR THE PURPOSES OF ALL LEGAL PROCEEDINGS ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS CONSENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. EACH OF CONTRACTING PARTY, ASSIGNOR AND COLLATERAL AGENT IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN SUCH A COURT AND ANY CLAIM THAT ANY SUCH PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN SUCH A COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM.

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

 

E XHIBIT 4.1.30 TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


EACH OF CONTRACTING PARTY, ASSIGNOR AND COLLATERAL AGENT HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS CONSENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

14. Counterparts . This Consent may be executed in one or more duplicate counterparts, and when executed and delivered by all the parties listed below, shall constitute a single binding agreement.

[Signature pages follow]

 

E XHIBIT 4.1.30 TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, by its officer thereunto duly authorized, has duly executed this Consent as of the date first above written.

 

[CONTRACTING PARTY]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

E XHIBIT 4.1.30 TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


Accepted and agreed:
DIAMOND STATE GENERATION PARTNERS, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company as Grantor
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
Accepted and agreed:

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS ,

as Collateral Agent

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

E XHIBIT 4.1.30 TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


E XHIBIT 4.2.1(a)

F ORM OF D RAWDOWN C ERTIFICATE

[LETTERHEAD OF COMPANY]

Date:                  ,          1

Drawdown Date:                  ,         

[                    ]

SAIC Energy, Environment & Infrastructure, LLC,

as Independent Engineer

Meditech Corporate Center, West Wing

550 Cochituate Road

Framingham, MA 01701

 

  Re: Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC – Drawdown Certificate

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This Drawdown Certificate is delivered to you pursuant to Section 4.2.1(a) of the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 20, 2013 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Note Purchase Agreement ”), among Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), and the Purchasers party thereto. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined have the meanings provided in the Note Purchase Agreement.

I, [                    ], am a Responsible Officer of the Company. I have reviewed the provisions of the Credit Documents which are relevant to the furnishing of this Drawdown Certificate. To the extent that this Drawdown Certificate evidences, attests or confirms compliance with any covenants, representations, warranties or conditions precedent provided for in the Credit Documents, I have made such examination or investigation as was, in my opinion, reasonably necessary to enable me to express an informed opinion as to whether such covenants, representations, warranties or conditions have been complied with. This Drawdown Certificate relates to a Credit Event to take place on the date specified above as the “Drawdown Date” (the “ Drawdown Date ”).

I, on behalf of the Company, solely in my capacity as a Responsible Officer of the Company and not in my personal capacity, and without personal liability therefor, do hereby

 

1   Certificate must be submitted to each of the Holders and Independent Engineer at least 7 Business Days prior to the date of each Drawdown.

 

E XHIBIT 4.2.1 (a) TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


certify to the Secured Parties that the following statements are accurate, true and complete on the date hereof (except for those statements that solely relate to a later date), and will be accurate, true and complete on and as of the Drawdown Date:

1) The aggregate Project Costs incurred, but not yet paid, through the date of the requested Credit Event are anticipated to be $        .

2) The Project Costs to be paid with the funds requested in connection with this Drawdown Certificate are to be paid with proceeds of the Notes deposited in the Construction Escrow Account in the amounts shown on Appendix I hereto.

3) The currently estimated aggregate Project Costs necessary to achieve Final Completion are as described and segregated in Appendix I hereto. Such amount is consistent with the current Project Budget (as amended, allocated, re-allocated or modified from time to time in accordance with Section 9.14 of the Note Purchase Agreement) or has otherwise been approved or permitted pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement.

4) The variances in estimated Project Costs (from the Closing Date to the proposed Drawdown Date) are summarized in Appendix I hereto and such variances are described in the current or past construction progress reports delivered pursuant to Section 7.2(a) of the Note Purchase Agreement.

5) Attached in Appendix II hereto are the previously paid or due and payable invoices, purchase orders or other documents evidencing the Project Costs that are to be reimbursed or paid with the funds requested in connection with this Drawdown Certificate.

6) After taking into consideration the making of the Credit Event hereby requested, Available Funds are not less than the aggregate unpaid amount required: (a) to cause Final Completion to occur in accordance with all Legal Requirements, each Project Document pursuant to which construction work with respect to the Project is being performed, the Credit Documents, and the Project Schedule, on or before the Date Certain; and (b) to pay or provide for all anticipated non-construction Project Costs, all as set forth in the current Project Budget (as amended, allocated, re-allocated or modified from time to time in accordance with Section 9.14 of the Note Purchase Agreement). After taking into consideration the making of the Credit Event hereby requested, the sources and uses of such Available Funds to achieve Final Completion are as follows:

 

Sources

         

Uses

      
        
        
        
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total:

   $                   Total:    $               
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

E XHIBIT 4.2.1 (a) TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


7) The estimated (a) Commencement of Operations date (under and as defined in the MESPA), (b) Final Completion Date, and (c) Placed in Service Date are each set forth on Appendix III hereto, in the case of clauses (a) and (c), with respect to the Systems being funded under this requested Credit Event.

8) Each representation and warranty of each Credit Party in any of the Credit Documents to which it is a party is true and correct in all material respects (except that any representation and warranty that is qualified as to “materiality” or “Material Adverse Effect” is true and correct in all respects) on and as of the date of the Drawdown Date, before and after giving effect to the Credit Event requested hereby, with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, unless such representation or warranty expressly relates solely to an earlier date.

9) To my knowledge, each representation and warranty of each Major Project Participant contained in the Operative Documents (other than the Note Purchase Agreement) is true and correct in all material respects (except that any representation and warranty that is qualified as to “materiality” or “Material Adverse Effect” or the like is true and correct in all respects) on and as of the Drawdown Date, before and after giving effect to the Credit Event requested hereby, with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, unless such representation and warranty expressly relates solely to an earlier date.

10) No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or will result from the funding of the Credit Event hereby requested.

11) All work that has been done on the Project to date has been done in a good and workmanlike manner and in accordance with the Project Documents (including any and all approved change orders made in accordance therewith, if any; any such approved change orders are listed on Appendix V together with all other requested and pending change orders) and there has not been filed against any of the Collateral or otherwise filed with or served upon the Company with respect to the Project or any part thereof, notice of any Lien, claim of Lien or attachment upon or claim affecting the right to receive payment of any of the moneys payable to any of the Persons named on such request which has not been released by payment or bonding or otherwise or which will not be released with the payment of such obligation out of the Notes or non-Note proceeds hereby requested, other than Permitted Liens.

12) Except for any such Liens being contested by the Company as permitted under the definition of “Permitted Liens”, attached in Appendix IV are duly executed Lien waivers required to be delivered to each of the Holders pursuant to Section 4.2.4 of the Note Purchase Agreement relating to mechanics’ and materialmen’s Liens from each Person performing work at the Site or having a statutory right to file a mechanics’ and/or materialmen’s Lien, as the case may be, for all work, services and materials (including equipment and fixtures of all kinds, done, previously performed or furnished for the construction of the Project), for which the related Project Costs have been or will, from the proceeds of the requested Drawdown, be paid.

 

E XHIBIT 4.2.1 (a) TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


13) Each Applicable Permit and Applicable Third Party Permit has been duly obtained or been assigned in the Company’s or the applicable third party’s name, is in full force and effect, is not subject to any current legal proceeding, and is not subject to any Unsatisfied Condition that could reasonably be expected to result in material modification or revocation of such Applicable Permit and Applicable Third Party Permit, and all applicable appeal periods with respect to such Applicable Permit and Applicable Third Party Permit have expired. The Permits which have been obtained by the Company are not subject to any restriction, condition, limitation or other provision that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

14) [The Sponsor has built a permanent manufacturing facility for Systems located in the State of Delaware, and all Systems beyond which the Project has exceeded 10 MW of nameplate capacity have been sourced from such facility.] 1

15) The Company is in compliance with the Tariff in all respects.

16) Each System being financed has achieved COD or will achieve COD prior to the Drawdown Date.

17) The Tax Equity Investors have contributed to the Pledgor and the Pledgor in turn has contributed to the Company 20% of the aggregate purchase price of the Systems to be financed with the proceeds of the requested Credit Event, consistent with the Base Case Projections.

18) Concurrently with this Drawdown, the Tax Equity Investors have contributed to the Company [30.10]% of the aggregate purchase price of the Systems to be financed with the proceeds of the requested Credit Event, consistent with the Base Case Projections. After giving effect to this Drawdown, the ratio of amounts drawn from the Construction Escrow Account to the total Notes have not exceeded the ratio of the aggregate nameplate capacity of commissioned Systems to 30 MW.

19) [All shared infrastructure at [ the applicable Site ] necessary for installation of each Funded System to be installed at such Site, including without limitation the “BOF Work” for such Site, as such term is defined in the MESPA, has been completed. 2 ]

20) At any time following the Closing Date, no event, circumstance or condition has occurred and is continuing that has, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

[ Signature page follows ]

 

1   Insert after the first Funded System has caused the Project to exceed 10 MW of nameplate capacity.
2   Only include for first Credit Event for each Site.

 

E XHIBIT 4.2.1(a) TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Drawdown Certificate to be duly executed and delivered on behalf of the Company as of the date first above written.

 

DIAMOND STATE GENERATION PARTNERS, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

E XHIBIT 4.2.1(a) TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


APPENDIX I

to Drawdown Certificate

Currently Estimated Aggregate Project Costs

 

Project Cost

   Amount  
   $               
   $  
   $  
   $  
   $  
   Total:  $  

Summary of Variances in Estimated Project Costs (from Closing Date to Proposed Drawdown Date)

 

E XHIBIT 4.2.1(a) TO N OTE PURCHASE A GREEMENT


APPENDIX II

to Drawdown Certificate

Invoices

 

E XHIBIT 4.2.1(a) TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


APPENDIX III

to Drawdown Certificate

Estimated Dates

Expected Final Completion Date:             , 20    

Expected Commercial Operation Date : [ Indicate Commercial Operation Date for each individual system, by Serial Number or other distinct means ]

Expected Placed in Service Date: [ Indicate Placed in Service Date for each individual system, by Serial Number or other distinct means ]

 

 

E XHIBIT 4.2.1(a) TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


APPENDIX IV

to Drawdown Certificate

Lien Waivers

 

E XHIBIT 4.2.1(a) TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


APPENDIX V

to Drawdown Certificate

Change Orders

 

1. Approved

 

2. Requested and Pending

 

E XHIBIT 4.2.1(a) TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


E XHIBIT 4.2.1(b)

F ORM OF I NDEPENDENT E NGINEER S D RAWDOWN C ERTIFICATE

[Letterhead of Independent Engineer]

(Delivered pursuant to Section 4.2.1(b)

of the Note Purchase Agreement)

 

Date:    [                    ] 4
   Drawdown Date: [                    ]

[                    ]

 

Subject:    Independent Engineer’s Drawdown Certificate

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This Drawdown Certificate (this “ Certificate ”) is delivered to you by SAIC Energy, Environmental & Infrastructure, LLC (“ SAIC ”) as “ Independent Engineer ” pursuant to Section 4.2.1(b) of the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 20, 2013 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Note Purchase Agreement ”), among Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), and the Purchasers party thereto.

The Independent Engineer hereby makes the following statements as of the date of this certificate:

1. We have reviewed the provisions of Section 4.2.1 of the Note Purchase Agreement as they identify the responsibilities of the Independent Engineer related to providing this Certificate as required by Section 4.2.1(b) .

2. All defined terms set forth in this Certificate shall have the respective meanings specified in the Note Purchase Agreement unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise defined. We have reviewed the Note Purchase Agreement as to the meaning of defined terms used herein.

3. We have reviewed the Company’s [Drawdown Certificate] No. [    ] and the attachments thereto, dated as of [                    ] (the “ Current Drawdown Certificate ”), requesting that a Drawdown from the Construction Escrow Account in the aggregate amount of [$        ] (the “ Drawdown ”) be disbursed on [                    ] (the “ Drawdown Date ”).

 

4   Certificate must be submitted to each Holder (with a copy to the Company) at least 4 Business Days prior to the date of each Drawdown.

 

E XHIBIT 4.2.1(b) TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


4. In connection herewith, we have reviewed: (a) the Company’s, contractors’ and subcontractors’ monthly construction progress reports dated [                    ] for progress through [                    ]; (b) we have also reviewed the material and data made available to us by Bloom Energy Corporation as the “Seller” under the MESPA; and (c) we have reviewed other material, such as invoices, applications for payment, payment receipts and lien waivers or releases, relating to the development of the Project as we believed was necessary to establish the accuracy of the technical aspects of the Current Drawdown Certificate.

5. We last visited the Project Sites on [                    ] and observed progress at the Project. Our site observations of progress did not include investigation of buried items or other unobservable items or hidden conditions. We have reviewed documentation and held discussions with the Company regarding the progress of construction activities at the Project since that time.

6. This Certificate was prepared pursuant to the scope of services under our Amended and Restated Professional Services Agreement, dated as of March [    ], 2013 (the “ Services Agreement ”) with Bloom Energy Corporation, the Collateral Agent and each of the Purchasers and with the degree of skill and diligence normally practiced by professional engineers or consultants performing the same or similar services on like projects.

Based upon the foregoing review and review procedures and on the understanding and assumption that we have been provided true and complete information from other parties as to the matters covered by the Current Drawdown Certificate, as of the date of this Certificate, except as set forth in Attachment A to this Certificate, we are of the opinion that:

a. Based on our review of the Company’s previous expenditures compared to the Project Budget and our review of the progress of engineering, procurement and construction, we concur with the Company’s estimate of the Project Costs to Final Completion as set forth in the Current Drawdown Certificate [ If not, continue as follows : , except as noted in Attachment A [ state reasons and approximate amount of variance, if known in Attachment A ]];

b. Each of the (a) Commencement of Operations Dates, (b) Final Completion Date, and (c) Placed in Service Dates are expected to be achieved by the dates indicated in Appendix III of the Current Drawdown Certificate [ If not, continue as follows : , except as noted in Attachment A . [ state reasons scheduled dates will vary from the estimates set forth in the Current Drawdown Certificate in Attachment A ];

c. Our scope of review, which, to the extent practical and consistent with our scope of work under our Services Agreement, includes periodically reviewing the progress of engineering, procurement and construction for the Project, has not brought to our attention, any errors in the information contained in the Current Drawdown Certificate; [ If any paragraphs in the Current Drawdown Certificate are incorrect, list and specify reasons for each paragraph in Attachment A .]

d. To our knowledge no other Permits other than the permits identified in Schedule 5.19 of the Note Purchase Agreement are required in connection with the construction and operation of the Project;

 

E XHIBIT 4.2.1(b) TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


e. To the best of our knowledge and the extent of our site observations, the quality of construction performed during the period covered by this Certificate was performed materially in conformance with the applicable construction Project Documents; [ If unsatisfactory, specify reasons in Attachment A .]

f. The work accomplished during the period covered by this Certificate is in accordance with the Project Schedule; [ If unsatisfactory, specify reasons in Attachment A .]

g. The request for funds in the Current Drawdown Certificate is in conformance, on a cumulative basis, with the drawdown schedule included with the Project Budget; and [ If not, state reasons in Attachment A. ]

h. To the best of our knowledge, there are no approved, pending or proposed change orders that are not listed in Appendix V to the Current Drawdown Certificate [except as noted in Attachment A [ list change orders in Attachment A ]].

This Certificate is solely for the information of and assistance to each of the Purchasers in conducting and documenting their investigation of the matters in connection with the Project and is not to be used, circulated, quoted, or otherwise referred to for any other purpose. This Certificate is not intended to, and may not, be construed to benefit any party other than the Purchasers.

 

Very truly yours,
SAIC ENERGY, ENVIRONMENT & INFRASTRUCTURE, LLC
[Name goes here]
[Title goes here]
[Name goes here]
[Title goes here]

 

E XHIBIT 4.2.1(b) TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


SCHEDULE I – THIRD PARTIES

 

 

E XHIBIT 4.2.1(b) TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


ATTACHMENT A

EXCEPTIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS

[List any exceptions or clarifications. If there are none indicate “NONE”.]

 

E XHIBIT 4.2.1(b) TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


E XHIBIT 4.2.1(c)

F ORM OF C OMPANY S COD C ERTIFICATE

[ LETTERHEAD OF COMPANY ]

Date:              ,          5

Drawdown Date:              ,         

[                    ]

SAIC Energy, Environment & Infrastructure, LLC,

as Independent Engineer

Meditech Corporate Center, West Wing

550 Cochituate Road

Framingham, MA 01701

Re: Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC – Drawdown Certificate Confirmation of COD

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This Drawdown Certificate Confirmation of Commencement of Operations (“Certificate of COD”) is delivered to you pursuant to Section 4.2.1(c) of the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 20, 2013 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Note Purchase Agreement ”), among Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, (the “Company”), and the Purchasers party thereto. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined have the meanings provided in the Note Purchase Agreement.

I, [                    ], am a Responsible Officer of the Company. I have reviewed the provisions of the Credit Documents which are relevant to the furnishing of this Drawdown Certificate of COD for the Systems listed in Appendix 1 to this Certificate of COD. To the extent that this Certificate of COD evidences, attests or confirms compliance with any covenants, representations, warranties or conditions precedent provided for in the Credit Documents, I have made such examination or investigation as was, in my opinion, reasonably necessary to enable me to express an informed opinion as to whether such covenants, representations, warranties or conditions have been complied with. This Certificate of COD relates to a Credit Event to take place on the date specified above as the “Drawdown Date” (the “ Drawdown Date ”).

 

5   Certificate must be submitted to each Holder and Independent Engineer at least 2 Business Days prior to the date of each Drawdown.


I, on behalf of the Company, solely in my capacity as a Responsible Officer of the Company and not in my personal capacity, and without personal liability therefor, do hereby certify to the Secured Parties that the following statement is accurate, true and complete on the date hereof, and will be accurate, true and complete on and as of the Drawdown Date:

 

  1) COD has occurred with respect to the Systems listed in Appendix 1 being funded under this requested Credit Event.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Drawdown Certificate Confirmation of COD to be duly executed and delivered on behalf of the Company as of the date first above written.

 

  DIAMOND STATE GENERATION
  PARTNERS, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company
  By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  
Appendix    

 

E XHIBIT 4.2.1(c) TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


APPENDIX 1

Systems Commencement of Operations

Date:                   ,          6

Drawdown Date:                  ,         

 

System Number    System Description
       
       
       

 

6   Certificate must be submitted to each Holder and Independent Engineer at least 2 Business Days prior to the submission of each Drawdown.

 

E XHIBIT 4.2.1(c) TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


E XHIBIT 4.2.1(d)

F ORM OF I NDEPENDENT E NGINEER S COD C ERTIFICATE

[Letterhead of Independent Engineer]

(Delivered pursuant to Section 4.2.1(d)

of the Note Purchase Agreement)

Date: [                    ] 7

Drawdown Date: [                    ]

[                    ]

 

Subject:    Independent Engineer’s Drawdown Certificate Confirmation of COD

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This Independent Engineer’s Drawdown Certificate Confirmation of COD (this “ Certificate ”) is delivered to you by SAIC Energy, Environmental & Infrastructure, LLC (“ SAIC ”) as “ Independent Engineer ” pursuant to Section 4.2.1(d) of the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 20, 2013 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Note Purchase Agreement ”), among Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”) and the Purchasers party thereto.

The Independent Engineer hereby makes the following statements as of the date of this certificate:

 

  1. We have reviewed the provisions of Section 4.2.1 of the Note Purchase Agreement as they identify the responsibilities of the Independent Engineer related to providing this Certificate as required by Section 4.2.1(d) .

 

  2. All defined terms set forth in this Certificate shall have the respective meanings specified in the Note Purchase Agreement unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise defined. We have reviewed the Note Purchase Agreement as to the meaning of defined terms used herein.

 

  3. We have reviewed the Company’s [Drawdown Certificate] No. [    ] and the attachments thereto, dated as of [                    ] (the “ Current Drawdown Certificate ”), requesting that a Drawdown from the Construction Escrow Account be disbursed on [                    ] (the “ Drawdown Date ”). We have also reviewed the Company’s COD Certificate dated as of [                    ].

 

  4. We last visited the Project Sites on [                    ] and observed progress at the Project. Our site observations of progress did not include investigation of buried items or

 

7   Certificate must be submitted to each Holder (with a copy to the Company) at least 1 Business Day prior to the date of each Drawdown.


  other unobservable items or hidden conditions. We have reviewed documentation and held discussions with the Company regarding the progress of construction activities at the Project since that time.

 

  5. This Certificate was prepared pursuant to the scope of services under our Amended and Restated Professional Services Agreement, dated as of March 15, 2013 (the “ Services Agreement ”) with Bloom Energy Corporation, the Collateral Agent and the Purchasers and with the degree of skill and diligence normally practiced by professional engineers or consultants performing the same or similar services on like projects.

Based upon the foregoing review and review procedures and on the understanding and assumption that we have been provided true and complete information from other parties as to the matters covered by the Current Drawdown Certificate, as of the date of this Certificate, except as set forth in this Certificate, we are of the opinion that:

 

  A. COD [ choose one: has/has not] occured with respect to the Systems being funded under this requested Credit Event.

This Certificate is solely for the information of and assistance to each of the Purchasers in conducting and documenting their investigation of the matters in connection with the Project and is not to be used, circulated, quoted, or otherwise referred to for any other purpose. This Certificate is not intended to, and may not, be construed to benefit any party other than the Purchasers.

 

Very truly yours,
SAIC ENERGY, ENVIRONMENT &
INFRASTRUCTURE, LLC
[Name goes here]
[Title goes here]
[Name goes here]
[Title goes here]

 

E XHIBIT 4.2.1(d) TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


E XHIBIT 4.4.3

F ORM OF F INAL C OMPLETION C ERTIFICATE OF THE C OMPANY

[LETTERHEAD OF COMPANY]

Date:                  ,             

[Addressees]

SAIC Energy, Environment & Infrastructure, LLC,

as Independent Engineer

[Address]

 

  Re: Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC – Final Completion Certificate

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This Final Completion Certificate (this “ Certificate ”) is delivered to you pursuant to Section 4.4.3 of the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 20, 2013 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Note Purchase Agreement ”), among Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”) and the Purchasers party thereto. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined have the meanings provided in the Note Purchase Agreement.

I, [                    ], am a Responsible Officer of the Company. I have reviewed the provisions of the Credit Documents which are relevant to the furnishing of this Certificate. To the extent that this Certificate evidences, attests or confirms compliance with any covenants, representations, warranties or conditions precedent provided for in the Credit Documents, I have made such examination or investigation as was, in my opinion, reasonably necessary to enable me to express an informed opinion as to whether such covenants, representations, warranties or conditions have been complied with.

I, on behalf of the Company, solely in my capacity as a Responsible Officer of the Company and not in my personal capacity, and without personal liability therefor, do hereby certify to the Secured Parties that the following statements are accurate, true and complete on the date hereof, except as waived in writing by the Required Holders:

1) All facilities necessary for the Project as contemplated under the Tariff and the Operative Documents have been constructed, installed, completed, tested, commissioned and paid for in accordance with the Operative Documents.

2) All facilities necessary for the Project as contemplated under the Tariff and the Operative Documents have been completely constructed utilizing standards of workmanship and

 

E XHIBIT 4.4.3 TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


materials in accordance with the MESPA and in accordance with the terms of the Tariff and Prudent Electrical Practices (as such term is defined in the MESPA) and all relevant equipment has been installed and is operating in accordance with the MESPA.

3) Each of the Systems has achieved COD.

4) [ Choose one: [30 MW of Systems have passed the Performance Tests and have demonstrated performance at or better than nameplate capacity on or before the Date Certain.] / [Less than 30 MW of Systems have passed the Performance Tests and demonstrated performance at or better than nameplate capacity on or before the Date Certain, and the Company has paid the Buydown Amount.]]

5) All Major Project Documents are in full force and effect and no default or event of default has occurred and is continuing under any Major Project Document.

6) The Company (i) has obtained and delivered to each of the Purchasers copies of all material Applicable Permits obtained or to be obtained by or in the name of the Company and required to operate the Project, and (ii) is in compliance with all material Applicable Permits in all material respects thereunder.

7) The Tariff is final, non-appealable and in full force and effect.

8) All work that has been done on the Project to date has been done in a good and workmanlike manner and in accordance with the Project Documents (including any and all approved change orders made in accordance therewith, if any; any such approved change orders are listed on Appendix I together with all other requested and pending change orders) and there has not been filed against any of the Collateral or otherwise filed with or served upon the Company with respect to the Project or any part thereof, notice of any Lien, claim of Lien or attachment upon or claim affecting the right to receive payment of any of the moneys payable to any of the Persons named on such request which has not been released by payment or bonding or otherwise or which will not be released with the payment of such obligation out of the Notes or non Note proceeds hereby requested, other than Permitted Liens.

9) Except for any such Liens being contested by the Company as permitted under the definition of “Permitted Liens”, attached in Appendix II are duly executed Lien waivers required to be delivered to each of the Holders pursuant to Section 4.4.1 of the Note Purchase Agreement relating to mechanics’ and materialmen’s Liens from each Person performing work at the Site or having a statutory right to file a mechanics’ and/or materialmen’s Lien, as the case may be, for all work, services and materials (including equipment and fixtures of all kinds, done, previously performed or furnished for the construction of the Project), for which the related Project Costs have been or will be paid.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Certificate to be duly executed and delivered on behalf of the Company as of the date first above written.

 

E XHIBIT 4.4.3 TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


DIAMOND STATE GENERATION
PARTNERS, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

E XHIBIT 4.4.3 TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


APPENDIX I

to Final Completion Certificate

Change Orders

 

1. Approved

 

2. Requested and Pending

 

E XHIBIT 4.4.3 TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


APPENDIX II

to Final Completion Certificate

Lien Waivers

 

E XHIBIT 4.4.3 TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


E XHIBIT 4.4.4

F ORM OF F INAL C OMPLETION C ERTIFICATE OF THE I NDEPENDENT E NGINEER

[Letterhead of Independent Engineer]

(Delivered pursuant to Section 4.4.4

of the Note Purchase Agreement)

Date: [                    ]

[Addressees]

 

Subject:    Independent Engineer’s Final Completion Certificate

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This Independent Engineer’s Final Completion Certificate (this “ Certificate ”) is delivered to you by SAIC Energy, Environmental & Infrastructure, LLC (“ SAIC ”) as “ Independent Engineer ” pursuant to Section 4.4.4 of the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 20, 2013 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Note Purchase Agreement ”), among Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”) and the Purchasers party thereto.

The Independent Engineer hereby makes the following statements as of the date of this Certificate:

1. We have reviewed the provisions of Sections 4.4.4 of the Note Purchase Agreement as they identify the responsibilities of the Independent Engineer related to providing this Certificate as required by Section 4.4.4 . We issue this Certificate pursuant to our responsibilities with regard to the Project as set forth in the Note Purchase Agreement, including review of completion testing, infrastructure work, compliance with Project Schedule and budget and adequacy of remaining funds.

2. All defined terms set forth in this Certificate shall have the respective meanings specified in the Note Purchase Agreement unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise defined. We have reviewed the Note Purchase Agreement as to the meaning of defined terms used herein.

3. This Certificate was prepared pursuant to the scope of services under our Amended and Restated Professional Services Agreement, dated as of March 15, 2013 (the “ Services Agreement ”) with Bloom Energy Corporation, the Collateral Agent and each of the Purchasers and with the degree of skill and diligence normally practiced by professional

 

E XHIBIT 4.4.4 TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


engineers or consultants performing the same or similar services on like projects. Our review and observations are based on the understanding and assumption that we have been provided true and complete information from other parties as to the matters covered by this Certificate.

4. All facilities necessary for the Project as contemplated under the Tariff and the applicable construction Project Documents have been constructed, installed, completed, tested, commissioned and paid for in accordance with the applicable construction Project Documents.

5. All facilities necessary for the Project as contemplated under the Tariff and the applicable construction Project Documents have been completely constructed utilizing standards of workmanship and materials in accordance with the MESPA and in accordance with the terms of the Tariff and Prudent Electrical Practices (as such term is defined in the MESPA) and all relevant equipment has been installed and is operating in accordance with the MESPA.

6. Each of the Systems has achieved COD.

7. [ Choose one: [30 MW of Systems have passed the Performance Tests and have demonstrated performance at or better than nameplate capacity on or before the Date Certain.] / [Less than 30 MW of Systems have passed the Performance Tests and demonstrated performance at or better than nameplate capacity on or before the Date Certain, and the Company has paid the Buydown Amount.]]

This Certificate is solely for the information of and assistance to each of the Purchasers in conducting and documenting their investigation of the matters in connection with the Project and is not to be used, circulated, quoted, or otherwise referred to within or without the lending group for any other purpose. This Certificate is not intended to, and may not, be construed to benefit any party other than the Purchasers.

 

Very truly yours,
SAIC ENERGY, ENVIRONMENT &
INFRASTRUCTURE, LLC
[Name goes here]
[Title goes here]
[Name goes here]
[Title goes here]

 

E XHIBIT 4.4.4 TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


E XHIBIT 8.1.3(b)

F ORM OF O FFER TO R EPAY N OTICE

[ Insert name of holder of the Note ]

[ Insert address of holder of the Note ]

[ Insert date ]

Reference is made to the Note Purchase Agreement dated as of March 20, 2013 (as amended, modified or supplemented and in effect from time to time, the “ Note Purchase Agreement ”) among Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”) and the Purchasers party thereto. Terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Note Purchase Agreement.

Pursuant to Section 8.1.3(b) of the Note Purchase Agreement, the Company hereby notifies you that it is making the following Offer to Repay:

 

  1. The Offer Settlement Date shall be [        ] 8 .

 

  2. The aggregate principal amount of all Notes to be repaid on the Offer Settlement Date shall be $ [        ] 9 .

Please indicate your acceptance in whole or in part of the Offer to Repay by executing and delivering the notice in the form attached as Schedule 1 hereto on or prior to the fifth (5 th ) Business Day prior to the Offer Settlement Date. If you do not accept the Offer to Repay in whole on or prior to [        ] 10 , you shall be deemed to have rejected the Offer to Repay, and, accordingly, your Notes will not be repaid on the Offer Settlement Date.

 

Sincerely,
DIAMOND STATE GENERATION PARTNERS, LLC
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  

 

8   Insert date twenty (20) Business Days after the date hereof.
9   Insert aggregate amount of all Notes to be repaid pursuant to this Offer to Repay Notice, which shall be the principal amount of the Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the Offer Settlement Date and without payment of the Make-Whole Amount or any premium.
10   Insert the date that is five (5) Business Days prior to the Offer Settlement Date.

 

E XHIBIT 8.1.3(b) TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


Schedule 1

TO OFFER TO REPAY NOTICE

FORM OF OFFER ACCEPTANCE NOTICE

OFFER ACCEPTANCE NOTICE

Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC

1252 Orleans Drive

Sunnyvale, CA 94089

Attention: [                    ]

[ Insert Date ]

Reference is made to the Note Purchase Agreement dated as of March 20, 2013 (as amended, modified or supplemented and in effect from time to time, the “ Note Purchase Agreement ”) among Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”) and the Purchasers party thereto. Terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Note Purchase Agreement. Reference is also made to the Offer to Repay Notice dated as of [ Insert Date ] .

Pursuant to Section 8.1.3(b) of the Note Purchase Agreement, we hereby notify the Company that we accept the Offer to Repay in full as set forth in the Offer to Repay Notice.

 

Sincerely,
[ Insert name of holder of the Notes ]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

E XHIBIT 8.1.3(b)

To Note Purchase Agreement

[***] Certain confidential information contain in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Exhibit 10.17

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

MASTER ENERGY SERVER PURCHASE AGREEMENT

between

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

as Seller

and

DIAMOND STATE GENERATION PARTNERS, LLC

as Buyer

dated as of April 13, 2012

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS

     2  

Section 1.1.

 

Definitions

     2  

Section 1.2.

 

Other Definitional Provisions

     12  

ARTICLE II. PURCHASE AND SALE

     13  

Section 2.1.

 

Purchase Orders

     13  

Section 2.2.

 

Payment of Purchase Price

     13  

Section 2.3.

 

Purchase and Sale of Bloom Systems

     15  

ARTICLE III. DELIVERY AND INSTALLATION OF SYSTEMS AND BALANCE OF FACILITIES

     15  

Section 3.1.

 

Access to Site

     15  

Section 3.2.

 

Delivery of Bloom Systems

     16  

Section 3.3.

 

Delivery of Balance of Facility; Installation of Bloom Systems

     17  

Section 3.4.

 

Commissioning; Commencement of Operations

     18  

Section 3.5.

 

Insurance

     19  

Section 3.6.

 

Disposal; Right of First Refusal

     20  

Section 3.7.

 

Buyer’s Lender

     20  

Section 3.8.

 

Access; Cooperation

     20  

Section 3.9.

 

Performance Standards

     20  

Section 3.10.

 

Appointment of Independent Engineer

     20  

ARTICLE IV. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER

     21  

Section 4.1.

 

Representations and Warranties as to Seller

     21  

Section 4.2.

 

Representations and Warranties as to Bloom Systems

     22  

Section 4.3.

 

Representations and Warranties as to QFCP-RC Tariff

     23  

ARTICLE V. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER

     23  

Section 5.1.

 

Organization

     23  

Section 5.2.

 

Authority

     23  

Section 5.3.

 

Consents and Approvals; No Violation

     24  

Section 5.4.

 

Legal Proceedings

     24  

ARTICLE VI. CONFIDENTIALITY

     24  

Section 6.1.

 

Confidential Information

     24  

Section 6.2.

 

Restricted Access

     25  

Section 6.3.

 

Permitted Disclosures

     25  

Section 6.4.

 

Publicity

     26  

 

i


ARTICLE VII. LICENSE AND OWNERSHIP; SOFTWARE

     26  

Section 7.1.

 

IP License

     26  

Section 7.2.

 

Grant of Software License

     27  

Section 7.3.

 

No Software Warranty

     27  

Section 7.4.

 

Covenant

     27  

ARTICLE VIII. LIMITED WARRANTY

     27  

Section 8.1.

 

Portfolio Warranty

     27  

Section 8.2.

 

BOF Warranty

     28  

Section 8.3.

 

Portfolio Warranty Claims

     28  

Section 8.4.

 

Disclaimers

     29  

Section 8.5.

 

Exclusions

     29  

Section 8.6.

 

[Intentionally omitted.]

     30  

Section 8.7.

 

Power Performance Warranty

     30  

Section 8.8.

 

Efficiency Warranty

     30  

Section 8.9.

 

Gas Payment Shortfall

     31  

Section 8.10.

 

No Duplication of Terms

     31  

ARTICLE IX. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     31  

Section 9.1.

 

Seller Default

     31  

Section 9.2.

 

Buyer Default

     32  

Section 9.3.

 

Buyer’s Remedies Upon Occurrence of a Seller Default

     32  

Section 9.4.

 

Seller’s Remedies Upon Occurrence of a Buyer Default

     33  

Section 9.5.

 

Force Majeure

     33  

ARTICLE X. INDEMNIFICATION

     33  

Section 10.1.

 

IP Indemnity

     33  

Section 10.2.

 

Indemnification of Seller by Buyer

     34  

Section 10.3.

 

Indemnification of Buyer by Seller

     34  

Section 10.4.

 

Indemnity Claims Procedure

     35  

Section 10.5.

 

Limitation of Liability

     35  

Section 10.6.

 

No Duplication of Claims

     36  

Section 10.7.

 

Survival

     36  

ARTICLE XI. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     36  

Section 11.1.

 

Amendment and Modification

     36  

Section 11.2.

 

Intentionally Deleted

     36  

Section 11.3.

 

Waiver of Compliance; Consents

     36  

Section 11.4.

 

Notices

     36  

Section 11.5.

 

Assignment; Subcontractors

     37  

Section 11.6.

 

Dispute Resolution; Governing Law

     37  

Section 11.7.

 

Governing Law, Jurisdiction, Venue

     37  

Section 11.8.

 

Counterparts

     37  

 

ii


Section 11.9.

 

Interpretation

     38  

Section 11.10.

 

Entire Agreement

     38  

Section 11.11.

 

Construction of Agreement

     38  

Section 11.12.

 

Severability

     38  

Section 11.13.

 

Attorneys’ Fees

     38  

Section 11.14.

 

Further Assurances

     39  

Section 11.15.

 

Independent Contractors

     39  

Section 11.16.

 

Limitation on Export

     39  

Section 11.17.

 

Time of Essence

     39  

Section 11.18.

 

Right of Offset

     39  

Section 11.19.

 

No Rights in Third Parties

     39  

ANNEXES

Annex A

Annex B

Annex C

Annex D

Annex E

EXHIBITS

Exhibit A

Exhibit B

Exhibit C

 

iii


MASTER ENERGY SERVER PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This MASTER ENERGY SERVER PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of April 13, 2012 (the “ Agreement Date ”), is entered into by and between BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“ Seller ”), and DIAMOND STATE GENERATION PARTNERS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Buyer ”). Seller and Buyer are referred to in this Agreement individually, as a “ Party ” and, collectively, as the “ Parties ”.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Seller is in the business of designing, constructing and installing on-site solid oxide fuel cell power generating systems capable of being powered by renewable fuels;

WHEREAS, Buyer is a company formed at the direction of Seller for the purpose of purchasing and owning Bloom Systems for the generation of electricity and sale of electricity and capacity generated by the Bloom Systems into the PJM Grid;

WHEREAS, the customer base of Delmarva Power & Light Company (“ DPL ”), an investor owned utility company regulated by the Delaware Public Service Commission (“ DPSC ”) will be subject to a charge to be collected on behalf of Buyer by DPL under the REPS Act and the Tariffs, and DPL has agreed to provide natural gas service and to serve as the collection and disbursement agent of Buyer pursuant to the Tariffs and the DPL Agreements;

WHEREAS, pursuant to REPS Act Section 352(16), Seller will be a “Qualified Fuel Cell Provider” (“ QFCP ”), and pursuant to the QFCP-RC Tariff, Buyer will be a “QFCP Generator” (“ QFCP Generator ”), and pursuant to REPS Act Section 352(17) the Facilities shall constitute a “Qualified Fuel Cell Provider Project” (“ Qualified Fuel Cell Provider Project ”);

WHEREAS, in 2011, Buyer purchased from Seller pursuant to the December 30 Bill of Sale, certain Bloom Systems and other parts and equipment to be incorporated into Bloom Systems, and Buyer presently owns such Bloom Systems and other parts and equipment;

WHEREAS, Buyer and Seller intended that the costs incurred by Seller for such Bloom Systems and other parts and equipment and the transfer of such Bloom Systems and other parts and equipment to Buyer in 2011 pursuant to the December 30 Bill of Sale qualified Buyer for the safe harbor for beginning construction in 2011 pursuant to the Guidance;

WHEREAS, Buyer desires to purchase, and Seller desires to sell, additional Bloom Systems which, together with the Bloom Systems previously purchased by Buyer, will have an aggregate Nameplate Capacity of up to 30 MW, and which Bloom Systems will be installed in two Facilities when and as the conditions to such installation are met as provided in this Agreement;

 

1


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants, representations, warranties and agreements hereinafter set forth, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the Parties agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

ARTICLE I.

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1. Definitions . As used in this Agreement, capitalized terms not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth below:

Actual kWh ” means the actual energy output in kWh produced by each Bloom System and aggregated together.

Administrative Services Agreement ” means the Administrative Services Agreement dated as of April 13, 2012 among Seller, Buyer and Diamond State Generation Holdings, LLC.

Affiliate ” of any Person means a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Person specified.

Agreement ” is defined in the preamble.

Agreement Date ” is defined in the preamble.

Bill of Sale ” means a bill of sale in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

Bloom System ” or “ Bloom Systems ” means all on-site solid oxide fuel cell power generating systems capable of being powered by renewable fuels designed, constructed and installed by Seller, including both Safe Harbor Systems and Ordered Systems, which will have an aggregate Nameplate Capacity of up to 30 MW and which will be installed in two Facilities.

BOF ” means, for each Site, the Electrical Interconnection Facilities, the natural gas supply facilities, the water supply facilities, the data communications facilities, the foundations for the Bloom Systems, and any other ancillary facilities and equipment installed in connection with the Facility at each Site.

BOF Warranty ” is defined in Section 8.2 .

“BOF Work” is defined in Section 3.4(a) .

Business Day ” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banks in New York, New York, or San Francisco, California, are authorized or required to close.

Buyer ” is defined in the preamble.

Buyer Default ” is defined in Section 9.2 .

Buyer Indemnitee ” is defined in Section 10.3 .

Buyer’s Lender ” means any Person providing senior or subordinated construction, debt or equity financing or refinancing for or in connection with the development, construction,

 

2


purchase, or installation of the Facility or any part thereof, including any equity and tax investor providing financing or refinancing in connection therewith, and any trustee or agent acting on their behalf, and any Person providing interest rate protection agreements to hedge any of the foregoing debt obligations.

Calendar Quarter ” means each period of three months ending on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31.

Claiming Party ” is defined in Section 9.5 .

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Commencement of Operations ” means, with respect to any Bloom System, the completion and the performance of all of the following activities:

(a) such Bloom System has been Placed in Service;

(b) such Bloom System (i) has been attached to the load at the Site and (ii) is performing at the Warranty Specifications (measured over a 24 hour period and not over the Look Back Period or on a Portfolio basis as referenced in the definition of Warranty Specifications; provided that for this purpose the percentage in “Minimum Power Product” shall be deemed to be 100% rather than 85%);

(c) such Bloom System has satisfied the conditions precedent for “Facility Commercial Operation Date” and the “Initial Delivery Date” (each as defined in the QFCP-RC Tariff) and Seller has performed and successfully completed all necessary acts under the Interconnection Agreements (including performance testing) and has obtained written permission from the applicable Person granting Buyer permission to interconnect with the PJM Grid pursuant thereto;

(d) Seller shall have furnished a written certification from Seller addressed to Buyer certifying, without any qualification, that Seller has installed such Bloom System in accordance with Performance Standards; and

(e) Seller shall have furnished a written certification from the Independent Engineer addressed to Buyer certifying, without any qualification, that (i) such Bloom System’s commissioning has been successfully completed and (ii) such Bloom System has achieved commercial operation (and if such Bloom System is the first Bloom System installed at such Facility then the Independent Engineer must also certify, without qualification, that Seller has installed all BOF Work necessary for the operation of that Facility).

Company LLC Agreement ” means the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Diamond State Generation Holdings, LLC, dated as of April 13, 2012 between Clean Technologies II, LLC and Mehetia Inc.

Confidential Information ” is defined in Section 6.1 .

Credit Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the ECCA.

 

3


Credit Documents ” has the meaning set forth in the ECCA. “DDOT” means the Delaware Department of Transportation.

DDOT Site Lease ” means the Lease Agreement between DDOT and Buyer dated as of July, 2011, as it may be amended to extend the term or otherwise.

DDP (Incoterms 2010) ” means Delivered Duty Paid (DDP) as such term is used in the International Rules for the Interpretation of Trade Terms (identified as “INCOTERMS ® 2010”) as prepared by the International Chamber of Commerce.

December 30 Bill of Sale ” means the Bill of Sale and Agreement, effective as of December 30, 2011, between Seller and Buyer pursuant to which Safe Harbor Systems and Safe Harbor Equipment were sold by Seller to Buyer for purposes of meeting the 5% safe harbor for Grant eligibility under the Guidance.

Delivery Date ” means, with respect to each Bloom System, the date when such Bloom System is physically delivered to its Site.

Delivery Notice ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.l(c) .

DPL ” has the meaning provided in the recitals.

DPL Agreements ” means the service applications between Buyer and DPL with respect to the REPS Act and the Tariffs, whereby DPL shall (a) serve as the agent for collection of amounts due from Buyer (if any) and for disbursement of amounts due to Buyer under the QFCP-RC Tariff and (b) sell to Buyer natural gas under the Gas Tariff.

DPL Site Lease ” means the Lease Agreement between DPL and Buyer dated as of February 10, 2012.

DPSC ” has the meaning provided in the recitals.

ECCA ” means the Equity Capital Contribution Agreement with respect to Diamond State Generation Holdings, LLC, among Clean Technologies II, LLC, Diamond State Generation Holdings, LLC, Buyer and Mehetia Inc., dated as of March 16, 2012.

Efficiency ” means the quotient of E/F, where E = the electricity produced by the Portfolio, measured in BTUs (British Thermal Units) at a conversion rate of 3,412 BTUs per kWh, and F = the fuel consumed by the Portfolio, measured in BTUs on a Lower Heating Value basis.

Efficiency Bank ” means “banked” volumes of natural gas which the Buyer is permitted to accrue in a tracking account under the QFCP-RC Tariff Section C.(5) and which are available to offset any Efficiency Warranty shortfall. An example of the operation of the Efficiency Bank is attached as Exhibit C .

Efficiency Warranty ” has the meaning provided in Section 8.8 .

 

4


Efficiency Warranty Period ” has the meaning provided in Section 8.8 .

Electrical Interconnection Facilities ” means the equipment and facilities required to safely and reliably interconnect a Facility to the PJM Grid or the transmission system of another Transmitting Utility in whose territory the Facility is located, as applicable, including the collection system between each Bloom System, transformers and all switching, metering, communications, control and safety equipment, including the facilities described in any applicable Interconnection Agreement.

Energy ” means three-phase, 60-cycle alternating current electric energy constituting the Actual kWh.

Equity Contributions ” has the meaning set forth in the Company LLC Agreement.

Facility ” means the Bloom Systems and the BOF at a Site.

Facility Meter ” means the revenue quality electricity generation meter to be located at the metering point (the proposed location of which is to be identified in the Interconnection Agreement), which Facility Meter shall register all Energy produced by a Facility and delivered to the Interconnection Point.

FERC ” means the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission and any successor.

Force Majeure Event ” means any event or circumstance that (a) prevents a Party from performing its obligations under this Agreement; (b) was not foreseeable by such Party; (c) was not within the reasonable control of, or the result of the negligence of such Party; and (d) such Party is unable to reasonably mitigate, avoid or cause to be avoided with the exercise of due diligence. It shall include failure or interruption of performance due to: an act of God, civil or military authority, war, civil disturbances, terrorist activities, fire, explosions, the elements, the gas supplier’s failure to comply with gas delivery, quality or pressure requirements, the external power delivery system (a/k/a the grid) being out of the required specifications or total failure (a/k/a brownout or blackout), PJM or other electric grid curtailment, or failure of equipment not utilized by or under the control of the Party claiming the Force Majeure Event (or any Affiliate or subcontractor of such Party). Force Majeure Event does not include the lack of economic resources of a Party or Seller’s failure to design and construct the Bloom Systems and the BOF so as to meet the respective warranties hereunder.

Funding Payments ” has the meaning set forth in the ECCA.

Gas Payment Shortfall ” means the cost of natural gas, in any billing period under the QFCP-RC Tariff, for the quantity of natural gas used by Buyer that exceeds the quantity of natural gas that would have been utilized at the Target Heat Rate (as defined in the QFCP-RC Tariff) and the Efficiency Bank does not have a positive balance available to offset such excess.

Gas Tariff ” means DPL’s Service Classification “LVG-QFCP-RC” filed for gas service applicable to REPS Qualified Fuel Cell Provider Projects and approved by the DPSC in Order no. 8062 dated October 18, 2011, as adopted and supplemented by DPSC’s Findings, Opinion and Order No. 8079, dated December 1, 2011.

 

5


Governmental Approvals ” means (a) any authorizations, consents, approvals, licenses, rulings, permits, tariffs, rates, certifications, variances, orders, judgments, decrees by or with a relevant Governmental Authority and (b) any required notice to, any declaration of, or with, or any registration or filing by, or with, any relevant Governmental Authority.

Governmental Authority ” means any foreign, federal, state, local or other governmental, regulatory or administrative agency, court, commission, department, board, or other governmental subdivision, legislature, rulemaking board, court, tribunal, arbitrating body or other governmental authority.

Grant ” has the meaning set forth in the ECCA.

Guidance ” has the meaning set forth in the ECCA.

Indemnifiable Loss ” means any claim, demand, suit, loss, liability, damage, obligation, payment, cost or expense (including the cost and expense of any action, suit, proceeding, assessment, judgment, settlement or compromise relating thereto and reasonable attorneys’ fees and reasonable disbursements in connection therewith).

Indemnified Party ” is defined in Section 10.4 .

Indemnifying Party ” is defined in Section 10.4 .

Independent Engineer ” means the Person appointed pursuant to Section 3.10.

Initial 10 MW ” is defined in Section 4.2(d)(i) .

Initial Funding Date ” has the meaning set forth in the ECCA.

Intellectual Property ” shall mean any or all of the following and all rights therein, arising therefrom, or associated therewith: (i) all U.S. patents and utility models and applications therefor and all reissues, divisions, re-examinations, renewals, extensions, provisionals, continuations and continuations-in-part thereof, improvements thereto, and equivalent or similar rights anywhere in the world in inventions and discoveries, including invention disclosures; (ii) all trade secrets, know-how and confidential and proprietary information, including software, and other rights in trade secrets, know-how and confidential or proprietary information including software; (iii) all copyrights, copyright registrations and applications therefor and all other rights corresponding thereto throughout the world, and any renewals, modifications and extensions thereof; (iv) all moral and economic rights of authors and inventors, however denominated, throughout the world; (v) all industrial designs and any registrations and applications therefor throughout the world; (vi) all rights in any words, names, symbols, or devices or any combinations thereof, adopted and used by the Seller and/or its licensees throughout the world to identify the source of its goods and services and distinguish them from those manufactured or sold by others, and all goodwill associated therewith, including all U.S. trademark and service mark registrations and applications therefor (including intent-to- use applications); all brand names, trade names, and trade dress; all rights in World Wide Web addresses and domain names

 

6


and applications and registrations therefor; and any renewals, modifications and extensions thereof; and (vii) any similar, corresponding or equivalent rights to any of the foregoing anywhere in the world.

Interconnection Agreement ” means an agreement among Buyer, DPL and/or PJM regarding interconnection of the Facility to the transmission or distribution system of the Transmitting Utility.

Interconnection Point ” is defined in the QFCP-RC Tariff.

“Investor” has the meaning set forth in the ECCA.

IRS ” means the Internal Revenue Service.

kW ” means kilowatt.

kWh ” means kilowatt-hour.

Legal Requirement ” means any law, statute, act, decree, ordinance, rule, directive (to the extent having the force of law), tariff (including the Tariffs), order, treaty, code or regulation or any interpretation of any of the foregoing, as enacted, issued or promulgated by any Governmental Authority, including all amendments, modifications, extensions, replacements or re-enactments thereof, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its properties or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

Letter Agreement ” means that certain Letter Agreement dated October 10, 2011 between Seller and the State of Delaware, as may be amended from time to time.

Liens ” means any lien, security interest, mortgage, hypothecation, encumbrance or other restriction on title or property interest.

Look Back Period ” means each calendar year following the Commencement of Operations for a Bloom System (or, in the case of the calendar year in which delivery of a Bloom System has occurred, the portion of such calendar year commencing on the date such Bloom System achieved Commencement of Operations), but excluding with respect to each relevant Bloom System any period during such calendar year when such Bloom System was (a) subject to a Force Majeure Event, (b) not delivering Energy to the PJM Grid because of a failure to perform by DPL under the DPL Agreements or PJM under the PJM Agreements, or (c) required to be disconnected from the PJM Grid or otherwise required not to deliver Energy to the PJM Grid as the result of a Legal Requirement or action by or a directive from the applicable electric utility or PJM with respect to such Bloom System (e.g., due to a grid event).

Maximum Liability ” means, with respect to Seller, the aggregate Residual Value of the Portfolio as of such date, and with respect to Buyer, one million Dollars ($1,000,000); provided that a reduction in the Maximum Liability of Seller shall never result in a requirement for Buyer or any Buyer Indemnitee to return any money to Seller. Maximum Liability will be determined on an aggregate basis between this Agreement and the O&M Agreement.

 

7


Minimum Efficiency Level ” means fifty percent (50%) Efficiency while a Bloom System is operating at Nameplate Capacity, measured over the Efficiency Warranty Period.

Minimum kWh ” means the product of (x) the number of hours in the applicable Power Performance Warranty Period minus the number of hours for each Bloom System in the Portfolio as of the last day of the applicable Power Performance Warranty Period when each such Bloom System (i) was subject to a Force Majeure Event, (ii) was not delivering Energy to the PJM Grid because of a failure to perform by DPL under the DPL Agreements or PJM under the PJM Agreements or (iii) was required to be disconnected from the grid or otherwise required not to deliver Energy to the PJM Grid as the result of a Legal Requirement or action by or a directive from the applicable electric utility or PJM with respect to such Bloom System (e.g., due to a grid event), and (y) the Minimum Power Product for the applicable Power Performance Warranty Period.

Minimum Power Product ” means the aggregate Nameplate Capacity of the Bloom Systems in the Portfolio in kW for the applicable Power Performance Warranty Period multiplied by (1) eighty-five percent (85%) when this term is used for the One-Month Power Performance Warranty or (2) ninety-five percent (95%) when this term is used for the One-Year Power Performance Warranty. An example of a calculation of the Minimum Power Product is set forth in Annex A .

MW ” means megawatt.

MWh ” means megawatt-hour.

Nameplate Capacity ” means the maximum rated output of a generator, prime mover, or other electric power production equipment under specific conditions designated by the manufacturer.

O&M Agreement ” means the Master Operation and Maintenance Agreement, dated on or about the Agreement Date, between Seller and Buyer, providing for the maintenance and extended warranty of the Bloom Systems sold to Buyer under this Agreement.

One-Month Power Performance Warranty Period ” has the meaning provided in Section 8.7 .

One-Year Power Performance Warranty Period ” has the meaning provided in Section 8.7 .

Ordered System ” means each Bloom System that is ordered by Buyer from Seller pursuant to a Purchase Order.

Party ” and “ Parties ” have the meanings set forth in the preamble.

Performance Standards ” has the meaning provided in Section 3.9 .

 

8


Permits ” means all Governmental Approvals that are necessary under applicable Legal Requirements, this Agreement, or the O&M Agreement to have been obtained at such time in light of the stage of development of the Portfolio to site, construct, test, operate, maintain, repair, lease, own or use each Facility as contemplated in this Agreement, the O&M Agreement, or the ECCA, to sell electricity from the Portfolio or for a Party to enter into this Agreement or to consummate any transaction contemplated hereby, in each case in accordance with all applicable Legal Requirements.

Permitted Liens ” means any (a) Liens that are released or otherwise terminated at or prior to the Delivery Date of the encumbered assets; (b) obligations or duties to any Governmental Authority arising in the ordinary course of business (including under licenses and permits held by Buyer and under all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority); (c) obligations or duties under easements, leases or other property rights; (d) liens in favor of Buyer’s Lender; and (e) any other liens agreed to in writing by Seller and Buyer.

Person ” means any individual, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, corporation, trust, unincorporated organization, or governmental entity or any department or agency thereof.

PJM ” means PJM Interconnection, LLC, a regional transmission organization.

PJM Agreements ” is defined in the QFCP-RC Tariff.

PJM Grid ” means the system of transmission lines, distribution lines, and associated facilities that have been placed under PJM’s operational control.

Placed in Service ” means, with respect to any Bloom System, the completion and performance of all of the following activities: (1) obtaining the necessary licenses and permits for the operation of such Bloom System and the sale of power generated by the Bloom System, (2) completion of critical tests necessary for the proper operation of such Bloom System, (3) synchronization of such Bloom System onto the electric distribution and transmission system of the relevant local utility and/or the PJM Grid and (4) the commencement of daily operation of such Bloom System.

Portfolio ” means, on an aggregate basis, all Bloom Systems owned by Buyer that were purchased pursuant to this Agreement or the December 30 Bill of Sale and that have achieved Commencement of Operations.

Portfolio Warranty ” is defined in Section 8.1 .

Power Performance Warranty ” is defined in Section 8.7 .

Power Performance Warranty Period ” is defined in Section 8.7 .

Prudent Electrical Practices ” means those practices, methods, equipment, specifications and standards of safety and performance, as the same may change from time to time, as are commonly used by a significant portion of the grid-tied electrical generation industry operating

 

9


in the United States as good, safe and prudent engineering practices in connection with the design, construction, operation, maintenance, repair and use of electrical and other equipment, facilities and improvements of such electrical generating facility, including any applicable practices, methods, acts, guidelines, standards and criteria of FERC, PJM, and all applicable Legal Requirements.

Purchase Order ” means a purchase order for Ordered Systems to be purchased by Buyer in substantially the form of Exhibit A .

Purchase Price ” means the purchase price for an Ordered System, based on the total Nameplate Capacity for such Ordered System, [***]. With respect to each Ordered System, there shall be credited against the Purchase Price the purchase price (set forth in the December 30 Bill of Sale) of any Safe Harbor Equipment incorporated into such Ordered System.

OFCP ” is defined in the recitals.

OFCP Generator ” is defined in the recitals.

OFCP-RC Tariff” means DPL’s Service Classification “QFCP-RC” for REPS Qualified Fuel Cell Provider Projects as approved by the DPSC in Order no. 8062 dated October 18, 2011, as adopted and supplemented by DPSC’s Findings, Opinion and Order No. 8079, dated December 1, 2011.

Qualified Fuel Cell Provider Project ” is defined in the recitals.

Representatives ” of a Party means such Party’s authorized representatives, including its professional and financial advisors.

REPS Act ” means the Renewable Energy Portfolio Standards Act, as amended by S.B. 124, enacted July 10, 2011 (Title 26, Chap. 1, section 351 et seq. of the Code of the State of Delaware).

Residual Value ” means, for any Bloom System, 100% of the Purchase Price for such Bloom System until the second anniversary of Commencement of Operations, declining by 5.26% (i.e. 1/19th) on each anniversary of such date thereafter. (For example, on the fifth anniversary of Commencement of Operations, the Residual Value will be 84.22% of the Purchase Price).

Safe Harbor Equipment ” means all parts and equipment to be used in Bloom Systems sold by Seller to Buyer pursuant to the December 30 Bill of Sale.

Safe Harbor Systems ” means all Bloom Systems sold by Seller to Buyer pursuant to the December 30 Bill of Sale.

SCADA ” means the supervisory control and data acquisition systems.

Section 8.2(b) Warranty ” is defined in Section 8.2(b) .

 

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

 

10


Seller ” is defined in the Preamble.

Seller Default ” is defined in Section 9.1 .

Seller Indemnitee ” is defined in Section 10.1 .

Service Provider ” is defined in the O&M Agreement.

Site ” means, as applicable, (a) the parcel of land leased from DPL to Buyer under the DPL Site Lease and all easements appurtenant, easements in gross, license agreements and other rights running in favor of Buyer which provide access to the applicable Facility or (b) the parcel of land leased from DDOT to Buyer under the DDOT Site Lease and all easements appurtenant, easements in gross, license agreements and other rights running in favor of Buyer which provide access to the applicable Facility, in each case on which Seller shall install a Facility pursuant to this Agreement.

Site Leases ” means, collectively, the DPL Site Lease and the DDOT Site Lease.

Site Preparation Services ” means preparing each Site for installation of the Facility, obtaining the required Permits to construct, operate and maintain the each Facility, and providing for the Electrical Interconnection Facilities and any other ancillary facilities and equipment between the Bloom Systems and the local utility or PJM Grid and otherwise performing the tasks described in the QFCP-RC Tariff Section B.(2) or required to prepare each Site for the Bloom Systems at such Site to attain Commencement of Operations.

Software ” shall mean each software program provided by Seller to Buyer as source code, object code, firmware, printed or interpreted form.

Software License ” is defined in Section 7.1 .

Subsequent Funding Termination Date ” has the meaning set forth in the ECCA.

Tariffs ” means the QFCP-RC Tariff and the Gas Tariff.

Tax ” (and, with correlative meaning, “Taxes” and “Taxable”) means:

(i) any taxes, customs, duties, charges, fees, levies, penalties or other assessments imposed by any federal, state, local or foreign taxing authority, including, but not limited to, income, gross receipts, windfall profit, severance, property, production, sales, use, license, excise, franchise, net worth, employment, occupation, payroll, withholding, social security, alternative or add-on minimum, ad valorem, transfer, stamp, or environmental tax, or any other tax, custom, duty, fee, levy or other like assessment or charge of any kind whatsoever, together with any interest, penalty, addition to tax, or additional amount attributable thereto; and

(ii) any liability for the payment of amounts with respect to payment of a type described in clause (i), including as a result of being a member of an affiliated, consolidated, combined or unitary group, as a result of succeeding to such liability as a result of merger, conversion or asset transfer or as a result of any obligation under any tax sharing arrangement or tax indemnity agreement.

 

11


Third Party Claim ” means any claim, action, or proceeding made or brought by any Person who is not (a) a Party to this Agreement, (b) an Affiliate of a Party to this Agreement or (c) Mehetia ·Inc. or an Affiliate of Mehetia Inc. (and that is not a claim based on breach by the Indemnified Party of its obligations under this Agreement).

Transaction Documents ” means this Agreement, the O&M Agreement, the Company LLC Agreement, the ECCA and the Administrative Services Agreement.

Transmitting Utility ” has the meaning set forth in the QFCP-RC Tariff. “Treasury” has the meaning set forth in the ECCA.

Warranty Period ” means, for each Bloom System, the period beginning on the date of Commencement of Operation for such Bloom System and ending on the second anniversary of such date.

Warranty Specifications ” means (a) that the Portfolio has (i) achieved the Minimum kWh as provided in Section 8.7 and (ii) performed at no less than the Minimum Efficiency Level as provided in Section 8.8 , and (b) that Seller is in compliance with Section 8.9 .

Section 1.2. Other Definitional Provisions .

(a) As used in this Agreement and in any certificate or other documents made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, financial and accounting terms not defined in this Agreement or in any such certificate or other document, and financial and accounting terms partly defined in this Agreement or in any such certificate or other document to the extent not defined, will have the respective meanings given to them under GAAP. To the extent that the definitions of financial and accounting terms in this Agreement or in any such certificate or other document are inconsistent with the meanings of such terms under GAAP, the definitions contained in this Agreement or in any such certificate or other document will control.

(b) The words “hereof”, “herein”, “hereunder”, and words of similar import when used in this Agreement will refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. Section references contained in this Agreement are references to Sections in this Agreement unless otherwise specified. The term “including” will mean “including without limitation”.

(c) The definitions contained in this Agreement are applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of such terms and to the masculine as well as to the feminine and neuter genders of such terms.

(d) Any agreement, instrument or statute defined or referred to herein or in any instrument or certificate delivered in connection herewith means (unless otherwise indicated herein) such agreement, instrument or statute as from time to time amended, modified or supplemented and includes (in the case of agreements or instruments) references to all attachments thereto and instruments incorporated therein.

 

12


(e) Any references to a Person are also to its permitted successors and assigns.

ARTICLE II.

PURCHASE AND SALE

Section 2.1. Purchase Orders .

(a) Buyer may, from time to time on or before the Subsequent Funding Termination Date, submit Purchase Orders to Seller for the purchase of Ordered Systems (not to exceed, in the aggregate with the Safe Harbor Systems, 30 MW in Nameplate Capacity) in accordance with the terms hereof. So long as no Buyer Default has occurred and is continuing hereunder, Seller shall promptly accept each such Purchase Order by countersigning and returning it to Buyer; provided that the failure of Seller to countersign or return to Buyer a Purchase Order shall not invalidate such Purchase Order and Seller shall be obligated to deliver the Ordered System under such Purchase Order as contemplated by this Agreement.

(b) Each Purchase Order shall specify, among other details required by the terms thereof, the number of Ordered Systems ordered, the Site to which each such Ordered System shall be delivered and the requested delivery date (which shall be no earlier than ten (10) days following the date of such Purchase Order, unless otherwise agreed by Seller) and the projected date Commencement of Operations for each such Ordered System is to occur.

(c) Seller shall give Buyer no less than ten (10) days prior written notice of the scheduled delivery date for each Ordered System (such notice, a “ Delivery Notice ”).

Section 2.2. Payment of Purchase Price . For each Ordered System for which Buyer has submitted a Purchase Order:

(a) Seller shall invoice Buyer for payment of the Purchase Price for such Ordered System as follows:

(A) on the Initial Funding Date [***] percent ([***]) of the Purchase Price for each Ordered System expected to be delivered in the first or second Calendar Quarter occurring after the Initial Funding Date (with Seller crediting against the Purchase Price the cost of Safe Harbor Equipment to be incorporated into such Ordered System, if any) and (B) on the first day of each Calendar Quarter thereafter, [***] percent ([***]) of the Purchase Price for each Ordered System expected to be shipped in the subsequent Calendar Quarter (with Seller crediting against the Purchase Price the cost of Safe Harbor Equipment to be incorporated into such Ordered System, if any); and

(i) on the Delivery Date for each Ordered System, [***] percent ([***]) of the Purchase Price for such Ordered System (with Seller crediting against the Purchase Price, to the extent not previously credited pursuant to Section 2.2(a)(i) , the cost of Safe Harbor Equipment incorporated into such Ordered System, if any), plus any Taxes identified in the applicable invoice and for the account of Buyer under Section 2.2(c) .

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Buyer (a) admits in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due; (b) files a petition or answer seeking reorganization or

 

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

 

13


arrangement under the federal bankruptcy laws or any other applicable law or statute of the United States of America or any State, district or territory thereof; (c) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; (d) consents to the appointment of a receiver of the whole or any substantial part of its assets; (e) has a petition in bankruptcy filed against it, and such petition is not dismissed within [***] days after the filing thereof; or if (f) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order, judgment, or decree appointing a receiver of the whole or any substantial part of Buyer’s assets, and such order, judgment or decree is not vacated or set aside or stayed within [***] days from the date of entry thereof; or (g) under the provisions of any other law for the relief or aid of debtors, any court of competent jurisdiction shall assume custody or control of the whole or any substantial part of Buyer’s assets and such custody or control is not terminated or stayed within [***] days from the date of assumption of such custody or control, then Seller shall have the right to require that the payment of [***] percent ([***]) of the Purchase Price for such Ordered System as provided by clause (ii) above be made immediately prior to the delivery of such Ordered System.

(b) Each invoice shall include the following information for each applicable Bloom System:

(i) the Site on which the Ordered System will be installed and the location at which the Ordered System was manufactured;

(ii) the serial number, Nameplate Capacity and purchase order number;

(iii) the Purchase Price, including details of (x) all amounts previously paid towards or credited against the Purchase Price (including the cost of Safe Harbor Equipment incorporated into such Ordered System, if any) and (y) all amounts remaining due and payable on the Purchase Price;

(iv) whether any Safe Harbor Equipment owned by Buyer is or is to be incorporated into the Ordered System; and

(v) such other information as Buyer may reasonably request.

(c) Buyer shall pay all state and local sales, use or other transfer. Taxes required to be paid by Buyer and attributable to the transfer of the Ordered System to Buyer, except that Seller shall be responsible for and pay any Taxes arising as a result of any components of such Ordered Systems or any Ordered Systems being acquired from a source outside of the United States, provided that this reference to Ordered Systems “being acquired from a source outside of the United States” shall not relieve Seller of its obligations to deliver Bloom Systems (after the Initial 10 MW of Bloom Systems delivered hereunder or sold to Buyer pursuant to the December 30 Bill of Sale) manufactured in Delaware as required under the QFCP-RC Tariff.

(d) All final payments of the Purchase Price will be due five (5) Business Days following both (i) the receipt by Buyer of an invoice pursuant to Section 2.2(a)(ii) with respect to an Ordered System and (ii) certification to Buyer that Commencement of Operations of such Ordered System has occurred; provided, however, that the final payment for each Ordered System shall not be due until all shared infrastructure at such Site necessary for installation or operation of such Ordered System at such Site, including without limitation, the BOF Work for

 

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

 

14


such Ordered System, shall have been completed in accordance with the Performance Standards and is available for commercial operation, as certified by the Independent Engineer. Interest shall accrue daily on sums not paid when due, at the lesser of a monthly rate of one and five-tenths percent (1.5%) or the highest rate permissible by law on the unpaid balance.

(e) If Buyer defaults in any payment when due for any Ordered System (other than with respect to amounts being disputed in good faith), Seller may, on not less than five (5) Business Days prior notice to Buyer, at its option and without prejudice to its other remedies, (i) suspend performance of its obligations hereunder for such Ordered System, or defer delivery of such Ordered System to Buyer and (ii) require that (until all such outstanding payment defaults have been cured) the payment of [***] percent ([***]) of the Purchase Price for future Ordered Systems required under Section 2.2(a)(ii) above be made immediately prior to the delivery of such Ordered System, but Seller shall not be able to otherwise suspend performance of its obligations hereunder for other Bloom Systems for which no such default exists.

(f) Seller shall promptly pay all subcontractors working on the Bloom Systems delivered and installed under this Agreement. Seller shall discharge any Liens by such subcontractors within thirty (30) days of receiving notice thereof. Seller shall release all Liens in favor of Seller on each Ordered System upon final payment of the Purchase Price for such Ordered System. After receipt of the [***] deposit for each Ordered System as provided in Section 2.2(a)(i) , Seller will issue a statement of the balance of the Purchase Price for such Ordered System, being the amount which, once paid to Seller, will cause Seller to release its lien on the Ordered System. Seller hereby agrees that third parties, such as, without limitation, Buyer’s Lenders, may rely on each such statement.

Section 2.3. Purchase and Sale of Bloom Systems . Except for Safe Harbor Equipment incorporated into an Ordered System (which Buyer holds title to as of the date hereof), upon the Delivery Date for an Ordered System Seller shall be deemed to have sold, assigned, conveyed, transferred and delivered to Buyer, and Buyer shall be deemed to have purchased, assumed and acquired from Seller, all of Seller’s right, title and interest in and to such Ordered System, the sale of such Ordered System shall occur and Seller shall provide Buyer with (a) a Bill of Sale evidencing the same and (b) lien waivers from each subcontractor performing BOF Work at the applicable Site, stating that such subcontractor has been paid all amounts owed to it as of the date of the lien waiver.

ARTICLE III.

DELIVERY AND INSTALLATION OF SYSTEMS AND BALANCE OF FACILITIES

Section 3.1. Access to Site . Seller shall be responsible for ascertainment of the suitability of each Site and each Site’s soil condition for construction of the applicable Facility. Notwithstanding the QFCP-RC Tariff, as between Seller and Buyer, Seller shall be solely responsible for all “Site Preparation Costs” (as defined in the QFCP-RC Tariff) and all Site Preparation Services. Seller, as administrator for Buyer pursuant to the Administrative Services Agreement shall provide, or arrange for DPL or DDOT, as applicable, to provide, access to the applicable Site to permit Seller to deliver and install each Bloom System and the BOF to the applicable Site and to connect the Facility to DPL or the PJM Grid, as the case may be. If Buyer requires a change in the location of the Site from that specified in a Purchase Order, Buyer shall submit a written notice to Seller setting forth the details of such location change.

 

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

 

15


Section 3.2. Delivery of Bloom Systems .

(a) Each Ordered System shall be delivered to the applicable Site no more than ten (10) days before and no more than sixty (60) days after the requested delivery date specified in the applicable Purchase Order. Each Safe Harbor System shall be delivered to the applicable Site no more than sixty (60) days after the request for delivery of such Safe Harbor System by Buyer and in such a manner that a Grant is expected to be available for the applicable Site.

(b) Delivery of each Ordered System shall be DDP (Incoterms 2010) to the Site specified in the relevant Purchase Order, in accordance with the Delaware Uniform Commercial Code then in effect. Title to each Ordered System, except for title to any Safe Harbor Equipment which Buyer holds title to as of the date hereof, shall pass to Buyer upon Seller’s delivery of such Ordered System at the relevant Site, and such title shall be good and marketable and free of all Liens, except as provided in Section 2.2(f) . Except for the Safe Harbor Equipment (with respect to which Buyer has the risk of loss or damage as of the date hereof), from and after the Delivery Date of each Ordered System all risk of loss or damage to such Ordered System shall be borne by Buyer.

(c) To the extent any Ordered System has not achieved Commencement of Operations within ninety (90) days of the Delivery Date for such Ordered System (other than as a result of a Force Majeure Event, except that failure to satisfy any of the conditions set forth in Sections 2.7(v), (w), (x), or (y) of the ECCA shall not be deemed a Force Majeure Event), then Buyer shall have the ongoing right until such requirements are met to elect that such Ordered System be removed from its Site and delivered to Seller at Seller’s expense in an AS IS condition and that Seller promptly (but in no event later than ninety (90) days thereafter) (i) refund such Ordered System’s purchase deposit under Section 2.2(a)(i) to Buyer, with all such refunded amounts being deposited by Seller into a separate control account of Buyer having Diamond State Generation Holdings, LLC as the secured party, (ii) restore that portion of the Site which was improved to accept the installation of such removed Ordered System and (iii) to the extent any such Ordered System contains Safe Harbor Equipment, use commercially reasonable efforts to install or use that Safe Harbor Equipment in another Bloom System located or to be located at the Site.

(d) To the extent any Ordered System has not achieved Commencement of Operations within six (6) months of payment of the applicable purchase deposit under Section 2.2(a)(i) , Seller shall promptly (but in no event later than ninety (90) days thereafter) (i) refund such Ordered System’s purchase deposit to Buyer, with all such refunded amounts being deposited by Seller into a separate control account of Buyer having Diamond State Generation Holdings, LLC as the secured party and (ii) to the extent any such Ordered System contains Safe Harbor Equipment, use commercially reasonable efforts to install or use that Safe Harbor Equipment in another Bloom System located or to be located at the Site.

(e) To the extent that Seller has failed to comply with any of Seller’s obligations under the Letter Agreement (including, if so required by the State of Delaware, posting the

 

16


security referred to in the Letter Agreement upon or prior to the Commencement of Operation of the first Bloom System), Buyer shall have the right to suspend any Purchase Orders (and payments with respect thereto) under this Agreement until such noncompliance is cured to the satisfaction of the State of Delaware.

(f) In the event that as of December 31, 2012, Buyer reasonably determines that Seller will be unable to achieve Commencement of Operations for at least 5 MW of Bloom Systems by the first Guaranteed Initial Delivery Date (as defined in the QFCP-RC Tariff), then prior to Buyer paying any amounts toward Bloom Systems for which Purchase Orders have been placed with Seller after December 31, 2012, Buyer shall have received assurance from Seller reasonably acceptable to Buyer that (i) Seller is reasonably likely to achieve such installed capacity by March 31, 2013 or (ii) the Tariff will remain available for the output of Bloom Systems achieving Commencement of Operations after such Guaranteed Initial Delivery Date, as well as those Bloom Systems installed prior to March 31, 2013 if such installed Nameplate Capacity is less than 5 MW.

Section 3.3. Delivery of Balance of Facility; Installation of Bloom Systems .

(a) Seller shall be responsible for engineering, procuring, constructing, installing and commissioning the BOF, and Seller shall cause each Bloom System to achieve Commencement of Operations without any compensation or reimbursement by Buyer, other than the Purchase Price under this Agreement, in accordance with the following (collectively, the “ BOF Work ”):

(i) Seller shall perform and complete all BOF Work in accordance and consistent with the Performance Standards;

(ii) Seller shall cause to be performed any and all studies, reports and applications (in the name of Buyer, if Seller is an Affiliate of Buyer) that are necessary for interconnection to the PJM Grid and to comply with the PJM Agreements;

(iii) Seller shall perform the BOF Work and act at all times as an independent contractor. Seller shall at all times maintain such supervision, direction and control over its employees, agents, subcontractors and representatives as is consistent with and necessary to preserve its independent contractor status. Seller is permitted to enter into contracts or otherwise hire one or more subcontractors to perform the Seller’s work on its behalf. Each subcontractor must be a reputable, qualified firm with an established record of successful performance in its trade, and shall obtain and maintain such insurance coverages having such terms as set forth in Annex B . Seller shall not be relieved from its obligation to provide the BOF Work if a subcontractor agrees to provide any or all of such BOF Work. No subcontractor is intended to be or will be deemed a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement. Nothing contained herein shall create any contractual relationship between any subcontractor and Buyer or obligate Buyer to pay or cause the payment of any amounts to any subcontractor, including any payment due to any third party. Seller shall not permit any subcontractor to assert any Lien against, or attach any Lien other than a Permitted Lien. None of Seller’s employees, subcontractors or any such subcontractor’s employees will be or will be considered to be employees of Buyer. Seller shall be fully responsible to Buyer for the acts and omissions of each such

 

17


employee or subcontractor. Seller will be fully responsible for the payment of all wages, salaries, benefits and other compensation to its employees and for payment of any Taxes due because of the BOF Work;

(iv) Seller shall, and shall cause each of its subcontractors to, install the Bloom Systems and the BOF at each Site using items that are new or refurbished (to the extent that use of refurbished items complies with the Guidance), and undamaged at the time of such use or installation;

(v) Seller shall install, test, and cause the Commencement of Operations with respect to the Facility and each Bloom System as provided in Section 3.4 ;

(vi) Seller shall pay all amounts owed to its subcontractors and vendors in connection with the performance of the BOF Work on a timely basis and shall hold Buyer harmless against any claims asserted by such subcontractors and vendors;

(vii) Seller shall obtain and maintain, or cause to be obtained and maintained, all Permits necessary to design, install, and commission each Bloom System and to construct, occupy, and operate each Facility and each Site; and

(viii) Seller shall cause BOF Work to be completed in a good and workmanlike manner and in accordance with the Performance Standards, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens. The BOF Work shall not be considered complete until Seller shall have procured (A) the issuance of a certificate from the Independent Engineer addressed to Seller and Buyer, certifying without qualification, that the BOF Work has been completed and is available for commercial operation and (B) PJM’s, DPL’s and Buyer’s written acceptance thereof, as applicable.

(b) Title and risk of loss to each component of such BOF Work for that Site shall pass to Buyer as of the Delivery Date of the first Bloom System at such Site. For the avoidance of doubt, the passage of title and risk of loss with respect to the Bloom Systems shall have passed to Buyer prior to any Bloom System being Placed in Service.

Section 3.4. Commissioning; Commencement of Operations .

(a) Upon the occurrence of the Delivery Date for a Bloom System, Seller shall promptly perform the following:

(i) Seller shall provide installation, inspection, commissioning and start-up for each Bloom System and the BOF at the applicable Site in accordance with the QFCP- RC Tariff, the installation manuals provided for such Bloom System, the DPL Agreements, the PJM Agreements and the Site Leases, as applicable, and in conformance with Prudent Electrical Practices. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Bloom System will be connected to the natural gas source, water source and SCADA at the applicable Site and to the Facility’s Electrical Interconnection Facilities;

(ii) Prior to Commencement of Operations of each Bloom System, Seller shall perform an acceptance test (not less stringent than the testing applied to its fuel cell

 

18


power generating systems for any other major customer of Seller) of each Bloom System and the applicable BOF and such Bloom System and applicable BOF shall have passed such test. Seller shall provide Buyer reasonable advance written notice of such testing;

(iii) Seller shall cause Commencement of Operations for such Bloom System to occur. Seller shall promptly certify in writing to Buyer when each Bloom System achieves Commencement of Operations;

(iv) Seller will provide to Buyer a single line diagram of the installation, electronic system manuals, copies of all relevant design documents, and printed system manuals, in each case relating to such Bloom System (in paper copy and electronic format). Seller shall also provide other deliverables relating to such Bloom System due to be delivered by Buyer under the DPL Agreements and/or PJM Agreements that, in each such case, relate to the BOF Work (e.g. as-built survey, applicable Governmental Approvals, commissioning reports, etc.). Seller shall deliver to Buyer any other documentation necessary to establish placement in service for purposes of section 48 of the Code or the Guidance;

(v) Seller shall be responsible for obtaining (in the name of Buyer, if Seller is an Affiliate of Buyer) and furnishing to DPL (A) the written certification of an authorized officer of Buyer certifying that the applicable Bloom System has achieved Facility Commercial Operation (as defined in the QFCP-RC Tariff) and (B) evidence of fulfillment of each condition precedent in QFCP-RC Tariff Section B; provided, however, if Seller is not an Affiliate of Buyer, Seller shall furnish all information in its control and fully cooperate with Buyer to fulfill those QFCP-RC Tariff conditions precedent that require action by or on behalf of Buyer;

(vi) Until Commencement of Operations of the last Bloom System for a Facility, Seller shall be responsible for providing physical security of such Facility; and

(vii) If requested by Buyer, Seller shall provide operator training and associated training materials to personnel of Buyer sufficient to instruct Buyer on operation of such Bloom System in conformance with Prudent Electrical Practices.

(b) Seller’s services under this Section 3.5 shall be fully comprehensive of all services, labor, and equipment necessary to complete installation of a fully commissioned and operating Bloom System in accordance with this Agreement, the DPL Agreements, the Site Leases and the PJM Agreements.

(c) Seller shall be responsible, at its sole cost and expense, for maintaining and complying with all Permits required to perform its services under this Agreement and Buyer agrees to cooperate with and assist Seller in obtaining such Permits.

Section 3.5. Insurance . Seller shall maintain the insurance described in Annex B with respect to each Facility until the last Bloom System in each Facility has achieved Commencement of Operations except for the Safe Harbor Systems for which Buyer shall be responsible to maintain such insurance.

 

19


Section 3.6. Disposal; Right of First Refusal . In the event that Buyer decides to scrap, abandon or otherwise dispose of any Bloom System, Buyer shall notify Seller and Seller shall have the right but not the obligation to obtain title to the Bloom System and remove the Bloom System at Seller’s cost; provided , however , that Seller will not be responsible for remediation of Buyer’s Site in which the Bloom System was located. In the event that Buyer decides to sell or otherwise transfer title to any Bloom System, Buyer shall notify Seller and Seller shall have the right of first refusal to purchase or acquire the Bloom System on the same terms and conditions of such sale and shall have the right to remove the Bloom System at Seller’s cost, including the remediation of the Site in which the Bloom System was located in accordance with the terms of the applicable Site Lease.

Section 3.7. Buyer’s Lender . Seller shall furnish Buyer’s Lender such certifications regarding its actions under this ARTICLE III as Buyer’s Lender shall reasonably request and shall otherwise cooperate with Buyer’s Lender.

Section 3.8. Access; Cooperation . Seller shall provide to Buyer such other information that is in the possession of Seller or its Affiliates or is reasonably available to Seller regarding the permitting, engineering, construction, or operations of Seller, its subcontractors or the Facilities, and other data concerning Seller, its subcontractors or the Facilities that Buyer may, from time to time, reasonably request in writing, subject to Seller’s obligations of confidentiality to third parties with respect to such information. Until the date of Commencement of Operations for the last Bloom System to be installed at each Facility, Seller shall provide to Buyer monthly written reports describing permitting and development activities in the previous month and anticipated progress and activities for the upcoming month with respect to each Facility.

Section 3.9. Performance Standards . For the purpose of this Agreement, Seller shall perform under this Agreement in accordance and consistent with each of the following (unless the context requires otherwise): (A) permitted plans and specifications applicable to each Facility; (B) the manufacturer’s recommendations with respect to all equipment and all maintenance and operating manuals or service agreements, whenever furnished or entered into, including any subsequent amendments or replacements thereof, issued by the manufacturer, provided they are consistent with generally accepted practices in the fuel cell industry; (C) the requirements of all applicable insurance policies; (D) preserving all rights to any incentive payments, warranties, indemnities or other rights or remedies, and enforcing or assisting with the enforcement of the applicable warranties, making or assisting in making all claims with respect to all insurance policies; (E) all Legal Requirements and Permits/Governmental Approvals, (F) the PJM Agreements and the DPL Agreements; (G) any applicable provisions of the Site Leases, including any landlord rules and regulations, and (H) Prudent Electrical Practices (collectively, the “ Performance Standards ”); provided , however , that meeting the Performance Standards shall not relieve Seller of its other obligations under this Agreement.

Section 3.10. Appointment of Independent Engineer . For the purposes of this ARTICLE III, Seller shall not less than sixty (60) days prior to the commencement of the tests under Section 3.3 and Section 3.4 appoint an independent, suitably qualified professional engineer approved by Buyer who shall among other things witness the commissioning and testing of each Bloom System and the BOF Work pursuant to this ARTICLE III (the “ Independent Engineer ”). Unless objected to by Seller, Buyer or the Buyer’s Lender, the

 

20


independent engineer appointed pursuant to the Credit Documents shall serve as the Independent Engineer under this Agreement. All fees and costs payable in respect of the Independent Engineer (including those incurred in making such appointment) shall be borne by Seller.

ARTICLE IV.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER

Section 4.1. Representations and Warranties as to Seller . Seller represents and warrants to Buyer as of the Agreement Date and as of each Delivery Date as follows:

(a) Incorporation; Qualification . Seller is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has all requisite corporate power and authority to own, lease, and operate its business as currently conducted. Seller is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation and is in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction that its business, as currently being conducted, shall require it to be so qualified, except where the failure to be so qualified would not have a material adverse effect on the Bloom Systems being sold under this Agreement.

(b) Authority . Seller has full corporate power and authority to execute and deliver the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution and delivery by Seller of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and the consummation by Seller of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action required on the part of Seller and the Transaction Documents to which Seller is a party have been duly and validly executed and delivered by Seller. Each of the Transaction Documents to which Seller is a party constitutes the legal, valid and binding agreement of Seller, enforceable against Seller in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

(c) Consents and Approvals; No Violation . Neither the execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Documents to which Seller is a party nor the consummation by Seller of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will (i) conflict with or result in any breach of any provision of the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of Seller, (ii) with or without the giving of notice or lapse of time or both, conflict with, result in any violation or breach of, constitute a default under, result in any right to accelerate, result in the creation of any Lien on Seller’s assets, or create any right of termination under the conditions or provisions of any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, material agreement or other instrument or obligation to which Seller is a party or by which it, or any material part of its assets may be bound, in each case that would individually or in the aggregate result in a material adverse effect on the Seller or its ability to perform its obligations hereunder or (iii) constitute violations of any law, regulation, order, judgment or decree applicable to Seller, which violations, individually or in the aggregate, would result in a material adverse effect on the Seller or its ability to perform its obligations hereunder.

(d) Legal Proceedings . There are no pending or, to Seller’s knowledge, threatened claims, disputes, governmental investigations, suits, actions (including non-judicial real or

 

21


personal property foreclosure actions), arbitrations, legal, administrative or other proceedings of any nature, domestic or foreign, criminal or civil, at law or in equity, by or against or otherwise affecting Seller that challenge the enforceability of the Transaction Documents to which Seller is a party or the ability of Seller to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

(e) U.S. Person . Seller is not a “foreign person” within the meaning of Section 1445(b)(2) of the Code.

Section 4.2. Representations and Warranties as to Bloom Systems . Seller represents and warrants to Buyer as of the Delivery Date for each Bloom System solely with respect to such Bloom System, as follows:

(a) Technical Specifications . Each Bloom System is an integrated system comprised of a fuel cell stack assembly and associated balance of plant components that converts a fuel into electricity using electrochemical means that (i) has a Nameplate Capacity of at least 0.5 kilowatts of electricity using an electrochemical process and (ii) has an electricity-only generation efficiency greater than thirty percent (30%).

(b) Taxes . Seller has timely filed or caused to be filed all tax returns that are required to be filed by it, and has paid or caused to be paid all Taxes that have become due as indicated thereon, except where the failure to so file or pay would not result in a material adverse effect on each such Bloom System.

(c) Title on Delivery . Except for the Safe Harbor Systems and Safe Harbor Equipment (as to which Buyer already holds title as of the date hereof), Seller has good title to each Bloom System and each such Bloom System is free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens. Seller and, to the knowledge of Seller, its subcontractors, have not placed any Liens on the Site or the Facility other than Permitted Liens. To the extent that Seller has actual knowledge that any of its subcontractors has placed any Lien on a Bloom System or the Site, then Seller shall cause such Liens to be removed or bonded over in a manner reasonably satisfactory to Buyer. Buyer, Buyer’s Lender and DPL shall be indemnified against such lien claim, unless the applicable Site Lease requires additional or more stringent action, in which case the applicable Site Lease requirements shall control.

(d) Bloom Systems .

(i) As to the first 10 MW of Bloom Systems ordered, installed and paid for under this Agreement or consisting of Safe Harbor Systems (in the aggregate, the “ Initial 10 MW ”), Seller shall use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain sufficient manufacturing capacity (except as to the Safe Harbor Systems) and transportation capacity as will permit Buyer to order (except as to the Safe Harbor Systems) and Seller to fulfill the delivery of Bloom Systems in accordance with this Agreement. It is contemplated by the Parties that the Initial 10 MW shall be manufactured outside of the State of Delaware. Seller confirms that the Safe Harbor Systems were manufactured outside of the State of Delaware. Seller’s delivery of any Ordered System to Buyer pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to be Seller’s certification that such Ordered System is in compliance with the QFCP-RC Tariff. Seller shall promptly inform Buyer

 

22


in writing if it becomes aware of any substantive reason why manufacturing of Bloom Systems (other than the Initial 10 MW) in the State of Delaware in accordance with the Tariffs shall not commence, or if it has commenced, shall cease before Commencement of Operations of the full 30 MW Nameplate Capacity of the Portfolio.

(ii) Seller shall be responsible for Buyer’s responsibilities and obligations regarding “Site Preparation Costs” (as defined in the QFCP-RC Tariff), including, but not limited to: (A) Seller shall exercise reasonable care not to unnecessarily exceed the “Site Preparation Cost Cap” (as defined in the QFCP Tariff) and (B) Seller shall periodically review with DPL the Site Preparation Costs as the Site Preparation Services progress and shall otherwise reasonably work with DPL in an effort to avoid unnecessarily exceeding the Site Preparation Cost Cap; provided that Buyer shall reasonably assist Seller in obtaining reimbursement of amounts in excess of the Site Preparation Cost Cap in accordance with the Tariffs and the DPL Agreements.

Section 4.3. Representations and Warranties as to QFCP-RC Tariff . Seller represents and warrants to Buyer, during the term of this Agreement, that the Portfolio shall not fail to receive full payment and service under the Tariffs for any of the following reasons:

(i) Seller shall not be a Qualified Fuel Cell Provider throughout the original term of the QFCP Tariff.

(ii) Seller shall not have achieved “commercial operation” (as defined in the QFCP-RC Tariff) of the minimum amounts of Nameplate Capacity on or before each Guaranteed Initial Delivery Date.

(iii) Seller shall take any action which causes: (A) Buyer not to qualify (or lose qualification) for service under the QFCP Tariff or (B) the Portfolio not to qualify (or lose qualification) as a Qualified Fuel Cell Provider Project.

(iv) Seller shall have not complied with any of its obligations under the Letter Agreement (including, if so required by the State of Delaware, posting the security referred to in the Letter Agreement upon or prior to the Commencement of Operation of the first Bloom System).

ARTICLE V.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER

Buyer represents and warrants to Seller as of the Agreement Date and as of each Delivery Date, as follows with respect to Buyer:

Section 5.1. Organization . Buyer is a limited liability company duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has all requisite limited liability company power and authority to own, lease, and operate its business as currently conducted.

Section 5.2. Authority . Buyer has full limited liability company power and authority to execute and deliver the Transaction Documents to which Buyer is a party and to consummate the

 

23


transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution and delivery by Buyer of the Transaction Documents to which Buyer is a party and the consummation by Buyer of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary limited liability company action required on the part of Buyer and the Transaction Documents to which Buyer is a party have been duly and validly executed and delivered by Buyer. Each of the Transaction Documents to which Buyer is a party constitutes the legal, valid and binding agreement of Buyer, enforceable against Buyer in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

Section 5.3. Consents and Approvals; No Violation . Neither the execution, delivery and performance by Buyer of the Transaction Documents to which Buyer is a party nor the consummation by Buyer of the transactions contemplated thereby will (a) conflict with or result in any breach of any provision of the Certificate of Formation or the limited liability company agreement of Buyer, or (b) result in a default (or give rise to any right of termination, cancellation or acceleration) under any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, material agreement or other instrument or obligation to which Buyer is a party or by which any of its assets are bound, except for such defaults (or rights of termination, cancellation or acceleration) as to which requisite waivers or consents have been obtained or (iii) constitute violations of any law, regulation, order, judgment or decree applicable to Buyer, which violations, individually or in the aggregate, would result in a material adverse effect on Buyer or its ability to perform its obligations hereunder.

Section 5.4 Legal Proceedings. There are no pending or, to Buyer’s knowledge, threatened claims, disputes, governmental investigations, suits, actions (including non-judicial real or personal property foreclosure actions), arbitrations, legal, administrative or other proceedings of any nature, domestic or foreign, criminal or civil, at law or in equity, by or against or otherwise affecting Buyer which questions the Transaction Documents to which Buyer is a party or the ability of Buyer to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby.

ARTICLE VI.

CONFIDENTIALITY

Section 6.1. Confidential Information . Subject to the other terms of this ARTICLE VI the Parties shall, and shall cause their Affiliates and their respective stockholders, members, Subsidiaries and Representatives to, hold confidential all information they may have or obtain concerning the Seller and the Buyer and their respective assets, business, operations or prospects or this Agreement (the “ Confidential Information ”), including all materials and information furnished by Seller in performance of this agreement, regardless of form conveyed or whether financial or technical in nature, including any trade secrets and proprietary know how and software whether such information bears a marking indicating that they are proprietary or confidential or not; provided , however , that Confidential Information shall not include information that (x) is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by a Party or any of its Representatives or (y) is or becomes available to a Party or any of its Representatives on a nonconfidential basis prior to its disclosure by the other Party or its Representatives.

 

24


Section 6.2. Restricted Access .

(a) Buyer agrees that the Bloom Systems themselves contain Seller’s valuable trade secrets. Buyer agrees (i) to restrict the use of such information to matters relating to the Bloom Systems, and (ii) to restrict access to such information as provided in Section 6.3 (b) .

(b) Confidential Information will not be reproduced without Seller’s prior written consent, and following termination of this Agreement all copies of written information will be returned to Seller upon request (not to be made while materials are still of use to the operation of a Bloom System and no Buyer Default has occurred and is continuing), unless otherwise agreed by the Parties.

(c) The Bloom Systems are offered for sale and are sold by Seller subject to the condition that such sale does not convey any license, expressly or by implication, to manufacture, reverse engineer, duplicate or otherwise copy or reproduce any part of the Bloom Systems, documentation or Software without Seller’s express advance written permission. Buyer agrees not to remove the covering, not to access the interior or to reverse engineer, or give others the opportunity to open, access or reverse engineer any Bloom System or Software provided by Seller or cause or knowingly allow any third party to do so. Only Seller or its authorized representatives can open or access the interior of a Bloom System. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Bloom System is no longer covered by the O&M Agreement, Buyer shall be entitled to maintain, or cause a third party to maintain, such Bloom System, including replacing parts or components as needed or desired; provided that Buyer shall use commercially reasonable efforts to engage a third party to provide such maintenance that is not a competitor of Seller or its affiliates and is not in litigation or other material dispute with Seller.

Section 6.3. Permitted Disclosures .

(a) Legally Compelled Disclosure . Confidential Information may be disclosed (i) as required or requested to be disclosed by a Party or any of its Affiliates or their respective stockholders, members, Subsidiaries or Representatives as a result of any applicable Legal Requirement or rule or regulation of any stock exchange, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. or other regulatory authority or self-regulatory authority having jurisdiction over such Party, (ii) as required or requested by the IRS, the Department of Justice or the Office of the Inspector General in connection with a Bloom System, cash grant, or tax credits relating thereto, including in connection with a request for any private letter ruling, any determination letter or any audit, or (iii) as required by the DPL Agreements or PJM Agreements. If a Party becomes compelled by legal or administrative process to disclose any Confidential Information, such Party shall, to the extent permitted by Legal Requirements, provide the other Parties with prompt notice so that the other Parties may seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy or waive compliance with the non-disclosure provisions of this Section 6.3 with respect to the information required to be disclosed. If such protective order or other remedy is not obtained, or such other Parties waive compliance with the non-disclosure provisions of this Section 6.3 with respect to the information required to be disclosed, the first Party shall furnish only that portion of such information that it is advised, by opinion of counsel, is legally required to be furnished and shall exercise reasonable efforts, at the expense of the Party whose Confidential Information is being disclosed, to obtain reliable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded such

 

25


information, including, in the case of disclosures to the IRS described in clause (ii) above, to obtain reliable assurance that, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable Legal Requirements, such information will not be made available for public inspection pursuant to Section 6110 of the Code.

(b) Disclosure to Representatives . Notwithstanding the foregoing, and subject always to the restrictions in Section 6.2 , a Party may disclose Confidential Information received by it to its actual or potential financing parties and its and their employees, consultants, legal counsel or agents who have a need to know such information; provided that such Party informs each such Person who has access to the Confidential Information of the confidential nature of such Confidential Information, the terms of this Agreement, and that such terms apply to them. The Parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that each such Person complies with the terms of this Agreement and that any Confidential Information received by such Person is kept confidential.

(c) Other Permitted Disclosures . Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting a Party hereunder from using such Confidential Information in connection with (i) any claim against another Party hereunder and (ii) any exercise by a Party hereunder of any of its rights hereunder, (iii) a financing or proposed financing by Seller or Buyer or their Affiliates; (iv) a disposition or proposed disposition by Seller or any Affiliate of Seller of all or a portion of such Person’s direct or indirect equity interest in the Buyer and (v) a disposition or proposed disposition by any direct or indirect Affiliate of Buyer of all or a portion of such Person’s equity interests in the Buyer, provided that, in the case of items (iii), (iv) and (v), the potential purchaser has entered into a confidentiality agreement with respect to Confidential Information on customary terms used in confidentiality agreements in connection with corporate acquisitions before any such information may be disclosed and such confidentiality agreement has been provided to the non-disclosing Party.

Section 6.4. Publicity . Notwithstanding the provisions of this ARTICLE VI , the Parties shall consult with each other and agree in advance in connection with making public announcements regarding the product to be offered as contemplated by the Transaction Documents.

ARTICLE VII.

LICENSE AND OWNERSHIP; SOFTWARE

Section 7.1. IP License . Seller grants to Buyer a limited, non-exclusive, non- transferable license to use Seller’s Intellectual Property in conjunction with the purchase and use of a Bloom System (the “ IP License ”); provided, that such license may be transferred to Buyer’s Lender or its designee upon transfer of the Portfolio and underlying agreements to such party due to a foreclosure proceeding, deed-in-lieu-of-foreclosure or other similar remedy on account of Buyer’s Lender’s security interest herein and, if transferred to Buyer’s Lender or its designee, such license may be further transferred by such party to any other Person who acquires the Portfolio from Buyer’s Lender or its designee. Seller shall retain all right, title and ownership of any and all Intellectual Property. No right, title or interest in any Intellectual Property of Seller is granted, transferred or otherwise conveyed to Buyer under this Agreement except as otherwise expressly set forth herein. Buyer shall not modify, network, rent, lease, loan, sell, distribute or create derivative works based upon the Intellectual Property in whole or part, or cause or knowingly allow any third party to do so.

 

26


Section 7.2. Grant of Software License .

(a) Seller grants to Buyer a limited, non-exclusive, non-transferable license to use the Software (the “ Software License ”). Seller shall retain all right, title and ownership of any Software (including all copyrights, patents, trade secrets or other intellectual or intangible property rights of any kind) provided to Buyer. Buyer agrees not to reverse engineer or decompile the Software or otherwise use the Software for any other purpose. Further, Buyer shall not modify, network, rent, lease, loan, sell, distribute or create derivative works based upon the Software in whole or part, or cause or knowingly allow any third party to do so.

(b) All data collected on the Bloom Systems using the Software and data collected on the Bloom Systems using Seller’s internal proprietary software are the sole property of Seller, and Seller hereby grants to Buyer a limited, non-exclusive, license to use the data collected on the Bloom Systems using the Software for internal purposes only provided the provisions of ARTICLE VI on confidentiality are maintained.

Section 7.3. No Software Warranty . Buyer acknowledges and agrees that the use of the Software is at Buyer’s sole risk. The Software and related documentation are provided “AS IS” and without any warranty of any kind and Seller EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

Section 7.4. Covenant . If Seller grants, bargains, sells, conveys, mortgages, assigns, pledges, warrants or transfers any Intellectual Property or Software that is required (a) for Seller or its Affiliate to perform its respective obligations under the Transaction Documents or (b) for the continued operation of the Bloom Systems without a material decrease in performance of the Bloom Systems, Seller shall cause such act or transaction to be subject to the grant of the IP License and Software License under this Agreement.

ARTICLE VIII.

LIMITED WARRANTY

Section 8.1. Portfolio Warranty .

(a) Subject to Section 8.5 below, Seller warrants to Buyer that (i) each Bloom System (other than any Software) will be free from defects in materials and workmanship at the Commencement of Operations of such Bloom System and (ii) that the Portfolio will comply with the Warranty Specifications during the Warranty Period (collectively, the “ Portfolio Warranty ”).

(b) The Portfolio Warranty is not transferable to any third person, including any person who buys a Bloom System from Buyer, without Seller’s prior written consent (which shall not unreasonably be withheld) other than to Buyer’s Lender or its designee (or any assignee of (or purchaser in foreclosure from) Buyer’s Lender) upon transfer of the Portfolio and underlying agreements to such party due to a foreclosure proceeding on account of Buyer’s

 

27


Lender’s security interest herein and, if transferred to Buyer’s Lender or its designee (or any assignee of (or purchaser in foreclosure from) Buyer’s Lender), such party may freely transfer the Portfolio Warranty.

(c) Any period of time in which the Warranty Specifications are not met shall not extend the Warranty Period.

(d) The Portfolio Warranty shall survive any total or partial termination of this Agreement.

Section 8.2. BOF Warranty .

(a) BOF equipment, including but not limited to transformers, inverters, relays or meters, shall not be covered by the Portfolio Warranty, but instead shall be covered only by the warranty provided for such BOF equipment by its manufacturer (the “ BOF Warranty ”), which third party manufacturer warranties shall be assigned by Seller to Buyer; provided that if the warranty provided by the manufacturer of such ancillary equipment expires prior to the expiration of the Portfolio Warranty, Seller will provide all labor necessary to repair or replace the ancillary equipment provided by the third party manufacturer as required to meet the warranty specification of such manufacturer and will invoice for such labor services and for the actual cost of any replacement ancillary equipment. Seller covenants to pursue in good faith, and for the benefit of the Buyer, any warranty claim against any third party manufacturer of ancillary equipment relating to any Facility.

(b) In addition to the BOF Warranty, Seller warrants to Buyer through the first anniversary of the Commencement of Operations of the last Bloom System to be ordered and installed in the Facility pursuant to this Agreement that the BOF will not cause the Portfolio to fail to perform in accordance with the Warranty Specifications (the “Section 8.2(b) Warranty”). A claim under the Section 8.2(b) Warranty must be made in writing stating the defect or other basis for the claim. Upon receipt of notice of the claim and verification by Seller that the Section 8.2(b) Warranty is applicable, Seller or its designated subcontractor will promptly repair or replace, at Seller’s sole option and discretion, any portion of the BOF whose repair or replacement is necessary in order for the BOF not to cause the Portfolio to fail to perform in accordance with the Warranty Specifications; provided that the cumulative aggregate amount of Seller’s liability for all claims under this Section 8.2(b) together with the cumulative aggregate amount of Seller’s liability for all claims under Section 8.3(c) shall not exceed [***] percent ([***]) of the aggregate Purchase Price of all Bloom Systems in the Portfolio and the purchase price under the December 30 Bill of Sale (inclusive of any amounts paid or for which a pending claim has been made under the One-Year Power Performance Warranty under the O&M Agreement).

Section 8.3. Portfolio Warranty Claims .

(a) If Buyer desires to make a Portfolio Warranty claim during the Warranty Period, Buyer must notify Seller of the defect or other basis for the claim in writing.

(b) In the case of a claim relating to the Power Performance Warranty for a One-Month Power Performance Period or the Efficiency Warranty, upon receipt of such notice and verification by Seller that such One-Month Power Performance Warranty or Efficiency Warranty

 

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

 

28


is applicable, Seller or its designated subcontractor will promptly repair or replace, at Seller’s sole option and discretion, any Bloom System whose repair or replacement is required in order for the Portfolio to perform consistent with the Power Performance Warranty or the Efficiency Warranty, as applicable. Buyer is hereby notified that refurbished parts may be used in repair or replacement, but any such refurbished parts will have passed the same inspections and tests performed by Seller on its new parts of the same type before such refurbished parts are used in any repair. If such repair or replacement is not possible (as determined at Seller’s sole option and discretion), Seller will refund the Purchase Price of any such Bloom System to Buyer, in which case Seller shall be deemed to have taken title to such Bloom System, and such Bloom System shall be deemed to no longer constitute a portion of the Portfolio. Seller shall make such determination as promptly as practicable, but in any event within 90 days of Seller’s receipt of notice of the claim unless the specific nature of the problem requires a longer period in which to make such determination. If it is determined that a Bloom System will be removed pursuant to this Section 8.3 , Seller shall at its sole cost and expense remove the Bloom System and any other ancillary equipment (including the concrete pad and any other improvements to the Site to the extent required under the applicable Site Lease) from the Site, restoring the Site to its condition before the installation, including closing all utility connections in the manner required by all Legal Requirements and the applicable Site Lease.

(c) In the case of a claim relating to the Power Performance Warranty for a One-Year Power Performance Warranty Period, upon receipt of such notice and verification that such One-Year Power Performance Warranty is applicable, Seller shall make a payment to Buyer in an amount to be calculated pursuant to Section 8.7 ; provided that the cumulative aggregate amount of Seller’s liability for all claims under this Section 8.3(c) together with the cumulative aggregate amount of Seller’s liability for all claims under Section 8.2(b) shall not exceed [***] percent ([***]) of the aggregate Purchase Price of all Bloom Systems in the Portfolio during the applicable period and the purchase price under the December 30 Bill of Sale (inclusive of any amounts paid or for which a pending claim has been made under the One-Year Power Performance Warranty under the O&M Agreement).

Section 8.4. Disclaimers . EXCEPT FOR THE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES SET FORTH IN ARTICLE IV , THIS ARTICLE VIII AND THE OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS, THE BLOOM SYSTEMS ARE TRANSFERRED “AS IS, WHERE IS”, AND SELLER EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND OR NATURE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO LIABILITIES, OPERATIONS OF THE SYSTEMS, VALUE OR QUALITY OF THE BLOOM SYSTEMS OR THE PROSPECTS (FINANCIAL AND OTHERWISE), RISKS AND OTHER INCIDENTS OF THE BLOOM SYSTEMS. EXCEPT FOR THE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES SET FORTH IN ARTICLE IV , THIS ARTICLE VIII AND THE OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS, SELLER SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, USAGE, SUITABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE WITH RESPECT TO THE BLOOM SYSTEMS, OR ANY PART THEREOF. EXCEPT AS PROVIDED IN THE O&M AGREEMENT, NO PERSON IS AUTHORIZED TO MAKE ANY OTHER WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION CONCERNING THE PERFORMANCE OF THE BLOOM SYSTEMS.

Section 8.5. Exclusions . The Portfolio Warranty shall not cover any obligations on the part of Seller caused by or arising from (a) Buyer’s (as opposed to Seller, Seller’s Affiliate, the Service

 

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

 

29


Provider (as defined in the O&M Agreement) or subcontractor acting as operator under the O&M Agreement) failure to properly protect the Bloom Systems from vandalism or other third-party’s actions or omissions, (b) Buyer’s (as opposed to Seller, Seller’s Affiliate, the Service Provider or subcontractor acting as operator under the O&M Agreement) failure to use the specified input fuel; (c) Buyer’s (as opposed to Seller, Seller’s Affiliate, the Service Provider or subcontractor acting as operator under the O&M Agreement) removal of any safety devices, (d) any conditions caused by unforeseeable movement in the environment in which the Bloom Systems are installed, (e) accidents, abuse, neglect, improper third party testing, vandalism, Force Majeure Events or acts of third parties, (f) DPL’s failure to comply with Seller’s gas delivery, quality or pressure requirements, (g) installation, operation, repair or modification of the Bloom Systems by anyone other than Seller or Seller’s authorized agents, or (h) any defect in construction materials or workmanship of the BOF or any deficiency in design of the BOF by Seller, provided that the exclusions in this clause (h) shall not extend to any Portfolio Warranty claim to the extent caused by or arising from (A) any defect in construction materials or workmanship of the BOF or (B) any deficiency in design of the BOF by Seller, in each case during the period while either the Section 8.2(b) Warranty or the O&M Agreement equivalent warranty is in effect. SELLER SHALL HAVE NO OBLIGATION UNDER THE PORTFOLIO WARRANTY AND MAKES NO REPRESENTATION AS TO BLOOM SYSTEMS WHICH HAVE BEEN OPENED OR MODIFIED BY BUYER OR ANYONE OTHER THAN SELLER, SELLER’S AFFILIATE, THE SERVICE PROVIDER OR SUBCONTRACTOR, ACTING AS OPERATOR UNDER THE O&M AGREEMENT, ANY PERSON ACTING AS AN OPERATOR UNDER THE O&M AGREEMENT (OR ANY SUCCESSOR AGREEMENT TO THE O&M AGREEMENT) OR ANY OF SUCH PERSON’S REPRESENTATIVES.

Section 8.6. [Intentionally omitted.]

Section 8.7. Power Performance Warranty . During the Warranty Period, Seller shall determine (i) for each full calendar month (the “ One-Month Power Performance Warranty Period ”) within five (5) Business Days after the end of such month and (ii) for the most recent Look Back Period (the “ One-Year Power Performance Warranty Period ” and, together with the One-Month Power Performance Warranty Period, each a “ Power Performance Warranty Period ”), whether the Bloom Systems in the Portfolio during such Power Perf01:mance Warranty Period have delivered to the Interconnection Point the Minimum kWh during such Power Performance Warranty Period (the “ Power Performance Warranty ”). If such Power Performance Warranty calculation indicates that the Actual kWh of the Bloom Systems was less than the Minimum kWh during the applicable Power Performance Warranty Period, then Seller shall so notify Buyer in writing of the basis of its determination and Buyer may make a claim under Section 8.3 . An example of a Power Performance Warranty calculation for purposes of a Section 8.3 claim is attached as Annex C .

Section 8.8. Efficiency Warranty . During the Warranty Period, Seller shall determine for each full calendar month (the “ Efficiency Warranty Period ”) within five (5) Business Days after the end of such month whether the Portfolio has performed at the Minimum Efficiency Level (the “ Efficiency Warranty ”); provided that the Efficiency Bank shall be utilized to the extent necessary to meet the Efficiency Warranty. If the Minimum Efficiency Level has not been met during such Efficiency Warranty Period, then Seller shall so notify Buyer in writing of the basis of its determination and Buyer may make a claim under Section 8.3 . An example of an Efficiency Warranty calculation for purposes of a Section 8.3 claim is attached as Annex D .

 

30


Section 8.9. Gas Payment Shortfall . During the Warranty Period, Seller shall perform such services on the Bloom Systems as shall cause the_ Efficiency Bank to maintain a positive balance at all times. If the Efficiency Bank reaches a balance of less than zero during the Warranty Period, Seller shall reimburse Buyer for any Gas Payment Shortfall that Buyer incurs within ten (10) days after Buyer provides notice to Seller of such shortfall amount; provided that Seller’s cumulative aggregate liability under this Section 8.9 shall not exceed an amount equal to (i) one hundred percent (100%) of the aggregate Purchase Price of all Bloom Systems in the Portfolio during the applicable period and the purchase price under the December 30 Bill of Sale (inclusive of any amounts paid or for which a pending claim has been made for a Gas Payment Shortfall under the O&M Agreement), less (ii) the aggregate of all amounts paid by Seller (or claimed against Seller in the case of any claims that are pending at the time of such calculation) with respect to claims under Sections 8.2(b) and 8.3(c) hereunder and Section 2.5(c) of the O&M Agreement. An example of an Gas Payment Shortfall calculation for purposes of a Section 8.9 claim is attached as Annex E .

Section 8.10. No Duplication of Terms . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, to the extent that the Portfolio Warranty, the Section 8.2(b) Warranty, a Gas Payment Shortfall payment or any other warranty, guarantee or indemnification provision set forth herein is duplicative of any warranty, guarantee or indemnification coverage provided under the O&M Agreement, the Parties acknowledge and agree that Buyer shall be entitled to make only a single claim under either this Agreement or the O&M Agreement, as applicable, and that limitations of liability set forth in each such agreement are to be calculated on an aggregate basis taking into account all claims for indemnification, warranty or otherwise (if any) made under this Agreement and the O&M Agreement.

ARTICLE IX.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Section 9.1. Seller Default . The occurrence at any time of any of the following events shall constitute a “ Seller Default ”:

(a) Failure to Pay . The failure of Seller to pay any amounts owing to Buyer on or before the day following the date on which such amounts are due and payable under the terms of this Agreement and Seller’s failure to cure each such failure within ten (10) days after Seller receives written notice from Buyer of each such failure;

(b) Failure to Perform Other Obligations . Unless due to a Force Majeure Event, the failure of Seller to perform or cause to be performed any other obligation required to be performed by Seller under this Agreement, or the failure of any representation and warranty set forth herein to be true and correct as and when made; provided , however , that if such failure by its nature can be cured, then Seller shall have a period of thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice of such failure to cure the same and a Seller Default shall not be deemed to exist during such period; provided , further , that if Seller commences to cure such failure during such period and is diligently and in good faith attempting to effect such cure, said period shall be extended for sixty (60) additional days;

 

31


(c) Failure to Remedy Injunction . The failure of Seller to remedy any injunction that prohibits Buyer’s use of any Bloom System as contemplated by Section 10.1 within sixty (60) days of Seller’s receipt of written notice of Buyer being enjoined therefrom; or

(d) Bankruptcy . If Seller (i) admits in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due; (ii) files a petition or answer seeking reorganization or arrangement under the federal bankruptcy laws or any other applicable law or statute of the United States of America or any State, district or territory thereof; (iii) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; (iv) consents to the appointment of a receiver of the whole or any substantial part of its assets; (v) has a petition in bankruptcy filed against it, and such petition is not dismissed within sixty (60) days after the filing thereof; or if (vi) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order, judgment, or decree appointing a receiver of the whole or any substantial part of Seller’s assets, and such order, judgment or decree is not vacated or set aside or stayed within sixty (60) days from the date of entry thereof; or (vii) under the provisions of any other law for the relief or aid of debtors, any court of competent jurisdiction shall assume custody or control of the whole or any substantial part of Seller’s assets and such custody or control is not terminated or stayed within sixty (60) days from the date of assumption of such custody or control.

Section 9.2. Buyer Default . The occurrence at any time of the following events with respect to Buyer shall constitute a “ Buyer Default ”:

(a) Failure to Pay . The failure of Buyer to pay any amounts owing to Seller on or before the day following the date on which such amounts are due and payable under the terms of this Agreement and Buyer’s failure to cure each such failure within ten (10) days after Buyer receives written notice of each such failure, except if such failure to pay is due to loan proceeds under the Credit Documents not being made available to Buyer because of action or inaction of Seller or any Affiliate; or

(b) Failure to Perform Obligations . Unless due to a Force Majeure Event, the failure of Buyer to perform or cause to be performed any obligation required to be performed by Buyer under this Agreement or the failure of any representation and warranty set forth herein to be true and correct as and when made; provided , however , that if such failure by its nature can be cured, then Buyer shall have a period of thirty (30) business days after receipt of written notice of such failure to cure the same and a Buyer Default shall not be deemed to exist during such period; provided , further , that if Buyer commences to cure such failure during such period and is diligently and in good faith attempting to effect such cure, said period shall be extended for sixty (60) additional days.

Section 9.3. Buyer’s Remedies Upon Occurrence of a Seller Default . If a Seller Default has occurred under Section 9.1(d), Buyer may terminate this Agreement by written notice, and assert all rights and remedies available to Buyer under Legal Requirements subject to the limitations of liability set forth in Section 10.5 . If a Seller Default has occurred under Section 9.1(a) , Section 9.1(b) or Section 9.1(c) , Buyer may terminate this Agreement only with respect to those Bloom Systems for which such Seller Default has occurred by written notice,

 

32


and assert all rights and remedies available to Buyer under Legal Requirements (other than the termination or suspension of this Agreement in its entirety) subject to the limitations of liability set forth in Section 10.5 .

Section 9.4. Seller’s Remedies Upon Occurrence of a Buyer Default . If a Buyer Default has occurred Seller may terminate this Agreement only with respect to those Bloom Systems for which a Buyer Default has occurred; provided that if (a) such Buyer Default is a Buyer Default under Section 9.2(a) and has occurred and remains uncured with respect to ten (10) or more Bloom Systems and (b) the Class B Members (as defined in the Company LLC Agreement) have defaulted in making capital contributions under the Company LLC Agreement and such default remains uncured, then Seller may terminate this Agreement with respect to all Bloom Systems not yet paid in full by Buyer by written notice, and assert all rights and remedies available to Seller under Legal Requirements with respect to those Bloom Systems for which a Buyer Default has occurred, subject to the limitations of liability set forth in Section 10.5 , including without limitation retaining any prior payments with respect to such Bloom Systems and selling such Bloom Systems to another buyer.

Section 9.5. Force Majeure . If either Party is rendered wholly or partially unable to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement by reason of a Force Majeure Event, that Party (the “ Claiming Party ”) will be excused from whatever performance is affected by the Force Majeure Event to the extent so affected; provided , however , that (a) the Claiming Party, within a reasonable time after the occurrence of such Force Majeure Event gives the other Party notice describing the particulars of the occurrence; (b) the suspension of performance shall be of no greater scope and of no longer duration than is reasonably required by the Force Majeure Event; (c) no liability of either Party for an event that arose before the occurrence of the Force Majeure Event shall be excused as a result of the Force Majeure Event; (d) the Claiming Party shall exercise commercially reasonable efforts to correct or cure the event or condition excusing performance and resume performance of all its obligations; and (e) when the Claiming Party is able to resume performance of its obligations under this Agreement, the Claiming Party shall promptly give the other Party notice to that effect and shall promptly resume performance.

ARTICLE X.

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 10.1. IP Indemnity .

(a) Except as expressly limited below, Seller agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Buyer harmless from any and all third party claims resulting from any alleged infringement of patents, copyrights or other third party intellectual property rights, or from the misuse of third party trade secrets by Bloom Systems purchased by Buyer from Seller. Buyer shall give Seller prompt notice of any such claims. Buyer shall give Seller control of the defense of such claim and Buyer authorizes Seller to settle or defend such claims in its sole discretion on Buyer’s behalf, subject to the proviso of the following sentence. Buyer shall assist Seller in defending any such claim (at Seller’s reasonable expense) upon request by Seller. Should Buyer be enjoined from selling or using the Bloom System as a result of such claim, Seller will, at its sole option and discretion, either (i) procure or otherwise obtain for Buyer the right to use or sell the Bloom System; (ii) modify the Bloom System so that it becomes non-infringing but still

 

33


substantially meets the original functional specifications of the Bloom System (in which event, for the avoidance of doubt, all warranties hereunder shall continue to apply unmodified); (iii) upon return of the Bloom System to Seller, as directed by Seller, provide to Buyer a non-infringing Bloom System meeting the functional specifications of the Bloom System, or (iv) when and if none of the first three options is reasonably available to Seller, authorize the return of the Bloom System to Seller and, upon receipt thereof, return to Buyer all monies paid by Buyer to Seller for the cost of the Bloom System itself, net of any monies paid by Seller to Buyer for any performance guaranties or other warranty claims; provided that Seller shall not elect the option in the preceding clause (i) without the Buyer’s written consent if such election is reasonably expected to materially decrease Buyer’s revenues or materially increase Buyer’s operating expenses.

(b) THIS INDEMNITY SHALL NOT COVER ANY CLAIM:

(i) for patent infringement based upon any combination made by Buyer of any Bloom System with any other product or products or modifications made by Buyer to any part of the Bloom System, unless such combination or modification is in accordance with Seller’s specifications for the Bloom System, or unless the combination or modification is made by or on behalf of or at the written request of Seller; or

(ii) for infringement of any proprietary rights arising in whole or in part from changes; combinations or modifications made to the Bloom System by Buyer or from any aspect of the Bloom System which was designed by or requested by Buyer on a custom basis.

Section 10.2. Indemnification of Seller by Buyer . Buyer shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Seller, its officers, directors, employees, shareholders, Affiliates and agents (each, a “ Seller Indemnitee ”) from and against any and all Indemnifiable Losses asserted against or suffered by any Seller Indemnitee arising out of a claim by a third party (other than a claim for Seller Indemnitee’s breach of contract) and in any way relating to, resulting from or arising out of or in connection with any Third Party Claims against a Seller Indemnitee to the extent arising out of or in connection with (a) the negligent or intentional acts or omissions of Buyer or its subcontractors, agents or employees or others under Buyer’s control (excluding any Seller Affiliate) or (b) operation of Bloom Systems by any party other than Seller or an Affiliate or subcontractor of Seller after such Bloom Systems have been purchased by Buyer pursuant to this Agreement (but subject to Seller’s warranties, covenants and indemnities under this Agreement and any other Transaction Document to which Seller is a party); provided that Buyer shall have no obligation to indemnify Seller for any negligence, fraud or willful misconduct of any Seller Indemnitee or the breach by Seller or any Seller Indemnitee of its covenants and warranties under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document.

Section 10.3. Indemnification of Buyer by Seller . Seller shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Buyer, its members, managers, officers, directors, employees, Affiliates and agents (each, a “ Buyer Indemnitee ”) from and against any and all Indemnifiable Losses asserted against or suffered by any Buyer Indemnitee arising out of a claim by a third party (other than a claim for Buyer Indemnitee’s breach of contract) and in any way relating to, resulting from or arising out of or in connection with any Third Party Claims against a Buyer Indemnitee to the

 

34


extent arising out of or in connection with the negligent or intentional acts or omissions of Seller or its subcontractors, agents or employees or others under Seller’s control (other than matters addressed separately in Section 10.1 , which shall be governed by the terms thereof); provided that, Seller shall have no obligation to indemnify Buyer for any negligence, fraud or willful misconduct of a Buyer Indemnitee, the breach by Buyer of its covenants and warranties under this Agreement or the inability to utilize any tax benefits (for the avoidance of doubt, the Grant is not considered a tax benefit).

Section 10.4. Indemnity Claims Procedure . Except as otherwise provided in Section 10.1 , if any indemnifiable claim is brought against a Party (the “ Indemnified Party ”), then the other Party (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) shall be entitled to participate in, and, unless in the opinion of counsel for the Indemnifying Party a conflict of interest between the Parties may exist with respect to such claim, assume the defense of such claim, with counsel reasonably acceptable to the Indemnifying Party. If the Indemnifying Party does not assume the defense of the Indemnified Party, or if a conflict precludes the Indemnifying Party from assuming the defense, then the Indemnifying Party shall reimburse the Indemnified Party on a monthly basis for the Indemnified Party’s defense through separate counsel of the Indemnified Party’s choice. Even if the Indemnifying Party assumes the defense of the Indemnified Party with acceptable counsel, the Indemnifying Party, at its sole option, may participate in the defense, at its own expense, with counsel of its own choice without relieving the Indemnifying Party of any of its obligations hereunder.

Section 10.5. Limitation of Liability .

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, in no event shall a Party be liable to the other Party for an amount in excess of the Maximum Liability unless and to the extent such liability is the result of (i) (A) fraud or willful misconduct of a Party, (B) a Third Party Claim or (C) a claim of Seller against Buyer for the Buyer’s failure to pay the Purchase Price for any Bloom System (which amount shall not be included in calculating Buyer’s Maximum Liability), (ii) a claim against Seller under Section 10.1 , which shall be included in calculating Seller’s Maximum Liability, and for which Seller shall not have liability in excess of twice the Maximum Liability, calculated when taken together with all other liabilities that are subject to the Maximum Liability cap, (iii) a claim against Seller in the event of any breach, default or misrepresentation of any representation and warranty or covenant set forth in Section 4.2(d) or Section 4.3 or (iv) a claim against Seller under Section 8.9 . Subject always to the Maximum Liability limitations set forth in the preceding sentence, except for damages specifically provided for in this Agreement or in connection with the indemnification for damages awarded to a third party under a Third Party Claim, damages hereunder are limited to direct damages, and in no event shall a Party be liable to the other Party, and the Parties hereby waive claims, for (x) indirect, punitive, special or consequential damages or loss of profits; provided, however, that the loss of profits language set forth in this Section 10.5(a) shall not be interpreted to exclude from Indemnifiable Losses any claim, demand, suit, loss, liability, damage, obligation, payment, cost or expense (including the cost and expense of any action, suit, proceeding, assessment, judgment, settlement or compromise relating thereto and reasonable attorneys’ fees and reasonable disbursements in connection therewith) that would otherwise be included in the definition of Indemnifiable Losses because they result from a reduction in the profits of Buyer, Diamond State Generation Holdings, LLC, or both, and (y) losses or liabilities incurred by the officers, directors, members, managers, partners, shareholders or Affiliates of such Party (unless on behalf of Buyer).

 

35


(b) Each Party hereby waives any claim under this ARTICLE X irrespective of the legal theory under which it is brought to the extent such claim is covered by the insurance of the claiming Party.

Section 10.6. No Duplication of Claims . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Parties acknowledge and agree that no claiming or indemnified party shall be entitled to a double recovery under the indemnification provisions of this ARTICLE X and the indemnification provisions of the O&M Agreement, and the limitations of liability set forth in this Agreement and the O&M Agreement are to be calculated on an aggregate basis taking into account all claims (if any) made under this Agreement and the O&M Agreement.

Section 10.7. Survival . The Parties’ respective rights and obligations under this ARTICLE X shall survive any total or partial termination of this Agreement.

ARTICLE XI.

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

Section 11.1. Amendment and Modification . This Agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented only by written agreement of Buyer and Seller.

Section 11.2. Intentionally Deleted .

Section 11.3. Waiver of Compliance; Consents . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, any failure of any of the Parties to comply with any obligation, covenant, agreement or condition herein may be waived by the Party entitled to the benefits thereof only by a written instrument signed by the Party granting such waiver, but any such waiver of such obligation, covenant, agreement or condition shall not operate as a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, any subsequent failure to comply therewith.

Section 11.4. Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given when received if delivered personally or by facsimile transmission with completed transmission acknowledgment, or when delivered or when delivery is refused if mailed by overnight delivery via a nationally recognized courier or registered or certified first class mail (return receipt requested), postage prepaid, to the recipient Party at its below address (or at such other address or facsimile number for a Party as shall be specified by like notice; provided , however , that notices of a change of address shall be effective only upon receipt thereof):

 

To Seller:

   Bloom Energy Corporation
   1299 Orleans Drive
   Sunnyvale, CA 94089-1137
   Attention: [***]
   Telephone: [***]
   Fax: [***]
   Email: [***]

 

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

 

36


To Buyer:

   Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC
   c/o Bloom Energy Corporation
   1299 Orleans Drive
   Sunnyvale, CA 94089-1137
   Attention: [***] Telephone: [***]
   Fax: [***]
   Email: [***]

Section 11.5. Assignment; Subcontractors . This Agreement and all of the provisions hereof shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns (including by operation of law), but neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder shall be assigned by any Party, whether by operation of law or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the other Party, provided that either Party may collaterally assign its rights under this Agreement to any party providing debt or equity financing to it without the consent of the other Party. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, (a) Seller shall be entitled to assign its right, title and interest in and to this Agreement to an Affiliate under common ownership with Seller and (b) Seller shall be entitled to subcontract any of its obligations under this Agreement, provided that such assignment or subcontracting shall not excuse Seller from the obligation to competently perform any subcontracted obligations or to remain qualified as a QFCP.

Section 11.6. Dispute Resolution; Governing Law . In the event a dispute, controversy or claim arises hereunder, including any claim whether in contract, tort (including negligence), strict product liability or otherwise, the aggrieved Party will promptly provide written notification of the dispute to the other Party within ten (10) days after such dispute arises. Thereafter, a meeting shall be held promptly between the Parties, attended by representatives of the Parties with decision-making authority regarding the dispute, to attempt in good faith to negotiate a resolution of the dispute. If the Parties are not successful in resolving a dispute within 21 days, then, subject to the limitations on remedies set forth in Section 9.3 and Section 9.4 and ARTICLE X , either Party may pursue whatever rights it has available under this Agreement, at law or in equity.

Section 11.7. Governing Law, Jurisdiction, Venue . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES (OTHER THAN SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW). THE PARTIES HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMIT TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT IN NEW YORK COUNTY, NEW YORK WITH RESPECT TO ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO A DISPUTE AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM WITH RESPECT THERETO.

Section 11.8. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Signatures delivered by facsimile (or portable document format) will be considered original signatures, and each Party shall thereafter promptly deliver original signatures to the other Party.

 

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

 

37


Section 11.9. Interpretation . The articles, section and schedule headings contained in this Agreement are solely for the purpose of reference, are not part of the agreement of the Parties and shall not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

Section 11.10. Entire Agreement . (a) The Transaction Documents and the exhibits, schedules, documents, certificates and instruments referred to therein, embody the entire agreement and understanding of the Parties in respect of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(b) Each Party acknowledges that, in agreeing to enter into this Agreement, it has not relied on any representation, warranty, collateral contract or other assurance (except those repeated in this Agreement and any other agreement entered into on the date of this Agreement between the Parties) made by or on behalf of any other Party at any time before the signature of this Agreement. Each Party waives all rights and remedies which, but for this clause (b), might otherwise be available to it in respect of any such representation, warranty, collateral contract or other assurance.

Section 11.11. Construction of Agreement . The terms and provisions of this Agreement represent the results of negotiations between Buyer and Seller, each of which has been represented by counsel of its own choosing, and neither of which has acted under duress or compulsion, whether legal, economic or otherwise. Accordingly, the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be interpreted and construed in accordance with their usual and customary meanings, and Buyer and Seller hereby waive the application in connection with the interpretation and construction of this Agreement of any rule of law to the effect that ambiguous or conflicting terms or provisions contained in this Agreement shall be interpreted or construed against the Party whose attorney prepared the executed draft or any earlier draft of this Agreement.

Section 11.12. Severability . If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of law or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any Party.

Section 11.13. Attorneys’ Fees . If any action or proceeding to enforce this Agreement or any provision hereof is brought by any Party, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover from the non-prevailing Party its attorneys’ fees and its costs and expenses of suit, including actual attorneys’ and consultants’ fees. In the event that any Party hereto secures a judgment in any proceeding brought to enforce or interpret this Agreement, then any cost of expense incurred in enforcing or in successfully appealing from such judgment, including actual attorneys’ fees shall be paid by the Party against whom such judgment has been rendered or against whom an appeal is won, and shall be recoverable separately from and in addition to any other amount included in such judgment.

 

38


Section 11.14. Further Assurances . Each Party agrees to execute and deliver such additional documents and instruments and to perform such additional acts as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate, carry out and perform all of the terms, provisions, and conditions of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Section 11.15. Independent Contractors . The Parties acknowledge that, save as expressly set out in this Agreement to the contrary, each Party is entering into this Agreement as an independent contractor and nothing in this Agreement shall be interpreted or applied so as to make the relationship of any of the Parties that of partners, joint ventures or anything other than independent contractors.

Section 11.16. Limitation on Export . Buyer agrees that it will not export, re-export, resell, ship or divert directly or indirectly any Bloom System in any form or technical data or Software furnished hereunder to any country prohibited by the United States government or any Government Authority, or for which an export license or other governmental approval is required, without first obtaining such license or approval.

Section 11.17. Time of Essence . Time is of the essence with respect to all matters contained in this Agreement.

Section 11.18. Right of Offset . Buyer at its sole option is hereby authorized to set off any amounts owed Buyer under the O&M Agreement or this Agreement, as applicable, against any amounts owed by Buyer to Seller under the O&M Agreement or this Agreement. The rights provided by this paragraph are in addition to and not in limitation of any other right or remedy (including any right to set-off, counterclaim, or otherwise withhold payment) to which Buyer may be entitled (whether by operation of law, contract or otherwise).

Section 11.19. No Rights in Third Parties . Except as otherwise specified herein, (a) nothing in this Agreement nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed to create any duty, liability or standard of care to any Person that is not a Party, (b) no person that is not a Party shall have any rights or interest, direct or indirect, in this Agreement or the services to be provided hereunder and (c) this Agreement is intended solely for the benefit of the Parties, and the Parties expressly disclaim any intent to create any rights in any third party as a third-party beneficiary to this Agreement or the services to be provided hereunder.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

39


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Buyer and Seller have this Master Energy Server Purchase Agreement to be signed by their respective duly authorized officers as of the Agreement Date.

 

BUYER

DIAMOND STATE GENERATION

PARTNERS, LLC

a Delaware limited liability company

By:  

/s/ William Brockenborough

Name:   William Brockenborough
Title:   Vice President

[Signature Page to Master Energy Server Purchase Agreement]

 

40


SELLER

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ Martin Collins

Name:   Martin Collins
Title:  

[Signature Page to Master Energy Server Purchase Agreement]

 

41


Annex A

Minimum Power Product Example Calculation

 

1


MESPA

 

Annex A

Sample One-Month Minimum Power Product Example Calculation

 

     2014  

Assumptions

  

Number of active Systems

     150  

Nameplate capacity

     200 kW  

One-Month Power Performance Warranty

     85

Minimum Power Product Analysis

  

Minimum Power Product

     25,500 kW  

 

2


MESPA

 

AnnexA

Sample One-Year Minimum Power Product Example Calculation

 

     2014  

Assumptions

  

Number of active Systems

     150  

Nameplate capacity

     200 kW  

One-Month Power Performance Warranty

     95

One-Year Minimum Power Product Analysis

  

Minimum Power Product

     28,500 kW  

 

3


Annex B

Insurance

Without limiting the foregoing, Seller shall, without cost to Buyer, maintain in effect at all times the types of insurance required by the following provisions together with any other types of insurance required hereunder, with insurance companies rated A- X or better, by Best’s Insurance Guide and Key Ratings (or an equivalent rating by another nationally recognized insurance rating agency of similar standing if Best’s Insurance Guide and Key Ratings shall no longer be published) or other insurance companies of recognized responsibility satisfactory to Buyer, the following insurance coverages in form and amount acceptable to Buyer:

Commercial General Liability Insurance. Commercial General Liability insurance covering Seller and its operations, written on “occurrence” policy forms, including coverage for premises/operations, products/completed operations, broad form property damage, blanket contractual liability, and personal injury, with no exclusions for explosion, collapse and underground perils, or fire, with primary coverage limits of no less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) for injuries or death to one or more persons or damage to property resulting from any one occurrence, and a products and completed operations liability aggregate limit of not less than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000). The commercial general liability policy shall also include a severability of interest clause with no exclusions or limitations on cross liability.

Automobile Liability Insurance. Automobile liability insurance including coverage for owned, leased, non-owned and hired automobiles for both bodily injury and property damage in accordance with statutory legal requirements, with combined single limits of no less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) per accident with respect to bodily injury, property damage or death.

Workers’ Compensation Insurance. Workers’ compensation insurance in accordance with statutory requirements, including coverage for employer’s liability with a limit of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) and such other forms of insurance which Seller is required by Law to provide for loss resulting from injury, sickness, disability or death of each of their employees.

Umbrella / Excess Liability. Umbrella or excess liability insurance of not less than Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000) per occurrence and in the aggregate. Such coverage shall written on “occurrence” policy forms and provide excess cover over the insurance required above.

Errors & Omissions. E&O insurance of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) per occurrence and in the aggregate. Such coverage shall written on an “occurrence” or “claims made” policy form.

Installation or Builders All Risk. In the event that Seller takes risk of loss during the installation or construction process, builders risk insurance or installation floater on an all risk policy form including testing and commissioning plus resulting or ensuing damage arising out of design error or faulty workmanship, the perils of flood, earthquake, windstorm (named windstorm exclusion permitted), hail, lightning, strike, terrorism, riot and civil commotion, vandalism and malicious mischief, subject to terms, deductibles and sublimits that are consistent with exposure and current industry practice.

 

1


All-Risk Property Insurance. “All-Risk” property or marine all risk floater policy form, as such term is used in the insurance industry, including coverage for the perils of flood, earthquake, named windstorm, hail, lightning, strike, terrorism, riot and civil commotion, vandalism and malicious mischief, subject to terms that are consistent with current industry practice. Such policy shall insure all real and personal property of Seller whether at a fixed (including non-owned location for off-Site repair or refurbishment), off-Site storage or a warehouse location or while in the course of inland or ocean transit (as the case may be), for an amount of not less than the greater of $10,000,000 or the full replacement cost value of such property and equipment at risk at each location, unless otherwise agreed by Buyer.

Sub-limits are permitted with respect to the following perils:

(i) Off-Site property, to the extent exposure exist, in an amount not less than the full replacement cost values property at risk;

(ii) Inland transit, to the extent exposure exist, One Million Eight Hundred Ninety-One Thousand Dollars ($1,891,000) maximum but in no event less than an amount to satisfy the full replacement cost values of any shipment;

(iii) Earthquake, aggregated limit as commercially available but in no event less than $2,500,000;

(iv) Flood, aggregated limit as commercially available but in no event less than $2,500,000

(v) such other coverages customarily sub-limited and/or aggregated or restricted in reasonable amounts consistent with current industry practice, including without limitation, extra expense, debris removal, on site pollutant cleanup (resulting from a covered peril) and other perils normally sub-limited.

Such policy shall include: (a) an automatic reinstatement of limits following each loss except for those perils normally aggregated (including the perils of earthquake, pollution cleanup, flood, windstorm and terrorism), (b) a replacement cost valuation endorsement with no deduction for depreciation and no coinsurance clauses (or a waiver thereof).

All such policies may have per occurrence deductibles of not greater than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) for all perils except five percent (5%) of TIV for Earthquake and Flood unless otherwise approved by Buyer.

Additional Insurance . To the extent that exposure changes and additional insurance (as to risks covered, policy amounts, policy provisions or otherwise) as are from time to time insured against for property and facilities similar in nature are available, such insurance as Buyer may reasonably require. To the extent that a Material Contract (as defined in the ECCA) requires Seller to maintain additional insurance coverage, higher limits or any other insurance requirement because of Seller’s undertakings pursuant to this Agreement (“Required Insurance”), Seller shall obtain and maintain the Required Insurance for as long as required under such Material Contract.

 

2


TERMS

Policies issued pursuant hereto shall contain the following or equivalent wording unless Seller demonstrates, and Buyer agrees, that such wording is not available on commercially reasonable terms (in which case alternative wording, if any, shall be subject to the agreement of Buyer).

No Coinsurance or Self-insurance/Replacement Cost. All property / marine type insurance shall be on a “no coinsurance or self-insurance/replacement cost” basis.

Additional Insured . All policies wherein Buyer has an insurable interest shall insure the interests of Buyer and all policies, other than Workers Compensation and Property, shall name (by endorsement if not so designated on the original policy wording) Buyer as additional insured, unless Buyer is named as an insured under the policy.

Waiver of Subrogation and Cancellation . To the extent not provided in the additional insured status, each policy shall waive subrogation against Buyer. Each such policy shall provide that if any premium or installment is not paid when due, or if such insurance is to be canceled, terminated or adversely materially changed for any reason whatsoever, the insurers (or their representatives) will promptly notify Buyer, and any such cancellation, termination or change shall not be effective until thirty (30) days, (ten (10) days with regard to nonpayment), after receipt of such notice by Buyer, other than in respect of policies covering war and kindred risks.

Annual Insurance Certificate . Each year the insurance program renews, a certificate signed by a duly authorized representative of Seller or its insurance broker/agent, showing the insurance pursuant to this Schedule and stating that such insurance complies in all material aspects with the terms hereof, together with evidence of payment of the premiums thereon, shall be provided to Buyer.

 

4


Annex C

Power Performance Warranty Claim Example Calculation

 

1


MESPA

Annex C

Sample One-Month Power Performance Warranty Claim Example Calculation

 

     2014  

Assumptions

  

Number of active Systems

     150  

Nameplate capacity

     200  

Hours in the year

     8760  

Look back period

     30 days  

One-Month Power Performance Warranty analysis

  

One-Month Power Performance Warranty

     85

Actual system output

     80

Minimum kWh

     18,360,000  

Actual kWh

     17,280,000  

Underperformance (kWh)

     1,080,000  

 

2


MESPA

Annex C

Sample One-Year Power Performance Warranty Claim Example Calculation

 

     2015  

Assumptions

  

Number of active Systems

     150  

Nameplate capacity

     200  

Hours in the year

     8760  

Look back period

     365 days  

Project COE – Applicable QFCP-RC Tarrif disburse $

     [***]  

One-Year Power Performance Warranty analysis

  

One-Year Power Performance Warranty

     95

Actual system output

     80

Minimum kWh

     18,360,000  

Actual kWh

     17,280,000  

Underperformance (kWh)

     1,080,000  

Power Performance Warranty Payment

   $ [***]  

 

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

 

3


Annex D

Efficiency Warranty Claim Example Calculation

 

1


MESPA

Annex D

Sample One-Month Efficiency Warranty Claim Example Calculation

 

     2014  

Assumptions

  

Number of active Systems

     150  

Nameplate capacity

     200  

Hours in the year

     8760  

Look back period

     30 days  

BTUs/kWh

     3,412  

LHV to HHV conversion

     1.107  

Actual power performance

     96

One-Month Efficiency analysis

  

One-Month Efficiency Warranty

     50

Actual system output

     48

Maximum MMbtu

     156,643  

Actual MMbtu

     163,170  

MMbtu to be drawn from Efficiency Bank

     (6,527

MMbtu to be deposited into Efficiency Bank

     —    

Underperformance (kWh)

     1,080,000  

Efficiency Bank beginning balan

     104,429  

Change

     (6,527
  

 

 

 

Efficiency Bank ending balance

     97,902  

 

2


Annex E

Sample Gas Payment Shortfall Claim Example Calculation

 

1


MESPA

Annex E

Sample Gas Payment Shortfall Claim Example Calculation

 

     2015  

Assumptions

  

Number of active Systems

     150  

Nameplate capacity

     200  

Hours in the year

     8760  

Look back period

     30 Days  

BTUs/kWh

     3,412  

LHV to H HV conversion

     1.107  

Actual power performance

     96

Cost of gas - Price charged under Gas Tariff for relevant pe $

     4.00 /MMbtu

Gas Shortfall analysis

  

One-Month Efficiency Warranty

     50

Actual system efficiency

     40

Maximum MMbtu

     156,643  

Actual MMbtu

     195,804  

MMbtu to be drawn from Efficiency Bank

     (39,161

MMbtu to be deposited into Efficiency Bank

      

Efficiency Bank beginning balance

     30,000  

Change

     (39, 161
  

 

 

 

Efficiency Bank shortfall

     (9,161

Gas Shortfall payment

   $ 36,643  

 

2


Exhibit A

Form of Purchase Order

 

1


LOGO

 

2


Exhibit B

Form of Bill of Sale

 

1


LOGO

BILL OF SALE

This BILL OF SALE, dated as of is made by BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“ Seller ”), to DIAMOND STATE GENERATION PARTNERS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Buyer ”), and is delivered pursuant to the Master Energy Server Purchase Agreement, dated as of              , 2012 (the “ MESP Agreement ”), between Seller and Buyer, in connection with the transfer of the assets described on Exhibit A attached hereto (the “ Purchased System ”).

Seller hereby assigns, conveys, sells, delivers, sets over and transfers to Buyer, for the consideration, and on the terms and conditions, set forth in the MESP Agreement, all of Seller’s rights, title and interest in, under and to the Purchased System, and Buyer hereby accepts such assignment and agrees, in accordance with the MESP Agreement, to assume all liabilities and obligations with respect thereto. This Bill of Sale shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

This Bill of Sale shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

2


In Witness Whereof, the parties hereto have caused this Bill of Sale to be signed by their respective duly authorized officers as of the date first written above.

 

SELLER:
BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION
By:      

 

Name:  
Title:  
BUYER:
DIAMOND STATE GENERATION PARTNERS, LLC
By:      

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

3


EXHIBIT A

Purchased System

Original Purchase Order Number: [ xxx]

[ #] Systems, [Product Number]

Delivered to:

Serial Number(s):

Nameplate Capacity:                      kW

State (place) of origin:                     

 

4


Exhibit C

Efficiency Bank Operation Example Calculation

 

1


MESPA

Exhibit C

Efficiency Bank Operation Example Calculation

 

     2014  

Assumptions

  

Number of active Systems

     150  

Nameplate capacity

     200  

Hours in the year

     8760  

Look back period

     30 Days  

BTUs/kWh

     3,412  

LHV to H HV conversion

     1.107  

Actual power performance

     96

Gas Shortfall analysis

  

One-Month Efficiency Warranty

     50

Actual system efficiency

     56

Maximum MMbtu

     156,643  

Actual MMbtu

     139,860  

MMbtu to be drawn from Efficiency Bank

  

MMbtu to be deposited into Efficiency Bank

     16,783  

Efficiency Bank beginning balance

     104,429  

Change

     16,783  
  

 

 

 

Efficiency Bank ending balance

     121,212  

 

2

Exhibit 10.18

OMNIBUS FIRST AMENDMENT TO

MESPA, MOMA AND ASA

THIS OMNIBUS FIRST AMENDMENT TO MESPA, MOMA AND ASA (this “ Amendment ”), is executed as of March 20, 2013, by and among Bloom Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ Bloom ”), Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Project Company ”), and Diamond State Generation Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdco ”). Each of the foregoing entities shall be referred to individually herein as a “ Party ” and collectively as the “ Parties ”.

RECITALS

A. WHEREAS, Bloom and the Project Company entered into the following documents dated as of April 13, 2012:

(i) Master Energy Server Purchase Agreement (the “ MESPA ”); and

(ii) Master Operation and Maintenance Agreement (the “ MOMA ”).

B. WHEREAS, Bloom, the Project Company and Holdco entered into the Administrative Services Agreement (the “ ASA ” and collectively with the MESPA and the MOMA, the “ Amended Agreements ”, and each an “ Amended Agreement ”) dated as of April 13, 2012.

C. WHEREAS, Bloom and the Project Company desire to amend the MESPA and the MOMA as more fully set forth in this Amendment.

D. WHEREAS, Bloom, the Project Company and Holdco desire to amend the ASA as more fully set forth in this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants set forth in this Amendment, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

1. Amendments to MESPA and MOMA . Bloom and the Project Company agree to amend the MESPA and MOMA as follows:

a. Section 11.4 of the MESPA and Section 9.3 the MOMA are each amended by deleting the notice information provided for the Project Company therein and replacing such information with the text below:

“Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC

1252 Orleans Drive

Sunnyvale, California 94089

Attention: Bill Brockenborough

Telephone: (408) 543-1772

Fax: (408) 543-1501.”


b. Each reference to the “Company LLC Agreement” (as defined therein) shall be a reference to the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Diamond State Generation Holdings, LLC, dated as of March 20, 2013, by and between Clean Technologies II, LLC and Mehetia Inc.

c. Each reference to the “Project Company LLC Agreement” (as defined therein) shall be a reference to the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC, dated as of March 20, 2013, entered into by Holdco.

d. Each reference to the “Credit Agreement” (as defined therein) shall be a reference to the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 20, 2013, by and among the Project Company and the note purchasers party thereto.

2. Amendments to MESPA . Bloom and the Project Company agree to amend the MESPA as follows:

a. Section 3.3(a)(ii) is amended by deleting the text “(in the name of Buyer, if Seller is an Affiliate of Buyer)” contained therein.

b. Section 3.4(a)(v) is amended by deleting the text “(in the name of Buyer, if Seller is an Affiliate of Buyer)” contained therein.

c. Section 3.4(a)(v)(B) is amended by deleting the text “if Seller is not an Affiliate of Buyer,” contained therein.

3. Amendments to ASA . Bloom, the Project Company and Holdco agree to amend the ASA as follows:

a. Section 7.02(a) is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following text:

“(a) The Administrator may resign at any time following the Flip Date, by giving not less than thirty (30) days prior written notice of such resignation to the Company and the Project Company; provided that Administrator’s resignation shall become effective only upon the appointment of a successor pursuant to the terms of the Company LLC Agreement that assumes (or causes an Affiliate to assume) the duties of the Administrator hereunder or that has engaged a Person that is recognized nationally as having substantial experience managing and operating fuel cell power facilities or if such transferee has engaged such an experienced and recognized company to manage the Company and the Project Company, at substantially the same cost as under this Agreement.”

 

2


b. Section 7.02(b) is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following text:

“(b) At any time following the Flip Date, the Project Company and the Company may terminate this Agreement by giving not less than thirty (30) days prior written notice of such termination to the Administrator.”

c. Section 9.01(b) is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following text:

“(b) To the extent not otherwise covered by insurance and to the extent not prohibited by law, subject to the specific limitations of liability set forth in this Article IX , the Administrator shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company and the Project Company, its officers, directors, employees and Affiliates from and against all Losses resulting from or arising out of the Administrator’s failure to perform any of its obligations hereunder or the Administrator’s negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of such obligations; provided , however , that the Company or the Project Company shall not have the right to be so indemnified for Losses arising out of or relating to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Company or the Project Company, or their respective Affiliates, officers, directors, and employees, if any, or a material breach of the Company’s or the Project Company’s obligations under this Agreement (for the purposes of this Section  9.01(b) , the Administrator shall not be deemed to be an “Affiliate” of the Company).”

d. Section 11.02 is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following text:

“11.02 Authorization . (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement (including in Article IX ), the Administrator shall not be obligated to, and shall not (r) take any non-routine actions on behalf of the Company or the Project Company that are not expressly provided for in this Agreement, (s) make any expenditures that cause the Company or the Project Company to deviate from the Annual Budget (except as expressly permitted by this Agreement); unless such expenditure has been approved by the Company or the Project Company, as applicable, (t) make any payments on behalf of the Company or the Project Company under the financing documents, (u) take any other action that the Company or the Project Company directs the Administrator not to take on its behalf, (v) take any action that would in and of itself constitute or result in a violation or breach of the covenants, agreements, or obligations of the Company or the Project Company under any document or agreement, (w) incur, or pay from its own funds, any obligation or liability of the Company or the Project Company, (x) execute any document, agreement, or instrument in the name of the Company or the Project Company, (y) have possession of any assets of the Company or the Project Company, or (z) dispose of any assets of the Company or the Project Company, whether by sale, pledge, or otherwise.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement (including in Article IX ), and notwithstanding the foregoing or any act or omission taken by the Administrator hereunder on behalf of the Company or the Project Company, the obligations of the Company and the Project Company hereunder, under the financing documents, and under all other documents and agreements, shall remain

 

3


solely the obligations of the Company or the Project Company, as applicable, and no such act or omission by the Administrator shall cause the Administrator to be liable for any such obligation.”

e. Clause (c) of Section 11.04 is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following text:

“(c) deemed to confer on any party hereto any expressed or implied right, power or authority to enter into any agreement or commitment, express or implied, or to incur any obligation or liability of the other parties hereto.”

f. Section 11.05 is amended by deleting the notice information provided for the Company and the Project Company therein and replacing such information with the text below:

“Diamond State Generation Holdings, LLC

1299 Orleans Drive

Sunnyvale, California 94089

Attention: Bill Brockenborough

Telephone: (408) 543-1772

Fax: (408) 543-1501

Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC

1252 Orleans Drive

Sunnyvale, California 94089

Attention: Bill Brockenborough

Telephone: (408) 543-1772

Fax: (408) 543-1501”.

g. Each reference to the “Company LLC Agreement” (as defined therein) shall be a reference to the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Diamond State Generation Holdings, LLC, dated as of March 20, 2013, by and between Clean Technologies II, LLC and Mehetia Inc.

h. Each reference to the “Project Company LLC Agreement” (as defined therein) shall be a reference to the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC, dated as of March 20, 2013, entered into by Holdco.

4. Ratification . Each Amended Agreement, as amended hereby, is in all respects ratified and confirmed by each Party that is a party thereto and shall be and remain in full force and effect. All references to each Amended Agreement in any other document or instrument shall be deemed to mean such Amended Agreement as amended by this Amendment.

5. Amendments . No amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any provision of this Amendment shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing and duly executed by the Parties.

 

4


6. Enforceability . This Amendment shall be enforceable by and binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

7. Governing Law . This Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflicts of law (other than Section 5-1401 of the New York General Obligations Law, which shall apply to this Amendment).

8. Counterparts and Facsimile Execution . This Amendment may be executed and delivered (including by “portable document format”) in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the Parties and delivered to each other Party, it being understood that all Parties need not sign the same counterpart. Signatures of the Parties transmitted by electronic mail shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

9. Severability . If any term or other provision of this Amendment is invalid, illegal, or incapable of being enforced by any rule of applicable law, or public policy, all other terms and provisions of this Amendment shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated herein are not affected in any manner materially adverse to any Party.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Party has caused this Amendment to be signed on its behalf as of the date first written above.

 

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Marty Collins

Name:   Marty Collins
Title   VP
DIAMOND STATE GENERATION PARTNERS, LLC
By:  

/s/ William E. Brockenborough

Name:   William E. Brockenborough
Title   President
DIAMOND STATE GENERATION HOLDINGS, LLC
By:  

/s/ William E. Brockenborough

Name:   William E. Brockenborough
Title   President

 

First Amendment to MESPA, MOMA and ASA

Exhibit 10.19

EXECUTION VERSION

[***] Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

 

 

EQUITY CAPITAL CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

with respect to

DIAMOND STATE GENERATION HOLDINGS, LLC

by and among

CLEAN -TECHNOLOGIES II, LLC

DIAMOND STATE GENERATION HOLDINGS, LLC

DIAMOND STATE GENERATION PARTNERS, LLC

and

MEHETIA INC.

dated as of March 16, 2012

 

 

 


[TABLE OF CONTENTS]

Table of Contents

 

         Page  

ARTICLE 1 DEFINED TERMS

     2  

1.1

 

Defined Terms

     2  

ARTICLE 2 CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS; MEMBERSHIP INTERESTS

     2  

2.1

 

Issuance of Class B Membership Interests

     2  

2.2

 

Contributions

     2  

2.3

 

Initial Funding

     4  

2.4

 

Subsequent Fundings

     4  

2.5

 

Conditions Precedent to the Obligations of Investor at the Initial Funding

     5  

2.6

 

Conditions Precedent to the Obligations of Clean Technologies at the Initial Funding

     8  

2.7

 

Conditions Precedent to the Obligations of Investor at Each Subsequent Funding

     9  

2.8

 

Conditions Precedent to the Obligations of Clean Technologies at Each Subsequent Funding

     13  

ARTICLE 3 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     14  

3.1

 

Representations and Warranties of Clean Technologies on the Execution Date and the Initial Funding Date

     14  

3.2

 

Representations and Warranties of Clean Technologies on each Subsequent Funding Date

     21  

3.3

 

Representations and Warranties of Investor on the Execution Date and the Initial Funding Date

     22  

3.4

 

Representations and Warranties of Investor on each Subsequent Funding Date

     24  

ARTICLE 4 CERTAIN COVENANTS

     24  

4.1

 

Confidentiality

     24  

4.2

 

Access to Information

     24  

 

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

4.3

 

Regulatory Matters

     24  

4.4

 

System Manufacturing

     25  

4.5

 

Site Preparation Costs

     25  

ARTICLE 5 TERMINATION

     25  

5.1

 

Termination

     25  

5.2

 

Procedure and Effect of Termination

     26  

ARTICLE 6 INDEMNIFICATION

     26  

6.1

 

Indemnification

     26  

6.2

 

Direct Claims

     27  

6.3

 

Third Party Claims

     27  

6.4

 

No Duplication

     29  

6.5

 

Sole Remedy

     29  

6.6

 

Survival

     29  

6.7

 

Final Date for Assertion of Indemnity Claims

     29  

6.8

 

Mitigation and Limitations on Indemnified Costs

     30  

6.9

 

Payment of Indemnification Claims

     30  

6.10

 

Repayment; Subrogation

     31  

ARTICLE 7 GENERAL PROVISIONS

     31  

7.1

 

Exhibits and Schedules

     31  

7.2

 

Disclosure Schedules

     31  

7.3

 

Amendment, Modification and Waiver

     31  

7.4

 

Severability

     32  

7.5

 

Expenses

     32  

 

ii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

7.6

 

Parties in Interest

     32  

7.7

 

Notices

     32  

7.8

 

Counterparts

     34  

7.9

 

Entire Agreement

     34  

7.10

 

Governing Law; Choice of Forum; Waiver of Jury Trial

     34  

7.11

 

Public Announcements

     34  

7.12

 

Assignment

     35  

7.13

 

Relationship of Parties

     35  

 

iii


ANNEXES

 

Annex I    Definitions
Annex II    Projected Contribution Schedule
Annex III    Base Case Model

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A    Form of MOMA
Exhibit B    Form of MESPA
Exhibit C    Form of Administrative Services Agreement
Exhibit D    Form of Company LLC Agreement
Exhibit E    Form of Project Company LLC Agreement
Exhibit F    Form of Chadbourne Opinion
Exhibit G-1    Form of Company Officer Instruction Letter
Exhibit G-2    Form of Project Company Officer Instruction Letter
Exhibit H    Form of McDermott Opinion
Exhibit I    Form of Funding Notice
Exhibit J    March 16, 2012 Draft Version of Credit Agreement

SCHEDULES

 

Schedule 3.1(d)    Litigation
Schedule 3.1(g)    Taxes
Schedule 3.1(h)    Financial Statements
Schedule 3.1(i)    Governmental Approvals and Filings
Schedule 3.1(k)    Environmental Matters
Schedule 3.1(1)    Permits
Schedule 3.1(m)    Insurance
Schedule 3.1(n)    Real Property
Schedule 3.1(o)    Personal Property
Schedule 3.1(p)    Liens
Schedule 3.1(q)    Material Contracts
Schedule 3.1(s)    Affiliate Transactions
Schedule 3.1(y)    Intellectual Property

 

i


EQUITY CAPITAL CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

This Equity Capital Contribution Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of March 16, 2012 (the “ Execution Date ”) by and among Mehetia Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Investor ” or “ Mehetia ”), Clean Technologies II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Clean Technologies ”), Diamond State Generation Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), and Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Project Company ”).

Preliminary Statements

WHEREAS, on October 19, 2011 Clean Technologies contributed the Project Company to the Company;

WHEREAS, as of the Execution Date Clean Technologies owns 100% of the issued and outstanding membership interests in the Company and the Company owns 100% of the issued and outstanding membership interests in the Project Company;

WHEREAS, the Project Company intends to acquire and own a portfolio of Systems having an aggregate nameplate capacity of up to 30 MW to be operated in accordance with the Tariffs and the REPS Act (collectively, the “ Portfolio ” or the “ Project ”);

WHEREAS, on December 30, 2011 Clean Technologies made a capital contribution to the Company in the amount of $16,619,399.60, and, subject to the terms and conditions herein, on or prior to the Initial Funding Date, Clean Technologies will make a further capital contribution to the Company as provided in this Agreement;

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions herein, on the Initial Funding Date (i) Investor will make an initial capital contribution to the Company in the amount set forth on the Projected Contribution Schedule and Clean Technologies will cause the Company to issue Class B Membership Interests to Investor and (ii) Clean Technologies will retain the Class A Membership Interests in the Company, in each case pursuant to the Company LLC Agreement;

WHEREAS, Clean Technologies and Investor are hereby agreeing on the form of the Company LLC Agreement to define their interests, rights and obligations in the Company from and after the Initial Funding Date;

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions herein, on each Subsequent Funding Date, the Class A Member and the Class B Member will make additional capital contributions to the Company in amounts determined pursuant to and as provided in this Agreement;

WHEREAS, Bloom and Credit Suisse Guarantor have agreed to provide the Bloom Guaranty and the Credit Suisse Guaranty, respectively, as of the date hereof;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the respective representations, warranties, covenants, agreements, and conditions in this Agreement, and other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Agreement agree as follows:

 

1


ARTICLE 1

DEFINED TERMS

1.1 Defined Terms . Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement have the meanings given such terms in Annex I.

ARTICLE 2

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS; MEMBERSHIP INTERESTS

2.1 Issuance of Class B Membership Interests . Subject to the terms and conditions in this Agreement, (a) on or before the Initial Funding Date, Clean Technologies will make a Capital Contribution to the Company (in cash or in kind) in an amount such that, together with the Capital Contribution made by Clean Technologies on December 30, 2011, the amount of capital contributed to the Company by Clean Technologies prior to the Initial Funding Date (excluding the value of the Project Company membership interests previously contributed by Clean Technologies to the Company) totals $16,619,399.60 (with such contributions in turn previously having been contributed or to be contributed on the Initial Funding Date by the Company to the Project Company), and (b) on the Initial Funding Date (i) Investor will make a Capital Contribution to the Company as provided in Section 2.2(a) and (ii) Clean Technologies will cause the Company to issue to Investor the Class B Membership Interests in the Company.

2.2 Contributions .

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions in this Agreement, Investor will make a Capital Contribution on the Initial Funding Date in the amount set forth in the Projected Contribution Schedule (an “ Initial Funding Payment ”). Subject to the terms and conditions in this Agreement, Clean Technologies will make a Capital Contribution on the Initial Funding Date in the amount set forth in the Projected Contribution Schedule.

(b) Subject to the terms and conditions in this Agreement, on each Subsequent Funding Date, Investor will make a further Capital Contribution (a “ Subsequent Funding Payment ”) as follows:

(i) In connection with the portion of any Capital Contribution to be contributed on a Subsequent Funding Date to Company in order for Company to contribute such amounts to Project Company for use by Project Company to make 25% Progress Payments (“ Deposit Contribution ”), Investor will make a Deposit Contribution on such Subsequent Funding Date in an amount equal to the total required Deposit Contributions due from Class B Member on such Subsequent Funding Date, but not more than the lesser of (A) 100% of the amount of the Capital Contributions requested to be contributed to the Project Company in order for the Project Company to make 25% Progress Payments and (B) an amount which, together with prior Capital Contributions of Class B Member, would cause Class B Member to have made Capital Contributions which in the aggregate would equal the Class B Member CC Maximum Amount; provided that there exists a commitment on such Subsequent Funding Date of the Lenders, enforceable against such Lenders, to fund Loan Proceeds for a portion (consistent with the Base Case Model) of the 75% Progress Payments due with respect any such System for which Investor is making a Deposit Contribution; and

 

2


(ii) Subject to Section 2.2(f) , in connection with the portion of any Capital Contribution to be contributed on a Subsequent Funding Date to Company in order for Company to contribute such amounts to Project Company for use by Project Company to make 75% Progress Payments (“ Progress Contributions ”), Investor will make a Capital Contribution on such Subsequent Funding Date in an amount equal to (x) [***]% of the required Progress Contribution less (y) the pro rata portion (based on 150 Systems) of the December Capital Contribution shown as credited to Clean Technologies for purposes of Progress Contributions in the Base Case Model.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to any Subsequent Funding Payment being made by Investor, the Initial Funding Payment, any prior Subsequent Funding Payments and any prior CT Funding Amounts, as applicable, shall have been drawn upon in full by the Project Company in accordance with the Company LLC Agreement and not more than $20 million of such amounts in the aggregate remain unspent by the Project Company. Except for the Initial Funding Payment and the Capital Contribution of Clean Technologies on the Initial Funding Date, for the avoidance of doubt, the Projected Contribution Schedule is just a projection and the parties hereto intend that the Capital Contributions will only be made as needed in order for the Project Company to make payments under the MESPA, after taking into account the Loan Proceeds.

(c) Subject to the terms and conditions in this Agreement, Clean Technologies will make a Capital Contribution on each Subsequent Funding Date in an amount equal to the CT Funding Amount.

(d) On or prior to each Funding Date, Investor will transfer its respective Funding Payments and Clean Technologies will transfer its respective CT Funding Amount, if any, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the following account (or to such other account as the Company may from time to time advise it in writing):

 

Holder Name:    [***]
Bank Name:    [***]
Account Number:    [***]
ABA Number:    [***]

(e) Clean Technologies will provide Investor with not less than five Business Days prior written notice as to the Initial Funding Date.

(f) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, (i) the aggregate amount paid by Mehetia as the Initial Funding Payment and Subsequent Funding Payments shall not exceed the Class B Member CC maximum Amount and shall be in accordance with the manner of calculation set forth in the Base Case Model, and (ii) the aggregate amount contributed by Clean Technologies to the Company as Capital Contributions (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Capital Contributions made by Clean Technologies prior to and on the Initial Funding Date, and each CT Funding Amount) shall not exceed its respective Equity Commitment Amount and shall be in accordance with the manner of calculation set forth in the Base Case Model.

 

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

 

3


(g) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, in the event the Initial Funding occurs but any of the conditions set forth in Sections 2.7(v) , (w) , (x) and (y) have not been satisfied by the date on which Clean Technologies provides notice of the first Subsequent Funding Date following the Initial Funding Date, Investor may, at its option, provide Clean Technologies not less than 10 Business Days written notice (the “ Refund Notice ”) that it desires to receive a refund of the Initial Funding Payment made by Investor. Upon receipt of such notice Clean Technologies shall have 10 Business Days to pay or cause such amount to be paid to Investor (such date, the “ Refund Payment Date ”). Upon the giving of the Refund Notice to Clean Technologies, Investor shall have no further obligation to make any Funding Payment until all of the conditions in Section 2.5 and Section 2.7 are satisfied. If all of the conditions in Section 2.5 and Section 2.7 are subsequently satisfied, Clean Technologies may by not less than 10 Business days’ written notice to Investor again require Investor to make a Capital Contribution of the Initial Funding Payment and any Subsequent Funding Payments, as provided under this Agreement.

2.3 Initial Funding . Subject to the termination rights in Article 5, the closing of the Initial Funding Payment and the closing of the Capital Contribution on the Initial Funding Date by Clean Technologies of the CT Funding Amount (the “Initial Funding”) and the issuance of the Class B Membership Interests pursuant to Section 2.1 will take place (a) at the offices of Chadbourne & Parke LLP in New York City at 11:00 a.m. (eastern time) on the date on which all of the conditions in Section 2.5 and Section 2.6 have either been satisfied or waived in writing by the Party entitled to the benefit of such conditions, or (b) at such other place and time as Investor and Clean Technologies may agree in writing (such date as determined under clause (a) or (b), the “Initial Funding Date”), but in any event not later than the Initial Funding Termination Date. Each of the documents to be delivered pursuant to Section 2.5 and Section 2.6 shall be deemed to be delivered simultaneously, and no such document shall be of any force or effect until all such documents are delivered and the Initial Funding is consummated.

2.4 Subsequent Fundings . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the making of Subsequent Funding Payments by Investor and the making of payments of CT Funding Amounts by Clean Technologies (each payment made by the respective Member referred to as a “Subsequent Funding”) will take place on (a) the dates upon which all conditions in Section 2.7 and Section 2.8 have either been satisfied or waived in writing by the party entitled to the benefit of such conditions or (b) at such other time as Investor and Clean Technologies may agree in writing (such date as determined under clause (a) or (b), each, a “Subsequent Funding Date”). The parties acknowledge that, other than as agreed to by the Parties, there will only be one Subsequent Funding Date per Member per calendar quarter, which will be no earlier than the last Business Day of the previous calendar quarter and no later than the fifth Business Day of the current calendar quarter. In no event will any Subsequent Funding Date occur later than the Subsequent Funding Termination Date. Each of the documents to be delivered pursuant to Section 2.7 and Section 2.8 will be deemed to be delivered simultaneously, and no such document will be of any force or effect until all such documents are delivered and the Subsequent Funding is consummated. Subject to the terms and conditions in this Agreement, on each Subsequent Funding Date, Investor will deliver its Subsequent Funding Payment and Clean Technologies will deliver its CT Funding Amount as described in Section 2.2(d).

 

4


2.5 Conditions Precedent to the Obligations of Investor at the Initial Funding . The obligation of Investor to consummate the Initial Funding will be subject to the fulfillment by Clean Technologies, the Company or the Project Company, on or before the Initial Funding Date and prior to the Initial Funding Termination Date, of each of the following conditions (any or all of which may be waived in whole or in part by Investor in their sole discretion):

(a) Investor has received copies of the Insurance Report and the Environmental Reports (and any reliance letters in connection therewith), each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Investor and has received evidence that the requirements set forth in Section 8.4 of the Company LLC Agreement have been complied with;

(b) Investor has received a copy of the Independent Engineer Report (and a reliance letter in connection therewith) in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Investor including with respect to the establishment of operating and test data showing operating efficiency improvement consistent with Project performance expectations;

(c) Investor has received copies of the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents, each in form and substance satisfactory to Investor, and such agreements shall have been fully executed prior to or contemporaneous with the occurrence of the Initial Funding, it being understood that in the case of the Credit Agreement, the draft version dated March 16, 2012 attached hereto as Exhibit J is acceptable to Investor, other than with respect to certain state and federal regulatory statements contained in Sections 4.16.1,4.16.2 and 5.11.2 thereof;

(d) Investor has received fully executed copies of each of the Material Contracts (including the MOMA substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A, the MESPA substantially in the form attached as Exhibit B, and the Administrative Services Agreement substantially in the form attached as Exhibit C), each of which is in full force and effect;

(e) Investor has received a fully executed copy of this Agreement attaching forms of the Company LLC Agreement as Exhibit D and the Project Company LLC Agreement as Exhibit E, each in form and substance satisfactory to Investor, which agreements shall be fully executed simultaneously with the occurrence of the Initial Funding;

(f) Investor has received a fully executed copy of the Bloom Guaranty, dated as of the Execution Date, in form and substance acceptable to Investor;

(g) Investor has received the unaudited, consolidated balance sheet of each of the Company and Project Company as of the Initial Funding Date;

(h) Investor has received the audited financial report of Bloom as of its most recent fiscal year end;

(i) Investor has received each of the following legal opinions in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to it: (A) a legal opinion of Chadbourne & Parke LLP as counsel to Bloom, Clean Technologies, the Company and the Project Company with respect to corporate and federal regulatory matters substantially in the form attached as Exhibit F, (B) a customary legal opinion of Delaware counsel to the Company and the Project Company with respect to the enforceability under Delaware law of the Company LLC Agreement and the

 

5


Project Company LLC Agreement, and (C) any other customary opinions reasonably requested by Investor, including, without limitation, a legal opinion of Delaware counsel with respect to the REPS Act and the Tariffs;

(j) Investor has received (i) from each of Bloom, Clean Technologies, the Company and the Project Company (A) an incumbency certificate dated as of the date hereof, (B) a good standing certificate, dated as of a recent date, from the applicable Secretary of State, (C) resolutions of the board of directors, or other equivalent governing and managing body, authorizing and approving the execution of this Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, and the transactions contemplated hereunder and thereunder, certified by a secretary or an assistant secretary as of the date hereof, and (D) formation documents certified by a secretary or an assistant secretary as of the date hereof and (ii) from an authorized officer of Clean Technologies, a certificate dated as of the date hereof to the effect that the conditions set forth, as applicable, in Section 2.5(o) have been satisfied;

(k) Investor has received evidence of insurance maintained by, or for the benefit of, the Project Company, together with an Insurance Consultant’s (as defined in the Credit Agreement) certification thereto;

(l) [Reserved];

(m) Clean Technologies has fully funded its corresponding Equity Commitment Amount to the Company and the Company has funded such amount to Project Company;

(n) No material ongoing breach exists by Bloom, Clean Technologies, the Company, the Project Company, the Managing Member, DPL or PJM under the Company LLC Agreement, the Project Company LLC Agreement, the MESPA, the MOMA, the Administrative Services Agreement, the Credit Documents, the DPL Agreements, the PJM Agreements, this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or Material Contract, as applicable;

(o) Each of the representations and warranties of Clean Technologies, Company and Project Company in this Agreement (other than those made as of a later date) is (i) true and correct in all material respects as of the Initial Funding Date, except to the extent that any such representation or warranty shall have been expressly made only as of an earlier date in which case such representation and warranty was true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date or (ii) if and to the extent such representations and warranties are qualified by the words “material,” “Material Adverse Effect” or similar qualification, true and correct, as qualified, as of the Initial Funding Date (or such earlier date, as applicable);

(p) Investor has received fully executed copies of the DPL Agreements and the PJM Agreements that are subject to execution at the Initial Funding Date, each in form and substance satisfactory to Investor, which agreements shall have been fully executed prior to the occurrence of the Initial Funding;

(q) None of Bloom, Clean Technologies, the Company and the Project Company (i) has admitted in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, (ii) has filed a petition or answer seeking reorganization or arrangement under the federal

 

6


bankruptcy laws or any other applicable law or statute of the United States of America or any State, district. or territory thereof, (iii) has made an assignment for the benefit of creditors, (iv) has consented to the appointment of a receiver of the whole or any substantial part of its assets, (v) has had a petition in bankruptcy filed against it, (vi) has had a court of competent jurisdiction enter an order, judgment, or decree appointing a receiver of the whole or any substantial part of such entity’s assets or (vii) has had, under the provisions of any other law for the relief or aid of debtors, any court of competent jurisdiction assume custody or control of the whole or any substantial part of such entity’s assets;

(r) Clean Technologies shall make a Capital Contribution to the Company in an amount equal to the CT Funding Amount prior to, or simultaneously with, the Initial Funding;

(s) The REPS Act and the Tariffs have not been amended or otherwise modified since the date hereof and remain in full force and effect, no legislation has been introduced in the Delaware legislature to repeal the REPS Act and there are no pending proceedings challenging the REPS Act or the Tariffs in any respect material to the parties hereto or the transactions contemplated herein;

(t) The Project has met all the requirements to be a “Qualified Fuel Cell Provider Project” under the REPS Act, Project Company shall have met all the requirements to be a “QFCP Generator” under the QFCP-RC Tariff, and the Project has been designated as an “economic development opportunity” by the Delaware Economic Development Office and the Delaware Department of Natural Resources;

(u) The QFCP-RC Tariff and the Gas Tariff have been approved by the DPSC in accordance with Section 364(d) of the REPS Act, has not been further amended without Investor’s prior written consent, is final, non-appealable and in full force and effect, and there is no pending litigation challenging the same;

(v) Investor has received evidence, including, but not limited to, invoices, purchase or supply agreements, evidence of delivery, documents detailing how the costs incurred have been allocated to and incorporated in portions of the Project for which a Grant application will be filed, and related agreements and documents, reasonably satisfactory to Investor demonstrating that a Grant is expected to be available for Systems that will be funded by such Initial Funding because the Capital Contribution by Clean Technologies has been used by Project Company to incur Project costs that will allow the portions of the Project for which a Grant application will be filed and for which such costs are incurred to meet the 5% “safe harbor” for Grant eligibility under the Guidance, and both Bloom and Project Company shall have used commercially reasonable efforts to satisfy this requirement;

(w) Investor has received, in form and substance satisfactory to Investor, the feasibility and system impact study from PJM and the facilities study from DPL for the Project interconnection with respect to the Brookside Site and neither study identifies any material impediments that are reasonably likely to have an adverse effect on the ability of any party hereto to execute and deliver all agreements necessary for the transmission, interconnection and delivery of the Brookside Site Systems’ Energy to the PJM Grid by the Guaranteed Initial Delivery Date;

 

7


(x) Project Company has filed with FERC a Notice of Exempt Wholesale Generator Status;

(y) Investor has received evidence reasonably satisfactory to Investor that Bloom is proceeding to prepare a permanent facility in Delaware for manufacturing by Bloom of 20 MW of Systems so that all the Systems shall be considered to have been manufactured in Delaware under the REPS Act;

(z) the Company and Project Company shall have executed and delivered the officer instruction letters in the forms attached hereto as Exhibit G-1 and Exhibit G-2;

(aa) the findings of Investor’s customary due diligence review, including with respect to any environmental compliance issues, are satisfactory to Investor;

(bb) Each of Clean Technologies, Company and Project Company has received all necessary third party consents, waivers, authorizations and approvals in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and each of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and the transactions contemplated hereunder and thereunder, each of which consents, waivers, authorizations and approvals is in form reasonably satisfactory to Investor, and copies of the same have been delivered to Investor;

(cc) Project Company has entered into the Site Leases, each Site Lease having such terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to Investor (except that the DDOT Site Lease shall be subject to amendment as set forth in Section 2.7(xl), and Project Company has received either (i)   an owner’s ALTA extended coverage policy of title insurance (2006 form) issued by a title insurance company and in a form and substance acceptable to Investor, which policy shall insure that Project Company’s leasehold interest at each Site is free and clear of all defects and encumbrances, except Permitted Liens, and shall contain such endorsements as are reasonably requested by Investor, or (ii) the unconditional and irrevocable commitment of the title insurance company to issue such a policy, in each case in a coverage amount equal to the amount reasonably acceptable to Investor; and

(dd) Investor has received a fully executed copy of the Control Agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to Investor.

2.6 Conditions Precedent to the Obligations of Clean Technologies at the Initial Funding . The obligation of Clean Technologies to consummate the Initial Funding will be subject to the fulfillment by Investor, on or before the Initial Funding Date, of each of the following conditions (any or all of which may be waived in whole or in part by Clean Technologies in its sole discretion):

(a) Clean Technologies has received fully executed copies of this Agreement attaching forms of the Company LLC Agreement as Exhibit D and the Project Company LLC Agreement as Exhibit E , each in form and substance satisfactory to Clean Technologies;

(b) Clean Technologies has received each of the following legal opinions in a form reasonably satisfactory to it: (A) a legal opinion of McDermott Will & Emery LLP as counsel to Mehetia and Credit Suisse Guarantor with respect to corporate matters, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit H and (B) any other customary opinions reasonably requested by Clean Technologies;

 

8


(c) Investor (i) has not admitted in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, (ii) has not filed a petition or answer seeking reorganization or arrangement under the federal bankruptcy laws or any other applicable law or statute of the United States of America or any State, district or territory thereof, (iii) has not made an assignment for the benefit of creditors, (iv) has not consented to the appointment of a receiver of the whole or any substantial part of its assets, (v) has not had a petition in bankruptcy filed against it, (vi) has not had a court of competent jurisdiction enter an order, judgment, or decree appointing a receiver of the whole or any substantial part of such entity’s assets or (vii) has not had, under the provisions of any other law for the relief or aid of debtors, any court of competent jurisdiction assume custody or control of the whole or any substantial part of such entity’s assets;

(d) Investor has received all necessary third party consents, waivers, authorizations and approvals in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and each of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and the transactions contemplated hereunder, which consents, waivers, authorizations and approvals are in form reasonably satisfactory to Clean Technologies and copies of the same have been delivered to Clean Technologies;

(e) each of the representations and warranties of Investor in this Agreement (other than those made as of a later date) is (i) true and correct in all material respects as of the Initial Funding Date, except to the extent that any such representation or warranty shall have been expressly made only as of an earlier date in which case such representation and warranty was true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date or (ii) if and to the extent such representations and warranties are qualified by the words “material,” “Material Adverse Effect” or similar qualification, true and correct, as qualified, as of the Initial Funding Date (or such earlier date, as applicable);

(f) Clean Technologies shall have received a fully executed copy of the Credit Suisse Guaranty, dated as of the Execution Date, in form and substance acceptable to Clean Technologies; and

(g) Clean Technologies has received (1) from Investor (i) an incumbency certificate dated as of the date hereof, (ii) a good standing certificate, dated as of a recent date, from the applicable Secretary of State, (iii) resolutions of the board of directors, or other equivalent governing and managing body, authorizing and approving the execution of this Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, and the transactions contemplated hereunder and thereunder, certified by a secretary or an assistant secretary as of the date hereof and (iv) formation documents certified by a secretary or an assistant secretary as of the date hereof, and (2) from an authorized officer of Investor, a certificate dated as of the date hereof to the effect that the conditions set forth, as applicable, in Section   2.6(e) have been satisfied.

2.7 Conditions Precedent to the Obligations of Investor at Each Subsequent Funding . The obligation of Investor to consummate any Subsequent Funding will be subject to the

 

9


fulfillment by Clean Technologies, the Company or the Project Company, on or before the applicable Subsequent Funding Date and prior to the Subsequent Funding Termination Date, of each of the following conditions (any or all of which may be waived in whole or in part by Investor in its sole discretion):

(a) confirmation by Clean Technologies that (i) all conditions precedent in Section 2.5 (other than in Section 2.5(aa) ) continue to be satisfied; provided that none of Clean Technologies, Company or Project Company shall be required to update any diligence reports, legal opinions, appraisals or other third party documents previously delivered to Investor unless any of such previously delivered documents have been withdrawn or circumstances have materially changed such that the previously delivered document is inapplicable or is materially incorrect or misleading and (ii) there have been no material adverse changes from the circumstances addressed in the due diligence reports delivered to Investor as required under Section 2.5(a) and (b) ;

(b) each of the representations and warranties of Clean Technologies in Section 3.2 is (i) true and correct in all material respects as of such Funding Date, except to the extent that any such representation or warranty shall have been expressly made only as of an earlier date in which case such representation and warranty was true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date or (ii) if and to the extent such representations and warranties are qualified by the words “material,” “Material Adverse Effect” or similar qualification, true and correct, as qualified, as of such Funding Date (or such earlier date, as applicable);

(c) Clean Technologies shall deliver to Investor a certificate from an authorized officer dated as of such Subsequent Funding Date, to the effect that the conditions set forth in Section 2.7(a) and Section 2.7Cb), have been satisfied as of such Subsequent Funding Date;

(d) the net equity investment in the Company by Investor (meaning the aggregate Capital Contributions of Investor including the contemplated Subsequent Funding, less actual pre-tax cash distributions received by Investor from the Company), collectively, does not exceed $65,000,000;

(e) no material ongoing breach exists by Bloom, Clean Technologies, the Company, the Project Company, the Managing Member, DPL or PJM under any of the Company LLC Agreement, the Project Company LLC Agreement, the MESPA, the MOMA, the Administrative Services Agreement, the Credit Documents, the DPL Agreements, the PJM Agreements, this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or Material Contract, as applicable, and each of the Company LLC Agreement, the Project Company LLC Agreement, the MESPA, the MOMA, the Administrative Services Agreement, the Credit Documents, the DPL Agreements, the PJM Agreements, this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or Material Contract, as applicable, is in full force and effect;

(f) Unless an Alternative Tax Program has been elected under Section 7.5(b)(i) of the Company LLC Agreement, Investor has received evidence, including, but not limited to, invoices, purchase or supply agreements, evidence of delivery, documents detailing how the costs incurred have been allocated to and incorporated in portions of the Project for

 

10


which a Grant application will be filed, and related agreements and documents, reasonably satisfactory to Investor demonstrating that a Grant is expected to be available for Systems that will be funded by such Subsequent Funding because the Capital Contribution by Clean Technologies has been used by Project Company to incur Project costs that will allow the portions of the Project for which a Grant application will be filed and for which such costs are incurred to meet the 5% “safe harbor” for Grant eligibility under the Guidance, and both Bloom and Project Company shall have used commercially reasonable efforts to satisfy this requirement;

(g) Unless an Alternative Tax Program has been elected under Section 7.5(b)(i) of the Company LLC Agreement, the Grant program has not been repealed and none of the applications for the Grant that have been filed with respect to any Systems prior to the Subsequent Funding have been rejected or denied on grounds that suggest Systems to be paid for with the Subsequent Funding are ineligible for a Grant or are eligible for a Grant that is less by more than a de minimis amount than the applied for amount, and no notification from the Treasury requesting additional information related to eligibility for a Grant with respect to any previously filed application has been received that, in each such case, has been the subject of a response that is not to the reasonable satisfaction of Investor;

(h) in the case of the portion of any Subsequent Funding Payment used to pay any 75% Progress Payments, (i) with respect to Subsequent Fundings for the first 58 Systems, Investor has received confirmation that the amount of loan proceeds from the Lenders pursuant to the manner of calculation set forth in the Base Case Model have either been funded to the Project Company or the administrative agent under the Credit Agreement has in writing confirmed to the Investor that all conditions precedent to such funding have been satisfied or waived and the Lenders are prepared to make such funding contemporaneous with Project Company’s drawdown of such Progress Contribution from the Company and (ii) with respect to Subsequent Fundings for the remaining Systems, Investor has received confirmation that the loan proceeds agreed to in writing by the parties hereto and the Lenders and then reflected in an updated Base Case Model have either been funded to the Project Company or the administrative agent under the Credit Agreement has in writing confirmed to the Investor that all conditions precedent to such funding have been satisfied or waived and the Lenders are prepared to make such funding contemporaneous with Project Company’s drawdown of such Progress Contribution from the Company (such respective amounts of loan proceeds, the “ Loan Proceeds ”);

(i) No breach exists under the Bloom Guaranty or DPL Agreements and the Bloom Guaranty, the REPS Act and the Tariffs are in full force and effect and there are no pending proceedings challenging the same in any respect material to the parties hereto;

(j) Project Company has received payment under the QFCP-RC Tariff and the PJM Agreements for all sales of energy, capacity, ancillary services and environmental attributes up to the date of the Subsequent Funding as well as reimbursement for fuel in accordance with the DPL Agreements (except, in each case, for amounts for which payment is not yet due);

 

11


(k) The Initial Funding Payment, any prior Subsequent Funding Payments and any prior CT Funding Amounts have been contributed by Company to Project Company in accordance with the Company LLC Agreement, and not more than $20,000,000 of such amount is unspent by Project Company;

(l) Investor has received evidence reasonably satisfactory to Investor that, with respect to any Funding related to Systems beyond the first IOMW of Portfolio capacity, Bloom is manufacturing such Systems in Delaware;

(m) Project Company (i) has entered into all PJM Agreements, DPL Agreements and all other agreements and made all filings and other arrangements necessary for the transmission, interconnection and delivery of the Portfolio’s energy to the PJM Grid and {ii) shall be a PJM member (or shall have contracted with a market participant in PJM to perform its PJM obligations and such market participant shall have entered into all required PJM Agreements and shall be in compliance therewith);

(n) Project Company has obtained all necessary authorizations from FERC to sell the Portfolio’s energy at market-based rates as contemplated by the QFCP-RC Tariff (the “MBR Authority”), and is in compliance with such authorization; provided, however, that any proposed market-based rate filing shall be provided to Investor at least 30 days in advance of such filing;

(o) Project Company is an Exempt Wholesale Generator

(p) Investor has received from Project Company all reports and notices produced or received by Project Company in accordance with the Tariffs at least 5 Business Days prior to the applicable Subsequent Funding Date;

(q) Investor has received evidence reasonably satisfactory to Investor that Bloom is proceeding to prepare a permanent facility in Delaware for manufacturing by Bloom of at least 20 MW of Systems so that all the Systems shall be considered to have been manufactured in Delaware under the REPS Act;

(r) An executed Funding Notice in the form attached to this Agreement as Exhibit I has been provided to Investor at least 5 Business Days prior to the applicable Subsequent Funding Date;

(s) The Section 203 Order has been issued;

(t) Prior to the first Funding for any System to be installed at the ·Red Lion Site, Investor has received in form and substance satisfactory to Investor (i) a system impact study for the Project interconnection for the Red Lion Site from PJM and such study does not identify any material impediments that are reasonably likely to have an adverse effect on the ability of any party hereto to execute and deliver all agreements necessary for the transmission, interconnection and delivery of the Red Lion Site Systems’ Energy to the PJM Grid by the Guaranteed Initial Delivery Date, (ii) evidence reasonably satisfactory to Investor that PJM has waived the requirement for a facilities study with respect to Red Lion Site, (iii) an executed copy of an interconnection services agreement among the Project Company, PJM and DPL with

 

12


respect to the Red Lion Site, which agreement has been filed with FERC if required and (iv) an executed copy of a construction services agreement among the Project Company, DPL and PJM with respect to the Red Lion Site;

(u) Prior to the first Funding for any System to be installed at the Red Lion Site, Project Company has obtained all permits required (if any) under the Delaware Coastal Zone Act;

(v) Investor has received in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Investor an executed copy of a wholesale market participation agreement among Project Company, DPL and PJM with respect to the Brookside Site;

(w) Investor has received, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Investor, an executed copy of an interconnection agreement between the Project Company and DPL with respect to the Brookside Site;

(x) Investor has received an executed copy of an amendment to the DDOT Site Lease, amending the term of such lease so that the term of such lease is at least 21 years commencing from the date of “commercial operation” (as defined in the QFCP-RC Tariff) of the last System to be installed at such Site;

(y) Investor has received an executed copy of the Gas Service Agreement between the Project Company and DPL required pursuant to the Gas Tariff; and

(z) Clean Technologies shall make a Capital Contribution to the Company in an amount equal to the CT Funding Amount prior to, or simultaneously with, the Subsequent Funding by Investor.

2.8 Conditions Precedent to the Obligations of Clean Technologies at Each Subsequent Funding . The obligation of Clean Technologies to consummate any Subsequent Funding will be subject to the fulfillment by Investor, on or before the applicable Subsequent Funding Date, of each of the following conditions (any or all of which may be waived in whole or in part by Clean Technologies in its sole discretion):

(a) confirmation that all conditions precedent in Sections 2.6 continue to be satisfied;

(b) each of the representations and warranties of Investor in Section 3.3 is (i) true and correct in all material respects as of such Funding Date, except to the extent that any such representation or warranty shall have been expressly made only as of an earlier date in which case such representation and warranty was true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date or (ii) if and to the extent such representations and warranties are qualified by the words “material,” “Material Adverse Effect” or similar qualification, true and correct, as qualified, as of such Funding Date (or such earlier date, as applicable);

(c) Investor shall deliver to Clean Technologies a certificate from an authorized officer dated as of such Funding Date to the effect that the conditions set forth in Section 2.8(b) have been satisfied; and

(d) no breach exists under the Credit Suisse Guaranty, and the Credit Suisse Guaranty is in full force and effect.

 

13


ARTICLE 3

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

3.1 Representations and Warranties of Clean Technologies on the Execution Date and the Initial Funding Date . Clean Technologies represents and warrants lo Investor as of (i) the Execution Date (except with respect to clauses (e), (f), (i)(ii) and (k)(ii)of this Section 3.1), and (ii) the Initial Funding Date (except with respect to clauses (i)(i) and (k)(i) of this Section 3.1), in each case as follows:

(a) Organization, Good Standing, Etc. Each of Clean Technologies, the Company and the Project Company is a limited liability company duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its state of formation. Bloom is a corporation duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. Each of Clean Technologies, the Company and the Project Company has the limited liability company power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as being conducted on the date hereof in each jurisdiction where the character of its property or nature of its activities makes such a qualification necessary. Bloom has the corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as being conducted on the date hereof in each jurisdiction where the character of its property or nature of its activities makes such a qualification necessary. Each of Bloom, Clean Technologies, the Company and the Project Company has provided Investor with true and correct copies of its organizational documents.

(b) Authority . Each of Clean Technologies, the Company and the Project Company has the limited liability company power and authority to enter into this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder, and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby. Bloom has the corporate power and authority to enter into any Transaction Documents to which it is a party, to perform its obligations thereunder, and to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby. The execution and delivery by Clean Technologies, the Company and the Project Company of this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party, and the consummation by each of them of the transactions contemplated hereunder and thereunder, have been duly authorized by all necessary limited liability company action required on their respective parts. The execution and delivery by Bloom of each Transaction Document to which it is a party, and the consummation by Bloom of the transactions contemplated thereunder, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action required on its part. Each of Bloom, Clean Technologies, the Company and the Project Company has duly executed and delivered each Transaction Document to which it is a party. This Agreement (assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by Investor) constitutes, and upon execution and delivery by Bloom, Clean Technologies, the Company and the Project Company of the other Transaction Documents to which it is respectively a party, the Transaction Documents will constitute, the valid and binding obligations of each of Bloom, Clean Technologies, the Company and the Project Company, respectively, enforceable against each of them in all material respects in accordance with their respective terms, subject as to enforceability to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights and remedies generally and to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding at law or in equity).

 

14


(c) No Conflicts . The execution and delivery by Bloom, Clean Technologies, the Company and the Project Company, as applicable, of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party do not, and the performance by each of Bloom, Clean Technologies, the Company and the Project Company of its obligations hereunder and thereunder will not, (i) violate or require any filing or notice (that has not been filed or made) under any Applicable Law applicable to Bloom, Clean Technologies, the Company or the Project Company, (ii) conflict with or cause a breach of any provision in the certificate of incorporation, bylaws or other organizational document of Bloom or the certificate of formation, limited liability company agreement or other organizational document of Clean Technologies, the Company or the Project Company, as applicable or (iii) cause a breach of, constitute a default under, cause the acceleration of, create in any party the right to accelerate, terminate, modify or cancel, or require any authorization, consent, waiver or approval under any contract, license, instrument, decree, judgment or other arrangement to which Bloom (as to which making this representation after the Execution Date, any of the same would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Bloom’s ability to perform its obligations under the Transaction Documents to which it is a party), Clean Technologies, the Company or the Project Company is a party or under which any of them is bound or to which any of their assets are subject (or result in the imposition of a Lien, other than Permitted Liens, upon any such assets).

(d) Absence of Litigation . There are no pending proceedings challenging the REPS Act or the Tariffs in any respect material to the parties hereto or the transactions contemplated herein. Except as listed on Schedule 3.1(d) , none of Bloom, Clean Technologies, the Company or the Project Company is subject to any outstanding injunction, judgment, order, decree, ruling or charge, any pending action, litigation, suit, proceeding or investigation before or by any court, arbitrator or other Governmental Authority or, to the Knowledge of Clean Technologies, is threatened with being made a party to any action, suit, proceeding, hearing or investigation of, in, or before any Governmental Authority or before any arbitrator which making this representation after the Execution Date, would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on such party’s ability to perform its obligations under the Transaction Documents to which it is a party. None of Bloom, Clean Technologies, the Company or the Project Company has received a notice of any change to either the REPS Act or the Tariffs and to the Knowledge of Clean Technologies there has been no change to the REPS Act or the Tariffs.

(e) Ownership . Clean Technologies owns of record and beneficially, 100% of the membership interests of the Company immediately prior to the Initial Funding Date and before giving effect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Company will own of record and beneficially 100% of the membership interests in the Project Company as of the Initial Funding Date. There are no outstanding options, warrants, calls, puts, convertible securities or other contracts of any nature obligating Clean Technologies, the Company or the Project Company to issue, deliver or sell membership interests or other securities in the Company or the Project Company except as provided herein. The membership interests in the Company and the Project Company are free and clear of all Liens, except (i) for covenants, restrictions and rights of first refusal as provided under the Company LLC Agreement or

 

15


Permitted Encumbrances and (ii) in the case of the Class A Membership Interests, if any security interest has been granted with respect to the Class A Membership Interests by the Class A Member, such security interest complies with the requirements of Section 9.5(b) of the Company LLC Agreement. The Company has no subsidiaries other than the Project Company and the Project Company has no subsidiaries. Except as provided in this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, no Person has or will have a right to acquire an ownership interest in the Systems or Portfolio (excluding electric energy and RECs) owned or to be acquired by the Project Company. The Project Company is not a party to or otherwise subject to any legal, regulatory, or contractual restriction (other than as set forth herein or in the Company LLC Agreement) restricting the ability of the Project Company to pay dividends or make similar distributions to the Company or other holders of its respective equity interests.

(f) Valid Interests . Upon execution and delivery by Investor and Clean Technologies of the Company LLC Agreement and on the Initial Funding Date, the Class B Membership Interests will constitute a membership interest in the Company, and are being issued free and clear of any Liens except for obligations imposed on members of the Company under the Company LLC Agreement.

(g) Taxes . Except as listed on Schedule 3.1(g) , each of the Company and the Project Company has filed, or caused to be filed on its behalf, all material Tax Returns required to be filed (after giving effect to any extensions that have been requested by, and granted to such party by, the applicable Governmental Authority) and has paid or caused to be paid on its behalf all material Taxes required to be paid by or with respect to the Company and the Project Company (other than those Taxes that it is contesting in good faith and by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been set aside in accordance with GAAP). As of the Initial Funding Date, the amount of Taxes in the aggregate being contested by Clean Technologies, the Company and the Project Company is zero.

(h) Financial Statements . Included in Schedule 3.l(h) are unaudited .balance sheets of the Company and Project Company as of the Execution Date. Such balance sheets have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, and present fairly in all material respects the financial position of the Company or Project Company, as applicable, as of such date, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes. From the date of their respective inceptions through the Execution Date, neither the Company nor the Project Company has had any income or losses. Each of the Company and the Project Company has no material liabilities or debts except those related to the development, construction, ownership or operation of the Systems and the Project Company (as applicable) which in the aggregate are zero as of the Execution Date.

(i) Compliance with Laws .

(i) As of the Execution Date, other than Environmental Laws (which are addressed in Section 3. l (k) ) and other than Tax matters (which are addressed in Section 3. l (g) ), each of the Company and the Project Company is in compliance with all Applicable Laws, and none of them has received written notice from a Governmental Authority of an actual or potential violation of any Applicable Laws.

(ii) As of the Initial Funding Date and each Subsequent Funding Date, other than non-compliance that would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, other than Environmental Laws (which are addressed in Section 3.Hk)) and other than Tax matters (which are addressed in Section 3.l(g)), each of the Company and the Project Company is in compliance with all Applicable Laws, and none of them has received written notice from a Governmental Authority of an actual or potential violation of any Applicable Laws.

 

16


(j) Governmental Approvals and Filings . No Governmental Approval of or filing with any Governmental Authority is required to be obtained or made by Bloom, Clean Technologies, the Company or the Project Company for the execution, delivery and performance by Bloom, Clean Technologies, the Company or the Project Company of any Transaction Document to which it is a party or the consummation of the transactions contemplated therein, other than (i) filings or approvals as set forth on Schedule 3.l(j) and (ii) any other Governmental Approval or filings that have been obtained or are ministerial in nature or can reasonably be expected to be obtained or made in the ordinary course on commercially reasonable terms and conditions when needed, and each such Governmental Approval that has been obtained and remains necessary is in full force and effect.

(k) Environmental Matters .

(i) As of the Execution Date, (i) each of the Company and the Project Company is and at all times has been in compliance with all Environmental Laws, other than as set forth on Schedule 3.1(k) , and (ii) none of Bloom, Clean Technologies, the Company or the Project Company has received written notice from any Governmental Authority of an actual or potential violation of, or liability under, any Environmental Laws.

(ii) As of the Initial Funding Date and each Subsequent Funding Date, (i) each of the Company and the Project Company is and at all times has been in compliance with all Environmental Laws, other than any failures to comply that would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (ii) none of Bloom, Clean Technologies, the Company or the Project Company has received written notice from any Governmental Authority of an actual or potential violation of, or liability under, any Environmental Laws.

(l) Permits . Schedule 3.1(l) sets forth all material Government Approvals necessary for the construction, operation, ownership and maintenance of the Systems owned or to be acquired by the Project Company. There are no other Government Approvals necessary other than those that are ministerial in nature or can reasonably be expected to be obtained on commercially reasonable terms and conditions when needed.

(m) Insurance . Schedule 3.l(m) lists all of the insurance maintained by, or for the benefit of, the Project Company. None of Clean Technologies, the Company or the Project Company has taken any action that has rendered such insurance unenforceable.

(n) Real Property . The Company neither owns nor leases any real property. The Project Company owns no fee simple real property. Schedule 3.l(n) lists all Site Leases and easements or rights of way for transmission lines from the Site Leases to the Interconnection

 

17


Point (or Delivery Point (as defined in the QFCP-RC Tariff), as applicable}with the PJM Grid and identifies any material reciprocal easement or operating agreements relating thereto. The Project Company has good and valid title to the leasehold estates in each Site, in each case free and clear of all Liens, except Permitted Liens. As of the Execution Date, the Project Company shall have, peaceful and undisturbed possession under all the Site Leases, such leases are valid and in full force and effect and binding and enforceable in accordance with their respective terms; and there is not, under any of such leases, any existing default, event of default or event which with notice or lapse of time or both would constitute a default. None of the rights of the Project Company under any of Site Leases will be subject to termination or modification as a result of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(o) Personal Property . The Company owns no personal property other than all of the-membership interests in the Project Company and the bank accounts set forth on Schedule 3.l(o) . Except as set forth on Schedule 3.l(o) , the Project Company does not own any material personal property other than the type of assets which the Project Company is expected to own or possess in order to perform under the Transaction Documents.

(p) Liens . All assets owned by the Company and by the Project Company are free and clear of all Liens, other than Permitted Liens, and except as shown on Schedule 3.l(p) .

<<HERE p. 23 of 80 in the pdf>>

(q) Material Contracts . Schedule 3.l(g) lists all Material Contracts (other than the Transaction Documents) to which the Company or the Project Company is a party and each such Material Contract, and each Transaction Document, has not been amended, terminated or otherwise modified except as set forth on such schedule. Each Material Contract listed in Schedule 3.1(q) , and each Transaction Document, is in full force and effect and is binding on the Company or the Project Company, as applicable, and on the other parties thereto, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy and similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights and general equitable principles. Except as shown on Schedule 3.l(g) , none of Bloom, the Company, the Project Company or, to the Knowledge of Clean Technologies, any applicable counterparty, is in default under any Material Contract or any Transaction Document.

(r) Employee Matters . Neither the Company nor the Project Company has any employees or has maintained, sponsored, administered or participated in any employee benefit plan or arrangement, including any employee benefit plan subject to ERISA.

(s) Affiliate Transactions . Except for the Transaction Documents and those documents listed on Schedule 3.1(s) , there are no existing contracts between the Company or the Project Company, on the one hand, and Clean Technologies or any Affiliate of Clean Technologies, on the other hand. Neither the Company nor the Project Company has any outstanding debt to an Affiliate thereof, other than with respect to the amounts owed for Systems purchased under the MESPA.

(t) Tax Character . The Project Company is, and since its respective date of formation has been, a “disregarded entity” for federal and other applicable income tax purposes.

 

18


Immediately prior to the Initial Funding only, the Company is a “disregarded entity” for federal and other applicable income tax purposes. Immediately prior to the Initial Funding, Clean Technologies is a “disregarded entity” for federal and other applicable income tax purposes that is wholly-owned by Bloom, which is a corporation for federal and other applicable income tax purposes. No elections have been filed with the IRS to treat Clean Technologies, the Company or the Project Company as an association. No private letter ruling will be obtained for the transactions contemplated hereunder from the IRS.

(u) FPA . As of the Execution Date and prior to receiving MBR Authority, the Project Company is not subject to regulation as a “public utility” under the FPA. As of the date on which FERC issues an order granting the Project Company MBR Authority, Project Company will be subject to regulation as a “public utility” under the FPA.

(v) PUHCA .

(i) At the time that the Systems commence the generation of electric energy for sale, the Company will be a “holding company” under PUHCA and FERC’s regulations thereunder solely with respect to its ownership of the Project Company, and will not be subject to, or will be exempt from, the accounting, record retention and reporting requirements of FERC’s regulations under PUHCA.

(ii) The Project Company is not, and, following the commencement of the generation of electric energy for sale by the Systems, will not be a “holding company” under PUHCA and FERC’s regulations thereunder, and the Project Company is not, and, following the commencement of the generation of electric energy for sale by the Systems, will not be subject to regulation under PUHCA except with respect to regulations applicable to Exempt Wholesale Generators.

(w) State Utility Regulation . Neither the Company nor the Project Company is subject to regulation as a “retail electricity supplier,” an “electric supplier” or a “public utility” under the laws of the State of Delaware.

(x) Acknowledgement . Clean Technologies, the Company and the Project Company, acknowledge that, except with respect to the representations and warranties expressly made by Investor in this Agreement and the Transaction Documents, Investor has not made any representations or warranties, either express or implied, under this Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents or otherwise, nor has any of Clean Technologies, the Company or the Project Company relied on any representation or warranty not expressly made in this Agreement or the Transaction Documents.

(y) Intellectual Property . Bloom has full legal title and ownership or right to use, the patents, patent rights, other patent applications, permits, licenses, trade secrets, trademarks, trademark rights, service marks, trade names or trade name rights or franchises, domain names, copyrights, inventions and intellectual property rights (the “ IP Rights ”) necessary to conduct its Systems-related business as now operated and the business proposed to be operated in connection with the Transaction Documents. Bloom has full legal title and ownership of the patents and patent applications listed on Schedule 3.1(y) . Schedule 3.l(y)

 

19


contains a complete list of patents and pending and provisional patent applications of Bloom. Neither Clean Technologies nor Bloom has any reason to believe, and neither Bloom nor any of its Affiliates has received any notice (which is material to Bloom’s or its Affiliates’ ability to perform their obligations under the Transaction Documents) that the conduct of its Systems-related business as now operated and the business proposed to be operated in connection with the Transaction Documents conflicts with, violates, infringes upon or misappropriates, or will conflict with, infringe upon or misappropriate, the valid IP Rights of any other Person. Except for the agreements listed in Schedule 3.l(y) , Bloom has not entered into any new license agreements or other agreements whereby it has transferred, assigned or encumbered any part of its IP Rights or any IP Rights received from third parties, since July 9, 2010. Bloom has not entered into any new government contracts concerning IP Rights, or provided any proposals to any Governmental Authority (including; without limitation, the U.S. Department of Defense) concerning IP Rights, since July 9, 2010.

(z) Disclosure . None of the statements, documents, certificates or other items prepared or supplied by Bloom, Clean Technologies, the Company, the Project Company or any of their Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby, taken as a whole, contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made.

(aa) Disqualified Person . Assuming Investor is not a Disqualified Person, neither Clean Technologies, the Company nor the Project Company is a Disqualified Person.

(bb) Systems . As of the date on which a System is delivered to the Project Company under the MESPA, none of the following activities has been completed with respect to such System: (1) obtaining the necessary licenses and permits for the operation of the System and sale of power generated by the System, (2) completion of critical tests necessary for proper operation of such System, (3) synchronization of such System onto the electric distribution and transmission system of the relevant utility, and (4) the commencement of daily operation of such System.

(cc) Separateness . The Company and the Project Company have at all times and in all respects been maintained as separate and distinct entities.

(dd) IE Report . All of the statements, documents, certificates, information or other items provided by Bloom, Clean Technologies, the Company, the Project Company or any of their Affiliates to the Independent Engineer in connection with the preparation of the Independent Engineer Report are true and accurate in all material respects and do not omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made.

(ee) Grant Safe Harbor . Each portion of the Project for which a Grant application will be filed will contain equipment or Systems purchased pursuant to the bill of sale and agreement between Bloom and the Project Company effective as of December 30, 2011 in an amount equal to at least 5% of the estimated total cost of such portion of the Project.

 

20


(ff) Systems Requirements . (i) None of the Systems has been Placed in Service and (ii) the Systems to be purchased with proceeds of the Initial Funding Payment meet the requirements of Section 48 of the Code including that (A) each System has an electricity-only generation efficiency greater than 30 percent, (B) the Grant or any Alternative Tax Program (if elected pursuant to Section 7.5(b)(i) of the Company LLC Agreement) with respect to each System is not expected to be limited by Section 48(c)(l)(B); but if the Grant or any Alternative Tax Program is so limited, such limitation has been accounted for in computing the amount of Investor’s Capital Contribution as described in Section 2.2 hereof; and (C) each System is a “fuel cell power plant” within the meaning of Section 48(c)(l) of the Code.

(gg) Letter Agreement . Bloom is in compliance with the Letter Agreement (including, if so required by the State of Delaware, posting the security referred to in the Letter Agreement upon or prior to the Commencement of Operation of the first System).

(hh) Red Lion Site . There are no impediments that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the ability of any party hereto to establish transmission, interconnection and delivery of the Red Lion Site Systems’ Energy to the PJM Grid by the Guaranteed Initial Delivery Date.

3.2 Representations and Warranties of Clean Technologies on each Subsequent Funding Date . Clean Technologies (i) makes each of the representations and warranties in Section 3.1 (except for those provided in clauses (e), (f) and (ff)) to Investor as of, and shall deliver any updates to the Schedules in connection therewith at least five (5) days prior to each Subsequent Funding Date; provided that no representation in Section 3.1(y) shall be made on any Subsequent Funding Date with respect to the Systems-related business “as now operated” or as to any matter described on Schedule 3.1(y) and (ii) represents and warrants to Investor as of each Subsequent Funding Date as follows:

(a) Commencement of Operations . For any Systems for which Subsequent Funding Payments are sought to pay the 75% Progress Payments for such Systems, such Systems have achieved Commencement of Operations (as defined in the MESPA); and

(b) System Requirements . (i) Solely with respect to the portion of any Subsequent Funding Payment used to pay any 25% Progress Payments, none of the Systems to be purchased with the proceeds of such Subsequent Funding Payment has been Placed in Service, (ii) solely with respect to the portion of any Subsequent Funding Payment used to pay any 75% Progress Payments, the Systems to be purchased with the proceeds of such Subsequent Funding Payment have achieved Commencement of Operations (as defined in the MESPA) and (iii) that the Systems to be purchased with proceeds of the Subsequent Funding Payment meet the requirements of Section 48 of the Code including that (A) each System has an electricity-only generation efficiency greater than 30 percent, (B) the Grant or any Alternative Tax Program (if elected pursuant to Section 7.5(b)(i) of the Company LLC Agreement) with respect to each System is not expected to be limited by Section 48(c)(l )(B), but if the Grant or any Alternative Tax Program is so limited, such limitation has been accounted for in computing the amount of Investor’s Capital Contribution as described in Section 2.2 hereof; and (C) each System, is a “fuel cell power plant” within the meaning of Section 48(c)(l) of the Code.

 

21


3.3 Representations and Warranties of Investor on the Execution Date and the Initial Funding Date . Investor represents and warrants to Clean Technologies on the Execution Date and the Initial Funding Date as follows:

(a) Organization, Good Standing, Etc. It is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, and has the corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as being conducted on the date hereof in each jurisdiction where the character of its property or nature of its activities makes such a qualification necessary.

(b) Authority . It has the requisite power and authority to enter into the Transaction Documents to which it is a party, to perform its obligations under such agreements, and to consummate the transactions contemplated therein. The execution and delivery by it of each Transaction Document to which it is a party, and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated thereunder, have been duly authorized by all necessary company action. Each such Transaction Document has been duly executed and delivered by it. This Agreement (assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by Clean Technologies, the Company and the Project Company) constitutes, and upon execution and delivery by Investor of the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, the Transaction Documents will constitute, the valid and binding obligations of Investor, enforceable against it in accordance with their respective terms, subject as to enforceability to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights and remedies generally and to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding at law or in equity).

(c) No Conflicts . The execution and delivery by Investor of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party do not, and the performance by it of its obligations under such agreements will not, (i) violate any Applicable Law, (ii) conflict with or cause a breach of any provision in the charter, bylaws or other organizational document of Investor, (iii) cause a breach of, constitute a default under, cause the acceleration of, create in any party the right to accelerate, terminate, modify or cancel, or require any authorization, consent, waiver or approval under any contract, license, instrument, decree, judgment or other arrangement to which Investor is a party or under which it is bound or to which any of its assets is subject (or result in the imposition of a Lien upon any such assets), except (in the case of clause (i) and (iii) of this Section 3.3(c) ) for any that would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the ability of Investor to execute and deliver and perform its obligations under the Transaction Documents to which it is a party.

(d) Absence of Litigation . It is not subject to any outstanding injunction, judgment, order, decree, ruling or charge or, to Investor’s knowledge, is not threatened with being made a party to any action, suit, proceeding, hearing or investigation of, in, or before any Governmental Authority or before any arbitrator that would adversely affect its ability to complete the transactions contemplated in the Transaction Documents to which it is a party.

(e) Accredited Investor . It is an “Accredited Investor” as such term is defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”). It has had a reasonable opportunity to ask questions of and receive answers from Clean Technologies and its

 

22


Affiliates concerning Clean Technologies, the Class B Membership Interests, the Company and the Project Company. Investor understands that the Class B Membership Interests have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance on an exemption therefrom, and that Clean Technologies is under no obligation to register the membership interests. Investor will not sell, hypothecate or otherwise transfer the membership interests without registering or qualifying them under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws or any other Applicable Laws unless the transfer is exempted from registration or qualification under such laws. Investor is acquiring the Class B Membership Interests for its own account and not for the account of any other Person and not with a view to distribution or resale to others.

(f) Information and Investment Intent . Investor recognizes that investment in the Class B Membership Interests involves substantial risks. It acknowledges that any financial projections that may have been provided to it are based on assumptions of future operating results based on assumptions about certain events (many of which are beyond the control of Clean Technologies, the Company or the Project Company). It understands that no assurances or representations can be given that the actual results of the operations of Clean Technologies, the Company or the Project Company will conform to the projected results for any period. Investor has relied solely on its own legal, tax and financial advisers for its evaluation of an investment in the Class B Membership Interests and not on the advice of Clean Technologies, the Company or the Project Company or any of their respective legal, tax or financial advisers.

(g) Acknowledgement . Except with respect to the representations and warranties expressly made by Clean Technologies, the Company or the Project Company in this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents, Investor acknowledges that none of Clean Technologies, the Company or the Project Company has made any representation or warranty, nor has Investor relied on any representation or warranty, with respect to Investor’s, the Company’s or the Project Company’s eligibility to claim tax credits or receive the Grant, RECs or other environmental attributes, the depreciation allowances for the Systems, whether the Systems qualify for tax credits or the Grant, or the eligibility of any Member to receive an allocation of such benefits from the Company, and Investor agrees that it will not bring any claim against Clean Technologies, the Company or the Project Company relating to Investor’s, the Company’s or the Project Company’s eligibility to claim tax credits or receive the Grant (except in connection with a breach by Clean Technologies, the Class A Member, the Managing Member, the Company or the Project Company of this Agreement or of its respective obligations under the Company LLC Agreement or the Project Company LLC Agreement that prevent eligibility for the Grant), RECs or other environmental attributes. Investor specifically acknowledges that, except with respect to the representations and warranties expressly made by Clean Technologies, the Company or the Project Company in this Agreement or the Transaction Documents, no representation or warranty has been made, and that Investor has not relied on any representation or warranty about the accuracy of any projections, estimates or budgets, future revenues, future results from operations, future cash flows, the future condition of the Systems or any assets of the Project Company, the future financial condition of the Project Company.

(h) PUHCA . It either is not a holding company under PUHCA or, if it is a holding company, is exempt from FERC access to books and records regulation pursuant to Section 366.3(a) of FERC’s regulations under PUHCA.

 

23


(i) FPA . It is not a “public utility” under the FPA, and does not have any non- passive ownership interests in any entity that owns or controls electricity generation or transmission facilities in the U.S.

(j) Disqualified Person . It is not a Disqualified Person.

3.4 Representations and Warranties of Investor on each Subsequent Funding Date . Investor makes each of the representations and warranties in Section 3.3 to Clean Technologies on and as of each Subsequent Funding Date.

ARTICLE 4

CERTAIN COVENANTS

4.1 Confidentiality . The confidentiality provisions contained in the Letter of Intent dated September 14, 2011 among Bloom, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. shall remain in effect until the Initial Funding Date (other than with respect to any obligations of HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. which shall not be affected hereby), if it occurs, and, thereafter, the provisions of Section 11.12 of the Company LLC Agreement shall apply with respect to the confidentiality obligations of the Parties. If the Initial Funding Date does not occur, the confidentiality provisions contained in the Letter of Intent dated September 14, 2011 among Bloom, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. shall remain in effect in accordance with its terms.

4.2 Access to Information . From the date hereof and continuing until the earlier of the termination of this Agreement or the Initial Funding Date, Clean Technologies, on not less than three Business Days prior written notice by Investor to Clean Technologies, will (i) give Investor’s counsel, financial advisors, auditors and other authorized representatives reasonable access during normal business hours to the offices, properties, employees and personnel, books and records of the Company and the Project Company and (ii) furnish to Investor’s counsel , financial advisors, auditors, and other authorized representatives such financial and operating data and other information as such persons may reasonably request, and (iii) instruct Clean Technologies’ employees to cooperate with Investor in an investigation of the business of the Company and the Project Company, it being acknowledged and agreed that Investor shall use good faith efforts to coordinate the processes described in the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iii). All information supplied to Investor pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be held in confidence by Investor, its counsel, financial advisors, auditors and other authorized representatives in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.1 .

4.3 Regulatory Matters . From the date hereof and continuing until the earlier of the termination of this Agreement and the Initial Funding Date, or to the extent relating to Subsequent Funding, the Subsequent Funding Date:

(a) In connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement , Clean Technologies shall cause the Company to cause the Project Company to file (i) any application required to be filed by it with FERC pursuant to Section 203 of the FPA, (ii) any applications, reports or other filings required under any state or local Applicable Laws relating to the ownership and control of the Systems by the Project Company, and (iii) any further filings that may be necessary, proper or advisable in connection with the matters referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above. Each of Clean Technologies and Mehetia shall make their respective required filings under any other Applicable Laws.

 

 

24


(b) In connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, Clean Technologies and Investor shall, and shall cause their respective Subsidiaries to: (i) cooperate with each other in connection with the making of all filings, notifications and any other material actions pursuant to this Section 4.3 , including, subject to Applicable Laws, by permitting counsel for the other Parties to review in advance, and consider in good faith the views of the other Parties in connection with, any proposed written communication to any Governmental Authority addressing the terms of this Agreement or the Company LLC Agreement; (ii) furnish to the other Parties such information and assistance as such Parties may reasonably request in connection with (x) the preparation of any submissions to, or agency proceedings by, any Governmental Authority, or (y) obtaining any consents, approvals or waivers required by any Governmental Authority; and (iii) use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause the conditions to the Initial Funding in Section 2.5 (in the case of Clean Technologies) and Section 2.6 (in the case of Investor) to be satisfied and, if applicable, to cause the conditions to each Subsequent Funding in Section 2.7 (in the case of Clean Technologies) and Section 2.8 (in the case of Investor) to be satisfied.

(c) Clean Technologies shall cause the Company to cause the Project Company to file a Notice of Exempt Wholesale Generator Status prior to the installation of the first System.

(d) Nothing in this section shall (i) limit Investor’s or Clean Technologies’ right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 5.1(a) so long as such Party has complied in all material respects with its obligations under this section, or (ii) require any Party to amend this Agreement or to waive or forbear from exercising any of its rights or remedies under this Agreement.

4.4 System Manufacturing . Clean Technologies shall promptly inform Investor if it or Bloom becomes aware of any substantive reason why the manufacturing of Systems in accordance with the Tariffs shall not commence, or if commenced, shall cease before 20 MW of Systems for the Project are manufactured and shipped from such Delaware facility.

4.5 Site Preparation Costs . Clean Technologies shall cause all Site Preparation Costs (as defined in the QFCP-RC Tariff) to be funded by Persons other than Investor.

ARTICLE 5

TERMINATION

5.1 Termination . Without limiting Clean Technologies’ or Investor’s ability to exercise any right or remedy to which it is entitled hereunder or under any of the Transaction Documents, this Agreement shall be terminated (in the case of clause (a)) and may be terminated (in the case of clause (b) prior to the Initial Funding Date):

(a) without further action by Clean Technologies or Investor, if the Initial Funding has not been consummated by the close of business on the Initial Funding Termination Date;

 

25


(b) by the mutual written consent of Clean Technologies and Investor;

(c) by Investor, at any time prior to the Initial Funding Date, by written notice to Clean Technologies, if Bloom or any of its Subsidiaries becomes subject to a Bankruptcy;

(d) by Clean Technologies, at any time prior to the Initial Funding Date, by written notice to Investor, if Investor or Credit Suisse Guarantor becomes subject to a Bankruptcy; or

(e) by Investor on the one hand, or by Clean Technologies on the other hand, upon a material breach of this Agreement by the other party, provided that the non-breaching party provides notice to the breaching party setting forth the details of such breach and the breaching party fails to cure the alleged breach within 30 days after receipt of such notice.

5.2 Procedure and Effect of Termination . If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 5.1 , then this Agreement shall become void and of no effect with no liability on the part of any Party, except that (i) the agreements contained in Section 4.1 , this Section 5.2 , Article 7 and the Confidentiality Agreement shall survive the termination and (ii) no such termination shall relieve any Party of any liability or damages resulting from any breach by that Party of this Agreement or affect the rights of the other Party to indemnification for such breach pursuant to Article 6 of this Agreement (which shall survive termination hereof in the case of any breach).

ARTICLE 6

INDEMNIFICATION

6.1 Indemnification .

(a) Clean Technologies agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Investor Indemnified Parties from and against any and all Investor Indemnified Costs arising out of or relating to this Agreement; provided , however , except with respect to Investor Indemnified Costs (t) resulting from fraud or willful misconduct, (u) resulting from failure to pay any amount due to Investor Indemnified Parties under the Transaction Documents, (v) resulting from a Third Party Claim, (w) resulting from the failure to enforce a Material Contract with an Affiliate of the Indemnifying Party, (x) resulting from Project Company (or any of the Systems) not qualifying for (or becoming disqualified under) the REPS Act or the Tariffs as a result of any act or omission by Bloom or any Affiliate of Bloom (including, without limitation, (i) Bloom failing to achieve commercial operation (as defined in the QFCP-RC Tariff) of 5 MW of Systems by March 31, 2013 (unless such date has been extended in accordance with the QFCP-RC Tariff), (ii) Bloom failing to achieve commercial operation (as defined in the QFCP-RC Tariff) of 30 MW of Systems, of which at least 20 MW of Systems were actually manufactured by Bloom in the State of Delaware by September 30, 2014 (unless such date has been extended in accordance with the QFCP-RC Tariff), (iii) Bloom failing to be manufacturing fuel cells capable of being powered by renewable fuels from a permanent manufacturing facility located in the State of Delaware as of the date of Commencement of Operations (as defined in the MESPA) of the full

 

26


nameplate capacity of the Portfolio, or (iv) any of the acts or omissions set forth in Section 4.3 of the MESPA), (y) resulting from Bloom failing to be in compliance with the Letter Agreement (including, if so required by the State of Delaware, posting the security referred to in the Letter Agreement upon or prior to the Commencement of Operation of the first System) or (z) resulting from any surcharges pursuant to the Tariffs being deemed a tax under Delaware law, in no event will Clean Technologies’ aggregate obligation (including any prior indemnity payments by Clean Technologies under this Agreement or under the Company LLC Agreement) to indemnify the Indemnified Parties hereunder exceed one hundred percent (100%) of the sum of the Funding Payments of Investor made to date.

(b) Investor agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Clean Technologies Indemnified Parties from and against any and all Clean Technologies Indemnified Costs arising out of or relating to this Agreement; provided , however , except with respect to Clean Technologies Indemnified Costs (w) resulting from fraud or willful misconduct, (x) resulting from failure to pay any amount due to Clean Technologies Indemnified Parties under the Transaction Documents, (y) resulting from a Third Party Claim or (z) resulting from the failure to enforce a Material Contract with an Affiliate of the Indemnifying Party, in no event will Investor’s aggregate obligation (including any prior indemnity payments by Investor under this Agreement or under the Company LLC Agreement) to indemnify the Clean Technologies Indemnified Parties hereunder exceed one hundred percent (100%) of the sum of the Funding Payments of Investor made to date.

(c) Other than with respect to Indemnified Costs resulting from Third Party Claims, no claim for indemnification may be made with respect to any Indemnified Costs until the aggregate amount of such costs for which indemnification is (or previously has been) sought by the Indemnified Party under all Transaction Documents exceeds $175,000 and once such threshold amount of claim has been reached, the relevant Indemnified Party and its Affiliates shall have the right to be indemnified only to the extent the amount of Indemnified Costs claimed exceed such threshold amount. Claims for indemnification under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents shall not be duplicative of one another and shall not allow for duplicative recoveries.

6.2 Direct Claims . In any case in which an Indemnified Party seeks indemnification under Section 6.1 that is not subject to Section 6.3 because no Third Party Claim is involved, the Indemnified Party shall promptly notify the Indemnifying Party in writing of any amounts that the Indemnified Party claims are subject to indemnification under the terms of this Article 6 . The failure of the Indemnified Party to exercise promptness in such notification shall riot amount to a waiver of such claim, except for the extent the resulting delay materially and adversely prejudices the position of the Indemnifying Party with respect to such claim.

6.3 Third Party Claims . An Indemnified Party shall give written notice to the Indemnifying Party within 10 days after it has actual knowledge of commencement or assertion of any Third Party Claim in respect of which the Indemnified Party may seek indemnification under Section 6.1 . Such notice shall state the nature and basis of such Third Party Claim and the events and the amounts thereof to the extent known. Any failure to so notify the Indemnifying Party shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party from any liability that the Indemnifying Party may have to the Indemnified Party under this Article 6 , except to the extent the failure to give such

 

27


notice materially and adversely prejudices the Indemnifying Party. In case any such action, proceeding or claim is brought against an Indemnified Party, so long as it has acknowledged in writing to the Indemnified Party that it is liable for such Third Party Claim pursuant to this Section 6.3, the Indemnifying Party shall be entitled to participate in and, unless in the reasonable judgment of the Indemnified Party a conflict of interests between it and the Indemnifying Party may exist in respect of such Third Party Claim or such Third Party Claim entails a material risk of criminal penalties or civil fines or non monetary sanctions being imposed on the Indemnified Party or a risk of materially adversely affecting the Indemnified Party’s business (a “ Third Party Penalty Claim ”), to assume the defense thereof, with counsel selected by the Indemnifying Party and reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party, and after notice from the Indemnifying Party to the Indemnified Party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the Indemnifying Party shall not be liable to the Indemnified Party for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the latter in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation or defending such portion of such Third Party Penalty Claim; provided nothing contained herein shalt permit Clean Technologies to control or participate in any Tax contest or dispute involving Investor or any Affiliate of Investor, or permit Investor to control or participate in any Tax contest or dispute involving any Affiliate of Clean Technologies other than the Company and the Project Company; and, provided , further , the Parties agree that the handling of any Tax contests involving the Company will be governed by Section 7.7 of the Company LLC Agreement. In the event that (i) the Indemnifying Party advises an Indemnified Party that the Indemnifying Party will not contest a claim for indemnification hereunder, (ii) the Indemnifying Party fails, within 30 days of receipt of any indemnification notice to notify, in writing, such Indemnified Party of its election, to defend, settle or compromise, at its sole cost and expense, any such Third Party Claim (or discontinues its defense at any time after it commences such defense) or (iii) in the reasonable judgment of the Indemnified Party, a conflict of interests between it and the Indemnifying Party exists in respect of such Third Party Claim or the action or claim is a Third Party Penalty Claim, then the Indemnified Party may, at its option, defend, settle or otherwise compromise or pay such action or claim or Third Party Claim in each case, at the sole cost and expense of the Indemnifying Party. In any event, unless and until the Indemnifying Party elects in writing to assume and does so assume the defense of any such claim, proceeding or action, the Indemnifying Party shall be liable for the Indemnified Party’s reasonable costs and expenses arising out of the defense, settlement or compromise of any such action, claim or proceeding. The Indemnified Party shall cooperate to the extent commercially reasonable with the indemnifying Party in connection with any negotiation or defense of any such action or claim by the Indemnifying Party. The Indemnifying Party shall keep the Indemnified Party fully apprised at all times as to the status of the defense or any settlement negotiations with respect thereto. If the Indemnifying Party elects to defend any such action or claim, then the Indemnified Party shall be entitled to participate in such defense with counsel of its choice at its sole cost and expense unless otherwise specified herein; provided that any such participation of the Indemnified Party shall be at the Indemnifying Party’s sole cost and expense to the extent such participation relates to a Third Party Penalty Claim. If the Indemnifying Party does not assume such defense, the Indemnified Party shall keep the Indemnifying Party apprised at all times as to the status of the defense; provided , however , that the failure to keep the Indemnifying Party so informed shall not affect the obligations of the Indemnifying Party hereunder. The Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for any settlement of any action, claim or proceeding effected without its written consent; provided ,

 

28


however , that the Indemnifying Party shall not unreasonably withhold, delay or condition any such consent. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 6.3 to the contrary, the Indemnifying Party shall not, without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent, (i) settle or compromise any claim or consent to entry of judgment in respect thereof which involves any condition other than payment of money by the Indemnified Party, (ii) settle or compromise any claim or consent to entry of judgment in respect thereof without first demonstrating to Indemnified Party the ability to pay such claim or judgment, or (iii) settle or compromise any claim or consent to entry of judgment in respect thereof that does not include, as an unconditional term thereof, the giving by the claimant or the plaintiff to the Indemnified Party, a full and complete release from all liability in respect of such claim.

6.4 No Duplication . Any liability for indemnification under this Article 6 shall be determined without duplication of recovery. Without limiting the generality of the prior sentence, if a statement of facts, condition or event constitutes a breach of more than one representation, warranty, covenant or agreement which is subject to the indemnification obligation in Section 6.1 , only one recovery of Indemnified Costs per Indemnified Party shall be allowed.

6.5 Sole Remedy . Except in the case of fraud, willful misconduct or failure to pay, and except for claims brought under Section 6.6 , Section 6.7 , Section 6.8 , Section 6.9 or Section 9.12 of the Company LLC Agreement, the enforcement of the claims of the Parties under this Article 6 are the sole and exclusive remedies that a Party shall have under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document for the recovery of Indemnified Costs; provided, however, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, each Party hereby reserves all equitable remedies.

6.6 Survival . All representations, warranties, covenants and obligations made or undertaken by a Party in this Agreement or in any other Transaction Document are material, have been relied upon by the other Parties and shall survive until the final date for any assertion of claims as forth in Section 6.7 , if and as applicable, or as otherwise provided in the Transaction Documents.

6.7 Final Date for Assertion of Indemnity Claims . All claims by an Indemnified Party for indemnification pursuant to this Article 6 resulting from breaches of representations or warranties in (i)  Section 3.1 and Section 3.3 shall be forever barred unless the other party is notified within eighteen (18) months after the earlier to occur of the Initial Funding Date and the Initial Funding Termination Date, and (ii)  Section 3.2 or Section 3.4 shall be forever barred unless the other party is notified within eighteen (18) months after the Subsequent Funding Date on which such representation or warranty was made; provided , that notwithstanding the foregoing, the representations in Section 3.l(g) , Section 3.l(t) , Section 3.l(aa) , Section 3.1(bb) , Section 3.l(ee) and Section 3.1(ff) (and the corresponding representations made in Section 3.2), shall survive until that date which is 60 days after the applicable statute of limitations expires and the representations in Section 3.l(a) , Section 3.1(b) , Section 3.1(e) and Section 3.1(f) (and the corresponding representations made in Section 3.2 ), shall survive forever; and provided further that if written notice of a claim for indemnification has been given by an Indemnified Party on or prior to the last day of the respective foregoing period, then the obligation of the other party to indemnify such Indemnified Party pursuant to this Article 6 shall survive with respect to such claim until such claim is finally resolved.

 

29


6.8 Mitigation and Limitations on Indemnified Costs . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein:

(a) Reasonable Steps to Mitigate . Each Indemnified Party will take, at the Indemnifying Party’s own reasonable cost and expense, all reasonable commercial steps identified by Indemnifying Party to the Indemnified Parties to mitigate all Indemnified Costs (other than any such Indemnified Costs that are Taxes), which steps may include availing itself of any defenses, limitations, rights of contribution, claims against third Persons and other rights at law or equity. The Indemnified Parties will provide such evidence and documentation of the nature and extent of the Indemnified Costs as may be reasonably requested by the Indemnifying Party.

(b) Net of Insurance Benefits . All Indemnified Costs shall be net of insurance recoveries from insurance policies of the Project Company (including under the existing title policies) to the extent that any proceeds of such policies, less any costs, expenses or premiums incurred by the Project Company in connection therewith, are distributed by the Project Company to the Company and are in tum distributed by the Company to the Indemnified Party; provided , however , such amount shall account for any costs or expenses incurred by the Indemnified Party in connection with obtaining insurance proceeds with respect to any breach or nonperformance hereunder.

(c) No Consequential Damages . Indemnified Costs shall not include, and an Indemnifying Party shall have no obligation to indemnify any Indemnified Party for or in respect of, any punitive, consequential or exemplary damages of any nature including but not limited to damages for lost profits or revenues or the loss or use of such profits or revenue, loss by reason of plant shutdown or inability to operate at rated capacity, increased operating expenses of plant or equipment, increased costs of purchasing or providing equipment, materials, labor, services, costs of replacement, power or capital, debt service fees or penalties, inventory or use charges, damages to reputation, damages for lost opportunities, or claims of the Project Company’s customers, members or affiliates, regardless of whether said claim is based upon contract, warranty, tort (including negligence and strict liability) or other theory of law unless payable by such Indemnified Party as part of a Third Party Claim; provided, however, that the lost profits or revenues (and the loss or use thereof) language set forth in this Section 6.8(c) shall not be interpreted to exclude from Indemnified Costs any damages, losses, claims, liabilities, demands charges, suits, Taxes, penalties, costs or expenses that would otherwise be included within the definition of Indemnified Costs because they result from a reduction in the profits of the Project Company, the Company, or both.

6.9 Payment of Indemnification Claims . All claims for indemnification shall be paid by Indemnifying Party in immediately available funds in U.S. dollars. Any undisputed portion of an indemnification claim shall be paid promptly by the Indemnifying Party to the Indemnified Parties involved. An Indemnifying Party may dispute any portion of an indemnification claim, provided , however , that such disputed indemnification claim shall be paid promptly by the Indemnifying Party to the Indemnified Party together with interest at a market rate upon the final determination of the payable amount of the claim (if any) by a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

30


6.10 Repayment; Subrogation . If the amount of any Indemnified Costs, at any time after the making of an indemnity payment in respect thereof, is reduced by recovery, settlement or otherwise under any insurance coverage (excluding any proceeds from self insurance or flow through insurance policies) or under any claim, recovery, settlement or payment by or against any other entity, the amount of such reduction, less any costs, expenses or premiums incurred in connection therewith, must promptly be repaid by the Indemnified Party to the Indemnifying Party net of any Taxes imposed upon the Indemnified Party in respect of such amounts, but taking into account any Tax benefit the Indemnified Party receives as a result of such repayment. Upon making any indemnity payment (other than any indemnity payment relating to Taxes), the Indemnifying Party will, to the extent of such indemnity payment, be subrogated to all rights of the Indemnified Party against any third party, except third parties that provide insurance coverage to the Indemnified Party or its Affiliates, in respect of the Indemnified Costs to which the indemnity payment relates. Without limiting the generality or effect of any other provision hereof, each such Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party shall duly execute upon request all instruments reasonably necessary to evidence and perfect the above described subrogation rights, and otherwise cooperate in the prosecution of such claims at the direction of the Indemnifying Party. Nothing in this Section 6.10 will be construed to require any Party to obtain or maintain any insurance coverage.

ARTICLE 7

GENERAL PROVISIONS

7.1 Exhibits and Schedules . All Exhibits and Schedules are incorporated herein by reference.

7.2 Disclosure Schedules . Any matter disclosed in any section of the Schedules shall be deemed disclosed for all purposes and all sections of the Schedules to the extent it is readily apparent from a reading of the disclosure that such disclosure is applicable to such other sections. At any time prior to a Funding, Clean Technologies may supplement or amend a Schedule to this Agreement solely with respect to such Funding by providing such supplement or amendment to Investor at least five (5) days prior to such Funding, it being understood that should, in the opinion of Investor, any such supplement or amendment to a Schedule to this Agreement be deemed to materially adversely affect the Company, the Project Company or Investor’s investment in the Company, Investor shall have the right to withhold its Subsequent Funding Payment; provided that if Investor goes ahead and makes the Subsequent Funding Payment, the representations and warranties subject to such Schedule shall be deemed to be qualified by such Schedule as so supplemented or amended as it relates to such Subsequent Funding but not any future Subsequent Fundings.

7.3 Amendment, Modification and Waiver . This Agreement may not be amended or modified except by an instrument in writing signed by each of the Parties to this Agreement. Any failure of Clean Technologies to comply with any obligation, covenant, agreement, or condition contained herein may be waived only if set forth in an instrument in writing signed by Investor, and any failure of Investor to comply with any obligation, covenant, agreement or

 

31


condition contained herein may be waived only if set forth in an instrument in writing signed by Clean Technologies, but any such waiver or failure to insist upon strict compliance with such obligation, covenant, agreement or condition shall not operate as a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, any other failure.

7.4 Severability . If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal, or incapable of being enforced by any rule of Applicable Law, or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated herein are not affected in any manner materially adverse to any Party.

7.5 Expenses . Clean Technologies and Mehetia will be responsible for paying all of their own respective reasonable legal and consultants’ costs, fees and expenses incurred by itself and its Affiliates in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents in connection with the execution thereof and any Funding.

7.6 Parties in Interest . This Agreement shall be binding upon and, except as provided below, inure solely to the benefit of each Party and their successors and assigns, and nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any other Person (other than the Investor Indemnified Parties as provided in Article 6) any rights or remedies of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.

7.7 Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given if delivered personally, by a nationally recognized overnight courier, by facsimile, or mailed by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested) to the Parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a Party as shall be specified by like notice):

 

  (a) If to Clean Technologies, to:

Clean Technologies II, LLC

c/o Bloom Energy Corporation

1299 Orleans Drive

Sunnyvale, CA 94089-1137

Attention: [***]

Telephone: [***]

Facsimile: [***]

 

  (b) If to the Company, to:

Diamond State Generation Holdings, LLC

c/o Bloom Energy Corporation

1299 Orleans Drive

Sunnyvale, CA 94089-1137

Attention: [***]

Telephone: [***]

Facsimile: [***]

 

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

 

32


  (c) If to Project Company, to:

Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC

c/o Bloom Energy Corporation

1299 Orleans Drive

Sunnyvale, CA 94089-1137

Attention: [***]

Telephone: [***]

Facsimile: [***]

 

  (d) If to Mehetia, to:

Mehetia Inc.

Eleven Madison Avenue

New York, NY 10010

Attention: [***]

Telephone: [***]

Facsimile: [***]

with a copy to:

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

One Madison Avenue

New York, NY 10010

Attention: [***]

Telephone: [***]

Facsimile: [***]

and with a copy, which will not constitute notice, to:

McDermott Will & Emery LLP

340 Madison Avenue

New York, NY 10173

Attention: [***]

Telephone: [***]

Facsimile: [***]

Unless otherwise provided herein, any offer, acceptance, election, approval, consent, certification, request, waiver, notice or other communication required or permitted to be given hereunder (collectively referred to as a “ Notice ”), shall be in writing and delivered (a) in person, (b) by registered or certified mail with postage prepaid and return receipt requested, (c) by recognized overnight courier service with charges prepaid or (d) by facsimile transmission, directed to the intended recipient at the address of such Member listed in this Section 7.7 or at such other address as any Member hereafter may designate lo the others in accordance with a Notice under this Section 7.7 . A Notice or other communication will be deemed delivered on the earliest to occur of (i) its actual receipt when delivered in person, (ii) the fifth Business Day

 

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

 

33


following its deposit in registered or certified mail, with postage prepaid, and return receipt requested, (iii) the second Business Day following its deposit with a recognized overnight courier service, (iv) the date of receipt of a facsimile or, if such date of receipt is not a Business Day, the next Business Day following such date of receipt, provided the sender can and does provide evidence of successful transmission. Any Notice or other communication received on a day that is not a Business Day or later than 5:00 p.m. on a Business Day shall be deemed to be received on the next Business Day.

7.8 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed and delivered (including by facsimile transmission or “portable document format”) in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the Parties and delivered to the other Party, it being understood that all Parties need not sign the same counterpart. Signatures of the Parties transmitted by facsimile or electronic mail shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

7.9 Entire Agreement . This Agreement (together with the other Transaction Documents) constitutes the. entire agreement of the Parties and supersedes all prior agreements, letters of intent and understandings, both written and oral, among the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

7.10 Governing Law; Choice of Forum; Waiver of Jury Trial . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AS THEY APPLY TO CONTRACTS PERFORMED IN THAT STATE, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW (OTHER THAN SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW, WHICH SHALL APPLY TO THIS AGREEMENT). THE PARTIES HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMIT TO THE EXCLUSNE JURISDICTION OF ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT IN NEW YORK COUNTY, NEW YORK WITH RESPECT TO ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WANES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO A DISPUTE AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM WITH RESPECT THERETO.

7.11 Public Announcements . Except for statements made or press releases issued (i) pursuant to the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, (ii) pursuant to any listing agreement with any national securities exchange or the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or other regulatory authority or self-regulatory authority, or (iii) as otherwise required by Applicable Law, neither Clean Technologies nor Investor shall issue, or permit any of their respective Affiliates to issue, any press release or otherwise make any public statements with respect to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby without the prior written consent of the other Parties. Subject to any requirements of Applicable Law, Clean Technologies and Investor will be given the opportunity to review in advance, upon the request of Clean Technologies or Investor, as the case may be’, all information relating to the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents that appear in any filing made in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, other than any filing to be made by Investor to a regulator thereof.

 

34


7.12 Assignment . This Agreement and all of the provisions hereof will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns. This Agreement may only be assigned to the same extent (and only by and to the same Persons) that membership interests in the Company are assignable pursuant to the terms of the Company LLC Agreement. Any attempted assignment of this Agreement other than in strict accordance with this section and the terms of the Company LLC Agreement shall be null and void ab initio and of no force or effect.

7.13 Relationship of Parties . This Agreement does not constitute a joint venture, association or partnership among the Parties. No express or implied term, provision or condition of this Agreement shall create, or shall be deemed to create, an agency, joint venture, partnership or any fiduciary relationship among the Parties.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank. Signature pages to follow.]

 

35


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Party has caused this Equity Capital Contribution Agreement to be signed on its behalf as of the date first written above.

 

CLEAN TECHNOLOGIES II, LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

[ Signature Page to the Equity Capital Contribution Agreement ]


DIAMOND STATE GENERATION PARTNERS, LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

[ Signature Page to the Equity Capital Contribution Agreement ]


DIAMOND STATE GENERATION HOLDINGS, LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

[ Signature Page to the Equity Capital Contribution Agreement ]


MEHETIA INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

[ Signature Page to the Equity Capital Contribution Agreement ]


ANNEX 1 TO ECCA

AND COMPANY LLC AGREEMENT DEFINITIONS

1940 Investment Company Act ” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

25% Progress Payment ” means, for any System, the initial payment by Project Company of 25% of the purchase price for such System as contemplated by the MESPA.

75% Progress Payment ” means, for any System, the final payment by Project Company of 75% of the purchase price for such System as contemplated by the MESPA.

Acceptable Credit Party ” means a commercial bank or other financial institution which maintains an office or corresponding office in the United States, whose long-term unsecured debt is rated “A-” or higher by S&P and “A3” or higher by Moody’s and which has a tangible net worth of at least $1,000,000,000.

Accountant’s Certificate ” means the independent accountant’s certification attesting to accuracy of all costs as required pursuant to the Guidance.

Accounting Firm ” means any of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu, Ernst & Young, KPMG International, PricewaterhouseCoopers or any nationally-recognized Affiliate thereof, chosen by the Tax Matters Partner or otherwise reasonably approved by Class Majority Vote.

Act ” means the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, Delaware Code Ann. 6, Sections 18-101, et seq. and any successor statute, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Adjusted Capital Account ” means the Capital Account of a Member (a) increased by the amount of potential deficit that the Member is deemed obligated to restore, calculated as described in the last sentence of Treasury Regulation Section l.704-2(g)(l) and the last sentence of Treasury Regulation Section l.704-2(i)(5), and (b) decreased by expected items described in Treasury Regulation Section l.704-l (b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) and (6).

Administrative Services Agreement ” means the Administrative Services Agreement, dated as of the Initial Funding Date, among the Company, the Project Company and Bloom in the form attached as Exhibit C to the ECCA.

Administrator ” means Bloom or any replacement administrator under a Administrative Services Agreement. The Administrator is a “manager” of the Company within the meaning of the Act.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such first Person. For purposes of this definition, the term “control” (and correlative terms) means (l) the ownership of 50% or more of the equity interest i11 a Person, or (2) the power, whether by contract, equity ownership or otherwise, to direct or cause the direction of the policies or management of a Person. The Company shall be deemed to

 

1


be an Affiliate of Clean Technologies prior to the Initial Funding (for purposes of representations and warranties), but shall not be deemed to be an Affiliate of any Member from and after the Initial Funding.

Agreement ” means the Company LLC Agreement if used in the Company LLC Agreement or the ECCA if used in the ECCA.

Alternative Tax Program ” means, if the Grant is unavailable, any successor cash grant, cash-based subsidy, tax refund or refundable credit program or, if none of the foregoing is available, the ITC.

Annual Budget ” is defined in Section 7.l(b) of the Company LLC Agreement.

Applicable Laws ” means all laws (including common law), constitutions, statutes, rules, regulations, ordinances, judgments, settlements, orders, decrees, injunctions, and writs of any Governmental Authority, in each case, having jurisdiction over Bloom, Clean Technologies, Mehetia, Credit Suisse Guarantor, the Administrator, the Company, the Project Company or the Systems, as applicable.

Appraisal Method ” means one appraiser shall be appointed by the holders of a majority of the Class A Membership Interests and one appraiser shall be appointed by the holders of a majority of the Class B Membership Interests, in each case, within fifteen (15) days of invocation of this procedure, which appraisers shall attempt to agree upon the fair market value of the Class B Membership Interests. If either holders of the Class A Membership Interests or holders of the Class B Membership Interests do not appoint their respective appraiser within five (5) days after the end of such fifteen ( 15) day period, the determination of the appraiser appointed by the other Person (if so appointed within such period) shall be conclusive and binding on the Members. If the appraisers appointed by the holders of Class A Membership Interests and the holders of Class B Membership Interests are unable to agree upon the fair market value of the Class B Membership Interests within thirty (30) days after the appointment of the second of such appraisers, the two appraisers shall appoint a third appraiser. In such case, the average of the determinations of the three appraisers shall be conclusive and binding on the Members, unless the determination of any of the appraisers differs from the middle determination by more than twice the amount by which the remaining determination differs from the middle determination, in which case the most disparate appraisal shall be excluded, and the average of the remaining two determinations shall be conclusive and binding on the Members.

Bankruptcy ” of a Person means the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) the filing by such Person of a voluntary case or the seeking of relief under any chapter of Title 11 of the United States Code, as now constituted or hereafter amended (the “ Bankruptcy Code ”), (ii) the making by such Person of a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, (iii) the admission in writing by such Person of its inability to pay its debts as they mature, (iv) the filing by such Person of an application for, or consent to, the appointment of any receiver or a permanent or interim trustee of such Person or of all or any portion of its property, including the appointment or authorization of a trustee, receiver or agent under applicable law or under a contract to take charge of its property for the purposes of enforcing a lien against such property or for the purpose of general administration of such property for the benefit of its creditors,

 

2


(v) the filing by such Person of a petition seeking a reorganization of its financial affairs or to take advantage of any bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation law or statute, or an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any proceeding under any such law or statute, (vi) an involuntary case is commenced against such Person by the filing of a petition under any chapter of Title 11 of the Code and within 60 days after the filing thereof either the petition is not dismissed or the order for relief is not stayed or dismissed, (vii) an order, judgment or decree is entered appointing a receiver or a permanent or interim trustee of such Person or of all or any portion of its property, including the entry of an order, judgment or decree appointing or authorizing’ a trustee, receiver or agent to take charge of the property of such Person for the purpose of enforcing a lien against such property or for the purpose of general administration of such property for the benefit of the creditors of such Person, and such order, judgment or decree shall continue unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 days, or (viii) an order, judgment or decree is entered, without the approval or consent of such Person, approving or authorizing the reorganization, insolvency, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation of such Person under any such law or statute, and such order, judgment or decree shall continue unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 days. The foregoing definition of “Bankruptcy” is intended to replace and shall supersede the definition of “Bankruptcy” set forth in Sections 18 101(1) and 18 304 of the Act.

Base Case Model ” means the financial model attached as Annex III to the ECCA and as Exhibit F to the Company LLC Agreement.

Bloom ” means Bloom Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

Bloom Guaranty ” means the Guaranty made by Bloom for the benefit of Investor, dated on or about the date hereof.

Brookside Site ” means the Site described in the DDOT Site Lease.

Business Day ” means any day other than (i) a Saturday or Sunday or (ii) a day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required to be closed.

Capital Account ” means an account for each Member calculated as described in Section 4.2(b) of the Company LLC Agreement and used to distribute assets at liquidation as described in Section 10.2 of the Company LLC Agreement.

Capital Contribution ” means, with respect to any Member, the amount of money and the initial Gross Asset Value of any property contributed to the Company with respect to the Membership Interests in the Company held or purchased by such Member.

Capital Contributions Account ” is defined in Section 4.3(c) of the Company LLC Agreement.

Cause ” means fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Managing Member, solely in that capacity.

Certificate of Formation ” has the meaning in the preliminary statements of the Company LLC Agreement.

 

3


Change of Control ” means with respect to an entity, an event in which a Person or Persons who prior to a transaction or series of transactions, possessed, whether directly or indirectly, legally or beneficially:

 

  (a) 50% or more of the equity, capital or profits interests of such entity; or

 

  (b) Control of such entity;

and as a result of a consummation of any transaction or series of transactions (including any merger or consolidation}, such Person or Persons fails to maintain, whether 4irectly or indirectly, legally or beneficially, either of the elements of control listed in (a) or (b) above.

Claims ” is defined in Section 3.6(a) of the Company LLC Agreement.

Class A Member ” means a Member holding one or more Class A Membership Interests.

Class A Membership Interests ” means membership interests in the Company that are held initially by Clean Technologies and have the rights described in the Company LLC Agreement.

Class A Recapture Event ” means an event or occurrence of any fact or circumstance that causes a Recapture Event that is not a Class B Recapture Event.

Class B Member ” means a Member holding one or more Class B Membership Interests.

Class B Member CC Maximum Amount ” means, for the Class B Member, an amount not to exceed the lesser of (i) $141,650,000 and (ii) such amount that makes such Class B Member’s actual or required net investment (Capital Contributions less actual pre-tax cash distributions from the Company to the Class B Member made and received to date) equal $65,000,000.

Class B Membership Interests ” means the membership interests in the Company that are initially held by Mehetia and having the rights described in the Company LLC Agreement.

Class B Recapture Event ” means (a) an event or occurrence of any fact or circumstance that causes a denial or recapture of all or a portion of a Grant that is directly attributable to (i) a breach of the representation made by a Class B Member under Section 3.11(c) of the Company LLC Agreement, (ii) a breach of the covenant made by a Class B Member under Section 3.12(f) of the Company LLC Agreement or (iii) any Transfer by a Class B Member or an Affiliate of a Class B Member prohibited by Sections 9.1 , 9.3(e) or 9.4(c) of the Company LLC Agreement that causes the Company or Project Company to become a Disqualified Person, or (b) any act or omission by a Class B Member (excluding voting for a Major Decision), including any Transfer by a Class B Member or its Class B Membership Interests or a change in ownership of a Class B Member, that results in a recapture of the ITC or refundable credit under an Alternative Tax Program if an ITC or such refundable credit is elected pursuant to Section 7.5(b)(i) of the Company LLC Agreement and claimed by such Class B Member with respect to the Systems.

Class Majority Vote ” is defined in Section 3.2(f) of the Company LLC Agreement.

 

4


Clean Technologies ” is defined in the preamble to the ECCA.

Clean Technologies Indemnified Costs ” means, with respect to any Class A Member, the following:

 

  (a) with respect to any indemnification, defense or hold harmless obligations under the Company LLC Agreement or the ECCA of Investor or Investor Guarantor, any and all damages, losses, claims, liabilities, demands, charges, suits, Taxes, penalties, costs, and reasonable expenses (including court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses of one law firm for all Clean Technologies Indemnified Parties) incurred by such Clean Technologies Indemnified Parties, including with respect to Third Party Claims, resulting from or relating to any breach or default or misrepresentation by Investor (as itself or as a Class B Member, as applicable) or Investor Guarantor, of any representation, warranty, covenant, indemnity or agreement under the ECCA or any other Transaction Document, including any claim for fraud or willful misconduct on the part of Investor or Investor Guarantor relating to the ECCA or any other Transaction Document; and

 

  (b) with respect to any indemnification, defense or hold harmless obligations under the Company LLC Agreement or the ECCA (if applicable) of any Class B Member not covered under the preceding clause (a), any and all damages, losses, claims, liabilities, demands, charges, suits, Taxes, penalties, costs, and reasonable expenses (including court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses of one law firm for all Clean Technologies Indemnified Parties) incurred by such Clean Technologies Indemnified Parties, including with respect to Third Party Claims, resulting from or relating to (i) any breach or default or misrepresentation by Class B Member or its Affiliate, as applicable, of any representation, warranty, covenant, indemnity or agreement under the ECCA or any other Transaction Document or (ii) any claim for fraud or willful misconduct on the part of Class B Member or its Affiliate relating to the ECCA or any other Transaction Document.

Clean Technologies Indemnified Parties ” means Clean Technologies and any person to whom Clean Technologies transfers any portion of its Class A Membership Interests in accordance with Article   IX of the Company LLC Agreement, and each of their respective Affiliates (other than the Company or the Project Company) and each of their respective shareholders, partners members, officers, directors, employees, agents, and other representatives, and their respective successors and assigns.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

Company ” is defined in the preliminary statements to the ECCA.

Company Distributable Cash ” means, as of any date, all cash, cash equivalents and liquid investments (excluding Capital Contributions, Permitted Investments and any cash received in respect of the Grant) held by the Company as of such date less all reasonable reserves that, in the reasonable judgment of the Managing Member, are necessary or appropriate for the

 

5


operation of the Company consistently with the Prudent Operator Standard. Reasonable reserves shall consist of any combination of the following reserves as reasonably determined by the Managing Member, without duplication: (i) necessary for payment of expenses included in the annual budget of the Company, (ii) necessary to prevent or mitigate an emergency situation, (iii)established with the prior written consent of the Members (by Class Majority Vote), (iv) necessary to allow the Company to meet expenses that are clearly identified and expected with reasonable certainty to become due, but that are not included in the annual budget of the Company, (v) necessary to ensure sufficient spare parts or the payment of operational and maintenance costs for each of the Systems, and (vi) one or more additional reserves not referred to in the preceding clauses of this definition of “Company Distributable Cash” that do not, together with the reserves reserved pursuant to clause (vi) of the definition of Project Company Distributable Cash, in the aggregate exceed $1,600,000.

Company LLC Agreement ” means the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, by and between Clean Technologies and Mehetia, substantially in the form of Exhibit D to the ECCA and dated as of the Initial Funding Date, as the same may be amended, supplemented or replaced from time to time.

Company Minimum Gain ” means the amount of minimum gain there is in connection with nonrecourse liabilities of the Company, calculated in the manner described in Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(b)(2) and 1.704-2(d).

Confidential Information ” is defined in Section 11.12(a) of the Company LLC Agreement.

Consult ” or “ Consultation ” means to confer with, and reasonably consider and take into account the reasonable suggestions, comments or opinions of, another Person.

Control ” or “ Controlled by ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of either of the following:

(i) in the case of a corporation, more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities thereof; (ii) in the case of a limited liability company, partnership, limited partnership or joint venture, the right to more than 50% of the distributions (including liquidating distributions) therefrom; (iii) in the case of a trust or estate, including a business trust, more than 50% of the beneficial interest therein; and (iv) in the case of any other entity, more than 50% of the economic or beneficial interest therein; or in the case of any entity, the power or authority, through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, to exercise a controlling influence over the management of the entity.

Control Agreement ” means the Control Agreement to be entered into on or before the Initial Funding Date among Mehetia, Clean Technologies, the Company (or the Project Company) and the control agent party thereto, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Credit Agreement ” means the Credit Agreement to be entered into on or before the Initial Funding Date among Project Company, RBS Securities Inc., The Royal Bank of Scotland pie, as administrative agent and collateral agent, and the Lenders, as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

6


Credit Documents ” means the Credit Agreement and all other documents executed or delivered in connection with the Credit Agreement, including, without limitation, the Interparty Agreement.

Credit Suisse Guarantor ” means Credit Suisse (USA), Inc.

Credit Suisse Guaranty ” means the Guaranty made by Credit Suisse Guarantor for the benefit of Clean Technologies, dated on or about the date hereof.

CT Funding Amount’ ; means, on the Initial Funding Date or on any Subsequent Funding Date, an amount that is equal to the required Progress Contribution less (i) the applicable Loan Proceeds of the Lenders and (ii) the applicable Subsequent Funding Payment of the Investor.

DDOT ” means the Delaware Department of Transportation.

DDOT Site Lease ” means a Lease Agreement between DDOT and the Project Company to be entered into on or prior to the Initial Funding Date, as it may be amended to extend the term or otherwise.

December Capital Contribution ” means the Capital Contribution in the amount of $16,619,339.60 made by Clean Technologies to the Company on December 30, 2011 pursuant to the Capital Contribution Agreement dated December 30, 2011 among Bloom, Clean Technologies, the Company and the Project Company.

Deposit Contribution ” is defined in Section 2.2(b) of the ECCA.

Depreciation ” means for each Fiscal Year or part thereof, an amount equal to the depreciation, amortization, or other cost recovery deduction allowable for United States federal income tax purposes with respect to an asset for such Fiscal Year or part thereof, except that if the Gross Asset Value of an asset differs from its adjusted basis for United States federal income tax purposes at the beginning of such Fiscal Year, the depreciation, amortization, or other cost recovery deduction for such Fiscal Year or part thereof shall be an amount which bears the same ratio to such Gross Asset Value as the United States federal income tax depreciation, amortization, or other cost recovery deduction for such Fiscal Year or part thereof bears to such adjusted tax basis. If such asset has a zero adjusted tax basis, the depreciation, amortization ,or other cost recovery deduction for each taxable year shall be determined under a method reasonably selected by the Managing Member and agreed to by Members representing a Class Majority Vote.

Designated Transfers ” is defined in Section 9.9 of the Company LLC Agreement.

Disqualified Person ” means (a) any federal, state or local government (or any political subdivision, agency or instrumentality thereof); (b) any organization described in Section 501(c) of the Code and exempt from tax under Section 501{a) of the Code; (c) any entity referenced in Section 54(j){4) of the Code; {d) any foreign person or entity as defined in Section 168{h)(2)(C) of the Code unless the exception under Section 168{h}(2)(B) of the Code applies with respect to income from the Project for that person; and {e) any partnership or other pass-through entity

 

7


(including a single-member disregarded entity), other than a real estate investment trust as defined in Section 856(a} of the Code, any direct or indirect partner (or other holder of an equity or profits interest) of which is described in clauses (a) – (d); provided that a taxable C corporation, any of whose shareholders are ineligible to receive a Grant by virtue of being described in clauses (a) – (d) above will not be considered a Disqualified Person. Notwithstanding the above, a Person will not be treated as a Disqualified Person if it is demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Members that a Class A Recapture Event or Class B Recapture Event, as applicable, will not occur as a result of such Person owning a direct or indirect interest in the Company or Project Company; and provided , further that if and to the extent that Section 1603 of division B of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 is amended after the date of the Agreement , the definition of “ Disqualified Person ” under the Agreement shall be interpreted to conform to such amendment and any Treasury guidance with respect thereto.

Distribution Date ” means, in respect of every month commencing the month following the Initial Funding Date, the date that falls on the last Business Day of such month.

Dollars ” or “ $ ”means the lawful currency of the United States of America.

DPL ” means Delmarva Power & Light Company, a DPSC regulated utility company.

DPL Agreements ” means the service applications between the Project Company and DPL with respect to the REPS Act and the Tariffs, whereby DPL shall (a) serve as the agent for collection of amounts due from Project Company (if any) and for disbursement of amounts due to Project Company under the QFCP-RC Tariff and (b) sell to Project Company natural gas under the Gas Tariff.

DPL Site Lease ” means a Lease Agreement between DPL and the Project Company to be entered into on or prior to the Initial Funding Date.

DPSC ” means the Delaware Public Service Commission, the Governmental Authority charged with regulating DPL and issuing the Tariffs.

ECCA ” means the Equity Capital Contribution Agreement with respect to the Company dated as of March 16, 2012 among Clean Technologies, the Company, the Project Company and Mehetia and all schedules and exhibits thereto.

Effective Date ” is defined in Section 11.16 of the Company LLC Agreement. “Energy” is defined in the MESPA.

Encumbrance ” means any charge, claim, community property interest, condition, equitable interest, lien, option, pledge, mortgage, security interest, right of first refusal or restriction of any kind, including any restriction on use, voting, transfer, receipt of income or exercise of any other attribute of ownership.

Environmental Reports ” means (a) the Phase I Environmental Site Assessment: Proposed Fuel Cell Facility (Brookside Site) prepared by Terracon Consultants, Inc., dated November 15, 2011, and (b) the Phase I Environmental Site Assessment: Proposed Fuel Cell Facility (Red Lion Site) prepared by Terracon Consultants, Inc., dated November 15, 2011.

 

8


Environmental Laws ” means all Applicable Laws pertaining to the environment, human health, safety and natural resources, including, but not limited to, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 (42 U.S.C. § 9601 et seq.), and the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 (42 U.S.C. §§ 6901 et seq.), and the Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments Act of 1984, the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. §§ 7401 et seq.), the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (also known as the Clean Water Act) (33 U.S.C. §§ 1251 et seq.), the Toxic Substances Control Act (15 U.S.C.§§ 2601 et seq.), the Safe Drinking Water Act (42 U.S.C. §§ 300f et seq.), the Endangered Species Act (16 U.S.C. §§ 1531 et seq.), the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. §§ 1801 et seq.), and any similar or analogous state and local statutes or regulations promulgated thereunder and decisional law of any Governmental Authority, as each of the foregoing may amended or supplemented from time to time in the future, in each case to the extent applicable with respect to the property or operation to which application of the term “Environmental Laws” relates.

Equity Commitment Amount ” means, with respect to Clean Technologies, $25,461,843 plus the Gross Asset Value of the membership interests in the Project Company transferred to the Company by Clean Technologies as shown in Schedule 4.2(b) to the Company LLC Agreement, and with respect to Mehetia, $41,650,000, subject to the limitation that at no time will the actual or required net investment (Capital Contributions less actual pre-tax cash distributions from the Company to Mehetia, as applicable made and received to date) by Mehetia exceed $65,000,000.

Equity Contribution ” is defined in Section 4.3 of the Company LLC Agreement.

Equity Contribution Date ” is defined in Section 4.3 of the Company LLC Agreement.

Equity Contribution Notice ” is defined in Section 4.3 of the Company LLC Agreement.

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

Execution Date ” has the meaning given in the introductory paragraph of the ECCA.

Exempt Wholesale Generator ” means an “exempt wholesale generator” under PUHCA and the implementing regulations of FERC.

Exhibits ” means, in the case of the ECCA, the exhibits attached to the ECCA and in the case of the Company LLC Agreement, the exhibits attached to the Company LLC Agreement.

Federal Power Act ” or “ FPA ” means the Federal Power Act of 1935, as amended.

FERC ” means the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission and any successor thereto.

Fiscal Year ” is defined in Section 7.9 of the Company LLC Agreement.

Flip Date ” means the last day of the calendar month in which Class B Member achieves an Internal Rate of Return equal to or greater than the Target IRR.

 

9


Funding ” means the Initial Funding or any Subsequent Funding, as the case may be.

Funding Date ” means the date of any Funding.

Funding Notice ” means a notice in the form of Exhibit I to the ECCA.

Funding Payment ” means, individually or collectively, the Initial Funding Payment and the Subsequent Funding Payments.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles as recognized by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, as in effect from time to time, consistently applied and maintained on a consistent basis for a Person throughout the period indicated and consistent with such Person’s prior financial practice.

Gas Tariff” means DPL’s Service Classification “LVG-QFCP-RC” filed for gas service applicable to REPS Qualified Fuel Cell Provider Projects and approved by DPSC in Order no. 8062 dated October 18, 2011, as adopted and supplemented by DPSC’s Findings, Opinion and Order No.8079, dated December l, 2011.

Governmental Approval ” means all filings, notifications, orders, certificates, determinations, registrations, permits, licenses, approvals and authorizations with or of any Governmental Authority or other entity pursuant to Applicable Law.

Governmental Authority ” means any governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency, court or other instrumentality of any country, state, province, county, parish or municipality, jurisdiction, or other political subdivision thereof.

“Grant” means a grant (or a portion thereof) under Section 1603 of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Tax Act of 2009 with respect to a System.

Grant Application ” means a Grant application to be filed with the Treasury under Section 1603 of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Tax Act of 2009 and all related guidance, regulations, notices, promulgations and announcements.

Gross Asset Value ” means, with respect to any asset, the asset’s adjusted tax basis for federal income tax purposes, except as follows:

 

  (a) the initial Gross Asset Value of any asset contributed by a Member to the Company shall be the Gross Fair Market Value of such asset as of the date of contribution; provided that the initial Gross Asset Values of the assets contributed to the Company on the Initial Funding Date shall be shown in Schedule 4.2(b) to the Company LLC Agreement;

 

  (b) the Gross Asset Values of all Company assets shall be adjusted to equal their respective fair market values at the times described in Section 4.2(c) of the Company LLC Agreement;

 

10


  (c) the Gross Asset Value of any item of Company assets distributed to any Member shall be adjusted to equal the Gross Fair Market Value of such asset on the date of distribution;

 

  (d) the Gross Asset Values of all Company assets shall be adjusted to reflect any adjustments to the adjusted basis of such assets pursuant to Sections 734(b) or 743(b) of the Code, but only to the extent that such adjustments are required to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m); provided , however , that Gross Asset Values shall not be adjusted pursuant to this subsection (d) to the extent that the Managing Member determines that an adjustment pursuant to subsection (b) is necessary or appropriate in connection with a transaction that would otherwise result in an adjustment pursuant to this subsection (d); and

 

  (e) if the Gross Asset Value of an asset has been determined or adjusted pursuant to subsection (a), (b) or (d) above, such Gross Asset Value shall thereafter be adjusted by the Depreciation taken into account with respect to such asset.

Gross Fair Market Value ” means, with respect to any asset, the fair market value of the asset as reasonably determined by the Managing Member and agreed to by Members representing a Class Majority Vote.

Guaranteed Initial Delivery Date ” has the meaning set forth in the QFCP-RC Tariff. “Guidance” means the guidance issued on July 9, 2009, by the Treasury for payments for specified energy property in lieu of tax credits under the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (as updated on March 15, 2010 and in April 2011), the Frequently Asked Questions and Answers issued by the Treasury on January 8, 2010 and June 25, 2010, as updated in April 2011, and any other guidance or clarification, addition or supplement thereto issued by the Treasury or any other Governmental Authority.

Hedge Support ” means any letters of credit, guarantees, bonds, surety contracts and other credit support arrangements (and any related reimbursement obligation) to support the payment and performance obligations of the Project Company under any hedge agreement to which the Project Company is a party.

HSR Act ” means the Hart Scott Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended and the regulations adopted thereunder.

Independent Accounting Firm ” means an accounting firm that is mutually acceptable to Class A Members holding a majority of the Class A Membership Interests, and Class B Member and if the foregoing Members cannot agree, then one of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu, Ernst & Young, KPMG International or PricewaterhouseCoopers as chosen by the Managing Member; provided that, any such accounting firm is not the Accounting Firm.

Independent Engineer ” means SAIC Energy, Environment & Infrastructure, LLC.

Independent Engineer Report ” means the report of the Independent Engineer to be dated on or before the Initial Funding Date.

 

11


Indemnified Costs ” means Investor Indemnified Costs or Clean Technologies Indemnified Costs, as the context requires.

Indemnified Party ” means an Investor Indemnified Party or Clean Technologies Indemnified Party, as the context requires.

Indemnifying Party ” means Mehetia or Clean Technologies, as the context requires.

Initial Funding ” is defined in Section 2.3 of the ECCA.

Initial Funding Date ” means the date described in Section 2.3 of the ECCA.

Initial Funding Payment ” is defined in Section 2.2(a) of the ECCA.

Initial Funding Termination Date ” means March 31, 2014 or any later date agreed to by Investor and Clean Technologies.

Insurance Report ” means the Insurance Due Diligence Summary prepared by Moore McNeill, LLC, to be dated on or before the Initial Funding Date.

Interconnection Point ” is defined in the MESPA.

Internal Rate of Return ” means, with respect to Class B Member and at any time of determination, the discount rate that sets A equal to B, where A is the present value of (a) cash (including the proceeds of any Grant, or, if elected pursuant to Section 7.5(b)(i) of the Company LLC Agreement, the proceeds of any similar successor cash program or cash received from an Alternative Tax Program) distributed to Class B Member and, if the ITC is elected pursuant to Section 7.5(b)(i) of the Company LLC Agreement and the Class B Member consents in writing to inclusion of such ITC in its Internal. Rate of Return, the value of any ITC claimed on Systems to the extent allocated to Class B Member assuming a 35% federal income tax rate plus (b) any indemnity payments received by Class B Member that compensate for loss of any item listed in the foregoing clause (a), and B is the present value of the various Capital Contributions made by Class B Member.

Interparty Agreement ” means an Interparty Agreement to be entered into on or before the Initial Funding Date among the Project Company, Company, Clean Technologies, Investor and The Royal Bank of Scotland pie, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Investor ” is defined in the preliminary statements to the ECCA. “Investor Guarantor” means the Credit Suisse Guarantor. “Investor Guaranty” means the Credit Suisse Guaranty.

Investor Indemnified Costs ” means, with respect to Class B Member, the following:

 

  (a)

with respect to any indemnification, defense or hold harmless obligations under the Company LLC Agreement or the ECCA of Clean Technologies or its Affiliates, any and all damages, losses, claims, liabilities, demands, charges, suits, Taxes, penalties, costs, and reasonable expenses (including court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses of one law firm for all Investor

 

12


 

Indemnified Parties) incurred by such Investor Indemnified Parties, including with respect to Third Party Claims, resulting from or relating to (i) any breach or default or misrepresentation by Clean Technologies (as itself or as a Class A Member, Managing Member or Tax Matters Partner) or any Affiliate of Clean Technologies, as applicable, of any representation, warranty, covenant, indemnity or agreement under the ECCA or any other Transaction Document, including (A) in its capacity as Managing Member under the Company LLC Agreement in accordance with the terms thereof and (B) in its capacity as Tax Matters Partner under Section 7.7(b) and Section 7.7(c) of the Company LLC Agreement in accordance with the terms thereof, (ii) any claim for fraud or willful misconduct on the part of Clean Technologies or any Affiliate of Clean Technologies relating to the ECCA or any other Transaction Document, (iii) resulting from Project Company (or any of the Systems) not qualifying for (or becoming disqualified under) the REPS Act or the Tariffs as a result of any act or omission by Bloom or any Affiliate of Bloom (including, without limitation, (A) Bloom failing to achieve commercial operation (as defined in the QFCP-RC Tariff) of 5 MW of Systems by March 31, 2013 (unless such date has been extended in accordance with the QFCP-RC Tariff), (B) Bloom failing to achieve commercial operation (as defined in the QFCP-RC Tariff) of 30 MW of Systems, of which at least 20 MW of Systems were actually manufactured by Bloom in the State of Delaware by September 30, 2014 (unless such date has been extended in accordance with the QFCP-RC Tariff), (C) Bloom failing to be manufacturing fuel cells capable of being powered by renewable fuels from a permanent manufacturing facility located in the State of Delaware as of the date-of Commencement of Operations (as defined in the MESPA) of the full nameplate capacity of the Portfolio, or (D) any of the acts or omissions set forth in Section 4.3 of the MESPA}, (iv) Bloom failing to be in compliance with the Letter Agreement (including, if so required by the State of Delaware, posting the security referred to in the Letter Agreement upon or prior to the Commencement of Operation of the first System) or (v) any surcharges pursuant to the Tariffs being deemed a tax under Delaware law; and

 

  (b) with respect to any indemnification, defense or hold harmless obligations under the Company LLC Agreement or the ECCA (if applicable) of any other Class A Member not covered under the preceding clause (a), any and all damages, losses, claims, liabilities, demands, charges, suits, Taxes, penalties, costs, and reasonable expenses (including court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses of one law firm for all Investor Indemnified Parties) incurred by such Investor Indemnified Parties, including with respect to Third Party Claims, resulting from or relating to (i) any breach or default or misrepresentation by such Class A Member or its Affiliate, as applicable, of any representation, warranty, covenant, indemnity or agreement under the ECCA or any other Transaction Document or (ii) any claim for fraud or willful misconduct on the part of such Class A Member or its Affiliate relating to the ECCA or any other Transaction Document.

Investor Indemnified Parties ” means the Mehetia Indemnified Parties.

IP Rights ” is defined in Section 3.1(x) of the ECCA.

 

13


ITC ” means the 30% investment tax credit under Section 48 of the Code. “IRS” means the Internal Revenue Service or any successor agency.

Knowledge ” means, with respect to Clean Technologies, the Company and the Managing Member, the actual knowledge after due inquiry of the senior managers of the Company listed below in the positions set forth next to such person’s name or their successors or replacements in such positions.

 

Name

  

Position

William H. Kurtz    President
William E. Brockenborough    Vice President, General Manager
Martin J. Collins    Vice President
Scott Reynolds    Vice President
Kevin Passalacqua    Vice President
Manford Leonard    Vice President, Secretary

kW ” means kilowatt or one thousand watts of Energy.

Legal Requirement ” means any law (including common law), statute, act, decree, ordinance, rule, directive (to the extent having the force of law) order, treaty, code or regulation (including any of the foregoing relating to health or safety matters or any Environmental Law) or any interpretation of any of the foregoing, as enacted, issued or promulgated by any Governmental Authority, including all amendments, modifications, extensions, replacements or re-enactments thereof.

Lenders ” means The Royal Bank of Scotland pie and the various financial institutions party to the Credit Agreement in their capacity as lenders thereunder.

Letter Agreement ” means that certain Letter Agreement dated October 10, 2011 between Bloom and the State of Delaware, as may be amended from time to time.

Liens ” means any liens, pledges, claims, security interests, easements, rights of way, mortgages, deeds of trust, covenants, restrictions, rights of first refusal or defects in title.

LLC Agreement Termination Date ” is defined in Section 2.4 of the Company LLC Agreement.

Loan Proceeds ” is defined in Section 2.7(h) of the ECCA.

 

14


Major Decisions ” means:

With respect to the Pre-Flip Period, any of the following:

 

  (a) Any sale, lease or other voluntary disposition of assets of the Project Company or Membership Interests in the Project Company with an aggregate fair market value in excess of $250,000 during any 12 month period, but excluding sales of (i) energy sold under the PJM Agreements or excess energy produced by Systems, (ii) environmental attributes of energy sales (such as renewable energy credits and carbon allowances), (iii) ancillary benefits of energy sales (such as capacity credits) and (iv) surplus or obsolete assets;

 

  (b) The Company or the Project Company taking action to (i) cancel, suspend or terminate any Material Contract, (ii) assign, release or relinquish the rights or obligations of (or any security posted by) any party to, or amend (A) the DPL Agreements, the PJM Agreements, the Credit Agreement, the Interparty Agreement, any Collateral Document (as defined in the Credit Agreement) or any other Credit Document (solely to the extent the amendment of any other such Credit Document could reasonably be expected by the Managing Member to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Class B Members), other than any such assignment or release made in accordance with its express terms, or (B) any other Material Contract if (with respect to this clause (B) only) any of the foregoing items in this clause (ii) could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company or the Project Company, (iii) renew or enter into any replacement Material Contract except to the extent such renewal or replacement is on substantially the same terms as the original Material Contract, (iv) replace the Administrator under the Administrative Services Agreement, (v) replace the manager or operator under the MOMA, or (vi) enter into any new Material Contract; provided that none of the following will be considered a Major Decision: (v) taking any of the actions referred to above in this paragraph (b) in connection with a Material Contract with respect to assets that are excluded from paragraph (a) above, (w) entry into the DPL Agreements or the PJM Agreements, (x) taking any of the actions referred to above in this paragraph (b) if such actions (1) are required by any Governmental Authority or (2) involve agreements or instruments as to which such actions otherwise are permitted under the Company LLC Agreement, (y) the replacement of (I) any permit or (2) any Hedge Support with other Hedge Support that provides up to a comparable amount of credit support with comparable obligations, and (z) the enforcement or management of contracts with suppliers;

 

  (c) The Company adopting, amending or exceeding the Annual Budget for the Project Company, except that the following will not be considered a Major Decision: (i) adoption of an Annual Budget containing an aggregate expense amount for any Fiscal Year that is not more than [***] above the annual spending projected in the Base Case Model for such Fiscal Year or [***] above the aggregate expense amount reflected in the Annual Budget for the previous Fiscal Year, (ii) spending up to [***] of the aggregate expense amount reflected in the Annual Budget for a Fiscal Year and (iii) emergency spending above the [***] limit, except that non-recurring budget items that are not included in the Base Case Model and that are not incurred or expected to be incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business will be excluded when applying the percentages in this paragraph;

 

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

 

15


  (d) Approval of any transactions (other than other transactions contemplated by any of the Transaction Documents) between the Company or the Project Company, as the case may be, and any member thereof, the Administrator, or any Affiliates of any member of the Company or the Project Company, other than those entered into on an arm’s length basis;

 

  (e) Any settlement of claims, litigation, arbitration, criminal investigation or criminal proceedings (excluding the payment of undisputed liquidated damages) involving the Company, the Project Company or the Managing Member (only to the extent such investigation or proceeding relates to its actions or failure to act in such capacity) or any of their respective officers, managers or directors except if the settlement is not with any Affiliate of Bloom and, as a result of such settlement, the Company and/or the Project Company would not be obligated to pay more than $250,000 in the aggregate;

 

  (f) Change, amend or substitute the insurance required to be maintained by the Company pursuant to the ECCA or the Company LLC Agreement in a manner that would cause such insurance to be materially different from the insurance requirements prescribed therein;

 

  (g) Any action that would cause the Company or the Project Company to engage in any business or activity that is not within the purpose of such entity, as set forth in such entity’s organizational documents, or to change such purpose;

 

  (i) any action that would cause the Company to remove the Managing Member or fill any vacancy for the Managing Member as provided in Section 8.2(c) of the LLC Agreement or any action that would cause the Project Company to remove the manager of the Project Company or fill any vacancy for the manager of the Project Company, (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Company or the Project Company, (iii) the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets or ownership interests of another Person, (iv) sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or the Project Company and (vi) the taking of any action by the Company or the Project Company described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v) or (vi) of the definition of “Bankruptcy”;

 

  (h) Granting of any Encumbrance on the assets or rights of the Company or the assets and rights of the Project Company other than Permitted Liens;

 

  (i) Any incurrence or guarantee of indebtedness for borrowed money or capitalized lease obligations in excess of $1,000,000 (other than capital leases) in the aggregate for the Company and the Project Company;

 

  (j) Any issuance or redemption by the Company or Project Company of any Membership Interests or other equity interest of any kind in the Company or Project Company other than any issuance permitted under Section 4.1(c) of the Company LLC Agreement;

 

16


  (k) Any amendment or cancellation of the certificate of formation of the Company or the Project Company or amendment of the Project Company LLC Agreement;

 

  (l) The admission of any additional member in the Company or Project Company, other than pursuant to terms of the Company LLC Agreement or Project Company LLC Agreement;

 

  (m) The hiring by the Company or the Project Company of any employees or entering into any bonus, profit sharing, thrift, compensation, option, pension, retirement, savings, welfare, deferred compensation, employment, termination, severance or other employee benefit plan, agreement, trust, fund policy or arrangement for the benefit or welfare of any directors, officers or employees of the Company or the Project Company;

 

  (n) Any change in the Company’s or Project Company’s legal form or any recapitalization, liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Company or Project Company (except as permitted under the Company LLC Agreement or the Project Company LLC Agreement);

 

  (o) Permitting (i) the possession of property of the Company by any Member, (ii) the assignment, transfer or pledge of rights of the Company in specific property of the Company for other than a Company purpose or other than for the benefit of the Company or (iii) any commingling of the funds of the Company with the funds of any other Person;

 

  (p) Electing that the Company be treated other than as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes or electing that the Project Company be treated other than as a “disregarded entity” for United States federal income tax purposes;

 

  (q) Amending, or choosing to fail to obtain or, as a result of the breach of its terms, causing the revocation of, any governmental approval required for the operation, ownership, management or maintenance of the Systems or the sale or transmission of electric energy in a manner that would have a Material Adverse Effect or fail to maintain the status of the Company as an Exempt Wholesale Generator or taking any action that would cause the Company to cease to be an Exempt Wholesale Generator or a member of PJM;

 

  (r) Engaging in any speculative financial activities, excluding (i) sales of energy and (ii) other hedge or swap arrangements, renewable energy credit sales, forward contracts and similar transactions and other transactions in effect on the Initial Funding Date or any Subsequent Funding Date, as applicable, for the Systems and replacements therefor, in each case, entered into in the Ordinary Course of Business for the Portfolio;

 

  (s) Lending any funds from the Company to any Person;

 

17


  (t) Engaging in any act that, if taken, would reasonably be expected to cause a Class A Recapture Event;

 

  (u) If a Grant is not available with respect to certain Systems, electing under any Alternative Tax Program pursuant to Section 7.5(b)(i) of the Company LLC Agreement;

 

  (v) Ordering the purchase of a System other than for the Project;

 

  (w) Not pursuing the rights and remedies under any agreement with Bloom or its Affiliates after a failure to cure within the applicable cure period, including, without limitation, the MOMA, the MESPA or the Administrative Services Agreement;

 

  (x) Selling or disposing of any energy calls purchased on or prior to the Initial Funding Date other than at or around their expiration date;

 

  (y) Authorizing or permitting the Company to make a capital contribution to the Project Company except in accordance with Sections 4.3 and 4.4 of the LLC Agreement;

 

  (aa) Making any material tax election, or causing the Company to cause the Project Company to make any material tax election, other than as provided in the Company LLC Agreement;

 

  (bb) Taking any act in contravention of or in breach of the Company LLC Agreement or the organizational documents of the Company or the Project Company;

 

  (cc) Causing the Company or causing the Company to cause the Project Company to change its method of accounting, except as required by GAAP, or taking any action with respect to accounting policies or procedures, unless required by GAAP;

 

  (dd) Making any distribution to any Member or causing any distribution to be made by the Company or the Project Company except as specified in the Company LLC Agreement or Project Company LLC Agreement;

 

  (ee) Causing the Company or causing the Company to cause the Project Company to knowingly take or omit to take any action that would result in a material breach or an event of default, or that would permit or result in the acceleration of any obligation or termination of any right, under any Material Contract;

 

  (ff) Causing the Company or causing the Company to cause the Project Company to form any Person, including any Subsidiaries; and

 

  (gg) Taking any action in violation of, or inconsistent with, the REPS Act or any of the Tariffs, including, without limitation causing the Project Company to sell any electricity other than to PJM.

 

18


With respect to the period following the Flip Date, the matters in paragraph (a) above shall be Major Decisions, except that any such matter will be a Major Decision only with respect to the sale, lease or other voluntary disposition of assets at a price other than for fair market value, and the matters in clauses (g), (o) and (p) shall also be Major Decisions.

Majority Vote ” is defined in Section 3.2(f) of the Company LLC Agreement.

Managing Member ” is defined in Section 8.2Ca) of the Company LLC Agreement.

Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on the business, assets, liabilities, financial condition or results of operations of the Project Company, excluding any effect resulting from (a) effects of weather or meteorological events, (b) general industry strikes, work stoppages or other labor disturbances, or (c) the execution or delivery of the Transaction Documents or the transactions contemplated in them or the announcement of such transactions. An adverse effect will be considered “material” under this definition for purposes of the conditions precedent to closing in Sections 2.5, 2.6, 2.7 and 2.8 of the ECCA if it will cause a reduction of at least $1,000,000 in the aggregate, across one or more conditions precedent, in the sum of the net present values of the Grants and Project Company Distributable Cash from the Portfolio through the Flip Date as projected in the Base Case Model. An adverse effect will be considered “material” under this definition for purposes of any post-closing indemnities for breach of representations if it is reasonably likely to cause a reduction of at least $1,000,000 in the aggregate in the sum of the net present values of the Grants and Project Company Distributable Cash from the Portfolio over the period from the Initial Funding Date through the Flip Date as projected in the Base Case Model. The net present value will be calculated by discounting to the Initial Funding Date for the Portfolio, a Grant and Project Company Distributable Cash received through the date of calculation and discounting the remaining Grants and cash through the projected Flip Date in the Base Case Model using the Target IRR as the discount rate.

Material Contract ” means (a) a contract for the sale of electricity or transmission services of a System for a term of more than one year, (b) a contract, lease, indenture or security agreement under which the Company or the Project Company (i) has created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed any indebtedness for borrowed money or obligations under any lease that, in accordance with GAAP, or international financial reporting standards, as applicable, should be capitalized, (ii) has created a mortgage, security interest or other consensual encumbrance on any property with a fair market value of more than $250,000 (other than any Permitted Liens), or (iii) has a reimbursement obligation in respect of any letter of credit, guaranty, bond, or other credit or collateral support arrangement required to be maintained by the Project Company under the terms of any contract referred to in clause (a) above, (c) a contract for management, operation or maintenance of the Company, the Project Company or a System that requires payments of more than $250,000, (d) a product warranty or repair contract by or with a manufacturer or vendor of equipment owned or leased by the Project Company with a fair market value of more than $250,000, (e) any other contract that is expected to require payments by the Company or the Project Company, in the aggregate, of more than $250,000 per calendar year and (f) the MESPA, the DPL Agreements, the PJM Agreements, the MOMA, the Site Leases, the Credit Agreement, the Interparty Agreement, the Collateral Documents (as defined in the Credit Agreement), any other Credit Document, the Administrative Services Agreement or any Transaction Document.

 

19


MBR Authority ” is defined in Section 2.7(n) of the ECCA.

Mehetia ” is defined in the preamble to the ECCA.

Mehetia Indemnified Parties ” means Mehetia and any person to whom Mehetia transfers any portion of its Class B Membership Interests in accordance with Article IX of the Company LLC Agreement, and each of their respective Affiliates and each of their respective shareholders, partners members, officers, directors, employees, agents, and other representatives, and their respective successors and assigns.

Member ” means any Person executing the Company LLC Agreement as of the date of the Company LLC Agreement as a member of the Company or any Person admitted to the Company as a member as provided in the Company LLC Agreement (each in the capacity as a member of the Company), but does not include any Person who has ceased to be a member of the Company.

Member Loan ” means any loan or advance made by (i) a Class B Member to the Company or (ii) the Company to the Project Company, pursuant to Section 4.5 of the Company LLC Agreement.

Member Nonrecourse Debt ” means “partner nonrecourse debt” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section l.704-2(b)(4). An example is where a Member or a person related to the Member makes a loan on a nonrecourse basis to the Company.

Member Party ” is defined in Section 3.6(a) of the Company LLC Agreement. “Membership Interest” means the interest of a Member in the Company, including rights to distributions (liquidating or otherwise), allocations, and to vote, consent or approve, if any.

MESPA ” means the Master Energy Server Purchase Agreement, dated as of the Initial Funding Date, between Bloom and the Project Company.

Minimum Gain Attributable to Member Nonrecourse Debt ” means the amount of minimum gain there is in connection with a Member Nonrecourse Debt, calculated in the manner described in Treasury Regulation Section l.704-2(i)(3).

MOMA ” means the Master Operation and Maintenance Agreement, dated as of the Initial Funding Date, between the Project Company and the Operator, as such agreement may be amended, supplemented or replaced from time to time.

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investor Service, Inc.

MW ” means megawatt or one million watts of Energy.

Nonrecourse Deduction ” means a deduction for spending that is funded out of nonrecourse borrowing by the Company or that is otherwise attributable to a “nonrecourse liability” of the Company within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section l.704-2.

Notice ” is defined in Section 11.1 of the Company LLC Agreement.

 

20


Operations Report ” is defined in Section 7.1(a) of the Company LLC Agreement.

Operator ” means Bloom.

Ordinary Course of Business ” means the ordinary conduct of business consistent with past custom and practice (including with respect to quantity and frequency).

Original Operating Agreement ” is defined in the preliminary statements of the Company LLC Agreement.

Party ” means, for purposes of the ECCA, a party to the ECCA and for purposes of the Company LLC Agreement, a party to the Company LLC Agreement.

Percentage Interest ” means the percentage interest shown for a Class A Member or Class B Member, as applicable, in Schedule 4.2(d) of the Company LLC Agreement as updated from time to time.

Permitted Encumbrance ” means Encumbrances provided for under the Transaction Documents, liens for Taxes not yet due and payable for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP and restrictions on transfer of the Membership Interests under any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law.

Permitted   Investments ” means any of the following having a maturity of not greater than one year from the date of issuance thereof: (a) readily marketable direct obligations of the government of the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof or obligations unconditionally guaranteed by the full faith and credit of the government of the United States of America, (b) insured certificates of deposit of or time deposits with any commercial bank that is a member of the Federal Reserve System, issues (or the parent of which issues) commercial paper rated as described in clause (c) below, is organized under the laws of the United States or any State thereof and has combined capital and surplus of at least $1,000,000,000.00 or (c) commercial paper issued by any corporation organized under the laws of any State of the United States and rated at least “Prime-1” (or the then equivalent grade) by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or “A-1” (or the then equivalent grade) by Standard & Poor’s Corporation.

Permitted Liens ” means (a) Liens for taxes not yet due or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP (b) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s, employees’, contractors’, operators’ or other similar Liens or charges securing the payment of expenses not yet due and payable that were incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business of the Project Company or for amounts being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings, (c) trade contracts or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business of the Project Company, (d) obligations or duties to any Governmental Authority arising in the Ordinary Course of Business (including under licenses and permits held by the Project Company and under all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority), (e) obligations or duties under easements, leases or other property rights, (f) Liens arising out of judgments or awards so long as an appeal or proceeding for review is being prosecuted in good faith and for the payment of which adequate reserves in accordance

 

21


with GAAP, bonds or other security have been provided or are fully covered by insurance, (g) Liens of record and zoning and other land use restrictions that do not impair the value or intended use of a System, (h) security interests granted to satisfy credit support obligations or margin requirements under any existing or subsequently entered into power purchase agreement, power sales agreement, natural gas supply agreement (including the DPL Agreements), or swap or hedge agreement, in each case, in which the Project Company (but not any Affiliate of the Project Company) is the counterparty to such agreement, (i) Permitted Encumbrances, (j) with respect to the Project Company, easements, rights-of-way, restrictions, reservations and other similar encumbrances and exceptions to title existing or incurred in the ordinary course of business that, in the aggregate, do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of Clean Technologies and the Project Company, taken as a whole, (k) Liens created pursuant to any Credit Document and (l) all other encumbrances and exceptions that are incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business of the Portfolio, are not incurred for borrowed money, and do not have a Material Adverse Effect on either the use of any material assets of the Project Company as currently used or the value of any such assets; provided, however, that the foregoing excludes any Liens held by Bloom or its Affiliates.

Permitted Transfers ” is defined in Section 9.5 of the Company LLC Agreement.

Person ” means an individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association, trust, unincorporated organization, or other entity.

PJM ” means PJM Interconnection, LLC, a regional transmission organization.

PJM Agreements ” is defined in the QFCP-RC Tariff.

PJM Grid ” means the PJM electricity transmission grid.

PJM Market ” means the PJM Interchange Energy Market which Project Company is to sell all of its energy, capacity, ancillary services and environmental attributes pursuant to the QFCP-RC Tariff and the PJM Agreements, and any PJM successor market.

Placed in Service ” means with respect to any System, the completion of or the performance of all of the following activities: (1) obtaining the necessary licenses and permits for the operation of the System and sale of Energy, capacity, ancillary services and RECs generated by (or attributable to) the System, (2) completion of critical tests necessary for proper operation of such System, (3) synchronization of such System onto the PJM Grid, and (4) the commencement of daily operation of such System.

Portfolio ” is defined in the preliminary statements of the ECCA.

Pre-Flip Period ” means the period commencing on the Initial Funding Date and ending on the Flip Date.

Prime Rate ” means a rate per annum equal to the lesser of (a) the prime rate published from time to time in The Wall Street Journal , and (b) the maximum rate permitted by Applicable Laws.

 

22


Pro Rata Shares ” means, with respect to (i) any Class A Member, such Class A Member’s Class A Membership Interests divided by the aggregate Class A Membership Interests of all Class A Members or (ii) any Class B Member, such Class B Member’s Class B Membership Interests divided by the aggregate Class B Membership Interests of all Class B Members.

Progress Contributions ” is defined in Section 2.2(b)(ii) of the ECCA.

Project ” is defined in the preliminary statements of the ECCA.

Project Company ” means Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC.

Project Company Distributable Cash ” means, as of any date, all cash, cash equivalents and liquid investments (excluding Capital Contributions, Permitted Investments and any cash received in respect of the Grant) held by the Project Company as of such date less all reasonable reserves that, in the reasonable judgment of the manager of the Project Company, are necessary or appropriate for the operation of the Project Company or the Systems consistently with the Prudent Operator Standard. Reasonable reserves shall consist of any combination of the following reserves as reasonably determined by the manager of the Project Company, without duplication: (i) necessary for payment of expenses included in the Annual Budget, (ii) necessary to prevent or mitigate an emergency situation, (iii) established with the prior written consent of the Members (by Class Majority Vote), (iv) necessary to allow the Project Company to meet expenses that are clearly identified and expected with reasonable certainty to become due, but that are not included in the Annual Budget, (v) necessary to ensure sufficient spare parts or the payment of operational and maintenance costs for each of the Systems and (vi) one or more additional reserves not referred to in the preceding clauses of this definition of “Project Company Distributable Cash” that do not, together with the reserves reserved pursuant to clause (vi) of the definition of Company Distributable Cash, in the aggregate exceed $1,600,000.

Project Company LLC Agreement ” means the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Project Company, substantially in the form of Exhibit E to the ECCA, and dated as of the Initial Funding Date, as the same may be amended, supplemented or replaced from time to time.

Projected Contribution Schedule ” means the projected schedule of Capital Contributions to be made by Clean Technologies and Investor at each Funding attached to the ECCA as Annex II.

Prudent Operator Standard ” means that a Person will (i) perform its duties in compliance with the requirements of the Material Contracts, (ii) perform the duties in accordance with commercially reasonable applicable fuel cell industry standards (A) taking into account through the Flip Date the need to maintain qualification for a Grant (or if unavailable, the Alternative Tax Program) and to avoid any Class A Recapture Event and (B) that the Portfolio must qualify for and remain qualified to receive service under the QFCP-RC Tariff, and (iii) use sufficient and properly trained and skilled personnel.

PUHCA ” means the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 2005 and FERC’s implementing regulations.

 

23


Purchase Option ” is defined in Section 9.7 of the Company LLC Agreement. “Purchase Option Date” is defined in Section 9.7 of the Company LLC Agreement.

Purchase Option Price ” means the greater of (i) the fair market value of the Class B Membership Interests on the Purchase Option Date as determined by agreement between Class B Member transferring its Class B Membership Interests and the Class A Members and (ii) an amount sufficient to cause Class B Member to achieve an Internal Rate of Return equal to [***]%; provided , however , that should Class B Member transferring its Class B Membership Interests and the Class A Members fail to agree on such fair market value within 30 days of the date on which the Purchase Option Exercise Notice is provided, such fair market value shall be determined by the Appraisal Method which shall be then automatically invoked unless all of the Members otherwise agree in writing.

Purchase Option Exercise Notice ” is defined in Section 9.7 of the Company LLC Agreement.

QFCP-RC Tariff” means DPL’s Service Classification “QFCP-RC” for REPS Qualified Fuel Cell Provider Projects as approved by DPSC in Order no. 8062 dated October 18, 2011, as adopted and supplemented by DPSC’s Findings, Opinion and Order No. 8079, dated December l, 2011.

Quarter ” means a calendar quarter.

Qualified Transferee ” means, with respect to any proposed Transfer, (A) an entity that (i) has (x) owned or operated for a period of at least three (3) years (within the then most recent four year period), and at the time of such Transfer continues to own and operate, solid oxide fuel cell power generating systems or (y) engaged a Person who has owned or operated for a period of at least three (3) years (within the then most recent four year period), and at the time of such Transfer continues to own and operate, solid oxide fuel cell power generating systems, and (ii) either (x) has a credit rating of “BBB-” or higher by S&P and “Baa3” or higher by Moody’s, or (y) has annual revenues of not less than $5,000,000 and a tangible net worth of at least $200,000,000 or (B) such other entity with respect to which the consent of Investor has been obtained.

Recapture Claim ” means a written notice provided by the Class A Members to the Company and Class B Member with respect to Recapture Damages caused by a Class B Recapture Event or by Class B Member to the Company and the Class A Members with respect to Recapture Damages caused by a Class A Recapture Event.

Recapture Damages ” means the amount of (i) any portion of any payment required to be made to the United States of America (or any agency or instrumentality thereof), as applicable, resulting from all or any portion of the Grant or any successor grant program or cash-based subsidy being “recaptured” or denied that is paid by Class B Member, in the case of a Class A Recapture Event, or by the Class A Members, in the case of a Class B Recapture Event, and (ii) with respect to a Member if the Grant, any successor grant program or cash-based subsidy is unavailable with respect to any System, such Members’ share of any payment required to be made by such Member to the United States of America (or any agency or instrumentality thereof) resulting from the recapture or denial of all or any portion of any refundable tax credit or ITC with respect to such System.

 

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

 

24


Recapture Event ” means an event that results in denial or recapture of the Grant, or any Alternative Tax Program, or a portion thereof, by Treasury or any other Governmental Authority.

Recapture Period ” means, with respect to any System, the period from the date on which the System is placed in service for federal income tax purposes until the 5th anniversary of the date the System is placed in service for federal income tax purposes.

RECs ” means any credits, credit certificates, green tags or similar environmental or green energy attributes (such as those for greenhouse reduction or the generation of green power or renewable energy) created by a governmental agency or independent certification board or group generally recognized in the electric power generation industry, and generated by or associated with the System or electricity produced therefrom, but excluding the Grants and ITC.

Red Lion Site ” means the Site described in the DPL Site Lease. “Refund Notice” is defined in Section 2.2(g) of the ECCA. “Refund Payment Date” is defined in Section 2.2(g) of the ECCA

Representatives ” means, with respect to any Person, the managing member(s), the officers, directors, employees, representatives or agents (including investment bankers, financial advisors, attorneys, accountants, brokers and other advisors) of such Person, to the extent that such officer, director, employee, representative or agent of such Person is acting in his or her capacity as an officer, director, employee, representative or agent of such Person.

REPS Act ” means the Renewable Energy Portfolio Standards Act, as amended most recently by S.B. 124, enacted July 10, 2011 (Title 26, Chap. 1, section 351 et seq. of the Code of the State of Delaware).

Required Ratings ” means a long-term senior unsecured credit rating, long-term local issuer credit rating or insurer financial strength rating of at least A- by Standard & Poor’s Corporation or A3 by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or, if either agency is not then in the business of providing ratings, equivalent ratings from any other entity that is then a nationally recognized statistical rating organization.

Sale Notice ” is defined in Section 9.8(a) of the Company LLC Agreement.

Sale Option ” is defined in Section 9.8(a) of the Company LLC Agreement.

Sale Option Date ” is defined in Section 9.8(a) of the Company LLC Agreement.

Sale Price ” means the fair market value of the Class B Membership Interests on the Sale Option Date as determined by agreement between Class B Member transferring its Class B Membership Interests and the Class A Member; provided, however, that should Class B Member transferring its Class B Membership Interests and the Class A Member fail to agree on such fair market value within 30 days of the date on which the Sale Notice is provided, such fair market value shall be determined by the Appraisal Method which shall be then automatically invoked unless otherwise agreed by all of the Members in writing.

 

25


S&P ” means Standard and Poor’s Corporation.

Schedules ” means, in the case of the ECCA, the schedules attached to the ECCA and in the case of the Company LLC Agreement, the schedules attached to the Company LLC Agreement.

Section 203 Order ” means the order issued by FERC authorizing the Company under Section 203(a)(l) of the FPA to issue the Class B Membership Interests to Mehetia.

Securities Act ” is defined in Section 3.3(e) of the ECCA.

Site ” is defined in the MESPA.

Site Leases ” means, collectively, the DPL Site Lease and the DDOT Site Lease.

Subsequent Funding ” is defined in Section 2.4 of the ECCA.

Subsequent Funding Date ” is defined in Section 2.4 of the ECCA.

Subsequent Funding Payment ” is defined in Section 2.2(b) of the ECCA.

Subsequent Funding Termination Date ” means March 31, 2014 or any later date agreed to by Investor and Clean Technologies.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other entity of which such Person (either alone or through or together with any other Person pursuant to any agreement, arrangement, contract or other commitment) owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the stock or other equity interests the holders of which are generally entitled to vote for the election of the board of directors or other governing body of such corporation or other legal entity.

System ” means each proprietary solid oxide fuel cell power generating unit including the integrated assembly of mounting assemblies, metering, transformers, disconnects, switches, wiring devices and wiring interconnected with the PJM Grid and connected to DPL as the supplier of natural gas to fuel the System.

Target IRR ” means a pre-tax Internal Rate of Return of [***]%.

Target IRR Notice ” is defined in Section 7.1(e) of the Company LLC Agreement.

Tariffs ” means the QFCP-RC Tariff and the Gas Tariff.

Tax ” (and, with correlative meaning, “ Taxes ” and “ Taxable ”) means:

 

  (a) any taxes, customs, duties, charges, fees, levies, penalties or other assessments, fees and other governmental charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including, but not limited to, income, profits, gross receipts, net proceeds,

 

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

 

26


 

windfall profit, severance, property, personal property (tangible and intangible) production, sales, use, leasing or lease, license, excise, duty, franchise, capital stock, net worth, employment, occupation, payroll, withholding, social security (or similar), unemployment, disability, payroll, fuel, excess profits, occupational, premium, severance, estimated, alternative or add-on minimum, ad valorem, value added, turnover, transfer, stamp, or environmental tax, or any other tax, custom, duty, fee, levy or other like assessment or charge of any kind whatsoever, together with any interest, penalty, addition to tax, or additional amount attributable thereto; and

 

  (b) any liability for the payment of amounts with respect to payment of a type described in clause (a), including as a result of being a member of an affiliated, consolidated, combined or unitary group, as a result of succeeding to such liability as a result of merger, conversion or asset transfer or as a result of any obligation under any tax sharing arrangement or tax indemnity agreement.

Tax Matters Partner ” is defined in Section 7.7(a) of the Company LLC Agreement.

Tax Returns ” means any return, report, statement, information return or other document (including any amendments thereto and any related or supporting information) filed or required to be filed with any Governmental Authority in connection with the determination, assessment, collection or administration of any Taxes or the administration of any laws, regulations or administrative requirements relating to any Taxes, including after the Funding any IRS Schedule K-1 issued to Members by the Company, information return, claim for refund, amended return or declaration of estimated Tax.

Third Party Claim ” means any action, proceeding, demand or claim by a third party (it being understood that any Affiliate of a Member shall not be deemed to be a third party) excluding any claim relating to the recapture, loss, or denial of all or a portion of a Grant that is already provided for in Section   6.6 , Section 6.7 , Section 6.8 and Section 6.9 of the Company LLC Agreement.

Third Party Penalty Claim ” is defined in Section 9.14 of the Company LLC Agreement. “Tracking Model” means the Base Case Model updated to reflect actual results of the Company, but with the assumptions and conventions in Section 6.5 of the Company LLC Agreement remaining unchanged.

Transaction Documents ” means the Company LLC Agreement, the Project Company LLC Agreement, the ECCA, the Administrative Services Agreement, the MESPA, the MOMA, the Credit Suisse Guaranty, the Bloom Guaranty and each of the other documents required to be delivered on the Execution Date, individually and collectively, and, if any Initial Funding or Subsequent Funding shall have occurred, each document required to be delivered on the Initial Funding Date or a Subsequent Funding Date, individually and collectively.

Transfer ” is defined in Section 9.1 of the Company LLC Agreement.

Treasury ” means the United States Department of the Treasury.

 

27


Treasury Regulations ” means the regulations promulgated under the Code, by the Treasury, as such regulations may be amended from time to time. All references herein to specific sections of the regulations shall be deemed also to refer to any corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations, and any reference to temporary regulations shall be deemed also to refer to any corresponding provisions of final regulations.

UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code, as the same may be in effect in the State of New York or any other applicable jurisdiction.

OTHER DEFINITIONAL PROVISIONS

All terms in the ECCA and the Company LLC Agreement, as applicable, shall have the defined meanings when used in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant thereto unless otherwise defined therein.

As used in the ECCA and the Company LLC Agreement and in any certificate or other documents made or delivered pursuant thereto, accounting terms not defined in the ECCA or the Company LLC Agreement or in any such certificate or other document, and accounting terms partly defined in the ECCA or the Company LLC Agreement or in any such certificate or other document to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them under GAAP. To the extent that the definitions of accounting terms in the ECCA or the Company LLC Agreement or in any such certificate or other document are inconsistent with the meanings of such terms under GAAP, the definitions contained in the ECCA or the Company LLC Agreement or in any such certificate or other document shall control.

The words “hereof”, “herein”, “hereunder”, and words of similar import when used in the ECCA and the Company LLC Agreement shall refer to the ECCA or the Company LLC Agreement, as the case may be, as a whole and not to any particular provision of the ECCA or the Company LLC Agreement. Section references contained in the ECCA and the Company LLC Agreement are references to Sections in the ECCA or the Company LLC Agreement, as applicable, unless otherwise specified. The term “including” shall mean “including without limitation”.

The definitions contained in the ECCA and the Company LLC Agreement are applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of such terms and to the masculine as well as to the feminine and neuter genders of such terms.

Any agreement, instrument or statute defined or referred to herein or in any instrument or certificate delivered in connection herewith means such agreement, instrument or statute as from time to time amended, modified or supplemented and includes (in the case of agreements or instruments) references to all attachments thereto and instruments incorporated therein.

Any references to a Person are also to its permitted successors and assigns.

All Article and Section titles or captions contained in the ECCA or the Company LLC Agreement, as applicable, or in any Exhibit or Schedule referred to therein and the table of contents of the ECCA and the Company LLC Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be deemed a part of the ECCA or the Company LLC Agreement, as the case may be, or affect

 

28


the meaning or interpretation of the ECCA or the Company LLC Agreement, as applicable. Unless otherwise specified, all references in the ECCA or the Company LLC Agreement to numbered Articles and Sections are to Articles and Sections of the ECCA or the Company LLC Agreement, as applicable, and all references herein to Schedules or Exhibits are to Schedules and Exhibits to the ECCA or the Company LLC Agreement, as applicable.

Unless otherwise specified, all references contained in the ECCA or the Company LLC Agreement, in any Exhibit or Schedule referred to therein or in any instrument or document delivered pursuant thereto to dollars or “$” shall mean United States dollars.

The Parties to the ECCA have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of the ECCA. The Parties to the Company LLC Agreement have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of the Company LLC Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, the ECCA and the Company LLC Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the respective Parties thereto and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any Party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of the ECCA or the Company LLC Agreement, as the case may be.

 

29


ANNEX II

PROJECTED CONTRIBUTION SCHEDULE

 

1


ECCA

 

Annex II:

Projected Contribution Schedule for Systems 1-58

 

Quarter

   Clean technologies II, LLC (1)      Mehetia Inc.  

[***]

     [***]        [***]  

[***]

     [***]        [***]  

[***]

     [***]        [***]  

[***]

     [***]        [***]  

[***]

     [***]        [***]  

[***]

     [***]        [***]  

[***]

     [***]        [***]  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

[***]

     [***]        [***]  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Clean Technologies II, LLC contributed $16,619,399.60 in [***], of which $[***] was applied towards Systems [***], with the remaining to be applied towards Systems [***]. Note: Projected Contribution Schedule for Systems [***] TBD. Mehetia Inc.’s aggregate contribution for [***] Systems not to exceed $141,650,000. Clean Technologies II, LLC’s aggregate contribution for [***] Systems must equal balance of purchase price of each System not funded by Mehetia Inc. or the Lenders.

 

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

 

1


ANNEX III

BASE CASE MODEL

[***]

[Base Case Model Spreadsheet Redacted]

Omitted in its Entirety: 177 pages

 

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

 

1


SCHEDULES to ECCA

(Initial Funding)

 

1


SCHEDULE 3.1(d)

LITIGATION

None.

 

Schedule 3.1(d) - 1


SCHEDULE 3.1(g)

TAXES

None.

 

Schedule 3.1(g) - 1


SCHEDULE 3.1(h)

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Diamond State Generation Holdings, LLC

Unaudited Consolidated Balance Sheet

 

     Diamond State
Generation
Holdings, LLC
     Diamond
State
Generation
Partners,
LLC
     Diamond State
Generation
Holdings, LLC
Consolidated
 

[***]

     [***]        [***]        [***]  

[***]

     [***]        [***]        [***]  

[***]

     [***]        [***]        [***]  

[***]

     [***]        [***]        [***]  

[***]

     [***]        [***]        [***]  

[***]

     [***]        [***]        [***]  

 

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

 

Schedule 3.1(h) - 1


Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC

Unaudited Balance Sheet & Income Statement

 

     Initial
Investment
    Cash
Investment
    Inventory
Acquisition
    Return of
Equity
       

[***]

     [ ***]      [ ***]      [ ***]      [ ***]      [ ***] 

[***]

     [ ***]      [ ***]      [ ***]      [ ***]      [ ***] 

[***]

     [ ***]      [ ***]      [ ***]      [ ***]      [ ***] 

[***]

     [ ***]      [ ***]      [ ***]      [ ***]      [ ***] 

[***]

     [ ***]      [ ***]      [ ***]      [ ***]      [ ***] 

[***]

     [ ***]      [ ***]      [ ***]      [ ***]      [ ***] 

[***]

     [ ***]      [ ***]      [ ***]      [ ***]      [ ***] 

[***]

     [ ***]      [ ***]      [ ***]      [ ***]      [ ***] 

[***]

     [ ***]      [ ***]      [ ***]      [ ***]      [ ***] 

[***]

     [ ***]      [ ***]      [ ***]      [ ***]      [ ***] 

 

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

 

Schedule 3.1(h) - 2


SCHEDULE 3.1(j)

GOVERNMENTAL APPROVALS AND FILINGS

 

1. Order from FERC granting Project Company MBR Authority required prior to the Project Company selling electric energy (including test energy) capacity or ancillary services from the Project.

 

2. Notice of Self-Certification of Exempt Wholesale Generator Status, filed March 15, 2012, in Docket No. EG12-44-000.

 

Schedule 3.1(j) - 1


SCHEDULE 3.1(k)

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

None.

 

Schedule 3.1(k) - 1


SCHEDULE 3.1(l)

PERMITS

Brookside Site

 

Permit

  

Issuing Authority

  

Status

National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (“NPDES”) Permit    Delaware Department of Natural Resources and Environmental Control (“DNREC”)    Approved
Air Permit    DNREC    Approved
Stormwater Review and Engineering Approval    New Castle County/DNREC    Completed
Planning Dept. and Site Plan Approval    New Castle County    Approved
Feasibility Study    PJM    Completed
Generation Interconnection Facilities Study Report    PJM    Completed

Red Lion Site

 

Permit

  

Issuing Authority

  

Status

Underground Injection Control Permit (to discharge waste water from water treatment plant)    DNREC    Application in progress
Waiving of 100 foot well restriction on the deed    Delaware City Refining Co.    Applied for, DBR working on it
Building Occupancy Permit    New Castle County    Cannot apply until after County inspections completed
Gas permit for building    New Castle County    Will be submitted by building contractor
System Impact Study    PJM    In progress
Transmission line right of way (route TBD)    DPL    Not applied for, waiting on PJM Interconnection Services Agreement to be completed
Building Permit    New Castle County    Not issued until after contractor selected and pre-construction meeting held with NCC

 

Schedule 3.1(1) - 1


DNREC Coastal Zone Permit    DNREC    Hearing scheduled for 3/6/2012
DNREC well permit    DNREC    Submitted 11/19/2011 but not yet approved
Record Minor    New Castle County    Submitted 12/21/2011 but not yet approved
Air Permit (Operating & Construction)    DNREC    To be issued in connection with Coastal Zone Permit
Stormwater Review and Engineering Approval    New Castle County    Approved
Planning Dept. and Site Plan Approval    New Castle County    Approved
Record Plan    New Castle County    To be recorded
DDOT Entrance Permit    DDOT    Design approved but permit will be issued as soon as DPL approves Site Remediation Estimate
NPDES Permit (construction)    DNREC    Completed
NPDES Permit (operation)    DNREC    In progress
Fire marshal Review    State of Delaware    Completed
Feasibility Study    PJM    Completed
Wetlands Review    New Castle County    Completed

 

Schedule 3.1(1) - 2


SCHEDULE 3.1(m)

INSURANCE

Please see attached.

 

Schedule 3.1(m) - 1


 

Insurance Services  |  Risk Management  |  Employee Benefits        

Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC

Revised Insurance Program Chart: Closing — Initial Funding as of 4/13/12

 

  Falvey (Lloyds), A XV
  Hartford, A XV

 

DSGP

  

Bloom Energy

  

DSGP

Transit/Cargo Stock    Transit/Cargo Stock    PROPERTY POLICY
(12/30/11-12/30/12)    (7/10/11-7/11/12)    (4/13/12-4/13/12)

Expeditors, Milpitas, CA and Moffett Filed, CA

 

Blanket Location Limit: $17,000,000

 

Earthquake/Flood/Wind Sub Limit:

$5,000,000

 

Transit Limit: $2,500,000

  

Installation Limits: $15,000,000

 

Earthquake/Flood/Wind Sub Limit:

$5,000,000

 

Transit Limit: $3,000,000

  

Brookside, DE Location

 

Property Limit: $27,876,383

Includes Installation

 

Business Income Incl. EE Limit

$2,095,098

 

Earthquake Limit for Brookside site:

$25M

 

Flood Limit for Brookside site: $10,000,000

 

Wind Limit for Brookside site: Policy Limits

 

Dependent Business Income Limit: $5M

$50,000 PD; 2.5% TIV subject to $50,000 minimum for Earthquake, Flood & Wind; 72 Hour Waiting Period for Earthquake    $50,000 PD; 5% TIV subject to $100,000 minimum for Earthquake, Flood & Wind; 72 Hour Waiting Period for Earthquake    $50,000 PD; 14 Day Deductible for BI-EE & Dependent BI; 72 Hour Waiting Period for BI-EE & Depend BI; $1000,000 Flood, Earthquake & Wind

 

 

LOGO       

www.wsndco.com

CA License 032999=8

DR License 812979

      
      

 

Schedule 3.1(m) - 2


SCHEDULE 3.1(n)

REAL PROPERTY

 

1. Lease Agreement between Delaware Department of Transportation and Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC, dated as of July 31, 2011.

 

2. Lease Agreement between Delmarva Power & Light Company and Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC, dated as of February 10, 2012.

 

Schedule 3.1(n) - 1


SCHEDULE 3.1(o)

PERSONAL PROPERTY

 

     Citibank  
          Account
#
 

[***]

   [***]      [ ***] 
   [***]      [ ***] 

[***]

   [***]      [ ***] 

 

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

 

Schedule 3.1(o) - 1


SCHEDULE 3.1(p)

LIENS

None.

 

Schedule 3.1(p) - 1


SCHEDULE 3.1(q)

MATERIAL CONTRACTS

 

1. Lease Agreement between Delaware Department of Transportation and Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC, dated as of July 31, 2011.

 

2. Lease Agreement between Delmarva Power & Light Company and Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC, dated as of February 10, 2012.

 

3. Delmarva Power & Light Company’s Service Classification “QFCP-RC” for REPS Qualified Fuel Cell Provider Projects as approved by the Delaware Public Service Commission in accordance with the REPS Act on October 18, 2011.

 

4. Delmarva Power & Light Company’s Service Classification “LVG-QFCP-RC” filed for gas service applicable to REPS Qualified Fuel Cell Provider Projects and approved by the Delaware Public Service Commission in Order No. 8062 dated October 18, 2011.

 

5. Service Application and Agreement to Comply with Obligations dated as of June 28, 2011 between the Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC and Delmarva Power & Light Company.

 

6. Bill of Sale and Agreement effective as of December 30, 2011 between Bloom Energy Corporation and Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC.

 

7. Capital Contribution Agreement dated December 30, 2011, among Bloom Energy Corporation, Clean Technologies II, LLC, Diamond State Generation Holdings, LLC, and Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC.

 

8. Facilities Study Agreement dated November 23, 2011 between Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC and PJM.

 

9. System Impact Study Agreement dated August 29, 2011 between Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC and PJM.

 

10. Credit Agreement, dated March 22, 2012, among Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC, RBS Securities Inc., The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, as administrative agent and collateral agent, and the Lenders.

 

11. Security Agreement, dated March 22, 2012, between Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, as collateral agent.

 

12. Pledge and Security Agreement, dated March 22, 2012, among Diamond State Generation Holdings, LLC, Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, as collateral agent.

 

13. Depositary Agreement, dated March 22, 2012, among Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, as administrative agent, collateral agent, and Wilmington Trust, N.A., as depositary.

 

Schedule 3.1(q) - 1


14. Interparty Agreement, dated as of April 13, 2012, among Mehetia Inc., Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC, Diamond State Generation Holdings, LLC, Clean Technologies II, LLC, and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, as administrative agent and collateral agent.

 

15. Cash Grant Indemnity Agreement, dated as of April 13, 2012, by Mehetia Inc. in favor of Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC, and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, as collateral agent.

 

16. Cash Grant Indemnity Agreement, dated as of April 13, 2012, by Bloom Energy Corporation in favor of Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC, and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, as collateral agent.

Defaults under any Material Contract or any of the Transaction Documents

None.

 

Schedule 3.1(q) - 2


SCHEDULE 3.1(s)

AFFILIATE TRANSACTIONS

 

1. Assignment Agreement (with respect to the Agreement for Construction Management Services dated September 15, 2011 between Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC and Hill International, Inc.), dated as of March 15, 2012, by and between Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC and Bloom Energy Corporation.

 

Schedule 3.1(s) - 1


SCHEDULE 3.1(y)

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

 

Geography

 

Serial No.

 

Patent Number

AU   2006201407  
BR   P10601582-4  
CN   200610077861.5   ZL200610077861.5
CN   200680024042.2   ZL200680024042.2
CN   200880011738.0  
CN   200880019306.4  
CN   20088010539.6  
CN   200880115166.0  
CN   200980105333.8  
CN   200980145976.5  
DE   102006020097.7  
DE   602004028720.2   162091
EP   3742806.7  
EP   4758024.6   1620911
EP   4759269.6  
EP   4783630.9  
EP   4817021.1  
EP   4821588.3  
EP   5723852.9  
EP   05759486.3  
EP   6759276.6  
EP   6788269.6  
EP   6800263.3  
EP   6800264.1  
EP   6800265.8  
EP   7007696.3  
EP   7716860.7  
EP   7754708.1  
EP   7811636.5  
EP   8780322.7  
EP   09712742.7  
EP   10797787.8  

 

Schedule 3.1(q) - 1


Fl   4758024.6   1620911
FR   06/03994  
FR   06/03998  
GB   4758024.6   1620911
IN   1093/KOLN/P/2004   233867
IN   1585/KOLNP/2011  
IN   1746/KOLNP/2005   226743
IN   176/KOLNP/2007  
IN   2055/KOLNP/2005   226430
IN   2082/KOLNP/2006  
IN   243/KOLNP/2010  
IN   2816/KOLNP/2010  
IN   3010/KOLNP/2006  
IN   311/KOLNP/2008  
IN   3286/KOLNP/2008  
IN   329/KOLNP/2008  
IN   343/KOLNP/2008  
IN   366/KOLNP/2008  
IN   4257/KOLNP/2007  
IN   4399/KOLNP/2008  
IN   576/KOL/2007  
IN   652/KOLNP/2006   230333
IN   692/KOLNP/2006   226485
IN   820/GHE/2006  
IN   852/CHENP/2012  
IN   861/KOLNP/2009  
JP   2003-570412  
JP   2006-130431  
JP   2008-511221  
JP   2008-524021  
JP   2008-524022  
JP   2008-524023  
JP   2008-524024  
JP   2008-552342  
JP   2010-518237  
JP   2010-547715  
KR   2004-7013022  

 

Schedule 3.1(q) - 2


PCT   PCT/US03/04808  
PCT   PCT/US03/04989  
PCT   PCT/US03/13151  
PCT   PCT/US03/29127  
PCT   PCT/US04/08741  
PCT   PCT/US04/08742  
PCT   PCT/US04/08745  
PCT   PCT/US04/10818  
PCT   PCT/US04/13895  
PCT   PCT/US04/27347  
PCT   PCT/US04/29458  
PCT   PCT/US04/41082  
PCT   PCT/US05/06164  
PCT   PCT/US05/10671  
PCT   PCT/US05/29747  
PCT   PCT/US05/32138  
PCT   PCT/US06/17655  
PCT   PCT/US06/28612  
PCT   PCT/US06/28613  
PCT   PCT/US06/28614  
PCT   PCT/US06/28615  
PCT   PCT/US06/37459  
PCT   PCT/US07/01584  
PCT   PCT/US07/01779  
PCT   PCT/US07/19887  
PCT   PCT/US07/19888  
PCT   PCT/US07/21597  
PCT   PCT/US07/21630  
PCT   PCT/US07/24457  
PCT   PCT/US07/25727  
PCT   PCT/US07/25785  
PCT   PCT/US07/06373  
PCT   PCT/US07/08224  
PCT   PCT/US07/08225  
PCT   PCT/US07/19155  
PCT   PCT/US07/19156  
PCT   PCT/US08/000413  

 

Schedule 3.1(q) - 3


PCT   PCT/US08/01162  
PCT   PCT/US08/01367  
PCT   PCT/US08/02114  
PCT   PCT/US08/02411  
PCT   PCT/US08/04216  
PCT   PCT/US08/04600  
PCT   PCT/US08/04710  
PCT   PCT/US08/05516  
PCT   PCT/US08/05517  
PCT   PCT/US08/06993  
PCT   PCT/US08/07360  
PCT   PCT/US08/08951  
PCT   PCT/US08/09069  
PCT   PCT/US08/12671  
PCT   PCT/US08/01814  
PCT   PCT/US08/02410  
PCT   PCT/US08/84027  
PCT   PCT/US09/00991  
PCT   PCT/US09/34367  
PCT   PCT/US09/65095  
PCT   PCT/US10/27899  
PCT   PCT/US10/41179  
PCT   PCT/US10/41221  
PCT   PCT/US10/41238  
PCT   PCT/US10/42316  
PCT   PCT/US10/45182  
PCT   PCT/US10/47540  
PCT   PCT/US10/50577  
PCT   PCT/US11/21664  
PCT   PCT/US11/47976  
PCT   PCT/US11/57440  
PCT   PCT/US11/60604  
PCT   PCT/US11/62328  
PCT   PCT/US12/20356  
TW   98124907  
TW   98139664  
TW   099108262  

 

Schedule 3.1(q) - 4


TW   99126983  
TW   99129535  
TW   100102963  
TW   100129273  
TW   100138524  
TW   100141483  
TW   100144017  
TW   101100717  
TW   099122589  
US   10/299,863   6,854,688
US   10/300,021   7,067,208
US   10/368,348   7,255,956
US   10/368,425  
US   10/368,493   7,045,237
US   10/369,103  
US   10/369,133   7,135,248
US   10/369,322   7,144,651
US   10/394,202   7,045,238
US   10/394,203   6,924,053
US   10/428,804   6,908,702
US   10/446,704   7,482,078
US   10/465,636   7,201,979
US   10/635,446   6,821,663
US   10/653,240   7,364,810
US   10/658,275   7,150,927
US   10/822,707  
US   10/853,194  
US   10/866,238   7,575,822
US   11/002,681   7,422,810
US   11/028,506  
US   11/076,102  
US   11/095,552   7,514,166
US   11/100,489   7,524,572
US   11/124,120  
US   11/124,817   7,858,256
US   11/125,267   7,700,210
US   11/138,292  

 

Schedule 3.1(q) - 5


US   11/188,118  
US   11/188,120   7,591,880
US   11/188,123   7,520,916
US   11/207,018  
US   11/221,983  
US   11/236,737   7,785,744
US   11/274,928   8,097,374
US   11/276,717   7,713,649
US   11/326,400  
US   11/384,426  
US   11/389,282  
US   11/404,760   7,599,760
US   11/432,503   7,572,530
US   11/433,582   7,781,912
US   11/436,537  
US   11/457,016  
US   11/491,487  
US   11/491,488   8,101,307
US   11/522,976  
US   11/524,241   7,846,600
US   11/526,029   7,968,245
US   11/594,797   7,887,971
US   11/641,942   7,393,603
US   11/656,006  
US   11/656,445   8,071,248
US   11/656,563  
US   11/703,152  
US   11/707,070  
US   11/711,625  
US   11/717,774   7,878,280
US   11/730,255   7,833,668
US   11/730,256   7,883,803
US   11/730,529   7,704,617
US   11/730,540  
US   11/730,541   7,883,813
US   11/730,555   7,951,509
US   11/785,034  

 

Schedule 3.1(q) - 6


US   11/797,707   7,974,106
US   11897,708   7,705,490
US   11/802,006  
US   11/896,487  
US   11/898,065  
US   11/905,051  
US   11/905,477  
US   11/907,204  
US   11/907,205  
US   11/984,605  
US   11/987,220  
US   12/000,924   7,951,496
US   12/005,344   7,781,112
US   12/010,884   8,110,319
US   12/071,396  
US   12/078,926  
US   12/081124  
US   12/149,488  
US   12/149,816  
US   12/149,984  
US   12/155,367   7,846,599
US   12/213,088  
US   12/219,684  
US   12/222,294  
US   12/222,295  
US   12/222,712   7,704,618
US   12/222,736  
US   12/225,915  
US   12/230,486   8,071,241
US   12/268,585  
US   12/289,510  
US   12/29,2151   8,067,129
US   12/292,078  
US   12/379,299  
US   12/379,310  
US   12/379,618  
US   12/382,173   7,931,997

 

Schedule 3.1(q) - 7


US   12/402,423   8,097,378
US   12/457,982  
US   12/458,171  
US   12/458,172  
US   12/458,173  
US   12/458,341   8,071,246
US   12/458,342  
US   12/458,355  
US   12/458,356  
US   12/461,413  
US   12/507,670  
US   12/535,971  
US   121585,627  
US   12/591,464  
US   12/591,872  
US   12/591,986  
US   12/659,742  
US   12/659,899  
US   12/759395  
US   12/765,208  
US   12/765,732   7,901,814
US   12/765213   8,057,944
US   12/766,711  
US   12/850,885  
US   12/873,935  
US   12/889,776  
US   12/892,582  
US   12/986,291   8,053,136
US   13/009,085  
US   13/020,598  
US   13/033,990  
US   13/154,888  
US   13/211,903  
US   13/242,194  
US   13/268,233  
US   13/269,006  
US   13/279,921  

 

Schedule 3.1(q) - 8


US   13/282,899  
US   13/286,749  
US   13/295,527  
US   13/306,511  
US   13/339,860  
US   13/344,077  
US   13/344,232  
US   13/344,304  
US   13/344,364  
US   60/357,636  
US   60/377,199  
US   60/420,259  
US   60/461,190  
US   60/537,899  
US   60/552,202  
US   60/602,891  
US   60/608,902  
US   60/660,515  
US   60/664,294  
US   60/666,304  
US   60/698,468  
US   60/701,976  
US   60/701,977  
US   60/760,933  
US   60/782,268  
US   60/788,042  
US   60/788,043  
US   60/788,044  
US   60/792,614  
US   60/808,113  
US   60/809,395  
US   60/816,878  
US   60/842,361  
US   60/852,396  
US   60/853,443  
US   60/861,444  
US   60/861,708  

 

Schedule 3.1(q) - 9


US   60/875,825  
US   60/887,398  
US   60/901,638  
US   60/907,524  
US   60/907,706  
US   60/924,874  
US   60/929,161  
US   60/935,092  
US   60/935,471  
US   60/996,352  
US   61/000,891  
US   61/064,143  
US   61/064,144  
US   61/064,566  
US   61/129,620  
US   61/129,621  
US   61/129,622  
US   61/129,623  
US   61/129,759  
US   61/129,838  
US   61/129,882  
US   61/136,091  
US   61/193,596  
US   61/193377  
US   61/202,639  
US   61/202,683  
US   61/202,876  
US   61/272,056  
US   61/272,227  
US   61/272,494  
US   61/282528  
US   61/298,468  
US   61/374,424  
US   61/386,257  
US   61/406,265  
US   61/413,629  
US   61/418,043  

 

Schedule 3.1(q) - 10


US   61/430,255  
US   61/467,444  
US   61/478,697  
US   61/494,397  
US   61/496,143  
US   61/501,367  
US   61/501,382  
US   61/501,599  
US   61/501,604  
US   61/501,607  
US   61/501,610  
US   61/501,613  
US   61/511,305  
US   61/535,121  
US   61/539,045  
US   61/560,893  
US   61/561,344  
US   61/600,102  
US   61/600,132  
US   61/600,171  
Israel   207645  
TRADEMARKS

Country

 

Application Serial

Number / Registration Number

 

Mark

US   Reg. No. 3,532,547   GRID TO GO
US   Reg. No. 3,677,943   ENERGY SAVER
US   Reg. No. 3,673,390   BLOOM ENERGY
US   Reg. No. 3,362,904   BLOOMENERGY
CTM   Serial No. 8889891   BLOOM ENERGY
US   Serial No. 77/943,428   BLOOM BOX
US   Serial No. 77/950,803   BLOOM ENERGY
US   Serial No. 85/266,176   BLOOM ELECTRONS
US   Reg. No. 3,620,161   POWDER TO POWDER
US   Serial No. 77/388,058   BE

 

Schedule 3.1(q) - 11


US   Reg. No. 3,213,856   ION AMERICA
US   Serial No. 85/546,516   THE BLOOM FOUNDATION
US   Serial No. 85/546,526   THE BLOOM ENERGY FOUNDATION

US

  Serial No. 85/546532   BLOOM ENERGY MY ENERGY

Agreements entered into since July 9, 2010:

 

1. Trademark Co-Existence Agreement, dated July 1, 2011, between Bloom and Bloom Engineering Company.

 

Schedule 3.1(q) - 12

Exhibit 10.20

EXECUTION VERSION

[***] Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE

EQUITY CAPITAL CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

WITH RESPECT TO

DIAMOND STATE GENERATION HOLDINGS, LLC

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE EQUITY CAPITAL CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT WITH RESPECT TO DIAMOND STATE GENERATION HOLDINGS, LLC, (this “ Amendment ”), is executed as of April 13, 2012, by and among Mehetia Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Mehetia ”), Clean Technologies II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Clean Technologies ”), Diamond State Generation Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), and Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Project Company ”). Each of the foregoing entities shall be referred to individually herein as a “ Party ” and collectively as the “ Parties ”.

RECITALS

A. WHEREAS, the Parties executed that certain Equity Capital Contribution Agreement with respect to Diamond State Generation Holdings, LLC, dated as of March 16, 2012 (the “ Contribution Agreement ”).

B. WHEREAS, the Parties desire to amend the Contribution Agreement as more fully set forth in this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants set forth in this Amendment, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree to amend the Contribution Agreement as follows:

AGREEMENT

1. Amendments .

1.1 Section 2.2(a) . Section 2.2(a) of the Contribution Agreement is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“Subject to the terms and conditions in this Agreement, Investor will make a Capital Contribution on the Initial Funding Date in the amount set forth in the Projected Contribution Schedule for the quarter “Q1 ‘12” (an “ Initial Funding Payment ”). Subject to the terms and conditions in this Agreement, Clean Technologies will make a Capital Contribution on or before the Initial Funding Date in the amount set forth in the Projected Contribution Schedule for the quarter “Q1 ‘12”; provided, Clean Technologies may defer making $[***] of such Capital Contribution (which amount is to be used by the Project Company to pay the cost of the IDC LC (as defined in the Credit Agreement) required under the Credit Agreement to cover interest payments during construction of the Project) until the IDC LC (as defined in the Credit Agreement) is required to be in place, at which time Clean Technologies shall make such Capital Contribution.”

 

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment to ECCA]


1.2. Section 2.2(b) . Section 2.2(b) of the Contribution Agreement is amended by adding the text “or before” after the word “on” that appears in the sixth line of the last paragraph of such subsection.

1.3. Section 2.2(g) . Section 2.2(g) of the Contribution Agreement is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, in the event the Initial Funding occurs but any of the conditions set forth in Sections 2.7(v) , (w) , (x) , (y) and (aa) have not been satisfied by the 4ate on which Clean Technologies provides notice of the first Subsequent Funding Date following the Initial Funding Date, Investor may, at its option, provide Clean Technologies not less than 10 written notice (the “ Refund Notice ”) that it desires to receive a refund of the Initial Funding Payment made by Investor. Upon receipt of such notice Clean Technologies shall have 10 to pay or cause such amount to be paid to Investor (such date, the “ Refund Payment Date ”). Upon the giving of the Refund Notice to Clean Technologies, Investor shall have no further obligation to make any Funding Payment until all of the conditions in Section 2.5 and Section 2.7 are satisfied. If all of the conditions in Section 2.5 and Section 2.7 are satisfied, Clean Technologies may by not less than 10 Business Days’ written notice to Investor again require (subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement) Investor to make a Capital Contribution of the Initial Funding Payment and any Subsequent Funding Payments, as provided under this Agreement.”

1.4. Section 2.3 . Section 2.3 of the Contribution Agreement is amended by deleting the text “on the Initial Funding Date by Clean Technologies of the CT Funding Amount” that appears in such section and replacing such text with “to be made on or before the Initial Funding Date by Clean Technologies pursuant to the last sentence of Section 2.2(a) .”

1.5. Section 2.5(h) . Section 2.5(h) of the Contribution Agreement is amended by deleting the text “the audited” that appears in such subsection and replacing it with the text “an unaudited”.

1.6. Section 2.5(r) . Section 2.5(r) of the Contribution Agreement is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“Clean Technologies shall, prior to or simultaneously with the Initial Funding, make a Capital Contribution to the Company as required by Section 2.2(a) , other than amounts that may be deferred as provided therein;”

1.7. Section 2.5(cc) . Section 2.5(cc) of the Contribution Agreement is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“Project Company has entered into the Site Lees, each Site Lease having such terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to Investor (except that the DDOT Site Lease shall be subject to amendment as set forth in Section 2.7(x) );”.

 

2


1.8. Section 2.7(i) . Section 2.7(i) of the Contribution Agreement is amended by deleting the text “or DPL Agreements” that appears in such subsection.

1.9. Section 2.7(y) . Section 2.7(y) of the Contribution Agreement is amended by deleting the text “and” that appears after the “;” in such subsection.

1.10. Section 2.7(z) . Section 2.7(z) of the Contribution Agreement is amended by deleting the “.” that appears in such subsection and replacing it with “;”.

1.11. Section 2.7(aa) . The following is inserted into the Contribution Agreement as a new Section 2.7(aa):

“Project Company has received either (i) an owner’s ALTA extended coverage policy of title insurance (2006 form) issued by a title insurance company and in a form and substance acceptable to Investor, which policy shall insure that Project Company’s leasehold interest at each Site is free and clear of all defects and encumbrances, except Permitted Liens, and shall contain such endorsements as are reasonably requested by Investor, or (ii) the unconditional and irrevocable commitment of the title insurance company to issue such a policy, in each case in a coverage amount equal to the amount reasonably acceptable to Investor; and”

1.12. Section 2.7(bb) . The following is inserted into the Contribution Agreement as a new Section 2.7(bb):

“Investor has received the audited financial report of Bloom as of its most recent fiscal year end.”

1.13. Annex I of the Contribution Agreement is amended by deleting the definition of “CT Funding Amount” contained therein and replacing it with the following:

““ CT Funding Amount ” means on any Subsequent Funding Date, an amount that is equal to the required Progress Contribution less (i) the applicable Loan Proceeds of the Lenders and (ii) the applicable Subsequent Funding Payment of the Investor.”

1.14. Exhibit I of the Contribution Agreement is deleted in its entirety and replaced with Exhibit I attached to this Amendment.

2. Ratification . The Contribution Agreement, as amended hereby, is in all respects ratified and confirmed and shall be and remain in full force and effect. All references to the Contribution Agreement in any other document or instrument shall be deemed to mean such Contribution Agreement as amended by this Amendment.

 

3


3. Amendments . No amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any provision of this Amendment shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing and duly executed by both Parties.

4. Enforceability . This Amendment shall be enforceable by and binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

5. Governing Law . This Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflicts of law (other than Section 5-1401 of the New York General Obligations Law, which shall apply to this Amendment).

6. Counterparts and Facsimile Execution . This Amendment may be executed and delivered (including by facsimile transmission or “portable document format”) in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same and shall become effective when one or more counterparts” have been signed by each of the Parties and delivered to the other Party, it being understood that all Parties need not sign the same counterpart. Signatures of the Parties transmitted by facsimile or electronic mail shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

7. Severability . If any term or other provision of this Amendment is invalid, illegal, or incapable of being enforced by any rule of Applicable Law, or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Amendment shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated herein are not affected in any manner materially adverse to any Party.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank. Signature page follows.]

 

4


This Amendment is executed as of the date first set forth above.

 

MEHETIA INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
CLEAN TECHNOLOGIES II, LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
DIAMOND STATE GENERATION HOLDINGS, LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
DIAMOND STATE GENERATION PARTNERS, LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

[Signature Page to First Amendment to ECCA]


EXHIBIT I

FORM OF FUNDING NOTICE

                , 20     1

Mehetia Inc.

Eleven Madison Avenue

New York, NY 10010

Attn: [***]

 

  Re: Funding Notice

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to that certain Equity Capital Contribution Agreement (as amended, the “ ECCA ”) made and entered into as of March 16, 2012, and as amended by the First Amendment to the Equity Capital Contribution Agreement with respect to Diamond State Generation Holdings, LLC dated as of April 13, 2012, by and among Mehetia Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Mehetia ”), Clean Technologies II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Clean Technologies ”), Diamond State Generation Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), and Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Project Company ”). All capitalized terms, unless otherwise defined herein, shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the ECCA.

Pursuant to Section 2.7(r) of the ECCA, the Company hereby delivers to Mehetia this notice and certifies as follows as of Mehetia’s Subsequent Funding Date (unless notified to the contrary prior to Mehetia’s Subsequent Funding Date):

(1) (i) all conditions precedent in Section 2.5 and Section 2.7 (other than in Section 2.5(aa) ) of the ECCA continue to be satisfied and (ii) there have been no material adverse changes from the circumstances addressed in the due diligence reports delivered to Mehetia under Sections 2.5(a) and (b) of the ECCA;

(2) Mehetia will receive an officer’s certificate from Clean Technologies as of the Subsequent Funding Date certifying that each of the representations and warranties of Clean Technologies in Section 3.2 of the ECCA is (i) true and correct in all material respects as of such Funding Date, except to the extent that any such representation or warranty shall have been expressly made only as of an earlier date in which case such representation and warranty was true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date or (ii) if and to the extent such representations and warranties are qualified by the words “material”, “Material Adverse Effect” or similar qualification, true and correct, as qualified, as of such Funding Date (or such earlier date, as applicable);

(3) the net equity investment in the Company by Mehetia (meaning the aggregate Capital Contributions of Mehetia including the Subsequent Funding contemplated herein, less actual pre-tax cash distributions received by Mehetia from the Company), collectively, does not exceed $65,000,000

 

 

1   To be delivered at least 5 Business Days prior to the applicable Subsequent Funding Date.

 

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

 


(4) no material ongoing breach exists by Clean Technologies, the Company, Project Company, Bloom, the Managing Member, DPL or PJM under any of the SPA, the MOMA, the DPL Agreements, the PJM Agreements, the Administrative Services Agreement, the Company LLC Agreement, the Project Company LLC Agreement, the Credit Documents, the ECCA or any other Transaction Document or Material Contract, as applicable, and each of the MESPA, the MOMA, the DPL Agreements, the PJM Agreements, the Administrative Services Agreement, the Company LLC Agreement, the Project Company LLC Agreement, the Credit Documents, the ECCA and any other Transaction Document or Material Contract is in full force and effect;

(5) attached hereto as Attachment 1 are invoices, purchase or supply agreements, or other evidence of delivery and related agreements and documents demonstrating that a Grant is expected to be available for Systems that will be funded by this proposed Subsequent Funding because the Capital Contribution by Clean Technologies has been used by Project Company to incur Project costs that will allow the portions of the Project for which a Grant application will be filed and for which such costs are incurred to meet the 5% “safe harbor” for Grant eligibility under the Guidance, and both Bloom and Project Company have used commercially reasonable efforts to satisfy this requirement; 2

(6) attached hereto as Attachment 2 , are one or more Equity Contribution Notices delivered to the Company by the Project Company which relate to the Capital Contributions requested by this Funding Notice;

(7) the Grant program has not been repealed and none of the applications for the Grant that have been filed with respect to any Systems prior to this proposed Subsequent Funding have been rejected or denied on grounds that suggest Systems to be paid for with this proposed Subsequent Funding are ineligible for a Grant or are eligible for a Grant that is less by more than a de minims amount than the applied for amount, and no notification from the Treasury requesting additional information related to eligibility for a Grant with respect to any previously filed application has been received that, in each such case, has been the subject of a response that is not to the reasonable satisfaction of Mehetia; 3

(8) Clean Technologies will make its corresponding CT Funding Amount in the amount of $[●] to the Company prior to, or simultaneously with Mehetia’s Subsequent Funding;

(9) with respect to the Systems for which this notice requests a portion of a Subsequent Funding Payment that will be used to pay any’[***] % Progress Payments, (i) with respect to Subsequent Fundings for the first [***] Systems, Mehetia has received confirmation that the amount of loan proceeds from the Lenders pursuant to the manner of calculation ‘set forth in the Base Case Model have either been funded to the Project Company or the administrative agent under the Credit Agreement has in writing confirmed to Mehetia that all conditions precedent to

 

 

2   Not to be included if an Alternative Tax Program has been elected under Section 7.5(b)(i) of the ECCA.
3   Not to be included if an Alternative Tax Program has been elected under Section 7.5(b)(i) of the ECCA.

 

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

 

2


such funding have been satisfied or waived and the Lenders are prepared to make such funding contemporaneous with Project Company’s drawdown of such Progress Contribution from the Company and (ii) with respect to Subsequent Fundings for the remaining Systems, Mehetia has received confirmation that the loan proceeds agreed to in writing by the parties to the ECCA and the Lenders and then reflected in an updated Base Case Model have either been funded to the Project Company or the administrative agent under the Credit Agreement has in writing confirmed to Mehetia that all conditions precedent to such funding have been satisfied or waived and the Lenders are prepared to make such funding contemporaneous with Project Company’s drawdown of such Progress Contribution from the Company;

(10) no breach exists under the Bloom Guaranty and the Bloom Guaranty, the REPS Act and the Tariffs are in full force and effect and there are no pending proceedings challenging the same in any respect material to the parties hereto;

(11) Project Company has received payment under the QFCP-RC Tariff and the PJM Agreements for all sales of energy, capacity, ancillary services and environmental attributes up to the date of the Subsequent Funding as well as reimbursement for fuel in accordance with the DPL Agreements (except, in each case, for amounts for which payment is not yet due);

(12) the Initial Funding Payment, any prior Subsequent Funding Payments and any prior CT Funding Amounts have been contributed by Company to Project Company in accordance with the Company LLC Agreement, and not more than $[***] of such amount is unspent by Project Company;

(13) [ Include if funding is for Systems beyond the first 10MW of Portfolio capacity : the Systems being funded under this proposed Subsequent Funding are being manufactured by Bloom in Delaware];

(14) Project Company (i) has entered into all PJM Agreements, DPL Agreements and all other agreements and made all filings and other arrangements necessary for the transmission, interconnection and delivery of the Portfolio’s energy to the PJM Grid and (ii) is a PJM member (or has contracted with a market participant in PJM to perform its PJM obligations and such market participant has entered into all required PJM Agreements and is in compliance therewith);

(15) Project Company has obtained all necessary authorizations from FERC to sell the Portfolio’s energy at market-based rates as contemplated by the QFCP-RC Tariff and is in compliance with such authorization and Mehetia was provided with the proposed market-based rate filing at least 30 days in advance of the filing;

(16) Project Company is an Exempt Wholesale Generator;

(17) attached hereto as Attachment 3 are all reports and notices produced or received by Project Company (and not previously provided to Mehetia) in accordance with the Tariffs;

(18) Bloom [is proceeding to prepare][has prepared] a permanent facility in Delaware for manufacturing by Bloom of at least 20 MW of Systems so that all the Systems shall be considered to have been manufactured in Delaware under the REPS Act;

 

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

 

3


(19) the Section 203 Order has been issued;

(20) [ Include if funding is for first Subsequent Funding for any Systems to be installed at the Red Lion Site : Mehetia has received in form and substance satisfactory to Mehetia (i) a system impact study for the Project interconnection for the Red Lion Site from PJM and such study does not identify any material impediments that are reasonably likely to have an adverse effect on the ability of any party hereto to execute and deliver all agreements necessary for the transmission, interconnection and delivery of the Red Lion Site Systems’ Energy to the PJM Grid by the Guaranteed Initial Delivery Date, (ii) evidence reasonably satisfactory to Mehetia that PJM has waived the requirement for a facilities study with respect to the Red Lion Site, (iii) an executed copy of an interconnection services agreement among the Project Company, PJM and DPL with respect to the Red Lion Site, which agreement has been filed with FERC if required and (iv) an executed copy of a construction services agreement among the Project Company, DPL and ‘PJM with respect to the Red Lion Site;]

(21) [ Include if funding is for first Subsequent Funding for any Systems to be installed at the Red Lion Site : the Project Company has obtained all permits required (if any) under the Delaware Coastal Zone Act;]

(22) Mehetia has received inform and substance reasonably satisfactory to Mehetia an executed copy of a wholesale market participation agreement among Project Company, DPL and PJM with respect to the Brookside Site;

(23) Mehetia has received, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Mehetia, an executed copy of an interconnection agreement between the Project Company and DPL with respect to the Brookside Site;

(24) Mehetia has received an executed copy of an amendment to the DDOT Site Lease, amending the term of such lease so that the term of such lease is at least 21 years commencing from the date of “commercial operation” (as defined in the QFCP-RC Tariff) of the last System to be installed at such Site;

(25) Mehetia has received an executed copy of the Gas Service Agreement between the Project Company and DPL required pursuant to the Gas Tariff;

(26) Project Company has received either (i) owner’s ALTA extended coverage policy of title insurance (2006 form) issued by a title insurance company and in a form and substance acceptable to Mehetia, which policy shall insure that Project Company’s leasehold interest at each Site is free and clear of all defects and encumbrances, except Permitted Liens, and shall contain such endorsements as are reasonably requested by Mehetia, or (ii) the unconditional and irrevocable commitment of the title insurance company to issue such a policy, in each case in a coverage amount equal to the amount reasonably acceptable to Mehetia; and

(27) Mehetia has received the audited financial report of Bloom as of its most recent fiscal year end.

 

4


Mehetia is therefore hereby requested to make a Subsequent Funding Payment in accordance with the terms of the ECCA on [                , 20    ] in the amount of $[            ] to the account of the Company as set forth below:

 

Holder Name:    Diamond State Generation Holdings, LLC
Bank Name:   
Account Number:   
ABA Number:   

 

Sincerely,
DIAMOND STATE GENERATION HOLDINGS, LLC
By:   Clean Technologies II, LLC, as Managing Member
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

5


Attachment 1

to Funding Notice


Attachment 2

to Funding Notice


Attachment 3

to Funding Notice

Exhibit 10.21

EXECUTION VERSION

[***] Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

 

ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES AGREEMENT

by and between

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION,

DIAMOND STATE GENERATION HOLDINGS, LLC

and

DIAMOND STATE GENERATION PARTNERS, LLC

Dated as of April 13, 2012

 

 


ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS AND USAGE

     1  

Section 1.01

 

Definitions

     1  

ARTICLE II

 

RESPONSIBILITIES

     5  

Section 2.01

 

Administrator’s Responsibilities

     5  

Section 2.02

 

Separateness

     11  

Section 2.03

 

Operating Budget

     11  

ARTICLE III

 

STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE

     12  

Section 3.01

 

Standard of Performance

     12  

Section 3.02

 

No Liability

     12  

ARTICLE IV

 

COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT

     13  

Section 4.01

 

Administration Fee; Expenses

     13  

Section 4.02

 

Billing and Payment

     14  

Section 4.03

 

Records

     14  

ARTICLE V

 

DELAYS

     14  

Section 5.01

 

Conditions

     14  

Section 5.02

 

Mitigation of Delay

     15  

ARTICLE VI

 

DISPUTE RESOLUTION

     15  

Section 6.01

 

Procedure

     15  

ARTICLE VII

 

COMMENCEMENT AND TERMINATION

     15  

Section 7.01

 

Term

     15  

Section 7.02

 

Resignation of Administrator; Termination After Specified Transfer

     16  

Section 7.03

 

Early Termination

     16  

Section 7.04

 

Replacement of Agreement

     16  

ARTICLE VIII

 

DEFAULT

     16  

Section 8.01

 

Event of Default

     16  

Section 8.02

 

Bankruptcy

     17  

Section 8.03

 

Remedies

     17  

ARTICLE IX

 

INDEMNIFICATION AND LIMITATION OF DAMAGES

     18  

Section 9.01

 

Indemnification

     18  

Section 9.02

 

Aggregate Liability

     19  

Section 9.03

 

Supremacy

     19  

Section 9.04

 

Insurance

     19  

ARTICLE X

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     19  

Section 10.01

 

Representations and Warranties

     19  

ARTICLE XI

 

MISCELLANEOUS

     20  

Section 11.01

 

Assignment

     20  

Section 11.02

 

Authorization

     20  

Section 11.03

 

Governing Law, Jurisdiction, Venue

     20  

 

i


Section 11.04

 

Independent Contractor

     21  

Section 11.05

 

Notice

     21  

Section 11.06

 

Usage

     22  

Section 11.07

 

Entire Agreement

     22  

Section 11.08

 

Amendment

     22  

Section 11.09

 

Confidential Information

     22  

Section 11.10

 

Third Party Beneficiaries

     23  

Section 11.11

 

Discharge of Obligations

     23  

Section 11.12

 

Severability

     23  

Section 11.13

 

Binding Effect

     23  

Section 11.14

 

Right of Offset

     23  

Section 11.15

 

No Liens

     23  

 

EXHIBITS:

    

EXHIBIT A

 

Insurance Requirements

  

 

ii


ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES AGREEMENT

THIS ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made as of this 13th day of April, 2012, by and among DIAMOND STATE GENERATION HOLDINGS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), DIAMOND STATE GENERATION PARTNERS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Project Company ”) and BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “ Administrator ”).

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS

The Company owns 100% of the issued and outstanding membership interests in the Project Company.

Through its ownership of the Project Company, the Company will own an indirect 100% interest in the Portfolio (as defined below).

Concurrently herewith, Clean Technologies II, LLC (“ Clean Technologies ”) and Mehetia Inc. are entering into that certain Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Diamond State Generation Holdings, LLC (the “ Company LLC Agreement ”).

The Members of the Company have agreed in the Company LLC Agreement to enter into this Agreement to delegate day-to-day management of the Company to the Administrator, so that in conjunction with the services to be provided by Bloom Energy Corporation under the MESPA and the MOMA, the Administrator shall be deemed a “Qualified Fuel Cell Provider” (as defined in the REPS Act) (“ Qualified Fuel Cell Provider ”) and the Portfolio shall be deemed a “Qualified Fuel Cell Provider Project” (as defined in the REPS Act) (“ Qualified Fuel Cell Provider Project ”).

The Company, as sole member of the Project Company (“ Sole Member ”), has also agreed in the Project Company LLC Agreement to cause the Project Company to delegate day-to-day management of the Project Company to the Administrator.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein, the parties, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND USAGE

Section 1.01 Definitions . Unless the context requires otherwise or this Agreement expressly provides otherwise, capitalized terms used in this Agreement have the following meanings and capitalized terms not defined in this Agreement have the meanings given to such terms in Annex I to the Company LLC Agreement:

Accounting Firm ” means any of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu, Ernst & Young, KPMG International, PricewaterhouseCoopers or any nationally-recognized Affiliate thereof, chosen by the Tax Matters Partner or otherwise approved by Class Majority Vote.


Administrator ” is defined in the Preamble.

Administration Fee ” is defined in Section 4.01(a) .

Agreement ” is defined in the Preamble.

Bloom System ” or “ Bloom Systems ” is defined in the MESPA.

BOF ” is defined in the MESPA.

Calendar Year ” means the calendar year beginning January 1 and ending on December 31, and in the case of the initial Calendar Year, the period beginning on the Initial Funding Date and ending on December 31, 2012.

Clean Technologies ” is defined in the Preliminary Statements.

Commencement of Operations ” is defined in the MESPA.

Company ” is defined in the Preamble.

Company LLC Agreement ” is defined in the Preliminary Statements.

Credit Documents ” has the meaning set forth in the ECCA.

Documentation ” means all written invoices, receipts, billing statements, payment notices, wire receipt and payment notifications, bank statements and other similar written evidence of (i) amounts payable by the Company or the Project Company to any Person and (ii) amounts received or receivable by the Company or the Project Company from any Person, in each case in connection with the Company, Project Company or Portfolio.

DPL ” means Delmarva Power & Light Company, an investor owned utility company regulated by the DPSC.

DPL Agreements ” is defined in the MESPA.

DPSC ” means the Delaware Public Service Commission.

ECCA ” means the Equity Capital Contribution Agreement with respect to the Company, among Clean Technologies II, LLC, the Company, the Project Company and Mehetia Inc., dated as of March 16, 2012.

Electrical Interconnection Facilities ” is defined in the MESPA.

Emergency Expenditure ” is defined in Section 4.01(b) .

Event of Default ” is defined in Section 8.01 .

Excluded Expenses ” is defined in Section 4.01(b) .

 

2


Facility ” means the Bloom Systems and the BOF at a Site.

Gas Tariff ” means DPL’s Service Classification “LVG-QFCP-RC” filed for gas service applicable to REPS Qualified Fuel Cell Provider Projects and approved by DPSC in Order no. 8062 dated October 18, 2011, as adopted and supplemented by DPSC’s Findings, Opinion and Order No. 8079, dated December 1, 2011.

kW ” means kilowatt.

Losses ” is defined in Section 9.01(a) .

MESPA ” means the Master Energy Server Purchase Agreement between the Project Company and the Seller, dated as of April 13, 2012, as such agreement may be amended, supplemented, or replaced from time to time.

MOMA ” means the Master Operations and Maintenance Agreement between the Project Company and the Operator, dated as of April 13, 2012, as such agreement may be amended, supplemented, or replaced from time to time.

MW ” means megawatt.

Nonreimbursable Services ” shall consist of the following services to be provided with respect to the Company and the Project Company, as applicable: (a) supervision and monitoring of the Service Providers and Seller, (b) bookkeeping and record keeping, (c) overall coordination of the day-to-day operation of the Portfolio and Project Company (including the overall coordination of the performance of the Services), (d) preparing a draft operating budget for the Project Company for consideration and approval by the Managing Member, (e) reporting to and communication with the Managing Member or the Sole Member, as applicable, regarding matters subject to the supervision of the Administrator under this Agreement, (f) preparation and submittal of (i) Documentation, and, in the case of an Emergency Expenditure, oral notification, necessary in order to remit funds of the Company or the Project Company for payment of the Company’s or Project Company’s expenses and (ii) other Documentation necessary to perform the obligations hereunder, (g) depositing funds into the accounts maintained on behalf of the Company and the Project Company pursuant to Section 2.01(w) hereof, (h) payment of the Company’s and Project Company’s expenses, (i) the making of distributions in accordance with the provisions hereof and the Company LLC Agreement or the Project Company LLC Agreement, (j) preparation and submittal of capital contribution draw requests for either the Company or the Project Company, as contemplated by the Company LLC Agreement or the Project Company LLC Agreement, as applicable, (k) preparation and submittal of purchase orders and other work on behalf of the Project Company in connection with ordering Bloom Systems under the MESPA, receiving and accepting, on behalf of the Project Company, title to and all incidents of ownership of those Bloom Systems, as well as such Bloom Systems and parts purchased by the Project Company pursuant to that certain Bill of Sale and Agreement between Project Company and Bloom effective as of December 30, 2011, (l) interacting and communicating with Operator on behalf of the Project Company under the MOMA, (m) interacting and communicating with Seller on behalf of the Project Company under the MESPA, (n) interacting and communicating with, and submitting reports to, DPL on behalf of the Project

 

3


Company in connection with or as required under the DPL Agreements and the Tariffs, including without limitation monthly “Actual Heat Rate” (as defined in the QFCP-RC Tariff) performance, all data necessary for DPL to submit to the DPSC the monthly QFCP-RC Tariff pursuant to QFCP-RC Tariff Section F. and the invoice required under QFCP-RC Tariff Section H.2., (o) interacting and communicating with the Department of Treasury or the IRS on behalf of Project Company in connection with the Project Company’s application for the Grant or an Alternative Tax Program in connection with Bloom Systems, including filing any applications, information or other materials in connection therewith; (p) causing the insurance and related obligations required under Section 8.4 of the Company LLC Agreement to be obtained and maintained; (q) using commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Project Company to discharge its obligation to comply with the QFCP-RC Tariff; (r) interacting and communicating, on behalf of the Project Company, with DPL in connection with the Project Company’s development of “Site Preparation Costs” (as defined in the QFCP-RC Tariff); (s) interacting and communicating, on behalf of the Project Company, with PJM under the PJM Agreements; and (t) interacting and communicating, on behalf of the Project Company, with the Lender as required under the Credit Documents.

Operator ” means Bloom Energy Corporation, in its capacity as operator under the MOMA, and its permitted successors and assigns.

Permits ” is defined in the MESPA.

PJM ” means PJM Interconnection, LLC, a regional transmission organization.

PJM Agreements ” is defined in the QFCP-RC Tariff.

PJM Grid ” means the system of transmission lines, distribution lines and associated facilities that have been placed under PJM’s operational control.

Portfolio ” is defined in the MESPA.

Project Company ” is defined in the Preamble.

Project Company LLC Agreement ” means the limited liability company agreement of the Project Company, dated as of April 13, 2012 as such agreement may be amended, supplemented, or replaced from time to time.

Qualified Fuel Cell Provider ” is defined in the recitals.

Qualified Fuel Cell Provider Project ” is defined in the recitals.

QFCP-RC Tariff ” means DPL’s Service Classification “QFCP-RC” for REPS Qualified Fuel Cell Provider Projects as approved by DPSC in Order no. 8062 dated October 18, 2011, as adopted and supplemented by DPSC’s Findings, Opinion and Order No. 8079, dated December 1, 2011.

 

4


REPS Act ” means the Renewable Energy Portfolio Standards Act, as amended by S.B. 124, enacted July 10, 2011 (Title 26, Chap. 1, section 351 et seq. of the Code of the State of Delaware).

Seller ” means Bloom Energy Corporation, in its capacity as seller under the MESPA.

Service Provider ” means each third party hired by the Company or the Project Company to perform fiscal, administrative or other services for the Company or the Project Company, including the Operator.

Services ” means the responsibilities of the Administrator under Article II .

Site ” is defined in the MESPA.

Sole Member ” is defined in the recitals.

Tariffs ” means the QFCP-RC Tariff and the Gas Tariff.

Term ” is defined in Section 7.01 .

ARTICLE II

RESPONSIBILITIES

Section 2.01 Administrator’s Responsibilities . During the Term, the Administrator shall provide the following Services on behalf of the Company and the Project Company:

(a) Supervise and monitor, in accordance with the Prudent Operator Standard, (i) the Service Providers with respect to their performance of services for the Project Company, including maintenance, diagnostic, warranty and remedial obligations thereof (including performance by the Operator of its obligations under the MOMA), and (ii) the Seller with respect to its installation of the Facilities and the sale of Bloom Systems to the Project Company, including warranty and remedial obligations thereof;

(b) Where necessary or desirable, at the Company’s or the Project Company’s sole expense, as applicable, (i) subject to Section 4.01(c) , taking of such actions as are necessary to enforce each Service Provider’s or Seller’s compliance with its obligations to the Company or Project Company and (ii) subject to Section 4.01(c) and the requirement that Major Decisions require the authorization of the Members as provided in the Company LLC Agreement, hiring, firing and/or replacing any Service Provider;

(c) Supervise and monitor (i) the installation of the Facilities and the purchase of Bloom Systems by Project Company under the MESPA and (ii) (and, with respect to such activities that are not required to be performed by the Operator under the MOMA, causing to be performed) day-to-day operations, maintenance and repair activities with respect to the Facilities, including planned and unplanned maintenance and repairs to the Facilities and coordinate all such activities with those of the Operator, the Seller, DPL and PJM, as applicable, including, without limitation, outages, unavailability, etc. and represent the Project Company in local community relations (including assisting in the coordination of public statements regarding the Project Company and the Company); provided , however , that the Administrator shall not be permitted to hire any employees on behalf of the Company or the Project Company;

 

5


(d) (i) Prepare and promptly pay, or cause to be paid, on behalf of the Project Company, all expenses incurred by the Project Company or that are due and payable under Material Contracts to which the Project Company is a party and all other contracts to which the Project Company is party and (ii) subject to the expenditure limitations contained in the Project Company LLC Agreement and the Company LLC Agreement and adopted or implemented by the Sole Member of the Project Company or the Members, as applicable, purchase or lease, at the sole expense (but subject to Section 4.01(c) ) of the Project Company, of any materials, supplies and equipment necessary for (A) the performance of the services for the Project Company, (B) operation and maintenance services for the Project Company or (C) the sale of Energy, Capacity and other Products by the Project Company in accordance with the QFCP-RC Tariff (and as such terms are defined in the QFCP-RC Tariff); provided that nothing herein shall imply any duty of the Administrator under any circumstances to expend its own funds in payment of the expenses of the Company or the Project Company;

(e) In accordance with and subject to the provisions of the Company LLC Agreement (i) effect election of a Grant on behalf of the Project Company with respect to the Bloom Systems, or if, based on written instructions from the Managing Member of the Company (and if, for the avoidance of doubt, the consent of the required percentage of Class B Members to claim an Alternative Tax Program other than the Grant has been received by the Managing Member pursuant to the Company LLC Agreement), the Grant is not available with respect to certain Bloom Systems, effect an election under or claim of any Alternative Tax Program with respect to the Bloom Systems, (ii) prepare and file Grant Applications and any post-Grant administrative matters or applications under any Alternative Tax Program on behalf of the Project Company, and (iii) use commercially reasonable efforts to structure the Project Company’s contracts and business affairs in a way that is intended to maximize the number of Bloom Systems that qualify for the Grant or, if based on written instructions from the Managing Member of the Company the Grant is unavailable as described in clause (i) above, an Alternative Tax Program;

(f) Prepare and promptly pay, on behalf of the Company, any amounts required to be paid by the Company under the Material Contracts to which the Company is a party; provided that nothing herein shall imply any duty of the Administrator under any circumstances to expend its own funds in payment of the expenses of the Company;

(g) Maintain major maintenance and other reserves for the Company, the Project Company or the Portfolio from time to time as directed by, and upon terms established by, the Company or the Managing Member or under the Credit Documents;

(h) Remit from funds of the Company or the Project Company amounts in payment of the expenses of the Company or the Project Company, respectively;

(i) In accordance with and subject to the provisions of the Company LLC Agreement, maintain complete and accurate financial books and records of the operations of the Company and the Project Company on an accrual basis in accordance with prudent business practices and GAAP and make such books and records available for inspection and copying

 

6


during normal business hours on its premises, upon reasonable prior notice, by any Member, any designee of a lender to a Member, or any other Person authorized by the Managing Member to inspect or copy such books and records, subject to appropriate confidentiality safeguards;

(j) In accordance with and subject to the provisions of the Company LLC Agreement, maintain at the Company’s and Project Company’s principal office and permit access thereof to the Project Company, the Company and any Member during normal business hours (i) true and full information regarding the status of the financial condition of the Company and the Project Company, including any financial statements that are available, until the statute of limitations expires on any IRS audit of the Company or Project Company tax year to which such information and financial statements relate; (ii) minutes of the proceedings of the Members; (iii) promptly after becoming available, copies of the federal, state, and local income tax returns of the Company and the Project Company for each year (including information to support any Grant application claim); (iv) a current list of the name and last known business, residence or mailing address of each Member of the Company and the Project Company and the Administrator; (v) a copy of the Company LLC Agreement, the Company’s Certificate of Formation, the Project Company LLC Agreement, the Project Company’s Certificate of Formation, and all amendments thereto, together with executed copies of any written powers of attorney pursuant to which the Company LLC Agreement, the Company’s Certificate of Formation, the Project Company LLC Agreement, the Project Company’s Certificate of Formation, and all amendments thereto have been executed and copies of written consents of Members; (vi) true and full information regarding the amount of cash and a description and statement of the agreed value of any other property and services contributed by each Member, and the date upon which each became a Member; (vii) copies of records that would enable a Member to determine the Member’s relative shares of the Company’s distributions and the Member’s relative voting rights; (viii) all records related to the production by and sale of Energy, Capacity and other Products (as such terms are defined in the QFCP-RC Tariff) from the Bloom Systems/Portfolio; and (ix) all statements and documents required by the Guidance (including, but not limited to, invoices, supply agreements and other documents used to establish the 5% safe harbor pursuant to the Guidance, as well as energy production information and financial and accounting records sufficient to demonstrate that the Grant was properly obtained in accordance with the Guidance and any other documents needed to comply with the Guidance rules and annual reporting requirements) and access to records requirements, and documents needed for the completion of annual Portfolio performance reports (including information regarding annual energy production and number of jobs retained) and recapture certification;

(k) Perform on behalf of the Company and Project Company all reporting and other routine management responsibilities reasonably believed by the Administrator to be required under the Material Contracts and other agreements to which the Company or Project Company is a party, including representing the Company and the Project Company in ordinary course business matters with third parties arising thereunder;

(l) Perform on behalf of the Company and the Project Company all routine administrative services reasonably required in connection with maintaining the Company’s and the Project Company’s existence and operations, such as the filing of limited liability company reports;

 

7


(m) Notify the Managing Member, the Members (and Lenders, if applicable) of any variance or anticipated variance in the aggregate expense amount for the Company in any Calendar Year by [***] or more from the amount set forth in the applicable Annual Budget, promptly after learning of such variance or anticipated variance;

(n) (i) Provide such readily available information to the Members as they may reasonably request from time to time and (ii) subject to site rules established by the Company or the Project Company, provide access as reasonably requested for the Members and their personnel and accompanied guests to the Facilities;

(o) Advise the Company and the Project Company to engage Service Providers as reasonably believed by the Administrator to be necessary or desirable, or as instructed by the Managing Member with respect to the Company or the Sole Member of the Project Company with respect to the Project Company, to represent or perform services for the Company or the Project Company which are not being performed by the Operator under the MOMA; provided that, such engagement must not prevent or disqualify the Administrator/Operator from being deemed a Qualified Fuel Cell Provider and the Portfolio being deemed a Qualified Fuel Cell Provider Project in accordance with the REPS Act;

(p) (i) Procure and maintain all required Permits, prepare and submit all filings of any nature which are required to be made thereunder and represent the Company and the Project Company in matters with governmental authorities relating thereto, and (ii) prepare and submit, or cause to be prepared and submitted, all filings and notices of any nature which are required to be made by the Company or the Project Company under the terms of any Permits held by the Company the Project Company or any laws, regulations or ordinances applicable to the Company, Project Company or the Facilities or as required under the ECCA;

(q) Not take any affirmative action as would cause the Company or the Project Company in any material respect to violate any federal, state or local laws and regulations, including Environmental Laws, and to the extent that the Administrator has knowledge of any such existing or prospective violation take, or direct Service Providers to take, commercially reasonable actions, at the sole expense (but subject to Section 4.01(c) ) of the Company or the Project Company (unless such existing or prospective violation arises from breach of the Administrator’s duties hereunder), to redress or mitigate any such violation;

(r) (i) Give prompt written notice to the Members and the Company or Member of the Project Company of any litigation, material disputes with governmental authorities, or material force majeure events under the Material Contracts and material losses suffered by the Portfolio promptly after learning of the same, (ii) furnish to the Managing Member and the Members of the Company or the Sole Member of the Project Company, as applicable, or direct a Service Provider to so furnish, copies of all material documents furnished to the Company, the Project Company or the Administrator by any governmental authority or furnished to any governmental authority by the Company or the Project Company, and (iii) provide documents relating to Material Contracts or the Administrator’s responsibilities hereunder reasonably requested by the Lenders, subject to compliance with any applicable confidentiality restrictions;

 

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

 

8


(s) Notify the Members within five (5) Business Days of obtaining actual knowledge of any (i) notice of default delivered by a party to a Material Contract to the Project Company, the Administrator or the Managing Member or (ii) default by a party to a Material Contract (other than the Project Company, the Administrator or any Affiliate thereof) under such Material Contract, in the case of either (i) or (ii), which default could reasonably be expected to cause material harm to the Company or the Project Company; provided that, with respect to a notice of default or any default by any party under the Credit Documents, the Administrator shall notify the Members within one (1) Business Day of obtaining actual knowledge thereof;

(t) In accordance with and subject to the provisions of the Company LLC Agreement, submit for approval of the Managing Member (or, if required under the terms of the Company LLC Agreement, for approval by a Majority Vote or Class Majority Vote), a proposed Annual Budget;

(u) Perform and discharge all responsibilities and functions assigned to the Administrator under or pursuant to the Company LLC Agreement as in effect as of the date hereof (or as amended and accepted by the Administrator) in accordance with the terms set forth in the Company LLC Agreement;

(v) Prepare, or cause to be prepared, each of the reports, updated schedules and notices required to be prepared pursuant to the Company LLC Agreement and the Credit Documents and deliver such reports, updated schedules and notices to the Company and any Member or such other Person to whom any such report, schedule or notice is to be provided under the terms of the Company LLC Agreement and Credit Documents within the time periods specified therein;

(w) Maintain, in the name and for the exclusive benefit of the Company or the Project Company, accounts at one or more banks or other financial institutions for the deposit of all funds received by the Company or the Project Company during the Term, and invest such funds in accordance with the investment provisions of the Company LLC Agreement or the Project Company LLC Agreement and the Credit Documents; provided , that nothing herein shall imply any guarantee or undertaking by the Administrator with respect to the collection of amounts due to the Company or the Project Company or return on such investments;

(x) In accordance with and subject to the provisions of the Company LLC Agreement (i) prepare and file or cause to be prepared and filed by an Accounting Firm on behalf of the Company and the Project Company, on a timely basis, all federal, state and local income tax returns and related information and filings required to be filed by the Company and the Project Company or deliver to the Members such tax returns pursuant to the Company LLC Agreement, including each Member’s IRS Form K-1, and (ii) pay out of the Company’s or the Project Company’s funds, as applicable, all taxes and other governmental charges shown to be due thereon before they become delinquent and make all federal, state and local income tax elections in accordance with the provisions of the Company LLC Agreement or the Project Company LLC Agreement, as applicable;

(y) Promptly inform the Company and the Members of any proposed action or decision that arises which constitutes a Major Decision under the Company LLC Agreement and

 

9


not take or permit any such action or decision without the prior required consent of the Members by Class Majority Vote in accordance with the Company LLC Agreement, except, solely with respect to Major Decisions, as is otherwise permitted by the provisions of Section 8.3 of the Company LLC Agreement;

(z) In accordance with and subject to the provisions of the Company LLC Agreement if so instructed by the Tax Matters Partner (i) direct the defense of any claims made by the IRS to the extent that such claims relate to the adjustment of Company items at the Company level, (ii) promptly deliver to each Member a copy of all notices, communications, reports and writings received from the IRS relating to or potentially resulting in an adjustment of Company items, (iii) promptly advise each Member of the substance of any conversations with the IRS in connection therewith and keep the Members advised of all developments with respect to any proposed adjustments that come to its attention; (iv) provide each Member with a draft copy of any correspondence or filing to be submitted by the Company in connection with any administrative or judicial proceedings relating to the determination of Company items at the Company level reasonably in advance of such submission; (v) incorporate all reasonable changes or comments to such correspondence or filing requested by any Member; (vi) provide each Member with a final copy of correspondence or filing; and (vii) provide each Member with notice reasonably in advance of any meetings or conferences with respect to any administrative or judicial proceedings relating to the determination of Company items at the Company level (including any meetings or conferences with counsel or advisors to the Company with respect to such proceedings);

(aa) Prepare (or cause to be prepared) the financial statements required to be prepared pursuant to the Company LLC Agreement or the Project Company LLC Agreement, as applicable, within the time periods specified therein;

(bb) Make distributions out of Company Distributable Cash as provided under the relevant provisions of the Company LLC Agreement or the Project Company LLC Agreement;

(cc) Apply the proceeds of any Member Loan received by the Project Company to effecting a cure of any event of default under the Credit Documents;

(dd) At the Company’s sole expense, cause the Project Company to obtain and maintain insurance meeting the requirements of Exhibit A hereto and all other coverage to be maintained on behalf of the Project Company, the Portfolio and the Material Contracts and as otherwise authorized or directed by the Managing Member;

(ee) Make draws under any working capital facilities or credit facilities for the Company or the Project Company, as applicable, and cause such funds to be deposited into the Company’s or the Project Company’s, as applicable, accounts and in accordance with such working capital facilities’ or credit facilities’ documentation;

(ff) Establish and administer any escrow arrangements to which the Company or the Project Company is a party, including those for the refund of canceled Bloom Systems as provided in the MESPA, as well as any letters of credit, bonds or other similar support instruments posted by the Company or the Project Company relating to the Portfolio;

 

10


(gg) Notify the Managing Member promptly of the receipt of any communication as to any deficiencies in the Company’s or Project Company’s accounting practices from the Accounting Firm, or of the resignation of an Accounting Firm;

(hh) Maintain a register of membership interests of the Company and record therein any (i) transfers of membership interests made in accordance with the terms of the Company LLC Agreement and (ii) security interests of a secured party pursuant to any security interest permitted under the Company LLC Agreement;

(ii) Prepare equity contribution notices (and accompanying documentation) in accordance with the Company LLC Agreement, and deliver them to the Managing Member and each Member of the Company;

(jj) Prepare and submit purchase orders and perform other work on behalf of the Project Company in connection with ordering Bloom Systems under the MESPA, including interacting and communicating with Seller on behalf of the Project Company under the MESPA;

(kk) Upon receipt of a Delivery Notice (as defined in the MESPA) from Seller and confirmation from the Managing Member that the conditions set forth in Section 4.4 of the Company LLC Agreement have been satisfied, deliver notice, as contemplated in Section 2.1(d) of the MESPA, to Seller on behalf of Project Company confirming the Project Company’s continued intent to purchase the System described in the Delivery Notice; and

(ll) Perform such other (i) administrative tasks related to and consistent with the scope of the Services described herein and in the Company LLC Agreement and in the Project Company LLC Agreement, as the Managing Member in respect to the Company and the Sole Member of the Project Company in respect to the Project Company may reasonably request from time to time and (ii) necessary functions or responsibilities, which when taken together with those in the MOMA qualify the Administrator as an Qualified Fuel Cell Provider and the Portfolio as a Qualified Fuel Cell Provider Project.

Section 2.02 Separateness . The Administrator shall maintain its existence separate and distinct from any other Person, including maintaining in full effect its existence, rights and franchises as a corporation under the laws of the State of Delaware and obtaining and preserving its qualification to do business in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is or will be necessary to protect the validity and enforceability of this Agreement.

Section 2.03 Operating Budget . Administrator shall operate and maintain the Portfolio, or cause the Portfolio to be operated and maintained, within amounts for (a) any Operating Budget Category (as defined in the Credit Documents) not to exceed 110% (on a year-to-date basis) and (b) for all Operating Budget Categories not to exceed 105% (on a year-to-date basis), in each case of the amounts budgeted therefor as set forth in the then-current Annual Operating Budget (as defined in the Credit Documents)

 

11


ARTICLE III

STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE

Section 3.01 Standard of Performance . The Administrator shall perform the Nonreimbursable Services and the Services in accordance with applicable law and the Prudent Operator Standard; provided that the Administrator shall be deemed to have satisfied its duties in respect of any specific matter or circumstance requiring interpretation, application, or enforcement of Material Contracts, by relying conclusively on the advice of qualified legal counsel and/or qualified industry consultants engaged to advise the Project Company with respect to such matter or circumstance; and provided , further , that it shall not be a breach of the Prudent Operator Standard and the Administrator shall not be responsible hereunder for the gross negligence or willful misconduct of, or breach of contract by, any Service Provider engaged by the Administrator pursuant to a contract that requires such Service Provider to perform its duties in accordance with the Prudent Operator Standard and if such Person is sufficiently qualified to perform such duties and the Administrator is diligent in its oversight of such Persons; provided that (i) the immediately foregoing proviso shall not be applicable to any agreement with Clean Technologies or an Affiliate of Clean Technologies (and if such an agreement shall be with Clean Technologies or an Affiliate of Clean Technologies, then the Administrator shall continue to be bound by the Prudent Operator Standard), (ii) the Administrator shall be obligated to administer the agreements to which the Company is a party in accordance with their respective terms, and (iii) the Administrator shall be obligated to enforce the Material Contracts in accordance with their respective terms upon the gross negligence, willful misconduct or breach of contract of the counterparty to any such Material Contract. Without limiting the foregoing, in its performance of the obligations described in the immediately preceding clause (ii), the Administrator may enter into any settlement of claims, litigation or arbitration relating to the agreements described therein unless such settlement constitutes a Major Decision for which approval is first required as provided in Section 8.3 of the Company LLC Agreement. It is understood and agreed by the Company, the Project Company, and the Administrator that the Administrator is not guaranteeing or undertaking, in its capacity as Administrator, to procure any financial or other outcome with respect to the Company or the Portfolio, or providing any guarantees relating to the performance of the Portfolio.

Section 3.02 No Liability . The Administrator shall have no liability under this Agreement for (a) failure to take actions which it is not obligated to take pursuant to this Agreement and as to which it has requested the consent of the Managing Member (and/or the applicable Members where consent of any Members other than or in addition to the Managing Member is required under the Company LLC Agreement) for the Administrator to perform such actions if such consent is not timely given (including actions requiring a variance from the Annual Budget for which a request for variance by the Administrator has been made and not timely approved), or (b) actions taken at the direction of the Managing Member in accordance with the terms of the Company LLC Agreement (and/or the applicable Members where consent of any Members other than or in addition to the Managing Member is required under the Company LLC Agreement), or (c) failure to take actions requiring the expenditure of Company or Project Company funds in accordance with the Annual Budget if such funds are not available (for reasons other than a failure of the Administrator to provide, or cause a third party to provide, the Nonreimbursable Services or Services, as applicable, in accordance with this Agreement).

 

12


ARTICLE IV

COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT

Section 4.01 Administration Fee; Expenses . (a) The annual administration fee owed by the Company to the Administrator for the Services shall be an amount equal to $1,100 per each 50 kW of Nameplate Capacity with respect to a Bloom System as of the date such Bloom System has achieved Commencement of Operations, and the annual administration fee owed by the Project Company to the Administrator for the Services shall be an amount equal to $1,100 per each 50 kW of Nameplate Capacity with respect to a Bloom System as of the date such Bloom System has achieved Commencement of Operations (such administrative fees, together, the “ Administration Fee ”), due in equal monthly installments (pro-rated, if applicable, for the first month after the execution of this Agreement). The parties acknowledge that the Administration Fee is a fair price, negotiated at arms-length, for the Services.

(b) In connection with matters within the Annual Budget, and matters outside of the parameters of the Annual Budget but authorized pursuant to this Section 4.01 the Company will reimburse the Administrator from the Company’s funds for the following expenses (other than any such expenses that constitute Excluded Expenses): (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of Administrator’s personnel performing work in the capacity as Administrator, (ii) all Emergency Expenditures and (iii) reasonable expenses of unaffiliated third parties (other than any such Persons performing Nonreimbursable Services) which, for the convenience of the Company or the Project Company, perform services by contract with the Administrator rather than directly with the Company or the Project Company, as applicable, provided that the Members have consented to such arrangement. For purposes of this Section 4.01(b) , (x) “ Excluded Expenses ” shall mean costs incurred by Administrator in employing its personnel (other than amounts payable to its personnel as described in clause (i) above), including costs associated with wages, benefits, workers’ compensation insurance and home office expenses and costs incurred to retain Persons to perform Nonreimbursable Services, and (y) an “ Emergency Expenditure ” shall mean an expense with respect to the Company, the Project Company or the Portfolio that is not included in the Annual Budget and which is incurred, in the reasonable judgment of the Administrator, to avoid or to mitigate a risk of physical injury to any Person or property, or a violation of law and with respect to which there is not a reasonable opportunity to convene a meeting of the Members in order to obtain prior approval of the expense. The Administrator shall give prompt written notice to the Members of any Emergency Expenditure. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, for the avoidance of doubt, to the extent an obligation of the Administrator is expressly to be performed at the sole expense of the Company or the Project Company, is not in violation of the express terms of this Agreement, and is not a Nonreimbursable Service, the Administrator shall be reimbursed by the Company or the Project Company, as applicable, for any amount (other than Excluded Expenses) expended from its own funds to perform such obligations.

(c) If the Administrator engages any third party to perform any Nonreimbursable Services, it shall be responsible for paying any fees and expenses of such third party and shall not be able to seek reimbursement therefor.

(d) The Administrator shall obtain the Managing Member’s prior written approval before incurring any expenses that collectively exceed the aggregate expense amount provided in the Annual Budget by [***] in any Calendar Year; provided , however , that consent shall not be required (i) as to any Emergency Expenditure, or (ii) for reimbursement of the Administrator for any reasonable expense of an unaffiliated Service Provider (other than a Service Provider

 

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

 

13


providing Nonreimbursable Services) that, for the convenience of the Company or the Project Company, performs services by contract with the Administrator rather than directly with the Company or the Project Company.

Section 4.02 Billing and Payment . Within fifteen (15) days following the Administrator’s submission of an invoice to the Managing Member of the Company reflecting (i) any expenses due and payable by the Company or the Project Company (and including invoices and other material identifying and substantiating, in reasonable detail, the nature of such expenses and the basis for reimbursement thereof), and (ii) the monthly portion of the Administration Fee due and payable by the Company or the Project Company, as applicable, (and including invoices and other material identifying and substantiating, in reasonable detail, the nature of such costs and the basis for reimbursement):

(a) The Managing Member of the Company or, as applicable, the Sole Member of the Project Company, shall approve such payment to the Administrator of the (i) expenses and (ii) the portion of the Administration Fee specified in such invoice, less any portion of such expenses and Administration Fee that is disputed in good faith by a Member; provided that any invoiced amount incurred in accordance with the Annual Budget shall be deemed approved and shall be paid unless the Managing Member or Member, as applicable, shall dispute in good faith such payment for reasons unrelated to the Annual Budget; and

(b) The parties shall attempt to resolve any such disputed portion in accordance with Article VI hereof and any amount owed hereunder which remains unpaid more than ten (10) days after the date such amount is due and payable under this Agreement shall accrue interest at the lesser of a monthly rate of one and five-tenths percent (1.5%) or the highest rate permissible by law, with such interest beginning to accrue from the first (1st) day after such amount became due and payable.

Section 4.03 Records . The Administrator shall retain copies of invoices submitted by it under Section 4.02 , and of any third party invoices or similar documentation contained or reflected therein, for a minimum period of three (3) years or such longer period as required by applicable law. Records maintained by the Administrator pursuant to this Section 4.03 shall be the property of the Company or the Project Company, as applicable, and shall not be destroyed, unless the Company or the Project Company, as applicable, shall have consented to such destruction in writing or declined in writing to accept possession of the records after the Administrator has advised the Company or the Project Company, as applicable, that the records will be destroyed.

ARTICLE V

DELAYS

Section 5.01 Conditions . If the Administrator becomes aware of any event or circumstance that could prevent its performance of any of its obligations hereunder, the Administrator shall give prompt notice thereof to the Managing Member of the Company or the Sole Member of the Project Company, as applicable.

 

14


Section 5.02 Mitigation of Delay . The Administrator shall attempt in good faith to minimize any such delay in performance of its obligations hereunder, provided , however , that the Administrator shall not be obligated to undertake or perform any actions which are prohibited by contract or any applicable law or that would expose the Administrator to any material risk of liability or to any expense for which the Administrator is entitled to reimbursement or indemnification hereunder and which is not reasonably expected to be promptly reimbursed or indemnified hereunder.

ARTICLE VI

DISPUTE RESOLUTION

Section 6.01 Procedure .

(a) The parties shall attempt, in good faith, to resolve or cure all disputes, controversies or claims relating to this Agreement by mutual agreement in accordance with this Article VI before initiating any legal action or attempting to enforce any rights or remedies hereunder (including termination), at law or in equity (regardless of whether this Article VI is referenced in the provision of this Agreement which is the basis for any such dispute).

(b) If a party hereto believes that a dispute, controversy or claim under this Agreement has arisen, such party shall within ten (10) days after such dispute, controversy or claim arises, give notice thereof to the other affected party or parties hereto and the Managing Member of the Company, with respect to disputes involving the Company, or the Sole Member of the Project Company, with respect to disputes involving the Project Company, which notice shall describe in reasonable detail the basis and specifics of the dispute, controversy or claim. A meeting or conference call shall be held promptly, and in no case later than five (5) days following delivery of such notice, attended by representatives of the parties with decision-making authority regarding the dispute, controversy or claim to attempt in good faith to negotiate a resolution.

(c) If, within twenty-one (21) days following the meeting required pursuant to Section 6.01(b) , the affected parties are unable to resolve the dispute, any affected party may pursue whatever rights it has available under this Agreement, at law or in equity.

ARTICLE VII

COMMENCEMENT AND TERMINATION

Section 7.01 Term . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, this Agreement shall commence on the date hereof and remain in full force and effect until the date that is twenty-one (21) years and six (6) months following the date on which Commencement of Operations (as defined in the MESPA) occurs for the last System in the Portfolio (the “ Term ”). In connection with the expiration of the Term or any termination pursuant to Section 7.02 , the Administrator shall cooperate with all reasonable requests of the Company or the Project Company, as applicable, in connection with the transition of Services performed by Administrator (including the transferring of the records in Administrator’s possession) to the entity selected by the Company to undertake the Services.

 

15


Section 7.02 Resignation of Administrator; Termination After Specified Transfer .

(a) The Administrator may resign at any time following the sale of Clean Technologies to a non-Affiliate of Administrator or a Transfer of all Class A Membership Interests held by Clean Technologies or an Affiliate of Clean Technologies made in accordance with the Company LLC Agreement, by giving not less than thirty (30) days prior written notice of such resignation to the Company and the Project Company; provided that Administrator’s resignation shall become effective only upon the appointment of a successor pursuant to the terms of the Company LLC Agreement that assumes (or causes an Affiliate to assume) the duties of the Administrator hereunder or that has engaged a Person that is recognized nationally as having substantial experience managing and operating fuel cell power facilities or if such transferee has engaged such an experienced and recognized company to manage the Company and the Project Company, at substantially the same cost as under this Agreement.

(b) At any time following the sale of Clean Technologies to a non-Affiliate of Administrator or a Transfer of all Class A Membership Interests held by Clean Technologies or an Affiliate of Clean Technologies, the Project Company and the Company may terminate this Agreement by giving not less than one (1) day prior written notice of such termination to the Administrator.

Section 7.03 Early Termination . This Agreement may not be terminated prior to the end of the Term except:

(a) by mutual agreement of the parties; or

(b) pursuant to Section 7.02 , 8.02 or 8.03 .

Section 7.04 Replacement of Agreement . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement and in furtherance of continuing qualification under the QFCP-RC Tariff, in the event of the early termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 7.03 hereof, Bloom Energy Corporation agrees to use its best efforts and cooperate with the Company and the Project Company to facilitate the Company and the Project Company entering into a new agreement with a third party administrator governing administrative services to be provided to the Company and the Project Company on terms substantially similar to the terms of this Agreement.

ARTICLE VIII

DEFAULT

Section 8.01 Event of Default . Subject to the provisions of Article VI (Dispute Resolution), each of the following events shall be an event of default (“ Event of Default ”) under this Agreement regardless of the pendency of any bankruptcy, reorganization, receivership, insolvency or other proceeding which has or might have the effect of preventing such party from complying with the terms of this Agreement:

(a) Failure by a party hereto to make any payment required to be made hereunder, if such failure shall continue for twenty (20) days after written notice thereof has been given to the non-paying party; or

 

16


(b) If there shall occur (i) any failure by the Administrator to comply in any material respect with any term, provision or covenant of this Agreement (other than a failure addressed by another paragraph of this Section 8.01 ), or (ii) a gross dereliction by the Administrator of its duties under this Agreement, and such failure or act described in clause (i) or (ii) continues for thirty (30) days after receipt by the Administrator of written notice of such breach; or

(c) Failure by the Company or the Project Company to comply in any material respect with any term, provision or covenant of this Agreement (other than a failure addressed by another paragraph of this Section 8.01 ), and such failure continues for thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company or the Project Company of written notice of such breach.

Section 8.02 Bankruptcy . Subject to the rights or remedies it may have, any party hereto shall have the right to terminate this Agreement, effective immediately, if, at any time, any other party hereto (or, in the case of the Administrator, any Person that Controls the Administrator) shall file a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, or shall be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, or shall file any petition or answer seeking any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any present or future statute or law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, or other relief for debtors, whether federal or state, or shall seek, consent to, or acquiesce in the appointment of any trustee, receiver, conservator or liquidator of such party or of all or any substantial part of its properties, or a court of competent jurisdiction shall enter an order, judgment or decree approving a petition filed against such party seeking any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any present or future statute or law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or other relief for debtors, whether federal or state, and such party shall consent to or acquiesce in the entry of such order, judgment or decree, or the same shall remain unvacated and unstayed for an aggregate of sixty (60) days from the date or entry thereof, or any trustee, receiver, conservator or liquidator of such party or of all or any substantial part of its properties shall be appointed without the consent of or acquiescence of such party and such appointment shall remain unvacated and unstayed for an aggregate of sixty (60) days. The terms “acquiesce” and “acquiescence”, as used herein, include, but are not limited to, the failure to file a petition or motion to vacate or discharge any order, judgment or decree providing for such appointment within the time specified by law.

Section 8.03 Remedies . If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing hereunder, then this Agreement may be terminated immediately by the non-defaulting party, without obligation to or recourse by the defaulting party. If a termination pursuant Section 8.02 or this Section 8.03 occurs, the terminating party shall have all rights and remedies allowed at law or in equity, subject however, to the specific limitations of liability set forth in Article IX . Any termination of this Agreement by the Administrator for nonpayment or default by the Company or the Project Company, respectively, shall not result in termination of this Agreement by the Administrator as to the Project Company or the Company, respectively, as the case may be; and in such event, the Administrator shall continue performing hereunder for the nondefaulting counterparty.

 

17


ARTICLE IX

INDEMNIFICATION AND LIMITATION OF DAMAGES

Section 9.01 Indemnification .

(a) To the extent not otherwise covered by insurance and to the extent not prohibited by law, the Company and the Project Company each shall indemnify and hold harmless the Administrator, its officers, directors, employees, and Affiliates, from and against all losses, claims, demands, damages, costs, expenses of any nature (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) or liabilities (or actions, suits or proceedings including any inquiry or investigation or claims in respect thereof), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative, arbitral or investigative (collectively, “ Losses ”) which are being incurred in its capacity as the Administrator and are resulting from or arising out of the Administrator’s performance of its obligations hereunder with respect to the Company or Project Company, respectively; provided , however , that the Administrator shall not have the right to be so indemnified for Losses arising out of or relating to the negligence or willful misconduct of the Administrator, Seller, Operator or any of their Affiliates or their respective subcontractors, or a breach of its or their obligations under this Agreement or other agreement with either the Project Company or the Company or for which any of such Persons are obligated to indemnify the Project Company, the Company or any Member (for the purposes of this Section 9.01 (a), the Administrator shall not be deemed to be an “Affiliate” of the Company).

(b) To the extent not otherwise covered by insurance and to the extent not prohibited by law, subject to the specific limitations of liability set forth in this Article IX , the Administrator shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company and the Project Company, its officers, directors, employees and Affiliates from and against all Losses resulting from or arising out of the Administrator’s performance of its obligations hereunder; provided , however , that the Company or the Project Company shall not have the right to be so indemnified for Losses arising out of or relating to the negligence or willful misconduct of the Company or the Project Company, or their respective Affiliates, officers, directors, and employees, if any, or a breach of the Company’s or the Project Company’s obligations under this Agreement (for the purposes of this Section 9.01 (b), the Administrator shall not be deemed to be an “Affiliate” of the Company).

(c) Exclusion of Consequential Damages . Neither the Administrator, in such capacity, nor the Company, nor the Project Company, nor any of their officers, members, employees or Affiliates shall be liable for punitive, consequential, special, indirect or exemplary damages of any nature including, but not limited to, damages for lost profits or revenues or the loss or use of such profits or revenues, loss by reason of plant shutdown or inability to operate at rated capacity, increased operating expenses of plant or equipment, increased costs of purchasing or providing equipment, materials, labor, services, costs of replacement power or capital, debt service fees or penalties, inventory or use charges, damages to reputation, damages for lost opportunities, or claims of any of the customers, members or affiliates of the Project Company or the Company, regardless of whether said claim is based upon contract, warranty, tort (including negligence and strict liability) or other theory of law; provided that if (i) the Project Company is unable to claim the Grant, or, if the Grant is not available, the Project Company, the Company or the Members are unable to obtain the benefits of an Alternative Tax Program, (ii) the Grant or any Alternative Tax Benefit is recaptured or (iii) the allocation of the Grant or any Alternative Tax Benefit is deemed to be an item of federal taxable income because a representation or warranty made by the Administrator is false in any respect when made or deemed made or because the Administrator breaches any covenant, obligation or agreement, the amount of the Grant or Alternative Tax Benefit that is lost or recaptured (together with any federal tax

 

18


detriment suffered by the Class B Members as a result of such loss or recapture) will be recoverable as direct damages and will not constitute consequential, punitive, special, incidental or exemplary damages.

Section 9.02 Aggregate Liability . The aggregate liability of the Administrator under this Agreement shall be limited to the amount of Administration Fees actually paid to the Administrator; provided that such limitation of liability shall not apply to any liability that is the result of gross negligence, fraud or willful misconduct of the Administrator or any action by Administrator that results in loss of QFCP-RC Tariff service.

Section 9.03 Supremacy . The provisions expressed in this Article IX shall prevail over any conflicting or inconsistent provisions contained elsewhere in this Agreement and shall survive termination of this Agreement.

Section 9.04 Insurance . At all times during the Term without cost to the Company or the Project Company, Administrator shall maintain in force the following insurance, which insurance shall not be subject to cancellation, termination or other material adverse changes unless the insurer delivers to the Company and the Project Company written notice of the cancellation, termination or change at least thirty (30) days in advance of the effective date of the cancellation, termination or material adverse change:

(a) Worker’s Compensation Insurance as required by the laws of the state where Administrator’s facilities are located;

(b) Employer’s liability insurance with limits not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000); and

(c) Commercial General Liability Insurance, including bodily injury and property damage liability including premises operations, contractual liability endorsements, products liability and completed operations with limits not less than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000).

Administrator shall cause the Company and the Project Company (and such additional parties as the Company and the Project Company designate in writing) to be named additional insured(s), must be written as primary policy not contributing to or in excess of any policies carried by the Company or the Project Company, and each contain a waiver of subrogation endorsement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Project Company, in favor of the Company and the Project Company.

ARTICLE X

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Section 10.01 Representations and Warranties . Each party hereto represents and warrants, as of the date hereof, as follows:

(a) it is a limited liability company or a corporation, as applicable, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation;

 

19


(b) it has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the performance of its obligations hereunder;

(c) this Agreement constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation enforceable against it in accordance with its terms except as such enforceability may be limited by (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights and the enforcement of debtors’ obligations generally, and (ii) general principles of equity, regardless of whether enforcement is pursuant to a proceeding in equity or at law;

(d) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement do not violate (i) its constituent documents, (ii) any contract to which it is a party or to which any of its properties are subject, or (iii) any law, rule, regulation, order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree or determination to which it is subject or by which its properties are bound;

(e) no consent, authorization, approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any governmental authority or any other Person is required for the due execution, delivery or performance of, or its ability to perform its obligations under, this Agreement by such party; and

(f) there is no action, suit or proceeding at law or in equity or by or before any governmental authority, arbitral tribunal or other body now pending or threatened against or affecting it or its property, which would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

ARTICLE XI

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.01 Assignment .

(a) The Administrator may not assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any third party unless the prior written consent of the Company and the Project Company has been obtained; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to an Affiliate of the Administrator under common control with the Administrator, but only if after such assignment, the assignee shall be deemed the Qualified Fuel Cell Provider and the Portfolio deemed a Qualified Fuel Cell Provider Project.

(b) Neither the Company nor the Project Company may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any third party without the prior written consent of the Administrator.

Section 11.02 Authorization . Except as expressly authorized in writing by the Managing Member with respect to the Company, or the Sole Member of the Project Company with respect to the Project Company, or contemplated under the Services, the Administrator shall not have the right or the obligation to create any obligation or to make any representation on behalf of the Company or Project Company, as applicable.

Section 11.03 Governing Law, Jurisdiction, Venue . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE

 

20


STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES (OTHER THAN SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW). THE PARTIES HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMIT TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT IN NEW YORK COUNTY, NEW YORK WITH RESPECT TO ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO A DISPUTE AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM WITH RESPECT THERETO.

Section 11.04 Independent Contractor . Nothing contained in this Agreement and no action taken by any party to this Agreement shall be (a) deemed to constitute any party or any of such party’s employees, agents or representatives to be an employee, agent or representative of the other parties hereto; (b) deemed to create any company, partnership, joint venture, association or syndicate among or between the parties; or (c) except as contemplated under the Services, deemed to confer on any party hereto any expressed or implied right, power or authority to enter into any agreement or commitment, express or implied, or to incur any obligation or liability on behalf of the other parties hereto, except as expressly authorized in writing.

Section 11.05 Notice . All notices, requests, consents, demands and other communications (collectively “ notices ”) required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing signed by the party giving such notice and shall be given to each other party hereto at its address or fax number set forth in this Section 11.05 or at such other address or fax number as such party may hereafter specify by notice to the other parties hereto and shall be either delivered personally or sent by fax or registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or by a nationally recognized overnight courier service. A notice shall be deemed to have been given (a) when successfully transmitted if given by fax or (b) when delivered, if given by any other means. Notices shall be sent to the following addresses:

To the Administrator:

Bloom Energy Corporation

1299 Orleans Drive

Sunnyvale, California 94089

Attn: [***]

Telephone: [***]

Fax: [***]

To the Company:

Diamond State Generation Holdings, LLC

c/o Bloom Energy Corporation

1299 Orleans Drive

Sunnyvale, California 94089

Attn: [***]

Telephone: [***]

Fax: [***]

 

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

 

21


To the Project Company:

Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC

c/o Bloom Energy Corporation

1299 Orleans Drive

Sunnyvale, California 94089

Attn: [***]

Telephone: [***]

Fax: [***]

All of the Members, at their respective addresses as set forth in the Company LLC Agreement or the Project Company LLC Agreement.

Section 11.06 Usage . This Agreement shall be governed by the following rules of usage: (a) a reference in this Agreement to a Person includes, unless the context otherwise requires, such Person’s permitted assignees; (b) a reference in this Agreement to a law, license, or permit includes any amendment, modification or replacement to such law, license or permit; (c) accounting terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to them by GAAP; (d) a reference in this Agreement to an article, section, exhibit, schedule or appendix is to an article, section, exhibit, schedule or appendix of this Agreement unless otherwise stated; (e) a reference in this Agreement to any document, instrument or agreement shall be deemed to include all appendices, exhibits, schedules and other attachments thereto and all documents, instruments or agreements issued or executed in substitution thereof, and shall mean such document, instrument or agreement, or replacement thereof, as amended, modified and supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms and as the same is in effect at any given time; (f) unless otherwise specified, the words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words or similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement; and (g) the words “include” and “including” and words of similar import used in this Agreement are not limiting and shall be construed to be followed by the words “without limitation”, whether or not they are in fact followed by such words.

Section 11.07 Entire Agreement . This Agreement (including all appendices and exhibits thereto) constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior written and oral agreements and understandings with respect to such subject matter.

Section 11.08 Amendment . Neither this Agreement nor any of the terms hereof may be terminated, amended, supplemented, waived or modified orally, but only by a document in writing signed by all parties. To the extent that this Agreement must be modified in order to maintain service under the Tariffs, the Parties shall exercise their best efforts to amend the Agreement to continue such service.

Section 11.09 Confidential Information . Except as required by applicable law, no party hereto shall, without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto, disclose any confidential information obtained from the first party to any third parties, other than to

 

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

 

22


consultants, attorneys, lenders, prospective lenders, investors, prospective investors or to employees who have agreed to keep such information confidential as contemplated by this Agreement and who are reasonably believed to need the information to assist such party with the exercise or performance of any rights and obligations provided to, or imposed upon, such party in such document.

Section 11.10 Third Party Beneficiaries . Except as otherwise expressly stated herein, this Agreement is intended to be solely for the benefit of the parties hereto and their permitted assignees and is not intended to and shall not confer any rights or benefits to the general public or any other third party not a signatory thereto; provided , however , that the Members of the Company are intended beneficiaries of this Agreement (subject to all the limitations hereof applicable to the Company, including Article III and Article IX hereof).

Section 11.11 Discharge of Obligations . With respect to any duties or obligations discharged hereunder by the Administrator, the Administrator may discharge such duties or obligations through the personnel of an Affiliate of the Administrator; provided that , notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator shall remain fully liable hereunder for such discharged duties and obligations.

Section 11.12 Severability . Any provision of this Agreement that shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. The parties shall negotiate in good faith a replacement provision or provisions that are valid and enforceable and that as closely as possible correspond to the spirit and purpose of the invalid or unenforceable provisions and this Agreement as a whole.

Section 11.13 Binding Effect . The terms of this Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their successors and permitted assigns.

Section 11.14 Right of Offset . The Company or the Project Company at its sole respective option is hereby authorized to setoff any amounts owed to the Project Company under the MESPA or the MOMA or owed to the Company or the Project Company under this Agreement, as applicable, against any amounts owed by the Project Company to Bloom Energy Corporation, Seller, Operator or Administrator under the MESPA, the MOMA or this Agreement. The rights provided by this paragraph are in addition to and not in limitation of any other right or remedy (including any right to set-off, counterclaim, or otherwise withhold payment) to which the Company or the Project Company may be entitled (whether by operation of law, contract or otherwise).

Section 11.15 No Liens . To the extent that Administrator has actual knowledge that any of its subcontractors has placed any Lien on a System or the Site for such System, then Administrator shall promptly cause such Liens to be removed or bonded over in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Company or the Project Company.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY]

 

23


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed, or caused to be executed, this Administrative Services Agreement on the date first set forth above.

 

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION,
a Delaware corporation
By:   /s/ Illegible
 

 

  Name:
  Title:

[Signature Page to the Administrative Services Agreement]


DIAMOND STATE GENERATION HOLDINGS, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
By:   /s/ William E Brockenborough
 

 

  Name:   William E Brockenborough
  Title:   Vice President

[Signature Page to the Administrative Services Agreement]


DIAMOND STATE GENERATION PARTNERS, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
By:   /s/ William E Brockenborough
 

 

  Name:   William E Brockenborough
  Title:   Vice President

[Signature Page to the Administrative Services Agreement]


EXHIBIT A

Insurance Requirements

1. For the Company

Schedule 8.4 to the Company LLC Agreement is incorporated hereto by reference.

Exhibit 10.22

Execution Version

[***] Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

 

 

DEPOSITARY AGREEMENT

among

DIAMOND STATE GENERATION PARTNERS, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company,

as the Company

and

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,

as Collateral Agent

and

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,

as Depositary

Dated as of March 20, 2013

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

                 Page  

ARTICLE 1. DEFINED TERMS

     1  
  1.1  

Defined Terms

     1  
  1.2  

Undefined Terms

     5  
  1.3  

Rules of Interpretation

     5  

ARTICLE 2. ESTABLISHMENT AND ADMINISTRATION OF ACCOUNTS

     5  
  2.1  

Establishment of Accounts with Depositary

     5  
  2.2  

Permitted Investments

     6  
   

2.2.1

 

Directing the Making of Investments

     6  
   

2.2.2

 

Application of Permitted Investments

     7  
   

2.2.3

 

Earnings

     7  
   

2.2.4

 

Liquidation of Investments for Distributions

     7  
   

2.2.5

 

Value of Permitted Investments

     7  
   

2.2.6

 

Security Interest

     8  
  2.3  

Books of Account; Statements; Etc.

     8  
  2.4  

Adequate Instruction; Sufficiency of Funds

     8  
  2.5  

Power of Attorney

     9  
  2.6  

Interest

     9  
  2.7  

Actions by Collateral Agent

     9  

ARTICLE 3. PROJECT ACCOUNTS

     9  
  3.1  

Account Withdrawals, Transfers and Payments

     9  
   

3.1.1

 

General Procedures

     9  
   

3.1.2

 

Account Withdrawal Documents

     10  
   

3.1.3

 

Withdrawal and Transfers

     10  
  3.2  

Construction Escrow Account

     10  
   

3.2.1

 

Deposits into the Construction Escrow Account

     10  
   

3.2.2

 

Disbursements from the Construction Escrow Account

     11  
  3.3  

Revenue Account

     11  
   

3.3.1

 

Deposits into Revenue Account

     11  
   

3.3.2

 

Disbursements from the Revenue Account

     11  
  3.4  

Operating Account

     13  
   

3.4.1

 

Deposits into the Operating Account

     13  
   

3.4.2

 

Disbursements from the Operating Account

     13  
  3.5  

IDC Reserve Account

     14  
   

3.5.1

 

Deposit into the IDC Reserve Account

     14  
   

3.5.2

 

Disbursements from the IDC Reserve Account

     14  

 

i


  3.6  

Debt Service Reserve Account

     14  
    3.6.1  

Deposit into the Debt Service Reserve Account

     14  
    3.6.2  

Withdrawals from the Debt Service Reserve Account

     14  
    3.6.3  

Disbursement of Excess Amounts from the Debt Service Reserve Account

     15  
  3.7  

Loss Proceeds Account

     15  
    3.7.1  

Deposit into the Loss Proceeds Account

     15  
    3.7.2  

Withdrawals from the Loss Proceeds Account

     15  
    3.7.3  

Surplus Proceeds

     17  
  3.8  

Distribution Suspense Account

     17  
    3.8.1  

Deposits to the Distribution Suspense Account

     17  
    3.8.2  

Transfers and Payments from the Distribution Suspense Account

     17  
  3.9  

Note Redemption Account

     17  
    3.9.1  

Deposits to the Note Redemption Account

     17  
    3.9.2  

Transfers from the Note Redemption Account

     18  
  3.10  

Cash Grant Account

     18  

ARTICLE 4. SECURITY AND RELATED PROVISIONS; SECURITIES INTERMEDIARY

     18  
  4.1  

Securities Accounts; Deposit Accounts

     18  
  4.2  

Certain Rights and Powers in Respect of Accounts and Funds

     19  
    4.2.1  

Rights to Accounts

     19  
    4.2.2  

Certain Additional Powers of Collateral Agent and Depositary

     19  
    4.2.3  

Control

     20  
  4.3  

Security Interest; Grant Pursuant to Security Agreement

     21  
    4.3.1  

Acknowledgment

     21  
  4.4  

Perfection; Further Assurances

     21  
  4.5  

Other Liens; Adverse Claim

     21  
  4.6  

Duties and Certain Rights of Depositary

     22  
    4.6.1  

General

     22  
    4.6.2  

Appointment

     23  
    4.6.3  

Negative Pledge

     23  
    4.6.4  

Instructions Upon an Event of Default

     23  
    4.6.5  

Standard of Care

     24  
    4.6.6  

Action Upon Notices; Exercise of Judgment

     24  
    4.6.7  

Indemnification and Liability

     24  
    4.6.8  

Court Orders

     25  
    4.6.9  

Resignation and Termination

     26  
    4.6.10  

Directions and Instructions to the Depositary

     26  
    4.6.11  

Individual Capacity

     27  
    4.6.12  

Duties

     27  
    4.6.13  

Succession

     27  

 

ii


  4.7  

Remedies

     27  
  4.8  

Costs, Expenses and Attorneys’ Fees

     28  
  4.9  

Additional Rights of Collateral Agent and Depositary

     28  
    4.9.1  

Actions

     28  
    4.9.2  

No Responsibility for Statements, Etc.

     29  
    4.9.3  

Collateral

     29  
  4.10  

Non-Business Days

     29  

ARTICLE 5. TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT

     29  

ARTICLE 6. MISCELLANEOUS

     30  
  6.1  

Notices

     30  
  6.2  

Benefit of Agreement

     31  
  6.3  

Delay and Waiver

     32  
  6.4  

Amendments

     32  
  6.5  

Governing Law

     32  
  6.6  

Consent to Jurisdiction

     32  
  6.7  

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

     32  
  6.8  

Severability

     33  
  6.9  

Headings

     33  
  6.10  

Successors and Assigns

     33  
  6.11  

Entire Agreement

     33  
  6.12  

Survival of Agreements

     34  
  6.13  

Counterparts

     34  
  6.14  

Patriot Act

     34  

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A   Form of Account Withdrawal Instruction
Exhibit B   Form of Account Withdrawal Request
Exhibit C   Note Purchase Agreement

 

iii


This DEPOSITARY AGREEMENT, dated as of March 20, 2013 (this “ Agreement ”), is entered into by and among DIAMOND STATE GENERATION PARTNERS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, as collateral agent for the Secured Parties (in such capacity, “ Collateral Agent ”), and DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, as depositary agent, bank and securities intermediary (in such capacities, “ Depositary ”).

RECITALS

A. The Company intends to develop, construct, install, finance, own, operate and maintain a portfolio of fuel cell electricity generators with an aggregate capacity of 30 MW, to be located on one or more sites in New Castle County, Delaware (the “ Project ”).

B. In order to finance the development, construction, installation, testing, operation and use of the Project and the acquisition of certain other assets related thereto, the Company has entered into that certain Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 20, 2013, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit C (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Note Purchase Agreement ”) with the Purchasers (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement), pursuant to which, among other things, the Company has issued Notes to the Purchasers in an aggregate principal amount equal to $144,812,500.

C. In order to further secure and support the Company’s obligations to the Purchasers under the Note Purchase Agreement, the Company is entering into this Agreement, pursuant to which, among other things, the Company will grant to Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected first priority security interest in the Accounts and in all financial assets held therein or credited thereto and all proceeds thereof.

D. Depositary has agreed to act as depositary agent, bank and securities intermediary pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company hereby agrees with Collateral Agent and Depositary, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as follows:

ARTICLE 1.

DEFINED TERMS

1.1 Defined Terms . The following terms when used in this Agreement, including its preamble and recitals, shall have the following meanings:

Account Withdrawal Documents ” means, collectively, any Account Withdrawal Request and the Account Withdrawal Instruction related thereto, properly completed by the Company and delivered to Collateral Agent and each Holder in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement.


Account Withdrawal Instruction ” means an instruction letter substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto delivered by the Company to Collateral Agent for further delivery to Depositary.

Account Withdrawal Request ” means a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto signed by a duly authorized representative of the Company and delivered to Collateral Agent and each Holder.

Accounts ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

Affiliate ” of a specified Person means any other Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly (either alone or pursuant to an arrangement or understanding with one or more other Persons), of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” shall have meanings correlative thereto.

Authorized Signatory ” has the meaning given in Section 4.6.10.

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banks are authorized or required to be closed in the State of New York or the State of Delaware.

Casualty Event ” means the loss, damage or destruction of any part of the Improvements or any personal property related to the Project.

Collateral ” means all property which is subject or is intended to become subject to the security interests or liens granted by any of the Collateral Documents.

Collateral Agent ” has the meaning given in the preamble to this Agreement.

Collateral Documents ” means the collateral security documents entered into for the purpose of providing collateral security for the benefit of the Secured Parties to secure the obligations of the Company under the Note Purchase Agreement and the other Credit Documents.

Company ” has the meaning given in the preamble to this Agreement.

Conditions to Release of Funds ” has the meaning given in Section 3.7.2(b) .

Construction Escrow Account ” means the account designated by that name established by the Company with Depositary pursuant to Section 2.1.

Debt Service Deficiency ” has the meaning given in Section 3.6.2.

 

2


Debt Service Reserve Account ” means the account designated by that name established by the Company with Depositary pursuant to Section 2.1.

Depositary ” has the meaning given in the preamble to this Agreement.

Distribution Suspense Account ” means the account designated by that name established by the Company with Depositary pursuant to Section 2.1.

Eminent Domain Proceeds ” means all proceeds received in respect of any Event of Eminent Domain.

Forced Outage Replacement RECs ” has the meaning given in the Tariff.

IDC Reserve Account ” means the account designated by that name established by the Company with Depositary pursuant to Section 2.1.

Indemnified Persons ” has the meaning given in Section 4.6.7(a) .

Insurance Proceeds ” means all proceeds in respect of any property insurance policy required to be maintained by the Company under the Credit Documents.

Item ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 4.5(b) herein.

Loss Event ” means any Casualty Event or Event of Eminent Domain, as the context requires.

Loss Proceeds ” means, individually and collectively, Insurance Proceeds and Eminent Domain Proceeds.

Loss Proceeds Account ” means the account designated by that name established by the Company with Depositary pursuant to Section 2.1.

Monthly Date ” means the last Business Day of each month.

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

Net Available Amount ” means, with respect to any Loss Event, the aggregate amount of Loss Proceeds received by the Company or Collateral Agent in respect of such Loss Event, net of reasonable expenses incurred in connection with the collection thereof.

Note Purchase Agreement ” has the meaning given in the recitals to this Agreement.

Operating Account ” means the account designated by that name established by the Company with Depositary pursuant to Section 2.1.

Permitted Investments ” means: (i) marketable securities issued by the U.S. Government and supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury, by statute; (ii) marketable debt securities, rated Aaa by Moody’s and/ or AAA by S&P, issued by

 

3


U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises, U. S . Federal agencies, U. S . Federal financing banks, and international institutions whose capital stock has been subscribed for by the United States; (iii) certificates of deposit, time deposits, and bankers acceptances of any bank or trust company incorporated under the laws of the United States or any state, provided that, at the date of acquisition, such investment, and/or the commercial paper or other short term debt obligation of such bank or trust company has a short-term credit rating or ratings from Moody’s and/or S&P, each at least P-1 or A-1; (iv) commercial paper of any corporation incorporated under the laws of the United States or any state thereof which on the date of acquisition is rated by Moody’s and/or S&P, provided each such credit rating is least P-1 and/or A-1; (v) money market mutual funds that are registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and operated in accordance with Rule 2a-7 and that at the time of such investment are rated Aaa by Moody’s and/or AAAm by S&P, including such funds for which Depositary or an Affiliate provides investment advice or other services; (vi) tax-exempt variable rate commercial paper, tax-exempt adjustable rate option tender bonds, and other tax-exempt bonds or notes issued by municipalities in the United States, having a short-term rating of “MIG-1” or “VMIG-1” or a long term rating of “AA” (Moody’s), or a short-term rating of “A-1” or a long term rating of “AA” (S&P); (vii) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than thirty days, 102 percent collateralized, for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (i) and (ii) above, entered into with any bank or trust company or its respective Affiliate meeting the requirements specified in clause (iii) above; and (viii) maturities on the above securities shall not exceed 365 days and all rating requirements and/or percentage restrictions are based on the time of purchase.

Project ” has the meaning given in the recitals to this Agreement.

Required Equity Contribution ” has the meaning given in the Equity Contribution Agreement.

Revenue Account ” means the account designated by that name established by the Company with Depositary pursuant to Section 2.1.

S&P ” means Standard and Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as the same may, from time to time, be in effect in the State of New York; provided , however , in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the perfection or priority of the security interest in any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York the term “UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection or priority and for purposes of definitions related to such provisions.

Waterfall Level ” means any of the waterfall levels set forth in Section 3.3.2, as the case may be.

 

4


1.2 Undefined Terms . Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used in this Agreement have the meanings provided in the Note Purchase Agreement.

1.3 Rules of Interpretation . Unless otherwise provided herein, the rules of interpretation set forth in Schedule B to the Note Purchase Agreement shall apply to this Agreement, and are incorporated herein by reference, mutatis mutandis .

ARTICLE 2.

ESTABLISHMENT AND ADMINISTRATION OF ACCOUNTS

2.1 Establishment of Accounts with Depositary .

(a) The Company hereby directs Depositary to establish on or prior to the date hereof and maintain until the termination of this Agreement in accordance with Article 5 or as otherwise expressly set forth herein, at its office located at 60 Wall Street MSNYC 60-2710, New York, NY 10005, Attention: Trust and Agency Services, the following segregated non-interest bearing accounts (each to be referred to herein by the defined term provided, and collectively the “ Accounts ”), in the name of the Company (as the securities entitlement holder), but under the exclusive dominion and control of Collateral Agent pursuant to the terms of this Agreement:

 

Name of Account at Depositary

  

Account Number

  

Defined Term for Account

[***]    [***]    “Construction Escrow Account”
[***]    [***]    “Revenue Account”
[***]    [***]    “Loss Proceeds Account”
[***]    [***]    “Operating Account”
[***]    [***]    “Distribution Suspense Account”
[***]    [***]    “Debt Service Reserve Account”
[***]    [***]    “IDC Reserve Account”
[***]    [***]    “Note Redemption Account”

 

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

 

5


The complete wire instructions for each of the Accounts are as follows:

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

ABA No.: [***]

Account #: [***]

Beneficiary Name: Trust and Securities Services

FFC AC : PORT [        ]

Attention: Anabelle Roa – Diamond State Generation Partners

(b) Depositary shall send copies of all statements and confirmations for the Accounts simultaneously to the Company and Collateral Agent.

2.2 Permitted Investments ;

2.2.1 Directing the Making of Investments . Any cash held in Accounts maintained hereunder shall be invested and reinvested in Permitted Investments from time to time by Depositary at the expense and risk of the Company (a) as directed by the Company, so long as Collateral Agent has not notified Depositary that an “Event of Default” under the Note Purchase Agreement has occurred and is continuing or after Collateral Agent has notified Depositary that any such Event of Default no longer exists, and (b) as directed by Collateral Agent, if Collateral Agent has notified Depositary that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (and Depositary has had reasonable time, in any event not to exceed 3 Business Days, to act on such notice), until such time, if ever, as Collateral Agent notifies Depositary that any such Event of Default no longer exists; provided , however , that, if the Company fails to so direct Depositary, or if there exists an Event of Default and Collateral Agent fails to so direct Depositary, by 11:00 a.m. on the date on which the term of any Permitted Investment terminates, amounts in respect of such terminating Permitted Investment shall be reinvested in any mutual funds for which Depositary or any Affiliate of Depositary may serve as investment advisor or other service provider. The other parties hereto acknowledge that shares in this mutual fund are not obligations of Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas or any of its Affiliates, are not deposits and are not insured by the FDIC. Depositary or its Affiliate may be compensated by the mutual fund for services rendered in its capacity as investment advisor, or other service provider, such as provider of shareholder servicing and distribution services, and such compensation is both described in detail in the prospectus for the fund, and is in addition to the compensation, if any, paid to Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas in its capacity as Depositary hereunder. Depositary’s obligation to invest such amounts is conditioned upon receipt by Depositary from the Company of a valid Form W-9 of the Internal Revenue Service of the United States in accordance with Section 2.2.3. The right to direct the manner of investment includes, but is not limited to, the right (i) to direct Depositary to sell any Permitted Investment or hold it until maturity and (ii) upon any sale at maturity of any Permitted Investment, to direct Depositary to reinvest the proceeds thereof, plus any interest received by Depositary thereon, in Permitted Investments or to hold such proceeds and interest for application pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. Depositary shall have no liability for any loss resulting from any such investment other than any such loss caused solely by Depositary’s willful misconduct or gross negligence. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 2.2, any balances in the Accounts shall remain uninvested.

 

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

 

6


2.2.2 Application of Permitted Investments . Permitted Investments purchased in connection herewith and under the provisions of this Agreement by Depositary shall be deemed at all times to be a part of the Account from which funds were withdrawn in order to acquire the Permitted Investment and shall be deemed to constitute funds on deposit in and credited to such Account, and the income or interest earned and gains realized in excess of losses incurred by an Account due to the investment of funds deposited therein shall be credited and retained in the particular Account in respect of which the Permitted Investment was purchased, except as expressly provided by the terms hereof.

2.2.3 Earnings .

(a) For purposes of any income tax payable on account of any income or gain on an investment, such income or gain shall be credited to the Company for tax reporting purposes. Depositary shall provide to the Company a statement with respect to all interest earned on any Account as of the close of each calendar year for which income is earned on the Accounts. The Company shall provide Depositary with its taxpayer identification number, documented, to the extent necessary, by an appropriate executed Form W-9, upon execution of this Agreement. The Form W-9 shall, to the extent necessary, be renewed as required by the Internal Revenue Service of the United States and provided to Depositary.

(b) Any interest, gain or other earnings on, or proceeds of, investments credited to any Account that may be received by Depositary shall be deposited in such Account.

2.2.4 Liquidation of Investments for Distributions . Any direction of an Authorized Signatory of the Company, with respect to the investment or reinvestment of monies held in any Account shall direct investment or reinvestment only in Permitted Investments that shall mature in such amounts and have maturity dates or be subject to redemption at the option of the holder thereof on or prior to maturity as needed for the purposes of transfers into and from such Accounts. Collateral Agent is hereby authorized in any event to direct Depositary to liquidate or direct the liquidation of any Permitted Investment (without regard to maturity date) whenever Collateral Agent deems it necessary in order to make or cause to be made any deposit, transfer or distribution. In furtherance, and not in limitation, but without duplication, of any other indemnity or limitation of liability with respect to Collateral Agent or Depositary contained herein, neither Collateral Agent nor any other Secured Party shall in any way be liable for any losses incurred by the Company, including losses due to early liquidation or market risk, which are a result of Collateral Agent’s exercise of its authority under this provision, other than any such loss arising from Collateral Agent’s willful misconduct or gross negligence. Neither Collateral Agent nor Depositary nor any other Secured Party shall in any event be liable or responsible for any loss, penalty or gain resulting from any investment made hereunder in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

2.2.5 Value of Permitted Investments . For purposes of this Agreement (including determination of the balance in, or the aggregate amount on deposit in and credited to, any Account), the value of any investment shall be the lesser of (a) the face amount thereof and (b) the fair market value thereof.

 

7


2.2.6 Security Interest . Whenever the Company directs Depositary to purchase a Permitted Investment not represented or evidenced by certificates or instruments capable of possession, the Company shall notify Collateral Agent of such purchase and, upon the request of Collateral Agent, Depositary shall deliver such information in Depositary’s possession to Collateral Agent as may be reasonably necessary to enable Collateral Agent to take all necessary action, including giving confirmations and notices to record Collateral Agent’s interest therein, all as required by the UCC to perfect a first priority security interest for the benefit of Collateral Agent. Without limiting the foregoing, whenever Depositary is instructed to purchase a Permitted Investment which is a certificate of deposit, Depositary shall simultaneously or promptly thereafter notify the issuer of the certificate of deposit as follows: Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, has a security interest and pledge in the certificate(s) of deposit being purchased this day by Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as depositary agent and bailee on behalf of Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties.

2.3 Books of Account; Statements; Etc.  Depositary shall maintain books of account on a cash basis and record therein all deposits into and transfers to and from the Accounts and all investment transactions effected by Depositary pursuant to the terms hereof, and any such recordation shall constitute prima facie evidence of the information recorded. Not later than the 10 th Business Day of each month, commencing with the first month to occur after the date hereof, Depositary shall deliver to Company a statement setting forth the transactions in each Account during the preceding month, including deposits, withdrawals and transfers from and to any Account, and specifying any Permitted Investments and other amounts held in each Account at the close of business on the last Business Day of the preceding month. In addition, Depositary shall promptly respond during normal business hours to requests by Collateral Agent or the Company for information regarding deposits, investments and transfers into, in respect of and among the Accounts. Depositary shall provide access to its on line bank statements and transaction activities reports with respect to each Account subject to Company and Collateral Agent providing any reasonable information to Depositary which is needed to establish such person with access to such on line system.

2.4 Adequate Instruction; Sufficiency of Funds .

2.4.1 In the event that Depositary receives any monies in respect of the Company without adequate instruction as to the Account into which such monies are to be deposited, Depositary shall immediately deposit such monies into the Construction Escrow Account and, after notice from Collateral Agent that the Final Completion Date has occurred, into the Revenue Account, keeping such records as may be necessary to adequately distinguish such monies from other funds held in such Account, and shall immediately thereafter notify the Company and Collateral Agent of the receipt of such monies. At any time that Depositary subsequently receives instructions from the Company and Collateral Agent jointly (unless an Event of Default exists, in which case instructions only from Collateral Agent shall be sufficient) specifying the Account into which any such monies should be deposited, Depositary shall transfer such monies, within one Business Day of receiving such notice, from the Construction Escrow Account or Revenue Account, as the case may be, into the Account(s) that the Company and/or Collateral Agent specified in such subsequent instructions.

 

8


2.4.2 To the extent that there are insufficient funds in the relevant Account to make a transfer or withdrawal directed by an Account Withdrawal Instruction, Depositary shall (i) immediately notify the Company and Collateral Agent of such deficiency and (ii) thereafter, to the extent practicable, unless it promptly receives contrary joint instructions from Collateral Agent and the Company, make such withdrawal or transfer to the extent of such funds.

2.5 Power of Attorney . With respect to the powers and rights granted to Collateral Agent in Article 3, the Company hereby constitutes and appoints Collateral Agent its true and lawful attorney-in-fact to make the direct payments specified therein, and this power of attorney shall be deemed to be a power coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable. No further direction or authorization from the Company shall be necessary to warrant or permit Collateral Agent to make such direct payments in accordance with the foregoing sentence and Article 3; provided , that Collateral Agent shall have no obligation to make any such payment unless instructed to do so upon the written direction of the Required Holders.

2.6 Interest . Depositary shall credit to each Account all receipts of interest and other income received in respect of the funds held in such Account.

2.7 Actions by Collateral Agent . Collateral Agent shall only be obligated to act hereunder upon the written direction of the Required Holders.

ARTICLE 3.

PROJECT ACCOUNTS

3.1 Account Withdrawals, Transfers and Payments .

3.1.1 General Procedures .

(a) For every withdrawal, transfer or payment from any Account, the Company shall execute and deliver to Collateral Agent and each Holder an Account Withdrawal Request and a proposed Account Withdrawal Instruction related thereto at least seven Business Days prior to the proposed date of a withdrawal, transfer or payment from an Account. The Company shall submit, together with each set of Account Withdrawal Documents, receipts, invoices and any other appropriate documentation or materials reasonably requested by Collateral Agent or any Holder to enable it to confirm the withdrawals and transfers specified in the applicable Account Withdrawal Request and the other matters described therein.

(b) Unless Collateral Agent and the Company have received from the Required Holders a written objection with respect to the Account Withdrawal Documents within three Business Days from the Company’s delivery thereof, Collateral Agent shall sign the applicable Account Withdrawal Instruction and deliver such Account Withdrawal Instruction to Depositary with a copy to the Company. If the Required Holders provide a written objection (within the applicable time period provided in the immediately preceding sentence) to only part of any individual withdrawal, transfer or payment requested in any Account Withdrawal Request, Collateral Agent shall sign the applicable Account Withdrawal Instruction, modified to reflect only the withdrawals, transfers and payments that have not been timely objected to, and deliver such Account

 

9


Withdrawal Instruction to Depositary. The Company shall be permitted to submit a revised set of Account Withdrawal Documents to Collateral Agent and each Holder with respect to any withdrawals, transfers and payments that have been timely objected to.

(c) The Company agrees that Collateral Agent may direct Depositary to transfer any or all sums on deposit in or credited to any Account directly into the accounts identified by the Company in each Account Withdrawal Request without further authorization from the Company; provided that if the Company has notified Collateral Agent that it is contesting a claim for payment in accordance with the applicable Operative Documents, Collateral Agent shall not be entitled to directly pay any amount being contested, except any portion of such amount which is not being contested by the Company.

3.1.2 Account Withdrawal Documents . A set of Account Withdrawal Documents shall be deemed properly delivered by the Company to Collateral Agent and each Holder if such Account Withdrawal Documents have been properly completed and delivered to the Collateral Agent and the Required Holders in accordance with the applicable time requirements set forth herein and not objected by the Required Holders as provided in Section 3.1.1 (b) above. To the extent that any directions to Depositary or any requested actions by Depositary under this Article 3 require actions to be taken by the Company and the Company fails to perform such actions, or if any Account Withdrawal Documents submitted by the Company are incorrect or if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur based on the Company’s failure to submit, or to submit accurate and necessary, Account Withdrawal Documents, Collateral Agent may, but is not obligated to, perform such actions by completing and executing an Account Withdrawal Instruction at the direction of the Required Holders and delivering such Account Withdrawal Instruction to Depositary.

3.1.3 Withdrawal and Transfers . Upon receipt before 11:00 A.M. on a Business Day by Depositary of an Account Withdrawal Instruction pursuant to which Collateral Agent directs the withdrawal of funds from any Account, Depositary shall make such withdrawals and shall apply such funds to the uses and in the amounts specified in such Account Withdrawal Instruction as soon as reasonably practicable, and in any event within the next Business Day after receipt of such Account Withdrawal Instruction.

3.2 Construction Escrow Account .

3.2.1 Deposits into the Construction Escrow Account .  Commencing on the Closing Date and until the Final Completion Date, the Company shall immediately deposit or cause to be deposited into the Construction Escrow Account each of the following:

(a) all proceeds of the Notes issued under the Note Purchase Agreement other than such proceeds that are applied as of the Closing Date for (i) the repayment of the Debt outstanding under the Existing Financing Agreement, (ii) deposit of an amount equal to the Debt Service Reserve Requirement into the Debt Service Reserve Account, (iii) deposit of the amount set forth in Section 3.5.1 into the IDC Reserve Account, (iv) payment of all fees and costs related to the transactions under the Note Purchase Agreement and the other Credit Documents and (v) payment to the Pledgor of the Permitted Distribution;

 

10


(b) the proceeds of all cash equity contributions made to the Company (as provided in Section 4.2.9(a) and (b) of the Note Purchase Agreement); and

(c) all delay in start-up or business interruption insurance proceeds received by the Company.

3.2.2 Disbursements from the Construction Escrow Account .

(a) The Company shall submit a set of Account Withdrawal Documents to Collateral Agent and each Holder as and when, but no more frequently than one time each month, the Company seeks to withdraw or transfer funds from the Construction Escrow Account, which Account Withdrawal Documents shall be delivered concurrently with the delivery of a Drawdown Certificate by the Company to each Holder and the Independent Engineer pursuant to Section 4.2.1 of the Note Purchase Agreement. The applicable Account Withdrawal Request shall request Collateral Agent to direct Depositary to transfer or apply monies on deposit in the Construction Escrow Account to the account or accounts specified by the Company to pay, to the extent consistent with the then-current Project Budget (including any contingency and subject to any overage permitted by Section 9.14(c) of the Note Purchase Agreement) or otherwise approved or permitted hereunder, Project Costs due and owing.

(b) On the Final Completion Date:

(1) subject to the occurrence of the Final Completion Date, as confirmed to Collateral Agent in writing by the Company, any amounts remaining on deposit in the Construction Escrow Account on the Final Completion Date shall be transferred by Depositary to the account or accounts to be specified by the Company in its sole discretion (including to pay the Final Completion Date Distribution); and

(2) after all the proceeds then on deposit or credited to the Construction Escrow Account shall have been withdrawn or transferred pursuant to the foregoing clause (1) above, Collateral Agent shall direct Depositary to close the Construction Escrow Account.

3.3 Revenue Account .

3.3.1 Deposits into Revenue Account . The Company shall deposit into the Revenue Account all Project Revenues (other than delay in start-up or business interruption insurance proceeds received prior to the Final Completion Date which will be deposited into the Construction Escrow Account pursuant to Section 3.2.1(c)) .

 

11


3.3.2 Disbursements from the Revenue Account .

(a) To cause the withdrawal or transfer of amounts on deposit in the Revenue Account, the Company shall submit to Collateral Agent and each Holder a set of Account Withdrawal Documents at least four Business Days prior to the last Business Day of each calendar month. Unless Collateral Agent and the Company have received from the Required Holders a written objection with respect to the Account Withdrawal Documents within three Business Days from the Company’s delivery thereof, Collateral Agent shall sign the applicable Account Withdrawal Instructions and deliver such Account Withdrawal Instructions to Depositary at least one Business Day prior to the last Business Day of the month in which such Account Withdrawal Documents were submitted or the proposed disbursement date, as applicable.

(b) Prior to the Final Completion Date, amounts on deposit in the Revenue Account shall be applied to the following uses, in the following amounts, at the following times, and in the following order of priority, to the extent funds are available therefor:

(1) On each Monthly Date, to the Operating Account for the payment of all O&M Costs then due and payable or to be due and payable in the ensuing month, subject in all events to a maximum amount determined pursuant to Section 3.3.2(d) .

(2) On each Monthly Date, to the Operating Account for the payment of all reimbursable amounts currently payable to Collateral Agent or Depositary in connection with the Credit Documents.

(3) On each Repayment Date, amounts sufficient to pay principal, all accrued interest and fees on the Notes ( provided that, to the extent amounts on deposit in the Revenue Account are insufficient for such purpose, such amounts shall be withdrawn from the IDC Reserve Account in accordance with Section 3.5.2(a)) .

(4) On each Repayment Date, at the Company’s election, to the optional prepayment of the Notes pursuant to Section 8.2 of the Note Purchase Agreement.

(c) On and after the Final Completion Date, amounts on deposit in the Revenue Account shall be applied to the following uses, in the following amounts, at the following times, and in the following order of priority, to the extent funds are available therefor:

(1) On each Monthly Date, to the Operating Account for the payment of all O&M Costs then due and payable or to be due and payable in the ensuing month (other than pursuant to Waterfall Level (6) below), subject in all events to a maximum amount determined pursuant to Section 3.3.2(d); provided , that during a Forced Outage Event, amounts disbursed pursuant to this Waterfall Level (1) shall not exceed $25,000 per month plus the cost of any Forced Outage Replacement RECs.

 

12


(2) On each Monthly Date, to the payment of all reimbursable amounts currently payable to Collateral Agent or Depositary in connection with the Credit Documents.

(3) On each Repayment Date, to the payment of interest on the Notes, and on other amounts accruing interest under the Credit Documents.

(4) On each Repayment Date, to the scheduled repayment of the principal of the Notes.

(5) On each Repayment Date, to the Debt Service Reserve Account the amount (if any) necessary to fund the Debt Service Reserve Account so that the amount then on deposit in or credited to the Debt Service Reserve Account equals the Debt Service Reserve Requirement at such time.

(6) On each Repayment Date, to the Operating Account for the payment of all O&M Costs then due and payable or to be due and payable in the ensuing month with respect to any System that is not operating at least at [***] of its nameplate capacity.

(7) On each Repayment Date, to any mandatory prepayment of the Notes pursuant to Section 8.1.2 of the Note Purchase Agreement.

(8) On any Repayment Date, if the Distribution Conditions have been satisfied, to the account directed by the Company in the Account Withdrawal Request, free of the Liens of the Collateral Documents, and if the Distribution Conditions have not been satisfied, to the Distribution Suspense Account.

(d) O&M Costs payable at Waterfall Level (1) of Sections 3.3.2(b) and 3.3.2(c) shall not in any event exceed the amounts prescribed by Section 9.14(c) of the Note Purchase Agreement. The Company shall promptly pay all O&M Costs in excess of the foregoing limit from the Distribution Suspense Account.

3.4 Operating Account .

3.4.1 Deposits into the Operating Account . Amounts shall be transferred to the Operating Account as provided in Sections 3.3.2(b)(1) and (2) and 3.3.2(c)(1) and (6).

3.4.2 Disbursements from the Operating Account . The Company shall submit a set of Account Withdrawal Documents to Collateral Agent and each Holder as and when, but no more frequently than one time each month, the Company seeks to withdraw or transfer funds from the Operating Account. The applicable Account Withdrawal Request shall request Collateral Agent to direct Depositary to apply monies on deposit in the Operating Account to pay, to the extent consistent with the then-current Annual Operating Budget (including any contingency and subject to any overage permitted by Section 9.14(c) of the Note Purchase Agreement) or otherwise approved or permitted hereunder, O&M Costs due and owing and reimbursable amounts currently payable to Collateral Agent or Depositary in connection with the Credit Documents.

 

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

 

13


3.5 IDC Reserve Account .

3.5.1 Deposit into the IDC Reserve Account . On the Closing Date, the Company shall fund or cause to be funded the IDC Reserve Account in an amount equal to $5,365,637.

3.5.2 Disbursements from the IDC Reserve Account .

(a) Prior to the Final Completion Date, Collateral Agent shall direct Depositary, pursuant to an Account Withdrawal Instruction, to withdraw amounts from the IDC Reserve Account to pay principal, all accrued interest and fees on the Notes to the extent that amounts in the Revenue Account are insufficient therefor.

(b) On the Final Completion Date:

(1) subject to the occurrence of the Final Completion Date, as confirmed to Collateral Agent in writing by the Company, any amounts remaining on deposit in the IDC Reserve Account on the Final Completion Date shall be transferred by Depositary to the account or accounts to be specified by the Company in its sole discretion (including to pay the Final Completion Date Distribution); and

(2) after all the proceeds then on deposit or credited to the IDC Reserve Account shall have been withdrawn or transferred pursuant to the foregoing clause (1), Collateral Agent shall direct Depositary to close the IDC Reserve Account.

3.6 Debt Service Reserve Account .

3.6.1 Deposit into the Debt Service Reserve Account . On the Closing Date, the Company shall fund or cause to be funded the Debt Service Reserve Account in an amount equal to the Debt Service Reserve Requirement. If on any Repayment Date, amounts in the Debt Service Reserve Account are below the Debt Service Reserve Requirement, there shall be deposited all amounts in excess of the amounts applied pursuant to Waterfall Levels (1)-(4) of Section 3.3.2(c) in the Debt Service Reserve Account until the balance in the Debt Service Reserve Account is equal to the Debt Service Reserve Requirement.

3.6.2 Withdrawals from the Debt Service Reserve Account . If at any time when amounts are required to be paid pursuant to Waterfall Level (3) and (4) of Section 3.3.2(c), or the Company is required to provide Forced Outage Replacement RECs to DPL under the Tariff during a Forced Outage Event, and insufficient funds are contained in the Revenue Account and Distribution Suspense Account to pay such amounts (a “ Debt Service Deficiency ”), Collateral Agent shall direct Depositary, pursuant to an Account Withdrawal Instruction, to withdraw from the Debt Service Reserve Account funds deposited in or credited to such Account, in an amount sufficient to pay such amounts.

 

14


3.6.3 Disbursement of Excess Amounts from the Debt Service Reserve Account . At any time the funds on deposit in the Debt Service Reserve Account are greater than (i) the Debt Service Reserve Requirement at such time or (ii) the aggregate remaining principal and interest payments on the Notes, and no Event of Default or Forced Outage Event has occurred and is continuing, Collateral Agent shall direct Depositary to transfer to the Revenue Account any such excess cash as requested by the Company pursuant to an Account Withdrawal Request, to the extent of such excess.

3.7 Loss Proceeds Account .

3.7.1 Deposit into the Loss Proceeds Account . The Company shall deposit, and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause third parties that would otherwise make payments directly to the Company to deposit, into the Loss Proceeds Account the Net Available Amount of all Loss Proceeds upon receipt thereof. If Loss Proceeds are received by the Company, the Company shall hold such payments in trust for Depositary and shall promptly remit the Net Available Amount of such Loss Proceeds to Depositary for deposit into the Loss Proceeds Account, in the form received, with any necessary endorsements.

3.7.2 Withdrawals from the Loss Proceeds Account .

(a) If there shall occur any single Loss Event with respect to which the replacement value does not exceed $5,000,000, the Net Available Amount of any Loss Proceeds in respect of such Loss Event shall be applied by the Company to the prompt payment of the cost of the repair or restoration of such damage or destruction.

(b) If the Company receives Loss Proceeds relating to a Loss Event in respect of a single Loss Event greater than $5,000,000 (as determined by the replacement value of the item of property subject to the Loss Event) and the following conditions have been satisfied or waived by the Required Holders in consultation with the Independent Engineer (the “ Conditions to Release of Funds ”):

(i) such damage or destruction does not constitute the destruction of all or substantially all of the man-made portion of the Project;

(ii) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (other than an Event of Default resulting solely from such damage or destruction) and after giving effect to any proposed repair and restoration, such damage or destruction or proposed repair and restoration will not result in a Default or Event of Default;

(iii) the Company and the Independent Engineer certify, and the Required Holders determine in their reasonable judgment, that repair or restoration of the Project is technically and economically feasible within a one-year period and that a sufficient amount of funds is or will be available to the Company to make such repairs and restorations;

(iv) the Required Holders in consultation with the Independent Engineer reasonably determine that after repair and restoration the Project should be as capable of generating Project Revenues as prior to the casualty and consistent with the Base Case Projections;

 

15


(v) (A) no material Permit is necessary to proceed with the repair and restoration and (B) no material amendment to this Agreement or any of the Operative Documents is necessary for the purpose of effecting the repairs or restorations and (C) no material amendment to this Agreement or any of the Operative Documents is necessary for the purpose of subjecting the repairs or restorations to the Liens of the Collateral Documents, or, if any such is necessary, the Company will be able to obtain such as and when required;

(vi) if requested by the Required Holders, the Holders shall receive an opinion of counsel acceptable to Collateral Agent, at the Company’s expense, opining as to the matters described in clauses (A) and (C) of paragraph (v) above, and such opinion shall also state that that such repairs or restoration will be subject to the Liens of the Collateral Documents; and

(vii) Collateral Agent shall receive such additional title insurance, title insurance endorsements, mechanic’s lien waivers, certificates, opinions or other matters as Required Holders may reasonably request as necessary or appropriate in connection with such repairs or restoration or to preserve or protect the holders of the Notes’ interests hereunder and in the Collateral.

then the Net Available Amount of such Loss Proceeds shall be applied by the Company to the prompt repair or restoration of the Project in accordance with the following procedures:

(i) the Company shall submit a detailed report to Collateral Agent describing the Company’s plan for effectuating repairs or restoration, and such report shall be subject to the review and approval of the Required Holders in consultation with the Independent Engineer (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld).

(ii) from time to time after the Required Holders shall have duly approved the making of such repairs or restoration, Collateral Agent’s release of Loss Proceeds for application toward such repairs or restoration shall be conditioned upon the Company’s request and the presentation to Collateral Agent of a certificate from the Company (i) describing in reasonable detail the nature of the repairs or restoration to be effected with such release, (ii) stating the cost of such repairs or restoration and the specific amount requested to be paid over to or upon the order of the Company and that such amount is requested to pay the cost thereof, (iii) stating that the aggregate amount requested by the Company in respect of such repairs or restoration (when added to any other Loss Proceeds received by the Company in respect of such damage of destruction) does not exceed the cost of such repairs or restoration and that a sufficient amount of funds is or will be available to the Company to repair or restore the Project, and (iv) stating that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing other than an Event of Default resulting solely from such damage or destruction.

 

16


(c) If the Company receives Loss Proceeds relating to a Loss Event in respect of a single Loss Event greater than $5,000,000 (as determined by the replacement value of the item of property subject to the Loss Event) and the Conditions to Release of Funds are not met, then the Net Available Amount of such Loss Proceeds shall be applied to the mandatory prepayment of the Notes pursuant to Section 8.1.2(i) of the Note Purchase Agreement.

3.7.3 Surplus Proceeds . If, after Loss Proceeds have been applied to the repair or restoration of the Project as provided in Section 3.7.2, there remain any excess Loss Proceeds, the Net Available Amount of such Loss Proceeds shall be transferred to the Revenue Account.

3.8 Distribution Suspense Account Deposits to the Distribution Suspense Account . Amounts shall be deposited in the Distribution Suspense Account from the Revenue Account as provided in Waterfall Level (8) of Section 3.3.2(c).

3.8.2 Transfers and Payments from the Distribution Suspense Account .

(a) Until the funds in the Distribution Suspense Account have been applied as provided in clause (b) below, Collateral Agent shall direct Depositary to withdraw amounts therefrom to pay all fees, charges, costs and other amounts specified in Waterfall Level (1) through Waterfall Level (4) of Section 3.3.2(c), as applicable, in such order, to the extent that amounts in the Revenue Account are insufficient therefor and prior to applying funds from the Debt Service Reserve Account. Funds so applied shall be deemed those last deposited in the Distribution Suspension Account.

(b) Any funds deposited into the Distribution Suspense Account and held in the Distribution Suspense Account until after the fourth Repayment Date following such deposit shall be applied to the prepayment of the Notes in accordance with Section 8.1.2 of the Note Purchase Agreement.

(c) If the Distribution Conditions are satisfied on any Repayment Date after deposit of such funds, all amounts in the Distribution Suspense Account (or any lesser amount elected by the Company) will be released and transferred to the account or accounts specified by the Company for any purpose pursuant to an Account Withdrawal Request. All amounts released and transferred from the Distribution Suspense Account shall be deemed to be released and transferred in the same order as deposited in the Distribution Suspense Account.

3.9 Note Redemption Account.

3.9.1 Deposits to the Note Redemption Account . The Company shall cause the Sponsor to promptly deposit into the Note Redemption Account any Required Equity Contribution to be made pursuant to and in accordance with Sections 2.1 and 2.2 of the Equity Contribution Agreement.

 

17


3.9.2 Transfers from the Note Redemption Account . After any amounts are received in the Note Redemption Account, Collateral Agent shall direct Depositary, pursuant to an Account Withdrawal Instruction, to withdraw amounts from the Note Redemption Account in the amount specified in such Account Withdrawal Instruction and to pay such amount on the Offer Settlement Date to any Holder of the Notes that has accepted an Offer to Repay made by the Company pursuant to, and in the amount required by, Section 8.1.3 of the Note Purchase Agreement.

3.10 Cash Grant Account . If any Cash Grant proceeds are received by the Company, such amount shall be deposited into the Cash Grant Account. The Cash Grant Account shall not be an Account under the terms of this Agreement or the Note Purchase Agreement. Any property on deposit in such account at any time may be distributed to Pledgor without the requirement of Pledgor requesting any such distribution and nothwithstanding that a Default or Event of Default has occurred or is continuing.

ARTICLE 4.

SECURITY AND RELATED PROVISIONS; SECURITIES INTERMEDIARY

4.1 Securities Accounts; Deposit Accounts . Depositary hereby agrees and confirms that Depositary has established the Accounts as set forth and defined in this Agreement. The parties hereto hereby agree that:

(a) each Account is and will be maintained as a “securities account” (as defined in Section 8-501(a) of the UCC), and, to the extent that credit balances not constituting financial assets are credited thereto, as a “deposit account” (as defined in Section 9-102(a)(29) of the UCC);

(b) Depositary is acting in the capacity of “securities intermediary” (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(14) of the UCC) with respect to the Accounts and financial assets deposited therein or credited thereto, and as a “bank” (as defined in Section 9-102(a)(8) of the UCC) with respect to the Accounts and credit balances not constituting financial assets credited thereto;

(c) each item of property (whether cash, cash equivalents, instruments, investments, investment property or any other property, including Permitted Investments) credited to the Accounts shall be treated as a “financial asset” within the meaning of Section 8-102(a)(9) of the UCC;

(d) the Company is the “entitlement holder” (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(7) of the UCC) with respect to the “financial assets” (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(9) of the UCC) credited to the Accounts, and the Company is the “customer” (as defined in Article 9 of the UCC) with respect to any deposit account;

(e) the “securities intermediary’s jurisdiction” (as defined in Section 8-110(e) of the UCC) shall be the State of New York, and the “bank’s jurisdiction” for purposes of Section 9-304 of the UCC shall be the State of New York;

 

18


(f) all securities and other property constituting financial assets credited to the Accounts shall be registered in the name of Depositary or endorsed to Depositary or in blank, and in no case whatsoever will any financial asset credited to an Account be registered in the name of the Company or any Affiliate thereof, payable to the order of the Company or any Affiliate thereof or specially endorsed to the Company or any Affiliate thereof except to the extent that the foregoing have been specially endorsed by Company or such Affiliate to Depositary or in blank;

(g) if there is any conflict between this Agreement and any other agreement relating to the Accounts (if any), the provisions of this Agreement shall control; and

(h) Depositary shall not change the name of or account number for any Account without the prior written consent of Collateral Agent.

4.2 Certain Rights and Powers in Respect of Accounts and Funds .

4.2.1 Rights to Accounts . Until this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Article 5, the Company shall not have any rights or powers with respect to the remittance of amounts credited to, the disbursement of credited amounts out of, or the investment of credited amounts in, Accounts, except to have amounts credited thereto applied in accordance with this Agreement; provided , however, that the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.2.1 shall not be deemed to divest the Company of its respective interest as an “entitlement holder” under the UCC, as provided in this Agreement.

4.2.2 Certain Additional Powers of Collateral Agent and Depositary . Collateral Agent and, where appropriate, Depositary shall have the right, but not the obligation, to: (a) refuse any item for credit to any Account except as required by the terms of this Agreement; and (b) refuse to honor any request for transfer on any Account which is not consistent with this Agreement. If the Company fails to perform any agreement contained herein, Collateral Agent may (but is not obligated to) itself perform, or cause the performance of, such agreement, and the expenses of Collateral Agent incurred in connection therewith shall be payable by the Company upon demand. The Company hereby irrevocably appoints Collateral Agent as the Company’s attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of the Company and in the name of the Company otherwise from time to time, if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, to take any action and to execute any instrument necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement, including:

(i) to ask, demand, collect, sue for, recover, compromise, receive and give acquittance and receipts for moneys due and to become due under or in respect of any of the Accounts or the proceeds of financial assets held therein or credited thereto;

(ii) to receive, endorse, and collect any drafts or other instruments, documents and chattel paper, in connection with clause (i) above;

(iii) to file any claims or take any action or institute any proceedings necessary for the collection of any of the Accounts or the proceeds of financial assets held therein or credited thereto or otherwise to enforce the rights of Collateral Agent with

 

19


respect to any of the Accounts or the proceeds of financial assets held therein or credited thereto, provided that, with respect to this clause (iii), such rights shall be exercised in accordance with Section 4.7; and

(iv) to perform the affirmative obligations of the Company hereunder.

The Company hereby acknowledges, consents and agrees that the power of attorney granted pursuant to this Section 4.2.2 is irrevocable and coupled with an interest. The powers conferred on Collateral Agent hereunder are solely to protect its interest, on behalf of the Secured Parties, in the Accounts and the proceeds of financial assets held therein or credited thereto and shall not impose any duty on Collateral Agent to exercise any such powers. Except for the reasonable care of any Account in its possession or under its control, as the case may be, the performance of its respective obligations hereunder, the performance of duties of a bank or a securities intermediary under the UCC, as applicable, and the accounting for moneys actually received by it in accordance with the terms hereof, neither Depositary nor Collateral Agent shall have any duty as to any Account or the proceeds of financial assets held therein or credited thereto, or as to the taking of any necessary steps to preserve rights against prior parties or any other rights pertaining to any such Account or proceeds. Each of Depositary and Collateral Agent is required to exercise reasonable care in the custody and preservation of any Account in its possession or under its control (as the case may be); provided , however , that (A) Depositary in any event shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of any Account if it takes such action for that purpose as Collateral Agent or, at times other than upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Company reasonably requests, but, notwithstanding the foregoing, the failure of Depositary to comply with any such request at any time shall not in itself be deemed a failure to exercise reasonable care, and (B) Collateral Agent in any event shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of any Account if it takes such action for that purpose as the Company reasonably requests at times other than upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, but, notwithstanding the foregoing, the failure of Collateral Agent to comply with any such request at any time shall not in itself be deemed a failure to exercise reasonable care. Nothing in this Section 4.2 shall be construed as limiting Collateral Agent’s maintenance of exclusive dominion and control over the Accounts.

4.2.3 Control

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other agreement, Depositary agrees that it shall comply with all entitlement orders relating to the Accounts originated by Collateral Agent, and with all instructions directing disposition of the funds in the Accounts originated by Collateral Agent, in each case without further consent by the Company or any other Person.

(b) Without limiting the agreement of Depositary contained in Section 4.2.3(a), Collateral Agent agrees with the Company that it will not originate any entitlement order or instruction unless authorized to do so under this Agreement other than pursuant to this Section 4.2.3.

 

20


4.3 Security Interest; Grant Pursuant to Security Agreement . To secure the timely payment in full in cash and performance in full of its obligations under the Note Purchase Agreement, pursuant to the Security Agreement, the Company has assigned, granted, hypothecated and pledged to, and granted a Lien on and a security interest in favor of, Collateral Agent, on behalf of and for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Secured Parties, all the estate, right, title, interest and security entitlements of the Company, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in all Accounts and in all financial assets held therein or credited thereto and all proceeds thereof, including all rights of the Company to receive moneys due in respect of all Accounts, all claims with respect to any Account, all income or gain earned in respect of the financial assets held in or credited to any Account, and all proceeds receivable or received when any Account is collected, exchanged or otherwise disposed of, whether voluntarily or involuntarily.

4.3.1 Acknowledgment . Depositary hereby acknowledges the security interest in, and the pledge by the Company to Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, of all of the Company’s security entitlements to the Accounts and all financial assets held therein or credited thereto and all proceeds thereof, and Depositary will so indicate on the records maintained by Depositary with respect to Accounts. Depositary agrees to hold all such security entitlements and financial assets in its custody for the purposes of, and on the terms set forth in, this Agreement.

4.4 Perfection; Further Assurances . The Company agrees that from time to time it shall promptly execute and deliver all instruments and documents, and take all actions, that may be reasonably necessary, or that Collateral Agent may reasonably request, in order to perfect and protect the assignment and security interest granted or intended to be granted hereby or to enable Collateral Agent to exercise and enforce its rights and remedies hereunder with respect to the Accounts, all financial assets held therein or credited thereto and all proceeds thereof. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company hereby authorizes the filing of such financing or continuation statements, or amendments thereto, and shall execute or deliver such other instruments, endorsements or notices, as may be reasonably necessary or desirable or as Collateral Agent may reasonably request, in order to perfect and preserve the assignments and security interests granted or purported to be granted hereby.

4.5 Other Liens; Adverse Claim . The Company represents and warrants, as of the date hereof, that:

(i) it has not assigned any of its rights under any Accounts except as part of the Collateral;

(ii) it has not executed and is not aware of any effective financing statement, security agreement, control agreement or other instrument similar in effect covering all or any part of the Accounts, except those in favor of Collateral Agent; and

(iii) it has full power and authority to grant a security interest in and assign its right, title and interest in the Accounts and all financial assets held therein or credited thereto and all proceeds thereof hereunder. The Company

 

21


represents, warrants and covenants that it has not granted, and shall not grant, to any Person (other than Collateral Agent) any interest in any of the Accounts and that it has kept, and shall keep, the Accounts free from all other Liens (other than Liens in favor of Collateral Agent and Permitted Liens).

(b) Depositary, to the best of its knowledge without any independent investigation, represents and warrants that it has no knowledge of any Lien on any of the Accounts other than the claims and interest of the parties as provided herein. To the extent that Depositary has or subsequently obtains by agreement, operation of law or otherwise a security interest in any Account or any security entitlement credited thereto, Depositary hereby subordinates to the security interest in the Accounts of Collateral Agent all property credited thereto, all security entitlements with respect to such property and any and all statutory, regulatory, contractual or other rights now or hereafter existing in its favor over or with respect to the Accounts, including (i) any and all contractual rights of pledge, set-off, lien or compensation, (ii) any and all statutory or regulatory rights of pledge, lien, set-off or compensation, (iii) any and all statutory, regulatory, contractual or other rights to put on hold, block transfers from or fail to honor instructions of Collateral Agent with respect to the Accounts, or (iv) any and all statutory or other rights to prohibit or otherwise limit the pledge, assignment, collateral assignment or granting of any type of security interest in the Accounts. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Depositary retains its rights against the Accounts in respect of the payment of Depositary’s customary fees for maintaining the Accounts, all other customary fees, charges and reversals and payment of all amounts due and owing to Depositary (including, without limitation, amounts payable to Depositary pursuant to Sections 4.6.7 and 4.8) hereunder. Such other customary fees, charges and reversals include, without limitation, reimbursement for the reversal of any provisional credits posted by Depositary to an Account for the face amount of any check, draft, money order, instrument, wire transfer or payment order of funds, automated clearing house entry, or other electronic transfer of funds or other item (each an “ Item ” and collectively “ Items ”) without regard to the timeliness of return or adjustment of any Item, any adjustments or corrections of any posting or encoding errors, all reasonable fees, charges and costs associated with the preparation, negotiation, and enforcement of this Agreement as well as all fees and charges assessed by Depositary as a result of it agreeing to enter into this Agreement and the ongoing administration of the Accounts.

(c) The financial assets credited to the Accounts shall not be subject to deduction, set-off, banker’s lien, or any other right in favor of any Person other than Collateral Agent and Depositary.

4.6 Duties and Certain Rights of Depositary ;

4.6.1 General . The duties of Depositary shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of the UCC relating to the duties of a securities intermediary or a bank, as applicable, and no implied duties (fiduciary or otherwise), covenants or obligations shall be read into this Agreement against Depositary.

 

22


4.6.2 Appointment . Collateral Agent hereby designates and appoints Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas to act on its behalf as depositary agent and securities intermediary under this Agreement, and authorizes Depositary to execute, deliver and perform, on behalf of the Secured Parties, this Agreement and to take such actions on behalf of the Secured Parties under the provisions hereof and to exercise such powers and authority and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to Depositary by the terms of this Agreement, together with such other powers and authority as are reasonably incidental thereto. Depositary hereby agrees to act as depositary agent and securities intermediary with respect to the Accounts and pursuant to this Agreement. The other parties hereto hereby acknowledge that Depositary shall act as depositary agent, securities intermediary (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(14)(ii) of the UCC) and, if applicable, as a bank (as defined in Section 9-102(a)(8) of the UCC) with respect to the Accounts and pursuant to this Agreement.

4.6.3 Negative Pledge . Depositary hereby agrees that it shall not grant, subject to the terms of this Agreement, any security interests in the financial assets that it is obligated to maintain under this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Depositary will not be required to comply with the preceding sentence if Depositary is required by a law, rule, regulation or request of a regulatory authority to grant any security interests in the financial assets that Depositary is obligated to maintain under this Agreement, provided that Depositary shall provide Collateral Agent and the Company with written notice as soon as Depositary becomes aware of any such law, rule, regulation or request of a regulatory authority that would require Depositary to grant any security interests in the financial assets that Depositary is required to maintain under this Agreement. Subject to Section 4.5(b), Depositary hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any Lien it may now have or subsequently acquire in respect of any Collateral, any right to apply any Collateral in satisfaction of any claims other than the claims of the Secured Parties in respect of the Liens granted under the Collateral Documents, and any right to set off claims against Collateral other than claims of any Secured Party under the Collateral Documents.

4.6.4 Instructions Upon an Event of Default . Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, and until such time as Depositary receives notice from Collateral Agent that such Event of Default no longer exists, without limiting Collateral Agent’s or any other Secured Party’s rights or remedies herein or under any of the Collateral Documents, (i) Collateral Agent shall have the right, but not the obligation, to deliver to Depositary an “entitlement order” (within the meaning of Section 8-102(a)(8) of the UCC) or other directions instructing Depositary to administer the Accounts and disburse funds therefrom, and, upon the exercise of such right, Depositary shall comply with any such entitlement order or other directions from Collateral Agent without the further consent of the Company or any other Person, (ii) Depositary shall not accept any instructions or certificates from the Company with respect to the withdrawal or transfer of amounts in the Accounts or otherwise unless directed to do so by Collateral Agent and (iii) Depositary shall execute and deliver (or cause to be executed and delivered) to Collateral Agent all proxies and other instruments as Collateral Agent may reasonably request for the purpose of enabling Collateral Agent (on behalf of the Secured Parties) to exercise any voting or other consensual rights pertaining to the Accounts and the funds and investments therein. The parties hereto agree that until Depositary’s obligations under this Agreement shall terminate in accordance with the terms hereof, Collateral Agent shall have control of each of the Company’s security entitlements with respect to the financial assets

 

23


credited to the Accounts, the Accounts and all funds in any Accounts. Depositary hereby represents that it has not entered into, and agrees that, until the termination of this Agreement, it will not enter into any agreement with any other Person in respect of any of the Accounts pursuant to which it would agree to comply with entitlement orders, other orders or instructions made by such Person.

4.6.5 Standard of Care . Depositary shall exercise at least the level of care it exercises with respect to its own funds and, in all events, reasonable care, in administering and accounting for amounts actually received by Depositary in accordance with the terms hereof and credited to the Accounts and the Permitted Investments purchased with such amounts. In the event Depositary breaches the foregoing standard of care, Collateral Agent and the Company expressly agree that Depositary’s liability shall be limited to actual damages directly caused by such breach and in no event shall Depositary be liable for any incidental, indirect, special, punitive or consequential damages, regardless of whether or not Depositary knew of the likelihood or was made aware of the possibility of such damages.

4.6.6 Action Upon Notices; Exercise of Judgment . Depositary may conclusively and exclusively rely on Collateral Agent or the Company in determining whether a Default or Event of Default under the Note Purchase Agreement has occurred, it being acknowledged and agreed by the parties hereto that if Depositary receives any conflicting notices, entitlement orders, requests, waivers, consents, receipts or other papers or documents hereunder, the applicable notice from Collateral Agent shall control. Depositary shall not be deemed to have knowledge of a Default or Event of Default under the Note Purchase Agreement until it has received written notice thereof from the Company or Collateral Agent. Collateral Agent and Depositary shall each be permitted to conclusively rely and act or refrain from acting, as the case may be, upon any notice, entitlement order, request, waiver, consent, receipt or other paper or document (whether in its original or facsimile form, including portable document format (.pdf)) reasonably believed by it to be signed by Collateral Agent or Depositary, as applicable, the Company or any other authorized Person. Other than in respect of actions or inactions that are specifically required by the terms of this Agreement, the parties hereto acknowledge that any action or direction (or inaction, as the case may be) of Collateral Agent is only upon the proper notice or instruction of the Required Holders. In the event that the Company becomes subject to a voluntary or involuntary proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws, if Depositary is otherwise served with a court order or other judicial process which Depositary in good faith believes affects any Account, or Depositary is of the opinion that acting upon the instructions of Collateral Agent would result in the violation of any applicable law, rule, regulation or request of a regulatory authority, Depositary may, upon notice to Collateral Agent, cease acting upon the instructions of Collateral Agent and suspend disbursements from the Accounts until such time as Depositary receives a court order or other assurances reasonably satisfactory to Depositary establishing that disbursements from the Accounts may continue.

4.6.7 Indemnification and Liability .

(a) In consideration of the appointment of Depositary, the Company agrees fully to indemnify and hold Depositary and its directors, officers, employees and agents (collectively, the “ Indemnified Persons ”) harmless from and against any and all claims, losses, liabilities, damages, costs or expenses (including reasonable legal fees and

 

24


expenses) incurred by the Indemnified Person by reason of or resulting from this Agreement or any action (or inaction, as the case may be) taken in connection therewith (including Depositary having accepted such appointment or by reason of its carrying out of any of the terms of this Agreement), and agrees to reimburse the Indemnified Person for all of its expenses, including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel and court costs, incurred by reason of any position or action taken (or omitted) by the Indemnified Person pursuant to this Agreement or in connection with any action brought to interpret or enforce the provisions this Agreement or any part thereof, except to the extent that any such claim, loss, liability, damage, cost or expense results from the Indemnified Person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct. The above indemnification provisions shall survive any termination of this Agreement including any termination under any bankruptcy or similar law or the earlier resignation or removal of Depositary.

(b) The parties hereto hereby agree that no Indemnified Person shall be liable to such parties for any actions taken by any Indemnified Person pursuant to and in compliance with the terms hereof except in respect of any liability or expenses incurred by the Indemnified Person arising from its gross negligence or willful misconduct. Each of the parties to this Agreement (for itself and any Person claiming through it) hereby releases, waives, discharges, exculpates and covenants not to sue any Indemnified Person for any action taken or omitted under this Agreement except to the extent caused by such Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in no event shall Depositary be liable to the Company or to any Secured Party for special, indirect or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including lost profits) arising out of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, even if Depositary has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

(c) Except for actions expressly required hereunder for which indemnification is provided pursuant to Section 4.6.7(a), each Indemnified Person shall be fully justified in refusing to take or continuing to take any action hereunder unless a confirmation was given satisfactory to Depositary that the indemnities theretofore provided to Depositary remain in effect or that a new indemnity substantially similar to the indemnities provided under the Note Purchase Agreement has been provided. Any Indemnified Person may consult with legal counsel of its own selection in the event of any dispute or question as to the construction of this Agreement or the Indemnified Person’s duties hereunder, and the Indemnified Person shall incur no liability and shall be fully protected in acting in accordance with the advice, written opinion and instructions of such counsel.

4.6.8 Court Orders . Depositary is hereby authorized to obey and comply with all writs, orders, judgments or decrees issued by any court, regulatory authority or administrative agency affecting any money, documents or things held by Depositary. Depositary shall not be liable to any of the parties hereto, their successors, heirs or personal representatives by reason of Depositary’s compliance with such writs, orders, judgments or decrees, notwithstanding that such writ, order, judgment or decree may later be reversed, modified, set aside or vacated.

 

25


4.6.9 Resignation and Termination . Depositary may at any time resign by giving notice to each other party to this Agreement, such resignation to be effective upon the appointment of a successor depositary agent as provided below. Depositary also reserves the right, unilaterally, to terminate this Agreement, such termination to be effective: (i) immediately if Depositary determines (in its sole discretion) that it is (x) obligated to terminate this Agreement or close an Account under statute, rule, regulation, request of a regulatory authority, or any court order or (y) in the event of suspected fraud, bad faith, illegal or suspicious activity in connection with the Accounts. If Depositary exercises its right to unilaterally terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 4.6.9, all funds on deposit in the Accounts or credited to the Accounts shall be immediately transferred by Depositary to Collateral Agent. Collateral Agent, at the direction of the Required Holders, may remove Depositary at any time by giving notice to each other party to this Agreement, such removal to be effective upon the appointment of a successor depositary agent as provided below.

(b) In the event of any resignation or removal of Depositary, a successor depositary agent, which shall be a bank or trust company organized under the laws of the United States America, the State of New York or the State of Delaware, having a corporate trust office in the State of New York or the State of Delaware and a capital and surplus of not less than $250,000,000, shall be appointed by the Company after consultation with Collateral Agent. If a successor depositary agent shall not have been appointed and accepted its appointment as depositary agent within 45 days after such notice of resignation of Depositary or such notice of removal of Depositary, Depositary, Collateral Agent or the Company may apply (at the sole cost and expense of the Company) to any court of competent jurisdiction to appoint a successor depositary agent to act until such time, if any, as a successor depositary agent shall have accepted its appointment as provided above. A successor depositary agent so appointed by such court shall immediately and without further act be superseded by any successor depositary agent otherwise appointed as provided above. Any such successor depositary agent shall be capable of acting as a “securities intermediary” (within the meaning of Section 8-102(14) of the UCC) and shall deliver to each party to this Agreement a written instrument accepting such appointment and thereupon such successor depositary agent shall succeed to all the rights and duties of Depositary under this Agreement and shall be entitled to receive the Accounts from the predecessor Depositary.

(c) Upon the replacement of Depositary hereunder, all investments and other amounts held by it or credited to Accounts pursuant to this Agreement shall be transferred to such successor depositary agent. In the event of the resignation or termination of the Depositary, the Depositary shall be entitled to its fees and expenses in accordance with the terms hereof up to the time such resignation or termination becomes effective in accordance with this Section 4.6.9.

4.6.10 Directions and Instructions to the   Depositary . Except for the obligations of Depositary expressly required to be performed by it hereunder, Depositary shall not be required to take or omit to take any action, or to give any consent, hereunder unless it shall have been directed to do so by Collateral Agent. All directions or instructions required or permitted to be given by any party to another party hereunder, including any Account Withdrawal Instruction,

 

26


shall be given in writing and shall be effective only if given in writing. All such directions and instructions given by the Company and Collateral Agent to Depositary pursuant to this Agreement shall be executed by an authorized signatory (each, an “ Authorized Signatory ”) of the Company or Collateral Agent, as applicable. No person shall be deemed to be an Authorized Signatory of the Company or Collateral Agent unless such person is named on a certificate of incumbency delivered to Depositary on the date hereof or is otherwise named in a notice signed by an Authorized Signatory and delivered by the Company or Collateral Agent, as applicable, to Depositary at any time subsequent to the date hereof in all cases in form reasonably satisfactory to Depositary.

4.6.11 Individual Capacity . Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas may engage or be interested in any financial or other transactions with any party to this Agreement and may act on, or as depositary, trustee or agent for, any committee or body of holders of obligations of such Persons as freely as if it were not Depositary hereunder.

4.6.12 Duties . Depositary shall act as a depositary agent and securities intermediary only and shall not be responsible or liable in any manner for soliciting any funds or for the sufficiency, correctness, genuineness or validity of any funds or securities deposited with or held by it, except in the case of its gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith. In the event of any dispute as to the construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement, Depositary shall be entitled to consult with and obtain advice from legal counsel of its own selection in its sole discretion.

4.6.13 Succession . Any entity into which Depositary may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any entity resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which Depositary shall be a party, or any entity succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of Depositary shall be the successor of Depositary hereunder without the execution or filing of any paper with any party hereto or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto except where an instrument of transfer or assignment is required by law to effect such succession, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding.

4.7 Remedies . If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing:

(a) Collateral Agent may exercise in respect of the Accounts, in addition to other rights and remedies provided for herein or otherwise available to it, all the rights and remedies of a secured party under the UCC at that time, including the right to proceed to protect and enforce the rights vested in it by this Agreement, to sell, liquidate or otherwise dispose of any or all of the Accounts, and to cause the Accounts to be sold, liquidated or otherwise disposed of, in each case in such manner as Collateral Agent may elect; and

(b) the proceeds of any financial assets credited to or held in any Account and all cash proceeds received by Collateral Agent in respect of any sale of, collection from or other realization upon all or any part of the Accounts may, then or at any time thereafter, be applied (after payment of any amounts payable to the Depositary pursuant to the terms hereof) in whole or in part by Collateral Agent against all or any part of the Company’s obligations under the Note Purchase Agreement and the other Credit Documents.

 

27


Any surplus of such amounts or proceeds remaining after payment in full of all the Obligations under the Note Purchase Agreement and the other Credit Documents shall be applied as directed by the Company. No right, power or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to Collateral Agent or the other Secured Parties is intended to be exclusive of any other right, power or remedy and every such right, power and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right, power and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder or otherwise shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy. Resort to any or all security now or hereafter held by Collateral Agent or the other Secured Parties may be taken concurrently or successively and in one or several consolidated or independent judicial actions or lawfully taken non-judicial proceedings, or both.

4.8 Costs, Expenses and Attorneys’ Fees . The Company shall pay to Depositary all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by Depositary in connection with (a) any suit or proceeding related to or arising out of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, (b) the performance by Depositary of any of its agreements or obligations contained herein, (c) any exercise by Depositary of its rights or remedies hereunder or (d) the purchase by Depositary of Permitted Investments as contemplated by Section 2.2 (except in each case, arising out of and to the extent of any breach of Section 4.6.5 by or the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Depositary). The Company shall pay the reasonable costs and expenses of Depositary’s external legal counsel in connection with its review of this Agreement on behalf of Depositary or in connection with Depositary’s performance hereunder.

4.9 Additional Rights of Collateral Agent and Depositary . The following rights stated in this Section 4.9 are in furtherance, and not in limitation, but without duplication, of any other rights of Collateral Agent and Depositary set forth elsewhere in this Agreement.

4.9.1 Actions . Each of Collateral Agent and Depositary may execute any of the trusts or powers, or perform any duties, under this Agreement either directly or through agents, sub-agents or attorneys or a custodian or nominee and neither Collateral Agent nor Depositary shall be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of, or for the supervision of, any such agent, sub-agent, attorney, custodian or nominee appointed with reasonable care by it hereunder. Neither Collateral Agent nor Depositary shall be required to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if there is reasonable ground for believing that the repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured it; and neither Collateral Agent nor Depositary shall be obligated to take any action which in either party’s reasonable judgment would involve it in expense or liability unless it has been furnished with an indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it. Neither Collateral Agent nor Depositary shall be liable for any error of judgment or for any act done or step taken or omitted by it in good faith or for any mistake of fact or law or for anything which Collateral Agent or Depositary may do or refrain from doing in connection herewith, except in the case of its own

 

28


gross negligence or willful misconduct. Depositary shall have duties only as expressly set forth herein and the duties under the UCC of a bank or a securities intermediary, as applicable. Neither Collateral Agent nor Depositary shall have any liability for losses with respect to Permitted Investments authorized by this Agreement. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to obligate Depositary to deliver any cash, instruments, documents or any other property referred to herein, unless the same shall have first been received by Depositary pursuant to this Agreement. Depositary shall be under no liability to any party hereto by reason of any failure on the part of any other party hereto or any maker, guarantor, endorser or other signatory of any document or any other person to perform such person’s obligations under any such document. Depositary will incur no liability if, by reason of any provision of any present or future law or regulation thereunder, or by any force majeure event, including natural disaster, act of terrorism, war or other circumstances beyond its reasonable control, Depositary will be prevented or forbidden from doing or performing any act or thing which the terms of this Agreement provide will or may be done or performed.

4.9.2 No Responsibility for Statements, Etc.  To the fullest extent permitted by law, neither Collateral Agent nor Depositary nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates shall be responsible in any manner to any of the other Secured Parties for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties made by the Company or any representative thereof or any other Person contained in any other document or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by Depositary under or in connection with, any such document or for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of the Collateral, any document or for any failure of the Company to perform its obligations thereunder. Neither Collateral Agent nor Depositary shall be under any obligation to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, any other agreement or to inspect the properties, books or records of the Company. Depositary shall not be charged with knowledge of any provision of the Note Purchase Agreement.

4.9.3 Collateral . Except as expressly provided hereunder, nothing in this Agreement shall be interpreted as giving Collateral Agent or Depositary responsibility for or any duty concerning the validity, perfection, priority or enforceability of any Lien on any Collateral, or giving Collateral Agent or Depositary any obligation to take any action to procure or maintain such validity, perfection, priority or enforceability.

4.10 Non-Business Days . If Depositary shall be required under this Agreement or pursuant to any directions given by the Company or Collateral Agent to make any withdrawal, disbursement, transfer or payment on a day other than a Business Day, Depositary shall make such withdrawal, disbursement, transfer or payment on the next succeeding Business Day.

ARTICLE 5.

TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT

The rights and powers granted herein to Collateral Agent have been granted in order, among other things, to perfect Collateral Agent’s security interests in the Accounts, are powers coupled with an interest, and will neither be affected by the bankruptcy of the Company or any other Person nor by the lapse of time. Except as otherwise provided herein, the obligations of

 

29


Depositary hereunder shall continue in effect until the security interests of Collateral Agent in the Accounts have been terminated, and Collateral Agent has notified Depositary of such termination. Failure of Collateral Agent to so notify Depositary shall not affect the rights of the Company hereunder. When the Obligations under the Credit Documents, other than those Obligations which expressly survive the termination of the applicable agreements, of the Company to the Secured Parties have been indefeasibly satisfied in full, all right, title and interest of Collateral Agent in the Accounts shall revert to the Company. At such time, (i) Collateral Agent shall notify Depositary to, and upon such notification Depositary shall, pay any amounts (including Permitted Investments) then remaining in any of the Accounts, minus any amounts due and owing Depositary hereunder, to an account designated by the Company to Depositary, (ii) the Company shall notify all Persons who are expected to make payments to it to remit such payments to the order of the Company and not to the Accounts, and (iii) the Accounts shall be closed. If any funds are received by Collateral Agent or Depositary for deposit in any Account after such Account is closed in accordance with the preceding sentence or the relevant provisions of Article 3, Collateral Agent shall promptly remit or instruct Depositary to remit such funds to (or at the direction of) the Company, in the form received, with any necessary endorsements. No termination of any Secured Party’s interest hereunder shall affect the rights of any other Secured Party hereunder or under any other Credit Document.

ARTICLE 6.

MISCELLANEOUS

6.1 Notices . Each notice, instruction, entitlement order, request or other document delivered hereunder shall be in writing. Each Account Withdrawal Instruction shall be delivered by First Class mail (postage prepaid), in person, or by facsimile to Depositary at the office or to the facsimile number specified in this Section or hereafter provided in writing. For purposes of this Section 6.1, any Account Withdrawal Instruction delivered by email shall be effective only if such Account Withdrawal Instruction is contained in an email transmittal as an executed instrument, in portable document format (.pdf) or otherwise. Any communications between the parties hereto or notices provided herein to be given shall be given to the following addresses:

 

If to Depositary:    Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas
   60 Wall Street
   MSNYC 60-2710
   New York, NY 10005
   Attn: [***]
   Telephone: [***]
   Facsimile: [***]
   E-mail: [***]
If to Collateral Agent:    Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas
   60 Wall Street
   MSNYC 60-2710
   New York, NY 10005
   Attn: [***]
   Telephone: [***]
   Facsimile: [***]
   E-mail: [***]

 

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

 

30


If to the Company:    Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC
   1252 Orleans Drive
   Sunnyvale, CA 94089
   Attn: [***]
   Telephone: [***]
   Facsimile: [***]
   E-mail: [***]
If to any Holder:    As provided in the Note Purchase Agreement

Any notice or other communication herein required or permitted to be given shall be in writing, and shall be deemed effective only if given in writing, and shall be considered as properly given (a) if delivered in person, (b) if sent by overnight courier service (including Federal Express, UPS, ETA, and other similar overnight delivery services), (c) if mailed by first class United States Mail, postage prepaid, registered or certified with return receipt requested, (d) if sent by facsimile, with the original sent by other means set forth in this Section 6.1, or (e) other electronic means (including email and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by Collateral Agent; provided , that the foregoing clause (e) shall not apply to notices if the party to receive the notice has notified Collateral Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices by electronic communication or if no email address is given above or later provided as an approved method of receiving notice for any party. Notices delivered in person or overnight courier service, or mailed by registered or certified mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices sent by facsimile shall be deemed to have been given upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by return facsimile, email or other written acknowledgement). With respect to electronic communications, (i) notices and other communications sent to an email address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return email or other written acknowledgement); provided , that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its email address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.

For the purposes hereof, the address of each party hereto shall be the address specified in this Section, provided , that any party shall have the right to change its address for notice hereunder to any other location within the continental United States by giving of 30 days’ notice to the other parties in the manner set forth above.

6.2 Benefit of Agreement . Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall give or be construed to give to any Person other than the parties hereto and the Secured Parties any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Agreement, or under any covenants and provisions of this Agreement, each such covenant and provision being for the sole benefit of the parties hereto and the Secured Parties.

 

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

 

31


6.3 Delay and Waiver . No failure or delay by Collateral Agent or Depositary in exercising any right or power hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of Collateral Agent hereunder are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that it would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by the Company therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by Section 6.4, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given.

6.4 Amendments . No provision of this Agreement may be waived, amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, except by a written instrument signed by each of the parties hereto.

6.5 Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED UNDER, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO CONFLICTS OF LAW (OTHER THAN SECTION 5-1401 AND SECTION 5-1402 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW), EXCEPT AS REQUIRED BY MANDATORY PROVISIONS OF LAW AND EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THAT THE VALIDITY OR PERFECTION OF THE LIEN AND SECURITY INTEREST HEREUNDER, OR REMEDIES HEREUNDER, IN RESPECT OF ANY PARTICULAR ACCOUNT ARE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF A JURISDICTION OTHER THAN THE STATE OF NEW YORK. REGARDLESS OF ANY PROVISION IN ANY OTHER AGREEMENT, FOR PURPOSES OF THE UCC, THE “SECURITIES INTERMEDIARY’S JURISDICTION” OF DEPOSITARY WITH RESPECT TO THE ACCOUNTS IS THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

6.6 Consent to Jurisdiction . Collateral Agent, Depositary and the Company agree that any legal action or proceeding by or against the Company or with respect to or arising out of this Agreement may be brought in or removed to the courts of the State of New York, in and for the County of New York, or of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York in the Borough of Manhattan, as each of them respectively may elect. By execution and delivery of this Agreement, Collateral Agent, Depositary and the Company accept, for themselves and in respect of their property, generally and unconditionally, the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts. Collateral Agent, Depositary and the Company irrevocably consent to the service of process out of any of the aforementioned courts in any manner permitted by law. Nothing herein shall affect the right of Collateral Agent or Depositary to bring legal action or proceedings in any other competent jurisdiction. Collateral Agent, Depositary and the Company hereby waive any right to stay or dismiss any action or proceeding under or in connection with this Agreement brought before the foregoing courts on the basis of forum non-conveniens .

6.7 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL THE COMPANY, DEPOSITARY AND COLLATERAL AGENT HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY, AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVE ANY RIGHTS THEY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION BASED HEREON, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THIS AGREEMENT, OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER VERBAL OR WRITTEN), OR ACTIONS OF THE COMPANY, DEPOSITARY OR COLLATERAL AGENT.   THIS PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR EACH PARTY TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT.

 

32


The scope of this waiver is intended to be all-encompassing of any and all disputes that may be filed in any court and that relate to the subject matter of this transaction, including contract claims, tort claims, breach of duty claims and all other common law and statutory claims. Each party hereto acknowledges that (i) this waiver is a material inducement to enter into a business relationship, (ii) it has already relied on this waiver in entering into this Agreement, and (iii) it will continue to rely on this waiver in their related future dealings. Each party hereto further warrants and represents that it has reviewed this waiver with its legal counsel and that it knowingly and voluntarily waives its jury trial rights following consultation with legal counsel. In the event of litigation, this Agreement may be filed as a written consent to a trial by the court. THIS WAIVER IS IRREVOCABLE, MEANING THAT IT MAY NOT BE MODIFIED EITHER ORALLY OR IN WRITING (OTHER THAN BY A MUTUAL WRITTEN WAIVER SPECIFICALLY REFERRING TO THIS SECTION 6.7 AND EXECUTED BY EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO), AND THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS AGREEMENT.

6.8 Severability . Any provision of this Agreement that is invalid, illegal, prohibited or unenforceable in any respect in any jurisdiction, shall as to such jurisdiction be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality, prohibition or unenforceability without affecting, invalidating or impairing the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and any such invalidity, illegality, prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not affect, invalidate or impair such provision in any other jurisdiction.

6.9 Headings . Article and Section headings have been inserted in this Agreement as a matter of convenience for reference only and it is agreed that such Article and Section headings are not a part of this Agreement and shall not be used in the interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.

6.10 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns, provided that (a) the Company may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of Collateral Agent, and (b) Depositary may only assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder in accordance with the terms of this Agreement (including Section 4.6).

6.11 Entire Agreement . This Agreement and any agreement, document or instrument attached hereto or referred to herein among the parties hereto integrate all the terms and conditions mentioned herein or incidental hereto and supersede all oral negotiations and prior writings in respect of the subject matter hereof. In the event of any conflict between the terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement and any such agreement, document or instrument, the terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall prevail; provided , however, that Depositary shall not be charged with knowledge of any agreement to which it is not a party.

 

33


6.12 Survival of Agreements . All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Company herein and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, and shall continue in full force and effect so long as this Agreement has not been terminated in accordance with the terms hereof. The provisions regarding the payment of expenses and indemnification obligations, including Section 4.6.7, shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof or the resignation or removal of Depositary.

6.13 Counterparts . This Agreement and any amendments, waivers, consents or supplements hereto or in connection herewith may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Signature pages may be detached from multiple separate counterparts and attached to a single counterpart so that all signature pages are physically attached to the same document.

6.14 Patriot Act . The parties hereto acknowledge that in order to help the United States government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, pursuant to Federal regulations that became effective on October 1, 2003 (Section 326 of the USA PATRIOT Act) all financial institutions are required to obtain, verify, record and update information that identifies each person establishing a relationship or opening an account. The parties to this Agreement agree that they will provide to Collateral Agent/Depositary such information as it may request, from time to time, in order for Collateral Agent/Depositary to satisfy the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act, including but not limited to the name, address, tax identification number and other information that will allow it to identify the individual or entity who is establishing the relationship or opening the account and may also ask for formation documents such as articles of incorporation or other identifying documents to be provided.

[ SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW ]

 

34


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto, by their officers duly authorized, intending to be legally bound, have caused this Depositary Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

DIAMOND STATE GENERATION PARTNERS, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company

as the Company

By:  

/s/ William E. Brockenborough

  Name:   William E. Brockenborough
  Title:   President

Depositary Agreement


DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,
as the Collateral Agent
By:   Deutsche Bank National Trust Company
By:  

/s/ Wanda Camacho

  Name:   Wanda Camacho
  Title:   Vice President
By:  

/s/ Rodney Gaughan

  Name:   Rodney Gaughan
  Title:   Vice President
DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,
as the Depositary
By:   Deutsche Bank National Trust Company
By:  

/s/ Wanda Camacho

  Name:   Wanda Camacho
  Title:   Vice President
By:  

/s/ Rodney Gaughan

  Name:   Rodney Gaughan
  Title:   Vice President

Depositary Agreement


EXHIBIT A

to Depositary Agreement

FORM OF ACCOUNT WITHDRAWAL INSTRUCTION

Date: [                ], 201    

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Depositary Agent

60 Wall Street

MSNYC 60-2710

New York, NY 10005

Attn: Trust and Agency Services

Facsimile: (732) 578-4593

Telephone: (212) 250-7863

Email:

 

  Re: DIAMOND STATE GENERATION PARTNERS, LLC – Account Withdrawal Instruction

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This Account Withdrawal Instruction is delivered pursuant to the Depositary Agreement, dated as of March 20, 2013 (the “ Depositary Agreement ”), by and among DIAMOND STATE GENERATION PARTNERS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Company ”), DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, as depositary agent, bank and securities intermediary (in such capacity, “ Depositary ”), and DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, as Collateral Agent (in such capacity, “ Collateral Agent ”). Unless otherwise defined herein or unless the context otherwise requires, terms used in this Account Withdrawal Instruction have the meanings provided in the Depositary Agreement.

In this Account Withdrawal Instruction, Depositary is hereby directed to withdraw funds from the following Accounts and apply such funds as provided herein:

 

Account from which to withdraw/transfer

   Withdrawal/Transfer
Date
     Amount to be
withdrawn/transferred
     Account/Person to be
Transferred to,
including address or
wire transfer
information, as
applicable
    

Purpose

           
           


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Account Withdrawal Instruction is duly executed and delivered by a duly authorized representative of Collateral Agent as of the date first above written.

 

DIAMOND STATE GENERATION PARTNERS, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company
as the Company
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
ACKNOWLEDGED BY:
DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,
as the Collateral Agent
By:   Deutsche Bank National Trust Company
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

2


EXHIBIT B

to Depositary Agreement

FORM OF ACCOUNT WITHDRAWAL REQUEST

Date:                 ,         

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,

as Collateral Agent

60 Wall Street

MSNYC 60-2710

New York, NY 10005

Attn: Trust and Agency Services

Telephone: (212) 250-7863

Facsimile: (732) 578-4593

E-mail: [                    ]

[name and address information of each Holder to be inserted]

 

  Re: Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC – Account Withdrawal Request

Ladies and Gentlemen:

I,                                         , am a Responsible Officer of Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Company ”), and am delivering this Account Withdrawal Request pursuant to that certain Depositary Agreement, dated as of March 20, 2013 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Depositary Agreement ”), among Company, you, as Collateral Agent, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Depositary. Unless otherwise defined herein or unless the context otherwise requires, capitalized terms used in this Account Withdrawal Request have the meanings provided in the Depositary Agreement and section references are references to sections of the Depositary Agreement.

In this Account Withdrawal Request, Company requests Collateral Agent to direct Depositary to withdraw funds from the following Accounts and apply such funds as provided herein:

 

Account from which to withdraw/transfer

   Withdrawal/Transfer
Date
     Amount to be
withdrawn/transferred
     Account/Person to be
Transferred to,
including address or
wire transfer
information, as
applicable
    

Purpose

           
           


I have reviewed the provisions of the Depositary Agreement which are relevant to the furnishing of this Account Withdrawal Request and hereby certify, on behalf of Company, in my capacity as [                    ] thereof, and not in my individual capacity, that:

(i) the withdrawals and transfers requested herein comply with the terms and conditions of the Depositary Agreement [and the [list items] to be delivered pursuant thereto in connection with this Account Withdrawal Request are attached hereto as [list exhibits and attach] ];

(ii) to the extent that this Account Withdrawal Request evidences, attests or requires compliance with any covenants, representations, warranties or conditions precedent in the Depositary Agreement or in any other Credit Document, I have made such examination or investigation as was reasonably necessary to confirm that such covenants, representations, warranties or conditions have been complied with; and

(iii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

[Signature page follows]

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I, the [                    ] of Company, have caused this Account Withdrawal Request to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

DIAMOND STATE GENERATION PARTNERS,
LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

3


[EXHIBITS, IF APPLICABLE]

 

4


EXHIBIT C

to Depositary Agreement

NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

See Execution Version

Exhibit 10.23

Execution

[***] Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the securities and exchange commission pursuant to rule 406 of the securities act of 1933, as amended.

 

 

FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED

PURCHASE, USE AND MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT

between

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

as Seller

and

2016 ESA PROJECT COMPANY, LLC

as Buyer

dated as of October 24, 2016 and

Amended and Restated as of June 26, 2017

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS      2  

Section 1.1

   Definitions      2  

Section 1.2

   Other Definitional Provisions      18  
ARTICLE II PURCHASE AND SALE      18  

Section 2.1

   Appointment of Seller as Buyer’s EPC Provider      18  

Section 2.2

   Purchase Orders      19  

Section 2.3

   Invoicing of Purchase Price      19  

Section 2.4

   Payment of Purchase Price      21  

Section 2.5

   Purchase and Sale of Facilities      22  

Section 2.6

   PPA Termination and Re-Purchase of Facilities      23  

Section 2.7

   Purchase Price Adjustment for Changes in ITC Eligibility      23  

Section 2.8

   Purchase Price Adjustment for Portfolio Price Changes      23  
ARTICLE III DELIVERY AND INSTALLATION OF BLOOM SYSTEMS AND BALANCE OF FACILITIES      25  

Section 3.1

   Access to Site      25  

Section 3.2

   Delivery of Bloom Systems      25  

Section 3.3

   Delivery of Balance of Facility; Installation of Bloom Systems      26  

Section 3.4

   Commissioning; Commencement of Operations      27  

Section 3.5

   Insurance      29  

Section 3.6

   Disposal; Right of First Refusal      29  

Section 3.7

   Third Party Warranties      29  

Section 3.8

   Access; Cooperation      30  

Section 3.9

   Performance Standards      30  
ARTICLE IV FACILITY SERVICES      31  

Section 4.1

   In General      31  

Section 4.2

   Operation and Maintenance Services      31  

Section 4.3

   Service Fees      34  

Section 4.4

   Remote Monitoring; BloomConnect      35  

Section 4.5

   Permits      35  

Section 4.6

   Service Providers      35  

Section 4.7

   Rights to Deliverables      36  

Section 4.8

   Coordination of Relationship      36  

Section 4.9

   Relocation or Removals of Equinix Power Modules      37  

Section 4.10

   Remarketing and Redeployment Assistance      37  
ARTICLE V WARRANTIES      38  

Section 5.1

   Facility Services Warranty      38  

Section 5.2

   Performance Guaranty      38  

Section 5.3

   Efficiency Warranty      38  

Section 5.4

   Performance Warranty      39  

 

i


Section 5.5

   Portfolio Warranty      39  

Section 5.6

   Exclusions      40  

Section 5.7

   Portfolio Warranty Claims      40  

Section 5.8

   Indemnification Regarding Performance Under PPAs      42  

Section 5.9

   Disclaimers      43  

Section 5.10

   Title      43  
Article VI RECORDS AND AUDITS          43  

Section 6.1

   Record-Keeping Documentation; Audit Rights      43  

Section 6.2

   Reports; Invoicing Information; Other Information      45  
Article VII DATA ACCESS          45  

Section 7.1

   Access to Data and Meters      45  
Article VIII REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER          46  

Section 8.1

   Representations and Warranties of Seller      46  
Article IX REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER          50  

Section 9.1

   Representations and Warranties of Buyer      50  
Article X CONFIDENTIALITY          51  

Section 10.1

   Confidential Information      51  

Section 10.2

   Restricted Access      52  

Section 10.3

   Permitted Disclosures      53  
Article XI LICENSE AND OWNERSHIP; SOFTWARE          55  

Section 11.1

   IP License to Use      55  

Section 11.2

   Grant of Third Party Software License      55  

Section 11.3

   Effect on Licenses      56  

Section 11.4

   No Software Warranty      56  

Section 11.5

   IP Related Covenants      56  

Section 11.6

   Representations and Warranties      57  
Article XII EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND TERMINATION          57  

Section 12.1

   Seller Default      57  

Section 12.2

   Buyer Default      58  

Section 12.3

   Buyer’s Remedies Upon Occurrence of a Seller Default      59  

Section 12.4

   Seller’s Remedies Upon Occurrence of a Buyer Default      59  

Section 12.5

   Preservation of Rights      59  

Section 12.6

   Force Majeure      60  

Section 12.7

   Termination of Facilities Subject to PPAs      60  
Article XIII INDEMNIFICATION          61  

Section 13.1

   IP Indemnity.      61  

Section 13.2

   Indemnification of Seller by Buyer.      62  

Section 13.3

   Indemnification of Buyer by Seller      63  

Section 13.4

   Indemnity Claims Procedure      63  

Section 13.5

   Limitation of Liability      64  

 

ii


Section 13.6

   Liquidated Damages; Estoppel      65  

Section 13.7

   Survival      65  
Article XIV MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS      65  

Section 14.1

   Amendment and Modification      65  

Section 14.2

   Waiver of Compliance; Consents      65  

Section 14.3

   Notices      65  

Section 14.4

   Assignment; Subcontractors      66  

Section 14.5

   Dispute Resolution; Service of Process      68  

Section 14.6

   Governing Law, Jurisdiction, Venue      68  

Section 14.7

   Counterparts      68  

Section 14.8

   Interpretation      68  

Section 14.9

   Entire Agreement      68  

Section 14.10

   Construction of Agreement      69  

Section 14.11

   Severability      69  

Section 14.12

   Further Assurances      69  

Section 14.13

   Independent Contractors      69  

Section 14.14

   Limitation on Export      69  

Section 14.15

   Time of Essence      69  

Section 14.16

   No Rights in Third Parties      70  

Section 14.17

   Amendment and Restatement of Original PUMA      70  

 

iii


ANNEXES   
Annex A    Minimum Power Product Example Calculation
Annex B    Insurance
Annex C    Capacity Warranty Claim Example Calculation and Amounts Payable
Annex D    List of PPAs
EXHIBITS   
Exhibit A    Specifications for Bloom Systems and Battery Solution
Exhibit B    Form of Bill of Sale
Exhibit C    Seller Deliverables
Exhibit D    Form of Payment Notice
Exhibit E    Form of Purchase Order
Exhibit F    Form of Seller’s Deposit Milestone Certificate
Exhibit G    Form of Tranche Notice
Exhibit H    Form of Seller’s Certificate of Installation
Exhibit I    [Reserved]
Exhibit J    Seller Corporate Safety Plan
Exhibit K    Subcontractor Quality Plan
Exhibit L    [Reserved]
Exhibit M    Parties’ Managers and Service Fees
SCHEDULES   
Schedule 3.3    Design and Installations Procedures
Schedule 3.4    Commissioning Procedures
Schedule 4.2    Operations and Maintenance Procedures
Schedule 4.6    Approved Major Service Providers

 

 

iv


FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED

PURCHASE, USE AND MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT

This FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED PURCHASE, USE AND MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of October 24, 2016, and amended and restated as of June 26, 2017 (the “ Agreement Date ”), is entered into by and between BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“ Seller ”), and 2016 ESA PROJECT COMPANY, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Buyer ”). Seller and Buyer are referred to in this Agreement individually, as a “ Party ” and, collectively, as the “ Parties ”.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Seller is in the business of designing, constructing and installing on-site solid oxide fuel cell power generating systems;

WHEREAS, Buyer is a company formed at the direction of Seller for the purpose of purchasing and owning Bloom Systems for the generation of electricity and sale of electricity generated by the Bloom Systems;

WHEREAS, Buyer and its immediate parent company, 2016 ESA HoldCo, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, are being acquired by Southern PowerSecure Holdings, Inc. contemporaneously herewith pursuant to membership interest purchase agreement among Seller, Clean Technologies 2016, LLC, a Seller Affiliate, and Southern PowerSecure Holdings, Inc., a Buyer Affiliate (the “ MIPA ”);

WHEREAS, Buyer desires to purchase, and Seller desires to sell, Bloom Systems to be installed in certain Facilities in connection with PPAs entered into by Buyer when and as the conditions to such installation are met as provided in this Agreement;

WHEREAS, to induce Buyer to purchase the Bloom Systems, Seller also has agreed to provide certain operations and maintenance services to or on behalf of Buyer subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement;

WHEREAS, Buyer and Seller previously entered into that certain Purchase, Use and Maintenance Agreement, dated as of October 24, 2016, as amended by (a) that certain Amendment No. 1 to Purchase, Use and Maintenance Agreement, dated as of February 15, 2017, and (b) that certain Amendment No. 2 to Purchase, Use and Maintenance Agreement, dated as of April 28, 2017 (collectively, the “ Original PUMA ”); and

WHEREAS, Buyer and Seller now wish to amend and restate the Original PUMA in its entirety with this Agreement as of the Agreement Date, as further set forth in Section  14.17 .

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants, representations, warranties and agreements hereinafter set forth, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the Parties agree as follows:


AGREEMENT

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Definitions . As used in this Agreement, capitalized terms not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth below:

Actual kWh ” means the actual energy output in kWh produced by a Facility and measured by the Facility Meter, and, subject to adjustment for meter defects pursuant to a PPA, where appropriate in the context of this Agreement, aggregated together with the actual energy output of other Facilities.

Affiliate ” of any Person means a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Person specified, provided that notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Seller is not an Affiliate of Buyer. For purposes of this Agreement, the direct or indirect ownership of over fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting securities of an entity, or the right to receive over fifty percent (50%) of the profits or earnings of an entity shall be deemed to constitute control. Such other relationships as in fact results in actual control over the management, business and affairs of an entity, shall also be deemed to constitute control.

Agreement ” is defined in the preamble.

Agreement Date ” is defined in the preamble.

AOM ” means an auxiliary output module, to be included in certain of the Facilities.

Appraisal Procedure ” means within fifteen (15) days of a Party invoking the procedure described in this definition Buyer and Seller shall engage a Qualified Appraiser, mutually acceptable to them, to conclusively determine within fifteen (15) days after appointment the Fair Market Value of a Facility.

Approved LDC ” means, with respect to each Site, the local natural gas distribution company serving the PPA Customer at such Site. For the avoidance of doubt, natural gas supplied by any Approved LDC shall be deemed to satisfy Seller’s requirements regarding the quality and composition of natural gas supplied to the Bloom Systems sold to Buyer hereunder.

AT&T PPA ” has the meaning set forth in Annex D .

Bankruptcy ” or “ Bankrupt ” as to any Person means the filing of a petition for relief as to any such Person as debtor or bankrupt under the Bankruptcy Code or like provision of law (except if such petition is contested by such Person and has been dismissed within sixty (60) days); insolvency of such Person as finally determined by a court proceeding; filing by such Person of a petition or application to accomplish the same or for the appointment of a receiver or a trustee for such Person or a substantial part of its Assets; commencement of any proceedings relating to such Person under any other reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, adjustment of debt or liquidation law of any jurisdiction, whether now in existence or hereinafter in effect, either by such Person or

 

2


by another, provided , that if such proceeding is commenced by another, such Person indicates its approval of such proceeding, consents thereto or acquiesces therein, or such proceeding is contested by such Person and has not been finally dismissed within sixty (60) days.

Bankruptcy Laws ” is defined in Section  11.3 .

Base Case Model ” means the economic model titled “ PPA VI Financial Model 10-23-16 BASE CASE MODEL FINAL ,” posted to the Electronic Data Room on October 23, 2016.

Battery Solution ” means an integrated battery solution, manufactured and supplied by the Battery Solution Manufacturer as described in the specifications set forth on Exhibit A , to be included in certain of the Facilities.

Battery Solution Manufacturer ” means PowerSecure, Inc., or such replacement manufacturer as the Parties may mutually agree in writing.

Bill of Sale ” means a bill of sale in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

Bloom Component Defect ” means any defect in parts and components supplied by Seller or any of its Affiliates to the Battery Solution Manufacturer that are used to manufacture any Battery Solution that (i) was not caused by the Battery Solution Manufacturer’s misuse, including but not limited to, improper testing, assembly, and mishandling of such parts and components and (ii) results in a failure of such parts and components to perform in accordance with any performance warranty(ies) provided by Seller to the Battery Solution Manufacturer.

Bloom Systems ” means all on-site solid oxide fuel cell power generating systems capable of being powered by natural gas designed, constructed and installed by Seller, which will be installed in the Facilities, and “Bloom System” means each such system.

BOF ” means, for each Site, the Electrical Interconnection Facilities, the natural gas supply facilities, the water supply facilities, the data communications facilities, the foundations for the Bloom Systems and any other facilities and equipment ancillary to the Bloom Systems and installed in connection with the Facility at each Site and all other things ancillary to the Facility and required on or in the vicinity of the Site which are necessary to achieve Commencement of Operations at each such Site or which are otherwise required by the applicable PPA or Site License for such Site.

BOF Work ” is defined in Section  3.3(a) .

Business Day ” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banks in New York, New York, or San Francisco, California, are authorized or required to close.

Buyer ” is defined in the preamble.

Buyer Default ” is defined in Section  12.2 .

Buyer Indemnitee ” is defined in Section  13.3(a) .

 

3


Buyer Manager ” is defined in Section  4.8(b) .

Calendar Quarter ” means each period of three months ending on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31.

Capacity Warranty ” means the Performance Warranty or the Performance Guaranty, as applicable.

Claiming Party ” is defined in Section  12.6 .

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Commencement of Operations ” means, with respect to any Facility, the completion and the performance of all of the following activities:

(a) all Bloom Systems and related materials comprising such Facility required to complete all BOF Work have been Delivered;

(b) such Facility has been installed at the location specified in the applicable Site License and Placed in Service;

(c) (i) such Facility (A) has been attached to the load at the applicable Site, (B) is producing power at one hundred percent (100%) of the aggregate System Capacity of all Bloom Systems included in such Facility, and (C) is operating at or above the Minimum Efficiency Level, and (ii) Seller has provided Buyer with evidence reasonably satisfactory to Buyer of each of the foregoing;

(d) Seller has (i) performed and successfully completed all necessary acts under the applicable Interconnection Agreement (including performance testing), and (ii) obtained permission from the applicable Person granting Buyer permission to interconnect such Facility with the distribution or transmission facilities of the Transmitting Utility;

(e) Seller shall have delivered Seller’s Certificate of Installation to Buyer; and

(f) Seller shall have delivered to Buyer each of the Seller Deliverables indicated on Exhibit C as items for delivery prior to or at Commencement of Operations.

Commencement of Operations Date Deadline ” means June 30, 2018.

Components ” means any tangible materials and spare or replacement parts reasonably required for the construction, installation, commissioning, operation, maintenance and repair of a Facility.

Confidential Information ” is defined in Section  10.1 .

DDP (Incoterms 2010) ” means Delivered Duty Paid (DDP) as such term is used in the International Rules for the Interpretation of Trade Terms (identified as “INCOTERMS ® 2010”) as prepared by the International Chamber of Commerce.

 

4


Delivery ” means for each Bloom System, the physical delivery of such Bloom System to its Site. Following such Delivery, the Bloom System shall have been “ Delivered .”

Delivery Date ” means for each Bloom System, the date of Delivery.

Deposit Milestone Requirements ” means, for a Tranche, that:

(a) Buyer has received approval of Site plans and single-line drawings from one or more PPA Customers for Facilities with aggregate System Capacity equal to or greater than the aggregate System Capacity of Facilities included in such Tranche (and all other Tranches for which Seller previously delivered a Seller’s Deposit Milestone Certificate to Buyer);

(b) Seller has received all materials required for the commencement of fabrication of Bloom Systems with aggregate System Capacity equal to or greater than the aggregate System Capacity of Facilities included in such Tranche, and all materials required as of such time to allow for completion of such fabrication in order to achieve Commencement of Operations of such Facilities (and all Facilities included in all other Tranches for which Seller previously delivered a Seller’s Deposit Milestone Certificate to Buyer) within ninety (90) days; and

(c) Seller shall have delivered Seller’s Deposit Milestone Certificate to Buyer, certifying the satisfaction of requirements (a) and (b) hereof.

Documentation ” means Bloom System documentation for a Facility, including testing, engineering, specifications, and operations and maintenance manuals, Training Materials, drawings, reports, standards, schematics, directions, samples and patterns, including any such Documentation required to be delivered prior to Commencement of Operations under Section  3.4(a)(iv) .

Efficiency ” means the quotient of E/F, where (i) E = the electricity produced by the applicable Facility, measured in BTUs (British Thermal Units) at an assumed conversion rate of 3,412 BTUs per kWh, and (ii) F = the fuel consumed by such Facility, measured in BTUs on a lower heating value basis as determined by the mass flow controller included in the applicable Facility.

Efficiency Warranty ” is defined in Section  5.3 .

Efficiency Warranty Period ” means each calendar month following the Commencement of Operations of a Facility (or, in the case of the calendar month in which Commencement of Operations occurred, the portion of such calendar month commencing on the date such Facility achieved Commencement of Operations), but shall exclude any period when such Facility (i) was subject to a Force Majeure Event, (ii) was not delivering Energy because of a failure to perform by the applicable PPA Customer, except to the extent caused or contributed to by Seller or its employees, agents, subcontractors or representatives, (iii) was required by a Legal Requirement (which for this purpose shall include any utility requirement) to be disconnected from the distribution or transmission facilities of the Transmitting Utility or otherwise required not to deliver Energy as the result of a Legal Requirement or action by or a directive from the applicable Transmitting Utility with respect to such Facility (e.g., due to a grid event), or (iv) was impacted

 

5


by a failure of the Battery Solution to perform in accordance with any performance warranty(ies) provided by the manufacturer thereof (excluding any such failure of the Battery Solution that is attributable to a Bloom Component Defect), except, in each case, to the extent caused or contributed to by Seller or its employees, agents, subcontractors and representatives.

Electrical Interconnection Facilities ” means the equipment and facilities required to safely and reliably interconnect a Facility to the transmission system of the Transmitting Utility, including the collection system between each Bloom System, transformers and all switching, metering, communications, control and safety equipment, including the facilities described in any applicable Interconnection Agreement.

Electronic Data Room ” means the electronic dataroom known as “Project Bloom PPA” established by the Seller and made available to the Investor.

Energy ” means three-phase, 60-cycle alternating current electric energy constituting the Actual kWh.

Environmental Law ” means any Legal Requirement which pertains to health, safety, any Hazardous Material, or the environment (including but not limited to ground or air or water or noise pollution or contamination, and underground or above ground tanks) and shall include without limitation, the Solid Waste Disposal Act, 42 U.S.C. § 6901 et seq.; the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, 42 U.S.C. § 9601 et seq., as amended by the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986; the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. § 1801 et seq.; the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, 33 U.S.C. § 1251 et seq.; the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. § 7401 et seq.; the Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. § 2601 et seq.; the Safe Drinking Water Act, 42 U.S.C. § 300f et seq.; and any other state or federal environmental statutes, and all rules, regulations, orders and decrees now or hereafter promulgated under any of the foregoing, as any of the foregoing now exist or may be changed or amended or come into effect in the future.

Environmental Requirements ” means any Environmental Law, agreement or restriction (including but not limited to any condition or requirement imposed by any insurance or surety company), as the same now exists or may be changed or amended or come into effect in the future, which pertains to health, safety, any Hazardous Material, or the environment.

EPC Services ” is defined in Section  2.1 .

Equinix ” means the PPA Customer pursuant to the Equinix PPA.

Equinix PPA ” has the meaning set forth in Annex D .

Extended Warranty Period ” means, with respect to each Facility, the period commencing on the first (1st) anniversary of the date such Facility achieves Commencement of Operations and ending on the twentieth (20th) anniversary of the date of Commencement of Operations of such Facility unless (a)(i) the applicable PPA has been renewed or extended beyond such twentieth (20th) anniversary and (ii) Buyer and Seller have agreed on an appropriate amendment to this Agreement to provide for an extension of the term of the Extended Warranty Period for the applicable Facility(ies), in which case the Extended Warranty Period shall end on the date on which such PPA expires or terminates.

 

6


Facility ” means, collectively, the Bloom Systems and the BOF at a particular Site. For the avoidance of doubt, “Facility” includes, where applicable, any AOM(s), Battery Solution, Low Pressure Gas Booster(s) and/or UPM(s) installed in connection with the Bloom Systems at a particular Site.

Facility Meter ” means the revenue quality electricity generation meter to be located at the metering point (the proposed location of which is to be identified in the applicable Interconnection Agreement) and approved by the Transmitting Utility, which shall register all Energy produced by a Facility and delivered to the Interconnection Point.

Facility Services ” is defined in Section  4.1 .

Facility Purchase Conditions ” means for a relevant Facility that the Facility has not been Placed in Service (including specifically because the events described in clauses (2), (3) and (4) of the definition of Placed in Service have not occurred), but that (a) the events described in clause (1) of the definition of Placed in Service have occurred, and (b) all of Seller’s obligations under Section  3.3(a)(ii) have been performed.

Facility Services Warranty ” is defined in Section  5.1 .

Fair Market Value ” means, with respect to any Facility, the price at which such asset would change hands between a willing buyer and a willing seller, neither being under any compulsion to buy or to sell, and both having reasonable knowledge of the relevant facts, and specifically with respect to the Facility or any portion thereof, as determined consistently with Section 4.05 of Revenue Procedure 2007-65.

FedEx PPA ” has the meaning set forth in Annex D .

FERC ” means the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission and any successor.

Final Determination ” means the earliest to occur of (1) the date on which a decision, judgment, decree or other order has been issued by any court of competent jurisdiction, which decision, judgment, decree, or other order has become final (i.e., all allowable appeals requested by the parties to the action have been exhausted or the time for instituting an appeal has expired or lapsed), (2) the date on which the Internal Revenue Service has reached a final administrative determination which, whether by law or agreement, is not subject to appeal, or (3) the date on which the time for instituting a claim, appeal, contest, or challenge to any notice or action by the Internal Revenue Service has expired or lapsed. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no party shall be required to pursue any appeal or action if the party has determined in good faith that such an appeal or action would not have a reasonable possibility of success, in which case any decision, decree, order, or administrative determination that is the subject of such opinion shall be deemed to be a Final Determination.

Force Majeure Event ” means any event or circumstance that (a) prevents a Party from performing its obligations under this Agreement; (b) was not reasonably foreseeable by such Party;

 

7


(c) was not within the reasonable control of, or the result of the negligence of such Party or a breach of this Agreement by such Party; and (d) such Party is unable to reasonably mitigate, avoid or cause to be avoided with the exercise of due diligence. “Force Majeure Event” may include, provided that the conditions in (a) through (d) in the foregoing sentence are met, inability of Buyer to obtain or maintain market-based rate authority from FERC to operate any Facility (except to the extent such inability results from a Buyer-initiated change in Buyer’s business from that contemplated as of the Original PUMA Agreement Date and/or the assets or operations of any entity considered by FERC to be affiliated with Buyer), a failure or interruption of performance due to an act of God, civil or military authority, war, civil disturbances, terrorist activities, fire, explosions, the external power delivery system (a/k/a the grid) being out of the required specifications or totally failing (a/k/a brownout or blackout), or electric grid curtailment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Force Majeure Event does not include the lack of economic resources of a Party, Seller’s failure to design and construct the Facilities so as to meet the respective warranties hereunder, or the supply of natural gas from any source other than an Approved LDC or any act or omission by Seller, Seller Affiliate, the Service Provider or a Seller or Seller Affiliate agent, representative or subcontractor at any tier that results in a termination of the Equinix PPA based on a breach of Section 7.1(h)(i) of the Equinix PPA. If an event or circumstance gives rise to a Force Majeure Event as defined herein under this Agreement, but such event or circumstance does not also constitute a ‘Force Majeure Event’ as defined under the applicable PPA or Site License (depending on which Facilities are affected), then for the purposes of any rights and obligations of the parties under this Agreement that relate to corresponding rights or obligations under such PPA or Site License such event or circumstance will not constitute a Force Majeure Event under this Agreement.

Fundamental Representation ” means the representations provided in Section 8.1(b), Section  8.1(h) , Section 8.1(k) and Section  8.1(o) .

GAAP ” means United States generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.

Governmental Approvals ” means (a) any authorizations, consents, approvals, licenses, rulings, permits, tariffs, rates, certifications, variances, orders, judgments, decrees by or with a relevant Governmental Authority and (b) any required notice to, any declaration of, or with, or any registration or filing by, or with, any relevant Governmental Authority.

Governmental Authority ” means any foreign, federal, state, local or other governmental, regulatory or administrative agency, court, commission, department, board, or other governmental subdivision, legislature, rulemaking board, court, tribunal, arbitrating body or other governmental authority.

Hazardous Material ” means and includes those elements or compounds which are contained or regulated as a hazardous substance, toxic pollutant, pesticide, air pollutant, or as defined in any Environmental Law, order or decree of any Governmental Authority for the protection of human health, water, safety or the environment or is otherwise included in the definition of “Hazardous Materials,” “Hazardous Substance” or a similar term in a PPA or a Site License.

 

8


Home Depot PPA ” has the meaning set forth in Annex D .

Indemnifiable Loss ” means any claim, demand, suit, loss, liability, damage (including any losses arising as a result of the loss or recapture of any ITC), obligation, payment, fine, cost or expense (including the cost and expense of any investigation, action, suit, proceeding, assessment, judgment, settlement or compromise relating thereto and reasonable attorneys’ fees and reasonable disbursements in connection therewith).

Indemnified Party ” is defined in Section  13.4 .

Indemnifying Party ” is defined in Section  13.4 .

Intellectual Property ” shall mean any or all of the following and all rights therein, whether arising under the laws of the United States or any other jurisdiction (i) all patents and patent applications (and all reissues, divisions, re-examinations, renewals, extensions, provisionals, continuations and continuations-in-part thereof), patent disclosures and inventions (whether patentable or not); (ii) all trade secrets, know-how and confidential and proprietary information; (iii) all copyrights and copyrightable works (including computer programs) and registrations and applications therefor and any renewals, modifications and extensions thereof; (iv) all moral and economic rights of authors and inventors, however denominated, throughout the world; (v) unregistered and registered design rights and any registrations and applications for registration thereof; (vi) trademarks, service marks, trade names, service names, brand names, trade dress, logos, slogans, corporate names, trade styles, domain names and other source or business identifiers, whether registered or not, together with all applications therefor and all extensions and renewals thereof and all goodwill associated therewith; (vii) semiconductor chip “mask” works, and registrations and applications for registration thereof, (viii) database rights; (ix) all other forms of intellectual property, including waivable or assignable rights of publicity or moral rights; and (x) any similar, corresponding or equivalent rights to any of the foregoing anywhere in the world.

Interconnection Agreement ” means an agreement between the PPA Customer (or Buyer (as required)) and the applicable Transmitting Utility regarding interconnection of a Facility to the transmission or distribution system of such Transmitting Utility.

Interconnection Point ” means, with respect to each Facility, the point at which title and risk of loss with respect to the electricity produced by such Facility passes to the applicable PPA Customer.

Investor ” means Southern PowerSecure Holdings, Inc.

Invoice Due Date ” means the date specified on a Payment Notice duly delivered by Seller to Buyer for the Milestones achieved by certain Tranches and/or Facilities in a given calendar month.

IP License ” is defined in Section  11.1 .

IRS ” means the Internal Revenue Service.

ITC ” means an investment tax credit pursuant to Code Sections 38(b)(1), 46 and 48(a).

 

9


Knowledge ” means (a) as to any Person other than a natural person, the actual knowledge (including any knowledge which would reasonably have been obtained after due inquiry) of such Person and its managers, directors officers and employees who have responsibility for the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and (b) in respect of any Person who is a natural Person, the actual knowledge (including any knowledge which would reasonably have been obtained after due inquiry) of such Person.

kW ” means kilowatt.

kWh ” means kilowatt-hour.

Legal Requirement ” means any law, statute, act, decree, ordinance, rule, directive (to the extent having the force of law), tariff, order, treaty, code or regulation or any interpretation of any of the foregoing, as enacted, issued or promulgated by any Governmental Authority, NERC, any Person that NERC has delegated its authority to under the Federal Power Act or any Person that operates an interstate electric transmission system, including all amendments, modifications, extensions, replacements or re-enactments thereof, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its properties or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

Liens ” means any lien, security interest, mortgage, hypothecation, encumbrance or other restriction on title or property interest.

Low-Pressure Gas Booster ” means a component designed to increase the pressure of natural gas supplied to a Facility by the applicable local natural gas distribution company serving an applicable PPA Customer at the applicable Site to the level required for the ordinary operation of such Facility.

LREC Contract ” means that certain Standard Contract for the Purchase and Sale of Connecticut Class I Renewable Credits from Low or Zero Emission Projects, dated as of July 28, 2016, by and between the Buyer and the Connecticut Light and Power Company dba Eversource Energy.

Maintenance Specification Log ” is defined in Section  6.1(a)(ii) .

Major Service Provider ” is defined in Section  4.6 .

Managers ” means Operations Manager and Buyer Manager.

Manufacturer s Warranty Period ” means, for each Facility, the period beginning on the date the applicable Facility achieves the requirements of subsections (a), (c) and (d) of the definition of “Commencement of Operations” and ending on the first (1 st ) anniversary of the date of Commencement of Operations of such Facility.

Material Adverse Effect ” means, for any Person or Facility, as applicable, any change, effect or occurrence that, individually or in the aggregate, is or could reasonably be expected to be materially adverse to (a) the business, earnings, assets, results of operations, property or condition (financial or otherwise) of such Person or Facility, as applicable, (b) the validity or enforceability

 

10


of any Transaction Document, any applicable PPA, any applicable Site License or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or (c) any Person’s (including any PPA Customer’s) ability to

perform its obligations under any Transaction Document, any applicable PPA, any applicable Site License (including any material adverse effect on any customer that has, or could reasonably be expected to have, a material adverse impact on such customer’s ability to fully perform under any applicable PPA).

Maximum Aggregate Portfolio Purchase Price ” means Four Hundred Fifty Million Dollars ($450,000,000).

Maximum Liability ” means, with respect to each Party, One Million Dollars ($1,000,000).

Milestone(s) ” means each of (i) the Deposit Milestone Requirements, (ii) Shipment, and (iii) Commencement of Operations.

Minimum Efficiency Level ” means an Efficiency quotient of 45%.

Minimum kWh ” means the product of (x) the number of hours in the applicable period minus the number of hours for each Facility, as of the last day of the applicable period following Commencement of Operations with respect to the applicable Facility when the operation of such Facility (i) was subject to a Force Majeure Event, (ii) was not delivering Energy, or was delivering Energy at a reduced level, because of a failure to perform by the applicable PPA Customer, except to the extent caused or contributed to by Seller or its employees, agents, subcontractors or representatives, (iii) was required by a Legal Requirement (which for this purpose shall include any utility requirement) to be disconnected from the distribution or transmission facilities of the Transmitting Utility or otherwise required not to deliver Energy as the result of a Legal Requirement or action by or a directive from the applicable Transmitting Utility with respect to the applicable Facility (e.g., due to a grid event), or (iv) was impacted by a failure of the Battery Solution to perform in accordance with any performance warranty(ies) (excluding any such failure of the Battery Solution that is attributable to a Bloom Component Defect), except, in each case, to the extent caused or contributed to by Seller or its employees, agents, subcontractors and representatives, and (y) the Minimum Power Product for the applicable period.

Minimum Power Product ” means (1) when this term is used for the Performance Warranty, the aggregate System Capacity of the Bloom Systems in the Portfolio in kW for the applicable Calendar Quarter multiplied by eighty-six percent (86%), and (2) when this term is used for the Performance Guaranty, the aggregate System Capacity of the Bloom Systems in the Portfolio in kW for the applicable calendar year multiplied by 95%. An example of a calculation of the Minimum Power Product is set forth in Annex A .

MIPA ” is defined in the recitals.

Monthly Report ” is defined in Section  6.1(a)(iv) .

MW ” means megawatt.

 

11


Nameplate Capacity ” means the maximum electrical output of a generator as rated by the manufacturer determined at the normal operating conditions designated by the manufacturer.

NERC ” means the North American Electric Reliability Corporation or any successor.

Operations Manager ” is defined in Section  4.8(a) .

Original PUMA ” is defined in the recitals.

Original PUMA Agreement Date ” means October 24, 2016.

Party ” and “ Parties ” have the meanings set forth in the preamble.

Payment Certificate ” means Seller’s Deposit Milestone Certificate or Seller’s Certificate of Installation, as applicable.

Payment Notice ” means a notice delivered from Seller to Buyer pursuant to Section  2.4(c) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D .

Performance Guaranty ” is defined in Section  5.2 .

Performance Guaranty Payment Cap ” means the product of (x) Seven Hundred Twenty- Seven Dollars and Seventy-One Cents ($727.71) multiplied by (y) the System Capacity of all Bloom Systems in kW Purchased under this Agreement prior to the applicable date.

Performance Guaranty Payment Rate ” means $[***] per kWh.

Performance Standards ” is defined in Section  3.9 .

Performance Warranty ” is defined in Section  5.4(a) .

Permits ” means all Governmental Approvals that are necessary under applicable Legal Requirements or this Agreement to have been obtained at such time in light of the stage of development of the Portfolio to site, construct, test, operate, maintain, repair, lease, own or use each Facility as contemplated in this Agreement to sell electricity from the Portfolio or for a Party to enter into this Agreement or to consummate any transaction contemplated hereby, in each case in accordance with all applicable Legal Requirements.

Permitted Liens ” means any (a) Liens that are released or otherwise terminated at or prior to the Delivery Date of the encumbered assets; (b) obligations or duties to any Governmental Authority arising in the ordinary course of business (including under licenses and Permits held by Buyer and under all Legal Requirements); (c) obligations or duties under easements, leases or other property rights; and (d) any other Liens agreed to in writing by Seller and Buyer.

Person ” means any individual, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, corporation, trust, unincorporated organization, or governmental entity or any department or agency thereof.

 

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested   12  


Placed in Service ” means, with respect to any Facility, the completion and performance of all of the following activities: (1) obtaining the necessary licenses and Permits for the operation of such Facility and the sale of power generated by the Facility in accordance with clause (4) of

this definition, (2) satisfactory completion of critical tests necessary for the proper operation of such Facility in accordance with clause (4) of this definition, (3) synchronization of such Facility onto the electric distribution and transmission system of the applicable Transmitting Utility, and (4) the commencement of regular, continuous, daily operation of such Facility.

Placed in Service Date ” means, with respect to a Facility, the date upon which such Facility is Placed in Service.

Portfolio ” means, on an aggregate basis, all Bloom Systems owned by Buyer that are purchased pursuant to this Agreement and that have been incorporated into Facilities which have been Placed in Service and which have not thereafter been removed from the Portfolio and/or repurchased by Seller pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

Portfolio Warranty ” is defined in Section  5.5(a) .

PPA ” means each power purchase, energy server use, or similar agreement entered into between Buyer and a PPA Customer listed on Annex D hereto, as the same may be updated from time to time by the mutual agreement of the Parties.

PPA Customer ” means each non-Buyer counter-party to a PPA.

PPA Documentation ” means all written invoices, receipts, billing statements, payment notices, wire receipt and payment notifications, bank statements and other similar written evidence of (i) amounts payable by Buyer to any Person and (ii) amounts received or receivable by Buyer from any Person.

PPA Warranties ” is defined in Section  5.8(a) .

PPA Warranty Reimbursement Payment ” is defined in Section  5.8(a) .

Project Model ” means the economic model to be delivered from Seller to Buyer from time to time pursuant to Section  2.8 .

Prudent Electrical Practices ” means those practices, methods, equipment, specifications and standards of safety and performance, as the same may change from time to time, as are commonly used by a significant portion of the grid-tied fuel cell electrical generation industry operating in the United States and/or approved or recommended by the NERC as good, safe and prudent engineering practices in connection with the design, construction, operation, maintenance, repair and use of electrical and other equipment, facilities and improvements of electrical generating facilities, including any applicable practices, methods, acts, guidelines, standards and criteria of FERC and all applicable Legal Requirements.

Purchase ” is defined in Section  2.5 .

 

13


Purchase Date ” is defined in Section  2.5 .

Purchase Order ” means Buyer’s purchase order for a Facility or Facilities to be purchased by Buyer in substantially the form of Exhibit E .

Purchase Price ” means a price for the design, installation and purchase of each Facility or Tranche, based on the aggregate System Capacity of the Bloom Systems comprising such Facility or Tranche, determined pursuant to Section  2.8 . The Purchase Price for the period between the Original PUMA Agreement Date and the first adjustment thereto pursuant to Section  2.8 shall be calculated at:

1) $[***]/kW as installed, if such Facility will be eligible for the ITC as of the Placed in Service Date of such Facility (“ ITC Eligible Purchase Price ”); or

2) $[***]/kW as installed, if such Facility will not be eligible for the ITC as of the Placed in Service Date of such Facility (“ No ITC Purchase Price ”).

In each case plus any Taxes for the account of Buyer under Section  2.3(c) in respect of such Facility; provided , however , that Taxes shall not be included in the calculation of the Purchase Price for invoices issued pursuant to Section  2.3(a)(i) or

Section  2.3(a)(iii) .

Purchase Price Adder(s) ” means an addition to the Purchase Price for certain Facilities based on the additional equipment included in such Facilities, calculated as follows:

1) For Facilities including AOM(s), $[***] for each AOM;

2) For Facilities including a Battery Solution pursuant to the Home Depot PPA, $[***]/kWh based on the rated capacity of such Battery Solution;

3) For Facilities including a Battery Solution pursuant to any PPA other than the Home Depot PPA, a price to be negotiated in good faith between the Parties based on the rated capacity of such Battery Solution;

4) For Facilities including a Low-Pressure Gas Booster, $[***]/kW of the aggregate System Capacity of the Bloom Systems comprising such Facility; and

5) For Facilities including UPM(s), $[***] for each UPM.

Qualified Appraiser ” means a nationally recognized third-party appraiser reasonably acceptable to Buyer and Seller which shall (i) be qualified to appraise power systems similar to the Bloom Systems, and experienced in such businesses in the general geographic region of the relevant Facility, and (ii) not be associated with either Buyer or Seller or any Affiliate thereof. If the Parties cannot agree on a third-party appraiser within fifteen (15) days of a Party invoking the Appraisal Procedure, then Marshall & Stevens Incorporated shall act as the Qualified Appraiser.

Refund Value ” means, with respect to any Facility (including Underperforming Facilities), the greater of (a) the Fair Market Value of such Facility (as determined under the Appraisal Procedure if Buyer and Seller cannot agree as to that Fair Market Value within ten (10)

 

 

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested   14  


days)), and (b) 100% of the Purchase Price for such Facility until the first anniversary of Commencement of Operations of the applicable Facility, declining by 5.263% (i.e. 1/19th) on each anniversary of such date thereafter (for example, on the fifth anniversary of Commencement of Operations, the Refund Value will be 78.95% of the Purchase Price), in each case as calculated as of the date that Seller becomes obligated to refund such amount to Buyer. For clarity, the Refund Value includes one hundred percent (100%) of the Taxes, if any, which were paid by or on behalf of Buyer pursuant to Section 2.3(c) for such Facility or one hundred percent (100%) of any Taxes, if any, which are required to be paid by or on behalf of Seller in connection with the return of such Facility.

Representatives ” of a Party means such Party’s authorized representatives, including its professional and financial advisors.

SCADA ” means the supervisory control and data acquisition systems.

Seller ” is defined in the preamble.

Seller Default ” is defined in Section  12.1 .

Seller Deliverables ” means, with respect to each Facility, the items listed in Exhibit C .

Seller Indemnitee ” is defined in Section  13.2 .

Seller s Certificate of Installation ” means a certificate, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H , issued by Seller to Buyer pursuant to paragraph (e) of the definition of Commencement of Operations.

Seller s Deposit Milestone Certificate ” means a certificate, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F , issued by Seller to Buyer pursuant to paragraph (c) of the definition of Deposit Milestone Requirements.

Seller s Intellectual Property ” is defined in Section  11.1 .

Service Fees ” is defined in Section  4.3(a) .

Service Provider ” means an operation and maintenance contractor appointed by Seller and approved by Buyer pursuant to Section  4.6 .

Service Technicians ” is defined in Section  4.2(d) .

Shipment ” means for each Bloom System, shipment of such Bloom System from Seller’s manufacturing facility to the Site.

Shipment Date ” means for each Bloom System, the date of Shipment.

Site ” means the parcel of land licensed from a PPA Customer to Buyer under a Site License and all easements appurtenant, easements in gross, license agreements and other rights running in favor of Buyer which provide access to the applicable Facility.

 

15


Site License ” means each agreement between Buyer and a PPA Customer regarding the license or similar contractual arrangement providing Buyer with the right of access to a Site for the purposes of performing Buyer’s obligations pursuant to the applicable PPA.

Site Preparation Services ” means preparing each Site for installation of a Facility, obtaining the required Permits to construct, operate and maintain the Facility, and providing for natural gas interconnection facilities, the Electrical Interconnection Facilities and any other ancillary facilities and equipment between the Bloom Systems and the applicable Transmitting Utility and otherwise performing the tasks required to prepare each Site for the Facility at the Site to attain Commencement of Operations.

Software ” shall mean all computer software that is necessary for Buyer to own and operate the Facilities in compliance with the terms of this Agreement, the PPAs, and the Site Licenses.

Software License ” is defined in Section  11.2(a) .

Southern Company ” means The Southern Company (NYSE: SO).

Specifications ” means the specifications for the Battery Solution and the Bloom Systems, as applicable, as set forth in Exhibit A .

System Capacity ” means, with respect to a Bloom System, the “System Capacity” set forth on the applicable specification sheet provided by the manufacturer of such Bloom System. The aggregate System Capacity of the Bloom Systems comprising each Facility shall be reflected in the Bill of Sale delivered by Seller to Buyer with respect to such Facility.

Tax ” (and, with correlative meaning, “Taxes” and “Taxable”) means:

(i) any taxes, customs, duties, charges, fees, levies, penalties or other assessments imposed by any federal, state, local or foreign taxing authority, including, but not limited to, income, gross receipts, windfall profit, severance, property, production, sales, use, license, excise, franchise, net worth, employment, occupation, payroll, withholding, social security, alternative or add-on minimum, ad valorem, transfer, stamp, or environmental tax, or any other tax, custom, duty, fee, levy or other like assessment or charge of any kind whatsoever, together with any interest, penalty, addition to tax, or additional amount attributable thereto; and

(ii) any liability for the payment of amounts with respect to payment of a type described in clause (i), including as a result of being a member of an affiliated, consolidated, combined or unitary group, as a result of succeeding to such liability as a result of merger, conversion or asset transfer or as a result of any obligation under any tax sharing arrangement or tax indemnity agreement.

Term ” means the period which (a) shall commence on the Original PUMA Agreement Date and (b) shall, unless terminated earlier under ARTICLE XII of this Agreement or unless extended by mutual agreement of the Parties, terminate on the date that is the last day of the Warranty Period for the last Facility subject to the Warranty Period.

 

16


Third Party Claim ” means any claim, action, or proceeding made or brought by any Person who is not (a) a Party to this Agreement, or (b) an Affiliate of a Party to this Agreement.

Third Party Warranty ” is defined in Section  3.7 .

Training Materials ” is defined in Section  4.7 .

Tranche ” means an amount of Facilities, measured on the basis of the aggregate System Capacity of the Bloom Systems comprising such Facilities (in kW), for which Seller is invoicing Buyer pursuant to Section  2.3(a)(i) .

Tranche Notice ” is defined in Section  2.2 .

Transaction Documents ” means this Agreement and the Payment Certificates.

Transmitting Utility ” means, with respect to a Facility, the local electric utility company in whose territory the Facility is located.

Underperforming Facility ” means any Facility that fails to deliver, in any Calendar Quarter during which the Portfolio fails to satisfy the Performance Warranty, a number of kWh greater than or equal to the product of (x) such Facility’s aggregate System Capacity multiplied by eighty-six percent (86%), and (y) the number of hours in such quarter minus the number of hours as of the last day of such quarter when such Facility (i) was subject to a Force Majeure Event, (ii) was not delivering Energy because of a failure to perform by the applicable PPA Customer, except to the extent caused or contributed to by Seller or its employees, agents, subcontractors or representatives, (iii) was required by a Legal Requirement (which for this purpose shall include any utility requirement) to be disconnected from the distribution or transmission facilities of the Transmitting Utility or otherwise required not to deliver Energy as the result of a Legal Requirement or action by or a directive from the applicable Transmitting Utility with respect to the applicable Facility (e.g., due to a grid event), or (iv) was impacted by a failure of the Battery Solution to perform in accordance with any performance warranty(ies) (excluding any such failure of the Battery Solution that is attributable to a Bloom Component Defect) provided by the manufacturer thereof, except to the extent caused or contributed to by Seller or its employees, agents, subcontractors and representatives.

UPM ” means an uninterruptible power module, to be included in certain of the Facilities.

Warranty Period ” means, for each Facility, the Manufacturer’s Warranty Period, as extended or renewed by Buyer pursuant to Section  4.1(b) , in which case the Warranty Period shall mean the specified end date of the Warranty Period as so extended or renewed, unless the applicable PPA expires or terminates prior to such date, in which case the Warranty Period shall end on the date on which such PPA expires or terminates. For the avoidance of doubt, the Warranty Period shall in all events end, with respect to each Facility, at the expiration of the Extended Warranty Period.

Warranty Specifications ” means the Performance Warranty, the Performance Guaranty and the Efficiency Warranty.

 

17


Section 1.2 Other Definitional Provisions .

(a) As used in this Agreement and in any certificate or other documents made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, financial and accounting terms not defined in this Agreement or in any such certificate or other document, and financial and accounting terms partly defined in this Agreement or in any such certificate or other document to the extent not defined, will have the respective meanings given to them under GAAP. To the extent that the definitions of financial and accounting terms in this Agreement or in any such certificate or other document are inconsistent with the meanings of such terms under GAAP, the definitions contained in this Agreement or in any such certificate or other document will control.

(b) The words “hereof”, “herein”, “hereunder”, and words of similar import when used in this Agreement will refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. Section references contained in this Agreement are references to Sections in this Agreement unless otherwise specified. The term “including” will mean “including without limitation”.

(c) The definitions contained in this Agreement are applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of such terms and to the masculine as well as to the feminine and neuter genders of such terms.

(d) Any agreement or instrument defined or referred to herein or in any instrument or certificate delivered in connection herewith means (unless otherwise indicated herein) such agreement or instrument as from time to time amended, amended and restated, modified or supplemented and includes (in the case of agreements or instruments) references to all attachments thereto and instruments incorporated therein.

(e) Any references to a Person are also to its permitted successors and assigns.

(f) References to any statute, code or statutory provision are to be construed as a reference to the same as it exists as of the Original PUMA Agreement Date, Purchase Date or date a Party performed or was required to perform an obligation hereunder (as applicable), and include references to all bylaws, instruments, orders and regulations for the time being made thereunder or deriving validity therefrom unless the context otherwise requires; provided, however, that, subject to Section 2.8, the determination of whether a Facility is ITC eligible shall be as of the Placed in Service Date.

ARTICLE II

PURCHASE AND SALE

Section 2.1 Appointment of Seller as Buyer s EPC Provider . Subject to Section  14.13 , Buyer hereby appoints Seller to act as Buyer’s provider of all design, engineering, procurement and construction services necessary in connection with the installation, connection, testing, start- up, delivery and commissioning operation of the Facilities to be installed pursuant to each PPA and related Site License, and Seller hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to provide all such services, labor, materials, supplies, equipment, and tests for design, engineering, and construction services provided by Seller, to or on Buyer’s behalf and on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, each PPA and related Site License (collectively, “ EPC Services ”). For

 

18


clarity, Seller’s entire consideration for performing all such required services with respect to a Facility through Commencement of Operations for such Facility shall be the Purchase Price for such Facility, and Seller shall bear the financial risk regarding any cost overruns, claims from subcontractors or other liabilities. Following Commencement of Operations with respect to a Facility, Seller shall be entitled to Services Fees in respect of Facility Services rendered with respect to such Facility as described in Section  4.3 .

Section 2.2 Purchase Orders . In connection with the Original PUMA Agreement Date and thereafter not later than ten (10) Business Days prior the first date of each Calendar Quarter, Seller will provide to Buyer a tranche notice substantially in the form hereto attached as Exhibit G (each, a “ Tranche Notice ”), which shall contain the aggregate System Capacity of the Facilities which are to be installed in connection with the applicable PPAs set forth in Annex D hereof that Seller expects will be included in a Tranche and that Seller reasonably expects will satisfy the applicable Deposit Milestones in such Calendar Quarter. So long as no Seller Default has occurred and is continuing hereunder, Buyer will, within five (5) Business Days of such notice, submit to Seller a Purchase Order for such Facilities. So long as no Buyer Default has occurred and is continuing hereunder, Seller shall promptly accept each such Purchase Order by countersigning and returning it to Buyer; provided that the failure of Seller to countersign or return to Buyer a Purchase Order shall not invalidate such Purchase Order and Seller shall be obligated to deliver the Bloom Systems comprising such Facility under such Purchase Order as contemplated by this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, the Parties acknowledge and agree that, unless mutually agreed in writing by the Parties, in no event shall the aggregate Purchase Price (inclusive of any Purchase Price Adder(s)) for the Portfolio exceed the Maximum Aggregate Portfolio Purchase Price. Accordingly, in furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, Seller shall not issue a Tranche Notice for, and Buyer shall have no obligation to issue a Purchase Order or otherwise pay any portion of the Purchase Price in connection with, any Facility or Facilities which, upon Commencement of Operations with respect to such Facility or Facilities, would result (or be reasonably likely to result) in the aggregate Purchase Price (inclusive of any Purchase Price Adder(s)) for the Portfolio exceeding the Maximum Aggregate Portfolio Purchase Price, unless mutually agreed in writing by the Parties.

Section 2.3 Invoicing of Purchase Price .

(a) Seller shall invoice Buyer hereunder as follows:

(i) on the date that Seller has satisfied the Deposit Milestone Requirements for a Tranche, [***] per kW ($[***]/kW), calculated on the basis of the System Capacity of the Bloom Systems comprising the Facilities included in such Tranche (and, for clarity, Seller shall not invoice any amount in respect of any Purchase Price Adder(s) applicable to such Facilities;

(ii) on the Shipment Date for the last Bloom System(s) in each Facility,

(1) In the event that such Facility was previously included in a

Tranche for which Buyer has made payment, [***] per kW ($[***]/kW) for such Facility calculated based on the System Capacity of the Bloom Systems comprising such Facility plus 100% of the Purchase Price Adder(s) applicable to such Facility, if any; and

 

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested   19  


(2) In the event that such Facility was not previously included in a Tranche for which Buyer has made payment, [***] per kW ($[***]/kW) for such Facility calculated based on the System Capacity of the Bloom Systems comprising such Facility plus one hundred percent (100%) of the Purchase Price Adder(s) applicable to such Facility, if any; and

(iii) upon Commencement of Operations for each Facility, the remainder of the Purchase Price, if any, not previously paid (calculated, and adjusted from time to time, in accordance with this Agreement), for such Facility, plus one hundred percent (100%) of the Taxes to be paid by Buyer pursuant to Section  2.3(c) for such Facility.

(b) Each invoice issued pursuant to Section  2.3(a)(ii) and Section  2.3(a)(iii) shall include the following information for each applicable Facility:

(i) Buyer’s Purchase Order number;

(ii) the Tranche (indicated by the invoice date) in which such Facility is deemed to be included;

(iii) the Site on which such Facility is installed or will be installed;

(iv) the serial number and System Capacity of each Bloom System comprising such Facility, and purchase order number;

(v) whether or not any AOM(s), Battery Solution, Low-Pressure Gas Booster(s) and/or UPM(s) are to be installed in connection with such Facility;

(vi) the Purchase Price, including details of (x) all amounts previously paid towards or credited against the Purchase Price, and (y) all amounts remaining due and payable on the Purchase Price;

(vii) the Shipment Date or expected Shipment Date, as applicable;

(viii) the Purchase Date or expected Purchase Date, as applicable; and

(ix) such other information as Buyer may reasonably request.

(c) Buyer shall pay all state and local sales, use or other transfer Taxes required to be paid by Buyer and attributable to the transfer of the Facility to Buyer, except that Seller shall be responsible for and pay any Taxes arising as a result of any components of such

Facility or any Facility being acquired from a source outside of the United States.

 

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested   20  


Section 2.4 Payment of Purchase Price .

(a) Buyer shall pay all outstanding Purchase Price invoices on a monthly basis in accordance with the terms of this Section  2.4 .

(b) Not less than ten (10) Business Days prior to the Invoice Due Date for all invoices to be paid by Buyer for the applicable calendar month, Seller shall deliver to Buyer:

(i) A draft Payment Notice, setting forth the anticipated aggregate Purchase Price for all Tranches and/or Facilities to be paid in such month; and

(ii) Supporting documentation (i.e., Seller’s Deposit Milestone Certificates, bills of lading and Seller’s Certificates of Installation) evidencing the achievement of all applicable Milestones achieved by the applicable Tranches and/or Facilities prior to the date of such draft Payment Notice.

(c) Not less than three (3) Business Days prior to the applicable Invoice Due Date for all invoices to be paid by Buyer for such calendar month, Seller shall deliver to Buyer:

(i) an executed Payment Notice, setting forth the actual aggregate Purchase Price for all Tranches and/or Facilities to be paid by Buyer in such month, which amount shall in no event exceed the amount notified by Seller to Buyer in the applicable draft Payment Notice except to the extent of any adjustment to such amount resulting from Section  2.8 ;

(ii) Supporting documentation (i.e., Seller’s Deposit Milestone Certificates, bills of lading and Seller’s Certificates of Installation) evidencing the achievement of all applicable Milestones achieved as of such date for all Milestones achieved by the applicable Tranches and/or Facilities between the date on which the draft Payment Notice was delivered and the date on which the executed Payment Notice was delivered.

(d) Buyer shall, on the applicable Invoice Due Date indicated in the executed Payment Notice delivered by Seller pursuant to Section  2.4(c) , make Purchase Price payments for each Tranche and/or Facility included in such Payment Notice for which Seller has delivered all applicable documentation evidencing the satisfaction of the applicable Milestone(s).

(e) If Buyer defaults in any payment when due for any Facility (other than with respect to amounts being disputed in good faith), Seller may, on not less than five (5) Business Days prior notice to Buyer, at its option and without prejudice to its other remedies, (i) suspend performance of its obligations hereunder for such Facility, or defer delivery of such Facility to Buyer and (ii) require that (until all such outstanding payment defaults have been cured) the payment of the portion of the Purchase Price for future Facilities required under Section  2.3(a)(ii) and Section  2.3(a)(iii) above be made immediately prior to the Shipment of the applicable Bloom Systems, but Seller shall not be able to otherwise suspend performance of its obligations hereunder for other Facilities for which no such default exists.

(f) Seller shall promptly pay all subcontractors working on the Facilities delivered and installed under this Agreement (including, for clarification, subcontractors working off-Site), and shall, at the time of each payment made to any such subcontractor, obtain a partial or final lien waiver, as applicable, in a form approved by Buyer, and promptly provide Buyer with a copy of each such lien waiver. Seller shall discharge any Liens by such subcontractors within

 

21


thirty (30) days of receiving notice thereof. Seller shall release all Liens in favor of Seller on each Facility upon final payment of the Purchase Price for such Facility. Upon the failure of Seller to discharge a Lien required to be discharged under this Section  2.3 , or else promptly to provide a bond in an amount and from a surety acceptable to Buyer to protect against such Lien, in each case, within thirty (30) days after Seller is aware of the existence thereof, Buyer may, but shall not be obligated to, pay, discharge or obtain a bond or security for such Lien and, upon such payment, discharge or posting of security therefor, shall be entitled immediately to recover from Seller the amount thereof, together with all reasonable and necessary expenses actually incurred by Buyer in connection with such payment or discharge, or to set off all such amounts against any amounts owed by Buyer to Seller hereunder. After receipt of the portions of the Purchase Price for each Facility as provided in Section  2.3(a)(i) and Section  2.3(a)(ii) , Seller will issue a statement of the balance of the Purchase Price for such Facility, being the amount which, once paid to Seller, will cause Seller to release its lien on the Facility. Seller hereby agrees that third parties may rely on each such statement.

(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing in this Section  2.3 or any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if Buyer (a) admits in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due; (b) files a petition or answer seeking reorganization or arrangement under the federal bankruptcy laws or any other Legal Requirements of the United States of America or any State, district or territory thereof; (c) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; (d) consents to the appointment of a receiver of the whole or any substantial part of its assets; (e) has a petition in bankruptcy filed against it, and such petition is not dismissed within ninety (90) days after the filing thereof; or if (f) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order, judgment, or decree appointing a receiver of the whole or any substantial part of Buyer’s assets, and such order, judgment or decree is not vacated or set aside or stayed within ninety (90) days from the date of entry thereof; or (g) under the provisions of any other law for the relief or aid of debtors, any court of competent jurisdiction shall assume custody or control of the whole or any substantial part of Buyer’s assets and such custody or control is not terminated or stayed within ninety (90) days from the date of assumption of such custody or control, then Seller shall have no obligation to deliver any Facility hereunder, or if Shipment for the Bloom Systems comprising a Facility has already occurred, Seller shall have the right to require immediate payment of any amount due under Section  2.3(a)(ii) and the right to require that the final payment of the Purchase Price for such Facility be made promptly (but no earlier than Commencement of Operations of such Facility).

(h) With respect to any payment due from one party to the other pursuant to this Agreement, unless being contested in good faith, interest shall accrue daily at the lesser of a monthly rate of one and five-tenths percent (1.5%) or the highest rate permissible by law on the unpaid balance.

Section 2.5 Purchase and Sale of Facilities . Upon the “Purchase Date” for a Facility, which date shall be the date on which Delivery of all Bloom Systems comprising such Facility occurs and the Facility Purchase Conditions for the Facility are and remain true and correct, (i) Seller shall have sold, assigned, conveyed, transferred and delivered to Buyer, and Buyer shall have purchased, assumed and acquired from Seller, all of Seller’s right, title and interest in and to such Facility, (ii) except as set forth in Section  3.3(b) , the sale of such Facility shall occur, and (iii) Seller shall provide Buyer with (a) a Bill of Sale evidencing the same, and (b) lien waivers from each subcontractor performing BOF Work at the applicable Site, stating that such subcontractor has been paid all amounts owed to it as of the date of the lien waiver (the foregoing being “ Purchase ”).

 

  22  


Section 2.6 PPA Termination and Re-Purchase of Facilities .

(a) If a PPA is terminated with respect to one or more Facilities prior to the date such Facilities have achieved Commencement of Operations, then (i) Seller shall repurchase the Facilities from Buyer on an AS IS basis by refunding to Buyer all payments of the Purchase Price paid as of such date, (ii) title to such Facilities, if held by Buyer, shall pass back to Seller upon payment of such refund amount and Buyer’s delivery of a Bill of Sale to Seller evidencing such transfer of title, and (iii) the applicable Bloom Systems shall no longer constitute a portion of the Portfolio. If a Facility is repurchased by Seller pursuant to this Section  2.4(a) and any portion of such Facility is located at the Site, Seller shall at its sole cost and expense remove the applicable Bloom Systems and any other ancillary equipment (including the concrete pad and any other improvements to the applicable Site to the extent required under the applicable PPA or Site License) from the applicable Site, restoring the Site to its condition before the installation, including closing all utility connections and properly sealing any Site penetrations, in the manner required by all Legal Requirements and the applicable PPA or Site License.

(b) Subject to Section  12.7(c) , in the event that (i) a PPA Customer terminates a PPA with respect to a Facility prior to its expiration and (ii) the applicable PPA Customer pays Buyer the termination value due under the applicable PPA, then Buyer shall reimburse Seller for any costs or expenses incurred in connection with the removal of such Facility.

Section 2.7 Purchase Price Adjustment for Changes in ITC Eligibility .

(a) In the event that (i) any Facility(ies) is purchased by Buyer for the No-ITC Purchase Price, and (ii) following the date of Buyer’s payment of the final portion of such No-ITC Purchase Price to Seller, such Facility(ies) become retroactively-eligible for the ITC, Seller shall, in addition to the updates to the Base Case Model contemplated by Section  2.8(a) , reflect such Facility’s ITC eligibility in the next Project Model delivered to Buyer pursuant to Section  2.8(a) .

(b) In the event that (i) any Facility(ies) is purchased by Buyer for the ITC Eligible Purchase Price, and (ii) following the date of Buyer’s payment of the final portion of such ITC Eligible Purchase Price to Seller, such Facility is the subject of a Final Determination that the Facility is not eligible for the ITC as a result of any failure of Seller to perform or cause to be performed any material obligation required to be performed by Seller under this Agreement or the failure of any representation and warranty set forth herein to be true and correct as and when made, Seller shall, in addition to the updates to the Base Case Model contemplated by Section  2.8(a) , reflect such Facility’s ITC ineligibility in the next Project Model delivered to Buyer pursuant to Section  2.8(a) .

Section 2.8 Purchase Price Adjustment for Portfolio Price Changes .

(a) Not less than ten (10) Business Days prior to the end of each Calendar Quarter, Seller shall deliver to Buyer a revised Project Model, reflecting the Base Case Model updated solely to reflect (i) with respect to each Facility that has achieved Commencement of Operations, (A) the dates on which Buyer paid each portion of the Purchase Price for such Facility

 

23


and the amount of such payments, and (B) the date on which such Facility achieved Commencement of Operations, (ii) with respect to each Facility that Seller reasonably expects to achieve Commencement of Operations following the delivery of such revised Project Model, (A) the dates on which Buyer has paid, or is expected to pay, each portion of the Purchase Price for such Facility and the amount of such payments, and (B) the date on which Seller reasonably expects such Facility to achieve Commencement of Operations, (iii) the inclusion or deletion, as applicable, of any Facilities that have been added or deleted from the PPAs during such Calendar Quarter, and (iv) any updates required by Section  2.7 .

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in Section  2.8(a) ,

(i) For all Facilities that achieve Commencement of Operations beginning on the Agreement Date and until the aggregate System Capacity of the Bloom Systems in the Portfolio equals 50 MW, in the event that the calculation performed pursuant to Section 2.8(a) would result in the Purchase Price for a Facility in excess of [***] dollars per kW ($[***]/kW) for such Facility calculated based on the System Capacity of the Bloom Systems comprising such Facility, the Purchase Price for such Facility shall instead be [***] dollars per kW ($[***]/kW); and

(ii) From and after such time as the aggregate System Capacity of the Bloom Systems in the Portfolio equals or exceeds 50 MW in the event that the calculation performed pursuant to Section  2.8(a) would, if applied to all Facilities that are reasonably expected to achieve Commencement of Operations after such time (each, a “ Post 50MW Facility ”), result (or be reasonably likely to result) in the aggregate Purchase Price (inclusive of any Purchase Price Adder(s)) for the Portfolio exceeding the Maximum Aggregate Portfolio Purchase Price, the Purchase Price for each such Post 50MW Facility shall instead be that amount that would result in the aggregate Purchase Price (inclusive of any Purchase Price Adder(s)) for the Portfolio equaling the Maximum Aggregate Portfolio Purchase Price.

(iii) For the avoidance of doubt and notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section  2.8 , in no event shall any adjustment to the Purchase Price result (or be reasonably likely to result) in the aggregate Purchase Price (inclusive of any Purchase Price Adder(s)) for the Portfolio exceeding the Maximum Aggregate Portfolio Purchase Price, unless mutually agreed in writing by the Parties.

(c) The Parties will mutually agree on an adjusted Purchase Price for the Facilities within five (5) Business Days of Buyer’s receipt of the revised Project Model under Section  2.8(a) , which, subject to any modifications under Section  2.8(b) , shall be used as (i) the final Purchase Price for all Tranches and Facilities invoiced and paid in the current Calendar Quarter, and (ii) the Purchase Price for purposes of all invoices delivered in the following Calendar Quarter (until the date of the next adjustment made pursuant to this Section  2.8 ). Within five (5) Business Days of the Parties’ agreement on such adjusted Purchase Price, Buyer shall amend and reissue each invoice previously delivered by Seller to Buyer for the current Calendar Quarter to reflect the Purchase Price determined pursuant to this Section  2.8(c) . For the avoidance of doubt, no adjustments shall be made hereunder with respect to any payments from Buyer to Seller made in any Calendar Quarter prior to the current Calendar Quarter. Without in any way limiting the provisions of Section 9.1(g), Seller makes no representation, warranty or guaranty regarding Buyer’s expected rate of return as a result of the purchase of the Facilities hereunder.

 

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested   24  


(d) Following the reissuance of invoices as described in Section  2.8(c) , if Buyer has made any over- or under-payments in respect of such invoices, Seller shall apply such over- payments as a credit against, or addition to, the amount owed by Buyer with respect to the invoices to be paid on the final Invoice Due Date of the current Calendar Quarter; provided, however, that if such adjustment results in Buyer owing no payments to Seller with respect to such invoices but fails to fully compensate Buyer for prior over-payments, Seller shall remit the remaining balance of any over-payments to Buyer within thirty (30) days following the applicable Invoice Due Date.

ARTICLE III

DELIVERY AND INSTALLATION OF BLOOM SYSTEMS AND BALANCE OF

FACILITIES

Section 3.1 Access to Site . Seller shall be responsible for ascertainment of the suitability of the Sites, the environment around the Sites, the Sites’ soil condition and other ground conditions for construction of the Facilities. As between Seller and Buyer, Seller shall be solely responsible for all Site Preparation Services at Seller’s cost. Buyer shall provide Seller with access to the Sites in a manner consistent with the applicable PPAs and Site Licenses to permit Seller to deliver and install each Bloom System and the BOF to the applicable Sites and to connect the applicable Facility to the distribution and transmission facilities of the Transmitting Utility, as applicable. If a PPA Customer requires a change in the location of a Site from that specified in a Purchase Order or applicable Site License, whether temporary or permanent, (a) Buyer shall submit a written notice to Seller setting forth the details of such location change, (b) Seller shall administer and perform the Site Preparation Services as required for that changed location to the extent required and in accordance with the relevant PPA and Site License, and (c) to the extent that such PPA Customer pays to Buyer an amount under the applicable PPA or Site License in connection with such required change in the installation location of a Site, Buyer shall pay the same to Seller promptly upon receipt from such PPA Customer, except that Buyer shall retain the portion of such amount equaling any applicable amount to compensate Buyer for lost output, environmental attributes, and environmental incentives during the period the Facility is consequently not producing electricity.

Section 3.2 Delivery of Bloom Systems .

(a) Delivery of each Bloom System shall be DDP (Incoterms 2010) to its Site, in accordance with the Uniform Commercial Code then in effect. Title to each Bloom System shall pass to Buyer upon Buyer’s Purchase of such Bloom System, and such title shall be good and marketable and free of all Liens, except for Permitted Liens. From and after Buyer’s Purchase of each Bloom System all risk of loss or damage to such Bloom System shall be borne by Buyer. Seller shall manage its supply chain and place orders with suppliers with respect to Components and other materials, supplies, and equipment so as to support the Facilities sold to Buyer hereunder.

 

25


Section 3.3 Delivery of Balance of Facility; Installation of Bloom Systems .

(a) Seller shall be responsible for engineering, procuring, constructing, installing and commissioning the BOF, and Seller shall cause each Facility to achieve Commencement of Operations without any compensation or reimbursement by Buyer, other than the Purchase Price under this Agreement and payments pursuant to Section  3.1(c) , if any, in accordance with the following (collectively, the “ BOF Work ”):

(i) Seller shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures employed for execution and completion of the BOF Work, and shall perform and complete all BOF Work in accordance and consistent with the Performance Standards;

(ii) Seller shall cause to be performed any and all studies, reports and applications (in the name of Buyer) that are necessary for interconnection to the distribution and transmission facilities of the Transmitting Utility;

(iii) Seller shall perform the BOF Work and act at all times as an independent contractor. Seller shall at all times maintain such supervision, direction and control over its employees, agents, subcontractors and representatives as is consistent with and necessary to preserve its independent contractor status. Subject to Section 4.6 , Seller is permitted to enter into contracts or otherwise hire one or more subcontractors to perform any of Seller’s work under this Agreement on its behalf. Each subcontractor must be a reputable, qualified firm with an established record of successful performance in its trade, and shall obtain and maintain such insurance coverages having such terms as set forth in Annex B . Seller shall not be relieved from its obligation to provide any services hereunder if a subcontractor agrees to provide any or all of such services. No subcontractor is intended to be or will be deemed a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement. Nothing contained herein shall create any contractual relationship between any subcontractor and Buyer or obligate Buyer to pay or cause the payment of any amounts to any subcontractor, including any payment due to any third party. Seller shall not permit any subcontractor to assert any Lien against any Facility or Bloom System, or attach any Lien other than a Permitted Lien. None of Seller’s employees, subcontractors or any such subcontractor’s employees will be or will be considered to be employees of Buyer. Seller shall be fully responsible to Buyer for the acts and omissions of each such employee or subcontractor. To the extent that any PPA Customer has the right to request removal of any Seller or subcontractor personnel under a PPA or Site License, Seller shall cooperate with Buyer in complying with the terms and conditions of such PPA or Site License including by, upon written notification by Buyer that the performance, conduct or behavior of any Person employed by Seller or one of its subcontractors is unacceptable to the applicable PPA Customer, promptly stopping such Person from performing any obligations hereunder and/or removing such Person from the applicable Site. Additionally, Buyer may bring to Seller’s attention any concerns regarding the performance, conduct or behavior ofany Person employed by Seller or one of its subcontractors, which concerns Seller shall consider in good faith and thereafter take such action as Seller deems appropriate under the circumstances. Seller will be fully responsible for the payment of all wages, salaries, benefits and other compensation to its employees and for payment of any Taxes due because of the BOF Work;

(iv) Seller shall, and shall cause each of its subcontractors to, install the Bloom Systems and the BOF at each Site using items that are new, and undamaged at the time of such use or installation;

 

26


(v) Seller shall install, test, and cause the Commencement of Operations with respect to each Facility within ninety (90) days of the date of Seller’s Deposit Milestone Certificate as provided in Section  3.4 ;

(vi) Seller shall pay all amounts owed to its subcontractors and vendors in connection with the performance of the BOF Work on a timely basis and shall hold Buyer harmless against any claims asserted by such subcontractors and vendors;

(vii) Seller shall obtain and maintain, or cause to be obtained and maintained (where required, in the name of Buyer or each PPA Customer, as the case may be), all Permits necessary to design, install, commission, construct, occupy, and operate each Facility at each Site;

(viii) Seller shall cause BOF Work to be completed in a good and workmanlike manner, free from defective materials, and in accordance with the Performance Standards, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens; and

(ix) If Seller, at any time during the Warranty Term, becomes aware of any potential material manufacturing or design defect in any Facility, including any Component thereof, it will notify Buyer of the defect within a reasonable time, not to exceed five (5) Business Days after Seller first becomes aware of such defect.

(b) Title and risk of loss to each component of such BOF Work for the Site which is not performed and provided on assets owned by a relevant PPA Customer or relevant Transmitting Utility shall pass to Buyer upon the later of the Delivery Date of the first Bloom System at the Site and the date such component is installed as part of the Facility at the Site. For the avoidance of doubt, the passage of title and risk of loss with respect to each Facility shall have passed to Buyer prior to such Facility being Placed in Service. From and after the Commencement of Operations of the Facility of which particular BOF Work is a part, all risk of loss or damage to such BOF Work which is owned by Buyer shall be borne by Buyer.

(c) Without in any way limiting Seller’s obligations pursuant to this Section  3.3 , Seller shall perform all design, permitting and installation work in accordance with the provisions of Schedule 3.3 attached hereto.

Section 3.4 Commissioning; Commencement of Operations .

(a) Upon the occurrence of the Delivery for a Bloom System, Seller shall promptly perform the following, at Seller’s sole cost:

(i) Seller shall provide installation, inspection, commissioning and start-up for each Bloom System and the BOF at the applicable Site in accordance with the installation manuals provided for such Bloom System and the applicable Site License, and in conformance with Prudent Electrical Practices. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Facility will be connected by Seller to the natural gas source, water source and SCADA at the applicable Site and to the applicable Facility’s Electrical Interconnection Facilities;

 

27


(ii) Prior to Commencement of Operations of each Facility, Seller shall, perform an acceptance test not less stringent than the testing applied to its fuel cell power generating systems for any other major customer of Seller of each Bloom System incorporated into such Facility and the applicable BOF in the presence of Buyer (if Buyer elects to attend), and such Bloom Systems and applicable BOF shall have passed such test. Seller will, upon request by Buyer, inform Buyer of the date on which it expects to conduct the acceptance test of any Facility(ies) and cooperate with Buyer to provide Buyer with the opportunity to observe such testing to the extent practicable, provided , that in no event shall Seller be required to delay the performance of any acceptance test in order to allow Buyer to witness such test if all other pre- testing requirements have been satisfied;

(iii) Seller shall cause Commencement of Operations for such Facility to occur within ninety (90) days of the date of Seller’s Deposit Milestone Certificate. Seller shall promptly certify in writing to Buyer when each Facility achieves Commencement of Operations;

(iv) Seller will provide to Buyer, prior to the Commencement of Operations, a single line diagram of the Facility installation, electronic system manuals, copies of all relevant design documents, and printed system manuals, in each case relating to such Facility (each in paper copy and native electronic format). Seller shall deliver to Buyer any other documentation necessary to establish placement in service for purposes of section 48 of the Code;

(v) Until Commencement of Operations of the Facility, Seller shall be responsible for providing physical security of such Facility;

(vi) If requested by Buyer, Seller shall provide operator training and associated training materials to personnel and representatives of Buyer sufficient to instruct Buyer on operation of such Facility in conformance with Prudent Electrical Practices; and

(vii) Following Commencement of Operations of a Facility, Seller shall promptly remove all waste materials and rubbish from and around the Site as well as all of its tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus materials as reasonably necessary to restore each Site to a condition reasonably satisfactory to such PPA Customer or as otherwise required by the applicable Site License.

(b) Seller’s services under Section  3. 1 through Section  3.4 shall be fully comprehensive of all services, labor, and equipment necessary to complete installation of a fully commissioned and operating Facility in accordance with this Agreement, the applicable PPA, the applicable Interconnection Agreement, and the applicable Site License.

(c) Seller shall be responsible, at its sole cost and expense, for maintaining and complying with all Permits required to perform its services under this Agreement and Buyer agrees to cooperate with and assist Seller in obtaining such Permits.

(d) To the extent any Facility has not achieved Commencement of Operations within the earlier of (i) one hundred eighty (180) days of the payment of the portion of Purchase Price set forth in Section  2.3(a)(ii) for such Facility and (ii) the Commencement of Operations Date Deadline, then Buyer shall have the ongoing right for the period from the end of that date until the earlier of (x) the date that such Facility has achieved Commencement of Operations and

 

28


(y) ninety (90) days after such date, to elect that Seller repurchase and remove such Facility from the applicable Site, in which case (A) Seller shall repurchase the Facility from Buyer on an AS IS basis by refunding to Buyer all payments of the Purchase Price paid as of such date, (B) title to such Facilities shall pass back to Seller upon payment of such refund amount and Buyer’s delivery of a Bill of Sale to Seller evidencing such transfer of title, and (C) the applicable Facility shall no longer constitute a portion of the Portfolio. If a Facility is repurchased by Seller pursuant to this Section 3.4(d) , Seller shall at its sole cost and expense remove the applicable Bloom Systems and any other ancillary equipment (including the concrete pad and any other improvements to the applicable Site to the extent required under the applicable PPA or Site License) from the applicable Site, restoring the Site to its condition before the installation, including closing all utility connections and properly sealing all Site penetrations, in the manner required by all Legal Requirements and the applicable PPA or Site License.

(e) Without in any way limiting Seller’s obligations pursuant to this Section  3.4 , Seller shall perform all commissioning work in accordance with the provisions of Schedule 3.4 attached hereto.

(f) Within ninety (90) days of a Facility achieving Commencement of Operations, Seller shall deliver to Buyer each of the Seller Deliverables indicated on Exhibit C as items to be delivered following Commencement of Operations.

Section 3.5 Insurance . Seller shall maintain the insurance described in Annex B with respect to each Facility until the end of the Warranty Period with respect to such Facility.

Section 3.6 Disposal; Right of First Refusal .

(a) Except as set forth in Section  14.4 , in the event that Buyer decides to scrap, abandon or otherwise dispose of any Bloom System, Buyer shall notify Seller and Seller shall have the right but not the obligation to obtain title to the Bloom System and remove the Bloom System at Seller’s cost; provided , however , that Seller will not be responsible for remediation of the Site in which the Bloom System was located.

(b) Except as set forth in Section  2.4 or Section  14.4 , in the event that Buyer or its Affiliates desire to sell or otherwise transfer title to any Bloom System to a transferee other than a PPA Customer or an Affiliate of Buyer, Buyer shall notify Seller and Seller shall have the right of first refusal to purchase or acquire the Bloom System on the same terms and conditions of such sale. In the event that Seller exercises such right of first refusal, Seller shall, promptly following payment of the purchase price of such Bloom System, remove the Bloom System at Seller’s cost, including the remediation of the Site in which the Bloom System was located in accordance with the terms of the applicable PPA and/or Site License.

Section 3.7 Third Party Warranties . If any express or implied warranties, indemnities, guaranties, remedies, covenants and other rights which any subcontractor or supplier has made to Supplier with respect to any good, service, or other deliverable furnished under this Agreement in respect of a Facility (each a “ Third Party Warranty ”) would provide an additional rights to Buyer beyond the warranties under ARTICLE V , then (a) such Third Party Warranty providing additional rights will be for the benefit of and passed through to Buyer to the fullest extent possible,

 

29


(b) Supplier transfers and assigns to Buyer all of Supplier’s right, title and interest under such Third Party Warranty to exercise such additional rights, and (c) Supplier hereby appoints Buyer as attorney-in-fact coupled with an interest to exercise and enforce all such additional rights in the name of either Buyer or Supplier. Nothing in this Section  3.7 will limit Supplier’s obligations to Buyer under ARTICLE V . Buyer agrees that it will not look to Seller for any claims covered by Third Party Warranties in respect of the Battery Solution; provided, however, that this shall not relieve Seller of any liability or obligation of Seller arising in connection with any failure of the Battery Solution that is attributable to a Bloom Component Defect.

Section 3.8 Access; Cooperation . Seller shall provide to Buyer such other information that is in the possession of Seller or its Affiliates or is reasonably available to Seller regarding the permitting, engineering, construction, or operations of Seller, its subcontractors or the Facilities, and other data concerning Seller, its subcontractors or the Facilities that Buyer may, from time to time, reasonably request in writing, subject to Seller’s obligations of confidentiality to third parties with respect to such information. Seller shall not take any action or omit to take any action as would cause Buyer in any material respect to violate any Legal Requirements, and to the extent that Seller has knowledge of any such existing or prospective violation take, or cause to be taken, commercially reasonable actions, to redress or mitigate any such violation, which action shall be at Seller’s sole expense if Seller is obligated to perform such action as part of the EPC Services or Facility Services, and otherwise shall be at Buyer’s sole expense. Seller shall give to Buyer prompt written notice of any material disputes with Governmental Authorities. Seller shall furnish, or cause to be furnished, to Buyer copies of all material documents furnished to Seller by any Governmental Authority in respect of Buyer or any Facility.

Section 3.9 Performance Standards . For the purpose of this Agreement, Seller shall perform under this Agreement in accordance and consistent with each of the following (unless the context requires otherwise): (A) plans and specifications subject to Permits under Legal Requirements and applicable to each Facility; (B) the manufacturer’s recommendations with respect to all equipment and all maintenance and operating manuals or service agreements, whenever furnished or entered into, including any subsequent amendments or replacements thereof, issued by the manufacturer, provided they are consistent with generally accepted practices in the fuel cell industry; (C) the requirements of all applicable insurance policies; (D) preserving all rights to any incentive payments, warranties, indemnities or other rights or remedies, and enforcing or assisting with the enforcement of the applicable warranties, making or assisting in making all claims with respect to all insurance policies; (E) all Legal Requirements and Permits/Governmental Approvals; (F) any applicable provisions of the Site Licenses, including any landlord rules and regulations; (G) Prudent Electrical Practices; (H) the relevant provisions of each Interconnection Agreement; (I) each PPA; (J) the Seller Corporate Safety Plan provided in Exhibit J (as updated by Seller from time to time, with a copy provided promptly to Buyer); (K) the Seller Subcontractor Quality Plan provided in Exhibit K (as updated by Seller from time to time, with a copy provided promptly to Buyer); (L) all Environmental Requirements, and (M) the LREC Contract (collectively, the “ Performance Standards ”); provided , however , that meeting the Performance Standards shall not relieve Seller of its other obligations under this Agreement.

 

30


ARTICLE IV

FACILITY SERVICES

Section 4.1 In General.

(a) During the Warranty Period, in consideration of the Service Fees, Seller shall service each Facility constituting a portion of the Portfolio so that the Portfolio meets the Warranty Specifications and so that the BOF will not cause the Portfolio to fail to perform in accordance with the Warranty Specifications, as more fully set forth in ARTICLE V . Without limiting the foregoing, Seller agrees to perform on behalf of Buyer all operations and maintenance obligations in respect of each Facility under the applicable PPA and Site License in a manner fully consistent with the terms and conditions of such documents. The services set forth in this Section  4.1 , as more fully described in this ARTICLE IV , are collectively referred to herein as the “ Facility Services .” For clarity, Seller shall have no authority or responsibility with respect to the payment or receipt of monies to or from PPA Customers or with respect to serving or receiving formal notices to or from PPA Customers; provided, however, that Seller may informally communicate with PPA Customers regarding routine, day-to-day Facility Services matters. For so long as Seller is performing Facility Services in respect of a Facility, the Parties intend that Seller shall be responsible for all operational activities in respect of such Facility, including the performance of all obligations to PPA Customers that are required to be performed physically at the Site. If a Party has any uncertainty regarding which Party is responsible for particular obligations to PPA Customers, the Party’s Manager shall discuss such matter with the other Party’s Manager to implement the allocation of responsibility intended by this Agreement and the Parties thereafter shall, if necessary, amend this Agreement to clarify the Parties’ agreement regarding such allocation of responsibility.

(b) Until the expiration of the Extended Warranty Term, upon the expiration of the Warranty Period with respect to any Facility(ies) Buyer may, at its option, elect to renew the Warranty Period with respect to such Facility(ies) for a period of one (1) additional year. The Warranty Period for each Facility shall be automatically renewed for a period of one (1) additional year at the termination of the existing Warranty Period if Buyer has not informed Seller in writing of its election to terminate the Warranty Period at the end of such existing Warranty Period at least thirty (30) days prior to the final date of such existing Warranty Period. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the foregoing, in the event that the “Term” of the Equinix PPA with respect to any Facility(ies) is extended pursuant to Section  4.7(c) thereof, then, upon the expiration of the fifteenth (15th) year of the Warranty Period, Buyer may elect to extend the Warranty Period for such Facility(ies) for a period equal to such extended “Term” instead of electing a one-year renewal.

Section 4.2 Operation and Maintenance Services . Without limiting, and in furtherance of, Section  4.1 , Seller is hereby granted the right and authority (and, to the extent necessary to carry out its functions hereunder, a limited power of attorney) and agrees, for the benefit of Buyer, to operate safely and reliably each Facility and to maintain during the Warranty Period in accordance with the terms of this Agreement each such Facility in good condition and repair in accordance with the Warranty Specifications, Performance Standards and Prudent Electrical Practices. During the Warranty Period, the specific responsibilities of Seller under this Agreement shall include the following:

 

31


(a) Facility Operations . Seller shall ensure that all Facility components are operated and maintained safely and in a manner designed to meet the Warranty Specifications and Performance Standards and as otherwise required under this Agreement.

(b) Facility Maintenance . Seller shall perform, or cause to be performed, all scheduled and unscheduled maintenance required on the Facilities in order to meet the Warranty Specifications and Performance Standards. In that regard, Seller’s responsibilities hereunder shall include, without limitation, promptly correcting any Bloom System or BOF malfunctions, either by (i) recalibrating or resetting the malfunctioning Bloom System or BOF, or (ii) subject to Section  5.7(b) , repairing or replacing Bloom System or BOF components which are defective, damaged, worn or otherwise in need of repair or replacement. Seller agrees to respond in a timely manner to any Facility outage or other casualty that materially reduces power output or materially impairs the capability of the Battery Solution to load shift, peak shave or run (with the Bloom System) in islanded mode, by (A) promptly diagnosing the source of such issue and, (B) if on-Site Facility Services are required, using its best efforts to (1) dispatch field service personnel to the Site within six (6) hours of Seller’s Knowledge that such on-Site Facility Services are required, and (2) cause its field service personnel to arrive at the applicable Site in order to commence repair services at the applicable Facility no later than the next Business Day. Without in any way limiting the foregoing, Seller shall in any event comply with any and all response time(s) and/or corrective activity(ies) required by the applicable PPA(s).

(c) R epair and Replacement of Power Modules . Buyer agrees that Seller may replace the power modules included in each Facility with power modules of a different model provided that such replacement model has been subjected to inspections and tests performed by Seller which indicate that such replacement power module model is reasonably expected to perform at least as well as the model it replaces; provided, however, that, upon Buyer’s request, Seller agrees to promptly provide Buyer with copies of such inspection and test results. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Seller represents to Buyer that it reasonably expects that any repair or replacement of power modules to be made within five (5) years of the date the applicable Facility was Placed in Service will have an aggregate value of replaced parts that is less than eighty percent (80%) of the Facility’s total value (the cost of the new parts plus the value of the remaining Facility originally Placed in Service).

(d) Personnel . Seller shall ensure that all operations and maintenance functions contemplated by this Section are performed by technically competent and qualified personnel (the “ Service Technicians ”). Seller shall ensure that all Service Technicians: (i) participate in a maintenance training program and receive confirmation of having achieved the requisite level of proficiency for the tasks they are assigned to perform, and (ii) attend periodic “refresher” training programs to the extent Seller deems necessary, in its reasonable judgment.

(e) Spare Parts . Seller shall establish and maintain an adequate inventory of spare Components in one or more locations to facilitate scheduled and unscheduled maintenance required on the Facilities.

(f) Programs and Procedures . Prior to the date of the Commencement of Operations of the first Facility, Seller shall have adopted and implemented programs and procedures, consistent with Prudent Electrical Practices, intended to ensure safe and reliable

 

32


operation of the Facilities. Seller may update such programs and procedures from time-to-time during the Term as it may determine appropriate, in its reasonable judgment and in accordance with Prudent Electrical Practices. Buyer may, not more than once per calendar year and at Buyer’s sole cost and expense, review such programs and procedures from time to time to confirm compliance with Prudent Electrical Practices. Buyer may from time to time provide comments on any such Seller programs and procedures and Seller agrees to consider any such comments in good faith; provided that Buyer’s review and comment on any such program or procedure will not relieve Seller of any of its obligations under this Agreement.

(g) PPA Customer Complaints . Seller will promptly provide notice to Buyer if Seller has received any written communication from any PPA Customer suggesting that such PPA Customer is dissatisfied with the operational performance of any Facility or with the manner in which EPC Services or Facility Services have been provided by Buyer, Seller or any other Service Provider in respect of any Facility. If any PPA Customer misdirects any written notice to Seller that should have been delivered to Buyer under the applicable PPA or Site License, Seller shall promptly deliver such written notice to Buyer.

(h) PPA Customer Invoicing and Reports . Until such time as Buyer is able to receive such data directly from the Facilities, Seller will promptly, and in any case within three (3) Business Days following request by Buyer, provide any operational data and other PPA Documentation necessary for Buyer to invoice any PPA Customer for the output of any Facility or any other amounts payable by the PPA Customer to Buyer under the applicable PPA. Seller will provide reasonable assistance to Buyer in the performance of all ordinary course reporting and other routine management responsibilities related to the operation of any Facility (including preparing or causing to be prepared reports, updated schedules and notices required to be prepared and delivered to a PPA Customer pursuant to a PPA).

(i) Operations and Maintenance Procedures . Without in any way limiting Seller’s obligations pursuant to this Section  4.2 , Seller shall perform all operations and maintenance work in accordance with the provisions of Schedule 4.2 attached hereto.

(j) LREC Contract Administration . Seller will, (i) prepare and submit any and all filings, notices, communications or other documents that are required under the LREC Contract documents on behalf of Buyer, (ii) prepare and promptly pay on behalf of Buyer (and at no cost to Buyer), any amounts required to be paid by Buyer under the LREC Contract, and (iii) otherwise perform all routine administrative activities required of Buyer under the LREC Contract. Buyer agrees to cooperate with Seller as requested from time-to-time in connection with Seller’s obligations pursuant to this Section  4.2(j) (at Seller’s sole cost and expense) including promptly executing any documents required under the LREC Contract that must, by their nature, be executed by Buyer; provided, however, that Seller will be responsible for any liability resulting from such cooperation by Buyer.

(k) Equinix PPA Compliance . Seller will immediately provide notice to Buyer in the event that Seller knows or has reason to believe that a Compliance Law Violation (as defined in the Equinix PPA) or a breach of any of the representations, warranties or covenants in Section 7.1(h)(i) of the Equinix PPA has occurred or will occur in connection with any act or omission by Seller, Seller Affiliate, the Service Provider or a Seller or Seller Affiliate agent, representative or subcontractor at any tier.

 

33


Section 4.3 Service Fees .

(a) Buyer shall compensate Seller for the Facility Services, on a calendar month basis, by paying Seller the “ Service Fees ” equal, for each Facility, to (i) (A) the rate (in $/kW) specified in Exhibit M hereto for such Facility for the applicable calendar month since the applicable Facility achieved Commencement of Operations, multiplied by (B) the aggregate System Capacity (in kW) of the Bloom Systems comprising the applicable Facility, for the applicable calendar month, plus (ii) any additional Services Fees for such Facility set forth on Exhibit M hereto based on the presence of a Low-Pressure Gas Booster in such Facility. If Facility Services are provided by Buyer for a particular Facility for only a portion of any calendar month, the Service Fees due with respect to such partial calendar month shall be pro-rated based on the number of days such Facility Services were provided in respect of such Facility during the calendar month.

(b) Commencing on the date each Facility achieves Commencement of Operations, with respect to each calendar month of such Facility’s Warranty Period, the Service Fees shall be invoiced on a separate invoice (and not pursuant to a Payment Notice) not later than five (5) Business Days prior to the first day of such calendar month, and, subject to Section  3.4(d) and Section  5.4 , shall be payable no later than the thirty (30) calendar days following such proper delivery of such invoice; provided , that the pro rata Services Fees for the calendar month in which a Facility achieves Commencement of Operations shall be invoiced and paid with the Services Fees for the subsequent calendar month. Interest shall accrue, unless being contested in good faith, daily on the Service Fees not paid when due, at the lesser of the monthly rate of (i) one and five- tenths percent (1.5%) and (ii) the highest rate permissible by law on such unpaid balance. Seller shall be under no obligation to provide or perform services hereunder for any Facility whose Service Fee, other than a Service Fee disputed in good faith, has not been paid in full (or offset pursuant to Section  3.4(d) , Section  5.7 or Section  5.8 ) within thirty (30) days of invoice until such date upon which the Service Fee has been paid.

(c) If Buyer disputes any amount shown in an invoice issued by Seller in accordance with Section  4.3(a) : (i) Buyer must pay the undisputed portion of the invoice amount within the time prescribed by Section  4.3(a) , and (ii) liability for the disputed portion of that invoice will be determined in accordance with the dispute resolution procedure set out in Section  14.5 .

(d) Any disputed portion of an invoiced amount which was not paid under Section 4.3(c) and is determined as being due to Seller in accordance with the dispute resolution procedure set out in Section  14.5 must be paid by Buyer within ten (10) days of the determination of the dispute in accordance with the procedure set out in Section  14.5 plus, if it is determined in accordance with the dispute resolution procedures that the disputed portion was not disputed in good faith, interest calculated in accordance with Section  4.3(b) .

(e) Each Party shall have the sole and absolute right to set off any undisputed amounts to which it is entitled to under this Agreement, including under Section  3.4(d) , Section  5.7

 

34


or Section 5.8, against any amounts owed by such Party to the other Party under this Agreement. The deduction of any such amounts shall operate for all purposes as a complete discharge (to the extent of such deduction) of the obligation of such Party to pay the amount from which such deduction was withheld and made. Neither the exercise of, nor the failure to exercise, such right of setoff will constitute an election of remedies or limit the applicable Party in any manner in the enforcement of any other remedies that may be available to it.

(f) Buyer will, promptly following receipt thereof, remit to Seller any and all payments received pursuant to the LREC Contract.

Section 4.4 Remote Monitoring; BloomConnect .

(a) For purposes of monitoring the operational performance and determining when repair services are necessary, Seller shall monitor and evaluate the information gathered through remote monitoring of each Facility as well as the maintenance and inspection Site visits. For so long as Seller is responsible for the Facility Services in respect of any Facility, Seller shall provide Buyer with “view only” access to any information gathered through remote monitoring of such Facility. Such access shall be provided in real-time or as close to real-time as practicable, but shall in no event be less current than twenty-four (24) hours.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in Section  4.4(a) , Seller shall provide Buyer with access to the Battery Solution data as may be mutually agreed by the Parties following the Original PUMA Agreement Date.

(c) To the extent a PPA Customer has a right to access BloomConnect or any successor software related to the management of its purchase of energy under an applicable PPA, Seller shall provide access to such PPA Customer for the same.

Section 4.5 Permits .

(a) Seller shall be responsible, at its sole cost and expense, for maintaining and complying with all Permits required to perform the Facility Services under this Agreement, and shall promptly notify Buyer of any material challenges to the status of a Permit for a Facility, or any other material issues or anticipated material issues relating to obtaining or maintaining a Permit for a Facility.

(b) Buyer agrees to cooperate with and assist Seller in obtaining all Permits.

(c) Seller agrees to assist with the preparation and submission of all filings and notices of any nature which are required to be made by Buyer under the terms of any Permit held by Buyer or any Legal Requirements applicable to the Facilities or to Buyer on account of the Facilities.

Section 4.6 Service Providers . Seller may appoint one or more unrelated third party(ies), who is appropriately qualified, licensed, and financially responsible, to perform EPC Services and/or Facility Services throughout the Term (each, a “ Service Provider ”). Seller shall submit such appointment of any Major Service Provider to Buyer for its prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. No such appointment nor the

 

35


approval thereof by Buyer, however, shall relieve Seller of any liability, obligation, or responsibility resulting from a breach of this Agreement. “ Major Service Provider ” means any Service Provider that Seller proposes to engage to perform any EPC Services and/or any Facility Services for which the aggregate compensation to such Service Provider in any calendar year is expected to be greater than [***] of the Services Fees paid to Seller in the applicable calendar year. The Parties agree that each of the Major Service Providers set forth on Schedule 4.6 hereof are approved for all purposes by Buyer as of the Original PUMA Agreement Date.

Section 4.7 Rights to Deliverables . Buyer agrees that Seller shall, except as expressly set forth herein, retain all rights, title and interest, including Intellectual Property rights, in any Training Materials provided to Buyer in connection with the services performed hereunder. “ Training Materials ” means any and all materials, documentation, notebooks, forms, diagrams, manuals and other written materials and tangible objects, describing how to operate and maintain the Facilities, including any corrections, improvements and enhancements which are delivered by Seller to Buyer, but excluding any Documentation or other data and reports delivered to Buyer in respect of any Facilities.

Section 4.8 Coordination of Relationship .

(a) Seller s Operations Manager . Seller shall at all times retain an operations manager (the “ Operations Manager ”) who shall be dedicated to the overall supervision and management of performance of Seller’s Facility Services obligations under this Agreement. Seller’s initial Operations Manager is set forth on Exhibit M attached hereto. Seller may, from time to time, designate another individual as a proposed replacement for the Operations Manager by notice to Buyer’s approval, which may not be unreasonably withheld or delayed in all instances. Where feasible, Buyer shall have the opportunity to meet the replacement Operations Manager in Warranty Term, Seller shall not assign the Operations Manager duties that are inconsistent or that conflict with the obligations of the Operations Manager in respect of his or her Facility Services duties.

(b) Buyer Manager . Buyer will appoint an individual to serve as its primary contact person with regard to this Agreement (the “ Buyer Manager ”). Buyer’s initial Buyer Manager is set forth on Exhibit M attached hereto. Buyer may, from time to time, designate another individual as a proposed replacement for the Buyer Manager by notice to Seller.

(c) Manager Meetings . The Buyer Manager and the Operations Manager will serve as each Party’s main contact to, and for, the other Party with regard to day-to- day matters affecting the Parties’ relationship in relation to EPC Services and Facility Services. The Buyer Manager and the Operations Manager (or their designees) will meet, by phone or in person, as

(d) often as they feel necessary to monitor and manage such day-to-day activities. Such managers shall operate by consensus to the extent practicable but shall have no authority to amend or waive compliance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, or to

 

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested    36   


approve actions of the Parties that are inconsistent with this Agreement. Any such waivers or amendments shall be implemented only as described in Section 14.1 or Section 14.2, as the case may be.

Section 4.9 Relocation or Removals of Equinix Power Modules . In the event that Equinix requests a reduction in the System Capacity of any Facility(ies) installed pursuant to the Equinix PPA pursuant to Section  4.7 thereof, then:

(a) In the event that one or more power modules are to be relocated pursuant to Section 4.7(b) of the Equinix PPA, Seller shall promptly perform all actions necessary for the removal of such power modules from the original Site(s) and the transportation to, and reinstallation and resumption of operations of, such power modules at the Approved Relocation Site(s) (as defined in the Equinix PPA). Seller shall bear all costs associated with such relocation unless Equinix is required to bear such costs pursuant to the terms of the Equinix PPA, in which case (i) Seller and Buyer shall cooperate in good faith to prepare appropriate documentation of such costs, (ii) Buyer shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to obtain payment from Equinix as permitted under the Equinix PPA, and (iii) Buyer will promptly remit to Seller all payments obtained from Equinix in respect of such costs associated with the relocation of the applicable power modules; and

(b) In the event that one or more power modules are to be removed pursuant to Section 4.7(c) of the Equinix PPA, Seller will promptly remove such power modules from the applicable Facility(ies), and the Parties will cooperate in good faith to identify one or more Facilities in the Portfolio at which to redeploy such power modules, either as additional power modules installed in then-empty power module cabinets or to replace operating power modules nearing the end of their useful life. In identifying such Facilities, the Parties will consider (among other things) (i) the availability of empty power module cabinets, (ii) wiring or other equipment limitations, and (iii) any restrictions or limitations imposed by Legal Requirements, the PPAs, and the applicable Interconnection Agreements. Until a power module is redeployed pursuant to the terms of this Section  4.9(b) , Seller shall be responsible for the handling, shipping and storage of such power module, and shall bear all risk of loss with respect thereto during such period. Seller shall bear all costs associated with the redeployment of power modules pursuant to the terms of this Section 4.9 (b) .

Section 4.10 Remarketing and Redeployment Assistance . The Parties acknowledge and agree that in certain circumstances, Buyer (or certain of Buyer’s Affiliates), may be obligated to attempt to remarket and redeploy certain Facilities in connection with the termination of one or more PPAs containing such requirements with respect to such Facilities. In such event, Seller agrees to use its best efforts to assist Buyer in its efforts to resell or redeploy each such Facility, including, but not limited to, taking the following actions for Buyer’s benefit upon request: (a) on a nondiscriminatory basis with respect to other similar equipment of Seller, distributing to its sales organization information on the availability, location and price of such Facility, and agreeing to provide to a prospective purchaser of such unit or the output thereof, as applicable, at no cost to such purchaser a certificate of maintainability with respect to such unit, (b) cause such Facility to be reinstalled at the applicable purchaser’s site at Seller’s then prevailing installation rates, including procuring and installing any necessary BOF equipment related thereto, (c) cause such Facility to be refurbished or reconfigured as necessary or appropriate to facilitate such resale or

 

37


redeployment, and (d) enter into an operations and maintenance agreement for all necessary operations and maintenance services necessary to operate such Facility following resale or redeployment at Seller’s then prevailing maintenance rates for similar equipment and including a scope of work, performance guaranties, and indemnification provisions similar in all material respects to the Customer PPA pursuant to which the applicable Facility was originally installed. All of Seller’s reasonable costs and expenses (including a reasonable allocation of personnel hours) incurred in connection with the actions described in this Section 4.10 shall be reimbursed by Buyer; and Seller will reasonably cooperate with Buyer to provide Buyer with any documentation that is required pursuant to the applicable Customer PPAs to support such costs and expenses.

ARTICLE V

WARRANTIES

Section 5.1 Facility Services Warranty . Without limiting Seller’s obligations under ARTICLE IV, during the Warranty Period, Seller shall perform, or cause to be performed, all such Facility Services in respect of the Bloom Systems and the BOF necessary for the Portfolio to perform to the Warranty Specifications (the “ Facility Services Warranty ”).

Section 5.2 Performance Guaranty .

(a) During the Warranty Period, Seller shall determine within ten (10) Business Days after the end of each calendar year, whether the Portfolio has delivered to the applicable Interconnection Points the Minimum kWh for purposes of the Performance Guaranty during such calendar year (“ Performance Guaranty ”).

(b) If such calculation indicates that the Actual kWh delivered by the Portfolio was greater than the Minimum kWh during such calendar year, then the difference (in kWh) between Actual kWh less Minimum kWh shall be recorded as a positive balance in the Performance Guaranty Bank.

(c) If such calculation indicates that the Actual kWh delivered by the Portfolio was less than the Minimum kWh during such calendar year, then the difference (in kWh) between Minimum kWh less Actual kWh shall be recorded as a negative balance in the Performance Guaranty Bank.

(d) Seller shall report the balance of the Performance Guaranty Bank to Buyer within thirty (30) days of the end of each calendar year. If Seller fails to perform any Performance Guaranty calculation within the periods required by this Section  5.2 , Buyer may perform its own calculations and may make a claim under Section  5.7 . An example of a Performance Guaranty calculation is attached as Annex C .

Section 5.3 Efficiency Warranty . During the Warranty Period, Seller shall determine for each full calendar month within five (5) Business Days after the end of such month whether each Facility that has achieved Commencement of Operations has performed at the Minimum Efficiency Level (the “ Efficiency Warranty ”). If the Minimum Efficiency Level has not been met during such month, then Seller shall so notify Buyer in writing of the basis of its determination and Buyer may make a claim under Section  5.7 . If Seller fails to perform any Efficiency Warranty calculation within the periods required by this Section  5.3 , Buyer may perform its own calculations and may make a claim under Section  5.7 .

 

38


Section 5.4 Section 5.4 Performance Warranty .

(a) During the Warranty Period, Seller shall determine within ten (10) Business Days after the end of each Calendar Quarter, whether the Portfolio has delivered to the applicable Interconnection Points the Minimum kWh for purposes of the Performance Warranty during such Calendar Quarter (“ Performance Warranty ”).

(b) If such calculation indicates that the Actual kWh delivered by the Portfolio was greater than the Minimum kWh during such Calendar Quarter, then the difference (in kWh) between Actual kWh less Minimum kWh shall be recorded as a positive balance in the Performance Warranty Bank.

(c) If such calculation indicates that the Actual kWh delivered by the Portfolio was less than the Minimum kWh during such Calendar Quarter, then the difference (in kWh) between Minimum kWh less Actual kWh shall be recorded as a negative balance in the Performance Warranty Bank.

(d) Seller shall report the balance of the Performance Warranty Bank to Buyer within thirty (30) days of the end of each Calendar Quarter. At any time the Performance Warranty Bank has a negative balance, Buyer may make a claim under Section  5.7 . If Seller fails to perform any Performance Warranty calculation within the periods required by this Section  5.4 , Buyer may perform its own calculations and may make a claim under Section  5.7 . An example of a Performance Warranty calculation is attached as Annex C.

Section 5.5 Portfolio Warranty .

(a) Subject to Section  13.5(a) , Seller warrants to Buyer that (i) each Bloom System upon Commencement of Operations will conform to the Bloom System Specifications, (ii) each Facility will be free from defects in design, materials and workmanship until the second anniversary of the Commencement of Operations for such Facility, and (ii) the Portfolio and each Facility will comply with the Warranty Specifications applicable to the Portfolio or such Facility, as the case may be, during the Warranty Period (collectively, the “ Portfolio Warranty ”).

(b) Seller agrees to correct, at Seller’s sole expense, all Bloom Systems or BOF provided, or BOF Work performed, by it or its subcontractors under this Agreement which proves to be defective in design, materials, or workmanship during the Manufacturer’s Warranty Period for each Facility.

(c) The Portfolio Warranty is not transferable to any third person, including any Person who buys a Facility from Buyer, without Seller’s prior written consent (which shall not unreasonably be withheld).

(d) Any period of time in which the Warranty Specifications are not met shall not extend the Warranty Period.

 

39


Section 5.6 Exclusions . The Portfolio Warranty shall not cover any obligations on the part of Seller to the extent caused by or arising from (a) the Bloom Systems or BOF being affected by vandalism or other third-party’s actions or omissions occurring after Commencement of Operations (other than to the extent that Seller, Seller Affiliate, the Service Provider or a Seller subcontractor fails to properly protect the Bloom Systems and was required to do so under the Transaction Documents); (b) any failure relating to a PPA Customer’s failure to supply natural gas as required under the applicable PPA; (c) Buyer’s (as opposed to Seller, Seller Affiliate, the Service Provider or a subcontractor thereof) or a PPA Customer’s removal of any safety devices, (d) any conditions caused by unforeseeable movement in the environment in which the Bloom Systems are installed (provided that normal soil settlement, shifting, subsidence or cracking will not constitute ‘unforeseeable movement’), (e) accidents, abuse, improper third party testing (unless caused by Seller, Seller Affiliate, the Service Provider or a subcontractor thereof) or Force Majeure Events, (f) installation, operation, repair or modification of the Bloom Systems or BOF by anyone other than Seller or Seller’s authorized agents, or (g) a failure of any Battery Solution to perform in accordance with any performance warranty(ies) provided by the manufacturer thereof (excluding any such failure of the Battery Solution that is attributable to a Bloom Component Defect). UNDER THE PORTFOLIO WARRANTY AND MAKES NO REPRESENTATION AS TO BLOOM SYSTEMS OR BOF WHICH HAVE BEEN OPENED OR MODIFIED BY ANYONE OTHER THAN SELLER, SELLER’S AFFILIATE, THE SERVICE PROVIDER OR SUBCONTRACTOR, OR ANY OF SUCH PERSON’S REPRESENTATIVES, IN EACH CASE TO THE EXTENT OF ANY DAMAGE OR OTHER NEGATIVE CONSEQUENCE OF SUCH OPENING OR MODIFICATION.

Section 5.7 Portfolio Warranty Claims.

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section  13.5(a) , if Buyer desires to make a Portfolio Warranty claim during the Warranty Period, Buyer must notify Seller of the defect or other basis for the claim in writing.

(b) If, after the annual adjustment to the Performance Guaranty Bank, such Performance Guaranty Bank has a negative balance, then Buyer may make a claim under the Performance Guaranty. Upon verification of such claim Seller shall make a payment to Buyer within ten (10) days of receipt of such claim equal to (x) the absolute value of the balance of the Performance Guaranty Bank, multiplied by (y) the Performance Guaranty Payment Rate. Upon payment of such amount, the Performance Guaranty Bank shall be reset to zero. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, Seller’s cumulative aggregate liability for all claims related to the Performance Guaranty shall not exceed the Performance Guaranty Payment Cap.

(c) In the case of a claim relating to the Efficiency Warranty, upon receipt of such claim and verification by Seller that such Efficiency Warranty is applicable, Seller or its designated subcontractor will promptly, and in all cases within ninety (90) days, repair or replace, at Seller’s sole option and discretion, any Bloom System(s) or any portion of the BOF whose repair or replacement is required in order for the applicable Facility to perform consistent with the Efficiency Warranty. If Seller is obligated to repair or replace any Facility pursuant to this Section 5.7(c) and such repair or replacement is not feasible (as determined at Seller’s sole option

 

40


and discretion) and Seller notifies Buyer to such effect, Seller will refund to Buyer the Refund Value of such Facility (calculated as of the date of such refund), in which case Seller shall be deemed to have taken title to such Facility, and such Facility shall be deemed to no longer constitute a portion of the Portfolio. Seller shall make such determination as to the feasibility of repair or replacement as promptly as practicable, but in any event within ninety (90) days after Seller’s receipt of notice of the claim unless the specific nature of the problem requires a longer period in which to make such determination (in which case Seller must make a determination within a reasonable time) provided such longer period for a determination does not cause any breach of a PPA. In the event that Seller has not completed the repair or replacement of any Facility within ninety (90) days of the date on which Seller received notice of a claim (or within one hundred twenty (120) days if the specific nature of the problem required a period longer than ninety (90) days in which to determine the feasibility of repair or replacement), or repurchased the Facility in the time period in this Section 5.7(c) then Buyer has the right to require Seller (in which case Seller agrees) to procure return of the Facility in question to Seller (at Seller’s cost) and Seller will refund to Buyer the Refund Value of such Facility, in which case Seller shall be deemed to have taken title to such Facility upon payment of the Refund Value, and such Facility shall be deemed to no longer constitute a portion of the Portfolio and shall be removed as described in the previous sentence. The rights and obligations of the Parties under this Section  5.7(c) are in addition to and separate from any other rights of Buyer under this ARTICLE V .

(d) In the event of a claim relating to the Performance Warranty, upon receipt of such notice and verification by Seller that such Performance Warranty is applicable, Seller or its designated subcontractor will promptly, and in all cases prior to the final day of the immediately following Calendar Quarter, repair or replace, at Seller’s sole option and discretion, a sufficient number of Underperforming Facilities in order for the Portfolio to perform consistent with the Performance Warranty at the end of such Calendar Quarter. If Seller is obligated to repair or replace any Facilities pursuant to this Section  5.7(d) and such repair or replacement is not feasible (as determined at Seller’s sole option and discretion) and Seller notifies Buyer to such effect, Seller will refund to Buyer the Refund Value of such number of Underperforming Facilities (calculated as of the date of such refund) as will cause the remaining Portfolio to comply with the Performance Warranty calculated through the final day of the applicable Calendar Quarter, in which case Seller shall be deemed to have taken title to such Underperforming Facilities, and such Underperforming Facilities shall be deemed to no longer constitute a portion of the Portfolio. Seller shall make such determination as to the feasibility of repair or replacement as promptly as practicable, but in any event within ninety (90) days after Seller’s receipt of notice of the claim unless the specific nature of the problem requires a longer period in which to make such determination (in which case Seller must make a determination within a reasonable time) provided such longer period for a determination does not cause any breach of a PPA. In the event that Seller has not completed the repair or replacement of such sufficient number of Underperforming Facilities within ninety (90) days of the date on which Seller received notice of a claim, or repurchased such sufficient number of Underperforming Facilities in the time period in this Section  5.7(d) , then Buyer has the right to require Seller (in which case Seller agrees) to procure return of such number of Underperforming Facilities (calculated as of the date of such refund) as will cause the remaining Portfolio to comply with the Performance Warranty calculated through the final day of the applicable Calendar Quarter) and Seller will refund to Buyer the Refund Value of such Underperforming Facilities, in which case Seller shall be deemed to have taken title to such Underperforming Facilities upon payment of the Refund Value, and such Facilities shall be deemed to no longer constitute a portion

 

41


of the Portfolio and shall be removed as described in the previous sentence. In the event that Seller is obligated to repurchase any Underperforming Facilities pursuant to this Section  5.7(d) in connection with a Performance Warranty claim, the first Underperforming Facility repurchased shall be the Facility with the lowest output as a factor of its System Capacity in the prior Calendar Quarter, followed by the next lowest, and so on until Seller’s repurchase obligations are satisfied.

(e) Buyer is hereby notified that refurbished parts may be used in repair or replacement activities, provided that (i) any such refurbished parts will have passed the same inspections and tests performed by Seller on its new parts of the same type before such refurbished parts are used in any repair or replacement, and (ii) Seller shall within thirty (30) days of a written request therefor by Buyer, provide a report for any or all Bloom Systems purchased hereunder that lists all components that have been replaced in any individual Bloom System. If it is determined that a Facility will be removed pursuant to Section  5.7(c) or Section  5.7(d) , Seller shall at its sole cost and expense remove the Facility and all ancillary equipment (including the concrete pad and any other improvements to the applicable Site to the extent required under the applicable PPA or Site License) from the applicable Site, restoring the Site to its condition before the installation, including closing all utility connections and properly sealing any Site penetrations in the manner required by all Legal Requirements and the applicable PPA or Site License.

Section 5.8 Indemnification Regarding Performance Under PPAs .

(a) Without in anyway limiting and in addition to Buyer’s remedies pursuant to Section  5.2 to Section  5.7 , inclusive, in the event that Buyer incurs any liability to a PPA Customer with respect to any performance guarantee, any power performance shortfall, any efficiency warranty or any cost excess, including payments made or to be made by Buyer to a PPA Customer to reimburse such PPA Customer for any deficiency in the benefits received by such PPA Customer under the applicable state incentive programs for any PPA (collectively the “ PPA Warranties ), Seller shall indemnify and hold Buyer harmless for any such liability, costs and expenses incurred by Buyer pursuant to such PPA Warranties ( PPA Warranty Reimbursement Payment ) except to the extent such liability results from a failure (not attributable to a Bloom Component Defect) of the Battery Solution to perform in accordance with any performance warranty(ies) provided by the manufacturer thereof. Without in anyway limiting and in addition to the foregoing, in the event that the failure of any Bloom System(s) to comply with any PPA Warranty causes the termination of a PPA (in whole or in part), then (i)  Buyer may return the applicable Bloom System(s) to Seller and Seller will refund to Buyer the Refund Value of such Bloom Systems, in which case Seller shall be deemed to have taken title to such Bloom Systems, and such Bloom System shall be deemed to no longer constitute a portion of the Portfolio, and (ii) Seller shall indemnify and hold Buyer harmless for any amount Buyer is liable to a PPA Customer in connection with such termination. If it is determined that a Bloom System will be removed pursuant to this Section  5.8(a) , Seller shall at its sole cost and expense remove the Bloom System and any other ancillary equipment (including the concrete pad and any other improvements to the applicable Site to the extent required under the applicable PPA or Site License) from the applicable Site, restoring the Site to its condition before the installation, including closing all utility connections and properly sealing any Site penetrations in the manner required by all Legal Requirements and the applicable PPA or Site License. For the avoidance of doubt, claims, credits, reimbursements and any other payments made under this Section  5.8(a) are not subject to the cap set forth in Section 5.7(b) with respect to claims relating to the Performance Guaranty and shall not count against such cap.

 

42


(b) PPA Warranty Reimbursement Payments owed pursuant to Section  5.8(a) shall be calculated by Seller on the first Business Day following the end of each Calendar Quarter and paid no later than the fifth Business Day of the Calendar Quarter immediately following the Calendar Quarter with respect to which such PPA Warranty Reimbursement Payment arose.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, Seller shall have no liability to Buyer under this Section 5.8 to the extent that Seller’s liability under any PPA Warranty is increased due to such PPA Warranty having been modified, amended, or otherwise changed in any way from the terms of such PPA Warranty as set forth in the applicable PPA as of the Original PUMA Agreement Date (or, for PPAs added after the Original PUMA Agreement Date, as set forth in the applicable PPA as of such date) unless Seller has consented in writing to such modification, amendment, or change.

Section 5.9 Disclaimers . EXCEPT FOR THE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES SET FORTH IN ARTICLE VIII , THIS ARTICLE V AND THE OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS, THE FACILITIES ARE TRANSFERRED “AS IS, WHERE IS”, AND SELLER EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND OR NATURE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO LIABILITIES, OPERATIONS OF THE FACILITIES, VALUE OR QUALITY OF THE FACILITIES OR THE PROSPECTS (FINANCIAL AND OTHERWISE), RISKS AND OTHER INCIDENTS OF THE FACILITIES. EXCEPT FOR THE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES SET FORTH IN ARTICLE VIII, THIS ARTICLE V AND THE OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS, SELLER SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, USAGE, SUITABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE WITH RESPECT TO THE FACILITIES, OR ANY PART THEREOF. NO PERSON IS AUTHORIZED TO MAKE ANY OTHER WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION CONCERNING THE PERFORMANCE OF THE FACILITIES.

Section 5.10 Title . Title to all replacement items, parts, materials and equipment supplied under or pursuant to this Agreement to Buyer shall transfer to Buyer upon installation or inclusion in a Facility. Upon replacement of an item or part as part of the Facility Services provided hereunder, Seller shall be obligated to remove such item or part and shall have the right to dispose of such replaced property in any manner that it chooses in its sole discretion.

ARTICLE VI

RECORDS AND AUDITS

Section 6.1 Record-Keeping Documentation; Audit Rights .

(a) Seller shall ensure that records concerning Seller’s EPC Services and Facility Services activities hereunder are properly created and maintained at all times in accordance with all Legal Requirements, including FERC requirements regarding record retention for Holding Companies in 18 C.F.R. Part 368 and any successorregulations to the extent applicable to Seller. Such records shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

 

43


(i) records and documentation in respect of each Facility’s satisfaction of each Milestone, including records and documentation regarding the shipment of Bloom Systems and BOF, the completion of BOF Work, the achievement of Commencement of Operations, and the fact and date(s) such Facility has achieved each of the four separate criteria set forth the definition of “Placed in Service”;

(ii) a separate “ Maintenance Specification Log ” for each Facility in a paper or electronic format (with entries made for each inspection, including any discrepancies found during such inspection), a copy of which shall be submitted, in paper or electronic format, to Buyer along with the corresponding Quarterly Reports;

(iii) a Site service report completed in respect of each inspection, repair, replacement, service or other activity or observation made by or on behalf of Seller in connection with its responsibilities hereunder, detailing the nature of the problems with a Facility detected, if any, and the specifics of the problem resolution and submitted to Buyer within ten (10) Business Days of the date when such problem is resolved or within ten (10) Business Days of a routine inspection or service that did not identify any issues;

(iv) a monthly report submitted to Buyer within fifteen (15) days after the end of each month (“ Monthly Report ”) detailing and documenting, on a monthly basis, the (A) Efficiency and total output (in kWh) of each Facility comprising the Portfolio, and (B) total output (in kWh) of the Portfolio, in each case for the preceding month;

(v) records and documentation in respect of each Facility or the Portfolio, as applicable, regarding the compliance of such Facility or the Portfolio, as applicable, with the Warranty Specifications and any applicable PPA Warranties during the Warranty Period;

(vi) any other records, reports, or other documentation related to the production and sale of energy from the Facilities or that Buyer is required to maintain in respect of any Facility under any applicable PPA; and

(vii) any other records, reports, or other documentation reasonably requested by Buyer, including as necessary to support any ITC eligibility determination with respect to a Facility. Seller agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to promptly provide such documentation to Buyer, and shall provide a reasonable explanation for any inability to provide such documentation.

(b) All such records required to be created and maintained pursuant to Section 6.1(a) shall (i) be kept available at Seller’s office and made available for Buyer’s inspection upon request at all reasonable times, and (ii) be retained for the relevant retention period provided in 18 C.F.R. § 368.3 or any successor regulation as amended from time, to the extent applicable to Seller, or any longer period required under any PPA. Any documentation prepared by Seller during the Term for the purposes of this Agreement shall be directly prepared for Buyer’s benefit and immediately become Buyer’s property. Any such documentation shall be stored by Seller on behalf of Buyer until its final delivery to Buyer. Seller may retain a copy of all records related to each Facility for future analysis.

 

44


(c) Buyer shall have the right no more than once during any calendar year and going back no more than two (2) calendar years preceding the calendar year in which an audit takes place, upon reasonable prior written notice, including using an independent public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to Seller, to examine such records during regular business hours in the location(s) where such records are maintained by Seller for the purposes of verifying Buyer’s compliance with its obligations hereunder, including the accuracy of Monthly Reports and Seller’s calculations in respect of Warranty Specifications and applicable PPA Warranties; provided, however, that such records may be audited only once under this Section  6.1(c) . Buyer shall pay the cost of the audit unless the results of the audit reveal that the Minimum kWh or Actual kWh reported by Buyer in respect of the Portfolio or any Facility during any calendar year that is audited exceeds by five percent (5%) or more the true Minimum kWh or Actual kWh, as the case may be, in which case Seller shall pay the audit costs.

Section 6.2 Reports; Invoicing Information; Other Information . Without in any way limiting Seller’s other reporting, notification, and other similar obligations under this Agreement, during the Warranty Period, Seller shall furnish to Buyer the following reports, notices, and other information regarding the Bloom Systems (which may be effected by e-mail communication to the Buyer Manager or other appropriate Buyer representative):

(a) Promptly upon Seller’s knowledge of any event or circumstance which could materially delay or prevent its performance of any of Seller’s obligations under any PPA, notice of such event or circumstance in reasonable detail;

(b) Promptly upon Seller’s knowledge of the occurrence of any damage to any Facility or Site, notice of such damage in reasonable detail;

(c) Promptly (and in any case within three (3) Business Days) following Seller’s final determination of the applicability thereof, notice that the operation of a Facility has experienced any of the circumstances described in clauses (i) through (iv) of the definition of “Minimum kWh” herein;

(d) Promptly upon Seller’s knowledge, notice that any Facility was or is not in compliance with any PPA Warranty during any period; and

(e) Any information Buyer may reasonably request in connection with any claim filed by Buyer under any insurance maintained with respect to the Facilities, and any information such insurance providers may reasonably request in connection with such claim.

ARTICLE VII

DATA ACCESS

Section 7.1 Access to Data and Meters . Throughout the Term, and thereafter to the extent relevant to calculations necessary for periods prior to the end of the Term and subject to any confidentiality obligation owed to any third party, any limitations under Legal Requirements as determined by Buyer in its reasonable discretion, and/or any restrictions on the disclosure of information which may be subject to intellectual property rights restricting disclosure, at the sole cost of Seller:

 

45


(a) Buyer shall grant Seller access to all data relating to the electricity production of each Facility, it being understood that it is Seller’s responsibility to determine the performance of the Facility, and any other calculations as required under this Agreement, and that it is Buyer’s responsibility to handle all accounting and invoicing activities;

(b) Buyer shall allow Seller access to all data from all Facility Meters; and

(c) Seller shall be entitled to use the foregoing data for its internal business purposes and make such data available to third parties for analysis, in all cases unless and to the extent such uses of or disclosures by Seller are restricted under the applicable PPA or Legal Requirements, including those related to privacy.

ARTICLE VIII

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER

Section 8.1 Representations and Warranties of Seller . Seller represents and warrants to Buyer as of the Original PUMA Agreement Date and as of each Purchase Date as follows:

(a) Incorporation; Qualification . Seller is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has all requisite corporate power and authority to own, lease, and operate its business as currently conducted. Seller is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation and is in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction that its business, as currently being conducted, shall require it to be so qualified, except where the failure to be so qualified would not have a material adverse effect on the Bloom Systems being sold under this Agreement.

(b) Authority . Seller has full corporate power and authority to execute and deliver the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution and delivery by Seller of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and the consummation by Seller of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action required on the part of Seller and the Transaction Documents to which Seller is a party have been duly and validly executed and delivered by Seller. Each of the Transaction Documents to which Seller is a party constitutes the legal, valid and binding agreement of Seller, enforceable against Seller in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

(c) Consents and Approvals; No Violation . Neither the execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Documents to which Seller is a party nor the consummation by Seller of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will (i) conflict with or result in any breach of any provision of the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of Seller, (ii) with or without the giving of notice or lapse of time or both, conflict with, result in any violation or breach of, constitute a default under, result in any right to accelerate, result in the creation of any Lien on Seller’s assets, or create any right of termination under the conditions or provisions of any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, material agreement or other instrument or obligation to which Seller is

 

46


a party or by which it, or any material part of its assets may be bound, in each case that would individually or in the aggregate result in a material adverse effect on Seller or its ability to perform its obligations hereunder or (iii) constitute violations of any law, regulation, order, judgment or decree applicable to Seller, which violations, individually or in the aggregate, would result in a material adverse effect on Seller or its ability to perform its obligations hereunder.

(d) Legal Proceedings . There are no pending or, to Seller’s Knowledge, threatened claims, disputes, governmental investigations, suits, actions (including non- judicial real or personal property foreclosure actions), arbitrations, legal, administrative or other proceedings of any nature, domestic or foreign, criminal or civil, at law or in equity, by or against Seller that challenge the enforceability of the Transaction Documents to which Seller is a party or the ability of Seller to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, in each case, that could reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect on Seller or its ability to perform its obligations hereunder.

(e) U.S. Person . Seller is not a “foreign person” within the meaning of Section 1445(b)(2) of the Code and has provided a Certificate of Non-Foreign Status in the form and substance required by Section 1445 of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

(f) Purchase Price of Facility . The Purchase Price paid for each Facility is an amount that is equal to the Fair Market Value of each Facility, as determined on an arms-length basis.

(g) Title; Liens . As of each date title is required to pass to Buyer hereunder with respect to any assets comprising a Facility, Seller has and will convey good and marketable title to such assets to be sold to Buyer on such date and all such assets are free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens. Neither Seller nor any of its subcontractors have placed any Liens on the Sites or the Facilities other than Permitted Liens. To the extent that Seller has actual knowledge that any of its subcontractors has placed any Lien on a Facility or Site, then Seller shall cause such Liens to be discharged, or shall provide a bond in an amount and from a surety acceptable to Buyer to protect against such Lien, in each case, within thirty (30) days after Seller is aware of the existence thereof. Seller shall indemnify Buyer against any such lien claim, provided that if the applicable Site License requires additional or more stringent action, Seller shall also indemnify Buyer for the costs and expenses of such actions.

(h) Intellectual Property . To Seller’s Knowledge, no Bloom System and no other product or service marketed or sold (or proposed to be marketed or sold) by Seller hereunder violates or will violate any license or infringes or will infringe any intellectual property rights of any other Person; provided , however , that, except with respect to parts and components supplied by Seller or any of its Affiliates to the Battery Solution Manufacturer that are used to manufacture any Battery Solution, Seller makes no representations or warranties under this Section  8.1(h) regarding the Battery Solution. Seller has received no written communications alleging that such Seller has violated, or by conducting its business, would violate any of the patents, trademarks, service marks, tradenames, copyrights, trade secrets, mask works or other proprietary rights or processes of any other Person.

 

47


(i) Consents and Approvals . Seller has received all material third party consents which are required as of such date for the consummation and performance of the transactions contemplated hereunder.

(j) Real Property . The real property referred to in each PPA and each Site License is all the real property that is necessary for the construction, installation, operation and maintenance of the Facilities other than those real property interests that can be reasonably expected to be available on commercially reasonable terms as and to the extent required. Each Site has been licensed to Project Company pursuant to the terms of the applicable Site License. For clarity, no Site has been leased to Project Company.

(k) Tax Representations .

(i) Each Facility is a fuel cell power plant that has a Nameplate Capacity of at least 0.5 kilowatts of electricity using an electrochemical process and has an electricity-only generation efficiency greater than 30 percent. Each Facility will function independently of each other Facility in the Portfolio to generate electricity for transmission and sale to a PPA Customer and is an integrated system comprised of a fuel cell stack assembly and associated balance of plant components that has all the necessary components to convert a fuel into electricity using electrochemical means.

(ii) As of Purchase Date for each Facility, no federal, state, or local Tax credit (including the ITC) has been claimed with respect to any property that is part of such Facility.

(iii) No application has been submitted for a grant provided under Section 1603 of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Tax Act of 2009, as amended by the Tax Relief, Unemployment Insurance Reauthorization and Job Creation Act of 2010, with respect to any property that is part of any Facility.

(iv) No private letter ruling has been obtained for the transactions contemplated hereunder from the IRS.

(v) As of the Purchase Date of each Facility, such Facility was not originally Placed in Service and, specifically, clauses (3) and (4) of the definition of the term “Placed in Service” have not been met with respect to such Facility.

(vi) No Facility is comprised of any property that (A) is “used predominately outside of the United States” within the meaning of Code Section 168(g), (B) is imported property of the kind described in Code Section 168(g)(6), (C) is “tax-exempt use property” within the meaning of Code Section 168(h), or (D) is property described in Code Section 50(b).

(vii) Other than de minimis property, material or parts, each Facility consists of property, materials or parts not used by any Person prior to having been first placed in a state of readiness and availability for their specific design function as part of the Facility.

 

48


(viii) No portion of the basis of the Facility is attributable to “qualified rehabilitation expenditures” within the meaning of Section 47(c)(2)(A) of the Code.

(ix) No grants (for purposes of this paragraph, “grants” shall not include any credits, benefits, emissions reductions, offsets or allowances, howsoever entitled, attributable to the generation from the Facilities, and its respective avoided emission of pollutants) have been provided by the United States, a state, a political subdivision of a state, or any other Governmental Authority for use in constructing or financing any Facility or with respect to which Seller is the beneficiary. No proceeds of any issue of state or local government obligations have been used to provide financing for any Facility the interest on which is exempt from tax under Code Section 103. No subsidized energy financing (within the meaning of Code Section 45(b)(3)) has been provided, directly or indirectly, under a federal, state, or local program provided in connection with any Facility.

(x) Seller is not related to any PPA Customer within the meaning of Code Section 267 or Code Section 707.

(l) Bankruptcy . No event of Bankruptcy has occurred with respect to Seller.

(m) Bloom System Performance . Assuming that Seller maintains each of the Facilities consistent with the Preventative Maintenance Schedule, Seller is not aware of any circumstances which could reasonably be expected to prevent the Portfolio from complying with the Warranty Specifications and the PPA Warranties for the Warranty Period.

(n) Material Adverse Effect .

(i) As of the Original PUMA Agreement Date, no Material Adverse Effect has occurred with respect to Seller or, to the Knowledge of Seller, any PPA Customer.

(ii) As of each Purchase Date, no Material Adverse Effect has occurred between the Original PUMA Agreement Date and the applicable Purchase Date (A) with respect to Seller or, (B) to the Knowledge of Seller, with respect to the applicable PPA Customer(s) relating to any of the Facilities purchased and sold on such date.

(o) Governmental Approvals . Seller, as applicable on behalf of Buyer, has obtained all Governmental Approvals required as of Delivery Date to construct any Facility in compliance with Applicable Law. Seller will assist Buyer in applying for a grant of market-based rate authority from FERC sufficient to operate each Facility with an effective date prior to any Facility being Placed in Service. As of each of the dates each Facility is Placed in Service and achieves Commencement of Operations, Seller, as applicable on behalf of Buyer, has obtained all Governmental Approvals required for such operation of such Facility and each of the Governmental Approvals obtained as of such date is validly issued, final and in full force and effect and is not subject to any current legal proceeding or to any unsatisfied condition. On each of such dates, Seller, as applicable on behalf of Buyer, is in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Governmental Approvals and has not received any notice from a Governmental Authority of an actual or potential violation of any such Governmental Approval.

 

49


(p) Compliance . Seller has performed in all respects all obligations, and complied in all material respects with the agreements and covenants, required to be performed by or complied with by Seller hereunder; provided that, for clarity, Seller has complied, and will comply, in all respects with the obligations set forth in Section 7.1(h)(i) of the Equinix PPA in its capacity as “Bloom” thereunder and as if Seller were a “Party” thereto.

(q) No Breaches . As of the Original PUMA Agreement Date, each PPA is a legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligation of Buyer and, to Seller’s Knowledge, of each other party thereto, and each PPA is in full force and effect. To Seller’s Knowledge, neither Buyer nor any other Person party thereto is in material breach or violation of any PPA, and no event has occurred, is pending or is threatened, which, after the giving of notice, with lapse of time, or otherwise, would constitute any such breach or default by Buyer or any other party thereto.

(r) Insurance . Seller has obtained the insurance described in Annex B with respect to each Facility in the Portfolio and with respect to each other Facility not yet in the Portfolio for which Buyer has paid any portion of the applicable Purchase Price, all such policies remain in full force and effect, and all insurance premiums that are due and payable have been paid in full with no premium overdue.

(s) Data Privacy . Seller has used all data that Seller has collected regarding a PPA Customer’s electricity consumption at such Site consistent with and subject to Applicable Law with respect to privacy.

ARTICLE IX

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER

Section 9.1 Representations and Warranties of Buyer . Buyer represents and warrants to Seller as of the Original PUMA Agreement Date and as of each Purchase Date, as follows.

(a) Organization . Buyer is a limited liability company duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has all requisite limited liability company power and authority to own, lease, and operate its business as currently conducted.

(b) Authority . Buyer has full limited liability company power and authority to execute and deliver the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution and delivery by Buyer of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and the consummation by Buyer of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action required on the part of Buyer and the Transaction Documents to which Buyer is a party have been duly and validly executed and delivered by Buyer. Each of the Transaction Documents to which Buyer is a party constitutes the legal, valid and binding agreement of Buyer, enforceable against Buyer in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

 

50


(c) Consents and Approvals; No Violation . Neither the execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Documents to which Buyer is a party nor the consummation by Buyer of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will (i) conflict with or result in any breach of any provision of the articles of formation of Buyer nor Buyer’s limited liability company agreement, (ii) with or without the giving of notice or lapse of time or both, conflict with, result in any violation or breach of, constitute a default under, result in any right to accelerate, result in the creation of any Lien on Buyer’s assets, or create any right of termination under the conditions or provisions of any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, material agreement or other instrument or obligation to which Buyer is a party or by which it, or any material part of its assets may be bound, in each case that would individually or in the aggregate result in a material adverse effect on Buyer or its ability to perform its obligations hereunder or (iii) constitute violations of any law, regulation, order, judgment or decree applicable to Buyer, which violations, individually or in the aggregate, would result in a material adverse effect on Buyer or its ability to perform its obligations hereunder.

(d) Legal Proceedings . There are no pending or, to Buyer’s Knowledge, threatened claims, disputes, governmental investigations, suits, actions (including non- judicial real or personal property foreclosure actions), arbitrations, legal, administrative or other proceedings of any nature, domestic or foreign, criminal or civil, at law or in equity, by or against Buyer that challenge the enforceability of the Transaction Documents to which Buyer is a party or the ability of Buyer to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, in each case, that could reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect on Buyer or its ability to perform its obligations hereunder.

(e) Consents and Approvals . Buyer has received all material third party consents which are required as of such date for the consummation and performance of the transactions contemplated hereunder.

(f) Bankruptcy . No event of Bankruptcy has occurred with respect to Buyer.

(g) No Other Representations . Buyer is not relying on any representations or warranties whatsoever, express, implied, at common law, statutory or otherwise, except for the representations or warranties expressly set out in the Transaction Documents and the MIPA.

ARTICLE X

CONFIDENTIALITY

Section 10.1 Confidential Information . Subject to the other terms of this ARTICLE X each Party shall, and shall cause its Affiliates and its respective stockholders, members, subsidiaries and Representatives to, hold confidential the terms of this Agreement and all information it has obtained or obtains from the other Party in connection with this Agreement concerning Seller and Buyer and their respective assets, business, operations or prospects (the “ Confidential Information ”), including all materials and information furnished by Seller in performance of this Agreement, regardless of form conveyed or whether financial or technical in nature, including any trade secrets and proprietary know how and Software whether such information bears a marking indicating that they are proprietary or confidential or not; provided , however , that Confidential Information shall not include (a) the fact that the Parties have entered into this Agreement, (b) the nature of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or (c) the

 

51


Buyer’s capital expenditures or financing plans related to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or (d) information that (x) is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of any fault, act or omission by a Party or any of its Representatives, (y) is or becomes available to a Party or any of its Representatives on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the other Party or its Representatives, provided that such source was not and is not bound by any contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation of confidentiality with respect to such information or

(z) was or is independently developed or conceived by a Party or its Representatives without use of or reliance upon the Confidential Information of the other Party, as evidenced by sufficient written record.

Section 10.2 Restricted Access .

(a) Buyer agrees that the Bloom Systems themselves contain Seller’s valuable trade secrets. Buyer agrees (i) to restrict the use of such information to matters relating to the Facilities, and such other purposes, if any, expressly provided herein, and (ii) to restrict access to such information as provided in Section  10.3(b) .

(b) Seller’s Confidential Information will not be reproduced without Seller’s prior written consent, and following termination of this Agreement all copies of such written information will be returned to Seller upon written request (not to be made while materials are still of use to the operation of a Facility and no Buyer Default has occurred and is continuing) or shall be certified by Buyer as having been destroyed, unless otherwise agreed by the Parties. Buyer’s Confidential Information will not be reproduced by Seller without Buyer’s prior written consent, and following termination of this Agreement all copies of such written information will be returned to Buyer upon written request or shall be certified by Seller as having been destroyed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Party and its Representatives may each retain archival copies of any Confidential Information to the extent required by law, regulation or professional standards or copies of Confidential Information created pursuant to the automatic backing-up of electronic files where the delivery or destruction of such files would cause undue hardship to the receiving Party, so long as any such archival or electronic file back-up copies are accessible only to legal or information technology personnel, provided that such Confidential Information will continue to be subject to the terms of this Agreement.

(c) Subject to ARTICLE XI and Section 10.2(a) and (b) hereof, the Facilities are offered for sale and are sold by Seller subject to the condition that such sale does not convey any license, expressly or by implication, to manufacture, reverse engineer, duplicate or otherwise copy or reproduce any part of the Facilities, documentation or Software without Seller’s express advance written permission. Subject to ARTICLE XI hereof, Buyer agrees not to remove the covering of any Bloom System, not to access the interior or to reverse engineer, or cause or knowingly allow any third party to open, access the interior or reverse engineer any Facility or Software provided by Seller. Subject to ARTICLE XI hereof, and anything contemplated pursuant to this Agreement, only Seller or its authorized representatives may open or access the interior of a Facility. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else herein to the contrary, and without limitation of the rights set forth in ARTICLE XI hereof, if any Facility is no longer covered by this Agreement or another agreement between Buyer and Seller (or any Affiliate of Seller) regarding the operation and maintenance of such Facility as a result of the termination of this Agreement with respect to such Facility (A) in connection with a Seller Default or (B) in connection with the

 

52


expiration of the Extended Warranty Period, Buyer shall be entitled to maintain, or cause a third party to maintain, such Facility, including replacing Components as needed or desired; provided that:

(i) No less than thirty (30) calendar days prior to the event of such termination pursuant to subsection (B) above, to the extent Buyer requires any maintenance services for such Facility following such termination, Buyer shall notify Seller of such requirements in writing. If Seller desires to perform such maintenance services, conditions (including, without limitation, the scope of services offered, the price(s) quoted for such services, and the terms of any performance warranties to be provided in connection with such services) pursuant to which it is willing to provide such maintenance services for such Facility, which shall be no less favorable to Buyer than Seller’s standard rates, terms and warranties as of such date. If Buyer declines to engage Seller to perform such services, or the Parties are unable to execute appropriate documentation to reflect such services, Buyer may (subject to clause (ii), below) seek to engage a third party to perform such services, provided , that prior to engaging any such third party to maintain a Facility, Buyer shall provide written notice to Seller of the material terms and conditions on which such third party has offered to provide such service (including, without limitation, (X) the scope of services offered, (Y) the price(s) quoted for such services, and (Z) the terms of any performance warranties to be provided in connection with such services). Seller shall have ten Business Days to notify Buyer if Seller will agree to perform the applicable services for a price not to exceed the quoted amount and otherwise on terms no less favorable to Buyer than those included in the notice required hereunder. If Seller agrees to provide such services, the Parties will negotiate in good faith regarding appropriate documentation to reflect such services. If Seller declines to provide such services, Buyer may engage the applicable third party on terms no more favorable to such third party than those provided in the notice to Seller.

(ii) Without in any way limiting the provisions of the foregoing clause (i), Buyer shall in all events use commercially reasonable efforts to engage a third party to provide such maintenance that is not a competitor of Seller or its Affiliates and is not in litigation or other material dispute with Seller.

Section 10.3 Permitted Disclosures .

(a) Legally Compelled Disclosure . Confidential Information may be disclosed (i) as required or requested to be disclosed by a Party or any of its Affiliates or their respective stockholders, members, subsidiaries or Representatives as a result of any applicable Legal Requirement or rule or regulation of any stock exchange, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. or other regulatory authority or self- regulatory authority having jurisdiction over such Party, (ii) as required or requested by the IRS, the Department of Justice or the Office of the Inspector General in connection with a Facility, cash grant, or tax credits relating thereto, including in connection with a request for any private letter ruling, any determination letter or any audit or (iii) as required under any Interconnection Agreement. If a Party becomes compelled by legal or administrative process to disclose any Confidential Information, such Party shall, to the extent permitted by Legal Requirements, provide the other Party with prompt notice so that the other Party may seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy or waive compliance with the non- disclosure provisions of this Section 10.3 with respect to the information required to be disclosed.

 

53


If such protective order or other remedy is not obtained, or such other Party waives compliance with the non-disclosure provisions of this Section  10.3 with respect to the information required to be disclosed, the first Party shall furnish only that portion of such information that it is advised by counsel is legally required to be furnished and shall exercise reasonable efforts, at the expense of the Party whose Confidential Information is being disclosed, to obtain reliable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded such information, including, in the case of disclosures to the IRS described in clause (ii) above, to obtain reliable assurance that, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable Legal Requirements, such information will not be made available for public inspection pursuant to Section 6110 of the Code.

(b) Disclosure to Representatives . Notwithstanding the foregoing, and subject always to the restrictions in Section  10.2 , a Party may disclose Confidential Information received by it to its and its Affiliates’ actual or potential investors or financing parties and its and their employees, consultants, legal counsel or agents who have a need to know such information; provided that such Party informs each such Person who has access to the Confidential Information of the confidential nature of such Confidential Information, the terms of this Agreement, and that such terms apply to them. The Parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that each such Person complies with the terms of this Agreement and that any Confidential Information received by such Person is kept confidential.

(c) Securities Filings . A Party may file this Agreement as an exhibit to any relevant filing with the Securities Exchange Commission (or equivalent foreign agency) in accordance with Legal Requirements only after complying with the procedure set forth in this Section  10.3(c) . In such event, the Party seeking such disclosure shall prepare a draft confidential treatment request and proposed redacted version of this Agreement to request confidential treatment for this Agreement, and the other Party agrees to promptly (and in any event, no less than fourteen (14) days after receipt of such confidential treatment request and proposed redactions) give its input in a reasonable manner in order to allow the Party seeking disclosure to file its request within the time lines prescribed by Legal Requirements. The Party seeking such disclosure shall exercise commercially reasonable efforts to obtain confidential treatment of the Agreement from the Securities Exchange Commission (or equivalent foreign agency) as represented by the redacted version reviewed by the other Party. Each Party shall bear its own costs in connection with such efforts.

(d) Other Permitted Disclosures . Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting a Party hereunder from using such Confidential Information in connection with (i) any claim against the other Party, (ii) any exercise by a Party hereunder of any of its rights hereunder, a financing or proposed financing by Seller or Buyer or their respective Affiliates, (iv) a disposition or proposed disposition by any direct or indirect Affiliate of Buyer of all or a portion of such Person’s equity interests in Buyer, (v) a disposition or proposed disposition by Buyer of any Bloom System or Facility, or (vi) any disclosure required to be made to a PPA Customer (or otherwise) under a PPA or a Site License, provided that, in the case of items (iii), (iv) and (v), the potential financing party or purchaser has entered into a confidentiality agreement with respect to Confidential Information on customary terms used in confidentiality agreements in connection with corporate financings or acquisitions before any such information may be disclosed and a copy of such confidentiality agreement has been provided to the non-disclosing party for informational purposes, which copy of such confidentiality agreement may contain redactions of confidential

 

54


information relating to the potential financing or purchaser. No disclosures of Confidential Information shall be made by Buyer in exercise of its rights under this Section  10.3(d) until Seller has first had the opportunity to exercise its right to take or purchase the Bloom System in question, if applicable.

ARTICLE XI

LICENSE AND OWNERSHIP; SOFTWARE

Section 11.1 IP License to Use . Subject to Section  11.2 , Seller grants to Buyer a limited (as described herein), non-exclusive, royalty-free, irrevocable (except as described in ARTICLE XII hereof), non-transferable (except as described herein) license to use the Intellectual Property, including Seller’s proprietary Software, contained in the Documentation, the Components and the Facilities purchased hereunder (collectively, “ Seller s Intellectual Property ”) in conjunction with the purchase, use, operation, maintenance, repair and, subject to Section  3.6(b) , sale of the Bloom Systems and in conjunction with each Facility in accordance with the terms hereof and each PPA and Interconnection Agreement (the “ IP License ”); provided, that (a) such license may be transferred or sub-licensed upon a transfer of a Bloom System to any Person who acquires such Bloom System, subject to Buyer’s compliance with Section  3.6(b) , (b) such license may be transferred or sub-licensed by Buyer to any third party Buyer is entitled to engage to maintain any Facility pursuant to Section  10.2(c) , (c) such license may be transferred by Buyer to any successor or assign of Buyer permitted pursuant to Section  14.4 , and (d) in the event of a voluntary or involuntary Bankruptcy of Buyer, Seller hereby expressly consents to the assumption and assignment of the IP License by Buyer as necessary to allow Buyer’s continued use of each Bloom System and/or Facility in accordance with the terms hereof and, as applicable, each PPA and Interconnection Agreement. Seller shall retain all right, title and ownership of any and all Intellectual Property licensed by Seller hereunder. No right, title or interest in any such Intellectual Property is granted, transferred or otherwise conveyed to Buyer under this Agreement except as otherwise expressly set forth herein. Buyer shall not, except as otherwise provided herein, modify, network, rent, lease, loan, sell, distribute or create derivative works based upon Seller’s Intellectual Property in whole or part, or cause or knowingly allow any third party to do so.

Section 11.2 Grant of Third Party Software License .

(a) Seller grants to Buyer a limited (as described herein), non-exclusive, royalty-free, irrevocable (except as described in ARTICLE XII hereof), non- transferable (except as described herein) license to use the third party Software (the “ Software License ”); provided, that (i) such license may be transferred or sub-licensed upon a transfer of a Bloom System to any Person who acquires such Bloom System, (ii) such license may be transferred or sub-licensed by Buyer to any third party Buyer is entitled to engage to maintain any Facility pursuant to Section  10.2(c) , and (iii) such license may be transferred by Buyer to any successor or assign of Buyer permitted pursuant to Section  14.4 . No right, title or interest in any Software provided to Buyer (including all copyrights, patents, trade secrets or other intellectual or intangible property rights of any kind contained therein) is granted, transferred, or otherwise conveyed to Buyer under this Agreement except as expressly set forth herein. Buyer agrees not to reverse engineer or decompile the Software or otherwise use the Software for any purpose other than in connection with the use of the Facilities. Further, Buyer shall not modify, network, rent, lease, loan, sell, distribute or create derivative works based upon the Software in whole or part, or cause or knowingly allow any third party to do so.

 

55


(b) All data collected on the Facilities by Seller using the Software and data collected on the Facilities using Seller’s internal proprietary Software are the sole property of Seller to be used by Seller in accordance with Legal Requirements, and Seller hereby grants to Buyer a limited, non-exclusive, irrevocable (except as set forth in ARTICLE XII hereof), royalty- free license to use the data collected on the Facilities using such Software or Seller’s internal proprietary software only for purposes of using such Facilities and administering the Transaction Documents or as required pursuant to the terms of any PPA, Site License or Interconnection Agreement, provided the provisions of ARTICLE X on confidentiality are maintained.

Section 11.3 Effect on Licenses . All rights and licenses granted under or pursuant to this Agreement by Seller are, and shall otherwise be deemed to be, for purposes of Section 365(n) of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code and of any similar provisions of applicable laws under any other jurisdiction (collectively, the “ Bankruptcy Laws ”), licenses of rights to “intellectual property” as defined under the Bankruptcy Laws. If a case is commenced by or against Seller under the Bankruptcy Laws (excluding a reorganization proceeding under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code if Seller is continuing to perform all of its obligations under this Agreement), Seller (in any capacity, including debtor-in-possession) and its successors and assigns (including a trustee under the Bankruptcy Laws) shall, as Buyer may elect in a written request, immediately upon such request:

(a) perform all of the obligations provided in this Agreement to be performed by Seller including, where applicable, providing to Buyer portions of such intellectual property (including embodiments thereof) held by Seller and such successors and assigns or otherwise available to them and to which Buyer is entitled to have access under this Agreement; and

(b) not interfere with the rights of Buyer under this Agreement, or the Transaction Documents, to such intellectual property (including such embodiments), including any right to obtain such intellectual property (or such embodiments) from another entity, to the extent provided in the Bankruptcy Laws.

Section 11.4 No Software Warranty . Buyer acknowledges and agrees that the use of the Software is at Buyer’s sole risk. The Software and related documentation are provided “AS IS” and without any warranty of any kind and Seller EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

Section 11.5 IP Related Covenants . If Seller grants, bargains, sells, conveys, mortgages, assigns, pledges, warrants or transfers any Intellectual Property or Software that is required (a) for Seller or its Affiliates to perform their respective obligations under the Transaction Documents or (b) for the continued maintenance and operation of the Facilities without a material decrease in performance of the Facilities, Seller shall cause such act or transaction to be subject to the grant of the IP License and Software License under this Agreement.

 

56


Section 11.6 Representations and Warranties . Seller represents and warrants to Buyer as of the Original PUMA Agreement Date and as of each Purchase Date as follows with respect to all Intellectual Property that is required (i) for Seller or its Affiliates to perform their respective obligations under the Transaction Documents, and (ii) for the continued operation of the Facilities in accordance with the Transaction Documents, the PPAs and the Interconnection Agreements without a material decrease in performance of the Facilities:

(a) Seller owns or has the right to use and to authorize Buyer to use all such Intellectual Property and Software; and

(b) Seller and its Affiliates are not infringing on any Intellectual Property of any third party with respect to the actions described in subsection (i) and (ii) of Section  11.6 and the Facilities do not infringe on any Intellectual Property of any third party.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Seller makes no representations or warranties regarding any Intellectual Property rights relating to the Battery Solution other than in respect of the parts or components supplied by Seller or any of its Affiliates to the Battery Solution Manufacturer that are used to manufacture the Battery Solution.

ARTICLE XII

EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND TERMINATION

Section 12.1 Seller Default . The occurrence at any time of any of the following events shall constitute a “ Seller Default ”:

(a) Failure to Pay . The failure of Seller to pay any undisputed amounts owing to Buyer on or before the day following the date on which such amounts are due and payable under the terms of this Agreement and Seller’s failure to cure each such failure within ten (10) Business Days after Seller receives written notice from Buyer of each such failure;

(b) Failure to Perform Other Obligations . Unless due to a Force Majeure Event, the failure of Seller to perform or cause to be performed any other material obligation required to be performed by Seller under this Agreement, or the failure of any representation and warranty set forth herein to be true and correct as and when made; provided , however , that if such failure by its nature can be cured, then Seller shall have a period of thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice of such failure to cure the same and a Seller Default shall not be deemed to exist during such period; provided , further , that if Seller commences to cure such failure during such period and is diligently and in good faith attempting to effect such cure, said period shall be extended for sixty (60) additional days; notwithstanding the foregoing, the cure period set forth above will in no event exceed (and will be deemed modified as necessary to match) the cure period applicable to any particular failure or breach pursuant to a PPA.

(c) Termination Related to Equinix PPA . The termination of (i) this Agreement with respect to any Facilities under the Equinix PPA pursuant to Section  12.7(b) or (ii) the Equinix PPA, in each case relating to, resulting from or arising out of or in connection with any act or omission by Seller, Seller Affiliate, the Service Provider or a Seller or Seller Affiliate agent, representative or subcontractor at any tier that results in a breach of Section 7.1(h)(i) of the Equinix PPA.

 

57


(d) Failure to Remedy Injunction . The failure of Seller to remedy any injunction that prohibits Buyer’s use of any Facility as contemplated by Section  13.1 within sixty (60) days of Seller’s receipt of written notice of Buyer being enjoined therefrom; or

(e) Bankruptcy . If Seller (i) admits in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due; (ii) files a petition or answer seeking reorganization or arrangement under the federal bankruptcy laws or any other Legal Requirements of the United States of America or any State, district or territory thereof; (iii) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; (iv) consents to the appointment of a receiver of the whole or any substantial part of its assets; (v) has a petition in bankruptcy filed against it, and such petition is not dismissed within sixty (60) days after the filing thereof; or if (vi) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order, judgment, or decree appointing a receiver of the whole or any substantial part of Seller’s assets, and such order, judgment or decree is not vacated or set aside or stayed within sixty (60) days from the date of entry thereof; or (vii) under the provisions of any other law for the relief or aid of debtors, any court of competent jurisdiction shall assume custody or control of the whole or any substantial part of Seller’s assets and such custody or control is not terminated or stayed within sixty (60) days from the date of assumption of such custody or control.

Section 12.2 Buyer Default . The occurrence at any time of the following events with respect to Buyer shall constitute a “ Buyer Default ”:

(a) Failure to Pay . The failure of Buyer to pay any undisputed amounts owing to Seller on or before the day following the date on which such amounts are due and payable under the terms of this Agreement and Buyer’s failure to cure each such failure within ten (10) Business Days after Buyer receives written notice of each such failure; or

(b) Failure to Perform Other Obligations . Unless due to a Force Majeure Event, the failure of Buyer to perform or cause to be performed any material obligation required to be performed by Buyer under this Agreement or the failure of any representation and warranty set forth herein to be true and correct as and when made; provided , however , that if such failure by its nature can be cured, then Buyer shall have a period of thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice of such failure to cure the same and a Buyer Default shall not be deemed to exist during such period; provided , further , that if Buyer commences to cure such failure during such period and is diligently and in good faith attempting to effect such cure, said period shall be extended for sixty (60) additional days.

(c) Bankruptcy . If Buyer (i) admits in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due; (ii) files a petition or answer seeking reorganization or arrangement under the federal bankruptcy laws or any other Legal Requirements of the United States of America or any State, district or territory thereof; (iii) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; (iv) consents to the appointment of a receiver of the whole or any substantial part of its assets; (v) has a petition in bankruptcy filed against it, and such petition is not dismissed within sixty (60) days after the filing thereof; or if (vi) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order, judgment, or decree appointing a receiver of the whole or any substantial part of Buyer’s assets, and such order, judgment or decree is not vacated or set aside or stayed within sixty (60) days from the date of entry thereof; or (vii) under the provisions of any other law for the relief or aid of debtors, any court of competent jurisdiction shall assume custody or control of the whole or any substantial part of Buyer’s assets and such custody or control is not terminated or stayed within sixty (60) days from the date of assumption of such custody or control.

 

58


Section 12.3 Buyer s Remedies Upon Occurrence of a Seller Default . If a Seller Default has occurred under Section  12.1(e) , Buyer may terminate this Agreement by written notice, and assert all rights and remedies available to Buyer under Legal Requirements subject to the limitations of liability set forth in Section  13.5 . If a Seller Default has occurred under Section  12.1(c) , Buyer may, (a) at its option, (1) terminate this Agreement by written notice, and assert all rights and remedies available to Buyer under Legal Requirements subject to the limitations of liability set forth in Section  13.5 , or (2) terminate this Agreement with respect to any or all of the Facilities installed pursuant to the Equinix PPA and assert all rights and remedies available to Buyer under Legal Requirements subject to the limitations of liability set forth in Section  13.5 , and (b) require Seller, at Buyer’s option, to repurchase pursuant to Section  12.7(c) the relevant Facilities in respect of which this Agreement is being terminated. If a Seller Default has occurred under Section  12.1(a) , Section  12.1(b) or Section  12.1(d) , Buyer may terminate this Agreement only with respect to those Facilities for which such Seller Default has occurred by written notice, and (i) assert all rights and remedies available to Buyer under Legal Requirements subject to the limitations of liability set forth in Section  13.5 , or (ii) require Seller and, if so required, Seller shall repurchase the relevant Facility in respect of which this Agreement is being terminated from Buyer on an AS IS basis by paying the Refund Value of any such Facility, calculated as of the date of such refund, in which case Seller shall take title to such Facility upon paying the Refund Value, and such Facility shall no longer constitute a portion of the Portfolio; provided, however, that if a Seller Default has occurred under Section  12.1 (a) or Section  12.1(b) and remains uncured with respect to ten (10) or more Facilities, then Buyer may terminate this Agreement by written notice with respect to all Facilities. If a Facility will be removed pursuant to this Section  12.3 , Seller shall at its sole cost and expense remove the Facility and any other ancillary equipment (including the concrete pad and any other improvements to the applicable Site to the extent required under the applicable PPA or Site License) from the applicable Site, restoring the Site to its condition before the installation, including closing all utility connections and properly sealing any Site penetrations in the manner required by all Legal Requirements and the applicable PPA or Site License.

Section 12.4 Seller s Remedies Upon Occurrence of a Buyer Default . If a Buyer Default has occurred under Section  12.2(c) , Seller may terminate this Agreement by written notice, and assert all rights and remedies available to Seller under Legal Requirements subject to the limitations of liability set forth in Section  13.5 . If a Buyer Default has occurred Seller may terminate this Agreement only with respect to those Facilities for which a Buyer Default has occurred and remains uncured; provided that if such Buyer Default is a Buyer Default under Section  12.2(a) and has occurred and remains uncured with respect to ten (10) or more Facilities, then Seller may terminate this Agreement with respect to all Facilities not yet paid in full by Buyer by written notice, and assert all rights and remedies available to Seller under Legal Requirements with respect to those Facilities for which a Buyer Default has occurred, subject to the limitations of liability set forth in Section  13.5 , including without limitation retaining any prior payments with respect to such Facilities and selling such Facilities to another buyer.

Section 12.5 Preservation of Rights . Termination of this Agreement shall not affect any rights or obligations as between the Parties which may have accrued prior to such termination or

 

59


which expressly or by implication are intended to survive termination whether resulting from the event giving rise to termination or otherwise, including, without limitation, ARTICLE X , ARTICLE XI , and ARTICLE XIII .

Section 12.6 Force Majeure . If either Party is rendered wholly or partially unable to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement by reason of a Force Majeure Event, that Party (the “ Claiming Party ”) will be excused from whatever performance is affected by the Force Majeure Event to the extent so affected; provided , however , that (a) the Claiming Party, within a reasonable time after the occurrence of such Force Majeure Event gives the other Party notice describing the particulars of the occurrence; (b) the suspension of performance shall be of no greater scope and of no longer duration than is reasonably required by the Force Majeure Event; (c) no liability of either Party for an event that arose before the occurrence of the Force Majeure Event shall be excused as a result of the Force Majeure Event; (d) the Claiming Party shall exercise commercially reasonable efforts to correct or cure the event or condition excusing performance and resume performance of all its obligations; and (e) when the Claiming Party is able to resume performance of its obligations under this Agreement, the Claiming Party shall promptly give the other Party notice to that effect and shall promptly resume performance.

Section 12.7 Termination of Facilities Subject to PPAs .

(a) In the event that a PPA is terminated with respect to a Facility, this Agreement shall be deemed terminated with respect to that Facility and Buyer shall owe Seller no further Services Fees in respect of such Facility for any period from and after the date of termination. For clarity, nothing in this Section  12.7(a) shall limit in any manner any other remedies that may be available to Buyer under this Agreement.

(b) In the event of a Compliance Law Violation (as defined in the Equinix PPA), the Parties will cooperate in good faith to cure such Compliance Law Violation in accordance with the terms of Section  7.1(h)(i) of the Equinix PPA including, without limitation, by ensuring that any individual(s), Seller Affiliate, Service Provider and/or Seller or Seller Affiliate agent, representative or subcontractor at any tier directly involved in the Compliance Law Violation are no longer in any way performing under the Equinix PPA. In the event that, notwithstanding such efforts, such Compliance Law Violation either (i) can only be cured by the termination of Seller’s performance in connection with the Equinix PPA, or (ii) results in the termination of the Equinix PPA, then, in either case, Buyer may terminate this Agreement with respect to any or all Facilities installed pursuant to the Equinix PPA and Buyer shall owe Seller no further Service Fees in respect of such Facility(ies) for any period from and after the date of termination. For clarity, nothing in this Section  12.7(b) shall limit in any manner any other remedies that may be available to Buyer under this Agreement.

(c) In the event that the termination of this Agreement with respect to any Facilities under Section  12.7(a) or Section  12.7(b) results from the default of Seller under this Agreement, including, for clarity, in connection with a breach of Section  7.1(h)(i) of the Equinix PPA, Seller shall, at Buyer’s option, repurchase the relevant Facilities in respect of which this Agreement is being terminated from Buyer on an AS IS basis by paying the Refund Value of any such Facilities, calculated as of the date of such refund, in which case Seller shall take title to such Facilities upon paying the Refund Value, and the applicable Bloom Systems shall no longer

 

60


constitute a portion of the Portfolio. If a Facility will be removed pursuant to this Section  12.7(c) , Seller shall at its sole cost and expense remove (or cause the removal of) the Facility and any other ancillary equipment (including the concrete pad and any other improvements to the applicable Site to the extent required under the applicable PPA or Site License) from the applicable Site, restoring the Site to its condition before the installation, including closing all utility connections and properly sealing any Site penetrations in the manner required by all Legal Requirements and the applicable PPA or Site License.

ARTICLE XIII

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 13.1 IP Indemnity .

(a) Except as expressly limited below, Seller agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Buyer, its members, and their Affiliates and their respective managers, officers, directors, employees and agents harmless from and against any and all Third Party Claims and Indemnifiable Losses (including in connection with obtaining any Intellectual Property necessary for continuation of completion, operation and maintenance of Bloom Systems purchased by Buyer from Seller), arising from or in connection with any alleged infringement, conflict, violation or misuse of any patents, copyrights, trade secrets or other third party Intellectual Property rights by Bloom Systems purchased by Buyer from Seller (or the use, operation or maintenance thereof) or the exercise of the IP License or the Software License granted pursuant to Section  11.1 and Section  11.2 hereunder. Buyer shall give Seller prompt notice of any such claims. Seller shall be entitled to participate in, and, unless in the opinion of counsel for Seller a conflict of interest between the Parties may exist with respect to such claim, assume control of the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably acceptable to Buyer. Buyer authorizes Seller to settle or defend such claims in its sole discretion on Buyer’s behalf, without imposing any monetary or other obligation or liability on Buyer and subject to Buyer’s participation rights set forth in this Section13.1 . Buyer shall assist Seller upon reasonable request by Seller and, at Seller’s reasonable expense, in defending any such claim. If Seller does not assume the defense of such claim, or if a conflict precludes Seller from assuming the defense, then Seller shall reimburse Buyer on a monthly basis for Buyer’s reasonable defense expenses of such claim through separate counsel of Buyer’s choice reasonably acceptable to Seller. Even if Seller assumes the defense of such claim, Buyer may, at its sole option, participate in the defense, at Buyer’s expense, without relieving Seller of any of its obligations hereunder. Should Buyer be enjoined from selling or using any Bloom System as a result of such claim, Seller will, at its sole option and discretion, either(i) procure or otherwise obtain for Buyer the right to use or sell the Bloom System; (ii) modify the Bloom System so that it becomes non-infringing but still substantially meets the original functional specifications of the Bloom System (in which event, for the avoidance of doubt, all warranties hereunder shall continue to apply unmodified); (iii) upon return of the Bloom System to Seller, as directed by Seller, provide to Buyer a non-infringing Bloom System meeting the functional specifications of the Bloom System, or (iv) when and if none of the first three options is reasonably available to Seller, authorize the return of the Bloom System to Seller and, upon receipt thereof, return to Buyer all monies paid by Buyer to Seller for the cost of the Bloom Systems and BOF, net of any monies paid by Seller to Buyer for any performance guaranties or other warranty claims; provided that Seller shall not elect the option in the preceding clause (i) without Buyer’s written consent if such election could reasonably be expected to materially decrease Buyer’s revenues or materially increase Buyer’s operating expenses.

 

61


(a) THIS INDEMNITY SHALL NOT COVER ANY CLAIM:

(i) for Intellectual Property infringement, conflict, violation or misuse arising from or in connection with any combination made by Buyer of any Bloom System with any other product or products or modifications made by or on behalf of Buyer to any part of the Bloom System, unless (A) such combination or modification is in accordance with Seller’s specifications for the Bloom System, (B) such combination or modification is made by or on behalf of or at the written request of Seller where Seller has requested the specific combination or modification giving rise to the claim by Buyer, or (C) such other product or products would not infringe the Intellectual Property rights of a third party but for the combination with any part of the Bloom System;

(ii) for infringement of any Intellectual Property rights arising in whole or in part from any aspect of the Bloom System which was designed by or requested by Buyer on a custom basis. For the avoidance of doubt, the integration of the Battery Solution into any Facility shall not constitute an alteration designed by or requested by Buyer on a custom basis; or

(iii) for infringement of any Intellectual Property rights arising in whole or in part from any aspect of the Battery Solution (unless such infringement arises in whole or in part from any aspect of the parts or components supplied by Seller or any of its Affiliates to the Battery Solution Manufacturer that are used to manufacture the Battery Solution).

Section 13.2 Indemnification of Seller by Buyer . Buyer shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Seller, its officers, directors, employees, shareholders, Affiliates and agents (each, a “ Seller Indemnitee ”) from and against any and all Indemnifiable Losses asserted against or suffered by any Seller Indemnitee arising out of a claim by a third party (other than a claim for Seller Indemnitee’s breach of any contract to which a Seller Indemnitee is a party) and in any way relating to, resulting from or arising out of or in connection with any Third Party Claims against a Seller Indemnitee to the extent arising out of or in connection with (a) the negligent or intentional acts or omissions of Buyer or its subcontractors, agents or employees or others under Buyer’s control (excluding Seller and any Seller Affiliate) or breach by Buyer of its representations, warranties or obligations under any Transaction Document, or (b) operation of Bloom Systems by any party other than Seller or an Affiliate or subcontractor of Seller after such Bloom Systems have been purchased by Buyer pursuant to this Agreement (but subject to Seller’s warranties, covenants and indemnities under this Agreement and any other Transaction Document to which Seller is a party); provided that Buyer shall have no obligation to indemnify Seller to the extent caused by or arising out of (i) any negligence, fraud or willful misconduct of any Seller Indemnitee or the breach by Seller or any Seller Indemnitee of its covenants, representations and warranties under this Agreement or in any Payment Certificate, or (ii) any operation of Bloom Systems by a party outside of Buyer’s control or direction or by a party taking such action despite Buyer’s reasonable efforts to prevent the same.

 

62


Section 13.3 Indemnification of Buyer by Seller .

(a) Seller shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Buyer, its members, managers, officers, directors, employees, Affiliates and agents (each, a “ Buyer Indemnitee ”) from and against any and all Indemnifiable Losses asserted against or suffered by any Buyer Indemnitee arising out of (1) a claim by a third party (other than a claim for Buyer Indemnitee’s breach of contract (other than any breach by a Buyer Indemnitee of any PPA or Site License based on any breach by Seller of its obligations under this Agreement to perform obligations under such PPA or Site License on behalf of Buyer)) and in any way relating to, resulting from or arising out of or in connection with any Third Party Claims against a Buyer Indemnitee to the extent arising out of or in connection with the negligent or intentional acts or omissions of Seller or its subcontractors, agents or employees or others under Seller’s control (other than matters addressed separately in Section  13.1 , which shall be governed by the terms thereof), (2) a breach by Seller of its representations, warranties or obligations under any Transaction Document or in any Payment Certificate, including any breach of a PPA or Site License relating to, resulting from or arising out of or in connection with any act or omission by Seller, Seller Affiliate, the Service Provider or a Seller or Seller Affiliate agent, representative or subcontractor at any tier in respect of EPC Services or Facility Services that Seller is obligated to perform on behalf of Buyer in fulfillment of such obligations under the PPA or Site License including, for clarity, a breach of Section 7.1(h)(i) of the Equinix PPA relating to, resulting from or arising out of or in connection with any act or omission by Seller, Seller Affiliate, the Service Provider or a Seller or Seller Affiliate agent, representative or subcontractor at any tier, or (3) any injury, death, or damage to property caused by a defect in a Facility; provided that, Seller shall have no obligation to indemnify Buyer to the extent caused by or arising out of any negligence, fraud or willful misconduct of a Buyer Indemnitee, the breach by Buyer or any Buyer Indemnitee of its covenants, representations and warranties under this Agreement or the inability of Buyer to ultimately utilize any tax benefits.

(b) Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, in the event that Buyer incurs any liability, cost, loss or expense to a PPA Customer (including relating to a breach of a PPA or Site License) in relation to the repurchase by or return to Seller of any Bloom System under this Agreement, Seller shall indemnify and hold Buyer harmless for any such liability, cost, loss or expense incurred by Buyer.

(c) Seller acknowledges and agrees that each PPA Customer is an intended third party beneficiary of Seller’s indemnification obligations in favor of the Buyer Indemnitees and that Buyer may, at its sole option, elect to assign to a PPA Customer the right to seek indemnification directly from Seller in the event that Buyer owes to such PPA Customer any indemnification obligations arising out of any actions or inactions of Seller under this Agreement that give rise to an indemnification obligation of Seller in favor of any Buyer Indemnitee.

Section 13.4 Indemnity Claims Procedure . Except as otherwise provided in Section  13.1 , if any indemnifiable claim is brought against a Party (the “ Indemnified Party ”), then the other Party (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) shall be entitled to participate in, and, unless in the reasonable opinion of counsel for the Indemnifying Party a conflict of interest between the Parties may exist with respect to such claim, assume the defense of such claim, with counsel reasonably acceptable to the Indemnifying Party. If the Indemnifying Party does not assume the defense of the Indemnified Party, or if a conflict precludes the Indemnifying Party from assuming the defense, then the Indemnifying Party shall reimburse the Indemnified Party on a monthly basis for the Indemnified Party’s reasonable defense expenses through separate counsel of the Indemnified

 

63


Party’s choice. Even if the Indemnifying Party assumes the defense of the Indemnified Party with acceptable counsel, the Indemnifying Party, at its sole option, may participate in the defense, at its own expense, with counsel of its own choice without relieving the Indemnifying Party of any of its obligations hereunder.

Section 13.5 Limitation of Liability .

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, in no event shall a Party be liable to the other Party for an amount in excess of the Maximum Liability unless and to the extent such liability is the result of (A) fraud, willful default, willful misconduct, or gross negligence of a Party or that Party’s employees, agents, subcontractors (except that for the purposes of this provision, Seller and its employees, agents and subcontractors will not be deemed to be employees, agents or subcontractors of Buyer), (B) a Third Party Claim, (C) a claim of Seller against Buyer for Buyer’s failure to pay the Service Fees or Purchase Price for any Facility (which amounts shall not be included in calculating Buyer’s Maximum Liability), (D) a claim with respect to injury to or death of any individual, (E) Seller’s abandonment to the extent constituting a repudiation of this Agreement in respect of all or any part of the Facilities, (F) events or circumstances in respect of which insurance proceeds are available or that would have been available but for a failure by Seller to maintain, or comply with the terms of, insurance that it is required to obtain and maintain under this Agreement, and any amounts so received will not be included when calculating Seller’s Maximum Liability, (G) a claim of Buyer against Seller for Seller’s breach of a Fundamental Representation, (H) any purchase price adjustment pursuant to Section 2.7 or Section 2.8 , (I) any Indemnifiable Losses asserted against or suffered by Buyer in connection with the LREC Contract, or (J) any Indemnifiable Losses asserted against or suffered by Buyer in connection with a breach of Section 7.1(h)(i) of the Equinix PPA relating to, resulting from or arising out of or in connection with any act or omission by Seller, Seller Affiliate, the Service Provider or a Seller or Seller Affiliate agent, representative or subcontractor at any tier. Subject always to the Maximum Liability limitations set forth in the preceding sentence, except for damages or amounts specifically provided for in this Agreement or in connection with the indemnification for damages awarded to a third party under a Third Party Claim, damages hereunder are limited to direct damages, and in no event shall a Party be liable to the other Party, and the Parties hereby waive claims, for indirect, punitive, special or consequential damages or loss of profits; provided, however, that the loss of profits language set forth in this Section 13.5(a) shall not be interpreted to exclude from Indemnifiable Losses any losses arising as a result of (i) the loss or recapture of any ITC, or (ii) in connection with a breach of Section 7.1(h)(i) of the Equinix PPA relating to, resulting from or arising out of or in connection with any act or omission by Seller, Seller Affiliate, the Service Provider or a Seller or Seller Affiliate agent, representative or subcontractor at any tier. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, in no event shall the limitation of liability set forth above as it pertains to Seller limit Seller’s obligations to Buyer for any payments owed by Seller to Buyer regarding (i) the Refund Value of any Facility(ies), (ii) Performance Guaranty payments, (iii) liability for any PPA Warranties that Seller has incurred pursuant to Section 5.8, (iv) Indemnifiable Losses arising from the loss or recapture of any ITC, and/or any Indemnifiable Losses asserted against or suffered by Buyer in connection with the LREC Contract or in connection with a breach of Section 7.1(h)(i) of the Equinix PPA relating to, resulting from or arising out of or in connection with any act or omission by Seller, Seller Affiliate, the Service Provider or a Seller or Seller Affiliate agent, representative or subcontractor at any tier. Any amounts paid or payable by Seller to Buyer as described in clauses

(i) through (v) of the preceding sentence will not be included when calculating Seller’s Maximum Liability.

 

64


(b) Each Party hereby waives any claim under this ARTICLE XIII irrespective of the legal theory under which it is brought to the extent such claim is covered by the insurance of the claiming Party.

Section 13.6 Liquidated Damages; Estoppel . The Parties acknowledge and agree that it would be impracticable or impossible to determine with precision the amount of damages that would or may be incurred by Buyer as a result of the Portfolio’s failure to satisfy any Capacity Warranty. It is therefore understood and agreed by the Parties that: (a) Buyer may be damaged by Seller’s failure to satisfy either Capacity Warranty; (b) it would be impractical or impossible to fix the actual damages to Buyer resulting therefrom; and (c) any cash payments in respect of a claim under the Performance Guaranty and any Refund Values payable to Buyer under Section  5.7 for failure to meet such obligations are in the nature of liquidated damages, and not a penalty, and are fair and reasonable estimate of compensation for the losses that Buyer may reasonably be anticipated to incur by such failure. Seller hereby (i) waives any argument that its failure to comply with its obligations set forth in Section  5.7 would not cause Buyer irreparable harm, (ii) agrees that it shall be estopped from arguing the invalidity, or otherwise questioning the reasonableness, of the liquidated damages provided for herein, and (iii) agrees that it will consent to the entry of judgment ordering payment of such liquidated damages in any court of competent jurisdiction. Seller and Buyer each agree that Buyer shall be under no obligation to submit any dispute regarding the payment of any Refund Value when due to the dispute resolution mechanism set forth in Section  14.5 , but may rather immediately pursue whatever rights it has available under this Agreement, at law or in equity in accordance with Section  14.6 herein.

Section 13.7 Survival . The Parties’ respective rights and obligations under this ARTICLE XIII shall survive any total or partial termination of this Agreement.

ARTICLE XIV

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

Section 14.1 Amendment and Modification . This Agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented only by written agreement of Buyer and Seller.

Section 14.2 Waiver of Compliance; Consents . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, any failure of any of the Parties to comply with any obligation, covenant, agreement or condition herein may be waived by the Party entitled to the benefits thereof only by a written instrument signed by the Party granting such waiver, but any such waiver of such obligation, covenant, agreement or condition shall not operate as a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, any subsequent failure to comply therewith.

Section 14.3 Notices . All notices, provisions of Documentation, reports, certifications, or other documentation, and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given when received if delivered personally or by facsimile transmission with completed transmission acknowledgment or by electronic mail, or when delivered if mailed by overnight delivery via a nationally recognized courier or registered or certified first class mail (return receipt

 

65


requested), postage prepaid, to the recipient Party at its below address (or at such other address or facsimile number for a Party as shall be specified by like notice; provided, however, that notices of a change of address shall be effective only upon receipt thereof and that any notice provided by electronic mail will be followed promptly by another form of notice consistent with this Section 14.3 and will be effective when such follow-up notice is deemed effective):

 

To Seller:   

Bloom Energy Corporation

1299 Orleans Drive

Sunnyvale, CA 94089-1137

Attention: [***]

Telephone: [***]

Fax: [***]

Email: [***]

To Buyer:   

2016 ESA Project Company, LLC

c/o Southern PowerSecure Holdings, Inc.

c/o PowerSecure International, Inc.

1609 Heritage Commerce Ct.

Wake Forest NC 27587

Attention: President and Chief Executive Officer

Email: [***]

   and to:
  

Southern Company Services, Inc.

30 Ivan Allen Jr. Blvd., NW

Bin SC 1203 Atlanta, GA 30308

Attention: General Counsel

Email: [***]

   with a copy to:
  

Smith, Anderson, Blount, Dorsett, Mitchell & Jernigan, L.L.P.

150 Fayetteville Street, Suite 2300

Raleigh, NC 27601

Attention: [***]

Telephone: [***]

Email: [***]

Section 14.4 Assignment; Subcontractors .

(a) This Agreement and all of the provisions hereof shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns (including by operation of law), but neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder shall be assigned by any Party without the prior written consent of the other Party (to be granted in the other Party’s sole discretion), provided that (i) Buyer may assign its indemnification rights to PPA Customers as set forth in Section 13.3 upon notice to Seller,

 

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested    66   


(ii) Buyer may assign all of its right, title and interest in and to this Agreement to an Affiliate wholly owned (directly or indirectly) by The Southern Company without the prior consent of Seller (provided that such assignee Affiliate shall assign this Agreement back to the Buyer at any future date that such assignee is no longer an Affiliate of the Buyer), (iii) Buyer may make such an assignment without Seller’s consent to a successor to substantially all of Buyer’s business, whether in a merger, sale of stock, sale of assets or other transaction (other than a transaction with an entity that is a competitor of Seller or its Affiliates, unless consented to under the provisions of paragraph (b)), and (iv) Seller shall be entitled to subcontract any of its obligations under this Agreement without consent (except as set forth in Section 4.6) or to assign its obligations under this Agreement to an Affiliate under common ownership with Seller, provided further that (i)  such assignment or subcontracting shall not excuse Seller from the obligation to competently perform any subcontracted or assigned obligations or any of its other obligations under the Agreement and (ii) nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to require the consent of any party with respect to any change in control, merger or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of The Southern Company or Seller. Any purported assignment or delegation in violation of this Section shall be null and void.

(b) In the event of an assignment by Buyer or other transaction described in paragraph (a)(iii), Buyer shall notify Seller of the identity of the proposed assignee or successor in writing, and Seller shall have the right to consent to such assignment or transaction in the event that Seller reasonably believes such proposed assignee to be a competitor of Seller. Seller shall notify Buyer of its determination within ten (10) Business Days of receipt of notice from Buyer hereunder. If Seller notifies Buyer that it has determined that the proposed assignee is a competitor of Seller and that Seller is electing to withhold consent, then Buyer shall be prohibited from consummating the proposed transaction unless it has been finally determined that such proposed assignee is not a competitor of Seller.

(c) Any disputes regarding Seller’s determination of a proposed assignee as a competitor to Seller shall be resolved as follows:

(i) Buyer will promptly provide written notification of the dispute to Seller within five (5) Business Days after notice by Seller that it has determined the proposed assignee to be a competitor and that it is withholding its consent. Thereafter, a meeting shall be held promptly between the Parties, attended by Seller’s Chief Financial Officer and Buyer’s Chief Financial Officer, to attempt in good faith to negotiate a resolution of the dispute, provided , that either Party may elect to escalate the dispute to the Parties’ respective Chief Executive Officer at any time.

(ii) If the Parties are not successful in resolving a dispute within ten (10) Business Days of the meeting called for above, the dispute shall be submitted, within ten (10) Business Days thereafter, to a mediator with energy industry experience. The Parties shall cooperate with and provide such documents, information and other assistance as is requested by the mediator to assist in efforts to resolve the dispute. The costs of the mediator shall be borne equally by the Parties.

(iii) If efforts to mediate are not successful within thirty (30) days of submitting the dispute to the mediator, both Parties will retain all legal remedies available to them.

 

67


Section 14.5 Dispute Resolution; Service of Process .

(a) Except as provided in Section  13.6 and Section  14.4 , in the event a dispute, controversy or claim arises hereunder, including any claim whether in contract, tort (including negligence), strict product liability or otherwise, the aggrieved Party will promptly provide written notification of the dispute to the other Party within ten (10) days after such dispute arises. Thereafter, a meeting shall be held promptly between the Parties, attended by representatives of the Parties with decision-making authority regarding the dispute, to attempt in good faith to negotiate a resolution of the dispute. If the Parties are not successful in resolving a dispute within twenty-one (21) days of such meeting, then, subject to the limitations on remedies set forth in Section  12.3 and Section  12.4 and ARTICLE XIII , either Party may pursue whatever rights it has available under this Agreement, at law or in equity in accordance with Section  14.6 herein.

(b) In the event of any dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement, each Party hereby consents to service of process made to the addressees set forth in Section  14.3 herein either by overnight delivery by a nationally recognized courier or by certified first class mail, return receipt requested, and hereby acknowledges that service by such means shall constitute valid and lawful service of process against the Party being served.

Section 14.6 Governing Law, Jurisdiction, Venue . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO ANY CONFLICTS OF LAW OR OTHER PRINCIPLES THEREOF THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION (OTHER THAN SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW). THE PARTIES HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMIT TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK WITH RESPECT TO ANY DISPUTE ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO ANY SUCH DISPUTE AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM WITH RESPECT THERETO.

Section 14.7 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Signatures delivered by facsimile (or portable document format) will be considered original signatures, and each Party shall thereafter promptly deliver original signatures to the other Party.

Section 14.8 Interpretation . The article, section and schedule headings contained in this Agreement are solely for the purpose of reference, are not part of the agreement of the Parties and shall not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

Section 14.9 Entire Agreement . The Transaction Documents and the exhibits, schedules, documents, certificates and instruments referred to therein, embody the entire agreement and understanding of the Parties in respect of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Each Party acknowledges that, in agreeing to enter into this Agreement, it has not relied on any

 

68


representation, warranty, collateral contract or other assurance (except those repeated in this Agreement and any other agreement entered into on the date of this Agreement between the Parties) made by or on behalf of any other Party at any time before the signature of this Agreement. Each Party waives all rights and remedies which, but for this clause (a), might otherwise be available to it in respect of any such representation, warranty, collateral contract or other assurance.

Section 14.10 Construction of Agreement . The terms and provisions of this Agreement represent the results of negotiations between Buyer and Seller, each of which has been represented by counsel of its own choosing, and neither of which has acted under duress or compulsion, whether legal, economic or otherwise. Accordingly, the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be interpreted and construed in accordance with their usual and customary meanings, and Buyer and Seller hereby waive the application in connection with the interpretation and construction of this Agreement of any rule of law to the effect that ambiguous or conflicting terms or provisions contained in this Agreement shall be interpreted or construed against the Party whose attorney prepared the executed draft or any earlier draft of this Agreement.

Section 14.11 Severability . If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of law or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any Party.

Section 14.12 Further Assurances . Each Party agrees to execute and deliver such additional documents and instruments and to perform such additional acts as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate, carry out and perform all of the terms, provisions, and conditions of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Section 14.13 Independent Contractors . The Parties acknowledge that, save as expressly set out in this Agreement to the contrary, each Party is entering into this Agreement as an independent contractor and nothing in this Agreement shall be interpreted or applied so as to make the relationship of any of the Parties that of partners, joint ventures or anything other than independent contractors. For clarity, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, including Seller’s obligation to perform on behalf of Buyer certain of Buyer’s obligations under PPAs and Site Licenses, neither Seller nor any of its employees, agents, subcontractors or representatives shall be considered an employee, agent, subcontractor or representative of, nor under the control of, Buyer under this Agreement.

Section 14.14 Limitation on Export . Buyer agrees that it will not export, re-export, resell, ship or divert directly or indirectly any Facility or any part thereof in any form or technical data or Software furnished hereunder to any country prohibited by the United States Government or any other Governmental Authority, or for which an export license or other Governmental Approval is required, without first obtaining such license or approval.

Section 14.15 Time of Essence . Time is of the essence with respect to all matters contained in this Agreement.

 

69


Section 14.16 No Rights in Third Parties . Except as otherwise specified herein, (a) nothing in this Agreement nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed to create any duty, liability or standard of care to any Person that is not a Party, (b) no Person that is not a Party shall have any rights or interest, direct or indirect, in this Agreement or the services to be provided hereunder and (c) this Agreement is intended solely for the benefit of the Parties, and the Parties expressly disclaim any intent to create any rights in any third party as a third-party beneficiary to this Agreement or the services to be provided hereunder.

Section 14.17 Amendment and Restatement of Original PUMA . By their execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Parties hereby amend and restate in its entirety the Original PUMA. From and after the date hereof, (a) the Parties’ mutual understanding of each of the matters set forth herein shall be governed by the terms of this Agreement, and (b) any reference to the Original PUMA in any other agreement(s) shall be understood to refer to this Agreement.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

70


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Buyer and Seller have caused this First Amended and Restated Purchase, Use and Maintenance Agreement to be signed by their respective duly authorized officers as of the Agreement Date.

 

BUYER:     SELLER:
2016 ESA PROJECT COMPANY, LLC     BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

a Delaware limited liability company

    a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ Eric Dupont

    By:  

/s/ Randy Furr

Name: Eric Dupont     Name: Randy Furr
Title: Chief Financial Officer     Title: Chief Commercial Officer

[ Signature Page to First Amended and Restated Purchase, Use and Maintenance Agreement ]


Annex A

Minimum Power Product Example Calculation

Sample Performance Warranty Example Calculation

 

Assumptions     

Number of Facilities in Portfolio

     46    

System Capacity (per Facility)

     200       kW  

Performance Warranty

     86  
Minimum Power Product Analysis     

Minimum Power Product

     7,912       kW  
   
Sample Performance Guaranty Example Calculation     
Assumptions     

Number of Facilities in Portfolio

     46    

System Capacity

     200       kW  

Performance Warranty

     95  
Minimum Power Product Analysis     

Minimum Power Product

     8,740       kW  
   

 

ANNEX A-1


Annex B

Insurance

Insurance . At all times during the Term, without cost to Buyer, Seller shall maintain in force and effect the following insurance, which insurance shall not be subject to cancellation, termination or other material adverse changes unless the insurer delivers to Buyer written notice of the cancellation, termination or change at least thirty (30) days in advance of the effective date of the cancellation, termination or material adverse change or if notice from the insurer to Buyer of material adverse change is not available on commercially reasonable terms then Seller shall provide Buyer with such notice as soon as reasonably possible after becoming aware of such change:

(a) Worker’s Compensation Insurance as required by the laws of the state in which Buyer’s facilities are located;

(b) Employer’s liability insurance with limits at policy inception not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00);

(c) Commercial General Liability Insurance, including bodily injury and property damage liability (arising from premises, operations, contractual liability endorsements, products liability, or completed operations) with limits not less than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) at policy inception;

(d) If there is exposure, automobile liability insurance in accordance with prudent industry practice with a limit of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00), combined single limit per occurrence;

(e) Umbrella liability insurance acting in excess of underlying employer’s liability, commercial general liability and automobile liability policies with limits not less than Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000.00), except that any subcontractors shall be required to maintain such insurance with limits of not less than Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000.00);

(f) Professional errors and omission insurance with a limit of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) per occurrence;

(g) Environmental/pollution liability insurance with a limit of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) per claim;

(h) All Risk property insurance on the Facilities, including Builder’s Risk/Installation Coverage, with replacement costs and a delay in startup component; and

(i) Marine Cargo - Transit coverage (including air, land and ocean cargo, as applicable) on an “all-risk” basis and a “warehouse to warehouse” basis with a per occurrence limit equal to not less than 110% of the value including transit and insurance of such shipment involving the Facility at all times for which the Seller bears or has accepted risk of loss or has responsibility for providing insurance. Coverage shall include loading, unloading and temporary storage (as applicable). Coverage shall be maintained in accordance with prudent industry practice in all regards with per occurrence deductibles of not more than $50,000 for physical damage and other terms and conditions acceptable to the Buyer.

 

ANNEX B-1


Seller shall cause Buyer to be included as additional insured to all insurance policies required in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement except for worker’s compensation. The required insurance must be written as a primary policy not contributing to or in excess of any policies carried by Seller, and each must contain a waiver of subrogation, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Buyer, in favor of Buyer.

The insurances contemplated in this clause are primary. The Parties acknowledge that, if a claim is made under any of the insurances contemplated in this Agreement, it is their intention that the insurer cannot require the Party first to exhaust indemnities referred to in this Agreement before the insurer’s obligation to perform is mature, subject to the insurer’s later pursuing subrogation, in which event any recovery will be credited by such insurer pro tanto in favor of the policyholder. The general liability and umbrella liability insurances required by this agreement shall provide blanket contractual coverage to the full policy limit. Where applicable, each of these insurances will:

(a) be effected with an insurer reasonably acceptable to Buyer;

(b) contain a waiver of subrogation in favor of Buyer;

(c) contain deductibles in accordance with prudent industry practice and approved by Buyer acting reasonably; and

(d) include a provision that such insurance is primary insurance with respect to the interests of Buyer and Seller and that any other insurance maintained by Buyer is excess and not contributory insurance with the insurances required under this Agreement.

Seller shall provide Buyer with evidence of compliance with these insurance requirements when requested by Buyer from time to time on a reasonable basis.

 

ANNEX B-2


Annex C

Capacity Warranty Claim Example Calculation and Amounts Payable

Quarterly Performance Warranty Claim Example Calculation

 

Assumptions     

Number of Systems

     46    

System Capacity

     200       kW  

Hours/Day

     24       Hours  

Measurement Period

     90       Days  

Force Majeure Outage in Period (1)

     5       Hours  

PPA Customer Outage in Period (1)

     0       Hours  

Legal/Grid Outage in Period (1)

     0       Hours  

Battery Solution Outage in Period (1)

     0       Hours  

Starting Performance Warranty Bank Balance

     3,985,900       kWh  
Quarterly Performance Warranty Analysis     
Minimum kWh (2)      17,050,360       kWh  
Actual kWh      15,500,160       kWh  
Underperformance (kWh)      1,550,200       KWh  
Performance Warranty Bank Adjustment     
Starting Balance      3,985,900       kWh  
Debit      (1,550,200     kWh  
Ending Balance      2,435,700       kWh  
Quarterly Performance Warranty Claim?      NO    
(1)    As defined by “Minimum kWh.”
(2)    Minimum kWh = ((Measurement Period Days * 24 Hours/Day) - Force Majeure Hours - PPA Customer Outage Hours - Legal/Grid Outage Hours Battery Solution Outage Hours) * Minimum Power Product (3)
(3)    As calculated per Annex A.

 

ANNEX C-1


Annual Performance Guaranty Claim Example Calculation

Assumptions

 

Number of Systems

     46    

System Capacity

     200       kW  

Hours/Day

     24       Hours  

Measurement Period

     354       Days  

Force Majeure Outage in Period (1)

     5       Hours  

PPA Customer Outage in Period (1)

     0       Hours  

Legal/Grid Outage in Period (1)

     0       Hours  

Battery Solution Outage in Period (1)

     0       Hours  

Performance Guaranty Payment Rate

   $ [ ***]      /kWh  

Starting Performance Guaranty Bank Balance

     2,508,000       kWh  

Annual Performance Guaranty Analysis

 

Minimum kWh (2)

     76,518,700      kWh

Actual kWh

     72,532,800      kWh

Underperformance (kWh)

     3,985,900      kWh

Performance Guaranty Bank Adjustment

 

Starting Balance

     2,508,000      kWh

Debit

     (3,985,900    kWh

Ending Balance

     (1,477,900    kWh

Performance Guaranty Payment (4)

     $ [***]     

Notes:

 

(1)   As defined by “Minimum kWh.”

 

(2)   Minimum kWh = ((Measurement Period Days * 24 Hours/Day) Force Majeure Hours PPA Customer Outage Hours Legal/Grid Outage Hours - Battery Solution Outage Hours) * Minimum Power Product (3)

 

(3)   As calculated per Annex A.

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

 

ANNEX C-2


Performance Guaranty Payment = (absolute value of Performance Guaranty Bank ending balance) * (Performance Guaranty Payment Rate). Following such payment, the Performance Guaranty Bank balance is increased to zero.

 

ANNEX C-3


Annex D

List of PPAs

Updated as of: June 26, 2017

 

1. That certain Energy Server Use and License Agreement, dated as of September 17, 2015, by and between Home Depot U.S.A., Inc. and Buyer (the “ Home Depot PPA ”).

 

2. That certain Master Fuel Cell Energy Services Agreement, Contract Number 17012, dated as of June 30, 2016, by and among Kaiser Foundation Hospitals, Kaiser Foundation Health Plan, and Buyer.

 

3. That certain Master Fuel Cell Energy Services Agreement, Contract Number 17013, dated as of June 30, 2016, by and among Kaiser Foundation Hospitals, Kaiser Foundation Health Plan, and Buyer.

 

4. That certain Energy Server Use Agreement, dated as of September 27, 2016, by and between FedEx Ground Package System, Inc. and Buyer (the “ FedEx PPA ”).

 

5. That certain Energy Server Use and License Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2016, by and between [***] and Buyer.

 

6. That certain Energy Server Use and License Agreement, dated as of February 15, 2017, by and between Home Depot U.S.A., Inc. and Buyer.

 

7. That certain Energy Server Use and License Agreement, dated as of March 14, 2017, by and between San Diego Community College District and Buyer.

 

8. That certain Energy System Use Agreement, dated as of March 24, 2017, by and between AT&T Corp. and Buyer (the “ AT&T PPA ”).

 

9. That certain Energy Server Use and License Agreement, dated as of May 31, 2017, by and between Equinix, Inc. and Buyer (the “ Equinix PPA ”).

 

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

ANNEX D-1


Exhibit A

Specifications

For the Battery Solution:

Energy storage [***]: [***]W-hours of beginning of life capacity. A typical Home Depot installation might use [***] for [***]kW- hours of beginning of life capacity in order to achieve contract targets of [***] kW-hours.

Power discharge [***]: [***]kW per [***]; [***]kW per [***]. A typical Home Depot installation will have a [***]kW discharge capability.

Power charge [***]: [***]kW per [***]; [***]kW per [***]. A typical Home Depot installation will have a [***]kW charge capability.

Cabinet dimensions: The team will work to find the most space efficient solution. A cabinet which holds [***]kW-hours of storage and associated power electronics and air handling would have approximate dimension of: 36” in depth; 42” in width and 96” in height.

Cabinet environmental rating: Outdoor rated; [***]° C to [***]° C.

For the Bloom Systems

System Capacity: Configuration-dependent. Each Facility will be composed of an appropriate number of Bloom Systems in order to achieve the desired System Capacity.

Electrical Connection: 480 V, 3-phase, 60 Hz

Fuels: Natural Gas, Directed Biogas

Input Fuel Pressure: 10-18 psig (15 psig nominal)

Water: None during normal operation

NOx: < 0.01 lbs/MWh

Sox: Negligible

CO: < 0.05 lbs/MWh

VOCs: < 0.02 lbs/MWh

Weight: 14.3 tons

Dimensions (variable layouts): 14’9” x 8’9” x 7’ or 29’6” x 4’5” x 7’5”

Temperature Range: -20° to 45° C

Humidity: 0% to 100%

Location: Outdoor

Noise: < 70 dBA @ 6 feet

 

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

Exhibit A-1


Exhibit B

Form of Bill of Sale

BILL OF SALE

This BILL OF SALE, dated as of [  ] [  ], 201_ is made by BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“ Seller ”), to 2016 ESA PROJECT COMPANY, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Buyer ”), and is delivered pursuant to the Purchase, Use and Maintenance Agreement, dated as of October 24, 2016, and amended and restated as of June 26, 2017 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ PUMA ”), between Seller and Buyer, in connection with the transfer of the assets described on Exhibit A attached hereto (the “ Purchased System ”).

Seller hereby assigns, conveys, sells, delivers, sets over and transfers to Buyer, for the consideration, and on the terms and conditions, set forth in the PUMA, all of Seller’s rights, title and interest in, under and to the Purchased System, and Buyer hereby accepts such assignment .

This Bill of Sale shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

This Bill of Sale shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of California.

[Signature Page Follows]

[Note to Draft: To be revised as appropriate when used in connection with return of Facilities to Bloom]

 

Exhibt B-1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Bill of Sale to be signed by their respective duly authorized officers as of the date first written above.

 

  SELLER:
  BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION
  By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  

 

  BUYER:
  2016 ESA PROJECT COMPANY, LLC
  By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  

 

 

Exhibit B-2


Attachment A to Bill of Sale

Purchased System

 

Exhibit B-3


Exhibit C

Seller Deliverables

Seller shall develop a comprehensive design package consisting of drawings generated in AutoCAD. Design package to accompany appropriate information necessary to support the design and equipment specifications. The drawing package shall consist of the following, as applicable to the scope of work.

Seller shall submit the items listed below prior to or at the Commencement of Operations:

 

1. “Issued for Construction Drawing Set” (each of the below delivered, as appropriate and necessary given site design):

 

  a. Cover sheet

 

  b. Work site plan (work site and general arrangement drawings)

 

  c. Grading and drainage plan

 

  d. Soil erosion and sediment control

 

  e. Foundation plans and details

 

  f. Structural plans, details and elevation

 

  g. [***]

 

  h. Single-line electrical diagrams

 

  i. Electrical schematic diagrams

 

  j. [***]

 

  k. Network Architecture Drawings

 

  l. Power and control wiring

 

  m. Grounding plans

 

  n. Lightning and surge protection drawings

 

  o. Wiring Diagrams

 

  p. Bloom Equipment Specifications

 

  q. Electrical schematic diagrams

 

  r. [***]

 

  s. I/O list

 

2. Example screenshot to be delivered by Seller, with details on sample shown below:

 

[***]

Seller shall submit the items listed below on or before ninety (90) days following the Commencement of Operations:

 

1. Third party vendor drawings ([***] battery specifications and drawings to be provided by PowerSecure if applicable)

 

2. Safety Documentation for Bloom Personnel and Subcontractors

 

3. Final OSHA/Cal-OSHA 300Log (not required to be organized by Site)

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

 

Exhibit C-1


4. Final Incident Reports (to include First Aid logs, Final Root Cause Analysis Reports, and Final Near Miss Reports)

 

5. Quality Documentation for Construction activities (if applicable)

 

6. As-built drawings

 

7. Permitting documentation

Seller will prepare in individually organized volumes of the Seller Deliverables and deliver to Buyer for Buyer’s approval two sets of such required manuals. Seller will prepare and deliver to Buyer two (2) electronic copies on CDs or USB flash drive, at least one of such copy will be in native format (if available to Seller) to allow Buyer subsequently to modify or update the same. Seller shall transfer Seller Deliverables to Buyer and they shall become the sole property of Buyer.

 

Exhibit C-2


Exhibit D

Form of Payment Notice

 

To: 2016 ESA PROJECT COMPANY, LLC (Buyer)

This Payment Notice, dated         , 201    , is given pursuant to Section  2.4(c) of the Purchase, Use and Maintenance Agreement between the BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION ( Seller ) and Buyer dated October 24, 2016, and amended and restated as of June 26, 2017 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the PUMA ). Terms defined in the PUMA have the same meaning where used in this Payment Notice.

Seller hereby notifies Buyer that, in connection with the Invoice Due Date occurring on         , 201    , Buyer shall be obligated to make Purchase Price payments to Bloom in the aggregate amount of $        .

The Purchase Price to be paid by Buyer on the above-mentioned Invoice Due Date is comprised of the following amounts:

 

1) $         of Purchase Price payments for a Tranche composed of Facilities with aggregate System Capacity     kW, which amount equals [***] percent ([***]%) of the aggregate Purchase Price for the Facilities included in such Tranche.

 

2) $         of Purchase Price payments in connection with the Shipment of the final Bloom System to be installed in Facilities with aggregate System Capacity of      kW, which amount represents [***] percent ([***]%) of the Purchase Price for those Facilities that have Shipped and were included in a Tranche for which Buyer has previously made a Purchase Price payment, plus 100% of the Purchase Price Adder(s) applicable to such Facilities, if any.

 

3) $         of Purchase Price payments in connection with the Shipment of the final Bloom System to be installed in Facilities with aggregate System Capacity of      kW, which amount represents [***] ([***]%) of the Purchase Price for those Facilities that have Shipped and were not included in a Tranche for which Buyer has previously made a Purchase Price payment, plus 100% of the Purchase Price Adder(s) applicable to such Facilities, if any.

 

4) $         of Purchase Price payments in connection with the Commencement of Operations of Facilities with aggregate System Capacity of      kW, which amount represents, [***] ([***]%) of the Purchase Price for such Facilities, plus one hundred percent (100%) of the Taxes to be paid by Buyer pursuant to Section  2.3(c) for such Facilities.

 

 

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

Exhibit D-1


Included with this Payment Notice is supporting documentation (i.e., Seller’s Deposit Milestone Certificates, bills of lading and Seller’s Certificates of Installation) evidencing the achievement of all applicable Milestones achieved by the Tranche and/or Facilities referenced above.

Seller hereby certifies that each of the representations and warranties of Seller in the PUMA is true and correct in all respects as of the date of this Payment Notice.

This Payment Notice may be relied upon by Buyer.

Signed for and on behalf of BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

 

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

Exhibit D-2


Exhibit E

Form of Purchase Order

 

LOGO

 

Exhibit E-1


Exhibit F

Form of Seller’s Deposit Milestone Certificate

 

To: 2016 ESA PROJECT COMPANY, LLC (Buyer)

This Deposit Milestone Certificate, dated         , 201    , is given pursuant to paragraph (c) of the definition of Deposit Milestone Requirements in the Purchase, Use and Maintenance Agreement between the BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION ( Seller ) and Buyer dated October 24, 2016, and amended and restated as of June 26, 2017 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the PUMA ).

Terms defined in the PUMA have the same meaning where used in this Certificate.

This certificate is provided in respect of a Tranche with aggregate System capacity of      kW (the “ Subject Tranche ”).

Seller hereby certifies that in respect of the Subject Tranche:

(1) Seller, on Buyer’s behalf, has received approval of site plans and single-line drawings from one or more PPA Customers for Facilities with aggregate System Capacity equal to or greater than the aggregate System Capacity of such Subject Tranche (and all previously-invoiced Tranches);

(2) Seller has received all materials required for the commencement of fabrication of Bloom Systems with aggregate System Capacity equal to or greater than the aggregate System Capacity such Subject Tranche, and all materials required as of such time to allow for completion of such fabrication in order to achieve Commencement of Operations of such Facilities (and all previously-invoiced Tranches) within ninety (90) days hereof; and

(3) Each of the representations and warranties of Seller in the PUMA is true and correct in all respects as of the date of this Seller’s Deposit Milestone Certificate.

 

Exhibit F-1


This Deposit Milestone Certificate may be relied upon by Buyer.

Signed for and on behalf of BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

 

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

Exhibit F-2


Exhibit G

Form of Tranche Notice

 

To: 2016 ESA PROJECT COMPANY, LLC (Buyer)

This Tranche Notice, dated         , 201    , is given pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Purchase, Use and Maintenance Agreement between the BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION (Seller) and Buyer dated October 24, 2016, and amended and restated as of June 26, 2017 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the PUMA). Terms defined in the PUMA have the same meaning where used in this Tranche Notice.

Seller hereby notifies Buyer that Seller expects that Facilities with aggregate System Capacity of     kW will be included in a Tranche that Seller reasonably expects will satisfy the applicable Deposit Milestones in such the [1st / 2nd / 3rd / 4th ] Calendar Quarter of 201    .

Seller hereby certifies that, as of the date of this Tranche Notice, no Seller Default has occurred and is continuing under the PUMA.

This Tranche Notice may be relied upon by Buyer.

Signed for and on behalf of BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

 

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

Exhibit G-1


Exhibit H

Form of Seller’s Certificate of Installation

 

To: 2016 ESA PROJECT COMPANY, LLC (Buyer)

This Certificate is given pursuant to paragraph (e) of the definition of Commencement of Operations in the Purchase, Use and Maintenance Agreement between the BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION ( Seller ) and Buyer dated October 24, 2016, and amended and restated as of June 26, 2017 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the PUMA ).

Terms defined in the PUMA have the same meaning where used in this Certificate. This certificate is provided in respect of the Facility(ies) set forth on Exhibit A hereto.

Seller hereby certifies that in respect of each Facility:

 

1. Each Bloom System comprising the Facility has been installed, commissioned and tested in accordance with the Performance Standards and all other requirements of the PUMA;

 

2. Seller has performed and successfully completed all necessary acts under the applicable Interconnection Agreement (including performance testing) and has obtained permission from the applicable Person granting Buyer permission to interconnect such Facility with the distribution or transmission facilities of the Transmitting Utility;

 

3. All BOF and BOF Work necessary for the operation of the Facility has been installed, commissioned and tested in accordance with the Performance Standards and all other requirements of the PUMA; and

 

4. Each of the representations and warranties of Seller in the PUMA is true and correct in all respects as of the date of this Seller’s Certificate of Installation.

Exhibit H-1


This Certificate may be relied upon by Buyer.

Signed for and on behalf of BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

 

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

Exhibit H-2


ATTACHMENT A

COMPLETED FACILITIES

Table 1

Facility List

 

Serial No.

  

Location of Facility

  

Unit

Model

  

System Capacity
(kW-AC)

        

Exhibit H-3


Exhibit I

[Reserved]

Exhibit I-1


Exhibit J

Seller Corporate Safety Plan

Seller will maintain and adhere to a Seller Corporate Safety Plan at all times during the term of this Agreement. Such plan will be maintained, in writing, at Seller corporate headquarters and will include, without limitation programs with respect to:

 

    Contractor Environmental Health & Safety Program

 

    Contractor Environmental Health & Safety Program

 

    Injury and Illness Prevention Program

 

    Heat Illness Prevention Program

 

    Emergency Action and Fire Prevention Plan

 

    Hazard Communication Program

 

    Corporate Electrical Standard – Specific Electrical Safe Work Practices

 

    Electrical Safety Awareness

 

    Lockout/Tagout

 

    Fall Protection Program (Working at Heights)

 

    Ladder Safety Program

 

    Powered Industrial Trucks (PIT)

 

    Hoist Safety Program

 

    Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)

 

    Respiratory Protection Program

 

    Hearing Conservation Program

 

    Hand and/or Powered Tools Safety Program

 

    Hot Work Process

 

    First Aid / CPR Program

Exhibit J-1


Exhibit K

Subcontractor Quality Plan

Seller will adhere to the following standards and processes as applicable when engaging subcontractors for performance under this Agreement.

 

    General contractors will be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in The American Institute of Architects Document A107 – 2007 as amended in certain cases

 

    General contractors are required to complete a Bloom Energy Contractor Qualification Training Program

 

    General contractor superintendents and foremen must be certified and qualified by Seller to be on site

 

    Standard safety protocols will be observed at all times:

 

    Site superintendents are OSHA30 certified

 

    Seller superintendents ensure general contractors follow all local and state OSHA and owner requirements

 

    Confirmation of “Injury and Illness Prevention Program”

 

    Seller included in the ISN program – 3rd party safety evaluation

 

    A project superintendent assigned by Seller will review subcontractor work according to a standard site verification check list

 

    Contractors will submit Contractor Quality Guarantees for each site providing written verification of points of assurance including torques per site, Megger testing and line flushing

 

    Prestart verification conducted for all sites to review and confirm the quality of subcontractor work

 

    Prior to commencement of operations, Seller conducts an “OK to Start” meeting during which subcontractor quality of work is reviewed and confirmed as resolved

 

    All incidents are logged in a database and reviewed on an ongoing basis by Seller quality management as well as at the OK to Start meeting

 

    Quarterly business reviews conducted with general contractors to formally review incident data and mitigate process and workmanship issues.

Exhibit K-1


Exhibit L

[Reserved]

Exhibit L-1


Exhibit M

Parties’ Managers and Service Fees

Seller s Initial Operations Manager: [***]

Buyer s Initial Buyer Manager: [***]

Service Fees:

 

Calendar Months since

Commencement of Operations

for the applicable Facility

   Rate
($/kW)
 

1 through 12

   $ [ ***] 

12 through 24

   $ [ ***] 

25 through 36

   $ [ ***] 

37 through 48

   $ [ ***] 

49 through 60

   $ [ ***] 

61 through 72

   $ [ ***] 

73 through 84

   $ [ ***] 

85 through 96

   $ [ ***] 

97 through 108

   $ [ ***] 

109 through 120

   $ [ ***] 

121 through 132

   $ [ ***] 

133 through 144

   $ [ ***] 

145 through 156

   $ [ ***] 

157 through 168

   $ [ ***] 

169 through 180

   $ [ ***] 

181 through 192

   $ [ ***] 

193 through 204

   $ [ ***] 

205 through 216

   $ [ ***] 

217 through 228

   $ [ ***] 

229 through 240

   $ [ ***] 

In addition, Services Fees for such Facility shall be increased by an amount equal to $[***]/kWh per month for months 1 through 180 and $[***]/kWh per month for months 181 through 240 of rated capacity of the Battery Solution if such Facility includes a Battery Solution.

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

Schedule 3.3


In addition, from and after the [***] ([***]) calendar month after Commencement of Operations for a Facility, Services Fees for such Facility shall be increased by an amount equal to:

 

- $[***] per AOM per calendar month;

 

- $[***]/kW of System Capacity per calendar month if such Facility includes a Low- Pressure Gas Booster;

 

- $[***] per UPM per calendar month if such Facility includes UPM(s) but no AOM(s);

 

- $[***] per UPM per calendar month if such Facility includes UPM(s) and AOM(s).

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

Exhibit L-2


SCHEDULE 3.3

DESIGN AND INSTALLATIONS PROCEDURES

Seller will perform the following activities in connection with the design and installation of each Facility, to the extent necessary to cause such Facility to achieve Commencement of Operations:

 

    Initial site visits and studies to assess site suitability, including but not limited to due diligence research with local Authorities Having Jurisdiction (AHJs) and utilities, site load validation, and utility locates. When necessary, title reports may be pulled, gas composition may be tested, and geotechnical studies may also be done.

 

    Produce a complete set of construction drawings, either internally or in conjunction with an external design firm, in accordance with: local, state, and national codes; local electric and gas utility requirements; and site-specific or host customer requirements.

 

    Procure all necessary permits and/or approvals as required by the local AHJs, including but not limited to Planning, Building, and Fire Departments.

 

    Secure technical approval to interconnect with the local electric utility, and coordinate the electric interconnection agreement between the host customer and the local utility.

 

    Engage the local gas utility to design the gas interconnection approach, and coordinate the gas contract for gas delivery to the Bloom system between the host customer and the local utility.

 

    Secure a general contractor to build the site as designed, obtain final building department sign-off, and pass any other required inspections. Provide Bloom Energy-trained site supervision at key milestones during the construction process to ensure smooth inspections and a positive host customer experience.

 

    Perform system commissioning once construction is complete and inspections are passed, ensuring the systems operate as intended and reach full power. Remedy any issues preventing full power prior to turning operation over to Bloom’s Service team.

 

    Act as the interface with the host customer, securing all necessary design approvals and site access permissions, as well as coordinating construction schedules. Ensure primary personnel responsible for interfacing with Bloom’s system are educated in safety procedures. Deliver customer manuals and emergency procedures to the customer upon project completion, as well as any other close-out documentation required by the contract

Exhibit L-3


SCHEDULE 3.4

COMMISSIONING PROCEDURES

Seller will perform the following activities in connection with the commissioning of each Facility, to the extent necessary to cause such Facility to achieve Commencement of Operations:

 

    [***]

 

    [***]

 

    [***]

 

    [***]

 

    [***]

 

    [***]

 

    [***]

 

    [***]

 

    [***]

 

    [***]

 

    [***]

 

    [***]

 

    [***]

 

    [***]

 

    [***]

 

    [***]

 

    [***]

 

    [***]

 

    [***]

 

    [***]

 

    [***]

 

    [***]

 

    [***]:

 

    [***]

 

    [***]

 

    [***]

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

Schedule 3.4


SCHEDULE 4.2

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES

Seller will perform the following operation and maintenance activities for each Facility, to the extent necessary to cause such Facility to perform in accordance with the Warranty Specifications:

 

    Annual maintenance activities:

 

    Check Surge Protection Device and replace as necessary

 

    Replace main blower filter element

 

    Replace AC unit filter element if applicable

 

    Replace auxiliary blower filter element

 

    Remove any debris and vacuum inside of each cabinet

 

    Remove any debris from the exterior of cabinets

 

    Check all FCM hotbox enclosures for any leaking or cracks

 

    Replace door filters

 

    NG conditioning canister replacement

 

    Site obligations:

 

    An e-mail announcement of a service appointment will be sent to address(es) specified by the client informing of a service visit in advance of a service visit

 

    Field Service personnel will sign in at a security office as required by client

 

    Field Service personnel will safely and securely maintain and repair the systems as needed in accordance with our established and released procedures

 

    Bloom HR and EH&S will work with clients to fulfill requirements for certification of drug testing, training, and other Environmental Health & Safety (EH&S) procedures

 

    Site visit protocols:

 

    Works with customers and Product Development to resolve issues

 

    Provides detailed documentation for each maintenance element performed

 

    Inspection of installed equipment to ensure peak performance

 

    Inspection of all components to ensure proper operation within product and environmental specifications

 

    Clearly and professionally interact with customer regarding status of site visits, performance of their systems and general fuel cell education

 

    Spare Parts

 

    Bloom Energy Product Support maintains a list of all spare parts including field replaceable units (FRUs) and consumables for each of its commercial products

Schedule 4.2-1


    Spare parts are stocked in localized third party logistics depots in each service zone

 

    The most common and most critical parts are stocked in each local depot and replenished on a weekly schedule

 

    Parts not stocked in localized depots are dispatched from our Milpitas, CA warehouse via FedEx or other carriers and couriers

 

    Failure Response Protocol:

 

LOGO

 

    Emergency Response Protocol:

 

    Contact lists of BE personnel to be contacted during normal business hours and during off hours (24-7-365 emergency escalation path) are provided for each region where Energy Servers are located in order to remedy situations posing a risk to persons or property

 

    Remote shutdown from Bloom RMCC if required

 

    Emergency power off button provided onsite

 

    Remote monitoring:

 

    24/7/365 performance monitoring and control of fleet

 

    1st level troubleshooting

 

    Cross-functional interface with engineering, software, controls, quality

 

    Optimize performance

 

    Support new customer site start-ups

 

    Customer performance analysis daily

 

    Standards Compliance:

 

    Complies with Rule 21 interconnection

 

    ANSI/CSA FC 1: Stationary Fuel Cell Power Systems Safety

 

    IEEE 1547 Standard for Interconnecting Distributed Resources with Electric Power Systems

 

    NFPA 853 The Standard for Installation of Stationary Fuel Cell Power Systems

 

    NFPA 70 The National Electrical Code

 

    NFPA 54 The National Fuel Gas Code

 

    Subcontracted Services. The following may in some cases be performed by subcontractors:

Schedule 4.2-2


    Water DI system replenishment

 

    STS and transfer switch maintenance and repair

 

    Some annual maintenance and upgrade work

 

    Filter delivery, replacement, removal

 

    High Voltage transformer and switchgear maintenance

 

    Circuit breaker and similar maintenance

 

    Battery replacement

 

    Some fuel cell module performance upgrades

 

    NG conditioning canister replacement

 

    Management Staff:

 

    Customer Installations Group (CIG) Turnkey design, engineering, procurement, permitting and installation

 

    Services Commissioning, operations and monitoring of servers

 

    Customer Experience Interface with customer

 

    PPA Operations Certain administrative duties

 

    All Energy Servers are instrumented to securely record over 1000 data points per server and stored in a Data Historian that resides in a Secure Co-located Data Center and Backed Up for data recovery

 

    CIG and Service employees are subject to drug tests, background checks and other screening protocols based on customer site requirements

 

    Bloom Energy maintains a Code of Safe Practices and ensures that copies are provided to all applicable field service technicians and includes:

 

    Injury and illness prevention program

 

    Required Personal Protection Equipment (PPE)

 

    Corporate EH&S Standard

 

    Proper use of Powered Industrial Trucks

 

    Contracted Crane Operations

 

    Ladder safety program

 

    Electrical Safety and Lock-Out Tag-Out (LOTO)

 

    Fall protection

 

    First Aid/CPR program

 

    Contractor EH&S program

 

    Bloom Energy Safety Commitment

Schedule 4.2-3


S CHEDULE 4.6

A PPROVED M AJOR S ERVICE P ROVIDERS

Core States Group / CoreStates, Inc.

3401 Centre Lake Drive Suite 330

Ontario, CA 91761

909.467.8907

www.core-eng.com

Newco Construction of America, Inc.

17830 Front Street

Mount Dora, FL 32757

352-735-3877

www.newcoconstruction.com

PacifiCore Construction

1342 Bell Ave Suite 3A

Tustin, CA 91780

657-859-40505

www.pacificoreconstruction.com

Rubicon Professional Services

107 Tindall Road Suite #11

Middletown, NJ 07748

732-832-2975

www.RubiconPS.com

 

 

Schedule 4.6

Exhibit 10.24

CONFIDENTIAL

[***] Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the securities and exchange commission pursuant to rule 406 of the securities act of 1933, as amended.

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO

FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED PURCHASE, USE AND MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT

This AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED PURCHASE, USE AND MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”), is entered into effective as of September 11, 2017 ( “Effective Date ”) by and between BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation ( “Seller ”), and 2016 ESA PROJECT COMPANY, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Buyer, ” and together with Seller, the “ Parties ”). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to them in the PUMA (as defined below). All Section, annex and exhibit references, unless otherwise indicated, shall be references to Sections, annexes and exhibits of the PUMA and the rules of interpretation set forth in the PUMA apply as if set forth herein.

RECITALS

WHEREAS , reference is hereby made to that certain Purchase, Use and Maintenance Agreement, dated as of October 24, 2016, by and between Buyer and Seller, as amended by (a) that certain Amendment No. 1 dated as of February 15, 2017, and (b) that certain Amendment No. 2 dated as of April 28, 2017 (the “ Original PUMA ”);

WHEREAS , reference is hereby made to that certain First Amended and Restated Purchase, Use and Maintenance Agreement, dated as of June 26, 2017, which amended and restated in its entirety the Original PUMA (the “ A&R PUMA ”); and

WHEREAS , Buyer and Seller wish to amend the A&R PUMA to update the list of PPAs subject to the A&R PUMA and to make certain other changes to the A&R PUMA, as further set forth herein.

NOW , THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants set forth herein, and for other consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

Section  1. Amendments to the A&R PUMA .

(a)     Annex D to the A&R PUMA is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as set forth on Attachment 1 attached hereto.

Section  2. No Other Changes or Waivers . Except as expressly provided or contemplated by this Amendment, all of the terms, conditions and provisions of the A&R PUMA remain unaltered and in full force and effect. Except as specifically provided herein, the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment shall not be deemed as a waiver of any other matters or any future matters. The A&R PUMA and this Amendment shall be read and construed as one instrument.


CONFIDENTIAL

Section  3.      Headings . The Section headings contained in this Amendment are solely for the purpose of reference, are not part of the agreement of the Parties and shall not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Amendment.

Section  4.    Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Venue . THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO ANY CONFLICTS OF LAW OR OTHER PRINCIPLES THEREOF THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION (OTHER THAN SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW). THE PARTIES HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMIT TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK WITH RESPECT TO ANY DISPUTE ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AMENDMENT. EACH PARTY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO ANY SUCH DISPUTE AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM WITH RESPECT THERETO.

Section  5.      Severability . If any term or other provision of this Amendment is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of law or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Amendment shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any Party.

Section  6.      Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Signatures delivered by facsimile (or portable document format) will be considered original signatures, and each Party shall thereafter promptly deliver original signatures to the other Party.

[ The remainder of this page intentionally left blank ]

 

2


CONFIDENTIAL

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amendment to be duly executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the Effective Date.

 

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Randy Furr

Name:   Randy Furr
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

2016 ESA PROJECT COMPANY, LLC
By:  

/s/ Eric Dupont

Name:   Eric Dupont
Title:   Vice President, CFO, Treasurer & Secretary

S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDMENT N O . 1 TO A&R PUMA


CONFIDENTIAL

ATTACHMENT 1

List of PPAs

Updated as of: September     , 2017

 

  1. That certain Energy Server Use and License Agreement, dated as of September 17, 2015, by and between Home Depot U.S.A., Inc. and Buyer (the “ Home Depot PPA ”).

 

  2. That certain Master Fuel Cell Energy Services Agreement, Contract Number 17012, dated as of June 30, 2016, by and among, Kaiser Foundation Hospitals, Kaiser Foundation Health Plan, Inc., and Buyer.

 

  3. That certain Master Fuel Cell Energy, Services Agreement, Contract Number 17013, dated as of June 30, 2016, by and among Kaiser Foundation Hospitals, Kaiser Foundation Health Plan, Inc., and Buyer.

 

  4. That certain Energy Server Use Agreement, dated as of September 27, 2016, by and between FedEx Ground Package System, Inc. and Buyer (the “FedEx PPA ”).

 

  5. That certain Energy Server Use and License Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2016, by and between [***] and Buyer.

 

  6. That certain Energy Server Use and License Agreement, dated as of February 15, 2017, by and between Home Depot U.S.A., Inc. and Buyer.

 

  7. That certain Energy Server Use and License Agreement, dated as of March 14, 2017, by and between San Diego Community College District and Buyer.

 

  8. That certain Energy System Use Agreement, dated as of March 24, 2017, by and between AT&T Corp. and Buyer (the “ AT&T PPA ”).

 

  9. That certain Energy Server Use and License Agreement, dated as of May 31, 2017, by and between Equinix, Inc. and Buyer (the “ Equinix PPA ”).

 

  10. That certain Energy Server Use and License Agreement, dated as of August 30, 2017, by and between Intel Corporation and 2017 ESA Project Company, LLC, as assigned to Buyer pursuant to that certain Assignment and Assumption Agreement, dated as of September 11, 2017, by and between 2017 ESA Project Company, LLC and Buyer.

[***] Confidential Treatment Requested

A TTACHMENT 1

Exhibit 10.25

AMENDMENT NO. 1

DEPOSITARY AGREEMENT

This AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO DEPOSITARY AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”), is entered into effective as of March 21, 2017 by and among Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Depositary (“ Depositary ”), and Deutsche Bank Trust Company America, as Collateral Agent (“ Collateral Agent ”). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Depositary Agreement (as defined below). All Section references, unless otherwise indicated, shall be references to Sections of the Depositary Agreement and the rules of interpretation set forth in the Depositary Agreement apply as if set forth herein.

RECITALS

WHEREAS , reference is hereby made to that certain Depositary Agreement, dated as of March 20, 2013, by and among the Company, Depositary, and Collateral Agent (the “ Depositary Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS , the Company wishes to hereby amend the Depositary Agreement, in accordance with Section 6.4 of the Depositary Agreement, by amending Section 3.3.2(c)(8) of the Depositary Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants set forth herein, and for other consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

Section  1. Amendment to the Depositary . Section 3.3.2(c)(8) is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

(8) If, as of any Repayment Date, the Distribution Conditions have been satisfied, to the account directed by the Company in the Account Withdrawal Request, free of the Liens of the Collateral Documents, and if the Distribution Conditions have not been satisfied, to the Distribution Suspense Account, in each case such transfer to occur within one (1) Business Day of the applicable Repayment Date.

Section  2. Effective Date . This Amendment has been duly executed by the Company. This Amendment shall be effective upon the receipt by, or on behalf of, the Company of duly executed counterparts of this Amendment signed by the Depositary and the Collateral Agent (the “Effective Date”).

Section  3. No Other Changes or Waivers . Except as expressly provided or contemplated by this Amendment, all of the terms, conditions and provisions of the Depositary Agreement remain unaltered and in full force and effect. Except as specifically provided herein, the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment shall not be deemed as a waiver of any other matters or any future matters. The Depositary Agreement and this Amendment shall be read and construed as one instrument.

 

1


Section  4. Headings . Article and Section headings have been inserted in this Amendment as a matter of convenience for reference only and it is agreed that such Article and Section headings are not a part of this Amendment and shall not be used in the interpretation of any provision of this Amendment.

Section  5. Governing Law . THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED UNDER, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO CONFLICTS OF LAW (OTHER THAN SECTION 5-1401 AND SECTION 5-1402 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW), EXCEPT AS REQUIRED BY MANDATORY PROVISIONS OF LAW AND EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THAT THE VALIDITY OR PERFECTION OF THE LIEN AND SECURITY INTEREST HEREUNDER, OR REMEDIES HEREUNDER, IN RESPECT OF ANY PARTICULAR ACCOUNT ARE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF A JURISDICTION OTHER THAN THE STATE OF NEW YORK. REGARDLESS OF ANY PROVISION IN ANY OTHER AGREEMENT, FOR PURPOSES OF THE UCC, THE “SECURITIES INTERMEDIARY’S JURISDICTION” OF DEPOSITARY WITH RESPECT TO THE ACCOUNTS IS THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

Section  6. Severability . Any provision of this Amendment that is invalid, illegal, prohibited or unenforceable in any respect in any jurisdiction, shall as to such jurisdiction be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality, prohibition or unenforceability without affecting, invalidating or impairing the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and any such invalidity, illegality, prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not affect, invalidate or impair such provision in any other jurisdiction.

Section  7. Counterparts . This Amendment and any amendments, waivers, consents or supplements hereto or in connection herewith may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Signature pages may be detached from multiple separate counterparts and attached to a single counterpart so that all signature pages are physically attached to the same document.

[The remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

2


If you are in agreement with the foregoing, please sign the form of agreement on a counterpart of this Amendment and return it to the Company, whereupon this Amendment shall become a binding agreement between you and the Company.

 

Very truly yours,
DIAMOND STATE GENERATION PARTNERS, LLC
By  

/s/  Bill Brockenborough

Name: Bill Brockenborough
Title:   President

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to Depository Agreement


This Amendment is hereby accepted and agreed to as of the date hereof.

 

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,
as the Depositary
By: Deutsche National Trust Company
By:  

/s/ Doris Yang

Name: Doris Yang
Title:   Assistant Vice President
By:  

/s/ David McGuire

Name: David McGuire
Title:   Assistant Vice President
DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,
as the Collateral Agent
By: Deutsche Bank National Trust Company
By:  

/s/ Doris Yang

Name: Doris Yang
Title:   Assistant Vice President
By:  

/s/ David McGuire

Name: David McGuire
Title:   Assistant Vice President

 

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to Depository Agreement

Exhibit 10.26

Execution Version

FIRST AMENDMENT TO SECOND

AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF

DIAMOND STATE GENERATION HOLDINGS, LLC

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF DIAMOND STATE GENERATION HOLDINGS, LLC (this “ Amendment ”), is executed as of September 25, 2013, by and between Clean Technologies II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Clean Technologies ”), and Mehetia Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Investor ”, and together with Clean Technologies, the “ Members ”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined have the meanings provided in the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Diamond State Generation Holdings, LLC, dated as of March 20, 2013 (the “ Agreement ”), by and between Clean Technologies and the Investor.

RECITALS

A.    WHEREAS, the Members entered into the Agreement as of March 20, 2013.

B.    WHEREAS, the Members desire to amend the Agreement as more fully set forth in this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants set forth in this Amendment, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

AGREEMENT

 

  1. Amendments .

 

  a. Section 6.1(a) of the Agreement is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following text:

“(a) First, the proceeds of any Grant (or, if any Alternative Tax Program is elected pursuant to Section 7.5(b)(i), any Alternative Tax Program other than the ITC) received by the Project Company in connection with the Systems included in the Portfolio (as opposed to future capital expenditures) will be distributed, promptly upon receipt, in full to the Company by the Project Company and then distributed 99% to the Class B Members, distributed among them in proportion to their Pro Rata Shares, and 1% to the Class A Members, distributed among them in proportion to their Pro Rata Shares; provided , that any Grant proceeds received by the Project

 

1


Company in connection with the Systems included in the Portfolio (as opposed to future capital expenditures) in excess of an aggregate amount for all such Grant proceeds of $76,731,525 will be distributed, promptly upon receipt, in full to the Company and then distributed by the Company 100% to the Class A Members, distributed among them in proportion to their Pro Rata Shares;”

 

  b. Section 6.11 of the Agreement is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following text:

“Section 6.11 Permitted Distributions . On or promptly following the execution date of the Note Purchase Agreement, the Project Company will distribute an amount equal to the Permitted Distribution from the proceeds received by the Project Company from the sale of the notes thereunder to the Company. On or promptly following the Final Completion Date, the Project Company will distribute an amount equal to the amounts remaining on deposit in the Construction Escrow Account, upon the occurrence of the Final Completion Date (such amount, the “ Aggregate Final Completion Distribution ”) to the Company. The Members acknowledge and agree that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, (i) the proceeds of the Permitted Distribution shall be distributed to the Members on April 30, 2013 or such earlier date as may be agreed upon by the Members and (ii) the proceeds of the Aggregate Final Completion Distribution shall be distributed 100% to the Class B Members, distributed among them in proportion to their Pro Rata Shares, on the Distribution Date immediately succeeding the Final Completion Date.”

 

  2. Final Completion Date Directions . The Members hereby direct the Managing Member to cause the Company, as manager of the Project Company, to cause the Project Company to, following the occurrence of the Final Completion Date and pursuant to the terms of the Note Purchase Agreement and the Depositary Agreement:

 

  a. Cause the amounts remaining on deposit in the Construction Escrow Account to be distributed to the Company; and

 

  b. Cause the amounts remaining on deposit in the IDC Reserve Account to be transferred to the Revenue Account (as such term is defined in the Depositary Agreement).

 

  3. Ratification . The Agreement, as amended hereby, is in all respects ratified and confirmed and shall be and remain in full force and effect. All references to the Agreement in any other document or instrument shall be deemed to mean such Agreement as amended by this Amendment.

 

2


  4. Amendments . No amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any provision of this Amendment shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing and duly executed by the Members.

 

  5. Enforceability . This Amendment shall be enforceable by and binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Members and their respective successors and assigns.

 

  6. Governing Law . THIS AMENDMENT IS GOVERNED BY AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAW OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, EXCLUDING ANY CONFLICT-OF-LAWS RULE OR PRINCIPLE THAT MIGHT REFER THE GOVERNANCE OR THE CONSTRUCTION OF THIS AMENDMENT TO THE LAW OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.

 

  7. Execution . The signature of the Members transmitted by electronic mail (including by “portable document format”) shall be deemed to be its original signature for all purposes.

 

  8. Severability . If any term or other provision of this Amendment is invalid, illegal, or incapable of being enforced by any rule of applicable law, or public policy, all other terms and provisions of this Amendment shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated herein are not affected in any manner materially adverse to the Members.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Members has caused this Amendment to be signed on its behalf as of the date first written above.

 

CLEAN TECHNOLOGIES II, LLC
By  

/s/ William E. Brockenborough

Name:   William E. Brockenborough
Title:   Vice President
MEHETIA INC.
By  

/s/ Jerry L. Smith

Name:   Jerry L. Smith
Title:   President

 

PPA II – First Amendment to DSGH LLCA

Exhibit 10.27

CONSENT, AUTHORIZATION, WAIVER AND FIRST AMENDMENT TO

NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This CONSENT, AUTHORIZATION, WAIVER AND FIRST AMENDMENT TO NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT, dated as of June 24, 2013 (this “ Consent, Waiver and Amendment ”), is entered into by Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), and the Holders party to that certain Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 20, 2013 (the “ Note Purchase Agreement ”), by and among the Company and the note purchasers party thereto. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning assigned to such terms in the Note Purchase Agreement.

WHEREAS, the Company (i) desires to amend the Note Purchase Agreement as described herein, (ii) desires to amend the Depositary Agreement as described in the First Amendment to Depositary Agreement (the “ Depositary Amendment ”) in the form attached hereto as Annex I and (iii) requests that the Holders provide the waivers described in Section 1.02 of this Consent, Waiver and Amendment; and

WHEREAS, each of the undersigned Holders agrees to (i) amend the Note Purchase Agreement, (ii) consent to the Company’s entry into the Depositary Amendment and (iii) provide the waivers described in Section 1.02, each as more fully set forth herein.

NOW THEREFORE, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound by this Consent, Waiver and Amendment, agree as follows:

Section 1.01.     Amendments to the Note Purchase Agreement . Pursuant to Section 17.1(a) of the Note Purchase Agreement, the Purchasers agree that:

(a)    Section 4.2.1(c) of the Note Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the text of such Section in its entirety and replacing such text with the following:

“At least two Business Days prior to the proposed date of a Drawdown consisting in whole or in part of proceeds of the Notes, the Company shall have provided each of the Holders (with a copy to the Independent Engineer) with a certificate confirming that COD has occurred with respect to the Systems being funded under the requested Drawdown and signed by an authorized representative of the Company, substantially in the form of Exhibit 4.2.1(c) (the “ Company’s COD Certificate ”).”

(b)    Section 4.2.1(d) of the Note Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the text of such Section in its entirety and replacing such text with the following:

“At least one Business Day prior to the proposed date of a Drawdown consisting in whole or in part of proceeds of the Notes, the Independent Engineer shall have provided each of the Holders with a certificate dated the date of delivery of such certificate, confirming that COD has occurred with respect to the Systems being funded under the requested Drawdown, substantially in the form of Exhibit 4.2.1(d) (the “ Independent Engineer’s COD Certificate ”).”


(c)    Section 4.2.8 of the Note Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the text of such Section in its entirety and replacing such text with the following:

System COD . Each System being financed with any such Drawdown consisting in whole or in part of proceeds of the Notes has achieved COD.”

(d)    Section 4.2.9(a) of the Note Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the text of such Section in its entirety and replacing such text with the following:

“In the quarter prior to the quarter in which any System is placed in service, or in the quarter in which any System is placed in service but prior to the date such System is placed in service, the Tax Equity Investors shall have contributed to the Pledgor and the Pledgor in turn shall have contributed to the Company 20% of the aggregate purchase price of the Systems to be placed in service, consistent with the Base Case Projections.”

(e)    Section 4.2.9(b) of the Note Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the text of such Section in its entirety and replacing such text with the following:

“Concurrently with any Drawdown consisting in whole or in part of proceeds of the Notes, the Tax Equity Investors shall have contributed to the Pledgor and the Pledgor in turn shall have contributed to the Company (in addition to the contribution described in Section 4.2.9(a)) 30.20% of the aggregate purchase price of the Systems placed in service through the date of such Drawdown, consistent with the Base Case Projections.”

(f)    Section 4.2.9(c) of the Note Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the text of such Section in its entirety and replacing such text with the following:

“After giving effect to any Drawdown, the ratio of (x) Note proceeds drawn from the Construction Escrow Account to (y) the total Notes shall not exceed the ratio of the aggregate nameplate capacity of commissioned Systems to 30 MW.”

(g)    Exhibit 4.2.1(a) of the Note Purchase Agreement is deleted in its entirety and replaced with Annex II attached hereto.

Section 1.02.     Waivers .

(a)    The Company acknowledges that proceeds of the Notes were withdrawn and transferred from the Construction Escrow Account by the Depositary on May 22, 2013 prior to the deposit into the Construction Escrow Account by Pledgor of proceeds received by Pledgor from the Tax Equity Investor. Each of the undersigned Holders hereby waives any breach of any Credit Document (including any breach that may constitute an Event of Default) that may have occurred due to such withdrawal and transfer and waives any right it may have to claim that a breach of a Credit Document occurred due to such withdrawal and transfer (including any breach that may constitute an Event of Default).

 

2


(b)    The Company acknowledges that a condition precedent to any Drawdown is the delivery of an Independent Engineer’s Drawdown Certificate to each of the Holders at least four Business Days prior to a Drawdown, as provided for in Section 4.2.1(b) of the Note Purchase Agreement. The Company and each of the undersigned Holders further acknowledge that the Independent Engineer’s Drawdown Certificate with respect to the Drawdown that occurred on May 22, 2013 was delivered on May 22, 2013 (the “ May  22 IEDC ”). Each of the undersigned Holders waives the four Business Day time period with respect to the delivery of the May 22 IEDC and confirms that the condition precedent set forth in Section 4.2.1(b) is to be deemed to have been satisfied on May 22, 2013 upon the delivery of the May 22 IEDC. Upon the effectiveness of this Consent, Waiver and Amendment pursuant to Section 1.05 below, the waivers and confirmations provided in this Section 1.02(b) shall be deemed to have been given as of May 22, 2013.

Section 1.03.     Depositary Amendment . Each of the undersigned Holders consents to the Company’s entry into the Depositary Amendment and directs the Collateral Agent (a) to enter into the Depositary Amendment and (b) to direct the Depositary to enter into the Depositary Amendment.

Section 1.04.     No Other Changes or Waivers . Except as expressly provided or contemplated by this Consent, Waiver and Amendment, all of the terms, conditions and provisions of the Note Purchase Agreement remain unaltered and in full force and effect. The waivers granted herein shall apply solely to the matters set forth herein and shall not be deemed as a waiver of any other matters or any future matters. The Note Purchase Agreement and this Consent, Waiver and Amendment shall be read and construed as one instrument. This Consent, Waiver and Amendment constitutes a Credit Document for all purposes.

Section 1.05.     Effectiveness of this Consent, Waiver and Amendment . This Consent, Waiver and Amendment shall be effective as of the date hereof (the “ Effective Date ”) upon the execution and delivery of a counterpart signature page to this Consent, Waiver and Amendment by the Company and the Holders.

Section 1.06.     Representations and Warranties . The Company hereby represents and warrants that, as of the Effective Date (both immediately before and immediately after giving effect to the occurrence of the Effective Date and the transaction to occur thereon):

(a)    It has all requisite power and authority to enter into this Consent, Waiver and Amendment and to carry out the transactions contemplated by, and perform its obligations under, the Note Purchase Agreement as amended by this Consent, Waiver and Amendment.

(b)    The execution and delivery of this Consent, Waiver and Amendment and the performance of the Note Purchase Agreement as amended by this Consent, Waiver and Amendment have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Company.

(c)    The execution and delivery by the Company of this Consent, Waiver and Amendment and the performance by it of the Note Purchase Agreement as amended by this Consent, Waiver and Amendment do not and will not violate any Legal Requirement or any Obligation and will not result in, or require, the creation or imposition of any Lien on any of its properties or revenues pursuant to any Legal Requirement or any such Obligation (other than the Liens created by the Collateral Documents on the Closing Date and from time to time thereafter).

 

3


(d)    This Consent, Waiver and Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and except as enforceability may be limited by general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

(e)    No consent or authorization of, filing with, notice to or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority or any other Person which has not been received, filed, given or done is required in connection with the transactions contemplated herein or the execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of this Consent, Waiver and Amendment.

(f)    Other than any Event of Default that may have occurred and is waived pursuant to Section 1.02(a) of this Consent, Waiver and Amendment, no event has occurred and is continuing or will result from the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Consent, Waiver and Amendment that would constitute a Default or an Event of Default.

(g)    The representations and warranties set forth in Article 5 of the Note Purchase Agreement are true and correct in all material respects (except for any such representation or warranty that relates solely to a specific date, in which case, such representation or warranty was true and correct in all material respects as of such date); provided that, to the extent any such representation and warranty itself is qualified by “materiality”, “Material Adverse Effect” or similar qualifier, it is true and correct in all respects.

Section 1.07.     Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness . This Consent, Waiver and Amendment may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Consent, Waiver and Amendment is binding upon and inures to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Consent, Waiver and Amendment by email (in “portable document format”) shall be deemed to be the original signature page for all purposes.

Section 1.08.     Governing Law . This Consent, Waiver and Amendment shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the parties shall be governed by, the law of the State of New York excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such State that would permit the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.

Section 1.09.     Severability . Any provision of this Consent, Waiver and Amendment that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall (to the full extent permitted by law) not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

[ Signatures Follow on Next Page ]

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Consent, Waiver and Amendment to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

DIAMOND STATE GENERATION PARTNERS, LLC
By:  

/s/ William E. Brockenborough

  Name:   William E. Brockenborough
  Title:   President
MASSACHUSETTS MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
By: Babson Capital Management LLC, its investment adviser
By:  

/s/ Thomas P. Shea

  Name:   Thomas P. Shea
  Title:   Managing Director
C. M. LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
By: Babson Capital Management LLC, its investment adviser
By:  

/s/ Thomas P. Shea

  Name:   Thomas P. Shea
  Title:   Managing Director
MASSMUTUAL ASIA LIMITED
By: Babson Capital Management LLC, its investment adviser
By:  

/s/ Thomas P. Shea

  Name:   Thomas P. Shea
  Title:   Managing Director:


MODERN WOODMEN OF AMERICA
By:  

/s/ Douglas A. Pannier

  Name:   Douglas A. Pannier
  Title:   Group Head – Private Placements
AXA EQUITABLE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Amy Judd

  Name:   Amy Judd
  Title:   Investment Officer
TEACHERS INSURANCE AND ANNUITY ASSOCIATION OF AMERICA
By:  

/s/ Joseph R. Cantey Jr.

  Name:   Joseph R. Cantey Jr.
  Title:   Director
GENWORTH LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Stuart Shepetin

  Name:   Stuart Shepetin
  Title:   Investment Officer
GENWORTH LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
By:  

/s/ Stuart Shepetin

  Name:   Stuart Shepetin
  Title:   Investment Officer

 

2


Annex I

Depositary Amendment

 

3


Annex II

E XHIBIT 4.2.1(a)

F ORM OF D RAWDOWN C ERTIFICATE

[LETTERHEAD OF COMPANY]

Date:              ,          1

Drawdown Date:              ,         

[                    ]

SAIC Energy, Environment & Infrastructure, LLC,

as Independent Engineer

Meditech Corporate Center, West Wing

550 Cochituate Road

Framingham, MA 01701

 

  Re: Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC – Drawdown Certificate

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This Drawdown Certificate is delivered to you pursuant to Section 4.2.1(a) of the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 20, 2013 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Note Purchase Agreement ”), among Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), and the Purchasers party thereto. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined have the meanings provided in the Note Purchase Agreement.

I, [                    ], am a Responsible Officer of the Company. I have reviewed the provisions of the Credit Documents which are relevant to the furnishing of this Drawdown Certificate. To the extent that this Drawdown Certificate evidences, attests or confirms compliance with any covenants, representations, warranties or conditions precedent provided for in the Credit Documents, I have made such examination or investigation as was, in my opinion, reasonably necessary to enable me to express an informed opinion as to whether such covenants, representations, warranties or conditions have been complied with. This Drawdown Certificate relates to a Credit Event to take place on the date specified above as the “Drawdown Date” (the “ Drawdown Date ”).

 

 

1   Certificate must be submitted to each of the Holders and Independent Engineer at least 7 Business Days prior to the date of each Drawdown.

 

E XHIBIT 4.2.1(a) TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


I, on behalf of the Company, solely in my capacity as a Responsible Officer of the Company and not in my personal capacity, and without personal liability therefor, do hereby certify to the Secured Parties that the following statements are accurate, true and complete on the date hereof (except for those statements that solely relate to a later date), and will be accurate, true and complete on and as of the Drawdown Date:

1)    The aggregate Project Costs incurred, but not yet paid, through the date of the requested Credit Event are anticipated to be $        .

2)    The Project Costs to be paid with the funds requested in connection with this Drawdown Certificate are to be paid with proceeds of [the Notes and] cash equity contributions deposited by Diamond State Generation Holdings, LLC into the Construction Escrow Account in the amounts shown on Appendix  I hereto.

3)    The currently estimated aggregate Project Costs necessary to achieve Final Completion are as described and segregated in Appendix  I hereto. Such amount is consistent with the current Project Budget (as amended, allocated, re-allocated or modified from time to time in accordance with Section 9.14 of the Note Purchase Agreement) or has otherwise been approved or permitted pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement.

4)    The variances in estimated Project Costs (from the Closing Date to the proposed Drawdown Date) are summarized in Appendix  I hereto and such variances are described in the current or past construction progress reports delivered pursuant to Section 7.2(a) of the Note Purchase Agreement.

5)    Attached in Appendix II hereto are the previously paid or due and payable invoices, purchase orders or other documents evidencing the Project Costs that are to be reimbursed or paid with the funds requested in connection with this Drawdown Certificate.

6)    After taking into consideration the making of the Credit Event hereby requested, Available Funds are not less than the aggregate unpaid amount required: (a) to cause Final Completion to occur in accordance with all Legal Requirements, each Project Document pursuant to which construction work with respect to the Project is being performed, the Credit Documents, and the Project Schedule, on or before the Date Certain; and (b) to pay or provide for all anticipated non-construction Project Costs, all as set forth in the current Project Budget (as amended, allocated, re-allocated or modified from time to time in accordance with Section 9.14 of the Note Purchase Agreement). After taking into consideration the making of the Credit Event hereby

 

E XHIBIT 4.2.1(a) TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


requested, the sources and uses of such Available Funds to achieve Final Completion are as follows:

 

Sources

          Uses  
           
           
           

Total:

      $      Total:    $  

7)    The estimated (a) Commencement of Operations date (under and as defined in the MESPA), (b) Final Completion Date, and (c) Placed in Service Date are each set forth on Appendix  III hereto, in the case of clauses (a) and (c), with respect to the Systems being funded under this requested Credit Event.

8)    Each representation and warranty of each Credit Party in any of the Credit Documents to which it is a party is true and correct in all material respects (except that any representation and warranty that is qualified as to “materiality” or “Material Adverse Effect” is true and correct in all respects) on and as of the date of the Drawdown Date, before and after giving effect to the Credit Event requested hereby, with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, unless such representation or warranty expressly relates solely to an earlier date.

9)    To my knowledge, each representation and warranty of each Major Project Participant contained in the Operative Documents (other than the Note Purchase Agreement) is true and correct in all material respects (except that any representation and warranty that is qualified as to “materiality” or “Material Adverse Effect” or the like is true and correct in all respects) on and as of the Drawdown Date, before and after giving effect to the Credit Event requested hereby, with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, unless such representation and warranty expressly relates solely to an earlier date.

10)    No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or will result from the funding of the Credit Event hereby requested.

11)    All work that has been done on the Project to date has been done in a good and workmanlike manner and in accordance with the Project Documents (including any and all approved change orders made in accordance therewith, if any; any such approved change orders are listed on Appendix V together with all other requested and pending change orders) and there has not been filed against any of the Collateral or otherwise filed with or served upon the Company with respect to the Project or any part thereof, notice of any Lien, claim of Lien or attachment upon or claim affecting the right to receive payment of any of the moneys payable to any of the Persons named on such request which has not been released by payment or bonding or otherwise or which will not be released with the payment of such obligation out of the Notes or non-Note proceeds hereby requested, other than Permitted Liens.

 

E XHIBIT 4.2.1(a) TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


12)    Except for any such Liens being contested by the Company as permitted under the definition of “Permitted Liens”, attached in Appendix IV are duly executed Lien waivers required to be delivered to each of the Holders pursuant to Section 4.2.4 of the Note Purchase Agreement relating to mechanics’ and materialmen’s Liens from each Person performing work at the Site or having a statutory right to file a mechanics’ and/or materialmen’s Lien, as the case may be, for all work, services and materials (including equipment and fixtures of all kinds, done, previously performed or furnished for the construction of the Project), for which the related Project Costs have been or will, from the proceeds of the requested Drawdown, be paid.

13)    Each Applicable Permit and Applicable Third Party Permit has been duly obtained or been assigned in the Company’s or the applicable third party’s name, is in full force and effect, is not subject to any current legal proceeding, and is not subject to any Unsatisfied Condition that could reasonably be expected to result in material modification or revocation of such Applicable Permit and Applicable Third Party Permit, and all applicable appeal periods with respect to such Applicable Permit and Applicable Third Party Permit have expired. The Permits which have been obtained by the Company are not subject to any restriction, condition, limitation or other provision that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

14)    [The Sponsor has built a permanent manufacturing facility for Systems located in the State of Delaware, and all Systems beyond which the Project has exceeded 10 MW of nameplate capacity have been sourced from such facility.] 1

15)    The Company is in compliance with the Tariff in all respects.

16)    [Each System being financed has achieved COD or will achieve COD prior to the Drawdown Date.] [ If applicable ].

17)    The Tax Equity Investors have contributed to the Pledgor and the Pledgor in turn has contributed to the Company 20% of the aggregate purchase price of the Systems to be financed with the proceeds of the requested Credit Event, consistent with the Base Case Projections. [ If applicable ].

18)    Concurrently with this Drawdown, the Tax Equity Investors have contributed to the Company 30.20% of the aggregate purchase price of the Systems to be financed with the proceeds of the requested Credit Event, consistent with the Base Case Projections. After giving effect to this Drawdown, the ratio of (x) Note proceeds drawn from the Construction Escrow Account to (y) the total Notes have not exceeded the ratio of the aggregate nameplate capacity of commissioned Systems to 30 MW. [ If applicable ].

 

 

1   Insert after the first Funded System has caused the Project to exceed 10 MW of nameplate capacity.

 

E XHIBIT 4.2.1(a) TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


19)    [All shared infrastructure at [the applicable Site] necessary for installation of each Funded System to be installed at such Site, including without limitation the “BOF Work” for such Site, as such term is defined in the MESPA, has been completed. 1 ]

20)    At any time following the Closing Date, no event, circumstance or condition has occurred and is continuing that has, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

[Signature page follows]

 

 

1   Only include for first Credit Event for each Site.

 

E XHIBIT 4.2.1(a) TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Drawdown Certificate to be duly executed and delivered on behalf of the Company as of the date first above written.

 

DIAMOND STATE GENERATION PARTNERS, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company
By:  

                                                              

Name:  
Title:  

 

E XHIBIT 4.2.1(a) TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


APPENDIX I

to Drawdown Certificate

Currently Estimated Aggregate Project Costs

 

Project Cost

   Amount  
   $               
   $               
   $               
   $               
   $               
  

 

 

 

Total:

   $               
  

 

 

 

Summary of Variances in Estimated Project Costs (from Closing Date to Proposed Drawdown Date)

 

E XHIBIT 4.2.1(a) TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


APPENDIX II

to Drawdown Certificate

Invoices

 

E XHIBIT 4.2.1(a) TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


APPENDIX III

to Drawdown Certificate

Estimated Dates

Expected Final Completion Date:             , 20    

Expected Commercial Operation Date : [ Indicate Commercial Operation Date for each individual system, by Serial Number or other distinct means ]

Expected Placed in Service Date: [ Indicate Placed in Service Date for each individual system, by Serial Number or other distinct means ]

 

E XHIBIT 4.2.1(a) TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


APPENDIX IV

to Drawdown Certificate

Lien Waivers

 

E XHIBIT 4.2.1(a) TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


APPENDIX V

to Drawdown Certificate

Change Orders

 

1. Approved

 

2. Requested and Pending

 

E XHIBIT 4.2.1(a) TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT

Exhibit 10.28

SECOND AMENDMENT TO

NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This SECOND AMENDMENT TO NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”), is entered into effective as of March 13, 2018 by and among Diamond State Generation Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”) and the Holders that have duly executed counterparts of this Amendment. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Note Purchase Agreement (as defined below). All Section references, unless otherwise indicated, shall be references to Sections of the Note Purchase Agreement and the rules of interpretation set forth in the Note Purchase Agreement apply as if set forth herein.

RECITALS

WHEREAS , reference is hereby made to that certain Note Purchase Agreement, dated March 20, 2013 (as amended from time to time, the “ Note Purchase Agreement ”), by and among the Company and each of the Purchasers (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement) party thereto; and

WHEREAS , the Company and the undersigned Holders wish to hereby amend the Note Purchase Agreement, in accordance with Section 17.1 of the Note Purchase Agreement, by amending Section 7.1 of the Note Purchase Agreement;    

NOW , THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants set forth herein, and for other consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

Section  1. Amendment to the Note Purchase Agreement . Section 7.1(a) of the Note Purchase Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

(a) Annual Financial Statements. As soon as practicable and in any event no later than March 31 of the calendar year immediately following the final day of each applicable fiscal year, audited financial statements of the Company and Sponsor (it being acknowledged that such requirement may be satisfied by the delivery of the appropriate report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC, if applicable), all prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied and setting forth, in each case, in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year. Such financial statements shall include a statement of equity, a balance sheet as of the close of such year, an income and expense statement, reconciliation of capital accounts (where applicable), a statement of cash flow and summary results of hedging and trading activities (in the case of the Company only), reported on without a qualification arising out of the scope of the audit, and certified by an independent certified public accountant of nationally recognized standing selected by the Person whose financial statements are being prepared. Such certificate shall not be qualified or limited because of restricted or limited examination by such accountant. The relevant accountant for the Company shall also certify that in making the examination necessary for reporting on the foregoing financial statements no knowledge was obtained of any Default or Event of Default, except as disclosed in such certificate.

Section  2. No Defaults or Events of Default . Except as explicitly noted to the contrary in that certain Notice under Note Purchase Agreement delivered by the Company to the Noteholders on February 27, 2018, no Default or Event of Default under the Note Purchase Agreement has occurred and is continuing as of the Effective Date.

 

1


Section  3. Effective Date . This Amendment has been duly executed by the Company. This Amendment shall be effective upon the receipt by, or on behalf of, the Company of duly executed counterparts of this Amendment signed by Holders constituting the Required Holders (the “ Effective Date ”).

Section  4. No Other Changes or Waivers . Except as expressly provided or contemplated by this Amendment, all of the terms, conditions and provisions of the Note Purchase Agreement remain unaltered and in full force and effect. Except as specifically provided herein, the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment shall not be deemed as a waiver of any other matters or any future matters. The Note Purchase Agreement and this Amendment shall be read and construed as one instrument.

Section  5. Headings . Article and Section headings have been inserted in this Amendment as a matter of convenience for reference only and it is agreed that such Article and Section headings are not a part of this Amendment and shall not be used in the interpretation of any provision of this Amendment.

Section  6. Governing Law . This Amendment shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the parties shall be governed by, the law of the State of New York excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such State that would permit the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.

Section  7. Severability . Any provision of this Amendment that is invalid, illegal, prohibited or unenforceable in any respect in any jurisdiction, shall as to such jurisdiction be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality, prohibition or unenforceability without affecting, invalidating or impairing the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and any such invalidity, illegality, prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not affect, invalidate or impair such provision in any other jurisdiction.

Section  8. Counterparts . This Amendment and any amendments, waivers, consents or supplements hereto or in connection herewith may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Signature pages may be detached from multiple separate counterparts and attached to a single counterpart so that all signature pages are physically attached to the same document.

[ The remainder of this page intentionally left blank ]

 

2


If you are in agreement with the foregoing, please sign the form of agreement on a counterpart of this Amendment and return it to the Company.

 

Very truly yours,
DIAMOND STATE GENERATION PARTNERS, LLC
By  

/s/ Mark Mesler

Name: Mark Mesler
Title: Vice President

Signature Page to Second Amendment to Note Purchase Agreement


This Amendment is hereby accepted and agreed to as of the date hereof.

 

MASSACHUSETTS MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
By: Babson Capital Management LLC, its investment adviser
By:  

/s/ Thomas P. Shea

  Name: Thomas P. Shea
  Title: Managing Director
C. M. LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
By: Babson Capital Management LLC, its investment adviser
By:  

/s/ Thomas P. Shea

  Name: Thomas P. Shea
  Title: Managing Director
MASSMUTUAL ASIA LIMITED
By: Babson Capital Management LLC, its investment adviser
By:  

/s/ Thomas P. Shea

  Name: Thomas P. Shea
  Title: Managing Director
MODERN WOODMEN OF AMERICA
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
AXA EQUITABLE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Signature Page to Second Amendment to Note Purchase Agreement


This Amendment is hereby accepted and agreed to as of the date hereof.

 

MASSACHUSETTS MUTUAL LIFE

INSURANCE COMPANY

By: Babson Capital Management LLC, its

investment adviser

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
C. M. LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

By: Babson Capital Management LLC, its

investment adviser

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
MASSMUTUAL ASIA LIMITED
By: Babson Capital Management LLC, its investment adviser
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

MODERN WOODMEN OF AMERICA

By:  

/s/ Aaron R. Birkland

  Name: Aaron R. Birkland
  Title: Portfolio Manager Private Placements
By:  

/s/ Christopher M. Cramer

  Name: Christopher M. Cramer
  Title: Manager, Fixed Income

AXA EQUITABLE LIFE INSURANCE

COMPANY

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Signature Page to Second Amendment to Note Purchase Agreement


This Amendment is hereby accepted and agreed to as of the date hereof.

 

MASSACHUSETTS MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
By: Babson Capital Management LLC, its investment adviser
By:    
 

Name:

 

Title:

C. M. LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
By: Babson Capital Management LLC, its investment adviser
By:    
 

Name:

 

Title:

MASSMUTUAL ASIA LIMITED
By: Babson Capital Management LLC, its investment adviser
By:    
 

Name:

 

Title:

MODERN WOODMEN OF AMERICA
By:    
 

Name:

 

Title:

By:    
 

Name:

 

Title:

AXA EQUITABLE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
By:   /s/ Amy Judd
 

Name: Amy Judd

 

Title: Investment Officer

Signature Page to Second Amendment to Note Purchase Agreement


TEACHERS INSURANCE AND ANNUITY ASSOCIATION OF AMERICA
By: Nuveen Alternatives Advisors, LLC
Its: Investment Manager
By:   /s/ Joseph R. Cantey Jr.
  Name: Joseph R. Cantey Jr.
  Title: Senior Director
GENWORTH LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY
By:    
  Name:
  Title:
GENWORTH LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
By:    
 

Name:

 

Title:

Signature Page to Second Amendment to Note Purchase Agreement


TEACHERS INSURANCE AND ANNUITY ASSOCIATION OF AMERICA
By: Nuveen Alternatives Advisors, LLC
Its: Investment Manager
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
GENWORTH LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Stuart Shepetin

  Name: Stuart Shepetin
  Title: Investment Officer
GENWORTH LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
By:  

/s/ Stuart Shepetin

  Name: Stuart Shepetin
  Title: Investment Officer

Signature Page to Second Amendment to Note Purchase Agreement

Exhibit 10.29

NET LEASE AGREEMENT

by and between

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION,

a Delaware limited liability company

(“Tenant”)

and

237 NORTH FIRST STREET HOLDINGS, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

(“Landlord”)


NET LEASE AGREEMENT

For and in consideration of the rentals, covenants, and conditions hereinafter set forth, Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby rents from Landlord, the following described Premises for the term, at the rental and subject to and upon all of the terms, covenants and agreements set forth in this Net Lease Agreement (“Lease”):

1. Summary of Lease Provisions . The following terms shall have the following meanings set forth below:

 

  1.1 Tenant : Bloom Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

 

  1.2 Landlord : 237 North First Street Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”).

 

  1.3 Date of Lease, for reference purposes only : April 4, 2018.

 

  1.4 Premises : That certain space, consisting of (i) approximately five thousand three hundred forty-five (5,345) rentable square feet on the first floor of that certain Building referred to in Paragraph 1.5 below, and shown cross-hatched or otherwise identified on the floor plan attached hereto as Exhibit A-1 , (ii) approximately thirty-two thousand seven hundred ninety-nine (32,799) rentable square feet on the fourth floor of the Building referred to in Paragraph 1.5 below, and shown cross-hatched or otherwise identified on the floor plan attached hereto as Exhibit A-2 , (iii) approximately thirty-two thousand seven hundred ninety-nine (32,799) rentable square feet on the fifth floor of the Building referred to in Paragraph 1.5 below, and shown cross-hatched or otherwise identified on the floor plan attached hereto as Exhibit A-3 and (iv) approximately thirty-two thousand seven hundred ninety-nine (32,799) rentable square feet on the sixth floor of the Building referred to in Paragraph 1.5 below, and shown cross-hatched or otherwise identified on the floor plan attached hereto as Exhibit A-4 . For purposes of this Lease, the total rentable square footage of the Premises is one hundred three thousand seven hundred forty-two (103,742) rentable square feet. (Paragraph 2.1)

 

  1.5 Building : That certain building constructed on Parcel C (as described on Exhibit F-1 ) and shown cross-hatched or otherwise identified on the site plan attached hereto as Exhibit B located at 4353 North First Street in the City of San Jose, County of Santa Clara, State of California. For purposes of this Lease, the total rentable square footage of the Building is hereby stipulated and agreed to be one hundred eighty-four thousand three hundred fifty-two (184,352), less 50% of the then current rentable square footage of the Building occupied by the fitness center described in Paragraph 11.3 (as of the date hereof, such portion of the fitness center being 3,309 rentable square feet), for a total of one hundred eighty-one thousand forty-three (181,043) rentable square feet. (Paragraph 2.1)

 

-1-


  1.6 Term : One hundred twenty (120) months (plus the partial month following the Commencement Date if such date is not the first day of a month), unless sooner terminated or extended pursuant to the terms of this Lease. If the Commencement Date is other than the first day of a calendar month, the first month shall include the remainder of the calendar month in which the Commencement Date occurs plus the first full calendar month thereafter, provided, however, that the inclusion of any partial month in the first full calendar month shall not entitle Tenant to any additional free Base Rent; it being understood and agreed that Base Rent for the first six (6) full calendar months of the initial Term of this Lease shall be conditionally abated as provided in Paragraph 1.10 below. (Paragraph 3)

 

  1.7 Delivery Date : One (1) business days after the date the last of Landlord or Tenant executes and delivers this Lease.

 

  1.8 Commencement Date : The earlier of (i) January 1, 2019, (ii) the date a certificate of occupancy (or its equivalent) is issued with respect to the Premises or (iii) the date Tenant opens for business in the Premises (if that occurs). (Paragraph 3)

 

  1.9 Ending Date : The date one hundred twenty (120) full calendar months following the Commencement Date, unless sooner terminated or extended pursuant to the terms of this Lease. (Paragraph 3)

 

  1.10 Base Rent : During the initial Lease Term, Tenant shall pay monthly Base Rent for the Premises to Landlord in accordance with the schedule set forth below:

 

Lease Months

During Term

   Monthly Base
Rental Rates Per
Rentable Square
Foot (NNN)
(Rounded to
nearest one
hundredth)
     Monthly Base Rent (NNN)  

01-06

   $  0.00/RSF    $ 0.00

07-12

   $ 2.75/RSF      $ 285,290.50  

13-24

   $ 2.83/RSF      $ 293,849.22  

25-36

   $ 2.92/RSF      $ 302,664.70  

37-48

   $ 3.00/RSF      $ 311,744.64  

49-60

   $ 3.10/RSF      $ 321,096.98  

61-72

   $ 3.19/RSF      $ 330,729.89  

73-84

   $ 3.28/RSF      $ 340,651.79  

85-96

   $ 3.38/RSF      $ 350,871.34  

97-108

   $ 3.49/RSF      $ 361,397.48  

109-120

   $ 3.59/RSF      $ 372,239.40  

 

-2-


* The Base Rent payable during each of the first six (6) full calendar months of the initial Lease Term (the “Abatement Period”) is actually Two Hundred Eighty-five Thousand Two Hundred Ninety and 50/100 Dollars ($285,290.50) per month; however, Landlord agrees that such monthly Base Rent during the Abatement Period (the “Abated Rent”) shall be conditionally abated so long as no Default by Tenant (as defined in Paragraph 14 below) occurs during the initial Term of this Lease. In the event a Default by Tenant occurs during initial Term of this Lease and Landlord terminates this Lease or Tenant’s possession as a result thereof pursuant to Paragraph 14.1 below, then the unamortized portion of the Abated Rent (which Abated Rent shall be amortized over a period of one hundred fourteen (114) months) shall become immediately due and payable following written demand of Landlord and Landlord shall be entitled to include such unamortized portion of the Abated Rent in the amount of rentals that it is otherwise entitled to recover from Tenant under Paragraph 14.1(d) below and under California Civil Code Section 1951.2. For sake of clarification, if the Commencement Date is other than the first (1st) day of a calendar month, the Abatement Period will begin on the Commencement Date and will end on the day immediately preceding the six months anniversary of the Commencement Date (e.g., if the Commencement Date is December 10, 2018, then the Abatement Period will end on June 9, 2019 and Tenant will commence paying Base Rent for the Premises on June 10, 2019). Commencing as of the Commencement Date of this Lease and thereafter during the Term of this Lease, as such Term may be extended, Tenant shall be obligated to pay Tenant’s percentage share of Operating Expenses pursuant to the terms of the Lease below. (Paragraph 4)

 

     Within five (5) business days following the execution of this Lease by Landlord and Tenant, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the sum of $285,290.50, which shall be credited against the Base Rent payable during the seventh (7 th ) full calendar month of the initial Term.

 

  1.11 Use of Premises : General office, research and development, administration and any other ancillary use to the extent permitted by local zoning ordinances applicable to the Premises and all applicable Laws; provided, however, no portion of the Premises shall be use or operated as a flexible workplace center (or as an executive suite center), with or without individual offices or ancillary services (Paragraph 6.1)

 

  1.12

Tenant’s percentage share : Fifty-seven and thirty one hundredths percent (57.30%). For purposes of calculating Tenant’s percentage share of Operating Expenses for the Building, Tenant’s percentage share is the rentable square footage of the Premises (stipulated in Paragraph 1.4 above) over the rentable square footage of the Building (stipulated in Paragraph 1.5 above). Approximately three thousand three hundred nine (3,309) square feet of the fitness center situated in the Building (and considered part of the Common Area) is allocated by the Landlord to the Parcel B Building referred to in Paragraph 2.1(d) below and having an address of 4453 North First Street, San Jose, California. In addition, Operating Expenses for the Building will include (i) the “Building’s percentage share” of Exterior Common Area Operating Expenses

 

-3-


  which is forty-nine and twelve one hundredths percent (49.12%), being the rentable square footage of the Building (as stipulated in Paragraph 1.5 above) over the sum of said rentable square footage of the Building plus the rentable square footage of the other building(s) on the Land, which as of the date hereof shall include the anticipated square footage of the Parcel B Building, which is stipulated to be one hundred eighty-seven five hundred fifty-four (187,554) rentable square feet, and (ii) an equitable percentage of the Taxes allocable or attributable to Parcel A (as shown on the Parcel Map referred to below) and the surface parking and other improvements now or hereafter situated on Parcel A (as determined by the County of Santa Clara Tax Assessor) and which shall be included in the tax bill for the Taxes imposed upon or relating to the Building or Parcel C as shown on the Parcel Map referred to below. (Paragraph 12)

 

  1.13 Cash Security Deposit : Three Hundred Seventy-two Thousand Two Hundred Thirty-nine and 40/100 Dollars ($372,239.40)

 

  1.14 Addresses for Notices:

 

To Landlord:

  

237 North First Street Holdings, LLC

  

c/o South Bay Development Company

475 Alberto Way, Suite 150

  

Los Gatos, CA 95032

  

Attn: Mark Regoli

With a courtesy copy to:

  

Pacific Coast Capital Partners

  

555 California Street, Suite 3450

  

San Francisco, CA 94104

  

Attn: Aaron Giovara

To Tenant:

  

Prior to the Commencement Date:

  

Bloom Energy Corporation

1299 Orleans Drive

  

Sunnyvale, CA 94089

  

Attn: General Counsel

  

After the Commencement Date:

  

At the Premises

 

  1.15 Right to Use No More Than : Three hundred forty-two twenty-four (342) unreserved parking spaces within the Common Area pursuant to Paragraph 11.2 below; however, Landlord shall mark five (5) of such parking spaces in front of the Building for “Bloom Visitors”. (Paragraph 11.2)

 

  1.16 Summary Provisions in General . Parenthetical references in this Paragraph 1 to other paragraphs in this Lease are for convenience of reference, and designate some of the other Lease paragraphs where applicable provisions are set forth. All of the terms and conditions of each such referenced paragraph shall be construed to be incorporated within and made a part of each of the above referring Summary of Lease Provisions. In the event of any conflict between any Summary of Lease Provision as set forth above and the balance of the Lease, the latter shall control.

 

-4-


2. Premises; Building; Exterior Common Area; Project .

2.1 Premises . Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord upon the terms and conditions herein set forth, those certain premises (“Premises”) referred to in Paragraph 1.4 above and shown cross-hatched or otherwise identified on the floor plans attached hereto as Exhibit  A-1 , Exhibit A-2 and Exhibit A-3 . In addition, Tenant shall have such rights in and to the Common Area (defined in Paragraph 11.1 below) as are more fully described in Paragraph 11.1 below.

(a) Definitions . The building in which the Premises are located is referred to herein as the “Building.” The “Land” shall mean and refer to all of the real property described on Exhibit F attached hereto and commonly known, as of July 1, 2018, as APNs: 015-39-057 (consisting of approximately 1.159 acres), 015-39-058 (consisting of approximately 1.159 acres) and a parcel identified as “Common Area” on the Assessor’s Parcel Map attached hereto as Exhibit F-1 . The Land consists of the real property comprising Parcels A, B and C as shown on that certain Parcel Map being a Subdivision of Parcel 1 as Shown on that certain Parcel Map filed October 29, 2015 in Book 888 of Maps at Pages 1-11, Santa Clara County Records, which Parcel Map has been recorded in the Santa Clara County Records and a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit F-2 (the “Parcel Map”). The term “Exterior Common Area” as used herein shall mean the Common Area located on Parcel A as shown on such Parcel Map and any access drives and Common Area parking areas (if any) to the extent located elsewhere on Parcel A or elsewhere on the Land. The Land, the Common Area (including, without limitation, the Exterior Common Area referred to above and the Restricted Common Area referred to in Paragraph 11.1 below), the Building and any other building(s) or improvement(s) now or hereafter located on the Land are referred to herein collectively as the “Project.” Landlord and Tenant agree that all measurements of area contained in this Lease, including, without limitation, the size of the Premises, Building and Project, are an approximation which Landlord and Tenant agree are reasonable. Such measurements of area contained in this Lease also are conclusively agreed to be correct and binding upon the parties, and any subsequent determination that the area is more or less than shown in this Lease shall not result in a change in any way in the computations of Rentals; provided, however, in the event that Landlord constructs the retail building described in Paragraph 2.1(e) below or some other building on Parcel A, Taxes on such building and the land on which such building sits will not be included in Parcel A Taxes and the Building’s percentage share of Parcel A Operating Expenses and Parcel A Taxes shall be reduced to account for any increase in the rentable square footage of the building(s) on the Land with the addition of the rentable square footage of such retail or other building, as such rentable square footage is reasonably determined by Landlord.

(b) Use of Exterior Common Area . Landlord reserves the right to grant to tenants of the Project, and to the agents, employees, servants, invitees, contractors, guests, customers and representatives of such tenants or to any other user authorized by Landlord, the nonexclusive right to use the Exterior Common Area (exclusive of any portion of the Land designated for the exclusive use of any tenant, including, without limitation, the Restricted Common Area referred to in Paragraph 11.1 and identified on Exhibit G attached hereto) for pedestrian and vehicular ingress and egress and, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 11.1 and Paragraph 11.2 below, vehicular parking.

 

-5-


(c) Construction of Parcel B Building. Landlord hereby discloses to Tenant that Landlord has commenced construction of an approximately 187,351 rentable square foot office building to the northwest of the Building in which the Premises is located (the “Parcel B Building”). The location of such Parcel B Building is shown on the site plan attached hereto as Exhibit B . During the construction of the Parcel B Building, Tenant shall abide by, and cause its agents, employees, contractors, invitees, licensees, guests and customers to abide by, all safety and construction rules and regulations of Landlord or its affiliate and its general contractor. Tenant’s monthly Base Rent and Additional Rent shall not be abated as a result of such construction and, during the period of construction of the Parcel B Building, Tenant shall continue to timely perform all of its obligations under this Lease then accruing. The preceding notwithstanding, Landlord shall exercise commercially reasonable efforts to minimize, to the extent practicable under the circumstances, any interference that the construction of the Parcel B Building may have on Tenant’s business operations in the Premises. Such commercially reasonable efforts, as such term is used in the immediately preceding sentence, shall not require Landlord or its affiliate or contractors to undertake construction of any of the Parcel B Building on weekends or evenings or require Landlord to install any soundproofing in the Premises or Building or elsewhere in the Project. Tenant hereby waives any right to terminate this Lease due to any such construction activities undertaken with respect to the construction of the Parcel B Building unless Tenant is deprived of all beneficial use of the Premises for twelve (12) consecutive months or more.

(d) Construction of Retail Building . Landlord may obtain entitlements and permits for, and thereafter construct, an approximately 6,500 square foot retail building in the area identified on Exhibit E attached hereto (and located in a part of the southern portion of the Exterior Common Area). During the construction of such retail building, Tenant shall abide by, and cause its agents, employees, contractors, invitees, licensees, guests and customers to abide by, all safety and construction rules and regulations of Landlord or its affiliate and its general contractor. Tenant’s monthly Base Rent and Additional Rent shall not be abated as a result of such construction and, during the period of construction of such retail building, Tenant shall continue to timely perform all of its obligations under this Lease then accruing. The preceding notwithstanding, Landlord shall exercise commercially reasonable efforts to minimize, to the extent practicable under the circumstances, any interference that the construction of such retail building may have on Tenant’s business operations in the Premises. Such commercially reasonable efforts, as such term is used in the immediately preceding sentence, shall not require Landlord or its affiliate or contractors to undertake construction of any of such retail building on weekends or evenings or require Landlord to install any soundproofing in the Premises or Building or elsewhere in the Project. Tenant hereby waives any right to terminate this Lease due to any such construction activities undertaken with respect to the construction of the retail building referred to herein unless Tenant is deprived of all beneficial use of the Premises for twelve (12) consecutive months or more.

2.2 Improvements . The improvements to be constructed by Landlord for Tenant’s use in the Premises are set forth in detail in the Improvement Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit  C (the “Improvement Agreement”). The Improvement Agreement also addresses the terms and conditions upon which Tenant shall have the right to construct Initial Improvements (as defined in the Improvement Agreement) in the Premises. The Improvement Agreement is incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof. Landlord and Tenant each agree that it is bound by the terms and conditions of the Improvement Agreement and that it shall timely perform its respective obligations thereunder. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease (including, without limitation, the Improvement Agreement), Landlord shall not be obligated to construct or install any leasehold improvements in, on or around the Premises, Building or Project or obligated to provide any tenant improvement allowance or other allowance to Tenant.

 

-6-


2.3 Acceptance of Premises . Subject to the provisions set forth in the next grammatical paragraph of this Paragraph 2.3, by taking possession of the Premises, Tenant shall be deemed to have accepted the Premises as being in good and sanitary order, condition and repair and to have accepted the Premises in their condition existing as of the date Tenant takes possession of the Premises, subject to all applicable laws, covenants, conditions, restrictions, easements and other matters of public record and the Rules and Regulations described in Paragraph 47 below; provided, however, the foregoing shall not relieve Landlord from its express obligations under the terms of this Lease. Tenant acknowledges that, except as may be expressly set forth in this Lease, neither Landlord nor any of Landlord’s agents, employees, affiliates, or property manager have made any representation or warranty (express or implied) as to the suitability of the Premises for the conduct of Tenant’s business, the condition of the Building or Premises, the compliance of the Premises with any codes, laws, ordinances, rules or regulations, or the use or occupancy which may be made thereof and Tenant has independently investigated and is satisfied that the Premises are suitable for Tenant’s intended use. Tenant shall be responsible for confirming that its use of the Premises is permitted under local zoning ordinances applicable to the Premises (and Tenant acknowledges that Landlord makes no representation or warranty with respect to the same).

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Landlord agrees to deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant concurrently with the execution of this Lease with the (i) Base Building mechanical, electrical, fire-life safety, plumbing, sprinkler and HVAC systems installed or furnished by Landlord serving the Premises (collectively, the “Building Systems”), and (ii) the exterior walls, foundation, floor slabs, roof structure, columns, beams, shafts and stairwells, (collectively, the “Building Structure”) in good working order and repair. Landlord also agrees to deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant concurrently with the execution of this Lease with the exterior windows, ceilings, roof membrane, elevators, Base Building restrooms and all Common Areas of the Building in good working order and repair. In addition, Landlord hereby warrants the Building Systems serving the Premises and the roof of the Building against defects in workmanship and materials for a period of one (1) year following the Commencement Date. Tenant shall give written notice to Landlord if any defect in the Building Systems serving the Premises and/or the roof becomes reasonably apparent, provided, however, such notice of any defects in the Building Systems serving the Premises and/or the roof must be delivered to Landlord within one (1) year following the Commencement Date, and, provided such notice is timely given to Landlord by Tenant within such one (1) year period, Landlord shall, as Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy for such defect(s), repair or replace, if necessary (as reasonably determined by Landlord), such defect(s) in the Building Systems and/or roof identified in Tenant’s notice as soon as practicable at Landlord’s sole cost and expense (and without pass through to Tenant as an Operating Expense or otherwise). For avoidance of doubt, the parties hereto agree that routine, preventative maintenance of any of the Building Systems serving the Premises shall not be covered by Landlord’s one (1)-year warranty above, but replacement of any compressors, coils and/or fan motors comprising part of the heating, ventilation and air conditioning system serving the Premises, if necessary, shall be covered by Landlord’s one (1)-year warranty above. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the parties hereto agree that Landlord’s obligation to repair any defects in the Building Systems serving the Premises or the roof of the Building pursuant to the terms of this paragraph above shall not be applicable to any defects caused by the acts, omissions, negligence or willful misconduct or misuse of the Premises or Building, or applicable portion thereof, by Tenant or any of Tenant’s agents, employees, officers, directors, partners, members, managers, affiliates, contractors, subcontractors, guests, invitees, licensees, sublessees or other representatives.

 

-7-


On March 29, 2018, Landlord, at Landlord’s sole expense, caused samples of indoor air in the Building to be taken for the purpose of determining the presence and concentration of chlorinated volatile organic compounds (CVOCs) trichloroethylene (TCE), tetrachloroethene (PCE), and vinyl chloride (VC). Sampling and testing was conducted using methods and protocols accepted by the California Department of Toxic Substances Control (DTSC) or California Occupational Safety and Health Agency (CalOSHA) for commercial or industrial exposures. Landlord has submitted the samples under chain of custody protocols to a State of California-certified laboratory for analysis. Promptly upon receipt from the laboratory, Landlord shall provide to Tenant copies of the certificates of analysis for all samples taken in accordance with this paragraph. With respect to such samples referred to above, if the detected level of any CVOC referred to above is detected above the DTSC’s health-based screening levels for commercial land use, Landlord shall take appropriate monitoring and mitigation measures. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the sampling for CVOC’s caused to be performed by Landlord as provided above show that no level of any CVOC is above the DTSC’s applicable health-based screening levels, Landlord shall not be required to perform any additional testing for CVOCs during the Term.

Landlord represents for the benefit of Tenant that the Base Building Condition set forth in Schedule C-1 to the Improvement Agreement is in compliance with all applicable Laws (as defined in Paragraph 6.1 below) as of the Delivery Date. Tenant shall give written notice to Landlord within one (1) year following the Commencement Date if Tenant determines that any part of the Base Building Condition set forth in Schedule C-1 to the Improvement Agreement was not in compliance with applicable Laws as of the Delivery Date. If such non-compliance notice is timely given to Landlord by Tenant within such one (1) year period, Landlord shall, as Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy for such non-compliance, repair or replace, if necessary (as reasonably determined by Landlord), such non-compliance items in the Base Building Condition identified in Tenant’s notice as soon as practicable at Landlord’s sole cost and expense (and without pass through to Tenant as an Operating Expense or otherwise). Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the parties hereto agree that Landlord’s obligation to remedy or correct any non-compliance items with respect to the Base Building Condition pursuant to the terms of this paragraph above shall not be applicable to any defects or non-compliance with applicable Laws caused by the acts, omissions, negligence or willful misconduct or misuse of the Premises or Building, or applicable portion thereof, by Tenant or any of Tenant’s agents, employees, officers, directors, partners, members, managers, affiliates, contractors, subcontractors, guests, invitees, licensees, sublessees or other representatives.

Nothing set forth in the two immediately preceding paragraphs shall excuse Landlord of any of its maintenance, repair or replacements obligations under this Lease.

3. Delivery; Term .

3.1 Delivery . Landlord shall deliver the Premises to Tenant on the date specified in Paragraph 1.7 above. If Landlord fails to deliver the Premises to Tenant on the date specified in Paragraph 1.7 above and such failure continues for a period of three (3) business days following the date specified in Paragraph 1.7, then Tenant shall be entitled to terminate this Lease by delivering written notice of such termination to Landlord within six (6) business days following the date specified in Paragraph 1.7 above. Time is of the essence as to the delivery of such termination notice. If such termination notice is not timely delivered by Lessee to Lessor as provided in this Paragraph above, then Lessee shall be deemed to have waived its right to terminate this Lease pursuant to this Section 3.1 and Landlord shall be deemed to have delivered the Premises to Tenant. If Tenant timely delivers its notice of termination to Landlord pursuant to this Paragraph 3.1, then all prepaid Base Rent and Security Deposit paid by Tenant to Landlord shall be promptly returned to Tenant.

 

-8-


3.2 Commencement Date . The term of this Lease (“Lease Term”) shall be for the period specified in Paragraph 1.6 above, commencing on the Commencement Date set forth in Paragraph 1.8 above and expiring, unless earlier terminated or extended pursuant to the terms of this Lease, on the Ending Date set forth in Paragraph 1.9 above. When the Commencement Date and Ending Date become ascertainable, Landlord and Tenant shall specify the same in writing, in the form of the attached Exhibit  D , which writing shall be deemed incorporated herein. If Tenant fails to execute and deliver the letter attached hereto as Exhibit  D within ten (10) business days after Tenant receives written request from Landlord to do so (subject to any legitimate disagreement by Tenant with the terms thereof, which both parties shall use reasonable efforts to resolve), the letter shall deemed correct as completed by Landlord and binding on Tenant. The expiration of the Lease Term or sooner termination of this Lease is referred to herein as the “Lease Termination.”

3.3 Occupancy Following Delivery Date and Prior to Commencement Date . Following the Delivery Date and prior to the Commencement Date of the Lease, Tenant and its approved contractors shall have the right to (i) install Tenant’s furniture and furnishings and Tenant’s telephone and telecommunication wiring and cabling in the Premises, and (ii) subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 13 and 17 below and the Improvement Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit C , construct or install Tenant’s Initial Improvements (as described in Exhibit C ) in the Premises. If Tenant or any of its agents, employees or contractors enter the Premises prior to the Commencement Date as provided above, then such entry shall be upon all the terms and conditions of this Lease (including, without limitation, Tenant’s obligations regarding indemnity and insurance), except that Tenant shall not be obligated to pay monthly Base Rent (except to the extent provided in the last paragraph of Paragraph 1.10 above) or Tenant’s percentage share of Operating Expenses prior to the Commencement Date. Prior to Tenant or any of its agents, employees, contractors or other representatives entering any portion of the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, Tenant shall provide Landlord with evidence that Tenant is maintaining such insurance as is required pursuant to Paragraph 8.2 below.

3.4 Option to Extend Lease Term . Landlord hereby grants to Tenant the option to extend the Lease Term for two (2) additional periods of five (5) years (each an “Extended Term” and collectively, the “Extended Terms”), on the following terms and conditions:

A. Tenant shall give Landlord written notice of its exercise of the option to extend the Lease Term for the Extended Term no earlier than twelve (12) months nor later than nine (9) months before the date the Lease Term would end but for said exercise. Time is of the essence. If Tenant fails to timely exercise its option to extend the Lease Term for the first Extended Term, then Tenant waives its right to extend the Lease Term for the second Extended Term.

B. Tenant may not extend the Lease Term pursuant to this Paragraph 3.4 if Tenant is in default, beyond applicable notice and cure periods, in the performance of any of the material terms and conditions of this Lease at the time of Tenant’s notice of exercise of this option, or if this Lease has been assigned (other than to a Permitted Transferee) or in the event the Premises has been sublet in its entirety for the balance of the Term (other than to a Permitted Transferee).

C. All terms and conditions of this Lease shall apply during the applicable Extended Term, except that (i) the monthly Base Rent for the Extended Term shall be determined in accordance with Paragraph 3.4.E below, (ii) there shall be no further rights to extend the Lease Term beyond the Extended Terms referred to in the introductory paragraph of this Paragraph 3.4 above, (iii) Tenant shall not be entitled to six months of free Base Rent as provided in Paragraph 1.10 above and (iv) Landlord shall have no obligation to construct any tenant improvements on, in or around the Premises or in the Building or to provide any tenant improvement allowance, refurbishment allowance, preliminary site plan allowance or fit-up allowance.

 

-9-


D. Once Tenant delivers notice of its applicable exercise of the option to extend the Lease Term, Tenant may not withdraw such exercise and, subject to the provisions of this Paragraph 3.4, such notice shall operate to extend the Lease Term. Upon the applicable extension of the Lease Term pursuant to this Paragraph 3.4, the term “Lease Term” as used in this Lease shall thereafter include the applicable Extended Term and the expiration date of the Lease shall be the expiration date of the applicable Extended Term.

E. If Tenant elects to extend the Lease Term pursuant to the terms of Paragraph 3.4.A above, the monthly Base Rent for the applicable Extended Term shall be an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the monthly fair market rental value of the Premises in relation to market conditions at the time of the applicable extension (including, but not limited to, rental rates for comparable space in Class A office buildings in the North San Jose submarket (“Comparable Buildings”) with comparable tenant improvements and taking into consideration all relevant factors, including, without limitation, any adjustments to rent based upon direct costs (operating expenses) and taxes, load factors, cost of living or other rental adjustments; rent abatements and other rent concessions; tenant improvement allowances; the relative strength of the tenants; the size of the space; whether a brokerage commission will be paid; and any other factors which affect market rental values at the time of extension). The Base Rent payable by Tenant during the applicable Extended Term shall include any cost of living or other inflationary adjustments to occur during the applicable Extended Term that are assumed in the determination of the fair market rental value of the Premises. The monthly Base Rent for the applicable Extended Term shall be determined as follows::

1. Mutual Agreement . After timely receipt by Landlord of Tenant’s applicable notice of exercise of the option to extend the Lease Term, Landlord and Tenant shall have a period of thirty (30) days in which to agree on the monthly Base Rent for the applicable Extended Term. If Landlord and Tenant agree on said monthly Base Rent during that period, they shall immediately execute an amendment to this Lease stating the monthly Base Rent for the applicable Extended Term. If Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree on the monthly Base Rent for the applicable Extended Term as aforesaid, the provisions of Paragraph 3.4.E.2 immediately below shall apply.

2. Appraisal . Within ten (10) days after the expiration of the thirty (30) day period described in Paragraph 3. 4.E.1 above, each party, at its cost and by giving notice to the other party, shall appoint a licensed commercial real estate broker with at least ten (10) years’ commercial brokerage experience in Santa Clara County, to determine the fair market rental value of the Premises. If a party does not appoint such a broker within ten (10) days after the other party has given notice of the name of its broker, the single broker appointed shall be the sole broker and shall set the fair market rental value. The cost of such sole broker shall be borne equally by the parties. If two brokers are appointed by the parties as provided in this Paragraph 3.4.E.2., the two brokers shall each separately determine the fair market rental value of the Premises within twenty (20) days of the date the last of such two brokers is selected. In addition, during such twenty (20) day period, the two brokers shall select a third broker meeting the qualifications above who will be required to determine which of the fair market rental valuations determined by the two original brokers is closer to the fair market rental value of the Premises as determined by the third broker. If the parties cannot agree on the third broker within such twenty day period, then either of the parties to this Lease, by giving ten (10) days’ notice to the other party, may apply to either the presiding judge of the Superior Court of the County of Santa Clara for the

 

-10-


selection of a third broker who meets the qualifications stated above. The two original brokers shall submit their respective valuations to the third broker in a sealed envelope within ten (10) days following the date the third broker is selected. Once the third broker has been selected as provided above, then, as soon as practicable but in any case within twenty (20) days thereafter, the third broker shall select one of the two fair market rental valuations submitted by the two original brokers selected by the parties, which valuation shall be the one that is closer to the fair market rental value as determined by the third broker. The third broker’s selection shall be rendered in writing to both Landlord and Tenant and shall be final and binding upon them and shall not be subject to appeal. The parties shall each pay one-half of the costs of the third broker. In establishing the fair market rental value, the broker or brokers shall take into consideration the factors described in Paragraph 3.4.E above.

4. Rent .

4.1 Base Rent . Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as rent for the Premises, in advance, on the first day of each calendar month, commencing on the Commencement Date (but subject to the conditional Base Rent abatement referred to in Paragraph 1.10 above) and continuing throughout the Lease Term, the Base Rent set forth in Paragraph 1.10 above (and Paragraph 3.4 above, if applicable). Base Rent shall be prorated, based on thirty (30) days per month, for any partial month during the Lease Term. Base Rent shall be payable, except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Lease, without deduction, offset, prior notice or demand in lawful money of the United States to Landlord at the address herein specified for purposes of notice or to such other persons or such other places as Landlord may designate in writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at Tenant’s request Landlord shall provide Landlord’s banking information (“Landlord’s ACH Account Information”) so that Tenant can pay Base Rent and Additional Rent (as defined below) by Electronic Funds Transfer (EFT) as an Automated Clearing House (“ACH”) transaction. Any such ACH transfers shall be paid by Tenant, from Tenant’s account in a bank or financial institution designated by Tenant and credited to Landlord’s bank account as Landlord shall have designated in Landlord’s ACH Account Information. Tenant shall not be in default of Tenant’s obligation to pay Base Rent and/or Additional Rent if and for so long as Tenant shall timely comply with ACH transfer requirements and accurately state Landlord’s ACH Account Information. However, if Tenant shall have timely complied with ACH transfer requirements, but the applicable funds shall thereafter have been misdirected or not accounted for properly by the recipient bank designated by Landlord, then Tenant shall reasonably cooperate with Landlord in an effort to recover the misdirected funds and the same shall not relieve Tenant’s obligation to make the payment so transferred (but Tenant shall not be required to be out-of-pocket the applicable payment amount in a duplicate amount due to such misdirected payment or payment not accounted for properly by the recipient bank), but shall toll the due date for such payment until the applicable funds shall have been located and deposited in Landlord’s bank account. In the event that Landlord elects to designate a different bank or financial institution into which any ACH transfer is to be deposited, notification of such change and the required documents, instruments, authorizations, and any modified Landlord’s ACH Account Information, must be delivered to Tenant no later than 30 days prior to the date such change is to become effective.

4.2 Late Charge . Tenant hereby acknowledges that late payment by Tenant to Landlord of Base Rent will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges, and late charges which may be imposed on Landlord by the terms of any mortgage or deed of trust covering the Premises. Accordingly, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent (as defined in Paragraph 4.3 below), without the necessity of prior notice or demand, a late charge equal to five percent (5%) of any installment of Base Rent or other amount payable by Tenant

 

-11-


under this Lease which is not received by Landlord within five (5) days after the due date for such installment or payment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord will not assess a late charge until Landlord has given written notice of such late payment for the first late payment in any twelve (12) month period and after Tenant has not cured such late payment within three (3) business days from receipt of such notice. No other notices will be required during the following twelve (12) months for a late charge to be imposed or incurred. The parties hereby agree that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Landlord will incur by reason of late payment by Tenant. In no event shall this provision for a late charge be deemed to grant to Tenant a grace period or extension of time within which to pay any installment of Base Rent or other sum payable by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease or, subject to the notice and cure period set forth in Paragraph 14.1(a), prevent Landlord from exercising any right or remedy available to Landlord upon Tenant’s failure to pay such installment of Base Rent or other sum when due, including without limitation the right to terminate this Lease. In the event any installment of Base Rent or other sum payable by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease is not received by Landlord by the due date for such installment, such installment shall bear interest at the annual rate set forth in Paragraph 34 below, commencing on the date such Base Rent installment or other sum payable under this Lease is due and continuing until such installment or other sum payable under this Lease is paid in full.

4.3 Additional Rent . All taxes, charges, costs and expenses and other sums which Tenant is required to pay hereunder (together with all interest and charges that may accrue thereon in the event of Tenant’s failure to pay the same), and all damages, costs and reasonable expenses which Landlord may incur by reason of any Default by Tenant shall be deemed to be additional rent hereunder (“Additional Rent”). Additional Rent shall accrue commencing on the Commencement Date. In the event of nonpayment by Tenant of any Additional Rent, Landlord shall have all the rights and remedies with respect thereto as Landlord has for the nonpayment of Base Rent. The term “Rentals” as used in this Lease shall mean Base Rent and Additional Rent.

5. Security Deposit . Within five (5) business days after Tenant’s execution of this Lease, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord a security deposit (“Security Deposit”) in immediately available funds in the amount set forth in Paragraph 1.13 above. The Security Deposit shall be held by Landlord as security for the faithful performance by Tenant of each and every term, covenant and condition of this Lease applicable to Tenant, and not as prepayment of Base Rent or Additional Rent. If Tenant shall at any time fail to keep or perform any term, covenant or condition of this Lease applicable to Tenant, including without limitation, the payment of any Rentals or those provisions requiring Tenant to repair damage to the Premises caused by Tenant or to surrender the Premises in the condition required pursuant to Paragraph 35 below, and any such failure continues after the passage of any applicable notice and cure period, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, and without waiving or releasing Tenant from any obligation under this Lease, use, apply or retain so much of the Security Deposit reasonably necessary for the payment of any amount which Landlord may spend by reason of Tenant’s uncured default or as necessary to compensate Landlord for any loss or damage which Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenant’s uncured default. In the event Landlord uses or applies any portion of the Security Deposit, Tenant shall, within five (5) business days after receipt of written demand by Landlord, remit to Landlord sufficient funds to restore the Security Deposit to its original sum. Failure by Tenant to so remit funds shall be a Default by Tenant. Tenant waives any restriction on the uses to which the Security Deposit or any portion thereof may be put contained in California Civil Code Section 1950.7 and Tenant hereby agrees that such Security Deposit may be applied against, among other things, delinquent rents accruing prior to termination of this Lease and future rent damages under California Civil Code Section 1951.2. Tenant also waives the provisions of California Civil Code Section 1950.7, and all other provisions of law now or hereafter in force, that provide that Landlord may claim from the Security Deposit only those

 

-12-


sums reasonably necessary to remedy defaults in the payment of rent, to repair damage caused by Tenant or to clean the Premises. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant expressly agrees that if Landlord terminates this Lease due to Tenant’s Default or if Tenant terminates this Lease in a bankruptcy proceeding, Landlord shall be entitled to hold the Security Deposit until the amount of damages recoverable pursuant to California Civil Code Section 1951.2 is finally determined. Except as provided above, within thirty (30) days following the later of the expiration of the Term or Tenant vacating possession of the Premises and surrendering the same to Landlord, the Security Deposit or any balance thereof, less any amount that has been or can be applied by Landlord as a result of any uncured Default by Tenant under this Lease, shall be returned to Tenant or, at the option of Landlord, to the last assignee of Tenant’s interest in the Lease. If Landlord sells or transfers its interest in the Premises during the Term and deposits with the purchaser or credits to the purchaser the Security Deposit or balance of it, then, upon such sale or transfer, Landlord shall be discharged from any further liability with respect to the Security Deposit. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, the Security Deposit may be in the form of cash or a letter of credit as more fully described in below.

6. Use of Premises .

6.1 Permitted Uses . Tenant shall use the Premises, and permit the use of the Premises, only in conformance with applicable governmental or quasi-governmental laws, statutes, orders, regulations, rules, ordinances and other requirements now or hereafter in effect (collectively, “Laws”) for the purposes set forth in Paragraph 1.11 above, and for no other purpose without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, provided that such other use is in conformance with applicable Laws. Tenant shall not permit the use of the Premises for any purpose other than as set forth in Paragraph 1.11. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord has selected or will be selecting tenants for the Building in order to produce a mix of tenant uses compatible and consistent with the design integrity of the Building and with other uses of the Building; provided, however, the selection of Building tenants shall be in Landlord’s reasonable discretion (subject, however, to the provision of Paragraph 6.1(a) below), and Landlord in making such selection shall not be deemed to be warranting that any use of the Building made by any such tenant is compatible or consistent with the design integrity of the Building or other uses of the Building. Any change in use of the Premises for any purpose other than those permitted by this Lease without the prior written consent of Landlord shall be a Default by Tenant. Tenant and its Tenant’s agents, employees, officers, directors, members, managers, partners, licensees, invitees, contractors, subcontractors, successors, representatives, guests, customers, suppliers and affiliated companies (collectively, “Tenant Related Parties”) shall use the Premises and the Common Area, in compliance with all applicable Laws and in conformity with the provisions of all recorded documents, including, without limitation, any recorded declaration of covenants, conditions, and restrictions, affecting the Premises and/or Common Area; provided that no future recorded documents shall materially restrict or interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises in the manner contemplated by this Lease, increase the costs or expenses relating to such use in any material respect, and the reasonable exercise by Tenant of its rights and privileges under this Lease, in accordance with the terms of this Lease, should not conflict with or contravene the terms of such future recorded declarations.

(a) Competitors . To the extent Landlord is not prohibited by any existing or future law, and provided Tenant is not in default under this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure period and the original Tenant (or any Permitted Transferee, as defined in Paragraph 24.4 below)) hereunder occupies at least two (2) full floors of the Premises, Landlord covenants not to enter into a new lease or occupancy agreement (an “Occupancy Agreement”) for any space in the Project with a Competitor (as hereinafter defined) for term scheduled to commence during the Term of this Lease or

 

-13-


any extension or renewal thereof. For purposes of the immediately preceding sentence, a “Competitor” shall mean any of the entities identified on Exhibit M attached hereto and incorporated by reference herein. Tenant shall have the right, from time to time during the Term, to modify the list of entities constituting Competitors on Exhibit M by adding or deleting Competitors, provided that no entity shall be added to the Exhibit M list of Competitors without Landlord’s prior written consent. “Competitor” shall not in any event include: (i) a tenant whose lease (a “Prior Lease”) is dated prior to the date of this Lease or any assignee, sublessee or licensee of any such tenant if, pursuant to Law or the terms of such Prior Lease, Landlord acting reasonably, lacked the authority to prevent such assignment, sublease or license transaction, or (ii) a tenant who by order of the U.S. Bankruptcy Court or similar state court order assumed a lease or otherwise has been permitted to operate its business in the Building based upon or as a result of a bankruptcy, insolvency or similar action, or (iii) a business operated by Tenant, its parent corporation, wholly owned subsidiary corporation or affiliated corporation.

6.2 Tenant to Comply with Legal Requirements . Tenant shall, at its sole cost, promptly comply with all Laws (as defined in Paragraph 6.1 above) relating to or affecting Tenant’s and/or Tenant Related Parties’ particular use or occupancy of the Premises or use of the Common Area, now in force, or which may hereafter be in force, including without limitation those relating to utility usage and load or number of permissible occupants or users of the Premises, whether or not the same are now contemplated by the parties; with the provisions of all recorded documents affecting the Premises and/or the Common Area insofar as the same relate to or affect Tenant’s particular and unique use or occupancy of the Premises or use of the Common Area; and with the requirements of any board of fire underwriters (or similar body now or hereafter constituted) relating to or affecting Tenant’s or any of the Tenant Related Parties’ particular and unique use or occupancy of the Premises or use of the Common Area. For purposes of this Lease, “Tenant’s particular and use of the Premises” shall mean Tenant’s use of the Premises for other than customary and ordinary general office use. Tenant’s obligations pursuant to this Paragraph 6.2 shall include, without limitation, maintaining or restoring the Premises, and making structural and non-structural alterations and additions in compliance and conformity with all Laws and recorded documents, each relating to (i) Tenant’s particular use or occupancy of the Premises during the Lease Term, as the same may be extended, (ii) Tenant’s application for any permit or governmental approval or alterations, additions or improvements made to the Premises by Tenant or any Tenant Related Parties, or (iii) any negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or any Tenant Related Parties. Any alterations or additions undertaken by Tenant pursuant to this Paragraph 6.2 shall be subject to the requirements of Paragraph 13.1 below. At Landlord’s option, Landlord may make the required alteration, addition or change, and Tenant shall pay Landlord’s actual and reasonable cost thereof as Additional Rent within thirty (30) days after receipt of Landlord’s invoice therefor accompanied by reasonable supporting documentation. With respect to any capital improvements (other than capital repairs or replacements of the Building Structure, which shall be the sole obligation of Landlord to perform and pay for without right of reimbursement from Tenant unless such capital repairs or replacements are required due to damage (other than ordinary wear and tear) caused by the acts, omissions, negligence or willful misconduct or misuse of the Premises or Building, or applicable portion thereof, by Tenant or any Tenant Related Parties, in which event, subject to Paragraph 8.6 below, Tenant shall be obligated to pay or reimburse Landlord for 100% of the cost of such repair or replacement within thirty (30) days after receipt of Tenant’s invoice therefore accompanied by reasonable supporting documentation) as may be hereafter required with respect to the Building, Premises or Common Area due to a change in laws and unrelated to Tenant’s and/or any of the Tenant Related Parties’ particular and unique use of the Premises or the Common Area, Tenant’s application(s) for any permit or governmental approval for alterations, additions or improvements to the Premises by or on behalf of Tenant or any Tenant Related Parties, the cost thereof shall be amortized at the lesser of (i) the annual rate of interest charged on the loan obtained by Landlord to finance the applicable capital improvement(s) (or if

 

-14-


Landlord does not obtain a loan to finance such capital improvement(s), then at two (2) percent above the prime rate or reference rate published in the Wall Street Journal (or if such rate is not published in the Wall Street Journal, then the prime rate or reference rate established by a national bank selected by Landlord)), or (ii) the maximum rate permitted by law, over the useful life of the capital improvement(s), as reasonably determined by Landlord in accordance with generally accepted real estate accounting principles, consistently applied, and Tenant shall pay its percentage share (as defined in Paragraph 1.12 above) of such monthly amortized cost on the first day of each month (prorated for any partial month) from the date of installation or repair through the earlier of the expiration of the useful life of the capital improvement and Lease Termination. For avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Tenant shall not be required to construct or pay the cost of complying with any covenants, conditions or restrictions, Laws or insurance underwriter’s requirements requiring construction of improvements to the Premises or to any other portion of the Building or Common Areas, unless such compliance is necessitated solely because of Tenant’s particular and unique use of the Premises, Tenant’s application for any permit or governmental approval to construct alterations, additions or improvements, any alterations, additions or improvements made to the Premises by Tenant or any Tenant Related Party or any negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or any Tenant Related Parties.

For purposes of Section 1938(a) of the California Civil Code, Landlord hereby discloses to Tenant, and Tenant hereby acknowledges, that the Premises have not undergone inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp). As required by Section 1938(e) of the California Civil Code, Landlord hereby states as follows: “A Certified Access Specialist (CASp) can inspect the subject premises and determine whether the subject premises comply with all of the applicable construction-related accessibility standards under state law. Although state law does not require a CASp inspection of the subject premises, the commercial property owner or lessor may not prohibit the lessee or tenant from obtaining a CASp inspection of the subject premises for the occupancy or potential occupancy of the lessee or tenant, if requested by the lessee or tenant. The parties shall mutually agree on the arrangements for the time and manner of the CASp inspection, the payment of the fee for the CASp inspection, and the cost of making any repairs necessary to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards within the premises.” In furtherance of the foregoing, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that in the event Tenant elects to perform a CASp inspection of the Premises hereunder, such CASP inspection shall be conducted, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, by a CASp designated by Landlord, subject to Landlord’s reasonable rules and requirements and Tenant shall be solely responsible for the cost of any repairs, upgrades, alterations, improvements and/or modifications to the Premises or the Building necessary to correct any such violations of construction-related accessibility standards identified by such CASp inspection as required by Law, which repairs, upgrades, alterations, improvements and/or modifications may at Landlord’s option, be performed by Landlord at Tenant’s expense, payable as Additional Rent within ten (10) days following Landlord’s demand. The terms of this Paragraph 6.2 with respect to CASp shall only apply in the event that Tenant exercises its right to perform a CASp inspection of the Premises. Otherwise, the terms of this Lease shall apply, without limitation, to the compliance, repairs and maintenance obligations of the parties.

Tenant shall obtain prior to its or any of its employees taking possession or occupancy of the Premises any and all permits, licenses and/or other authorizations required for the lawful operation of its business at the Premises. The judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction or the admission of Tenant in any action or proceeding against Tenant, regardless of whether Landlord is a party thereto or not, that Tenant has violated such Law relating to Tenant’s or any Tenant Related Parties’ particular use or occupancy of the Premises or use of the Common Area shall be conclusive of the fact of such violation by Tenant.

 

-15-


6.3 Prohibited Uses . Tenant shall not commit or permit any Tenant Related Parties to commit any waste upon the Premises or Common Area (or any area where Tenant places its Generators or Bloom Boxes to the extent permitted under this Lease). Tenant and Tenant Related Parties shall not do or permit anything to be done in the Premises or do or permit anything to be done by any of them in other parts of the Building, Project or Common Area which will unreasonably obstruct or interfere with the rights of any other tenants of the Building or Project, other authorized users of the Common Area, or occupants of neighboring property, or injure or unreasonably annoy them. Tenant shall not conduct or permit any auction or sale open to the public to be held or conducted on or about the Premises, Building, Project or Common Area. Tenant and all Tenant Related Parties shall not use or allow the Premises to be used for any unlawful or hazardous purpose, nor shall Tenant or any Tenant Related Parties cause, maintain, or permit any nuisance in, on or about the Premises, Building, Project or Common Area. Tenant shall not overload existing electrical systems or other mechanical equipment servicing the Building, impair the efficient operation of the sprinkler system or the heating, ventilation or air conditioning equipment within or servicing the Building or Premises or damage, overload or corrode the sanitary sewer system. Tenant and Tenant Related Parties shall not do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises nor bring or keep anything in the Premises which will in any way increase the rate of any insurance upon any portion of the Project or any of its contents, or cause a cancellation of any insurance policy covering any portion of the Project or any of its contents, nor shall Tenant or any Tenant Related Parties keep, use or sell or permit to be kept, used or sold in or about the Premises any articles which may be prohibited by a standard form policy of fire insurance. In the event the rate of any insurance upon any portion of the Project or any of its contents is increased because of Tenant’s particular use of the Premises or that of any Tenant Related Parties, Tenant shall pay, as Additional Rent, the full cost of such increase; provided, however this provision shall in no event be deemed to constitute a waiver of Landlord’s right to declare a default hereunder by reason of the act or conduct of Tenant or any Tenant Related Parties causing such increase or of any other rights or remedies of Landlord in connection therewith. Tenant and Tenant Related Parties shall not place any loads upon the floor, walls or ceiling of the Premises which would endanger the Building or the structural elements thereof or of the Premises, nor place any harmful liquids in the drainage system of the Building or Common Area. No waste materials or refuse shall be dumped upon or permitted to remain upon any part of the Project except in enclosed trash containers designated for that purpose by Landlord. Except as expressly permitted by this Lease with respect to Bloom Boxes and Generators (and then subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 48 and 49 below), no materials, supplies, equipment, finished products (or semi-finished products), raw materials, or other articles of any nature shall be stored upon, or be permitted to remain on, any portion of the Project outside the Premises.

6.4 Hazardous Materials . Tenant shall not cause or permit, or allow any of the Tenant Related Parties to cause or permit, the introduction, placement, use, storage, manufacture, transportation, release or disposition (collectively “Release”) of any Hazardous Material(s) (defined below) on or about any portion of the Project without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be withheld in the sole and absolute discretion of Landlord without any requirement of reasonableness in the exercise of that discretion Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence to the contrary, Tenant may use de minimis quantities of the types of materials which are technically classified as Hazardous Materials but commonly used in domestic or office use to the extent not in an amount, which, either individually or cumulatively, would be a “reportable quantity” under any applicable Law. Tenant covenants that, at its sole cost and expense, Tenant will comply, and cause its agents, employees, contractors, sublessees, licensees and invitees to comply, with all applicable Laws with respect to the Release by Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors, sublessees, licensees or invitees of such permitted Hazardous Materials. Any Release beyond the scope allowed in this paragraph shall be

 

-16-


subject to Landlord’s prior consent, which may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, and shall require an amendment to the Lease in the event Landlord does consent which shall set forth the materials, scope of use, indemnification and any other matter required by Landlord in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion. Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord and Landlord’s agents, members and lenders harmless from and against any and all claims, losses, damages, liabilities, actions, causes of action, clean up and remediation costs, penalties, liens, costs and/or expenses arising in connection with the Release of Hazardous Materials by Tenant, any Tenant Related Parties or any other person using the Premises with Tenant’s knowledge and consent or authorization; provided, however, in no event shall the foregoing be construed as requiring Tenant to indemnify, defend, protect or hold harmless the Landlord for any claims, losses, damages, liabilities, actions, causes of action, clean up and remediation costs, penalties, liens, costs and/or expenses to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its employees, contractors or agents. Tenant’s obligation to defend, hold harmless and indemnify pursuant to this Paragraph 6.4 shall survive Lease Termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, under no circumstance shall Tenant be liable for any losses, costs, claims, liabilities or damages (including attorneys’ and consultants’ fees) of any type or nature, directly or indirectly arising out of or in connection with any Hazardous Materials present at any time on, in, under or about the Premises, the Building or the Project, or the soils, surface water or groundwater thereof, or the violation of any environmental laws, except to the extent that any of the foregoing actually results from the Release of Hazardous Materials, or exacerbated of then existing Hazardous Materials, by Tenant or any Tenant Related Party.

The foregoing indemnity, defense and hold harmless obligation shall not apply to, and Tenant shall not be responsible for, the presence of Hazardous Materials on, under, or about the Premises, Building or Common Area, or the soils, surface or groundwater thereunder, to the extent caused by any third parties (i.e. persons or entities other than Tenant or Tenant Related Parties) or by Landlord or Landlord’s employees, agents or contractors unless and to the extent such Hazardous Materials are exacerbated by the acts of Tenant or any Tenant Related Parties.

As used in this Lease, the term “Hazardous Materials” means any chemical, substance, waste or material which has been or is hereafter determined by any federal, state or local governmental authority to be capable of posing risk of injury to health or safety, including without limitation, those substances included within the definitions of “hazardous substances,” “hazardous materials,” “toxic substances,” or “solid waste” under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, and the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, as amended, and in the regulations promulgated pursuant to said laws; those substances defined as “hazardous wastes” in section 25117 of the California Health & Safety Code, or as “hazardous substances” in section 25316 of the California Health & Safety Code, as amended, and in the regulations promulgated pursuant to said laws; those substances listed in the United States Department of Transportation Table (49 CFR 172.101 and amendments thereto) or designated by the Environmental Protection Agency (or any successor agency) as hazardous substances ( see , e.g. , 40 CFR Part 302 and amendments thereto); such other substances, materials and wastes which are or become regulated or become classified as hazardous or toxic under any Laws, including without limitation the California Health & Safety Code, Division 20, and Title 26 of the California Code of Regulations; and any material, waste or substance which is (i) petroleum, (ii) asbestos, (iii) polychlorinated biphenyls, (iv) designated as a “hazardous substance” pursuant to section 311 of the Clean Water Act of 1977, 33 U.S.C. sections 1251 et seq. (33 U.S.C. § 1321) or listed pursuant to section 307 of the Clean Water Act of 1977 (33 U.S.C. § 1317), as amended; (v) flammable explosives; (vi) radioactive materials; or (vii) radon gas.

 

-17-


Landlord has delivered or made available to Tenant the environmental reports identified on Exhibit H attached hereto (the “Environmental Reports”). Landlord hereby represents to Tenant as of the date of execution of this Lease, that, to the current actual knowledge of Landlord, except as otherwise set forth in any of the environmental reports identified on Exhibit H and/or disclosed to Tenant in writing, there are no Hazardous Materials in, on or under the Premises, Building or Common Area in violation of applicable environmental laws. For purposes of the immediately preceding sentence, the phrase “to the current actual knowledge of Landlord” shall mean the current, actual knowledge of (i) Mark Regoli (who, as of the date of this Lease, has an indirect ownership interest in the Project and in South Bay Development Company, the current property manager for the Project and is an Executive Vice-President of South Bay Development Company), as of the date of execution of this Lease by Landlord, (ii) David Andris (who, as of the date of this Lease has an indirect ownership interest in the Project and is an Executive Vice-President of South Bay Development Company) as of the date of execution of this Lease by Landlord, and (iii) the Managing Member of Landlord, without any investigation or duty of inquiry, and without any knowledge of any other person being imputed to Mark Regoli or the Managing Member. Neither Landlord, Mark Regoli, David Andris nor the Managing Member) shall be charged with constructive, inquiry, imputed or deemed knowledge. In the event of any breach of any representation or warranty of Landlord set forth herein, Tenant agrees that Mark Regoli, David Andrus and the Managing Member(s) shall not be personally liable for any damages, losses, liabilities, claims, costs or expenses suffered or incurred by Buyer in connection with such breach of such representation or warranty.

Landlord shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Tenant from and against any and all obligations to monitor, clean up or remediate any Hazardous Materials (i) existing on, in or under the Project, or any part thereof, as of the date of this Lease and/or (ii) released, spilled, discharged or caused to be present by Landlord or any of Landlord’s agents, employees or contractors on, in or under the Project; provided, however, in no event shall the foregoing be construed as requiring Landlord to indemnify, defend or hold harmless Tenant from and against any and all obligations to monitor, clean up or remediate any Hazardous Materials to the extent such Hazardous Materials referred to in clause (i) or (ii) immediately above are exacerbated by the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or any of its agents, employees, affiliates, officers, directors, shareholders, partners, managers, members, contractors, subcontractors, consultants or other representatives. Landlord’s obligation to defend, hold harmless and indemnify pursuant to this paragraph shall survive Lease Termination.

Landlord shall have the right, upon reasonable advance notice to Tenant, to inspect, investigate, sample and/or monitor the Premises, the Building, Common Area and/or any other part of the Project, including any soil, water, groundwater, or other sampling, to the extent reasonably necessary to determine whether Tenant and/or the Tenant Related Parties are complying with the terms of this Lease with respect to Hazardous Materials. In connection therewith, Tenant shall provide Landlord with reasonable access to all portions of the Premises; provided, however, that Landlord shall avoid any unreasonable interference with the operation of Tenant’s business on the Premises. In the event that such inspections, investigations, sampling and/or monitoring reasonably indicate that Tenant or any Tenant Related Parties has violated any of its covenants or agreements set forth in this Paragraph 6.4, then all costs incurred by Landlord in performing such inspections, investigation, sampling and/or monitoring with respect thereto shall be reimbursed by Tenant to Landlord as Additional Rent within ten (10) days after Landlord’s demand for payment.

 

-18-


7. Taxes .

7.1 Personal Property Taxes . Tenant shall cause Tenant’s trade fixtures, equipment, furnishings, furniture, merchandise, inventory, machinery, appliances and other personal property installed or located on the Premises and Tenant’s Generators and Bloom Boxes placed within portions of the Common Area to the extent permitted pursuant to the terms of this Lease (collectively the “personal property”) to be assessed and billed separately from the Land and the Building. Tenant shall pay, or cause to be paid, before delinquency any and all taxes, assessments and public charges levied, assessed or imposed upon or against Tenant’s personal property. If any of Tenant’s personal property shall be assessed with the Land or the Building, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, the amounts attributable to Tenant’s personal property within thirty (30) days after receipt of a written statement from Landlord setting forth the amount of such taxes, assessments and public charges attributable to Tenant’s personal property. Tenant shall comply with the provisions of any Law which requires Tenant to file a report of Tenant’s personal property located on the Premises.

7.2 Other Taxes Payable Separately by Tenant . Tenant shall pay (or reimburse Landlord, as Additional Rent, if Landlord is assessed), prior to delinquency or within thirty (30) days after receipt of Landlord’s statement thereof, any and all taxes, levies, assessments or surcharges payable by Landlord or Tenant and relating to this Lease or the Premises (other than Landlord’s net income, succession, transfer, sales, gift, franchise, estate or inheritance taxes, and Taxes, as that term is defined in Paragraph 7.3(a) below, payable as an Operating Expense), whether or not now customary or within the contemplation of the parties hereto, whether or not now in force or which may hereafter become effective, including but not limited to:

(a) A sales tax, use tax, or other tax upon or measured by the area of the Premises or by the Rentals payable hereunder levied by the state, any political subdivision thereof, city or federal government with respect to the receipt of such Rentals;

(b) Any tax or assessment (1) assessed upon the use, possession occupancy, leasing, operation and management by Tenant of the Premises or any portion thereof and (2) assessed by the governmental taxing authorities separately from the balance of the Building and Parcel C shown on the Parcel Map or itemized on the applicable property tax bill separately from the balance of the Property;

(c) Any tax upon or with respect to Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, or any portion thereof;

(d) Any tax upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises.

Tenant shall also pay, prior to delinquency, all privilege, sales, excise, use, business, occupation, or other taxes, assessments, license fees, or charges levied, assessed or imposed upon, or required to be collected by, Tenant in connection with, Tenant’s business operations conducted at the Premises.

In the event any such taxes are payable by Landlord and it shall not be lawful for Tenant to reimburse Landlord for such taxes, then the Rentals payable hereunder shall be increased to net Landlord the same net Rental after imposition of any such tax upon Landlord as would have been payable to Landlord prior to the imposition of such tax.

 

-19-


7.3 Common Taxes .

(a) Definition of Taxes . The term “Taxes” as used in this Lease shall collectively mean (to the extent any of the following are not paid by Tenant pursuant to Paragraphs 7.1 and 7.2 above) all real estate taxes and general and special assessments (including, but not limited to, assessments for public improvements or benefit); personal property taxes; taxes based on vehicles utilizing parking areas on the Land; taxes computed or based on rental income or on the square footage of the Premises or the Building (including without limitation any municipal business tax but excluding federal, state and municipal net income taxes); increases in real property taxes arising from a change in ownership of Parcel A and/or Parcel C as shown on the Parcel Map, or applicable portion thereof, or new construction; environmental surcharges; excise taxes; gross rental receipts taxes; sales and/or use taxes; employee taxes; water and sewer taxes, levies, assessments and other charges in the nature of taxes or assessments (including, but not limited to, assessments for public improvements or benefit); and all other governmental, quasi-governmental or special district impositions of any kind and nature whatsoever; regardless of whether any of the foregoing are now customary or within the contemplation of the parties hereto and regardless of whether resulting from increased rate and/or valuation, or whether extraordinary or ordinary, general or special, unforeseen or foreseen, or similar or dissimilar to any of the foregoing and which during the Lease Term are laid, levied, assessed or imposed upon Landlord and/or become a lien upon or chargeable against any portion of the applicable real property under or by virtue of any present or future laws, statutes, ordinances, regulations, or other requirements of any governmental, quasi-governmental or special district authority whatsoever. The term “environmental surcharges” shall include any and all expenses, taxes or charges imposed by the Federal Department of Energy, Federal Environmental Protection Agency, the Federal Clean Air Act, or any regulations promulgated thereunder, or imposed by any other local, state or federal governmental agency or entity now or hereafter vested with the power to impose taxes, assessments or other types of surcharges as a means of controlling or abating environmental pollution or the use of energy or any natural resource in regard to the use, operation or occupancy of the applicable real property. The term “Taxes” shall include (to the extent the same are not paid by Tenant pursuant to Paragraphs 7.1 and 7.2 above), without limitation, all taxes, assessments, levies, fees, impositions or charges levied, imposed, assessed, measured, or based in any manner whatsoever upon or with respect to the use, possession, occupancy, leasing, operation or management of the applicable real property or in lieu of or equivalent to any Taxes set forth in this Paragraph 7.3(a). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, “Taxes” shall not include and Tenant shall not be required to pay any portion of any tax or assessment expense or increase therein attributable to Landlord’s succession, franchise, inheritance, gift, transfer, estate or state taxes or any net income, transfer, capital stock, gift, estate or inheritance tax, any deed stamps or mortgage taxes, or any interest or penalties for late payment of any taxes, or any development or impact fees and any Taxes imposed upon or relating to the Parcel B Building or Parcel B as shown on the Parcel Map. As used in this Lease, “Building Taxes” shall mean Taxes imposed, levied or assessed solely upon or solely relating to the Building (and the leasehold improvements therein and/or thereon) and Parcel C as shown on the Parcel Map, and “Parcel A Taxes” shall mean the Taxes that would have been assessed or imposed solely upon or solely relating to Parcel A as shown on the Parcel Map and the Common Area improvements thereon and that are equitably allocated by the Santa Clara County Assessor’s Office to Parcel B and Parcel C, respectively, as shown on the Parcel Map and the improvements thereon. It is contemplated that the Taxes allocable to APN: 015-39-055 (which APN: 015-39-055 consists of Parcels A, B and C on the Parcel Map) will be segregated or allocated to APNs: 015-39-057 (which is Parcel B on the Parcel Map) and 015-39-058 (which is Parcel C on the Parcel Map) for the fiscal tax year 2018-2019. If the Lease Term commences prior to such segregation or allocation occurring, then, as of the date the Lease Term commences and until such segregation and allocation has occurred, Landlord shall equitably allocate a portion of the Taxes levied or assessed against APN 015-39-055 to Parcel C as shown on the Parcel Map and the Parcel C Building and Tenant shall be obligated to pay Tenant’s percentage share of such Taxes so equitably allocated to Parcel C and the Parcel C Building. For avoidance of doubt, Building Taxes and Taxes allocable or attributable to Parcel C shall not include, and Tenant shall not be responsible for payment of: (a) estate, inheritance, succession, transfer, gift or franchise taxes of

 

-20-


Landlord or any federal, state or local net income, sales or transfer tax, (b) penalties and interest, other than those attributable to Tenant’s failure to timely comply with its obligations pursuant to this Lease, or (c) any Real Property Taxes in excess of the amount which would be payable if such tax or assessment expense were paid in installments over the longest possible term.

(b) Operating Expense . Operating Expenses shall include Building Taxes for the tax periods (or applicable portions thereof) occurring during the Term, which Building Taxes shall include, without limitation, an equitable percentage of the Taxes allocable or attributable to Parcel A as shown on the Parcel Map and the surface parking and other improvements now or hereafter situated on Parcel A (as determined by the County of Santa Clara Tax Assessor) for such tax periods. Tenant shall pay as Additional Rent each month during the Lease Term 1/12th of its annual share of such Taxes, based on Landlord’s estimate thereof, pursuant to Paragraph 12 below. Tenant’s share of any such Taxes during any partial tax fiscal year(s) within the Lease Term shall be prorated according to the ratio which the number of days during the Lease Term during such partial tax fiscal year bears to 365.

8. Insurance; Indemnity; Waiver .

8.1 Insurance by Landlord . Landlord shall, during the Lease Term, procure and keep in force the following insurance, the cost of which with respect to the Building and/or Parcel C may be included in Operating Expenses and with respect to the Exterior Common Areas may be included in Exterior Common Area Operating Expenses (in both cases, subject to any applicable limitations or exclusions set forth elsewhere in this Lease), payable by Tenant pursuant to Paragraph 12 below:

(a) Property Insurance . “Special Form” or “all risk” property insurance, covering (or equitably allocated by Landlord to) the Building (and leasehold improvements constructed therein or thereon by Landlord and the Initial Improvements following substantial completion thereof and any other leasehold improvements funded by any allowance given to any tenant of the Building) and other buildings located within the Project (and improvements located with the Common Area to the extent desired to be insured by Landlord). Such insurance shall be in the full amount of the replacement cost of the foregoing, with reasonable deductible amounts, which deductible amounts with respect to the Building may be included in Operating Expenses and with respect to the Exterior Common Areas may be included in Exterior Common Area Operating Expenses (in both cases, subject to any applicable limitations or exclusions set forth elsewhere in this Lease), payable by Tenant pursuant to Paragraph 12. Such insurance may also include rental income insurance, insuring that one hundred percent (100%) of the Rentals (as the same may be adjusted hereunder) will be paid to Landlord for a period of up to twelve (12) months if the Premises are destroyed or damaged, or such longer period as may be determined by Landlord or required by any beneficiary of a deed of trust or any mortgagee of any mortgage affecting the Premises. Landlord may so insure the Project separately, or may insure the Project with other property owned by Landlord which Landlord elects to insure together under the same policy or policies. Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, in its sole and absolute discretion, to obtain insurance for such additional perils that Landlord deems appropriate, including, without limitation, coverage for damage by earthquake and/or flood and/or terrorism insurance. Such insurance maintained by Landlord as provided herein shall not cover any leasehold improvements installed in the Premises by Tenant at its sole expense (but Landlord shall maintain insurance covering the Initial Improvements referred to in Exhibit C attached hereto following the substantial completion of such Initial Improvements), or Tenant’s equipment, trade fixtures, inventory, furniture, furnishings or other personal property located on or in the Premises;

 

-21-


(b) Liability Insurance . Commercial general liability (lessor’s risk) insurance against any and all claims for personal injury, death or property damage occurring in or about the Land, Building or Project (subject to such limitations or exclusions as are set forth in such commercial general liability insurance policy). Such insurance shall be on an occurrence basis and shall be in an amount as determined by Landlord, but commensurate with liability insurance carried by reasonably prudent owners of Comparable Buildings. Such commercial general liability insurance may cover the Project and, in such instance, Landlord shall equitably allocate the cost of such insurance to the Building and Exterior Common Area; and

(c) Other . Such other commercially reasonable insurance as Landlord reasonably deems necessary and prudent. In no event shall the limits of any policies maintained by Landlord be considered as limiting the liability of Landlord under this Lease.

8.2 Insurance by Tenant . Tenant shall, during the Lease Term, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, procure and keep in force the following insurance:

(a) Personal Property Insurance . “Special Form” or “all risk” property insurance on all leasehold improvements installed in the Premises by Tenant at its sole expense (if any), and on all equipment, trade fixtures, inventory, fixtures, office furniture and personal property located on or in the Premises, including improvements, alterations, additions or fixtures hereinafter constructed or installed on the Premises by Tenant or Tenant’s agents, employees, contractors or subcontractors (but including, without limitation, Tenant’s furniture, fixtures, telephone equipment, computer wiring, security system, and signage). Such “Special Form” or “all risk” insurance also shall cover Tenant’s Generators and Bloom Boxes placed in portions of the Common Area to the extent permitted pursuant to the terms of this Lease. Such insurance shall also provide coverage for water damage from any cause whatsoever, including, but not limited to, back up or overflow from sprinkler leakage, bursting, leaking or stoppage of any pipes, explosion and back up of sewers and drainage. Such insurance shall be in an amount equal to the full replacement cost of the aggregate of the foregoing and shall provide coverage comparable to (or better than) the coverage afforded under policies using the ISO Special Causes of Loss Form (CP 10 30) or on an All Risk or Special Perils form. Such insurance shall also provide coverage for water damage. Landlord shall have no obligation to insure, or to protect against theft or damage, any personal property or equipment placed or installed in any portion of the Premises by Tenant or any Tenant Related Parties.

(b) Liability Insurance . Commercial general liability insurance against any and all claims for personal injury, death or property damage occurring in or about the Premises or arising out of Tenant’s or any Tenant Related Parties’ use of the Common Area, use or occupancy of the Premises or Tenant’s or any of Tenant Related Parties’ operations on or in the Premises. Such insurance shall be on an occurrence basis and have a combined single limit of not less than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) per occurrence. Umbrella and excess liability policies may be used to satisfy the foregoing limits. The minimum limits specified above are the minimum amounts required by Landlord, and may be revised by Landlord from time to time (but not more than once during each calendar year of the Term) to meet changed circumstances, including without limitation to reflect changes consistent with the standards required by other landlords of Comparable Buildings. Such liability insurance shall name Landlord and indemnified parties described in Paragraph 8.4 below as additional insureds for incidents occurring on or about the Premises on a primary basis and not contributing to any insurance available to Landlord or indemnified parties, and Landlord’s and such indemnified parties’ insurance (if any) shall be in excess thereto. Such insurance shall specifically insure Tenant’s performance of the indemnity, defense and hold harmless agreements contained in Paragraph 8.4, although Tenant’s obligations pursuant to Paragraph 8.4 shall not be limited to the amount of any insurance required of or carried by Tenant under this Paragraph 8.2(b). Tenant shall be responsible for insuring that the amount of insurance maintained by Tenant is sufficient for Tenant’s purposes.

 

-22-


(c) Business Interruption Insurance . Business interruption insurance with limits of liability representing at least twelve (12) months of income.

(d) Business Auto Liability Insurance . Business auto liability covering owned, non-owned and hired vehicles with a limit of not less than $1,000,000 per accident.

(e) Workers Compensation and Employer’s Liability Insurance . Insurance protecting against liability under worker’s compensation laws with limits at least as required by applicable state statute, including Employers Liability with policy limits of $1,000,000 per occurrence by accident or disease. The policy shall contain waiver of subrogation rights against the Landlord and any indemnified parties under this Lease.

(f) Other . Such other insurance that is either (i) required by any lender holding a security interest in the Building, or (ii) reasonably required by Landlord and customarily carried by tenants of Comparable Building in similar businesses.

(g) Form of Policies . The policies required to be maintained by Tenant pursuant to Paragraphs 8.2(a), (b), (c), (d), (e), and (f) above shall be with companies having a Best Insurance Guide rating of A- VII or better and be on forms, with deductible amounts (if any), and loss payable clauses (as to the insurance referred to in Paragraph 8.2(a) applicable to leasehold improvements installed by Tenant as Tenant’s sole cost) reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, shall include Landlord and the beneficiary or mortgagee of any deed of trust or mortgage encumbering the Premises and/or the Land as additional insureds (with regard to the insurance described in Paragraphs 8.2 and loss payees (with regard to the insurance described in Paragraphs 8.2(a), (c) and (f), and shall provide that such parties may, although additional insureds or loss payees, recover for any loss suffered by the negligence of Tenant or any Tenant Related Parties subject to Paragraph 8.6 of this Lease. Certificates of insurance for the policies to be required by Tenant to include additional insured endorsements shall be delivered to Landlord prior to the Commencement Date; a new policy or certificate shall be delivered to Landlord prior to the expiration date of the old policy. Tenant shall have the right to provide insurance coverage which it is obligated to carry pursuant to the terms hereof in a blanket policy, provided such blanket policy expressly affords coverage to the Premises and Common Area and to Tenant as required by this Lease. Tenant shall endeavor in good faith to provide Landlord and any beneficiary or mortgagee of a deed of trust or mortgage encumbering the Premises and/or the Land in writing of any delinquency in premium payments and at least ten (10) days prior to any cancellation or material modification of any policy. Tenant’s policies shall provide coverage on an occurrence basis and not on a claims made basis. In no event shall the limits of any policies maintained by Tenant be considered as limiting the liability of Tenant under this Lease.

8.3 Failure by Tenant to Obtain Insurance . If Tenant does not take out the insurance required pursuant to Paragraph 8.2 or keep the same in full force and effect, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, upon an additional five (5) days’ written notice to Tenant, take out the necessary insurance and pay the premium therefor, and Tenant shall repay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, the amount so paid within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of invoices therefor. In addition, Landlord may recover from Tenant and Tenant agrees to pay, as Additional Rent, any and all actual and reasonable expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) and actual damages which Landlord may sustain by

 

-23-


reason of the failure of Tenant to obtain and maintain such insurance, it being expressly declared that the expenses and actual damages of Landlord shall not be limited to the amount of the premiums thereon. In no event shall Landlord be able to recover from Tenant indirect, consequential, special, exemplary, incidental or punitive damages pursuant to this Paragraph 8.3.

8.4 Indemnification . To the fullest extent permitted by law, but subject to the mutual waiver of subrogation set forth in Paragraph 8.6 below, Tenant shall indemnify, hold harmless, and defend Landlord (with competent counsel reasonably satisfactory to Landlord) against all third-party claims, liabilities, losses, damages, actions, causes of action, demands, judgments, penalties, costs and expenses arising out of any occurrence in, on or about the Building, Common Area or Land, to the extent (i) caused or contributed to by Tenant or any Tenant Related Parties, or (ii) arising out of any occurrence in, upon or at the Premises from and after the Delivery Date until the expiration of the Term or earlier termination of this Lease, but including any periods during which Tenant or any Tenant Related Parties are holding over, or (iii) on account of the use, condition, or occupancy of the Premises from and after the Delivery Date until the expiration of the Term or earlier termination of this Lease, but including any periods during which Tenant or any Tenant Related Parties are holding over; provided, however, such indemnification, defense and hold harmless obligation shall not be applicable to any claims, losses, damages, expenses or liabilities to the extent arising out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or that of its agents, employees or contractors. Tenant’s indemnification, defense and hold harmless obligations under this Lease shall include and apply to reasonable attorneys’ fees, investigation costs, and other costs actually incurred by Landlord. Tenant shall further indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord from and against any and all claims, losses, damages, liabilities or expenses to the extent arising from any breach or default in the performance of any obligation on Tenant’s part to be performed under the terms of this Lease, except to the extent caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents, employees or contractors. The provisions of this Paragraph 8.4 shall survive Lease Termination with respect to any damage, injury, liability, claim, death, breach or default occurring prior to such termination. Except to the extent resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents, employees or contractors, or breach of this Lease by Landlord (and then subject to Paragraph 8.6 below), and except as otherwise set forth in this Paragraph 8.4, this Lease is made on the express condition that Landlord shall not be liable for, or suffer loss by reason of, injury to person or property, from whatever cause, in any way connected with the condition, use, or occupancy of the Premises from and after the Delivery Date until the expiration of the Term or earlier termination of this Lease, but including any periods during which Tenant or any Tenant Related Parties are holding over, specifically including, without limitation, any liability for injury to the person or property of Tenant or any Tenant Related Parties. Anything in this Paragraph 8.4 to the contrary notwithstanding, under no circumstances shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any indirect, special, exemplary, incidental, punitive or consequential damages, including lost profits, loss of income or loss of business.

8.5 Claims by Tenant . Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for loss or damage to Tenant’s business (and Tenant waives all claims against Landlord therefor), and Tenant also waives all claims against Landlord for personal or bodily injury or death to any person, damage to any property, or loss of use of any property in any portion of the Project by and from all causes, including without limitation, any defect in any portion of the Project and/or any damage or injury resulting from fire, steam, electricity, gas, water or rain, which may leak or flow from or into any part of the Premises, or from breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of pipes, sprinklers, wires, appliances, plumbing, air conditioning or lighting fixtures, whether the damage or injury results from conditions arising upon the Premises or upon other portions of the Project or from other sources. Landlord shall not be liable for any damages arising from any act or negligence of any other tenant or user of the Project. Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord in writing of any known defect in the Project. Notwithstanding the foregoing,

 

-24-


Tenant’s waiver of claims and release of Landlord as provided in this Paragraph 8.5 above shall not apply to any loss or damage or injury or death caused by Landlord’s willful misconduct or gross negligence, or that of its agents, employees or contractors; however, under no circumstances shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for indirect, special, exemplary, incidental, punitive or consequential damages, including lost profits, loss of income or loss of business.

8.6 Mutual Waiver of Subrogation . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Landlord hereby releases Tenant, and Tenant hereby releases Landlord, and their respective agents, employees, servants, managers, members, partners, shareholders and directors, from any and all claims or demands of damages, loss, expense or injury to the Project, or to the furnishings, fixtures, equipment, inventory or other property of either Landlord or Tenant in, about or upon the Project, which is caused by or results from perils, events or happenings which are the subject of property insurance required to be carried under this Lease or actually carried by the respective parties pursuant to this Paragraph 8 and in force at the time of any such loss, whether due to the negligence of the other party or its agents and regardless of cause or origin except to the extent that such property is not covered by insurance.

8.7 No Consequential Damages . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, except with respect to Tenant’s obligations pursuant to Paragraph 6.4 (“Hazardous Materials”), Paragraph 21 (“Holding Over”), and Paragraph 35 (“Surrender”) below, in no event shall either party be liable to the other for any indirect, consequential, special, exemplary, incidental or punitive damages arising from or relating to this Lease. Further, nothing contained in this Paragraph 8.7 shall affect Landlord’s rights and remedies under Paragraph 14.2 below, including without limitation, the remedies afforded Landlord by Civil Code Section 1951.2(a)(4) and more specifically described in Paragraph 14.2.1(d). Moreover, the foregoing prohibition on recovery of indirect, consequential, special, exemplary, incidental or punitive damages shall not be applicable to losses that are caused by vendors or contractors retained by Tenant.

9. Utilities . Landlord (and Tenant with respect to the provisions set forth in Paragraph 9(f) below) shall be responsible to furnish those utilities and services to the Premises to the extent provided in this Paragraph 9 below (“Services”), subject to the conditions and payment obligations and standards set forth in this Lease. The following standards for Services shall be in effect at the Building from and after the Delivery Date until Lease Termination:

(a) HVAC Service . Landlord shall provide reasonable HVAC services to the Premises during such hours and at such times as Tenant may require from time to time.

(b) Electricity and Water . Landlord shall furnish electricity service to the Premises of not less than 6.0 watts per usable square foot, exclusive of HVAC (other than Tenant-installed supplemental air conditioning) and Base Building ceiling lighting. Landlord shall furnish hot and cold water to the Premises for drinking, personal hygiene, lavatory and other purposes required for Tenant’s and its Licensee’s utilization of the Premises. Tenant will not, without the prior written consent of Landlord (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), connect any apparatus, machine or device with water pipes or electric current (except through existing electrical outlets in the Premises).

(c) Elevators . Landlord shall furnish elevator service in the Building 24 hours per day, 7 days per week (unless any elevator(s) are being temporarily repaired or investigated or are awaiting parts to operate properly, but in such event Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause at least one passenger elevator to be running at all times).

 

-25-


(d) Janitorial . Tenant shall provide its own janitorial service to the Premises, subject to Landlord’s right to approve the janitorial service provider, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. In no event shall Landlord pass through to Tenant as Operating Expenses janitorial costs for the Premises. Landlord shall be permitted to include in Operating Expenses janitorial costs with respect to the Common Areas within the Building.

(e) Access . During the Term of this Lease, as the same may be extended, Tenant and its employees shall have access to the Premises 24 hours per day, 7 days per week, 52 weeks per year, unless such access is prohibited, limited or restricted by any governmental or quasi-governmental law, statute, ordinance, rule or regulation, damage to or destruction or condemnation of the Premises, Building or other portion of the Project or due to an emergency. Such access to the Premises also shall be subject to such security or monitoring systems as Landlord may reasonably impose, including sign-in procedures and/or presentation of identification cards. Landlord may install access control systems as it deems advisable for the Building. Landlord may impose a reasonable charge for access control cards and/or keys issued to Tenant after the issuance of the access control cards for Tenant’s initial occupancy for purposes of conducting business. If Landlord provides access control services, then, except to the extent caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents or employees, Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant for the provision by Landlord of improper access control services or for any breakdown in service. In addition, Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant for the failure by Landlord to provide access control services. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord’s access systems may be temporarily inoperative during building emergency and system repair periods. Tenant agrees to assume responsibility for compliance by its employees and invitees with any regulations reasonably established by Landlord with respect to any card key access or any other system of building access as Landlord may reasonably establish.

(f) Utility and Other Services . Tenant shall be responsible for and shall pay, or cause to be paid, promptly, directly to the appropriate supplier, all charges for telephone and telecommunications service, and all other materials and services furnished to Tenant or the Premises or used by Tenant or any Tenant Related Parties in, on or about the Premises during the Term, together with any taxes thereon. Notwithstanding the foregoing, electricity consumption or usage within the Premises shall be separately metered or submetered to the Premises, and Landlord shall bill Tenant monthly during the Term of this Lease, as the same may be extended, for such actual electrical consumption or usage within the Premises based on Landlord’s reading of the meter or submeter measuring such consumption or usage. Tenant shall pay such electrical charges billed by Landlord to Tenant within thirty (30) day following Tenant’s receipt of an invoice(s) from Landlord for such electricity consumption or usage. In the event that any such utilities or services cannot be separately billed or metered to the Premises, or if any of the utilities or services are not separately metered or submetered as of the Commencement Date, the cost of such utilities or services, as the case may be, shall be an Operating Expense and Tenant shall pay, as Additional Rent, Tenant’s proportionate share of such cost to Landlord as provided in Paragraph 12 below, except that if any meter services less than the entire Building, Tenant’s proportionate share of the costs measured by such meter shall be based upon the square footage of the gross leasable area in the Premises as a percentage of the total square footage of the gross leasable area of the portion of the Building serviced by such meter (excluding, however, the cost of any disproportionate use by others within that portion of the Building). If Landlord reasonably determines that Tenant or any the Tenant Related Parties is using a disproportionate amount of any commonly metered utilities or an amount in excess of the customary amount of any utilities ordinarily furnished for use of the Premises, or applicable part thereof, in accordance with the uses set forth in Paragraph 6 above, then Landlord may elect to periodically charge Tenant, as Additional Rent, a sum equal to Landlord’s good faith estimate of the cost of Tenant’s or any of Tenant Related Parties’ excess use of any or all such utilities.

 

-26-


The lack or shortage of any Services due to any cause whatsoever (except for a lack or shortage proximately caused by the negligence or willful misconduct Landlord or that of its agents, employees or contractors) shall not affect any obligation of Tenant hereunder, and Tenant shall faithfully keep and observe all the terms, conditions and covenants of this Lease and pay all Rentals due hereunder, all without diminution, credit or deduction. Landlord’s temporary inability to furnish any services or utilities shall not entitle Tenant to any damages, relieve Tenant of the obligation to pay any Rentals or constitute a constructive or other eviction of Tenant, except that Landlord shall diligently attempt to restore the service or utility promptly. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that in no event shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any consequential damages, such as lost profits, loss of business or lost income, if there is any lack or shortage of any Services or utilities to the Premises. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if all or any portion of the Premises should become untenantable as a consequence of a cessation of utilities or services arising out of the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents, employees or contractors for a period exceeding five (5) consecutive business days, then, Tenant shall give Landlord prompt written notice thereof and commencing on the sixth (6th) business day and continuing until the utility or service has been restored, Tenant shall be entitled to a proportionate abatement of all Rentals payable hereunder to the extent of the interference with Tenant’s use of the Premises occasioned thereby. The preceding to the contrary notwithstanding, in no event shall such proportionate abatement commence earlier than the date that is two (2) business days prior to the date Landlord receives Tenant’s written notice of such cessation or utilities or services.

Tenant shall comply with all rules and regulations which Landlord may reasonably establish for the provision of services and utilities, and shall cooperate with all reasonable conservation practices established by Landlord. Landlord shall at all reasonable times have free access to all electrical and mechanical installations of Landlord; provided, however, that if Landlord needs access to the Premises in order to access an electrical or mechanical installation during normal business hours, Landlord shall provide Tenant with at least twenty-four (24) hours’ prior written notice of Landlord’s entry. In the event of an emergency, prior to entry or as soon thereafter as is practicable under the circumstances, Landlord shall notify Mike Hawkins, mike.hawkins@bloomenergy.com, who may accompany Landlord’s entry onto the Premises in such event.

Landlord hereby discloses to Tenant that fiber and cable television service is available in the Building from a third party cable provider(s).

10. Repairs and Maintenance .

10.1 Landlord s Responsibilities . Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 15 below, Landlord shall maintain in good order and repair, commensurate with the maintenance provided by reasonably prudent owners of Comparable Buildings, the Building Structure. In addition, Landlord shall maintain, or cause to be maintained, in good order and repair, commensurate with the maintenance provided by reasonably prudent owners of Comparable Buildings, the Building Systems (with respect to the plumbing and electrical systems, to the point where the Building plumbing system ties into any plumbing located in the Premises and to the point of connection with the circuit breakers for the Premises), except to the extent provided below. Landlord need not make any other improvements or repairs except as specifically required under this Lease, and nothing contained in this Paragraph 10.1

 

-27-


shall limit Landlord’s right to reimbursement from Tenant for maintenance, repair costs and replacement costs as provided elsewhere in this Lease. Notwithstanding any provision of the California Civil Code or any similar or successor laws to the contrary, Tenant understands that it shall not make repairs at Landlord’s expense or by rental offset except to the extent expressly provided in Paragraph 10.2 below. Tenant shall give prompt written notice to Landlord of any known maintenance work required to be made by Landlord pursuant to this Paragraph 10.1. The costs incurred by Landlord pursuant to the provisions of this Paragraph 10.1 (excepting therefrom the costs of all necessary and customary capital repairs and capital replacements of the Building Structure, which shall be the sole obligation of Landlord to perform and pay for without right of reimbursement from Tenant except to the extent that such capital repairs or replacements are required due to damage (other than ordinary wear and tear) caused by the acts, omissions, negligence or willful misconduct or misuse of the Premises or Building, or applicable portion thereof, by Tenant or any Tenant Related Parties, in which event, subject to Paragraph 8.6 above, Tenant shall be obligated to pay or reimburse Landlord for 100% of the cost of such repair or replacement (unless Landlord can pass-through such cost as an Operating Expense to all other tenants in the Building on a percentage share basis, in which event Tenant shall pay or reimburse Landlord for Tenant’s percentage share of the cost of such repair or replacement within thirty (30) days after receipt by Tenant of Landlord’s invoice therefore accompanied by reasonable supporting documentation) with respect to the Building shall be an Operating Expense and with respect to the Exterior Common Areas shall be an Exterior Common Area Operating Expenses (in both cases, subject to any applicable limitations or exclusions set forth elsewhere in this Lease) and Tenant shall pay, as Additional Rent, Tenant’s share of such costs to Landlord as provided in Paragraph 12 below and the preventive maintenance costs incurred by Landlord with respect to the rooftop HVAC units serving the Building shall be included in Operating Expenses and provided, further, if repair or replacement of the Building Structure or Building Systems referred to above is caused by (i) Tenant’s breach of any of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, or (ii) any misuse of the Premises or Building by, or negligence or willful misconduct of, Tenant or any Tenant Related Parties, then Tenant shall reimburse or pay to Landlord, within thirty (30) days after receipt of a statement or invoice and reasonable back up documentation of such costs, for one hundred percent (100%) of the costs paid or incurred by Landlord to repair or replace the same less any insurance proceeds received by Landlord allocable to the Building Structure or Building Systems. The foregoing to the contrary notwithstanding, costs incurred by Landlord for maintenance and/or repairs to the dedicated HVAC units serving the Premises will be billed back to Tenant based on actual maintenance and repair costs incurred by Landlord, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord or pay to Landlord such costs within thirty (30) days following Tenant’s receipt of a statement or invoice and reasonable back-up documentation evidencing such costs.

10.2 Tenant’s Self-Help Remedy . If Landlord is in material default of any of its obligations to maintain and repair the Building Systems or the Building Structure (other than as a result of a casualty, which shall be governed solely by the provisions of Article 15 of this Lease) (collectively referred to in this Paragraph 10.2 as “repairs”), and such default poses a material and imminent risk to the health or safety of persons or material interruption of Tenant’s business operations, then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Tenant may perform such repairs subject to the following terms and conditions:

10.2.1 Tenant shall deliver thirty (30) days written notice to Landlord and any ground lessor or lender whose name and address has previously been furnished to Tenant in writing for such purpose notice (the “Self-Help Notice”) of Tenant’s intention to perform such repairs, which Self-Help Notice shall indicate Tenant’s intention to exercise its self-help rights and to perform such repairs that are otherwise Landlord’s responsibility hereunder. If neither Landlord nor any ground lessor or lender commences to cure Landlord’s failure to perform such repairs within thirty (30) days after receipt

 

-28-


of the Self-Help Notice, then following an additional ten (10) business days’ notice stating in bold-faced all capital letters: “FAILURE TO PERFORM SUCH WORK IN TEN (10) BUSINESS DAYS SHALL RESULT IN TENANT’S EXERCISE OF SELF-HELP” and the failure of such maintenance or repairs to be commenced in such time, Tenant may take such action as is reasonably necessary to perform such repairs;

10.2.2 All repairs performed by Tenant or its agents pursuant to this Paragraph 10.2 must be performed in a good and workmanlike and lien-free manner in compliance with applicable Laws and covenants, conditions and restrictions, if any, recorded against the Project, or applicable part thereof, at a reasonable and competitive cost and rate, and shall not void any warranties or guarantees on the Premises or the Project of which Tenant has notice;

10.2.3 In the event Landlord’s failure relates to repairs that are bona fide emergency repairs (i.e., necessary to prevent or remediate a material and imminent threat to the health or safety of persons or material interruption of Tenant’s business operations), then, notwithstanding the provisions of Paragraph 10.2.1 above, the Self-Help Notice shall be in the form and shall be given in such amount of time as is reasonable in the circumstances, and if Landlord, ground lessor or lender fails to respond within a time as is reasonable in the circumstances, Tenant may cause such emergency repairs to be made pursuant to the requirements set forth herein (and for the avoidance of doubt, specifically excluding the additional ten (10) business day notice period above so long as the initial notice provides in bold-faced, all capital letters that: “FAILURE TO ACT SHALL RESULT IN TENANT EXERCISING SELF-HELP”); and

10.2.4 Except as otherwise provided in this Paragraph 10.2.4 below, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for the reasonable out of pocket third-party costs of the performance of the repairs that are incurred in strict accordance with the terms of this Paragraph 10.2 (the “Reimbursement Amount”) within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s submission to Landlord of Tenant’s bill therefor, which bill shall be accompanied by receipted, itemized invoices (with reasonable supporting documentation) and conditional lien releases from all contractors, subcontractors, materialmen and suppliers that performed the work or provided the material or services reflected in the bill), provided, however, in no event shall the costs billed to Landlord for emergency repairs be unreasonable and in no event shall such emergency repairs exceed what is required to end the pending emergency (it being understood and agreed by Landlord that in the case of an emergency, depending upon the circumstances, overtime and/or premium time labor charges may be reasonable). Tenant shall provide unconditional lien waivers to Landlord in connection with all such bills paid within ten (10) days of Landlord’s payment of Tenant’s bill, or as soon thereafter as reasonably practicable. In the event Landlord fails to pay all or any portion of the Reimbursement Amount due Tenant under this Paragraph 10.2 within thirty (30) days after receipt of Tenant’s bill therefore, together with the invoices therefor, supporting documentation and the conditional lien releases required by this Paragraph 10.2.4, Tenant may with ten (10) business days’ prior notice to Landlord stating in bold-faced, all capital letters that: “FAILURE TO REIMBURSE WITHIN TEN (10) BUSINESS DAYS SHALL RESULT IN TENANT’S EXERCISE OF OFFSET RIGHTS”, offset such delinquent amount against fifty percent (50%) of the Base Rent due from Tenant until Tenant has been reimbursed in full (together with interest on such delinquent amount at the rate of eight percent (8%) per annum until such delinquent amount has been paid in full or fully credited), provided that Tenant shall provide Landlord with unconditional lien waivers in connection with the work relating to such amounts within ten (10) days of the date on which the amount has been fully paid or so offset, or as soon thereafter as reasonably practicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord delivers to Tenant a good faith written objection notice within five (5) business days after receipt of Tenant’s notice of intent to offset, setting forth with reasonable particularity Landlord’s reasons for its claim that Landlord

 

-29-


is not required to pay Tenant all or any specified portion of the Reimbursement Amount, then Tenant shall not be entitled to offset the disputed portion of the Reimbursement Amount. In the event of a dispute between Landlord and Tenant regarding the Reimbursement Amount, the dispute shall be determined by binding arbitration before JAMS in San Jose, California. The arbitration shall be administered and conducted pursuant to the JAMS Streamlined Arbitration Rules & Procedures (the “Arbitration Rules”). Unless the parties otherwise agree, the arbitrator must be a retired judge of the Superior Court of the State of California. The preceding to the contrary notwithstanding, if Tenant exercises its self-help right pursuant to this Paragraph 10.2, then Landlord shall not be obligated to pay to or reimburse Tenant for any portion of the costs incurred by Tenant in exercising its self-help right that are the responsibility of Tenant under the Lease. As an illustrative example of the foregoing, if Tenant timely and properly exercises its self-help right with respect to maintaining or repairing any dedicated HVAC units serving the Premises, then because Tenant is responsible under this Lease for the payment of 100% of such maintenance and repair costs with respect to such dedicated HVAC units, Landlord shall not be obligated to pay or reimburse Tenant for any portion of the maintenance and repair costs incurred by Tenant with respect to the dedicated HVAC units.

10.3 Tenant s Responsibilities . Except as expressly provided in Paragraph 10.1 above, and subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 15 and 16 hereof and excluding any repairs to the Building Structure (unless such structural repairs are required to repair any damage caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or any Tenant Related Party or any breach of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, in which event Tenant shall perform such repairs at Tenant’s sole cost and expense or, at Landlord’s election, Landlord shall undertake such structural repairs and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the actual and reasonably structural repair costs incurred or paid by Landlord within thirty (30) days following receipt of an invoice and reasonable back-up documentation evidencing such structural repair costs incurred or paid by Landlord), Tenant shall, at its sole cost, maintain the Premises and every part thereof, including without limitation, interior windows, door frames, appliances, interior glass (if any), doors, door closures and related hardware, interior walls and partitions, fixtures, electrical, plumbing, fire extinguisher equipment and other equipment installed in the Premises that exclusively serves the Premises and all Alterations constructed by or on behalf of Tenant pursuant to Paragraph 13 below, together with any supplemental HVAC equipment installed by or on behalf of Tenant serving only the Premises, or applicable part thereof, in good order, condition and repair. All repairs and other work performed by Tenant or its contractors shall be subject to the terms of Paragraphs 13 and 17 below. Alternatively, should Landlord or its management agent agree to make a repair on behalf of Tenant and at Tenant’s request, Tenant shall promptly reimburse Landlord as Additional Rent for all reasonable costs incurred (but in no event may Landlord charge a market supervision fee) upon submission of an invoice.

If Tenant fails to make repairs or perform maintenance work required of Tenant hereunder within fourteen (14) days after written notice from Landlord specifying the need for such repairs or maintenance work, Landlord or Landlord’s agents or designated contractors may, in addition to all other rights and remedies available hereunder or by law and without waiving any alternative remedies, enter into the Premises and make such repairs and/or perform such maintenance work. If Landlord makes such repairs and/or performs such maintenance work, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord within thirty (30) days after receipt of an invoice and reasonable back-up documentation with respect thereto and as Additional Rent, for the actual and reasonable cost of such repairs and/or maintenance work. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to avoid causing any inconvenience to Tenant or interference with the use of the Premises by Tenant or Tenant Related Parties during the performance of any such repairs or maintenance. Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant for any damage, inconvenience or interference with the use of the Premises by Tenant or any Tenant Related Parties as a result of Landlord performing

 

-30-


any such repairs or maintenance (except to the extent arising out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or that of its agents, employees or contractors; provided, however, under no circumstances shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for indirect, special, exemplary, incidental, punitive or consequential damages, including, without limitation, lost profits, loss of business or lost income), nor shall any related activity by Landlord constitute an actual or constructive eviction unless Tenant is denied all beneficial use of the Premises for twelve (12) consecutive months or more; provided, however, in making repairs, alterations or improvements, Landlord shall take reasonable steps, to the extent practicable under the circumstances, to minimize interference with the conduct of Tenant’s business in the Premises. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, on demand and as Additional Rent, for the cost of damage to the Project caused by Tenant or any Tenant Related Parties. Tenant hereby waives and releases its right to make repairs at Landlord’s expense pursuant to Sections 1941 and 1942 of the Civil Code of California or under any similar law, statute or ordinance now or hereafter in effect. With respect to any damage which Landlord is obligated to repair or elects to repair, Tenant, as a material inducement to Landlord entering into this Lease, irrevocably waives and releases its rights under the provisions of Sections 1932(2) and 1933(4) of the California Civil Code. Tenant furthermore waives the benefits of subsection 1 of Section 1932 of the California Civil Code or under any similar law.

11. Common Area .

11.1 In General . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease and the Rules and Regulations referred to in Paragraph 44 below, Tenant and its agents, employees, licensees and invitees shall have, in common with other tenants of the Building and other buildings located on the Land and other permitted users, the nonexclusive right to use during the Lease Term the access roads, parking areas, sidewalks, landscaped areas and other facilities on the Land or in the Building designated by Landlord for the general use and convenience of the occupants of the Building and other authorized users, which areas and facilities are referred to herein as the “Common Area.” This right to use the Common Area shall terminate upon Lease Termination. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, Tenant and its agents, employees, customers, licensees, invitees, sublessees and other representatives shall have no right to use that portion of the area situated outside of the Building that is shown cross-hatched on Exhibit G attached hereto (“Restricted Common Area”).

Landlord shall at all times have exclusive control of the Common Area. Landlord shall have the right, without the same constituting an actual or constructive eviction and without entitling Tenant to any abatement of rent, to: (i) close any part of the Common Area to whatever extent required in the reasonable opinion of Landlord’s counsel to prevent a dedication thereof or the accrual of any prescriptive rights therein; (ii) temporarily close the Common Area to perform maintenance or for any other reason reasonably deemed sufficient by Landlord; (iii) change the shape, size, location and extent of the Common Area; (iv) eliminate from or add to the Project any land or improvement, including multi-deck parking structures; (v) make changes to the Common Area including, without limitation, changes in the location of driveways, entrances passageways, doors and doorways, elevators, stairs, restrooms, exits, parking spaces, parking areas, sidewalks or the direction of the flow of traffic and the site of the Common Area; (vi) remove unauthorized persons from the Project; and/or (vii) change the name or address of the Building or Project. Tenant shall keep the Common Area clear of all obstructions created or permitted by Tenant and/or Tenant Related Parties. If in the reasonable opinion of Landlord unauthorized persons are using any of the Common Area by reason of the presence of Tenant (or any Tenant Related Parties) in the Building, Tenant, upon demand of Landlord, shall use commercially reasonable good faith efforts to restrain such unauthorized use. In exercising any such rights regarding the Common Area, Landlord shall make a reasonable effort to minimize, to the extent practicable under the circumstances, any disruption to Tenant’s business. Landlord shall have no obligation to provide guard services or other security measures for the benefit of the Project. Tenant assumes all responsibility for the protection of Tenant and Tenant Related Parties from acts of third parties; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall prevent Landlord, at its sole option, from providing security measures for the Project.

 

-31-


11.2 Parking Areas . During the Term of this Lease, as the same may be extended, Tenant is allocated and Tenant and Tenant’s employees and invitees shall have the right to use, on an unreserved basis, without payment of a separate fee therefor, not more than the number of parking spaces set forth in Paragraph 1.15, the location of which shall be in the surface parking area within the Exterior Common Area designated from time to time by Landlord. Such number of parking spaces set forth in Paragraph 1.15 of this Lease shall be available to Tenant and its employees and invitees from and after the Delivery Date and throughout the Term, as the same may be extended, subject to the terms below, 24 hours per day, 7 days a week, 365 days per year, unless such availability is prohibited, limited or restricted pursuant to the terms below or by any governmental or quasi-governmental law, statute, ordinance, rule or regulation, damage to or destruction or condemnation of the Premises, Building, Exterior Common Area, or Project, or applicable portion thereof, Premises, Building or other portion of the Project or due to an emergency or for restriping, resurfacing or other repairs or maintenance or to prevent a prescriptive easement from arising with respect to any portion of the parking areas of the Project. Neither Tenant nor any Tenant Related Parties shall at any time use more parking spaces than the number so allocated to Tenant or park or permit the parking of their vehicles in any portion of the Land not designated by Landlord as a nonexclusive parking area. Tenant and Tenant Related Parties shall not have the exclusive right to use any specific parking space; however, Landlord shall mark five (5) parking spaces in front of the Building in the location closest to the Building entrance nearest to the Premises) for “Bloom Visitors”. Landlord shall have no obligation to ensure that only invitees of Tenant park in such five (5) parking spaces referred to in the immediately preceding sentence. Landlord reserves the right, after having given Tenant reasonable notice, to have any vehicles owned by Tenant or any Tenant Related Parties which are parked in violation of the provisions of this Paragraph 11.2 or in violation of Landlord’s Rules and Regulations relating to parking referred to in Paragraph 44, to be towed away at the cost of the owner of the towed vehicle. In the event Landlord elects or is required by any law to limit or control parking on the Land, by validation of parking tickets or any other method, Tenant agrees to participate in such validation or other program under the Rules and Regulations reasonably established by Landlord and referred to in Paragraph 44 below. Provided that Tenant’s use, occupancy and enjoyment of the Premises or access to the Premises is not unreasonably interfered with, Landlord shall have the right to close, at reasonable times, all or any portion of the parking areas for any reasonable purpose, including without limitation, the prevention of a dedication thereof, or the accrual of rights of any person or public therein. Tenant and Tenant Related Parties shall not at any time park or permit the parking of (i) trucks or other vehicles (whether owned by Tenant or other persons) adjacent to any loading areas so as to unreasonably interfere with the use of such areas, (ii) Tenant’s or Tenant Related Parties’ vehicles or trucks, or the vehicles or trucks of Tenant’s suppliers or others, in any portion of the Common Area not designated by Landlord for such use by Tenant or its employees, Licensees and invitees, or (iii) any inoperative vehicles or equipment on any portion of the Common Area for more than twenty-four (24) hours.

11.3 Fitness Center . During the Term, Tenant and the employees of Tenant located at the Premises shall have the right to use the fitness center located within the Common Area of the Building and designated by Landlord for the common use of all tenants of the Building (and the tenants of the Parcel B Building). Tenant and its employees’ right to use such fitness center shall be on a non-exclusive and as available basis with others who are entitled to use the fitness center, subject to Landlord’s right to reasonably regulate, manage and restrict such use. Prior to Tenant or its employees using the fitness center, Tenant shall cause such applicable employee desiring to use the fitness center to

 

-32-


execute an Informed Consent Waiver and Release of Liability in a form prepared by Landlord. Landlord shall be entitled to prohibit any employee(s) of Tenant from using the fitness center if such applicable employee(s) fails or refuses to execute such Informed Consent Waiver and Release of Liability. The use of the fitness center shall be subject to reasonable rules and regulations (including rules regarding hours of use for the tenants and their respective employees and other occupants of the Building, execution of Landlord’s standard waiver of liability form by users, etc.) reasonably established from time to time by Landlord for such facilities. Landlord shall have no liability whatsoever with respect to the existence, condition or availability of such fitness center, and Tenant hereby waives all claims against Landlord with respect to same. The costs of operating, maintaining, cleaning and repairing the fitness center (including, without limitation, the cost of any third party operator hired or retained to manage or operate the fitness center) may be included as part of Operating Expenses. Tenant shall be responsible for all damage to the fitness center and its equipment, fixtures and furnishings resulting from Tenant’s or any of its employees’ use of the fitness center. The fitness center located in the Building is a part of the Common Area of the Project (however, so long as tenants leasing space in the Parcel B Building to be developed on the Land have a right to use the fitness center, only fifty percent (50%) of the footprint of the fitness center shall be considered Common Area for purposes of determining the rentable square footage of the Building). Landlord may not contract or discontinue the providing of the fitness center as a Building amenity during the first five (5) years of the Term. If Landlord elects to discontinue the providing of the fitness center from and after the end of the first five (5) years of the Term, Landlord shall so notify Tenant at least one hundred eighty (180) days prior to the date of discontinuance and Tenant, at Tenant’s sole discretion exercisable by written notice to Landlord not later than ninety (90) days after the date of Landlord’s notice, shall elect to take over the operation of the fitness center. If Tenant elects to take over the operation of the fitness center pursuant to the terms of the immediately preceding sentence, then (i) Tenant shall continue to operate the fitness center in substantially the same manner as Landlord operated the fitness center prior to turning over operation of the same to Tenant, (ii) Tenant shall continue to make the fitness center accessible to all tenants of the Building and the tenants of the Parcel B Building and their respective employees and (iii) Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all damages, losses, liabilities, claims, actions, causes of action, demands, judgments, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs of suit) arising from or related to the operation, use and/or management of the fitness center. Such obligations under clause (ii) immediately above shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. During such period as Landlord is the operator of the fitness center, Landlord shall have the right, at Landlord’s discretion, to expand or modify (without reducing the size of) the fitness center.

11.4 Maintenance by Landlord . Landlord shall maintain the Common Area in good order, condition and repair commensurate with the maintenance provided by reasonably prudent owners of Comparable Buildings, and shall manage the Common Area in accordance with Landlord’s reasonable and customary standards. The expenditures for such maintenance shall be at the reasonable discretion of Landlord. The cost of such maintenance, operation and management with respect to any Common Area in the Building shall be included in Operating Expenses, and with respect to the Exterior Common Areas shall be an Exterior Common Area Operating Expense (in both cases, subject to any applicable limitations or exclusions set forth elsewhere in this Lease), and Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, Tenant’s share of such costs as provided in Paragraph 12 below.

 

-33-


12. Operating Expenses .

12.1 Definition . “Operating Expense” or “Operating Expenses” as used in this Lease shall mean and include all items identified in other paragraphs of this Lease as an Operating Expense and the total cost paid or incurred by Landlord for the operation, maintenance, repair, replacement, security and management of the Building which costs shall include, without limitation: the cost of services and utilities supplied to the Building (to the extent the same are not separately charged or metered to tenants of the Building or the Premises); water; sewage; trash removal; fuel; electricity; heat; lighting systems; fire protection systems; storm drainage and sanitary sewer systems; periodic inspection and regular servicing of the heating, ventilation and air conditioning system; periodic inspection and regular servicing of the Building Systems; maintaining, repairing and replacing the roof membrane; property and liability insurance covering the Building and any other insurance carried by Landlord pursuant to Paragraph 8 above with respect to the Building; deductibles under such insurance policies maintained by Landlord; window cleaning; cleaning, maintaining and repairing the Common Area in the Building; cleaning and repairing of stairways; costs related to irrigation systems and Building signs; fees for licenses and permits required for the operation of the Building; the cost of complying with Laws, including, without limitation, non-capital maintenance, alterations and repairs required in connection therewith; costs related to landscape maintenance; the cost of contesting the validity or applicability of any governmental enactments which may affect Operating Expenses; all additional costs and expenses incurred by Landlord with respect to the operation, protection, maintenance, repair and replacement of the Building which would be considered a current expense (and not a capital expenditure) pursuant to generally accepted real estate accounting principles, consistently applied; and amortization of costs of the following capital improvements to the Building (“Permitted Capital Costs”): (x) capital improvements (excluding therefrom Building Structure capital improvements, the cost of which shall remain the sole obligation of Landlord to pay without right of reimbursement from Tenant except to the extent such capital repairs or replacements with respect to the Building Structure are required due to damage (other than ordinary wear and tear) caused by the acts, omissions, negligence or willful misconduct or misuse of the Premises or Building, or applicable portion thereof, by Tenant or any Tenant Related Parties, in which event, subject to Paragraph 8.6 above, Tenant shall be obligated to pay or reimburse Landlord for 100% of the cost of such Building Structure capital improvements (unless Landlord can pass-through such cost as an Operating Expense to all other tenants in the Building on a percentage share basis, in which event Tenant shall pay or reimburse Landlord for Tenant’s percentage share of the cost of such Building Structure capital improvements within thirty (30) days after receipt by Tenant of Landlord’s invoice therefore accompanied by reasonable supporting documentation)) with respect to the Building shall be an Operating Expense and with respect to the Exterior Common Areas shall be an Exterior Common Area Operating Expenses (in both cases, subject to any applicable limitations or exclusions set forth elsewhere in this Lease) Tenant’s share of the cost of such repair or replacement within thirty (30) days after receipt of Tenant’s invoice therefore accompanied by reasonable supporting documentation) required to be constructed in order to comply with any Law (excluding Hazardous Materials Laws) not in effect or applicable to the Building as of the date of this Lease, (y) modification of existing or construction of additional capital improvements or building service equipment for the purpose of reducing the consumption of utility services or Operating Expenses of the Building, or (z) replacement of capital improvements (excluding Building Structure capital improvements, the cost of which shall remain the sole obligation of Landlord to pay without right of reimbursement from Tenant except to the extent such capital repairs or replacements are required due to damage (other than ordinary wear and tear) caused by the acts, omissions, negligence or willful misconduct or misuse of the Premises or Building, or applicable portion thereof, by Tenant or any Tenant Related Parties, in which event, subject to Paragraph 8.6 below, Tenant shall be obligated to pay or reimburse Landlord for 100% of the cost of such Building Structure capital improvements (unless Landlord can pass-through such cost as an Operating Expense to all other tenants in the Building on a percentage share basis, in which event Tenant shall pay or reimburse Landlord for Tenant’s percentage share of the cost of such Building Structure capital improvements within thirty (30) days after receipt by Tenant of Landlord’s invoice therefore accompanied by reasonable supporting documentation)) or building service equipment existing as of the date of the Date of this Lease when required because of normal wear and tear. The cost of (i) capital

 

-34-


repair items or Permitted Capital Costs, (excluding therefrom capital repairs and capital replacements of the Building Structure, including, the foundations, roof and exterior walls, the cost of which shall remain the sole obligation of Landlord to pay without right of reimbursement from Tenant except to the extent such capital repairs or replacements are required due to damage (other than ordinary wear and tear) caused by the acts, omissions, negligence or willful misconduct or misuse of the Premises or Building, or applicable portion thereof, by Tenant or any Tenant Related Parties, in which event, subject to Paragraph 8.6 above, Tenant shall be obligated to pay or reimburse Landlord for 100% of the cost of such Building Structure capital improvements (unless Landlord can pass-through such cost as an Operating Expense to all other tenants in the Building on a percentage share basis, in which event Tenant shall pay or reimburse Landlord for Tenant’s percentage share of the cost of such Building Structure capital improvements within thirty (30) days after receipt by Tenant of Landlord’s invoice therefore accompanied by reasonable supporting documentation)), (ii) replacement of the roof membrane, and (iii) repainting the exterior of the Building, shall be amortized at the lesser of (x) the annual rate of interest charged on the loan obtained by Landlord to finance such improvement (or if Landlord does not obtain a loan to finance such improvement, then at two (2) percent above the prime rate or reference rate published in the Wall Street Journal (or if such rate is not published in the Wall Street Journal, then the prime rate or reference rate established by a national bank selected by Landlord), or (y) the maximum rate permitted by law, over the useful life of the repair or item as reasonably determined by Landlord in accordance with generally accepted real estate accounting principles, consistently applied, and such amortization shall be included in Operating Expenses from the date of installation or repair through the earlier of the expiration of the useful life of the capital item and the Lease Termination; provided, however, subject to Paragraph 8.6, if the HVAC system or any other building systems serving the Building or Premises, exterior windows or roof membrane need to be repaired or replaced due to (A) Tenant’s breach of any of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease or (B) any misuse of the HVAC or other building systems, exterior windows or roof membrane by, or negligence or willful misconduct of, Tenant or any Tenant Related Parties, then Tenant shall reimburse or pay to Landlord, within thirty (30) days following receipt of a statement or invoice and reasonable back up documentation of such costs, for one hundred percent (100%) of the costs paid or incurred by Landlord to replace such HVAC or other building system, parking areas, exterior windows or roof membrane, as the case may be. Operating Expenses for any given period may also include (A) management fees payable to a property manager (or if Landlord elects to self-manage the Building or Project, then payable to Landlord) in an amount equal to three percent (3%) of the monthly Base Rent received by Landlord from tenants of the Building, including, Tenant, during such period and (B) the Building’s percentage share of Exterior Common Area Operating Expenses for such period. To the extent any Operating Expenses are incurred by Landlord with respect to both the Building and the Parcel B Building under or pursuant to a single contract to which Landlord is a party and apply substantially equally to both the Building and the Parcel B Building (e.g. a single janitorial service contract where the janitorial services provided to the Building and the Parcel B Building are the same), then, to the extent such Operating Expenses are not separately accounted for between the Building and the Parcel B Building, the Building shall be allocated 49.12% of such Operating Expenses.

“Exterior Common Area Operating Expense” or “Exterior Common Area Operating Expenses” as used in this Lease shall mean and include all items identified in other paragraphs of this Lease as an Exterior Common Area Operating Expense and the total cost paid or incurred by (or charged to) Landlord for the operation, maintenance, repair, replacement, security and management of the Exterior Common Area which costs shall include, without limitation: the cost of services and utilities supplied to the Exterior Common Area; storm drainage; trash removal services with respect to such Exterior Common Area; electrical lighting for the Exterior Common Area; water for landscaping included within the Exterior Common Area; property and liability insurance covering the Exterior Common Area and any

 

-35-


other insurance carried by Landlord pursuant to Paragraph 8 above with respect to the Exterior Common Area; deductibles under such insurance policies maintained by Landlord; cleaning, sweeping, striping, sealing and/or resurfacing of parking and driveway areas; cleaning, maintenance and repair of the Exterior Common Area; cleaning and repairing of sidewalks and curbs; costs related to irrigation systems and Exterior Common Area signs; fees for licenses and permits required for the operation of the Exterior Common Area; the cost of complying with Laws, including, without limitation, maintenance, alterations and repairs required in connection therewith; costs related to landscape maintenance; the cost of contesting the validity or applicability of any governmental enactments which may affect Exterior Common Area Operating Expenses; all additional costs and expenses incurred by Landlord with respect to the operation, protection, maintenance, repair and replacement of the Exterior Common Area which would be considered a current expense (and not a capital expenditure) pursuant to generally accepted accounting principles; and amortization of costs of the following capital improvements to the Exterior Common Area (“Exterior Common Area Permitted Capital Costs”): (x) capital improvements required to be constructed in order to comply with any Law (excluding Hazardous Materials Laws) not in effect or applicable to the Exterior Common Area as of the date of this Lease, (y) modification of existing or construction of additional capital improvements or building service equipment for the purpose of reducing the consumption of utility services or Exterior Common Area Operating Expenses, or (z) replacement of capital improvements or building service equipment existing as of the date of the Date of this Lease when required because of normal wear and tear. The cost of (i) capital repair items or Exterior Common Area Permitted Capital Costs, and (ii) resurfacing the parking lot shall be amortized at the lesser of (x) the annual rate of interest charged on the loan obtained by Landlord to finance such improvement (or if Landlord does not obtain a loan to finance such improvement, then at two percent (2%) above the prime rate or reference rate published in the Wall Street Journal (or if such rate is not published in the Wall Street Journal, then the prime rate or reference rate established by a national bank selected by Landlord), or (y) the maximum rate permitted by law, over the useful life of the repair or item as reasonably as reasonably determined by Landlord in accordance with generally accepted real estate accounting principles, consistently applied, and such amortization shall be included in Exterior Common Area Operating Expenses from the date of installation or repair until the earlier of the expiration of the useful life of the capital item or Lease Termination.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the definition of Operating Expenses and Exterior Common Area Operating Expenses herein or in any other provision of the Lease, Operating Expenses and Exterior Common Area Operating Expenses shall not be construed to include any amounts to the extent expressly excluded from the definition of Taxes and shall not include any of the following: (i) depreciation; (ii) principal payments of mortgage and other non-operating debts of Landlord; (iii) the cost of repairs or other work to the extent Landlord is reimbursed by insurance or condemnation proceeds; (iv) costs in connection with leasing space in the Building, including brokerage commissions, advertising and promotional expenses and the cost to negotiate and execute leases; lease concessions, rental abatements and construction allowances granted to specific tenants; (v) costs incurred in connection with the sale, financing or refinancing of the Building, including brokerage commissions, consultants’, attorneys’ and accountants’ fees, closing costs, title insurance premiums, transfer taxes, mortgage taxes and interest charges; (vi) fines, interest and penalties incurred due to the late payment; (vii) costs incurred in the original construction of the Building, Exterior Common Area or any other part of the Project and costs of repairing, replacing or otherwise correcting defects or deficiencies in the initial design, construction or components of the improvements comprising the Project; (viii) costs incurred in connection with the investigation, removal, remediation or clean-up of Hazardous Materials from the Project or any portion thereof (including the fees of any environmental consultants); (ix) payment of principal and interest or other finance charges made on any debt (except to the extent expressly included in the amortization of any Operating Expenses and/or Exterior Common Area Operating Expenses) and rental payments made

 

-36-


under any ground or underlying lease or leases; (x) rental for any space in the Property set aside for conference facilities, storage facilities or exercise facilities; (xi) any “tap fees” or one-time lump sum sewer or water connection fees for the Property payable in connection with the original construction of the Project or any portion thereof; (xii) any capital expenditures whatsoever or any cost of a capital nature, including the costs of any capital improvements, alterations or replacements, as determined in accordance with generally accepted real estate accounting principles, consistently applied (other than Permitted Capital Costs and Exterior Common Area Permitted Capital Costs as expressly provided in the first two paragraphs of Paragraph 12.1 above); (xiii) costs incurred for any item to the extent covered by a manufacturer’s, materialman’s, vendor’s or contractor’s warranty and paid by such manufacturer, materialman, vendor or contractor; (xiv) non-cash items such as deductions for depreciation and amortization of the Project or the Project equipment; reserves for maintenance, repairs and replacements or any other purpose; (xv) development fees or impact fees; (xvi) the cost of installing and outfitting a specialty improvement, including, without limitation, an observatory, cafeteria, tanning salon, ATM machine, exercise or fitness facility, or luncheon or recreational club or facility; (xvii) the costs of repair, replacement, or restoration work occasioned by any casualty or condemnation (excluding amounts of deductibles under insurance policies maintained by Landlord (provided, however, that if Tenant’s percentage share of any such deductible is in excess of $25,000.00, Landlord shall amortize the balance of Tenant’s percentage share of such deductible in excess of $25,000.00 in the same manner that capital repair items, Exterior Common Area Permitted Capital Costs and resurfacing the parking lot are amortized, and Tenant shall pay such amortized sums on a monthly basis until the earlier of the expiration of the useful life of such repairs and the expiration of the Term, as it may be extended) ; (xviii) payments on any mortgages executed by Landlord covering Landlord’s property, any other indebtedness of Landlord, and rental under any ground lease or leases for the Building, the Common Areas or the Project; (xix) except for management fees, Landlord’s general overhead and any overhead or profit increment to any subsidiary or affiliate of Landlord for services on or to the Building, Common Areas or Project to the extent that the cost of such service exceeds competitive costs for such services rendered by persons or entities of similar skill, competence and experience other than a subsidiary or affiliate of Landlord; (xx) any costs or expenses representing any amount paid for services and materials to a (personal or business) related person, firm, or entity to the extent such amount exceeds the amount that would have been paid for such service or materials at the then existing market rates in the absence of such relationship; (xxi) compensation paid to any employee of Landlord above the grade of Property Manager/Building Superintendent, including officers and executives of Landlord; (xxii) the cost of any work or service furnished to any tenant or occupant of the Building or Project to a materially greater extent or in a materially more favorable manner than that furnished generally to tenants and other occupants of the Building or Project, or the costs of work or services furnished exclusively for the benefit of any tenant or occupant of the Building or Project or at such tenant’s cost; (xxiii) the costs and expenses incurred in resolving disputes with other tenants, other occupants, or prospective tenants or occupants of the Building or Project, collecting rents or otherwise enforcing leases of the tenants of the Building or Project; (xxiv) the costs of repairs, alterations, and general maintenance necessitated by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents, employees or contractors, or the cost of repairs, alterations and general maintenance (excluding deductibles under insurance policies maintained by Landlord) necessitated by the negligence or willful misconduct of any other tenant or occupant of the Building or Project, or any of their respective agents, employees, contractors, invitees or licensees; (xxv) any amount paid by Landlord by way of any Landlord obligation to provide an indemnity of any thirty party; (xxvi) any cost for overtime to Landlord in curing defaults by Landlord or any other tenant of the Project or Building; or (xxvii) the costs including fines, penalties, and legal fees incurred due to violations by Landlord, its employees, agents, contractors or assigns, or any other tenant or occupant of the Building or Project of building codes, any governmental rule or requirement or the terms and conditions of any lease pertaining to the Building or Project or any other contract. Landlord will not

 

-37-


collect or be entitled to collect more than one hundred percent (100%) of Operating Expenses actually paid or incurred by Landlord in connection with the operation, maintenance, repair, replacement, security and/or management of the Building or Project in any calendar year (except that Landlord shall be permitted to collect delinquent Operating Expenses owing in any prior calendar year(s)), and Landlord shall make no profit from Landlord’s collection of Operating Expenses (except the foregoing shall not preclude Landlord from receiving property management fees as part of Operating Expenses subject to the cap on management fees equal to 3% of the monthly Base Rent received by Landlord from tenants of the Building, including, Tenant).

The specific examples of Operating Expenses and Exterior Common Area Operating Expenses stated in this Paragraph 12.1 are in no way intended to and shall not limit the costs comprising Operating Expenses and Exterior Common Area Operating Expenses, nor shall such examples be deemed to obligate Landlord to incur such costs or to provide such services or to take such actions except as Landlord may be expressly required in other portions of this Lease, or except as Landlord, in its reasonable discretion, may elect. All reasonable costs incurred by Landlord in good faith for the operation, maintenance, repair, security and management of the Building or the Exterior Common Area, as the case may be, shall be deemed conclusively binding on Tenant.

12.2 Payment of Operating Expenses by Tenant . Prior to the Commencement Date, and annually thereafter, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant an estimate of Operating Expenses for the succeeding year. Tenant’s payment of Operating Expenses shall be based upon Landlord’s reasonable estimate of Operating Expenses and shall be payable in equal monthly installments in advance on the first day of each calendar month commencing on the Commencement Date as specified in Paragraph 1.8 and continuing throughout the Lease Term, as the same may be extended. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent and without deduction or offset, an amount equal to Tenant’s percentage share (stated in Paragraph 1.12 above) of the Operating Expenses. Alternatively, as Landlord may elect at any time or from time to time, Operating Expenses actually incurred or paid by Landlord but not theretofore billed to Tenant, or certain of them, as invoiced by Landlord shall be payable by Tenant within thirty (30) days after receipt of Landlord’s invoice, but not more often than once each calendar month.

Landlord shall revise its estimate of Operating Expenses on an annual basis, and Landlord may adjust the amount of Tenant’s monthly installment in the event of a material change in Operating Expenses, but not more than once during any calendar year.

Landlord shall furnish Tenant an annual reconciliation statement (and a statement within one hundred eighty (180) days after Lease Termination) showing the actual Operating Expenses for the period to which Landlord’s estimate pertains and shall concurrently either bill Tenant for the balance due (payable upon within thirty (30) days after receipt of written demand by Landlord) or credit Tenant’s account for the excess previously paid. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, within ninety (90) days after receipt by Tenant of Landlord’s statement of Operating Expenses prepared pursuant to this Paragraph 12.2 for any prior annual period during the Lease Term, any employee of Tenant or a certified public accountant mutually acceptable to Landlord and Tenant (provided such certified public accountant charges for its service on an hourly basis and not based on a percentage of any recovery or similar incentive method) shall have the right to inspect the books of Landlord applicable to Operating Expenses for the immediately preceding year during the business hours of Landlord and upon not less than five (5) business days’ advance notice, at Landlord’s office or, at Landlord’s option, such other location as Landlord reasonably may specify, for the purpose of verifying the information contained in the statement. All expenses of such inspection shall be borne by Tenant. If Tenant’s inspection reveals a discrepancy in the comparative annual reconciliation statement, Tenant shall deliver

 

-38-


a copy of the inspection report and supporting calculations to Landlord within thirty (30) days after completion of the inspection. If Tenant and Landlord are unable to resolve the discrepancy within thirty (30) days after receipt of the inspection report, either party may upon written notice to the other have the matter decided by an inspection by an independent certified public accounting firm approved by Landlord and Tenant (the “CPA Firm”), which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. If the inspection by the CPA Firm shows that the actual amount of Operating Expenses payable by Tenant is greater than the amount previously paid by Tenant for such accounting period, Tenant shall pay Landlord the difference within thirty (30) days after the inspection by the CPA Firm. If the inspection by the CPA firm shows that the actual amount is less than the amount paid by Tenant, then the difference shall be applied in payment of the next estimated monthly installments of Operating Expenses owing by Tenant, or in the event such accounting follows the expiration of the Term hereof, such difference shall be refunded to Tenant. Tenant may not withhold payment of any Operating Expenses pending completion of any inspection or audit of Operating Expenses. Unless Tenant asserts specific errors within ninety (90) days after receipt of the annual reconciliation statement, such statement shall be deemed correct as between Landlord and Tenant.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, if Landlord has not provided a reconciliation statement to Tenant within twelve (12) months after the end of any calendar year during the Term, Tenant shall not be obligated to pay for such applicable calendar year for which such reconciliation statement was not provided, Tenant’s proportionate share of Operating Expenses in excess of the estimated Operating Expenses paid by Tenant for such calendar year.

13. Alterations and Improvements .

13.1 In General . Except for painting the interior walls of the Premises, re-carpeting of the carpeted areas of the Premises and minor or decorative alterations to the interior of the Premises which (i) do not impair the integrity of the Building Structure, (ii) do not adversely affect any of the Building Systems serving the Premises or Building, (iii) are not visible from outside of the Building (iv) do not cost in excess of Seventy-Five Thousand Dollars ($75,000.00) per improvement project or Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) during the Term of this Lease, as such Term may be extended and (v) are not Specialty Alterations as defined below (collectively, “Cosmetic Alterations”), Tenant shall not make, or permit to be made, any alterations, removals, changes, enlargements, improvements or additions, including, without limitation, Specialty Alterations as defined below (collectively “Alterations”) in, on, about or to the Premises, or any part thereof, including Alterations required pursuant to Paragraph 6.2, without the prior written consent of Landlord (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) and without acquiring and complying with the conditions of all permits required for such Alterations by any governmental authority having jurisdiction thereof. Landlord acknowledges that Landlord will advise Tenant in writing of (i) its grant or denial of consent for such Alterations, and (ii) whether Landlord will require Tenant to remove any Specialty Alterations (as defined below) and repair any damage caused by such removal, in each case within ten (10) business days after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s written notice to Landlord requesting the same. At the time Tenant requests Landlord’s consent to any Specialty Alterations, Tenant shall request a decision from Landlord in writing as to whether Landlord will require Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, to remove any such Specialty Alterations and repair any damage caused by such removal. If Landlord fails to respond with such ten (10) business day period, then Tenant may deliver a second written notice to Landlord containing the same request as provided above, which second notice shall contain the following provisions in bold, capitalized letters: “IF YOU FAIL TO RESPOND TO THIS REQUEST WITHIN TEN (10) BUSINESS DAYS FOLLOWING YOUR RECEIPT OF THIS NOTICE, THEN YOU ARE DEEMED TO HAVE CONSENTED TO THE SPECIALTY ALTERATIONS

 

-39-


DESCRIBED IN THIS NOTICE AND TO HAVE AGREED THAT TENANT IS NOT REQUIRED TO REMOVE SUCH SPECIALTY ALTERATIONS DESCRIBED IN THIS NOTICE AT THE EXPIRATION OR EARLIER TERMINATION OF THIS LEASE.” . In such event of Landlord’s deemed consent, Tenant will not be required to remove at Lease Termination any such Specialty Alterations described in Tenant’s second notice to Landlord as provided above. For purposes of this Lease “Specialty Alterations” shall mean “Specialty Alterations” shall mean any of the following Alterations: (a) safes and vaults; (b) specialized flooring (including raised flooring) and/or labs; (c) conveyors and dumbwaiters; (d) any Alterations which (i) perforate a floor slab in the Premises or a wall that encloses/encapsulates the Building Structure, or (ii) involve material plumbing connections (such as kitchens and executive bathrooms outside of the Building core); (e) special security equipment, and (f) any other installations, additions, improvements or alterations not typically found in general use office space or requiring over-standard demolition or restoration costs for the removal or restoration thereof. Tenant shall not be obligated to obtain Landlord’s prior written consent to any Cosmetic Alterations referred to above, and Cosmetic Alterations shall not be Specialty Alterations, but such Cosmetic Alterations shall be subject to all of the other terms and conditions of this Paragraph 13.1 and 13.2 below . The term “Alterations” as used in this Paragraph 13 shall also include, without limitation, all heating, lighting, electrical (including all wiring, conduit outlets, drops, buss ducts, main and subpanels), air conditioning and partitioning in the Premises made by Tenant regardless of how affixed to the Premises. As a condition to the giving of its consent, Landlord may impose such reasonable requirements as Landlord reasonably may deem necessary, including without limitation, the manner in which the work is done; a reasonable right of approval of the contractor by whom the work is to be performed; the times during which the work is to be accomplished; the requirement that Tenant post a completion bond in an amount and form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord for Alterations costing in excess of $250,000.00; and the requirement that Tenant reimburse Landlord, as Additional Rent, for Landlord’s actual and reasonable costs for outside consultants incurred in reviewing any proposed Alteration, whether or not Landlord’s consent is granted. In the event Landlord consents to the making of any Alterations by Tenant, the same shall be made by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, in accordance with the plans and specifications approved by Landlord and in a manner causing Landlord and Landlord’s agents and other tenants of the Building the least interference and inconvenience practicable under the circumstances. Tenant shall give written notice to Landlord five (5) business days prior to employing any laborer or contractor to perform services related to, or receiving materials for use upon the Premises, and prior to the commencement of any work of improvement on the Premises. Any Alterations, including, without limitation, Cosmetic Alterations, to the Premises made by Tenant or any of its agents, employees, contractors, subcontractors or other representatives shall be made in accordance with applicable Laws and in a first-class workmanlike manner. In making any such Alterations, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, file for and secure and comply with any and all permits or approvals required by any governmental departments or authorities having jurisdiction thereof and any utility company having an interest therein. In no event shall Tenant make any structural changes to the Premises or make any changes to the Premises which would weaken or impair the integrity of the Building Structure or adversely affect any of the Building Systems serving the Building or Premises. Landlord agrees not to charge any construction management or supervision fee for any Alterations, including those Alterations which would require Landlord’s consent pursuant to the terms above.

13.2 Removal Upon Lease Termination . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, Tenant shall have no obligation to remove any of the Initial Improvements (as defined in Exhibit C to this Lease). If Tenant fails to obtain Landlord’s consent (or deemed consent as provided in Paragraph 13.1 above) to any Alterations for which Landlord’s consent is required under this Lease, then, Landlord may elect to have all or a portion of such Alterations that were not consented to (or deemed consented to) by Landlord removed by Tenant at Lease Termination at Tenant’s sole cost (or deemed

 

-40-


consent) and Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost, repair all damage to the Project arising from such removal. In the event Tenant fails to remove any such Specialty Alterations designated by Landlord for removal, Landlord, without waiving any or all other rights and remedies available to Landlord, may remove such Specialty Alterations and repair any damage caused by their removal, and may recover from Tenant all costs and expenses actually incurred thereby, together with an amount equal to the fair rental value of the Premises for the period of time after Lease Termination required for Landlord to accomplish such removal and restoration. Tenant’s obligation to pay such costs and expenses to Landlord shall survive Lease Termination. Unless Landlord elects to have Tenant remove (or, upon Tenant’s failure to obtain Landlord’s decision, Landlord removes) any such Specialty Alterations, all such Specialty Alterations (except for moveable furniture, personal property and moveable equipment, and signage and trade fixtures of Tenant, which shall be removed, or caused to be removed, Tenant at no cost to Landlord), shall become the property of Landlord upon Lease Termination (without any payment therefor) and remain upon and be surrendered with the Premises at Lease Termination.

13.3 Landlord s Improvements . All fixtures, improvements or equipment which are installed, constructed on or attached to the Premises, Building or Common Area by Landlord shall be a part of the realty and belong to Landlord.

14. Default and Remedies .

14.1 Events of Default . The term “Default by Tenant” as used in this Lease shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:

(a) Tenant’s failure to pay when due any Rentals and such failure is not cured within three (3) days after delivery of written notice from Landlord specifying such failure to pay;

(b) Commencement and continuation for at least sixty (60) days of any case, action or proceeding by, against or concerning Tenant under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other debtor’s relief law, including without limitation, (i) a case under Title 11 of the United States Code concerning Tenant, whether under Chapter 7, 11, or 13 of such Title or under any other Chapter, or (ii) a case, action or proceeding seeking Tenant’s financial reorganization or an arrangement with any of Tenant’s creditors;

(c) Voluntary or involuntary appointment of a receiver, trustee, keeper or other person who takes possession for more than sixty (60) days of substantially all of Tenant’s assets or of any asset used in Tenant’s business on the Premises, regardless of whether such appointment is as a result of insolvency or any other cause;

(d) Execution of an assignment for the benefit of creditors of substantially all assets of Tenant available by law for the satisfaction of judgment creditors;

(e) Commencement of proceedings for winding up or dissolving (whether voluntary or involuntary) the entity of Tenant, if Tenant is a corporation, limited liability company or a partnership;

(f) Levy of a writ of attachment or execution on Tenant’s interest under this Lease, if such writ continues for a period of thirty (30) days;

 

-41-


(g) An assignment of the Lease by Tenant, any sublet by Tenant of the Premises or any portion of the Premises, any other transfer of all or a portion of Tenant’s interest in the Premises or Lease (any of the foregoing being a “Transfer”) or attempted Transfer of this Lease or the Premises by Tenant in violation of the provisions of Paragraph 24 below and such violation is not cured within ten (10) days after written notice of such violation if given by Landlord to Tenant;

(h) Failure of Tenant to execute any instruments evidencing subordination of this Lease that Tenant is required to execute pursuant to the terms of Paragraph 20.2 below within the time period set forth in Paragraph 20.2 where such failure is not cured within ten (10) business days after written notice of such failure is given by Landlord to Tenant;

(i) Failure of Tenant to execute any reasonable modification of this Lease required by a financial institution which modification meets the requirements and conditions set forth in Paragraph 20.3 below where such failure is not cured within ten (10) business days after written notice of such failure is given by Landlord to Tenant;

(j) Failure of Tenant to execute any estoppel certificate or provide financial statements that Tenant is required to execute or provide pursuant to the terms of Paragraph 20.5 below within the applicable time period set forth in Paragraph 20.5 where such failure is not cured within ten business (10) days after written notice of such failure is given by Landlord to Tenant;

(k) Breach by Tenant of any term, covenant, condition, warranty, or provision contained in this Lease (other than those referred to in any other subsection of this Paragraph 14.1) or of any other obligation owing or due to Landlord and such breach is not cured within thirty (30) days after written notice of such breach is given by Landlord to Tenant (or if a breach under this subparagraph 14.1(k) cannot be reasonably cured within thirty (30) days, if Tenant does not commence to cure the breach within the thirty (30) day period or does not diligently and in good faith prosecute the cure to completion);

(l) Any other Default by Tenant expressly set forth elsewhere in this Lease. For avoidance of doubt, Tenant’s vacation of the Premises while Tenant is not in default of any other provision of this Lease shall not be deemed a Default by Tenant.

14.2 Remedies . Upon any Default by Tenant, Landlord shall have the following remedies, in addition to all other rights and remedies provided by law, to which Landlord may resort cumulatively or in the alternative:

14.2.1 Termination . Landlord may terminate this Lease by giving written notice of termination to Tenant, in which event this Lease shall terminate on the date set forth for termination in such notice. In the event Landlord terminates this Lease, Landlord shall have the right to recover from Tenant:

(a) The worth at the time of award of the unpaid Rentals which had been earned at the time of termination;

(b) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rentals which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided;

 

-42-


(c) The worth at the time of award (computed by discounting at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent) of the amount by which the Rentals for the balance of the Lease Term after the time of award exceed the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided;

(d) Any other amounts necessary to compensate Landlord for all detriment proximately caused by the Default by Tenant or which in the ordinary course of events would likely result, including without limitation the following:

(i) Expenses in retaking possession of the Premises;

(ii) Expenses for cleaning, repairing or restoring the Premises;

(iii) Any unamortized real estate brokerage commission paid in connection with this Lease;

(iv) Expenses for removing, transporting, and storing any of Tenant’s property left at the Premises (although Landlord shall have no obligation to remove, transport, or store any such property);

(v) Expenses of reletting the Premises, including without limitation, brokerage commissions and reasonable attorneys’ fees;

(vi) Reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs; and

(vii) Costs of carrying the Premises such as repairs, maintenance, taxes and insurance premiums, utilities and security precautions (if any).

(e) The “worth at the time of award” of the amounts referred to in subparagraphs (a) and (b) of this Paragraph 14.2.1 is computed by allowing interest at an annual rate equal to the greater of: ten percent (10%); or five percent (5%) plus the rate established by the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco, as of the twenty-fifth (25th) day of the month immediately preceding the Default by Tenant, on advances to member banks under Sections 13 and 13(a) of the Federal Reserve Act, as now in effect or hereafter from time to time amended, not to exceed the maximum rate allowable by law.

14.2.2 Continuance of Lease . Upon any Default by Tenant and unless and until Landlord elects to terminate this Lease pursuant to Paragraph 14.2.1 above, this Lease shall continue in effect after the Default by Tenant and Landlord may enforce all its rights and remedies under this Lease, including without limitation, the right to recover payment of Rentals as they become due. Neither efforts by Landlord to mitigate damages caused by a Default by Tenant nor the acceptance of any Rentals shall constitute a waiver by Landlord of any of Landlord’s rights or remedies, including the rights and remedies specified in Paragraph 14.2.1 above.

 

-43-


15. Damage or Destruction .

15.1 Definition of Terms . For the purposes of this Lease, the term: (a) “Insured Casualty” means damage to or destruction of the Premises from a cause actually insured against, or required by this Lease to be insured against, for which the insurance proceeds paid or made available to Landlord, when added to the amount of Landlord’s deductible under its casualty or property insurance policy such damage to or destruction of the Premises, are sufficient to rebuild or restore the Premises under then existing building codes to the condition existing immediately prior to the damage or destruction; and (b) “Uninsured Casualty” means damage to or destruction of the Premises from a cause (i) not actually insured against and not required to be insured against, or (ii) from a cause actually insured against but for which the insurance proceeds paid or made available to Landlord, together with the amount of Landlord’s deductible applicable to such damage or destruction, are for any reason insufficient to rebuild or restore the Premises under then-existing building codes to the condition existing immediately prior to the damage or destruction, or (iii) from a cause actually insured against, but for which the insurance proceeds are not paid or made available to Landlord within ninety (90) days of the event of damage or destruction, even though Landlord maintained the insurance required by this Lease.

15.2 Insured Casualty .

15.2.1 Rebuilding Required . In the event of an Insured Casualty where the extent of damage or destruction is less than thirty-three and one-third percent (33 and 1/3%) of the then full replacement cost of the Premises, Landlord shall rebuild or restore the Premises to the condition existing immediately prior to the damage or destruction, promptly following receipt of all required governmental permits and approvals, and with all due diligence, provided that there exist no governmental codes or regulations that would prevent Landlord’s ability to so rebuild or restore (and if there exists any governmental codes or regulations that would prevent altogether Landlord’s ability to rebuild or restore, Landlord shall terminate this Lease by written notice to Tenant within sixty (60) days after the event of damage or destruction).

15.2.2 Landlord s Election . In the event of an Insured Casualty where the extent of damage or destruction is equal to or greater than thirty-three and one-third percent (33 and 1/3%) of the then full replacement cost of the Premises, Landlord may, at its option and at its sole discretion, rebuild or restore the Premises to the condition existing immediately prior to the damage or destruction (which, if so elected, shall be performed promptly following receipt of all required governmental permits and approvals and with all due diligence), or terminate this Lease. Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing within sixty (60) days after the event of damage or destruction of Landlord’s election to either rebuild or restore the Premises or terminate this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, Landlord shall not have the right to terminate this Lease pursuant to this subparagraph if Landlord failed to carry the insurance required by Section 8.1 of this Lease. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, if Landlord carried the required insurance by this Lease but elects to terminate this Lease pursuant to this subparagraph due to lack of funds, Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant’s sole election, to contribute any shortfall, in which case Landlord’s election to terminate shall be of no further force or effect and Landlord shall rebuild or restore the Premises pursuant to the provisions of this Article 15. If Landlord is obligated to rebuild or restore the Premises pursuant to the terms of the immediately preceding sentence, then, as a condition precedent to such obligation, Tenant shall contribute to Landlord in cash the shortfall in funds prior to the date that Landlord notifies Tenant that Landlord is ready to commence, or cause to be commenced, the rebuilding or restoration of the Premises. Such notice by Landlord to Tenant shall be given to Tenant at least thirty (30) days prior to the date that Landlord intends to commence, or cause to be commenced, the rebuilding or restoration of the Premises.

15.2.3 Continuance of Lease . If Landlord is required to rebuild or restore the Premises pursuant to Paragraph 15.2.1 or if Landlord elects to rebuild or restore the Premises pursuant to Paragraph 15.2.2, this Lease shall remain in effect and Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord for compensation for inconvenience or loss of business during any period of repair or restoration.

 

-44-


15.3 Uninsured Casualty . In the event of an Uninsured Casualty, Landlord may, at its option and at its sole discretion (i) rebuild or restore the Premises as soon as reasonably possible at Landlord’s expense to the condition existing immediately prior to the damage or destruction (which, if so elected, shall be performed promptly following receipt of all required governmental permits and approvals and with all due diligence), in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect or (ii) terminate this Lease, in which event Landlord shall give written notice to Tenant within sixty (60) days after the event of damage or destruction of Landlord’s election to terminate this Lease as of the date of the event of damage or destruction. If such Uninsured Casualty was caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or any Tenant Related Parties, then Tenant shall be liable to Landlord therefor. If Landlord elects to terminate this Lease pursuant to the provisions of this subparagraph due to lack of funds, Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant’s sole election, to contribute any shortfall, in which case Landlord’s election to terminate shall be of no further force or effect and Landlord shall rebuild or restore the Premises pursuant to the provisions of this Article 15. If Landlord is obligated to rebuild or restore the Premises pursuant to the terms of the immediately preceding sentence, then, as a condition precedent to such obligation, Tenant shall contribute to Landlord in cash the shortfall in funds prior to the date that Landlord notifies Tenant that Landlord is ready to commence, or cause to be commenced, the rebuilding or restoration of the Premises. Such notice by Landlord to Tenant shall be given to Tenant at least thirty (30) days prior to the date that Landlord intends to commence, or cause to be commenced, the rebuilding or restoration of the Premises.

15.4 Tenant s Election . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Paragraph 15, Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease in the event the Premises are damaged or destroyed and, in the reasonable opinion of Landlord’s architect or construction consultants, the restoration of the Premises cannot be substantially completed within three hundred (300) days after the event of damage or destruction. Unless Landlord provides Tenant with notice of termination under Paragraphs 15.2, 15.3, 15.5, or 15.10 hereof, Landlord shall provide Tenant with written notice within sixty (60) days after the event of damage or destruction of the estimated restoration period (including whether, in the reasonable opinion of Landlord’s architects or construction consultants, the restoration of the Premises can be substantially completed within said 300-day-period). Tenant’s election to terminate under this Paragraph 15.4 shall be made by written notice to Landlord within ten (10) business days after Tenant receives from Landlord the estimate of the time needed to complete repair or restoration of the Premises. If Tenant does not deliver said notice within said ten (10) business day period, Tenant may not later terminate this Lease even if substantial completion of the rebuilding or restoration occurs subsequent to said three hundred (300) day period, provided that Landlord is proceeding with due diligence to rebuild or restore the Premises. If Tenant delivers said notice within said ten (10) business day period, this Lease shall terminate as of the date of the event of damage or destruction. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, if Landlord elects to restore the Premises and Tenant notifies Landlord that Tenant does not elect to terminate this Lease, and Landlord fails to complete the restoration within the three hundred (300) day period, as such three hundred (300) day period shall be extended one (1) day for each day that Landlord is delayed in completing such restoration due to any act, omission, negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or any Tenant Related Parties and/or any Force Majeure Delays (as defined below), Tenant shall have the right to deliver to Landlord written notice of its election to terminate this Lease on the date that is thirty (30) days after the date of Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s notice, and if Landlord fails to complete the restoration within the thirty (30) day period, this Lease shall terminate as of the date that is thirty (30) days after the date of Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s notice. For purposes of the immediately preceding sentence, the term “Force Majeure Delays” shall mean any delay in the completion of the restoration of the Premises due to (i) strike, lockout, or other labor or industrial disturbance, civil disturbance, judicial order, governmental

 

-45-


rule or regulation, act of public enemy, war, riot, sabotage, blockade, embargo, inability to secure customary materials or supplies; (ii) inability to secure building permits and approvals; (iii) delay in the restoration of the Premises despite Landlord’s diligent efforts to complete same, because of changes in any laws subsequent to the execution date of this Lease or changes in the interpretation of any such law by the applicable building department; (iv) lightning, earthquake, fire, storm, flood, washout, explosion, or (v) any other causes beyond Landlord’s reasonable control; however, such Force Majeure Delays shall not exceed ninety (90) days in the aggregate.

15.5 Damage or Destruction Near End of Lease Term .. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Paragraph 15, in the event the Premises are damaged or destroyed in whole or in part from any cause during the last twelve (12) months of the Lease Term and cannot reasonably be restored within sixty (60) days, Landlord (or Tenant provided such damage or destruction was not caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or any Tenant Related Parties) may, at its option, terminate this Lease as of the date of the event of damage or destruction by giving written notice to the other of its election to do so within thirty (30) days after the event of such damage or destruction.

15.6 Termination of Lease . If the Lease is terminated pursuant to this Paragraph 15, the current Rentals shall be proportionately reduced during the period following the event of damage or destruction until the termination date, based upon the extent to which the damage or destruction renders the Premises unsuitable for the operation of Tenant’s business (as reasonably determined by Landlord and Tenant in good faith) and Tenant and Tenant Related Parties are not using such unsuitable area.

15.7 Abatement of Rentals . If the Premises are to be rebuilt or restored pursuant to this Paragraph 15, the then current Rentals shall be proportionately reduced from the date of such damage or destruction to the Premises, or applicable part thereof, until such damage is fully restored, based upon the extent to which the damage or destruction renders the Premises unsuitable for the operation of Tenant’s business (as reasonably determined by Landlord) and Tenant and Tenant Related Parties are not using such unsuitable area.

15.8 Liability for Personal Property . Except to the extent arising out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct Landlord or that of its agents, employees or contractors (and then subject to the provisions of Paragraph 8.6 above), in no event shall Landlord have any liability for, nor shall it be required to repair or restore, any injury or damage to any Alterations to the Premises made by Tenant or any Tenant Related Parties at the expense of Tenant or any Tenant Related Parties (or through an allowance provided by Landlord), or any of Tenant’s trade fixtures, office equipment, merchandise, office furniture, or any other personal property installed by Tenant (or any Tenant Related Parties). If Landlord or Tenant does not elect to terminate this Lease pursuant to this Paragraph 15, then following Landlord’s substantial completion of the Landlord’s restoration work under this Paragraph 15, Tenant shall be obligated to promptly rebuild or restore all Alterations to the Premises made by Tenant or any Tenant Related Parties that were damaged or destroyed to substantially the same condition existing immediately prior to the damage or destruction in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 13.1.

15.9 Waiver of Civil Code Remedies . Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the rights and obligations of the parties upon damage or destruction of the Premises are as set forth herein; therefore Tenant hereby expressly waives any rights to terminate this Lease upon damage or destruction of the Premises, except as specifically provided by this Lease, including without limitation any rights pursuant to the provisions of Subdivision 2 of Section 1932 and Subdivision 4 of Section 1933 of the California Civil Code, as amended from time to time, and the provisions of any similar law hereinafter enacted, which provisions relate to the termination of the hiring of a thing upon its substantial damage or destruction.

 

-46-


15.10 Damage or Destruction to the Building . The foregoing notwithstanding, in the event the Building is damaged or destroyed to the extent of more than thirty-three and one-third percent (33 1/3%) of the then replacement cost thereof, Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease so long as Landlord terminates the leases of all other tenants in the Building, whether or not the Premises are damaged. Landlord shall notify Tenant of its election to terminate under this Paragraph 15.10 within sixty (60) days of the event of such damage or destruction.

16. Condemnation .

16.1 Definition of Terms . For the purposes of this Lease, the term: (a) “Taking” means a taking of the Premises, Common Area, or Building or damage related to the exercise of the power of eminent domain and includes, without limitation, a voluntary conveyance, in lieu of court proceedings, to any agency, authority, public utility, person or corporate entity empowered to condemn property; (b) “Total Taking” means the Taking of the entire Premises or so much of the Premises, Building or Common Area as to prevent or substantially impair the use thereof by Tenant for the uses herein specified; provided, however, that in no event shall the Taking of less than twenty percent (20%) of the Premises or fifty percent (50%) of the Building and Common Area be considered a Total Taking; (c) “Partial Taking” means the Taking of twenty percent (20%) or less of the Premises, Building or Common Area for six (6) months or less; (d) “Date of Taking” means the date upon which the title to the Premises, Building or Common Area or a portion thereof, passes to and vests in the condemnor or the effective date of any order for possession if issued prior to the date title vests in the condemnor; and (e) “Award” means the amount of any award made, consideration paid, or damages ordered as a result of a Taking.

16.2 Rights . The parties agree that in the event of a Taking all rights between them or in and to an Award shall be as set forth herein.

16.3 Total Taking . In the event of a Total Taking during the Lease Term: (a) the rights of Tenant under this Lease and in the leasehold estate of Tenant (and the rights of Tenant in and to the Premises and right to use the Common Area) shall cease and terminate as of the Date of Taking; (b) Landlord shall refund to Tenant any prepaid Base Rent that has not then been applied; (c) Tenant shall pay Landlord any Rentals due Landlord under the Lease, prorated as of the Date of Taking; (d) to the extent the Award is not payable to the beneficiary or mortgagee of a deed of trust or mortgage affecting the Premises, Tenant shall receive from the Award those portions of the Award attributable to trade fixtures of Tenant; and (e) the remainder of the Award shall be paid to and be the property of Landlord. Nothing contained in this Paragraph 16.3 shall be deemed to deny Tenant its right to recover awards made by the condemning authority for moving costs, relocation costs, and costs attributable to goodwill and Alterations installed by Tenant to the extent paid for by Tenant.

16.4 Partial Taking . In the event of a Partial Taking during the Lease Term: (a) the rights of Tenant under the Lease and in the leasehold estate of Tenant in and to the portion of the Premises taken shall cease and terminate as of the Date of Taking; (b) from and after the Date of Taking the Base Rent shall be an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying the then current Base Rent by the quotient obtained by dividing the fair market value of the Premises immediately after the Taking by the fair market value of the Premises immediately prior to the Taking; (c) to the extent the Award is not payable to the beneficiary or mortgagee of a deed of trust or mortgage affecting the Premises, Tenant

 

-47-


shall receive from the Award the portions of the Award attributable to trade fixtures; and (d) the remainder of the Award shall be paid to and be the property of Landlord. Each party waives the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1265.130 allowing either party to petition the Superior Court to terminate this Lease in the event of a Partial Taking. Nothing contained in this Paragraph 16.4 shall be deemed to deny Tenant its right to recover awards made by the condemning authority for moving costs, relocation costs, and costs attributable to goodwill and leasehold improvements installed by Tenant. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, if twenty percent (20%) or more of the Premises is taken by any agency, authority, public utility, person or corporate entity empowered to condemn property for more than six (6) months, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease.

17. Liens .

17.1 Premises to Be Free of Liens . Tenant shall pay for all labor and services performed for, and all materials used by or furnished to Tenant, any Tenant Related Parties, or any contractor employed by Tenant (or any Tenant Related Party) with respect to the Premises. Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and keep the Project free from any liens, claims, demands, encumbrances, or judgments, including all costs, liabilities and attorneys’ fees with respect thereto, created or suffered by reason of any labor or services performed for, or materials used by or furnished to, Tenant or any Tenant Related Parties or any contractor employed by Tenant with respect to the Premises; provided, however, in no event shall the foregoing be construed as requiring Tenant to indemnify, defend, protect or hold harmless the Landlord for any claims, demands, encumbrances, or judgments, including all costs, liabilities and attorneys’ fees with respect thereto to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its employees, contractors or agents. Tenant’s obligations under the immediately preceding sentence shall survive Lease Termination. Landlord shall have the right, at all times, to post and keep posted on the Premises, as the case may be, any notices permitted or required by law, or which Landlord shall deem proper for the protection of Landlord and the Premises, Building, Common Area, and Land, and any other party having an interest therein, from mechanics’ and materialmen’s liens, including without limitation a notice of non-responsibility.

17.2 Notice of Lien; Bond . Should any claims of lien be filed against, or any action filed to assert a claim of lien be commenced affecting the Premises, Tenant’s interest in the Premises or any other portion of the Project, Tenant shall give Landlord notice of such lien or action within five (5) business days after Tenant receives notice of the filing of the lien or the commencement of the action. In the event that Tenant shall not, within twenty (20) days following the date Tenant becomes aware of the imposition of any such lien arising from or in connection with labor or services performed for, or materials used by or furnished to, Tenant, any Tenant Related Parties or any of Tenant’s invitees or any contractor employed by Tenant with respect to the Premises, cause such lien to be released of record by payment or posting of a proper bond, Landlord shall have, in addition to all other remedies provided herein and by law, the right, but not the obligation, to cause the same to be released by such means as Landlord shall deem proper, including payment of the claim giving rise to such lien or posting of a proper bond. All such sums paid by Landlord and all expenses incurred by Landlord in connection therewith, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, shall be payable to Landlord by Tenant as Additional Rent within thirty (30) days after receipt of written demand.

18. Landlord s Right of Access to Premises . Landlord reserves and shall have the right and Tenant shall permit (and cause all Tenant Related Parties to permit) Landlord and Landlord’s agents and employees and designated consultants, contractors and other representatives to enter the Premises at any reasonable time during normal business hours with reasonable prior notice (except in the event of an

 

-48-


emergency) and subject to any reasonable security measures of Tenant for the purpose of (i) inspecting the Premises, (ii) performing Landlord’s maintenance and repair responsibilities set forth herein, (iii) posting notices of non-responsibility, (iv) placing upon the Premises at any time “For Sale” signs, (v) placing on the Premises ordinary “For Lease” signs at any time within one hundred eighty (180) days prior to Lease Termination, or at any time there exists a Default of Tenant, or at such other times as agreed to by Landlord and Tenant, (vi) protecting the Premises in the event of an emergency and (vii) exhibiting the Premises to prospective purchasers or lenders at any reasonable time (or to prospective tenants during the last nine (9) months of the Term). In the event of an emergency, Landlord shall have the right to use any and all means which Landlord reasonably may deem proper to gain access to the Premises. Any entry to the Premises by Landlord or Landlord’s agents, employees, consultants or contractors in accordance with this Paragraph 18 or any other provision of this Lease shall not under any circumstances be construed or deemed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into, or a detainer of the Premises, or an eviction of Tenant from the Premises (unless Tenant is denied all beneficial use of the Premises for twelve (12) consecutive months or more) or any portion thereof nor give Tenant the right to abate the Rentals payable under this Lease. The parenthetical set forth in the immediately preceding sentence shall not apply to the extent the Landlord enters the Premises during the continuance of any Default by Tenant to perform, or cause to be performed, acts of maintenance or preservation or efforts to relet the Premises, including, but not limited to alterations, remodeling, redecorating, repairs, replacements and/or painting as Landlord shall consider advisable for the purpose of reletting the Premises or any part thereof or if a receiver appointed upon the initiative of Landlord to protect Landlord’s interest under this Lease or in the Premises enters the Premises pursuant to the terms of a receivership order. Tenant hereby waives any claims for damages for any injury or inconvenience to or interference with Tenant’s business, any loss of occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Premises, and, except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents, employees or contractors (but subject to the terms of Paragraph 8.6 above), any other loss occasioned by Landlord’s or Landlord’s agents’ entry into the Premises as permitted by this Paragraph 18 or any other provision of this Lease. In no event, however, shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any claim of consequential damages, including, without limitation, lost profits, loss of income or loss of business.

19. Landlord s Right to Perform Tenant s Covenants . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, if Tenant shall at any time fail to make any payment or perform any other act required to be made or performed by Tenant under this Lease, Landlord may upon ten (10) days written default notice to Tenant, but shall not be obligated to and without waiving or releasing Tenant from any obligation under this Lease, make such payment or perform such other act to the extent that Landlord may deem desirable, and in connection therewith, pay expenses and employ counsel. All reasonable sums so paid by Landlord and all penalties, interest and reasonable costs in connection therewith shall be due and payable by Tenant as Additional Rent within thirty (30) days after receipt of written demand.

20. Lender Requirements .

20.1 Subordination . This Lease, at Landlord’s option, shall be subject and subordinate to the lien of any mortgages or deeds of trust (including all advances thereunder, renewals, replacements, modifications, supplements, consolidations, and extensions thereof) in any amount(s) whatsoever now or hereafter placed on or against or affecting the Premises, Building or Land, or Landlord’s interest or estate therein without the necessity of the execution and delivery of any further instruments on the part of Tenant to effectuate such subordination; provided that any such mortgagee or beneficiary under any future mortgage or deed of trust agrees in writing that this Lease shall not be terminated or modified in any material way in the event of any foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure if Tenant is not in default under this Lease beyond applicable notice and cure periods. If any mortgagee

 

-49-


or beneficiary shall elect to have this Lease prior to the lien of its mortgage or deed of trust, and shall give written notice thereof to Tenant, this Lease shall be deemed prior to such mortgage or deed of trust, whether this Lease is dated prior or subsequent to the date of such mortgage or deed of trust or the date of the recording thereof.

20.2 Subordination Agreements . Tenant shall execute and deliver, without charge therefor, such further commercially reasonable instruments evidencing subordination of this Lease to the lien of any mortgages or deeds of trust affecting the Premises, Building or Land as may be reasonably required by Landlord within ten (10) business days following Landlord’s request therefor; provided that such mortgagee or beneficiary under such mortgage or deed of trust agrees in writing that this Lease shall not be terminated or modified in any material way in the event of any foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure if Tenant is not in default under this Lease beyond applicable notice and cure periods. As a condition to Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, prior to or at execution of this Lease, Landlord shall cause its existing lender holding a security interest in the Building and Land to enter into a commercially reasonable subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement (“SNDA”) with Tenant that has been approved by Landlord, Lender and Tenant, and Landlord shall deliver the same to Tenant for execution and delivery to Landlord or its lender.

20.3 Approval by Lenders . Tenant recognizes that the provisions of this Lease may be subject to the approval of any financial institution that may make a loan secured by a new or subsequent deed of trust or mortgage affecting the Premises, Building or Land. If the financial institution should require, as a condition to such financing, any reasonable modifications of this Lease in order to protect its security interest in the Premises including without limitation, modification of the provisions relating to damage to and/or condemnation of the Premises, Tenant agrees to negotiate in good faith with Landlord and such financial institution to agree on mutually acceptable modifications and execute the appropriate amendments; provided, however, that no modification shall substantially change the size, location or dimension of the Premises, or shall increase the Rentals payable by Tenant hereunder or shall, in any material respect, otherwise increase Tenant’s obligations under this Lease or reduce Tenant’s rights or Landlord’s obligations under this Lease.

20.4 Attornment . In the event of foreclosure or the exercise of the power of sale under any mortgage or deed of trust made by Landlord and covering the Premises, Building or Land, Tenant shall attorn to such foreclosing lender or such purchaser upon any such foreclosure or sale and recognize such foreclosing lender or purchaser as the Landlord under this Lease.

20.5 Estoppel Certificates and Financial Statements .

(a) Delivery by Tenant . Tenant shall, within ten (10) business days following written request by Landlord therefor and without charge, execute and deliver to Landlord any and all estoppel certificates reasonably requested by Landlord in connection with the sale or financing of the Premises, Building or Land, or requested by any lender making a loan affecting the Premises, Building or Land, or applicable part thereof. Landlord may require that Tenant in any estoppel certificate shall (i) certify that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if modified, state the nature of such modification and certify that this Lease, as so modified, is in full force and effect) and has not been assigned (or, if assigned, disclosing the same), (ii) certify the date to which Rentals are paid in advance, if any, (iii) acknowledge that there are not, to Tenant’s knowledge, any uncured defaults on the part of Landlord hereunder, or specify such defaults if claimed, (iv) evidence the status of this Lease as may be reasonably required either by a lender making a loan to Landlord to be secured by a deed of trust or mortgage covering the Premises, Building or Land, or applicable part thereof, or a purchaser of the

 

-50-


Premises, Building or Land, or applicable part thereof, from Landlord, (v) certify that all improvements to be constructed on the Premises by Landlord have been substantially completed except for punch list items which do not prevent Tenant from using the Premises for its intended use, or if substantial completion has not occurred with respect to all or any portion of such improvements, specify which improvements have not been substantially completed, and (vi) certify such other matters relating to the Lease, the Premises and/or Common Area as may be reasonably requested by a lender making a loan to Landlord or a purchaser of the Premises, Building or Land, or applicable part thereof, from Landlord. Any such estoppel certificate may be conclusively relied upon by any prospective purchaser or encumbrancer of the Premises, Building or Land.

(b) Financial Statements . Within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s written request therefor (but in no event more often than quarterly during each calendar year unless Tenant is in default hereunder beyond applicable notice and cure periods, or Landlord is selling or refinancing the Building or Project), Tenant shall furnish to Landlord copies of Tenant’s most recent audited or certified (but unaudited) annual financial statements (in connection with the delivery of certified unaudited financial statements, the certification shall be made by an authorized representative of Tenant who is most knowledgeable concerning the financial condition of Tenant, to that person’s actual knowledge). Such financial statements of Tenant shall include an opinion of a certified public accountant (if available) and a balance sheet and profit and loss statement for the most recent year, or a reasonable substitute for the form of such financial information, all prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied. Landlord shall treat such financial statements and the information therein as confidential and shall not disclose the same, including, without limitation, any information contained therein (collectively, “Confidential Information”) to anyone other than persons within Landlord’s and/or its affiliates’ or property manager’s organization or advisors, prospective purchasers or lenders or prospective lenders who have a need to know in the course of the performance of their duties analyzing or evaluating the Confidential Information, and Landlord shall request that persons in its organization or advisors, purchasers or lenders to keep same in strict confidence. This paragraph does not apply to Confidential Information that (i) was in the public domain at the time of communication to Landlord; (ii) becomes known to Landlord through disclosure by sources other than Tenant having the legal right to disclose such Confidential Information; (iii) is independently acquired or developed by Landlord; or (iv) is required to be disclosed by Landlord to comply with applicable laws or regulations (including, without limitation, pursuant to a subpoena); provided that Landlord provides prior written notice to Tenant and takes reasonable actions to minimize the extent of disclosure. Landlord’s obligations under this Paragraph 20.5(b) shall survive expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.

(c) Nondelivery by Tenant . Tenant’s failure to deliver an estoppel certificate as required pursuant to Paragraph 20.5(a) above shall, in addition to Landlord’s other rights and remedies for such failure, be conclusive upon Tenant that (i) this Lease is in full force and effect, without modification except as may be represented by Landlord and has not been assigned, (ii) there are now no uncured defaults in Landlord’s performance, (iii) no Rentals have been paid in advance except those that are set forth in this Lease, and (iv) Tenant has accepted possession of the Premises. As provided in Paragraph 14.1(j) above, Tenant’s failure to deliver any financial statements, estoppel certificates or other documents as required pursuant to Paragraph 20.5(a) or Paragraph 20.5(b) above shall be a Default by Tenant if not delivered to Landlord within ten (10) business days following Tenant’s receipt of written notice that such financial statements, estoppel certificates or other documents required pursuant to Paragraph 20.5(a) or Paragraph 20.5(b) are past due.

 

-51-


21. Holding Over . This Lease shall terminate without further notice at the expiration of the Lease Term. Any holding over by Tenant (or any Tenant Related Parties) after Lease Termination shall not constitute a renewal or extension of the Lease Term, nor give Tenant any rights in or to the Premises except as expressly provided in this Lease. If Tenant holds over after termination of this Lease without the express written consent of Landlord, Tenant shall become a tenant at sufferance only. Tenant agrees that the reasonable value of the use of the Premises during any such holding over without consent shall be one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) for the first month of any holdover, and one hundred fifty percent (150%) for each month of holdover thereafter, of the monthly Base Rent in effect upon the date of such termination (prorated on a daily basis), and Tenant shall continue to pay during such holdover period all Additional Rent payable by Tenant in effect upon the date of such termination (prorated on a daily basis). Acceptance by Landlord of rent after such termination shall not constitute a hold over hereunder or result in a renewal. If Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after Lease Termination without Landlord’s consent for more than thirty (30) days, Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against any loss, damage, expense, claim or liability resulting from Tenant’s failure to surrender the Premises, including without limitation, any claims made by any succeeding tenant based on delay in the availability of the Premises; provided, however, in no event shall the foregoing be construed as requiring Tenant to indemnify Landlord for any loss, damage, expense, claim or liability to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its respective employees, contractors or agents. The provisions of this Paragraph 21 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

22. Notices . Any notice required or desired to be given under this Lease shall be in writing, and all notices shall be given by personal delivery (which includes nationally recognized overnight courier service) or mailing. Any notice given pursuant to this Paragraph 22 shall be deemed to have been given when personally delivered (including delivery by nationally recognized overnight courier), or if mailed, when three (3) business days have elapsed from the time when such notice was deposited in the United States mail, certified or registered mail and postage prepaid, addressed to the party at the last address given for purposes of notice pursuant to the provisions of this Paragraph 22. At the date of execution of this Lease, the addresses of Landlord and Tenant are set forth in Paragraph 1.14 above.

23. Attorneys Fees . In the event either party hereto shall bring any action or legal proceeding for damages for an alleged breach of any provision of this Lease, to recover Rentals, to enforce an indemnity, defense or hold harmless obligation, to terminate the tenancy of the Premises, or to enforce, protect, interpret, or establish any term, condition, or covenant of this Lease or right or remedy of either party, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover, as a part of such action or proceeding, reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs for appeal, as may be fixed by the court or jury. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, “prevailing party” as used in this paragraph shall include the party who dismisses an action for recovery hereunder in exchange for sums allegedly due, performance of covenants allegedly breached or considerations substantially equal to the relief sought in the action.

24. Assignment, Subletting and Hypothecation .

24.1 In General . Tenant shall not voluntarily sell, assign or transfer all or any part of Tenant’s interest in this Lease or in the Premises or any part thereof, sublease all or any part of the Premises, or permit all or any part of the Premises to be used by any person or entity other than Tenant or Tenant’s employees, except as specifically provided in this Paragraph 24.

 

-52-


24.2 Voluntary Assignment and Subletting .

(a) Notice to Landlord . Tenant shall, by written notice, advise Landlord of Tenant’s desire on a stated date (which date shall not be less than thirty (30) days nor more than ninety (90) days after the date of Tenant’s notice) to assign this Lease or to sublet all or any part of the Premises for any part of the Lease Term. Tenant’s notice referred to immediately above shall state the name, legal composition and address of the proposed assignee or subtenant, and Tenant shall provide the following information to Landlord with said notice: a true and complete copy of the proposed assignment agreement or sublease; a financial statement of the proposed assignee or subtenant prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles within one year prior to the proposed effective date of the assignment or sublease; the nature of the proposed assignee’s or subtenant’s business to be carried on in the Premises; the payments to be made or other consideration to be given on account of the assignment or sublease; a current financial statement of Tenant; and such other pertinent information as may be requested by Landlord, all in sufficient detail to enable Landlord to evaluate the proposed assignment or sublease and the prospective assignee or subtenant. Tenant’s notice shall not be deemed to have been served or given until such time as Tenant has provided Landlord with all information reasonably requested by Landlord pursuant to this Paragraph 24.2. Tenant shall immediately notify Landlord of any modification to the proposed terms of such assignment or sublease.

(b) Intentionally Omitted.

(c) Landlord s Consent . Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its consent to any proposed assignment or subletting by Tenant on the terms and conditions specified in Tenant’s notice referred to above. Landlord shall reasonably approve or disapprove any assignment or subletting proposed by Tenant for which Landlord’s approval is required hereunder within ten (10) business days following Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s notice of proposed assignment or subletting and receipt of the information referred to in Paragraph 24.2(a) above. Without otherwise limiting the criteria upon which Landlord may withhold its consent to any proposed assignment or sublease, if Landlord withholds its consent where Tenant is in default, beyond applicable notice and cure periods, at the time of the giving of Tenant’s notice or on the effective date of any assignment or sublease, or where the net worth of the proposed assignee (according to generally accepted accounting principles) is not, in Landlord’s reasonable business judgment, sufficient to permit the proposed assignee to perform Tenant’s remaining obligations under this Lease, such withholding of consent shall be presumptively reasonable. Fifty percent (50%) of any and all rent paid by an assignee or subtenant in excess of the Rentals to be paid under this Lease (prorated in the event of a sublease of less than the entire Premises), after Tenant’s deduction therefrom, on an amortized basis over the balance of the Term of this Lease (until fully amortized) of (i) tenant improvement costs paid by Tenant in order to obtain the Lease assignment or subletting in question, (ii) all reasonable brokerage commissions paid by Tenant to third parties not affiliated with Tenant in order to obtain the Lease assignment or subletting in question, and (iii) all reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by Tenant in connection with obtaining the Lease assignment or subletting in question shall be paid directly to Landlord, as Additional Rent, at the time and place specified in this Lease. For the purposes of this Paragraph 24, the term “rent” shall include any consideration of any kind received, or to be received, by Tenant from an assignee or subtenant, if such sums are related to Tenant’s interest in this Lease or in the Premises, including, but not limited to key money, bonus money, and payments (in excess of the fair market value thereof) for Tenant’s assets, fixtures, trade fixtures, inventory, accounts, goodwill, equipment, furniture, general intangibles, and any capital stock or other equity ownership interest of Tenant. Any assignment or subletting without Landlord’s consent (where Landlord’s consent was required under the terms of this Paragraph 24) shall be voidable at Landlord’s option, and shall constitute a default by Tenant, subject to applicable notice and cure periods. Landlord’s consent to any one assignment or sublease shall not constitute a waiver of the provisions of this Paragraph 24 as to any subsequent assignment or sublease nor a consent to any subsequent assignment or sublease; further, Landlord’s consent to an assignment or sublease shall not release Tenant from Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, and Tenant shall remain jointly and severally liable with the assignee or subtenant.

 

-53-


(d) Assumption of Obligations . In the event Landlord consents to any assignment, such consent shall be conditioned upon the assignee expressly assuming and agreeing to be bound by each of Tenant’s covenants, agreements and obligations contained in this Lease, pursuant to a written assignment and assumption agreement in a form reasonably approved by Landlord. Landlord’s consent to any assignment or sublease shall be evidenced by Landlord’s signature on said assignment and assumption agreement or on said sublease or by a commercially reasonable separate written consent prepared by Landlord and to be executed by Tenant and the applicable assignee or sublessee. In the event Landlord consents to a proposed assignment or sublease, such assignment or sublease shall be valid and the assignee or subtenant shall have the right to take possession of the Premises only if an executed original of the assignment or sublease is delivered to Landlord, and such document contains the same terms and conditions as stated in Tenant’s notice to Landlord given pursuant to Paragraph 24.2(a) above, except for any such modifications to which Landlord has consented in writing.

24.3 Collection of Rent . Tenant hereby irrevocably gives to and confers upon Landlord, as security for Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, the right, power and authority to collect all rents from any assignee or subtenant of all or any part of the Premises as permitted by this Paragraph 24, or otherwise, and Landlord, as assignee of Tenant, or a receiver for Tenant appointed on Landlord’s application, may collect such rent and apply it toward Tenant’s obligations under this Lease; provided, however, that until the occurrence of any Default by Tenant, Tenant shall have the right to collect such rent. Upon the occurrence of any Default by Tenant, Landlord may at any time without notice in Landlord’s own name sue for or otherwise collect such rent, including rent past due and unpaid, and apply the same, less costs and expenses of operation and collection, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, toward Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. Landlord’s collection of such rents shall not constitute an acceptance by Landlord of attornment by such subtenants. In the event of a Default by Tenant, Landlord shall have all rights provided by this Lease and by law, and Landlord may, upon re-entry and taking possession of the Premises, eject all parties in possession or eject some and not others, or eject none, as Landlord shall determine in Landlord’s sole discretion.

24.4 Corporations and Partnerships . If Tenant is a corporation or limited liability company, then, except as otherwise expressly provided in the immediately following paragraph, any dissolution, merger, consolidation or other reorganization of Tenant, any sale or transfer (or cumulative sales or transfers) of the capital stock or membership interests of Tenant in excess of fifty percent (50%), or any sale (or cumulative sales) of all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant shall be deemed an assignment of this Lease requiring the prior written consent of Landlord. If Tenant is a partnership, then, except as otherwise expressly provided in the immediately following paragraph, any withdrawal or substitution (whether voluntary, involuntary, or by operation of law and whether occurring at one time or over a period of time) of any partner(s) owning fifty percent (50%) or more (cumulatively) of the partnership, any assignment(s) of fifty percent (50%) or more (cumulatively) of any interest in the capital or profits of the partnership, or the dissolution of the partnership shall be deemed an assignment of this Lease requiring the prior written consent of Landlord. Any such withdrawal or substitution of partners or assignment of any interest in or dissolution of a partnership tenant, and any such sale of stock, membership interests or assets of a corporate or limited liability company tenant or dissolution, merger, consolidation or other reorganization of a corporate or limited liability company without the prior written consent of Landlord shall be a Default by Tenant hereunder. The foregoing notwithstanding, the sale or transfer of any or all of the capital stock of a corporation, the capital stock of which is now or hereafter becomes publicly traded, shall not be deemed an assignment of this Lease.

 

-54-


Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Tenant, without Landlord’s prior written consent (but with notice to Landlord), may sublet the Premises or assign this Lease to (i) a subsidiary, affiliate or entity controlled by, which controls or is under common control with Tenant; (ii) a successor entity related to Tenant by merger, consolidation, non-bankruptcy reorganization or government action; or (iii) a purchaser of all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets or common stock, provided that in connection with any assignment or subletting to a successor entity or purchaser pursuant to clause (ii) or (iii) immediately above, the successor or Tenant following such purchase of all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets or common stock has a net worth which, in Landlord’s reasonable business judgment, is sufficient to permit the proposed assignee to perform Tenant’s remaining obligations under this Lease (each, a “Permitted Transferee”). For purposes of this Lease, a transfer or issuance of Tenant’s stock over the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange, or NASDAQ or by virtue of a private placement with a venture capital firm or other equity investor wherein such venture capital firm or other equity investor receives stock in Tenant shall not be deemed an assignment, subletting or other transfer of this Lease or the Premises requiring Landlord’s consent. Any right of Landlord to receive excess Rentals shall not apply to a Permitted Transfer.

Notwithstanding that a Transfer is made to a Permitted Transferee, Tenant shall not be released from any of its obligations under this Lease and a Permitted Transferee to whom this Lease is assigned shall be required to assume all of Tenant’s obligations hereunder as a condition to such transfer being permitted without Landlord’s prior written consent. A Transfer to a Permitted Transferee shall not be subject to the provisions of Paragraph 24.2 above.

24.5 Reasonable Provisions . Tenant expressly agrees that the provisions of this Paragraph 24 are not unreasonable standards or conditions for purposes of Section 1951.4(b)(2) of the California Civil Code, as amended from time to time, under bankruptcy laws, or for any other purpose.

24.6 Attorneys Fees . Tenant shall pay, as Additional Rent, Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’ fees for reviewing, investigating, processing and/or documenting any requested assignment or sublease, whether or not Landlord’s consent is granted, provided that such attorneys’ fees do not exceed $2,500.00 per request for consent.

24.7 Involuntary Transfer . No interest of Tenant in this Lease shall be assignable involuntarily or by operation of law, including, without limitation, the transfer of this Lease by testacy or intestacy. Each of the following acts shall be considered an involuntary assignment:

(a) If Tenant is or becomes bankrupt or insolvent, makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or a proceeding under any bankruptcy law is instituted in which Tenant is the bankrupt; or, if Tenant is a partnership or consists of more than one person or entity, if any partner of the partnership or other person or entity is or becomes bankrupt or insolvent, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors;

(b) Levy of a writ of attachment or execution on this Lease;

(c) Appointment of a receiver with authority to take possession of the Premises in any proceeding or action to which Tenant is a party; or

(d) Foreclosure of any lien affecting Tenant’s interest in the Premises, which lien was not consented to by Landlord pursuant to Paragraph 24.8.

 

-55-


An involuntary assignment shall constitute a Default by Tenant and Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease, in which case this Lease shall not be treated as an asset of Tenant. In the event the Lease is not terminated, the provisions of Paragraph 24.2(c) regarding rents paid by an assignee or subtenant shall apply. If a writ of attachment or execution is levied on this Lease, or if any involuntary proceeding in bankruptcy is brought against Tenant or a receiver is appointed, Tenant shall have sixty (60) days in which to cause the attachment or execution to be removed, the involuntary proceeding dismissed, or the receiver removed. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, in the event of a conflict between the provisions of this Section 24.7 and applicable federal or state bankruptcy law, applicable federal or state bankruptcy law shall control.

24.8 Hypothecation . Tenant shall not hypothecate, mortgage or encumber Tenant’s interest in this Lease or in the Premises or otherwise use this Lease as a security device in any manner without the consent of Landlord, which consent Landlord may withhold in its sole and absolute discretion. Consent by Landlord to any such hypothecation or creation of a lien or mortgage shall not constitute consent to an assignment or other transfer of this Lease following foreclosure of any permitted lien or mortgage.

24.9 Binding on Successors .. The provisions of this Paragraph 24 expressly apply to all heirs, successors, sublessees, assignees and transferees of Tenant.

24.10 Assignment to Credit Assignee .

(a) Credit Assignee . In the event that (i) Tenant assigns this Lease to a third party meeting all of the qualifications set forth in Section 24.10(b) below (the “Credit Assignee”); (ii) the Credit Assignee has assumed in writing each of Tenant’s covenants, agreements and obligations contained in this Lease (the “Credit Assignment Agreement”); (iii) Landlord has consented to the assignment to the Credit Assignee pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Section 24; and (iv) the Credit Assignee has delivered to Landlord the Cash Security Deposit required by Section 1.13 above, Tenant shall be fully and finally released from its obligations under this Lease arising from and after the effective date of the assignment (the “Credit Assignment Date”). In no event shall the Credit Assignment Agreement be construed as granting or conferring upon Tenant and the Credit Assignee any greater rights than those contained in this Lease, nor shall there be any diminution of the rights and privileges of the Landlord under this Lease, nor shall this Lease be deemed modified in any respect. It is specifically understood that Landlord is not a party to the Credit Assignment Agreement and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Credit Assignment Agreement, Landlord is not bound by any terms, provisions, representations or warranties contained therein. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Credit Assignment Agreement and this Lease, the terms and conditions of this Lease shall control and supersede the Credit Assignment Agreement. The release provisions of this Paragraph 24.10(a) shall be personal to Bloom Energy Corporation and shall not apply to any other Tenant under this Lease.

(b) Qualifications . A “Credit Assignee” is an entity that, as of the effective date of the assignment referred to in Paragraph 24.10(a) above, is rated BBB or higher by a reputable credit reporting agency, or is unofficially and privately rated BBB or higher by a reputable credit reporting agency.

 

-56-


25. Successors . Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 24 above and Paragraph 30.2(a) below, the covenants, conditions, and agreements contained in this Lease shall be binding on the parties hereto and on their respective heirs, successors and assigns.

26. Landlord Default; Mortgagee Protection . Landlord shall not be in default under this Lease unless Tenant shall have given Landlord written notice of the breach and, within thirty (30) days after notice, Landlord has not cured the breach or, if the breach is such that it cannot reasonably be cured under the circumstances within thirty (30) days, has not commenced such cure within such thirty (30) day period or fails to diligently prosecute the cure to completion. Any money judgment obtained by Tenant based upon Landlord’s breach of this Lease shall be satisfied only out of Landlord’s interest in the Project and the sales, rental, insurance and condemnation proceeds therefrom (whether by Landlord or by execution of judgment). In the event of any breach or default of this Lease by Landlord, Tenant shall not have any recourse against any of Landlord’s members, manager, officers, directors, shareholders, or partners with respect to such breach and under no circumstances shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any claim of consequential damages, including, without limitation, lost profits, loss of income or loss of business. In the event of any default on the part of Landlord under this Lease, Tenant shall give notice by registered or certified mail or nationally recognized overnight courier to any beneficiary of a deed of trust or any mortgagee of a mortgage affecting the Premises, Building or Land whose address shall have been furnished to Tenant, and shall offer such beneficiary or mortgagee a reasonable opportunity to cure the default, including time to obtain possession of the Premises by power of sale or judicial foreclosure, if such should prove necessary to effect a cure.

27. Exhibits . All exhibits attached to this Lease shall be deemed to be incorporated herein by the individual reference to each such exhibit, and all such exhibits shall be deemed to be a part of this Lease as though set forth in full in the body of the Lease.

28. Surrender of Lease Not Merger . The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, or a mutual cancellation thereof, shall not work a merger and shall, at the option of Landlord, terminate all or any existing subleases or subtenants, or may, at the option of Landlord, operate as an assignment to Landlord of any or all such subleases or subtenants.

29. Waiver . The waiver by a party hereto of any breach of any term, covenant or condition herein contained (or the acceptance by a party of any performance by the other party after the time the same shall become due) shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such term, covenant or condition or any subsequent breach thereof or of any other term, covenant or condition herein contained, unless otherwise expressly agreed to by such party in writing. The acceptance by Landlord of any sum less than that which is required to be paid by Tenant shall be deemed to have been received only on account of the obligation for which it is paid (or for which it is allocated by Landlord, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, if Tenant does not designate the obligation as to which the payment should be credited), and shall not be deemed an accord and satisfaction notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary written on any check or contained in any letter of transmittal. The acceptance by Landlord of any sum tendered by a purported assignee or transferee of Tenant shall not be deemed a consent by Landlord to any assignment or transfer of Tenant’s interest herein. No custom or practice which may arise between the parties hereto in the administration of the terms of this Lease shall be construed as a waiver or diminution of a party’s right to demand performance by the other party in strict accordance with the terms of this Lease.

 

-57-


30. General .

30.1 Captions and Headings . The captions and paragraph headings used in this Lease are for convenience of reference only. They shall not be construed to limit or extend the meaning of any part of this Lease, and shall not be deemed relevant in resolving any question of interpretation or construction of any paragraph of this Lease.

30.2 Definitions .

(a) Landlord . The term Landlord as used in this Lease, so far as the covenants or obligations on the part of Landlord are concerned, shall be limited to mean and include only the owner at the time in question of the fee title to the Premises. In the event of any transfer(s) of such interest, so long as such transferee assumes in writing Landlord’s obligations under this Lease first accruing from and after the transfer, the Landlord herein named (and in case of any subsequent transfers or conveyances, the then grantor) shall have no further liability under this Lease to Tenant except as to matters of liability which have accrued and are unsatisfied as of the date of such transfer, it being intended that the covenants and obligations contained in this Lease on the part of Landlord shall be binding on Landlord and its successors and assigns only during and in respect of their respective periods of ownership of the fee; provided that any funds in the possession of Landlord or the then grantor and as to which Tenant has an interest, less any deductions permitted by law or this Lease, shall be turned over to the grantee. The covenants and obligations contained in this Lease on the part of Landlord shall, subject to the provisions of this Paragraph 30.2(a), be binding upon each Landlord and such Landlord’s heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns only during its respective period of ownership.

(b) Agents . For purposes of this Lease and without otherwise affecting the definition of the word “agent” or the meaning of an “agency,” the term “agents” shall be deemed to include the agents and employees of Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be.

(c) Interpretation of Terms . The words “Landlord” and “Tenant” as used herein shall include the plural as well as the singular. Words in the neuter gender include the masculine and feminine and words in the masculine or feminine gender include the neuter.

30.3 Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures . This Lease may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which, when so executed and delivered, shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts taken together shall constitute only one instrument. Facsimile signatures and PDF format signatures sent by electronic mail shall be treated and have the same effect as original signatures, and the parties agree to be bound thereby.

30.4 Time of Essence . Time is of the essence as to each and every provision in this Lease requiring performance within a specified time.

30.5 Severability . In case any one or more of the provisions contained herein shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under applicable law, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Lease, but this Lease shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had not been contained herein. In the event any provision of this Lease is invalid, illegal or unenforceable under applicable law, the parties shall use their respective best endeavors to negotiate and agree a substitute provision which is valid, legal and enforceable and achieves to the greatest extent possible the economic, legal and commercial objectives of such illegal, void, invalid, illegal or unenforceable term, condition, stipulation, provision, covenant or undertaking. In the event Tenant’s obligation to pay any Rentals hereunder is determined to be unenforceable, this Lease at the option of Landlord shall terminate.

 

-58-


30.6 Governing Law . This Lease shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

30.7 Joint and Several Liability . If Tenant is more than one person or entity, each such person or entity shall be jointly and severally liable for the obligations of Tenant hereunder. If Tenant is a husband and wife, the obligations hereunder shall extend to their sole and separate property as well as community property.

30.8 Construction of Lease Provisions . Although the provisions of this Lease were prepared by Landlord, the doctrine or rule of construction that ambiguities in this Lease shall be construed against the party drafting the same shall not be employed in connection with this Lease and this Lease shall be construed in accordance with the general tenor of the language to reach a fair and equitable result.

30.9 Tenant s Financial Statements . Prior to the date hereof, Tenant provided to Landlord financial statements of Tenant dated as of December 31, 2017. Tenant represents and warrants that said financial statements are true, correct and complete in all material respects, as of the respective dates of and for the periods referred to in such financial statements. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord is relying on such financial statements in accepting this Lease, and that a breach of Tenant’s warranty as to such financial statements shall constitute a Default by Tenant.

31. Signs . Landlord shall install, or has installed, and shall maintain, an electronic directory in the Building lobby. Such electronic directory shall include the name of Tenant. Landlord shall exercise commercially reasonable efforts to obtain approval from the City of San Jose for the construction or installation of (i) a monument sign on the Land at a location to be determined by Landlord and reasonably acceptable to Tenant, and (ii) an illuminated pylon sign on a portion of the Land in a location to be determined by Landlord and reasonably acceptable to Tenant. If Landlord is successful in obtaining approval of such monument sign, then Landlord, at Landlord’s expense (not chargeable to Tenant or the Improvement Allowance) shall install the monument sign structure and Tenant shall have the right, at its sole cost and expense, to have the name or tradename of Tenant installed on a panel on such monument sign during the Term of this Lease. If Landlord is successful in obtaining approval of such illuminated pylon sign referred to above, then Landlord, at Landlord’s expense (not chargeable to Tenant or the Improvement Allowance) shall install the pylon sign structure and Tenant shall have the right, at its sole cost and expense, to have the name or tradename of Tenant listed on such pylon sign. In addition, Tenant shall have the right to Tenant identification signage in the lobby of the Premises, subject to the reasonable approval of Landlord and the approval of the City of San Jose. All of the signage referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above and in the immediately preceding sentences, including, without limitation, the location of such signage, shall be subject to the approval of the City of San Jose. Tenant also shall be allowed during the Term of this Lease, including, without limitation, any extended or renewal term, subject to prior approval of the City of San Jose and satisfaction of all City of San Jose sign requirements, to install, at Tenant’s sole cost and expenses, rooftop signage on one side of the Building in a location approved by the City of San Jose and reasonably approved by Landlord and Tenant. The design of all of Tenant’s signage will be subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval; Landlord hereby pre-approves the design of the signage depicted in Exhibit I attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference. Except as expressly permitted pursuant to the

 

-59-


terms of this Paragraph 31, Tenant shall not place or permit to be placed any sign or decoration on the Land or on the exterior of the Building, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be given or withheld by Landlord in its sole discretion. Tenant may place “for lease” signs in connection with efforts to assign or sublease the Premises, subject to the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided that all such signs shall be removed by Tenant, at Tenant’s cost, on or prior to Lease Termination. In no event shall any such sign revolve, rotate, move or create the illusion of revolving, rotating or moving or be internally illuminated and there shall be no exterior spotlighting or other illumination on any such sign. Tenant, upon written notice by Landlord, shall immediately remove any of Tenant’s signs that are visible from the exterior of the Building or Premises or signs and decorations that Tenant has placed or permitted to be placed on the Land or the exterior of the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord. If Tenant fails to so remove such sign or decoration within five (5) business days after Landlord’s written notice, Landlord may enter upon the Premises, the Building and/or the Project, or applicable part thereof, and remove such sign or decoration and Tenant shall pay Landlord, as Additional Rent within thirty (30) days after receipt of written demand, the cost of such removal. All signs placed on the Premises, Building or Land by Tenant shall comply with all recorded documents affecting the Premises, Building or Land, as the case may be, including but not limited to any declaration of conditions, covenants and restrictions; and applicable statutes, ordinances, rules and regulations of governmental agencies having jurisdiction thereof. Tenant shall at Lease Termination remove any sign which it has placed on the Premises, Land or the Building, and shall, at its sole cost, repair any damage caused by the installation or removal of such sign.

32. Landlord as Party Defendant . If, by reason of any act or omission (where there is a duty to act) by Tenant or any Tenant Related Parties, Landlord is made a party defendant concerning this Lease, or any portion of the Project, Tenant shall indemnify Landlord against all liability actually incurred by Landlord as a party defendant, including all damages, costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees; provided, however, in no event shall Tenant’s indemnification obligation be construed as requiring Tenant to indemnify Landlord for any liability, including all damages, costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees, to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its respective employees, contractors or agents.

33. Landlord Not a Trustee . Landlord shall not be deemed to be a trustee of any funds paid to Landlord by Tenant (or held by Landlord for Tenant) pursuant to this Lease. Landlord shall not be required to keep any such funds separate from Landlord’s general funds or segregated from any funds paid to Landlord by (or held by Landlord for) other tenants of the Building. Any funds held by Landlord pursuant to this Lease shall not bear interest.

34. Interest . Any payment due from Tenant to Landlord shall bear interest from the date due until paid, at an annual rate equal to the greater of: ten percent (10%); or five percent (5%) plus the rate established by the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco, as of the twenty-fifth (25th) day of the month immediately preceding the due date, on advances to member banks under Sections 13 and 13(a) of the Federal Reserve Act, as now in effect or hereafter from time to time amended, or the maximum rate permitted by law, whichever is less. In addition, Tenant shall pay all costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by Landlord in the collection of such amounts.

35. Surrender of Premises . On the last day of the Lease Term or upon the sooner termination of this Lease, Tenant shall, to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord, surrender the Premises to Landlord in good order, condition and repair and otherwise in the condition that Tenant is required to maintain the same pursuant to the express terms of this Lease, ordinary wear and tear, acts of God, casualty damage

 

-60-


(subject to the second sentence of Paragraph 15.3 above), condemnation, Specialty Alterations with respect to which Landlord has not reserved the right to require removal and Landlord’s maintenance, repair, replacement and restoration obligations excepted. Tenant shall remove, or cause to be removed, all of Tenant’s personal property, furniture, furnishings and trade fixtures from the Premises, including, without limitation, all voice and/or data transmission cabling, and all property not so removed shall be deemed abandoned by Tenant. Furthermore, Tenant shall immediately repair all damage to the Project caused by any such removal. If the Premises are not so surrendered at Lease Termination, (i) Landlord may cause the removal and/or make any repairs, and the cost to Landlord shall be deemed Additional Rent payable by Tenant to Landlord within thirty (30) days after receipt of written demand made by Landlord to Tenant, and (ii) if the Premises has not been so surrendered by the date that is sixty (60) days after Lease Termination, Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against any loss, damage, expense, claim or liability resulting from delay by Tenant in so surrendering the Premises including, without limitation, any claims made by any succeeding tenant or losses to Landlord due to lost opportunities to lease to succeeding tenants. The provisions of this Paragraph 35 shall survive Lease Termination.

36. Labor Disputes . In the event Tenant shall in any manner be involved in or be the object of a labor dispute which subjects the Premises or any part of the Project to any picketing, work stoppage or other concerted activity which in the reasonable opinion of Landlord is detrimental to the operation of the Project or its tenants, Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant, at Tenant’s own expense and within a reasonable period of time, to use Tenant’s commercially reasonable good faith efforts to either resolve such labor dispute or terminate or control any such picketing, work stoppage or other concerted activity to the extent necessary to eliminate any interference with the operation of the Project. To the extent such labor dispute interferes with the performance of Landlord’s duties hereunder, Landlord shall be excused from the performance of such duties. Failure by Tenant to use its commercially reasonable good faith efforts to so resolve such dispute or terminate or control such picketing, work stoppage or other concerted activity within a reasonable period of time shall constitute a default by Tenant hereunder, subject to applicable notice and cure periods. Nothing contained in this Paragraph 36 shall be construed as placing Landlord in an employer/employee relationship with any of Tenant’s employees or with any other employees who may be involved in such labor dispute.

37. No Partnership or Joint Venture . Nothing in this Lease shall be construed as creating a partnership or joint venture between Landlord, Tenant, or any other party, or cause Landlord to be responsible for the debts or obligations of Tenant or any other party.

38. Entire Agreement . Any agreements, warranties, or representations not expressly contained herein shall in no way bind either Landlord or Tenant, and Landlord and Tenant expressly waive all claims for damages by reason of any statement, representation, warranty, promise or agreement, if any, not contained in this Lease. This Lease supersedes and cancels any and all previous negotiations, arrangements, brochures, agreements and understandings, whether written or oral, between Landlord and its agents and Tenant and its agents with respect to the Project or this Lease. This Lease constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto and no addition to, or modification of, any term or provision of this Lease shall be effective until and unless set forth in a written instrument signed by both Landlord and Tenant.

39. Submission of Lease . Submission of this instrument for Tenant’s examination or execution does not constitute a reservation of space nor an option to lease. This instrument shall not be effective until executed and delivered by both Landlord and Tenant.

 

-61-


40. Quiet Enjoyment . Landlord covenants and agrees with Tenant that upon Tenant paying Rentals and performing its covenants and conditions under the Lease, Tenant shall and may peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises for the Lease Term, subject, however, to the terms of this Lease and any mortgages or deeds of trust affecting the Premises, and the rights reserved by Landlord hereunder.

41. Authority . The undersigned parties hereby warrant that they have proper authority and are empowered to execute this Lease on behalf of the Landlord and Tenant, respectively. If Tenant is a corporation, limited liability company or partnership, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of said corporation, limited liability company or partnership represents and warrants that he is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on behalf of said corporation in accordance with a duly adopted resolution of the Board of Directors of said corporation or in accordance with the by-laws of said corporation, or on behalf of said limited liability company in accordance with a duly adopted resolution of the managing member or members of the limited liability company, or on behalf of said partnership in accordance with the partnership agreement of such partnership, and that this Lease is binding upon said corporation, limited liability company or partnership, as the case may be, in accordance with its terms. If Tenant is a corporation, and this Lease is not executed by two corporate officers, Tenant shall upon execution of this Lease, deliver to Landlord evidence of the authority of the individual executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant to execute this Lease on behalf of Tenant. In the event Tenant should fail to deliver such evidence to Landlord upon execution of this Lease, Landlord shall not be deemed to have waived its right to require delivery of such evidence, and at any time during the Lease Term Landlord may request Tenant to deliver the same, and Tenant agrees it shall thereafter promptly deliver such evidence to Landlord. If Tenant is a corporation, Tenant warrants that: (a) Tenant is a valid and existing corporation; (b) Tenant is qualified to do business in California; (c) all fees and all franchise and corporate taxes are paid to date, and will be paid when due; (d) all required forms and reports will be filed when due; and (e) the signers of this Lease are properly authorized to execute this Lease.

42. Brokerage Commissions . Each party hereto represents and warrants to the other that it has not retained or worked with any broker or finder other than Newmark Cornish & Carey (“Newmark”), representing the Landlord, and Jones Lang LaSalle (“JLL”), representing the Tenant, in connection with the negotiation of this Lease and/or the consummation of the transaction contemplated hereby. Landlord agrees to pay Newmark and JLL a brokerage commission in connection with this Lease pursuant to a separate agreement between Landlord and Newmark. Landlord and Tenant do each hereby agree to indemnify, defend and hold the other harmless from and against liability for compensation or charges which may be claimed by any broker, finder or other similar party (other than Newmark and JLL) by reason of any dealings or actions of the indemnifying party, including any costs, expenses and/or attorneys’ fees reasonably incurred with respect thereto. The obligation to indemnify, defend and hold harmless as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence shall survive the termination of this Lease.

43. Roof Rights . Landlord hereby grants to Tenant an exclusive license (the “License”) to install, maintain and operate on the roof of the Building antenna or satellite dish equipment not exceeding four hundred square feet of roof space (the “Antenna Equipment”) in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions set forth below. The Antenna Equipment shall be installed at a location(s) designated by Landlord and reasonably acceptable to Tenant (such location(s) as the same may be expanded from time to time, being the “Licensed Area”). The Licensed Area shall be considered to be a part of the Premises for all purposes under the Lease, and except as otherwise expressly provided in this Paragraph all provisions applicable to the use of the Premises under the Lease shall apply to the Licensed Area and its use by Tenant.

 

-62-


(i) The Term of the License shall be coterminous with this Lease, as it may be extended or renewed;

(ii) Tenant shall not be obligated to pay any license fee for the use of the Licensed Area pursuant to this Paragraph 43 during the Term of this Lease, as the same may be extended or renewed.

(iii) Tenant shall use the Licensed Area only for the installation, operation, repair, replacement and maintenance of the Antenna Equipment and the necessary mechanical and electrical equipment to service said Antenna Equipment, and for no other use or purpose. The installation of the Antenna Equipment, and all equipment and facilities related thereto, including any required screening for the Antenna Equipment and any required conduit from the Premises to the Antenna Equipment, shall be deemed to constitute an Alteration subject to the provisions of Paragraph 13 of this Lease, provided that Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its approval of the same. Landlord may require appropriate screening for the Antenna Equipment as a condition of Landlord’s approval of the installation of the Antenna Equipment in a particular location. Tenant may have access to the Licensed Area for such uses at all times upon reasonable prior notice to Landlord and shall reimburse Landlord for any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Landlord in connection therewith;

(iv) The Antenna Equipment shall be used only for transmitting and/or receiving data, audio and/or video signals to and from Tenant’s facilities within the Premises for Tenant’s use, and shall not be used or permitted to be used by Tenant for purposes of broadcasting signals to the public or to provide telecommunications or other communications transmitting or receiving services to any third parties;

(v) Landlord reserves the right upon reasonable prior written notice to Tenant to require the removal of the Antenna Equipment should Landlord reasonably determine that its presence results in material damage to the Building unless Tenant makes satisfactory arrangements to protect Landlord therefrom;

(vi) Tenant shall require its employees, when using the Licensed Area, to stay within the immediate vicinity thereof. In addition, in the event any communications system or broadcast or receiving facilities are operating in the area, Tenant shall at all times during the term of the License conduct its operations so as to ensure that such system or facilities shall not be subjected to harmful interference as a result of such operations by Tenant. Upon notification from Landlord of any such interference, Tenant agrees to promptly take the necessary steps to correct such situation, and Tenant’s failure to do so shall be deemed a default under the terms of this Lease.

(vii) During the term of the License, Tenant shall comply with any standards promulgated by applicable governmental authorities or otherwise reasonably established by Landlord regarding the generation of electromagnetic fields. Should Landlord determine in good faith at any time that the Antenna Equipment poses a health or safety hazard to occupants of the Building, Landlord may require Tenant to make arrangements satisfactory to Landlord to mitigate such hazard or, if Tenant either fails or is unable to make such satisfactory arrangements, to remove the Antenna Equipment. Any claim or liability resulting from the use of the Antenna Equipment or the Licensed Area shall be subject to the indemnification provisions of this Lease applicable to Tenant’s use of the Premises;

 

-63-


(viii) During the term of the License, Tenant shall pay all taxes attributable to the Antenna Equipment and other equipment owned and installed by Tenant, and Tenant shall assure and provide Landlord with reasonable evidence that the Licensed Area and Tenant’s use thereof are subject to the insurance coverages otherwise required to be maintained by Tenant as to the Premises pursuant to Paragraph 8.2 above;

(ix) Upon the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease, Tenant shall remove the Antenna Equipment and all related equipment and facilities, including any conduit from the Premises to the Antenna Equipment, from the Licensed Area and any other portions of the Building within or upon which the same may be installed, and shall restore the Licensed Area and all other areas affected by such removal to their original condition, reasonable wear and tear, casualty, condemnation and Landlord’s maintenance, repair, replacement and restoration obligations excepted, all at its sole cost and expense.

(x) Tenant’s rights under this Paragraph 43 belong solely to Bloom Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and to any Permitted Transferee to which this Lease is assigned or transferred, and any other attempted assignment or transfer of such rights shall be void and of no force and effect.

44. Rules and Regulations . Tenant shall faithfully observe and comply, and cause all Tenant Related Parties and all persons claiming any interest in the Premises a under or through Tenant to faithfully observe and comply, with the Rules and Regulations attached hereto as Exhibit J , and with all modifications and additions to such rules and regulations made by Landlord from time to time (collectively, the “Rules and Regulations”). Landlord shall have the right to amend such Rules and Regulations from time to time with or without advance notice, as Landlord reasonably may deem appropriate for the best interests of the occupants of the Building and other authorized users. In the event of any conflict between the Rules and Regulations and the terms of this Lease (including, without limitation, any Exhibits hereto), the terms of this Lease will control. Any amendment(s) to the Rules and Regulations shall be effective as to Tenant, and binding on Tenant, upon delivery of a copy of such amendments to the Rules and Regulations to Tenant. Any failure by Tenant or any Tenant Related Parties to observe and comply with the Rules and Regulations, as the same may be amended, shall be a default by Tenant, subject to applicable notice and cure periods. Landlord shall not be responsible for the nonperformance of the Rules and Regulations by any tenants or occupants of the Building or other authorized users, nor shall Landlord be liable to Tenant by reason of the noncompliance with or violation of the Rules and Regulations by any other tenant or user or any of the Tenant Related Parties. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Tenant shall not be required to comply with any rule or regulation unless the same applies non-discriminatorily to all occupants of the Project, and does not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises or Tenant’s parking rights.

45. Security System . Tenant hereby acknowledges that Landlord shall have no obligation to provide guard service or other security measures for the benefit of the Premises, the Building or the Project. Any such security measures for the benefit of the Premises shall be provided by Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Tenant hereby assumes all responsibility for the protection of Tenant and its agents, employees, contractors, invitees and guests, and the property thereof, from acts of third parties, including keeping doors locked and other means of entry to the Premises closed. Pursuant to all of the terms and conditions of Paragraphs 13 and 17 hereof, Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that Tenant may, at Tenant’s costs and expense, install and manage its own integrated security system in the Premises (the “Tenant Security System”); provided, however, that Tenant shall coordinate the installation and operation of any such Tenant Security System with Landlord to assure that such Tenant Security System does not interfere with (i) any Landlord security system in place as of the Delivery Date,

 

-64-


and (ii) the building systems serving the Building and/or Premises and equipment, provided that to the extent Tenant’s Security System unreasonably interferes with any Landlord security system, building systems and/or equipment, Tenant shall not be entitled to install, operate or manage the same and shall promptly remove it at Tenant’s sole cost and expense; provided further, however, the cost of such Tenant Security System may be deducted from the undisbursed Improvement Allowance, pursuant to the terms of the Improvement Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit C . Tenant shall be solely responsible, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, for the monitoring, management and operation of Tenant’s Security System. Any Tenant Security System installed, or caused to be installed, in the Premises by Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, be removed by Tenant at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease and Tenant shall repair or restore any damage to the Premises and/or Building resulting from such removal of Tenant’s Security System.

46. Press Releases . Neither Landlord nor Tenant shall issue a press release concerning this Lease or the lease transaction referred to herein without the prior written consent of the other party (which consent may be given or withheld in such other party’s sole and absolute discretion).

47. Right of First Offer . Provided that no Default then exists under any provision of this Lease, either at the time of the delivery of “Landlord’s Notice” (as hereafter defined) or at the time of the delivery of “Tenant’s Notice” (as hereinafter defined), Landlord hereby grants Tenant a continuing right (“First Right”) to lease 100% of any space made available for lease by Landlord from time to time on the third floor of the Building (any such space being the “First Right Space”), in accordance with and subject to the provisions of this Paragraph 47. The First Right shall be effective commencing on the Date of this Lease and shall cease to be effective during the final 12 months of the Term unless and until Tenant exercises its applicable extension option (to the extent available for exercise) set forth in Paragraph 3.4 above. Except as otherwise provided below, prior to leasing the First Right Space, or any portion thereof, to any other party during the period that this First Right is in effect, Landlord shall give Tenant written notice (the “Landlord’s Notice”) of the basic economic terms including but not limited to the Base Rent, term, security deposit, and tenant improvement allowance (collectively, the “Economic Terms”), upon which Landlord is willing to lease such particular First Right Space to Tenant or to a third party; provided that the Economic Terms shall exclude brokerage commissions and other Landlord payments that do not directly inure to the tenant’s benefit. Within five (5) business days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s Notice, Tenant must give Landlord written notice (the “Tenant’s Notice”) pursuant to which Tenant shall elect to (i) lease all, but not less than all, of that portion of the First Right Space specified in Landlord’s notice (the “Designated Space”) upon such Economic Terms and the same non-Economic Terms as set forth in this Lease; (ii) refuse to lease the Designated Space, specifying that such refusal is not based upon the Economic Terms, but upon Tenant’s lack of need for the Designated Space, in which event Landlord may lease the Designated Space upon terms no lower than 90%, on a “net effective” basis, as the Economic Terms for the twelve (12) months elapsing immediately thereafter; or (iii) refuse to lease the Designated Space, specifying that such refusal is based upon said Economic Terms, in which event Tenant shall also specify revised Economic Terms upon which Tenant shall be willing to lease the Designated Space. In the event that Tenant does not so respond in writing to Landlord’s Notice within said period, Tenant shall be deemed to have elected clause (ii) above. In the event Tenant’s Notice elects clause (iii) above, Landlord may elect to either (x) lease the Designated Space to Tenant upon such revised Economic Terms and the same other non-Economic Terms as set forth in this Lease, or (y) lease the Designated Space to any third party during the twelve (12) months elapsing immediately thereafter upon Economic Terms which are materially less favorable to such party (i.e. materially more favorable to Landlord) than those Economic Terms proposed by Tenant. Should Landlord so elect to lease the Designated Space to Tenant, then Landlord shall promptly prepare and deliver to Tenant an amendment to this Lease consistent with the foregoing, and Landlord and Tenant

 

-65-


shall execute and deliver within ten (10) business days after Tenant’s receipt thereof from Landlord. In the event that Landlord leases any specific First Right Space in question, or any portion thereof, to a third party in accordance with the provisions of this Paragraph, and during the effective period of this First Right the First Right Space, or any portion thereof, shall again become available for reletting, then prior to Landlord entering into any such new lease with a third party for the First Right Space in question (or portion thereof), Landlord shall repeat the procedures specified above in this Paragraph. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is understood that Tenant’s First Right shall be subject only to those extension or expansion rights contained in leases granted by Landlord prior to the Date of this Lease to any third party tenant in the Project, as well as any renewal or extension rights expressly granted to any third party tenant in its lease or created by negotiation and agreement with Landlord prior to the expiration of its lease term. Tenant’s rights under this Paragraph 47 shall belong solely to Bloom Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and to any Permitted Transferee to which this Lease is assigned or transferred, and any other attempted assignment or transfer of such rights shall be void and of no force and effect. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, prior to Tenant accepting any First Right offer with respect to the First Right Space, or applicable part thereof, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, at Landlord’s election in its sole and absolute discretion and without the consent of Tenant, construct, or cause to be constructed, market rate improvements to the First Right Space, or applicable part thereof and if Landlord constructs, or causes to be constructed, such market rate improvements to the First Right Space, or applicable part thereof, Landlord shall not be obligated to remove the same if Tenant exercises its First Right with respect to such First Right Space, or applicable part thereof.

Upon the lease of such First Right Space, or applicable portion thereof, to a third party, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord and/or such prospective third party tenant, any and all documents and instruments reasonably requested by Landlord and/or such third party tenant evidencing Tenant’s waiver of its right to lease such available First Right Space until the expiration or earlier termination of the third party tenant’s lease of the First Offer Space (as such third party tenant’s lease of the First Offer Space may be renewed or extended by such third party tenant by exercise of an express option granted to such third party tenant or by negotiation and agreement with Landlord during such third party tenant’s lease term). If Tenant refuses to comply with the provisions of the immediately preceding sentence within five (5) business days after Tenant’s receipt of written request by Landlord, then it shall constitute a default by Tenant under this Lease, subject to applicable notice and cure periods.

Anything in this Paragraph 47 to the contrary notwithstanding, Landlord shall have no obligation to offer to lease available First Right Space to Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Paragraph 47 and Tenant shall have no rights under this Paragraph 47 if Tenant is in default under this Lease beyond any applicable cure or grace period at the time that Landlord otherwise would be required to offer the First Offer Space to Tenant, and if Landlord enters into a lease of such available First Right Space, or applicable portion thereof, with a third party during such period of Tenant’s uncured default, the tenant under such lease shall take possession of such available First Right Space, or applicable portion thereof, free and clear of Tenant’s rights under this Paragraph 47.

48. Bloom Boxes . Landlord grants Tenant, subject to all applicable Laws, the right to (A) install, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, at any time during the Term of this Lease, as the same may be extended, Tenant’s proprietary “Bloom Boxes” in a location outside of the Building in an area to be approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed (individually and collectively, the “Bloom Boxes”) and (B) if installed, thereafter operate such Bloom Boxes from such installation area(s) for the entire balance of the Term (as the same may be extended), without the obligation to pay Landlord any additional rent, fee or any other monetary sums in consideration of the right to install such Bloom Boxes in a location(s) outside of the Building as provided

 

-66-


above. Promptly following the date the area in which the Bloom Boxes will be located has been determined and approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, Landlord and Tenant shall identify the same on a site plan and attach such site plan to this Lease as Exhibit K . Tenant’s right to install Bloom Boxes outside of the Building pursuant to the terms of this Paragraph 48 shall be subject to the approval of the City of San Jose, if such approval is required. In no event shall such Bloom Boxes (individually or stacked upon one another) be greater than ten feet (10’) high. The plans and specifications for the Bloom Boxes and their installation shall be subject to Landlord’s prior approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and Landlord may condition same upon the construction by Tenant of an enclosure reasonably acceptable to Landlord to screen the Bloom Boxes. All work shall be performed by a contractor reasonably approved by Landlord and in accordance with Landlord’s construction rules and insurance requirements. The Bloom Boxes shall be deemed to be a part of the Premises for purposes of the indemnification and insurance provisions of this Lease. Repair and maintenance of the Bloom Boxes shall be the sole responsibility of Tenant. At Landlord’s option, Landlord may require that Tenant remove the Bloom Boxes and all related facilities upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term and repair all damage to the Building or Common Area resulting from the installation or removal of the Bloom Boxes, reasonable wear and tear, casualty, condemnation and Landlord’s maintenance, repair, replacement and restoration obligations excepted, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

49. Generator(s) . Landlord grants to Tenant, subject to all applicable Laws, the right to (A) install, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, at any time during the Term of this Lease, as the same may be extended, a generator(s) that may be required to meet its operational needs in a location outside of the Building in the area to be approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, together with supplemental fuel or power lines and related connections to the Building in a location outside of the Building in the area to be approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed (individually and collectively, the “Generator”) and (B) if installed, thereafter operate such Generator from such area(s) of the Common Area for the entire balance of the Term (as the same may be extended), without the obligation to pay Landlord any additional rent, fee or similar amounts in consideration of the right to install such Generator in a location(s) outside of the Building as provided above. Promptly following the date the area in which the generator(s) will be located has been determined and approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, Landlord and Tenant shall identify the same on a site plan and attach such site plan to this Lease as Exhibit L . Promptly following the date the area in which the supplemental fuel or power lines and related connections to the Building will be located has been determined and approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, Landlord and Tenant shall identify the same on a site plan and attach such site plan to this Lease as Exhibit L-1 . Tenant’s right to install the Generator outside of the Building pursuant to the terms of this Paragraph 49 shall be subject to the approval of the City of San Jose, if such approval is required. Any fuel container used in connection with the Generator must be maintained by Tenant above-ground and in compliance with all applicable legal requirements. The plans and specifications for the Generator and its installation shall be subject to Landlord’s prior approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and Landlord may condition same upon the construction by Tenant of an enclosure reasonably acceptable to Landlord to screen the Generator. All work shall be performed by a contractor reasonably approved by Landlord and in accordance with Landlord’s construction rules and insurance requirements. The Generator shall be deemed to be a part of the Premises for purposes of the indemnification and insurance provisions of this Lease. Repair and maintenance of the Generator shall be the sole responsibility of Tenant. At Landlord’s option, Landlord may require that Tenant remove the Generator and all related facilities upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term and repair all damage to the Building or Common Area resulting from the installation or removal of the Generator, reasonable wear and tear, casualty, condemnation and Landlord’s maintenance, repair, replacement and restoration obligations excepted, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

 

-67-


50. Contraction Right . Provided that no Default by Tenant then exists under any provision of this Lease, either at the time of Tenant’s election of its right to terminate granted herein or as of the effective Termination Date, Tenant (i.e. Bloom Energy Corporation) and any Permitted Transferee shall have the one-time right to terminate this Lease (the “Early Termination Right”) solely as to the entire fourth (4 th ) floor of the Building or the entire sixth (6 th ) floor of the Building, as the case may be (the “Relinquished Floor”) effective as of the last day of the seventh (7 th ) year of the initial Term of the Lease (the “Termination Date”), provided Tenant has delivered its irrevocable written notice of such election to terminate (the “Termination Notice”) to Landlord not more than twelve (12) full calendar months prior to the Termination Date or less than nine (9) full calendar months prior to the Termination Date. Such Termination Notice shall state whether the Relinquished Floor is the entire fourth (4 th ) floor of the Building or the entire sixth (6 th ) floor of the Building. All rental and other costs due under this Lease allocable to the Relinquished Floor through the Termination Date shall remain due and payable by Tenant to Landlord. Any such termination by Tenant shall not abrogate any obligation existing under the Lease as of the Termination Date or otherwise attributable to Tenant’s occupancy thereof. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, Tenant’s right to terminate this Lease as to the entire fourth (4 th ) floor of the Building or the entire sixth (6 th ) floor of the Building is personal to Bloom Energy Corporation and any Permitted Transferee, and shall not apply to any other assignee of this Lease. Tenant shall not have a right to terminate this Lease as to the entire fourth (4th) floor of the Building or the entire sixth (6th) floor of the Building if this Lease has been assigned (whether or not Landlord has consented to such assignment). Any exercise of such termination right referred to in this Paragraph 50 by any assignee of this Lease shall be void and of no force or effect.

If Tenant timely exercises the Early Termination Right, then Landlord shall prepare, and Landlord and Tenant shall execute, an amendment to this Lease that memorializes the contraction of the size of the Premises by the amount of the Relinquished Floor and subjects the Premises less the Relinquished Floor to all of the terms and conditions of this Lease, except that effective as of the Termination Date: (i) the Base Rent payable by Tenant to Landlord for the Premises as shown in the schedule set forth in Paragraph 1.10 shall be decreased from and after the Termination Date (on a per rentable square foot basis) to account for the rentable square footage of the Relinquished Floor, (ii) Tenant’s percentage share shall be decreased to a percentage determined by dividing the rentable square footage of the Premises (not including the Relinquished Floor) by the rentable square footage of the Building (stipulated in Paragraph 1.5 above), and (iv) the number of unreserved parking spaces within the Common Area allocated to Tenant shall be decreased by an amount equal 3.3 parking spaces per 1,000 rentable square feet included in the Relinquished Floor.

51. OFAC . Tenant represents, warrants and covenants that Tenant (i) is not listed on the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List maintained by the Office of Foreign Asset Control, Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”) pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224, 66 Fed. Reg. 49079 (Sept. 25, 2001)(“Order”)and all applicable provisions of Title III of the USA Patriot Act (Public Law No. 107-56 (October 26, 2001)); (ii) is not listed on the Denied Persons List and Entity List maintained by the United States Department of Commerce; (iii) is not listed on the List of Terrorists and List of Disbarred Parties maintained by the United States Department of State, (iv) is not listed on any list or qualification of “Designated Nationals” as defined in the Cuban Assets Control Regulations 31 C.F.R. Part 515; (v) is not listed on any other publicly available list of terrorists, terrorist organizations or narcotics traffickers maintained by the United States Department of State, the United States Department

 

-68-


of Commerce or any other governmental authority or pursuant to the Order, the rules and regulations of OFAC (including without limitation the Trading with the Enemy Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 1-44; the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, 50 U.S.C. §§ 1701-06; the unrepealed provision of the Iraq Sanctions Act, Publ.L. No. 101-513; the United Nations Participation Act, 22 U.S.C. § 2349 aa-9; The Cuban Democracy Act, 22 U.S.C. §§ 60-01-10; The Cuban Liberty and Democratic Solidarity Act, 18.U.S.C. §§ 2332d and 233; and The Foreign Narcotic Kingpin Designation Act, Publ. L. No. 106-120 and 107-108, all as may be amended from time to time); or any other applicable requirements contained in any enabling legislation or other Executive Orders in respect of the Order (the Order and such other rules, regulations, legislation or orders are collectively called the “Orders”); (vi) is not engaged in activities prohibited in the Orders; or (vii) has not been convicted, pleaded nolo contendere, indicted, arraigned or custodial detained on charges involving money laundering or predicate crimes to money laundering, drug trafficking, terrorist-related activities or other money laundering predicate crimes or in connection with the Bank Secrecy Act (31 U.S.C. §§ 5311 et. seq.).

[balance of page is intentionally blank; signature page follows on next page]

 

-69-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Lease as of the date set forth below.

 

LANDLORD:

237 NORTH FIRST STREET HOLDINGS, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:  

/s/ Donald H. Kuemmeler

Name:  

Donald H. Kuemmeler

Title:  

Authorized Signatory

Dated: April 9, 2018
TENANT:

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ Shawn Soderberg

Name:  

Shawn Soderberg

Title:  

EVP, Legal Counsel & Secretary

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Dated:   April 6, 2018

 

-70-


EXHIBITS

 

A-1    First Floor Floor Plan    Paragraph 1.4 (First Floor Premises shown cross-hatched or otherwise identified)
A-2    Fourth Floor Floor Plan    Paragraph 1.4 (Fourth Floor Premises shown cross-hatched or otherwise identified)
A-3    Fifth Floor Floor Plan    Paragraph 1.4 (Fifth Floor Premises shown cross-hatched or otherwise identified)
A-4    Sixth Floor Floor Plan    Paragraph 1.4 (Sixth Floor Premises shown cross-hatched or otherwise identified)
B    Site Plan    Paragraph 1.5 (Building shown cross-hatched or otherwise identified and the Land to be shown thereon pursuant to Paragraph 2.1)
C    Improvement Agreement    Paragraph 2.2
   Schedule C-1—Base Building Condition   
D    Commencement Date Letter    Paragraph 3.2
E    Site Plan Showing Location of Retail Building    Paragraph 2.1(d)
F    Legal Description of Land    Paragraph 2.1(a)
F-1    Assessor’s Parcel Map    Paragraph 2.1(a)
F-2    Parcel Map    Paragraph 2.1(a)
G    Restricted Common Area    Paragraph 11.1
H    Environmental Reports    Paragraph 6.4
I    Pre-Approved Signage Design    Paragraph 31
J    Rules and Regulations    Paragraph 47
K    Site Plan Showing Location of Bloom Boxes    Paragraph 48
L    Site Plan Showing Location of Generator    Paragraph 49
L-1    Site Plan Showing Location of Fuel or Power Lines    Paragraph 49

 

-1-


EXHIBIT A-1

FIRST FLOOR FLOOR PLAN

[see attached]

 

-1-


LOGO


EXHIBIT A-2

FOURTH FLOOR FLOOR PLAN

[see attached]

 

-1-


LOGO


EXHIBIT A-3

FIFTH FLOOR FLOOR PLAN

[see attached]

 

-1-


LOGO


EXHIBIT A-4

SIXTH FLOOR FLOOR PLAN

[see attached]

 

-1-


LOGO


EXHIBIT B

SITE PLAN IDENTIFYING BUILDING AND LAND (AND PARCEL B BUILDING)

[see attached]

 

-1-


EXHIBIT B

SITE PLAN

 

LOGO

 

-1-


EXHIBIT C

IMPROVEMENT AGREEMENT

This Improvement Agreement (the “Improvement Agreement”) is hereby made a part of that certain Net Lease Agreement (the “Lease”) dated as of April 4, 2018, and made and entered into by and between 237 NORTH FIRST STREET HOLDINGS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as Landlord, and BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION, a Delaware limited liability company, as Tenant. Except as otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings as are ascribed thereto in the Lease or in the exhibits attached thereto. The following provisions are incorporated in and made a part of the Lease:

1. (a) Base Building Condition . Landlord hereby informs Tenant that, to Landlord’s current, actual knowledge that (i) prior to the Delivery Date, the construction of the Building by Landlord was completed in substantial conformity with Schedule C-1 attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference, (ii) all governmental permits have been issued to Landlord with respect to the Base Building that are necessary for Tenant to commence construction of the Initial Improvements (defined below), and (iii) the Building is, as of the Delivery Date, in compliance with all applicable law and free from Hazardous Materials in violation of applicable environmental laws. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in the Lease, if Tenant is unable to obtain any permit required in connection with its construction of the Initial Improvements as a result of any defect in the Base Building existing as of the Delivery Date or failure of the Base Building as of the Delivery Date to comply with all applicable law, Tenant shall immediately notify Landlord of the same in writing (“Tenant’s Correction Notice”) and Landlord shall, as Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy for such defect or failure, correct any such defect or failure to comply at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, and if Landlord’s performance of work necessary to correct such defect or failure is the sole reason that the Initial Improvements have not been substantially completed by January 1, 2019, then the January 1, 2019 date referred to in clause (i) of Paragraph 1.8 of the Lease and the commencement of the Abatement Period shall be delayed one day for each day that Landlord’s performance of work necessary to correct any such defect or failure to comply as provided above is the sole cause of delay in the substantial completion by Tenant of the Initial Improvements. For purposes of this Lease, the Base Building condition shall be the condition described in Schedule C-1 attached hereto.

(b) Initial Improvements . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and subject to the provisions of Paragraph 13 and 17 of the Lease, Tenant shall have the right to construct or install initial, interior leasehold improvements in the Premises (“Initial Improvements”).

2. Initial Improvement Plans . The Initial Improvements shall be constructed, or caused to be constructed, by Tenant pursuant to working drawings and specifications (“Final Plans”) prepared or caused to be prepared by Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost, and approved by Landlord (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). Such Final Plans shall be logically consistent with and a natural evolution of the initial test fit plan provided by Landlord to Tenant on November 4, 2017. If the Final Plans show work requiring a modification or change to the shell of the Building or the Building Systems, Landlord shall not be deemed unreasonable if it disapproves such Final Plans due to such modifications or changes or if it conditions its consent to such Final Plans upon Tenant paying to Landlord, prior to the commencement of construction of the Initial Improvements, the full cost of modifying or changing the Building shell or the Building Systems as required by such Final Plans; provided, however, Landlord acknowledges that the installation of plumbing, electrical and mechanical facilities that exclusively serve and affect only the Premises, such as the distribution of HVAC (such as

 

-1-


through the installation of duct work) and electrical service (such as running wires from the panel) within and affecting only the Premises, shall not be deemed to be modifications or changes to the Building Systems under the foregoing. Landlord shall advise in writing Tenant of its approval of Tenant’s proposed Final Plans or if Landlord disapproves the proposed Final Plans, Landlord shall notify Tenant of Landlord’s objections in reasonable detail (and suggestions for corrections to such Final Plans so that they will meet with Landlord’s approval) within ten (10) business days after receipt thereof. If Landlord disapproves the Final Plans, the parties shall confer and negotiate in good faith to reach agreement on such disapproved items and Tenant shall deliver, or cause its architect to deliver to Landlord, revised, proposed Final Plans, which respond to Landlord’s requests for changes. Landlord shall advise Tenant within five (5) business days after receipt of any revised, proposed Final Plans of its approval or disapproval thereof, and, if Landlord does not approve any of the revised, proposed Final Plans, advise Tenant of the changes required in the same so that they will meet Landlord’s approval. This iterative process shall continue until Landlord and Tenant mutually agree upon the Final Plans for the Initial Improvements. As soon as Landlord and Tenant agree upon the Final Plans, a representative of Landlord and Tenant each shall sign the same. Tenant shall not commence construction or installation of any Initial Improvements until Landlord has approved the Final Plans. Approval of the Final Plans by Landlord shall not constitute a representation or warranty that the Initial Improvements if constructed in accordance with such approved Final Plans will comply with applicable Laws. Anything herein to the contrary, Landlord shall have the right to approve the window coverings or window shades for the exterior windows of the Premises; it being understood that such window coverings or window shades for the exterior windows of the Building and of the Parcel B Building are to be uniform.

To the extent any of the Initial Improvements include “design build” work that is not contemplated to be identified on the Final Plans, Tenant agrees that it shall not construct or install such design build improvements or design build work in the Premises until Landlord has approved the same in writing (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). All design build elements constructed or installed by Tenant shall be constructed or installed in accordance with the design or plans approved in writing by Landlord, pursuant to the iterative process for the Final Plans set forth in the preceding grammatical paragraph. If any portion of the Initial Improvements is intended to be constructed or installed by Tenant on a design build basis, then Tenant agrees to notify Landlord of such intention prior to finalizing the Final Plans. To the extent Landlord reasonably determines that the design build elements of the Initial Improvements are a critical or significant portion of the Initial Improvements, Landlord reserves the right, notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, to require Tenant to prepare final plans for such design build elements for Landlord’s written approval (pursuant to the iterative process for the Final Plans set forth in the preceding grammatical paragraph) prior to Tenant commencing construction or installation of such design build elements.

Promptly following completion of the Initial Improvements (or earlier termination of the Lease, if applicable), Tenant agrees to furnish to Landlord, at no cost to Landlord, a copy of the Final Plans and any and all “as built” plans and design build plans received by or prepared for Tenant with respect to the Initial Improvements.

3. Construction of Initial Improvements . In connection with the construction of the Initial Improvements, Tenant shall cause its contractors and subcontractors to carry insurance as provided in Paragraph 8 below. Tenant’s contractors and subcontractors performing any Initial Improvement work shall be licensed in California. Tenant shall be responsible for obtaining all necessary permits and approvals required for the construction and installation of the Initial Improvements. Following Landlord’s approval of the Final Plans, and after Tenant has obtained all necessary permits and approvals required for the construction and installation of the Initial Improvements, Tenant may promptly commence construction and installation of the Initial Improvements and shall thereafter pursue the same

 

-2-


diligently to completion. Any damage to the Building caused by Tenant or its contractors or subcontractors in connection with the construction of the Initial Improvements shall be repaired at Tenant’s expense. All work done in connection with the Initial Improvements shall be performed in compliance with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, orders and regulations of all federal, state, county and municipal governments or agencies now in force or that may be enacted hereafter and with all directives rules and regulations of the fire marshal, health officer, building inspector or other proper officers of any governmental agency now having or hereafter acquiring jurisdiction. Tenant agrees to comply, at no cost to Landlord, with any reasonable recommendations made by Landlord to minimize any negative impact construction or installation of the Initial Improvements may have on other tenants or occupants of the Building or Project or on the Building or Project. Tenant will manage the construction of the Initial Improvements and no construction management or supervision fee shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord in connection with the construction of the Initial Improvements. Tenant shall have the right to use consultants and contractors selected by Tenant and approved by Landlord (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) in connection with the construction of the Initial Improvements. Tenant hereby discloses to Landlord that Tenant’s general contractor for the performance of the Initial Improvements shall be McClarney Construction and Landlord approves McClarney Construction as Tenant’s general contractor.

Promptly following completion of the Initial Improvements (or earlier termination of the Lease, if applicable), Tenant agrees to furnish to Landlord, at no cost to Landlord, a copy of all permits and approvals obtained by Tenant with respect to the construction or installation of the Initial Improvements.

4 Changes . There shall be no changes to the approved Final Plans without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. All change orders requested by Tenant shall be made in writing, shall specify the amount of delay or the time saved as a result of such change order, and any added or reduced cost resulting therefrom. Any change not approved or disapproved by Landlord within ten (10) business days of Landlord’s receipt of detailed plans and specifications therefor shall be deemed disapproved. The process for submission of revisions to the Final Plans shall follow the same iterative process set forth above in Paragraph 2 for the approval of the Final Plans.

5. Inspections . Landlord shall have the right to enter onto the Premises for the purpose of posting a notice(s) of nonresponsibility with respect to the construction of the Initial Improvements. Tenant agrees to give Landlord five (5) business days’ notice in writing prior to the date Tenant will commence construction of the Initial Improvements to allow Landlord sufficient time to post such notice(s) of nonresponsibility. In addition, Landlord, its members, manager, partners, officers, agents, representatives or employees, shall have the right at all reasonable times to enter upon the Premises and inspect the Initial Improvements to determine that the same are in conformity with the Final Plans and all requirements hereof. Landlord, however, is under no obligation to supervise, inspect or inform Tenant of the progress of construction and Tenant shall not rely upon Landlord therefor.

6. Allowances .

(a) Improvement Allowance. Tenant shall bear all of its costs of constructing the Initial Improvements, except that Landlord shall provide a construction allowance (the “Improvement Allowance”) to be applied to such costs in the amount of Ten Million Three Hundred Seventy-four Thousand Two Hundred and 00/100 Dollars ($10,374,200.00) (being $100 per rentable square foot time the rentable square footage of the floor area of the Premises set forth in Paragraph 1.4 of the Lease). The costs of such construction shall include, without limitation, engineering, space planning and architectural fees and costs incurred by Tenant for preparation of the proposed Final Plans and all working drawings

 

-3-


and processing of applications for all governmental authorizations, approvals, licenses and permits; costs of obtaining building permits; fees of engineers, space planners, architects, attorneys and others providing professional or extra services to Tenant in connection with the construction of the Initial Improvements or the supervision of the construction; costs of Tenant identification signage; all hard construction costs incurred by Tenant for the construction of the Initial Improvements according to the Final Plans and all approved changes thereto, including, but not limited to, all labor and supervision costs, costs of all materials and supplies used in such construction, contract price for all construction work undertaken by general contractors and subcontractors, and fees, taxes or other charges levied by governmental or quasi-governmental agencies (including, public utilities) in connection with the issuance of all approvals, licenses and permits obtained by Tenant necessary to undertake construction of the Initial Improvements; and Tenant’s general contractor’s overhead and profit. There shall be no construction management fee charged by Landlord in its review of the proposed Final Plans or in connection with the construction of the Initial Improvements. If performance or payment bonds are required by Landlord or Tenant, the party requiring such bonds shall be responsible for paying for the cost of same. If, after completing the Initial Improvements in accordance with the Final Plans, the entire Improvement Allowance has not been applied by Landlord to the costs of completing such Initial Improvements, then such unapplied and undisbursed portion of the Improvement Allowance shall remain the property of Landlord (and Tenant shall not be entitled to receive any portion of the same) and Tenant shall not be entitled to any further reduction or offset in the payment of monthly Base Rent or any Additional Rent under the Lease.

(b) Additional Improvement Allowance . If requested by Tenant in writing by written notice given to Landlord prior to the date Landlord commences or causes to be commenced the construction of the Initial Improvements, Landlord shall contribute pursuant to the terms below up to an additional Two Million Seventy-four Thousand Eight Hundred Forty and 00/100 Dollars ($2,074,840.00) (the “Additional Improvement Allowance”) toward the costs of construction of the Initial Improvements (as described in Paragraph 6(a) above) and, in such event, (i) Landlord shall amortize that portion of the Additional Allowance disbursed by Landlord pursuant to the terms below at a rate of $0.012 per rentable square feet of the Premises per month for each dollar of the Additional Improvement Allowance disbursed by Landlord to Tenant and the monthly Base Rent to be paid by Tenant under this Lease during each month of the initial Term of this Lease as set forth in the schedule included in Paragraph 1.10 of this Lease shall be increased by such monthly amortized amount, and (ii) Landlord and Tenant shall each then execute an amendment to this Lease, within five (5) days following the date the same is presented to Tenant for execution by Landlord, reflecting the increased monthly Base Rent resulting from this amortization. For avoidance of doubt, the annual three percent (3%) increases in monthly Base Rent pursuant to Paragraph 1.10 of the Lease shall not be applicable to the component of monthly Base Rent resulting from the amortization of the Additional Improvement Allowance provided to Tenant pursuant to this Paragraph 6(b). Any costs of construction of the Initial Improvements (as described in Paragraph 6(a) above in excess of the Improvement Allowance (and the Additional Improvement Allowance, if applicable), shall be paid by Tenant (and Landlord shall have no responsibility or liability for such excess costs).

(c) Conditions to Disbursement of Improvement Allowance . Landlord shall not be obligated to make any disbursement of the Improvement Allowance (or Additional Improvement Allowance, if applicable) to or for the benefit of Tenant unless at the time of such request for disbursement, all of the following conditions are satisfied:

(i) Such request shall be made prior to the date that is twelve (12) months following the Commencement Date;

 

-4-


(ii) There shall exist no condition, event or act which would constitute a breach or default by Tenant hereunder or under the Lease;

(iii) The Lease shall be in full force and effect;

(iv) Tenant shall have furnished to Landlord receipted bills and releases of lien rights (in form and content reasonably satisfactory to Landlord) covering work done and/or materials furnished in connection with the construction of the Initial Improvements (it being understood that Tenant shall furnish Landlord with conditional lien releases as to the work done and materials furnished for which Tenant’s application for disbursement from the Improvement Allowance applies and unconditional lien releases as to work and materials furnished for which the immediately prior disbursement application has been paid).

(c) Distribution . Provided each of the conditions set forth in subparagraph 6(b) above is satisfied, Tenant may request disbursements from the Improvement Allowance not more frequently than once each month to pay for the reasonable costs of constructing the Initial Improvements (however, all costs of constructing the Initial Improvements in excess of the Improvement Allowance shall be borne solely by Tenant). No disbursements shall be made until Landlord has approved the Final Plans. Each disbursement request may seek disbursement of that portion of the Improvement Allowance in an amount equal to the proportion of the Initial Improvements completed and covered by the disbursement request, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Improvement Allowance and the denominator of which is the total contract price for the Initial Improvements (Tenant agrees to provide Landlord with such contract price, and any evidence substantiating the same as Landlord may reasonably request, prior to Tenant making any disbursement requests hereunder). Each request for disbursement shall be accompanied by (i) an itemized statement, in form and content reasonably acceptable to Landlord; (ii) lien releases, in a form and content reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, from all persons and entities providing work or materials covered by such statement; and (iii) invoices, vouchers, statements, affidavits and/or other documents in a form reasonably acceptable to Landlord which substantiate and justify the disbursement requested. Within fifteen (15) days after Landlord’s receipt of each fully completed disbursement request, Landlord shall pay ninety percent (90%) of the amount requested therein directly to Tenant or, at Landlord’s option, directly to contractors, contractors, laborers or suppliers entitled thereto; provided, however, Landlord reserves the right to subsequently disapprove some or all of the matters disclosed by such disbursement request and to withhold the amounts relating to the disapproved matters from the next succeeding disbursement. The ten percent (10%) remaining after any of the above disbursements shall be retained by Landlord and not disbursed to Tenant until the construction of the Initial Improvements is completed and the lien period has expired with no mechanic’s or materialmen’s liens having been filed in connection with the design or construction of the Initial Improvements.

(d) Failure to Disburse . If Landlord fails to timely pay or contribute any portion of the Improvement Allowance or the Additional Improvement Allowance, if applicable, within thirty (30) days following Landlord’s receipt of written notice from Tenant that such portion is past due and payable under the terms hereof, then, in each instance, Tenant shall be entitled to deliver notice (the “Payment Notice”) thereof to Landlord and to any mortgage or trust deed holder of the Building whose identity and address have been previously provided to Tenant. If Landlord still fails to fulfill any such obligation within twenty (20) business days after Landlord’s receipt of the Payment Notice in question from Tenant and if Landlord fails to deliver notice to Tenant within such twenty (20) business day period explaining Landlord’s reasons that Landlord believes that the amounts described in Tenant’s Payment Notice are not due and payable by Landlord pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Improvement Agreement (“Refusal Notice”), Tenant shall be entitled, after Landlord’s failure to pay such amounts within five (5) business days after Tenant’s delivery of a second notice from Tenant delivered after the expiration of such twenty (20) business day period, which second notice must contain the following inscription, in

 

-5-


bold faced lettering: “SECOND NOTICE DELIVERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 6(e) OF THE IMPROVEMENT AGREEMENT ATTACHED TO THE LEASE — FAILURE TO TIMELY PAY THE REQUESTED PORTION OF THE IMPROVEMENT ALLOWANCE OR ADDITIONAL ALLOWANCE, IF APPLICABLE, MAY RESULT IN TENANT’S DEDUCTION OF SUCH AMOUNT FROM RENTALS UNDER THE LEASE,” to offset the amount so owed to Tenant by Landlord but not paid by Landlord (or if Landlord delivers a Refusal Notice but only with respect to a portion of the amount set forth in the Payment Notice and Landlord fails to pay such undisputed amount as required by the next succeeding sentence, the undisputed amount so owed to Tenant) from the last day of such 20-business day period until the date such offset enables Tenant to recoup any and all amounts so owed to Tenant by Landlord, against Tenant’s next obligations to pay Base Rent (until fully offset). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord hereby agrees that if Landlord delivers a Refusal Notice disputing a portion of the amount set forth in Tenant’s Payment Notice, Landlord shall pay to Tenant, concurrently with the delivery of the Refusal Notice, the undisputed portion of the amount set forth in the Payment Notice. However, if Tenant is in default, beyond applicable notice and cure periods, under the Lease at the time that such offset would otherwise be applicable, Tenant shall not be entitled to such offset until such default is cured. If Landlord delivers a Refusal Notice, and if Landlord and Tenant are not able to agree on the disputed amounts to be so paid by Landlord, if any, within ten (10) days after Tenant’s receipt of a Refusal Notice, Tenant may submit such dispute to arbitration in accordance with the American Arbitration Association. If Tenant prevails in any such arbitration, Tenant shall be entitled to apply such award as a credit against Tenant’s obligations to pay monthly Base Rent until such aware is fully credited.

(e) Preliminary Space Plan Allowance . In addition to the Improvement Allowance, Landlord shall provide Tenant an allowance in the amount of Ten Thousand Three Hundred Seventy-four and 20/100 Dollars ($10,374.20) (“Preliminary Space Plan Allowance”) (being $0.10 per rentable square foot time the rentable square footage of the floor area of the Premises set forth in Paragraph 1.4 of the Lease) for preparation of preliminary space plans with respect to the Premises and to assist Tenant in its evaluation of the proposed Premises. Such Preliminary Space Plan Allowance shall be paid to Tenant within ten (10) business days following Landlord’s receipt of a written invoice evidencing the costs incurred by Tenant in connection with the preparation of the aforesaid preliminary space plans by Tenant’s space planner.

7. Protection Against Lien Claims . Tenant agrees to fully pay and discharge all claims for labor done and materials and services furnished in connection with the construction of the Initial Improvements, to diligently file or procure the filing of a valid Notice of Completion within fifteen (15) days following substantial completion of construction of the Initial Improvements, to diligently file or procure the filing of a Notice of Cessation upon a cessation of labor on the Initial Improvements for a continuous period of thirty (30) days or more, and to take all other reasonable steps to forestall the assertion of claims of lien against the Premises, or any part thereof or right or interest appurtenant thereto. Promptly following the filing of any Notice of Completion or Notice of Cessation referred to above, Tenant agrees to furnish to Landlord, at no cost to Landlord, a copy of such Notice of Completion or Notice of Cessation, as the case may be.

8. Insurance . Tenant shall, at its sole expense, be responsible for the causing Tenant’s general contractor to obtain the insurance required below and maintain same until completion and final acceptance of the Initial Improvements. Certificates of insurance affording evidence of same shall be obtained from the Tenant’s general contractor by the Tenant and delivered to the Landlord prior to the commencement of any work by the Tenant’s general contractor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant intends to construct the Initial Improvements itself, then Tenant shall, at its sole expense, procure and maintain the insurance referred to below until completion and final acceptance of the Initial Improvements and deliver certificates of insurance affording evidence of same to the Landlord prior to the commencement of any work. The required insurance coverage is as follows:

 

-6-


A. Worker’s Compensation and Employers’ Liability Insurance and affording thirty (30) days written notice of cancellation to Landlord. The Employers’ Liability minimum limits required are as follows:

 

Bodily Injury by accident

   $1,000,000 each accident

Bodily Injury by disease

   $1,000,000 policy limit

Bodily Injury by disease

   $1,000,000 each employee

B. Commercial General Liability Insurance on an occurrence basis for an amount of $5,000,000 each occurrence and including the following coverage:

 

  i) Premises and Operations coverage.

 

  ii) Owners and Contractors Protective coverage.

 

  iii) Products and Completed Operations coverage.

 

  iv) Blanket Contractual coverage.

 

  v) Personal Injury coverage.

 

  vi) Broad Form Property Damage coverage, including completed operations.

 

  vii) An endorsement naming Landlord as additional insured.

 

  viii) An endorsement affording 30 days written notice to Landlord in event of cancellation or material reduction in coverage.

 

  ix) An endorsement providing that such insurance as is afforded under the policy of Tenant’s general contractor is primary insurance as respects Landlord and that any other insurance maintained by Landlord is excess and noncontributing with the insurance required hereunder.

No endorsement limiting or excluding a required coverage is permitted. CLAIMS-MADE COVERAGE IS NOT ACCEPTABLE.

C. Business Auto Liability Insurance for an amount of $1,000,000 combined single limit for bodily injury and/or property damage liability including:

 

  i) Owned Autos,

 

  ii) Hired or Borrowed Autos,

 

  iii) Nonowned Autos,

 

  (iv) An endorsement naming Landlord as an additional insured, and

 

  (v) An endorsement affording 30 days written notice of cancellation to Landlord in event of cancellation or material reduction in coverage.

D. Builder’s All Risk insurance in an amount equal to the projected total cost of constructing the Initial Improvements, and such other insurance as Landlord may reasonably require; it being understood and agreed that the Initial Improvements shall be insured in accordance with Paragraph 8.1(a) of the Lease immediately upon completion thereof.

A certificate and endorsements affording evidence of the above requirements must be delivered to Landlord before

Tenant’s general contractor performs any work at or prepares or delivers materials to the site of construction.

 

-7-


Tenant shall require its general contractor, if any, to require its subcontractors to provide insurance where Tenant’s contractor would be required to carry insurance under this insurance section and to be responsible for obtaining the appropriate certificates or other evidence of insurance. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to such commercial general liability insurance, Tenant’s subcontractors shall carry commercial general liability insurance with limits of liability at least equal to $2,000,000.00 per occurrence.

In the event that the Initial Improvements are damaged by any cause during the course of the construction thereof, Tenant shall promptly repair the same at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Tenant’s general contractor (or Tenant, if Tenant is its own general contractor) shall maintain all of the foregoing insurance coverage in force until the Initial Improvements are fully completed and accepted by Landlord, except for any Products and Completed Operation Coverage insurance required by Landlord, which is to be maintained for two (2) years following completion of the work and acceptance by Landlord and Tenant. All policies carried by Tenant’s general contractor (or Tenant, if Tenant is its own general contractor) under this Paragraph 8 shall insure Landlord and Tenant, as their interests may appear. All insurance, except Workers’ Compensation, maintained by Tenant’s general contractor (or Tenant, if Tenant is its own general contractor) and Tenant’s contractors and subcontractors shall preclude subrogation claims by the insurer against anyone insured thereunder, including Landlord. Such insurance maintained by Tenant’s general contractor (or Tenant, if Tenant is its own general contractor) shall provide that it is primary insurance as respects the Landlord and that any other insurance maintained by the Landlord is excess and noncontributing with the insurance required hereunder. The requirements for the foregoing insurance shall not derogate from the provisions for indemnification of Landlord by Tenant under Paragraph 11 of this Improvement Agreement.

In addition, if Tenant is not constructing the Initial Improvements itself, then, during the construction of the Initial Improvements referred to herein, Tenant shall maintain all insurance required to be maintained by Tenant under the Lease.

If the Tenant fails to cause Tenant’s contractor to secure and maintain the required insurance or fails to secure and maintain the insurance required to be maintained by Tenant under the Lease or this Improvement Agreement, the Landlord shall have the right (without any obligation to do so, however) to secure same in the name and for the account of the Tenant’s contractor, if applicable, or Tenant, as the case may be, in which event the Tenant shall pay the cost thereof and shall furnish upon demand, all information that may be required in connection therewith. Further, such failure to secure and maintain the required insurance shall constitute a material default by Tenant under the Lease and Landlord shall be entitled to immediately have all Initial Improvement work cease.

9. Safety and Construction Rules; Faulty Tenant Work . Tenant and Tenant’s contractors shall abide by all reasonable safety and construction rules and regulations of Landlord, and all work and deliveries shall be scheduled through Landlord. All Tenant’s materials, work, installations and decorations of any nature brought upon or installed in the Premises by Tenant or its contractors, subcontractors, materialmen, agents, employees, subtenants, successors or assigns shall be at Tenant’s risk, and neither Landlord nor any party acting on Landlord’s behalf shall be responsible for any damage thereto or loss or destruction thereof. Tenant’s contractors shall not post any signs other than those required by law in connection with the construction on any part of the Project or Premises. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any extra expenses reasonably incurred by Landlord by reason of faulty work done by Tenant or its contractors or by reason of cleanup which fails to comply with Landlord’s rules and regulations.

 

-8-


10. Evidence of Compliance with Government Regulations . Upon completion of construction or installation of the Initial Improvements, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord copies of such certificate(s) of occupancy, or their equivalent, as may be required or issued by any public authority having jurisdiction.

11. Indemnification . Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, defend, indemnify, save and hold Landlord and its agents, employees, contractors, members, partners, shareholders, officers, directors, successors and assigns harmless from any and all claims, demands, losses, injuries, actions, liabilities, judgments, liens, damages (general, punitive or otherwise), causes of action (whether legal or equitable in nature), costs and expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and court costs) asserted by any person, firm, corporation, governmental body or agency, or entity arising out of, related to, or in connection with the construction of the Initial Improvements; provided, however, in no event shall the foregoing be construed as requiring Tenant to indemnify, defend, save or hold harmless the Landlord or any other person or entity for any claims, demands, losses, injuries, actions, liabilities, judgments, liens, damages (general, punitive or otherwise), causes of action (whether legal or equitable in nature), costs and expenses to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or such other person or entity or their respective employees, contractors or agents. Tenant shall pay to Landlord within thirty (30) days after receipt of written demand all claims, judgments, damages, losses or expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by Landlord (or any of its agents, employees, contractors, members, partners, shareholders, officers, directors, successors or assigns) as a result of any legal action arising out of the construction of the Initial Improvements; provided, however, in no event shall the foregoing be construed as requiring Tenant to pay any claims, judgments, damages, losses or expenses (including attorneys’ fees) to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or any of its agents, employees, contractors, members, partners, shareholders, officers, directors, successors or assigns or their respective employees, contractors or agents. The obligations of Tenant under this Paragraph 11 shall survive the termination of the Lease.

12. Default . Each of the following events shall constitute an “Event of Default” by Tenant hereunder:

(a) Material or substantial deviation in construction work from the Final Plans, without the prior written approval of Landlord or the appearance of defective workmanship or materials when said deviations or defects are not corrected within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof;

(b) Cessation, after commencement of construction work prior to the completion of the Initial Improvements for a continuous period of twenty (20) days or more for causes other than causes beyond the reasonable control of Tenant and such cessation is not cured within ten (10) days after written notice of such breach is given by Landlord to Tenant;

(c) The filing of any claim of lien against the Premises or any part thereof, in connection with the Initial Improvements, and the continued maintenance of said claim of lien for a period of twenty (20) days after notice from Landlord to Tenant thereof without discharge or satisfaction thereof or provision therefor satisfactory to Landlord (at Landlord’s sole discretion);

(d) A decree or order of a court having jurisdiction shall have been entered adjudging Tenant to be bankrupt or insolvent or approving as properly filed a petition seeking the reorganization of Tenant under the federal bankruptcy law or any other applicable law or statute of the United States, or any state, or appointing a receiver or trustee or assignee in bankruptcy or insolvency for Tenant and its property, or directing the winding-up or liquidation of Tenant, and such decree or order shall remain continuing, undischarged or unstayed for a period of thirty (30) days;

(e) A general assignment by Tenant of its assets for the benefit of creditors, or a sequestration or attachment of or execution upon any substantial part of such property, unless the property so assigned, sequestered, attached or executed upon shall have been returned or released within thirty (30) days after such event or prior to a sooner sale pursuant to such sequestration, attachment or execution;

 

-9-


(f) Commencement of proceedings for winding up or dissolving (whether voluntary or involuntary) the entity of Tenant, if Tenant is a corporation, limited liability company or a partnership; or

(g) The occurrence of a Default by Tenant under the Lease.

13. Remedies . If an Event of Default by Tenant occurs hereunder, Landlord shall have the right (but not the obligation) to enter upon the Premises and take over and complete the construction of the Initial Improvements, and to discharge or replace the contractors or subcontractors performing such work. In no event shall Landlord be required to expend its own funds in excess of the Improvement Allowance to complete the Initial Improvements and all costs reasonably incurred by Landlord in completing the Initial Improvements in excess of the Improvement Allowance shall be reimbursed by Tenant to Landlord within thirty (30) days following receipt of a written invoice(s) or statement(s) and reasonable backup documentation evidencing the costs incurred by Landlord in completing such Initial Improvements. Where material or substantial deviations from the Final Plans have occurred which have not been approved in accordance with Paragraph 4 of this Improvement Agreement, or defective or unworkmanlike labor or materials are being used in construction of the Initial Improvements, Landlord shall have the right to immediately order stoppage of all construction and demand that such condition be corrected. After issuance of such an order in writing, no further work shall be done on the Initial Improvements without the prior written consent of Landlord unless and until said condition has been fully corrected and upon correction, Landlord shall promptly consent to the continuation of construction.

14. Attorneys’ Fees . If any action or proceeding is commenced to enforce the provisions of this Agreement, the prevailing party in such action or proceeding shall have the right to recover from the other party its reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs and expenses of litigation.

15. Time is of the Essence . Time is of the essence of this Agreement.

 

-10-


LOGO

 

-11-


LOGO

 

-12-


LOGO

 

-13-


LOGO

 

-14-


LOGO

 

-15-


LOGO

 

-16-


LOGO

 

-17-


LOGO

 

-18-


LOGO

 

-19-


LOGO

 

-20-


LOGO

 

-21-


LOGO

 

-22-


EXHIBIT D

COMMENCEMENT DATE LETTER

 

Re: Lease dated                    , 2018, between 237 North First Street Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as Landlord, and Bloom Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation, as Tenant, concerning that premises leased by Tenant from Landlord located in the building situated at 4353 North First Street, San Jose, California (the “Premises”).

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In accordance with the subject Lease, we wish to advise and/or confirm as follows:

1. Landlord delivered possession of the Premises to Tenant on                     , with all improvements and work, if any, required to be performed by Landlord completed in a good and workmanlike manner and otherwise in the condition required under the Lease and Tenant accepted possession of the Premises.

2. The Commencement Date of the initial Term for the Premises is                     , 201     and the Ending Date of the initial Term for the Premises is                     ,        , unless sooner terminated according to the terms of the Lease.

3. That in accordance with the Lease, monthly Base Rent shall commence to accrue at the end of the six (6) month Abatement Period on                     , 201    , and Tenant’s obligation to pay Tenant’s percentage share of Operating Expenses (as described below) shall commence to accrue on the Commencement Date.

4. Each party represents and warrants to the other that it is duly authorized to enter into this document and that the person signing on its behalf is duly authorized to sign on behalf of such party.

 

LANDLORD:

237 NORTH FIRST STREET HOLDINGS, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:  

/s/ Donald H. Kuemmeler

Name:  

Donald H. Kuemmeler

Title:  

Authorized Signatory

ACCEPTED AND AGREED:
TENANT:

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ Shawn Soderberg

Name:  

Shawn Soderberg

Its:  

EVP, Legal Counsel & Secretary

 

-23-


EXHIBIT E

SITE PLAN SHOWING LOCATION OF RETAIL BULDING

[see attached]

 

-24-


EXHIBIT E

SITE PLAN SHOWING LOCATION OF RETAIL BULDING

 

LOGO

 

-1-


EXHIBIT F

LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF LAND

Real property in the City of San Jose, County of Santa Clara, State of California, described as follows: PARCEL ONE:

PARCELS A, B AND C AS SHOWN ON THAT CERTAIN PARCEL MAP FILED FOR RECORD ON JANUARY 26, 2017 IN BOOK 901 OF MAPS AT PAGES 28-33, SANTA CLARA COUNTY RECORDS.

EXCEPTING THEREFROM, THE UNDERGROUND WATER RIGHTS, WITHOUT THE RIGHT OF SURFACE ENTRY AS CONVEYED TO THE CITY OF SAN JOSE, A MUNICIPAL CORPORATION BY QUITCLAIM DEED AND AUTHORIZATION RECORDED DECEMBER 22, 2015 AS INSTRUMENT NO. 23178813 OF OFFICIAL RECORDS.

PARCEL TWO:

NON-EXCLUSIVE EASEMENTS FOR VEHICULAR ACCESS, SURFACE DRAINAGE RELEASE, PEDESRRIAN ACCESS, UTILITY, EMERGENCY ACCESS AND APPURTENANCES THERETO AS SET FORTH IN DECLARATION OF EASEMENTS RECORDED APRIL 22, 2015 AS INSTRUMENT NO. 22923805 OF OFFICIAL RECORDS.

PARCEL THREE:

EASEMENTS, APPURTENANT OT PARCEL ONE ABOVE, AS SET FORTH, AND UPON THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS CONTAINED IN THAT CERTAIN “GRANT OF EASEMENTS AND AGREEMENT” RECORDED MAY 29, 2015 AS INSTRUMENT NO. 22969199 OF OFFICIAL RECORDS.

APN: 015-39-055

 

-1-


EXHIBIT F-1

ASSESSOR’S PARCEL MAP

[see attached]

 

-1-


EXHIBIT F-1

ASSESSOR’S PARCEL MAP

 

LOGO

 

-1-


EXHIBIT F-2

PARCEL MAP

 

LOGO

 

-1-


LOGO

 

-2-


LOGO

 

-3-


LOGO

 

-4-


LOGO

 

-5-


LOGO

 

-6-


EXHIBIT G

RESTRICTED COMMON AREA (to be shown cross-hatched)

[see attached]

 

-1-


EXHIBIT G

LOCATION OF THE RESTRICTED COMMON AREA

 

LOGO

 

-1-


EXHIBIT H

LIST OF ENVIRONMENTAL REPORTS DELIVERED OR MADE AVAILABLE TO TENANT

ELECTRONICALLY

 

1. 2020592 Syntax Ct – CR – 2014-15

 

2. Initial Landfill Gas Migration Monitoring Report Second & Third Quarters 2015

 

3. Landfill Gas Migration Monitoring Report Fourth Quarter 2015

 

4. Landfill Gas Migration Monitoring Report First Quarter 2016

 

5. Third and Fourth Quarter Monitoring Report 2016

 

6. First and Second Quarter Monitoring Report 2017

 

7. 157-6-2 237 @ 1 st Street Design-Level Report 9-5-14 Syntax Ct Geotech

 

8. 237 Landfill Gas Monitoring Plan 02-23-15

 

9. ET Cover CQA Plan 4-17-15

 

10. Final Site Investigation Report Volume 2 Appendices

 

11. Final Site Investigation Report Volume 1 Text, Tables, Figures

 

12. Remedy Implementation & Post Remediation Monitoring Report

 

13. Soil Management Plan Update 237 @ First St Development Project 2152015

 

14. DISC Annual Inspection 2017

 

15. Syntax Court Concur letter—Final

 

16. Deed Restriction with Exhibits

 

17. DTSC Annual Inspection 2016

 

18. Brownfield Status 237 @ First Street Development Project San Jose

 

19. Final Phase I ESA Rpt Parcel 1 4353 & 4453 North First St San Jose 08192015

 

20. CPCLUP FINAL 021915

 

21. Cisco Survey Results Feb TM 02062015

 

-1-


EXHIBIT I

PRE-APPROVED SIGNAGE DESIGN

[see attached]

 

-2-


LOGO

EXHIBIT I


LOGO

EXHIBIT I


EXHIBIT J

RULES AND REGULATIONS

1. The sidewalks, halls, passages, courts, exits, vestibules, entrances, public areas, elevators and stairways of the Building shall not be obstructed by Tenant or used by Tenant for any purpose other than ingress to and egress from the Premises. The halls, passages, exits, entrances, elevators and stairways are not for the general public, and Landlord shall, in all cases, retain the right to control and prevent access thereto by all persons whose presence in the reasonable judgment of Landlord would be prejudicial to the safety, character, reputation and interests of the Building and its lessees and/or other occupants, provided that nothing herein contained shall be construed to prevent such access to persons with whom Tenant normally deals in the ordinary course of its business, unless such persons are engaged in illegal activities. If the Premises are situated on the ground floor with direct access to the street, then Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, keep the sidewalks and curbs directly in front of the Premises clean and free from dirt, refuse or other obstructions. Tenant shall not place any parcels or other articles in the halls or in any other part of the Building outside of the Premises. Tenant shall not throw or allow to be thrown any article out of the doors or windows of the Premises.

2. Neither Tenant nor any employee, agent, contractor or invitee of Tenant shall go upon the roof of the Building, except to the extent expressly permitted by Tenant’s Lease.

3. Except as otherwise expressly permitted pursuant to the terms of Tenant’s Lease of the Premises, (i) no sign, placard, awning, picture, name, advertisement or notice visible from the exterior of the Premises shall be inscribed, painted, affixed or otherwise displayed by Tenant on any part of the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord, and (ii) written material visible from outside the Building will not be permitted.

4. The Premises shall not be used for the storage of merchandise held for sale to the general public or for lodging. No cooking shall be done or permitted by Tenant or any Tenant Related Parties in the Premises, except the use by Tenant or any of its employees of Underwriter’s Laboratory approved (or a reasonable equivalent) microwave ovens, toaster ovens or equipment for brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages, provided that such use is in accordance with all applicable federal, state and city laws, codes, ordinances, rules and regulations and is provided only for the convenience of Tenant and its employees and invitees. Hot plates and space heaters shall not be allowed or used in the Premises. No burning candles or other open flame shall be ignited or kept by Tenant or any Tenant Related Parties in the Premises or about the Project.

5. Tenant shall not employ any person or persons other than the janitor of Landlord for the purpose of cleaning the Premises, unless otherwise agreed to by Landlord in writing. Except with the written consent of Landlord, no person or persons other than those approved by Landlord shall be permitted to enter the Building for the purpose of cleaning the Premises. Tenant shall not cause any unnecessary labor by reason of such Tenant’s carelessness or indifference in the preservation of good order and cleanliness.

6. In connection with Tenant’s initial occupancy of the Premises, Landlord will furnish Tenant, at no charge to Tenant, with four hundred fifty (450) keys/access cards, which keys/access cards shall provide access to each entry door lock to the Premises. Landlord shall charge Ten Dollars ($10.00) for each additional key/access card requested by Tenant (in excess of the 3.3 per 1,000 rentable square feet allotment described in the preceding sentence). Tenant shall not have any additional keys/access cards made. Except as otherwise expressly set forth in the Lease, Tenant shall not alter any lock or install a

 

-1-


new or additional lock or bolts on any door to the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord. In the event Landlord consents to Tenant’s alteration of a lock and/or installation of new or additional locks or bolts, on any door to the Premises such alteration and/or installation shall be made at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. In addition, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a master key to all locks on doors within the Premises. Tenant shall in each case furnish Landlord with a key/access card for any such lock. Tenant, upon the expiration of the Term, as the same may be extended, or sooner termination of this Lease, shall deliver to Landlord all keys/access cards to doors in the Building that shall have been furnished to Tenant. In the event that any keys/access cards are lost, stolen, damaged or otherwise not returned by Tenant to Landlord upon the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, Tenant shall pay Landlord Twenty-five Dollars ($25.00) for any such keys/access cards.

7. The moving of freight, furniture or bulky material of any description in or out of the Building must take place during such hours as Landlord may from time to time reasonably determine including weekends or non-business hours. The moving of freight, furniture or bulky material shall be made upon previous notice to the superintendent or manager of the Building and the persons employed by Tenant for such work must be reasonably acceptable to Landlord. Tenant may, subject to the provisions of the immediately preceding sentence, move freight, furniture or bulky material into or out of the Premises on Saturdays between the hours of 8:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. provided that Tenant gives Landlord at least two

(2) days’ prior written notice of such proposed activities and pays the additional costs, if any, incurred by Landlord for elevator operators, security guards and other expenses arising by reason of such activities by Tenant. Landlord will not be responsible for loss of or damage to any such property from any cause and all damage done to the Building by moving or maintaining such property shall be repaired at the expense of the Tenant.

8. Tenant shall not overload the floor of the Premises. Heavy objects, machinery and/or equipment to be located in the Premises shall be placed on wood strips of such thickness as is necessary to properly distribute the weight, if reasonably deemed necessary by Landlord. Business machines and other equipment or machinery shall be placed and maintained by Tenant at Tenant’s expense in locations sufficient, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, to absorb and prevent unreasonable vibration and prevent noise and annoyance.

9. Tenant shall not permit the Premises to be occupied or used in any manner that is offensive or objectionable to Landlord or any lessee or invitee of the Building, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, by reason of sounds, odors, vibrations or electromagnetic interference. Social events held by Tenant in the Premises, such as birthday parties and holiday parties, shall be contained within the Premises and, in connection therewith, Tenant shall not disturb or interfere with other tenants or occupants of the Building by the use of any musical instrument, radio, phonographs or unusual noise, or in any other way.

10. Landlord shall have the right, exercisable without liability to Tenant, but with notice thereof given to Tenant at least sixty (60) days in advance of the change, to change the name and street address of the Building.

11. Landlord reserves the right to exclude from the Building, between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m., and during all hours on Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays, all persons who do not present a pass to the Building signed by Landlord. Landlord will furnish passes to persons for whom Tenant requests the same in writing. Tenant shall be responsible for all persons for whom it requests passes and shall be liable to Landlord for all acts of such persons. Landlord shall, in no case, be liable for damages for any error with regard to the admission to or exclusion from the Building of any person. In the case of invasion, mob, riot, public excitement or other circumstances rendering such action advisable in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, Landlord reserves the right to prevent access to the Building or the Project during the continuance of the same by such action as Landlord may deem appropriate including closing doors to the Building and closing entrance ways to the Project.

 

-2-


12. No curtains, draperies, blinds, shutters, shades, screens or other coverings, hangings or decorations shall be attached to, hung or placed in, or used in connection with any window of the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord. No files, cabinets, boxes, containers or similar items shall be placed in, against or adjacent to any window of the Premises so as to be visible from the outside of the Building.

13. Tenant shall not obtain for use in the Premises, drinking water, ice, food, beverage, towel or other similar services, except at such reasonable hours and subject to such reasonable rules as Landlord may impose in connection therewith. Except for vending machines intended for the sole use of Tenant’s employees, licensees and invitees, no vending machine or machines other than fractional horsepower office machines shall be installed, maintained or operated in the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent.

14. Tenant shall see that the doors of the Premises are closed and locked and that all water faucets, water apparatus and lights are shut off before Tenant and Tenant Related Parties, and their respective agents and employees leave the Premises so as to prevent waste or damage, and Tenant shall be responsible for all injuries sustained by Landlord or other tenants or occupants of the Building resulting from Tenant’s failure to do so. Tenant shall keep the doors to the Building corridors closed at all times, except for ingress and egress.

15. The restrooms rooms, toilets, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were installed, and Tenant shall not throw any foreign substance of any kind whatsoever in the same and the expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from the violation of this rule shall be borne by Tenant.

16. Except with the prior written consent of Landlord, Tenant shall not sell, or permit the sale by any Tenant Related Parties, at retail of newspapers, magazines, periodicals, or any other goods or merchandise to the general public in or on the Premises or Building. Tenant shall not use the Premises for manufacturing of any kin d or any business or activity other than that specifically provided for in Tenant’s Lease. Anything herein or in the Tenant’s Lease to the contrary notwithstanding, no lead soldering shall be permitted in the Premises.

17. Except as expressly set forth in the Lease, Tenant shall not install or attach any radio or television antenna, loud speaker, air conditioning unit, awning or other item or device on the roof or to exterior surface of the exterior walls of the Building. Tenant also shall not install or attach any air conditioning unit or equipment in the plenum without Landlord’s prior written consent.

18. Tenant shall not use or permit the use of any hand trucks except those equipped with inflatable rubber tires and side guards or such other materials handling equipment as Landlord may approve.

19. Tenant shall store all its trash and garbage within its Premises. No material shall be placed in the trash boxes or receptacles if such material is of such nature that it may not be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of removing and disposing of trash and garbage in the City of San Jose without being in violation of any law or ordinance governing such disposal. The transportation of trash, garbage and refuse from the Premises shall be made only through entry ways and elevators provided for such purposes and at such times as Landlord reasonably shall designate.

 

-3-


20. Canvassing, peddling, soliciting and distribution of handbills or any other written materials in the Building (or the Parcel B Building, if applicable, as described in the Lease) are prohibited and Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord to prevent the same.

21. Tenant and its employees, authorized representatives and invitees shall not (a) make or permit any noise in the Building that is unreasonably annoying or interfering in any way with Landlord, other tenants or those having business with them, (b) bring into or keep within the Premises, the Building or the Common Areas any conveyance or other vehicle, except such vehicles as are permitted to park in the parking areas in accordance with these Rules and Regulations, (c) place or store any item or vehicle in the Common Areas (except that Tenant shall be permitted to place Generators and Bloom Boxes in portions of the Common Area approved by Landlord and to the extent allowed by Landlord pursuant to the terms of Tenant’s Lease); or (d) use any of the Common Area for any event, promotion or gathering, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be conditioned, withheld or granted at the sole but reasonable discretion of Landlord. Bicycles are not permitted inside the Building or on the walkways outside the Building, except in areas designated by Landlord. Landlord, at no cost to Tenant, shall provide secure bicycle storage for up to forty (40) bicycles in the Common Area outside the Building for use by Tenant’s employees.

22. Tenant shall not bring into or keep within the Premises, the Building or Common Area any anim al except service dogs assisting handicapped persons, subject to the following conditions:

(i) The use and entry onto the Premises, the Building or the Project of any service dog shall at all times comply with all applicable Laws.

(ii) All service dogs shall be strictly controlled at all times and shall not be permitted to foul, damage or otherwise mark any part of the Premises, the Building or the Project, or cause any loud noise whether through barking, growling or otherwise.

(iii) Any service dog brought into and remaining in the Premises shall be limited to the hours such dog’s owner is on the Premises.

(iv) All service dogs shall remain in the Premises and not wander throughout the Building or the Project or otherwise be left unattended.

(v) While in any portions of the Project other than the Premises (including without limitation any Exterior Common Areas), all service dogs shall be kept on leashes.

(vi) Upon Landlord’s request from time to time, Tenant shall provide Landlord with evidence of all current vaccinations for service dogs having access to the Premises.

(vii) Tenant shall be responsible for any additional cleaning costs and all other costs which may arise from any service dog’s presence in the Premises, the Building, the Exclusive Common Area or the Project in excess of the costs that would have been incurred had such service dog not been allowed in or around the Premises.

(viii) Tenant shall be liable for, and hereby agrees to indemnify, defend, protect and hold Landlord and Landlord’s agents, employees, affiliates, members, managers, officers, directors, shareholders, contractors, subcontractors, licensees, invitees and sublessees harmless from and against any and all losses, costs, damages, liability, claims and expenses (including without limitation attorneys’ and experts’ fees, costs of suit and costs of any appeal) arising from any and all acts (including but not limited to biting and causing bodily injury to, or damage to the property of, another tenant, subtenant, occupant, licensee, invitee or an employee of Landlord or any of the Landlord Parties) of, or the presence of, any service dog in or about the Premises, the Building or the Project; provided, however, in no event shall the foregoing be construed as requiring Tenant to indemnify, defend, protect or hold harmless the Landlord or any other person or entity for any losses, costs, damages, liability, claims and expenses (including without limitation attorneys’ and experts’ fees, costs of suit and costs of any appeal) to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or such other person or entity (other than Tenant Related Parties) or their respective employees, contractors or agents.

 

-4-


(ix) Tenant shall immediately remove any dog waste and excrement from the Premises, the Building and the Project. If Landlord reasonably determines that Landlord has incurred or is incurring costs as a result of the service dogs’ presence, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for such costs as additional rent within twenty (20) days of Landlord’s demand.

(x) Tenant shall provide Landlord with reasonably satisfactory evidence that Tenant’s commercial general liability insurance policy provides commercially reasonable coverage for the presence of service dogs in the Premises.

(xi) No service dog with (or suspected of having) fleas is to be brought into the Premises.

23. Tenant shall not drive nails or screws or drill into the partitions, woodwork or walls of the Premises except to affix standard pictures or other wall hangings on the interior walls of the Premises so long as they are not visible from the exterior of the Building. Tenant shall not mark or in any way deface partitions, woodwork, walls or doors of the Premises.

24. Landlord shall direct electricians as to where and how telephone and communications wires are to be introduced. No cutting or boring for wires shall be allowed without Landlord’s consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. The location of telephones, call boxes and office equipment affixed to the Premises shall be subject to Landlord’s approval.

25. Tenant shall not lay or affix any floor covering in the Premises so that it is permanently affixed to the floor slab of the Premises, without Landlord’s approval.

26. Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent, use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord. Tenant shall not knowingly waste electricity, water or air conditioning, shall reasonably cooperate with Landlord to ensure the most effective operation of the Building’s and Premises’ heating and air conditioning system, and shall not attempt to adjust any controls. Tenant shall install and use in the Premises only ENERGY STAR rated equipment, where available on a cost-effective basis (as determined by Tenant). Tenant shall use recycled paper in the Premises to the extent consistent with its business requirements and available on a cost-effective basis (as determined by Tenant).

27. Tenant shall comply with Landlord’s commercially reasonable recycling program, if any.

28. Neither Tenant nor any of its agents, employees, contractors, invitees, licensees, subtenants or other representatives shall request that any food trucks appear at the Project on a regular basis.

29. Tenant shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation procedures and regulations established by any governmental agency or reasonably established by Landlord.

30. Before commencing any repairs, alterations, additions or improvements to the Premises, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord the names of contractors, subcontractors, mechanics, laborers and materialmen and also deliver to Landlord, and obtain Landlord’s approval of, (i) evidence of contractors’ and subcontractors” insurance and (ii) any required governmental approvals or permits.

31. The requirements of Tenant will be attended to only upon application by telephone or in person at the office of the Building superintendent or Landlord’s property manager. Employees of Landlord shall not perform any work or do anything outside of their regular duties unless under special instructions from Landlord.

 

-5-


31. Tenant and its employees, agents, contractors, licensees and invitees shall comply with all speed limit, curb markings and directional and other signage located in or about the driveways and parking areas. All parking spaces are unreserved and unassigned unless otherwise designated. All parking spaces shall be used only for parking of vehicles no larger than full size passenger automobiles, sports utility vehicles, pickup trucks and other non-commercial vehicles. Tenant shall not permit or allow any vehicles that belong to or are controlled by Tenant or any Tenant Related Parties to be loaded, unloaded or parked in areas other than those provided for such activities. No vehicle services (such as windshield or window replacement, washing, waxing, detailing, oil changes or other mechanical servicing) shall be performed in the parking areas. If Tenant or any Tenant Related Parties conducts, permits or allows any of the prohibited activities described above, then Landlord shall have the right, without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that Landlord may have, to remove or tow away the vehicle involved and charge the costs of removal of the vehicle and any clean-up to Tenant.

32. Tenant shall not smoke or permit smoking by any Tenant Related Parties, in the Common Area unless a portion of the Common Area has been declared a designated smoking area by Landlord, nor shall the above parties allow smoke from the Premises to emanate into the Common Area or any other part of the Building. Landlord shall have the right to designate the Building (including the Premises) as a non-smoking building. Tenant shall comply with the State of California “No-Smoking” law set forth in California Labor Code Section 6404.5 and with any local “No-Smoking” ordinance that is not superseded by such law.

33. Landlord may waive any one or more of these Rules and Regulations for the benefit of any Tenant or other particular tenants, but no such waiver by Landlord shall be construed as a waiver of such Rules and Regulations in favor of any other tenant or tenants, nor prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing any such Rules and Regulations against any or all of the tenants of the Building.

34. These rules and regulations are in addition to, and shall not be construed to in any way modify or amend, in whole or in part, the terms, covenants, agreements and conditions of Tenant’s Lease of Premises. Landlord reserves the right to make such other reasonable Rules and Regulations as, in its judgment, may from time to time be needed for the safety, care and cleanliness of the Building, Common Area or Project, and for the preservation of the order therein.

35. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant or to any other person for the non-observance or violation of these Rules and Regulations by any other tenant or other person or entity. Tenant shall be deemed to have read these Rules and Regulations and to have agreed to abide by them as a condition to its occupancy of the Premises.

36. The “Ordinary Business Hours” of the Building shall be 7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. on business days (exclusive of Saturdays, Sundays and holidays).

 

-6-


EXHIBIT K

SITE PLAN SHOWING LOCATION(S) OF BLOOM BOXES

[to be attached at later date per terms of Paragraph 48 of Lease]

 

-1-


EXHIBIT L

SITE PLAN SHOWING LOCATION(S) OF GENERATORS

[to be attached at later date per terms of Paragraph 49 of Lease]

 

-1-


EXHIBIT L-1

SITE PLAN IDENTIFYING LOCATION(S) OF FUEL OR POWER LIINES

FROM GENERATOR(S) TO BUILDING

[to be attached at later date per terms of Paragraph 49 of Lease]

 

-1-


EXHIBIT M

LIST OF COMPETITORS

Any energy company or energy division, group or subsidiary of a larger company

Any company that develops or manufactures fuel cells

 

-1-

Exhibit 10.30

 

LOGO

October 17, 2014

Glen Griffiths

Dear Glen,

I am pleased to conditionally offer you the position of Senior Vice President, Quality and Reliability, (HR Grade EXEC3) with Bloom Energy Corporation (the “Company”). In this full-time, exempt position, you will report to KR Sridhar and will be based out of our Sunnyvale Corporate Headquarters. Your annual starting salary will be $305,000 less applicable withholdings and deductions, and you will be paid semi-monthly in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices. Pursuant to the terms of the Quarterly Incentive Program Policy, you are eligible to receive an annual discretionary bonus which is a 50% target of your salary and is paid quarterly.

We will recommend that the Company’s Board of Directors grant you an option to purchase 165,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock at a share price equal to the Common Stock’s fair market value on the date of grant. The vest commencement date of the shares subject to this grant will be the date your employment commences. The grant is subject to your continued employment with the Company. Your stock options will vest over five years as follows: 20% of your shares will vest on your first anniversary date of employment, and 1/60 of your shares will vest each of the 48 months thereafter.

In addition to the above option award, the Company will also recommend that the Board of Directors grant you 35,000 Restricted Stock Units (RSUs). This RSU grant will vest 50% at the end of the lock-up period following an IPO and the remaining 50% will vest on the 1 year anniversary of the initial vesting date, subject to your continuous employment with the company during this time.

You will also be eligible to receive benefits that the Company generally provides to its employees, consistent with the eligibility terms of those programs. A more detailed description of these benefits will be provided to you upon joining the Company.

Your offer of employment is conditioned upon a satisfactory (in the Company’s discretion) reference check and background check, and upon proof of your right to work in the US. Your employment with the Company is further subject to the terms and conditions specified in “Attachment A” to this letter. This offer of employment is valid for seven days. Orientation and training for new employees are on Mondays so, if you choose to accept this offer of employment, please return your offer letter by the Wednesday prior to your Monday start date.

This letter and Attachment A set forth the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any prior representations or agreements including, but not limited to, any representations made during your recruitment, interviews or pre-employment negotiations, whether written or oral. This letter and its attachments may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement signed by the President of the Company and you.

 

  [Page 1 of 2]   LOGO


We are very excited about you joining our team and look forward to a mutually rewarding relationship.

By signing below you are accepting the Company’s offer of employment pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in this letter and in Attachment A. After signing and dating this letter below, please return all pages by email, mail, or to our confidential fax (408-543-1505).

 

Sincerely,     Agreed to and accepted by:
/s/ David Barber  

 

  Signature:   /s/ Glen Griffiths
David Barber For:     Print Name:   Glen Griffiths
KR Sridhar     Date:   10/19/2014
President and CEO     Start Date:   12/1/2014
Bloom Energy Corporation      

1252 Orleans Drive, Sunnyvale, CA 94089 T 408 548 1500 F 408 543 1501 www.bloomenergy.com

 

  [Page 2 of 2]   LOGO

Exhibit 10.31

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

CONSULTING AGREEMENT

January 29, 2009

This Consulting Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is entered into as of the Effective Date by and between Bloom Energy Corporation (the “ Company ”) and The Honorable Colin L. Powell. (“ Consultant ”). The Company desires to retain Consultant as an independent contractor to perform consulting services for the Company, and Consultant is willing to perform such services, on the terms described below. In consideration of the mutual promises contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

1. SERVICES AND COMPENSATION

Consultant agrees to perform for the Company the services described in Exhibit A-Statement of Work (the “ Services ”), and the Company agrees to pay Consultant the compensation described in Exhibit A for Consultant’s performance of the Services.

2. CONFIDENTIALITY

A. Definition . Confidential Information ” means any non-public information that relates to the actual or anticipated business or research and development of the Company, technical data, trade secrets or know-how, including, but not limited to, research, product plans or other information regarding Company’s products or services and markets therefore, customer lists and customers (including, but not limited to, customers of the Company on whom Consultant called or with whom Consultant became acquainted during the term of this Agreement), software, developments, inventions, processes, formulas, technology, designs, drawing, engineering, hardware configuration information, marketing, finances or other business information. Confidential Information does not include information that (i) is known to Consultant at the time of disclosure to Consultant by the Company as evidenced by written records of Consultant, (ii) has become publicly known and made generally available through no wrongful act of Consultant or (iii) has been rightfully received by Consultant from a third party who is authorized to make such disclosure.

B. Nonuse and Nondisclosure . Consultant will not, during or subsequent to the term of this Agreement, (i) use the Confidential Information for any purpose whatsoever other than the performance of the Services on behalf of the Company or (ii) disclose the Confidential Information to any third party. Consultant agrees that all Confidential Information will remain the sole property of the Company. Consultant also agrees to take all reasonable precautions to prevent any unauthorized disclosure of such Confidential Information, Without the Company’s prior written approval, Consultant will not directly or indirectly disclose to anyone the existence of this Agreement or the fact that Consultant has this arrangement with the Company.

C. Confidential Information of Former Clients and/or Employers . Consultant agrees that Consultant will not, during the term of this Agreement, improperly use or disclose any proprietary information or trade secrets of any former or current employer of Consultant or other person or entity with which Consultant has an agreement or duty to keep in confidence information acquired by Consultant, if any. Consultant also agrees that Consultant will not bring onto the Company’s premises any unpublished document or proprietary information belonging to any such employer, person or entity unless consented to in writing by such employer, person or entity.

 

[Page 1 of 11]


D. Third Party Confidential Information . Consultant recognizes that the Company has received and in the future will receive from third parties their confidential or proprietary information subject to a duty on the Company’s part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only for certain limited purposes. Consultant agrees that, during the term of this Agreement and thereafter, Consultant owes the Company and such third parties a duty to hold all such confidential or proprietary information in the strictest confidence and not to disclose it to any person, firm or corporation or to use it except as necessary in carrying out the Services for the Company consistent with the Company’s agreement with such third party.

E. Return of Materials . Upon the termination of this Agreement, or upon Company’s earlier request, Consultant will deliver to the Company all of the Company’s property, including but not limited to all electronically stored information and passwords to access such property, or Confidential Information that Consultant may have in Consultant’s possession or control, with the exception that the consultant will retain a copy of paper and/or electronic materials for the length of time defined In Section  6.C(2) for Confidential Information.

3. OWNERSHIP

A. Assignment . Consultant agrees that all copyrightable material, notes, records, drawings, designs, inventions, improvements, developments, discoveries and trade secrets conceived, discovered, developed or reduced to practice by Consultant, solely or in collaboration with others, during the term of this Agreement that relate in any manner to the fuel cell business of the Company that Consultant may be directed to undertake investigate or experiment with or that Consultant may become associated with in work, investigation or experimentation in the Company’s line of business in performing the Services under this Agreement (collectively, “ Inventions ”), are the sole property of the Company. Consultant also agrees to assign (or cause to be assigned) and hereby assigns fully to the Company all Inventions and any copyrights, patents, mask work rights or other intellectual property rights relating to all Inventions.

B. Further Assurances . Consultant agrees to assist Company, or its designee, at the Company’ sexpense, in every proper way to secure the Company’s rights in inventions and any copyrights, patents, mask work rights or other intellectual property rights relating to all Inventions in any and all countries, including the disclosure to the Company of all pertinent information and data with respect to all Inventions, the execution of all applications, specifications, oaths, assignments and all other instruments that the Company may deem necessary in order to apply for and obtain such rights and in order to assign and convey to the Company, its successors, assigns and nominees the sole and exclusive right, title and interest in and to all Inventions, and any copyrights, patents, mask work rights or other intellectual property rights relating to all Inventions. Consultant also agrees that Consultant’s obligation to execute or cause to be executed any such instrument or papers shall continue after the termination of this Agreement. Any time spent by the consultant to secure these rights is reimbursable per the agreed upon consulting rates in this Agreement.

C. Pre-Existing Materials . Subject to Section 3 .A, Consultant agrees that if, in the course of performing the Services, Consultant incorporates into any Invention developed under this Agreement any preexisting invention, improvement, development, concept, discovery or other proprietary information owned by Consultant or in which Consultant has an interest, (i) Consultant will inform Company, in writing before incorporating such Invention, improvement, development, concept, discovery or other proprietary information into any Invention, and (ii) the Company is hereby granted a nonexclusive, royalty-free, perpetual,irrevocable, worldwide license to make, have made, modify, use and sell such item as part of or in connection with such Invention. Consultant will not incorporate any invention, improvement, development,concept, discovery or other proprietary information owned by any third party into any Invention without Company’s prior written permission.

 

[Page 2 of 11]


4. CONFLICTING OBLIGATIONS

A. Conflicts . Consultant certifies that Consultant has no outstanding agreement or obligation that is in conflict with any of the provisions of this Agreement or that would preclude Consultant from complying with the provisions of this Agreement. Consultant will not enter into any such conflicting agreement during the term of this Agreement. Consultant’s violation of this Section 4.A will be considered a material breach under Section 6.B.

B. Substantially Similar Designs . In view of Consultant’s access to the Company’s trade secrets and proprietary know-how, Consultant agrees that Consultant will not, without Company’s prior written approval, design identical or substantially similar designs for fuel cell systems for any third party during the term of this Agreement and for a period of 12 months after the termination of this Agreement. Consultant acknowledges that the obligations in this Section  4 are ancillary to Consultant’s nondisclosure obligations under Section 2.

5. TERM AND TERMINATION

A. Term . The term of this Agreement will begin on the date of this Agreement and will continue until the earlier of (i) final completion of the Services or (ii) termination as provided in Section  6.B.

B. Termination . Either party may terminate this Agreement upon giving the other party 90 days’ prior written notice of such termination pursuant to Section  11.E of this Agreement.

C. Survival . Upon such termination, all rights and duties of the Company and Consultant toward each other shall cease except:

(1) The Company will pay, within 30 days after the effective date of termination, all amounts owing to Consultant for Services completed and accepted by the Company prior to the termination date and related expenses, if any, submitted in accordance with the Company’s policies and in accordance with the provisions of Section 1 of this Agreement;

(2) Section 3 (Ownership), Section 4.A (Conflicts), Section 7 (Independent Contractor; Benefits), Section 8 (Indemnification), Section 9 (No solicitation) and Section 10 (Arbitration and Equitable Relief) will survive termination of this Agreement indefinitely or such time as they terminate by their own terms or according to law; and

(3) Section 2 (Confidentiality) and Section 4.B (Substantially Similar Designs) will survive termination of this Agreement for a period of five (5) years after termination of this Agreement.

 

[Page 3 of 11]


6. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR: BENEFITS

A. Independent Contractor . It is the express intention of the Company and Consultant that Consultant perform the Services as an independent contractor to the Company. Nothing in this Agreement shall in any way be construed to constitute Consultant as an agent, employee or representative of the Company, Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Consultant is not authorized to bind the Company to any liability or obligation or to represent that Consultant has any such authority, Consultant agrees to furnish (or reimburse the Company for) all tools and materials necessary to accomplish this Agreement and shall incur all expenses associated with performance, except as expressly provided in Exhibit A . Consultant acknowledges and agrees that Consultant is obligated to report as income all compensation received by Consultant pursuant to this Agreement. Consultant agrees to and acknowledges the obligation to pay all self-employment and other taxes on such income, and further agrees to incur all expenses associated with performance of the Services, including liability insurance and workers’ compensation expenses, except as expressly provided in Exhibit A .

B. Benefits . The Company and Consultant agree that Consultant will receive no Company-sponsored benefits from the Company, Such benefits include, but are not limited to, paid vacation, sick leave, medical insurance, and 401(k) participation, If Consultant is reclassified by a state or federal agency or court as Company’s employee, Consultant will become a reclassified employee and will receive no benefits from the Company, except those mandated by state or federal law, even if by the terms of the Company’s benefit plans or programs of the Company in effect at the time of such reclassification, Consultant would otherwise be eligible for such benefits.

7. INDEMNIFICATION

Consultant agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and its directors, officers and employees from and against all taxes, losses, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees and other legal expenses, arising directly or indirectly from or in connection with (i) any negligent, reckless or intentionally wrongful act of Consultant or Consultant’s assistants, employees or agents, (ii) a determination by a court or agency that the Consultant is not an independent contractor, (iii) any breach by the Consultant or Consultant’s assistants, employees or agents of any of the covenants contained in this Agreement, (iv) any failure of Consultant to perform the Services in accordance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations, or (v) any violalion or claimed violation of a third party’s rights resulting in whole or in part from the Company’s use of the work product of Consultant under this Agreement.

Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Consultant and its directors, officers and employees from and against all taxes, losses, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees and other legal expenses, arising directly or indirectly from or in connection with (i) any negligent, reckless or intentionally wrongful act of Company or Company’s assistants, employees or agents, or (ii) any breach by the Company or Company’s assistants, employees or agents of any of the covenants contained in this Agreement.

8. NONSOLICITATION

From the date of this Agreement until 12 months after the termination of this Agreement (the “ Restricted Period ”), Consultant will not, without the Company’s prior written consent, directly or indirectly, solicit or encourage any employee or contractor of the Company or its affiliates to terminate employment with, or cease providing services to, the Company or its affiliates. During the Restricted Period, Consultant will not. whether for Consultant’s own account or for the account of any other person, firm, corporation or other business organization, intentionally interfere with any person who is or during the period of Consultant’s engagement by the Company was a partner, supplier, customer or client of the Company or its affiliates.

 

[Page 4 of 11]


9. ARBITRATION AND EQUITABLE RELIEF

A. Arbitration . Consultant agrees that any and all controversies, claims or disputes with anyone (including the Company and any employee, officer, director, shareholder or benefit plan of the Company, in its capacity as such or otherwise) arising out of, relating to or resulting from Consultant’s performance of the Services under this Agreement or the termination of this Agreement, including any breach of this Agreement, shall be subject to binding arbitration under the Arbitration Rules set forth in California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1280 through 1294.2, including Section 1283.05 (the “ Rules ”) and pursuant to California law. CONSULTANT AGREES TO ARBITRATE, AND THEREBY AGREES TO WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO, ALL DISPUTES ARISING FROM OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO: ANY STATUTORY CLAIMS UNDER STATE OR FEDERAL LAW, CLAIMS UNDER TITLE VII OF THE CIVIL RIGHTS ACT OF 1964, THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT OF 1990, THE AGE DISCRIMINATION IN EMPLOYMENT ACT OF 1967, THE OLDER WORKERS BENEFIT PROTECTION ACT, THE CALIFORNIA FAIR EMPLOYMENT AND HOUSING ACT, THE CALIFORNIA LABOR CODE, CLAIMS OF HARASSMENT, DISCRIMINATION OR WRONGFUL TERMINATION AND ANY STATUTORY CLAIMS. Consultant understands that this Agreement to arbitrate also applies to any disputes that the Company may have with Consultant.

B. Procedure . Consultant agrees that any arbitration will be administered by the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”), and that a neutral arbitrator will be selected in a manner consistent with its National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes. Consultant agrees that the arbitrator will have the power to decide any motions brought by any party to the arbitration, including discovery motions, motions for summary judgment and/or adjudication and motions to dismiss and demurrers, prior to any arbitration hearing. Consultant agrees that the arbitrator will issue a written decision on the merits. Consultant also agrees that the arbitrator will have the power to award any remedies, including attorneys’ fees and costs, available under applicable law. Consultant understands that the Company will pay for any administrative or hearing fees charged by the arbitrator or AAA, except that Consultant shall pay the first $200.00 of any filing fees associated with any arbitration Consultant initiates. Consultant agrees that the arbitrator will administer and conduct any arbitration in a manner consistent with the Rules and that, to the extent that the AAA’s National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes conflict with the Rules, the Rules will take precedence.

C. Remedy . Except as provided by the Rules, arbitration will be the sole, exclusive and final remedy for any dispute between the Company and Consultant. Accordingly, except as provided for by the Rules, neither the Company nor Consultant will be permitted to pursue court action regarding claims that are subject to arbitration. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the arbitrator will not have the authority to disregard or refuse to enforce any lawful Company policy, and the arbitrator shall not order or require the Company to adopt a policy not otherwise required by law which the Company has not adopted.

D. Availability of Injunctive Relief . In addition to the right under the Rules to petition the court for provisional relief, Consultant agrees that any party may also petition the court for injunctive relief where either party alleges or claims a violation of Sections 2 (Confidentiality), 3 (Ownership) or 4 (Conflicting Obligations) of this Agreement or any other agreement regarding trade secrets, confidential information, nonsolicitation or Labor Code §2870. In the event either the Company or Consultant seeks injunctive relief, the prevailing party will be entitled to recover reasonable costs and attorneys’ fees.

E. Administrative Relief . Consultant understands that this Agreement does not prohibit Consultant from pursuing an administrative claim with a local, state or federal administrative body such as the Department of Fair Employment and Housing, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or the workers’ compensation board. This Agreement does, however, preclude Consultant from pursuing court action regarding any such claim.

F. Voluntary Nature of Agreement . Consultant acknowledges and agrees that Consultant is executing this Agreement voluntarily and without any duress or undue influence by the Company or anyone else. Consultant further acknowledges and agrees that Consultant has carefully read this Agreement and has asked any questions needed to understand the terms, consequences and binding effect of this Agreement and fully understand it, including that Consultant is waiving its right to a jury trial. Finally, Consultant agrees that Consultant has been provided an opportunity to seek the advice of an attorney of its choice before signing this Agreement.

 

[Page 5 of 11]


10. MISCELLANY

A. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of California without regard to California’s conflicts of law rules.

B. Assignment; Delegation . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, neither party may sell, assign or delegate any rights or obligations under this Agreement.

C. Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all prior written and oral agreements between the parties regarding the subject matter of this Agreement.

D. Headings . Headings are used in this Agreement for reference only and shall not be considered when interpreting this Agreement.

E. Notices . Any notice or other communication required or permitted by this Agreement to be given to a party shall be in writing and shall be deemed given if delivered personally or by commercial messenger or courier service, or mailed by U.S. registered or certified mail (return receipt requested), or sent via facsimile (with receipt of confirmation of complete transmission) to the party at the party’s address or facsimile number written below or at such other address or facsimile number as the party may have previously specified by like notice. If by mail, delivery shall be deemed effective 3 business days after mailing in accordance with this Section 11(E).

(1) If to the Company, to:

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

1252 ORLEANS DRIVE

SUNNYVALE. CA 94089

Telephone: 408-543-1550

Facsimile: 408-543-1501

(2) If to Consultant, to the address for notice on the signature page to this Agreement or, if no such address is provided, to the last address of Consultant provided by Consultant to the Company.

F. Attorneys’ Fees . In any court action at law or equity that is brought by one of the parties to this Agreement to enforce or interpret the provisions of this Agreement, the prevailing party will be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees, in addition to any other relief to which that party may be entitled.

G. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is found to be illegal or unenforceable, the other provisions shall remain effective and enforceable to the greatest extent permitted by law.

 

[Page 6 of 11]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Consulting Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

CONSULTANT     BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION
 

 

    /s/ KR S RIDHAR
SIGNATURE     SIGNATURE
Honorable Colin L. Powell     KR S RIDHAR
PRINT NAME     PRINT NAME
 

 

    CEO
TITLE     TITLE

 

[Page 7 of 11]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Consulting Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

CONSULTANT     BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION
/s/ Honorable Colin L. Powell      

 

SIGNATURE     SIGNATURE
Honorable Colin L. Powell      

 

PRINT NAME     PRINT NAME
 

 

     

 

TITLE     TITLE

 

[Page 8 of 11]


EXHIBIT A

SERVICES AND COMPENSATION

1. Contact. Consultant’s principal Company contact.

 

Name:   KR Sridhar
Title:   President & CEO

2. Services Consultant will render to the Company the following Services:

 

    Strategic Planning

 

    Strategic advice in dealing with US & Int’l Government Agencies and Departments

 

    Strategic advice regarding International expansion and fund raising

 

    Leadership development

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Page 9 of 11]


3. Compensation

 

  A. As consideration for Services rendered, the Company shall pay Consultant as follows:

(Amount of money and the specified time period)

An annual retainer of $200,000 paid quarterly on 4/30, 7/31, 10/30 and 1/31, plus reimbursement for actual travel and other incurred costs .

B. Expenses . The Company will reimburse Consultant for all reasonable expenses incurred by Consultant in performing the Services pursuant to this Agreement, provided that Consultant submits receipts for such expenses to the Company in accordance with Company policy.

C. Rates and Invoicing . Compensation will be due and payable based upon the pay rates described in Section 3(A). Once a quarter, Consultant shall submit to the Company a written invoice for Services and Expenses, and such statement shall be subject to the approval of the Company’s Contact Person listed above, or other designated agent of the Company.

 

[Page 10 of 11]


Year Ending December 31, 2009    113-28-4024

Colin L. Powell

Election to Recognize Income on the Transfer of Restricted Property

Under IRC Section 83(b) the taxpayer elects to recognize income on the transfer in exchange for services of the restricted property listed below.

Property: 100,000 shares of the common Stock of Bloom Energy Corporation (the “Company”).

 

Date of Transfer:    February 25,2009
   Taxable year ending December 31, 2009

Restriction: The Shares may not be transferred and are subject to for future under the terms of an agreement between the taxpayer and the Company. These restrictions lapse upon the satisfaction of certain conditions contained in such agreement.

Fair Market Value at time of transfer: $175,000.00

Amount paid for property: $10,00

Copies of election provided to : Bloom Energy Corporation

The undersigned understands that the foregoing election may not be revoked except with the consent of the Commissioner.

 

/s/ Colin L. Powell     20 M AR 09
Colin L. Powell     Date
By certified mail                     

 

[Page 11 of 11]

Exhibit 10.32

ION AMERICA CORPORATION

EMPLOYMENT, CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION,

INVENTION ASSIGNMENT

AND ARBITRATION AGREEMENT

April 1, 2002

(Effective Date)

As a condition of my employment with ION AMERICA CORPORATION, its subsidiaries, affiliates, successors or assigns (together, the “Company”), and in consideration of my employment with the Company and my receipt of the compensation now and hereafter paid to me by the Company, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, I agree to the following:

1. At-Will Employment . I UNDERSTAND AND ACKNOWLEDGE THAT MY EMPLOYMENT WITH THE COMPANY IS FOR AN UNSPECIFIED DURATION AND CONSTITUTES “AT-WILL” EMPLOYMENT. I ALSO UNDERSTAND THAT ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS UNAUTHORIZED AND NOT VALID UNLESS OBTAINED IN WRITING AND SIGNED BY AN OFFICER OF THE COMPANY. I ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THIS EMPLOYMENT RELATIONSHIP MAY BE TERMINATED AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT GOOD CAUSE OR FOR ANY OR NO CAUSE, AT THE OPTION EITHER OF THE COMPANY OR MYSELF, WITH OR WITHOUT NOTICE.

2. Confidential Information .

(a) Company Information . I agree at all times during the term of my employment and thereafter to hold in strictest confidence, and not to use, except for the benefit of the Company, or to disclose to any person, firm or corporation without written authorization of the Board of Directors of the Company, any Confidential Information of the Company. I understand that “Confidential Information” means any Company proprietary information, technical data, trade secrets or know-how, including, but not limited to, research, product plans, products, services, customer lists and customers (including, but not limited to, customers of the Company on whom I called or with whom I became acquainted during the term of my employment), markets, software, developments, inventions, processes, formulas, technology, designs, drawings, engineering, hardware configuration information, marketing, finances or other business information disclosed to me by the Company either directly or indirectly in writing, orally or by drawings or observation of parts or equipment. I further understand that Confidential Information does not include any of the foregoing items if such information has become publicly known and made generally available through no wrongful act of mine or of others who were under confidentiality obligations as to the item or items involved.

(b) Former Employer Information . I agree that I will not, during my employment with the Company, improperly use or disclose any proprietary information or trade secrets of any former or concurrent employer or other person or entity and that I will not bring onto the premises of the Company any unpublished document or proprietary information belonging to any such employer, person or entity unless consented to in writing by such employer, person or entity.


(c) Third Party Information . I recognize that the Company has received and in the future will receive from third parties their confidential or proprietary information subject to a duty on the Company’s part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only for certain limited purposes. I agree to hold all such confidential or proprietary information in the strictest confidence and not to disclose it to any person, firm or corporation or to use it except as necessary in carrying out my work for the Company consistent with the Company’s agreement with such third parties.

3. Inventions .

(a) Inventions Retained and Licensed . I have attached hereto, as Exhibit A , a list describing all inventions, original works of authorship, developments, improvements, and trade secrets which were made by me prior to my employment with the Company (collectively referred to as “Prior Inventions”), which belong to me, which relate to the Company’s proposed business, products or research and development, and which are not assigned to the Company hereunder; or, if no such fully completed and signed list is attached, I represent that there are no such Prior Inventions. If, in the course of my employment with the Company, I incorporate into a Company product, process or machine a Prior Invention owned by me or in which I have an interest, the Company is hereby granted and shall have a nonexclusive, royalty-free, irrevocable, perpetual, worldwide license to make, have made, modify, use and sell such Prior Invention as part of or in connection with such product, process or machine.

(b) Assignment of Inventions . I agree that I will promptly make full written disclosure to the Company, will hold in trust for the sole right and benefit of the Company, and hereby assign to the Company, or its designee, all my right, title, and interest in and to any and all inventions, original works of authorship, developments, concepts, improvements, designs, discoveries, ideas, trademarks or trade secrets, whether or not patentable or registrable under copyright or similar laws, which I may solely or jointly conceive or develop or reduce to practice, or cause to be conceived or developed or reduced to practice, during the period of time I am in the employ of the Company (collectively referred to as “Inventions”), except as provided in Section 3(f) below. I further acknowledge that all original works of authorship which are made by me (solely or jointly with others) within the scope of and during the period of my employment with the Company and which are protectible by copyright are “works made for hire” as that term is defined in the United States Copyright Act. I understand and agree that the decision whether or not to commercialize or market any invention developed by me solely or jointly with others is within the Company’s sole discretion and for the Company’s sole benefit and that no royalty will be due to me as a result of the Company’s efforts to commercialize or market any such invention.

(c) Inventions Assigned to the United States . I agree to assign to the United States government all my right, title, and interest in and to any and all Inventions whenever such full title is required to be in the United States by a contract between the Company and the United States or any of its agencies.

 

-2-


(d) Maintenance of Records . I agree to keep and maintain adequate and current written records of all Inventions made by me (solely or jointly with others) during the term of my employment with the Company. The records will be in the form of notes, sketches, drawings, and any other format that may be specified by the Company. The records will be available to and remain the sole property of the Company at all times.

(e) Patent and Copyright Registrations . I agree to assist the Company, or its designee, at the Company’s expense, in every proper way to secure the Company’s rights in the Inventions and any copyrights, patents, mask work rights or other intellectual property rights relating thereto in any and all countries, including the disclosure to the Company of all pertinent information and data with respect thereto, the execution of all applications, specifications, oaths, assignments and all other instruments which the Company shall deem necessary in order to apply for and obtain such rights and in order to assign and convey to the Company, its successors, assigns, and nominees the sole and exclusive rights, title and interest in and to such Inventions, and any copyrights, patents, mask work rights or other intellectual property rights relating thereto. I further agree that my obligation to execute or cause to be executed, when it is in my power to do so, any such instrument or papers shall continue after the termination of this Agreement. If the Company is unable because of my mental or physical incapacity or for any other reason to secure my signature to apply for or to pursue any application for any United States or foreign patents or copyright registrations covering Inventions or original works of authorship assigned to the Company as above, then I hereby irrevocably designate and appoint the Company and its duly authorized officers and agents as my agent and attorney in fact, to act for and in my behalf and stead to execute and file any such applications and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the prosecution and issuance of letters patent or copyright registrations thereon with the same legal force and effect as if executed by me.

(f) Exception to Assignments . I understand that the provisions of this Agreement requiring assignment of Inventions to the Company do not apply to any invention which qualifies fully under the provisions of California Labor Code Section 2870 (attached hereto as Exhibit B ). I will advise the Company promptly in writing of any inventions that I believe meet the criteria in California Labor Code Section 2870 and that are not otherwise disclosed on Exhibit A .

4. Conflicting Employment . I agree that, during the term of my employment with the Company, I will not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity directly related to the business in which the Company is now involved or becomes involved during the term of my employment, nor will I engage in any other activities that conflict with my obligations to the Company.

5. Returning Company Documents . I agree that, at the time of leaving the employ of the Company, I will immediately deliver to the Company (and will not keep in my possession, recreate or deliver to anyone else) any and all devices, records, data, notes, reports, proposals, lists, correspondence, specifications, drawings, blueprints, sketches, materials, equipment, other documents or property, or reproductions of any aforementioned items developed by me pursuant to my employment with the Company or otherwise belonging to the Company, its successors or assigns. In the event of the termination of my employment, I agree to sign and deliver the “Termination Certification” attached hereto as Exhibit C .

 

-3-


6. Notification of New Employer . In the event that I leave the employ of the Company, I hereby grant consent to notification by the Company to my new employer about my rights and obligations under this Agreement.

7. Solicitation of Employees . I agree that for a period of twelve (12) months immediately following the termination of my relationship with the Company for any reason, whether with or without cause, I shall not either directly or indirectly solicit, induce, recruit or encourage any of the Company’s employees to leave their employment, or take away such employees, or attempt to solicit, induce, recruit, encourage or take away employees of the Company, either for myself or for any other person or entity.

8. Conflict of Interest Guidelines . I agree to diligently adhere to the Conflict of Interest Guidelines attached as Exhibit D hereto.

9. Representations . I agree to execute any proper oath or verify any proper document required to carry out the terms of this Agreement. I represent that my performance of all the terms of this Agreement will not breach any agreement to keep in confidence proprietary information acquired by me in confidence or in trust prior to my employment by the Company. I have not entered into, and I agree I will not enter into, any oral or written agreement in conflict herewith.

10. Arbitration and Equitable Relief .

(a) Arbitration . EXCEPT AS PROVIDED IN SECTION 10(b) BELOW, I AGREE THAT ANY DISPUTE OR CONTROVERSY ARISING OUT OF, RELATING TO, OR CONCERNING ANY INTERPRETATION, CONSTRUCTION, PERFORMANCE OR BREACH OF THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE SETTLED BY ARBITRATION TO BE HELD IN SANTA CLARA COUNTY, CALIFORNIA, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE EMPLOYMENT DISPUTE RESOLUTION RULES THEN IN EFFECT OF THE AMERICAN ARBITRATION ASSOCIATION. THE ARBITRATOR MAY GRANT INJUNCTIONS OR OTHER RELIEF IN SUCH DISPUTE OR CONTROVERSY. THE DECISION OF THE ARBITRATOR SHALL BE FINAL, CONCLUSIVE AND BINDING ON THE PARTIES TO THE ARBITRATION. JUDGMENT MAY BE ENTERED ON THE ARBITRATOR’S DECISION IN ANY COURT HAVING JURISDICTION. THE COMPANY AND I SHALL EACH PAY ONE-HALF OF THE COSTS AND EXPENSES OF SUCH ARBITRATION, AND EACH OF US SHALL SEPARATELY PAY OUR COUNSEL FEES AND EXPENSES.

THIS ARBITRATION CLAUSE CONSTITUTES A WAIVER OF EMPLOYEE’S RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL AND RELATES TO THE RESOLUTION OF ALL DISPUTES RELATING TO ALL ASPECTS OF THE EMPLOYER/EMPLOYEE RELATIONSHIP (EXCEPT AS PROVIDED IN SECTION 10(b) BELOW), INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING CLAIMS:

 

-4-


i. ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR WRONGFUL DISCHARGE OF EMPLOYMENT; BREACH OF CONTRACT, BOTH EXPRESS AND IMPLIED; BREACH OF THE COVENANT OF GOOD FAITH AND FAIR DEALING, BOTH EXPRESS AND IMPLIED; NEGLIGENT OR INTENTIONAL INFLICTION OF EMOTIONAL DISTRESS; NEGLIGENT OR INTENTIONAL MISREPRESENTATION; NEGLIGENT OR INTENTIONAL INTERFERENCE WITH CONTRACT OR PROSPECTIVE ECONOMIC ADVANTAGE; AND DEFAMATION;

ii. ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR VIOLATION OF ANY FEDERAL, STATE OR MUNICIPAL STATUTE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, TITLE VII OF THE CIVIL RIGHTS ACT OF 1964, THE CIVIL RIGHTS ACT OF 1991, THE AGE DISCRIMINATION IN EMPLOYMENT ACT OF 1967, THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT OF 1990, THE FAIR LABOR STANDARDS ACT, THE CALIFORNIA FAIR EMPLOYMENT AND HOUSING ACT, AND LABOR CODE SECTION 201, et seq .;

iii. ANY AND ALL CLAIMS ARISING OUT OF ANY OTHER LAWS AND REGULATIONS RELATING TO EMPLOYMENT OR EMPLOYMENT DISCRIMINATION.

(b) Equitable Remedies . I AGREE THAT IT WOULD BE IMPOSSIBLE OR INADEQUATE TO MEASURE AND CALCULATE THE COMPANY’S DAMAGES FROM ANY BREACH OF THE COVENANTS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 2, 3, AND 5 HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, I AGREE THAT IF I BREACH ANY OF SUCH SECTIONS, THE COMPANY WILL HAVE AVAILABLE, IN ADDITION TO ANY OTHER RIGHT OR REMEDY AVAILABLE, THE RIGHT TO OBTAIN AN INJUNCTION FROM A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION RESTRAINING SUCH BREACH OR THREATENED BREACH AND TO SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE OF ANY SUCH PROVISION OF THIS AGREEMENT. I FURTHER AGREE THAT NO BOND OR OTHER SECURITY SHALL BE REQUIRED IN OBTAINING SUCH EQUITABLE RELIEF AND I HEREBY CONSENT TO THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH INJUNCTION AND TO THE ORDERING OF SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE.

(c) Consideration . I UNDERSTAND THAT EACH PARTY’S PROMISE TO RESOLVE CLAIMS BY ARBITRATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT, RATHER THAN THROUGH THE COURTS, IS CONSIDERATION FOR OTHER PARTY’S LIKE PROMISE. I FURTHER UNDERSTAND THAT I AM OFFERED EMPLOYMENT IN CONSIDERATION OF MY PROMISE TO ARBITRATE CLAIMS.

11. General Provisions .

(a) Governing Law; Consent to Personal Jurisdiction . This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof. I hereby expressly consent to the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in California for any lawsuit filed there against me by the Company arising from or relating to this Agreement.

 

-5-


(b) Entire Agreement . This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding between the Company and me relating to the subject matter herein and merges all prior discussions between us. No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this agreement, will be effective unless in writing signed by the party to be charged. Any subsequent change or changes in my duties, salary or compensation will not affect the validity or scope of this Agreement.

(c) Severability . If one or more of the provisions in this Agreement are deemed void by law, then the remaining provisions will continue in full force and effect.

(d) Successors and Assigns . This Agreement will be binding upon my heirs, executors, administrators and other legal representatives and will be for the benefit of the Company, its successors, and its assigns.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

 

-6-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed this Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment and Arbitration Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

/s/ K.R. Sridhar

Signature

K.R. Sridhar

Print Name

[Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment and Arbitration Agreement Signature Page]

 


EXHIBIT A

LIST OF PRIOR INVENTIONS

AND ORIGINAL WORKS OF AUTHORSHIP

 

Title    Date    Identifying Number or Brief Description

 

      ☒       No inventions or improvements

 

  
      ☐       Additional Sheets Attached                                                 
Signature of Employee: /s/ K.R. Sridhar                               
Print Name of Employee: K.R. Sridhar                                      
Date:                                                                                  


EXHIBIT B

CALIFORNIA LABOR CODE SECTION 2870

INVENTION ON OWN TIME — EXEMPTION

FROM AGREEMENT

(a) “Any provision in an employment agreement which provides that an employee shall assign, or offer to assign, any of his or her rights in an invention to his or her employer shall not apply to an invention that the employee developed entirely on his or her own time without using the employer’s equipment, supplies, facilities, or trade secret information except for those inventions that either:

(1) Relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice of the invention to the employer’s business, or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the employer; or

(2) Result from any work performed by the employee for the employer.

(b) To the extent a provision in an employment agreement purports to require an employee to assign an invention otherwise excluded from being required to be assigned under subdivision (a), the provision is against the public policy of this state and is unenforceable.”


EXHIBIT C

ION AMERICA CORPORATION

TERMINATION CERTIFICATION

This is to certify that I do not have in my possession, nor have I failed to return, any devices, records, data, notes, reports, proposals, lists, correspondence, specifications, drawings, blueprints, sketches, materials, equipment, other documents or property, or reproductions of any aforementioned items belonging to ION AMERICA CORPORATION, its subsidiaries, affiliates, successors or assigns (together, the “Company”).

I further certify that I have complied with all the terms of the Company’s Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment and Arbitration Agreement signed by me, including the reporting of any inventions and original works of authorship (as defined therein), conceived or made by me (solely or jointly with others) covered by that agreement.

I further agree that, in compliance with the Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment and Arbitration Agreement, I will preserve as confidential all trade secrets, confidential knowledge, data or other proprietary information relating to products, processes, know-how, designs, formulas, developmental or experimental work, computer programs, data bases, other original works of authorship, customer lists, business plans, financial information or other subject matter pertaining to any business of the Company or any of its employees, clients, consultants or licensees.

I further agree that for twelve (12) months from this date, I will not hire any employees of the Company and I will not solicit, induce, recruit or encourage any of the Company’s employees to leave their employment.

 

      

 

Date:  

 

     (Employee’s Signature
      

 

       (Employee’s Name)


EXHIBIT D

ION AMERICA CORPORATION

CONFLICT OF INTEREST GUIDELINES

It is the policy of ION AMERICA CORPORATION to conduct its affairs in strict compliance with the letter and spirit of the law and to adhere to the highest principles of business ethics. Accordingly, all officers, employees and independent contractors must avoid activities which are in conflict, or give the appearance of being in conflict, with these principles and with the interests of the Company. The following are potentially compromising situations which must be avoided. Any exceptions must be reported to the President and written approval for continuation must be obtained.

1. Revealing confidential information to outsiders or misusing confidential information. Unauthorized divulging of information is a violation of this policy whether or not for personal gain and whether or not harm to the Company is intended. (The Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment and Arbitration Agreement elaborates on this principle and is a binding agreement.)

2. Accepting or offering substantial gifts, excessive entertainment, favors or payments which may be deemed to constitute undue influence or otherwise be improper or embarrassing to the Company.

3. Participating in civic or professional organizations that might involve divulging confidential information of the Company.

4. Initiating or approving personnel actions affecting reward or punishment of employees or applicants where there is a family relationship or is or appears to be a personal or social involvement.

5. Initiating or approving any form of personal or social harassment of employees.

6. Investing or holding outside directorship in suppliers, customers, or competing companies, including financial speculations, where such investment or directorship might influence in any manner a decision or course of action of the Company.

7. Borrowing from or lending to employees, customers or suppliers.

8. Acquiring real estate of interest to the Company.

9. Improperly using or disclosing to the Company any proprietary information or trade secrets of any former or concurrent employer or other person or entity with whom obligations of confidentiality exist.

10. Unlawfully discussing prices, costs, customers, sales or markets with competing companies or their employees.


11. Making any unlawful agreement with distributors with respect to prices.

12. Improperly using or authorizing the use of any inventions which are the subject of patent claims of any other person or entity.

13. Engaging in any conduct which is not in the best interest of the Company.

Each officer, employee and independent contractor must take every necessary action to ensure compliance with these guidelines and to bring problem areas to the attention of higher management for review. Violations of this conflict of interest policy may result in discharge without warning.

 

-2-

Exhibit 10.33

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

EMPLOYMENT, CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION,

INVENTION ASSIGNMENT

AND ARBITRATION AGREEMENT

11/7/13

(Effective Date)

As a condition of my employment with BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION, its subsidiaries, affiliates, successors or assigns (together, the “Company”), and in consideration of my employment with the Company and my receipt of the compensation now and hereafter paid to me by the Company, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, I agree to the following:

1. At-Will Employment . I UNDERSTAND AND ACKNOWLEDGE THAT MY EMPLOYMENT WITH THE COMPANY IS FOR AN UNSPECIFIED DURATION AND CONSTITUTES “AT-WILL” EMPLOYMENT. I ALSO UNDERSTAND THAT ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS UNAUTHORIZED AND NOT VALID UNLESS OBTAINED IN WRITING AND SIGNED BY AN OFFICER OF THE COMPANY. I ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THIS EMPLOYMENT RELATIONSHIP MAY BE TERMINATED AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT GOOD CAUSE OR FOR ANY OR NO CAUSE, AT THE OPTION EITHER OF THE COMPANY OR MYSELF, WITH OR WITHOUT NOTICE.

2. Confidential Information .

(a) Company Information . I agree at all times during the term of my employment and thereafter to hold in strictest confidence, and not to use, except for the benefit of the Company, or to disclose to any person, firm or corporation without written authorization of the Board of Directors of the Company, any Confidential Information of the Company. I understand that “Confidential Information” means any Company proprietary information, technical data, trade secrets or know-how, including, but not limited to, research, product plans, products, services, customer lists and customers (including, but not limited to, customers of the Company on whom I called or with whom I became acquainted during the term of my employment), markets, software, developments, inventions, processes, formulas, technology, designs, drawings, engineering, hardware configuration information, marketing, finances or other business information disclosed to me by the Company either directly or indirectly in writing, orally or by drawings or observation of parts or equipment. I further understand that Confidential Information does not include any of the foregoing items if such information has become publicly known and made generally available through no wrongful act of mine or of others who were under confidentiality obligations as to the item or items involved.

(b) Former Employer Information . I agree that I will not, during my employment with the Company, improperly use or disclose any proprietary information or trade secrets of any former or concurrent employer or other person or entity and that I will not bring onto the premises of the Company any unpublished document or proprietary information belonging to any such employer, person or entity unless consented to in writing by such employer, person or entity.

(c) Third Party Information. I recognize that the Company has received and in the future will receive from third parties their confidential or proprietary information subject to a duty on the Company’s part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only for certain limited purposes. I agree to hold all such confidential or proprietary information in the strictest confidence and not to disclose it to any person, firm or corporation or to use it except as necessary in carrying out my work for the Company consistent with the Company’s agreement with such third parties.

 

- Page 1 -


3. Inventions .

(a) Inventions Retained and Licensed . I have attached hereto, as Exhibit A, a list describing all inventions, original works of authorship, developments, improvements, and trade secrets which were made by me prior to my employment with the Company (collectively referred to as “Prior Inventions”), which belong to me, which relate to the Company’s proposed business, products or research and development, and which are not assigned to the Company hereunder; or, if no such fully completed and signed list is attached, I represent that there are no such Prior Inventions. If, in the course of my employment with the Company, I incorporate into a Company product, process or machine a Prior Invention owned by me or in which I have an interest, the Company is hereby granted and shall have a nonexclusive, royalty-free, irrevocable, perpetual, worldwide license to make, have made, modify, use and sell such Prior Invention as part of or in connection with such product, process or machine.

(b) Assignment of Inventions . I agree that I will promptly make full written disclosure to the Company, will hold in trust for the sole right and benefit of the Company, and hereby assign to the Company, or its designee, all my right, title, and interest in and to any and all inventions, original works of authorship, developments, concepts, improvements, designs, discoveries, ideas, trademarks or trade secrets, whether or not patentable or registrable under copyright or similar laws, which I may solely or jointly conceive or develop or reduce to practice, or cause to be conceived or developed or reduced to practice, during the period of time I am in the employ of the Company (collectively referred to as “Inventions”), except as provided in Section 3(f) below. I further acknowledge that all original works of authorship which are made by me (solely or jointly with others) within the scope of and during the period of my employment with the Company and which are protectible by copyright are “works made for hire” as that term is defined in the United States Copyright Act. I understand and agree that the decision whether or not to commercialize or market any invention developed by me solely or jointly with others is within the Company’s sole discretion and for the Company’s sole benefit and that no royalty will be due to me as a result of the Company’s efforts to commercialize or market any such invention.

(c) Inventions Assigned to the United States . I agree to assign to the United States government all my right, title, and interest in and to any and all Inventions whenever such full title is required to be in the United States by a contract between the Company and the United States or any of its agencies.

(d) Maintenance of Records . I agree to keep and maintain adequate and current written records of all Inventions made by me (solely or jointly with others) during the term of my employment with the Company. The records will be in the form of notes, sketches, drawings, and any other format that may be specified by the Company. The records will be available to and remain the sole property of the Company at all times.

(e) Patent and Copyright Registrations . I agree to assist the Company, or its designee, at the Company’s expense, in every proper way to secure the Company’s rights in the Inventions and any copyrights, patents, mask work rights or other intellectual property rights relating thereto in any and all countries, including the disclosure to the Company of all pertinent information and data with respect thereto, the execution of all applications, specifications, oaths, assignments and all other instruments which the Company shall deem necessary in order to apply for and obtain such rights and in order to assign and convey to the Company, its successors, assigns, and nominees the sole and exclusive rights, title and interest in and to such Inventions, and any copyrights, patents, mask work rights or other intellectual property rights relating thereto. I further agree that my obligation to execute or cause to be executed, when it is in my power to do so, any such instrument or papers shall continue after the termination of this Agreement. If the Company is unable because of my mental or physical incapacity or for any other reason to secure my signature to apply for or to pursue any application for any United States or foreign patents or copyright registrations covering Inventions or original works of authorship assigned to the Company as above, then I hereby irrevocably designate and appoint the Company and its duly authorized officers and agents as my agent and attorney in fact, to act for and in my behalf and stead to execute and file any such applications and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the prosecution and issuance of letters patent or copyright registrations thereon with the same legal force and effect as if executed by me.

 

- Page 2 -


(f) Exception to Assignments . I understand that the provisions of this Agreement requiring assignment of Inventions to the Company do not apply to any invention which qualifies fully under the provisions of California Labor Code Section 2870 (attached hereto as Exhibit B) . I will advise the Company promptly in writing of any inventions that I believe meet the criteria in California Labor Code Section 2870 and that are not otherwise disclosed on Exhibit A .

4. Conflicting Employment . I agree that, during the term of my employment with the Company, I will not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity directly related to the business in which the Company is now involved or becomes involved during the term of my employment, nor will I engage in any other activities that conflict with my obligations to the Company.

5. Returning Company Documents . I agree that, at the time of leaving the employ of the Company, I will immediately deliver to the Company (and will not keep in my possession, recreate or deliver to anyone else) any and all devices, records, data, notes, reports, proposals, lists, correspondence, specifications, drawings, blueprints, sketches, materials, equipment, other documents or property, or reproductions of any aforementioned items developed by me pursuant to my employment with the Company or otherwise belonging to the Company, its successors or assigns. In the event of the termination of my employment, I agree to sign and deliver the “Termination Certification” attached hereto as Exhibit C .

6. Notification of New Employer . In the event that I leave the employ of the Company, I hereby grant consent to notification by the Company to my new employer about my rights and obligations under this Agreement.

7. Solicitation of Employees . I agree that for a period of twelve (12) months immediately following the termination of my relationship with the Company for any reason, whether with or without cause, I shall not either directly or indirectly solicit, induce, recruit or encourage any of the Company’s employees to leave their employment, or take away such employees, or attempt to solicit, induce, recruit, encourage or take away employees of the Company, either for myself or for any other person or entity.

8. Conflict of Interest Guidelines . I agree to diligently adhere to the Conflict of Interest Guidelines attached as Exhibit D hereto.

9. Representations . I agree to execute any proper oath or verify any proper document required to carry out the terms of this Agreement. I represent that my performance of all the terms of this Agreement will not breach any agreement to keep in confidence proprietary information acquired by me in confidence or in trust prior to my employment by the Company. I have not entered into, and I agree I will not enter into, any oral or written agreement in conflict herewith.

10. Arbitration and Equitable Relief .

(a) Arbitration . In consideration of my employment with the Company, its promise to arbitrate all employment-related disputes, and my receipt of the compensation, pay raises and other benefits paid to me by the Company, at present and in the future, I agree that any and all controversies, claims, or disputes with anyone (including the Company and any employee, officer, director, shareholder or benefit plan of the Company in their capacity as such or otherwise) arising out of, relating to, or resulting from my employment with the Company or the termination of my employment with the Company shall be subject to binding arbitration under the Arbitration Rules set forth in California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1280 through 1294.2, including section 1283.05 (the “Rules”) and pursuant to California law. Disputes which will be arbitrated include any

 

- Page 3 -


statutory claims under state or federal law, including, but not limited to, claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, the California Labor Code, claims of harassment, discrimination or wrongful termination and any statutory claims. This arbitration policy also applies to any disputes that the Company may have with me.

(b) Procedure . Any arbitration will be administered by the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”), by a neutral arbitrator selected in a manner consistent with its National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes. The arbitrator shall have the power to decide any motions brought by any party to the arbitration, including discovery motions, motions for summary judgment and/or adjudication and motions to dismiss and demurrers, prior to any arbitration hearing. The arbitrator shall issue a written decision on the merits. The arbitrator shall have the power to award any remedies, including attorneys’ fees and costs, available under applicable law. The Company will pay for any administrative or hearing fees charged by the arbitrator or AAA except that I shall pay the first $125.00 of any filing fees associated with any arbitration I initiate. The arbitrator shall administer and conduct any arbitration in a manner consistent with the Rules and that to the extent that the AAA’s National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes conflict with the Rules, the Rules shall take precedence.

(c) Remedy . Except as provided by the Rules, arbitration shall be the sole, exclusive and final remedy for any dispute between me and the Company. Accordingly, except as provided for by the Rules, neither I nor the Company will be permitted to pursue court action regarding claims that are subject to arbitration. Notwithstanding, the arbitrator will not have the authority to disregard or refuse to enforce any lawful Company policy, and the arbitrator shall not order or require the Company to adopt a policy not otherwise required by law which the Company has not adopted.

(d) Availability of Injunctive Relief . In addition to the right under the Rules to petition the court for provisional relief, any party may also petition the court for injunctive relief where either party alleges or claims a violation of the Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment Agreement between me and the Company or any other agreement regarding trade secrets, confidential information, nonsolicitation or Labor Code §2870. In the event either party seeks injunctive relief, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover reasonable costs and attorneys’ fees.

(e) Administrative Relief . I am not prohibited from pursuing an administrative claim with a local, state or federal administrative body such as the Department of Fair Employment and Housing, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or the workers’ compensation board. However, I may not pursue court action regarding any such claim.

(f) Voluntary Nature of Agreement . I ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT I AM EXECUTING THIS AGREEMENT VOLUNTARILY AND WITHOUT ANY DURESS OR UNDUE INFLUENCE BY THE COMPANY OR ANYONE ELSE. I FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT I HAVE CAREFULLY READ THIS AGREEMENT AND THAT I HAVE ASKED ANY QUESTIONS NEEDED FOR ME TO UNDERSTAND THE TERMS, CONSEQUENCES AND BINDING EFFECT OF THIS AGREEMENT AND FULLY UNDERSTAND IT, INCLUDING THAT I AM WAIVING MY RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL . FINALLY, I AGREE THAT I HAVE BEEN PROVIDED AN OPPORTUNITY TO SEEK THE ADVICE OF AN ATTORNEY OF MY CHOICE BEFORE SIGNING THIS AGREEMENT.

11. General Provisions.

(a) Governing Law: Consent to Personal Jurisdiction . This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof. I hereby expressly consent to the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in California for any lawsuit filed there against me by the Company arising from or relating to this Agreement.

 

- Page 4 -


(b) Entire Agreement . This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding between the Company and me relating to the subject matter herein and merges all prior discussions between us. No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this agreement, will be effective unless in writing signed by the party to be charged. Any subsequent change or changes in my duties, salary or compensation will not affect the validity or scope of this Agreement.

(c) Severability . If one or more of the provisions in this Agreement are deemed void by law, then the remaining provisions will continue in full force and effect.

(d) Successors and Assigns . This Agreement will be binding upon my heirs, executors, administrators and other legal representatives and will be for the benefit of the Company, its successors, and its assigns.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed this Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment and Arbitration Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

/s/ Susan Brennan

Signature

Susan Brennan

Print Name

[Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment and Arbitration Agreement signature page]

 

- Page 5 -


EXHIBIT A

LIST OF PRIOR INVENTIONS

AND ORIGINAL WORKS OF AUTHORSHIP

 

Title    Date    Identifying Number or Brief Description

 

  No inventions or improvements
  Additional Sheets Attached

 

/s/ Susan Brennan

 

Signature

Susan Brennan

Print Name

11/7/13

Date

 

- Page 6 -


EXHIBIT B

CALIFORNIA LABOR CODE SECTION 2870

INVENTION ON OWN TIME – EXEMPTION

FROM AGREEMENT

(a) “Any provision in an employment agreement which provides that an employee shall assign, or offer to assign, any of his or her rights in an invention to his or her employer shall not apply to an invention that the employee developed entirely on his or her own time without using the employer’s equipment, supplies, facilities, or trade secret information except for those inventions that either:

(1) Relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice of the invention to the employer’s business, or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the employer; or

(2) Result from any work performed by the employee for the employer.

(b) To the extent a provision in an employment agreement purports to require an employee to assign an invention otherwise excluded from being required to be assigned under subdivision (a), the provision is against the public policy of this state and is unenforceable.”

 

- Page 7 -


EXHIBIT C

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

CONFLICT OF INTEREST GUIDELINES

It is the policy of BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION to conduct its affairs in strict compliance with the letter and spirit of the law and to adhere to the highest principles of business ethics. Accordingly, all officers, employees and independent contractors must avoid activities which are in conflict, or give the appearance of being in conflict, with these principles and with the interests of the Company. The following are potentially compromising situations which must be avoided. Any exceptions must be reported to the President and written approval for continuation must be obtained.

1. Revealing confidential information to outsiders or misusing confidential information. Unauthorized divulging of information is a violation of this policy whether or not for personal gain and whether or not harm to the Company is intended. (The Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment and Arbitration Agreement elaborates on this principle and is a binding agreement.)

2. Accepting or offering substantial gifts, excessive entertainment, favors or payments which may be deemed to constitute undue influence or otherwise be improper or embarrassing to the Company.

3. Participating in civic or professional organizations that might involve divulging confidential information of the Company.

4. Initiating or approving personnel actions affecting reward or punishment of employees or applicants where there is a family relationship or is or appears to be a personal or social involvement.

5. Initiating or approving any form of personal or social harassment of employees.

6. Investing or holding outside directorship in suppliers, customers, or competing companies, including financial speculations, where such investment or directorship might influence in any manner a decision or course of action of the Company.

7. Borrowing from or lending to employees, customers or suppliers.

8. Acquiring real estate of interest to the Company.

9. Improperly using or disclosing to the Company any proprietary information or trade secrets of any former or concurrent employer or other person or entity with whom obligations of confidentiality exist.

10. Unlawfully discussing prices, costs, customers, sales or markets with competing companies or their employees.

11. Making any unlawful agreement with distributors with respect to prices.

12. Improperly using or authorizing the use of any inventions which are the subject of patent claims of any other person or entity.

13. Engaging in any conduct which is not in the best interest of the Company.

Each officer, employee and independent contractor must take every necessary action to ensure compliance with these guidelines and to bring problem areas to the attention of higher management for review. Violations of this conflict of interest policy may result in discharge without warning.

 

- Page 8 -

Exhibit 10.34

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

EMPLOYMENT, CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION, INVENTION ASSIGNMENT

AND ARBITRATION AGREEMENT

Effective Date: 12/1/2014

As a condition of my employment with BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION, its subsidiaries, affiliates, successors or assigns (together, the “Company”), and in consideration of my employment with the Company and my receipt of the compensation now and hereafter paid to me by the Company, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, I agree to the following:

1. At-Will Employment. I UNDERSTAND AND ACKNOWLEDGE THAT MY EMPLOYMENT WITH THE COMPANY IS FOR AN UNSPECIFIED DURATION AND CONSTITUTES “AT-WILL” EMPLOYMENT. I ALSO UNDERSTAND THAT ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS UNAUTHORIZED AND NOT VALID UNLESS OBTAINED IN WRITING AND SIGNED BY AN OFFICER OF THE COMPANY. I ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THIS EMPLOYMENT RELATIONSHIP MAY BE TERMINATED AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT GOOD CAUSE OR FOR ANY OR NO CAUSE, AT THE OPTION EITHER OF THE COMPANY OR MYSELF, WITH OR WITHOUT NOTICE.

2. Confidential Information.

(a) Company Information . I agree at all times during the term of my employment and thereafter to hold in strictest confidence, and not to use, except for the benefit of the Company, or to disclose to any person, firm or corporation without written authorization of the Board of Directors of the Company, any Confidential Information of the Company. I understand that “Confidential Information” means any Company proprietary information, technical data, trade secrets or know-how, including, but not limited to, research, product plans, products, services, customer lists and customers (including, but not limited to, customers of the Company on whom I called or with whom I became acquainted during the term of my employment), markets, software, developments, inventions, processes, formulas, technology, designs, drawings, engineering, hardware configuration information, marketing, finances or other business information disclosed to me by the Company either directly or indirectly in writing, orally or by drawings or observation of parts or equipment. I further understand that Confidential Information does not include any of the foregoing items if such information has become publicly known and made generally available through no wrongful act of mine or of others who were under confidentiality obligations as to the item or items involved.

(b) Former Employer Information . I agree that I will not, during my employment with the Company, improperly use or disclose any proprietary information or trade secrets of any former or concurrent employer or other person or entity and that I will not bring onto the premises of the Company any unpublished document or proprietary information belonging to any such employer, person or entity unless consented to in writing by such employer, person or entity.

(c) Third Party Information . I recognize that the Company has received and in the future will receive from third parties their confidential or proprietary information subject to a duty on the Company’s part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only for certain limited purposes. I agree to hold all such confidential or proprietary information in the strictest confidence and not to disclose it to any person, firm or corporation or to use it except as necessary in carrying out my work for the Company consistent with the Company’s agreement with such third parties.

 

Page 1 of 8

October 27, 2013


3. Inventions.

(a) Inventions Retained and Licensed . I have attached hereto, as Exhibit A, a list describing all inventions, original works of authorship, developments, improvements, and trade secrets which were made by me prior to my employment with the Company (collectively referred to as “Prior Inventions”), which belong to me, which relate to the Company’s proposed business, products or research and development, and which are not assigned to the Company hereunder; or, if no such fully completed and signed list is attached, I represent that there are no such Prior Inventions. If, in the course of my employment with the Company, I incorporate into a Company product, process or machine a Prior Invention owned by me or in which I have an interest, the Company is hereby granted and shall have a nonexclusive, royalty-free, irrevocable, perpetual, worldwide license to make, have made, modify, use and sell such Prior Invention as part of or in connection with such product, process or machine.

(b) Assignment of Inventions . I agree that I will promptly make full written disclosure to the Company, will hold in trust for the sole right and benefit of the Company, and hereby assign to the Company, or its designee, all my right, title, and interest in and to any and all inventions, original works of authorship, developments, concepts, improvements, designs, discoveries, ideas, trademarks or trade secrets, whether or not patentable or registrable under copyright or similar laws, which I may solely or jointly conceive or develop or reduce to practice, or cause to be conceived or developed or reduced to practice, during the period of time I am in the employ of the Company (collectively referred to as “Inventions”), except as provided in Section 3(f) below. I further acknowledge that all original works of authorship which are made by me (solely or jointly with others) within the scope of and during the period of my employment with the Company and which are protectible by copyright are “works made for hire” as that term is defined in the United States Copyright Act. I understand and agree that the decision whether or not to commercialize or market any invention developed by me solely or jointly with others is within the Company’s sole discretion and for the Company’s sole benefit and that no royalty will be due to me as a result of the Company’s efforts to commercialize or market any such invention.

(c) Inventions Assigned to the United States . I agree to assign to the United States government all my right, title, and interest in and to any and all Inventions whenever such full title is required to be in the United States by a contract between the Company and the United States or any of its agencies.

(d) Maintenance of Records . I agree to keep and maintain adequate and current written records of all Inventions made by me (solely or jointly with others) during the term of my employment with the Company. The records will be in the form of notes, sketches, drawings, and any other format that may be specified by the Company. The records will be available to and remain the sole property of the Company at all times.

(e) Patent and Copyright Registrations . I agree to assist the Company, or its designee, at the Company’s expense, in every proper way to secure the Company’s rights in the Inventions and any copyrights, patents, mask work rights or other intellectual property rights relating thereto in any and all countries, including the disclosure to the Company of all pertinent information and data with respect thereto, the execution of all applications, specifications, oaths, assignments and all other instruments which the Company shall deem necessary in order to apply for and obtain such rights and in order to assign and convey to the Company, its successors, assigns, and nominees the sole and exclusive rights, title and interest in and to such Inventions, and any copyrights, patents, mask work rights or other intellectual property rights relating thereto. I further agree that my obligation to execute or cause to be executed, when it is in my power to do so, any such instrument or papers shall continue after the termination of this Agreement. If the Company is unable because of my mental or physical incapacity or for any other reason to secure my signature to apply for or to pursue any application for any United States or foreign patents or copyright registrations covering Inventions or original works of authorship assigned to the Company as above, then I hereby irrevocably designate and appoint the Company and its duly authorized officers and agents as my agent and attorney in fact, to act for and in my behalf and stead to execute and file any such applications and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the prosecution and issuance of letters patent or copyright registrations thereon with the same legal force and effect as if executed by me.

 

Page 2 of 8

October 27, 2013


(f) Exception to Assignments . I understand that the provisions of this Agreement requiring assignment of Inventions to the Company do not apply to any invention which qualifies fully under the provisions of California Labor Code Section 2870 (attached hereto as Exhibit B ). I will advise the Company promptly in writing of any inventions that I believe meet the criteria in California Labor Code Section 2870 and that are not otherwise disclosed on Exhibit A.

4. Image Release. I hereby sell, assign and grant to Company all right, title and interest to and permission to copyright, use, publish and republish my name, voice, picture and likeness (collectively, “Likeness”) in any and all media or distribution now known or hereafter developed taken or recorded during my employment with Company including but not limited to electronic, digital or conventional, blurred, altered or distorted, in color or black and white, video or otherwise for art, trade, internal distribution or any other lawful purpose in any lawful manner anywhere in the world and/or on the worldwide web. I hereby waive any right to inspect or approve any final product using my Likeness. I hereby release and discharge Company from any and all actions, claims and demands of any nature which I may have at any time now or in the future arising out of or related to the rights granted above or my Likeness.

5. Conflicting Employment. I agree that, during the term of my employment with the Company, I will not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity directly related to the business in which the Company is now involved or becomes involved during the term of my employment, nor will I engage in any other activities that conflict with my obligations to the Company.

6. Returning Company Documents. I agree that, at the time of leaving the employ of the Company, I will immediately deliver to the Company (and will not keep in my possession, recreate or deliver to anyone else) any and all devices, records, data, notes, reports, proposals, lists, correspondence, specifications, drawings, blueprints, sketches, materials, equipment, other documents or property, or reproductions of any aforementioned items developed by me pursuant to my employment with the Company or otherwise belonging to the Company, its successors or assigns. In the event of the termination of my employment, I agree to sign and deliver the “Termination Certification” attached hereto as Exhibit C.

7. Notification of New Employer. In the event that I leave the employ of the Company, I hereby grant consent to notification by the Company to my new employer about my rights and obligations under this Agreement.

8. Solicitation of Employees. I agree that for a period of twelve (12) months immediately following the termination of my relationship with the Company for any reason, whether with or without cause, I shall not either directly or indirectly solicit, induce, recruit or encourage any of the Company’s employees to leave their employment, or take away such employees, or attempt to solicit, induce, recruit, encourage or take away employees of the Company, either for myself or for any other person or entity.

9. Conflict of Interest Guidelines. I agree to diligently adhere to the Conflict of Interest Guidelines attached as Exhibit D hereto.

10. Representations. I agree to execute any proper oath or verify any proper document required to carry out the terms of this Agreement. I represent that my performance of all the terms of this Agreement will not breach any agreement to keep in confidence proprietary information acquired by me in confidence or in trust prior to my employment by the Company. I have not entered into, and I agree I will not enter into, any oral or written agreement in conflict herewith.

 

Page 3 of 8

October 27, 2013


11. Arbitration and Equitable Relief .

(a) Arbitration . In consideration of my employment with the Company, its promise to arbitrate all employment-related disputes, and my receipt of the compensation, pay raises and other benefits paid to me by the Company, at present and in the future, I agree that any and all controversies, claims, or disputes with anyone (including the Company and any employee, officer, director, shareholder or benefit plan of the Company in their capacity as such or otherwise) arising out of, relating to, or resulting from my employment with the Company or the termination of my employment with the Company shall be subject to binding arbitration under the Arbitration Rules set forth in California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1280 through 1294.2, including section 1283.05 (the “Rules”) and pursuant to California law. Disputes which will be arbitrated include any statutory claims under state or federal law, including, but not limited to, claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, the California Labor Code, claims of harassment, discrimination or wrongful termination and any statutory claims. This arbitration policy also applies to any disputes that the Company may have with me.

(b) Procedure . Any arbitration will be administered by the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”), by a neutral arbitrator selected in a manner consistent with its National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes. The arbitrator shall have the power to decide any motions brought by any party to the arbitration, including discovery motions, motions for summary judgment and/or adjudication and motions to dismiss and demurrers, prior to any arbitration hearing. The arbitrator shall issue a written decision on the merits. The arbitrator shall have the power to award any remedies, including attorneys’ fees and costs, available under applicable law. The Company will pay for any administrative or hearing fees charged by the arbitrator or AAA except that I shall pay the first $125.00 of any filing fees associated with any arbitration I initiate. The arbitrator shall administer and conduct any arbitration in a manner consistent with the Rules and that to the extent that the AAA’s National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes conflict with the Rules, the Rules shall take precedence.

(c) Remedy . Except as provided by the Rules, arbitration shall be the sole, exclusive and final remedy for any dispute between me and the Company. Accordingly, except as provided for by the Rules, neither I nor the Company will be permitted to pursue court action regarding claims that are subject to arbitration. Notwithstanding, the arbitrator will not have the authority to disregard or refuse to enforce any lawful Company policy, and the arbitrator shall not order or require the Company to adopt a policy not otherwise required by law which the Company has not adopted.

(d) Availability of Injunctive Relief . In addition to the right under the Rules to petition the court for provisional relief, any party may also petition the court for injunctive relief where either party alleges or claims a violation of the Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment Agreement between me and the Company or any other agreement regarding trade secrets, confidential information, nonsolicitation or Labor Code §2870. In the event either party seeks injunctive relief, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover reasonable costs and attorneys’ fees.

(e) Administrative Relief . I am not prohibited from pursuing an administrative claim with a local, state or federal administrative body such as the Department of Fair Employment and Housing, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or the workers’ compensation board. However, I may not pursue court action regarding any such claim.

(f) Voluntary Nature of Agreement . I ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT I AM EXECUTING THIS AGREEMENT VOLUNTARILY AND WITHOUT ANY DURESS OR UNDUE INFLUENCE BY THE COMPANY OR ANYONE ELSE. I FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT I HAVE CAREFULLY READ THIS AGREEMENT AND THAT I HAVE ASKED ANY QUESTIONS NEEDED FOR ME TO UNDERSTAND THE TERMS, CONSEQUENCES AND BINDING EFFECT OF THIS AGREEMENT AND FULLY UNDERSTAND IT, INCLUDING THAT I AM WAIVING MY RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL . FINALLY, I AGREE THAT I HAVE BEEN PROVIDED AN OPPORTUNITY TO SEEK THE ADVICE OF AN ATTORNEY OF MY CHOICE BEFORE SIGNING THIS AGREEMENT.

 

Page 4 of 8

October 27, 2013


12. General Provisions.

(a) Governing Law; Consent to Personal Jurisdiction . This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof. I hereby expressly consent to the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in California for any lawsuit filed there against me by the Company arising from or relating to this Agreement.

(b) Entire Agreement . This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding between the Company and me relating to the subject matter herein and merges all prior discussions between us. No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this agreement, will be effective unless in writing signed by the party to be charged. Any subsequent change or changes in my duties, salary or compensation will not affect the validity or scope of this Agreement.

(c) Severability . If one or more of the provisions in this Agreement are deemed void by law, then the remaining provisions will continue in full force and effect.

(d) Successors and Assigns . This Agreement will be binding upon my heirs, executors, administrators and other legal representatives and will be for the benefit of the Company, its successors, and its assigns.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed this Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment and Arbitration Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

/s/ Glen Griffiths

Signature

Glen Griffiths

Print Name

[Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment and Arbitration Agreement signature page]

 

Page 5 of 8

October 27, 2013


EXHIBIT A

LIST OF PRIOR INVENTIONS

AND ORIGINAL WORKS OF AUTHORSHIP

 

Title

  

Date

  

Identifying Number or Brief Description

VIA DESIGN FOR FLUX RESIDUE MITIGATION    7/3/2008    US 20080160252 A1

 

 1  No inventions or improvements
 0  Additional Sheets Attached

 

/s/ Glen Griffiths

Signature

Glen Griffiths

Print Name

12/1/2014

Date

 

Page 6 of 8

October 27, 2013


EXHIBIT B

CALIFORNIA LABOR CODE SECTION 2870

INVENTION ON OWN TIME – EXEMPTION FROM AGREEMENT

(a) “Any provision in an employment agreement which provides that an employee shall assign, or offer to assign, any of his or her rights in an invention to his or her employer shall not apply to an invention that the employee developed entirely

on his or her own time without using the employer’s equipment, supplies, facilities, or trade secret information except for those inventions that either:

(1) Relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice of the invention to the employer’s business, or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the employer; or

(2) Result from any work performed by the employee for the employer.

(b) To the extent a provision in an employment agreement purports to require an employee to assign an invention otherwise excluded from being required to be assigned under subdivision (a), the provision is against the public policy of this state and is unenforceable.”

 

Page 7 of 8

October 27, 2013


EXHIBIT C

BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION CONFLICT OF INTEREST GUIDELINES

It is the policy of BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION to conduct its affairs in strict compliance with the letter and spirit of the law and to adhere to the highest principles of business ethics. Accordingly, all officers, employees and independent contractors must avoid activities which are in conflict, or give the appearance of being in conflict, with these principles and with the interests of the Company. The following are potentially compromising situations which must be avoided. Any exceptions must be reported to the President and written approval for continuation must be obtained.

1. Revealing confidential information to outsiders or misusing confidential information. Unauthorized divulging of information is a violation of this policy whether or not for personal gain and whether or not harm to the Company is intended. (The Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment and Arbitration Agreement elaborates on this principle and is a binding agreement.)

2. Accepting or offering substantial gifts, excessive entertainment, favors or payments which may be deemed to constitute undue influence or otherwise be improper or embarrassing to the Company.

3. Participating in civic or professional organizations that might involve divulging confidential information of the Company.

4. Initiating or approving personnel actions affecting reward or punishment of employees or applicants where there is a family relationship or is or appears to be a personal or social involvement.

5. Initiating or approving any form of personal or social harassment of employees.

6. Investing or holding outside directorship in suppliers, customers, or competing companies, including financial speculations, where such investment or directorship might influence in any manner a decision or course of action of the Company.

7. Borrowing from or lending to employees, customers or suppliers.

8. Acquiring real estate of interest to the Company.

9. Improperly using or disclosing to the Company any proprietary information or trade secrets of any former or concurrent employer or other person or entity with whom obligations of confidentiality exist.

10. Unlawfully discussing prices, costs, customers, sales or markets with competing companies or their employees.

11. Making any unlawful agreement with distributors with respect to prices.

12. Improperly using or authorizing the use of any inventions which are the subject of patent claims of any other person or entity.

13. Engaging in any conduct which is not in the best interest of the Company.

Each officer, employee and independent contractor must take every necessary action to ensure compliance with these guidelines and to bring problem areas to the attention of higher management for review. Violations of this conflict of interest policy may result in discharge without warning.

 

Page 8 of 8

October 27, 2013

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Bloom Energy Corporation of our report dated March 7, 2018 relating to the financial statements of Bloom Energy Corporation, which appears in this Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Jose, California

June 12, 2018

Exhibit 99.1

EXECUTION COPY

GRANT AGREEMENT BY AND BETWEEN

THE DELAWARE ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY

AND BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION

THIS GRANT AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made as of the 1st day of March, 2012 by and between The Delaware Economic Development Authority (the “ Authority ”), a body corporate and politic constituted as an instrumentality of the State of Delaware (the “ State ”) and Bloom Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ Grantee ”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, Grantee made an application dated June 8, 2011 (the “ Application ”) to the Authority for a grant under the Delaware Strategic Fund Program, 29  Del. C.  §§5027 — 5029 (the “ Program ”), in the amount of Sixteen Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($16,500,000) the proceeds for which will be used by Grantee, an innovative fuel cell company, to establish a new manufacturing facility at 550 South College Avenue, Newark, Delaware (the “ Project ”) as is more completely described in the Application and the attachments thereto.

WHEREAS, pursuant to 29  Del. C.  §5055(d) the Council on Development Finance (the “ Council ”) held a public hearing with respect to the Application on June 27, 2011 and recommended to the Chairperson of the Authority the approval of the Application and the making of a grant under the Program in the amount of up to Sixteen Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($16,500,000) (the “ Grant ”).

WHEREAS, the Authority has considered (i) the Application under the Program, (ii) the criteria for the amount and type of assistance that are set forth in the statutes governing the Program, including 29  Del. C.  §5029(d), and the provision of financial assistance by the Authority and in the Authority’s Regulation No. 5 — Procedures Governing the Delaware Strategic Fund, 1 Del. Admin. Code §402 (“ Regulation No. 5 ”) and (iii) the recommendation of the Council.

WHEREAS, the Authority has adopted a resolution dated March 1, 2012, under which the Authority (i) made the findings required by 29  Del. C.  §5055 and by the Authority’s Regulation No. 5 and (ii) resolved to make the Grant to Grantee in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement, terms defined in the preamble and recitals hereof shall have the meanings set forth therein, and the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

(a) “ Allowable Capital Expenditure Costs ” means the amount equal to documented capital expenditures by Grantee in connection with the Project and approved by the Authority; provided, however, that Allowable Capital Expenditure Costs shall


not include any fees, taxes, charges or assessments paid to any governmental body, wages and associated employee labor costs associated with the Project or employee training costs. Allowable Capital Expenditure Costs are expected to be approximately Fifty Million Dollars ($50,000,000.00).

(b) “ Anniversary Date ” shall mean September 30 of each reporting year, beginning on September 30, 2014, and continuing through September 30, 2023.

(c) “ Annual Employment Report ” means a written report made by Grantee on October 31, 2012 and annually on this date for a period of eleven years, through and including October 31, 2023. September 30, 2014 shall be the “ First Anniversary ”, and each subsequent year shall be the anniversary date as set forth in the Benchmark Employment/Compensation Chart.

(d) “ Benchmark Employment Number ” means the number of Full Time Workers required pursuant to Benchmark Employment/Compensation Chart.

(e) “ Benchmark Employment/Compensation Chart ” shall refer to the chart at Appendix A, attached and made a part hereto.

(f) “ Benchmark Supplier Employment Number ” means the number of full time employees who are employed by Grantee suppliers and who have been relocated from outside the State to Grantee’s Facility or a nearby location within the State.

(g) “ Capital Expenditure Grant Request ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(e), herein.

(h) “ Capital Expenditure Grant ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(e).

(i) “ Carry-Forward Compensation Credit ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10(b)(iv) herein.

(j) “ Certificate of Occupancy Grant ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(b) herein.

(k) “ Certificate of Occupancy Grant Request ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(b) herein.

(l) “ Cessation Event Default ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(a)(i) herein.

(m) “ Cessation Event Default Payment ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10(a) herein.

 

2


(n) “ Compensation to Full Time Workers ” shall mean the total aggregate payroll amount paid to Full Time Workers at Grantee’s Facility in Newark, Delaware, and as set forth in the Benchmark Employment/Compensation Chart.

(o) “ Cure Report ” means a written report provided by Grantee to the Authority, signed by an officer of Grantee authorized to bind Grantee, setting forth the proposed plan by Grantee to cure any default hereunder.

(p) “ DEDO ” means the Delaware Economic Development Office, an office in the Executive Department of the State.

(q) “ Employee Performance Default Number ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(a)(ii) herein.

(r) “ Facility ” means Grantee’s Delaware manufacturing facility located at 550 South College Avenue, Newark, Delaware.

(s) “ First Anniversary Date ” shall be September 30, 2014.

(t) “ First Recapture Period ” shall have the meaning set forth at 10(b)(i) herein.

(u) “ Full Time Worker ” of Grantee is an individual who performs work on a full time basis (i.e., forty (40) hours per week) at Grantee’s Facility in Delaware. “Full Time Worker” includes persons who are engaged by Grantee on a full time basis through third parties and persons who are engaged as independent contractors to Grantee (who are not legally “employees” of Grantee), provided that such persons work at Grantee’s Facility in Delaware or who undertake other direct administrative duties associated with Grantee’s manufacturing of the Bloom Energy Servers, or installing, testing or servicing the Bloom Box Energy Servers in Delaware, and further provided that schedule and work activities of such persons are determined by Grantee and Grantee represents that such Full Time Workers’ wages, salaries and other compensation (other than from pensions) were received for personal services rendered in Delaware or attributable to employment in Delaware. “Full Time Worker” shall not include Full Time Supplier Employees of Grantee’s Suppliers referred to in Section 6(d) of this Grant Agreement, or employees who are contracted to provide construction, maintenance or repairs to Grantee’s Facility in Delaware.

(v) “ Full Time Employee Performance Default ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(a)(ii) herein.

(w) “ Full Time Supplier Employees ” shall mean an individual who performs work on a full time basis (i.e., forty (40) hours per week) for Grantee Suppliers at or near Grantee’s Facility in Delaware.

(x) “ GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the Opinions of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and in statements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board and in such other statements by such other entity as the Authority may reasonably approve, which are applicable in

 

3


the circumstances as of the date in question; and such principles observed in a current period shall be comparable in all material respects to those applied in a preceding period. Except as otherwise provided herein, financial and accounting terms used in the foregoing definitions or elsewhere in this Agreement, shall be defined in accordance with GAAP.

(y) “ Government Funding Certification ” shall have the meaning described in Section 11(h) herein.

(z) “ Grant ” shall mean all funds disbursed to Grantee pursuant to this Agreement.

(aa) “ Lease Execution Grant ” shall have the meaning set forth is Section 6(a) herein.

(bb) “ Lease Execution Grant Request ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(a) herein.

(cc) “ Occupancy Date ” shall mean the date Grantee obtains a Certificate of Occupancy for the Facility.

(dd) “ Payroll Default ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.

(ee) “ Performance Grant ” shall mean the Grant of Eleven Million Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($11,250,000) provided to Grantee as incentive for locating the Facility in Delaware and providing employment for Full Time Workers at the Facility (represented by the combined payment of the Lease Execution Draw and the Certificate of Occupancy Draw).

(ff) “ Reporting Default ” means the failure of Grantee to provide the Authority with any report required under this Agreement within the time provided, as set forth in Section 8(a)(iv) herein.

(gg) “ Reporting Default Payment ” means a payment from the Grantee to the Authority in an amount equal to all funds actually disbursed to the Grantee, as set forth in Section 10(d) herein.

(hh) “ Reporting Period ” means the period through and including eleven (11) years beginning October 31, 2012, and through and including October 31, 2023.

(ii) “ Recapture Limitation ” shall have the meaning set forth at Section 10(b)(v) herein.

(jj) “ Recapture Payment ” shall have the meaning set forth at Section 10 herein.

(kk) “ Second Anniversary Date ” shall be September 30, 2015.

(ll) “ Second Recapture Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10(b)(ii) herein.

 

4


(mm) “ Supplier Incentive Grant ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(d) herein.

(nn) “ Supplier Incentive Grant Request ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(d) herein.

(oo) “ Third Anniversary Date ” shall be September 30, 2016.

(pp) “ Third Recapture Period ” shall have the meaning set forth at Section 10(b)(iii) herein.

2. Representations and Warranties of the Authority . The Authority makes the following representations and warranties:

(a) The Authority is a body corporate and politic and is constituted as an instrumentality of the State.

(b) The Authority has full power and authority to enter into, execute, deliver and perform this Agreement in accordance with its terms.

(c) The Director of DEDO, in his capacity as Chairperson of the Authority, is duly authorized to execute this Agreement on behalf of the Authority and has the legal capacity to do so.

(d) This Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Authority enforceable against the Authority in accordance with its terms.

(e) The observance and performance by the Authority of its obligations hereunder will not violate or conflict with any provisions of the laws of the State.

3. Representations and Warranties of Grantee . Grantee makes the following representations and warranties:

(a) Grantee is a Delaware corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Delaware.

(b) Grantee has full corporate power and authority to enter into, execute, deliver and perform this Agreement in accordance with its terms and to conduct its activities in the State as they are now being conducted and as they are contemplated in connection with the Project.

(c) The individuals executing this Agreement and attesting to the execution of this Agreement on behalf of the Grantee have been duly authorized to execute the Agreement and has, or have, the legal capacity to do so.

(d) This Agreement constitutes a legal, valid, and binding agreement of Grantee enforceable against Grantee in accordance with its terms.

 

5


(e) The observance and performance by Grantee of its obligations hereunder will not violate or conflict with the certificate of incorporation and by-laws of Grantee, any material provision of any other agreement or judgment to which Grantee is a party or by which it, or any of its property, is bound, or the laws of Delaware.

(f) The Federal Taxpayer Identification Number of Grantee is 77-0565408.

(g) Grantee certifies that the representations and warranties provided in this section are true, accurate and complete. Grantee understands that these representations are made in support of claims for government funds.

4. Term . Unless sooner terminated, this Agreement shall terminate upon the end of the Reporting Period.

5. Obligations of Grantee .

(a) Grantee shall establish a new manufacturing Facility at the University of Delaware Science and Technology Campus in Newark, Delaware, and shall obtain a Certificate of Occupancy on or before December 31, 2013.

(b) Grantee possesses or will possess all licenses, permits and insurance coverage required by federal, State or local laws enabling it to conduct its activities in the State.

(c) Grantee intends to make at least Fifty Million Dollars ($50,000,000) in Allowable Capital Expenditures in order to renovate the Facility.

(d) Grantee intends to employ at least three hundred (300) Full Time Workers by the First Anniversary Date, Six Hundred (600) Full Time Workers by the Second Anniversary Date, and Nine Hundred (900) Full Time Workers by the Third Anniversary Date and for through the balance of the Reporting Period, consistent with the Benchmark Employment/Compensation Chart.

(e) Grantee shall make reasonable efforts to maintain a minimum of Nine Hundred (900) Full Time Workers at its Facility in the State from September 30, 2016 through September 30, 2023, as set forth in the Benchmark Employment, and shall certify as to that employment as set forth in Section 7(b) herein. For each Anniversary Date, Grantee shall pay Compensation to Full Time Workers an aggregate amount not less than the Benchmark Compensation to Full Time Workers shown on the attached Benchmark/Compensation Chart.

(f) Compensation to Full Time Workers in any reporting year shall be commensurate with the requirements for such compensation identified pursuant to the Benchmark Employment/Compensation Chart, and subject to Carry-Forward Compensation Credit for such compensation, as set forth in Section 10(b)(iv) herein.

 

6


6. Disbursement of the Grant .

(a) Lease Execution Grant : Request for and disbursement of the Lease Execution Grant shall be as provided in this subsection.

i. In order to obtain the Lease Execution Grant, Grantee shall submit the dated, written request (“ Lease Execution Grant Request ”) which:

A. is signed by an officer of Grantee with knowledge of the contents of the Lease Execution Grant Request,

B. includes a Government Funding Certification, and

C. provides copies of an executed lease between Grantee and 1743 Holdings, LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of the University of Delaware, for a minimum 10 year lease for approximately 50 acres of land at the University of Delaware Science and Technology Campus, 550 South College Avenue, Newark, Delaware.

ii. The Lease Execution Grant Request shall be made on or before March 31, 2012.

iii. Upon submission and approval of the Lease Execution Grant Request, the Authority shall disburse Five Million Six Hundred Twenty Five Thousand Dollars ($5,625,000).

(b) Certificate of Occupancy Grant : Request for and disbursement of the Certificate of Occupancy Grant shall be as provided in this subsection.

i. In order to obtain the Certificate of Occupancy Grant, Grantee shall submit the dated, written request (“ Certificate of Occupancy Grant Request ”) which:

A. is signed by an officer of Grantee with knowledge of the contents of the Certificate of Occupancy Grant Request,

B. includes a Government Funding Certification, and

C. provides copies of Certificate of Occupancy by the City of Newark Building Department for the premises to be used by Grantee at the University of Delaware Science and Technology Campus, 550 South College Avenue, Newark, Delaware.

ii. The Certificate of Occupancy Grant Request shall be made on or before December 31, 2013.

iii. Upon submission and approval of the Certificate of Occupancy Grant Request, the Authority shall disburse Five Million Six Hundred Twenty Five Thousand Dollars ($5,625,000).

(c) Total Performance Grant : The total aggregate Performance Grant amount shall not exceed Eleven Million Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($11,250,000).

 

7


(d) Supplier Incentive Grant : Grantee shall be eligible to receive the Supplier Incentive Grant on the First Anniversary Date through the Sixth Anniversary Date identified above, in an amount calculated based on the number of supplier employees located in Delaware.

i. In order to obtain the Supplier Incentive Grant, Grantee shall submit a dated, written request (“ Supplier Incentive Grant Request ”) which:

A. is signed by an officer of Grantee with knowledge of the contents of the Supplier Incentive Grant Request,

B. includes a Government Funding Certification, and

C. certifies the number of Full Time Supplier Employees who are employed by Grantee suppliers have that relocated from outside the State of Delaware to Grantee’s Facility in Newark, Delaware during the Reporting Year. Grantee shall further provide documentation satisfactory to the Authority that the supplier is providing materials which are used in the manufacturing of Grantee’s products, and relocated its operations from outside the State.

ii. All Supplier Incentive Grant Requests shall be made on or before September 30, 2019.

iii. Upon submission and approval of the Supplier Incentive Grant Request, the Authority shall disburse the product of Six Thousand Two Hundred Fifty Dollars ($6,250) and the number of Full Time Supplier Employees of such suppliers, certified by Grantee as stated above as of an Anniversary Date (“ Benchmark Supplier Employment ”). The Supplier Incentive will be paid only one time for each additional Full Time Worker certified by Grantee. The Benchmark Supplier Employment Number shall increase in a manner commensurate with the funding, per Full Time Worker, for each Anniversary Date in which such funding occurs.

(e) Capital Expenditures Grant . The Capital Expenditure Grant shall be requested and disbursed in accordance with this Section.

i. In order to obtain a Capital Expenditure Grant, Grantee shall submit the dated, written request (“ Capital Expenditure Grant Request ”) which:

A. is signed by an officer of Grantee with knowledge of the contents of the request for a disbursement to reimburse Allowable Capital Expenditure Costs,

B. includes a Government Funding Certification, and

 

8


C. provides documentation verifying the Allowable Capital Expenditure Costs sought to be reimbursed.

ii. The Authority shall disburse up to three Capital Expenditure Grant payments to Grantee, but shall have no obligation to disburse more than three percent (3%) of all capital expenditures for Allowable Capital Expenditure Costs. Any such disbursement shall be subject to the Grantee’s obligation to repay the grant as specified in Section 8 herein. The Capital Investment Grant is based on three percent (3%) of the capital investment that Grantee makes within Delaware from groundbreaking for a period of (5) five years from the groundbreaking date. The initial payment of the Capital Investment Grant, in the amount of Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($750,000), shall be paid upon the approval of the Lease Execution Grant referred to in Section 6(a) above. Grantee’s subsequent Capital Investment Grant Grants shall be contingent upon Grantee’s documentation, acceptable to the Authority, of Grantee’s expenditure of Twenty Five Million Dollars ($25,000,000) in allowable capital expenditures. Thereafter, Grantee shall be eligible for two additional Capital Investment Grant Grants, on December 31, 2013, and December 31, 2016, or on such other dates as mutually agreed by Grantee and DEDA.

(f) Time Limitation . All grant requests shall be submitted as follows:

i. The Authority must receive the Lease Execution Grant Request from Grantee on or before March 31, 2012.

ii. The Authority must receive the Certificate of Occupancy Grant Request from Grantee on or before December 31, 2013.

iii. The Authority must receive all Supplier Incentive Grant Requests from Grantee on or before September 30, 2019.

iv. The Authority must receive all Capital Expenditure Grant Requests on or before December 31, 2016, or such other dates as is mutually agreed upon by Grantee and the Authority.

v. The Authority shall have no obligation to disburse further Grant funds after the expirations of such dates.

(g) No Further Obligation . The Authority shall have no obligation to disburse more than Sixteen Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($16,500,000) under this Grant Agreement.

7. Grantee Reporting .

(a) Statutory Reporting . In accordance with 29  Del. C.  §5053(k), Grantee shall report to the Authority on June 30, 2012, and annually through June 30, 2023, the number of its unskilled or semi-skilled employees and the number of such employees who were residents of the State at the time of their employment.

 

9


(b) Annual Employment and Compensation Reports . Beginning on October 31, 2012, and for the following eleven (11) years Grantee shall submit a dated, written report which:

i. is signed by an officer of Grantee with knowledge of the contents of the report,

ii. includes a Government Funding Certification, and

iii. provides information identified below:

(c) the number of Full Time Workers employed at Grantee’s Facility as of September 30 of the reporting year, and the percentage of its workforce that is comprised of Delaware residents.

(d) The total annual compensation paid to Full Time Workers at Grantee’s Facility from October 1 through September 30 of the reporting year. Grantee shall additionally certify as to the total cumulative annual compensation paid to Full Time Workers at Grantee’s Facility from the Date of Occupancy to the report date. Grantee shall be in compliance with the reporting requirements of this Section 7(b) so long as it meets either the Benchmark Employment Number in the Reporting Year or the Compensation to Full Time Workers in the Reporting Year set forth in the Benchmark Employment/Compensation Chart.

(e) The reporting provisions identified above in Section 7(b)(iii)(b) through 7(b)(iii)(e) of this Agreement shall not alter or affect the provisions of Section 10(b) of this Agreement, and the provisions of Section 10(b) of this Agreement shall provide for and govern any claim of Payroll Default under this Agreement and the remedy for any claimed payroll default.

(f) Supplier Employment Reports . Beginning on the anniversary of the first Supplier Incentive Grant Request, and for the following five (5) years Grantee shall submit the dated, written report which:

A. is signed by an officer of Grantee with knowledge of the contents of the report,

B. has a Government Funding Certification, and

C. certifies the number of Full Time Supplier Employees employed by Grantee’s Suppliers at or near its Newark, Delaware Facility.

(g) Financial Reporting . On or before January 15 of each year, beginning January 15, 2013, Grantee is required to submit a written report, signed by an officer of Grantee with knowledge of the contents of the report, and which includes a Government Funding Certification, to the Authority which reports upon the operations performance of Grantee’s Facility. At the request of the Authority, Grantee shall permit review of Grantee’s annual audited financial statements, by an employee of the Delaware Economic Development Office designated by the Authority to review such audited financial statements, and who agrees to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to utilize such information only to the extent required for administration the Grant. For any time period that the stock of Grantee is registered with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission and publicly traded, Grantee shall also permit review of quarterly financial statements. Such audited financial statements shall

 

10


include without limitation, a balance sheet, an income statement, a statement of retained earnings, and additional reports and documentation as may be required by, or be customary under GAAP, (provided, Grantee may adopt the International Financial Reporting Standards established by the International Accounting Standards Board) all of which shall be prepared by an independent certified public accounting firm. Grantee shall make available such audited financial statements within 90 days after the end of its accounting year.

(h) At the request of Grantee and to the extent permitted by law, including but not limited to 29  Del. C. Chapter 101, the Authority shall maintain information provided pursuant to this Section as confidential financial information of Grantee.

(i) Default Reporting . Grantee shall provide the Authority with notice of default, and Cure Reports as specified in Section 9(a) herein.

8. Events of Default .

(a) Any one or more of the following events shall constitute an event of default under this Agreement:

i. Cessation Event Default . The cessation of operations in the State by Grantee with respect to the Project or Grantee’s operation in the State on or before September 30, 2023.

ii. Employee Performance Default . Beginning with the First (1st) Anniversary Date, September 30, 2014, through and including the Tenth (10th) Anniversary Date if total Compensation to Full Time Workers is below the benchmarks in the Benchmark Employment/Compensation Chart, provided, however, that the sole remedy for a default under this subsection shall be a Recapture Payment as calculated in accordance with Section 10 below.

iii. Supplier Incentive Employment Default . For the five years after payment of any part of the Supplier Incentive to Grantee, in any year for which the actual number of Full Time Supplier Employees is below Benchmark Full Time Supplier Employment, provided, however, that the sole remedy for a default under this subsection shall be a Recapture Payment calculated in accordance with Section 10 below.

iv. Reporting Default . Any failure of Grantee to provide the Authority with any report required in this Agreement within the time provided herein, which has not been cured, and which cannot be cured through reasonable good faith negotiations of the Authority and Grantee.

(b) Nothing in this Section of any other part of this Agreement is intended to waive any right of the State or any Agency thereof, under the Delaware False Claims and Reporting Act, 6  Del. C. Ch. 12, or any similar law or regulation.

 

11


9. Right to Cure .

(a) Cure Report . Upon the occurrence of any default in Section 8, herein, Grantee shall provide to the Authority a written cure report, signed by an authorized officer of Grantee, which sets forth the proposed plan by Grantee to cure any default hereunder.

(b) Authority Evaluation of Cure Report; No Further Obligation Upon Default . The Authority shall evaluate the Cure Report within thirty (30) days and may accept, modify, or reject the proposed plan. If the Authority rejects the plan set forth in a Cure Report, it shall have no further obligation to disburse further Grant funds, regardless of whether the Authority has disbursed the entire amount of the Grant.

10. Grantee’s Obligation to Repay Grant . Upon either the date of written notice from the Authority of the rejection of the Cure Report plan, or notice from the Authority that no further cure is available, repayment of the Grant shall be immediately due and owing to the Authority (“ Recapture Payment ”). Grantee shall not be obligated to repay an amount greater than the amount of the Grant actually disbursed to Grantee, plus the amount computed thereon in the nature of interest, as provided herein. A Recapture Payment shall be as follows:

(a) Cessation Event Default Payment . Grantee shall pay to the Authority an amount equal to the sum of actual amounts disbursed to Grantee. In the event that Grantee shall substantially cease operations of the Facility prior to September 30, 2023, Grantee shall pay to the Authority an amount equal to the total amount of all Grants disbursed to Grantee. At such time as Grantee has paid Compensation to Full Time Workers in the aggregate of Three Hundred Twenty One Million Dollars ($321,000,000), Grantee shall no longer be liable for or subject to a Cessation Event Default Payment.

(b) Payroll Default Payment .

i. First Recapture Period . If, as of September 30, 2017 (the “ Fourth Anniversary Date ”), Grantee has not paid Compensation to Full Time Workers of Grantee’s Facility in the aggregate amount of One Hundred Eight Million Dollars ($108,000,000), then in that case, Grantee shall be liable to pay to the Authority a Recapture Payment. The Recapture Payment for the Fourth Anniversary Date shall be determined by subtracting the amount of total compensation actually paid to Full Time Workers at Grantee’s Facility from One Hundred Eight Million Dollars ($108,000,000), and multiplying the difference by three and one half percent (3.5%). By way of example only, if as of the Fourth Anniversary Date, Grantee has paid Compensation to Full Time Workers in the aggregate amount of One Hundred Million Dollars ($100,000,000), Grantee would owe a Recapture Payment to the Authority of Eight Million Dollars ($8,000,000) multiplied by 3.5%, equal to Two Hundred and Eighty Thousand Dollars ($280,000).

ii. Second Recapture Period . If, for the time period from the Fourth Anniversary Date through September 30, 2021 (the “ Eighth Anniversary Date ”), Grantee has not paid Compensation to Full Time Workers at Grantee’s Facility in the aggregate amount of One Hundred Forty-Four Million Dollars ($144,000,000), then in

 

12


that case, Grantee shall be liable to pay to the Authority a Recapture Payment. The Recapture Payment for the Eighth Anniversary Date shall be determined by subtracting the amount of compensation actually paid to Full Time Workers from the Fourth Anniversary Date through the Eighth Anniversary Date from One Hundred Forty-Four Million Dollars ($144,000,000), and multiplying the difference by three and one half percent (3.5%). By way of example only, if during the time period from the Fourth Anniversary Date through the Eighth Anniversary Date, Grantee has paid Compensation to Full Time Workers in the aggregate amount of One Hundred Million Dollars, ($100,000,000), Grantee would owe a Recapture Payment to the Authority in the amount of Forty-Four Million ($44,000,000) multiplied by 3.5%, equal to One Million, Five Hundred Forty Thousand Dollars ($1,540,000).

iii. Third Recapture Period . If, for the time period from the Eighth Anniversary Date through September 30, 2023 (the “ Tenth Anniversary Date ”), Grantee has not paid Compensation to Full Time Workers of Grantee’s Facility in the aggregate amount of Seventy-Two Million Dollars ($72,000,000), then in that case, Grantee shall be liable to pay to the Authority a Recapture Payment. The Recapture Payment for the Tenth Anniversary Date shall be determined by subtracting the amount of compensation actually paid to Full Time Workers from the Eighth Anniversary Date through the Tenth Anniversary Date from Seventy-Two Million Dollars ($72,000,000), and multiplying the difference by three and one half percent (3.5%). By way of example only, if during the time period from the Eighth Anniversary Date through the Tenth Anniversary Date, Grantee has paid Compensation to Full Time Workers in the aggregate amount of Sixty Million Dollars ($60,000,000), Grantee would owe a Recapture Payment to the Authority in the amount of Twelve Million Dollars ($12,000,000) multiplied by 3.5%, equal to Four Hundred Twenty Thousand Dollars ($420,000).

iv. Carry Forward Compensation Credit . If the aggregate Compensation to Full Time Workers for any recapture period stated above exceeds the compensation target for the period, then the amount of excess compensation paid may be carried forward and credited against subsequent compensation targets for later recapture periods. By way of example only, if as of the First Recapture Period, Grantee shall have paid Compensation to Full Time Workers in the aggregate amount of One Hundred Twenty Million Dollars ($120,000,000), Grantee would be credited Twelve Million Dollars ($12,000,000) toward the One Hundred Forty-Four Million Dollar ($144,000,000) compensation target for the Recapture Payment calculation undertaken at the Second Recapture Period, or toward the Seventy-Two Million Dollars ($72,000,000) compensation target for the Recapture Payment calculation undertaken at the Third Recapture Period.

v. Recapture Limitation . In no event shall the Recapture Payments, taken together, exceed $11,250,000. Once Grantee has paid Compensation to Full Time Workers at its Facility in the aggregate amount of Three Hundred Twenty One Million Dollars ($321,000,000), any obligation for any Recapture Payment shall terminate.

 

13


(c) Supplier Incentive Default . For the five years after payment of any part of the Supplier Incentive to Grantee, in any year for which the actual number of supplier employees is below Benchmark Supplier Employment (“ Supplier Employment Default ”), Grantee shall repay to the Authority a Recapture Payment of Two Thousand Two Hundred Seventy Nine Dollars ($2,279) multiplied by the number of employees that supplier employment is below Benchmark Supplier Employment. At no time will the Supplier Incentive Recapture Payment exceed the aggregate amount of Supplier Incentive paid to Grantee.

(d) Reporting Default Payment . Grantee shall pay to the Authority an amount equal to the entire amount actually disbursed to the Grantee.

11. Miscellaneous Covenants of Grantee .

(a) Employment of Delaware Residents . In accordance with 29  Del. C.  §5053(k), Grantee shall give first opportunity of employment to qualified residents of the State. Grantee will utilize Delaware suppliers and contractors whenever feasible.

(b) Compliance with Laws . Grantee shall comply with all applicable federal, State and local laws, ordinances, codes and regulations. Grantee agrees to bear, at its own expense, the cost of obtaining and maintaining any permits and licenses required by federal, State and local laws, ordinances, codes and regulations and agrees to file in a timely manner all Delaware tax returns or other required tax filings and to pay any and all taxes when due.

(c) Nondiscrimination . Grantee agrees that it will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, creed, color, sex, or national origin. Grantee shall comply with all federal and State laws, regulations and policies pertaining to the prevention of discriminatory employment practices. Failure to perform under this covenant constitutes a material breach of contract.

(d) Records Access and Retention . Grantee agrees to give the Authority and DEDO, or any of their duly authorized employees, agents or representatives access to any and all books, documents, papers and records of Grantee that are directly pertinent to this Agreement, the Project or the Performance Grant, for the purpose of making audits, examinations, investigations, copies, excerpts and transcriptions. Such access shall be granted by Grantee during its normal business hours, after receipt by Grantee of at least 48 hours advance notice of a request for such access, at its offices in Wilmington, Delaware, or at such other place or places agreed to by Grantee and the Authority. The Authority agrees that any such books, documents, papers and records of Grantee, if designated as confidential by Grantee, shall be treated as confidential records to the fullest extent permissible under Delaware law. Grantee agrees to retain such records for a period of three (3) years following the date of the Grant check. The provisions of this Section 11(d) shall survive termination or cancellation of this Agreement. Grantee agrees that this section does not waive any statutory or common law right of the Auditor of the Accounts of the State, or the Attorney General of the State to examine such records.

(e) Indemnification . Grantee shall hold harmless, indemnify and defend the Authority, DEDO, the State and their respective officers, agents and employees (the “ Indemnified Parties ”) from any and all losses, damages, costs, expenses, liabilities, obligations, fines, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, and causes of action, claims, demands and proceedings of any kind or description (“ Claims ”) and all costs and expenses of any kind or

 

14


nature, including, without limitation, all reasonable attorneys’ fees, disbursements, court costs and any other costs of litigation related thereto arising out of, resulting from or directly or indirectly connected to the Grant, the Project or the performance by Grantee of this Agreement, including, but not limited to Claims arising out of, resulting from or directly or indirectly connected to negligence, intentional misconduct, breach of contract, copyright infringement or other violation, patent infringement or other violation, trademark or service mark infringement or other violation of or by Grantee, its employees or its agents. In case any action shall be brought against the Indemnified Parties, or any of them, based upon any of the above and in respect of which indemnity may be sought against Grantee, the Indemnified Party or Parties shall promptly notify Grantee in writing, and Grantee shall assume the defense thereof, including the employment of counsel, the payment of all expenses and the right to negotiate and consent to settlement with the consent of the Indemnified Party or Parties, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. An Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such action and to participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of the Indemnified Party unless the employment of such counsel has been specifically authorized by Grantee, or unless the representation of both Grantee and the Indemnified Party would represent a conflict of interest. Grantee shall not be liable for any settlement of any such action effected without its consent, but if any such action is settled with the consent of Grantee, or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff in any such action, Grantee agrees to indemnify and does hereby hold harmless the Indemnified Parties from and against any and all loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. The provisions of this Section 11(e) shall survive the termination or cancellation of the Agreement.

(f) Assignment; Successors . Grantee shall not assign or transfer all or any portion of its interest in this Agreement or delegate any of its duties hereunder without the prior written consent of the Authority, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors or permitted assigns.

(g) Termination; Funding Out . The continuation of this Agreement is dependent upon the continuing availability of funds appropriated by the General Assembly of the State that are available for expenditure under this Agreement; accordingly, this Agreement may be terminated on the earlier of (i) the first day of the first fiscal year of the State for which no such funds will be appropriated or otherwise made available, or in which no funds are available for purposes of this Agreement; or (ii) upon the exhaustion of previously appropriated or available funds. In such circumstances the Authority may terminate this Agreement by giving Grantee written notice of such non-appropriation or unavailability of funds. All payment obligations of the Authority will cease upon the date of termination specified in such notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Authority agrees (i) not to effect termination of this Agreement under this provision, if funds are available for this or functionally similar services, and (ii) to use reasonable efforts to obtain approval for necessary funds to continue this Agreement by taking appropriate actions to request adequate funds for such purpose. If a notice of termination is given by the Authority hereunder, the Authority’s obligations to pay any amounts due or to perform any covenants requiring or resulting in the expenditure of money are expressly limited to the extent of the specific appropriations made to fund this Agreement, and nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as creating any monetary obligation on the part of the Authority or the State beyond the amount set forth in this sentence. If a notice of termination

 

15


is given by the Authority hereunder, Grantee’s obligations under this Agreement for Grant funds not disbursed, including any obligation to perform any covenant, shall immediately cease, terminate and be of no effect. Grantee’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement for Grant funds disbursed to Grantee shall survive such termination.

(h) Government Funding Certification . All Annual Reports and Grant Requests shall include the following certification from an authorized representative of Grantee: “I certify that that the information reported herein is true, accurate and complete. I understand that these reports are made in support of claims for government funds.”

(i) Notices . All notices, reports or other written communication required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, nationally recognized private courier (provided that written evidence of the date of delivery by such courier is available) or facsimile (provided that written evidence of the date of receipt of such facsimile transmission is available) to the addresses or facsimile telephone numbers set forth below, or to such other addresses or facsimile telephone numbers as the parties shall designate in writing, from time to time:

If to the Authority:

The Delaware Economic Development Authority

Attention: Chairperson

99 Kings Highway

Dover, DE 19901

Facsimile: (302) 739-5749

If to Grantee:

Bloom Energy Corporation

Attention: President

1299 Orleans Drive

Sunnyvale, California 94089

Facsimile: (408) 543-1501

If notice is given by United States Mail, it shall be deemed given three (3) calendar days after the post-marked date thereof, or sooner if the return receipt so indicates; if by nationally recognized private courier, on the date delivered by such nationally recognized private courier, as confirmed by written evidence of such delivery, and if by facsimile on the date transmitted to the other party.

(j) Entire Agreement; No Oral Modification . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement pertaining to the subject matter hereof among the Authority and Grantee. No amendment, modification, waiver, or variation of the terms hereof shall be effective, unless in writing signed by all parties hereto.

 

16


(k) Governing Law . The laws of the State, without regard to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof, shall govern this Agreement. Grantee consents to jurisdiction and venue in the courts of the State in New Castle County.

(l) Severability . If any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, such holding shall not invalidate or render unenforceable any other provision hereof

(m) Captions . The captions in this Agreement are inserted only for the purpose of convenient reference and shall not be construed to define, limit or prescribe the scope or intent of this Agreement or any part thereof

(n) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which shall constitute one and the same document.

(o) Seal . The parties hereto are executing this Agreement under seal, and acknowledge that this document is made under seal for the purpose of granting each party an extended period within which to enforce the terms of this Agreement.

[This section left intentionally blank, signatures follow]

 

17


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed under seal as of the day and year first above written.

 

Attest:     THE DELAWARE ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY
/s/ Lee K. Porter     By:   /s/ Alan B. Levin

Lee K. Porter

Council of Development Finance

 

[Seal]

      Alan B. Levin, Director, Delaware Economic Development Office, as Chairperson
Attest:     BLOOM ENERGY CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Joshua Richman     By:   /s/ Martin J. Collins
Name:   Joshua Richman       Name: Martin J. Collins
Title:   VP, Business Development       Title:   VP Corporate Development
[Seal]      

 

18


APPENDIX A

 

 

Benchmark Employment/Compensation Chart

 

     

Anniversary Date

 

 

Benchmark

Employment

 

 

Compensation to

Full Time Workers

 

     

1st (9/30/14)

 

  300   12,000,000
     

2nd (9/30/15)

 

  600   24,000,000
     

3rd (9/30/16)

 

  900   36,000,000
     

4th (9/30/17)

 

  900   36,000,000
     

5th (9/30/18)

 

  900   36,000,000
     

6th (9/30/19)

 

  900   36,000,000
     

7th (9/30/20)

 

  900   36,000,000
     

8th (9/30/21)

 

  900   36,000,000
     

9th (9/30/22)

 

  900   36,000,000
     

10th (9/30/23)

 

  900   36,000,000